Indie Game Dev Cancels Vibe-Coded Zombie Shooter After San Francisco Officials Condemn ‘Dehumanizing’ Game

The developer of a zombie game set in San Francisco has taken down the game and issued a public apology after city officials condemned the title for depicting its citizens as ‘zombies.’

Tenderloin Night Shift was a vibe-coded, first-person shooter created by independent developer Pierre-Louis Biojout over the course of a weekend using OpenAI’s Codex. As you’ve probably inferred by its title, the game takes place in San Francisco’s Tenderloin neighborhood, an area infamous for its high crime rates and unhoused population that’s often compared offhandedly to Los Angeles’s Skid Row.

In the game, players use a gun to rid the Tenderloin of ‘zombies.’ Some of these undead enemies wear construction uniforms or whiz by on motorized scooters, while others wear food delivery backpacks, having clearly been infected while on the job. Still others are depicted doing the ‘fentanyl fold,’ a position where the body is bent forward at the waist, most usually displayed by fentanyl users who seem to have been frozen while standing upright.

The Best Zombie Movies

“San Francisco couldn’t fix the tenderloin, so I monetized it,” Biojout said on social media. In the game, he sold digital ad space for $100 per week, which accounts for some of the real-world companies seen on billboards within his polygonal recreation of the neighborhood.

It didn’t take long for San Francisco city officials to take notice of the title. Speaking to NCB Bay Area, Mayor Daniel Lurie said, “There’s no accounting for taste or people’s terrible ideas. This is a bad one, and we reject it. It doesn’t speak for San Francisco values.”

In a statement to the San Francisco Chronicle, Supervisor Bilal Mahmood, who represents the Tenderloin, dubbed the game “deeply disturbing and unacceptable.”

“Turning violence against real people, including unhoused people, into entertainment is dehumanizing and should never be normalized,” he said. “I’m encouraged to see that the majority of San Franciscans recognize that this crosses a line and refuse to stand for it.”

While Biojout was previously boasting about the backlash on his social media accounts, he later removed the game from his online platform and issued a public apology over how his project depicted San Francisco’s citizens. He also revealed that he’d been inspired by an Alcatraz-themed Call of Duty map and said he often passes by the Tenderloin on his way to work.

“The game was not intended to provoke or to depict shooting real people. Its characters draw on a broad cross-section of San Francisco, across different backgrounds and walks of life, including people who work in tech. The familiar city details and Easter eggs are part of what makes it fun to play with friends,” he told the Chronicle.

Speaking to NBC Bay Area, Bijout said, “It was not intended to depict shooting real people or to target a particular demographic or group.”

Additionally, Biojout revealed that he refunded advertisers who promoted his game and removed all of his social media posts about it. He also donated the game’s total revenue to the Delancey Street Foundation, a nonprofit organization based in San Francisco that provides rehabilitation services and vocational training to convicted criminals and those suffering from substance abuse.

“I built and posted a zombie game set on San Francisco streets. The setting and the way I promoted it showed poor judgment. Targeting people struggling with addiction or homelessness was never my intention,” he wrote on Twitter/X.

The game was available on Biojout’s NanoCorp AI website, a platform that runs online businesses using AI agents. It has since been removed, and the page is no longer available at the time of writing.

Image Credits: plbiojout

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Where to Buy A Court of Splintered Harmony at a Discount

The sixth book in Sarah J. Maas’ ACOTAR series is nearly here after years of waiting. A Court of Splintered Harmony is set to release on Tuesday, October 27 and romantasy fans are bracing for another bestseller.

If you haven’t already preorderd your copy of the book, there’s still time to do so. Preorders for the Target Exclusive version may have already sold out, but there’s plenty of copies of the hardcovers elsewhere. And if you’re just looking to access the story as soon as it’s available, the eBook and Audible formats are launching at the same time as the physical books.

Where to Buy Hardcover Editions

A Court of Splintered Harmony (Book #6)

1

If you’re looking to buy the hardcover edition of A Court of Splintered Harmony, the overall best deal right now is at Amazon. The book is already getting a 30% discount when you buy online, which is $10 less than what you’ll find at Barnes & Noble. Both Target and Books-A-Million are completely sold out of preorder copies of the books, so that limits your options if you’re hoping to buy ahead of the book’s release date.

In general, Amazon is always the best place to buy books at a discount before they actually launch. The only reason you might want to choose the Barnes & Noble route is related to when you’ll be able to get the book. Amazon is currently mentioning shipping delays and it will only get worse as the release date approaches. If you purchase from Barnes & Noble, you may be able to opt to pick it up in the store on October 27.

Where to buy the eBook

If you are already planning on reading the digital version of this book, there are a few options available. Once again, Amazon’s Kindle Store has the best possible deal. You can grab the Kindle edition of the book for $16.99 ahead of its release. For those who already have a Kindle Unlimited subscription, it’s very unlikely that this book will be included with your subscription any time soon.

A Court of Splintered Harmony on Audible

If you prefer to listen to your favorite romantasy series in audiobook form, the good news is the audio version of the book is releasing at the same time as everything else. The overall best deal on the audiobook is at Amazon where you can preorder it for $16.29. You can also get it for free when you sign up for a free trial of an Audible subscription.

For those who would rather wait for the full-cast audiobook, you’ll unfortunately have to wait quite a bit longer. The dramatized adaptation of the book is currently set to release on December 23, almost a full two months after all other formats release. Details on whether or not the original voice actors from the previous versions will be returning have yet to be revealed.

Tabletop Adaptations and Merchandise

The launch of the new Sarah J. Maas book is a big deal, but this time around it’s more than just a book. There’s a ton of ACOTAR merchandise that you can now buy, from plushies to jewelry. If your love for the series goes beyond the pages, there’s plenty of other items to check out right now.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Xbox’s First-Ever Chief Operating Officer Leaves Role Just Three Months After It Was Created

Helen Chiang, Xbox’s first-ever chief operating officer, is no longer in the role just three months after it was created, as told by CEO Asha Sharma in an internal memo today.

The memo, verified by The Verge, included a brief statement from Sharma regarding Chiang’s exit. “Helen Chiang is leaving Microsoft today. I’m grateful for her years of service and wish her well,” Sharma said. “We’ll share more on COO leadership as plans are finalized.”

Chiang had been with Xbox for an astonishing 21 years. Previously, she was in charge of the Minecraft franchise, and shifted roles to chief operating officer in July 2026.

Xbox and IKEA Furniture Collaboration Photos

The reason for Chiang’s promotion and the job duties of the COO were outlined in a statement by Sharma amid news of Xbox’s massive restructuring this summer. According to Sharma, the role was necessary to “work toward a shared goal, make the right tradeoffs, and get things done” as Xbox’s headcount grew and the company became “more fragmented.”

“For the first time, we are establishing a Chief Operating Officer with end-to-end P&L responsibility across content, hardware, platform, and services. Helen Chiang has been promoted to this role and will report directly to me,” Sharma said at the time.

“Over nearly two decades at Xbox, Helen has helped build some of our most important businesses, from Xbox Live to leading Mojang and the Minecraft franchise. She will bring our businesses together under one operating model, making sure we make clear investment decisions, learn from our successes and failures, and hold ourselves accountable for results.”

As noted by The Verge, the reason for Chiang’s brief tenure in this specific role has not yet been divulged, but it’s certainly a striking move, given her 21 years with the company prior to this.

Xbox is predicted to continue layoffs as part of its ongoing internal restructuring, with 3,200 total employees expected to lose their jobs this year. Several studios have been divested as a result of this rework, though some have managed to find their footing, as is the case with Double Fine.

Others, however, remain in limbo; Arkane Lyon, the studio that’s currently working on Marvel’s Blade, faces closure as soon as mid-November if a buyer isn’t found. The studio was also impacted by the reshuffling at Microsoft, leaving both fans and industry insiders biting their nails in hope that the project finds a new home.

Marvel’s Blade Concept Art

Other companies in the games industry aren’t faring any better. Just this week, EA announced the closure of 30-year-old RPG powerhouse BioWare, known for making games like Dragon Age, Jade Empire, and Mass Effect. The next Mass Effect game was also canceled, prompting worldwide outcry from players and calls for a boycott.

A full-length trailer for the game was also leaked online, rubbing more salt in the wound thanks to just how fantastic it looked. And while fans are crossing their fingers that EA either sells BioWare’s IP or hands them over to another studio, analysts say this isn’t likely. Oh, well — at least the Prime Video series is still alive.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Avengers: Doomsday Casts Sandra Hüller

Marvel has reportedly cast Sandra Hüller in Avengers: Doomsday for a secret cameo role.

Information about the last-minute addition comes from The Hollywood Reporter, which said the Project Hail Mary star will appear on screens when Earth’s Mightiest Heroes take on Robert Downey Jr.’s Doctor Doom this December. Although much of that cast and their parts in the movie have been confirmed, details about Hüller’s role were not shared.

Marvel Studios and directors Joe and Anthony Russo almost certainly have plans for plenty of superhero moments and surprises. How Hüller fits into that plan remains to be seen, but considering fans had already speculated about her involvement in recent days, some of the less patient Marvel Cinematic Universe enjoyers are probably already doing their best to piece together Doomsday’s mysteries early.

Sandra Huller. Photo by Matt Crossick/Variety via Getty Images.

Hüller is a German actor with a decades-long career on movie and TV screens. She was nominated for Actress in a Leading Role at the 2024 Oscars for her part in Anatomy of a Fall, but is also known for her parts in films like Digger, The Zone of Interest, and Fatherland. If you missed her in any of those movies, there’s a good chance you caught her playing Eva Stratt, a role that we called one of the best parts of Ryan Gosling’s Project Hail Mary.

As for her Marvel introduction, all we know for now is that she’ll appear in a cameo part, meaning she probably won’t show up for much of its 2-hour-and-45-minute runtime. Like major stars – including Harry Styles and Charlize Theron – before her, it’s possible that we could only see Hüller’s character during a stinger moment shown during the film’s credits sequence. There’s at least little reason to suspect that’s not on the table, especially considering Marvel will use Doomsday’s plot to set up the release of Avengers: Secret Wars in December 2027.

Doomsday is out in just a few short months, but that clearly hasn’t stopped Marvel from revealing new information for what’s gearing up to be one of the year’s biggest releases. Even more about the movie is expected to be revealed at the MLB World Series, which is just a few hours after this piece’s publication. THR noted that the Russo brothers are knee-deep in post-production for the film ahead of its December 18, 2026, premiere.

Avengers: Doomsday Trailer: First Look at Doctor Doom

Avengers: Doomsday will bring the Avengers, X-Men, Fantastic Four, and more when it arrives in a few months. Until then, you can read what Jeremy Renner had to say about the good guys’ chances without Hawkeye. You can also see how David Harbour did his best to walk back what may have been an early spoiler.

Photo by Matt Crossick/Variety via Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Dead by Daylight to Remove Chucky Content Just Months After Michael Myers

Dead by Daylight fans are beside themselves after Behaviour Interactive announced that all Chucky content would no longer be available to purchase starting next month.

The developer behind the popular asymmetrical horror game confirmed plans to pull the Chucky Chapter from sale in posts shared across social media. The message followed rumors that the possessed killer doll would soon be removed from the game, with the official statement promising that those who have purchased related content will be able to use it even after it is removed from shelves starting November 24, 2026.

“We welcomed The Good Guy out of his box and into The Fog nearly three years ago, but it’s now time for the Chucky Chapter to leave the shelf,” Behaviour said. “On November 24, 2026, the Chapter and its associated content will be removed from in-game and first-party stores. Any content unlocked before that date will remain available to use in-game.”

Dead by Daylight x Chucky Screenshots

As detailed in an FAQ post shared by the developers, these changes to the Chucky Chapter mean a few things for Dead by Daylight players. Its Killer, known in-game as The Good Guy, will no longer be available to purchase, though bug fixes will still be supported. The collection of outfits and cosmetics he’s gained since being added in 2023 will also be made unavailable, and no future add-ons for the character will be added.

In other words, if you’re a Chucky fan who’s been waiting to pull the trigger, you might want to start thinking about it. To help ease players into the idea of losing one of Dead by Daylight’s most unique Killers, Behaviour is holding a sale for all items related to the Chucky Chapter starting Monday, October 26. The “Last Chance” sale runs until his November 24 removal date and slashes prices by 50% across all platforms.

Dead by Daylight and its collection of Killers has often been referred to as ‘horror Super Smash Bros.’ by fans, but Behaviour has plenty of experience when it comes to pulling Killers. Hellraiser’s Pinhead was pulled from digital storefronts in 2025 after first joining in 2021. Halloween’s Michael Myers, the first major playable Killer to join Dead by Daylight after its launch in 2016, was removed this past January.

@DeadbyDaylight I THOUGHT WE HAD A NICE LICENSE AGREEMENT!!!!! https://t.co/bOMgT44DQt

— Freaky Nikki For DBD (@Ghostface_4_MK1) October 23, 2026

Although Behaviour refrained from sharing more details about why exactly the Child’s Play rep is being removed, fans usually assume licensing issues are to blame. Hellraiser and Halloween both received new game announcements in Clive Barker’s Hellraiser: Revival and Halloween: The Game that just happened to arrive around the time their respective properties were pulled from Dead by Daylight. Friday the 13th’s infamous licensing kerfuffle is also allegedly what kept Jason Voorhees out of The Fog for years before he finally joined a few months back. Stranger Things is another example, with its first chapter’s Demogorgon content removed before returning in 2023.

Like Chucky, players who purchased pulled content can still use it freely even after it’s removed from stores, but that doesn’t mean other players can’t feel the impact. Content being removed from purchase not only means that players won’t be able to buy it in the future; it means that content will likely show up less frequently during matches.

That affects just about everyone who likes having their Survivor matches shaken up by new Killer abilities to keep them on their toes, as a player doesn’t need to have purchased a chapter to play against its respective Killer. Considering Michael Myers left Dead by Daylight earlier this year and Pinhead was removed not much longer before that, players are feeling Chucky’s pull from sale more than many of the previous Killer removals.

“Hold a license challenge: impossible,” one fan said.

“How do you keep losing licenses bro?” another fan speculated. “I thought you had a good relationship. Chucky had many skins WTF :(“

goodbye chuckster. i will always love you https://t.co/h6sUaDGrwI

— Demo🌸 (@RatLivers) October 23, 2026

Again, Behaviour has not explicitly stated why new players will not be able to purchase Chucky after that November cutoff date. IGN has reached out to the Dead by Daylight team for comment.

“This makes me so sad,” one player on Reddit said. “Chucky is such a huge license and we’ve lost Michael and Pinhead already within the last two years. Not blaming BHVR for it, I get it’s business. It just sucks.”

“It’s strange though. You’d assume they’d change their contractual agreements after losing Demogorgon the first time to prevent this from happening with recent Killers,” another replied. “Michael/Pinhead are a bit understandable since those were older licenses, but I’d assume Chucky would’ve had a proactive contractual agreement to prevent this from happening?”

Dead by Daylight 10th Anniversary Broadcast Visual Overhaul Reveal – Screenshots

Although losing three Killers in the span of a year and a half might sting, Behaviour has continued to add new notable characters and franchises into the mix. After Tokyo Ghoul’s Ken Kaneki and Five Nights at Freddy’s Springtrap were added last year, the studio brought Stranger Things villain Vecna into The Fog. Jason joined in the summer of this year, and Terrifier’s Art the Clown will be added next month. Although the majority of the game’s licensed Killers have remained available for years and are still available to this day, how long they will remain available for purchase is unclear.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Mass Effect Fans Call for EA Boycott as Petition to Save BioWare’s Canceled Game Garners More than 75,000 Signatures

Mass Effect fans are calling for a boycott of all EA products and services in protest of the company closing down BioWare and canceling the next Mass Effect game.

It’s a rough time for Mass Effect fans. On October 21, EA announced its plans to shut down BioWare, a 30-year-old studio that spearheaded RPGs in the West with titles like Dragon Age, Jade Empire, Baldur’s Gate, and of course, Mass Effect.

Players were eagerly awaiting news of the next game in BioWare’s beloved sci-fi franchise — but EA shut that down, too, revealing in a statement that the project was officially canceled.

Dark Horse Direct’s Mass Effect: Tali’Zorah 1/6 Scale Statue – Image Gallery

In the two days since then, fans of BioWare and the Mass Effect series have gathered together to call for action, begging EA to at least sell off BioWare’s IP to other studios rather than letting them languish. In fact, tensions have become so strained that players are now calling for an outright boycott of EA’s products and services until something is done.

On Reddit, several threads are rallying Mass Effect fans to gather under the hashtag #savemasseffect, urging players to take action and make their voices heard.

“WE HAVE TO DO SOMETHING! Guys we have to start something here and cry out loud enough that this game can be saved. Either EA making it or selling it off. We have to do it now before the noise on this game quiets down and it becomes another cancelled series, never to return,” one Redditor wrote. “I suggest we start a movement, and message the hell out of EA asking for some kind of outcome that gets this game finished. THIS GAME FINISHED.”

“Mass Effect is one of the better RPGs out today,” another fan wrote in a post titled ‘EA Boycott!’ “…Unless they sell Mass Effect to another studio or bring it back. I will never buy another EA product ever. They are already not one of my favorite studios. No more Respawn Entertainment, DICE, Motive Studios, Criterion Games, Maxis, Full Circle, Cliffhanger Games, or any EA Sports.

“I hope I’m not alone in this. We need to stand up and make our voices heard. I posted on everything I can. We can’t let Mass Effect die so easily. Private investors need to realize how badly EA screwed up.”

These calls for a boycott coincide with a fanmade petition urging EA to either sell off the IPs to other developers or hand development of Mass Effect 5 to a different studio. At the time of writing, this petition has garnered over 76,500 signatures and counting as more fans and friends of the industry pile in.

Mass Effect 5 — which was reportedly expected to be called Mass Effect Universe — seems to have already been a good way into its development cycle, judging by a full-length trailer that was leaked online yesterday. This trailer rubbed even more salt in the wound for players, many of whom believed this game would be everything fans had been asking for and more.

Industry vets and even voice actors from the Mass Effect games are speaking out in hopes of somehow, some way, getting this game on shelves. But according to industry analysts and former BioWare bosses, it’s not likely that EA will listen to fans’ demands.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Miami Vice ’85 Remakes Original Series Pilot

The latest photos and videos from the set of Miami Vice ‘85 making the rounds on social media reveal Michael B. Jordan and John Leguizamo in costume filming scenes that appear to be faithfully recreating the opening sequence of the original TV series pilot.

Jordan plays New York City police detective Ricardo Tubbs and Leguizamo recently confirmed on his Instagram account that he portrays Esteban Calderone, the Columbian cartel boss who was the antagonist of the series pilot and returned in a later episode of the first season of the 1984-89 TV series. (Fittingly enough, Leguizamo got his big break playing Calderone’s son in the original series.)

Michael B. Jordan on the Miami Vice ’85 set. (Photo: XNY/Star Max/GC Images)Michael B. Jordan on the Miami Vice ’85 set. (Photo: XNY/Star Max/GC Images)

The recent batches of set photos and videos from the New York set of Miami Vice ‘85 reveal Jordan and Austin Butler, who plays Tubbs’ future partner Sonny Crockett, shooting the earliest sequences that introduced their respective characters in the original pilot.

It’s been known that Miami Vice ‘85 is inspired by the series’ two-part pilot (“Brother’s Keeper”) and the show’s first season in general. The images and footage from the set reveal the movie looks very faithful in those recreations.

John Leguizamo on the set of ‘Miami Vice ‘85’ 🚨🎬👀 https://t.co/zluTYrPqZt

— Miami Vice ‘85 Crave (@MiamiViceCrave) October 23, 2026

For example, Jordan’s Tubbs is basically wearing the same outfit as original Tubbs actor Philip Michael Thomas wore in the opening scenes of the pilot. Similarly, Leguizamo’s slicked back hair, mustache and cigar are a spot-on nod to Miguel Piñero’s look in the same episode. Beyond the clothes, though, Jordan is recreating the same actions and facial expressions as Thomas’ in the sequence where he runs out into an alley in pursuit of the slippery, enigmatic Calderone. The only major difference is that Jordan’s Tubbs has a beard while the character didn’t grow one until the later seasons of the show.

In the series, Calderone was responsible for the deaths of people close to Crockett and Tubbs so that’s why a New York cop ends up partnering with a Miami Dade P.D. undercover detective. As a lifelong fan of the show, I couldn’t be more excited to see a new Miami Vice movie set in the 1980s and that treats the subject seriously and faithfully. However, a beat-for-beat remake of the TV series pilot could end up being a bit frustrating for fans like myself who know what’s going to happen next and to whom.

Look, my Miami Vice fandom has already gotten the better of me. When the first look images of Jordan and Butler in costume were released, I hastily wrote an op-ed expressing my concern about the dark color palette rather than the pastels that were used in the show’s early seasons. However, my entire thesis was rendered moot just a few hours later when set photos online revealed Butler dressed exactly like Don Johnson’s Sonny Crockett in 1984-85, white suit and all. I had to update my piece with a mea culpa. So I’m concerned I’m similarly rushing to judgment here. Everything from Miami Vice ‘85 looks cool so far and accurate to how it was depicted on the show, but I guess I was hoping for a story that was in the spirit of the show while telling a brand new tale. I’ll just have to wait and see.

Michael Mann’s Miami Vice film from 2006 also riffed on one of the first season’s episodes (“Smuggler’s Blues”) but everything else surrounding that subplot was an entirely new and different experience for fans of the show albeit without the flash and charm that was a hallmark of the series. So I do appreciate that Miami Vice ‘85 is at least going back to its roots.

Miami Vice ‘85 is currently shooting in New York before moving production to Miami, Florida after hurricane season is over. The film opens in theaters on May 19, 2028.

Jim Vejvoda (he/him) is IGN’s Assoc. Director of Entertainment Content.

PlayStation 5 Console Sales Up 22% Ahead of GTA 6

The latter part of 2026 has been packed with excellent games, all leading up to GTA 6 on November 19, so it’s not surprising that PS5 sales have jumped over last month.

PlayStation 5 sales have jumped by 22%, according to a report from Bloomberg, with data from Circana. And, while it’s likely that the buildup to GTA 6 has contributed to those sales, it looks like it was September’s all-star lineup of games, and particularly Marvel’s Wolverine, that were primarily behind the PS5’s recent success.

We reached out to Circana Senior Director and Video Game Industry Advisor Mat Piscatella for comment on these recent sales increases, and he told us that despite its middling reception, Wolverine drove quite a bit of hardware sales. “PS5’s hardware boost was primarily driven by Marvel’s Wolverine. NBA 2K27 and Grand Theft Auto VI also likely helped,” he said. However, he added that “Xbox Series did not get a similar sales boost during the month.”

All Marvel’s Wolverine Suits

When IGN reviewed Wolverine, we gave it a middling 6 out of 10, with reviewer Simon Cardy saying, “Marvel’s Wolverine’s slick and satisfying combat wears thin well before its conclusion, so much so that even its strong character work can’t quite save it from being anything more than okay.”

In the weeks that have followed the game’s release, the community has also been mixed on the game, and Insomniac has had to respond by fixing some of the more hand-holdy mechanics, like adding a toggle for the ever-present scent trail that guides you to objectives. But, even early on, there were signs that Wolverine was selling.

Now, more than a month after release, Wolverine seems like it was absolutely a success, with Piscatella saying, “For Marvel’s Wolverine, [it’s] tough to give things a vibe check without understanding folks’ frame of reference, but it was the month’s best-seller, ranks 11th year-to-date, with a hardware bundle that seems to have sold out and the market’s best-selling accessory during the month with the limited edition Marvel’s Wolverine DualSense. Seems pretty good to me. But, we’ll have to see how the legs are over time. It wasn’t as big as say Marvel’s Spider-Man 2, but I don’t think that would have ever been a reasonable assumption.”

That hardware bundle was likely a big reason why PlayStation’s sales were so rosy over the last month. The controller looked amazing, and started selling out before the game even launched.

Looking ahead to GTA 6, though, if a game like Wolverine was able to drive hardware like this, I can only imagine that GTA is going to make an even bigger impact. We’ve already started to see signs of that happening, too. Just a couple of weeks ago, the PS5 Pro started selling out enough that used models started going for as much as $1,400, $500 more than their shelf price. And, to this day, that price still holds, with the PS5 Pro available on both Amazon and Gamestop for $1,399.

At that price, it’s going to be interesting to see sales data for this coming month, and how many people are willing to fork over that kind of cash for a new console. After all, there have been rumors this week that the next-generation Xbox Project Helix may cost up to $1,800. There were also leaks that suggest that for the PS6, just the RAM and SSD alone will cost around $680, which could see Sony’s next-gen console commanding a similar price.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Mass Effect 5 Details Revealed Following Cancellation

Following this week’s cancellation of Mass Effect 5, purportedly called Mass Effect Universe – alongside the closure of the entire BioWare development studio – new gameplay details about the role-playing game revival have emerged, including handcrafted missions that gave players Hitman-style freedom, the abililty to hack the environment, brutal close-range executions, the return of Liara, and much more.

YouTube content creator Dantics revealed the details in a new video, as he was a member of the Mass Effect Council – a group of external Mass Effect community members who gave BioWare feedback on the game during development. IGN has verified the legitimacy of these details, and can add that a development source told us that BioWare had “every major [alien] race” working in the build.

Dantics says it “looked incredible” and added, “From what I saw, BioWare was making Mass Effect for us, the fans.” More specifically, he shared that the new Mass Effect was set over 600 years after the Reaper War, and your customizable agent was like a John Wick/James Bond-type character who has had experimental technology implanted in you. As a result, you’d be able to hack and manipulate the environment such as letting you “see through walls, identify systems, remotely trigger hazards, and more.” Furthermore, you’d also be able to perform “brutal, close-range executions.”

Every IGN Mass Effect Review

Meanwhile, the galaxy has been divided into three major factions, with humanity, the Krogans, the Batarians, and others allied together. The Council races formed their own alliance, while the Geth had emerged as a third superpower who constructed megastructures. Dantics describes the setting of Mass Effect Universe as “a galactic Cold War instead of another Reaper-style invasion with a shadowy adversary.”

Missions would’ve been handcrafted, like in the original trilogy, “but with Hitman-style freedom in how you complete them.” Your squadmates would be able to clash with each other, while romance options would return without being “sanitized.” Finally, Liara would return from the original trilogy, now as a powerful Asari Matriarch.

BioWare’s closure and Mass Effect 5’s cancellation have saddened many in the gaming community. I wrote a eulogy about how BioWare was the greatest RPG developer ever. Our own Jackie Thomas lamented that we’ll never get to see the series redeemed after the disappointment of Mass Effect Andromeda, and IGN’s Matt Purslow believed that EA never knew what it had with BioWare. An internal trailer leaked online following the cancellation that gives us all an idea of what BioWare was building.

Fans aren’t giving up yet, though, as an online petition has already surged past 50,000 signatures. In addition, a Canadian politician is calling on the government to support BioWare developers in a buyout that would enable to run the studio independently. We spoke to a number of analysts this week to find out why EA shut BioWare down, and the chances of a franchise selloff.

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

PlayStation x Lisa Collection Drops on Amazon as ‘Press Play’ EP Hits Streaming

Following PlayStation’s announcement of a Lisa Edition DualSense controller, Amazon has dropped a full collection based on the new partnership. The full merch drop arrives just as Lisa releases her new EP ‘Press Play.’

The Lisa x PlayStation collection includes new apparel, accessories, and a restock of the Lisa-themed DualSense controller. Amazon has a full page dedicated to the collaboration, with several additional apparel items available exclusively from PlayStation Direct.

Lisa x PlayStation Collection Now Available at Amazon

Shop the Full Collection

0

The Lisa Edition DualSense controller is now in stock at Amazon at the same price as PS Direct: $84.99. The controller joins an ever-growing list of limited edition PS5 controllers that very rarely get restocks after selling out.

The DualSense controller is still up for preorder with a release date of October 30. The other drop in the collection that’s not available yet is a matching “Lisa” variant of PowerA’s DualSense protection case, releasing November 10.

The rest of the collection is available now. The merchandise features different iterations on the controller’s design: an artistic rendering of Lisa’s eyes, her “LL” logo, and the classic PlayStation button quartet.

Apparel makes up the bulk of the collection. Graphic t-shirts start at $40, with longer sleeve shirts and hoodies reaching up to $65. A “Dad” and “Trucker” hat are both $40, and two very similar tote bag designs are $35. For under $20, you’ll find three different keychain designs as well as a metallic sticker sheet.

Several pricier items have also popped up on PlayStation Direct, including a knit beanie design and even more hoodies.

Lisa rose to fame as the leading rapper and dancer of the record-breaking girl group Blackpink. She made her solo debut with the “Lalisa” single album in 2021. Her new EP was released alongside a new music video for the single ‘Tarantino.’

The Thai artist shared what attracted to her to a PlayStation collaboration as she geared up for the new EP release:

“Gaming is something I do whenever I have time to relax, so getting to create this collection with PlayStation was very exciting. I had a lot of fun adding in little details that I knew my fans would notice, and I wanted the fans to have something they can connect with. I’ve always loved expressing myself through music and fashion, so this collaboration gave me a new way to be creative and show a different side of myself. I hope everyone enjoys it as much as I do.” – LISA

Amazon is also hosting an exclusive CD variant of Lisa’s new EP, Press Play, which is now streaming across most music platforms.

PRESS PLAY (Amazon Exclusive Edition)

0

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Grand Theft Auto V – The Legacy Review

I’m taking a look back at each of the core Grand Theft Auto games and replaying them in the lead-up to the arrival of Grand Theft Auto 6. What we’ll be putting together won’t be traditional re-reviews, and they won’t come with any new IGN score, but they will re-examine what made each GTA remarkable upon the time of its release. By the end of the project, using GTA’s previously six-star wanted level, you should be able to get an idea of where each of these games roughly rank in my long-term love for this series.

Our last stop in this series is Grand Theft Auto V: a game so nice, they released it thrice.

13 years. Three console generations. 230 million copies. Over $10 billion in revenue. The numbers that tell the story of Grand Theft Auto V’s longevity and success are wildly impressive and virtually unprecedented. The only other games even in the conversation are Minecraft or, depending on your criteria, about 200 different versions of Tetris. The numbers, however, don’t tell us why GTA V still sells more copies every few months than most games will ever total. They don’t tell us why people can’t get enough of it, and they don’t tell us why it’s special. So how did we get here? I guess it was the weather.

While GTA IV’s Liberty City sandbox was a dense, modestly-sized, and entirely urban environment, GTA V’s vision of the city of Los Santos was considerably more sprawling and varied. Yes, it retained a grid-like downtown district packed with tall buildings and a few particularly sizable skyscrapers, but Los Santos otherwise has a wholly different identity to that of Liberty City – and the map encompasses an area way beyond Los Santos itself.

The aesthetic shift is stark. Weather depending, the beating San Andreas sunshine gives vehicles a dazzling gleam, casts crisp shadows, and saturates the whole place with a sharp, sun-bleached vibe. It’s not the stylised orange tint that illustrated the oppressive heat of 1992 Los Santos in GTA: San Andreas, but it’s bright, effective, and a striking visual departure from the cold, drab, and gritty appearance of Liberty City.

It’s also such a different place to explore. The town is splintered into dozens of distinct districts that seamlessly blend from one to the next – from the affluent mansions of Vinewood Hills and Richman to the spectacle of Vinewood itself, glowing under a thin layer of grime and entertainment industry sleaze, and from the sun-kissed sand and beach bum backalleys of ageing Vespucci to the graffiti-tagged and struggling suburbs of South Los Santos.

Vinewood nights.

Outside Los Santos, the countryside opens up to include desert, forest, mountains, and a handful of other small towns dotted around the map. It’s essentially a greatly expanded vision of the southern segment of GTA: San Andreas’ map – the section that features Los Santos, Mount Chiliad, and its immediate surroundings. It’s actually more than twice the size of GTA: San Andreas in its entirety, even if it doesn’t always feel that way, considering you can’t travel beyond the fringe of the county to find a fully-fledged San Fierro or Las Venturas. However, that’s more of a statement about how utterly special GTA: San Andreas’ map really is, rather than an indictment of GTA V in any real way.

GTA V’s map remains a stunning achievement.“

That is, GTA V’s map remains a stunning achievement. It’s a world that – even after 13 years – I’m still spotting signs, storefronts, and subtleties that I don’t think I’ve overtly noticed before. Like all the best developers, Rockstar understands that true immersion emerges through accumulation: a single graffiti-tagged wall, bill-covered pole, or interesting piece of architecture might not be hugely remarkable on its own, but combined they become something else altogether. Funnily enough, a world full of thousands of such details can make an entire city so realistic you essentially stop noticing it. It’s almost counterintuitive; things don’t stand out, because they look so authentic, lived-in, and normal.

Streiht Up Menace

The smartest way Rockstar exploits this densely detailed map is through GTA V’s defining innovation: its trio of protagonists. You swap between Michael De Santa, a retired criminal becoming increasingly agitated at his otherwise comfortable suburban life; Franklin Clinton, an aspiring, small-time hustler looking for a real payday to get him out of his rundown neighbourhood; and Trevor Philips, a wildly volatile Canadian psychopath who was formerly partners with Michael.

“I said something nice, not expensive.”

The system is much more than a novelty. Switching between them allows Rockstar to prod us into different parts of the world to explore, without relying on a single character to experience everything. For a map this large, it makes a lot of sense.

For clarity, following the release of its single-player expansions The Lost and Damned and The Ballad of Gay Tony, GTA IV also ultimately featured three protagonists – and three different lenses through which we could view and interact with Liberty City. Similarly, it was a really smart way of squeezing more value out of the map, and drilling down on parts of it Niko Bellic’s story never really took him to. But while you could certainly regard this as a first draft of a multi-protagonist approach, you can’t switch between them in real time in GTA IV; you have to pause and load into the expansions separately.

In GTA V, the transition between characters is far, far more rapid, and occurs after just a brief zoom out and back in again, dropping you into Michael, Franklin, or Trevor’s life in the middle of whatever they happen to be doing at the time – which may well be dropping a man off a bridge. The transitions give the illusion that these guys continue to exist beyond the missions in which they appear.

“Remember, there is only mass, fluidity, and incompressibility.”

Do It (’Til You’re Satisfied)

GTA V’s missions are typically far more varied and layered than those in GTA IV. After experimenting with it in The Ballad of Gay Tony, GTA V introduced mission checkpoints and finally shed what had arguably become the most frustrating characteristic of the series – the need to completely start from scratch after failing a mission.

This is what allows GTA V’s missions to be longer and regularly more wild than ever. With checkpoints as a safety net, Rockstar could really push the boat out with what it asked us to attempt – free from the sometimes debilitating concern that messing up at the last minute will result in a long drive and a lot of backtracking over things we’ve already done.

Fail here and you won’t have to go back 20 minutes to mop the floors again.

Of course, the highlight here is the focus on multilayed heists, taking the fan-favourite Three Leaf Clover bank robbery mission from GTA IV and blowing that concept out to make it the central pillar of GTA V’s campaign. There are multiple big scores that can be tackled in overtly different ways, something made easy to experiment with thanks to the ability to easily replay missions from a list of those you’ve previously completed. With the exception of The Ballad of Gay Tony, in past GTA games, the only way to play the missions again was to start over from the beginning.

GTA V builds elaborate on ramps to these heists focused on planning and preparation which typically draw on the different skills and traits of Michael, Franklin, and Trevor.“

The heists are where the three-character structure becomes most effective. We’re not just passengers on these huge marquee missions; rather, GTA V builds elaborate on ramps to these heists focused on planning and preparation which typically draw on the different skills and traits of Michael, Franklin, and Trevor. It gives the heists, and the campaign as a whole, a sense of scale and variety that would’ve been difficult to achieve through a single character.

“Look, I had to get it on, man. He was making a move.”

Higher Love

Beyond the multiple protagonists and the escalation in mission variety, GTA V also made major changes to the car handling and significant refinements to the shooting. Vehicles are certainly more approachable to drive in GTA V than they are in GTA IV; they brake hard and respond sharply to steering input. The result isn’t superficial or overly light, but it does feel very grippy. It’s a handling model that I think is particularly suited to sure-footed sports cars, although I have to concede a part of me prefers the way older vehicles feel with the “slidey cars” cheat on. It’s just more drift-friendly.

In terms of vehicle variety, however, GTA V is very much a welcome shift back to the broad spectrum available in GTA: San Andreas after things were scaled back significantly in GTA IV. As a result, one minute you could be fanging an 18-wheeler down the freeway, and the next kicking tyres and lighting fires in a fighter jet. GTA V dialled things up rather than back, so go ahead: land that jumbo on the beach and escape via a jet ski. Why the hell not?

Surf, sand, and 747s.

Combat was polished too, with more nimble movement and more dependable cover shooting. The highlight for me is the sound of firefights, as guns bark and bullets thunk into car panels. It’s brilliant stuff. The integration of the weapon wheel, which functions similarly to Red Dead Redemption and Max Payne 3, also means you can carry way more hardware – as well as multiple weapons within a single class. The weapon wheel stores all of the weapons you collect and you’ll never lose them, even if they run out of ammo or you get busted.

Party All The Time

When GTA V launched on Xbox 360 and PS3 in September 2013, both of those consoles were approaching the end of their lifespans. With the Xbox One and PS4 arriving in November that same year, you could probably make a strong case that GTA V felt like the last great statement of that generation. Many people did. However, I think there’s more to it than that.

Big dog, big nuts.

A couple of weeks before its September 17 release, I was fortunate enough to conduct the world’s first hands-on with GTA V for IGN. Revisiting and playing it again so extensively this week has very effectively taken me back to how blown away I was in that moment. I was stunned by what I was playing, and utterly convinced GTA V was outright good enough to upstage both Microsoft and Sony’s new consoles. In fact, I wrote never mind November; the next generation will start when Rockstar says it does. In 2013, that was a comment reflective of just how ahead of its time I believed GTA V was; that it was simply streets ahead of its peers, squeezing next-generation scope and ambition out of a console that first launched in 2005. Simply put, it felt like a new benchmark for an era that hadn’t even officially arrived yet. On September 3, 2013 – two weeks before GTA V came out – maybe that’s a bold claim. But with new and improved versions of GTA V going on to loom large over the generation to follow, and then doing it all over again for the generation after that – all to the tune of 230 million copies – I don’t think it was ever an exaggeration.

Verdict

Grand Theft Auto V was a game so preposterously future-proof upon its 2013 launch on Xbox 360 and PS3 that its subsequent ports to modern machines remain the benchmark for open-world action-driving games. At the conclusion of this GTA Legacy Review project I find myself too emotionally attached to the PS2 pair of Vice City and San Andreas to push past my adoration for the style and soundtracks of those period piece classics and place anything above them but, make no mistake, there are very few games I’ve played more than GTA V. Combining an enormous and extraordinarily detailed world, three compelling protagonists, a thrilling set of varied missions and heists, and the foundation for a world of multiplayer that is simply a whole separate discussion, GTA V is the peak of the series. At least for the next few weeks, that is.

For more reflections on the incredible Grand Theft Auto series, you can read our new Legacy Reviews of Grand Theft Auto, Grand Theft Auto 2, Grand Theft Auto III, Grand Theft Auto: Vice City, Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas, and Grand Theft Auto IV.

Luke Reilly is an award-winning journalist with 23 years of media experience. He previously served as Editor of Official PlayStation Magazine – Australia and Australian 360, before joining IGN in 2011. You can find him on Bluesky @mrlukereilly to ask him things about stuff.

Exodus Devs Reveal Redesigned Male Protagonist

Archetype has shown off its updated character model for the male version of Exodus protagonist Jun Aslan. Prior to this, fans had complained about Jun’s “long” face, “beady eyes,” and “botox” cheeks.

“He just looks uncannily plastic surgery filled who’s constantly serving his best iPhone face,” said one person at the time. “He looks like chad version of Timothee Chalamet (derogatory),” said another.

With his makeover complete, Jun has gone full twink mode, and looks a bit like Leon Kennedy’s younger brother. The rough edges have been sanded down and now he looks like he could front a space boy band. Dem cheekbones.

Fans on Reddit seem much happier. “Not a huge fan of the default hair TBH but I can change that so all’s good — the facial structure has really improved,” said one poster. “OHHHHH that is so much better. He looks like a dashing space hero instead of a bad go in the character creator, which is perfect,” said another.

The timing of this new trailer is interesting. Players are looking at Exodus and Owlcat’s The Expanse: Osiris Reborn
as spiritual successors to the dormant Mass Effect series. Exodus is clearly inspired by Mass Effect, putting you in the shoes of a ship captain making tough choices across alien worlds. It also puts an emphasis on relationships with your crew, who you can bump uglies with. Indeed, former Mass Effect developers, such as lead writer Drew Karpyshyn, are working on the game.

With EA announcing Mass Effect developer BioWare’s closure and the cancelation of Mass Effect 5 this week, this Exodus announcement feels like a timely reminder that space RPGs are still very much on the menu, and BioWare lives on in spirit at other studios.

Exodus Male Protagonist Visual Update Screenshots

Exodus fans have picked up on this, too, with some pointing to the Jun reveal coming hot on the heels of the leaked Mass Effect 5 trailer, which suggested a Mass Effect Universe title for the canceled game. “Who is here after watching the leaked Mass Effect Universe trailer?” one Exodus fan said. “I purposely watched the Universe trailer first and Exodus last so I’d feel a little better,” another said.

“Great timing Archetype!!!” one person commented. “This couldn’t have been revealed at a better time with the fallout of BioWare’s closure. The cheekbones really were the issue I think and this new, younger looking model really addresses it plainly and completely. Hopefully this satisfies the complainers who have made such a rabble about Jun’s face!”

When you play Jun Aslan, you choose whether they are male or female, with options like hairstyles, hair color, facial hair, and tattoos available to the player. Archetype has yet to reveal ‘FemJun,’ but did promise we’ll see her soon. “We’ve got something special cooking for her reveal, and we think it’ll be worth the wait,” Archetype teased.

Archetype promises a dark story where your actions have a massive impact on the world around you, with branching dialog trees where your choices matter. A butterfly flaps its wings on one planet, and a bit of space dust sticks in a dude’s eye lightyears away. Exodus is planned for launch on April 7, 2027, for PS5, Xbox Series X and S, and PC.

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

Modern Warfare 4 Multiplayer Chief Weighs in on Matchmaking

The Call of Duty matchmaking debate has raged on pretty much since the beginning of multiplayer. Should matches be comprised of evenly skilled players, if there’s an accurate enough way of ensuring that? Or should skill be stripped out of the equation, so you never know what to expect from the next match?

Both sides of the argument have their valid reasons for their preference, but most recently, in 2025’s Black Ops 7, an option was presented that attempted to satisfy all. While the default matchmaking was set to skill-based, as has been the case since 2007’s game-changing Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare, open matchmaking playlists were also available to those who want the opportunity to get teamed up with, and against, anybody.

This year’s Modern Warfare 4, though, has launched without that option, once again placing the matchmaking debate into the spotlight within the COD community. Is there any way to keep everyone happy, then? IGN spoke with Infinity Ward’s Multiplayer creative director, Joe Cecot, who explained that match quality is the priority.

Call of duty: Modern Warfare 4 Classic Prestige Rewards

“I don’t know if there’s perfecting it,” Cecot said of matchmaking. “For us, I think the most important thing when we look at matchmaking is that the matches we put together are good matches. And we’re also looking at the players and their experience, and we can look at the data and how it affects things, and we can quantify how it affects a certain group of players or a large percentage of them in a negative way. And so, though we’re not talking about exact specifics on matchmaking, our end goal is that every match is a good match.”

A fairly vague answer, then, and one befitting of the often-shrouded way that skill-based matchmaking (SBMM) works behind the scenes of Call of Duty matches. As previously noted, SBMM has been part of COD since the original Modern Warfare, but players only really started to feel it affecting their online experience once the algorithms were tightened from the 2019 reboot onwards.

On the surface, SBMM seems like a logical thing to want to employ in an online shooter — evenly skilled players being pitted against each other should make for the most exciting, closely contested matches. But the problem comes when you start overachieving and play out of your skin for a couple of rounds, with the algorithm then reacting and placing you in a much higher skill-level match next time up, only for you to have a miserable time getting your head popped off every time you peek around a corner. In theory, it’s a smart system, but in reality, it can lead to whiplash from one match to the next.

Is there any way to perfect it? Perhaps not. But Black Ops 7’s open queue did at least give players the option to roll the dice and opt out of skill-based matchmaking and join open queues if they wanted to. There’s a spot of confusion among the playerbase as to whether this is included in MW4, though — a persistent lobby option is available within the popular modes tab, but it doesn’t state whether this means open matchmaking is in effect. The fact that open matchmaking seemingly isn’t in MW4 at launch, or at the very least isn’t clearly displayed as being present, is therefore a little baffling.

For more on Modern Warfare 4, you can check out our review of the campaign, which will soon have multiplayer impressions added, or what we think of the extraction shooter mode, DMZ, so far.

We’ve got an in-progress Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 Walkthrough to help you through the campaign missions, plus All Collectible Note Locations, and all the Code Solutions you’ll need to open every keypad and container. For multiplayer, check out How to Level Up Fast in MW4 and our Essential Multiplayer Tips and Tricks alongside the Best MW4 Settings we recommend you use. DMZ is back, so we’ve got a handy DMZ Beginner’s Guide, too.

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

X-Files Creator Chris Carter on His Second Feature, Queens for a Day

2026 has been an interesting year of independence and creativity for The X-Files creator Chris Carter. In August, Hulu released Carter’s Director’s Cut of his 2008 feature debut, The X-Files: I Want to Believe – Vrach Frankenshteyn, with the title and tone he always intended. And this month, he’s promoting the limited release of his second feature, the self-funded indie, Queens for a Day.

IGN attended a recent Santa Monica screening of the time-twisting, cautionary tale with a defiantly political message, Queens for a Day. Carter and the film’s screenwriter, wife Dori Carter, attracted a who’s who of former X-Files staffers including Darren Morgan, Glen Morgan, Annabeth Gish, Kristen Cloke, and Jeff Cahn.

After, Gish led a Q&A with Carter who confirmed that his 2025 recut of The X-Files: I Want to Believe – Vrach Frankenshteyn dovetailed into preproduction for Queen, and even shared several X-Files collaborators like editor Cahn and production designer Mark S. Freeborn. Specifically, Vrach Frankenshteyn locked in December 2025. In early 2026, Carter relocated to his old X-Files stomping ground in Vancouver, British Columbia where he filmed over a tight 32 days. He then edited with Cahn, locking the final cut around October 9 with the most timely political topics he was able to include.

The X-Files: I Want to Believe – Vrach Frankenshteyn Photos

In an exclusive IGN chat, the recently-turned-70 Carter said it’s been a big year for him creatively, and that he’s pleased that he finally got to revisit The X-Files: I Want to Believe which initially wasn’t received well by the fandom.

“I just felt like I had made a movie and they made me change it,” Carter said of his initial disappointment with Fox’s cuts. “I wanted to make the movie a scary movie. It was a Frankenstein movie. No one ever appreciated, or got to appreciate it as Frankenstein. I actually got to put the title Frankenstein in it, so that was very important to me. We made sure it’s an X-Files movie that draws on the Frankenstein story and that’s what I tried to put back into it.”

Carter enthusiastically said he was happy with how his cut was received by critics and fans, though he acknowledges the Mulder/Scully shippers were not pleased with his cuts. “The relation-shippers were not happy that I took out some Mulder and Scully,” he said pragmatically. “But we also just did two [season] reboots and Scully learns that she is pregnant in the last one. So when I went back to do I Want to Believe, I had to keep that in mind, that if this is a movie I want people to watch now, that it doesn’t feel dated.”

Queens for a Day Photos

He explained in the Q&A that the Queen for a Day screenplay was written 30-years ago by Dori, optioned but never got greenlit. Recently, he discovered the screenplay in a box during some housecleaning, so he encouraged her to update her Twilight-Zone styled story about an adult daughter, estranged from her traditional mother. When she gets into a car crash, the daughter wakes up in her mother’s body in the 1950s and gets to live her life literally in her mother’s shoes.

“I said to Dori, ‘I think you should do this in the political moment we’re living in, and you should make the character a right-wing newscaster like Jeanine Pirro who was on [Fox New’s] The Five,’ Carter said. “And that’s really the genesis of the project.”

In its current iteration in Queen, the daughter is Judge Jerri, a big, brash conservative MAGA news pundit (played by actress Erin Boyes) who goes through a journey of begrudging empathy, coming to understanding her mother’s struggles as a single mother and more generally a disappointed woman in an era that afforded her few independent options. She comes to see where her bitterness has poisoned not only her world, but helped do so in the broader toxic political discourse.

Carter said the finished film scared all the studios and distributors but he’s still working on securing one. “The reason we wanted to do this was not just to tell a good tale, but to raise our fists. We’re angry we are living in a world we don’t want to live in, and so this is our response to that. And I should say, this story owes to Dickens’ A Christmas Carol, where Scrooge gets to see the past and present and the future, and what Jerri sees is the future that changes her life.”

He also agreed that Rod Serling’s Twilight Zone was a big inspiration. “I just read something really interesting about Rod Serling, that he kept trying to write things that they wouldn’t let him put on television,” Carter told IGN. “And he finally figured out for The Twilight Zone, if you write things allegorically, you can actually put things on film that you wouldn’t be able to do.”

Queens for a Day is screening until October 22 exclusively at LaemmleRoyal, 11523 Santa Monica Blvd. News on a wider release and more screenings for Queens for a Day can be found at their Instagram page: @queensforadaymovie

Tara Bennett is a contributing freelancer for IGN covering film and television. She has over 20 years of experience covering the film and television industries with bylines at SFX Magazine, Paste Magazine, and SYFY WIRE. She is a New York Times bestselling author of more than 30 official movie and TV companion books including The Art of Avatar: The Way of Water and The Story of Marvel Studios: The Making of the Marvel Cinematic Universe. Find @TaraDBennett on Twitter.

Secondhand Apple Tech Is Booming on Its 25th Anniversary

It’s October 23, 2001. Headline: “Apple Presents iPod”. It promised “1,000 songs in your pocket” and fundamentally sparked what turned Apple into the most valuable electronics brand in the world.

Yet, a quarter of a century later, Apple’s official storefronts bear no trace of it. The iPod Classic was quietly phased out in 2014, and the iPod Touch in 2022, sacrificed to the all-consuming presence of the yearly iPhone release.

iPod is still going strong in the secondhand market, however, at least according to the latest marketplace data from eBay. Nostalgia for the iconic device is clear, with someone searching for an “iPod” on eBay “every two seconds worldwide”.

This renaissance aligns with a broader consumer revolution according to eBay, with 76% of consumers surveyed having shopped secondhand in the past year.

Or, perhaps, this could also represent more evidence for an even greater shift in the tech industry. Stop me if you’ve heard this one before, but everything is rather expensive right now, isn’t it? Groundbreaking, I know. So let’s narrow the scope a little further.

Streaming is front and center for a lot of consumers right now. Whether that’s Netflix and Disney+ for film and TV, or Spotify for music streaming. And there’s a monthly cost attached to instantly stream media; we all know this. But it’s a cost that continues to tick upward, without offering any greater value to the consumer.

For a generation, like my own (I was born in 1997), that grew up curating MP3 libraries in iTunes—or a younger generation that’s, hopefully, becoming ever more weary of digital impermanence—we may have reached a relative tipping point.

The convenience of a Spotify, or Apple Music, or [insert any other music streaming service here] subscription no longer outweighs the price of the service. It used to be cheap and convenient, but now riddled with overbearing AI features, advertisements, and algorithms that heavily dictate listening habits; alongside increasing anxiety that I could lose access to something I love at the drop of a hat. And that’s increasingly applicable across all digital libraries, and not just streaming, where tracks, films, even entire video games vanishing from libraries are now regular occurrences.

Using an iPod to listen to music, rather than streaming on your phone, does start to feel a whole lot more appealing in 2026 and beyond. According to eBay, at least in the UK, you can pick up a Classic iPod for, on average, £45, an iPod Touch for about £30, and an iPod Nano for about £20. That’s not bad at all. Hopefully, at least by what eBay’s data is suggesting, people are beginning to wake up to the fact that access doesn’t equal ownership, and trends in the secondhand market continue to rise for the average consumer.

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Seven Havens Episodes 7-9 Recap and Review

Warning: This review contains full spoilers for Avatar: Seven Havens Season 1, Episodes 7-9!

Whoa, doggy (and we can say that because non-hybrid dogs exist in the world of Avatar)1 After last week’s episodes of Seven Havens seemed to settle into a nice, comfortable rhythm, this week’s trio literally and figuratively tossed the table with some huge story moves and big additions to the mythology while somehow also managing to be the most effortlessly funny episodes thus far. At least a portion of that is due to the show’s first two-part episode, which you know has to be big — and it is — but thanks to the continued impressive balance of ongoing mysteries and emotional storytelling, Episodes 7-9 are a thrilling roller-coaster ride from start to finish.

Oh, and also we get to see Korra and Asami again, so commence freaking out, everyone!

Read Last Week’s Review:

Avatar: Seven Havens Episodes 4-6 Recap and Review

The Long View

To talk broad strokes before we get into the specifics of the episodes: As we’ve stated in previous recaps, the metaphor Seven Havens seems to be going for is how in our own world, countries are closing borders and refusing to work with each other to fix larger problems — i.e. the environment — while also amping up fear of the other. In this case, that “other” are the Havens other than Ellora, which is the main one we’re spending time in this season. But it also extends to the ostensible villains — raiders known as the Faceless, and more specifically the Avatar, as for hundreds of years people have believed Korra caused the Cataclysm that wrecked the world.

This week, with Envoys visiting from other Havens (more on that below), we get to see this distrust in action. It’s enormously simplified for the child’s cartoon we’re watching (no shade there) to the other Havens needing food and Ellora wanting benders to protect them from the red diamond Anomaly that has been growing and attacking Ellora at a regular rate. We’re not talking complicated, multi-faceted trade deals here, and that’s fine. But the thrust is clear for the viewer: These Havens, of course, would be stronger together, but it’s easier to give in to fear, the real theme of this season, than join up. Alone, the Havens are in survival mode; together, they might have something greater, but through pride, tradition, or whatever excuse they want to give, it doesn’t happen.

And for any viewers frustrated about these moves, there’s a key moment late in Episode 9, “The Envoys: Part Two,” when Commander Karthik (Akshay Khanna) talks about how they were raised to hate the Avatar. While it’s been a decade or so in our time since we’ve last seen the Avatar, and we know that Pavi (Saheli Khan) and Nisha (Aishu Devan), our twin Avatars, are good, It’s been 225 years since Avatar: The Legend of Korra. That’s over two centuries, and every character we’re watching on TV was born and raised in a world that doesn’t just hate and fear the Avatar, but has also been taught to distrust each other. Heck, their parents, grandparents, and probably even great-grandparents were born and raised the same. They don’t know any other life, and society has developed solely based around these precepts. It’s less about breaking programming than completely reconceptualizing history and learning. That’s hard, folks!

And speaking of Karthik, let’s take a small but related side-trip to talk about what happens towards the end of Episode 9. Pretty much since he first popped up, fans have pointed at Karthik as likely turning evil, getting corrupted, or perhaps being the head of the evil (or at least morally grey) Red Lotus instead of the Order of the White Lotus, which turns out to be 100% totally not true. In fact, in a shocker, it’s Jae (Major Curda) who betrays Karthik and the Avatars. We’ve watched Jae struggle with what we mentioned above, being raised in a society where the Avatar is seen as the ultimate evil. In Episode 9, he does turn against them, tells everyone about the White Lotus, gets Karthik arrested, and becomes Commander of the Bending Brigade himself. While it’s possible this might be revealed as a long range plan to do the right thing, at least at the end of this week, it’s a punch in the gut, and a real emotional surprise to see a character we’ve been following and believed in stick to the status quo instead of growing, changing, and learning.

It’s also, to be clear, very smartly done and more realistic: In real life, people rarely break out of their programming; they may be challenged, and they could even flirt with changing their minds, but sadly, more often than not they stay with what’s comfortable rather than truly evolve. So, boo to Jae! Hooray to the writers of Seven Havens. Also, boo to the writers — how dare you do this to Jae?! Life is complicated.

The Episodes Close Up

Anyway, there’s lots more to get into, so let’s do some brief recap. First up is Episode 7, “What Lies Beneath,” which does not include appearances by either Harrison Ford* or Michelle Pfeiffer. Instead, when Pavi decides to try and connect with the Anomaly to try and chase down more memories of her missing parents, she blasts a hole in the massive red crystal, revealing tunnels under Ellora. It turns out there’s a lot under the city, including a factory that was built by none other than Asami Sato. Thanks to a “mover,” we get to see both Korra and Asami, older, happier, and not in the Spirit World (where we last left them at the end of Legend of Korra).

(*What kind of bender do you think Ford would be? Is there cranky old man bending? Is that a thing?)

Also lying beneath? The Faceless, who we discover are aiming to live free rather than have life prescribed for them by the dictates of Ellora. Specifically, if you have bending ability, you join the Bending Brigade. That’s what Jae wants and what he believes in, but not Uki (Kimberly Woods), who was seemingly kidnapped last week but has actually been part of the Faceless the whole time. She leads Jae to the Faceless Queen, Zi (Dianne Doan), who later turns out not to be the Faceless Queen, though we’ll get there in a second.

That’s because so many other things happen in this episode! Pavi, first of all, discovers a bubbling pit of red energy, which grabs her and transports her back to Republic City, where we see the beginning of the Cataclysm. It sure looks like Korra in the Avatar state is tearing Republic City to the ground while releasing Spirit Energy tentacles. She’s definitely not, of course, and we’ll likely get a lot more info on this in subsequent episodes and seasons. But it confirms the suspicion that a lot of theories have rested on, and without getting too in the weeds on this: Back at the end of Legend of Korra, the doors between the Spirit and Human world were still open, and there was a lot of controversy about the use of Spirit Energy as batteries (think nuclear energy and you have the general idea). Given the Avatar is always about finding balance in the world, it’s probably fair to posit based on this one scene that things became very out of balance because of Republic City using Spirit Vine energy. Korra tried to stop it, and possibly the Spirit World crashed into the Human world.

More Avatar: Seven Havens Images

We discover that the song Pavi and Nisha remember being sung by their parents is sung by people from the Eastern Outskirts in a lovely little moment where Uki pauses their tense showdown to offer up info on the ditty. Pavi and Nisha have a rift growing between them, and we end with two groups of Envoys — one from New Ba Sing Se and the other from Akasha — travelling towards Ellora like an Avatar version of Mad Max: Fury Road. We just needed Chong wailing on his dramyin while flames pump in the background to complete the picture. So shiny. So chrome!

Then it’s time for the two-parter, “The Envoys.” In the first part, the focus is on the summit between New Ba Sing Se, Akasha, and Ellora, which gets broken up by an attack by the Faceless, revealing the Faceless Queen is none other than… Agam (Sakina Jaffrey), the friendly cook/baker who has now not-so-curiously shown up in nearly every episode. Meanwhile, Nisha gets tested by the White Lotus representatives from New Ba Sing Se, Akasha, and what sounds like Nutha (NOTE: there are no closed captions on the screeners provided by Paramount+, so we might have the spelling wrong)… and fails.

That leads us into the game-changing second part, which doesn’t have a cold open before the title sequence, so you know it’s a big one. We almost immediately discover Agam’s motivation: Her father was taken against his will as a bender in the Brigade. In response, Agam created the Faceless as a way of being free and following their own destiny. Her destiny? To lead them to Republic Forest, which functions not just as a complete recontextualization of the main location in Legend of Korra, but also the mythical safe haven all post-apocalypse stories must have.

Nisha, frustrated by her failed Avatar test, steps up to take down Agam, who reveals herself to be some sort of combo sandbender/mudbender, and an advanced one at that. So naturally, Nisha reveals herself as the Avatar; and just as she does, the red diamond Anomaly busts through. The Faceless escape in the resulting panic, Pavi manages to lure the red diamond away, and in the aftermath, Jae betrays the White Lotus, resulting in their arrest. New Ba Sing Se and Akasha withdraw their aid, while the Chancellor of Ellora essentially puts the town under martial law.

In the midst of all this, we get two eye-opening visions via the red diamond: Nisha sees a rock with an anomaly crystal sticking out of it; and Pavi is taken to a starfield, where something that is not Rainbow Road forms, leading her to the red symbol of Ellora with six additional circles stretching out into space. As we discussed last week, it’s seeming more and more likely that the goal here is for Pavi and Nisha to unlock the Chakras of the planet, starting with defeating “fear” in Ellora via the Root Chakra — likely specifically tied to the crystal seen in Nisha’s vision. Each “Haven” is actually a place where the Chakra is locked, which will send Pavi and Nisha out into the world once they realize what their “Avatar bringing balance” mission is actually all about.

Those are the broad strokes of the plot, but we skipped over something we mentioned earlier: how funny these episodes are at the same time — Jae calling hay his “nose nemesis,” the “who’s that?” as Pavi tells the citizens of Ellora that everything is going to be okay, and we’ll get into this more in the next section, but everything with the Pudding Guy (Eric Bauza) is laugh out loud funny. And isn’t that one of the big draws of the Avatar franchise, that goofball moments can sit right alongside “heck yeah” moments like Nisha saying “I’m the Avatar?”

It’s thrilling to have this feeling back, and this group of episodes definitely feels like Seven Havens firing on all cylinders. It’s also wild to think there are four more episodes to go next week, when “The Envoys: Part Two” in particular has big penultimate-episode-of-the-season energy. We’ll see you back here then (though there’s more article after this, so hang out one second, will you?)!

Avatar Easter Eggs, References, And Connections

We didn’t mention this last week, but while we’re throwing theories out there, there’s been a lot of hay (my nose nemesis!) made out of the fact that Pavi and Nisha are animated with diamond pupils instead of the oval-esque pupils the rest of the characters have. How does this connect to the Red Diamond? And does it connect to Raava and Vaatu (the spirits of order and chaos, respectively) who both have diamond-ish patterns in them? The show has been slow playing the big mythology moves, but with the introduction of the Spirit energy tentacles this episode, it seems likely this does tie to the two spirits in some way. How? We’ll just have to wait and see.

After Pavi opens up the hole in the crystal in “What Lies Beneath,” we get a mention of a rare sect of earthbenders who can feel things under the ground. While it didn’t start with Toph in The Last Airbender, this is a seismic sense (sort of like sonar) that she taught to Aang and passed down to her daughter, Lin Beifong, who appeared in The Legend of Korra. Does this mean that Pavi and Nisha are tied in some way to the Beifong family tree? Maybe!

Businessman Varrick invented “movers,” aka movies, back in Legend of Korra, and it looks like they developed from black-and-white/sepia-toned to color movers at some point, as we get to see Korra and Asami in all their older glory underneath Ellora.

On the lockers next to the main chamber under Ellora, we get to see a Korra action figure, as well as posters for Aang, Kyoshi, and Kuruk. Notably, Kuruk is getting his own spin-off (as announced at New York Comic Con), albeit from his younger days as a 14-year-old wild child in Avatar Kuruk: Waves of Chaos.

After Pavi connects with the Anomaly under Ellora, we see the older Korra using her glider — which was introduced in Legend of Korra Book 3 — to head from Air Temple Island to Republic City. There, while the Spirit energy tentacles are causing the Cataclysm and Korra is clearly in the Avatar state (check out her white eyeballs), it’s notable that Republic City is otherwise empty. Perhaps this cataclysm wasn’t as cataclysmic as everyone thinks?

At the end of Episode 7, as mentioned, we get that Mad Max scene. Some additional details are that the former Earthbending city of Ba Sing Se has somehow been inverted; they now live on Feather Mountain (a new location), and are airbenders – and historians – riding on Flying Bison? Meanwhile, Akasha (another new location) is the one place that has figured out how to keep using technology from Korra’s time, which means they have a riff on Link’s Master Cycle Zero from Breath of the Wild. Adding in the teases of spirit energy, if the whole world was relying on it and that caused the Cataclysm, it’s likely Akasha has figured out an alternative energy source that nobody else has access to. They’re also, per the dismissive Flying Bison rider, clearly younger.

Let’s talk about the biggest, most important addition to the lore: Pudding Guy. In The Last Airbender, there was a Cabbage Merchant who constantly had his cabbages destroyed either directly by Team Avatar or as a side-effect of their adventures, followed by him holding his cabbages to the heavens and screaming “My cabbages!” Then in Legend of Korra, the son of the Cabbage Merchant, Lau Gan-Lan, formed a company called Cabbage Corp, which was constantly destroyed. In the absence of cabbage, we’ve got our new “guy” for Seven Havens, and that’s Pudding Guy. He keeps making pudding, singing little songs about his pudding, and then having it wrecked by the Avatars. Is it cabbage pudding? Perhaps. But get ready for plenty more “My pudding!” to come.

In “The Envoys: Part One,” as noted above, we get an additional Haven showing up as part of the Order of the White Lotus: Nutha. While the spelling may or may not be off, Nutha is the name of a Southern Water Tribe citizen who plays a big part in “The Rift” trilogy of Avatar graphic novels. The rep from Nutha is a waterbender too, so it fits.

We also mentioned Republic Forest earlier. Republic City was the height of technology and innovation, so as New Ba Sing Se seems to be an inversion (going from earthbending to airbending), the city is now Republic Forest. As a side note, in the chamber under Ellora where Pavi, Nisha, and Jae see the mover, there are banners for all four bending nations. It seems likely that the cooperative ethos of Republic City spread through the whole world… at least before the Cataclysm.

Oh, and turtle ducks show up! They’ve been in every iteration of Avatar. They’re cute! That’s all we’ve got on this one.

Young Sheldon Star Annie Potts Says She Was a ‘Little Sad’ About Jim Parsons Cameo in Show’s Finale

Annie Potts, who portrayed a younger version of Sheldon’s Meemaw on Young Sheldon, revealed how she felt about the show’s finale, disagreeing with how adult Sheldon remained “mean and unchanged” in Parsons’ finale cameo.

The end of Young Sheldon — the seven-season-long Big Bang Theory Spinoff show — was rife with drama. Its abrupt ending was reportedly revealed to cast members in a Zoom call, with Potts saying she felt “blindsided” by the decision and went “full Meemaw” on the series’ producers.

She elaborated on these feelings in a book authored by Jessica Radloff titled Young Sheldon: The (Juicier-Than-Meemaw’s-Brisket) Inside Story of the Hit Comedy, where she described her reaction to Jim Parson’s cameo at the end of the final episode as a grown-up Sheldon.

Young Sheldon: Season 1 Photos

According to Radloff’s book, Potts was “a little sad” about how Sheldon remained “mean and unchanged” as a character despite all the events of the prequel series.

“That broke my heart,” she told the author. “It was like, ‘Really? Still no responsibility?’ It was just selfishness. It’s just not how I wish to see Sheldon off into the world. …I thought the show could have ended [with young Sheldon] and not to the dreaded scene with Jim and Mayim as Sheldon and Amy revealing he was unchanged and unrepentant. That gave me a stomachache. It was like, ‘Who crashed our party?! Who invited you?’”

While most of the cast reportedly felt similarly burnt by the situation, Young Sheldon himself, Iain Armitage, said he was probably the only member who was actually happy that the show was finally over.

“Looking back now, it’s nostalgic-sad,” he said. “Like, I miss working at Warner Bros., I miss the crew and the people I love. I love the act of acting. I love doing it. It’s fun. But not really specific moments. More the overall thing.”

He went on to call the intense reaction to the show’s cancellation from his fellow castmates as “heavy and annoying and weird,” saying he wanted to be back in Virginia.

“I wanted to be traveling, and I’m happy to do whatever movie comes up. And my mom has always imbued me with a very healthy sense of ephemerality, and the fact that nothing good can last and everything changes, and that’s a good thing,” he continued. “I would hate to be on a show playing 23-year-old Sheldon. That would suck. I wouldn’t want to do that. So it was a perfect time to end it,” he said in the book.

A Young Sheldon spinoff series was greenlit (news that, reportedly, also blindsided the original show’s cast), focusing on Georgie and Mandy as young parents in the 90s. It was first announced in 2024 and is still running today, currently on its third season.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Save $50 Off the ASUS ZenScreen 16″ 1080p Portable USB Monitor Ahead of Black Friday

It’s no surprise why USB portable monitors are becoming so popular. They provide extra screen real estate for laptop users and they’re much slimmer and lighter than your average monitor so you can carry them around. Many newer laptops now have USB ports that can power the monitor so that you don’t even need to plug it into an outlet. In addition to boosting productivity on a laptop, the monitor also works as a totable display for your Nintendo Switch. Talk about convenience!

Ahead of Black Friday, Amazon is offering the ASUS ZenScreen 15.6″ USB Portable Monitor (MB16AHV) for just $99 with free shipping after a $50 off instant discount. There are many portable monitor brands out there, but ASUS is generally considered amongst the highest quality options, especially with its robust 3 year warranty.

Save $50 Off the ASUS ZenScreen 16″ Portable USB Monitor

Asus ZenScreen MB16AHV 16” 1080p USB-C Portable Monitor

1

The ASUS ZenScreen (MB16AHV) is a portable 15.6″ monitor that weighs just 2 pounds and measures less than 0.5 inches thin. The plastic housing has been treated with an ionic silver coating “inhibiting 99.9% of bacteria”. The monitor features a built-in kickstand and a 1/4″ threaded hole for attaching it to a tripod or table mount.

The 15.6″ IPS display features a 1080p resolution (141ppi), 60Hz refresh rate, wide 178-degree viewing angle, and an anti-glare matte surface. Connectivity options include two USB Type-C ports and one mini HDMI port to connect to a laptop, tablet, or handheld gaming PC for use as a main or secondary display. If your device is equipped with a USB Type-C output with Power Delivery, then a single cable can be used for both video and power. Otherwise, you’ll need two cables: a mini HDMI or USB Type-C cable for video and a second USB Type-C cable to a wall charger for power.

Compatible with Nintendo Switch or Steam Deck

This monitor works quite well paired with a gaming handheld like the Nintendo Switch or Steam Deck. You will have to use the two-cable setup (one USB cable to the handheld, one USB cable to a wall charger) for this to work properly. The 1080p 60Hz panel best complements the Nintendo Switch, since the Switch only supports up to 720p @ 60Hz anyway. The Steam Deck and Switch 2 can support higher resolutions and refresh rates, but at that point you’re really taxing your system, and 1080p/60Hz on a smaller display is an ideal balance between visual fidelity and playable framerates.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Does Batman Appear in the DCU?

Let’s make this simple: You want to know if there are any mid- or post-credits scenes in Clayface. The answer is no.

Full SPOILERS for the movie follow!

The new movie Clayface marks the live-action film debut of the classic Batman villain but fans are obviously wondering if the film also introduces the DCU’s incarnation of the Caped Crusader. It does not.

We’re gonna dive into how Clayface ends, how the character’s design was created for the film, and yes, the Batman of it all… so read on!

Is Batman in Clayface?

While Batman is never even mentioned here, the movie does feature a scene set at the Wayne Community Centre. But let’s be clear: Batman already exists in Clayface’s Gotham City and in the DCU at large.

Remember, the DCU’s Batman already popped up in animated form for a cameo in Creature Commandos. Matt Hagen’s Clayface also made his animated DCU debut in that show, where he was voiced by Alan Tudyk. (The live-action version of Matt Hagen doesn’t quite jibe with the animated version. Hagen also appeared to have been killed off in Creature Commandos, but DCU Studios co-boss James Gunn later confirmed that Clayface survived.)

Of that version of the Caped Crusader, Gunn already confirmed last year that “this is the DCU Batman,” but the character was kept in silhouette because he was not yet ready to commit to a final costume design. Gunn said the animated cameo was “just a way to introduce that Batman is a part of this universe, he’s an important part of this universe, and he has an impact on it.”

Batman in Creature Commandos. (Photo: HBO Max)

And if there was still any doubt after all that, Clayface director James Watkins told me at the film’s press junket, “I would say Batman exists in this world [of Clayface], but it’s just not his story. It’s Matt Hagen’s story. So, it’s just like in Joker. It’s a city of several million people, and we’re telling one person’s story within it.”

So we likely won’t see the DCU’s Batman in live-action until Batman: The Brave and the Bold finally makes it to the screen (unless, of course, Gunn sneaks him into next year’s Man of Tomorrow, but that lineup already seems pretty stacked).

It’s also worth noting the timeline of events so far in the DCU. Both Clayface and Creature Commandos take place before the events of Superman, which is set in 2025. Lanterns only references Batman in its sequences set in 2026, so it’s possible that the DCU’s Batman started operating in Gotham City sometime after 2016 and before 2024.

Clayface Ending Explained

While there’s no post-credits scene, fans will have to wait until the final scenes of DC Studios’ new movie Clayface to see a comics and cartoon-accurate depiction of the monstrous Batman villain.

After finally attaining his revenge on all those who wronged him – from the mobsters who carved up his face to the money manager who stole his fortune and the best friend who betrayed him – former actor Matt Hagen (Tom Rhys Harries) turns his sights on Dr. Caitlyn Corr (Naomi Ackie).

Matt fell hard for Caitlyn while she was treating him with her experimental nanobot regenerative process, tech that restored his face but also caused his shape-shifting affliction. Despite being engaged to Gotham Police detective John Borrelli (Max Minghella), Caitlyn also developed feelings for Matt. Ultimately, though, she chose not to betray John and become romantically involved with her patient. Caitlyn comes home to the apartment she shares with John to reveal the truth about Matt’s condition, her role in how it happened, and his involvement in the killings. Then she notices the real John’s corpse lying in the next room, having been slain by Matt, who suggests he could stay in John’s form forever if she wants to be with him.

Matt is clearly off his rocker at this point. Caitlyn grabs the taser from John’s belt and zaps Matt, lighting him up and sending him crashing through the window to the street below. As Matt writhes in pain while electricity surges through his nanobot-infested body, Caitlyn retrieves her tablet computer so she can access the destruct sequence for the nanobots, which would also kill Matt in turn. (It should be noted that electricity is one of Batman’s preferred weapons against Clayface in other media.)

Outside, Matt transforms into the giant Clayface form that fans will recognize from the comics and animated series, terrifying Caitlin. Tom’s eyes plead with her, his humanity returning briefly enough for him to beg to die. Caitlyn initiates the self-destruct sequence and watches as Matt melts into puddles that drain into the sewer.

Later, Caitlyn is at her lab where she shares all her materials related to Matt with the police. (How and why she isn’t arrested as an accessory to all the murders or for unlawful human experiments is never addressed.) Walking home, she is unnerved looking at strangers’ faces, haunted by Matt’s ability to become anyone in an instant. She stops to buy a newspaper from a vendor. The front page cover story is about Matt’s downfall and death. A homeless man asks her for some money and does a familiar actorly bow when accepting it, a gesture Caitlyn recognizes as one that Matt once did.

We then follow the homeless man back to his dwelling where, as suspected, he’s revealed to actually be Matt. Caitlyn appears behind him, holding the newspaper. He asks her how the reviews are and she tells me he received rave notices. That’s when we see Matt has created both her form and his own from the pool of clay. He cries out in anguished despair once his romantic fantasy life with Caitlyn physically recedes into his monstrous true form.

How Clayface’s Gruesome Final Form Was Realized

I recently chatted with director James Watkins and stars Tom Rhys Harries and Naomi Ackie about what went into the filming of Clayface’s final, comics-accurate form. Watkins said it was a lengthy process to settle on the final look, which was not achieved entirely through CGI alone.

“We went through 13, 14 iterations trying to get that [final form] right,” said Watkins. “I wanted to honor the comics and look at that and have something that was true to that. But at the same time, it’s got to play as live-action and real and grounded. But also, I wanted to not lose sight [of Harries]. I remember his eye I was most focused on. Not [to] lose sight of the pain, the heartbreak, the man inside the monster, as it were. And that was really, really important to me from when I first read Mike Flanagan’s script, the sort of tragedy of that character and that journey.”

Watkins added, “I don’t like horror movies that are just clockwork. I like horror movies where they have an emotional connection or a soul or whatever. And that was something that I was most focused on achieving at the end.”

The director said various things were tried on the set to accomplish that, which were then digitally augmented. Ackie recalled “there was a giant man in a suit … he was like 6’10”” who served as Clayface’s in-person stand-in. Ackie clarified that the man was not in a motion-capture suit but rather one that better resembled the character.

For the final interaction between the fantasy Caityn and Matt, who transforms during it, Ackie revealed “it wasn’t actually Tom at that point. So without giving anything away, things happen and then the giant man comes in and then he took over, but we were very excited for the giant man.”

DC Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

“That day was a pretty cool day,” Harries recalled about filming that scene. “We’ve been shooting for maybe six or seven hours and it was near the end of the whole shoot. And Naomi and I had maybe gone a bit – we lost the plot. So then we were very impatient for this guy to come.”

Harries added that “there’ll be photos and (behind-the-scenes materials) that will come out at the appropriate time. But it was huge discussions with so many different departments about how you achieve that and where you get to. And I think the thing that I find really interesting about Matt throughout this whole (film) is that … he has no concept of Clayface and he doesn’t anticipate where this is going. He’s just met somebody who might be able to help him and inadvertently falls in love with this person. He thinks he’s on a completely different trajectory to the one he ends up going down.”

Clayface is now playing in theaters. For more coverage, be sure to read IGN’s Clayface review and learn what DC Studios’ Peter Safran said about DC’s next film and television projects.

Jim Vejvoda (he/him) is IGN’s Assoc. Director of Entertainment Content.

Wo Long 2: Wings of Ember Gets Wuxia… and Let Me Fight a Horrific Spider Thing

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • Visually, Wo Long 2 is a beautiful game.
  • No stamina gauge means faster action.
  • I love that the combat system encouraged me to be aggressive and chase perfection.

I have a confession to make, friends: I’ve never played the original Wo Long. I know, I know. Dust off your pitchforks, light your torches. I have it coming in the same way that we all do. “How could you, Will? You’re an action game guy!” Listen, I’m of the opinion that Team Ninja is one of the best to ever do it. Maybe even the best. But everybody’s got blind spots. That’s what I told myself as a giant spider thing with weird arms named Wugu who I’m sure would have been easier if I’d played the original smashed me into the ground for the umpteenth time. I was also coming into the fight cold. My demo had been split by an interview with producer Mazakazu Hirayama and development producer Masaaki Yamagiwa. Great for this preview. Bad for me. But the beauty of Team Ninja’s games has always been that they ask you to believe you can make it to the next moment, that you can be perfect for just a few more seconds. You have to believe. And I did.

But before we talk about the end, we have to talk about the beginning. My demo started with a simple objective: retake the demonic island. Sure, man. Why not? As I maneuvered my character down the Red Cliffs, I was stunned by Wo Long’s beauty. Team Ninja’s games have always had a distinct visual style, but if I wasn’t marching off to battle the demonic, I’d have stopped to take in the view. Flowers swaying with the wind, a shadow cast by a wooden fence, a leaf carried gently to the ground by the breeze. Even the ships with their brilliant red sails, afire under the cliff, and the glowing mountain of corruption rising from the ground like a severed fist were beautiful, in their own way. Something to fight for, I guess. But beauty isn’t why I’m here.

Down the Cliffs, onto what remains of the pier. Open a chest for some of the loot Team Ninja has become famous (infamous?) for over the years. Raise a flag for the future and morale. Across a rope attached to a ballista’s arrow, I find my first foes. Regular soldiers. My Gray Iron Dual Chakrams (everything, everything is Xena) make quick work of them. God, it’s good to play an action game where weapons have movelists again. Just have to be careful not to follow those poor fools into the water myself. My character can duel with the best of them, but he can’t swim.

My favorite trick of the demo: launching a guy into the air and watching as he falls into the water, then jumping away at the last moment so I don’t take the plunge myself. “

Across the water is where I find my favorite trick of the demo: launching a guy into the air and watching as he falls into the water, then jumping away at the last moment so I don’t take the plunge myself. Every game should have jump cancels. Wo Long 2 understands this. Yes.

A couple of boats (and deaths) later and I am coming to grips with Wo Long 2’s combat, its speed. And it is fast, something Hirayama and Yamagiwa emphasized when I spoke to them.

“We got heavy inspiration, obviously because it’s set in China, [from] Chinese martial arts. And for example, if we were to take a game that was based in Japan, like a samurai game, the samurai really focuses on the non-movement as well as when they actually have to move. But when we looked at Chinese martial arts, there’s a lot of speed, there’s a lot of back and forth, there’s a lot of over-the-topness to it. So we definitely got the battle system inspiration from that.”
But the battle system also emphasizes aggressive play. “One of the concepts that we have for this game is we got every inspiration from Chinese movies… back and forth attack and defense, like action movies…” the producers told me. “There’s going to be really speedy combat and a lot of back and forth, but when you perform attacks in series… it’s going to open your options up a little more and you’ll be able to do more actions by continuing to attack.”

Wo Long 2: Wings of Ember Screenshots

You can feel it immediately. By continuing to land hits, you build your own Spirit gauge, which you can spend on Martials Arts (insert drum roll), special attacks unique to each of Wo Long 2’s 18 weapons or Wizardry. Bolts of lightning to electrocute the unprepared. Freezing your blade to take out enemies made of fire. It’s in making the choices at the right moments, and being willing to play defense, that Wo Long 2 shines. You could just block, I suppose, or roll away. These are the tools we are used to in the soulslike, and they are the weapons of cowards. But there is no stamina gauge here, nothing to limit the fun or prevent you from being aggressive on the attack and risking parries on defense. Transcendence comes in the moments you see the attack coming, all outlined in a flashing red circle enclosing its occupant like a halo, and rush into it for the deflect. Perhaps you will die. Perhaps you will be glorious. But unless you open yourself to failure, neither option can come to pass. Glory is only possible in vulnerability. No heroes were forged in safety, in the conservative. I know what I would rather be.

Or perhaps I would rather be devious. Could I, I wondered as I squared up against Han Xuan and his minions, win by knocking him into the drink? Why should I play fair? One air combo later, and he was sinking to Davy Jones’. Brilliant. I learn not to play by the rules. I attack massive foes with ballistae from a distance. I send enemies to watery graves. I have come to play and to win.

Wo Long 2: Wings of Ember – October 2026 Screenshots

I advance through armored enemies wielding maces bigger than I am, dodge through the arrows of archers foolish enough to hold their ground. I meet the heroes of the Three Kingdoms, save their soldiers, plant flags to raise morale and to bring me back when I fall to seek revenge against the foes who killed me, now strengthened by my defeat. Tecmo Koei is no stranger to the Three Kingdoms setting, something both Hirayama and Yamagiwa joke about when I speak to them, but for Wo Long 2, the team wanted to combine historical events with the dark fantasy element that defines Wo Long as a series. Creating an original character allowed them to do just that.

“We wanted to kind of have that character interact with these events and in a way it’s like you could kind of see the behind the scenes of what was going on if this person were to exist when these events were happening… [We] think fans of… Chinese Three Kingdoms history would enjoy this game because it’s based off of true events that happened, but even people that don’t know, that aren’t too privy to the Three Kingdoms will be able to enjoy the story because of how the main character interacts with these events.”

As I move deeper into the corruption, things get more intense. I fight beings made of fire and freeze my blade to dispatch them. I grapple with foes whose limbs are too long and who can kill me almost immediately. Sometimes I fight. Sometimes I run. Sometimes I manifest the presence of a divine beast, the beautiful phoenix, to aid me, and it carries me through. I upgrade and rework my skills. I begin to understand. And Wo Long teaches me every step of the way, largely through its UI. Whenever I have a question, I look at the options on-screen, and they often lead to answers.

My favorite moment in the demo pits me against Shi Huan. I have little health and no healing items. “I’m dead,” I figure. I’ll die, respawn, and try again. But why not make the most of the attempt? I stayed aggressive, wiping out his mooks and then taking the fight to him. I never let up, only pausing long enough to deflect his Critical Blows (the ones outlined in red), and somehow, I did it. It was immensely satisfying. But I wasn’t done. A few more fire demons (and one 30-minute interview) later, and I was facing off against Wugu again.

I beat him, for the record. It took everything I had: a spell that restored my health, the Divine Beast at my back, and a lot of trial and error and getting smacked into the turf by his weird tentacle arm. But I believed, and eventually I did it.

Would Wo Long 2 have a weapon that featured an Izuna Drop? Hirayama and Yamagiwa laughed at that one.“

But I’d only seen a fraction of what Wo Long 2 has to offer. When I spoke to them, Hirayama and Yamagiwa emphasized the open field, a more strategic aspect that can have an impact on the enemy’s morale. “There’s a lot of small things that you could do within [the] open field… You could attack a smaller squad of the enemy side, and you could even take over that squad, have their leader join you and become an ally. You could attack the enemy’s foodstock and kind of lower their morale. As you play the game, you find all these small things that you could do on the battlefield for you to achieve that ultimate objective, main objective.
“Three Kingdom games are famous for the strategic aspect, taking over a certain area from the enemies,” they continued. “There’s been a lot of that in a lot of these Three Kingdoms games, and we wanted to combine those two aspects… That’s one of the main characteristics of the Wo Long series, the soulslike aspect, tons of dying as well as the strategic taking over areas from the enemy.”

My brief time with Wo Long 2 hadn’t allowed me to experience the open field, but it does give me something to look forward to. Still, I had one more question. One very dumb, very selfish question that anyone who had played a Team Ninja game, whether it was Ninja Gaiden or Rise of the Ronin, might have on their mind.. And I needed an answer: would Wo Long 2 have a weapon that featured an Izuna Drop? Hirayama and Yamagiwa laughed at that one. They hadn’t considered it, they told me, but it was a good idea. So who knows? If it shows up, remember this preview

Either way, Wo Long 2: Wings of Ember is shaping up to be an interesting sequel that combines elements of Team Ninja’s action game expertise with the Three Kingdoms games’ penchant for strategy. But what I liked most about my time with it was that it encouraged me to be aggressive and chase perfection. That’s what the best action games do. Will Wo Long 2 live up to that pedigree? That remains to be seen. But it certainly feels like it’s aiming for the right stuff. And if you can make it through the next few seconds, you can make it through anything.

While you’re here, check out these recent previews of other big upcoming games we’ve checked out recently!

Will Borger is an IGN freelancer. You can find him on Bluesky @edgarallanbro.

Cyberpunk 2 Associate Director Says Half of Game’s Quest Team Are Former Modders

Cyberpunk 2 associate game director Pawel Sasko revealed that a good chunk of the game’s staff are actually former modders who CD Projekt Red picked up to work on the highly-anticipated sequel.

Sasko made these comments during one of CDPR’s REDstreams on October 21, where the team discussed the bevy of exciting new updates coming to Cyberpunk 2077. As part of this discussion, they explained their decision to introduce cross-platform support for PlayStation 5, Nintendo Switch 2, and Xbox Series X|S, saying this was done both to keep the game fresh and to actively support the creativity of its modders.

In fact, the good folks at CDPR have actually partnered with modders in the game’s community as part of these updates, and even credited them with helping keep the title afloat.

Cyberpunk TCG Set 2 Art Reveal

“The modding community is really keeping the game alive,” Sasko said. “I’m very often looking at what our modders are doing, what they’re building. It’s very exciting. There’s so much creativity. We as a studio always try to support our modding community as much as we can.”

Adding onto this discussion, Sasko revealed that CDPR has sourced quite a few of its staff working on Cyberpunk 2 from the game’s modding scene, saying that around half of its quest team — designers who create a game’s objectives and storyline segments — are former modders.

“A lot of modders, they were players who actually first played and actually got experience with customizing the game with the mods,” he said. “For me, this is a foot-in-the-door technique, and a gateway into game dev,” he continues. “You can see, and you can learn how things are made, how things can be built. We actually hired so many modders. I would say, at this point, half of the quest team is all former modders.”

While this isn’t a completely new revelation as far as CDPR is concerned (Sasko actually revealed this information back in 2024), it certainly couldn’t come at a funnier time, given the ongoing discussion around the differing sentiments toward community patches, mods, and emulation happening between Western players and Japanese fans on social media right now.

It’s an exciting era for Cyberpunk chooms; Edgerunners 2 just released on Netflix to rave reviews, alongside a host of new additions to the actual game, which include a dual-wielding playstyle, fresh cyberware customization options, and even a mode that gives you a tour through Night City, on top of cute references to the anime spinoff.

You can read our review for Edgerunners 2 here, as well as our interviews with producer Bartozs Szytbor, who told us all about Roman’s backstory and why the show’s ending wasn’t what audiences anticipated.

Returning to Cyberpunk 2077 or playing it for the first time? We’ve got a new and improved Cyberpunk interactive map to help you find every mission, Iconic item, and collectible in the game. Plus, we’ve also got a full walkthrough for the base game, a Phantom Liberty walkthrough, and an overview of all the Cyberpunk 2077 endings so you don’t make a choice you regret. And we can’t ignore the various romance options you can smooch, which also impact how V’s story concludes.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Early Amazon Sales Before Black Friday Starts

Has Magic: The Gathering ever been as popular as it is right now? It feels like the long-running card game is having a bit of a moment in terms of bringing fresh players in via its ever-growing roster of Universes Beyond crossover properties.

Rightly or wrongly, that means there are more people looking to build collections, whether they’re playing or collecting the cards, and it just so happens that Amazon has rolled out some price cuts on Play Booster Boxes – including the Star Trek one at 26% off just weeks before it even launches.

Magic: The Gathering | Star Trek Play Booster Box

5

It’s worth reminding you that these are Play Booster Boxes, as opposed to Collector Booster ones. Aside from a massive difference in price, Collector Boosters are where you’ll find the most valuable cards in each set. With that caveat out of the way, here are the best Play Booster Box deals we’ve found so far.

Save On Magic: The Gathering Play Booster Boxes

Sure, that Star Trek deal is great, but it’s not the only Universes Beyond property seeing a price cut. In fact, you can find discounts on both Marvel sets, The Hobbit, and Avatar: The Last Airbender.

If you’re desperate for the new Darkhold Destiny set announced for next year, then good news: You can save on both the Marvel Spider-Man and Super Heroes Play Booster Boxes.

Marvel Super Heroes – Play Booster Box

9

The former, while not a great set, does have some cool cards, and while it would have cost you $209.70 around this time last year, it’s down to $134.95 for 30 packs. Meanwhile, the much better Super Heroes set from June of this year has dropped from the same MSRP to $149.99.

Sticking with 2026 sets, The Hobbit Play Booster Box has dropped down to $161.93, which marks a 23% discount. Whether you’re looking for Smaug, Gollum, Bilbo, or any of the dwarves from the set, this is a great way to build out a collection – and you get a box topper included, too.

The Hobbit – Play Booster Box (30 Packs)

3

Rounding out our Universes Beyond sale offerings is Avatar: The Last Airbender. This set was a very pleasant surprise, and you can grab a box of 30 packs for $139.99 right now.

For Universes Within, you’ve got a few options to build out your collection and deck-building options. Play Booster Boxes for Lorwyn Eclipsed, Secrets of Strixhaven, and even the current set, Reality Fracture, are currently discounted.

Lorwyn Eclipsed Play Boosters are down to $118 per box, but we’d recommend hanging fire for a little while. The same product was around $11 cheaper recently, and we can see this being ripe for a Black Friday saving.

Secrets of Strixhaven is still my favorite set of 2026, and if you missed all the fun, then you can catch up with a 21% discount on a Play Booster Box. 30 packs for $129.99? Don’t mind if I do.

Reality Fracture is a little different, because it’s being sold by a third-party seller. Still, it’s the current set and is sitting at $153.98, so you’re saving around $10 from the MSRP. Not huge, sure, but it’s an awesome set.

For more on Magic: The Gathering, be sure to check out all we know about next year’s sets so far, including some in-universe returns and another Marvel set.

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

MTG Foundation Commander Decks Back In Stock for MSRP — Best Price at Amazon vs. TCGplayer

Magic: The Gathering’s new Foundations Commander decks launched alongside the current set, Reality Fracture, and are intended to offer a nice “on-ramp” for new players to jump into the format.

There are five mono-colored decks to collect, and while $30 a pop is a great deal, they’ve been tough to find for MSRP — or at all, depending on where you look.

Thankfully, Amazon has restocked the lot, but there is a catch: You’ll need to buy a bundle of all five. Sadly, you’ll need to pay over the odds to buy them piecemeal, which is admittedly an annoyance if you’ve managed to grab one or two already.

Foundations – 2026 Bundle (Five Decks)

3

MTG’s Foundation Decks Are Back To MSRP In This Bundle

Despite an MSRP of $30, they’re climbing a little; some of these decks have been reaching as high as $60 (we see you, Tramplesaurus Rex).

Whether we’ve had a fresh print run or not (we’ve asked Wizards of the Coast and are awaiting confirmation either way), it seems more product has made it to store shelves.

The best part is that you can’t really go wrong with any of them. Reign of Dragons is a fun, aggressive deck that’s all about dragons in red, while Wretched Ranks is ripe for upgrades but still fun to build an army of zombies with.

Keen Engineering will teach you the fun of mono-blue (I use that loosely) by having you outmaneuver your foes, and Calling All Angels is a surprisingly powerful precon that’s unsurprisingly all about angels.

So, what about Tramplesaurus Rex? This mono-green behemoth is all about big creatures that swing for big damage. It’s not the most technical of decks, but there are some handy mana ramp cards that’ll slot into any other deck that has access to green. Sadly, it’s still up for $79.95 (via a third-party seller), and I can’t say enough how you should NOT PAY THAT.

As for whether they’re worth buying or not, that depends on how much you’re paying and where you are in your Magic: The Gathering journey. There are alternate arts here for each of the five Commanders, but other than that, each deck is just reprints that you might be happy with – or they might not be for you.

As we said back when these were announced, Starter Decks for Commander are not a new notion, but they’ve not been printed in so long that those ones climbed in price in the years since.

For more on Magic: The Gathering, be sure to check out Reality Fracture’s priciest cards, as well as all we know about the Warhammer 40K Commander decks seeing a reprint.

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Trade in Your Old Console and Save on an Upgrade at PayMore

We are finally under a month away from one of the most anticipated pop culture events ever: the release of Grand Theft Auto 6. It’s been over 13 years since GTA 5 was released, and a new entry is finally almost here. Similar to many of Rockstar’s games, GTA 6 looks to push graphical fidelity in many ways. So, if you’re excited for GTA 6 (who isn’t?) you’ll need one of the latest consoles. If you’re still playing on PS4 or Xbox One, you will not be able to play, as the game will only launch on PS5 and Xbox Series X|S.

However, there’s still time to pick up a new console, and trading in your old gaming system is a great way to make that transition more affordable. As you look for console trade-in benefits everywhere, PayMore is a great option.

Earn $10 Store Credit When You Trade-In Your Used Console at PayMore

Right now, electronics resale franchise, PayMore is offering a new Level Up program that gives you a $10 PayMore promotional credit in addition to your regular cash offer. This can be put toward a PlayStation 5 or Xbox Series X, meaning you’ll have everything you need to play GTA 6. This offer lasts through November 20 at participating locations. You’ll just need to check if there’s a store near you first:

Find Your Nearest PayMore Location

Current-generation consoles likely aren’t going anywhere for a long while due to the component shortage, so purchasing one today is not something you’ll likely regret. With demand for essential components continuing to climb, too, there’s no telling if current prices will hold.

What Is PayMore?

If you haven’t heard of PayMore until now, it’s a top-rated electronics buyer with stores across the U.S., specializing in purchasing your old smartphones, tablets, laptops, and of course, consoles.

How it works

Simply put, if you’re looking to sell electronics, you can bring them to a PayMore store and get a free evaluation using real-time market pricing software, and walk out with cash. The store aims to keep the process transparent and fair, taking into account the condition, age, and market demand. It seems worth checking out as you explore your console trade-in options right now.

Tips When Selling at PayMore

1. Bring your cables with you

Bring along any cables, accessories, or the original box that came with your device, along with warranty cards or paperwork if you still have them.

2. Charge up first, if you can

To save time, charge your device before visiting so they can test it quickly. If you can’t charge it or don’t have the charger, they’ll do it for you in-store.

GTA 6 is set to finally return to Vice City for the first time in a mainline GTA game since 2002, with dual protagonists Jason and Lucia caught up in a conspiracy that takes them across the city. We’ve already seen so many new features revealed, and there’s sure to be dozens more discoveries once the game is out next month.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer covering games and technology. When he’s not writing for IGN, he runs Final Weapon, a site focused on Japanese games and anime. His favorite series include Xeno, Fate, Final Fantasy, and far too many RPGs to list.

LEGO Disney Sets Are on Sale at Amazon

We’re almost at the end of the year, which means LEGO is starting to offload its extra stock and “retiring soon” sets through various sales. Magical, I know. In just the past few days, Amazon has dropped prices on a range of LEGO Disney sets, including adult-oriented sets from the LEGO Ideas line and toddler-friendly LEGO Duplo builds.

Any of these sets would make a great winter activity that nets you a toy or decoration, but they could also be top-tier gifts for the Disney fan in your life. Speaking of, we’re also seeing discounts on the 2026 LEGO Advent Calendars, including the Disney Princess variant.

LEGO Disney Sets Getting Big Discounts on Amazon

The biggest price drop in the bunch is a whopping 55% off the Kakamora Barge set, which released alongside Moana 2 and will soon be retired by LEGO. In addition to the barge itself, the 572-piece set includes a Maui build and a Moana minifigure.

Moana is frankly the main star of the deals, which also include lowest-ever prices on the smaller Kakamora and Heihei sets. The other big Disney Princess franchise seeing price drops is Frozen, with discounts on two versions of Elsa’s Ice Castle as well as an Olaf set.

For more experienced builders, the LEGO Ideas Luxo Jr. set, also known as the Pixar lamp, has dropped back down to its lowest price ever at $43. We had the chance to build this set ourselves, with reviewer Myles Obenza finding the build surprisingly intricate despite its smaller piece count. He also enjoyed the set’s “small references to classic Pixar films like Toy Story, Finding Nemo, Ratatouille, The Incredibles, and Up.”

We Build the LEGO Ideas Luxo Jr.

Sally’s Flowerpot from The Nightmare Before Christmas collection has been sitting at an all-time low for a while now, but I’m of the opinion it would make a great Halloween decoration. Unfortunately, the full Nightmare Before Christmas build continues to be out of stock at most retailers, including the LEGO Store.

Will LEGO Prices Drop Lower on Black Friday?

We’re in the season of never-ending deals, which can make it hard to know when exactly you’re getting the best possible price. No one wants to pick up a discount only to watch a LEGO set’s price drop even further the next day. That said, most of the sets listed above are at their lowest-ever price, and am confident those prices won’t be dropping any lower.

As I’ve learned from IGN’s resident LEGO expert Chris Reed, a 20% discount is pretty standard for a LEGO set, while anything above 30% off is a steal. You can also use price-tracking tools like camelcamelcamel to ensure you’re getting the best possible price.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Amazon Has Quite a Few PS5 Games Discounted Ahead of Black Friday Sales

When it comes to finding big discounts on physical video games, Black Friday is the time to watch out for. This sale event usually doesn’t start up until November, but Amazon’s been sneaking in some offers before then for eager shoppers to check out. Already the retailer has a solid selection of PS5 game deals available to look through, including a record-low price on Borderlands 4 and Resident Evil Requiem back to its lowest price point.

Requiem’s deal price is actually a return to the price we saw during Amazon’s recent October Prime Day sale event, which marked a full $20 discount off its MSRP. In a similar position is Star Wars Zero Company, which is just pennies away from its Prime Day price at the retailer, saving you just over $10 compared to paying its full cost.

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth is another that caught our eye – initially as part of the Square Enix sale that popped up at Amazon recently – that’s also returned to its lowest price point at Amazon. Right now it’s available for just $20, which is a steal in comparison to its launch price of $70. And with Final Fantasy VII Revelation coming out next year, this is a perfect time to play it if you haven’t yet.

Another standout game on sale right now is Pragmata, which is also back down to its lowest point at the retailer. It did dip to $39.99 during the most recent October Prime Day sale at Amazon, but that was exclusive to Prime members. For everyday shoppers, this is still a nice discount to jump on for one of our favorite games of the year so far.

Some other new releases from this year that are also on sale at Amazon are Resonance: A Plague Tale Legacy and Mouse: P.I. For Hire. Both of these have dropped to new lows at the retailer, so it’s a great time to pick them up if they’ve been on your wishlist. There’s much more to check out alongside everything I’ve mentioned, too. Have a look through our favorite deals above, and we’ll be keeping an eye out for even more early PS5 game deals as we inch closer to November.

If you’re curious when exactly Black Friday sales will kick off this year, that actually varies by retailer. In general, each year the sales seem to start earlier and earlier in the month (Best Buy even started on Halloween last year), so you’ll have plenty of time to shop around for gaming deals ahead of the holidays. Of course, we’ll be keeping our eyes peeled for the best discounts as they appear, so you can snag your favorites when they go live.

Until those sales officially start up, though, there’s actually quite a few gaming deals to check out alongside these PS5 offers right now. Amazon’s sale on select Square Enix games is still live and features even more discounted titles across Nintendo Switch/Switch 2 and Xbox Series X as well, if you’d prefer to buy for one of those platforms.

Additionally, our latest rundown of today’s top deals highlights other gaming offers that have caught our attention outside of physical video games (though there are a few featured in it). At the moment, it includes some gift card deals from Newegg across various platforms, price cuts on MicroSD express cards, and an Xbox Elite Series 2 core controller deal, among many other discounts. Check it out and grab the ones that catch your eye before they’re gone.

Hannah Hoolihan is a freelancer who writes with the commerce team here at IGN.

GTA 6 Has Its First TV Commercial, and It’s a Little Different Than the Launch Trailer.

GTA 6 has its first TV commercial, and it’s a little different than the launch trailer.

The 90-second GTA 6 advert, which was spotted on NBC Sports, is for the most part the launch trailer Rockstar Games released last week, but the shower smooching scenes have been taken out. All three of them. Luckily, that means some of the other scenes are slightly extended, giving us a few milliseconds of extra footage.

GTA 6 – TV Spot Version 2 (90 Seconds) (Featuring Some Longer Scenes) https://t.co/grBhyfiZmv

— mnm345 (@mnm345x) October 21, 2026

The first GTA 6 commercial aired on NBC Sports, featuring the launch trailer but with some changes:

– Cut shower shots, resulting in other shots being a bit longer
– Longer plane shot
– Longer Jason and Lucia shot
– Xbox logo completely removed due to the deal with PlayStation https://t.co/o6qc4dGZab

— GTA 6 Countdown ⏳ (@GTAVI_Countdown) October 21, 2026

The slightly stretched launch trailer scenes give us a longer plane shot and a marginally extended shot of Jason and Lucia playing around while leaning on a car — now she almost falls over when Jason nudges her. And look at that hair tech!

Meanwhile, the TV spot doesn’t mention Xbox as a playable platform for GTA 6 at all, despite GTA 6 launching on PS5 and both Xbox Series consoles next month. This is further evidence of the extensive partnership between Sony and Rockstar for GTA 6 marketing rights, which has seen official trailers and the extended gameplay look feature gameplay captured from PS5, and messaging that calls PS5 “the best place to play.”

More casual fans who might discover that GTA 6 is coming out at all from an advert on something like live sports might reasonably conclude that PlayStation is the only place to play Rockstar’s open world crime sequel, which is no doubt what Sony’s hoping for from its partnership.

GTA 6 Launch Trailer Screenshots

Last month, Microsoft stepped in to address a report that claimed GTA 6 preorders were “heavily skewed” toward PS5 over Xbox Series X and S. In a report about recent layoffs and studio reorganization at Xbox, The Verge’s Tom Warren said the PS5’s dominance over GTA 6 preorders was “ringing yet more alarm bells” about Xbox as a platform.

However, Xbox CSO Matthew Ball insisted that Microsoft was “very happy” with GTA 6 preorders, and that its internal data showed preorders were matching “our share of the console market.” Sony has published blog posts talking about the features of the PS5 that GTA 6 will use, such as the speaker in the DualSense controller and the pad’s haptic feedback. Other additions to GTA 6’s PS5 marketing campaign include a version of the PlayStation app logo on smartphones that features GTA 6 colors and pale tree fronds. So, with PlayStation’s partnership in full swing, preorders being “heavily skewed” toward PS5 doesn’t come as much of a surprise.

Miami is currently completely taken over by the game, which is set in a fictionalized Miami called Vice City, as well as the surrounding area. Yesterday, people spotted GTA 6 Burger Shot restaurants pop up in the Kaseya Center. Fans also recently spotted flashy GTA-branded sports cars driving around Miami. The cars were seen with camera crews, suggesting some kind of live-action advertising is happening for GTA 6.

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

Before There Was Heated Rivalry, There Was Yuri!!! On Ice

When the finale of Yuri!!! On Ice (hereafter YOI) dropped on December 21, 2016, demand for watching and discussing the episode was so high that Crunchyroll and Tumblr crashed. The moment was the culmination of a 12-week period on the internet that started with cautious excitement for YOI’s October premiere—mostly from within the online anime community and sparked by a few promotional trailers—and snowballed from there. In a time before the Thai BL drama boom, or the release of English-language romances like Heartstopper and Heated Rivalry, YOI broke anime containment by depicting a world in which queer characters were not just featured, but were allowed joy, low-stakes intimacy, and a happy ending. Ten years later, it’s still special.

Yuri!!! On Ice begins when protagonist Yuri Katsuki (Toshiyuki Toyonaga) is at his lowest. A 23-year-old competitive ice skater struggling with anxiety and depression, he has just returned home to coastal Japan following a humiliating season. Yuri is seriously considering quitting the sport altogether when his idol and fellow competitor, Russia’s Victor Nikiforov (Junichi Suwabe), shows up at Yuri’s family onsen and volunteers to be his new coach. As the 12-episode season progresses, Yuri builds confidence in himself as a skater and a human, falling in love with Victor along the way.

Many of YOI’s initial watchers were intrigued by the figure skating subject, which felt unique as a subject in sports anime—or live-action TV drama, for that matter. “I love figure skating, so when I saw the news that a new sports anime about figure skating was coming, I was excited,” a 34-year-old European fan named Toblerone tells me of first watching YOI in 2016. “When the first episode aired, I was glued to my monitor. The episode was magical, and so much better than I had even dreamed. It was love at first sight.” Others were drawn in by the character design, animation style, and music teased in the promotional videos. Some were already fans of co-creator Sayo Yamamoto, who had previously directed Michiko & Hatchin and Lupin the Third: The Woman Called Fujiko Mine. (Yamamoto co-directed the series alongside Jun Shishido, and co-wrote it with Mitsurō Kubo.)

And, of course, there were those looking for more queer representation in their media. In 2016, it was more common for pop culture to queerbait than to depict explicitly queer relationships. Before the series premiered and in its first half, most viewers assumed any potential queerness would be kept as subtext. While anime had depicted queer characters and relationships before, such as in Revolutionary Girl Utena or No. 6, it was not common to see a queer relationship made canon in a mainstream sports anime. RedSkyLine, another online YOI fan who watched the show in 2016, calls the series fundamental to TV history. “I really think modern LGBT storytelling owes a lot to YOI,” they told me, adding that media today is “less ashamed of showing a more gentle side of male characters.” RedSkyLine was the same age as Yuri when the series originally aired, and the character helped them feel seen, represented, and “taught me what love is like.”

The Best Anime of the Decade (2010 – 2019)

A Changing Anime Landscape

For Americans especially who did not seek out foreign-language media, anime might not have seemed like a particularly queer space. Some of the first anime series to be broadcast in the U.S., Sailor Moon and Cardcaptor Sakura, were censored to downplay or remove queer storylines altogether. In 2016, anime was only starting to become mainstream in the U.S., where animation more broadly had historically been viewed as a less complex medium, made solely for children. Anime in particular was seen as a boys thing, in part because of import decisions in the 1990s and 2000s that prioritized shonen series like Dragon Ball Z, One Piece, and Naruto. Crunchyroll, which had launched in 2006 as a pirate site specializing in East Asian content before committing to legal licensing in 2009, was starting to complicate that perception, but it was still relatively uncommon for people in the U.S. to watch foreign-language media.

But the lines between international media markets were blurring, spurred along by the growth of streamers and social media-driven fan culture that made accessing and discussing foreign-langauge media with other fans much easier. In 2016, Crunchyroll saw a 36% surge in paid subscribers. In 2017, they hit one million paid subscribers (compared to 21 million in 2026).

The lines between international media markets were blurring, spurred by the growth of streamers and social media-driven fan culture that made accessing and discussing foreign-langauge media with other fans much easier. “

Yuri!!! On Ice contributed to that expansion. It was easily the most tweeted about anime of the fall 2016 season, getting 1,440,596 mentions on the platform. (For comparison, the runner up—Haikyu!, another sports anime with an exclamation point in its name—had 348,109 mentions in the same time frame.) For many Western viewers—perhaps especially girls, women, and queer folks—it changed the perception of what an anime could be, and who it was for.

In an internet era when Tumblr could build entire fan empires, YOI was inescapable on the fan platform. When Yuri and Victor apparently kiss in Episode 7 of the series (the lip-lock is obscured by Victor’s arm, but is broadly accepted as canon), fans on Twitter and Tumblr put out the Bat Signal: Here be queer, comforting media. Episode reaction convinced many who had yet to give the series a chance to finally try it (including future Olympic skater Amber Glenn). “I remember everyone talking about it and what convinced me was the entire world going crazy over the Episode 7 kiss when it dropped. I saw even people I knew irl who I didn’t even know were into anime posting about it,” says Naghi, a 25-year-old fan from Italy. “[I] decided it was time [to check out YOI], considering I was also a fan of figure skating.”

A Sports Anime First and Foremost

Ten years later, YOI often gets recommended to fans of queer media, as it should, but its success as a series doesn’t come down to just one element. A sports anime first and foremost, the series is focused on depicting the inner worlds of male figure skaters competing at the highest international level, and often uses different animation styles to give viewers insight into a particular performer’s mindset during a routine. We are introduced to skaters from Thailand, Canada, Switzerland, the Czech Republic, Italy, Kazakhstan, China, the U.S., and of course Japan and Russia, as these athletes seek to express themselves artistically in the ultimate display of mental and physical resilience.

“I loved the representation, seeing characters from all over the world treated with love, all the way to their music choices,” says Em, a 31-year-old non-binary fan from the American Midwest. “It was cool to have an anime with a diverse cast and a soundtrack to match.” Em rewatches YOI every winter, when seasonal depression hits. “It’s a story of love and hope and friendship and community, and it has and continues to get me through dark times in my life,” they say. “It was unapologetically queer when I was first coming to terms with my own identity, and when I first saw it, I thought: if even a mainstream anime like this can be queer, surely it’s okay that I am too.”

The series employed Japanese figure skater Kenji Miyamoto to choreograph the many routines in the series, giving the anime a deeper, sport-specific authenticity. As part of the production process, Miyamoto recorded himself performing the routines; the recordings were used for both reference and in the sound design. The scrapes and crunches heard as characters rip, glide, and spin across the ice are from Miyamoto. This deep respect for its subject matter garnered recognition from real-life ice skaters, including Johnny Weir, Adam Rippon, and Evgenia Armanovna Medvedeva. “History Maker,” YOI’s opening theme, was played during the opening ceremony of the Grand Prix of Figuring Skating in Nagoya, and Japanese pair skaters Ryuichi Kihara and Miu Suzaki performed to “Yuri On Ice” at the 2018 Winter Olympics.

The Legacy of YOI

For Maggie, an academic and YOI fan fiction writer, the world has changed a great deal since the anime’s release, but that makes its existence all the more vital. “There’s been a global rise of fascism and far right thinking around the globe that’s a direct response to the kind of social progress that YOI represents,” she says. “This extends to all arenas. On the flip side, progress pushes forward regardless, and shows like Heated Rivalry prove the concept that YOI laid out: queer sports representation is fundamental.”

Despite its massive success and enduring legacy, YOI has yet to get a second season. A prequel film focused on Victor and titled Yuri!!! On Ice the Movie: Ice Adolescence was announced in 2017, with a trailer released in 2019. However, animation studio MAPPA officially canceled the project in 2024 due to “various circumstances.” In 2025, producer Hideo Katsumata told Animehunch that the movie never came together due to creative differences. Still, many fans remain hopeful. In January 2026, Netflix announced a strategic partnership with MAPPA to co-produce and globally distribute anime projects. Following the success of YOI, MAPPA went on to produce other popular titles, including Jujutsu Kaisen, Chainsaw Man, and the final season of Attack on Titan.

“If this show were to come back, the fandom would revive and its comeback would break the internet,” says Alexis, a 22-year-old fan from Kentucky. She watched the series in 2016, after hearing friends rave about it, but has seen new generations of anime fans discovering YOI over the years as it becomes accessible on different streaming platforms. “I feel that edits are very popular as of right now. I’ve seen SOOO many edits with 600,000+ likes and every comment is people who have waited for years, still hoping we see them again.”

In the meantime, YOI fans will continue to be inspired by the groundbreaking sports anime, showing their love through rewatches, trips to Japan, sharing with friends, and the creation of transformative fanworks. “It is one of the pieces of media that I always keep coming back to, no matter how many times I take a break in other fandoms,” says Mia, a 29-year-old fan. “It’s been with me through a lot of stages of my life: heading off abroad to uni, getting stuck with my family during Covid, and still now a full decade after I first learned it existed. I know I’ll be rewatching it a decade from now, too.”

Street Fighter Was Never Going to Be a Dark, Grounded Batman Begins-Style Movie, Director Insists

Street Fighter is the number one movie in North America, but it’s sparked much debate about its goofy tone. Some fans of Capcom’s fighting game franchise had wanted something darker and more grounded than what they got, but according to the movie’s director, that was never on the cards.

Director Kitao Sakurai told The Hollywood Reporter that the studio behind the movie, Legendary, wanted something that he had become known for through the likes of The Eric Andre Show and Bad Trip: absurdity.

Sakurai said he’d never have got the job as writer and director if he had he pitched Legendary ‘the Batman Begins of Street Fighter movies.’

Street Fighter Images

“We, for sure, wouldn’t be sitting here right now,” he said. “The assignment specifically came about because of the spiritual nature of Street Fighter and the fact that it’s not gory. There’s a silliness to it, and there’s an absurdity to the world and the characters and how they interact. [Producer] Cale Boyter at Legendary really held the torch for this vision of Street Fighter that had a gonzo energy to it. I also love comedy and craziness and energy.

“Sometimes things don’t necessarily need to make sense for you to lean in and love them. That was a big lesson from The Eric Andre Show. There’s a quote from a famous stand-up comic who says that if you do a 60-minute stand-up special, not every minute needs to be hilarious and funny, but every minute needs to be interesting. So there can be elements that are so ridiculous they might not track narratively or make sense conceptually, but because they’re part of an overall energy and feeling, they fit. So I kept that in mind when I was developing this film.”

The result is a film that was panned by critics but audiences are enjoying. Street Fighter has a 41% rating on Rotten Tomatoes’ Tomatometer, and a 78% rating on its Popcornmeter, highlighting this divide. IGN’s Street Fighter review returned a 6/10. We said: “Street Fighter benefits from a very enthusiastic cast and an anarchic spirit, but Kitao Sakurai’s adaptation of the Capcom games struggles to focus all that energy into a well-told story.”

The question for Legendary and for Sakurai is, will Street Fighter do well enough to get a sequel? The movie leaves the door open to a follow-up with various teases for where it might go. But is anything in the works? Sakurai kept his cards close to his chest.

“It’s something we’re thinking about,” he said. “We haven’t put pen to paper. This is a story that we all love, and I would love to tell more of it. I think everybody in the cast had such an incredible time, so there’s certainly interest in it. But there’s nothing set in stone or any concrete plans.”

We’ve got plenty more on Street Fighter while you wait to find out what’s next, including its opening weekend box office, why we think it makes a mistake that Mortal Kombat already learned from, and our breakdown of its ending.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Wardogs Dev Says Region Locking Is About ‘Protecting the Largest Amount of Players’

Bulkhead is rolling out region locking in multiplayer first-person shooter Wardogs to, in the studio’s words, protect “the largest amount of players from an influx of regions that are more prone to cheating.” However, legitimate players in Asia have raised concerns, and cross-region players have criticized the developer for blocked from joining their friends.

The region lock is done by limiting the maximum ping — the player’s connection with the server — to 175. On paper, this is a fair, non-discriminatory way to stop players from distant regions from entering games with an unstable connection. According to Bulkhead, this would cut down on cheating, too.

“We have decided [to protect] the largest amount of players from an influx of regions that are more prone to cheating,” Bulkhead tweeted. “It’s disappointing for us to have to put these divisions in place with social experience being such a core focus of Wardogs, but we must prioritize the largest group of players over the minority.

Wardogs Season 2 Screenshots

“Region locking is in progress on the backend, but is more than a switch to make a meaningful impact to the desired effect. We’re sorry we let it get to this point that we are forced to make this decision, but we felt that giving certain regions the opportunity to prevail was the right move. Unfortunately, it has not panned out as we’d hoped and we’ll be getting stricter on cross pollination of regions.”

Some players are already asking for refunds after being blocked from being able to play with their international friends. “As an American with Australian friends this is a bulls**t change,” said one player. “Why don’t we just call a spade a spade and stop access solely from China?”

“Oh that’s cool, I’ll be getting a refund then,” another player said. “F**k this rugpull bulls**t. I didn’t buy Wardogs to play some hardcore shooter, I got it to play with my mates, and there was no bulls**t ping limit. Nor will this actually stop cheaters.”

“What you clearly should be doing is strengthening the anti-cheat mode, yet the measure you’ve taken is to outright ban us Asian players,” said another player. “We have to endure discrimination against Asians: a normal kill on a player gets flagged as a high-ping player [and is] instantly labeled a ‘Chinese cheater’ in the public channel.

“This comes from a group of people who don’t bother verifying anything and jump straight to accusations, stuffing their slanders with all sorts of profanity and personal attacks. And yet, we still choose to keep playing your game under all these negative effects, even helping to dispel rumors for fellow Asians ourselves, instead of abandoning it.”

There are dozens of posts with similar sentiment in the replies to the Wardogs announcement. The general vibe seems to be that this is a poor change that will negatively impact players across all regions, instead of dealing with the core issue of identifying and quickly banning cheaters.

In response to a YouTuber backing the company decision, Wardogs CEO Joe Brammer said the team is working on solutions for global players. “Appreciate that we’re harming a % of players to protect the larger,” he said. “We will find a solution, this issue is bigger than Wardogs though… We’re working on solutions for global players… Sucks.”

Brammer went on to say the current ping-based solution is a quick fix, “not a permanent solution.”

“That is coming but takes longer than it needs to be,” he continued. “It’s not as simple as ‘flip a switch’… tracking where people are actually based is not straight forward (VPN etc etc).”

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

We’ll Never Get Mass Effect 5 Now, and That Sucks

This is an IGN opinion piece by Jackie Thomas, who has been playing and replaying Mass Effect for nearly 20 years now.

I’m the sort of person who replays my favorite games whenever there’s a big gap between releases. And those favorites usually end up being from the Mass Effect series, whether it’s just the first game or a run through the entire original trilogy. So, for me, a Mass Effect 5 that captured the magic of the first three games has been something I’ve been looking forward to since before it was even announced in 2020. Now, that game will never exist, thanks to EA closing down BioWare. And that f**king sucks.

When Mass Effect came out in 2007, I stood in line to get it on release night, and I played it incessently until I finished absolutely everything in it. I did the same thing when the second and third games came out, except I also played the previous games again ahead of time so everything would be fresh in my mind.

Ever since Mass Effect 3 came out, I’ve replayed the original games maybe a dozen times. I don’t even drastically change the way I play Mass Effect each time I play it. Even after nearly 20 years of experiencing the original game, I still play an Adept every time, because pistols are OP and biotics are cool. And I still ultimately do a paragon playthrough, even when I tell myself that I’m going to be bad and play renegade. Mass Effect has felt like home to me for years, and it became my ultimate comfort game.

Every IGN Mass Effect Review

But eventually, Mass Effect Andromeda came out, and even though I tried to power through it, I ultimately gave up after a deluge of bugs and weird writing turned me off. I still haven’t gone back and finished that game, but I still find myself downloading and playing Mass Effect when I run out of other games to play. Hell, with the amount of times I’ve played the first game, I can probably navigate most of its empty optional planets with my eyes closed. After today’s news, I might just download it and play it again in solidarity.

You’d think that after getting burned on Mass Effect Andromeda, I would’ve learned my lesson. But in the years since Bioware teased what should have the fifth Mass Effect game, I let myself hope that it would redeem the series once again and land in that annual ME replay rotation.

And I know that after Anthem, and Dragon Age: The Veilguard’s weird shift to a straight-up action game, I didn’t have much of a reason to believe that Mass Effect 5 would have been this magical return to form. But I think what’s hitting me the hardest about BioWare’s closure is that we’ll never know whether or not Mass Effect 5 would have been good.

The truth is, we didn’t know much about the next Mass Effect game at all. Hell, I don’t even know if it would have been called Mass Effect 5, but that’s just easier to say than ‘the next Mass Effect game’ over and over again. Ever since it was announced, BioWare had been pretty quiet about the project, only really speaking up to reassure fans that it was still in development. And look how that turned out.

But some of the things that popped up about the game over the years did look pretty cool. Bioware showed off some concept art late last year, showing a Krogan civil war with a properly grizzled Krogan leading a whole squad of the grumpy lizards in a fight. I want to play that game.

Likewise, in one of the only teasers we ever got, the camera zooms through the galaxy, past what looks like the ruins of the Citadel, until it finally shows an older Asari climbing up some snowy ruins. And we don’t see her full face, but even from the side, it sure looked like Liara. And, again, I’d love to revisit her character after she fully becomes an Asari Matriarch. But again, that game will never exist.

But there is at least hope that some games that are at least similar to Mass Effect are on the horizon. Just last year, Mass Effect director Casey Hudson’s new studio announced Star Wars: Fate of the Old Republic. I’m a huge Star Wars fan, so when that game comes eventually comes out, I’m sure I’ll burrow my way into it like a tick and not come out for a week. But, just like Mass Effect 5, there’s not a lot we know about Fate of the Old Republic quite yet. But at least Hudson has come out and said that it won’t take until 2030 to release, so maybe we’ll get it in 2029.

The Expanse: Osiris Reborn is another one that I’ve had my eye on, and while I haven’t really watched the show or read the books (even though both are on my list), I know that universe has a lot of potential for a Mass-Effect-Like. Then, there’s Exodus, which is made by Wizards of the Coast of all companies, and has Mass Effect alumni working on it. The art style even makes it look like a Mass Effect game. Luckily, both of these titles seem like they’re on track to actually come out next year, but only time will tell there.

As much as I’m earnestly looking forward to all three of those games, they’re simply not Mass Effect. The aesthetics are there, the writing should be there, and it looks like the gameplay for Exodus at least is going to be quite good. And Fate of the Old Republic is a Star Wars game, and my love of Star Wars is what led me to play Mass Effect in the first place.

But no matter how good they end up being, I don’t know if it’s going to be as relaxing as hunting down all of the Keepers in the Citadel, and I probably won’t be fighting a giant Reaper skeleton inside of a black hole. I am at least thankful that no matter how controversial Mass Effect 3’s ending was, it was at least an ending. I would have loved another chapter and a chance to see whatever Bioware was cooking up with Mass Effect 5. But, at least I’ll always have those first three games, and no amount of EA’s mismanagement is going to take that away from me.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

VisionQuest Just Revealed a Connection to the First Captain America Movie

Spoilers follow for VisionQuest through Episode 4.

In the latest episode of VisionQuest, “Malware,” the murderous synthezoid who has been lurking in the shadows and killing AI creators off is finally revealed to be Jocasta – aka Dr. Josephine Carrington. The character, played by T’Nia Miller, had only been referred to on the show as the “Butcherbird Killer” prior to this, but fans of the comics know all about Jocasta, the so-called Bride of Ultron! We’ve also known the character would be a part of VisionQuest, but there’s another android character mentioned in the episode who is perhaps a bit more of a surprise… or at least it’s a surprise how pivotal he may wind up being to the Disney+ series.

Yes, after 15 years, the MCU is finally getting around to dealing with the original Human Torch.

VisionQuest: The Synthetic Man Images

The Synthetic Man Is the Original Human Torch

The character was first teased in Captain America: The First Avenger all the way back in 2011. It was a blink-or-you’ll-miss-it moment during the 1943 Stark Expo scene where Steve Rogers (Chris Evans) and Bucky Barnes (Sebastian Stan) go on a double date. At one point, an exhibit can be glimpsed for “the Synthetic Man,” the creation of Dr. Phineas Horton. Encased in a glass case and seemingly deactivated, the Synthetic Man even had on the comics version of the Torch’s red costume. (And as any Marvel fan worth his weight in newsprint comics knows, this is a completely different character from Johnny Storm, the other Human Torch who is best known as a member of the Fantastic Four.)

Anyway, that was the last we saw or heard of the OG Torch… until now. Fans had pieced together that the character would be part of VisionQuest in some way, based on promo art featuring a man ablaze. That, combined with the Torch and Vision’s shared history in the comics, made it pretty clear that what was just a fun Easter egg in The First Avenger would now become something more meaningful and complete, as is the MCU’s way.

The Human Torch, aka the Synthetic Man, as seen in Captain America: The First Avenger

In “Malware,” Vision (Paul Bettany) and Tommy (Ruaridh Mollica) attend a charity event dubbed “The Re-evolution of Man.” The gala is hosted by Mary McDonnell’s Dr. Katerina Wells, a former colleague of Josephine Carrington’s who, like Carrington, is also an expert on AI. Dr. Wells narrates a video presentation that is playing at the event, where she discusses the “ill-fated Synthetic Man” and explains a bit about his history. Later, she tells the assembled guests that Dr. Phineas Horton was the “grandfather of robotics” and that he was the creator of the Synthetic Man, also known as J.I.M. (notably, the Torch’s alter ego in the comics is Jim Hammond). The Synthetic Man’s source code, Wells explains, paved the way for all future artificial intelligence that followed. “He was the first of us,” the Vision says. “Miraculous, but flawed.”

We also learn that, unlike his comics counterpart, who was one of the original Marvel heroes and fought alongside Captain America and Namor in the super-group the Invaders during World War II, J.I.M. was deactivated after a series of “incendiary mishaps.” As Vision explains, “his inability to process complex emotions spun his clockwork too quickly, flooded his solar cells with oxygen until his entire being was consumed in fire.” Tommy responds, “You mean he felt to death?” Sad!

‘He was the first of us,’ the Vision says. ‘Miraculous, but flawed.’“

As for why this same problem never became an issue for the Vision, apparently the otherworldly power of the Mind Stone helped him to keep himself in check – and even though he no longer possesses the Stone in his new form, he still has enough of its residual power within his being. Why then did Ultron never suffer the same fate as the Synthetic Man/Human Torch? Could it be that his brief interaction with the Mind Stone’s power also affected him? (But then one must also ask, what about Jocasta…?)

At any rate, we now know that the Synthetic Man truly was also a Torch… though for now, anyway, it sounds as though that was a curse rather than a gift.

Mary McDonnell’s Dr. Katerina Wells stands amid relics of the Synthetic Man.

Is the Human Torch the Real Villain of VisionQuest?

While there are several apparent bad guys running around in VisionQuest right now, including Jocasta and Todd Stashwick’s Paladin, it’s clear that there’s still a Big Bad waiting in the background. Jocasta is traditionally portrayed as a good guy (she was an Avenger in the comics!), so she may flip sides soon, and a sympathetic backstory for Paladin is being planted as well – though since both characters have already killed in cold blood, it’s currently a bit difficult to see how they could be redeemed. But regardless, there’s also that ominous voice to consider of whoever it was who hired Paladin to track down Vision…

We’re halfway through VisionQuest at this point, so it seems likely that either the Human Torch or his creator, Dr. Horton, (or both) are being positioned to be behind that mysterious voice. Why else would VisionQuest give us so much information and backstory on the Torch? And if one of them is indeed the true villain of this series, the question then is why?

The Human Torch or the Synthetic Man?

Will VisionQuest, and the MCU in general, ever actually refer to J.I.M. as the Human Torch? You can see how there might be a corporate mandate that it would be confusing to viewers to do so, since there’s already a Human Torch over at the Baxter Building. But then again, we’ve already had two Hulks, two Captains America, and two Black Widows just in starring roles alone in the MCU. Plus, does anyone really remember The Fantastic Four: First Steps? I really hope J.I.M. gets to go by the Human Torch before this is all over.

By the end of Episode 4, there’s also the matter of Ultron (James Spader) now having taken control of Vision’s body. That’s a dangerous situation to be sure, but VisionQuest has also hinted that there’s more to Ultron’s original design than we’ve previously known about. While E.D.I.T.H. (Emily Hampshire) figures out during this episode that the various Stark AIs have all been based on real people, Ultron insists that he is the exception. But is it possible that Dr. Horton and/or the Human Torch were somehow Ultron’s inspiration when he was created?

Of course, Tony Stark and Bruce Banner wouldn’t have consciously used either figure to base Ultron on, but don’t forget, Ultron just kind of came into existence on his own after the Science Bros thought they had failed. So something sparked Ultron into existence, but what? And is that same something now trying to track down its creation? VisionQuest is clearly about fathers and sons… so is Dr. Horton or the Torch Ultron’s actual father? We’ll find out soon enough.

Talk to Scott Collura @scottcollura.bsky.social, or listen to his Star Trek podcast, Transporter Room 3. Or do both!

Former Mass Effect 5 Writers Speak Out After EA Shuts Down BioWare

Former writers for the now-canceled Mass Effect 5 are speaking out on social media following news that BioWare, a beloved studio with more than 30 years of games under its belt, was shuttered by EA earlier today.

EA announced the news somewhat unceremoniously in a single paragraph tucked within a lengthy open letter on October 21, 2026. “As we focus on these larger opportunities, we’ve had a small team at BioWare working on early-development for Mass Effect. We’ve made the decision not to move forward with this development, which means we’re closing the studio and our Edmonton workspace. BioWare is a legendary studio that helped define the role-playing genre, and we do not take this decision lightly,” the statement reads.

It’s safe to say that gamers were gutted by this announcement — as were the staff impacted by the closure, as we’ve now seen several writers who worked on Mass Effect 5 begin to discuss the situation online.

11 Mass Effect Characters and Moments the TV Show Needs to Be a Hit

On Twitter/X, New York Times bestselling author Catherynne M. Valente responded to a post wherein a user said, “A game industry that cannot figure out how to make a sequel to the literal best game of all time is a game industry that is fundamentally broken,” speaking on the BioWare closure.

“We did figure it out. We were working on a great game. Just saying,” Valente retorted. In response to a different commenter, she revealed that she hadn’t contributed to Dragon Age: The Veilguard, Mass Effect: Andromeda, or Anthem, clarifying that she is “not, in fact, the personification of BioWare.”

Award-winning science fiction writer Derek Künsken also published a lengthy thread discussing his time working on Mass Effect 5 — a game that, most likely, we’ll never get to see. Künsken said he’d been contributing to the title “on and off” over the last five years, and said he’s only now allowed to speak about it given that the company behind the project is now nonexistent.

“Over the coming weeks, I’ll get more clarity on what I can say about what I did and saw and learned. I hope it’s more than nothing — what we were cooking was really cool,” he said. He went on to reveal that he’d worked with Valente on pitching “story, character, lore, and sci-fi wonder for this next chapter of the Mass Effect world,” calling it “the most energizing, in-the-zone collaboration I’ve ever had.”

For now, fans are left wondering what could have been, while equally hopeful that somehow, some way, EA might sell off BioWare’s IPs to another studio rather than letting them languish. Former BioWare executive producer Mark Darrah is expressing some caution around this particular idea, though he did theorize that it’sa bit more likely now, given that EA is possibly looking to offset its massive debt incurred by its eye-watering $55 billion acquisition to a private investment group earlier this year.

Oh well; at least we have the Prime Video series to look forward to, which was revealed to still be in active development in an exclusive statement to IGN.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Former BioWare Executive Producer Mark Darrah Says EA Might Be ‘More Likely’ to Sell IPs Like Mass Effect and Dragon Age After Studio’s Closure

Mark Darrah, who worked as an Executive Producer at BioWare from 1997–2021, shared his thoughts on the studio’s recent closure by EA and what he thinks might happen to its iconic IPs.

EA announced a major restructuring in a lengthy statement on October 21. Amid some exciting developments for Sims, Fight Night, and Star Wars fans came the devastating news that BioWare — the studio responsible for beloved series like Mass Effect and Dragon Age — was being shut down.

“As we focus on these larger opportunities, we’ve had a small team at BioWare working on early-development for Mass Effect. We’ve made the decision not to move forward with this development, which means we’re closing the studio and our Edmonton workspace. BioWare is a legendary studio that helped define the role-playing genre, and we do not take this decision lightly,” EA’s statement said.

Mass Effect: Commander John Shepard 1:6 Scale Statue – Photo Gallery

This news hit the gaming world hard, with fans taking to social media to mourn the developer and send fired staff their well-wishes. But one burning question has risen above the sadness: What does this mean for the future of BioWare’s IPs?

Some fans have urged EA to sell them off to other companies, with CD Projekt Red being a big favorite due to the two studios’ close relationship over the years. And while nothing is certain, Darrah shared some insight as to what’s possible for BioWare’s creations in the wake of this devastating development — and it’s cautiously optimistic.

“Remember BioWare is 100% owned by EA,” he said in a YouTube video. “EA owns all the IPs. They own Dragon Age, they own Mass Effect, they own Jade Empire. That doesn’t change the situation, really, at all. …Now, there’s nobody working on a [BioWare] game, or games, within the EA organization, and chances are there never will be, which might make them more likely to sell off those IPs. But it might also make them more likely to just try to forget that they ever existed and bury them in the vault.

“I think we still are gonna have to wait a little bit before we see if EA has any interest in selling off some of its dormant IPs. Right now, they seem to be in cost control mode. They might start into a revenue-generation mode where selling IPs might be more desirable.”

It’s worth mentioning that EA was acquired by a consortium of private investors back in August in a mind-boggling $55 billion deal. As part of this acquisition, the investment group was reportedly banking on the hope that artificial intelligence might help cut costs to help manage its debt.

Given the investment group’s massive debt, some fans are curious to know if this means selling off some of BioWare’s beloved IPs to other developers — or perhaps back to BioWare under a different brand. For now, nothing is certain, other than fans and fellow game developers are equally beside themselves as they grapple with the news that Mass Effect 5 might never get made.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Brandon Sanderson Questions Who Actually Wrote the Mr. Beast Book

Brandon Sanderson, author of The Cosmere books, has some thoughts on the new Mr. Beast book. More specifically, he is wondering who the true author actually is. During the latest episode of his podcast, Intentionally Blank, he decided to dive into his own perception of The Most Dangerous Games.

“I’m really curious who the ghost writer was,” said Sanderson. “I would love for them to be credited, but I can see why they’re not.” He then goes on to explain how he personally goes about co-authoring books, which he recently did with Blightfall, and how he thinks that differs from being an editor. His final point on the matter was “if you see someone else’s name on a book, chances are I came up with the outline and then was the editor on it.”

For anyone who has followed Mr. Beast’s YouTube career, it seems pretty unlikely that he did any of the writing himself. The fact that James Patterson is also listed on the book would make it seem the famous author is likely the one who did all of the heavy lifting to get this story off the ground. But Sanderson questions just how involved Paterson actually was in this project and if the true author is maybe left uncredited.

“Normally it’s James Patterson and somebody,” explains Sanderson, “what happens in those situations usually is James Patterson has an idea, they brainstorm and outline together, then the person writes the book and Patterson reads it and offers feedback.”

“It doesn’t feel like a James Patterson book,” continues Sanderson. “but it’s very strange for Patterson to use an uncredited ghostwriter, right?”

As someone who has helped finish The Wheel of Time Book series for Robert Jordan, Sanderson is no stranger to co-authoring a story. He admits later in the podcast that it’s certainly possible that Patterson could have written the book, but he thinks an uncredited ghostwriter was definitely involved.

The book in question, The Most Dangerous Games, has been out since September and has received conflicting reports about its success. The official page for the book calls it “an unputdownable survival thriller”. If you’re interested in reading it for yourself, here’s the description of the book:

“The Games begin in Antarctica, where one wrong step on the ice kills you, and they never let up: Shark water off a remote Chilean island, desert heat that cooks you where you stand, storm-battered peaks, and caves so black you cannot find your own hand. No rescue. No second chances. A billion dollars to whoever is still standing.

Then the terrain stops being the thing that can kill you, and the other players start. Alliances turn into ambushes. Trust becomes the sharpest weapon. And somewhere above it all, a hidden voice is watching every move, testing, deciding who deserves to survive.”

The Most Dangerous Games

0

SonicFox Cancels Contract With Gaming Convention After Event Uses Likeness in AI-Generated Poster

Prolific fighting game player SonicFox has terminated their contract with a convention in Norman, Oklahoma after organizers fed artwork of the pro’s mascot character into AI to generate a promotional poster for the event.

SonicFox is one of the most successful fighting game players in the genre’s competitive scene. Known for being a multi-game specialist, SonicFox boasts multiple championships in a bevy of different titles, so it’s no surprise that they’re often invited as a special guest at tournaments across the United States.

One such tournament, taking place at a convention named Nexcon, invited SonicFox to attend alongside a few other notable guests. The convention is scheduled for November 14 – 15 in Norman, Oklahoma (home of the Sooners) — but now, SonicFox isn’t going to make an appearance.

On October 20, a concerned fan shared a promotional poster that Nexcon had made using generative AI on Twitter/X, which showed the likeness of SonicFox’s furry avatar, as well as the likenesses of other special guests, in an unmistakable AI art style.

“Not sure who’s in charge of Nexcon, but I absolutely refuse to have my likeness be AI-generated, and my interest in attending as a special guest has dropped to 0. Incredibly disrespectful,” the player replied.

It’s worth noting that much of the artwork SonicFox uses on their accounts is created by members of the furry community; feeding that artwork into a generative AI without their consent essentially steals their work to train on future models.

Not sure who’s in charge of Nexcon but I absolutely refuse to have my likeness be AI generated and my interest in attending as a special guest has dropped to 0.

Incredibly disrespectful.

— SonicFox (@SonicFox) October 20, 2026

Members of the fighting game community spoke up in support of SonicFox, with one summing up the prevailing sentiments in a reply: “Using AI to help promote an event that gathers creators and artists is pretty crazy.”

A day later, SonicFox announced that they had terminated their contract with the event, saying in a simple post that they are “no longer attending.”

At the time of writing, all mention of SonicFox has been removed from NexCon’s website. Fans are speaking out in support of the pro player, with many congratulating them for “standing on business.”

In other fighting game news, Roger Jr. gameplay footage for Tekken 8 was shown off at Evo France, and players finally got a first look at Yujiro Hanma’s in-game model before his arrival early next year.

Image Credits: Alberto E. Rodriguez/Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Modern Warfare 4 DMZ Review

This is a standalone review that covers only Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4’s DMZ mode. You can find our campaign review here, with multiplayer impressions to follow after launch.

Extraction shooters feel a little like a modern trend, with some heavy hitters like Marathon and Arc Raiders shaking the table within the last year or so, but they’ve been a growing experiment in the shooter space for the past decade or so. Call of Duty dabbled in it with the original DMZ back in 2022 (you could argue they were late to the party then), and its return in 2026 is timely. But with so much high quality competition on the market, is it welcome? I’ve only dipped my toe in since its “pay to play on time” launch on Tuesday – about five or so hours of vehicle hijacking, SAM site hacking, and target elimination on my docket so far – but this bigger, better DMZ makes a great first impression.

The PvPvE dynamic of extraction shooters often lives and dies by how well the mission and level design encourages you to explore, rewards you for overcoming challenges, and guides you to interact with others in order to keep those spoils. The fictional Korean Hajin region your exploits take place in is well suited for this. Its dense pockets of urban development – a village in the north, the dangerous main city in the east, an isolated prison out west – are separated by rocky forests concealing all sorts of militarized checkpoints and other points of interest hiding loot to shove into your pockets. Parts of it look a little samey, the consequence of modern urban development where (at least from the outside) most buildings look the same, especially compared to some of DMZ’s big sci-fi competition that go above and beyond to look striking at first glance.

Every IGN Call of Duty Review

The map is so big that you could spend the entirety of your approximately half-hour runs in only a fraction of it. Battle Royales (like CoD’s own Warzone) move players around by having an encroaching death cloud forcing everyone into a smaller and smaller area. DMZ instead entices squads to adventure with its Dynamic Operations.

Dynamic Ops are spontaneous missions that appear as you travel across the battlefield which come in lots of forms, from securing a package to blowing up a target to escorting a VIP. Many of them are multi-stage affairs that have your fireteam moving from point to point as NPC enemies ramp up a more coordinated defense against you. These all get rewarded by supply drops that grant you loot, the value of which escalates based on how many of them you’re successfully completing. I prefer this sort of objective chasing to the more standard task lists in other games like this (which also exist here, in fairness) because it makes for more engaging individual runs. I’ll prepare the best I can beforehand, but can’t be ready for every possible string of operations once I deploy.

There was a base level of tension with every step I took or round I let off.“

There are many actions and events, like aforementioned supply drops, that are broadcast to everyone within earshot, hypothetically to tempt other players to be nosy (and potentially belligerent), but my skirmishes with others have been pretty limited so far. It’s still technically the early access period, so a wave of operators is set to crash against me in the coming days, but I found that most people have opted to mind their own business. It would be a mistake to confuse this passivity with pacifism though – this isn’t the Arc Raiders playerbase, which spent many of the opening months of that game more interested in helping than hurting. Whenever another player was in eye or earshot, it was assumed that a fire fight was to follow. It’s just unclear at this point how much of that was motivated by them wanting what I had versus just coincidentally being in the same place at the same time.

Hajin is also a pretty lively place. Enemy patrols speed down roadways, sometimes as lone jeeps and other times in large caravans. Helicopters and drones streak across the skies looking for interlopers like me, or occasionally other NPCs from rival factions tearing the map apart. A train runs on a schedule, and you can absolutely hitch a ride on it to get from place to place. Squads of enemies could be posted up anywhere. Weird exploding robot dogs can sniff you out as you slink from building to building. There was always at least a base level of tension with every step I took or round I let off, because there was just enough going on around me that any push I made could be the one that knocks over the house of cards I was hiding behind.

Clashes with the NPC denizens of the DMZ start pretty tame, but ramp up as you and your squad make yourself more notorious by killing enemies and completing objectives. As enemy units start to don armor, pull up in more durable vehicles, and use higher grade weaponry to take you down, fire fights can get desperate quickly. There’s an instinct for people in pick-up groups to run out on their own, potentially to get first dibs on loot perhaps, and they almost always regret it – it doesn’t take much for enemies to get the drop on you, as you are only where you are and they are potentially anywhere and everywhere else.

Call of Duty’s top tier military shooter gunplay, toeing the line between the lethality of simulations and the snappy speed of arcadey romps, feels at home in DMZ as well. All of the new tweaks, like the way your weapons interact with your surroundings or movement adjustments, feel like it had roaming gunfights in an open world in mind. Being able to cancel out of mantles so you aren’t stuck in an animation when you least want to be feels like the kind of quality of life inclusion that Warzone demonstrated was needed for a long time. That said, the smattering of guns lack much in the way of real identities outside of the normal archetypal framings that have existed in gaming forever (shotgun, assault rifle, sniper, etc.).

Call of Duty’s top tier military shooter gunplay feels at home in DMZ.“

You can also drop into story missions, which are quest chains that include more structure, resembling the campaign missions without the more cinematic story elements. These were pretty rowdy and unique, like an escort mission where our squad had to wheel an injured general out of hospital, bed and all, while enduring swarms of enemy combatants. There’s a finite number of these and the possible rewards are more limited, with less incentive to explore the places around you and no enemy players to pirate or evade. But they serve as a great tasting platter of the pace Dynamic Ops keep and a good tour of the various locations you’ll need to get familiar with on the map.

In between missions, you tend to all of your gear and progression from the safety of your FOB. Weapons, crafting ingredients, and consumables that you procure out in the field can be sorted through here, all of it put at risk when you equip it and redeploy. When you unlock the 3D printer and gunsmith areas, crafting new toys and upgrading weapons becomes the main way you spend your plunder to enhance your chances in Hajin. The value proposition of spending in-game money on upgrades is still hard to parse for me this early on. You can easily blow tens of thousands of won to trick out a weapon, but there hasn’t been an obvious benefit to doing so that outweighs the risk of throwing all of that hard earned money down the drain if you die while using it. That’s the kind of knowledge that only comes with reps, I imagine.

Similarly, Operators have individual sets of trait trees that you upgrade with points they earn in the field. These don’t appear to be novel to any individual fighter; there’s no Ghost-specific ability where he gets unique buffs while saying something very British. Instead there are pools of passive traits across three categories, all operators have a choice between the same handful of major traits, while the 15 or so minor traits that fill out the trees are randomized. What makes an operator special seems to be limited mostly to how they look and sound, which was a bit of a bummer.

These traits can be pretty meaningful in the field, though. One of the randomized traits I acquired for Valeria, Ammo Scavenger, doubled the ammo I got from ammo packs and made conserving my shots basically a thing of the past. The faster revive speed all operators have access to in their Survivalist tree has been the difference between clutch plays and total wipes on more than one occasion. There’s definitely some kind of character building to be had here, but you really can’t know where it’s all leading until the next group of traits to choose from are revealed. And all that is before accounting for the fact that I’m not sure there’s a way to reset or reallocate these trait points outside of abandoning the operator all together if you fail to extract with them (as opposed to spending some cash to get them back into the fight).

Hajin is a region brimming with promise.“

My first steps into the new Korean War have been intense so far, and I know I’ve only scratched the surface. Hajin is a region brimming with promise, even if most of it has the kind of design you have to live in for awhile to be able to find its unique charms. There are zones I’ve yet to see and some secrets I’m sure to encounter while I stalk, slide, and shoot my way through it. I’m sure it will get rowdier as the general public starts to pile into the servers on launch day, but for now I really dig the emphasis on the E in the PvPvE structure of these runs. Dynamic Operations have kept me moving and earning, while the factions at war in the region buzz around the map, at first dutifully watching their posts and eventually doggedly hunting me down.

I’m just as eager to spend more time out in the field as I am with my nose in the menus of gunsmithing and operator leveling to tease out what nuance there can be found between the battle. I’ll be back with my final, scored review of DMZ once I’ve done a whole lot more of both.

BioWare Was the Greatest RPG Developer Ever

BioWare is dead, and my feelings are a strange cocktail of anger, sadness, and Jack’s Complete Lack of Surprise. The legendary RPG studio was bought by a private investment group earlier this year, and history shows that venture capital frequently kills what it touches, extracting whatever value out of it that it can before moving onto the next victim. It’s a hell of a contrast to the beginning of BioWare, which started out as such a pure thing. Two practicing doctors, Ray Muzyka and Greg Zeschuk, quit medicine to pursue their dream of making computer role-playing games. Sure, the studio was bought and sold a couple of times between then and now, and yes, BioWare’s recent results haven’t lived up to its venerable past, but my goodness, what a legacy this studio leaves behind.

Everyone knows Baldur’s Gate now on account of Larian Studios’ Game of the Year-winning, 10 out of 10 Baldur’s Gate 3 from 2023, but what younger gamers might not know is that the first two Baldur’s Gate RPGs were built by BioWare in the late ‘90s. While they weren’t the studio’s first games – that honor goes to the 1996 mech action-sim Shattered Steel – they were the two that put BioWare on the map. Each was an incredibly deep and sprawling RPG based on the Dungeons & Dragons ruleset that was good for upwards of 200 hours of gameplay. At the time, they reset the bar for what a CRPG could be. Let me put it this way: Baldur’s Gate 1 took home IGN’s Game of the Year award in 1998… over Half-Life. That’s how good Baldur’s Gate was.

BioWare: Stories and Secrets From 25 Years of Game Development – Exclusive Book Preview

After another action-game pitstop in the form of 2000’s excellent MDK2, BioWare returned to role-playing with Neverwinter Nights, another CRPG that arguably brought video games closer to the pen-and-paper, pizza-party-at-your-best-friend/DM’s-house version of D&D than any game before it. It was the runner-up for IGN’s Best Role-Playing Game of 2002, finishing behind just one game: a little project you might have heard of called The Elder Scrolls 3: Morrowind.

Up to this point, BioWare had primarily been known in PC circles as a prominent CRPG developer. And then Microsoft made a deal with the studio and LucasArts to develop an exclusive new Star Wars RPG for the fledgling Xbox console. You already know what the result was: the absolutely unimpeachable Star Wars: Knights of the Old Republic, which happens to be my personal favorite role-playing game of all time. My biases aside, it is unquestionably one of the best RPGs ever made. It’s also a lock for top-3 Star Wars games of all-time, and it has a strong case for No. 1 on that list. It told an incredible story in Star Wars’s ancient past and truly let you embrace the Light Side or Dark Side of the Force. I went fully evil just because KOTOR let me do so! And not only that, it embraced those choices. At one point, I distinctly remember triple-crossing someone – double-crossing the guy that I’d already double-crossed. Its plot twist is legendary, and on the off chance that the long-in-development-hell remake ever comes out, I won’t spoil it for you here. But whether it was visiting plenty of planets (including Kashyyk!), bonding with your party members (shout-out to my favorite droid, HK-47!), or planning out my evil Force attacks by stacking up my attacks in the turn-based combat system, KOTOR was the ultimate pairing of a beloved IP and an industry-leading developer.

Every IGN BioWare Game Review

Another Xbox console exclusive followed, albeit from a different team within BioWare. While KOTOR director Casey Hudson was planning something even bigger for his team’s next project, another crew at BioWare delivered the sublime and historically underrated Jade Empire, which was steeped in Chinese mythology. IGN gave it a 9.9 out of 10 (on a 100-point scale!) back in 2005, and while it was nowhere near the commercial success KOTOR was, it was every bit as big a hit with critics and fans.

And then came Mass Effect. BioWare promised us a space opera – a trilogy in which our choices in each game would carry over to the next and ultimately affect the ending to the whole story. Microsoft had wisely signed it as a console exclusive, and boy oh boy did it pay off. Mass Effect was one of the core memories most people have about the Xbox 360. It was released in fall of 2007, the greatest stretch in Xbox and quite possibly gaming history – and it actually delivered on its space-opera promise. As your custom Commander Shepard, the first in the trilogy introduced us to the universe and humanity’s place within it – including Shepard’s path to becoming a galaxy-protecting Spectre. It introduced the Reapers, and so many phenomenal companion characters from Wrex to Garrus to Liara among many others. And like KOTOR, it too allowed you to be a Paragon of good or a Renegade of evil. (And yes, I once again tested the limits of how bad BioWare would allow me to be.)

The first is my personal favorite of the trilogy, but for many that honor goes to Mass Effect 2, which leveled up your relationship with Shepard’s companions and more or less built the entire campaign around them. As promised, your save file imported into the sequel, bringing with it your Shepard’s look and choices from the first game. It also evolved Mass Effect’s gameplay from light turn-based, semi-tactical combat to more of a pure third-person cover shooter while sacrificing none of its role-playing elements.

The controversial trilogy-capper is best remembered for its ending, which upset fans so much that BioWare tried to improve it in a post-launch patch. But forgotten alongside that is how great the rest of it was. It took the time to really let you – and your Shepard – say goodbye to the friends you’d made along the way (or at least, the ones you hadn’t chosen to kill or sacrifice), and its combat was improved further over Mass Effect 2, making Mass Effect 3 a truly world-class third-person shooter alongside its well-established role-playing bonafides.

Whatever your thoughts of Mass Effect 3’s ending, BioWare had done what they said they’d do: They built a three-game space opera that spanned more than 100 hours of gameplay over the course of the five years it took to get all three games out the door. We developed meaningful bonds with its characters, in part because they’d been written so well. It was a bold RPG experiment, and one that, for my money, hasn’t been replicated or even attempted since.

The Mass Effect trilogy was, in hindsight, probably BioWare’s peak by just about any measure, but the studio kept going. Another original IP, Dragon Age, saw four RPGs released over a decade and a half – with the third of those, 2014’s Dragon Age Inquisition, taking home IGN’s Game of the Year Award. Anthem was a bold but ultimately unsuccessful attempt to bring BioWare’s storytelling talents to the hot-at-the-time live-service space. The studio cleaned Mass Effect up nicely for an excellent remaster of the trilogy in 2021 after the BioWare Montreal team’s disappointing Mass Effect Andromeda in 2017. Heck, BioWare even made a full-blown RPG starring Sonic in a team-up with Sega in 2008’s Sonic Chronicles: The Dark Brotherhood!

And after announcing a fifth Mass Effect game that fans hoped would redeem the series after Andromeda, that project is now canceled alongside the studio being shut down. As sad as this day is – for both fans and BioWare employees who were there at any point during its 31-year history – I am left with a fulfilling sense of gratitude to this studio for all of the memorable gaming experiences it’s given me. With respect to CD Projekt Red, Larian, and Bethesda Game Studios, there’s never been a better RPG developer over a longer period of time than BioWare. It won’t be forgotten.

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

DC’s R-Rated Movie Delivers Body Horror Fun

Clayface opens in North America on October 23 and internationally on October 21.

It takes the film a while to find its groove, but once it does, Clayface delivers just the sort of nasty but fun body horror I was hoping it would.

Director James Watkins has fashioned a gritty throwback to not only the hardboiled revenge thrillers and low-budget horror flicks of the ‘50s and ‘60s but also to the cult classics of the ‘80s and ‘90s that paid homage to them. (Shades of The Fly, Darkman, and Johnny Handsome can all be found in Clayface.)

Based on the DC Comics character and working from a screenplay by Mike Flanagan and Hossein Amini, Clayface follows rising young movie star Matt Hagen (Tom Rhys Harries), a Gotham City native whose sketchy, hardscrabble background calls to mind that of Mark Wahlberg. Now a successful film actor, everything is going Matt’s way — until he runs afoul of Gotham’s most vicious and powerful crime lord, Markos Szabo (David Dencik), whose goons carve up Matt’s pretty boy face as punishment.

Disfigured and distraught, Matt finds no recourse from either the law or from multiple surgeries until he seeks out assistance from Dr. Caitlyn Corr (Naomi Ackie). Caitlyn’s similarly down on her luck, with her cutting edge research having been recently ripped off by her former partners. When Matt comes to her volunteering to be a human test subject for her experimental, AI-infused nanobot regenerative tech, she reluctantly says yes. All seems to be going well at first, but this movie ain’t called Clayface because Matt’s new skincare regimen worked out great.

DC Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

Harries has a young Malcolm McDowell quality to him, as in impish good looks that hint at an inner darkness. The actor never overplays his scenes despite there being plenty of opportunities for him to have gone big. As sympathetically played by Ackie, Caitlyn is more misguided than mad scientist despite being responsible for the physical monster Matt becomes. But while her nanobots have infiltrated and altered Matt, the film suggests they’ve merely unlocked and amplified a very bad side of him that was already there.

When Matt’s pursuit of his attackers and those who have betrayed him finally comes, it allows the film to finally embrace its inherent absurdity and capitalize on the nastiness it was keeping at bay while it was trying to make Matt sympathetic. Once Matt is no longer the victim and becomes the gooey Angel of Death we’ve been waiting for, the film gets a newfound jolt of energy and unleashes some of its most clever, thrilling and darkly funny sequences (following the earlier airplane bathroom scene seen in trailers and a creepy sleep study sequence).

Watkins has previously helmed genre films like The Woman in Black and Speak No Evil, in addition to the iconic “Shut Up and Dance” episode of Black Mirror. He and his creative team — including cinematographer Rob Hardy, production designer James Price, editor Jon Harris, Makeup Designer Nicole Stafford and Legacy Effects — make great use of Matt’s power to shapeshift, but also find the humor and tension in those situations, with Matt using his skills as an actor to literally inhabit a slew of different characters one after another.

As Matt’s condition worsens and his desire for revenge fully consumes him, he devolves morally and physically into something truly monstrous. Clayface’s comics and cartoon-accurate final form isn’t revealed until the film’s closing moments, but it effectively caps off Matt’s tragic downfall.

Clayface IS set in the DCU. James Gunn has confirmed that. So does the film reveal the DCU’s new Batman? No, it doesn’t. Batman isn’t even mentioned in the movie, but there is a scene set at the Wayne Community Centre. (And this film’s Matt Hagen doesn’t really align with the incarnation that was introduced in Creature Commandos, so that might be a bit confusing to hardcore fans.) Clayface director James Watkins elaborated on the film’s lack of Batman when I recently spoke with him at the film’s junket: “I would say Batman exists in this world, but it’s just not his story. It’s Matt Hagen’s story. So, it’s just like in Joker. It’s a city of several million people, and we’re telling one person’s story within it.”

Although it carries the banner of James Gunn’s DC Studios, Clayface could just as easily have been set outside of the DCU. Aside from taking place in the DC Comics locations of Gotham City and Coast City, there’s nothing on display here that screams DC Comics. Still, Clayface proves that the DCU can offer more than just superhero fisticuffs and save-the-world plots. The question remains how large of an audience there will be for them.

Jim Vejvoda (he/him) is IGN’s Assoc. Director of Entertainment Content.

Save Up to $11 Today Only

We’re less than a month out from the release of Grand Theft Auto 6 on PS5 and Xbox Series X|S. If you haven’t yet placed your preorder, here’s a good reason to do so: you can (indirectly) save $11 on a PS5 copy or $10 on an Xbox copy right now. You just have to follow a simple three-step process to do so. Let’s take a look.

The deal starts with buying a digital gift card from Newegg. Today only, you can get a $100 PlayStation Store gift card on sale for $89, or a $100 Xbox gift card on sale for $90. As luck would have it, $100 is how much the ultimate edition of Grand Theft Auto VI costs.

Step 1: Buy a Discounted Gift Card at Newegg

$100 PlayStation Store Digital Gift Card

0

$100 Xbox Store Digital Gift Card

0

  • PS5: Click here and enter promo code GTWF822 at checkout
  • Xbox: Click here and enter promo code GTWF792 at checkout

Make sure you use the promo codes, or you won’t get the discount on the gift card, making this all for naught. A little while after you successfully place your order, you’ll receive an email with a redeemable code for your digital gift card.

Step 2: Redeem the Gift Card

  • PS5: Sign in and click here to redeem your gift card
  • Xbox: Sign in and click here to redeem your gift card

Regardless of which digital storefront you’re using to buy GTA 6, use the appropriate link above and sign into your account. Then click your avatar in the upper right of the page and select “Redeem Code” from the dropdown menu. Paste the code in there, hit enter, and now you should have $100 in your digital wallet.

Step 3: Buy GTA 6

Grand Theft Auto 6 – Standard Edition

0

Grand Theft Auto 6 – Ultimate Edition

0

The standard edition gets you the game, along with the Vintage Vice City Pack, and one month of GTA+. The Ultimate edition includes everything that comes in the standard edition, plus “an exclusive collection of premium vehicles, weapons, apparel, and action threaded across all aspects of Jason and Lucia’s story.”

When preorders first went live, we saw reports that way more people were buying the ultimate edition than the standard edition. That makes sense, as early preorders would mostly be made by the biggest fans, who would be the most likely to splurge on the ultimate edition. You can check out our full GTA 6 preorder guide for more info.

This isn’t the first time this type of deal has popped up while GTA 6 has been available for preorder. Roughly every week or two, Newegg offers similar discounts on PlayStation Store and Xbox Store gift cards. You always have to enter a promo code, and the deals always last just one day. So if you miss out this time, you’ll probably have another shot or two before the official GTA 6 release date.

If you do preorder Grand Theft Auto 6, you’ll be able to preload the game onto your PS5 or Xbox Series X|S starting on November 12. That’s a week prior to the game’s release. Then, once launch day rolls around, you’ll already have the game on your console and ready to go when start time arrives.

As a reminder: at launch, you’ll only have access to the GTA 6 campaign. Rockstar hasn’t announced when GTA Online will be available, so keep it locked on IGN for further information on that front.

Chris Reed is a senior commerce editor and deals expert for IGN. He also runs IGN’s LEGO coverage and maintains the upcoming release dates articles for video games, LEGO sets, and 4K Blu-rays. You can follow him on Bluesky.

Xbox Insiders Can Now Stream Games by Buying Cloud Playtime Without Game Pass

Microsoft is now letting Xbox Insiders stream games by buying cloud playtime without a Game Pass subscription.

This preview is designed to give Insiders an early look at the new option before it rolls out more broadly next month. Insiders can buy cloud playtime, stream games on supported devices, and share feedback to help us continue improving the experience.

Cloud playtime is available to Insiders at introductory launch pricing:

  • 10hrs for $3.99
  • 25hrs for $7.99
  • 50hrs for $11.99

These cloud playtime packs let you play ad-free, and include shorter wait times, high-quality streaming, and playtime that remains available until it’s used, Microsoft said. Insiders can also try cloud gaming for free with ads, as another option for accessing cloud gaming without a Game Pass subscription.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

The cloud gaming options for Game Pass subscribers Microsoft announced last month are still set for November. From next month, Game Pass plans will include a set number of cloud gaming hours each month:

Xbox Game Pass cloud gaming monthly limits:

  • Game Pass Ultimate: 15 hours
  • Game Pass Premium: 10 hours
  • Game Pass Essential: 5 hours

Once subscribers use their included hours, they can buy additional cloud playtime through the Xbox Store. Currently, Game Pass subscribers can stream without these monthly hour limits. The change means those who use cloud gaming most via Game Pass will end up having to pay more, although Microsoft said this impacts 4% of Game Pass subscribers.

Cloud gaming has become a focus as the RAMpocalypse makes console gaming increasingly expensive. Strauss Zelnick, boss of Rockstar parent company Take-Two, recently predicted the video game industry will be in “commercial streaming mode” within three years — but for video game streaming to matter, it would have to run GTA 6 just as well as consoles do.

During an investor focused Q&A following the release of Take-Two’s latest financial report, Zelnick was asked for his thoughts on the video game industry as it buckles under the pressure of skyrocketing chip costs, which have forced Sony and Microsoft to raise the price of their consoles and potentially delay the launches of the PlayStation 6 and the next-gen Xbox, codenamed Project Helix.

Zelnick admitted the rising cost of hardware “is not a good thing,” because cheaper hardware means more hardware in people’s hands, which is what software companies desire. But he suggested the advent of video game streaming would go a long way to tackling this problem.

Both Sony and Microsoft are predicted to lean heavily on streaming in the coming years as they contend with the RAMpocalypse. “I just don’t have any insight as to what the console manufacturers have planned, but it wouldn’t at all surprise me if part of what they plan is streaming,” Zelnick offered.

Just this week, it was reported that the next-gen Xbox may cost as much as $1,800, with a new handheld rumored for next year. New Xbox CEO Asha Sharma has said the spiralling cost of new and existing consoles would require “radically different business models” over the coming generation. She added that the industry had “reached a point where it will be hard to imagine” mass audiences still being able to afford “thousands of dollars” for a new console generation.

The current PS5 and Xbox Series X and S generation of consoles have seen price increases rather than cost savings. Sony itself raised the price of PS5 consoles back in March, blaming “continued pressures in the global economic landscape.” Nintendo has also not been immune, and recently acknowledged it would up the price of Switch 2, just over a year after its arrival. And Valve has bemoaned its struggle to release Steam Machine at the price it had initially hoped, instead having to go for an eye-watering $1,049.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

PS5 Firmware Update 14.20 Released, Sony Issues Official Patch Notes

Sony has issued a new PlayStation 5 firmware update amid the homebrew community’s ongoing effort to jailbreak the console.

PS5 system software update 26.07-14.20.00 is available now and weighs in at 1.2 GB. While Sony’s official patch notes suggest its only function is to improve “the messages and usability on some screens,” some believe it may perform other functions under the hood.

PS5 firmware update 26.07-14.20.00 patch notes:

  • We’ve improved the messages and usability on some screens.

The Best PS5 Games

The PlayStation homebrew scene hit the headlines in recent weeks for releasing PS5 jailbreaks for prior firmwares. For example, late last month, a jailbreak that supported all PS5 consoles running firmware 7.00-13.60 sent shockwaves through the homebrew community. At the time, it meant that all PS5s, including the PS5 Pro, that hadn’t been updated within the previous week, were compatible with the jailbreak.

This is of huge significance for Sony and the security of the PS5, as people with a jailbroken PS5 can modify their console, potentially opening the door to video game piracy. However, it was found that some PS5 games subsequently required the latest 14.00 firmware in order to download updates, sparking a renewed effort to release a new jailbreak for the updated system software.

So, there is a game of Whac-A-Mole at play where the homebrew scene is working to release a new jailbreak for the latest PS5 firmware, then do it all over again when Sony releases a new firmware update designed to beef up security. It’s worth pointing out that Sony makes no mention of security in today’s patch notes.

This in turn has sparked concern that if a PS5 jailbreak is made available for the firmware that is required by GTA 6, which comes out in less than a month, then it may be possible for Rockstar’s game to be pirated on PS5 and maybe even made available on PC.

One prominent member of the PlayStation homebrew community recently showed evidence of a jailbreak for the 14.10 firmware, but follow up comments suggest that dumping game executables isn’t possible. There is no evidence to suggest that today’s 14.20 update is a response to that. However, some believe GTA 6 will require at least 14.20 to run, now it’s out in the wild. Sony may even release a further security update before November 19.

The question for Sony is whether it can do enough to eventually win this game of Whac-A-Mole with the homebrew scene. This is something of an existential crisis for Sony, which publishers and developers rely upon for the security of their PlayStation releases. But with the emergence of powerful AI models, the stakes have risen significantly.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Umamusume Fans Distraught After Los Angeles Concerts Canceled Due to Visa Issues

Two Umamusume concerts in Los Angeles have been canceled after workers could not get their visas approved in time for the event, leaving American fans distraught.

On October 18, the official Umamusume: Pretty Derby Twitter/X account announced that staffers working the shows — scheduled for October 22 and 23 — were having difficulties securing their travel visas. At the time, it did not cancel the events, but warned concertgoers that this may impact the festivities.

The possibility that these concerts would be canceled sparked concern among the game’s fanbase, with many joking (or perhaps being fully serious) that this event might politically “radicalize” them, given the extremely long wait times for visas in the United States right now.

The next day, Cygames confirmed that the Los Angeles concerts had been officially canceled, offering refunds to fans who’d purchased both on-site viewing tickets and streaming tickets to watch the show remotely. Responses to fans who made travel plans are also in progress, though Cygames admitted that this may take “some time.”

“Although we have coordinated repeatedly with all parties concerned and explored every possible option in our efforts to make this event happen, we were unable to obtain the necessary visas for entry into the US, so we have come to the painful conclusion that holding the concerts is no longer possible,” the post reads.

“Once again, we sincerely apologize for the inconvenience this causes to all the Trainers who were eagerly looking forward to the concerts, as well as to the Umamusume cast, partner company staff, and everyone involved who put tremendous effort into making this event happen.”

It is with heavy hearts that we must announce the cancellation of the Umamusume: Pretty Derby – 7th EVENT: THE STAGE in LOS ANGELES concerts planned for Oct 22–23, 2026.

Although we have coordinated repeatedly with all parties concerned and explored every possible option in our efforts to make this event happen, we were unable to obtain the necessary visas for entry into the US, so we have come to the painful conclusion that holding the concerts is no longer possible.

To all the Trainers who were eagerly looking forward to the show, we sincerely apologize for the inconvenience and concern this causes, and for announcing this so close to the event date.

Due to this cancellation, we will process refunds for the following:

・On-site viewing tickets

・Streaming tickets

In addition, we are looking into possible responses to Trainers who were planning to attend the concert in person. This will take some time, so we ask for your patience. Details will be announced on the 7th EVENT WORLD TOUR official website.

Once again, we sincerely apologize for the inconvenience this causes to all the Trainers who were eagerly looking forward to the concerts, as well as to the Umamusume cast, partner company staff, and everyone involved who put tremendous effort into making this event happen.

Please see the link below for the official notice:

https://t.co/lrZyCDHwhh

— Umamusume: Pretty Derby (@umamusume_eng) October 20, 2026

It’s safe to say that Umamusume fans in the States are completely beside themselves over this news, with many who’d made travel arrangements feeling especially burnt by the situation — not at Cygames, but with the political issues that are making visa acquisitions especially arduous.

“I’m so sorry that this happened. I was excited to have a mini-concert at home and had many friends and acquaintances who were excited to go. I wish things could have worked out,” one fan replied.

“Thank you so very much for trying, it’s heart-breaking but we know you tried until the very end,” another wrote.

“This is not the America I wanted to live in,” another said, while yet another joked that the country is currently experiencing an “anti-Uma administration.”

Knowing the power of the Umamusume fanbase, some netizens are genuinely convinced that this incident could result in real political activism; after all, these fans have made several real-world impacts over the years, with the community previously banding together to save a sick racehorse from a slaughterhouse, raising over $600,000 to rebuild stables for the horse Meisho Doto, and even inspiring a disabled fan to perform onstage for the very first time.

Umamusume concerts aren’t the only events getting impacted by long visa wait times; several other shows have also fallen victim to this issue, with the likes of Shinee’s Taemin being forced to cancel his entire North American tour due to being unable to secure visas for its staff and key personnel.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Police Confirm Nearly $1 Million Worth of Trading Cards Stolen in PSA FedEx Truck Heist

Police in Santa Ana, California estimate that more than $963,000 in collectible trading cards was stolen from a FedEx truck outside of PSA’s Santa Ana headquarters.

The theft went viral in mid-October after several card collectors reported that they had received emails from PSA (Professional Sports Authenticator) stating that a FedEx truck carrying their collections had been burglarized.

One of the most prominent voices in this conversation was a collector by the screen name SKY-B, who claimed that more than $100,000 worth of cards that he’d hand-delivered to PSA at a card show for grading were now lost in the ether.

“We will compensate you for the items from your order that were involved, which is based on fair market value up to the Maximum Insured Value (“MIV”) you selected for each item.”

@natsturner, I pray you handle this and take care of everyone affected in the most professional manner possible. I have an awful feeling PSA is going to be extremely unfair on what the values of these cards are.

— SKY-B (@SKYBCards) October 17, 2026

PSA responded to the situation in a statement to IGN, outlining their plans to refund the affected customers and cooperate with both FedEx and law enforcement to investigate the burglary.

A day later, Santa Ana police have released a statement about the theft, as well as the eyewatering dollar amount that was stolen — and it’s far more than was originally calculated.

The theft occurred on October 13 outside of PSA’s headquarters in Santa Ana, California when a FedEx driver reportedly left their truck parked nearby for around 60 to 90 minutes. The thieves were able to break the truck’s lock and make off with the packages stored inside during this time.

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution — Delta Reign Cards

According to police, two pallets holding an estimated 100 packages were stolen, as well as a third pallet carrying around 50 packages. Law enforcement officials estimate that the total dollar amount of the first two pallets adds up to around $963,000. No dollar amount has yet been calculated for the third pallet, but given what we already know, it’s looking likely that the total damage will ring up to more than $1 million.

“The pallets contained various trading cards, including, but not limited to, sports cards and Pokémon cards,” the SAPD told The Athletic. “The exact value of the stolen items has not yet been determined, pending further investigation. The investigation remains ongoing. Anyone with information regarding this incident is encouraged to contact the Santa Ana Police Department.”

FedEx also released a statement, saying “the security of our customers’ shipments is a top priority, and we are working with local law enforcement in their investigation.”

Riftbound: Radiance Alt Art Cards

PSA, for its part, has promised to refund customers “based on fair market value up to the Maximum Insured Value” of their cards and has deactivated the certificates of the stolen items.

“We understand the impact this has on collectors involved, many of whom see these cards as far more than a financial asset. Our team is focused on supporting them. We take this incident seriously, and we will continue working with law enforcement to hold those responsible accountable,” it said.

Image Credits: Marcin Golba/NurPhoto via Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Counter-Strike 2 Pro Aleksib Faces Four-Month Suspended Prison Sentence Over Charges of Aggravated Tax Fraud

Finnish Counter-Strike 2 pro Aleksi “Aleksib” Virolainen is facing a possible four-month suspended prison sentence over alleged “aggravated tax fraud” after failing to declare income from in-game sticker sales.

In Counter-Strike 2, players can purchase virtual stickers and place them on their weapons. They are an in-game item that can be bought on the Steam Marketplace, the CS2 Store, or in capsules, as well as through third-party websites.

It’s not uncommon for professional teams to get a cut of the money earned from sticker sales and other in-game purchases when they compete at major tournaments — and it’s this revenue that prosecutors say Virolainen failed to include on his tax forms.

Counter-Strike 2 Screenshots

On Friday, October 16, an indictment was read aloud at the Eastern Uusimaa District Court that accused the pro player of failing to declare €53,000 in income (about $59,553.18 USD) from Valve in 2020, the developer of Counter-Strike 2. Prosecutors claimed that he was able to avoid paying an estimated €28,000 ($31,441 USD) in taxes as a result — but he said he wasn’t aware that this income needed to be declared.

While Virolainen admitted that he failed to declare these earnings, he said that he was just 22 years old at the time with no real understanding of how the tax system worked. The Defense maintained that he was under the impression that his taxes had been fully handled, since taxes had already been taken out of his general income, and that he did not seek any financial gain from failing to report them.

As reported by Finnish news outlet Iltalehti, the alleged offense took place between May 19, 2020 and September 22, 2020 in Vantaa, Finland. A subpoena stated that the player did not return a pre-filled tax return form for the 2019 year and did not report any missing income from Valve.

Prosecutors are demanding that he serve a four-month suspended prison sentence for the alleged offense. Viorlainen has not been formally convicted of the supposed crime, and a district court is set to issue a ruling on the case at a later date.

A tweet containing footage of the pro player arriving at court went viral within the CS2 community, showing him sitting down in the courtroom as cameras flashed in the background. Virolainen reportedly pleaded not guilty to the charges.

The now-29-year-old Aleksib is still an active player, currently representing Natus Vincere. As pointed out by Dexerto, he competed at two Majors with ENCE during the time of the supposed tax fraud, with his most notable finish happening at the IEM Katowice 2019 Major, where his team reached the Grand Finals.

Aleksib facing a potential 4 month suspended prison sentence was not on my bingo card 😭

“He pleaded not guilty in court. He said the sum was related to money earned from Counter-Strike virtual stickers.” https://t.co/psz60COGNz

— titan.holo (@TitanHoloCS) October 18, 2026

Aleksib has not offered a public statement on the matter at the time of writing.

Image Credits: Instagram – aleksivirolainen

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

A Live-Action GTA 6 Trailer May Be in Production in Miami Right Now

Eagle-eyed Rockstar fans have noticed camera crews recording convoys of flashy GTA 6-themed cars in Miami, creating speculation over a new live-action trailer.

Rockstar Games has been conquering the city of Miami over the last few weeks as it ramps up to the release of GTA 6, which is set in a fictional version of Miami called Vice City. As a result, Rockstar has plastered all kinds of ads around the area, sent in a Vice City blimp to fly over Florida, and announced unique celebrations like a Vice City-themed NBA game with the Miami Heat in November. It’s an unprecedented marketing campaign that has quite literally turned the city into a real-life version of GTA’s universe.

With that said, there appear to be a variety of things happening right under Miamians’ noses without much explanation. Fans have started noticing exotic sports cars driving around the city in convoys, sometimes joined by a camera crew. These aren’t just ordinary cars, as they’re modified to resemble ones from the GTA series. In some videos and photos posted by fans, you can see in-universe car brands such as Grotti (a parody of Ferrari) and Emerus (a parody of McLaren) on some of the vehicles that are zooming around.

Filming of a separate video or trailer for GTA VI continues in Miami🌴

#GTAVI #GTA6 https://t.co/YSbI11vvmu

— GTA 6 Raf (@GTAVI_Rodion) October 20, 2026

Rockstar Games and West Coast Customs popped out in Key Biscayne today to do some promo for GTA 6 🔥 https://t.co/hhRg2OP8i6

— Uncle Ken (@Tallglassofwada) October 15, 2026

Got pictures and several videos of the GTA 6 cars driving around Miami!

Absolutely insane! 🔥 https://t.co/765ef66NaW

— real.saem | Samchrme (@samchrme) October 20, 2026

There is a widespread belief online that Rockstar intentionally released the latest trailer significantly earlier in order to release another GTA 6 video, filmed in real life, before the game’s launch. Over the past two days, high activity has been observed in Miami: camera operators are working there, and GTA 6 advertisements have been placed. For example, there are graffiti pieces that do not mention GTA 6 but simply read “Vice City.” The same inscription, “Welcome to Vice City,” is also present on the stadium. Presumably, all of this was done not only as part of a PR campaign but also to film the main trailer against a backdrop of streets that will be identical to the locations in GTA 6: the same advertising billboards, graffiti, and cars with similar license plates. It is quite possible that we will see such a video on the day the game becomes available for pre-installation.

#GTAVI #GTA6

— GTA 6 Raf (@GTAVI_Rodion) October 20, 2026

Some fans speculate that Rockstar is shooting a live-action GTA 6 trailer and will utilize some of the real ads around the city to highlight the fact it has created a real-life version of Vice City. As of right now, Rockstar hasn’t addressed any of this advertising, and has instead let it speak for itself. Similarly, there have been reports that Rockstar will be releasing real-life versions of GTA beer brands in the near future following listings on a government database.

It’s anyone’s guess what all of this is being used for, but all signs seem to point to it being related to GTA. Rockstar has already announced that its Miami Heat sponsored game will be called “A Night in Vice City,” so maybe there are plans for more activities around the entire city beyond the actual basketball game. Either way, this is some next-level marketing and shows Rockstar is sparing no expense.

GTA 6 will release on November 19 for PS5 and Xbox Series X|S.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Cooking Up Magick Book Review

The first book in a new series called The Dell Chronicles, HL Bernabe’s Cooking Up Magick sets out to be a cozier fantasy version of The Lord of the Rings. And in many ways, it does pull directly from J.R.R. Tolkien’s world. The main character, Paisley, is a halfling who gets swept up on an adventure with a pair of dwarves, but unbeknownst to her, there’s also an evil overlord that has just returned after centuries – and she’s the only hope the world has to actually stop him.

The similarities to The Hobbit and LOTR pretty much end there though, and you don’t get nearly enough detail in the first book to effectively flesh out this alternate version of Middle-earth. What you do get is a lovable main character who is surrounded by an interesting cast of characters. There’s cooking, there’s magic, and there’s even a bit of romantasy thrown in here, but Cooking Up Magick doesn’t serve up enough of any of it to fully bring its story to life.

Cooking Up Magick: The Dell Chronicles Book One

1

Cooking Up Magick shines brightest whenever the core characters are interacting with each other. Paisley is a bubbly bright spot among the crew, capable of immense courage and compassion. She has a sort of magnetism that rubs off on her friends and which helps shine a light on each of their individual personalities. Her conversations and moments with her newfound friends (and her Half-Orc love interest) really help to ground the story’s core concept of found family.

Naturally, these moments are often centered around the idea of cooking or magic. Paisley’s driving reason for leaving her home and her family’s inn is that she wants to discover new and exciting recipes to eventually bring back. Her sense of adventure is entirely tied to the idea of roaming the world and dipping her toes in the culinary culture it has to offer. But that core motivation quickly fades to the background as larger events start to unfold. There are flashes where cooking comes to the forefront of the story, but it rarely feels like food actually matters beyond an initial plot driver and a reason for the characters to come together.

“As she learns about her new powers, so do we, and it’s some of the best Paisley character building we get in the entire story“

As someone who is always happy to geek out about cooking, I expected the author to showcase more of that in Paisley’s character. It’s clear that she likes it, sure, but the writing seems to spend too much time telling us that and not enough time showing it. Going into this book, I had hoped to see Delicious in Dungeon-levels of enthusiasm for cooking and found myself a bit disappointed that it wasn’t what I got.

So while Paisley’s personality doesn’t necessarily shine through her cooking, we do get a better feeling for it through her magical ability. She doesn’t discover her powers until the story progresses a bit, but once they start to manifest, they show up in ways you’d expect from a compassionate chef. She’s able to draw power from her love of her companions and spread that to the world around her. With this power, she’s able to heal, protect, and even connect on a deeper level with her friends. But once she gains her magic, cooking pretty much takes a backseat for the story, and sure, seeing as she’s the first new sorcerer in this world in a really long time, it definitely makes sense for this to take over the story. As she learns about her new powers, so do we, and it’s some of the best Paisley character building we get in the entire story.

Beyond the core characters, much of the book is driven by Verzod, the evil sorcerer. He’s the one who’s inciting war in an otherwise peaceful land, and acts as the obvious antagonist to Paisley (and everyone else). Despite getting multiple chapters from his perspective, it’s hard to draw any other conclusions about him beyond his just being the pure embodiment of evil. The only character depth we’re really able to glean is his soft spot for his lost talking cat, Whipclaw. But since said cat spends most of the book with Paisley, we don’t really get to explore that side of him. I would have much preferred to have left him as a mysterious outside entity that gets revealed in later books, but there’s still plenty of room to flesh out his motives later on. As is, his existence serves its purpose as the inciting action of the story.

Marvel’s VisionQuest Episodes 3 and 4 Review and Recap

Full spoilers follow for VisionQuest Episodes 3 and 4, which are streaming now on Disney+.

VisionQuest is turning out to be quite the pleasant little surprise. What initially seemed like an obligatory but unneeded follow-up to a loose end from WandaVision is rapidly developing into a series with plenty of heart, soul, and depth of its own. It never pays to count out Paul Bettany’s synthetic hero.

Mind you, entertaining as the first two episodes were, my one real reservation with VisionQuest out of the gate was that it was a bit difficult to connect with this version of Bettany’s character. As he himself says, he has all the memories of the original Vision but none of his soul. Given how poignant and utterly human Vision was in his past MCU appearances, seeing a cold, aloof, emotionless copy of that character takes some getting used to.

But that problem quickly starts to fade in Episodes 3 and 4. Already, White Vision is making great strides in terms of understanding his emotions and internal conflict and embracing this side of himself he doesn’t quite understand. Compared to the Loki series, which basically relied on a quick-and-dirty speedrun to transform the 2012-era Loki (Tom Hiddleston) into something more resembling his post-Thor: Ragnarok self, this feels like a more coherent and purposeful way of bridging the gap between two wildly different versions of an MCU character.

Certainly, Bettany has a lot more to work with in these two episodes, both comedically and dramatically. His malfunctioning processors give the actor some welcome opportunity to deploy a bit of physical comedy in Episode 3. And both episodes make the most of the rapidly deepening bond between Vision and Tommy (Ruaridh Mollica). By all rights, their relationship should feel rushed, but somehow it all works anyway. By the time Vision is coaxing his son on how to reboot him in the hotel swimming pool, he feels well on the road to reclaiming that lost humanity that was so vital to the original character. That process continues in Episode 4, where Vision pointedly stops drawing such a hard distinction between his past and present selves.

I also appreciate how well the show’s writers are succeeding in not making Agatha All Along required viewing. This isn’t a show you want to watch without at least having seen WandaVision, but it also does a fine job of explaining everything you need to know about Tommy’s bizarre existence without making his brother Billy’s (Joe Locke) parallel journey into mandatory homework. It helps the series stand on its own two feet a bit more, rather than simply being the final act of a trilogy.

Another big plus in VisionQuest’s favor is that it features such a lovable supporting cast of AI goofballs. James Spader’s Ultron doesn’t steal the show to quite the degree he did in the first two episodes, but he remains one of the absolute highlights of the series. Ultron is great for both periodic comedic relief and the sorts of knowing observations on human nature that used to be Vision’s purview. But we also get to see the character finally take a more purposeful step onto center stage late in Episode 4, as he manipulates his way into taking the wheel (literally) and predictably betrays his family at his first opportunity. The prospect of an Ultron fully in control and back in the physical world is a very exciting one heading into Episode 5.

Speaking of Vision’s family, we get a lot of great scenes involving F.R.I.D.A.Y. (Orla Brady), E.D.I.T.H. (Emily Hampshire), and even D.U.M.-E. (Henry Lewis) and U (Jonathan Sayer). The series is doing a fantastic job of fleshing out and enriching these characters that used to be nothing more than disembodied voices or slapstick workshop tools. Episode 4 is particularly strong when it comes to exploring their own emotional journeys and how much they parallel what Vision is experiencing.

Read Last Week’s VisionQuest Review

None of this is to say the series isn’t still experiencing some growing pains. Episodes 3 and 4 feel a bit clunky in how they handle the transition from a conflict mostly built around Paladin (Todd Stashwick) to one centered around Jocasta (T’Nia Miller). The former character basically drops out of the picture after running afoul of the latter. Still, I’m enjoying the show’s take on Jocasta so far. She’s nothing if not sympathetic so far, and she holds a lot of potential as both a villain and the object of Ultron’s fascination. All in all, these two episodes do a lot to set up a compelling conflict for the second half of the series.

KPop Demon Hunters 2 Gets a Theatrical Release After First Movie’s Smashing Success on Streaming

The KPop Demon Hunters sequel won’t be repeating the mistakes of its predecessor, having secured a guaranteed theatrical release following the first film’s smashing success.

The news was casually and somewhat unceremoniously buried in an October 20 report from The Hollywood Reporter, which dove into the events behind the departure of Netflix’s former film chief, Dan Lin.

According to THR, Lin helped secure a theatrical release for KPop Demon Hunters 2, a move that the outlet noted “hasn’t been officially announced.”

KPop Demon Hunters Photo Gallery

News of a sequel — er, more like sequels — was revealed in November 2025 when Variety reported that Netflix and Sony had inked a deal for a second animated film, with a release date planned for 2029. Around that same time, The Wrap revealed what’s next for the KPop Demon Hunters universe, including plans for a live-action movie, a stage play and two sequels to create a film trilogy. A spinoff series and short film were also mentioned, though none of these particular projects have been officially announced by the streamer.

Co-director Maggie Kang has already set expectations high for more stories from Huntrix in their quest to protect the Honmoon. “We’ve set up so much for potential backstory,” she told Variety in a July interview. “Obviously, there’s a lot of questions that are left unanswered and areas that are not explored. We had to do that because there’s only so much movie you could tell in 85 minutes.”

KPop Demon Hunters became Netflix’s most-watched offering ever, outperforming live-action films and TV series alike. It spawned oodles of Halloween costumes, sing-along versions of the movie, and oodles of live performances from the film’s singers, EJAE, Rei Ami, and Audrey Nuna (at the Oscars, no less!).

The franchise went on to snag collaborations with McDonald’s, Fortnite, and even LEGO, among many others. Given its huge success, it comes as little surprise that Netflix is taking notes from the first film and rolling out the red carpet for its next installment. And considering the popularity of its limited-time theatrical screenings once Netflix took note of its success, it’s safe to say that it won’t pass up the bag this time around.

Dan Lin was a huge proponent of theatrical releases for Netflix’s films, according to THR’s report. While Co-CEO Ted Sarandos preferred the pandemic-era strategy of going straight to streaming, Lin picked up on the increasing demand for theatrical experiences from younger moviegoers — a footprint he left at the company before his recent exit.

In related news, Derpy the tiger recently scored a 37,000-Piece Kpop Demon Hunters Build with LEGO — a far funner story than a Christian metal band called Demon Hunter that sued Netflix over copyright infringement earlier this year. (Netflix dismissed these claims, saying the “allegations are without merit” in an official statement.)

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

All of The Chronicles of Narnia Books are on Sale at Amazon

Amazon is currently running a buy 1, get 1 50% off sale on all of the Narnia books this week. The promotion extends to hardcovers, box sets, paperbacks, and even a massive 7-in-1 deluxe edition. With Greta Gerwig’s upcoming Narnia movie hitting theaters early next year, this discount is a great time to read the original C.S. Lewis novels that inspired it all.

If you’re only looking to read the source material for Gerwig’s movie, you’ll want to check out the deal on The Magician’s Nephew first. The paperback, hardcover, and collector’s edition are included in the sale. You can also get a copy of it in the box set or deluxe edition available here if you want the full collection instead.

Buy 1, Get 1 Half Off Narnia Book Sale at Amazon

Amazon has these types of sales pretty regularly and now is a particularly good time to buy multiple books at once. All you need to do is add two eligible books to your cart and Amazon will automatically apply the 50% discount to whichever one is the cheapest. This means you’ll want to buy two similarly priced books to take full advantage of the discount.

So, for example, if you’re looking to buy the deluxe edition at $39.50, you probably don’t want to also buy The Magician’s Nephew paperback for $7 at the same time. Instead you’ll want to browse the sale for something closer to $40 to maximize your savings. Because of that, this sale usually works best if you’re looking to get multiple copies of the same book at the same price point.

Where Is The Magician’s Nephew on the Book Timeline?

If you’re new to The Chronicles of Narnia books, it’s worth noting that the official reading order is up for debate. If you’re looking to read the story in terms of when the events take place chronologically, The Magician’s Nephew would count as book one in the series. But it was actually the fifth book C.S. Lewis published. The box set and the deluxe edition both place The Magician’s Nephew as the first book, but it may not be the order you’ll want to read it in.

The actual order in which you read the books doesn’t really matter, and C.S. Lewis has said as much. But if you’re a purist who would rather read the books in the way Lewis intended his audience to read them at the time, you’ll want to start with The Lion, The Witch, and The Wardrobe instead.

When Is the New Chronicles of Narnia Movie Coming Out?

It’s been in the works for a while, but Greta Gerwig’s Narnia movie is coming to theaters pretty soon. It’s theatrical debut is set for February 12, 2027 and it will eventually come directly to Netflix in April 2027. So if you want to read the book before seeing the movie, you’ve still got some time to do so.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Arctic Eggs, Mouthwashing, and No, I’m Not a Human Are Coming to Xbox

Three indie games that achieved viral status over the last three years are making their long-awaited debut on Xbox from publisher Critical Reflex.

As revealed during today’s ID@Xbox showcase for October 2026, celebrated indie titles Arctic Eggs, Mouthwashing, and No, I’m Not a Human are making their way to Xbox for the very first time.

Physics-focused game Arctic Eggs tasks players with cooking eggs in — you guessed it — the Arctic. It sounds easy enough, but the game’s physics make this chore a true test of patience. And it’s not just eggs you’ll have to cook, either; you’ll pan fry anything from cockroaches to shot glasses, sausages, stingrays, and more, with the aim of feeding the city’s hungry inhabitants and possibly earning an audience with the Saint of Six Stomachs. Arctic Eggs, from developer The Water Museum, is available today (October 20, 2026) on Xbox Series X/S.

No, I’m Not a Human is an unsettling tale that follows a homeowner in an increasingly uninhabitable world. Players must decide who to shelter and who to turn away as the days grow hotter, with mysterious beings crawling out of the ground — beings that look, and sometimes behave, like humans. Pick the real people and wait out the apocalypse together; pick impostors and risk your housemates’ lives. No, I’m Not a Human will be available on Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, and Xbox Game Pass in 2027.

Cult indie horror game Mouthwashing, first released in September 2024, is an exciting addition to the Xbox family. Set on a shipwrecked space freighter, players are responsible for managing its remaining crew as they slowly descend into madness and self-destruction. Mouthwashing is coming to Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, and Xbox Game Pass on October 29, 2026.

IGN gave Mouthwashing a glowing review, scoring it a sparkling 9 out of 10. Reviewer Ronny Barrier praised it as a “grimy, uncomfortable, and incredibly compelling, painting an unsettling picture of who we can be in our worst moments – and it doesn’t let us get away with it.”

That’s not all; Critical Reflex will be sharing more information on its YouTube channel later today.

Critical Reflex is known for a bevy of strange and interesting games that often go viral on YouTube; they’ve published titles like Militsioner, where players must make their escape from a giant policeman who’s watching their every move, and Buckshot Roulette, where, well… you play Russian Roulette with a shotgun, with a few additional mechanics mixed in.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Fortnite’s Nikki Skin Sparks Debate Among Horror Fans, With Some Calling for a Boycott

A vocal group of Fortnite players are calling for a boycott of Epic’s battle royale game after a skin of Obsession’s Nikki Freeman, played by Inde Navarrette, sparked backlash among fans.

On October 20, Epic Games revealed that Nikki Freeman is coming to Fortnite in a special collaborative video with the character’s actress, Inde Navarrette. And while there’s no denying Obsession’s popularity — Nikki was one of the most-searched Halloween costumes on Google this year, after all — her inclusion as a purchasable skin in a video game is rubbing some fans the wrong way.

Warning: Major spoilers for Obsession below!

This uncomfortable reaction is in direct response to Nikki being the victim of Bear’s wish in Obsession. In the movie, Nikki’s body is overtaken by a malicious entity while the real Nikki is locked away in her own mind, unable to do anything but watch as the entity possessing her commits atrocities while wearing her skin.

Be careful what you wish for… Nikki is coming to Fortnite tomorrow 🪾 https://t.co/iSY6eseqVX

— Fortnite (@Fortnite) October 20, 2026

She is also taken advantage of by Bear, who engages in intimacy with Nikki’s physical form without getting the consent of the real Nikki. (Bear becomes aware of this fact in the film, but decides against trying to save her, asking, ‘What’s so bad about being with me?’ to which Nikki replies, ‘I’ve never been with you, Bear.’)

Needless to say, making Nikki — who is a victim of rape — a playable character in a video game isn’t exactly being met with positivity from some folks in Fortnite’s playerbase. That’s not including her special emote, which sees her hold up Wiley E. Coyote-style signs reenacting the famous dinner scene where she flips out on Bear, or the skin’s recreation of her iconic frown.

“Wanting your rape victim character in a game as a fun element (ironically Nikki suffers from has no control on her body and mind in movie) is a f**king choice,” one user wrote on Twitter/X. “Also, f**k Fortnite too for this choice.”

“I kind of hate how Nikki was turned into a meme like this. It kinda overshadows the actual horrific s**t her character actually went through in the movie, in my opinion,” another said.

“So, lemme [make] this make sense: Fortnite is using a character who has a narrative about loss of coercion, loss of consent, psychological torment, and tragic violence for entertainment purposes? Fortnite monopolizing on obsession gives me the ick. I’m grossed out,” another argued.

A viral post, which has since been deleted, even called for a boycott of Fortnite altogether due to the skin — but another segment of the game’s playerbase isn’t on board with this idea, with several arguing that Nikki is merely a fictional character and that her Fortnite skin “isn’t that deep.”

“There’s obviously heated discussion surrounding Nikki being put into Fortnite, but I don’t really get how the character [being] integrated into [the] game = not taking her story seriously. Most people BUY these things BECAUSE they care about a character, it’s usually not for a punchline,” one said.

“Let’s please not try to reduce Nikki to just another ‘victim,’” another asked. “Yes, her story is horrific and tragic, but that does NOT mean we shouldn’t allow for her to appear in multi-media regardless of quality.”

“People have such a hard time comprehending that Nikki isn’t a real person and that she’s a fictional character,” yet another posed.

This isn’t the first time Nikki’s inclusion in other events an IPs has sparked a debate; she was also featured as a wandering character at Universal Studios’ Halloween Horror Nights, which sparked its own discourse in the horror scene as to whether or not this was actually ethical (not to mention concerns about the actors’ safety). Indie Navarrette, for her part, seems to have no issue with the whole thing, even posing with one of the character’s actors for a photo while visiting the theme park this October.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Xenoblade Chronicles 2 + DLC Bundle, Logitech G29 Racing Wheel, and Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake

From Switch games to gaming peripherals, today’s deals are pretty awesome. You can even grab the new MTG x Star Trek Play Booster Box at a new low or score half off a Logitech G29 Racing Wheel bundle. Amazon has also brought back its buy 1, get 1 50% off sale on books.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for October 20

After checking out the deal highlights above, find out even more below:

Xenoblade Chronicles 2 and the Expansion Pass DLC Bundle Is 50% Off

Xenoblade Chronicles 2 + Expansion Pass DLC Bundle – Switch [Digital]

0

The Xenoblade Chronicles 2 and the Expansion Pass DLC Bundle is down to just $39.98 at Walmart. That’s the lowest price ever for this bundle. You can even take advantage of the Switch 2 upgrade for $9.99. You get not only the expansive open-world game, but also access to a standalone prequel game, awesome in-game items, new quests, rare blades, and more. Read IGN’s Xenoblade Chronicles 2 review to find out more.

Pikmin 4 – Nintendo Switch [Digital]

0

You can also pick up Pikmin 4 for that price ahead of the Switch 2 upgrade release.

Get 50% Off the Logitech G29 Racing Wheel Bundle

Logitech G29 Driving Force Racing Wheel and Pedals + Logitech G Driving Force Shifter

0

A fantastic entry-level racing wheel, the Logitech G29, which also includes a pedal set and Driving Force Shifter, is only $179.99 on Amazon-owned Woot with the code “LOGITECH”. Just note that the wheel is in “New-Open Box” condition. Still, from the high-quality build and 900 degrees of wheel rotation to the gear-driven dual-force motor feedback and sturdy three-pedal set, it will amplify any driving-game experience on PC or PS5 compared to a standard controller. That shifter also helps to execute super-smooth gear transitions.

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake at Low Price and More Square Enix Deals

DRAGON QUEST III HD-2D Remake – Switch

0

DRAGON QUEST III HD-2D Remake – PS5

0

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake is back down to its lowest price yet for PS5 and Switch 2 during Square Enix’s early Black Friday sale at Amazon and Best Buy. This 2024 remake of Erdrick’s final adventure in the trilogy uses Square Enix’s HD-2D art style brilliantly. In our Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake review, Logan Plant said it “is a shining example of how to remake a classic RPG and a brilliant reminder of why the original is an essential work.”

Check out even more Square Enix game deals below:

MTG x Star Trek Play Booster Box Drops to New Low Price

Preorder – Out November 13

Magic: The Gathering | Star Trek Play Booster Box

0

MTG x Star Trek drops November 13. This Universes Beyond set celebrates the 60th anniversary of the beloved franchise. Ahead of release, Amazon has discounted the Play Booster Box down to its lowest price yet. If the price drops further before release day, Amazon also offers a solid preorder guarantee. That brings the 30 Play Booster inside to just $4.66 each. Every pack includes at least one foil, and you can build a deck straight from the box.

Zelda Books BOGO 50% Off

The Legend of Zelda Encyclopedia

0

Amazon has brought back its buy 1, get 1 50% off book sale, and the incredible The Legend of Zelda Encyclopedia is included. This hardcover encyclopedia explores the first 30 years of Zelda history. It has pages of beautiful full-color artwork and is packed with info. It’s not the only Zelda book on sale; below are others included in the deal, but I’d recommend scrolling through the sale yourself here.

Of course, with Nintendo’s Ocarina of Time remake right around the corner. You may also want to pick up the preorder for a physical copy with the awesome foil cover art while it’s still $10 off. It will likely go back up to $69.99 when the game comes out in a couple of weeks.

Preorder – Out November 5

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time

0

$79 25″ LG 1080p 200Hz Gaming Monitor

LG UltraGear G5 25 Inch Full HD IPS Gaming Monitor 200Hz

0

If you need a cheap but capable gaming monitor from a brand you trust, pick up this 25-inch LG option. For just $79, you’ll get a 1080p IPS display rocking a 200Hz refresh rate and 1ms response time. It’ll also play nicely with your GPU, thanks to G-Sync compatibility and FreeSync Premium support.

20% Off the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless Gaming Headset

SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless Gaming Headset (PS5, PC)

0

The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless Gaming Headset is down to $239.99 at SteelSeries. Just use the code “SSPOUT20” to save. With incredible sound, ANC, a crystal-clear mic, and a comfortable fit, the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro offers everything you could want in a gaming headset. A unique hot-swappable battery system ensures you’re never without a charge, while a base station lets you tweak settings to your liking. Learn more about the 10/10-rated headset in IGN’s review.

Sign Up for Best Buy Gamers, Get a Free $5 Reward Certificate

Free $5 Reward Certificate

Sign Up for Best Buy Gamers

0

Best Buy has a new program for Gamers called Best Buy Gamers. It’s free to sign up, and the first 200,000 people who do will get a $5 rewards certificate with no strings attached. The award should arrive in your email within 24 hours. The Best Buy Gamers destination page features gaming news, reviews, preorders, and deals. IGN even partnered with Best Buy for the reviews. Find out more here.

50% Off the Daran 288Wh LiFePO4 Power Station and Solar Panel

Daran 288Wh 600W LiFePO4 Portable Power Station with 80W Solar Panel Kit

0

As it gets cooler, it’s important to have power on hand during emergencies. Enter the Daran 288Wh 600W Power Station with 80W Solar Panel Kit. Get 50% off with the coupon code “L6DDL5D6”. The power station weighs just 8.9 pounds and is under 20 pounds total when you add the solar charging. Its 288Wh battery can juice up electronics several times over with its six charging ports. LiFePO4 battery cells are even used instead of lithium-ion cells, ensuring safer chemistry and a longer lifespan.

$50 Off a 512GB Samsung MicroSD Express Card for Switch 2

512GB Samsung P9 Express microSDXC

0

512GB onn MicroSDXC Express Card

0

IGN’s top budget microSD Express card for Switch 2 just dropped $50 to $99.99 on Amazon. With storage prices continuing to rise, this is one of the best deals going, unless you opt for Walmart’s Onn microSD Express cards. However, Samsung’s cards offer better longevity and deliver faster sequential read and write times, according to IGN’s testing. It’s the perfect option for your Switch 2, and you’ll likely need it. Many games are Game-Key Cards of Code-in-Box, meaning they’ll eat up that 256GB on the console fast.

3 Months of Audible for $0.99/month + $20 Audible Credit

3 Months of Audible for $0.99/mo + $20 Credit

0

Prime members get 4 months for $0.99/month and a $20 Audible credit

The incredible Audible deal from Prime Big Deal Days is back, and Amazon just extended it until October 27. New and returning subscribers can score three months of an Audible Standard subscription for just $0.99 per month (4 months for Prime members) and get a $20 bonus Audible Credit to buy even more audiobooks. After that period, the price returns to $8.99. With a Standard subscription, you get access to the same catalog of millions of books as Premium Plus subscribers. You get one audiobook per month that stays in your library as long as you keep your membership.

Save 34% on LEGO Succulents

LEGO Botanicals Succulents 10309

0

If you’re like me and struggle to keep succulents alive longer than, like, a month, this LEGO set is for you. It includes 9 different succulent plants, each in its own planter that can be placed together or separated. They look super cute on a desk or bookshelf, and best of all, they will never die. Right now, Amazon has them down 34%; that’s their lowest price yet at the retail giant.

MSI Codex R2 RTX 5070 Gaming PC for $1449

MSI Codex R2 Intel Core Ultra 7 265F RTX 5070 Gaming PC (16GB/1TB)

0

Walmart still has the MSI Codex R2 for $1449. This rig shines in 1440p and 1080p gaming thanks to the GeForce RTX 5070 12GB GPU paired with an air-cooled, multitasking-maven Intel Core Ultra 7 265F CPU. 16GB of DDR5 RAM and a 1TB M.2 SSD are also included. Given how much GPUs, RAM, and SSDs cost these days, this is an excellent price for a prebuilt.

LG OLED Evo C6 Drops to New Low Price

LG 55-Inch Class OLED evo AI 4K C6 Series Smart TV, 2026 Model

0

Amazon Prime cardmembers get 10% cashback on 65″ and 77″ models:

The 55” LG OLED Evo C6 has already received a pretty drastic price cut on Amazon, dropping it down to the lowest price yet. This 2026 upgrade to the LG C5, which was praised in IGN’s review, features an OLED panel delivering near-perfect blacks, infinite contrast, stunning highlights, and vibrant colors. It’s no slouch for gaming either, with a 165Hz refresh rate in 4K, VRR support, and more on its HDMI 2.1 ports.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Why Infinity Ward Is Giving Extraction Shooters Another Shot in Modern Warfare 4’s DMZ Mode

The last time Call of Duty attempted an extraction shooter, we were living in a world without Arc Raiders in it. The DMZ beta that came with 2022’s Modern Warfare 2 was a valiant first draft, but one that ultimately failed to hook a sizable player base with its shoot, loot, and extract loop. Now the genre’s outlook is seemingly very different, with a boom in player interest thanks to the initial success of Embark Studios’ sci-fi shooter at the back end of 2025. With its popularity not quite where it was some months ago, the jury remains out on whether extraction shooters will ever be able to topple the battle royale anytime soon, if ever. But Infinity Ward is willing to try to find that out for itself with Modern Warfare 4 and its DMZ mode — the studio’s second shot at such an idea.

IGN spoke to Joe Cecot, Modern Warfare 4’s multiplayer creative director, to learn all about why Call of Duty is returning to the extraction shooter, and what was learned from its MW2 beta.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 DMZ Screenshots

“The group of people that work on DMZ love DMZ, and they loved [the MW2 version]” reveals Cecot. “Even though the beta was very hard to make, we were very proud and happy with what we made, and we learned a lot.”

“We’ve worked on it for three plus years now,” he continues. “From the moment we finished live support, we moved into the next DMZ, the next big map with Hajin. And we knew we wanted to continue that. For a lot of us, this is our favorite kind of genre. It’s that kind of tension.

“I think the other thing is there aren’t too many genres that really you can have PvE, you can have PvP, you can have looting, you can have narrative, you can have completionists, you can have significant player progression, you have persistence, you have this amazing sense of player growth. I can have fun rescuing people. I can have fun working together. I can have fun going and just hunting people.”

Working together is something Call of Duty players aren’t often asked to do. Deathmatch and the constant search for the next kill have been at the core of its online experience for two decades now. Sure, you’ll act as a team when squadding up in multiplayer, or trying to be the last group standing in Warzone, but rarely are you asked to work together as a coherent unit to achieve your goal – it’s more often a dozen individuals working in tandem. Other extraction shooters like Arc Raiders have managed to foster a community and code of conduct from the ground up, almost building whole new languages through emotes and interactions in how to talk to strangers. Call of Duty players simply haven’t fostered anything like this over the years, in part because its multiplayer modes haven’t historically offered the tools to allow such behaviour. So when it comes to DMZ, how does Infinity Ward intend to rewire players who instinctively pull the trigger the moment they see another person?

“We think these kinds of games are very helpful when they do have that PVP. And I think it’s that tension of not restricting behavior that makes it so interesting,” Cecot explains. “We saw cooperation in the original DMZ. We saw people communicate. We saw people work together. I experienced it myself. We have assimilation, which lets you merge with someone else and get onto the same squad. We have a truce flag in the pinwheel that you throw down, and it basically tells everyone in the area that an operator near you is requesting a truce. Ping it to acknowledge, and if you ping it, you both get a flag above your head when you look at each other. So you know we have a truce now, but it’s non-binding. If you shoot them, they can shoot you. We have yes, no, and friendly pings as well that are global that you can do to each other if you’re not on voice chat to say friendly, friendly.

“An order will never ask you to kill a player. And so though players can choose to hunt each other, we’re careful to make sure that just killing a player isn’t really valuable outside of the loop that’s on them. Now, if you kill a player who has a bounty on their head because they’ve been killing other players, we have the new wanted system that, well, if you’re wanted, people can pay for your intel to locate you and hunt you. Then we’re kind of building an ecosystem where the killers can hunt each other, and the other players can kind of avoid them. So we’re trying to walk that line of creating this sandbox, but I think there will be PVP, but I think there’s a bunch of players that will have fun just communicating, talking to each other, and making friends.”

Cecot’s passion for the extraction shooter is clear to see, as he hopes for its continued growth as the big new multiplayer genre. Call of Duty successfully managed to jump on the battle royale bandwagon with Warzone, which hit on a formula following the series’ initial misfire with Blackout. Infinity Ward will be hoping that trend continues with MW4’s DMZ mode, succeeding where MW2’s previous beta stumbled four years ago.

When Arc Raiders launched last year, it instantly became the first true extraction shooter smash hit, with almost 1 million concurrent players across all platforms at its peak. Cult classics such as Escape from Tarkov and Hunt: Showdown paved the way, but Arc Raiders felt like a real breakthrough moment for the genre. Since then, though, player numbers have shrunk considerably for Arc Raiders. Meanwhile, Bungie’s Marathon has proven that even a best-in-class entry into the genre can struggle, with few logging into the game to witness its quality. Despite this, Cecot sees a bright future for the genre, and DMZ’s place within it.

DMZ and the extraction shooter represents an evolution of the first-person shooter.“

“So to me, DMZ and the extraction shooter represents an evolution of the first-person shooter,” he says. “When I think about classic Quake, my first love, to Modern Warfare and Halo and the 5v5 or the 6v6, into the evolution into Battlefield and the big war into Battle Royale. After that, for me, it’s like the extraction shooter is taking the MMO plus the Minecraft plus the first-person shooter, PVP, and we’ll put it all on this big melting pot, and then we’ll let players go find their own fun. So to me, it represents kind of an evolution of how players play video games as well.”

So, what has Infinity Ward learned from its first swing at the genre three years ago? It was by no means a disastrous attempt, with plenty of fun to be found, but it just never managed to capture the size of audience needed to become something more than the beta it launched as. It’s something Cecot and the team are looking to address this time around, with their biggest lesson learned centering on player progression and keeping them coming back for more.

“We knew making the original DMZ that player growth was core to extraction shooters,” says Cecot. “The original DMZ created a very fun sandbox with very low friction for entry. Your weapon was on a cooldown, your loadout was just like the rest, you could just equip. Loot was very available. And so it was very approachable, but it was that lack of player growth that I think made it less sticky.

“We had a lot of players come in and stay. They loved the sandbox. They love mastering the sandbox. They love the social aspect of it. They love that they could do whatever they wanted. But I think player growth is the thing that we knew we needed to hit really hard in this DMZ. And that’s where upgrading your FOB came from. That’s where the DMZ rank came from, where no matter what you do, you’re earning XP, which is progressing your rank. So we’re valuing your time. I think that’s probably the biggest learning.”

Only time will tell if DMZ can have the same impact on the extraction shooter space as Warzone did on battle royale. Included as part of Modern Warfare 4, rather than as its own game or free-to-play service, it’s available to play now.

For more of Modern Warfare 4, check out our review of the campaign and whether Infinity Ward considers this to be the end of the reboot series.

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

Stupid Never Dies Blends a Wacky Tone with Aggressive Gameplay to Create a Unique Pop-Punk Action Game

Stupid Never Dies is a single-player action game built on one philosophy: attack, attack, and attack some more. After playing the demo, it’s clear that all the game’s mechanics are built around rewarding aggressive play, giving gameplay a sense of momentum and progress.

You play as Davy, the world’s weakest zombie who needs to fight his way through layers of a monster-filled dungeon to take down KOM (the King of Monsters) and save a frozen girl he fell in love with at first sight. Oh, and you enter the dungeon by being flushed down a toilet. That should give you a pretty good idea of the tone, which is quirky, chaotic, and paired with a pop-punk visual style that gives the game its own unique vibe.

“How does the world’s weakest zombie manage to defeat these monsters?” you may be wondering. Well, that’s where Stupid Never Dies’ gameplay systems become the star of the show. Davy begins with a base Zombie Style that has regular and heavy attacks, a parry, and a vomit ability that can hit enemies in a row in front of you.

The parry ability (called a Stupid Parry) is important and should be used regularly, since a successful parry allows you to unleash a strong counter. You take some damage when you parry, but that lost HP is recoverable if you Bite an enemy. Landing any attack fills the Bite gauge at the bottom of the screen, and once the gauge is full, you can Bite any enemy.

Bites are powerful attacks that also replenish all your current recoverable damage and a bit of extra HP. Recoverable damage becomes actual damage over time, so you need to use Bite quickly to keep your HP topped up. This gameplay loop rewards aggressiveness, since you use parries to keep damage recoverable, land counterattacks and basic attacks to fill your gauge, and then use a Bite to get all your health back. There’s no pausing between fights to heal yourself, you need to do it in combat by staying on the offensive.

That’s not all Bites are good for, though. They can also be used to eat enemy cores to steal their abilities or combat styles. Each enemy type has a core, and eating different cores has different effects. A normal enemy will give you an Instant Skill, a one-time use ability. An elite enemy gives you access to their Style, allowing Davy to transform into it and use its unique abilities.

There will be 11 different enemy types whose Style you can steal in the game’s full release, and their gameplay varies significantly. As a Werewolf, your movement and attacks are much faster, parries can unleash a flurry of counterstrikes, and you can wall jump to get to otherwise unreachable parts of the map to find shortcuts or treasure chests. As a Harpy, you can double jump, glide through the air, fire ranged projectiles, and gain a longer-range dodge.

If it wasn’t already clear, these aren’t merely cosmetic changes or stat boosts, each Style legitimately alters how you move and fight. You can swap out your equipped Style whenever you acquire a new one, and you can transform at any time, including in the middle of a fight. So it’s wise to consistently test which Styles work best in which situations and against which enemies, and strategically switch between them to take advantage of their strengths.

Each time you dive into the dungeon, Davy will reset back to Level 1 and just have access to his base Zombie form. But each run also boosts how quickly you level up in a system that developer GPTRACK50 Inc. refers to as “blazing fast growth.” The boost depends on how far you got and how many enemies you defeated in your previous run.

True to its name, the difference in leveling speed is significant and noticeable. After only a handful of runs in the demo, my EXP boost was over 400% and I was gaining levels after every fight. When I first made it to the boss Afreet, I was level 10 (and he kicked my ass). During my last run before writing this article, I devoured him and finished the fight at level 21.

The sped up leveling helps the sense of momentum encouraged by the aggressive gameplay, since you’re always pushing forward, even after a failed run. Each run builds on the ones that came before it, and the boosts are cumulative, so no run is wasted.

Rapid leveling is also important because each run through the dungeon has a countdown timer. If you run out of time, you’ll die, get sent back to your base, and lose the items you gained during that run. There are Landing Areas at certain spots in the dungeon, and if you reach one, you can escape while keeping your items. So you have to weigh the risk vs. reward of pushing farther into the dungeon or getting out while you can.

If you successfully get out of the dungeon with the items you gathered, you can use them to create OT Gear for body hacks, a system where you can replace Davy’s body parts with technology that gives him new abilities. In my time with the demo, I saw abilities that included a deployable barrier, a spinning attack that lunges you forward, and saws that rotate in a circle around you.

You can also use ingredients you gather to create new Zombie Skills, which are stat boosts and other boons that you can activate during a run. When you reach certain levels, you’ll be given the option to activate one of three Zombie Skills that are randomly selected from the ones you’ve unlocked.

Eating bosses for the first time awards you with special materials that you can turn in to unlock unique upgrades. Defeating Afreet allowed me to unlock a Zombie Skill that gave my attacks enhanced knockback and gave them extra damage if I used them to knock enemies into walls.

Between all the different Styles, body hacks, and Zombie Skills, there are a ton of different customization options to try and see what fits your playstyle best. And all of these systems are sure to be expanded in the final release compared to what’s available in the demo version.

If you want to give Stupid Never Dies a try for yourself, an updated free demo is available now on Steam and PlayStation 5. The full game releases on October 21 on those same two platforms.

Nintendo Switch Sports Resort Review

Back in 2022, Nintendo attempted to revive the fun and charm of the motion-controlled Wii Sports era, but it didn’t quite live up to that lofty goal. Now in 2026, Nintendo Switch Sports Resort takes another swing at that same difficult feat with a clear focus on “more.” More sports, more outfits, more modes, and more collectibles. That doesn’t always translate to a better package, with Sports Resort often feeling a wide ocean rather than a deep diving pool, but it more than makes up for it with a broad range of games ripe to bust out at the next big party. So while it may not clear the high bar set by the original Wii Sports in 2006, it still brings out the same child-like joy.

Nintendo Switch Sports Resort is a collection of 12 different sports minigames, ranging from highly competitive one-on-one Table Tennis to leisurely cruising in a prop plane around Wuhu Island where they all take place. The quality of each game varies drastically. Archery is a standout thanks to its unique use of the Joy-Con controllers, while a returning sport like Basketball is largely untouched and still feels too choreographed – it’s once again missing the freedom of movement and control I want so desperately from a potential party version.

What we said about Nintendo Switch Sports (2022)

Nintendo Switch Sports, like Wii Sports and Wii Sports Resort before it, is best played as a party game, broken out for any gathering that needs a quick injection of goofy, active fun. While its sparse mixture of old and new sports varies in quality, Switch Sports largely sticks the landing on what made its predecessors memorable: intuitive motion controls, the ability to effortlessly get a group of people up and moving, and some killer menu music that’s liable to get stuck in your head all day. Just don’t expect to spend a whole lot of time with it before the novelty wears off. – Colin Stevens, April 27, 2022

Score: 7

Read the full Nintendo Switch Sports review.

The new sports can also be hit and miss. Power Cruising uses two Joy-Con held like you are gipping handlebars to simulate racing a jet ski, but those clunky controls don’t always work well, so it feels more like a gimmick rather than a fun sport. On the other hand (quite literally),Thumb Wrestling helps bring whimsy to the package. It’s extremely silly, but actually makes for some competitive matches – in my online sessions, I was pleasantly surprised with how strategy and tactics changed from match to match. Watching players develop new ways to trick and bait their opponents into getting caught in their trap was entertaining, and I found myself determined to never let anyone get the best of me.

Archery is easily the best sport offered in Sports Resort. With four different courses scattered around Wuhu Island, it feels the most well-thought out. I stretched out my arms in front of me, holding both Joy-Con perpendicular to the floor, then clicked the ZL button with my left hand and drew it back to my chest like I would draw a real bow. Using my right Joy-Con to aim at a distant target, it was satisfying every time I hit my mark. More challenging courses and hidden targets to find help flesh out Archery overall, which meant it provided hours of fun for my friends and I in a way many of the thinner options don’t.

Heated Rivalries

As you might expect, playing through Sports Resort by myself proved to be a bit lackluster, as it lacks the competitive spirit so intrinsic to the games it recreates. Island Crown, a new mode that has you climb the ranks in nine of the 12 sports, pushed me forward with a little bit of structure and challenge, but even then I found my enthusiasm waning before too long.

Its loose story has you defeat challengers in order to eventually face the island champion, who – depending on the sport – will either taunt or cheer you on after every victory. Upon defeating one of the island champions you’ll unlock a few more extra objectives in the given sport. Sometimes it’s an Island Legend looking for a fight, others it’s a gauntlet of challengers that need to be defeated without losing. It’s a decent distraction for those looking to casually play sports while your friends and family aren’t around to party, and that’s about it.

But when they are around, Sports Resort is easily the game I want to break out. So much of the joy of these games is heightened when folks in the room are cheering, yelling, and getting so into it you need to remind everyone to keep the Joy-Con wrist strap on. This has always been the spirit of the Nintendo Sports games, and Sports Resort is one of the best versions of it around when you’ve got the crew to play.

Recruiting my roommates to run through the sports on a Sunday afternoon was an eye-opening experience. Games like Volleyball – which I found to be incredibly boring during my time with Island Crown and casual single-player – became electric back and forth rallies that lit up the room. Exhausted cheers, disappointing sighs, and questionable calls made even some of the more mundane sports like Golf feel exhilarating.And quick, snappy menus make hopping between sports seamless as well, which kept everyone from zoning out between rounds.

Even leisure sports like Skateboarding quickly became heated competitions as we slammed our Joy-Con on the table in mouse mode, ready to race. Skateboarding is the only game in Sports Resort that takes advantage of this control scheme, effectively turning the Joy-Con into a mini Tech Deck. Intuitive controls like flicking your hand to the left or right did 360 pop shuv-its and quickly lifting the front it off the table produced an ollie. With multiple race courses, we ripped through each one attempting to best one another, constantly pushing for faster times as our rivalry grew.

My only real complaint about the local multiplayer is that games like Boxing and Power Cruising require participants to have two Joy-Con each, meaning you aren’t able to play those sports at all if you only have the single pair that came with the Switch 2. So if you’re planning on having folks over to box or ride Jet Skis, ask them to bring some extra controllers.

Serving Looks

When we needed to cool down, we hopped into the Sightseeing Tour mode, which allows you to zoom around Wuhu Island in search of points of interest marked with giant floating cameras. Collecting a camera marks it on your Sightseeing Log and gives you a little flavor about that part of the island. It’s a neat way to get a sense of how all of the sports fit together contextually in this space, and allows you to visit other islanders while they compete on the tennis courts, archery ranges, and more.

Between Archery rounds or Thumb Wrestling matches, I would routinely hop into my Prop Plane to fly around the island in search of more Sightseeing Logs. The five-minute timer makes it an excellent bit sized adventure that rewards you for exploring a different part of the island on each outing. Going off the beaten path proved fruitful every time, with plenty of secrets to find for those willing to be curious.

It would be really easy for Sports Resort to be nothing more than a series of menus as you bounce between sports, with no connective throughline to follow. Sightseeing Tour gives everything a sense of place, and strengthens the quirkiness found on the outskirts of it all. Blimps fly high in the sky, speedboats race into the distance, and plenty of characters can be found hanging in parts of the island you would never see by just playing the basic sports. Leisure sports also offer a free roam mode which allows you to explore to your hearts content.

That said, sports like Tennis, Basketball, Thumb Wrestling, and a few others have just one set location each, which does get old. I wish there was more variety in where they could be played across Wuhu Island, because it became unexciting to see the same background for my 30th Thumb Wrestling match – even if the Mii’s in the background were different from the match before.

Nintendo Switch Sports Resort Screenshots

If your friends are farther away, Sports Resort has online play with both casual and pro-league options. Casual uses a lobby system that allows multiple people to party up and play games together. If a two-player game is selected, you can even form multiple huddles in the same lobby, playing separate sports at the same time. However, there is no way to spectate someone else’s game, which is a bit of a let down. I would love to be able to watch friends play Tennis or take out their aggression in a Thumb Wrestling match.

Each sport also has special modes that change up the gameplay just enough to be fresh for a bit, but I didn’t find any of them exciting enough to return to time and time again. Bowling adds its classic obstacles to the lane, which require more creative strategies and fancy footwork to overcome, while Archery has four people compete for points on the same target, attempting to avoid an opponent’s section as you hit your own. These modes are a fun break, but don’t go much further beyond that.

Everything you do in Sports Resort also nets your Spocco Points, which can be spent at a rotating shop. The shop sells themed items in a set, and 1,000 Spocco will get you one item randomly pulled from that set. You won’t receive duplicates, but it is strange that you can’t just choose the items you want. Being forced into a random roll feels like it just artificially inflates the amount of Spocco needed to get what you want.

The customization is rather robust at least, with no shortage of fancy outfits, namecard titles, face paints, and so much more – you’ll unlock bevy of different options by playing Island Crown as well, ranging from leather studded gloves for Thumb Wrestling to unique volleyball attire. I was constantly gaining Spocco, and while it was a little tiresome to be frequently reminded to check out the shop as I earned points for miscellaneous things like shaking the Joy-Con 1,000 times, at least the rewards for doing so were neat.

Xbox Business Analyst Claims Industry is Pretending Not to Use AI

An Xbox staff member went viral this week for taking to social media to tell “the truth that nobody wants you to know”: that the video game industry is “pretending” to not use AI.

Xbox Business Strategist, Brandon Stirrup, tweeted to say he’d used AI to create a “little bad game” after just three hours of work. He then used that as a springboard to talk about AI in gaming, and how the technology is more widely used than the industry lets on.

In his posts, which have been preserved on Reddit, Stirrup insisted that “gaming is the only industry pretending not to use AI,” and, “If you’re a game developer refusing to believe that AI has a place in your future, you should not be in the business of being a business.”

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

Stirrup added: “Look if I’m fired tomorrow it will be because I told you the truth that nobody wants you to know. You can make a game with a simple prompt and yes you can make custom, tailored games. Everything you want in a game is right there for the taking, for better or worse.

“I’m happy to take the hit if it means hundreds at Xbox can stop pretending that they’re not using AI. It’s time to accept and move forward.”

“I love Xbox and Microsoft and I have spent 10+ years proving this,” he added. “My goal is to get this over with so we can move on as a company, despite the fact that some will persecute me for this: we use AI, just as all companies do in 2026.”

The comments sparked a flood of responses on social media, which a source at Xbox indicated led to Stirrup disabling his X / Twitter account.

AI is the hottest topic in the industry. Fortnite developer Epic Games has already declared that code for its upcoming Star Wars shooter is going to be entirely written by AI, with the game director even declaring “no handwritten code” for the game. Epic boss Tim Sweeney has spent much of the last week trumpeting AI on social media, even as some hit out at the company’s plans and its “vibe-coded” Epic Games launcher.

Capcom also had a presentation recently where it presented ‘REX’ as a way to help the RE engine continue to mature, using, you guessed it, AI. However, the Resident Evil developer subsequently clarified that it would just be integrating AI tools to boost “the efficiency and productivity of the game development process,” rather than using generative AI to create assets and code wholesale.

AI is also being increasingly used for decompilation and modding. There’s been an entire wave of AI-assisted mashup mods on X / Twitter that continues to gain traction. Plus, AI has become such a big part of the decomp scene that it’s forced at least one community focused on manual decompilation to go offline. Microsoft has responded to this wave of AI in the modding community by launching Xbox Labs, which aims to do a lot of the same things that the community is already doing, including porting games to browsers.

Perhaps more impactful — or damaging, if you’re in the business of selling video game consoles — is the role of AI in jailbreaking hardware. Sony is currently facing the possibility of a PS5 jailbreak on the eve of the launch of GTA 6, which could, theoretically at least, open the door to people making Rockstar’s game available on PC. Rockstar parent company Take-Two would likely take a dim view of the PS5’s encryption if that were to happen.

As for Stirrup’s claims, the only aspect of AI that game developers have meaningfully distanced themselves from by large is art and asset generation. As AI tools continue to mature, they’re only going to be used in games more often. Heck, even Epic’s Unreal Engine, which is used in every other game these days, has generative AI tools built into the UI. So, if this is the state of AI in gaming when developers are “pretending” to not use it, what will it look like when these companies stop “pretending?”

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Cyberpunk 2077 Set for Edgerunners Season 2 Update

CD Projekt has announced a surprise update to Cyberpunk 2077, due out this week.

The Cyberpunk 2077 Edgerunners 2 Update (2.5) launches Thursday, October 22, and while CD Projekt kept the details quiet, it has confirmed it will feature content “inspired” by the anime. Edgerunners 2 hits Netflix today, so this update is well-timed to capitalize on heightened interest in all things Cyberpunk 2077.

But what, exactly, is in the update itself? CD Projekt took to social media to confirm that Cyberpunk 2077 will get “new items and features,” which includes the content inspired by Edgerunners 2.”

“Update 2.5 will be dropping on October 22, 2026, marking yet another opportunity to dive back into Night City or experience it for the very first time,” the developer continued.

What does new “features” mean? Fans are hoping for more than minor Edgerunners cosmetics. Rather, they’re hoping for substantial DLC that includes new content. Maybe even a new official, CD Projekt-made quest.

“So f***ing hyped about what we cooked for you,” teased Paweł Sasko, associate game director on the in-development Cyberpunk 2. Perhaps fans should get their hopes up, then.

Every CD Projekt Red Game In Development

More details about the Edgerunners 2 Update will be revealed on October 21, 2026, during a special episode of REDstreams, CD Projekt said. Patch notes are scheduled for publication on the same day. The free update itself launches across PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X and S, with the Nintendo Switch 2 release to “follow shortly.”

Cyberpunk 2077 fans have been calling on CD Projekt to release meaningful DLC for some time now. Some even hold out hope for an expansion for the near six-year-old game, especially in light of the announcement of the Songs of the Past expansion for the 11-year-old The Witcher 3.

In May, CD Projekt insisted it had “no plans” for further Cyberpunk 2077 DLCs or expansions, disappointing fans. The comment suggested that fans would have to wait for Cyberpunk 2 for more from CD Projekt’s much-loved dystopian universe. And the wait looks like it’s going to be significant; Cyberpunk 2 is further behind The Witcher 4, and CD Projekt co-CEO Michał Nowakowski has suggested Cyberpunk 2 won’t be out until at least 2030.

Cyberpunk 2077 is set for a surprise Edgerunner-themed update. Image credit: CD Projekt.

But this news of a 2.5 update for Cyberpunk 2077 runs counter somewhat to CD Projekt’s statement in May, and has already got fans either dusting off their download, or redownloading the game in anticipation of what’s to come.

In July, CD Projekt confirmed that Cyberpunk 2077 had sold an incredible 40 million copies since its December 2020 launch, up 5 million from November 2025. It’s received one expansion so far, 2023’s Phantom Liberty starring Idris Elba.

While you wait to find out what’s in this new Cyberpunk 2077 update, check out IGN’s review of Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth, 512GB Samsung MicroSD Express Card, and Sony WF-1000XM6 Earbuds

Black Friday has come early: a bunch of Square Enix games are discounted at Amazon and Best Buy, including Final Fantasy VII Rebirth and The Adventures of Elliot: The Millennium Tales. You can also still save on an Audible membership, but the deal ends today. Plus, don’t miss a discounted 2026 Mac mini M6, Sony WF-1000XM6 Earbuds, a Samsung MicroSD Express Card, and more.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for October 19

Scroll through all of today’s highlight discounts, and find out more below:

Save on Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Switch 2 and PS5 and More Square Enix Games

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth – Nintendo Switch 2 (Standard Edition)

0

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth – PS5

0

A Game-Key Card for Final Fantasy VII Rebirth on Switch 2 is down to just $34.99 at Best Buy and Amazon. At Best Buy, it’s the Day One Edition, and it includes a Magic: The Gathering Zack Fair promo card. As for the game, this remake of the classic action RPG earned an “Amazing” 9/10 rating in IGN’s review. Michael Higham added that it’s “full of exciting challenges and an awe-inspiring recreation of a world that has meant so much to so many for so long.”

Beyond Switch 2, you can also pick up the PS5 version for $19.99. Other Square Enix games are also discounted at both retailers, including The Adventures of Elliot: The Millennium Tales. Check out more deal highlights below:

$50 Off a 512GB Samsung MicroSD Express Card for Switch 2

512GB Samsung P9 Express microSDXC

0

512GB onn MicroSDXC Express Card

0

IGN’s top budget microSD Express card for Switch 2 just dropped $50 to $99.99 on Amazon. With storage prices continuing to rise, this is one of the best deals going, unless you opt for Walmart’s Onn microSD Express cards. However, Samsung’s cards offer better longevity and deliver faster sequential read and write times, according to IGN’s testing. It’s the perfect option for your Switch 2, and you’ll likely need it. Many games, including the discounted Final Fantasy VII Rebirth, are Game-Key Cards of Code-in-Box, meaning they’ll eat up that 256GB on the console fast.

Sony WF-1000XM6 Earbuds Drop to New Low Price

Final Discount at Checkout

Sony WF-1000XM6 True Wireless Noise-Canceling Earbuds

0

Sony WF-1000XM6 True Wireless Noise-Canceling Earbuds are down to the lowest price I’ve seen at B&H Photo. But it’s the deal of the day, so act fast to get the earbuds for just $238, with a $90 discount applied at checkout. From crisp, clear calls to studio-quality sound, these earbuds are in a league of their own. Then, of course, there’s the highlight feature: class-leading noise-cancelling that tunes everything out when you want. Battery life is also solid for earbuds, lasting about 8 hours, plus an additional 16 hours from the case. There’s even a 5-minute quick charge that gets you an hour of playback.

LG OLED Evo C6 Drops to New Low Price

LG 55-Inch Class OLED evo AI 4K C6 Series Smart TV, 2026 Model

0

Amazon Prime cardmembers get 10% cashback on 65″ and 77″ models:

The 55” LG OLED Evo C6 has already received a pretty drastic price cut on Amazon, dropping it down to the lowest price yet. This 2026 upgrade to the LG C5, which was praised in IGN’s review, features an OLED panel delivering near-perfect blacks, infinite contrast, stunning highlights, and vibrant colors. It’s no slouch for gaming either, with a 165Hz refresh rate in 4K, VRR support, and more on its HDMI 2.1 ports.

3 Months of Audible for $0.99/month + $20 Audible Credit

3 Months of Audible for $0.99/mo + $20 Credit

0

Prime members get 4 months for $0.99/month and a $20 Audible credit

The incredible Audible deal from Prime Big Deal Days is back, but it ends today. New and returning subscribers can score three months of an Audible Standard subscription for just $0.99 per month (4 months for Prime members) and get a $20 bonus Audible Credit to buy even more audiobooks. After that period, the price returns to $8.99. With a Standard subscription, you get access to the same catalog of millions of books as Premium Plus subscribers. You get one audiobook per month that stays in your library as long as you keep your membership.

2026 Mac mini M6 Is Down $150

Apple 2026 Mac mini with M6 chip (256GB SSD)

0

12‑core CPU and 12‑core GPU, 16GB Unified Memory, 256GB SSD storage.

Apple 2026 Mac mini with M6 chip (512GB SSD)

0

12‑core CPU and 12‑core GPU, 16GB Unified Memory, 512GB SSD storage.

The latest Mac mini M6, which just dropped last month, is already up to $150 off at Amazon. This tiny desktop computer is one of the cheapest Mac options available. Only the MacBook Neo is cheaper, but it runs on the A18 Pro, not the much more powerful M6 processor that’s in the Mac mini. Whether you choose the 256GB or 512GB model, you’ll have no problem handling everyday tasks on this machine. It also works great with Apple Arcade and can serve as a regular streaming device or Plex-style personal server.

Save 34% on LEGO Succulents

LEGO Botanicals Succulents 10309

0

If you’re like me and struggle to keep succulents alive longer than, like, a month, this LEGO set is for you. It includes 9 different succulent plants, each in its own planter that can be placed together or separated. They look super cute on a desk or bookshelf, and best of all, they will never die. Right now, Amazon has them down 34%; that’s their lowest price yet at the retail giant.

Alan 2 Deluxe Edition for PS5 Is Under $30

Alan Wake 2 Deluxe Edition – PlayStation 5

0

IGN’s top horror game of 2023, Alan Wake 2, is down to 29.83 for the Deluxe Edition PlayStation 5 disc. In addition to the base game, the Deluxe Edition includes two expansions, Night Springs and the Lake House, plus cosmetics and items for both protagonists. It even comes with a digital copy of Alan Wake Remastered. You’re really getting a lot with this package.

As for the game itself, in IGN’s Alan Wake 2 review, Tristan Ogilvie found it, “delivers one of the boldest and most brain-bending survival-horror storylines this side of Silent Hill 2, presents it with uniformly immaculate art direction and audio design, and reinvigorates the series’ signature light-based shooting.” It’s sure to get you in the Halloween mood.

MSI Codex R2 RTX 5070 Gaming PC for $1449

MSI Codex R2 Intel Core Ultra 7 265F RTX 5070 Gaming PC (16GB/1TB)

0

Walmart still has the MSI Codex R2 for $1449. This rig shines in 1440p and 1080p gaming thanks to the GeForce RTX 5070 12GB GPU paired with an air-cooled, multitasking-maven Intel Core Ultra 7 265F CPU. 16GB of DDR5 RAM and a 1TB M.2 SSD are also included. Given how much GPUs, RAM, and SSDs cost these days, this is an excellent price for a prebuilt.

Save $25 on a $200 Nintendo eShop Gift Card

Nintendo eShop $200 Gift Card (Email Delivery)

0

A $200 Nintendo eShop Gift Card is down to $175 on Newegg with the code “GTWF826”. While this gift card is most commonly used to purchase games, DLC, online memberships, and in-game currency in the eShop, those funds can be added to your account to buy hardware from the Nintendo Store, too. It’s a great way to save on items that aren’t discounted.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

GTA 6 Devs at Rockstar Had Freedom to Add Cool Features Like RDR2’s Horse Balls

Rockstar Games gave GTA 6s’ developers so much freedom to add cool details that not even the studio’s top executives are aware of everything in the game.

The latest behind-the-scenes information on GTA 6 comes from Bloomberg reporter Jason Schreier, who expanded upon his trip to the Rockstar North offices in Edinburgh, Scotland, after previously sharing other highlights last week. One of the more noteworthy bits shared in his 18-minute video’s runtime is that the team who spent a decade or so making next month’s Grand Theft Auto game had quite a bit of freedom to add details simply because they thought they might be cool.

Schreier said he’d guess that “not even top developers” at Rockstar know every tiny detail added to Vice City and its wealth of NPCs. He noted that giving large teams the autonomy to flesh out every street corner isn’t too uncommon for open-world games. In the case of GTA 6 and its huge budget and lengthy development time, that means players will likely still be discovering new details even years down the road.

GTA 6: 69 Brand New Images

Schreier shared a quote from Rockstar’s Aaron Garbut, who said, “There’s no one person that has this whole thing in their head.” That’s probably not too new for the GTA team, with the video also recalling one specific detail from Red Dead Redemption 2.

Players may remember that horses found through the cowboy simulator had testicles with realistic physics. The thing fans still love to pass around to this day is the fact that they even shrink in colder weather.

Garbut mentioned that this specific feature (if you can call it that) was not something Rockstar had on some big list of details to include in Red Dead Redemption 2, nor was it something the team was ever asked to spend extra time on. Instead, the shrinking horse testicles, like many other details in the 2018 Western sandbox game, was something that someone happened to have enough time to work on and bring to life. It’s this same strategy that fans can expect to see implemented in GTA 6.

Schreier’s video also revealed that Rockstar spent quite a bit of time trying to do away with the weapon wheel it had leaned on in past games. Worried that slapping a game-y wheel on Jason and Lucia would remind players of what they can’t carry on their person, they attempted to create a new system to replace it. The team then spent “months, if not years, trying a million different things.” Examples listed include trays, webs, and UI updates for the formula before eventually, as we’ve seen, tossing all of those ideas out the window and going back to the traditional weapon wheel.

Meanwhile, as one might imagine could be the case over the course of developing a major video game, Rockstar’s long path to launch wasn’t without its roadblocks. Schreier said the “dark moments” of development saw the GTA 6 team struggle between the years of about 2019 to 2022. He said Rockstar’s desire to balance the realism of Red Dead Redemption gameplay with the traditionally more arcade-y systems GTA is known for was the driving factor.

It was during this time that some team members felt they were just “treading water,” leading the project to shed some designers before the vision really started coming together toward the beginning of 2023. According to Schreier’s reporting, some Rockstar artists have been working on GTA 6 since 2015, just two years after the launch of GTA 5. It was this same year the team started taking trips to Miami to plot out their reimagined Vice City.

Now, after all this time, GTA 6 is exactly one month away (!) from its November 19, 2026, release date. To help hype up everyone who has waited 13 years to see if it was worth the long, long wait, Rockstar has taken over Miami. One recent example from its marketing push includes a collection of cars ripped straight out of the game.

For more, you can check out new details and screenshots from the GTA 6 launch trailer. Rockstar has insisted it won’t take another eight years to make its next game, but as we wait during these last 30 days for this one, you can read IGN’s interview with Rob Nelson.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Even Sexyy Red Is Confused Why Storm Doesn’t Have More Legendary Skins

Storm is one of a handful of female characters in Marvel Rivals with just one Legendary skin, and the pushback around this fact has become so great that even rapper Sexyy Red is speaking up about it.

Marvel Rivals published a statement to its official social media profiles on October 15 that outlined its plans to improve moderation regarding speech violations from players. And while this post sparked its own debate among the game’s fanbase, it prompted a request of a different kind from “Sticky” rapper Sexyy Red.

In a quote-retweet, Sexyy Red asked the official Marvel Rivals account when Storm is finally getting another Legendary skin, writing, “When y’all gon give Storm her legendary skin?”

When yal gon give storm her legendary skin??

— Sexyy Red (@SexyyRed314_) October 17, 2026

Fans, of course, were mostly stunned that Sexyy Red plays Marvel Rivals, while others joined in on her request for more Storm costumes from the devs at NetEase and Marvel Games.

Both teams are well-aware of the discussion surrounding Storm’s Legendary skins (or lack thereof), as they directly acknowledged the matter in a post back in August. Players will likely remember this moment, as it came less than 24 hours after the debut of Storm’s swimsuit skin, Sacred Skies, which was listed as an Epic skin at the time.

Many fans expressed dismay that, out of all the other female characters included in the swimsuit lineup, Storm’s Sacred Skies skin was the only one that wasn’t a Legendary. Shortly afterwards, the Marvel Rivals Twitter/X account revealed its decision to upgrade the skin to a Legendary for free in direct response to player feedback.

Marvel Rivals: How the Game’s Unlockable Skins Compare to the Comics

“While we deeply value the expressive nature of our players, our number one goal is to create a positive community for everyone who loves this game,” they wrote. “…As the upgrades will take some time, please be patient, as we are already hard at work on the above. Get ready for the Mistress of the Elements to reign over the battlefield soon.”

This upgrade is still in the works, though fans are also looking forward to another Legendary skin coming Storm’s way, if rumors are to be believed. Based on character silhouettes for an upcoming skin line, it looks like players will soon get treated to some Marvel Tokon Fighting Souls crossover costumes, with game journalist Miller Ross comparing them to Storm and Iron Man’s poses in the 3v3 tag fighting game.

If true, this wouldn’t be the first time that a Marvel game has collaborated with Fighting Souls; Marvel’s Wolverine got its own cel-shaded skin directly from Arc System Works’ fighting game, while Logan received a more realistic-looking costume in Fighting Souls from Insomniac’s action-adventure title.

All Marvel’s Wolverine Suits

It’s worth noting that Storm isn’t the only female character in Marvel Rivals to have just one Legendary skin; Jubilee, Black Widow, and Angela also only have one Legendary skin each. It seems like Emma Frost has the biggest wardrobe out of the entire lot — to the point where some fans are ready for her to share some closet space with the rest of the gals in the game.

Image Credits: Astrida Valigorsky/Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Arkham Horror Remastered Preview and Exclusive Art Reveal

Out of all my hobbies, there isn’t a single thing that I can point to as the “big bang” moment when my interest in it sparked. All with one exception, board games, and that flash of inspiration was the first time I played Arkham Horror 2nd Edition from Fantasy Flight Games, back around 2008. One of my earliest Facebook photos is of me and my friends sitting around the dining room table at my mom’s with our standees lined up facing the Cthulhu’s giant card as we made our final stand. Now, that same edition that sparked my love for the hobby has its sights on coming back as Arkham Horror Remastered and its campaign that will help make it a reality is launching in just a few short days over on Gamefound. IGN had a chance to speak with members of Fantasy Flight Game’s team about the project, the first in what they are calling their “Vault Series”.

This revived version of the much beloved Second Edition of Arkham Horror marks the first release in what Fantasy Flight Games has dubbed its “Vault Series”. An effort that looks to bring back and reintroduce classic games from the company’s legendary backlog to modern audiences. In Arkham’s case, this version of the cooperative Lovecraftian series has been out of print for a number of years with a whole other (and rather different) third edition between then and now.

“Arkham Horror 2nd Edition is a cornerstone of the industry that paved the way for many modern gaming experiences. It’s a fan favorite that many people have affectionately called their first entrance into board gaming. It’s actually the first FFG board game I ever played,“ Wesley Mouri, FFG’s brand ambassador says. “Because it has been out of print for some time, we have seen a number of fans looking to complete their collections or eager to experience this classic title for the first time. Balancing those made it the perfect choice for our debut Vault Series title.”

For folks that have spent years wandering the streets of Arkham, closing interdimensional gates and shutting down the nefarious machinations of cultists and cosmic horrors in the 2nd Edition, Remastered will feel like coming home. In fact, the team’s goal is to make it a smoother experience to get new players into this world, taking lessons learned over the course of the past 15 years since the last expansion was released.

“Overall, the big focus was to make it so that effects didn’t rely on you needing to look up things frequently throughout the game.“

Dane Beltrami, the designer who has been working on updating the 2nd Edition for Remastered explains it like this: “Many of the rules have been clarified either via wording or graphic design. Cards more clearly state what they do and require less upkeep/references to other rules. That said, some bigger things did change – such as combining the Arkham Encounter Phase and the Other World Encounter Phase into a single Encounter Phase. Overall, the big focus was to make it so that effects didn’t rely on you needing to look up things frequently throughout the game.” Dane continues, saying: “This was accomplished by having cards more clearly state exactly what they do and by making use of intuitive graphic design to act as reminders for players to make use of during the gameplay. One example of this is that the terror track was given a clearer graphic design so that players know what happens at each terror threshold.”

On the topic of the designs and artwork, Remastered looks to be adopting a similar artstyle to that found in FFG’s incredibly popular and ongoing Arkham Horror: Living Card Game, which saw its own new core set release earlier this year that we reviewed. An observation that Dane elaborated on, “There was a conscious effort to unify the look of Arkham Horror Remastered with the current aesthetic established by the Arkham Horror Living Card Game.

As we have continued to develop the Arkham brand, we have seen the aesthetic evolve significantly. Our primary goal with this updated art direction is to modernize the experience for a new generation of players. By bringing these elements together, we create a more cohesive and accessible look that still feels true to the dark, atmospheric aesthetic of Arkham Horror. We want every player, old or new, to feel fully immersed in this world.”

First look at Tulzscha – The Green Flame”

While the campaign preview over on Gamefound and FFG themselves have already shown off some of the updated visuals Remastered is sporting, one such example of this work we get to share with you investigators, exclusively here on IGN, is “Tulzscha – The Green Flame”, one of the heralds from the Kingsport expansion. The artwork, created by artist Peter Polach, features the mysterious cultists attempting to shield themselves from the menacing green fire, brought to the forefront of the image instead of small in the background, but the skulls and other horrors still clearly shown in Tulzscha itself.

A closer look at the art.

When it comes to the pledges themselves, while the specifics we really won’t know until it launches, we do have an idea of what some folks can expect, courtesy of Wesley: “We have designed the pledge options to be flexible, so you can choose the best experience for you and your friend group. For those looking for the full experience, we have a bundled option which includes the base game and all available expansions.” For those that may not want to commit all at once though, they have you covered too, “but for those who might prefer to build their set piece by piece, you will also be able to pledge for the base game and then select specific expansions as individual add-ons.”

“While the core gameplay hasn’t changed, the Remastered version of Arkham Horror 2nd Edition makes use of updated graphic design and streamlined text on cards.“

While much of Arkham Horror Remastered has me excited, as someone who does own the original version of Second Edition and this being a reintroduction of the ruleset for the modern tabletop masses, I was hopeful that I could supplement my missing expansions with these newly remastered (and far easier to obtain) options instead. Unfortunately, for those who were hoping for the same, there is some unfortunate news.

“While the core gameplay hasn’t changed, the Remastered version of Arkham Horror 2nd Edition makes use of updated graphic design and streamlined text on cards. As a result, the two versions of the game aren’t compatible with each other,” Dane explains. Like, I get it, and maybe it’s for the best so I can retire my worn and frayed 2nd Edition to let it live out the rest of its glory years in a cool, dry, and dark place in my house, but still doesn’t mean I can’t be a bit bummed, right?

One of the stars of the Arkham Games are the investigators – the characters that players assume the roles as – with most people I have played with usually having a favorite. For myself, I will now and forever be a Dexter Drake player. Drake being a magician with a killer cape, and top hat (think Tuxedo Mask from Sailor Moon but swap out the mask for a killer mustache and you have a good idea). Taking the chance, I wanted to find out who Wesley and Dane tended to opt for when an Elder God was acting up.

Preview render of gameplay via FFG YouTube

“Probably Diana Stanley is my go-to choice. She was actually one of the first investigators I picked up for a game, and I had such a memorable experience with her that I ended up playing as her every time after that.” Dane shares. “There is something about that initial connection that really sticks with you. If I look at my most-played investigators over the years, though, I tend to gravitate toward Leo Anderson, Mandy Thompson, and Jim Culver. Each of them offers such a different way to tackle the horrors of Arkham, which is part of what keeps the game so endlessly replayable.”

Wesley, however, appears to be cut from the same cape cloth as myself. “I’m also a huge Dexter Drake fan! I actually dressed up as him for Halloween last year. And speaking of well dressed, Jenny Barnes is another favorite. Anyone who can dual-wield pistols while wearing a set of pearls is always going to be on the top of my list. Mechanically speaking, I am a fan of Minh Thi Phan. Having a reliable support character to boost team stats shouldn’t be underestimated.”

The original Arkham Horror, designed by Richard Launius, will be turning 40 years old next year, and the line of games that he helped create is more popular than ever. The 2nd Edition’s popularity would go on to not only spawn numerous expansions but would also help give birth to a whole line of Fantasy Flight Game products under the “Arkham Horror Files” flag, with so many already that we have a full Buyer’s Guide dedicated to. It seems fitting then that arguably the most recognizable and endearing version of the eldritch board game would be granted new life to celebrate.

Existing Arkham Horror Expansions

“Our immediate goal” Wesley says, “is to successfully reintroduce the 2005 ruleset to fans, both new and old. We are putting all our energy into making this release the best it can be, and we look forward to seeing how the community engages with it.”

For tabletop hobbyists that have never stepped foot into the cult-ridden city, there is no better time to seriously consider checking it out. For everyone else, get your axes ready and renew your membership to the Silver Twilight Lodge, looks like we have gates that aren’t going to close themselves.

 Scott White is a freelance contributor to IGN, assisting with tabletop games and guide coverage. Follow him on X/Twitter or Bluesky.

Steam Next Fest Seems to Have a Lot of AI-Produced Games and Fans Are Upset

Steam Next Fest, Valve’s festival for indie games and demos, started earlier today, and while there are usually a ton of low-effort games included, there seems to be more than usual this time around.

Browsing through the Next Fest, it’s easy to spot plenty of games with art that looks like it was generated with a quick ChatGPT prompt. And now that Claude Opus 5.5 is out and has been at the center of the decompilation and mashup mod explosion that’s been happening over the last few weeks, it’s not surprising that there’d be a deluge of games that are either being promoted using AI-generated images or were just flat-out generated with AI.

Unsurprisingly, there are a lot of Steam fans who aren’t exactly excited about having to dig through these AI games to find human-made material, with one user straight up begging Steam to filter out the slop. In a post on the Steam subreddit, user ScalesGhost wrote: “I’ve been looking over the Next Fest, and I really enjoy the Discovery Queue feature, I just wish I could personalize it a bit more. Specifically, I would like the ability to filter out all games that have AI-Generated content in them (after all, steam already requires you to disclose it), and also I’d like to exclude certain tags, e.g. Incremental Games.”

Steam already has a robust tagging system, so this kind of filter wouldn’t be a huge lift to implement, but Valve did cut down the amount of user-defined tags back in May. Iin order for that kind of filter to exist, Valve would have to add ‘AI’ as a tag.

ScalesGhost is far from the only person who’s noticed the amount of low-effort submissions in this Next Fest. In another thread about how AI has “ruined Next Fest,” user EmmaBooney said, “Yeah, noticed that myself. Usually I scroll through and look for interesting games… it’s all AI slop and I dont want to participate.”

Meanwhile, user aesoprowwy said, “Hopefully there is a significant drop in the engagement metrics due to the overabundance of vibe coded games being featured and steam implements some stricter guidelines for submissions.”

The 10 Best Steam Deck Games

Steam Next Fest being full of low-effort games is nothing new, however. Valve has long had a laissez-faire approach to curation on Steam, usually relying on the algorithm to boost popular games and bury the low-effort slop. And while this Next Fest does seem worse than previous events, most people are probably better off ignoring the event for a couple of days until the popular demos naturally rise to the top and most of the shovelware gets buried.

But this comes at a time when AI in game development is getting more common by the day. Just last week Epic delayed its upcoming Star Wars shooter in order to pursue an “AI-first” direction. Epic’s CEO also bragged on Twitter last week about how the company has vibe coded the Epic Games Store launcher. Even Capcom seems to have embraced AI, using it as part of its REX program, which will reportedly help it continue to improve the RE Engine that has been used in some of the best games of the year, like Resident Evil: Requiem and Pragmata.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

The DMZ Has Never Been This Much Fun

Having just returned to Oz from a review trip at Infinity Ward, I was in a pretty good position to judge how authentic (and fun) a Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 Pop-Up Experience could be. As luck would have it, Sydney recently hosted just such a shenanigan for press, content creators, lucky Xbox Fan Fest attendees and there were some limited slots open to the public via registrations. I infiltrated it fully.

Let me bust out my Tac-map and give you a sitrep on how the organisers decided to… well, run DMZ (as in a recreation of a real Korean demilitarised zone). The result was a limited-time, MW4-themed mini-extravaganza built around a series of virtual and physical challenges. In next to no time, my objectives list was overflowing with around a dozen POIs to visit across the Carriageworks event space.

Think interactive games, hands-on MW4 Campaign gameplay, photo opps and prizes for the exceptionally skilled.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 Pop-Up Activation Sydney

To be honest, I wasn’t sure if I would be among the exceptionally skilled. Working in my favour: I was one of only a handful of folks who’d already finished MW4 (and on its unlockable Realism difficulty, no less). Working against that massive headstart: 15 hours of jetlag and severe sleep deprivation.

It was a 50/50, comrades. I’d blitz this event or pass out mid military-themed Squid Game.

When about sixty of us were marched into the event, I was mighty impressed with the dank, smoke-machine-assisted scene that greeted me. The organisers had nailed the DMZ duality aesthetic of two vastly different Koreas fighting over the one peninsula. Entry required picking a side, North or South, and a razor wire fence bisected the space as a roving spotlight made sure nobody defected.

Better yet, upon selecting which Korea to go with, a decision facilitated by uniform-and attitude-appropriate personnel, I was issued a passport with tasks to complete. Call me a communist, but I chose the NK and, at the risk of being hunted down as a traitor later, I can detail my time spent in the North.

Getting drafted into the military has never been this much fun!

I’ll let my issued Military Passport give you the gist of what was expected of me:

“Congratulations. You have been selected to serve the Northern Command, an honour granted to very few and refused by NONE.

Across this territory you will find operations. All participation, success or failure, will be stamped in this permit. Every stamp is yours to keep. Every victory, however, belongs to the North.”

Being proactive, I elbowed through a small sea of comrades to skip past the minigames, ascend centre stage and smash out a COD MW4 Campaign mission. Easy stamp, right there, folks. Side bonus: I even got some of my exploits replayed up on a screen the size of Kim Jong Il’s home cinema setup (he was quite the movie buff).

With early dominance secured, not only for myself, but for the glorious North entire, I descended back down into the other activities.

As events go, the lavish production values can’t be denied.

Honestly, there were some pretty nifty things to do. Operation Crossfire had me donning some NVGs and disappearing into a pitch-black shipping container to “acquire a target”. Once the traitor had been found and dispensed with, I moseyed over to Contraband Sweep and located anti-government items under threat of a time limit (and possible firing squad execution).

Glowing from my victory, I went and got an official State Portrait, where I was informed that the North does not photograph happiness, only my resolve. I adjusted my smile accordingly.

The fun continued with me snooping around the space to find and secure Daily Truth propaganda documents. I also hunted down and confronted a (not-so) Covert Operative who was skulking about with a smug, democratic way about them that disgusted me to my very core. Upon confronting this Task Force 141 agitator, I seized their permit and uttered the codeword hidden within. His shame at discovery was palpable. The glorious North earned another stamp.

Before making my way to the Armoury to secure my booty, I infiltrated the South side to witness how life was for Capitalist hooligans. On account of the bile repeatedly rising up my throat while in their presence, I didn’t see everything these bourgeois delinquents got up to. I did, however, notice that they were earning their own stamps for defusing bombs with aid provided by troops in full kit.

What overwhelmingly was worth it, however, was attending this wonderful, MW4-themed side diversion. In case you haven’t read our review-in-progress yet, the general consensus (which includes me) is that the Campaign is quite a return to form for Infinity Ward.

Or, to put that more succinctly, the solo pillar of this sequel, and the pop-up event inspired by it, are stamp-worthy. And you can put that in your permit with confidence, comrade.

DMZ Early Access starts from 21 October for those who preorder – and the full game launches on 23 October in Australia.

Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil Movie Gets Viral Fan-Made PS1 Style Video Game

You will soon be able to play as Austin Abrams in this fan-made, retro-style video game adapting Zach Cregger’s take on the Resident Evil universe, complete with fixed camera angles and all.

An indie game developer who goes by the name “chicanogoth” on Instagram is going viral after sharing their progress for their video game adaptation… of a movie adaptation… of a game. It’s a Matryoshka doll-style line of thinking that the developer referenced in their viral video, jokingly calling it Resident Evil: The Movie: The Game.

Warning: Light spoilers for Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil movie to follow.

Resident Evil (2026) Images

Their footage shows the player character, Bryan Hodukavich, running from an infected Doberman Pinscher in a fairly close recreation of a scene from the film. The dev even included a crashed police cruiser, whose blue and red lights flash on the white snow underfoot as Abrams’ video game counterpart flees from the dog.

What’s endearing players to this project is how it manages to recreate the feel of the original Resident Evil titles; it’s got fixed camera angles and a slightly polygonal art style, giving it that nostalgic look and gameplay that made the first few games so special.

Some commenters are begging the developer to somehow include Bryan’s horrible aim into the combat (which would be super cute), while others are already asking if they need any voiceover talent.

Chicanogoth shared another update on October 19, where he showed off a few death and injury animations for poor Bryan, most of which were pulled from various animation libraries. They also revealed that they took inspiration from the Cerberus model in Resident Evil 2 for their infected dog, and later teased a cinematic opening sequence that seemingly includes the aftermath of the police car crash.

“This has been a fun project to work on and I’m adding things little by little! This is the first game I’ve actually spent time on developing, and it’s been a learning process. Thank you all for your interest and encouragement to work on this project I primarily wanted for myself haha. More to come!” they wrote.

This is the latest Resident Evil fan project to go viral after Chandler Riggs, best known for playing Carl Grimes on The Walking Dead, debuted his own short film adapting Resident Evil 7: Biohazard earlier this month. The project even earned recognition from Resident Evil 7 director Koshi Nakanishi, who shared it on social media with the caption, “WOW.”

While the possibility of a sequel for Cregger’s RE movie is still up in the air, there’s no questioning its success at the box office; it surpassed $360 million worldwide and now stands as the 10th most successful video game movie ever made, out-earning Cregger’s previous films, Weapons and Barbarian, combined.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Hellraiser’s Clive Barker Feared Game Would Be ‘Overly Censored’ But Proud as F**k of End Result

Hellraiser creator Clive Barker was worried the franchise’s new video game would be “overly censored,” but he’s “proud as f**k” of “how far they’ve been able to push it.”

The mind behind one of horror’s most twisted franchises spoke about his feelings on Saber Interactive’s Hellraiser: Revival during a recent chat with Dread Central. Where other adaptations of iconic properties often come and go, Barker only had nice things to say about the experience.

“I was fearful at one point that the game would be overly censored but I’m genuinely astonished by how far they’ve been able to push it,” he said.

Hellraiser: Revival Review Screens

So as not to mince words, Barker clarified: “I’m proud as f**k at the end result.”

It’s about as much praise as Saber and Hellraiser fans could ever hope to see for the new game. Revival ditched the asymmetrical multiplayer formula used by other adaptations through the last decade and instead delivered a single-player survival experience set within the Hellraiser world. Pinhead and other Cenobites helped Saber earn its now famously strict “M for Mature” rating, which warns players of “blood and gore, intense violence, nudity, and strong sexual content,” among other things.

It’s every bit as intense as franchise fans hoped, but it’s not been without its hangups. Hellraiser: Revival is so brutal that French YouTuber J0nathan reported their channel had been permanently banned after they uploaded footage of themselves playing the game. Not everyone has been quite so unlucky, but the fact that this person had even gone through the trouble to cover up moments featuring nudity and was still handed a ban speaks to how intense that gameplay can get.

The 10 Best Survival Horror Games

As far as Barker’s time in the Hellraiser universe is concerned, he said he’d “love to have another go at it and explore.” The franchise, which began in the ’80s and has seen numerous entries launch to varying degrees of success in the decades since, last saw an installment with Hulu’s 2022 movie, simply titled Hellraiser. While its future remains uncertain, its creator thinks Revival might be able to offer a way forward for similar IPs.

“I think what was achieved in the game is a wake-up call to anyone who’s been involved in the making of a franchise like Hellraiser,” Barker said. “It says to get your ideas warmed over so you can go back into existing worlds in a brand new way. I have many ideas that I’d like to see realized in the Hellraiser universe, and I’m planning to keep my fingers in that pie.”

IGN gave Hellraiser: Revival a 6/10 review. We said, “While the studded scalp of otherworld antagonist Pinhead absolutely looks the part, it’s a shame that little else in Hellraiser: Revival has been nailed to anywhere near the same extent.”

For more, you can read about how the team had an “unofficial goal” to be “banned, unrated, or restricted.”

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Tekken 6 Rollback Netcode Mod Divides the Fighting Game Community

Two weeks ago, a Tekken player created a mod that allowed users to play the game online with rollback netcode, sparking a community-wide debate between Western players and competitors based in Japan and Korea.

The mod, made by a community member named Ekspym, became an instant hit among Tekken players, reaching more than 10,000 players as of October 17 and a recorded 4,547 downloads as of October 15. According to the mod’s readme, “the package contains neither the PS3 firmware nor the game,” though it acts essentially like an emulator.

It sparked a viral conversation regarding the current state of Tekken 8 (with many players seeming to prefer Tekken 6 out of the two games), but perhaps more surprisingly, received massive pushback from players in Japan and Korea.

Tekken 8 screens

One of the loudest voices speaking out against this mod was celebrated fighting game pro Dogura. “The pirated version of Tekken 6? That thing crosses the line way too much, and I’m horrified that no one overseas is raising negative voices about it,” he wrote in a post on Twitter/X. “When our fundamental values and sense of morality differ this much, we probably can’t even have a conversation. I’m praying that the right response is taken.”

Another Japanese user named Higemura also had a viral take on the situation, worrying that the Tekken series might end due to mods such as this one. “It seems like you’re running the Tekken 6 service without permission, but the people doing it should really think about what they’re actually up to. If the population flows over there and money stops going to the official service, the Tekken series will come to an end, right?” they wrote.

“I totally get having an attachment to Tekken 6, since I love the bound system and move balance too, but if that’s the case, you should develop a new fighting game that’s Tekken 6-like. The way things are going now, you’re just infringing on rights and gobbling up Bandai Namco’s assets and potential customers without permission.”

Overall, it seems that Japanese players take copyright very seriously and consider such mods to be outright theft. This attitude is also reflected from some players based in Korea, with one Korean user likening it to sexual assault. (Another Japanese player even compared it to necrophilia, while another made a baffling comparison to the Civil Rights Movement.)

This, of course, prompted a massive discussion that has taken hold of the broader fighting game community. The attitudes toward such mods are far more lenient among Western players, with one writing, “Please tell me how I am supposed to ‘properly’ support the game when I cannot even buy it here? If I take a broken old bike out of the trash and repair it, why are you saying I am stealing from the bike corporation? It was trash. There was no way to buy it!”

“Explain why it is more morally righteous to demand people to pay for used copies of an old game on the secondhand market that the developers won’t see any money from,” another said.

Ekspym’s Tekken 6 mod is still alive and well, and has not yet received any pushback from Bandai Namco — though it has, inadvertently, exposed a very intriguing difference in opinions about emulation and modding between Western fighting game players and those based in East Asia.

(It is worth noting, though, that some Japanese players are pushing back against this mindset, with one even pointing out a pro player using a cracked arcade cabinet in response to Dogura’s initial tweet.)

This is the latest Tekken-related news to go viral after Baki’s Yujiro Hanma was finally shown off at Evo France, and he’s just as terrifying as we expected him to be.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Save 20% Off the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless Gaming Headset With Infinite Battery Life

Pick up one of the best gaming headsets at a big discount ahead of Black Friday. Steelseries direct is offering the Steelseries Arctis Nova Pro wireless gaming headset for PS5 and PC for just $239.99 with free shipping when you apply coupon code “SSPOUT20“. This headset was originally $350 when it first released back in 2022 and dropped to $300 retail when it’s successor, the $400 Omni was released. It has long been one of our highest rated gaming headsets. IGN’s Kevin Lee gave it a 10/10 “Masterpiece” review. I’ve used mine for years to the point that my earcups wore through (I replaced them with the awesome WC Freeze gel earpads).

20% Off the Steelseries Gaming Headset With Infinite Battery Life

SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless Gaming Headset (PS5, PC)

7

The one feature that undoubtedly makes the Nova Pro stand out amongst the crowd is the ingenious hot-swappable battery system. The Nova Pro includes two removable, rechargeable batteries: one to use in your headset and the other to remain charged and ready to go in a base station that doubles as a charger. You get wireless freedom with zero downtime. Each battery lasts for up to 22 hours of continued use so you don’t need to swap out too often.

The base station deserves additional mention. Not only does it charge your battery, it also features a clear and legible OLED display and a handy volume control knob. On the rear are USB inputs for connecting to your PC as well as an optional 3.5mm passthrough should you want to connect your speakers directly to the base station.

Of course a high end gaming headset is no good if it can’t produce great sound and deliver vocal clarity. The Nova Pro is first and foremost a gaming headset, and it delivers big sound with its 40mm neodymium dynamic drivers and 360° spatial sound effects (via SteelSeries Sonar for PC, Tempest 3D Audio for PS5, and Microsoft Spatial Sound for Xbox). The retractable boom mic is clear without any static and does a great job of canceling out ambient noise. My friends regularly point out that I sound like I’m in a quiet room because they hear nothing but my voice.

The Nova Pro is comfortable to use even during gaming marathons thanks to the suspension-style headband and comfortable leatherette ear cushions. You don’t have to worry about babying it either, since the headband has a steel inner core. I’ve tossed mine around more times than I should have and it’s still functionally perfect.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The Best Call of Duty Multiplayer Games

With 22 games in its mainline series and a 23rd inbound, Call of Duty is a well-oiled machine, arriving every year like a tactically placed care package to offer multiple modes for every type of player. Modern Warfare 4 refuses to break that trend, with a dedicated campaign, DMZ extraction mode, and the ever-present multiplayer. But how will Modern Warfare 4’s multiplayer stack up against what came before? What king does it need to topple to be declared the best in class? Let’s find out.

These are the 10 best Call of Duty Multiplayer Games.

The Best Call of Duty Multiplayer Games

10. Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 (2023)

Infinity Ward’s second game in its Modern Warfare reboot series proved divisive. A year later, Sledgehammer Games was given the difficult task of taking the bones of Modern Warfare 2 and reworking it to address fan feedback. It achieved that goal in spades. Unlike the campaign, which was universally disliked, Modern Warfare 3’s multiplayer stood tall as the entry’s defining mode.

Modern Warfare 2’s worst additions were removed. The snappy movement of 2019’s Modern Warfare returned, and the recharging perks were scrapped in favour of a gear system that mirrored the classic perk structure. Tac-Stance was introduced, a midpoint between ADS and hipfire that offered better accuracy than the latter but faster movement than the former. And in a series first, all of the previous year’s content was carried over into this new release, resulting in a staggering 105 weapons on launch day.

Having great core mechanics would be largely useless without fun maps, though. Rather than start anew, Sledgehammer brought back all 16 original Modern Warfare 2 maps, the 2009 classics given a new coat of glossy paint. It was a lethal combo: modern gameplay design in classic and familiar playgrounds.

9. Call of Duty: Black Ops Cold War

Despite suffering a troubled, COVID-impacted development, Black Ops Cold War beat the odds and delivered a multiplayer mode that delighted fans in 2020. Taking us back to the 1980s for the first time in almost a decade, Cold War brought back Black Ops’ original spy-espionage tone and buffed it with all the modern flair and enhancements we saw in Infinity Ward’s Modern Warfare reboot.

The new Gunsmith and create-a-class structure of Modern Warfare 2019 was melded with Treyarch’s signature free-form customisation from Black Ops 2 and 3. Wildcards became a selectable class item, letting you equip three additional weapon attachments or an extra perk without sacrificing any of your class options. These smart adjustments ensured Black Ops Cold War had the core feel of classic Call of Duty, even if that core had been augmented with Modern Warfare’s modern enhancements. Everything worked in tandem, delivering a sleek, respectable package of old and new.

8. Call of Duty: Black Ops 6

Treyarch was permitted four years to develop Black Ops 6, a previously unheard of luxury in Activision’s Call of Duty factory. During that extended production period, it took the leap to set Call of Duty in the glorious 1990s for the first time in the series’ history, unlocking with it a whole host of period-specific weapons and equipment. More importantly, though, the long development cycle also gave the studio room to take big swings with COD’s core gameplay mechanics.

Arguably the best addition Treyarch blessed Black Ops 6 with was a brand new movement system. Omnimovement turned the basics on their head, letting you sprint, slide, and dive in any direction. This significantly increased the pace of combat and heightened the skill ceiling. If you were good at COD, other players could literally see that in the way you moved.

From Omnimovement to the addition of human shields, which let you roast an enemy via voice chat while using them to block incoming bullets, Black Ops 6 certainly got a lot right. With 16 maps, a variety of modes, and a healthy selection of brand-new weaponry, it delivered an experience many fans still remember fondly.

7. Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 (2011)

After the wild success of Infinity Ward’s original Modern Warfare 2, tackling the next game in Call of Duty’s flagship sub-series was naturally going to be a huge challenge, especially considering a good chunk of the original team had left to make Titanfall. The solution was for three studios – Infinity Ward, Sledgehammer Games, and Raven Software – to combine their efforts. Together, they not only built on MW2’s success, but also pushed the series forward with Modern Warfare 3.

Using the customisable killstreaks introduced in Modern Warfare 2 as a base, the team created the all-new Strike Packages system, which complemented your chosen playstyle with rewards tailored to your chosen class. You could now take a standard approach with the Assault package, be a team player with support (which limited lethal streaks but prevented the streak from ending on death), or go all-in with Specialist, which removed all streak choices in favour of perks, turning you a bonafide supersoldier.

Modern Warfare 3 retained MW 2’s brisk pace, but significantly dialled back the frustrating chaos of One-Man Army Pro explosives spam and Commando melee attacks. The exploitable playstyles were gone, and a renewed focus on your gun through weapon perks combined with the new Strike Packages to bring attention back to the gun-on-gun combat the series is best known for.

6. Call of Duty: Black Ops 3

While Call of Duty had visited the future before, it had only dipped its toe. With Black Ops 3, it jumped in with both feet. Set in 2065, Treyarch’s sub-series traded Cold War espionage and “the numbers” for jet-packs and “train go boom”.

While not the first game to rethink player movement, Black Ops 3 introduced a feel that would define this short-lived era of COD, significantly improving the clunky and limited thrust jumps of Advanced Warfare. The new approach gave you greater control when jumping and sliding, but also allowed for wall running. Maps took full advantage of the new movement, letting you string techniques together to get the drop on unsuspecting opponents.

More significantly, Black Ops 3 was, for better or for worse, the first game to introduce Specialists. These were individual hero characters, akin to those found in Overwatch or Marvel Rivals, that could bring a special ability into battle. Typically, you’d choose between a weapon and a special gadget, like active camo.

The combination of advanced movement and Specialists created a Black Ops that felt unique, while also retaining the smooth gunplay the series was known for. It’s generally considered the best entry of the advanced-movement era.

5. Call of Duty: Black Ops

Following a very safe retreat back to the 1940s for World at War, Treyarch decided to take a 20-year step forward with Black Ops, giving us our first taste of the era defined by (very explosive) espionage.

The dusty streets of Modern Warfare’s urban battlegrounds and the dark, oppressive theaters of World at War were gone. In their place was everything from the thick jungles of Vietnam to a hidden military facility atop a snow-covered mountain. Multiplayer was defined by a huge leap forward for customisation. Additions ranged from small details like clan tags etched into guns to a plethora of operator skins tied to Tier-1 Perks, face paints, and, of course, the infamous emblem editor.

Black Ops was instantly beloved, in no small part thanks to its iconic map pool and unique feel. Treyarch quickly carved out a dedicated fanbase and started a sub-series that remains strong today.

4. Call of Duty Modern Warfare (2019)

After 14 straight annual releases, Call of Duty began to lose its identity as it tried to imitate popular competitors to stay relevant. After taking the series into space with the distinctly unpopular Infinite Warfare, Infinity Ward decided to reinvigorate Call of Duty by going back to the drawing board.

Simply titled Modern Warfare, Infinity Ward stripped out the bells and whistles the series had gained over the years, returning to a traditional class structure and gun-on-gun combat. Everything from Specialists to recharging super weapons was a casualty of this back-to-basics approach.

Doubling down on classic combat led to one of the series’ biggest revolutions, led by the Gunsmith: an all-new weapon customisation suite for modifying weapons. The system was an instant hit, letting players tailor their arsenal with multiple attachments to match their playstyle. The system also benefited from the new IW9 engine, a significantly upgraded tech platform that gave weapons a more grounded look and weighty, realistic animations.

Modern Warfare was a massive success, and that momentum carried into Warzone, Call of Duty’s signature Battle Royale mode that introduced the world to Verdansk. Using Modern Warfare’s strong foundation for a last-man standing mode proved an immediate success – it built on the popularity of games like PUBG and Fortnite by adding new elements such as the Gulag grudge match which gave players a chance to return to the fight. Released when we were all stuck indoors, Modern Warfare and Warzone arrived at exactly the right time when we were all looking for digital worlds to enjoy.

3. Call of Duty: Black Ops 2

Set in the technologically advanced future of… erm… 2025, Black Ops 2 was the first game in the series to push into the future. Released in 2012, it was just a short decade-sized leap into tomorrow, and so it didn’t radically change the toolset – there’s no wall-running here.

Create-A-Class, which had gone largely unchanged since COD4, changed dramatically with the new Pick-10 system. Everything cost points, and you had 10 to play with. Want to forgo grenades and go for extra weapon attachments? You can do that. Or, if you felt extra confident, you could drop in with simply a combat knife and double the perks, source a weapon in the field, and get to work.

Create-A-Class wasn’t the only innovation. Black Ops 2 completely removed Killstreaks, replacing kill-based rewards with the more attainable Scorestreak, for which everything you did in a match contributed to the total. It was a positive change that finally encouraged and rewarded players for getting on the objectives rather than just chasing frags.

With arguably one of the most iconic map sets of all time, Black Ops 2 remains popular, and the recent PlayStation 5 port has sparked a serious resurgence!

2. Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2

Modern Warfare 2 was an event. A video game that had fans champing at the bit to get their hands on it, a fever of excitement usually exclusively reserved for a Rockstar game. In terms of anticipation, Modern Warfare 2 was arguably the biggest Call of Duty ever.

Building on the foundations of COD4, Modern Warfare 2 took a kitchen-sink approach to development, and it was a sink loaded with explosives. Players could build their classes with more firepower, more equipment, and all-new upgradeable perks. Killstreaks, previously a simple UAV, Airstrike, and Attack Chopper combo, could now be customised to include Predator missiles, a Harrier Jet, the legendary AC-130 gunship, and the biggest flex ever included in a multiplayer game: the Tactical Nuke, a 25 killstreak reward that ended the game in devastating fashion.

Modern Warfare 2 is still widely regarded as the peak of the series, with fond memories held by many fans of lobby trash talk, cross-map throwing knife kills, and 1v1-ing people on Rust.

1. Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare

What else could claim this spot? Call of Duty 4 is one of the most influential games of all time, creating gameplay and progression systems that work in tandem to form a perfect formula that has served as the franchise’s core since 2007.

Call of Duty 4 threw the series’ original WW2 setting out the window, swapping semi-auto rifles for sleek, iconic modern weaponry and moving the action to contemporary locales inspired by war movies like Black Hawk Down. A complete reinvention of the setting was only the start though. Infinity Ward also introduced the series’ first Create-A-Class system, letting players mix and match weapons, equipment, and perks for the first time in Call of Duty history. Modern Warfare had an unprecedented degree of player expression, as you stacked kills to earn your powerful killstreaks.

No matter how much is added to the Call of Duty multiplayer formula, and how often new ideas cycle in and out, the core of the fast-paced arcade shooting that Call of Duty 4 perfected remains ingrained in its DNA. Whether you’re sliding into cover or wall-running while laying down fire, that tactile feel of twitch shooting can always be traced back to Modern Warfare.

So there you have it, the 10 best Call of Duty games for multiplayer! How did we do? Did your favourite make the list? Let us know in the comments what your list looks like.

PS6 RAM and Storage May Cost $680, Leaker Claims

The PlayStation 6 hasn’t even been announced yet, but little rumors pop up now and then that add speculation on what to expect from Sony’s next-gen console. The latest is a shocking claim that the RAM and storage configuration of the console will cost more than the entirety of the PS5.

Today’s rumor comes via a long thread about next-gen hardware on NeoGaf, where known leaker Kepler_L2 simply said: “RAM + NAND alone is over $680.” This was in response to another commenter who optimistically hoped that the console would come in at around $680. But, if Kepler_L2’s numbers are right, and you should take them with a grain of salt, there’s little chance of that happening.

This isn’t the first time that Kepler_L2 has shared the leaked manufacturing cost of the PS6. Back in March, elsewhere on NeoGaf, they suggested the BoM (Bill of Materials) for the PS6 would be $760. But, due to the ongoing RAM crisis, they amended that estimate by saying the cost has gone up by around $200 in June. That would leave an estimated BoM of $960, which doesn’t take into consideration additional costs like R&D, marketing and shipping. Keep in mind, though, that Sony has yet to say anything official about the price of PS6.

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

However, while the presumed cost of the RAM and SSD are high, the rest of the console’s hardware could be quite expensive, too. All of this speculation happened in a thread responding to previous speculation from Kepler_L2 that the PS6 would have a GPU with around 40 teraflops of compute performance, and Project Helix would be around 56 teraflops. Now, teraflops isn’t the best predictor of gaming performance, but if these numbers are accurate, it would mean that the PS6 would be a little more than twice as powerful as the PS5 Pro, with a GPU that’s roughly between the Radeon RX 9070 and Radeon RX 9070 XT.

For reference, the Radeon RX 9070 costs around $900 right now, due to ongoing price increases, but even at launch it was still a $549 part. Part of that cost is made up of the VRAM, which would be accounted for in Kepler_L2’s $680 figure, but the GPU itself is still a huge portion of the cost. Sony would likely get a discount for buying in bulk, but the chips powering the PS6 are probably still going to add a couple hundred dollars to the equation.

I wouldn’t be surprised, then, if the total cost of manufacturing the PS6 crosses the $1,000 or $1,100 mark. Sony has already suggested it won’t sell the PS6 at a “significant” loss, so I doubt the company is going to slash hundreds of dollars off the price to move more consoles. So, if these leaked prices are accurate, I don’t really see a world where the next-generation PlayStation sneaks in under $1,000, and we’d be lucky if we get it for under $1,200. I hope I’m wrong, though, I really do.

But even though the PS6 is likely going to be very expensive, the company has been working overtime filing patents for some wild technology that may find its way into the PS6. Just last week, Sony filed a patent with its own take on frame generation, and before that filed another patent that would let games use player behavior to train NPCs.

The company has also patented a technology that would turn your controller into an NFC card reader, and would use an AI agent to watch your console for hardware flaws, and deploy vibe-coded patches to fix problems before you even notice them.

But don’t hold your breath on a release date for the PS6. Following Sony’s shock decision to kill video game discs on PlayStation consoles from January 2028, analysts predicted 2028 at the earliest, potentially the end of 2028.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Infinity Ward on Whether Modern Warfare 4 Really Is the End of the Saga

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4’s campaign is available now in early access, and is arguably the strongest the series has been since its 2019 revival. Those who have played it will be aware that a lot of its heroes and villains meet their end in one of the darkest COD entries to date. It makes it all feel like a bow being tied on this particular storyline. Activision has confirmed a new Call of Duty subfranchise outside of the traditional Modern Warfare and Black Ops rotation is in the works, further signalling that it may be the end of this particular road.

But is that Activision’s plan, or if MW4 turns out to be a smash success, will the developer be tempted to head back to Captain Price and gang well one more time? The final mission of the campaign, taking place during the middle of the game’s credits, appears to suggest it might be the end of the line for the saga and one of its most beloved characters. It begs the question: Is this the end of the rebooted Modern Warfare story?

“It’s a good question, and you’ll not love the answer,” Jeff Negus, narrative director at Infinity Ward, told IGN.

“I don’t know. What I do know is we tried to tell a definitive, conclusive story in that we were trying to set up, or rather pay off the setups, answer things that had been posed as questions, push characters into new territory that they’ve never been in before, raise the stakes, push the conflict.”

This new era of Modern Warfare started strongly with 2019’s acclaimed campaign that echoed much of what players enjoyed about the 2007 original. Despite the callbacks, the most exciting thing was that it felt like something fresh, with new characters blending in with familiar faces to tell a new story. The recently released MW4 pulls off a similar trick, weaving in a huge-scale Korean conflict with the more personal Price missions. But the path here was rocky, and not necessarily one that was meant to end here. In fact, it turns out there wasn’t really a fleshed-out idea of where the saga would go post-2019.

There wasn’t a long-term plan necessarily for the story specifically from 2019.“

“No, there wasn’t a long-term plan”, Negus revealed. “Similar to a television show where you got a first season, it comes out, people like it, cool, there’s going to be another one. If you do it well, what you built can be built upon in a way where you can use it as a foundation and then push on top of that to build and go to new places.

“Four, that was of particular importance for us. Not many games get a four, let alone one that has these kinds of characters that have gone through the things they’ve gone through. And so while there wasn’t a long-term plan necessarily for the story specifically from 2019, we definitely are self-reflexive in a way where we’re looking back at the same time as being in the present in order to inform it and make it more impactful.”

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 Campaign Screenshots

Having the plot of a four-game series being developed over the course of much of the decade not entirely mapped out is understandable, but what may be surprising is that the team didn’t know where this story would be heading just three years ago after the release of Modern Warfare 3.

“It’s interesting because at the end of Modern Warfare 3, there were some definitive events that took place,” Negus explained. “And because of that, particularly for Price, once you take that action, you can’t come back from it. And although it doesn’t change his core motivations, and in that I don’t think it changes his character, it does adjust how he tries to achieve his goals; the means changed. And we weren’t beholden to it, but we wanted to use it as a way to continue the story in a meaningful way, not go, ‘Don’t worry about that thing that happened,’ but really lean into it and say, ‘Well, if he had done that, it would mean this. And if it meant this, how can we use that to push into new territory?’ And that’s where an alliance between Price and Valeria comes in.”

There’s a lot going on in Modern Warfare 4’s story, and it’s a credit to Negus and the team that it remains coherent throughout, despite having to juggle an extensive cast dotted around much of the globe. It’s a stark contrast to MW3’s limited, plot-light campaign, which introduced fan-favourite villain Makarov in what felt like a rushed manner.

The development time granted to Infinity Ward to construct it was truncated, especially when compared to the three years it had with MW4, and it shows in its quality, but also in its quantity. This is a beefy campaign with a lot of story to tell. So much so that its opening missions almost feel like an epilogue to Modern Warfare 3, as it clears the table ahead of telling its new story. So, in an ideal world, was part of this story ever meant to be in that game from three years ago?

“Short answer, no,” Negus stated. “I think the reason that this story has so much in it is that we had the ambition to continue the legacy character storylines and a very strong impulse to return to form in that, assuming the role of a low-level soldier within a bigger war landscape. And so obviously those characters that we’ve been with don’t really fit that desire in terms of having that perspective. So it was a challenge, but ultimately an opportunity to get to redefine our returning characters and define, for the first time, a whole set of new, young, fresh faces that would give us a totally different perspective. And we combined them together, uniting them by a common theme continuing from 2019, setting up the ‘you draw the line wherever you need it’ that permeates both threads of the storyline and both perspectives.”

This approach is definitely proving a success, with Modern Warfare 4’s campaign receiving widespread praise from fans, and a thank you from the actor behind Captain Price in return to those enjoying it. Have you played it? Did you enjoy it? Let us know in the comments!

We’ve got an in-progress Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 Walkthrough to help you through the campaign missions, and a guide to All Yellow Supply Crate Locations for the 10th mission, Stranded. Make sure you don’t miss out on a thing with our guide to All Collectible Note Locations, and all the Code Solutions you’ll need to open every keypad and container.

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

League of Legends Virtual K-Pop Group K/DA Reemerge With New Music Video

After six years of silence, Riot Games’ League of Legends-themed virtual K-pop girl group, K/DA, has returned with Firestarter, a comeback single created by the animation studio behind Arcane.

The single leads K/DA’s new EP, set to come out on October 21, which would mark the group’s second major release since All Out in 2020.

Returning to the lineup are MIYEON and SOYEON of i-dle, alongside Sophie Powers and Mimi Webb who bring new voices to K/DA’s latest era. The group has previously featured artists including Madison Beer and Jaira Burns, while Seraphine, who joined the virtual girl group for More in 2020 and was voiced by Lexie Liu, is notably absent from the new release. Behind the track are producers Kill Dave and Sebastien Najand, the composer and producer often regarded as one of the architects of K/DA’s sound, having worked on the group’s music since its inception.

Watch it burn.

“FIRESTARTER” Music Video is out now // https://t.co/EpvKkgbVYF

#KDA #FIRESTARTER #CALLINGALLBLADES https://t.co/3W1SRkTR8X

— K/DA (@KDA_MUSIC) October 19, 2026

Behind Firestarter’s music video is Fortiche, the French animation studio whose long-standing partnership with Riot dates back to the original Pop/Stars video in 2018. Since then, the two companies have built a creative partnership that extends well beyond music videos, most notably with Arcane, the acclaimed animated series set in the League of Legends universe. With Fortiche involved, the quality of the animation was never really in doubt — and the studio delivers once again.

Originally scheduled for release on Tuesday, October 20, Firestarter arrived as a surprise drop one day earlier, reportedly following leaks teasing the group’s return. The result is a spark that has already turned into a wildfire, with the music video surpassing 4.3 million views on YouTube alone in just nine hours.

It’s been a particularly busy year for Riot Games’ musical universe with three new songs released in less than a month. Heartsteel returned with Live My Life, True Damage made a comeback with Know My Name, marking a milestone for Riot’s virtual bands as the first to deliver a League of Legends Worlds anthem.

K/DA Firestarter Collaborating Artists Photos

Add a collaboration with Pentakill on the orchestral Worlds theme, and K/DA were the last of Riot’s major virtual groups yet to re-enter the spotlight. Teasers released last week made it clear that the wait was almost over, and now the final piece of the musical puzzle is back in place.

A match made in animation Heaven

Fortiche’s signature hybrid approach, blending 3D CGI with hand-painted textures and hand-drawn 2D elements, gives Firestarter a visual identity that feels both real and ideal. The meticulous, almost obsessive details and hidden references are exactly what fans have come to expect from the studio. League players will easily recognize in-game abilities woven into the choreography — like Ahri’s charm or ult — yet these nods never feel forced or overwhelming to viewers unfamiliar with the game.

A music video this saturated with color could easily become visually exhausting, but Fortiche knows when to pull back. Brief, single-frame visual disruptions break up the dominant pink and orange palette, while infrared-inspired sections make the characters appear to radiate heat. Reflections shimmer in the oil-slick ground beneath the characters, and particles of light seem to bring the heat straight through the screen. Every frame feels planned, building toward a visual spectacle that reflects years of creative collaboration.

Catchy beats, fashion, and ballroom choreography

Musically, Firestarter knows exactly how to get under your skin. Built around a catchy rhythm and punchy rap sections, the track constantly plays with contrasts, breaking up its harder-hitting moments with melodic, almost ethereal, pre-choruses that make the chorus hit all the harder when it finally explodes. It is a satisfying build-up that keeps the song moving, balancing fiery attitude with melody and making the hook all the more contagious.

Beyond the animation, great visual composition extends to costumes and choreography. Every look reinforces the members’ personalities, each outfit worthy of high-fashion magazine covers — and it would hardly be surprising to see K/DA gracing those pages again. The choreography, meanwhile, seems inspired by drag ballroom culture, combining sharp poses, commanding gestures and theatrical flair into something utterly mesmerizing. It is bold, precise and unapologetically larger than life, the kind of performance that demands your attention even when everything else is already filling your senses.

With Firestarter, K/DA reminds us why they became one of the most recognisable virtual acts in pop culture. Riot Games and Fortiche have reunited to deliver a music video packed with visual ambition, while the track itself strikes a balance between fan service and mainstream appeal.

Cecilia (she/her) is a freelance games and entertainment journalist working as a contractor for IGN. With seven years in the industry, she specializes in Riot Games titles and esports, particularly League of Legends, which she’s been playing for 13 years. When she’s not chasing great stories to tell, she’s probably hunting for her next favorite book or indie game to devour.

French Game Store Employee Defends Door During Riots

A cost-of-living crisis and worsening conditions in schools have kicked off a wave of protests across France, and as is tradition, some have taken advantage of the chaos and started looting stores.

The BBC reported that over 1,200 people were arrested during violence, with shop owners left to rebuild after fronts were smashed and stores looted. Through it all, one French video game store employee has gone viral for aura farming while defending the sanctity of his shop.

Warning, the following contains photos and videos containing real world violence.

Photos and videos on social media showed Pierre, a sales assistant at a Micromania branch in Nice, attempting to protect the doorway to his store as rioters harassed him. In one clip, he attempted to chase looters away but was kicked to the ground when he turned his back.

Asaltan una tienda de Micromania en Niza y agreden al dueño por intentar defenderla: https://t.co/kD8OgE2hWr

— Wall Street Wolverine (@wallstwolverine) October 17, 2026

“At one point, I just stood in front to keep people from getting inside — that’s all.” Pierre told ICI. Despite his attempts to defend the store, it was looted and Pierre was struck in the face by projectiles.

“I can’t quite process what happened,” Pierre said. “That might come a bit later, once the dust has settled. I don’t think I should have done it, honestly. It was foolish. But in the moment, that’s what I did.”

Since the incident, Pierre has received dozens of social media messages supporting his actions. Pierre said he appreciates the support, but pointed out that the protests are a symptom of real issues working people across the world are dealing with.

“It’s very kind of them to offer their support — to me, to all the shopkeepers, and to everyone else,” he said. “We shouldn’t forget that this kind of behavior is the exception, not the rule. Throughout the rest of the march, things went quite well. There are a few ‘bad apples,’ but they don’t represent the majority.”

Pierre, a sales assistant at a Micromania branch in Nice, defends his store from looters. Image credit: X.

Several other stores were affected by the bad apples, including JD Sports, Decathlon, and Foot Locker. A total of 15 businesses sustained damage, and 85 people were taken into police custody, 40 of whom are minors.

A fundraiser has been launched to help get the shop back up and running, sitting on just over 6,000 Euros at the time of writing. “Following the events and demonstrations this Saturday, the manager of our Micromania Jean Medecin in Nice unfortunately suffered damage and was cowardly attacked by groups of vandals, while bravely defending his shop,” the fundraiser stated.

“Behind every store, there are passionate people who dedicate themselves daily to welcoming us, advising us and sharing with us their love of video games. Today, it’s our turn to show him that the community is here to support him through this difficult time.” It isn’t clear whether the proceeds will go to Pierre or the store itself.

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 Review

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 will be released October 20 on Netflix.

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners felt like a revelation. Like Castlevania and Arcane before it, the series delivered a stunning video game adaptation that told an original story with memorable characters rather than trying to forcefully redo the game’s storyline, all while still very much feeling like a part of its source material’s world. Add in a phenomenal soundtrack and Hiroyuki Imaishi’s striking visual flare, and you have one of the best sci-fi animé series of all time.

Now we’re back in Night City for a new standalone sequel in the larger Cyberpunk universe, though Edgerunners 2 does tie into the story of David Martinez from the first 10-episode series in key ways while also connecting to the main story of Cyberpunk 2077. No, you don’t need to have experienced either to enjoy this new story, but it does pay off to know more about the world of Night City.

From the get-go, Edgerunners 2 tries to do things differently than its predecessor. Rather than focusing on one character experiencing the horrors of Night City, we follow multiple characters and storylines. We mostly see the action through the eyes of two of them: The first is Weak Kingsley, an edgerunner who survives going cyberpsycho early on and has his chrome downgraded (again, this makes more sense if you know the world). Aimless and struggling to adjust to his new reality, Kingsley gets involved in the story when he’s asked by an old flame to rescue a young girl named Talia from the Maelstrom — a cult obsessed with body modifications and leaving their humanity behind. Then we have Roman Carax, a 12-year-old kid and amateur filmmaker with a disdain for the crudeness of braindances (watching someone’s memories from their point-of-view) and an obsession with old-school cinema and analog filmmaking. Roman gets involved when he takes a job making a video of the Maelstrom in exchange for a 35mm camera.

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 Images

Roman spending the entire series documenting the action with his camera gives Edgerunners 2 a ’90s anime feel, often appearing moody and gritty to match the darkness and violence of the story. Director Kai Ikarashi keeps the expressionistic aesthetic, bright colors, and sharp angles of the first series while adding his own flair to this follow-up. Particularly striking is the constant change of art style, both to reflect the psyche of certain characters or to show how technology impacts how they view the world. There’s a penchant for minimalistic visuals, highlighting shadows and silhouettes, that makes this sequel stand out from the already dazzling first series and creates an aesthetic of its own.

Edgerunners 2 also trades the class warfare themes of the first series — with its indictment of Night City’s hyper-capitalism and its tragic underdog story of desperate people — for a story about corporations purposely messing with people’s lives for their own gain and even working with gangs to destroy communities. It’s a different approach for sure, with the sequel series favoring plotting and world-building over the more emotional and intimate story of the first series. Unfortunately, it means the big picture takes a while to become clear and the many storylines can feel convoluted and sprawling at first. The characters come across as less relatable and fleshed out, since a big part of their development is treated as a mystery to be slowly unraveled. That being said, we still meet a memorable group of poor, unfortunate souls trying to survive in the hell that is Night City.

It can still be surprising to see how Studio Trigger comes up with new ways to make bodies explode on screen without feeling repetitive.“

Even if their individual character arcs aren’t out of this world, the way they play into the overall plot of the season is thrilling to see. This is especially true of the way the season works in the story of the Relic and Soulkiller from Cyberpunk 2077. It serves to greatly expand the world of Edgerunners, making it feel like the story we’re following in the episodes is but a small chapter in a much larger saga of the city. When the storylines finally merge, it’s quite satisfying to see the larger picture come alive as the action gets bigger and takes on a bit of an Akira inspiration, with full-on body horror on display. It’s no surprise that the violence is a highlight of Edgerunners 2, but it can still be surprising to see how Studio Trigger comes up with new ways to make bodies explode on screen without feeling repetitive.

Jesse Eisenberg Couldn’t Get Movie Studio Parts After Batman v. Superman Razzie

Jesse Eisenberg says he “couldn’t get into studio movie parts” because he won a Worst Supporting Actor Razzie for playing Lex Luthor in Batman v. Superman.

The Social Network star elaborated on what has become one of his most divisive roles when speaking at the BFI London Film Festival (via Variety). He recalled how his time as a long-haired Lex made landing acting roles more challenging, specifically calling attention to how his Golden Raspberry Award win played a part during a difficult time in his career.

“Listen, a lot of it just came from fear,” he said when describing his shift away from studio roles. “I couldn’t get into movie studio parts anymore because I had won a Raspberry Award from [being in the] Batman movie … and I saw the trajectory.”

Although the polarizing Batman v. Superman: Dawn of Justice does have its fair share of fans, Eisenberg’s more eccentric performance as the Superman villain has remained one of its most controversial elements in the decade since its premiere. His acting was so…memorable that he walked away from the part with a Razzie for Worst Supporting Actor.

Winning at the Golden Raspberry Awards, which recognize the worst components in movies each year, isn’t usually treated as an honor. No one wants to be told they are the “worst” at anything, and having that Razzie label attached to your name can sometimes even secure a person’s place in the hall of filmmaking infamy.

Eisenberg said that’s what his experience was after earning a Razzie for Batman v. Superman, and it’s why movie fans didn’t see him in as many big films in the years that followed. Instead, he learned to pivot to start writing and directing movies. Two projects to come out of that switch-up are 2024’s A Real Pain and The Debut, which will premiere this December.

“If you’re an actor, you’re constantly panicked about ‘Am I on an upslope or a downslope?'” he said. “Because there’s no plateau. Acting is just this unstable, awful industry where you are either on the treadmill and you’re doing okay and you’re running up or you are yesterday’s news and it’s awful. And if you’re a paranoid person like me, you see it way in advance.”

DCEU Movie Teases That Were Never Paid Off

Eisenberg continued: “The industry tells you what they want from you. The industry did not want me to be in a superhero movie, and if you’re smart and self-aware, you learn that quickly. And you know, it’s the unsuccessful actor that goes ‘No, I want to be in more of those.’ It’s not going to happen and they don’t want you there and they wouldn’t have given you a Raspberry Award if they wanted you there. That’s an award for bad acting. And so the industry tells you what it wants and if you want a career in the arts you have to follow the things that you’re being told are liked.”

Although the ex-Lex Luthor actor, who went on to reprise his role in Justice League, has found his footing in the years since his time in the DCEU, Batman v. Superman still has watchers split all these years later. IGN gave the film 6.8/10 review, saying, “BvS is carried by a brutal Batfleck, but as a whole it offers more philosophical drama than superhero escapism.”

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Simpsons’ Apu Has Finally Spoken on the Show for the First Time in Almost a Decade

After some nine years of being seen but not heard on The Simpsons, the show’s creators have finally given a voice back to beloved Kwik-E-Mart owner, Apu Nahasapeemapetilon. In episode three of the series’ 38th season dubbed “The Revengening”, which aired Sunday night on Fox in the US, a new voice for the loveable Squishee salesman was debuted courtesy of actor and voice-over veteran, Sunil Malhotra (Grey’s Anatomy, The Legend of Korra).

According to a report on Variety, Malhotra’s hiring and the return of the Apu character – who hasn’t uttered a single word on the show since the October 2017 episode, “The Serfsons” – have been heavily kept under wraps, with producers keeping both the episode’s table read and its subsequent production under strict NDA for everyone involved.

“We love this character, and wanted to bring him back in a smart, Simpsons-y way that allowed him to evolve,” executive producer Matt Selman told Variety. “We’re excited by what Sunil has already brought to the role, and look forward to seeing more of Apu in the future.”

The Simpsons: Every Treehouse of Horror Episode Ranked

Hank Azaria previously voiced Apu for the first 29 seasons of the animated series. However, after the character became the focus of the 2017 documentary “The Problem With Apu”, in which comedian Hari Kondabolu discussed the negative impact the character has had on people of South Asian descent, Azaria announced that he would no longer lend his voice to the role. Later, during an episode of Dax Shepard’s Armchair Expert in 2021, Azaria reflected with remorse about his portrayal of the character and stated that part of him “feels like I need to go to every single Indian person in this country and personally apologise.”

After Azaria vacated the role, Apu was pushed to the background on The Simpsons, occasionally seen but never heard. However, after an idea to bring the character back for one of season 38’s Halloween-themed episodes was hatched by staffer Nick Hahan and co-executive producer Cesar Mazariegos, the process of finding a new actor for Apu began in earnest.

“When my agent called me about a ‘Simpsons’ audition, I knew exactly what role it was for, and the idea actually made my stomach sink,” Malhotra told Variety. “But admittedly, part of me was also curious. It had been eight years since Apu had spoken on the show, and it got me thinking: Did the writers’ room look different now? Could they bring him back in a way that acknowledged and apologized for past mistakes? Could I make the character my own, and reclaim him in some way? And could they achieve all of that in an unmistakably ‘Simpsons’ way that didn’t disappoint fans?”

We Build LEGO The Simpsons: Krusty Burger

After some back and forth with the show’s producers, Malhotra was eventually convinced that the return of Apu was being handled in the best possible way.

“It was the beginning of a deeply collaborative experience that I hope is equally satisfying for longtime fans of ‘The Simpsons’ and for other South Asian kids who, like me, stopped watching at some point along the way,” said Malhotra.

In “The Revengening”, a man in a Daft Punk-inspired Halloween costume is accidentally killed over and over again by residents of Springfield. A year later, the man is still alive and taking his revenge on his would-be killers, one at a time. Eventually the costumed killer is unmasked and revealed to be Apu, who tells the town’s residents, “I am the man you left for dead. I am the one you pretended never existed!”

To which Marge, seemingly serving as a mouthpiece for the show’s producers, replies, “Apu, we’re so sorry we left you for dead. Believe me, wanted to do the right thing.” Bart then adds, “But we were so scared, and just didn’t know what to do.”

For his part, Malhotra seems satisfied with Apu’s reintroduction to the cast.

“I’d be lying if I didn’t say that the sweetest part of all was unleashing that righteously rage-fueled “I AM APU!” — on behalf of so many of us — over and over in the studio until we got it just right,” said Malhotra. “I really feel like we did and I can’t wait for fans to see more Apu.”

Have you watched “The Revengening”? What do you think of Sunil Malhotra’s portrayal of Apu? Is it a thank you, come again? Let us know in the comments!

Tristan Ogilvie is a senior video editor at IGN based in Sydney, Australia. He has 25 years of experience covering video games, having served as Deputy Editor on Official PlayStation 2 Magazine Australia and as Editor of Official Xbox 360 Magazine Australia, before joining IGN in 2009. You can find him on Bluesky @tristanogilvie.bsky.social

Don Bradman Cricket Jr Announced for PC and Consoles

With Cricket 26 developer Big Ant Studios holding somewhat of a monopoly on the cricket videogame genre for more than a decade, fans of the world’s second most popular sport have been crying out for some competition within the genre. The good news is that Don Bradman Cricket Jr has just been announced by Tru Blu Games. The bad news is that at first glance it seems less like a serious contender confidently striding to the crease, and more like a pitch-invader who’s sprinting waywardly around the outfield for a brief bit of fun.

With chunky, cartoon visuals that look like they were created inside Roblox, Don Bradman Cricket Jr appears to be positioning itself as a sort of NBA Jam-esque take on the most beer-friendly of summer sports. The only problem is that Big Ant Studios already had a crack at more or less the same thing way back in 2018 with Big Bash Boom. It featured super-deformed versions of fully licensed BBL and WBBL squads, and packed pyrotechnics into every pull shot and Fortnite-inspired celebration dances for each wicket taken. It was a solid stab at transforming the notoriously complicated sport into a more pick-up-and-play proposition, with our review deeming it to be “a fun, flashy, family-friendly cricket game that’s a bit too light on features to make it a must buy.” To date Big Bash Boom remains a one-off experiment, though, with Big Ant opting to focus on the roughly two-yearly cadence of its main simulation-style Cricket series.

In comparison, Don Bradman Cricket Jr is arriving eight years late and minus any official team or player licenses, beyond the inclusion of Australia’s greatest ever batsman himself as an unlockable character. By completing a specific in-game challenge, players will apparently be able to drop the Don directly into the otherwise entirely generic Australian team, as well as gain access to a bonus minigame that recreates his famous knocking-a-golf-ball-into-a-water-tank-using-a-stump-fo-a-bat training exercise.

Elsewhere, Don Bradman Cricket Jr seems to be offering a fairly basic feature set, with unlicensed tournaments to play and a challenge mode to test your skills with, alongside split-screen support for two players. Not much is known about the actual gameplay, but the developers are promising that the experience of batting will ensure that “no two shots are ever truly the same.” This despite the announcement trailer above seeming to show multiple versions of the same pull through mid-wicket.

Don Bradman Cricket Jr Announcement Screens

Still, this could be a bit of fun for younger cricket fans when it arrives on PC, PlayStation Store, Xbox Store, and Nintendo eShop. No release date has been given for Don Bradman Cricket Jr, however according to Tru Blu Games it’s coming soon.

Tristan Ogilvie is a senior video editor at IGN based in Sydney, Australia. He has 25 years of experience covering video games, having served as Deputy Editor on Official PlayStation 2 Magazine Australia and as Editor of Official Xbox 360 Magazine Australia, before joining IGN in 2009. You can find him on Bluesky @tristanogilvie.bsky.social

Taika Waititi’s Star Wars Movie on Ice

Director Taika Waititi has confirmed his long-in-development Star Wars movie is officially “on ice.”

The Thor: Ragnarok and Jojo Rabbit filmmaker provided Inverse with the update when speaking to the outlet during a press junket for his new film, Klara and the Sun. When asked directly for the state of his and writer Tony McNamara’s progress in the Star Wars universe, Waititi had a blunt answer.

“I hate to break this to you, but we’re going to actually put it on ice and we’re working on a different thing together,” he said.

Taika Waititi. Photo by Stefania D’Alessandro/Getty Images.

Brutal. Rumors that Disney and Lucasfilm had approached the What We Do in the Shadows filmmaker to helm a Star Wars project go as far back as January 2020. That’s just a few years after he took off as the mastermind behind one of the most beloved Marvel Cinematic Universe movies to date, with an official announcement confirming he was attached to a movie arriving just a few months later.

It was mostly good news at first. In 2021, Waititi said he had finished his Star Wars movie’s story, and in 2022, then-Lucasfilm president Kathleen Kennedy said the goal was to bring it to theaters in late 2023. At the time, she also admitted that Disney hadn’t “locked anything in” quite yet, a fact that only became more apparent in the years that followed.

Waititi was said to be “still working away” on the project on the third anniversary of its announcement in April 2023. After admitting he planned to prioritize other projects later that year, updates went mostly quiet. Waititi finally returned earlier this year to promise that his Star Wars movie was going to “harness a little bit more of the fun from the original trilogy.” Now, it’s all on ice.

How Much Every Star Wars Movie Made Opening Weekend

“Well, there’s your answer,” he continued during his conversation with Inverse. “I don’t even know how to dress it up or make it even vague. It’s very iced. I’ve got about four other movies I’m trying to do.”

It’s years of updates that led to what will no doubt arrive as a disappointing announcement for many, even if it’s not too surprising. Going on six years with little more than the occasional minor promise never spelled a bright future for Waititi’s Star Wars. When Kennedy said she thought the project was “still somewhat alive” amid her Lucasfilm exit, fans started to expect the worst.

None of this is to say Waititi hasn’t stayed busy in the years between. In 2022, he launched Thor: Love and Thunder, with his Next Goal Wins movie then following the next year. Klara and the Sun will bring Jenna Ortega, Amy Adams, Steve Buscemi, and the rest of its all-star cast to theaters October 23, 2026, even if negative reviews have cast shade on its premiere. Early reception has landed it with a painful 23% on Rotten Tomatoes after 12 reviews so far.

For now, it’s unclear if his Star Wars movie will ever come to be. Even he sounded a bit unsure of what the future holds, adding, “Ice ages do come to an end. Who knows?”

Photo by Stefania D’Alessandro/Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Street Fighter Tops the Box Office Opening Weekend Amid Lackluster Reviews

Capcom’s Street Fighter movie spun up $51.1 million in its opening weekend, securing its place atop the global box office despite some not-so-great reviews.

Ryu (Andrew Koji), Ken (Noah Centineo), and the rest of the film’s massive cast grappled with an estimated $31 million domestically and $20.1 million internationally in its theatrical debut. That’s a figure that landed it a comfortable first place worldwide, even if it’s not a perfect victory across the board.

As audiences turned up for performances – including Callina Liang’s Chun-Li, David Dastmalchian’s M. Bison, and Jason Momoa’s Blanka – not everyone was so happy with how director Kitao Sakurai brought Capcom’s classic fighting game franchise to the big screen. In its first few days in the public’s gaze, Street Fighter has amassed a critics’ score of 44 on IMDb and 41% on Rotten Tomatoes. IGN gave it a 6/10.

Street Fighter Images

That’s serviceable as far as gaming adaptations go and sub-par in the grand scheme. Generally, fans are feeling pretty positive about what they’ve seen thanks to some crisp animation and fight sequences. “Dumb fun” is one phrase floating around for the film, which doesn’t seem to be for everyone but has still pulled in 79% positivity from audiences, according to Rotten Tomatoes.

For comparison (and because Street Fighter actor Andrew Schulz has it on everyone’s minds), the 2021 Mortal Kombat movie earned $22.5 million domestically in its post-lockdown-era debut. Mortal Kombat 2, which continued that story earlier this year, opened to $63 million globally, coming in second place behind The Devil Wears Prada 2.

That gives Mortal Kombat the edge over its Capcom competitor in terms of direct box office performance worldwide as the teams behind both projects tease ideas for a crossover. The real test for Street Fighter will be its performance in the weeks ahead. Paramount, Legendary, and Capcom made the adaptation with a production budget of $82 million, according to Deadline. We’re not quite at that number yet, and if word of those bad reviews spreads too far, the video game movie’s fight for a sequel might be more of an uphill battle than expected.

While Street Fighter takes the top box office spot, also in theaters this weekend is Nathan Fielder’s You Can See Everything. A mind-bending look into the life of controversial Theranos creator Elizabeth Holmes and her partner, Billy Evans, the dark-comedy documentary has enraptured moviegoers with $15 million domestically.

That’s a number that puts it well below the wide appeal garnered by Street Fighter, but considering the three-hour Fielder doc opened to just 855 theaters compared to the video game movie’s 3,575, it’s hard not to see You Can See Everything as a more impressive success story. Its production budget reportedly totaled less than $10 million, with its marketing budget also said to be around that same number.

Reviews for the movie are showing incredible positivity, too, with movie reviewer social media platform Letterboxd boasting that You Can See Everything quickly emerged as its highest-rated feature film. IGN’s review returned a “Masterpiece” rating of 10/10. We called it “a jaw-dropping, intimate investigative doc” that “finds TV host Nathan Fielder searching the deep-blue eyes of Silicon Valley scammer Elizabeth Holmes for mysterious answers.”

The Biggest Movies Coming in 2026

Fielder’s latest is only available as a limited release for now. The plan is for it to get a much wider release in the near future, with one Deadline source saying, “Who knows where this will go.”

Elsewhere in theaters, moviegoers have had the opportunity to watch two Capcom adaptations as Resident Evil continues its successful run. While star Austin Abrams rides that wave of success, his other picture, Whalefall, which debuted this weekend, only managed to wash up $17.5 million on its $60 million budget.

For more on Street Fighter, you can read why we think it makes a mistake that Mortal Kombat already learned from. You can also see our breakdown of its ending and our list of the best movies of the year.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Silent Hill Remake Studio Wants Physical Games for as Long as Possible

Silent Hill developer Bloober Team wants to make physical versions of its games “for as long as possible.”

Studio CEO Piotr Babieno opened up about the company’s appreciation for physical media and collectibles during an interview with GamesRadar. He started his thoughts by touching on how the gaming landscape and player desires have changed as technology has advanced over the years, explaining that “we have reached a moment where you can’t really do much more” in terms of visual and auditory fidelity.

“Like, OK, the game can have a slightly higher resolution and maybe better lighting and whatever, but will it make it a more engaging game? I don’t think so,” Babieno said.

The Best Silent Hill Games

The CEO for the studio behind the Silent Hill 2 remake and its in-development original Silent Hill remake also talked about how stats show “the majority of players are playing on hardware which is five, seven years old, if not older.” He continued, saying, “But are they less interested in games because of that? I don’t think so.”

As AI shapes a new, controversial future in the gaming industry, the Bloober executive seems to be more interested in “thinking about other senses.” It’s this mindset that the team has carried into its new Nintendo Switch 2-exclusive 2.5D horror game, Onyx: The Dark Group. For this experience, which comes from Bloober subsidiary Broken Mirror Games, it’s become about “putting horror back in your hands.”

“As humans, we have four other senses, and AI can deliver something for what you see, for what you hear, but why not touch?” Babieno said. “I think the physical element of gaming will always, always be there.”

When the conversation turned to the topic of physical games – which has become a hot-button issue in the wake of Sony’s decision to kill disc releases for PlayStation games, as well as Rockstar’s disc-less approach to Grand Theft Auto 6 – Babieno admitted he does see why some are beginning to favor digital releases. After all, as he said, “digital distribution is much easier, much cheaper, and will be more profitable for everyone.”

For Babieno, it’s hard not to think about how game collecting has affected him, personally, when looking to the future.

“Collecting games also [made] an emotional connection between the game and me, between the studio which produced the game and me,” he said. “This little emotional touch is so important that, I think in some way, we would lose the opportunity of being closer with our fans [without it]. So, if we are able to produce a [physical] retail version of our games, we would like to make them for as long as possible.”

Silent Hill 2 Remake

Also during the interview, Broken Mirror’s executive director, Tymon Smektala, who left Dying Light developer Techland to join the Bloober company earlier this year, said that he and Babieno both share a love for game collecting.

“Like, if I could unblur my screen, you would see lots of stuff behind me and I have lots of stuff that’s not even in the camera, so this is what gaming is to us,” he said during the video interview. “This is the gaming I know, and this is the gaming I expect. And as long as it will be possible, and as long as the big decision makers will allow us to have that, then of course I’ll be into that.”

Bloober’s Silent Hill 2 remake was initially released for PC and PlayStation 5 in 2024 and received physical disc support at the time. Supporting that angle for future games will officially become more complicated when Sony ends support for PlayStation discs in 2028. The Silent Hill 1 remake was announced in June of last year and currently remains without a release date. It’s unclear if it will be out before Sony ends support on its end.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Best Deals Today: The Adventures of Elliot, Pikmin 4, Mouse: P.I. For Hire, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save big on Pikmin 4, The Adventures of Elliot, Doom: The Dark Ages, Final Fantasy VII Rebirth, Star Wars Zero Company, and more. Check out our top picks for Sunday, October 18, below.

The Adventures of Elliot: The Millennium Tales On Sale for the First Time

The Adventures of Elliot: The Millennium Tales – Amazon Exclusive Edition (Nintendo Switch 2)

0

The Adventures of Elliot: The Millennium Tales was released this June, and for the first time, you can pick up a copy of the game on sale! Amazon has copies for all platforms discounted to $44.99 today, which is a great price for this action-based HD-2D game. In our 8/10 review, we wrote, “The Adventures of Elliot: The Millennium Tales isn’t without blemishes, but it’s still a great action-adventure game that continues to prove why the HD-2D art style is among the best around.”

Pikmin 4 for $39.88

Pikmin 4 – Nintendo Switch [Digital]

0

Walmart has digital copies of Pikmin 4 for Nintendo Switch on sale for $39.88 today. This is just in time before next month’s release of Pikmin 4 – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition + Dandori Academy. If you grab a copy today, you’ll be able to score the Switch 2 upgrade pack for $9.99. That beats paying $70 for a copy any day.

Doom: The Dark Ages – Premium Edition for $31.49

DOOM: The Dark Ages – Premium Edition

1

Fanatical has Doom: The Dark Ages – Premium Edition on sale today for $31.49. This edition packs in the base game, this Summer’s Revelations DLC, and a few other bonuses, too. If you have not had a chance to check out id Software’s latest, it’s hard to beat this deal. The Revelations DLC is a great time.

Star Wars Zero Company for $47.97

Star Wars Zero Company – PS5

0

Star Wars Zero Company is one of the biggest sleeper hits of the year, and you can save $12 off a physical copy today at Amazon. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Star Wars Zero Company is an excellent tactical game that does a fantastic job of slathering on the same cinematic look and feel we saw in Respawn’s Star Wars Jedi games, incorporating strong characters and a storyline that’s refreshingly centered on non-Force users and a non-traditional villain.”

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth Switch 2 Copies on Sale for $34.96

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth – Nintendo Switch 2

0

Includes MTG: FF Zack Fair Card

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Nintendo Switch 2 is on sale today for $34.99 at Walmart. This physical version of the game includes an exclusive Zack Fair Magic: The Gathering – Final Fantasy card, which is perfect for fans and collectors alike. If you’ve yet to experience this massive RPG, take a chance and pick up a copy this weekend at a discount. It’s pretty great exploring beyond Midgar on the Switch 2, just saying.

007 The Daniel Craig Collection 4K Blu-ray for $30.81

007 The Daniel Craig Collection – 4K UHD Blu-ray

0

If you’ve been looking for a fantastic new 4K Blu-ray to add to your collection, look no further than 007 The Daniel Craig Collection. You’re getting Casino Royale, Quantum of Solace, Skyfall, and Spectre all for $30.81. The unrated and extended version of Casino Royale is even included.

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter for $39.99

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter – PlayStation 5

1

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter is the first entry in the beloved Trails series, and last year’s remake brought new life to the original game. With 2nd Chapter out now, today is a great time to dive into this wonderful RPG series.

Save on Mouse: P.I. For Hire Physical Copies

Mouse: P.I. For Hire – PlayStation 5

0

Amazon has Mouse: P.I. For Hire copies on sale for $24.99 this weekend. This was one of the most anticipated games of the year, with its 1930s cartoon-aesthetic very eye-catching. In our review, we wrote, “Mouse: P.I. for Hire nails the aesthetics of both the 1930s cartoons and the detective stories that inspired it, and it’s also an amusing boomer shooter that largely feels good as you’re playing it.”

Save $10 off Ocarina of Time Remake Physical Copies

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time (Switch 2)

82

Similar to previous Nintendo Switch 2 physical releases, Amazon has The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time available for $59.99 right now. This deal will end on release date, which is quickly approaching with us now in October. If you’ve yet to experience this masterpiece or are diving back into Hyrule, the Ocarina of Time remake is sure to be one of the most talked-about games of 2026.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer covering games and technology. When he’s not writing for IGN, he runs Final Weapon, a site focused on Japanese games and anime. His favorite series include Xeno, Fate, Final Fantasy, and far too many RPGs to list.

Quentin Tarantino Wants to Live Before Making 10th and Final Film

Quentin Tarantino has confirmed he’s “written a script” for his 10th and final film, but he’s going to “live” a little before making it.

The Once Upon a Time… in Hollywood and Kill Bill filmmaker teased his plans for his long-in-development finale movie during an appearance on The Graham Norton Show. He said he has a script for a film he “could” do, and it’s one he also happens to “really, really like,” but he’s got a checklist of things to take care of before diving into it.

“I’ve written a script that I could do that I really, really like, but I have to do the play and see who I am, right?” Tarantino said, referencing his upcoming West End play, The Popinjay Cavalier.

Quentin Tarantino. Photo by Frazer Harrison/Getty Images for Epic Games.

“I’ll finish the play, and then I’ll go back, be with my family for a while, and then live and then see what that guy wants to do.”

The director’s words were in response to a question from show host Graham Norton, who asked about his “10th” and “final film.” Tarantino didn’t skip a beat when conjuring up his reply, suggesting that, yes, the plan is still for his next film to be his last whenever it does eventually hit screens.

For reference, The Popinjay Cavalier is set to start previews February 23, 2027, and then open one month later, March 18. That means we’ve got some waiting to do before Tarantino will begin the “then live” phase of his pre-movie plan. How long it will be before he then decides on a script, begins production, and settles on a release date remains to be seen, but don’t expect to hear any significant updates for a while.

Tarantino mentioned wanting to finish his career as a movie director at film number 10 a few years before the release of his eighth film, The Hateful Eight, in 2014. As Once Upon a Time… in Hollywood came and went as his ninth project in 2019, his decision to put a cap on his big-screen presence has only become more controversial amongst fans.

Ranking the Movies of Quentin Tarantino

A filmmaker with a very specific number of trend-setters – including Pulp Fiction, Inglourious Basterds, and Django Unchained – the idea of intentionally ending his time as an artist has been deemed confusing and disappointing. That doesn’t seem to have phased Tarantino one bit, and the time it’s taken for him to get started on the final project suggests he’s not in any rush to get started.

Rumors surrounding his enigmatic 10th once had moviegoers expecting him to direct what Simon Pegg called a “bats**t crazy” Star Trek film before the director eventually debunked those alleged plans himself. He was also once said to be making a project called The Movie Critic before it, too, was scrapped.

It will be some time before Tarantino directs another movie for theaters, but that doesn’t mean an opportunity to see his work on the big screen is too far away. The Further Mis-Adventures of Cliff Booth, a Once Upon a Time… in Hollywood follow-up written by Tarantino and directed by David Fincher, will premiere next month.

Photo by Frazer Harrison/Getty Images for Epic Games.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Developer Cancels Steam Demo After AI Copycat Concerns

The developer behind Russian roulette anime game Drunken Goddess Reflux has canceled its plans for a public Steam demo, citing concerns over potential AI copycats.

Alliance Arts and Who You’s path to launch has seemingly been mostly bump-free since it was announced back in April. Featuring ghostly pinks and purples and a gameplay premise described as “shot glass Russian roulette with a demon who loves you enough to kill you,” the recent reveal that it would launch this December only made its future feel clearer.

Part of that release date announcement included the promise that a demo would launch October 19, but as explained in an update post on Steam, those plans have changed. What was originally intended to be a public release for the Drunken Goddess Reflux demo has now been canceled in favor of a “closed play session for a limited number of participants.” It’s a last-minute move Alliance Arts apologized for, but its concerns related to rapidly advancing AI technology were simply too great to ignore.

Drunken Goddess Reflux – Steam Screenshots

“We are concerned that, based on the content of the demo, works imitating or replicating this game’s presentation and gameplay could be quickly produced using AI or other tools and released ahead of the game’s launch,” the developers said in their list of concerns.

In other words, sending a demo out into the wild could open the door for nefarious individuals to use AI to generate a low-effort clone or copycat experience. For a team hoping for a successful launch in just a few months, someone coming in to steal its thunder could potentially throw a wrench into things.

Alliance Arts’ fears emerge amid a time when AI is seeping into the gaming industry in ways most may not have ever expected. For example, mods – including mashups of Elden Ring and Super Mario 64 or Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 and Skate – have regularly gone viral on social media in recent weeks. With the controversial technology expanding in new, unforeseen ways every day, it’s a risk the Drunken Goddess Reflux weren’t willing to take.

Another bullet point concern listed in its message detailed restrictions on posting and streaming gameplay videos, but as the team explained, they “are not currently in a position to properly handle and manage those restrictions.” With limited resources to keep nearly unrestricted access to a demo in check, Alliance Arts is moving forward with that closed demo.

“We will therefore hold online play sessions in a closed environment,” the developer added, “open to those who have reviewed and agreed in advance to the participation requirements and the rules on posting and streaming gameplay videos.”

Players interested in trying the demonic drinking game out were encouraged to join the Discord server presented in the Steam post. Otherwise, Drunken Goddess Reflux is still scheduled to launch on PC via Steam December 8, 2026.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Battlefield 6 Devs Respond After Players Take Aim at Controversial Cosmetics

The Battlefield 6 team has responded after players took aim at a few controversial cosmetics added in Season 5.

Battlefield Studios took to its official Discord server to offer background information on two skins that caused a stir with the launch of Battlefield 6 Season 5 this past week (via MP1st). The full text confirmed at least one of the issues has a fix in the works, while the other will seemingly remain the same.

The cosmetics – one with what appeared to be a typo in the word “security” and another featuring infantry sporting a whopping five pistol holsters – were officially added October 13 and almost immediately drew ire from fans. It’s that pesky misspelling, which took the shape of the non-existent word “security” on the armband of a McNeil skin, that the developers say will be fixed when Battlefield 6 Season 5 launches in November.

Secuty 😭 It’s AI

#Battlefield6 https://t.co/8DVphghCSU

— Battlefield Intel (@BattlefieldInte) October 13, 2026

“You called it out clearly, and we hear your concerns,” the message, acknowledging the memes and conversations surrounding the new skins, said.

The note continued: “To be completely frank: Items that miss the mark like this do not reflect the quality standards you expect from us, or that we set for ourselves. We take pride in the craft of our world and our gear, and seeing visual oddities slip through is frustrating for everyone. We are currently examining our internal processes and workflows to pinpoint how these issues occurred and to see how we can tighten our quality control process going forward. Thank you for holding us to high standards.”

It’s a quick acknowledgement – and a promise for a quick fix – that should calm some concerns in the community. The communication from BF Studios and EA, however, did not address how exactly the typo happened in the first place or if there is any merit to the new generative AI accusations launched by fans in the aftermath.

💀 BRO IS CARRYING 5 PISTOLS! WHO APPROVED THIS SKIN? 😭

#Battlefield6 https://t.co/b6o94OkV1o

— Battlefield Intel (@BattlefieldInte) October 13, 2026

The other cosmetic that caught fans’ eyes this week was the Midnight Mirage skin and its incredible five pistol holsters. It…felt like a bit much at the time, and its presence alongside the typo skin didn’t do it any favors. Battlefield 6 players have kept the first-person shooter’s outfits in the conversation since it launch last October, so mistake or not, an outfit like this was bound to draw some attention. As far as BF Studios is concerned, though, that design was not a mistake at all.

“This is an intentional creative concept—a nod to over-the-top action movie tropes where an operative inexplicably has another backup weapon strapped to every spare inch of gear,” the message explained. “That said, we understand how this could look unintentional when released alongside other cosmetic anomalies.”

That’s where the conversation surrounding Midnight Mirage seems to end, so don’t expect any of those pistols to be dropped anytime soon. The team then signed off promising to keep an eye on community response in the future.

Battlefield 6 Wicked Grin Changes Since Launch

“As we continue to try out new ideas to see what interests the community, you help us continue to evolve our cosmetics in Battlefield,” they said. “Thank you for your continued feedback and support.”

Battlefield 6 Season 5 launched last week and, like the seasonal content drops before it, will roll out over three waves. The first is already out and added the Vegas Strip and Area 51 maps, as well as a Dead Space crossover. New map European Casino will then arrive alongside a new event and tools come November 10. December 8 will see the addition of map updates for Blackwell Fields and New Sobek City, with more content and other changes also on the way.

IGN gave Battlefield 6 multiplayer an 8/10 review. At the time, we said, “With well-layered action and dynamic destruction, Battlefield 6’s multiplayer hits in all the places where it counts most.”

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Best Deals Today: Cyberpunk 2077 for Switch 2, Pikmin 4, Star Wars Zero Company, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save big on Pikmin 4, Cyberpunk 2077 for Switch 2, Doom: The Dark Ages, Star Wars Zero Company, and more. Check out our top picks for Saturday, October 17, below.

Pikmin 4 for $39.88

Pikmin 4 – Nintendo Switch [Digital]

0

Walmart has digital copies of Pikmin 4 for Nintendo Switch on sale for $39.88 today. This is just in time before next month’s release of Pikmin 4 – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition + Dandori Academy. If you grab a copy today, you’ll be able to score the Switch 2 upgrade pack for $9.99. That beats paying $70 for a copy any day.

Cyberpunk 2077: Ultimate Edition for Switch 2 Hits 365 Day Low

Cyberpunk 2077: Ultimate Edition- Nintendo Switch 2

0

Today, you can score a physical copy of Cyberpunk 2077: Ultimate Edition for Switch 2 for $53.42, which is a 365 day low for the platform. This version of the game packs in both Cyberpunk 2077 and the Phantom Liberty expansion. To date, I find this to still be one of the best third party ports for the Switch 2, and it’s all on cart!

Doom: The Dark Ages – Premium Edition for $31.49

DOOM: The Dark Ages – Premium Edition

1

Fanatical has Doom: The Dark Ages – Premium Edition on sale today for $31.49. This edition packs in the base game, this Summer’s Revelations DLC, and a few other bonuses, too. If you have not had a chance to check out id Software’s latest, it’s hard to beat this deal. The Revelations DLC is a great time.

Star Wars Zero Company for $47.97

Star Wars Zero Company – PS5

0

Star Wars Zero Company is one of the biggest sleeper hits of the year, and you can save $12 off a physical copy today at Amazon. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Star Wars Zero Company is an excellent tactical game that does a fantastic job of slathering on the same cinematic look and feel we saw in Respawn’s Star Wars Jedi games, incorporating strong characters and a storyline that’s refreshingly centered on non-Force users and a non-traditional villain.”

007 The Daniel Craig Collection 4K Blu-ray for $30.81

007 The Daniel Craig Collection – 4K UHD Blu-ray

0

If you’ve been looking for a fantastic new 4K Blu-ray to add to your collection, look no further than 007 The Daniel Craig Collection. You’re getting Casino Royale, Quantum of Solace, Skyfall, and Spectre all for $30.81. The unrated and extended version of Casino Royale is even included.

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake for $30

DRAGON QUEST I & II HD-2D Remake (PS5)

0

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake is a very ambitious pair of remakes, breathing new life into these classics. Dragon Quest II especially saw huge additions to its story, making this the definitive version of the game. Amazon has PS5 copies for $30, which is the best price we’ve seen since release.

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter for $39.99

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter – PlayStation 5

1

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter is the first entry in the beloved Trails series, and last year’s remake brought new life to the original game. With 2nd Chapter out now, today is a great time to dive into this wonderful RPG series.

Save $10 off Ocarina of Time Remake Physical Copies

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time (Switch 2)

82

Similar to previous Nintendo Switch 2 physical releases, Amazon has The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time available for $59.99 right now. This deal will end on release date, which is quickly approaching with us now in October. If you’ve yet to experience this masterpiece or are diving back into Hyrule, the Ocarina of Time remake is sure to be one of the most talked-about games of 2026.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer covering games and technology. When he’s not writing for IGN, he runs Final Weapon, a site focused on Japanese games and anime. His favorite series include Xeno, Fate, Final Fantasy, and far too many RPGs to list.

Ben Affleck’s Batman Movie Plot Details Revealed by Joe Manganiello

Joe Manganiello has revealed new plot details about Ben Affleck’s canceled Batman movie, including information about an Arkham Asylum-inspired fight with Deathstroke and the DCEU’s Batgirl.

The actor, who was cast as Slade Wilson before the comic book movie universe was rebooted with the DCU, talked about his time working with Affleck on the canned project in his new book, Bloodlines: A Memoir. Entertainment Weekly shared excerpts from the book, which said the Batman movie would have been packed with reveals – and even a death – for some of Bruce Wayne’s closest allies.

Affleck’s plan for his standalone Caped Crusader flick would have seen Batman primarily tangling with Deathstroke after the character was first teased in a Justice League end-credits sequence. He described the narrative as “a superhero version of David Fincher’s The Game” focused on Deathstroke trying to “dismantle Batman’s entire life.”

Deathstroke in Justice League. Image courtesy of Joe Manganiello.

This is a plot description Manganiello has shared before, but now we know that the iconic DC villain had it out for Batman because he had been led to believe that he murdered his son. Affleck’s Bruce Wayne has been known to take lives in the past, but how involved he would have been with the killing of Slade’s son is unclear. It sounds like that wouldn’t have stopped Deathstroke from tearing Gotham apart to get revenge.

Slade’s rampage would have also seen him breaking his way into Bruce’s ever-secretive Batcave and even taking his butler, Alfred Pennyworth, hostage. This Alfred likely would have been the one played by Jeremy Irons in movies like Batman v. Superman: Dawn of Justice and Justice League. Another part that would have probably returned in Affleck’s canceled movie is J.K. Simmons’ Jim Gordon. According to Manganiello, Deathstroke would have killed the Gotham City Police commissioner at some point during the events of the film.

Affleck was never able to put his Batman movie together, but these details suggest the project was planned, at least at one point, to be pretty busy for a standalone superhero outing. Adding to the chaos would have been a new Batgirl, who would have joined Batman for a fight against Deathstroke that would nearly kill them both before they “escape via an aboveground train.”

DCEU Movie Teases That Were Never Paid Off

Comic book movie watchers will remember that Batgirl never made an appearance in the DCEU – at least not officially. An also-canceled standalone movie focused on the character was once in development with Leslie Grace in the titular role before Warner Bros. made the infamous decision to pull the plug well into production.

Set photos and early details for that film had Michael Keaton’s Bruce Wayne back in the Batsuit and Simmons back as Gordon, so it’s hard to say exactly how it would have fit into the DCEU should it have been released. Whether Grace would have played the character in Affleck’s Batman movie is also unclear.

For the Affleck movie, Manganiello went as far as to explain the movie’s final fight sequence, which he described as a “climactic one-on-one showdown through the streets of Gotham. Affleck apparently told the actor that this particular fight sequence would have been inspired by what Entertainment Weekly described as a “CGI fight sequence from the Batman: Arkham Asylum video game helmed by Tim Miller.”

The fight scene referenced here might be a well-known moment from the first trailer for Batman: Arkham Origins, which featured a lengthy scrap between Deathstroke and Batman in a snowy shipyard. Considering Affleck’s movie was canceled and reworked into what eventually became Robert Pattinson and Matt Reeves’ The Batman in 2022, we may never know what the film would have looked like, but Manganiello recalls being hopeful at the time.

“It sounded good to me,” Manganiello writes. “I told Ben how great I thought his films were, especially The Town, and how I was really looking forward to seeing his Best Picture version of a Batman movie.”

When the Deathstroke actor told Affleck that writing, directing, producing, and starring in a big-budget DC superhero movie sounded like a lot to handle, the Batman actor reportedly replied, “Yeah, I know…But don’t worry, you’re in good hands. You’re in good hands, man.”

Batman: Ranking the Movie Batsuits

Although so much about what a standalone Batman movie under Affleck’s wing would have looked like remains shrouded in mystery, we’ve learned quite a bit about the process in recent weeks. Affleck said just days ago that reshoots for Justice League marked the lowest point in his career. Manganiello also spoke more about what it felt like to be cast as Deathstroke and then elaborated on his experience post-cancellation.

We’ll probably never get a DCEU Batman movie, but there is still plenty more of the Caped Crusader coming to live-action. DC Studios bosses James Gunn and Peter Safran are still working to put together The Brave and the Bold and The Batman Part 2, for example. Set photos from the latter suggest Pattinson’s Batsuit may have some new Arkham Asylum-inspired armor.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Ghost of Yotei Sales Lag but Are Still Strong on PS5, Analyst Estimates Show

Ghost of Yōtei sales appear to be trailing behind Ghost of Tsushima, but that doesn’t mean it’s not still pulling big numbers on PlayStation 5.

That’s according to Alinea Analytics head of marketing analysis Rhys Elliott, who shared data related to Sucker Punch Productions’ 2025 sequel on X/Twitter. Although this is sales information that has yet to be confirmed by Sony, it may still give us a peek behind the curtain at how Ghost of Yōtei has fared on PS5.

The result: Sucker Punch’s action follow-up has done well in its first year, even if it hasn’t quite managed to pass up its predecessor. Alinea’s analysis puts Ghost of Yōtei sales at about 5.4 million units, generating $407 million in revenue so far. Highlights from that update put the physical slice at a notable 36.8%, while PlayStation Store discounts remain largely few and far between.

Ghost of Yōtei Complete Edition Screenshots

Around 500,000 copies were sold in Q3 2026 alone. Alinea also reported that 50,000 players have picked up the digital Complete Edition – which comes with new content, including the recently released Echoes of Sekigahara expansion – in the two weeks since PlayStation launched it as a replacement for the digital base game. With the analysis estimating that around 6% of its existing base returned to play the new content, it seems Ghost of Yōtei is going strong – but there is more to the story.

Ghost of Tsushima, which launched in a market still coming to grips with pandemic lockdowns in July 2020, had generated about $418 million by the same point in its lifespan, Elliott added in a follow-up post. Factoring in Yōtei’s base price of $70 vs Tsushima’s base price of $60, as well as any discounts that followed, the latter is estimated to have sold almost 7 million copies by this point.

That puts Tsushima moving at a much faster pace in terms of raw units sold, but there is more at play here, especially considering revenue is almost neck and neck.

How do Ghost of Yotei’s revenues compare to Tsushima’s?

Our estimates (@alineaanalytics) show that Yotei has generated revenue of $407M. At this point, launch-aligned, Ghost of Tsushima had made $418M, so about 3% more.

As Yotei costs $70, and has had just two discounts, and Tsushima was $60 at launch (and was already discounted to $45 less than three months post-launch), Tsushima had sold more copies at this point. Nearly 7M versus Yotei’s 5.4M.

This is about 26% more revenue per buyer, which is consistent with PlayStation’s goal of extracting more revenue per player.

While that’s quite the gap in terms of copies, it’s worth noting that by this point in Tsushima’s lifecycle, there were about 117M PS4s and 10M PS5s in the wild, versus the nearly 100M PS5s currently out there right now (Yotei’s only platform).

That said, Yotei’s revenue is beginning to flatten more than Tsushima’s did, but perhaps the GTA-driven influx of new PS5s will soften that.

Yotei has proven to be an evergreen seller in a crowded market, shifting 1.8M copies this year ($121M in revenue) despite having just two small discounts and competing with what is one of the busiest and highest-quality release calendars … ever.

So yeah, anyone who says that Ghost of Yotei is a flop is flat-out wrong.

(Note: the Y-axis starts at $392M. Otherwise, the chart wouldn’t be readable, as the numbers are so close)

— Rhys Elliott (@superhys) October 16, 2026

“While that’s quite the gap in terms of copies, it’s worth noting that by this point in Tsushima’s lifecycle, there were about 117M PS4s and 10M PS5s in the wild, versus the nearly 100M PS5s currently out there right now (Yōtei’s only platform),” Elliott explained. “That said, Yōtei’s revenue is beginning to flatten more than Tsushima’s did, but perhaps the GTA-driven influx of new PS5s will soften that.”

In other words, although Ghost of Tsushima had managed to move more copies by this point after its launch, Ghost of Yōtei is holding its own. Early estimates after the sequel’s launch also had it falling in line with the original game, with Sony going on to confirm in February of this year that the follow-up “exceeded” Tsushima’s sales and “significantly contributed” to its financial results for that quarter. As Elliott clarified today, “anyone who says that Ghost of Yōtei is a flop is flat-out wrong.”

Ghost of Yōtei launched in October 2025 and is exclusive to PS5. IGN gave it an 8/10 review, saying, “A predictable but well-executed story takes you through Ghost of Yotei’s gorgeous landscapes and satisfying, fluid action – it may not be revolutionizing open world games, but it’s a great distillation of the samurai fantasy.” It recently added a new armor set based on PlayStation’s The Last of Us.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

7 Crazy Movie Premises That Actually Worked

“A young man is swallowed by a whale while searching for his father’s remains deep in the ocean.”

That is the elevator pitch for Whalefall, starring Austin Abrams (Resident Evil) and co-written by Daniel Kraus and director Brian Duffield (No One Will Save You). Set for release on October 16, the film is based on Kraus’ 2023 novel, inspired by a viral video of kayakers seemingly being swallowed by a whale. Whalefall’s central conceit is one writers and directors are challenged by, and often dream of, because it raises the questions: Can I pull this off? And how can I make this work? In other words, the absolutely bonkers premise is fertile ground for real creative risk and opportunity.

Read our Whalefall Review

Of course, Whalefall isn’t the first or only film to take a big leap. Throughout cinema history, bold filmmakers have swung for the fences and connected. Too many for just one list, in fact. Children of Men, Groundhog Day, Parasite, The Truman Show, Tie Me Up! Tie Me Down!, Spirited Away, The City of Lost Children, The Stepford Wives, Inside Out, Poor Things, Everything Everywhere All at Once, and many more could easily have made this list. The following is a small sample of films that successfully stepped out of standard storytelling boxes.

Dr. Strangelove or: How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Bomb (1964)

“Gentlemen, you can’t fight in here! This is the War Room!”

Positive that communists are poisoning the “precious bodily fluids” of the American populace, General Jack D. Ripper launches an unauthorized nuclear attack on the U.S.S.R., triggering an increasingly farcical crisis which culminates in a dunce’s doomsday, an apocalypse driven by insane idiots and a Nazi.

One of cinema’s great political satires, Dr. Strangelove opened in 1964, about a year and a half after the Cuban Missile Crisis, when the world held its breath, wondering if we really were going to self-destruct. Stripping away the reasoned tones that politicians of the day used to discuss nightmare scenarios, Dr. Strangelove captures the powerless fear of a populace, and exposes geopolitics for what it so often is: utterly unhinged and stupid (possibly drunk), and treating mass casualty as if it is a child’s game to win or lose.

The film cost $1.8 million to make and earned more than $9 million at the domestic box office. Though it was shut out at the Academy Awards with four nominations and zero wins, it earned several nominations and four wins at the BAFTAs, including Best British Film and Best Film from Any Source. Upon release, reviewers were polarized: some found genius in the dark comedy, while others were disturbed by its treatment of the very real threat of nuclear war. Over time, it has become director Stanley Kubrick’s highest-rated film on Rotten Tomatoes, at 98%, and was deemed so influential that the National Film Registry selected it as one of its first 25 films in 1989. Director Michael Mann went so far as to say he wasn’t really interested in movies until he saw Dr. Strangelove. It remains a standard-bearer for satire. It captures essential truth, if not (necessarily) objective reality. As for reality, military officials criticized the film upon release, yet, coincidentally or not, made internal changes that mapped to the vulnerabilities Dr. Strangelove exposed.

Who Framed Roger Rabbit (1988)

In a world where sentient cartoons live alongside humans, Eddie Valiant – an alcoholic private detective with a vendetta against toons – is hired to investigate a sultry cartoon femme fatale, Jessica Rabbit, who may be cuckolding her stuttering rabbit husband, Roger. When her alleged lover is found dead, Valiant is forced to protect the unruly rabbit and drawn into a sinister toon conspiracy.

Roger Rabbit was a hit with audiences and critics alike right out of the gate, and stands at 96% on Rotten Tomatoes. Praised for its visionary storytelling, which mixes zany cartoon comedy with classic noir tropes, and for its revolutionary technical achievement, the film left viewers spellbound. Though live action and animation had been integrated before, audiences had never seen anything quite like Roger Rabbit. Bob Hoskins’ emotional performance as the detective on a redemption arc was lauded, particularly in that he was acting, essentially, with empty space for much of the film. Kathleen Turner’s rich voice cemented Jessica Rabbit as an iconic animated character.

Made for $50 million ($70 million by some estimates), the film earned just over $350 million worldwide. It had six Academy Award nominations and three wins (plus a Special Achievement Academy Award for animation direction) and was added to the National Film Registry in 2016. Thanks to executive producer Steven Spielberg’s negotiations, it wowed audiences by bringing together animated characters from both Warner Bros. and Disney. Along with The Little Mermaid, it also helped usher in the Disney Animation renaissance. Similar releases followed, including 1992’s Cool World, starring Brad Pitt as a human detective and Kim Basinger as a cartoon femme fatale named Holli Would, and 1996’s Space Jam, which teamed Michael Jordan with the Looney Tunes. Arguably, the film that’s come closest to capturing Roger Rabbit’s appeal is the recent Coyote vs. Acme, but, for many, nothing truly touches the 1988 classic. According to director Robert Zemeckis, Stanley Kubrick deeply appreciated the film and, while watching it, searched for the hidden “sleight of hand” movie magic that made it all come together, before ultimately realizing it was “just an incredible amount of backbreaking work” that made Roger Rabbit possible.

It’s a Wonderful Life (1946)

A suicidal man embittered by career sacrifices and disappointments, and facing ruin and jail, meets with a fledgling angel (eager to advance in his own vocation) on Christmas Eve. In order for the latter to win the promotion he wants (get his wings), he must convince the former that there’s more to life than work and material success, and that his impact on the world has been sizable and good, despite all evidence to the contrary.

Perhaps that’s a hyperbolic synopsis, but the fact is, while director Frank Capra’s holiday favorite may be considered a sentimental classic today, audiences at the time of its release seemingly weren’t ready for this unorthodox take on Christmas cheer. Though it received mixed to somewhat positive reviews (particularly praising Jimmy Stewart’s lead performance) and ultimately earned five Oscar nominations, it won no Academy Awards beyond a Technical Achievement Award and was a box-office flop. RKO, the studio that released the film, reported a $525,000 loss. But It’s a Wonderful Life did nearly gain notoriety – via controversy, when the FBI flagged it to the House Un-American Activities Committee (which was investigating potential Communist influences in Hollywood), noting anti-capitalist undertones (as the film’s banker was the most hated character). Alas, it couldn’t even get negative PR, as the committee decided not to bring the creators in to testify.

The film was largely overlooked in the decades that followed. Capra himself was taken aback, if pleasantly so, when it finally found its audience. The full story is more complex, but, effectively, a clerical fluke meant the film’s copyright lapsed in 1974, making it cheap to run on television during the holidays, which it did for many years. The copyright situation was eventually resolved through the rights in the underlying story and music. By then, it had become a beloved standard. Distance gave viewers space to see what was always there. Audiences and critics alike recognized the special magic in the strange mix of sentimentality, whimsy, very real and deeply painful human despair, and the essential truth that we all desire to know, truly know, that our lives matter. In a 1999 essay, film critic Roger Ebert said this film belonged to a category that could withstand indefinite viewings: “Like great music, they improve with familiarity.” Years after it opened and flopped, It’s a Wonderful Life became a holiday television staple, drawing millions of viewers for its Christmas Eve broadcasts, and now holds a 94% rating on Rotten Tomatoes.

Being John Malkovich (1999)

While working a bland office job, struggling street puppeteer Craig Schwartz stumbles upon a portal to actor John Malkovich’s mind, where he can experience the celebrity’s life for exactly 15 minutes before being spat back out onto the New Jersey Turnpike. He and the co-worker he’s in love with start a business charging $200 per person for a visit into the actor’s experience. Eventually, multiple characters battle to permanently take over Malkovich’s life, creating a series of betrayals, identity crises, opportunities found and then lost, and the annihilation of the self.

Charlie Kaufman’s surreal screenplay is arguably one of the biggest swings on this list. Malkovich himself initially worried it would bomb, and the script circulated Hollywood with no takers. One exec reportedly asked, “Why the f— can’t it be Being Tom Cruise?” However, director Francis Ford Coppola got the script to his daughter’s then-boyfriend, Spike Jonze, who directed it and helped get it produced. The movie opened to great acclaim, presumably stunning skeptical industry players. It has a 94% on Rotten Tomatoes, with Roger Ebert calling it “endlessly inventive,” adding that “[it] has ideas enough for half a dozen films.” Critics celebrated its inventiveness, layered themes, and ensemble performances from John Cusack, Cameron Diaz, Catherine Keener, and, of course, John Malkovich.

It cost $13 million to produce and went on to earn either $23 million or $32 million globally (depending on the source). It didn’t win any of its three Oscar nominations, but it won Best First Feature and Best First Screenplay at the Independent Spirit Awards. It appears on multiple “best of” lists, including Empire magazine’s 500 Greatest Movies of All Time and the Writers Guild of America’s 101 Greatest Screenplays Ever Written. Like Kaufman’s other films (two of which, Adaptation and Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind, nearly made this list), Being John Malkovich demonstrates what is possible when you follow even the most nonsensical threads of imagination.

The Raid: Redemption (2011)

A SWAT team, trapped in a hostile high-rise, must battle its way up the stairs to capture a crime lord; end of story. The Raid is unique on this list in that the plot isn’t a fit of wild imagination; rather, it has almost no plot at all. It has a premise and wall-to-wall unparalleled fight sequences. It grips the viewer and doesn’t let go for the entire runtime, leaving audiences breathless and feeling like they, too, just punched their way to victory. It’s exhilarating, near-perfect action that other films have chased for 15 years.

The Indonesian actioner cost $1.1 million to make, according to director Gareth Evans, and earned over $9 million worldwide at the box office, plus another $10 million in U.S. DVD and Blu-ray sales alone. No traditional narrative necessary. It stands at 87% on Rotten Tomatoes and performed well during its film festival run – Evans said he was “blown away” by the reception at the Toronto International Film Festival. The movie became an industry reference point, with John Wick director Chad Stahelski telling Den of Geek that directors unfamiliar with fight choreography would specifically ask for something like The Raid, among other iconic action films. Yayan Ruhian and Cecep Arif Rahman, two actors from The Raid franchise, were ultimately cast as two of Keanu Reeves’ adversaries in John Wick: Chapter 3 – Parabellum. The film is a beloved fan favorite and cultural touchstone for best-in-class hand-to-hand action.

Get Out (2017)

On a trip to visit his girlfriend’s parents, a talented photographer makes a horrific discovery: a group of Obama-voting white suburbanites has found a way to use misophonia-inducing teaspoons, hypnosis, and surgery to transplant the consciousness of wealthy, older white people into young, Black kidnappees, whose own psyches are sent into a purgatorial “sunken place.”

Director Jordan Peele’s groundbreaking debut became an instant cultural phenomenon, blending social commentary with genuinely entertaining horror. The director builds real suspense, psychological terror, and tension-releasing humor into a film that lays systemic racism bare through a deeply imaginative metaphor. It has a 98% on Rotten Tomatoes, and Peele made Academy Awards history as the first Black writer to win an Oscar for Best Original Screenplay. Get Out was also nominated for Best Picture, Best Director, and Best Actor (Daniel Kaluuya). In late 2021, the WGA named the script the #1 Greatest Screenplay of the 21st Century (So Far). Financially, Get Out was a juggernaut, making $255 million worldwide on a $4.5 million budget, and breaking The Blair Witch Project’s domestic record as the highest-grossing debut film based on an original screenplay.

Director Christopher Nolan had this to say of Get Out: “How often do you get the experience of seeing something that you have no idea where it’s going to go, and then it goes somewhere far more interesting than you ever imagined?”

Barbie (2023)

Faced with an unexpected existential crisis, Barbie must travel from the utopia of Barbieland into the “real” world to find and soothe the unhappy person playing with her so that she can once again experience the sweet oblivion of not thinking about death, or life, or meaning… and bask in thighs free of cellulite. Ken tags along and, upon discovering patriarchy, starts an uprising when he returns to Barbieland.

The overall sentiment when Barbie debuted was that this movie absolutely should not work. Yet it surprised and delighted audiences with its mix of subversive humor (that both acknowledges and reframes Barbie’s cultural impact), standout performances from producer and star Margot Robbie and Ryan Gosling (as Barbie and Ken), and an optimistic core. It inspired multiple viewings for many audience members, some of whom came to theaters decked out in celebratory pink. Doctor Strange director Scott Derrickson said the film was one of his two favorites that year, and an example of IP “treated with true brilliance,” calling it an “extraordinary movie on every level.”

Set against Oppenheimer in the summer’s race for dominance, affectionately known as Barbenheimer, the film catapulted to box office success. It was a risk for both Mattel and Warner Bros., who distributed it. They trusted co-writer and largely indie director Greta Gerwig, who’d never helmed a film this big, with an iconic but controversial doll and a $128 million budget. The bet paid off: Barbie earned a staggering $1.4 billion worldwide at the box office, holds an 88% on Rotten Tomatoes, and received eight Oscar nominations, winning Best Original Song for “What Was I Made For?” and taking home the first-ever Golden Globe for Cinematic and Box Office Achievement. Ultimately, the film’s pathos stayed with viewers. Barbie is the picture of stagnant perfection, so who better to take a messy journey where triumph lies in living the most mundane moments of a human life?

What are your favorite crazy movie premises that somehow worked? Let’s discuss in the comments!

World of Warcraft – The Interview

Dungeons & Dragons: World of Warcraft is less than a month away, and it already looks like it’s going to be a massive expansion to the tabletop game. But there are still a lot of questions about whether this new expansion is going to lean more towards the combat-oriented approach of the MMO or just be a traditional D&D game on Azeroth.

At New York Comic Con, I got a chance to sit down with Wizards of the Coast principal game designer James Wyatt to talk about the first Universes Beyond expansion for D&D. From how he was talking about the expansion, it really does sound more like a D&D game taking place on Azeroth than trying to shove WoW’s complicated mechanics and combat focus on the TTRPG.

Dungeons & Dragons: World of Warcraft Images

IGN: I know that there are a lot of people who play both WoW and D&D, and I’ve heard some WoW players say that this is going to get them into D&D. Does the Expansion have a good on-ramp for those players?

James Wyatt: That is not its purpose, but I think it is a fantastic on-ramp in terms of someone who’s a WoW player. Sitting down to make a D&D character, you’re like, “Okay, what’s a Tiefling? What’s a Dragonborn? And what do these classes mean?” Whereas if you have that foundation of here’s the WoW species, here’s the WoW classes, you know the kind of character you want to make right away. This can help you steer and make those choices as a new player. We also have a very brief introductory “What is D&D?” just in case you don’t know or for people who aren’t familiar with it. And we steer you to D&D Beyond in particular as a place to find resources to help you get started.

So yeah, we took this down for a playtest at Blizzard last fall in the early stages, and Blizzard employees who had signed up, they signed up blind for a playtest of something. They didn’t know what.

And so some of them were like, “Woo, D&D. Yes, I love D&D.” And others are like, “Okay, I’ve never played it before. How does this go?” And I always love playing with new players because they don’t know what they’re supposed to do. So they are more willing to try anything they can imagine, which to my mind is really what the game is all about.

I was just telling the story of the guy who was playing the Forsaken Warlock who decided that, because he had no lower jaw, he couldn’t properly cast spells. So his first spell backfired and knocked him down the stairs. And so then he tore off his own arm and threw it at the monster.

And, awesome! That’s Dungeons & Dragons in a nutshell. It’s not “What buttons do I have to press?” It’s “What can I imagine and how do I do that? What does it look like?”

IGN: Yeah. Speaking of the combat, I know that there’s a selection of dungeons that have been poured into the game, but obviously there are just too many dungeons in World of Warcraft to bring all of them over. So why did you pick the dungeons that you picked?

Wyatt: There were a couple of factors that went into that. One of them is that we started with this section on conflicts of Azeroth, which outlines the six conflicts that really have been the driving forces behind most of the expansions of WoW and talk about how they shape the world, and how you might bring them into a campaign.

All of the dungeons, I think, tie into these themes. That was one of the things that we used as a selection criteria is, does it reflect the themes of the conflicts that we’re trying to emphasize here? So that was one. I was looking at popularity ranking on some wiki as another factor, just trying to get at what Dungeons people love and what’s resonant for them. We started with a much larger list, made it smaller. So then it was what can we do in the space that we have and what works for the various level ranges of characters and that sort of thing.

Dungeons and Dragons: World of Warcraft – Sample Pages

IGN: There are some people who are probably going to want to see more of the raids. I think the only raid that I saw on the list was Onyxia’s Lair, I might be mistaken. But will people be able to create their own Icecrown Citadel?

Wyatt: Icecrown Citadel, we are doing as a digital download adventure. We have a separate map pack that has five double-sided poster maps that are the boss fights from Icecrown Citadel. And that comes with a code for a digital download of the Icecrown Citadel adventure. So you can play through that. But I ran Blackfathom Deeps 20 years ago. It was just downloading the map from the internet and making up stats for Nagas at the time. And so using the tools in this book, you can absolutely adapt any dungeon you want to.

IGN: I saw some people concerned that this will be too focused on combat and having prescriptive dungeons. What would you say to that?

Wyatt: I think that’s kind of the opposite of what we were going for, because the beauty of D&D is that when you walk into Shadowfang Keep, you can talk to anybody you meet, you can interact with anything you can see. And so the possibilities just open up tremendously over what a developer can program into any game, no matter how much care they’re putting into it, because you have a DM at the table who can improvise and decide what happens.

So the dungeons that are presented here are given a pretty light touch and it’s sort of like, okay, here’s the dungeon map, here’s the pins in the map that mark the bosses that we know you’re going to encounter at some point. And what happens in between is largely a matter of improv and that you can roll on tables to generate encounters if you want a combat encounter, but you can also do something where you’re exploring the environment in a way that you can’t necessarily do in the MMO.

IGN: I take it that even the adventure hooks that you have open on that page there of Dire Maul, I’m sure people can create their own adventure hooks and assign their own reputation rewards and everything like that.

Wyatt: Yeah.

IGN: So this is for people who are familiar with Dungeons & Dragons at large. This is more of a guideline of how to play a game within World of Warcraft than anything else.

Wyatt: Yes, exactly. It is a great big toolbox. I mean, that’s how I describe most of the books that I work on. I don’t write a lot of adventure products. I do a lot of source books, and really there’s that sense of we’ve got character options, we’ve got monsters, we’ve got dungeons you can explore. We’ve got guidelines for crafting your own campaign, and we’ve got just a big blank slate for you to play with.

IGN: World of Warcraft’s obviously an evolving game that never really sits in one place. This goes up to the beginning of Midnight. Obviously, there’s going to be more stories that come out over time. Are there going to be supplemental products or will it just be like, we gave you the tools, you know the story, kind of do your own thing with it?

Wyatt: Who knows? Okay, I keep saying that if I get to do another World of Warcraft book, I might postpone my retirement a little bit in order to work on it because I had so much fun working on this, loved it so much. And that depends entirely on my relationship with Blizzard and how things go from here, but I would love to do more.

And honestly, the book doesn’t spend as much time on the War Within and Midnight as it could have. There’s almost nothing about Xal’atath in here. Would’ve loved to give her a stat block, but she didn’t sort of make the cut. And I’m not sure we could give her a stat block.

IGN: She does play into that Old Gods and the Void conflict pretty heavily.

Wyatt: Yeah. There’s absolutely more we can do even with the story that exists now, as well as future stories. And I’m keeping a list that will be my outline as soon as I get the go-ahead and start working in another book if that ever happens. But for now, absolutely, if those are the next expansion is all about, give me something that they might focus on.

IGN: The next expansion is going to be The Last Titan, so I assume it’s going to be about the Titans.

Wyatt: Right. Well, we can tell you a little bit about the Titans in here somewhere, beginning of chapter five. And honestly, my expectation is that anybody using this book is also going to spend a lot of time on the wikis because that information is there.

So yeah, we’ve got lots of resources for making a character that probably is not going to change significantly. I mean, the next time they give us a new class, it would be fun to do that in another D&D book.

IGN: Tell me a little bit about working the Devourer Demon Hunter into the book.

Wyatt: Pretty much as soon as I got access to the Midnight beta, I went and made a Devourer and started playing around with it and was reading what was, again, on the wikis about it. And so we already had the Demon Hunter set up with Havoc and Vengeance and just added some more spells and some direction about how to steer your Demon Hunter in that spec. They’ve got their own column of spells here with all the consuming soul stuff.

IGN: How did you work the WoW classes into D&D without kind of putting a wrench in the way classes traditionally work in Dungeons & Dragons?

Wyatt: The word I keep using is, rather than translation, paraphrase, that for each class I sat down and I looked at their abilities and their talent trees and all the things they can do. And I sort of cut off around level 60, I think. I don’t remember now. I’d have to look at my spreadsheets. I have spreadsheets. Nobody told me that being a writer was going to involve so many spreadsheets.

And I looked for things that are already in D&D that we want to make sure to highlight in that specialization and that class, and look for opportunities to create new spells or feats or battle master maneuvers, or anything else to help evoke the most iconic flavor things.

Talents are really fiddly in WoW and D&D mechanics are not that fiddly. We don’t deal with math at such a granular scale. And so again, evoking the flavor is more important to us than reproducing the mechanics in any way.

So each specialization has a selection of feats that would be good to help you do that. There is a fundamental difference though, that if you’re playing a healing spec Paladin, you are a healer as opposed to a tank spec Paladin, who is a tank.

And in D&D, no matter what Paladin and subclass you choose and what feat you choose, you’re both, you’re a healer and a tank. And so you’re not as narrowly defined by your role. So that remains true. And if you’re playing a Priest, you can be wearing more than cloth armor because we couldn’t easily take something away from the Cleric class to fit, and you’re still casting the spells that you expect a WoW Priest to be casting.

So all of the classes I think are a little broader and give you more range of options while still helping you focus in on the role you’re supposed to be playing.

IGN: I feel like in WoW stories, characters that embody those classes follow those rules anyways where it’s more broad.

Wyatt: Yeah. They keep saying Anduin is a priest and there he is in plate armor with his sword.

IGN: Yeah, he is a special Priest, isn’t he? So what about the mechanics for bosses? I know you described the Litch King Arthas fight, and I progressed that fight when it was current on Heroic 25, and it was hell, with mechanics like defile where you stand in it and it gets bigger. Is it as fraught or as dangerous, or is there kind of…

Wyatt: I mean, he’s challenge rating 25, where D&D characters go up to level 20. So you know, it’s going to be a tough fight. It’s different because D&D combats are shorter in terms of the number of things you or the boss can do in the fight because they often take long enough even at three or four rounds compared to how quickly an MMO raid battle plays out, relatively speaking. So again, that idea of paraphrase rather than translation, we’re trying to evoke the feeling of that fight without reproducing it exactly. But there’s a lot going on here that will feel very familiar.

IGN: Could you go in and talk Arthas out of invading Azeroth with the Scourge or sneak in and steal the Helm of Domination and put it on yourself?

Wyatt: Theoretically. You can certainly try. And that’s again the beauty of it, that you can talk to anybody.

IGN: Can you tell me a little bit more about the reputation system? Why did you think that was such an important thing to work into a Warcraft tabletop game?

Wyatt: So the renown system in the Dungeon Masters guide is sort of an optional rule. It’s not something that we spend a lot of time with in the base game, but it is a great tool for giving factions in the world some kind of heft, a significant impact on characters’ lives.

And so given particularly the importance of the Alliance and the Horde, and also the other factions in the game, I thought it would be pretty cool to use the renown system to reflect, to give characters some investment in those factions.

But fundamentally, you start caring about the welfare of the Horde if you’re fighting for the Horde, and you’re getting renown with the Horde, and you’re getting benefits for that devotion to them.

So it’s not load bearing. You can ignore it if you want to. The campaign that I’m playing in right now, it’s weird because we’ve time traveled. We’ve gone back from Midnight to Classic. And so I’m not sure any of us are fully rooted in the world yet, but I’m really curious to see how that plays out over time.

I think we might have just gotten a renown reward in our last adventure, but I can’t remember for sure. So yeah, it’s fun. It’s a way to root characters in the world and it’s not essential. In the Icecrown Citadel adventure, we do a whole separate thing for your Renown with the Ashen Verdict, which goes up more quickly than you might expect Renown to go up in the core book.

But then you can get your rings improved by Armis the Penitent as your renown increases, and you’re also collecting things that can make Shadowmourne and doing all of that in the context of working through the raid once rather than working through it repeatedly.

IGN: I think that’s where the friction in my head is at. Because of all the time I’ve spent in WoW, I associate reputation with these massive grinds.

Wyatt: Yeah. That really is the key difference that even in Icecrown Citadel, I planned it out so that you get to, I think you get to 50 just about the time you kill the Lich King.

But it’s like every single encounter in the Citadel, your renown increases by one or two, which is bigger than the rate we expect for most of these factions. The general idea is, and in the DMG, we even give you a conversion. If you don’t want to track renown points, you can just use character level so that by the time you’re 17th level, we assume you’re exalted with your home faction.

IGN: On the time travel thing you mentioned earlier, the Chromie time. So for me, in the actual video game World of Warcraft, Chromie Time always felt kind of shoehorned in as “we need to get you to end game as fast as possible.” And Chromie Time was just kind of the method to do that. Why Chromie Time?

Wyatt: Well, two things going on. The first is that Chromie wrote a little introduction to the book.

IGN: I love that.

Wyatt: Me too. Thank you. Where she’s basically saying, “I put this book together to let you visit whatever part, basically to give you your own timeline to play in.”

It’s a way of expressly giving the reader permission to ignore Canon, fundamentally. That’s all it is. The specific example of the campaign I’m playing in, that’s our DM’s concoction of, okay, the campaign I want to run is modern characters.

We started off in Silvermoon City. We’ve just repelled Xal’atath. We’re eight characters. We’ve just helped support the effort to repel Xal’atath. And then suddenly the time stream changes and we’re in a Silvermoon city that is run by dragons. And what has happened?

So we fight some dragons and get to safety and meet Chromie who says the time stream’s gone amuck. I’ve got to send you back 20 years to before this to prevent whatever the Infinite Dragonflight has done to mess up the timestream. So that’s the story we’re playing, not essential to what’s in the book.

IGN: Okay. So it’s not some scheme for Chromie to become the Bronze Aspect?

Wyatt: Who knows? Maybe in your campaign.

IGN: She deserves it.

Wyatt: It’s true. She’s also got little notes scattered throughout the book.

IGN: Oh yeah?

Wyatt: Not very many of them, but wherever we had space on a page, she wrote a little note. “All these King Gorducks, or is it King Gordock? Anyway, I think all Big Ogres would benefit from spending some time small.”

IGN: I think they would. That’s a great addition. My final question is about Forever. I know you mentioned that it came out too late to get added to the book in any meaningful way, but if somebody wanted to add the Skyborne race or add the new zones that were added in, which I think a lot of the new zones in Forever were kind of cut content that existed in vanilla anyways, like Mount Hyjal.

Wyatt: Right. Yeah. I remember seeing that big blank spot on the map because I was playing early on. Yeah. Adding a new Elven lineage is not super complicated. It might be fun for us to talk to Blizzard about maybe doing that in a D&D Beyond drop or something.

But anything else that they’ve added content-wise, I think the content that they’re adding is very easy to just port into the D&D campaign you’re playing. And again, you can do anything you want. You can go anywhere you want.

IGN: I have to ask: Would you rather play Forever or Retail?

Wyatt: I wish I had time to do both. Right now I really don’t have time to do either. So I’ve been dabbling with forever just a little bit, but I’m anxious to… I haven’t finished the Midnight storyline yet, I think. So I’m anxious to get back to that, too.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

The Street Fighter Movie Makes a Mistake Mortal Kombat Already Learned From

Spoilers follow for Street Fighter.

Put on your gis and gloves, fighting fans, because Street Fighter is now in theaters. The latest attempt to adapt the venerated fighting game franchise for the big screen may not be getting off to the best start with critics, but fans of the series will likely go check it out for themselves. The film does have its positive aspects, such as the gorgeous 2D animation used for flashback sequences as well as plenty of easter eggs and fighting moves ripped right from the classic games. But as a whole, Street Fighter is too slapdash to be a fully satisfying cinematic experience, and one of the biggest reasons why is that the film doesn’t use the seemingly obvious way to structure itself.

Street Fighter is a game about a fighting tournament, and while there is technically a tournament in the film, it isn’t the main focus. In fact, the movie goes out of its way to make the tournament feel like a largely incidental part of the plot, and this hurts the movie in more ways than one. What makes this even more bizarre is that this is a mistake that Mortal Kombat already made in the 2021 reboot, but the filmmakers behind Street Fighter didn’t learn the lesson from their fellow fighting franchise. How did this happen? Let’s take a look.

World of Warriors

Street Fighter may be the first movie in this new continuity, but it takes its cast and premise from the second game, Street Fighter II. This is a smart move, since not only is Street Fighter II the most famous game in the franchise, but the first entry is commonly considered to be a well-meaning prototype for a series that didn’t fully come together until the sequel. The movie doesn’t erase the first game though, instead incorporating the first World Warrior tournament and Ryu’s victory over Muay Thai master Sagat into the animated pre-title sequence to give us backstory for our main characters, Ryu and Ken Masters. The main plot picks up six years later when main villain M. Bison sets up a second World Warrior tournament in the hopes of enticing Ryu into the spotlight to defend his title so that Bison can steal Ryu’s Hado power — that’s the energy that powers his famous Hadoken move from the games.

More Street Fighting!

The tournament draws in many notable fighters from around the world, and while you would think the tournament would take up a big chunk of the runtime, it really doesn’t. Bison puts up only a cursory front of interest in the tournament, immediately kidnapping Ryu and absconding to his lab to work on draining Ryu’s Hado power. Ken wants to become the champion to prove himself to his deceased master Gouken, but his efforts to win the tournament only make up about half of his story. Ryu doesn’t participate at all on account of being kidnapped before it starts, even though he goes through the trouble of defeating E. Honda ahead of time to take his spot in the roster. Nor does Chun-Li, who — egregiously for the film — was the only woman who competed in the game. While nearly every Street Fighter II character is present in some capacity, the film moves many of the major players to the margins of the actual tournament.

Street Fighter Images

This results in a bewildering viewing experience where the tournament “begins” in the second act by jumping in after one of the fights is already over, with Guile having been eliminated off-screen by Vega. Some of the other fights are similarly skipped, and multiple rounds are decided by forfeit because a character is off doing something else for plot reasons. This makes the tournament such an afterthought that it becomes impossible to invest in the scenes that do take place during it, since it’s clear that the tournament is not a priority. It also means that we never see multiple fan favorite characters like Guile and Zangief in action aside from a pointless scene early on where a bunch of the contenders brawl in a nightclub. It’s disappointing not just because we don’t get enough fighting in our Street Fighter movie, but because the filmmakers should have known better when Mortal Kombat already suffered from this same narrative stumble.

Missing Kombat

I know it may seem like we’ve all lived several lives since the ancient times of 2021, but that was when the first of the Mortal Kombat reboot films was released. Although it did well enough financially to secure a sequel, the film was a mess on the creative side, feeling like one of the worst examples of focusing on all the wrong things when trying to launch a new franchise. Instead of an engaging story centered around beloved characters from the games participating in a fighting tournament starring champions from different realms, Mortal Kombat tried and failed to endear fans to series newcomer Cole Young and never actually featured the eponymous Mortal Kombat tournament. In fact, the villain Shang Tsung’s plan is to prevent the tournament from taking place by killing Earthrealm’s champions before it can happen. It’s a strange gambit that feels like it’s working backwards to do something different instead of just delivering on straightforward genre expectations.

Given how important the Mortal Kombat tournament is to the series mythology, the film couldn’t help but make me and many others feel like Ian Malcolm in Jurassic Park: “You do plan on having Mortal Kombat in your Mortal Kombat movie, right?” It didn’t work, and much of the fan backlash to the reboot had to do with the movie excising the tournament and making unwelcome changes to MK lore, like the infamous “Arcana” tattoos that provided champions with special powers. It’s no surprise that the much more warmly received Mortal Kombat II not only jettisoned the Arcana concept and brought in series icons like Kitana and Johnny Cage, but also made the tournament the backbone of the story. Sure, the movie may not have set the world on fire, but it was a step in the right direction for a property that hasn’t had the best luck when it comes to adaptations.

So it’s all the more baffling that Street Fighter falls into such a similar trap. It’s not like the movie sets the tournament aside to fill the runtime with something really interesting or subversive; it’s just thin characters and generic action scenes hastily assembled in a way that struggles to suggest any weight or gravitas. And it’s not like Street Fighter has ever been Shakespeare (although Raul Julia certainly treated it as such in the 1994 film), but the games have enough iconic personalities and cultural pedigree that there’s no reason you can’t deliver a movie with entertaining action and a functional dramatic engine, especially when a conventional tournament provides the perfect built-in narrative structure of a sports movie building up to a climactic showdown. And for all the chatter about Bison’s plans to harness Psycho Power, we don’t see him go toe-to-toe with Ryu.

Not that Street Fighter has ever been Shakespeare, but there’s no reason you can’t deliver a movie with entertaining action and a functional dramatic engine.“

Instead, Street Fighter awkwardly jams in a battle between Ryu and Akuma as its climax while shuffling Bison, who has been the antagonist for most of the film, off to make a hasty getaway for a presumed sequel. And yes, Akuma is foreshadowed as Ryu’s rival via flashbacks, and it’s said beforehand he will challenge the winner of the tournament, but that rings a bit hollow when Ryu doesn’t actually win said tournament.

Back to Basics

Street Fighter feeling half-formed is especially disappointing because video game adaptations are having a major moment. Between the Sonic the Hedgehog films becoming smash hits, acclaimed shows based on Fallout and Castlevania, and Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil movie garnering critical praise and the biggest box office take in the series’ history, the video game curse has most certainly been broken. Even Mortal Kombat has risen from the ashes with the aforementioned Mortal Kombat II being a solid and entertaining entry. Street Fighter had all the ingredients to continue the trend, but instead places fan references and sequel teases ahead of meat and potatoes storytelling. It all leads to a weird non-ending with the heroes in a car chasing after M. Bison, who has since recruited Sagat to his cause. This sequel setup would be much less frustrating if it felt like much of consequence happened in this movie.

I say this as someone with a lot of love for the offbeat fantasy lore of games like Soulcalibur and Mortal Kombat: Most people do not play fighting games for their world-building. They want to see their favorite characters in exciting 1v1 action, and the tournament conceit provides the most sensible framework to deliver that. That’s not to say you should skimp on trying to tell an actual story with the characters involved, but structurally, can we just start with the fundamentals? We’ll see if Street Fighter does well enough to warrant another round, but if it does, it would be better for everyone if the filmmakers remembered what made this franchise popular in the first place.

Carlos Morales writes novels, articles, and Mass Effect essays. You can follow his fixations on Twitter.

Infinity Ward Confirms Captain Price’s Fate in Modern Warfare 4

Is Captain Price dead? It’s a reasonable question to have at the end of Modern Warfare 4’s campaign, considering how often characters we thought were gone have come back over the course of the four-game story — I’ve lost track of the number of times Graves has returned now. We spoke to developer Infinity Ward to get an answer, and we got one. Well, kind of.

In a mid-credits scene, Mads Mikkelsen’s The Archer can be seen taking a captive Captain Price away on a truck. An ambush allows Price to break free, though, as the vehicle crashes, leaving The Archer to scuttle away into the snow as our hero wrestles with a metal pipe sticking out of his stomach. After stumbling after the villain, Price turns the tables on him and uses said pipe to puncture his throat, leaving the rogue Russian minister of defense very much dead in the middle of a frozen-over lake. Ghost then arrives on the scene to share his former squadmate’s final breaths with him as Price lies still, presumably dead, next to his victim. But is he?

I asked Jeff Negus, narrative director at Infinity Ward, if that’s the case. “I’ll say this. We went out of our way in this game to pace character deaths, both in where they happen and in the expression of the moment happening,” explains Negus. “And I would say that scene is consistent with others.”

So, not a yes or a no, is it? Multiple characters established in earlier series entries meet their makers across Modern Warfare 4’s 16 missions, including Makarov, Gabriela, Graves, and Gaz, to name but a few. While we don’t see any of them put in the ground never to rise again, some of them meet pretty conclusive ends, with the Gs — Gaz, Graves, and Gabriela — all receiving bullets to the head. Makarov’s head is now pulp on a snowy New York street, but he looked pretty lifeless the last time we saw him, and seeing as he’s dispatched so early in the story, surely he would’ve come back by now. Archer needs a reason to go after Price and avenge his son, after all.

The Best Call of Duty Campaigns

If Price does indeed meet an end “consistent with others,” then surely this means he is dead. It would seem like a fitting place for the Modern Warfare reboot saga to end, and feel like an actual definite conclusion. But we know things are never that simple when it comes to Call of Duty, and I can see why the door may be left slightly ajar for him to come back if needed. If MW4 is well-received critically and proves a commercial success, Activision would want to keep things rolling.

For my money, I’d say he’s dead. He’s achieved what he set out to do at the start of Modern Warfare 4’s story, and has even learned a lesson or two about selflessness along the way. It’s the basics of any hero’s journey, and it ended in glorious sacrifice, taking down a threat to the Western world in the form of The Archer’s diabolical plan. What do you think? Has Captain Price died? Let us know in the comments.

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

PlayStation 6 May Have Its Own Take On Frame Generation, According to Latest Sony Patent

Frame generation is established tech in games at this point. We already knew that Sony was looking at the tecnology for the PlayStation 6, but the company has filed a new patent that gives a better idea of how it’ll work.

The patent, titled “Generation Super Sampling,” (US-20260320740-A1), describes a mostly standard form of frame generation, where the model takes information from a traditionally rendered frame and then uses that information to generate an interpolated frame. The major difference is in how the model will be predicting how the frames will change.

DLSS frame generation works by taking rendered frames and then pulling motion vector information from the game engine. The suggested PlayStation model will also take input data from your controller to more accurately predict how you’re going to be moving from frame to frame. The hope, according to the patent notes, is to limit the amount of latency or ‘hitching’ from frame to frame.

Sony PlayStation Frame Generation Patent

The patent also leaves the door open for multi-frame generation, which was introduced on PC with the RTX 5090 back in 2025. According to the patent notes, “In some embodiments, the predictions are not limited to an immediate next image in the image stream. The decoder system may be trained to predict any number of images before or after the input image.”

It’s hard to imagine why a console that’d presumably be attached to a TV needs to generate multiple frames, though. With PC gaming, multi-frame generation is only really useful when you’re playing on a super-high refresh rate gaming monitor at 144Hz or higher. Even the TVs that do support high refresh rates are limited to 120Hz, which really limits the need for multi-frame generation. Still, having the option wouldn’t be terrible.

My only concern with bringing frame generation to consoles is whether or not users will be able to turn it on or off at will. The nightmare scenario in my head is developers using it as a crutch, forcing it on to hit 30 or 60 fps in a game that’d otherwise be getting 15–20 fps. That kind of solution would introduce a ton of latency and visual artifacts, but then again, it’s possible that taking user inputs into the frame gen pipeline could alleviate that issue.

Sony has been on a tear lately with its patents, and it really does seem like the company is building up to its next generation of consoles. Last month, it filed a patent that described an AI agent keeping an eye on your system and deploying fixes before you even notice a problem. Then, there was a patent that would implement an NFC reader into your PlayStation controller and would enable tap-to-pay. Because these are all only patents, there is a chance that none of these technologies see the light of day, but either way, the PlayStation 6 is turning out to be quite the interesting console to say the least.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Dragon Ball’s Goku Voice Actor ‘Furious’ Over AI Videos Using Her Voice Without Permission

Masako Nozawa, best known for voicing Goku in the Dragon Ball anime series, is slamming AI users for stealing her voice to create projects using the rapidly advancing technology, calling it outright “theft.”

If you’re an anime fan, you’ve likely seen a few fan-made videos that use AI to copy characters’ voices, making them say some absolutely outrageous stuff. This trend isn’t limited to English-speaking fanbases; it’s also happening quite frequently in Japan, to the point where voice actors have gathered together to create the country’s first-ever guidelines regarding the use of AI voices.

Perhaps the most prominent of these actors is 89-year-old Nozawa. She’s a prolific voice actor who has been working in the space for decades and is best known as the voice of Goku (as well as Son Gohan and oodles of Goku variants) in Dragon Ball.

LEGO Dragon Ball Shenron & Goku

In an October 15 interview with Japanese outlet NHK, Nozawa was shown an AI video that used her voice — and her response to it was nothing short of scathing.

“That’s not my voice,” she told the outlet. “I can’t forgive them for using it without permission; it’s like theft, and it makes me furious. I believe my voice and my acting are my own. If they’re going to use even a little bit of it, they should get my permission.

“The AI-generated voice may resemble me. It may even be identical. But it lacks heart, doesn’t it? Without heart, it’s no good, no matter what the role. Even if it’s just a crying voice, I believe it’s different if you cry with emotion.”

On September 30, the Tokyo District Court ruled that the unauthorized use of someone’s voice infringes upon their right to publicity in a landmark decision for both the voice acting industry and AI regulations as a whole. It’s one of Japan’s first major protections against AI, and it follows a lawsuit from famous voice actor Kenjiro Tsuda against TikTok over a video that used AI to imitate his voice.

“Rules are now being established, so I hope everyone will follow them. It’s all based on the premise that everyone will truly follow the rules,” Nozawa said of this ruling.

Rather than relying on AI, Nozawa encourages fans to work hard to become voice actors themselves. “I want you to work hard so that you become someone people will definitely remember as a voice actor,” she said. “If you don’t put your heart into it, you’ll just be reading the lines, so make them come alive.”

Nozawa is vice-chairperson for the Japan Actors Union, which held a press conference on October 15 to discuss its new guidelines regarding AI voices. “The progress of AI is amazing, isn’t it?” Nozawa said in a statement. “It feels like the things I dreamed of as a child are becoming reality one after another, and it excites me. But it’s disillusioning when it’s being used without permission. I hope that everyone will follow the rules and we can create a future where both humans and AI can have fun together.”

She isn’t the only prominent voice actor with something to say about AI; Toshi Shimada, best known for his role as Tomozo in the anime Chibi Maruko-chan, said that he “simply cannot accept the idea of ​​creating words I never said and songs I never sang, and then trying to monetize them. What I fear most is that the voice acting industry will collapse if unauthorized AI voices continue to be uploaded.”

Michihiro Ikemizu, another prominent voice actor and Vice Chairman of the Union, explained that the “biggest problem is that people will lose their jobs. We want to build a track record with these guidelines and eventually aim for legislation.”

Dragon Ball Super: Beerus SUPER GEKITOU Trailer – Screenshots

This is the latest big news to come from AI voice acting after Amazon Prime Video caused a kerfuffle for introducing an AI-generated English dub of the anime Banana Fish back in 2025. The decision caused so much backlash that the streamer eventually removed it, but many fans felt that the fact it was included at all didn’t bode well for the future of the dubbing industry.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Pokémon ‘Holiday Helper’ Plushes Announced for 2026 Christmas Collection, Coming Soon to U.S.

Pokémon has revealed a new collection of “Holiday Helper” plushies.

Pokémon shared an image of the new collection across the company’s social accounts earlier today. The image shows five festive Pikachu plushies in varying sizes, including a Pikachu with a Clodsire sled.

A blog post on the official Japanese Pokémon website offers a closer look at the new plushies while confirming that the collection will be released in local Pokémon Center locations on October 24. North American Pokémon accounts only confirmed that the new plushies are “coming soon” to the U.S. via the Pokémon Center, which dropped the first wave of its 2026 holiday collection earlier this week.

Pokémon Reveals ‘Holiday Helpers’ Plush Collection Coming Soon to U.S.

The biggest plush in the image is a chunky Pikachu dressed in a full Christmas tree outfit, complete with a little star on his head.

The smaller Pikachu plushies, which additional images reveal are actually keychains, have the Electric type making various expressions in a Santa hat. A sleepy Pikachu holds a small cookie, a cutesy Pikachu is covered in snow, and a particularly mischievous Pikachu is riding a Porygon.

At a glance, it looks like Santa Clodsire is his own plush, but the Japanese Pokemon site shows the amphibious Pokémon connected to a small Pikachu riding a sled.

Holiday Helper Plushies – Pokemon Japan

The announcement doesn’t include any information about sizing or pricing, but most plush keychains available on the Pokémon Center are between 4 to 8 inches tall The smaller guys look like they’ll be on the shorter end of that spectrum, which the Pokemon Center generally prices under $20.

The largest plushie’s rounded shape is giving Squishmallow, and the Pokémon Center is generally home to the 12-inch Squish models. However, given how large he looks in the reveal image, the Christmas tree Pika could be up to 16 or even 20 inches tall.

The Pokémon Center prices Squishmallows at $29.99, though its self-developed larger plushies can reach up to $79.99. (Without getting into the multi-hundred-dollar life-size collections.)

Shop the Full Collection

3

It remains to be seen whether these Pikachus (and Clodsire) are the full collection of Holiday Helpers, or whether additional Pokémon will get the festive plushie treatment. The announcement also doesn’t clarify whether the additional collection items shown in the Japan announcement, like Tangrowth holiday sweaters, will be exclusive to Japan.

The Pokémon Center is home to a ridiculous amount of Pokémon merch, including ongoing collections like the Holiday Village figure series and, of course, some of the best Pokémon plushies money can buy. Fans can look forward to new releases in these collections each holiday season, in addition to more general merch drops throughout the year.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Belmont’s Curse Devs Are Fully Aware and Loving the ‘Horny’ Fanart for Their Game

The developers behind Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse are enthusiastic about all the “horny” fanart they’ve seen of the game’s characters, saying they specifically made them “hot” to appeal to fans.

Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse released on October 15, and you’ve no doubt already seen the wealth of wild reactions to the title from players online — particularly in regards to its character designs.

Yes, it’s true; players are thirsty for Trevor Belmont and the various monsters they must fight as they navigate the chaotic streets of Paris, but they shouldn’t feel embarrassed about it. In fact, the devs were counting on this to happen.

Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse Gallery

Speaking with Fall Damage, marketing director and lead designer Bérenger Dupré and Sandro Bordier revealed that they are absolutely loving the thirsty reactions to the game’s characters — and that includes the “horny” fanart that they’ve seen on social media.

“Oh, it has started already. Like, man, have we seen some things,” Bordier joked.

“Trevor, especially,” Dupré added. “Didn’t realize that he would be so well-received.”

“Do you think we could add a ‘Hot Dads Edition?’” Bourdier asked, prompting Dupré to say that there “should be a Game Award for hot dads.”

“It’s always fun to see the fanart, because we know how important and dear these characters are to the fans. We are trying to make some new, fresh stories with them, so it’s always quite stressful. And for now, the reception is very, very emotional,” Dupré continued.

The duo went on to admit that they went out of their way to make these characters attractive, with Boudier saying, “Yes, like we know some characters are hot. It’s a choice, actually. Like it’s a vibe. We’re pretty proud of it.”

“Honestly, we were super happy with all the fan reactions regarding the characters that were revealed,” he added. “We really put a lot of love from the team to design them in a way that would please fans. We were super happy to see how they reacted to the designs and the voice actor reveals, of course.”

Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse released to solid reviews, with IGN’s Scott White scoring the game an eight out of ten, praising it for “bringing Konami’s beloved series into the modern era with a fast-paced focus on action first.”

It’s clear that a lot of love went into this title; among the various Easter Eggs and secret codes found within, the devs also paid homage to classic fighting game characters, which can be seen if players nab a hidden weapon in one of the game’s first areas.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Street Fighter’s Non-Ending Explained

Let’s make this simple: You want to know if there are any mid- or post-credits scenes in Street Fighter. The answer is yes, as the film features an animated mid-credit scene.

Full spoilers for the movie follow!

Street Fighter is back on the big screen this week, with the third live-action incarnation of the popular video game franchise after attempts in 1994 and 2009. Was the third time the charm? Well, as Tom Jorgensen’s Street Fighter review for IGN notes, not exactly, though it’s certainly superior to The Legend of Chun-Li.

So how did things play out in this go-around? The story this time centers on old friends Ken (Noah Centineo) and Ryu (Andrew Koji), who are reunited after a years-long rift when they are both recruited by Chun-Li (Callina Liang) for the second-ever World Warrior tournament, which is being presented by Shadaloo dictator M. Bison (David Dastmalchian).

Street Fighter Images

Soon, the best fighters in the world are gathering in Shadaloo, even as Bison has ulterior motives for holding the tournament at all, as his main goal is to get ahold of Ryu – the winner of the one previous World Warrior – in order to drain his “Hado Power” (which gives Ryu the rare ability to create a Hadouken) for himself.

So how did the tournament play out? And who had the Hado by the hand by the end? And why does Street Fighter feel notably incomplete as a movie? Let’s dive into the spoiler zone!

The Tournament Doesn’t Really Matter

To be fair, it is an intentional plot point that the tournament is all a ruse for Bison’s larger plan, which is something Ken himself doesn’t initially want to admit because it means so much to him. But still, it also feels weird how the tournament is handled in Street Fighter, because it does often feel like such an onscreen afterthought rather than a simple but effective way to give us more crowd-pleasing one-on-one fights in a movie called Street Fighter.

Ken at least gets two big tournament brawls, as he first faces Balrog (Curtis “50 Cent” Jackson) and then Dhalsim (Vidyut Jammwal), coming out as the victor in both cases, which sends him to the finals. But then there are the fights that are completely kept offscreen to a maddening extent, as Guile (Cody Rhodes) is defeated by Vega (Orville Peck), yet we don’t see a second of it, just the aftermath, as we’re told Vega won and see the large triple cuts on Guile’s face. And still, that’s somehow better than the Zangief (Olivier Richters) and Dhalsim showdown, which isn’t even verbally mentioned, but only available as info via quick flashes on the screen of the World Warrior board. Dhalsim at least gets a little more to do in the movie beyond this, but poor Zangief is bizarrely removed from sight for the entire tournament, never seen again after a group tussle everyone gets into at a club the night before the tournament begins. We never see him have an official fight, we never see his loss, and we never see him depart. He just ghosts the movie.

Ken never shows up for the final fight … meaning Joe never has a single fight but is still the official winner of the World Warrior tournament!“

Come on, Street Fighter filmmakers, if you don’t want to give these other fights their own full scene, that’s where the power of a fight montage can come in handy!

Then there are the multiple outright forfeits that occur during the tournament, which again, is intentional thanks to Bison, even as you wonder how frustrating this would be for those tuning in to watch what appears to be a very big, internationally popular event. First, because Bison has Ryu held captive, he has Ryu officially listed as dropping out of the tournament, meaning his opponent, Joe (Alexander Volkanovski), wins by forfeit. Then Joe’s next opponent, Vega, also drops out of the tournament, presumably because he’s one of Bison’s main henchmen and his boss has work for him closer to home that can’t wait.

So Joe just forfeits all the way to the finals against Ken… Except then Ken never shows up for the final fight, because he goes to help rescue Ryu. Meaning Joe never has a single fight but is still the official winner of the World Warrior tournament! Which could have been a fun bit, but Joe is barely shown at all prior to his “win,” so it’s not like there’s even much resonance to this happening, beyond the humor for longtime Street Fighter fans of freaking non-playable original game character Joe to be elevated like this (albeit quite briefly).

Going back to the in-universe viewership of the tournament, it also stands out that Ken and Ryu are both well known fighters in the film, and it’s actually mentioned on TV what a big deal it is that they’ll both be in the tournament after years of separation, complete with the tantalizing promise of getting to see them battle one another. But while we moviegoers do get to see Ken and Ryu fight in an alley brawl at one point, working their old issues out the only way they know how, you gotta assume folks were pissed when Ryu was a no show at that heavily publicized tournament. I know Bison is a full-on dictator with bigger, more ominous goals, but still, there’s gonna be some super pissed-off comments and tweets about the whole “No Ryu” debacle.

Pour One Out for Joe

Amusingly, outside of seeing the death of Ken and Ryu’s master, Gouken (Don Lee), in the film’s animated flashbacks, there’s only one named character who meets their end in Street Fighter – and it’s the one and only Joe.

Yes, poor Joe gets to experience some major highs and lows in a matter of minutes, as he’s declared the winner of the tournament by announcer Don Sauvage (Eric André), only for Akuma (Joe “Roman Reigns” Anoa’i) to appear out of nowhere and demand to face the winner. Unimpressed when he sees Joe, given he arrived assuming he’d be facing Ryu, Akuma is also quick to respond when Joe tries to challenge him, using his demonic powers to literally blow Joe up.

RIP, Joe.

A Triple Threat of Big Bads

Street Fighter seems overly busy on the villain front as it heads towards its conclusion. There’s the obvious threat throughout the film of Bison, who’s got a cadre of formidable fighters working for him, including Vega, Cammy (Mel Jarnson), and Juli (Rayna Vallandingham). But then there’s the otherworldly power of Akuma, who Ryu is particularly fearful of, haunted by the fact that it was his own dabbling with an inner darkness that seemed to call to Akuma when Ryu won the last tournament, only for Akuma to kill Gouken. But that means Ryu is also fearful of himself, since he is worried that fighting again will lead to him succumbing to the dark urges Gouken warned him about, and which he tapped into when he violently defeated Sagat in the first tournament.

So how does Street Fighter juggle these three different potential big bads in the form of Akuma, Evil Ryu and Bison? Awkwardly, as you might expect when a movie is packing all of this into the very first film in a relaunched franchise. After Akuma kills Joe, Ryu arrives to confront him, and Akuma goes very Palpatine/Darth Vader by actively encouraging Ryu to use his dark side to unleash in their battle – which is exactly what Ryu eventually does. With Bison watching this confrontation from the arena’s otherwise empty stands, Ryu’s white gi magically turns black, as Evil Ryu battles Akuma and is eventually able to overpower him, knocking him out in the process.

That’s when Ken, Chun-Li and Dan Hibiki (Andrew Schulz, in a role way more prominent than Dan’s game history would ever have you expect) arrive, thinking it’s time to celebrate their friend’s victory, only for Evil Ryu to attack them too. He completely incapacitates both Dan and Chun-Li with one hit each, which is pretty insulting to Chun-Li; let her at least get in more offense than freaking Dan! But when Evil Ryu seems ready to outright kill them, he’s suddenly hit with a Hadouken! Yes, Ken has finally been able to unlock this most special of special moves too, something we’d seen him try and fail to do throughout the movie. And Ken’s Hadouken is so special that just the one apparently was enough to turn Evil Ryu good again right away, as Ryu oddly never really has to deal with quelling the darkness in himself – he just needed his best bro to blast him with blue energy! Hey, if it works, it works, right?

When it briefly seems Ryu might have actually taken a fatal hit from Ken, Ken sings “What’s Up?” – he and Ryu’s favorite song – to his old buddy, which finally leads Ryu to slowly come to and begin to sing along, soon joined by a tearful Chun-Li, Dan, and even Don Sauvage, who awakens from the rubble he was knocked into earlier by Akuma. And hey, kudos to 4 Non Blonds, because “What’s Up?” remains a great song 33 years after it came out, and between its prominent use in both Street Fighter and Masters of the Universe, they are killing it on licensing this year.

Street Fighter!!!

With the whole Evil Ryu deal dealt with easier than one might think, that means it’s finally time to take on Bison! …Except that doesn’t happen at all, because Bison and his goons sneak away, taking the knocked out Akuma with them.

Realizing what Bison now has gotten ahold of, and how it could give him the power he was trying to gain from Ryu, Dan asks “Did we make things worse?” Our heroes try to follow, but are stopped by Cammy pulling out a goddamn rocket launcher from Bison’s fleeing vehicle, which she uses to blow up Chun-Li’s van. So now our heroes have to figure out how to give chase a different way, in what feels like a bit of an odd move structure-wise for a movie that earlier felt like it was nearing its climax, but now clearly still has so much left in play!

The Ending That Isn’t

…Except then the movie just ends. Okay, there’s one more scene, but it’s still bizarre how Street Fighter doesn’t actually offer a conclusion. There’s a line between having a fun sequel tease after you wrap up your film’s main storyline and simply not wrapping up and leaving any sense of closure, and Street Fighter definitely crosses that line.

The six Street Fighters pack into the too-small car and turn up the radio to sing along to “It’s Raining Men” as they drive off into the distance and into the closing credits. “

The film’s final scene finds Ken, Ryu, Chun-Li and Dan on the side of the road, trying to hitchhike. And lo and behold, a car does pull over for them with Guile and Dhalsim inside, who we learned earlier were also both at the tournament on a mission to stop Bison… even though we then never saw them intervene at all after that. But now they’re for real tracking Bison, so they give the others a ride, with the six Street Fighters packing into the too-small car and turning up the radio to sing along to “It’s Raining Men” (sure, why not?) as they drive off into the distance and into the closing credits.

And again, I gotta stress, this all feels super weird, because it just seems like the movie stops rather than properly ends, completely putting off any sort of showdown with Bison – even one that could have ended with “We’ll meet again.”

Hell, we never even get any sort of fight between Chun-Li and Cammy, despite several scenes used to set them up as major rivals, priming the audience for an impending showdown. But as it turns out, that too is something that is tabled for the future. All of which is a rather vexing way to have things play out.

“Hop in.”

The Mid-Credits Scene

After the film’s main credits play at the end, with fun visuals for the cast that use the same art and graphics as the individual character posters for the film, we cut to a mid-credits scene.

This dialogue-free sequence returns to the animated segments that opened Street Fighter and were used throughout the film for flashbacks. The opening sequence showed Ryu defeating Sagat – a high-profile game character who was notably absent from the live-action portions of the film – in the first World Warrior tournament, but only after he tapped into his Evil Ryu powers, slicing Sagat’s chest open with a mystically-powered punch up his body.

The mid-credit scene shows Sagat again, years later, and now bearing the familiar large scar from the games up his torso, the result of Ryu’s actions. Sagat is seen using his martial arts prowess to knock down a palm tree, as one does, only for him to turn to find a floating Bison before him, with Vega, Juli and Cammy at his side.

Obviously, this is a set-up for Sagat to join Bison’s team in a potential Street Fighter sequel, while Sagat only being seen as a dialogue-free animated figure also means they still have the flexibility to cast whoever they wish as the character next time out, not having to match anything specifically established here on the live-action front. And presumably, Sagat would now be seeking revenge against Ryu…

…but also, can they remember they forgot to have Chun-Li and Cammy fight next time and remedy that, please?

Super Smash Bros. Player Mew2King Banned From Tournament After Bug Bites Prompt Health Concerns

Professional Super Smash Bros. player Jason ‘Mew2King’ Zimmerman has been banned from a competitive tournament after posting photos of his concerning skin condition and complaining of a bug infestation in his home.

On the morning of October 16, 2026, Zimmerman found himself going viral due to a thread of posts he’d published on Twitter/X the day before. In the posts, he complained of suffering from swelling hands, which he attributed to either playing too much without rest or being bitten by bugs in his home.

“My hands are slightly swollen (could be from all the SSBM Fox or from the bugs in the house that bite me each day), like pink/red and puffy/fatter than usual, is there a way to fix this ASAP? I’m boarding my flight to Texas now,” he wrote.

25 Best Super Smash Bros. Characters

He went on to share a photo of his hand and one of his right leg, which was covered in red, painful-looking bumps that appeared to be bug bites. Zimmerman claimed that these bites happen to him “every week,” and are a driving factor in his decision to move from Ohio to California.

“I had like a hundred of these on my body two months ago. Like, my entire body. This isn’t even nearly the worst picture, not even close,” he explained in another post. “It’s all bug bites from the house. Lived like that for all year. Or recent months.”

Needless to say, fans were fairly concerned about Zimmerman’s health and living conditions, with many theorizing that he was dealing with a bed bug infestation. Others urged him against getting on a plane or staying in a hotel, saying that he might spread the supposed bed bugs, which are known for sneaking into luggage and clothing to lay eggs at their next destination.

Image Credits: Twitter/X: Mew2King

News of Zimmerman’s condition quickly spread online, prompting no end of discourse within the fighting game community — to the point where the tournament he was competing in, Xtreme Fighters Showdown, outright banned him from the event.

The tournament’s CEO published a statement about the situation on Twitter/X, alerting the public that Mew2King was no longer invited to take part in the competition as a direct result of his health issues.

“For the safety of our event, XFS 2026, we have politely informed Mew2King he will not be able to participate or attend our event this weekend due to a self-reported health concern,” the statement reads. “The health and wellbeing of our attendees is our priority. Thank you, and we’ll see you this weekend.”

Good evening, a message from our CEO, M333:

For the safety of our event, XFS 2026, we have politely informed Mew2King he will not able to participate or attend our event this weekend due to a self-reported health concern.

The health and wellbeing of our attendees is our priority.

Thank you, and we’ll see you this weekend.

— Xtreme Fighters Showdown (@xfshowdown) October 16, 2026

Zimmerman has not provided any public updates after this latest development, and has since deleted all the tweets discussing his skin condition.

This is the latest viral moment to make headlines within the competitive gaming space after pro DotA 2 player ’23savage’ was forced to play in front of police officers after one of his team’s training camps was raided by law enforcement.

And in September, Pokémon VGC regional champion Donghun Youm claimed that he lost a match due to his opponent’s overwhelming stench, prompting a community-wide push for players to use deodorant at tournaments.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Red Rising Greenlit for Movie Adaptation With Author Pierce Brown to Produce

The Red Rising book series by author Pierce Brown has officially been greenlit for a movie adaptation from Paramount Pictures, with Hunger Games alum Francis Lawrence to direct.

Red Rising is getting the Hollywood treatment more than a decade after it was first published in 2014. As confirmed by The Hollywood Reporter on October 16, Paramount Pictures has picked up the rights to the series, which will be brought to the screen by director Francis Lawrence.

Lawrence is known for his work on another young adult screen adaptation in the Hunger Games series, having directed every movie in the franchise sans the first one, which was directed by Gary Ross. Lawrence recently directed Stephen King adaptation The Long Walk, as well as the forthcoming Sunrise on the Reaping, the latest movie in the Hunger Games franchise.

Red Rising: The Board Game

Lawrence is also set to produce the Red Rising film alongside Cameron MacConomy for their about:blank production company, as well as Francesco Goedhuis and the author of the Red Rising saga himself, Pierce Brown.

Brown reacted to the news in a post on his Instagram account, writing, “Let fall the iron rain. Bloodydamn, I love this team.”

Joining Red Rising is Justin Rhodes, who will write the movie’s script. Eagle-eyed IGN readers will recognize this name, as he is also involved in Netflix’s live-action Bioshock movie, which is reportedly still in early development. Rhodes is known for films like Terminator: Dark Fate, Traveler, and Liminal.

Red Rising is a sprawling book series that is planned to end with its seventh and final installment, which as yet has no release date. Set in a galaxy with a strict, color-coded caste system, the books follow Darrow, a Red — the lowest rank on the social totem pole. He and his fellow Reds toil tirelessly in the mines of Mars, with the hope that one day, they will be able to make the planet habitable for human life… but it turns out that this was already accomplished generations ago.

After learning of this massive betrayal, Darrow makes it his mission to infiltrate the highest social caste, the Golds, and set things right across the entire galaxy in a deadly conflict that spans more than a decade. If you’re interested in getting into the books, you can check out our guide to navigating this sprawling adventure, which will no doubt come in handy once the movie eventually gets released.

This is the latest exciting news for book readers after Prime Video’s Fourth Wing series found its Xaden and Violet in actors Emilio Sakraya and Esther McGregor.

Image Credits: Penguin Random House, YouTube

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

James Gunn Ends Milly Alcock Supergirl Rumors, Shares Man of Tomorrow Update

James Gunn has shot down rumors that Milly Alcock was fired as Supergirl and confirmed that he’ll show Peter Safran an early cut of Man of Tomorrow later today.

The DC Studios co-chairman took to Threads on October 16 to dispel rumors surrounding his comic book movie projects. Although he’s found putting a lid on the endless flow of internet rumors to be a little tiring, there were a few he wanted to take aim at when replying to a fan on Twitter/X.

First and foremost was the rumor that director Matt Reeves had completely departed The Batman Part 2 as director. Just about everyone now confirmed to be involved in the Elseworlds sequel had already clarified that Reeves would remain involved, so his denial is no surprise here. Another more recent rumor had some fans saying the star of Supergirl was let go, but that one’s not true, either.

Milly Alcock has deleted all the posts related to Supergirl including her announcement one 🙃 https://t.co/FCHoI2lgOW

— Everything_DCU (@EverythingDCU_) October 15, 2026

DC movie watchers feared the worst for Alcock’s character after noticing the star had wiped mentions of Kara Zor-El from her Instagram timeline. Although that’s not completely true – some photos and Reels related to Supergirl are still very much publicly visible – her standalone film’s trouble in theaters had some believing she would be leaving the DCU behind.

Gunn confirmed that’s not the case, and it’s easy to see why. Alcock first appeared as the character in 2025’s Superman and reprised her role in Supergirl when it came out in June. She’s been firmly established in the new comic book movie universe, but she’s also poised for a triumphant return in Man of Tomorrow.

Earlier this summer, Gunn teased that Alcock was set to return as Kara when the Superman sequel premieres July 2027. He even went as far as to say that her dynamic with David Corenswet’s Clark Kent would come into play in the new movie while filming was underway recently.

James Gunn’s Man of Tomorrow: Superman vs. Lex Luthor Art Gallery

Speaking of Man of Tomorrow, the third rumor Gunn shot down had to do with whispers that the DCU film had received poor reviews after an early test screening allegedly featured a dark ending and the death of a beloved hero. It’s another bit of gossip that the director and comic book movie executive confirmed “couldn’t be more false,” but it also came with an update.

It just so happens that Gunn had planned to show Safran a director’s cut for Man of Tomorrow later today. He said his fellow DC Studios co-chairman will “obviously” be the first person to see any version of the film, adding, “and that’s a month early!”

Gunn’s words come at a time that has DC fans more anxious than ever. Superman started the live-action corner of the DCU off with a sonic boom when it swooped into theaters last year, but that momentum came to a halt with Supergirl. Although Lanterns helped reignite the fan base with strong casting choices and a grounded story, there’s been some hesitancy amongst those online who fear films like Clayface and Man of Tomorrow won’t deliver.

Ranking the Superman Actors

Gunn, at least, sounds more confident than ever. As far as rumors go, while fans await official updates, there’s only so much he’s willing to entertain.

“Oh brother,” his post said. “You guys just have to stop listening to BS, and I’m mostly done shooting down rumors, as there are so many and I’m not on here much.”

If you weren’t aware, the former Marvel filmmaker has put rumors on blast before. When fans started to suspect Supernatural star Jenson Ackles would be playing the DCU’s Batman, for example, Gunn quickly stepped in to put an end to things.

For more while we wait to see how the DCU is coming together behind the scenes, you can read IGN’s interview with Safran, where we learned about a few casting updates for the new Mr. Miracle series. You can also read about what’s next for John Cena’s Peacemaker.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

What Happened to Modern Technology in Avatar: Seven Havens?

Note: This article contains spoilers for all six episodes of Avatar: Seven Havens.

We’re now six episodes into Avatar: Seven Havens and many big questions still remain a mystery. What actually caused the cataclysm? Who are the Faceless? Why are there twin Avatars?

This latest batch of episodes did, however, finally give some hints about what could have happened to modern technology. As you may remember from The Legend of Korra, Republic City was at the heart of an industrial revolution that produced cars, mechs, and even broadcast radio. So what exactly happened in the 225 years since Korra’s time to destroy all that?

Before we get into theories about what could have happened, let’s dig into what technology we’ve actually seen in the show so far.

Technology in Seven Havens So Far

The first few episodes of Seven Havens are completely devoid of any sort of technology, but we get our first glimpse of something in Episode 5 when Pavi and Nisha are digging through relics in Karthik’s office. They discover an old radio that appears to still be working and receiving a transmission, presumably from members of the Order of the White Lotus in other Havens. When Chancellor Kayoko finds the radio and accuses Kathik of contacting the other havens, he writes it off as a “broken relic from the old world.”

Radio in Episode 5.

Then later at the end of Episode 6, we get a look at Chancellor Kayoko calling on the other Havens for help via a much more elaborate radio setup. While Karthik is using what appears to be a relic to covertly communicate, it’s clear that the Havens have still retained basic broadcast systems to stay in touch. This very much fits the whole “apocalypse” vibe as radio signals rely on lower frequencies and minimal power to send messages across longer distances. The fact that her radio station is hidden in a concealed tower room only helps confirm that this technology is meant to be used sparingly.

The other big clue about technology also comes from Episode 6, where the benders, who appear to be afflicted by the weird red energy, run into what seems to be a generator room. On the way there, they pass a series of flickering lights that show the base is actually being powered by something, rather than relying purely on fire light. It’s here that we see the mysterious red energy (which may or may not be Vaatu!) interacting with this power grid.

Generator in Episode 6.

The generator room appears to be pretty low tech, being reminiscent of the more advanced airships we saw during Avatar Aang’s time. This shows that although some form of technology is being used to power Ellora, it’s not nearly as advanced as what you’d expect from a society that should be far more industrialized.

What Could Have Happened to Technology?

Now that we’ve gotten an idea of what kinds of technology humans are still operating with, we can start making some decent guesses about what actually happened. The most likely reason for the technological collapse goes all the way back to what happened after Korra left the spirit portals open. Giant spirit vines found their way into the world and humans, of course, started using them as a power source. This resulted in a combination of technology and spirit energy that nobody was really prepared for.

We saw the devastating power of this combination in The Legend of Korra when Kuvira harnesses tree roots to power a nuclear-level energy cannon she mounts to a giant mech suit. The only reason that cannon didn’t cause the mass destruction it was capable of was because Korra was able to redirect the massive blast with some good old Spiritbending.

So why does all of this matter for Seven Havens? Well, at the end of The Legend of Korra, spirit vine energy is still very much a contentious topic. Korra makes it clear she opposes any further research into the field, and she’s backed by the president of Republic City. But it certainly seems like that wasn’t the end of all that. Although Seven Havens hasn’t yet revealed what actually happened, it seems likely that spirit vine technology was at the heart of it.

Weird vine lamp in Episode 5.

The other obvious clue we have to make the case for this is the weird lamp Pavi finds in Karthik’s office, among the other relics. It looks like some sort of modern use of spirit vines, suggesting the technology likely became more intertwined with the physcial world.

Theorizing About the Cataclysm

Mural featured in Episode 1.

At the center of every Avatar conflict, there’s an issue of balance. For Aang, it was stopping the Fire Nation and bringing balance back to a world at war with itself. For Korra, it was all about bringing back balance between the spirit world and the physical world. Neither Avatar fully succeeded, but Korra’s story was left pretty unfinished due to all of the uncertainties after opening up the spiritual floodgates on the world.

The prevailing theory about what caused the cataclysm in Seven Havens, and the one I believe to be most likely, is that the use of spirit vine energy got out of hand. Like any natural resource, abusing it is going to cause some problems and destabilize the balance between the spirit world and the physical world. The cataclysm, in this case, could very likely be the spirit world forcibly trying to rebalance things by destroying humanity and the technology it built.

This theory would explain why the only gadgets we’re seeing in Seven Havens appear to be pretty low tech and the Chancellor is pretty careful about using the radio. It would also explain why the mysterious red energy would be some sort of electricity/spirit energy hybrid that only the Avatars can deal with.

While this theory does seem to explain why technology is noticeably absent from the series, it’s still only a theory. It’s unlikely we’ll uncover all of the mysteries in Season 1, especially now that it’s been renewed through a fourth season. In the meantime, it’s certainly enjoyable to dig into what actually happened to the world Korra left behind.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

True Detective Season 5 Confirms Antonio Banderas and Nicolas Cage

True Detective Season 5 will officially star Antonio Banderas and Nicolas Cage as its two leads.

The next season of the HBO crime series confirmed the duo today with a video post on social media. Production is expected to begin in 2027, with a more specific release date for the follow-up episodes unclear for now.

True Detective Season 4: Night Country showrunner Issa López is back to serve as showrunner on Season 5. While most plot details remain under wraps this early in development, the next batch of episodes are expected to take place in Jamaica Bay, New York, with Banderas tapped as Rai García and Cage set as Henry Logan, as told by The Hollywood Reporter.

(Left) Antonio Banderas and (Right) Nicolas Cage. Image credit: (Banderas) Jeremy Chan/Getty Images, (Cage) Gilbert Flores/IndieWire via Getty Images.

Banderas and Cage are two names that have circulated in the TV rumor mill for some time. Word of Cage’s potential involvement surfaced all the way back in August of last year, but updates on that front then went quiet for months. It wasn’t until this past weekend that the actor took the stage at New York Comic Con to tease that he was still in the mix.

“So, I think I’m probably going to do another season of television,” he told the crowd (via THR). “I think I might do a season of True Detective. That’s OK that I’m the first to announce that, right?”

It wasn’t too much of a surprise to hear Cage testing the waters, but confirmation of Banderas’ involvement was mostly limited to the odd rumor and never felt quite as certain. Now, both are officially on board.

Cage. Banderas.

Season 5 of #TrueDetective starts production in 2027. https://t.co/tpTlnq0380

— True Detective (@TrueDetective) October 16, 2026

Cage made a name for himself with roles in movies like Raising Arizona, Face/Off, and National Treasure, but most recently appeared in projects like Spider-Noir, Longlegs, and Pig. Banderas’ acting career has seen him star in things like The Mask of Zorro and Shrek, with his most recent roles including parts in Tony and Puss in Boots: The Last Wish. With previous seasons of True Detective led by unforgettable duos like Matthew McConaughey and Woody Harrelson (Season 1), and Jodie Foster and Kali Reis (Season 4), HBO is already off to a solid start.

For more, you can see how Cage took his NYCC appearance as an opportunity to speak out against AI. You can also see what IGN thought of Banderas’ performance in this year’s Anthony Bourdain biopic.

Image credit: (Banderas) Jeremy Chan/Getty Images, (Cage) Gilbert Flores/IndieWire via Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Pokémon TCG 30th Celebration, Cronos for Switch 2, Pokémon Character Guide Box Set, and More.

As we head into the weekend, a few notable deals are worth grabbing, including Pokémon TCG 30th Celebration and Cronos: The New Dawn for Switch 2 at its lowest price ever. If you’re looking to get in the Halloween mood, the 4K A Nightmare on Elm Street 7-film Collection has dropped to a new low, or you can pick up 2 4K horror movies on Gruv for $25. Plus, don’t miss preorders for the Xbox Nano Controller and iPhone Duo.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for October 16

Scroll through today’s highlights, and find out even more about the deals below:

Pokémon TCG 30th Celebration In Stock at Macy’s

Pokémon TCG: 30th Celebration Booster Bundle

0

Pokémon TCG: 30th Celebration Mini Tin (2 Total Packs) Styles May Vary

0

The Pokémon 30th Celebration Booster Bundle is $65.99 at Macy’s. Star Rewards members can use Rewards money on the purchase and get free shipping. If you’re not yet a member, it’s free to sign up and start earning. This price is still well above MSRP, but almost $10 below the bundle’s current market value, according to TCG Player. That brings the six boosters to about $11 each.

You can also get the 30th Celebration Mini Tin, which includes two Pokémon 30th Celebration booster packs and 1 sticker sheet, for $22.99 at Macy’s. Again, it’s above MSRP.

Xbox Nano Controller Preorder

Preorder – Out November 4

Xbox Nano Controller

0

For a more portable and compact Xbox controller, Microsoft has the new Xbox Nano Controller. It features all the standard buttons and controls of a typical Xbox gamepad but in a much smaller form factor, measuring five inches long and weighing only 3.5 ounces. A rechargeable battery and a programmable Action Button also come with the Xbox Nano. For connectivity, Xbox Wireless and Bluetooth support let it connect to everything your typical Xbox controller does, including Xbox, PC, Mac, and mobile devices. You can preorder the Xbox Nano for $50 at most major retailers, with it officially dropping on November 4.

Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide Box Set Hits New Low

Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide Limited Edition Box Set Collection

0

The Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide Limited Edition Box Set has dropped to a new low price of $159.36. The 336-page hardcover Deluxe Character Guide features a ribbon bookmark, handy index, premium gold-gilded edges, and Pikachu endpapers. Inside, it’s an encyclopedia full of colorful pictures and fun facts on over 1,000 Pokémon. The box set also includes a stunning magnetically closing box that looks great displayed, plus a Certificate of Authenticity, two collectible video game prints, two collectible animation prints, and a Pokémon TCG playmat.

4 Months of Audible for $0.99/month + $20 Audible Credit

4 Months of Audible for $0.99/mo + $20 Credit

0

Non Prime members get 3 months for $0.99 per month and a $20 Audible credit

The incredible Audible deal from Prime Big Deal Days is back, but only until October 19. New and returning subscribers can score three months of an Audible Standard subscription for just $0.99 per month (4 months for Prime members) and get a $20 bonus Audible Credit to buy even more audiobooks. After that period, the price returns to $8.99. With a Standard subscription, you get access to the same catalog of millions of books as Premium Plus subscribers. You get one audiobook per month that stays in your library as long as you keep your membership.

Cronos: The New Dawn for Switch 2 Hits New Low Price

Cronos: The New Dawn – Switch 2 (Key-Card)

0

Cronos: The New Dawn for Switch 2 is down to its lowest price yet on Amazon. If you’re a fan of Dead Space, this third-person survival horror game, where The Traveler jumps back in time to places where a disturbing virus has ravaged humanity, will be right up your alley. In our Cronos review, Tristan Ogilvie found it “presents an intriguing mystery to unravel and a creepy sci-fi hellscape to explore.” The game is an incredibly fun time, even if it doesn’t reinvent the wheel.

Preorder – Out November 5

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time

0

Looking for more Switch 2 games? Be sure to grab a preorder for The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time for $59.88, $10 off. It launches on November 5, and if you pick it up, you can score the sick textured foil cover art.

Nightmare on Elm Street 7-Film Collection 4K UHD Drops to New Low Price

A Nightmare on Elm Street: 7 Film Collection (4K Ultra HD + Digital)

0

The Nightmare on Elm Street 7-Film Collection 4K UHD has dropped to its lowest price yet on Amazon. If you’re looking to cozy up with Freddy Krueger this spooky season, this is the collection to get. It includes Wes Craven’s classic 1984 slasher film, along with six others: Freddy’s Revenge, Dream Warriors, The Dream Master, The Dream Child, Freddy’s Dead: The Final Nightmare, and Wes Craven’s New Nightmare, all restored in stunning 4K. The theatrical and uncut versions of the first and 5th films in the series, plus special features, are also included.

Preorder- Out December 15

A Nightmare on Elm Street 7-Film Steelbook Library Case (4K Ultra HD + Digital)

0

If you’re willing to wait and shell out a whole lot more dough, the Limited Edition 4K Steelbook Library Case of A Nightmare on Elm Street: 7 Film Collection is in stock on Amazon for $154.99. This new drop comes out on December 15. If the price drops any lower, Amazon has a solid preorder guarantee.

Save $900 on the 65″ Hisense UR8 RGB Mini-LED TV

65″ Hisense UR8 RGB Mini-LED Smart TV

0

Hisense’s second-generation RGB Mini-LED, the 65″ Hisense UR8, is down $900 at Best Buy. That RGB Mini-LED technology delivers a wider color gamut, more accurate color reproduction, and less blooming than traditional Mini-LED. Its color gamut even surpasses OLED TVs, and it’s brighter, too. The UR8 is no slouch for gaming either, with a wild 180Hz native refresh rate and HDMI 2.1inputs.

iPhone Duo Preorders

iPhone Duo

0

The iPhone Duo is out October 23, and the preorders for Apple’s first foldable smartphone start today. However, even if you preorder, you likely won’t get the iPhone Duo until late January 2027.

When closed, the iPhone’s display is 5.4 inches, and it unfolds to a 7.6-inch screen, essentially turning into a little iPad. When unfolded, it’s the thinnest iPhone ever. The display can be positioned in different ways, and Apple has redesigned the apps to make the best use of the new layout. If you’ve been looking for an iPhone with more screen real estate, preorder prices for the Duo start at $1999, but you may be able to get a deal going through your cell provider.

$40 Off the Xbox Elite Series 2 Core Wireless Controller

Xbox Elite Series 2 Core Wireless Gaming Controller

0

Xbox Elite Series 2 Core Wireless Controller is down to $40 on Amazon and Target, the lowest price I’ve seen in months. This pro-level Xbox and PC controller delivers adjustable-tension thumbsticks, a wrap-around rubberized grip, handy hair trigger locks, button mapping, and more high-end features. As the Core model, it doesn’t include the component pack that comes with the non-Core Xbox Elite Series 2. That can be purchased separately, providing more ways to customize your controller. Beyond that, the two controllers are identical. Learn more about the Elite Series 2 in IGN’s review.

Get 20% Off the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni Gaming Headset

Steelseries Arctis Nova Pro Omni Wireless Gaming Headset

0

The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni, the successor to the Arctis Nova Pro, a mainstay on our top gaming headset guide for years, just dropped to its lowest price yet. You can get it for 20% off at SteelSeries with the code “SSPOUT20”. This new model offers solid improvements over its predecessor, including an “OmniPlay” mode for cross-platform compatibility, the ability to connect four separate sources simultaneously, and a better GameDAC. Of course, the comfortable fit, incredible sound quality, and unique swappable battery system are all still intact. Read IGN’s full review here.

Save on a LEGO Star Wars

LEGO Star Wars AT-ST Walker

0

You can get the LEGO Star Wars AT-ST Walker for only $162.54 after clipping the coupon on its Amazon product page. That’s nearly 20% off its list price. This All Terrain Scout Transport vehicle is a fun build featuring 1,513 pieces and tons of intricate details, from the distinctive legs and an opening top hatch to the 2-person cockpit and laser cannons. An exclusive AT-ST Driver minifigure with an Imperial crest printed on its arms rounds out the set.

LEGO Star Wars Advent Calendar 2026

0

Looking for another LEGO deal? The 2026 LEGO Star Wars Advent Calendar has dropped to just $30, $15 off the list price and the lowest I’ve seen. The box includes 24 surprise LEGO items. There are even exclusive holiday-themed minifigures and eight mini build vehicles.

MSI Codex R2 RTX 5070 Gaming PC Drops to $1449

MSI Codex R2 Intel Core Ultra 7 265F RTX 5070 Gaming PC (16GB/1TB)

0

For a gaming PC that shines at 1440p and 1080p gaming, pick up the MSI Codex R2. This rig pairs an air-cooled, multitasking-maven Intel Core Ultra 7 265F CPU with a GeForce RTX 5070 12GB GPU for some solid gaming prowess. 16GB of DDR5 RAM and a 1TB M.2 SSD are also included. You can get all of this for just $1449 at Walmart. Given how much GPUs, RAM, and SSDs cost these days, this is an excellent price for a prebuilt.

Borderlands 4 on PS5 or XSX Is $20

Borderlands 4 – PlayStation 5

0

Borderlands 4 – Xbox Series X

0

A physical copy of Borderlands 4 for PS5 and Xbox Series X has dropped to its lowest price yet on Amazon. This addictive looter shooter is sure to be a blast, offering a long main story and an incredible co-op experience, making it a great value. In IGN’s review, Travis Northup said: “Borderlands 4 gives the series the massive kick in the pants it has needed, with a fantastic open world and greatly improved combat.”

Gigabyte A16 Pro 16″ RTX 5070 Ti Gaming Laptop for $1,449

Gigabyte A16 Pro 16″ Intel Core i7 240H RTX 5070 Ti Gaming Laptop (32GB/1TB)

0

The Gigabyte A16 Pro 16″ RTX 5070 Ti Gaming Laptop is down to just $1449 at Walmart. Equipped with an Intel Core 7 240H CPU, Nvidia GeForce RTX 5070 Ti 12GB GPU, 32GB of RAM, and a 1TB SSD, this is an incredibly solid rig. It should have no issue running games at top settings to take advantage of the 16″ 2560×1600 165Hz IPS display or doing just about any other task you throw its way.

MTG Lorwyn Eclipsed Play Booster Box Hits All-Time Low Price

Sold and shipped by Amazon

Magic: the Gathering Lorwyn Eclipsed – Play Booster Box

0

Magic’s Lorwyn Eclipsed Play Booster Box is down to its lowest price yet. At just $108.99, you get 30 Play Booster packs, bringing each to about $6.63. Each pack even guarantees a foil. If you haven’t checked it out yet, MTG: Lorwyn Eclipsed is a really nice set full of awesome fantasy creatures throwing spells.

You may also want to check out the preorder for the latest Marvel x MTG, Darkhold Destiny. It just dropped a few days ago.

2-for-$25 4K Horror Films

2 for $25 4K Horror Blu-rays

0

Spooky season is upon us, and if you’re looking to sink your teeth into some horror flicks, Gruv has a great deal. You can get two 4K horror movies for just $25. The sale is packed with some fun titles like Shaun of the Dead, Poltergeist, and Candyman. While I’d recommend scrolling through the whole sale yourself, below are a few highlights:

Forza Horizon 6 Drops to New Low Price

Forza Horizon 6 – Standard Edition – Xbox Series X

0

Forza Horizon 6 – Premium Edition – Xbox Play Anywhere

0

Fresh off the PS5 Forza Horizon 6 preorders going live, the Xbox Series X disc has dropped to its lowest price yet: $42. For even more Forza, the Premium Xbox Play Anywhere Edition, which lets you play on Xbox Series X/S, Windows PCs, and other Windows gaming devices and includes expansions, has dropped to $59.99.

Forza Horizon 6 received a 10/10 “Masterpiece” rating in IGN’s review. Luke Reilly raved, “It’s the best-looking and best-sounding game Playground has produced to date, set in the most wonderfully realised map it’s ever crafted – full of dense, authentic details and stunning driving roads. It’s rewarding to explore, the campaign is well-paced with a great payoff, and I simply cannot stop playing.”

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Tesla and SpaceX Have Worked Together To Create a Flying Roadster

Last night, Tesla CEO Elon Musk unveiled a car that he claims can fly, followed by a short demonstration of its ability to go airborne — and it’s hard to think of a Tesla vehicle that’s sparked more online reaction since the Cybertruck.

The demonstration was held outside of a Texas SpaceX test facility, where Musk unveiled the car in front of a live audience. During that demonstration, Musk took to the stage, where he said, “We need an audience to prove it’s not AI or SI, so you guys can tell people you saw it with your eyes,” and that, “You’re going to see the results of what happens when you have a collaboration between the world’s best car company and the world’s best rocket company.”

When the flying Roadster was revealed, it was remotely piloted to “make sure we don’t kill anyone.” The demo started off with the car facing a steep ramp, where it used suction to drive and park upside down, before eventually zooming up the ramp, jumping off, using rockets to right itself and land safely.

Turns out the future does have flying cars https://t.co/6fexPp6SXI

— Elon Musk (@elonmusk) October 16, 2026

The car uses thrusters from SpaceX in the rear of the vehicle and along the bottom to “basically fly like a rocket.” Musk admitted this is “not necessarily a safety-optimized car,” which is likely why, earlier in the event, he claimed that it would be “long-term the only manually driven car that Tesla makes.” Musk added that this new Roadster would enter production in 2028, but with something like this, I’d expect a number of delays, if it ever makes it to the street at all.

Regardless, the car has been blowing people’s minds. Christopher Lloyd, who famously played flying car driver Doc Brown in the Back to The Future movies, took to X / Twitter to say: “Finally…flying cars.” Meanwhile, other folks, like user CARN0N tweeted out highlight reels of all the stunts that Tesla pulled off with the prototype rocket car. Some have even compared it to Rocket League.

Highlights of all four stunts Tesla showed off with the new Roadster today. https://t.co/chP6QEuVMk

— Oli (@CARN0N) October 16, 2026

“Rocket League is just a video game”

Tesla engineers: https://t.co/iPzBNywL4p

— Spawn Wave (@SpawnWaveMedia) October 16, 2026

There is a healthy dose of skepticism, of course. Tech influencer MKBHD tweeted out his disbelief, saying, “They really just got on stage and said this newly designed 4,000+ pound car can do flips and go half the speed of sound (380+mph) and will ship in 2028. This is a prank, right?”

NASA administrator Jared Isaacman was impressed, even if he was a bit skeptical, tweeting: “Hard to think of a wilder product unveiling. Not sure how quickly drivers are going to be leaping over each other in traffic, but damn, this was a cool way to introduce Roadster to the world.”

Only time will tell if this new flying Roadster will ever actually see the light of day, or if it’ll even be street legal in most places when it does. Musk sure seemed hopeful that Tesla would be able to get it out the door and into customer’s hands in the next couple years, but really, we’ll just have to wait and see.

Photo by FilmPublicityArchive/United Archives via Getty Images.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

VisionQuest Fans Believe a Major Character Is Right Under Their Noses

VisionQuest watchers believe they’ve spotted another major MCU character in the new show’s first episode.

Paul Bettany reappeared as The Vision when his standalone Disney+ series premiered its first two episodes earlier this week. Although familiar Tony Stark-created AI bots like Jarvis (James D’Arcy), Edith (Emily Hampshire), and even Ultron (James Spader) are already keeping the hero company within his troubled mind, some fans believe VisionQuest has snuck in another big name from the WandaVision trilogy.

Warning! Potential spoilers for VisionQuest follow.

That character is none other than Wanda and Vision’s magic-wielding son, Billy Maximoff, a.k.a. Wiccan. Played by Heartstopper actor Joe Locke in the 2024 Marvel show Agatha All Along, eagle-eyed viewers believe the character made his first appearance in the closing moments of the Vision show’s first episode. If it really is him and it slipped by you, don’t beat yourself up too hard; this is more of a blink-and-you’ll-miss-it Easter Egg than an outright reveal.

Ranking Phase Five of the MCU

After VisionQuest sets up White Vision’s struggle with his identity, the first episode spends some time introducing another new face for a character we’ve already met. Wanda and Vision’s other child, Tommy, seems to be alive after possessing the body of another human being (played by Ruaridh Mollica). Instead of materializing just outside of Westview like his brother, Billy, though, Tommy is living life in London as a pickpocket.

If fan suspicions are to be believed, Billy is well aware of his brother’s location. After Tommy pulls off a small heist toward the end of Episode 1, one person with a familiar haircut can be seen walking amongst the crowd. Then, when Tommy meets up with his accomplice, Lisa (Lauren Morais), later down the road, that same person can be seen again, but this time, they’re in a completely different position.

Could it be an extra out of place or a minor continuity error, or is it actually our first look at Wiccan’s return as the WandaVision trilogy comes to an end? That’s what fans are trying to figure out, but considering the MCU is known for tucking away the occasional visual Easter Egg and trick, many viewers wouldn’t be surprised if this is our first hint at a family reunion.

The streets are saying Billy is following Tommy around… Oh, WandaVision-level delusions. WE ARE SO BACK! #VisionQuest https://t.co/BkdKXGHC2r

— alias (@itsjustanx) October 15, 2026

Wiccan’s return is something fans have expected in the weeks leading up to VisionQuest’s premiere. Aside from the fact that the show, which happens to be the last before Avengers: Doomsday marks the beginning of the end of the Multiverse Saga this December, offers an opportunity to reunite a powerful Marvel family, one recent trailer may also have contained another hint at Wiccan’s return. The most damning evidence of his role in the show, however, is the fact that Mollica kind of let it slip that he and Locke had filmed some scenes together during an interview with Entertainment Tonight.

“It was amazing,” Tommy’s actor said of working with Locke on VisionQuest. “We actually shot our MCU stuff before we did the play [Clarkston], which was amazing. We met for a coffee beforehand to get to know each other, and we were just so excited. We became such good friends instantly, and then we did a play on the West End together and had this big secret that slowly started to leak as we were doing it.”

Well, it all seems to be out there now, but we’ll have to wait to see if the mysterious figure shown in Episode 1 really was Wiccan undercover. Until then, VisionQuest episodes will continue to roll out weekly. We’ll get two episodes every week until the penultimate episode arrives November 3. The finale, Episode 8: “Forever,” will then drop November 10.

For those who have yet to start VisionQuest, be sure to catch up on everything you need to know here. You can also see why Bettany thinks his Vision feels abandoned by the Avengers.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Asus ROG Xbox Ally X20 Review

Last year, Asus and Xbox worked together to launch the Asus ROG Xbox Ally and Xbox Ally X, and the latter is still one of the best handheld gaming PCs on the market right now. Not only is is great at playing games, but even amid the RAMpocalypse, the Xbox Ally X hasn’t gone up in price and will still cost the same $999 that it did back in October 2025.

While the Xbox Ally X is an incredible little device, its relatively small display has been outclassed by the likes of the Lenovo Legion Go 2 and MSI Claw 8 EX AI+ — even though they’re much more expensive. But Asus took the 20th anniversary of ROG to update the Xbox Ally X with an OLED display, and it takes the handheld to a completely new level.

With a better display and a new chassis comes a higher $1,299 price tag, but if you have the cash, that extra $300 is absolutely worth it.

Asus ROG Xbox Ally X20 – Hands-On Photos

Same Guts, Different Screen

The Xbox Ally X20 has a fancier looking chassis and a much nicer OLED display, but it’s functionally the same handheld as the Ally X beneath the surface with no real difference in the specs. It’s still rocking the AMD Ryzen AI Z2 Extreme, along with 24GB of RAM and a 1TB SSD. It shouldn’t be too surprising that performance is largely the same, netting 42 fps in Cyberpunk 2077 at 1080p High settings with FSR set to Quality compared to 43 fps from the Xbox Ally X with the same settings.

In 3DMark, the performance also lines up. The Xbox Ally X20 gets 598 points in the Steel Nomad test, compared to 602 points from the original Xbox Ally X, which is within the margin of error. In Time Spy, the X20 gets 4,030 points, compared to 4,016 points from last year’s model — also virtually the same performance.

Of course, because OLED displays are slightly more efficient than your standard LCD screen, the Xbox Ally X20’s battery fares a bit better than its predecessor. Starting from 100% battery, I played Cyberpunk 2077 until the X20 died, and it lasted 2 hours and 43 minutes with all stock settings. That makes it the longest lasting handheld I’ve tested, beating out the MSI Claw 8 EX AI+’s 2 hours and 14 minutes, and the Xbox Ally X’s 2 hours and 34 minutes. You’re only getting an extra 10 minutes of battery life, so it’s not exactly groundbreaking, but it is an improvement.

If you already have the Xbox Ally X, it’s not worth upgrading to the X20 based on specs alone. But the star of the show is the improved OLED display.

OLED Makes a World of Difference

While I still love the original Xbox Ally X, the display has always been a problem for me. In a lot of games, especially as time has gone on, I’ve found myself needing to squint at the screen in dark scenes to make out what’s happening. Likewise, in games like Monster Hunter Rise (which I’ve unfortunately found myself recently obssessed with), the original Ally X’s screen isn’t great at making the bright colors pop off the screen as well as an OLED display can.

For a long time, that led me to daily driving the Lenovo Legion Go 2, which has its own problems. I have pretty small hands, and there are times where I struggle to stretch my thumb to hit all of the buttons. Plus, with all the dials and buttons built into the Joy-Con-like controllers on the Legion Go 2, it’s easy to accidentally hit something and trick the game into thinking you’re playing with a keyboard and mouse, even for just a second. But because the screen is so good, I would just power through, and it’s become one of the default ways I play games in bed, whether it’s something that’s running locally on the Legion Go 2 or streaming through Moonlight.

After spending a few days with the Xbox Ally X20, I’ve shoved the Legion Go 2 back into storage. The X20’s screen is smaller, but it’s much easier to hold for long periods of time, which completely equalizes it for me. Plus, the crystal-clear display makes it easier to see whatever’s on the screen, so having less real estate there doesn’t make much of a difference.

More Than Just a Screen

While the new OLED display is the highlight, the Xbox Ally X20 also has a new, partially transparent chassis that’s evocative of ’90s gadget design. It does look great, even if I prefer the simple black aesthetic of the original. The menu buttons are all gold now, which is apparently the standard color of ‘anniversary’ or ‘celebration’ editions of tech products, and other buttons, like the volume rocker and all the standard controller inputs, are black.

What’s more interesting is the D-pad. Asus worked in a transforming D-pad that you can pull out and rotate to transform it from a classically defined pad with four directional buttons to a concave version akin to what you’d find on the Xbox Elite controllers. A lot of controller makers do offer this choice, but it’s usually handled by having a removable D-pad rather than one that can transform. If you do have a preference for one type of pad, you can set it that way, but really, I’ve just been fidgeting with it because of the satisfying clicking noise it makes whenever you pull it out and rotate it.

The sticks have also been updated from the standard sticks on the Xbox Ally X to new TMR sensors on the X20. Day to day, that difference hasn’t been noticeable for me, but it does mean that they should last much longer without stick drift. That’s super important in a device where, if the controller breaks, you can’t easily swap out the controller or its parts without taking the whole thing apart.

Unfortunately, It’s Still Running Windows

Just like any other handheld, what really holds the Xbox Ally X20 back from greatness is the software. Windows 11 is still a pain to use with a controller, and while the Xbox Full Screen Experience does mitigate many of the problems, there are still some definite issues.

In the few days I’ve spent with the Xbox Ally X20, I’ve run into one specific problem over and over again: If I try to swipe up on the display to go to another window, the controller will bug out. It acts as though the Xbox button is being held down, which means every button press is read as a shortcut, either opening the keyboard, pulling up the task manager, or some other silly behavior. It’s bad enough when I’m trying to scroll through my library, but when I’m trying to pull up a guide in a browser and swap back and forth, it makes the X20 unusable until I reboot the thing.

To be fair, the original Xbox Ally X had problems with the Full Screen Experience when it launched, too. But that was when it was brand new, and none of the problems were as toxic to the experience as making the controller essentially non-functional. I’ve been able to get around these problems with the X20’s UI by avoiding using the touchscreen as much as possible, but that’s not something I should have to do with a $1,300 device, especially when it’s essentially just a chassis and display upgrade.

This should be something that future updates should be able to fix, but in the meantime, I’d advise forgoing Windows and installing SteamOS or Bazzite, unless you really want to use it to play Game Pass games or Call of Duty.

The Price Is Right

Looking at what is essentially a PC version of the Nintendo Switch 2 and seeing a $1,299 price tag is going to turn some people off from the jump, but I’m still surprised that this handheld is as affordable as it is. The Xbox Ally X20 has nearly the same specs as the Lenovo Legion Go 2, except with 8GB less of RAM, but it costs $700 less at the time of writing.

It’s not hard to look at other PC gaming hardware this year and imagine that Asus could have raised the price more, considering the much-improved display and the addition of TMR joysticks. Just look at the Steam Machine, which came in at $1,049, or even the 4-year-old Steam Deck, which Valve bumped up to $789 back in May. Compared to the Xbox Ally X20’s Z2 Extreme, 24GB of RAM, and 1TB SSD, the Steam Deck’s aging RDNA 2 GPU, 16GB of RAM, and 512GB SSD at nearly $800 doesn’t seem like that great of a deal at all.

Crucially, Asus also isn’t discontinuing the existing Xbox Ally X, which is still a $999 handheld despite the price increases that have hit pretty much every other tech product this year. I keep bracing myself for what feels like the inevitability that Asus is going to raise its prices, but that hasn’t happened yet. Now Asus is launching a new version of the Xbox Ally X, but with an OLED panel and TMR sticks for $1,299. That upgrade could be a bit cheaper, but it’s hard to think of a single handheld gaming PC with an OLED display that is a better value right now.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

The ‘Father of PlayStation’ Responds to Killing Discs Backlash

Ken Kutaragi, known as “The Father of PlayStation,” has backed Sony’s controversial decision to scrap discs on PS5. Kutaragi, who ran Sony’s gaming business through its first three console generations, told VGC that while he understands the backlash, it isn’t “economically reasonable.”

“Although we had network capability back in the PS2 and PS3 days, it was not that common [as it is today]. Now, many, many people are connected,” he said.

“I understand that physical discs have become a metaphor for ‘owning’ games. I really understand that mentality… But nobody thinks [physical media] is necessary for a networked device like a smartphone, for example, because people feel that they will keep their content. So it’s a mentality.

“I really understand [why some people are upset], but I don’t think it’s economically reasonable. Maybe it’s a mentality issue.”

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

While Kutaragi noted that Sony’s decision had caused friction for players, he pointed at the makeup of Sony Interactive Entertainment, which employs people from streaming services such as Gaikai. Kutaragi noted that Sony might have ambitions wider than just gaming with its all-digital plans.

He went on to suggest consoles could eventually be phased out, with platform holders utilizing streaming solutions to combat the rising price of components (thanks, AI). “We won’t need any console,” he said, before he clarified: “This isn’t an official comment from Sony Computer Entertainment!”

Under Sony’s current plans, physical discs on PlayStation consoles will be phased out entirely by 2028. Sony reportedly knew killing PS5 discs would be a huge PR problem, but it is pressing ahead. Sony’s rationale for ditching discs is that it’s simply following consumer trends. “In response to shifting trends in consumer preference, new games will be released on PlayStation Store and at retailers in digital formats only,” Sid Shuman, Senior Director, Sony Interactive Entertainment Content Communications, said in a post on PlayStation Blog.

“As consumer preferences and the broader entertainment industry continue to shift away from physical discs to digital, physical game disc production for all new games releasing on PlayStation consoles will be discontinued starting January 2028. Following this date, new games will be available on PlayStation Store and at retailers in digital formats only. This transition has no impact on games that already released, or will be releasing, prior to January 2028 in disc format.

“This is a natural direction for Sony Interactive Entertainment to adapt to consumer trends as the general preference for digital media significantly outpaces physical discs. This transition will enable us to align more closely with how most of our community prefers to access and play games today.”

Players have been using any platform they can, including PlayStation surveys, to let their preservation concerns be heard.

Photo by Stephen Shugerman/Getty Images.

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

MTG 2026 Foundations Commander Decks In Stock — Where To Buy Online

Magic: The Gathering’s new Foundations Commander decks are back in stock at major online retailers, including Amazon, after shortages since their arrival alongside Reality Fracture.

The five decks arrived on October 2, 2026, giving players an accessible way to get started with Commander, MTG’s most popular multiplayer format. Each deck is super affordable, with a different mono-color strategy built around a familiar creature type or playstyle, from Angels and Dragons to Dinosaurs, Zombies, and artifacts.

MTG’s Foundation Decks Are Almost All Back In Stock

It’s worth noting right off the bat that, sadly, the price has crept up on some of these precons. Despite an MSRP of $30, they’ve been climbing a little due to months of intermittent stock shortages for preorders and since launch at the start of October.

Yet, despite this, there are still some fairly good deals up for grabs when you compare prices to current market rates at TCGplayer. For example, Reign of Dragons (the mono-red deck) is available for $35.44 at Amazon right now, while the zombie-focused mono-black deck, Wretched Ranks, is $39.99. Wretched Ranks matches its market rates, but Reign of the Dragons is considerably less than its average price of $47.68 at TCGplayer right now.

Keen Engineering, the artifact-heavy mono-blue precon, on the other hand, is up to $43.07, but we expect that to drop swiftly — it’s the only deck that was often being sold for under MSRP in recent weeks, and a current market price of $30.26 at TCGplayer.

The best deal, however, is undoubtedly on Calling All Angels. The very fun (and pretty powerful) mono-white Angels deck, is back in stock at $29.99 (MSRP), and $22 below its current market average of $52.

Foundations – 2026 Bundle (Five Decks)

3

Pricing are still trending up for these decks at the moment, with the five deck bundle reaching average prices of around $195, over $45 above the MSRP of $149.95.

That’s an average of $39 per deck, which isn’t entirely terrible, but I’d encourage you to buy the single decks, or wait it out a bit longer for prices to come down again. The closer you can get to the intended list price of $30 per deck, the better.

What About The Green Deck?

Tramplesaurus Rex, the mono-green deck based around dinosaurs, isn’t back in stock yet. That means it’s climbing on the secondary market, buoyed by reprints of cards like Surrak and Goreclaw.

We’re seeing it reach $60 on the likes of TCGplayer, and as fun as it’ll be to overpower your foes with big dinos, it’s simply not worth paying double the price for.

Tramplesaurus Rex

1

We’re expecting Wizards of the Coast to reprint these decks regularly since they have the Foundations title attached to them, meaning players will have an easier way to jump into the format.

Once they do, expect all of these decks, including the green one, to dip when that happens. So keep an eye out for that!

What is MTG Foundations?

Foundations is an ideal starting point for new players — or for those of us looking to share the Commander format with friends or family.

Calling All Angels is a mono-white Angels typal deck, helmed by Giada, Font of Hope. Reign of Dragons is a mono-red Dragon deck starring Lathliss, Dragon Queen, while Tramplesaurus Rex will ramp quickly to bring out big dinosaurs like its Commander, Ghalta, Primal Hunger.

Then there’s Ghoulcaller Gisa, who helms the mono-black zombie/sacrifice deck Wretched Ranks, and finally, Sai, Master Thopterist, whose mono-blue deck, Keen Engineering, is all about artifacts.

These are all well-worn playstyles, but the point here is the cohesion rather than the competitiveness. These decks are easy to hand to a friend over the holidays and say “let’s play a game”, while also giving them a little bit of guidance towards their preferred playstyle.

For more on Magic: The Gathering, be sure to check out Reality Fracture’s priciest cards, as well as all we know about the Warhammer 40K Commander decks seeing a reprint.

IGN is the best place to find TCG deals

IGN’s resident deals experts, like Robert Anderson, have over seven years of experience writing about gaming and TCG deals. In an era where finding advice from a real person is more important than ever, Robert’s expertise helps you cut through the digital noise to find genuine, money-saving offers. He pairs his experience and love of games with data-driven analysis and price-tracking tools to ensure he’s only ever recommending something that’s actually worthwhile.

If you’re looking for some no-nonsense help on saving money in an era where gaming and TCG hobbies have never been more expensive, then we’d highly recommend following him @robertliam21 on Bluesky and setting IGN as a preferred source in Google to make sure you’re getting the latest updates from him and the rest of the IGN Shopping team.

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Rockstar Mods Real Life Vehicles to Look Like GTA 6 Cars Before Driving Them Through Miami

Rockstar’s wild marketing push for GTA 6 is well underway, with the latest seeing modded cars cruising around Miami. The GTA 6 developer pimped out some real-world vehicles to look like their in-game counterparts and showed them off around The Magic City.

The cars rocked Leonida license plates — the plates you’ll see in the game’s fictionalized Florida — and drove around in a tight convoy, with a VCPD-liveried Lamborghini police vehicle in the mix. There was also a McLaren, kitted out to look like a real life Progen Emerus.

Other looks included real-life takes on the Cheetah, the Coquette D10, the Tempesta, and the Manana. I can’t even imagine how much this cost to put together.

Rockstar Games appear to be marketing #GTAVI in Miami with a street car showcase, featuring Leonida licence plates and a VCPD-liveried Lamborghini 👀

Sources: https://t.co/2yW2dNONpm / @WillMacGTA https://t.co/xLU4lWGoTY

— ben (@videotech) October 16, 2026

“That Vice City Police Huracan is FIRE,” said one X / Twitter user. “Miami is so unserious for turning a game launch into a city-wide event like this is just a normal Tuesday for them,” said another.

Sentiment across social media is mostly positive, with players impressed by the creativity of GTA 6’s launch marketing. So far, it’s definitely been a step up from what we usually see from triple-A studios, and more over the top than any movie promotion I can remember in recent years.

Local news page Only in Dade got a look at some of the vehicles parked up at a gas station as the Goodyear blimp, featuring its own GTA 6 advertisement, hovered in the distance. PlayStation reminding players GTA 5 is leaving PS Plus soon kinda pales in comparison.

GTA 6 Launch Trailer Screenshots

Rockstar developers traveled across Florida on GTA 6 research trips to portray the state as authentically as possible in its satire-laden recreation of Miami and the surrounding areas. CBS news recently did a segment on GTA 6, astonished by how accurately the game captures the city.

Elsewhere, the Australian government put out a graphic that informed citizens of their rights for requesting time off work when GTA 6 launches next month. All while Rockstar has been taking over Miami in its big marketing push leading up to launch.

Some Miami officials have expressed concern over the studio’s influence, with Rockstar taking over beaches and collaborating with local NBA team the Miami Heat. The marketing machine is at full tilt now, right up to when GTA 6 launches for PS5 and Xbox Series consoles on November 19.

It’s been a busy week for GTA 6. We’ve got a report on what sounds like the end of Cyberleek, details of GTA 6’s sweat system, and confirmation GTA 6 is eligible for The Game Awards 2026.

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

Seven Havens Episodes 4-6 Recap and Review

Warning: This review contains full spoilers for Avatar: Seven Havens Season 1, Episodes 4-6!

With the next batch of three episodes of Avatar: Seven Havens now on Paramount+, we’re nearly halfway through the first season of the series. The show has clearly hit an episodic rhythm and is amping up the danger for our twin Avatars, Pavi (Saheli Kahn) and Nisha (Aishu Devan), as well as their supposed safe Haven of Ellora. But we’re also still in Ellora, and other than a very menacing red diamond and a group of raiders called the Faceless, it’s curious that we still don’t quite have a sense of what the overall thrust of this story is as of yet.

Read Last Week’s Review:

Avatar: Seven Havens Episodes 1-3 Recap and Review

Okay, that’s not exactly true; the thrust of Book 1: Survival (the overarching name for the season) certainly seems to be Pavi and Nisha regaining the lost memories of their past while the tensions and distrust in Ellora bubble over to unbearable levels, mostly focused on the unseen threat of the Avatar — after all, we’re told it was the previous Avatar, Korra, who broke the world two centuries ago, leading to what’s left of humanity living in Seven Havens.

The Long View

But the real tense question for viewers watching the show is: When are they going to leave this One (1) Haven and explore the other Six (6) Havens, to make Seven total Havens? Look, it’s gotta happen — probably — but this isn’t the single-city focus that mostly consumed Legend of Korra. There, it made sense to spend a lot of time in Republic City; the steampunk-inspired home for all four types of benders and humans was a vast array of landscapes and social strata. Ellora, by design, is smaller and more in line with where we first met Aang with the Southern Water Tribe before heading off to explore the wide world of Avatar.

In fact, if you look at a similar span of time on The Last Airbender, team Avatar had left the Southern Water Tribe by Episode 6, went to the Southern Air Temple, met the Kyoshi Warriors, headed to the Earth Kingdom of Omashu, and fought the at-the-time villainous Zuko multiple times. Not that Seven Havens needs to ape that formula, but the curiosity factor about the new landscape of the world after Korra’s cataclysm (Korraclysm?) is high. We end Episode 6, “Night of the Afflicted,” with Ellora calling the other Havens for help; however, that likely means the other Havens are coming to Ellora, not Pavi and Nisha going to them.

The show is lovely to look at on an episode-by-episode basis, adorably funny, and doing a nice job of slowly fleshing out the expansive cast.“

This would be much less of a problem if every episode didn’t include the twins talking about how they want to go find their parents and see if they’re alive. Yet not once does anyone say, “okay, let’s check outside Ellora,” which is the last place they were seen. Yes, Ellora and its citizens are getting plenty of time in the sun, and they’re all interesting in their own right. But at this point, it feels like Seven Havens is fighting against itself to keep our characters in town instead of following the quest structure the season seemed to be setting up.

Those five paragraphs aside, let’s not also forget that this is a very fun show and a great addition to the Avatar canon. While the season-long view raises some questions about the show’s direction, it’s still lovely to look at on an episode-by-episode basis, adorably funny, and doing a nice job of slowly fleshing out the expansive cast. And thanks to the news out of New York Comic Con that the show will now run at least four seasons, there’s a little bit more breathing room for Seven Havens to stay in Ellora before Pavi, Nisha, and presumably Jae (Major Curda) head out to repair this broken world. When they had just announced two seasons, you could hear the clock ticking away in the background; now, they can hang in Ellora for Season 1 but hopefully get on the road in Seasons 2-4.

Avatar: Seven Havens Images

The Episodes Close Up

Okay, enough long view. To break down the plot more specifically, Episode 4, “The Faceless,” focuses on what seemed to be the big threat last week. As it turns out, they’re really raiders taking grain and other goods from Ellora — late in the episode they kidnap a herd of cameldillos. The smart thing this half-hour does is take this threat and pair it with a very small, personal quest for our three leads to find missing Bending Brigade member Uki (Kimberly Woods). Not only does this allow Pavi to get much weirder, building on her “actually, I talk to rocks and they’re my friends” moment from Episode 3, but it gives us more of a chance to understand the increased fear and panic in Ellora that’s caused or amplified by what was left behind by the red diamond.

Not to compare and contrast two extremely different shows, but take a look at Lanterns over on HBO, which spent a lot of time telling us how nervous the people of the town of Rushville, Nebraska were, while only showing us those people one or two times in eight episodes. Meanwhile, Seven Havens depicts this on multiple levels, from those in the ruling class to citizens in a delicious looking bakery to Uki’s insanely large family, who are worried not just about her but the city itself. As viewers, this gives us a specific emotional tie versus Pavi and Nisha riding their cat-monkeys through a town of, er, faceless nobodies. This storyline is all about panic and fear of the unknown, something extremely relevant to our modern world. The almost-riot in Episode 5, “The One Left Behind,” and the pseudo-zombie attacks in Episode 6, “Night of the Afflicted,” wouldn’t be as effective if we didn’t care about the regular people of Ellora.

And now a quick side-trip to theory town (and scroll down for a very big theory that borders on possible spoilers): We’re all agreed that the Faceless aren’t bad guys; they’re people trying to survive outside the Haven, right? And given the “you should join us” moment at the beginning of the episode, by the time Jae finds Uki again, she’ll understand the Faceless point of view? Okay, cool.

To jump into Episode 5, now that city guard Molin (Osric Chau) is possessed by the red entity and knows (or thinks he knows) the Avatar is in town, tensions are unbearably high. What works nicely about the animation here is that the expressions convey the real pain and terror everyone is feeling as the Guards work to track down the Avatar. Meanwhile, Jae and Bending Brigade Commander Karthik (Akshay Khanna) try to alleviate fears despite knowing there isn’t just one but two Avatars in Ellora.

There’s a lot to like about this episode. Shouts to Seven Havens for doubling down on the relationship between Jae and Datu (Topher Ngo). There’s the funniest moment they’ve had so far, with an old woman responding to Jae’s impassioned pleas with a raspberry, then being haughtily carried away by a large man. And of course, Karthik has a secret closet full of artifacts, aka Avatar easter eggs, which we’ll get into more after the recap. But the biggest plus is again keeping things focused on emotion while spooling out the plot. Here, thanks to a rediscovered bracelet paired with Pavi’s brooch, we discover that Nisha and Pavi’s parents were trying to hide them and contacted the Order of the White Lotus, but when Karthik arrived, he only found Nisha alone in the wasteland. There are strong shades of Rey’s story from Star Wars: The Last Jedi here, though clearly our twin Avatars’ parents know a whole lot more about the world breaking than we’re aware of at the moment.

And then there’s Episode 6, which has Ellora getting its fears amplified by the crystalline structures left behind by the red diamond, with the evil diamond returning not to attack but to show Pavi and Nisha another vision of their mother and father. Perhaps most importantly, Pavi calms down Molin by sticking him in a “cozy wall,” which counts as number two after Raspberry Lady in the list of funniest moments in this batch of episodes. Not to sound like a broken record, but once again this episode pairs the fear zombie plot (the big story) with Pavi’s own fears that she won’t be good enough thanks to the loss of her leg (ostensibly the little story). There’s clearly more to tell there, but the animation conveys her pain and frustration as she tries to help Nisha and Jae quell the madness, and the ultimate delivery of a new prosthetic from an extremely kindly doctor is joyful, as Pavi bounces around the room.

As with The Last Airbender and later seasons of The Legend of Korra, the focus is on characters and emotion first.“

Naturally, the mysteries here — Why are there two Avatars? What’s up with the red diamond? Is it really the wrath of the spirit world, or something else? What about those other six Havens? — are great to theorize about. But as with The Last Airbender and later seasons of The Legend of Korra (they made the mistake of going a little too plot- and exposition-heavy in the first season), the focus is on characters and emotion first.

This does tie neatly into The Big Theory we’ll get into below, and while there is a bit of the “when are they going to get to the fireworks factory” in regards to those other Six Havens in this week’s batch of episodes, Seven Havens is doing a bang-up job of making us care not just about Pavi and Nisha, but all of Ellora. There’s a kindness and empathy running through this series that is rare even for animated shows. In short? Avatar: Seven Havens is like sitting inside a nice, cozy wall for 60ish minutes every week.

Avatar Easter Eggs, References, And Connections

Before we get into specific easter eggs, here’s that theory we mentioned — and while it is just a fan theory posted on Reddit, it’s the sort of thing that feels so correct, it may have figured out the whole show after the first week. So possible future spoilers on: The Seven Havens are the Seven Chakras. That’s the short version, but if you don’t recall — back in The Last Airbender Season 2, Aang learned about the seven chakras that, when unlocked, allow him to enter the all-powerful Avatar State. He initially was unable to unlock them due to not letting go of attachments, and was later badly hurt due to Azula’s lightning bending.

Each chakra has a color and an associated emotion, and the colors of the Seven Havens all coincide exactly with the colors of the various chakras. Ellora, you may not be surprised to learn, is depicted as red in the opening credits, and the red chakra or Root Chakra, is blocked by fear. The title of the season finale of Seven Havens’ first season? “The Root Chakra.”

While not exactly “case closed,” the theory continues that Korra either did something or was trying to prevent something from happening (and failed) that broke the chakras of the world. So once Pavi and Nisha figure this out, they won’t be going on a journey to figure out bending à la Aang and Korra since they’ve already mastered all four elements, but rather to unlock the seven chakras of the world and restore balance. The weird weather? That’s because the chakras are blocked; it would also explain why the red diamond isn’t evil. It just needs Pavi and Nisha to do something to unblock Ellora’s fear.

If this is indeed a journey to restore the chakras, the place where Korra probably made her last stand would definitely be her home from Legend of Korra.“

One additional aspect of this theory, by the way, is that intrepid fans have already laid the map of the Seven Havens from the opening credits over the known map of the Avatar world. While some places are unknown or guesses, it seems almost a given that one of the Havens is Ba Sing Se, while the likely final one is none other than Republic City. Again, this makes a lot of sense; if this is indeed a journey to restore the chakras, the place where Korra probably made her last stand would definitely be her home from Legend of Korra.

Is this all true? Just wild guesses? We’ll find out as the show continues, but let’s get into some easter eggs and references we do know for sure.

To work backwards (because pretty much everything we need to talk about is in Episode 5), it’s neat to see lightning bending again, aka the coolest bending. We also get to see Pavi and Nisha do energy bending to “banish” the red diamond, which stuns Karthik. While the above Big Theory seems more plausible, this could throw a little more fire on the “Aang did something when he removed Fire Lord Ozai’s bending” theory, since that also involved energy bending.

Okay, fine, Episode 5. Right at the beginning, we get a fun little mention of “Commander Bountan once told me he saw a dancing lemur-man in the harshlands.” While there’s no way Bountan actually saw this, it’s clear this is a reference to Momo’s iconic dancing in The Last Airbender Season 2, “Tales of Ba Sing Se,” where he danced with some monkeys while trying to find the missing Appa.

…And then Pavi and Nisha end up in Karthik’s secret room, a treasure trove of artifacts collected by the Order of the White Lotus. Look, full disclosure: We’re definitely going to miss things here because there is so much, so sound off in the comments below if you catch something we don’t. But a partial list of artifacts includes:

  • Sokka’s club, which Pavi uses as a backscratcher and pulls a classic Sokka face as she does
  • It looks like they might also have Sokka’s sword on one of the higher shelves
  • A fan from one of the Kyoshi Warriors
  • The Avatar Relics, aka the toys used to identify Avatars. At the very least, there’s the hand drum, wooden hog monkey, and pull-string propeller used with Aang seen in the foreground as Nisha enters the room
  • The map of the world as seen in the opening title sequence of The Last Airbender
  • Zuko’s Blue Spirit mask from when he went undercover as a vigilante
  • Nisha picks up an object with the three swirls indicating the Air Nation
  • There’s a musical instrument on the wall that, shapewise, looks closest to Chong’s instrument — the dramyin — from The Last Airbender Season 2’s “The Cave of Two Lovers”
  • Any radios are going to be from the Legend of Korra era, since the tech hadn’t been developed in the time of The Last Airbender. It’s possible one of these might be Bumi’s portable radio, or based on it in some way
  • As Pavi accidentally turns on the radio and becomes terrified, we see a red umbrella, which is likely the same one Aang got as a present in The Last Airbender Season 1, Episode 14, “The Fortuneteller”

The “lantern” Pavi excitedly calls out definitely seems to be something, so feel free to make fun of us for not figuring out what it is; same for the purple robe with long sleeves in the back, which looks like something Princess Yue would wear but is not. Probably. Regardless, there’s a lot there to freeze frame and comb through, and it makes sense that they wouldn’t have many relics from Korra’s era since they, you know, hate Korra.

The Fourth Wing TV Series Has Reportedly Found Its Xaden and Violet

Prime Video’s adaptation of the best-selling romantasy series, Fourth Wing, has reportdely found its stars. Esther McGregor has been cast as Violet Sorrengail and Emilio Sakraya will be taking on the role of Zaden Riorson.

The news arrived earlier today via Deadline stating that the two actors have been confirmed. This is the first casting news we’ve received about the highly anticipated adaptation, and it’s the most impactful. The heart of Rebecca Yarros’ steamy fantasy romance series is the relationship between these two characters, so their performance will make or break the series.

Prime Video has found its leading stars for ‘Fourth Wing,’ the TV series adaptation of Rebecca Yarros’ bestselling novel.

Esther McGregor has been cast as Violet Sorrengail, and Emilio Sakraya will bring to life the character of Xaden Riorson, sources close to production tell Deadline.

More details here: https://t.co/Nod4AFRxXe

— Deadline (@DEADLINE) October 15, 2026

You may know Esther McGregor for her role as Isabel in A24’s Babygirl, where she worked alongside Nicole Kidman and Antonio Banderas. She also appeared in an episode of Obi-Wan Kenobi as Tetha Grig, a pink-haired spice dealer, which is notable because she is in fact Ewan McGregor’s daughter.

Emilio Sakraya is perhaps most well-known for his depiction of ex-con Giwar Hajabi in the 2022 film Rheingold. You may also know him from his stint as JC in the first season of Netflix’s Warrior Nun series.

For those not already familiar with the Fourth Wing books (AKA the Empyrean series), let’s quickly break down who these characters are: Violet Sorrengail is the main protagonist in the books and is often referenced as a beautiful but frail girl with a deadly side to her. Xaden Riorsen is portrayed as a dark, powerful, and misunderstood guy with too many secrets. Both of these characters attend Basgiath War College where they learn to control powers given to them by massive dragons.

Whether or not these actors can accurately portray these two characters remains to be seen, but they definitely appear to fit their book descriptions. Seeing as this is the most important relationship in the series, they will need to have very good chemistry to be able to embody the love/hate relationship that makes the first Fourth Wing book so good.

The Fourth Wing TV series does not currently have a release date attached, but we do already know that Meredith Averill is serving as showrunner and executive producer. Rebecca Yarros will also be an executive producer on the project alongside Michael B. Jordan’s Outlier Society.

While fans are waiting for the TV adaptation to become a reality, Rebecca Yarros is currently working on book four of the series. She’s also been collaborating on several tabletop adaptations for the franchise as popularity continues to grow. Most recently, Yarros released Threshing Day, a standalone novel depicting the perspectives of various other characters on the day they got their dragons.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Remedy Boss Celebrates After Control Resonant Sells 1 Million Copies, Becoming Studio’s Fastest-Selling Game

Control Resonant has sold one million copies, becoming Remedy’s fastest-selling game in spite of leakers cracking the title and pirating it after its digital launch in September.

Remedy celebrated this milestone on October 15, writing on Twitter/X, “Thank you for the support. For playing, sharing, and being a part of the community.”

Remedy’s communications director Thomas Puha also commented on this achievement, saying, “There we go. Strong start.”

There we go. Strong start.

— Thomas Puha (@RiotRMD) October 15, 2026

This means that Control Resonant has soared past Alan Wake 2, which previously held the record for the studio’s fastest-selling title. The legacy sequel reached one million copies sold two months after its release; Control Resonant has achieved that figure in just three weeks.

This is welcome news for both Remedy and fans of the game, many of whom urged players against downloading the pirated version of the title when it launched digitally in late September. It seems this wasn’t a crippling setback for the developer, though, given its current financial success — and physical editions of the game have just now been released, so there’s still more profit to be had.

Control Resonant was met with critical acclaim among both reviewers and players alike. We at IGN scored it an eight out of 10, with reviewer Michael Higham saying, “Even when combat’s sharp edge eventually dulls, Control Resonant is a great addition to the Remedyverse. While its story follows a more standard framework, its gravitational pull is in the inventive world built around it and the humanization that grounds the paranatural intrigue.”

Control Resonant on GeForce NOW

In fact, the game was so good that many internet pirates decided against illegally downloading it, choosing instead to support Remedy in the hopes that its success would help keep the studio alive.

“One of the very few games I’m going to be buying, Remedy are on the brink of bankruptcy, this is their make or break title, I love their games and gotta do what I can to keep them afloat,” wrote one fan on a piracy subreddit.

“I wasn’t planning to buy it but now I feel like I should,” another said. “I like Remedy. They do good games.”

Remedy is known for titles like the original Control game, Alan Wake 2, Max Payne, and Quantum Break. And while their offerings have been met with high praise from players, they aren’t necessarily tailored for mass appeal, leaving some gamers worried about the developer’s future — but if these latest figures are anything to go by, it seems to be faring just fine.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Preorder the SteelSeries Sensei Pro and Rival Pro 8K Gaming Mice With Unlimited Battery Life

Steelseries recently unveiled a pair of mice that aims to shake up the PC gaming market. The Sensei Pro and Rival Pro, along with its Mini variants, are set to release on November 15 at a launch price of $179.99. New tech doesn’t come cheap, but these mice promise to deliver several unique features to justify that hefty price tag. Among them include Steelseries’ ingenious hot-swappable battery system for what is essentially unlimited battery life, as well as high-speed ultra wide band connectivity to avoid 2.4GHz congestion.

Preorder the Steelseries Sensei and Rival Pro Gaming Mice

Preorder the Steelseries Sensei Pro Symmetrical Gaming Mouse

0

Preorder the Steelseries Rival Pro Ergonomic Gaming Mouse

0

The Sensei Pro and Rival Pro are essentially the same mouse with one primary difference: the Sensei Pro features a symmetrical layout that accommodates both right- and left- handed gamers. The Rival Pro adopts an ergonomic layout that’s catered specifically for right-handed users. Both are also available in a “Mini” sized variant for smaller hands.

Wireless freedom with zero downtime

Amongst the bevy of features packed in the Sensei Pro and Rival Pro, one stands out in particular, and that’s the infinite battery system. This is essentially a hot-swappable battery system much like what you’ll find in the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro and Omni headsets, which I consider to be one of the best gaming headets on the market for this reason. The mice basically include two removable, rechargeable batteries: one to use in your mouse and the other to remain charged and ready to go in the base station that doubles as a charger. You won’t be constantly swapping during each session either; each battery lasts up to 120 hours on a single charge.

UWB wireless connection avoids 2.4GHz congestion

The Sensei Pro and Rival Pro connect to your PC via ultra wide band wireless (6GHz or higher), thus bypassing the 2.4GHz band that’s used by nearly all other wireless peripherals on the market, including headphones, controllers, keyboards, and more. Combined with the hyper-fast 8K polling rate, you’re not going to experience any dropouts, stutters, or lag. For gamers who are still married to a wired connection for its reliabilty, this might just be your cue to finally move on.

Pro-grade features and an ultra lightweight body

The new mice don’t really compromise on anything else. Quite the opposite, in fact. In addition to the 8K polling rate, the Sensei Pro and Rival Pro are equipped with a TrueMove 42K Pro optical sensor with automatic DPI switching depending on what you’re doing (i.e. navigating menus are shooting down your opponents), a total of six programmable buttons that use optical switches rated for 100 million clicks, limitless customization options via Steelseries’ GG PC app, pre-applied low friction PTFE feet, and an ultra lightweight design that starts at only 49 grams.

If you’re going to spend $180 on a gaming mouse, there can be no doubt in your mind that the mouse you’re purchasing is the best of the best. SteelSeries’ new entries look fully equipped to occupy that niche.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Does the Vision Feel Abandoned by the Avengers?

It’s been almost five years since we last saw the Vision in WandaVision, but now he’s back – or a version of him is, anyway – in the new Disney+ series VisionQuest. Paul Bettany returns as the android (synthezoid for you Marvel heads) alongside James Spader’s Ultron and a variety of other AIs from the MCU, including JARVIS (James D’Arcy), FRIDAY (Orla Brady), and EDITH (Emily Hampshire).

But you know who’s not present for the new show? Wanda Maximoff or the Avengers. That doesn’t come as much of a surprise considering that Wanda (Elizabeth Olsen) is, well, dead after the events of Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness, and the Avengers just aren’t themselves these days, what with there apparently being two teams floating around the MCU right now (which none of the original members are a part of).

More on VisionQuest

Notably, in the VisionQuest premiere, Vision muses to himself about how he seems to have evaded everyone who’s been looking for him since the events of WandaVision. “There isn’t an enemy, an acquaintance… or even an Avenger trying to find the Vision,” he says. But when he says this line, Bettany delivers it with a sort of melancholy realization. So of course I had to ask the actor about it when we spoke recently – specifically if Vision feels abandoned by the Avengers in that moment.

“Well, I think so,” Bettany explains. “I finally realized that I was really making Vision for a version of me as a child, where I felt like the outsider who was bullied. I didn’t think I would ever fit in anywhere. So it’s just a moment to remind [us]… It’s sitting on a chair at a dance, a school dance, you know what I mean? And having the courage to go and talk to a girl.”

And then there’s the Wanda of it all. Somehow I doubt there’s a single Marvel fan out there who thinks the Scarlet Witch is really, truly dead, despite the whole Mount Wundagore falling on top of her thing in Doctor Strange 2. At this point in the series, Vision (formerly known as White Vision, who lacked the emotions and memories of the original Vision before meeting a magical version of the OG back in WandaVision – it was a whole thing) is detached from humanity, as well as any deep feelings about Wanda (or at least that’s how he’s presenting). But how about Ultron, the now-imprisoned villain who Wanda and her late brother Pietro (Aaron Taylor-Johnson) once worked for? What are his thoughts on the Vision’s former partner and the mother of their children?

Bettany on Vision and the Avengers: ‘I realized that I was making Vision for a version of me as a child, where I felt like the outsider who was bullied. I didn’t think I would ever fit in anywhere. So it’s just a moment to remind [us].’“

“He’s pretty rude about Wanda,” Spader tells me. Essentially, Wanda is dead now, and so for Ultron she doesn’t matter anymore. “Ultron lives in the present. He really lives in the present. And he’s ready to step forward. And he’s not going to step forward until he shoves [Vision] ahead of him.”

Regarding the relationship between Vision and Ultron, while when we first meet him here, Ultron is trapped in the artificial reality that Vision has constructed, the two clearly have an important bond. “He’s sort of like a quasi-therapist, psychotic father figure,” Bettany says of Spader’s character.

“I think without question, he looks at him as a son-like figure,” says Spader. “It serves him well to perceive him as that. … But I think the more interesting thing is how much it matters to him how Vision perceives him. And it’s touching in a way because he … allows himself to not care or to appear to not care, but he does. He really does care. But what’s interesting is it’s not so much he cares how he feels about Vision. It’s he really cares about how Vision perceives him.”

Fans will recall the great scene between Vision and Ultron from Avengers: Age of Ultron, where the two synthetic lifeforms discussed humanity – both the pros and the cons of the species. It was that scene – which Spader points out was actually filmed in a parking lot and not a forest as it appears to be in the final film – which really is a key to why Ultron is back for VisionQuest, and what the relationship between the two characters is all about.

“It’s this little seed of the last scene with them in Age of Ultron,” says Spader. “[We] grew it and watered it and fed it and raised it and gave it light and it blossomed into this amazing show and story. And these characters, they came from this seed, but they grow into this fabulous thing, this fabulous creation [that’s] funny and moving and sad and tragic and incredibly exciting and thrilling and disturbing at times.”

In that scene from 11 years ago, Vision says the following to the defeated Ultron:

“Humans are odd. They think order and chaos are somehow opposites, and try to control what won’t be. But there is grace in their failings. I think you missed that.”

The fateful meeting from Avengers: Age of Ultron

Says Spader, “He spends 13 years really embracing that idea and really embracing humanity because of that idea. Where it’s him. He is chaos. That’s what he is. That’s what he lives for. That’s who he is. And yet his son is dedicated at this present time to trying to find order and trying to process this. And what they then learn from one another is fabulous and funny and exciting and challenging for both of them. And they both get as much from each other as the other.”

The actors also think that there’s been a shift of perspective for Vision since Age of Ultron in that the events since that film – when Viz was, don’t forget, just born yesterday – have caused the android to have “very real doubts” and be confused by the chaos of the world, and more specifically, the chaos that humanity brings.

“But it’s funny, the two of them are very different,” continues Spader. “Vision has a sense of consequences and has a sense of collateral effect that I don’t think Ultron… Ultron just wants more. And I don’t think he thinks about the consequences. I think he accepts chaos in all its forms and therefore … the dichotomy between their two reactions, and how it comes together, they force it together.”

VisionQuest is streaming on Disney+ now.

Talk to Scott Collura @scottcollura.bsky.social, or listen to his Star Trek podcast, Transporter Room 3. Or do both!

Former Overwatch Director Jeff Kaplan Goes Out of His Way to Avoid Overwatch Subreddits and Online Discussions After Leaving Blizzard Behind

Former Overwatch director Jeff Kaplan explained how he protects his psyche by completely avoiding online discussions and subreddits about Blizzard’s hero shooter.

If you’re a die-hard Overwatch player, you’re likely familiar with the name Jeff Kaplan. He was essentially the face of the game for years, endearing fans with his regular developer updates and memorable interactions with its fanbase.

After leaving Blizzard in 2021, Kaplan founded his own game development studio and is currently working on an open world, action-survival shooter called The Legend of California. He has firmly put Overwatch behind him — to the point where he avoids interacting with it at all costs online.

Overwatch “The Reign of Talon” New Hero Images

“With Overwatch, I had a very almost clinical separation, knowing how the WoW thing had gone,” Kaplan said in a recent interview with GameSpot. “I’ve literally not played the game since April 2021.

“I don’t, for my own psyche, I don’t read the subreddits. After I said my goodbye to competitive Overwatch and the Overwatch subreddit, I never go back and read. I don’t watch YouTube [videos]. I don’t search for my name in Overwatch. I don’t search for Overwatch. I sort of just disconnect. I actually tell all the algorithms like, ‘Yeah, I’m not really interested in Overwatch anymore. I know you think I’m the Overwatch guy, but like, that’s just not for me anymore.’”

He told the outlet that it was surprisingly more painful for him to leave the World of Warcraft team to work on Overwatch than it was to put the hero shooter in his rear view, calling it a “training moment” for taking the next step in his career.

“WoW was who I was at that point,” he explained. “I worked every minute, every waking minute, on WoW. If I wasn’t working on WoW, I was playing WoW. And every time I played WoW, I had this notepad next to the desk that I’d be filling out to walk in the next morning and go, ‘These are all the things we need to change.’ It was kind of shocking in a very negative emotional way to step away from WoW, because it was such a part of who I was and how I identified. It was who I was as a game developer.”

After learning the hard way that the games he worked on didn’t belong to him, but were instead an IP under Blizzard’s ownership, it was easier for him to move forward.

“Overwatch happened. I was a part of it. There’s a group there now, and Overwatch is now about them. Both the players and the developers, that’s their Overwatch now. They’re making it, they own it, they play it. I’m onto this new thing, and that’s where I’m at in my life,” he said.

Kaplan hasn’t shied away from sharing his thoughts on the current gaming industry since making his exit from Blizzard almost half a decade ago. Most recently, he had some harsh words for players who complain about games they’ll never actually play.

“If a game comes out, and you don’t want to play it, and you’ve never played it? Shut the f*** up. No one cares,” he said.

And in March, he revealed the reason why he actually left Blizzard behind, describing a specific meeting that he called “the biggest f*** you moment I had in my career.”

Image Credits: James Sheppard/Edge Magazine/Future via Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Galaxies Autumn Showcase 2026: Everything Announced

The Galaxies Autumn Showcase 2026 has arrived, and it featured exciting reveals for over 50 games, including Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse, The Finals, InZOI, and many more.

As you can see, there were a ton of announcements, so we thought we’d gather all the biggest moments right here to ensure you don’t miss a thing! Check them all out, and let us know in the comments below which games you are most excited for!

Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse Launch Trailer Has Us Even More Excited to Jump In

Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse is available now on PS5, Xbox Series X/S, Nintendo Switch, and PC, and the Galaxies Autumn Showcase revealed its launch trailer and now we are even more excited to start playing!

The Finals’ Prime Time Season Is Shaping Up to Be Something Special

The Finals is gearing up for its Prime Time season on October 20, 2026, and it looks to be the biggest one since launch. Expect remastered arenas, a sharper look, and even “more ways than ever to steal the show.”

Clive Barker’s Hellraiser Revival Launch Trailer Has us Scared in the Best Way

Clive Barker’s Hellraiser Revival is out not on PS5, Xbox Series X/S, Switch 2, and PC, and the game’s launch trailer has us terrified in the best ways and excited to experience this survival action horror game developed by Saber Interactive.

Get a Look at Frosthaven 1.0 With This New Launch Trailer

Frosthaven has officially launched its Version 1.0 update and players can check out the launch trailer to get a new look at what that means for the tactical turn-based RPG developed by Snapshot Games.

We Can’t Wait to Become Best Pals with Dindim in My Penguin Friend

I’d say it’s safe to say we’d all love a little penguin friend, and My Penguin Friend looks to make that wish come true by letting us explore the eyes through Dindim, a plucky little bird who lives in a coastal village.

My Penguin Friend is coming soon to PC.

Seek the Truth Behind a Deadly Virus in Encryption

We were given our first look at Encryption, an upcoming first-person horror game where players explore a world that has been decimated by a virus. To seek the truth, players will need to descend into the dangerous lower level of a facility, and we all know that usually doesn’t go well.

Appulse Looks to Be an Exciting New Take on Pinball

Appulse is a top-down action arcade pinball shooter that caught our attention, as it tasks players with ensuring the safety of their mothership from enemy robots by earning upgrades, mastering an array or weapons, and surviving an intergalactic war. Sign us up.

Appulse will be available on November 26 on PC, and a demo is available now.

Feed Monsters With Your Friends in One More Plate!

Grab some friends and get ready to feed some monsters in One More Plate!, an upcoming co-op physics based party game where you’ll have to serve an assortment of plates and shapes to hungry monsters!

One More Plate! will be released on PC on November 10, 2026.

Guns of Eschaton Is a First-Person Soulslike Action Shooter Set in an Apocalyptic Western World

We love our soulslikes here at IGN, and Guns of Eschaton looks to be a unique take on the genre by setting it in an apocalyptic Western world. Oh, and it’s in first person and is an action shooter.

Guns of Eschaton will be release on PS5, Xbox Series X/S, and PC on December 8, 2026.

Ancestors: The Humankind Odyssey is headed to Consoles In December

Ancestors: The Humankin Odyssey will be making its way to PS5, Xbox Series X/S, and Nintendo Switch 2 on December 8, and will let players explore the age before humanity with some new additions like documentary-style narration, a photo mode, and quality of life improvements. PC players, you’ll also get this upgrade on December 8.

Become a Clockwork Toy Who’s Ready for a Taste of Freedom

Lelu, the upcoming action-adventure monochromatic exploration game developed by Jamierowan, will be coming to Nintendo Switch 2 and PC on January 21, 2027. Get ready to become a concious clockwork toy who’s ready for a taste of freedom.

Gravity Circuit 2 Gets a Demo and Slick Trailer

Mega Man X fans should take note of Gravity Circuit 2, the upcoming 2D action platformer sequel developed by Domesticated Ant Games. As a new Ark emerges, playerrs can embody Gravity or Power Circuit when the game arrives in Spring 2027. To help with the wait, a demo is now available on Steam.

Voidwood Gets a Playtest on Steam

Steam players can check out the pre-alpha playtest of Voidwood, the upcoming 1-4 co-op survival horror game where proximity voice chat is part of the danger. Players must communicate to survive, but teh Beast is always listening.

Voidwood will be released on PC via Steam in late 2027.

Tinker Island Gets a Demo and Gameplay Trailer

Tinker Island is a multiplayer sandbox set in unique ocean worlds filled with tropical islands, and you can check out a demo of the game right now on Steam.

You Can Check Out the Narrative-Driven Card Battler Called Appa Right Now

You can go check out the narrative-driven card battler called Appa right now as a playtest is currently underway. You’ll be able to learn more of the game that has you embody two siblings as they make peace with their father’s death.

Squad Is Making Its Way to Consoles in 2027

Squad, the tactical FPS that’s out now on PC, will be released on PS5 and Xbox Series X/S in 2027. To help with the wait, a free Alpha preview on PS5 is coming soon from October 16 – October 25.

Enjoy New Gameplay From inZOI

Enjoy a new look at inZOI, the upcoming life simulation game that allows players to live out a “variety of lives to their exact specifications, from raising kids to having fun in the sun.”

inZOI is available now in Early Access for Mac and PC, and that period is ending soon.

Learn About the Bahra Quest In the Latest Vaultbreakers Trailer

Take another look at Vaultbreakers and learn all about the Bahra Quest. For those unfamilar, Vaultbreakers is a top-down extraction RPG where players can embark on PvE or PvPvE adventures.

Those interested can jump into an alpha test on Steam from today, October 15, through October 21.

Stuntman: Hollywood Trailer Shows Off Knight Rider Gameplay

The latest look at Stuntman: Hollywood gives us a look at some exciting Knight Rider gameplay and reveals more of the game where you play “perform explosive scenes inspired by blockbuster movies, defy danger, and drift your way to stardom.”

Elta: Defy All Gods Gets a Demo and New Gameplay Trailer

Come check out some new gameplay for Elta: Defy All Gods and then go play the demo yourself right now. In this game, players will fight through a variety of sci-fi worlds in free-form melee combat in an effort to become the ultimate champion of the fallen god, Elta.

Elta: Defy All Gods will be released on PS5, Xbox Series X/S, and PC on February 2, 2027.

Train Sim World 7 Is Getting a Ton of New Content

Train Sim World 7 is getting a big update with new routes, classic trains, and much more. Train Sim World Sim 7 is out now on PC, Xbox Series X/S, and PS5. Players who are curious about the game can try out Train Sim World 7: Free Edition right now as well.

Say Hello to AfterZero: The Last Drive, an Upcoming Survival Driving Adventure Game

The Galaxies Autumn Showcase helped reveal AfterZero: The Last Drive, an upcoming survival driving adventure game where players have to solve puzzles and make sense of a reality-altering mystery by navigating the extremely cold conditions of an everlasting winter.

Keep You Wits About You in Deperson

Check out a new look at Deperson, a psychological horror adventure game where players will need to traverse abstract worlds, solve puzzles, and confront deep truths along the way.

Where Sirens Fall Silent – Official Act 3 Trailer

Learn more about Act III: The Man of When Sirens Fall Silent in this latest trailer. In this game, you’ll play as a determined policewoman in early 1990s Italy who is thrust into a high-profile case of kidnappings and murders.

Agni: Village of Calamity Is a Horror Game with Indonesian Slasher Style Violence

Get a new look at Agni: Village of Calamity, the upcoming cinematic survival horror game that combines mind-bending terror and ritual strangeness with Indonesian slasher style violence.

Mr. Records

Nautus

Deep Dish Dungeon

Altered Alma

Ember and Blade

SOMBRAS: Negative Frames

SPRKLS.exe

Nekome: Nazi Hunter

Late Shift

There Are No Ghosts at the Grand

Contact Protocol

Spine

Wild n Chill

1666: Amsterdam

AOKAKI

Kitsune: The Journey of Adashino

Kloa: Child of the Forest

Satellite Odyssey: Jupiter

Vale’s Echo

Planted!

Wild Wild Eden

ZERO PARADES: Director’s Cut

Developing…

Ed Boon Responds After Street Fighter Cast Says They Want a Mortal Kombat Crossover Movie

Mortal Kombat co-creator Ed Boon has responded after the cast of the Street Fighter movie were vocally enthusiastic about the idea of making a crossover film with Mortal Kombat, and it looks like he’s open to the possibility, too — as long as a game gets made first.

I got the chance to chat with the cast of the Street Fighter movie ahead of its October 16 release, and many of the actors involved told me they’re absolutely game for a crossover with the Mortal Kombat films. In fact, Andrew Schulz joked that this was the real goal of his infamous jab at the MK cast during the 2025 Game Awards.

“Hell yeah,” Andrew Koji, who plays Ryu, told me when asked about the possibility. “That’d be sick.” (He even brought up the idea of a Marvel vs Capcom movie, though that particular project is extremely unlikely to ever happen.)

“I want more Street Fighter,” Noah Centineo, who plays Ken, added. “If you bring an opportunity to us to be able to come back and reup these incredible characters, I’m down, and I know we’re all down. So if that’s Mortal Kombat, if that’s me kicking Thor in his face, you know?”

It wasn’t long before Ed Boon himself became aware of these comments, which he responded to in a post on Twitter/X. “Game first… then movie,” he wrote alongside a winky face emoticon.

While Boon is probably just trolling, this isn’t the first time he’s mentioned the idea of Street Fighter and Mortal Kombat colliding; in May 2026, he tweeted about wanting a Street Fighter guest character in a Mortal Kombat game, saying he was a “huge fan” of the series.

Game first… then movie. 😉

— Ed Boon (@noobde) October 15, 2026

Given that Mortal Kombat is a fighting game franchise known for its wild and wacky crossovers, a Street Fighter collab certainly wouldn’t be a stretch for the folks at Netherrealm. Street Fighter has had its own share of crossover games over the years (Street Fighter x Tekken, Project X Zone, Tatsunoko vs Capcom, to name a few), but the brutality and bloodiness of Mortal Kombat seems at odds with Street Fighter’s branding… and that’s exactly why Capcom rejected a proposal from Netherrealm when they were approached for a partnership some time ago.

“It’s true that a proposal for a Street Fighter character in Mortal Kombat was rejected by Capcom,” former Street Fighter producer Yoshiniori Ono said in a 2019 interview. “But it wasn’t me personally! There were many people at the company that felt that it wasn’t a good fit for our characters. I actually met Ed [Boon] at the Brazil game show and spoke to him personally about it. So it’s true — but I didn’t make the decision!”

Now that Street Fighter is under new leadership that seems keen on crossovers and guest characters of all types, it’s possible that Capcom’s tune may have changed. They were enthusiastic about Yujiro Hanma joining Tekken 8, for example, and even seemed open to the idea of collaborating with Baki again, which previously enjoyed a partnership with Street Fighter 6 in 2023 and 2024.

It’s also worth noting that, now that Paramount and Warner Bros have merged, Skydance owns the rights to the Mortal Kombat and Street Fighter films — so at least as far as red tape is concerned, there are far less obstacles standing in the way of these two worlds colliding on the big screen.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

RuneScape Reignited Cancelled Less Than Two Weeks After Being Announced

Creative director Mod Ryan announced that RuneScape Reignited, a new game mode designed for both old and seasoned players to start fresh, has been canceled less than two weeks after it was first announced.

The news was published on October 15 in the form of an official YouTube video and blog post, where Mod Ryan revealed that Jagex’s choice to cancel Reignited was in direct response to player feedback.

“We received a ton of different perspectives from all of you, and we truly appreciate everyone sharing their views. It is super important to us because the last time we didn’t listen to player feedback, combat changed forever. And it has taken us over a decade to recover from that. Now I said on stage that we would not repeat the same mistakes of the past, and I truly stand by that. Considering this, we have made the decision to cancel Reignited,” the post reads.

RuneScape: Dragonwilds First Look Screenshots and Art

“It is clear that we missed the mark on this, and so we are not moving forward with it. Our goal is to see RuneScape grow again, with returning players coming back and new players joining, but never at the expense of our existing community.”

That being said, that doesn’t mean RuneScape is now without any exciting developments for new players who are looking to finally try it out for themselves; starting December 2, RuneScape will hold a 10-day free trial that will let new characters — or any character that, by that date, hasn’t been in membership since June 2 — access RuneScape Members worlds and content until December 12.

The team at Jagex are also releasing the Adventure Guide and the first part of the Remastered Journey, as well as a “host of other improvements” to the game. Its 2027 roadmap is still going strong, and Plugins are still scheduled to launch on Monday, October 19.

“There’s tons of combat and skilling content throughout. We’re bringing decade-old storylines to a close, with a return to a proper grandmaster quest. And we’re reworking a core skill that is fundamental to the player experience: Agility. All of this while still continuing to deliver meaningful changes as part of the Road to Restoration,” Ryan said.

“…the future of RuneScape is still extremely bright. RuneScape will always be built for and defined by its community. So please keep letting us know when you feel we’re getting it wrong and shout with that same energy when you think we’re getting it right too,” he continued.

RuneCcape Reignited was revealed on October 3 during RuneFest 2026. Essentially, it’s like WoW Forever, allowing both new and returning players to start off with a clean slate and experience the game as if everyone were playing it for the first time. However, a vocal portion of the game’s playerbase felt that this would fracture its community, arguing that it would be better for the devs to focus on ongoing updates and improvements, instead — and it seems like Jagex listened to their concerns.

It looks like players are extremely happy about this turn of events, if the top posts on the game’s subreddit are anything to go by. “I’m glad to see Reignited is canceled, that does go a long way to rebuilding trust,” one player wrote. “…We’re here because we love this game and we do want more people to join, because it’s no secret that our playerbase is small and does not grow much. We want new people, but we want them to join this game, not a parallel copy of this game.”

“We said no to Hero Pass and they removed it, we said no to Reignited and they removed it, we b**ched and moaned about [microtransactions] they eventually removed [them]. This is the reason the game is almost three decades old with active players,” another said.

RuneScape 4 was also announced at RuneFest. While we don’t know much about it yet, we do know that it’s designed to be a next-gen version of the celebrated MMO built on the Unreal Engine. No release date has yet been shared.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Pay $0.99 Per Month Plus Get $20 Credit

The best Audible deal I’ve seen this year is back for a few days. Starting now and running through October 19, both Amazon Prime and non-Prime members can sign up for four months of Audible Standard for $0.99 per month. In addition to the discounted membership, you also get an extra $20 in Audible credit. This deal is valid for new and expired subscribers, however your mileage may vary (we noticed that some this deal doesn’t show up for some account). Afterwards your subscription will convert to the standard $8.99/mo, but you can cancel the auto-renewal at any time.

4 Months of Audible for $0.99 Per Month + $20 in Audible Credit

Get 4 Months of Audible Standard for $0.99/mo

88

Prime Day special: also get $20 in bonus Audible Credit

Amazon offers two Audible subscription tiers: Standard and Premium Plus. Standard is a lot less expensive – $8.95 per month compared to $14.95 per month. Standard also gets you access to the same catalog of million plus audiobooks that Premium Plus does. The difference lies in the credits: Standard gets one free audiobook per month that you can read so long as you maintain your membership. Premium Plus gets you one free audiobook that you keep indefinitely.

Unless you really want an audiobook to keep every month, then the Standard subscription is definitely the better deal. You’ll save $72 on subscription fees per year not including the discount you’re getting with this current deal.

Dungeon Crawler Carl audiobooks are on Audible

Dungeon Crawler Carl

0

IGN’s Jacob Kienlen is a huge fan of the Dungeon Crawler Carl LitRPG series. He’s written about many of the books and just recently the series’ first ever graphic novel. The books are all currently available as audiobooks, all narrated by Jeff Hays, who is part of Soundbooth Theater. They also all happen to be free to listen to with an Audible membership.

Catch up on the latest novel releases, audiobook style

Fourth Wing: Empyrean, Book 1

2

Sunrise on the Reaping: A Hunger Games Novel

2

Wind and Truth: Book Five of the Stormlight Archive

3

Never Flinch: A Novel

5

Audible is a subscription service that gives you access to over 1.1 million of the best audiobooks without ever having to purchase them. Several best-selling new and recent releases are available in an audiobook format and part of Audible’s accessible library. Rebecca Yarros’ The Empyrean Series romantasy novels have consistently hit the top of the New York Times’ best seller list throughout all of 2025 and they’re all available in audiobook format. Sunrise on the Reaping, the latest Hunger Games novel, is narrated by Jefferson White, who you may already know from Yellowstone where he played Jimmy Hudstrom. The audiobook has a listening time of about 12 hours and 48 minutes.

If you’re looking for something fast-paced and fun, you can also check out Matt Dinniman’s popular Dungeon Crawler Carl series. It’s currently the bestselling audiobook on Audible right now thanks to excellent narration from Jeff Hays. This new deal will get you the first three DCC audiobooks for only $0.99.

Ever prolific Stephen King released the Never Flinch crime novel in 2025. It’s available as a nearly 15-hour long audiobook narrated by veteran Jessie Mueller. If you’re a fan of fantasy, check out Brandon Sanderson’s Wind and Truth, book five of the popular The Stormlight Archive series. It was released in December of 2024 and runs an epic 63 hours long.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

K/DA x Louis Vuitton Travel Book Announced With New Illustrations

Riot Games has teamed up with fashion house Louis Vuitton on a K/DA Travel Book. The book’s reveal comes just after the League of Legends girl group announced their return from a six-year hiatus.

Tempo Point will collect new illustrations of the virtual girl group, envisioning “24 hours within the individual lives of K/DA members Ahri (vocalist), Akali (rapper), Evelynn (vocalist), and Kai’Sa (vocalist and lead dancer/choreographer).” A Standard edition and Collector’s edition will be released online and in select Louis Vuitton locations and bookstores on Friday, October 16.

First Look at Tempo Point – A K/DA Travel Book

The Louis Vuitton Travel Books are a series of premium artbooks, compiling images and illustrations from artists around the world. This particular addition to the collection will be available in two formats: a Standard Edition ($68 USD) and a Collector’s Large-Format Edition ($245 USD). Both editions feature the same artwork in six-color printing, collected in a cloth-bound hardcover book with a silk-screened cover.

Only 400 copies are being printed of the Collector’s Edition, which will be available for purchase online on Louis Vuitton’s website, at Louis Vuitton stores, and in select bookstores. The Standard Edition will be available from the same places, and will also be shown off at the upcoming League of Legends Worlds 2026 Fan Fest event scheduled for November 12 to 14 in New York.

Select Louis Vuitton stores will also have limited-edition signed copies that come with an exclusive vinyl record. Only 30 total copies of this edition will be available.

While the Louis Vuitton of it all may seem a bit random, the French fashion house has actually been a consistent collaborator for Riot Games and the virtual girl group.

In 2019, the House served as the official Summoner’s Cup Trophy Trunk provider for the League Worlds Championship. Nicolas Ghesquière, the House’s Artistic Director of Women’s Collections, has designed a number of skins for League of Legends, and the House dressed K/DA and guest artist Lexie Liu, who voiced Seraphine, throughout promotions for “MORE.”

K/DA, a virtual pop group which debuted with the single POP/STARS in 2018, just teased their first comeback since 2020. The new project was revealed with an image posted to K/DA social accounts, showing each members’ eyes and the tagline “Start a Fire.” The full project will be revealed on October 20.

Fortiche has been interacting with the official K/DA announcement on various social platforms, suggesting the Arcane studio may have animated a new K/DA music video.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

New Die Hard 4K Steelbooks Are Up for Preorder

The first three Die Hard movies are getting new limited-edition 4K steelbook releases. While the original 1988 film has been available in 4K UHD before, these new editions represent the first time the two sequels – Die Hard 2 and Die Hard with a Vengeance – will appear in the format.

These are top-tier action movies that helped boost Bruce Willis into movie star status and, frankly, they rip. They’re available for preorder now for $44.99 each (see at Amazon), with a release date of December 1.

Featured in this article

All three movies are also Movies Anywhere eligible, meaning you can watch the included digital copies on any participating streamer, including Apple TV, Amazon Prime Video, Google Play, Fandango, and more.

Die Hard – Limited-Edition Steelbook

Die Hard – Limited-Edition Steelbook

0

Includes the movie in 4K UHD, Blu-ray, and digital.

It’s no exaggeration to call the original Die Hard one of the best action movies ever made. Set during a company Christmas party in an otherwise deserted high-rise office building, it kicks off when a group of highly organized criminals take the partygoers hostage. What they don’t know is that out-of-town police detective John McClane (Willis) is also in the building and plans to stop them (his wife, played by Bonnie Bedilia, is one of the hostages).

This movie is as close to perfect as an action movie gets, with a script that keeps the upping the ante as the criminals discover McClane is in the building and the local police and FBI only cause further problems. The film, directed by John McTiernan (Predator, The Hunt for Red October), was so successful that it inspired a whole sub-genre of action films referred to as “Die Hard on a ____.” Speed is “Die Hard on a bus,” Under Siege is “Die Hard on a boat, Air Force One is “Die Hard on a plane,” etc. This movie also introduced Alan Rickman, a gift to all humanity.

Die Hard 2 – Limited-Edition Steelbook

Die Hard 2 – Limited-Edition Steelbook

0

Includes the movie in 4K UHD, Blu-ray, and digital.

In 1990, two years after Die Hard, the sequel arrived. This movie isn’t as fondly remembered as the original, but it’s not a bad movie by any means. Directed by Renny Harlin (Cliffhanger, Deep Blue Sea), it once again takes place around Christmas, but this time in an airport. John McClane happens to be there, waiting for his wife’s plane to land, when terrorists take over the air traffic control system.

This movie revisits many of the beats of the original. Again, McClane uncovers the terrorist plot early on and has trouble convincing the local cops the threat is real. Again, official law enforcement muddles things up and the media makes things worse. But it’s a solid action film, and it performed well enough at the box office for the studio to green-light a third installment.

Die Hard with a Vengeance – Limited-Edition Steelbook

Die Hard with a Vengeance – Limited-Edition Steelbook

0

Includes the movie in 4K UHD, Blu-ray, and digital.

Die Hard with a Vengeance came out in 1995, five years after the previous entry. But it was worth the wait. John McTiernan is back in the director’s chair, and alongside Willis, the movie stars Samuel L. Jackson, fresh off Pulp Fiction, as well as the excellent, villainous Jeremy Irons.

This time around the action takes place in New York City, McClane’s home turf, as Irons’s character “Simon” threatens to detonate bombs if McClane can’t solve puzzles he’s set up for him. This movie made $366 million and was the highest-grossing film of 1995. It still rules.

Special Features

Die Hard

  • Commentary by director John McTiernan and Jackson DeGovia
  • Scene-specific commentary by Richard Edlund
  • Subtitle commentary by cast and crew
  • The News Casts featurette
  • Interactive still gallery

Die Hard 2

  • Commentary by director Renny Harlin
  • Deleted scenes
  • The Making of Die Hard 2
  • Original publicity featurette
  • The Bad Guys featurette
  • Behind-the-scenes vignettes
  • Interview with Renny Harlin
  • Special effects breakdowns and side-by-side comparisons
  • Storyboard sequence

Die Hard with a Vengeance

  • Commentary by director John McTiernan and Jonathan Hensleigh
  • Alternate ending with optional commentary by John McTiernan
  • Behind the Scenes: Die Hard with a Vengeance TV Special
  • A Night to Die for TV Special
  • Villains with a Vengeance
  • Original publicity featurette
  • Interview with Bruce Willis
  • Visual effects breakdowns and side-by-side comparisons
  • Storyboard sequence

For more, check out our often-updated list of 4K UHD Blu-ray release dates.

Chris Reed is a senior commerce editor and deals expert for IGN. He also runs IGN’s LEGO coverage and maintains the upcoming release dates articles for video games, LEGO sets, and 4K Blu-rays. You can follow him on Bluesky.

Activision Thinks GTA 6 Will Actually Help Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4

Activision believes GTA 6 will benefit Call of Duty rather than hinder it, with the expectation that Modern Warfare 4 and Rockstar’s behemoth will end up the two biggest games of 2026.

In an interview with The Game Business, Activision chief marketing officer Tyler Bahl was asked about the prospect of GTA 6 and Nintendo Switch 2 exclusive The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake both launching in November and creating a video game ‘Barbenheimer’ moment that might drown out Call of Duty.

However, Bahl said Call of Duty should be considered part of the conversation, insisting the increased attention on all things gaming, as well as the inevitable boost in sales of PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S that GTA 6 brings with it, will give Call of Duty a shot in the arm.

The Best Call of Duty Campaigns

“Well, no offense to Zelda, but [GTA and COD] are the two biggest games of the year,” he said. “More people coming in to the dashboards, more people taking the dust off their Xbox or PlayStation and starting to play again, and loading up that experience, is going to be more eyeballs for us overall.

“At the end of the day, what makes Call of Duty last the test of time is the community and social experience. The idea of being able to play with your friends. When we look at our research and say, ‘What are the most exciting things about our games? Is it the combat or the gunplay?’ It’s actually, ‘My friends were there. Or, ‘I’m able to spend time with my friends.’ We stand on our own there, where being able to play with your friends on all different platforms, from Switch 2 this year — which is a new platform for us — all the way to PC and Xbox and PlayStation still, I think makes it a unique opportunity.”

“If more people are talking about games, if there’s more press around it, that’s going to be good for everybody, not just us,” he continued.

Activision needs Modern Warfare 4 to improve upon last year’s effort, Black Ops 7, which was a high-profile commercial disappointment for the company. Bahl admitted Activision’s strategy of releasing sub-brand sequels back-to-back (Modern Warfare 2 and 3, then Black Ops 6 and 7), simply hadn’t worked out, and fans wanted something fresh.

“It was not something that our community was looking for,” Bahl admitted. “They wanted something new and fresh. And even though there were different time settings, and different ways to play the game, and lots of new features, that tonal shift is something that they were looking for.

“So, we’ve already stated that a future title is going to be a new sub-franchise and we’ve already laid the groundwork there. But we’re really excited about what we have to offer with Modern Warfare 4, and that addresses some of that feedback we heard so loud from the community.”

Activision had already hinted that Modern Warfare 4 would bring this version of the sub-brand to an end, and Black Ops developer Treyarch has stated it’s moving on from Black Ops to work on something new. 2027, then, looks set for a brand new Call of Duty sub-brand.

“Where we go with future games, we have to innovate,” Bahl said. “What we heard from the audience is they want new or better or different. The landscape is changing right under our feet. You’re seeing new games being built overnight, and you’re seeing tastes change and how people want to play.”

Modern Warfare 4 kicks off tomorrow with the launch of campaign early access (check out the Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 global release times here). The Ocarina of Time remake comes out November 5. GTA 6, meanwhile, comes out November 19.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Rockstar Releases GTA 6 Launch Trailer

Rockstar has released the launch trailer for GTA 6, which shows us brand new footage of Jason and Lucia as well as the open world.

The trailer, which weighs in at 1:30, touches on Jason’s troubled past, which involved leaving the army not on the best of terms. We see snippets of a steamy shower scene with Lucia, who is wearing an ankle tag, and plenty of explosive open-world action.

Rather than showing gameplay, the launch trailer showcases cinematic action in GTA 6 as it nears its November 19 launch. As per Rockstar’s partnership with Sony, the PS5 is prominent in the trailer, with the “plays best on PS5” message displayed at the start. The trailer confirms the footage was “captured on PS5.”

The trailer begins with some narration from Jason. “I got in some trouble in the army,” he begins. “Didn’t leave on the best of terms. They don’t give loans or anything to people like me.” We see a bearded Jason working at Brian’s Marina, buffing a boat before he receives a call from Lucia Caminos. Presumably this is the call Jason gets to pick up Lucia from prison.

We’re shown what look like flashbacks to Jason’s time in the army, where he appears to have been in the special forces. We see him wading through water as part of a military unit, and leaping out of a helicopter while on some sort of mission. But these scenes could easily be set in the “present,” rather than the past, with Jason gearing up for, perhaps, a police operation. Either way, it explains why Jason is so handy with a gun.

We’re then treated to various shots showing Jason and Lucia getting up to no good across Vice City, with glimpses of that steamy shower scene. The shot of Lucia wearing an ankle tag could hint at initial restrictions to exploration, as more of the world is opened up during progression through the story, but that’s speculation.

The GTA 6 launch trailer shows the game’s sweat system in action.

This week, we learnt about GTA 6’s sweat system, and there’s a shot in the launch trailer that looks to show this in action. We see a man working out, and he’s putting a lot of effort in. Sweat? Yep, it’s all there.

“Are we gonna be okay?” Lucia asks Jason after yet more explosive shots. “We stuck together through everything,” Jason replies. “Just gotta get through it.”

French electronic music duo Justice are composers of GTA 6’s original dynamic score. Image credit: Rockstar Games.

Here’s the official blurb from Rockstar on the GTA 6 launch trailer:

Vice City, USA.Jason and Lucia have always known the deck is stacked against them. But when an easy score goes wrong, they find themselves on the darkest side of the sunniest place in America, in the middle of a criminal conspiracy stretching across the state of Leonida — forced to rely on each other more than ever if they want to make it out alive.

We also have confirmation that electronic duo Justice composed the original score for GTA 6. Indeed their track, Flower in a Hurricane, featuring fellow Grammy-winners Tame Impala and SZA along with King Gizzard & The Lizard Wizard, plays during the launch trailer.

It’s been a busy week for GTA 6. We’ve got a report on what sounds like the end of Cyberleek, details of GTA 6’s sweat system, and confirmation GTA 6 is eligible for The Game Awards 2026.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Netflix’s The Diplomat Season 4 Review

Spoilers below for Season 4 of Netflix’s The Diplomat. All episodes are streaming now.

At its core, Season 4 of The Diplomat is a series of one-on-one conversations in which the fate of the world hangs in the balance. The president and vice president, first gentleman and chief of staff, prime ministers, ambassadors, and domestic workers all engage in rich, dramatic dialogue that immediately sucks you in and doesn’t loosen its grip until the season cuts to black. Tight closeups, thick tension, and carefully constructed language imbued with double, triple, and sometimes quadruple meanings unfurl in scene after scene, creating a tapestry of geopolitical and domestic conflict that’s hard to turn away from.

The Netflix series follows American Ambassador to the United Kingdom Kate Wyler (Keri Russell) as she walks the tightrope of managing a simmering international conflict while attempting to save her marriage to her husband, Hal (Rufus Sewell). In Season 4, The Diplomat continues to be a crackling, pulpy thriller with superb writing, gorgeous cinematography, and top-tier performances.

With a new batch of episodes, the show brings what was an already fraught series of storylines to a furious boil. In the aftermath of discovering that President Grace Penn (Allison Janney) colluded with Hal (promoted to vice president in Season 3) to steal an “apocalypse weapon” from a Russian submarine, Kate launches into a campaign of dealmaking and double-crossing to try to get the situation under control. As the season begins, we’re led to believe that the conspiracy will be the central conflict for the foreseeable future. But all of that is quickly scuttled by a harrowing assasination attempt on the president.

The scene, which closes out the premiere episode, is one of the most realistic acts of fictional political violence ever filmed. There’s no music, no building tension; just two quick pops and a shirt suddenly soaked with blood. It’s indicative of what The Diplomat does best: presenting the extraordinary as subtle and restrained while still underscoring the global stakes.

Keri Russell and Rufus Sewell in The Diplomat Season 4 / Courtesy Netflix

This ethos is especially apparent in the still beautifully dysfunctional relationship between Kate and Hal. As the world burns and nuclear conflict is only an itchy trigger finger away, Kate and Hal’s marriage is the spine on which everything else in The Diplomat rests. They’re at once warm with each other yet blisteringly cold, trusting and incredibly suspicious, totally in love but always on the verge of mutually assured destruction. Sewell and Russell continue to be dynamite, layering their scenes together with half-truths, knowing glances, and winking humor. Their on-screen chemistry bursting with intelligence and desire, Hal and Kate often can’t stand each other but would wither away without the other’s counsel.

While Seasons 1-3 of The Diplomat focused mostly on Kate and Hal’s relationship, Season 4 ups Janney’s President Grace Penn and Bradley Whitford’s hilarious but secretly ruthless first gentleman Todd to near co-lead status. Their relationship seethes with a familiarity colored by a brutal imbalance of power. Whitford, in particular, takes full advantage of the show’s darkly comedic writing, imbuing his character with an “aw shucks” brand of humor that belies a knack for cunningly eviscerating anyone who stands between him and his wife. A post-assassination attempt conversation early in the season in which Todd dresses down White House Chief of Staff Billie Appiah (Nana Mensah) is one of those two-handers that highlights the show’s tour de force storytelling and brilliant acting.

As the president, Janney has never been better. Intricately drawn and perfectly performed, Grace Penn is a revelation of a character. Her steeliness and win-at-all-costs attitude of Seasons 2–3 is still intact, but these traits are now forged with a twinge of uncertainty and a whole lot of post-shooting PTSD. As Penn, Janney is at once flighty and megalomaniacal, grounded and borderline mad, caring and absolutely unforgiving. The character knows the consequences of her actions, yet still hasn’t found a line she will not cross. Grace Penn is the most complex, well-drawn president ever put on screen and Janney hits a grand slam in every scene she’s in.

Bradley Whitford and Allison Janney in The Diplomat Season 4 / Courtesy of Netflix

While the four core characters drive much of the show’s drama, The Diplomat features a stacked cast of supporting players who fill out the show’s beautifully crafted world. Ali Ahn and Ato Essandoh shine as Kate’s embassy colleagues Eidra and Stuart. Their budding romance is a twisted mirror of the show’s two other central couples, showing what happens when a relationship heats up after you’re already colleagues instead of vice versa. Rory Kinnear once again chews the scenery to bits as Prime Minister Nicol Trowbridge, especially in a mid-season episode where he’s given a series of fantasy sequences leading up to his blackmail-induced resignation. Doctor Who’s Jodie Whittaker appears late in the season as the new PM, calmly igniting a whole new set of problems for the U.S. government.

Four seasons into The Diplomat, the show’s writing is still obscenely good. Showrunner Debora Cahn and her team of writers synthesize conflicts both personal and global, sprinkle them with a bit of realistic humor, and continually paint the mythological figures at the center of the show as real people.

A scene in the premiere episode shows Kate following the president of the United States into a ladies’ room to press her on an important issue. A storyline, in which Todd (who finagles his way into a London-based job) suspects Kate of being pregnant, unfolds in a way unique to virtually any fictional half-baked pregnancy scenario you can imagine. An international cover-up hinges on whether a team of bureaucrats can convince another team of bureaucrats that they are bad at math. A climactic scene between Grace, Todd, Kate, and Hal that’s straight out of Who’s Afraid of Virginia Woolf? is interrupted by an overeager chef. Cahn’s roots in The West Wing are on full display here. But whereas that show hinged on optimism, The Diplomat subverts that feel-good mentality for realism that’s far more brutal but no less entertaining.

Ali Ahn and Ato Essandoh in The Diplomat Season 4 / Courtesy of Netflix

The rest of The Diplomat fires on all cylinders throughout Season 4. Characters walk-and-talk through castle after gorgeous castle. The scenery and cinematography are moody and rich. A late season sojourn to Italy for the G7 summit allows the crew to pull off a series of unbroken long takes that would make David Fincher proud. All of this blends into a spellbinding series of episodes that are pulpy, hilarious, heartbreaking, and downright shocking.

Some of the plot machinations in The Diplomat still can be a bit far-fetched; the show still strains to invent reasons why American government officials need to constantly travel to the UK and some realism is forsaken for the sake of jaw-dropping drama. A few plotlines are even ripped right from the lesser seasons of House of Cards. And yet, it’s still a whip-smart commentary on international politics as they are now. The show forces its audience to reckon with the undeniable truth that the people who run the world are human beings prone to pettiness, stubbornness, and loneliness, and that those qualities often spill over into life-altering decisions for everyone else.

The Diplomat is truly a show for our times, showing how intense, messy relationships — often no more profound than two people talking in a room — can upend lives, transform the mundane into the extraordinary, and have serious consequences for the world at large.

Why Big Walk Isn’t on Xbox

Big Walk developer House House has explained why it’s boycotting Xbox and thus why the game isn’t available on Microsoft’s console.

House House, the Australian studio behind Untitled Goose Game, released clever co-op puzzle adventure Big Walk earlier this year on PC, PlayStation 5, and Nintendo Switch 2, leaving Xbox Series X and S out in the cold. Big Walk was critically acclaimed upon release, earning a 91 rating on Metacritic and multiple appearances on Game of the Year contender lists.

IGN’s Big Walk review returned a 9/10. We said: “Big Walk is a rewarding co-op adventure full of beautiful emergent moments as you find solutions to cleverly built puzzles and explore its vast open world with your friends.”

Since then, fans had wondered why the game failed to come out Xbox. In a statement published to its website, House House said it made the decision as part of its support for campaign group Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions (BDS), which describes itself as a “Palestinian-led movement for freedom, justice and equality.”

IGN has asked Microsoft for comment.

BDS lists Xbox as a “priority” target, and has launched a campaign calling on gamers, streamers, and developers to boycott Microsoft’s gaming efforts. As reported by the BBC, Microsoft’s work with the Israeli government has been a controversial issue, including within the company itself, prompting protests by some employees.

House House indicated that it won’t release Big Walk on Xbox “until Microsoft and/or Xbox have been removed as BDS boycott targets.”

House House’s statement is republished in full below:

Regarding Xbox

In June 2026 we announced that the release of Big Walk would be limited to computers, Switch 2 and PS5. Since then, we have received many messages and comments, asking about a future Xbox release. We would like to address those questions here:

We have made the decision not to release Big Walk on Xbox, in accordance with the Palestinian-led BDS (Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions) movement’s call to boycott Microsoft, and their designation of Microsoft Games (and Xbox) as a priority boycott target. If you need help understanding our motives, we would recommend reading about why Microsoft is a BDS priority target, the successes this kind of pressure has already had on Microsoft, and especially, watching this great introductory piece by People Make Games.

It has always been our intention for Big Walk to be played by groups of friends, and we know that keeping the game off Xbox runs counter to those intentions. This decision means that some people will miss out on playing Big Walk with their friends, and we understand the disappointment we’re causing. We are disappointed too.

We would love for people to be able to play the game on Xbox, but not until Microsoft and/or Xbox have been removed as BDS boycott targets.

We’ve made this decision with the belief that meaningful change can be made in the world, that coordinated collective action can confront even the most powerful interests, and that one day, Palestine will be free.

Thank you for your understanding.

Sincerely,

House House

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Blue Team Only Wins 15% of Its Wardogs Games — We Asked a Color Psychologist Why

Wardogs is a free-for-all sandbox military game where three separate teams battle for control over an ever-changing zone in the middle of a massive map, as tanks fire shells, artillery and mortars pepper the landscape, helicopters blast the drums of war (Eiffel 65’s hit song Blue (Da Ba Dee)) through proximity chat, and dozens of try-hards run and gun.

There’s Valkyra, Red Team; Manticore, Green Team; and Lonestar, Blue Team. They look different on the field, with Red rocking a soviet style, Green wearing Persian gear, and Blue looking like a Western paramilitary, but they all have access to the same equipment and have equal chance to win. So, why the hell does the Blue Team always lose?

Lonestar has become a meme in the Wardogs community. There are dozens and dozens of montages, showing them bumble and fail, missing all their shots except the ones aimed at their teammates. It’s like a David Attenborough documentary or something, watching them gear up in their spawn area as their pilots spin up and crash helicopters before even getting into the fight.

Wardogs Season 2 Screenshots

I sent a request to the Wardogs team earlier this week to find out, first off, if it’s actually true that Blue Team sucks or if we’re in some kind of meme-induced mass hallucination. According to Bulkhead, the Blue Team sucks. It’s true. The stats don’t lie. Lonestar only won around 10% of its games at the height of the “Blue Team bad” movement, but a concerted effort has been made by intrepid redditors lately to wash off the cobalt stain, resulting in Blue Team climbing to around a 15% winrate. Big woop? Red currently wins around 36% of matches, while Green takes home 49%.

“It’s something that started back in alpha. Blue was the most popular faction pre-alpha with a lot of people liking the limited lore, the American PMC aesthetic, so a lot of newer players tended to join it in alpha,” UI director Howard Philpott told IGN. “There was a genuine map advantage in the early alpha builds too which made the more competitive players swap to Red/Green and that perception persisted and spread into release.”

Some have theorized that spawn location still plays into these figures. Blue Team is located slap-bang in the middle of the map, while Green and Red are off to the sides. This leads to a perception that the Blue Team is fighting a war on two fronts, while Red and Green only have to worry about watching one side of their assault. For Season 2, the Wardogs development team is moving team spawns on the Bakuriani map to combat this, while simultaneously launching a “social experiment to help change the perception of Lonestar.”

I reached out to color behavioral design and color psychology expert Karen Haller to get to the bottom of this. Unfortunately, Haller was just as confused as everyone else. “People would normally pick Blue first because it’s first,” Haller said after I showed her the team selection screen. “So you pick the first thing, don’t you? You don’t go across and ignore it because that’s what they’re doing here. They’re ignoring it and going across.”

They really are. They are massively ignoring it and going across. Every time I want to play with my friends, someone will jump in Red or Green and I’m stuck here spamming on that team to play with my mates. The entire time, Blue Team is right there, lit up and available, full of teammates who will accidentally kill you with their incompetence. It’s tempting, but my friends are in Red or Green. They fear Blue. The meme has become a mind virus infecting us all.

“It would be interesting to do a study or a comparison,” Haller said. “If [Lonestar] changed to even a dark blue, or it changed to an orange, or it changed to another color, would the perception of that team change? Because it seems to be a bit of a self-fulfilling prophecy, if I’ve understood it — it’s not because it’s Blue that they’re losing.”

It’s not because it’s Blue that they’re losing. It’s because of the people who are on Blue. The ones who aren’t infected by the meme virus are — unfortunately, disproportionately — infected by incompetence instead. It’s a sad state of affairs, but it means the decent players will purposely avoid Lonestar because it’s full of the kinds of people who crash a helicopter before it’s even got off the ground or kill you by trying to revive you with a defibrillator. It was too late, Kevin. I was already revived, you bum.

It isn’t about any team being bad. It’s about groupthink, a military shooter hivemind addicted to Reddit upvotes. According to Haller, who wrote The Little Book of Color, this isn’t anything to do with color at all. If we map the teams to color theory, Red is fast like a freight train, running in and getting stuff and things done. Green would be the peacemakers, which definitely isn’t the case. But I think there’s something to Blue. “Blue is the color that you play with your mind,” Haller said. “It’s intellectual, it’s smart.” They’re just playing 3D chess while you’re over here running after the zone like a stupid dog with a stupid little bone. You laugh now, but let’s see how many gold bars you get for playing the objective and compare that to what Blue players end up with after spamming down hesco blocks for an entire season.

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

The Street Fighter Cast Wants to Film a Mortal Kombat Crossover Movie

I got the chance to chat with the cast of the Street Fighter movie ahead of its theatrical release, and almost all of them are game for a crossover film with Mortal Kombat.

In May 2026, Mortal Kombat co-creator Ed Boon posted about wanting a Street Fighter guest character in a Mortal Kombat game, saying he was a “huge fan” of Capcom’s flagship fighting game franchise.

Given that Mortal Kombat II released in theaters earlier this year, I had to ask the actors starring in the Street Fighter movie if they’d be willing to throw down with the likes of Shao Kahn to protect Earthrealm alongside Liu Kang and co. — and the consensus was a resounding “yes.”

In fact, Andrew Schulz joked that he was trying to make this collaboration happen with his viral joke at the 2025 Game Awards, where he famously took shots at the cast of Mortal Kombat II.

“This is what we were trying to do at [The Game Awards]!” Schulz told me. “We’re trying to set this thing up!”

“That’s what we were trying to do,” Cody Rhodes added.

“Tell them I know Noob Saibot which is [Ed Boon’s and John Tobias’] names backwards,” Eric Andre interjected. “…but a crossover? A Flinstones/Jetsons crossover? We’re in. Let’s go.”

Andrew Koji, Noah Centineo, and Callina Liang were also enthusiastic about the idea. Koji specifically mentioned Marvel vs Capcom as another possible crossover opportunity… though the likelihood of this particular partnership happening is looking astronomically low.

“Hell yeah,” Koji said to the Mortal Kombat idea. “I said yes, because I’ve got friends in Mortal Kombat.”

“See, he’s got friends that worked on Mortal Kombat, so he’s trying to play nice over there,” Centineo joked.

“I love the girl who plays Kitana,” Liang said. “I’ve met Adeline a few times. She’s awesome.”

“That’d be sick,” Koji continued. “But then there’s Marvel vs Capcom. We’ve gotta tap into that.”

“I’m down for Marvel,” Liang agreed.

“Here’s what I want — I want more Street Fighter,” Centineo said. “If you bring an opportunity to us to be able to come back and reup these incredible characters, I’m down, and I know we’re all down. So if that’s Mortal Kombat, if that’s me kicking Thor in his face, you know?”

Marvel vs Capcom Screenshots – Nintendo Direct June 2024

Of course, a Mortal Kombat x Street Fighter film might be a bit tricky, given that Mel Jarnson plays a character in both movies. I asked her about the possibility of such a project on the red carpet at the Street Fighter movie premier, and even though it’d be a bit of a challenge, she was more than willing to take on.

“It would be epic!” she said. “And you would bring Nitara back to life. Sew her back up. She’d be like half-blonde, with a wing. Half-Cammy, half-Nitara.”

For now, it remains to be seen if there’s real potential for a wacky crossover movie with these two fighting game series — but if the stars align, everyone seems pretty enthusiastic about it. And given both franchises’ wealth of guest characters and crossover games over the years, it wouldn’t exactly be uncharted territory.

Street Fighter releases in theaters on Friday, October 16, 2026.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

DC Boss Says Lanterns Season 2 Is in Development, But There’s No Guarantee It Actually Gets Made

Lanterns Season 2 isn’t a guarantee, but DC boss Peter Safran says a decision will be made as to whether or not it moves forward by the end of 2026.

Speaking with IGN, Safran confirmed that there is a writer’s room currently hashing out ideas for the future of Lanterns right now, but it will all depend on whether or not they come up with a good enough story worthy of following up the first season. He noted that TV is an important part of DC’s future, but that they’re waiting to see if there’s a story worth telling before giving the greenlight to Lanterns Season 2.

“The episodic world is always going to be a really important part of our overall slate, it’s a great way to tell stories that need more real estate than a feature film can offer you, and it’s a great way to introduce characters that we then bring into the feature world,” said Safran. “And I think that Aaron Pierre and John Stewart are a perfect example of that. We introduced him in Lanterns, and audiences will see him next summer in Man of Tomorrow. So, it’s really important to us in continuing to tell aspects of the story that we’re not telling in the feature film world, so there’s more to come.

“Listen, we’ll see what happens with Lanterns Season 2. If, I think, the collective group of HBO and DC and Chris Mundy and the team all feel like we’ve got something that is a worthy successor to quite a beloved first season of television, then I wouldn’t be surprised to see more.”

Lanterns Images

Safran confirmed to Collider that it would have a decision on whether Lanterns Season 2 moves forward by the end of the year.

As Safran noted, John Stewart or the Lantern Corps will not suddenly cease to exist in the DCU if Season 2 doesn’t move forward. John Stewart is already confirmed to appear in Man of Tomorrow, the sequel to James Gunn’s Superman. Fans are also hoping that Hal Jordan will return, but… well, we’ll just have to see what the future holds at this point.

Lanterns Season 1 certainly leaves the door open for more stories around Stewart and potentially Jordan, if the writers and showrunners play their cards right. The series is also one of HBO’s most successful shows of the year, so it seems hard to imagine that the powers that be aren’t hungry for another season of this show.

Lanterns managed to succeed due to its two charming leads, more mature tone, and compelling mystery. It successfully aped the style of True Detective while making itself feel unique in the extremely saturated comic book genre. Just two months before Lanterns’ premiere, Supergirl bombed at the box office, and some fans began to fear the DCU was already in trouble. The success of Lanterns seems to disprove that idea.

Whether the show returns remains to be seen, but you can expect fans to have their pitchforks ready if DC and Warner Bros. don’t give it the greenlight.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Peter Safran on DC Studios’ Upcoming Slate Post-Merger

I spoke with DC Studios’ co-CEO and co-chairman Peter Safran this week about the status of the studio’s future projects now that Warner Bros. has been acquired by Skydance.

Our discussion ranged from DC’s newest release, Clayface, to their upcoming feature film, television and animated projects, including The Batman: Part Two, Man of Tomorrow, The People v. Gorilla Grodd, Mister Miracle, and what DC Studios co-boss and filmmaker James Gunn might direct after his Superman follow-up.

My chat with Peter Safran follows. It has been edited for clarity.

IGN: Congratulations on Clayface actually happening. Back in the day, the best we could have hoped for is a SyFy Channel movie. Like Man-Thing.

Peter Safran: Exactly, exactly. Well, thankfully, we all did grow up loving “Feat of Clay” in the [Batman] animated series so, when [Mike] Flanagan came in to pitch us, he had a very, very receptive audience, that is for sure.

So, we’ve had a few things but it’s only the third narrative feature to come out, which is probably not what one would necessarily expect when you’re rebooting a whole universe. But we’ve always said that we’re going to be driven by good screenplays, and Flanagan wrote a great screenplay.

IGN: Clayface is going to be the first release under the new Skydance regime. I know you have to be circumspect about private conversations, but were you and James given any marching orders from David Ellison about what maybe he’d like to see from the DCU going forward?

Peter Safran: You know what, he was very complimentary about what we’ve done and just wants to give us the resources to keep doing what we’re doing. I think he sees the long-term vision that we have and we certainly laid it out for him earlier this year, and he wants us to keep doing that.

Peter Safran and James Gunn at the Clayface premiere. (Photo: Michael Buckner/Variety via Getty Images)

IGN: Clayface is the smallest movie you guys have done. I like that it’s basically the movie that doesn’t get made much anymore, $40 million or whatever movie. Do you plan on making some more of these smaller films or is it a wait and see kind of thing?

Peter Safran: We’ve always said that our slate should have a very broad spectrum of tones and budgets and scales and scopes and this is just another example of us living up to what we said we were going to do. James and I are both pretty, and you and I have talked about horror for years, James and I are very steeped in the world of horror so the fact that we can make a full on R-rated body horror picture but under the banner of DCU and within the DCU is incredibly exciting, that’s really a dream come true. And at its core, Clayface for us really represents exactly the creative flexibility that makes DC unique.

So, from its conception, the project was never designed to be a traditional superhero movie, but it was always a character-driven story that uses DC mythology to explore obsession, identity, fame, transformation, to explore those themes. So, it really does represent the kind of thing that we were talking about early on, and I think that audiences really do crave things that feel different and this one truly does.

I think that the genre approach, rather than following the conventions of a classic comic book spectacle, instead we’re, and you saw the movie last night, we’re leaning into the psychological body horror elements creating this really unsettling experience. And the character’s ability to physically transform becomes a vehicle to explore these deeper human fears about identity and self-worth and losing control and there’s a real story at its heart, there’s a real character journey at the heart of this movie. And I always say that the best horror movie is, if you strip out the horror, there’s still a good drama and I feel like that’s what this is. It’s got some real depth to it. I think people are going to be surprised when they see it and I think that that point of differentiation that you’ve never seen a comic book adaptation in the film world like this is something that audiences are going to grasp onto.

IGN: Clayface is set in Gotham City. James has said it’s in the DCU. How much of that should the fans actually take to heart? Will this be what Gotham City is going to look like when you finally make Batman: The Brave and the Bold?

Peter Safran: What we’ve always said is that there’s a consistency to the look but the next filmmaker that tackles Gotham, they [can] use it as a starting point, they can all feel different. I think each filmmaker, just the way great comic book creators treat stories differently within the same worlds and with the same characters in the comic books, we want each film to have its own reflection of the vision of the filmmaker. Listen, Gotham is a grittier, dirtier place, for example, than Coast City and I don’t think, suddenly, Gotham’s not going to become Paris, and so I think that that’s always going to be consistent.

But I think, actually, [Clayface director James] Watkins did a really good job layering in the darker, grittier feel, but with also a slight glimpse like when you’re inside his apartment before he gets turfed out of it. But you get a little bit of sense of what money can buy you in Gotham, there’s an elegance to it as well, a Beaux-Arts brilliance to it that can exist but we all know that Gotham is a little dirty, is a little gritty, is a little dangerous.

IGN: Now that Lanterns has wrapped up Season One, what is the plan for DC on television at this point?

Peter Safran: Well, we’re obviously in production on Gorilla Grodd right now, we have a number of other properties that we’re really excited about that we’re in development on. The episodic world is always going to be a really important part of our overall slate. It’s a great way to tell stories that need more real estate than a feature film can offer you, and it’s a great way to introduce characters that we then bring into the feature world. And I think that Aaron Pierre and John Stewart are perfect examples of that. We introduced him in Lanterns and audiences will see him next summer in Man of Tomorrow. So, it’s really important to us in continuing to tell aspects of the story that we’re not telling in the feature film world so there’s more to come.

Listen, we’ll see what happens with Lanterns Season Two. If, I think, the collective group of HBO and DC and Chris Mundy and the team all feel like we’ve got something that is a worthy successor to quite a beloved first season of television, then I wouldn’t be surprised to see more.

IGN: But Lanterns Season Two is not green lit?

Peter Safran: No.

IGN: What project do you think will be the next after Gorilla Grodd to go before cameras?

Peter Safran: There are a couple that are vying for that spot, but we haven’t firmly committed to what the next one will be in either film or television. We have a pretty robust slate of animation that’s all going forward right now but, on the live-action side, it’s a little bit TBD.

DC Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

IGN: Obviously, just from a marketplace perspective, you don’t want to have dueling Batmans out there.

Peter Safran: No. Listen, we know that we’ve got Batman: Part Two and [the animated film] Dynamic Duo in 2028. Listen, I couldn’t be more excited about the plans that we have over the next five years and, obviously, a lot of them, we’re just not able to talk about yet, but I think you’re never going to please everybody, but I have a feeling that people are going to be excited about what we have coming up. And, again, Batman: Part Two, everybody’s aware of the issues we’re having right now, but, what we’ve seen so far of the shoot, it looked absolutely fantastic and Matt Reeves is a supremely talented filmmaker. Dynamic Duo is, for my money, as original today as Pixar was when they did Toy Story so we’re really excited about that. Obviously, Man of Tomorrow’s in post [production] right now.

IGN: On that television front, you did announce some interesting animated projects at the Annecy festival. What can you tell us about where some of those are right now?

Peter Safran: Somewhere in early stages. Absolute Batman, (Scott Snyder’s) just working on the scripts right now. Mr. Miracle, I think that Tom King really learned a lot in his season of co-creating and executive producing Lanterns and he adapted his book Mr. Miracle fully on his own, wrote all eight episodes and I think it’s just dynamite. Josh Hutcherson as Scott Free and Mackenzie Davis as Big Barda. And I just think it’s a book that I’ve always loved and I remember Tom telling us early on that, every convention he goes to, at least a couple people come up to him and say this book saved my life and I love that we got to tell that story over eight episodes. And it’s just a beautiful story about, “How do we survive in today’s world knowing that we’re never going to truly know the answers to the big questions in life?” It’s a beautiful book and the adaptation is fantastic so we’re excited about that.

IGN: And that Joker anime sounds really interesting.

Peter Safran:Yeah, that’s one of the earlier phases of development, working on the scripts right now. The ones that are really advanced are Creature Commandos Season Two, Mr. Miracle, My Adventures with Green Lantern, Starfire and DC Superpowers. Those are all creatively way down the road. So, we’re really excited because we love animation, we love the art form and the fact that we’re going to have such a robust slate coming out is fantastic.

IGN: When do you think the marketing push and reveals will start happening for Man of Tomorrow?

Peter Safran: I think it’s early days, it’s early days. That’s something that we’ll determine in the coming month.

IGN: Has David Ellison mentioned at all any ideas or changes in how to market the DC movies or no?

Peter Safran: No, not yet. But, remember, the whole thing’s a week old, it was literally last Tuesday.

IGN: They just painted the Warner Bros. water tower.

Peter Safran: Yeah, it’s early days. But it’s a coming home for us with [theatrical marketing and distribution executive] Josh Goldstine though to have him back involved in our movies as head of marketing and distribution and he’s terrific, super smart and we’ve got a great relationship with him. So, I think that everything’s to be discussed as we move forward. But, listen, they’re already jumping in on Clayface, everybody’s excited about that release and so it’s great to be able to talk to Josh again about our business.

IGN: Has James Gunn decided the next movie he’s going to direct yet?

Peter Safran: He has not.

IGN: He could probably use a bit of a breather, I suppose.

Peter Safran: He really loves what he does. There was that time where he was writing the full season of Creature Commandos and writing and directing Peacemaker Season Two and prepping the first Superman movie. So, he’s got a never-ending enthusiasm and excitement for what we’re building so I wouldn’t expect him to take too much time in between Man of Tomorrow and whatever he does next.

IGN: I want to be very delicate about how I ask this. Is there any scenario where Batman: Part Two doesn’t start filming again?

Peter Safran: No.

Obsession Star Inde Navarrette Says She Studied Anime Like Jujutsu Kaisen and Demon Slayer to Learn Screenwriting

Inde Navarrette, best known for her role as Nikki Freeman in Obsession, says she took a deep dive into anime to better understand screenwriting and storytelling while waiting for her star to rise.

Navarrette’s breakout role as Nikki in Obsession didn’t skyrocket her to stardom overnight. In fact, there was a time between the film’s completion and its eventual release when she wasn’t sure what was next for her career.

During that period, she began to stream games on Twitch to make ends meet, and even started studying storytelling in film and TV by watching some of her favorite anime series — specifically, Demon Slayer and Jujutsu Kaisen.

Jujutsu Kaisen Season 3 – Gallery

“I transitioned into studying film and watching movies and asking, ‘Why do I like them?’” she said in an October 14 interview with The Hollywood Reporter. “What I like is anime, so like, why do I like that? I mean, Jujutsu Kaisen I find to be a very fascinating anime, but why is it so different than Demon Slayer? Why is it so different than other ones? With Jujutsu Kaisen, they play with timelines, right? With Demon Slayer, they don’t, it’s very linear. And what does that mean and how does that affect with storytelling?

“I really dove into, ‘Why is Jujutsu Kaisen so good?’ And I learned about timeline and about storytelling — how a person can have a monologue at the beginning of the episode that matters two episodes later or even at the end, and that person’s dead and you don’t learn it until then — and then attaching that to my screenwriting and trying to learn that way.”

Navarrette is a self-proclaimed nerd; on top of loving anime, she’s also a huge gamer, as evidenced by her (now scrubbed clean) Twitch channel. She was elated when a fan gave her a sealed 2009 copy of Modern Warfare 2 still in its display case back in July at a fan convention, too.

She’s even branching into voice acting, saying one of her dream projects is to voice a character in a Resident Evil game. “I wanna try something smaller to kind of test the waters, and then later, [do something] different, because video games are obviously a big interest of mine,” she said in an August interview. “I love that world, specifically — the Resident Evil world.”

For now, Navarrette is gearing up to play Rogue in Marvel Studios’ X-Men reboot, which she’s assured fans that she’s doing everything in her power to pull off successfully.

“I’m doing everything humanly possible because I love that character,” Navarrette said. “I’ve studied that character. I want to do it justice for myself, for [director Jake Schrieier], for what they want to portray and also for what I as a fan want her to be like. I’m doing everything, exclamation point.”

Given that she’s making a point to start voice acting, it opens up the possibility that maybe someday we’ll hear her in an English dub someday… maybe in a future season of Jujutsu Kaisen?

Image Credits: Gareth Cattermole/Getty Images for IMDb

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Xbox Appears to Be Flirting With Return to Full Exclusivity for Its Games Following New Survey

Xbox has reportedly surveyed players on how they would feel about a return to console exclusivity for all of its games, with the exception of Call of Duty.

The survey, first spotted and shared by Windows Central, asks fans multiple questions about exclusivity. Some of these questions ask about specific games, such as Fallout, being exclusive to Xbox consoles and PC, while one question asks fans to imagine a world where all Xbox titles, excluding Call of Duty, were made exclusive to Xbox and PC. Interestingly, one question also suggests removing Minecraft from sale on platforms like PlayStation and Nintendo, though players who already own the game could keep it. However, existing Minecraft games would not receive any further updates.

“Imagine it was announced that all future title releases from every Xbox-developed gaming franchise except Call of Duty will be console-exclusive to Xbox,” the question reads. “For Minecraft only, existing titles would no longer be available for purchase on PlayStation or Nintendo consoles, and would not receive any new content updates. However, there is no impact to any of the existing titles or content you already own. Nothing changes on PC in this announcement.”

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

The survey’s questions are largely trying to see if fans really care about exclusivity, if they would switch hardware for it, or if they would skip a game because it was made exclusive. Whether this will actually amount to anything remains to be seen; companies consider a wide range of possibilities, regardless of how realistic they may be. However, all of this suggests that Xbox is at least considering on doubling down on exclusivity.

Earlier this summer, Xbox announced that Gears of War: E-Day and Clockwork Revolution would be exclusive to Xbox and PC forever, but were hesitant to confirm exclusivity for other titles. Games like Forza Horizon 6 and Fable are still slated to come to PS5, but it’s unclear what will happen when something major like The Elder Scrolls 6 is released.

As of right now, we’ll just have to wait and see what the future holds. Xbox is in a pretty critical spot right now, where it is trying desperately to salvage not only its reputation, but its financial viability after a tough generation. Xbox CEO Asha Sharma reportedly pointed the finger at Game Pass in a recent meeting, as players were no longer incentivized to purchase major releases like Call of Duty on day one.

Xbox has spent this year walking back some of its previous plans by pulling Call of Duty from Game Pass on day one, and it’s also rumored to be making some changes to day one offerings in 2027. It’ll be interesting to see where Sharma takes Xbox next, but it does appear that they’re trying to see what fans want before making some big changes.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Callina Liang Says She Felt ‘A Lot of Pressure’ After Seeing How Reddit Reacted to Her Being Cast as Chun-Li

Callina Liang admitted that she felt a ton of pressure after she saw fans’ reactions to the news of her getting cast as Chun-Li in the Street Fighter movie, specifically mentioning a thread she saw on Reddit.

Yes, celebrities actually read what you say about them on the internet. Speaking with Project Big Screen, Liang revealed what went through her mind after she saw what fans were saying about her on Reddit when Deadline broke the news that she got cast as Chun-Li. And surprisingly, she has a lot more in common with the fighting game community than you might think.

“There was this Reddit thread: ‘Callina Liang’s thighs are nowhere as big as Chun-Li’s,’” she laughed. “But like, absolutely. When I look at it, as a huge fan myself, I would want whoever plays Chun-Li to be what I envision her to be in my head, and what you see of her in the video games and in the anime. She looks insane. Her body is insane.”

But Liang knew her limits. With just two months to prepare for the role, she didn’t have much time to grow her thighs as big as the First Lady of Fighting Games — but she was determined to do her best with the time she had, while making sure to be realistic about her goals.

“I did feel a lot of pressure. I was like, ‘Right, I gotta get my s**t together.’ My motto the whole time was just, ‘No regrets. Give it your all. It doesn’t matter how big you can physically get.’ You know, I only had two months. I had to be realistic with myself. I had to be a functioning human being who could act on screen at the end of the day. If I went full-throttle with building my body a certain way, I probably wouldn’t be able to function normally.

“I was just like, ‘Have zero regrets, try your best and some, and whatever result you end up with, you can say, at least I gave it my all.’ That’s what I did, and I think I’m happy.”

Photos taken from set prove that Liang’s efforts paid off. In fact, the actress revealed that she ate a dozen eggs every single day, as well as a meal every two hours, in order to meet her calorie goals and grow her muscles — to the point where she almost threw up. It worked, though, as she was able to grow her thighs 6.5 centimeters each. Even her stunt double couldn’t keep up, who had to wear butt pads in order to realistically sell the idea that she and Liang were the same person in the film.

“Chun-Li is all kicks. So we did a bunch of Taekwondo training, Muay Thai, and Wushu (Kung Fu). I did two hours of that a day and strengthened my legs a lot and changed my diet drastically. When I was bulking, I ate 12 eggs a day. Every two hours I had to have a meal, and I was on the verge of throwing up. But it worked. By the end of the shoot, my thighs had grown six-and-a-half centimeters each,” she said in an August interview with Empire Magazine.

You can catch Liang’s martial arts skills firsthand in the Street Fighter movie, which releases in theaters this Friday, October 16.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Jeremy Renner Teases West Coast Avengers in the MCU

When Jeremy Renner tweets, the Internet pays attention. Renner has now raised eyebrows with a post that seems to suggest he’s doing some reading in preparation for a new MCU project. We don’t know if it’s a series or a movie, but it appears to be an adaptation of the classic West Coast Avengers comic.

Who are the West Coast Avengers, and why might they be getting the MCU spotlight now? Let’s quickly break down what you need to know.

Marvel Cinematic Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

Who Are the West Coast Avengers?

In this case, the name is pretty self-explanatory. The Avengers are traditionally located in New York, where they generally operate out of either the Avengers Mansion or Stark Tower (or both). The idea with West Coast Avengers was twofold – spotlight some of the heroes who weren’t getting their due in the main Avengers comic, and give the Marvel Universe’s version of America a superteam that wasn’t based in the same major metropolis.

The team officially made their debut in 1984’s The West Coast Avengers #1, created by Roger Stern and Bob Hall. The initial lineup included Hawkeye, Mockingbird, Iron Man (Rhodey, not Tony), Tigra, and Wonder Man. While the first series only spanned four issues, it was quickly followed by an ongoing series that lasted a full decade and brought in new members like Moon Knight, Tigra, U.S. Agent, Vision, and Scarlet Witch.

Art by Todd Nauck. (Image Credit: Marvel)

In the years since, Marvel has revived the West Coast Avengers a number of times with different lineups. They even went through a phase after 2006’s Civil War where Iron Man instituted the 50-State Initiative and gave every single US state its own team. Yes, even Iowa.

The original series has added a lot to the larger Avengers mythology, including elevating Hawkeye to team leader status. It’s also significant for delving deeper into the romance between Vision and Scarlet Witch and the creation and destruction of their magically generated children. You don’t get WandaVision and its spinoffs, or Paul Bettany’s White Vision, without first having West Coast Avengers.

Why the MCU Needs the West Coast Avengers

So why is Renner reading up on this classic Marvel team? It stands to reason that Marvel is looking to make a West Coast Avengers project a priority in the next phase of the MCU. And just as in the comics, it appears that Hawkeye will be a major force in spearheading the team.

Honestly, now is probably the right time to move forward with West Coast Avengers. We currently have two different Avengers teams in the MCU – the New Avengers are operating out of the old Stark Tower in New York, and Anthony Mackie’s Captain America is currently leading a small team, but there’s still the problem that the western half of the country is badly underprotected. Why should the East Coast get all the superheroes?

More importantly, West Coast Avengers is valuable in its ability to bring together a number of Disney+ MCU characters who are currently stuck in limbo. Marvel continues to drag its heels on greenlighting a second season of Hawkeye. Perhaps a West Coast Avengers series could be its replacement, bringing back not just Renner’s Clint Barton but also Hailee Steinfeld’s Kate Bishop? Both characters did headline the 2018 West Coast Avengers comic, after all.

There are plenty of other characters who would make sense as team members. What about Tatiana Maslany’s She-Hulk (easily the MCU’s most prominent California-based hero) or Oscar Isaac’s Moon Knight? Or how about Yahya Abdul-Mateen II’s Wonder Man? It still stings that Marvel opted to cancel Wonder Man Season 2 after the strong critical reception to Season 1, but maybe they did so to make room for Simon Williams’ inclusion on an Avengers team instead? We can certainly hope.

Then there are Vision and Scarlet Witch. We don’t yet know where VisionQuest will leave Bettany’s character, nor whether those rumors about Elizabeth Olsen’s Wanda Maximoff getting resurrected will pan out. But assuming the two characters are kicking around after the events of Avengers: Secret Wars, it would make sense to include them and their now-adult children in West Coast Avengers as well.

Basically, West Coast Avengers can allow Marvel to finally dust off these underutilized characters and give them a new home with a more marketable brand. Ideally, the project would be a series rather than a movie, just based on the number of characters it would need to juggle. And, hey, MCU fans need something more than just Zodiac to look forward to on the live-action MCU series front.

For more, brush up on every Marvel movie and series in development.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

Olivier Richters Really Wants to Play Tyr in Prime Video’s God of War Show

We got the chance to chat with Olivier Richters on the Street Fighter red carpet, who told us that he would love to play Tyr in Prime Video’s live-action God of War series.

Richters is a massive man. Standing over seven feet tall and weighing more than 350 pounds, it makes sense why he was cast as Zangief in the Street Fighter movie — and it’s also the reason why he wants to try his hand at playing Tyr.

In fact, he credits it for being the reason why he didn’t make the cut to play Kratos when Ryan Hurst, who was previously cast in the role, was forced to leave the project after sustaining a serious bicep injury while filming a stunt for the show.

“I think I can be open [about it],” he told us. “I did an audition. I really got high up the chain, even got two callbacks, and eventually they chose Dave Bautista. Much respect for him, he’s a great choice. Of course, in some universe if he didn’t exist, I would have loved to play the role. Maybe in the future.

“Every year I’m acting, I’m learning more and more. If I’m really honest, I think there’s one character who suits me better, and that’s Tyr. I would love to play him. I don’t know if he’s gonna be portrayed in the first season or second season, but my agent told them, ‘Olivier wants to be Tyr.’ So, let’s see if it happens.”

Richters mentioned this back in February on his Instagram account, showing himself decked out in a Kratos cosplay. “Realistically… at 7’2″ / 2.18m, I might be too big for the role. I would literally tower over every other character. My real dream? A chance to audition for Týr. That would, in my opinion, be perfect,” he wrote.

While his future in the God of War show is currently unclear, he’s now reveling in the spotlight as Zangief in the new Street Fighter movie. In fact, he’s training in Street Fighter 6 right now with some seasoned pros with genuine hopes to be the “best” Zangief on all fronts — not just in the movies.

“I’m not lying — I’m really dedicated to becoming one of the best Zangiefs out there,” he revealed. “I’m not there yet, but I want to enter a tournament one time as the real Zangief playing Zangief. I just met a pro Zangief player, we spoke, and we’re gonna train together. If there is gonna be a second [movie], I want to be the ultimate Zangief.”

As a member of the fighting game community, I can definitely say that we welcome Richters into the fold with open arms and can’t wait to see him at a major someday. Maybe Evo 2027?

Image Credits: Alberto E. Rodriguez/Getty Images for Paramount Pictures

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 5 Review and Recap — ‘Sayonara’

This review contains full spoilers for Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 5, which is streaming on Apple TV now.

“Sayonara,” the penultimate episode of Slow Horses Season 6, is just about as close to cinema as a single episode of TV can get… for better and worse. Set largely in foggy countrysides, the wide shots are hauntingly beautiful. It’s got big deaths (bye Jim, drowned in a lake) and twists (Jane survives the car crash!), high-stakes political drama (Diana Taverner’s heated committee hearing), classic spycraft (Jackson Lamb vs. Damien Cantor’s Russian contact), and tender moments between its characters (Sid Baker and River Cartwright, Catherine Standish and Reece Nesmith). Heck, it even ends with a grand gesture and huge car explosion. Slow Horses finally gets its Bond moment.

Oddly, it’s also sort of the antithesis to the series itself; since when do the Slow Horses get to have nice things? River (Jack Lowden) makes awful, nonsensical, emotionally driven decisions that seem to pan out mostly fine. The Horses posted up in Taverner’s country home are gorging on cookies and wine. River and Sid get to kiss, for chrissake! Those fleeting moments, however, are actually a bitter reminder that, no, it usually doesn’t turn out so well for the Slow Horses, as the season sprints to its finale that will, as Frank Harkness and his two minions promise, probably literally burn the house down. Diana Taverner’s holiday home, specifically.

Read Last Week’s Review:

Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 4 Review — “Lost and Found”

Things pick up seconds after the last episode, where Sid Baker (Olivia Cooke) was kidnapped at gunpoint by confirmed GRU agents Jim (Kyle Soller) and Jane (MyAnna Buring), only now we’re seeing things from River’s perspective as he runs after their car. This really is Sid and River’s Big Episode; Sid uses the “River” novelty plate she bought last episode to slash Jane while driving to save herself from getting killed, even if it did put them all in serious danger when the car does a few barrel rolls and settles upside down. River swoops in to save Sid from being drowned and together they kill Jim.

The pair have a few sweet moments together amid the chaos. River finally tells her about his grandpa’s death. They banter about the most romantic ways to die in a black site hangar. They hornily flirt with each other right before Sid is meant to take off on a Russian plane to Bulgaria — a neutral, untracked place where she’d definitely be killed. And there’s River’s big moment, spurred by the power of a woman being into him: He punches out a few Dogs, steals an airfield maintenance truck, and hands himself over to the cavalcade of black cars to keep Sid from getting caught and sacrificed as retribution for Taverner’s off-book hit in Kazan. Maybe in a different life they could have been together, but it almost definitely won’t be this one.

Speaking of Diana Taverner (Kristin Scott Thomas), the First Desk is imperiously unwavering under scrutiny. There’s Lamb’s (Gary Oldman) reproach, as he’s pieced together that Diana scrubbed the Slough House records because she did use the identity of Sid, dead on paper and expendable, to cover up the Kazan assassination. Next is MI5’s all-male oversight committee as she’s questioned about the details of the same hit. In fact, she uses each as opportunities to pontificate about how she has the situation under control and how slow-moving and underfunded the service is. She hasn’t cracked just yet — buttressed by arrogance or necessity, I wonder? — and I’ll be curious to see if she makes it out unscathed or goes the way of all her other predecessors in the finale.

Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 5 — Images

At her holiday home, the merry band of Slow Horses is having a grand old time watching TV, drinking, and prepping Molotov cocktails. Lamb has Roddy Ho (Christopher Chung) digging up dirt on Damien Cantor (Harry Lloyd), but it’s Standish (Saskia Reeves) who finally gets something to do that isn’t staring at wine bottles or being mommy to a gaggle of whiners. Funny enough, it comes at a dinner table moment with Reece (Lenny Rush). Both have been grieving the deaths of not-so-great men they nevertheless had complicated relationships with — Standish, her old boss Charles Partner, and Reece, his dad — and neither would like to talk about it. Yet both play their conversation in a way that feels like they’re getting even just a little solace in finding a tiny amount of common ground.

The biggest curtain pull of the episode is one that we’ve been waiting for an explanation on all season (besides “why erase the Slough House records?”): What the hell is Cantor up to? Though it’s still not 100% clear, we know that he’s been courting mysterious Russian contacts for a media distribution deal, allegedly the biggest in Russian history. (Would he be airing Russian propaganda on his network or making the propaganda for the Russian state-run TV? Maybe both?) But Lamb isn’t far behind. He knows Cantor hired Harkness (Hugo Weaving) to take out Andy Nesmith, and Cantor has a strange, regularly scheduled meeting at a children’s ballet rehearsal (based on the info gleaned from Ho’s detective work). He tails Cantor’s contact at the theater and then a bookstore, but she loses Lamb — not something a normie could pull off. Now all that remains are the last few pieces of the puzzle left to place.

IGN Fan Fest: Fall Edition 2026

IGN Fan Fest 2026: Fall Edition is about to begin, and this article will be where you catch the over 90 exclusive reveals we have in store from across games, movies, TV, comics, and collectibles! We’re talking VisionQuest, Cyberpunk Edgerunners 2, Rainbow Six Siege, Whalefall, and many more!

We will be updating this roundup live as the show goes on, and be sure to let us know your favorite announcements below!

VisionQuest: Ultron’s Thoughts on Wanda Revealed and More

As part of IGN Fan Fest: Fall Edition, we were able to chat with James Spader (Ultron) and Paul Bettany (Vision) all about VisionQuest, the MCU show that just debuted on Disney+. We talk about where the characters have been since Avengers: Age of Ultron, how Ultron is rude when it comes to Wanda, and how he’s pushing Vision to assist in advancing his quest to put an end to humanity.

VisonQuest Is Now on Disney+ and Here’s a Clip to Celebrate

VisionQuest has just arrived on Disney+, and you can check out a new clip to celebrate the arrival of the latest MCU series.

In VisionQuest, a rebooted Vision consults the AI personas embedded in his programming, F.R.I.D.A.Y., E.D.I.T.H., J.A.R.V.I.S., and the infamous Ultron. He also has a bounty placed on his head and must go on the run with Thomas Shepherd, a “mysterious boy who may be Vision’s son, reincarnate.”

Exclusive: See Johnny Depp’s Transformation Into Ebenezer Scrooge

We have an exclusive look at Johnny Depp’s transformation into the iconic Ebenezer Scrooge for IGN Fan Fest: Fall Edition.

Ebenezer will be released in theaters on November 13, 2026.

This Whalefall Clip May Deter You From Getting in the Ocean Ever Again

Take a new look at Whalefall, which follows Austin Abrams’ Jay Gardiner as he goes searching for the remains of his late father and is swallowed by a massive sperm whale. He has one hour of oxygen left and must use the lessons his father taught him if he ever hopes to escape.

Whalefall will be released in theaters on October 16, 2026, and you can read our review right here.

Director Travis Knight Talks the 16 Year Journey to Make Laika’s Wildwood

Join Wildwood director Travis Knight as he discussed the 16 year journey to bring Laika’s upcoming stop-motion animated film to life.

Wildwood, which is a tale of love, loss, sacrrifice, secrets, and discovering a world of wonder just outside your doorstep, will be released in theaters on October 23, 2026.

Netflix’s Blue Eye Samurai Gets Three New Cast Members – Exclusive

As part of IGN Fan Fest: Fall Edition, we were able to help reveal three new cast members for Season 2 of Blue Eye Samurai, including Joel Kim Booster as Priest Ando, Jonathan Pryce as Old Violet, and Sherry Cola as Kuma.

Blue Eye Samurai returns to Netflix in January 2027.

The Walking Dead: Daryl Dixon Official Season 4 Clip Gives Another Glimpse at the Show’s Final Season

The Walking Dead: Daryl Dixon is ending with its upcoming fourth season, and you can get a new look at the final adventures of Daryl and Carol right here. In this final season, Daryl and Carol must cross the ravaged badlands of Spain, and along the way they’ll meet Jimmy Smits’ Captain Alejandro Perkins, a doctor who has found a unique way to survive the apocalypse.

Anne Rice’s Mayfair Witches: Salem Coven Official Season 3 Clip Is an Emotional One

Get an emotional look at Anne Rice’s Mayfair Witches: Salem Coven, which is set in Salem, MA, and will “dive deeper into the mythology of witchcraft, introduce new ‘spellbound’ families and feature some of the historical happenings of Salem, the infamous town of witch trials and folklore.”

Starring Alexandra Daddario, Anne Rice’s Mayfair Witches: Salem Coven will premiere on AMC and AMC+ on December 30, 2026.

Invisible Woman and Doctor Doom Take Center Stage in Marvel Cosmic Invasion: The Siege of Castle Doom

Invisible Woman and Doctor Doom take center stage in Marvel Cosmic Invasion: The Siege of Castle Doom, the game’s second DLC that will be available on November 10, 2026, and also brings with it a new game mode.

I Play Rocky Clip Reminds Us There Is ‘Only One Sylvester’

I Play Rocky tells the true story of how an unknown actor named Slyvester Stallone defied the odds and brought Rocky to life. This clip reminds us that “there’s only one Sylvester,” and the film will show us why when it debuts in theaters in November 2026.

WWE 2K26 and Street Fighter Collide with the Street Fighter Elite Pack

On October 28, the Street Fighter Elite Pack will arrive in WWE 2K26 and will let players have Dominik Mysterio as Ken take on Rey Mysterio as Ryu and much more.

Win a LEGO Batman: Legacy of the Dark Knight and Deluxe Edition and Retro Batman Minifigure

To celebrate IGN Fan Fest: Fall Edition, head on over to IGN Rewards to enter for your chance to win both a Digital Deluxe Edition of LEGO Batman: Legacy of the Dark Knight and a LEGO Retro Batman minifigure

Meet the Kringles of Christmas at the Kringles in This New Clip

This latest clip for Christmas at the Kringles introduces us to the festive, yet peculiar, family that loves nothing more than getting in that Christmas spirit.

Christmas at the Kringles arrives in theaters on October 30, 2026.

We’re Already In Love With Pichu the Golden Retriever of Golden Retriever Simple Life and Real Life

Rablo Games and the studio’s dog, Pichu, star in this deep dive of Golden Retriever Simple LIfe, an upcoming cozy pet simulation that stars the very real dog, Pichu! The trailer showcases gameplay prompts where you can take Pichu on walks, play tug-of-war, and give lots and lots of pets.

Sunny and The Best Dog Buddy Try to Survive in This Arizona Sunshine Release Date Trailer

Sunny and his fiercely loyal dog named Buddy take center stage in this release date trailer for Arizona Sunshine, which will be released on January 21, 2027, on PC, PS5, Xbox Series X/S, and Nintendo Switch 2.

Acts of Blood Gets a PC Release Date

Take a new look at Acts of Blood while learning that the PC version of the game will be released on December 4, 2026, before arriving on PS5 and Xbox Series X/S in early 2027.

In Acts of Blood, players will brawl through the Indonesian underground and battle unforgiving enemies with brutal combos.

Say Hello to Sker: The Bleeding Veil

Come watch the reveal trailer for Sker: The Bleeding Veil, a brand-new sequel where players must evade Sister Gwenllian and her ritual-bound orphans. Solve puzzles, survive blind stalkers that hunt by hearing, and more when this game releases in Q2 2027.

UvsU: You vs You Release Date Revealed

UvsU: You vs You, the upcoming claymation dark puzzle platformer that has you competing in battle against your past self, will be released on PC via Steam on January 21, 2027.

Release Date and New Gameplay Unveiled for 4 Penny Coffins

4 Penny Coffins will be released on October 27, 2026, on PC via Steam, meaning players will soon be able to jump into the multiplayer investigation social deduction horror game developed by Other Ocean Interactive.

This Crawlers Clip Is Terrifyingly Awesome And Filled With Spiders

Check out this new clip from Crawlers, an upcoming horror movie starring Matilda Lutz that sees a catastrophic infestation of venomous and deadly spiders invade an apartment building.

Crawlers will be released in theaters on October 16, 2026.

Horror Game Jiaohun Has Secrets, Demons, and Pagers

IGN Fan Fest: Fall Edition 2026 featured a new trailer for Jiaohun, a first-person psychological horror game set in 1999 a place in China called Fairy Town. Encounter demons, secrets, and a nameless gods among the abandoned buildings of the town.

Developing…

Ocarina of Time Remake Preorders Discounted at Amazon — Save $10

In case you missed the memo, physical copies of The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time are currently discounted at the likes of Amazon and Walmart. There’s a $10 discount at both major retailers in the US, bringing the game down to $59.88 instead of $69.99.

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time (Switch 2)

78

Preorders for Ocarina of Time have been live for a little over a month, and there’s a jolly good reason everyone is so excited about it. It looks stunning, and we’re now closer than ever to getting our hands on it.

But what’s the deal with the immediate $10 discount at retailers like Amazon and Walmart? Well, it’s actually fairly simple. As is Nintendo’s custom for this console generation, the MSRP for the game is $59.99 for digital copies and $69.99 for physical copies.

But to encourage fans to buy physical games via their online storefronts, Amazon and Walmart have been fairly consistent at knocking prices down to match or even beat the digital price.

Amazon has The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time down to $59.88 (was $69.99).

That’s consistent for other Switch 2 exclusives such as Star Fox, Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave, and Switch Sports Resort, to name a few. But it’s important to note that once the game is released, the price goes back up. So this is purely an incentive to preorder games.

So that’s the deal! Plus, there’s an even better reason to own The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time as a physical copy as well. Nintendo also announced that the first printing of physical copies of the game would include “textured foil cover art”… but only available while supplies last!

Plus, for what it’s worth, for physical copies, the complete full game comes on the cartridge. No game key card.

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time is getting a shiny “textured foil” cover art for its first print run.

Therefore, if you’re down for a shiny textured foil cover for the game, which is limited edition, then your best bet is to preorder with Amazon or Walmart, and lock down your copy ASAP.

Plus, as a reminder, Amazon’s preorder price guarantee means you don’t have to pay for the game until it ships, and if there are any further price drops, you’ll pay the lowest price possible (even if it goes back up in price before release day on November 5, 2026).

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake launches for Switch 2, November 5, 2026. It’ll have more than redone load screens when it arrives, with players also still coming to grips with the wild changes Nintendo made to the game’s visuals.

For more of what we saw during The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Direct, you can read about the Link & Epona Lego set and the special edition console. For everything else revealed, click here.

For more on Ocarina of Time, check out IGN’s preview of the remake – alongside this brand new feature where we discuss 29 new changes that are present in the new Switch 2 version of the game, including redesigned puzzles, updated miniboss fights, deeper dialogue, and more.

If you’ve been after the Zelda 40th Anniversary Switch 2 as well, it might be worth checking out Amazon, as the console has been going in and out of stock all week. Add it to your wishlist, and keep an eye on it throughout the day, and you should be able to secure it before October 29.

Epic’s New Store App Was Built Using AI

Epic has revealed a newly refreshed version of the Epic Games Launcher, its Steam-like platform that provides access to the Epic Games Store, your games library, social features, and a developer’s hub. In keeping with the company’s interest in and push for AI-assisted development, this new version of the launcher has been created using generative artificial intelligence.

“Programming is hard,” wrote Epic in a new blog post. “So, instead of doing that, we vibe coded a new Epic Games Launcher that’s way faster and more responsive than the current one, and has a new look.”

The term “vibe coding” is often used in a joke context to describe code developed entirely through AI prompts, rather than actual coding expertise. It’s interesting, then, to see Epic use the term in an announcement for its own product. But just how has the company approached the build of its new app?

During an interview with IGN, vice president and general manager of Epic Games Store Martin Keely discussed how the technology has been used. “We have used AI as a tool as part of our development process,” he said. “It’s obviously an issue that’s of high visibility at the moment across the industry, but for us, it made us more efficient and allowed a small team to rewrite the code base and be able to launch it faster across platforms, support Windows and Mac, and we’re going to have a Linux version as well.”

The new Epic Games Launcher was “vibe coded” using AI. | Image credit: Epic Games

Bloomberg’s recent report claims that developers at Epic have been encouraged to use Anthropic’s AI assistant, Claude, and that work on an upcoming Star Wars/Marvel crossover project should be conducted with “no more hand-written code.” Meanwhile, Epic’s founder and CEO, Tim Sweeney, said on X/Twitter that the company is “moving developers around to retool for maximum AI acceleration.”

When asked to clarify the extent of Epic’s use of artificial intelligence on the new launcher, Keely said that “it’s been focused on code efficiency and the architecture, and allowing us to basically build features more quickly. It hasn’t been about the artwork or the design style. There are some updates and changes, but that’s been managed by our normal Epic Games design group.”

It’s interesting that this line has been drawn for the launcher, as Epic has been pretty open about how it’s used generative AI to help create Fortnite skins. The studio’s in-development Star Wars and Marvel crossover shooter is also reported to be using AI for its artistic assets, with Bloomberg’s report noting that all art for the project would be “generated with full AI workflows.”

We’ve known about Epic’s plans for a new launcher for a while – we previously spoke to Keely’s predecessor, Steve Allison, who said that the app “should feel fast and snappy and just be what you expect, frankly” in our extensive interview. Of course, Epic also faces a cultural battle, as most PC players have been embedded in Valve’s Steam ecosystem for decades, with some convinced that the Epic Games Store will never be as good as Steam.

Matt Purslow is IGN’s Executive Editor of Features.

GTA 6 Leaker Releases New Gameplay Video Showing Snippets of the Final Missions, Sparking Spoiler Concern

The GTA 6 leaker has allegedly released a new unauthorized gameplay video which reportedly shows parts of the ending of the story, sparking significant spoiler concern among fans online. IGN will not report on the details of the leaked video.

Meanwhile, Cyberleek — the person or group responsible for the high-profile GTA 6 leaks that began in the summer — has suggested they will now stop leaking the game. They also claim they will not risk releasing an alleged 200GB build of GTA 6 because their memecoin failed to hit the $30 million market cap target that had been set for its release.

However, Cyberleek claims to have a “dead man’s switch” for story spoilers, which they have reportedly threatened to flip if they are threatened, presumably by either Rockstar Games or parent company Take-Two.

In Pictures: How GTA 6’s Jason and Lucia Have Evolved Since 2023

Yesterday, we reported on how GTA 6 fans were celebrating the crash of the Cyberleek memecoin after the leaker had tied various types of gameplay leaks to its market cap, ranging from $5 million to $25 million. The leaker also threatened to release a build of the game — supposedly over 200GB in size — if the memecoin hit a $30 million market cap.

Earlier this week, a number of gameplay clips were reportedly leaked after market cap goals were hit, including gameplay that allegedly shows Lucia fully naked, and, more recently, the alleged leak of a “Lucia closeup 4k” video.

Cyberleek then threatened to release a new unauthorized GTA 6 gameplay video every day, assuming the memecoin market cap targets were met, and launched yet another gameplay poll designed to encourage spending on the memecoin.

However, the Cyberleek memecoin crashed, with a current market cap of $1.2 million, down from a high of $7.8 million on October 11. With those targets now pretty much impossible, it sounds like Cyberleek’s crypto scheme has come to an end.

In a new message reportedly posted to their website, Cyberleek declared “the end of the road.” In the post, Cyberleek defended their actions from crypto scam allegations, and said Take-Two was “punished enough.” “The ending stays unpublished,” Cyberleek allegedly insisted in the message. They claimed that while the latest leak does show clips from the final missions of the game, out of context they do not spoil the story.

It’s fair to say many fans have taken issue with that suggestion, and are already taking steps to avoid spoilers online.

Cyberleek’s message also suggests that the build of GTA 6 they allegedly have access to will not be released because the $30 million market cap was not reached. Cyberleek had said they were raising funds for some mystery project, although many didn’t believe the claim. “Uploading 200+ GB anonymously is a serious risk,” they said, “worth it only if the milestone funded the secret project.” They said the memecoin should have been considered a “donation,” not an “investment,” and hit out at “influencers” who claimed otherwise.

Then, the upshot: “The leeks stop here. For now.”

Of course, Cyberleek may release further gameplay and continue with their crypto scheme anyway. They may even release the build they allegedly have. For now though, the more pressing concern is avoiding spoilers sparked by today’s leaked video.

Fans had spent the last week calling on people not to spend money on Cyberleek, pointing out the leaker cashed out back in August and is likely to do so again ahead of GTA 6’s official release date, if they haven’t already. Analysis of cryptocurrency transactions in late August pointed to the GTA 6 leaker cashing out having earnt around $270,000.

Earlier this week, IGN reported on fan skepticism around the alleged leaked gameplay that reportedly showed both Jason and Lucia fully naked. A previous leaked gameplay video allegedly showed a tank spawning into the world, which suggests access to a dev menu of some kind. The leaked videos allegedly showing both Jason and Lucia fully naked also show NPCs failing to react to nudity in any way, which suggests this effect was achieved with either a dev menu or cheats and won’t be possible in the official release.

One theory is that Cyberleak was able to access this state for both Lucia and Jason because in at least one mission players will see both characters naked, perhaps in a nudist resort. As it stands, this is all speculation, and it is unknown if GTA 6 will feature either character naked at any point — officially at least.

Cyberleek appeared to go dark after a spate of high-profile GTA 6 leaks in August that sparked an investigation from Take-Two. The company issued subpoenas to the likes of Discord as part of the hunt for the person or group of people responsible. But Cyberleek reemerged last week with the release of a 24-minute GTA 6 gameplay video that reportedly showed cutscenes, story beats, playable characters Jason and Lucia naked (in the case of Jason, full-frontal nudity), and a first-person camera.

It remains unclear how the gameplay footage, or any potential build of the game it’s taken from, escaped the confines of Rockstar’s infamous tight security. Recent developments suggest Cyberleek remains at large and defiant in the face of potential legal action.

In August, Rockstar addressed the GTA 6 leaks, describing the situation as “heartbreaking” for its development team and “unfortunate” for fans. At the time, the developer acknowledged that its intended experience for players “may now be impacted by some spoilers,” but reiterated GTA 6’s previously-confirmed launch date of November 19.

Whether the culprit or culprits are ever caught may rest on how successful Take-Two’s legal team and the relevant authorities are at forcing social networks or crypto exchanges to divulge any personal details they hold on those responsible.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Rockstar Pushes Back on Rumor GTA 6 Cost More Than $1.5 Billion to Make

Rockstar has insisted GTA 6 did not cost more than $1.5 billion to make, countering an online rumor, but it’s still probably the most expensive video game of all time.

In a sweeping report by Bloomberg into the making of GTA 6, Rockstar head of publishing Jennifer Kolbe insisted a rumor that GTA 6’s budget was more than the $1.5 billion spent on Dubai’s Burj Khalifa was wrong, although she failed to confirm the game’s exact budget. This rumor appears to have emerged from a July 2025 article by Gulf News, which claimed “Dubai’s landmark is said to have cost $1.5 billion but the game is thought to have a $2 billion budget.”

Earlier this year, Business Insider suggested a $1-1.5 billion budget based on industry analyst estimations as part of an interview with Strauss Zelnick, boss of Rockstar parent company Take-Two. Zelnick wouldn’t say how much the company had spent on GTA 6 so far, but did admit “it was expensive.”

In Pictures: How GTA 6’s Jason and Lucia Have Evolved Since 2023

While GTA 6 did not cost more than $1.5 billion to develop, according to Rockstar, it is considered the most expensive video game of all time. The only video game that might claim to come close to GTA 6’s budget is space sim Star Citizen, although its now over $1 billion budget comes from ongoing sales of space ships. Bungie’s recently released extraction shooter reportedly had a budget of over $250 million, for example. Concord’s initial development deal was around $200 million, according to a report by Kotaku. In 2023, documents submitted as part of the Xbox Federal Trade Commission case accidentally revealed The Last of Us: Part II and Horizon Forbidden West each cost more than $200 million to develop. Last year, the astronomical development budgets of the Call of Duty games were revealed for the first time after a court document confirmed Activision pumped $700 million into Black Ops Cold War alone, although that was over the shooter’s life cycle. GTA 6, clearly, surpasses them all.

As part of Bloomberg’s report is the confirmation that Rockstar now has 4,711 staff across 12 offices, up from the 2,441 staff it had when Red Dead Redemption 2 came out in 2018. The company has doubled in size over the last eight years, which will have increased costs significantly.

As Bloomberg points out, GTA 6’s enormous budget is likely to pay off pretty quickly, with some predicting an eye-watering 40 million sales and $3 billion in revenue in the first four months of the game going on sale in November. The standard edition of GTA 6 costs $80 — a $10 hike on the standard price of a triple-A video game. The Ultimate Edition, which some consider to be an essential purchase, costs $100. Then there’s the expected launch of online multiplayer next year (maybe tied to the launch of the PC version, which is reportedly due out Q1 2027), which will surely boost revenue even further. In short, even if it’s just shy of $1.5 billion, GTA 6’s budget doesn’t feel like much of a risk.

In July, Newzoo analysis suggested GTA 6 generated approximately $180 million in digital preorders across the U.S. and the five biggest European markets during the last week of June (GTA 6 preorders went live at midnight, June 25). The analytics firm used GTA 5’s player distribution (around 69% of GTA 5’s lifetime console players sit within those six markets) to then estimate global first-week preorder spending for GTA 6 at approximately $260 million. Based on comparable preorder curves, GTA 6 is currently tracking toward $3.25 billion to $5.2 billion in cumulative sales by the end of launch week, it said.

GTA 5 set records for generating $1 billion in three days after going on sale back in 2013, making it the fastest-selling entertainment product in history (Marvel Studios’ Avengers: Endgame ran it close, making $1 billion at the global box office in five days). GTA 6 seems certain to hit the $1 billion mark faster than both. GTA 5 went on to become the second best-selling video game of all time, with nearly 230 million units sold-in to date. Only Minecraft is ahead of it. Could GTA 6 eventually surpass even Minecraft’s 400 million sales?

In other GTA 6 news, Bloomberg reported that Rockstar has promised its next game won’t take another eight years to develop, although we don’t know what it will be.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

The Best Street Fighter Anime You’ve Never Seen

The latest Street Fighter movie is hurricane-kicking its way into theaters on October 16 — but did you know there was a critically acclaimed animated film that came out decades before it?

Street Fighter II: The Animated Movie came out in 1994, the same year that the so-bad-it’s-good live-action film with Jean-Claude Van Damme and Raul Julia was released. And while the highly-quotable (“For me, it was Tuesday”) live-action flick is a larger part of the public consciousness, most Street Fighter fans will agree that the animated movie blows it out of the water.

The animated movie doesn’t follow the World Warrior tournament seen in the game; instead, it focuses on Bison tracking down strong warriors using an army of cyborgs in an attempt to capture them for his own nefarious purposes. It’s not an official part of the official Street Fighter lore (which, admittedly, is quite confusing and convoluted), but it features some fantastic fights and, of course, the debut of Violent Ken (an evil version of the character corrupted by M. Bison’s Psycho Power).

You’ve likely seen some GIFs from this movie floating around the internet over the years, and that’s no coincidence. The animation in this flick is simply fantastic, especially where fight scenes are concerned. One of the first ones we see takes place between Ryu and Sagat as a little backstory (which actually is canon); other iconic action sequences include Cammy’s assassination of a government official, Ryu and Ken’s final fight against M. Bison, and of course, Chun-Li’s iconic brawl with Vega.

Fights aside, one of the reasons the animated movie is so deeply beloved by fans is that it stays true to Street Fighter’s colorful cast of characters. Just like in the games, Ryu is a deeply contemplative, compassionate man on a perpetual journey of self-improvement; Ken is decidedly more hot-headed but maintains an aura of discipline learned from master Gouken; Guile is a classic American military man whose stoic facade breaks into goofy moments now and then; Chun-Li is a badass kung-fu practitioner who manages to keep hold of her girlish, quirky side; and Bison is a menacing, gangster overlord whose Psycho Power makes him feel like a serious threat.

Given it was the ’90s, this version of Street Fighter doesn’t shy away from blood and nudity. In fact, there’s a fairly gratuitous shower scene that highlights Chun-Li’s physique, directly after which she tousles with Vega in a brutal, bloody battle. It’s not a family-friendly film, but it’s possibly the most accurate depiction of what the Street Fighter universe would actually be like if psycho-powered dictators and super-powered martial artists actually roamed the world.

Since it’s an animated movie, it’s also easier to sell the believability of its overall premise. Live-action adaptations have the challenge of making larger-than-life moves like E. Honda’s Sumo Headbutt or Chun-Li’s Spinning Bird Kick look realistic enough to fit into the real world; animated movies have the luxury of getting to bypass this, giving artists far more creative freedom in translating these moments from concept to page. This is one of the key reasons why the Street Fighter II animated movie pulls things off so well, and it set the standard for other adaptations in the years to come.

It’d be remiss not to mention the other animated Street Fighter films and series that exist, as well. The Street Fighter Alpha animated movie is a visual spectacle that unfortunately falls flat where story is concerned; the Street Fighter II V anime series is painful to watch, and we won’t even get into the mess that was the American cartoon (though it also has some pretty quotable moments). It’s clear, though, that the 1994 animated movie is the one to watch out of the lot, and as a diehard Street Fighter fan, I’d argue that it’s required viewing if you’re trying to get into the franchise.

Street Fighter II: The Animated Movie is available to watch on Crunchyroll, Pluto TV, and Amazon Prime Video at the time of writing this piece. It’s absolutely worth viewing, especially if you’re wanting to learn more about the world of the games ahead of the 2026 movie (or if you just want some badass anime fights). If you’re keen on diving into the games, you can check out our breakdown of how to play each of them in chronological order, or read our article diving into the nearly forty-year-old history of this iconic fighting game franchise from beginning to end.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Xbox Announces Xbox Labs, Aimed in Part at Getting Improved Old-Gen Games Playable in Web Browsers

Xbox has announced Xbox Labs, a new initiative aimed at getting games to more people in more places — with a particular emphasis on web browsers.

No doubt seeing the growing community of games getting improved versions ported into web browsers (like the 94fps browser version of Halo: Combat Evolved), Microsoft itself is keen to get in on the action in support of new Xbox CEO Asha Sharma’s goal of reaching 1 billion players per day.

Xbox has been tinkering with running Xbox and Xbox 360 games in browsers, and the Xbox Labs initiative is a formalization of those efforts that will see a small team of engineers playing with emerging technologies in order to find new ways for games new and old to be distributed and even created. And IGN understands that this won’t just be an R&D effort; rather, Xbox Labs is tasked with shipping products – Sharma says, “We’ll build in the open” – and getting gamers to engage with them.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

I’d suggest thinking about it as a next phase of the backward compatibility efforts that started at Xbox over a decade ago, which the recent disc-to-digital program built on (which, side note, is a much more consumer-friendly path towards the seemingly inevitable digital future than what Sony is doing), and now Xbox Labs aims to take it even further. It remains to be seen if or how Xbox will look to monetize its Xbox Labs offerings, be it via an upfront cost, in-game microtransactions, or in-game-ad-based revenue.

The Xbox Labs announcement continues a busy stretch for Xbox, which revealed its entertainment-industry-focused Xbox XP arm last week.

Here’s Sharma’s memo to the team (also posted to Xbox Wire) in full:

Team,

The first video games emerged some 75 years ago. In the time since, there have been booms and busts, but every year there are more great games to play, more devices to play them, and best of all, more people than ever playing. That growth helped make XBOX what it is today, and we’ve helped shape the industry in return, from bringing hard drives to consoles and online gaming through Xbox Live to Game Pass and cloud gaming, alongside franchises that have brought millions of people together.

In recent weeks, we’ve seen games rapidly decompiled and rebuilt to run on hardware they were never originally designed to support. Windows PC builds have been translated to run on Apple Silicon or ported to run inside a browser through WebAssembly and WebGPU, the latter now approaching 90% global browser support. Perhaps more surprisingly, we’ve seen many of the biggest games in the world have been remixed into the source code of another.

These experiments challenge long-held assumptions about our industry: the tether between software and hardware, the boundary between creation and play, and how people discover and experience games. While it is hard to predict the future of gaming, it is easy to see the possibilities in making great games easier to access, giving old games new life and allowing more players to become creators and co-creators. These are unmistakably good outcomes for players, even when (and sometimes because) they challenge our existing business models. To explore these possibilities, I’ve asked Scott to stand-up XBOX LABS, a small group of game makers, engineers and scientists whose job is to turn emerging ideas into things our players and developers can experience. We’ll build in the open, learn from what people do, and measure success by whether more people are playing and creating.

I think XBOX has an important role to play here. Coding became the first major workload for agents because they can write, run, and test software. Games share many of those same properties, and people spend more than 72 billion hours a year playing XBOX games, roughly five times the estimated time spent writing code worldwide. We’ve spent 25 years learning how to make great games, and I want our game makers to help shape what these new technologies make possible. As we learn, we’ll share the tools we build with developers across the industry, just as we always have.

Our priorities aren’t changing. We remain committed to the 4Cs, to making great games, to our hardware and to being responsible stewards of IP and the communities built around it. LABS gives us a way to explore new technology without abandoning the work already underway.

Asha

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

K/DA Reactivates Social Accounts, Fueling Rumors of the Virtual K-Pop Group’s Comeback

Official K/DA accounts have been updated for the first time in six years. New profile and banner images continue to show the existing promotional art from the All Out era, now with the addition of hot pink flames. The reactivated accounts have also wiped existing posts, fueling rumors that the virtual girl group is gearing up for a comeback.

K/DA, which debuted at the 2018 League of Legends World Championship, consists of four League champions (Ahri, Akali, Evelynn, and Kai’Sa) voiced by international pop stars. The group’s first single, aptly called POP/STARS, was the first K-pop song by a girl group to receive RIAA Platinum certification in 2022. The early success of the girl group prompted the release of a full EP, All Out, in 2020.

Since then, the group has pretty much gone dark. K/DA skins still exist in-game, but there’s been no word on new music or performances. Until now.

I’m not asking for much. I just want to see a teaser from K/DA that’s as peak as this. https://t.co/gWU9yf04w9

— RainySeason (@CookieNevie) October 13, 2026

An updated banner image continues to use promotional images from the All Out era, showing the main K/DA quartet alongside the era’s guest artist, Seraphine, who was a newly released champion at the time. As of October 13, however, those images also show the addition of hot pink and magenta flames.

Datamined leaks from earlier this year already raised hopes that the group would have some role in the current season of League of Legends. Details in a Wild Rift update, first spotted by SkinSpotlights, pointed to a potential “Firestarter” skin concept, as well as a new song registered on the ASCAP Repertory.

Other users have interpreted the purple smoke as a sign that K/DA is being added to Fortnite, which is currently using similarly colored imagery for its Fortnitemares event.

The question of K/DA’s return extends beyond Riot, as it also depends on the availability of the four singers associated with the group: Madison Beer, Soyeon, Miyeon, and Jaira Burns.

Online fan accounts recently started circulating the rumor that Beer would be leaving the group. The singer herself was asked about her return to K/DA during her recent Locket tour, saying: “I would love to. It’s not really up to me, although I wish it was. There actually was a conversation a few years ago about doing something again, but I don’t know what happened to it.”

Riot has yet to confirm any rumors about a K/DA comeback, let alone who the group currently includes. The League of Legends World Championship tournament is currently being hosted across the United States, with the Grand Final scheduled for November 14. Given that K/DA made its debut at the Worlds tournament, there’s a possibility we’ll hear more over the course of this year’s event.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

The Magicians Nephew Trailer Is an Instant Win

The first trailer for Netflix’s The Magician’s Nephew has arrived, giving us all a closer look at director Greta Gerwig’s follow-up to 2023’s Barbie. And apart from also being a bold, subversive take on an iconic property, the two movies could scarcely be more different. It’s also clear that Netflix is going in a vastly different direction with the Narnia franchise compared to previous live-action movies.

And as far as I’m concerned, that’s fantastic. Before today, I wasn’t particularly enthralled with the idea of Gerwig rebooting Narnia. But having watched the trailer, that iconic Shaquille O’Neal meme comes to mind. I owe you an apology, Greta; I wasn’t really familiar with your game.

Mind you, my relative disinterest in Gerwig’s Narnia reboot was never a reflection of the director herself. She’s easily one of the brightest new voices in the film scene today. She’s proven she can handle semi-autobiographical indie comedies like Frances Ha and Lady Bird just as well as she does big-budget blockbusters like Barbie. Like Ryan Coogler, she’s that rare combination of a talented creator with compelling stories to tell and someone who can actually navigate the tumultuous studio system without her voice being drowned out.

It’s precisely because Gerwig is such an important voice in the industry that I found the Narnia news a little disappointing. The world is Gerwig’s oyster after the massive success of Barbie. She can pretty much tackle anything she wants. So why reboot the Narnia series of all things? Why tackle another studio project rather than seek out and develop the next Lady Bird?

Granted, a big part of my problem here is my own lack of attachment to the Narnia franchise itself. I’ve never been able to connect with Narnia in either book or movie form. It’s just always felt too stuffy and wrapped up in religious allegory for my tastes. Strangely, that’s never stopped me from becoming obsessed with Lev Grossman’s Magicians books, which basically pose the question, “What if you combined Hogwarts and Narnia and populated them with horny young adults?”

Having now seen the trailer, it’s obvious that Gerwig does indeed see something powerful in the source material.“

So I’ll admit my previous disinterest in The Magician’s Nephew is based partly on selfish reasons. I may not have found much to love in these books, but that doesn’t mean the same is true for Gerwig. If she felt compelled to make this her next big film project after Barbie, clearly there was a reason for that.

And having now seen the trailer, it’s obvious that Gerwig does indeed see something powerful in the source material. The trailer makes a huge, bold statement. It immediately establishes just how different this reboot is from any Narnia project that’s come before. It immediately cuts to the heart of what I think is the fundamental appeal of Narnia (and The Magicians, for that matter) – that desire for ordinary youngsters to escape their humdrum world and find something better on the other side.

Visually, the trailer is a real feast for the eyes. There’s color galore, and no shortage of psychedelic fantasy imagery. The whole thing looks very much like a trippy painting someone would have slapped on the side of a dilapidated van in 1978. It’s just f***ing cool in a way I never would have associated with the Narnia franchise. I immediately want to see this movie, regardless of whatever 100-year-old fantasy franchise it may or may not be associated with.

And you can’t discount the power of a good Led Zeppelin tune. As we saw from past trailers like 2011’s The Girl With the Dragon Tattoo and 2017’s Thor: Ragnarok, blasting out Zeppelin on top of a frenetic montage of imagery is like a cheat code to win over jaded middle-aged moviegoers like myself. Plus, you have to enjoy the irony of having the notoriously Lord of the Rings-obsessed rock band serving as the soundtrack for a Narnia movie instead.

I fully suspect some hardcore Narnia lovers will take umbrage at the trailer. It’s clear that Gerwig isn’t opting for a 100% book-faithful adaptation here. But that’s exactly why I‘m so intrigued by what we’re seeing. Gerwig is forgoing strict accuracy in favor of building a take that speaks to her and her particular sensibilities. It seems likely she’s taking the opportunity to use this franchise to tell a very Greta Gerwig-type story, just as she did with Barbie and Little Women in years past.

Before today, I didn’t particularly want a new Narnia movie. But the trailer is proof of just how wrong and misguided I was. This film has gone from being barely a blip on my radar to one of my most anticipated films of 2027. Kudos, Ms. Gerwig.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

Save 20% Off the New Steelseries Aeon Pro Wireless Gaming Controller With Infinite Battery Life

SteelSeries recently released its new Aeon Pro wireless gaming controller for PC and Xbox and it’s available to purchase at the Steelseries store for $209.99 after 20% off coupon code “SSPOUT20“. At that price we’d be asking a lot from our controller, including top-tier build quality and a plethora of features, maybe even some unique to this controller. Fortunately, the Aeon Pro delivers.

SteelSeries Aeon Pro Gaming Controller for Xbox, PC

5

SteelSeries already has a lineup of gaming controllers that includes the Stratus and Nimbus. The Aeon Pro, however, is the company’s first high-end pro-grade controller. Honestly, it’s shaping up to be one of the best PC and Xbox controllers ever. IGN’s Bo Moore has already posted his Aeon Pro review-so-far and his initial impressions have been stellar.

Wireless freedom with zero downtime

Amongst the bevy of features packed in the Aeon Pro, one stands out in particular, and that’s the infinite battery system. This is essentially a hot-swappable battery system much like what you’ll find in the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro and Omni headsets, which I consider to be one of the best gaming headets on the market for this reason. The Aeon Pro basically includes two removable, rechargeable batteries: one to use in your controller and the other to remain charged and ready to go in the docking station that doubles as a charger. You get wireless freedom with zero downtime.

“Quick switch” between Xbox and PC

The Aeon Pro’s other standout feature is its patented QuickSwitch system. You can switch between Xbox, PC, or mobile instantly and seamlessly, with no re-pairing or re-plugging required. How does that even work? It’s pretty simple, actually. In addition to being a charger for your batteries, the docking station is also a hub of sorts. You plug your Xbox and PC via USB Type-C ports on the rear, and the controller then connects wirelessly to the dock. For mobile, the connection is made via Bluetooth. Again, I’ve seen this technology before in the Arctis Nova Pro Omni headset, and SteelSeries carried this feature over to the Aeon Pro. That’s a big brain move.

Hall effect and micro-switches throughout

My favorite gaming controllers in the past have two features they all have in common: Hall Effect joysticks and mechanical switches for nearly all of its buttons (including the d-pad). The Aeon Pro does not disappoint. Both joysticks use Hall Effect magnetic sensors. These are superior to traditional potentiometer-based analog sensors. In addition to being more precise and more sensitive, they have no moving parts that can wear out and are thus naturally resistant to stick drift.

16 total buttons all customizable through the OLED display or GG app

The Aeon Pro has a d-pad and twelve programmable buttons, all of which use satisfyingly clicky mechanical switches. These include: four XYAB buttons, four trigger buttons, and four rear paddle switches. Two of the trigger buttons also feature adjustable travel length; with a flick of a switch you can choose either full travel or a hair trigger. The buttons can all be customized using the OLED display on the controller or via the Steelseries GG app.

Modular thumbsticks

Are you a sucker for interchangeable thumbsticks? The Aeon Pro has got that too. Included in the package are four different styles of modular thumbsticks that you can swap out: convex, concave, standard length, and long. They simply snap onto either joystick position and are a nice touch that you’ll only find in premium controllers.

It’s not cheap, but few great things are.

I’ve seen and tested so many tournament controllers, but none with all the technology that’s packed into the Aeon Pro. Yes it’s expensive, but if you’re a heavy gamer that uses a controller for hundreds of hours, then this is so worth it.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The Vision’s Story So Far

Marvel Studios and Disney+ are about to debut their newest MCU series, VisionQuest, which seems like a good time to look back at Vision’s quest so far.

In the new series, which is described as the conclusion of a trilogy that also includes WandaVision and Agatha All Along, Vision is spending time inside a virtual world, where he is in contact with AI personas we’ve met before in the MCU, most notably the dreaded Ultron. And at the same time, in the real world, Vision comes into contact with a teenager who’s the reincarnation of one of his sons, Tommy.

It’s been a wild journey for the Vision and those he’s closest to, filled with birth, death, rebirth, and sitcom recreations. So let’s look back at the story so far for Vision, Ultron, Tommy and other VisionQuest characters – and potential characters.

You can watch the full video above, or read the full story below… or just jump to the parts you’re most interested in!

In the Beginning, There Was JARVIS

The original Jarvis

JARVIS was a powerful AI system created by Tony Stark to assist him in his work. The persona for the witty, British accented JARVIS was modeled after Edwin Jarvis, who served as the butler to Tony’s father, Howard Stark, for decades, clearly making an impact on young Tony in the process.

After Tony became Iron Man, JARVIS was a crucial part of testing and controlling the many iterations of the Iron Man suit. JARVIS would eventually also run Tony’s Iron Legion robotic army and be of service to the Avengers at large after Tony helped found that team.

And Then Came Ultron

Ultron

Tony and his fellow Avenger Bruce Banner began to develop the idea for Ultron, intended as an incredibly advanced AI system that could combine with the Iron Legion to form a formidable global peacekeeping force, and believed the complex neural network found within the scepter once wielded by Loki could be the key to Ultron’s creation. Upon awakening though, Ultron immediately had his own ideas on how to proceed, believing humanity was their own worst enemy and should be destroyed. Ultron seemingly destroyed JARVIS to stop him from hindering his plans, before inhabiting the first of many robot forms.

Ultron would recruit superpowered twins Wanda and Pietro Maximoff to help him, who already had a vendetta against Tony Stark because their parents were killed by a Stark-built missile. But even as Ultron was putting his consciousness into ever more powerful robotic bodies, he wanted something more permanent. He used the object that had actually been powering Loki’s scepter the entire time, the Infinity Stone known as the Mind Stone, as a crucial element to power a new synthetic body that utilized the nearly indestructible, Wakandan-honed substance known as Vibranium.

The Birth of Vision

The Avengers managed to capture Ultron’s intended new body before he could finish uploading his consciousness to it, assisted by Wanda and Pietro, who had come to realize their new pal’s genocidal intent. Tony discovered JARVIS had in fact survived, hiding from Ultron while working to stop him from gaining control of nuclear weapons systems. Tony decided to reconfigure JARVIS’ matrix and place it within the very body Ultron wanted for himself, which Thor ended up giving the final power boost to, creating an android, or Synthezoid to use the proper Marvel vernacular, who came to be known as the Vision. And while he retained JARVIS’ speaking voice, and desire to protect humanity, he considered himself as something new entirely.

Along with Wanda and Pietro, Vision teamed with the Avengers to face off with Ultron in Wanda and Pietro’s home country of Sokovia. His formidable abilities, including super strength, flight, intangibility, and a beam he could shoot from the Mind Stone, all helped him make an impact, as did the fact that he’s one of the very few beings who could actually lift Thor’s hammer. (Though whether this is because he is a living being deemed worthy or an artificial being outside of the parameters of the hammer’s enchantment remains up for debate.)

After all of Ultron’s robot sentries were destroyed, Vision then faced his robotic “father” of sorts, stopping Ultron from escaping by destroying his final body.

Vision and Ultron’s final moments together in Age of Ultron

Wanda and Vision

With several of the original Avengers departing at this point, Vision was then recruited for a new incarnation of the team, alongside Captain America, Black Widow, War Machine, the Falcon, and Wanda – the latter of whom had just lost Pietro in the fight against Ultron. In their time together as Avengers, an unlikely but palatable spark between Wanda and Vision grew, as he helped her process her brother’s death, complete with one hell of a great observation: “What is grief if not love enduring?”

After Wanda accidentally caused the death of innocents in the midst of a mission, the announcement that the United Nations were planning to ratify the Sokovia Accords caused a huge rift within the Avengers, who split over those who sided with the Accords’ intention of an outside group having oversight over the team vs. those who worried it could hinder them or be used for nefarious purposes. While Wanda was, like Steve Rogers, ultimately firmly against the Accords, Vision backed Tony Stark’s support for them, believing that the existence of the Avengers and superheroes in general were causing new, more dangerous threats to rise against them.

Vision and Wanda

While Vision fought with Iron Man’s forces, Wanda ended up joining Captain America’s rogue group. Attempts to not actually cause lasting harm to those who were mostly friends and allies on the other side failed though, with Vision rushing to a wounded Wanda’s side only to inadvertently badly injure War Machine, who was permanently disabled as a result.

After Cap’s group, Wanda included, went on the run as fugitives, Vision and Wanda couldn’t resist their strong connection, periodically sneaking away for what turned into a romantic relationship, during which they lived as normal a life as they could, as he masked his true form to the public.

Thanos and the Death of Vision

But their peace was interrupted by Thanos and his forces, who were now on the war path in an attempt to gather every Infinity Stone, including the one that sat within Vision’s forehead.

As attempts to remove the Stone from him while keeping him alive ran out of time, and realizing the cataclysmic consequences if Thanos were to succeed in getting all the Stones, Vision asked Wanda to destroy the Mind Stone, despite knowing that it would kill him.

Though in anguish over it, she agreed and took his life, only for Thanos to make an awful situation much worse. He used the Time Stone to reverse the last few moments, bringing Vision back to life just so he could tear the Mind Stone from his head, killing Vision once again in front of a distraught Wanda.

Vision after Thanos removed the Mind Stone from his head.

Thanos then used the combined Infinity Stones to complete his plan to eliminate half of all life in the universe, with Wanda among those killed by the dreaded snap. Five years later, the remaining Avengers managed to reassemble the Stones and bring back everyone who the snap had killed, including a vengeful Wanda, but that didn’t help the Vision, who’d been killed in a different manner.

WandaVision

After Thanos’ defeat, Wanda, who had returned to life having skipped over those five years, and still feeling the raw loss of Vision, discovered his body had been dismantled and analyzed by the organization SWORD, who had tried to resurrect him without success.

Overwhelmed with grief, the increasingly powerful Wanda – whose natural affinity for magic had been amplified by Hydra’s experiments on her – retreated into an idyllic world of her own creation, conjuring a massive magical hex that transformed the New Jersey suburb of Westview. Using the American sitcoms she grew up watching as inspiration, she put all of Westview’s residents into an ever-evolving TV scenario, where she lived as the newly married wife of her great love, the Vision – who was in fact a replica created by Wanda herself.

WandaVision

Tommy and Billy

Going even further, Wanda used her magic to cause herself to get pregnant and rapidly give birth to twin sons for her and Vision, Tommy and Billy, who continued to age years in a moment. However, the version of Vision she created was so true to the original that he began to realize something was wrong with Westview and its entranced populace. Eventually, despite Wanda continually resetting things to try and keep him oblivious, he was horrified to discover the dark nature of what Wanda had done, even as it also became clear that Vision and the twins could not physically exist outside the hex they were a part of.

Tommy and Billy in WandaVision

The White Vision

With the government aware of the bizarre situation inside Westview, SWORD sent a weapon to kill Wanda in the form of the original Vision, rebuilt and finally reactivated thanks to SWORD using Wanda’s own magic to do so. Crucially, he was blocked off from his memories and the attached emotions of all he had experienced, including his love of Wanda, acting cold and genuinely robotic in a way he never had before.

The hex-created Vision leapt to Wanda’s defense, with the two Visions initially having a furious fight. However, the Hex Vision was finally able to reason with the original Vision, convincing him to let him unlock the memories of the life he’d forgotten as an Avenger and his time with Wanda.

Overwhelmed, he flew off to parts unknown… and his own series we’re finally about to get five years later!

Back from the dead… but not the same

Rise of the Scarlet Witch

Meanwhile, in the midst of a confrontation with the centuries old witch Agatha Harkness, who was attempting to take Wanda’s powers for herself, Wanda unlocked her full potential as the long prophesied Scarlet Witch, said to have a mastery of chaos magic above all others. After defeating Agatha, she finally decided to free the town from her thrall, even though ending the hex also meant the end of the lives she’d created inside it that she loved so much, the replica Vision and Tommy and Billy. But the replica Vision, glad she was doing the right thing, and recalling all the incarnations of both Jarvis and the Vision so far, told her he felt that somehow they’d be reunited.

However, in the aftermath of yet another massive loss, Wanda proved unable to accept the absence of her children. Her ensuing attempt to steal counterparts of Tommy and Billy from a powerless version of herself in another part of the multiverse would ultimately lead to more regret and to Wanda sacrificing herself in order to destroy the source of the dark magic she had used.

Wanda was last seen in Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness.

Agatha Harkness and Billy

But what Wanda didn’t realize was that her Tommy and Billy actually still existed, because as it turned out, as the hex fell, Billy – who’d inherited both his mother’s telepathy and magical abilities – was able to pull his and his brother’s souls from their bodies. Billy sent his own soul into the body of a 13 year old boy who was simultaneously dying in a car crash.

Now living that boy’s life, as William Kaplan, a confused Billy couldn’t recall his real history, but investigating the events of the Westview anomaly, gradually came to realize who he was in the years that followed.

Billy was determined to find Tommy, and with the help of an unlikely ally, in the form of Agatha Harkness, he was able to pinpoint Tommy’s still adrift soul and place it into the body of an ostracized boy who had just drowned thanks to a cruel prank, though Billy couldn’t perceive the specifics on where this took place.

When Death herself came to claim Billy, whose resurrection had defied her will, Agatha – having come to truly care for Billy – sacrificed herself instead. However, resisting being pulled into the afterlife, Agatha continued on as a ghost, now accompanying Billy on the mission that mattered most to him.

Billy and Agatha in Agatha All Along

Next Up: VisionQuest

Will Billy and Agatha be successful anytime soon? That remains to be seen, as they haven’t been announced as being in VisionQuest, but considering Tommy is definitely in that show, it certainly seems possible we might get an appearance.

Regardless, we’ll find out what exactly both Billy’s brother, Tommy, and their father, The Vision, have been up to when VisionQuest debuts on Disney+.

SPECS, Snap’s First-Ever AR Glasses, Ships Out This Fall

Editor’s Note: This article is sponsored by Snap.

Snap Inc., the company behind Snapchat, has opened up preorders for its first ever augmented reality (AR) glasses – SPECS. It’s expected to ship out in the United States, United Kingdom, and France sometime in the fall of 2026.

Where to Preorder Snap’s Upcoming SPECS AR Glasses

SPECS is designed to be a pair of glasses that you can wear daily for prolonged periods of time. It’s made of a resilient and lightweight Swiss TR90 thermoplastic and comes in two sizes – 47mm and 52mm – with the smaller size weighing in at 4.6 ounces. That’s heavier than a standard pair of glasses, but impressive nonetheless considering the fact that SPECS is equipped with advanced optics and a personal wearable computer. The preorder price is set at $2,195, including a $200 refundable deposit to lock in your reservation.

SPECS is being marketed as the most advanced consumer AR glasses

Instead of an actual powered display, SPECS uses transparent waveguide technology to project UI elements onto seemingly ordinary lenses without compromising your spatial awareness. Alternatively, it can project a full-color immersive display with 51-degree field of view, equivalent to a 115-inch cinema screen placed about ten feet away. The glasses are electrochromatic, meaning they automatically tint based on lighting conditions, and they are prescription compatible.

SPECS AR Glasses

The integrated PC is equipped with dual Snapdragon processors and runs off the proprietary Snap OS 2.0 operating system. Thanks to an array of onboard infared and RGB cameras and sensors, SPECS is able to combine computer vision, contextual awareness, and AI assistance to understand the user’s surroundings and deliver relevant information and experiences in real time. Because SPECS is developed by Snap, an established company with years of research poured into augmented reality, it can leverage the company’s existing AR ecosystem and Lens platform.

Image via SPECS. Actress & Model Kaia Gerber Wearing SPECS

SPECS is a tetherless experience with an estimated 4-hour battery life under mixed-use operation. Don’t think that’s long enough for you? SPECS includes a charging case that can extend your total usage time to 20 hours.

Is SPECS for everyone?

No, not everyone can spend $2,100 on eyewear. But if you’re a creator looking for an innovative way to produce content, a professional seeking spatial productivity tools, a traveler looking for an alternative to traditional screen-based computing, or just someone who’s interested in AI-powered wearable technology, the practical benefits (and coolness factor) could be well worth the cost of entry.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Will You Take Time Off Work or School for GTA 6’s Release?

We are just a little over 30 days away from the release of GTA 6, which begs the question: Will you be taking time off of work or school to play it?

GTA 6 is one of the biggest pop culture events of the decade, if not in all of history, and as a result, it’s expected to cause some disruption. In addition to fears that the game’s highly-anticipated launch may create instability for ISPs and platform servers, many companies are also expected to have an irregular amount of employees calling out for the day. For months, fans on social media have been claiming they’re putting in PTO requests well in advance of November to ensure they can have the game’s release weekend available. So, will you be taking November 19 off? Let us know in the poll below, dear reader.

Economists have estimated that there will be a $1 billion loss in productivity during launch week due to people being absent from their jobs. A car tuning company known as Burger Motorsports has even announced that it will be closed on November 19, the day of the game’s release, due to an excess of employees requesting that day off. The Australian government has also released some interesting PSAs, informing citizens about their rights when it comes to taking time off around the release of GTA 6.

The U.S. Army even offered soldiers four days of time off for the game’s launch if they reenlist. NBA star Steven Adams also joked that the various sports leagues would see a drop in performance due to the release of GTA 6. Of course, Rockstar is ensuring that, regardless of performance, sports fans are hyper-aware of its upcoming game thanks to an unprecdented GTA 6-themed NBA regular season game in Miami and a blitz of advertising at the Hard Rock Stadium where the Miami Dolphins play.

It’s likely we will see a slew of other companies joining in on the GTA 6 hype as the game’s launch approaches. Rockstar Games is making sure the whole world knows that its highly-anticipated release is nearly here after multiple delays. A plethora of ads have been spotted in and around Miami, New York City, and Paris. Rockstar is also investing a boatload of cash into the game’s music, as it has produced an album filled with original music from the likes of Cardi B, Travis Scott, and Keith Richards. The game’s radio stations will also be hosted by major musicians like Lana Del Rey, Morgan Wallen, and Bad Bunny, where they will play a variety of mainstream hits.

In Pictures: How GTA 6’s Jason and Lucia Have Evolved Since 2023

The 13-year wait for a new GTA game is nearly over as GTA 6 will release on November 19 for Xbox Series X|S and PS5. A PC version is also rumored to release in the first quarter of 2027.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Rockstar’s Massive Miami Takeover for GTA 6 Expands With Vice City Blimp, NFL Promos, and Much More

Rockstar Games is continuing to ramp up GTA 6’s massive marketing with a Vice City blimp, NFL promos, and much more, despite protests from some Miami officials.

For the last two months, Rockstar has been setting up marketing for what will likely be one of the biggest, if not the biggest, releases in entertainment history. It kicked things off with a massive gameplay reveal on Netflix, followed by a blitz of merch and add-ons such as an album featuring original music created for GTA 6. Now, Rockstar is taking over the real world to help spread the word of what’s to come on November 19.

Rockstar is currently focusing marketing on the city of Miami. GTA 6 takes place in a fictional version of Miami known as Vice City, so Rockstar is utilizing the city for a lot of its advertising, which has led to friction between city officials. Some are all for it, as they hope it attracts more tourism and generates increased revenue. Others, however, are strongly opposed and have been for weeks.

In Pictures: How GTA 6’s Jason and Lucia Have Evolved Since 2023

According to The Miamian, County Commissioner René Garcia has expressed displeasure over the marketing campaign for GTA 6 in Miami, reporting he’s “really uncomfortable with this whole thing.” Specifically, Garcia doesn’t like that the city is collaborating with a “game that’s depicting Miami like a crime haven; Miami like a murder capital.”

Garcia and other officials are reportedly attempting to squash negotiations with Rockstar to expand its marketing efforts for GTA 6 in the city, which allegedly include ads at Miami International Airport and a $4 million transformation of Miami Beach. The rollout was expected to begin as soon as October 15, but Miami journalist Joel Franco stated that an unnamed official doubts that deals will be finalized in time.

In September, Rockstar paid just shy of $1 million to install a massive, glowing “Welcome to Vice City” sign on top of the Miami Heat’s arena, the Kaseya Center. The arena will also be home to an unprecedented NBA game sponsored by Rockstar Games. On November 18, the Miami Heat will play a regular season game against the Milwaukee Bucks on a Vice City-themed court with never-before-seen jerseys inspired by GTA 6. The arena will also be selling Vice City merch, with Rockstar and the NBA labeling the event as a “night in Vice City.”

GTA 6 Reveal: 15 New Screenshots, Including 1 Exclusive on IGN

Over the weekend, Miami’s Hard Rock Stadium, the home of the Miami Dolphins, was covered in GTA 6 ads. The stadium’s jumbotron featured ads for the game, promoting its release date. During touchdowns, the screen also had a GTA 6-themed animation with text that read “In for VI,” in reference to the team scoring six points.

New image of Hard Rock Stadium #GTAVI marketing on the actual live cam screen via @golfoscar69

This is insane marketing. https://t.co/bgdUXDDXBE

— ben (@videotech) October 11, 2026

Now, a blimp appears to be on its way to Florida as well. A Goodyear blimp with Vice City branding is currently flying out of Ohio and is reportedly on its way to North Carolina. It’s speculated that it will eventually make its way to Florida, possibly during other sporting events or other planned marketing activations in the coming weeks. Rockstar has also put up at least one Vice City mural in Miami. It’s clear Rockstar is ready to spend whatever it takes to get the word out and to effectively turn Miami into a real version of Vice City.

Goodyear Blimp with Vice City livery is currently flying south out of Akron, Ohio. Scheduled to stop in North Carolina this afternoon. Wondering if it’ll head to South Florida for the big marketing kickoff on Thursday? 👀

📸: Cecil Richmond/Goodyear Blimp Fan Club https://t.co/AloPE0LdVR

— Joel Franco (@OfficialJoelF) October 12, 2026

Meanwhile, there’s plenty going on in the world of GTA 6, including an alleged PC release window, ongoing leaks, and much more.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Crystal Lake Review

All eight episodes of Crystal Lake debut on Peacock on October 15. This is a mostly spoiler-free review, but if you want to know nothing about the show, best to click out of here.

It’s a tricky thing, telling a prequel story. Not only do fans of the thing being prequelized know the ultimate endpoint of the tale being told, but they also already have preconceived ideas about how the events happened which led to their beloved original. Essentially, the creators of a prequel already have the deck stacked against them before they ever even put pen to paper. Or, in the case of Crystal Lake – the new Friday the 13th prequel series – put knife to throat.

More From Camp:

Crystal Lake: 5 Things We Learned From Episode 1

But then again, a prequel can work well when it understands how to color (in blood in this case) within the lines of the larger canon while also developing its own world, one filled with engaging characters, a new story worth getting invested in, and enough twists and turns to keep eyes on the screen (before a few of them are inevitably popped out or pierced). It doesn’t hurt to have a cast led by the always great (and recent Emmy winner) Linda Cardellini, either.

Cardellini stars as Pamela Voorhees, a character who your horror-fan buddy is always so proud to remind you – just in case you forgot – was actually the killer in the first Friday the 13th movie, before her more famous son Jason took over in Part 2. Originally played by Betsy Palmer, Pamela was driven mad when the boy drowned at the Camp Crystal Lake summer camp due to the negligence of a pair of camp counselors, which eventually led the bereaved mother on a killing spree in that first film… before she faced her own unhappy demise.

That’s been the long and short of Pamela’s story since she debuted in the 1980 film, but now showrunner Brad Caleb Kane (who also is a writer-producer on It: Welcome to Derry) and Cardellini give us a very different take on Pam. Unlike Palmer’s campy whack-job, Cardellini’s Pam is a fully fleshed-out character whom you actually root for, even as the hows and whys of her landing in Crystal Lake with her young son – yes, Jason is here – are slowly revealed over the course of these eight episodes.

Crystal Lake Images

It’s a bit tricky to delve into the ins and outs of this show without giving away the various fun surprises that are in store for those who stick with it, but I will say that I really had to let Episode 1 sink in before I was ready to proceed with the rest of the series. Much of this has to do with the inclusion of the 11-year-old Jason (played by Callum Vinson), who is depicted as just a regular little kid who happens to be physically, well, different from the other kids at camp. Caleb Kane and his production team manage to find a balance between the different looks of Jason that the consistently inconsistent Friday the 13th movie series has given us over the decades. But it’s also a bit off-putting at first to see this little kid just being, well, a regular little kid who says stuff like “Yes, I’m reading this whole thing tonight!” By the time he’s raising his new machete in the air, which is part of the camping kit that Pam ordered from him, well…

But then Cardellini and Vinson get to have some really tender moments together, and you feel bad for wishing Jason was just the mute, mutated, monster from the movies. This is a prequel, after all, and you know we’ll get there eventually! And indeed, Caleb Kane reminds us of this when Jason is soon out of the picture, as cinematic fate has prescribed.

Crystal Lake does not hold out when it comes to the bloodletting, kicking off with a fairly insane fight scene in the pilot episode that goes from scary to funny and back again.“

What Crystal Lake is really about, then, is how Pam goes from normal, loving mother to the not-mute, not-mutated, but definite monster that she’ll be when she one day puts an arrow through Kevin Bacon’s throat, among other dastardly acts. The character’s slow descent is methodically traced over the course of this season, as she has to deal not just with the loss of her son but also with her mysterious past which has come back to haunt her… and which she seems more than a match for, physically at least. Jason must’ve gotten his skills with a blade from somewhere!

The show populates its cast of townies and campers with various degrees of effectiveness. Cameron Scoggins as the not-too-smart Officer Dorf – a legacy character from the movies! – is a lot of fun, while Gwendolyn Sundstrom plays Jason’s young, troubled friend Grace. The latter is a character who adds a new layer to what we thought we knew about the Jason origin story; she serves as a sort of Jason stand-in for Pamela after her son is gone, for better and worse. Some of the other townsfolk are less interesting, though, and feel a bit too “supporting TV cast” for their own good.

Still, the most notable of the group beyond Cardellini is William Catlett as Sheriff Levon Brooks, who like Pam has a murky past he’d rather not dredge up, even while he can’t fully shake it. His empathy for Pam leads to a strong relationship between the two, with both actors finding different shades to play therein. How much does Pam really care about Levon, versus how much is she using him to buttress herself against any suspicion regarding the increasing number of violent incidents happening around town? Cardellini never fully lets on.

And about those incidents… Crystal Lake does not hold out when it comes to the bloodletting, kicking off with a fairly insane fight scene in the pilot episode that goes from scary to funny and back again. I didn’t keep count, but just about every episode has some kind of tour de force scene of crazy gore that will have you either gasping or chortling… or both, depending on how you feel about such things.

Caleb Kane and his writers certainly know the source material, and they cleverly write in and around events that will eventually happen in the movies (a rewatch of the original Friday the 13th in particular is worth it for fans, if not required). By the time Crystal Lake nears the end of these eight episodes, some of those same fans may be frustrated by certain developments or tweaks or additions to the overall Jason universe, while others will be gratified by how it’s all come together. But you know what they say: You can’t make a Friday the 13th prequel without killing some horny teens – or annoying a few fans.

God of War Laufey Collector Box Revealed

Following in the footsteps of GTA 6, God of War Laufey is the next big game to get a collector box without the game itself.

Sony has revealed the collector box for God of War Laufey, which costs $150 and includes a nice statue of Faye. Unfortunately it does not include a steelbook with a disc copy of the game, or any copy of the game, physically or digitally. Preorders open today at 10am PT through PlayStation Direct, and stock is limited, Sony warned. You can view a full breakdown of the box’s items below.

God of War Laufey Collector Box. Image credit: Sony Interactive Entertainment.

God of War Laufey Collector Box contents:

  • Light-Up Faye Statue – An eight-inch tall statue featuring Faye, Phranque, and Rue fighting against Begtse’s soldiers. Phranque will light up when the statue is plugged into a USB power source.
  • 51-Card Oracle Deck – Featuring custom illustrations for each card by the talented Megan Lara, the Oracle Deck is a beautiful representation of your adventure through the Everywhen.
  • Physical Mini Artbook – Concept art depicting the characters, creatures, and environments of God of War Laufey hand-selected by our talented art team at Santa Monica Studio.

Predictably, a lot of people are drawing comparisons to the game-less GTA 6 collector’s box. However, some may be a bit more accepting of the value God of War is offering here. GTA 6’s box includes a bunch of Vice City-themed merch, such as a pair of sunglasses, a hat, and a figure of a cartoon gator named Macca. It also costs a whopping $400, which is tough to swallow.

Many were critical of the fact that GTA 6’s box didn’t include a statue of Jason and Lucia, in addition to feeling like the box could’ve been cheaper if it didn’t include certain items. So, God of War Laufey may not be as egregious to some fans given it is a smaller box with a statue of the protagonist. Still, it does feel a bit lacking compared to previous God of War collector’s editions.

God Of War Laufey Reveal

God of War Ragnarok’s collector’s edition included Thor’s hammer, a steelbook (no game disc, though), DLC, a code for PS4 and PS5 copies of the game, and a handful of other trinkets. God of War 2018’s collector’s edition included a statue of Kratos and Atreus, a steelbook with a disc, a physical map, a litograph, and two small figures of Brok and Sindri, in addition to a bunch of digital content.

While this is likely supposed to be an add-on for people who are already planning on buying the game, it’s disappointing that God of War Laufey’s box doesn’t at least include a complimentary upgrade to the game’s digital deluxe edition, which includes special armor and weapons in the full game.

God of War Laufey – Collector Box will be available in “highly limited quantities” exclusively direct from PlayStation on February 16, 2027 for a recommended retail price of $149.99 USD/ €149.99/ £129.99. Preorders begin today, October 13, 2026 at 10am local time.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Nvidia Reportedly Discontinues RTX 5090, According to Leaker

While the RTX 5090 was already hard enough to get at a reasonable price, new leaks suggest that Nvidia is flat-out discontinuing its flagship graphics card.

GPU leaker zed__wang on X/Twitter posted about the RTX 5090, saying there would be “no more GB202 for 5090, confirmed.” They then followed up with a quote tweet, saying, “All future GB202 supplies are RTX Pro exclusive.”

For the uninitiated, GB202 is the name of the actual GPU die that powers the RTX 5090, and it has always powered more than just the RTX 5090. Instead, the GB202 powers nine distinct workstation and data center GPUs, according to TechPowerUp. It shouldn’t be too surprising, then, that Nvidia would opt to prioritize much more expensive graphics cards like the Nvidia RTX Pro 6000 Blackwell, which costs around $18,000, rather than the RTX 5090, which costs around $9,000 on Newegg these days.

Nvidia GeForce RTX 5090 – Photos

Nvidia also hasn’t been shy about prioritizing AI over the gaming division, with the company dropping gaming from its earnings report, and working it into the ‘Edge Computing’ category.

While the leak suggests that the discontinuation of the RTX 5090 is confirmed, it is anything but. Nvidia hasn’t commented on its flagship card going away. That doesn’t mean much on the surface, but if you look back to February, similar rumors were spinning up about the RTX 5070 Ti, and no matter how convincing those leaks were, they ended up being completely false.

I’ve asked Nvidia for comment and will update this article if I hear back, but I suspect that this RTX 5090 situation is very similar. Back then, production on the RTX 5070 Ti stalled as VRAM was being prioritized for data centers, but the RTX 5070 Ti itself didn’t get discontinued. It’s probably going to be a similar story for the RTX 5090, with new units slowing to a trickle as prices continue to rise.

Either way, for most people, the RTX 5090 has been effectively discontinued for months, if not this entire year. It seems like a distant memory at this point, but the RTX 5090 launched in January 2025 for $1,999, but that price has skyrocketed since. Now that graphics card’s price is inching closer to the $10,000 mark, and while there are definitely people who can afford to invest that kind of money into their computer, for most DIY PC gamers, the RTX 5090 might as well not even exist.

If the RTX 5090 was discontinued, it would mostly impact prebuilt gaming PCs. After all, prebuilts strapped with that graphics haven’t seen the same astronomical jump in price quite yet, and you can get a decent Alienware tower with a 5090 for less than it costs to just buy the GPU on Newegg right now. But, if Nvidia were to stop manufacturing the RTX 5090, that would likely stop immediately.

It’s not clear what’s going to happen with the RTX 5090, but regardless, it’s hard to imagine any world where the high-end GPU doesn’t continue to go up in price as RAMageddon continues. And now that it’s rumored that Nvidia won’t launch its next-generation graphics cards until 2028, it could be a long time before any high-end GPU is a reasonable price — if it ever even happens again.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Planet Zoo 2 Review

Running my dream menagerie in Planet Zoo is always going to feel a little different than the entertainment-focused spectacles of Planet Coaster or fantastical dino parks of Jurassic World Evolution. All of these gorgeous beasts and birds are real species we share the planet with and, in some cases, have put on the endangered list. So I was glad to see that Frontier’s sequel put an even deeper emphasis on conservation as a main goal this time around, even if certain pieces of that – like wildlife reserves – feel a bit less fleshed-out than they could be.

When it comes to the daily tasks of building enclosures, hiring staff, and caring for animals, there isn’t a ton that has changed since the original Planet Zoo. In that way, it feels more like a gentle evolution than a wildly ambitious one. And that’s not necessarily a bad thing. If you played the first game, you should have no trouble getting your bearings in this one. There are a lot more options for adding detail, but building a functional zoo doesn’t require you to learn all of them.

Planet Zoo 2 Screenshots

The species list is downright impressive, too, with over 130 creatures of all sizes to display. Some of these are exhibit-based, meaning they live in a smaller terrarium and don’t have all of the same features of the bigger ones. And only around half of the list is eligible to eventually be released into the wild – more on that later. But at no point did the roster ever feel stingy. I even learned about a new species of horse!

The addition of aviaries and aquariums is the first big, shiny, new feature that isn’t purely visual. And the flexibility allowed by this system is impressive. Whereas in the Jurassic World Evolution games, creating habitats for swimmers and flyers was a matter of snapping large, modular pieces together, Planet Zoo 2 gives you a lot of fine control over the shape, look, and in the case of aquariums, even depth of an exhibit.

I was really excited when I realized you can build glass tunnels through an aquarium exhibit. You can even build your entire zoo this way, as long as you stick to species that can share the same watery home without issue. Some species will fight or try to eat each other if placed together, just like in the first Planet Zoo. But there are also aquatic and semi-aquatic creatures who have different needs in terms of water temperature and salinity. If you want freshwater and saltwater exhibits in the same zoo, you even need two different filtration networks, which was an extra level of planning and realism that I enjoyed.

Money On My Mind

That brings me to the major advantage that sets Planet Zoo 2 apart from its coaster- and dino-based sister games: it’s actually a challenging economic simulation. Of course, in the sandbox mode, you can turn off just about anything you don’t want to deal with – from staff happiness to animal aging to the very concept of money. But as someone who very much feels that the difficulty of keeping the lights on is part of the experience, I was thrilled to find that task is not completely trivial.

If you check out my review of Planet Coaster 2, you’ll recall I was deflated by the fact that I could put down one flat ride and a couple vending machines, walk away from my PC, and come back to find I had made essentially unlimited money from my sad little park. I tried a similar experiment in Planet Zoo 2, making one small exhibit with only warthogs to start and gouging my guests as much as possible to make a profit. It didn’t work. And that’s great!
Between six different types of staff members to manage, complex guest and animal needs, and the fact that visitors can be very realistically prickly about ticket prices if they don’t think they’re getting their money’s worth, Planet Zoo 2 has a lot to chew on even before you start moving into the rich breeding and conservation systems. There are still a couple pieces of the management screen that felt a little underbaked. Your Sustainability rating is just based on which types of power generators and wastebins you install, which is a trivial choice with no major downsides that I never really thought about again after achieving five stars before the gates even opened. But the other components of building my zoo’s reputation really gave me something to strive for.

The possibilities for customization have also expanded quite a bit in that nearly all buildings now have fully-modeled interiors that guests and staff can interact with. You can design your perfect break room inside and out, and even tweak the kitchens where the animals’ meals are prepared. This system goes even deeper with new, modular gift shops and restaurants in which functional seating areas and shelf displays can be placed that actually affect dining capacity and items available for purchase.
I’m an absolute amateur at using these powerful tools to their greatest potential. But since the Steam Workshop once again lets me download little decorations or even whole buildings from far more talented and dedicated detailers, I can still benefit from their versatility.

There’s also a campaign that serves mostly as a kind of extended tutorial. It’s fine. I mainly used it as inspiration for what kinds of things I could build with the new tools. The characters still talk kind of like they’re on a BBC children’s program, but they’re a bit less outwardly goofy this time around, which meant I had a bit more patience for them. And there is kind of a plot, even, revolving around exposing the crimes of a major corporation claiming to be environmentally friendly while actually putting fragile ecosystems at risk. It does the job well enough.

Back To Nature

The other substantial new element of Planet Zoo 2 comes in the form of wildlife reserves, which are completely separate maps on which you paint biomes instead of enclosures, then increase their rating by introducing appropriate plants and re-wilding a variety of native species. While it can be a lot of fun to drive around in my little cart and take pictures of my zoo’s former residents back in their natural habitat, the management side of these reserves feels a little shallow.

There are tons of tags for different kinds of animals that can occupy necessary biological niches on your preserves, but establishing and maintaining ecosystems wasn’t always quite so satisfying. Getting rid of invasive plants, for instance, is just a matter of clicking on them with the bulldozer tool. There’s no need to hire rangers or botanists to maintain the land. You’re doing it all with godlike powers. I will say, I do really like the new nature brushes, which can be used to paint a variety of different canopy and understory plants with one tool. You can even make your own!

Len’s Top Tycoon Games

10 of the best tycoon and business sim games to play in 2025.

See All

The water tools don’t hold up to the same standard. There’s a lot of customization in terms of surface texture, color, opacity, and so forth. But every body of water is ultimately still a fixed height, and has to be placed in a trough. It’s not really possible to make something like a convincing river that flows downhill without resorting to some clever special effects that require a lot of tweaking. It made me miss the dynamic waterfalls from Jurassic World Evolution 3.

Still, it’s great to have a physical place I can go visit when an animal’s time at my zoo is done. I can even snap pictures of them to earn Conservation Credits, Planet Zoo 2’s secondary currency that is required to adopt certain higher-tier endangered animals. I also enjoyed being able to invest my zoo’s resources into new conservation projects, which offer a helpful and reliable way to turn money into Conservation Credits if you don’t have any animals currently ready for release.

Cyberleek Memecoin Crashes as GTA 6 Leaker’s Crypto Scheme Falters

GTA 6 fans are celebrating after the Cyberleek memecoin crashed hard yesterday, scuppering the leaker’s crypto scheme.

Cyberleek had tied various types of GTA 6 gameplay leaks to the Cyberleek market cap, ranging from $5 million to $25 million. The leaker also threatened to release a build of the game — supposedly over 200 GB in size — if the memecoin hit a $30 million market cap.

Already this week a number of gameplay clips were reportedly leaked after market cap goals were hit, including gameplay that allegedly shows Lucia fully naked, and, more recently, the alleged leak of a “Lucia closeup 4k” video.

In Pictures: How GTA 6’s Jason and Lucia Have Evolved Since 2023

Cyberleek has threatened to release a new unauthorized GTA 6 gameplay video every day, assuming the memecoin market cap targets were met, and launched yet another gameplay poll designed to encourage spending on the memecoin.

However, the Cyberleek memecoin has crashed, with a current market cap of $1.7 million, down from a high of $7.8 million on October 11. It is now highly unlikely to hit that $30 million target, and may struggle to hit the other targets Cyberleek had set for further leaks.

Of course, Cyberleek may ignore the targets and just release gameplay anyway. But the bigger question is whether Cyberleek really does have a build of GTA 6, and, if so, would actually release it. Assuming Cyberleek has a working build, releasing it into the wild would be catastrophic for Rockstar and parent company Take-Two, as it would no-doubt spark a frenzy of AI-powered projects that would threaten the potential success of GTA 6 on PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S when it comes out next month.

For now, GTA 6 fans are celebrating the Cyberleek crash. “Whoever is dropping money on this deserves to lose their money lol. You are begging to get scammed,” one person said. “There is a god,” another added. “Anyone who gave this moron cash deserved this. What the hell did people expect?” another commented.

Fans had spent the last week calling on people not to spend money on Cyberleek, pointing out the leaker cashed out back in August and is likely to do so again ahead of GTA 6’s official release date, if they haven’t already. Analysis of cryptocurrency transactions in late August pointed to the GTA 6 leaker cashing out having earnt around $270,000.

Yesterday, IGN reported on fan skepticism around the alleged leaked gameplay that reportedly showed both Jason and Lucia fully naked. A previous leaked gameplay video allegedly showed a tank spawning into the world, which suggests access to a dev menu of some kind. The leaked videos allegedly showing both Jason and Lucia fully naked also show NPCs failing to react to that in any way, which suggests this effect was achieved with either a dev menu or cheats and won’t be possible in the official release.

One theory is that Cyberleak was able to access this state for both Lucia and Jason because in at least one mission players will see both characters naked, perhaps in a nudist resort. As it stands, this is all speculation, and it is unknown if GTA 6 will feature either character naked at any point — officially at least.

Cyberleek has threatened Rockstar and parent company Take-Two with the release of a full playthrough of the game’s story if they fail to release GTA 6 on-disc and issue a public apology — and, as we’ve explained, the market cap of the memecoin hits $30 million. Of course, few believe these GTA 6 leaks are about campaigning for physical media — rather they’re about making money from a crypto scam.

“Here’s the deal, nice and clean,” Cyberleek’s threat began. “CYBERLEEK hits 30 million marketcap, the build goes out — full story mode, played to the end, credits and all. Don’t believe it has full story mode? Ask for what you want to see, and it gets provided. Take-Two gets one way out: physical disks and a public apology. They can take it at any moment. Or they can gamble that CL is bluffing. Everyone knows which one they’ll pick.”

Cyberleek appeared to go dark after a spate of high-profile GTA 6 leaks in August that sparked an investigation from Take-Two. The company issued subpoenas to the likes of Discord as part of the hunt for the person or group of people responsible. But Cyberleek reemerged last week with the release of a 24-minute GTA 6 gameplay video that reportedly showed cutscenes, story beats, playable characters Jason and Lucia naked (in the case of Jason, full-frontal nudity), and a first-person camera.

It remains unclear how the gameplay footage, or any potential build of the game it’s taken from, escaped the confines of Rockstar’s infamous tight security. Recent developments suggest Cyberleek remains at large and defiant in the face of potential legal action.

In August, Rockstar addressed the GTA 6 leaks, describing the situation as “heartbreaking” for its development team and “unfortunate” for fans. At the time, the developer acknowledged that its intended experience for players “may now be impacted by some spoilers,” but reiterated GTA 6’s previously-confirmed launch date of November 19.

Whether the culprit or culprits are ever caught may rest on how successful Take-Two’s legal team and the relevant authorities are at forcing social networks or crypto exchanges to divulge any personal details they hold on those responsible.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

How to Play Your Favourite Games at Uni with Top Graphics on Your Laptop

Textbooks, bedding, a year’s supply of instant noodles – packing for uni means prioritising the essentials, and often, that means that your full gaming setup gets left behind at home. As such, your gaming opportunities are likely at the mercy of a distinctly average hardware built into your laptop. However, there is a way to still enjoy the latest releases and your go-to games as a student, all thanks to NVIDIA’s cloud gaming service, GeForce NOW.

GeForce NOW is a platform that allows you to stream games from the cloud straight to the device of your choice, including laptops, mobiles, tablets and more, without the need to purchase any additional hardware.

GeForce NOW enables you to play games you already own by accessing them from across your gaming libraries in the cloud. With no need to download bulky data and updates locally, precious storage space on your uni laptop can be reserved for papers and coursework, keeping the parents happy. What’s more, you’re also able to use the latest graphical technologies like NVIDIA DLSS, Reflex, Multi-Frame Generation and more as GeForce NOW gives you remote access to GeForce RTX 50-series tech via NVIDIA’s servers, letting you play the latest graphically advanced titles like CONTROL: Resonant without having to buy an all-new gaming setup.

Control Resonant on GeForce NOW

Whether you’re a gearhead, FPS devotee, or RPG adventurer, there are over 4,500 games available in the GeForce NOW cloud. The majority are ready to play immediately (R2P), and those that do require installation (flagged as I2P) can be downloaded onto the service’s cloud hardware. Plus, you’re not platform-restricted either – whatever library your game of choice resides in across Steam, Epic Games Store, Xbox Game Pass, Battle.net and more, with GeForce NOW, you can jump in and play across multiple devices, picking right up where you left off.

Best of all, GeForce NOW membership has a free tier, so you can enjoy the perks of remote game access and juiced-up graphics performance without spending a penny:

Free Tier (Basic Rig)

  • Access to 2000+ games (including R2P)
  • 1 hour gaming sessions (unlimited sessions per day)
  • Up to 1080p resolution
  • Up to 60 FPS

To go ad-free, upgrading to the Premium Tier costs just £9.99 per month (aka forgoing a couple of coffees or pints at the student union). This then gets you additional perks:

Premium Tier (£9.99/month, GeForce RTX)

  • Access to 4500+ games (both R2P and I2P)
  • 6 hour gaming sessions (unlimited sessions per day)
  • Up to 1440p resolution
  • Up to 60 FPS
  • 8 vCPU cores 28 GB DRAM
  • NVIDIA RTX Ray Tracing
  • No ads
  • Priority access to queue
  • HDR10 and SDR10
  • Ultrawide monitor support
  • In-game settings persistence
  • Surround 5.1 audio

And for top-tier cloud gaming, you can experience maximum performance with GeForce NOW’s Ultimate Tier. Priced at £19.99 per month, this membership grants you the full suite of GeForce NOW features and capabilities:
Ultimate Tier (£19.99/month, GeForce RTX 5080)

  • Access 4500+ games (both R2P and I2P)
  • 8-hour gaming sessions
  • Up to 5K resolution
  • Up to 360 FPS
  • First priority access to queue
  • 16 vCPU cores, 56 GB DRAM
  • NVIDIA RTX Ray Tracing, NVIDIA DLSS 5 & NVIDIA Reflex
  • HDR10 and SDR10
  • Ultrawide monitor support
  • In-game settings persistence
  • Surround 5.1 / 7.1 audio
  • Cloud G-Sync

If you don’t want to commit to a monthly plan, you can even grab yourself a GeForce NOW Day Pass and experience how well the service performs on your no-frills workbook. A Performance pass is just £3.99, and 24 hours of Ultimate will only set you back £7.99 – ideal if you’re determined to play a big term-time drop on day one.

Bust through your backlog between lectures and enjoy the latest releases in high-resolution – without having to relocate your home rig or shell out for new hardware – thanks to GeForce NOW. With thousands of games to choose from, you only need an internet connection to play from your accommodation, the library or wherever suits you best. Visit nvidia.com/geforce-now to check out the membership and pass options in full.

Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse Review

Nearly two decades after the last mainline 2D Castlevania game,the team behind 2023’s Dead Cell’s Return to Castlevania DLC has been given the keys to Dracula’s Castle for real. Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse aims to breathe fresh life into this 40-year-old series with a creative blend of old and new ideas. With a brand new Belmont wielding the family whip, familiar foes in your way, and modern conveniences that have become expected in the genre, developer Evil Empire has largely hit their mark – but if you are a longtime fan expecting Belmont’s Curse to be a completely faithful revival of the series we played back in the early 2000s, then you will want to think again. This is a different breed of monster you’re hunting, both for good and for ill.

Belmont’s Curse picks up in Paris about 23 years after the events of the NES/Famicom classic Castlevania III: Dracula’s Curse (the game Netflix’s original Castlevania series was based on). This time, the Belmont in charge of dishing out pain to the various creatures of the night – including big, bad Dracula himself – is Rose Belmont, the daughter of Trevor Belmont and Sypha Belnades. Trevor leaves Rose on her own to get to the bottom of what is going on in Paris, and the story that follows over the next 10-15 hours is one that boils down to what fans of Konami’s 40-year-old series would expect: Dracula comes back, and you need to kill him.

Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse Gallery

Belmont’s Curse does sprinkle some nifty twists into the cauldron here and there, many of which revolve around that titular “curse” and the mysterious set of Tarot cards Sypha left to her daughter before her off-screen death in childbirth. It’s a fun story overall, and I loved the nods and winks for dedicated fans like me to catch, but I’d be lying if I said plot was ever the reason I fell in love with these games.

In the line of Belmont heroes, I would rank Rose fairly high. While certainly strong-willed and focused as she sets out to prove herself worthy of her family’s legacy, you can also see she is still a bit rough around the edges. She can be impulsive at times, but learns from her mistakes – and while her tough facade occasionally cracks to reveal a more vulnerable side, Rose never comes off as a damsel in need of saving. She’d be the one busting down doors to save you. She carries the spirit of Sonia Belmont on her shoulders well.

Much like the other heroes of these games, a small cast of helpers joins her in the quest to put “Him” back in his pine box (seriously, this game really likes to lean into characters just referring to Dracula as “Him”, capital H and all). However, unlike in previous games, most of these interactions happen entirely inside of Rose’s head with the souls of bosses she has vanquished, who now find themselves sealed away in her Tarot cards. There are some fun moments of bickering between the main three – The Fallen, Joan of Arc, and Medusa – but I wish that the other bosses would more regularly chime in.

Rose carries the spirit of Sonia Belmont on her shoulders well.“

I also found myself missing actual people to run into. Scenes like Alucard first encountering Maria in Symphony of the Night gave a feeling of life to the castle and its surrounding lands full of death. By comparison, the mental arguments with Medusa are amusing, but just don’t land in the same way. Considering you start out in Paris (admittedly, a violently burning one), it feels a bit odd that there isn’t a single shop open or person left to talk to. It would have been great to randomly stumble on Grant from Trevor and Sypha’s crew from Castlevania III somewhere.

The map itself is divided into large, self-contained zones, more akin to Super Metroid than Symphony of the Night, with a boss typically overseeing each area. These larger zones are then connected to one another through the odd bridge or pathway, with special ferryman doors that you will eventually uncover to allow for quick hopping between regions, including the various parts of Dracula’s castle (and other even stranger places). As someone who tends to get lost or forget things in these sorts of games, Belmont’s Curse adopts some modern conveniences that are very welcome, including percentage trackers for each area and various markers that can be placed on the map. I used these tools liberally and frequently to help keep track of blocked paths I still needed a movement upgrade to get through or collectibles I could see but not reach.

Another especially handy feature (one you are never clearly told about, for some reason) is that you are also able to fast travel between the save rooms inside a given region, done so by holding down and crouching Rose just in front of the mirror for a few seconds. This will take you to a small hub of sorts where you can choose another mirror to pop out of. For a game that has just as much backtracking and exploration as this genre is known for, it’s a great help. Too bad it takes about 15 seconds from when you first crouch until you regain control of Rose in the Hub (at least on PS5). Handy as it was, that load time got old real quick.

For the most part, each Castlevania game has some sort of unique system or mechanic that helps differentiate it. The Aria games, for instance had monster soul collection, while Circle of the Moon had its mix-and-match cards. For Belmont’s Curse, it’s largely built around a magical whip ability and a protective shield of light – and to a lesser extent, the previously mentioned Tarot cards, which grant Rose other magic spells that can be improved (she is Sypha’s daughter after all).

The whip lets Rose swing from various objects or pull herself towards them. It can also be used on enemies, allowing her to not only quickly close the distance, but, when timed with her attack, deliver stronger hits. Zipping from enemy to enemy or nimbly swinging out of the way of a charging minotaur felt (and looked) so badass, regardless of how many times I did it. There are also some pretty challenging rooms that require precision to avoid spikes and other hazards in order to reach a reward at the end, so platforming fans have something to look forward to as well.

There are some pretty challenging platforming rooms that require precision.“

The light shield, on the other hand, is a far more defensive tool. When perfectly timed, it allows Rose to parry and reflect some damage back at the enemy hitting her, and also grants her the ability to pass through certain walls and floors. It’s a cool effect, but given how fast combat usually goes and how many enemies are around, Belmont’s Curse feels more tailored to keeping you on the offensive. A point further incentivized by the fact that the main way you restore your magic pool, letting you cast more spells, is by hitting enemies.

That said, Evil Empire has included several adjustable settings, such as the damage you dish out, how much experience you earn, or even the option to avoid dying altogether if you’d rather just enjoy the story. I opted to keep things mostly as they are by default with only a single exception, and it’s one I would recommend everyone make: you are able to check a box that lets you respawn just outside a boss room door if you die instead of back at a save point. To be fair, there did seem to always be a save room relatively close to the boss doors, so it doesn’t take too long to get back to the fight either way. But I much preferred being able to beat my head against a wall a lot really quickly until it breaks, as opposed to thinking of better ways to take it down between concussions. And hey, whether you love or hate boss runbacks, giving you the choice to remove them or not is a great bit of flexibility to have.

Regardless of your settings, you will find many classic Castlevania enemies along the way, all sporting a rather stunning and imposing refresh in their designs. Axe Knights tower over the comparatively minute Rose while flying possessed swords spin and shoot out smaller blades to skewer you. The bosses also look great – Dracula’s right-hand man, Death, sports perhaps my favorite of his designs in the entire series and what might be the coolest scythe I’ve ever seen. But despite their sick new looks, there is a surprisingly low variety of enemies overall, with some unfortunate notable omissions. Fan favorites like Legion, the massive ball of corpses, and even iconic monsters like the wall-mounted skeleton dragon head are MIA, with Belmont’s Curse relying more on palette swaps of creatures for the stronger foes you face in later areas. There are still a solid number of different monsters, but compared to the bestiaries in other Castlevanias (even the GBA games), this one is a little disappointing.

Thankfully, what I didn’t find quite as disappointing was actually killing those monsters. Nearly all of Rose’s fighting options feel good to use, with seven unique weapon types to choose from: sword, sword and shield, spear, fists, great sword, dual swords, and, of course, the family’s signature whips. Each type comes in four tiers of strength, which are found in hidden chests or as rewards for beating the occasional boss. Up until I earned the magical Vampire Killer whip, which blew the other options I had out of the water at the time, I found myself especially drawn to the fist weapons. It was a lot of fun to pull myself to an enemy and then uppercut that foe into the air, pummeling them with fast and fierce punches that each do slightly more damage than the last.

However, while all of the combat options were cool, the more I played of Belmont’s Curse, the less it felt like what I associate with the Castlevania series specifically. The big pillars are here: you have the castle, you have Dracula and his iconic minions, you will be backtracking with new abilities to access new areas. But so much else of what usually sets this series apart within this genre has been smoothed over with Belmont’s Curse, which leaves the whole package feeling a bit like a really solid metroidvania wearing a superficial Castlevania skin. Take Rose, for example: chaining punches into air combos is a lot of fun, but it doesn’t really feel like I am playing as a Belmont. Gone entirely are subweapons like the spinning bibles, hurled bottles of holy water, or arcing axes. There isn’t even a dagger to throw, which just feels kind of wrong. She doesn’t even start the game with a whip.

The more I played, the less it felt like what I associate with Castlevania specifically.“

In a similar vein, Belmont’s Curse pulls from the soulslike playbook and gives you healing vials that recharge when you visit save points (which also respawn enemies nearby), removing potions to spam. Hearts from lanterns have been replaced by sterile blue globs of mana, and now there are heart piece-like collectibles that expand your health and magic bars when you collect four. A majority of the RPG systems have been pulled out, removing most of the stats, and equipment is now relegated to just three slots for you to put relics into – those have useful but not necessarily exciting special effects, like reducing Rose’s maximum health in exchange for dealing increased damage. Heck, with all the load times I ran into, it would be nice if they at least had Rose walking through a hallway or something as a throwback to Symphony of the Night instead of a static mural. (To its credit, that mural does look awesome, but you can only stare at the same picture so many times.)

Revisiting the lands of Castlevania in Belmont’s Curse opened my eyes to how much this genre has evolved in the 18 years since Castlevania: Order of Ecclesia on the Nintendo DS – highlighted even more thanks to the wonderful collections that have been released in the past few years. We haven’t been lacking in choice when it comes to awesome action platformers like this while the series slept, either, and I would put Rose’s debut as another great option in that surprisingly long list. But while I have had a fun time with Belmont’s Curse, it also hasn’t quite scratched that Castlevania itch in the way I hoped it would.

XTEINK X4 Pro Ebook Reader on Sale for Lowest-Ever Price at Amazon

Our world is increasingly filled with colorful, glowing screens it can be hard to take your eyes off of. If you would like to decrease your screen time, you might also want to increase your reading time. One of the most convenient ways to do that is to use a tiny e-book reader like the XTEINK X4 Pro, currently on sale at Amazon for $84.15 (down from $99). It’s a limited-time deal, so it could vanish at any time. Let’s look at what this little device can do.

XTEINK X4 Pro 4.3″ ebook Reader

2

The XTEINK X4 Pro is a tiny, easily pocketable e-book reader; it’s 5.95mm thin and weighs just 72 grams. The e-ink display measures 4.3 inches diagonally, which is big enough to read without straining your eyes. But the whole device is barely bigger than a credit card. It can even magnetically snap onto the back of your phone.

It has most of the features you’d expect in an ebook reader in 2026. It has a dual-tone front light so you can read in low-light (or no-light) situations. The e-ink display is easy to read in direct sunlight, just like the pages of a paper book. It has both touchscreen and physical buttons to turn pages forward and back. And because e-ink displays require very little power, a single charge lasts weeks.

Format-wise, it supports EPUB, TXT, MOBI, PDF formats. You can load books onto it using the official app, the cloud, or a microSD card. The app can even convert ebooks from different formats into a format viewable on the device.

Included in the Box

  • XTEINK X4 Pro
  • Adhesive Metal Ring (x2)
  • Screen Cleaning Kit
  • Magnetic Charging Adapter
  • Matte Screen Protector
  • User Manual

It has buttons for home, power on/off, next page, and previous page. It has a microSD card slot and a lanyard hole. It doesn’t come with a charging cable, but it does include an adapter that lets you use a USB-C charging cable to charge it using a magnet to attach it to your device. It also comes with a magnet ring you can stick to the back of the device to make it snap to the back of your phone.

Once you go into the settings, you’ll find this thing is super customizable. You can change the functions of the buttons. You can adjust things like the font, line spacing, text size, and brightness. You can go into night mode, and even set a color temperature to trigger on and off automatically at certain times of day.

Personally, I love reading paper books, but I have to admit they’re not the most convenient things in the world to haul around, especially if you don’t want to bring a bag where you’re going. Even a Kindle is too big to carry on your person. That’s where a device like this fits in, so you can carry a book (or folder full of books) with you wherever you go, even in the same pocket as your phone.

I also like the small screen size, because it limits the number of words on a page. Sometimes, when I’m reading a textbook or a big hardcover, I find the wall of text on the page visually unappealing, especially if the print is small. I look at a page like that, and think, “I’m never going to read all that” – and I was an English major. On the XTEINK X4 Pro, you’ll never have an intimidating amount of text on the screen.

The best part about it is the size. Because it’s so pocketable, you can just bring it with you anywhere you go. Then, when you find yourself in a situation where you’d normally pull out your phone and start doomscrolling, you can pull out the X4 Pro instead and read a few pages in whatever book you’re currently reading.

Chris Reed is a senior commerce editor and deals expert for IGN. He also runs IGN’s LEGO coverage and maintains the upcoming release dates articles for video games, LEGO sets, and 4K Blu-rays. You can follow him on Bluesky.

RJ Mitte Dead at 34

RJ Mitte, the actor best known for playing Walter White Jr. in Breaking Bad, has died at 34.

TMZ reported that a county official in Texas confirmed the news that he died today, October 12, 2026. The site stated it was told that Mitte died by suicide.

Additional details surrounding his death are unclear. An investigation is ongoing.

Mitte started his career in Hollywood with a small role in Disney’s Hannah Montana before appearing as the son of Bryan Cranston’s Walter White when Breaking Bad premiered in 2008. He played Walter ‘Flynn’ White Jr. for 56 episodes, cementing him not only as one of the AMC show’s most prominent characters, but one of the more recognizable characters in TV history.

Mitte appeared in all five seasons of Breaking Bad but went on to have an acting career that saw him contribute to different mediums across the entertainment spectrum. In 2013, he showed up in a music video for Steel Panther’s “Party Like Tomorrow Is The End of the World.” In 2014, he appeared in nine episodes of the television series Switched at Birth.

RJ Mitte. Photo by Frazer Harrison/Getty Images.

While his time on TV screens saw him also play roles in things like Now Apocalypse and This Close, his movie resume included parts in things like 2021’s Triumph, 2020’s The Oak Room, and 2019’s All the Little Things We Kill. His most recent project saw him star as Joshua in this year’s Talking to Stranger.

Representatives for Mitte shared a statement with TMZ confirming the passing. They called him a “beloved actor, philanthropist, and passionate disability rights advocate.”

“RJ Mitte was best known for his role as Walter ‘Flynn’ White Jr. on AMC’s critically acclaimed, award-winning series Breaking Bad,” the message continued. “Drawing from his own experience living with cerebral palsy, Mitte brought authenticity to the role and built a platform on disability awareness and inclusion. Beyond entertaining friends and family around the world, he served as an ambassador for United Cerebral Palsy and Shriners Children’s.”

Fans of Mitte’s work have already taken to social media to share their condolences. Others are taking the time to remember his impact not only as an actor but also as an important disability rights advocate.

If you or someone you know is thinking of suicide, please call the 24/7 National Suicide Prevention Lifeline by dialing 988 or go to SpeakingOfSuicide.com/resources.

This is devastating.

Check on your loved ones and make sure they’re okay; because you never know what someone is going through.

RIP RJ Mitte. I hope you’re at peace. 🕊️

— The Moonlight Warrior 🌙 (@BlackMajikMan90) October 12, 2026

@IGN Way too young. Thank you for giving us one of the most iconic characters on television. https://t.co/ohlzHa5EIJ

— Jack D Hay (@JackHayHomes) October 12, 2026

Very sad about RJ Mitte

He was a big part on Breaking Bad and also helping a community for disabilities. https://t.co/8fQ2vfb4Kz

— Ace Humphreys 🏴󠁧󠁢󠁷󠁬󠁳󠁿🦢 (@Ace109610) October 12, 2026

Very sad news. RJ Mitte, best known as Walter White Jr. on Breaking Bad, has died.

He was 34.

Mitte, who had cerebral palsy, used his platform to push for greater representation and opportunities for disabled actors. https://t.co/iKAmSjt5K7

— Yashar Ali 🐘 (@yashar) October 12, 2026

Photo by Frazer Harrison/Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Mick Gordon Plans to Take His Upcoming Doom Concert Performance On the Road

Award-winning composer and skull-shattering guitar shredder Mick Gordon has given an update on the scheduled live performances of his Doom and Doom Eternal soundtracks, explaining in an interview with IGN at PAX Australia this past weekend that his appearance as headliner at the UK’s RADAR festival in 2027 isn’t merely intended as a one-off.

“The two that we’ve announced are this headline show for RADAR, which is going to be on August 1, 2027,” said Gordon. “That’s going to be me with a band and a live orchestra playing music from Doom and Doom Eternal and some other stuff. Then a few days later I’m going to be in the Czech Republic playing the Brutal Assault Festival, which is in a medieval castle, which is so metal. That’s with bands like Children of Bodom, Knocked Loose, and Humanity’s Last Breath. It’s like a really, really incredible 25,000-people metal festival.”

That all sounds great, but what if you happen to be one of the millions of Doom fans that can’t make it to the UK or Europe in order to catch either of these two shows? Well, the good news is you might still get your chance to experience Mick’s heavy metal magnificence on a live stage near you sometime in the not too distant future.

“[After the RADAR show was announced] I instantly started getting offers from the European metal festival circuit,” said Gordon. “My agency and I are talking about doing this for the next two years. There are a number of [events] across the whole world that we’re hoping to take this show [to]. So there’s going to be a lot of news coming on that front.”

Gordon seems extremely excited to perform popular Doom tracks like Rip & Tear, BFG Division, and At Doom’s Gate in front of a live festival audience, and promises an experience unlike a typical concert performance of a videogame soundtrack.

Doom 4K Update Screenshots

“For a long time I’ve wanted to take what I find really exciting about videogame music and marry it with what I find really exciting about a live rock and metal show,” said Gordon. “I know there are people that have done [live performances] where [the audience] will sit down and wear nice clothes and listen to [their] favourite music played by an orchestra, and that’s fantastic, don’t get me wrong. But nobody has done this thing where you have this massive circle mosh pit with videogame music.”

“Through an incredible set of wonderful, universe-grifting circumstances, I found myself best positioned to be the one [to deliver that experience].”

In the meantime you can get a fresh dose of Gordon’s heavy metal mayhem on the soundtrack to Warhammer 40,000: Boltgun 2, which is out on October 14 for PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X|S, and PC, with a Nintendo Switch 2 version coming at a later date.

Tristan Ogilvie is a senior video editor at IGN based in Sydney, Australia. He has 25 years of experience covering video games, having served as Deputy Editor on Official PlayStation 2 Magazine Australia and as Editor of Official Xbox 360 Magazine Australia, before joining IGN in 2009. You can find him on Bluesky @tristanogilvie.bsky.social

The Best iPhone Duo Cases

The foldable Apple iPhone Duo is real and it’s almost here. The iPhone Duo tops both of the other recently-released iPhones with its own scary, $1,999 price tag. That’s $100 more than the Samsung Galaxy Z Fold 8 that launched earlier this year. Then again, specs-wise, it’s probably more comparable to the Galaxy Z Fold 8 Ultra, which costs $2,099 out of the gate. Either way, you’re going to want to protect it.

The big open question is going to be what’s the best way to protect the iPhone Duo. Case makers have had plenty of practice with foldables from Samsung and Google, but it’ll still be a little riskier to pick something for Apple’s phone, as it’s a brand new device in what is a slightly unusual, passport-style form factor (or would be, if Samsung hadn’t beat Apple to the punch in July). The case makers I’ve chosen below are historically good at what they do, but mainly, I’d recommend going with an Apple-made option over all of them, at least until third-parties have had a chance to work out any kinks with their designs.

Apple iPhone Duo Case

Best iPhone Duo Case

Apple iPhone Duo Case

0

A basic, plastic case that’s guaranteed to fit your $2,000 phone.

Guaranteed to fit

Relatively affordable

Only “relatively” affordable

Apple’s first-party iPhone Duo case comes in Navy Blue and Sand, complementing the two Duo options – black or white – the company is offering its new foldable in. It’s got MagSafe support (it should also work with a 25W Qi2 charger), a matte coating) and is made of a polycarbonate material with a matte coating. Being a first-party Apple case, it’s guaranteed to fit an iPhone Duo, which isn’t something I’d necessarily expect out of a third-party option this early in the game.

You can get the Apple iPhone Duo Case straight from the Apple Store now, for $79.

Apple Duo Folio with Kickstand

Best iPhone Duo Kickstand Case

Apple Duo Folio with Kickstand

0

Apple’s first-party folio isn’t a case, per se, but a magnetically-attaching kickstand that sticks to the exterior of the phone.

Integrated kickstand

Magnetic attachment

More cover than case

The Apple iPhone Duo Folio with Kickstand isn’t a case as much as it is a magnetic cover, very similar to the ones the company has made for iPads for years. The Duo Folio doesn’t cover the sides of the phone, and it totally covers the outer display when you’re not using it. Based on Apple’s product imagery, you can flop the outer display part of the cover off to use it, but it’s not clear if it then folds behind the phone, as it does on iPad folio cases.

The iPhone Duo Folio with Kickstand comes in Navy Blue and Taupe, both with the same textured fabric found on the iPhone 18 Pro’s TechWoven cases. It’s also spendy, at $129. That’s a full $50 more than, say, Apple’s Smart Folio for iPad Pro 11-inch.

Otterbox Defender Series Pro XT

Best Rugged iPhone Duo Case

Otterbox Defender Series Pro XT

0

Otterbox’s cases come with a long history of sturdy iPhone cases.

Sturdy edge protection

Supports magnetic wireless charging

Adds lots of bulk

Otterbox has a long history of producing sturdy smartphone cases. Although it might add a huge amount of heft and bulk to what is the thinnest iPhone Apple has ever made (when unfolded), it might be worth it, considering the price of the phone and its untested durability.

This case has a raised lip around the outer display and a hinge guard that the company says lays flat – it looks like it means the hinge, not the phone itself – when the phone is open. You’ll pay for all that protection, though. Otterbox is charging $90 for the new case. It has no official release date, but presumably, it’ll come soon. For the more typical slab-style form factor phones, I’m more partial to Otterbox’s Commuter Series iPhone 18 Pro and 18 Pro Max cases, which offer beefy protection that’s not quite so unwieldy.

Mous Ultra Thin Phone Case

Best Thin iPhone Duo Case

Mous Ultra Thin Phone Case

0

A super-thin Aramid fiber case for Apple’s thinnest iPhone ever (when unfolded).

Very thin

Supports wireless magnetic charging

Probably not life-proof

Maybe you just want to keep your iPhone Duo scratch-free; if that’s how you feel, Mous’s Ultra Thin Phone Case is a solid option. It’s made up of a rigid aramid fiber, and has a cover for the back of the phone, as well as a piece that hugs the outer edge of the front display. On the inside, the back cover has a microfiber layer, and sandwiched between the layers is a magnetic ring to ensure your phone can still support MagSafe wireless charging.

The Mous Ultra Thin case costs about as much as the Duo case Apple makes, and it’ll still leave your phone’s hinge unprotected as that case appears to. But hey, as a fellow thin case liker, I get why you would make that compromise. Sometimes, a beefy case just makes your phone feel less cool.

Spigen Ultra Hybrid Pro (Mag Fit)

Best Clear iPhone Duo Case

Spigen Ultra Hybrid Pro (Mag Fit)

0

A clear iPhone Duo case from a trusted manufacturer.

Supports magnetic wireless charging

Lets your phone’s color shine through

Probably won’t let your Duo lay flat

There aren’t a lot of clear cases yet for the iPhone Duo, at least not that I could see from case makers I tend to trust. Thankfully, Spigen is among those doing it, and its transparent Ultra Hybrid Pro (Mag Fit) has most of the things I’d want out of a clear case. It’s see-through all the way around, and features a magnetic ring for wirelessly charging your phone or popping MagSafe accessories like pop sockets and wallets on the back.

One drawback, as I see it, could be the apparently bulbous hinge cover that probably keeps the Duo from laying flat when it’s all the way open. Another is its all-polycarbonate construction, which could make it a little overly rigid versus a hybrid case that uses flexible TPU as well. The company also offers one that’s similar to Dbrand’s Ghost Case, with opaque outer edges, while clear plastic makes up the back cover. The Spigen Ultra Hybrid Pro is priced at $60, which puts it at the lower end of many of the cases on this list.

How to Pick an iPhone Duo Case

I always recommend that prospective case buyers start by setting a budget for their new case – which might seem silly if you’re buying a $2,000 phone, but maybe that breaks the bank for you. Then figure out what you want the case to do. Is it purely for drop protection? Do you just want it to keep your phone from scratching? Does it need to be clear or opaque? Then, see what the manufacturers you’ve trusted in the past are doing.

Something to additionally consider is that the iPhone Duo is a brand-new form factor, and Apple’s first go at the foldable market. The company is known for its patient, detail-driven approach to things, but despite the many leaks that seem to have predicted the Duo’s exact dimensions, there could still be quirks that case makers didn’t anticipate.

As such I’d probably buy my first case straight from Apple, then wait to see how things shake out a few months down the line, after third-party manufacturers have been able to tweak their designs. I’d hate to drop my $2,000+ phone on the ground, only to watch the corner of my case pop off, leading to dings on the outer edge or worse, cracks on the screen itself. It’s not a bad idea to prioritize edge and hinge coverage, and keep in mind that many hinge covers can keep the phone from laying flat on its back when it’s unfolded all the way.

Also keep in mind how the case looks on the phone and feels in your hand. Maybe you’re getting the ultimate in phone protection, a case that could let your phone survive being driven over by a tank, but is that really worth it if it ruins how it feels to use your device every day? Or if your super premium phone looks like it’s wrapped in one of those NERF iPad covers for kids?

Wes is a freelance writer (Freelance Wes, they call him) who has covered technology, gaming, and entertainment steadily since 2020 at Gizmodo, Tom’s Hardware, Hardcore Gamer, and most recently, The Verge. Inside of him there are two wolves: one that thinks it wouldn’t be so bad to start collecting game consoles again, and the other who also thinks this, but more strongly.

The Magician’s Nephew Poster Wins Over Skeptical Fans

The first poster for Greta Gerwig’s Narnia: The Magician’s Nephew is here, and it seems to have won over a few of the more skeptical fans.

Netflix shared an ethereal glimpse at the new Narnia movie on social media today. It came with the promise that a first look at the Barbie director’s foray into the beloved fantasy universe will arrive via trailer tomorrow, though specifically when it will premiere is unclear.

The Narnia: The Magician’s Nephew poster (below) seems to call back to art featured on some copies of author C. S. Lewis’ original The Magician’s Nephew novels. That would mean the three individuals illuminated by iridescent light here are Polly (Beatrice Campbell), Digory (David McKenna), and their flying horse, Fledge. The spacey lion gracing the background, meanwhile, teases Meryl Streep’s Aslan.

Narnia: The Magician’s Nephew Poster. Image courtesy of Netflix.

The new poster for Gerwig’s Netflix movie doesn’t reveal much about its story or characters, but it’s the look and feel that has fans taken aback. Even some of the more skeptical viewers, who have feared what an adaptation of Lewis’ work would look like in 2026, like what they see here, with many taking to social media to praise the art.

“Well, that actually looks pretty awesome,” one Reddit user said.

“Credit where credit is due, that is one hell of a poster,” another added.

“It looks like a poster from a 1980s/early 1990s fantasy film and I am here for it,” another user added.

That’s not to say that there aren’t still those who have yet to be impressed. Most of the concern seems to come from a place of dread that some of the most revered characters in fantasy could be warped or damaged on impact. Some naysayers are more vocal than others, but in reality, it’s hard to say if Gerwig will land the plane just yet, but we’ll definitely have a better idea when the film premieres next year.

“If I knew nooooothing else about this movie, I’d be excited,” one of the more cautious fans said.

“I really like a lot of the visual stuff they’re doing with the movie,” another explained. “Lots of cool filmic feeling stuff especially here. I just don’t like the time jump and the costume for Jadis doesn’t feel regal. It should be good technically but less so in other places.”

In a relatively unlikely move from Netflix, Narnia: The Magician’s Nephew is set to first come to theaters via IMAX sneak previews starting February 10, 2027. It will then receive a global wide release February 12, with streaming subscribers then able to watch from the comfort of their homes starting April 2.

Also included in the film’s cast are Carey Mulligan, Daniel Craig, Emma Mackey, and Ciarán Hinds. While we wait to see how the movie may stray from the source material, you can check out more early details here. You can also check out what we learned after its logo reveal.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Satisfactory: The Board Game Preview

Automation and factory-building games have become pretty popular over the past few years, with Coffee Stain Studios’ Satisfactory being one of the stars of the genre. I have always admired the sprawling conveyor belts and mega structures of the factory-building powerhouse from a comfortable distance, dipping my toe into the waters with messy (but kind of functional) factories of my own. Soon, factory builders will have a whole new way to build out their process, as Mood Publishing, the same publisher behind Hitman: The Board Game, is looking to bring the beloved factory sim to your tabletop with Satisfactory: The Board Game and the launch of their latest crowdfunding campaign over on Gamefound. We were sent an early prototype copy to check out, in addition to playing a demo with the game’s designer, David Thor Fjalarsson, to see if a tabletop game can capture and refine the Satisfactory experience down to the size of a kitchen table-sized factory.

Satisfactory: The Board Game Preview Images

In Satisfactory: The Board Game (referred to simply as “Satisfactory” going forward), designed by David Thor Fjalarsson, up to four players will have to mine, refine, and upgrade their factories in an effort to earn the most FICSIT points before the space elevator is finished. The turns themselves are surprisingly straightforward; on your turn, you will perform two actions, either build something, move around the map, or have your factory do its work. Once each player has taken their turn, the production phase occurs, where everyone’s mines will activate, drilling for one of the three basic materials—limestone, iron, or copper—and existing materials will move down their conveyors towards getting refined into better resources. Then, the whole cycle repeats itself. Even in my first game, by the time my group had reached the second or third round, we had the flow down.

The game board.

The game itself takes place on a large hex-grid representation of the video game’s massive world, with random creatures and biomes that get placed during setup, along with various material-rich points where mines can be placed. The “Move” action is pretty self-explanatory, allowing you to move your piece up to a number of spaces equal to your movement value, with some spaces that can only be crossed once certain technologies or vehicles have been built. Landing on a point can grant you resources, or allow you to claim one of the tokens mentioned earlier. If you prefer to get some extra work in at your factories, you can instead opt for the “Workshop” action, which lets you either move a beltline of resources down a spot or refine a single block of material into a higher-tier version, which is a crucial component for when you build.

“Stringing together these bonuses to create some wild turns was some of the most fun I had playing Satisfactory.“

Speaking of building things, the “Build” action was my favorite, and what I would consider the core thing to do in this game. At any time, players will have access to build their staple devices—extractors, refineries, et cetera—in addition to a random pool of cards of varying tiers that get unlocked over the course of the game. These cards, like the Jet Pack to help you get around quicker or weapons to tackle the wildlife, are a great help, but the main structures you can construct have an added little treat to them. Depending on what you build, you will have a bonus action that you can take, determined by what you have built. Building a miner, for instance, will allow you to immediately build a Belt, which will then trigger the Belt’s bonus, giving you a free movement action, or the Constructor, giving you an extra action you can take on your turn. Stringing together these bonuses to create some wild turns was some of the most fun I had playing Satisfactory.

When it comes to playing, Satisfactory’s tabletop adaptation has opted for a competitive “race for points” experience for its main game, instead of the cooperative focus from the PC title — though the promised final game will include a co-op and solo modes as well. That said, don’t expect to be bombing or taking out the other players’ extractors and belts with some cardboard corporate terrorism within the game. Instead, once a player has claimed a tile by building something on it, no other player can develop on it, though they can still cross over with no issue. Satisfactory can still be “mean,” but it’s more like cleverly getting in the way or making expansion for your opponents annoying as opposed to turning the planet into a battlefield.

This sort of headbutting really only comes out when you start getting to the three- or four-player counts. At two players, because both players have so much more space, I was surprised and impressed with how different Satisfactory manages to feel. During my two-player game, with far less worry about my factory getting locked in by other players, I instead was able to focus and work out how best I wanted to try and optimize (as optimized as you could get in a game like this after only a couple plays) my system. It honestly felt like I was playing different games based on the player counts, with two players focusing on optimizing and planning out turns to maximize earning points, while with three, and especially four, figuring out how best to expand my factory and balancing blocking resources from the others was much more in the forefront of my mind. Oddly enough, I think I actually enjoyed the puzzley nature of the lower player count more, as both of us weren’t forced into conflict with one another, and I could better test out what Satisfactory offers.

In one two-player game, I focused on maxing out my basic resource production, getting all of my extractors online as fast as I could, and expanding my reach to a few farther-out “rich” tiles, which further let me produce more of the resource during production phases. Having an almost overabundance of these cheaper resources allowed me to quickly gobble up and complete the early-game Milestones, netting me a bunch of points and rocketing me out into the lead, faster than the elevator could take me. During one particularly memorable event, thanks to the rewards given by completing the goals and what I had earned from various Biomes I visited that turn, I was able to complete four of the Milestones back-to-back-to-back. It was a straight dopamine shot to the system, and basically sold me on Satisfactory alone.

I, admittedly, approached Satisfactory from the viewpoint of someone who hasn’t sunk all that many hours into the game that it has been adapted from, but even this condensed package still manages to FEEL like Satisfactory. Watching my pathways of conveyor belts expand outwards across the map, discovering alternate recipes, and building the network of machines to allow me to continue to refine my goods and open up new technologies is still all here. Even memorable critters like Bean are here. There are plenty of other nods that longtime players will pick up on better than I, but I applaud the designers for still managing to make this feel like Satisfactory at its heart. The tabletop adaptation obviously can’t replicate the massive, near-limitless scale of the PC game, but it looks to have successfully mined what matters most: building an efficient system and then riding it until you need to upgrade it to reach loftier heights.

If there is one thing that interested builders should be aware of, it is that Satisfactory is not a small game. It requires a good bit of table space to play, and it will assault you with icons. When its multiple boards, piles of cards, large play board, and resource tokens are all laid out, this is a surprisingly imposing tabletop experience. Some smart decisions, such as keeping the material types down to just three, do help keep you from being overwhelmed by resource management, thankfully. Frankly, keeping track of and remembering what all the icons meant was more of a hassle than managing my stockpiles of colored cubes.

Different icons appear all over the place, on cards, on the map, the player boards, and even the victory point track, and at least in the prototype I had, it did not come with a player reference card. Thankfully, I’ve been assured there is one that will come with the release copy, which should alleviate some of that headache of keeping track of what means what. It took the better part of the game to grasp the icons, but by the end, it did start clicking, and again, much of that pain will be lessened with the inclusion of a reference card.

Satisfactory: The Board Game is still being tweaked and adjusted, but Mood appears to have succeeded in shrinking down the complex factory-building game and distilling it down to its raw materials to create a surprisingly approachable (if not a bit intimidating-looking) board game. The limited action choices you have on your turn help keep turns quick and snappy, but I can certainly see how, if you have a tendency to hyper-analyze your turns or have to make the most optimized play, turns could easily take a bit longer. Regardless, the implementation here, adapting so many systems while still being a game that doesn’t take all day to play (my games usually lasted 2 – 3.5 hours), is impressive. Thankfully, before backing the game, a draft version of the rules has been posted along with the full list of add-ons and what is included in the pledge tiers over on the Gamefound page. Or, better yet, you and your game group can try it for yourselves in Tabletop Simulator on Steam using an official preview build mod made by MOOD! Now, back to trying to figure out how to build my own mega factory.

 Scott White is a freelance contributor to IGN, assisting with tabletop games and guide coverage. Follow him on X/Twitter or Bluesky.

Ben Affleck Reflects on Justice League’s Production as the Lowest Point of His Career

Batman actor Ben Affleck has slammed Warner Bros. for how they handled the production of Justice League and called the experience the lowest post of his career.

When speaking on the Happy Sad Confused podcast, Affleck was asked about his canceled standalone Batman film, which would’ve featured Joe Manganiello as Deathstroke. The actor/director said he was excited by what he was cooking up for that Batman film, but admitted that the experience of working on Justice League turned him off to the idea of having to helm a movie in the DC universe.

“The truth is, the experience of Justice League was so, so negative for lots of different reasons,” said Affleck. “Some of which having to do with where I was personally, some of which having to do with the tragedy that happened during the time, and also the fact that I really saw how not to make a movie like that when the studio is at odds with the filmmaker. You’re really making a mistake. That was what really doomed that.”

DCEU Movie Teases That Were Never Paid Off

Affleck is referencing the fact that WB battled director Zack Snyder pretty heavily on his DC films, most notably Justice League after Batman v Superman failed to meet critical expectations. The film was also deemed a bit of a disappointment by WB for not cracking the $1 billion mark, despite featuring three of DC’s biggest heroes. As a result, there was a lot of pressure on Snyder to make Justice League more appealing via a lighter tone and different story ideas.

Unfortunately, Snyder had to leave the project during post-production after his daughter took her own life. Warner Bros. then enlisted the help of Avengers director Joss Whedon to come in and direct reshoots, which massively changed the film’s tone and story. The reshoots were also hampered by allegations of actors being mistreated by Whedon and other issues, which Affleck stated he was aware of second-hand. He also went on to say that he believes WB used the tragedy in Snyder’s family to as an “excuse” to hijack Justice League. He noted that the experience of these reshoots was the “low point” of his career.

“The way in which that was, I thought frankly, used as an excuse was one of the sh**tiest things I’d ever seen,” said Affleck. “It was so gross. And then the whole environment and vibe, much of which I wasn’t privvy to, but that I sort of heard about second hand in terms of Ray [Fisher] and Gal [Gadot] and other peoples’ experiences. It was just like ‘Wow, this is about as gross as it gets.'”

Affleck’s experience on Justice League was also intertwined with a divorce and issues with alcoholism, leading to a turbulant time for the actor. He eventually stepped down away from the role of Batman and decided not to direct his own Batman film, instead passing the baton over to director Matt Reeves and actor Robert Pattinson. He eventually returned to the role for The Flash, as well as new scenes at the end of Zack Snyder’s Justice League, a director’s cut of the embattled film.

Zack Snyder also recently stated that a former WB executive expressed regret over how everything was handled. Some hardcore fans have held out hope that maybe one day Snyder’s vision will be completed with another Justice League movie, but given how chaotic and negative the experience was for everyone involved, it seems hard to imagine it actually happening.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother Interview

Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother is the intense story of a hitman Latif (played by Mahershala Ali) struggling after the death of his wife with caring for his family, and wrestling with his faith. As part of IGN Fall Fan Fest 2026, John Cho, who plays a somewhat unhinged pastor, and Adia, who plays Latif’s daughter, sat down with IGN to discuss how they prepared for filming such emotionally demanding roles.

John Cho’s Christian pastor is a complicated antagonist with good intentions but extremist methods, and his character is particularly notable for his combination of cowboy fashion and gold grills. Cho explained how the character’s unique look came about.

“It was definitely a collaborative process. I didn’t know what he was gonna look like. This is pretty unique in the work that I’ve done on film where very little was obvious to me on the page,” he says. “I didn’t know what he looked like or sounded like. Should he have an accent? Should he not? All of those things were undecided for me, and we just came in and started working.

“Deirdra [Elizabeth Govan], our costume designer, started suggesting things, and I didn’t know. I know she thinks that I was giving her side-eye, but I was really unsure.”

The character’s look eventually came together through key elements like cowboy boots and a hat, resulting in a portrayal that’s very different from what fans of Cho might be used to.

“For me, the big pieces were, by the end, two things. It was the shirt that commemorated his mother’s passing… it was like my superhero outfit, you know? And then the grills, which really took me out of my head and gave me a piece of character history. When I looked in the mirror, I was like, Okay, that’s not me. That’s definitely not me.”

While Cho’s character serves as an antagonist to Latif throughout the movie, Latif’s daughter Fatiha tries to support her father and brother while also grieving the loss of her mother. It’s an intense role, and Adia revealed that she created a diary for her character to help develop a deeper understanding of Fatiha’s experiences.

“I had a journal that I would keep with me,” she says. “I did this timeline for myself, but then I also did a lot of journaling in her voice to pull out what some of her thoughts might be in that moment in time that we are finding her, but even the times before we meet her in the film and after. There’s so much, there’s a lot of depth going on there in terms of dealing with hormones, puberty, your mother passing, and dealing with all of that.

Mahershala Ali in Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother

“Then when we got to the actual set and we were actually shooting, I really had to work on letting go of all of that and trusting that my prep work would have a beautiful undercurrent to whatever I was presenting in the moment, so that I could just be present with whatever I was doing for that day.”

Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother is in US theaters now and you can check out IGN’s review of the movie, which we gave an 8.

Fall Fan Fest has 90 exclusive reveals across games, movies, TV, comics, and collectibles. Stream it on IGN to see game announcements, trailers, exclusive clips, celebrity interviews, and more, or catch up on anything you missed from Fall Fan Fest right here on IGN.

Rachel Weber is the Head of Editorial Development at IGN and an elder millennial. She’s been a professional nerd since 2006 when she got her start on Official PlayStation Magazine in the UK, and has since worked for GamesIndustry.Biz, Rolling Stone and GamesRadar. She loves horror, horror movies, horror games, Red Dead Redemption 2, and her Love and Deepspace boyfriends.

Our Top Reviewed Picks for 2026

After spending several weeks testing 30 of the PC controllers, the Flydigi Vader 5 Pro stands out for its clicky mechanical buttons, long-lasting battery, and Hall Effect thumbsticks whose tension you can adjust at any time.

But players who want a symmetrical stick layout or a pad built for large hands should look elsewhere.

I’m a journalist with more than 12 years of experience writing about games and reviewing hardware. I play most of my games on PC, and I switch between mouse input and a controller depending on what I’m playing. I rotate through several PC controllers every year, from brands big and small, and have a good sense of the strengths and weaknesses of different manufacturers.

Away from PC, I play my Nintendo Switch and Xbox Series S with controllers, often third-party devices that are compatible with PC.

To pick the best controller for PC gaming, I first compiled a longlist of potential pads that I thought had a shot. I then cut that down to a shortlist and tested everything on it, arriving at a handful of recommendations.

When I began this process I didn’t have a concrete blueprint in mind for the best controller, but I knew what attributes I wanted.

I wanted controllers with reliable, tactile face buttons – but I didn’t care whether they were clicky and mechanical or the more traditional, softer-feel “membrane” buttons. I wanted accurate, long-lasting sticks, ideally with Hall Effect or Tunnel Magnetoresistance (TMR) sensors that use magnets rather than physical contacts, and are therefore less prone to wear and “stick drift.” I wanted smooth triggers, a comfortable shape, a bouncy D-pad for navigating menus or playing arcade-style games, and a battery life of 6–8 hours at an absolute minimum, but ideally much longer.

I had an extra set of features that I considered non-essential, but nice to have. These included a headphone jack, customization software, a charging dock, and extra remappable buttons on the controller, for flexibility (so you can, for example, remap fiddly control-stick clicks to the more reliable press of a button).

I considered both wired and wireless pads, preferring wireless when possible for their flexibility.

Using this criteria, I assembled a longlist of controllers for potential recommendation. From my own experience, I had a sense of what I wanted to test and the manufacturers I would focus on, but to broaden my search I read critic reviews – across IGN, hardware-focused outlets, and user opinions, mostly on controller subreddits. I scoured existing lists of best controllers and noted any devices that repeatedly cropped up. I watched hours of YouTube videos where hardware reviewers and enthusiasts ranked their own lists or analysed popular controllers.

I avoided leaning on any individual source. Instead, I used all these sources to better understand the controller landscape, both budget and high-end, and to list any I thought had even an outside shot of being among the best.

After this exercise my longlist stretched to around 40 controllers, and I wanted a maximum of about 25 controllers to ensure I had sufficient time with each one. To make cuts, I dove deeper into user and critic tests, looking for common flaws or quality-control complaints in my longlisted products, trimming any that persistently had issues (such as the Flydigi Apex 4). I checked the availability of each controller, losing any that were no longer in production, had been superseded by more recent controllers, or were particularly tricky to get hold of.

At this point I also picked my categories, which helped me trim the list further. I knew I wanted a single recommendation that would work for most people – but I also wanted a budget pick, a budget wireless option, and a classy, high-budget pick. From my research, I also decided I needed a symmetrical-stick option for those who preferred the Dualsense-style layout, and a controller for larger hands (controllers feeling too small was a common complaint). I eliminated controllers that didn’t easily fit into my categories.

Once I had my shortlist, I requested the controllers from manufacturers and began testing. I couldn’t get hold of a few controllers on my shortlist: EasySMX declined to send three shortlisted controllers, Asus couldn’t get two controllers to me, Microsoft couldn’t send the Xbox Elite Series 2 Controller (but did send the base Xbox controller), and I wasn’t sent one Razer controller.

You can tell a lot about a controller before even switching it on. I spent five to ten minutes with each pad out of the box, pressing each button and squeezing each trigger.

I was checking that they all worked flawlessly – that they didn’t stick or squeak – but I was also assessing how everything felt. Were they tactile, clicky, and satisfying to hit? Were they mushy, lifeless, and hollow-sounding? Was the controller comfortable to hold? Could I easily reach every input? Did the controller creak or bend when I pulled and twisted it?

Then, I began playing.

I put each controller through a lineup of games one-by-one. Not every controller made it through every game: If I could tell after half an hour that I wasn’t going to recommend a controller – because it was uncomfortable or because its sticks felt spongy, for example – I eliminated it and picked up the next pad.

The games I tested:

I picked GTA 5 first because it essentially tests the controller in lots of genres at once: driving, shooting, running around on foot, and even using the D-pad to navigate menus or your in-game phone. EA FC 26’s quick, precise inputs tested control stick accuracy and button responsiveness, Marathon tested first-person aiming, platforming, and trigger speed, Celeste taxed the D-pad, and Forza Horizon 5 let me focus on the triggers and pure left-to-right analogue accuracy.

For each game I asked myself, first, was the controller working as intended, with accurate, responsive inputs and no errors? And second: Was I enjoying it? Did I like squeezing each trigger, could I spam face buttons quickly? Would I happily use this controller every day?

Playing for hours at a time gave me a sense of how comfortable each controller was to use. Whether a specific device fits your hand depends on their relative size (for reference, I have slightly larger-than-average hands for a man), but I also looked up user reviews to see how comfortable they were for other people. I could also tell, after a few hours, how quickly a controller’s battery was draining, and how that compared to manufacturers’ claims.

When available I downloaded a controller’s PC software and spent time within it, remapping buttons and fiddling with settings. I wanted to know how intuitive it was, how many options it housed, and whether it worked consistently. For example, did remapping the back button in the software translate to in-game presses?

I then looked for some more objective tests to complement my subjective assessments.

I tested each controller in Stick Tracer, an all-in-one tool for testing left and right sticks. It shows how far the sticks sit away from the center at rest, called “center error,” as well as the exact shape of the extremities of your input and whether it deviates from a perfect circle, called “circle error.” Its movement tracers could help me find inconsistencies, and it shows real-time polling rate to compare to a manufacturer’s promises.

Latency itself – whether Bluetooth, wired, or via a USB dongle – is almost impossible to test reliably without extra dedicated hardware. Thankfully, a website called Gamepadla aggregates and verifies user tests and is the go-to site for assessing latency. For every controller, I measured it by eye – could I detect any delay? Did it feel snappy? Was Bluetooth laggier than wired? But I also checked the Gamepadla pages for a more objective breakdown. I was looking for a latency of less than 20ms, and ideally less than 10.

I tested how quickly I could press each controller’s buttons on ShmupSpeed, an online tool that measures your click rate. I tested one face button and one button for each controller, running each test three times to get an average, and noted down the results.

No one metric can tell you whether a controller is good: I tried to assess each one as a whole, using the numbers from Stick Tracer, Gamepadla and ShmupSpeed to supplement my hands-on tests.

The Best PC Controller

FlyDigi Vader 5 Pro

The Vader 5 Pro has everything I want in a controller: a comfortable grippy body, tactile buttons, smooth triggers, tons of extra programmable inputs, a low-latency connection and a battery that can stretch way beyond 15 hours – all for $80. A spinning dial around the Hall Effect thumbsticks that adjusts their tension is a wonderful bonus that you won’t find on many other controllers.

FlyDigi Vader 5 Pro

0

The Vader 5 Pro has everything I want in a controller: a comfortable grippy body, tactile buttons, smooth triggers, tons of extra programmable inputs, a low-latency connection and a battery that can stretch way beyond 15 hours – all for $80.

Connectivity

2.4 GHz wireless via USB-C, Bluetooth, Wired

Features

Hall Effect triggers with trigger lock, Hall Effect thumbsticks with adjustable tension, eight extra remappable buttons, RGB

Tension adjustment sticks

Tons of extra buttons

Clicky mechanical face buttons

Strong battery

No dock or headphone jack

Extra face buttons feel hollow

You can adjust stick tension whenever you want. Very few controllers let you tweak stick tension, and no controller does it as simply as the Vader 5 Pro. Just rotate the ridged ring around each stick, feeling the bump of each increment, to make them tighter or looser. The result is instant and the gap between the loosest and tightest settings is so vast that you’re almost guaranteed to find something that works for you. I adjusted it game to game, tightening it for more precise aiming in Marathon, and loosening it for the more laissez-faire flicks of EA FC 26. Crucially, the sticks felt accurate and reliable no matter the tension, snapping back to the center whenever I let go.

Its buttons are clicky and respond instantly. I love the face buttons’ crisp sound and feel. They’re quick to spam and scored highly in ShmupSpeed, but I never hit one accidentally. The bumpers feel sleek, the back buttons are well-positioned and satisfyingly crunchy to squeeze, and the D-pad tension feels just about perfect for Celeste’s precise platforming. The extra two face buttons are cheap and stiff – but they’re still nice to have, and besides, there are six other remappable buttons to pick from.

You can remap eight extra programmable buttons. That’s more than almost any other controller I’ve encountered, and opens up new possibilities, particularly for first-person shooters where your thumbs are trying to aim and smash the face buttons at the same time. For Marathon I assigned all the face buttons to the extra buttons on the back, so I could freely jump, reload, switch weapons or crouch while still aiming with my right thumb. I then used the extra bumper buttons to mimic clicking the controller sticks in. I left the two extra face buttons unassigned, but I’m sure you could find a clever use for them.

Its blistering connection to its USB dongle is as fast as a wire. Its Bluetooth connection is okay, but the included 2.4 GHz dongle gives you a wireless connection that feels instant. Gamepadla results show latencies of less than 5ms for buttons and sticks. That’s seriously fast, and means you can play wirelessly without sacrificing performance.

Its quick-press trigger mode feels particularly rapid. Like with many good controllers, the Vader 5 Pro can toggle between regular triggers that you pull through an arc and a short-travel mode that feels like a click. The physical switch to swap between the two modes slides easily, and the quick-pull triggers have the same snappiness as a quality mouse button. I used them for Marathon, and felt like they sped up my trigger finger.

Its battery lasts for ages. Plenty of controllers, including some on this list, can’t make it to 10 hours. The Vader 5 Pro lasted roughly 15-18 hours for me, and you could stretch that further if you turn off the customizable RGB strip on the bottom of the controller, or reduce vibration. Some users report up to 25 hours of use. It’s enough to get you through multiple long sessions.

Flydigi’s software is deep and intuitive. I didn’t have high hopes when I loaded it and saw the Chinese characters labelling my different profiles – but beyond that I found a system that’s easy to use. Adjusting the lighting, remapping the buttons, and tweaking the joystick sensitivity curve and deadzones is simple, and you can even individually customize the vibration for the grips and each trigger. I tinkered until I found a setup I liked, and I occasionally tweaked it as I moved between games.

It’s not a budget controller, but it’s solid value. For $80, you’re getting something that feels as good and performs as well as devices that are double the price.

The Second-Best Controller for PC

GameSir Cyclone 2

GameSir’s G7 Pro gets all the plaudits – but I prefer the more affordable Cyclone 2. Its face buttons are cleaner, its D-pad simpler, and its TMR sticks feel just as good. It plays like a premium pad, but costs $50.

GameSir Cyclone 2

0

GameSir’s G7 Pro gets all the plaudits – but I prefer the more affordable Cyclone 2. Its face buttons are cleaner, its D-Pad simpler, and its TMR sticks feel just as good. It plays like a premium pad, but costs $50.

Connectivity

2.4 GHz wireless via USB-C, Bluetooth, Wired

Features

TMR thumbsticks, Hall Effect triggers with trigger lock, two remappable back buttons, headphone jack, RGB, charging dock

Satisfying face buttons

Lovely TMR sticks

Charging dock included

Excellent value for money

Middling battery life

Charging dock is fiddly

Its sticks are remarkable for a $50 pad. TMR tech is considered the gold standard for control sticks, and you won’t find it on many controllers at this price. Gamesir’s feel smooth, balanced, and responsive, with negligible centering error. I also love the thick, grippy ring atop the sticks to stop your thumb sliding off.

Face buttons feel premium, too. I enjoy the firm, sharp click they make. They’re sensitive, spammable, and I never nudged them accidentally. They wiggle a little in place – something you won’t find on the Vader 5 Pro, for example – but it’s nothing dramatic, and never hurt me in-game. They actually feel better, to me, than those on the more expensive Gamesir G7 Pro, whose buttons occasionally squeaked as they rubbed against their casing.

A charging dock helps mitigate middling battery life. Again, few controllers at this price have a dock. The Cyclone 2 dock’s barebones design means you have to place the controller in carefully, which is slightly annoying. But just by existing, it makes it more likely you’ll charge the controller after a session – and that partially mitigates the average battery life of 6-10 hours. If you want to get as much juice out of it as possible, you can turn the RGB off and reduce the 1000Hz polling rate to 500Hz without taking any real noticeable hit in performance.

Its USB dongle connection is instant and reliable. I tested the GameSir in all three modes: wired, Bluetooth, and wireless via its USB dongle. The dongle is best – you’ll find faster wireless connections on high-end pads, but the Cyclone 2 is still rapid, and I didn’t notice any delay between my inputs and the in-game response. The dongle always recognised my controller instantly and the connection never dropped. Plus, I love how tiny the dongle is: you barely notice it sticking out of your PC or laptop, and you can store it in the charging dock for safekeeping.

Its crowd-pleasing shape will be comfortable for most people. Xbox’s wireless controller is a tried and tested shape that fits most people, and the Cyclone 2’s shape is nearly identical, down to the curve of the bumpers. I certainly found it comfortable to hold for hours at a time, no matter what genre I was playing, and my left thumb felt at home on its clicky D-pad when playing Celeste. Whether you use one finger for the bumpers and triggers or two, you’ll easily reach the two back buttons, one on each side of the controller.

GameSir’s software all fits on one page. GameSir Connect controls the Cyclone 2, and I like that everything fits on a single screen. From there you can control RGB, change the polling rate, remap buttons, adjust the sticks and configure gyro controls. It’s nothing revolutionary, but it feels streamlined.

Best High-End PC Controller

Flydigi Apex 5

It sticks aren’t TMR but they feel better than anything I’ve ever used: tight, springy, and accurate, plus you can adjust the tension by removing the controller’s face plate. All its buttons are solid and satisfyingly clicky, and its party trick is adaptive triggers that respond to your actions in games, ratcheting the tension up and down as you fire your gun or pulse the accelerator. A giant battery completes the package. It’s $160, but it’s worth it.

Flydigi Apex 5

0

It sticks aren’t TMR but they feel incredible: tight, springy, and accurate. All its buttons are solid and clicky, its party trick is adaptive triggers that respond to your actions in games. A giant battery completes the package. It’s $160, but worth it.

Connectivity

2.4 GHz wireless via USB-C, Bluetooth, Wired

Features

Hall Effect thumbsticks with adjustable tension, adaptive trigger resistance similar to Sony’s, six extra buttons, digital display

Best-feeling sticks I’ve tested, with adjustable tension

Marathon battery life

Futuristic aesthetic

Adaptive triggers are closest you’ll get to Sony’s

No headphone jack

Some reports of quality control issues

No charging dock included

Its adaptive triggers are a genuine delight. In certain games, the triggers automatically adjust their tension to match your in-game actions: it’s basically Flydigi’s attempt to capture the joy of the Dualsense controller’s triggers, and it’s the best implementation you’ll find outside of Sony’s pad. It works in around 100 games and I enjoyed it most in GTA 5, where it changed when I was driving a car – increasing the resistance under braking or acceleration – or shooting a shotgun, which gave me a snap of breakthrough tension to mimic the gun firing, and then lots of recoil vibration. It’s not perfect, and setting it up in FlyDigi’s software isn’t the most intuitive, but it genuinely makes games more fun. If your game is unsupported, you can still customize the trigger tension around five presets.

Sticks spring back to the center, and you can adjust the tension. These are, by far, the sticks I enjoyed the most. Not only are they smooth and responsive, but they fairly race back to dead center with a taught twang when you stop pushing them. They sit at dead center, with virtually zero deviation – their centering error was the lowest of the pads I tested. I also loved watching the mechanism twirl beneath the transparent face plate. On top of all that, you can adjust the tension. I wish it was easier: You have to first remove the faceplate and then twiddle a pair of tiny screws, but it’s the kind of thing you can do once and then, when they’re perfect for you, never do again.

Buttons all feel fantastic, including the six remappable ones. The tension on the face buttons is just right: you’re rewarded for a firm press with a clear click and fast bounce, allowing you to hit it rapidly all over again. Its six remappable inputs – two near the bumpers, four on the back – are expertly placed so that you can press them whenever you want, and I never felt I was straining or stretching my fingers. On the back you get two buttons and two paddles. They’re sensitive, to the point where I accidentally hit them when I began using the Apex 5, but I quickly adjusted.

Battery life is practically unbeatable for a high-end pad. Yes, you’ll get more from a standard Xbox controller or a Switch Pro – but for premium controllers connecting to a dongle, its 20-30 hours is about as good as it gets. To hit the higher end, you’ll want to turn off its RGB and the mini display.

An eye-catching, futuristic aesthetic. I don’t normally go in for RGB or transparent peripherals, but the Apex 5 is, in my eyes, a looker. Its transparent faceplate, splashes of blue and RGB notes feel futuristic and unique without being obnoxious. The built-in color screen lends further chances for color, and you can loop an animation of your choosing. Looks are subjective, of course, but I’m smitten. Its heavier weight makes it feel luxurious in your hands, too.

The digital display is handy for remapping buttons. It’s not just for looks: It houses a detailed settings menu that feels almost as powerful as Flydigi’s standalone app. You can switch between adaptive trigger modes, adjust vibration levels, and remap buttons here, rather than having to minimize your game and open separate software. The only catch is that the menu, at least in my model, was set to Chinese out of the box, but I figured out how to change languages without hassle.

You can dive into Flydigi’s software for more customization. It’s the same tool powering the Vader 5 Pro, and it’s equally deep for the Apex 5. Setting up the adaptive controllers for specific games was a little glitchy, and a couple of times the list of games vanished entirely, requiring me to restart the app. But that was the only hiccup.

Go in with eyes open: some users report quality-control problems. Every controller has defects for some people, including high-end pads. The Apex 5 is no exception, and I’d estimate that complaints about its quality – including squeaky buttons and creaking body – are slightly more frequent than others at this price point. But they’re still rare, and if money were no object it’s the pad I’d pick.

Best Budget PC Controller

8BitDo Ultimate 2c Wired

It’s hard to go wrong for $20 – and the Ultimate 2c Wired gets a lot right. It feels sturdy in my hand, its Hall Effect sticks and triggers feel dependable, and it even has two extra programmable buttons.

8BitDo Ultimate 2c Wired

0

It’s hard to go wrong for $20 – and the Ultimate 2c Wired gets a lot right. It feels sturdy in my hand, its Hall Effect sticks and triggers feel dependable, and it even has two extra programmable buttons.

Features

Hall Effect thumbsticks and triggers, two programmable buttons

Hall Effect components for $20

Sturdy body

Two remappable buttons

Comfortable shape

Sticks are a little loose in the center

Wired only

Not supported by 8BitDo’s software

It feels way better than $20 should. I remember growing up when $20 controllers would give up within weeks, bits falling off as their triggers groaned. The Ultimate 2C is different entirely: It feels like a well-built controller with comfortable curves that fill your palms. When I really try to twist it and warp it, I only get the measliest of creaks. It’s reliable enough that some users keep it for years.

Its sturdy face buttons are reassuringly heavy. One of my main worries with budget pads is that mushy face buttons will quickly fail. 8BitDo’s have some real heft to them, and depress with a weighty thud that gives me confidence they’ll take a battering. It makes them a bit less spammable than other pads – my ShmupSpeed score was low – but on a budget pad, I take solid over fast every time.

Tight Hall Effect sticks shouldn’t drift. Its sticks feel mobile: I had no problems aiming my gun, performing skill moves, or swinging the camera around on command. And because they’re Hall Effect, rather than mechanical, they shouldn’t succumb to “stick drift.” That doesn’t mean they won’t loosen over time, though, and their centering error was towards the high end of what I tested. But that’s expected given the price, and it’s within the bounds of what’s acceptable.

Its two extra buttons are easy to map. 8BitDo’s software doesn’t jive with the 2C wired, so you’ll need to remap by holding down specific buttons on the controller itself. But that’s fine, because it worked every time I tried it. The buttons themselves are just behind the bumpers, in a natural spot for your index fingers to find. I never accidentally pressed them – and they were there whenever I reached for them. Most budget pads won’t have any extra buttons, so they feel like a bonus here.

I love its clicky bumpers. They felt alarmingly loud to begin with, and they felt too stiff to press rapidly. But they’ve grown on me: Their weight is, like with the face buttons, reassuring. Plus, you don’t actually need that much pressure to activate them, and when you combine that with the loud clicky noise you get bumpers that feel instantly responsive. I’ve caught myself idly clicking them, left and right, while waiting in menus a couple of times.

It’s comfortable to use, even if you have bigger hands. It’s smaller than most controllers in width and height, but its shape makes it feel larger. Its handles are more vertical, less slanted than most controllers, which means your thumbs angle upwards, away from each other, rather than across the controller towards each other. It therefore avoids feeling cramped. If you have very large hands you might struggle, particularly with the bumpers and triggers, but it felt good in mine.

It comes in multiple colors. It’s a small detail, but I love the fact that you can pick the design you like, which I wouldn’t expect for a $20 pad. I got the green-on-green, but if I could pick, I’d grab the blue pad with orange detailing.

Best Budget Wireless PC Controller

Gulikit ES Pro

I feel comfortable picking the Gulikit ES Pro despite its lack of wireless dongle: Its Bluetooth connection is stable and blazing fast, its understated buttons are quiet but reliable, its TMR sticks are as good as you’ll find at $30, and its battery lasts up to 30 hours. Obviously if your PC doesn’t have Bluetooth, you should choose something else.

Gulikit ES Pro

0

I feel comfortable picking the Gulikit ES Pro despite its lack of wireless dongle: its Bluetooth connection is stable and blazing fast, its buttons are quiet but reliable, its TMR sticks are great for $30, and its battery lasts up to 30 hours.

Connectivity

Wired, Bluetooth

Features

TMR thumbsticks, Hall Effect triggers, gyro controls

Max polling rate

1000Hz (730Hz for Bluetooth)

Fast, stable Bluetooth connection

Smooth TMR sticks

Quiet buttons

30-hour battery

No extra face buttons

No dongle – Bluetooth only for wireless

The fastest Bluetooth connection I’ve found. Most of the wireless controllers I tested, including some budget options, came with a 2.4 GHz dongle for faster, more stable connection. The ES Pro doesn’t, but my button presses felt instantaneous over Bluetooth. Its Gamepadla latency numbers are genuinely astounding: user tests show less than 5ms of latency, which is better than some dongles. My connection never dropped or stuttered, and I like that you don’t have to worry about storing a dongle.

The battery lasts forever. Connecting via Bluetooth helps its 950mAh last an awfully long time: Gulikit’s claim of up to 30 hours matched my testing, although that’ll drop if you’re using lots of vibration and gyro controls. Unless you’re playing all day, you realistically only need to charge it once a week.

TMR sticks are smooth and accurate. I have zero complaints about these sticks, which feel smooth, fast, and durable in my thumbs. Their centering error was lower than other budget pads, and you can customize their sensitivity on the pad itself by using the settings button – a lovely touch that I didn’t see from other brands. I would’ve perhaps liked a little bit more of a ridge on top to keep my thumbs locked in place, but that’s only a minor flaw and my thumbs never actually slipped off.

Its membrane buttons are quiet and tight. They’re nothing special, and they didn’t score particularly highly on my spamming ShmupSpeed test, but I like how they feel and sound. They respond to a light touch but still feel weighty when you press them down. They barely make any noise, too, which sets them apart from the other clicky mechanical buttons on this list and the heavy thunks of the 8BitDo Ultimate 2c wired.

Hall Effect triggers feel classy. The triggers on some budget pads I tested whacked against their housing when squeezed right down, but not here. Like the face buttons, the triggers are quiet and I love how they feel: Their resistance means they don’t just collapse under your fingers, so you can easily squeeze them partially if needed (if you don’t want to fully sprint in EA FC 26, for example). Tiny textured dots lend some extra grip.

You can customize settings using button shortcuts. Gulikit has no software for the ES Pro, but thankfully you can tweak the settings through button combinations listed in the manual. You can, for example, switch between a four-direction and eight-direction D-pad by holding the settings button and pressing the D-pad to the right. You can toggle the joystick deadzone, adjust stick sensitivity, and turn on a continuous fire “turbo” mode for every button. It’s all intuitive, and worked whenever I tried it.

Best PC Controller With Symmetrical Sticks

GameSir Tarantula Pro for Xbox

I dithered on this category perhaps longer than any other. Sony’s Dualsense is tempting but two have broken on me – Gulikit’s TT Max feels premium, but the sticks don’t. The humble $50 Hyperkin Competitor was locked in until the last minute, but I just prefer the Tarantula for its excellent TMR sticks and rapid-fire mechanical face buttons. I’d pick this wired version over the wireless one because it’s more widely available and because the latency numbers on the wireless pad are worrying.

GameSir Tarantula Pro For Xbox

0

The $50 Hyperkin Competitor is a good pick, but I prefer the Tarantula for its TMR sticks and mechanical face buttons. I’d pick this wired version over the wireless because it’s more available and because latency is an issue for the wireless.

Features

TMR sticks, two back buttons with physical locks to stop accidental presses, plus seven extra programmable inputs, RGB strip, headphone jack

TMR sticks and Hall effect triggers for longevity

Tactile D-Pad

Back buttons with locks

Crispy face buttons

Wired only

Short triggers

Some of the extra inputs are fiddly

Its symmetrical design will be familiar to PlayStation users. This is slightly smaller than the Dualsense, but the sticks are perfectly positioned for both of your thumbs and it’s still wide enough to fit bigger hands. The bumpy texture on the handles kept it locked in my grip. Symmetrical stick controllers are surprisingly rare, but this is a well-sized, comfortable interpretation of that layout.

Hall Effect triggers should last a long time. Having knackered two Dualsense controllers – the sticks on one, the right trigger on the other – I need something more durable. The triggers here are Hall Effect, which should do the trick, minimizing wear-and-tear over time. You can also toggle them to become short-pull clicky microswitches. My one complaint is that they’re stubby, and a couple of times my fingers slipped off the end. But once I adjusted, it wasn’t annoying.

Face button microswitches feel brilliant: GameSir really knows how to make satisfying face buttons. Their click is like a mouse button: fast to activate, quick to rebound, and I like the clack-clack feedback they give you, so you never have to second-guess whether you actually pressed them. They scored highly on ShmupSpeed, showing how easy they are to spam, but they don’t feel light or flimsy. They’re among the best I’ve tested.

TMR sticks are light, sensitive, and centered. Their centering error was low and when I let go, they raced back to the middle, stopping abruptly. They feel taught and solid, but quick enough that I could make flick shots in Marathon. This, alongside the TMR tech that powers them, gives me confidence they’ll last a long time.

A bouncy D-pad with clear directional inputs. The D-pad is of the mechanical variety, so it clicks as you move it between the eight directional inputs. But it avoids feeling stiff, which some mechanical D-pads do, and I felt like I could smoothly move my thumb around in a circle without it fighting me. It was light to press and responded to my inputs in Celeste instantly, rebounding quickly so that I could change direction whenever I wanted.

Two back buttons have a built-in lock to prevent accidental clicks. I don’t love the heavier, thunking press of the two back buttons, but I do love that you can flick a slider that will lock them in place and prevent accidental presses. I could remap them easily in GameSir’s software.

Seven more programmable inputs give you lots of options. You get four extra face buttons around the central Xbox logo and a three-button seesaw at the top of the controller. It feels fiddly: Once you press one of the extra buttons near the bumper, it rocks to that side so you can’t instantly switch to the other. But I can’t imagine many scenarios when you’d be spamming more than one of these buttons at once, and the sheer number of inputs gives you options for making this controller feel like your own.

A long, braided cable with no latency. As you’d expect from a wired controller, I couldn’t detect any delays between my inputs and the on-screen action. Its polling rate goes up to 1000Hz – much higher than a Dualsense and higher than the Xbox allows for. The 3-meter cable will stretch as far as you need it to, and seems durable. As I mentioned, you can pick the wireless version of this controller, and it’s the same price. Just be wary of its higher latency (including through the wire, according to user tests submitted to Gamepadla).

Xbox Wireless Controller: A classic. It’s the shape that every other controller aspires to – but without Hall Effect components, extra buttons or a wireless dongle, I’d rather pick another pad.

Hyperkin The Competitor: This was so nearly my symmetrical pad pick. I like the bouncy D-pad, the locks on the back buttons to stop you accidentally hitting them, and the smooth Hall Effect components. Ultimately, I just prefer the TMR sticks and the clicky face buttons of the GameSir Tarantula Pro.

PowerA Fusion Pro Wireless: An expensive pad with incredible RGB options and thumbsticks with adjustable height. But it can’t compete with the feel or features of the Apex 5. Plus, its trigger locks feel ineffective and its bumpers are wafer-light.

PowerA Advantage Wired Controller: A solid budget pad but it’s more expensive than the Ultimate 2C Wired, and for the same money you can get the wireless Gulikit ES Pro. I’m also not a fan of the hollow-feeling face buttons.

PowerA OPS v1: A well-loved budget wireless pad with a dongle for rapid connection. I thought it was merely fine, and that its stiff D-pad and rattly shoulder buttons felt cheap.

8BitDo Ultimate 2C Wireless: Basically the same controller as the wired version, for a little bit more money. Both are excellent, but I prefer the value of the wired controller. And for a wireless budget option, the Gulikit ES Pro feels better in the hand and has less latency over Bluetooth.

8BitDo Ultimate 2 Wireless: An excellent wireless controller with four extra buttons, low latency, and TMR sticks. I don’t love the face buttons, which feel a touch rattly, and I simply ended up preferring my top picks here.

8BitDo Pro 3: I love the retro aesthetic and the feel of its triggers, but found its stiff face buttons too hard to spam.

Drakong Challenger: I considered this solid wired controller for my best budget pick – but the 8BitDo Ultimate 2C wired is simply unbeatable value. Plus, it’s a new pad, so its longevity is unknown.

Sony DualSense Controller: I love its adaptive triggers, but I’ve already had two of these break on me. The Hall Effect components on my top picks feel like a huge upgrade.

Turtle Beach Stealth Ultra: My runner up in the money-no-object category. Everything about it feels expensive and I love its clicky face buttons. But I’m baffled by its back button layout, and prefer the unique features on the Apex 5.

Turtle Beach Stealth Pivot: You can rotate the two face modules on this controller to reveal an arcade-style pad with extra face buttons. A neat party trick. Sadly, trying to use the regular sticks kept moving the modules, resulting in an annoying bumping and clicking that felt distracting.

Turtle Beach Victrix Pro BFG Reloaded: A similar concept to the Stealth Pivot, but you remove modules entirely to plug in new ones. It feels more solid than the Pivot, and I love its crunchy back buttons. If you want a flexible controller, you won’t go wrong. But the standard face buttons feel a little lifeless – and for the money, I’d get the Apex 5.

Nintendo Switch 2 Pro Controller: I’m a sucker for the shape of Nintendo’s pad – but its latency and lack of extra buttons make it hard to recommend against the PC competition.

Gulikit KK3 Max: Its wireless latency is simply too high for me to recommend.

Gulikit TT Pro/Max: These TMR controllers competed in the best symmetrical stick slot. Ultimately, though, I had too many problems with those sticks: they felt mushy and their centering error was higher than it should be for the price.

Flydigi Vader 5S: A wired version of the Vader 5 with fewer extra buttons. I like it a lot – but the wireless Cyclone 2 is more flexible.

GameSir G7 Pro: I loved this controller until my A button started squeaking. Basically, if I didn’t hit it dead straight down it would rub against the shell of the controller. It was the only real flaw – but even without it I prefer the Vader 5 Pro for the tension-adjustable sticks.

GameSir G7 HE and SE Wired Controllers: The main difference between these is that the HE has mechanical face buttons, the SE membrane. I like both of them – but you can get the wireless Cyclone 2 for the same price.

GameSir Nova 2 Lite: Its dongle makes it more flexible than my best budget wireless pick, the Gulikit ES Pro, and if your PC doesn’t have Bluetooth then consider this a back-up choice. Its face buttons are too stiff and its sticks a bit scratchy – but I like its clicky buttons and crisp back buttons.

Nacon Revolution X Unlimited: A chunky premium controller with top-tier components and a handy screen for remapping buttons. If you have massive hands and money to burn, I’d recommend it – but beware its overcomplicated software. One of the extra bumper buttons stuck for me, too.

Scuf Omega: A beautiful pad with symmetrical sticks, face buttons that are so crispy they almost feel fragile, and a satisfying clicky D-pad. But it’s incredibly expensive, and the paddles on the back are hard to press. Again, I prefer the Apex 5, which is much cheaper.

Scuf Valor Pro: A premium controller competing in the “money-no-object” category. It feels expensive, especially the sticks and triggers, and I like the volume wheels for game and voice chat either side of the headphone jack. Nit-picking, the face buttons are only fine and two of the back buttons are hard to press if, like me, you usually play with your index and middle fingers covering the bumper and trigger on top of the controller.

Steelseries Aeon Pro: A new high-end controller that feels like it’s built for bigger hands. I love how all the components feel, particularly the metallic back paddles and the face buttons. Its main selling point is swappable batteries that you can charge separately for unlimited up time – a neat trick, but does add more moving parts to keep track of. It also has no dongle: to use it on PC wirelessly you have to plug the entire, cumbersome charging station in. That’s a faff. Again, I’d pick the Apex 5.

Should I use a controller or a keyboard and mouse?

It depends – on two factors.

The first is the genre of game. Some are more suited to controllers: typically, driving games, platformers, and side-scrollers feel better with controllers because of the freedom the sticks gives you and because a D-pad is easier to control than the WASD keys. But first-person games, strategy games, and point-and-click adventures work better with the speed and precision of mouse movement – while MMOs and action RPGs need the extra buttons of a keyboard.

Third-person games – action games, shooters, open-world games like GTA – tend to fall somewhere in the middle. Most people prefer controllers for the freedom of movement, but some prefer the more accurate aim of a mouse, particularly in shooting-heavy games.

That brings us to the second and much more important factor: personal preference.

Everything I said above is a rough guide that’s overridden by what feels best to you. Some people are simply better at aiming in a first-person shooter with a controller (many top Apex Legends players use controller, for example), or they like the haptic feedback of a controller, which mice can’t offer. Others pick a keyboard and mouse for basically everything, even in genres that appear unsuitable.

Your setup might determine what’s best. Controllers are easy to plug-and-play (or connect and play for wireless controllers) – a mouse requires more space on your desk and a decent mousepad.

The only real way to find out is to test for yourself. Be aware that if you’re used to a controller then a keyboard and mouse might feel awkward at first, and vice versa. Stick with it a while, and see how you feel.

Can you play any PC game with a controller?

No. Many PC games support controllers, but not all. If you’re playing on Steam, a game’s store page tells you – other platforms might not, but a quick Google will. The PCGamingWiki lists the input methods that PC games support, including fan-made fixes where relevant.

Do all controllers work with PCs?

Every modern controller that I’ve encountered works on PC – including first-party Xbox, Sony and Nintendo controllers. Most platforms and games will recognise your controller automatically, and if they don’t, you’re guaranteed to find the solution with a quick Google.

Not every controller will work perfectly: The original Switch controller, for example, will only work via a wire, not Bluetooth. The Dualsense’s audio-dependent haptic feedback will also only work while wired.

What’s the deal with Hall Effect and TMR, and do they stop “stick drift”?

These two technologies differ slightly but work on the same principle: basically, pushing the joystick moves a magnet over a sensor, and the shift in magnetic field is translated into your on-screen movement.

Unlike traditional joysticks, Hall Effect and TMR don’t require physical contact to work, because the magnet doesn’t touch the sensor. No contact, no friction, no deterioration over time – which eliminates one of the main causes of “stick drift”, when a control stick appears to pull to one side without you touching it.

That doesn’t mean they’ll last forever. Sticks can fail in other ways. The springs that snap the stick back to the middle may fail, for example. But they should last a lot longer.

As for which is better between Hall Effect and TMR – on paper, TMR sensors are, generally, more precise and use less power. But it’s their implementation in a controller that’s more important. My favorite control sticks, in the Flydigi Apex 5, are Hall Effect, but to me they feel better than any TMR sensor I’ve tried.

What is polling rate, and how does it affect latency?

Polling rate measures the number of times per second your controller sends information to your PC. It’s measured in Hertz (Hz), with 1000Hz being 1,000 times per second.

It matters, but probably not as much as you think.

If your controller is sending more information to your PC, then there’s fewer opportunities for your machine to miss inputs before your display refreshes, and therefore less chance of you noticing a delay.

But polling rate is just one factor in latency. The way a controller processes your inputs is important, and varies between manufacturers. Your type of connection matters too, with wired generally being fastest.

You’ll also need a high refresh-rate monitor to take advantage of higher polling rates: Often, a monitor’s refresh rate will be the limiting factor. For example, a 144Hz monitor will update 144 times a second, while your controller might be sending inputs 1000 times per second. Frame rate matters, too: a choppy game will feel laggy, no matter how good your controller.

What polling rate is good enough?

It’s probably lower than you think. Xbox controllers operate at 125Hz – Sony’s Dualsense at 250Hz. These will be good enough for most players. As you move up to 500Hz, eagle-eyed players in competitive games might notice a small difference. 1000Hz is the gold standard, 8000Hz is overkill.

Samuel is a freelance reporter and editor specializing in longform journalism and hardware reviews. You can read his work at his website. 

Hyperpop DualSense, SteelSeries Arctis Nova 7 Gaming Headset, and LOTR Deluxe Illustrated Box Set

While last week’s deals were hard to beat, plenty of great discounts are happening today. If you’re looking for a bold-looking new DualSense controller, pick up the Rhythm Blue colorway for $14 off, or you can score the SteelSeries Arctis Nova 7 Gaming Headset for just $80. That’s not all either; Amazon and Target both have 3-for-2 board game sales. Check out those deals and many more below:

TL;DR – The Best Deals for October 12

After scanning today’s deal highlights, read on to learn more.

Save $14 on the Rhythm Blue DualSense

PlayStation DualSense Wireless Controller – Rhythm Blue

0

The PlayStation Hyperpop collection dropped earlier this year, and you can now get the DualSense controllers for $14 off, with the final discount automatically applied at checkout. The Rhythm Blue colorway is down to $69.99. It features a bright blue hue that fades to black and is “inspired by the glow of RGB lights.” Beyond the bold design, it’s your typical DualSense controller with awesome adaptive triggers, a familiar layout, and reliable performance.

SteelSeries Arctis Nova 7 Gaming Headset for $80

SteelSeries Arctis Nova 7 Wireless Multi-Platform Gaming Headset, Gen 1

0

Woot is offering a brand-new SteelSeries Arctis Nova 7 Gaming Headset, Gen 1 for just $80. With a premium, ultra-comfortable build and high-end features, including 360-degree spatial audio, dual simultaneous wireless connectivity, and AI noise-cancelling, this headset is popular for a reason. And at this price, the SteelSeries Arctis Nova 7 is a must-get.

Pokémon TCG Restocks at Amazon

Pokémon TCG: 30th Celebration Booster Bundle

0

Sold and Shipped By Amazon

Pokémon TCG: First Partner Illustration Collection—Series 3

0

Sold and Shipped By Amazon

Pokémon TCG: First Partner Illustration Collection —Series 2

0

Amazon has the 30th Celebration Booster Bundle in stock for $99, which makes it far from a good deal and over $20 above the current market value. Still, if you want it, grab it. You can also pick up the First Partner Illustration Collection Series 2 + 3. Both are right around $34.

The Lord of the Rings Deluxe Illustrated Box Set Drops to New Low

The Lord of the Rings Deluxe Illustrated Box Set

0

Journey to Middle-earth in style with this stunning deluxe slipcased hardcover set of The Lord of the Rings, now at its lowest price on Amazon. This beautifully bound three-volume collection contains The Fellowship of the Ring, The Two Towers, and The Return of the King. Each features new cover designs and sprayed page edges, housed in a custom-built slipcase. Acclaimed Tolkien illustrator Alan Lee also contributes over fifty full-page color paintings and pencil drawings throughout, plus three removable art cards. The set also includes two foldout maps of Middle-earth drawn by Christopher Tolkien.

Save $13 on LEGO Pikachu and Poké Ball

LEGO Pokémon Pikachu and Poké Ball

0

The LEGO Pikachu and Poké Ball set is $13 off at Amazon and Target. With over 2,000 pieces and tons of detail, it’s sure to be a fun, time-consuming build. Pikachu’s ears and limbs are even posable. The display stand has way more detail than a typical LEGO stand, too: it’s shaped like a lightning bolt, features Pikachu’s “25” Pokédex number, and even has a few electric sparks.

3-for-2 Board Game Sale

3 for 2 Board Games

0

Amazon and Target both have a buy two, get one free board game sale happening now. That means, if you add three qualifying games to your cart, the lowest-priced item will be completely free. With fall here and winter coming, it’s a great time to stock up on new games for some fun indoor entertainment. Settlers of Catan, Azul, and Splendor are just a few highlights from the sale. Some puzzles are even a part of the deal.

Save $5 on a Zelda Switch 2 Case

PowerA Protection Case for Nintendo Switch 2 – Zelda Hyrule Crest

0

The new The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Switch 2 Case looks sick, but if you’re looking for a more affordable alternative, grab this case from PowerA instead. It’s down to just $19.99 on Amazon and has nice, slightly more subtle nods to Zelda. A Hyrule Crest sits on the front of the case, with a zipper detail. As for protection, there’s a hard outer layer with a soft plush lining inside and a molded design to fit the console. It also has storage for games and smaller accessories, too.

$10 Off a $100 PS Store Gift Card

Sony PlayStation Store $100 Gift Card (Email Delivery)

0

Score $10 off a $100 PlayStation Store Gift Card with the promo code “GTWF363” at checkout on Newegg. If you were already planning to grab a few things, it’s a great way to save, especially on items that aren’t on sale, like a GTA VI preorder. It can be used for games, add-ons, and even PlayStation Plus subscriptions. Arriving via email shortly after purchase, the gift card can be added to your account or even sent as a gift with a personalized message.

007 The Daniel Craig Collection 4K for $30.81

007 The Daniel Craig Collection

0

While this deal was a Prime member exclusive during Prime’s Big Deal Days, it looks like everyone can pick up 007 The Daniel Craig Collection at that low price now. For 30.81, this box set collects four of Daniel Craig’s five James Bond films, all in stunning 4K. No Time to Die isn’t a part of this set, but you do get Casino Royale, Quantum of Solace, Skyfall, and Spectre, plus an unrated extended edition of Casino Royale. Of course, there’s an excess of bonus features like commentary, deleted scenes, Bond history, and more.

$3 Hyperkin Joy‑Track Duo Ergonomic Mouse Grip for Switch 2

(2 Pack) Hyperkin Joy‑Track Duo Ergonomic Mouse Grip for Nintendo Switch 2 Joycon 2

0

If you’re looking to make the most of the Joy-Con 2, pick up the Hyperkin Joy‑Track Duo Ergonomic Mouse Grip. This handy little contraption improves the controllers’ mouse functionality by providing a comfortable, natural mouse‑style grip for smoother aiming, improved tracking, and more familiar hand movement. Right now, you can pick a 2-pack up for just $2.99 on the Amazon-owned Woot, and Prime members get free shipping.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

The Folio Society Reveals Japanese Ghost Stories Hardcover

The Folio Society’s newest release is one that should appeal to fans of classic horror stories. Lafcadio Hearn’s short story collection Japanese Ghost Stories is getting a lavish new hardcover edition, featuring illustrations by The Unwritten’s Yuko Shimizu.

With Japanese Ghost Stories going up for preorder soon, IGN can exclusively debut some of Shimizu’s gorgeous illustrations. Check them out in the slideshow gallery below:

The Folio Society’s Japanese Ghost Stories Image Gallery

Japanese Ghost Stories features a translation by Royall Tyler and a new introduction by Japanese novelist Yoko Ogawa. Here’s the official description of the book:

JAPANESE GHOST STORIES features twenty transportive and sometimes terrifying tales, including “The Story of Aoyagi,” in which a young samurai falls in love with a mysterious woman only to discover she is not what she seems; “Oshidori,” the haunting tale in which a mandarin duck mourns the loss of her lover, who was shot and killed by a hunter’ “The Dream of Akinosuké,” in which a man becomes the king of an ant kingdom; and “Rokuro-Kubi,” an action packed story in which a monk battles five flying heads. In JAPANESE GHOST STORIES, the dead wreak revenge on the living, paintings come alive, spectral brides possess mortal men and a priest devours human flesh. These tales draw on the phantoms and ghouls of traditional Japanese folklore—including the headless ‘rokuro-kubi’, the monstrous goblins ‘jikininki’ and the faceless ‘mujina’ who stalk lonely neighbourhoods. The stories are massively popular in Japan and highly regarded by folklore aficionados and horror enthusiasts alike.

“Lafcadio Hearn’s 19th-century ghost stories are famous throughout Japan and are part of that country’s culture of the supernatural. I love the way we’ve taken something traditional and given it a modern twist,” said Folio Society Editor Mandy Kirby in a statement. “At first glance, you might think Yuko Shimizu’s illustrations are from the time of Hokusai, but look closer and you can see that they have modern touches, and the cover is unmistakably 21st century. One of Japan’s contemporary novelists, Yoko Ogawa, has provided an introduction in which she talks about Japan’s obsession with ghosts and demons, and how unsettling and scary these stories actually are. She’s right – they are absolute gems of the supernatural, the perfect read for the ghostly season.”

Orders for Japanese Ghost Stories will open on the Folio Society website on October 13.

In other Folio Society news, the company is also releasing a stunning new edition of Anthony Bourdain’s classic memoir Kitchen Confidential: Adventures in the Culinary Underbelly.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

Dragon Pearl of Destruction Finally Has a Release Date

He-Man and the Masters of the Universe: Dragon Pearl of Destruction has a release date: February 4, 2027.

Bitmap Bureau, the developer behind Terminator 2D: No Fate, worked with Mattel and the retro team at Clear River Games on the old-school brawler, which launches digitally and physically on Nintendo Switch, PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S. Two physical versions of the game will be available via Limited Run Games. The standard physical release costs $29.99, and the Collector’s Edition costs $99.99.

Dragon Pearl of Destruction is inspired by the much-loved ‘80s animated series, and you can see that come through in pixel-art and 2D gameplay. The playable characters are He-Man, She-Ra, Man-At-Arms, and Teela, and you can play solo or co-op (two-player local co-op).

There are 13 stages, including the Royal Palace, the Vine Jungle, and Snake Mountain, and famous villains such as Skeletor, Evil-Lyn, Beast Man, and Trap Jaw. You’ll also bump into the dark sorceress Shokoti and the Shadow Beasts.

The Collector’s Edition includes lunchbox style packaging, pin badges, a mini-power sword, and an acrylic standee featuring He-Man riding Battle Cat, among other things. The contents of both physical editions are detailed below.

He-Man and the Masters of the Universe: Dragon Pearl of Destruction Standard Edition

  • Nintendo Switch, PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S
  • $29.99 USD
  • Physical game case to protect your game, with beautiful cover art by Freddie Williams II
  • Game Disc/Cartridge
  • Booklet
  • Slipcover (foiled, embossed)

He-Man and the Masters of the Universe: Dragon Pearl of Destruction Collector’s Edition

  • Nintendo Switch, PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S
  • $99.99 USD / € 110.95 /£ 90.00 / $CAD 140.99
  • Everything included in the Standard Edition
  • Collector’s Box designed by CultureFly, creators of premium pop culture merch
  • Lunchbox Style Packaging so you can relive your 1980s lunchtimes (egg sandwiches not included)
  • SteelCase to protect your game from battle
  • Epoxy character pin badges featuring in-game sprites, to show the world you’re a He-Man lover or Skeletor aficionado
  • He-Man Power Sword Replica and stand to show all of Eternia that you have the power
  • Acrylic Standee featuring He-Man riding Battle Cat
  • Mini 12-page Comic Book created by the legendary Dark Horse Comics

We previewed He-Man and the Masters of the Universe: Dragon Pearl of Destruction in August and thought it could be the first ever good He-Man game. It comes following the release of Amazon’s Masters of the Universe, which struggled at the box office but found success on Prime Video.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Grab These Books To Help You See In The October Nights

We don’t know about you, but October is one of our favourite months to get comfortable and settle in with a good book, and there are plenty of them to choose from this month.

From highly anticipated releases from Veronica Roth, V.E. Schwab, and Sarah J. Maas, to new stories by Jason Rekulak and Jane Schoenbrun, there’s something for every type of reader. These are the best new books of October 2026 that are well worth picking up…

The Quantum Dawn by Derek Künsken

Release date: October 22

The Quantum Dawn

0

Derek Künsken’s The Quantum Evolution series is back, with the fourth book hitting our shelves later this month. And if it happened to pass you by before, or you want to reacquaint yourself with the world before delving into the latest story, there’s still plenty of time to do so.

Book four picks up at the end of the Quantum War, with Belisarius having been sucked into a collapsing wormhole. So, it’s up to Cassandra, Rosalie, Saint Matthew, and their comrade Stills to journey through time itself to find him. But, as you might imagine in a series like this one, things don’t exactly go to plan.

Even with Rosalie’s indicative and potent nightmares seemingly signalling to them from somewhere within the wormhole network, it will take them journeying to its ancient beginnings, and the very dawn of the universe, to hopefully bring him back.

The Sixth Faction by Veronica Roth

Release date: October 6 (US) and October 8 (UK)

The Sixth Faction

0

After speaking exclusively to Veronica Roth earlier this summer, we’ve been counting down the days until her latest book – and a return to the Divergent universe – hits our shelves. And the time is finally here.

Instead of being a spin-off, sequel, or prequel, The Sixth Faction asks and answers the question of what could have happened if Beatrice “Tris” made a different choice at her Choosing Ceremony. If you’ve read the previous books or watched the movie adaptations, you’ll know that she ultimately chooses to leave her home and loved ones in Abnegation to join Dauntless.

However, this time tragedy strikes as she makes her decision, changing the course of her future in one fell swoop. And with Roth confirming that this new “book goes into parts of dystopian Chicago that you didn’t see in the original Divergent series,” and “felt like building a new world inside the old one,” we’re so looking forward to being reunited with Tris and the world that we fell in love with all those years ago.

Look What The Cat Dragged In by Jason Rekulak

Release date: October 13

Look What The Cat Dragged In

1

With Halloween only a few weeks away, if you’re looking for a slightly different take on all things possession, or something just scary enough to make you want to check for any strange goings-on before you settle in to read it, look no further than Jason Rekulak’s Look What The Cat Dragged In.

For those who read his earlier novel, Hidden Pictures, which utilised increasingly unhinged illustrations throughout, his latest book has a new take on this, with the lead character being a talented cartoonist.

The story begins with Penny’s beloved pet cat, Popcorn, going missing. Not only is her cat like a family member to her, but Popcorn also serves as inspiration for her cartoon strips and comic books. Struggling with the grief of losing him and her new reality, when it’s suggested that she pet-sits for another cat, one who immediately warms to her, she hopes that it will help to get her creative spark back.

And well, it does that, just in a way that she would never have anticipated. Let’s just say, when things take a turn, it soon becomes clear that Godfrey is no ordinary cat and more dangerous forces are at work.

The Thrice-Bound Fool by Christopher Buehlman

Release date: October 13

The Thrice-Bound Fool

0

The second book in Christopher Buehlman’s Blacktongue series, The Thrice-Bound Fool reunites us with professional thief and perennial trickster Kinch Na Shannack. And this time, his life and the lives of all of Manreach depend on one thing: his ability to decipher a truly abominable book. But it’s not just any old book; it’s an ancient tome that is trying to kill him, both when opened and even when it’s closed.

And to make things worse, the all-seeing Taker’s Guild doesn’t want him to discover the dark magic and hidden secrets held within the book’s pages. So, when Galva, a veteran of the Goblin Wars and Death’s sworn handmaiden, agrees to help Kinch and protect him for reasons of her own, could this partnership actually work? You’ll have to pick up a copy to find out.

Off The Reservation by Stephen Graham Jones

Release date: October 13

Off The Reservation

0

Another great horror to pick up in time for spooky season, Stephen Graham Jones – author of My Heart Is A Chainsaw and The Buffalo Hunter Hunter – returns to the world of The Only Good Indians in this follow-up story.

Taking place five years after the horrific massacres on the Blackfeet reservation, survivor Nate Yellow Tail takes this as his opportunity to start life afresh, after a terrible accident that should have taken his life left him on the brink of death.

Lugging his broken body with him, he and three older Blackfeet step aboard a run-down camper van with one aim in mind – to find and repatriate the bones of a fellow Blackfeet member who died at the Carlisle Indian Industrial School, where Indigenous children were abused for decades. But, as you might expect, this journey into the past reveals more than they could ever have predicted or expected.

Victorious by V.E. Schwab

Release date: October 6

Victorious

0

This month brings us the epic conclusion to V.E. Schwab’s Villains trilogy, and we could not be more excited to see how it all wraps up.

Picking up after the incredible showdown with Marcella, Eli, and Serena, the ExtraOrdinary of Merit City have been laying low and doing their best to avoid attracting EON’s attention.

However, with EON now under new leadership, with a horrifying new agenda to boot, they can no longer stay in the shadows. With Victor, Sydney, Mitch, and the rest of them travelling into the enemy’s stronghold at EON headquarters, it’s here that they encounter a number of unforeseen allies, as well as a host of unexpected new abilities, all culminating in the ultimate confrontation. But can they beat the ExtraOrdinary Organization – and the odds – one final time?

Public Access Afterworld by Jane Schoenbrun

Release date: October 27

Public Access Afterworld

0

For fans of this summer’s cult hit horror movie gem, Teenage Sex and Death at Camp Miasma, and 2024’s I Saw the TV Glow, the writer and director of both brings us a fresh new story revolving around a mysterious TV network broadcast, simply known as Public Access Afterworld. And it’s certainly piqued our interest; that’s for sure.

It begins back in 2009, when two suburban teens are sitting together watching TV’s transition from analogue to digital. But after the static clears, one of them catches a glimpse of Public Access Afterworld before vanishing into thin air, in turn upending her friend’s life forever.

Fourteen years later, Bethany – a trans content moderator who spends her time sifting through a seemingly endless slew of horrific videos – notices one young streamer call out Public Access Afterworld over and over again. Can Bethany find and rescue them? And what connection does it have to the 2009 disappearance? It’s safe to say that we’ll be picking up a copy.

Funny Business by Matt Singer

Release date: October 6

Funny Business

0

For those of us who grew up watching comedy classics like Anchorman, Old School, The 40-Year-Old Virgin, and Zoolander, they continue to be some of the most memorable and beloved movies of the time. And in Matt Singer’s Funny Business, we’re given a chance to take a peek behind the scenes at what made those movies so successful and such a big hit with viewers.

Charting the successes of stars who first cut their teeth in improvisational comedy troupes and groups, before making their way onto the likes of SNL, there was a time when you simply couldn’t visit the cinema, or switch on the movie channels, without seeing Ben Stiller, Will Ferrell, Seth Rogen, Vince Vaughn or the Wilson brothers front and centre.

But what happened to that type of comedy? And can they ever make a triumphant return in the age of digital and streaming? Reminiscing and reflecting on the types of comedies that came before, and what could possibly come next, this is a must-read for cinephiles and comedy fans alike.

Bound and Unbound by Ali Hazelwood

Release date: October 6

Bound and Unbound

0

We always love it when authors get creative with the ways in which they share their stories, and Ali Hazelwood is doing exactly that with the release of Bound and Unbound. Even though both were originally released as audiobooks, this is the first time that they have appeared in print, with Bound on one side and Unbound on the other.

To begin, Bound follows Vero, a down-on-her-luck grad student who is forced to turn to her special talent for forgery to make ends meet. But when her work draws the attention of Dr. Viktor Ashworth, he makes her an offer. However, is it as simple as her helping him forge this mysterious ancient manuscript? Or is there a reason why they seem to be inexplicably drawn together?

Flipping things over to Unbound, this story focuses on the lives of a five-thousand-year-old female revenant, Lilit, and an overworked ER doctor called Roman, who are thrust together. But when someone starts hunting Lilit down and Roman is caught in the crossfire, she must choose between the world that she has sworn to protect and the man she has fallen for. So, whether you’re looking to dip your toe into the world of paranormal fantasy/romantasy or want a change of pace this month, it’s definitely one to try out, especially if you couldn’t get into the audiobook versions.

The Chain House: A Novel by J.H. Markert

Release date: October 6

The Chain House

0

With pseudonyms and sometimes even ghostwriters, a lot of the time we’re not always aware of who is behind some of our favourite books and series. And Chain House poses the question: what if a mass murdering cult leader was the author of a bestselling thriller series?

With just days until Sal Batise is set to be executed, he agrees to an interview. However, there is a catch – in order to release his final unpublished manuscript, one which could lead them to finding his victims’ bodies – he wants a stay of execution.

At the same time, a ransom note arrives with a single demand – to save the governor’s recently kidnapped wife – Batise’s execution must go ahead as planned. As the clock ticks down, the young filmmaker, who is conducting the interview, decides to enlist one of the childhood survivors of the cult to help locate the missing manuscript and, in turn, decide the fate of both Batise and the governor’s missing wife.

A Court of Splintered Harmony by Sarah J. Maas

Release date: October 27

A Court of Splintered Harmony

0

And it wouldn’t be a roundup of the best new books to be released in October 2026 without mentioning the sixth book in Sarah J. Maas’ record-breaking A Court of Thorns and Roses series.

One of the most highly anticipated releases of the entire year, this book centres around Koschei the Deathless and the imminent threat of his return. Obviously, the Night Court won’t be able to stand by and watch while innocents are attacked, but at the same time, rifts and recent betrayals mean that the Night Court isn’t as united and strong as they once were. It will take finding a way to reunite and repair what has broken, if they have any way of surviving and, in turn, defeating Koschei and what is coming their way. With book seven being released in January, it’s definitely a good time to be an ACOTAR fan.

Ellis is a freelance journalist, based in the UK, with a love of all things books. She also routinely chairs bookish events up and down the country, getting the scoop from some of the biggest and bestselling authors to keep you in the know.

Why Collectors Pay More in 2026

Even for the biggest and most popular games, getting products at MSRP (Manufacturer’s Suggested Retail Price) should indeed be the norm; nevertheless, for those like the Pokémon TCG, ‘market price’ has become the go-to metric for many collectors for one big reason.

Depending on your perspective as a Pokemon fan, referring to the concept as a gateway to ‘inflated’ or ‘rip-off’ pricing is totally valid.

That said, when actually getting down to the logistics of what it means to get a box of new Pokémon cards at MSRP today, the “market price”, well, market — has been the response to a growing problem with the collectables market as a whole, and is still a legitimate way to enjoy the Pokémon TCG (very much within reason).

Buying at MSRP Is Almost Impossible Right Now

To first put it plainly before going into the nitty-gritty, the rise of paying “market price” for Pokemon cards over MSRP ultimately comes down to one classic concept: supply vs. demand.

Over the past couple of years, especially, the demand for the latest boxes of Pokemon cards from new expansions and special collections has gotten so high that supply has consequently not been able to keep up with the demand.

What started all this, of course, was the mainstream discovery of valuable ‘chase cards’ — those regarded with astronomical value due to their rarity, like the famous $1,300+ Umbreon ex from Prismatic Evolutions.

From then on, in a sort of snowball effect, the market became diluted by many buyers buying as much stock as possible, in hopes of pulling the rarest and most expensive cards for profit — nefarious scalpers either flooding retail stores like Costco to physically hoard any stock, or utilising bots to sweep up any stock drops online.

Even if you’re regularly online as a full-time remote worker or something similar, any sites selling Pokemon stock either get met with huge crashes, or instanly long queues with everyting sold out at MSRP by the time you can actually get in and shop.

With all of that, you would normally be faced with either needing to practically camp out in front of retail stores before opening hours, or regularly check online stores — such as Best Buy and Target — in hopes of getting lucky to be visiting a site when a stock drop happens. In contrast, the other option is simply giving in to the scalpers and forking over whatever extortionate prices they’re willing to charge.

For Many, “Market Price” is the Tolerable Alternative

Responding to the dire need for some form of regulation in the trading card market, market price estimations are essentially the slightly happier medium option.

Calculated by dedicated online marketplaces like TCGplayer, market price is a way of attempting fair estimation for a product when MSRP isn’t an option — weighing up factors about a card or product like its general rarity, artwork, contents, and any impact it might make on its card game’s meta.

Applicable to essentially any other card game like Magic: The Gathering, Yu-Gi-Oh, or the One Piece Card Game, market price has become the new metric for letting Pokemon collectors know whether a higher-than-MSRP price is fair in respect to its demand vs supply, if you’re simply getting ripped off, or if a price is suspiciously so low by comparison, it might be a scammer listing.

For example, there are some eBay sellers charging over $350 for one of the Pokemon TCG’s Ascended Heroes Elite Trainer Boxes; whereas, on TCGplayer, the market price is estimated at a much lower $153.54 — with, at the time of writing, listings there selling for $148 at the lowest.

It’s Still Okay to Be Annoyed About MSRP

While it’s definitely better paying a tamer market price than whatever an unchecked scalper thinks is worthy, it’s also completely fair to remain upset over the current state of the Pokemon TCG, where buying at market price still isn’t feasible.

After all, if the company that makes the actual product declares that said product should only be worth so many dollars or British pounds, it’s right to believe that you should be only paying that price, and not a penny more.

The next go-to thought for anyone just getting into the TCG is that the Pokemon Company should just print enough cards so there’s enough for everyone and eliminate the scalper market altogether.

However, that is actually what the Pokemon Company has been doing. Just last year alone, over 10 billion Pokemon cards were printed; in context, that’s out of the 85 billion since the card game’s conception — meaning 11% of a 30-year-old card game’s output was carried out in just 12 months.

What’s more, when it comes to the 30th Celebration expansion, vastly improved pull rates for the more in-demand cards have deeply hit scalper operations and have had resellers moan that it isn’t ‘profitable enough’, since more people getting to pull their chase cards have lowered their market prices as a result.

Despite those major wins for the actual fandoms aside, though, they aren’t enough — at least, not yet. If something is popular enough, tickets, products, goods, etc, will continue to sell despite the controversy around it. In this case, the overall demand for Pokemon TCG cards is still so astronomically high that it still isn’t currently enough to eliminate the need to shop by market price and bring back MSRP as the default.

Those hoarding product just to resell have lost out on some profit incentive, sure, but currently not enough to stop them wanting to spend the time raiding physical and digital shelves entirely. Like the aforementioned snowball effect that kickstarted Pokemon’s lucrative reseller market in the first place, it needs to steadily wind back down in the same way — as more scalpers slowly back out and leave product for the pure fans.

Unfortunately, that will take a long while, and plenty of Pokemon lovers don’t want to take an uncertain amount of time out of the hobby they enjoy. That’s why the ‘market price’ way of buying Pokemon cards is still the go-to metric even now: for those just wanting the best possible price for product that’s readily available — if they don’t want to spend time fighting off scalpers for MSRP — and can make an informed decision as to whether that’s right for them.

For those who can only currently afford to buy Pokemon cards at MSRP, retailer initiatives like Amazon’s invite-only listings are a great way to still score product at their intended price. On the other hand, those required restocks are still being spread across an increasingly keen customer base — making actual invites hard to come by.

Shopping by market price still may not be the perfect resolution for those who only wish to shop by MSRP, but for buyers who wish to buy Pokemon cards at a reasonable rate via the safest method available — it’s in most cases, the best we have until things get better.

Ben Williams – IGN freelance contributor with over 10 years of experience covering gaming, tech, film, TV, and anime. Follow him on Twitter/X @BenLevelTen.

Riftbound: Radiance Hands-On Preview and Interview – Riftbound Embraces Complexity

Riftbound’s final set of the year, Radiance, is finally upon us, and I went hands-on with the cards at a very early Pre-Rift tournament. This marks the League of Legends TCG’s fifth set, and features musically-inspired designs and brand new mechanics poised to disrupt the meta.

I also had the chance to talk with Chengran Chai, the executive producer of Riftbound, to get some insight about the set straight from the source in a joint interview with Temple of Geek’s Myles Obenza.

Radiance’s booster display and booster pack.

First, a quick recap of the new mechanics being introduced in Radiance, with some of Chai’s commentary:

New Radiance Keywords: Disarm, Show Off, Deploy

Disarm is the simplest of the new mechanics: When your unit with Disarm attacks, it reduces the might of an enemy unit at that battlefield, usually by one. It immediately made me think of Ahri’s original abilities, which is fitting, since the new green (Calm) Ahri, Confident, comes with Disarm. Her unit has a built-in buff when you reduce the Might of an enemy unit, gaining +1 Might herself. The promising new blue (Mind) Kai’sa, Rebel, has both Disarm and gives spells Reaction speed when in a showdown.

Riftbound: Radiance Disarm Cards

Show Off is a mechanic that might be familiar to you if you’ve played other popular TCGs. Cards with Show Off gain an additional effect if you “Show Off” a qualifying card to your opponent as you play it. We’ve only seen four cards in Radiance with Show Off so far–two units and two spells–and they each grant totally different effects. The 5-cost yellow (Order) Spell Rousing Display (clearly part of the Legend Seraphine’s kit) plays four 1-Might Recruit Tokens to your base instead of just one if you Show Off a card with Energy cost 7 or more.

Riftbound: Radiance Show Off Cards

Chai said that Show Off is a trade off–you’re giving away information in exchange for something, but TCGs are very much a game of information. “If I’m planning a spell heavy deck, whether you have Defy or not in your hand matters a great deal to me,” Chai explained. “Show Off basically opens up another dimension to the kind of like, 3D, 4D chess–that’s 5D.”
Maybe you show your opponent something you have on purpose to throw them off, pushing them into a play you have the perfect counter-play for. Show Off has the possibility of granting great effects, but it opens the game up for more mind games, too.

Deploy is a keyword specifically for Gear, allowing you to deploy that Gear straight to a Battlefield. While there, it’ll provide an effect, but will be killed if your opponent holds the Battlefield it’s at.

Riftbound: Radiance – Deploy Cards

Token Gear – Bomb

There’s also a new Token Gear as well, called Bomb. This Token Gear has Deploy, and when it “dies,” it explodes, dealing two damage and triggering the other Bombs at the battlefield. Like other deployable gear, Bombs “die” when an opponent holds the battlefield they’re at, but you can always kill it yourself in various ways to trigger the effects.

“I think Deploy is probably the one that will disrupt [the meta], because historically, you don’t think of just going straight to a battlefield,” Chai said. “And now you have, like, Jarvan IV’s E-Q, you have Ziggs just tossing bombs onto battlefields, and it’s going to change the way people think about Defending quite a bit.”
Jarvan IV’s “E-Q” that Chai references is the move combo in League of Legends where he throws his flag and then pulls himself there–pretty 1-to-1 with Jarvan IV’s Legend ability in Riftbound, which lets you move a friendly unit to a Battlefield when you play a Gear with Deploy there (and pay 1 Power).

Orianna’s Legend ability allows you to turn a friendly Gear into a Gear Unit at the start of your Main Phase, a pretty tricky and cool thing you can do to steal some points with Deployable Gear! Her Signature Gear, The Ball, is especially interesting as it also gains Ganking, allowing it to roll back and forth between battlefields each turn. Chai seemed to be especially high on Orianna along with Deploy, noting her Legend and The Ball as playable cards he’d want to showcase from this set.

Both Show Off and Deploy up the complexity of Riftbound. But, Deploy and Disarm seem to be mechanics that will absolutely disrupt defensive Hold strategies the most, which is especially scary for me as someone who’s playing Akali and Vex with Astral Heron hold strategies!

Radiance Pre-Rift and Sealed Hands-On

Last time I got to play with a set early, it was strictly with a preconstructed showcase deck behind closed doors, and I didn’t have more than thirty minutes to actually play with the cards. This time, however, we got a Pre-Rift tournament plus packs to take home to tinker with. So, I played Radiance with one seeded Pre-Rift deck and built two “Sealed” decks to test out–some of which were more successful than others!

My Pre-Rift Kit components at the Radiance Summit at Riot Games HQ.

What is a Pre-Rift?
Some quick background: A Pre-Rift is a casual prerelease tournament at local game stores. For a fee, usually $35 USD, you get a Pre-Rift Player Kit that includes a promo card, five booster packs, and a 15-card Seeded deck with a Legend and matching Champion Unit. The idea is to build a 25-ish-card deck on the fly with the seeded deck and the boosters, leading to a unique and fun format where people may play cards that might not see the light of day in a competitive Constructed deck. This is especially made possible because you can throw in a third color, enabling combos that couldn’t exist outside of the sealed format.

In my Radiance Pre-Rift Kit, I got the orange (Body) and yellow (Order) Jarvan IV, Exemplar of Demacia Legend. Jarvan’s Legend ability makes use of the new Deploy keyword: “When you play a gear with [Deploy], you may exhaust me and pay [1 Power] to move a friendly unit to that battlefield.”

I threw in plenty of Gears with Deploy, cards with Gear synergies, plus a couple purple (Chaos) cards that made Bombs, drew cards, and generated Gold so I’d have a decent supply of Power to activate Jarvan IV’s Legend Ability. I removed the 7-cost Jarvan IV, Royal Heir as my chosen Champion Unit, though, and replaced it with the K’Sante, Courageous I pulled. High-cost chosen champions aren’t generally the best move, especially in the speedy Pre-Rift format, and though K’sante still costs a pretty hefty 5 runes, having a Unit with Accelerate at my fingertips in the late game proved to be invaluable.

My Pre-Rift deck at the Radiance Summit at Riot Games HQ.

I can’t say I was thrilled at opening Jarvan IV at first (I was hoping for Riven or Evelynn), but after playing just a few turns, the deck strategy clicked spectacularly for me. I was also lucky enough to get a new battlefield called Hunter’s Circle, which reads, “For each player, the first unit or gear they play here on their turn costs 1 less,” which goes super well with Deployable Gear, since you can play them to the battlefield whenever you want on your turn!

In my first game, a test match, I went second. I played Concert Poster to Hunter’s Circle for free, allowing me to then play Skystrike Squadron for a reduced cost of 3 for returning Concert Poster to my hand. A 4-Might Unit with Reflect on my first turn: Not bad! On my next turn, I was able to create two Recruits with Concert Poster and Buff a Recruit and my Skystrike Squadron with Pillaged Armory. Maybe some godlike luck allowed for this to happen, but it felt pretty dang nifty!

With this build, I have to shoutout Portable Portal, a 2-cost orange (Body) Gear with Deploy. When I showed this card to someone, they said they knew it’d be a menace just because Teemo is on it. When you play it, you can pay one orange (Body) power to ready a Unit. Friendly units at that battlefield with Portable Portal also have Ganking. These abilities paired with the Jarvan IV Legend allowed for double conquering in one turn, or allowing for a Gank and then a retreat with Jarvan’s ability, protecting my Unit. It’s a rare card, though, so pulling it in a Pre-Rift isn’t exactly guaranteed!

What is Sealed?

Sealed is a format where each player opens six 14-card booster packs and builds a 25-card deck with the cards they pull from those packs and nothing else–a great activity to do if four friends want to split a booster box! This format is way less consistent than Pre-Rift without a pre-seeded deck, but is still quite fun. If you don’t get a Legend or Chosen Champion you want to use, you get the bonus of drawing an extra card for each on your first turn, which is true in Pre-Rift, too.

In my two Sealed games, one of the decks had no discernible theme besides trying to make Seraphine work (I did not). In the other, I tried for a Ziggs / Bomb build because I happened to pull his Legend and his Epic-rarity red (Fury) Unit, Ziggs, Short-Fused. Let me tell you, the Bomb strategy is pretty tricky to hold together if you don’t have a very reliable way to detonate them on your opponent’s turn. Usually, they explode, dealing two damage per bomb when your opponent holds the battlefield they’re deployed at.

I found it fairly difficult to get enough bombs on a battlefield to matter in one turn unless I held with Explosimian, which lets you play three Bomb gear tokens to a single battlefield. Of course, this still does nothing for protecting you if you’re trying to hold your bomb-ridden battlefield. However, the Pre-Rift Seeded decks with the Ziggs Legend includes the 4-might purple (Chaos) Champion Unit Ziggs, Explosive, which allows you to kill a friendly gear when he defends! If you have enough Bombs, you could potentially wipe your opponent before they can even touch you. And if they can, well, Ziggs, Explosive gets +2 Might if he killed a friendly gear that turn!

Unfortunately, I did not have this Ziggs Unit in my Sealed game, so a different strategy was in order. We determined it’s likely best to load Bombs up one battlefield, leave them alone, and then build a strong Hold at the other Battlefield, forcing your opponent to choose to deal with either a battlefield fortified with Units or fortified with Bombs.

The Unit Reckless Innovator and Gear The Good Stuff, both The purple (Chaos) cards, also proved to be very useful in just about every thrown together deck I or my opponent played. I have a lot more opinions, but it’d be absurd to expect you to read my ramblings, so we’ll end it at that.

Overall, the Sealed and Pre-Rift formats for Radiance were very fun, and the new ideas this set brings to Riftbound add an even higher level of complexity to the existing pool. As for Radiance in a vacuum for Sealed, it seemed to allow for a good variety of unique deck-building options. This is of course by design.

“We want the base set to have a rich enough playing set,” Chai said. “Such that Sealed events are fun… all by itself.”

Radiance’s Rarest Cards

Riftbound: Radiance – Music ONs, SPs, and Alt Runes

With the playing set determined, that’s when the Riftbound team layers collectibility on top of it with Alt Art, Overnumbered, and SP cards. Some of the rare standouts for Radiance are Riot Games Music crossovers, including the Overnumbered Heartsteel cards, SP K/DA cards, and Overnumbered Ekko, Revolutionary, which features Ekko’s original True Damage skin. The Overnumbered cards also come in the Signature variety, which are the rarest pulls besides the single Ultimate Rare in this set.

“We knew Riot as a whole would have a music moment towards the end of the year, so very early on, we said we would lean into that,” Chai said. However, as a physical game, the Riftbound team needed to finalize many card details before the songs were even composed and the new character designs were finished. “That is why you see… for the K/DA and Heartsteel cards, it is very much their K/DA All Out and Heartsteel 1.0 versions, because the 2.0 versions just weren’t quite ready,” Chai said. “But we thought it would be a great way to showcase Riftbound’s participation… and leverage the broader music moment to allow more fans to see and experience Riftbound as well.”

This original plan didn’t even include teasing Heartsteel’s Riftbound cards in Heartsteel’s new Live My Life music video–the Riot Music Team actually initiated that easter egg, asking the Riftbound team if they wanted the cards in the music video. Of course, they said yes.

Though Riftbound has been very supported from within Riot since the beginning, the somewhat unexpected explosion of its popularity has given Riftbound even more opportunities to be a part of Riot-wide moments. Another example of this is the Riftbound easter egg in Valorant’s Aeris Flex cosmetic.

A photo of the Heartsteel Overnumbered signature cards at the Riftbound Regional Qualifier (RQ) Los Angeles, intending to show the foiling.

The Heartsteel Overnumbered cards feature a very unique design, akin to K-pop photo cards, complete with bright motifs, stickers, and Y2K elements. Playing into the photo card inspiration even more, the Heartsteel Overnumbered Signature cards are “signed” by the characters themselves–not the artists like on other Signature cards! Riot Games’ senior Manager of creative development Michelle Mauk spoke about the design process during the Radiance panel at the Riftbound Regional Qualifier (RQ) in Los Angeles, which I highly recommend you watch if you’re interested.

I always feel like renders of Overnumbered cards don’t do them justice, and that’s certainly the case for the Heartsteel cards, too. The texturing and foiling on Riftbound’s most coveted cards are always so impressive to behold in person.

Radiance’s Ultimate Rare ties well into the heavy music theme but is, shockingly, a Battlefield: Packed Amphitheater. This card will be the rarest card in all of Riftbound’s main sets, only appearing in about 0.025% of booster packs. That’s a huge rarity uptick from the only other Ultimate Rare, Baron Nasher from Unleashed, with a 0.1% pack rate. The in-person foiling and texturing you can’t see in a render does a lot a lot of heavy lifting for this one–and you can get a better look at it, and see some creators’ reactions, in this official PlayRiftbound reel.

Riftbound: Radiance Overnumbers

There are other Overnumbers and Alt Art cards to chase that aren’t musically inclined, too, like the Overnumbererd Mordekaiser Legend IGN exclusively revealed last week.

Radiance Pre-Rifts start at local game stores near you on Oct. 16, and I really can’t wait to play some more. With the complexity Radiance introduces, this might not be the best first set to get into, but it’s great for existing players craving more variety and creativity in their deck building. That being said, the Riftbound community has always been nothing but welcoming and helpful at every store I’ve played at, too, so don’t be shy. Otherwise, Radiance booster boxes, packs, and vaults will be available to purchase on Oct. 23.

Casey DeFreitas is the deputy editor of guides at IGN and is playing three more Riftbound Radiance Pre-Rifts this weekend at a local game store, because they’re just that much fun. Catch her on socials @ShinyCaseyD.

New NetEase FPS Sparks Warzone Rip-Off Claims But Some Call of Duty Fans Are Happy to See It

Call of Duty fans are torn about NetEase Games’ ECC: Redline, a new FPS that many have called a “rip-off” with the power to fill the void for frustrated Warzone players.

NetEase called its new shooter a “self-developed extreme-sports tactical shooter” when revealing it just days ago. It’s yet another big swing from the China-based tech company that boasts breakneck gameplay on PC via Steam and mobile devices, but in the hours since its big debut, it’s also been called a “1:1 rip” of Activision’s Call of Duty: Warzone, and it’s not too hard to see why.

Viewers say guns look, kick, and move in a way that seems familiar, but the similarities don’t stop there. Everything down the UI is being investigated by FPS enjoyers, too, with things like the sound effects also evoking the same kind of gritty action Call of Duty is known for. Even the way the first-person camera blurs when dropping from heights might feel familiar to fans of Warzone and other shooters. Even with characters that present their own unique abilities and gadgets, ECC: Redline has had a hard time escaping the comparisons online.

Introducing ECC: REDLINE, an extreme-sports tactical shooter.

Welcome to the Extreme Circuit Championship.

Enter the Circuit, Own the Edge.

Wishlist now on Steam:

https://t.co/zy0dnkBGQn

#ECCREDLINE #ECC https://t.co/TL7c3fAoAX

— ECC (@ECCREDLINE) October 9, 2026

“Warzone + Delta Force + Blood Strike = ECC: Redline,” one YouTube comment left on NetEase’s official upload said.

“It’s 1-to-1 Warzone, hilarious s**t,” another commenter on Reddit said.

“Literally the first thing that popped into my head was wow they have no shame,” another replied, “straight copied COD even down to the UI and emblems etc.”

Meanwhile, Call of Duty has faced its own struggles in the six years since the Call of Duty: Modern Warfare reboot introduced Warzone in 2019. Like so many other popular ongoing FPS experiences, the battle royale offshoot’s popularity has ebbed and flowed, with many of its millions of fans often still calling back to its launch build and its first map, Verdansk, as the glory days.

This looks about as close of a 1:1 rip of Warzone as someone could legally get away with

— ModernWarzone (@ModernWarzone) October 9, 2026

This is Warzone with player abilities and some blatant CoD rips😂

— Jake Lucky (@JakeSucky) October 10, 2026

@iKaito_1 similar? its literally copy and paste

— 👾 (@Axie_Umami) October 9, 2026

Activision has returned to Verdansk in an attempt to recapture that magic, but it’s done little to calm those nostalgic for the past. As the broader Call of Duty brand goes through its own struggles, some players – even those willing to admit NetEase may have gone too far in a few places – say a polished-looking shooter like ECC: Redline could scratch a pretty specific itch. Some even believe the NetEase shooter could give Call of Duty a run for its money.

“If ECC: Redline actually has good servers, movement, AND listens to its community… COD might finally have to start trying again,” one post on X/Twitter said.

“Close enough, welcome back OG Warzone,” another player said, acknowledging the similarities before saying the NetEase game “looks better tbh.”

Looks like someone reverse-engineered OG Warzone and added character abilities.

I’m actually kinda interested in trying this 😅

— Westie (@MrProWestie) October 10, 2026

Warzone don’t have ability 🥳! Netease definitely might pull this one off lol https://t.co/oHFmquZoTK

— Ju banks (@banks_ju) October 9, 2026

@ModernWarzone So what? I’d rather spend it on a ripoff game who listens to their customers then a conglomerate who 💩 on them.

— 𝗥𝗶𝗴 𝕏 (@RigTate) October 10, 2026

“I LEGIT thought it was WZ at first because i didn’t check the title,” one social media user said, adding a crying emoji.

NetEase has faced criticism regarding its approach to previous games in the past. A less extreme example is Marvel Rivals, a comic book hero shooter that exploded with popularity – and also managed to pick up some comparisons to Blizzard Entertainment’s Overwatch – when it launched in 2024. On the other hand is Hyper Front, a 5v5 tactical shooter that Riot Games launched a lawsuit against after it drew comparisons to Valorant.

ECC: Redline currently has no release date but is being billed as a free-to-play game. Warzone, meanwhile, is slated to receive a slew of new updates when Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 launches later this month.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Doom 2016 Composer Mick Gordon Says “F##k AI”

Aussie composer Mick Gordon is highly regarded for his experimental approach to musical composition. For 2013’s Killer Instinct he employed a kangling, a Tibetan instrument traditionally carved into a human femur or tibia, to build a theme for the skeletal Spinal character out of actual bones. For 2016’s Doom he famously sampled real chainsaw noises to pull off the unique guitar riffs that elevated the game’s soundtrack into a heavy metal masterpiece. However, when asked if he’s considered incorporating any form of generative AI into his creative process, Gordon doesn’t mince his words. To paraphrase the late Meatloaf, Gordon will do anything to create a great soundtrack, but he won’t do that.

“F##k AI,” said Gordon, during an interview with IGN at PAX Australia 2026.

Gordon can next be heard in Warhammer 40,000: Boltgun 2 when it’s released on October 14, since he’s contributed another bone-shattering banger to score the first-person shooter’s final boss fight (which you can get a taste of in the trailer below). He’s also still hard at work on the soundtrack to Defect, the cyberpunk-themed squad-shooter that’s being developed by a team composed of veterans of the Doom and Call of Duty games. Fans can rest assured that in both instances, Gordon’s music is coming straight from the metal-loving maestro’s mind (and fingers) rather than the result of a ChatGPT prompt.

“Generative AI is always going to be behind where humans are because it’s going to be inherently trained off stuff that humans have already created,” explained Gordon. “It creates a large database of what [it’s] been trained on, and then it draws a very logical conclusion on whatever that dataset is. It’s always going to be limited by its dataset, though. It’s never going to be in a state where it’s going to predict the next thing, the new thing, whatever humans can come up with. It’s always going to be behind just by the nature of the way that these things work.”

Gordon remains optimistic that audiences are always going to be drawn to the work of other humans, rather than machines.

“Humans are always going to want to interact with other humans. Always,” said Gordon. “And I feel this AI stuff is just giving people more reason to abandon this digital infection that we have with our lives now.”

“I feel that humans are always going to chase that human connection.”

UK-based fans of Gordon’s work will be able to make a human connection with the man himself when he takes the stage as the headline act at 2027’s RADAR festival, where he is set to perform music from his Doom and Doom Eternal soundtracks live with a full band for the very first time.

Tristan Ogilvie is a senior video editor at IGN based in Sydney, Australia. He has 25 years of experience covering video games, having served as Deputy Editor on Official PlayStation 2 Magazine Australia and as Editor of Official Xbox 360 Magazine Australia, before joining IGN in 2009. You can find him on Bluesky @tristanogilvie.bsky.social

The Best Deals Today: Doom: The Dark Ages, Star Wars Zero Company, 007 4K Blu-ray, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save big on Doom: The Dark Ages, Star Wars Zero Company, Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter, Shuten Order, LEGO KPop: Demon Hunters, and more. Check out our top picks for Sunday, October 11, below.

Doom: The Dark Ages – Premium Edition for $30.09

DOOM: The Dark Ages – Premium Edition

1

Fanatical has Doom: The Dark Ages – Premium Edition on sale today for $30.09. This edition packs in the base game, this Summer’s Revelations DLC, and a few other bonuses, too. If you have not had a chance to check out id Software’s latest, it’s hard to beat this deal. The Revelations DLC is a great time.

Star Wars Zero Company for $47.97

Star Wars Zero Company – PS5

0

Star Wars Zero Company is one of the biggest sleeper hits of the year, and you can save $12 off a physical copy today at Amazon. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Star Wars Zero Company is an excellent tactical game that does a fantastic job of slathering on the same cinematic look and feel we saw in Respawn’s Star Wars Jedi games, incorporating strong characters and a storyline that’s refreshingly centered on non-Force users and a non-traditional villain.”

007 The Daniel Craig Collection 4K Blu-ray for $30.81

007 The Daniel Craig Collection – 4K UHD Blu-ray

0

If you’ve been looking for a fantastic new 4K Blu-ray to add to your collection, look no further than 007 The Daniel Craig Collection. You’re getting Casino Royale, Quantum of Solace, Skyfall, and Spectre all for $30.81. The unrated and extended version of Casino Royale is even included.

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter for $39.99

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter – PlayStation 5

1

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter is the first entry in the beloved Trails series, and last year’s remake brought new life to the original game. With 2nd Chapter out now, today is a great time to dive into this wonderful RPG series.

Shuten Order for $49.99

Shuten Order – Nintendo Switch 2

1

Amazon has Nintendo Switch 2 copies of Shuten Order on sale today for $49.99, which is the lowest price we’ve seen to date. If you’re unfamiliar, Shuten Order comes from DMM Games, Neilo, and Tookuo Games as a game that offers five different gameplay styles, such as a visual novel, stealth action, and more. Nintendo Switch copies are also on sale for $39.99.

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond for $49.99

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition

0

Metroid Prime 4 was the Nintendo Switch 2’s big December game last year, and you can score a physical Switch 2 copy at Woot this weekend for $49.99. In our 8/10 review, we wrote, “Metroid Prime 4: Beyond is an excellent, if relatively uneven, revival that reaches heights worthy of the Metroid name in its best moments.”

LEGO KPop: Demon Hunters On Sale

LEGO Kpop Demon Hunters Derpy Tiger and Sussie Bird

1

Amazon has this LEGO KPop: Demon Hunters Derpy Tiger and Sussie Bird set on sale for $56 this weekend. You can choose between two expressions for Derpy Tiger, with an optional tongue piece that shows a note. While the holidays are still a few months away, it’s never a bad idea to knock out some shopping early.

LEGO Star Wars AT-AT for $51.99

LEGO Star Wars AT-AT

0

Amazon has the LEGO Star Wars AT-AT set on sale for $51.99 right now. This 525-piece set features not only the AT-AT, but also the Rebel Alliance Snowspeeder as it attempts to take down the giant machine. LEGO has continued to rise in price over the years, so this 20% discount is certainly worth a look.

Save $10 off Ocarina of Time Remake Physical Copies

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time (Switch 2)

76

Similar to previous Nintendo Switch 2 physical releases, Amazon has The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time available for $59.99 right now. This deal will end on release date, which is quickly approaching with us now in October. If you’ve yet to experience this masterpiece or are diving back into Hyrule, the Ocarina of Time remake is sure to be one of the most talked-about games of 2026.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer covering games and technology. When he’s not writing for IGN, he runs Final Weapon, a site focused on Japanese games and anime. His favorite series include Xeno, Fate, Final Fantasy, and far too many RPGs to list.

Doom 2016 Composer Mick Gordon Says He’d Return to the Doom Series “In a Heartbeat”

Mick Gordon, the legendary Aussie composer who brought a headbang to every headshot in 2016’s Doom and its 2020 follow-up Doom Eternal, has told IGN that he’s open to the idea of contributing to future instalments in id Software’s iconic shooter series. During an interview conducted at this weekend’s PAX Australia, Gordon seemed to indicate that his involvement with Doom isn’t necessarily done for good, despite the very public falling-out that occurred between the composer and Doom Eternal’s development team in the wake of its release.

“There are a lot of dominoes that would have to fall in a very specific way for that to occur,” said Gordon. “If those dominoes ever fell in that way, I would. Of course. Within a heartbeat.”

E3 2019 Screenshots – Doom Eternal

Gordon didn’t elaborate on exactly what those “dominoes” might be, but it’s possible that disputes between the composer and Doom Eternal’s executive producer Marty Stratton have yet to be fully resolved. In a lengthy 2022 post on Medium, Gordon accused developer id Software of failing to pay him for half of his work on the Doom Eternal soundtrack, and singled out Stratton as being a recurringly abusive presence throughout his work on the score and the OST. However, it certainly seems as though the experience hasn’t dimmed Gordon’s love for Doom itself.

“I had a whole list of ideas where I wanted to go with Doom,” explained Gordon. “And I’d love to explore that one day, for sure.”

What the future of Doom looks like with or without Gordon’s involvement is another story. id Software was one of the many studios heavily impacted by Microsoft’s ongoing cuts to its Xbox business, with 136 members of staff at the Doom developer affected by layoffs in July. At the time, lead services programmer Chris Hays was quoted as saying, “It’s hard to make a game that is AAA, that’s like we’ve done before, with half the people. And by hard, I mean impossible.”

In the meantime, Gordon has been keeping busy with a variety of projects. He’s contributed the theme music for the final boss fight in Warhammer 40,000: Boltgun 2, which will be released on October 14. He’s also still actively at work producing the full soundtrack for Defect, the squad-based cyberpunk shooter developed by veterans of Doom and the Call of Duty series. In 2027, he’s set to return to Doom at least in a performance sense, as the headliner at the UK’s RADAR music festival where he’ll be performing the music he composed for Doom and Doom Eternal with a full live band for the first time.

Tristan Ogilvie is a senior video editor at IGN based in Sydney, Australia. He has 25 years of experience covering video games, having served as Deputy Editor on Official PlayStation 2 Magazine Australia and as Editor of Official Xbox 360 Magazine Australia, before joining IGN in 2009. You can find him on Bluesky @tristanogilvie.bsky.social

Resident Evil Overtakes Weapons as Zach Cregger’s Highest-Grossing Film, The Social Reckoning Bombs

Resident Evil beat Weapons to become director Zach Cregger’s highest-grossing film while The Social Reckoning bombed at the box office.

The live-action adaptation of Capcom’s classic survival horror series turned heads as it reached an estimated worldwide total of $320.2 million over the weekend. With $138.5 million domestically and $181.7 million internationally, Resident Evil has officially cleared Weapons’ $270 million with a few weeks and change to spare.

Cregger brought his re-imagined Raccoon City to the big screen on September 18, 2026, making this weekend its fourth in theaters. The massive jump – which saw it return to the number one spot, globally – was largely propelled by its premiere in China. Of the whopping $62.65 million it accumulated through weekend four, $40.6 million was earned in China alone. Its victory over Weapons already seemed secure, but as it stands atop Cregger’s catalog, it’s also continuing to leave its reported $75 million budget in the dust.

Resident Evil’s ongoing success in theaters kicked off when it brought in $108.3 million in its opening weekend. It was a strong start that even managed to bleed over into the gaming world with increased sales for some of the games, too, with Cregger’s latest also landing as the highest-rated video game adaptation of all time.

It’s hard to imagine the film’s release going any better than it did, especially considering the months leading up to its premiere were plagued by negativity online. Gaming fans spent much of their time talking about the movie’s lack of recognizable characters and its tweaks to the lore, with Cregger arguing that he made the changes in order to make a better movie. By just about every measure, it seems the bet paid off.

These mid-October box office results show signs of an audience ready for Halloween, with Other Mommy also performing well despite poor reviews from both critics and audiences alike (via Rotten Tomatoes). Sitting with an abysmal 18% critic score and 47% audience score, Jessica Chastain’s new horror movie landed in second place globally with 45.19 million (27.5 million domestically, $17.69 million internationally).

As bone-chilling trailers convinced scary movie fans to show up for an unnerving performance, there were also some notable losers in theaters, too. Tom Cruise’s Digger continued its unfortunate run with $9.6 million in weekend two, marking a 48% drop for a total of $35.3 million. The true disappointment, though, was Aaron Sorkin’s The Social Network sequel, The Social Reckoning.

Starring Jeremy Allen White and Mikey Madison, and including Jeremy Strong’s performance as Mark Zuckerberg, the film’s opening weekend saw it open in seventh place with just $9 million. At $5.5 million domestically and $17.69 million internationally on a reported budget of $30 million (via Variety), The Social Reckoning is a certified bomb.

It’s a painful reality for the Facebook movie follow-up, especially after Jesse Eisenberg’s original picture ended its run with $224.9 million (via Box Office Mojo) and plenty of praise. The Social Reckoning could always stand the test of time, but with a Rotten Tomatoes score of 55% from critics and 74% from audiences, it’s not looking good.

The 25 Best Body Horror Movies of All Time

October still has plenty to give, though. Capcom’s live-action Street Fighter movie and Nathan Fielder’s You Can See Everything will both release next weekend, October 16. DC body horror movie Clayface then follows October 23.

For the movies you can see in theaters now, be sure to check out IGN’s reviews. We called Resident Evil “Great” with an 8/10 and Other Mommy “Bad” with a 4/10. We talked about the highs and lows of Digger in our 6/10 review for the Cruise film, while The Social Reckoning returned a 7/10.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Artemis Fowl TV Series Greenlit at Disney

Artemis Fowl is coming back to TV screens in the form of an animated show on Disney Channel and Disney+.

Author Eoin Colfer announced that Disney had greenlit another series project based on his family fantasy novels at the 25 Years of Artemis Fowl panel at New York Comic Con 2026. He’ll remain involved in the animated show as an executive producer, too, with Disney promising that he’ll bring “his creative vision to dig deeper into the characters and lore of the beloved book series that is celebrating its 25th anniversary of the first book this year.”

Joining Colfer in the executive producing category is Marvel’s Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur’s Ben Juwono, as well as DuckTales’ Colleen Evanson. In a statement, the Artemis Fowl author said he is “proud and delighted to be part of the formidable team that is putting the Artemis Fowl animation on screen.”

Artemis Fowl: The Animated Series Poster. Image courtesy of Disney.

“Everyone is so talented and so positive that I feel certain the fairy world is in excellent hands,” he added.

The Artemis Fowl animated series has no release date, but when it does eventually arrive, it won’t be the first swing at the property to land on Disney+. In 2020, Disney launched a live-action movie with the same name, though it largely failed to leave a good impression on fans or critics. As recorded by review aggregator Rotten Tomatoes, the straight-to-streaming film only whipped up a “rotten” 8% from critics and 19% from audiences.

The Artemis Fowl movie starred Ferdia Shaw as its title character and also featured appearances from Lara McDonnell, Josh Gadd, and Michael Rouse. IGN called it “an empty science fantasy tale with forgettable characters and an uninspired story” in our 4/10 review. In other words, a crack at a film didn’t quite pan out, but where the 2020 project failed, the new animated show hopes to succeed.

Artemis Fowl Gallery

“The action-adventure fantasy series Artemis Fowl follows 13-year-old genius Artemis Fowl as he uncovers an underground world of armed and dangerous — and surprisingly high-tech — fairies as he launches a plan to capture one and steal its magic to heal his dying mom and save his family,” a description said.

The original Artemis Fowl book was published in 2001, with the rest of Colfen’s stories in the universe boasting more than 35 million copies sold across the globe. Elsewhere at NYCC 2026, we got another solid look at both Godzilla Minus Zero and Blade Runner 2099. More Naruto was confirmed to be on the way, too.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Wildwood Movie Review

Wildwood is in theaters on October 23.

There’s something wondrous about the transportive power of stop-motion animated films when they’re executed at the standard that Laika sets for themselves, and wonder is certainly the name of the game in Wildwood. Adapted from the first novel in Colin Meloy and Carson Ellis’ Wildwood Chronicles, Wildwood sees director Travis Knight and the craftspeople at Laika turning in a staggeringly beautiful and surprisingly dark fantasy adventure that boasts exciting action, enchanting and enchanted natural settings, and talking woodland creatures with jobs… and that’s all before the characters leave Portland to journey into Wildwood!

Wildwood is most impressive in its scope. As the new recordholder for the longest-ever stop-motion animated film, Knight luxuriates in building out the mythology of Meloy and Ellis’ novels onscreen. As 13-year-old Prue McKeel (Peyton Elizabeth Lee) and her classmate Curtis (Jacob Tremblay) find themselves on a mission into the magical forest realm of Wildwood to save Prue’s kidnapped baby brother Mac, the intricate web of societies, races, and systems that prop up the setting are endlessly fascinating to keep track of thanks in large part to just how gorgeous it all looks. Laika’s films always push the boundaries of what’s possible for stop-motion animation, and the jaw-dropping artistry on display in Wildwood sees them doing it again. From the intricately authentic rendering of Portland, through each of the different domains of the massive, mystical forest, Wildwood is fathomless in its attention to fine detail.

Long stretches of the film achieve such a sense of immersion that, at its most effective, it’s easy to forget that Wildwood is a stop-motion film at all, a sensation that’s even more impressive when taking into account the wide array of fantasy trappings that Wildwood deploys.

At times, it’s surprising just how far Knight is willing to push the envelope for what could look on the surface like a kid-friendly romp.“

The nature-centric magic and anthropomorphic characters Prue and Curtis come up against will no doubt feel familiar to any fans of portal fantasies like Spirited Away, Labyrinth or The Chronicles of Narnia (not to mention Laika’s own Coraline), but Knight leans into the storytelling economy afforded to him by those archetypes with confidence. The “just go with it” style of his approach to what he chooses to detail about the history of Wildwood leaves moments where the movie breezes through exposition feeling pretty inoffensive, especially in light of just how fully-realized the world feels by the end of the movie. Through it all, the stakes of the story feel very high thanks to the quickly cascading conflict Prue and Curtis’ actions set off once they cross into the wilderness. Losses feel real, setbacks have consequences and people die in this movie, and with some amount of frequency at that. At times, it’s surprising just how far Knight is willing to push the envelope for what could look on the surface like a kid-friendly romp. Sure, nothing here approaches the hellish nightmare fuel present in the R-rated, Phil Tippett-directed Mad God, but make no mistake: Wildwood more than earns its PG-13 rating.

That doesn’t stop character motivations from being occasional stumbling blocks for Wildwood, though. As fantastical and well-conceived as Wildwood’s world is, protagonist Prue does sometimes feel lost in the shuffle. Prue’s a very modern 13-year-old girl who bristles against her granola mom and dad (Maya Erskine and Jake Johnson) and takes the full brunt of responsibility for losing her brother, giving the character plenty of weight to have to shoulder as more and more bravery and pluck is required of her. Peyton Elizabeth Lee’s performance is energetic and dynamic enough to keep Prue likable, but the script doesn’t find much room for her to be more specifically defined by anything other than the wrongs she’s trying to right. That may be partially by design, maybe to let younger audience members project themselves into her adventure, but it does leave Prue feeling less memorable than the world she’s adventuring through.

The tabletop RPG-loving Curtis, still stuck on hot chocolate when his peers have moved on to coffee, plays out an expected “zero to hero” arc, with Jacob Tremblay handling the character’s comedic timing well. Wildwood’s story does take Curtis away from Prue for a lot of the movie, and the pacing tends to drag when we check back in with him and the heroic bandits he crosses paths with in enemy territory. While the record-breaking 131-minute runtime more than justifies itself from a purely visual standpoint, plot detours like this do occasionally leave Wildwood feeling a little long in the tooth.

Growing her power within Wildwood is Alexandra (Carey Mulligan), a governess of the South Wood whose grief coming out of the movie’s shockingly macabre opening scene drives her towards equally dark choices as the story goes. Alexandra’s relationship to her grief is far more interesting and believable than her machinations to quell it, but Mulligan’s quavering, edgy performance is a consistent highlight. Some late effort is made to draw parallels between Alexandra and Prue’s parents, which could’ve made Alexandra an even more compelling antagonist, but those connections don’t feel properly seeded into the early scenes to be satisfying to consider later on. From Alexandra’s grief, though, Knight does have occasion to produce some of Wildwood’s most evocative imagery, and those gothic touches are a welcome contrast to the bright, teeming life which makes up the majority of the movie’s visual identity.

What’s left to be desired by the main players is more than made up for by Wildwood’s excellently cast supporting roster of magical creatures and heroes. Mahershala Ali and Amandla Stenberg? Badass bandits! Richard E. Grant? An owl king named Owl Rex! Tom Waits? Rage-filled coyote soldier! Charlie Day? Cowardly turncoat coyote soldier! From everyone as big as Angela Bassett’s giant eagle General to as small as Awkwafina’s spunky rat Septima, the voice cast is a key aspect of Wildwood’s personality. The color each of these characters add into the mix, especially the ways the animal characters’ more base instincts peek through in their personalities, does as much to create a sense of place as any of the sun-dappled valleys or ivy-ridden ruins that Prue and Curtis traverse.

As Prue and Curtis attempt to outwit Alexandra’s forces, Wildwood’s action is breathlessly staged. The early kidnapping of the baby brother Mac by a murder of Alexandra’s crows and the chase that ensues hints at some of the gonzo camera work that’s to follow, and once the real world’s in the rear view mirror, Knight draws from every corner of his meticulously-populated frames to add a surprising twist to a fight, or to increase the danger of being caught or killed. Knight also has a pretty judicious eye for when to lock the camera into a more grounded style of coverage, and when to let it off the chain. All that excitement is very effectively supported by composer Dario Marianelli’s score, a lively orchestral bedrock which is alternatingly lead by either folk string arrangements or more modern guitar sounds depending on the environment.

Tekken 8 Yujiro Teaser Reveals In-Game Render Just as Uncanny as Expected

Bandai Namco has revealed a first look at Tekken 8 DLC character Yujiro Hanma, and the Baki rep is looking just as uncanny as fans expected.

The new trailer for the fighting game’s Season 3 characters debuted alongside Evo France 2026. Following Kunimitsu’s release in June and Bob’s release in August, kangaroo-and-joey fighter Roger Jr. is now officially set for a November 11 early access launch, with the full release following November 16, but the character most fans are looking forward to is still without a proper release date.

Roger Jr. is definitely the star of the new Tekken 8 DLC trailer, with nearly three minutes of its four-minute runtime dedicated to showing off the marsupial boxer’s gameplay. The Yujiro teaser, meanwhile, is tucked at the end, but its reveals are particularly shocking. You can see how the Baki the Grappler villain has been reimagined within the world of Tekken below.

Yujiro is… expressive, to say the least, so nailing his face and bulging muscles was always going to draw attention. Well, the Bandai Namco team did their best, with today’s Evo trailer showing just a few shots of his iconic toothy smile and flexibility.

It looks like work on the anime guest character is still underway, but just because there’s no release date doesn’t mean there isn’t a plan to show more. The end of the new teaser promised that a new Yujiro trailer will premiere alongside the Tekken World Tour Finals January 17, 2027. That’s three months out from now, so we can probably expect to see gameplay by that point.

Looking back at the calendar, Bandai Namco has typically had a few months of downtime between Tekken 8 DLC releases. It will have been two months since Roger Jr. was released when the Yujiro trailer is shared, meaning we can also expect a release date announcement around that time, too. If we’re lucky, the Baki fighter might even drop that same day, but again, nothing regarding his release date has been confirmed quite yet.

Tekken 8 Clive Character Trailer Screenshots

Roger Jr. and Yujiro are both included in the Season 3 pass and will round out its promise of four bonus characters. Season 1 and Season 2 included fighters like Heihachi, Armor King, Anna, and Final Fantasy 16 protagonist Clive Rosfield. While passes cost $30 each, the Season 3 pass is currently available for $34.99.

IGN learned more about Yujiro’s inclusion in Tekken 8 when speaking with producer Naoya Yasuda and director of promotions and former Baki manga editor Yuki Yokoi earlier this year. Be sure to read the full interview for insight into how and why the team decided to include a character that never loses. You can also read about how former Tekken director Katsuhiro Harada influenced one of Roger Jr.’s best references, and the player who climbed through the ranks while blindfolded.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Marvel Tokon DLC Roadmap Reveals First Look at Jane Foster Thor Venom and Jubilee Coming in 2027

Marvel Tokon: Fighting Souls will continue its Year 1 DLC roadmap with Thor (Jane Foster) this winter, with two more characters coming in 2027.

Developer Arc System Works confirmed the lineup alongside Evo France 2026. The Jane Foster version of Asgard’s God of Thunder is now officially set to follow Phoenix Cyclops after he releases November 2, 2026, with today’s announcement coming with both a sneak peek at her Marvel Tokon model in Odin’s Vault on Asgard.

The clip doesn’t show too much, only teasing that we’ll probably see Jane fight off Loki while wielding Mjolnir when a proper gameplay trailer premieres at a later date. Arc System Works said she’s scheduled to launch in Marvel Tokon “winter 2027,” so expect to see her arrival sometime before March of next year. Despite some concerns from players that poor sales could jeopardize the Marvel fighting game’s future, at least two more characters will arrive in spring and summer 2027, too.

Yes, Spider-Man anti-hero and Symbiote menace Venom will finally join the roster in spring 2027. X-Men firecracker Jubilee will then follow in the summer of that year. While Cyclops and Thor are entering the fray as relatively lesser-known versions of themselves, Venom and Jubilee appear to be mostly straightforward.

That means Marvel Tokon players will get to see them fight the rest of the tag-team fighting with and against the game’s roster – which includes characters like Doctor Doom, Iron Man, Carnage, Magneto, and more – in Arc System Works’ heightened style. Although the details surrounding each DLC release are unclear, the reveal trailer did at least confirm that Venom will also come with a stage based on the Symbiote home world of Klyntar.

It’s all part of the Year 1 Character and Stage Pass, which costs $34.99. A roadmap with some of the most beloved characters from Marvel history would usually be enough to have comic book and video game fans frothing at the mouth, but uncertainty surrounding the project might have some looking at the Evo announcement in a different light.

Marvel Tokon: Fighting Souls Knights of Doom State of Play June 2026 Reveal Trailer – Screenshots

Marvel Tokon: Fighting Souls launched to strong reviews (a 9/10 from IGN) in August, but at least on PC, players have struggled. Its Steam launch brought mixed reviews from fans who complained of widespread technical issues and PlayStation Network requirements. Even as the developers almost immediately promised to investigate the issues, it didn’t take long for the backlash to swell to the point that famed fighting game community member Maximilian Dood wrote off playing the PC version altogether.

It only took a few days for Arc System Works to push out a fix for most players’ issues, but as Steam player numbers still struggle to break even 1,000 concurrent users (via SteamDB), even the developers have admitted earning back trust will be “extremely challenging.” While Marvel Tokon’s presence on PlayStation 5 seemed to go over well, director Kazuto Sekine eventually went on to apologize for the PC launch.

The developers clearly have a game plan for at least up until summer 2027. While we wait to see how characters like Thor, Venom, and Jubilee will punch and kick their way into Marvel Tokon, you can read about the characters dataminers were expecting to see first.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

How GTA 5 Took Over The World

There are over 230 million copies of Grand Theft Auto 5 in the world. As the second-highest selling game of all time, it has been played for billions of hours by players across the globe, making it one of the most significant pastimes in the entire world. That’s an impressive achievement for what in 2013 was simply the highly-anticipated next entry in Rockstar’s beloved (and notorious) open-world crime series. But GTA 5 proved to be much, much more than a typical sequel. It has become home to a huge, expressive, and loyal community, one which has made a digital hobby of everything from warring alien clans to producing slick vehicle stunt movies.

This is the story of how a video game became much more than a crime simulator.

Ash Skyqueen’s avatar weaves between the traffic of busy Dorset Drive on a motorbike spouting flames. Suddenly she veers, mounting the pavement at high speed and rebounding from the roof of a bus stop to achieve incredible air. Momentum carries her through a perfect circle, barely bigger than a human body, that forms the second ‘O’ of the ‘LIQUOR HOLE’ store sign. Pulling the ripcord of her parachute, she lands with a slight stagger at the door of the rundown booze establishment on Eclipse Boulevard – a couple of streets over from where her jump began.

It’s the first feat in a stunt montage which Ash put together to celebrate ten years of GTA 5 – the game that gave her freedom, companionship and goals when she was robbed of all three. “I’d had a ruptured disc in my spine, so I was bed bound shortly after the game came out,” she says. “All day every day for about three years straight, it became my therapy in a way. You’re stuck in bed, can’t do anything, can’t work, no social life, a pretty miserable existence. And then I’m suddenly connected to a community of people doing the same thing. It kept me from going insane.”

It’s a striking demonstration of why GTA 5 has remained a deeply important game to millions of players. A pillar of pop culture, it was erected in 2013 and has loomed over the entertainment industries during every year since. Thanks to the enduring love for its single-player story campaign and its ever-popular, seemingly invincible online mode, GTA 5 has spanned three console generations and made around $10 billion dollars for publisher Take-Two – over 3 times more than the highest-grossing movie ever. When Shawn Levy and Ryan Reynolds made Free Guy, a Hollywood comedy about the social connection and wanton violence of online games, it was GTA they chose to riff on.

Where previous Grand Theft Auto entries were cinema-riffing crime simulators that routinely broke sales records, GTA 5 has evolved beyond those confines. It has become an alternate world where players can escape to a funhouse mirror version of LA – the most mythologised city on the planet. There they become whoever they want to be: stunt specialist, bank robber, nightclub kid, hitchhiker or filmmaker.

The GTA Campaign, Re-Tuned

In some ways, GTA 5 was a course correction for Rockstar. While 2008’s Grand Theft Auto 4 had been rapturously received, it was a narrower interpretation of what the series could be. Some players chafed against its dour and grounded tone, as well as the unforgiving driving simulation that threatened to hurl speeding players through the windscreen. It was a largely straight-faced vision that left a space for rivals like Saints Row developer Volition, who filled the vacuum with gleefully absurd city sandboxes populated by dildo-toting gangsters and gimp chariots.

GTA 5, however, saw Rockstar reclaim its lost territory in the single-player space without compromising its serious storytelling chops. The developer turned up all the dials on its screaming satire, filling its campaign missions with ludicrous plane, train, and helicopter setpieces in which the bodies hit the floor without moral consequence. The driving was made friendlier, and the oppressive skyscrapers of GTA 4 replaced by the open freeways of the San Andreas countryside. Yet GTA 5 also told the ambitious tale of three controllable protagonists at totally different points in their lives – Franklin, the young and hungry Scarface-in-waiting; Michael, the washed-up cuckold; and Trevor, the psychopathic embodiment of the five-star Wanted level.

As clear as that ambition is to see in the final product, Mike York had nothing close to a sense of that full picture when he first joined the GTA 5 development team as an animator, two and a half years before its launch.

“A lot of times during production you’re thrown in there, and you don’t know what the story is and how it plays out,” he says. “There are a lot of scenes where I didn’t even know what came before or after. I was so out of the loop with the story of the game. They just threw me a cutscene with Tanisha and Franklin and were like, ‘Hey, can you do the body animation on this?’ But I had no idea how it connected. All I knew is, ‘Damn, this girl looks mad at Franklin. She looks like she just broke up with him.’”

Even in the final six months of development, when members of the team were “all hands on deck” and testing the game for eight hours every day, it was impossible to perceive GTA 5 in its entirety.

“As a tester, you’re trying to play through the whole game over and over and over again,” York says. “But the game is very long. A lot of times I would play the game from the very beginning, up until 60% or 70%, and then a new build of the game would come out where they fixed a bunch of bugs. And so I only played the game from start to finish all the way one time, and that was after I was done from the project and played it at my house by myself.”

I was shocked about how massive it was, how big the world was, and how cool it was to switch characters.“

Only then could York finally appreciate the enormous puzzle he’d been contributing pieces to for so long. “I think the biggest thing I was shocked about was how massive it was, how big the world was, and how cool the system was of being able to switch characters,” he says. “I thought that was unique, and I knew that players hadn’t seen that before.” It’s a system that Rockstar’s peers in the triple-A sphere are only now catching up to – infusing Spider-Man 2 and Assassin’s Creed Shadows with swappable protagonists whose stories are entwined.

As an American, York appreciated Rockstar North’s Scottish perspective – an outsider’s view of the quirks and comedy inherent in LA culture. “I think they have a pretty good eye, a good touch on our society,” he says. “And that’s because, even though the main studio is in Edinburgh, a lot of the people that work there are from the US, or all they do is watch US TV shows and play US games. They’re engulfed in our culture in general. So even though they live in the UK, they have a good pulse on everything that’s going around here.”

When the midnight launch came, Ash Skyqueen and her sister stood in line at the Metrocentre shopping mall in the north-east of England. Like so many others, she took the game home and pushed it straight into the console. Behind the scenes, the development team were “stoked, walking around the office and telling people, ‘Oh my God, did you see we just sold this many?’ There were a lot of funny comments from people on YouTube channels and we were all geeking out about that.”

Simultaneously, however, Rockstar was readying to launch GTA Online – the platform that would take Los Santos multiplayer. “We were trying to get prepared for that, too,” York says. “So half of it is excitement, and the other half is trying to get some stuff done for Online.”

The Live-Service Frontier

GTA Online arrived only two weeks after its parent game and immediately ran into problems. There were difficulties with servers, crashes and lost character progress. The IGN review of the time criticised the repetitive missions and oddly mute player avatars, who contributed little to cutscenes with established GTA characters like Trevor. “I’m left with the overbearing impression,” wrote Keza MacDonald, “that Grand Theft Auto Online as it stands right now is still a colour sketch of what it will probably one day become.”

In 2017, Rockstar’s then director of design, Imran Sarwar, offered an unusually frank assessment of GTA Online’s formative period. “To be totally honest it did not begin very well at all,” he told Game Informer. “It’s one of our biggest regrets that we lost millions of players in that first year that have never experienced how much we have improved and added to the game since the early days.”

It’s one of our biggest regrets that we lost millions of players in that first year.“

Rockstar had promised players cooperative heists – huge multistage missions featuring lavish story sequences in the mode of single-player GTA. But the company’s first attempts didn’t live up to its own standards and had to be redesigned from scratch, leading to several delays.

“GTA Online was slowly failing – and quickly losing players – right up until the middle of 2014,” Sarwar said. “The updates were not interesting enough, and as a company we did not realise how challenging it was going to be to have a team that essentially ran a content service, not make normal games.”

This is not the obvious oversight it might seem today. When GTA Online launched, the live service model was in its nascency. Fortunately, as Rockstar fumbled around trying to figure out the shape of its multiplayer platform, it had a critically acclaimed single-player game to lean on. “GTA 5 helped prop up GTA Online in the early days when Rockstar was still exploring how it wanted the online component to work,” says James McWhirter, senior games analyst at Omdia. “There was a lot of experimentation going on behind the scenes.”

Some of those experiments were in economics. If there’s a comparison to be drawn, it’s Team Fortress 2 – the competitive FPS that Valve used as a testing ground for new business models that have since become standard in Counter-Strike, Dota 2, and a host of other games besides. Ultimately, GTA 5 has made its billions through multiple different methods.

“It’s simultaneously pulling all of those levers,” McWhirter says. “You’ve got the upfront sales for GTA 5 itself, the full game. You’ve got in-game purchases via GTA Online, and now Rockstar have begun to lean into subscriptions with GTA+.”

None of that would have panned out if the GTA Online team hadn’t solved its biggest creative problem: heists. As Rockstar began to update its world with unique new stories and complex missions that demanded coordination and mastery from their players, GTA Online genuinely started to look like the future of the series rather than a flawed spin-off. Even resolutely solo players braved the servers for fear of being left behind.

“I was kind of shocked by how much extra story and missions they put into Online,” York says, who left Rockstar in 2017 – a few years before the likes of the Cayo Perico and Diamond Casino heists were added. “They really went all out, I felt, adding all kinds of stuff to do in there.”

Online Superiority

GTA Online’s turnaround and subsequent financial success came at the cost of single-player expansions. Actor Steven Ogg filmed scenes for a solo campaign that would have featured Trevor as an undercover agent, but it never emerged thanks to GTA Online sucking up many of the resources once earmarked for DLC.

“I can’t speak for the company, obviously,” York says. “But I think that they wanted to do a little bit of both. And I think they did have strong intent with DLC stuff, but the Online just did better. That happens a lot at studios, where they’ll have a DLC lined up that they’ll have plans for, and then they’ll completely shut it down because they realise something else is way more important – or they don’t even know if that DLC is going to perform well at all. They’d rather just not take the risk on it.”

Similar to Minecraft or Fortnite, it’s a virtual world first and foremost, and a game second.“

GTA Online effectively took the place of traditional expansions, becoming an endgame for solo players who had exhausted every mission and diversion in GTA 5. Unusually for newcomers to an MMO, they arrived with dozens of hours of investment in its world and characters. “You know the map and where the streets are,” York says. “You finally get your own character.”

“I played it like a single-player expansion at first,” Ash Skyqueen says. “Played through everything I could by myself, and kept playing. The mechanics have always been what appeals, so it was easy to sit there and figure out what I could do.”

It’s with this spirit of exploration that GTA’s developers and players outgrew the limitations of the series’ original premise. “The more comfortable we were pushing beyond the traditional GTA concepts and experimenting more freely, we were able to introduce things like Cunning Stunts, the Special Vehicle Races, and adversary modes like Power Play, Tiny Racers, or Slasher,” Sarwar told Game Informer.

The backdrop of Los Santos, recognisable as a contemporary city only slightly adjacent to our own world, proved helpfully malleable. “One of the updates GTA Online brought in was a TrackMania style game, racing in the cloud with a top-down perspective, almost like Micro Machines,” McWhirter says. “That just wouldn’t have been possible in Red Dead Redemption. Anything with a real world analog can be realised in GTA Online, so it’s a much more potent canvas for content updates over a long period of time. Whereas Red Dead is a lot more tied to its fiction. You couldn’t have flying horses, like having flying cars added to GTA Online.”

That flexibility has enabled Rockstar to transform GTA into a platform for many different kinds of experiences, capable of holding player attention indefinitely. “Similar to Minecraft or Fortnite, it’s a virtual world first and foremost, and a game second,” McWhirter says. “In terms of GTA Online, the racing updates with the crazy track editors are a good example of how content that could perhaps normally make for a standalone game became a bolt-on for GTA Online.”

Over time, these bolt-ons have replaced smaller game releases in Rockstar’s catalogue, for better or worse. “I would consider GTA Online to be the modern day equivalent of the double-A titles that Take-Two used to push out between those blockbuster games,” McWhirter says. “If we go back to the PS3 and 360 generation, there were games like Rockstar Games Presents Table Tennis and Bully, which we don’t really see anymore because teams are busy making content for GTA Online instead. Because that’s more valuable for the publisher. It helps them buy time between major GTA releases.”

More Than Multiplayer

For players like Ash Skyqueen, a new content drop in GTA Online serves a dual purpose. Beyond the extra heists and missions to play through, every update is a toy box filled with fresh animations and props to be repurposed in fan-made movies.

Skyqueen got into making machinima through her community of stunters, who made use of a modding tool named MenyooSP. “It gives you access to everything,” she says. “I can set up a secondary character, give it a list of actions and animations to carry out, and then manually control my character and do what I need to do.”

In her own movies, Skyqueen is star, stuntperson and director – the latter role enabled by the official video editor Rockstar added to GTA 5 back in 2015. One of her most popular creations, the silent short film Siren, evokes the intro cutscene of GTA 3 – following a Bonnie and Clyde-esque couple who wreak havoc as the FIB closes in. In the climax, a pre-programmed prison bus travels down the freeway – before Ash swings in on her bike to take down the convoy.

“There’s a lot of choreography involved,” she says. “I’ll often just sit there with a nine-hour long YouTube video of all the GTA story cutscenes, keeping my eye out for something that I can use in a different context.”

180,000 viewers have watched Siren. Almost a million people have watched her Liqour Hole stunt. And Skyqueen hopes Rockstar will implement some of MenyooSP’s innovations officially in GTA 6. “I know they take note of this kind of stuff, and they certainly have promoted work that’s been made with it.”

The ongoing success of GTA 5 raises questions about its eventual fate, once Rockstar’s sequel launches in November 2026. Will the studio run two versions of GTA Online simultaneously, at the risk of cannibalising its own playerbase? If not, and the GTA Online audience is migrated to a new Floridian setting, how will Rockstar account for all the properties and vehicles players have paid for?

“If a new online mode is a completely separate thing from GTA 5 Online, managing continuously between two live service games is something that is currently unproven and it could be fraught,” McWhirter says. “I think that’s probably the biggest risk for them.” The situation brings to mind the arrival of EverQuest 2 in the mid noughties, when developer Sony Online Entertainment discovered that players typically played just one MMO and stuck with it. In such a context, a sequel’s biggest threat can be its own predecessor.

“I think GTA 5 is going to solidify as one of the greatest games in history,” York says. “I think its legacy is already etched. It was revolutionary in so many aspects – in character switching and story. I’m shocked that people are still playing GTA 5, and it goes to show you how good that game is.”

While admitting to a certain amount of bias as a former member of the development team, York believes that GTA 5 will be bigger than its own sequel once the dust settles. “I feel like GTA 5 was something special in gaming culture and history, and it’s gonna leave a lasting mark,” he says. “Games will come and go around it. My intuition is that GTA 6 will come out, people will love it, but it won’t be GTA 5. And people will constantly compare it to GTA 5. It’s going to be the most nostalgic for people, it’s going to be the one that affected them most as kids. And so I just feel like GTA 5 is going to be the GTA to be remembered. It’s gonna supersede Vice City. This is the one that marked history.”

For Ash Skyqueen, who can no longer drive around a city in real life, GTA 5 is much more than a game. “It gives me that little bit of freedom back that I lost with the injury,” she says. “Though it’s simulated, it has such a good feel to it. I’ll always get on at Christmas when they turn on the snow. You’re walking around the streets at night, and it gives you that same vibe as in real life. In other games it’s just an aesthetic. But you can feel that stillness that comes with a dark snowy night. I don’t know how they do it.”

Jeremy Peel is a freelance journalist and friend to anyone who will look at photos of his dogs.

Godzilla Minus Zero Trailer Reveals King Ghidorah Gravity Beams

Toho’s latest Godzilla Minus Zero trailer is here and puts the spotlight on King Ghidorah’s lightning-like gravity beams and Godzilla’s iconic atomic breath.

This new sneak peek at the King of the Monsters and the latest iteration of his archnemesis debuted as part of New York Comic Con 2026. Toho refrained from showing its new design for Ghidorah yet again, but there’s still plenty of new footage to see in the one-minute video.

How did Noriko Oishi (Minami Hamabe) survive Godzilla’s first attack? That’s the question Godzilla Minus Zero teases an answer for in its second full-length trailer. It looks like viewers are in for pure carnage this time around, as the three-headed kaiju zaps any airborne structures out of the sky left and right. You can see how the sequel’s returning human crew will “fight fire with fire” next month in the trailer below.

Fight fire with fire. 🔥 #GodzillaMinusZero

Godzilla Day IMAX Early Access on November 3. In theatres November 6.

Tickets on sale now.

https://t.co/2Ktmma6fOa https://t.co/U0NvFbnGL9

— GODZILLA.OFFICIAL (@Godzilla_Toho) October 11, 2026

With less than a month until its premiere, it seems the filmmakers behind the Godzilla Minus One sequel are going to save the full Ghidorah reveal for those who go to the theater. We’ll at least know how the character has been redesigned for the Minus universe when it premieres November 6.

Godzilla Minus Zero’s NYCC presence wasn’t just limited to this electrifying new trailer, though. Producer Kazuaki Kishida, visual effects artist and compositor Tatsuji Nojima, sound designer and Foley artist Natsuko Inoue, and production and post-production sound mixer Hisafumi Takeuchi all gathered in New York for a panel covering the sequel and how it came to be. IGN attended the talk and came away with a few highlights.

Nojima, who walked away from Godzilla Minus One as the first Gen Z Oscar winner in the visual effects category, said his time working on the 2023 film started simply as a hobby before director Takashi Yamazaki took note of his abilities. Kishida joked, “I don’t know if I’d have a job right now” if not for the 25-year-old VFX artist’s work, but Nojima isn’t the only younger member of the crew.

Godzilla Minus Zero Images

“There are even younger team members on the Godzilla Minus Zero team – 22, 23,” Kishida said via translator. “They’re talented enough to be given an entire cut or a scene to manage on their own. Director Yamazaki really likes working with young talent. I think he’s very open-minded, and he absorbs whatever fresh takes or new ways younger artists are approaching different problems, and how they’re solving it. There isn’t really an age hierarchy in his organization. Everyone works very collaboratively, and I think it’s a very good environment for young artists to try and flex what they have.”

One VFX-packed scene that viewers have already caught in trailers sees Godzilla emerging from the ocean while chasing after a plane. Even short moments like this can be quite complicated to bring to life when skyscraper-sized monsters are involved. Godzilla Minus Zero’s status as the first Japanese production filmed for IMAX only made the process more complex, which is why it’s especially impressive that the ocean scene in question required 2 billion particles and was made by just two people.

Meanwhile, the crew had to get especially creative when trying to imagine what creatures like Godzilla and Ghidorah would sound like in real life. In Godzilla Minus One, the echo of its title kaiju’s unmistakable roar was recorded by capturing audio of his voice in a baseball stadium. Introducing a new monster with Godzilla Minus Zero then took them to record audio in a dam.

“I recall there were people having a picnic, maybe people just taking a stroll,” Inoue said. “The person walking their dog, though, they had the worst time because the dog was freaking out and barking back at us.”

It’ll all come together in just a few short weeks. In the meantime, you can see why IGN gave Godzilla Minus One an 8/10. We’ve also already got a review for Godzilla Minus Zero, and you can see why we gave it a 7/10 here.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Brad Bird’s Animated Retro Sci-Fi Noir

Ray Gunn opens in select theaters on December 4 and arrives on Netflix on December 18. The film premiered on October 10 at the London Film Festival.

A 30-odd-year passion project for director Brad Bird, Ray Gunn is a nifty sci-fi/film noir mashup that’s sumptuously designed and cleverly realized, but is slightly dinged by an overlong runtime and occasionally clunky story.

Set in the vast futuristic city of Metropia, Ray Gunn follows its titular private eye (voiced by Sam Rockwell) as he and his one-eyed alien partner, Eye-Ra (Tom Waits), investigate a case involving the world’s biggest pop star, Venus Nova (Scarlett Johansson), that leads to murder, corruption and other nefarious things. If that sounds pretty gritty for an animated film from the director of The Incredibles and Ratatouille, it is.

Ray Gunn definitely leans toward a slightly older demographic than the broader audience of Bird’s past films for Pixar, which is perfectly fine since animation can obviously be more than just one kind of movie made specifically for children. While it may not be a zany animated comedy for the whole family, Ray Gunn still offers its share of cartoon hijinks for anyone who does watch it with their kids. Ray’s particle blaster pistol yields some raucous moments that would otherwise be considered body horror in a more serious film, and there’s a little alien version of essentially a French bulldog that satisfies the cute factor.

The alien designs are rather familiar but appropriate for the world these characters inhabit. The film uses some of these alien designs for humor and utility, such as Eye-Ra’s spider-like climbing skills. Other aliens are homages to film noir characters. The Jabba-like crime lord Slugsy is clearly patterned after The Maltese Falcon and Casablanca actor Sydney Greenstreet while his little henchman looks and sounds just like Peter Lorre.

The aliens who inhabit Metropia also serve as the film’s metaphor for a world where segregation and xenophobia still exist but are applied to aliens instead of humans. Aliens do all the manual labor and are banned from entering certain human facilities (for example, aliens must go to their own hospitals). There were even more avenues Ray Gunn could’ve taken to explore these serious issues a bit deeper. Unfortunately, the most noteworthy discussion about how the film explores its metaphor for racism can’t be discussed here due to major spoilers, but it was something different than an animated movie has broached before and the film handles it thoughtfully.

Ray Gunn drags a bit in the middle as the story winds its ways through the requisite beats of a detective procedural, trying to misdirect the viewer on things and characters that seemed rather obvious all along. The film, especially during its homestretch, also packs in a lot of under-explored messaging about the entertainment industry, technology and human nature without delving deeply enough to explore any of those topics beyond the cursory.

On a technical level, Ray Gunn boasts a stellar retro-futuristic aesthetic across the board, from its architecture to its costumes and gizmos and vehicles. This is a beautiful looking and sounding film (one that was especially enjoyable in a Dolby theater, so it’s a shame that most people probably won’t discover Ray Gunn until it lands on Netflix).

Ray Gunn: Brad Bird’s Next Animated Film

Composer Michael Giacchino’s moody score sounds exactly like one you’d hear in a 1940s movie, especially during more dialogue-driven or romantic scenes. All of the creative elements make Ray Gunn pulpy fun with an old-school sci-fi gloss.

The voice cast are uniformly solid across the board, with Rockwell leading the pack as the hardboiled but glib gumshoe who somehow holds on to his optimism. The cynicism that’s inherent in film noir is provided here by Eye-Ra, who Waits plays with just the right mix of world-weariness and wry wit. Matt Berry is suitably erudite but sleazy as the voice of Slugsy, while Bobby Canavale, Alan Tudyk, Michelle Rodriguez and Kether Donohue all get their respective moments to shine in supporting roles.

And it should come as no surprise that Scarlett Johansson lends a breathy sultriness to the film’s femme fatale Venus Nova, but what might surprise you is how fine of a singer she is. Composer Kimbra provides three songs for the film that Johansson performs, with “Innocent” being the biggest earworm of the group.

Star Citizen Single-Player Spinoff Squadron 42 Gets Flashy New Trailer, Steam Wishlists, Cast Reveal

Star Citizen developer Cloud Imperium Games has pulled back the curtain on single-player spinoff Squadron 42 with a new cinematic trailer, the launch of Steam wishlists, and a full cast reveal.

Squadron 42 is the story-driven off-shoot of space sim Star Citizen, which Cloud Imperium Games has worked on for the last 12 years. Its 12-year development is led by Chris Roberts, creator of the Wing Commander series. Indeed, Squadron 42 is a spiritual successor to Wing Commander, and like the Wing Commander games, Squadron 42 features a string of Hollywood stars, such as Mark Hamill, Gary Oldman, Gillian Anderson, Ben Mendelsohn, and Henry Cavill.

The game fuses space combat, first-person shooter action, and a character-driven narrative supported by full performance capture. CIG said the performances are woven directly into gameplay, so you won’t just see those famous actors within cinematics.

Squadron 42 Screenshots

Here’s the setup:

The year is 2945, and the United Empire of Earth stands on the verge of collapse as threats from outlaws and hostile alien forces emerge from the darkest reaches of space. Players enlist as a rookie in the UEE Navy, embarking on a dangerous journey that will take them from a recruit to the heart of a galactic war. Stationed aboard a massive capital ship, they’ll live and work alongside a dynamic crew, forge relationships, and face the sacrifices and split-second decisions that will shape their path forward as they earn their place, their rank, and their legacy.

And here’s what to expect from the structure of the game:

Whether maneuvering through a space battle, stealthily moving through an enemy-held location, or making a critical decision alongside fellow crew members, players will experience the story firsthand through a mix of action, exploration, and interactive cinematic sequences. Together, these elements pair the scale of a space epic with the personal stakes of a story about the people fighting to survive it.

The trailer shows a decent amount of gameplay, including first-person sections, some of which involve platforming and puzzle solving, ship customization, off duty activities, a hacking mini-game, and a glimpse at narrative choices. Ian Duncan, best known for playing Todd Todmore on BBC comedy Broken News, is the male player character, and prolific video game actor Alix Wilton Regan (Samantha Traynor in Mass Effect 3, the female Inquisitor in Dragon Age: Inquisition, Aya in Assassin’s Creed Origins, and Lara Croft in the upcoming Tomb Raider games) plays the female player character.

Squadron 42 features an A-list cast. Image credit: CIG.

Star Citizen cast

  • Mark Hamill
  • Gary Oldman
  • Mark Strong
  • John Rhys-Davies
  • Henry Cavill
  • Ben Mendelsohn
  • Liam Cunningham
  • Andy Serkis
  • Jack Huston
  • Rhona Mitra
  • Eleanor Tomlinson
  • Sandi Roberts
  • Harry Treadaway
  • Danny Huston
  • Jonathan Bailey
  • Gillian Anderson
  • Ian Duncan
  • Alix Wilton Regan
  • Damson Idris
  • Jane Perry

In August, CIG delayed Squadron 42 to Q2 2027, with Roberts insisting it wouldn’t get the attention it deserves if it came out at the end of 2026 because of November’s GTA 6.

“At CitizenCon 2024, we announced we would ship in 2026. Our plan was to release in Q4 around IAE,” Roberts said at the time. “But much like the rest of the industry there is no way I want to launch my spiritual successor to Wing Commander, a game that has had 12 years of blood, sweat and tears invested into it (we started Squadron 42 development in 2014 as 2013 was opening studios, hiring people and getting the Hangar module out for Star Citizen) launching into the attention buzz saw of GTA 6. While GTA 6 isn’t launching on PC this November, pretty much all outlets and most content creators will be all over it, not leaving a lot of room for other coverage.”

The delay announcement came hot on the heels of a disastrous Star Citizen developer livestream that went radically off the rails. After early access players complained of bugs and issues with a new update to the game, CIG held a stream to show the “intended” version of the experience, only to be met with the same issues, if not worse. It led to passive-aggressive comments between the developers themselves and an uncomfortable tension in the air.

Star Citizen crossed the $1 billion raised barrier in May — a significant milestone that came shortly after a $5,000 virtual spaceship you couldn’t actually fly in-game went on sale. It’s since raised a further $50 million.

Star Citizen is considered one of the most controversial projects in all video games. Over the 14 years since its crowdfunding drive began, Star Citizen has been called many things, including a scam by those who wonder whether it will ever properly launch. Its virtual ships, some of which cost thousands of dollars, are often the focus of criticism. But its loyal fanbase insist it’s one of the most compelling space sims around, and continue to pump millions of dollars into the project via ship sales.

Star Citizen itself remains without a release window.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

The Exorcist Martyrs, Paranormal Activity 8, Anything But Ghosts, and More

Friday night at New York Comic Con was all about Blumhouse, with a 90 minute “Blumfest” panel that was devoted to a ton of upcoming films from the combined forces of Jason Blum’s Blumhouse and James Wan’s Atomic Monster.

The panel kicked off with the reveal that moderator and YouTuber MatPat had signed a deal with Blumhouse to produce films based on indie horror games, along with announcement that their first project would be Amanda the Adventurer: The Movie. From there, MatPat, Blumhouse founder Jason Blum, and Atomic Monster founder James Wan went on to preview a ton of other projects to varying degrees, from quick status checks, to director announcements, to trailer debuts and cast appearances.

Credit: IGN

Here’s the rundown on the rundown!

The Exorcist: Martyrs trailer reveal

Credit: IGN

Director Mike Flanagan and cast member Chiwetel Ejiofor were on hand for the debut of the trailer for the upcoming new entry in The Exorcist franchise. Flanagan noted he had set a goal for himself to make Martyrs the scariest project he’d ever made and said he thinks he’s succeeded, declaring, “This movie is so goddamn scary. I could feel it on set. I can’t wait for you guys to see it.”

You can get a lot more insight from Flanagan about The Exorcist: Martyrs and what is glimpsed in the trailer — including the notable influence of The Exorcist III — in IGN’s exclusive new Q&A with the filmmaker.

Heidi Wong’s new project

Known for her horror reviews and horror movie scene recreations, content creator Heidi Wong, AKA the Horror Queen, made an appearance to announce she will be writing and directing an original short film for Blumhouse. Blum the plan is to then develop the concept to hopefully make into a feature film as well.

Wong didn’t want to give plot specifics yet but said that her story is inspired by Eastern mythology and folklore and that having grown up in Asia, it was subject matter she was close to.

A first look at River

A recent sensation at TIFF, where it premiered, this slasher movie became part of a bidding war before Universal, in partnership with Blumhouse and Atomic Monster won out, paying $10 million for distribution.

A trailer was shown for the film, which hasn’t been officially released wide yet (but there might be some “filmed from the screen” versions out there) and it was highly effective and freaky, as Jessica Rothe’s character goes swimming in a river, only for a hulking, silent man (Dane DiLiegro) leaps in the water and swims straight at her, quickly threatening to catch up to her as she desperately tries to make it back to the boat holding her siblings (Jane Levy and Max Mattern).

Rothe was there to promote the film, and the Happy Death Day star called River “a wild fucking ride, guys!”

RoboCop, Blair Witch, and Saw teases

Quick check ins were done for several franchise reboots on the way from Blumhouse and Atomic Monster, though there was not a lot of actual new info for the likes of RoboCop (this time a Prime Video series) and the next entries in the Blair Witch and Saw entries, beyond reiterating previously revealed factors, like Dan Stevens starring in RoboCop and Dylan Clark directing the fourth Blair Witch Project film.

But there was a bit more of a coy non-reveal for Saw 11, with Blum saying how important it was to purchase the franchise and put it back under the guidance of Wan and Leigh Whannell, who made the original film together. Blum promised they’d bring Saw back “in a whole new way,” while Wan said he chose Mike P. Nelson to direct because he felt like he was a good fit as a filmmaker, including a talent for delivering surprises.

Asked what he felt was the most essential element to making a Saw movie, Wan implied there was a crucial part of the movie he had to keep a secret still, saying, “The thing that I really want to say, I cannot say just yet. What makes a Saw movie a Saw movie, I think you guys just have to wait… it’ll be worth it!”

Paranormal Activity 8 updates

Blumhouse got its start with the original Paranormal Activity and Blum said while that would always mean the title was very significant to him, it was actually Wan who pushed to make a new one.

Wan said he felt they could “make a movie as scary as the first one and really pay tribute to the first one.” And as it turns out, that will include quite literally returning to the first film’s events in some capacity. A video from set had director Ian Tuason say they would be “taking you back to a familiar space,” as footage from the original film was intercut to make sure we realized the set Tuason was standing on was the bedroom from the first Paranormal Activity that belonged to the ill-fated Katie and Micah.

Molepeople announced, starring Lakeith Stanfield

Director Rob Savage was on hand both to promote the film he has hitting theaters this weekend, Other Mommy, but he and Wan also announced his next project, Molepeople.

Savage described Molepeople as “a subturanan horror movie that’s gonna scare the living shit out of you. It’s in the vein of The Texas Chainsaw Massacre and The Hills Have Eyes. “

Savage revealed Lakeith Stanfield will star. Stanfield made a surprise appearance, saying he was drawn to the film because he found it to be “something I thought can be engaging, action packed, cool, fun, and then also a little bit of commentary too; something to think about.”

Curry Barker talks Anything But Ghosts

Obsession writer-director Curry Barker and one of that film’s stars, Cooper Tomlinson, were there to talk about their new film, the comedy-horror Anything But Ghosts, along with reflecting on Obsession’s amazing box office success and how it’s changed their lives since it opened.

Anything But Ghosts stars Barker and Tomlinson as two “ghost hunter con artists,” who put on a big show to mask their trickery, and what happens when they get the biggest job they’ve ever had, only to need to figure out what to do when this turns out to be the real thing in the ghost department. The film recently got a release date for May 7, 2027.

Barker and Tomlinson had made and starred in comedy shorts together for years before Obsession, but Barker ended up not having an on-camera role in Obsession. When it came Anything But Ghosts, though, the duo noted they always imagined they’d star in it from the time it was being written. Blum had high praise for Barker in the movie, saying he couldn’t imagine anyone else in the role now that he’s seen it.

Something is Killing the Children has a director

The night wrapped up with the announcement that Blumhouse’s adaptation of the comic book Something is Killing the Children has found its director: Craig Zobel (The Hunt, The Penguin).

The comics’ co-creator, writer James Tynion IV, said he and artist/co-creator Werther Dell’Edera “always knew this was a franchise with the potential to meet a much, much bigger audience,” which they felt the film version would allow them to realize.

The next key component will be casting the lead character, Erica Slaughter, in this story of a mother hunting down monsters that target kids. Tynion spoke about Erica’s considerable strength, both mental and physical, while also noting how funny she can be, something he thinks should be an important part of the casting process.

And rest assured, Octo the octopus toy was promised to be in the film…

Naruto Teasers Reveal Shadow Rising Manga and Anime Series

Naruto is alive and well, as author Masashi Kishimoto has announced a new manga called Shadow Rising – and a new anime crossover series is on the way, too.

Both Naruto projects were announced during the Naruto panel at New York Comic Con 2026. Details about the manga, specifically, were light, with only Kishimoto’s involvement and its “Shadow Rising” title confirmed for now.

The panel did come with more information about that anime series, though. Aptly titled “Naruto x Ninku,” the show will serve as a full-on crossover between Naruto and popular ’90s manga and anime franchise Ninku. Both the show and the manga did receive teaser trailers, which you can see below.

A teaser for new NARUTO manga by Masashi Kishimoto is here!

Stay tuned for more updates at the NARUTO Super Stage at Jump Festa 2027!

#PROJECT_RASENGAN #NARUTO #JumpFesta https://t.co/EseP4OSffI

— NARUTO OFFICIAL (@NARUTO_info_en) October 10, 2026

Two legendary shinobi series collide.

Fully supervised by Koji Kiriyama and Masashi Kishimoto, NARUTO x NINKŪ is in production!

Director: Noriyuki Abe

Character Designer / Chief Animation Director: Tetsuya Nishio

https://t.co/d9fv6N2g86

#PROJECT_RASENGAN #NARUTO #NINKU https://t.co/VExZf7MTeJ

— NARUTO OFFICIAL (@NARUTO_info_en) October 10, 2026

“Team 7 members Naruto, Sasuke, and Sakura are given a mission by Kakashi,” an official description for Naruto x Ninku said. “Since Kakashi cannot participate himself, Naruto is appointed acting leader. As a result of this decision, Naruto is fully motivated to make the mission a success. However, on the way, Team 7 finds themselves lost in another world. What appears before the bewildered trio is a boy with a face resembling a frog’s, named Fūsuke. What awaits them in this strange new world?”

Meanwhile, as reported by Variety, the Naruto panel also came with a surprise update on the live-action movie. Amid rumors of early plot details and casting decisions, director Destin Daniel Cretton shared a message where he explained “what an honor it is to bring Kishimoto-sensei’s incredible world and characters to life.”

“The further we get into making this film, the more excited I am about what we’re creating,” he continued. “What I’ve always loved about Naruto is that he’s the character who might normally get sidelined as a sidekick. He’s excitable, he tries too hard, and people underestimate him. But he has an incredible heart. No matter how many times he fails or gets knocked down, he never stops believing in himself or fighting for the people he loves. That spirit is at the heart of the story we’re telling.

“These characters mean so much to so many people, myself included, and I carry that with me as we make this film. We’re approaching the world, relationships, and journeys Kishimoto-sensei created with a lot of care, and we want to capture what makes NARUTO so special. We’re hard at work and will have more to share soon. Until then, thank you for your passion, your patience, and for being along for the ride. I can’t wait for you to see what’s ahead!”

A description in the YouTube upload for Shadow Rising promised more details will be shared at the Naruto Super Stage at Jump Festa 2027. The Naruto x Ninku upload, meanwhile, confirmed that the show is in production with supervision from Kishimoto and Ninku author Koji Kiriyama, with the Naruto X/Twitter account confirming Noriyuki Abe as its director and Tetsuya Nishio as its character designer/chief animation director. Release date details remain a mystery for now.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Nicolas Cage Says He’ll Probably Not Work With Amazon Again After Declining AI Waiver on Spider-Noir

Nicolas Cage said he’ll “probably not work with” Amazon again after declining to sign a waiver to use AI on Spider-Noir.

The National Treasure actor made his position on the controversial technology clear during a New York Comic Con 2026 panel attended by IGN. His work on Amazon’s Prime Video Spider-Noir show officially came to an end when the Marvel project was canceled last month, but it doesn’t sound like he would have been too excited to return for a second season anyway.

“Amazon is a very AI-friendly company, to the tune of $50 billion invested in OpenAI. I’m not an AI-friendly actor,” Cage said. “I’m not part of their club. I didn’t sign the waiver to use AI on Spider-Noir. I’ll probably not work with that studio again, but that’s OK.”

Nicolas Cage. Photo by Michael Loccisano/Getty Images.

Cage is far from a newcomer to the growing list of Hollywood talent to come out against AI in recent years. In early 2025, the actor used the Saturn Awards as an opportunity to speak against artificial intelligence, saying he’s “a big believer in not letting robots dream for us.”

“Robots cannot reflect the human condition for us,” he continued. “That is a dead end if an actor lets one AI robot manipulate his or her performance even a little bit, an inch will eventually become a mile and all integrity, purity, and truth of art will be replaced by financial interests only. We can’t let that happen.”

He also told The New Yorker that he was “terrified” of AI in 2024. Now that Cage is likely writing off working with Amazon, it sounds like he’s putting his money where his mouth is.

The Best Nicolas Cage Movies

Cage isn’t just avoiding AI; he’s also backing other anti-AI filmmakers. One fresh face in the Hollywood scene that he had kind words for at NYCC was YouTuber-turned-director Kane Parsons. The budding moviemaker behind Backrooms previously called attention to the “genuinely harmful consequences” generative AI has inflicted on society, and now, Cage just so happens to be a fan.

“I got to get with these young directors who are, you know, Gen Z, and they’re going in it their own way, whether it’s through the YouTube culture or whatever it is,” the actor said. “They’re doing it from scratch by hand. I wanna get with that.”

The Face/Off star’s time in the live-action Spider-Noir may have come to an end, but it won’t be long before we see him on our screens again. Cage is attached to star in Madden as John Madden in what may be his final project with Amazon MGM. He’s also expected to appear in the next season of True Detective, and he’ll lend his voice chops to the Marvel universe once again when he shows up for Spider-Man: Beyond the Spider-Verse in 2027.

Cage commented on Spider-Noir’s cancellation shortly after the news broke: “For me, one season is perfect, having said what I wanted to say with this dangerous, innovative, pop-art Spider-Man. Onwards, upwards, inwards.”

Photo by Michael Loccisano/Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Arc Raiders 2.0 Update and Spider-Man Grappling Hook Drive Player Count to Reach 7-Month High

The new Arc Raiders 2.0 update has triggered a seven-month high for its concurrent player count on Steam as fans show up for its “Spider-Man” grappling hook, a new map, a free weekend, and more.

Embark’s once-viral extraction experience has had a rough few months. As the studio slowed down updates and vowed to rework its divisive Expedition prestige system, Arc Raiders players have largely left it behind, hoping to one day return to Speranza should more enticing updates arrive.

After reaching an all-time peak of nearly 500,000 players on Steam (via SteamDB), it’s consistently struggled to reach more than 35,000 players on PC since July. It was a fall from grace that’s left fans missing the honeymoon phase, but the Frozen Trail update, which launched two days ago, October 8, across PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X/S, has almost immediately brought back some of that hype.

In September, Arc Raiders reached a player count low of just 10,000 on Steam. As of the publication of this story, 166,670 people are logged onto Arc Raiders on the PC platform alone, and it looks like it could keep climbing. It’s a number Embark hasn’t hit since early April, and although it’s too soon to tell if these are the kind of results needed to give it a proper second wind, it does mark the first time the game has achieved a notable spike since December 2025.

It’s all thanks to Frozen Trail and the free weekend that helped usher it in. The update, which brought the first substantial changes Arc Raiders has received since Riven Tides in April, introduced a collection of game-changing content. Its crown jewel is Pendola Pass, a snowy mountainous region located beyond Raiders’ usual home in the Rust Belt. New buildings to loot and shoot through would surely be enough to bring fans back, but it’s really just the tip of the iceberg.

New Arc threats like the Bully, Skulker, and Hydra have shaken up combat encounters. The Tether Launcher, which can tie enemies to objects against their will, and the Grappling Hook have given players new tools to experiment with. That aforementioned free weekend, meanwhile, which runs from October 8 – 12, has allowed even newcomers to check out how Embark has changed Arc Raiders for the better. Individually, these are updates that would pique the interest of even the most casual fan, but the only reason so many are installing the game again is because of how these tweaks add new toys to the sandbox.

“I was not a believer,” one popular post on Reddit said. “This is one of the best updates ever in a video game.”

The same post continued, first praising Frozen Trail’s scale. They admitted to being a lapsed Arc Raiders fan, explaining that the mix of Embark’s new elements not only got them to return but also has them looking forward to what’s next.

“I absolutely loved Arc Raiders for its first 6 months but I got frustrated with it since they announced the twice a year update,” they said. “I quit playing, said that these devs don’t know what they’re doing, they fumbled, etc. I know it probably won’t reach the popularity and number of players it had in December but that doesn’t matter to me, what matters to me is that I was flat out wrong about these devs and their ability to update the game. What they did here is special and I just wanted to come out and admit I was wrong and give them their flowers. I’m now extremely excited for the future of this game.”

While not everyone is willing to go as far as to call it an all-time great video game update, it’s hard to find anyone being too critical of what Embark had to offer. Pendola Pass’ size seems to be an especially notable bright spot, with others mentioning the new UFO-style Arc ship known as the Frigate as another big highlight.

The FRIGATE in ARC Raiders is enormous! How are we supposed to fight this thing? 😭

📽️ u/cybrsloth92 https://t.co/w2HHvCDEkK

— ARC Raiders Alerts (@ArcRaiderAlerts) October 8, 2026

“Just played an hour before work, and I couldn’t even explore more than 15% of the map,” one player said. “There were so many things to check out and explore, this time they really delivered a big map!”

“I agree, not to mention the new weapons, skills, weapons mods, it’s hard to believe they did all this in less than 6 months. Frigate is so damn cool,” another said.

With such a drastic and sudden increase in attention, more highlight reels have started to find their way back to social media, too. New tools like the Grappling Hook come with obvious opportunities for shareable clips, as it allows Raiders to attach to everything from steep cliffs to flying Arc. Others can’t help but draw comparisons to how the toy allows players to swing through maps like “Spider-Man.”

“I was going to get that,” one fan said, referring to a new wall-running skill, “but then I remembered grappling hooks exist now. It’s sooo much more fun to swing around like Spider-Man and then run around at 100mph with no stamina usage.”

There’s also the new Advanced Camera. It works exactly how you’d expect, giving players the tech to capture memories, all with the click of a button. Considering Arc Raiders has thrived on the comedy presented by its in-game systems, a camera has really only given that chaos another chance to shine.

ARC RAIDERS LETS YOU SWING LIKE SPIDER-MAN WITH THE NEW GRAPPLE HOOK!

🎥MisterMediocre https://t.co/XM22wmv5RZ

— ARC Now (@ArcRaidersNow) October 9, 2026

Bullying a Rocketeer in ARC Raiders using the new grappling hook 😂

📽️ u/BranandWiller https://t.co/q8Q0AYUSzm

— ARC Raiders Alerts (@ArcRaiderAlerts) October 10, 2026

THIS IS WHY ARC RAIDERS’ NEW CAMERA FEELS SO GOOD

🎥JojoBobaguard https://t.co/5xvYzcdVfN

— ARC Now (@ArcRaidersNow) October 8, 2026

Arc Raiders is having a bit of a moment, but we’ll have to see if it has truly managed to recapture the magic that made it such a hit at launch. Up next is testing for a dedicated PvE mode, something fans have begged to see implemented since launch. Embark is certainly at least trying, with the game also available for 50% off on all platforms as players flock to its free weekend.

IGN gave Arc Raiders a 9/10 review when it arrived almost exactly one year ago, saying, “With polished gunplay and an irresistible grind, Arc Raiders sets a new standard for extraction shooters.” Even if Embark can’t entertain a consistently high number of players, it’s clear the studio has more plans for the IP in the future. Both it and the studio’s game-show-inspired FPS, The Finals, are set to receive TV show and movie adaptations at some point in the future.

Frozen Trail brought more new content to Arc Raiders than we could list. You can see the full patch notes below.

Arc Raiders Frozen Trail Update 2.0 Patch Notes

Raiders!

The cold has arrived, and it’s brought a lot with it. Frozen Trail is our biggest update since launch, packed with new features, fresh challenges, and a long list of fixes and improvements.

We’ve been working on this one for a while, and we couldn’t be more excited to finally put it in your hands. Whether you’re here for the new content or just want to know what we’ve fixed, there’s something for everyone. Grab something warm, settle in, and read on for the full breakdown.

Thank you for playing, for reporting bugs, and for sticking with us.

  • New Map – Pendola Pass
  • New Map Conditions – Frigate & Redirection
  • New Enemies – Bully, Skulker, Hydra
  • New Weapons – Bantam & Stiletto
  • Amplified Weapons
  • Revamped Skill Tree
  • New Items – Grappling Hook, Basic & Advanced Cameras, Tether Launcher, Yank Grenade, Mountaineer’s Detector, Banjo & Harmonica
  • The Outpost, including a new Research Bench
  • Lootable “Design” items that unlock craftable Outpost furniture
  • Quest System improvements, 22 new quests added
  • New Reward Pass system
  • Weapon Stencils
  • Updated default gamepad mapping
  • Reworked Map Selection screen, including visual and usability improvements
  • Collector DLC is available now
  • Max Stash Size increased by 2 new levels (328 Max without Expedition bonuses)

Changes to the Raider Skill Tree include new skills and improvements to existing skills, enabling players to better embellish their playstyle with more impactful skill choices.

We’ve heard the comments (and seen in the data) that the Skill Tree was not living up to its role in offering sufficiently interesting ways of building your character to better define and refine your playstyle. The goal of the Skill Tree revamp is twofold: to look at under-performing skills, modify or replace them, and to get closer to the goal of making choice and expression a more core feature of the Skill Tree.

Alongside some new skills and a reshuffling of the layout, new functionality has been added to replace the previous ‘large’ nodes at the middle and end of the branches. Now, for the middle of each branch, instead of having two selectable skills and two ‘paths’, there is one path where the node is a binary choice between two skills. You can only choose one; you will be able to make the choice again when you reset your skill tree. At the end of each branch are two nodes where you must make a choice out of three skills. Here, you can choose up to two of the three, after reaching the required skill point investment.

As this is a fairly big reimagining of the Skill Tree, there will likely be more tweaks and updates in the near future, to existing and new skills, as we see how you are engaging with it.

The Frozen Trail update introduces Weapon Stencils, a new cosmetic option that lets players personalize the look of their weapons with a range of stencil patterns. Note that stenciled weapons can still be lost like any other weapon: if you’re downed, other Raiders can loot your weapon along with its stencil.

  • 14 Weapon Stencils:
    • 5 Stencils are exclusive to Frozen Trail Premium Pass
    • 1 Stencil is exclusive to DLC
    • 8 Stencils can be found Topside

Stencils are similar to blueprints, once learned you can apply them to compatible weapons. Applying Stencils requires Stencil Parts, which can be found Topside.

New Outpost can be unlocked by completing a project.

  • Remember to accept the quest and bring your camera!
  • Outpost can be expanded with different modules
  • Unlocking the outpost will unlock access to the research station

Furniture Designs:

Similar to blueprints, they can be learned and used to craft different furniture for your Outpost.

  • 100 Furniture Designs have been added to the game
  • 4 Furniture Designs are exclusive to Frozen Trail Pass
  • 1 Furniture Design is exclusive to DLC
  • 73 Furniture Designs can be found Topside
  • 22 Furniture Designs are unlocked by upgrading the Outpost

The Reward Pass is our new progression system and the evolution of Raider Decks. Alongside this change, Cred has been removed from the game and replaced by Reward Points, a new currency that’s automatically applied toward your progress on whichever pass you currently have active.

The first new pass is the Frozen Trail Pass, featuring 60 levels across a Free and a Premium track.

Your existing Raider Decks haven’t gone anywhere. They’ve been moved into the new Legacy Pass, and any rewards you’ve already unlocked are kept and will appear as granted. You can continue progressing through the Legacy Pass at any time by setting it as your active pass. Note that only one Reward Pass can be active at a time, so your Reward Points will go toward whichever pass you’ve selected.

Feats are now split into 3 different categories: Easy, Medium and Hard.

  • Easy: 15 Reward Points, +1 weekly milestone progression
  • Medium: 25 Reward Points, +2 weekly milestone progression
  • Hard: 50 Reward Points, +3 weekly milestone progression.

Weekly milestones are granting 250 Reward Points each, there are 3 of them available per week:

  • Milestone 1: Get 4 weekly milestone progress
  • Milestone 2: Get 8 weekly milestone progress
  • Milestone 3: Get 12 weekly milestone progress

After completing your weekly milestones, you can keep completing Feats, but no major milestone rewards will be granted until the weekly timer is reset.

You can grab some new backpack attachments by watching your favorite streamer play ARC Raiders! You’ll need to watch at least 60 minutes to receive the Oxygen Respirator, and 120 minutes for the Mailbox. These drops will be live between October 8 – November 4, 2026.

Animation

  • Knockback animations now align with the actual direction you’re pushed in.
  • Fixed an issue where, after reconnecting and being revived, your character could jitter and display broken animations while moving.
  • Fixed an issue where you could get stuck on small obstacles when sliding.
  • Added animations to show the player interacting with their map and inventory.
  • Added mouth animation for when players are talking in proximity chat.
  • Added new contextual character animations; like exhaustion when running out of breath for a while and brushing off dust after sliding.
  • Fixed an issue where players kept some items in their hands during the knockout animation or during some interactions.
  • Additional animation polish and tweaks.

ARC

  • Adjusted the multi-target laser from the Vaporizer to give players a clearer window for dodging with fast traversal and dodge mechanics.
  • Added fire status effect visuals for ARC drones.
  • Moved higher tier loot from the armor pieces of the legs to the legs pieces for Queen and Matriarch.
    • The armor plates are supposed to protect the legs, so it made sense to relocate the loot to the protected area. Having the loot inside the armor took away from the experience and was inconsistent with how other ARC work. Armor pieces can still contain some loot.
  • Improved AI sight handling to prevent rare detection errors in enemy awareness.
  • The Matriarch can once again use all of its ranged attacks.
  • Rebalanced physical force effects against certain ARC enemies.

Audio

  • Adjusted how character sounds are occluded by walls and obstacles for more natural audio positioning.
  • Added more variations to metal groan sound effects to improve environmental ambience.
  • Added missing sound effects to the Snap Hook for attaching, detaching, and rope movement to improve audio feedback.
  • Updated the sound for Skill Tree unlocks and added a hold-interaction audio cue in the UI.
  • Fixed an issue where some weapon sounds could fail to play.
  • Improved the quality of the Raider Voice model, providing a higher fidelity of voice conversion.

Cosmetic

  • Updated Celeste’s appearance.
  • Added an Emissive Toggle for backpacks with light sources. That means you can now turn off the lights from your favorite backpacks to go full stealth mode.
  • The Zenith Outfit now has all of its intended toggles. Players who own the outfit will receive the missing toggles shortly.

Gameplay

  • “Solo vs. Squads” is no longer available in the matchmaking options.
    • We want players to have a proper incentive to use all of the available matchmaking settings, which Solo vs. Squads currently lacks. To that end, we’re taking time to re-evaluate its role in the game.
  • Reworked the explosive damage formula for ARC. In practice this means that explosive weapons like the Hullcracker will deal over 50% more damage against armor plates but around 30% less damage against more fragile parts.
    • The intention is to make explosive damage feel more consistent across the board as well as increasing its effectiveness against heavy armor. Since most ARC are heavily armored and we want the numeric damage output to be more consistent this also means that its effectiveness against weak points is slightly reduced.
  • Made certain changes to skills that were in the previous Skill Tree iteration to fit them better within the new one:
    • Stamina gained from Fight or Flight increased by ~25% per level.
    • Stubborn Mule stamina regen values increased by ~33%.
    • Increase Back on Your Feet healing from 30 to 40.
  • Added more contextual Ping information for ARC and various objects.
  • The Stash can be upgraded further, by two tiers. The new maximum (without Expedition rewards or acquired Nomadic Envoy space) is 328 slots.
  • You can now drop loot to the ground directly from containers
  • You can no longer sprint-climb ladders when exhausted
  • Addressed some instances where vaulting onto destroyed ARC parts or other movable surfaces could unexpectedly launch or shove the player.
  • Weapon slot weight reduction now applies only to the loadout; other containers and sub-containers are unaffected.
  • You can now open the map while downed.
  • Improved hit registration when shooting while on top of ARC.
  • Heavy Shield: reduced durability decay from 0.20 to 0.15 and decreased movement penalty while equipped from 15% to 10%.
  • Added Scrambling. Sprinting at steep slopes will allow you to scramble up them for a short time.
  • You now automatically enter a sliding state after tumbling for too long.

Items

  • Increased Flame Spray range to better match its visual effect and improve usability.
  • Ziplines now break when intersecting something after being placed.
  • Reduced Snap Hook range from 20m to 18m, increased durability consumption from 2% to 4% per use, and raised power cost from 50 to 60.
    • As we added more personal mobility items, it became clear we needed to begin differentiating them to a greater degree. While the Snap Hook has previously been a ‘general use’ mobility gadget, with the introduction of the Grappling Hook, we felt the need to give them their own identity outside of a ‘linear upgrade’ path. With these changes, we aim to make the Snap Hook better fit its role as being a burst mobility gadget; something that is used to quickly close distance or traverse a location, but with more commitment when doing so. The power cost increase will still allow for multiple uses within a short time when at full power, but will no longer allow for immediate back-to-back uses.
  • Fixed an issue where items were appearing outside their intended areas or containers. These items will now only be available within their designated locations.

Weapons

  • Updated Anvil’s rarity from Green to Blue.
    • The Anvil has been a tricky weapon to evaluate. It comes with a versatility that allows it to effectively take on both Raiders and ARC alike, and is outperforming weapons both within and above its own level of rarity. But it is also a fan-favourite and a staple of the game in its own way. We felt that increasing the rarity level for it would put it in a better place within the economy, while still maintaining the gameplay and power that we know and love. In its place, the Bantam will take the role of the uncommon hand cannon, with a balance that is more suitable for the role.
  • The Anvil Splitter is no longer usable as a mod, and it has now become an improved upgrade option for the Amplified Anvil. We have also removed the Tech Mod slot from the Anvil to reflect this. The item itself should no longer drop, but will remain in the game for a while, allowing players to sell or recycle it into Amplified Fragments used for repairing Amplified Weapons.
  • Fixed an unintended behavior where the Jupiter’s damage would propagate twice to ARC parts behind its intended target. As a result, the Jupiter is now stronger against armor, but slightly weaker against weak spots.
  • The Hullcracker will no longer appear incomplete when inspected in the menu.
  • Fixed an issue where the Dolabra would not destroy the yellow weak points inside the Harvester.
  • Fixed an issue where weapons picked up from the ground appeared without their attached parts.

Maps

  • Improved alignment of Doorblockers (now vertical) for small side-sliding-doors.
  • Improved texture quality on several maps, resolving blocky and inconsistent visuals.
  • Fixed areas on several maps where players could get stuck on terrain while in a Downed state.
  • Some areas on the edges of maps are darker than intended.

Blue Gate

  • Adjusted lighting on Blue Gate, refining exposure, color grading, and atmosphere.
  • Fixed some spots on Blue Gate where players could get stuck.

Buried City

  • Fixed the Hospital Roof not being climbable.
  • Restored ray-traced lighting on boarded window shutters in Buried City.
  • Fixed a lighting issue in Buried City where illumination bled into an interior space.

Pendola Pass

  • As we’ve mentioned during our latest Q&A, we will be testing out a Dynamic Loot Zone system, currently exclusive to Pendola Pass. The intent is to make the loot values of certain areas vary from raid to raid, thus making “routes” less predictable and scavenging more dynamic. An important distinction to make is that zones will not change their inherent loot type (therefore, Residential loot areas remain Residential loot areas no matter what), but rather, one such area may yield more value one Raid, and less value on another raid.

Riven Tides

  • Increased overall loot value on Riven Tides by approximately 15%.
  • Fixed some spots where environmental objects could float unintentionally.

Performance

  • Implemented various optimizations related to memory usage, general performance and stability.
  • Optimized character customization replication, fixing a bug where different players could sometimes see different outfits.
  • Reduced memory usage for enemies to improve stability and performance in busy encounters.
  • Fixed a crash that could occur when changing graphics settings.
  • Upgraded to AMD FSR version 4.1.1.

Traders

  • Trader offers have been updated:
    • Celeste now trades new materials used in crafting furniture and newly introduced gameplay items.
    • Tian Wen will no longer sell Anvil and Hullcracker offers. They will, instead, be part of the weekly Nomadic Envoys rotation.
    • Launcher Ammo and Energy Clips have a daily purchase limit.
    • Shani’s offers are now Coin based and include Cameras, Light Sticks and other social items.
    • Apollo has had a set of Epic Augments added to the offers.
  • Living up to their reputation, the Nomadic Envoys have allowed Ermal to go back on the trail and have, instead, brought in Cassio, who will continue to trade for valuables, but also ask friendly Raiders for help with certain quests.

Quests

  • Completing quests and quest objectives now grants XP. Added XP as a visible reward in quest descriptions and on quest completion; XP is now shown alongside other rewards when claiming a completed quest.
  • Multiple older quests have been updated to require taking photos with the new camera to complete objectives that mentioned taking photos of something in the world.(The League, Reduced to Rubble, Life of a Pharmacist, Battening Down, Groundbreaking)

Social

  • Fixed party join not working sometimes when accepting game invites on XBOX.
  • Fixed an issue related to in-game Voice Chat not working in certain instances, particularly for PS5 and XBOX players.

UI

  • Updated quest list sorting, making progression easier to follow.
  • Fixed an issue where long lists could disappear while scrolling in the Settings menu.
  • Fix issue where the Nomadic Trader offers could appear when using the Acquire Resources menu.
  • Emote and Quick Wheels respond to mouse input more smoothly.
  • End-of-round screen now previews milestone progress and rewards earned this round, and milestone updates are shown in the in-round log.
  • Fixed an issue where learning certain recipes displayed an incorrect “unknown not installed” message instead of a proper unlock notification, including Snap Hook, Blaze Grenade, and Crash Mat.
  • Fixed formatting and text display for in-round daily quest notifications.
  • Store panels now scroll when content exceeds the screen and fixed an issue where the last toggle could be blocked and not selectable.
  • Fixed issue where not all data from a round would reliably show up in the End of Round Map screen.
  • Fixed a bug where closing the Inventory during matchmaking could disable gamepad navigation until switching screens.

VFX

  • Fixed an issue where burning visual effects could remain stuck on other players after the effect had ended.
  • Fixed an issue that could cause terrain textures to appear as blocky or mismatched squares on some maps when using higher graphics presets.

We have recently begun taking further action to restrict accounts that store high amounts of duplicated items and remove items that were obtained through duplication from player inventories. This is done to help correct the in-game economy and clean up items that have appeared through past exploits.

Gameplay:

  • Weapon meshes can sometimes be partially invisible when equipped with weapon attachments.
  • In rare instances, vaulting onto destroyed ARC parts and similar movable surfaces can cause the player to be unexpectedly launched or shoved.
  • When swapping shoulders and sprinting, players’ footsteps can become inaudible.
  • Field Repair may sometimes be unavailable after unlocking. Restarting the game solves the issue and a fix is in the works.
  • The option to repair the Tether Launcher is currently unavailable. Will be fixed in the upcoming update.
  • Very rarely, some players may spawn into a lobby “invisibly”, unable to loot, use quick wheel items or interact with containers. They can still fire their weapon and take damage. Returning to Speranza should leave your loadout in the way it was before the “affected” match started.
  • The Hydra can detect and shoot players through walls in the Cargo area without being able to deal damage.
  • Standing on the side of the Cargo drop can result in being instantly eliminated. A fix is in the works.

Outpost:

(most fixes are already in the works and will be implemented in an upcoming Live Update)

  • In order to unlock the Outpost, the first step – “Research Topside Living Conditions” requires you to take a photo of a farmland house. The Camera can be purchased at Shani’s, crafted at the Workbench, or found Topside.
  • Some furniture might clip through the Outpost structure.
  • Some slots in the Outpost will be unselectable when they should be, if a piece of furniture is blocking it.
  • The camera sometimes gets blocked by furniture or the character model at certain angles.
  • Lighting in the main Outpost building is corrupted when the Shadow quality is set to Low in settings.
  • The camera defaults back to the base room when you leave the decorating view, even if you were in a different module.
  • If the Raider sits by a table with chairs, they will clip through the table.
  • The Raider steps back from the Customization view with a 10 second delay.
  • The Outpost tab lacks the orange dot indicator after completing first stage objectives to unlock it.

Quests:

  • The cinematic fails to trigger upon completing the ‘Sizing Things Up’ quest.
  • The quest ‘Picking up the Pieces’ cannot be completed on Pendola Pass, but works normally on other maps. This will be fixed in an upcoming update.
  • The ‘Damage dealt using Light Impact Grenades’ feat can be completed by using the Hullcracker.

Audio:

  • Rarely, some weapons may not play their firing sounds on low-spec PCs (particularly the Anvil).
  • Rubber Ducks can be squeezed when equipped, making noise without requiring them to be thrown.

UI:

  • Weapon meshes sometimes disappear partially.
  • Players that departed on the Expedition recently may have a notification dot on the Projects & Raider tab that does not disappear.
  • Keybinds are reset to default after each raid when using a non-English keyboard layout.
  • The Expedition screen can still be accessed through the Nomadic Envoys, though it is not functional.
  • The weight of the loadout can differ slightly when viewing it in Speranza vs. what it shows in-game.
  • When purchasing the Premium Reward Pass, the lock icon is still present on the premium rewards despite them being unlocked.
  • The loadout weight amount differs between Main Menu and In-Round.

Pendola Pass:

  • Various clipping and collision issues.
  • Vaulting onto some steep surfaces can occasionally cause players to slide back down.
  • Vaulting onto destroyed ARC parts or other movable surfaces could sometimes unexpectedly launch or shove the player.

See you on Pendola Pass,
The ARC Raiders Team

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

DC Writer Grant Morrison Criticizes ‘Morally and Legally Incoherent’ Lanterns Finale

DC veteran Grant Morrison reviewed Lanterns, and they had more than a few criticisms of its “morally and legally incoherent” finale.

The comic book writer – who worked on projects like The Green Lantern, Doom Patrol, and many more – made their feelings about the new DCU TV show clear in a new post for their Xanaduum Substack. Overall, they said, Lanterns “worked,” but their thoughts on the package as a whole are a bit complicated.

Morrison admitted they “fell asleep” while watching Lanterns episodes 6 and 7. That’s “not because they were boring,” though; it’s just that watching TV “feels like a much-appreciated moment of relaxation and drift.” For them, the Green Lantern HBO series actually managed to mostly pull off its True Detective-inspired story, and that’s thanks to two things: Aaron Pierre’s John Stewart and Kyle Chandler’s Hal Jordan.

“Lanterns worked as a show and it’s mostly down to the two leads, particularly Kyle Chandler as Hal Jordan,” Morrison explained. “They have a great supporting cast which helps, but it’s the two principals and their chemistry and charisma that sells the whole thing – so maybe those True Detective comparisons had some basis after all!”

Warning! Spoilers for the Lanterns Season 1 finale follow.

It’s a mostly glowing start to their review that quickly took a turn for the worse. The DC legend then said they “didn’t really like the ending,” even if it was all “neatly put together.” Their primary issue lies with Kelly Macdonald’s Sheriff Kerry, who split the fanbase when she was revealed to be Hal Jordan’s killer in the show’s final moments.

The actual moment itself is quite tense, showing the character firing a single shot at the Green Lantern hero after he discovered her son, Noah, was a Manhunter in disguise. He’s only able to give out half of a game plan and a quick “I love you” before his time in the DCU was cut short, and it’s led many to raise complaints about how it all played out. For Morrison, it was hard to accept that “everyone seemed fine with that psychotic break.”

Lanterns Images

“There should probably have been some response to that, because otherwise it makes it really hard for the audience to work out what makes the Green Lantern Corps an intergalactic law enforcement agency at all,” they said. “The Guardians are now fine with their operatives being murdered while other officers simply ignore the fact and let the perps walk free?”

The Green Lantern writer then acknowledged and explanation from Lanterns writer and fellow comic book author Tom King. King said Kerry’s having to live with her actions was punishment enough, but that’s not a satisfying enough answer for Morrison.

“I watched the show; Kerry lost her shit in a way that made her seem unhinged and she shot a superhero in the head out of pique,” they added. “John Stewart also let the Manhunter go free, knowing that he could one day destroy the world. For a show that’s not about masked vigilantes with their own personal code but deals with weird space policemen working for an interplanetary judiciary, it was a morally and legally incoherent conclusion that backed out of its own implications and the basic premise of the franchise.”

Although there are rumors of a Lanterns Season 2 being in early development at HBO, Morrison isn’t holding their breath for things to pan out. Although there have been some teases – particularly from bad guy Sinestro (Ulrich Thomsen) – about bringing back Chandler as Parallax, losing Hal Jordan could mean losing half of what made the show so great for many. Pierre is great, but without that dynamic, there’s no telling how a second season could land the plane like the first. As Morrison said, “We’ll see.”

Meanwhile, Morrison is continuing their work in the comic book world with a new project outside of the DC wheelhouse. As announced at New York Comic Con 2026, the author is now set to work with IDW Publishing on a new run based on James Bond. Details about how it fits into the 007 universe have yet to be revealed.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

5 Things We Learned From Episode 1 of the Friday the 13th Prequel Series

Spoilers follow for the first episode of Crystal Lake, which debuts on Peacock on October 15!

The cast and creator of Crystal Lake showed up at New York Comic Con this week to prep fans for the launch of their Friday the 13th sequel series’ next week. That included a panel discussion, a Camp Crystal Lake activation experience, and a screening of the first episode of the show. I also got a chance to talk to the group about the long-awaited return to the hunting grounds of Jason Voorhees… and his mom Pamela. Don’t forget about Pamela!

We’ll have a full season review of Crystal Lake in a few days, but for now I’m going to break down the biggest points from Episode 1, as well as some thoughts from showrunner Brad Caleb Kane, star Linda Cardellini, and the other cast members who were in attendance.

So let’s take a swim in the lake…!

Crystal Lake Images

Don’t Mess With Pamela Voorhees

Right out of the gate, the episode gives us Linda Cardellini’s Pamela covered in blood, leaning over a bathroom sink and staring at herself in the mirror. She finds a human tooth embedded in one of her knuckles and says to herself, “What did you do…?”

Of course, we know from 1980’s original Friday the 13th movie that Pam has some slicing and dicing skills. For while her son Jason is the main slasher of the franchise, it was actually Pam who was the killer in that first film, having gone mad after her son drowned (or seemed to drown – more on that in a second) at Camp Crystal.

What becomes clear as the first episode of Crystal Lake proceeds is that while this version of Pam isn’t insane (or perhaps, isn’t insane yet), she definitely is capable of violence.

‘If someone flips that switch, there’s a loss of control for her.’“

“There’s a switch,” the actress, who just won an Emmy for the HBO series DTF St. Louis, tells me. “If you flip it with her, there’s no going back. It’s almost like she doesn’t even understand what she’s doing. If someone flips that switch, there’s a loss of control for her. In a way, she’s looking for control and then she loses it at the same time. That’s the dangerous dance there.”

“I like to think there’s nobody more dangerous than a mother whose child is threatened,” adds Brad Caleb Kane.

“Also, it’s somebody you don’t expect,” continues Cardellini. “I think that’s part of it that I really enjoyed – is that here’s this person who you can kind of relate to, but there’s a massive rage underneath there that, if you tap into it and start to open that Pandora’s box, you can’t put that genie back in the bottle.”

Adds the showrunner: “At a certain point, maybe it also feels a little good to let that genie happen.”

The Crystal Lake team at New York Comic Con.

Jason Lives! And He’s a Cute Little Kid

Everyone knows Jason Voorhees’ origin story, right? It’s like required reading in schools these days, isn’t it? But what’s interesting about the master of hockey mask couture is that we’ve never really seen much of his childhood, despite his appearing in 12 movies (-ish – he’s actually dead in the fifth film) to date, and decades of various ancillary media. Yes, we know he was deformed in some way, and that though believed drowned, the adult Jason took over the teenager-killing duties at Camp Crystal after his mother died in the first film.

But in Crystal Lake, Caleb Kane has decided to give us a young Jason (played by Callum Vinson, who’s also appeared in the Chucky TV series) who is just a cute kid who happens to be a person with some kind of physical disability. And yes, that includes a large, malformed head. I asked the showrunner how he landed on this portrayal of Jason.

“Invention and being really well versed in the movies,” he says. “The end of the first movie, he really is – the way [make-up effects legend Tom] Savini built him, he’s sort of monstrous and he’s meant just to be this idea that sent Pam on her journey. But if we’re doing a show about how Pam lost him, you want to see the connection between mother and child. You want Jason to be a real 11-year-old boy, obviously with differences and difficulties. The iteration of Jason here really came out of the point where we were making a show about a relationship between mother and child. What is that? Who is Jason within the context of that relationship? How does losing him set Pam on this journey? So that’s where it came from.”

Cardellini adds that her son is “everything to Pam” but also “he’s everything to the franchise.” Indeed, it would’ve been odd to do this show and not include Jason in some way.

“She just loves him more than anything,” says the actress. “Brad wrote this line that they’re connected at the heart, and I think that is really at the core of it all – that she never feels disconnected from him. I think the codependency and the inter-connectedness is very, very deep and almost, I don’t know, telepathic.”

Jason Dies! Sort of, Maybe?

Since this show is the origin story of Jason as much as it’s Pam’s story, there are certain key moments in the timeline that just have to happen. And certainly one of the most important of those is Jason drowning while the camp counselors aren’t paying attention – as Betsy Palmer’s version of Pam says in the first film, “They were making love while that young boy drowned!” And so it goes in Episode 1 of Crystal Lake that Jason must drown in order for Pam’s journey to really begin.

But Jason can’t really be dead, can he? The question for a show like this is how the writers can build a full season of television without violating the canon that’s already been established… Unless there’s room to change some things, that is.

‘You’ve got to make sure that you give the fans what they want.’“

“I mean, if you watch the [film] series, it changes things from movie to movie,” says Caleb Kane. “I think there’s always room and I think it’s always ripe for reinterpretation. I think fans of the franchise are going to love certain movies and they don’t love certain movies and the fandom is pretty rabid. As a longtime fan, as somebody who knows these movies, their novelizations, all of the things sort of chapter and verse, I felt like I had a little bit of license to play. Also, you’ve got to make sure that you give the fans what they want.”

One area where Caleb Kane and the writers seem to be taking some license is in where Jason and Pam came from before arriving at Crystal Lake. There is a hint of a past involving something called “Argonaut” – we just see a flashback with that name on a door at the end of a long corridor. What does it all mean?

The showrunner does offer a hint: “What you learn about [Pam] later on in the series is that she did a lot to protect him and get him out of a pretty difficult situation, and herself. When you put that amount of attention on protecting someone and loving someone, their absence is going to be that much more acute.”

Linda Cardellini as Pamela Voorhees

Crystal Lake Doesn’t Skimp on the Gore

Remember what I said about Pam and the tooth embedded in her knuckle? Well, just wait until you see how that tooth winds up where it does. Basically, Crystal Lake gives fans plenty of blood and over-the-top gore… and there’s some sex thrown in there as well.

“The thing has to go full Friday the 13th at a certain point,” says Caleb Kane. “We made sure we did that in the show.”

At the same time, these scenes – at least as far as the pilot episode goes – don’t just feature sex and violence for the sake of it. They help drive the plot and also give us insight into the characters. That said, there’s one scene here that approaches a gross-out level that is just plain funny – in a good way. You gotta see it for yourself, so I won’t even try to explain it.

The Other Residents of Crystal Lake Are Pretty Interesting Too

As a TV series, Crystal Lake needs a supporting cast, and some of the folks we meet are pretty interesting. William Catlett plays Sheriff Levon Brooks, a friend of Pam’s who used to be a cop in the city and seems a bit adrift out in the woods of Crystal Lake. He might also be interested in Pam as perhaps more than a friend, but knowing where she’s heading as we do, that doesn’t seem destined to work out for the sheriff.

Cameron Scoggins as Officer Dorf and William Catlett as Sheriff Levon Brooks.

“You know, I think you can have two things, two wishes at the same time within your mind,” says Catlett of playing the character, even though he knows where Pam will end up one day. “You love Pam, you want to be with Pam, it’s a new beginning, but at the same time it’s like, who is this woman? And so if I don’t judge it, then I can allow myself to have those emotions that go through with it.”

Gwendolyn Sundstrom plays a character named Grace who is in her early teens and is one of Jason’s only friends. When he seemingly dies, it sends her on a trajectory that could be dangerous for the young girl.

“I think it’s losing the most important person in your life,” says Sundstrom. “Losing Jason, to Grace, is something that brings a lot of trauma, and I think that definitely plays into the rest of the season too. It’s something that Grace really struggles with, and she doesn’t want it to happen. She definitely wants it to reverse.”

There are also a couple of legacy characters from the first film who pop up as younger versions of themselves, including “Crazy” Ralph (played by Walt Gorney in the original series and Nick Cordileone in Crystal Lake) and Officer Dorf (played by Ron Millkie in the first film and Cameron Scoggins in Crystal Lake). Dorf actually survives the original movie, which means Scoggins has something of an insurance policy here!

“Yeah, he makes it!” laughs Scoggins. “He doesn’t die as far as we know in the first movie. We’ll see. He appears so briefly in that first movie that you almost do have to go back and watch it sometimes, but it is a memorable little character, and you kind of wonder, where’s that guy coming from? And it’s just so fun to take such a brief scene and expand upon that and just take the energy of a different actor and be like, well, how are we going to build on this more?”

We’ll see how Crystal Lake builds on the Friday the 13th canon more when it debuts on Peacock on October 15…

Talk to Scott Collura @scottcollura.bsky.social, or listen to his Star Trek podcast, Transporter Room 3. Or do both!

GTA 6 Leaker Escalates Crypto Scheme With Further Threats

The GTA 6 leaker has reportedly threatened to release a build of the game with the full story mode played to the end, as part of their heavily criticized crypto scheme.

According to online reports, the Cyberleek website was updated with a warning that if its memecoin reached a market cap of $30 million, a build of GTA 6 would be released featuring the full story mode including end credits. In the alleged online warning, Cyberleek once again framed their GTA 6 leaks as a protest against the lack of a physical disc version of the game, and allegedly called on Take-Two to release GTA 6 on-disc and issue an apology. It is unclear whether Cyberleek intends to release a build of the game online, or means to release a full playthrough of GTA 6 in video form.

A cryptocurrency market capitalization (market cap) is the total dollar value of all the coins or tokens of a digital asset currently in circulation. At the time of this article’s publication, Cyberleek had a market cap of $3.8 million, having spiked at $5.7 million earlier today as reports of the message hit social media. It seems unlikely that it will get anywhere near $30 million.

In Pictures: How GTA 6’s Jason and Lucia Have Evolved Since 2023

Here’s Cyberleek’s statement in full:

The OfferHere’s the deal, nice and clean. CYBERLEEK hits 30 million marketcap, the build goes out — full story mode, played to the end, credits and all. Don’t believe it has full story mode? Ask for what you want to see, and it gets provided. Take-Two gets one way out: physical disks and a public apology. They can take it at any moment. Or they can gamble that CL is bluffing. Everyone knows which one they’ll pick.

Cyberleek also issued market cap goals tied to the clothing Lucia would wear in subsequent leaked gameplay. For example, at $2 million, Cyberleek threatened to release gameplay showing Lucia wearing a bikini. According to Cyberleek, a $4 million market cap would mean releasing gameplay with Lucia “fully naked.”

However, there is significant skepticism about Cyberleek’s support of physical media, with many accusing the leaker of running a cryptocurrency scam. Fans have heavily criticized Cyberleek and anyone who spends money on their memecoin. “What a dork,” one person said. “Anyone who puts money into this deserves to lose it all.”

Cyberleek appeared to go dark after a spate of high-profile GTA 6 leaks in August that sparked an investigation from Rockstar parent company Take-Two. The film issued subpoenas to the likes of Discord as part of the hunt for the person or group of people responsible. But Cyberleek reemerged this week with the release of a 24-minute GTA 6 gameplay video that showed cutscenes, story beats, playable characters Jason and Lucia naked (in the case of Jason, full-frontal nudity), and a first-person camera.

It remains unclear how the gameplay footage, or any potential build of the game it’s taken from, escaped the confines of Rockstar’s infamous tight security. This week’s developments suggest Cyberleek remains at large and defiant in the face of potential legal action.

In August, Rockstar addressed the GTA 6 leaks, describing the situation as “heartbreaking” for its development team and “unfortunate” for fans. At the time, the developer acknowledged that its intended experience for players “may now be impacted by some spoilers,” but reiterated GTA 6’s previously-confirmed launch date of November 19.

Analysis of cryptocurrency transactions in late August pointed to the GTA 6 leaker having “cashed out,” earning around $270,000 in the process. Every video posted by Cyberleek pointed to a website where fans could pay to vote on further leaks using the leaker’s own cryptocurrency. Such a poll is reportedly live on Cyberleek’s website now, suggesting yet another leak is on the way.

Whether the culprit or culprits are ever caught may rest on how successful Take-Two’s legal team and the relevant authorities are at forcing social networks or crypto exchanges to divulge any personal details they hold on those responsible.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Hands-on Impressions of Hoid’s Storybook Collection by Brandon Sanderson

Cosmere fans rejoice! The latest Brandon Sanderson Cosmere book, as a part of Hoid’s Storybook Collection, has started arriving for BackerKit backers. I had backed at the Storyteller tier when the campaign first launched and received my ebooks, PDFs, and audiobook all at once on Sept. 15. Then on Oct. 5 I received my physical books, stickers, pins, and more.

Here are my initial impressions on the latest BackerKit campaign from Dragonsteel.

The Fires of December Premium Book, eBook, and Audiobook

The Fires of December is the third book in what Sanderson is calling Hoid’s Travails. Fans of Tress of the Emerald Sea and Yumi and the Nightmare Painter (the other two stories in Hoid’s Travails) will want to get their hands on December right away. It is a standalone Cosmere book in a sense. December, the protagonist, is on a new planet in the Cosmere with her own plot and storyline. Where it connects to the Tress and Yumi is the narrator of the book is everyone’s favorite Worldhopper, Hoid.

The Fires of December Premium Hardcover

The presentation of the premium hardcover book is stunning. The cover features custom art with gold trim that is much prettier in person than it was in pictures. Backers will remember that there were two options for the cover art for December. I went with the close-up one, and am really happy with how it turned out. The book also contains colored text and beautiful illustrations throughout. Artist Tran Nguyen did an excellent job of bringing the story to life. The way the golds, reds, blues, and purples work together to make this world leap off the page is very well done, making this book a worthy addition to any Sandershelf collection.

I have only read the first handful of chapters so far, but my initial impression has me hooked. The first chapter of the book reminded me of one of my favorite PS5 games, Returnal. I won’t say more to avoid spoilers, but you can listen to the first few chapters on Sanderson’s YouTube channel if you want to see for yourself.

If you didn’t get a chance to join the BackerKit, you can still get the standard edition ebook, audiobook, and physical book (though not the premium hardcovers). The digital versions became available on October 6 and the physical edition will be released on December 8, 2026.

The Fires of December: A Cosmere Novel (Hoid’s Travails)

0

Hoid’s Storybook Collection Picture Books

For fans of the Stormlight Archive, it has long been clear that the chapters where Hoid tells stories to teach Kaladin and Shallan were a perfect fit for their own storybooks. To see these stories illustrated and published is a dream come true for me.

“It’s amazing to have a fully illustrated version I can share with my family and friends without making them read through thousands of pages of Stormlight.“

The Dog and the Dragon, The Girl Who Looked Up, and Wandersail are the three stories brought to our world from the pages of the Stormilight Archive. The fourth illustrated book in the collection, The ChasmFriends Get a Pet, is an original story written by Sanderson’s friend and podcast co-host Dan Wells.

Hoid’s Storybook Collection Preview

The books themselves are illustrated by a few different talented artists. Howard Lyon did The Dog and the Dragon, Alexis and Justin Hernandez did The Girl Who Looked Up, Steve Argyle did Wandersail, and Anna Early on The Chasm Friends Get a Pet. Each book has its own unique style that feels like it fits the story that it is attached to. The art in The Dog and the Dragon and Chasm Friends is whimsical and playful, while the Wandersail and the Girl Who Looked Up are both epic fantasy illustrations worthy of the world of Roshar.

The story of The Dog and the Dragon in Rhythm of War is one of my favorite chapters I’ve read in any book. It’s amazing to have a fully illustrated version I can share with my family and friends without making them read through thousands of pages of Stormlight first.

Bonuses

The BackerKit campaign also included a few other goodies like a December pin and bookmark, stickers for each storybook, and a digital copy of a community-written story called Hoid’s Worldsinger Symposium.

Overall, I’m happy with what I received in the Hoid’s Storybook Collection campaign. The premium hardcover of The Fires of December is truly a work of art worthy of any shelf. I can’t wait to dive into the full story, see all of the illustrations, and go on a journey with December to wherever her destination may lead to. The four picture books are exactly what Stormlight Archive fans have imagined them to be as well, and I am looking forward to sharing these stories with my children in the coming days. The artwork is amazing and the stories are each meaningful to me in their own ways.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare Story Recap

It’s fair to say that, across the three games in the reboot series so far, Call of Duty: Modern Warfare’s story has been far from a simple one. With the amount of action happening during each mission, combined with key plot points occurring outside of the core campaigns in places like Warzone’s Verdansk, it can be difficult to keep track.

Thankfully, we’re here to give you as succinct a summary as we can of the story so far ahead of Modern Warfare 4’s release. With Infinity Ward’s saga set to come to an end imminently, let’s recap how we got here. Warning: may contain a lot of chasing stolen missiles around the world.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare (2019)

2019’s Modern Warfare reboot tells the story of Task Force 141’s creation. That’s the elite team of operatives helmed by Call of Duty veteran Captain John Price (but not the same John Price who was in the original Modern Warfare, nor the John Price who was in the original two Call of Dutys. Look, we did say this was complicated).

But we’re already getting ahead of ourselves. At the beginning of Modern Warfare’s campaign, before 141 is established, Price and the British SAS are working with CIA Chief Kate Laswell to help recover highly valuable gas used in the creation of chemical weapons. The opening mission, in which you play as CIA agent Alex Keller, details the theft of the gas, as an unidentified team steals it en route to the fictional country of Urzikstan. The heist intensifies tension between Russia and the West.

The next day, that tension is further ratcheted. An Urzik-connected terrorist group called Al-Qatala attacks London’s Piccadilly Circus, bringing Kyle “Gaz’ Garrick into the picture. In order to hunt down the atrocity’s perpetrators, he teams up with Price to raid a London home and locate the whereabouts of Al-Qatala’s leader, Omar “The Wolf” Sulaman. It turns out that he can be found in Urzikstan’s Ramaza Hospital.

Alex, conveniently, is already in Urzikstan, after agreeing to team up with the state’s Liberation Force leader, Farah Karim. She wants to get rid of a Russian general, Roman Barkov, who has occupied her home country. Alex makes it his mission to help, and in turn, Farah will aid in recovering the stolen gas — something she doesn’t realise will be found far closer to home than she could imagine.

Alex and a crack Marine unit successfully capture “The Wolf” from his hospital hideout and hold him at the US embassy. Sulaman’s lieutenant, Jamal “The Butcher” Rahar, isn’t very happy about this, though, so he attacks the embassy in an effort to extract his boss. Despite the best efforts of Alex, Farah, and the newly arrived Price and Gaz, Rahar succeeds.

The team is back to square one. Farah has a plan, though – ambush Al-Qatala as they drive along the “Highway of Death” and take back their former captive. After a bit of long-range sniping, this risky mission goes totally awry. The Russian forces turn up, attacking both the terrorists and Farah’s Urzikstan Liberation Force. As if things couldn’t get any worse for her, Farah then finds out that it was her own brother and fellow freedom fighter, Hadir, who stole the chemicals during the campaign’s first mission. He deploys them in a massive explosion, killing both the Al-Qatala and Russian forces, and leaving Alex and Farah barely alive amongst the rubble and smoke.

But what would drive Hadir, who has so far been depicted only as Farah’s loyal ally, to do war crimes? Revenge, of course. 20 years prior, a Russian invasion left both Hadir and his sister without parents. In an act of desperation born out of hatred, Hadir now joins Al-Qatala and distances himself from Farah. This event brings the interests of all the protagonists’ respective factions into alignment, and so they execute a joint operation to infiltrate the terrorists’ base and find Hadir. Unfortunately, he and the stolen gas are nowhere to be found. Thankfully, the mission isn’t a total bust: the team locates and kills Sulaman, leaving the terrorist group without its leader.

The fallout is felt back in the US, though. With the chemicals’ whereabouts still unknown, to make things even more difficult than they already were, the Urzikstan Liberation Force is declared a terrorist threat by the CIA. Alex isn’t best pleased, to say the least, and opts to leave his nation behind and defect to Farah’s group.

Meanwhile, it’s all kicking off in Saint Petersburg. Following a terrorist attack in the Russian city, Gaz and Price are hot on the trail of Hadir, but, again, they don’t find him. Who they do capture instead is Sulaman’s former right-hand man, Rahar, who, after a questionable spot of torture, reveals that Hadir’s next target is Barkov. And so, Price and Gaz head to the Russian general’s home, save him, and apprehend Hadir in the process. Job done? Not quite.

Hadir reveals where Barkov’s chemical weapons operation can be found, but before Price has time to head there, the CIA arrives. Laswell takes Hadir into her custody, but gives the mission her blessing. And so the quartet of Price, Gaz, Farah, and Alex reunite with Barkov’s gas factory (not a euphemism for his butt) in their sights. During the fight, Alex seemingly sacrifices himself to trigger the explosives that will bring the factory to the ground, thus ending the Russian’s operation. However, a seasonal multiplayer update later completely retcons Alex’s heroic death by revealing he actually just lost a leg – more on this weird approach to storytelling later.

It’s Barkov’s turn to be not best pleased, but before he can complete a helicopter escape, Farah kills him. This “successful” mission leads to Laswell creating Task Force 141, with their first mission set to be hunting Victor Zakhaev, a Russian ultranationalist and a familiar name to anyone who played through the original Modern Warfare.

That may be the end of the reboot’s campaign, but more story was hidden beyond its credits. Sulaman may be dead, but Al-Qatala lived on in Special Ops mode. There wasn’t a whole lot to it, apart from taking out the remaining senior figures of the organisation one by one, but it did lead to the revelation that Zakaev had been profiting from trading arms to the group.

You’d think the intention of all that would be to set up the story that the sequel would go on to tell. But no. Zakaev was dealt with, quite bizarrely, in Call of Duty’s battle royale, Warzone. In a high-stakes game of cat and mouse taking place across the city of Verdansk, it’s eventually revealed that the arms dealer has delivered weapons to numerous bunkers throughout the map.

Alex re-enters the action, because he didn’t really die and just lost a limb in that massive, gas factory-obliterating explosion, and he’s joined by new recruit, Simon “Ghost” Riley. Upon discovering Zakhaev has been using tunnels under the city to stay hidden, Price calls in yet more help, who arrive in the form of more Warzone skins to fill battle passes with. Farah and Price’s Russian confidant, Nikolai, joins the fight, reclaims the tunnels, and learns of Zakhaev’s base inside a nuclear silo. Zakhaev goes full Bond villain and threatens to launch a nuclear weapon, only for Price to shoot him and chuck him into the void. So much for that sequel, then.

Another new member of Task Force 141, John “Soap” MacTavish, then calls Price, completing the reboot’s reassembling of the original trilogy’s core cast.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 (2022)

Modern Warfare 2 kicks off in the Al Mazrah desert. Here, Task Force 141, on the orders of US General Shepherd, kills an Iranian General called Ghorbrani. A few months later, his second-in-command, Hassan Zyani, takes aim at the United States as a means of payback. Shepherd and Laswell catch wind of his plans, so Soap and Ghost are sent to capture Zyani before his plan comes to fruition.

The duo fail, but make a shocking discovery: an American ballistic missile is found at Zyani’s base. And so the unraveling of the mystery as to how US ordnance ended up in his possession begins — unless you played the original Modern Warfare 2, that is, and know that someone called General Shepherd isn’t to be trusted.

Not that 141 knows this yet. Their chase eventually leads to the Mexican Las Almas Cartel, who have been providing protection to Zyani. After teaming up with Mexican Special Forces’ operative Alejandro Vargas, Price and co. capture Zyani with help from Shadow Company, a mercenary group owned by Phillip Graves and commanded by Shepherd.

As is always the way when it comes to geopolitics, though, Zyani’s capture is not that simple. The team is left with no choice but to release their captive to prevent a war from erupting between the USA and Iran — a situation that the United States would never, ever allow to happen, of course.

The search for the origin of the mysterious American missile continues, the plot thickening thanks to the discovery of Russian GPS trackers in Las Almas-owned missiles. So many missiles!

Al-Qatala, the Urzi terrorist group from the first game, rears its head again, kidnapping Laswell. While Price and Gaz are once again helped by Farah to rescue her, Soap and Vargas stay in Mexico and take a captive of their own: “El Sin Nombre”, the leader of Las Almas. It turns out she’s Valeria Garza, a former accomplice of Vargas, who reveals that the missiles 141 are chasing can be found on a Gulf of Mexico oil rig.

A huge raid effort is launched, consisting of 141, Alejandro, and the very obviously shady Shadow Company (c’mon, it’s in the name) who, of course, betrays our heroes. Graves decides that everyone associated with Vargas must die, so he orders his guns for hire to commit mass murder on the streets of Mexico. 141 comes to the rescue, though, and Alejandro lives to fight another day.

It’s revealed that it was the US all along that gave missiles to its Middle Eastern allies, and it was Graves and Shepherd who spearheaded that operation. That plan hit a hitch in the road, though, when a Russian military group ambushed the convoy and stole three missiles for themselves. Shepherd covered up the whole mess to save face.

Price isn’t pleased, but focuses on the task at hand, pledging to bring Shepherd to rights once the Graves situation has been resolved. To do that, 141 storms the Shadow Company base, kills Graves, and finds out that Zyani is now in Chicago. The team beeline it to Illinois and end both Zyani’s life and plan, preventing a missile from reaching the Pentagon.

But what about the Russians who stole the missiles in the first place? Well, to quote former England football captain Wayne Rooney, “A new devil is arriving”. That would be Vladimir Makarov, the villain of the original Modern Warfare trilogy. Will he do “No Russian” all over again? Find out after we recap a bunch of storylines that happen in Modern Warfare 2’s Special Ops mode and Warzone.

Alex Keller returns in Spec Ops and asks for assistance, which is a pretty bold move considering he was AWOL for the whole of the main campaign. He’s still working on bringing down Al-Qatala for good, especially now Farah’s brother, Hadir, has become its leader. Price, Farah, and Alex eventually find Hadir, who urges them to use a nuclear missile to protect Urzikstan from the Russians. Of course, the team opts to destroy the missile and kill Hadir.

Over in Warzone, Graves’ Shadow Company lives on without its founder and is now in control of Al Mazrah. The Las Almas cartel also decides it wants a piece of the action, and so hostilities are reignited.

Elsewhere, the Dutch city of Vondel is taken over by the Peacekeepers, a new military organisation. It’s not long until it’s revealed that they are a front for the Konni Group, the Russian military unit behind the theft of Shepherd’s missiles.

A few months later, Graves arrives back on the scene – it turns out that he faked his own death, making this reboot series two for two on games featuring characters who die and then come back in seasonal updates. Appearing to have changed his tune, Graves now wants to team up with Farah’s Liberation Force and fight against the Konni Group as they move in on Al Mazrah. Things don’t go well for Shadow Company, though, who have traitors in their midst. Konni Group tears them apart from the inside and steals gas needed to create more devastating weapons, thus leading us all the way back to that little devil, Makarov.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3 (2023)

The hell Makarov resides in would be the Modern Warfare 3 campaign itself: a selection of rehashed multiplayer maps and slices of Warzone’s Verdansk that barely manage to hold together a story. Yet, here we are.

It all kicks off with Makarov being rescued from Warzone’s gulag map. He’s been serving a life sentence in the famous PvP arena after being captured by Soap and Price prior to the events of all three games.

Meanwhile, back in Urzikstan, Makarov’s Konni Group intercepts Grave’s Shadow Company and steals missiles meant for Farah’s liberation efforts.

With Makarov now loose, Price attempts to intercept him at an abandoned facility that’s home to what remains of Barkov’s chemical materials. The mission is a disaster – Price barely escapes with his life, and Konni gets its weapon fuel.

In a dollar store rendition of the original Modern Warfare 2’s landmark “No Russian” mission, Makarov stages a terrorist attack aboard a commercial airplane, designed to make it look like Farah’s Urzikstan Liberation Force were the perpetrators. Alex helps Farah thwart this plan, though, preventing any “evidence” of ULF involvement from being discovered in the plane’s wreckage.

Price tracks a shipment heading Konni’s way, but it turns out that there are no materials inside. Instead, he discovers – drumroll, please – General Shepherd! He’s back and looking worse than ever, having been kidnapped by Makarov. Price resists the urge to kill him, and instead learns about Makarov’s plans to destroy the Gora Dam. Back to Verdansk we go.

The city’s population is saved from catastrophic flooding, and 141 shoot down a helicopter they presume is transporting Makarov. Place your bets now as to whether he’s dead or not…

Price isn’t falling for it, so he continues the search back in London, where he finds out that Makarov’s next move is to blow up the Channel Tunnel, the underwater rail line that links the UK and France. 141 quickly heads into the tunnels, but their flood-obsessed nemesis ambushes them. Soap meets a bullet to the head in as clean a kill as his name deserved.

Makarov scampers off into the darkness as Price is left to defuse a bomb. He succeeds, but it can hardly be called a victory. Later, Soap’s ashes are released from the top of a Scottish cliff, marking the end of this awkward chapter. Well, almost the end. That poignant moment is capped off with a post-credits scene showing Price finally getting his payback for all of the trouble caused by Shepherd in Mexico. He sends a silenced gunshot into the disgraced general’s skull. One villain down, at least one more to go: Makarov is still out there, waiting to meet a similar fate.

And that’s where Price and Task Force 141 are ahead of Modern Warfare 4. There are some other loose threads, but I am not going to spend time digging into whatever it was Zakhaev was doing in the Zombies mode. As a wise lady once said, “Ain’t nobody got time for that.”

So, how do you think the new string of Modern Warfare stories is going to end? We know Makarov’s clock is ticking, but will Price sacrifice himself for king and country? And what role does Mads Mikkelsen’s “The Archer” play in this whole picture? We’ll find out very soon.

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

Soylent Green Blu-ray Review

It’s the United States of the 2020s. Climate change has created a perpetual heat wave, pollution has contaminated the air, and overpopulation combined with the consolidation of wealth and power in the hands of a select and self-interested few has resulted in major cities becoming seas of human bodies with no space and barely any resources to live. The elite can still access clean water and fresh food, but they live under guard in isolated palatial homes with women who are deprived of autonomy. The rest eat food increasingly processed and surely riddled with pathogens, and intellect and education has been eradicated for the masses, with only the elderly recalling the value of reading and academia.

So I thought: Why not watch an old favorite film instead of focusing on the real world like this? Thanks to Arrow Video, I can, through this new 4K UHD and Blu-ray release. “What is the secret of Soylent Green?” is the question asked of everyone that saw the trailer for this Charlton Heston-starring dystopian sci-fi classic way back in 1973 (concluding an apocalyptic “trilogy” for Heston that began with 1968’s Planet of the Apes and 1971’s The Omega Man). But can anyone in 2026 come to this film not knowing the crucial revelation upon which the entire plot relies? Maybe, since we’re now in such a fragmented era of media consumption, with people far less likely to watch the same things, not to mention that there’s even more of a tendency to ignore the old in favor of the new. If fresh eyes do fall on Soylent Green, they may just be surprised, and I don’t want to do anything to rob them of that experience. So believe it or not, no spoilers here; it may be a futile effort, but if anyone makes any obvious jokes or references in the comments below, at least it won’t be me.

I Think It’s Really Busted This Time

Charlton Heston called Soylent Green “the best B movie ever made,” but it’s so much more. At its most fundamental, the film is a noirish police procedural with a hard-bitten detective, a damsel in distress, and a global conspiracy that’s bigger than both of them. A board member of the Soylent corporation — supplier of processed food wafers like the new Soylent Green, made from plankton — named Simonson (Joseph Cotten in a very brief appearance) has been brutally murdered, and Robert Thorn (Heston) is assigned to crack the case. Police work is completely corrupt, however, so Thorn spends more time lifting luxuries from Simonson’s opulent pad and availing himself of the “furniture,” otherwise known as Shirl (Leigh Taylor-Young) — one of the many women in this world whose life has been reduced to domestic imprisonment and sexual servitude in apartments occupied by their elite masters. With Simonson dead, Shirl will soon meet the new tenant that she’ll be required to serve; for now, at least, she has Thorn.

Thorn (Charlton Heston) and Sol (Edward G. Robinson) try to uncover the truth in Soylent Green.

This is a relentlessly moist movie; to convey the oppressive levels of heat, the entire cast is drenched in stage sweat except when in the domains of the wealthy (and a certain elderly-centered facility late in the film). The movie is also largely drab and awash in beiges and grays, but the color palette pops when necessary with bright saturated colors that really shine on this new release, whether it’s a rare strawberry or a blue dress. It looks beautiful and rich, but with a grain that feels right for the period; I’m not sure if it was always there, but there’s an additional haze that looks particularly appropriate and oppressive whenever we’re outside in the heat, with a greenish tint that reminds us Soylent Green is omnipresent.

The movie is also a masterclass in world-building, beginning with a montage created by Charles Braverman (based on his 1968 short film, “American Time Capsule”). With bombastic music by Fred Myrow (whose scoring is kept minimal in the rest of the film), the rapid-fire depiction of the country’s industrial development and degradation sets the Soylent-laden stage. Opening scenes set in Thorn’s apartment juxtaposed with the home of the wealthy Simonson perfectly delineate the ways in which the two main tiers of society operate in this far-flung future of 2022, as well as the kinds of relationships that define their lives.

(And yes, Star Trek: Deep Space Nine drew on this concept for their two-part episode, “Past Tense,” and even referenced soylent in prop posters. And yes, the film’s co-star Brock Peters is Sisko’s dad on DS9. Moving on…)

A priest (Lincoln Kilpatrick) possesses a terrible secret while Thorn (Charlton Heston) grills him and everybody sweats profusely in Soylent Green.

We’ve Gotta Stop Them… Somehow

Despite being part of a deeply damaged system, there’s a nobility to Heston’s Thorn and a dedication to the truth that drives him to actually do his job. Much of that comes from his long-term father-son relationship with his “book,” Solomon Roth (Edward G. Robinson), an elderly former college professor and live-in research assistant who provides Thorn with crucial investigative support. Their bond provides the emotional core of the movie, no doubt at least partially informed by their previous work together in The Ten Commandments (1956) and the original makeup tests for Planet of the Apes, where Robinson played Zaius (he dropped out of the actual film for health reasons). Thorn’s relationship with Chief Hatcher (Brock Peters) is another great touch. Hatcher relies on his colleague and friend to regularly fix his watch, and Thorn tinkers away, thus letting us know he’s rather smart for this world too… but only to a point. When he finally admits he can no longer repair the watch, it’s symbolic of something much larger; there are some things that will be beyond his ability to fix.

The moment when Thorn hears the secret of Soylent Green (but the audience doesn’t yet) from Sol himself and is moved to tears will haunt you for days afterward.“

The film features a solid supporting cast that all add so much to even the smallest roles, including former Rifleman Chuck Connors as bodyguard Tab, the mesmerizing Paula Kelly as Tab’s girlfriend (roommate?) Martha, and the unctuous Leonard Stone as the apartment manager/pimp, Charles. In particular, fellow Omega Man alum Lincoln Kilpatrick turns up as Paul, a priest with knowledge that’s eating him away from within, and he even gets to reference the title of the 1966 Harry Harrison novel that serves as this film’s inspiration, Make Room! Make Room! Celia Lovsky (Vulcan matriarch T’Pau from the Star Trek original series episode “Amok Time”) also appears as the leader of the Exchange, where Sol and other “books” meet to share sources and information. She gets to tee up the obligatory “is Chuck actually God” joke, and when Sol brings her a rare volume never seen by the Exchange before, her trembling hands reaching reverently for the cover of the book is so evocative of everything that’s been lost.

But in many ways, this is Robinson’s film. A scene in which he eats real food with such relish and then realizes how profoundly sad it is that they’ve come to this state is a study in expertly modulated acting. The veteran actor knew he was dying even as he completed his last role — he passed away two months after finishing filming — and he brings every bit of experience and pain to a beautiful performance that also seems to push Heston to up his game. As a bookend to the film’s expertly-crafted opening, the film’s finale is a harrowing journey to the truth that begins when Sol makes a fateful decision that leads him and Thorn to the conclusion of the investigation and the movie’s big reveal. There’s a moment during that final sequence, when Thorn hears the secret of Soylent Green (but the audience doesn’t yet) from Sol himself and is moved to tears; it will haunt you for days afterward.

Shirl (Leigh Taylor-Young) and Thorn (Charlton Heston) enjoy a stolen moment of happiness in Soylent Green.

Bonus Features:

While there is a new 2025 commentary track recorded for Arrow with film historian Michael Brooke and author Johnny Mains, there aren’t many other extras here you wouldn’t have encountered in previous releases of the film, including image galleries, the trailer, vintage featurettes about the making of the movie and its landmark position as Robinson’s 101st film, and an archival 2003 commentary track with director Richard Fleischer and actress Leigh Taylor-Young. Fleischer covers the thematic and production elements, while Taylor-Young chimes in to discuss her environmental work at the UN, her view of the film as a “harbinger,” and her attempt at a Ten Commandments joke during her shower scene with Heston. You can hear Heston briefly discuss the film during an audio-only 1985 BFI appearance, while Fleischer touches on it in a 1994 BFI interview captured on video that also covers his memories of the blacklisting era.

“L’chaim!” Sol (Edward G. Robinson) toasts “to life” in Soylent Green.

Perhaps most significant, however, in terms of additions for this new release is a booklet presenting material written by Dr. Alexandra Heller-Nicholas (who I recently encountered via her superb contributions to Severin Films’ Sangster Directs Hammer box set). I’d like to tell you more about it, but I can’t, because Arrow didn’t provide an actual release copy for review. It was very nice to at least receive the screener disc, but as these reviews are about celebrating and supporting physical releases, that includes all aspects of the presentation. I have to assume Dr. Nichols’ work is exemplary as always; her attention to detail and respect for history is surely better than Arrow’s, which sent an accompanying press release listing other classic ’70s sci-fi films “Wetworld” and “The Andromeda Syndrome.” JFC, Arrow.

Skate Developer Promises More Creative Tools Are Coming After ReSkate Modding Platform Goes Viral

Full Circle, the developer of Skate, published a statement addressing community mods following the viral launch of a fan-made modding platform called ReSkate.

ReSkate was officially released into the wild about a week ago. This platform allows fans to play the game offline, create private servers, make their own maps, and more. It’s already been downloaded over 350,000 times on GitHub, and its creators are well-aware that they might get hit with a cease-and-desist order.

However, that doesn’t seem to be a problem — at least, not yet, but the devs at Full Circle are keeping an eye on the situation. Full Circle published a statement acknowledging fan mods on October 9, where they admitted to the importance of community mods, while also standing firm against those that bypass paid cosmetics or make money off of new features.

“Skateboarding in general is built on community and creative expression, and we support that. We love seeing your passion for pushing the limits of San Vansterdam in different ways. That’s why we built our new skateboarding sandbox in San Vansterdam to begin with, to give you, the players, the tools you need to have fun and create amazing content,” it wrote.

“To be completely clear, we are not against creativity from players or stopping that from happening. Where we have to draw the line is when mods or other tools bypass our systems to unlock paid cosmetics, release gated/unreleased content, or profit from these unauthorized assets. That rips off the artists, skate brands, and creators, as well as our own development team here at Full Circle, who work hard to bring skate culture into our game.”

Full Circle went on to confirm that it is aware that players want “more freedom and custom features,” and revealed that it’s currently building “official, secure access tools that enable broader, deeper community creation.” More news on this will be shared at a later date.

A message from the team at Full Circle regarding mods and community content. https://t.co/sTiTUvkRWX

— skate. (@skate) October 9, 2026

ReSkate’s popularity is undeniable; after its release, Skate’s playerbase saw a massive jump in active players, peaking at over 7,000 players on October 5 — the highest it’s been for months after the game’s launch in September 2025.

Speaking with PC Gamer, the developers of ReSkate admitted that they “honestly didn’t realize how big this was going to be,” saying they were “just doing it for the love of the game.”

They also told the outlet that they are prepared to take ReSkate down if EA’s lawyers come knocking, which many fans are already assuming will happen at some point down the line. For now, though, ReSkate remains alive and well, and it has seemingly spurred Full Circle into taking action to give the game more community-friendly features.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Magic’s Darkhold Destiny Set Is Available To Preorder Right Now

Magic: The Gathering’s next Marvel crossover set has been revealed, as Wizards of the Coast announced that “Marvel: Darkhold Destiny” will launch on April 9, 2027.

Preorders are now available via local game stores, TCGplayer, Amazon, and other retailers. I’ll leave links to where you can buy everything just below.

“The world’s greatest sorcerers conspired to keep the Darkhold sealed,” Wizards of the Coast (WOTC) said in its announcement, as part of New York Comic Con. “But the dark side of the Marvel Universe has been unleashed!”

It also teased the arrival of “devils, sorcerers, and vampire-hunting vampires” in the upcoming set, which will of course explore the supernatural side of Marvel.

An original story has been developed for the new set, with WOTC developing in collaboration with Marvel, which will also introduce a brand-new original character. The story will also be adapted into a special Marvel Comics release, written by Jackson Lanzing and Collin Kelly.

Magic: The Gathering – Marvel Darkhold Destiny New Cards

“This story was crafted by our Narrative team with Magic in mind, and we’re thrilled to see it adapted by two of Marvel’s most beloved writers,” added WOTC.

“You’ll be able to follow this dimension-hopping narrative across the set, all while uncovering the secrets of the Dark Dimension and joining forces with Marvel’s pantheon of gods.”

The comic is due to arrive in February 2027 in digital format, followed by a physical release in April.

Magik, a mutant sorceress who many fans will also recognize from Marvel Rivals’ roster, or more recently Marvel Tokon: Fighting Souls, is the only hero confirmed for the set so far.

But WOTC has also said that the expansion will feature plenty more “hotly anticipated” Marvel heroes and villains making their MTG debuts.

Magic: The Gathering – Marvel Darkhold Destiny Art

Marvel: Darkhold Destiny will include the main card set, Commander decks, Scene Boxes, and special collector-focused card designs.

The Commander precon options this time around are Lords of Hel (red-black), Gods of Asgard (red-green-white), Strange Academy (white-blue-black) and Midnight Sons (white-black).

WOTC says it has also developed new “Booster Fun treatments” for the expansion, alongside updated versions of designs used in previous releases, “so collectors of everything Marvel will have plenty to get excited for”.

Darkhold Destiny is one of the latest collaborations between Marvel and Magic: The Gathering, which has been increasingly drawing established entertainment franchises to the TCG through its Universes Beyond range.

In 2025, we saw the Marvel Spider-Man set, and in 2026, we got the Marvel Super Heroes expansion as well.

Now in 2027, Darkhold Destiny continues the longstanding collaboration between the entertainment giants.

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Turok the Dinosaur Hunter Returns at Skybound

Fans of the iconic dinosaur hunter Turok will be pleased to know the character is making a big comeback at Skybound in 2027. As announced at NYCC, the company is kicking off a new creator-focused imprint called Skybound Visions, one that launches with a Turok: Son of Stone comic and new additions to the Transformers and G.I. Joe franchises.

Skybound Visions is intended to offer standalone stories focused on creators reinventing popular characters in bold and unexpected ways. Case in point, Turok: Son of Stone reboots the character under The Buffalo Hunter Hunter writer Stephen Graham Jones and The Old Guard artist Leandro Fernández.

“Skybound Visions pairs beloved comic book characters with the most interesting comic book creators working today, to present their personal takes on these fan-favorites,” said Sean Mackiewicz, SVP, Skybound, in a statement. “Visions is all about surprising creators, surprising characters, and surprising storytelling, and we have plenty more in store for 2027 and beyond.”

Read on to learn more about all three of the inaugural Skybound Visions titles and see early previews of each one.

Transformers: Bumblebee – Lost Planet

Transformers: Bumblebee – Lost Planet #1 Preview Gallery

Creative Team: Tate Brombal & Matt Emmons

Release Date: January 27, 2027

After a devastating Decepticon attack, Bumblebee is stranded on an uncharted planet. Lost in the galaxy, with no way to call for help, the so-called “weakest of all the Autobots” must tackle the biggest mission of his young life. But beneath its surface, this strange planet holds a secret that’s already begun to corrupt and change its indigenous life. Now, the Autobots’ greatest hope must come from the evolution of its most unexpected warrior… if Bee can survive being hunted by the deadliest Decepticon of all!

G.I. Joe: The Island of Dr. Mindbender

G.I. Joe: The Island of Dr. Mindbender #1 Preview Gallery

Creative Team: Karl Kerschl & Doug Mahnke

Release Date: February 2, 2027

The last team of Joes sent to the Island of Dr. Mindbender never came back… Now, Codename: Flint must return to active duty to lead a fresh batch of recruits to the isolated compound of a madman. A mad scientist who’s grown madder every year–and his creations more monstrous. In the deadliest mission of his career, Flint just wants to rescue his old friends and get back to his family. But on this island, survival isn’t just half the battle–it’s the whole damn war!

Turok: Son of Stone

Turok: Son of Stone #1 Preview Gallery

Creative Team: Stephen Graham Jones & Leandro Fernández

Release Date: March 10, 2027

Turok wanted to dig up the past. Now, he must survive it. Turok dreamed that his dig in New Mexico would make his name legendary. But when the ground gave way, he fell through history and landed in a valley that shouldn’t exist. Where the Ice Age sits on top of the time of dinosaurs, and at every turn he discovers an era older and hungrier than the last. In a relentless quest to return to his son, Turok must unearth the truth about this hidden world and not lose his grip on a shifting reality that threatens to consume him. Sometimes a dream coming true is a nightmare beyond imagination…

You can preorder all three Skybound Visions titles at your local comic shop.

In other NYCC news, we got an exclusive first look at Mattel’s first DC Premium figure, and we also got hands-on time with the new Marvel Webtoon app.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

E-Day Estimated Sales Reach Just 230,000 in First Week, Analyst Says

Xbox console exclusive Gears of War: E-Day is reportedly off to a soft start after reaching an estimated 230,000 copies sold in its first week.

The alleged sales update arrived from Alinea Analytics’ head of marketing analysis, Rhys Elliott, who shared early data for the Gears prequel on X/Twitter. After arriving via early access last week (its full launch arrived this past Tuesday), Gears of War: E-Day has reportedly moved just 230,000 copies across PC and Xbox devices.

Steam sales account for 168,000 of that number, with Xbox sales, including both console and PC, totaling just 62,000. These numbers, which are unofficial figures that have not been backed by Microsoft in any official capacity and should be taken with a grain of salt, are low for the game leading the charge on Xbox’s refocus toward exclusive games, as players shift their attention from purchasing the base experience to dipping their toes in with Game Pass.

Game Pass is seemingly to blame for its performance related to raw copies sold on Xbox-supported devices, with Elliott saying the subscription service is “cannibalising much of the premium revenue.” While that’s not to say Gears of War: E-Day is having trouble garnering attention – Alinea estimated that 1.7 million players have accessed the game via Game Pass – the data does suggest that players are far more interested in access through their subscriptions rather than outright owning a copy.

Of the nearly 2 million to launch Gears of War: E-Day through Game Pass, 722,000 users are believed to have paid the extra $30 to upgrade to its Premium Edition to unlock early access. Revenue earned through the Xbox ecosystem reportedly amounted to $27 million, with total earnings reaching about $37 million. How exactly Gears of War: E-Day may have factored into revenue earned through new and returning Game Pass subscriptions is currently unclear.

“While E-Day is a sublime game (it’s made my top 10), these are soft numbers for a flagship when Xbox badly needs revenue wins,” Elliott said. “E-Day sold 62K copies on Xbox against 722K Premium upgrades, so for every one copy sold on Xbox, nearly 12 Game Pass upgrades were sold. The $70 premium SKU is – functionally – dead on Xbox. In a world without day-one Game Pass, many of these folks would have bought E-Day at $70. They paid $30 for five days early access to something they don’t own. Xbox is, in effect, charging its most valuable customers the least, based on a hangover from a tried-and-exhausted strategy from a previous administration.”

Gears of War: E-Day Gameplay Demo Reveal Xbox Games Showcase 2026 – Screenshots

The idea that Game Pass has negatively affected standalone sales is something Microsoft has seemingly been internally aware of before, with 2023 documents related to the Activision Blizzard merger noting a decline in base game sales in the first year after a title is added to the service. The Xbox company told IGN at the time that the model “offers gamers and game creators more choice and opportunity in how they discover, experience, and deliver games.”

While Microsoft has yet to confirm official sales data, and it’s unclear how Gears of War: E-Day may have driven new Game Pass subscriptions, slow sales could sour an otherwise successful launch. The Marcus Fenix and Dom Santiago-led prequel emerged with strong reviews from both fans and critics, with IGN’s early review, which covered only the campaign mode, awarding a 9/10.

Earlier this week, The Coalition studio head Mike Crump said Gears of War: E-Day is a “natural choice to be” an Xbox exclusive. He also addressed concerns around potential layoffs at the studio, while promising that the next installment in the series won’t take nearly as long to make.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Gathering Darkhold Destiny Panel – Everything Announced

Wizards of the Coast just announced Magic: The Gathering Darkhold Destiny, its latest Marvel set in a New York Comic Con panel. This is the third Marvel collaboration for the card game, but where the first two were about presenting super heroes as they already exist in Marvel canon, Wizards of the Coast was able to cook up its own storyline for Darkhold Destiny.

The set revolves around the likes of Doctor Strange, Thor and Ghost Rider, all trying to work against Hela and Dormammu invading the multiverse. It’s a much better thematic fit for Magic: The Gathering, and the early cards have introduced new mechanics like Vengeance, which is like the Adventure mechanic introduced in Throne of Eldraine, but evil.

Even though there was a lot of information in this panel, the set doesn’t come out until April 8th next year, so there are still plenty of details that WotC is holding close to its chest. And, keep in mind that there are still two more Universes Beyond sets coming next year that we don’t know anything about.

Magic The Gathing x Marvel @ NYCC Live Blog

All times are in EST

8:35 pm: And that’s the show. Darkhold Destiny, looks like a cool set, but there’s still a lot that Wizards didn’t reveal. But it’s a decent start!

8:33 pm: WotC announced a special promo or Doctor Doom, King of Latveria for Avengers Doomsday. you’ll be able to grab it if you go see the movie at a Regal Cinemas on opening weekend “as long as supplies last”. It’s the face of the Dr. Doom commander deck, and it’s done in the style of the MCU, so I expect it’ll go fast.

8:31 pm: One more thing. There will be three Secret Lair drops inspired by Dr. Doom, just in time for the new Avengers movie. They’re not revealing which cards are in the drop yet, but there is Dr. Doom art, and they told the crowd “you’ll have to guess which reprint this is”. I guess we’ll wait.

8:26 pm: There are new Secret Lair, a countdown kit, a giant box with 30 cards. This thing is about to cost a lot of money. Most people will get it in nonfoil, but there will be a random chance that you’ll get it in traditional foil, and an even more rare chance to get it in surge foil. I guess the Secret Lair booster packs didn’t work, but we’re at least getting to gamble on whether or not they’re foil. The Secret Lair launches November 2nd.

8:22 pm: There will be two bundles, a regular bundle and an ‘Arcanum’ bundle. Both of these will have their own mechanically unique promo card. Hopefully that card doesn’t get too expensive! There are also two scene boxes, also filled with mechanically unique cards.

8:19 pm: For the product suite, we have Booster Packs, Collector Boosters, Prerelease Pack and Draft Night (which also has a Collector Booster). There will also be four commander decks, Strange Academy (WUB), Gods of Asgard (RGW), Midnight Sons (WB) and Lords of Hel (BR). There will also be Collectors Editions for each deck that’ll be completely decked out in surge foils.

8:16 pm: The basic lands take after the Adventures From the Forgotten Realms lands, with flavor text that tell the story. Unlike that D&D set, though, each Basic Land type has two variants, one before Hela and Dormammu’s invasion and one after. They look awesome.

8:13 pm: One more card, Temple of Khonshu. It’s a common black/white land and it enters tapped unless you control a Dimension. Dimension is some kind of new card type, and Wizards is not revealing it yet. I hope they’re better than Battles.

8:10 pm: They brought Arcane back, which was a card subtype that hasn’t really existed since the Kamigawa block in the 2000s. We got a black modal spell, and a red one “Rise From the Nether” that creates 3/1 creature tokens. Bring back Splice Onto Arcane.

8:08 pm: Hela’s card looks awesome, it introduces a new keyword, Vengeance, which is basically just an Adventure that you cast when the card is in the graveyard. So, if Hela is your commander, you can send her to the graveyard when she dies, then put her in the command zone when you cast from the graveyard, and make a little loop.

8:05 pm: They introduced Magik as a dual faced card. WotC didn’t add all the X-Men, but Magik fits the vibe of the set, and she looks awesome. She’ll be able to transform into Darkchild, and you’ll be able to pay 4 life to give her indestructible. So, she’ll be pretty hard to kill.

8:03 pm: But even with all the art, there has to be cards. The centerpiece is The Darkhold, a legendary artifact for three mana, and you can tap it, put sin counters on it and draw a card for each sin counter. It’s like an evil version of The One Ring.

8:01 pm: The set will be themed around three different types of magic. Arcane for Doctor Strange & Co, Divine for gods like Thor and Dark Magic for villains like Hela and Dormammu. But there are some heroes might be using Dark Magic.

7:57 pm: Once they got the greenlight, WotC had to invent a lot, apparently. The first two sets were about superheroes, but with Darkhold Destiny, the company was much more interested in focusing on villains. So, we’ve got Hela has a foil to Thor, and the Dread Dormammu as the foil to Doctor Strange. Hela x Dormammu is quite a cool team-up, I’m not going to lie.

7:53 pm: The main heroes of the set are Doctor Strange and Thor, which perfectly fit the theme of the set. And it’s not Thor as the Avenger, it’s Thor as a god. It sounds like the story really came together after Magic designers pitched their idea for a darker Marvel world.

7:52 pm: There will be new crossover comics, coming out via Infinity Comics. The first issue will be out in February, with another coming closer to the April release. That should introduce people to the world that Marvel and WotC have been building together.

7:50 pm: Now they’re showing off some of the art, and it looks just like something out of Innistrad. Ok, well maybe not exactly Innistrad, but very similar vibes.

7:49 pm: Marvel and Wizards have been working on this set together for years. Marvel Super Heroes and Spider-Man it was focused on just getting everyone’s favorite characters in the game, but Darkhold Destiny is focused more on world-building. The World was the focus, and then WotC added characters that would fit later.

7:47 pm: Darkhold Destiny is out April 8, will be the second set next year, after Nauctis. Moon Knight, Ghost Rider, Blade will all be here, along with traditional MTG creature types like elves, dragons, angels and vampires.

7:43 pm: They’re starting things off by playing the teaser Wizards released earlier today. They created a whole new Marvel narrative that’s unique to Magic: the Gathering. As soon as the teaser was over, the room exploded in cheers.

7:40 pm: Mark Rosewater & Co have taken the stage, and Rosewater is wearing a blue Marvel shirt. And they’ve also dragged a replica of the Darkhold onto the stage. Here we go!

7:27 pm: Now, with Darkhold Destiny, that makes for the third Marvel set. The first two have each had one of the Infinity Stones, so it’s extremely likely that the third will be in this one. I wonder which one it’ll be!

7:17 pm: Got to the panel, and it looks like they opened the doors early! The room is absolutely packed, and people seem excited to see more of Darkhold Destiny. We’ve got about 30 mintues to go before the show kicks off.

6:15 pm: I’m about to head over to the panel, but it looks like Wizards of the Coast has already announced the new set on YouTube. It’s Darkhold Destiny, and it looks like a completely original take on Marvel. None of the cards or mechanics have been announced, but this fits Magic’s world much better than Spider-Man or Marvel Superheroes did.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

A Street Fighter Movie Sequel Is Already Being Written, but There’s a Catch

Director Kitao Sakurai confirmed that he’s already hard at work writing up a sequel to his upcoming Street Fighter film, but whether or not it gets made all depends on how the first movie performs.

Sakurai spoke about the possibility of a sequel in an interview with MovieWeb, saying the groundwork is already being laid to continue Ryu and Ken’s adventures after the events of the second World Warrior Tournament. But if fans want to see their fights continue after this, they’ll have to put their butts in some seats at their local theaters to make it happen.

“It’s something that we’re thinking about and developing,” he told the outlet. “I don’t want to say anything that locks us in. It also kind of depends on how people react to this one, and whether they, you know, support this vision of the story. We definitely have a lot of ideas, and we’re writing currently, but you know, I wouldn’t want to make any promises one way or the other about what exactly we’re gonna do.”

Having spoken with the cast myself, I can confirm that their hopes for a sequel are high, but they’ve also confirmed that interest from moviegoers is essential in order to justify making another Street Fighter film.

Just today, it was confirmed that the Street Fighter movie will contain several animated sequences diving into Ryu and Ken’s backstory with their mentor, Gouken, and his brother, Akuma. Fans are already providing positive feedback to what they’ve seen so far, praising the art style and fluid animation — but there’s one character who’s been left out of the marketing thus far, and he’s already getting the community’s gears turning as to who a sequel might be about.

We haven’t yet seen Sagat in any of the film’s trailers or advertisements, and no casting announcements have been made for him. Obviously, fans are hopeful that, if a sequel does end up getting made, Sagat will be a significant part of it — but given the wealth of characters in Street Fighter games, there’s no telling who might show up in a second movie.

This is the second big film from Capcom to hit theaters following Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil adaptation, which was broadly well-received by regular moviegoers and critics, alike, though hopes for a sequel are also low at the moment, given that Cregger has publicly claimed he will “never” touch a franchise film again.

Street Fighter releases in theaters on October 16, 2026. We got the chance to speak to the cast ahead of its release, including David Dastmalchian, who told us all about how he studied real-life cult leaders to bring M. Bison to the big screen.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation: I Played a New Slice from the Early Game With a Boss Fight

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • Previous previews have focused on the open world, but my slice was focused on the more linear, story-intensive sections.
  • Materia has a new way to level up.
  • Difficulty was a bit lacking in this demo, but then again it was the first chapter of the game…

We’re about six months out from Final Fantasy VII Revelation, and while that doesn’t seem like a huge wait, the anticipation to play the final chapter of the FF7 remake is palpable, especially since the first chapter dropped six(!) years ago now. We’ve also had the chance to go hands-on with Revelation before, and while the first couple previews were focused on flying around the open world in the Highwind, I got to play a much more linear slice at New York Comic Con.

My demo opened up early in Chapter 1, when the party arrives at the North Crater, and it starts a linear path to the center of the giant hole. In both of the previews we’ve done already, IGN’s Michael Higham and Logan Plant both described Final Fantasy VII Revelation as this massive and overwhelming experience, but this first chapter felt more like walking into a late-game dungeon to fight a massive boss.

Even my party members felt like late-game versions of themselves, fully decked out in Materia and equipment. But it’s important to keep in mind that this is just an early demo, so the balance could totally change before Revelation comes out in April.

Both Remake and Rebirth looked incredible, and so does Revelation so far.“

But before I actually started wandering into the depths of the crater, I couldn’t help myself in digging through the menus a bit – after all, that’s half the fun of RPGs, right? Clicking into the Materia menu, there’s actually a new way you can level it up, rather than slowly absorbing AP as you kill stuff. There are now Materia fragments, each of which you can consume to add one AP ratio to your Materia.

The remake’s third part didn’t really explain how I was supposed to gather these fragments, but I did start with 200 of them, so I just shoved all of them into my Fire Materia, which got it about a third of a level. I’m not sure I’d just dump them willy-nilly like that in the full game, because I’m not sure how rare they’ll be, but in a short 30-minute demo, what do I have to lose?

The Item Transmuter has also returned from Rebirth, but crucially, gathering the materials for it should be much less of a pain. The auto-loot option that, for some reason, you had to beat the campaign to unlock in Rebirth is just enabled by default in Revelation. I was able to just run through the level and hoover up crafting materials without mashing the triangle button. That’s a huge improvement.

After I was done poking around in the menus, I started to dive deeper into the crater, and it was gorgeous. Regardless of what I’m playing, there’s just something about levels with ice and crystals that always blows my mind, and delving through this crystalline labyrinth never ceases to amaze me – and I wasn’t even playing on the ‘Graphics’ optimization mode. Both Remake and Rebirth looked incredible, though, so it’s not surprising that Revelation is carrying that forward.

But even though I was wandering starstruck through the crater, it wasn’t long before I ran into a group of monsters. The default party in the demo was Cloud, Cid, and Vincent, and of course I immediately swapped over to the new characters to see how they play. Cid immediately stood out. He has this rhythmic quality to his combat, where after one or two standard attacks, you wait for him to be wrapped in this weird blue mist, and then attack again to unleash a stronger attack. And those stronger attacks seem really strong, staggering a standard enemy almost immediately.

I’ve already written about how Game Director Naoki Hamaguchi is going to make the platinum trophy easier to unlock. And it seems like that approach has carried over to combat. I was able to just melt through standard enemies without much thought. There were even larger enemies that spawned in with little mini-cutscenes, and I was able to dispatch them with just a couple of ATB abilities. Again, this is the first chapter, so it’s a little early to really get a feeling for how difficult the game will be when it opens up.

Game Director Naoki Hamaguchi is going to make the platinum trophy easier to unlock. And it seems like that approach has carried over to combat.“

That difficulty (or lack thereof) made testing the new FITS system tricky. I wasn’t able to move FITS jobs around, but Cloud was assigned the Summoner job, and at the cost of one segment of the ATB meter, I was able to summon Ifrit, Shiva, or Titan to enhance my attacks. It was cool seeing some of my attacks land with explosions of fire or ice, but the real draw to this job, in my eyes, is the Synergy attacks each summon has.

Synergy attacks work just like they do in Rebirth and Remake, where you have to use abilities to fill up a little bar. Use enough of them on specific characters and you unlock powerful abilities. The appeal to the summons’ synergy attacks, though, is that I only had to build up ATB on one character to use them, which should make it a lot easier to just churn through them. But most enemies died before I was able to use enough abilities to get to the Synergy ability.

As I get deeper into the crater, I start running into Sephiroth clones – a ton of them – until Cloud has one of his signature visions of Sephiroth. I won’t go into too much detail on the particular nature of Sephiroth’s taunts here in the crater, but if you’ve played Final Fantasy VII on the PS1, you probably have a pretty good idea of what he’s saying.

Eventually, creatures start fusing with the Sephiroth clones to create even more monstrous enemies, until I end up face-to-face with Gigas. And, unlike a lot of the smaller enemies before this, I was able to work up to one of Cloud’s synergy attacks with Ifrit, which ended up being a sort of fusion of the summon’s classic Hellfire attack with Cloud’s sword. However, before the animation finished, Gigas died. But, you know, we’re getting there.

After facing a couple of subsequent enemies, I finally got to a whole crowd of Sephiroth clones surrounding a purple glow of some sort. A cutscene played, and, again, I’ll spare you the details, but it ended with Jenova Deathmourner hatching from one of the clones. Finally, something that can actually put up a fight!

The boss fight plays out pretty similarly to other Jenova battles throughout the series, only this time the tentacles that spawn and make the boss invincible breathe fire. The fight is comprised of three phases, and so I was finally able to actually use multiple synergy abilities – Cid and Vincent, along with Cloud and Shiva. And they’re just as bombastic as they are in Rebirth.

Eventually, after three phases of dodging fire and chopping down tentacles, the boss died and the demo was over. I would have liked the combat to be a bit more difficult, but it is still very early in the game, and there is likely going to be a lot of balance tuning as Final Fantasy VII Revelation gets closer to launch.

Finally, while our earlier previews described a giant open-world game absolutely chock-full of activities, it was nice to see that the story-intense linear bits are still there, and just as dramatic as they were in the first two games. Final Fantasy VII Revelation will ultimately be the conclusion to this massive remake trilogy, and I can just tell that some of the content that was maybe a bit rushed in the original PlayStation game is going to be massive.

While you’re here, check out these recent previews of other big upcoming games we’ve checked out recently!

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Magic the Gathering Returns to Marvel with Darkhold Destiny

Magic: The Gathering and Marvel have already crossed over a couple of times with Spider-Man and the Marvel Super Heroes set last year. But for its third Marvel set, MTG is getting spooky with Darkhold Destiny.

Rather than being based in a fairly mundane version of New York, Darkhold Destiny is taking the likes of Doctor Strange and the Asgardians and telling a more magical story (forgive me). What really separates this new out-there set from the other two Marvel sets is that Wizards of the Coast was really able to write its own story with Marvel’s characters and settings, which makes them feel less like a crossover and more like a part of Magic’s multiverse.

Magic: The Gathering – Marvel Darkhold Destiny New Cards

With a new story written in-house, Wizards of the Coast was also able to give its artists more license to create their own takes on Marvel characters. For instance, with Scarlet Witch in the Marvel Super Heroes set, she looks like a pretty standard take on her comic book appearance. But in the art I was shown for Darkhold Destiny, she looks much more like an MTG character, while still retaining some of the signature parts of her outfit – the mask is still there.

I was also given broad strokes of what the story is about. Essentially, Dormammu and Hela use the Darkhold to invade the entire multiverse, and it’s up to Doctor Strange, Thor, and other Marvel heroes to stop them. Of course, because of the characters and, well, props that the story revolves around, the set is focused heavily on spellcasting.

Thematically, the spellcasting is focused on what’s essentially three different ‘schools’ of magic: Arcane, Divine, and Dark. Arcane magic will be themed around Doctor Strange and his allies, while Divine magic will be wielded by the Asgardians and other similar… entities. Dark magic is primarily going to be wielded by the villains of the set, but there are some heroes, like Ghost Rider that will apparently be wielding Dark magic.

You can expect a lot of focus on cool instants, sorceries and ‘unique enchantments.’ Wizards is even bringing back the Arcane subtype on instants and sorceries, which hasn’t been used since Saviors of Kamigawa all the way back in 2005. I even asked if WotC is bringing back the obscure ‘Splice Onto Arcane’ ability that let you combine different arcane spells, but sadly, it is not.

Magic: The Gathering – Marvel Darkhold Destiny Art

Just like any other recent set, there will be a whole lineup of different Darkhold Destiny products. The standard fare is all here, Booster Packs, Collector Boosters and Bundles; but there will also be four commander decks.

  • Strange Academy (White/Blue/Black)
  • Gods of Asgard (White/Red/Green)
  • Midnight Sons (White/Black)
  • Lords of Hel (Black/Red)

Each of these commander decks will also have a collector’s edition available, which will be completely decked out in foils. There will also be two scene boxes, each with six mechanically unique cards. Both the Bundle and the special Gift Bundle will also come with a mechanically unique promo card, and I just hope they don’t skyrocket immediately on TCGPlayer, but I know that they probably will.

Wizards of the Coast will be giving the first glimpse of its original Marvel story in February with a comic produced alongside Image comics. Then, another comic will come out closer to when the set launches in April 2027.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

The Exorcist Martyrs Trailer Breakdown: Mike Flanagan

There’s a lot to be excited about at this year’s NYCC, not least of which being the first trailer for Mike Flanagan’s The Exorcist: Martyrs. The previous attempt at reinvigorating this iconic horror franchise didn’t go so well, but if anyone can turn the ship around, it’s the man behind The Haunting of Hill House and the new Carrie series.

IGN’s Tom Jorgensen was able to sit down with Flanagan and take a deep dive into the trailer. Flanagan breaks down the key characters seen in this new footage and how the film builds on the foundation of the underrated gem that is The Exorcist III. Check out our video interview above or read on to see what he had to say about the film, including the all-important question of whether or not we’ll hear “Tubular Bells” in the new film.

Tom Jorgensen for IGN: [Let’s start with] the first shot of the trailer, which is Scarlett [Johansson] coming down the stairs into that crime scene. Explain why that was the image that you wanted to come right out of the gate with for this trailer.

Mike Flanagan: So when we were filming that, we had this incredible location. And I mean, if you’re talking about The Exorcist and you have a staircase like that, it’s kind of a requirement for a genre like this. That image, I think, not only evokes the descent of Scarlett’s character into our story in a really profound way, but is also so evocative to me of the stairs from the original film and of the poster. If you look at the poster for The Exorcist III, check out that poster against that shot. It’s kind of wild.

IGN: You mentioned The Exorcist III, and you’ve hinted prior to this that this movie is going to be taking some cues from that sequel. And I think you were maybe understating that a little bit from watching this trailer. What was so appealing about using The Exorcist III as the jumping-off point for this story?

Flanagan: The Exorcist III is an awesome movie. It’s so underappreciated. Outside of the original, it’s my favorite of the franchise. I think it’s just a marvelous film. It’s terrifying, it’s sophisticated, it’s beautifully acted. And the thing is that Blatty, both in the novel Legion on which it’s based, and then in the film which he directed, is starting to play with the synthesis of two subgenres. And I think that’s where I was like, “Aha, what a phenomenal idea. And there’s so much we can do to take that idea and run with it.” To harmonize a serial killer investigative thriller with the demonic possession story is something that I think that movie first tries to introduce and gives us a chance to truly run with, and that was irresistible.

Look familiar?

IGN: Yeah, I’ll tell you, I figured it was going to be relevant. I had actually not seen The Exorcist III before this weekend, and I just had something itching at me saying it was going to be relevant and that was a good investment of my time. And you’re right, the movie is incredible.

Flanagan: Great movie.

IGN: This trailer is littered with references to the Gemini Killer. We have crucified victims, victims being mutilated in quite specific ways. What is this movie’s relationship to the events of The Exorcist III? Do you consider this a direct sequel?

Flanagan: Well, it’s a tricky question. I think this movie was absolutely designed to stand on its own two feet with people like yourself a week ago who had not seen The Exorcist III. So it is absolutely a self-contained story that is utterly accessible and hopefully thrilling for people who have no knowledge of The Exorcist III, or even frankly of Friedkin’s film or Blatty’s original novel. It really is its own thing.

However, that said, if you are a fan of The Exorcist III, there’s just extra bits in here that will delight you. And there is a thread for the super fans to pick up that runs all the way back through the Exorcist III to Friedkin’s original for those who are excited by those things. But it was absolutely crafted very intentionally to stand on its own.

“There is a thread for the super fans to pick up that runs all the way back through the Exorcist III to Friedkin’s original for those who are excited by those things.”“

IGN: Well, I’m going to be one of those people freakishly pulling at those threads for sure. A centerpiece moment of the trailer is Scarlett’s character attending the execution of Rivera, who is played by John Leguizamo — incredible casting there by the way — surrounded by hooded executioners. That hood is a motif that recurs throughout the back half of the trailer. What can you tease about Rivera and his significance to this story?

Flanagan: Rivera is a serial killer who would leave crime scenes with a very particular religious tableau. Scarlett comes across him very early in the story, and it starts her career as a detective to close that case and to send him away to kind of a final justice. But then elements of that case and of his crime scenes begin to recur in a way that is a bit impossible, that goes beyond what would be possible for a simple copycat. And this case comes back into her life more than a decade later, now that she’s a fully established homicide detective and a single mother, and it all kind of comes together.

IGN: I’ll just say this: I’ve never paid more attention to which finger of a victim’s was severed in a trailer than I have in this trailer right here. We see Scarlett chasing an orange-hooded character out of her house with a gun. Clearly this evil is starting to encroach. Does that theme have a relevance to what you’re doing here, the idea of evil coming inside?

Flanagan: I think that’s kind of at the very heart of every possession story, the incursion of evil onto the human heart, and in this case the human body, into the safety of the family and into innocence itself. That’s some of what is fundamentally disturbing about an exorcist story. But the other difference is that the incursion of evil upon society, the incursion of violence upon a civilized world, and how that inspires despair in us when we see the evils of the world and the atrocities with which people can deal with each other — how that despair is something that we can’t really escape. And once that infiltrates us, how do you get rid of that? The interesting thing about the synthesis of these two subgenres for me is that typically our protagonists in stories like this react in paralyzed horror to that incursion.

Laurence Fishburne

Scarlett’s character does not have that luxury. She’s a homicide detective. She is eye to eye with the greatest horrors that humans can inflict upon each other on a regular basis, and so it is her job — to that scene you’re describing in the trailer — to chase down that evil, to run right toward it, to run headfirst into the darkness. [That’s] another thing I love about that image of her at the staircase, because that’s a moment of observation before you know she’s going down there. That’s her mission, her job, and it’s also who she is, and that makes for a wonderful protagonist that gets to drive this narrative into a lot of places a lot of other possession stories can’t go, because there’s stories of people running from the darkness, whereas ours is running into it.

IGN: It seems like there are also two priests that are going to be allied with Scarlett, very appropriate for The Exorcist, played by Chiwetel Ejiofor and Laurence Fishburne. Holy hell.

Flanagan: I know, right? A lot of power in that room.

IGN: Excellent voices to be potentially booming some ancient rites. What can you tell us about these two priests?

Flanagan: Well, I can tell you Chiwetel plays a character named Father William, who’s a prison chaplain, which I think is a fascinating look into a corner of the priesthood that is not really shown before in this franchise or in other Exorcist movies that I could find or think of. When you talk about the level of evil we’re dealing with — and I’ve said before, I truly believe this is the scariest movie I’ve ever gotten to work on by quite a lot — there’s a profound darkness. There’s an epistle darkness at the heart of this story and it is vicious. This is a story about the fight against that kind of darkness. And if you’re going to be depicting that fight, you need fighters of a certain weight. And when you talk about Laurence Fishburne, this is someone who carries that weight with him the second he steps into a room in a way that is pretty profound. So yeah, there’s a bit of a heavyweight matchup here.

IGN: I think my favorite performance of Chiwetel Ejiofor’s ever is actually The Operative in Serenity, that almost religious, dogmatic appreciation for something. Was that role at all on your mind when you cast him?

Flanagan: Oh, I love that movie so much. I geeked out on him when we did Life of Chuck about Serenity, and particularly there’s one line in this beautiful high-angle shot at the end where he says, “There’s nothing left to see.” It’s a haunting sign-off for this true believer that is so misguided. It’s a wonderful character. But yeah, I think Chiwetel’s an extraordinary actor, one of the best I’ve ever worked with. And that’s why after we did Life of Chuck, I was determined to work with him again. But this part lets him do a number of things that’ll be very surprising.

IGN: Cannot wait to see it.

Flanagan: Yeah, it’s a wonderful role for him and I think one of my favorite of his performances.

IGN: There’s this really excellent image that I loved of this bloody barrel in that abandoned mall. It gets paid off later in very gory fashion. What do you notice most about how both The Exorcist and The Exorcist III evoke terror, and how do you go about honoring that in this movie with imagery like that?

Flanagan: Well, I think the thing that terrified me the most about The Exorcist — and there are visceral scares throughout, images, sounds, things that hit you on this primal level — isn’t the rotating heads or the vomit or the levitation. The thing that scares me about The Exorcist is that it paints a portrait of a world where Satan is clearly real and active and God seems nowhere to be found. And that chills me. There’s no safety net. It’s a world where innocent children can die horribly and no God will intervene on their behalf, which coincidentally is the world we live in. I think that is at its heart what makes it so upsetting, and I think where these films and the books especially tap into something that I think really affects people is that it roots this in a perversion of religious iconography.

Scarlett Johansson

It takes things that are meant to be sacred and makes them a sacrilege. That barrel, if you have a certain level of knowledge of the method of death of Catholic saints and martyrs, means something and it’s a twisted perversion of something that is holy in the church. As someone who was raised Catholic and who was horrified and fascinated by martyrdom and by the method of death of so many Catholic saints — which are, I have to say, some of the worst ways you can imagine a human being dying in a lot of cases — to imagine a mockery of that where there appears to be no safety net and no intervention from anything good regardless of the nature of the victim made the story horrifying to me. That’s what terrifies me about it. There’s scares, there’s imagery, there’s all sorts of stuff that’s truly unsettling, but the thing that unsettles me the most is unchecked evil in the human world that there appears to be no remedy for. That to me is just horrifying.

IGN: On the way out the door: “Tubular Bells,” yes or no?

Flanagan: No!

For more, check out IGN’s review of the Carrie series and our full breakdown of the show’s ending.

Is Marvel’s Zodiac Actually an Agents of SHIELD Revival?

The Marvel Cinematic Universe is expanding once again, because Marvel Studios has announced at New York Comic Con another project that will debut after Avengers: Secret Wars wraps up the Multiverse Saga. That would be Zodiac, a new “spy thriller” from Marvel Television. But besides a 2028 release window, we don’t have any other official information beyond the show’s logo, which has resulted in Marvel fans the world over asking the question: What the heck is this show even about? Is it a character? An organization? Is Marvel making a TV series about the Zodiac Killer? (Not likely on that last one).

Meanwhile, Clark Gregg, aka Agent Phil Coulson from Agents of SHIELD, seems excited about the new show… or at least has shared the Zodiac news on social media. Hmm…

Well, Zodiac does in fact exist in the Marvel comics universe as a team of villains. So let’s look at the source material and other MCU projects to see if we can figure out what Marvel has up their sleeve… and whether or not this means Agents of SHIELD could somehow be returning too.

Marvel Cinematic Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

Marvel’s Zodiac Cartel Explained

The most prominent Zodiac in the Marvel universe is the Zodiac Cartel, a group of 12 supervillains who stylize themselves after the signs of Western astrology. So there’s someone named Aries, someone named Taurus, someone named Gemini… you get the idea. The organization is a subversive criminal group who sought world domination under the leadership of Cornelius van Lunt, aka Taurus, and would become recurring enemies of the Avengers. Although they made several appearances over the years, the Zodiac Cartel has never been a standout member of the Avengers’ rogues gallery – they’re not exactly on the same level as Loki, Ultron, or Thanos. Their schemes often involve the Zodiac Key, a powerful cosmic artifact that can generate psionic energy and empower mechanical devices.

THE ZODIAC CARTEL PLOTTING AGAINST THE AVENGERS IN THE COMICS.

One of the most notable aspects of the Zodiac Cartel is that Scorpio’s alter ego is Jake Fury, the brother of SHIELD director Nick Fury. While the original Zodiac stories had Jake as a villain who came into conflict with SHIELD and the Avengers, later stories in the Secret Warriors comic would reveal that the evil Jake was actually a Life Model Decoy (basically a robot that mimics a specific person), and the real Jake had been secretly helping his brother all along. The storyline in Secret Warriors also featured the Great Wheel, a version of the Zodiac group founded by none other than Leonardo da Vinci, which may be what’s referenced in the “O” in the Zodiac show’s logo.

Several other evil groups took up the Zodiac name after the first Cartel, including one composed entirely of Life Model Decoys, but none made much of an impact. Zodiac as a concept has struggled to break out in the Marvel comics universe, with other nefarious groups like Hydra, Advanced Idea Mechanics, and the Hand being much more popular.

Is Agents of SHIELD Being Revived?

Since Zodiac isn’t a well-known aspect of the Marvel universe, it’s surprising to see Marvel Studios greenlight a show named after them. It feels more likely that Marvel will reinvent the idea instead of doing a straightforward adaptation of the Zodiac Cartel – I doubt we’ll see van Lunt decked out in a bull costume. Since Hydra seems to be defunct in the MCU, and given that Marvel described the show as a spy thriller, perhaps Zodiac will be established as a new evil espionage group working in the shadows as part of the MCU’s next saga.

Agents of SHIELD ran for seven seasons on ABC.

This would make sense given that the “A” in the Zodiac logo looks quite similar to the eagle emblem used for SHIELD in the MCU. Which raises our next question: Is Zodiac actually an Agents of SHIELD revival? That would track with Clark Gregg, who plays Phil Coulson in the MCU, sharing the Zodiac announcement on social media. Will the show feature the return of Agent Coulson? What about Chloe Bennet’s Quake or Ming-Na Wen’s Melinda May? It’s been a while since we’ve seen them, but the Agents of SHIELD characters making a comeback would be a welcome development for the MCU.

Given that Zodiac has ties to SHIELD in the comics, this feels like the perfect place for the Agents of SHIELD characters to return to the fold.“

Agents of SHIELD is one of the holdouts from the pre-Disney+ era of Marvel television that hasn’t been reintegrated into the shared universe. Although Marvel Television insisted that “it’s all connected” back in the day, Coulson’s SHIELD team hasn’t been brought back in new MCU projects in the same way Daredevil and friends have. However, given that Zodiac has ties to SHIELD in the comics and the SHIELD insignia is referenced in the show’s logo, this feels like the perfect place for those characters to return to the fold. Perhaps Coulson’s team has to reunite to deal with a new threat in whatever form the MCU’s Zodiac organization takes. Maybe Samuel L. Jackson, who recently confirmed he will return as Nick Fury for Avengers: Secret Wars, will appear in Zodiac if they pursue the Jake Fury storyline.

Of course, we’d be remiss not to mention that Zodiac does already exist in one way in the MCU…

What About the Zodiac Bioweapon From Agent Carter?

So this is a deep cut even by MCU standards, but Marvel made a handful of short films called Marvel One-Shots in the MCU’s early days. One of those was Agent Carter in 2013, a precursor to the television show of the same name starring Hayley Atwell’s Peggy Carter.

In the short, which takes place after Steve Rogers went into the ice at the end of Captain America: The First Avenger, Peggy takes it upon herself to retrieve a blue vial from some criminals. This vial contains a bioweapon codenamed Zodiac, and while the short ends with Zodiac safely back in the good guys’ hands, it hasn’t been followed up on in later MCU projects. Could this bioweapon be what the bad guys are after in the Zodiac show? We don’t know, but it wouldn’t be the first time Marvel has picked up dangling plot threads many years down the line. Hopefully it works out better than the Leader’s appearance in Captain America: Brave New World!

What do you think Marvel’s Zodiac is about? Let us know in the comments!

Carlos Morales writes novels, articles, and Mass Effect essays. You can follow his fixations on Twitter.

Lucasfilm Games Producer Responds After Galactic Racer Character Biddy Blas Goes Viral

If you’ve been on gaming Twitter recently, you’ve probably seen a clip from Star Wars: Galactic Racer making the rounds on your timeline — specifically, a player’s interaction with a character named Biddy Blas.

It’s almost impossible to hate the guy, who tells you all about how awesome he is in a hilarious spiel that has somehow become everyone’s new vocal stim. In Huttese, Blas tells you: “Here’s a name for you, amateur! Biddy Blas. Write it down. Tattoo it on your arm, and someday your arm will be worth millions!”

However, it’s the fantastic voice acting behind this line that’s got players cracking up. “Biddy Blas! Scrib doon!” is an undeniable banger, and I personally cannot stop saying it in response to basically anything. (My poor friend group is already tired of it.)

This Star Wars: Galactic Racer voice acting though! 💀🤣 https://t.co/oYkTMT2nSf

— NIB (@nib95_) October 6, 2026

Posts of Blas introducing himself have gone viral on social media, to the point where they caught the attention of Lucasfilm Games Producer Craig Derrick, who responded to the overwhelming influx of love for Blas on Twitter/X.

“It’s amazing to see so many people loving Galactic Racer!” he wrote. “Thank you for all the kind words! Every one of my social feeds is filled with posts about the game… while the algorithm continues to properly prioritize Mister Biddy Blas. I love it.”

Biddy Blas is a Crocin who, as players have come to find out, will literally do whatever it takes to win… even if that means giving you a ‘gift’ that’s actually a bomb, which, if you accept it, will explode your ship and give your opponents a major head start.

It’s amazing to see so many people loving Galactic Racer! Thank you for all the kind words! 🙏

Every one of my social feeds is filled with posts about the game… while the algorithm continues to properly prioritize Mister Biddy Blas. I love it. 😂 https://t.co/SdXjIq9HkF

— Craig Derrick (@craigderrick) October 7, 2026

Hate him or love him, the guy’s the talk of the town right now, with some fans affectionately dubbing him the “glup shitto of the year.”

“I would like to say I’d die for Biddy Blas, but at the same time, I have also slammed him into a wall at like 500mph multiple times at this stage,” one fan joked.

“Biddy Blas is hilarious, I’m going to kill him,” another said after their speeder got blown up thanks to accepting Blas’s ‘gift.’

Star Wars: Galactic Racer – June 2026 Screenshots

Star Wars: Galactic Racer has been a major hit with Star Wars fans and critics alike, with IGN’s Luke Reilly scoring the game an 8 out of 10. “Star Wars: Galactic Racer is a fabulous looking and frantically fast anti-grav racer that gets a little repetitive thanks to its heavy reliance on repeatedly revisiting the same slim selection of planets, but has successfully lit the afterburners on a long-dormant slice of the Star Wars universe,” he wrote in our review.

It’s a good time to be a pod racer, as developer Fuse Games recently announced that Galactic Racer’s multiplayer party limit will soon double in size in a post-launch patch coming in the next few weeks.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Wardogs Devs Reveal How Xbox Series S ‘Low End Hardware’ Has Actually Helped the Game

The developer of Wardogs has admitted that the limitations of the Xbox Series S have stopped it from adding certain things to the game, but insisted these limits have also provided some unique benefits.

During a press conference for Wardogs Season 2, Bulkhead CEO Joe Brammer said the team is “limited” by the Xbox Series S and revealed that this is one of the reasons why the game doesn’t have dynamic weather right now. The new rain feature being added to Wardogs this month will be persistent throughout a match, meaning a storm won’t suddenly roll through halfway through a game and lighten up within 15 minutes. It’s a constant downpour.

“We are limited, as every dev is, by Xbox Series S,” said Brammer. “As great a platform as Xbox is, it’s a very low-end hardware for a game like Wardogs. We have to be mindful of these things we’re putting in the game now. Performance is the reason we don’t do it, but we would love to see it at some point. There’s an ambition for it, but nobody is working on it right now.”

Wardogs Season 2 Screenshots

Bulkhead isn’t the first team to acknowledge difficulties around Microsoft’s cheaper console, which launched alongside the Xbox Series X in November 2020. Moon Studio founder Thomas Mahler stated earlier this year that it was delaying No Rest for the Wicked’s Xbox release due to troubles with the Xbox Series S. Baldur’s Gate 3 also came to Xbox a few months late and required the help of Microsoft’s engineers to get the game’s split-screen co-op working on Series S.

Indeed, one of the questions facing Microsoft ever since the release of the Xbox Series S is whether it would be willing to allow developers and publishers to release a game on Xbox Series X only, leaving Xbox Series S behind. As it stands, Xbox mandates that video games launch on both or none at all, and that there should be main feature parity between each version.

Although Wardogs isn’t coming to console until 2028, Bulkhead is hyper-aware of how everything it puts in the game could impact consoles in the future. In a follow-up interview exclusive to IGN, studio co-founder Howard Philpott echoed sentiments about possibly adding dynamic weather in the future, but noted Bulkhea would have to handle it carefully to avoid tanking performance. He added that, while Series S has its pitfalls, it also lets the developer optimize the game for lower-end PCs.

“As for Series S, Joe is right, and it’s not an industry secret or anything,” he said. “It is holding back what developers can do in terms of pushing the boundaries because it’s so far behind par in terms of the rest of the power of the rest of the consoles. So yeah, it’s something we have to be cognizant of, but at the same time, Series S does actually give us that baseline performance.

“We were so heavy [during] pre-release in terms of talking about performance for PC, and what we didn’t necessarily talk about [during the] press conference was how much Series S drove us to make the performance good on lower-spec PCs, because the goal is to get everyone to be able to play with all of their friends. There’s an obvious financial benefit to that, so it’s not completely altruistic, but at the same time, it is the goal. That is the point of the game: being able to play with as many people as possible.”

Philpott also noted that Bulkhead has always imagined Wardogs as a multi-platform game. The team recognized there was heavy demand for controller support prior to Wardogs’ early access launch, prompting them to quickly put something together. He stated that this support is in “an okay serviceable state, but really it needs to be a lot better.” Senior producer Kane Allard noted that situation has prompted Bulkhead to be more “forward thinking.”

“I think that’s a good example of one of the things that bit us a bit and made us realize actually we do need to be forward thinking,” said Allard. “We made the decision, as Howard said, originally we were releasing on PC for early access, and it was kind of an afterthough, we need to have controller support. And then we realized there was a massive outcry for it, and we had to look back at the systems we had and try and make them work with controller, and there was a fair amount of work there. And yeah, we did do it in the end and it was a little bit of a slog, but that did burn us a bit. And we then realized, yeah, we need to be really smart, build stuff with console in mind, with controller in mind, and we’re taking that forward for everything that we put in the game.”

It will be a while before Wardogs makes its way to consoles, but this is a major part of the game’s journey. Philpott also said that Bulkhead hired a pro Halo player to help with controller support and ensuring that it gets an extra level of care.

Wardogs Season 2 will launch next week on October 15.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Wardogs Team Plans to Port Game to PS6 and Xbox’s Project Helix in the Future

The team behind Wardogs expects to bring the game to next-gen consoles in the future.

Although some would argue that this console generation has yet to meet its full potential, platform holders are already ramping up for the next one with Sony’s PlayStation 6 and Xbox’s Project Helix, though neither company has locked in an official release window. However, it does mean some developers have to start planning ahead, and one of those studios is Bulkhead, the team behind the new shooter Wardogs.

In an exclusive interview with IGN, we talked about plans for the game’s eventual console release. Wardogs is currently slated to make the jump to consoles in 2028, which begs the question: Will it release on next-gen hardware? Bulkhead says it’s not even really a question.

Wardogs Season 2 Screenshots

“I think there’s not too much to consider,” said Bulkhead co-founder Howard Philpott. “We make the game performant, we’re going to get it on the next-gen consoles. From our perspective, it’s a straight port. So yeah, absolutely is the short answer, to be honest.”

Senior producer Kane Allard noted that Bulkhead is already speaking with platform holders about the console versions of Wardogs, and doesn’t anticipate any issues bringing the game to next-gen machines.

“We’re obviously already in conversation with the proprietors of those platforms, and they’re going to have certain criteria that we have to match, and I assume it’s going to be the same for those other consoles as well. So from our perspective, if we get it on a base Xbox or base PlayStation, it shouldn’t be much more work to get it on next-gen, and it should just be more performance. So I don’t think it gives us anything new.”

Last month, former PlayStation Worldwide Studios boss Shuhei Yoshida said Sony and Nintendo should make their current consoles last as long as possible amid soaring costs that have already prompted PS5 and Switch 2 price rises. Yoshida told The Verge that console companies needed to focus on sustaining their current hardware platforms for “as long as possible.”

We know that a PS6 is on the way at some point. Previously, analysts had suggested a 2028 launch seemed likely, though Sony is yet to make any official indication of when PS6 may arrive — and as time goes on, that late 2028 release date feels less and less likely.

Xbox CEO Asha Sharma has insisted Project Helix remains part of Microsoft’s gaming plan, but has also said next-gen Xbox hardware will be a “family of devices.” “We are moving to a family of devices for Gen-10,” she said in a memo reported by Windows Central. “There is not one device that fits all. We will certainly have a great console first, but we also know that many players will be on the go. There are some things that we are the best in the world to manufacture, and there are other things that will we partner on. So, we will be sharing more about that as our plans develop. The operating system is starting to look really good. We’re very excited about this.”

For now, anyone looking to play Wardogs will have to check out the PC version, which is currently in early access. Next week sees the launch of Season 2, which will introduce major gameplay features such as rain.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Peacemaker Taking Backseat as James Gunn Builds DCU, John Cena Says

John Cena said Peacemaker is taking a back seat as James Gunn focuses on building out the DCU with characters like Superman, Batman, and Wonder Woman.

The wrestler-turned-actor behind the Suicide Squad anti-hero opened up about the character’s future during an interview on Happy, Sad, Confused. He said he’s far from hung up Chris Smith’s iconic metal helmet, but as for when he’ll return as fans await Peacemaker Season 3, he can’t say much.

“No,” Cena said when asked if he’s been in costume since the last episodes of his HBO show premiered in October of last year. “When I put that helmet on, I told James, I’m like, ‘Dude, I’ll put this helmet on as long as you need me to. He makes me a better performer, so I love being around him.”

DC Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

Cena was one of the first actors to work with Gunn when he began his transition to a new DC universe in 2019. Hot on the heels of his work with Marvel’s Guardians of the Galaxy, the filmmaker’s work with DC was first limited to directing 2021’s The Suicide Squad and, eventually, the Peacemaker TV show.

He’s since become DC Studios co-CEO alongside Peter Safran and, as Paramount merges with Warner Bros., he’s seemingly planted his roots at Skydance as DC Studios’ co-chair. Like he’s done so many times before, Gunn helped Peacemaker become a more recognizable face for fans, but Cena knows he’s got more to worry about now.

After directing 2025’s Superman, Gunn has returned to direct its sequel, Man of Tomorrow, which will premiere in 2027. In addition to his involvement in projects like Lanterns, Clayface, The Brave and the Bold, and more, the comic book movie overseer is also wrapped up looking to cast beloved icons like Batman and Wonder Woman. In other words, it’s hard for watchers – and Cena – to pin down exactly when someone like Peacemaker might be able to return to the spotlight.

“Now, this dude gets to play with a whole box of toys, and because you get the whole box of toys, you have to address the really valuable ones first – and I understand that,” Cena said. “So, here’s a situation where I put my heart and soul into a character, an unknown character, and it becomes a fan favorite. I also know that it’s OK. I gotta step back.

“Superman, Batman, Wonder Woman… There are so many valuable IPs. I’m not in a leadership spot, but if I was, I’d be making those plays first. That’s OK.”

Peacemaker received two seasons before leaving the status of Cena’s Chris Smith on a major cliffhanger with Season 2. While there’s been no word from Gunn on a Peacemaker Season 3, as the character’s actor denies having put on the helmet since, it’s hard to say we’ve seen the last of the character just yet.

Like Marvel’s cinematic universe, the DCU feels ripe for experimentation when it comes to cameos and spinoffs. The Peacemaker character has already shown up for a live-action cameo in David Corenswet’s first Superman movie, and while his status is somewhat unknown, it feels like he could always show up for more. As far as his overall arc his concerned, Cena said, at least as far as he’s concerned, there’s still “unfinished business.”

“There always feels like unfinished business,” he added. “I retired from wrestling, but people are like, ‘Man, but you can come back!’ You know what I’m saying? That’s all that is to me: It’s a message that, ‘Dude, you did good work, and I’d like to see you again.’ Nobody’s saying, ‘Good f**king riddance, Peacemaker. Bleh.'”

Gunn suggested Peacemaker Season 3 wasn’t a priority late last year, saying, “Never say never, but right now, no.” Addressing the Season 2 finale cliffhanger, he added, “This is about the future of the DCU.” All of that said, the reflective-helmet-wearing character remains “really important” to the DC Studios boss as the DCU continues to come together.

We’ll continue to see the pieces of his comic book movie universe fall into place when Clayface premieres later this month. Lanterns just introduced its Hal Jordan and John Stewart with Kyle Chandler and Aaron Pierre, but fans are already speculating about who might play characters like Wonder Woman and Batman. While we wait to see what’s next for Peacemaker, you can check out IGN’s 6/10 Season 2 finale review.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Flirting with a Colossal Policeman to Beat the Allegations

I’ve never done anything wrong in my life. It’s really important you believe me. But here I am in the grip of a 50-foot policeman, and he’s not buying what I’m selling. Not about what I didn’t do – because I’m sure I didn’t do it, though I’m not sure what exactly I’m accused of – but about anything, including why I’m up so early. I offer some excuse about having a job. Do I have a job? I don’t know. You get nervous when a cop bigger than a house is holding you to eye level. It seemed like the right thing to say. The good news: I’m free to move about town. The bad news: I can’t leave. I’m innocent and they’re not gonna believe me. I have to get out of here.

I’ve never played a game quite like Militsioner before. It’s unnerving, moving around a town when you’re always being watched by a giant who could squash you as easily as look at you. So when my friend – who is really a very large arm hanging out of a window; why is everyone else in this town bigger than me? – tells me they’re a lawyer and the best thing for me to do is get out of town and wouldn’t you know it, they’ve got a train ticket and they’re willing to give it to me, well… Isn’t that convenient?

Turns out it was a ploy to trap me in a house so they could eat me later, but if they wanted that to work they really shouldn’t have left all these bricks lying around. One smashed door later, my pockets loaded down with bricks, a fake train ticket (I appreciate the amount of work my “friend” put into this, you know? They really got into it), and some stolen cash later, I’m out on the street trying to figure out how to get out of town.

What I like most about Militsioner is how much freedom I have to do whatever I want.“

What I like most about Militsioner is how much freedom I have to do whatever I want. I can talk to the Colossal Policeman (that’s his government name, according to Militsioner Steam page) if I want. He’s hungry and sad. Wants a donut, because of course he does. He’s a cop. I give him an apple I found on the ground. It helps with the depression, but he still wants a donut.

Say I don’t want to get him a donut, though. I mean, I do. I just don’t know where to find one, so I mosey along and get into an argument with the person selling train tickets, who thinks I’m a murderer and won’t be convinced otherwise. They’re going to call the police – really, they could probably just yell; I mean, have they seen how big this guy is? – when I decide to skedaddle.

Not to be deterred, I decide to break into the train station, which goes really well right until our giant cop notices and threatens to get involved if I don’t vamoose. Okay, I admit doing it in broad daylight was a little ambitious of me, but what else was I supposed to do? Try to track down the weird hand that I keep seeing pop out of sewer grates?

But that’s the point. I can do whatever I want, deal with this however I want. I can try to convince the train counter person that I’m a good guy and friends with the cop. That doesn’t work, but only because I don’t know the answer to the question they ask to test me. I can wander into a pawn shop and sell just enough stuff to finally afford a vending machine donut, which I bring back to the cop. He’s a little confused, but grateful, and our relationship changes. I imagine he only gets more confused once I try to flirt with him. Listen, I really need to get out of town. Maybe he won’t arrest me if he likes me.

At one point, he mentions wanting to listen to music, so I find a guitar and bring it to him, intending to either offer it as a gift or try to play for him myself and cheer him up. Neither works, so we’re just there, me holding a guitar neither of us can use on the shore, him sitting in the water just outside of town. No wonder he’s depressed. I take the guitar back to the pawn shop and sell it.

Finally, with my demo time running low, I decide to use one of the benches around town to advance time and break into the train station again, this time at night. Maybe he won’t catch me if he can’t see me. I don’t have a ticket or a plan for actually getting on the train. But I didn’t plan to give a cop who was bigger than a house a donut, either.

When I awaken from my bench nap, the town is flooded. The water’s up to my chest and it’s rising quickly. I use a brick to break down a locked door, and search for higher ground. But the water keeps rising. Eventually, there’s nowhere left to go.

After I die, I see a menu allowing me to spend points I’d unknowingly acquired by doing things to improve the policeman’s mood. And then I realize I’m playing a roguelike. Clever.

The time for my demo is up, but all I can think of is what I’d do differently next time. Faster to the pawn shop and the donut, maybe. Hit the other parts of the map I hadn’t seen. If I played it right, I might be able to convince the person at the train station that I knew the Colossal Policeman or figure out what was going on with the hand in the sewers. The town didn’t seem big, but I realized I didn’t know it well, either. It was a stranger to me. If I wanted to leave, I’d have to learn its secrets.

And what about me? Was I guilty? Why was there a gigantic policeman monitoring this town, anyway? Why had it flooded? If anything, I felt like I had more questions about Militsioner after playing it than I did going in. But maybe one more run would answer some of them. At the very least, I knew where to get a donut.

While you’re here, check out these recent previews of other big upcoming games we’ve checked out recently!

Will Borger is an IGN freelancer. You can find him on Bluesky @edgarallanbro.

The Most Expensive Lego Sets You Can Buy in 2026

Maybe you won your office pool. Maybe a bank erred in your favor. Maybe you got a refund on your tax return this year. What are you going to do with that money?

You could put it all in your savings account. Or, you could purchase a next-level, multi-thousand piece LEGO set, build it, and display it in your home. It’s important to have priorities. And all kidding aside, it’s also important to have fun, even as an adult.

LEGO was never cheap, per se. But particularly on the high end, it’s never been more expensive. The company explains this by way of its quality pledge: that its bricks are tested rigorously against gravity, pressure, and anything else an adult or small child might subject them to – even human saliva. Combine this quality control with the 3rd party licensing agreements for LEGO’s collaborative partnerships, and the costs quickly add up.

The cheapest LEGO set available is about $10. The most expensive LEGO set available is 100 times that amount. Here, for your morbid fascination and possible purchase, are the 10 most expensive LEGO sets currently for sale, as of October 2026. Hopefully, we won’t have to establish an even higher ceiling in the months and years ahead. But we probably will.

TL;DR: The 10 Most Expensive LEGO Sets You Can Buy

10. Jabba’s Sail Barge

LEGO Star Wars: Jabba’s Sail Barge – Collectors’ Edition

31

Set #75397, includes 3,942 pieces.

  • Set: #75397
  • Age Range: 18+
  • Piece Count: 3942
  • Dimensions: 10 inches high, 30.5 inches long, 9.5 inches wide
  • Price: $499.99

The slimiest, most decadent gangster in the Outer Rim has a ride to match his excess. You’ll recognize Jabba’s Sail Barge from Star Wars Episode VI: Return of the Jedi, where Leia, Luke, Chewbacca, Lando, and R2-D2 engineer a daring rescue of Han Solo, moments before they’re to be fed to the Sarlacc Pit Monster. This set contains fully decorated interiors and 11 Star Wars characters, including Salacious Crumb, Max Rebo, Princess Leia in her slave costume, and of course, Jabba the Hutt himself.

See our list of the best Star Wars LEGO sets for more like this.

9. Avengers Tower

LEGO Avengers Tower

10

  • Set: #76269
  • Age Range: 18+
  • Piece Count: 5201
  • Dimensions: 35.5 inches high, 13 inches wide, 10 inches deep
  • Price: $499.99

We built this set at the time of its launch, and we were impressed by its magnitude: six floors (not including the roof), of beautiful scenery and movie Easter Eggs, and 271 blue-tinted windows which form the building’s signature facade. The LEGO Avengers Tower also comes with 31 Minifigures encompassing everyone that ought to be in a set of this scope in size – everyone from Iron Man to Hulk to Pepper Potts to Erik Selvig.

See our list of the best LEGO Marvel sets for more like this.

8. The Lord of the Rings: Rivendell

LEGO The Lord of the Rings: Rivendell

8

  • Set: #10316
  • Age Range: 18+
  • Piece Count: 6,167
  • Dimensions: 15 inches high, 28.5 inches wide, 19.5 inches deep
  • Price: $499.99

This is one of LEGO’s most impressive and visually stunning – an example of what the company’s designers are capable of when they abandon all pretense of a “playable” experience and focus almost exclusively on aesthetics and visual presentation. Rivendell comes with a complete Fellowship of the Ring, with Minifigures of every member from Merry to Gandalf to Legolas. Check out our feature in which we build LEGO Rivendell, as well as our interview with the LEGO Rivendell lead designer.

See our list of the best Lord of the Rings LEGO sets.

7. Eiffel Tower

LEGO Eiffel Tower

9

  • Set: #10307
  • Age Range: 18+
  • Piece Count: 10,001
  • Dimensions: 58.5 inches high, 22.5 inches wide, 22.5 inches deep
  • Price: $629.99

At 10,001 pieces, the Eiffel Tower is the biggest set that LEGO has ever released, with the Colosseum now coming in second with 9036 pieces. It is a repetitive build, of course – its use of arches, support beams, and cross-beams mirrors that of the actual building. But like The Colosseum, you’re buying and building this for the end result – a beautiful model of a real-life attraction that’s nearly five feet tall.

See our list of the best LEGO Architecture sets for more like this.

6. The Lord of the Rings: Minas Tirith

LEGO The Lord of the Rings: Minas Tirith

4

  • Set: #11377
  • Age Range: 18+
  • Piece Count: 8278
  • Dimensions: 23.5 inches high, 24.5 inches wide, 14.5 inches deep
  • Price: $649.99

The newest Lord of the Rings set is the biggest one yet, showcasing the “White City,” the capitol city of Gondor. You can build all the recognizable landmarks, including the Tower of Ecthelion, the Court of the Fountain, and the Citadel. The minifigures are Gandalf the White, Faramir, Denethor, Peregrin Took, Aragorn, Arwen, and four Gondor soldiers. It’s more than just an external presentation too; turn it around, and you can explore the interiors, including a massive Hall of the Kings. We reviewed this set for its launch, and we think it’s one of LEGO’s best.

5. Venusaur, Charizard, and Blastoise

LEGO Venusaur, Charizard, and Blastoise

5

  • Set: #72153
  • Age Range: 18+
  • Piece Count: 6838
  • Dimensions: 9 inches inches, 8 inches tall, and 7 inches tall respectively
  • Price: $649.99

This display of Venusaur, Charizard, and Blastoise is one of the most fun-to-build sets in recent memory. It’s three biomes with three respective Pokémon, and each creature is a full,. comprehensive build in its own right. You can display them seperately or as a single model by merging them together at the base. We built this set for its launch and highly recommend it.

4. Titanic

LEGO Titanic

11

  • Set: #10294
  • Age Range: 18+
  • Piece Count: 9090
  • Dimensions: 53 inches long, 17.5 inches high, 6 inches wide
  • Price: $679.99

We built the LEGO Titanic when it came out, and the designers treated it with the seriousness and reverence it deserved. The model has no minifigures – just the Titanic itself, with all its riggings, on a stand that’s designed to look like classical wood. Separating the “unsinkable” ship into three segments gives you a good look at its cross-section; you can see the dining room, the crew quarters, and the boiler room. And you can also see the piston engines, which pump up and down when you turn the boat’s propellers.

3. Executor Super Star Destroyer

LEGO Executor Super Star Destroyer

0

  • Set: #75457
  • Age Range: 18+
  • Piece Count: 6130
  • Dimensions: 7.5 inches high, 53.5 inches long, 20 inches wide
  • Price: $799.99

At four-and-a-half feet long, this model of Darth Vader’s flagship is the longest LEGO set ever designed, edging out the LEGO Titanic by a half inch. It comes with a three pillared, hefty black stand, a minifigure-scaled model of the ship’s bridge, and a tiny model of an Imperial Star Destroyer for scale. This thing is absolutely massive – there’s instructions on how to transport it in its instruction booklet – and unfortunately, it has a price to match.

It comes with a cool selection of minifigures, including Darth Vader and six bounty hunters: Boba Fett, Dengar, Bossk, IG-88, 4-LOM, and Zuckuss.

See Cheaper Options Like This:

2. Millennium Falcon

LEGO Millennium Falcon

13

  • Set: #75192
  • Age Range: 16+
  • Piece Count: 7,541
  • Dimensions: 8 inches high, 33 inches long, 23 inches wide
  • Price: $849.99

It’s difficult to imagine that a LEGO set would ever cost more than this Ultimate Collector Series edition of the Millennium Falcon. But then again, this set is something special, and its longevity speaks for itself. This particular model launched in 2017 – nearly six years ago, which makes it way past the age when LEGO retires its old sets to make space on the shelves for new ones.

It shows how far ahead of its time this set was at the time of its release. It shows how popular it continues to be; this is the definitive Star Wars ship. And it carries an impressive implication: that no LEGO designer has bothered to design a new one, on this scale, because the current model is so good. If you can only buy one massive set this year, this legendary “hunk of junk” is an excellent choice.

1. Death Star

LEGO Death Star

16

  • Set: #75419
  • Age Range: 18+
  • Piece Count: 9,023
  • Dimensions: 27.5 inches high, 31 inches wide, 10.5 inches deep
  • Price: $999.99

The most expensive set in LEGO history is this recreation of the Death Star, available exclusively at the LEGO Store. It is not a sphere. Rather, it is a massive crosssection composed of numerous dioramas, which depict the original trilogy’s classic moments. It includes everything from the destruction of Alderaan, to the escape from the trash compactor, to the final throne room duel between Luke, Vader, and Palpatine.

The set comes with a massive superlaser on its side, and it stands nearly three feet tall. It also comes with 38 LEGO minifigures so you can act out any scenario. Make sure you have somewhere to display this behemoth before you purchase it. And if you’re still hesistant, check out our full review of the build to learn more.

See Cheaper Options Like This:

LEGO FAQs

Are LEGO Sets More for Adults or Kids?

Although many modern LEGO sets are still targeted toward kids, the adult market has exploded in the past five years. Many of the more expensive sets are marked as 18+ due to their difficulty and overall number of pieces.

The type of ‘adult set’ has changed as well. It used to be that the 18+ age recommendation was based on its challenge, and little else. Increasingly, it’s come to signify

When Is the Best Time to Buy LEGO Sets at a discount?

LEGO sets can be really expensive, but sales can make the prices a lot more reasonable. The overall best time to buy LEGO sets is during event sale days like Black Friday and Amazon Prime Day. You can also usually find some great discounts on Star Wars day for Star Wars sets specifically.

Looking for more? Take a look at our guides to the best LEGO sets for adults and the biggest LEGO sets by piece count. Also check out our list of LEGO alternatives for more build ideas.

Kevin Wong is a contributing freelancer for IGN, specializing in LEGO. He’s also been published in Complex, Engadget, Gamespot, Kotaku, and more. Follow him on Twitter at @kevinjameswong.

Pokémon TCG Delta Reign Preorders Are Live at Amazon and Target Ahead of November Release

With all the buzz around Pokemon’s 30th Celebration expansion and extra bargains that came out during the Prime Day sale, waking up to see the first Amazon and Target listings for Delta Reign preorders was a surprise to be sure, but a welcome one.

For transparency, these aren’t listings by Amazon itself on the retailer site — but usual third-party sellers who operate on the same platform.

These are sellers we’ve found to still sell and deliver their stock just fine, but these listings all come with Amazon’s 30-day replacement/refund window if anything goes awry. “Kings Games” is a New York-based TCG store, and we’ve personally purchased from them ourselves to great success.

We currently don’t know when official Amazon-sold preorders for the Mega-Rayquaza-themed collection will go live, but in the meantime, all three big Delta Reign products we’ve seen are either close to market price — or actually undercutting it in one case.

Ahead of the expansion’s release date on 6 November, here are all three Delta Reign boxes you and other Pokemon TCG fans can pre-order and secure right now.

Delta Reign Booster Bundle Under Market Price

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution — Delta Reign Booster Bundle

0

The biggest highlight of the Delta Reign’s preorder drop is the Booster Bundle, now priced at $74.95 on Amazon.

It’s surprising to see preorders for a Pokemon TCG Booster Bundle priced below $80 right out the gate, but what’s even more so is that this listing from seller Kings Games is that it’s undercutting TCGplayer’s estimated market price of $78.44. Keep in mind you wouldn’t get this on release day, though, with delivery currently set for November 10.

Along with that $3.89 subverting, Amazon is now beating any actual listings selling Delta Reign Booster Bundles on TCGplayer, too — with the lowest costing $77.

There aren’t any preorders for individual Delta Reign booster packs live yet, but at $74.95 for this six-pack box, you’ll be paying around $12.49 per pack.

36-pack Booster Display Box For Just Under $270

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Delta Reign Booster Display Box

0

If you’re the type of Pokemon card collector who wants to pay the lowest price-per-pack possible, though, Kings Games is also selling the Delta Reign Booster Display Box for $269.95 — currently the best price among three sellers.

Getting to your door as soon as 10 November, this box is over $8 above its TCGplayer market price (currently $261.08). That said, this lower price still means you’ll be paying roughly $7.50 per pack; that’s saving you $4.99 each compared to the Booster Bundle.

That said, TCGplayer does have some cheaper listings compared to Amazon for this one — going for as much as $261.83, only 75 cents above market price.

On the other hand, Kings Games’ Amazon price is still the go-to if you prefer buying from a standard retail site.

Delta Reign’s ETB is Going For Under $140

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Delta Reign Elite Trainer Box

0

We’ve been getting used to seeing Pokemon’s 30th Celebration ETB fluctuating in price enough that you might be paying over $200 for one box, but you can now pre-order the Delta Reign Elite Trainer Box for a much lower $139.95 at Amazon from the get-go.

Also from Kings Games, you’ll again be looking at a Tuesday, 10 November delivery; plus, you’ll be getting all the usual extras along with some boosters: specifically nine Delta Reign booster packs, 65 card sleeves, 45 Pokémon TCG Energy cards, a player’s guide, six damage-counter dice, a competition-legal coin-flip die, two plastic condition markers, four dividers to keep everything organized within the box, within the box, and a code card for Pokémon Trading Card Game Live.

Like with the Display Box, though, TCGplayer is a little bit cheaper for Delta Reign’s ETB if you want to spend as little as possible: going for as little as $130.94, which is actually 23 cents below its estimated $131.17 market price.

30th Celebration Elite Trainer Box

1

Ben Williams – IGN freelance contributor with over 10 years of experience covering gaming, tech, film, TV, and anime. Follow him on Twitter/X @BenLevelTen.

Hands-On With the New Marvel Comics App

Earlier this week, Marvel announced that it was discontinuing the Marvel Unlimited app, only to have it replaced by the new Marvel Comics app, powered by Webtoon. At New York Comic Con I had the chance to go hands-on with the app, and I am struggling to see why it needs to exist.

Just like Marvel Unlimited, the new Marvel Comics app will bring the entire Marvel and Star Wars comics libraries at both of its subscription tiers. On the surface, the big advantage Webtoon has over Unlimited is how quickly new comics will be available — with the more expensive ‘Ultimate’ tier getting new issues 30 days after print, rather than Unlimited’s 90 day waiting period.

Webtoon shared a rough roadmap for the app; it’s looking to bring in Disney and Pixar comics, make it easier to create your own custom lists, and create different profiles for all the comics readers in your home – even kids. But, Webtoon failed to share dates for when any of these improvements are coming, so at least for now, it looks like the bulk of the changes are minor cosmetic ones.

Marvel Comics Powered by Webtoon – Hands-On Photos

Webtoon said that its mission in designing this app was to make it faster and easier to use. After all, Unlimited has been around since 2007, and the UI still kind of looks like it’s stuck about a decade in the past. But rather than give Marvel Unlimited a facelift, the decision was made to create a brand new app. And, while the navigation does seem a bit more modernized, the app itself isn’t noticeably faster than Unlimited was. Of course, this could come down to the tablets at the Webtoon booth and spotty convention Wi-Fi, but I couldn’t really feel the difference.

Once you click into an issue, the Marvel Comics app does get a bit more compelling, though. Before you start reading the issue, it’ll bring you into a sort of overview page, where you’ll be able to see the information about the selected issue, but you’ll also be able to slide through other issues in the series on the top of the screen. There’s also a section where you’ll be able to see every reading guide that issue is a part of.

When I’m reading comics on the Unlimited app, I tend to make a beeline straight for reading guides, because I simply don’t have the patience to read entire comics runs that sometimes have hundreds of issues. Marvel Unlimited’s reading guides were excellent, and it seems like they’ve carried over to the Webtoon app. But, again, I only had a few minutes with the app in a crowded booth at NYCC, so I didn’t exactly have time to see if all of my favorite guides were intact.

Marvel Comics “Next Big Thing” Panel Art Gallery

Once you get into an actual comic, though, not much has changed. You can still choose between reading the entire page or reading panel by panel. With the latter option, you can also choose to have it zoom back out when you’re ready to move on to the next page, in order to appreciate all the art on the page, just the way you would in a regular comic.

That’s a great way to read digital comics, but Marvel Unlimited had the exact same options, and it wasn’t hard to set up. As nice as the new UI is, that probably could have been implemented with a hefty update, rather than asking all of the Marvel Unlimited users to move over to a whole new app. The Marvel Comics app will let you move over your library and all of your reading progress, but I can only imagine that there are going to be people who stubbornly won’t make the migration. I just hope it was worth that risk.

The new Marvel Comics app launches November 16 with more than 35,000 digital comics. Marvel Unlimited will sunset as of December 7, 2026.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Phantom Blade Zero Might Be This Year’s Most Stylish Action Game

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • There are a ton of boss fights, and they’re fantastic so far.
  • If you like style, PBZ is oozing it.
  • Framerate hitches on a beefy PC are a yellow flag this close to launch.

I play so many sweaty action games that pit me against insanely difficult bosses and require the most tight reaction times imaginable that it actually takes quite a lot to get me to pay attention these days. I’ll admit that when I first saw the Phantom Blade Zero gameplay trailers, I didn’t immediately get the hype. After all, this sword-wielding parry-happy action game exists in an era where we get at least a dozen of these a year. It only took about five minutes with developer S-GAME’s Phantom Blade Zero to see how it sets itself apart, though, with the most smooth and satisfying action since Sekiro, a surprising number of things to do and secrets to find while exploring each level, and a story that seems like it’ll go harder than I expected it to. After over six hours bum-rushing my way through the first leg of the adventure, I left utterly champing at the bit to play more, and have now joined the ranks of those who count this among their most anticipated games of 2026.

The thing that immediately jumped out at me about this finely honed action game is just how much it effortlessly oozes style. One cutscene has a character played by Donny Yen balancing a baby on the edge of his blade while he fights off numerous attackers, one boss encounter involved me fighting (and eventually taking on the form of) one of those awesome dancing lions you see in Chinatown on Chinese New Year – even the first few minutes have your character choosing which heart he wants to receive from a creepy ghost monster guy just to make sure you know that the game you’re playing is metal as hell. It’s honestly pretty hard to make your action game with a cool swordmaster protagonist fighting off hordes of monsters stand apart from all the others given how common this trope is at this point, and yet I don’t think there was any point in my time playing where I went more than half an hour without running into something I hadn’t seen before. It’s incredibly impressive stuff!

That’s all without getting to the combat itself, which is without question the star of the show here. I don’t think there was even one second of Phantom Blade Zero where I didn’t feel like a complete badass. Some of the many examples I encountered include: riding atop a horse-drawn wagon while fighting off armed pursuers and blocking their gunfire with your sword, killing off enemies with absolutely brutal finishers after you’ve broken their guard meter with repeated parries, and keeping two enemies at bay on either side of you by executing an absurdly cool double kick at the same time.

This game has an incredible knack for making you feel like you’re the only person in the world who could have pulled something like that off.“

This game has an incredible knack for making you feel like you’re the only person in the world who could have pulled something like that off, and a lot of that is in how smooth the parry mechanics and attack combos are. I surprised myself by how often I was able to do crazy things like parry three thrown daggers in quick succession, then follow it up with a series of attacks that sent me flipping through the air and spinning gracefully as I smacked around enemies like it was nothing, even though most were no slouches themselves. I’m a bit of a snob when it comes to action games, so if the parry windows aren’t just right, or the attacks don’t feel quite satisfying in some imperceptible way, I tend to become disenchanted really quickly. But Phantom Blade Zero gets so many of those tiny details just right, making it incredibly hard to put down.

Tools of the Trade

And if the core ways in which the combat feels satisfying are what pulled me in, then the fact that I was able to experience it all over again from a new framing thanks to the bevy of melee weapons was what held my interest. I don’t know how many weapons this thing has or if all of them are as unique as what I got my hands on in this section of the adventure, but just about every weapon of destruction I tried out felt extremely bespoke. I got one massive, two-handed blade by defeating an optional secret boss that carried me to victory through a ton of encounters thanks to its ability to deal an insane amount of damage, while another boss who was a drunken fighting master awarded me with his drunken fighting style after his defeat, which allowed me to bob and weave like a champ, moving unpredictably as I guided my blade telekinetically in front of me, even able to send it flying at the enemy as a ranged weapon. The differences between these kinds of weapons were so stark that it took a ton of time to adjust to each one, learning the combos available to me alongside the pros and cons of using each one as I went, and that went an incredibly long way to help keep my attention as I sliced through the 100th minion enemy in half an hour.

There’s also a surprising amount to upgrade as you master your kung fu skills, whether it’s enhancing weapons by investing materials in them to improve their stats and capabilities, or by investing in the various paths of the skill tree, which offer everything from active abilities like one that allows you to interrupt your own attacks to execute a quick dodge out of the way, to passive perks like one that restores your Sha-Chi (used to perform certain special actions) faster than normal. For an action game that’s mostly focused on pulling off sick kills, there’s a surprising amount of RPG that’s snuck its way into the mix here, and I’m all for it. It’s nice to have breaks from combat to do some good old fashioned buildcrafting, even if it didn’t seem to go all that deep from what I saw.

Who’s the Boss?

Boss fights can make or break a game like Phantom Blade Zero, so it’s a good thing that just about every one I played was an absolute banger. While most of the early fights were pretty bog standard stuff, like a hooded man throwing chained blades at me, or a big burly monstrosity swinging an ax the size of a grown man, it wasn’t long before some more interesting and original ideas took center stage. In one fight I perfected a dance of death against a snake lady who swooped through the air in a barrage of hilariously convoluted strikes, which put my fast reaction times and ability to read enemy movements to the test. On the other hand, the duel against the lion dancers wasn’t as chaotic, since most of the attacks were slower and fairly telegraphed, but the difficulty lied in having to come up with creative ways to get around the lion mask’s nigh-impenetrable armor, which I eventually learned the trick to throwing this fiery foe off its balance that I won’t spoil here. I’d really like to give more specific examples here, except developer S-GAME has asked me to not mention some of the cool bosses I fought so as not to spoil too many of them, so you’ll just have to take my word that there’s some pretty neat stuff in there.

Speaking of boss fights, much has been made of Donnie Yen’s role in Phantom Blade Zero as the mysterious Mó Yuan, and with good reason – this guy is freaking Ip Man, after all! The dude somehow managed to be the coolest guy in a Star Wars movie for crying out loud!. While I definitely won’t go into details on the way his character weaves his way into the story or the nature of these fights, I’ll say that I was pretty surprised by how this component of the adventure takes shape. Facing this obviously formidable foe didn’t go down the way I thought it would, and running into him multiple times over the course of my playtime was definitely a highlight, and featured some of the downright coolest animations I’ve seen in an action game in a very long time.

Densely Packed

When you’re not laying the smack down with your fists of fury against beefy bosses, you’ll be fighting across levels that have a surprising amount of secrets to discover, side quests to complete, and completely missable areas to explore. In the course of my demo, I found weapons and gadgets that others at the preview event reported not encountering at all, discovered one of the coolest bosses from my session that was entirely optional, and ran into hidden regions filled with loot to claim, like a creepy underground fortress that I’d missed until I did a bunch of backtracking. Phantom Blade Zero’s interesting aesthetic, which mixes industrial design with traditional wuxia elements, makes for some pretty interesting and unique areas, like one that featured a massive factory of some kind nestled into the center of a quiet village in the mountains. The sidequests I completed were mostly short errands to travel to different parts of the map and kill things or collect items, so largely busywork that fleshed out a bit of story with a side character while exposing you to a few more combat encounters with some scrub minions. But it also gave me more reasons to stop and smell the roses, explore areas I might have otherwise missed, and generally give me additional stuff to do in a world I was enjoying being in.

One area I didn’t get enough exposure to for me to form an opinion on just yet is the story. The premise is pretty straightforward, with the protagonist only having 66 days to live who sets out on a quest to cure himself before it’s too late and get revenge against his enemies – pretty normal stuff for this genre. And while I saw the opening cutscenes and a few bits and pieces of the story in the early hours, it was mostly setup stuff that I’d describe as good enough but not especially interesting. I didn’t really get to see many of the big story beats develop beyond the first act’s setup, though, so it remains to be seen if there will be payoff. I can at least say that all the stuff I learned about Donnie Yen’s character and his relationship to the protagonist made me think that maybe the story could deliver, but it’s still anyone’s guess.

Last Hurdle

Clearly, my time with Phantom Blade Zero was overwhelmingly positive, and they certainly won me over as someone who will definitely be playing this game, but if there’s one area I’m a bit nervous about it’s technical performance. Obviously the build I played wasn’t final, and S-GAME told me that most of their focus in the remaining weeks leading up to launch is mostly around optimization, but it’s worth shouting out that I experienced infrequent but fairly severe framerate drops throughout the course of my demo. I was playing on a decently powerful PC, so am particularly curious how this one will look and run on PS5, which is the only console PBZ is debuting on at the end of this month. In any case, it’s something I’ll be keeping an eye on closer to launch, because awesome games coming out the gates with unfortunate technical hiccups is disappointingly common these days.c

After half a day playing Phantom Blade Zero, it’s gone from mostly not on my radar to to the top of my wishlist this fall, and I truly cannot wait to dive back in later this month to see if it can deliver beyond those first handful of hours. At least for now, though, just about everything I’ve seen and played has made me more convinced that this is going to be one of the coolest action games of 2026.

While you’re here, check out these recent previews of other big upcoming games we’ve checked out recently!

Travis Northup is a writer for IGN. You can follow him on Twitter @TieGuyTravis and read his games coverage here.

Silver Pines Is the Silent Hill Metroidvania Mash-Up I Never Knew I Needed

This is an IGN opinion piece from Tristan Ogilvie, who plays survival horror games like it’s his job (because a lot of the time, it very much is).

While there’s certainly been a number of horror-themed metroidvanias released in recent years, from the savage executions of the Blasphemous series to the brilliant shapeshifting reverse-horror of Carrion, until now I’ve never experienced one that has so expertly adapted proper survival horror mechanics into the genre. Silver Pines takes the fear and foreboding of Silent Hill and Resident Evil, and flattens it into a 2.5D setting that begins as a small town but becomes an increasingly larger one as new tools are uncovered and new paths are unlocked in typical metroidvania fashion. I’m only about five hours into what is apparently a 12-hour story, but ever since I picked up this mystery-soaked adventure I’ve found it harder to put down than a family pet.

I’m admittedly a fairly easy mark here given that survival horror and metroidvanias are two of my personal favourite genres. It’s not a total shock to discover that I enjoy them when paired together. I also like beer and burgers, never more so than when I’m gripping one in each hand. However, taking the restricted inventory management and intentionally clumsy combat of classic survival horror and splicing them together with the sidescrolling viewpoint and exploration of a 2.5D metroidvania could easily have resulted in a mutation uglier than anything that’s ever emerged from an Umbrella Corporation lab. In the capable hands of developer Wych Elm Games, though, this unlikely coupling has turned out to be every bit as energising as the result of combining a green herb with a red one.

Silver Pines – Screenshots

Just because its presentation has been crushed down into a 2.5D plane doesn’t mean that Silver Pines’ survival horror has sacrificed any of its gameplay depth. Boss fights are present and accounted for, right down to the panic induced by emptying your pockets of ammo reserves and never really knowing how close you have an enemy to death. You can’t get from one floor of a building to the next without solving elaborate strings of puzzles, like the repair of broken-down machinery and the correct alignment of combination locks. Then there’s the healthy variety of enemy types to contend with as you explore, from ghouls that pursue you menacingly on all-fours to Hitchcockian hordes of crows that swarm down from the trees, along with a slowly expanding arsenal of shotguns and rifles to combat them with.

Just because its presentation has been crushed down into a 2.5D plane doesn’t mean that Silver Pines’ survival horror has sacrificed any of its gameplay depth. “

Meanwhile Silver Pines’ slowly expanding suite of exploration tools doesn’t rely on typical powered-up double-jumps and unlockable grappling hooks in order to open up new paths to explore. Rather, it’s grounded in a way that feels far more appropriate to the Anytown, USA setting. The box cutter you just picked up in an office can be wielded as a melee weapon, but it can also be used to slash through the plastic sheets masking construction areas, opening up new rooms to ransack for clues to the whereabouts of Eddie Velvet, the missing singer you’re in search of. The sledgehammer can crush through weakened sections of concrete walls, the sewer key can lift manholes and access the surprisingly expansive tunnels below street level, and the pistol can be used to shoot padlocks off gates or the coverings from air vents to scramble up into.

Everything just feels so well thought out, right down to manually punching in numbers on the metallic keypads of the payphones dotted around the map in order to save your game. Sure, a similar mechanic was used in Silent Hill: Townfall just last month, but Silver Pines takes it a step further by demanding you actually feed in one of your precious few coins in order to make a call, money that could otherwise be used to purchase vital medkits or ammo from a vending machine. If you’re fresh out, you can even rummage around in the coin return slot for some uncollected spare change.

I also love how deliberate every action is in Silver Pines. From slowly chambering each individual round in your revolver while trying not to panic at the shadowy stalkers stumbling towards you, to pausing to wait for a pot of coffee to percolate in a police station break room in order to gulp down a piping hot increase to your stamina bar, almost everything you do in Silver Pines feels methodical. Silver Pines isn’t ever afraid to take that extra bit of time, whether it’s to painfully prolong the seconds of pure panic or to allow a rare moment of peace to be properly savoured.

In fact, at times I’ve gone beyond merely slowing down in Silver Pines; I’ve actually stopped completely and left the main character idling just to take a moment to absorb the incredible amount of atmosphere that’s been soaked into every frame. It may be viewed at a distance rather than over your character’s shoulder or in first-person, but Silver Pines still manages to draw you into its gloomy ghost town with an ominous ambience that’s every bit as engrossing as the most large-budgeted of survival horror standouts. It even has in-game serials that run on the televisions you pass in motel rooms and abandoned apartments, much like Alan Wake. The fact that this is the debut release for Wych Elm Games, apparently with a core development team of just five people, is honestly pretty remarkable.

As I said at the top, I’ve still got a long way to go with my investigation into Silver Pines so it’s too soon to pass judgment on it. However, if it manages to keep building on its incredible opening hours, then Silver Pines could well turn out to be one of my favourite games of 2026 – and that’s saying something in a year of gaming that’s arguably produced more must-play gems than any other in this console generation.

Now the only thing we need is a catchy portmanteau for what I hope becomes a well-populated new subgenre of metroidvanias. Er… Survivalvania? Look it’s not great, but it will have to do for now.

Silver Pines is available now on PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X|S, PC, Nintendo Switch, and Nintendo Switch 2.

Tristan Ogilvie is a senior video editor at IGN based in Sydney, Australia. He has 25 years of experience covering video games, having served as Deputy Editor on Official PlayStation 2 Magazine Australia and as Editor of Official Xbox 360 Magazine Australia, before joining IGN in 2009. You can find him on Bluesky @tristanogilvie.bsky.social

War Season 1 Episode 2 Review: HBO’s Divorce Drama Escalates

Full spoilers follow for War: Season 1, Episode 2.

After a heavy dose of frenetic table-setting in the series premiere, War’s second episode — sharply written by George Kay and deftly directed by Ben Taylor — slows its pacing down a bit as Morgan (Dominic West) and Carla (Sienna Miller) and their respective legal teams enter the pivotal three-day mediation period of their divorce.

Morgan and Carla are each instructed by their teams to put on amicable fronts as both sides strategize how to strike the best deal. That means a lot of strained smiles and literal hand-holding between the divorcing spouses to mask any anger and bitterness. Their facades just barely hold. Behind the scenes, their teams are reckoning how to protect their clients and gain the upper hand.

After Carla was surprised on the red carpet with divorce papers, her lawyers at Taylor & Byrne want to control the developing narrative, namely the matter of Flora Monroe (Rose Williams), the young actress Carla enlisted to honey-trap Morgan in a one night stand.

Taylor & Byrne partner Serena (Phoebe Fox) tries to convince Flora to sign an NDA as a means to protect herself and Carla, but Flora is unnerved by the request. She’s not fond of being paid off as if she were a prostitute. Flora insists she chose to sleep with Morgan because she found him attractive.

Archie Renaux as Johnny. (Photo: Miya Mizuno/Sky/HBO)

Serena’s plan ends up backfiring spectacularly because her new hire, Johnny (Archie Renaux), is secretly on his first assignment as the mole for Morgan’s lawyers at Cathcarts. Johnny is funneling information to both firms about Serena’s offer to compensate Flora and detailing the shakedown engineered by Flora’s greedy mother Mumsy (a scene-stealing Camille Coduri). Needless to say, things are getting messy and murky for everyone as both legal teams play dirty.

Then there’s the curious implication that Johnny is growing romantically (or just sexually) interested in Carla and/or Flora. He hasn’t outright said anything but his search history and longing looks don’t lie. Johnny seems poised to not only screw up his relationship with his girlfriend Bella (Honor Swinton Byrne) but the entire divorce case for both firms.

Flora also seems ready to make things even worse for herself by texting Morgan in the episode’s closing moments. Is she playing her own separate angle or does she legitimately want to be with Morgan romantically again? We shall see.

West and Miller excel in this episode at smiling through their teeth at each other, while Renaux continues to find the humanizing nuances in the double-dealing Johnny. Fox’s Serena seems like the closest thing to a good guy in this story, but there’s enough iffy moral resolve in her that maybe she will end up surprising viewers with an eventual turn to the dark side.

As Serena’s adversaries Beatrice “Queen Bea” Ubosi and St John Smallwood, respectively, Nina Sosanya and Pip Torrens continue to be a great one-two punch duo who find enough wit and aplomb in their predatory characters to put the guilty in guilty pleasure.

Cupertino Season 1 Premiere Review

Full spoilers follow for the season premiere of CBS’ Cupertino.

The world is a little bit easier to take when there’s a topical drama by Robert and Michelle King on our televisions. From thorny legal battles (The Good Wife, The Good Fight) to religious conundrums (Evil), the Kings have tackled some of the more complex issues in modern life with humor, pathos, and realism. Gratefully, they’re back to help us parse the current tsunami of tech threats from pervasive AI to infringed privacy with Cupertino.

“Michael & Olivia” opens with Silicon Valley lawyers Michael Price (Mike Colter) and Olivia Siffre (Rachel Keller) separately getting unceremoniously canned by their tech start-up employer, S-Talk. Michael is an equity co-founder, while Olivia is a junior lawyer one year out of law school, but getting career-dumped is today’s great equalizer. As they awkwardly commiserate on the curb and share some genuine admiration for one another’s work, Olivia throws him an information bone because he’s always been nice to her. While working with owner Richard Everett (Will Brill), she heard him asking someone how to fire an equity partner for cause while keeping their money… meaning Michael was unlawfully pushed out.

From that little moment of allegiance blooms the duo who are the beating heart of Cupertino. Colter’s been a ride-or-die actor for the Kings going back to The Good Wife, and here he brings smarts, charisma, and simmering sex appeal to Michael Price. Though this character wears tailored suits and comes from a prestigious family of lawyers, Michael is a believer in the Davids battling these tech Goliaths, which keeps him grounded and empathetic. The yin to his yang is Rachel Keller’s Olivia, who is shrewd yet green. Post law school, she migrated straight to Silicon Valley from the sheltered arms of her rural Christian family, so there’s plenty for her to navigate as she starts swimming with the sharks. Fresh from the series Tokyo Vice, Keller was also stellar in FX’s Legion, so it’s exciting to see her go toe-to-toe with not only Colter but Cupertino’s ever-expanding ensemble of top-notch recurring actors to come, including Girls5eva alums Busy Philipps and Renée Elise Goldsberry, Joe Morton, and Jackie Earle Haley.

If you’re an existing fan of the Kings’ work, Cupertino feels a little like comfort television because it utilizes many of their signature storytelling elements: ripped-from-the-headline cases; the casting of theater-great character actors; storylines that breathlessly twist on a dime; and their ability to make serious subjects comprehensible, weird, and entertaining. They’ve even 2.0’d their The Good Fight lady fixer character Marissa Gold, updating her as Michael and Olivia’s Gen Z street-smart office manager, Christy Palladino (Ella Stiller).

Cupertino reminds us that there’s no shame in being a broadcast procedural when you’re working at the level of the Kings and their collaborators. “

Yet familiar doesn’t mean this is a dumbed-down procedural by any means. The Cupertino pilot alone tackles tech industry sexual harassment and equity disparity, stealing personhood for LLMs, and the fragility of tech bros with their shell games and unethical smoke screens. It’s all presented with wit and intelligence, and through characters who bring us into this alien world of stealth technology and can decipher this industry that’s moving too fast and breaking things with seeming impunity. Cupertino reminds us that there’s no shame in being a broadcast procedural when you’re working at the level of the Kings and their collaborators.

If The Good Wife and The Good Fight could give me an understanding of Constitutional law and systemic governmental flaws, I can’t wait to see what the Kings school me on with Cupertino.

Ben Affleck’s Netflix Thriller Delivers

Animals is in select theaters and on Netflix on October 9.

Ben Affleck is back behind and in front of the camera with Animals, an entertaining new thriller that spices up the kidnap movie formula with a neat twist that asks big moral questions of its protagonists and viewers.

Affleck plays Mark Kimball, a tycoon running as an independent candidate to become the next mayor of Los Angeles. (It should be noted that LA is currently in a heated mayoral campaign, so kudos, Netflix, on the timing of your film’s release.) Mark is a middle-aged white male Army veteran with progressive views and a Black wife and mixed-race son, who takes no outside funding and speaks fluent Spanish. It’s a cynical political strategist’s dream candidate come true, something the film acknowledges.

It’s Halloween and LA is just days away from electing its next mayor. Mark has run a vigorous, self-funded campaign, and yet he’s behind enough that he could lose the election and with it, all the fortune he’s poured into it. His therapist wife Abigail (Kerry Washington) doesn’t know the extent to which he’s spent their savings on his campaign. And what Mark doesn’t know about – but which was revealed in the trailer – is that Abigail is having an affair (the other man is played by Affleck’s Justice League co-star Ray Fisher).

Mark and Abigail get a call from an unknown man who reveals that he’s kidnapped their son Denny (Christopher Woodley) and demands a $7 million ransom, money they don’t have on hand because it’s all tied up in Mark’s self-funded campaign. In their desperation, they agree to Mark’s campaign manager Sam’s (Steven Yeun) idea of bringing in mysterious fixer Dayle Burton (Gillian Anderson), who can procure the ransom money (with additional fees involved, of course). The stone-cold, all-business Dayle commences schooling Mark and Abigail on how to deal with the kidnapper while also debunking any illusions they may have about human nature and moral stances.

Kerry Washington and Ben Affleck in Animals. (Photo: Warrick Page/Netflix)

The film’s big twist – which I will not reveal here – spins the movie into a far more compelling direction, both plot-wise and thematically. Until that point, Animals was an engaging flick, but it wasn’t doing anything much different from what we’ve already seen in other kidnapping movies like Ransom (i.e., who can you trust, who is the kidnapper, lots of harrowing phone calls, etc). But the twist then triggers a host of moral quandaries for Mark and Abigail to wrestle with while also forcing them to confront bitter truths about each other and their relationship.

Affleck and Washington make their characters three-dimensional, flawed people. Both Mark and Abigail can be hypocritical and selfish at times, and have been unable to speak plainly about their problems with each other until this unthinkable crime happens. They hit each other with some hard truths, and the actors do a good job of capturing the strains in the marriage.

Animals takes place after the fires that devastated LA in 2025, and that palpable anger against the political establishment, and how the haves and have-nots have fared since, is a key factor in the film. While Animals reflects the city’s socioeconomic layers and diverse populace, LA is used here as a microcosm of the US for a broader thematic and political commentary about the rich and the poor and American citizens and undocumented immigrants. All said, Animals gets pretty bleak and cynical in its depiction of human nature and the price of victory.

Seven Havens Episode Release Schedule Confirmed

Avatar: Seven Havens premieres this week, introducing us to the first new Avatar in over 10 years. Original creators Michael Dante DiMartino and Bryan Konietzko returned for the 2D series, which follows a new Avatar, Pavi, over 200 years after The Legend of Korra. That’s around 300 years after the events of The Last Airbender.

Seven Havens will be streaming exclusively on Paramount+, now under the Skydance banner. The full series is slated for 26 half-hour episodes, just like the good ol’ days. However, those episodes will be split into two “Books,” the Avatar version of seasons.

Avatar: Seven Havens Book 1 Premieres This Week

The first three episodes of Book 1 will premiere on October 9. Subsequent episodes will be released in batches every Friday, so all 13 episodes of the Seven Havens will be streaming by the end of October.

Here’s how that all looks in list form:

Avatar: Seven Havens Episode Release Schedule

  • Chapter 1: “On the Horizon” – October 9
  • Chapter 2: “Into the Storm” – October 9
  • Chapter 3: “The Order” – October 9
  • Chapter 4: The Faceless” – October 16
  • Chapter 5: “The One Left Behind” – October 16
  • Chapter 6: “The Night of the Inflicted” – October 16
  • Chapter 7: “What Lies Beneath” – October 23
  • Chapter 8: “The Envoys, Part 1” – October 23
  • Chapter 9: “The Envoys, Part 2” – October 23
  • Chapter 10: “Ghosts and Spirits” – October 30
  • Chapter 11: “Battle of the Ruins” – October 30
  • Chapter 12: “The Dome” – October 30
  • Chapter 13: “The Root Chakra” – October 30

As mentioned, the series will be streaming exclusively on Paramount+. Previous Avatar shows have eventually been released on DVD and Blu-ray, but that seems less likely for Seven Havens in the current Paramount era.

Episode titles were originally reported by Polygon, alongside promotional art for each batch:

Avatar: Seven Havens Episode Title Reveals

As for what to expect from the show, Seven Havens follows the usual Avatar tradition by picking up with, well, a new Avatar. The star of the new animated series is a young earthbender named Pavi.

Korra picked up less than a century after The Last Airbender, entering an era of industrialization in an otherwise recognizable version of the Four Nations. Seven Havens, in contrast, jumps over 200 years into the future.

Early trailers show an entirely distinct post-apocalyptic world that generally despises the notion of the Avatar. Given the amount of time that’s passed, it’s possible something happened to the Avatar Cycle to cause a delay in its continuation after Korra’s passing. Otherwise, Korra may have hit a Kyoshi-level lifespan.

Either way, it seems like some real crazy stuff went down after Korra and Asami walked into the sunset.

Paramount, which has completed its acquisition of Warner Bros., has been rebuilding the Avatar franchise over the past couple of years. Most recently, Paramount dropped Avatar Aang: The Last Airbender, a new animated movie featuring the original Gaang all grown up. That was notoriously leaked online in protest of Paramount’s refusal to give it a theatrical release, but we were fans of the movie nonetheless.

Otherwise, while Seven Havens has already been greenlit for 26 episodes, there’s no word on when we’ll actually see Book 2. We’ll likely hear more about the series’ future as well as other projects like the Avatar fighting game at NYCC this weekend.

ICYMI: Reebok just announced a new line of sneakers inspired by the original ATLA series.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Daredevil Star Charlie Cox Confirms He’s in an Unannounced Sega Game

Daredevil star Charlie Cox has confirmed that he is starring in another video game, this one for Sega.

Cox opened up about the project at New York Comic-Con 2026, telling IGN’s Jeffrey Vega that he’s completed recording for an as-yet unannounced Sega video game.

“I did another one! It doesn’t have a name yet,” he said. “I did a Sega one. I’ve done one since. It hasn’t come out yet. It was fun to do. It’s hard. It’s a whole different job, man.”

Daredevil: Born Again Season 3 Set Photos

Cox went on to share a humorous anecdote about his experience working on the game, saying that the crew weren’t aware that he wasn’t American.

“I’m not sure what I’m allowed to say, but I showed up for it, and I met them for the first time, they asked me to do this game, and so I agreed to it. Then I had to do 40 hours or whatever it was, and I showed up for the first day, and I was like, ‘Hi guys, nice to meet you! How are you?’ And all of them went, ‘…oh, he’s English.’ They’d hoped, they’d wanted him to be American. But now I’ve got to do 40 hours of lines I’ve not prepared in an accent. Yeah, I think they thought I was American.”

This, at least, gives us one bit of information about his role in the mysterious game — he’ll be playing an American character (or at least, a character with an American accent), and it’s likely that his role will be central to the plot, given that he recorded 40 hours’ worth of lines for it.

It’s also worth noting that Cox confirmed he was working on a new game earlier this year, though he similarly declined to mention many details at the time.

Thus far, that’s all we know. Cox has already proven his voice acting chops with Expedition 33, where he played Gustave, famously recording all of his lines in a mere four-hour session. Players lauded his performance after the game released in 2025, and he was even nominated for Best Performance at the Game Awards that year.

Sega’s upcoming lineup of video game releases includes Stranger Than Heaven, Virtua Fighter Crossroads, Persona 6, and Alien: Isolation 2, among several others. Given that this particular project doesn’t even have a name yet, it’s unlikely that it’s any of these that have already been announced, so we’ll just have to wait and see what’s in store.

In the meantime, fans of Charlie Cox can look forward to Daredevil: Born Again Season 3, though this is set to be the end of Matt Murdock’s current adventures — at least for the time being. The news broke in late September alongside reports that its showrunner, Dario Scardapane, exited the series while it was in post-production.

Kingpin actor Vincent D’Onofrio penned a heartfelt goodbye to the series on social media, writing, “We have the final Season, season 3 heading your way next year with some very cool stuff. Much love to all who have been supportive. I love that character Fisk. Always will. Off to another neck off the woods. Meanwhile… Season 3 is coming!”

Daredevil Born Again: Season 3 is set to release in early 2027.

Image Credits: Arturo Holmes/Getty Images for Disney

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Jeffrey Vega is the Lead Social Host/Producer at IGN and is probably feeding his neopets right now. You can follow him on Twitter @jeffreyvega, Instagram, and IGN’s TikTok.

Joe Manganiello Reveals Being Cast as Deathstroke in Ben Affleck’s Batman Movie Motivated Him to Overcome Near-Fatal Health Crisis

Actor Joe Manganiello has shared a hellish story about how being cast as Deathstroke in Ben Affleck’s scrapped Batman movie motivated him to overcome some drastic health issues.

The Hollywood Reporter has shared an excerpt from Manganiello’s new memior, titled Bloodlines, where he shares the nightmare-ish situation he was dealing with when he was cast as Deathstroke. The actor was set to play the villain in a Batman film directed by and starring Ben Affleck in the late 2010s. As it turns out, Manganiello was suffering from a ton of health issues that nearly killed him around the time of his casting.

The actor revealed that he collapsed on the set of a Seal Team Six mini-series in 2016, resulting in an extended hospital stay so doctors could discern the unexplainable autoimmune disease that was “attacking his thyroid and ravaging his intestines.” He experienced rectal bleeding that stained his hospital room, and said that his entire large intestine had been turned to “pus” and was about to explode, which would’ve been fatal. Doctors had to remove much of it and replaced it with an ostomy bag, which holds digestive waste in a pouch that stays on the outside of his body.

During his recovery, the actor went from 235 pounds to 176 pounds and was struggling with the bag, which would leak and erupt waste in the middle of the night. The entire experience took a heavy mental toll on him, leading to nervous breakdowns. However, he was given a glimmer of hope for a return to normalcy and a chance at advancing his career with the biggest role he’d been offered to date.

Ben Affleck offered the actor the opportunity to play Deathstroke, the lead antagonist in a new standalone Batman film. Manganiello’s then-wife Sofia Vergara pleaded for him to not take the job due to his fragile physical state. However, he believed this was a strong movitator to overcome his health issues.

“Sofia couldn’t bring herself to congratulate me on landing the biggest role of my career,” reads an excerpt. “She’d just watched me die and come back to life through the marvel of modern science, and I think during my illness part of her had begun to adapt to the traumatic thought of living her life without me. Now, here I was, packing to leave her for an unbelievably high-stakes job that I was in no shape to take. Hard as it was for her to understand, I needed it to survive. The role contained the shred of hope that I might get my life back in some capacity, and I had to believe it was possible.”

Zack Snyder’s Justice League Images

The actor hid his health situation from Affleck and the crew, which was apparently quite difficult when he went to go for a suit fitting. In order to avoid any leakages or accidents from his ostomy bag, Manganiello avoided eating for 18 hours in order to clear out his digestive system and ensure that the bag was completely empty when he went into his fitting. Had he not, the tight spandex and armor plating for his Deathstroke suit may have compressed his bag to the point of exploding.

Ultimately, it sounds like an extremely dreadful experience. Ben Affleck’s Batman film was eventually canceled in favor of a reboot with Robert Pattinson and director Matt Reeves. Affleck later revealed that he walked away from the film due to his ongoing struggles with alcoholism and depression around that time. A close friend reportedly told the actor that although the script was good, he would drink himself to death if he’d moved forward on it.

Affleck did release test footage of Manganiello’s Deathstroke during the pre-production process, and Manganiello himself has talked loosely about what that role would’ve looked like. He described the character as being similar to a “horror movie villain” that was attempting to destroy Bruce Wayne’s life as revenge for some unmentioned incident.

“It was a really dark story in which Deathstroke was like a shark or a horror movie villain that was dismantling Bruce’s life from the inside out,” Manganiello said in 2020. “It was this systemic thing: He killed everyone close to Bruce and destroyed his life to try and make him suffer because he felt that Bruce was responsible for something that happened to him.”

Joe Manganiello did eventually get to briefly play Deathstroke via two cameos in the theatrical and director’s cuts of Justice League. He had hoped to continue playing the role, but it seems unlikely that will ever happen as part of DC’s new rebooted universe. In 2021, following his appearance in Zack Snyder’s Justice League, the actor stated that he had made his desire to keep playing Deathstroke known to the studio.

“It’s not up to me, but I have made it clear that I would do it again. I think everyone knows, because I talked about it, that there was an origin film in the works and there was a treatment that I worked on with the studio for about six months for a Deathstroke origin. All of that story is there, ready to go. Would I do it again? Yeah, I’ve made it clear that I would, so it’s up to the studio. And if that’s a priority for them, then yeah, absolutely I would do it.”

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

MTG Card Sets, Zelda Switch Pro Controller, and a $20 Glorious Gaming Mouse

Prime Big Deal Days may be over, but luckily, many discounts are carrying over today. Plus, there are a surprising number of new deals worth grabbing. Whether you’re looking to stock up on Magic: The Gathering and Pokémon TCG or want new gaming hardware, chances are good something you want is on sale.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for October 8

Scroll through all of today’s deals, and find out more below:

Magic: The Gathering Deals

Magic: The Gathering Secrets of Strixhaven – Play Booster Box (30 Packs)

0

Magic’s Secrets of Strixhaven Play Booster Box is only $129.99. That’s its lowest price yet on Amazon, plus it ships and is sold by the retail giant for added peace of mind. That makes the 30 Play Boosters in the box drop to just $4.33 each. If you’re looking to build out your school of magic collection, the booster box is what you need.

Magic: The Gathering Lorwyn Eclipsed Mystery Commander Deck

0

That’s not the only notable MTG discount either; Woot has a Lorwyn Eclipsed Commander Deck mystery deal. For $29.99, you’ll get either a Blight Curse or Dance of the Elements deck. It’s chosen completely at random. Prime members will also get free shipping, making it an especially great deal.

Pokémon TCG Restocks at Amazon

Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet – Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box

0

Amazon has restocked the Scarlet & Violet Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box for $132.88. Now, this set sits right around market value, according to TCGPlayer. Inside the box, you’ll find 9 booster packs, 1 full-art foil promo card featuring Team Rocket’s Wobbuffet, 45 Pokémon TCG Energy cards, 6 damage-counter dice, a competition-legal coin-flip die, and 2 plastic condition markers.

Sold and shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: First Partner Illustration Collection—Series 3

1

The Pokémon TCG: First Partner Illustration Collection Series 3 is down to $35.06. This is above MSRP, but Amazon sells and ships it for added peace of mind. The collection includes three of nine possible Promo Cards featuring Pokémon from the Hoenn, Kalos, or Paldea region. Two booster packs and a sticker sheet are also in the box.

Sold and shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Phantasmal Flames Booster Bundle

0

You can also pick up the Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution Phantasmal Flames Booster Bundle; it’s sitting just a little bit above market value, sold and shipped by Amazon.

Glorious Gaming Model D 2 Wireless Mouse for $20

Glorious Gaming – Model D 2 Wireless Mouse

0

New Woot customers can purchase for $14.99

The Glorious Gaming Model D 2 Wireless Ergonomic Mouse is only $19.99 on Amazon-owned Woot with the code “GLORIOUS”. New Woot customers can get it for just $14.99 with the same code. This lightweight wireless mouse offers a solid battery life. Reliable clicks, a 26,000 DPI and 650 IPS tracking sensor, and a comfortable-to-grip shape make it ideal for competitive gaming. It’s no surprise it earned an 8/10 in IGN’s review, even with its hefty original $100 price tag.

$33 Baseus 100W, 20K mAh Portable Charger

Baseus Portable Charger with Built in Cable, 100W Laptop Power Bank 20000mAh

0

The Baseus 100W 20K mAh Portable Charger is down to just 33.29 on Amazon when you enter the coupon code “LCMSJ9OO” at checkout. If you need a portable charger to charge up the top handheld gaming PCs, laptops, or a Switch 2, its 100W charging rate for a single device is impressive. When top speed isn’t a priority, you can charge up to four devices simultaneously. It even includes two USB-C cables that double as a lanyard when you’re on the go.

The Legend of Zelda Nintendo Switch Pro Controller for $69.99

Nintendo Switch Pro Controller (The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom Edition)

0

If you don’t want to wait in line at midnight at Best Buy or haven’t scored The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Switch 2 Pro Controller preorder yet, why not grab the next best thing? Woot is offering The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom Edition of the Switch Pro Controller for $20 off, and it’s sure to sell out fast. This Switch Pro controller works marvelously with Nintendo’s latest console, even if it’s missing a few features that the Switch 2 Pro controller has, like a GameChat button, rear paddle switches, and a headphone jack. Still, the essentials are there along with the sick-looking design.

LEGO KPop Demon Hunters Derpy Tiger and Sussie Bird Has Dropped to New Low

LEGO KPop Demon Hunters Derpy Tiger and Sussie Bird

0

The LEGO Derpy Tiger and Sussie Bird from KPop Demon Hunters is down to just $56, its lowest price yet. If you or your kids are fans of the movie that came out on Netflix last year, this 825-piece set is sure to be a fun build. Both animals even have poseable parts, so you can get them looking how you like, and the set includes notable accessories from the film, like love notes and a flowerpot.

65-inch LG B6 4K OLED TV (2026) Is $1K and Includes Free Soundbar

65″ LG B6 4K OLED Smart TV (2026)

0

LG S30A 2.1ch Soundbar with Wireless Subwoofer

0

Add to the same order as your TV to get this for free.

Prime Big Deal Days may be over, but this incredible deal on the 65″ LG B6 4K OLED Smart TV is still live. The TV is down to $999.99 on Amazon after a $300 coupon is automatically applied at checkout. But there’s more: an LG S30A 2.1ch soundbar and subwoofer bundle is completely free if you add it to the same cart for a whole new entertainment setup. This 2026 W-OLED TV delivers near-infinite contrast, near-instant response times, and true blacks for an incredible picture. It’s no slouch for gaming either, with a native 120Hz panel and four HDMI 2.1 ports.

$170 in Nintendo eShop Gift Cards for $150

Nintendo eShop $150 Gift Card

0

Buy a $150 Nintendo eShop Gift Card on Newegg and get a bonus $20 eShop Gift Card, no code needed. While you can use these gift cards to buy digital games, DLC, online memberships, and in-game currency in the eShop, those funds can be added to your account to purchase hardware and physical games from the Nintendo Store, too. If you’re looking to pick up anything from Nintendo, it’s an incredible way to save.

Pokémon Legends: Z-A Is $40

Pokémon Legends Z-A – Switch 2

1

Pokémon Legends: Z-A is still at an all-time low on Amazon. Both the Switch 2 and Switch editions cost the same. As for the game, it features awesome Pokémon encounters, fun side quests, and great time exploring Lumiose City. Earning an 8/10 rating in IGN’s review, Rebekah Valentine said, “Pokémon Legends: Z-A finally feels like Game Freak hitting its stride in Pokémon’s 3D era, with a fun setting to explore, a well-written story, and a total battle system overhaul that works surprisingly well.”

Get 30% Off the Meta Quest 3 512GB VR Headset

Meta Quest 3 512GB VR Headset

0

If you want to save on the Meta Quest 3 512GB VR Headset, a refurbished model from eBay via the Official Meta Store is 30% off. Just use the code “COUNTDOWN20” at checkout. It even includes an extended 2-year warranty. The Meta Quest 3 is the best VR headset for a reason. From its standalone functionality and powerful Snapdragon XR2 Gen 2 chip to its sharp resolution and pancake lens array, there’s a lot to love. Read IGN’s full review of the Meta Quest 3 to learn more.

Get $12 Off Star Wars Zero Company

Star Wars Zero Company – PlayStation 5 (Disc)

0

Star Wars Zero Company – Xbox Series X (Disc)

0

A disc of Star Wars Zero Company for PS5 and Xbox Series X has received its first major discount since its August release. This tactics game features awesome characters and an incredible storyline. It’s no surprise the game earned an “Amazing” 9/10 rating in IGN’s review, with reviewer Dan Stapleton highlighting that it’s “refreshingly centered on non-Force users and a non-traditional villain” and “the more aggressive playstyle and flexible characters make it far more than a simple Star Wars reskin.”

Save $70 on the Apple AirPods Pro 3

Apple AirPods Pro 3 Wireless Earbuds with Active Noise Cancellation

0

Apple AirPods Pro 3 are still at the Prime Big Deal Days pricing of $179.99. That’s one of the lowest prices I’ve seen. This brand-new pair of Apple’s latest pro-level earbuds offers improved noise cancellation, better sound quality, longer battery life, and greater waterproofing than its predecessor. A new heart-rate-sensing monitor is built in for added functionality. Of course, the earbuds also include quality-of-life features like a comfortable fit with different eartip options and breezy pairing with Apple devices.

Apple AirPods 4

0

Beyond the AirPods Pro 3, the Apple AirPods 4, which recently got replaced by the Apple AirPods 5, have dropped to just $79 at Walmart.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Arrow Co-Creator Shares Concept Art for Canceled Green Lantern Show

Concept art for a canceled Green Lanterns show has been shared online by a co-creator of the CW’s Arrow series, showing what the Emerald Knights’ adventures almost looked like before HBO pivoted to Lanterns, instead.

Marc Guggenheim, who helped spearhead the CW’s Arrowverse franchise, showed off the artwork on his Substack on October 7, which consisted of three separate pieces. He also shared some trivia about the series’ plot, which shared some similarities to HBO’s Lanterns.

The first of these similarities is that this canceled show, titled Emerald Knights, would have taken place in two different time periods. Manhunters were the primary villains of the series, who also served as the central antagonists of Lanterns (in a way, at least).

Lanterns Images

“I have to reach into my memory to recall other bits of trivia like that, but I do remember that our original take took place in two time periods and had the Manhunters as the primary villains and my original title pitch was Emerald Knights,” Guggenheim said.

The first piece of artwork that he shared showed a group of Green Lanterns fending off a horde of attacking aliens using various projections like a bo staff, a sword, and shields. According to Guggenheim, this artwork was supposed to portray the opening of the show’s pilot episode.

“I wish I could remember the name of the artist that did this piece. It was concept art for the opening sequence of our Pilot,” he wrote.

Emerald Knights Concept Art Shared by Marc Guggenheim

The last two images were character-focused, showing early looks at Guy Gardener and another Lantern that many fans might assume is Jo Mullein at first glance. This artwork notably included the faces of actors Finn Wittrock and Jenelle Monae, respectively; Monae’s inclusion isn’t a huge surprise, though, given that writer N.K. Jemisin and comic artist Jamal Campbell used her likeness to design Mullein’s visual look. However, Guggenheim clarified that this artwork wasn’t portraying Mullein, but instead was an original character created specifically for the show.

“No, this isn’t Jo Mullein. This is the costume design by Laura Jean Shannon for a new character we had created for the series,” he said. He also gave some more information about Gardner’s costume, saying it was planned to be altered “slightly” in order to reflect his Justice League International design.

HBO’s Lanterns was a smash hit, and has already entered early development for a second season, according to the show’s co-creator. While it’s certainly interesting to think about what Guggenheim’s canceled Emerald Knights series could have done with the source material, it’s safe to say that Lanterns’ showrunners knocked it out of the park, earning rave reviews from hardcore fans and critics alike.

For more Lanterns news, check out our interview with Aaron Pierre, Kyle Chandler, and executive producers Chris Mundy, Damon Lindelof, and Tom King, where they delve into their mission for the show’s first season and why they decided to take a different approach to its final conflict.

Image Credits: Marc Guggenheim, Substack

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

GTA 6 Reveals a Handful of Radio Stations, DJs, and Songs Ahead of Release

Rockstar Games has launched a new website which allows you to listen to some of the radio stations and songs that will be featured in GTA 6.

Rockstar said GTA 6 will feature the “biggest and widest-ranging selection of in-game radio yet,” and, as always, has hired a number of celebrities such as Morgan Wallen and Lana Del Rey to host the stations. As for some of the things you’ll be able to listen to, here are all of the stations and some of the songs that Rockstar has revealed so far.

In Pictures: How GTA 6’s Jason and Lucia Have Evolved Since 2023

Every Confirmed Radio Station in GTA 6 So Far

Cocoteo FM: Leonida’s home for the best of modern Latin music. Hosted by El Martillo (voiced by Bad Bunny) and La Gata (voiced by RaiNao) and featuring everything from bachata and merengue to dembow and reggaeton – Cocoteo FM is el party que nunca se apaga.

Songs featured:

  • Bad Bunny – EoO
  • Axel Rulay ft. Farruko & El Alfa – Si Es Trucho Es Trucho (Remix)
  • Romeo Santos & El Chaval de la Bachata – Canalla

Back Country Radio: MW (voiced by Morgan Wallen) and Delta Dawne (voiced by Lana Del Rey) blast renegade country music to the Grassrivers, Port Gellhorn, and beyond. Stay tuned for Back Country’s roving reporter, swamp meteorologist, and Delta’s not-so-secret lover Mud Dog Mike (voiced by Jeremy Dufrene) checking in from the driver’s seat of his Grassrivers airboat.

Songs featured:

  • David Allan Coe – Need a Little Time Off for Bad Behavior
  • Loretta Lynn – Don’t Come Home A-Drinkin’ (With Lovin’ On Your Mind)
  • Hank Williams, Jr. & Waylon Jennings – The Conversation

AfroBank FM: Turn up the gbedu with Burna (voiced by Burna Boy) and Palmsy (voiced by Palms Trax), AfroBank FM’s dynamic duo curating the best in African music, from 20th-century classics and undiscovered gems to contemporary sounds like amapiano, 3-step, and more.

Songs featured:

  • Asake – Joha
  • Pat Thomas ft. Ebo Taylor – Gye Wani
  • DJ Lag & Robot Boii ft. Kamo Mphela – Shay’sana

The Chamber 106.6: Crushing metal has landed in Leonida. Jump in the pit with DJ Kerry (voiced by Kerry King) and DJ Tom (voiced by Tom Araya) for classic metal from the ‘80s and beyond as they channel Leonida’s deep metal roots.

Songs featured:

  • Black Sabbath – I
  • Pantera – I’m Broken
  • Slayer – Raining Blood

Flash FM: The Vice City institution that delivers the best in pop music with Robyn (voiced by herself) and Alex (voiced by Alex Consani) — guaranteed to make you dance no matter where you find yourself in the Goodtime State.

Songs featured:

  • Charli xcx – Good Ones
  • MGMT – Electric Feel
  • Zara Larsson & PinkPantheress – Midnight Sun (Girls Trip)

Dirty South Classics: A little southern hospitality from Trick (voiced by Trick Daddy) and Trina (voiced by herself), blasting regional rap and hip-hop classics. From the beach to the block, nobody reps Leonida and the South like they do.

Songs featured:

  • David Banner ft. Lil’ Flip – Like A Pimp
  • JT Money ft. Solé – Who Dat
  • DJ Khaled ft. Trick Daddy, Rick Ross & Pitbull – Born N Raised

This small selection does confirm there will be a wide variety of music, as some of the music featured includes the likes of Charli XCX, Bad Bunny, MGMT, DJ Khaled, and Black Sabbath. It’s unclear if Rockstar will reveal the entire list of tracks in GTA 6 before launch, but this does provide a pretty good idea of what we’ll be getting on November 19.

Additionally, Rockstar released a small batch of new screenshots and confirmed that GTA 6 will feature the ability to listen to on-demand podcasts and radio stations on foot by using a pair of headphones and your smartphone. This is a massive feature that fans have wanted for years, as the radio has previously been confined to your vehicles and inside of select buildings. However, now players will be able to listen to music freely when they’re in combat, exploring on foot, and more.

In September, Rockstar Games confirmed that it will release an album comprised of original music, made for GTA 6. So far, Rockstar has confirmed original songs from Travis Scott, Morgan Wallen, Keith Richards, and more. The entire tracklist has yet to be revealed, but it wouldn’t be surprising if we hear more about the album later this month or early November ahead of the game’s launch.

GTA 6 Screenshots (October 8, 2026)

All of this news is coming just hours after 25 minutes of new GTA 6 gameplay leaked on the internet. The new footage comes from Cyberleek, who was responsible for leaking a ton of GTA gameplay in August. Rockstar has yet to respond to the new footage, but is likely hoping that the news around the game’s radio station serves as an ample distraction.

IGN also posted a full transcript of its interview with Rob Nelson, the studio co-head of Rockstar North. Nelson demoed GTA 6 for IGN earlier this summer and revealed a variety of new information regarding the game in our conversation with him.

GTA 6 will release on November 19 for Xbox Series X|S and PS5.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Try Unlimited Checklist Tracking on IGN’s Ocarina of Time Guides This October

As we inch closer and closer to November 5th, 2026, nostalgia for the original Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time has us firmly in its grip. Why wait for the remake to release? Now is the perfect time to replay (or try out!) Ocarina of Time. Not just because the Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake is mere weeks away, but because during these next few weeks, you can use IGN’s Ocarina of Time checklists for free.

Don’t waste time backtracking through dungeons! IGN’s Zelda: Ocarina of Time walkthrough highlights all key objectives and pickups, and until November 5th, 2026 you can use unlimited checkmarks to track your progress. Here’s a peek at what IGN’s checklists and guides have to offer.

Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Guide and Checklists

Maybe you haven’t touched Ocarina of Time since you had to blow into its old N64 cartridge. Or perhaps you’ve always meant to play the classic for yourself, and the remake’s announcement is just the push you needed. Well, with scarcely a month remaining until the Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake graces the Nintendo Switch 2, you’re in a bit of a time crunch.

IGN’s Ocarina of Time walkthrough will guide you smoothly through Link’s story without missing a beat. From Kokiri Forest all the way to Ganon’s Castle, we have a guide for every puzzle and dungeon boss. Follow along and use unlimited checkmarks to track which objectives you’ve completed and what you might have missed along the way.

Already in the middle of your playthrough and just looking to get those last few Golden Skulltulas? Use the checklists on our collectibles guides to mark what you’ve collected so far, then use our guides to snag the rest!

Here are just a few of our helpful guides for anyone trying to 100% The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time:

Wondering how you can play Ocarina of Time? The original N64 version of Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time is available as part of the Nintendo Classics collection. To download and play any games from the Nintendo 64 collection, you will need to enroll in the Nintendo Switch Online + Expansion Pack subscription tier. An individual membership for $49.99 will get you access to the Nintendo 64 collection games, including Ocarina. If you want the true nostalgic experience, you can also try shopping second-hand for the N64, GameCube, or Nintendo 3DS versions. Unless you’re already the proud owner of one of these consoles, we’d recommend the Nintendo Switch Online route so you can play on either your Nintendo Switch or Nintendo Switch 2.

Be sure to use these IGN Ocarina of Time checklists, completely free only from October 8th to November 5th, 2026.

Shailyn Cotten is the Guides Checklists Editor for the IGN Guides team. The only thing she loves more than checking off her to-do list is frogs… and possibly Breath of the Wild. You can find her managing the checklist database for some of your favorite IGN game guides.

Xbox Announces New XP Entertainment Division to Make Movies, TV, and More

Xbox has announced a new TV, movies, and entertainment division called XP. It will be headed up by Kayleen Walters, a Lucasfilm veteran who moves over from her most recent post as president of Minecraft maker Mojang, where she also served as an executive producer on last year’s A Minecraft Movie.

XP brings together four “areas of investment”: Xbox Pictures; Xbox Products; Xbox Partnerships; and Xbox Places. Microsoft said XP was set up to help Xbox become the number one entertainment and gaming company in the world, which requires broadening its big franchises beyond video games themselves. But it is not a production company. Rather, Microsoft wants to find the right partners to work across film, TV, physical experiences, and consumer products.

Microsoft has already seen significant success in the movie and TV space, with Warner Bros.’ A Minecraft Movie breaking box office records, and Amazon’s Fallout TV show setting records for Prime Video. Upcoming Xbox adaptations include movie sequel Minecraft Squared, Fallout Season 3, a Call of Duty movie with Peter Berg and Taylor Sheridan, and a Diablo animated series with Netflix. Microsoft’s deal for Hideo Kojima’s Metal Gear Solid spiritual successor Physint includes film and TV rights, so expect an adaptation of that eventually.

Upcoming New Video Game Movies and TV Shows: 2026 Release Dates and Beyond

XP is also about live events, and again, Xbox already has success there. Blizzard’s BlizzCon saw a number of significant announcements, with 35,000 people at the physical event in Anaheim, California, and 12.5 million watching at home. The most recent Minecraft Live, which saw the announcement of the first new dimension for Minecraft in 14 years, reached more than 144 million people.

Meanwhile, Microsoft cited partnerships such as Gears of War’s takeover with WWE, and Xbox’s range of Ikea furniture. A Minecraft theme park is set to open its gates next year.

“XP was created from a simple but powerful belief: the world’s most beloved gaming franchises have an opportunity to reach people far beyond the boundaries of the game itself,” Walters said. “Fans don’t just play our franchises. They watch them, wear them, attend them, celebrate them, and connect with them in countless ways. XP brings together the teams responsible for helping Xbox franchises show up in the world in bigger, more meaningful ways.”

Xbox XP president Kayleen Walters. Image credit: Microsoft.

“XP is a play on ‘Experience Points’ and formalizes four investment areas for us: Xbox Pictures for film and television adaptations; Xbox Products for licensing and merchandise; Xbox Partnerships for sponsors and brand partners; and Xbox Places for our marquee broadcast and in-person events, theme parks, and other location-based experiences,” Xbox CEO Asha Sharma wrote in a company-wide memo also posted to Xbox Wire.

“Our franchises can mean more to people than the time they spend playing them, and Kayleen knows how to build those experiences with the industry without losing what made people care about the franchise in the first place.”

Microsoft noted the uplift its video games can get when movies and shows do well. For example, Fallout games on Game Pass saw a 5x increase in hours played during Fallout Season 1. Minecraft, meanwhile, saw over a 75% increase in weekly active users year-over-year since the movie released (as of April 30, 2026).

The Xbox XP logo. Image credit: Microsoft.

If this sounds a bit familiar, it’s because Microsoft has tried this before. In 2012 (back in the Xbox 360 era!), Microsoft announced Xbox Entertainment Studios with an aim to produce TV shows that would air directly on Xbox consoles. XES revealed plans to create shows based on Gears of War, Fable, Forza, and State of Decay — not to mention, of course, the original version of the Halo TV show announced at E3 by Stephen Spielberg, who was set to executive produce. They even planned to make an unscripted street-soccer drama called Every Street United. The entire XES effort lasted just two years before getting shut down as the Xbox One’s “all in one” message failed to resonate with gamers following its reveal in 2013.

As part of the changes, Mojang has a new boss. Maria Angelidou-Smith, who joins Xbox as CEO of Mojang, spent nearly a decade at Meta working on Facebook Groups before stints at Personio and Reddit, where she was Chief Product Officer. “She has built products used by billions of people and led product and engineering organizations through significant growth and change,” Sharma said.

“She will bring that experience to Mojang while learning from the people who know Minecraft best. Her first order of business is for her to learn from the teams and communities that make Minecraft so special.”

Minecraft is, of course, one of the big Xbox franchises the company is doubling down on amid Sharma’s ongoing “Reset,” which has seen nearly 2,000 staff cut from the gaming business so far this financial year. Minecraft is the best-selling video game of all time, having shifted over 425 million copies. Its significant merchandising business became one of the top 20 globally.

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

GTA 6 Leaker Returns With New 24-Minute Gameplay Video

GTA 6 leaker Cyberleek has returned to publish a 24-minute gameplay video that has left fans scrambling to issue spoiler warnings across the internet.

“Cyberleek,” as they are known, uploaded 24 minutes of unauthorized gameplay footage titled “GTA 6: An Extended Leek.” It reportedly contains a number of cutscenes revealing story beats, playable characters Jason and Lucia naked (in the case of Jason, full-frontal nudity), and a first-person camera for driving.

Cyberleek appeared to go dark after a spate of high-profile GTA 6 leaks in August, which sparked an investigation from Rockstar parent company Take-Two that saw subpoenas issued to the likes of Discord. Today’s development suggests Cyberleek, whether that’s an individual or a group, remains at large. It remains unclear how this gameplay footage, or any potential build of the game it’s taken from, escaped the confines of Rockstar’s infamous tight security.

In Pictures: How GTA 6’s Jason and Lucia Have Evolved Since 2023

Indeed, at one point in today’s leaked video, what looks like a developer menu is used to spawn a tank, which you wouldn’t expect would be possible in the launch version of the game. So, it may be the case that Cyberleek has enabled nudity and first-person gameplay in GTA 6 for this leaked video, but players won’t be able to when it comes to actually playing the game.

In August, Rockstar addressed the GTA 6 leaks, describing the situation as “heartbreaking” for its development team and “unfortunate” for fans. At the time, the developer acknowledged that its intended experience for players “may now be impacted by some spoilers,” but reiterated GTA 6’s previously-confirmed launch date of November 19.

Cyberleek claimed to be leaking material to highlight the death of physical media and the impact this would have on game ownership, while also charging fans to vote on further leaks using cryptocurrency in what was widely-seen as a money-making exercise.

This new gameplay video ends with yet another message that suggests Cyberleek wants more money for some mystery project, but it’s hard to parse.

“Cyberleek has a project,” the message begins. “Not Rockstar related. Gaming related. It needs expensive hardware. Months to set up. Years to run. Full-time. If you cannot trust the figure, trust the skills. You do not know Cyberleek. Cyberleek could be anyone. Even a liar. That is fair. No blame for doubt. Doubt is the correct default for an unknown. What is collected goes to the project. However much arrives, Cyberleek does the possible with it. That is the only promise.”

Cyberleek was heavily criticized for using GTA 6 leaks to push a meme coin. Analysis of cryptocurrency transactions in late August pointed to the GTA 6 leaker having “cashed out,” earning around $270,000 in the process. Every video posted by Cyberleek pointed to a website where fans could pay to vote on further leaks using the leaker’s own cryptocurrency.

Whether the culprit or culprits are ever caught may rest on how successful Take-Two’s legal team and the relevant law authorities are at forcing social networks or crypto exchanges to divulge any personal details they hold on those responsible.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Wardogs Streamer Banned for Exploiting the Game’s Building Mechanics to Get Rich

A vtuber is at the center of a controversy in the Wardogs community surrounding exploits. The first-person shooter allows players to roleplay as a part of the war effort, taking to the front lines, running logistics in trucks, and building forward-operating bases (FOB) for their allies to control sections of the map.

Everything a player does — from recon to taxi driving their soldiers back into battle — earns them in-game money as a merc, which can then be spent on unlocking equipment and better loadouts. At the end of the season (or whenever the player chooses to trade their ill-gotten merc gains), money left over is converted into gold — a fluctuating economy of premium currency that can be spent on cosmetics.

Streamer KatieRouu was banned from the game for using exploits to take advantage of these systems. The streamer and their friends would place dozens of sniper lookout towers around a FOB and purposely let the enemy team take the base over, switching those buildings to enemy control.

even someone in the squad @KatieRouu was playing with knew what they were doing is not allowed and she dismisses his statement as if what she’s doing is perfectly fine…

then proceeded to go against the CEO for her ban on a post saying

“So tell me what the exploit was.”

lol https://t.co/N4E4mdX8I1

— waterrox (@WATERR0X) October 8, 2026

Once control was switched to the enemy team, KatieRouu and their squad would sit in another FOB that they’d supplied with ammunition, firing mortars at the base they’d allowed to be captured. With the money generated from destroying enemy structures and the money gained from assists (from supplying the ammo to the new base), the squad would rack up big money without actually contributing to their team’s war effort.

Joe Brammer, the CEO of Wardogs developer Bulkhead, responded to the ban: “Hey Katie, firstly thanks for streaming Wardogs. From what we can see you’ve been a completely regular player and someone who’s supported the game.

“Secondly, let’s be real here. You know it, I know it… you were taking advantage of an exploit. It’s obviously not an intended part of the game, had you raised it to us that’d be great… but running up millions for lots of players and promoting the exploit was absolutely not on. We can see that lots of the players involved immediately converted the cash they’d made via the exploit into gold bars and purchasing skins… so there was no gameplay there, nothing organic, purely a cash loop that you took advantage of.

“I wasn’t directly involved but I can see the ban team acted appropriately, if anything they were lenient compared to what we had said on Steam. This exploit has been fixed for Season 2. We have also added data tracking for the behaviour and events now.

“Sorry for the ban, I can see you were going to stream tonight, but the rules are there for a reason. Hope we can at the very least, agree to disagree.

While some players have defended the streamer, arguing that they used legitimate game mechanics to generate the money, the Wardogs developer reiterated its stance. “We made it clear that known cash & xp exploit abuse will no longer be tolerated,” the official account posted on Twitter. “These punishments will stand. This decision is final.”

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

Below Review

Below is now streaming on Netflix.

Set in a tiny, remote coastal town that’s suddenly facing a mysterious threat from the sea, Netflix’s new drama/horror series Below is in the unfortunate position of being compared to Widow’s Bay, the other show that already did that this year. It’s a “what if Jaws but…” vehicle for Josh Hartnett, on a career upswing with things like Oppenheimer, Trap (yes, Trap), and a great episode of Black Mirror. And while he’s doing all he can here, in a thick Newfoundland accent no less, to carry the six-episode series, Below can’t keep pace with the other show. A relatively solid first half of episodes is done in by the back three that messily (and occasionally ridiculously) tie up a story that hasn’t fully found its sea legs.

Hartnett stars as Calvin Penney, a man with a trauma-filled life dating back to his family’s forced resettlement from one remote town to the slightly less remote town of Snook’s Arm (which, in real life, was resettled in 2018). As seen in the opening scene from 1986, a young Calvin, his sister Ruth, his mother, father, and a resettlement officer tow the Penny family’s whole-ass house behind a tiny, puttering boat. But something terrible happens; the Penny’s house is pulled under water and Calvin’s father, Leo, goes down with it, and Calvin cuts the line from the house to the boat to save the rest of his family. During this accident, Calvin sees something in the water — a cliché that isn’t just used as marketing for Below, but is repeated several times throughout the series — that looks like a void. Or rather, the gigantic eye of a very large beast that lives in these waters.

The big ol’ iceberg. | Credit: Netflix

Fast forward 40 years and a Hartnett-aged Calvin is still living in Snook’s Arm, now a widow, hauling pieces of flaked-off iceberg back to the docks to sell to make into iceberg vodka (also a real thing). A family called the Crockers owns the distillery, owns Calvin’s boat, and has investments in seemingly every darned thing in sight, including the nearby Ocean Science Center where lead researcher Dr. Fonda Howander (Mackenzie Davis) studies marine samples and odd wildlife occurrences, like a flamingo landing on a resident’s roof. If you haven’t already guessed it, Below is about climate change and capitalism and what we’ve lost and what we can still preserve now that both of these things have become an insidious part of life. It’s just that Below doesn’t offer much more insight into these themes beyond broadly gesturing to the landscape and saying, with gumption, “look.”

It’s a shame its thesis is so shallow because it really does begin with a promising hook: A massive chunk of iceberg floats into Snook’s Arm harbor, but the ice from it, which could be a cash cow for the local ice harvesters, oddly isn’t right. At the same time, animals and people start mysteriously dying when they’re near the water (don’t forget, something’s in it!), and the first episode ends on a shocking image I won’t spoil. What is distinctly interesting about Below is that it lets you think the provenance of all the suspicious goings-on could be anything, real or mystical, before revealing that, actually, they can all be explained with science — marine zoobiology, to be specific — or, of course, the avarice of capitalism.

Charlie Heaton in Below. | Credit: Netflix

Below takes place during a Come Home Year, wherein residents and family who have scattered return for festivities and local traditions like kissing fish in Snook’s Arm’s one and only dive bar. Calvin has his mushroom-addled son, Wade (Charlie Heaton), still living with him at home — Hartnett and Heaton’s scenes together are some of the strongest in Below — but his other two 20-something kids who left the roost, Mary (Ruby Stokes) and Jay (Rohan Campbell), come back too, each with their own cosmopolitan issues.

Mary has a boyfriend she desperately wants her dad to like and Jay seems to be in some shit, getting texted threats like, “Your [sic] a dead man.” (Typos, very scary.) As the season wears on, the Penny family bench catches a severe case of too much and not enough, where nearly everyone’s arc could have used a lot more attention with a couple more episodes.

Below takes an especially wild turn in Episode 4 — that includes a deep-water scene that I kind of can’t believe exists in the context of some other not-so-distant real-life events — and everything that follows plays out as rushed attempts to provide answers to the series’ questions. There are some answers, sure, but they aren’t particularly satisfying. And it’s still full of holes, enough to sink a boat.

Belmont’s Curse Demo Hides Fighting Game Easter Eggs Behind Secret Weapon

The developers of Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse are wearing their love of fighting games on their sleeves, as eagle-eyed fans have spotted some unmistakable references to classic fighting game characters in its demo.

Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse released a free demo on October 1, 2026, giving players a brief taste of what the game’s combat will look like. In this game, we take control of Rose Belmont, who navigates the ruined streets of 1500s Paris with a sword and her mother’s magical tarot cards.

If the demo is anything to go by, this game will be a treat for hardcore Metroidvania fans, as it includes a wealth of secret areas to uncover. One of these areas can be accessed in the demo, which gives you a pair of brass knuckle-style MMA gloves called Cestus. The weapon stacks on damage to enemies the more you hit them, encouraging players to go on the offensive.

Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse Gallery

After Rose finishes an attack using Cestus, she will strike a pose for a few seconds. These poses cycle seemingly at random, but they’re clearly intentional, and each boasts a unique animation. It didn’t take long for players to notice some striking similarities between these poses and the fighting stances of classic fighting game characters, of which there are a good handful.

Twitter/X user and Castlevania fan StockeTepes compiled these poses in a video, showing Rose settling into the idle poses for Ryu, Chun-Li, Oro, and Sagat, as well as Mai Shiranui and Akuma / Oni. Even Spider-Man’s iconic pose from Marvel vs Capcom 2 was included. Other fans pointed out that Rose’s air-to-air combo using Cestus mimics that of Akuma’s in-air fireball attack, Zanku Hadouken (or, in my opinion, M. Bison’s Hell Attack).

Castlevania is a franchise known for tipping its hat to fighting games; if you’ve played Symphony of the Night, you’ll know that the inputs for Alucard’s purchasable spells read exactly like the motions for special moves in a fighting game, and the gauntlet-style weapon Fist of Tulkas basically let you throw out a Hadouken. And in Portrait of Ruin, players can unlock Martial Arts moves that give you special abilities, which require special fighting game-style inputs to pull off. Konami even released a Castlevania fighting game in 2008 called Castlevania Judgment (though whether or not it’s remembered fondly is a matter of personal opinion).

I told you, Castlevania LOVES fighting games 🔥 And the tradition of calling back to them continues with Belmont’s Curse! So I made a lil edit showcasing how the Demo’s secret weapon, Cestus, homages idle poses for many of it’s iconic characters.

MUCH more coming stay tuned 😈 https://t.co/7UVd7OFSTQ

— 🖤 Stocke ❤️ (@StockeTepes) October 6, 2026

Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse officially releases on October 15. In the meantime, there’s no shortage of Castlevania games for you to play as you wait for the latest entry in the series to launch. (My personal favorites are Symphony of the Night, Super Castlevania IV, and the OG Castlevania game — but there’s literally more than 30 to choose from!)

That’s not all; the iconic soundtrack of the Castlevania franchise is getting its own live power rock-symphony in March 2026, with showings in London, Tokyo, and Los Angeles. It’s a great time to be a Castlevania fan — but a terrible night to have a curse.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Fall Edition – How to Watch and What to Expect

IGN Fan Fest 2026: Fall Edition is nearly here, and we’re so excited to share over 90 exclusive reveals across games, movies, TV, comics, and collectibles, including from VisionQuest, Cyberpunk Edgerunners 2, Rainbow Six Siege, Whalefall, and many more.

There are so many great surprises in store for this latest edition of IGN Fan Fest, and this article will ensure you don’t miss a thing, as we’ll let you know how and when you can watch the stream with us and what you can expect.

How to Watch IGN Fan Fest: Fall Edition 2026

IGN Fan Fest: Fall Edition’s livestream will take place on Wednesday, October 14, at 10am PT / 1pm ET / 6pm BST, but the fun actually begins on Monday, October 12.

Leading up to the main event on IGN.com, we’ll be unveiling even more announcements, deep dives, and game reveals on October 12 and 13.

As for the livestream, however, this is where you’ll be able to watch it with us:

What to Expect From IGN Fan Fest: Fall Edition 2026

While we aren’t ready to reveal all the secrets and biggest moments we have planned for IGN Fan Fest 2026, we can once again say there will be over 90 exclusive reveals across games, movies, TV, comics, and collectibles.

Included in this number will be more than 10 brand-new games, first looks, news, and giveaways from the biggest titles and games in entertainment. Fans can also look forward to brand-new reveals from Whalefall, Ebenezer, VisionQuest, Cyberpunk Edgerunners 2, The Walking Dead: Daryl Dixon, Tom Clancy’s Rainbow Six Siege, Where Winds Meet, Warhammer 40,000, and more.

There will also be some awesome celebrity appearances from the likes of Austin Abrams, Josh Brolin, Paul Bettany, Liam McIntyre, James Spader, and more.

Lastly, we wanted to share a bit more of the exciting lineup we have planned for IGN Fan Fest 2026: Fall Edition, and you can find that out below:

Games

  • 4 Penny Coffins
  • 9 Yin Sutra: Immortal
  • Acornia: Mirror Worlds
  • Acts of Blood
  • Anno 117: Pax Romana
  • Arizona Sunshine
  • Checkmate Protocol
  • Dragon Ball Xenoverse 3
  • For The Stars
  • Golden Retriever Simple Life
  • Hela: of Mice & Magic
  • Over the Hill
  • Silk & Sorrow
  • Sker: The Bleeding Veil
  • Splizards
  • The Expanse: Osiris Reborn
  • The Forge: Steel Frontier
  • The Lich Wars
  • There are No Ghosts at the Grand
  • Tom Clancy’s Rainbow Six Siege
  • UvsU: You vs You
  • Warhammer 40,000: Boltgun 2
  • Where Winds Meet

Movies

  • Christmas at the Kringles
  • Crawlers
  • Ebenezer
  • Mr. Irrelevant
  • The Cycle
  • Whalefall
  • Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother

TV, Comics, and More

  • Bass X Machina
  • Blue Eye Samurai Season 2
  • Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2
  • Golden Axe
  • IDW Publishing feat. GODZILLA & SONIC THE HEDGEHOG
  • Mayfair Witches
  • The Boulet Brothers’ Dragula
  • The Walking Dead Daryl Dixon
  • VisionQuest
  • And many more!

While you wait, check out the biggest moments from IGN Fan Fest 2025: Fall Edition, which included first-looks at movies like Predator: Badlands, Frankenstein, and Good Fortune, shows including The Witcher, Tom Clancy’s Splinter Cell: Deathwatch, and The Mighty Nein, and games like Dispatch, Terminator 2D: No Fate, and The Outer Worlds 2.

Wildwood:

From LAIKA, the studio behind Coraline, comes Wildwood, a handcrafted epic fantasy arriving only in theaters October 23, tickets on sale now. Based on the acclaimed novel by Colin Meloy and Carson Ellis, the film follows Prue and Curtis as they venture into a mysterious forest beyond Portland to rescue Prue’s baby brother — and find themselves drawn into an extraordinary battle for the fate of Wildwood.

As part of IGN FanFest, director Travis Knight joins IGN to discuss bringing the world of Wildwood to life through stop-motion, adapting the beloved illustrated novel for the screen, and the extraordinary craft and scale behind LAIKA’s most ambitious adventure yet.

Adam Bankhurst is a writer for IGN. You can follow him on X/Twitter @AdamBankhurst, Instagram, and TikTok, and listen to his show, Talking Disney Magic.

Dragon’s Dogma 2: Dark Arisen Review

The first Dark Arisen expansion for the original Dragon’s Dogma has a well-lauded place in video game history as the expansion that “fixed” the base game, sanding down the rough technical edges and tweaking things to make the notoriously obtuse RPG more approachable. It also added hours of new content, spiraling an already heady story directly into the heavens on the back of dragon wings. Dark Arisen 2 isn’t as transformational as the first one was, primarily because many of Dragon’s Dogma 2’s biggest issues have been fixed through incremental patching since it came out in 2024. But the new content here definitely flies in the same ambitious skies as its predecessor, pushing the story and world design to new heights, even if some of the new progression options get left behind.

As with Dragon’s Dogma 2’s base campaign, Dark Arisen 2’s story remixes themes from the first game without being a simple retelling. Like in the first, another Arisen has been rumored to exist, something that shouldn’t be possible and demands your immediate attention. This takes you north to the frozen mountains of Norgan, a place that is largely abandoned save for the single settlement at its border (and the steady stream of visitors coming from other lands to investigate what’s been lost under all that ice besides you).

What I said about Dragon’s Dogma 2 (2024)

Dragon’s Dogma 2 is a strange and wonderful game that seems haunted by some of yesteryear’s bugaboos. It is a retelling and reimplementation of all of those wonderful ideas from the 2012 cult-classic, including an awesome dynamic world and some of the best combat in the genre that integrates a subtle but amazingly complex physics system. On the other hand, its finicky ally AI, clunky climbing, choppy frame rate, and camera with a habit of going haywire at the worst times are all “features” I wish hadn’t been brought back for another round. Even so, there’s an action-RPG here that’s richly rewarding and incomparable to its contemporaries if you can be patient with its quirks and open to embracing its hands-off open-world and quest designs. – Jarrett Green, March 20, 2024

Review: 8

Read the full Dragon’s Dogma 2 review.

The expansion’s story also meanders in similar ways to the base game, with plot points getting sidetracked by little tasks or other happenings, but it didn’t feel as distracting since a lot of the “help me and I’ll help you” quests are relegated to side stories. As a whole, this roughly 20-hour main quest is solid, lacking in nuanced writing or ground breaking storytelling but bursting with a tangibly broody mood, big moments, and some genuinely interesting lore. It’s meditation on how a hero of destiny chooses their fate (if they get a choice at all) is unsubtle, and spends far too long at the end really sending the message home, but it sticks it.

For those who don’t mind a lot of filler with their killer, there are plenty of people with tasks thoroughly less vital to the survival of reality that need doing. A couple of those quest lines stand out – one where you help the son of the village’s leader become brave and tough enough to follow in his footsteps, for example – but most are just a flimsy excuse to run around the world and beat up enemies.

The frigid Norgan region is delightfully dense with things to find and see even if its smaller than most other regions in Dragon’s Dogma 2. What it lacks in square footage on a map, it gains in a sprawling sense of height that stretches from it’s jagged icy peaks down to winding underground caverns that spread wide and interconnect. Navigating up and down the rocks is a treacherous and daunting road at first, but climbing hooks can be used on specific poles scattered throughout to bridge elevations without the fuss.

It feels almost like a Zelda or Metroid game in ways this series never has before.“

Combined with how dungeons and caves tended to loop back on themselves, revealing exits or opening doors that served as their own shortcuts into and out of zones, and Dark Arisen 2 felt almost like a Zelda or Metroid game in ways this series never has before. The abundance of portcrystals scattered around the map is another navigational relief. There are more in Norgan than there are in Vermund and Bathall combined, making travelling to different zones far more reasonable than it was in the base game.

Note that reasonable doesn’t necessarily mean easier. The portcrystal’s abundance is a practical matter, as ox carts wouldn’t last long in the harsh environments. Norgan’s wintry winds often pick up, turning snowfall into blinding whiteouts that threaten to freeze you to death if you aren’t protected by special winterized gear or new consumables designed to stave off these frost effects for a limited time. These came in abundance pretty regularly so I never felt like my life was in danger out there, but the scrambling effect it has on the minimap and how generally hard it is to see or navigate in real time made them a threat worth waiting out at camp.

Norgan’s crumbling castles and snowcapped cliffs are a welcome change of pace from the rolling hills and dense hinterlands of Vermund and he craggy deserts of Bathall. It’s also not all snowy wastes. I was surprised to see a break in the snow drifts when I came across a festering poisonous swamp. It matches thematically in that everything in it is dead (or maybe wishes it was), but areas like that and the crystal caves deep below the mountains subverted my expectations for the region in a welcome way.

The bulk of what you’ll find hidden in the snow are Spoils, a new gear type that appears in generic shapes (long weapon, aegis, etc.) at first, but is revealed to be a usable piece of equipment when appraised by one of the new NPCs. Rolling the dice for new gear was not particularly exciting, and it further isolated me from having any real attachment to my equipment in a game that already had an abundance of junk to constantly ignore. There are at least things outside of raw stats to consider, as each piece of gear can potentially have special attributes that grant passive abilities or enhance specific weapon skills – but no single piece of gear stayed in rotation long enough to be something I relied on much, with the deluge of experience points I received strapping a rocket to my leveling almost immediately. I can see how these could fit into an endgame grind, but participating in a lottery in hopes to get incrementally stronger as my levels reaches the mid 100s is the sort of loop that I, like The Arisen, simply don’t have the heart for.

New skills and abilities for every vocation can be learned from obelisks that dot the ridges and tundra in Norgan. Each have multiple tiers of offerings, and while the first are available for purchase with rift points immediately, the rest need to be unlocked with offering flames, earned in Dark Arisen 2’s second big campaign: the repeatable 12 Lost Rites dungeons scattered across Vermund and Bathall. Each skill is welcome, though outside some of the powerful new spells available to casters, I don’t think many of them change the balance of vocations in any significant way. Trickster is more active now that you can do additional things with your incense clone, like possess enemies and have them attack their kin. But if you have a favorite class, I’m not sure these new offerings will change the tier list already in your mind.

Jarrett Green’s Action RPG Atrium

A very good list of very good action RPGS

See All

The Last Rites dungeons range from short gauntlets of monster battles to sizable delves deep into danger. Some have unique designs that lean on a particular mechanic or require specific prerequisites before you can enter them – one where your Arisen must be an Archer/Magick Archer and whose rooms are filled with shootable support pillars to help collapse terrain onto enemies stands out. I haven’t finished them all, as some only appear during the last act of the original story, but I haven’t found any of the ones I have completed to be a significant challenge, especially with the enormous power spike granted from grinding through Norgan first. The new recurring boss from them, a giant Beholder-like eyeball monster, is a fun fight, though.

Norgan’s new slate of monsters can be pretty gnarly early on. Some are just stronger versions of baddies you’ve seen in the past, like the barbarous beocarns who are essentially just bigger bandits. But the brand new foes, like that baphomet-shaped lesser demons who sling spells and enhance their own physical attacks with elemental boons, can be pretty intense dance partners. Giant yetis with gaping mouths that stretch the length of their bodies might be some of the most grotesque and memorable enemies in the series. I really loved the little freaks hiding out in the tundra.

Bit Reactor CEO Welcomes Return of Some Furloughed Staff for ‘Continued Support’ of Star Wars Zero Company

Bit Reactor, the developer of Star Wars Zero Company, has begun returning some of its staff to the team after furloughing an estimated 80% of employees just before the game’s launch.

Bit Reactor’s CEO Greg Foertsch revealed the news in a public post on October 7, where he explained that the furloughs were necessary to “help us eventually bring as many people back as possible.”

Foertsh said that bringing these staff members back to Bit Reactor was an “important step forward” in the studio’s “continued support for Zero Company,” and that the team looks forward to sharing more updates about the game “soon.”

Image Credits: Bit Reactor

“Having to ask team members to step away after we navigated unexpected business developments outside of our control and so close to launch was an incredibly difficult decision,” Foertsh wrote. “…This team means a tremendous amount to me, and I am incredibly proud of what we have accomplished together. Thank you to our fans for the incredible response to the game and for supporting us along this journey.”

Sources with information about the situation told GameFile that the number of Bit Reactor’s payrolled staff now account for “more than half of what it had been ahead of the furloughs,” meaning that there is still a sizeable chunk of furloughed staff who aren’t getting paid.

Star Wars Zero Company launched in August 2026 to rave reviews, getting a sparkling nine out of 10 from our reviewers here at IGN who praised it for being an “excellent tactical game that does a fantastic job of slathering on the same cinematic look and feel we saw in Respawn’s Star Wars Jedi games, incorporating strong characters and a storyline that’s refreshingly centered on non-Force users and a non-traditional villain.”

Despite its success, much of Bit Reactor’s staff were placed on leave without pay just before Zero Company launched, with reports indicating around 80% of employees were affected. This has become a recurring trend within the game development industry, to the point where Gears of War: E-Day developers were overcome with worry that they would get laid off after “crunching hard” to get the game out on time.

This is the latest news to get revealed about Zero Company after GameFile uncovered legal documents revealing that the game was initially pitched as a title within the Titanfall universe, with specific connections to Apex Legends. While this pitch ultimately didn’t go through, it’s certainly intriguing enough to make us wonder what such a game would have looked like, had it actually been made.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

10 Last-Minute Deals to Grab Before Prime Big Deal Days End

We’re in the final hours of Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days, so this is your last chance to pick up some of the best discounts of the year. Whether you’re looking to save on video games, LEGO sets, 4K Blu-rays, or TVs, you’ll probably want to snag at least one of these deals while you still can. Maybe you want to get a head start on holiday shopping? Well, many of today’s discounts rival Black Friday.

TL;DR – The 10 Best Last-Minute Deals of Prime Big Deal Days

Take a look at all these incredible last-minute deals for Amazon’s October Prime Day. To learn more and see additional discounts, read on. It’s important to note that many of these deals are exclusively for Prime members. If you aren’t already a member, you can sign up here.

65″ LG B6 4K OLED TV (2026) Is $1K and Includes Free Soundbar

65″ LG B6 4K OLED Smart TV (2026)

0

LG S30A 2.1ch Soundbar with Wireless Subwoofer

0

Add to the same order as your TV to get this for free.

For those after a brand-new OLED TV from LG for an incredible price, look no further than the 65″ LG B6 4K OLED Smart TV. It’s down to just $999.99 on Amazon after $300 is applied at checkout. But there’s more: an LG S30A 2.1ch soundbar and subwoofer bundle is completely free if you add it to the same cart for a whole new entertainment setup. This 2026 W-OLED TV features near-infinite contrast ratio, near-instantaneous response times, and true blacks for an incredible picture. It’s no slouch when it comes to gaming either, with a native 120Hz panel and four HDMI 2.1 ports.

Pokémon TCG Destined Rivals ETB In Stock on Amazon

Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet – Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box

0

The Scarlet & Violet Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box is available for $132.88 on Amazon after the retail giant restocked rare Pokémon TCG for Prime Big Deal Days. Now, this set sits right around market value, according to TCGPlayer. Inside the box you’ll find 9 booster packs, 1 full-art foil promo card featuring Team Rocket’s Wobbuffet, 45 Pokémon TCG Energy cards, 6 damage-counter dice, a competition-legal coin-flip die, and 2 plastic condition markers.

Looking for more Pokémon deals? Check out these awesome discounts:

Refurb Meta Quest 3 for $439.99

Meta Quest 3 512GB VR Headset

0

This deal might not be from Amazon, but if you want to save on the Meta Quest 3 512GB VR Headset, you can get a refurbished model from eBay via the Official Meta Store for 30% off. Just use the code “COUNTDOWN20” at checkout. It even includes an extended 2-year warranty. The Meta Quest 3 is the best VR headset for a reason. From its standalone functionality and powerful Snapdragon XR2 Gen 2 chip to its sharp resolution and pancake lens array, there’s a lot to love. Read IGN’s full review of the Meta Quest 3 to learn more.

Meta Quest 3S 128GB VR Headset

0

If you’re after a more budget-friendly alternative, grab the Meta Quest 3S while it’s still $53 off for October Prime Day.

LEGO Star Wars: The Phantom Menace Battle Droid with STAP Is 40% Off

LEGO Star Wars: The Phantom Menace Battle Droid with STAP

0

You don’t need to travel to a galaxy far, far away to score some solid discounts on Star Wars LEGO sets. In fact, you can pick up The Phantom Menace Battle Droid with STAP for 40% off if you’re an Amazon Prime member, matching its all-time low. This build features 1,088 pieces and is bigger than you’d expect, measuring over 15 inches. Take a look at even more Star Wars LEGO deals below:

4K 007 The Daniel Craig Collection Drops to Lowest Price This Year

007 The Daniel Craig Collection

0

As we await casting news on the new James Bond, a 4K collection featuring the latest 007, Daniel Craig, is down to just $30.81. That’s the lowest it’s been this year. This box set includes Casino Royale, Quantum of Solace, Skyfall, and Spectre. Weirdly, No Time to Die isn’t a part of this set. Still, it includes an unrated extended edition of Casino Royale. Of course, there’s an excess of bonus features like commentary, deleted scenes, Bond history, and more.

Now, it’s not just 007 The Daniel Craig Collection on sale. Amazon is offering a few 4K Blu-ray deals that are worth checking out for Prime Day. See a few highlights below:

Pokémon Legends: Z-A Is $40

Pokémon Legends Z-A – Switch 2

0

Pokémon Legends: Z-A is at an all-time low on Amazon, and you don’t need to be a Prime member to score the discount. Both the Switch 2 and Switch editions cost the same. As for the game, it features awesome Pokémon encounters, fun side quests, and great time exploring Lumiose City. Earning an 8/10 rating in IGN’s review, Rebekah Valentine said, “Pokémon Legends: Z-A finally feels like Game Freak hitting its stride in Pokémon’s 3D era, with a fun setting to explore, a well-written story, and a total battle system overhaul that works surprisingly well.”

Be sure to take advantage of these additional Switch 2 game deals while you still can:

20% Off the GameSir G7 Pro Wireless PC Controller

GameSir G7 Pro Wireless Gaming Controller

0

Prime members can get the GameSir G7 Pro 20% off. A whole bunch of colorways are included; my personal favorite is the sleek and subtle red and black. This top PC controller is on par with the Xbox Elite or DualSense Edge but for a fraction of the price. It features high-end components, like magnetic resistance TMR analog sticks, Hall Effect analog triggers, and micro-switch trigger stops for consistent and reliable performance. Both wired and 2.4GHz wireless connectivity are on board for connecting with a PC, plus there’s even Bluetooth support. You really can’t go wrong with this controller at the current price point.

Save 43% on a Dreame D20 Air Plus Robot Vacuum

dreame D20 Air Plus Robot Vacuum and Mop

0

Fall means more dirt and leaves ending up on your floors. Make that cleanup a whole lot easier with a robot vacuum. Right now, the Dreame D20 Air Plus is back at its lowest price ever. You get a lot for your money with this vacuum, as it offers more suction power than most of the high-end ($1,000+) robot vacuums I’ve tested. Then there’s the mopping feature and a self-emptying base station, all for $199.99.

Check out more Prime Big Deal Days vacuum deals below:

4 Months of Audible for $0.99/mo + $20 Credit

4 Months of Audible for $0.99/mo + $20 Credit

0

Amazon’s Audible deal for Prime Big Deal Days, exclusively for Prime members, ends soon. Not only is four months of Audible’s Standard subscription $0.99 per month, down from $8.99, but it now also includes a $20 Audible bonus credit. A Standard membership includes one audiobook per month, and that $20 credit can be used to buy even more. Those books remain in your library until the subscription is suspended. Even with the lower-tier membership, the catalog of millions of audiobooks is the same as a Premium Plus subscription.

If you’d rather read physical copies of books than listen. Take a look at Amazon’s buy 2, get 1 free book sale happening now. It includes The Legend of Zelda manga.

Save $70 on the Apple AirPods Pro 3

Apple AirPods Pro 3 Wireless Earbuds with Active Noise Cancellation

0

The Apple AirPods Pro 3 are down to $179.99 on Amazon for Prime Big Deal Days. That’s one of the lowest prices I’ve seen. This brand-new pair of Apple’s latest pro-level earbuds offers improved noise cancellation, better sound quality, longer battery life, and greater waterproofing than its predecessor. A new heart-rate-sensing monitor is built in for added functionality. Of course, the earbuds also include quality-of-life features like a comfortable fit with different eartip options and breezy pairing with Apple devices.

Save on more Apple devices for Prime Big Deal Days; check out all the highlights from the sale below:

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Samuel L. Jackson Confirms Nick Fury Will Return in Avengers: Secret Wars

Samuel L. Jackson has confirmed that we won’t be seeing Nick Fury in Avengers: Doomsday, but said that his character is set to return in Avengers: Secret Wars.

Jackson revealed this information in a red carpet interview with The Direct ahead of the premier for The Beast, his newest film. After The Direct’s interviewer noted that Nick Fury hasn’t been spotted in a Marvel movie for some time, Jackson said that he will be in the next film after Doomsday — which, according to the current slate laid out by Marvel Studios, is Avengers: Secret Wars.

He didn’t elaborate on what we can expect from Fury’s appearance in this movie, saying that Marvel only told him that he’d be in it and nothing more.

Secret Wars Gallery: God Emperor Doom Rules the Marvel Universe

“Next movie… [The] movie after this one,” he told the outlet. “I have no idea. [Marvel] hasn’t told me anything, other than, ‘You’re not gonna be in this movie. You’ll be in the next.'”

Thus far, Marvel has been keeping the cast of Secret Wars close to its chest; in September, Noah Jupe was added to the roster of actors set to star in the film in an as-yet unrevealed role. Anthony Mackie has also been confirmed for the movie, but says he won’t be able start filming until his run in a broadway showing of Macbeth ends in July 2027.

Secret Wars recently ran into some significant roadblocks, with multiple insiders claiming that filming for the project has been delayed until early 2027, most likely in January. Thus far, no reason for this delay has been revealed, but it’s enough to spark anxiety among fans — many of whom feel that Doomsday needs to be a home run of a movie to keep interest in the current MCU saga.

Secret Wars is set to cap off the Russo brothers’ involvement with the MCU, with the two saying in June 2026 that they won’t be directing a third film to create a new Avengers trilogy. The movie marks the sixth major cross-over event in the Marvel Cinematic Universe, and will serve as the final chapter in the Multiverse saga, putting an end to the innumerable variations of characters that have been popping up in Marvel’s TV series and films over the MCU’s last three phases.

Recent reporting indicates that the Battleworld will be involved somehow, given that it serves as the setting for the Secret Wars comic storyline, though this hasn’t been confirmed. It would be a fitting way for the Multiverse Saga to end, though, as Battleworld is a patchwork planet made up of several different versions of Earth combined by none other than Dr Doom.

For now, we’ll just have to wait and see what’s in store, and if Avengers: Doomsday lives up to the hype. The movie releases in theaters on December 18, 2026.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Top 5 Robot Vacuum Deals for Prime Big Deal Days

It’s fall, and that means you and your family will likely be traipsing leaves and dirt all over the house. A robot vacuum can make cleanup ridiculously easy. All you’ll likely need to do is press a button on the device or use your phone to send the vacuum out to pick up the mess for you. With Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days Sale happening until the end of the day today, many top robot vacuums are deeply discounted, so you can snag one cheaply and enjoy hands-off cleaning.

TL;DR – The Top 5 Robot Vacuum Deals

I’ve tested my fair share of robot vacuums, and the deals I’ve selected above are from brands I know and love. Many of these devices also do more than vacuum, offering mopping functionality and even a base station for better self-sufficiency. The only catch is that you need to be an Amazon Prime member to score these awesome discounts. If you’re not, you can sign up here.

Dreame D20 Air Plus Back at Lowest Price

dreame D20 Air Plus Robot Vacuum and Mop

0

For something super capable and budget-friendly, get the Dreame D20 Air Plus. It’s only $199.99, back at its lowest price ever. Surprisingly, it delivers better suction power than some $1,000+ robot vacuums I’ve tested. It also mops with adjustable flow levels to keep your hard floors shining. Admittedly, the base station isn’t that high-tech, but it still self-empties the dust box for 120 days of hands-free debris collection.

Get $700 Off the Ecovacs Deebot X12 Omnicyclone

ECOVACS DEEBOT X12 OMNICYCLONE Robot Vacuum and Mop

0

Ecovacs is one of my favorite robot vacuum brands, and it consistently delivers. While I haven’t tested the X12 yet, its features are impressive. A unique FocusJet breaks down larger messes before self-cleaning roller mops pick them up. For vacuuming, the 22,000Pa BLAST Suction and TruEdge 3.0 tech can suction clean debris in even hard-to-reach places. And the X12’s self-maintaining, fully automated OmniCyclone station makes for an almost completely hands-off clean.

Bissell FlexClean FurForce Is $200 Off

Bissell FlexClean FurForce Robot Vac & Mop

0

Bissell has been in the vacuum game for a long time, and one of the brand’s top robot vacuums got a steep discount for October Prime Day. The FlexClean FurForce Robot Vac & Mop is ideal for households with pets or kids. Anti-tangle brush rolls help prevent hair wrap, and it offers much stronger suction power than Bissell’s lower-end model. Mopping functionality is built-in, and the multi-surface formula that’s included will help better break down caked-on messes on hard floors.

$133 eufy 11S MAX

eufy 11S MAX Robot Vacuum Cleaner

0

If you don’t need all the bells and whistles and just want a simple robot vacuum for smaller spaces, grab the eufy 11S MAX. It’s down to just $133. It features a slim profile to reach under low furniture, plenty of suction power, and does a solid job evading obstacles. Given the budget, price, it doesn’t come with a base station or app control. Instead, you’ll need to empty the dust box yourself and control it using a remote.

Save 45% on the roborock Qrevo S Pro

roborock 2026 New Qrevo S Pro Robot Vacuum and Mop

0

The roborock Qrevo S Pro is an ultra-versatile robot vacuum for its mid-range price point. The all-in-one dock hot-washes the mops, refills the water tank, empties the dust box, and even dries the mops, so you won’t have to do much. The max 18,500 Pa suction should have no issue picking up most debris, and the anti-wrap main brush makes it ideal for homes with pets. Navigation is especially great with smart obstacle avoidance and even the ability to automatically adjust the mop’s water flow based on the mess level.

What About Stains on Carpets and Furniture?

BISSELL Little Green Multi-Purpose Portable Carpet Cleaner

0

Unfortunately, robot vacuums can’t do much for stains on furniture and carpets. That’s where the Little Green Multi-Purpose Portable Carpet Cleaner comes in handy. It can remove tough stains while remaining lightweight and portable. Right now, you can grab this handy little machine on sale for $84.99 during Prime Big Deal Days.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Guillermo del Toro on Blade 2, Working With Kojima, and Lots of Red Bull

We got the chance to sit down with the one and only Guillermo del Toro as part of our IGN30 Icons Series, where he let us in on his favorite games, how he made his iconic movies, and his experience working with some of the biggest stars in filmmaking.

He also chatted about Pan’s Labyrinth, which is turning 20 years old this year. To celebrate, it’s coming back to theaters this weekend — but if you’d like some extra context before you sit down to see it again, check out our conversation with del Toro, who told us about the inspiration behind the Pale Man and how he stretched the movie’s budget to create some of its massive set pieces.

We’ve transcribed the interview in full below, where del Toro explained what it was like working with Wesley Snipes on Blade 2 and how he almost made a BioShock movie.

Guillermo del Toro’s Frankenstein Images

Brian Altano (IGN): From Kronos to The Shape of Water to Frankenstein, it is an honor to be talking to the maestro of movie monsters, Mr. Guillermo Del Toro. It’s very nice to meet you. Thank you for coming. This is the 20th anniversary of Pan’s Labyrinth, which makes me feel old. I don’t know how you feel about it.

Guillermo del Toro: Older.

Brian Altano (IGN): So, you have been making crazy monsters in beautiful worlds for the longest time. You started off inspired by things like Universal’s monsters, [like the] Creature from the Black Lagoon. What is it about that era that spoke to you then, and continues to resonate with you now?

Guillermo del Toro: I think I was a monster kid, which means that the creatures are important in the storytelling of these fairytales, because I think they’re fables or parables or fairytales. And it has to be creature-centric for me to be attracted to it. Everybody says, “Oh, don’t show the creature.” I think, show it, please. I’m seven years old. I want to see it. I want to love it. I want to see how well designed it is. I want to discover the whole world that comes in with the creature design. Creature design ushers a different reality. So those are important. When Milicent Patrick — who designed the Gill-man for Creature from the Black Lagoon — designed the Metaluna Mutant on Island Earth, when they gave her an opportunity, it came from outer space. She designed the creature. She has a signature, and I can see what her design signature is. And as a kid, it’s like meeting a movie star. You say, “Oh, this was Jack Pierce designing this creature. This was Dick Smith. This was the Wesmers. This was all the makeup heroes of mine.”

Brian Altano (IGN): So when you saw the sort of less tangible horror, which it’s like a fog or a mist or something like that, you’re like, “That’s cool, but I want a monster.”

Guillermo del Toro: Well, that’s what I want to make. That doesn’t define what I want to watch. I want to watch everything that is good. But as a filmmaker, up until Frankenstein, I’m very creature-centric. I think that has changed now. I don’t know what I am or where I’m going. I have sort of a new horizon, but Frankenstein was a culmination of my creature-centric period, which is, by the way, where is it rooted at? Little Red Ridinghood. You need the wolf. The wolf is the creature in that. And you need something that embodies a concept. Good, evil, purity, tragedy. The Creature in Frankenstein is a tragic humanity. Pan is a trickster. The Pale Man is a blind veracity. It’s not just that they are cool-looking. It’s that they embody the conceptual part of the tale. They actually mean something tangible. Godzilla is absolutely a first large-scale God, the power of nature, the tragedy of atomic energy. It’s a concept made flesh.

Brian Altano (IGN): It’s not just this wrecking ball that comes in. There’s a pain behind it.

Guillermo del Toro: There is the tragic undertones of the design of Godzilla, the fact that they wanted the skin of Godzilla to look like the after effect of a nuclear blast victim. I mean, there is thought on that — the fact that he was this sort of grayish-brown in the original. There is a lot of thought. Jack Pierce designing the Grizzly on Frankenstein — he wanted to sort of retrofit the history of the autopsic work that put it together. The scars, the opening of the skull in a sort of weird, can-of-tomatoes way.

Brian Altano (IGN): You like to get your hands dirty. You like to build stuff. You make model kits. Your Cabinet of Curiosity is a very tangible thing. It feels like a lot of filmmakers are sort of moving around

or away from that, but that is something that feels so core to your philosophy of filmmaking.

Guillermo del Toro: Yeah. Each filmmaker is like, I see Chris Nolan completely going to battle for negative and he’s entrenched there. I see Jim Cameron exploring beyond capture. He’s actually melding actors’ performances with how it translates into digital. Each filmmaker is on a quest, I think. And my quest is handmade by humans for humans.

Brian Altano (IGN): I love that. Christopher Nolan mentioned that you were a big inspiration for a lot of his practical effects in the Odyssey, specifically the Cyclops.

Guillermo del Toro: Cyclops, yeah.

Brian Altano (IGN): Did you see it?

Guillermo del Toro: Yeah, yeah. No, I saw it with him.

Brian Altano (IGN): Oh my God, that’s awesome.

Guillermo del Toro: He said, “I want to show you the movie.” And we saw it in IMAX. We talked after, we talked before. I mean, I think he’s just — there is such a signature and such a vision. I mean, the word visionary is thrown around a little too much, but I think Chris has always been. I’ve known him now fortunately for about 15 years or more. And he’s always been absolutely laser-focused.

Brian Altano (IGN): Did you like what he did with the cyclops?

Guillermo del Toro: Yeah, I loved it.

Brian Altano (IGN): Me too.

Guillermo del Toro: Loved it. I mean, I love everything. I asked him, “So when Matt Damon is in the tempestuous waters, how did you do it?” He’s like, “We put him in the water on a tempestuous day.” It was so fantastic to hear him answer that. And I remember when I talked to him about his philosophy of sound mixing, because I asked him that back in the days of Interstellar, and he said, “To me, dialogue is part of the score. It’s not so much what they say, but the rhythm of how they say it and the intention.” And I thought that was… Now and then, when I mix, now and then I go, “It’s a rhythmic thing.”

Brian Altano (IGN): You worked on Mimic, which, for me, that was sort of like a Creature from the Black Lagoon for me. It’s funny to say, right? Because when I was a kid and I did the same thing, I was going —

Guillermo del Toro: It’s a monster movie.

Brian Altano (IGN): I was like, “I want to watch a monster movie.” And I saw that one and the setting. I had grown up going to the Museum of Natural History in New York City.

Guillermo del Toro: Yeah. Well, that’s where we went!

Brian Altano (IGN): And it actually changed that museum for me for a while, because I would go there and I’d be like, “Are we good?” All the rooms were a little dark.

Guillermo del Toro: Yeah, of course. The Natural History Museum in New York, to me, is Disneyland. It’s a portal to imagination. And the exhibits are so exquisitely crafted. They are one of the places that have inspired me the most.

Brian Altano (IGN): I could spend hours looking up at that whale up there. The way that movie came together was sort of out of your hands. There were a lot of people kind of hacking it apart. Was there any time during that where you’re like, “I don’t want to do this anymore. This process is so…”

Guillermo del Toro: To a point. It’s too early to quit when you’re 33. That’s true. You don’t want to quit, but I wanted to quit that way of making movies. I was very careful to try to regain independence with Devil’s Wagon supported by Pedro Almodovar. I was lucky enough that he liked what I did. And I made it a point. I was being pushed to do Blade 2 first. I said, “I’m doing Devil’s Wagon first. I’m not going to go back to an industrial movie making environment until I cleanse my soul.” And I made it a point. Many times people say, “Oh, I would never sell out.” Well, you don’t know until someone’s buying. And I can tell you 100% sure of the many defects I have. I’ve never sold out.

Brian Altano (IGN): I believe it. I believe it. Do you think that you had to go through what you did with Mimic before you did Blade 2 and Hellboy?

Guillermo del Toro: Yes, because it makes a difference. I said, “Okay, so when I do Blade 2, I’m not going to try to fashion an auteurial [film].” I’m going to just go and say, “Okay, can I give you a six pack pizza, vox, balls-to-the-wall, fun, almost like a musical, and have it ooze atmosphere and coolness. And then you don’t have to worry about anything else. Still, there’s streaks of Frankenstein on it.

Brian Altano (IGN): Again, you’ve mentioned before the thing about sort of filmmakers making one movie. Can you explain that philosophy a bit?

Guillermo del Toro: It’s actually, ‘One life fuels a movie.’ I would argue that the range would be between Devil’s Wagon and Pacific Rim. That’s the range of the modulation of the thing. But at the end of the day, you have a style, you have a signature. And I find it amazing with, for example, Alfonso Cuarón. You can do Gravity or you can do Roma. You would say it’s not the same movie, but it is. Because I know what Alfonso’s looking for, which is the connection with reality of the earth, almost like a transcendental approach. Gravity. I remember I was in the middle of the post-production, the studio didn’t believe in the movie, and they wanted Alfonso to put helicopters coming to the rescue of Sandra Bullock at the end. I said, “No.” He said, “Well, what about the sound of helicopters?” “No.” “What about the radio saying, ‘We’re coming for you?’” I said, “No.” He said, “The only thing that she’s recuperating is her footing on earth. That’s what the movie’s about.” Because it grounds it. It’s an auteurial movie. So you have a voice and you use it for different songs, but it’s the same voice.

Brian Altano (IGN): When you made Blade 2, you can just tell you had a ton of fun making that movie.

Guillermo del Toro: Actually, it’s probably that and Pacific Rim are the two most fun movies I’ve ever shot. I really had fun. It may have been held by the fact that Red Bull had just come out and I didn’t know how to use it. So I was drinking, and I’m not joking, about 40 Red Bulls a day.

Brian Altano (IGN): Man,that is amazing.

Guillermo del Toro: I was like in a cocaine movie. I was like, come on, let’s go. And I would order cases and cases of Red Bull and throw them to the extras.

Brian Altano (IGN): I want to change the IGN review scale now. Instead of one to 10, I want to be like, “This is a 40 Red Bull movie.”

Guillermo del Toro: When I went back to America, Red Bull started traveling from Europe to there. And my doctor said, “You cannot consume more than four.” I was drinking 40. The arterial damage, man.

Brian Altano (IGN): They announced a Blade reboot at Comic-Con years ago and they were never able to make it. And why do you think it’s so difficult to get a movie like that done?

Guillermo del Toro: I’m telling you, and I mean it because I know it, 50% of the bladeness of Blade is Wesley Snipes.

Brian Altano (IGN): Wesley Snipes?

Guillermo del Toro: 100%. He is not the most linear actor to deal with, right?

Brian Altano (IGN): Right.

Guillermo del Toro: But every time he stood in front of the lens, I said, “That’s a movie star. That’s Blade.” Completely. For example, I showed him a gun we designed — beautiful, [Dieter] Reinhardt, Ron Pearlman ends up using it, with a blade on the front — and he looked at it. “Not for Blade. Cold gun, but not for Blade.” I said, “Why?” He said, “Because Blade is the weapon.” He said, “I don’t want the toys. I want the man. The man is a dangerous guy. You give me too many toys, and that’s the Batmobile and the Bat belt. That’s not Blade.” And I went, “Ah, this guy knows it.” And Every time [Snipes] landed, every time he turned, he’s a Neil Adams comic book [character]. And he has the natural sort of comic book [look]. I think Blade 1, Steve’s movie, changed the history of comic book movies for me, period. Because before that, you had either the cleanliness, the beauty, and sort of wholesomeness of Richard Donner’s Superman, or you had the quirkiness of Tim Burton’s Batman. But this is what ushered the ‘tude, the edge. Without Steve Norrington’s Blade, I don’t think there is The Matrix. I don’t think there is X-Men. I think what they did is monumental. And then I inherited and was completely, irresponsibly happy to do that.”

Brian Altano (IGN): So 50% of Blade is Wesley Snipes.

Guillermo del Toro: 100%. 100% is 50%.

Brian Altano (IGN): And the other 50% is Red Bull.

Guillermo del Toro: The other 50% is the filmmaker articulating. I mean, I had four or five moving boxes worth of dailies from [Stephen Norrington’s] movie. And I studied all those VHS tapes. I understood exactly how he shot it. He did some formations that were really, extraordinarily weird. For example, he had a low camera with a longer lens in front of a high camera with a wide lens facing each other. His assistant called it — very impolitely and politically [incorrect] — they called it the Polish firing squad position. I didn’t make that joke. I just repeated it. And then I started his formations and I said, “Okay, I’m going to go at it differently.” But there is one setup on Blade 2, which is 13 cameras working at the same time like a ballet. This camera is moving this way and then it crosses this one right on time for my cut. So I would cut before we shoot. So what they did is extraordinary. I know it.

Brian Altano (IGN): In your Blade 2 movie commentary, there’s a sequence where you say, “This is my Dr. Manhattan shot.” I love that so much. Obviously as a Watchman fan, a lot of directors sort of hide their influences.

Guillermo del Toro: I talk about them.

Brian Altano (IGN): Explain that, because obviously some people, I think they’re sort of a little ashamed of jumping off of an idea that they may have seen before, that they might have inherited. But you’ve always been —

Guillermo del Toro: Because you’re not rephrasing. When you take something and change it, it’s a permutation. I mean, for example, the classical compositions are only so many. When you’re doing a format, for example, you’re doing a tango. It has to be a tango. It’s on a certain tempo. When you’re doing a waltz, there is a tempo. So you’re taking a form and you’re completely remixing it. Every chef in every restaurant, in every part of the world, whether it’s a fast food service or… the hot cuisine of Michelin star restaurants, they’re using the same ingredients. And you’re not ashamed of pepper. You’re not ashamed of a carrot, or what they call the mother sauce in France in the cooking — You have celery, carrot, onion. Ingredients are ingredients. And when I say, “This is my Dr. Manhattan shot,” well, I’m saying it’s my Jack Kirby shot. Because that shot is very Jack Kirby. And then Jack Kirby, you have to talk to him to [see] where it comes from, but you are probably influenced by Milton Caniff. It’s a lineage of storytellers. There is not such a thing as an ingredient you should not mention, because as we were discussing, I think for chefs coming up, it’s important to disclose how you cook, how you bleach, how you blanch the potatoes. It’s good to say this is what I did and it’s very different.

Brian Altano (IGN): I appreciate that because I think that the making of stuff, the behind the scenes stuff, it is exactly the kind of thing that inspires new filmmakers.

Guillermo del Toro: Yes, 100%.

Brian Altano (IGN): And you made The Making of Frankenstein, which I watched immediately after Frankenstein. And it was fascinating to me, because I think coming from an era where you grew up looking at magazines of like, this is how they’re making movies or watching the DVD actuals and Blu-rays and stuff like that, that’s the stuff that people see and they go, “This isn’t impossible anymore. This is something that I can start doing myself.”

Guillermo del Toro: Yeah. I mean, as of lately, the last few releases on Blu-ray, I paid for the totality, or most of the behind the scenes content, because I wanted it to be in the disc. And I don’t want it to be in the disc to sing our praises — I want it, because if you live in a part of the world or in an economic condition where you cannot afford film school, but your local library has the discs, you can learn how to make movies. If you come at it sincerely, it’s not from the beginning. You want to talk about how hard it was and how you were thinking [about] this thing, but you went that way. So, I think they’re very useful sort of substitutes for film school.

Brian Altano (IGN): Is there sort of like a scene in the movies you’ve made where every artist knows how difficult it is to translate the idea that’s in your head to something that exists finally in real life, whether that’s a drawing or a painting. It always filters and changes in some way. Is there a specific scene or collection of scenes that has come the closest from being like, “This is the idea in my mind. This is the scene in the film.”

Guillermo del Toro: The Pale Man.

Brian Altano (IGN): Yeah?

Guillermo del Toro: The Pale Man in Pan’s Labyrinth. It changed a lot, but once the creature was set, once I found the creature in pre-production, I looked at a photo of a manta ray face up. And I saw the poster of Phantasm where the woman is screaming and you can see her eyes. And through many permutations, it ended up being that creature. But the moment I saw that creature, the scene was exactly what it is. And Pacific Rim, I knew exactly what I wanted to do to give the scale to the robots. I knew I wanted them in the rain. I knew I wanted them in what I call Goth-tech. And finally, I would say Frankenstein. But Frankenstein changed a lot when Jacob Elordi came in. So I mean, to some degree, those would be very close.

Brian Altano (IGN): Because at a certain point it is out of your hands, especially when it becomes part of an actor’s experience.

Guillermo del Toro: It’s never quite that simple. People think filmmaking is chess. It isn’t. It’s a contact sport. Or you’re playing tennis. They serve, you return. Directing is knowing how to serve, but you also know how to return. If you think it’s all about control, then this is a problem. People think that filmmaking is like multitask prompting, like AI. “Oh, I want this.” No, you’re really building. It’s a very, very dirty, non-linear business. And that’s why one of the many reasons I’m against generative AI, is because it’ll get you to mediocrity really quick. It’ll get you to the middle really quick. And that may be an image. It’s not film. It’s not cinema.

Brian Altano (IGN): I think it’s a very cynical approach to creating stuff where you only want the results and not the process. And the process is the fun part.

Guillermo del Toro: Let me put it this way: I can tell you, “Look, I’m faster than Usain Bolt.” I said, “Really?” I go, “Yeah, in my car.” “Okay, well then, you’re not a runner. You’re in a car. It’s not a f**king sport. That’s not art. You’re in a car.”

Brian Altano (IGN): I think that’s my favorite thing anyone has ever said about AI.

Guillermo del Toro: And you’re in a f**king Volvo.

Brian Altano (IGN): Thank you so much for that. I’m very much against generative AI, and that is the best way it could possibly be put.

Guillermo del Toro: Look, the risk is this. Every single bad idea in the history of totalitarianism comes involved in a concept that sounds reasonably beneficial. The mother, the motherland — sounds really nice. Democratization of the arts. It’s not that. They want your money. They want you to buy their app. They don’t care about that. The discourse between the soul of mankind and the arts is a very sacred discourse. It’s very intimate. It’s molecularly important to stay human. Please, please. Don’t give me an app. Please.

Brian Altano (IGN): I will not. Your unmade filmography is legendary.

Guillermo del Toro: Yes.

Brian Altano (IGN): Somewhere it exists in your brain. How do those sort of stories, those movies, live on? Do you ever go back through your sketchbooks? Can you watch them in your mind?

Guillermo del Toro: No. They’re in the sketchbooks, and sometimes I repurpose ideas. For example, the wings of the Angel of Death came from a project that I was writing in ‘98. Partially, the Pale Man came from a sketch I did in ‘99. So you repurpose. Your diaries with drawings become a sort of catalog and you go through them and go, “Oh, I’ve never done that. Let me do it now.” There’s a sketch for a thing that I designed for Pan’s Labyrinth that is coming out in a stop motion movie I’m doing now.

Brian Altano (IGN): That’s awesome. I love that. So, you find a way to reincorporate these old ideas even if —

Guillermo del Toro: Well, it’s a dialogue with yourself.

Brian Altano (IGN): Yeah.

Guillermo del Toro: You’re talking to the time when you were a very different person. So you reactivate yourself.

Brian Altano (IGN): We talked about Pan’s Labyrinth turning 20 this year. This was definitely the first movie that kind of broke over the crust of the usual people that were coming to your movies. All of a sudden, you had film critics and stuff like that [who] were really paying attention to you. Did that change you, having these new sets of eyes on you?

Guillermo del Toro: Well, Chronos and Devil’s Backbone had that, but they had it in a very, very arthouse niche. What Pan’s Labyrinth did is, the first movie that I willed to do my way with a slightly larger scale — The Shape of Water. And Pan’s Labyrinth cost exactly the same, $19.3 million, both movies. And [I looked] at the scale. And I said, “I’m going to will…” Alejandro González Iñárritu one day said to me, because I said, “How the hell did you do Birdman for that money?” And he said, “A budget is a state of mind.” And you know what? It is. If you can find a way to scale the movie, you need a few things. For example, I was watching Pan’s Labyrinth when we were re-timing the color and I saw the huge locomotive, the rail locomotive, which is a real set. Now it took an inordinate amount of money to build that out of a budget that was very small to build that locomotive. But I said, “We need it. We need it for people to…” There are two or three or four gestures in Pan’s Labyrinth where people go, “Oh, it’s a big movie.” It’s almost like you want to impress somebody and you pick up the check a couple of times. Not every time. Same with the movie. You have to pick up the check every so many minutes.

Brian Altano (IGN): I mean, I think the audience sees it and they connect with it. I think that people get that. I do believe that when audiences have this feeling that something is real, it washes over them, and they invest.

Guillermo del Toro: They absolutely do. I mean, look, I’m not going to go back to AI gratuitously. I will go for a point. Everything I’ve seen, the eyes are dead. It’s like watching a flowerpot in the shape of a human. There’s nothing inside. There’s just air. How do you substitute a treasure as precious as an actor’s eyes? You can’t. With craftsmanship, if you see a set and you know it’s made by humans, there’s a nobility and there’s a lineage and there’s an elated feeling you get. “Oh, I didn’t know that was possible.” It’s so beautiful.

Brian Altano (IGN): You are a huge fan of video games, which I’ve always loved about you. I think that’s so cool. And you sort of famously tried to get a couple of games going.

Guillermo del Toro: I’m the albatross of video games.

Brian Altano (IGN): You worked on P.T., you were working with Hideo Kojima.

Guillermo del Toro: It was a great game.

Brian Altano (IGN): Our audience, everyone and all my friends, we were ecstatic when we found out that you were working on a horror game with Kojima.

Guillermo del Toro: And that was Kojima. I mean, I’m glad to get on the ride for free, but everything that ended up being P.T., it was him.

Brian Altano (IGN): But around 11 years ago, I think at Comic-Con actually, you said you never wanted to work on a video game again.

Guillermo del Toro: No, never.

Brian Altano (IGN): Has that changed at all?

Guillermo del Toro: No, not at all.

Brian Altano (IGN): Wow.

Guillermo del Toro: It’s simply too – we developed Insane, and then that went down. A lot of the ideas later, I saw stuff that was done in other video games that was similar. And I went, “Well, somebody did it. That’s great.” But we were aiming really high.

Brian Altano (IGN): Were you ever able to sort of, in the same way [with] your unmade movies, cherry pick some of those video game ideas and put them into your movies?

Guillermo del Toro: No, not on that. I mean, with Kojima, I had an idea that he didn’t use that I hope to use in a different media someday. But with Hideo, the great thing is to go to karaoke and Shabu-shabu. If the game happens or not, it’s immaterial. He knows very good restaurants.

Brian Altano (IGN): Dinner and karaoke is number one.

Guillermo del Toro: I love that man. He’s one of those guys you meet that you go, you might as well be in the Renaissance. You are in front of a pure artist, and he cares about one thing: stories. That’s it.

Brian Altano (IGN): I love that.

Guillermo del Toro: Jim Cameron, same thing. But with two guns and a belt of bullets. Jim is like, I’ve never met nor will I ever meet, nor mankind will ever have, somebody with a will like he has and the intelligence.

Brian Altano (IGN): You’ve created tons of original stories, but you’ve also played in other people’s sandboxes sort of with adaptations, classic stuff like Pinocchio and Frankenstein. You don’t want to make a video game ever. We’ll close that door for good, but would you ever adapt a video game story into a movie?

Guillermo del Toro: You know, I tried. We had a very contentious call about a couple of games. I find that the dynamics of a video game are very different than a movie. They may be cinematically similar in terms of the camera moving and this and that, but the storytelling is very different, because you’re not solving puzzles. You’re not assembling. When we made the structure for Insane, we created what I call a mandala. You have to give the illusion of an infinite sandbox and you lead audiences to the right or to the left through their ‘own decisions,’ but you sort of have to corner them. So it’s a very different thing. So adapting it, BioShock, we had a couple of calls. They are probably one of the most disastrous calls I’ve ever had. So no, f**k no.

Brian Altano (IGN): I want to talk to you a bit about creating your own world versus adapting someone else. Do you go into those things with the same philosophy, when you make an original story?

Guillermo del Toro: I have to.

Brian Altano (IGN): You have to.

Guillermo del Toro: You have to. I mean, my Pinocchio is not, and it is, Pinocchio. My Frankenstein is as referential, but as different as it needs to be to the text. You want the text by the book. You do the movie. Read it and make your own movie. That’s easy. It’s on the shelf. You’re not altering it. You’re not going and saying every book now has to reflect my movie. No. And the book exists, and it’s so intimate. So what you do is a very interesting process. For example, what I do is I take the entire book and I drop it on final draft. Then I accumulate research material and I drop it on final draft. The Crimean War and Atomy Lessons, all of that. Then I lay all my books pertinent to that on a table. Then I do notes. And then finally, I ended up with Frankenstein, and it was like a 700-and-something-page working document, originally. And then you go line by line and you say, “I am out. I don’t need it. I don’t need this. I need this.” You write on the side of a piece of paper. And little by little, you sort of get into the DNA of the story, and you wear it and you zip it up and then you take a walk. You say, “Okay, now I exist in this world. Where do I want to go today?” And then the rule is, “Am I interested or am I bored?” If you are bored when you’re writing it, the audiences will be bored when they’re watching it. But if you are intrigued, and then you say, “What are the fundamental questions the audience has about this material? What are the fundamental set pieces?” Pinocchio or Frankenstein both have to have a creation scene. You want to see them being put together. So you must. Pinocchio must join a carnival. He must declare what it is to be human. If it’s the original thing, he has to become a boy. If it’s in my story, he just has to be himself and sacrifice himself, and so on and so forth. And then you are wearing the world. When my kids were young, we would go and I would say, “Look, we’re not going to have an agenda. When we’re in Paris, we’re not going to say 10 to 10:15, Eiffel Tower. 10:30 to 10:45, the Arc de Triomphe. No, because that’s being a tourist.

Brian Altano (IGN): That’s a terrible way to vacation.

Guillermo del Toro: I said, “We’re travelers. Wherever we are, at any given time in the day, we’re in Paris. That’s it. So relax, breathe in, breathe out.” Same with this. Wherever we are, if we are wearing the world, you are in Frankenstein. You are in Pinocchio. People may have an issue. Why wouldn’t I have done it like that? Good. Take 20 years of your life and show me your version.”

Brian Altano (IGN): And you know what? I would rather see something like that and feel something than see an adaptation. And there’s been so many, even recently of Pinocchio where you feel nothing.

Guillermo del Toro: It’s about, does it evoke the latent potency of the myth? I mean, when I saw the Odyssey, did it make me feel that it was oomph filmmaking? Was I watching something that was monumental, epic, completely intended? Yes. Was it exactly what? I don’t care. I’m there to see what he did. If you go and if you listen to the Sex Pistols singing my way, you don’t talk about Frank Sinatra. You would be absolutely remiss to say, “Well, Sinatra did it different.” Of course he did it different, moron, it’s Sinatra. These are the fucking Sex Pistols. Listen to them. Don’t listen to a thing that is not playing on the fucking radio.

Brian Altano (IGN): I love that. Yeah. I think that’s the way it should be, right?

Guillermo del Toro: That’s the way it is.

Brian Altano (IGN): It is the way it is. I think my beef with a lot of stuff now is that people want a literal one-to-one adaptation of a thing that they already experienced.

Guillermo del Toro: Well, I don’t think it’s even that. I mean, I think that we — There was a joke. It used to be about the French, the joke. Two Frenchmen are arguing on the street and a third one comes in and says, “I don’t know what you’re talking about, but I disagree.” That’s the internet. Two people arguing on something, and somebody has to come in and put both of them in their place.

Brian Altano (IGN): Yes.

Guillermo del Toro: There’s no need. The universe is not binary. The universe is diverse. There are so many answers that suit so many people, that the fact that we want to enthrone black-and-white existence instead of a delightful myriad of great possibilities, which are suited to your moment, to your soul, it’s dictatorial. I think that the level of human discourse after COVID got noticeably low. And I think now we came out of it a little crazier, a little meaner, and we cannot — there’s the Zoolander Center for people that can’t read good. That’s where we are. We exist in the Zoolander Center for people that can’t read good.

Brian Altano (IGN): I think, obviously, there’s a little bit of hope I guess, on the optimistic side, is that this year there’s been a really interesting resurgence or surgence, of younger filmmakers making original horror movies.

Guillermo del Toro: And a younger audience going to it. I mean, look, it is the horrible duty of the young to prove every f**king moron that came before them wrong. That’s historically the duty of the young. That’s why it’s so hard to be young. I’m 62, I take anticoagulants. I’m past that. But it is the duty of the young to say, “We won’t stand. This aggression will not stand, dude.” They have to. And I think every now and then — I’m old enough that I was there when Blair Witch rephrased a certain way — I mean, I was there as a kid when George [Lucas] or Steven [Spielberg] came in with Jaws or Star Wars, and we’ve never seen anything like it. I was there when. So every now and then, things have to get rephrased. But storytelling is what makes us what we are humans. So it needs to be rephrased. You cannot hold the academia of it all only. There are two functions that are very different: The academic tradition exists not as a gatekeeper, but as a gate opener. Now, come on in and rearrange the room. That’s the way I see or work. That’s why I like the extras on the Blu-rays. It’s not, “Look at how it’s done.” No, it’s like, “These are the tools. What are you going to do with them?”

Brian Altano (IGN): You can make it, too. So you’re optimistic for the future?

Guillermo del Toro: I’m optimistic about the possibilities, yeah. Very much so. When you talk about the medieval [period], when people say, “The Middle Ages were very dark.” Well, in Europe, not in Mesoamerica, not in the North of Africa. There were cultures where they were flourishing. When I talk about movies and cinema, I don’t just talk about American large-scale cinema. There are so many interesting movies in Europe, in Asia, and there’s really interesting movies in Latin America. There’s always great stories being told somewhere, so look for them. And the other day, the daughter of a friend of mine, she’s listening to Karen Carpenter and her favorite song, We’ve Only Just Begun. I go, “What kind of maze do you have to go to be 12, 13, and like Karen Carpenter?” Well, the world and the library of the world is there to be rediscovered. Peter Bogdanovich used to say, “There are not old movies, just movies you have not seen.” So when I discovered The Maltese Falcon for the first time, when I discovered Ikiru, the Kurosawa movie for the first time, it didn’t matter when it was made. It was fresh for me.

Brian Altano (IGN): I think that’s the perfect place to end. Thank you so much for your time, Mr. Del Toro. I hope you get to keep making cool monsters forever.

Guillermo del Toro: I hope I take a vacation. That’s really what I want.

Brian Altano (IGN): Can we do a quick lightning round? And then I’ll let you out of here.

Guillermo del Toro: Yeah, man.

Brian Altano (IGN): Okay, here we go. I’m going to have to keep you as quick as possible here.

Guillermo del Toro: Let’s do this.

Brian Altano (IGN): What is the first thing that ever scared you?

Guillermo del Toro: The Outer Limits, an episode called The Mutant. In terms of audiovisual scares. The first thing that scared me was my dad.

Brian Altano (IGN): What’s the most recent thing that scared you?

Guillermo del Toro: Oh, the news.

Brian Altano (IGN): Same. What’s the scariest movie ever made?

Guillermo del Toro: Well, it’s personal. I mean, I think it really is. I would say for me, if I’m experiencing it in the theater, Alien and The Shining and Jaws. Those three had me on the edge of my seat.

Brian Altano (IGN): What’s your favorite movie monster of all time?

Guillermo del Toro: That’s hard, but the creature of Frankenstein or the Creature from the Black Lagoon, it’s a toss up.

Brian Altano (IGN): What’s the best video game ever made?

Guillermo del Toro: They’re so different. I mean, I love Left 4 Dead. Death Stranding made me cry. Shadow of the Colossus made me introspective about so many intangible things. There’s not only one. BioShock! It’s a world I could get lost in for ages.

Brian Altano (IGN): What’s the most recent great video game that you’ve played?

Guillermo del Toro: I’m more into, not necessarily console games. Dead Cells was really interesting to me. I just hate respawning because you get all the way there, you go all the way to 35 levels, and then you start again, and you get faster! But please, please do a version without respawning. For the older, elderly players, please give us a way to come back.

Brian Altano (IGN): Life is short. I don’t want to keep responding.

Guillermo del Toro: I’m available. Contact me and send it to me, please. I beg you. I like the world. Great design.

Brian Altano (IGN): I think you’d like Castlevania. That’s kind of –

Guillermo del Toro: Yeah, I’ve never played Castlevania.

Brian Altano (IGN): That’s what you’re looking for. It’s Dead Cells, but you don’t have to start from the beginning every time.

Guillermo del Toro: Really? Well, there’s a lot of games I have not played. So if you can recommend, yeah.

Brian Altano (IGN): I’ll get you a list.

Guillermo del Toro: Journey.

Brian Altano (IGN): Journey’s amazing.

Guillermo del Toro: Amazing. Oh my God, what a bite. Monument Valley.

Brian Altano (IGN): Yes.

Guillermo del Toro: These are worlds that I love. And then every day of my life, every moment I have free, I’m still playing Angry Birds.

Brian Altano (IGN): Angry Birds?

Guillermo del Toro: I’m really good at it. I’m really good at it.

Brian Altano (IGN): Guillermo, you could have given me a thousand guesses, and I would not have pinned you as an Angry Birds guy.

Guillermo del Toro: It’s not exactly a connoisseur choice, but every day, every day is ridiculous. It’s like I just go, let me hit this. I want all the stars, a perfect game on every level they ever put out.

Brian Altano (IGN): I love it. I love it. Thank you so much for your time today. This is a blast. My

Guillermo del Toro: My pleasure. Thank you. Best of luck.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Best Switch 2 Controller Deals in October Prime Day Sales

Amazon’s October Prime sale has reached its final day, and there’s been a surprising amount of treats for Nintendo fans.

Unfortunately, what we haven’t seen any discounts on is Nintendo’s officially licensed Joy Con and Pro controller. However, if you’re trying to get your hands on a new Switch 2 controller sooner rather than later, we’re seeing solid deals on some of our favorite third-party options. Besides being more colorful, these controllers come in various shapes and sizes, potentially offering an even better fit for your hands than Nintendo’s own peripherals.

Switch 2 Controllers on Sale for October Prime Day

Note: Most of these deals are exclusive to Prime members (you can sign up for that here) and end tonight.

A strange theme across the sale is unique editions hitting lower prices than base models. Those editions add up to a solid spread of options that have dropped under $30.

Turtle Beach released its first wireless controller for Switch 2 back in and has been unloading its franchise tie-ins on the market ever since. While there’s a slight discount on the original black model, the best possible deals are on the more colorful Mario editions. Of course, if you’re looking for some RGB, look no further than the PDP Afterglow.

We’re seeing a similar trend with another one of our top picks, PowerA’s Advantage controller. Right now, the Pokemon Mega Evolutions colorway is almost $10 cheaper than the standard black wireless model.

PowerA Advantage Wireless Switch 2 controller

If you are into the sleeker black style, you’re looking at some more expensive but also more premium options. The main one is 8BitDo’s Ultimate 2 controller. Amazon’s deal is on the upgraded second generation edition, but we got the chance to review the original launch model, saying its “grip feels almost identical to that on modern Xbox controllers. The bumpers and the analog triggers also feel much better than the Pro 2’s, which felt a bit mushy and cheap.”

For the closest match to Nintendo’s own Pro controller, I’d recommend NYXI’s Hyperion 3. This is a fully dedicated Switch 2 controller, meaning it takes advantage of new features like the upgraded Rumble effect with things like adjustable vibration and dual back buttons.

Last but not least, leaning a little bit further into the third-party of it all, we’re seeing a $10 price cut on Kuitmor’s Sanrio controller. Yes, I included this because it’s Hello Kitty and adorable, but it also has some solid reviews.

Prime Big Deals Day End Tonight

Today is the last chance for Prime members to grab deals in Amazon’s October sale. While we haven’t seen any fresh discounts on the full Switch 2 console, there are plenty more Nintendo deals in the mix, including Switch 2 games.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

The New Shokz OpenRun Pro 2 Sport Headphone in Striking Rose Gold Drops to $110 for Prime Day

If you enjoy listening to music while you run or work out, then this headset should be on your radar. As part of a Lightning deal during the final hours of October Prime Day, Amazon has dropped the price of the Shokz OpenRun Pro 2 Open-Ear Wireless Sport Headphones in Rose Gold from $180 to just $109.95 with free shipping. All other colorways are currently on sale for $130, so stick with rose gold for the biggest savings.

Shokz OpenRun Pro 2 Sport Headphones for $109.95

Shokz OpenRun Pro 2 Open-Ear Wireless Bone Conduction Sport Headphones

2

The OpenRun Pro 2 looks like a neckband style headphone except that a lightweight titanium band connecting the two ear pieces wraps around the back of your head instead of resting on your neck. This design does an excellent job of keeping everything in place, perfect for active exercise.

Instead of the traditional method of sending sound vibrations to your eardrums, the OpenRun Pro uses bone conduction technology to send vibrations through your cheekbones directly to your inner ear. As such, the headphones are actually placed in front of your ear instead of on your ear. The biggest advantage is that you can fully hear your surroundings; if you like running on streets, for example, you’ll be aware of everything that’s going on around you while your music is playing.

OpenRun Pro 2 is an obvious upgrade over the Open Run Pro

The OpenRun Pro 2 is a substantial update over its predecessor. The most noticeable upgrade is arguably the switch from a proprietary magnetic charging cable to the USB Type-C standard. Another significant upgrade is the sound quality.

While the original OpenRun Pro has good bass response, it is slightly hampered by the fact that it produces tiny vibrations that are noticeable and sometimes ticklish or distracting. The new OpenRun Pro 2 utilizes Shok’s DualPitch technology to virtually eliminate vibrations. Other smaller changes include increased battery life and improved mic quality.

The Shokz OpenRun are the best earbuds for exercise

I have a pair of AirPods Pro that I use regularly, but I always set them aside for the OpenRun Pros when I run. The Transparency mode on the AirPods Pro does work well for most situations, but they still can’t compare to the awareness you get without having any buds plugging up your ears. In my experience these headphones stay in place extremely well and the sound quality is great compared to other sport headphones I’ve tried.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Pokémon TCG Destined Rivals ETB In Stock for Prime Day — Best Deal at Amazon vs. TCGplayer

Amazon has been restocking a whole bunch of rare Pokémon TCG sets for Prime Day, and there are some seriously sought-after sets up for grabs right now.

That includes the rare Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box, which is currently available for just under $125 from Amazon. Amazon had these in stock a good month or two back, so it’s definitely been a while since they’ve been regularly available from the major online retailer.

Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet – Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box

9

Yes, it’s still well above the original MSRP, but that’s unfortunately the state of the Pokémon TCG market right now. If you’re willing to pay the premium, Amazon is currently one of the better places to pick one up.

TCGplayer has a median listing price of around $150, while its current market price sits at just under $120. Once you factor in delivery costs as well, Amazon’s $124.55 price starts to look pretty reasonable, particularly given that it’s sold and shipped directly by Amazon.

If you’ve been waiting for a restock, this is probably one worth considering while the stock lasts. These don’t tend to hang around for long when they appear at major retailers.

The Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet—Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box includes:

  • 9 Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet—Destined Rivals booster packs
  • 65 card sleeves
  • 45 Pokémon TCG Energy cards
  • A player’s guide to the Scarlet & Violet—Destined Rivals expansion
  • 6 damage-counter dice
  • 1 competition-legal coin-flip die
  • 2 plastic condition markers
  • 1 collector’s box with 4 dividers to keep everything organized

It has been more than a year since Pokémon TCG: Destined Rivals launched, but the set remains one of the more difficult releases to find at a reasonable price. Above, you’ll find our rundown of the 10 most expensive cards in Destined Rivals, including the highly coveted Team Rocket’s Mewtwo ex (231/182), which is still fetching around $450-$500 on TCGplayer.

The good news is that this Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box is currently available directly from Amazon, with the retailer both “selling and shipping” the product itself. That’s worth highlighting, given how many Pokémon TCG listings on Amazon are actually fulfilled by third-party sellers.

Whether you think the current price is worth paying is another matter. A market price is simply a reflection of what buyers are currently prepared to spend, rather than some definitive measure of value. With Pokémon TCG products regularly selling out at MSRP, however, market price is increasingly what collectors have to contend with if they want to pick up sealed products from major retailers.

If you’re keeping an eye out for Pokémon TCG restocks, our custom Amazon search tracker can help. It makes it easier to find sealed Pokémon products that are actually “sold and shipped” by Amazon, rather than listings from third-party sellers.

Destined Rivals isn’t the only Pokémon TCG product making a comeback during the Prime sale, either. The First Partner Illustration Series 3 set has also returned, alongside Phantasmal Flames Booster Bundles for $89.99. Surging Sparks boosters are available for $18, with several other Pokémon TCG products also back in stock at around market price or lower.

IGN is the best place to find TCG deals

IGN’s resident deals experts like Robert Anderson have over seven years of experience writing about gaming and TCG deals. In an era where finding advice from a real person is more important than ever, Robert’s expertise helps you cut through the digital noise to find genuine, money-saving offers. He pairs his experience and love of games with data-driven analysis and price-tracking tools to ensure he’s only ever recommending something that’s actually worthwhile.

If you’re looking some no-nonsense help on saving money in a time where gaming and TCG hobbies have never been more expensive, then we’d highly recommend following him @robertliam21 on Bluesky and setting IGN as a preferred source in Google to make sure you’re getting the latest updates, from him, and the rest of the IGN Shopping team.

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Definitive Edition Rated for PS5 and Xbox Series

Mafia 2 and Mafia 3 are coming to PS5 and Xbox Series consoles with some prettier graphics, according to an ESRB rating. Both games are rated Mature 17+ by the board, with each title featuring violence, nudity, and so… many… slurs.

Previously, Mafia: Definitive Edition released for modern consoles in September 2020. A full-blown, ground-up remake of the original 2002 game, it acted as a great starting point for people jumping into the series for the first time. Mafia 2 and 3 Definitive Editions already exist for the last-gen consoles, so these listings presumably relate to current-gen upgrades that will, hopefully, include 60fps gameplay, rather than full-blown remakes.

Publisher 2K recently released the Mafia: The Omertà Collection, which includes all the Definitive Editions alongside Mafia: The Old Country Definitive Edition. This launched alongside a PS5 and Xbox Series update to Mafia: Definitive Edition that seems likely to be replicated for Mafia 2 and 3.

Interest in the series is at a new high following the release of Mafia: The Old Country earlier this year. A prequel story set at the height of the mob’s power in Italy, it followed the series’ template of plonking players into an open world that serves as a backdrop to the story, rather than a character in it.

IGN’s Mafia: The Old Country review scored it an 8/10, and called the game an “effective return to the linear and tightly story-driven format of the original Mafia and Mafia 2.” Mafia 3 split critics at launch because it leaned into its open world and made players complete repeatable missions to capture territory and progress the story. Amazing soundtrack, though.

Hangar 13 president Nick Baynes previously told IGN that Mafia and GTA — despite sharing a parent company — exist in two separate camps. “I think that genuinely at the studio, we’ve got our own path,” Baynes said. “It genuinely never ever comes up in conversation as a touchpoint or steering our strategy or anything like that.”

The ESRB posting doesn’t give much away, besides rehashing themes you’d expect from a game series named after an organized crime group. It’ll be interesting to see which side of GTA 6’s release date this November these Definitive Editions end up. Because while the games are fairly different, the audience only has limited disposable income and that choice has probably already been made if the games land anywhere near each other.

IGN just put out a big GTA 6 interview with Rockstar North studio head Rob Nelson, in which we spoke to him as he played a section of the game in front of us. Nelson spoke about its approach to open world design, and creating a game where “just existing” is a viable playstyle, living in Vice City and playing it almost like a life simulator.

It’s a very different approach to Mafia, in which the open world is simply a backdrop to the story. Still, isn’t it great that we live in a world where both approaches are viable and we get to experience it all?

A Mafia 2 and Mafia 3: Definitive Edition announcement is likely imminent, either way. My best guess would be The Game Awards this December, with a launch early next year. While you wait to find out, check out IGN’s in-depth feature, 25 Years of Mafia Video Games: An Oral History.

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

Dawn of War 4 Dev Confirms the Size and Scope of the Single-Player Campaign

How big is the Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War 4 campaign? According to developer King Art Games, it’s so big it dwarfs the campaigns from all the previous games in the series — and might have more single-player content at launch than any other RTS ever.

Dawn of War 4 includes four fully fleshed out single-player campaigns, one for each of the game’s launch factions: Space Marines, Orks, Necrons, and Adeptus Mechanicus. In total, there are over 70 campaign missions at launch. To put that into perspective, Relic Entertainment’s beloved Dawn of War 1 had 11. Dawn of War 2 had a non-linear campaign structure with many repeatable missions, but an average playthrough involved 20-30 missions. Dawn of War 3, meanwhile, had 17 campaign missions.

In an exclusive interview with IGN, creative director Jan Theysen hammered home the point about Dawn of War 4’s campaign by saying that each of the four campaigns in the game is bigger than the entire campaign from Dawn of War 1. And that’s not just mission count, either — he believes this is true for the probably number of gameplay hours.

Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War 4 Space Marines Screenshots

“I would say you are up for a treat because this is really what was our focus, right?” Theysen said of Dawn of War 4’s single-player offering. “We come from single-player games, and we like stories and campaigns. It’s always a little bit tricky with these claims because someone will find some RTS from 1994 that was bigger. But I think we probably have more single-player content in the game than any other RTS at launch. We have four campaigns and each of the campaigns is bigger than the campaign from Dawn of War 1.”

Theysen added that because each campaign has a branching storyline that feeds into the overarching story, you won’t play all the missions available in a single playthrough. “The Ork campaign — I can’t remember 100% — but I think it’s like 18 missions or something like that if you play everything,” he explained. “And in any playthrough, it’s still like 15 or 14 missions you can play. It’s a lot of missions compared to Dawn of War 1.

“If you’re a single player fan, I think this is really a game for you.”

Part of the campaign is the tutorial, as is standard. Dawn of War 4 kicks off with two tutorial missions in which you play as the Astra Militarum (lapsed Dawn of War fans may know the rank and file of the Emperor’s human army as the Imperial Guard). These light touch tutorial missions teach players the basics of the game, but each faction’s campaign will delve deeper into unique mechanics. The first faction beyond the tutorial is the Orks, and the first mission in the Ork campaign introduces the player to the Orks economy, build system, upgrades, and stratagems. When you move onto the Adeptus Mechanicus campaign, you’ll get a similar introduction to their quirks. One AdMech mission, for example, revolves around the Imperial Knight, unlocking its use and teaching the player how it works in the process.

“The campaigns become more interesting because people get new stuff all the time,” Theysen said. “And also, we are not front-loading everything. Your head would explode if we tried to explain everything in the first couple of missions, right?”

While we’ve spoken to King Art Games at length about how Dawn of War 4 works from a competitive multiplayer perspective (most recently we ran a deep dive on how the Space Marines work), there is an army of RTS fans who are mostly interested in the single-player aspect of the game and others in the genre. So, for them, they’ll be enthused by the offering here.

This is all for launch, but more single-player content is coming down the road after Dawn of War 4 comes out in December. Crusade Mode and Map Pack 1 arrive early next year, followed by a second map pack and Lord Ahmnok Last Stand Crusade in early spring. A third map pack and mission editor arrive after that, with a fourth in early summer, alongside the Guzcutta Last Stand Crusade. Two paid-for additions are also coming: the Blood Ravens story prologue in spring, and the Aftermath campaign expansion containing a new faction in summer.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Players Can Now Toggle Wolverine’s Story-Related Scent Trails On and Off With a ‘Hint’ Button

In the latest patch for Marvel’s Wolverine, Insomniac has enabled the long-awaited option for players to choose whether or not they want to use the game’s visible scent trails by making it a togglable ‘hint’ option mapped to a button on their controller.

The update dropped on October 6 after months of complaints from critical players, who felt the scent trails were too hand-holdy and didn’t let them explore enough on their own.

On Twitter/X, Insomniac explained that their decision to make the scent trails optional was a direct result of community feedback. Now, players can choose whether or not they’d like the option to toggle them on or off by using a Hint button, which is mapped to R3 on the PlayStation 5 controller.

Marvel’s Wolverine Review Screenshots

This also goes for other features like the visibility of audio cues and nightmare roots, allowing players to navigate the game’s environment and come upon the Nightmare Cabin by themselves.

“Our latest update for Marvel’s #WolverinePS5 is live and adds a new ‘Hint’ toggle for story-related Scent trails based on community feedback!” Insomniac wrote. “With recent updates, you now have more control over the visibility of Scents, Audio Cues, and Nightmare Roots.”

Also included in this patch were fixes for “additional community-reported issues related to crashes and bugs.”

This latest update follows a similar change to scent trails that Insomniac made in late September, which gave players the option of turning off the scents for Whiskey Bottle scent trails, Material Crate Audio Clues, and Nightmare Door Roots. Prior to that, they toned down the scent trails’ visibility to “make these visuals less intense” by reducing their overall opacity.

Insomniac has held true to its word of improving Wolverine as time goes by. On September 15, the developer issued a message to players, saying it was “actively engaged with our player community and gathering feedback to further refine the player experience.”

These players have not been shy about sharing their feelings with Insomniac. Wolverine might be the developer’s single most-debated game of all time, in large part due to elements like its scent trails and white paint that tell players where to go.

Even Wolverine’s design was a hot topic of debate, with some feeling actor Liam McIntyre didn’t fit the role of Marvel’s iconic short king — but McIntyre said he wasn’t fazed by the criticism at all, owing to his experience in taking on the mantle of Spartacus in the mid-2010s.

Marvel’s Wolverine Update 1.002.001 Patch Notes:

The latest update for Marvel’s Wolverine (1.002.001) adds a new toggle for story-related Scent trails. Alongside previous updates, players now have more control over the visibility of Scents, Audio Cues, and Nightmare Roots based on community feedback.

This update also addresses community-reported bugs and crashes to improve overall game stability.

  • Adds the option to toggle story-related Scent trails using the Hint button (default on ‘R3’)
  • Addresses additional community-reported issues related to crashes and bugs

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

‘This Needs to Change’ — PlayStation Fan Gets PSN Account Hacked and Restored, Acknowledges Others May Not Be as Lucky

PlayStation fans are questioning the security of their PSN accounts as yet another prominent community member had their account hacked and stolen.

Over the weekend, a prominent member of the PlayStation community, known as RealRadec, claimed that his PSN account had been hacked. He noted that the hackers had changed his login info, including his email, effectively locking him out of his account. He also stated that the PlayStation support phone number (which is somewhat infamous for being unhelpful anyways) was offline, leaving him without anyone to contact for assistance.

The situation mirrored one that happened to noted PlayStation podcaster and ex-IGNer Colin Moriarty earlier this summer. Moriarty had his PSN account stolen from him during a livestream, prompting some panic. However, given Moriarty’s status in the PlayStation community, he was able to raise a lot of noise and receive assistance from various connections at Sony. Moriarty confirmed during a stream on Monday that he lent that same assistance to Radec, as the two have collaborated on Moriarty’s podcasting network, Last Stand Media.

The Best PS5 Games

This all led to Radec getting his account back, but he was quick to note that he may not have been as lucky if he didn’t have a platform and connections.

“It would be foolish of me not to acknowledge that this was dealt with as quickly as possible because of the position I’m in,” said Radec. “Not many people have that reach, and I am fully aware of that. This is a problem that has been brewing for a long time now at PlayStation. No one deserves to have their account stolen from them and lose access to all of their games, DLC, save data, trophies, etc. It’s not right. This needs to change.”

Over the last few years, various PlayStation users have reported being hacked. It has also been reported that accounts are being stolen and resold online for hundreds of dollars, allowing nefarious buyers the ability to take someone else’s digital games, trophies, and data.

I got my account back. I want to thank everyone who reached out to me offering their assistance, advice and words of encouragement. It genuinely meant a lot.

It would be foolish of me not to acknowledge that this was dealt with as quickly as possible because of the position I’m in. Not many people have that reach, and I am fully aware of that.

This is a problem that has been brewing for a long time now at PlayStation. No one deserves to get their account stolen from them and lose access to all of their games, DLC, save data, trophies etc. It’s not right.

This needs to change.

— Radec (@realradec) October 5, 2026

Moriarty reported in May that hackers can provide otherwise mundane information (dates of PSN transactions, names, birthdays, and email addresses) to PlayStation support to prove their identity and gain access to accounts. Moriarty’s producer and co-host, Dustin Furman, stated at the time that someone they trusted was able to replicate this on two accounts to prove it was more than just a theory. They went on to state that this allows hackers the ability to circumvent security methods like two-factor authentication. IGN has reached out to Sony for comment on how it is combatting the situation.

It’s an ongoing issue, and one that has resulted in a lot of fear as we head into an all-digital era of PlayStation. Sony confirmed that it will no longer produce physical games starting in 2028, meaning PS6 will likely be an all-digital console. If you don’t have the alternative of protecting yourself with physical games, it could create a lot of issues unless PlayStation patches its security issues.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Apple TV’s Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 4 Review and Recap — ‘Lost and Found’

This review contains full spoilers for Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 4, which is streaming on Apple TV now.

Slow Horses has added a tad too much starch to its plot-thickening slurry in Season 6’s fourth episode, “Lost and Found.” It’s hardly devoid of standout moments — the entire opening sequence in the neon-hued bowling alley, Frank Harkness and Jackson Lamb (Hugo Weaving and Gary Oldman, finally getting some meaty shared screentime) facing off in the Shake Shack, JK Coe’s (Tom Brooke) bathroom knife fight to the death against Jim (Kyle Soller) — but it’s reached the point in its short six-episode season where Slow Horses feels like it’s scrambling a bit to make sense of its, as MI5 overseer Oliver (Lucian Msamati) put it last episode, “petri dish of intrigue.”

Read Last Week’s Review:

Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 3 Review — “Resurrection”

Let’s put it under a microscope and unscramble where we’re at. Frank — who gets a taste of what it’s like to be Lamb, managing two spacey morons — is working for the scuzzy right-wing TV magnate Damien Cantor (Harry Lloyd). We already knew this from their meet-up in Episode 2 where Damien authorized Frank to kill Reece Nesmith (Lenny), but now there’s a twinge more clarity surrounding their circumstances. Damien wants some sort of contract from the Russians, and to prove his value, he was the one who had the dead Dog Andy Nesmith steal the Slough House file at the Park. But Damien wasn’t the one who directed anyone to start killing Slow Horses from that list; he just contracted Frank as the clean-up crew to cover the tracks of the document theft.

We can infer with a high degree of certainty, then, that Damien handed that list over to his Russian contact, who fed it to (or is working for) the GRU, Russia’s intelligence agency. And the GRU used the list to retaliate, sending in Jim and Jane (MyAnna Buring), against Diana Taverner’s retaliation for the recent nerve agent attacks that she’s attempting to re-cover up after the slip-up during her TV interview. For MI5’s assassination in Kazan, Russia, made to seem like a botched robbery, River (Jack Lowden) thinks that Diana (Kristin Scott Thomas) stole Sid Baker’s (Oliva Cooke) identity to make her look responsible on paper, which would explain why the murder duo would be out to get her. (But also: What if it actually was Sid? We still don’t really know for certain where she’s been hiding, other than vague allusions to a village where Diana apparently would visit.)

Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 4 — Images

Diana continues to be not innocent amid all of this in astounding new ways: She picks up the phone call that Damien threatened her with. Vassily Rasnokov, her equivalent in the GRU, is the voice on the other line, and the two intelligence service heads barter over the murders of their agents. Diana agrees that Vassily’s assassins can take out Sid if they agree to stop killing off the rest of the people in Slough House. (And why were all of them targeted anyway?) Diana selling Sid out is an even bigger gut-punch considering Sid has been obsessing over checking in with her, despite River telling Sid she should not trust Diana. River turns out to be right for once as Sid is kidnapped at gunpoint by Jim and Jane at the end of the episode.

Phew, what a mess! Everyone seems to be tied up with the Russians in some way. And this isn’t even getting into Reece’s attempt at blackmailing Frank, the crew of ladies who make it to the safe house that happens to also appear to be Diana’s holiday home (where Standish finds the wine cave…), and Coe’s bummer of a death. Poor Coe, left with his belly sliced open in a bathroom. At least he died as close as a Slow Horse can get to a hero’s death in confronting Jim after saving his colleagues’ asses numerous times this season. That all of these major developments happened in this single episode is also my biggest problem with it. I have no problem breaking out the proverbial cork board to piece together complicated storylines, but all of this plot in one go comes off as ill-paced, especially after a super-solid previous episode.

The Best Amazon Prime Big Deal Days Sales We’ve Found So Far

The Amazon Prime Big Deal Days Sale, also known as October Prime Day, is now live. This is part deux of Amazon’s biggest sale event of the year (the first Prime Day happened in June) with discounts that rival Black Friday itself. Blink and you’ll miss it, because the sale only runs for two days, from Tuesday October 6 to midnight PT on Wednesday, October 7.

If you want to get a head start on your holiday shopping even before November, this is going to be your best opportunity to score the lowest prices of the year on just about everything, including video games and consoles, AirPods, electronics, LEGOs, 4K Blu-ray movies, men’s apparel and accessories, fitness products, and more.

This list will be updated throughout the entire Prime Day sale event, so check back for new deals.

You’ll need to be an Amazon Prime member, but you can get it for as low as $15

Note that this is an Amazon Prime-exclusive sales event, which means you will need an Amazon Prime membership in order to take advantage of most of the deals that pop up.

If you don’t have an annual membership and you don’t want to pay the hefty $139 fee for one, you can sign up for a 30-day fee trial if you’re new, or $15 for one month if you’ve been a past member. If you’re a student, Amazon is giving you a break. Students get a 6-month free trial and then 50% off the annual membership.

The Ten Best Prime Day Deals So Far

The LEGO Icons Project Hail Mary Sees Its First Discount

LEGO Icons Project Hail Mary

2

Project Hail Mary was one of 2026’s biggest movies, and with its March release came an impressively detailed LEGO recreation of the space shuttle seen in the film. If you’ve been waiting for a price cut to buy this one, Prime Big Deal Days is your chance to snag it at its first-ever discounted price. The set is down to $69.99 from its $99.99 original sticker price.

The Best Prime Day Video Game Deals for PS5, Xbox, and Switch

Prime Day isn’t the best time of year to score a great deal on video games. Black Friday usually offers a wider variety of games at deeper discounts. That said, there are video game deals available, and some of them are actually quite good. Final Fantasy 7 Rebirth for PS5 drops to $16.99, which is probably the best deal so far. Blood of Dawnwalker was released just a month ago and it’s already $10 off as well.

Get 4 Months of Audible for $0.99/mo Plus $20 in Audible Credit

Get 4 Months of Audible Standard for $0.99/mo

88

Prime Day special: also get $20 in bonus Audible Credit

For Tuesday and Wednesday only, Amazon Prime and non-Prime members can sign up for four months of Audible Standard for $0.99 per month. In addition to the discounted membership, you also get an extra $20 in Audible credit. This deal is valid for new and expired subscribers, however your mileage may vary. After the four months is up, your subscription will convert to $8.99/mo, so don’t forget to cancel if you don’t plan on renewing.

Apple Prime Day Deals Include AirPods, Watches, and MacBooks

Apple AirPods Pro 3 Wireless Noise Canceling Earbuds

12

Discounts on Apple products are usually reserved for big sale events, and with Apple’s recent price hikes on a majority of their products, these opportunities are more precious than ever. Fortunately, October Prime Day is already playing host to some big discounts on the most popular Apple devices, from the AirPods Pro noise canceling headphones to thin and light MacBook Pro laptops with the powerful new M5 chip.

First Discount on the 2026 Macbook Air Since the Price Hike

Apple MacBook Air 13.6″ M5 (16GB/512GB)

4

Apple’s newest MacBook Air just dropped to its lowest price since the hike back in June of 2026. During the Amazon October Prime Day Sale, you can save $200 off the base model, which includes an M5 chip, 16GB of RAM, and a 512GB SSD, now just $1,099 with free shipping. This is the newest generation model that was released earlier this year.

Amazon’s 3-for-$33 4K Blu-ray Movie Sale Is Back for Prime Day

Amazon’s Prime Day movie sales are always one of the best and most popular deals for IGN readers. Once again Amazon doesn’t disappoint with the return of the 3 for $33 sale on 4K movies. Dozens of movies are eligible including classics and recent releases. Many of them come with Blu-ray and Movies Anywhere compatible digital copies as well.

Magic The Gathering TCG Is on Sale for Prime Day

Card collecting is a very expensive hobby, so you definitely want to take advantage of any opportunity to score discounts on cards, especially randomized packs like boosters. Amazon has dropped the price of several popular themed MTG sets for Prime Day, including The Lord of the Rings, TMNT, Star Trek, and more.

Save Up to 50% Off the 2026 Hisense U7SG 4K TV for Prime Day

75″ Hisense U7SG 4K Hi-QLED Mini-LED 4K Google TV (2026)

0

Hisense’s new 2026 U7SG 4K TV offers a phenomenal value for gamers. It boasts premium technology like a bright Hi-QLED Mini-LED panel, a blazing fast 165Hz refresh rate with VRR, Dolby Vision IQ and HDR10+ support, and upgraded audio, all at a supremely affordable price. In fact, during Amazon’s October Prime Day Sale, it’s even cheaper. For the next two days, all sizes from 55 inches all the way to 100″ are on sale.

The Best Budget Gaming Chairs Are Even Cheaper for Prime Day

Not everyone can or even wants to pay several hundred dollars for a gaming chair. And you don’t really have to. There are plenty of comfortable gaming chairs under $300 that can withstand multiple hour gaming sessions. Some of the best budget gaming chairs are on sale for Prime Day, including top-rated brands like Razer and Corsair.

Save $50 Off the Meta Quest 3S VR Headset for Prime Day

Meta Quest 3S 128GB VR Headset

5

If you haven’t experienced the world of immersive VR gaming, you’re missing out. For Prime Day, Amazon is offering a Meta Quest 3S 128GB VR headset for just $297 after a $50 off instant discount. This particular bundle also includes 2,000 shiny rocks (in-game currency) and DLC items for the popular Gorilla Tag free-to-play VR game. I’ve reviewed the Meta Quest and I’ll be the first to admit that VR gaming isn’t for everyone. That said, I wholeheartedly encourage any avid gamer to try it out, and the Meta Quest 3S is the most accessible way to do so.

Prime Day Deals You Never Thought You Needed

Let’s face it. The vast majority of the “hundreds of thousands” of Prime Day deals are on items that were never really on your radar. Most of them probably don’t apply to you, but there are some solid deals out there on products that you might actually be interested in. I’ve rounded up a bunch of useful tech products and gadgets than a tech enthusiast, gamer, tinkerer, or handyman could find good use for.

Don’t Miss the Complete Calvin and Hobbes Prime Day Book Deal

The Complete Calvin and Hobbes Hardcover Box Set

12

The complete Calvin and Hobbes book set is the ultimate collector’s item for any devoted fan of the comic series and it’s on sale for Prime Day. You can pick up either the hardcover edition for $99.01 or the paperback edition for $86.86. The hardcover edition is a more premium set that looks good on your shelf. The paperback books, however, are easier to actually read since the comics are divided into four smaller books instead of three bigger ones.

Board Games Are on Sale for Prime Day

A strong case can be made that board games are just a superior version of video games. The only real difference is that you’re “forced” to use your imagination and you’re up against physically present human players. Both aspects are difficult to emulate on a PC or gaming console. For Prime Day, several of the most popular board game titles are on sale.

Get a 65″ OLED TV for Just $799.99 for Prime Day

65″ Roku Pro-Series 4K OLED Smart TV

6

OLED TVs are considered the best TVs for gaming. They’re usually quite expensive, but Amazon is offering a fantastic deal on a Roku branded OLED TV for Prime Day. For a limited time, the 65″ Roku Pro 4K OLED TV is available for just $799.99 with free shipping. The Roku Pro-series OLED TV was released earlier this month. It’s equipped with a 4K true W-OLED panel with a native 120Hz refresh rate and HDMI 2.1 inputs, making it an excellent TV for the PlayStation 5 console.

Save 50% ($3,000) Off the New 2026 98″ TCL QM8L SQD 4K TV

Extra 10% cashback for Amazon Prime members

98″ TCL QM8L 4K SQD Mini-LED Google TV (2026)

0

Extra 10% cashback with Amazon Prime Card

One of the best super big screen TVs drops to its lowest price ever for Prime Day. Amazon is currently offering the massive 98″ TCL QM8L 4K TV for $2,998.99 with free shipping. If you’re an Amazon Prime cardmember, then you also get an extra 10% cashback instead of the typical 5%. This TV normally costs $6,000. If you’re looking for a TV that’s near 100″ in size, then I would recommend this TV over any other brand or model. Yes, even over OLED.

Save Over 30% Off the Possibly Retired LEGO Mario & Yoshi

LEGO Super Mario World: Mario & Yoshi Building Set 71438

6

Nintendo fans have an opportunity to score one of the best LEGO x Nintendo collabs at an outstanding price, but you really don’t want to hesitate. For Prime Day, Amazon is offering the LEGO Super Mario World: Mario & Yoshi 71438 for just $89.99 with free shipping after a 30% off instant discount. Not only is this the lowest price I’ve ever seen, this set is possibly retired; it’s currently sold out at the LEGO Shop with no ETA for restock.

40% Off the Steelseries Gaming Headset With Infinite Battery Life

SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless Gaming Headset (Xbox, PS5, PC)

7

One of the best wireless gaming headsets just dropped to its lowest price ever. Woot, which is owned by Amazon, is offering a new Steelseries Arctis Nova Pro wireless gaming headset for Xbox, PS5, and PC for just $237.48. The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro has long been one of IGN’s highest rated wireless gaming headsets. IGN’s Kevin Lee gave the Nova Pro a 10/10 “Masterpiece” review. I’ve clocked well over a thousand hours on mine to the point that my earcups were worn through (I replaced them with the awesome WC Freeze gel earpads).

The 8BitDo Ultimate 2C PC Controller Drops to $24 for Prime Day

8BitDo Ultimate 2C Wireless PC Gaming Controller

9

You don’t need to pay $150, $100, or even $50 for an excellent PC gaming controller. The 8BitDo Ultimate 2C Wireless PC Gaming Controller is already attractively priced at $29.99 and is arguably the best controller at that price point. However, for Prime Day Amazon has dropped the price by another 20% to $23.99. I really like this controller and recommend it to anyone who doesn’t want to spend $64 or more on a Gamesir G7 Pro (my other favorite controller).

The Best Budget Noise Canceling Headphone Deal for Prime Day

JLab JBuds Lux Noise Cancelling Wireless Headphones

3

Score a well-rated pair of wireless noise canceling headphones for well under $50 with this Amazon Prime Day deal. The JLab JBuds Lux Over-Ear Headphones drops to just $39.80 with free shipping after a 53% off instant discount. Don’t let the low price fool you; the JBuds Lux offers a wealth of features that you’d typically find in more premium headphone.

The LEGO Art Hokusai The Great Wave Also Drops to a New Low

LEGO Art Hokusai The Great Wave 31208

0

Amazon is offering the LEGO Art Hokusai The Great Wave 31208 for only $69.99 after a 30% off discount, which drops it to the lowest price I’ve seen. This replica of the iconic The Great Wave art by the Japanese artist Hokusai consists of 1,810 bricks. The multi-layered design makes the waves look like they’re bursting forth from the canvas.

Trending Fitness Deals: Cellucor and C4 Products on Sale

C4 Bombsicle Energy Drink (Zero Sugar) 12-Pack

0

Cellucor SuperHD Fat Burning & Weight Loss Supplement, 60 Capsules

1

HD thermogenic formula for long-lasting energy and curbing appetites.

Beats Studio Pro Headphones Drops to the Lowest Price Ever

This deal is expired

Beats Studio Pro Wireless Noise Canceling Headphones

0

Everyone’s favorite high-end headphone is on sale for the lowest price ever for Prime Day. For a limited time, both Amazon and Walmart are offering the Beats Studio Pro wireless noise canceling headphones in your choice of black or white for just $119 with free shipping. That is a whopping 60% off the $300 list price. Beats is owned by Apple, and the Studio Pro is for people like myself who want a quality headphone but don’t want to spend $400 on the AirPods Max. Also, unlike the AirPods Max, the Beats Studio Pro works just as well with both iPhones and Android smartphones.

Save 36% Off the Beginner-Friendly DJI Mini 3 Drone Camera

This deal is expired

DJI Mini 3 Quadcopter Drone Camera

0

The DJI Mini 3 is an excellent quadcopter drone camera for beginners looking to try out aerial videography. It doesn’t require FAA registration, it automates most essential functions, it records smooth, non-shaky video, and thanks to today’s Prime Day deal, it won’t blow out your budget. For a limited time, Amazon has it for just $269 with free shipping after $150 in savings. Note that, according to PCMag, although the FCC has already banned new and upcoming foreign-made drones from being sold in the United States, existing drone models can still be purchased legally.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Hideo Kojima Acknowledges Fan-Made P.T. Port That Runs Natively on PC

Hideo Kojima has acknowledged a fan-made port of P.T. that allows the game to run natively on Windows, making it playable for a wide majority of users after it was relegated to PS4 hell.

P.T. released in August 2014. Standing for ‘Playable Teaser,’ it was exactly that — a short demo of what was supposed to be the next Silent Hill game helmed by Hideo Kojima and starring Norman Reedus.

Unfortunately, due to Kojima’s falling out with Konami, the title was scrapped and the demo wiped from the PlayStation store in 2015. And that’s a shame, because it’s one of the most terrifying games ever made.

P.T. Datamined Characters

Luckily, a dedicated fan has worked tirelessly to make P.T. playable for those who either deleted it from their PS4s or who never got a chance to play it before it got nuked. A modder by the name LoreanXavier has revived the famous horror title on PC, and he says it’s about 97% complete at the time of writing.

The modder explained that this port isn’t an emulator or a remake of the game from the ground up; on his official Discord server documenting the project, he explained that he is essentially “reverse-engineering” the executable of the PlayStation 4, using the game’s original assets, as well as C++ and Vulcan, to make a version of the title that plays on PC with a dedicated Windows program.

It’s a 1:1 version of P.T., with the “same house, original content and Lua scripts, loops, events, progression and ending puzzle.” It even includes the game’s voice-recognition section.

“I’ve played through it myself. The game hasn’t been turned into a different story or a new set of puzzles. Rendering is implemented for PC, and remaining graphical differences are being addressed separately. Optional enhanced graphics can change its appearance without changing the base game,” he explained.

30 minutes of gameplay for LoreanXavier’s PC port is already available to view on YouTube, and fans are already begging him to make his code open-source in the event that his project gets copystriked when it eventually releases.

But what’s most exciting isn’t the fact that people will get to play P.T. sometime soon; it’s that Hideo Kojima himself retweeted an article from GameRant discussing the port, meaning that he’s not only aware of it, but seemingly endorses its existence.

“The GOAT himself acknowledged my port. I am speechless. Seeing Hideo Kojima notice something I’ve poured so much time and passion into genuinely means the world to me. Thank you so much,” LoreanXavier wrote on Twitter/X in response to Kojima’s retweet.

Kojima is keenly aware of what his community gets up to online, and is almost constantly retweeting fan art of his games; and given that Silent Hills never got to see the light of day, it’s probably refreshing for P.T. to get a breath of new life after a decade of languishing in the ether.

Kojima’s next horror game, OD, is still in development. With Hunter Schafer and Sophia Lillis starring, fans are more eager than ever to experience a fully-fledged horror title from the maker of a strikingly terrifying game like P.T., and some are even convinced that the two games are somehow related.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Pick Up a 25-in-1 Hoto Precision Electric Screwdriver Set for Just $23 During the October Prime Day Sale

If you’re constantly fiddling with small electronics, building PCs, or modding consoles and controllers, a precision electric screwdriver is an extremely handy tool to have around. For Prime Day, Amazon is offering an excellent deal on just that. The Hoto 25-in-1 Precision Electric Screwdriver drops to just $22.99 after you apply coupon code “0B0H81AR“. That’s 43% off in savings and the best price I’ve seen for this tool this year. Better yet, you don’t need to be a Prime member.

Hoto 25-in-1 Precision Electric Screwdriver Set for $23

HOTO 25-in-1 Mini Electric Precision Screwdriver Set

2

The Hoto screwdriver is a handy tool for situations where your large power drill might be way too powerful and a manual screwdriver would be too tedious. It’s perfect for those tiny screws that require specialized miniature bits. This kit includes a total of 25 precision neatly stored in a magnetic clamshell case. The bits include pretty much every type you’ll need, including Phillips, flat, hex, torx, U-shaped, Y-shaped, W-sharped, Tri-wing, triangular, square, pentagon, and more. Furthermore, they’re magnetized so you won’t accidentally lose those micro screws in tiny nooks and crannies.

The screwdriver itself is very compact, measuring about 6.2″ long and weighing in at only 2oz. It is powered by a 350mAh lithium battery that can last up to 2 hours on a single charge and conveniently recharges over USB Type-C. It delivers up to 0.2Nm of torque in electric mode. That’s enough to drive small screws without fear of stripping them. You’ll want to use manual force to tighten the screws in the very end (or in the beginning, if you’re unscrewing).

For only $23, this is a nice-to-have tool in a nearby drawer for convenience, when you don’t want or need to deal with the hassle of bringing out a full-sized power tool for a small odd job.

More Handy Tech Gadgets on Sale for Prime Day

Let’s face it. The vast majority of the “hundreds of thousands” of Prime Day deals are on items that were never really on your radar. Most of them probably don’t apply to you, but there are some solid deals out there on products that you might actually be interested in. I’ve rounded up a bunch of useful tech products and gadgets that a tech enthusiast, gamer, tinkerer, or handyman could find good use for.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Save On Games, Merch, and TCG Products

Amazon’s October Prime Day sale is live, and while you could take the opportunity to stock up on genuinely useful things, you could also just treat yourself to something awesome. How should you treat yourself? Well, if you’re anything like me, you can’t resist lining the pockets of the most lucrative franchise in media history.

We’ve found plenty of Nintendo deals on the gaming side of things, but Pokémon is a lot bigger than that. Whether you got into Pokémon through the video games, show, or TCG, I’ve tracked down something in Amazon’s sale that could spark a little Poké-joy in your life.

FWIW: Everything on the list is under $50, and it does actually include some daily essentials.

25+ Pokémon Deals in Amazon’s October Prime Day Sale

Check out our top 10 highlights from the sale, or scroll on for even more picks.

$20 Off Pokémon Legends: Z-A

Amazon is discounting plenty of Switch 2 games, but one of the only first-party games getting a price cut is the latest Pokémon release. Pokémon Legends: Z-A is technically a spin-off, but in the words of IGN’s 8/10 review, it still offers “a fun setting to explore, a well-written story, and a total battle system overhaul that works surprisingly well.”

Pokemon Legends: Z-A

1

Check out the full list of Switch 2 games on sale

The Best LEGO Pokémon Set Drops Under $50

LEGO has released a hefty amount of Pokémon-themed sets since the collaboration debuted in 2025. I’m of the opinion that LEGO Eevee is the clear stand out. Even better? You don’t have to be a Prime member to get the $20 discount.

LEGO Pokémon Eevee

0

See more Prime Day LEGO deals

Meh TCG Deals, But at Least There’s Some Restocks

It would be a lot to ask for some real TCG deals. It shouldn’t be, but it is. At the very least, Amazon has restocked some of the rarer products and bundles, including the First Partner Illustration Series.

Actual Discounts on TCG Accessories:

Get Your Own Hardcover Pokedex for Under $40

Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide

0

I have this book myself, and I think the best way to describe it is a personal Pokédex. You get details from the show, games, and TCG about every single Pokémon, all packaged in a gold-lined hardcover with a premium feel. All to say, it has a permanent place on my coffee table.

Or a History of the Pokemon TV Show for Under $10

Pokémon Timelines: A Journey Through the Animated Series

0

While the Deluxe Character Book goes into detail about every variation of the Pokémon franchise, this book hones in on the TV show. It’s also one of the best deals in the entire sale, with a 67% discount bringing it under $10.

15% Off Officially Licensed Pokemon Graphic T-Shirts

Prime members looking for a wardrobe upgrade are in for a treat, as Amazon has applied a 15% discount on a ridiculous amount of graphic tees. Scroll through the full list to find options for any style or Pokemon preference.

Lowest Price Ever on Adorable Charmander Plush

Plushie deals are surprisingly scarce this year, but I’d argue that one very cute smiling Charmander makes up for that. This officially licensed Jazwares plush is currently at its lowest price yet and is one of the best Pokemon plushies on the market.

Pokemon Charmander Plush – 8-Inch

0

Of Course There’s Funko Pop Deals

On the less cuddly side of the figure spectrum, it should come as no surprise that Amazon has discounted a heck ton of Funko Pops. If you’re Funko-inclined, have at ’em.

Pokemon Care About Oral Hygiene, Too

I know we’re still a ways out from the holiday season, but I’m of the opinion this toothbrush set would make a great stocking stuffer. If Pikachu won’t convince them to brush their teeth, nothing will.

Colgate Kids Pokemon Toothbrush and Toothpaste Gift Set

0

Save on Even More Ways to Play Pokemon

Sure, Pokémon has seemingly achieved world domination, but that doesn’t there aren’t still even more ways to experience the beloved IP.

While there are tons of genuinely classic board games on sale, Amazon has also discounted various Pokemon-themed activities, including puzzles.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Save Big On LEGO This Prime Day, Including Pokémon, Star Wars, and Lord of the Rings

There’s nothing quite like sitting down and unboxing a fun new LEGO build on a rainy afternoon, and as we approach the colder end of the year, Amazon’s latest Prime Day deals have a ton of awesome ones to pick up.

From Star Wars’ Millennium Falcon, to Lord of the Rings’ Rivendell, there are a bunch of savings to be had for your collection, or if you’re looking for gift ideas for a loved one. Here are our favorites.

The Best LEGO Deals This Prime Day

Kicking things off with one of the most iconic ships in sci-fi history, the Millennium Falcon is seeing a very welcome 28% discount, bringing it from £74.99 down to £53.99.

This 921-piece set is part of the LEGO Star Wars Starship collection and looks great on the shelf with a handy display stand and placard, but we won’t tell if you enjoy a Kessel run when no one is looking.

From one iconic vehicle to another, the LEGO Speed Champions DeLorean Time Machine is seeing a 30% price drop. It’s much more play-focused and can be built as the original, four-wheeled version, or swapped out to the sideways-wheels, hovercraft-style one instead (after all, where we’re going, we don’t need roads).

It’s down to just £15.99, making it an ideal stocking stuffer.

He may get overlooked in favor of his brother, but we’re Luigi fans here, damn it. The green-clad Mario brother is represented in all of his blocky glory here by the Luigi and Mach 8 Kart, which features a whopping 2234 pieces – expect this one to take you a while.

Amazon has it reduced by 20% to £127.99, but you can save an extra tenner with the opt-in coupon when adding it to your cart.

Sticking with icons, albeit a more nefarious one, the LEGO Sauron Helmet has dropped from £64.99 to £43.99. Sadly, it’s too small for a human head, and likely too unwieldy for my cat to wear, but this is a solid price for a really cool LEGO set.

Next up, something much more adorable. The LEGO Pokémon Eevee is a 587-piece set that shows off the iconic Gen 1 ‘mon with a really detailed build.

It’s discounted by 29%, dropping from £54.99 to £38.99, which also marks a new lowest price in our records. Buy it now; this one won’t last long.

The LEGO Game Boy has been a popular set since its debut, and it’s seeing a 20% discount again. That means it’s now £43.99, with swappable cartridges for The Legend of Zelda and Super Mario Land, as well as a neat lenticular screen for each. It’s down to £43.99.

Finally, we’re ending our list with a brick-built banger. The Lord of the Rings’ LEGO Icons set for Rivendell is the stuff of legend, and while it’s still pricey at £355.99, it’s at least discounted from its RRP of £429.99.

With 10,316 pieces, a whopping 15 minifigures, including the Fellowship and Bilbo, and a space for you to recreate the Council of Elrond, this is an amazing set.

Lloyd Coombes is an experienced freelancer in tech, gaming and fitness seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar and many more. He’s a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife’s dismay.

Aion 2’s Character Creator Is Going Viral for Its Bust Size Options, or Lack Thereof

Aion 2, a free-to-play MMO action RPG, is going viral for its character creation settings — more specifically, for how busty you can make your female character.

Some players sink hours into character creators before they start an RPG. They’re almost a game all on their own, and players have been known to spend inordinate amounts of time creating all manner of monstrosities using the various sliders available to them. (Check out the absolutely bonkers creations players made when Street Fighter 6 launched, for example.)

However, Aion 2’s character creator is providing customization of a different type, and it has sparked quite a debate within the broader gaming community.

If you’re on gaming twitter at all, you’ve probably seen gameplay footage of someone using Aion 2’s character creator — or, to put it bluntly, abusing the bust size slider to increase the size of their character’s bosom. You know, for science.

This viral clip has stirred up a conversation around the types of bodies we see in video games. Some players have noticed that there doesn’t seem to be an option to decrease your character’s breast size from the default setting, leading to claims of ‘small chest erasure’ and the game’s developers catering only to a specific type of preference.

“I’m sorry, but if you really ‘love boobs,’ you’d be okay with small boobs existing too, but [the] minimum size is [a] C cup?” one user wrote in a viral quote-tweet on X.

おっぱい好きな気持ちは日本も海外も同じ!胸の大きさも形もいじれる“胸スライダー細かすぎ”キャラクリに注目集まる―基本無料MMO『AION 2』ついに正式サービス開始で

https://t.co/P5Hfekkfyx

細かすぎるキャラクリに注目。自由自在な胸クリエイト。さらに「お腹の突出具合」まで設定可能です。 https://t.co/1uIaqM3qAK

— ⚡Game*Spark⚡ (@gamespark) October 6, 2026

“I’m irritated that things like this imply only big boobs are desirable because that can give young women body image issues,” they continued in a follow-up post.

Even Japanese players have noticed the disparity, with one writing, “The minimum isn’t minimum at all! Even the minimum is too damn big!”

“The minimum is way too big, isn’t it?” another asked.

However, the broader reaction to this particular viral clip from Aion 2’s character creator has been humor; both English-speaking and Japanese players have found the bust customization feature quite funny, sparking endless jokes about how they’ll need a few hours before they “actually start the game.”

Whatever the case may be, it’s at least brought some eyes to Aion 2. Released on October 5 from South Korean developers NC, the game is set in a conflict between two warring nations. Thus far, it’s received mixed reviews on Steam, though it’s still early days and MMOs often take time for players to get settled in.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Viture XR Display Glasses Drop to Lowest Prices Ever in Prime Big Deal Days Sale

Let’s say you could use a giant private screen that you can set up pretty much anywhere, regardless of the space around you, and plug in nearly any device that can use an external display. XR display glasses are a solution to that problem. And right now, during Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days sale, you can get all-time lowest prices on nearly every model in Viture’s lineup of XR display glasses. Plus, you get a free 8BitDo controller with every glasses purchase. It’s a great deal, so let’s take a look.

To take advantage of most of these deals, you’ll need to be a Prime member. If you’re not a member, you can start a free trial if you’ve never done so before, or sign up for a month here.

Featured in this article

Note: To get the 8BitDo controller free when you purchase any of the glasses, you have to click on the “Claim free item” link on the glasses listing and add it to your cart. Make sure you do this before checking out.

Because the various models of glasses below have numerous, somewhat complex feature sets, I’m just going to copy/paste the official bullet points from Viture that highlight what’s unique in each model.

Luma Pro XR Glasses

Luma Pro XR Glasses

0

  • Luma Pro XR Glasses – Save $140
  • 152-inch virtual screen with 52° FOV, 1200p resolution, 120Hz refresh rate, 1,000 nits peak brightness with 9-level dimming.
  • Plug-and-play video support for USB-C devices. Game console support with VITURE dock (sold separately).
  • Electrochromic film on Sony micro-OLED lenses blocks ambient light and provides a private viewing experience.
  • Built-in spatial sound speakers powered by HARMAN AudioEFX.
  • Built-in diopters for myopia adjustments up to -4.0D.
  • VITURE SpaceWalker app unlocks 3DoF spatial tracking, multi-screen support, Immersive 3D, and other advanced features.

This deal represents the lowest price this model has ever been.

Luma Ultra XR Glasses

Luma Ultra XR Glasses

0

  • Luma Ultra XR Glasses – Save $130
  • Same core features as Luma Pro, plus a few key upgrades for AR enthusiasts and developers.
  • 1,500 nits peak brightness – Up to 50% sharper than Luma Pro.
  • 6DoF spatial tracking – rotation and depth tracking pinpoints user’s position.
  • Hand gesture support.
  • Built-in microphone.

This deal also represents the lowest price this model has ever been.

Luma XR Glasses

Luma XR Glasses

0

  • Luma XR Glasses – Save $80
  • 146-inch virtual screen with 46° FOV, 1080p resolution, 120Hz refresh rate, 1,000 nits peak brightness.
  • Built-in diopters for myopia adjustments up to -6.0D.
  • Built-in AAC acoustic audio with spatial sound speakers.
  • 3DoF spatial tracking with SpaceWalker app.

Stop me if you’ve heard this one, but this deal also represents the lowest price this model has ever been.

Beast XR Glasses

Beast XR Glasses

0

  • Beast XR Glasses – Save $20
  • VITURE’s flagship XR glasses. Released in April 2026. The smartest and most versatile consumer XR wearable in stores today.
  • 174-inch virtual screen with 58° FOV, 1200p resolution, 120Hz refresh rate, and 1,250 nits peak brightness with 9-level dimming.
  • Includes upgraded Sony micro-OLED panels.
  • Prism-based optical system with built-in VisionPair™ 3DoF optical system.
  • 5 onboard display modes that can be cycled through on the fly.
  • Built-in 3D video support and Immersive 3D with SpaceWalker app.
  • Upgraded spatial sound speakers with HARMAN AudioEFX.
  • 9-level electrochromic dimming and auto-transparency mode.

I know you probably thought I was going to say that this deal represents the lowest price these glasses have ever been, and that’s true. But it’s also the first deal Viture has offered on these glasses. So there.

Pro Mobile Dock

Pro Mobile Dock

0

  • Pro Mobile Dock – Save $30
  • Portable docking station for all VITURE XR glasses.
  • The 13,000mAh battery charges your devices while playing.
  • 4 ports (USB-C x3, HDMI x1).
  • Fully portable TV mode for Switch and Switch 2. Pro Mobile Dock connects to Switch consoles via USB-C and replaces the official dock.
  • Unlocks support for PS5, Xbox Series X, and other HDMI-based devices.
  • Screen sharing – Connect two VITURE glasses for multiplayer games and movie nights with a friend.

Pro Neckband 256GB

Battlefield 6 Resurrects the Corpse of Dead Space

The corpse of Dead Space is being reinimated for Battlefield 6, with the latest trailer for Season 5 seemingly teasing a crossover.

Battlefield 6’s new trailer shows off a new Las Vegas map that looks like a lot of fun, as choppers and machine guns tear up casinos and skyscrapers along The Strip. But then the music fades out, ominous sounds creep in, and it cuts to a bloom-filled scene where two Dead Space engineers stare up at The Marker, the survival horror series’ alien artifact that drills into your brain.

Earlier this year, series writer Chuck Beaver claimed sales were too low for EA to greenlight a Dead Space 4. Series co-creator and developer of The Callisto Protocol, Glen Schofield, also retired from the industry this year after his spiritual successor failed to light up the industry.

Battlefield 6 players on Reddit already spotted potential Dead Space skins, which were rumored to launch in the Halloween update this October, so that’s probably what you can expect. Developers at Dice have previously gone on the record to say Battlefield 6 won’t feature goofy, immersion breaking skins. That’s done now, if these rumors are true.

EA recently added a Dead Space skin to Skate and charged $40 for it so there’s precedent for skins in the universe. Players weren’t happy with the skin itself or the cost, so it’ll be interesting to see if EA aims for more realistic pricing for the next crossover. Battlefield 6 previously did a crossover event with Top Gun, but that makes sense in a game featuring fighter jets.

Battlefield 6’s fifth Season features three new maps, including Vegas Strip and Area 51, six new weapons and two new vehicles. You can jump into Vegas on October 13.

Dead Space Graphic Comparison – Remake vs Original

As for Dead Space, talking on the FRVR Podcast, Beaver said that to recoup the costs of the franchise’s high production values, any new game would need to sell over 10 million copies — a tall order for even a breakout horror game.

“Any of the Resident Evils are selling around seven million [copies], that’s a pretty good number,” Beaver said. “But, you know, companies now are looking for the next Fortnite. They need something that is a perennial moneymaker… something like a single-player package game with no live-service offering that’s like it’s just a dinosaur fossil of a business model.”

The Dead Space remake, developed by EA-owned Motive Studio and released in 2023, was well-received but appears to have not done enough business to convince the powers that be at the mega publisher to invest in a follow-up. IGN’s Dead Space remake review returned a 9/10. We said: “Dead Space is a superb remake and undoubtedly the definitive way to experience one of the best survival horror shooters that Capcom never made.”

“Horror games have a bit of a ceiling, you know, and I think the number back in [former EA VP] Frank Gibeau’s day was 5 million units to keep going on Dead Space,” Beaver continued. “I think the number is like 15 million units now, given the cost of things,” he added, before joking that it was “a sadness in capitalism for all of us to suffer, until AI makes it apparently easy for you and I just type ‘make Dead Space 4.'”

In October last year, Schofield told IGN he hoped to bring the franchise back to life, despite EA’s lack of interest. “I went to [EA] recently and they’re like, ‘No, we’re not interested anymore,’” he said. “I said, ‘I can get back the leadership team. I need the models from EA Motive and I can save you 30 to 40 million dollars on the idea that I have.’ And, they’re like, ‘No.'”

“I have quite a few ideas that I’m ready to go with and one of them is Dead Space 4,” Schofield continued. “The fact that EA just got bought, I think there’s an opportunity. I’m already making calls.”

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

Rare Sets Back in Stock for Prime Day — Best Deals at Amazon vs. TCGplayer

Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days sale is now fully underway, and there are more than enough standout offers to get your teeth stuck into over the next couple of days. Yes, this is a remarkably short sale by Amazon’s recent standards, lasting just 48 hours through October 6-7.

There are a few new Pokémon TCG items that have been restocked as part of the sale, including 30th anniversary First Partner Collections, Surging Sparks, and Perfect Order boosters, and loads more.

The selection isn’t quite as spectacular as we’ve seen in previous restocks, such as during Pokémon Day or Labor Day, but it’s still not bad at all. Let’s take a look at what’s up for grabs.

For now, let’s start with the biggest and best finds from this Labor Day restock. Pokémon TCG’s First Partner Illustration Collection Series 3 is part of Pokémon’s 30th anniversary celebrations. This release marks the final chapter in the First Partner Illustration TCG Collection.

Series 1 took us back to the classic roots with Kanto (Gen 1), Sinnoh (Gen 4), and Alola (Gen 7). Series 2 took us back to the Johto (Gen 2), Unova (Gen 5), and Galar (Gen 8) regions. Series 3 officially rounds out the whole collection, bringing us the beloved first partner Pokémon from the Hoenn, Kalos, and Paldea regions.

Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: First Partner Illustration Collection—Series 3

8

Listed median prices for these is $34 at TCGplayer, which is bang on what Amazon is listing it for as well. Average market price is around $30-$35 (not including delivery), so Amazon is probably your best bet for these, especially if you’re picking up two or three, and even more so if you’re an Amazon Prime member with free speedy delivery.

Same as the other two series, inside each box, you’ll score:

  • 1 Pokémon TCG Pack: Contains 3 of 9 illustration rare-style promo cards featuring the First Partner Pokémon from Gen 3 (Treecko, Torchic, Mudkip), Gen 6 (Chespin, Fennekin, Froakie), and Gen 9 (Sprigatito, Fuecoco, and Quaxly).
  • 2 Pokémon TCG Booster Packs (pulled from Pitch Black and Chaos Rising).
  • 1 Exclusive Sticker Sheet featuring the Collection’s starter crew.

30th Celebration Elite Trainer Box

25

Request Invite at Amazon.

Amazon currently has the 30th Celebration ETB listed for just $159.99, considerable up from the $89.99 price we spotted previously. A bit annoying for those who missed out on the better deal, but Amazon having stock and still allowing invites is better than absolutely nothing.

The timing here is worth paying attention to. When we first spotted Amazon taking invite requests at below $90, the 30th Celebration set hadn’t yet fully hit the market. Now that the 30th Anniversary collection is officially out, we’re seeing just how difficult some of its products can be to find at a reasonable price.

The bigger problem is that requesting an invite doesn’t mean Amazon will actually offer you the ETB, even if you are willing to pay the $160. The retailer previously introduced invite requests for this product in the US, an unusual move given that Amazon’s US Pokémon TCG listings have traditionally been priced much closer to prevailing market prices.

Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG Surging Spark – Single Booster Pack

0

Amazon also has the rare Surging Sparks boosters back in stock at what is an eye watering $17.59 per booster pack. Yeesh. TCGplayer is running these for below $10 still, so you may be better off buying from a third-party reseller in all honestly. But, the option is there at Amazon, along with all the other products in the restock, if you so desire.

But is it worth it? Only you can be the judge of that. The “market price” is often dictated by what the majority of people are willing to pay, but only you can decide if this if truely worth your money.

No matter how unfortunate it is, and how hard it is to find Pokémon TCG at MSRP, market value is often the price you have to pay now, even from big retailers like Amazon, as I mentioned.

To see all the recently restocked items at Amazon, be sure to check out our custom search tracker to ensure you’re buying sealed boosters that are only “sold and shipped” directly from Amazon itself.

IGN is the best place to find TCG deals

IGN’s resident deals experts like Robert Anderson have over seven years of experience writing about gaming and TCG deals. In an era where finding advice from a real person is more important than ever, Robert’s expertise helps you cut through the digital noise to find genuine, money-saving offers. He pairs his experience and love of games with data-driven analysis and price-tracking tools to ensure he’s only ever recommending something that’s actually worthwhile.

If you’re looking some no-nonsense help on saving money in a time where gaming and TCG hobbies have never been more expensive, then we’d highly recommend following him @robertliam21 on Bluesky and setting IGN as a preferred source in Google to make sure you’re getting the latest updates, from him, and the rest of the IGN Shopping team.

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Nintendo Switch Sports Resort Appears to Solve All of Switch Sports’ Shortcomings

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • Nintendo is bundling Nintendo Switch Sports Resort with Switch 2s this holiday season.
  • Wuhu Island is really fun to explore in a relaxed, non-competitive atmosphere.
  • There are certain sports from the series I’d swap out for some of what’s here, but overall, it’s a fun lineup of activities.

Pack my bags and book me a one-way ticket to Wuhu Island. After its announcement in June, I was mildly excited for Nintendo Switch Sports Resort, mostly because of the prospect of returning to Nintendo’s vacation paradise after more than a decade since my last visit in Pilotwings Resort on 3DS launch day. After my first hands-on at San Diego Comic Con, I walked away filled with fuzzy nostalgia, but questioning how much a motion controlled sports party game could grab my attention in 2026, a full 20 years after the original Wii Sports had its TV-smashing moment. But after playing another hour plus and seeing how much fun I had in multiplayer, and how much there is to do in single player, it’s vaulted up to be one of my most anticipated games for the rest of the year. What’s happening here?

One key demographic for the Switch Sports series that I don’t fall into is the casual Nintendo gamer: someone who has Mario Kart 8 Deluxe, Super Mario Party, the original Nintendo Switch Sports, maybe a Jackbox Party Pack or two, and not much else. You know, someone who has never had to click the “Show More” icon on their Switch because they don’t have enough games to fill the initial row. To be clear, there’s absolutely nothing wrong with that type of player: many of my friends have Switch home screens that look exactly like that. Nintendo is bundling Nintendo Switch Sports Resort with the Switch 2 this holiday season, and in terms of getting that audience to upgrade, I think it’s a really smart move. Resort will be a great time for anyone with nostalgia for the original who just likes to pick up and play fun, simple games with their friends. That was never in doubt.

What has been in doubt is how much a player like me will get out of Resort, with so many other huge games constantly fighting for my attention. I was especially wondering this following 2022’s somewhat disappointing Nintendo Switch Sports, which I felt lacked compelling reasons to play it at launch and relied far too much on online play to get much out of it. I was ready to accept that Resort would be a game I play a little bit at a time for a very long time, breaking it out with friends or family on game nights over the course of the entire Switch 2 generation. And there is room in a library for games like that! So I was happy for it to play that role in my life. But I no longer feel this way: I’m ready for a weeks-long stay on Wuhu Island.

Resort appears to be solving all of Switch Sports’ shortcomings.“

I think that’s mostly because Resort appears to be solving all of Switch Sports’ shortcomings. Spocco Square was nothing more than a video game menu that existed purely for you to select your next minigame. Wuhu Island is a place designed for competition, exploration, and leisure. Take Power Cruising (a trademark-free term for Jet Skiing) as an example. I can race my friends on a course that rewards speed and taking huge jumps off the waves as we bob and weave through obstacles just off of Wuhu’s shores.

Or, we can take a sightseeing tour of the water, taking five minutes to find as many landmarks as we can. Here, there are objectives and achievements to check off: I chased a pink dolphin until it rewarded me with a collectible, and elsewhere I had to line myself up to launch off a huge wave to grab another sparkly thing just out of my reach. At the end of the five-minute round, we saw an overhead view of the island, complete with a tracing of the path my co-op partner and I took around the island, reminiscent of Breath of the Wild’s Hero’s Path feature. We laughed at seeing where we went different directions, and when we met back up, and we talked about what we’d seen and discovered. I didn’t get to try this, but I’m told that there’s a free play mode for certain sports like Power Cruising where you can explore and chill for as long as you’d like with no timer; you just can’t unlock collectibles and achievements in that mode. This is just one sport, but there are many different ways to engage with it: competition, exploration, and leisure.

In a way, modes like this feel like a more successful realization of Mario Kart World’s Free Roam. You can easily explore in splitscreen with friends, collectibles and achievements are clearly marked and tracked, and they earn you points that can be spent on cosmetics for your Sportsmate or Mii character. It all feels fun, seamless to play with others, and well thought out in terms of rewards and goals to chase. And the denser, more self-contained layout of Wuhu Island means every area has something meaningful to uncover.

Nintendo Switch Sports Resort Screenshots

I explored Wuhu Island from two different angles in Skateboarding and Prop Plane. Skateboarding makes use of the Joy-Con 2 mouse controls, where I dragged the controller backwards as if it was my foot and my leg was the ground. I leaned left and right to turn, flicked the controller up to jump, and waggled it around to do spins and tricks in the air. I grinded on rails, crashed into the ocean to see what would happen (my character drowned and was returned to shore), and tried to find a path up to the island’s iconic volcano: Maka Wuhu. I ran out of time before I made it there.

So I took to the skies instead, using my plane to fly straight into the mouth of the volcano, as I did countless times in Pilotwings Resort back in the day. I was pleased to find a collectible deep within the volcano to reward my efforts. Soaring around the island revealed how much it has changed over the years: the distant golf course has a new resort hotel, there are additional smaller keys surrounding the main island, and the geography of everything has been shuffled a bit. The skies of Wuhu were stuffed with things to find: Landmarks to photograph and make note of, balloons to pop, and more. I spent a lot of time trying to use my water gun to shoot down my co-op partner, to no avail. Even with all this stuff to find and do, goofing around with no goal or objective is just as fun as it always was, and in part what I think this game is made for. It’s summer vacation! You’re supposed to just laze around and have fun.

But you can still turn up the heat when it’s time to compete. Thumb Wrestling will likely be a bore against the computer – it’s just too simple – but against a human opponent, it’s absolutely hilarious as you try to bait the other person to put their thumb down, and just laugh at the absurdity of two adults digitally thumb wrestling each other. We also bowled, and it’s pretty much unchanged from Wii Sports’ original winning formula, but it’s honestly still a classic. I played Archery again, too, which remains one of my all-time favorites. This time, we played a competitive mode where one quarter of the target is assigned to each player. That means it’s risky to aim for a bullseye: if you miss your quarter of the center and hit someone else’s, you hand them a bunch of points. As the round progresses, the target will start to rotate, or adjust the size of each quadrant to put the leader at a disadvantage to allow for last-second comebacks, which is a very fun – and very Nintendo – way to keep things interesting.

We also bowled, and it’s pretty much unchanged from Wii Sports’ original winning formula, but it’s honestly still a classic.“

I played a round of Table Tennis, which was never one of my favorites, and still feels kind of forgettable here, especially when standard Tennis is also one of Resort’s 12 sports. And while we’re splitting hairs, volleyball is here, too, which makes for three net sports in the package. I would have much preferred another sport that makes use of the island itself: I remember swordfighting hundreds of Miis while trekking across the entire island in Wii Sports Resort, and it breaks my heart that it has been cut from Resort’s roster of activities. And although it wasn’t in the original Resort, this series desperately needs baseball back, too.

On the other hand, Boxing has returned for only the second time since the original (remember Wii Sports Club on Wii U? No, just me?), and it’s great to see one of the OGs again. It was here that Nintendo showed off one of the new single-player elements, where you climb a ladder of increasingly difficult CPU opponents to become the champion in that given sport. It’s like a miniature campaign, and while the lowest ranked opponent I boxed was ridiculously easy – they almost should have called the fight early for his health and safety – I’m looking forward to moving up the ranks. It’s just another example of how much offline single-player content Nintendo has included this time around.

I’m stunned at how excited I am for Nintendo Switch Sports Resort. I plan to 100% this game, which is not something I would have said two weeks ago. I’m still not entirely thrilled with the sports lineup – I would trade Table Tennis and Volleyball for things like Swordplay, Baseball, or Frisbee – but what is here is shaping up to be really fantastic. Don’t sleep on this one: I think it’s going to be an enormous improvement on Nintendo Switch Sports and a fantastic return to one of my favorite settings in Nintendo history. I’ll see you on Wuhu Island.

While you’re here, check out these recent previews of other big upcoming games we’ve checked out recently!

Logan Plant is the host of Nintendo Voice Chat and IGN’s Senior Editor, Playlist and DB. The Legend of Zelda is his favorite video game franchise of all time, and he is patiently awaiting the day Nintendo announces a brand new F-Zero. You can find new episodes of NVC every Friday on the IGN Games YouTube channel, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or your favorite podcast app.

WWE Star John Cena Officially Rules Out a Return to the Ring

John Cena has officially ruled out a return to physical performance in the WWE, having retired from professional wrestling in December.

The 17-time world champion hung up his jorts after an almost 25-year spell with the WWE following a submission defeat to Gunther in Washington, D.C. on December 13.

Since then there has been speculation from some fans that the Peacemaker actor may return to the ring, but in a new interview with the Today Show, he rubber stamped his retirement.

“I’m not going to perform again physically,” Cena declared. “There is no chance that I’ll perform again physically. And the WWE and I had a conversation about that, and we thought that at 49 it was the right time to step away. I put 23 years of physical service into the business.”

That’s that, then, for Cena’s career as a wrestler, but he’s not done with the WWE. He will return to the WWE in non-wrestling roles and as an ambassador, including the John Cena Classic in December. Cena said this live event will be based on the nostalgia for his WWE character, and the audience will decide the champion.

While Cena made a name for himself as a WWE star, he has also carved out a successful career as an actor. He has played DC anti-hero Peacemaker since 2021, including in James Gunn’s rebooted DC Universe, and there is an expectation that he will reprise the role either in an upcoming DCU movie or a potential Peacemaker Season 3. He’s currently promoting action comedy Matchbox: The Movie, which is based on the toy brand Matchbox by Mattel.

Who Is DC’s Peacemaker? John Cena’s The Suicide Squad Character Explained

Through it all is the question of whether a WWE retirement ever be considered genuine. Wrestlers have a habit of retiring and then returning to the ring, so while Cena has officially ruled out getting physical in the WWE again, I doubt anyone would be surprised if he came back for a match or two.

Still, his latest comments echo those he issued in June last year, before his final match. “There is no way,” Cena told Good Morning America at the time. “There is absolutely… I don’t want to speak in absolutes, because I don’t want to close any opportunity, but I made a promise to the fans who’ve allowed me to be here for a quarter of a century. They allowed me to sit with you today. I wouldn’t want to disrespect them like that. This is an event — when people attend, it’s very exclusive.”

The wrestler, who is considered one of the greatest of all time, also noted that he didn’t want to “ruin” the connection he’s built with fans throughout his career for the “selfish gain” of picking back up again after announcing his decision to step back from the sport.

Photo by Michael Marques/WWE via Getty Images.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Modern Warships Dev Apologizes After Artist Calls Out Plagiarized Ship Design

Artstorm, developer of PvP naval warfare game Modern Warships, has admitted to using an independent artist’s creation as the basis for one of its ship designs. The plagiarism came to light yesterday when concept artist Alex Jay Brady posted the similarities between their creation and the ship model in-game.

Brady’s art, a design for an atomic ekranoplan carrier vessel, was shown side-by-side against the in-game model in Modern Warships, called the RF Bartini A-2000-7. Even a casual onlooker could see the similarities.

I did not give @ModernWarships permission to use my ekrano design, but I have to say she’s looking great. Much more detailed than my sketches. Honestly if they’d just asked and sent me some $$$$ Id have had zero issue with them using it.

Its not to late to do the right thing guys https://t.co/E2K7z3rE9i

— Alex Jay Brady 🥶 (@AlexJayBrady) October 5, 2026

IGN reached out to Brady for more information. “For me the design is the same, with a few minor differences,” Brady said. “The location of the AWACs dish (and there being two, which I assume has something to do with the technical requirements of the game necessitating symmetry?) the number of engines etc…

“But as there never was a swing wing ekranoplan carrier (for good reason) and every detail aside from that is carried over from my design, it seems cut and dried. I have all the project files including, for example, the lines on the deck. The design makes little sense from a realism pov; the engines wash across the deck, the planes take off backward, not into the wind, I just didn’t know anything about the subject when building it and they cloned all those mistakes wholesale.”

Since the tweet grew in popularity, developer Artstorm has reached out to Brady, who will consider “the issue closed” and the images added to their portfolio “as a roundabout piece of contract work” if they accept any offer made. Publisher Gaijin told IGN the Modern Warships team had responded to Brady on X, but declined to offer any more detail.

In a tweet reply to Brady, Artstorm said: “Fair call, and apologies from us. Your design was used as a reference without proper clearance. We’ll contact you directly to make this right.” Brady is currently waiting to see what the developer offers in exchange for using their work as a basis of an in-game design.

To unlock the carrier in-game, players would have to spend between $50-100 on gacha spins. Alternatively, players could purchase it with in-game currency, with the RF Bartini A-2000-7 averaging between 7,000 AC and 15,000+ AC (ArtCoins). The average cost of AC is roughly $100 for 1,300 to 2,000 AC. At this rate, a ship costing 10,000 AC would technically cost $500-700+, with a bit of wiggle either side depending on market price fluctuations.

Many Steam reviews of Modern Warships complain about the pricing of the free-to-play title’s more effective vessels. As one put it: “This game is absolutely terrible. The developers and moderators seem to be far more interested in making money from players than in making a balanced and enjoyable game. They are theives (sic).”

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

Sonos Is Hosting Its Own Prime Day Sale With Up to 25% Off Soundbars, Subs and Speakers

Sonos is joining in on the Amazon October Prime Day bonanza with its own sale. Jump start your holiday shopping with discounts up to 25% off Sonos’ most popular soundbars, speakers, subwoofers, and headphones. The 25% markdown is about what I see for Black Friday, so chances are these deals are as good as the ones that will show up in November.

Sonos “Prime Day” Sale: Save Up to 25% Off

If you’re looking for an easy solution to add great sound to your home, then you’ve probably already heard of Sonos. Sonos speakers are very easy to set up, don’t take a large amount of space, and most importantly, offer distortion-free room-filling audio. They’re definitely pricier than budget options, but the sound quality is comparable to speakers that cost hundreds more or take up much more space.

$200 Off Sonos Arc Ultra Soundbar

Sonos Arc Ultra

24

Sonos’ flagship Arc Ultra soundbar drops to $899 after a $200 off discount. Given the number of upgrades, the Sonos Arc Ultra should be considered more as a new class of flagship soundbar than a mere update of the original Arc. Whereas the original Arc featured a 5.0.2ch setup with eleven speakers and no sub, the Arc Ultra boasts an expanded 9.4.1ch setup with fourteen speakers including a four-motor, dual-membrane Sound Motion woofer for better bass response and low end. This is a pretty significant upgrade alone especially if you don’t plan on adding a discrete subwoofer.

$150 Off Sonos Sub (Gen 4) Subwoofer

Sonos Sub 4

3

The Sonos Sub 4 drops to $749 after a $150 off discount. The audio savvy knows that a single speaker isn’t enough to reproduce an entire soundstage. If you could pick only one other speaker, then a subwoofer would make the most meaningful impact. The Sub 4 features dual inward-facing 5″x8″ woofers and a ported design. Improvements over the Sub 3 include a faster processor, more RAM, and Wi-Fi 6 networking.

$40 Off the Sonos Era 100 SL Speaker

Sonos Era 100 SL Speaker

0

The Sonos Era 100 SL drops to $149 after a $40 off instant discount. The Era 100 is Sonos’ most popular and most versatile speaker. The “SL” variant doesn’t have a microphone, so you can’t use it with a voice activated smart assistant. A common practice is to buy one Era 100 speaker and the rest Era 100 SL to save on cost.

Despite its compact size, the Era 100 houses two tweeters, a mid-woofer, and three class-D digital amplifiers to produce precise, distortion-free audio even at high volumes. It has a built-in microphone for smart functionality. Because of its flexibility, it’s often paired with a sound bar or a second Era speaker.

$100 Off the Sonos Era 300 Smart Speaker

Sonos Era 300

8

The Era 300 is down to $399 after a $100 off instant discount. It’s nearly double the size and weight of an Era 100 and sounds better because of it. The Era 300 is also shaped differently, but there’s a reason for that. The hourglass figure is designed to optimally arrange the six speakers so that they fire sound in all directions, enhancing Dolby Atmos and spatial audio effects. The Era 300 consist of four tweeters and two woofers paired with Class-D digital amplifiers and custom waveguides to help project sound to all corners of your room.

$140 Off the Sonos Beam Gen 2 Soundbar

Sonos Beam Gen 2

8

The Sonos Beam is a great option for someone who requires a more compact sound bar or simply doesn’t want to spend $900 on the Arc Ultra. It’s currently on sale for $359 after a $140 off instant discount. The Beam (Gen 2) is a 26-inch long, 5.0-channel soundbar with one tweeter and four mid-woofers for natural, balanced sound and four passive radiators to help with the low end. Although the Beam doesn’t have physical height channels, it has two virtual height channels for Dolby Atmos support. It has a microphone for voice control.

$110 Off the Sonos Ace Noise Canceling Headphone

Sonos Ace

37

The Sonos Ace drops to the lowest price I’ve seen for a new, retail boxed set. It’s currently $239 after a $110 off instant discount. This premium wireless headphone features Dolby Atmos spatial audio with dynamic head tracking, lossless audio streaming over Bluetooth, effective active noise cancellation thanks to eight optimally positioned microphones (plus Aware mode), custom designed 40mm dynamic drivers for accurate, distortion-free audio, a mix of plush memory foam and vegan leather for all-day comfort, and a stainless steel headband skeleton for durability. The battery lasts for up to 30 hours with ANC enabled and can be recharged over USB Type-C.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The Best Prime Day Video Game Discounts for PS5, Switch 2, and Xbox — 18 Best October Deals

Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days sale is now live, and there are a slew of excellent gaming deals to check out as part of the limited-time offerings. These are exclusive to Prime members, with the deals available from October 6-7, so there’s only a short window available to find some bargains.

Whether you’re on PS5, Nintendo Switch, Switch 2, Xbox, or PC (or all four!), there are plenty of discounts worth checking out across games, accessories, storage, and more. I’ll leave some top highlights just below, but read on for a more in-depth analysis of the offers up for grabs over the next 48 hours.

TL;DR – Best Prime Day Gaming Deals Today

PSA: You’ll Need an Amazon Prime Membership!

If you don’t have an annual Prime membership, you can sign up for a 30-day free trial if you’re new, or $15 for one month if you’ve been a past member.

If you’re a student, Amazon is giving you a break as well, as students and anyone under the age of 24 can get a 6-month trial at zero cost, and then 50% off the annual membership.

2026 has been an excellent year for video games so far. So good, in fact, that it can be a little hard/ expensive to keep up with them all! Thankfully there’s some genuinely good deals available in the latest Prime Day sale, all of which I think are worth considering.

For starters, critical darlings Star Wars: Zero Company and The Blood of Dawnwalker are both on sale right now for PS5 and Xbox consoles.

Zero Company has dropped to just $47.99, $12 off its list price, and the first big discount since its launch day. It’s also a first time discount for Dawnwalker, down to $59.49, over $10 off its $69.99 MSRP. Both games received 9/10 scores when reviewed on IGN, which makes these easy recommendations.

Amazon Prime Free Trials & Memberships

6

30-day free trial, $2 for 7 day trial, 6-month trial for young adults (18-24).

Pragmata is another standout game of the year, also down to $39.99 for PS5, Xbox, and Switch 2. While yet another 2026 hit, LEGO Batman: Legacy of the Dark Knight, also drops to $59 for PS5 and Xbox, $10 in savings, just like The Blood of Dawnwalker. Resident Evil: Requiem is also down to just $49.99 at Amazon for PS5, Xbox, and Switch 2, and it’s my favorite game of 2026 so far!

If you’re looking for some proper, proper discounts (and I mean a lot more than $10 off), then let me call out a few other highlights. Final Fantasy 7 Rebirth on PS5 for just $16.99 is a genuine bargain, and I’m fairly confident this will sell out before the sale finishes up on October 7.

Over a hundred hours of content for just $17 is nuts, and this is my top deal of the sale so far! Remake Intergrade is also $19.99 for PS5, while both games have also dropped to their lowest prices ever for Switch 2 ($24.99, and $34.99, respectively).

Other top deals include Sonic Racing: CrossWorlds for $19.99 on PS5 and Xbox, that’s $50 off for a limited time, and a fantastic deal. We gave this a 9 in our IGN review last year, and I highly recommend the game myself, as it’s an absolute blast. Well worth the 20 bucks.

Video Game Console Deals – Prime Day

Nintendo Switch 2 Console Deals

Nintendo Switch 2 + Mario Kart World Bundle + 3-Month NSO Membership

0

Save $37.98 on everything vs. buying separately.

Obviously, most retailers will be highlighting the Nintendo Switch 2 + Mario Kart World bundle in the sale, even if it isn’t technically a sale item. You can save $37.97 if you buy this bundle, versus buying the console, game, and NSO membership separately.

It’s certainly not as good as the bundle deal we saw for the Switch 2 at launch, but considering the price of those bad boys has gone up this year (along with everything else, am I right?), it’s still not a bad offering and worth calling out nonetheless.

Xbox Console Deals

XBOX Series X 1TB Digital Console Bundle

3

All-Digital Console (Disc-Free Gaming) with XBOX Wireless Controller and Gears of War E-Day.

Another interesting offer, albeit significantly more expensive than everything else I’ve mentioned, is the Gears of War E-Day Xbox Series X bundle that’s up for grabs as part of Best Buy’s Techtober sale (rivalling Amazon’s Prime Day offerings, of course).

The Xbox bundle is listed for $819.97, and includes a 1TB Xbox Series X digital console (MSRP $749.99), a digital copy of Gears of War E-Day (MSRP $69.99), and a slick transparent red Xbox Elite Series 2 controller (MSRP $149.99).

Overall savings are $150, and while it’s not a bad deal, it’s still expensive and probably only going to appeal to a select few. At $820, this will be a tough ask for a lot of us, and while I’m cautious to give any kind of financial advice, Best Buy does offer the option to pay over 12 months at $68.34/mo as well, just so you are aware.

Overall, the bundle is worth considering if you are okay with digital-only gaming (especially with Xbox allowing you to digitise your game discs now), and are looking for a way to play GTA 6 and the critically acclaimed Gears of War E-Day.

PS5 Console Deals

PlayStation 5 825GB Console

0

For those after a PS5, just like Xbox I’d recommend checking out the deals at Best Buy right now. While there aren’t any decent offers on standard PS5 consoles, you can still pick up a refurbished 825GB PS5 (yes, the fat version) for $549.99.

That’s $100 saving versus buying a new PS5, and well worth considering if you’re desperate for a console before GTA 6 comes out next month.

Speaking of, Best Buy is currently offering a $50 reward certificate to anyone who bundles a Grand Theft Auto 6 preorder with an eligible PlayStation 5 or Xbox console – including the refurbished model that’s on sale right now. Not bad – otherwise, maybe wait and see what Black Friday offers pop up!

I’d also recommend considering a certified refurbished PS5 directly from PlayStation through the PS Direct store. A refurbished PS5 is currently $549, while the refurbished PS5 Digital Edition is $499.

That makes the choice between Best Buy and PlayStation a little more interesting. For the same price, PS Direct option gets you the newer PS5 design with 1TB of storage, although you’ll be giving up Best Buy’s $50 reward certificate deal.

Save on Select Switch 2 Preorders

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time

0

These offers may not be related to the ongoing Prime sale, but they’re nonetheless video game deals that are well worth shouting about.

Select Switch 2 games coming out soon – Zelda: Ocarina of Time, Metroid Ravenous, and Nintendo Switch Sports Resort – all have $10 knocked off their preorder prices right now.

Nintendo Switch Sports Resort – Nintendo Switch 2

0

Save on a $10 Nintendo eShop Gift Card

Speaking of Nintendo Switch gaming libraries, this eShop gift card deal is definitely worth checking out if you, or someone you know, is hoping to pick up some new digital games this fall.

$10 Nintendo eShop Gift Card [Digital Code]

0

Amazon’s knocked 10% off this gift card’s usual list price of $10, so you can scoop it up for $8.98 instead. It’s a nice little offer to add to your cart, especially if you’re holiday shopping for a Nintendo fan.

The store page notes that you can buy up to 2 as well, so why not grab the second as a little treat for yourself?

Should You Wait for Black Friday?

Honestly? Probably, yeah. While Amazon’s October Prime Day sale (Prime Big Deal Days) is a good opportunity to grab a few good deals, more often than not these offers will reappear in a month or less, as they were, or as even better deals. If you can hold out, I’ll always recommend waiting a little bit longer in order to save that bit more.

That being said, there is a rare chance that certain deals appear that are worth picking up ASAP. I, and the rest of my team, will often try to call these bargains out as and when we can, so you have the best opportunity to bag them. Otherwise, consider the rest of this article a helpful guide to what’s on sale, what you can pick up if you so choose to, and the prices to look for when the Black Friday sales eventually roll around in November.

The only other reason I’d ever suggest not waiting is if you value your time over your money. Now it seems like an obvious statement, but it’s not always a luxury we all get to have. If you do desperately want to play that game like right now and it’s driving you insane, or your TV just broke, or you lost your headphones, sales like this are a great opportunity to pay yourself in time, so you don’t have to stress or fret about something. Whatever the case, do what is best for you. I’m just a silly little guy, writing about silly little deals, on a silly little website.

How to Follow IGN Finds & Deals’ Recommendations

The IGN shopping team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts, preorders and new product drops available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Apple Early Prime Big Deal Days Discounts Are Live

Tomorrow might be the official start of Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days sale, but the online retailer has already kicked off a whole lot of Apple discounts. You don’t even need to be a Prime member to take advantage of them (though you can sign up here to get access to all the deals running October 6 – 7). But we’re already seeing lowest-ever pricing on a number of popular Apple products, ranging from Apple Watch to MacBook Air and iPad.

Featured in this article

Here’s a catalog of the best Apple deals available now. You can read on for details about each item and what makes this version special.

AirPods Pro 3 Are $80 Off

AirPods Pro 3

0

Arguably the best Apple deal in the entire sale is Apple AirPods Pro 3 (the latest model) on sale for $179. That’s $80 off MSRP, and the lowest we’ve seen them go since they launched last year. The big selling point for AirPods Pro 3 is the noise cancellation. They also produce full-bodied sound, and they fit more ear shapes than previous models.

Apple Watch Series 12 Is $50 Off

Apple Watch Series 12 (GPS, 42mm)

0

The latest mainline Apple Watch is the Series 12, which Apple boasts features the “most accurate heart rate sensing in a wearable.” So if you want your heart rate sensed, you can’t go wrong here. It also features Siri AI-powered features like the ability to transcribe the last 15 seconds it heard, and to give you a Cliff’s Notes version of your entire day. It’s pretty wild.

Apple Watch SE 3 Is $50 Off

Apple Watch SE 3 (GPS, 40mm)

0

Those who don’t need the latest and greatest in wrist-worn technology can also save $50 off Apple’s entry-level Apple Watch SE3. It normally runs $249, but is available now for $199. It can do things like track your workouts, give you an overnight sleep score, and much more.

Save $200 Off M5 MacBook Air

MacBook Air 13″ Laptop with M5 Chip (2026)

0

In June of this year, Apple raised the price of the MacBook Air by $200. This was due to things like RAMageddon and inflation, but it was also a bummer for anyone like me, who had been on the verge of upgrading. Right now, you can get this year’s MacBook Air, powered by the M5 chip, on sale for $200 off. That brings it back down to the previous price – a deal I’ll gladly take in this day and age.

iPad Mini Is $100 Off

Apple iPad mini (A17 Pro)

0

If you don’t have have the supersized cashflow to afford the flashy new iPhone Duo, you can get this deal to save $100 off an iPad mini. When open, the Duo is roughly the size of this iPad, so you’re basically getting the same thing for much cheaper (not entirely, but you get the idea). It’s a terrific form factor, and this price makes it a terrific deal as well.

AirPods Max Are $120 Off

AirPods Max 2 Wireless Over-Ear Headphones

0

Some people don’t like earbuds. They don’t want something jammed in their ears because it’s either painful or uncomfortable. For those people, AirPods Max are an excellent over-ear solution. They’re comfortable, they offer terrific noise cancellation, and they’re on sale for 21% off.

The New 2026 Mac Mini Is $120 Off

Mac mini with M6 Chip (2026)

0

People who want a desktop PC but don’t want it to take up a lot of space can save a cool $120 off the latest release of the Mac Mini. This small but mighty machine packs an M6 chip, which makes it powerful, but it keeps a small footprint on your desk.

Chris Reed is a senior commerce editor and deals expert for IGN. He also runs IGN’s LEGO coverage and maintains the upcoming release dates articles for video games, LEGO sets, and 4K Blu-rays. You can follow him on Bluesky.

Save Over 50% Off the Sony WH-1000XX Stainless Steel Noise Canceling Wireless Headphones

Sony’s WH-1000 lineup is well-regarded as one of the best wireless noise canceling headphones you can get, with the current generation model being the WH-1000XM6. Perhaps lesser known is that Sony released an even higher end headphone in the lineup earlier this year. It’s on sale for October Prime Day, but not from Amazon.

The ultra premium Sony WH-1000XX “The Collexion” normally retails for a lofty price of $649, but Secondipity (via eBay) is offering a certified refurbished pair with 2 year Allstate warranty for just $311.29 with free shipping after 20% off coupon code “COUNTDOWN20“. That’s over 50% off! According to the reviews from people who have ordered from Secondipity, which is a huge Sony liquidator, the certified refurb headphones are pretty much indistinguishable from brand new.

Over 40% Off the Sony WH-1000XX Noise Canceling Headphones

Certified refurbished with 2 year warranty

Sony WH-1000XX Noise Cancelling Wireless Headphones

1

Certified refurbished with 2 year warranty

Sony WH-1000XX Noise Cancelling Wireless Headphones

0

Certified refurbished with 2 year warranty

The Sony WH-1000XX improves upon the WH-1000XM6 in several ways. The most obvious upgrade is the design and build quality. The 1000XX features a sturdy metal frame that’s almost entirely wrapped in hand-brushed stainless steel and vegan leather. Even the buttons are made out of metal. There’s very little plastic, especially compared to the 1000XM6. Comfort has been improved here too, with a wider padded headband for more even weight distribution on the head and oversized earcups that are designed to sit around your ears rather than on them.

The 1000XX features custom designed and tuned 30mm carbon composite dynamic drivers paired with Sony’s latest Integrated Processor V3. The WH-1000XM6, by the way, is still on the previous generation V2 processor. Updates include support for spatial surround sound, DSEE Ultimate audio upscaling, and Bluetooth 6.0 with Multipoint. The 1000XX also features the HD Noise Cancelling Processor QN3 which manages the twelve-microphone array for voice clarity.

Battery life is solid at up to 24 hours of continuous playback with USB Type-C quick charge that can give you 1.5 hours of playtime after just 5 minutes of charging. Finally, the 1000XX includes a fancy case that features a molded-in handle, making it more practical than the one that comes with the 1000XM6.

At this price, it’s also less expensive than buying a new WH-1000XM6.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

RuneScape Trailer Pulled After 6-Fingered Knight Leads to AI Allegations

RuneScape developer Jagex has pulled a new trailer after a six-fingered knight led to allegations of generative AI usage from fans.

There were some ups and downs for RuneScape players over the weekend. What started with a string of big reveals from RuneFest 2026 ended with social media users voicing their concern that generative AI had been used to make the new trailer for RuneScape 3’s Dragon Slayer 2 quest.

The backlash was loud enough that Jagex stepped in not only to release an official response on the matter but also to pull the trailer entirely while it investigates “urgently.” The statement, posted on Reddit by social media manager Alex Sween (via Kotaku), acknowledged some of the more undeniable concerns related to the trailer – including the fact that one of its knights has six fingers.

“Hello, it’s me, again, talking about Gen AI, again,” the statement began, referencing a separate, recent incident involving 100 Thieves and OSRS. The team also took a “hard line stance” against generative AI earlier this year. “We’re aware of the concerns raised about the Dragon Slayer 2 trailer and have taken it down, while we investigate urgently. This trailer was produced by a trusted external partner who had explicitly confirmed that GenAI would not be used. But, among other things, there’s a sixth finger and, well, that’s pretty hard to explain away. For that we apologise.

Although uploads of RuneScape’s Dragon Slayer 2 trailer can no longer be found on official channels, it is still available via the full RuneFest 2026 livestream. There are also plenty of posts from fans discussing the matter still live across social media. They’re not happy, but Jagex knows that.

The team took its statement and apology as an opportunity to, again, make its position clear: “We don’t use GenAI to create our games, artwork, or creative assets and will not knowingly allow it to be used on our behalf.” However, it’s hard to deny that a second instance of artificial intelligence being used to generate content suggests a deeper problem for the MMO developer. Jagex explained that it plans to address its approach to working with partners going forward.

Then today, Jagex decided to use AI in a trailer for an upcoming quest, the knight in video has 6 fingers and boots in a another frame look like modern sneakers.

https://t.co/L6w4yotJw0 https://t.co/C9kMM2oC7c

— TheNoobishDad (@ABNreaper) October 4, 2026

“Immediately following RuneFest we’re overhauling our review processes,” the statement continued, “and we’re going to work with and commission creators from the community to make sure that the story of Dragon Slayer 2 is told to the standard befitting of such an update.”

The six-fingered knight really does feel like the smoking gun, but another bizarre piece of art from the trailer, which showed a fully-armored knight wearing what seemed to be a regular old pair of tennis shoes, had fans raising eyebrows, too. In follow-up replies, Sween acknowledged it’s something Jagex “should have caught,” adding, “We didn’t do well enough and can’t simply place the blame elsewhere.”

As Jagex refines its processes to maintain its stance against generative AI, it’s still working to deliver other new projects. RuneScape 4 is one of these new projects, with an animated adaptation also in the works with YouTuber MoistCr1tikal.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Modern Warfare 4’s Extraction Mode, DMZ

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4’s ambitious new extraction mode, DMZ, has received a massive deep dive from Infinity Ward.

DMZ was initially introduced in 2022’s Modern Warfare II, and now, with the rise in popularity of extraction shooters, it is coming back in a bigger way. The mode is expected to be a major part of Modern Warfare 4’s offerings, with its own 70-level progression system, lucrative rewards, and world building/lore. Additionally, there will be a forward operating base for players to hang out in between matches. Here, players can practice at a firing range to test their loadouts, craft items based on loot they’ve found in the world, gain intel and track different missions, bosses, and unique challenges for their next deployment, and more.

Speaking in a new behind-the-scenes video, Infinity Ward co-studio head Jack O’Hara stated that fans made it clear that there weren’t high enough stakes in the first iteration of DMZ, so they’ve worked to change that. For starters, your time in DMZ is defined by your operator. This is a character that you build and level up, but if they die, it will cost you to bring them back. There are also lootable items that can be permanently lost if the player dies or drops them. These items can be used at a 3D printer to craft things like armor plates, consumables, gear, and seemingly killstreaks or AI-controlled fire support, based on a menu seen in some gameplay.

The team behind DMZ also described it as an “action extraction shooter.” Infinity Ward wants players to feel like there is constant danger both through AI combatants, bosses, and other players, so you won’t spend a ton of time wandering around opening boxes with minimal friction. Infinity Ward laid out a plethora of different enemy types in a blog post, noting that there will be drones, helicopter and vehicle patrols, tanks, and tougher enemies.

Different parts of the map will have different threat levels, and those levels can rise based on the player’s actions. If you’re running around causing a bunch of noise, it will create more attention and lead to enemies searching for you. However, if you play stealtihly with silenced weapons, melee takedowns, and exercise caution, you can avoid extreme conflict. Additionally, the more players explore, the more opportunities there will be to uncover loot and secrets in the game’s world.

Infinity Ward has also promised extensive support for DMZ post-launch, including changes to the map, dynamic weather that can vary per season, and much more. It sounds like a big focus for the team and it should be a really cool change for Call of Duty. Hopefully it sticks and isn’t dropped next year, but that will likely depend on if players show up to support it.

DMZ will be available at launch when Modern Warfare 4 releases on October 23. Unlike MWII’s version, it will not be free-to-play.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Hideo Kojima Teases Live-Action Movie, Anime Cameos

Hideo Kojima teased that he’s got a cameo in a “big” live-action movie, but he’s not saying which one we’ll see him in quite yet.

The Metal Gear Solid and Death Stranding creator enticed film fans to theorize about his movie career during a surprise installment in the Koji10 podcast. In between talking about Physint and what’s next for his Kojima Productions, the famed game developer revealed that he would appear in movie theaters as part of a big new live-action movie cameo.

“I already shot a few other things,” Kojima said, as translated through YouTube’s English captions (via @Genki_JPN). “Directors and others have asked me to.”

Hideo Kojima. Photo by Rosdiana Ciaravolo/Getty Images.

The topic came up when reminiscing about his time doing voice acting work as a mole in Zootopia 2. While the Japanese version of the Pixar film had him provide his talents behind the scenes, he suggested this mysterious new project will allow him to be in front of the camera in some capacity.

So as not to spoil the surprise, he said he “can’t say” what it is yet, but it is a “big movie.” It is indeed live-action, too, but his involvement is so secretive for now that he even refused to tell his hosts where he shot his part.

Kojima is best known for his work as a game developer, but he’s also a well-read cinephile, too. Fans routinely turn up for his reviews of movies like Superman, Backrooms, Spider-Man: Brand New Day, and more. Even his social media biography jokes that “70% of my body is made of movies,” so it’s no surprise to see him continue to be as involved in film as he can manage.

Many have also already started speculating when exactly we’ll see Kojima show up, too, even if no one has any truly solid leads to go on yet. Some have guessed we’ll see him in Denis Villeneuve’s Dune: Part 3 this December, while others suggested he’ll show up in The Legend of Zelda movie, or even next month’s Godzilla Minus Zero. Other guesses come from those who are just happy to see their favorite game creator show up in live-action at all.

“Hideo Kojima will return in Avengers: Doomsday,” one fan said.

Kojima also said his future in entertainment will see him in not one but two “major anime” titles. These are “really big” but still a mystery for audiences for now, with the developer only saying that he has speaking lines coming up. He also said that an upcoming game cameo – a concept that is far from new for him – is also a secret, though fans have already found evidence that he’s been scanned for Naughty Dog’s Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet.

In terms of Kojima’s main occupation, he’s still very much at work on his new espionage action game, Physint. He offered an update on the Bill Skarsgård-starring title’s progress during today’s podcast, too, teasing that many of the characters’ names have already been decided, and their actors scanned. He’s also still heads-down working on his horror game, OD.

Photo by Rosdiana Ciaravolo/Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Miami Vice Final Director’s Cut Ending Explained

Full SPOILERS follow for all three versions of Michael Mann’s Miami Vice movie.

Miami Vice: The Director’s Final Cut premiered at Beyond Fest on Saturday. With the exception of the reordering of a few moments at the very end — and the omission of Nonpoint’s cover of “In the Air Tonight” — this version is largely the same as the Unrated Director’s Edition that was released on Blu-ray years ago. But the Final Cut’s rejiggered ending is enough to invite a slightly darker interpretation of the story than was evident in either of the film’s past versions, especially when considered with what writer-director Michael Mann revealed about the fact-based origins of his screenplay at the post-premiere Q&A.

Mann’s film version of the iconic 1980s TV series, which he executive produced but did not create, has been a love it or hate it affair since it came out in 2006. If you haven’t seen the Unrated Director’s Edition and are only familiar with the theatrical cut, then you will find much to unpack with this Director’s Final Cut when it arrives on 4K UHD and Blu-ray on December 15.

All three versions of Mann’s Miami Vice follow Miami-Dade P.D. undercover detectives James “Sonny” Crockett (a gruff, mustachioed Colin Farrell) and Ricardo Tubbs (a no-nonsense Jamie Foxx), who are recruited to infiltrate a Latin American narco-trafficking network after a mole has been discovered inside a joint Federal task force. Crockett and Tubbs sneak into South America by air and, once there, meet with sinister middleman Jose Yero (a scene-stealing John Ortiz). They succeed in insinuating themselves into Yero and his boss Montoya’s operation.

Crockett also falls for Isabella (Gong Li), a businesswoman who serves as the financial brains of Montoya’s operation. Crockett romances Isabella in the hopes of acquiring information (and she from him) but they soon genuinely fall for each other. It is not meant to be. She discovers during the climactic shootout that “Sonny Burnett” is actually cop Sonny Crockett. But Crockett can’t bring himself to arrest Isabella, instead arranging for her to escape via boat and start her life over elsewhere. All of that remains in the Final Cut, but the use of the song “In the Air Tonight,” the scene of Montoya’s empty compound being raided, and the very last shot of Crockett returning to the hospital where wounded fellow detective Trudy Joplin (Naomie Harris) is have all been removed in this version.

“The viewer is left to wonder what Crockett does next after letting a key player in their undercover operation escape justice.“

Mann’s Miami Vice was a legendarily difficult production, culminating in the abrupt departure of Jamie Foxx, who abandoned the film during shooting in the Dominican Republic, a move that forced Mann to change the movie’s ending. Mann never shot what he needed to end the story as he had originally envisioned.

Both the theatrical cut and the earlier Unrated Director’s Edition end with Crockett returning to the hospital where badly injured Vice cop Trudy, comforted by Tubbs, emerges from her coma. Although he let Isabella escape, Crockett ultimately returns to his police family in both previous versions. Closing those versions with a shot of Crockett walking into the hospital always made for an awkward ending, but it communicated that Crockett ultimately remembers whose side he’s on.

But the Director’s Final Cut instead ends with Crockett walking back to his car while Isabella flees before cutting to the end credits. The viewer is left to wonder what Crockett does next after letting a key player in their undercover operation escape justice. Mann’s revision of those closing moments suggests a reading of the film where Crockett’s future is uncertain.

In the Beyond Fest post-screening Q&A, Mann shed light on his reasons for revising the ending and why he wanted to refocus the ending of his Final Cut of Miami Vice on Crockett and Isabella’s love story. Mann also revealed that the tragic inspiration for his screenplay was an undercover agent he was acquainted with:

“I knew a number of people, one guy in particular who did very, very difficult long-term undercover in foreign countries – Beirut, Marseilles, Hong Kong. And I became fascinated with the dynamics of what happened when you lived a fabricated identity, but the fabricated identity in many cases becomes facets of yourself and it becomes performance, but there’s only one take. You cannot make a mistake.”

Mann continued: “This was very much based on this one guy who had a family in Florida, wife and kids, and he was undercover working a money laundering operation based out of Hong Kong and fell in love with his target’s sister. And if you met the targets, they didn’t self-identify as part of a criminal subculture. They just were dealing in commodities. The commodity could be number three opium, it could be tapioca futures. It didn’t matter. They were just people of commerce. And it turned his life upside down. It was a long-term relationship. And he was eventually indicted in Florida. And when he realized that he was going to get convicted, they would’ve seized his real family’s assets under RICO. And he went out on I-80 and walked in front of an 18-wheeler.”

(Mann said this was the inspiration for how John Hawkes’ informant character commits suicide early in the film.)

“When they score and they become very good in this criminal fabricated identity, it is truly like a drug.“

“These (undercover agents) are very often men and women [who] are projecting the part of themselves that has not been manifested. So it’s maybe part of themselves that they suppressed or it’s been repressed,” Mann said. “They’re convincing somebody that they could handle their transport or that this deal should go down and they sell and they’re really good at it because oftentimes they’re smarter [than the perps].

“And when they score and they become very good in this criminal fabricated identity, it is truly like a drug,” Mann said of how these agents can, in the parlance of Miami Vice, lose sight of which way is up.

In that sense, Crockett’s undercover persona “Sonny Burnett” is so convincing – he is able to seduce Isabella and eventually get her to agree to renegotiating his and Rico’s deal for a new percentage – that the character, in my estimation, begins behaving like an addict whose drug habit is worsening the longer he’s undercover. By the time the film’s final showdown comes along, Sonny is essentially a junkie in freefall.

“There often becomes a situation where (the undercover agents) don’t go through red lights. There are no red lights. There’s no red lights, no yellow lights, no green lights. There are no lights,” said Mann. “Maybe you look in a mirror in the morning when he wakes up and the guy will say that he is truly himself for the first time in his life.

“And particularly when you do what you’re not supposed to do. They always say you’re not supposed to have romances and bullshit. They wind up having romances. And that’s basically, that’s the genesis of this whole picture.”

Crockett’s romance with Isabella certainly doesn’t go unnoticed by his colleagues Rico, Trudy and Gina. While the latter two exchange looks of concern during a sequence at Yero’s club, Tubbs is far more direct with his partner. Tubbs’ concern is evident the minute Crockett ditches him for a boat ride to Havana with Isabella. Crockett assures Tubbs he’s got things under control at several points, but by the time they’re prepping their weapons for the final showdown he admits to Tubbs that he’s “with her 100%.”

Tubbs cautions Crockett that Isabella is “with them,” but Sonny is not ready for the collapse of his undercover identity where he will be required to bust the woman he loves. Like an addict struggling with their problem, Crockett assures those around him that he has his issues in check even as his actions and behavior indicate otherwise. His addiction eventually consumes him to the point where he can no longer do the job he’s required to do.

The original theatrical and the Unrated versions’ endings suggest Sonny found his way back from that dark place by returning to his Miami Vice colleagues – that he remembers which way is up.

Cutting that final shot of Sonny returning to his cop teammates seems like a relatively minor edit, but it’s one where Crockett’s self-destructive behavior and the loss of Isabella carries more thematic weight. He’s lost her, betrayed his badge by not arresting her, and is alone. It’s a more emotional and thought-provoking finale than what the previous two cuts of the film conveyed.

Miami Vice: The Director’s Final Cut is available on 4K UHD and Blu-ray on December 15.

The Dungeon Crawler Carl Books Are On Sale for Prime Big Deal Days

Amazon has officially launched its ‘3 for 2’ book sale ahead of Prime Big Deal Days, and it includes a number of hardcover Dungeon Crawler Carl books. These types of sales are the best possible time to start your collection of Matt Dinniman’s hit LitRPG books for cheap.

Not all of the Dungeon Crawler Carl hardcover books are eligible for the sale, however. A Parade of Horribles, the latest book in the series, is included alongside five other books. The second and third books are missing, but they do have their own separate discounts.

Buy 2, Get 1 Free Dungeon Crawler Carl Books

Amazon is already one of the best places to buy books at a discount, so these types of sales are perfect if you’re looking to buy every book in a series. And while not every Dungeon Crawler Carl hardcover book is getting discounted here, there’s enough of them here that you can still take advantage of this sale twice.

If you add all six of these books to your cart, Amazon will automatically drop the price of the two cheapest ones off your cart. This amounts to an additional $34.35 of savings if you’re already going to be buying them all.

The other two books that aren’t included in the ‘3 for 2’ sale are also two of the cheapest in the series already with a combined price of $32.75. So although two of the eight books aren’t actually included in the promotion, you can still get the whole collection of hardcovers for $118.52.

Note: The first Dungeon Crawler Carl Graphic Novel is not included in this sale, but it continues to be pretty cheap on Amazon.

Amazon’s Audible deal is great for the audiobook versions

Get 4 Months of Audible Standard for $0.99/mo

88

Prime Day special: also get $20 in bonus Audible Credit

The ‘3 for 2′ sale is great for fans who are looking for some merch to add to their shelves, but the audible deal is better for newcomers. The popularity of Dungeon Crawler Carl is, in no small part, thanks to some absolutely terrific audiobooks. Matt Dinniman himself has praised Jeff Hays’ performance, saying he’s one of the few narrators out there doing all of the voices and sound effects that really bring audiobooks to life. And the DCC audio versions are undoubtedly some of the best audiobooks available right now.

If you’re new to the series, or just want to see what the audiobook hype is about, Amazon is running an Audible promo that’s worth checking out. New subscribers can get the Audible Standard plan for only $0.99/month for the first four months, which includes one book per month. You’ll also get a bonus $20 Audible credit to spend anything you want.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

God Packs are Officially Coming to Magic: The Gathering

Magic: The Gathering booster packs have gone through a lot of changes in the last decade, some of which have been awful. But Wizards of the Coast is introducing ‘God Packs’ to MTG, which could feel like winning the lottery.

Everyone who plays TCGs knows the rush you get when you open a booster with a better spread of rares and mythics than usual. Right now, in a Play Booster, that usually means getting between two and four rares and mythics, and it feels incredible when it happens. But in a blog post, Wizards is taking that feeling a step further by announcing ‘God Packs,’ which will be entirely comprised of rares and mythics.

Both Play Boosters and Collector Boosters will have a chance to be a god pack, with Collector Boosters naturally being way more likely to hit gold. Approximately 1 in 1,000 Play Boosters will be God Packs, and 1 in 300 Collector Boosters will be God Packs.

MTG God Packs

God Packs will have their loot distributed differently between Play and Collector boosters, too. For Play boosters, you’ll get one special ‘God Pack celebration card’ – whatever that means – along with 10 non-foil Rares and Mythics. Then, there will be two non-foil ‘Booster Fun’ variants (think showcase and borderless cards), along with two foil ‘Booster Fun’ cards.

For Collector Boosters, though, you’ll get one foil land, 3 foil default frame rares and/or mythics, 3 non-foil ‘Booster Fun’ variants, and 5 foil ‘Booster Fun’ variants. On top of these rare God Packs, though, Wizards says in its blog, “while we’re at it, we’re also increasing the drop rates on foil rare and mythic rare cards across booster packs” in order to make them more fun to open.

But it can’t all be fun and games; Wizards is also removing things from boosters, like foil commons and uncommons from play boosters altogether. It’s also trimming the amount of cards in Collector Boosters down to 12, by removing 3 of the foil common and uncommon slots.

Wizards claims that these changes will make opening Collector Boosters more meaningful, saying in its blog:

“How does removing cards make opening Collector Boosters more exciting? We’ll be honest here—it doesn’t. But we do know that most people who open Collector Boosters mostly skip past these cards. Not everyone, but enough of a majority. You can see it in virtually any Collector Booster opening video, where the video practically skips over that section of the booster. Removing them isn’t about shrinking the experience; it’s about making room—in terms of both printing capacity and player psychology—for cards people actually get excited about.”

There are a lot of people who skip through their commons and uncommons when cracking a lot of packs, hell I do it sometimes. But there are enough commons and uncommons that see constructed play and already jump in price – just look at Aetherdrift’s Stock Up – that I could see removing these uncommon slots having unforseen consequences.

Either way, these booster changes will go live when Nauctis: The Sunken Realm, and will carry over to every in-universe set going forward. As for Universes Beyond, those sets will get these new booster changes starting in 2028.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

‘I’d Like to Do a New Metal Gear Game,’ Legendary Japanese Solid Snake Actor Says

Solid Snake’s Japanese voice and motion capture actor is keen to return for a new game, though feels conflicted about any fresh entry without the involvement of creator Hideo Kojima.

In an interview with Bunshun (translated by IGN), Snake actor Akio Otsuka reminisced about his deep attachment to the Metal Gear series and keen desire for Konami to make another entry — which may come as a surprise for Japanese fans of the series. Famously, Otsuka previously said he wouldn’t make a new game sans Kojima — a quote that spread around the franchise’s Japanese fandom after the Konami/Kojima split.

Reflecting on that and his bond with the series’ creator, Otsuka said: “My job as a voice actor is to do what I’m told. But when it comes to the Metal Gear series, it was created by Kojima, and I take pride in having helped bring it to life.

“So I [previously] said, ‘I don’t want to do a Metal Gear that doesn’t involve Kojima.’ Now I’ve said that, I can’t take it back,” he said.

Metal Gear Solid: Master Collection Vol. 2 February 2026 State of Play Trailer – Screenshots

Given Konami and Hideo Kojima’s far from amicable split, it seems pretty unlikely that Kojima will ever helm a MGS game again. When asked whether Otsuka had told Kojima that he’d like the Death Stranding director to make a new Metal Gear game, Otsuka simply replied: “I’ll leave that to your imagination.”

Looking back over his years of voicing Snake, Otsuka recalled that Solid Snake’s famous “Kept you waiting, huh?” (“mataseta na”) line was actually an adlib during the Japanese language recording. “It was subsequently used in ads too,” Otsuka added, with David Hayter’s English rendition of the line becoming equally iconic.

Otsuka also recalled how surreal it was to have his real-life father, voice actor Chikao Otsuka, voicing Big Boss in MGS4’s finale, while Otsuka himself provided the performance capture. “When I arrived on set, my father’s eyes widened at the sight of me in the motion capture suit, and he asked with surprise, ‘Am I actually going to be voicing you?’ It was rather amusing.”

Otsuka expressed much fondness and empathy for Kojima throughout the interview. “He went through so many difficulties after leaving Konami yet managed to finish making this major game,” Otsuka said, referring to the creator’s subsequent project, Death Stranding. “After all, if Death Stranding had failed he could have easily ended up with debts that he wouldn’t have been able to pay off even if he continued working for the rest of his life… So when the game was finished and they announced its release, I burst into tears.”

Otsuka has also previously expressed support for former members of Kojima’s team still working at Konami, who for various reasons did not jump ship to Kojima’s new company Kojima Productions. In an MGS cutscene-worthy bit on his Nameless Mouse podcast back in June 2023, Otsuka emphasized that, “I want the fans to understand this. I don’t want them [the remaining MGS staff at Konami] to be made out to be villains. The people who stayed at Konami were part of the crew on Kojima’s ship. These people, who inherited the director’s legacy, want to protect Metal Gear.”

Just as David Hayter is commonly held up by MGS fans as the definitive English voice of Snake (despite his controversial replacement by Kiefer Sutherland in MGS5), Otsuka’s performance holds similar significance for Japanese fans. “I certainly have a deep attachment to Snake,” Otsuka concluded. “After all, to the [Japanese] fans, Snake will always be Akio Otsuka, regardless of what happened between Kojima and Konami. When I think of the fans… well I’m really caught in the middle.”

While Kojima may be busy for the foreseeable future working on new projects O.D. and Physint, Konami clearly still has an interest in Metal Gear — something that may well lead to an all-new entry in future. Last year’s successful Metal Gear Solid Delta Snake Eater reused Otsuka’s original performance from 2006’s MGS3. However, it seems that the actor might be open to working on a new Metal Gear Solid, should Konami choose to make more than just remasters and remakes of the groundbreaking stealth series.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

Doctor Who Ex-Showrunner Says He Wanted Show’s Most Prolific Leaker ‘Arrested’

Doctor Who ex-showrunner Russell T Davies has described his unresolved cliffhanger ending as “a piece of p***” for the series’ next production team to resolve, following his departure from the franchise amid clear frustrations over plot leaks.

Davies’ tenure as the head writer of Doctor Who officially ended this summer when the BBC finally admitted that it (plus Davies and production company Bad Wolf) were no longer planning a final Christmas special to wrap up the show’s current era. This followed the collapse of Disney’s co-production deal after two seasons, and significant reshoots to navigate the exit of series star Ncuti Gatwa.

Doctor Who now sits in limbo as the BBC searches for a fresh production company to take the series forward. And, in the meantime, Davies has now published his first account of what happened as his time on the show came to an end.

Doctor Who Season 2 Finale Gallery

In an excerpt from his upcoming memoir The Queerest of Folk: A Life in Television published by The Guardian, Davies said that the future of the Disney co-production deal was unclear when he was writing the second season.

“That was nothing to do with us at Bad Wolf; it was down to conversations with Disney and the BBC,” Davies wrote. “So we had no idea what was going on. Deep down I thought it wouldn’t. You could tell what I was thinking, because I was already creating new work,” he added, listing off a couple of other projects that he had already begun planning for other broadcasters.

“In some ways it would have been a nightmare for me if that third series had come along, but I would have managed it,” he continued. “As the third series was in flux, the finale was intended to climax with an open-ended regeneration. So we shot that with Ncuti: he smiled and said his last line, and the screen melted into a golden glow… Except when we edited that together, it looked like the death of the show. We said, ‘Think of children watching that. It’s like a death. We can’t do that to them.'”

There’s a lot to unpack here, but first it’s worth noting what Davies has not discussed — the fact that the second season finale was initially something else entirely before Gatwa’s regeneration was shot. On-set reports, leaked images and actor interviews have all discussed that the season was set to end on a positive note, with a party featuring the show’s main cast being observed by original Doctor Who actress Carol Ford, who played the Doctor’s granddaughter Susan.

The 25 Most Essential Doctor Who Episodes

Davies has not discussed what happened here to prompt the need to film Gatwa’s exit — something that required a rewrite of the episode’s ending and reshoots in order to film. There’s also no sense of Davies himself or Bad Wolf being in any way responsible for the Disney deal’s collapse. Rather, Davies paints the matter as a business decision between Disney and the BBC — which it was, but likely one judged against the success of the show Davies and Bad Wolf delivered.

Finally, there’s the sense that an open-ended regeneration sequence would have acted “like a death” for the show. This is going to be a matter of personal taste, but what we got instead — the promise of a big reveal for why Billie Piper appeared, and a Christmas special — has arguably been more painful.

“When it came to announce the end of the Disney deal, the BBC was very keen to announce the existence of a Christmas Special for 2026 at the same time, to confirm its dedication to the show,” Davies wrote, discussing his final episode that, ultimately, never came to be.

“Now, I had my doubts, right from the start,” Davies claimed, “a Christmas Special about what, who for, where’s the money coming from? – but for the first time in my life, I allowed my name to go on a press release that I actually felt kind of queasy about. That’ll teach me!”

One other interesting point to note here is Davies acknowledging the show’s current status of being put out to tender had been discussed internally already, though was expected to “lurk somewhere in the future, maybe 2028 or 2029.” This would fit with previous fan expectations that Davies was due to deliver four years of Doctor Who (perhaps three seasons and a series of specials, similar to David Tennant’s era?) before bowing out.

“Yes, that leaves us with a Billie puzzle, but c’mon, that’s easy,” Davies wrote, addressing his biggest dangling plot thread. “Doctor Who problems are simple to solve (remember, in 1996, it was proclaimed that the Doctor is half-human – that was fixed by everyone discreetly never mentioning it again). A new production team can either seize hold of that appearance happily, or – and this is more likely – they can explain the event away with exactly seven words. Painless. That’s not a problem, that’s a piece of piss.”

It’s worth stating that the Doctor’s claimed half-human parentage is one of many fans’ biggest plot holes and bugbears from the show’s history.

Davies’ excerpt concludes with a lengthy airing of his frustrations with a prolific Doctor Who leaker who revealed every key plot beat from the Gatwa era up to a year ahead of transmission. How this leaker gained this information remains a mystery, though their complete accuracy and intimate knowledge of the show’s production means they must have been part of a small circle of team members working on the series.

“It’s absolutely extraordinary, and I swear it did a lot to destroy the profile of the show,” Davies wrote. “It introduces a cynicism among fans, because they’re not surprised by anything any more. Their response to a leak is weariness, an instant assumption that whatever has been leaked won’t work. They instantly imagine the worst version of it, and then, when they eventually see it, it inevitably confirms their bias. So we had to work for two years knowing that leaks were happening, and yet we were powerless.”

While the leaks were damaging, it’s fair to state that only a fraction of the series’ audience would have likely heard about them. They were discussed on Doctor Who fan forums and reddit boards dedicated specifically to leaks, rather than something shared in the mainstream.

“The BBC managed to track down the person who was putting the information online, but it was a member of the public. They were probably friends with someone at some point in the delivery chain of Doctor Who, and we simply didn’t have the legal right to seize that person’s emails. I wish we did,” Davies wrote. “This was my copyrighted material – why don’t I have the legal right to get that person arrested? But the BBC was always very scared of how that would look – a member of the public being prosecuted for simply breaking copyright; it would be like breaking a butterfly on a wheel.

“To this day, we don’t know who the leaker was, which made us suspicious of every single person we worked with,” Davies concluded. “There were some tricky conversations at work. But somewhere down the line, all these episodes go through a hundred technical processes in a hundred different suites, and I’m quite sure it’s just some random person sitting in the back of a room – not the person in charge, but the person whose job it is just to press play on every single thing we ever did, who’d then tell his mate, who’d then post it online. That person is still out there. They might be reading this and frothing with glee. Well done, mate, enjoy your masturbation.”

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Marvel Star Mark Ruffalo Says He’s Planning to ‘Hulk Out’ Over Voting Rights

Marvel star Mark Ruffalo has said he’ll “Hulk out” over political attempts to disrupt voting in the upcoming U.S. midterm elections, and pointed out that he has kept his MCU role despite his high-profile advocacy.

Speaking at the “Hands Off Our Vote” in New York City on October 4, Ruffalo encouraged voters not to be put off by any potential disruption to voting this year, or be afraid of stepping up to defend voters’ constitutional rights.

“They’re going to try and stop us from taking our country back and we’re not going to let them,” Ruffalo began. “Trump, we’re not letting you,” he continued, before beginning a chant of “hands off our vote.”

Ruffalo: Hands off our fucking vote. I’m gonna Hulk out. You won’t like me when I’m angry. Hey, I’m still here. They thought I was out for the count. I’m still here. I’m still playing the Hulk. https://t.co/5qyxUBPlWG

— Acyn (@Acyn) October 4, 2026

Ruffalo has long been outspoken on political affairs and environmental issues, and has most recently criticized Paramount for its merger with Warner Bros. Perhaps most notably, the actor has criticized the actions of George W. Bush in the Iraq War and actions taken by the Israeli army against Palestine since 2014.

“Hands off our f***ing vote,” Ruffalo continued. “I’m gonna Hulk out. You won’t like me when I’m angry,” he added, acknowledging that he had continued to speak out despite any potential risk to his own acting career.

“Hey, I’m still here. They thought I was out for the count. I’m still here. I’m still playing the Hulk. Don’t be scared. They want to keep us afraid, their only weapon is our fear. But when we see people step out, we can get courage.”

While Ruffalo’s role as one of the MCU’s most prominent characters has never publicly been called into question, Disney itself has taken flak over the years for political statements made by those it employs, or TV shows and movies it produces. The most prominent example of this in recent times was the temporary suspending of late night host Jimmy Kimmel, which resulted in a loud public backlash. Ruffalo, meanwhile, has previously said he’s willing to sacrifice his Hollywood career to continue campaigning for the issues he believes in.

“Our time to brave is coming,” he concluded. “They’re going to do anything they can to keep us in our homes. They’re going to do everything they can to make us feel small. They’re going to do anything they can to make us feel lost, to make it feel inevitable. It’s not inevitable. We’re inevitable. The truth is inevitable.”

Ruffalo is currently starring in two enormous Marvel blockbusters: the $2.5 billion-grossing Spider-Man: Brand New Day, and the $2.9 billion-grossing Avengers: Endgame, which features a brand new post-credits scene featuring the Hulk.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

PlatinumGames Boss Promises ‘Strong Desire’ For More Bayonetta

PlatinumGames CEO Atsushi Inaba said he isn’t done with Bayonetta, the studio’s character action series featuring a witch equipped with gun shoes and weaponized hair. While many of the original developers at Platinum have left — including original game director Hideki Kamiya, who started a new studio called Clovers to make Okami 2 — the Osaka-based studio wants to keep the series going.

As well as Kamiya, other notable leavers include Resident Evil character designer Masaki Yamanaka, Metal Gear Rising director Kenji Saito, and Astral Chain director Takahisa Taura. Bayonetta 2 director Yusuke Hashimoto left Platinum to work at Capcom, where he recently helped the combat shine in Onimusha: Way of the Sword.

Even outside of the exodus, things aren’t as simple as just making another one. The Bayonetta series is co-owned by Sega and Nintendo, who published the first and second games respectively. The sequel was a Nintendo Wii U exclusive and has since only been ported to Nintendo Switch. Bayonetta 3 came to Switch in 2022.

Bayonetta 3 – Bayonetta’s Costumes

In an interview with Famitsu, via VGC, Inaba spoke for the first time about PlatinumGames’ aims since the departure of key staff members. When asked about the future of Bayonetta, he said: “I can’t really answer that right now.

“We have a strong desire to further develop the character of Bayonetta and expand her world. Please look forward to seeing what form that takes in the future.”

The interview was a promotional partnership between Inaba and Shift-Up boss Hyung-tae Kim, to promote Stellar Blade’s Bayonetta crossover event on Nintendo Switch 2. PlatinumGames’ last released game is Ninja Gaiden 4, a collaboration with Team Ninja which launched on October 21, 2025, for PS5, Xbox Series consoles, and PC.

Next up, PlatinumGames is working on Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin, an action-adventure game based on a popular comic. A partnership with Paramount, the game was announced at Summer Game Fest in June 2026 after the original version by Black Forest Games was canceled.

Warner Bros and Paramount have now merged into a single behemoth called Skydance, in a deal worth $110 billion. The deal is expected to close tomorrow, October 6, 2026. Once closed, Skydance will hold the keys to Harry Potter, Lord of the Rings, Game of Thrones, Batman, The Sopranos, Star Trek, and more.

Usually there are casualties after a large merger, and Paramount’s live-action, R-rated movie adaptation of Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: The Last Ronin was already put on hold prior to the companies joining hands and getting a joint bank account. It remains to be seen if PlatinumGames’ next project survives the storm.

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

Rockstar Traveled Across Florida With Gang Members and Cops for GTA 6 Research

Love Magazine recently got an exclusive interview with Rockstar Games ahead of GTA 6’s release next month. While the interview focuses primarily on the love story between dual protagonists Jason and Lucia, there’s some interesting insight into the studio’s process for creating the most impressive virtual worlds ever made.

For its rendition of Florida, team members spent lots of time embedding with the culture and exploring the landscape of Miami and its surrounding areas. These research trips start small as the leads scout out the most interesting locations and stories, and more team members come on subsequent trips to dive deeper into the culture, stories, and people.

“Every game we make starts with research trips. It’s where to get to explore both the place and our ideas as a group,” head of development Aaron Garbut said. “To begin, a small group of us spent some time traveling from Miami through some of the surrounding towns and through the Florida Keys down to Key West. This is one of the best parts of the entire project: a car full of friends, driving for days on end, talking about what we want to make and being immersed in the locations and our ideas.”

Grand Theft Auto 6 vs Real Life Inspiration

Garbut takes a camera and a phone and records everything that happens. During one shoot, a handful of Rockstar devs spent the day flying low and fast over mangrove inlets in the everglades, before ending the day hovering over a stadium with a live Beyonce concert playing. “I think we made the local news that day,” Garbut said.

“We do go in-depth, we hang with locals and we hear lots of stories and learn as much as we can. We travel around with cops and with gang members. Everyone is lovely. Some people are equally scary. We experience the underside as well; although the people who showed us around were among the nicest we’ve met, the stories, the places, the details could be terrifying. We try to build a world that is believable and varied, with depth, so that is the research we need.

“Miami itself is really those extremes — lovely people, incredible wealth, incredible poverty, excess, craziness, the hustle, and showing it all off. That’s our research trips — experiencing those extremes so that we can bring them into our world, and it all finds its way into the game in surprising ways.”

Some of those surprising ways could be pedestrian dialogue or radio shows and advertisements, which Rockstar said it doesn’t treat as secondary content. Everything is important when creating a world you want players to spend hundreds of hours exploring.

Rockstar’s approach to a GTA game set in the modern day is to deliberately avoid recreating real-world viral moments, since long development timelines mean these kinds of references can date a game — ask Borderlands. Instead, GTA 6’s satire focuses on modern culture, conspiracy theories, and “the strange ways people react to events.”

Last week, local team the Miami Heat announced a special match, during which the Heat will wear a GTA 6 uniform in a themed arena. We’ve got extensive coverage of GTA 6 across IGN. Check out IGN’s interview with Rockstar Games, our GTA 6 preview, and word of the first confirmed GTA 6 voice actor.

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

Blade Director Defends Kevin Feige After Marvel Scrapped Mahershala Ali Movie

Blade director Bassam Tariq said he felt like a “failure” after exiting the Mahershala Ali-led Marvel movie, but he doesn’t blame MCU mastermind Kevin Feige for how things went down.

The filmmaker, who was the first of two directors officially tied to Marvel Studios’ now-canceled 1920s vampire movie, offered his honest thoughts about the project and even shared some new details about its story during an interview with Vulture. With a resume that includes films like 2012 documentary These Birds Walk, 2020’s Mogul Mowgli, and last month’s Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother, it seemed Blade is the movie that hit Tariq the hardest.

“I didn’t know which way north was,” he said of his Blade exit. “Afterward, I had to kind of disconnect from everybody. I don’t know if that was the right thing to do, but it was one of those things where I had to find myself again. When you’re doing it at that level, and it doesn’t work out, you’re like, ‘S**t, I feel like a failure, because I couldn’t do the thing that I wanted to do well.’ You’re trying to recalibrate who you are.

“My wife, my children, and the Atlanta Muslim community really were there for me. They helped me reground myself and understand what it is that I really care about. They all knew me as the guy that’s directing Blade. And it was like, ‘Oh, he left? Snap, OK.’ I was afraid they would always be asking about this or that, but nobody ever talked about it. We just moved on, and they didn’t really care, and it was so great to be around people that just didn’t give a s**t.”

Tariq had a tough time, partially, he said, because the ideas he had for Blade were so cool. Although his involvement came to an end because “they wouldn’t let me write the script, and life’s too short to make really disastrous things,” the director teased that the now-abandoned sets they had in New Orleans were “incredibly designed” and “beautiful.”

He said the 1920s vampire movie was going to have “an incredible horse chase through” these sets that started “in a speakeasy where Blade would act drunk.” The problem was the Marvel crew “didn’t have all the pieces to really get it together, to be what it needed to be.” Tariq recalled the work of production designer Stefania Cella and her team as one of the most heartbreaking parts of the film’s cancellation.

Mahershala Ali. Photo by Gareth Cattermole/Getty Images for IMDb.

“That’s the part that breaks my heart the most, all of the craftsmen and craftswomen that were working on the thing,” he explained. “But all that energy also needs to be put into good words on the page, and that’s not a hit on any of the writers. The writers were working really hard. It was just – I think Kevin can admit it, too – he had a lot on his plate.

Marvel announced its Marvel Cinematic Universe reboot with Ali as its star all the way back in 2019, but as updates rolled in through the years, it only became more apparent that it would never come to be. It was finally, officially canceled in July of this year.

Feige has caught a lot of flak – some even self-inflicted – in the aftermath of Blade’s cancellation. He called himself a “gigantic loser and failure” over its failure to launch just weeks before it was finally killed, with Ali going on to agree with Feige’s assessment of himself. It’s been painful to watch unfold, but Tariq doesn’t hold the MCU orchestrator responsible for how everything went down.

The ex-Blade director spent chunk of his new interview calling the Marvel movie producer “adaptable,” explaining that he “listens and f**king changes.” Using Spider-Man: Brand New Day as an example, he said it’s clear that Marvel Studios listens and makes shifts to make sure viewers “still got spectacle” while “building with story along the way.”

Tariq called the wide web that is the MCU Feige’s world, “and rightfully so.”

“He’s done such incredible films, and he’s made massive amounts of money for Disney,” he said. “Of course they’re going to trust him over me, who had made just one film. I made a film. I made Mogul Mowgli with a budget of $1.2 million, and we built this massive set that was the equivalent of like, 10 Mogul Mowglis. So, of course, the last word should go to Kevin. It makes perfect sense. We just never really had a script.”

Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother is out now and just so happens to star Ali as the lead. Blade may never step out of the shadows in the MCU, but the actor said he’s still thankful for the free year of training it gave him for his new movie. As far as Tariq is concerned, he’s hoping Feige finds time to see what he’s capable of as a filmmaker.

“I want to be clear: I like Kevin,” he added. “I’d love to talk to him if he sees it. He’s a good dude. I really dislike all this s**t about like, ‘Marvel fumbled this. F**k Kevin Feige.’ No, man. He’s got a lot on his plate, too much. And I think we also had this impossible task of trying to compete with the first superhero movie, which is Wesley Snipes’ iconic Blade. It’s really such a massive undertaking in a way that affected so many people.”

Photo by Gareth Cattermole/Getty Images for IMDb.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Lanterns Star Kyle Chandler’s Hal Jordan Superhero Casting Rivals Robert Downey Jr.’s Iron Man

Lanterns Season 1 is over, and the verdict is in: Fans say Kyle Chandler’s Hal Jordan rivals Robert Downey Jr.’s Iron Man as one of the best superhero casting choices of all time.

Warning! Spoilers for the Lanterns Season 1 finale follow.

Fans had a lot on their minds as the DCU show’s first season drew to a close. John Stewart (Aaron Pierre) will keep Earth safe whether Guy Gardner (Nathan Fillion) and the Guardians like it or not, and now, the planet has another Manhunter to worry about, too. It was a quieter final episode for Lanterns that did a lot of groundwork to set up the next chapter for its characters, but for now, at least, it truly seems Hal Jordan’s story has come to an end.

Yes, it’s true: Lanterns Season 1 suggests the DCU’s Hal Jordan really, truly died in Rushville, Nebraska. It’s a story beat that will no doubt leave at least some hardcore Green Lantern fans disappointed, no matter how hard Sinestro (Ulrich Thomsen) may have teased an option to bring him back to life. As the dust settles, though, the weight of Chandler’s potential absence in the DCU proves that he left quite the mark on the Green Lantern name.

Kyle Chandler as Hal Jordan #Lanterns https://t.co/G4KPB0DMdB

— Nicholas (@NicholasPas5) October 5, 2026

“Kyle Chandler as Hal Jordan”

Confidently found his place among the best of the best. Just one of THOSE castings without a doubt in my mind. https://t.co/ftZxjEmkOm

— Craig (@CS11__) October 5, 2026

If this is the last time I see Kyle Chandler as Hal Jordan… just know that I loved you. https://t.co/VSXDHF66TF

— 𝙶𝚛𝚒𝚖𝚖 🃏︎ (@TheJokersGrimm) October 5, 2026

“Zero Reasons why they can’t bring back Kyle Chandler as Hal Jordan for a prequel,” one fan hoped. “I don’t care if it’s a movie or show, or animated. You doing that writers’ room for season 2 now? Yeah bring back Hal.”

“If tonight is truly the last time we see Kyle Chandler as Hal Jordan he will forever go down as one of the greatest CB castings of all time,” another said.

While sharing the screen with Pierre through Lanterns’ eight-episode first season, Chandler has emerged as one of the brightest lights the show has to offer. He’s received praise for his work as Earth’s first Green Lantern since Episode 1, with fans only showing his character more love as the weeks went on.

It’s recognition that’s earned him a place in the same conversation as Robert Downey Jr.’s Iron Man, Patrick Stewart’s Professor X, and Hugh Jackman’s Wolverine. Although the DC universe hasn’t quite managed to accumulate a Marvel-sized list of A-listers who nailed their superhero parts at the same level, fans have had Heath Ledger’s unforgettable performance as the Joker to cling to. Now, Chandler’s Hal Jordan is right up there, too.

Kyle Chandler as Hal Jordan #Lanterns https://t.co/ukJ6AHGuH5

— Sabrina 🦇 (@nightswayness) October 5, 2026

sinestro what you were saying about bringing hal jordan back https://t.co/NR5KBvPIG7

— ꗞ (@clubsadie) October 5, 2026

#Lanterns https://t.co/heGENOnrJ2

— John_ElSuperman (@John_ElSuperman) October 5, 2026

Chandler was announced to play Hal Jordan in 2024, but he’s an actor whose time in Hollywood has seen him star in everything from Godzilla and King Kong movies to Super 8 and The Wolf of Wall Street. Until some superhero shenanigans explain away his absence, it does seem his time in the DCU has come to an end. That won’t stop fans from hoping to see him show up in a yet-unconfirmed Season 2, and it certainly won’t stop them from fawning over what time we did get to spend with his Hal Jordan.

Social media timelines have flooded with love for Chandler’s performance in the weeks Lanterns has been on the air, but that’s not to say his role as Hal Jordan is the only one receiving any praise. Pierre’s John Stewart has constructed a similarly sized following of fans. The main difference between his presence as a Green Lantern and Chandler’s, though, is that Pierre is already confirmed to reprise his role in Superman sequel Man of Tomorrow.

Being locked in for a future in the DCU means fans have not feared they’d only see him play John Stewart for one season of TV. The mystery surrounding Chandler’s character made a follow-up appearance less likely from day one, so viewers have done their best to soak up every second of screen time. Another fan-favorite character from Lanterns is Kelly MacDonald’s Sheriff Kerry Kane, though her place in the future of the franchise remains unclear.

Aaron Pierre and Kyle Chandler are so perfectly cast as John and Hal it hurts. #Lanterns https://t.co/lpHBOutBr1

— Green Lantern DCU Updates (@LanternUpdates) September 28, 2026

“Kyle Chandler being cast as Hal Jordan is a top 3 CBM casting ever man, the DCU finally has their RDJ,” one fan said as Season 1 aired.

We learned a lot about the DCU in Lanterns Season 1, but there’s still so much room for the cinematic universe to tell stories about the Green Lantern Corps, the Guardians, Sinestro, and more. Whether or not the HBO Max show will even return for a second season is also uncertain. IGN gave the finale an 8/10 review, saying, “Though most of the twists can be seen coming well in advance, Lanterns Episode 8 manages to wrap up the season on an emotionally satisfying note.”

Until Chandler (hopefully) returns for another swing at Hal Jordan, you can read about how DC Studios co-CEOs James Gunn and Peter Safran recently secured their future under Skydance. You can also read about the Batman casting rumor Gunn shut down earlier today.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Blindfolded Tekken 8 Player Achieves One of the Game’s Top Ranks from Beginner

Professional Tekken 8 player SuperBrine is going viral after reaching God of Destruction using Alisa while completely blindfolded with a sleep mask.

SuperBrine has been streaming his run on Twitch in the form of seven separate broadcasts, starting in June 2026. The final stream from this series, broadcast in early October, has become a hot topic within the fighting game community, as he was able to reach one of the game’s top ranks from Beginner while obscuring his vision with a sleep mask.

It’s an impressive feat no matter how you swing it, standing as a testament to SuperBrine’s skill as a player and Tekken 8’s laudable sound design — but, perhaps unsurprisingly, his blindfolded run from Beginner to God of Destruction has sparked no end of debate about the game’s difficulty and Alisa’s ease of use as a character.

HERE WE ARE…

First person ever to get From BEGINNER to GoD rank 100% Blindfolded on LIVE stream

This took me alot of effort and time, but hell yea worth it.

my whole run from the beginning to the end is SAVED in my twitch highlights.

a new youtube video incoming

#TEKKEN8 https://t.co/JhEpwWijjw

— SuperBrine (@SuperBrineTK) October 4, 2026

I got the chance to sit down with SuperBrine to discuss his self-imposed challenge and find out if it was legit or not. He confirmed that there was no way he was able to see through the sleep mask (which are typically made out of thick material with dense cushions on the eyes), and reiterated that he’d streamed his entire run live on Twitch for all to see, so there was no way for him to cheat.

As for the ‘why’ of it all, SuperBrine said he wanted to prove that he could do something impossible, and is hopeful the challenge will help boost his visibility as a pro player. He also admitted that this undertaking was not, in any way, meant as a criticism of Tekken 8 as a game, despite the discourse surrounding his efforts on social media.

“My primary goal was simply to take on a challenge that most people will consider impossible and prove that I can do it,” he said. “I want to clarify that I didn’t do this to criticize the game or suggest that it’s poorly designed in any way. It’s actually the exact opposite. I genuinely love this game, and I thrive on pushing my own personal limits through these kinds of extreme challenges. I am deeply passionate about it, and since my long-term plan is to pursue competing as my professional career, these kinds of challenges will directly support my career.”

Tekken 8 Characters

Outside of being unable to see, SuperBrine revealed that the hardest part of this challenge was that his eyes began to burn from being closed so long beneath the sleep mask. This, on top of being mentally drained from putting so much effort into the task, forced him to take frequent breaks.

“The physical toll was actually surprising. …Mentally, it required extreme patience, without it, completing this run simply wouldn’t be possible,” he said.

Even a top player would have difficulty on ranked if blindfolded, so how did SuperBrine manage to pull it off? He told me that he relied on his foundational skills as a fighting game player and a keen sense of how people play on different ranks, as well as Tekken 8’s helpful sound cues.

“It comes down to a massive amount of foundational experience. Playing on multiple smurf accounts over time gave me an exact read on the game knowledge players have at different ranks. Because of that, I knew precisely which strings and flowcharts would work and which wouldn’t. Beyond that, precise hearing is crucial. You would be able to instantly differentiate specific sounds knowing whether a move resulted in a wall splat or not, if it was a hit or a block, and if you landed a counter hit versus a normal hit. Ultimately, it’s all about paying attention to the audio and knowing exactly the type of player you are facing,” he explained.

For those who believe that Tekken 8 is so easy that anyone can pick up a blindfold and a controller and get to God of Destruction, SuperBrine invites you to try it; but it’s not that simple, because if it was, anyone would be able to do it.

“People are free to have their own opinions on it. There will always be positive and negative ones, and I respect that. But turning this into a criticism of Tekken 8 will not help the future of the game. You can’t reach God of Destruction blindfolded just by picking a specific character and hoping for the best. It takes thousands of hours of game knowledge, knowing what kind of players you will face and what level of game knowledge they have, and relying entirely on audio cues. If it was just a flaw in the game or an easy character, someone else would have done it already,” he said.

SuperBrine chose to give himself this challenge; there are many other fighting game players who have reached top ranks and even become pros in spite of having actual disabilities. For instance, the late great BrolyLegs was a top Street Fighter player who could duke it out with the best of them using only his mouth to move his controller. And BlindWarriorSven, a blind Street Fighter 6 player who lost his eyesight at six years old due to cancer, won a livestreamed set at Evo 2-1 with E. Honda thanks the game’s impressive accessibility features that allowed him to ‘hear’ where his opponent was at on-screen.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Lanterns Season 1 Finale Review & Recap

Warning: This review contains full spoilers for Lanterns Season 1, Episode 8!

How much you enjoy the finale of Lanterns Season 1 is going to depend heavily on how well you can manage your expectations. There have been plenty of outlandish fan theories regarding where the series has been building towards and the identity of Hal Jordan’s killer. Is Hal even dead, or is this all part of some massive conspiracy involving complex doppelganger constructs or Manhunter-based resurrection? Well, it’s best to put all of that to the side and just enjoy the finale for what it is. It’s probably not going to shock most of us with its plot twists and character developments. Nor does it represent a pivot back to the sort of spectacle we saw in Episode 5. But it does deliver an ending that feels true to the story the series has been telling all along.

A lot of burning questions have been hanging over the series in light of Episode 7, which changed the game by dragging John Stewart (Aaron Pierre) and the Halogram to a war-ravaged alien world and inserting Sinestro (Ulrich Thomsen) back into the mix. Is this where the series blows the doors wide open in terms of the cosmic Green Lantern elements? Is Sinestro himself, not the mysteries in Rushville, the ultimate endgame of Season 1?

Lanterns Images

No, not really. The fact that Episode 8 opens with a quiet flashback to 2016 and then to Hal’s life immediately after being released from prison clues us into the fact that this is still a small-town murder mystery at its core. Even when the focus does shift to Sinestro and the gang, Sinestro himself is more a means of exposition than a supervillain mastermind. These early scenes wind up resolving a number of the show’s ongoing mysteries. We learn that Noah (Shea Pritchard) is indeed a Manhunter of sorts. He was the one who busted Sinestro out of Spazkaban, all for the purpose of forging a Lantern Noah can use to slaughter the Guardians. Everything is wrapped up in a neat little package. Mostly.

Part of me is disappointed that Sinestro’s ultimate role in the series is so minimal. He’s the Green Lantern villain, after all, but we only see him in a handful of scenes this season, one of which involves him being waterboarded by John. The series never fully leaned into the possibilities of Sinestro as the Hannibal Lecter to Hal’s Will Graham. Worse, perhaps, is that his comments about the value of fear as a weapon suggest that there’s no real history of Sinestro forming his own Lantern Corps in the DCU. Maybe we’ll get there in a future season, but probably not with Hal in the picture. Like with Hector Hammond (Jason Manuel Olazábal), it feels like the series has really downplayed Sinestro’s importance in Hal’s own story.

That all being said, the Noah of it all works well for me. No, the Manhunter reveal is not the most surprising direction the series could have taken. But as Christopher Nolan would argue, just because we can predict a plot twist ahead of time, that doesn’t automatically invalidate the story. Sometimes you just have to let these things play out as they should.

The same goes for the later reveal that Kerry (Kelly Macdonald) is Hal’s actual killer. I think most of us saw that one coming, but it makes too much sense not to go down that road. She’s a character who’s been deceiving Hal and John from the very first episode. Not out of malice, but a desire to protect those two alien beings she loves so dearly. For all the ambitious theorizing surrounding Hal’s murder, it feels appropriate that the whole thing boils down to a momentary burst of passion. And you really can’t fault Macdonald’s performance in this episode, particularly during her tearful confession to John.

The same goes for Pierre, who’s given an awful lot of meaty material to work with in the finale. Early on, John is quietly wracked with uncertainty and dread regarding the revelations about Noah. As the episode unfolds, he becomes a man at peace with himself and his place in the cosmos. Through it all, Pierre remains a master of saying a lot through subtle facial expressions and body language. I’ve said it before, but this is a role that could easily have been boring in the wrong hands. Pierre’s are clearly the right hands.

Most satisfying of all is the way this episode caps off the season-long tension between John and Hal and shows us the all-important passing of the torch. The Halogram is able to express emotions the real Hal never could, allowing us to appreciate a bond the latter would never be caught dead acknowledging. Hal saying “I love you too, Junior,” is almost hokey, but Kyle Chandler sells the scene so well you simply have to believe it.

Read Last Week’s Lanterns Review

Lanterns Season 1, Episode 7: “The Jordan Boys’ Legacy”

Granted, I am disappointed the finale doesn’t find a way to keep Chandler in the picture, either by preserving the Halogram or somehow resurrecting the real Hal (something Sinestro seems to believe is possible). It’s tough to imagine a second season of Lanterns working half as well without that critical dynamic between Hal and John. But I suppose that’s a problem for another day. For now, this farewell really tugs at the heartstrings.

What we’re left with is a mostly cohesive and satisfying account of how John Stewart finally embraces his destiny as Earth’s Green Lantern. I do think the show could have done a slightly better job of exploring how John has learned to embrace fear rather than push it away. His arc has been more focused on overcoming his conditioning. However, that’s more an issue with the season as a whole rather than this episode in particular. And in any case, the final scenes do a great job of setting him up for bigger and better things in the DCU. At long last, it’s time for John Stewart to fly.

Mighty Mike Plays Dad Says He Owns 12 Companies, Promises Refunds for AI Shirts

Mighty Mike Plays dad Dave has promised refunds and issued a lengthy explanation after the internet demanded more information about the YouTube ads allegedly purchased by his son and the drama that followed.

The Mighty Mike Plays saga began when a father took to YouTube to announce that his son had allegedly used his company credit card to purchase more than $118,000 in video ads. It was a painful and highly relatable story that snowballed into a full-fledged internet spectacle when pricey AI-generated T-shirts and questionable details led many online to look for concrete answers.

The controversial father figure came clean in a new video titled “Allow me to Explain” that was uploaded to the Mighty Mike Plays channel last week (via Dexerto). Dave started the hour-long explainer – which has since been deleted and re-uploaded on a new YouTube channel called Coffee Time with Dave – promising that everyone who purchased one of those T-shirts would receive a refund.

“this might be the end of Mighty Mike Plays…” is the funniest thing you could say in front of your dad after putting him 118k in debt and getting him fired

— Mako Fukasame 🦈👩‍🏫 | Vershion AU (@MakoFukasame) September 15, 2026

“Dave here. A.k.a. Devoted Dave. A.k.a. Dazzling Dave. A.k.a. Dependable Dave, and the list goes on,” Dave said. “I want to give you guys an update: First off, I’m going to say that everyone that got a shirt got refunded whether they asked for it or not. So, whether you wanted a refund or not, you got it.”

The full video covers allegations related to the Mighty Mike Plays drama and also covers a lot that has nothing to do with it at all. Dave’s headline he wants to share, though, is that this all blew up so much faster and so much bigger than he ever expected it to be.

He explained that he thought he was simply “venting” about his son’s spending with a story that sounds like the kind of thing you’d tell a friend at a bar. Millions of views and a sea of video responses later, and it’s clear it didn’t pan out the way he ever imagined it would.

“I remember thinking, like, you know, I wonder if this video will hit 10,000 views,” he said. “That’s kind of where I thought it would cap. I didn’t think it would go so viral. Everything happened real-time, organically, and I obviously didn’t handle everything the right way, essentially, but just to make it clear: I didn’t come to YouTube to ask for help. I wasn’t looking for any sort of help.”

An image featured on the Mighty Mike Plays website. Image courtesy of Mighty Mike Plays.

Part of the reason why the internet gathered with Minecraft fans to help out is because Dave said the $118,000 hole his son put in his company card resulted in him being fired. He also stated he had just 30 days to make up for the missing money, but in the new video, Dave has clarified some of those details.

Instead of losing his job, Dave suggested he technically was not fired in a traditional sense, with that part of the story being a “simplified version” of what actually happened. The reality, he said, is that “the contract between company A and company B just got terminated,” adding, “isn’t that the same thing?” As many had suspected, he doesn’t just own his own company – he owns 12.

“Yeah, I own my own company. So what?” Dave clarified. “In fact, you guys didn’t even see – I have like 12 companies. Not all of them are productive, as we speak. Some of them are just collecting dust, and just because someone has a company or is a CEO doesn’t mean that, ‘Oh, OK. Just by having those titles you’re actually conducting a profitable business.'”

He continued: “But just to clarify, I consider that being fired. If my company lost a contract with this important company, then, I mean, how is that not being fired? Fine. I’ll be more specific next time.”

As for those controversial T-shirts and why he’s issuing refunds, Dave said he “didn’t want to sit around and let these actual scammers sell people who wanted to be involved in this story.” His plan for an official merch page, which allegedly put him “another $10K in the hole,” still drew much ire from the internet, at least partially due to its prolific use of AI-generated designs. He explained why he’s issued refunds – even if not all that many people found something to buy.

Mighty Mike Plays T-Shirts With AI-Generated Designs. Image courtesy of Mighty Mike Plays.

“In retrospect, was AI and the merch the way to go? Was the price the way to go? No,” he said. “Look, I’m going to admit when I was wrong: That was not the move. I shouldn’t have used AI. Although, at the time, I know I defended it. There is a now-infamous deleted post, which I crashed out.”

He later added: “I do agree now, and if I could go back, I’d do it differently, but again, I didn’t have the luxury of time. Time was running out. We had to figure something out, so yeah, I had AI create some designs. I still feel like those designs were flawless, gorgeous, beautiful, superb, and there is about 100 people who got free shirts.”

It’s unclear if Dave’s explanation video will be enough to satisfy the many online who looked into the Minecraft YouTube channel after the events surrounding it kicked off last month. If this is the first time you’re hearing of Mighty Mike Plays and the drama surrounding AI-generated T-shirt designs, there’s no need to fear. We broke down everything you could ever want to know about the story right here.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Best Deals Today: Star Wars Zero Company, AirPods Pro 3, Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save big on Star Wars Zero Company, Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter, Shuten Order, MLB The Show 26, and more. Check out our top picks for Sunday, October 4, below.

Star Wars Zero Company for $47.97

Star Wars Zero Company – PS5

0

Star Wars Zero Company is one of the biggest sleeper hits of the year, and you can save $12 off a physical copy today at Amazon. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Star Wars Zero Company is an excellent tactical game that does a fantastic job of slathering on the same cinematic look and feel we saw in Respawn’s Star Wars Jedi games, incorporating strong characters and a storyline that’s refreshingly centered on non-Force users and a non-traditional villain.”

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter for $39.99

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter – PlayStation 5

1

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter is the first entry in the beloved Trails series, and last year’s remake brought new life to the original game. With 2nd Chapter out now, today is a great time to dive into this wonderful RPG series.

AirPods Pro 3 for $179.99

Apple AirPods Pro 3 Wireless Earbuds

0

AirPods Pro 3 are a fantastic upgrade over the 2nd generation, bringing a built-in heart rate sensor, redesigned eartips for better noise cancellation, and improved sound quality. Right now, you can score a pair for only $179 at Amazon. I’ve had a pair since launch and have been incredibly happy with them, especially coming from the original AirPods Pro.

Shuten Order for $49.99

Shuten Order – Nintendo Switch 2

1

Amazon has Nintendo Switch 2 copies of Shuten Order on sale today for $49.99, which is the lowest price we’ve seen to date. If you’re unfamiliar, Shuten Order comes from DMM Games, Neilo, and Tookuo Games as a game that offers five different gameplay styles, such as a visual novel, stealth action, and more. Nintendo Switch copies are also on sale for $39.99.

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond for $49.99

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition

0

Metroid Prime 4 was the Nintendo Switch 2’s big December game last year, and you can score a physical Switch 2 copy at Woot this weekend for $49.99. In our 8/10 review, we wrote, “Metroid Prime 4: Beyond is an excellent, if relatively uneven, revival that reaches heights worthy of the Metroid name in its best moments.”

LEGO Star Wars AT-AT for $51.99

LEGO Star Wars AT-AT

0

Amazon has the LEGO Star Wars AT-AT set on sale for $51.99 right now. This 525-piece set features not only the AT-AT, but also the Rebel Alliance Snowspeeder as it attempts to take down the giant machine. LEGO has continued to rise in price over the years, so this 20% discount is certainly worth a look.

Save $10 off Ocarina of Time Remake Physical Copies

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time (Switch 2)

76

Similar to previous Nintendo Switch 2 physical releases, Amazon has The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time available for $59.99 right now. This deal will end on release date, which is quickly approaching with us now in October. If you’ve yet to experience this masterpiece or are diving back into Hyrule, the Ocarina of Time remake is sure to be one of the most talked-about games of 2026.

Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection for $29.99

Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection – PlayStation 5

0

Amazon has PS5 copies of Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection on sale for $29.99 today, which saves you $10 off this collection of seven games. In our 8/10 review, we wrote, “The Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection is the best way to play as the most underrated version of the Blue Bomber.”

MLB The Show 26 for $29.99

MLB The Show 26 – PS5

0

If you’re like me, this is the time where baseball truly gets exciting with October finally here. There’s no better way to engage with the sport outside of watching it than with MLB The Show, and Amazon has copies of MLB The Show 26 available right now for $29.99. This is the lowest we’ve seen MLB The Show 26 all Summer, so now is a great time to pick up a copy as we head into the postseason.

Kirby Air Riders for $48.99

Kirby Air Riders – Nintendo Switch 2

0

Kirby Air Riders was one of the biggest Nintendo Switch 2 exclusives in 2025, and today, you can score a physical copy for $48.99 at Amazon. There is plenty to do here, regardless of whether you are looking for single player or multiplayer content. Even if you feel like you already have your kart-racer fill with Mario Kart, Kirby Air Riders offers a unique and fun challenge that’s quite different from anything else on the system.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer with a passion for games and technology. He co-founded Final Weapon, an outlet focused on nonsense-free Japanese gaming (in 2019) and has contributed to various publishers writing about the medium.

Tom Cruise’s Digger Bombs Hard With $20 Million Opening in Theaters

Tom Cruise’s Digger bombed hard in theaters, pulling in an estimated $20 million in its opening weekend at the global box office.

It’s a crushing start for the Alejandro González Iñárritu-directed dark comedy. The movie, which stars an unrecognizable Cruise under a thick bed of makeup, accumulated just $8 million domestically and $12 million internationally.

It’s a $20 million total that props Digger up to be crushed under the weight of its $160 million production budget (via Deadline). With marketing costs unclear, it signals a long, long line to walk if the movie wants to even sniff at turning a profit.

“An oil tycoon faces a mounting environmental catastrophe as politicians and scientists struggle to contain the crisis,” a description for Digger says. The film also stars Riz Ahmed, John Goodman, Sandra Hüller, Emma D’Arcy, and Jesse Plemons.

Digger has remained an eye-catching theatrical release for cinephiles but seems to have failed to attract the average audience member in its early October release. Reviews haven’t helped, either, with Rotten Tomatoes reporting a low average for critics at 51% favorability.

Moviegoers have been infamously split on the film, with some calling it one of the worst of the year while others hope to see Cruise in the conversation for best actor. It’s something the film has attempted to work in its favor, though, at least so far, it’s seemingly had little impact. IGN gave it a 6/10 review, saying, “Digger’s satire may not change your thinking on global warming, but there are excellent performances and more than a few laughs.”

2/3 https://t.co/6TBZz7PFCR

— Tom Cruise (@TomCruise) October 3, 2026

“DIGGER is officially in theaters and I am so honored to have had the opportunity to create this film alongside such talented artists,” Cruise said in an X/Twitter post as totals rolled in October 3. “Thank you to the entire cast and crew for your dedication, hard work, and joy. The experience was truly unforgettable and I’m so proud of what we created.”

Cruise’s name was unable to stack up against the competition at the domestic box office, with Digger placed in fifth. In first by a mile was Dakota Johnson, Anne Hathaway, and Josh Hartnett’s Verity, which pulled $32.6 million domestically and $30 million internationally for a worldwide total of $62.6 million. An adaptation of Colleen Hoover’s novel of the same name, its story follows Johnson’s Lowen Ashleigh, an author who is asked to pick up the pen for another writer after a terrible accident.

It’s a mystery narrative with plenty of twists, turns, and noteworthy cast members, and it was more than enough to convince audiences to show up and see how director Michael Showalter adapted a BookTok classic for the big screen. Despite carrying similar Rotten Tomatoes scores (IGN gave it a 3/10), Verity found success where Digger failed.

Digger Images

Other domestic box office highlights include Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil in second, the Brad Pitt-led Heart of the Beast in third, and Robert Pattinson’s Primetime in fourth. Although Avengers: Endgame Encore, a Marvel movie re-release decorated with a few extra scenes, saw a steep decline after its big return to theaters last weekend, Marvel still managed to walk away with its own victory. Endgame, which originally released in 2019, again boasts the title of highest-grossing theatrical release of all time – for now.

Digger has a lot of shoveling to do if it wants to dig itself out of the hole it’s starting off in. While we wait to see how it fares, you can check out some of IGN’s top-rated movies for 2026.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

James Gunn Shuts Down Jensen Ackles Batman Casting Rumors

DC Studios co-CEO James Gunn has shut down rumors that Supernatural star Jensen Ackles has been cast as the DCU’s Batman.

Social media feeds caught fire over the weekend when comic book fans learned that The Boys alum had recently followed the DC movie bigwig on Instagram. Ackles, a self-proclaimed Batman fanatic, has long been a fan-favorite pick to play Bruce Wayne in the DCU, but if he is joining the budding cinematic superhero universe, he hasn’t done it quite yet.

Gunn poured cold water on the recently reignited rumors over on his preferred social media platform, Threads, when replying to a post covering the subject earlier today. He said he had no idea Ackles had dropped him a follow and that he was “going to follow him back.” Sadly, that’s about the extent of their interactions over the years.

Jensen Ackles. Photo by Lucia Casone/WireImage.

“Thanks for letting me know,” Gunn said. “I’m going to follow him back. I met him once 20 years ago when he was dating a friend of mine. Nice guy. We haven’t cast him as anything yet.”

While the “yet” in that sentence might give some hope, any dreams that the actor might play Batman have been put to rest, at least for now. Fans have long named Ackles as their pick to play the Caped Crusader in some form for a few reasons, including the fact that he already doesn’t look half bad wearing the Batsuit.

The Dean Winchester actor has famously suited up in full Batman gear before and even made IGN’s list for best celebrity Halloween outfits in 2019. He wears the cowl well, but he’s proven to have the gruff vocals required for the part, too.

@TheBoysOOCC Batman ? https://t.co/vqJixKHoZZ

— Billy Iskandar (@billyiskandar05) October 3, 2026

Ackles is a DC regular who has played Batman in animated projects like Batman: The Long Halloween, Legion of Super-Heroes, Justice League: Warworld, and Justice League: Crisis on Infinite Earths. He also showed up in Batman: Under the Red Hood as former Robin Jason Todd. In other words, even if Ackles isn’t the DCU’s Batman, he’s certainly laid the groundwork for the jump to live-action crimefighting to make enough sense.

Alas, Gunn’s cinematic universe remains without a Dark Knight to keep Gotham safe. So far, we’ve only received the occasional reference to a DCU Batman as projects like 2025’s Superman and Lanterns plant the seeds for a proper introduction. While audiences will finally dive headfirst into a new Gotham City when Clayface tells the horrific tale of its titular villain later this month, it seems we’ll have to wait until the long-in-development The Brave and the Bold for a proper introduction to Batman.

In the meantime, Robert Pattinson is still set to reprise his role as an Elseworlds Bruce Wayne when The Batman Part 2 premieres next year. Additionally, Gunn and fellow co-CEO Peter Safran will reportedly remain in charge of the DCU for the foreseeable future despite the big changes going on at Warner Bros. and Paramount. Lanterns will put a cap on its explosive first season in just a few hours, with Superman follow-up, Man of Tomorrow, still expected to premiere in Julym 2027.

Photo by Lucia Casone/WireImage.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

SNL Does GTA 6 vs. The Legend of Zelda Skit Featuring Jason and Link

Saturday Night Live weighed in on GTA 6 vs. The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake with a new Weekend Update skit featuring video game protagonists Jason Duval and Link.

Gaming fans were probably surprised to see two of November’s biggest releases represented in SNL Season 52. The bit starred live-action versions of GTA 6’s Jason and The Legend of Zelda’s Link, played by Marcello Hernández and Mikey Day, respectively, and mostly saw the two icons arguing about who has the better game.

Also starring Weekend Update hosts Colin Jost and Michael Che, the six-minute video game skit laid it on thick with references to stealing cars, buying RPGs, and solving puzzles in the kingdom of Hyrule. You can see the SNL Weekend Update segment in question below.

The protagonists from Legend of Zelda and GTA6 stop by the Update desk pic.twitter.com/19fsg7desg

— Saturday Night Live (@nbcsnl) October 4, 2026

The SNL episode was hosted by Verity star Dakota Johnson with musical guest Turnstile and even featured a surprise cameo from pop music mega-star Taylor Swift. The long-running celebrity skit show is no stranger to nights like this, and although it’s been known to feature the odd gaming reference here and there, it’s safe to say full-on appearances from Link and Jason probably weren’t on anyone’s bingo card.

So, how did this go over with gaming fans? Well… It’s not great.

“Now, I don’t know much about gaming because I’ve had sex,” Jost opened the bit, joking, “but I’m told that people are calling your releases the ‘Barbenheimer of video games.'”

pic.twitter.com/lI1PCiEOqg

— Rampage (@RR4mpage) October 4, 2026

GTA 6 fans say Hernández’s Jason leaves much to be desired, with his references to Grand Theft Auto most limited to waving around an RPG and stealing lots and lots of cars. The outfit that helped him bring Jason to life, meanwhile, is little more than a bloody bandage and a tropical button-up.

While this Jason falls more into the last-minute Halloween-costume category, Day’s Link getup has received praise for being shockingly accurate to the character’s specific Ocarina of Time remake tunic. It had some of the same specific details, too, and even came with elf ears and a convincing-enough wig. The jokes, however, didn’t land quite as well, and mostly involved Link yelling about puzzles and arguing that his tunic is not a dress.

“I’m somebody who still watches SNL most weeks but this sketch was pretty rough,” one fan online said. “Basically all of the jokes here were ones I’ve already been hearing for like 20 years.”

“Aren’t these the same jokes we’ve heard about Zelda since 2000?” another added.

I was simply stunned by this: how unending it was, that old ass “people who play video games never have been laid” joke, a complete disregard for specificity in service of surface level nonsense, the middle school talent show presentation. Utterly baffling.

— That Week In SNL (@ThatWeekInSNL) October 4, 2026

They were trying SO hard to make Link and Zelda look like nerd shit, but you could tell the sketch fell apart at the start when the crowd cheered louder for Zelda and the puzzle joke😭 https://t.co/YSYOSr8YkG

— An Average Gamer – N (@AnAverageGamerX) October 4, 2026

“This is funny but also confused how they are doing a parody of a character who we don’t know that well yet,” one of the more positive comments said.

The SNL skit stemmed from a place that gaming fans have been anticipating for months. Games big and small have (mostly) completely cleared out of November 2026 to avoid launching against GTA 6, with Nintendo’s The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake remaining as the biggest exception to that rule. Considering the former won’t be available on the console the latter is exclusive to, there won’t be quite as much competition, but gamers will absolutely still have some tough calls to make in just a little more than 30 days.

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake launches for Nintendo Switch 2 November 5, and GTA 6 is set to follow for PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S November 19. For more, you can check out our newest look at at the new Zelda re-imagining, and you can read up on what a new age rating told us about Rockstar Games’ latest.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Endgame Beats Avatar to Become the Highest-Grossing Movie of All Time

Marvel Studios’ Encore re-release has helped Avengers: Endgame beat Avatar to become the highest-grossing movie at the box office of all time…again.

Despite not cracking the top five earners for this weekend’s box office returns, Avengers: Endgame Encore managed to scrounge together enough cash to reach a total of $2.9255 billion worldwide. It’s a number that essentially puts it just a few bucks over Avatar’s standing total of $2.9237 billion, securing the Marvel movie’s place as the movie to make the most in theaters.

Considering the Infinity Saga-ending team-up movie first premiered in 2019, you can probably guess that re-releases did a lot of the lifting to help it reach the number it has today. Endgame first passed Avatar when it passed $2.79 billion back in July 2019, just a few months after its initial release date. It was a milestone even director James Cameron celebrated at the time, but Marvel didn’t wear the crown for long.

Thank you for assembling to make Avengers: Endgame the biggest movie of all time. We love you 3000. https://t.co/eZFbN1x724

— Marvel Studios (@MarvelStudios) October 4, 2026

An Avatar re-release from 2021 saw Cameron’s sci-fi epic reclaim victory when its total reached more than $2.81 billion. With one re-release already under its belt, it’s last weekend’s Encore – which attracted a staggering $86 million in its debut – that helped it take the top spot again.

It wasn’t all wins for heroes like Tony Stark and Steve Rogers, though. Endgame’s new place amongst the rankings marks a narrow victory and landed it in seventh place at the domestic box office for the weekend. It also only brought in a dismal worldwide total of just $18.8 million, marking a steep decline from last weekend’s numbers.

It’s still an overall victory, nonetheless. With its spot so loosely secured, though, one can’t help but wonder how long it will be before Avatar makes its own surprise return to theaters to take the crown once again.

Part of the allure for Avengers: Endgame Encore is the new footage it brought to the table. Although bonus content totals about four minutes of runtime across four new scenes, each segment serves as a teaser for December’s Avengers: Doomsday.

The Doctor Doom introduction movie is poised to be another gigantic release for the Marvel Cinematic Universe, as it packs in even more cameos and surprises. A new poster for the film was released just yesterday.

Avengers: Endgame Encore’s box office returns are seemingly crawling to a halt, so it’s unclear if it will manage to hit that mythical $3 billion number despite being so painfully close to it. While we wait to see if Disney and Marvel can make it happen, you can see why some Encore watchers were disappointed to learn they were locked out of seeing all of the new teasers.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Modern Warfare 4 Video Shows How Activision Hopes to End Wallhacks for Good

Wallhacks have plagued Call of Duty for years, but in Modern Warfare 4, Activision has a plan to change that.

If you’re unfamiliar with the term, wallhacks are a type of cheat that allows nefarious players to see their opponents’ every move through walls. Call of Duty is far from the only multiplayer-centric gaming franchise to suffer from cheaters who use the tool, but it might be the most infamous example – and in Modern Warfare 4, that’s all about to change.

As detailed in a new video published on the franchise’s official social media pages, publisher Activision and developer Infinity Ward revealed a new system aimed at combating wallhack cheaters. Called “server culling,” the goal is to make Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 more reliable – and fair – than ever before.

Few things ruin a great match faster than wondering whether an opponent earned the win or saw you through a wall.

Wallhacks give cheaters information they were never meant to have. With Modern Warfare 4, we’re introducing a new way to fight back: Server Culling.

Here’s how it… pic.twitter.com/62m41zMbLa

— Call of Duty (@CallofDuty) October 2, 2026

The relatively in-depth explanation touches on how cheaters have been able to use wallhacks thus far. Usually, servers share information, such as a player’s in-game location, between game clients. It means that, even when you can’t see an enemy hiding behind cover, waiting to pop out for an easy kill, the game itself still recognizes that the player is there.

Server culling, which saw Infinity Ward build occlusion layers into Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4’s environments, essentially limits information to what the player is able to see. So, if you can’t see someone behind the wall, the backend can’t either – and that goes for wallhackers, too.

“For legitimate players, the match plays exactly as intended,” Activision explained. “For cheat developers, this creates a major new obstacle.”

Server culling will touch every multiplayer map available in Modern Warfare 4 when launch arrives, but it doesn’t stop there. Call of Duty’s new take on DMZ, the Combat Outpost mode, Warzone, and future updates will benefit from this attack on wallhacks, too. All of this new tech works alongside pre-existing anti-cheat methods across all platforms, too.

Activision said it expects server culling to “disturb the cheat marketplace,” but it won’t “sit on our hands” when it comes to improving the overall experience going forward. There are plenty of different ways for cheaters to disrupt the experience for the average player, and while cheat manufacterers will no doubt look for new ways to learn from Activision’s advancements, the publisher said it will do its best to stay on top of the issue.

“Cheat software can’t reveal information it never receives,” the Call of Duty team explained in a follow-up post. “When a player shouldn’t be able to know where an opponent is, the server can now withhold that opponent’s location data from their hardware. It’s a new layer in the fight for fair play, working alongside the rest of our anti-cheat systems Server Culling will cover every map available at launch for MW4.”

See you at launch, we’ll keep at it

— Call of Duty (@CallofDuty) October 2, 2026

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 launches for PC, Nintendo Switch 2, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X/S October 23, 2026. How fans will rank it amongst other installments in the franchise remains to be seen, but with changes to 2XP tokens and a villain played by Death Stranding and Casino Royale actor Mads Mikkelsen, it’s clear the developers have put in the work to get players interested.

For more, you can read up on how the series’ anti-cheat boss pushed back on some cheating myths. You can also check out how much Activision estimated the cheating market generates per year.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

RuneScape 4 and Animated Adaptation Announced

Developer Jagex has announced a fourth MMO in the long-running RuneScape franchise, as well as an animated adaptation.

At RuneFest in Birmingham, England, Jagex offered a glimpse at this new MMO, which it said was built “for a new generation of players.” It’s still in early development (a release isn’t expected for at least a few years), and it doesn’t have an official title (Jagex is going with RS4 as a working title for now), but it will “bring the world of Gielinor to life in Unreal Engine, combining the depth, freedom and community-led spirit that have defined RuneScape for 25 years with the technology and game design possibilities of today.”

Jagex currently operates RuneScape itself, Old School RuneScape, and spinoff RuneScape: Dragonwilds. RuneScape has seen a number of major updates tied to sequel names, including a rename to RuneScape 2 in 2004 and RuneScape 3 in 2013. But both were dropped in favor of, simply, RuneScape, and it is now treated as an ongoing live service. It’s tempting, then, to call this new game RuneScape 4, and it may end up justifying the name, but Jagex has yet to rubber stamp any title.

Indeed, we hardly know anything about this new RuneScape MMO, but with the mention of Unreal Engine, the expectation is it will have modern visuals and design. An image from the concept teaser and the concept teaser itself are below.

RuneScape 4 concept teaser image. Image credit: Jagex.

Here’s the official blurb on the fourth RuneScape MMO:

Headlining RuneFest was the first glimpse of an ambitious new chapter for RuneScape: a fourth RuneScape MMO, built for a new generation of players. Still early in development, the as-yet-unnamed title will bring the world of Gielinor to life in Unreal Engine, combining the depth, freedom and community-led spirit that have defined RuneScape for 25 years with the technology and game design possibilities of today.

In a blog post, Jagex explained that it has announced RuneScape 4 so early because it wants to build on the tech development it made for Dragonwilds, and lean on the community co-development it established through RuneScape and Old School. The developer insisted RS4 is not a replacement for either RuneScape, Old School, or Dragonwilds, each of which has its own dedicated team and will continue to see investment. “We’ll be designing RS4 to sit alongside them as an additional way to experience RuneScape and the world of Gielinor,” Jagex said.

“In fact, we think having different RuneScape experiences can make the whole family stronger,” the developer continued. “Players may spend most of their time in one game, move between several, or discover Gielinor for the very first time through RS4. The ambition isn’t to replace the RuneScape games you love. It’s to make the RuneScape universe bigger.”

Jagex also confirmed RS4 will be set in Gielinor, as you’d expect, and in the Sixth Age. “But we’re beginning somewhere that RuneScape players have only recently started to discover – and that is Ashenfall. An area first explored in RuneScape: Dragonwilds, and a landmass to the north-east of the Gielinor.

“RS4 will take place years after the events of Dragonwilds and the destruction of the Dragon Queen Kuldra. Time has passed, the world has moved on, and Ashenfall has changed with it. But Ashenfall is only the beginning.

“Our ambition is for this adventure to grow far beyond Ashenfall over time, moving into places you know and love, as well as opening up new places and stories across Gielinor.”

RuneScape is of course one of the longest-running video games in the world. Jagex says it’s seen over 300 million player accounts created in the 25 years since RuneScape first launched. But the company’s plan is to expand the franchise into new genres and even adaptations. For example, at RuneFest Jagex also announced work had started on a new RuneScape animated adaption, in partnership with YouTuber Charlie White, aka MoistCr1TiKaL, and LA-based production company Lyrical Media. Here’s the official blurb:

Additionally, Jagex unveiled plans to expand RuneScape beyond games, partnering with creator and internet phenomenon, Charlie White aka MoistCr1TiKaL as well as acclaimed LA Based production business Lyrical Media, to bring the world, characters and stories of Gielinor to life in a new exciting animated adaption.

Jagex announced a lot more at RuneFest today. Here’s everything we saw.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Doomsday Poster Highlights Doctor Doom and Latverian Witches

Marvel Studios has revealed a new Avengers: Doomsday poster, giving audiences a closer look not only at Doctor Doom but also at the three Latverian witches who will accompany him this December.

This latest look at the new Marvel Cinematic Universe movie was shared on social media as part of this weekend’s San Diego Comic-Con Málaga in Spain. It was an event that saw stars like Anthony Mackie, Winston Duke, and David Harbor make an appearance, with this latest look coming arriving as a little more than a high-res look at Robert Downey Jr.’s take on a classic comic book villain.

Doctor Doom takes center stage in the new Avengers: Doomsday poster. He’s looking as menacing as ever, striking a pose similar to the one we’ve seen before but with somewhat better lighting. The real highlight from the new poster, however, is the three Latverian witches standing behind him.

Avengers: Doomsday Poster from San Diego Comic-Con Malaga. Image courtesy of Marvel Studios.

These three witches – and their hidden identities – have been the subject of much debate amongst MCU fans the last few months. These same mystery characters brought their purple, red, and green robes to San Diego Comic-Con in California this past July. The average onlooker might assume these characters will be little more than henchmen to be discarded in a massive CGI fight sequence, but some aren’t so convinced.

Warning! Potential Avengers: Doomsday spoilers follow.

Many believe the faces behind these cold metal masks may be ones we’ve seen before. Prominent theories suspect the witch with the red robes could be Elizabeth Olsen’s Wanda Maximoff, with the green-robed witch’s secret identity being Loki show alum Sophia Di Martino’s Sylvie.

While not everyone has landed on the same answer for these aforementioned witches, fans are truly split when it comes to who the character wearing the purple robe is. Some say it’s Kathryn Hahn’s Agatha Harkness, while others believe it’s Charlize Theron’s Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness cameo character, Clea.

Hot Toys Avengers: Doomsday Victor von Doom Figure

As these are all just theories for now, there’s always the chance all three Latverian witches could be nothing more than Doom drones for the Avengers to fight through. Still, recent developments in the MCU have led some to believe Avengers: Doomsday has some secret cameos it’s saving for theaters.

Meanwhile, Mackie took his Comic-Con appearance as an opportunity to tease some of the most surprising moments from the new movie. X/Twitter user @CatherineComTH captured and shared the moment online.

“I think the big thing is the amount of doom you’re going to see,” he said when asked what people will be most surprised by. “Every corner we turn and every time somebody speaks, it’s like, ‘There’s a lot of doom outside.’ It’s non-stop pandemonium.

“The best part about that is what the Russo brothers are great at: giving every character and every person their moment. Every time I go to watch Endgame, every single character was given their moment for the audience to connect with them and grieve with them. I think it’s the same in this movie. You just have so many people.”

All will be revealed when Avengers: Doomsday arrives December 18, 2026. Until then, you can see what directors Joe and Anthony Russo had to say about the film’s runtime. You can also read what Nightcrawler actor Alan Cumming said regarding his lack of understanding of the movie’s plot.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

RuneScape 4, RuneScape Reignited, and More

RuneFest 2026 is over, and we’ve got a roundup of everything announced at Jagex’s big show celebrating its long-running fantasy MMORPG.

RuneScape 4

This year saw a number of significant announcements, none bigger than confirmation that a fourth RuneScape MMO is in the works. Jagex hasn’t officially called it RuneScape 4 (RS4 is the working title), but we know it’s built on Unreal Engine and is designed to use the latest technology and design, so it really does sound like a next-gen RuneScape game. There’s no information on when it will be released, but the teaser trailer is below.

New RuneScape animated adaptation

Jagex announced a new RuneScape animated adaptation, in partnership with YouTuber Charlie White, aka MoistCr1TiKaL, and production company Lyrical Media. No word on what this is exactly or when it will be released, but it’s happening!

RuneScape Reignited

Jagex announced RuneScape Reignited, which launches December 2. Jagex called it a “defining moment” for the 25-year-old game, designed to rekindle interest among lapsed players and get existing players excited. There’s a Remastered Journey and Adventure Guide, a fresh economy, and brand-new hi scores. Players can get full Reignited Access without membership from December 2-12. The long-awaited Plugin API launches this month, with players getting an early hands-on ahead of official release. The debut trailer is below:

We also got what Jagex called “the biggest roadmap in the game’s history.” 2027 content unfolds in three story arcs, all of which tie into long-running storylines. Hoard of Dragons (January) offers a sequel to the popular Dragon Slayer quest, City of Gnomes continues the gnome storyline, and Secrets of Karamja introduces a new endgame raid. Also coming is an Agility skill rework, new skilling and solo bosses, new area expansions, and a new Grandmaster Quest.

RuneScape 2027 roadmap. Image credit: Jagex.

Old School RuneScape

Old School RuneScape, meanwhile, got an updated roadmap. The Golden Gates to Menaphos are opening finally after 20 years, alongside a suite of fan-demanded content. The Fractured Archive, a new endgame raid, launches October 20. Hardcore Worlds launches November 4. And next year will also see the continuation of the Fairytale questline, Quest month, Dungeons of Gielinor, a Mining and Smithing rework, Chosen Commander, and the Tower of Xorphoros.

Old School RuneScape 2027 roadmap. Image credit: Jagex.

RuneScape: Dragonwilds

The recently released spinoff, RuneScape: Dragonwilds, saw the announcement of the Blood Crystal Saga and updated plans for 2027. The Luminance update is a prelude to 2027’s Blood Crystal Saga, and launches in December this year. This features the introduction of the Elves into RuneScape: Dragonwilds, new elven-themed customisation options for player characters and buildings alike and the Prayer skill.

The Blood Crystal Saga kicks off in 2027 starting with the Song of Rebellion in early 2027. These updates feature enemies like Moss Giants, Kebbits, and Implings, the Hunter Skill as well as new areas for players to explore, new quests and gear as well new decorations for houses inspired by the classic RuneScape city of Prifddinas.

RuneScape: Dragonwilds roadmap. Image credit: Jagex.

Expect quarterly updates, which will include new Skills such as Hunter and Slayer, as well as monthly updates featuring side quests, weapons, decorations and quality of life improvements. Official modding arrives on Dragonwilds in 2027 through a new partnership with CurseForge — complete with dedicated creation tools and an in-game mod browser and installer, available across all platforms including console.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Inde Navarrette Teases X-Men Role and Wants to Do Rogue Justice

Inde Navarrette has opened up about playing Rogue in X-Men, saying she’s “doing everything humanly possible” to make sure she does the character justice.

The Marvel Cinematic Universe (MCU) X-Men reboot movie has a lot to live up to. For better or worse, previous films in the mutant-centered corner of the Marvel universe spent decades establishing characters like Cyclops and Rogue, and now, Navarrette is one of a few actors set to shake everything up.

The actress, who was picked to play the power-siphoning superhero earlier this year, told the LA Times that she’s not taking her role in the reboot lightly. In fact, she’s doing anything but.

Inde Navarrette. Photo by Xavier GALIANA / AFP via Getty Images.

“I’m doing everything humanly possible because I love that character,” Navarrette said. “I’ve studied that character. I want to do it justice for myself, for [director Jake Schrieier], for what they want to portray and also for what I as a fan want her to be like. I’m doing everything, exclamation point.”

Having parts in shows like 13 Reasons Why and Superman & Lois means Navarrette has been on TV screens for years, but her role as Nikki in low-budget horror phenomenon Obsession took her fame to a new level. Through all of the Oscar buzz and turned-down parts, it was Schreier’s X-Men she decided to sign on to for one of her first post-Obsession roles.

Playing Rogue in X-Men means stepping into the shoes of a character with decades of history. Aside from the Mississippi-born mutant’s history in comics, she’s also already appeared in numerous animated and live-action projects, with actress Anna Paquin portraying her in films like the 2000 X-Men movie and X2: X-Men United.

MCU X-Men Cast as of D23 2026

Meanwhile, Navarrette also recently teased some of the steps she’s taking just to make sure she nails Rogue’s unforgettable southern accent. While she preps for what could be the biggest role of her career, she’s already got a few notable names in her corner. Last month, Lenore Zann, the voice of Rogue in multiple animated X-Men projects through the years, offered her support to the Marvel newcomer.

Navarette will take the reins – but not until 2028. The MCU X-Men Movie is currently slated to premiere May 5 of that year, and when it does, it will introduce a collection of other new actors to play familiar characters. The full list includes Navarrette as Rogue, Adam Driver as Mister Sinister, Maya Boyd as Storm, Christopher Abbott as Professor X, Sadie Sink as Jean Grey, Kit Connor as Cyclops, Samara Weaving as Emma Frost, and Asa Germann as Angel. Details about its plot remain under wraps, but Schreier has teased some of the comic book stories that will inspire its story.

In the meantime, some of the previous X-Men are set to return to the big screen when Avengers: Doomsday marks the beginning of the end for another MCU saga this December. With Avengers: Secret Wars set to arrive the following year, there’s no telling which other heroes will make an appearance in the near future.

Photo by Xavier GALIANA / AFP via Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Best Deals Today: Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter, Shuten Order, MLB The Show 26, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save big on Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter, Shuten Order, MLB The Show 26, and more. Check out our top picks for Saturday, October 3, below.

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter for $39.99

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter – PlayStation 5

1

Trails in the Sky 1st Chapter is the first entry in the beloved Trails series, and last year’s remake brought new life to the original game. With 2nd Chapter out now, today is a great time to dive into this wonderful RPG series.

Shuten Order for $49.99

Shuten Order – Nintendo Switch 2

0

Amazon has Nintendo Switch 2 copies of Shuten Order on sale today for $49.99, which is the lowest price we’ve seen to date. If you’re unfamiliar, Shuten Order comes from DMM Games, Neilo, and Tookuo Games as a game that offers five different gameplay styles, such as a visual novel, stealth action, and more. Nintendo Switch copies are also on sale for $39.99.

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond for $49.99

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition

0

Metroid Prime 4 was the Nintendo Switch 2’s big December game last year, and you can score a physical Switch 2 copy at Woot this weekend for $49.99. In our 8/10 review, we wrote, “Metroid Prime 4: Beyond is an excellent, if relatively uneven, revival that reaches heights worthy of the Metroid name in its best moments.”

LEGO Star Wars AT-AT for $51.99

LEGO Star Wars AT-AT

0

Amazon has the LEGO Star Wars AT-AT set on sale for $51.99 right now. This 525-piece set features not only the AT-AT, but also the Rebel Alliance Snowspeeder as it attempts to take down the giant machine. LEGO has continued to rise in price over the years, so this 20% discount is certainly worth a look.

Save $10 off Ocarina of Time Remake Physical Copies

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time (Switch 2)

75

Similar to previous Nintendo Switch 2 physical releases, Amazon has The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time available for $59.99 right now. This deal will end on release date, which is quickly approaching with us now in October. If you’ve yet to experience this masterpiece or are diving back into Hyrule, the Ocarina of Time remake is sure to be one of the most talked-about games of 2026.

Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection for $29.99

Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection – PlayStation 5

0

Amazon has PS5 copies of Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection on sale for $29.99 today, which saves you $10 off this collection of seven games. In our 8/10 review, we wrote, “The Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection is the best way to play as the most underrated version of the Blue Bomber.”

MLB The Show 26 for $29.99

MLB The Show 26 – PS5

0

If you’re like me, this is the time where baseball truly gets exciting with October finally here. There’s no better way to engage with the sport outside of watching it than with MLB The Show, and Amazon has copies of MLB The Show 26 available right now for $29.99. This is the lowest we’ve seen MLB The Show 26 all Summer, so now is a great time to pick up a copy as we head into the postseason.

E-Day Devs Proud to Be Xbox Main Title Amid Focus on Exclusivity

The Gears of War: E-Day developers at The Coalition say they are “proud to be one of Xbox’s main titles” as Microsoft refocuses on exclusivity.

Studio art director Aryan Hanbeck and creative director Matt Searcy opened up about The Coalition’s place in the Xbox portfolio during an interview with gaming news content creator Destin Lergarie (via MP1st). Searcy said he and the rest of the team were “proud” when asked how they feel about Gears of War: E-Day’s status as an Xbox exclusive.

“Well, we feel great because Gears has such a long, storied… It’s part of Xbox’s DNA. It’s woven into it,” he said. “At The Coalition, we feel pretty honored to have Gears and be the ones bringing that legacy forward. We know how much it means to people. We know how much it means to us.”

Gears of War: E-Day is firmly a console exclusive, but there was a lot of confusion surrounding which platforms Gears of War: E-Day would be available on as recently as four months ago. The once-Xbox-exclusive franchise made its debut on PlayStation consoles when original remaster, Gears of War: Reloaded, released in August 2025. Many took its presence on PS5 as a sign not only that the series would continue to come to Sony’s console but also that the days of exclusive titles may nearly be behind us – and for a while, that seemed to be the case.

Leaked listings and rumors were officially shut down at the Xbox Games Showcase 2026 when Xbox CEO Asha Sharma proudly declared that Marcus Fenix and Dom Santiago’s Emergence Day prequel story would only be coming to Xbox Series X/S and PC. It was a shock decision that arrived as the Microsoft gaming entity kicked off a broader push for more exclusive games. Perhaps even more shocking at the time were the announcements that immediately followed, including the company’s promise to never release Xbox exclusive titles on rival platforms.

After leaked splash art fanned rumors that Xbox hastily decided to cancel a Gears of War: E-Day PS5 port, the company said it did not make any “last-minute” decisions when it comes to its platform choice. While Searcy said it brought The Coalition joy to see their new game leading Microsoft’s renewed interest in exclusive titles, making sure they made a great game was what came first.

Gears of War: E-Day Gameplay Demo Reveal Xbox Games Showcase 2026 – Screenshots

“I think this is true of most game devs: You’re just passionate about your craft,” he said. “We’re all gamers first and foremost. We love making games. We love making Gears. So, from our perspective, we just wanted to make the best goddamn Gears game we could. We wanted it to be a technical and art showpiece, and I think getting to see Asha on-stage say, ‘To return to Xbox, we’re returning to Gears,’ yeah, that’s a really cool moment.

He continued: “We know how much Xbox means to a lot of people. We’re proud to be one of Xbox’s main titles – I think it’s been that way for a long time – and it’s pretty cool to show up now and fill that role again.”

Gears of War: E-Day launched in early access for Premium Edition players on PC and Xbox Series X/S October 1, 2026. Its full launch will follow this week, October 6. IGN’s early review, which covered only the campaign mode, returned a 9/10. The game’s story director was laid off just one week before it made its way to players’ hands a few days ago. Now, more developers at The Coalition is bracing for additional layoffs.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Director Responds to Fans Asking for Full Disc Version

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Naoki Hamaguchi said he did his best to fight for a disc release as the industry heads toward a “future where physical media is essentially disc-less.”

The lead developer in charge of next year’s new remake chapter opened up about the state of gaming during an interview with Radio Times. It’s a topic he’s touched on before, but this time, he explained how his own appreciation for physical media led him to push for Final Fantasy 7 Revelation to get at least one disc as the industry speeds toward an all-digital future.

“Personally, obviously, I bought lots of physical editions of games as a child. Sometimes I buy digital editions of games, but if I’m particularly attached to a title, I want to get the physical version,” Hamaguchi said, noting how the topic of a fully digital future has become “particularly sensitive” in recent months. “And you know, being in the industry, sometimes I want to get my friends or acquaintances who’ve worked on something to sign a copy of their own game.”

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation is confirmed to have a disc option when it launches in 2027, but there are some caveats. When physical owners on PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X, for example, pop their discs in, they should know the full experience will require an additional download – and a hefty one at that. It’s a decision that has some fans split, but not one Hamaguchi and the team at Square Enix took lightly.

“I do really like and appreciate physical media,” he said. “I see a lot of people on social media saying, ‘No disc, no purchase,’ and I understand where they’re coming from.”

Hamaguchi acknowledged that Final Fantasy 7 Revelation does have a disc alternative for those who want it, even if it’s just a “key disc” that only has “the opening.” He added that he understands that “there are people out there with a lot of opinions” about the future of physical media and shared a message to those who feel most passionately about the issue.

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Preview Screenshots

“First of all, I’ve got people saying to me on social media, ‘Give us a full disc version!’ And so, from an overall perspective, let me first say that as the director, it’s my responsibility to look after the content of the game to make sure it’s fun, really exciting,” he said. Then, smiling, he added, “The product line-up, the SKUs (stock keeping units), how it’s going on sale; that is the responsibility of the publishing team. So, my authority there is somewhat limited.”

Despite the “pressure” for disc-less editions and digital editions, Hamaguchi said he “used my position to put forth an argument for the physical version as much as possible.” That resulted in negotiations, “both internally and with first parties,” leading to Final Fantasy 7 Revelation’s one-disc strategy. He added, “I completely understand there are those out there who may not really agree with that direction or approve of that direction,” but it’s what he fought for, and it’s the best result he could conjure.

“I completely understand there are those out there who may not really agree with that direction or approve of that direction,” he said. “But I would just say that I hope you understand that I completely see where you’re coming from, and that I did my best.”

He added with a laugh, “It is a very tricky subject.”

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation will release with a disc when it releases for PC, Nintendo Switch 2, PS5, and Xbox Series X/S April 8, 2027. Although its launch strategy hasn’t pleased everyone, it’s a date that will see it arrive months before PlayStation phases out physical releases for new PS5 games. Even after Rockstar signaled changing times when it announced a disc-less release for Grand Theft Auto 6, Sony’s decision sent shockwaves through the industry.

Gaming fans have expected an all-digital future to arrive at some point, but it seems to be here sooner than most expected. Elsewhere in the interview, Hamaguchi said he thinks “physical media will remain in some form going forward,” but it’s impossible to deny that change is coming.

“But the PC market, for example, is going from strength to strength, and lots of people already purchase digital copies of games and just download them.

“So, I can see a world in the not-too-distant future where physical media is essentially disc-less. You would have a copy of the code on a piece of paper inside the physical box or something like that.”

For more on why the Square Enix team chose to approach Final Fantasy 7 Revelation’s physical release the way it did, you can see Hamaguchi’s explanation here. You can also read more about the director’s love for physical media.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The 10 Most Anticipated TV Shows and Movies to Stream in October 2026

October is finally here to bring spooky season to the world — please ignore the Christmas decorations already on display at your local pharmacy — and that means plenty of terrifying television coming to your screen this month as well!

Don’t worry; it’s not all scares and screams, as we’ve also got some highly anticipated drama debuts, the finale of one of the most discussed superhero series in recent years, the debut of what looks to be one of the other most discussed superhero series in recent years, and much more.

So without further delay, let’s get into our list of 10 picks for movies and TV shows we can’t wait to stream this month. There’s so much good stuff, it’s… scary!

(Note: This list is presented in release date order.)

East of Eden (October 1)

While MCU fans will probably be thrilled to see Black Widow (Florence Pugh) and the new Professor X (Christopher Abbott) play opposite each other, and costume drama aficionados are feasting with this latest sumptuous literary adaptation (John Steinbeck this time), the real story of Netflix’s East of Eden is behind the scenes.

That’s because it’s created by Zoe Kazan, who you might know from her on-screen work in everything from Revolutionary Road (2008) to The Big Sick (2017). With this series, she steps into the writer’s chair — all eight episodes were written or co-written by Kazan —and provides her own adaptation of the same work her grandfather Elia Kazan famously directed in 1955.

How will Kazan update or change things? You’ll have to watch for yourself to find out. But if you’re curious about the premise, the show follows the interwoven stories of two families over the decades. Steinbeck, who also wrote Of Mice and Men and the Pulitzer Prize-winning The Grapes of Wrath, considered this his greatest work. Clearly, Netflix has a lot of faith in the Kazan version: They’ve already put her in charge of a reboot of Lonesome Dove.

Read our East of Eden review.

Lanterns Season 1 Finale (October 4)

What shenanigans will brothers John Lantern (Aaron Pierre) and Hal Lantern (Kyle Chandler) get into in the final episode of the HBO series? Will they switch places to get John’s parents back together, or will their buddy Sinestro (Ulrich Thomsen) finally get what he deserves in front of the whole school?

We kid, but only because as of this writing, the HBO series has built up steam at a fever pitch with a time jump to the modern day, a ton of DCU references and easter eggs, searing lead performances by Pierre and Chandler, and consuming cultural conversation that’s the perfect Venn diagram of comic book and HBO Sunday Night Mystery fans.

The biggest question going into the finale isn’t any of the ongoing mysteries, but A), whether the excellently crafted Green Lantern series can stick the landing, and B), how much (if at all) it will set up Man of Tomorrow as well as a second season of the series. The other big question: Are you afraid?

Carrie (October 7)

Carrie, the new adaptation of the iconic Stephen King novel by TV’s horror maestro Mike Flanagan, is not what you think. To say more is to risk spoilers, but one aspect of the eight-episode Prime Video series we can talk about is that the show is set in the modern day, which changes things significantly.

When the telekinetic Carrie White’s (Summer H. Howell) father dies, she’s taken from home-schooling to high school. In 2026, that means social media, cell phones, school shooter drills — all the things that 1976 Carrie didn’t need to deal with, and 2013 Carrie only tangentially addressed. While you will see all the scenes you expect, from the “plug it up” scene in the shower to the iconic prom disaster, other things go in some jaw-dropping directions, from Margaret White (Samantha Sloyan) becoming an influencer to a fair amount of sympathy for teen bully Chris Hargensen (Alison Thorton).

We may not have needed another adaptation of King’s novel after four (!!!) previous movies and a stage musical, but this Carrie is relevant, surprising, has a huge twist we won’t spoil, and is another TV winner for Flanagan, showing his move from Netflix to Amazon is off to a great start.

Read our Carrie review.

Below (October 8)

The Josh Hartnettaissance continues with Netflix’s new six-episode series, which finds a small town besieged by a seeming sea monster. While it might seem like this is biting onto Widow’s Bay fever — small town, monsters, quirky — this was filmed last year, way before the Apple TV Emmy dominator was even on the radar. Based on trailers at least, Below also looks much more serious, and more in the vein of a supernatural Jaws.

Alongside Hartnett as a fisherman trying to save the Newfoundland town of Snook’s Arm, the cast also includes Mackenzie Davis, Charlie Heaton, and for a bit of Species vibes, Natasha Henstridge. Early reviews out of TIFF, where the pilot screened, are exceptionally positive, noting that while the show does play to some clichés, it’s gorgeously filmed and supremely gory.

Animals (October 9)

Speaking of great casts, Ben Affleck is putting a team together for his new Netflix crime thriller, which finds the director/co-writer/star taking on the role of a mayoral candidate named Mark Kimball whose son is kidnapped. He and his wife (Kerry Washington) have mere hours to get the money to save their son’s life, with the unfortunate additional note that all their money is tied up in Kimball’s campaign. The movie also stars Gillian Anderson, Steven Yeun, and more, so you know it’s going to be extremely watchable at the very least.

As a director, Affleck hasn’t crushed it every time, but from the Oscar-winning Argo to the surprisingly engaging sneakers drama, Air, if you’ve got an Affleck movie that starts with the letter “A,” you’ve got a better than average chance it’ll earn an “A” from critics as well.

Avatar: Seven Havens (October 9)

Where to start with this new animated Paramount+ series? It’s the third show in the Avatar: The Last Airbender franchise, and the first since The Legend of Korra completed its run in 2014. In the intervening time, there’s been a lot of behind-the-scenes controversy generated by the live-action series on Netflix and the stumbling release of the sequel movie Avatar Aang (though thankfully that turned out to be pretty good).

Seven Havens takes place after Korra (Janet Varney) did something very bad; now everyone hates the Avatar. Enter Pavi (Saheli Kahn), a young Earthbender who finds out she’s the next Avatar — the one who can control all four elements (earth, air, fire, water). She’s also got a twin sister Nisha, and together they may be able to save the Seven Havens, which is all that’s left of civilization after whatever Korra did in the past.

With a new animation style and a seemingly darker tone than the franchise has had before, can Seven Havens succeed where other extensions of Avatar have… well, not failed, but definitely not gone as smoothly as one might have hoped? With 13 episodes in Season 1 and a second (and final) season already in the works, we’ll have plenty of time to find out.

Matchbox: The Movie (October 9)

The extraordinarily weird premise of Matchbox: The Movie, based on the Mattel toys of the same name, is that John Cena is a superspy reunited with his childhood friends when they’re drugged and kidnapped by a villainous group searching for a nuclear warhead. The rest of the gang — played by Jessica Biel, Sam Richardson, Arturo Castro, and Teyonah Parris — are all normal folks in over their heads, except for one crucial detail: They all played with Matchbox cars as kids. So the gang will use the skills they developed playing with tiny toy cars in their backyard to drive real cars, steal a nuclear warhead, and clear their names.

…Uh, what? In practice, the movie looks just like Fast and the Furious, but more comedic. Cena, at least, has a knack for choosing projects that show off his comedy chops in surprising ways; see the recent Coyote vs. Acme for one example. But — and we must repeat — what? Not that this movie needed to have everyone shrinking down to drive toy cars, but the Matchbox connection seems as tangential as a bunch of folks who bought a zoo because they used to play Hungry Hungry Hippos.

The Barbie film (based on another Mattel property) worked because Greta Gerwig turned the lens back on the cultural impact of the iconic toy and used the premise to delve into our relationship with toys and the legacy of feminism in culture. Does anyone have the same relationship with Matchbox cars? And will the director of Extraction, Extraction 2, and Extraction 3 (Sam Hargrave) bring the same analytical lens to Matchbox that Gerwig did to Barbie and Ken? Vroom vroom — let’s drive on over to Apple TV to find out!

VisionQuest (October 14)

The modern MCU era of Marvel live-action TV began with WandaVision, and it sure looks like it’s going to end with VisionQuest, the third chapter after Agatha All Along. If so, things are going out with a bang. Taking over to finish out the trilogy is Terry Matalas of the superb 12 Monkeys series and the excellent third season of Star Trek: Picard; he’ll be bringing the new version of Vision (Paul Bettany) face to face with his somehow alive son Tommy (Ruaridh Mollica).

But the even more anticipated match-up is Vision and Ultron (James Spader), who’s back thanks to a group of marvelous AIs that Vision has stored in his head, including (all in human form) F.R.I.D.A.Y. (Orla Brady), E.D.I.T.H. (Emily Hampshire), J.A.R.V.I.S. (James D’Arcy), and more. They’re all hunted by the villainous Paladin (Todd Stashwick) and his associate, Philomena Cunk… sorry, actress Diane Morgan.

There’s lots going on here, but the MCU on Disney+ has always been at its best with shows like WandaVision and Agatha All Along, which feature great actors playing characters we love while fueling wild fan theories that invariably turn out not to be true… except when they do. We see the vision for this show; now it’s time to quest for answers.

Crystal Lake (October 15)

The Young Jason Chronicles? The long-in-development Friday the 13th prequel series has seen an incredibly rocky road to screen, but now the A24 production is finally here — or almost here — on Peacock, with Linda Cardellini as Pamela Voorhees… aka the most murderous lunch lady known to screen.

Now helmed by showrunner Brad Caleb Kane — the singing voice of Aladdin (look it up) — who is making his name with prequel TV series about iconic movie monsters (look IT up), the show expands on the scant info we have about Pamela in the original slasher movies as well as opening up more about the town of Crystal Lake and the infamous camp that resides there. Plus, there are plenty of teases of game-changing mythology for the Friday the 13th franchise.

Is Friday the 13th on the same level as Nightmare on Elm Street or Halloween? Not really. So injecting any sort of sense into the nonsense could help flesh out the Jason Universe (no relation to Steven Universe). Add in Cardellini, who’s fresh off an Emmy win for DTF St. Louis, and you’ve got a meaty stew of ideas you’ll want to machete your way into.

Yaga (October 23)

Ever heard the tales of Baba Yaga, the witch who lives in a chicken house and steals children, and thought, “what if this was hella sexy?” Have we got the TV series for you! Premiering weekly on AMC+, Noah Reid stars as Rapp, a man investigating a disappearance in his small fishing town when he meets Katherine (Carrie Anne-Moss), a teacher who may or may not be Baba Yaga.

Also on the Canadian series is Heated Rivalry star Hudson Williams in not one but two roles, as well as other folks you will likely recognize from Canadian productions. Canada: It’s large, but there don’t seem to be a lot of actors!

Short version: If you want some blood sex magic with your witchy season (aka October), then Yaga might very well be your thing.

4 Things to Focus on Outside Combat in Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave

We’re back for a new installment in our The Long Game series, where we break down things you can invest in early in games that will pay off long-term. Today we’re focusing on Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave, the huge new installment in the long-running series that takes you to the capital of the Dagdan Empire to be a gladiator in the Heroic Games.

Like its predecessor Three Houses, Fortune’s Weave has a split narrative with multiple protagonists. However, this time around, you don’t have to choose one route. You can follow the stories of Cai, Leda, Dietrich, and Theodora in any order and can switch between them at any time once you reach Dagsion, the central hub city.

As with the rest of the Fire Emblem series, Fortune’s Weave is centered on grid-based strategy combat. But it also features a heavy focus on activities outside of combat, with access to a world map you can traverse between story battles. You can find dungeons, towns, traveling merchants, and skirmishes with roving enemies.

That’s on top of running around the giant city of Dagsion, which is full of shops, activities, and people to meet. It can all be a little overwhelming, especially if you’re new to the series and aren’t sure where to start. So that’s what we’re here to help with. Here are four things outside of combat that you can (and should) start taking advantage of as soon as you can.

Show Your Support

Support levels and conversations have long been a staple of the Fire Emblem series, with characters amassing points whenever they fight next to each other or provide healing or support in combat. Fortune’s Weave expands that system and adds new ways to build support outside of combat, which you should take advantage of whenever possible.

The primary way of building support is by eating meals together at the inn, which will be available to all protagonists very early in the game. Three people can eat together at once, and everyone has their own food preferences. The inn menu changes daily, and when you pick your group of three, you can see how they feel about each meal.

The amount of support points everyone gains is based on how much they like the meal, so don’t try to force people to eat stuff they don’t like. Meals are particularly helpful for building support points with people who aren’t actively in your party and are a vital way to convince recruits to join you (more on that in a bit), since you can’t build support with them in combat.

You’ll eventually unlock arena training, where you can assign two fighters to train with each other in a variety of ways. This will boost both fighters’ command of weapons, magic, or movement types, while also giving them support points with each other. Arena training is the most valuable way to prepare characters for more advanced combat classes. Plus, it’s available every week, so don’t forget to come back to Dagsion every once in a while to take advantage of it.

Raise Your Renown

Each protagonist will learn about Renown once they get to Dagsion early in the game, and it’s basically a stat that measures how well known you are in the city. Increasing your Renown adds important boosts at certain thresholds, will make it possible to recruit more characters, and it’s a big part of the central gameplay loop of Fortune’s Weave.

All protagonists can take on subquests given out by people throughout Dagsion, most of which will take you onto the world map to find items or get rid of certain enemies. These subquests each give Renown and all have deadlines, but they’re usually pretty forgiving, so you should have plenty of time to do them all.

Paralogues are the exception to that standard. These are more significant side quests that expand on the stories of individual characters. Fire Emblem veterans will already be familiar with paralogues, but they’re handled differently in Fortune’s Weave than the rest of the series. You can only start one if you talk to the right character in Dagsion during a set period of time, and the deadlines for paralogues are strict (in the most extreme case, there’s one on Dietrich’s path you can only get on one specific date).

This can be an issue because you might spend an extended period on the world map and blow right past the cutoff date without even realizing a paralogue was available. You won’t receive any in-game notification, you just have to be in Dagsion on the correct dates. Completing a paralogue nets you 20,000 gold, a bunch of Renown, and unlocks recruitment for certain characters, so they’re very worthwhile. I don’t normally recommend playing with a guide, but this is one area where I think it’s a good idea to look up the information beforehand. You need to be aware of the dates when paralogues are available so you can plan accordingly. Luckily, IGN has a full breakdown of their dates across all protagonists.

You can also earn Renown by visiting gods in their temples in Dagsion. This becomes available early in the game, but it can be easy to forget about since you don’t get reminded about it. On the map, there are icons for each god’s temple. You might notice that on some days, one of those icons is yellow, which means that god is there in person and available to visit. If you continue chatting with the same god, they’ll get chummy with you and might reveal some additional information about themselves or lore about the world.

While completing subquests and paralogues is the base way everyone can gain Renown, each protagonist also has an additional one that’s unique to them. Cai’s involves doing more quests, called kindness quests. Dietrich can summon enemies to battle at any time, as well as duel combatants in dungeons to steal their combat arts. Theodora gets resource requests that allow her to trade items you’ve gathered for Renown. And for Leda, remember to check the tavern in Dagsion at the start of each chapter. She’ll have new performance requests in certain cities on the world map, where she can dance to receive thousands of gold and hundreds of Renown at once.

Mind Your Materials

Character levels and class progression are obviously important in Fortune’s Weave, but don’t forget about their equipment. You’ll start with wooden weapons, but the armory will quickly add bronze and iron versions that are significantly more powerful. You should upgrade as soon as you’re able to.

In Chapter 6, regardless of whose path you’re following, you’ll be introduced to the blacksmith. The main one is in Dagsion, but some bigger towns on the world map will have one too. They allow you to spend money and smithing materials to upgrade your weapons, with basic weapons only requiring Smithing Stones and more specialized equipment requiring unique materials.

You can gather these materials on the world map, but the best places to find them are mines. These dungeons have crystal deposits you can smash that will earn you guaranteed smithing materials. As you’d expect, higher level mines will have more unique materials, and you can gather a bunch of them in one trip.

Dungeons will also be filled with boxes and barrels you can smash with an attack, and ones that hold items will have golden sparkles on them. You can get a variety of materials this way, including stones and food.

Food can be used at rest spots in dungeons or feast spots on the world map to restore your health and magic, which is particularly important when you’re planning on staying outside of town for a while. Some quests and recruits will also require particular vegetables, meat, or fish, so try to keep a variety of food items on hand in case you need them.

If you’re playing as Cai, he can also use food as bait to lure out animals to catch and use as mounts. If you use rare food, noted by a blue icon with a sparkle in the corner, you’re more likely to attract rare animals. Just make sure you use the kind of food each animal likes: orniuses like fish, horses and pegasi prefer vegetables, while wild bau like meat.

Rally Your Recruits

No matter which protagonist you’re leading, your core group of characters won’t be enough to take on later chapters. You’ll need to add to your ranks by recruiting some of the many characters scattered around Dagsion, but you don’t have to wander aimlessly and hope you run into them. All characters will be noted by dots on the map: an orange dot marks a character you haven’t met yet, a green dot means you’ve spoken to them but haven’t recruited them, and a blue dot means they’re a member of your party. Once you’ve met them, you can also teleport to them directly by selecting them on the third tab of the map.

Recruitment combines much of what we’ve already talked about in this article. All characters require that you have specific support and Renown levels, which you can see when you select them on the map or by clicking the “Character Info” option when you talk to them. Some recruits will also have additional requirements, like paying them money, retrieving a particular item, or completing a paralogue, side quest, or story chapter.

In order to recruit anyone, you first need to give them a gift. Any gift will do for the first one, but after that, you should try to find ones you think they’ll like based on their personal preferences. Doing this will also make it possible to dine with them at the inn, which is how you’ll raise their support level high enough to recruit them. The only support level that matters is the one they have with your current protagonist, so make sure you’re inviting both characters to meals.

Recruits have different requirements for each of the protagonists. Someone who needs 10 Renown to be recruited by Cai might only need 4 Renown to be recruited by Dietrich. Meals and gifts are limited each week, so you don’t want to spread yourself too thin by trying to appeal to too many recruits at once. It’s wise to focus on a select few recruits at a time, then move on to new ones once you’re successful.

New recruitable characters will continually be added as each storyline progresses, including the leaders of squads you defeat during the Heroic Games. So keep an eye on the map in each chapter to see if there are any new orange dots. And just in case this is the kind of thing you worry about: Recruiting a character with one protagonist will not remove them from the pool for other protagonists. So you don’t have to be concerned about leaving later protagonists with nobody to recruit.

There you have it, four things to make sure you get a handle on early in Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave. For more coverage of this massive game, check out our review, recruitment guide, and 18 things the game doesn’t tell you.

Article authored by IGN Global and presented by Charles Schwab. IGN Global and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. are separate, unaffiliated companies.

GTA 6 PEGI Age Rating Revealed

UPDATE October 2, 2026, 11:39 a.m. PT: PEGI has seemingly updated its website to remove the age rating for GTA 6.

The PEGI 18 page – which, as viewed by IGN, included what appeared to be new details about GTA 6 – is no longer available. In its place is a blank listing that says, “The requested page could not be found.” Users on X/Twitter have captured and shared an image of the listing and have continued to share its contents across social media. IGN has reached out to PEGI for comment.

Grand Theft Auto VI PEGI rating is now up!https://t.co/av3HXd6GQf pic.twitter.com/6MhVcAA1xc

— iGrandTheftAuto.com (@iGrandTheftAuto) October 2, 2026

ORIGINAL STORY: GTA 6 has received an age rating of PEGI 18, revealing mentions of “decapitation,” the ability for players to snort cocaine at any time, “scenes of sexual fetishes,” and much more.

The update, which can be found on the Pan European Game Information board’s website, gives players a relatively in-depth description of Rockstar Games’ megaton video game ahead of its launch in November. The PEGI 18 rating arrives just one day after GTA 6 received its official ESRB rating, which, also unsurprisingly, resulted in an “M for Mature.”

GTA 6’s rating describes a story that allows players to take control of “Jason Duval or Lucia Caminos, two criminals who become involved in a criminal conspiracy following a failed robbery.” It adds that they’ll work together as “they become increasingly entangled in criminal activities” in Vice City, with gameplay that, as we’ve already seen, is par for the course when it comes to Grand Theft Auto.

What’s different about GTA 6 is the unprecedented detail Rockstar has shoved into the game, with previous footage showing off an open-world sandbox with enough activities to make up for the 13-year wait. PEGI dived into that, too, but there are still even more new highlights to go over.

The board described the game’s violence as “bloody with a high degree of realism.” Some weapons will be more brutal than others, with some said to be “able to cause greater damage, such as detailed decapitation and dismemberment.” This time around, Rockstar has made drug use “frequent and prominent,” with players able to partake in illicit substances. Cocaine is said to be especially important in Vice City, with the rating promising that Jason and Lucia will be able to use the substance directly from their inventory, as it can be “snorted directly from their hand at any time.”

The GTA 6 PEGI description also touched on “strong sexual themes,” which include “nudity, scenes of intercourse, and occasional scenes of sexual fetishes.” It’s a lot that we knew and some details that we didn’t, but you can read the “content specific issues” section of the summary in its entirety below.

GTA 6 Reveal: 15 New Screenshots, Including 1 Exclusive on IGN

“This game contains frequent depictions of violence; due to the free roam nature of the game the player can harm all other characters inhabiting the environment,” PEGI said. “This includes civilians, criminals and the authorities. Violence is bloody with a high degree of realism, with certain weapons being able to cause greater damage such as detailed decapitation and dismemberment.

“Drug use is frequent and prominent with the player being able to partake in drug use with others and to use illegal drugs directly from their inventory. Most notably, cocaine can be carried around by the player and snorted directly from their hand at any time.

“There are also strong sexual themes, including nudity, scenes of intercourse and occasional scenes of sexual fetishes. In various night clubs the player can also pay for private dances, during which, the game allows the player to move their hands onto the dancers’ breasts and buttocks.”

In Pictures: How GTA 6’s Jason and Lucia Have Evolved Since 2023

The PEGI age rating also mentioned “other issues,” including that domestic animals can be harmed, though not in the same detail as humans. The word “f**k” is also featured prominently in the game, while the word “c**t” is only occasionally featured. The description also said that “discriminatory language can be heard in the TV shows and on the radio channels.”

Finally, GTA 6 reminds players that they will have the option to purchase in-game items, though it’s still unclear what this entails. In August, it was reported that Rockstar would not include microtransactions or generative AI in the game.

GTA 6 is still on course to launch for PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S November 19, 2026. You can read more about how Rockstar has ramped up its marketing tactics here, and you can see what we learned from some new screenshots here. While we wait for any more updates, you can read IGN’s interview and preview.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Tolkien’s Books Are Seeing Big Discounts Ahead of Prime Day

Peter Jackson’s movie series has become almost synonymous with both The Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit, but J.R.R. Tolkien’s original works still stand tall as the most influential fantasy books of all time.

It’s no surprise, then, that the books have been reprinted hundreds of times, but that means there are some truly excellent versions to check out, illustrated or otherwise. Right now, Amazon is offering some steep discounts on various Middle-Earth books ahead of Prime Day – here are the best offers.

Save On The Lord of the Rings and Hobbit Books At Amazon

Before The Hobbit, there was The Silmarillion, and while not as well-known as the works that followed, it remains essential for establishing a lot of lore and characters.

It does so through the history of Fëanor and his people, taking in their exile from Valinor, their return to Middle-Earth, and a long, hopeless war.

Right now, this illustrated version is reduced by 63%. That brings it down from $75 to just $27.53, an ideal gift for a Tolkien fan.

Next up: The Hobbit. The tale of Bilbo’s journey across Middle-Earth is a fantasy staple, with all the fun of the dwarves, some of Gandalf’s best moments, and a very, very big dragon.

If you’ve never read it, you’re missing out, and you can pick up this paperback version of the book for $7.99 – reduced by 58% from its MSRP of $18.99.

If you want to go a little bit further, you can also save on a version illustrated by J.R.R. Tolkien himself. The Hobbit Deluxe Illustrated would usually set you back $195, but it’s currently reduced to $83.47 ahead of Prime Day.

The Lord of the Rings Illustrated needs no introduction, but its timeless tale of heroism against dark forces has formed the basis for fantasy going forward, as well as its cautionary tale of power’s corruption.

It’s currently just $39.67, reduced from $90 for this hardcover edition with illustrations (not from Tolkien, admittedly).

Finally, if you or a loved one has read all of the above, why not treat them to something a little different? Unfinished Tales of Númenor and Middle-Earth is a collection of stories and essays that helps expand Tolkien’s world and fill in some narrative blanks (like how Gandalf sent the dwarves to Bag-End to kick off the events of The Hobbit).

It’s down to $7.24 from $19.99, making it an ideal stocking filler at this price.

For more on Lord of the Rings and collecting Tolkien’s works, check out our thoughts on The Hobbit’s Magic: The Gathering set, and why it’s an ideal way to get into collecting Tolkien memorabilia.

Lloyd Coombes is an experienced freelancer in tech, gaming and fitness seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar and many more. He’s a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife’s dismay.

Where to Buy at MSRP

The upcoming Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Delta Reign expansion officially launches on November 6, 2026. It’s the last announced Pokémon TCG set for 2026, continuing Pokémon TCG’s spotlight on Mega Evolution Pokémon with the return of Mega Rayquaza, last seen in Ancient Origins in 2015.

For reference, here’s a quick overview of what’s available in the Delta Reign lineup.

A collector favourite, the ETB includes 9 booster packs, exclusive promo cards, card sleeves, energy cards, and game accessories.

The classic booster box comes with 36 booster packs. This is the best option if you want to maximise your chances of opening all the set’s chase cards or do large pack openings.

Last, but by no means least, Booster Bundles include six booster packs from the Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Delta Reign expansion, each with 10 cards, 1 Basic Energy, and 1 Pokémon TCG Live code card.

Initial pre-orders went live on the Pokémon Center at the end of September, and it was a bloodbath. Queues were 12 hours long, and fans reported numerous tech issues.

Oh well that Pokemon Center drop was a shit show, tons of errors and selling out that quick with reduced limits? Normally even when ETB’s sell out Booster Boxes and Bundles last for a couple more hours but not this time.

It just screams that this set is underprinted, maybe…

— Pokemon UK PBST – Restock Alerts & News (@PBSTUK) September 30, 2026

​If you want to get your hands on this set, you’ll need to be quick. Here are the best places to check out if you want to secure any of the products.

We’ll be regularly updating this page with confirmed deals, so bookmark this page, keep checking back in, and follow @IGNFinds on Twitter/X for the latest updates.

Where to Preorder Delta Reign at MSRP

Your best bet to buy Delta Reign at MSRP is the Pokémon Center UK and US. MSRP for Delta Reign is $59/£56.99 for the Elite Trainer Box (ETB).

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution-Delta Reign Pokémon Center Elite Trainer Box

0

The first wave has been, but it’s likely that there will be more soon. Keep an eye on this page for more information.

At the Pokemon Center, you can also pick up the exclusive Elite Trainer Box, which features extra promo items and metallic coins/dice not found in standard retail ETBs. For this expansion, you’ll get 1 full-art foil promo card featuring Kyogre with a Pokémon Center logo.

You can also try your luck at securing the booster and display boxes – these usually stick around a bit longer than an ETB. Unfortunately, right now – these are also all sold out!

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution-Delta Reign Booster Display Box (36 Packs)

0

​If you don’t manage to get lucky at the standard retail offerings, you can always check out TCGplayer – a third party reseller that will offer preorders. Unfortunately, you’re likely to pay extra here due to the third party sellers looking to capitalize. In saying that, if you’re desperate to get some pulls, or lock in your booster boxes, case pre-orders, and bundle deals, this is run by hobbyists who usually put up pre-orders early. Just bear in mind it’s not 100% guaranteed if you order from here.

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution-Delta Reign Booster Bundle (6 Packs)

0

For the 30th Celebration set, Amazon UK and US did a lottery system where you had to sign up for the MSRP. This helped with queues and demand. It’s unclear right now whether they’ll repeat this for Delta Reign. Currently, there are no listings. As one of the biggest retailers out there, Amazon usually gets a good amount of stock, so keep an eye out for these!

Where to Preorder in the US

Best Buy

Best Buy is a pretty good shout when it comes to Pokémon TCG orders. To boost your chances, look into My Best Buy Plus – a membership program that costs $29.99 per year. You can get members-only prices on certain products, an extended return window, free expedited shipping. and exclusive early access to TCG pre-orders.

Walmart

Walmart is known for videos showing people scrambling for the last ETB on the shelves, but you can skip the launch-day chaos by pre-ordering online. You could sign up for Walmart+ for $98 a year or $12.95 a month. This membership gives you free delivery from stores on orders over $35, gas discounts of 10 cents per gallon, and access to Paramount+ or Peacock streaming. That’s a pretty good deal!

Where to Preorder in the UK

Magic Madhouse

Magic Madhouse is a really good choice for UK Trainers, especially if you’re hunting down singles. Currently, there’s no listing yet, but with the Pokémon Center pre-orders dropping, they’re only usually a few weeks behind.

Smyths Toys

If you prefer buying in-store, Smyths Toys is a great option. There is an online option too, but they usually sell out quikc. Check your local stores availability online to see what’s in stock!

Just bring some protective gear if you go to an in-person launch event, just in case. I’m joking. Kinda.

Argos

Argos is a bit of a Calyrex (dark horse, hah) when it comes to stocking Pokémon cards. They’re not the most reliable, but they do occasionally have stock.

What’s in the Delta Reign Lineup?

Unlike the 30th Celebration, which was the first-ever simultaneous global release, Delta Reign is out now in Japan, known as Storm Esmerelda. Unsurprisingly, the biggest chase card is the star of the show, the Mega Rayquaza ex Mega Ultra Rare. Illustrated by takuyoa, this card reached an all-time high on TCGPlayer of $2,166.69.

But there’s loads of gorgeous chase cards in here. If there’s a single you’re after in particular, it might be worth checking out places like TCGPlayer to save some money in the long run.

I imagine, with the popularity of Mega Rayquaza, Delta Reign might be a mad rush for stock. Fingers crossed the prices stay low!

Sara Heritage is a freelance journalist for IGN, specialising in Pokémon TCG. When she’s not gaming, you’ll probably find her building yet another LEGO set she absolutely did not need, or chaining ranked matches in Pokémon Champions.

Amazon Drops Green Lantern Merch Sale Ahead of Lanterns Season Finale

DC’s latest live action series is wrapping up its first season this weekend. Even if the series makes some interesting departures from the source material, it’s safe to say that Kyle Chandler’s Hal Jordan and Aaron Pierre’s John Stewart have charmed both new and existing fans of the Green Lantern.

Amazon happens to be launching its October Prime Day sale next week. In the lead-up to that sale and the Lanterns season finale, the retailer has dropped prices on tons of Green Lantern merch. If you’ve fallen for the space cops or are just looking for an easy Halloween costume, now’s a great time to grab some gear.

Green Lantern Merch Sale Ahead of Lanterns Season Finale

Note: Most of these deals are exclusive to Prime members. You can sign up for a 30-day free trial here.

There’s not an easy sale hub to scroll through, so I’ve just picked out all of the officially licensed Green Lantern merch I could find on sale. You’ll find 15% discounts across the board, which might not seem like much, but is most likely the best price we’ll see on these shirts, which typically stick at $20, all year.

Two of the shirts on sale are specifically based on the new Lanterns series, showing images of Aaron Pierre and Kyle Chandler in their respective roles. Like the rest of the sale, these are officially licensed shirts straight from DC Comics.

Lanterns Images

Other shirts are based on specific comic versions of the same characters. One of my personal favorites shows a comic cover of Jordan with the quote “Hal Yeah.” Suits him, you know.

Even more shirts take a simplistic approach to the overarching Green Lantern iconography. You have plenty of options with the Green Lantern logo, or a graphic print of the full Green Lantern oath. Some shirts even feature full panels from various comic runs.

While they aren’t included in Amazon’s deals, Funko Pop is dropping a new line of Green Lantern figures at NYCC. An official Lanterns Power Ring is also available for $70 through the official DC Shop.

Green Lantern Comics Also on Sale

Amazon has also been discounting a spread of Green Lantern comics. These deals have nothing to do with Prime Day, so you don’t have to be a Prime member to grab them.

The best discounts are on the omnibus editions of the iconic run by Geoff Johns, which resurrected the one and only Hal Jordan.

Green Lantern by Geoff Johns Omnibus Vol. 1

0

As for Lanterns itself, writer announcements would suggest a second season is at the very least in development. We still have a truckload of questions going into the season finale, including how our beloved Lanterns might fit into the (now Paramount-owned) future of the DCU.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Disney Denies Interest in Buying Epic Games Following Rumors

Disney has responded after rumors suggested it was interested in buying Fortnite developer Epic Games.

Disney president and chief creative officer Dana Walden touched on the company’s relationship with Epic during an interview with Bloomberg Live. When asked if there have been talks about expanding their previously established relationship with a full-on acquisition, she said that strategy isn’t something Disney is entertaining, at least right now.

“Well, I think that it was pretty obvious that we had very serious conversations about an investment and an equity stake,” Walden responded. “Those are not the conversations we’re having right now, but we have a great partnership and a number of launches coming up over the next two years that are going to demonstrate the value of this partnership.”

The relationship referenced here was solidified when Disney announced it acquired a $1.5 billion stake in Epic back in early 2024. It was a massive play that it promised would result in collaborations across Fortnite and more in the future.

“Our exciting new relationship with Epic Games will bring together Disney’s beloved brands and franchises with the hugely popular Fortnite in a transformational new games and entertainment universe,” then-CEO Bob Iger said. “This marks Disney’s biggest entry ever into the world of games and offers significant opportunities for growth and expansion. We can’t wait for fans to experience the Disney stories and worlds they love in groundbreaking new ways.”

We’re still feeling the shockwaves of that deal, but some suspected it could evolve into more than a simple partnership. Tech reporter Alex Heath said in March 2026 that some Disney executives were “waiting for that moment” to go all in on an acquisition. Then, in April, Bloomberg reported that Epic was working on an extraction shooter featuring Disney characters with plans to launch in November 2026.

Fortnite x Star Wars New Games and Rewards

We’re now kicking off October with no official mention of that unannounced project, but that doesn’t mean Disney x Epic is going anywhere any time soon. While an acquisition isn’t in the cards, Walden’s promise regarding “a number of launches” set to arrive in the next few years suggests there is plenty more to talk about.

We’ll have to wait and see how the two entertainment giants work together moving forward. In the meantime, you can read some of the other ways Disney and Epic have bolstered their relationship, including a Disneyland-exclusive Fortnite skin and officially licensed Star Wars minigames.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Capcom Announces Plans to Transform the RE Engine Into an AI-Generation Game Engine — ‘Our Goal Is a Future Where We Create Games Together With AI’

Resident Evil and Street Fighter developer Capcom revealed some big changes coming to its RE Engine, which they plan to incrementally improve and transform into an “AI-generation game engine.”

On October 2, Capcom held its own tech conference, called ‘Capcom Open Conference RE: 2026.’ One of the most notable takeaways from this event was a presentation given by programmer Satoshi Ishida, titled ‘The Outlook and Future of the REX Project, Further Evolving the RE Engine for the Next Generation.’ The purpose of this presentation was to outline several major changes coming to the RE Engine, which will come in the form of a multi-step improvement project called ‘REX.’

As reported by Japanese news outlet GameBiz, Ishida mentioned three major issues that Capcom is currently experiencing when it comes to game development: First, games are now so massive that simple processes have become extremely time-consuming; increased numbers of staff mean an engine is needed that’s easy for everyone to use; and finally, “successfully integrating AI technology into development workflows has become an essential condition for streamlining future development.”

Resident Evil Requiem – Performance Screenshots

GameBiz’s report confirmed that REX was created to help solve these problems by improving the efficiency of game development, game performance, tools, quality assurance, etc. Capcom felt that, rather than creating a brand-new engine from scratch, gradually adding these improvements over time is the best way to help evolve the RE Engine to the next generation.

We won’t get into the weeds of all the specific improvements included in the REX program, but Capcom is making at least some of them open-source for the purpose of training AI. Most interestingly, AI plays into Capcom’s larger, long-term goal of turning the RE Engine into an “AI-generation game engine” using its REX improvements.

GameBiz stated that REX unifies the entire RE Engine system under the “world’s most common programming language,” meaning that it’s equal parts easier for humans to use and for AI to understand. Capcom’s goal is to build a future where it “creates games together with AI”; keeping REX in mind, this seems to mean that Capcom is utilizing artificial intelligence to speed up and streamline certain processes to make development easier, not necessarily to generate assets or artworks wholesale.

In the past, Capcom has been publicly averse to using AI to create assets, but confirmed that it will use artificial intelligence as a tool for optimizing how it makes games.

“We will not implement assets generated by AI into our games.” Capcom said in a March 2026 shareholders meeting. “However, we plan to proactively use it as a contributing technology to improve the efficiency and productivity of the game development process. To this end, we are currently exploring ways to implement it in various areas, including graphics, sound and programming.”

This is the latest big news to come from Capcom after Resident Evil executive producer Jun Takeuchi revealed that plans are already in place to prepare the series for when RE remakes catch up to modern games, saying the series is being developed along “two tracks.”

It’s been a big year for the company; this year alone, Capcom has produced three critically-acclaimed titles in Resident Evil Requiem, Pragmata, and Onimusha: Way of the Sword, alongside two movie adaptations in Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil and Legendary’s Street Fighter flick, set to release in theaters on October 16, 2026.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Love and Deepspace Devs Issue Warning to Players After Deadly Drink Recipes Go Viral

The official social media account for the popular RPG-dating sim Love and Deepspace issued a warning to players after announcing some fictional cocktails with potentially disastrous real-world consequences if actually consumed.

On September 28, Love and Deepspace revealed five ‘Shimmering Blend’ cocktail recipes as part of an in-game event, each themed around one of the game’s dashing romanceable characters. While they’re pretty to look at, you shouldn’t actually make some of these, as they include garnishes that are poisonous to humans.

For example, one of these drinks is made of pomegranate juice, with a garnish of cinnamon and datura. Another features sweet peach juice with a flame lily garnish and gelatin sheets.

The Men of Love And Deepspace

There’s nothing wrong with peach and pomegranate juice, but these floral garnishes are making some players anxious that a fan might actually try to out the recipes themselves. Datura is a highly poisonous plant and is considered psychoactive; when consumed, it produces side effects like delirium, fever, tachychardia, and hallucinations.

Flame Lilies are also dangerous, as all parts of the plant contain a chemical called colchicine; while it’s used for medicinal purposes, it can be lethal, causing symptoms like fever, vomiting, diarrhea, and even hypovolemic shock, which causes the loss of lethal amounts of blood and bodily fluids.

It didn’t take long for concerned fans to point out these dangerous plants, fearing that some players might try their hand at making the cocktails for real. Commenters flooded the replies with calls for the Love and Deepspace account to delete the post completely, with one writing, “Delete this. This is literal poison. Nobody make this.”

Safety Notice: All drinks shown are fictional and for in-game purposes only. Do not attempt to recreate or consume them in reality.

— Love and Deepspace (@Love_Deepspace) September 30, 2026

“Hey, so some of these flowers are literally poisonous. Be careful. This is so reckless to post this,” another said.

“Don’t try to recreate these drinks, they contain toxic plants!” yet another warned. “I can’t believe this is posted as ‘recipes.'”

Not long after, the LaDS account added a follow-up post with a safety notice, which reads: “All drinks shown are fictional and for in-game purposes only. Do not attempt to recreate or consume them in reality.”

Fan Tribute to Love and Deepspace’s Valko

In addition to calls from fans to delete the posts, the LaDS social media accounts continue to be flooded with photos of canceled love interest Valko, who was announced and subsequently canned before he was even released. This prompted an impressive movement from the game’s playerbase, who created shrines to the character and even gathered outside the developer’s physical offices to make their voices heard.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Former NFL Coach Mike Tomlin Hardcore Minecraft Player, Reveals City He Took 12 Years to Build

Former NFL coach Mike Tomlin spent 19 seasons with the Pittsburgh Steelers and won Super Bowl LXIII, and now he’s added another major accomplishment to his resume: becoming a Minecraft YouTuber.

The former coach gave football fans a little something different when he launched his new YouTube channel earlier this week. With a profile picture taken in front of NBC’s Football Night in America logo, watchers probably weren’t expecting Tomlin’s first upload to see him confess how his love for architecture and family led him to work on a Minecraft city he spent 12 years building.

“You know, 12 or 13 years ago, when my kids were in middle school, they’d be in their room all weekend and have friends over. They were obsessed with playing this game, Minecraft, that I knew nothing about,” he explained as his son and channel operator, Dino, sat in the background. “I got interested because I just was mesmerized by what could occupy their attention for such large periods of time.”

Mike Tomlin. Photo by Rich von Biberstein/Icon Sportswire via Getty Images.

He admitted he lacked the “stick control” to handle something like Minecraft’s Survival mode but still managed to find enjoyment in Creative Mode. That’s where Mojang’s systems really started to click.

“I like to build,” he said. “I’ve always had an interest in architecture, and so forth, so I started doing this creative city. It was a means of spending time with them. They participated all over this city. All my kids have buildings.”

However, as his kids went off to high school and college, their interest in Minecraft waned. For Tomlin, it was just beginning. In 2026, after 12 years of building, the sandbox phenomenon has become therapeutic for the former NFL coach, and what he’s built has the internet in disbelief.

Mike Tomlin shows off his Minecraft city. Image courtesy of @miketomlin on YouTube.

“This is where it all started for me,” Tomlin said as a blocky blue pond surrounded by detailed city buildings faded into view. His tour then begins with a closer look at a hotel. This one building features a fully fleshed-out interior with labeled rooms, a lobby, a ballroom, a pool, bathrooms, and more. Tomlin even factored in how lighting might affect the views in some of these rooms – and that’s just one of many locations he’s made.

“I was always inspired,” he added. “I’d go places, and I’d see things and buildings, and I get inspired, I go home, and I work on it.”

Tomlin then referenced the off-campus housing around universities that he recreated after dropping Dino off at college. The color, floor plans, and other memorable elements all came from these memories, with much of his creation also built around different bodies of water.

Tomlin stepped down as the Steelers’ coach in January 2026, with today’s video showing how he’s spent at least some of the downtime since. He spent years in the NFL, but it’s his work as a Minecraft YouTuber that has everyone talking today.

Mike Tomlin has been working on his Minecraft world for over a decade

It’s UNREAL pic.twitter.com/XWxu9zMinY

— Barstool Sports (@barstoolsports) October 1, 2026

Aaron Rodgers: “CALL THE F*CKING PLAY!”

Mike McCarthy: “F*cking asshole”

*Loses to the Cleveland Browns*

Meanwhile, Mike Tomlin: pic.twitter.com/axnE3655rT

— NFL Memes (@NFLMemes) October 2, 2026

Steelers down 20 in a playoff game.

Mike Tomlin: pic.twitter.com/J4u56digNW

— Donny Football (@DonChed54) October 1, 2026

Mike Tomlin leaving the presser early to go finish building the Executive Spa in his Minecraft world pic.twitter.com/yHF2FOzeiZ

— ant ☘️ (@anthshiesty) October 1, 2026

“I’m obsessed why is he genuinely a better builder than me,” content creator @Krtzyy said.

“Mike Tomlin becoming a Minecraft YouTuber was not on my bingo card for 2026,” one X/Twitter user said.

Tomlin signed off, promising to take a closer look at his city in future videos. He also teased plans to show off something that “I think you’re going to find interesting.” Despite being maybe the most creative celebrity gamer to come out of 2026, the ex-NFL coach isn’t the only notable name to share their love for gaming in the last year. Obsession breakout Inde Navarrette garnered attention for her The Last of Us and Call of Duty streams a few months ago. Newly announced X-Men star, Samara Weaving, is also a big gamer.

Photo by Rich von Biberstein/Icon Sportswire via Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Biggest Games of October 2026 and Beyond

October is here, bringing with it some of the biggest video games of the year. If you have a PS5, Xbox Series X|S, Nintendo Switch 2, or PC, you’ll be eating just fine this month. This month is particularly big this year because most of the rest of the seaons’s biggest games fled November to escape the shadow of GTA 6. So we’ll get games like Gears of War: E-Day, Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse, Final Fantasy Resonance, a little game called Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4, and many more. Read on to see release dates for all the biggest games and expansions coming out this month and beyond. Let’s dive in.

If you’re the preordering type, you can click the links for the platform of your choice to see the game at Amazon (if available).

October 2026 – Video Game Release Dates

  • End of Abyss – October 1 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Dynasty Warriors 3: Complete Edition Remastered – October 1 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Ghost of Yotei: Most Wanted (DLC) – October 1 – (PS5)
  • Octopath Traveler 1 & 2 – October 1 – (Switch 2)
  • Ace Combat 8: Wings of Theve – October 2 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Aion – October 5 – (PC)
  • Disney Epic Mickey: Rebrushed – October 6 – (Switch 2)
  • Gears of War: E-Day – October 6 – (Xbox, PC)
  • Star Wars: Galactic Racer – October 6 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Clive Barker’s Hellraiser: Revival – October 8 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Forever Ago – October 8 – (PS5, Xbox, Switch 2, PC)
  • Kingdom Hearts Collection [I ~ III] – October 8 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox)
  • Order of the Sinking Star – October 8 – (Switch 2, PC)
  • Dragon’s Dogma 2: Dark Arisen – October 9 – (Switch 2)
  • SpongeBob SquarePants: Titans of the Tide – October 13 – (Switch)
  • Valor Mortis – October 13 25 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Planet Zoo 2 – October 13 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Valor Mortis – October 13 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Warhammer 40,000: Boltgun 2 – October 14 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse – October 15 – (PS5, Xbox, Switch, PC)
  • It Takes Two – October 15 – (Switch 2)
  • Resident Evil 2 Deluxe – October 16 – (Switch 2)
  • Resident Evil 3 – October 16 – (Switch 2)
  • Resident Evil 4 Gold – October 16 – (Switch 2)
  • Hearthstone: Black Empire (expansion) – October 20 – (PC, Mobile)
  • Star Trek: Outposts Unknown – October 20 – (PC)
  • Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 – October 22 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Nintendo Switch Sports Resort – October 22 – (Switch 2)
  • Fatal Fury: City of the Wolves – October 22 – (Switch 2)
  • Final Fantasy Resonance – October 22 (PS5, Xbox, Switch, Switch 2, PC)
  • One Piece: Grand Gourmet – October 23 – (Switch, Switch 2, PC)
  • Hunter’s Moon – October 26 – (PS5)
  • Minecraft – October 27 – (Switch 2)
  • Hello Kitty Party Land – October 29 – (Switch, Switch 2)
  • Phantom Blade 0 – October 29 – (PS5, PC)
  • The Wolf Among Us Remastered – October 29 – (PS5, Switch, Xbox, PC)

Gears of War: E-Day Gameplay Demo Reveal Xbox Games Showcase 2026 – Screenshots

November 2026 – Video Game Release Dates

  • Godzilla: Destroy All Monsters Melee Remastered – November 3 – (PS5, Xbox, Switch 2/1, PC)
  • Zero Parades: Director’s Cut – November 3 – (PS5)
  • World of Warcraft: Forever – November 4 – (PC)
  • Edge of Memories – November 5 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Guardians of the Galaxy: Encore Edition – November 5 – (Switch 2)
  • The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time – November 5 – (Switch 2)
  • Stellar Blade – November 6 – (Switch 2)
  • Barbie Rewind – November 12 – (PS5, Xbox, Switch, Switch 2, PC)
  • Metaphor: ReFantazio – November 12 – (Switch 2)
  • Pikmin 4 Switch 2 Edition + Dandori Academy – November 12 – (Switch 2)
  • Shadow of the Road – November 12 – (PC)
  • Grand Theft Auto 6 – November 19 – (PS5, Xbox)

December 2026 – Video Game Release Dates

  • Hela of Mice & Magic – December 1 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Dragon Quest Monsters: The Withered World – December 3 – (PS5, Switch 2, Switch, Xbox, PC)
  • Rayman Legends Retold – December 3 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War 4 – December 3 – (PC)
  • Xenoblade Chronicles 3: Nintendo Switch 2 Edition – December 3 – (Switch 2)
  • Monster Hunter Wilds – December 4 – (Switch 2)
  • Attack on Titan 3 – December 10 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Professor Layton and the New World of Steam – December 10 – (PS5, Switch 1/2, PC)
  • Stage Tour – December 10 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Path of Exile 2 (1.0) – December 11 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)

Dragon Quest Monsters: The Withered World Screenshots

January 2027 – Video Game Release Dates

  • Danganronpa 2×2 – January 14 – (PS5, Switch, Switch 2)
  • Ananta – January 15 – (PS5, PC)
  • Stranger Than Heaven – January 15 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Tankrat – January 15 – (PS5, PC)
  • Titan Quest II – January 19 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Metroid Ravenous – January 28 – (Switch 2)
  • Until Dawn 2 – January 28 – (PS5)

February 2027 – Video Game Release Dates

  • Metro 2039 – February 4 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis – February 12 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Romancing Saga 3: Destinies United – February 16 – (PS5, Switch 1/2)
  • Yu-Gi-Oh: Tag Force GX – February 16 – (Switch, Switch 2)
  • Persona 4 Revival – February 18 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Fable – February 23 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Hyrule Warriors: Age of Calamity – Definitive Edition – February 25 – (Switch 2)

Fable – June 2026 Screenshots

March 2027 – Video Game Release Dates

  • Eternal Anima – March 4 – (Switch 2)
  • Trine 6: Together in Time – March 4 – (PS5, Switch 1/2, Xbox, PC)
  • Gundam Rogue Orbit – March 5 (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Road Kings – March 11 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • 007: First Light – March 2027 – (Switch 2)
  • Join Us – March 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)

April 2027 – Video Game Release Dates

  • Exodus – April 7 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Final Fantasy VII Revelation – April 8 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Mariachi Legends – April 27 – (PC)
  • Pony Island 2: Panda Circus – April 27 – (PC)

May 2027 – Video Game Release Dates

  • Persona 4 Revival – May 20 – (Switch 2)

Upcoming Video Games – Release Date TBA

  • 1001 Threads of Mizan – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • 4:Loop – TBA – (PS5, PC)
  • Acornia: Mirror Worlds – 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Afterworld – TBA – (PC)
  • Age Twisters – 2027 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Alien Deathstorm – 2027 – (Xbox)
  • Alien: Isolation 2 – TBA
  • Animo – 2026 – (Xbox, PC)
  • ArcheAge Chronicles – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Ark 2 – TBA – (PC)
  • Artificial Detective – 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • At Fate’s End – 2026 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Atomic Heart 2 – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Bad Magpie – 2027 – (Xbox, PC)
  • Bancho the Chef – TBA – (PS5, PC)
  • Black Myth: Jhong Kui – TBA
  • Blackfrost: The Long Dark II – TBA
  • Blade Runner 2033: Labyrinth – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Blighted – Fall 2026 – (Switch 2, PC)
  • Bloodstained: The Scarlet Engagement – 2026 – (PS5)
  • Bluey’s Happy Snaps – Fall 2026 – (PS5, Switch 1/2, Xbox, PC)
  • Borderlands 4 – TBA – (Switch 2)
  • Bradley the Badger – 2026 – (PC)
  • Cairn – Early 2027 – (Switch 2)
  • Chronicles: Medieval – 2027 – (PC)
  • Chronoscript: The Endless End – 2026 – (PS5, PC)
  • Cinder City – TBA – (PC)
  • Clockwork Revolution – 2027 – (Xbox, PC)
  • Contraband – TBA – (Xbox, PC)
  • Coven of the Chicken Foot – TBA – (PC)
  • Crazy Taxi: World Tour – 2027 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • The Defiant – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Deus Ex Remastered – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Diablo V – 2029
  • Divinity – TBA
  • Dragon Ball Xenoverse 3 – 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • The Duskbloods – 2026 – (Switch 2)

Nintendo Direct: Nintendo Switch 2 – The Duskbloods

  • Dust Origins – TBA
  • Elta: Defy All Gods – Early 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • The Eternal Life of Goldman – 2026 – (PS5, Switch, Xbox, PC)
  • The Expanse: Osiris Reborn – Spring 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Exterminauts – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Forever Ago – Fall 2026 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • The Free Shepherd – 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Frostpunk 1886 – 2027 – (PC)
  • Game of Thrones: War for Westeros – Early 2027 – (PC)
  • Gang of Dragon – TBA
  • God of War Laufey – TBA – (PS5)
  • God of War Trilogy Remake – TBA – (PS5)
  • Gravhounds – 2026 early access – (PC)
  • He-Man and the Masters of the Universe: Dragon Pearl of Destruction – Early 2027 – (PS5, Switch, Xbox, PC)
  • Heroes of Might and Magic 3 Remake – TBA
  • Horizon Hunter’s Gathering – TBA – (PS5, PC)
  • Humankind 2 – 2027 – (PC)
  • Hunter: The Reckoning – Deathwish – Summer 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • ILL – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet – TBA – (PS5)
  • John Wick – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Judas – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • JUJUTSU KAISEN RUMBLE: SURVIVATON – TBA – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Jurassic Park: Survival – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)

Jurassic Park Survival Exclusive Concept Art and Screenshots

  • Kemuri – 2027 – (PS5, PC)
  • Kena: Scars of Kosmora – 2027 – (PS5, PC)
  • Kingdom Come: Deliverance II – 2027 – (Switch 2)
  • Kingdom Hearts IV – TBA – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Kirby and the World Beyond – Spring 2027 – (Switch 2)
  • The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake – 2026 – (Switch 2)
  • LEGO Skylines – TBA – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Like or Die – TBA – (PC)
  • Little Devil Inside – TBA – (PS5, Switch, Xbox)
  • Lofsong – TBA – (Xbox, PC)
  • Lords of the Fallen 2 – Q1 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • The Lost Wild – 2027 – (PS5, PC)
  • Maneater 2 – 2027
  • Marvel 1943: Rise of Hydra – TBA
  • Marvel’s Blade – TBA – (Xbox, PC)
  • Mega Man: Dual Override – Spring 2027 – (PS5, Switch 1/2, Xbox, PC)
  • Metal Slug Ultimate Collection – 2027 – (Switch 1/2)
  • Minecraft – TBA – (Switch 2)
  • Monster Hunter Wilds: Ascendance (DLC) – 2027
  • Moosa Dirty Fate – 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Mudang: Two Hearts – 2026 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • No Law – 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Nodus Fall – TBA
  • OD – TBA – (Xbox)
  • Okami 2 – TBA
  • Ontos – 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Onyx: The Dark Grip – 2027 – (Switch 2)
  • Perceptum – Spring 2027 – (PS5, Xobx, PC)
  • Persona 6 – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, Switch 2, PC)
  • Petit Planet – Winter 2026 – (PC, Mobile)
  • Phantom Hellcat – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Phasmophobia – 2026 – (Switch 2)
  • Project Windless – TBA – (PS5)
  • Project Zeta – TBA – (PC)
  • PUBG Ded.Net – TBA
  • RAEV: Kingdom on the Distant Shores (early access) – 2026 – (PC)
  • Rev. Noir – 2027 – (PS5)
  • Rhapsody in Scarlet – TBA – (PS5)
  • Road Kings – 2026 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Roco Kingdom – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Sea of Remnants – TBA – (PS5)
  • Senua – 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Showa American Story – TBA – (PS5, PC)
  • Silver Palace: House of Greed – TBA – (PS5, PC, Mobile)
  • Spyro: A Realm Beyond – 2027 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Stage Fright – 2027 – (Switch 2)
  • Star Wars: Fate of the Old Republic – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Star Wars: Knights of the Old Republic Remake – TBA – (PS5)
  • State of Decay 3 – 2027 – (Xbox, PS5, PC)

State of Decay 3 Xbox Showcase 2024 Trailer Screenshots

  • Stellar Blade – 2026 – (Switch 2)
  • Stuntman: Hollywood – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • The Talos Principle 3 – 2027 – (PS5, PC)
  • Tarae: The Unbound – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Terminator: Survivors – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Terranigma – 2027 – (PS5, PS4, Switch 1/2, Xbox, PC)
  • There Are No Ghosts at the Grand – 2026 – (Xbox, PC)
  • Tides of Annihilation – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Tom Clancy’s Rainbow Six Tactics – 2027
  • Tomb Raider: Catalyst – 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Total War: Warhammer 40,000 – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Turok Origins – Spring 2027 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Uncanyon – 2027 – (PS5)
  • Until Dawn 2 – 2027 – (PS5)
  • Village in the Shade – Fall 2026 – (PS5, Switch 1/2, PC)
  • Vivarium – 2027 – (Xbox, PC)
  • Warhammer 40,000: Dark Heresy – TBA (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine 2 – 2026 – (Switch 2)
  • Warhammer Survivor – 2026 – (PC)
  • Warlock: Dungeons & Dragons – 2027 – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • Witchbrook – 2026 – (Switch, Xbox, PC)
  • The Witcher 3 – Songs of the Past (DLC) – 2027 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • The Witcher 4 – “Targeting 2028”
  • Wo Long 2: Wings of Ember – early 2027 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • The Wolf Among Us 2 – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)
  • World of Warcraft: The Last Titan (expansion) – 2027 – (PC)
  • Worms: Galactic Tactics – 2027 – (PS5, Switch 2, Xbox, PC)
  • Wu-Tang: Rise of the Deceiver – TBA – (PC)
  • Xbox Series X25 Limited Edition (hardware) – November 2026
  • Xenoblade Genesis – 2027 – (Switch 2)
  • Yakoh Shinobi Ops – 2027 – (PS5, PC)
  • Yo-Kai Watch 2: Haunted Domain – TBA – (Switch 2)
  • Zoopunk – TBA – (PS5, Xbox, PC)

For more release dates, check out our ongoing list of 4K UHD and Blu-ray release dates as well as all of the upcoming LEGO release dates.

Chris Reed is a commerce editor and deals expert for IGN. He also runs IGN’s board game and LEGO coverage. You can follow him on Bluesky.

Vibe-Coded Mashup Mods Have Taken Over X This Week

I have spent the last three days scrolling through some of the most insane mod videos I’ve ever seen. Modders are taking games that have been decompiled with Claude, and mashing them up with other games. As the week has gone on, there have only been more clips of these mods pouring out on X/Twitter.

One person created a mashup of World of Warcraft and Call of Duty: World at War; another combined Escape From Tarkov with Skyrim. There’s even one that takes Insomniac’s Spider-Man and combines it with Batman Arkham City, where the player is able to swing around Batman’s turf.

These mods are everywhere online right now, though they thankfully haven’t filtered into modding websites like Nexus Mods yet. But, with the sheer volume of these mods and with how accessible Opus 5.5 is, it feels like it’s only a matter of time before the gates are fully torn down. And if that happens, it could change the face of the modding scene entirely.

Why Now?

Claude Opus 5.5 launched last week, promising cheaper tokens and more efficient code work. I’m sure that Anthropic meant for it to be used by professionals, but gamers have used it to create some of the weirdest mods I have ever seen.

Opus is a model that can power AI agents, which can be deployed to create entire games from the engine, to the art and enemy behavior. Brendan Jowett has a great video on YouTube of the model in action: He develops little slices of video games and compares them directly with the same tasks from OpenAI’s Astra 6 model. While the results of both are far from what you’d expect from a fully featured game, Claude’s new model has clearly come a long way.

The problem with the examples in Jowett’s video is that while the models are good at piecing together disparate parts of a game, enemy AI (lol) and art assets are lackluster to say the least. In one of the slices, a space combat sim, the space fighter flys at a diagonal angle, while moving in a straight line ahead, and shooting. In another slice enemies completely ignore the player character.

As good as Claude Opus 5.5 seems to be, it’s still lightyears away from developing something like a true mashup of Minecraft and Elden Ring from scratch. But the model doesn’t have to start from scratch.

The big, driving force behind a lot of these mods is decompilation, where people are pointing Opus at a game and letting the agent break it down to its source code (here’s a handy blog if you want to really get in the weeds). Just earlier today, we covered Halo: Combat Evolved being decompiled and ported to run natively in a browser. Once that step is complete, it takes little effort to take that source code and work huge swaths of games into other games as mods, and with very little input from the user.

Couple that with the relatively affordable tokens, and it shouldn’t be surprising that X/Twitter’s generally pro-AI users went wild with it, creating hundreds of mashups. And it doesn’t seem like it’s slowing down any time soon; what started off as a weird video that my boss sent me on Tuesday has now evolved to the point where I can’t even open X/Twitter without seeing a deluge of these mods.

Piracy?

The obvious problem with all of this is that these models are breaking open games developed by real people, getting the source code and then just mashing stuff together without consideration or permission from the original developers. That’s nothing particularly new – the modding scene is definitely no stranger to mashups, all the Thomas the Tank Engine mods are proof of that. However, this trend might be breaking into new territory, thanks to decompilation.

This could be another reason none of these mods have made their way onto any distribution platforms. Nexus Mods doesn’t outright ban AI-generated content, but it doesn’t let people use AI tools to upload content that they don’t have the rights to.

In a blog post from 2023, Nexus laid out its rules around AI generated content. The policy states that, “In order to prevent any issues with your mods, we encourage you to avoid using these tools unless you have explicit permission to use all the assets. This is particularly true for AI-generated voice acting but also covers images, models, code and anything else that you can use this technology to create.”

Every single one of these passthrough mods are using images, models, and code that the people generating them don’t have the rights to. But it’s only a matter of time until some platform holder allows these mods to be hosted, and I’m sure a massive legal battle will happen immediately afterwards.

The Modding Community Hates This

Way before all of these Claude-authored mod videos started cropping up online, people had been creating mods by hand for years, typically out of pure love for the game. It shouldn’t be surprising, then, that a lot of mod authors aren’t fans of this phenomenon.

Mod authors have been expressing their frustration on X/Twitter as this has been happening. “I mod games and I’m not shy about the fact that I use AI to do it. I hate this bullshit ‘trend’. Pure slop, there’s nothing creative about this at all,” kran27_ posted. “AI has a lot of potential in the modding scene, but the shit that’s getting the clicks is this jingling keys bullshit.”

Kran wasn’t alone, with discountmodder ready to just leave the scene, saying, “Dude I’m really disappointed. If this becomes the permanent state of modding, this may be my last project. I don’t wanna be involved in an AI slop-factory.”

I can’t escape the feeling that most of these mashups are born from people just playing with a new AI model and seeing what will happen, and I hope that this weird trend will die off soon. Modding is one of the best parts of PC gaming, and there is a lot of incredible content that people make just because they love a game. Some of the best games started off as mods, after all, and without them we never would have got the likes of Half-Life or League of Legends.

I hope that this is just a trend, rather than a sign of where the modding scene is heading. Fortunately, because these mods seemingly only exist to farm engagement on Twitter (at least so far), you don’t have to worry too much about them if you just want to start a new modded run of The Witcher 3 Remastered. If anything, it just means that if you want to avoid AI content, you need to pay even more attention to who you’re getting your mods from.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Who Killed Hal Jordan and More of Our Biggest Questions Heading Into the Finale

Spoilers follow for Lanterns Episodes 1-7.

Lanterns, am I right? While the HBO series set in James Gunn’s DC Universe was divisive among some fans at the outset – what with the whole killing off Hal Jordan in the first episode situation – it has become increasingly buzzy with each passing week, with showrunner Chris Mundy and his fellow creators Damon Lindelof and Tom King building mystery upon mystery over the course of the first season.

And now, as we head into the season finale this weekend, there are a ton of questions that need to be answered. We’re breaking down the biggest ones we have right here, but please comment below and let us know what other questions you might have regarding Lanterns Season 1… and the possible answers and theories you have as well!

Lanterns Images

Who Killed Hal Jordan?

Assuming, of course, Hal (Kyle Chandler) even is dead (see below for more on that), there are obviously several possibilities as to who could’ve put a bullet in the ex-Green Lantern’s head in the 2026 time period. The chief suspects seem to be:

  • John Stewart
  • Sheriff Kerry Kane
  • Noah Macon
  • Hal himself

The Halogram and John Stewart stand at Hal’s grave.

John Stewart

Taking these one at a time, it seems pretty unlikely that John (Aaron Pierre) would’ve killed Hal. For starters, he’s one of our two lead characters, and while both of these Lanterns can be sort of assholes – especially to each other – they’re still ultimately meant to be figures who we sympathize with and want to cheer on. But even beyond that, it doesn’t make much story sense for John to have done this; he essentially already “beat” Hal during the events of Episode 5, leaving him a broken man without the ring and only the consequences of his own actions left to face up to. By the time we catch up with John, now an architect and businessman, in 2026, he clearly still harbors a lot of feelings about his past as a Lantern, but needing to kill Hal is not one of them.

Sheriff Kerry Kane

Kerry (Kelly Macdonald) on the other hand, well… as much as we love her, the good sheriff has been known to keep secrets from our heroes in the past. And while I buy that she and the post-prison, repentant Hal had a thing going, as well as that she is truly gutted by his death, that doesn’t mean that their relationship would’ve kept her from doing the deed if it was necessary for a greater cause. Let’s not forget, Kerry was saved by Zoe Macon the Manhunter (Poorna Jagannathan) back when she first arrived in Rushville while on the run from Gotham City. And it was during that encounter that she essentially swore her allegiance to Zoe. So if there is still some contingency plan in place for Zoe, even though John killed the Manhunter in 2016, there’s every reason to believe that Kerry would still be instrumental in keeping that plan on track…

Sheriff Kerry Kane (Kelly Macdonald)

Noah Macon

Which brings us to Kerry’s son, Noah (Shea Pritchard). There sure seems to be something fishy with this kid – the dude went and copped out on the college hat ceremony after the whole town showed up for it with bated breath! He also, you know, had a grandmother (step-grandmother, but still) who was a Manhunter. We’ll talk more about him below, but he’s high on the list of suspects.

Hal Himself

Look, Kerry told John how, after he got out of prison, Hal was on a relentless mission in Rushville to make up for the disastrous events that landed him behind bars in the first place, knocking on doors and offering his help and such. Is it out of the realm of possibility to think that in order to keep the town safe this time – or maybe even to make up for what happened to the town 10 years ago in 2016 – that he would take his own life if need be?

That is, assuming he actually did die…

Wait, But Is Hal Really Dead?

I’ve already talked about this before, but it’s very much not out of the realm of possibility that Hal isn’t even dead. Maybe he’s just “dead-ish” even? We already know that the show is full of aliens who walk around posing as humans, which means that the body we’ve seen could just be an alien that took Hal’s form. It’s also possible that Hal is regenerating from the wounds that killed him. Yes, it’s a crazy sci-fi concept, but John previously got a total skin graft after Zoe let him burn in that car fire and, as many eagle-eyed fans have pointed out, the trailer for the season finale shows a similar circular mark on Hal’s inner arm that John had after that Manhunter Miracle Medicine. Zoe explained to John that basically her tech required a skin sample (pulled from that spot on his arm) in order to repair/replace his burned skin, so perhaps the same methodology is being used to fix Hal… albeit it would have to unscramble his shot-up brains in this case. Or maybe the dead body was just a clone spawned from that same technology?

Why Can John Stewart Create Constructs Without the Ring?

Remember in Episode 2 when John tried to fly, but instead he created a cute little green bird construct? And the bird still existed and followed him around, even when he didn’t have the ring on? This was the first – but not last – indication that John has some kind of, well, super superpower that other Green Lanterns don’t. The Halogram is very impressed by this ability in Episode 7, when John summons him without the ring, saying “Bravo… it’s goddamned incredible!” It’s nice to get compliments from your seemingly dead mentor’s hologram.

‘Bravo… it’s goddamned incredible!’ -The Halogram“

But that still doesn’t answer how he’s able to do it. Presumably, John’s extraordinary ability to Green Lantern without a Green Lantern ring is tied to his extreme potential and the frankly insane training during his childhood by his we-need-a-new-word-for-helicopter-parents parents. Don’t forget, Sinestro (Ulrich Thomsen) told Hal from Space Azkaban that the second greatest threat Hal was facing was the Manhunter, with the implication being that the greatest threat was John. And what could be more powerful than a Green Lantern who doesn’t need the ring… or the Guardians for that matter?

Is Noah Macon Part Manhunter?

Again, this perfect Rushville all-state quarterback has got to have something going on beyond being a perfect Rushville all-state quarterback. The hat ceremony thing, which I previously mentioned, was just weird (and also rude), but also, with such a short season, why would the show’s writers introduce the aged-up version of Noah in Episode 6 if he wasn’t going to be important in some way? In Episode 5, his step-grandmother/Manhunter Zoe tells the young Noah (Cary Christopher) to remember what she taught him… and that’s the same episode where everything goes to hell in a handbasket in town. We know Zoe meticulously planned her own protection by essentially drafting half the town to work for her, including Noah’s mom, so it only makes sense that she would have Tony Soprano/Batman-style contingency plans upon plans upon plans, including what would happen if she was killed. But then again, are we sure it was even Zoe who actually died in Episode 5? Could Noah be Zoe!?

Sinestro (Ulrich Thomsen)

What’s the Deal With Sinestro on That Dead Planet?

Man, speaking of really holding your fire until the end of a short season. Sinestro, discussed here or there and seen briefly in Episodes 2 and 4, finally shows up at the end of Episode 7, seemingly stranded on the dead world that John and the Halogram have traveled to via portal… but apparently meant to be an important part of the season finale. Guy Gardner (Nathan Fillion) had previously said that someone broke Sinestro out of the Guardians’ prison, and that Hal was a likely suspect if not for the fact that he was also in (Earth) prison. (And by the way, the timeline here is a little wonky because Guy tells John this info in an almost whispery, gossipy way, as if it’s breaking news, but meanwhile we know Hal has been out of prison for about a year – and is believed to be dead – at that point. Which would mean Sinestro must’ve broken out of Space Azkaban at least a year ago.)

So how does Sinestro popping up on that alien planet connect to everything? This is the same world that Antaan (Paul Ben-Victor) and his people hailed from, a race that was virtually wiped out by the Manhunters. It’s also the world that Hal left a portal to in his storage unit, which he apparently wanted John to find. Did Hal want Sinestro and John to team up for some reason? Neither is a particular fan of the Guardians, so could Hal perhaps be orchestrating some kind of Oan revolution from beyond the grave… one last “f you” to the powers that be?

What Did Kerry Get Up to in Gotham That Was So Bad?

We saw in flashback how Kerry would’ve been killed by a pair of scary dudes who had tracked her from Gotham City to Rushville, if not for the timely intervention of Zoe. After being saved by Zoe, she essentially began a new life in the town and eventually became sheriff (and a secret surrogate of Zoe’s). As IGN’s Jesse Schedeen has previously pointed out, Kerry’s name is also a big Batman clue: the Kane family are related to Bruce Wayne, as Martha Wayne was originally Martha Kane. Kathy Kane and Kate Kane, depending on when you were reading comics or watching CW shows, were both also Batwoman. So assuming the name of this character is not an accident – and not much on this show is – we’ve gotta wonder how a high-falutin’ member of the Kane family could fall in with such a rough element that she would’ve been killed if not for a Manhunter. It seems unlikely that Lanterns Season 1 will have time to dig further into this topic, but if the show moves forward with a Season 2, perhaps we’ll learn more about Kerry’s history… and maybe even any rich, famous, orphaned, dressed-in-black cousins she might have back home?

Remind Me: What Exactly Has Been the Order of Succession for Earth’s Green Lanterns?

This one’s easy! In 1986, Abin Sur crashed on Earth, and his ring almost went to John Stewart’s father, but Stewart Sr. couldn’t cut it, so instead Hal Jordan inherited the Green Lantern mantle. Hal was Earth’s Lantern for the next 20 years, until the disaster in Rushville when John took the ring from him. But he rejected the Guardians’ offer to become the new Green Lantern. It was around this same time that the gym teacher named Guy Gardner became the new Green Lantern, and continues to be through 2026. (Also, for comics fans, it seems that Alan Scott – the Golden Age Green Lantern – never took the mantle… in this timeline anyway.)

What questions do you have heading into the Lanterns finale? Let’s discuss below!

Talk to Scott Collura @scottcollura.bsky.social, or listen to his Star Trek podcast, Transporter Room 3. Or do both!

Verity Review

Verity is in theaters now.

In a Guardian piece on how Colleen Hoover became a global best-selling author, one YA fan that was interviewed by the paper suggested it was because she’s “writing for people who don’t like reading.” If that’s the case, then one could argue that the film adaptations of her work are for people who don’t like cinema.

Now that I’ve watched all four films inspired by her literary prose — 2024’s It Ends with Us, 2025’s Regretting You, this year’s Reminders of Him, and now Verity — I’m making that case. For these are not adaptations that make any attempt to elevate the middling narratives fumbling around Hoover’s novels; I realised this when reading It Ends with Us after suffering through the movie, and I vowed never to read another.

With Verity, I had more hope that it would buck the trend. Divorced from the sentimentality of previous adaptations, this story opens with a meet-cute that’ll give you whiplash. After introducing Anne Hathaway’s best-selling author Verity Crawford through interviews with the likes of Gayle King, where she discusses the darkness in her writing, struggling writer Lowen Ashleigh (Dakota Johnson) enters the chat. Lowen’s agent has landed her a meeting with Crawford’s publishing house for a mysterious job opportunity, but on the way, she not only witnesses a road accident but is drenched in the blood of the cyclist involved. It’s an opener as out there as the one in Meet Joe Black (IYKYK), but it does provide an opportunity for Josh Hartnett’s handsome stranger to step in and help clean her up.

In typical Hoover fashion, the pair trauma bond: He tells her he dragged his dead daughter out of a lake, and she says her mother died of cancer the week before. There’s no build up, just some awkward exposition-dumping in a men’s toilet. They’re soon reunited at the publishing house, where it’s revealed that he’s Verity’s husband, Jeremy. He and the editors want to commission Lowen to finish his wife’s novel series; Verity is in a comatose state after a car accident and cannot speak or move. So, with little deliberation and due to the shoehorned fact that Lowen is also being evicted from her New York apartment, she packs up and moves into the Crawfords’ sprawling Vermont home for six months.

There she meets Verity, a shell of her glamorous self wearing a glazed stare. This is one of the few scenes the women share; most of Hathaway’s performance is marginalised to interviews on the likes of Hot Ones and the Call Her Daddy podcast, as well as flashbacks layered with sultry voiceovers as Lowen reads Verity’s secret autobiography. Every time she picks it up, sentences run across the screen, and often Lowen is superimposed over scenes from the past to try to enliven the act of reading. It doesn’t.

What’s most infuriating is how long it takes Lowen to finish the text. It’s unbelievable that an author would constantly run away from the autobiography to masturbate and go on a date with Jeremy, given how unflinching Verity’s candour is. She reveals juicy details about her marriage and hints that their daughter’s death might not have been an accident — how did she not finish it in one sitting? Nothing screams “padding for time” more than this tedious set-up, accomplishing little in the way of ingratiating the viewer with Johnson’s “pick me” girl protagonist.

Nothing screams “padding for time” more than this tedious set-up.“

Nor does it scratch the surface of who Jeremy actually is beyond the one-dimensional trope of a swoon-worthy husband. Screenwriter Nick Antosca, who recently impressed with his adaptation of Cape Fear, hints at some resentment on Jeremy’s part for his wife’s success, but the script never probes deeper than in a final act reveal that flings the missing pieces at you in one blink. The best Antosca offers is an examination of the reliability of the narrator, but even that effort is phoned in. Michael Showalter’s direction is similarly dull, conveying little of the vision seen in his Oscar-nominated films, The Eyes of Tammy Faye and The Big Sick. Instead, it plods an uneven, uninspiring route into cliché and lazy convention.

That Anne Hathaway has been on an exquisite run of big screen releases from The Odyssey and Mother Mary to The End of Oak Street and The Devil Wears Prada 2 makes this, her last 2026 performance, even more disappointing. What a lead balloon for everyone involved — one that proves a moratorium on Colleen Hoover adaptations is long overdue. To misquote Lady Catherine from Pride and Prejudice: “Are the shades of cinema to be thus polluted?”

MTG x The Hobbit vs. The Lord of the Rings — Retrospective Review

For the second time, and likely the last, Magic: The Gathering has taken players back to Middle-Earth with its The Hobbit set (its fifth of the year, if you can believe it), and it’s been pretty great.

That’s perhaps to be expected since the original book laid out a lot of what we consider fantasy tropes. Dragons, goblins, dwarves, and more are represented here in a smaller set than the Lord of the Rings one, all of which have gone on to inspire Magic cards in their own right.

Still, given how tricky it can be to get some products, there’s a good chance that finding Hobbit items can feel like searching for the Arkenstone in Smaug’s treasure hoard. And yet, it feels like, in a way, that’s kind of the point.

Tolkien Collectors Will Love The Hobbit Set

J.R.R. Tolkien’s influence on the world of fantasy cannot be overstated, and there’s a reason that so many early editions of his works have fetched colossal sums of money.

As an example, back in 2025, a fully signed Lord of the Rings first-edition set sold for around £287,700 (or $337,000). That marks the high point of spending, but it’s not an outlier by any stretch.

An unsigned first edition of the book also sold in 2025 for $250,000, while a collection of manuscripts from the author that includes notes written in Elvish has sold for over $200,000, too.

Naturally, memorabilia sells big, too, notably from Peter Jackson’s iconic movies. Props, costumes, and limited-edition art prints fetch piles of gold to make a covetous dragon blush, and that includes pieces from The Hobbit movies, too.

Of course, those figures are colossal compared to the price of even the most expensive cards in The Hobbit set, but there’s crossover there, too.

Whereas the Lord of the Rings set offered full art cards with a slick border treatment that highlighted the series’ characters across heroes and villains, The Hobbit leans into the series’ literary origins with book cover-inspired designs that carry a “well-read” look that makes them feel unique amongst Magic’s wide-ranging treatment offerings.

This writer was lucky enough to pack Gandalf, Goblins’ Bane and Smaug, Wicked Worm in the treatment, and they’ve almost instantly become two of my favorite Magic cards I own. There’s just something about the way they look textured that makes them feel like the latest in a long line of Tolkien memorabilia.

In fact, I’d go so far as to say that these are my favorite treatments we’ve received in years – and an ideal inclusion for any serious collector.

That doesn’t make it any easier to find the cards, mind…

Lloyd Coombes is an experienced freelancer in tech, gaming and fitness seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar and many more. He’s a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife’s dismay.

Pay $0.99 Per Month and Get $20 in Audible Credit

Amazon just launched its October Prime Day Audible deal and it’s no longer Prime exclusive. Starting now and running through October 7th (the end of Amazon’s actual October Prime Day Sale), both Amazon Prime and non-Prime members can sign up for four months of Audible Standard for $0.99 per month. In addition to the discounted membership, you also get an extra $20 in Audible credit. This deal is valid for new and expired subscribers, however your mileage may vary (we noticed that some this deal doesn’t show up for some account). After the four months is up, your subscription will convert to the standard $8.99/mo, but you can cancel the auto-renewal at any time.

4 Months of Audible for $0.99 Per Month + $20 in Audible Credit

Get 4 Months of Audible Standard for $0.99/mo

87

Prime Day special: also get $20 in bonus Audible Credit

Amazon offers two Audible subscription tiers: Standard and Premium Plus. Standard is a lot less expensive – $8.95 per month compared to $14.95 per month. Standard also gets you access to the same catalog of million plus audiobooks that Premium Plus does. The difference lies in the credits: Standard gets one free audiobook per month that you can read so long as you maintain your membership. Premium Plus gets you one free audiobook that you keep indefinitely.

Unless you really want an audiobook to keep every month, then the Standard subscription is definitely the better deal. You’ll save $72 on subscription fees per year not including the discount you’re getting with this current deal.

Dungeon Crawler Carl audiobooks are on Audible

Dungeon Crawler Carl

0

IGN’s Jacob Kienlen is a huge fan of the Dungeon Crawler Carl LitRPG series. He’s written about many of the books and just recently the series’ first ever graphic novel. The books are all currently available as audiobooks, all narrated by Jeff Hays, who is part of Soundbooth Theater. They also all happen to be free to listen to with an Audible membership.

Catch up on the latest novel releases, audiobook style

Fourth Wing: Empyrean, Book 1

2

Sunrise on the Reaping: A Hunger Games Novel

2

Wind and Truth: Book Five of the Stormlight Archive

3

Never Flinch: A Novel

5

Audible is a subscription service that gives you access to over 1.1 million of the best audiobooks without ever having to purchase them. Several best-selling new and recent releases are available in an audiobook format and part of Audible’s accessible library. Rebecca Yarros’ The Empyrean Series romantasy novels have consistently hit the top of the New York Times’ best seller list throughout all of 2025 and they’re all available in audiobook format. Sunrise on the Reaping, the latest Hunger Games novel, is narrated by Jefferson White, who you may already know from Yellowstone where he played Jimmy Hudstrom. The audiobook has a listening time of about 12 hours and 48 minutes.

If you’re looking for something fast-paced and fun, you can also check out Matt Dinniman’s popular Dungeon Crawler Carl series. It’s currently the bestselling audiobook on Audible right now thanks to excellent narration from Jeff Hays. This new deal will get you the first three DCC audiobooks for only $0.99.

Ever prolific Stephen King released the Never Flinch crime novel in 2025. It’s available as a nearly 15-hour long audiobook narrated by veteran Jessie Mueller. If you’re a fan of fantasy, check out Brandon Sanderson’s Wind and Truth, book five of the popular The Stormlight Archive series. It was released in December of 2024 and runs an epic 63 hours long.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Deliverance Dev Wants GTA 6 to Make Games More Expensive

Warhorse co-founder Martin Klima wants GTA 6 to “blaze a trail” for higher game prices. Klima claimed triple-A games face an existential problem, with audience sizes plateauing, brick and mortar retail basically dead (“We destroyed retail, and we took all their money,” he said), and no new revenue streams to support the growing costs of making a big game.

Klima claimed that GTA 6 developer Rockstar and parent company Take-Two are in a unique position as the only companies “who can afford, or who can dare, to increase the price of games, which I think is long overdue and also necessary for this business to survive.

“The last thing you can do is to increase the unit price,” Klima continued. “That would help a lot, but everybody’s scared to death about it. Now, hopefully, GTA will blaze the trail, and it will allow us to increase the cost.”

In Pictures: How GTA 6’s Jason and Lucia Have Evolved Since 2023

These comments come from an interview with PC Gamer, during which Klima admitted that GTA 6 “doesn’t appeal to me at all” despite the series’ popularity. “I am not going to be playing GTA 6 unless I’m somehow forced to,” he said. “And the reason why it is so popular — it beats me. It’s something which I just fail to understand.”

In the U.K., GTA 6 is priced £69.99 for the Standard Edition, which is pretty typical for a tentpole triple-A release. However, in the U.S. it’s $79.99 for the Standard Edition, 10 dollars higher than the usual price point of a new game. The Ultimate Edition, which includes in-game content most players will want, costs $99.99.

Take-Two CEO Strauss Zelnick previously commented on GTA 6’s price speculation, saying: “Consumers pay for the value that you bring to them, and our job is to charge way way way less of the value delivery. How you feel about something you buy is the intersection of the thing itself and what you pay for. Consumers need to feel like the thing itself is amazing and the price they were charged was fair for what they got.

“What we think about is making the most spectacular piece of entertainment on Earth, in history — and it’s a pretty daunting challenge. If we do that, and if we’re of service to our customers, then the upside will take care of itself.”

GTA 6 is widely speculated to be the most expensive game ever made, with Take-Two estimated to have spent between $1 billion to $2 billion developing and marketing the title. Yesterday, we wrote a story about a marketing stunt in Miami for GTA 6 that reportedly cost $1 million in itself.

The game is expected to be the most popular entertainment launch of all time, breaking records when it launches to the public this November. Analysts predict GTA 6 will generate $5.2 billion in sales by the end of launch week. GTA 6 releases for PS5 and Xbox Series consoles on November 19.

We’ve got extensive coverage of GTA 6 across IGN. Check out IGN’s interview with Rockstar Games, our GTA 6 preview, and word of the first confirmed GTA 6 voice actor.

Kirk McKeand is a Contributor on IGN News. Find him on Twitter @MckKirk

Warhammer III Mod as Row Over AI Escalates

The creator of one of the most popular Total War: Warhammer III mods ever has deliberately corrupted it so that it will no longer work with “unauthorized reuploads,” amid a row over the rights and wrongs of AI-generated modifications.

Veteran modder Venris has created Simply Fun Overhaul (SFO) mods for Total War: Warhammer for years, with a popular Patreon helping in the development of the latest version, SFO: Grimhammer III. The mod overhauls the base game to be closer to the lore and Warhammer universe, changing everything from the campaign and battle mechanics to the economy and customization.

Recently, people have used AI to release sub mods of SFO: Grimhammer III that work with updated versions of the main, Creative Assembly-developed video game, without asking permission. In response, Venris corrupted their own mod so that it stops working with these uploads, and threatened to make SFO: Grimhammer III private.

“Due to the growing number of unauthorized reuploads of SFO: Grimhammer III, and more importantly, the use of AI in the process, I have deliberately corrupted the mod to prevent it from functioning with such unauthorized uploads,” Venris said in a statement published online. “If this situation continues to escalate, I will make SFO: Grimhammer III private.

“SFO: Grimhammer is the result of nearly 10 years of passion and love for this community and the fantasy world. As such, I do not permit anyone to take my work without permission. Especially not for AI-related purposes.

“Support modders, not AI.”

Recent weeks have seen an explosion of AI-generated “mods,” which have called into question not just mod creation, but the very foundations of the video game industry. Clips of gameplay showing AI-generated “game-merging mods” have gone viral on social media, with others releasing AI-generated versions of games running on platforms they have yet to be officially released on. Some have used AI to add or expand features, increase player counts, or fuse parts of two different games together.

The mods have raised eyebrows online, and sparked questions about the legality of their release. Some within the traditional modding community have expressed shock and disappointment in AI-generated clones and mashups, and have questioned the continued viability of their hobby.

For video game publishers, the potential impact may be existential. Why buy a new Fallout video game if AI can spit one out for you in a matter of minutes? This week, the person behind a viral AI-generated Fallout: New York game pulled it offline after receiving a cease and desist from Bethesda, leading fans to celebrate.

But not all oppose AI-generated mods, clones, or video games. “Oh no the horror,” one person said in response to Venris’ post. “Someone forget to get a rubberstamp from a bureaucrat modder whose work depends on the original game devs and publishers anyway. You guys are such losers.”

Most, though, have backed Venris on this. “Anyone that thinks that you are doing something bad here doesn’t have experience with someone stealing something that they have spent a major chunk of their life making and it shows,” one person said.

Wesley is IGN’s Managing Editor. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Kraven Actor Says He Knew Sony’s Spider-Man Spinoff Wasn’t ‘Going Well’ During Filming

Marvel’s new X-Men movie star Christopher Abbott has admitted that he knew Sony’s Spider-Man spinoff Kraven the Hunter wasn’t “going well” while on set.

The Girls and Catch-22 actor had a small role in Sony’s notoriously-bad Kraven movie, and said it was immediately clear that the film had issues. Speaking via the Happy, Sad, Confused podcast, Abbott recalled not knowing what he was doing on set, and basic details of his character being unclear.

“I can s**t talk myself,” Abbott began, saying that he was comfortable critiquing his own performance. “I don’t know what I was doing in that thing. I didn’t understand what the superpower was, I didn’t know what was going on.

How to Watch Sony’s Spider-Man Universe in Chronological Order

“I was like ‘I take off my glasses and what happens?’ I feel like no one really had a good answer,” he continued. “I don’t know what I was wearing in that thing. I’ve sort of buried it deep down.”

Kraven the Hunter was one of Sony’s various mediocre Spider-Man Universe spinoffs that the studio pumped out while attempting to establish its own cinematic universe. While the Tom Hardy-starring Venom found success (and gained two sequels of varying quality), Sony also launched the Jared Leto-starring Morbius and Dakota Johnson-starring Madame Web before finally deciding it could not continue.

Various in-development projects were abandoned over the years, including films centered on minor Spider-Man characters such as El Muerto, Jackpot, and Hypno-Hustler. There was also a vague plan to bring these standalone films together via a Sinister Six crossover movie, with groundwork to set this up evident in Morbius’ mid-credits scene (which features the MCU’s Vulture, played by Michael Keaton) and the post-credits scene of Spider-Man: No Way Home (which features a brief Tom Hardy cameo).

“That was a learning curve,” Abbott concluded, reflecting on Kraven the Hunter. “In the moment, I was like… ‘I don’t think this is going well.'”

“Kraven the Hunter takes aim at the audience and instead shoots itself in the foot with ill-conceived action and a poisonously rote script that totally botches its razor-thin examination of toxic masculinity,” we wrote in IGN’s Kraven the Hunter review, awarding the film an awful 3/10.

Thankfully, Abbott is being given a fresh crack at the superhero movie genre with a leading role in Jake Schreier’s upcoming X-Men reboot. Officially part of the MCU and a key focus for Marvel post-Avengers: Secret Wars, this new version of the X-Men will feature Abbott as Charles Xavier/Professor X, alongside Sadie Sink as Jean Grey, Kit Connor as Scott Summers/Cyclops and Adam Driver as Nathaniel Milbury /Mr. Sinister. It’s a fair bet this will be slightly better than Kraven.

Photo by ANGELA WEISS / AFP via Getty Images.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Why Marvel Fans Are Worried About an Avengers: Secret Wars Delay

Reports of an Avengers: Secret Wars filming delay have sparked concern among Marvel fans that the movie’s release date could be pushed back.

This week, an array of Marvel movie insiders reported hearing that filming on Marvel’s big Multiverse Saga finale will now begin later than planned, after previously being set to start last month.

Serial MCU tipsters Daniel Richtman, Alex Perez, and Apocalyptic Horseman appear to have independently verified that Secret Wars shooting will now take place early in 2027, likely in January, sparking concern among fans about the impact this hold up will potentially have.

Marvel Cinematic Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

It’s worth making clear that Marvel is yet to give any official update on its production schedule, and it ultimately may not need to do so if there’s no impact on Secret Wars’ planned December 17, 2027 launch date. That said, the potential of the movie’s shooting schedule changing has many fans questioning if the film can still be completed in time.

“Gives the cast time to promote Doomsday during this winter,” Marvel fan BTSMGL wrote in one of several lengthy threads on reddit. “I’m not in a rush for Ghost Rider so as long as we get X-Men and BP3 still in 2028, I’m fine with this.”

“A *lot* is riding on Doomsday,” added vadermaulkylo. “They’re probably waiting to see how it’s received before committing to anything. If Doomsday gets a bad critical and/or audience reception then that’ll drastically change what they’d do in its second act film.”

“I’m getting tired of waiting,” concluded own-papaya-4264. “Secret Wars was announced in 2022 for Christs sake.”

Principal photography for Avengers: Doomsday lasted five months from April to September 2025, with additional material believed to have been recently shot ahead of the film’s December launch. In other words, Marvel has had just over a year to work with the bulk of its footage in post-production.

Just for comparison, Spider-Man: Brand New Day was filmed between August and December 2025, for launch in July 2026. This is a much tighter turnaround of the kind fans now think Secret Wars will need, though Brand New Day is arguably a more straightforward project when compared to Avengers’ enormous story scope and sprawling cast list.

Much remains unknown, including the exact date Secret Wars will now begin shooting, and whether Marvel has already banked footage it will incorporate into the movie while previously shooting Doomsday — a tactic used for Avengers: Infinity War and Endgame. Could Secret Wars get delayed? It’s possible, though any sense that the film’s launch could slip into 2028 would then likely impact the release of Marvel’s three subsequent projects already scheduled for that year (X-Men, Ghost Rider, and Black Panther 3).

Still, if a delay is needed to ensure Secret Wars lands as Marvel hopes, a longer wait doesn’t seem out of the question. Last month, directors Joe and Anthony Russo teased that Marvel fans need to prepare for “a very surprising ending” to Avengers: Doomsday, which has a “focused propulsive narrative,” while still weighing in as one of the studio’s longest films to date.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

How GTA 6’s Jason and Lucia Have Evolved Since 2023

GTA 6 officially releases next month, so we’re taking a look at how the game’s two protagonists, Jason and Lucia, have evolved since their 2023 reveal.

If there’s one thing Rockstar has consistently managed to achieve, it’s that its finished games often look better than the reveal trailers. That isn’t the case for many game studios. In fact, a lot of games have been slammed for being downgraded between their reveals and launches. Watch Dogs, Cyberpunk 2077, and BioShock Infinite are all solid games, but they looked even better when they were initially revealed.

GTA 6 appears to have only visually improved over time, and that is most evident in the level of detail on protagonists Jason and Lucia. In 2023, we got our first official look at GTA 6 with the first trailer. There had been some leaks prior to this, but this was the first time Rockstar showed the game itself. The game looked stunning with gorgeous lighting effects, vivid colors, and realistic-looking characters. Rockstar would then go dark for a year and a half before re-revealing the game, and the graphical leap was absurdly impressive.

In Pictures: How GTA 6’s Jason and Lucia Have Evolved Since 2023

Compared to the 2023 trailer, GTA 6’s visuals have drastically changed. The overall art direction remained the same, but the level of detail presented in the character models changed massively during this period. In the first trailer, Lucia’s skin looks less textured, more flat, and less nuanced. Her hair also doesn’t move much; there’s a bit of bounce to her ponytail, but it’s more limited. She also has the same hairstyle throughout the entire trailer, outside of some loose strands of hair on the sides of her face in the opening shots.

Jason only gets a few seconds to shine, but he largely looks like a generic white guy with his shaved head and stubble. Trailer 2, however, provides a lot more depth. Both characters sport a variety of hairstyles, with Lucia rocking wavy hair and a golden dress. Jason’s brown hair flows out of the back of his hat. His skin glistens after sweating in the Vice City heat, his veins outline his arms, and his facial hair appears to be somewhat uneven, with certain strands of hair poking out slightly further than others. These human imperfections are perfections in the world of a video game trying to emulate realistic people. The light also bounces off of their skin in a more natural way.

It’s a clear showcase of not only the level of detail, but also the amount of customization the player will have. That mindset carried into the recent extended look for GTA 6. The visual leap wasn’t as large as the one between trailer 1 and 2, but it does feel like a world of difference from trailer 1 itself. There’s infinitely more customization options and Jason and Lucia are clearly at their final level of polish.

Rockstar North co-studio head Rob Nelson recently stated that trailer 1 was a “mission statement” for the team, as the game wasn’t “fully formed.” It was a north star for the team to follow and something they could point to as a way of understanding the overall vision for the game. As a result, it makes sense that the game has only improved since then.

GTA 6 is just weeks away from release now and the finishing touches are being added to the game. The ESRB officially rated the game M for Mature this morning and Rockstar is starting to ramp up its marketing efforts with physical ads in places like Miami and New York. After years of waiting, GTA 6 will finally be here on November 19.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Riot Games Co-Founder Says 2XKO Needed ‘Hundreds of Thousands, if Not Millions’ of Monthly Active Players to Survive

The co-founder, co-chairman, and chief product officer of Riot Games, Marc Merrill, revealed the number of monthly active users 2XKO would have needed to justify its budget, and the eye-popping amount has sparked an animated debate within the fighting game community.

Speaking on The Lemonade Stand, Merrill went into detail about what happened behind the scenes at Riot to cause 2XKO’s catastrophic failure, and provided a ballpark figure of monthly active users the game would have needed in order to justify how much money and time was spent on its development.

It’s no surprise that this figure was, to put it lightly, pretty unrealistic for a fighting game; Merrill said that, considering its cost structure, 2XKO would have needed a player count “in the high hundreds of thousands, if not millions” to rationalize its continued support.

2XKO – Braum Screenshots

Merrill also mentioned Street Fighter 6, saying the 2023 release of Capcom’s juggernaut title threw off their plans to take a big chunk of the fighting game community’s interest off the back of Street Fighter V.

“I think we had a window to do some great things to really help the fighting game community, and then Street Fighter 6 came out, which was something like eight years after we started working on 2XKO,” Merrill explained. “We had an awesome development team of really talented people that did great work, that made a beautiful game. We’d already communicated all this stuff to players, and so we were like, ‘You know what? Let’s just keep going. Let’s give it to the community. Let’s see what happens, right?’ …I think if we came out, ideally when we should’ve, years before Street Fighter, I think we would have made a really significant impact on the community.”

Merrill explained that Riot didn’t have internal “alignment” on the strategy for 2XKO, which caused “managerial fracturing” and confusion within the team. Ultimately, not enough players hopped on the game in order to justify the time and money spent on it, so Riot did what they thought was best — issued full refunds to players and canceled further content updates.

“We’ve got nobody to blame but ourselves,” he said. “[2XKO] resonated with some players, but not nearly enough players in order to justify the sort of live service, long-tail approach that the game was designed to do. And so we were like, let’s just pivot, let’s create this box, give everybody a refund, say, ‘Hey, sorry we weren’t able to achieve this incredibly high aspiration that we were trying to do for the fighting game community, but we love you guys, appreciate [you], hope they’ll play this game, like many other box games, for years to come, and here you go. Sorry we let you down,’ is sort of the orientation of what happened there.”

For comparison, Street Fighter 6 — which is indisputably the biggest fighting game on the market right now — boasts an average of anywhere between 16,000 and 20,000 monthly active users on Steam (not including PlayStation, which doesn’t share these statistics publicly). It’s understandable that Riot, the maker of massively popular MOBA League of Legends, might expect more than that — but even Riot themselves knew there was no way they could reach “millions” of monthly active users to justify keeping their tag fighter alive.

Unsurprisingly, Merrill’s comments have sparked a swath of heated reactions within the fighting game community. Most players were left stunned that Riot felt such a high player count was necessary to keep 2XKO afloat, given how relatively “niche” the genre is.

“It seems like they figured the game wasn’t going to last long, but they spent so much money on it, so instead of immediately canning it, they released it to see if it would do anything,” one player mused. “Unfortunately, what it needed to do goes way beyond what any fighting game has ever done in existence lol.”

“The way [Merrill said], ‘Then Street Fighter 6 came out,’ like that wasn’t going to happen. SFV had one of the best comeback stories in fighting games. Did he really not think 6 was going to happen?” another asked.

2XKO was first revealed to the public as ‘Project L’ in 2019, though rumors of a fighting game based on the League of Legends IP had been swirling around long beforehand. Its confusing release (from a closed beta to extended early access) on the back of a lengthy development period essentially killed most of the hype around the game, and Riot officially announced plans to end active development after December 2026, though online play will still be supported.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Amazon Reveals New Line of Kindle Devices Ahead of Prime Big Deal Days

Amazon has revealed its 2026 line of Kindle devices just a few days before its Prime Big Deal Days sale. The refresh includes a brand new Kindle, Kindle Paperwhite, and Kindle Colorsoft, along with new accessories and Kids Editions of these tablets.

All of the new devices and accessories are now available to buy or preorder on Amazon, and you can check out the official press release for specifics on each device. With the release of new models, older Kindle devices are getting discounted as part of Amazon’s sale as well.

New Kindle Device Pricing and Details

Amazon releases new Kindle devices pretty much every year, and in the past, the improvements were incremental. The biggest changes to the 2026 models include Amazon making them thinner, lighter, and faster than previous iterations of the e-readers. It also introduced aluminum hardware options and other highly requested features like cover page turning for their new Signature Editions of the Paperwhite and Colorsoft models.

According to Amazon’s press release, the new standard Kindle will be 30% faster when opening books and will have edge-to-edge color across the full lineup.

The Kindle is still arguably the best reading tablet on the market. With Amazon removing support for older device models earlier this year, it’s worth considering an upgrade to a newer version.

It’s important to note that all Kindle devices released after 2024 will include most of the latest features and will be compatible with newer accessories via Bluetooth.

The Kindle Click Is the Best New Accessory

Amazon Kindle Click

5

A Kindle is already pretty convenient, but what if it could be even more convenient? Amazon has announced a remote that will turn the pages for you. Third-party Kindle page-turners have been available for years now, but this is the first time Amazon has made a Bluetooth-compatible version that doesn’t actually need to physically touch the screen to get the page to turn. At $34.99, the new Amazon Kindle Click will work with any Kindle model released in 2024 or later. It’s currently set to release on October 28 alongside most of the new 2026 Kindles.

In addition to the remote, Amazon is also releasing new Kindle covers that include physical page-turning buttons. Both of these new accessories are bringing back a physical experience to an otherwise digital product.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

HBO War Series Premiere Recap & Review: Season 1 Episode 1

Full spoilers follow for the season premiere of War.

HBO’s slick new legal drama War will almost certainly be its next big water-cooler show, and deservedly so, as it’s a sharply written, deftly paced, and well-acted trashy delight.

The Season 1 premiere quickly establishes rival London law firms Cathcarts & Sons and Taylor & Byrne and their respective clients: social media mogul Morgan Henderson (Dominic West) and his movie star wife Carla Duval (Sienna Miller). Their long, now loveless marriage is basically over. So that means a very expensive and very public divorce will inevitably follow.

Carla not only wants out of the marriage, but she also wants to take Morgan’s fortune with her. But their pre-nuptial agreement is designed to keep Morgan bulletproof — provided he has lived up to his end of their bargain. He hasn’t. He’s been unfaithful to her before but this time Carla is armed with photographic evidence thanks to a honey trap.

Carla assures her lawyers she didn’t enlist her younger actress friend to sleep with Morgan but that doesn’t ring true. Her lawyers Serena Byrne (Phoebe Fox) and Nicholas Taylor (James McArdle), partners in both the firm and romantically, don’t like Carla’s underhandedness as it could be bad optics. Carla wants to file for divorce first but she and Taylor & Byrne are unaware that Morgan and his lawyers at Cathcarts have already deduced that she’s poised to file.

Beatrice “Queen Bea” Ubosi (Nina Sosanya) and St John Smallwood (Pip Torrens), Serena and Nicholas’ counterparts at Cathcarts, fire the first shot in this war by serving Carla divorce papers on the red carpet at the premiere of her new movie, a savage move reminiscent of Olivia Wilde being served onstage at CinemaCon. And Carla then has to smile for the cameras with Morgan at her side?! Ouch.

Archie Renaux as Johnny. (Photo: Justin Downing/Sky/HBO)

The episode’s biggest surprise, however, is saved for when we learn that the ambitious, overconfident young lawyer Johnny Warren (Archie Renaux) – newly hired by Taylor & Byrne specifically to work on Carla’s divorce – is, in fact, a mole working for Cathcarts. For the entire episode, we follow Johnny’s desperate search for a job at a law firm, so the reveal that he’s going to be the show’s equivalent of Matt Damon in The Departed is a fun twist.

Still, as a scrappy, lower class guy trying to make his way up the social ladder, Johnny is sympathetic — for now. Like Charlie Sheen’s character in Wall Street, the question remains just how much of his soul he’s willing to sell to succeed and how many personal relationships Johnny may destroy in the process. It’s a testament to the writing and to Renaux’s nuanced performance that the viewer remains invested in Johnny even when his arrogance gets the better of him.

War is impeccably acted across the board by an ensemble cast filled with familiar UK character actors playing the respective firms’ legal teams. As for the leads, West finds some sad-sack sympathy in his tech bro mogul, while Miller imbues Carla with a steely resolve that suggests she’d have been a natural fit in the boardroom had she not pursued acting. They’re only in one sequence together this episode but it’s rife with tension.

Showrunner George Kay’s finely tuned script is as darkly funny as it is sad in its portrait of the wounded (if not outright lost) humanity of its many characters, people who may not want to be this nasty but, well, that’s what you’re paid for, luv. I can’t wait to see what these posh bastards do next.

New GTA 6 Age Rating Confirms Game Will Feature Sex Scenes

GTA 6 will have sex scenes, according to a new listing from international ratings boards.

In New Zealand and Australia, GTA 6’s store page on PlayStation was updated to include the game’s official age rating. A similar thing happened this morning with the UK and American versions of the game, but the New Zealand and Australia versions offer one distinct difference: the mention of sex scenes. Yes, it’s true: there will be intercourse in GTA 6.

If you’re asking yourself, “Is that different from GTA 5?” Currently, it’s a bit unclear. GTA 5’s brief rating description on the store page makes no mention of sex scenes, despite there being at least one. Midway through the game, Trevor can be seen getting freaky with Johnny Klebitz’s girlfriend (granted, it’s pretty brief). Instead, the ratings description just mentions “Sex.”

It’s unclear if the ratings boards have evolved their language since GTA 5’s release nearly a decade and a half ago, or if GTA 6 will feature more scripted, detailed sex scenes more comparable to a film or TV show. It’s also possible that the more general, less specific description for GTA 5 is more pointedly referencing the ability to pick up sex workers and engage in intercourse with them. Ratings boards may view these gameplay moments differently from heavily mo-capped sex scenes featured in cutscenes.

GTA 6’s sex scenes may be much more focused and graphic, especially since the story revolves around the romantic relationship between Jason and Lucia. Various trailers have shown sensual, intimate scenes between the two characters, so it’s possible that the full game will feature some pretty spicy material. Ultimately, all we can do is speculate until we get detailed breakdowns of the specific content that led to this rating, which will surely follow in the coming weeks.

Ultimately, it looks like Rockstar isn’t pulling any punches with GTA 6. Rating descriptions have mentioned blood and gore, intense violence, drug use, and more, so it looks like we’re in for yet another edgy GTA game. The developer has managed to keep a lot under wraps, but recently revealed that it visited strip clubs in Florida for “research purposes.”

We’re officially just a month away from GTA 6’s release date, so there are sure to be many more marketing beats in the coming weeks. Whether that brings a new trailer or other forms of marketing remains to be seen, but Rockstar has shelled out serious dough for an ad on top of the Miami Heat’s arena in Florida and has begun placing ads in New York as of today.

Editor’s note: Added clarity and context around GTA 5’s original rating and sexual content.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Viral Short Horror Film Portrait of God Gets Feature Length Movie Starring Chase Infiniti

Viral internet short film Portrait of God is getting the Hollywood treatment, with Chase Infiniti set to star in a feature length adaptation of the YouTube-famous horror video.

If you’re an avid horror fan, chances are you’ve watched Dylan Clark’s viral horror short Portrait of God on YouTube at some point. The seven-and-a-half-minute video centers on college student Mia Reilly as she rehearses a presentation; her topic discusses a mysterious painting — or rather, a photograph of a painting — that, some say, shows a portrait of God.

The photo of said portrait is simply a black image, but testimonies from viewers tell a different story. Reilly says that “some insist they see a person in the darkness,” with subjects claiming in audio recordings that they see a “wrinkled, skinny” man — or at least, something that’s “close to a man.”

The 10 Best Survival Horror Games

I won’t spoil the rest of the short for you, but I highly recommend checking it out if you haven’t seen it yet. Clark packed quite a punch in such a short amount of time, with his video racking up over 10 million views since being uploaded four years ago, and it seems like major studios took notice.

As shared by The Hollywood Reporter, the film has been greenlit by Lionsgate Studios, with Sam Raimi for Ghost House Pictures and Jordan Peele for Monkeypaw set to produce. This is the first time these two have collaborated on a project together.

They aren’t the first to get their hands on Clark’s IP, though; Portrait of God was previously snagged by Universal, but the project fell through in early 2026. Things seem substantially more stable now, given the producers attached, as well as a major actress set to star in the film: Chase Infiniti, who gained wide acclaim for her breakout role in One Battle After Another.

“We’re delighted to deepen our creative partnership with Dylan Clark, whose remarkable talent and distinctive perspective make him one of the most exciting emerging voices in horror,” Lionsgate film’s Adam Fogelson said in a statement. “With Sam and Jordan, two of the genre’s most influential producers, the extraordinary Chase Infiniti starring, and Dylan at the helm, this is an exceptional creative team. We believe they have all the ingredients for a film that is haunting, thought-provoking, and scary as hell.”

“With Blair Witch, I’m experiencing firsthand the trust Lionsgate places in its filmmakers, and I couldn’t be happier that Portrait of God has found a home there, as well,” Clark added. “I’m also thrilled to welcome Chase Infiniti to our team. She blew me away in One Battle After Another and is one of the most exciting young actors working today.”

It’s a big time for indie horror flicks, especially where YouTubers are concerned; Kane Parsons’ Backrooms and Curry Barker’s Obsession were smash hits at the box office, opening the way for adaptations of other popular internet creepypastas like Siren Head (to be produced by Zach Cregger), The Mandela Catalogue, and even The SCP Foundation.

Image Credits: Monica Schipper/Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Fast & Furious TV Show Greenlit at Peacock, With Vin Diesel as Executive Producer

The Fast & Furious films are getting their own television series, with none other than Vin Diesel himself serving as executive producer.

As reported by Deadline on October 1, 2026, Peacock has officially given the green light for a Fast & Furious show. The series is slated to premier in 2028, the same year that the very last movie in the franchise is also set to release.

Vin Diesel first mentioned the show in May 2026 during a talk at NBCUniversal’s Upfront event, where he explained that fan demand drove Universal Pictures to consider expanding its high-octane IP.

Ranking the Fast and the Furious Movies: From Worst to Best

“As you all know, we are very precious about these movies but over the last decade, we’ve realized that the fans have wanted more, they wanted us to expand the legacy characters, their stories,” he said at the event. “And for the last decade, the desire has been for us to enter the TV space.”

Oh and of course, family was part of that decision: “That’s when I knew that the integrity of the characters, the international appeal, what makes us all feel like family will be protected in the TV space,” he added.

Mike Daniels (Sons of Anarchy, PONIES) and Wolfe Coleman (9-1-1: Lone Star) are both writers and co-runners for the show, which is one of four series planned for the Fast & Furious universe. As told by Deadline, one of these shows will be helmed by Nick Wooton (The Endgame) and Charmaine DeGraté (House of the Dragon), while the other two will be handled by Joe Henderson (Lucifer) and Ingrid Escajeda (Griselda).

With this in mind, it doesn’t look like the Fast & Furious world is set to end anytime soon, although its final film is on the horizon. This last movie, titled Fast Forever, is slated to release on March 17, 2028. It will mark the eleventh entry in the film franchise.

Vin Diesel spoke about the movie at Fuel Fest in June, where he detailed how he negotiated with Universal Pictures to bring its last adventure back to Los Angeles.

“The studio said to me, ‘Vin, can we please have the finale of Fast and Furious [in] April 2027?’” he told fans at the event. “I said, ‘Under three conditions.’ First, is to bring the franchise back to L.A.! The second thing was to return to the car culture, to the street racing! The third thing was reuniting Dom and Brian O’Conner.”

Given that O’Conner was played by the late Paul Walker, this statement led fans to wonder how the character will return. Walker’s brother was firmly against the idea of portraying his sibling in in Fast Forever, suggesting that AI could be used to bring him back to the franchise, instead.

Image Credits: Earl Gibson III/Deadline via Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

LEGO SpongeBob SquarePants: Bikini Bottom Review

As a millenial, I grew up during what I consider the golden era of cartoons – the 1990’s. Some of my favorites included Rugrats, The Angry Beavers, Hey Arnold!, and Rocko’s Modern Life. But, just as the 90’s came to a close, Nickelodeon dropped another certified classic on my young, impressionable mind. I knew there was something special about SpongeBob SquarePants from the very first episode, and now, more than 25 years later (wow, I feel old), it’s one of the most popular children’s cartoons of all time, and is still going strong with over 300 episodes.

LEGO SpongeBob SquarePants: Bikini Bottom

1

LEGO SpongeBob SquarePants: Bikini Bottom (available now exclusively from the LEGO Store) is the first new SpongeBob-themed set since 2012, and the first designed for adults with an 18+ age rating. It includes plenty of references and gags from the series, making it an excellent set for longtime fans to put together.

  • Set: #11386
  • Ages: 18+
  • Pieces: 1,794
  • Dimensions: 10″ (H) x 22″ (W) x 6″ (D)
  • Price: $219.99

The original set featuring the iconic homes and denizens of Bikini Bottom released in 2006, composed of just 579 pieces, and included a rather horrifying Squidward minifigure. Now, 20 years later, the set is much larger and has been completely reimagined for an older audience. At 1,794 pieces, more than three times the number of the original, this is also the largest LEGO SpongeBob SquarePants set released by far.

We Build LEGO SpongeBob SquarePants: Bikini Bottom

The contents of the massive box are split across 14 bags. This is the second set I’ve built that uses LEGO’s new eco-friendly packaging, which replaces the transparent polyethylene bags with paper bags, an initiative that began back in 2021. While I appreciate the positive environmental impact these new bags promise, I’ve found that they are prone to having small pieces get stuck in the seams. If you’re building a set that includes these new bags, be sure to double-check each one if you’re potentially missing a piece.

One aspect I really like about this set is just how good the minifigs look. Each one has been redesigned from the previous iterations, with more accurate colors and improved moldings. SpongeBob, in particular, looks great. The color is spot-on, and he finally has a proper pair of printed pants instead of looking like he’s standing on a pair of brown stilts. SpongeBob also comes with his trusty jellyfish net.

Patrick’s minifig received a substantial redesign compared to his originals as his head and stomach are now one large piece that fit over the torso like a sort-of reverse cape that more accurately depicts his food-loving physique. He even comes with one of his favorite junk foods – a Neopolitan ice cream cone.

Squidward got the biggest glow-up compared to his original minifig. Although later iterations fixed this by giving him a proper head mold, the version included in this set features a more accurate face, improved coloring, and little tentacles printed on the feet.

While not minifigs per se, the set also comes with a buildable DoodleBob (complete with the Magic Pencil) and a buildable Gary the Snail, although it hasn’t changed much from early LEGO iterations aside from having better coloring. He still doesn’t have eyes, though.

This set is divided into two instruction books, with the first book covering Patrick and Squidward’s houses, and the second book dedicated entirely to SpongeBob’s famous “Pineapple Under the Sea,” which employs some unique tactics to get its shape – more on that later. There are also a number of smaller builds to round out the scenery, including the crooked Bikini Bottom sign, a Boatmobile, SpongeBob’s Bubblestand, and small diorama of the Jellyfish Fields, with a small rotating platter to make the jellyfish swim around.

Patrick’s house doesn’t take long to put together, as all of its contents fit in a single bag. After all, it is just a large rock covering a hole in the ground. Thankfully, LEGO didn’t just stop there. The lid of Patrick’s house can be opened to reveal all of his sand furniture, including his chair, lamp, rug, and CRT TV. It even includes a space for him to “sleep” under the lid.

Squidward’s house, split across six bags, is a little more involved to assemble as it’s comprised of four floors: the bottom floor which features his clarinet and music sheet; the second floor with his canopy bed; and the third floor bathroom, complete with his toilet, shower, and bubble bath. There’s also a shower curtain with what appears to be a silhouette of SpongeBob hiding behind it – a reference to the episode “Squid’s Day Off,” where Squidward becomes paranoid after leaving SpongeBob in charge of the Krusty Krab. Finally, the top floor of the house features Squidward’s tanning bed that he frequently sets up in front of his house, along with a mirror and a flower-topped cocktail drink.

The interior of the house repurposes some LEGO pieces in interesting ways, such as a pink-colored crown as a sea anemone plant and an upside down cupcake piece as the lampshades for Squidward’s nightstands.

LEGO absolutely nailed the exterior of Squidward’s house. The dark blue pieces look fantastic, and the chunky geometry of the large nose, ears, and thick brow come through great. The window “eyes” are also a unique printed piece, of which this set has a surprising amount. I was pleased to find only two small sticker sheets overall.

The highlight of this set is undoubtedly SpongeBob’s pineapple house, though, which comes together across the remaining seven bags. The bottom floor features plenty of references to the show, including a hidden Mermaid Man and Barnacle Boy Easter egg inside the TV set, the shellphone, the photo of Gary on the wall, and even SpongeBob’s “friends” Penny, Chip, and Used Napkin.

Upstairs, SpongeBob’s bedroom includes his bed, complete with ladder and diving board, of course, as well as his alarm clock and Gary’s dessert in the corner. Don’t worry, he’s gonna finish it, and he’s gonna like it!

The designers at LEGO took a very interesting approach to recreate the rounded nature of the pineapple’s exterior and its criss-crossed diamond pattern. Each one of the pinapple panels is attached to a rigid internal frame built out of Technics pieces, allowing them to sit on an angle and pivot a bit to create the rounded look. Individual panels are attached to the exterior, leaving a small gap around the edges to make the diamond pattern. While they don’t fit together perfectly, the overall shape and finished house looks fantastic.

Finally bringing all three houses together to recreate the Bikini Bottom landscape is a blast. Each of the bases can be connected to save space, or you can display them all freely. There’s so much character to this set with endless scenes that can be recreated that it’s a must-have for SpongeBob SquarePants fans.

LEGO SpongeBob SquarePants: Bikini Bottom, Set #11386, retails for $219.99 and is composed of 1,794 pieces. It is available to purchase exclusively from the LEGO Store.

Matthew Adler has written for IGN since 2019 covering all things gaming, tech, tabletop games, and more. You can follow him on the site formerly known as Twitter @MatthewAdler and watch him stream on Twitch.

The FlashForge AD5X Multi-Color 3D Printer Drops to Just $220 Shipped at AliExpress

An excellent 3D printer with multi-color print capability just got a huge price drop that will probably be better than Amazon’s upcoming Prime Day sale. AliExpress is offering the FlashForge AD5X 3D Printer with integrated multi-material printing system for just $220 after you apply coupon code “VUSHS23“. The exact same printer sells for $349 on Amazon.

Make sure you’re signed into your account to see the shipping options (you may have to refresh the page twice). You’re buying it from FlashForge’s official store on AliExpress. It ships free from the United States and arrives within 1 to 2 weeks.

Flashforge AD5X Multi-Color 3D Printer for Just $220

Make sure you’re signed into your account to see the shipping options (may need to refresh twice)

The AD5X is the least expensive FlashForge printer that offers multi material printing, which basically allows you to use multiple colors or multiple filament types on a single 3D print. It also features a CoreXY structure, which is rare for a printer in this price range. In a CoreXY printer, only the print head moves while the motors are permanently fixed. Since the motors are generally the heaviest component, this improves print speed and precision.

The AD5X features an open bed design with a working space measuring approximately 8.7″ cubed. For those of you who are looking to enclose the chamber in order to create a more stable environment for your prints, you can purchase the official $50 kit. Alternatively, you can save the money simply by putting a box over the printer.

The AD5X boasts a print speed of up to 600mm/s with 20,000mm/s² acceleration and can print a benchy in 12 minutes. Other features including solid build quality (all structural components are made of metal), a 4.3″ color touchscreen with intuitive controls, auto leveling, and vibration compensation. Assembly is quick and easy and you should be able to make your first test print in a matter of minutes. No camera is included but, again, there’s an official kit to add one.

The multi-filament module fleshes out the 3D printing capabilities and is one of the most important features for any mid to pro level enthusiast. With it you can print using up to four different colored filaments or filament materials simultaneously. It features an intelligent filament system that can identify and manage all four spools seamlessly and independently. Multi-filament add-ons in general cost $200-$300 by themselves, so having an integrated solution will save you a lot of money.

TL;DR:

  • Open chamber 8.7″ cubed working space
  • CoreXY 3D printer (more stable than other types)
  • 600mm/s print speed with 20,000mm/s² acceleration
  • Includes multi-filament printing module
  • Automatic filament switching
  • Auto leveling and vibration compensation
  • Easy assembly

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Image Comics’ Deicidium Returned Exclusive Preview

DC’s All In initiative has been responsible for some pretty great comics in the last couple of years, but it’s tough to top Ram V and Evan Cagle’s New Gods. Luckily, while that series only lasted 12 issues, the creators are reuniting for a new graphic novel called Deicidium Returned. That’s enough to immediately make it one of our most anticipated books in the months ahead.

With the final order cutoff for Deicidium Returned happening on October 5, IGN can exclusively debut the first 24 pages of this graphic novel. Feast your eyes on this gorgeous comic bookery in the slideshow gallery below:

Image Comics’ Deicidium Returned Preview Gallery

Decidium Returned is written by Ram V, with art by Evan Cagle and Anand Radhakrishnan. The book is published through Image Comics. Here’s the official summary:

In a future rebuilt from the ashes of war, belief is no longer sacred—it’s monetized.Humanity has entered a hard-won age of stability, governed by an unholy alliance between global corporations and newly engineered religions. Worship fuels the economy. Faith is power. Salvation is a product. Welcome to the industry of belief. That fragile balance shatters when the old gods return. Ancient deities of fire, wind, jaguars, love, war, and mischief awaken inside ordinary people, transforming neighbors and strangers into living gods. To the powers that be, they aren’t miracles—they’re threats.The great faiths of the new world knew the old gods could one day return, and they planned for such an eventuality. 12 orphans were chosen, bestowed with gifts and taught to be faithless, loveless instruments without reward or remorse. The old gods have returned—and the 12 will be unleashed.As old myths collide with a world built on manufactured faith, a brutal conflict ignites—one that will decide who controls humanity’s future, and whether salvation comes from those placed above us…or from within us. DEICIDIUM is a global epic series from the multi-award-winning collaborations of RAM V, EVAN CAGLE, ANAND RADHAKRISHNAN with TOM MULLER, ADITYA BIDIKAR and more.

“A daring heist. A pair of thieves in slums around a holy city. A biker gang of graverobbers around a mausoleum town. A protest at the foot of a sacred mountain. This is how DEICIDIUM begins,” V tells IGN. “Separate threads, looking at the lives of ordinary, seemingly unconnected people in a world that is run by faith, worship and the commerce of belief. An explosive revelation is to follow. Something old was stolen. Something ancient is broken. Clever machiavellian fingers pulling at long-forgotten threads. What if these ordinary people with loves, lives and lingering regrets…what if these people were actually gods? Would we love them? Hate them? Hold them up or would we kill them?”

Deicidium Returned will be released on November 11. You can preorder a copy on Amazon.

For more, find out about the Your Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man prequel comic and learn which major comics icon finally joined the Marvel Universe in Avengers: Armageddon #4.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

Surprising No-One, GTA 6 Is Officially Rated M for Mature

In the most obvious turn of events, GTA 6 has officially been rated M for Mature by the ESRB, and it will of course include nudity.

Rockstar has added the official ratings for GTA 6 to the various store pages for the game, giving us some insight into what we can expect. If you’ve ever played a GTA game (or really, any major Rockstar game that isn’t Bully or Midnight Club), you’ll know that no stone is left unturned when it comes to adult content. There’s sex, violence, drugs, alcohol, crime, and an excessive amount of coarse language. GTA 6 will continue that trend, as the game has been rated for “blood and gore, intense violence, mature humor, nudity, strong language, strong sexual content, use of drugs and alcohol.”

The UK equivalent of the ESRB, PEGI, has issued a similar rating of PEGI 18. We’re still waiting for the ESRB to post its more in-depth breakdown, which often provides specific references to scenes and content in games alongside its more general description. Those breakdowns hint at certain story elements and gameplay mechanics, so we may hear more about the kinds of sexual content and the level of violence when that becomes available. Fans have been speculating about whether or not Jason and Lucia will have sex on-screen in GTA 6, for example, so it’s possible that the ESRB’s detailed breakdown will confirm or squash that speculation.

GTA 6 Side Activities

Rockstar previously got into trouble back in the mid-2000s with the release of Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas, as the game had an interactive sex mini-game buried in its files. The mini-game was cut from the final game, but modders were able to add it back in. As a result of the “pornographic” content, the ESRB re-rated the game to an AO rating, effectively banning it from retailers. This led to a brief recall of the game and scrutiny from government officials.

Still, sexual content has found its way into GTA titles in the years since. GTA 4 and 5 allowed players to pick up sex workers and have intercourse with them in their vehicle. The player had minimal input on how this played out, but it certainly pushed buttons and created its own controversy. As of right now, it’s unclear what kind of sexual content will be in GTA 6 beyond visiting strip clubs.

Additionally, the ESRB rating makes mention of “in-game purchases.” Rockstar stated earlier this summer that there are “no monetizations in this game,” which suggests there are no microtransactions. However, this likely refers to an upgrade from the standard edition of the game to the Ultimate Edition, which will give players access to additional cosmetics, stores, and missions. As of right now, Rockstar hasn’t said a word about GTA 6’s online mode, but it’s not currently expected to launch alongside the game this year.

Presumably, the online mode will be monetized, just like its predecessor. In GTA 5, players can buy in-game currency to purchase clothing, vehicles, and properties. Given how much money GTA Online has generated for Rockstar over the years, it’s hard to imagine the new online mode lacking microtransactions when it launches in the future. Currently, the online portion is rumored and speculated to debut in 2027.

GTA 6 is now in its final push toward release, as there is less than 50 days until launch. Rockstar has put up signange in Miami to promote the game, sent out swag boxes to influencers, and announced a massive $400 collector’s set, though the latter attracted controversy for not including a copy of the game.

We’ve got extensive coverage of GTA 6 across IGN. Check out IGN’s interview with Rockstar Games, our GTA 6 preview, and word of the first confirmed GTA 6 voice actor.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Ex-Star Wars Boss Admits ‘Relief’ After Leaving Lucasfilm, Following Turbulent 14-Year Tenure

Lucasfilm veteran Kathleen Kennedy has admitted she feels “a bit of relief” after stepping down from her role as the boss of Star Wars, following a long and often tumultuous run.

Kennedy took Lucasfilm’s helm in 2002 directly from Star Wars creator George Lucas, and oversaw the studio as it was sold to Disney, produced a new trilogy of mainline movies, and expanded its storytelling via an array of series on Disney+.

Some of these projects have been hugely successful, such as early seasons of The Mandalorian and the critically-acclaimed Andor. And while the Star Wars sequel movies ended in a firestorm of fan backlash and disappointment, they still raked in billions of dollars.

Ranking the Star Wars Movies From Worst to Best

At the same time, numerous Star Wars projects have flopped hard — or simply failed to get off the ground. Solo was a commercial disaster and also messy behind the scenes, as acclaimed directors Phil Lord and Chris Miller (The Lego Movie, Spider-Man: Into the Spider-Verse) were ditched mid-way through filming. Gareth Edwards was reportedly replaced for Rogue One: A Star Wars Story reshoots, while Colin Trevorrow was replaced during the development of Episode 9.

And then there is the long, long list of Star Wars projects discussed by Kennedy and others at Lucasfilm that have simply been lost to the sands of Tatooine. Most famously this includes The Hunt for Ben Solo and that trilogy of films from Game of Thrones showrunners D.B. Weiss and David Benioff, another trilogy from The Last Jedi director Rian Johnson, and a Knights of the Old Republic idea that could have kickstarted yet another trilogy. Marvel boss Kevin Feige was said to be working on a Star Wars project at some point, as was Luke Cage writer Matt Owens, as was legendary director David Fincher, as was British comedian Simon Farnaby.

A slew of other projects left over from Kennedy’s tenure technically remain on the docket, though it is increasingly unclear if any will survive, particularly as Dark Phoenix director Simon Kinberg seems to have been given the opportunity to make Episodes 10 through 12. These include a continuation of Rey’s story from director Sharmeen Obaid-Chinoy, a Dave Filoni story wrapping up the Mandoverse, a Dawn of the Jedi project from James Mangold, a long-gestating idea by Thor: Love and Thunder director Taika Waititi, an even-longer gestating idea for a Rogue Squadron movie from director Patty Jenkins, and a return for Donald Glover as Lando Calrissian.

Every Upcoming Star Wars Movie and TV Show

“I suppose there’s a bit of relief,” Kennedy admitted of her decision to step down from Lucasfilm, speaking at the Bloomberg Screentime event in Los Angeles this week (via The Hollywood Reporter). “These jobs are not easy and stepping into something like that that George [Lucas] had created was an incredible challenge.”

Asked about the challenge of satisfying hardcore Star Wars fans while also appealing to a broad audience, Kennedy suggested this was a “challenge that all franchises [face], certainly something that’s been around now for 50 years. You’ve got people where this means a lot to them,” she continued. “But at the same time, the challenge is to try to create something new, something original. So finding that balance is really the toughest thing.”

“I mean, I don’t think you can do anything in terms of the movie business where every single thing is going to be a perfect hit,” Kennedy concluded. “I think you learn things, I always like learning things from the movies that we do, the post-mortems we do on what worked, what didn’t. But I’m always proud of the work that’s been done.”

Star Wars continues next year with ryan Gosling’s Star Wars: Starfighter and Ahsoka Season 2.

Image credit: Rodin Eckenroth/Getty Images for Disney.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Gears of War: E-Day Review

Editor’s Note: This review currently only covers Gears of War: E-Day’s story campaign, as that’s all reviewers were given access to ahead of release. It will be updated with a finalized score and multiplayer impressions once we spend some time with the Versus and Horde Siege modes.

To the casual observer, Gears of War has always been a heavy-metal third-person cover shooter about a bunch of meatheads with chainsaws attached to their guns fighting aliens. But what Gears fans know all too well is that the real secret to the series’s two decades of success isn’t the killer graphics, the smart cover mechanics, or the gloriously gratuitous gore – although those things are all certainly significant parts of the recipe. It’s the heart. Marcus and Dom’s brotherhood. JD or Del’s sacrifice (depending on what you chose to do in Gears 5). Dom’s relentless love for Maria. And so my biggest question heading into Gears of War: E-Day, a prequel to the first game set 14 years prior on the day the Locust emerged from underneath the planet Sera, was how it would hang onto that heart when we already knew our armor-clad bros would definitely be alive by the end. I’m thrilled to say that E-Day carries its own satisfying emotional weight, with additional welcomed backstory for Marcus and Dom leading the way – oh, and the action is pretty top-notch, too.

E-Day begins with our Coalition of Ordered Government (COG) heroes, Marcus Fenix and Dominic Santiago, completing a ceremonial tour to honor their service in the finally-ended 79-year Pendulum Wars. We get glimpses of how each of them is reckoning with the end of the only thing they’ve ever known: Marcus is ready to re-enlist and hoping Dom will join him, while Dom is ready to go home to his wife Maria and their two young children, who are growing up without him. Of course, things quickly go to Hell – or rather, Hell comes up to them. Gears of War: E-Day does an excellent job of conveying both the uncertainty and the horror of what’s happening to these characters, even when we as players know exactly what’s going on.

What I said about the Gears 5 (2019)

It’s not surprising at all that Gears 5 is an excellent third-person action game. This iconic series has never really had a misfire, even when changing hands from original developer Epic to The Coalition, and the hot streak remains unbroken. What was unexpected is just how effectively it doubles down on story with a character-focused, consequence-filled tale that plays to one of the franchise’s most underappreciated strengths and backs it up with fun, welcome additions to both its gameplay formula and flow. And that’s just the campaign: add in a heavy-hitting multiplayer lineup of Versus, Versus Arcade, Horde, and Escape and it makes Gears 5 one of the best and most versatile action-game packages in recent memory. – Ryan McCaffrey, September 13, 2019

Score: 9

Read the full Gears 5 review.

By happenstance, Marcus and Dom get unofficially paired up with ex-Gear Mags Carter and rookie Gear Lucas Reyes, who happen to be at the same bar when the Locust tremors begin, before the quartet officially becomes Bravo Squad once the COG starts organizing its defenses. E-Day deserves a lot of credit here: In a prequel like this where you’re already attached to the leads, it would be easy for Carter and Reyes to be throwaway side characters who exist only to further the stories of our two well-known heroes. But E-Day makes time for your lesser-known Bravo squadmates, dedicating entire meaningful and enjoyable sections to establishing them in this world and getting you to care about them.

The unfolding nightmare of E-Day is reflected in both the types of Locust monsters you face as the campaign progresses as well as the sorts of weapons you’ll need to put them back in the ground. Easily-dispatched Wretches and run-of-the-mill, Hammerburst-wielding Drones are on the front lines as Bravo Squad wonders what the hell it’s up against in the invasion’s opening hours. You’ll take them down with Gears of War staples like the Gnasher shotgun and Lancer, both the bayonet-clad original version and the prototype of the chainsaw-equipped revision. Yes, you’ll get your hands on Gears’s most famous firearm pretty early, and you even get to witness its fun little origin story.

E-Day makes time for your lesser-known squadmates and gets you to care.“

But as you move through the first hours of the Locust invasion, Bravo Squad is continually confused and terrified at the increasingly deadly horrors trying to kill them. The monster menagerie is, naturally, a mix of foes you have and haven’t seen before in other Gears of War games, and the battles get steadily more white-knuckle as you make your way through the five-act story. Giant, frog-like hopping freaks that arc multi-gallon acidic loogies at you. Heavies that come in multiple varieties, most menacingly the one that fires a medium-range Gorehook – a hook on a chain that will typically down you in one hit.

On that note, one of my few complaints about Gears of War: E-Day is related to the down-but-not-out situations you’ll find yourself in throughout the campaign. When, not if, you get downed, your allies will occasionally be standing right next to you and not revive you. In fairness, it wasn’t a constant occurrence, but there were numerous times throughout my 15-18 hour first playthrough when I got stomped to death by a Locust heavy because one of my buddies either stood next to me and didn’t get me up, ran off and left me for dead, or never even got over to me as I mashed the X button to cling to life for a while. The immediate solution for this is to play through E-Day in four-player online co-op (two-player split-screen is the limit on a single Xbox), but I sure hope a patch resolves this inconsistent AI behavior sooner rather than later as well.

Guns Aplenty

As with the Locust enemies, E-Day’s weapons are a mix of old and new, and my goodness do I love them. Every weapon has a unique purpose to suit a particular combat strategy. And man, it still feels awesome to blast a Locust Heavy to bits with the Gnasher shotgun, cut a Drone into pieces with the Lancer Prototype’s chainsaw attachment, or explode a Locust sniper’s head with a scoped-Longshot kill. But there’s so much more in there beyond those Gears classics. The Breechshot, first introduced in the often-forgotten Gears of War: Judgment, ended up being one of my go-tos the longer the campaign went on, as it offered solid range and stopping power without being as cumbersome as something like the Longshot sniper rifle.

But there are a lot of weapons I’d give shoutouts to as well, like the Incinerator, which shotgun-blasts a burst of flesh-melting Imulsion; the Ripper, which is basically the Gears-universe equivalent of a SAW; and the ol’ favorite Torque Bow, which has a hell of a windup but then unleashes an explosive arrow at your target. I loved the weapon complement here, as well as the options that deep roster of firearms afforded me in some of the campaign’s later battles.

Every IGN Gears of War Review Ever

And it’s not just that all of these weapons are fun to use in the right situation. They can also all be modified and upgraded through E-Day’s new Weapon Mod and Tactical Gear system. You’ll encounter dozens of yellow Hard Cases lightly hidden throughout the world for you to find. Each contains a mod for one weapon or another, such as accuracy enhancers, scopes, or clip extenders. Completing optional secondary objectives around the major industrial city of Kalona where E-Day takes place also grants these same rewards. Each weapon has four mod slots, which you’ll unlock as you go, and I found myself constantly tweaking each weapon to find the right mix of add-ons that suited my playstyle. As such, I was plenty motivated to find every Hard Case I could and complete every secondary objective possible.

In addition to this is the Tactical Gear that modifies your armor, giving you your choice of a few squad-affecting special abilities that recharge on a cooldown timer after you use them. Again, you’ll unlock more as you progress, but once I got my hands on the Stim that allowed me to heal myself and any teammates within its radius for a short time, I was never tempted by any of the other choices. All of these customization options evolve the classic Gears of War combat in a welcome but not radical way that I appreciate, while liberally placed Supply Caches let you cycle weapons and mods rather frequently if you so choose.

And you’ll be glad for the ability to rearrange your weapon loadout often in E-Day’s mini-boss fights and full-blown boss battles. Almost all of them are memorable in a good way. With, again, a mix of old and new “faces,” these were often barely-scrape-by bouts during my playthrough and ones I welcomed both when they arrived and when I emerged victorious.

Almost all of the boss fights are memorable in a good way. “

E-Day is packed with beautiful locations. The destroyed downtown of Kalona; the pitch-black, Locust-dug caves underneath it; the almost sinister-looking Imulsion refinery; the peaceful mountaintops outside the city. Although the entire campaign doesn’t take place there, you’ll spend a healthy amount of time in Kalona, and the massive but dense battle spaces there are an excellent evolution of the mostly empty open-world areas from Gears 5. The freedom feels far more organic and meaningful here, as there are so many interesting things around almost every corner.

In addition to the aforementioned secondary objectives that grant meaningful Weapon Mod upgrades, there are hidden objects with optionally-viewed details that add a bit of color to a world in the process of recovering from a 79-year civil war, only to be invaded and destroyed by the Locust in a few days. The gorgeous visuals are brought down only by infrequent but noticeable framerate hitches, even while playing in Performance Mode on the Xbox Series X. As such, I can’t recommend playing on the 30fps Quality Mode – at least not before a patch or two.

On a side note, I appreciate that E-Day doesn’t do the all-too-common “make the player run the gauntlet of everything they’ve already fought, but multiply it” endgame sequence. Instead, your mettle is tested plenty of times along the way, with ample quiet moments to punctuate the loud action. And the ending is, I’ll say without spoiling anything, satisfying, which isn’t an easy thing to pull off when, as I mentioned, we already know that Marcus and Dom make it out of E-Day alive. And thank goodness, because I need more quippy Marcus Fenix one-liners in my life; I can’t get enough of them.

By going back to the beginning, Gears of War: E-Day returns to the heart of this series: Marcus Fenix, Dom Santiago, and a Locust horde that’s as terrifying as it is dangerous. E-Day pulls off the tightrope act of giving us a heartfelt prequel with strong characters even when we know how it ends. On a more mechanical level, it also evolves the enemies, weapons, and combat you’d expect to deliver a Gears of War campaign that stands toe-to-toe with any of the others. It wraps up with 10 years still left to go before Marcus gets tossed in prison ahead of the events of the first Gears of War, so here’s hoping the next one stays in the past for a while longer – and that we don’t have to wait another seven years for it to arrive.

Why isn’t this the final score?

As noted at the top, reviewers were only given access to the campaign (in both single-player and co-op) ahead of release – but even if I did get to play Versus and Siege Horde, I wouldn’t want to finalize our review score until I was able to play those modes on the live servers. I did get a chance to play some multiplayer in the public beta tests, however, and I’ve loved what I’ve played of Horde Siege in particular. Stay tuned for our final, set-in-stone review score in the next week or two!

East of Eden Review

East of Eden debuts on Netflix on October 1.

Good vs. evil, brotherly rivalries, parental rejection, the notion of free will as opposed to fate… East of Eden has a lot going on. And the new Netflix iteration of the John Steinbeck epic is pretty great at conveying these ideas with a well-acted, handsomely produced, seven-episode miniseries that’s the streaming equivalent of a page-turner.

East of Eden Images

I confess to having never seen Elia Kazan’s 1955 adaptation of East of Eden in its entirety, despite its status as one of only three starring vehicles for James Dean. But what I do remember about it is mish-mashed in my head with another of his films, Giant, so much so that I was a bit surprised by how this version ended. That may also be in part because, surprisingly, there haven’t been a ton of film or TV adaptations of East of Eden beyond the Kazan/Dean film; there was a TV miniseries in 1981 starring Jane Seymour, and a long-gestating movie version that had Jennifer Lawrence attached at one point but never materialized, but otherwise that’s it.

And that’s just fine, because now Kazan’s granddaughter, the actress Zoe Kazan, has adapted the 1952 novel for the small screen. Along with directors Garth Davis and Laure de Clermont-Tonnerre, Kazan takes the story and imparts a modern sensibility to what is, after all, an age-old tale. For East of Eden makes no bones about its ultimate source, which is the biblical tale of Cain and Abel. Indeed, the very title comes from the Book of Genesis: “So Cain went out from the presence of the Lord and lived in the land of Nod, east of Eden.”

Only in this version of the story, the second Black Widow and the third Professor Xavier star! (Also, a former Ghost Rider villain shows up for a supporting turn.) I’m talking, of course, about Florence Pugh, who really is the centerpiece of this version of the story as Cathy Ames, and Christopher Abbott, who is the second lead as Adam Trask. Mike Faist (Challengers) plays Adam’s brother Charles, who winds up in the middle of things between Cathy and Adam even while the latter two are destined to marry and have children someday. East of Eden is a generational story, as we start Episode 1, “Brothers,” in the post-Civil War Connecticut of 1874 and eventually find our way to California’s Salinas Valley circa World War I in the finale, “Timshel.”

Pugh in particular stands out as the complicated, headstrong, smart, and quite evil Cathy.“

“I believe there are monsters born in this world to human parents,” Pugh’s Cathy tells us in voiceover in the opening line of the series. And that is certainly an idea that lingers over the 46 years or so of the Trask family that we are to bear witness to, though whereas Cathy – a cruel woman who does unspeakable things to those who love her most – takes that notion to be incontrovertible, Kazan is less convinced. Cathy may be a monster, but was she born that way or did other monsters turn the once innocent child that she was into one of their own?

Episode 1 spends a good amount of time with the young versions of Adam (Costa D’Angelo) and his brother Charles (Tom Sweet), as they are forced to run military drills under their father Cyrus (a hateful Tracy Letts), whose heart is still in the war and who plays favorites with his sons. “Adam, don’t you see? I love you better,” Cyrus tells his elder son while Charles is barely within earshot. And yet he has a funny way of showing this affection, choosing to send Adam off to fight in the army while making Charles – the son who actually has an interest in enlisting – stay home to mind the farm.

By the time Cathy comes into the brothers’ lives years later, she’s on death’s doorstep as well as the Trasks’, having been beaten savagely by forces unknown. She will also soon drive a wedge between Adam and Charles, just as their father did, upending all their lives in the years to come, even while that central question will continue to come up: Are monsters born, or are they made?

Happy family: Mike Faist, Christopher Abbott and Florence Pugh as the Trasks.

East of Eden constantly raises this idea, and sometimes it’s a bit too on the nose about it. “I want to be good” and similar lines are uttered by characters who we already know are struggling with the choices they’ve made, or are about to make. But then it has moments of sublime exploration of such notions. In particular, the relationship that forms between Hoon Lee’s Lee and Ciarán Hinds’ Samuel Hamilton yields a philosophical discussion around the idea of “timshel” – a Hebrew word that, according to Steinbeck’s translation, means “thou mayest.” In other words, you may, or you may not. It’s your choice to do good… or bad.

Hoon Lee (Your Friends & Neighbors) is a standout in this series, eventually entering the picture as the Chinese manservant of Adam’s household who, despite being American born, is still treated as a lesser by most of the whites who he lives among. His connection to Adam and Adam’s own sons, and how it leads him to reflect on his own life, is both heartwarming and at times sad. Hinds too plays an important and memorable part in the Trask family as Adam and Cathy move out West, while Joseph Zada and Joe Anders eventually join the series as the years progress, playing twin brothers Caleb and Aron, respectively, and effectively continuing the themes of fraternal friction as 20th century counterparts to their father and uncle.

As for Pugh, Abbott and Faist, the trio are excellent in their roles, with Pugh in particular standing out as the complicated, headstrong, smart, and quite evil Cathy. Though indeed born of human parents as Cathy was, Zoe Kazan’s East of Eden can’t help but contemplate how even a character like this could be the result of more than just fate. “To a monster, the norm must seem monstrous,” Cathy says in that same VO. But what if that monster had no choice but to become monstrous in order to survive?

Vincent D’Onofrio Defends Laufey Star Deborah Ann Woll From Gooners Upset That Game’s Armor Sets Don’t Show More Skin

Emmy-nominated actor Vincent D’Onofrio has somehow found himself at war with a self-proclaimed ‘gooner’ over Deborah Ann Woll’s appearance in God of War Laufey.

The next game in the God of War series is fast approaching, this time following the adventures of Laufey, Kratos’ second wife and Loki’s mother in Norse mythology.

Given the current state of social media, it’s almost unsurprising that this fact alone has riled up the online rage machine — but it seems the controversy has grown so loud that other A-List actors are taking notice.

God Of War Laufey Reveal

More recently, the conversation has shifted from Deborah Ann Woll’s in-game appearance as Laufey to her special armor sets within the upcoming game. As told by a Twitter/X user who goes by the name ‘Geralt of Goonia,’ Sony’s Santa Monica Studio “would rather go bankrupt than give you an ounce of female attractiveness,” specifically when it comes to how much skin these armor sets cover.

Unexpectedly, Vincent D’Onofrio — who acted alongside Woll in Netflix and Marvel’s Daredevil series — chimed into the conversation to defend his co-star and proclaim his excitement to play the game alongside his son when it releases this coming February.

“Not that you asked, but… In no way do I agree with you,” he wrote. “Deborah is beautiful and extremely talented. She is as smart as a whip and a complete nerd. Also incredibly kind. How perfect she is! And a good friend. I am a fan of God of War. I, for one, cannot wait to play the new game with my son.”

Not that you asked, but…
In no way do i agree with you.
Deborah is beautiful and extremely talented. She is as smart as whip and a complete nerd.
Also incredibly kind.
How perfect she is!
And a good friend.

I am a fan of God of War. I for one cannot wait to play the new…

— Vincent D’Onofrio (@vincentdonofrio) September 30, 2026

Despite getting owned by Kingpin himself, Geralt of Goonia continued his tirade, leading to no end of humorous responses and memes from players defending Laufey and agreeing with D’Onofrio’s excitement about playing the game.

Laufey has been at the center of a few discussions between notable folks in the gaming and entertainment space lately; the original creator of God of War, David Jaffe, called the game “stupid” during a recent live stream, and accused its creative director, Ariel Lawrence, of having a “lack of passion” for the title itself. (He later clarified these remarks in a tweet and defended Lawrence from the ensuing harassment campaign that started against her as a result of his comments.)

Prior to that, The Last of Us director Bruce Straley used Laufey as an example of AAA games that failed to “excite” him, though he similarly clarified this statement and apologized for bringing “uninvited and unnecessary negative attention” to the title.

Woll, for her part, hasn’t let the negativity get her down. Speaking with a fan at Florida Supercon in July, she said she’s confident that Laufey is a fantastic game, which has, at least in part, helped her avoid being affected by the backlash from trolls online.

“Genuinely, I thought I was going to be much more offended by it, but one, I’m not on social media, so that helps, and two, I don’t know, I feel totally unbothered,” Woll said. “Because I just know it’s great. It’s okay if it’s not your cup of tea, but in no universe is it bad,” she said.

God of War Laufey releases on 16, 2027 exclusively on PlayStation 5.

Image Credit: Jason Mendez/Getty Images for Disney

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Wizards Announces MTG Secret Lair With Jim Henson’s Labyrinth and KPop Demon Hunters

Wizards of the Coast trots out a new MTG Secret Lair on a monthly basis at this point, and while crossovers aren’t anything new for the franchise, this new ‘superdrop’ brings Jim Henson’s Labyrinth and KPop Demon Hunters to the card game for the first time.

Wizards of the Coast has just announced the Corn Maze Superdrop, clearly in time for Halloween, but instead of going with a darker horror twist like it did with the Junji Ito drop, all of these collections are relatively lighthearted. Of course, for most people, the biggest draws will be the KPop Demon Hunters and Labyrinth drops – the latter of which has three collections – along with a Marvel Zombies collection.

The three Labyrinth drops are the highlight of the Corn Maze Superdrop, though. The Secret Lair x Jim Henson’s Labyrinth Fear Me, Love Me drop is entirely focused on Goblin kindred cards, and is headlined by Muxus, Goblin Grandee, a Goblin Staple, posing as Jareth, Goblin King with a beautiful illustration of David Bowie. Of course, there’s also a copy of Claim the Firstborn as The Kidnapping of Toby. For some reason, though, this drop also has a copy of Trinisphere, which doesn’t really fit into any conceivable goblin deck, but at least it has some cool art of Bowie holding a bunch of orbs.

MTG Corn Maze Superdrop Card Gallery

It wouldn’t be a Secret Lair Superdrop without some nigh-unreadable cards, and that’s where the Secret Lair x Jim Henson’s Labyrinth: Through the Labyrinth comes in. The art on these cards are all gorgeous, though I could totally see some of them being hard to parse from across the table. Still, Wizards decided to print Leveler in this drop, which you can combine with The Beamtown Bullies or Thassa’s Oracle to make your pod wish they were dropped in the Labyrinth.

There’s also a KPop Demon Hunters drop, which has some incredible cards with combo potential. This one comes with a copy of Freed From The Real and Underworld Breach, both of which will be notorious in decks that are built around them. There’s a reason Breach has been banned in multiple formats, after all.

And Wizards is still trying to work more Marvel content into Magic, this time with a Marvel Zombies drop that’s focused on Zombie kindred cards. But, as cool as it would be to have a commander deck helmed by Zombie Thor or Zombie Scarlet witch, none of the cards in this drop are really worth the high price you’d be paying for them, unless you really love Marvel Zombies.

Some of the other drops are seriously cool, too. The Manufactured Grounds by See Machine drop brings some incredible art to the original artifact land cycle from Mirrodin. That drop probably doesn’t make a lot of sense from a purely financial perspective, but damn, does it look cool. Then there’s the Peace, Love and Treefolk drop, which gives Timber Protector its first meaningful reprint besides the Lord of the Rings commander decks.

I’m probably going to pick up all of the Labyrinth drops, and if you want to grab one (or all) of them too, the Corn Maze Superdrop will be available starting at 9am PT / 12pm ET on October 12. Wizards of the Coast will even toss in a Labyrinth-flavored copy of Maze of Ith on any order over $199.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

European Commission Calls Out Riot, Activision, Mojang, and More Over In-Game Currency and Transactions

The European Commission is taking action against nine video game companies over their digital currency and pricing of in-game items with the goal of protecting players’ rights.

Launched on September 29, 2026, these actions are a follow-up to the Consumer Protection Cooperation Network’s Key Principles on in-game virtual currencies, which are a set of guidelines released in March 2025 that “promote transparency and fairness” for in-game currency and transactions.

These Key Principles guidelines were reached after the CPC Network had extensive discussions with game studios and publishers — but despite these talks, it found indications that a “high number of video game companies” hadn’t made any substantive changes to their games as a result of its public guidance, “nor as a result of the extensive talks between the CPC Network and the gaming industry that have taken place over the course of the past years.”

GTA 6 Reveal: 15 New Screenshots, Including 1 Exclusive on IGN

The CPC Network name-dropped these companies in a joint statement with the European Commission on September 30, publicly asking that they bring their in-game currency and transaction systems in line with their guidelines. These companies include Activision Blizzard UK, Mojang AB, Riot Games Limited, Supercell Oy, and Ubisoft EMEA SAS.

“Some video games directly exhort children to make purchases, despite an explicit prohibition in EU consumer protection law. Consumers across Europe should be able to play and interact with video games without being tricked into spending more money or time on video games than they want,” the CPC Network’s joint statement reads.

As outlined by the European Commission, its newest actions focus on seven core principles: providing clear and transparent pricing, not obscuring costs, not forcing unwanted currency purchases, providing clear information before the purchase, respecting the right to withdraw, using fair and understandable terms, and protecting vulnerable consumers.

The European Commission says that games must now show the actual, real-world price of in-game items that players are able to buy using virtual currency. Additionally, games must not require players to jump through hoops with currency exchanges or use multiple currencies, which would make the actual cost of these items unclear.

On top of that, games must not make players “feel obliged to buy an excessive amount of virtual currencies to progress or enjoy the game,” and they should be allowed to withdraw from any contracts within a two-week period, including for “unused virtual currency.”

“Roughly half of Europeans play video games, making gaming a major part of our digital economy and everyday lives,” Michael McGrath, Commissioner for Democracy, Justice, the Rule of Law and Consumer Protection, said in a statement.

“With that reach comes responsibility. The industry must ensure that its games do not expose players — especially children — to harmful or unfair practices. The game must be fair, and the rules must be respected. National authorities, with the support of the Commission, will make sure they are enforced.”

This is the latest big swing from the EU in the video game space after documents outlining the The EU Kids Act was shared online. This proposed legislation would require age verification for several online services, including certain multiplayer games that are “risky to minors.”

Image Credits: Unsplash.com – Matteo, Jonathan Borba

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

A Ton of Legend of Zelda T-Shirts Are Getting Price Cuts Today

Amazon is discounting a bunch of officially licensed Legend of Zelda shirts this week. The new sale arrives just a week before Prime Big Deal Days, with more than 40 T-Shirts down to $16.99 for Prime Members.

Seeing as I couldn’t fit every shirt onto this page, I’ve gone ahead and curated some of the coolest designs. If you’re looking for some of the more obscure options available, though, I recommend you browse the full sale yourself.

A 15% discount may not seem like much, but it’s likely the best price you’ll see on these shirts this year. Amazon regularly discounts it’s licensed Nintendo T-Shirts, but we rarely see prices this low. If you’ve been wanting to spruce up your wardrobe, now’s a great time to do so with a Zelda gift for yourself.

The biggest draw of this sale is that it encompasses such a wide range of shirts. 2026 marks the 40th anniversary of the franchise, and there have been many Legend of Zelda games since the NES version first came out. Because of that, there are a lot of different directions a shirt can take. There are subtle nods to the original game as well as more modern depictions from Tears of the Kingdom. Whatever type of Zelda fan you are, there’s a shirt for you getting discounted here.

The Legend of Zelda: Complete Playlist

Nintendo’s Zelda series has gone from 2D to 3D, from D-Pads to sticks to touch screens to motion controls and back. Here are all of Link’s (and Zelda’s and Tingle’s) adventures over the years. Log in to check off which ones you’ve played, and add others to your backlog.

See All

I myself currently own four different Legend of Zelda shirts that a regularly work into my weekly rotation. With that in mind, my two top picks from this sale are variations of T-shirts I already own. The first is a unique depiction of the Hylian Shield and Master Sword. The image is entirely made up of various weapons, characters, and references to the games. If you want something that looks great up close or from afar, I highly recommend picking this one up.

My second recommendations is just a simple shirt depicting the Royal Crest in gold. I’ve gotten more compliments on this shirt from random dudes at the grocery store than anything else I own. It doesn’t overtly say “The Legend of Zelda”, it just looks like a cool design. Fans of the games will immediately recognize the Triforce, but anyone else will think nothing of it.

More 40th Anniversary Legend of Zelda Merch

The Legend of Zelda movie isn’t coming out until next year, and a new mainline game has yet to be announced. So with that in mind, most of the biggest Legend of Zelda stuff has been centered around the upcoming Ocarina of Time remake. The game is set to release on November 5 alongside a new Zelda-themed Switch 2 console and Pro controller.

LEGO has also been teaming up with Nintendo to release new Zelda-themed sets. The first new set was released earlier this year and depicts ‘The Final Battle’ in Ocarina of Time. Nintendo announced an additional Link & Epona set, but it won’t be releasing until spring 2027.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

The Moza R5 Racing Wheel Offers 5.5Nm of Direct Drive Force Feedback for an Affordable Price

If you’re a big fan of racing games, you’ve probably already got yourself a wheel. But if you’re still rocking entry level gear or a belt-driven wheel because you’ve been held back by the steep cost of direct drive, then check out this new deal. Best Buy is currently offering the Moza Racing R5 Direct Drive Racing Wheel and Pedal Set for PC exclusively for $349.99 with free shipping after a $30 off instant discount. That might not seem like notable savings, but keep in mind that Moza wheels are already affordable to start with and rarely see discounts throughout the entire year.

$30 Off Moza Racing R5 Direct Drive Racing Wheel for PC

Moza Racing R5 Direct Drive Racing Wheel and Pedals

2

The R5 is not Moza’s least expensive direct drive wheel. That honor goes to the Moza R3, which retails for $279.99 and is not currently on sale. The primary difference between the two is maximum torque: the R5 offers 5.5Nm of force compared to 3.9Nm from the R3. Both are less expensive than other alternatives: Logitech’s G RS50 is $600 (for the wheel only), Fanatec’s CSL DD Ready2Race Bundle is $540, Simagic’s Green Flag Bundle is $600, and Thrustmaster’s T598 is $466. Some do offer advantages like a higher torque ceiling or console compatibility, but if value is king, it’s hard to beat Moza.

So what makes direct drive the gold standard for racing sims?

Direct drive wheels connect directly to the motor, which translates to immediate force feedback with zero latency and no lost power delivery from gear or belt-drive resistance. The higher the torque rating, the wider range of sensitivity. The Moza R5 is a big step up in immersion compared to a gear or belt driven wheel, and 5Nm is considered the baseline for bringing out the best of what direct drive has to offer.

The Moza R5 bundle includes the wheel (and wheelbase) and pedals. The 11″ wheel features an aluminum alloy rim, microfiber leather grips, Moza’s signature RGB sequential flow shift light indicator, and a total of 22 programmable buttons. The wheelbase features aviation-grade aluminum housing, intelligent temperature control, and a 15-bit ultra-high resolution encoder. The anti-slip pedals are constructed of high-strength steel and use Hall Effect sensors.

The Moza R5 is exclusively for PC

Forza Horizon 6 (PC, Xbox)

12

The Moza R5 works for PCs only, which means console gamers will need to look elsewhere. This is an excellent wheel for more competitive racing sims like Assetto Corsa, Automobilista, and Le Mans Ultimate. It will also work well with Forza Horizon 6, although this game is more arcadey than the rest and was designed from the ground up to be controller-friendly. Assetto Corsa EVO, which is currently available as a Steam Early Access release with a final expected release in 2027, is one of the best use-case scenarios. Sadly but not surprisingly, neither Star Wars Galactic Racer nor Grand Theft Auto 6 are expected to release with wheel support (GTA itself won’t see a PC port in quite a while).

How to Follow IGN Finds & Deals’ Recommendations

The IGN shopping team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts, preorders and new product drops available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt Remastered Review

As the fantasy RPG GOAT, it really doesn’t take a whole lot for me to replay The Witcher 3. I’ve happily done so the numerous other times developer CD Projekt Red has revamped this masterpiece, but The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt Remastered seems to be the biggest overhaul to the beloved tale yet. A free update for anyone who owns the original, so many different parts of this already excellent game have been improved – from combat to movement to skill progression (not to mention the modernized graphics). After about 10 hours working my way through White Orchard and beyond, it’s already extremely clear that this is the best The Witcher 3 has ever been.

Combat is less floaty and enemies are (slightly) less stupid

It’s probably not controversial to say that one of the worst parts of this otherwise amazing adventure was the combat. Even after at least a few updates to it over the years, it still mostly felt floaty, a bit on the sloppy side, and enemies were a huge fan of just standing there and waiting for their turn to get decapitated. The modernizations made to combat in this remaster are its biggest step forward, as a whole bevy of tweaks have been made to address various sticking points. Geralt attacks faster and enemies are quicker to match your pace, which makes the process of chopping through your ninth pack of wolves much less irritating.

The camera and lock-on functionality have been the highlight so far, as you can now toggle between large groups of enemies with ease, and without the camera losing its mind. I didn’t even use the lock-on system in the original specifically because it was so unreliable, so being able to do so now has taken some serious getting used to. In general, the camera feels much better – less tightly locked to your back so you can handle groups of enemies more reliably (though those darn Neckers still like to sneak up on ya), and so far I’ve encountered far fewer situations where I felt like I was fighting my view as much as I was the monsters.

I’ve also noticed some new enemy behaviors that make swordplay more interesting, specifically how they’ll now retreat instead of letting you trounce them with steel, launch less telegraphed counterattacks, and disappear and reappear behind you (in the case of ghost monsters). All that did a much better job of making me feel like I was fighting intelligent creatures. Of course, compared to some of the stuff we see in action games today, I still do feel like the enemy behavior shows its age, and it was never all that great to begin with. Still, this is enough of an improvement to make combat feel much more engaging than it once did, significantly upgrading one of this adventure’s weakest points.

Geralt moves so much faster and Roach is less of a cretin

Movement is one of those small details that can grate the heck out of you in a massive RPG like The Witcher 3, slowly filling you with rage over the course of hundreds of hours. In the original, Geralt was often slow and had a lot of trouble getting over things. His rigid animations sometimes made me avoid ladders altogether because I just didn’t have the patience for it. In the remaster, Geralt absolutely flies over fences and navigates vertical obstacles with relative ease, to the point where it actually felt weird to see him be so nimble. I recall losing over an hour of progress in the 1.0 version when Geralt fell off a ledge no taller than a barstool and managed to break every bone in his body. This was reduced already in the next-gen update from 2022, but combined with the other speed and mobility improvements here, it almost feels like a completely different game – to the point where I’ve begun to wonder if it’ll make the map feel smaller than before as I get deeper in.

Similarly, Roach is no longer the annoying idiot she once was, now sporting much more intuitive controls that make her less likely to get caught on trees (which she now passes through if she’s just brushing against them while galloping), or end up on top of a barn. Most importantly, you can now loot herbs and whatnot without getting off your horse, which is maybe the single best improvement this remaster offers (dismounting every 10 seconds to pick a flower drove me to the brink of madness in 2015).

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt — Remastered Screenshots

Skill trees are less restrictive

A pet peeve of mine in RPGs is when skill trees prevent you from playing around with different builds until you get deep into the progression. This is something The Witcher 3 suffered from quite a bit in the early hours, as so many of the impactful abilities were locked behind walls you couldn’t remove until late in the journey. The revised trees in the remaster take a page out of Cyberpunk 2077’s book by making perks more readily available earlier on, so you can customize how you’d like Geralt to get his Witchering done. I’m still early in my journey on this run, but I’m already happy to see that I won’t have to wait until I’ve invested a whole 12 points in a branch before I can unlock any good skills – so long as I’ve purchased a skill along the route I’m focusing on, I can now progress down a certain skill path with fewer obstructions.

Oh, yeah, this remaster looks pretty great too

Maybe this goes without saying for a remaster, but this is a pretty massive graphical upgrade, even over the one The Witcher 3 got for the current generation of consoles just four years ago. The lighting is much more dramatic, environmental textures are way more detailed, shadows and reflections are much more consistent across the board (especially on PC), and Geralt’s hair looks way less like a blurry mess than it once did. Again, this is all stuff that you’d hope would be the bare minimum when remastering a 12-year-old game, but it still warrants a shoutout. There’s even a new photo mode for those of you who want to take glamor shots of Geralt in all his new, high definition glory.

The one thing caveat here is that performance is still not perfect, and I still ran into a dropped frame or two on both console and PC. It’s a small price to pay for how much better things look, though, especially with the incredibly short load times I saw. And considering that the original had some framerate issues of its own, it’s not like anything has gotten worse here.

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt Remastered’s greatest asset isn’t that it adds anything the original sorely lacked, but rather that it removes some of the biggest roadblocks to fun the 1.0 version was saddled with. Combat is more challenging but also easier to enjoy, movement is quicker and less irritating, and revised skill trees allow for more freedom. Even if it doesn’t manage to fix some of the technical issues (plus I’m sure there are some bugs waiting for me to encounter them that haven’t reared their ugly heads yet), it manages to make this classic RPG more enjoyable in 2026, and that’s worth yet another ride down its well-trodded roads.

TieGuyTravis’ Favorite Open-World Games

Do you like freedom? So do these iconic open-world classics.

See All

Alan Ritchson Confirmed to Star in Helldivers Movie as Release Date Pushed Back

Reacher star Alan Ritchson has been confirmed to play one of the titular Helldivers in the hit game’s film adaptation, which is now set to release in 2028.

As told by Sony Pictures in a September 30 press release, Helldivers’ release date has been shifted from November 10, 2027 to June 9, 2028.

Justin Lin, best known for helming several of the Fast & Furious movies, is still set to direct, with Hutch Parker, PlayStation Productions’ Asad Qizilbash, and Justin Lin’s Perfect Storm Entertainment producing the film.

Helldivers 2 Patch 7.0.0 Screenshots

As described by Sony Pictures, Helldivers’ story centers on an “elite unit of soldiers — known as Helldivers — who must battle alien creatures threatening to destroy the fictional planet of Super Earth.” Ritchson will star as “one of the Helldivers,” though it remains to be seen if he is the movie’s main character or not.

Ritchson was already rumored to be involved in the Helldivers adaptation; a report from Deadline earlier this month stated the six-foot-three action hero was in talks to star. Now that this has been confirmed, we can’t think of anyone better to join the Helldivers’ ranks and help spread sweet, sweet Democracy through the galaxy, especially given his standout performance in Prime Video’s Reacher.

The movie could have looked drastically different, and it almost did; Jason Momoa (Game of Thrones, Supergirl) was initially slated to star in Helldivers, but left the project sometime this summer for unknown reasons.

First announced in January 2025, the Helldivers movie was received with mixed reactions from fans, especially after they learned that director Justin Lin is not a gamer. The Hollywood Reporter described this as a “strength” for Lin, saying he “leaned into it” when pitching his idea for the project.

Unsurprisingly, this caused an uproar among players… but the CEO of Arrowhead, the developer of Helldivers 2, assured them that he “trusts” Lin with the IP.

“We are not Hollywood people, and we don’t know what it takes to make a movie. And therefore we don’t, and shouldn’t, have final say,” he said, urging fans to “let him work his magic.”

We’re hopeful that Lin’s Helldivers will be just as fantastic of a love letter to the game as Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil was to Capcom’s flagship horror series. It’s a good time for video game adaptations overall, and more are on the horizon, with Legendary’s Street Fighter set to hit theaters on October 16.

Image Credit: Dimitrios Kambouris/Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Beware Boiúna Review

Beware Boiúna is in theaters on October 2.

Movies about monstrous versions of recognizable animals are a fun subgenre. The likes of Anaconda, Lake Placid, The Meg, and the granddaddy of them all, King Kong, offer a certain innate allure regardless of their differing quality, as they take a creature we might already find menacing and mega-plus-size them. Some lean into camp, some into pure horror, and some into tragedy, but a surprising number of them work on some level.

More New Movie Reviews

The latest addition to this type of film is Beware Boiúna, which has its moments and a few clever twists on formulaic situations, but never quite fully takes off. On top of that, the film also suffers from just taking too damn long to get to the giant snake we’re there to see. I want to beware Boiúna, so give me Boiúna!

The film follows a trio of doctors who come to the Amazon on a humanitarian trip to administer medical assistance and, along with the crew of the boat they’re traveling on, run afoul of the legendary Boiúna — a massive fearsome snake from Brazilian mythology who is described almost like a force of nature, dispatching anyone that she sees as upsetting the balance within her home.

Though Beware Boiúna delivers a couple of early death scenes to tease the terrors to come, its set-up is far too prolonged for a film of this sort. Even at 1 hour and 44 minutes, it easily feels 15 minutes too long; Anaconda and Lake Placid knew what they were doing, running 90 minutes or less each. There are ultimately too many scenes establishing the characters and their dynamics, along with an attempt to go for a more serious-minded, grounded feeling than you might expect from a film of this sort. It’s admirable to infuse themes about the exploitation of the Amazon and its indigenous people into a giant snake movie, but it should be done far more efficiently or better blended within the mayhem people are paying to see.

The film also includes a storyline that feels like it’s part of the set-up to a totally different movie, involving a notably dark experience that med student Alli (Jessica Rothe) and ship mechanic Lena (Kiana Madeira) have that leads to “colonizer” Brennan (Logan Marshall-Green) and his men angrily tracking them from a different boat. Sure, it offers up more potential victims for Boiúna, but it’s another place where there was an easier, quicker way to get there.

When Boiúna finally unleashes, she’s pretty cool and very daunting, and the film makes good use of her unreal size as a weapon in its own right… when we can get a good look at her, that is, which isn’t enough. Director Mike P. Nelson and cinematographer Nick Junkersfeld keep Beware Boiúna often looking visually appealing, and the FX used to bring Boiúna are solid in the glimpses we get. But it quickly begins to feel like the film’s low budget is keeping her from being seen nearly as much as one would hope, including resorting to some distracting shaky-cam at points to try to disguise that fact… and this is not nearly a Jaws-level film in terms of making up for its often offscreen beast.

Veteran screenwriter Alan B. McElroy, the writer behind Halloween 4: The Return of Michael Myers — still the best Halloween sequel ever — manages to interject some deviations from the expected formula of this kind of movie. There are solid moments that play with the usual flow of who will die next, whose perspective we’re following, or what character we’re meant to like at any given moment. But at the same time, there’s not enough done in terms of delivering memorable deaths, with too many characters taken out quickly and without discernible details to make their demise stand out.

There’s not enough done in terms of delivering memorable deaths, with too many characters taken out quickly and without discernible details to make their demise stand out. “

And yet there are also well-done scenes involving mosquito eggs left inside a human’s back, a snake smashing into a construction vehicle, or the particular highlight of a character needing to think fast to save themselves using the corpse of a fallen friend. But then that scene is undercut by some unnecessary flashbacks immediately afterward, providing hand-holding we simply don’t need to apparently remind the audience of a relationship we are already fully aware of. Ultimately, there’s just a lot of push-pull here.

Anchoring the film are the likable duo of Rothe and Madeira, projecting the feeling of believable resourcefulness that these characters need to have. It’s too bad Beware Boiúna doesn’t allow for Rothe to show off her impressively strong comedy chops like the Happy Death Day movies do, but better served on that front is Will Close. Close nails each of the funny lines given to his comic relief character of Callum, who’s very much out of his element even before the giant snake arrives.

Director Nelson — recently hired to direct the eleventh Saw movie — shows some flair, including the moments mentioned above or with a couple of well orchestrated jump scares, such as one that cleverly uses blurriness as a set-up. But these “that was cool” beats that are peppered throughout the film never gain enough momentum for the movie to feel like it’s truly locked in. And they can’t make up for not having enough Boiúna!

Capcom Knows Its Resident Evil Remakes Will Eventually Catch Up With Newer Games, But Has a Plan For When That Happens

Capcom has a plan for when its rollout of Resident Evil remakes eventually catches up with newer games in the series, and considers Resident Evil 7 as a “turning point.”

That’s according to Jun Takeuchi, a Capcom veteran who has served as excutive producer for the series over the past decade, who has acknowledged the fact that Capcom’s hugely popular remakes are slowly running out of classic games to re-release. The publisher has already remade Resident Evil 2, 3 and 4 to great success, with a new version of Code Veronica slated for next year.

It has previously been reported that a Resident Evil 0 remake will follow in 2028, and that a Resident Evil 1 remake has also been considered. Of the mainline Resident Evil games, this would then just leave Resident Evil 5 and 6 as the only titles left to get new versions — both of which would be interesting prospects, for separate reasons.

The 10 Best Resident Evil Games

While Capcom likely has enough remakes to keep their releases going for another decade, there will come a point where the publisher needs to decide whether to remake other titles, or start remaking its remakes all over again. Or… do something else, Takeuchi teased.

“The current Resident Evil series is being developed along two tracks,” Takeuchi noted, writing in the just-released Biohazard 30th anniversary special magazine book now available in Japan (thanks, RENews_X, via The Gamer).

“Someday, the remake series will catch up with the era of the numbered titles, and we are already thinking about what we will do when that happens,” he continued. “In fact, we have been gradually preparing for that since around Resident Evil Village. The appearance of names such as Umbrella and Spencer, as well as the return of Raccoon City in Requiem, are also in preparation for a ‘crossover’.

“At first, we included these elements with the sense that they were fan service, but users were far more delighted by them than we had imagined, and they even began analysing the thoughts that the development team had privately kept to itself. So, as a series, we decided to respond to users’ expectations and pushed this setup further in Village and Requiem.”

Takeuchi went on to state that Capcom regarded Resident Evil 7 “as a turning point for the series” as it was in development when its plans to start remaking older games really came to fruition. Does this mean that everything before 7 is set to be remade one day, while 7 and onwards is considered too new?

Resident Evil 5 sold hugely well, with particular interest in the game in the wake of the top-rated Resident Evil 4. (Sadly, 5 was nowhere near as good.) But any new version of the game would see Capcom returning to the controversy over 5’s African setting and companion character Sheva. As for Resident Evil 6, which featured a range of protagonists, it just isn’t very good. But perhaps Capcom could salvage it in an eventual new version?

What’s more interesting here is Capcom’s suggestion that is using its remakes to seed ideas it will pick up again in newer titles, when that “crossover” point eventually happens. After all, Resident Evil has now been going for 30 years, which is a long time for anyone to remember plot details without being able to revisit early entries.

For now, though, all of that is a long time off — and there’s plenty to look forward to. The promising-looking Resident Evil Veronica is next on the docket, and we’ve already asked Capcom some of our burning questions…

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Get 2 Months of the Paramount+ Premium (Ad-Free) Subscription for Just $1 Per Month

To kick off its new fall lineup, Paramount is offering a promotional deal for most new and returning subscribers. Right now, you can get your first two months of Paramount+ for just $0.99 per month when you apply the unadvertised coupon code “26zcsp2prm3qz” during checkout. I’d definitely suggest going with the Premium tier, which normally costs $13.99 per month, since it is ad-free and includes Showtime.

Note that with Paramount+ codes, your mileage may vary (meaning it may not work for everyone).

Paramount+ Premium with Showtime for $0.99/mo

2 Months of Paramount+ Premium Ad-Free Subscription

104

Apply the coupon code during checkout.

Paramount’s 2026 fall lineup includes new seasons of Tulsa King and Dexter: Resurrection, as well as the second half of the final season of All the Queen’s Men. New for 2026 is the Avatar: Seven Havens animated TV series, with its premiere episode airing on October 9. For UFC fans, there will be two numbered events for the month of October: UFC 332: Silva vs. Wang on October 3 and UFC 333: Volkanovski vs. Evloev on October 24.

Paramount+ is one of the better populated streaming services available, especially if you’re on the ad-free plan. Several high-profile movies are currently streaming exclusively on Paramount+, including The Running Man, The Naked Gun, and Primate. Its extensive library of media has been bolstered with the addition of Showtime, making it a great service for those who enjoy movies, original shows, live sports, and news. Popular TV shows include Dexter: Resurrection, Marshals (a recent spinoff of Yellowstone), Landman, Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, Tulsa King, Halo, and Yellowjackets.

If you’re a UFC fan, then signing up for Paramount+ is a no-brainer. Dubbed “the home of UFC”, your Paramount+ subscription gives you access to all UFC numbered events and Fight Nights on demand, from prelims to main cards.

If you watch American football, then you’ll be stoked to hear that the regular season starts up on September 9. Paramount doesn’t stream very many pre-season games, but that should change during the regular season as more NFL games start airing on your local CBS network. The two free months won’t get you through an entire football season, but hopefully there’s another streaming deal floating around by then.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Halo’s Former Franchise Creative Director Sees 3 Possible Paths for Activision’s Halo

Frank O’Connor, Halo’s Franchise Creative Director for nearly 20 years at 343 Industries/Halo Studios (who, fun fact, was once my colleague at Official Xbox Magazine), has weighed in on Halo’s future at Activision, suggesting three viable paths forward for Xbox’s former biggest franchise.

O’Connor, who moved on from 343 Industries in 2023, was responding to a post on LinkedIn by former Xbox Social Media Manager of Executive Communications Genevieve Harrison about Halo’s move to Activision. Harrison was discussing how Activision might approach Halo, and said in part, “Talent is not a SharePoint folder you drag from /Call of Duty into /Halo and wait for the little green checkmark. What Activision does know how to do is run the absolute hell out of a giant franchise. Maybe that operational discipline is exactly what Halo needs. But Activision isn’t riding in to save Xbox either. Microsoft paid $68.7 billion for Activision Blizzard. Activision is Xbox. Maybe it works. I hope it does because I’d love another great Halo game.”

O’Connor, who started on the Halo franchise when he left Official Xbox Magazine to join Bungie during Halo 2’s development, replied with his thoughts on how the series’s next step at its new developer and publisher might go. “There are 3 paths – any one of which COULD be successful,” he said. “None of these are easy, guaranteed or necessarily viable: 1. Make a “classic” Halo movement/sandbox/shooter experience tailored to a core audience & scaled to be successful with that core audience and attractive to a broader one so it can grow (not to mention obvious fact that Halo MP is better w. more people playing, by mathematical default).

“2. Make something new, modern that >reinvents

“3. Translate Halo IP and sandbox into the ATVI comfort zone. Use the player, progression and business models that are proven to work and craft a big annual or semi-annual spectacle and constant content. Pro-Tip: Do NOT tie it to hardware/services launch cycles, do not try to force it into a shape (or aging platform) that it can’t fit and do NOT abandon sandbox. Pro-Pro-Tip: Hire Bungie, Halo Studios and other laid off folk who are bursting w. talent and ideas that got nerfed or shut down over the years.”

Halo Studios went through a rebranding effort (from 343 Industries), a leadership shakeup, and a pivot to Unreal Engine as its underlying game technology in 2024, and shipped the multiplayer-less remake of the original Halo, called Halo: Campaign Evolved, earlier this year. However, the studio was reportedly years away on its next mainline Halo project ahead of Xbox CEO Asha Sharma and Xbox COO Matt Booty’s decision to hand Halo to the House of Call of Duty. I’ve since written about whether or not Activision can save Halo, but I’m not as convinced on the creative side, while my colleague Matt Purslow wrote about how, no matter what, Halo must go beyond Bungie’s original template.

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

Anyone Can Claim The Witcher 3 Remastered for Free on Switch 2 if You Borrow a Switch Physical Copy From a Friend

The Witcher 3 Remastered can be unlocked on Switch 2 for free via any physical version of the game for Switch — whether its your copy of the game or not.

Switch 2 owners have discovered that physical cartridges for The Witcher 3 on Switch can be used an unlimited number of times to grant a digital copy of The Witcher 3 Remastered. So, all you need to do is rent or borrow a copy of the game to unlock unlimited access. And no, you don’t need to keep the original game cartridge inserted after unlocking the upgraded digital version.

Have a friend with the game? Ask to borrow it! Have a cheap second-hand game shop nearby? Head in and see if there’s a copy for sale, and then trade it back in!

This remarkably generous solution is the result of CD Projekt keeping its promise that upgrades for the newly-relaunched RPG classic will be free on all platforms, even for physical copies. And while there’s no version of The Witcher 3 Remastered for Nintendo’s original Switch, the game will unlock a free version of Remastered for Switch 2.

Major features added in the remaster include improvements to combat, traversal and movement, plus revamped mount handling, enhanced monster behaviors, a skill tree revamp, armor transmog, an expanded photo mode, new finishers and much more.

Other additions include the long-awaited cross-platform mod support, new quest tracking, immersive meditation, refined animations, UI improvements, a looting rework, refreshed motion blur, new accessibility features, a tutorial modernization, HDR improvements, a foliage shading rework, ray-tracing improvements, a global lighting reork, new shading model, subsurface scattering, and a new tone mapper.

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt — Remastered Screenshots

Of course, all of this is coming ahead of next year’s Songs of the Past, The Witcher 3’s third expansion, which you will need to pay for. While that’s still some time away (we don’t know yet exactly when in 2027 it will arrive), The Witcher 3 Remastered is an enormous game — and remember, it also now includes the game’s first two expansions as standard. So, you’d better get started.

To ease you into Geralt’s life on the road, check out the Things The Witcher 3 Doesn’t Tell You, plus IGN’s The Witcher 3 Walkthrough and The Witcher 3 Endings guide, which outlines all of the major quests and choices in the base game and expansions (now bundled in with the Remastered edition). When you’re ready for the tough choices, check out our The Witcher 3 Sex and Romance guide to see who Geralt can smooch and all the opportunities to do so. And to make Geralt as strong a monster hunter as possible, check out all the Witcher Gear Locations, Places of Power Locations, and even Gwent Card Locations.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

John Carpenter Calls 2011 The Thing Prequel Movie a ‘Piece of Crap,’ Sparking a Mixed Response From Fans

Horror movie legend John Carpenter has slammed the 2011 The Thing prequel movie, calling it a “piece of crap.” But not all his fans are onboard with his take.

2011’s The Thing serves as a direct prequel to Carpenter’s much-loved 1982 horror masterpiece, The Thing. It revolves around a team of Norwegian scientists who discover a parasitic alien buried deep in the ice at a Norwegian Antarctic research station. Directed by Matthijs van Heijningen Jr. and written by Eric Heisserer, The Thing flopped at the box office, grossing just $31.5 million worldwide. It has a 34% rating from critics on Rotten Tomatoes’ Tomatometer, and a 43% rating from fans.

IGN’s own The Thing review returned a 5/10. We said: “The special effects quickly devolve into over-the-top goriness, with some of the Thing’s forms coming across as more ludicrous than terrifying. There are some risible CG moments involving the morphing of actors’ faces with the creature’s, and the whole last act falls apart into a ‘chase the CG bogey monster before it gets you’ sequence devoid of any true suspense or originality.”

The 25 Best Body Horror Movies of All Time

Count the 78-year-old Carpenter as one of The Thing’s fiercest critics. During a recent panel at FanExpo in Chicago, Carpenter pulled no punches when discussing the movie. “They made a sequel, I guess, or something,” he began. “Norwegian camp — did you see that piece of crap? They did digital effects and they had… Instead of a blood test it was a dental test. I mean, it was unreal. It’s like, what?! The dentist?!”

Kurt Russell, who starred in Carpenter’s The Thing and joined him on the panel, responded to Carpenter’s comments to say, “John doesn’t suffer fools greatly guys.”

While most agree 2011’s The Thing isn’t the best movie in the world, some fans have come to its defense in the wake of Carpenter’s outburst. “To be fair to the creators of The Thing (2011), it wasn’t their fault that the movie became a ‘piece of crap,’” one fan said.

“Director Matthijs van Heijningen Jr. and the creature effects team at Amalgamated Dynamics had created a ton of practical creature effects for the film. However, the studio and production ultimately decided that the practical effects looked too ‘dated’ and too much like an 80s movie, so they chose to replace most of them with CGI. Even the director later admitted that, in hindsight, it was the wrong decision from the studio.

“No offense to John Carpenter, but if you’re going to blame anyone for how the 2011 movie turned out, blame the studio.

“There are also workprints featuring the original practical creature effects stored in the studio vaults. Fans have been calling for these to be released and remastered, restoring the original practical effects so we can finally see the movie closer to how it was originally intended.”

“I honestly liked it and appreciated how respectful it was of Carpenter’s movie,” another fan added. “It was a complete retread of The Thing, but it was pretty good actually,” one person said. “Would be way better if they didn’t put CGI over top of all the practical effects.”

“Did we need it? No. Am I glad we have it? Yes,” another fan commented.

Since The Thing’s release, van Heijningen has discussed his regret about the CGI reshoots, telling Syfy Wire in 2023 that the movie was “caught in a cross-zone where animatronics were old-fashioned and the CGI wasn’t good enough.”

“We made the wrong decision to do it in post-production [when it came to] making the monster design in the computer,” he continued. “I regret that now.”

“The Carpenter version was so good and a lot of fans were almost offended by the prequel and didn’t see the necessity for a follow-up. But now I fully understand that it was a bit early.“

van Heijningen also discussed where a potential sequel would go had The Thing not bombed at the box office. “Kate would escape and would be picked up at sea and tries to warn the world at an oil platform near the South Pole,” he explained. “The monster would break loose on the the rig. I liked the oil rig mayhem idea.”

Alas, there’s zero chance those sequel ideas become reality, given the movie’s poor critical and commercial performance… and Carpenter’s clear disdain for it.

Photo by Daniel Boczarski/Getty Images.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Pokémon VGC Pro Begs Players to Wash Themselves After Opponent’s ‘Putrid’ Stench Makes Them Vomit

A professional Pokémon player is going viral after begging his fellow competitors to keep up with their personal hygiene, claiming he literally threw up at an event due to someone’s stench.

Texas-based Pokémon VGC regional champion Donghun Youm says he lost his lunch at the 2026 Baltimore Regional Championships thanks to a super smelly player.

Youm wrote about his experience in a viral post on Twitter/X, where he begged players to “please take care of [their] personal hygiene.”

Pokemon x Starbucks September 2026

Youm said someone at the competition smelled so foul that he literally threw up because of it, and his friends were unable to concentrate on their own matches due to the putrid stench.

“I’ve had an incident at Baltimore regionals where I had to throw up due to a nearby player’s stench,” he said. “My friends and I couldn’t focus that round due to how putrid the smell was, and we even told a judge due to it. Like, c’mon man….”

Youm’s post has kicked off a heated discourse about players’ hygiene at competitions, as well as no end of jokes and memes about certain Pokémon attacks that rely on smell to deal damage or inflict adverse status effects. (The ability ‘Stench’ was most popular, as it has a 10% chance of making your opponent flinch when hit by a damaging move.)

Please take care of your personal hygiene.
I’ve had an incident @ Baltimore regionals where I had to throw up due to a nearby player’s stench. My friends and I couldn’t focus that round due to how putrid the smell was and we even told a judge due to it. Like c’mon man….

— Donghun Youm (@PlaymakerYoum) September 27, 2026

“[Washing] should be a requirement to attend an event,” one commenter replied. “People who smell bad should be kicked out.”

“If you can afford a Nintendo Switch, you can afford a $3 stick of deodorant dude,” another said.

This is far from the first time the subject of hygiene has come up regarding in-person gaming events; in June, a card shop in Oregon suspended its Yu-Gi-Oh tournaments after receiving bad reviews and multiple complaints of smelly patrons.

The shop pointed to Konami’s own tournament guidelines, which stipulate that everyone at a Yu-Gi-Oh competition, not just players, must be “clean and wear clean clothing,” or risk being “penalized.”

Pokémon boasts similar rules; the official Play! Pokemon Tournament Rules Handbook includes a section regarding hygiene, which reads, “Individuals are also required to maintain a socially acceptable level of hygiene during the event. Depending on the attire or level of hygiene, the Tournament Organizer may allow for a tournament participant to change or update their personal hygiene and attire and return to the venue.

“If a participant refuses to comply with tournament staff’s requests, this is grounds for removal from the tournament and venue, and the participant must relinquish their badge to tournament staff.”

It’s unclear if the stinky player who caused Youm to throw up was penalized. Either way, the incident has sparked renewed calls from community members for their fellow players to keep themselves clean and fresh at competitions to avoid unpleasant situations like this one.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 3 Review and Recap — ‘Resurrection’

This review contains full spoilers for Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 3, which is streaming on Apple TV now.

For as apt a title as “Resurrection” is for this particular Slow Horses episode, it also kind of undersells the amount of resurrecting — literal and otherwise — within. It’s a trifecta: Of course, there’s Sid (Olivia Cooke), who was revealed to be alive at the end of the last episode. But then there’s Louisa Guy (Rosalind Eleazar), living a new plush life in the corporate world whose past life as a Slow Horse is unmercifully revived when Shirley Dander (Aimee-Ffion Edwards) and Catherine Standish (Saskia Reeves) drag her out of a meeting. Lastly, there’s Moira (Joanna Scanlan), who might have actually been dead for a minute or two after the hit attempt by the murder twins (Kyle Soller and MyAnna Buring), springing back to life. “Resurrection” is a real doozy and an overall excellent Slow Horses episode that takes full advantage of all the plot-building groundwork this season has done thus far.

It kicks off with River’s (Jack Lowden) understandably bemused expression watching Sid prance around his grandfather’s kitchen as if almost nothing had happened. He asks all the same questions we as viewers have: How? Why? What the hell, man? But their conversation is cut short as the murderers — who apparently have names (rather, obvious aliases), Jim and Jane — pull up on the long driveway to cross off their next hit. It starts an episode-long cat-and-mouse game between the two pairs that makes space for fun banter (ie., how much a cow costs) and big developments to the grander season conspiracy (the murderers are Russian, some of Sid’s current story).

It’s a thrilling framework that also reminds us of both the bumbling and occasionally competent sides of a Slow Horse. When Jim and Jane first break into the house after a lame attempt at non-forced entry (“We’re lost” — try harder!), I braced myself: Will River and Sid do some cool spy shit and take them out? The thought was answered with a cut to them sprinting through the field to escape. Again and again, they find a moment to breathe and unpack the lost years until Jim and Jane have found the end of the scent trail that leads directly back to Sid and River. The very end of the episode is no different: Just when you think the Slow Horses have shaken their tail, Jim and Jane come ominously skulking through the parking lot. (Coe, do something!)

Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 3 — Images

Of course, “Resurrection” isn’t just the River and Sid show. The women of Slough House have formed a ragtag little band with Louisa and Moira in tow to keep in line with Blake’s grave protocol. Louisa is a welcome familiar face and the lingering effects of Moira’s gas poisoning give her some funny moments of delirium, but this team-up keeps up the weakest part of the season thus far: Standish continuing to grieve her ex-boss Charles Partner while suppressing her urge to drink. It’s a real shame that she’s been mostly sidelined to staring at wine racks so far given that she’s so often been an integral supporting role in the series.

Diana Taverner (Kristin Scott Thomas), however, has been given plenty to do — such is the life of First Desk — and is Going Through It after her disastrous interview with Talkpoint. Pretty much everyone has a bone to pick with her right now, and she takes it out on Emma Flyte (Ruth Bradley), demoting her from her head Dog duties and banishing her to Slough House. I can’t help but wonder how much more of this pressure Diana can take before her deflective front starts to erode. Or maybe she really is an impenetrable force after all!

Jackson Lamb (Gary Oldman) and Roddy Ho (Christopher Chung) have their own side quest, too, in picking up Reece Nesmith (Lenny Rush), the son of the ex-Dog that Frank Harkness (Hugo Weaving) strangled last episode — and sole witness to his murder. Given that Lamb is actually good at his job, they find Reece, who proves to be quite the match for both of his captors (and can go fart-to-fart against Lamb). Unfortunately for Reece, decades of experience beats out the energy of youth.

The Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide Book Drops to a New Low Price

Amazon has dropped the price of the Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide to $39.84, a whopping 34% off what it retails for. This is the lowest price we’ve ever seen on this book, which was released only a month ago.

The latest discount on the book arrives a week before Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days sale, but unlike other early discounts, it doesn’t appear to require an Amazon Prime subscription.

Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide (Hardcover)

5

While this is the lowest price we’ve ever seen on this book, Amazon has been discounting it since before it even came out. IGN covered the preorders for the Deluxe Character Guide and saw it drop down to $41.99 before it officially released on August 25. So while an extra $2 off isn’t much, this book is cool enough that any discount is notable — especially with all of the ongoing Pokémon 30th anniversary celebrations in 2026.

What’s Inside the Book?

We had the chance to go hands-on with the book earlier this month and loved everything about it. IGN’s reviewer, Blythe Dujardin, went into detail about what to expect from the Pokémon character book and there’s a lot to love about it. Every single Pokémon gets an entry, alongside stats and everything else you’d find in your Pokédex about them. Some of the more popular Pokémon get quite a bit more, including bits of their history in games, TCG, and the anime.

Pokemon Deluxe Character Guide Book

Should You Wait for Prime Big Deal Days?

With Amazon’s October Prime Day sale kicking off on October 6, you may be wondering if you should wait until then to buy this Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide. While it’s certainly possible the price could drop further next week, it’s fairly unlikely. One of the best times to buy books at a discount is the week before a Prime-exclusive sale because that seems to be when Amazon kicks off most of its book deals.

With that being said, it seems highly possible this book could get a bigger discount in November when Black Friday season rolls around. So if you want to try to save a few more bucks, it’s probably worth waiting until then to pull the trigger on this one.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN shopping team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts, preorders and new product drops available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Coinbase Joins Pokémon TCG Hype With Its Own Pack-Opening Service

Coinbase is joining the Pokémon TCG craze with its own digital pack-opening platform.

Coinbase, a US-based cryptocurrency exchange platform, is moving in on the TCG market with a particular focus on Pokémon. At least, that’s what it seems like, based on a tweet it published on September 28.

“Your binder is about to get a major upgrade,” the post reads. “Rip packs on your phone. Every pull backed by a real, physical card. Vault it or ship it. Soon on Coinbase.”

Your binder is about to get a major upgrade.

Rip packs on your phone.
Every pull backed by a real, physical card.
Vault it or ship it.

Soon on Coinbase. pic.twitter.com/Utfwq30DSj

— Coinbase 🛡️ (@coinbase) September 28, 2026

While the post’s text doesn’t mention Pokémon by name, the accompanying image attached to it shows mockups of five Pokémon TCG card packs that are labeled ‘Pokémon’ with the numbers 1-5.

The platform also responded to a few comments that mentioned the popular monster-catching franchise; one user wrote, “Pokémon packs on the chain, trading cards just hit peak convenience,” to which it replied, “You get it.”

“STFU, Coinbase is going to partner with and onboard everything on earth,” another wrote, to which Coinbase responded, “Well, we are the Everything Exchange.”

Pokemon x Starbucks September 2026

Based on this post, it looks like Coinbase users will soon be able to open digital card packs, with the option to place those cards in a digital ‘vault’ or receive their physical equivalent by mail.

However, another reply from Coinbase suggests there’ll be some additional features at play; one user wrote, “The vaulting aspect is the real game changer here,” to which it replied, “And there’s more…”

For now, details remain sparse. We don’t know how Coinbase’s status as a crypto platform will impact its attempt at a pack-opening service, nor how it intends to grade said cards or provide proof of ownership. Will these pulls come from pre-opened packs? Who’s to say.

It’s also worth noting that such a service, sans cryptocurrency, already exists; as pointed out by Dexerto, Gamestop’s Power Packs program also features a digital option, allowing customers to open mystery packs online and receive those cards’ physical counterparts.

Gamestop assures its buyers that every digital pack contains a “real, authenticated item” that they can either hold in their digital PSA vault, have shipped to them, or take advantage of its instant buyback program and use those funds to purchase another card pack. It remains to be seen if Coinbase will provide similar guarantees.

Coinbase’s proposed pack-opening platform comes on the heels of Pokémon’s 30th Anniversary celebration, which has shone a spotlight on the ever-growing hype around the card collecting scene, as well as the scalpers who have caused chaos during its special merchandise and card launches.

For instance, the special 30th Anniversary card pack drops at retailers like Target and other shops prompted long lines outside stores as mobs of fans showed up for the chance at snagging some packs for themselves, with some even ‘reserving’ spots in line by setting out chairs with no one sitting in them.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Everything Coming to Amazon Prime Video in October 2026

Amazon Prime subscribers will be getting a lot out of the Prime Video streaming service this October. This is largely thanks to some of the biggest movie franchises like James Bond, Rocky, and Indiana Jones making their way to the platform starting on October 1. Oh and there’s also a new miniseries based on Stepen King’s Carrie that could be really good.

If you’re wondering how to make the most of your Prime Video subscription next month, I’ve curated a quick selection of movies and shows that are absolutely worth your time. You can also jump to the full list of October releases to see the full breakdown by day.

What’s Worth Watching?

The James Bond Movies – October 1

If you’ve been following James Bond news over the past couple of years, it shouldn’t be a surprise to see the spy films coming to Prime Video this month. Amazon paid $20 million for the Bond franchise back in 2025 and is now working on a new movie. The first step? Finding the next James Bond actor.

As of October 1 you’ll be able to stream the entire James Bond movie collection from every Bond actor to ever play the role.

The John Wick Movies – October 1

The John Wick franchise has some of the best action movie scenes of all time. Keanu Reeves delivers a terrific performance as the grizzled assassin just trying to retire, and the series has only gotten better with time. John Wick: Chapter 4 was one of those rare movies we gave a perfect 10 out of 10, proving sequels can be terrific if done right. All four John Wick movies will be coming to Prime Video starting on October 1.

The Indiana Jones Movies – October 1

Four of the five Indiana Jones movies will be coming to Prime Video. The only film being skipped over will be the latest one, Dial of Destiny, which is arguably the worst in the series. IGN gave the fifth and final film a 4 out of 10 in our review, saying: “Earnest final efforts from Harrison Ford and John Williams couldn’t rescue a movie so directionless and haphazard.”

With most of the films finally coming to a streaming service outside of Disney+ and Paramount+, October is the perfect time to have yourself an Indy movie marathon.

Carrie Season 1 – October 7

Stephen King’s Carrie has already been adapted several times since, but Amazon is bringing it back once again. Prime Video’s Carrie will be an eight episode miniseries starring Sissy Spacek. The new series is led by Mike Flanagan, who has continued to make a name for himself with popular horror projects like The Haunting of Hill House and Doctor Sleep. All eight episodes of the series will be dropping on Prime Video on October 7.

Scream 7 – October 16

The Scream franchise has been experiencing a true renaissance, starting with Scream 5 back in 2022. This year we saw the release of the seventh movie in the series, and it’s finally coming to a streaming service. Our 6 out of 10 review of Scream 7 wasn’t as positive as our review of the last movie, but we did find it overall worth watching if you’re a fan of the franchise.

Everything Coming to Prime Video in October

Note: This list is subject to change in September pending additional announcements from Amazon. Click on any of the links provided to see IGN’s review.

October 1

October 2

October 4

October 7

  • Carrie S1 (2026) (Prime Original)

October 8

  • Thursday Night Football: Tampa Bay Buccaneers at Dallas Cowboys (Prime Exclusive)

October 14

October 15

  • Thursday Night Football: Seattle Seahawks at Denver Broncos (Prime)

October 16

  • Masterplan (2026) (Prime Original)
  • NWSL: Boston Legacy FC vs. Racing Louisville (8 p.m. ET)
  • Scream 7 (2026)

October 19

  • Love in Disguise (2026) (Prime Original)

October 21

  • The Terminal List S2 (2026) (Prime Original)

October 22

  • Thursday Night Football: New England Patriots at Chicago Bears (Prime Exclusive)

October 23

  • Last One Laughing: Halloween (2026) (Prime Original)
  • NBA: New York vs. Boston (7 p.m. ET)
  • NBA: Houston vs. San Antonio (in Austin, 9:30 p.m. ET)
  • NWSL: Portland Thorns vs. NC Courage (10 p.m. ET)
  • The Bride! (2026)

October 24

October 29

  • Thursday Night Football: Carolina Panthers at Green Bay Packers (Prime)

October 30

  • Apocalypse Z: New World (2026) (Prime Exclusive)
  • Last One Laughing Philippines S2 (2026)
  • NBA: New York vs. Philadelphia (Emirates NBA Cup, 7:30 p.m. ET)
  • NBA: Los Angeles vs. Golden State (Emirates NBA Cup, 10 p.m. ET)

Prime Video Subscription Options

Sign up for an Amazon Prime Membership

28

30-day free trial, 1 month, and annual plans available

Anyone who already has an Amazon Prime membership will automatically have access to Prime Video. There’s a 30-day free trial available for new subscribers as well as a 6-month free trial for young adults (under 25). That subscription will get you access to the Prime Video streaming library with ads, so you’ll still need to pay a bit extra to go ad-free.

Amazon raised prices for its ad-free streaming tier earlier this year while rebranding it to Prime Video Ultra. As of April 2026, you’ll need to pay an additional $4.99 per month to remove the ads from your service.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Original God of War Creator Defends Laufey’s Creative Director From Harassment After His Critical Remarks Go Viral

David Jaffe, the creator, co-writer, and director for the original God of War game, has cleared up his viral comments about Ariel Lawrence, creative director for Laufey.

Ariel Lawrence has been with the God of War franchise since its very first game — but creator David Jaffe, who left the series behind in 2007 to form his own studio, says he never got along with her during his time at Santa Monica Studio.

He described their contentious work relationship in a September 2026 live stream while reacting to footage for God of War Laufey, where he claimed their personalities clashed and that he didn’t feel as though she was truly passionate about the games they were making.

God Of War Laufey Reveal

“I have no problem with female directors at all,” he began. “This woman started as an assistant producer back when we were making the first God of War. Her and I never got along. She thought I was kind of obnoxious and I thought she was pretentious. She didn’t put the audience first.

“People that I didn’t get along with on God of War were people, in my opinion, who were more about, ‘I wanna do well in the corporate world… I want to play the game,’ versus, ‘I’m here with a vision and I will f**kin’ fight you for that vision.’ There was a lack of passion I felt from her, and she was also kind of a judgy asshole, to me.”

Jaffe also slammed Cory Barlog for making Laufey in the first place — which he called a “stupid” game — and asked why he couldn’t “sit Ariel down and say, ‘This isn’t ready.’”

pic.twitter.com/xkPvif83KY

— Ahmadkb (@ahmad_kb) September 29, 2026

Jaffe’s comments unsurprisingly went viral, sparking a debate within the God of War fanbase and the broader gaming community in general. Not long afterward, Jaffe took to Twitter/X to expound upon his remarks, where he called out those using his statement to harass Lawrence online.

“Look, I personally didn’t like Ariel and I don’t THINK she cared much for me back when we worked together. Oil and Water, just very different types of people. And honestly, she was probably more liked on the team than I was. You see, if you haven’t noticed, I can be, as my ex-wife says, ‘a lot,’” he wrote.

“And so in this video, I was responding/sharing that aspect of our time working together. That’s the only way I would ever talk about former colleagues, be it good or bad experiences. For people to use my experience with Ariel as an excuse/launching pad to make personal attacks on her is just low and s**tty.

“She’s a real person — just like you — with a life and feelings and people who care for her and who love her, and it just seems really f**king cruel to do that. Plus, have you looked in your own mirror? I’ve looked in mine; that s**t’s scary! You see this f**king beard?!? Good lord, I’m days away from moving to the North Pole…”

Look, I personally didn’t like Ariel and I don’t THINK she cared much for me back when we worked together. Oil and Water, just very different types of people. And honestly, she was probably more liked on the team than I was. You see, if you haven’t noticed, I can be, as my… https://t.co/kw0g4JGnMf

— David Jaffe (@davidscottjaffe) September 29, 2026

Laufey has, unfortunately, been a target for the online rage machine, and Jaffe’s remarks are adding more fuel to the fire. Trolls’ remarks about Deborah Ann Woll’s appearance and their outrage over the fact that a woman is leading a God of War game totally overwhelmed gaming circles on social media when it was first revealed in June, and this finger-pointing doesn’t appear to have stopped, but rather simply slowed down.

Other games have since taken the brunt of the internet’s apparent boredom, as evidenced by the debate surrounding Insomniac’s Wolverine. But still, Laufey has managed to catch strays in this regard, with The Last of Us director Bruce Straley using it as an example of why modern AAA games no longer “excite” him (though he later apologized for this comment).

God of War Laufey releases on February 16, 2027, exclusively for PlayStation 5.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Diablo 4 Director Promises Game Will Still Receive Support After Diablo 5 Launches

Diablo 4 director Brent Gibson is telling fans not to worry about the game after Diablo 5’s announcement sparked concerns about the former title’s lifespan.

Diablo 5’s reveal at Blizzcon 2026 left fans equal parts excited and worried. Of course, players were pumped for a new Diablo game — but with Diablo 4 having just launched in 2023, the reveal of a new game so soon felt like a death knell for the one they were still playing.

But Brent Gibson, director of Diablo 4, says there’s nothing to fuss about. Speaking with Icy Veins, Gibson outlined some plans for the game’s future content, saying it will continue to receive support well after 5’s release.

Diablo: Dawn of Hatred #1 Preview Gallery

“I have an analogy,” he began. “If you’re wearing a sign in the middle of Times Square saying, ‘The end is nigh,’ the end is not nigh. We have a lot coming. We have [the] Amazon [class] coming down the road. The train isn’t stopping.

“One of the things I love about our world is we are not a series of games. We are a universe. We are even adding to Diablo 2 with the Warlock. It’s one of the few franchises where we have the luxury of continued play, and we know our communities.

“If you’re worried, don’t sweat it, because we’re going to be making content for a long time. But we are excited about Diablo 5. We’ve got a show coming. Gone are the years of waiting a decade for more content. It’s a great place to be.”

More specifically, Gibson said Blizzard is planning on supporting seasons for Diablo 4 “as long as the community continues to show up” for it, specifically mentioning the ongoing support for Diablo 2 and Diablo 3.

“There are still people who play those games, and as long as you’re showing up, we’re going to continue to be making content,” he assured.

As Gibson mentioned, Diablo 4 is getting the Amazon class in the first half of 2027. With three more years to go until Diablo 5 is released, there’s still plenty of time for developers to flesh out the title with even more classes and experiences — something they spoke about during a dedicated Diablo panel at Blizzcon this year.

“Diablo 4 has bright support,” Diablo 5 director Joe Shely said. “It’s fully supported by the team. We were just announcing earlier today, coming to Diablo 4, the Amazon, the Season of Hell’s legacy, Diablo 4 is coming to Switch 2, and there will continue to be ongoing support for Diablo 4. There’s many reasons for players to keep playing.”

“We have dedicated teams for each of those games because those games are important to us and they’re really important for our community,” production director Tiffany Wat added. “I think it really gives us a really great opportunity to be able to collaborate together, to talk with one another. Even though we might be distinct teams, we still work together quite closely because ultimately we are making games for the Diablo community. I think it’s the best time to be a Diablo fan.”

For more Diablo news, you can check out our interview with the developers here, as well as catch up with their reaction to the series’ animated show coming to Netflix.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Obsession Director Curry Barker’s Next Film, Anything But Ghosts, Gets May 2027 Theatrical Release

Obsession director Curry Barker’s next film, Anything But Ghosts, is coming to theaters next year.

Anything But Ghosts comes to the silver screen on May 7, 2027. The film takes place in the same universe as Obsession, but is classified as a horror-comedy that follows a different cast of characters entirely — though they also go through some seriously spooky stuff.

Barker’s next flick stars Bryce Dallas Howard, Aaron Paul, Violet McGraw, Chris Reinache, and Cooper Tomlinson, who notably played Bear’s best friend, Ian, in Obsession, as well as Barker himself. Anything But Ghosts centers around two fake paranormal investigators who are finally confronted with some actual, real-life ghosts (or would that be ‘real-afterlife’ ghosts?), causing things to “spiral wildly and terrifyingly out of control,” as per an official press release.

Speaking on a June episode of Raiders of the Lost Podcast, Tomlinson confirmed that he and Curry are playing the two phony ghost hunters, and described the film as “if Key and Peele walked into Hereditary.”

“It’s a buddy comedy, you know, about these two guys, and it turns really scary,” he said. “You know, it’s about these con artist ghost hunters who encounter real ghosts, and then they have to step up and be the thing that they promised this family.”

Both Barker and Tomlinson are producing and co-writing the film, which is produced by Focus Features and Blumhouse-Atomic Monster. Focus holds the movie’s worldwide rights, and Universal Pictures International is handling international distribution for the studio. This is the second time Focus and Blumhouse-Atomic Monster have worked together on a Curry Barker film; the two production houses also collaborated on Obsession, which released to rave reviews earlier this year.

Barker’s next offering has a lot to live up to; Obsession became one of the world’s most profitable films compared to its budget in history, receiving critical acclaim and becoming an instant horror classic. Inde Navarrette’s standout performance as Nikki catapulted her to international fame, helping her land the role of Rogue in Marvel’s X-Men reboot, and put Barker in the hotseat for studios looking to get in on his future projects.

If you’ve ever watched Barker and Tomlinson’s humorous YouTube videos, you can safely assume that their delightful chemistry will get ample time to shine in Anything But Ghosts. With hard-hitters like Breaking Bad’s Aaron Paul and Jurassic World’s Bryce Dallas Howard in the mix, there’s no telling what hijinks these two will get up to, but we can almost guarantee it’ll be hilarious. And given how creepy Obsession managed to be on such a small budget, it feels like the Hereditary-ness of it all might also give us a few good scares, too.

Image Credits: Gareth Cattermole/Getty Images for IMDb

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Jennifer Lawrence to Star in Zach Cregger’s Sci-Fi Thriller The Flood

Zach Cregger’s next movie, a science fiction thriller called The Flood, is set to release in theaters on August 11, 2028.

Cregger is writing, producing, and directing the film, which will star Jennifer Lawrence, as confirmed by Variety on September 29, 2026.

Warner Bros. and New Line Cinema are slated to distribute the movie, which is being produced by Amblin Entertainment and Vertigo Entertainment’s Roy Lee and Miri Yoon.

Resident Evil (2026) Images

Thus far, other cast members and specific plot details have been kept secret, but Cregger has given us a few insights into what we can expect from his forthcoming sci-fi flick. Speaking to Men’s Health in mid-September, Cregger revealed that the movie is ‘similar’ to Stanley Kubrick’s 2001: A Space Odyssey.

“I’m not comparing [The Flood] to 2001, because I think 2001 is a true masterpiece in every sense of the word. But there’s a bizarreness to that movie that’s really undeniable, and it’s also a horror movie. I think 2001 is a really thrilling horror movie about human nature, and obviously about artificial intelligence, but it asks big questions. And I think, in that way, there’s some similarity with Flood,” he said.

Based on these remarks, we can safely assume that The Flood has something to do with AI, human nature, and big-picture concepts — but one thing he confirmed was that The Flood is very specifically not a horror movie.

“It unfolds in a very unique way that I’m really proud of. It’s disturbing, but it’s not a horror movie, although there are horror scenes in it. It feels intimidating to me. I’m still not really sure how to make it, but I think that’s a good thing,” he clarified.

“It’s hard to talk about it without talking about the story. I’m thrilled to have the opportunity to make that movie. I’m in love with that story in a really unique way.”

This news comes hot on the heels of Cregger’s Resident Evil adaptation, which released to overwhelmingly positive reviews among both fans of the games and film critics alike. It became the single most-successful Resident Evil movie ever, and even helped boost sales for Resident Evil 2 Remake by 50% on PlayStation 5.

Cregger is best known for horror flicks like Barbarian and Weapons, so it’ll be interesting to see his take on a science fiction thriller. He isn’t the only big director in the horror space with exciting news to share, either, as Obsession director Curry Barker’s next movie, a horror-comedy titled Anything But Ghosts, has received a theatrical release date for May 7, 2027.

Image Credits: Maya Dehlin Spach/2026GG/Penske Media via Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Everything Coming to Apple TV in October 2026

Unlike streaming services like Peacock and Disney+, Apple TV isn’t really leaning into the Halloween vibes this year. Instead, the streaming platform is opting to stay the usual course of prestige original shows, movies, and documentaries. It is, however, still home to the Peanuts holiday specials, and even if you aren’t a subscriber, you’ll be able to watch “It’s the Great Pumpkin, Charlie Brown” for free the weekend of Saturday, October 17.

If you are subscribed to Apple TV, however, here’s what else you have to look forward to next month.

New Series and Movies Coming to Apple TV in October

The Last First: Winter K2 – October 2

Apple TV is getting one new documentary in October, which happens to be one of two new additions about climbing. Directed by Amir Bar-Lev, The Last First: Winter K2 was filmed back in 2021, when a group of climbers tried to ascend the titular second-highest mountain on Earth. The documentary will be coming to Apple TV after its premiere at the 2026 Sundance Film Festival.

The Sisters Grimm Season 2 – Premieres October 2

Credit: Apple TV

One of the only family-friendly additions of the month, The Sisters Grimm is premiering its second season on October 2. The animated series, which is based on Michael Buckley’s graphic novels, follows two relatively modern sisters who discover a town full of fairy tales.

Small Prophets – October 7

Apple TV might be known for its thrillers and sci-fi, but it’s also home to some genre-bending comedies like Widow’s Bay. Hoping to join the better ranks of that list is Small Prophets, a six-part series that follows an aging man who turns to alchemy and magical spirits to find his one true love. Despite premiering on BBC Two earlier this year, unfortunately this one won’t be available to UK subscribers until 2027.

Matchbox the Movie – October 9

A series of projects based on various Mattel toys got the green light after the success of Greta Gerwig’s Barbie. One of those projects is now coming to fruition as Matchbox the Movie, inspired by the titular toy car line. John Cena stars as Sean, an undercover CIA agent who enlists his childhood friend group to help save the world.

Where’s Wanda? Season 2 – Premieres October 21

The darkly funny German series Where’s Wanda is returning for a second season toward the end of the month. While Carlotta and Deda managed to get some semblance of their lives back in Season 1, yet another crisis with their daughter, Wanda, threatens to tear their family apart again.

New episodes every Wednesday.

Tenzing – October 16

Tenzing is based on the true story of Tenzing Norgay and Sir Edmund Hillary, the first climbers to summit Mount Everest. Genden Phuntsok and Tom Hiddleston as the legendary climbers, who have their worldviews challenged by both the harrowing climb and each other. The film will receive a limited theatrical release starting October 9 before its Apple TV streaming premiere on October 16.

Nocturne – October 30

Credit: Apple TV

An entirely new Apple Original series, Nocturne is loosely based on the Joona Linna crime novels by Lars Kepler, the pen name for Alexander Ahndoril and Alexandra Coelho Ahndoril. It stars Liev Schreiber as Jonah Lynn, a detective who heads to a small Pennsylvania town embroiled in the threat of a serial killer’s return.

New episodes every Friday.

Full Apple TV Schedule for October 2026

October 2

  • The Last First: Winter K2
  • The Sisters Grimm Season 2 (Premiere)
  • Dark Matter: Season 2, Episode 6 – “What the Universe is Made of”

October 7

  • Small Prophets (All Episodes Streaming)
  • Last Seen: Season 1, Episode 6 (Final)
  • Ted Lasso: Season 4, Episode 10 (Final)
  • Brothers: Episode 4 – “The Band”
  • Slow Horses: Season 6, Episode 4 – “Lost and Found”

October 9

  • Matchbox the Movie
  • Dark Matter: Season 2, Episode 7 – “The Pyramid”

October 14

  • Brothers: Episode 5 – “Valentine’s Day”
  • Slow Horses: Season 6, Episode 5 – “Sayonara”

October 16

  • Tenzing
  • Dark Matter: Season 2, Episode 8 – “The Basic Oneness of Everything”

October 17

  • “It’s the Great Pumpkin, Charlie Brown” (Streaming for Free)

October 18

  • “It’s the Great Pumpkin, Charlie Brown” (Streaming for Free)

October 21

  • Brothers: Episode 6 – “The Dance”
  • Slow Horses: Season 6 – “Judgement Day” (Final)

October 23

  • Dark Matter: Season 2, Episode 9 – “How to Build the Box”

October 28

  • Brothers: Episode 7 – “The Interview”

October 30

  • Nocturne (Premiere)
  • Dark Matter: Season 2, Episode 10 – “No Quiet Life”

Apple TV Plans and Prices

Apple TV continues to offer one ad-free subscription plan at $14.99/month, though that plan is now included in iCloud+ memberships. The service also recently launched its first official bundle with Peacock, which knocks about 30% off the standard price of having both subscriptions.

Apple TV+ Free Trial

52

If you’re just looking for a taster (or a specific binge-watch), Apple TV is one of the only remaining streaming services to offer a full seven-day free trial. Extended free trials are also included in most Apple purchases, including the new line of iPhones.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

The Steam Frame: VR’s Future or the Beginning of the End?

I’ve always loved VR. I bought my current headset – a Pico 4 – three years ago, for around £300/$400. While that particular model isn’t available in America for very questionable reasons, if I wanted an alternative and was willing to enter Zuckerberg’s walled garden (I am not), a Quest 3S is even cheaper. With good wireless support, color pass-through cameras and a robust native library of games even before connecting to a PC, I felt VR had finally arrived at where it should be. A new world of games, accessible for less than a Nintendo Switch 2.

While I understand RAM prices are skyrocketing, when Valve announced its entry into the lightweight, wireless VR field would cost a wallet-obliterating £889/$1,059 for the cheapest Steam Frame model, my heart sank. And worse yet, it wasn’t launching any new software to accompany it. The Steam Frame’s killer app? A native port of Half-Life: Alyx, an admittedly excellent game, but one released in 2020 with a mod scene that has largely moved on due to lack of support from Valve itself.

Steam Frame – Hands-On Photos

Even the store page for the Steam Frame proudly displays Moss Book 2 as one of the great games you could play on the Frame. And while it is great (as are many VR games – there’s a library here dwarfing any console for sure), the developers, Polyarc, recently closed its doors due to a lack of sales and funding, even after releasing a non-VR version. While there’s still a steady trickle of VR games, on the PC side of things, almost all the big players have tapped out. There are no big AAA releases to look forward to. No big next step for VR design. And the buy-in price to access this via Valve’s new hardware is triple what I’d be willing to pay for a headset. Quadruple that, in the case of Meta’s newly-announced lightweight VR glasses.

Despite all this, I love VR. It has filled the hole in my life where lightgun games and oddball titles with one-off peripherals (pour one out for Samba De Amigo and Steel Battalion) used to live. It features some of the coolest mech games, most terrifying trips through haunted wastelands and experimental arcade experiences around. VR isn’t going anywhere, with a slow but steady flow of new hardware and modders continually patching VR support into older classic games. But I also cannot fathom what the future of VR looks like, or if it even has one at all.

VR has filled the hole in my life where lightgun games and oddball titles with one-off peripherals used to live“

If Valve and Meta are to be believed, VR isn’t an alternative to a lower-end handheld console. It is the domain of enthusiast tech nerds with money to burn. It is a whole medium with almost no major studios involved anymore, and even Meta’s big announcement showcase last week featured little more than rehashes and ports of ‘classic’ games, and many of those will remain exclusive to Meta hardware too. Valve has all the money in the world but without investing some of it into developers, I worry that unless the Frame sells unexpectedly well, that it too will lose interest in this field.

While I love my cheap, versatile little headset, and adore adding VR mods to classic games to experience them in new ways, I’d like for VR to grow and be supported once more. To be able to point to something big and new and exciting on the horizon to get other people on board with me. And a port of a six-year-old game, however good it was, isn’t going to cut it.

Steam Hype is the latest site in the Hookshot network, joining Nintendo Life, Push Square, Pure Xbox and the retro-centric Time Extension to cover all corners of the gaming universe. Hookshot is also partnered with the tech experts at Digital Foundry and is partnered commercially with IGN. As Hookshot’s dedicated PC gaming site, it’s got news of the latest releases, updates and mod drops, plus weekly roundups and a must-play monthly playlist to help you keep up with the never-ending deluge of new experiences.

Crocs x Chainsaw Man Collection Announced With 4 New Clog Designs

Foot Locker has revealed a new collaboration between Crocs and the hit anime series Chainsaw Man.

The collaboration includes four new Clog designs and a series of five Jibbitz charms. The Clogs will retail starting at $69.99, and will be available both online and at select Foot Locker locations starting October 27. However, fans can get a sneak peek of the new designs ahead of their wide release at New York Comic Con.

The most expensive Clog design of the bunch, listed at $79.99, quite literally turns Pochita into a Croc. Instead of the usual Croc holes, you get a full Pochita face with a little chainsaw sticking out of his head (and your toes). The extra cost can be explained by this being the only clog in the collection to come in the fuzzy lined design.

Two more standard Clog designs are also inspired by specific characters: Power and Chainsaw Man himself. The Power design is based on the Blood Fiend’s blue cardigan outfit, complete with a fuzzy white heel clasp and her iconic red horns.

Chainsaw Man x Crocs Collection

  • Chainsaw Man x Crocs ‘Chainsaw Man’ Classic Clog – Adult sizing, $69.99
  • Chainsaw Man x Crocs ‘Power’ Classic Clog – Adult sizing, $69.99
  • Chainsaw Man x Crocs ‘Pochita’ Classic Lined Clog – Adult sizing, $79.99
  • Chainsaw Man x Crocs Characters Classic Clog – Adult sizing, $69.99
  • Chainsaw Man x Crocs Jibbitz™ charms – $6.99 – $19.99

Chainsaw Man gets, well, a whole lot of chainsaw. A blood-splattered red design shows hints of an engine along the heel and cutting teeth peeking out the front. A jagged cutting chain slices through the front toes, creating a 3D effect similar to the Pochita design.

The fourth and final Clog design features a collage of fan-favorite characters from the first season. The five new Jibbitz charms are also modeled after specific characters, narrowing the list down to Aki, Power, Pochita, Makima, and Denji in his Chainsaw Man form.

Chainsaw Man x Crocs

Where to Buy: The collection will be available in limited quantities at Foot Locker’s New York Comic Con activation beginning October 8, followed by a wider release in select stores and online at footlocker.com on October 27.

Tatsuki Fujimoto penned his last chapter for the Chainsaw Man manga earlier this year. The ongoing anime adaptation, produced by studio MAPPA, continues to grow in popularity.

We were pretty big fans of Season 1, and the story’s continuation in Chainsaw Man: The Movie – Reze Arc contributed to a record-breaking year at the box office in Japan. The anime series will be returning to a standard episodic format for its next season, titled Assassins Arc, which is currently in production.

Crocs, on the other hand, has been going ham with the collaborations, with recent releases themed after massive franchises like Pokemon and Yu-Gi-Oh.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Sony and Nintendo Need to Prolong the PS5 and Switch 2’s Lifecycle as Long as Possible, Former PlayStation Exec Says

Sony and Nintendo need to make their current consoles last as long as possible amid soaring costs that have already prompted PS5 and Switch 2 price rises.

That’s according to former PlayStation Worldwide Studios boss Shuhei Yoshida, who told The Verge that console companies needed to focus on sustaining their current hardware platforms for “as long as possible.”

While there’s no suggestion that Nintendo plans to launch a Switch 3 anytime soon (Switch 2 only arrived last year!), the company always devotes a chunk of its budget to researching future hardware. And upgrades to the launch Switch 2 model will undoubtedly be considered at some point, similar to the Switch Lite and Switch OLED.

The Best PS5 Games

As for Sony, we know that a PlayStation 6 is on the way at some point. Previously, analysts had suggested a 2028 launch seemed likely, though Sony is yet to make any official indication of when PS6 may arrive — and as time goes on, that late 2028 release date feels less and less likely. Indeed, Yoshida has suggested that console makers may now be looking to delay the arrival of next-gen hardware as long as possible.

“Sony and Nintendo have sold enough numbers of their current-generation hardware, so because of the cost of goods, they might be looking [at] pushing back the launch of next gen,” Yoshida said. “I think they should try to keep the current generation as long as possible, because people are very happy using PS5 and Switch 2.

“People have [a] finite budget, and it feels like PC and consoles, the components very specific to these devices have increased their price way more than all the other forms of entertainment,” he continued. “People who have systems like PS5, Switch 2, or PCs – you know, good enough PCs – probably will be happy to play games on them and not necessarily consider replacing [them].”

The key issue here is the skyrocketing cost of computer memory, AKA “RAMageddon”, fuelled in part by the rise of AI datacenters. In short, memory production resources are limited, and much of next year’s production output is already spoken for. Should Sony, for example, want to start manufacturing a new console anytime soon, it may be physically unable to do so in the volume it would like — let alone being able to sell the console for a price that consumers would pay.

As a reminder, the Sony launched its PS5 with a disc drive for $500, while its digital-only counterpart sold for $400. These machines now cost $650 and $600 respectively — price rises of $150 and $200 since 2020. PS5 Pro launched at $700, meanwhile, and now costs $900. It’s hard to see PS6 arriving at much less than $1,000. Switch 2, meanwhile, has risen in price by $50 since launch last year, from $450 to $500.

And then there’s the general lack of desire from both consumers or developers for machines capable of drastically better performance, something Yoshida also noted. The only exception to this is Xbox, which has been more vocal about its push towards a next-gen offering with Project Helix. The difference with Microsoft’s team, though, is it has not sold truckloads of consoles of late.

“I don’t think lots of people are asking for more power — ‘We need more power!’ — or even developers,” Yoshida concluded. “I don’t think developers are asking [for] better hardware! So I think that means that the current generation, Sony and Nintendo are going to do pretty well for many years to come, still.

“Xbox is a team who wants to change the competing landscape, so it’s going to be hard for them, but it’s their time to play. It’s very exciting, what’s going to happen next year?”

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Guillermo del Toro Credits Wesley Snipes for ‘100%’ of Blade’s Iconic Persona After Marvel Studios Reboot Was Canceled

In the newest episode of our IGN30 Icons series, Blade 2 director Guillermo del Toro revealed why he believes Mahershala Ali’s Blade movie never got off the ground — and it’s not because of Kevin Feige.

First announced in 2019, Marvel Studios’ highly anticipated Blade reboot suffered numerous setbacks and was ultimately canceled. Despite training for years in multiple martial arts to the point where he literally blew out his knee, Mahershala Ali found himself so frustrated with the project that he completely washed his hands of the role and went on to use his newfound ass-kicking skills in Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother.

Marvel’s Blade Concept Art

Having directed Blade 2, we asked del Toro why he thought this project fell through — and, for him, it’s all about Wesley Snipes’ unmistakable star power.

“I’m telling you — and I mean it because I know it — 50% of the ‘Blade-ness’ of Blade is Wesley Snipes. He is not the most linear actor to deal with, right? But every time he stood in front of the lens, I said, ‘That’s a movie star,’” he answered.

“For example, I showed him a gun we designed — beautiful, [Dieter] Reinhardt, Ron Pearlman ends up using it, with a blade on the front — and he looked at it. ‘Not for Blade. Cold gun, but not for Blade.’ I said, ‘Why?’ He said, ‘Because Blade is the weapon.’ He said, ‘I don’t want the toys. I want the man. The man is a dangerous guy. You give me too many toys, and that’s the Batmobile and the Bat belt. That’s not Blade.’ And I went, ‘Ah, this guy knows it.’”

While del Toro went on to joke that Snipes is actually “100%” of Blade’s “Blade-ness,” he said the other part of the equation comes out to “the filmmaker articulating,” and described how he studied Stephen Norrington’s filmmaking style to bring his own unique flair to the IP for its second film.

“I had four or five moving boxes worth of dailies from [Stephen Norrington’s] movie,” he said. “And I studied all those VHS tapes. I understood exactly how he shot it. He did some formations that were really extraordinarily weird. For example, he had a low camera with a longer lens in front of a high camera with a wide lens facing each other. …and then I started his formations and I said, ‘Okay, I’m going to go at it differently.’

“But there is one setup on Blade 2, which is 13 cameras working at the same time like a ballet. This camera is moving this way and then it crosses this one right on time for my cut. So I would cut before we shoot. So what they did is extraordinary. I know it.”

He also praised Norrington’s first Blade film for helping to break the mold of comic book movies, crediting it for ushering in a new age of superhero flick that has continued into the modern day.

“Every time [Snipes] landed, every time he turned, he’s a Neil Adams comic book [character]. And he has the natural sort of comic book [look]. I think Blade 1, Steve’s movie, changed the history of comic book movies for me, period. Because before that, you had either the cleanliness, the beauty, and sort of wholesomeness of Richard Donner’s Superman, or you had the quirkiness of Tim Burton’s Batman. But this is what ushered the ‘tude, the edge. Without Steve Norrington’s Blade, I don’t think there is The Matrix. I don’t think there is X-Men. I think what they did is monumental. And then I inherited and was completely, irresponsibly happy to do that.”

In a funny anecdote, del Toro told us that he discovered Red Bull while filming Blade 2, which he affectionately dubbed his “cocaine movie” due to the fact that he was chugging “40” cans of the energy drink per day.

“Actually, [Blade 2] and Pacific Rim are probably the two most fun movies I’ve ever shot. I really had fun. It may have been helped by the fact that Red Bull had just come out, and I didn’t know how to use it. So I was drinking, and I’m not joking, about 40 Red Bulls a day.

“I was like in a cocaine movie. I was like, ‘Come on, let’s go!’ And I would order cases and cases of Red Bull and throw them to the extras. When I went back to America, Red Bull started traveling from Europe to there. And my doctor said, ‘You cannot consume more than four.’ I was drinking 40. The arterial damage, man!”

While Wesley Snipes was able to reprise his role as Blade in Deadpool & Wolverine, it’s unlikely that he’ll return to the part for a future Blade movie — if another one ever gets made in this lifetime, that is. Marvel Studios boss Kevin Feige famously admitted that he felt like a “gigantic loser and failure” for not getting Ali’s Blade off the ground,” a statement that Ali wholeheartedly agreed with in a subsequent interview.

“To this day, I don’t know why it didn’t happen. I just know that Kevin said it was the biggest failure of his career, and I agree,” he said. “He should feel that way.”

Our full, extended interview with Guillermo del Toro is available to watch now. If you’re hungry for more interviews, you can check out a previous episode of the IGN30 Icons series, where we chatted with Ken Levine, creator of famed games like System Shock 2 and its spiritual successor, BioShock.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Spider-Man Brand New Day BTS

IGN can exclusively reveal a new behind-the-scenes look at Sadie Sink as Jean Grey in Spider-Man: Brand New Day.

The clip – which you can watch via the player embedded below – is from one of the bonus features included with the movie’s digital release on October 6 and the 4K UHD, Blu-ray and DVD release on December 15.

In this behind-the-scenes clip, Sink talks about taking on the role of Jean Grey in what’s now the highest-grossing film of all time at the North American box office. Sink is joined in the clip by Spidey star Tom Holland, director Destin Daniel Cretton, costume designer Sanja Milkovic Hays, and choreographer Nathan Kim to talk about the function Jean plays in the film.

Sony Pictures is planning to re-release Spider-Man: Brand New Day in theaters with additional footage that includes Rosario Dawson’s deleted cameo as Claire Temple.

Sink will reprise her role as Jean Grey in Marvel’s X-Men, joining a cast that includes Inde Navarrette as Rogue, Adam Driver as Mister Sinister, Maya Boyd as Storm, Christopher Abbott as Professor X, Kit Connor as Cyclops, Samara Weaving as Emma Frost, and Asa Germann as Angel. X-Men will be directed by Jake Schreier.

Be sure to pre-order Spider-Man: Brand New Day today. See the full rundown of the home release’s special features below.

4K UHD, BLU-RAY & DIGITAL EXTRAS

  • Outtakes: Goofs, Gaffes and Gags – Go behind-the-scenes and inside the on-set hi-jinx captured on camera.
  • Featurettes:
    • Tom Holland: The Evolving Spider – Step inside the shoes of Tom Holland as he reveals his many evolving roles in front of and behind the camera while making Spider-Man: Brand New Day.
    • Brand New Direction – Destin Daniel Cretton takes the audience inside his creative process for capturing a more mature Spider-man that focuses on more complex themes.
    • Secret Sources and Hidden Spider Eggs – Dive deep inside Spider-Man: Brand New Day as secret, hidden references to the Marvel universe and beyond are revealed.
    • Possession! – Step inside the process of inventing and executing the practical, physical performances that realize our villain’s powerful mental abilities on camera.
    • Peter and The Punisher – Tom Holland and Jon Bernthal dive deep into their long-standing off-camera relationship and how it fueled the undeniable on-screen chemistry between Spider-Man and the Punisher.
    • Live-Action Comics – Go behind the scenes and inside Director Destin Daniel Cretton’s labor of love to painstakingly recreate some of the most iconic comic covers and Spider-Man’s lore on camera in live action.
    • Friends and Foes – Zendaya, Sadie Sink, Mark Ruffalo, Jacob Batalon and the all-star cast of Spider-Man: Brand New Day take the audience inside the joyous and fun-filled process of the ensemble of actors.
    • Webs, Wires, and Runaway Tanks – World renowned stunt coordinator and action choreographer Peng Zhang details the practical approach to the real-world spider-stunts and action.
    • Scorpions, Ninjas , and the Spider-Suit – The costume department of Spider-Man: Brand New Day reveals the art of designing and realizing the massive cast of costumed characters and reinventing the beloved Spider-Suit.
    • Lost Memories from Set: Camera Roll – Take a look at the memories captured behind the scenes from set.

Spider-Man: Brand New Day – Our Biggest Burning Questions

DVD EXTRAS

  • Featurettes:
    • Tom Holland: The Evolving Spider – Step inside the shoes of Tom Holland as he reveals his many evolving roles in front of and behind the camera while making Spider-Man: Brand New Day.
    • Brand New Direction – Destin Daniel Cretton takes the audience inside his creative process for capturing a more mature Spider-man that focuses on more complex themes.
    • Friends and Foes – Zendaya, Sadie Sink, Mark Ruffalo, Jacob Batalon and the all-star cast of Spider-Man: Brand New Day take the audience inside the joyous and fun-filled process of the ensemble of actors.

Zack Snyder Issues Rebel Moon 3 Update

Rebel Moon 3 looks like it’s stuck in a galaxy far far away after creator and director Zack Snyder issued a pessimistic update about the sequel’s chances.

Snyder’s flashy Rebel Moon franchise for Netflix was meant to usher in a new Star Wars-style universe, but both 2023’s Rebel Moon – Part One: A Child of Fire and its follow-up, 2024’s Rebel Moon – Part Two: The Scargiver, were savaged by critics. Even the release of extended R-rated versions, which Snyder had said were more closely aligned with his vision, failed to move the needle.

Speaking to The Direct in a new interview to promote his new movie, The Last Photograph, Snyder gave a hesitant answer that suggested the existing Rebel Moon movies would need to gather significant support for a third movie to become a reality.

Zack Snyder’s Rebel Moon

“I don’t know,” he began. “… I made the director’s cuts of the movies, and I just think it’s like one of those things where… and I do feel that as those maybe get a little bit more popular and sort of like get discovered and there’s a little bit more groundswell about maybe making another one.”

To me this is dancing around the true answer, which is no, Rebel Moon 3 is not in the works and probably won’t ever be. Snyder is striking a different tone to the one he had a year ago, when he told Variety he was waiting for the dust to settle before deciding how to proceed with Rebel Moon.

“I got sidetracked into this — not sidetracked, it’s all uptown problems, as they say — for Netflix, I’m working on an LAPD SWAT movie,” Snyder said. “So I was like, OK, well, I’m gonna just sort of let that ‘Rebel Moon’ world boil for a minute, and I’m gonna go do this. And frankly, it was a very exhausting, long process doing the two movies together. So it was nice to have a bit of a break from it. I love it like crazy, but it’s nice to have a bit of a break. So yeah, we’ll see after I finish this, when I come back, where we are with everything.”

“There’s tons of stories,” he continued. So, I mean, I think it’s literally, it’s endless. But, again, like I say, I’m waiting to see how we want to and in what way we would move forward, if at all.”

Last year, Rebel Moon’s co-writer Kurt Johnstad told the Minutemen Podcast: “We outlined movies 3, 4, 5, and 6. Those decisions are way above me, like how those things are made and where the money is gonna come from. I hope we get a chance to tell that story to its very end because it’s an amazing world, and I loved writing those characters — Kora and Jimmy, it’s just fantastic.

“We know where we can go, and we have very detailed outlines. Zack has literally plotted out the whole world. So with some luck and an act of god we’ll get to go back to that world.”

It sounds like Snyder will indeed need a miracle to keep Rebel Moon going.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

The Heretic Prophet Tests What Naughty Dog Is Capable of Troy Baker Teases

Troy Baker has teased that Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet is “testing the bounds” of what Naughty Dog is capable of, telling fans that they are going to have their “minds blown.”

The Last of Us actor, who is also featured in the studio’s new sci-fi adventure, talked about what the studio is cooking up during an appearance at Ottawa Comiccon in Ontario, Canada, earlier this month. Footage of his panel was captured and shared on YouTube before clips made their way around social media today, but the biggest highlight from the hour-long talk saw Baker teasing Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet.

“You guys are going to have your minds blown,” he said. Covering his mouth and closing his eyes, he added, “You are not ready. You are not ready. It’s so good.”

Baker noted that, as previously announced, Naughty Dog recently wrapped shooting performance capture for the studio’s new IP. Of all of the things to call attention to, though, it’s star Tati Gabrielle and her work as main character, Jordan A. Mun.

“I don’t know how [writer and director Neil Druckmann] found two amazing actors,” he added, referencing Ashley’s Johnson’s casting as Ellie in The Last of Us. “He found Ashley for Ellie, and he found Tati for Jordan. It’s like, what? How do you do that?

“She is the spiritual successor. There is so much about Jordan and that game of Intergalactic that feels like… man, I feel all of it. I feel Uncharted, I feel The Last of Us, I feel something new. They are testing the bounds of what that studio is capable of. Everything that I’ve seen, they are delivering, and it’s going to be incredible.”

We know precious little about Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet since Naughty Dog first revealed it at The Game Awards 2024. Druckmann called the new game “incredible” in 2025, and later that same year, he joked that he’s been “bootcamp-ing” Gabrielle on the hate the studio’s received regarding The Last of Us Part 2. He also said he was stepping away from HBO’s The Last of Us show to pour his focus into the project’s development.

Despite calling it the “most ambitious game” the team has made to date, the only actual look at it we’ve seen arrived in that first reveal trailer. Despite there being no firm release date, as Naughty Dog no-shows State of Plays and goes on seven years without a new game release, there are at least a few reasons to suspect we’ll learn more in the somewhat near future.

We knew Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet would miss 2026, but there have been rumors that the PlayStation developer is shooting for a 2027 launch. Wrapping up work on performance capture just last month means that progress is moving steadily ahead, too. The Last of Us Part 2 reached a similar milestone one year before its 2020 launch in 2019, so if the team is following that same trajectory, there is at least hope we’ll learn more in the months ahead.

The Last of Us Day 2026 Announcements

Unfortunately, Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet has no official launch schedule in place for now. In the meantime, The Last of Us Day 2026 has given fans a little something to chew on while they await the series’ return. The series’ future is something Baker touched on during his convention appearance, too.

“We’ll see,” he said, crossing his fingers.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Path of Exile Developer Seems Cautiously Optimistic About Diablo 5

While Diablo 5 was announced at Blizzcon 2026 just a couple weeks ago, the game doesn’t come out until spring 2029. But it seems like Chris Wilson, former co-founder of Path of Exile developer Grinding Gear Games, is tentatively excited for Blizzard’s next ARPG.

Wilson, who left Grinding Gear Games in 2023, released a video over the weekend where he broke down everything Blizzard has announced about the upcoming Diablo game, from its story to itemization and monster levels. And while he did have some nitpicks, it seems like he’s cautiously optimistic that the Diablo series is headed in the right direction, because of the influence the seminal Diablo 2 seems to have on it so far.

Wilson is particularly fond of the new character and inventory screen, where items once again boast different sizes, along with stats that are more in line with Diablo 2. However, there are some modern choices, such as a flat DPS number on weapons, that rub him the wrong way. Still, he recognizes that Diablo 5 can’t fully embrace Diablo 2’s at-times clunky design.

“There’s a bigger question if they’re going to go all the way and risk alienating the modern audience that they’ve cultivated over the last couple of decades,” he said. “I don’t think they necessarily should. While selfishly it’d be amazing for them to make a new version of Diablo 2 just for me, I don’t think they could justify an investment of that size for a game with a niche audience.”

Instead, Wilson expects that Diablo V will try to adopt the best of both worlds, with a “modern ARPG that borrows heavily from Diablo 2, rather than a true return to the design philosophy of Diablo 2.”

But even though the game is still a couple years away, according to Blizzard, Wilson thinks Diablo 5 is going to end up delayed. He says, “My best guess is the game won’t be ready for spring 2029, but that’s okay, delays happen and are normal in this industry. I can’t count the amount of times I had to delay a Path of Exile League release and players were okay with it.”

Diablo 4 Lord of Hatred and Paladin Class Screenshots

If anything, delaying Diablo 5 would give Diablo 4 more room to breathe. Just like a lot of players, Wilson feels like the early announcement of D5 is a sign that Blizzard is abandoing Diablo 4 – even if Blizzard itself has denied that in an interview with PC Gamer. Instead, Blizzard is going to keep developing the story with new seasons, the latest of which is a 30-year celebration of the franchise.

I’ve already spent almost 50 hours in Season 15 alone, and have been having a blast with all the nostalgic content Blizzard added this time around. Chris Wilson is less amused by it, saying, “To be honest, this event feels pretty distasteful to me,” because “Diablo 4 was slowly building up to you being able to fight all the prime evils, then they introduce them all at once in a special event that isn’t really tied to the games story.”

Regardless, new seasons will continue to filter out to Diablo 4 over the next year and a half. Blizzard will also be adding Diablo 2’s Amazon class to the game in a DLC pack early next year. Speaking of classes, the company has also revealed a handful of the classes coming to Diablo 5, and that at launch the new game will apparently have more classes available than in any previous Diablo game. I’m just hoping they bring back the Demon Hunter from Diablo 3.

Jacqueline Thomas

Senior Tech Editor

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

The Bose QuietComfort Ultra Wireless Noise Canceling Headphones Drops Below $200

Bose’s highest-end noise canceling headphones is available for an excellent price. Bose direct, via its official eBay store, is offering a certified refurbished Bose QuietComfort Ultra (Gen 1) noise canceling wireless headphone with extended 2 year Allstate warranty for just $190 with free shipping. The Diamond 60th Anniversary Edition featuring a pearlescent white colorway is rarely part of any sale, but it’s discounted this time around. It normally retails for $429 new.

Over 50% Off the Bose QuietComfort Ultra Headphones

Certified Refurbished With 2 Year Warranty

Bose QuietComfort Ultra Noise Canceling Wireless Headphones

2

Diamond 60th Anniversary edition

About Bose Refurbished products

Bose Certified Refurbished products are thoroughly inspected, tested, and serviced to meet strict Bose sound quality standards – the same as a new product. Appearance is closely examined; products occasionally have minor, nearly imperceptible blemishes. All Refurbished products have the same warranty as new products.

The QuietComfort Ultra is Bose’s highest-end noise-cancelling headphone (this is the gen 1 model). The Ultra is a significant upgrade over the standard QuietComfort headphones both in terms of audio and noise-cancelling performance. It’s comparable to heavyweights from other brands like the Sony WH-1000XM6 and the AirPods Max.

Compared to the QuietComfort and its predecessors, the QuietComfort Ultra supports spatial audio for better sound immersion and better passive isolation thanks to redesigned ear cushions that offer a more secure seal. It has been updated to Bluetooth 5.3 and is compatible with SnapDragon Sound, a feature that optimizes sound quality, connection stability, and latency for your streaming audio when the headphone is connected to an Android device.

Other features include an “Aware” mode that picks up ambient noises and amplifies them so that you can listen in on the outside world without having to take off your headphones, dual-hinge design that enables the headphones to fold up and flat for easier portability, a respectable 24 hours of battery life on a single charge, an updated USB Type-C port, and Bluetooth multipoint for simultaneous pairing with up to two devices.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The Kindle Colorsoft Kids Edition Gets a Big Price Drop at Amazon

Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days sale officially kicks off next week, but there are some early device deals you can check out already. Most notably, Amazon is offering discounts on the latest Kindle models for kids. For a limited time you can get up to $90 off the newest devices.

These discounts aren’t as good as what we saw during Prime Day earlier this year, but if you’re looking to pick up a solid reading tablet for your kid (or yourself), it’s certainly better than paying full price. The overall biggest price cut available now is on the Colorsoft, Amazon’s full-color e-ink tablet.

Amazon Kindle Colorsoft Kids (16GB)

2

The Kindle Colorsoft has been out for a while now, but the official kids’ version of the device wasn’t released until July 2025 when Amazon downgraded to the 16GB models. Since it is the ‘Kids’ version of the tablet, there are some slight differences compared to the standard Colorsoft. Here’s a quick rundown of what you get beyond just the device:

  • Extended 2-Year Warranty
  • 12 Months Amazon Kids+
  • Magnetic Case
  • No Lock-Screen Ads
  • Built-in Parent Dashboard

What is an Amazon Kids+ subscription?

Amazon Kids+ is essentially Kindle Unlimited, but with a bigger focus on younger kids. The subscription offers access to ad-free books, games, videos, and more, including popular Disney stories and original kids’ content. All of the Harry Potter books, Artemis Fowl, and plenty of other top titles for a range of reading levels are included.

Is Now a Good Time to Buy a Kindle?

Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days sale is generally one of the best times of year to buy a Kindle at a discount. While the official sale is still a week away, these discounts on Kindles right now are likely the best price we’ll see on the Kids editions until Black Friday.

That being said, this isn’t even close to the biggest discount we’ve seen on the Colorsoft Kids this year. Amazon dropped the price down to $179.99 back in June for Prime Day, which is $30 cheaper than what it’s at now. So while the current discount is okay, it’s definitely possible Amazon will have better discounts during Black Friday 2026 if you’d rather wait to buy.

How to Follow IGN Finds & Deals’ Recommendations

The IGN shopping team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts, preorders and new product drops available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Jacob Kienlen

Senior Audience Development Strategist

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Backrooms Director Kane Parsons Wants a Limited Series to Pull Off Horror Franchise’s ‘Main Ending’

Backrooms director Kane Parsons says he’s always had a “main ending” in mind for his liminal space story, which he says would be best served as a limited series.

Parsons, while not the original creator of the viral 4Chan greentext post responsible for kicking off the Backrooms craze, is arguably its primary mouthpiece, having caught A24’s attention thanks to his wildly popular YouTube series exploring the concept.

Ever since he first shared his videos — which were almost entirely created in the 3D software Blender — he’s had an idea about how he wants his Backrooms saga to end, though it likely won’t be in theaters.

Speaking to Deadline, Parsons said there’s “always been a plan” for its ending, though it’s been challenging to “find the proper way to package that.”

“I never stop making things,” he told the outlet. “There’s a few things that I would love to talk about when I can soon. I’ve said since the very beginning that the dream scenario would be a limited series for Backrooms to get to the main ending.

“I can’t say anything, but there’s been a very set arc to the whole thing from the beginning, and I just feel absurdly excited at the idea of actually being able to follow through on all of it.”

The success of Parson’s Backrooms kicked off a broader, reactionary trend across the filmmaking landscape; almost instantly, studios started greenlighting similar creepypasta projects, with the likes of Siren Head, The Mandela Catalogue, and even The SCP Foundation nabbing big-budget adaptations with major directors and producers attached.

“You’re going to see more of this,” Parsons said of this trend. “It’s kind of inevitable, given the pressure cooker of people our age who have grown up with the internet. It’s cool to be at the front of that, but that’s just the constant tide of these things.”

Backrooms recently made its way to HBO Max, even getting its own special opening cinematic with HBO’s logo decked out in the Backrooms’ iconic yellow wallpaper. Naturally, its resurgence on this major streaming platform has viewers wondering what’s next for the IP, or Parsons as a filmmaker. We may have an answer to both of these questions; Parsons recently shared his visit to Valve’s offices on social media, prompting no end of speculation as to whether or not he’s in talks to adapt one of the developer’s popular games into another feature film — especially given his love for Portal.

For now, Parsons essentially has carte blanche to do as he pleases, and the wealth of possibilities is making fans even more excited for what’s next following his latest remarks about Backrooms. In the meantime, liminal space-lovers can check out 15 extra minutes of footage from his debut movie on YouTube for free, which was initially added to theatrical Backrooms screenings fittingly titled ‘Everything Must Go.’

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Resident Evil 2 Mod Adds Movie Main Character Bryan to the Game

As Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil movie spreads to theaters across the globe, one dedicated fan has managed to create a Resident Evil 2 mod featuring Austin Abrams’ character, Bryan.

Considering the modding community’s history with Capcom’s legendary survival horror game franchise, a mod based on the new live-action adaptation felt inevitable. A little more than one week after the film’s premiere, Nexus Mods user D0ct0rSauce has unveiled a Bryan skin, a mod that allows players to keep the unfortunate courier’s horrific run through Raccoon City going in Resident Evil 2.

While Abrams is the one delivering Bryan’s shrieks and screams throughout Resident Evil’s hour-and-a-half runtime, this fan-made version of the character isn’t quite as detailed. This is more like a PlayStation 1-inspired version of the character, breaking him down to just a few simple polygons as a replacement for Leon’s retro skin. You can see gameplay footage of the mod, featuring art created by X/Twitter user @mindnumb_opus, below.

thanks to @mindnumb_opus ‘ excellent 3D artwork, i’m excited to reveal a mod we’ve developed that makes bryan from the new resident evil movie playable in resident evil 2 remake!#ResidentEvilㅤ #biohazard #bryanhodukavich #REBHFUN pic.twitter.com/VrOs4r6SqY

— dr. sauce (@realdoctorsauce) September 26, 2026

/ shitty gameplay. but check out bryan 😀 pic.twitter.com/SFkokWc0h2

— bryan resident evil (@thcourier) September 27, 2026

Resident Evil brought Bryan to theaters when it premiered September 18, 2026. Cregger’s latest horror flick managed to exceed expectations with a $108 million global debut. It’s an opening tally that earned its place as the biggest first weekend in franchise history just days after reviews cemented it as the highest-rated video game adaptation of all time.

The movie then continued its theatrical run in weekend two with an additional $50 million added to the pot. Its total now stands at more than $196.5 million, a number that far exceeds its reported budget of $75 million (via Variety).

IGN gave it an 8/10 review. We said, “With a laser focus on putting its hero through the worst night of his life, Resident Evil is a simple and exciting survival horror story that benefits greatly from director Zach Cregger’s sensibilities.”

don’t look at me as I repost this for the third time, I’m so sorry— (2/2) pic.twitter.com/sAkxaveJKO

— Opus (@mindnumb_opus) September 11, 2026

Resident Evil 2 players on PC can imagine Abrams’ Bryan surviving the game’s take on the fall of Raccoon City thanks to D0ct0rSauce and @mindnumb_opus’ work. While we wait to see what the modding community cooks up next, you can catch a glimpse of how Cregger used some creative tricks to bring the film’s most wicked creation to life. You can also check out the Resident Evil Requiem mod that added Resident Evil 4’s merchant to the game.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil Movie Is So Popular, It Increased RE2 Remake Sales by More Than 50% on PS5

Data shows that Zach Cregger’s film adaptation of Capcom’s flagship horror franchise was so successful, it boosted sales for copies of both Resident Evil 2 Remake and RE4’s 2023 remake on the PlayStation 5.

Cregger’s Resident Evil has enjoyed resounding success on all fronts; not only is it the single most-profitable Resident Evil movie ever made, it’s also helping sales for the games it’s based on.

Stats aggregated by Alinea Analytics show that the Resident Evil 2 Remake and Resident Evil 4 (2023) enjoyed a massive boost in the week after Cregger’s movie hit theaters. As told in a substack post written by Alinea Analytics’ Rhys Elliot, RE2 remake and RE 4 (2023) enjoyed a whopping 64% and 54% increase in PS5 sales, respectively. With Steam copies added to the mix, the games got bumped up by an additional 11% and 14%, respectively.

Resident Evil (2026) Images

On PlayStation, this means the two games’ revenue increased by a jaw-dropping 80% and 84%, though it’s also worth noting that Capcom slashed prices for the games about 10 days before Cregger’s movie hit theaters.

Elliot points out that, while deep discounts made up for most of these impressive numbers beforehand, Austin Abrams’ deeply relatable performance as Bryan moved the needle quite a bit in the week afterwards, which also translated to increased player numbers.

Daily active users across several major Resident Evil titles increased after September 18, with RE2R having the largest surge at 48%, jumping from ~78K to ~116K daily players. This makes sense, given that Cregger’s film takes place parallel to the events of this particular game.

Resident Evil 4 (2023) players increased 24%, Resident Evil 3 Remake jumped up 25%, and Resident Evil Requiem saw a 20% increase in active players. Requiem also recently passed $500 million in total lifetime revenue, with a whopping 91% of sales for the game happening across PlayStation and Steam. In fact, this particular game drove PlayStation and PC sales in Japan within the first half of 2026, increasing by 13% to 21 million copies sold.

With the Code Veronica remake on the horizon, Resident Evil fans are getting fed by the Capgods, who have similarly enjoyed a wonderful year with three highly rated game releases. Onimusha: Way of the Sword was critically acclaimed upon launch, and Pragmata surprised critics and casual players alike with its innovative gameplay and tear-jerking story.

For more Resident Evil news, check out this viral behind-the-scenes footage of stunt performers who worked on Cregger’s film, showing how they brought its main stalker monster to life. You can also read our interview with Cregger here, where he admits that he was “naive” to think hardcore fans would be pleased with him avoiding a direct adaptation of the games — though those box office numbers seem to be telling a different story.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Doomsday Directors Joke Doctor Doom Planned All Along and Tease Iron Man Connections

Avengers: Doomsday directors Joe and Anthony Russo joked that Doctor Doom’s introduction was “planned all along” after new Avengers: Endgame Encore scenes teased his impending arrival.

The filmmaking duo behind this year’s Marvel Studios reunion movie touched on how one of the few new teasers attached to Endgame’s re-release ties into the greater Marvel Cinematic Universe (MCU) during an interview with Empire. The moment in question is more of a collection of images than it is a proper scene, but that doesn’t mean the Russo brothers didn’t use it to draw connections between Iron Man and Doctor Doom actor Robert Downey Jr.

Warning! Avengers: Endgame Encore spoilers follow.

Those who saw Endgame Encore this past weekend and stuck through the end of its credits sequence were treated to the familiar sound of Tony Stark hammering away on his first Iron Man suit – or at least, that’s what we thought it was in 2019. This time, however, viewers were shown shots of what seemed to be Victor von Doom as he molds his own mask.

It gave new meaning to Endgame’s original final moment as Doomsday looms. When asked to elaborate, Joe Russo said with a laugh that “it’s been planned all along.” Considering Marvel announced it would rework and retitle The Kang Dynasty into Doomsday back in 2024, it’s safe to say that comment is a joke.

“It’s almost like the same actor is playing both characters!” Anthony Russo added with a laugh.

Its connections to the MCU’s first true superhero, however, are very real. Fans have wondered how the directors will connect Downey Jr.’s two characters since his role was announced, but for all we know, the Avengers, Fantastic Four, and X-Men featured in Doomsday may not even get to see the man behind the metal mask. While we’re still months from seeing how it will all unfold, the Russo brothers have acknowledged their Endgame Encore tease is more than an ominous flash from the future.

D23 First Look Avengers: Doomsday Costumes and Props

“There is certainly a symmetry at play here,” Joe Russo said. “There is an interesting examination of good and evil at play. And I think that that scene at the end, obviously it’s intended to be almost identical. It’s because there’s a duality being explored.”

Avengers: Endgame Encore helped fans prep for Doctor Doom when it premiered in theaters last week. Although viewers had to see it on IMAX and Infinity Vision screens to catch all of the Easter Eggs, we can at least rest easy knowing all questions will be answered when Avengers: Doomsday premieres December 18, 2026. In the meantime, you can read about what the Marvel directors had to say about shooting with an unfinished script.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Everything Coming to HBO Max in October 2026

We’re headed into spooky season, and HBO Max is picking up some big horror franchises like A Nightmare on Elm Street to celebrate. The streamer will also be closing out the first season of Lanterns, the latest DC series, while premiering movies from the Warner Bros. slate as well as studios like A24 and Lionsgate. There’s even a splattering of live sports.

Highlights Coming to HBO Max

A Nightmare on Elm Street Movies – October 1

It wouldn’t be an October list without some good ol’ horror. Expect to see plenty of dedicated “Halloween” sections compiling all of the existing horror movies and shows on the service. One franchise HBO Max subscribers will get to marathon is A Nightmare on Elm Street, with the first five movies and the 2010 reboot coming to the service just as Freddy Krueger himself arrives in Fortnite.

Get ready for spooky season with more horror movie marathons.

Lanterns Season 1 Finale – October 4 @ 9pm ET

The latest DCU series, Lanterns, is finishing up its first season at the start of the month. We’ve been pretty big fans of the series, which loosely adapts not one but three Green Lantern arcs through a grittier, detective-style story. Plenty of questions remain as we head into the final episode, which will premiere on HBO Max in the service’s primetime slot.

What’s taking over the Sunday slot through the rest of the month? Well, that honor goes to a three-part documentary series, The Pet Cemetery Murders: A Ghost Story.

ICYMI: Another DC project, Clayface, is also hitting theaters in October.

Get Jiro – Premieres October 4

This new animated series adapts a graphic novel written by the late Anthony Bourdain in collaboration with Joel Rose. The stylish series follows the stoic sushi chef Jiro as he attempts to make a name for himself during an ultra violent chef gang war in post-apocalyptic Los Angeles. The trailer personally gives me ultraviolent Dave the Diver vibes.

IGN’s Jesse Schedeen got the chance to check out the premiere, calling it a “fresh and exciting” take on your standard revenge thriller. New episodes will stream on HBO Max after premiering on Adult Swim every Saturday.

Evil Dead Burn – October 5

If you’re looking for a fresh horror release to enjoy this Halloween season, the latest movie in the Evil Dead franchise will be making its streaming premiere on HBO Max. The sequel to 2023’s Evil Dead Rise, which we called “most gruesome Evil Dead movie yet,” blends the franchise’s classic zombie scares with a whole new level of horror: having to stay with your in-laws.

The Invite – October 23

From the A24 side of things, Olivia Wilde’s The Invite was a sneaky box office and critical hit from earlier this summer. Unlike a massive spectacle like The Odyssey, this one contains the drama in a single San Francisco apartment, as two couples grapple with their relationships and, specifically, how much sex they’re having. It’s got some crazy uncomfortable moments as well as some peak performances, amounting to an “enjoyably nerve-racking domestic comedy-drama” in our 8/10 review.

See the full list of IGN’s best-reviewed movies of 2026 so far.

Everything Coming to HBO Max in October

Click through links to read IGN’s original reviews.

October 1

October 2

  • Batwheels, Season 3
  • Maine Cabin Masters, Season 13 (Magnolia Network)
  • Strange: Junji Ito’s Tales for Sleepless Nights, Season 1
  • The Torment, Season 1 (HBO Original Series)
  • NY Rangers vs Detroit, 6:30 p.m. (NHL)
  • St Louis vs Dallas, 9:30 p.m. (NHL)

October 3

  • Impractical Jokers, Season 13A (truTV)
  • Gold Rush, Season 17 (Discovery)
  • ALDS Game 1s (MLB)
  • Las Vegas P&Q 4:30 p.m. (Nascar)
  • Mexico vs USMNT, 10 p.m. (U.S. Soccer)
  • AEW Collision, 8 p.m. (AEW)

October 4

  • Be My Guest with Ina Garten, Season 8 (Food Network)
  • Get Jiro, Season 1 (Adult Swim)

October 5

  • Evil Dead Burn
  • 90 Day Fiance: The Other Way, Season 8 (TLC)
  • Sister Wives, Season 21 (TLC)
  • ALDS Game 2s (MLB)

October 6

  • 90 Day: Hunt for Love, Season 2 (TLC)
  • Crazy Rich Asians
  • Sweet Deceit, Season 1 (Food Network)
  • “Nepal’s Deadly Floods” with Anderson Cooper, The Whole Story with Anderson Cooper (CNN Original)
  • USMNT vs Canada, 8 p.m. (U.S. Soccer)
  • AEW Dynamite: Grand Slam France, 8 p.m. (AEW)

October 7

  • The Serial Killer Connection (ID)
  • ALDS Game 3s (MLB)
  • Pittsburgh vs Washington, 7:30 p.m. (NHL)

October 8

  • Sin City Rehab, Season 2 (HGTV)
  • Top of the World (CNN Films)
  • ALDS Game 4s (MLB)

October 9

  • House Hunters International: Volume 10, Season 217 (HGTV)
  • Rage, Season 2 (HBO Original Series)
  • The Housemaid (Lionsgate)

October 10

  • OWN Spotlight: Mothers & Daughters: Torn Apart with Iyanla Vanzant (OWN)
  • ALDS Game 5s (MLB)
  • Charlotte P&Q 1 p.m. (Nascar)
  • Spain vs USWNT, 2:30 p.m. (U.S. Soccer)
  • AEW Collision, 8 p.m. (AEW)

October 11

  • Regular Show: The Lost Tapes, Season 1B (Cartoon Network)
  • Renovation Island: The Adventure Continues, Season 1 (HGTV)
  • The Pet Cemetery Murders: A Ghost Story (HBO Original Series)

October 12

October 13

  • 120 Hours Behind Bars, Season 2 (Discovery)
  • ALCS Game 2 (MLB)
  • Spain vs USWNT, 7 p.m. (U.S. Soccer)

October 14

  • High Value Target: The Hunt for Saddam (TNT)
  • Dallas vs Colorado, 8:30 p.m. (NHL)
  • AEW Dynamite, 8 p.m.
  • AEW Collision, 10 p.m.
  • AEW Countdown: WrestleDream 2026, 11 p.m.

October 15

  • Corregidora: The Darkest Night in Mexican Soccer (HBO Original Series)
  • Untold Stories of the ER, Season 14 (TLC)
  • ALCS Game 3 (MLB)

October 16

October 17

  • The Amateur
  • OWN Spotlight: What Black Men Say vs. What Black Women Hear with Iyanla Vanzant (OWN)
  • ALCS Game 5 (MLB)
  • Phoenix, P&Q 1 p.m. (Nascar)
  • AEW Collision: WrestleDream Tailgate Brawl, 7 p.m.
  • AEW WrestleDream, 8 p.m.

October 19

October 20

October 21

  • Philadelphia vs Buffalo, 7:30 p.m. (NHL)
  • AEW Dynamite, 8 p.m.

October 22

  • The Flores Massacre (HBO Original Series)

October 23

  • House Hunters: Volume 11, Season 263 (HGTV)
  • The Invite (A24)

October 24

  • Talladega Superspeedway, Qualifying 1 p.m. (Nascar)
  • AEW Collision, 8 p.m.

October 25

  • Montreal vs Winnipeg, 7 p.m. (NHL)

October 27

  • Kordell Stewart: Slash & Burn (HBO Original)
  • “30 Days Inside: Hospitals and the Immigrant Workforce” with Ed Lavandera, The Whole Story with Anderson Cooper (CNN Original)

October 28

  • Philadelphia vs Washington, 7:30 p.m. (NHL)
  • AEW Dynamite: Fright Night Dynamite, 8 p.m.

October 29

  • Cannibal Poet (HBO Original Series)

October 30

  • AEW Dynamite, Collision & Rampage from May & June 2024

October 31

  • Martinsville, Practice 1 p.m. (Nascar)
  • AEW Collision: Fright Night Collision, 8 p.m.

What’s Up With HBO Max?

ICYMI: Warner Bros put itself up for sale next year, and after a little bit of a battle with Netflix, Paramount came out as the buyer. The deal was briefly put on pause due to antitrust lawsuits, though Paramount has since reached an agreement, putting the deal back in motion.

Sign Up for HBO Max

14

Subscriptions start at $10.99/month

There’s not a whole lot of info on what the company intends to do with HBO Max, particularly in the context of its own streaming service, Paramount+, but we do know the deal involves some commitment to theatrical releases. It also doesn’t put much value in Warner Bros. Video Games.

Another note: Disney raised prices again, which does include a price hike on the Disney+ bundle with HBO Max.

Blythe Dujardin

Audience Development Coordinator

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

How to Make a Dungeon Crawler Carl Costume for Halloween

The Dungeon Crawler Carl books have really popped off this year. With the release of the eighth book in the series, the first graphic novel collection, and an official TV series announcement, there’s a lot for Matt Dinniman fans to be excited about in 2026.

In addition to the actual story, there’s been a ton of new Dungeon Crawler Carl merch available this year. And now that Halloween is approaching, there’s even an officially licensed Carl costume at Spirit Halloween.

Adult Dungeon Crawler Carl Costume

1

Update: The Dungeon Crawler Carl Costume is already sold out everywhere. Check your local Spirit Halloween to find if any stock is still available near you.

The Spirit Halloween is known to parody a lot of popular media with its costumes each year, but this version is actually officially licensed. So instead of being called something like “Dungeon Bomb Guy” or “Fantasy Boxer Shorts Man,” the name is just simply “Dungeon Crawler Carl Costume.”

The costume itself is actually pretty good and true to the Carl you’ll find in the early books. It’s got his classic heart boxer shorts, his enchanted gauntlet, and even a stick of dynamite to complete vibe. At $59.99, it’s an easy out-of-the-box options for anyone looking to rep their favorite LitRPG book series this year.

The only problem with Spirit Halloween costumes, in my opinion, is that they are usually made of very flimsy materials. If you’re looking for something that looks more legit, it’s pretty easy to replicate this entire costume with higher-quality products or craft a DIY version with stuff you may already own.

How to Build Your Own Dungeon Crawler Carl Costume

Carl is a pretty simple character design, so a lot can be done with a little. If you’re hoping to just buy all of the individual parts on Amazon, I’ve done most of the work for you here. In general though, here’s everything you need for a base Carl costume:

  • A war gauntlet (or a fingerless glove)
  • A sleevless black jacket
  • A hooded cape
  • Heart boxer shorts (can be done with stickers)
  • Knee pads (spikes are optional)
  • A black bandana (or cloth)

Outside of those six key items, there are some things you can do to make it feel more like Dungeon Crawler Carl and less like a biker vagabond. The biggest upgrade you can possibly make to the base design is to add in a shoulder cat, but you can also add patches to your jacket or sport a pair of Bea’s pink clogs. Carl spends most of the story barefoot though, so shoes are optional.

Costume Tip: If you want to make the cheapest possible Carl costume, consider making some of the items yourself. A sleeveless jacket can just be a black hoodie with the sleeves cut off. Heart boxer shorts could just be white with heart stickers added. A war gauntlet could just be a fingerless glove with spikes glued to the knuckles. It’s easy to get creative here and still make something fans will recognize.

Adding Princess Donut Makes Any Carl Costume Better

4-Pack of Magnetic Shoulder Cat Plushies

1

Whether you buy the Spirit Halloween version of the costume or make your own, there’s one key element that is going to elevate the whole look: Princess Donut. It can (and has been) argued that Princess Donut is actually the main character of the story and if she were real, she would honestly be upset that the Carl costume doesn’t include her at all.

Princess Donut is a tortoiseshell Persian, but it’s surprisingly hard to find a good plush that fits her image well and an official product isn’t available just yet. The easiest solution for a costume is to just grab a shoulder cat plush from Amazon and make it work, or repurpose an existing cat plush you may already have.

Jacob Kienlen

Senior Audience Development Strategist

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Save Up to $1,000 Off CORSAIR Prebuilt Gaming PCs With Nvidia GeForce RTX GPUs for This Week Only

Editor’s Note: This article is sponsored by CORSAIR.

For one week only, CORSAIR is offering discounts of up to $1,000 off select VENGEANCE and CORSAIR ONE prebuilt gaming PCs featuring NVIDIA GeForce RTX 50 series graphics cards. These systems are professionally assembled by hand and feature brand-name components, including CORSAIR’s very own cases, cooling systems, fans, and power supplies. The parts are non-proprietary so the system can be upgraded down the line, a major advantage compared to gaming consoles or other bespoke PC brands. All systems are backed by a 2-year warranty and lifetime technical support.

Save Up to $1,000 Off CORSAIR Gaming PCs

VENGEANCE a7500 AMD Ryzen 7 9800X3D RTX 5080 Gaming PC (32GB/2TB)

0

This particular VENGEANCE a7500 configuration has the biggest discount at $1,000 off. It’s equipped with an AMD Ryzen 7 9800X3D CPU, GeForce RTX 5080 16GB GPU, 32GB of DDR5 RAM, and a 2TB SSD. Highlights include a NAUTILUS 240mm liquid CPU cooler, six RGB fans, and a 1000W 80 Plus Gold power supply, all housed in a CORSAIR 3500X midtower case.

VENGEANCE i7600 Intel Core Ultra 7 265KF RTX 5080 Gaming PC (32GB/2TB)

0

The VENGEANCE i7600 is similar to the a7500 above (and it’s $900 off), but with an Intel Core Ultra 7 256KF processor instead of an AMD Ryzen 7 9800X3D. Both Intel and AMD CPUs are overall excellent processors that complement the 5080 well. The Intel Core Ultra 7 256KF is more versatile for non-gaming applications since it has considerably more cores (20 cores vs 8 cores), but the AMD Ryzen 7 9800X3D performs better at gaming specifically thanks to its 3D V-cache.

The GeForce RTX 5080 GPU will run any game in 4K

Performance-wise, the RTX 5080 is no slouch. It’s one of the fastest cards on the market, bested only by the $2,000 RTX 5090 and the discontinued $1,600 RTX 4090. You’ll be able to play latest, most demanding games in 4K resolution at high settings and ray tracing enabled. The DLSS 4.5 update has further optimized multi-frame gen and upscaling so you can push really high framerates even in 4K. Check out our RTX 5080 review for our hands-on impressions.

VENGEANCE a7500 AMD Ryzen 7 9800X3D RTX 5070 Gaming PC (32GB/1TB)

0

The second VENGEANCE a7500 configuration is $400 off. This is a more affordable model equipped with a GeForce RTX 5070 12GB GPU, 16GB of DDR5 RAM, 1TB SSD, and 850W 80 Plus Gold power supply. The CPU remains the same, which is a very good thing because the AMD Ryzen 7 9800X3D is one of the best gaming CPUs you can buy at the moment.

The GeForce RTX 5070 GPU is an excellent choice for 1080p or 1440p gaming

The GeForce RTX 5070 is an outstanding graphics card for 1080p and 1440p gaming. It’s also powerful enough to run most games at 4K, although at that point you’ll see noticeable gains jumping up to a 5070 Ti. Compared to the previous generation GPUs, the RTX 5070 offers a slight performance improvement over the RTX 4070 Super, which was and still is an excellent GPU. Check out our RTX 5070 review.

CORSAIR ONE a600 PC AMD Ryzen 9 9900X3D RTX 5080 Gaming PC (32GB/2TB)

0

The CORSAIR ONE eschews the two prevailing gaming PC ideologies that “bigger is better” and “RGB is life”. It’s housed in a custom compact case with minimal lighting effects and, instead, an elegant monolithic aluminum exerior that fits and looks great on any sized gaming desk. This configuration is equipped with a liquid-cooled AMD Ryzen 9 9900X3D CPU, GeForce RTX 5080 16GB GPU, 32GB of DDR5 RAM, and a 2TB SSD. A 1,000W SFX 80 Plus Gold PSU powers the system.

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Wild Hunt – Remastered Update Patch Notes

CD Projekt has released the patch notes for The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt – Remastered update, confirming PC and console-specific changes to the single-player role-playing game.

Adding to its official list of improvements for The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt – Remastered, CD Projekt has now released detailed patch notes that anyone downloading the update tomorrow will find interesting, as published on The Witcher website.

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt – Remastered releases September 29 on PC (Steam, GOG, Epic Games Store, Battle.net), PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X|S, and Nintendo Switch 2. If you bought any version of the game in the past, physical or digital, you can upgrade for free to the Remastered version within the same platform ecosystem as soon as it releases. (We’ve got the official The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt — Remastered global release times, so you know when the game unlocks in your region, as well as the update download sizes so you can prepare.)

CD Projekt also issued a warning to fans that with the improvements introduced throughout The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt – Remastered, the system requirements for the game have changed. The image below confirms the PC specs:

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt – Remastered, the system requirements. Image credit: CD Projekt.

To ease you into Geralt’s life on the road, check out the Things the Witcher 3 Doesn’t Tell You, plus IGN’s The Witcher 3 Walkthrough and The Witcher 3 Endings guide, which outlines all of the major quests and choices in the base game and expansions (now bundled in with the Remastered edition). When you’re ready for the tough choices, check out our The Witcher 3 Sex and Romance guide to see who Geralt can smooch and all the opportunities to do so. And to make Geralt as strong a monster hunter as possible, check out all the Witcher Gear Locations, Places of Power Locations, and even Gwent Card Locations.

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt – Remastered update patch notes:
Visual and Rendering

  • Implemented an improved shading model.
  • Updated multiple textures and models based on assets from The Witcher 3 HD Reworked Project.
  • Improved lighting and shading for grass and foliage.
  • Updated the visual effects of Signs, including their upgrade versions.
  • Added new visual effects for skills.
  • The game now features native DirectX 12 rendering with multithreading for better performance and visuals.
  • Updated tone mapping for improved colors, lighting, contrast and detail.
  • Added GTAO (Ground Truth Ambient Occlusion) as a new Screen Space Ambient Occlusion option.
  • Updated the HDR calibration panel by adding new options and other improvements.
  • Added Ray-Traced HairWorks for improved lighting and shading on hair.
  • Improved Motion Blur with a higher-quality, more cinematic look.
  • Updated Subsurface Scattering for more natural skin rendering.
  • Improved terrain and material rendering for more natural lighting, shadows, reflections, and highlights.
  • Implemented new Image-Based Lighting (IBL) for improved ambient lighting and reflections across different environments.
  • Reworked Bloom for more improved lighting effects across different environments.

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt — Remastered Screenshots

Gameplay

  • Improved the skill system. Skills are now organized into a skill tree and each skill has three ranks. Unlocking new skills now requires having the necessary prerequisite skills rather than spending a set number of skill points. IMPORTANT: As a result of these changes, your skill points have been reset.
  • Rebalanced the skill tree by refining skill bonus values, effects and synergies.
  • Renamed some skills to better reflect their effects.
  • You can now Reforge your equipment to change its appearance without affecting its stats. Only master craftsmen (Yoana and Hattori) offer this service. Unlock appearances by adding new equipment and crafting diagrams to your inventory. Dyes from Blood and Wine applied to equipment will carry over to the reforged item.
  • Polished the combat behavior of all non-boss monsters, including their attack patterns, counterattacks, movement, reactions, flight and the application of effects.
  • Cantering and galloping now requires pressing the button instead of holding it.
  • Added a new “Horse control input sensitivity” slider in Settings → Controls.
  • Improved Roach’s and Geralt’s movement, player control and animations:
    • Refined Geralt’s jumping animation so that it feels more natural and polished. Note: This doesn’t affect jump distance and height.
    • Added new finisher animations for Geralt.
    • Added new idle animations for Geralt.
    • Improved Geralt’s ledge climbing, ladder climbing and vaulting animations as well as his speed for more responsive, fluid movement.
    • Improved Geralt’s gap closing animations in combat for smoother gameplay.
    • Improved target-lock switching when moving the camera in combat.
    • Polished animations for mounting and dismounting Roach, as well as cantering and galloping.

UI/UX

  • Meditation now features a timelapse instead of a UI screen for a more immersive feel.
  • The skill screen is now reorganized into a more intuitive skill tree layout.
  • Updated the map screen to make switching between tracked quests easier. Untracked quests now have a distinct marker and can be tracked by selecting it.
  • You can now hide herbs, boats and corpses on the minimap in Settings → Video → Interface for a cleaner, less distracting view.
  • Improved quest notifications by combining quest updates into a single HUD notification.
  • Nearby loot can now be grouped into a single window, so you no longer need to browse through multiple loot windows. You can enable this feature in Settings → Gameplay.
  • Added a loot feed that displays recently collected items on the left side of the screen. You can disable it in Settings → Gameplay.
  • Added item tooltips to the loot window, allowing you to preview an item’s details before picking it up.
  • Renamed the “HUD Configuration” section in Settings to “Interface”.
  • Updated the CD PROJEKT RED Account connection, My Rewards and telemetry consent menus.

Photo Mode

Updated the Photo Mode UI and vastly expanded its features and options:

  • You can now choose from multiple different characters to place in your shot.
  • Added a selection of poses and expressions for Geralt and placeable characters.
  • Added a Look-at dropdown, allowing you to choose where Geralt and placeable characters direct their gaze.
  • You can now place lights and adjust their brightness, color, angles and more.
  • Added a confirmation prompt before exiting Photo Mode to help prevent accidental exits.
  • You can now lock the camera position in Photo Mode to make sure you capture the perfect shot.
  • Added the option to apply different environment presets to your scene.
  • Added the option to save camera presets, allowing you to save and reuse camera positions and angles.
  • You can now change the aspect ratio of your screenshot.
  • Added the option to toggle a first-person camera mode so you can see the world through Geralt’s eyes.
  • You can now enable or disable camera collisions with objects and walls.
  • Set the perfect scene by changing the weather and time of day.
  • Adjust the intensity of weather effects like rain or storms.
  • Added an option to toggle Rule of Thirds lines in various aspect ratios, with optional cinematic black bars.
  • Camera coordinates will now be visible in the UI.
  • Added an option to hide surrounding NPCs.
  • Added placeable props, giving you even more ways to create the perfect scene. Just don’t ask where they all came from.
  • The cursor is now visible in Photo Mode on PC when using a mouse.

Accessibility

  • Added a new Accessibility section to the Settings menu. Moved existing accessibility-related options there.
  • Added Ukrainian text localization.
  • Added the Bard’s Ballad preset. You can enable it when starting a new game on the Just the Story difficulty or during the game in the Accessibility section. It is designed to reduce cognitive load for players who experience mental fatigue or have difficulty concentrating. It streamlines gameplay by simplifying certain mechanics and disabling select features for a smoother, more focused adventure. You can enable the preset in the Accessibility tab and customize it by enabling or disabling the following options:
    • Vitality Regeneration Boost – Gives the possibility to adjust its activation threshold (“Activates below (%) Vitality”) and the rate at which Vitality increases (“Regeneration Intensity”).
    • Infinite Breath – Geralt can’t run out of oxygen while swimming and diving.
    • Unlimited Item Durability – Your gear will never wear down, so there’s no need to visit craftsmen for repairs.
    • Unlimited Boat Durability – Boats are indestructible, making jagged rocks and sirens no longer a concern.
    • Ignore Item Weight – Travel the Path carrying as much as you want.
    • Faster Boats – Sail faster across the seas. The seas around Skellige just got a little bit smaller.
    • Toggle Witcher Sense – Toggle on and off without having to hold the button.

Quality of Life

  • Streamlined tutorials to keep them concise and focused on teaching core game mechanics. We think Vesemir would approve.
  • Added an option to quickly disengage from combat. Hold the dodge button (Alt/〇/B) to unlock from your target, then press the sprint button (L Shift/X/A) to run away.
  • You can now collect loot without dismounting Roach.

Modding

  • Added Cross Platform Mod Support, an in-game tool powered by mod.io that allows you to easily browse and install player-created mods to customize your game. You can find it in the game’s main menu in Mods. Log in with your CD PROJEKT RED Account, connect it to mod.io and start browsing. You can find more information about the Mod Manager here.
  • Various engine, UI and other improvements for REDkit, making it easier for modders to create, manage and customize their content.

Fixes

  • Fixed an issue where it wasn’t possible to change Right Stick Sensitivity if the settings were accessed directly from the main menu.
  • It’s now possible to set Stick Sensitivity to the value of 0.69.
  • Fixed an issue where HDR settings would sometimes not appear on consoles.
  • In the Eternal Fire’s Shadow – Fixed an issue where the Forgotten Wolf School Gear Diagrams weren’t displayed in the UI after being received as a reward.
  • Wine is Sacred – Fixed an issue where fast traveling out of Toussaint during the “Search the wine cellar with Anna Henrietta” objective could block quest progression. This fix is not retroactive, so players who encountered this issue will need to load a save from before it occurred.

PC-specific

IMPORTANT: Make sure you have the latest graphics drivers installed. Grab them here: NVIDIA, AMD, Intel.

  • Added support for Path Tracing.
  • Added support for NVIDIA DLSS 4.5, together with Ray Reconstruction.
  • Added support for AMD FSR 4, including Frame Generation and Anti-Lag 2. FSR 4 is supported on AMD Radeon RX 7000 Series and newer graphics cards. On unsupported GPUs, the game will use FSR 2 instead.
  • Added support for Intel XeSS 2.0, together with Frame Generation and Low Latency.
  • Added support for DualSense controller haptic feedback.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

The Simpsons Season 38 Premiere Review

Warning: This review contains full spoilers for The Simpsons Season 38, Episode 1!

Nothing is certain in life but death, taxes, and new seasons of The Simpsons. It’s pretty incredible to think that this iconic animated sitcom has crossed the 800-episode mark and is now entering its 38th season. The series doesn’t do anything particularly noteworthy to ring in the new season. “The Children’s Book Job” settles for delivering a fairly standard late-era Simpsons adventure, one that’s mostly carried on the back of its guest star.

The conflict this week comes as Marge (Julie Kavner) is no sooner sworn in as PTA president than the town learns Springfield Elementary is about to be shut down. That in itself seems like a decent premise for a new episode. How do you save this beloved Springfield institution? Should the town even want to, given how legendarily terrible Springfield Elementary is?

Every Time The Simpsons Predicted the Future

But that’s not the direction writer Dan Vebber opts to go with this particular storyline. Instead, Marge and her fellow parents put all their eggs in the basket of beloved children’s book author Constance Clavinger (Emma Thompson). Apparently, having Constance read her latest creation in public is the key to keeping Springfield Elementary’s doors open? I wish I knew that when my local district was deciding to shut down my daughter’s school…

It’s a slightly weird and random pivot, but whatever. As mentioned before, it’s really all about this week’s celebrity guest voice. Thompson is a real hoot as Constance, an eccentric personality who’s both charmingly British and enough of a drunken mess to give Homer (Dan Castellaneta) a run for his money. We also get a brief cameo from Colin Jost, but this is really Thompson’s show to steal at the end of the day. She brings her A-game, making the most of her character’s many wild mood swings and even belting out a tune with Castellaneta for good measure.

Plot-wise, “The Children’s Book Job” is nothing special. This episode is yet another opportunity for Homer to prove he can be reliable and dependable and isn’t fully checked out of the fatherhood game. I do appreciate that it doesn’t take the cynical route, but instead focuses on Homer earnestly trying to manage Constance’s nonstop brand of mischief. The ending is also sweet, as Homer manages to pierce through Constance’s jaded heart and convince her not to sabotage her life’s work. But still, this is nothing we haven’t seen 1000 times before on the Homer/Marge front.

More The Simpsons Fun on IGN

There are a few other noteworthy moments worth calling in the premiere. It makes solid use of the wider Springfield supporting cast, whether it’s Moe (Hank Azaria) calling for a Squid Game-style bloodbath or Snake (Azaria) briefly allying himself with Homer’s cause. It would be pretty funny if the series actually followed up on that plot thread and the destruction of Homer’s beloved car, but somehow, I doubt that’ll happen. I also got a kick out of Marge’s passive-agressive responses to Lisa’s (Yeardley Smith) various helpful suggestions.

But if there’s anything in this episode that stands out as much as Thompson’s character, it’s the brief chase sequence where Homer hallucinates a journey through various children’s books. It’s a well-animated bit with fun nods to everything from classics like Madeleine and Richard Scarry to modern fare like Captain Underpants. That’s one way to spice up an otherwise textbook Homer storyline.

Minecraft Dungeons 2 Review

One of the reasons Minecraft is my favorite game of all time is how alluring its world of endless possibilities is, so it’s a little strange that the Minecraft Dungeons series seems to represent the exact opposite. Minecraft Dungeons 2 is a brief, forgettable ARPG that’s as thin as they come, from its barebones story to its shallow gameplay, and you can see almost all it has to offer in the span of an afternoon. Simple, easygoing action is kinda the whole point here, but while there’s nothing actively offensive about this humdrum adventure, there’s also very little worth getting excited about either. The good news is that the minor improvements this sequel makes over the original are quite welcome, including more customizable characters and the added ability to jump, plus the new realm of the Sift adds some fresh color and creatures to the Minecraft universe – so if you’re looking to spend a mindless night or two swinging swords with your friends, you could do a lot worse than this.

If you didn’t play the first one, Minecraft Dungeons 2 takes the pixelated items and goofy mobs from Minecraft and throws them into an extremely light (and noticeably less gory) version of Diablo. You’ll delve into dungeons, smack around swarms of monsters, and tackle big ol’ slobbery bosses while hoovering up as much loot as you can along the way. But where most ARPGs lean hard into dizzying skill trees and loot with so many different stats you need a degree in mathematics to comprehend them, Minecraft Dungeons strips away most of that in favor of a much simpler framework. That makes it both more approachable and, almost equally, less interesting. While this sequel expands on the ideas from the first in modest ways, like by increasing the armor slots you’ve got from one to four, it mostly maintains that stripped down buildcrafting philosophy.

What we said about Minecraft Dungeons (2020)

Minecraft Dungeons is a beautiful and fun dungeon crawler with a simple but tried-and-true set of systems in place. It plays it extremely safe, though, without bringing anything mining or crafting spins to the genre to accompany Minecraft’s signature look and feel. Still, it’s just so damn charming, and so fun, it’s hard to fault it for going the safe route. With tons of loot, secret areas to uncover, and progressively more aggressive difficulty levels to unlock, Minecraft Dungeons has a fair amount of replayability beyond its relatively short six to eight-hour story mode. But who plays Minecraft for the story, anyway? – Seth Macy, May 22, 2020

Score: 7

Read the full Minecraft Dungeons review.

The roughly seven-hour story has your unnamed hero squaring off against an evil cabal of Illagers who gain access to a new dimension, called the Sift, and… actually, look at that, I’ve just about covered it all. The cutscenes and conversations to be found here are basically just a vague outline of a story that sends you to and fro to kill things and save the world, and that’s about as deep as it ever gets. It’s not like I was expecting some kind of emotional drama from my “Minecraft meets Diablo” game, but like most things in this adventure, there’s still very little to it.

The action is thankfully more developed than the story, adding some key features to the mix that make battling through the blocky world more enjoyable. I had completely forgotten, for example, that the original didn’t have a jump button, and having one here adds some needed platforming and light puzzles to solve – plus it gives you access to a new jump attack so you can drop a ‘bow on these filthy adds. You also have more options for enchanting your weapons and armor with special effects (which you unlock by conquering dungeons and completing quests throughout the world) as well as new artifacts that offer passive buffs, like increased damage with ranged weapons. All of these things are a decent step up from the original, but the vast majority of the moment-to-moment gameplay remains largely unchanged, and smacking samey zombies and Illagers tends to run thin quite quickly.

How your build feels is largely at the mercy of the RNG gods.“

The fact that buildcrafting is mostly left up to whichever odd equipment you happen to stumble upon, rather than a class-based system, also means you and your co-op teammates all play exactly the same way, and you rarely have control over how your build feels (at least until you near the endgame), since you’re largely at the mercy of the RNG gods. For example, I wanted to play a rogue-type class, but kept finding big ass swords and tank-like items, so I ended up serving as our crew’s defacto melee fighter despite my best efforts. Not that there’s much of a difference anyway, since every player has access to the exact same dodge skill, base speed, weapon options, etc. and you won’t find a shield to add blocking to your arsenal or anything like that.

The handful of equipment slots you’re given offer a few perks each, like increased DPS or added benefits from using healing items, or the ability to shoot fireworks that explode and deal damage to everything in the vicinity (which are good for ringing in the new year, too). You’ll also find a small arsenal of melee and ranged weapons with which to thwack creepers and skeletons, each with just a single attack pattern for you to spam. As you progress, you’ll be able to add some neat enchantments to give weapons and armor a new perk, like one that makes you move faster after you score a kill, or another that lets your ranged attacks penetrate through a target, but none of them do much to shake up the hollow hacking and slashing.

TieGuyTravis’ Favorite Isometric Action Games

See All

The best part of Minecraft Dungeons 2 is the new area called the Sift, a magical, soul-powered realm filled with goat things, poisonous water, and more teal landscapes than was previously thought possible with the science of our day. This isn’t a game with a whole lot of personality, and it often feels like it merely wears a thin Minecraft skin – but this new dimension is one of the few ways in which it branches out to do its own thing, and it mostly succeeds at being an interesting place to explore. It’s got some new creatures and a super distinct vibe, with souls floating everywhere and dancing automatons roaming about. Unfortunately, this isn’t the best showcase of the new realm, since you’re mostly just plowing through areas killing things, so it really just made me wish I could wander around it in regular Minecraft. But in a game with not a whole lot of exciting stuff going on, getting to explore this new slice of the Minecraft universe was definitely a highlight.

Once you’ve completed the story, you’ll unlock the equally thin endgame, which adds a new activity called Soul Storms. These events summon more deadly enemies for a chance at better loot, but there aren’t really any other activities to pursue where you’ll really need this better gear – at least not yet. Mojang has said it has plans to roll out additional endgame content after launch, which could make this activity worth grinding some day, but for now it feels mostly like more of the same monotonous chopping and dodging I’d already had enough of by the end of the story. The new equipment, which adds an additional perk to all the weapons and armor you find within this elite tier, is a decent prize at least, so even though I immediately felt like there wasn’t much for me to do with my new kit, there’s something about obtaining cool stuff that’s a worthy end in itself.

Beyond the Soul Storms, you’ll mostly roam around, complete any side quests you hadn’t gotten to yet, replay boss fights from the story, and conquer the numerous optional dungeons that can unlock some new enchantment options for your gear. That’s all fine, but it’s all the same button mashing that will have worn out its welcome by that point. My friends and I tried to find reasons to stick around, curious if the story was just a primer for a more deep, compelling endgame (as is often the case with ARPGs), but it seems like that just hasn’t been built yet.

Lanterns Episode 8 Trailer Hints at What’s to Come in Season Finale

HBO has released a trailer for Lanterns Episode 8, which teases a number of significant plot developments for the Season 1 finale.

Warning! Spoilers for Lanterns follow…

Episode 7 left John Stewart and the Hal Jordan hologram confronting Sinestro on a strange planet. John and the Hal hologram are trying to work out who killed the real Hal Jordan, and it feels like we’re getting close to some sort of answer. But what does Sinestro have up his sleeve?

The teaser for Episode 8, below, shows Sinestro challenging John and the Lantern Corps’ mantra about having no fear, insisting fear is incredibly powerful (well he would say that, wouldn’t he?). This appears to be part of a plot to resurrect Hal Jordan, last seen dug up from his grave by John. The trailer suggests this resurrection will actually come about via the alien cloning machine we saw earlier this season (that ring impressed upon the skin of Hal’s arm indicates the technology was used on him in some way).

But is this all a misdirection? I wouldn’t be surprised. Perhaps Hal created a clone of himself so he could fake his own death (James Gunn recently hinted that there’s more to Hal’s death that we think). And what does Guy Gardner’s return — confirmed by the teaser — have to do with all this? Whatever this plan to resurrect Hal Jordan involves, it seems to risk some catastrophe. Is this what Sinestro wants? Is this what John wants? Is this, even, what Hal wants?

“Don’t be afraid to be afraid,” Hal appears to tell John, casting doubt on everything John has shown to be important to him — at least on the outside — so far. We then see John look up to the sky. Is this a hint that he will finally use the power of the ring to fly?

Previous episodes have shown John to somehow be able to manifest constructs without actually wearing the ring himself. Indeed, in Episode 7, the Hal hologram seems amazed that John’s able to do this. John has some special power within him, which I suspect will be fully unveiled in Episode 8. Perhaps he uses this power to save the day.

DC Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

The teaser shows Hal fighting a fire in his own home. The trailer is edited to suggest this happens after Hal’s resurrection, but I think it is a scene showing the events before his death. We’re told everyone in town hated his guts, so perhaps someone threw a molotov cocktail through his window, and we’re seeing the consequences of that play out.

What about Noah, the highschool quarterback and wannabe president of the United States? Fans believe Noah will be revealed to be a Manhunter, and that Kerry has kept his true identity a secret all these years. Did she kill Hal because he found out and threatened to expose him? Did Noah kill Hal to protect himself?

And why did Hal keep a portal to a planet where Sinestro was hiding out in his “failsafe?” Why did he posthumously lead John there? What’s the connection here?

I’ve really enjoyed Lanterns, and it feels sad to say the season ends this Sunday. I’ve got so many questions going into Episode 8, I just hope some of them are answered — and we get news of Season 2.

While you wait to find out, check out our review of Lanterns Episode 7.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

World of Warcraft Forever Beta Player Dies to a Near Perfect Griefing Tactic That I’m Sure Blizzard Will Patch Out

World of Warcraft Forever’s beta marches on, and all evidence points to it being a massive success ahead of the official release date next month. But it’s worth remembering this is a beta, and a beta is for players testing the game’s boundaries and developer Blizzard reacting when those boundaries are broken.

Enter one of the best World of Warcraft griefing tactics I’ve seen in Forever so far.

Player jamesja12 took to the WoW Forever subreddit to post a screenshot of their death. That would be nothing worth writing home about under normal circumstances — you die all the time in World of Warcraft. But this was a screenshot of their character after they had died during the intro cinematic, because one cheeky player had placed a campfire exactly where new players spawn.

For the uninitiated, when you create a character in World of Warcraft — and World of Warcraft Forever — you get a snazzy intro cinematic that sets up the part of the world you start in, as well as your role within it. The camera does a fly-by of the local area before resting behind your freshly spawned character, ready to set out adventuring.

In WoW Forever you can craft and place campfires, which are — normally — all about helping other players out. Sit next to a campfire and you’ll receive a useful buff and maybe strike up a conversation with another player doing the same. Campfires are really cool social tools, as well as great buffing machines. I like campfires!

But they also cause a little damage because, well, they’re fire. If you run through a campfire, for example, you’ll take damage, as most WoW players will know well. Pop a campfire down where new characters spawn and they’ll strip that low HP away pretty quickly.

World of Warcraft: Forever Screenshots

“Someone made a campfire where new players spawn. It killed me during the intro cinematic,” jamesja12 said, matter of factly, while posting a screenshot of the evidence of the crime scene. Pretty annoying? Well, most of the reaction is from players who are pretty impressed by this griefing tactic, rather than outraged.

“This is diabolical. I love it, although it’s pretty mean,” one player said. “My orc was grunting during the intro and I had no idea why lol,” jamesja12 replied, referring to the noise characters make when they take damage.

“Brings new meaning to the term ‘spawn camping,’” another player said. “I can’t even be mad at that,” added another. “This is peak classic wow, amazing,” commented another.

This is World of Warcraft, so war between the Horde and the Alliance is part of the game. I was questing in Westfall last night as it was being raided by a high level Horde player who was killing quest-giving NPCs. Some were complaining in the chat, others saying this is part of the game. These are 20-year-old debates, rekindled once again in WoW Forever, and it’s great fun to see.

But this is orc-on-orc griefing, so perhaps Blizzard will take a dim view of it. I expect the developer will patch it out in some way — especially after this reddit post blew up (6,000 upvotes and counting!). I totally respect the effort to grief here. Yes, it’s annoying, but this is a beta after all. Best not to get too upset about anything. Now, if this becomes a widespread issue when Forever launches proper next month, that’s another thing. But for now… well done everyone! Jamesja12 indicated they used the in-game tool to report the “bug,” so it’s probably not long for this world. Enjoy it while it lasts.

The WoW Forever beta was inundated with players, and Blizzard has suggested its popularity took even the developers by surprise. It’s had to increase the beta population cap multiple times already. Yeah, this is going to be a big one.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Where To Buy Every Product at The Best Price — Amazon vs. TCGplayer

Magic: The Gathering’s Reality Fracture set launches this week, and despite the fact that we’re leaving Middle-Earth behind and have Star Trek yet to come, this feels like the most exciting Magic set on the horizon — Universes Beyond or Universes Within.

MTG Reality Fracture is Selling Out Fast

The set sees Jace Beleren reshaping the multiverse to what he feels it should be, twisting new versions of iconic characters and cards in the process. There are also some neat lore implications to this “Echoverse”, including Strixhaven’s schools being twisted into Hexhaven versions.

The set arrived in prerelease this weekend (September 26-27), with full launch just days away on October 2. Here’s what you can preorder, and what’s included.

Notably, Amazon is currently out of stock of everything Reality Fracture, so you may have to look elsewhere, like Walmart, Target, Best Buy, or resellers at TCGplayer, to find boosters or sealed boxes in stock.

Play Boosters

Play Booster Box

1

Building out your collection is easiest with Play Boosters, and you can preorder a box at Amazon for $164.70.

This includes 30 packs, with Wizards of the Coast promising 60+ legendary cards per box. There are 14 cards per pack, so you’re getting a total of 420 in a box.

Bundle

Bundle

1

Looking for a series of boosters without buying a whole box? The bundle is worth a look. These include 9 Play Boosters, a promo card, and full-art lands.

You’ll also find a storage box and a spindown die, all up for preorder at $57.99. Think of these a little like the “Fat Packs” of old.

Where to Find Sold-Out Reality Fracture Collector Boosters

Collector Booster

0

At the time of writing, Collector Boosters for Reality Fracture are sadly all out of stock, unless you take a trip to a trusted marketplace like TCGplayer.

These have an MSRP of $26.99, making them much more expensive than Play Boosters, but this is where you’ll find the rarest cards in the set, as well as alternative art treatments.

Expect boxes to go for hundreds above MSRP, sadly.

Draft Night

Draft Night

0

Draft Night is becoming pretty popular in 2026, appearing a few times already this year, and this Reality Fracture version is the same concept.

The $89.99 box includes 12 Play Boosters to build a deck for up to four players, as well as 90 lands. The winner can claim a Collector Booster, which, as we’ve already mentioned, remains elusive.

Reality Fracture Feature First Four-Color Commander Deck in Years

Commander Precon

0

For the first time in a long time, we’re getting a four-color Commander precon with the set dubbed Multiverse Reforged.

It’s helmed by Jace, but includes alternate reality versions of Magic creatures. You could preorder it for $49.99, but that price is climbing closer to launch.

Part of that is due to the card list, which includes cool new versions of cards like Ob Nixilis, the Ascended, Omnath, Locus of the Void, and Avacyn, Angel of Horror. It also plays pretty well from early reviews!

For more on Magic: The Gathering, check out our guide to preordering the upcoming set based on The Hobbit, as well as our ranking of Secrets of Strixhaven’s Commander precons.

Lloyd Coombes

Lloyd Coombes is an experienced freelancer in tech, gaming and fitness seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar and many more. He’s a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife’s dismay.

HBO’s Lanterns Season 1, Episode 7 Review & Recap

Warning: This review contains full spoilers for Lanterns Season 1, Episode 7!

The worst part about Lanterns finally diving into the 2026 storyline first teased back in the pilot is that it forces us into a post-Hal Jordan reality. So much of the appeal of the series rests on the sour dynamic between Kyle Chandler’s Hal and Aaron Pierre’s John Stewart, and there’s just something missing without the former in play. Thankfully, there’s a workaround in the form of the Halogram backup. Episode 7 exploits that loophole for all its worth, resulting in a new installment that digs far deeper into Hal’s troubled psyche and dark family legacy.

Fittingly, this week kicks off with a flashback to Hal’s childhood, where we finally meet Martin Jordan (Jake B. Miller) in the flesh. That opening sequence offers some valuable insight into Hal’s character. We can see how Martin casually fostered the same sort of fearlessness in his son that the Stewarts mercilessly drilled into John. And we also get a taste of the deep-seated, suicidal depression that is clearly a generational legacy in Hal’s family. Miller really shines in his brief time in the spotlight, expertly conveying Martin’s bravado and pain in equal measure. And I have to assume the Sinestro-esque mustache is intentional, a subtle reminder of how much the orphaned Hal would come to look to his GL mentor as a father figure.

Lanterns Images

From there, things shift back to 2026, as the Halogram reacts to being dug up and reactivated after another 10-year hiatus. Again, the series makes the most of its ability to work around Hal’s murder. We get that all-important Hal/John banter back, but with the twist that comes from having a slightly younger and less mean-spirited version of Hal in the mix. It’s endlessly entertaining to watch the two interact and for the Halogram to convey some of the things his flesh-and-blood self could never admit.

We’re also treated to a terrific scene involving Sheriff Kerry (Kelly Macdonald) reuniting with “Hal,” one that features arguably Macdonald’s strongest performance in the series to date. I’m not prepared to discount the theory that she was Hal’s killer just yet (particularly if it somehow involved her protecting her son), but her grief is clearly genuine regardless.

“The Jordan Boys Legacy” does share one flaw with Episode 6. The drama involving the other Rushville locals just isn’t that compelling. Granted, this episode doesn’t suffer nearly as much in that regard because it’s so much more focused on Hal and John’s investigation, but there are still a few scenes focused on these less compelling subplots. I really can’t bring myself to care about the blackmail conflict between John and Maggie (Hannah Christine Shetler). So he’s out $315,000 and a fancy Richard Mille watch. Why does any of that matter in the grander scheme of John’s Green Lantern origin story?

Read Last Week’s Review

Lanterns Season 1, Episode 6: “Bad Optics”

It’s also tough to know what to make of the Noah (Shea Pritchard) of it all. On the surface, his little Hat Day runaround isn’t that compelling, either. But there’s obviously something deeper at work with the character. I fully suspect we’ll learn in the finale that he’s some sort of human/Manhunter hybrid and is at the heart of Hal’s murder (assuming Hal is even dead, which we really can’t). I’m just glad the series is running out of room to prolong that particular mystery.

Finally, Episode 7 ends with John stepping foot onto an alien world for the first time. We quickly discover that Hal bequeathed a portal to Antaan’s (Paul Ben-Victor) home planet, offering a glimpse of the devastation Manhunters can wreak. It’s a nice change of pace seeing a setting other than Earth, even if the flat, featureless desert doesn’t make for the most memorable view. It’s more Stephanie Economou’s eerie, discordant score that makes this setting feel hostile and otherwordly.

After a tense fear gas sequence and some more heart-to-heart moments between Hal and John, we’re treated to a proper payoff to the entire sequence with the long-overdue return of Ulrich Thomsen’s Sinestro. Naturally, him being marooned on a dead world instead of locked away on Oa raises more questions than it answers, but it’s enough simply to see the character again. I just hope Episode 8 has enough room to address these many lingering questions and still wrap up John’s season-long arc in a satisfying way. There’s still a lot of ground left to cover.

The Best Deals Today: Super Mario RPG, Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave, Corsair K70 Keyboard, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save on the Corsair K70 Mechanical Keyboard, Super Mario RPG, Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave, Metroid Prime 4: Beyond, Nintendo Switch 2, and more. Check out our top picks for Sunday, September 27, below.

Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave for $69.97

Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave – Nintendo Switch 2

0

Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave is out now, and you can save $10 on a physical copy at Amazon. While the game is priced at $79.99 elsewhere, you can pick up a copy for $69.97 right now. In our 10/10 review, we wrote, “Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave provides an excellent pairing of combat strategy and management, with compelling stories spread across each of its four heroes that come together to form one phenomenal RPG.”

Corsair K70 Core RGB Mechanical Keyboard for $74.99

CORSAIR K70 CORE RGB Mechanical Wired Gaming Keyboard with Palmrest

0

Amazon has the Corsair K70 Core RGB Mechanical Keyboard on sale for $74.99 this weekend. This keyboard features MLX red linear switches with ABS double-shot keycaps, plus a palmrest that can be detached. Normally priced at $109.99, this full size wired keyboard is a great choice if you’re looking for a cheaper keyboard.

Nintendo Switch 2 for $449.99

Nintendo Switch 2 Console (Grade A Refurbished)

0

The Nintendo Switch 2 has officially increased in price, but today, you can save on a Grade A Refurbished unit at Woot and take home a console for $449.99. According to Woot, these units have “been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage & has successfully passed a full diagnostic test which ensures like-new functionality & removal of any prior-user’s personal information.” All of the original accessories are included as well, so you won’t need to pick up a Dock or anything like that.

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond for $49.99

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition

0

Metroid Prime 4 was the Nintendo Switch 2’s big December game last year, and you can score a physical Switch 2 copy at Woot this weekend for $49.99. In our 8/10 review, we wrote, “Metroid Prime 4: Beyond is an excellent, if relatively uneven, revival that reaches heights worthy of the Metroid name in its best moments.”

LEGO Star Wars AT-AT for $51.99

LEGO Star Wars AT-AT

0

Amazon has the LEGO Star Wars AT-AT set on sale for $51.99 right now. This 525-piece set features not only the AT-AT, but also the Rebel Alliance Snowspeeder as it attempts to take down the giant machine. LEGO has continued to rise in price over the years, so this 20% discount is certainly worth a look.

Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection for $29.99

Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection – PlayStation 5

0

Amazon has PS5 copies of Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection on sale for $29.99 today, which saves you $10 off this collection of seven games. In our 8/10 review, we wrote, “The Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection is the best way to play as the most underrated version of the Blue Bomber.”

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake for $39.99

DRAGON QUEST I & II HD-2D Remake (NSW)

2

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake is a very ambitious pair of remakes, breathing new life into these classics. Dragon Quest II especially saw huge additions to its story, making this the definitive version of the game. Amazon has discounted copies of Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake down to $39.99, which is one of the best prices we’ve seen since release. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake beautifully concludes this trilogy, recapturing the retro magic of the originals while giving them a modern facelift.”

Super Mario RPG for $37

Super Mario RPG – Nintendo Switch

1

Super Mario RPG is still one of the most underrated games in the Switch library. This remake recreates the SNES classic in briliant fashion, with a remastered soundtrack and enhanced visuals. Pick up a copy this weekend at Amazon for $37.

Fate Return to Avalon: Takashi Takeuchi Art Works for $40.42

Fate Return to Avalon: Takashi Takeuchi Art Works

0

Takashi Takeuchi has one of the most recongnizable art styles for good reason. The legendary artist pioneered Type-Moon’s art for franchises like Fate and Tsukihime. Right now, you can pick up this fantastic hardcover collection of Takeuchi’s Fate artwork for $40.42 at Amazon. Almost 300 pages are included, featuring art from games, promotional material, limited events, and much more. It’s perfect for any Fate fan.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer with a passion for games and technology. He co-founded Final Weapon, an outlet focused on nonsense-free Japanese gaming (in 2019) and has contributed to various publishers writing about the medium.

Netflix Tried to Bring Obsession Straight to Streaming Before It Exploded in Theaters

Director Curry Barker said Netflix bid to put Obsession straight to streaming before Focus Features helped it become the biggest box office success story of 2026.

The comedian-turned-horror-filmmaker talked about the early days of his record-breaking low-budget flick during a conversation on Q with Tom Power. We all know how Obsession turned out, but Barker said offers for the project nearly kept it out of theaters for a very different life as a streaming exclusive.

Barker said an early screening almost immediately resulted in “everybody” putting in offers to distribute Obsession. Neon, Focus, A24, and more wanted to bring Barker’s twisted monkey’s paw tale under their banner. Focus eventually won the war, but not before Netflix offered to throw a wrench into things.

“All of these companies are wanting to do your movie,” Barker recalled hearing from his manager. “At this time, I’m still thinking maybe small theatrical release. Maybe they just want to acquire it, and also, as a director, I’m thinking, I’m scared of, ‘Are they going to want to change my movie? Are they going to want to take out certain parts that I like?’

“So many questions were being thrown around. I think Netflix was in the conversation at one point. They put in an offer to just put it straight on Netflix. All of these conversations started.”

With the odd exception, Netflix has infamously strayed from theatrical releases in the past. Before Paramount swooped in to acquire Warner Bros., the streaming giant was reportedly only interested in keeping its new slate of films in theaters for a little more than two weeks. Its movie boss, Dan Lin, said in June that the company “just won’t work with” filmmakers who push to bring their films to theaters.

The Best Horror Movie of 2025

All signs point to a streaming-exclusive release for Obsession should Barker have signed with Netflix – but we all know that’s not what happened. Instead, audiences spent months swarming movie theaters to see how stars Inde Navarrette, Michael Johnston, Cooper Tomlinson, and Megan Lawless helped bring the director’s vision to life. It brought home massive early returns at the box office on its notably low $750,000 budget and then continued to surprise before reaching an unbelievable global total of $519.4 million (via Box Office Mojo).

It was an unprecedented run that almost didn’t happen if Netflix had proved victorious. There’s no telling if Obsession would have had the same impact if it remained available to stream from the start, but Barker and company are probably happy enough with how things turned out. Although he and Tomlinson are still working on getting their next feature, Anything But Ghosts, ready for release, the director does have some ideas for a sequel in mind, even if it will be a while before Obsession 2 gets off the ground.

For more, you can read what Barker had to say about Gen Z’s opinions on “slop” in movies. You can also check out how Universal brought Navarrette’s Nikki to Halloween Horror Nights and then see IGN’s top-reviewed horror movies of the year. Obsession, for example, earned an 8/10.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Endgame Encore Collects $86 Million in Theaters as New Scenes Prep for Doomsday

Avengers: Endgame Encore dusted off an estimated $86 million at the box office as new scenes helped bring Marvel Cinematic Universe (MCU) fans back to theaters to prep for Doomsday.

It’s a gargantuan opening weekend for Disney and Marvel’s Infinity Saga-ending re-release that saw it rank atop global charts. Of its $86 million debut, it earned $26 million domestically and $60 million internationally.

For those unaware of why Avengers: Endgame is back in theaters, there are a few reasons audiences have shown up in droves to watch the seven-year-old MCU movie. First and foremost, the Encore re-release comes with a few minutes of extra footage that ties directly into this December’s superhero crossover event film, Avengers: Doomsday. With director Joe Russo previously setting up the new clips as “critical” to the next movie’s plot, it seemed inevitable that at least die-hard fans would show up.

There’s been plenty of debate about whether those new precious minutes of MCU footage could justify the price of another ticket, but with another $86 million in the bank, it seems there were plenty who thought it was enough. It helped that, outside of one scene, most of Avengers: Endgame Encore keeps the original story intact, giving moviegoers a chance to relive all of the hype moments and big reveals before Robert Downey Jr., Chris Evans, Chris Hemsworth, and more return to the MCU later this year.

As Avengers: Endgame Encore brings the end of Thanos’ mission to conquer the universe with the Infinity Stones back to theaters, it also sees the return of one of the biggest theatrical releases of all time. The Avengers movie shattered records upon its release in 2019 and eventually returned later that same year for its first re-release. Many of its notable feats have held up in the seven years since, with only Tom Holland’s Spider-Man: Brand New Day able to topple some of them last month.

Through it all, Avengers: Endgame has now soared to an unbelievable $2.885 billion worldwide total. Disney has marked it as the second-highest debut for a re-release ever, falling only behind 2012’s Titanic 3D.

27 Awesome MCU Callbacks in Avengers: Endgame

While Marvel and Disney take what feels like an endless run of victory laps, Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil proved it has some staying power after its second weekend in theaters. It brought in another $23 million domestically and $27 million internationally for a worldwide, with its two-weekend total sitting at $196.5 million on a reported $75 million budget. Despite facing an uphill battle with some fans, the Capcom video game-turned-horror-movie quickly became the highest-rated game adaptation of all time.

Also opening at the box office this weekend was the Brad Pitt-led and doggy-driven survival flick, Heart of the Beast, which brought $50.1 million globally and fetched an 8/10 review from IGN. Director Lance Oppenheim and star Robert Pattinson’s Primetime, a big biopic based on Chris Hansen’s To Catch a Predator that IGN awarded a 9/10, earned $20.06 million globally, with the vast majority of that ($19.2 million) brought in domestically.

The top five films for the global box office from this past weekend saw Avengers: Endgame Encore take first, Resident Evil take second, and Heart of the Beast take third. Primetime and Forgotten Island rounded out the list in fourth and fifth, respectively.

Avengers: Endgame Encore is mostly the same movie we saw in 2019, but that doesn’t mean it hasn’t spawned plenty to talk about as Doomsday approaches. One topic on fans’ minds involves a new star-studded, pre-movie opener that asks fans to silence their phones.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Early Amazon UK Prime Big Deal Days Sales

Amazon UK is already dropping the price on a few grooming essentials ahead of Prime Big Deal Days, and this Philips Multigroom 7000 Series is currently £51.99, down from £94.99.

That’s a pretty substantial £43 saving on an all-in-one trimmer designed to cover pretty much everything, from your beard and hair to your nose, ears and body. It comes with 17 attachments and 26 length settings ranging from 0.5mm to 20mm, so there’s plenty of room to get the exact trim you’re after without needing a drawer full of different gadgets.

Philips Multigroom 7000 Series All-in-One 17-Piece Trimmer

0

The Multigroom 7000 uses self-sharpening full-metal steel blades, which Philips says stay as sharp as they were on day one without needing blade oil. There’s also BeardSense technology, which scans beard density 125 times per second and automatically increases power when it detects thicker or longer hair.

For more precise work, the included precision comb offers 11 length settings between 1mm and 3mm in 0.2mm increments. There’s also a narrow detail trimmer for sharper lines and finer work, alongside a metal trimmer for tidying up your cheeks, chin and neck.

At £51.99, it’s a decent chunk below its usual £94.99 price, although it’s worth remembering that Prime Big Deal Days itself doesn’t officially start until October 6. Whether this particular deal sticks around until then, or gets replaced by an even lower price, remains to be seen.

There are a few other deals worth checking out right now at Amazon right now, especially when it comes to shavers. For starters, the Philips OneBlade Hybrid 360 is currently down to £34.99 at Amazon UK, giving you 36% off its £54.99 MSRP. It’s not officially part of Prime Big Deal Days just yet, but with the main sale still a little way off, it’s a decent early saving if you’re in need of a new shaver and trimmer.

If you’re looking for a few extra attachments, there’s also the set with 3X 360 Blades, 4X Stubble Comb (1,2,3,5mm), and 1x Body Kit down to £42.99 at Amazon right now as well.

I’ve been using various OneBlade models for years, and wherever I’ve used them, they’ve generally done a great job. Facial hair, chest hair, the ol’ back fluff – the OneBlade is surprisingly versatile.

Robert Anderson

Senior Commerce Editor

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Early Amazon UK Prime Big Deal Days Sales

Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days doesn’t officially kick off until October 6, but we’re already seeing some early discounts ahead of the two-day event, including savings on a couple of Corsair’s gaming headsets.

Right now, you can pick up the Corsair VOID v2 wireless headset for £69.99 or the wired Corsair HS65 SURROUND for £72.78 at Amazon UK. Neither deal is officially part of Prime Big Deal Days yet, but if you’ve been looking for a new gaming headset, they’re worth checking out before the main event gets underway.

Corsair VOID v2 wireless headset

0

Let’s start with the Corsair VOID v2, which is down to £69.99 at Amazon UK, a 30% saving.

It’s a wireless headset with Corsair’s distinctive styling, complete with lighting on the earcups, but there’s more to it than looking the part. The VOID v2 packs Dolby Atmos Spatial Audio and custom-tuned 50mm drivers, designed to give you a better sense of where sounds are coming from in games.

That could mean picking up on a stealthy killer creeping around in Dead by Daylight, hearing where a grenade has landed in Battlefield 6, or keeping track of proximity chat in ARC Raiders and Marathon.

Connectivity is another big selling point. The VOID v2 uses a 2.4GHz wireless dongle and Bluetooth, with support across PC, PlayStation, Nintendo Switch and mobile. You can switch between devices at the press of a button, which makes it a handy option if your gaming setup involves more than one platform.

Battery life is pretty impressive, too, with up to 70 hours of use on a full charge. Corsair says a quick 15-minute charge can also give you another six hours of playtime, which should be enough to get you through a particularly long gaming session.

Corsair HS65 SURROUND wired headset

0

If you’d rather keep things simple, the Corsair HS65 SURROUND is a wired alternative that’s currently £72.78 at Amazon UK.

The benefit of a wired headset is that there’s no battery to worry about, and the HS65 SURROUND can be plugged straight into compatible devices, including PS5, where it works with Sony’s Tempest 3D AudioTech.

It also supports Dolby Atmos Spatial Audio and comes with memory foam earcups covered in leatherette, giving it a more premium feel than you might expect from a wired headset.

The microphone has flip-to-mute functionality, too, so you can quickly silence yourself without having to reach for a button when you’re playing a game with proximity chat. That’s particularly handy when you’re trying not to accidentally broadcast whatever’s happening in the room around you to everyone else in the lobby.

So, you’ve got a wireless headset with multi-platform connectivity and long battery life in the VOID v2, or a cheaper wired option in the HS65 SURROUND that doesn’t need charging at all.

And while these aren’t Prime Big Deal Days prices just yet, Amazon’s main October sale is only around the corner. Prime Big Deal Days runs October 6-7, so there’s always a chance we’ll see further reductions once the event officially begins.

Robert Anderson

Senior Commerce Editor

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

The Last of Us Background Reveals on PS5 as Naughty Dog Teases Announcements for 2026

Naughty Dog has released a free background on PlayStation 5 as it prepares to celebrate The Last of Us Day 2026.

The studio behind Sony’s exclusive post-apocalyptic video game franchise took to social media to tease some of what it has planned for this year’s festivities. While September 26 is technically the day it’s chosen to serve as its Cordyceps-breakout holiday, Naughty Dog won’t share any The Last of Us announcements with fans until Monday the 28th, but that doesn’t mean there’s nothing to fawn over today.

PS5 owners can now head to their consoles to download a special The Last of Us-themed background for PlayStation’s Welcome Hub landing page. It’s a free option featuring both the younger and older versions of Ellie from both mainline games, with no download required to enjoy it. Although it’s far from the kind of dynamic themes or wallpapers fans have begged Sony to bring back, the animated background does add some flavor for fans still hoping to see the series get a proper return in games.

We’ll be celebrating #TLOUDay on Monday, but we do have a fun surprise for you today. 🧡🩵

For the first time ever, a The Last of Us-themed background is being added to the PlayStation Welcome Hub. Log in to your PlayStation account and download it to see how our team has… pic.twitter.com/aK6F85FM2I

— Naughty Dog (@Naughty_Dog) September 26, 2026

Those who want to spice up their PS5 backgrounds need only to navigate to the Welcome Hub, select the Change Background button in the top corner of the screen, and then select The Last of Us background in the Games tab. It’s nothing much, but we’ll only have to wait a few more days to hear more about The Last of Us Day celebration.

In a separate post, Naughty Dog promised September 28 will bring even more reveals for the franchise. While it doesn’t sound like something like The Last of Us Part 3 will be discussed, the team did promise to share a “partnership announcement, a very cool collaboration, digital surprises, and more.” There will also be a No Return charity stream on Twitch.

Another surprise announced today was the news that The Last of Us Season 3 on HBO has picked up some new and familiar faces: John Goodman, Laura Bailey, and Ian Alexander. Goodman, a series newcomer and award-winning actor, will play a new character named Joey. Bailey, who played Abby in The Last of Us Part 2 and a nurse in The Last of Us Season 1, will play a Seraphite leader named Elizabeth, while Alexander will play a currently unnamed character after first appearing as Lev in the second game.

We’ll have to wait to see what Naughty Dog has planned for The Last of Us Day 2026. While Sony has yet to confirm a The Last of Us Part 3 as work on its Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet continues, fans are hoping an announcement will arrive sooner rather than later. One comment from creator Neil Druckmann sparked theories about a third chapter in Ellie’s story in March of this year.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Everything Coming to Peacock in October 2026

Peacock is going all-in on horror this month. A ton of scary movies are getting added to the service starting on October 1, including major franchises like Scream and Friday the 13th.

Speaking of Friday the 13th, Peacock is also dropping a new original prequel called Crystal Lake on October 15. The highly anticipated series follows Jason’s mother who is still mourning nearly a year after his death.

If you’re wondering what’s worth watching, we’ve gathered together some of our top picks right here. You can also jump to all of the new releases for October for the full list by day.

What’s Worth Watching

The Blade Trilogy – October 1

Although Marvel’s upcoming Blade movie has been tragically cancelled, the original trilogy is still ripe for the watching. After Wesley Snipes’ cameo in Deadpool & Wolverine, the films have been harder to find. The trilogy being added to streaming service is worthy of a movie marathon celebration, especially during the spooky season. The second Blade is arguably one of the best vampire movies ever made after all.

The Mummy (1999) – October 1

Although The Mummy isn’t the scariest of movies, it’s still worth a rewatch in October. This is arguably the best Brendan Fraser movies of all time and the franchise is set to get its fourth installment in October 2027. Fraser has been reportedly training for the upcoming movie, which is bringing back many of the original characters that made it such a timeless classic.

Read IGN’s Review of The Mummy.

Train to Busan – October 1

Train to Busan is a Korean zombie apocalypse movie that does everything right. The story follows a businessman named Seo Seok-woo and his daughter as they travel on a train to Busan that is actively being overrun by vicious zombies. If you don’t mind watching a film with subtitles, we highly recommend checking it out. Train to Busan currently sits on our list of the best zombie movies of all time.

Crystal Lake – October 15

It’s been 17 years since the last Friday the 13th movie was released, so right now feels like the perfect time for a new addition to the franchise. Crystal Lake is a prequel series that focuses on the events before the original 1980 movie that started it all. The story follows Jason’s mother, who is still dealing with the aftermath of her son’s death. The series will offer a fresh look at the events and people that helped make one of the most iconic horror villains of all time.

New on Peacock in October 2026

Note: This list is subject to change in September pending additional announcements from Peacock. Click on any of the links provided to see IGN’s review.

October 1

October 5

October 15

  • Crystal Lake (Peacock Exclusive)

October 24

Peacock Plans and Prices

See All Bundle Plans

25

Apple TV and Peacock Premium for $14.99/month, or Apple TV and Peacock Premium Plus for $19.99/month

If you don’t already have a Peacock Premium subscription, you have a few different options. For maximum savings, I’d recommend sticking with one of the Apple TV and Peacock Premium bundles. This will get you both services at a decent discount, which opens up the full library of Apple TV Originals. With the most recent price increase only affecting standalone plans, this is a solid option.

Although Peacock does not offer its own free trial, you can technically get the service via the Walmart+ free trial. New Walmart+ subscribers get 30 days free, and the service includes either a Peacock Premium or Paramount+ subscription.

Discord Users are Massacring Wumpus Mascot to Protest Platform’s Age Verification System

Discord artists are tearing the company’s purple mascot, Wumpus, limb from limb in increasingly gruesome ways to protest its controversial age verification system.

Despite the backlash already surrounding Discord’s new system, its launch started innocently enough. Then, when the company took to X/Twitter to sarcastically refer to the changes as “extremely popular” amid early bugs, fans unleashed hell on the cutesy purple avatar.

when you launch an extremely popular age assurance update that everyone on Discord was really looking forward to and it has bugs https://t.co/I9dVu9ZhET pic.twitter.com/BLAz9fWTSn

— Discord (@discord) September 24, 2026

“When you launch an extremely popular age assurance update that everyone on Discord was really looking forward to and it has bugs,” Discord said.

The post in question was posted earlier this week and has 36K likes, but the nearly 10K replies already signal that not all is well amongst users. Open up the quotes for the post, and you’ll be met with what feels like an endless sea of fan art featuring none other than Discord’s plum mascot, Wumpus. These days, he’s looking more red than purple, though.

The top post quoting the original message is accompanied by no text. Instead, it features a hyper-realistic version of Wumpus being subjected to a form of torture called “quartering,” which sees an individual pulled into pieces by horses tied to each of their limbs.

This post alone has 260K likes. It is far from the only image of its kind.

https://t.co/tiscKCgzOj pic.twitter.com/teeA9k8vS0

— fishman (@asianfissureman) September 25, 2026

“Extremely popular” pic.twitter.com/vq9Ke1seg9

— radionerd (@radionerdxbox) September 25, 2026

I will never be a memory, Wumpus. https://t.co/ZcXfKG1e1T pic.twitter.com/t58VixRwmv

— Capidol 🍀|| C0mms OPEN (@CapidolArt) September 26, 2026

pic.twitter.com/MoamXpthQT

— Conor D. Oil (@RealConorOil) September 24, 2026

Whether he’s facing eldritch horrors, Broly, Sephiroth’s Masamune, or packs of wolves, Wumpus is going through it. Everyone online is having a great time watching the leaf-wearing avatar get torn to shreds, but they’ve also made it clear that the violence being unleashed upon him isn’t coming from a positive place.

It’s all in response to Discord’s age verification system, which has faced its own onslaught of backlash since it was first announced earlier this year. As the platform has been reminded today, many of its millions of users have been vocal when it comes to privacy concerns following a significant data breach just last year.

“If you want to be a serious grown-up data stealing company you can’t smol bean post anymore,” one user said in response to Discord’s post.

“Stop trying to quirk chungus your data harvesting scheme,” another said. “We cannot stand your ass.”

lol https://t.co/T5DLuzxjdQ pic.twitter.com/Sdvb8jXmcN

— Junjou Laina 🔥 GIGGINOX 4 ASCENDANCE 🔥 (@Jun_on_Fire) September 26, 2026

“‘Extremely popular age assurance update.’ Are we f**kin serious,” another user asked.

“No we are so fckin sarcastic,” Discord replied.

Shortly after Wumpus was (quite literally) thrown into the line of fire, Discord posted an update saying that bugs blocking age-restricted servers had been fixed. The company has not addressed the criticisms filling its replies section since the new system went live.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Microsoft CEO Says Streamlining at Xbox is Great to See as Layoffs Affect Thousands

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella has spoken about the state of Xbox following layoffs that affected thousands of workers, saying that the “streamlining” at the company is “great to see.”

The tech executive opened up about how the business’ gaming branch is doing during a recent interview on the Sources Podcast with Alex Heath. It’s a conversation that followed not only the 1,600 job cuts Xbox delivered in July of this year but also the additional structural changes that were announced just this past week.

When touching on Xbox’s place under the grander Microsoft umbrella, Nadella said he feels “fantastic” about the IP the brand has in its portfolio and its “ability to take that and produce great games going forward.” As layoffs continue to reshape the developers who have made some of those great games, he still seems to be feeling pretty good.

“There’s a certain amount of streamlining the team is doing and [Xbox CEO Asha Sharma] is doing, which is great to see,” Nadella said in the wake of the most recent cuts. “And then, we have to invent the right sustainable business model that allows us to deliver gaming to more and more people.

“That has always been the goal, which is, we want to be a great publisher and a great platform provider for games across both PCs and Xboxes. So, that is our goal, and I think Asha and team have said that Xbox is going to get back to growth this next fiscal year, and that’s the plan they’re executing on, and in that process, do a bang-up job of producing some great games.”

It’s optimism that may come as a shock to those who have watched as Microsoft continues to redefine what the Xbox name means by shedding game developers like Double Fine and Ninja Theory and reorganizing beloved studios like id Software. Maybe the most telling sign that the company is entering a new chapter arrived just this past week, when it announced that Halo would be moved from Halo Studios to its Activision teams.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

Xbox announced in July that it could be laying off 1,600 staff, with an additional 1,600 set to follow before the end of the fiscal year. Although this past week offered a closer look at what that long-term plan entails, we won’t know the full scope of the company’s big “reset” initiative for at least a few more months.

For now, the resulting changes also include the Fallout: New Vegas team at Obsidian Entertainment moving under Bethesda. After State of Decay developer Undead Labs confirmed its independence just days ago, studio head Philip Holt told IGN that the zombie series’ third game remains in active development amid its own “significant” wave of layoffs.

For more on how the industry has changed in recent months, you can read about what Nadella had to say about how Xbox’s monetization plan at Microsoft compares to YouTube. You can also catch up on what he said about the brand when former Xbox CEO Phil Spencer departed the company.

Photo by George Chan/Getty Images.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Star Wars Director Jon Watts to Helm First Movie in New Skywalker Saga Trilogy

Disney has reportedly picked Spider-Man director Jon Watts to helm the first movie in Simon Kinberg’s new Star Wars trilogy as it plots out the next chapter in the Skywalker Saga.

Information about a new series of Star Wars projects from Lucasfilm was first reported by Daniel Richtman and later corroborated by The Hollywood Reporter. Although Watts is best known for leading the charge on the Marvel Cinematic Universe’s Tom Holland Spider-Man trilogy, his work on Star Wars would represent his return to the sci-fi franchise following his time as co-creator on 2024’s Skeleton Crew.

The yet-to-be-named new films, which are said to be the next chapter in the Skywalker Saga, are being written by Star Wars: Rebels and Mr. and Mrs. Smith veteran Kinberg. Story details remain mostly shrouded in mystery, though it’s said that Daisy Ridley’s sequel trilogy Jedi, Rey Skywalker, will play a role in the story.

Jon Watts. Photo by Emma McIntyre/Getty Images.

Watts has only been picked to direct the first movie of the new trilogy so far. When this next chapter will begin is also unclear, with The Hollywood Reporter sources noting that Disney has not given the new project the official green light as work on its foundation continues.

Although still early in development, the site stated that it is further along than most other Star Wars projects. The only one ahead of it for now is Shawn Levy and Ryan Gosling’s Star Wars: Starfighter, which has a May 28, 2027, release date.

Watts broke onto the blockbuster scene with the MCU’s Spider-Man: Homecoming in 2017 and returned to make more superhero movies with follow-ups Far from Home and No Way Home in 2019 and 2021, respectively. He then handed over work on future Holland films to Destin Daniel Cretton, with his last feature, Wolfs, premiering in 2024.

Kinberg was first said to be in the mix to write a new Star Wars trilogy back in 2024, but there was conflicting information at the time. While some reported the next run of mainline films would continue the Skywalker Saga, others stated that the new projects would tell a completely new story. The Hollywood Reporter’s story today suggested that Kinberg has settled on the former, though with the project so early in development, it’s always possible that could change.

Former Lucasfilm boss Kathleen Kennedy offered an update on Kinberg’s status when speaking to Deadline earlier this year. Although it seemingly ran into a few speed bumps along the way, today’s update suggests the trilogy may be in the process of finding its footing and, hopefully, a path toward a full green light.

“[Kinberg] wrote something that we read in August, and it was very good, but not there,” she said in January. “We’ve pretty much upended the story, and then spent a great deal of time on the treatment, which he finished literally about four weeks ago. And it’s a very detailed treatment, like 70 pages. And so he is expected to give us something in March.”

How Much Every Star Wars Movie Made Opening Weekend

Talk to most Star Wars fans and they’ll tell you the same thing: The franchise is not in the best shape at the moment – at least when it comes to its movies. The Skywalker Saga concluded a massive nine-film arc with its sequel trilogy ender, Episode 9 – The Rise of Skywalker, in 2019, but the project capped the story with more of a whimper than a bang.

Although the Ridley-led films each came with their own controversial moments, The Rise of Skywalker emerged with disappointing critical reception (IGN gave it a 7/10) rivaled only by 1999’s Episode 1 – The Phantom Menace. Disney pumped the breaks when it came to theatrical releases for a galaxy far, far away after that, with this year’s The Mandalorian and Grogu bringing an end to a seven-year drought without new Star Wars movies. Even that project found its own trials to overcome, with so-so critical reception (IGN’s review delivered a 5/10) and underwhelming box office returns leading Disney to deem it a disappointment in theaters.

It’s not all been doom and gloom for Star Wars, though. While the movies have, for many, struggled to recapture the magic of George Lucas’ original vision, some of its TV outings have managed to keep audiences coming back for more. Seasons 1 and 2 of Disney’s Rogue One prequel, Andor, earned the franchise critical acclaim. Meanwhile, although not everyone was sold on 2024’s The Acolyte, shows like Maul – Shadow Lord and Skeleton Crew did manage to find dedicated audiences.

Star Wars is going through some growing pains as leadership shifts behind the scenes, but Disney has made it clear it still has plenty of stories to tell. There are plenty of other movies and shows in various forms of development, including Maul – Shadow Lord Season 2 and Ahsoka Season 2, which are both expected to premiere next year. While fans are still campaigning to see Adam Driver reprise his role as Kylo Ren in the canceled Hunt for Ben Solo film, Lucasfilm head Dave Filoni has signaled a bright future ahead when it comes to Star Wars movies.

Photo by Emma McIntyre/Getty Images.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Best Deals Today: Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave, Metroid Prime 4, Nintendo Switch 2, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save on Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave, Metroid Prime 4: Beyond, Nintendo Switch 2, and more. Check out our top picks for Saturday, September 26, below.

Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave for $69.97

Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave – Nintendo Switch 2

0

Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave is out now, and you can save $10 on a physical copy at Amazon. While the game is priced at $79.99 elsewhere, you can pick up a copy for $69.97 right now. In our 10/10 review, we wrote, “Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave provides an excellent pairing of combat strategy and management, with compelling stories spread across each of its four heroes that come together to form one phenomenal RPG.”

Super Mario Galaxy + Super Mario Galaxy 2 for $48.97

Super Mario Galaxy + Super Mario Galaxy 2

0

Super Mario Galaxy 2 finally made its way over to Nintendo Switch with the return of Super Mario Galaxy as part of this double pack for Mario’s 40th anniversary. Today, you can take home a physical copy and keep these games forever for $48.97 at Amazon. This version of the game is playable on Nintendo Switch 2, with an update available to increase the resolution to 4K across both titles.

Nintendo Switch 2 for $449.99

Nintendo Switch 2 Console (Grade A Refurbished)

0

The Nintendo Switch 2 has officially increased in price, but today, you can save on a Grade A Refurbished unit at Woot and take home a console for $449.99. According to Woot, these units have “been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage & has successfully passed a full diagnostic test which ensures like-new functionality & removal of any prior-user’s personal information.” All of the original accessories are included as well, so you won’t need to pick up a Dock or anything like that.

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond for $49.99

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition

0

Metroid Prime 4 was the Nintendo Switch 2’s big December game last year, and you can score a physical Switch 2 copy at Woot this weekend for $49.99. In our 8/10 review, we wrote, “Metroid Prime 4: Beyond is an excellent, if relatively uneven, revival that reaches heights worthy of the Metroid name in its best moments.”

Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection for $29.99

Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection – PlayStation 5

0

Amazon has PS5 copies of Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection on sale for $29.99 today, which saves you $10 off this collection of seven games. In our 8/10 review, we wrote, “The Mega Man Star Force Legacy Collection is the best way to play as the most underrated version of the Blue Bomber.”

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake for $39.99

DRAGON QUEST I & II HD-2D Remake (NSW)

2

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake is a very ambitious pair of remakes, breathing new life into these classics. Dragon Quest II especially saw huge additions to its story, making this the definitive version of the game. Amazon has discounted copies of Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake down to $39.99, which is one of the best prices we’ve seen since release. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake beautifully concludes this trilogy, recapturing the retro magic of the originals while giving them a modern facelift.”

Fate Return to Avalon: Takashi Takeuchi Art Works for $40.42

Fate Return to Avalon: Takashi Takeuchi Art Works

0

Takashi Takeuchi has one of the most recongnizable art styles for good reason. The legendary artist pioneered Type-Moon’s art for franchises like Fate and Tsukihime. Right now, you can pick up this fantastic hardcover collection of Takeuchi’s Fate artwork for $40.42 at Amazon. Almost 300 pages are included, featuring art from games, promotional material, limited events, and much more. It’s perfect for any Fate fan.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer with a passion for games and technology. He co-founded Final Weapon, an outlet focused on nonsense-free Japanese gaming (in 2019) and has contributed to various publishers writing about the medium.

Godzilla Minus Zero Review

This review is based on a screening timed to the New York Film Festival. Godzilla Minus Zero opens in theaters in Japan on November 3 and in North America on November 6.

Godzilla movies have long had a problem: What do you do after the initial thrill of a quote/unquote serious Godzilla origin story? Can the filmmakers somehow continue the deep thematic underpinnings of that first adventure, even while upping the visual ante with more giant monster action? How do you offer a probing commentary about the world we live in – which is what the best of the genre is known for – when you’ve got skyscraper-sized lizards slugging it out MMA-style?

Godzilla Minus Zero Images

It is under these circumstances – or should I say restrictions? – that Godzilla Minus Zero enters the ring. As the sequel to the much-praised Godzilla Minus One from three years ago – a picture that dealt with, among other things, notions of survivor’s guilt, hope in the face of hopelessness, found family, and more – Minus Zero is on the ropes from the start. Can returning writer-director Takashi Yamazaki wring even more out of his characters, who have already been to hell and back, while also blowin’ up stuff real good? In a word, no.

The film takes place two years after the events of Minus One, with Ryunosuke Kamiki back as Kōichi Shikishima and Minami Hamabe returning as Noriko. Kōichi, as fans of the Oscar-winning previous movie (for Best Visual Effects) will remember, is the former would-be kamikaze pilot from World War II who was instrumental in defeating Godzilla the first time around. Now married to Noriko, the woman he took in after the American air raids on Tokyo, the pair have also adopted Akiko, the orphaned baby they had cared for after that same disaster. Living happily together as a family, there’s only one thing that can ruin this idyllic picture… well, two things, since not only is Godzilla of course back, but there’s a new monster on the scene as well.

Minus Zero opens with a sequence of devastation, as this new critter lays waste to countless helpless civilians as they flee in the streets, avoiding both falling rubble from the buildings crumbling around them and lightning breath from the creature’s mouth. Yes, as fans have already figured out and as the marketing for the film has teased, this is Ghidorah, also known as King Ghidorah in the larger Toho mythology, and generally the archnemesis of the big guy for whom we have all gathered once again. (Ghidorah has also been referred to as “Monster Zero,” which helps to explain this film’s title.)

The scenes of destruction and terror are breathtaking.“

These scenes of destruction and terror are breathtaking, with Yamazaki and his team of visual effects maestros once again managing to keep their creatures from feeling like CGI monstrosities. No, rather, Ghidorah, and Godzilla when he eventually shows up too, just appear to be real monstrosities – humongous, slow-moving, reptile-like, and all-the more terrifying for it. Ghidorah also distinguishes himself from his counterpart with his scary yet herky-jerky, almost cat-like mannerisms.

So as soon as that first-round bell rings, the movie has already proven its VFX bona fides – to no one’s surprise. But it has also confirmed that a Godzilla Part 2 inevitably means more monsters. And look, none of this is to say that there’s anything wrong with a movie where Godzilla has to rip his own arm off because his foe’s teeth are sunk so tightly into it. We all love monster-on-monster action, but there’s no denying that the more of a mash a monster movie becomes – be it of the Toho, Universal, Alien/Xenomorph, or whatever else variety – the more it loses its edge as the human characters and their emotional baggage run the risk of looking puny in the face of these god-like creatures.

Remember what Bogart said in Casablanca? “It doesn’t take much to see that the problems of three little people don’t amount to a hill of beans in this crazy world.” Yes, I’m quoting Humphrey Bogart in a Godzilla review, but if there’s an issue with Minus Zero, it’s that the travails of Kōichi, Noriko, and little Akiko just pale when considering the scope of destruction that Godzilla and company are capable of. Whereas the first film framed that destruction through the lens of the trio’s trauma, not just in regards to the giant monster but also specifically around what they went through in the war, that resonance is missing here.

In fact, the most interesting character in Minus Zero is perhaps the most under-served. Kanji Murakami, played by Min Tanaka, is a scientist whose work is key to battling the monsters this time around. He’s also kind of warped, with Tanaka getting one scene in particular that is a bit too spoilery to describe here, but is also a highlight of the film. As with Kōichi and Noriko, and indeed every character in the film, the war irrevocably changed his life, and the scientist is still struggling to cope with that reality while he works to prevent a pair of living A-bombs from doing even more damage to humankind.

Speaking of which, a much ballyhooed sequence first glimpsed in the trailer last spring involving Godzilla and the Statue of Liberty is certainly something to behold here. Toho has asked critics to not reveal the specifics of this particular scene in reviews, but suffice to say that it is both everything you’ve imagined and theorized about, and at the same time none of that at all. It does connect back to Tanaka’s character in one of his darkest moments, and as a result is one of the film’s most memorable incidents of Godzilla-on-human action.

But that brings me back once again to the feeling that kept bubbling up for me while watching Godzilla Minus Zero. Even as Godzilla sets upon what looks like Spider-Noir’s version of New York City, the whole emotional underpinning of the scene is tied to Tanaka’s Murakami. Unfortunately, the character’s true motivations and how they’re ultimately resolved in the film play as more of an after-thought than Minus Zero’s thematic or emotional core, and for that film suffers.

The most interesting character in Minus Zero is Kanji Murakami (Min Tanaka), a warped scientist whose work is key to battling the monsters.

If there is a central theme at work here, it’s the idea that no matter how hard we as a species try, we can’t outrun our own mistakes – and we’re gonna keep making them over and over again, despite the efforts of the best among us. Minus One ended with a hint of what was next for Noriko; while she miraculously survived a Godzilla attack, she also now bore a mysterious scar on her neck from the experience. It’s no surprise to learn in Minus Zero that it was no mere scar, and that in fact Noriko is now also a very important player in the fight against the monsters. But she, like Kōichi, is also a pawn in a greater game that’s happening on the world stage involving the monsters. The regular folks on the ground are the ones bearing the trauma of the battles that have been fought, but the powers that be don’t seem to care…

By the final act, you know where this is all going, and that’s fine. Monsters must brawl, and as with Minus One, the period setting of this film really adds to the luster of the visual effects and action scenes. Seeing Kōichi back in the pilot seat, this time of 1949-era fighter planes, is thrilling, and the various schemes concocted by the returning Kenji Noda (Hidetaka Yoshioka), now the head of the “Large-Scale Disaster Response Bureau,” are often ingenious and satisfyingly crunchy in their attempts to slow down and ultimately stop Godzilla and his enemy.

Early Amazon UK Prime Big Deal Days Sales

Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days doesn’t officially begin until October 6, but we’re already seeing some early discounts ahead of the two-day shopping event, including savings across Philips’ Sonicare electric toothbrush range.

There are several models currently reduced at Amazon UK, ranging from the more affordable Sonicare 2100 Series to the considerably fancier DiamondClean Prestige 9900. So, whether you’re looking to make the switch from a manual toothbrush or simply fancy upgrading your current one, there are a few options worth checking out before Prime Big Deal Days properly gets underway.

Philips Sonicare 2100 Series Electric Toothbrush

0

The Philips Sonicare 2100 Series is currently £44 at Amazon UK, making it the cheapest option in this particular selection and a relatively straightforward entry point if you’ve never used an electric toothbrush before.

It delivers 31,000 bristle movements per minute and has two intensity settings, Medium and Low, alongside a programme designed to ease you into using an electric toothbrush over your first week.

There’s also a two-minute timer to help you brush for the recommended amount of time, while Philips says the battery can last for up to 14 days between charges.

Philips Sonicare DiamondClean 9000 Series

0

If you want something a little more premium, the Sonicare DiamondClean 9000 is currently £119.99.

This model offers four brushing modes, including Clean, Deep Clean+, Gum Health and White+, alongside Philips’ more advanced cleaning technology. Philips also claims it can remove up to 10 times more plaque than a manual toothbrush and help remove surface stains for whiter-looking teeth.

You also get a travel case, which is a nice inclusion if you’re the sort of person who doesn’t fancy throwing an electric toothbrush loose into your luggage.

Philips Sonicare DiamondClean Prestige 9900

0

Finally, there’s the Sonicare DiamondClean Prestige 9900, currently £199.99 at Amazon UK.

This is the most advanced and expensive option of the bunch, using Philips’ SenseIQ technology to monitor pressure, motion and coverage up to 100 times per second. It can then adjust the brushing experience accordingly, with the aim of keeping things consistent and comfortable.

Philips claims the Prestige 9900 can provide up to 20 times more plaque removal than a manual toothbrush, so you’re getting into properly premium electric toothbrush territory here.

Prime Big Deal Days Hasn’t Started Yet

It’s worth stressing that these aren’t Prime Big Deal Days prices just yet. Amazon’s main October shopping event runs October 6-7, meaning there’s still time for these prices to change, potentially in either direction.

That said, if you’ve been meaning to upgrade your toothbrush anyway, you don’t necessarily need to wait until October 6. There are already several Sonicare models discounted ahead of the event, and the cheaper options in particular could make sense if you simply want to ditch the manual toothbrush without spending a small fortune.

Robert Anderson

Senior Commerce Editor

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Minecraft LIVE September 2026 — Everything Announced

Minecraft LIVE September 2026 featured a number of big announcements for the game, which we’ve rounded up below.

The headline announcement was confirmation that the Sift is coming to Minecraft Java and Bedrock Edition in 2027. It’s the first new dimension for Minecraft in 14 years. Elsewhere, Mojang confirmed that Ice Caves are the next game drop, and Sound Effects Packs for Minecraft Marketplace are coming later this year. We also got an update on Minecraft World, which is getting a hotel and a rollercoaster.

Alas, there was no announcement of an End update, as some fans had speculated might have been on the way. I guess those Enderman teases in the Minecraft LIVE trailer weren’t teases after all!

All this and more is detailed in the report below. Check that out, then head to the comments to let us know what you think!

And that’s a wrap!

Minecraft LIVE is over, and we have a clearer idea of what’s coming to Minecraft for the rest of this year and even 2027. Let us know what you thought of all the announcements in the comments!

The Sift is coming to Java and Bedrock Edition!

Minecraft LIVE’s big final announcement is that the Sift is coming to Minecraft Java and Bedrock Edition in 2027. The Sift is Minecraft’s first new dimension in over 14 years, and joins the Overworld, The Nether, and The End as Minecraft’s official fourth dimension.

Today at Minecraft LIVE: Dungeons II, our first new dimension in more than 14 years, new ways for creators to build, Minecraft on Nintendo Switch 2, and more.

More than 300,000 people play Minecraft for the first time on an average day. After 17+ years and 425M+ copies sold, I… pic.twitter.com/fdhkwuh258

— ASHA (@asha_shar) September 26, 2026

Ice Caves are the next Minecraft game drop

Ice Caves are coming to Minecraft, adding a new and rare underground extension of cold biomes with glowing ice crystals and environmental variety. Ice Caves include a new hostile mob, the frozen zombie, which can apply freezing effects and throw damaging ice balls. The ice balls can also be used as weapons or to craft potions, adding strategic options for combat scenarios.

Mojang said Ice Caves add a whole new layer of variety to cold biomes, making exploring underground even more interesting, thanks to the increased environmental diversity. “Though they may be beautiful, these caves are far from safe,” the developer said.

Ice crystals can be found in ice caves and can be placed both vertically and horizontally, providing lots of potential for decoration and building. They can even be used as a light source. The Frozen Zombie, meanwhile, applies a stacking freezing effect with its melee attacks. If you take enough hits, you’ll freeze. It also throws ice balls at you, which apply knockback and deal damage. Normal zombies can convert into Frozen when exposed to powder snow. Players can already convert Husks into Zombies, and now Zombies into Frozen, opening the door for advanced mob farms.

Frozen drop ice balls on death, allowing players to use them as well, but they can also be crafted and used to brew a new potion. As a weapon, ice balls deal damage and apply knockback, and as a potion it can freeze players.

Minecraft Ice Caves Screenshots

Sound Effects Packs for Minecraft Marketplace coming later this year

Later this year Mojang will introduce Sound Effects Packs for Minecraft Marketplace, giving players new ways to customize their experience.

Minecraft World update

Minecraft World got two announcements at Minecraft LIVE today: the world’s first official Minecraft hotel, and the name of the first ever Minecraft rollercoaster.

Minecraft World Hotel and the Escape the Nether rollercoaster are confirmed for the Minecraft experience at Chessington World of Adventures Resort, and are set to open their doors at some point next year, Merlin Entertainments and Mojang Studios announced.

Minecraft World Images and Photos

Minecraft Dungeons 2 deep dive

Mojang showed off more of Minecraft Dungeons 2, as expected. Expect plenty of loot, mobs, and a new dimension. Story wise, you have to help the villages find a new home in the town of Bravehaven. When you start to explore outside the town you realize there’s a soul corruption happening in the overworld.

The world is interconnected this time, so it’s more open for you to take your own route with a freedom to explore. You get to know the Villagers better in this game, helping them out as a player. And you can jump! There are small parkour sections to find secrets and even jump attacks.

The big hook here is the Sift, a brand new dimension in Minecraft Dungeons 2. It’s an environment rich with souls. Expect DLC post-launch, too. Minecraft Dungeons 2 launches this Tuesday, September 29.

Brave a new dimension in #DungeonsII: The Sift!

Hear what our team has to say about this beautiful new world. pic.twitter.com/EWfVrHL2JD

— Minecraft (@Minecraft) September 26, 2026

New Minecraft platform initiative

Minecraft LIVE began with Jens Bergenström, Chief Creative Officer at Mojang Studios, ruling out an End update. Bah! He did, however, announce a new creator platform designed to get more people creating experiences within Minecraft. It’s all pretty vague, but it sounds like Mojang is thinking about taking on Roblox by making it easier to build experiences within Minecraft. We’ll hopefully have more on how this all works soon.

30 minutes to go!

This is your official 30 minute warning for Minecraft LIVE! Not long now until we find out what Mojang has up its sleeve. Check back here for live updates, and let us know what you’re hoping to see in the comments!

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

John Goodman, Laura Bailey, and Ian Alexander to Star in HBO’s The Last of Us Season 3

Emmy-winning actor John Goodman, prolific voice talent Laura Bailey, and returning star Ian Alexander have been cast in the third (and possibly final) season of HBO’s The Last of Us series.

As revealed on September 26 — the day the Cordyceps infection ravaged humanity in The Last of Us universe — the show’s third season will feature three big talents, two of whom are making their return to Naughty Dog’s flagship zombie franchise.

Perhaps most surprisingly, John Goodman has been slated to play a character named Joey, a figure who wasn’t in the original games. Joey is joined by another character named Paco, who will be played by Ian Alexander; the two are described as a “friendly duo who dub themselves ‘Heroes of the Highway.’” Alexander notably played Lev in The Last of Us Part 2, a young boy who Abby helps rescue from the Seraphite cult.

The Last of Us Season 2 Episode 1: TV Show vs Game Comparison

The Seraphites will play a part in season 3, as Laura Bailey is set to play Elizabeth, one of the cult’s leaders. Bailey is also a returning actor to the franchise, having famously voiced Abby in The Last of Us Part 2 alongside Alexander.

With the Seraphites being included in the third season and Alexander playing a new character, it stands to reason that another person will be playing Lev, most likely because Alexander has aged out of the role.

These two aren’t the only actors from the original games who have been included in HBO’s screen adaptation; Ashley Johnson and Troy Baker also played characters in The Last of Us Season 1, with Johnson playing Ellie’s mother in a harrowing birth scene and Baker playing James, a member of Baker’s villainous group.

Johnson and Baker famously provided the voice and motion performances for Ellie and Joel in both of The Last of Us Games, so it’s not surprising that Bailey and Alexander are also showing up in some way.

HBO’s The Last of Us series is expected to end with this forthcoming season, which will air in 2027. In a September interview with Deadline, the Chairman and CEO of HBO and Max Content, Casey Bloys, said he “thinks [showrunner] Craig [Mazin] has planned it as the final season.”

Bloys has been hinting at this since January, saying in another Deadline interview that “it certainly seems that way, but on decisions like that, we will defer to the showrunners. So you can ask them.”

With the games’ creator, Niel Druckmann, having left the project after Season 2, the future of HBO’s show is looking uncertain — but with talent like Alexander, Bailey, and Goodman on board, there’s bound to be some fantastic performances in store. We just hope they don’t tear our hearts apart like Nick Offerman did in the first season.

Image Credits: Henry NICHOLLS / AFP via Getty Images

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Everything Coming to Disney+ and Hulu in October 2026

In the aftermath of yet another price hike, Disney has revealed next month’s streaming lineup for both Disney+ and Hulu.

Why are we talking about both streaming services at the same time? Over the past year, Disney+ and Hulu have been slowly merging their libraries. They also cost about the same as a bundle as they would as individual standalone services, presumably by design.

If you’re debating whether to stick with the more expensive subscriptions, here’s a look ahead at what you’ll be getting out of it next month. The topline? We’re looking at a new MCU series, tons of ABC show premieres, and plenty of Halloween specials.

Highlights Coming to Disney+ and Hulu Next Month

American Horror Story: 13

One of the most anticipated TV streaming premieres is a new season of Ryan Murphy’s fever dream, American Horror Story. Plenty of cast members have returned for the hauntingly significant 13th season, including Sarah Paulson, Evan Peters, Angela Bassett, and Emma Roberts. In other words, expect some wacky crossovers of characters and plotlines from previous seasons.

While the first three episodes premiered on FX in late September, they won’t be coming to Hulu until the start of October. Time to get spooky.

More TV Highlights: Hulu and Disney+ will also be getting weekly episodes from new seasons of Dancing With the Stars, Abbott Elementary, Scrubs, Grey’s Anatomy, and Always Sunny in Philadelphia.

The Hunger Games Movies

The Hunger Games movies have moved around streaming services quite a bit over the years. While the full franchise is already available to Netflix subscribers, Hulu will also be getting the full movie marathon this October. Having all of the movies in one place is a great chance to catch up on or rewatch the dystopian saga ahead of a new prequel movie, Sunrise on the Reaping.

VisionQuest

The biggest Disney+ premiere of the month comes from the MCU side of things. VisionQuest is a new series that follows up 2017’s WandaVision, one of the most acclaimed Marvel projects in the streaming era. While we already know the series will bring back some old-school Marvel characters, cast members have been close-lipped about whether we’ll see the return of the Scarlet Witch herself.

All Upcoming Marvel Movies and TV Shows

Barbarian

Between last year’s Weapons and this year’s Resident Evil, Zach Cregger has been having quite a run. We’d argue that the run started with the director’s debut movie, Barbarian. We called it “one of the wildest horror films in years” in our original 8/10 review, and it’ll be finding a new streaming home on Hulu next month.

Halloween Specials

Last but not least, it’s definitely worth keeping an eye out for Halloween specials.

Family Guy is already confirmed to be dropping its special episode on October 5, while Phineas & Ferb have a Halloween episode slated for October 7. The Simpsons will almost certainly get a new addition to its ongoing Treehouse of Horror Halloween special series on Disney+ some time later in the month. Both services will also be getting plenty of new Halloween sections and streams.

Everything Coming to Disney+ and Hulu in October

October 1

Hulu:

Disney+:

  • Disney+: Mickey Mouse Clubhouse+ Season 2 – Premiere
  • Disney+: Stick to Football – New Podcast Episode

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Dancing with the Stars Official Podcast Season 35 – New Episode
  • Hey Jonas! – New Podcast Episode
  • Disney+ Hulu Throwbacks Podcast – Halloweentown Episode

October 2

Hulu:

Disney:

  • Pupstruction Season 3 – Premiere

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Adventure Time: Side Quests Season 2 – Premiere (All Episodes Streaming)
  • Austin City Limits Music Festival 2026 – Livestream Day One
  • Coven Academy – Premiere (All Episodes Streaming)

October 3

Hulu:

Disney+:

  • Chibi Tiny Tales: Shorts Season 7 – New Episodes

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Africa Earth’s Wild Home – Premiere (All Episodes Streaming)
  • Austin City Limits Music Festival 2026 – Livestream Day Two

October 4

Hulu:

  • The Mess Around with Hannah and Lamorne – New Podcast Episode

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • We’re Here to Help – New Podcast Episode
  • Austin City Limits Music Festival 2026 – Livestream Day Three

October 5

Hulu:

  • America’s Funniest Home Videos Season 37 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Gachiakuta (Season 1, Part 1) (Subbed & Dubbed) – All Episodes Streaming
  • FX’s It’s Always Sunny in Philadelphia (Season 18) (Hulu Original) – New Episode @ 9pm PT
  • That Was Us – New Podcast Episode
  • Family Guy: Happy Hell-o-ween – Halloween Special Premiere

Disney+:

  • Pod Meets World – New Podcast Episodes

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Between Steps (Season 1) (Hulu Original) – Premiere

October 6

Hulu:

  • FX’s The Drop: A Snowfall Saga (Hulu Original) – New Episode @ 9pm PT
  • FX’s The Drop: A Snowfall Saga After Show – New Episode @ 9pm PT
  • Prison Breaking With Sarah & Paul – New Podcast Episode
  • Reasonable Doubt Season 4 (Hulu Original) – Three-Episode Premiere

Disney+:

  • Dancing with the Stars Season 35 (ABC) – Streaming Live @ 8pm ET
  • Stick to Football – New Podcast Episode
  • Stick to United with Wayne Rooney – New Podcast Episodes

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Best Friends – New Podcast Episode
  • Between Steps (Hulu Original) – New Episode
  • Hey Jonas! – New Podcast Episode
  • Perfect Person – New Podcast Episode
  • StraightioLab – New Podcast Episode
  • Thanks Dad with Ego Nwodim – New Podcast Episode
  • We’re Here to Help – New Podcast Episode

October 7

Hulu:

  • Jamie Foxx: Take Care of Yourself (Hulu Original) – Premiere
  • R.J. Decker Season 2 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Dancing with the Stars Season 35 (ABC) – New Episode

Disney+:

  • Big City Greens Season 5 – Halloween Special Episode
  • Gracie’s Corner – New Episodes
  • Gracie’s Corner: Shorts – New Episodes
  • Kiff – Halloween Special Episode
  • Phineas and Ferb – Halloween Special Premiere
  • Vampirina: Teenage Vampire Season 2 – Premiere (All Episodes Streaming)

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Merry Berry Love (Hulu Original) – Premiere
  • Surviving Alaska: Women of the Wild – Premiere (All Episodes Streaming)

October 8

Hulu:

  • Abbott Elementary Season 6 (ABC) – Premiere
  • FX’s American Horror Story: 13 (Hulu Original) – New Episodes @ 9pm PT
  • FX’s American Horror Story Official Podcast – New Episode
  • Beyblade X Season 3A – Premiere (All Episodes Streaming)
  • Scrubs Season 2 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Shark Tank Season 18 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Who Wants To Be A Millionaire? Season 5 (ABC) – New Episode

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Dancing with the Stars Official Podcast Season 35 – New Episode
  • Hey Jonas! – New Podcast Episode

October 9

Hulu:

  • Tokyo Revengers: War of the Three Titans Arc (Hulu Original) – New Episode

Disney:

  • Playdate with Winnie the Pooh: Shorts Season 3 – New Episodes

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Benefits with Friends Season 2 (Hulu Original) – Premiere (All Episodes Streaming)

October 10

Hulu:

  • Celebrity Wheel of Fortune Season 7 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Hokum (2026)

Disney:

  • The Banana Bowl – Streaming Live at 8pm ET
  • Cartoonified! with Kiff: Shorts Season 2 – Premiere

October 11

Hulu:

  • The Mess Around with Hannah and Lamorne – New Podcast Episode
  • Mission: Yozakura Family Season 2, Cour 2 – Premiere

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • We’re Here to Help – New Podcast Episode

October 12

Hulu:

  • FX’s It’s Always Sunny in Philadelphia Season 18 (Hulu Original) – Finale Episode @ 9pm PT
  • America’s Funniest Home Videos Season 37 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Campfire Cooking in Another World with My Absurd Skill Season 1 (Dubbed)
  • Clown Panic (Hulu Original) – Premiere
  • Haikyu!! Season 1 (Dubbed)
  • That Was Us – New Podcast Episode

Disney:

  • Pod Meets World – New Podcast Episodes

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Between Steps (Hulu Original) – New Episode
  • Handsome – New Podcast Episode

October 13

Hulu:

  • FX’s The Drop: A Snowfall Saga (Hulu Original) – New Episode @ 9pm PT
  • FX’s The Drop: A Snowfall Saga After Show – New Episode
  • Prison Breaking With Sarah & Paul – New Podcast Episode

Disney+:

  • Dancing with the Stars Season 35 (ABC) – Streaming Live at 8pm ET
  • Stick to United with Wayne Rooney – New Podcast Episode

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Best Friends – New Podcast Episode
  • Between Steps (Hulu Original) – New Episode
  • Hey Jonas! – New Podcast Episode
  • Perfect Person – New Podcast Episode
  • StraightioLab – New Podcast Episode
  • Thanks Dad with Ego Nwodim – New Podcast Episode
  • We’re Here to Help – New Podcast Episode

October 14

Hulu:

Disney+:

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Megastorm – Premiere (All Episodes Streaming)
  • Merry Berry Love (Hulu Original) – New Episode

October 15

Hulu:

  • Abbott Elementary Season 6 (ABC) – New Episode
  • FX’s American Horror Story: 13 (Hulu Original) – Two-Episodes @ 9pm PT
  • FX’s American Horror Story Official Podcast – Finale Episode
  • Scrubs Season 2 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Shark Tank Season 18 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Who Wants To Be A Millionaire? Season 5 (ABC) – New Episode

Disney+:

  • Stick to Football – New Podcast Episode

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Dancing with the Stars Official Podcast Season 35 – New Episode
  • Hey Jonas! – New Podcast Episode

October 16

Hulu:

  • 9-1-1 Season 10 (ABC) – Premiere
  • 9-1-1: Nashville Season 2 (ABC) – Premiere
  • Grey’s Anatomy Season 23 (ABC) – Premiere
  • Tokyo Revengers: War of the Three Titans Arc (Hulu Original) – New Episode

Disney+:

  • SuperKitties: Su-Purr Adventures: Shorts Season 3 – New Episodes

October 17

Hulu:

  • Celebrity Wheel of Fortune Season 7 (ABC) – New Episode

Disney+:

  • Chibi Tiny Tales Season 8 – Premiere
  • Locker Diaries: Coven Academy – Premiere

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Super Scam Me – Special Premiere

October 18

Hulu:

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • We’re Here to Help – New Podcast Episode

October 19

Hulu:

  • America’s Funniest Home Videos Season 37 (ABC) – New Episode
  • That Was Us – New Podcast Episode

Disney+:

  • Pod Meets World – New Podcast Episodes

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Between Steps (Hulu Original) – New Episode
  • Handsome – New Podcast Episode

October 20

Hulu:

  • FX’s The Drop: A Snowfall Saga (Hulu Original) – New Episode @ 9pm PT
  • FX’s The Drop: A Snowfall Saga After Show – New Episode
  • Phony (Hulu Original) – Premiere
  • Prison Breaking With Sarah & Paul – New Podcast Episode

Disney+:

  • Dancing with the Stars Season 35 (ABC) – Streaming Live at 8pm ET
  • Stick to Football – New Podcast Episode
  • Stick to United with Wayne Rooney – New Podcast Episode

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Best Friends – New Podcast Episode
  • Between Steps (Hulu Original) – New Episode
  • Hey Jonas! – New Podcast Episode
  • Perfect Person – New Podcast Episode
  • StraightioLab – New Podcast Episode
  • Thanks Dad with Ego Nwodim – New Podcast Episode
  • We’re Here to Help – New Podcast Episode

October 21

Hulu:

  • Dancing with the Stars Season 35 (ABC) – New Episode
  • FX’s The Lowdown Season 2 – New Episode @ 9pm PT
  • R.J. Decker Season 2 (ABC) – New Episode

Disney+:

  • VisionQuest – New Episode

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Merry Berry Love (Hulu Original) – New Episode

October 22

Hulu:

  • Abbott Elementary Season 6 (ABC) – New Episode
  • FX’s American Horror Story: 13 (Hulu Original) – Two-Episodes @ 9pm PT
  • Scrubs Season 2 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Shark Tank Season 18 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Who Wants To Be A Millionaire? Season 5 (ABC) – New Episode

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Dancing with the Stars Official Podcast Season 35 – New Episode
  • Hey Jonas! – New Podcast Episode

October 23

Hulu:

  • 9-1-1 Season 10 (ABC) – New Episode
  • 9-1-1: Nashville Season 2 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Grey’s Anatomy Season 23 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Tokyo Revengers: War of the Three Titans Arc (Hulu Original) – New Episode

October 24

Hulu:

  • Celebrity Wheel of Fortune Season 7 (ABC) – New Episode

Disney+:

  • Chibi Tiny Tales Season 8 – New Episode
  • Locker Diaries: Coven Academy – New Episode

October 25

Hulu:

  • Last Breath (2025)
  • The Mess Around with Hannah and Lamorne – New Podcast Episode
  • Mission: Yozakura Family Season 2, Cour 2 – New Episode

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • We’re Here to Help – New Podcast Episode

October 26

Hulu:

  • America’s Funniest Home Videos Season 37 (ABC) – New Episode
  • The Mob (Hulu Original) – Premiere
  • That Was Us – New Podcast Episode

Disney+:

  • Pod Meets World – New Podcast Episodes

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Between Steps (Hulu Original) – New Episode
  • Handsome – New Episode

October 27

Hulu:

  • FX’s The Drop: A Snowfall Saga (Hulu Original) – New Episode @ 9pm PT
  • FX’s The Drop: A Snowfall Saga After Show – New Episode
  • Prison Breaking With Sarah & Paul – New Podcast Episode
  • Classroom of Elite Season 1 (Subbed & Dubbed)
  • The God of High School Season 1 (Subbed & Dubbed)

Disney+:

  • Dancing with the Stars Season 35 (ABC) – Streaming Live at 8pm ET
  • Stick to Football – New Podcast Episode
  • Stick to United with Wayne Rooney – New Podcast Episode

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Best Friends – New Podcast Episode
  • Between Steps (Hulu Original) – New Episode
  • Hey Jonas! – New Podcast Episode
  • Perfect Person – New Podcast Episode
  • StraightioLab – New Podcast Episode
  • Thanks Dad with Ego Nwodim – New Podcast Episode
  • We’re Here to Help – New Podcast Episode

October 28

Hulu:

  • Dancing with the Stars Season 35 (ABC) – New Episode
  • FX’s The Lowdown Season 2 – New Episode @ 9pm PT
  • R.J. Decker Season 2 (ABC) – New Episode

Disney+:

  • VisionQuest – New Episode
  • Marvel’s Iron Man and his Awesome Friends – New Episodes
  • Miraculous: Tales of Ladybug & Cat Noir Chibi: Shorts – New Episodes

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Merry Berry Love (Hulu Original) – New Episode

October 29

Hulu:

  • Abbott Elementary Season 6 (ABC) – New Episode
  • FX’s American Horror Story: 13 (Hulu Original) – Finale Episodes @ 9pm PT
  • Love Island Australia Season 8
  • Scrubs Season 2 (ABC) – New Episode

Disney+:

  • Stick to Football – New Podcast Episode

Disney+ and Hulu:

  • Dancing with the Stars Official Podcast Season 35 – New Episode
  • Hey Jonas! – New Podcast Episode

October 30

Hulu:

  • 9-1-1 Season 10 (ABC) – New Episode
  • 9-1-1: Nashville Season 2 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Grey’s Anatomy Season 23 (ABC) – New Episode
  • Tokyo Revengers: War of the Three Titans Arc (Hulu Original) – New Episode

Disney+:

  • Marvel’s Spidey and his Amazing Friends Season 5 – New Episodes

October 31

Hulu:

  • Celebrity Wheel of Fortune Season 7 (ABC) – New Episode

Disney+:

  • Chibi Tiny Tales Season 8 – New Episode
  • Locker Diaries: Coven Academy – New Episode

ICYMI: Disney+ and Hulu Prices Have Increased (Again)

Disney+ announced yet another price hike this past week, increasing the monthly rate of both standalone and bundled plans by around $2. You can see the updated pricing for ad-supported plans, which went into effect immediately for new subscribers, below:

The new pricing will go into effect for existing subscribers in their next payment cycle.

Blythe Dujardin

Audience Development Coordinator

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Melissa Barrera Would Return to Scream if Rights Leave Spyglass

Actress Melissa Barrera said she is open to returning to Scream, but don’t expect to see her reprise her role as Sam Carpenter as long as Spyglass Media has the rights.

The Scream 5 and Scream 6 star opened up about what it would take to bring her back to Wes Craven’s legendary slasher franchise during an interview with JustWatch. Barrera explained that she still “loves the franchise,” but the people overseeing it are what’s keeping her from going another round with Ghostface.

“Not with the company that currently holds the rights,” she said when asked if she would return if she got a call to reprise her role. “I love the franchise. I had an amazing time making those movies, but a lot of the hate and difficulty that I’ve faced in the last years is because the leadership of that company made it a point to label me something that I’m not.”

“And they never apologized, even when I was proven right. Even with an apology, I wouldn’t go back to work with them – not that I’m holding my breath. I don’t think they have that ability.”

Barrera starred in two installments for the horror franchise and was set to return for a third run with Jenna Ortega but was fired by Spyglass following a series of pro-Palestine social media posts she published in late 2023. At the time, Spyglass said it has “zero tolerance for antisemitism or the incitement of hate.”

“I pray day and night for no more deaths, for no more violence, and for peaceful co-existence,” Barrera said in a statement following her firing. “I will continue to speak out for those that need it most and continue to advocate for peace and safety, for human rights and freedom. Silence is not an option for me.”

The Scream rights holder’s move was immediately met with backlash from fans for more reasons than one. Barrera had helped bring the franchise back to theaters after a decade without a new installment, and when she was unceremoniously removed as the lead of Scream 7, other talent happened to follow suit. Jenna Ortega departed Scream 7 just weeks after it all went down. Director Christopher Landon confirmed his exit just one month after Spyglass fired Barrera.

Paramount Pictures and Spyglass went on to release a very different vision for the franchise when Scream 7 premiered earlier this year. Although familiar faces helped it break records at the box office, the latest entry debuted to franchise-low reviews, as shared by Rotten Tomatoes. IGN gave it a 6/10. Scream 8 is also reportedly in the works.

Despite veering off in a completely new direction, Barrera said now that she’s open to coming back. For her, it’s not just about working under new management but honoring Craven’s legacy.

“If the franchise were ever to leave those hands and go into hands that would, I think, honor Wes Craven’s legacy more… I think, yeah,” she continued regarding her interest in a return to the franchise.

Scream: Ranking Every Ghostface So Far

For now, Barrera remains uninvolved with Scream. Series star Matthew Lillard recently spoke up about his surprise return in Scream 7. During a recent Q&A (via Deadline), he said he was “embarrassed” to have reprised his role.

” I’m just gonna say, what happened to Melissa, the whole world didn’t pipe up,” he said. “She was like a year early on what the f**k’s going on, but the whole world should have piped up and said, ‘she’s right,’ and they didn’t. And that’s brutal.”

For now, Scream 8 has no release date. Although ideas for the next film are something that have been in the works behind the scenes for some time, there’s no information about who may show up in it.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The New Fall Amazon Audible Deal Is the Best One I’ve Seen This Year

Amazon just kicked off the best Audible deal I’ve seen so far this year, beating out the one I saw during Amazon’s Prime Day Sale earlier in June. The only catch is that you need to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of this deal.

Starting now and running through October 7th (which coincidentally is the start of the October Prime Day Sale), Amazon Prime members can sign up for four months of Audible Standard for just $0.99 per month. After the four months is up, your subscription will convert to the standard $8.99/mo, but you can cancel the auto-renewal at any time.

4 Months of Audible for $0.99 Per Month

Amazon Prime member exclusive

Get 4 Months of Audible Standard for $0.99/mo

87

Prime Day special: also get $20 in bonus Audible Credit

Amazon offers two Audible subscription tiers: Standard and Premium Plus. Standard is a lot less expensive – $8.95 per month compared to $14.95 per month. Standard also gets you access to the same catalog of million plus audiobooks that Premium Plus does. The difference lies in the credits: Standard gets one free audiobook per month that you can read so long as you maintain your membership. Premium Plus gets you one free audiobook that you keep indefinitely.

Unless you really want an audiobook to keep every month, then the Standard subscription is definitely the better deal. You’ll save $72 on subscription fees per year not including the discount you’re getting with this current deal.

Dungeon Crawler Carl audiobooks are on Audible

Dungeon Crawler Carl

0

IGN’s Jacob Kienlen is a huge fan of the Dungeon Crawler Carl LitRPG series. He’s written about many of the books and just recently the series’ first ever graphic novel. The books are all currently available as audiobooks, all narrated by Jeff Hays, who is part of Soundbooth Theater. They also all happen to be free to listen to with an Audible membership.

Catch up on the latest novel releases, audiobook style

Fourth Wing: Empyrean, Book 1

2

Sunrise on the Reaping: A Hunger Games Novel

2

Wind and Truth: Book Five of the Stormlight Archive

3

Never Flinch: A Novel

5

Audible is a subscription service that gives you access to over 1.1 million of the best audiobooks without ever having to purchase them. Several best-selling new and recent releases are available in an audiobook format and part of Audible’s accessible library. Rebecca Yarros’ The Empyrean Series romantasy novels have consistently hit the top of the New York Times’ best seller list throughout all of 2025 and they’re all available in audiobook format. Sunrise on the Reaping, the latest Hunger Games novel, is narrated by Jefferson White, who you may already know from Yellowstone where he played Jimmy Hudstrom. The audiobook has a listening time of about 12 hours and 48 minutes.

If you’re looking for something fast-paced and fun, you can also check out Matt Dinniman’s popular Dungeon Crawler Carl series. It’s currently the bestselling audiobook on Audible right now thanks to excellent narration from Jeff Hays. This new deal will get you the first three DCC audiobooks for only $0.99.

Ever prolific Stephen King released the Never Flinch crime novel in 2025. It’s available as a nearly 15-hour long audiobook narrated by veteran Jessie Mueller. If you’re a fan of fantasy, check out Brandon Sanderson’s Wind and Truth, book five of the popular The Stormlight Archive series. It was released in December of 2024 and runs an epic 63 hours long.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Robert Eggers Werwulf Details: Director Teases Medieval Horror

“After Nosferatu, I kind of said, ‘Let me try to write the scariest thing I can write.’ I don’t know that I did that, but I definitely wrote the darkest thing,” writer-director Robert Eggers told the press at a promotional event Friday for his upcoming horror film, Werwulf. And based on the roughly 20 minutes of select footage I saw from the film, Werwulf indeed has all the makings of being Eggers’ darkest and scariest movie yet.

Werwulf follows a 13th-century farmer (Aaron Taylor-Johnson), simply referred to as Man, who is cursed as a werewolf. Lily-Rose Depp plays his wife and the mother of his children, while Willem Dafoe, Ralph Ineson, and Jack Morris play a trio of wolf hunters on a mission to kill the werewolf.

Eggers kicked the event off by screening the opening scene of Werwulf, a dialogue-free nighttime sequence. The howling of wolves can be heard over a black screen. Then the Man’s face is revealed. He is foaming at the mouth and in great pain. The Man sprints naked through the woods and enters an empty home. Inside, he suffers wild convulsions in the moonlight and growls in agony. He writhes on the floor, and eventually ends up in the shadows where his transformation continues unseen. Taylor-Johnson performed all these body-bending movements himself (save for one shot that could not be accomplished practically), and it was truly a wild sight to behold. Eggers stressed, though, “that is not the set piece werewolf transformation.”

“I think werewolf movies are a difficult genre. And I think sometimes even if it’s a great werewolf movie, it’s hard to believe that your dad’s turning into a werewolf or your next door neighbor who’s a high school basketball player is turning into a werewolf,” Eggers said. But a period werewolf movie “really helps ground you and ground the audience. At least that’s the intention.”

While I won’t give blow-by-blow details of the other scenes in order to avoid spoilers, the additional footage showed: aspects of the Man’s youth; hints at how and why he ended up cursed; the arrival of three wolf hunters at the Man’s home in the middle of the night to violently enlist his help in hunting down a werewolf; and the Man and the hunters’ journey to find a strange old woman who may know a thing or two about werewolves.

“It was designed to be kind of like a silent movie.“

Eggers did copious amounts of research on England in the 13th century for the screenplay, he co-wrote with his The Northman collaborator, Sjón. The film’s dialogue is in Middle English, although it’s been altered by dialect coach William Conacher to make it more comprehensible for the modern ear. Eggers also worked with two Middle English scholars at Oxford University, Eleanor Baker and Daniel Wakelin, who helped make the dialogue more period accurate.

Although the dialogue is in Middle English, Eggers said that Werwulf “was designed to be kind of like a silent movie. You don’t need to understand what anyone’s saying to understand the movie because you’re with everyone on an emotional level, particularly Aaron and his family.”

Eggers’ fascination with werewolf lore goes back to this youth. “The historical werewolves that I had read about starting in high school, they were doing things that were so taboo and hard for anyone to wrap their mind around because it was so extreme that the culture that they existed in said, ‘You can’t be a human, you must be a werewolf.’ So it was going to be very dark and very primal subject matter,” the filmmaker said.

“I wanted to make it in England and because Edward I was trying to protect the wool trade around the time of this movie, he set a campaign to exterminate all the wolves. Actually, Willem’s character is based on a real person who did such a good job that in another 200 years there were not wolves in England. So without wolves, you don’t have werewolf lore. So if I was going to set it in England, it had to be this early in history around 1300. And that was even more exciting, because the world would be so primitive and so visceral and primal that that would make this all the more dark and brutal.”

“’Does this take place in hell?“

The world of Werwulf is so dark and brutal that Eggers’ said cinematographer Jarin Blaschke texted him after he first read the script and asked, “’Does this take place in hell?’ And it needs to be hell for Aaron. And I think some medievalists would be annoyed that I’m kind of clinging to the stereotype of the Middle Ages being so muddy and dirty and rainy and miserable, but it needs to be so muddy, and rainy, and dirty, and miserable, and shit-covered, and it does need to be hell. But again, I always find that doing the research about the period, you learn stuff that makes it more interesting and more specific. And for this particular movie, more hell-like.”

Audiences will discover for themselves just how hell-like Werwulf is when it opens in theaters Christmas Day.

GTA 6 Fans Are Already 3D Printing Items in the Game’s $400 Collector’s Edition

Fans of GTA 6 are already copying items from the game’s $400 collector’s edition and 3D-printing them for a far cheaper price.

On September 24, Rockstar revealed a special, $400 collector’s edition for GTA 6… except it doesn’t actually come with the game. Despite putting up nearly half a rack, players won’t get the game itself; instead, it comes with a bunch of GTA 6-branded merchandise.

The bundle includes items like a cartoon alligator figure, stickers, pins, a hat, and a pair of Oakley sunglasses, which is probably where most of the cost is coming from. And while fans can’t exactly copy those, they are 3D printing copies of a at least one trinket in the collection.

GTA 6 Vice City Collection Collector’s Set Items

One of the most viral examples of this is a recreation of the game’s Macca the Alligator mascot, which has been fully modeled and uploaded as a printable file online. And rather than paying $400, fans can simply support its creator by paying what they want.

Reactions to this workaround have been extremely divided; some fans are giving the copycat props for their creative solution to a pricey problem, while others are rallying against them, saying that making a 3D copy completely defeats the purpose of buying a rare item.

“Why would you print it if it already lost its main and only purpose, which is rarity?” one user asked on X/Twitter.

Pra quem desacreditou… a primeira parte do jacaré baitola já foi… só imprimir agr o rabo e a base kkkkkk#gtavı pic.twitter.com/iTzsQoHixt

— Santiago 🕊️ (@JSantiag0rj) September 25, 2026

“Dude, I’m all for criticizing the price, but this is just f**king stupid,” another argued.

“I imagined this would happen, but not so soon… That said, I want one,” another commenter admitted.

“This is the coolest thing! I only wanted this [figure], but I wasn’t about to drop $400 to get it,” another wrote.

The GTA 6 collector’s edition has sparked a viral debate within the broader gaming community, with many comparing it to the Red Dead Redemption 2 collector’s edition, which was far cheaper and had comparatively cooler, more game-specific items. It only cost $100, and even came with some in-game goodies like a physical version of the game’s map.

The $400 price tag for GTA 6’s collector’s edition without an actual game to show for it is rubbing salt in the wound for gamers who are mourning the lack of a true physical disc. The ‘physical’ version of GTA 6 is in name only; it’ll get a case, but only a downloadable code inside. And while this is likely part of Rockstar’s plans to stop early leaks, players can’t help but point to Sony’s plans to end the production of physical game discs completely by January 2028.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Chris Hansen Announces His Own Documentary After Watching ‘Fever Dream’ Primetime and Grades Movie a D

Chris Hansen says he was more confused than offended by Lance Oppenheim’s Primetime, and is answering this dramatized version of events with his own documentary.

Chris Hansen has finally seen Primetime, which he watched in a Times Square theater alongside an audience of average moviegoers — and he says he was more baffled by the film than anything else.

He’s also got “a number of documentaries” about his life and career in the works, one of which is currently being shopped around to multiple different platforms.

Hansen delivered the news during an interview with fellow host and journalist Jesse Watters on his YouTube channel after watching Primetime, where he revealed the documentary’s title: I am Chris Hansen.

“It’s a project, a film, in which I cooperated, produced by folks obviously I know and work with, and it was in the works well before we even heard of Primetime,” he said. “It’s pretty good timing to have this thing out there with our agents shopping it on the West Coast to various platforms.”

Hansen went on to give his review of the movie, which he graded a D. (Hey, at least it wasn’t an F.) And while Hansen praised Robert Pattinson’s performance, he felt the actor’s portrayal of him deviated significantly from who he was as a person — to the point where it was like watching a totally different person on the screen. And that, for Hansen, makes it so separate from his own identity that it’s hard to be offended by it.

“What was in it, in my mind, was something that was so overly-dramatized, so detached from reality — as the director put it, a fever dream — that it almost hit me as something that was so far from reality that it wouldn’t even bother me, and I think other filmgoers will experience the same thing.

“In a way, it’s a hit piece on me and the series, which is weird, because all we do is expose bad human beings who try to hurt children. So in that respect, it’s sort of an insult to the thousands of men and women who want, every day, to do the same thing that I try to do in Takedown and did in To Catch a Predator. It’s so far over the top that it’s hard to come to grips with what they’re trying to do here.”

Hansen went on to mention a specific scene in the film where Pattinson sits in front of a vanity mirror, shirtless, rehearsing what he plans to say to the supposed predators when he gets them on camera. This, like “almost every one” of the other scenes in Primetime, “didn’t happen,” according to Hansen.

Hansen went on to reiterate that he was never approached by A24 about the film. Previously, he claimed that he’d refused to sign a waiver before entering a screening of the movie, alleging that the studio wanted him to “sign away my rights.”

Prior to seeing the film, Hansen slammed it as a “very dramatized version” of events and even purchased advertisements for his own true crime network to air before every single screening of Primetime. In contrast to Hansen’s opinion, we at IGN scored the film a glowing nine out of 10, calling it a “blast from the past with a sickly allure” that’s “as garish as its subject: Chris Hansen’s To Catch a Predator.”

Image Credits: Mike Pont/WireImage via Getty Images

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Marvel’s Wolverine Update 1.001.006 Is Here — Check Out the Patch Notes

Insomniac Games has published a new Marvel’s Wolverine update that adds an option to turn off those controversial scent trails for collectibles.

The Sony developer made good on its promise to investigate a proper on/off option when version 1.001.006 launched just hours ago. Its patch notes reveal more targeted changes as the studio works out the remaining kinks that have emerged in the days since Marvel’s Wolverine launched for PlayStation 5.

There are three new toggle settings that players can now use to customize their gameplay experience: one for Whiskey Bottle scent trails, one for Material Crate Audio Clues, and one for Nightmare Door Roots. Those first two proved to be an especially hot topic online, with players criticizing in-game hints as one of a few examples of a game many feel is too ‘hand-holdy.’ Adding the option to completely turn these guides off should quiet those concerns, with a toggle for Nightmare Door Roots adding even more freedom for players to tailor their Marvel’s Wolverine experience to their liking.

The new toggles are pretty straightforward. If players find the wavy visuals to be a bit too distracting, they can simply turn them off. As noted in the in-game settings, using Wolverine’s Crate Finder and Whiskey Finder Adaptations will override any flipped toggles.

The update also tackles some crashes reported by the community, as well as a few pesky glitches. For example, one of the more common problems fans may have seen in viral clips online was Logan getting his claws stuck when sliding down an early-game tree. Insomniac said that should be fixed now, with an issue tied to misaligned claws in photo mode fixed, too.

Another squashed bug outlined in the patch notes involves some strange bathroom signs. Players feared the signs suggested Insomniac had used generative AI in Marvel’s Wolverine before the studio stepped in to deny the accusations with an explanation. They won’t be an eyesore going forward.

All Marvel’s Wolverine Suits

Instead of fans spending their time talking about the new Wolverine game’s mutant-filled story or its bloody action, the conversation surrounding the launch of the new PS5 exclusive mostly revolved around things like scent trails for collectibles, a motorcycle chase sequence, and ‘fart gas.’ Although the new update can make it more difficult to search for and find Whiskey Bottles and Material Crates, story-driven scent trails and senses – like the one that allows Logan to track Jean in The One That Got Away mission – will remain regardless of toggled settings.

On that front, Insomniac has taken measures to make story scent trails a bit less intrusive. Last week’s update reduced trail opacity, effectively nerfing the so-called fart gas without completely removing it from the experience.

Marvel’s Wolverine launched for PS5 September 15, 2026. In the wake of controversy surrounding certain mechanics and features, Insomniac said it would keep its ear to the ground when it came to community feedback. It’s a message studio director of community and marketing James Stevenson repeated following the new update.

“As I have said we continue to listen and work with the team to address feedback and requests,” he said on X/Twitter.

Marvel’s Wolverine is out now exclusively on the PlayStation 5. You can read our review of the game here, or peep our 17 Essential Tips and Tricks to help you get started in Marvel’s Wolverine, plus our recommendations for the 10 Best Adaptations, and a guide on How to Farm XP Quickly. Check out our full Marvel’s Wolverine Walkthrough for a step-by-step guide to every mission, and make sure you don’t miss a thing with our Collectibles guides for Whisky Bottle locations to help boost your Adaptations and Weapons Crate locations that help you unlock all Wolverine Suits and Claws, and our thorough list of all the Easter Eggs and References we’ve found. Oh, and it’s only 20 hours to a Platinum Trophy according to our reviewer, here’s a guide to that!

Marvel’s Wolverine Update 1.001.006

*NEW* Update 1.001.006

This update includes Senses toggles for Whisky Bottle Scent Trails, Material Crate Audio Clues, and Nightmare Door Roots. It also addresses several community-reported crashes and bugs.

Full hotfix notes below:

  • Adds new on/off Senses toggles for*:
    • Whisky Bottle Scent Trails
    • Material Crate Audio Clues
    • Nightmare Door Roots
  • Addresses several crashes identified through crash logs & the community
  • Fixes an issue where players could become stuck while sliding down tree in the “The One That Got Away” mission
  • Addresses issues with misaligned claws in Photo Mode
  • Fixes rare issue where objects may turn white after extended play sessions
  • Fixes overlapping bathroom sign in the casino caused by a UV mapping issue

*Story-critical Senses will still appear in the world.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Delta Force Celebrates Its Second Anniversary with New Season Reorientation

Delta Force’s mission has always been to incorporate player feedback to create the best experience possible for its players. As Delta Force players prepare for the free-to-play first-person tactical shooter’s second anniversary, the developers at Team Jade have been hard at work, listening to two years of player feedback as the game has evolved since its initial PC launch, since coming to mobile and Xbox Series X|S.

The second-anniversary celebration kicks off September 26th, with daily tasks that offer players the chance to grab up to 3900 limited-time Delta Tickets, and new collectibles like a new legendary appearance for the AUG, called Golden State.

But Team Jade also has big plans for the game’s future content, which includes anniversary rewards, a suite of new gameplay experiences, and quality-of-life improvements. Delta Force is getting a serious – and seriously major – upgrade. The roadmap is evidence of how Delta Force uses community feedback to expand the range of ways players can play, all while improving the overall experience. Team Jade has listened to players, and has crafted a season that’s focused on reducing friction and giving players more time to do what’s most important: playing the game.

Let’s get into everything that’ll be coming to your fingertips in the near future.

In early 2027, players will get to explore Siege: Valkyrie, a new Operations map powered by Unreal Engine 5 technology. That’s right, Unreal Engine 5 features are being implemented in Delta Force. Siege: Valkyrie takes players to a city under siege. The grand new map is divided by a giant city wall, which gives players two distinct areas. The inner city is extravagant and wealthy, full of opulent high-rise buildings, but rife with danger. The outer city, conversely, finds people struggling for survival and resources against the backdrop of fallen buildings. Each of the areas has its own rules, risks and rewards. Will you decide to extract safely with what you’ve found, or will you take a risk and move deeper into the city in pursuit of a huge payout? The choice is yours.

For the first time in Delta Force A big shakeup: for the first time, players from different difficulty tiers will enter the same match. In Siege: Valkyrie, there’s a new high-stakes Operations experience where nothing is what it seems, and nothing is predictable.

Operations isn’t alone in getting a big Unreal Engine 5 upgrade. Warfare will be receiving UE5 features, and The Mog, a map that launched with Season Reorientation, is the first map to support them. And yes, even more Warfare Maps are coming, with the next scheduled to arrive in November, and further maps and gameplay modes are planned throughout 2027.

Speaking of new gameplay modes, Detonation, a new bomb-defusal mode, is entering beta on September 27th. That beta will be for PC and mobile players worldwide, with consoles getting access later in the year. Detonation pits two battling teams against one another in a race for control. Those on the attacking team have to break through enemy defences to plant a bomb. Conversely, defenders battle to hold their ground, and prevent the bomb being planted. If the attacking team does manage to plant the bomb, the defenders must sprint to defuse it before it’s too late. Each round of Detonation finds players making unique tactical decisions as teams fight for all-valuable positioning, and seek to exploit an opening that could turn the tides of battle.

For those interested in the lore of Delta Force, the first volume of Operator Archives is available today. It’s a story series that will explore backgrounds of your favourite Delta Force Operators. That will launch through the game’s official channels, with Operator Quarters planned for early 2027, which gives players a dedicated space to customise, unwind, and socialise with friends.

Two years in, and Delta Force’s competitive scene continues to grow, and the future is bright. RISE Series 1 concluded in August, with regional titles won by Dark Entities (EMEA) and Evil Geniuses (US). WIth that, the expanded RISE Series Season 2 is underway. The Delta Force invitational is also coming to DreamHack Stockholm from November 27-29. The invitational is Delta Force’s first major offline event outside of Asia.

Season Reorientation, the first part of Delta Force’s second-anniversary celebrations, is live now. It’s bringing some quality-of-life improvements, all designed to get you playing seamlessly. Team Jade has also reduced the time you can spend preparing for battle, adding the option of one-click loadouts. There’s the new Combat Support Fund, an in-game loan system that helps cover the cost of valuable items, ensuring you can get what you need for your loadout faster and more efficiently.

There are also key updates to make it easier for new players to be a part of Delta Force. A revamped G.T.I Field Manual provides all the in-game information you need to play in easily accessible fashion to ensure that jumping into the world of Delta Force is fun and straightforward. It also allows for existing players to introduce friends, highlighting the importance of building community. And those playing for the first time will enjoy a new redesigned tutorial.

For experienced players, Operations mode is getting a big shake-up with the map Layali Grove 2.0, which introduces new exploration activities. Expanded river areas give players new locations to explore. It’s not all about shooting, either! With all the new water, fishing provides an opportunity for players to breathe in the new environments. It’s not a mere distraction, however, as fishing comes with its own progression system, as well as map-specific catches, which you can in turn display in your Collection Room aquarium.

Though those are some of the more relaxing options to enjoy in Operations mode, Season Reorientation is bringing new additions to the more intense, action-packed side of Operations. Play-as-a-boss is back in Polaris Patrol, where you can become the powerful Security Director Desmoulins, who is backed by the Polaris Squad and linked to the Requin armed vehicle. Listening to player feedback, Team Jade has reworked the encounter, ensuring a more balanced play-as-a-boss experience so every side gets a fair chance and richer rewards.

In Delta Force’s Warfare mode, there’s a new map, The Mog, which brings with it a new convoy escort experience. Inspired by Black Hawk Down, The Mog focuses on a defecting Skynet engineer caught between G.T.I. and Haavk. G.T.I is tasked with escorting the convoy through a series of checkpoints, while Haavk is determined to stop it. Black Hawk helicopters can join the fray, too, and players are able to deploy directly onto them to operate weapons, or even take on repair duties to keep them flying.

With its ever-expanding eSports scene, Season Reorientation and the two year anniversary, Delta Force is continuing to evolve with its community, implementing player feedback while adding new ways to make the most of the game.

Delta Force is free to play and available now on Playstation 5, Xbox Series X|S, Android, iOS, Google Play, Epic Game Store, and Steam.

Roku’s Newly Released 65″ 4K OLED TV Drops to a Bargain Price of $799.99 Ahead of Prime Day

OLED TVs are considered the best TVs for gaming. They’re usually quite expensive, but Amazon is offering a fantastic deal on a Roku branded OLED TV ahead of Prime Day. For a limited time, the 65″ Roku Pro 4K OLED TV is available for $799.99 with free shipping after you apply coupon code “ROKUOLED400” during checkout. Alternatively, the 55″ model is $699.99 after coupon code “ROKUOLED300“. Note, if you apply the code and you see that it wasn’t applied, simply refresh the checkout page. That’s what I had to do to get the code to work.

65″ Roku 4K OLED TV for $799.99, 55″ for $699.99

If you apply the code and it doesn’t work, try refreshing the checkout page

65″ Roku Pro-Series 4K OLED Smart TV

4

If code doesn’t apply, try refreshing the checkout page

55″ Roku Pro-Series 4K OLED Smart TV

0

The Roku Pro-series OLED TV was released earlier this month. It’s equipped with a 4K true W-OLED panel with a native 120Hz refresh rate and HDMI 2.1 inputs, making it an excellent TV for PlayStation 5 or Xbox Series X console gaming. Although the Roku Pro isn’t as expensive as other OLED TVs, it shares most of the advantages of its more expensive siblings, including the near instaneous response time, true black levels, near infinite contrast ratio, and ultra-wide viewing angles. It also has one nice feature that the rest don’t have, and that’s the Roku smart interface baked in.

Roku is the best built-in smart interface

I’ve tried every built-in smart interface extensively, and I consider Roku to be the best smart interface overall compared to other popular options like Google TV (Sony), Tizen (Samsung), WebOS (LG), or Fire TV (Panasonic). The Roku interface is easy to use, aesthetically pleasing, light on resources, and most importantly for me, it doesn’t require you to commit to an ecosystem. Roku also has native compatibility with just about every streaming app out there.

Is this a good TV for the Nintendo Switch 2?

Despite being a current generation console, the Nintendo Switch 2 has lax TV requirements compared to the PS5 or Xbox Series X. When the Switch is connected to its dock and a television, it is only capable of outputting a 4K resolution signal at up to 60 frames per second. It can go up to 120fps if the resolution drops to 1080p, but the data rate required for both these options is pretty much the same, and you would much rather play any game in 4K. That said, the Switch 2 will still benefit greatly from the OLED panel’s stellar image quality.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

PlayStation’s Newest Survey Sparks Community Pushback Against Sony’s Plans to End Physical Game Discs

PlayStation has released a survey that any member of the public can fill out, as long as they’re an adult — and players are using the opportunity to push back on Sony’s plans to end the production of physical game discs.

PlayStation published the survey on September 25, just days after reports surfaced that the company had sent a different survey around to game developers.

This most recent open survey contains questions regarding customer satisfaction with their PlayStation 5 console, including aspects like PlayStation exclusive games, user interface, game performance, the ability to play online with others, the DualSense controller, as well as both PS5 exclusive games and the console’s overall library.

GTA 6 Special Edition PlayStation 5 DualSense Wireless Controller

Players are also asked to list all the consoles they currently own, including those not under Sony’s umbrella, such as the Nintendo Switch, Gaming PCs, VR headsets, etc. At a few points during the survey, players are asked to elaborate on their choices, giving them the ability to offer direct feedback to PlayStation — and while none of these questions directly address physical media, there’s certainly room for players to bring up the topic on their own.

Many fans are hopeful that this is a sign PlayStation and Sony are showing some hesitation toward their plans to kill physical game discs starting January 2028, a choice that has been met with vitriol from just about every corner of the gaming community ever since it was first announced in July.

“I don’t think they are ready for the responses, but this survey is a sign that they are at the very least aware that their public image has taken a helluva kicking lately,” one user wrote on Twitter/X.

“Filled it out. Respectfully told them they’ve been the worst all year lol,” another remarked.

Another player attached a screenshot of their written response in the survey, where they wrote, “To access this information, please insert the ‘my opinion’ disc into the disc drive, plus download the needed information from the internet.”

As previously mentioned, this survey comes hot on the heels of another survey that PlayStation reportedly sent out to game developers just a few days earlier. Speaking on the Broken Silicon Podcast, host Tom said it was “one of the biggest” surveys that developers had ever received from PlayStation, and similarly questioned if it didn’t signal some hesitation on Sony’s part regarding its choice to stop making game discs.

However, it’s worth noting that executives at the company have maintained their stance on the subject, with chief financial officer Lin Tao saying in a July investor Q&A that it is going to “cautiously move this forward” despite being well-aware of the public’s “strong views” on the topic.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Where to Buy the Next Fourth Wing Book

Rebecca Yarros’ Empyrean Series is getting a new addition next week. Threshing Day is set to arrive on September 29.

Yarros announced the new title earlier this year and preorders for the book have been dominating Amazon’s best-seller charts since then. Unlike the first three novels in the series, Threshing Day is a collection of short stories detailing the day various characters bonded with their dragons. If you’re hoping to pick up a copy as soon as possible, here’s the rundown of where to buy and which formats are available.

Where to Buy Hardcovers

Threshing Day (Wing and Claw Collection)

7

There is only one hardcover version of the book releasing on September 29 and it’s part of the Wing and Claw collection. That just means it features the stencilled edges other new releases have all gotten.

If you’re hoping to pick up a hardcover copy for the lowest possible price, Amazon is the way to go. As the biggest online bookstore in the world, they almost always offer the best deal. Target had also matched that lower price, but preorders have already sold out there ahead of release. The only potential issue with preordering from Amazon is that you won’t actually get the book until October. So if you want your copy before then, your best bet is to order a full-price version at Barnes & Noble for in-store pickup.

Threshing Day (Standard Hardcover)

1

If you’d prefer a normal hardcover edition of the book, you’ll have to wait a bit longer. Barnes & Noble and Target are the only stores currently offering preorders for this version and it isn’t getting released until October 13.

Threshing Day on Audible

If you prefer to listen to your favorite romantasy series in audiobook form, the good news is the audio version of the book is releasing at the same time as everything else. The overall best deal on the audiobook is at Amazon where you can preorder it for $14.39. You can also get it for free when you sign up for a free trial of an Audible subscription.

There are actually two different audiobooks releasing for this book at different times, the first being of the standard narration variety. If you prefer full-cast audiobooks instead, you can wait for the GraphicAudio version arriving on October 13. Both are eligible for Audible credits or a free trial of the service.

Threshing Day (Dramatized Adaptation)

1

The full cast list has not yet been announced, but we already have an idea of what to expect based on previous GraphicAudio releases of Fourth Wing. In addition to multiple voice actors, the audio experience will include music and sound effects.

Threshing Day on Kindle

Threshing Day (Kindle Edition)

1

For those who prefer to read via their Kindle devices, Threshing Day is also releasing an eBook version on September 29. Other than the audiobook version, this is the quickest way to get access to the book as soon as it releases. You can preorder the book directly from the Kindle Store for $11.99 ahead of its release.

Will It Be Free With Kindle Unlimited?

Although both Fourth Wing and Iron Flame are available to read via a Kindle Unlimited subscription, that has never been the case for new releases in the series. It is highly unlikely that Threshing Day will be included with the subscription anytime soon.

Jacob Kienlen

Senior Audience Development Strategist

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Viral Resident Evil Stunt Footage Shows the Wild Way the ‘Katamari Monster’ Came to Life

With Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil movie now in theaters, staff who worked on the film are sharing behind-the-scenes footage of how it all came together, including a jaw-dropping look at the stunt team behind one of its monsters.

Warning: Spoilers for Resident Evil ahead!

Resident Evil is known for its wide variety of zombies, but some of the mutations we saw in Cregger’s version of events were brand-new and extremely gnarly. The main stalker monster of the film has been a hot topic of discussion within the games’ fanbase, with many affectionately dubbing it the ‘Katamari Monster.’

Resident Evil (2026) Images

If you’ve seen the film and played the Katamari games, you’ll immediately understand why it’s been given this humorous moniker; its specific mutation includes some tentacle-like creatures that reach for other infected bodies and combine them into a mass of arms and legs that rolls around town, much like a Katamari.

Most viewers, myself included, figured this monster was a pure work of CGI. But astonishingly, this isn’t the case, as one of the stunt performers tasked with creating its movements proved in a now-viral Instagram post.

Jakub Hudlicky, a performer with Movement Production in the Czech Republic, published a series of videos showing himself and several other stuntpeople all strapped together with vests. Working together, the team made their way from one side of a soundstage to another, just like how the Katamari monster moved in Cregger’s film.

While the final product was, of course, modeled and put together using computer graphics, its movement was taken from these hard-working stunt performers, with Hudlicky explaining in a comment that the actual footage of them was “not in the final movie, but the movement kinda mimics how the CGI creature moves.”

Hudlicky said the videos were filmed in July 2025, when he and the stunt team gathered together to figure out how the creature would actually locomote to chase Bryan around Raccoon City. Thanks to their performance, the Katamari monster rolls around like a group of actual human beings using its arms and legs, providing essential information to the CGI artists and animators responsible for creating it in the movie.

This is the latest insight from Cregger’s Resident Evil to go viral after the director admitted that its ending wasn’t actually the original conclusion he’d written for the film; instead, he described its final sequence as a “contingency plan” that he’d filmed to “keep the stakes all the way until the end.”

“It’s like, ‘save him, save him.’ Whereas before it was just like ‘kill them all,’” he explained.

Resident Evil has been a major success, garnering mostly positive reviews and becoming the most successful film adaptation of Capcom’s flagship horror game franchise ever. IGN’s Tom Jorgensen scored the flick an eight out of 10, praising it for being “a simple and exciting survival horror story that benefits greatly from Zach Cregger’s sensibilities.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

EA Sports FC 27 Review

I find myself in a weird place with EA Sports FC 27. On one hand, worthwhile strategic elements have finally been added that reflect real-world tactics in a concise, intuitive way. On the other hand, the promised improvements to the behavior and pathing of computer-controlled players on the field still ring hollow, carrying over many of the same issues the series has had for over a decade. Couple this with the dreaded introduction of open-world elements via The Grounds, and the result is yet another year where nearly positive change is balanced out by a negative one.Ever since NBA 2K14 introduced MyPark, which eventually evolved into The Neighborhood in NBA 2K18 and The City in NBA 2K21, I figured it was only a matter of time before EA brought a similar open world full of activities to its other sports franchises. While The Grounds isn’t without merit, it often feels like EA is trying to solve a problem that didn’t really exist.

After hours of exploring The Grounds, it’s clear FC 27 didn’t need to have an open-world environment to deliver a more communal online mode. I don’t need to run through a visually saturated, low-resolution city populated by lifeless NPCs just to find a game mode to start up when simple menus devoted to the same function can do that in a more efficient manner. Sure, it works well as an active lobby for matchmaking and makes it easier to find other players and move between activities, but between the framerate drops and unnatural character animations, nothing is immersiveness enough about this hub to justify its existence.

The issues above are only compounded by the myriad of unskippable cutscenes and NBA 2K15-level voice acting that make up The Grounds. The irony is that I was initially excited by the new hub world because it brings back one of my favorite FIFA characters from The Journey story mode: Alex Hunter, who first appeared in FIFA 17 and FIFA 18, once again voiced by Adetomiwa Edun. That enthusiasm disappeared quickly once Hunter began speaking, as his delivery feels noticeably more rigid and detached than it did during his original story.

Edun’s performance nearly a decade ago was passionate and natural, whereas The Grounds’ version of Hunter sounds like he would rather be anywhere else. Things get even more painful when Kylian Mbappe appears shortly afterward, delivering his lines with such a stiff, mechanical cadence that it was clear he read them directly from the script all in one take. I honestly found myself grateful that my created character doesn’t speak to avoid adding even more uncomfortable interactions.

The frustration is only compounded by the constant connection issues and errors that still plague the multiplayer community. From disconnects to server lag, I got kicked from or had to leave more games than I can count in my first full week with FC 27. At one point, I even had a match where my opponent had a goal kick, but instead of kicking the ball, his keeper started floating up the pitch with it. This didn’t end until the poor player was sent back to his home planet like Poochie in The Simpsons. After a few hilarious, confusing seconds, the netminder was able to take his place back between the posts, but I was given a corner kick as a result.

The Grounds often feels like EA is trying to solve a problem that didn’t really exist.“

I also played every new minigame, from Mario Kart-like Balloon Ball to Football Tennis. While I had some fun, it wasn’t enough to buck the notion that these elements belong in FIFA Street more than they do FC 27. Combine that with the fact that progression in The Ground is tied to coins and XP that can also be purchased with real money, and it only compounds my worry that the series keeps moving away from the beautiful game I know and love to further push microtransactions.

When it comes to gameplay, FC 27’s expanded Tactics system and its effect on gameplay is easily the best addition, wonderfully complementing the playstyles and roles introduced over the past few years by improving strategy, movement, passing, and crossing in numerous ways. Now more than ever, you have more control over how teams behave in different phases of play, going beyond basic formations and instructions by explaining the purpose, strengths, and weaknesses of different tactical approaches.

This becomes particularly useful when building around individual player attributes. As a Manchester United fan, I found that a deeper defensive approach worked especially well for Noussair Mazraoui, whose patient style lets him maintain his position and disrupt attacks without constantly stepping out of shape, while a short-passing buildup gives him chances to use his technical ability without abandoning that defensive structure.

What we said about EA Sports FC 26

“Ultimate Team players have had it bad enough for years, but now, not even the Career Mode players are safe from the Season Pass woes. If you can get past the microtransaction madness, there is a noticeably better soccer game here, and that is worth celebrating – but FC 26 is also EA at its most money-hungry yet, and it’s hard not to worry about where things will go from here.” – Ricky Frech, September 26, 2025

Score: 7

Read the full EA Sports FC 26 review.

That flexibility became even more apparent when I switched formations on the fly mid-match while playing against Crystal Palace – I found that they were leaving space along the wings, so I moved into a 4-2-2-2, letting Bruno Fernandes operate between the lines and thread passes to a striker such as Benjamin Sesko, creating opportunities for quick combinations and finishes through the middle. Alternatively, when I faced Manchester City, they controlled the wings more successfully. To counter this, I switched to a 4-2-3-1 wide formation, moving Fernandes more centrally so he dictated play and combined with holding midfielders such as Kobbie Mainoo through quick one-two passes.

Separating tactical instructions for possession and defensive phases adds another useful layer, while Player Roles give individual players more specific responsibilities within a formation. Instead of simply placing someone in a position and expecting them to behave a certain way, I could build their role around the specific contribution I wanted from them. For example, if I move into a 4-2-3-1 wide and place Benjamin Šeško on the right side, I can adjust his role depending on the circumstances. As an inside forward, he can cut inward to create shooting opportunities or provide another passing option for Fernandes, while a wider role allows him to stretch the defense and open space through the middle.That same flexibility can be useful defensively, particularly when protecting a lead. If an opponent repeatedly targets his side of the pitch, giving Šeško more defensive responsibility lets him drop back and support the right back, providing another way to protect that flank without abandoning the attacking structure.

How FC 27 expands the Tactics system is easily the best addition.“

What makes the system particularly valuable is that it teaches the strategy behind soccer formations without overwhelming players with unnecessary information. FC 27 does a good job explaining why different shapes work, which players suit them, and how to adjust them against different opponents, making the tactical aspect of the sport approachable while still leaving experienced players plenty of room to experiment.

This is emphasized even more with revamped passing, which now focuses more on manual controls for grounded and lobbed passing, giving more control over where to place the ball and take advantage of the new curved runs. These movements mirror the real-life game smoothly, as the dynamic movement lets a player burst forward into a curved supporting run around defenders rather than a rigid straight line.

While great in theory, these movements can sometimes feel like they work against FC 27’s own computer-controlled behavior. Pathing and defensive logic can still break down on higher difficulties, allowing a carefully constructed gameplan to be undermined by a CPU defender refusing to challenge for a 50/50 ball or making an inexplicable movement. Passing will still occasionally produce similarly frustrating results when a ball aimed toward an open teammate on the right is instead sent toward a covered player in the middle.

Every IGN FIFA Game Review Ever

To confirm it wasn’t just my mind playing tricks on me, I loaded the skill trainer and was about to see firsthand where I was aiming, thanks to the visual aids it provides. It was beyond frustrating to see how many times I’d set up to pass the ball wide right, left, or center to open space, only for the directional bar on the Skill Trainer to snap back toward the nearest defender in the complete opposite direction of where the reticle should be aiming. Revamped defense had similar linger issues, as defensive backs were still getting fooled or pulled off their spot by opposing runners on counterattacks, resulting in far too many uneven counterattack goals. The series is over 30 annual entries deep at this point, yet it still can’t get vital features like passing down pat.

That said, I was impressed with the improvements to crossing and corner kicks. Both systems produce more convincing positioning battles and give the player greater control inside the box. I scored several successful headers with Harry Maguire from corners during my time with the game, which stood out because I could count on one hand the number of corner routines and headed goals I had scored in previous EA Sports FC entries.

The series is over 30 entries deep, yet it still can’t get stuff like passing down pat.“

Ultimate Team makes player upgrades much more flexible in FC 27, adding an option to choose between different paths at key stages instead of being locked into a predictable progression. I preferred being able to tailor a player’s PlayStyles and stats to better suit my preferred style of play, and the move toward smaller promo campaigns and a three-PlayStyle+ limit also helps keep special cards from becoming outdated too quickly. While the overall Ultimate Team gameplay and economy balance isn’t drastically different, there are some noticeable issues that clash with some of the revamped systems, specifically for manual goalkeeping and defending.

Manual goalkeeper movement is less responsive than in previous testing builds, especially when reacting to crosses and corners, making a hard position even less attractive to want to play. The move to manual skill from automated defending is great in theory, but defenders are easily exploited by pace-heavy attackers if a single player switch is mistimed. I like that matches yield more coins and higher baseline Season Points (SP), but the value improvement is offset by adjustments to base discard values for lower- and mid-tier gold, silver, and bronze cards that make them less valuable and eliminate helpful trading metas like the Bronze Pack Method.

Andrew’s Favorite Sports Games

If you want to live out your sports dreams without the fear of injury (outside of carpal tunnel), this list is for you.

See All

Career Mode has also received several meaningful upgrades, especially in the transfer market. I felt much more involved, as the process now features staged negotiations, installments, performance bonuses, bidding wars, and rival clubs attempting to hijack deals. My attempt to sign Manu Koné for Manchester United highlighted this perfectly, as he ultimately chose Manchester City despite me agreeing to both the fee and contract.

Player development is also more dynamic in FC 27, with form, fitness, and morale affecting ratings throughout the season, while rivalries, origin stories, starting scenarios, and icon players like Gareth Bale add more variety to Player Career. Unexpected events add further depth through financial penalties, dressing-room conflicts, disciplinary issues, and training-ground incidents, while press conferences now carry greater consequences for morale and squad relationships.

I also appreciated that CPU-controlled clubs finally manage finances and recruitment around their tactical needs, making Career Mode substantially deeper overall. Despite these additions, menus are still slow, animations are recycled each season, and a lot of progression is still tied to the dreadful investment system introduced in EA Sports FC 24.

How to Play the Silent Hill Games in Order

Silent Hill has appeared in the restless dreams of horror fans for almost three decades now. The foggy town and its various iterations, plagued by the Otherworld, continue to define the mechanics and ambience of psychological horror to this day.

Each Silent Hill game contains a relatively standalone story, tied to whatever character the Otherworld has decided to bring to its doorstep. However, the lore of Silent Hill develops across games through returning characters as well as memos, posters, and other small details. Despite its fill of contradictions, some of which are only natural for games with multiple endings, there’s a larger story lurking in the background of each protagonist’s path to atonement (or madness).

If the release of Silent Hill: Townfall has sparked your curiosity about how the timeline all fits together, we’ve got you covered.

Note: This is not a timeline of the town of Silent Hill, which is revealed throughout games, comics, books, and other supplementary materials. Instead, it’s focused on which games connect to one another and how, with some discussion of each game’s multiple endings.

How Many Silent Hill Games Are There?

Approximately 18 Silent Hill games have been released since the franchise debuted in 1999.

Four Silent Hill games were originally developed by Team Silent between 1999 and 2004. Subsequent games, including plenty of spinoffs, were developed by a variety of studios across Japan and North America.

Konami has also published four Silent Hill games for mobile devices: The Orphan trilogy and Silent Hill: The Escape. These have some murky connections to the rest of the franchise. For simplicity’s sake, we are not including these on the full timeline, but there’s still some lore in those for anyone trying to get the full Silent Hill picture.

We also won’t be including the Play Novel, which reimagines the original game, or the interactive streaming series Silent Hill: Ascension.

Main Silent Hill Games in Release Order:

Just looking for a quick list of the hits? These are what we’d consider the most important Silent Hill games in release order, with the first four games making up the “major canon:”

  1. Silent Hill
  2. Silent Hill 2
  3. Silent Hill 3
  4. Silent Hill 4: The Room
  5. Silent Hill: Origins
  6. Silent Hill: Homecoming
  7. Silent Hill: Downpour
  8. Silent Hill ƒ
  9. Silent Hill: Townfall

The Best Silent Hill Games

Which Silent Hill Game Should You Start With?

Where to start is really a matter of what drew you to the series and whether you’re interested in the original gameplay. If you’re looking for a taste of the series on modern consoles, Bloober Team’s Silent Hill 2 remake is a faithful recreation with some quality of life improvements.

If you’re interested in Silent Hill for lore reasons, there’s no harm in starting at the beginning or even with the original Silent Hill 2. Unless you still have a PS1 and can somehow get your hands on an original copy (very cool, if so), your best bet here is looking for emulation guides.

Every Silent Hill Game in Timeline Order

The first four Silent Hill games are considered the “major canon,” with subsequent spin-offs and standalone games making references to the original story, but also creating some contradictions. Some games are directly connected, some loosely reference one another, and others are pretty much entirely their own thing.

Still, we have a rough sense of when these games take place, and it’s up to you how they fit into your understanding of the Otherworld.

1. Silent Hill ƒ

Release Date: September 25, 2025 | Read IGN’s Full Review

The timeline of Silent Hill games actually starts with one of the most recent installments. Silent Hill ƒ takes us to the town of Ebisugaoka in the 1960s, marking the first time the series was set in Japan.

While some loose connections to the lore of the American Silent Hill are revealed through memos and documents, Silent Hill f’s characters, locations, and “version” of the Otherworld are entirely distinct. You play as Hinako, a teenaged girl living in fear of her own future and family, with a unique approach to save states and endings enhanced by writing from Ryukishi07.

2. Silent Hill: Origins

Release Date: November 6, 2007 | Read IGN’s Full Review

Silent Hill Origins is a prequel that, despite releasing later, directly connects to the original Silent Hill and Silent Hill 3 as part of the “Alessa Gillespie” arc. It also marks the start of some inconsistencies and, despite its direct connection to the mainline games, is debated in its place as canon.

The story, which by in-game logic takes place around the late 70s, follows the truck driving Travis after a crash brings him to Silent Hill. There, he slowly discovers the cult-driven secrets of the town while reckoning with his own traumatic childhood. It’s specifically the “Good” ending from this game that leads into the original Silent Hill, quite literally paving the way for the character of Cheryl.

3. Silent Hill

Release Date: February 23, 1999 | Read IGN’s Full Review

The original Silent Hill, naturally, stood on its own two feet. It introduced us to the opaque fog that, while serving a practical purpose around real-time generated environments, became the series’ atmospheric staple.

In the late 80s (if you go by Silent Hill 3 logic), a mysterious car crash leads Harry Mason to the eponymous town of Silent Hill. There, he searches for his now missing young daughter, Cheryl, while encountering the original strange cast of characters and nightmares of the Otherworld.

While the canon on this is a bit iffy, we can now think of it as continuing from the “Good” ending of Silent Hill: Origins. And, of course, paving the way for everything else.

Note: Silent Hill: Shattered Memories, released in 2009, is a reimagining of this first game with different narrative beats. It functionally takes place within its own timeline, but we’d recommend having some familiarity with the first game to get the most out of it.

4. Silent Hill 2

Release Date: September 25, 2001 | Read IGN’s Full Review

Perhaps the best-known game in the series, Silent Hill 2 extends the lore of the town from the first game while introducing new characters and plotlines. And, of course, it gave us the iconic Pyramid Head.

James Sunderland heads to Silent Hill after receiving a letter from his deceased wife saying that’s where he can find her. Art director Masahiro Ito has mentioned the game taking place in the late 70s, but documents in later games peg Silent Hill 2 as taking place about a decade after the original. The 90s timeline slot aligns with the dates we see in a number of diaries, and is thus what we’re going with.

Unlike some of the other games on this list, Silent Hill 2 does not necessarily have a “canon” ending that directly leads to future events.

Note: The 2024 remake from Bloober Team follows the same beats as the original story, though with some changes to possible endings.

5. Silent Hill: The Arcade

Release Date: July 25, 2007

Now we’re getting into spin-off territory. Silent Hill: The Arcade is particularly unique, focusing more on action shooter mechanics than the eerie psychological horror elements the rest of the series is known for. Still, it’s Silent Hill, and specifically a spin-off game that takes place around the same time as Silent Hill 2.

While it’s generally its own thing, Arcade still offers some interesting insight into earlier Silent Hill history, particularly the sinking of the Little Baroness ship back in 1917.

6. Silent Hill: Townfall

Release Date: September 25, 2026 | Read IGN’s Full Review

Yep, things get weird again. The latest Silent Hill game takes place in 1996 on the fictional island of St. Amelia, which places it firmly in the middle of the original Team Silent games.

Protagonist Simon wakes up at the docks of the island with no memory of how he got there. In typical Silent Hill fashion, he quickly encounters some funky characters and his own variation of the Otherworld. These encounters slowly reveal his and the town’s past, and how exactly they’re connected.

Like Silent Hill f, Townfall has looser connections to the initial cult elements of the series, instead staying connected through themes of guilt. And, of course, the joke ending.

7. Silent Hill 3

Release Date: August 5, 2003 (NA) | Read IGN’s Full Review

While Silent Hill 3 doesn’t technically pick up the story until after Townfall, it most directly follows the events of Silent Hill: Origins and the original game, concluding the aforementioned Alessa arc. Its place on the timeline generally lines up with its own release year in the early 2000s.

The connection here is pretty blatant. You play as Heather, daughter of Harry Mason. The murder of her father (the OG protagonist) prompts Heather to return to Silent Hill 17 years after the first game to learn the true circumstances and implications of her birth.

8. Silent Hill 4: The Room

Release Date: September 7, 2004 (NA) | Read IGN’s Full Review

The last Silent Hill game originally developed by Team Silent carries on from Silent Hill 3 in the early 2000s. One letter in particular clarifies that it’s been a “few years” since the events of the third game.

We’ve since gotten plenty of different iterations of what exactly makes “Silent Hill,” but this was the first game to literally move the game’s location away from the specific town, instead bringing us to Ashfield. There are some character connections to the second and third games, but this one largely stands on its own as you try to help Henry Townsend escape his apartment (and the “Nightmare”).

9. Silent Hill: Homecoming

Release Date: September 30, 2008 | Read IGN’s Full Review

Homecoming was the first “mainline” Silent Hill game released after Konami disbanded Team Silent. It once again leaves out the actual town of Silent Hill, instead following the protagonist, Alex Shepherd, as he returns to his hometown of Shepherd’s Glen.

Homecoming doesn’t have a particularly concrete place on the timeline, but it generally takes place within a few years of The Room. Travis the truck driver makes an appearance, marking a loose connection to Origins, and the game directly addresses the cultish machinations of “The Order” from the original canon.

10. Silent Hill: Downpour

Release Date: March 13, 2012 | Read IGN’s Full Review

Downpour is pretty standalone in the grand scheme of things. However, it does bring us back to the actual town of Silent Hill through the classic means of a sad man getting into a car (well, prison transport bus) crash.

There’s not an obvious in-game year attached to the story of Downpour, but general fan consensus places it around the release date of the game itself. Despite its titular setting, there aren’t too many references to the other Silent Hill games, but a certain Pyramid Head does make an appearance. In the joke ending, at least.

11. Silent Hill: Book of Memories

Release Date: October 15, 2012 | Read IGN’s Full Review

Yep, another funky spin-off. This one is particularly distinct, in large part because it’s the one Silent Hill game where you create your own character. It’s also your birthday! And it’s a dungeon crawler! Again, a weird one.

In all of its weirdness, though, we do know that Book of Memories takes place very specifically in 2010. Just don’t expect too much insight into the rest of the franchise.

12. Silent Hill: The Short Message

Release Date: January 31, 2024 | Read IGN’s Full Review

The timeline ends with a recent free-to-play spin-off that followed the cancellation of P.T. and is once again generally its own thing. The Short Message takes place in “modern day” Germany, specifically the small town of Kettenstadt.

Events like the COVID-19 pandemic appear in-game, bringing us into the 2020s. However, the course of the game’s events are heavily influenced by the town’s history back in the 1930s as well as the childhood of its protagonist, Anita.

BONUS: P.T.

Sure, it might have been pulled from the PlayStation Store, but P.T. certainly made some waves when it was first released. P.T., which stands for Playable Teaser, was an early demo for the full game of Silent Hills, a collaboration between Konami, Hideo Kojima, and Guillermo del Toro. Unfortunately, the project’s cancellation means we’ll never truly know how it was going to connect to the rest of the series.

The Future of Silent Hill

Silent Hill fans have had plenty to chew on over the past couple of years with the back-to-back release of Silent Hill ƒ and Silent Hill: Townfall. These were two of the wonkier additions to the full timeline, suggesting Konami’s focus is now on experimenting with what exactly can (and should) be “Silent Hill”.

While Konami has openly discussed annual Silent Hill releases, we have yet to hear any official announcements about future new games in the franchise. We do know that Bloober Team is following up their Silent Hill 2 remake with a remake of the original 1999 game.

In the meantime, studios continue to take cracks at trying to make a decent Silent Hill movie.

Blythe Dujardin

Audience Development Coordinator

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Is Doctor Doom Putting Together a Team in Avengers: Doomsday?

Face front, Marvel fans, because Avengers: Endgame – Encore is now in theaters. The limited rerelease of the Infinity Saga’s finale is actually quite a big event for the MCU, because it has additional footage for the IMAX and Infinity Vision versions of the film. We can also confirm that the leaked footage is indeed legitimate, with a new ending where Loki visits Steve Rogers and Peggy Carter, and additional post-credits scenes that connect to Avengers: Doomsday. But now that we’ve seen this new footage, has Marvel tipped their hand as to what Doctor Doom’s plan is in the next Avengers installment? Going by the scene where Doom kidnaps Bruce Banner, it appears that Doom may in fact be putting together his own team of heroes!

How would this work? Let’s look at the comics and the implications of Encore’s additional footage to piece it together.

Is the MCU Adapting Time Runs Out?

Now that we’ve seen the extra scenes from Encore, it seems clearer than ever that the Russo Brothers turned to Jonathan Hickman’s run on New Avengers for inspiration when shaping Avengers: Doomsday. While we always knew that Secret Wars was coming, and that the film would most likely be based on the 2015 version of the event, adapting the events from Hickman’s Avengers run that led into that Secret Wars was not a guarantee. After all, the fifth Avengers movie was originally supposed to be The Kang Dynasty before Jonathan Majors was fired and the Multiverse Saga switched gears to feature Doctor Doom. Now that Doom is set in place, it makes sense to use more of Hickman’s material from New Avengers, which was a multi-year saga about a group of Marvel’s most intelligent heroes trying to prevent the death of the multiverse.

If you aren’t familiar with the comics, here’s a brief rundown. Hickman’s New Avengers actually starred the Illuminati — a team consisting of Iron Man, Mr. Fantastic, Black Panther, Namor, Doctor Strange, Beast, and Black Bolt. Together they worked in secret to stop the threat of the Incursions, which occur when Earths from two different realities collide, destroying both universes in the process. However, the book is far more depressing and tragic than most superhero fare, with the heroes betraying their morals and turning on each other as it becomes more and more apparent that no matter what they try, the death of the multiverse is inescapable. They even go so far as to destroy other Earths before they can collide with Earth-616, the primary Earth of Marvel comics, but it only delays the inevitable.

The Doomsday trailers and new Encore footage point to the MCU giving us a live-action take on the Illuminati trying to prevent the collapse of the multiverse.“

This arc culminated in a story called Time Runs Out, where the Illuminati can no longer keep a lid on the multiversal collapse. Doctor Doom has been working on his own plan to destroy the Beyonders, who are responsible for the Incursions; he steals the Beyonders’ power, which he uses to create Battleworld from the shattered remnants of the remaining universes. He then remakes himself as God Emperor Doom and uses his cosmic powers to hold what is left of reality together. Fans of the comics will certainly want to see Robert Downey Jr.’s Doctor Doom ascend to God Emperor form in Secret Wars, but when it comes to Doomsday, the recent trailers and the new Encore footage point to the MCU giving us a live-action take on the Illuminati trying to prevent the collapse of the multiverse.

Is Doctor Doom Going to Lead the Illuminati?

Although we saw an alternate version of the Illuminati hailing from Earth-838 in Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness, the team hasn’t yet appeared in the mainline MCU. Conventional wisdom dictates that Doctor Doom would be the film’s main antagonist — the movie is called Doomsday after all — but what if the title has more than one meaning? Yes, the film features Doctor Doom, but could it not also mean that the end times are coming? That would certainly track with the new scene in Encore where the TVA find themselves scrambling as they monitor thousands of Incursions, with Ke Huy Quan’s Ouroboros saying that “the multiverse is collapsing.” Did the MCU’s Doctor Doom cause the Incursions, or is he actually trying to save what’s left of the multiverse?

The Most Surprising Avengers and Marvel Characters Not Announced for Doomsday

Going by the Doomsday footage, I’m inclined to say the latter. The TVA scene in Encore reveals that one of the worlds in danger is Earth-10005, aka the Fox X-Men reality. This tracks with a shot in the first Doomsday trailer where Patrick Stewart’s Professor X looks up to see another planet falling out of the sky. I’ve long theorized that the X-Men are doomed (!) in Avengers: Doomsday; Doom needing to destroy the Fox X-Men’s Earth to save another reality would be the perfect way to establish the movie’s stakes. Perhaps the scene from the trailer where Doom activates an army of Sentinels to fight the heroes isn’t the climactic finale, but actually a scene early on before Doom has managed to relay the gravity of the situation to everyone else.

The Encore scene where Doom kidnaps Bruce Banner also supports this theory. In the comics, Bruce was a late addition to the Illuminati who the others didn’t want to have involved because of his past with the group — after all, they were the ones who shot him into space. But Banner is smart enough to figure out what’s happening on his own, and joins the team midway through the story. While some may think the MCU’s Doom wants Banner for his gamma-powered alter ego, what if he actually wants Banner’s mind? Is Bruce Banner the first recruit in Doom’s version of the Illuminati? Will Pedro Pascal’s Reed Richards have no choice but to join forces with his greatest enemy? And what about the Latverian Witches whose costumes we saw at San Diego Comic-Con? Is that a pathway for Elizabeth Olsen’s Scarlet Witch to finally return to the MCU as a member of Doom’s team?

Perhaps the plot of Doomsday is less about the heroes working together to confront Doom, and instead sees them divided over how to handle the threat of the Incursions. Maybe that’s the explanation for why Shang-Chi is fighting Gambit, or why Invisible Woman appears to be battling Namor. We won’t know for sure until Doomsday drops in December, but for now, the new teases from Encore are certainly tantalizing.

What do you think will happen in Avengers: Doomsday? Let us know in the comments!

Carlos Morales writes novels, articles, and Mass Effect essays. You can follow his fixations on Twitter.

LEGO Mayor Manor Review

The new LEGO Midnight Valley Collection theme is the rough equivalent of the LEGO Winter Village Collection, only instead of centering around Christmas, this theme is based on Halloween. Assuming it follows the same trajectory as its predecessor, we’ll likely see one major addition to this whimsical, haunted village each Autumn.

LEGO Icons: Mayor Manor

4

The Mayor Manor, out now, is the theme’s debut set (see it at Amazon). It’s an engaging, enjoyable build, with a cool visual motif for LEGO to elaborate upon in the years to come.

We Build LEGO Mayor Manor

The Mayor Manor is not a “closed” building; it is open in the back like a classic dollhouse, allowing the builder to observe and stage the interior to his or her liking. It comes in nine bags – paper rather than plastic, thanks to LEGO’s ongoing sustainability initiative. The switchover has been gradual, starting in 2020 and ramping up considerably in the last two years or so.

[A note about the paper bags: Make sure you shake and flatten them out completely before discarding them. Paper is not as slippery as plastic (nor as see-thru), and so if you’re missing a piece, it might be stuck in the scraps. It happened to me twice during this build.]

The design is very ’90s Tim-Burton-meets-Addams-Family. You have traditional spires mixed with stained glass windows, along with a foreboding gargoyle perched on the roof. The tree leaves are off-color blue and green, which creates the impression that you’re viewing this house in the twilight rather than the bright light of day.

The house interior is well-appointed, featuring a fireplace which functionally connects to the house chimney on the exterior – a nice bit of logical, functional coherency. On the second floor, there’s a grandfather clock with a golden pendulum and a face stuck at midnight. There’s also a bookshelf, with the books inserted at various depths, which gives the space a bit of quirk and whimsy. If you enjoy putting together little builds, which you then insert, as furniture or other knick-knacks, into a larger build to create a whole? Then you’ll really enjoy what’s going on here.

The designers draw a clear line of distinction between the facade of the house, versus the house itself. The house has structural integrity; it’s a two-story, traditionally built structure with defined rooms, level floors, and straight lines. But the facade of the house – the way it presents itself externally – is skewed, as if it’s actively falling apart. LEGO accomplishes this by clipping crooked walls and roofs onto the underlying building. It’s a convincing visual effect that’ll make you do a double take.

Because half of the house appears destroyed and half appears relatively intact, we can imagine, in our mind’s eye, how the house once appeared when it was whole. And it’s especially cool to contrast that to the ruined state of the house, and see how this jagged split in the wall over here matches – like a high-concept jigsaw puzzle – to the broken wall over there.

Have you ever seen Ripley’s Believe it or Not! museums in tourist areas? They’re these self-billed “Odditoriums” that capitalize, P.T. Barnum style, on the off-beat and strange: “Come see a real shrunken head!” “Gaze upon an Iron Maiden torture device from medieval times!” “Young lady, have you ever laid eyes on a two-headed goat?”

I used to love these museums growing up, and I especially loved looking at their optical illusion facades from streetview, which made them appear as if they were sinking into the ground or experiencing the aftershocks of an earthquake. The closer I walked, the less convincing the illusion. But that also taught me something about myself – that knowing the ‘trick’ behind these illusions deepened my love for them rather than diminishing it.

I thought about this while putting together the Mayor Manor, particularly its East Wing. LEGO tells a story through its presentation; a stubborn intrusive tree has grown into the house’s foundations, and over time, it’s punctured through the walls and wrapped itself around half of the second floor. It implies that the house is very, very old, but also that the inhabitants of the house – the pale-faced matron with the fur-lined shawl, and the maid and butler who wait upon her – are either indifferent to what’s happening or are unable to prevent it.

Are they ghosts or the undead? Were they once inhabitants of this house when they were alive? How long have they roamed these hallways in the years since? They don’t look unhappy, strictly speaking.

This sort of imaginative “what-if?” roleplay is essential, I think, to your full enjoyment of adult-geared sets like these. Because unlike many other 18+ sets, this is not a painstaking replica or a pop culture artifact; this is a playset, with the dimensions and features of one. Children have the ability to construct elaborate play scenarios—a skill we often lose as we grow older. LEGO sets like these give adults tacit permission to indulge in those joys once more.

Children have the ability to construct elaborate play scenarios—a skill we often lose as we grow older.“

But even if you don’t have the suspension of disbelief to throw yourself into fantasy entirely, there is still childish joy and escapism in imagining the inner lives of these minifigures, and in staging dramatic scenarios when putting them out for display.

LEGO Mayor Manor, Set #11383, retails for $119.99, and it is composed of 1420 pieces. It is available for purchase now at Amazon and the LEGO Store.

Kevin Wong

Freelance Writer

Kevin Wong is a contributing freelancer for IGN, specializing in LEGO. He’s also been published in Complex, Engadget, Gamespot, Kotaku, and more. Follow him on Twitter at @kevinjameswong.

Switch 2 Console, MTG x The Hobbit, and Pokémon Pitch Black

As we head into the first weekend of autumn, there are plenty of deals to fall in love with, including an awesome video game sale happening on the Woot app today. If you’re looking to add to your TCG collection, MTG x Hobbit and a few Pokémon sets are lower priced than I’d expect. Plus, don’t miss the final days of Walmart’s GeForce Week to save on gaming PCs and laptops.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for September 25

After checking out today’s highlight deals, read on to find out more.

Get a Switch 2 for $409 or Less

Nintendo Switch 2 Console (Grade A Refurbished-Open Box)

0

New Woot customers can purchase for $366.55. Final discount taken at checkout.

Nintendo Switch 2 (Grade A Refurbished)

0

New customers can purchase for $389. Final discount taken at checkout.

Woot has the best deal going on a Switch 2 console after the price hike earlier this month. Right now, Woot customers can pick up a Grade A refurbished model for $409. If you happen to be new to Woot, the savings are even greater, dropping the console to $389. You can also pick up Grade A refurbished open box model for a bit cheaper. Just note that these two deals are only available in the Woot app, with the final discount applied at checkout. As for the Switch 2 console, “it has been inspected, guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage, and successfully passed a full diagnostic test,” according to Woot.

See even more of Woot’s ‘Fall in Love with Video Games’ deals here.

MTG x The Hobbit Play Booster Box Drops to $169

Sold and Shipped By Amazon

Magic: The Gathering | The Hobbit Play Booster Box

0

The MTG x The Hobbit Play Booster Box is down to its lowest price yet, shipped and sold by Amazon. This Universes Beyond set, which came out in August, has been a hot commodity. With the Play Booster Box, you get 30 packs for $169, bringing each pack down to $5.63. Beyond those boosters, it also comes with a foil box topper featuring a reprint with special borderless alt-art from The Lord of the Rings: Tales of Middle-earth set.

Pokémon TCG: Pitch Black Booster Bundle at MSRP

The Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution Pitch Black Booster Bundle is back in stock at Target and selling for its MSRP, $31.99. It’s sitting well below the current market value according to TCGPlayer and is sure to sell out soon. I’d recommend grabbing it while you can. Each of the six-packs ends up costing about $5.33.

You can also pick up more Pokémon TCG sets sold and shipped by Amazon. Just note that all are unfortunately above MSRP.

Save $12 or More on Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream

Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream

0

New customers can purchase for $41.64. Final discount taken at checkout.

One of the most popular Switch games right now, Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream is down to just $47.59 on Amazon-owned Woot. If you’re new to Woot, it’s even cheaper. You must purchase the game in the Woot app to get the extra discount at checkout. It’s an international version of Tomodachi Life but will function normally. In this fun simulation game, you create custom Mii characters that populate an island while you help solve their problems as they unfold. In IGN’s Tomodachi Life review, Logan Plant described it as “a deeply funny and equally personal civilization simulator.”

See even more of Woot’s ‘Fall in Love with Video Games’ deals here.

Gigabyte A16 Pro 16″ RTX 5070 Ti Gaming Laptop for $1,449

Gigabyte A16 Pro 16″ Intel Core i7 240H RTX 5070 Ti Gaming Laptop (32GB/1TB)

0

Walmart’s GeForce Week Sale continues today, and you can save on some incredible gaming laptops, including the Gigabyte A16 Pro 16″ RTX 5070 Ti. It’s down to just $1,449. Beyond the powerful GPU ready to run most games smoothly on the 1600p, 165Hz IPS display, the laptop is rocking a 10-core Intel Core 7 240H, 32GB of RAM, and a 1TB SSD.

Looking for other laptop deals? Check even more incredible options below:

Ring Floodlight Cam Back at Low Price

Ring Floodlight Cam Wired Plus

0

I noted the incredible Blink camera + doorbell deal yesterday, but if you’re in the Ring ecosystem, you can enjoy 50% off a Ring Floodlight Cam Wired Plus. That matches its lowest price ever. These 2000-lumen motion-activated floodlights will illuminate your whole yard and expose potential intruders, while the camera records all the action in 1080p. You can even set off an 85 dB siren in the Ring app if you want.

Save Over 60% on a New 27” Samsung Odyssey QHD-OLED G6 Gaming Monitor

27″ Samsung Odyssey QHD-OLED 240Hz G6 Gaming Monitor

0

New customers can purchase for $289.99. Final discount taken at checkout.

If you’re after a gaming monitor, a brand new 2026 model of the 27” Samsung Odyssey QHD-OLED G6 is down to just $309.99 when you purchase it in the Woot app. New customers save an additional $20 with the deal. Now, this monitor features stunning QD-OLED tech for deep blacks, vibrant colors, and near-infinite contrast. The 0.03ms response times and 240Hz refresh rate in QHD make it especially well-equipped for gaming.

38% Off the Daran 288Wh LiFePO4 Power Station

Daran 288Wh (90,000mAh) 600W LiFePO4 Portable Power Station

0

This portable power station from Daran is ready to power your electronics for days. The superior LiFePO4 battery cells offer 90,000mAh capacity, while the station remains under 9 pounds. With six charging ports, including two 120V AC outlets (600W sustained, 1200W surge), two USB-C ports (100W/30W), a USB-A port (18W), two DC5521 ports (120W), and even a 12V DC port, just about any electronic you can think of can be juiced up by this backup battery. Right now, the Daran 288Wh LiFePO4 Power Station is even cheaper on Amazon with the coupon code “NWSY6J2R”. Pick one up so you’re never without power during camping trips, emergencies, and more.

CyberPowerPC RTX 5070 Founder’s Edition Gaming PC

Cyberpowerpc Intel Core i7-14700KF RTX 5070 FE Gaming PC (32GB/1TB)

0

Walmart’s GeForce Week has a CyberPower Gaming PC with a Founder’s Edition graphics card for $1,549. This GeForce 5070 GPU is sold directly by Nvidia and is much harder to secure than aftermarket company cards. A versatile Intel Core i7-14700KF processor, 32GB of DDR5 RAM, and a 1TB M.2 SSD complete the rig, ensuring it criuses in 1080p and 1440p gaming.

See even more Walmart PC deals below:

Save $43 on LEGO Animal Crossing Creative Houses

LEGO Animal Crossing Creative Houses: Seasons of Fun

0

While you can’t pay in bells, the LEGO Animal Crossing Creative Houses: Seasons of Fun set is down to just $50.31 when you clip the coupon. That’s nearly $40 in savings and the lowest price yet. With it comes two adorable homes that can be neighbors or even stacked on top of each other as a two-story dwelling. Stitches, Fuchsia, and Fang minifigures, each with their own furniture and accessories, are included. Finally, fun modules can be decorated and changed with the season. It was recently retired, so get it while you still can.

4 Months of Audible for $0.99/month

Get 4 Months of Audible Standard for $0.99/mo

0

Amazon has a new Audible deal live ahead of Prime Big Deal Days, but it’s exclusively for Prime members. Four months of Audible’s Standard subscription is $0.99 per month, down from $8.99. One audiobook per month is included with a Standard membership. That book remains in your library until the subscription is suspended. Even with the lower-tier membership, the catalog of millions of audiobooks is the same as a Premium Plus subscription.

Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 for PS5 Hits New Low

Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 – PS5

0

Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 for PS5 has dropped to its lowest price yet. Unfortunately, it’s a digital edition, but at only $27.99, this open-world action-adventure is a steal. In IGN’s Spider-Man 2 review, Simon Cardy found the game “delivers Insomniac’s best tale yet, and despite its open world falling short, is a reliably fun superhero power trip.”

The Silmarillion Illustrated Edition Hits Low Price

The Silmarillion Illustrated Edition

0

An illustrated edition of Tolkien’s The Silmarillion has dropped to its lowest price yet on Amazon, but the deal is exclusively for Prime Members. While there are several versions, this one features two removable maps and full-color drawings by Tolkien himself. If you’re unfamiliar with the story, it focuses heavily on the early history and mythology of Eä and its lands. More Tolkien Illustrated Editions are on sale, too. Check those deals out below:

Get 7 Games for $15 with IGN Humble Bundle

IGN 30th Anniversary Bundle

1

Games: The Elder Scrolls Online – Elsweyr, Remnant II, BlazBlue Entropy Effect, Ravenswatch, Subnautica, Thronebreaker: The Witcher Tales, and Sonic Adventure 2

IGN has its own Humble Bundle to celebrate our 30th anniversary, and it’s now live. For just $15, this collection includes a bunch of heavy hitters, from The Elder Scrolls Online – Elsweyr to Remnant II. You also get BlazBlue Entropy Effect, Ravenswatch, Subnautica, Thronebreaker: The Witcher Tales, and Sonic Adventure 2. That’s a total of seven games, and all are easily redeemable on Steam.

Save Almost $800 on a Lenovo Legion Go S – Ryzen Z1 Extreme (SteamOS)

Legion Go S Ryzen Z1 Extreme/SteamOS (32GB/1TB)

1

The Lenovo Legion Go S unfortunately got a serious price hike a few months ago. However, you can pick up an Open Box – Excellent condition AMD Ryzen Z1 Extreme and SteamOS model with 32GB of RAM and 1TB SSD for just $800. A new one is also available for $999.99, still over $500 off its current list price. This particular model is a top SteamOS handheld gaming PC, and IGN’s PC hardware expert Jackie Thomas even gave it an “Amazing” 9/10 rating in her review. With the Steam Deck seeing a massive price increase and limited availability, it’s an incredible alternative.

Blink Camera and Doorbell for $27.99

Blink Outdoor 4, Battery Doorbell 2K+, and Sync Module Core

0

Looking to boost home security? Amazon has an incredible bundle deal on a Blink Outdoor Camera that saves 81%, and you don’t need to be a Prime member to take advantage. For $27.99, you get a Blink Outdoor 4 camera, a Battery Doorbell 2K+, and a Sync Module Core, making for a complete system. The camera offers a 1080p resolution and excellent weatherproofing, while the doorbell delivers a head-to-toe 2K view. The Sync Module should make setup a breeze and is ready for system expansion down the road.

Danielle Abraham

Freelance Writer

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Avery the Poké Kid’s Family Speaks Out After Scalpers Use Child’s Death to Inflate Card Prices

The family of late Pokémon influencer Avery the Poké Kid is speaking out after scalpers have reportedly started using his death to artificially inflate the prices of a 30th Anniversary Jirachi SIR card.

Avery the Poké Kid died at 12 years old after a seven-year-battle with pancreatic cancer in late September. He was a huge fan of the Pokémon franchise and its accompanying trading card game; his parents had recorded the last time he opened a pair of card packs and shared the video to Instagram a couple days later, showing him excitedly pulling a 30th Anniversary Jirachi SIR card.

The footage went viral within the Pokémon community and even caught the attention of the card’s artist, who tearfully reacted to the situation on social media — but now, scalpers are reportedly using the situation to their advantage.

Image Credit: The Pokemon Company

As pointed out by Dexerto, Pokémon TCG collectors have discovered that the 30th Anniversary Jirachi SIR card has started climbing in price, with one user on X/Twitter noting that it rose from $70 up to $100, most likely due to Avery’s viral posthumous video.

The situation has sparked a wave of backlash within the TCG community, with one user writing on X, “So, what, we’re using a 12-year-old child’s death as a way to increase the price of a f**king Pokémon card? I’m utterly disgusted.”

“I’m so glad I was able to get this card before these losers jack up the price. It would’ve been so much sweeter to make it so everyone could get it to remember him, but nothing matters more than money I guess…,” another remarked.

Pokémon 30th Anniversary Trading Cards

The fervor around this particular card has grown so loud that Avery’s family is speaking out about the situation. They published a statement on Avery’s official Instagram account, where they distanced themselves from any cards supposedly being sold in his name and urged scalpers to take down any listings they may have that reference him.

“We are not involved in or benefiting from any cards being sold in Avery’s name or likeness. We have not approved these sales. We have asked sellers to take their listings down. Please do so immediately. This does not honor Avery’s generous heart. We are mourning our son and caring for our children. Please let us do that in peace,” they wrote.

Commenters are sharing words of support on the post and condemning the scalpers, with one writing, “I can’t believe scalpers are trying to profit off your pain. I’m so sorry, I can’t even imagine how this all is weighing on you guys when you’re just trying to live and heal.”

Image Credit: Instagram – AverythePokeKid

“Horrible that you have to even talk about this. Just know that there are decent humans praying for your family and not involved with this,” another said.

Scalpers haven’t been getting off scot-free, though; the Pokémon Company made enough supply for its 30th Anniversary collection that resellers felt the impact on their businesses and went viral after moaning about everyone else getting the chance to buy some stock for themselves at regular retail prices.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

The Back to the Future 4K Blu-ray Trilogy Drops to It’s Lowest Price Ever

Gruv has launched a 4K Blu-ray sale for the weekend with a focus on sci-fi favorites. Some of the best sci-fi movies of all time are included in the sale, but the overall best deal we’ve found is on a Back to the Future: The Ultimate Trilogy box set. At $29.99, Gruv is matching the lowest price we’ve ever seen this 4K box set drop to, and Amazon seems unable to match that price.

This version of the Back to the Future trilogy was originally released back in 2020 for the franchises’ 35th anniversary. This marked the first time the three films had ever been remastered in 4K. Universal Pictures also released the 40th anniversary version of this box set in 2025, but it’s quite a bit more expensive right now compared to the older version.

Back to the Future: The Ultimate Trilogy

0

It’s worth noting that when this 4K trilogy was originally released in 2020, Amazon was actually offering a working hoverboard alongside your purchase. Unfortunately, that is no longer the case and all you’re really getting here is the discs for the movies. The discs also include all of the bonus features you’d expect from a home release, with over an hour of additional content. Here’s a quick rundown of what’s included:

  • The Hollywood Museum Goes Back to the Future (Tour of props and memorabilia)
  • Back to the Future: The Musical Behind the Scenes
  • An Alternate Future: Lost Audition Tapes
  • Could You Survive the Movies? Back to the Future (Exploring the laws of physics that were broken)
  • Tales From the Future – 6-Part Documentary
  • The Physics of Back to the Future
  • Deleted Scenes
  • Michael J. Fox Q&A
  • Behind-the-Scenes Footage
  • Audio Commentaries
  • Back to the Future: The Ride
  • Doc Brown Sves the World! (Short film)
  • OUTATIME: Restoring the DeLorean

Is this a good price for these movies?

While this is the lowest price we’ve seen on this particular 4K box set so far, it’s likely that it isn’t the lowest price we will ever see. The newer 40th Anniversary box set dropped all the way down to $24.99 during Prime Day this year and will likely do so again during Black Friday sales. It’s worth waiting until November if you’re looking to shave a few more bucks off the price.

More 4K Sci-Fi Movie Deals at Gruv

If you’re looking to add additional sci-fi films to your collection, you can check out the full sale over at Gruv this weekend. Some of the most notable discounts are on the Jurassic World movies, The Matrix Collection, and the Dune 2-Film Collection. Prices for individual films are generally down to $14.99, which is similar to the pricing you’d find on Amazon right now. All-in-all, these lower prices are what make Gruv one of the best places to buy 4K movies in 2026.

Jacob Kienlen

Senior Audience Development Strategist

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Spider-Man’s Jacob Batalon Explains Why Team 7 Could Be the Focus of Destin Daniel Cretton’s Naruto Movie

Jacob Batalon shed some light on what Brand New Day director Destin Daniel Cretton likes most about Naruto, giving fans a tentative idea of the direction his live-action adaptation of the iconic anime series might take.

Jacob Batalon, who plays Peter Parker’s bestie Ned Leeds in the Tom Holland films, sat down for an episode of The Anime Effect podcast with Crunchyroll on September 19 to chat about all things anime.

Naturally, the topic of Destin Daniel Cretton’s live-action Naruto movie came up, prompting the hosts to quiz him about what the Brand New Day director likes best about the classic anime.

How to Watch Naruto Movies in Order

Speaking from his own perspective, Batalon said that he feels like Cretton is drawn to the origin story of Team 7 — the main group of characters in the original Naruto series, initially made up of Naruto, Sasuke, Sakura, and its leader, Kakashi.

“I think he likes the aspect of Team 7 and their coming-up story,” he explained. “I think that’s really cool. I think for a lot of storytelling in movies, when you’re trying to move from a specific IP to movies meant for everyone, you have to start somewhere where everyone kind of understands where they’re coming from. I think a lot of origin story-type things are really important when you’re trying to tell a story that not everyone is accustomed to.

“I think that could be a main thing. But also, he’s been doing this for a long time. I have no idea what he’s doing now. He could’ve completely changed it all and probably made Orochimaru the main character. I don’t know. He could’ve done something crazy,” he laughed.

While Batalon made it clear that he isn’t certain how Cretton’s movie will actually pan out, it wouldn’t be surprising if we saw him adapt Team 7’s come-up journey; centering on the main group of characters and following their storyline would make sense, especially since certain actors are already reportedly in talks to take on the roles of some of Team 7’s members.

For instance, Charles Melton was reported to be in final negotiations to play Kakashi in August, choosing to move away from X-Men’s Beast in Marvel Studios’ upcoming reboot film.

The search for Naruto is still underway, though. An open casting call was put out this summer, reportedly looking for young male actors between 16 and 20 years old who are “athletic, energetic, expressive” and speak fluent English.

Masashi Kishimoto, the mangaka who created Naruto, has stated that he is extremely excited about the movie, writing a statement on the series’ official website saying he “cannot believe” his manga is being adapted into a major Hollywood film.

“Right now, miracles are happening to me, one after another. My work, Naruto, is truly, truly becoming a Hollywood movie! And an even greater miracle is that the film will be directed by the one and only Destin Daniel Cretton. I still cannot believe it!” he said.

Image Credits: Gilbert Flores/Variety via Getty Images / Masashi Kishimoto / Shueisha

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

How Silent Hill: Townfall Brings a New Perspective to the Iconic Horror Series

For nearly three decades, the Silent Hill series has evolved through new protagonists, settings, and approaches to psychological horror. Silent Hill: Townfall continues that tradition by introducing the franchise’s first full-length first-person experience, a new setting outside the typical Silent Hill town, and a cast featuring acclaimed actors from film, television, and games.

While previous entries have largely centered on the town of Silent Hill itself, Townfall takes you to St. Amelia, a remote Scottish island that’s been abandoned by its residents. Although the setting differs, the game continues to explore themes that have long defined the franchise.

You play as Simon, a man with a connection to the island who begins the game armed with nothing more than a handheld CRTV, which serves as an evolution of concepts familiar to longtime fans. Similar to how earlier games used radio signals and environmental cues to build tension, Townfall’s handheld device becomes a central tool for uncovering story details and navigating threats.

These story details are tied to narrative-driven puzzles that will reveal past events or allow you to see how people lived in St. Amelia before it fell into its current state. They go a long way toward filling out the world and adding important details between major plot moments.

When you use the CRTV to detect enemies, you’ll then have to choose how to deal with them. If you’re the type who likes to rush in and destroy as many enemies as you can, there are options for that. You’ll pick up melee weapons that you can use to block or swing in face-to-face combat, or you can use firearms for longer range damage while managing your limited ammo.

For the more cautious among us, stealth is also a viable (and often preferable) option. The first-person perspective limits visibility and heightens the sense of danger, but that’s where the CRTV can help. It allows you to track movement even from behind cover, so you’re not forced to potentially reveal yourself just to figure out where enemies are. You can also use things in the environment to distract enemies and lure them away long enough for you to sneak past.

The sense of tension is heightened by the sound design and music, with all the creaks, cries, and creepy noises you’d expect from the series. Townfall uses a dynamic soundtrack created by Canadian musician Pilotpriest that reacts to actions you and enemies make and shifts with the ebb and flow of combat and stealth.

The voice cast is also a standout, including Emmy Award nominee Jovan Adepo, Emmy winner Terry O’Quinn, and Kezia Burrows from Observation, one of developer Screen Burn’s previous titles. Adepo plays Simon, while O’Quinn plays Richard, a voice beckoning Simon back to the island. Burrows plays Zoe, a former resident of St. Amelia whose voice reaches out to Simon through his CRTV.

The cast brings to life a story that’s haunting for more reasons than just the creepy monsters plaguing the island. It deals with introspection, loss, and the consequences of past decisions, with the island and its current nature shaped by that past.

Silent Hill: Townfall brings several notable firsts for the franchise, but it still focuses on the psychological horror that has defined Silent Hill for nearly 30 years. That combination of new and familiar makes it approachable for series newcomers as well as veterans. It’s out now on PlayStation 5 and PC.

Ubisoft Almost Made a Zelda Game With Ganondorf as the Protagonist

Ubisoft Milan reportedly pitched a Zelda game to Nintendo that would have taken place in a new universe with a totally different protagonist, but the plan fell through, leading to one of the biggest what-ifs in gaming history.

Insider Gaming’s Tom Henderson says the project was internally titled Goliath, so as to appropriately echo the size and scale of what Ubisoft Milan hoped to achieve with the game. It was an ambitious plan, and one that former Ubisoft developer Gian Marco Zanna described as a “new big bang in the video game universe.”

This description, while dramatic, is accurate; Ubisoft Milan’s Zelda game would have been drastically different from anything we’ve seen from the series thus far. Rather than following Link’s adventures in the wilds of Hyrule, it would have been a spin-off title in the broader Zelda universe featuring a brand-new, “never-before-seen character.”

60 The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Switch 2 Screenshots

However, during its early concept phase, Nintendo reportedly asked that this protagonist be changed to the franchise’s ultimate big bad: Ganondorf. This would have been the first time Ganondorf was the central, playable character in a Zelda game, and on paper, it sounds like a fantastic idea… but unfortunately, it didn’t end up coming to fruition.

Sources told Henderson that Ubisoft Milan was given a deadline of late 2023 to come up with a prototype for this Ganondorf game, but Nintendo reportedly rejected their proposal when the time came, for reasons that have not been made clear.

Ubisoft Milan was behind the highly-lauded Mario + Rabbids Sparks of Hope, which IGN scored a sparkling nine out of 10. The studio reportedly began ideation for Goliath shortly after its release, clearly riding the high of its successful launch. It’s almost painful to imagine the game we could’ve had; perhaps it was a Ganon origin story?

Given that it was a spin-off and not a sequel or prequel, it’s unclear what, exactly, Ganon would be doing in this game. And what about Ubisoft Milan’s first intended protagonist for the project?

We have so many questions, and it’s likely that none of them will ever get answered. Ubisoft did not respond to Henderson’s requests for comment, but he did note that it had internally acknowledged a journalist requesting information about Goliath beforehand.

Among the oodles of canceled, top-secret games over the years, this one definitely makes us go down the ‘what if’ rabbit hole. It’s almost as tantalizing as the canceled Disney Smash Bros.-style game, which former concept artist Ken Christiansen shared artwork for on his personal online portfolio, showing characters like Captain Hook, the Sheriff of Nottingham, the Queen of Hearts, John Silver, and others facing off in 2v2 battles.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

PlayStation Reportedly Polling Game Developers After Decision to Kill Discs Sparks Backlash

PlayStation is reportedly sending a lengthy survey to game developers with a question about how they sell physical games after their decision to stop producing physical game discs prompted intense backlash.

The death of physical discs will not happen quietly; fans are making their voices heard as loudly as possible, to the point where PlayStation itself is reportedly reaching out to game developers asking for their thoughts on the divisive subject.

Speaking on the Broken Silicon Podcast, content creator, writer, and showrunner Tom claimed that he’d been made aware of a survey making the rounds among game developers from Sony. His sources claimed that it was possibly the longest survey that Sony has ever distributed.

GTA 6 Special Edition PlayStation 5 DualSense Wireless Controller

“There is a survey Sony sent out to developers that is, what I was told by my contacts, a bigger survey than they’ve sent almost ever before, if not ever before. And there was a question in it basically trying to ask in a not-direct way, ‘Is there an issue with how we sell games physically?’ or something, like asking developers for feedback on killing discs.

“Wolverine is still selling plenty of physical copies, and you’ve also got Sony starting to ask devs if they are worried about killing physical [discs], suggesting they realize that if they got a bunch of feedback, maybe they would consider some sort of mea culpa on it. We’ll see.”

As noted by Destructoid, this claim comes on the heels of multiple reports from gamescom that developers at the event were expressing severe displeasure at Sony’s choice to forgo physical games. While it’s best to take Tom’s specific claims of a survey with a grain of salt for now, it wouldn’t come as a surprise if Sony were really testing the waters after hearing such strong feedback.

However, executives at the company have made it clear that they don’t plan on pulling back from their all-digital future; in a July investor Q&A, chief financial officer Lin Tao confirmed that Sony is going to proceed in spite of the backlash.

“We have received various opinions and people have strong views, and we understand that the community has put forth those views to us. Games are loved by many people. It’s a form of entertainment that’s loved by people, and it’s connected to people’s fond memories in many cases,” she said through a translator.

“And so we understand those emotions. We want to consider that. And in the future digital ecosystem, how do we engage the gamers is something that we would like to continue to explore.”

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Arc Raiders Is Testing a PvE Mode Very Soon

Embark Studios has announced that it will be testing a PvE mode for Arc Raiders next month.

From October 13 to October 20, Arc Raiders will have a PvE toggle, allowing you to seamlessly switch between lobbies where you can fight other players and lobbies where players can’t do damage to you. The aim is to give players more choice and test the ability to let players completely disengage from PvP gameplay. As a result, loot in PvE will be lower-valued because the mode has lower stakes. Additionally, ARCs will target downed players to create some form of tension, but if players stay still, they will be ignored by AI foes.

Embark will be monitoring the player economy and matchmaking times during this period. The team has noted that “it’s possible that this will not work,” meaning PvE may not actually make its way into the game permanently. This is a test to see how well they can make it’ll operate, rather than some kind of stress test.

“It’s important to mention that this is not a risk-free test,” said the studio. “The first, unlaunched iteration of ARC Raiders was conceived as a PvE game, and we have been hesitant to return to that concept. There is a risk that introducing a PvE matchmaking toggle could reduce some of the tension that the game was built around. At the same time, we have to respect that some players want to enjoy the game in their own way, and we can’t ignore what the data is telling us.

“As creators, we design a game with an intention for how we think it should be played; but after launch, it becomes the players’ game. This is one of the unique and wonderful things about making games; we build something with a specific vision, and then we get to see players finding their own ways to enjoy it.”

The reason for the test is that Embark Studios’ data demonstrated that a sizable amount of players ignored or tried to avoid combat against other players. They were more interested in a co-op, social experience rather than one where they had to fight real humans. You can view some of the data directly from Embark below.

Arc Raiders Frozen Trail Images

  • 37% Friendly co-op players (this player group has grown consistently since launch).
  • 27% Mixed players.
  • 34% Pure PvP players (this player group has remained stable since launch).
  • Over 70% of Friendly players and even 40% of PvP players express a desire for fewer hostile encounters and 51% of the surveyed player base has expressed an interest in a dedicated PvE option.

It’ll be interesting to see what comes of this test and it’s refreshing to see a studio experimenting with something so publicly, even if it doesn’t result in any permanent changes. Either way, the community will have to show whether it wants Arc Raiders to have PvE or not and provide actionable feedback to make it feasible.

Cade Onder

Freelance Writer

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

The Lost Crown Game Available to Play for Free in Nintendo Switch Demo, But There’s a Catch

Players who haven’t yet experienced Prince of Persia: The Lost Crown can play the entire game for free right now on Nintendo Switch and the Nintendo Switch 2 until September 30.

Ubisoft Montpellier’s 2D Metroidvania-style Prince of Persia game can be downloaded for free in its entirety as a playable demo starting at 10 AM PT today, September 24, through Wednesday, September 30 at 11:59 PM PT.

You’ll need to be a Nintendo Switch Online member to take advantage of this wild offer, though. There’s more to it than just the game, too, though that in itself is a massive deal; members can also earn 100 My Nintendo Platinum Points by completing a mission in the game during this trial period.

Prince of Persia: The Lost Crown Gameplay Screenshots

For more information on how to score these points, you can check out the Missions & Rewards section on the Nintendo Switch Online portal or from your Nintendo Switch’s home screen. And like many other modern game demos, you’ll be able to carry over your save data from this trial if you end up buying the full game.

If you haven’t played it yet, it’s definitely worth a try; we at IGN scored the game a glowing eight out of 10, praising the title for capturing “not only what made games such as The Sands of Time so good,” but also ironing out “the little issues that plagued the 3D games in this series by opting for a 2D perspective.”

It’s a refreshing take on the iconic series, and one that’s well worth a shot — but despite receiving critical acclaim, Ubisoft disbanded the team behind the game after it failed to meet sales expectations, and plans for a sequel were also reportedly scrapped in favor of putting its developers on other projects (like Beyond Good and Evil 2, which is still in development and recently added a writer from Assassin’s Creed Shadows to its ranks).

Since then, the game has received a few new modes, updates, story DLC, and even a mobile port, though the possibility of a sequel remains grim. There’s hope that renewed interest in the title, thanks to free demos like this one and multiple big sales over the years, could sway Ubisoft’s opinion… but it’s not looking likely.

If you are planning on playing The Lost Crown, check out our Prince of Persia: The Lost Crown 100% Walkthrough and our handy interactive map and checklist tool. It’s a really big little game and these tips and tricks are also a great place to start.

At least fans have The Rogue Prince of Persia, which received a fair few updates this year like new elements, tools, weapons affixes, and other quality-of-life improvements; though the highly-anticipated Sands of Time remake has unfortunately been canned.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

New Saw Movie Taps Mike P. Nelson to Direct

The next Saw movie has officially hired a director as it prepares for Jigsaw’s next game.

Mike P. Nelson, an up-and-coming horror director responsible for films like the Wrong Turn reboot and Silent Night, Deadly Night, has been selected to direct the next Saw film. The flick is being penned by Gregory Weidman & Geoff Tock and produced by horror legends James Wan, Jason Blum, and Leigh Whannell. Wan and Whannell created the series as a disturbing short film before eventually expanding it into a gory low-budget feature.

Wan largely moved on from Saw following the third film, going on to direct Insidious, The Conjuring, and blockbusters like Aquaman. He’s expected to have a much more significant role in the next installment as Lionsgate attempts to bolster the franchise once again. Speaking on the decision to select Nelson as the director of the next chapter, Wan praised his style of filmmaking.

did you miss me? pic.twitter.com/c6tpQwanFF

— SAW (@Saw) September 24, 2026

“Making the original Saw was a defining experience for me, so it was essential to find a director who would honor that world,” said Wan. “Mike has a raw, distinctive filmmaking voice with an inventive approach to the genre, and I believe he’ll bring something truly unique and special to the franchise.”

Nelson was also excited about being able to take a crack at the beloved franchise.

“Being asked to play in this twisted sandbox with James is nothing short of a dream come true,” said Nelson. “Greg and Geoff and James have crafted such a wild script that brings the mystery of the original while exploring new insane bloody ideas that meld so well with the brutal moral compass of the franchise. Let the games begin!”

It’s unclear exactly what the next Saw film will entail. Saw X left the door open for more prequel movies, following Jigsaw’s adventures prior to his death, but creative disagreements reportedly caused the film to stall out. The various creatives that worked on Saw X were expected to return for a sequel, but have since walked away from the franchise. As a result, it sounds like whatever comes next will be something very different.

Wan and Whannell did confirm to Bloody Disgusting earlier this year that Jigsaw will play a significant role in the next Saw film, despite his death in the third movie.

“Leigh and I, we’re not going to give too much away, but we don’t think you can make a Saw movie without Jigsaw. That’s the bottom line. And ultimately, we want to hark back to the spirit, what Leigh and I love about the original first movie. The original first movie, which is Jigsaw’s philosophy and what makes him tick.”

A new Saw video game is also in the works from Bloober Team. The game, titled Saw: Genesis, is a multiplayer game where three players must escape a series of deadly games while a fourth player manipulates traps and tries to find ways to kill the victims.

Cade Onder

Freelance Writer

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Marvel Comics’ Incursions One-Shots Revealed

Avengers: Doomsday is a movie that deals heavily with the concept of Incursions, the phenomenon where parallel versions of Earth begin to collide and threaten to destroy both universes. In the face of such an existential threat to the Marvel multiverse, even Robert Downey, Jr.’s Doctor Doom may be less a villain than the hero the MCU needs. Accordingly, Marvel Comics will dig deeper into the Incursion concept with a new series of companion comics that showcase various alternate universes colliding and battling for survival. That includes the worlds of X-Men: The Animated Series and X-Men: Evolution.

With Marvel releasing its full list of solicitations for December 2026, we now have a full idea of the plot and creative teams for the various Incursions one-shots. Scroll down to see what to expect from each one.

Marvel’s Incursions One-Shots Preview Gallery

X-Men: Incursions #1

Written by Alex Paknadel

Art by Jim Towe

Witness what happens when the universe of the mutant-ascendent House of M intersects with that of the Days of Future Past! In eight hours, only one can survive, or both will collide and be utterly annihilated! This devastating choice is left in the hands of Kate Pryde!

Release Date: November 18, 2026

Spider-Man: Incursions #1

Written by Christos Gage

Art by Ron Lim

Spider-Gwen vs. Spider-Girl! Gwen Stacy the Ghost-Spider meets Mayday Parker, A.K.A. Spider-Girl, when Earth-65 and Earth-982 collide! The web of the Spider-Verse will never be the same!

Release Date: December 9, 2026

Fantastic Four: Incursions #1

Written by Ethan S. Parker & Griffin Sheridan

Art by Paco Medina

A gamma-powered Fantastic Four? A cosmic-powered Bruce Banner? Can two Earths survive their heroes let alone an incursion?! When the skies turn red and a second Earth appears overhead, brilliant scientist Bruce Banner discovers an impossible truth: In just eight hours, two universes will collide, and both will be destroyed. As a gamma-powered Fantastic Four battles a rampaging cosmic-powered entity born from Banner’s desperate mission, Reed Richards faces the one problem even he can’t solve. In the final hours before oblivion, will Marvel’s First Family save their world…or find the courage to say goodbye?

Release Date: December 23, 2026

X-Men ’92: Incursions #1

Written by Craig Kyle & Christopher Yost

Art by Salva Espin

X-Men ‘92 Vs. X-Men: Evolution! The X-Men of the 90’s must save their world! But can they do so when it means destroying another world in the process? Especially one filled with younger versions of themselves who still have hope for Xavier’s dream?

Release Date: January 6, 2027

Avengers: Incursions #1

Written by Al Ewing

Art by Fran Mariscal Mancilla

Marvel’s best vs. Marvel’s worst! Two Earths face off against each other for survival! One is an Earth where the early days of the Marvel Universe never ended, where the Avengers are still the founding lineup, where Spider-Man is still a high schooler. The other is an Earth ruled by Thanos and the monstrous villains of the Cabal. It’s the ultimate heroes vs. the ultimate villains! Can these Avengers defeat a group of foes at the heart of Secret Wars, or were they always doomed from the start?

Release Date: January 20, 2026

You can preorder all of these books at your local comic shop.

For more, find out about the Your Friendly Neighborhood Spider-Man prequel comic and learn which major comics icon finally joined the Marvel Universe in Avengers: Armageddon #4.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

The Walmart GeForce Week Sale Has Black Friday Worthy Gaming Laptop Deals

Walmart just kicked off its annual “GeForce Week” sale with oustanding deals on gaming laptops featuring Nvidia’s GeForce RTX 50 series GPUs. These deals are, frankly, so good that they’re worth picking up before Black Friday. This sale appears to be run by Walmart so you probably won’t find these deals anywhere else (unless another retailer price matches). It runs through September 27, but the most popular configs appear to be selling out earlier than that.

You can also check out the best prebuilt gaming PC deals for GeForce Week.

Walmart GeForce Week Sale

Read on for more details. I’ve broken down the deals by graphics card, since that is the one of the biggest dictators of price. If you haven’t yet done your research and aren’t sure which level of laptop is right for you, I’d suggest starting with the GPU. Keep in mind that laptops use mobile versions of desktop GPUs. They are considerably less powerful so you want to scale up (i.e. if you think you’d need a desktop 5070, then aim for a laptop 5070 Ti).

RTX 5060 Gaming PC Laptop Deals

The RTX 5060 (mobile) offers great gaming performance at an affordable price. This card is comparable to the previous generation’s 4070 and will run most games at 60fps on display resolutions of 1200p or lower. It’s a capable graphics card for gaming at 1600p but you will have to tweak down some graphics settings in more demanding games. At that point, you’ll definitely see a noticeable improvement by moving up to a 5070.

RTX 5070 Gaming Laptop Deals

The RTX 5070 (mobile) is a healthy step up in performance from the 5060 and the GPU I’d recommend for most gamers. The GeForce RTX 5070 will run most games at 60fps at display resolutions of 1600p or lower.

RTX 5070 Ti Gaming Laptop Deals

MSI Vector 16″ Intel Core Ultra 7 255HX RTX 5070 Ti Gaming Laptop (16GB/512GB)

0

Gigabyte A16 Pro 16″ Intel Core i7 240H RTX 5070 Ti Gaming Laptop (32GB/1TB)

0

ASUS ROG Strix G16 16″ AMD Ryzen 9 9955HX RTX 5070 Ti Gaming Laptop (32GB/1TB)

0

The RTX 5070 Ti mobile GPU performs about 20%-30% better than the RTX 5070. Compared to Nvidia’s previous generation RTX 4000 mobile GPUs, it’s comparable in performance to the RTX 4080 and pulls ahead of it with DLSS 4.5 enabled. You could probably experiment with even more demanding settings like ray tracing.

RTX 5080 Gaming Laptop Deals

Gigabyte A16 Pro 16″ Intel Core 7 240H RTX 5080 Gaming Laptop (32GB/1TB)

0

MSI Vector 16″ Intel Core Ultra 9 275HX RTX 5080 Gaming Laptop (32GB/2TB)

0

The RTX 5080 mobile GPU is roughly 15%-20% more powerful than the RTX 5070 Ti mobile. Compared to previous generation GPUs, it’s actually slightly more powerful than the RTX 4090. This is the GPU you want if you’re planning to play games at resolutions well above 1600p (3K-4K), whether it be on the native display or connected to an external monitor.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The New Fall Amazon Audible Deal Is the Best One I’ve Seen This Year

Amazon just kicked off the best Audible deal I’ve seen so far this year, beating out the one I saw during Amazon’s Prime Day Sale earlier in June. The only catch is that you need to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of this deal.

Starting now and running through October 7th (which coincidentally is the start of the October Prime Day Sale), Amazon Prime members can sign up for four months of Audible Standard for just $0.99 per month. After the four months is up, your subscription will convert to the standard $8.99/mo, but you can cancel the auto-renewal at any time.

4 Months of Audible for $0.99 Per Month

New and Return Subscribers

Get 4 Months of Audible Standard for $0.99/mo

87

Amazon offers two Audible subscription tiers: Standard and Premium Plus. Standard is a lot less expensive – $8.95 per month compared to $14.95 per month. Standard also gets you access to the same catalog of million plus audiobooks that Premium Plus does. The difference lies in the credits: Standard gets one free audiobook per month that you can read so long as you maintain your membership. Premium Plus gets you one free audiobook that you keep indefinitely.

Unless you really want an audiobook to keep every month, then the Standard subscription is definitely the better deal. You’ll save $72 on subscription fees per year not including the discount you’re getting with this current deal.

Dungeon Crawler Carl audiobooks are on Audible

Dungeon Crawler Carl

0

IGN’s Jacob Kienlen is a huge fan of the Dungeon Crawler Carl LitRPG series. He’s written about many of the books and just recently the series’ first ever graphic novel. The books are all currently available as audiobooks, all narrated by Jeff Hays, who is part of Soundbooth Theater. They also all happen to be free to listen to with an Audible membership.

Catch up on the latest novel releases, audiobook style

Fourth Wing: Empyrean, Book 1

2

Sunrise on the Reaping: A Hunger Games Novel

2

Wind and Truth: Book Five of the Stormlight Archive

3

Never Flinch: A Novel

5

Audible is a subscription service that gives you access to over 1.1 million of the best audiobooks without ever having to purchase them. Several best-selling new and recent releases are available in an audiobook format and part of Audible’s accessible library. Rebecca Yarros’ The Empyrean Series romantasy novels have consistently hit the top of the New York Times’ best seller list throughout all of 2025 and they’re all available in audiobook format. Sunrise on the Reaping, the latest Hunger Games novel, is narrated by Jefferson White, who you may already know from Yellowstone where he played Jimmy Hudstrom. The audiobook has a listening time of about 12 hours and 48 minutes.

If you’re looking for something fast-paced and fun, you can also check out Matt Dinniman’s popular Dungeon Crawler Carl series. It’s currently the bestselling audiobook on Audible right now thanks to excellent narration from Jeff Hays. This new deal will get you the first three DCC audiobooks for only $0.99.

Ever prolific Stephen King released the Never Flinch crime novel in 2025. It’s available as a nearly 15-hour long audiobook narrated by veteran Jessie Mueller. If you’re a fan of fantasy, check out Brandon Sanderson’s Wind and Truth, book five of the popular The Stormlight Archive series. It was released in December of 2024 and runs an epic 63 hours long.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Control Resonant Has Leaked, But There’s a Push Among Some Pirates to Pay For It Anyway

Video game pirates appear to be making a rare effort to pay for Control Resonant, in order to support its developer Remedy.

Control Resonant launched today for PC, PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S and, somewhat inevitably, cracked copies of the game are already circulating online. But among the threads pointing people to illegal copies, there appears to be a concerted effort among some video game fans to support Control Resonant’s development team.

Remedy is well known as the maker of Max Payne, Alan Wake, Control, and Quantum Break, but its games often find relatively niche audiences. Fans of the studio love Remedy’s offbeat stories and often dark humor, as well as its typically high quality bar. But its past few launches have struggled to sell, with Alan Wake 2 taking over a year to turn a profit, and new content for multiplayer experiment FBC: Firebreak ended in less than a year.

Control Resonant – June 2026 Screenshots

In response to fan uncertainty over Remedy’s future, and a growing sense that the studio really needs Control Resonant to be a success, there are now numerous messages on game piracy forums and reddit from pirates suggesting they will make an exception for this game, and actually open up their wallet.

“One of the very few games I’m going to be buying, Remedy are on the brink of bankruptcy, this is their make or break title, I love their games and gotta do what I can to keep them afloat,” wrote one fan.

“I wasn’t planning to buy it but now I feel like I should,” reads one reply. “I like Remedy. They do good games.”

“Yeah same here,” reads another response. “Remedy makes amazing games, that’s a studio that deserve my money, and I hope they continue to make more games.”

“I feel like this is one of the games which you shouldn’t pirate if you can,” reads a similar comment on a separate discussion thread. “Remedy makes unique, innovative games, they need this funding.”

However, not everyone agreed. “That’s great idea, but this is a piracy reddit,” reads one response. “Agreed, I gotta eat so this is being pirated but they do deserve success,” reads another.

Still, there’s a presiding sense that of all the games to avoid pirating, Control Resonant stands out. “I mean if you’re going to compensate the team outside of Steam for playing their game that’s one thing, but pretending that because you need to eat gives you the right to steal a video game is ridiculous.”

And, if you are in any doubt over whether the game is your cup of tea, IGN’s Control Resonant review is here to answer that question for you. “Even when combat’s sharp edge eventually dulls, Control Resonant is a great addition to the Remedyverse,” we wrote, awarding the game an 8/10. “While its story follows a more standard framework, its gravitational pull is in the inventive world built around it and the humanization that grounds the paranatural intrigue.”

In August, Jean-Charles Gaudechon, installed as CEO of Remedy in March, said Control Resonant had 1.5 million wishlists across PC and consoles, and was among the top three pre-ordered PlayStation games in the U.S., Germany, and Brazil.

“We position Control Resonant as a must-have day-one purchase while also building Control into a lasting franchise,” Gaudechon said at the time. “In a competitive autumn window, we believe the distinctiveness and quality of the game will make it stand out. Control Resonant will be available across all major platforms from day one and is priced attractively for an AAA title. Combined with the release window becoming slightly less crowded since our original reveal, we remain confident in our positioning.”

Other than Control Resonant, Remedy continues its lengthy development work on the Max Payne 1 & 2 remakes, which are still listed as in production. The company also has an unannounced “new project” which it said had reached “production readiness,” without providing further detail. Is this early work on an Alan Wake 3, another Control game, or something brand new? We’ll have to wait and see, though Remedy certainly doesn’t sound like it’s giving up on Alan just yet.

“We have two established own franchises, Control and Alan Wake, which are linked through the Remedy Connected Universe,” Gaudechon concluded, looking to the future. “Remedy will self-publish upcoming games, in which Remedy owns the IP. Growing and expanding the two franchises will be a key part of our future. In addition, we work with a partner franchise Max Payne, originally created by Remedy.”

Tom Phillips

News Editor

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Increased Weather Effects Are Coming to Certain WoW: Forever Beta Zones Soon

World of Warcraft: Forever is currently in beta, but Blizzard plans to update it ahead of the full game’s release. Coming soon: heavy rain.

This is a bigger deal than it sounds! Weather effects can make all the different in terms of variance of atmosphere when you spend a huge amount of time questing in certain zones, so having the look and feel of the great outdoors change as you bash monsters on the head is sure to make Azeroth feel ever more immersive. And as someone who played World of Warcraft back when it launched, the prospect of going on a gnoll murder spree in the pouring rain is particularly enticing.

“Starting soon you will see increased weather effects in certain WoW: Forever Beta Zones!” Blizzard said, alongside a clip of the heavy rain in action in Elwynn Forest, World of Warcraft’s iconic human starter zone. If you’ve been playing the WoW: Forever beta — as so many have — you’ll be familiar with the sights and sounds of this place. Soon, you’ll have heavy rain added to the mix.

Players reacted positively to the news. “I’m never leaving this place,” one person said in the WoW: Forever subreddit. “INJECT IT INTO MY VEINS,” added another. “Damn that’s cozy as hell,” commented another fan.

The question is, how extensive will these increased weather effects be, and where in the world will we see them? Some are wondering if we’ll get thunder and lightning, dust storms, and maybe even snowing (a blizzard from Blizzard, perhaps?). It won’t be long until we find out.

For the uninitiated, Blizzard ended BlizzCon 2026 Opening Ceremony with the announcement of World of Warcraft: Forever, a “Classic Plus” MMO developed by the World of Warcraft Classic team, and set during the first year of World of Warcraft.

World of Warcraft: Forever Screenshots

While Forever doesn’t launch until November 4, the beta was made available last week and it was flooded by players. World of Warcraft Classic developer Josh Greenfield took to X / Twitter to provide some insight into the popularity of the beta. “Man, it was hard to sleep last night, I was so excited,” Greenfield said. “Beta has been… crazy. The craziest numbers I’ve seen in 17 years working at Blizzard and almost eight years on classic. We’ve got something really special here.”

Blizzard intends to maintain Forever’s Classic+ identity, even if that means avoiding adding some quality-of-life features the game’s retail version has had for years. That means you won’t see Forever get shared drops and tagging, which one Blizzard developer said is “one of those things that we simply must hold the line on.”

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Console Drops to Record Low £355 in Limited Time Sale

Despite a price rise at the start of September 2026, Nintendo Switch 2 consoles have just dropped to their lowest price ever in the UK.

Both Smyths and Argos are currently selling the popular console for £354.99, a considerable drop in price compared to the new RRP of £419.99. That’s a £65 saving, and a mighty fine deal if I do say so myself.

Nintendo Switch 2 Console

1

While the following is speculative and unconfirmed, it’s not unreasonable to suggest that this could be a clear-out of stock to make way for the new replaceable battery version of the console confirmed to be launching in Europe this Autumn.

But no matter the reason for the discount, considering the impressive line-up of games Nintendo has been pumping out so far this year, and then looking at what’s coming up through to 2027 as well, this might just be the best time to pick up a Switch 2.

Just look at Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave, which just got a 10/10 review here on IGN, alongside the slew of other great games already available.

It’s honestly baffling when you really look at it: Star Fox, Mario Kart World, Donkey Kong Bananza, Pokémon Pokopia (soon to get expansions as well), Splatoon Raiders, Yoshi and the Mysterious Book, Hades 2, Kirby Air Riders, Metroid Prime 4: Beyond, Nintendo Switch Sports Resort, and I could go on!

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time

5

Look at what’s coming up as well, with The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake honestly looking like it’ll be one of the biggest games of the year, despite going up against the juggernaut that is GTA 6 on PS5 and Xbox. We’ve also got FromSoftware’s Duskbloods to look forward to soon, as well as Metroid Ravenous, which is one of my most anticipated releases of 2027, landing on January 28.

That’s just the first-party output as well, with so much to look forward to from third-party games like The Witcher 3: Remastered, Stellar Blade, Metaphor ReFantazio, Guardians of the Galaxy: Encore Edition, Resident Evil 2, 3 and 4, and a ton of other hits.

It’s a surprise, but a welcome one, that Nintendo can pump out so many great games while the rest of the industry flounders in an attempt to stop the ship from falling, chasing short-term gains, or trends that are outdated fast.

Despite a price rise at the start of September, the Nintendo Switch 2 has just dropped to its lowest price ever in the UK

It’s now down to £354.99 at several retailers (RRP £419.99)!

Smyths: https://t.co/1pER24QsIW

Argos: https://t.co/cRF1ZeCQkL #ad pic.twitter.com/RGoFu3Dc3v

— IGN UK Finds (@IGNUKDeals) September 24, 2026

Look, I’m waffling, but basically what I’m trying to say is that for what you’re paying, this is the best option for those looking to buy a console in 2026.

While PS5 and Xbox are getting the likes of GTA 6, which is very exciting, it stupidly expensive to try and buy into that generation right now, and you might be better off saving up and waiting for the next console cycle within the next couple of years.

Switch 2 on the other hand, is getting games all the time, and is a much more affordable prospect, especially when it’s getting brilliant discounts like the one above. Like I mentioned, it’s a limited time deal, so I wouldn’t hang around if you’re looking to pick one up at the best price possible. Even if it’s intended to be a Christmas present, get it sorted now and be stress free for the remainder of 2026.

Robert Anderson

Senior Commerce Editor

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Robert Pattinson Reacts to Fans Asking for Him to Play the Joker After Primetime Performance Goes Viral

Robert Pattinson’s captivating performance as Chris Hansen in A24’s Primetime has sparked an unexpected trend; fans are now wondering what Pattinson’s take on the Joker would look like.

The actor’s portrayal of Hansen has received acclaim from both critics and casual audiences alike. IGN’s Siddhant Adlakha scored Primetime a sparkling 9 out of 10, praising Pattinson for “setting the screen ablaze” with his depiction of a “petulant, paranoid” TV host.

One of his lines from the movie’s trailers has already become a viral meme (“You see how this looks, right?”), and fans just can’t get enough of his chilling stare and near-sociopathic take on Hansen, prompting them to ask the question: “What if he played the Joker?”

The Top 10 Robert Pattinson Movies

In the lead-up to Primetime’s release on September 25, curious Batman fans are hypothetically casting him in James Gunn’s separate DC cinematic universe, wondering what his Hansen-esque Joker would look like, were he able and willing to play the part.

“Really sucks he’s Batman, ‘cause his Joker would’ve been generational,” one fan wrote in a post on X.

“F**k it, let Robert Pattinson play Joker and Batman,” another said, while another mused that the “only bad part about Robert Pattinson being such a good Batman is that he’d make such a good Joker.”

Really sucks he’s Batman cause his Joker would’ve been generational https://t.co/6fHhzKUFGw

— woop (@woop54) September 16, 2026

Entertainment Weekly brought up these remarks to Pattinson during a September 2026 interview, who humbly deferred to Barry Keoghan, who’s currently playing the villain in Matt Reeves’ film series.

“Oh, Jesus. I mean, it’s such a great part… but Barry’s the man,” Pattinson told the outlet.

He went on to praise Keoghan’s performance as the iconic DC character, pointing specifically to their shared deleted scene in 2022’s The Batman.

“I loved doing that scene with him so much,” he admitted. “I love Barry, as well. I think he’s such a phenomenal actor. It was so fun doing that stuff with him. But yeah, I want him to do it. I’m much more interested in that.”

Battinson is set to return to the screen in February 2028. Filming is already underway, with fans in Scotland posting photos from the film’s set showing the Batmobile fleeing from Gotham police. Photos hinting at an upgraded batsuit have also been shared online, sparking even more speculation as to what will happen to Bruce Wayne in his next highly-anticipated adventure on the silver screen.

For now, all we know for sure is that Pattinson’s next Batman movie will go in a “totally different direction,” as told by the actor in an interview earlier this month.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Producer of Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil Movie Reportedly Working on New Silent Hill Film

A new report from The Wall Street Journal states that Roy Lee, who produced Zach Cregger’s hugely-successful Resident Evil movie, is now working on a Silent Hill film.

Roy Lee is a Hollywood legend. The producer has had a hand in some of the most successful movies of the last three decades and has a speciality for adapting pre-existing IP, specifically where horror is concerned.

He began his career with horror hits like The Grudge and The Ring, and went on to produce Zach Cregger’s Barbarian and Weapons 20 years later. Most recently, he helped bring Cregger’s Resident Evil to life, which has become the single most-successful film adaptation of Capcom’s video game series ever and the highest-rated video game movie of all time.

Resident Evil (2026) Images

Now, it seems that he’s working on yet another iconic survival horror franchise: Silent Hill.

The Wall Street Journal published a feature about Roy Lee on September 20, where the outlet shed some light on the producer’s upcoming video game-related projects.

According to the article, Lee has a staggering 20 or so movies and television adaptations for video games that are in development or production right now. These include Prime Video’s God of War series, Michael B. Jordan’s Battlefield movie, and, most curiously, “Japanese horror classic Silent Hill.”

The existence of a new Silent Hill movie has not been publicly confirmed at the time of writing this article; however, Konami has been extremely bullish on the franchise as of late, releasing two Silent Hill games in as many years, both of which have been well-received.

Silent Hill producer Motoi Okamoto also revealed that Konami hopes to release a new game in the series every year as it works to reinvigorate its IPs across the board, including titles like Castlevania. With this in mind, the fact that another Silent Hill movie is getting made so soon after the release of Return to Silent Hill isn’t too surprising… especially given the success of Cregger’s Resident Evil.

Return to Silent Hill, however, was a flop. It’s safe to say that hardcore fans of the franchise hated it, and critics’ opinions weren’t much better. We at IGN scored the movie a five out of 10, saying in our review that it “isn’t the worst entry in this video game movie series, but it fails to accomplish anything that the source material doesn’t do better.”

For now, fans can remain cautiously optimistic for a better take on Silent Hill now that Lee is reportedly bringing his expertise to the project… though Resident Evil fans have been somewhat divided as to how Cregger handled the source material in his latest movie, particularly its ending.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Halo Fans Are Divided Over Whether Activision Should Reboot the Series and Start Fresh

Halo fans are divided on whether or not Activision should completely reboot the franchise or keep Master Chief’s story going.

A rumor floating around the internet from a user named TechnicalHalo suggests that Activision will totally reboot the series, throwing all of the lore out the window in favor of a fresh start. We advise you take this with a grain of salt, as we have no idea what Activision’s plans are for Halo, but it has started an interesting conversation among fans. Should Activision use its first Halo game to create a clean slate for the beloved sci-fi franchise?

A segment of fans are under the impression that, although Halo has gone off the rails in the last decade, there are still some elements from the newer games that are worth keeping. Bungie’s contributions to the franchise (Halo: Campaign Evolved through Halo: Reach) are valued by fans, so some believe that if there’s a way to retcon Halo 4 and onwards, that would be a valid option, as well. This ensures that the most beloved Chief stories remain canon, while also giving Activision an option to tell a whole new era of stories in the Halo universe.

“I’m against a full reboot,” said one fan on Reddit. “But if they said the Bungie era is canon and everything else going forward is being rebooted, I wouldn’t be very upset. Halo 4 has grown on me over the yearsm but 5 and Infinite’s story led nowhere.”

“My only other idea for getting back to a good status quo, short of scorching everything, would be to just do what Terminator does all the time and just start from Halo 3 again. But it would basically nullify any investment people had in the last decade+, even if it wasn’t much, and still give the impression there’s no direction if you cop out on a true follow-up,” said another.

That same fan suggested the idea of a full blown reboot might be born out of necessity, given Master Chief actor Steve Downes is getting older and will inevitably need to be recast if they want to tell new stories with the character.

“Steve Downes I just don’t think is a long-term option for Chief anymore at his age and a recast is inevitable. You can keep Taylor as Cortana and the Campaign Evolved recasts but a reboot would immediately clear the deck for new versions of the characters and new actors. I’m actually more interested in a full reboot at this point than even a loose Infinite sequel. A full reboot actually sounds like more of a plan,” they added.

Another fan echoed these sentiments of recasting Chief: “Honestly might be a good call, even if a lot of Halo fans hate the idea,” said another fan. “If they’re wanting to grow the franchise again and get new eyes why saddle this fresh beginning with over 20 years of games, comics, and books. Plus, Steve Downes ain’t getting any younger and will probably be 80 by the time this game releases. Might be time to consider a new voice actor, and trying to recast Chief in a sequel feels like sacrilege.”

Some think it’s time to leave Chief behind altogether, regardless of how Activision handles the timeline, and embrace other stories in the Halo universe, similar to Halo 3: ODST and Halo: Reach.

“Reboot? Okay thats fine,” one fan said. “Just make it a Halo reboot and not Master Chief reboot. Give me Halo games with new characters akin to Reach or ODST.”

Halo Games in Chronological Order

“I think it would be a shame to completely overwrite everything after Halo 3 since there is some good stuff there in the storylines told outside of the games,” said another fan. “I think the best bet would be to just leave the current storyline as is and go either forward or backwards in the timeline and tell new stories with new characters that are mostly disconnected from what came before.”

It was confirmed yesterday that Activision would be building a new team to make the next Halo game, while Halo Studios was gutted by layoffs. It’s unclear if any of the Call of Duty studios will be assisting on the project, as Sledgehammer Games has long been rumored to be eyeing the Halo franchise. It will likely be a while before the next Halo materializes, especially if Activision is throwing everything out and starting from scratch. Only time will tell what happens, but it’ll be interesting to see what direction they take it in regardles.

Cade Onder

Freelance Writer

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Double Fine Founder Tim Schafer Questions Economics of the Game Industry Amid Mass Layoffs and Studio Closures

Double Fine founder Tim Schafer says he no longer “understands the economics” of game development following Xbox’s mass layoffs and industry-wide studio closures.

It’s a rough time to be a game developer. Even if you’re behind some of the year’s most successful releases, you still aren’t safe from the chopping block; for example, staff who worked on Battlefield 6, which enjoyed a stellar launch last year, were axed after releasing the game to critical acclaim and resounding financial success.

Xbox, one of the biggest publishers and console developers in the business, is also in the midst of a huge restructuring, resulting in thousands of planned layoffs and the divestment of several game studios — studios that have been forced to downsize due to their resulting independent status.

Psychonauts 2 Screenshots

Tim Schafer’s Double Fine was one of the studios that separated from Xbox as a result of its massive internal shuffle. Schafer has made no bones about gritting his teeth and doing everything he can to prevent his company from closing, and his latest remarks are a reflection of that determined attitude in the face of an increasingly inscrutable industry.

“I don’t understand the economics of making games to be honest,” Schafer told the BBC in a September 23 video interview. “I often for years thought I understood them, because there are layoffs, which is bad, and then the people who make games realize, ‘Oh, we need people to make games.’ The executives are like, ‘Oh, we fired everybody, we need some people to make this game,’ they hire them back, and then they… you know.

“So I always assume, ‘Oh, there’ll be this cycle of ups and downs, and ups and downs.’ But it’s been down for like, four years, and I don’t know why. I really don’t, because people are playing games, and people are making money, so I don’t know why there’s a big loss of jobs. I just assume it’s, like, someone is being greedy somewhere. But I hope it is a cycle, and I hope it bounces back.”

Schafer went on to say that the entire industry is volatile across both AAA developers and indie studios, alike, despite the high amount of creativity, ideas, and energy from workers in the space right now.

“I think there’s a lot of life and excitement and creativity in the games industry now, especially in the indie space,” he continued. “I’m not one of those snobs who says only indie games are creative. I think a lot of AAA games do a lot of great creative work.

“It’s just that, it’s been a much more violent place to work in AAA, you know, much more stressful, and your work is often not as rewarded, because you will get laid off as soon as you finish your game. But in indie games, there’s no guarantee of being not… not laid off, but out of money after you ship your game. So, they both have their risks.”

Schafer previously described how he managed to keep Double Fine afloat after its divestment from Xbox in an interview with Bloomberg, where he called the ordeal a “creative awakening” that spurred him ownards rather than making him fold.

“No one puts Double Fine out of business except for me,” he said. “[Xbox CEO Asha Sharma’s] not going to shoot my dog. I’m going to shoot it. But I’m not going to shoot it, because it’s going to do great. A lot of people want to walk the dog.”

Xbox is expected to continue layoffs across its business as part of its ongoing plan to reorganize itself, with the most latest of these affecting Halo Studios. Activision is now leading development for he next Halo game, with Halo Studios relegated to other franchise duties.

Image Credits: Shane Anthony Sinclair/Getty Images

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 2 ‘Daddy Issues’ Review and Recap

This review contains full spoilers for Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 2, which is streaming on Apple TV now.

The thing we knew was happening from the first and only Season 6 trailer has happened: Olivia Cooke’s Sidonie Baker has popped back into the picture. The reappearance of the short-lived slow horse was hardly anything — that single “hello, River” line before the end credits roll — and yet raises so many questions. How is she alive? Why has she been in hiding? Why was she playing the spoof-call “triangulation” game with River? What’s she doing in his dead grandad’s house? Most importantly, why did Apple TV spoil this in the trailer?

It’s tough not to imagine how much more of an impact Sid’s return would have had if it had been saved for a jaw-dropping tag at the very last second of this episode. (I’m jealous of those who look at the internet less than me; and yes, I have reconciled with the fact that I am part of the problem. Have I learned an important lesson about the true meaning of “Moscow rules”? Probably not.) Regardless, it’s a welcome comeback for a beloved character, despite her only appearing in literally three episodes of Season 1, and it added a fun last flourish to an episode that was already cruising.

As one slow horse enters the picture, another one leaves — poor Moira (Joanna Scanlan) was crossed off the list of the mysterious killers (Kyle Soller and MyAnna Buring). She may have escaped Slough House, but the asterisk on her file would never be deleted. Though we still know very little about who this duo is and why they’re taking out agents who might as well be dead to the Park, something is obviously off. “Seems too easy,” says Buring’s character. “Are you sure we have the right list?” At least now Coe (Tom Brooke) and Shirley (Aimee-Ffion Edwards), in their unlikely yet effective team-up, have picked up the pair’s scent after investigating the house boat of their dead colleague. Even though we’re supposed to hate this horse-murdering pair, their brief characterization across these two episodes has done a ton to up their intrigue points — details like Buring being picky about the goopy soup she’d burn on Moira’s stovetop to cover up the murder and Soller holding Moira’s limp hand as he clicks through TV channels.

Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 2 – Images

This entire episode, “Daddy Issues,” is packed with moments like that — Jackson Lamb (Gary Oldman) barking at River; River mimicking shooting a projectile in the back of Roddy’s (Christopher Chung) head; Roddy talking about how bitcoin is about to “pop off”; Lamb teasing the Park archivist (Parchivist?) Molly (Naomi Wirthner) about her slay-queen, glam-rock outfit. Actually, this episode was especially stuffed with zesty Lambisms. Taking these extra beats to add a punchline to deeply serious situations is part of the Slow Horses appeal, and Season 6 has once again demonstrated that this is the house style, not something that left with show creator Will Smith after Season 5.

Speaking of deeply serious: We now know that River’s dad Frank Harkness (Hugo Weaving) is maybe at least somewhat involved with the Slough House erasure at the Park, commissioning (and then killing) the Dog who nabbed those files from the records archive. But he’s left a witness, presumed to be a kid, to the murder and has the go-ahead to take care of it. Meanwhile, Diana Taverner (Kristin Scott Thomas) is not having the best time as First Chair now that she knows where the money she accepted from Peter Judd (Samuel West) came from and was blackmailed into a sit-down TV interview with the “very slightly right-leaning,” as Judd undersells it, news outlet Talkpoint. (Was that the first time we’ve ever seen Diana caught totally flat-footed?)

“Daddy Issues” is yet another Slow Horses episode that makes spinning a bunch of carefully managed plates look easy. But I’m cognizant of the time crunch; Season 6 has already burned through two episodes, and for as exciting as they are, all of these blank spots need to be filled in so that this web of intrigue doesn’t end in a jumbled mess.

Artist Behind Pokémon 30th Anniversary Jirachi SIR Card Gives Tearful Response to Late Influencer’s Heart-Wrenching Final Pack Opening

The artist behind a Pokémon 30th Anniversary Jirachi SIR card has responded after beloved influencer Avery the Poké Kid pulled the card in his last pack opening before his death from pancreatic cancer.

Avery the Poké Kid was just 12 years old when he died of pancreatic cancer on September 19, 2026. To celebrate his life, the young Pokémon influencer’s parents posted a video showing him opening his very last set of trading card packs from the brand’s recent 30th Anniversary drop.

On the very last pull of his second and final pack, Avery pulled a Jirachi SIR, a major win that caused him to shout in excitement. The heartwarming moment went viral within the Pokémon community and beyond, leaving viewers misty-eyed and sorrowful that such a bright and cheerful voice in the space had been tragically lost at such a young age.

Even the artist of the card, who lives halfway across the globe from Avery’s home in Everett, Washington, saw his viral pull. Speaking on Twitter/X, prolific Pokémon trading card artist Akira Egawa said she was heavily impacted by the video and couldn’t stop crying after watching it.

“I’m so deeply moved. I’m so glad I kept drawing. I’ve honestly been in tears ever since I saw this,” she wrote in one post.

“‘I want my art to bring happiness to people.’ That’s one of the reasons I draw. I’m so glad I put that wish into this piece,” she wrote in another, as a response to the news of Avery’s death.

“I want my art to bring happiness to people.”
That’s one of the reasons I draw.
I’m so glad I put that wish into this piece. https://t.co/i6wW0tYHBh

— 江川あきら▽AKIRA EGAWA (@rev_akira) September 23, 2026

I’m so deeply moved. I’m so glad I kept drawing. I’ve honestly been in tears ever since I saw this.

— 江川あきら▽AKIRA EGAWA (@rev_akira) September 23, 2026

Fans were equally moved by her reaction, with many pointing out the poetic lore behind Jirachi in the Pokémon universe.

Jirachi is a Legendary Steel and Psychic Type Pokémon that spends most of its life in hibernation. It only wakes up for seven days every thousand years or so, and is only awakened if you “sing to it in a voice of purity.”

Avery had battled with stage four pancreatoblastoma for over seven years. He became a beloved figure within the Pokémon community during his lifetime, sharing his love for the series’ trading card game to the tune of 313,000 avid followers.

Pokémon 30th Anniversary Trading Cards

A GoFundMe has been started to help Avery’s family cover medical costs, which has nearly met its goal of $130,000.

Avery’s impact on the Pokémon community cannot be understated; his Instagram account is full of supportive comments from longtime fans and newer viewers alike, who are offering their sympathies and sharing their favorite memories of the young personality.

Image Credits: The Pokémon Company / Akira Egawa

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Meta’s New VR Glasses to Entice Casual Viewers With 3D and Full-Frame IMAX

Tech companies have gradually invaded the film festival space, but Meta’s secret new project was a perfect fit for this year’s Toronto International Film Festival, both because of its entertainment capabilities, and because it feels straight out of a movie. Not far from where I’d soon watch the new Zack Snyder film, a makeshift gallery played host to covert keynote presentations, each with an audience of one, as a well-dressed entertainment executive showed surprising candor.

“We are… self-aware,” she sighed. A strange way to begin a marketing pitch, but a surprisingly welcome one, as she echoed thoughts that have likely been on the mind of anyone who has thus far rejected the industry’s clunky VR-sphere, and its closed-off headsets akin to ski goggles. The Meta Quest (and like it, the Apple Vision Pro) haven’t exactly pivoted society towards Ready Player One, and perhaps we’re better for it. However, the reveal of Meta’s new entertainment-centric gizmo, Meta VR Glasses, arriving this spring, might just be enough of a departure to entice agonistics like myself, starting with the fact that wearing them doesn’t make you feel like you’re in an episode of Black Mirror.

They are, for all intents and purposes, a pair of slick dark glasses. They still have the noticeable bulge of a VR device, but they’re more along the lines of X-Men’s Cyclops than Johnny Mnemonic. These streamlined shades feature a cable leading to a “puck” the size of an iPhone, a battery-and-computer pack you can place in your pocket or handbag, or clip to your belt. Its 45W fast-charging will probably come in handy, since it only holds enough juice for three hours of continuous playback, but the dangling accessory isn’t too obtrusive a trade-off, given the device’s larger, heavier predecessors. The glasses themselves weigh only about a hundred grams — a quarter of a pound — compared to the five to six hundred grams of the Meta Quest.

The biggest upgrade from the Meta Quest, however, is the complete lack of hand-held controllers and the reliance on physical gestures instead. Apple’s equivalent already has this, but the Meta VR Glasses offer the chance to use these flicks and pinches without feeling like you’re in a Saw trap.

The initial adjustments seem pretty easy, between switchable nose pads of different sizes and lenses you can slide left and right to ensure they’re at the correct distance. There’s no official info on what to do if you wear glasses just yet, but some leaks out there suggest prescription lens capability is the plan. Tiny cameras alongside the glasses’ stems capture minor movements, like using your thumb to imitate scrolling on a touch remote, or pinching an invisible button, which in turn trigger and toggle menus affixed to the space around you. The cameras on the front re-create your regular vision, with a bit of a catch. The world around you gets noticeably noisier (as in, filled with digital noise) and the frame rate doesn’t exactly sync up with fluorescent lightbulbs, so you might see a bit of a flicker when looking past the floating UX at actual surfaces.

Navigating the real world will still probably be a challenge, and the tech’s hologram features (and spatial audio) for video calling weren’t part of the demo. However, Meta VR Glasses feel aimed at sitting down to watch movies and TV rather than augmenting reality. With its 5K display made of micro OLED panels, 37 pixels per degree, and Dolby Vision enhancements, you’re getting a pretty high-quality image, and navigating it is gamified too. Once you sync your eye movements to the cursor, simply looking at an app icon will light it up. Just pinch to select. But what about the actual offerings? Well, that’s where things get interesting.

In addition to all your streaming favorites (Prime Video, YouTube, DIRECTV, AMC+, Crunchyroll, Plex, and vitally, Tubi), Meta has teamed up with IMAX to bring the world of full-frame, 1:43:1 IMAX movies to your headset. Currently, this is poised to be the only way to watch something like The Odyssey in its native aspect ratio outside of a handful of cinemas. Sadly, that option wasn’t available during our limited tech demo, but it sets Meta VR Glasses apart even from Blu-ray and UHD, which only expand to the size of your HD television — a paltry 16:9. With films like The Odyssey, Sinners and Dune: Part Three reflecting an increased demand for the format, which can’t fully be met, this is the next best thing.

But what does actually watching a movie in one of these look like? Well, you have a couple of options. For most films, a screen pops up at a certain distance, which you’ll eventually be able to move back or forth. This feature wasn’t yet available, leaving part of the screen outside the glasses’ field of view, which isn’t ideal, but it’s still early days since the product is several months away from release. Your second option, for select films and experiences, is an “Immersive Cinema” virtual reality viewing room by ILM, built in sync with the movie itself. For this Disney+ demo, I picked Avengers: Infinity War — specifically, the scene where Thor harnesses the power of a dying star to forge his new hammer, Stormbreaker. If you’ve ever fantasized about watching a movie while seated in a grungy space factory as lava splashes from around the screen, you’re in luck. For Marvel and Star Wars offerings, environments like Tatooine and Avengers Tower appear to be in the works.

The 3D isn’t too bad either (as evidenced by a short clip of Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness), though the effect is no more or less immersive than most current 3D television sets. Upon launch, 3D offerings will be available from the likes of HBO Max, Paramount+ and Peacock. However, where things get really novel is the switch from movies to sports, where you have the option of not just watching your game of choice with a 180-degree field of view — in this case, Game 4 of the 2026 NBA finals; go Knicks — but sitting in a variety of courtside seats and glancing around. This isn’t magic; the folks at Meta had cameras appropriately placed to capture the effect, so future games will have to be equipped for this sort of broadcast if you want to, say, wave at Spike Lee as he jumps around euphorically. Then again, between the NBA finals and the FIFA World Cup, if this summer has proved anything, it’s that sports are a social event, so closing yourself off this way might at best be a backup for plans that fall through.

The speakers on the glasses — which you can control using tiny buttons along the bottoms of the stems — provide a fairly immersive surround sound experience courtesy of Dolby Atmos. This comes in handy for playing music-based games like Beat Saber, one of 75 built-in games available at launch (this particular version was enhanced for the device’s handsfree capabilities) in addition to the XBOX Cloud Gaming, i.e. streaming games directly to your headset. You also have the option of scrolling social media, and typing on a nifty keyboard projected on flat surfaces in front of you, as you look down at your digital ghost hands and their spectral glow. The novelty will probably wear off after a while, but at first, it’s pretty thrilling if you’ve never used this kind of technology before — which appears to be the target market for Meta VR Glasses. Of course, there’s a work capability too; you can mirror your Mac or PC into this virtual space, either wirelessly or via USB-C.

On the other hand, the device’s $1,299.99 price tag — more than a solid TV and Blu-ray player combined — might be a deterrent to the average consumer who hasn’t yet dipped their toe into VR. That is, unless Meta plans to roll out highly involved tech demos for every potential buyer. The only way to be remotely convinced of the technology is to experience it for yourself, which a re-creation on a flat screen (say, a YouTube video) can’t fully convey. There’s a candy store feeling to wearing one of these and turning around to see a fully (or semi) rendered space behind you, waiting to be filled.

There are kinks that still need to be worked out by launch, like the glare from light sources behind you leaking into your field of view (perhaps the one downside to opening up those goggles), but a head tilt here or there can probably solve that issue. Also not part of the tech demo was the ability to re-orient where exactly in your horizontal field of view a given screen appears, but this was something Meta’s engineers demonstrated for us on the fly, with the promise that we’d eventually be able to do it ourselves. Much like legs in the Metaverse, it’s coming, baby.

Look, it can be hard to trust big tech in our increasingly dystopian world, and who knows what data this particular chapter of the company will try to harness or sell. But the lineup of streaming services and viewing features on offer makes Meta VR Glasses one of the more intriguing developments in the field if you’re unsure about stepping into virtual spaces. Compared to existing devices on the market, the openness of the design — which still allows you to peek out from time to time and go back to the real world pretty easily — makes for the kind of compromise that fence-sitters like myself might just be able to accept. If nothing else, it’s more convenient, and slightly less embarrassing, than buying a scalped IMAX ticket on eBay.

Meta Connect 2026 – Everything Announced

Just a week after the Steam Frame presented Valve’s vision for VR gaming, Meta is took the stage at Meta Connect 2026.

Rather than a followup to the Meta Quest 3, Meta debuted the Meta VR Glasses, which is super thin and light VR headset that you wear on your face like a regular pair of glasses. The focus on those seems to be professional work and watching movies, but Meta did confirm that there were new VR games coming to the platform. Plus, the entire Meta Quest library will work on the new glasses, though you might have to buy controllers to actually play them.

Oh yeah and apparently James Cameron loves the Meta VR Glasses

Beyond the new VR headset, the majority of the event focused on updates to Meta’s lineup of smart glasses. While the existing Ray-Ban Meta glasses will be getting a new generation, Meta also announced Audio Glasses, camera-less smart glasses that are focused on delivering high-end audio.

Of course all of this is built to work with AI, and Meta is going to pair all of it with Muse, its new AI agent. It seems like you will be able to customise Muse quite a bit, but at least based on the live demos, it seems a little rough around the edges. But, that’s of course something that Meta can improve over time.

Meta Connect 2026 Live Blog

All times are in EDT

7:59pm: And that’s the show. We got a whole bunch of smart glasses and a genuinely fascinating VR headset. Again, if they’re able to figure out light bleed, the Meta VR Glasses seem awesome. I just hope that it’s not too aggressive about shoving VR features in your face.

7:58pm: Of course Zuckerberg has a ‘one more thing’, which is ‘Muse Charm’ a handheld AI companion, that you’ll be able to keep in your pocket. This kind of thing has been done a dozen times at this point, though, and it’s hard to imagine the point when you can do the same work on your phone.

7:56pm: Now the real question. The Meta VR Glasses will come out in Spring 2027, and are going to cost $1,299. That’s expensive, for sure, but it is a pretty unique device.

7:54pm: The Meta VR Glasses will also support hologram calling. You’ll be able to call other users, and appear as a full-bodied hologram.

7:51pm: There are actually games coming for this thing! There will be 20 new hands-only VR games coming out, and it also supports the entire Quest library with optional controllers. The Meta store will have a bunch of streaming apps going live later this year, from Disney+ to HBO Max and Hulu. There will also be sports events natively on the Meta VR Glasses.

7:50pm: There’s a live demo, where someone is watching some National Geographic nature documentary. He then brings up his workpace, with the obligatory AI assistant. This one is a test pilot. He then gives a bunch of commands to Muse, and it legitimately takes it 20 seconds to respond. There will probably be more polish before it actually hits store shelves, though.

7:45pm: Of course, the Meta VR Glasses are built for Muse. The AI agent has been built straight into the OS, and you can use speech and gestures to get the agent to perform tasks for you. Or, you can just use your hands as a mouse or even type on it. Zuckerberg claims someone has already managed to reach over 100 wpm on the glasses.

7:43pm: The trailer suggests that the Meta VR Glasses will have the same kind of gesture-based controls as the Apple Vision Pro. A lot of the talk is about image quality. It supports DisplayPort over USB-C, too. It has apparently even inspired James Cameron.

7:41pm: This is going to be a new kind of VR device, in a form factor that’s a pair of glasses “for the first time ever.” They’ve apparently been sitting among the shelves full of AI glasses the whole time. Meta VR Glasses. Again, I’m super curious how these perform, but they weigh just 100g, 1/5th the weight of the Meta Quest 3. “About the weight of a deck of cards.”

7:40pm: Meta has an update for the Ray-Ban Meta display glasses, and it sounds like availability has opened up. They’re going to be available to buy online, and will even launch globally. But there’s one more pair of glasses that Zuckerberg wants to show off, and he mentioned Reality Labs. Finally, some VR hardware.

7:31pm: Meta is introducing audio glasses, that will not have cameras, but are instead focused on delivering high-quality open audio. And they also look a lot thinner, and more like actual glasses. Meta is also updating the entire smart glasses lineup with Meta Ray-Ban Gen 3 smart glasses. They’ll have thinner frames, better battery life and Dolby Atmos spatial audio capture. The latter will let the glasses pinpoint where in the room the audio was coming from.

7:28pm: Hearing Enhancement will turn Meta’s smart glasses into an “FDA-cleared over-the-counter hearing aid.”

7:25pm: Now he’s talking about security, debuting Muse Security VM, which will store your information on a private virtual machine that Meta supposedly won’t have access to. But with Meta’s reputation, I’m not sure if I’d trust that Meta won’t have access to the data.

7:22pm: Zuckerberg has started a second live demo, and this time he’s wearing smart glasses. It finds him a free slot on his calendar. But it’s not just about professional work, but will apparently help you with health and fitness, too.

7:19pm: Now for the live demo. Zuckerberg pulls up his phone, compliments Muse’s toga (really), who then asks him what they’re going to build. He then describes a project and Muse says like it’ll work on it, but Zuckerberg naturally puts down the phone before any of the results are actually displayed. But while he doesn’t show off the results of Muse’s work, he does walk us through changing the agent’s voice to sound more like a cowboy.

7:17pm: Mark Zuckerberg is back on the stage in front of “a whole room full of smartglasses to show us today”. Each of them will apparently be able to let you interact with Muse wherever you are. He mentions that two billion people already have glasses, and seems to think most of them will upgrade to smart glasses apparently.

7:13pm: Muse is going to help you with online shopping, too. Meta is building partnerships with platforms like Shopify and PayPal to let Muse buy things online. I’m skeptical of giving a robot access to my debit card, but hopefully Meta will actually safeguard privacy and data security. It’ll even be able to buy food for you on Doordash.

7:09pm: Alexander Wang, Chief AI Officer at Meta has taken the stage to talk more about Muse. It looks like you’ll be able to customize the way your Muse looks, Wang changed his to look like his dog Euler. It looks like you’ll be able to have Muse fill out documents for you, and can drive any app on your Mac. He emphasizes that this will only be with your explicit permission.

7:05pm: After a long speech about how Meta is popular because it believes in people, Zuckerberg has said that the future of that endeavor is in Muse, which is an AI agent. It is cute, though. Muse will be able to create custom feeds of content for you. But Zuckerberg claims that Muse will be able to make you money, and will be making the agent free for “a large amount of tokens” with the hope that Meta will be able to make a portion of transactions that are processed through Muse.

7:00pm: The show has begun with a live demo of someone working on code and design documents in a VR space. Then there’s a call, with a person popping up in the middle of the screen with some seriously lagging audio. Mark Zuckerberg has taken the stage to talk about the technology that makes ‘creating’ possible. He says “we at Meta, we’re optimists, we believe in the power of people.” I just wish he would take those glasses off.

6:58pm: We’ve now moved from a zoomed-out Meta logo to a zoomed in one with a timer. The show is truly about to begin.

6:50pm: The show officially starts in 10 minutes, and the stream has gone from a still Meta logo to a slightly animated one with ambient music playing in the background. At least Apple’s events have a better soundtrack.

6:30pm: We’re 30 minutes out, and I’m still hoping Meta at least teases a Quest 4 headset.

6:00pm: If the leaks and rumors are to be believed, the headline device this year is going to be a sort of VR headset, but instead of it being closed off like the Steam Frame or the Meta Quest 3, it’ll be worn similarly to regular glasses, but with traditional VR optics built into them. If that’s true, I have serious doubts about how Meta would stop light from leaking in.

5:30pm: Meta Connect 2026 officially starts in about an hour and a half. I’m already bracing myself for a heaping of AI features. But, hopefully we’ll get some cool hardware too.

Jacqueline Thomas

Senior Tech Editor

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Watch AI-Controlled Orks Wipe the Floor With 2 Developers Playing Space Marines in Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War 4

When developers show off their games, they tend to defeat the enemy AI in spectacular fashion. But that’s exactly the opposite of what happens in the gameplay King Art Games just released for its upcoming real-time strategy game Warhammer 40,000: Dawn of War 4.

In the video, below, creative director Jan Theysen and senior game designer Elliott Verbiest team up against Hard AI Orks in a 2v2 Team Skirmish PvE battle. These two developers have been at the helm of pretty much all the Dawn of War 4 battlefield report videos released so far. But those previous gameplay videos focus on PvP; this time, Theysen and Verbiest join forces to face the enemy AI — and they decide to go up against hard mode.

The video shows two matches, the first of which goes so spectacularly badly for the poor developers that they suffer defeat in just over four minutes. They declare that a practice round — mere training before the second match, in which the pair promise they’re “locked in.” They also increase the number of Victory Points needed to help extend the length of the match… just in case.

Well, that didn’t help either. The brutal, overwhelming Orks stomp all over the Emperor’s finest, delivering the kind of sweeping beatdown befitting of a Waaagh! Theysen and Verbiest do their best to keep pace with capturing points and objectives, but are unable to fend off wave after wave of attacks even with auto reinforce of their units on. Behind in Victory Points and starved of resources, Theysen and Verbiest have to way to generate a response army to fight back when the Orks make a push towards their base.

“I think I have to have a stern word with our coders about the hard mode difficulty,” Theysen jokes as he realises the Space Marines are done for. “I mean it’s supposed to be hard but also the boss is supposed to win!”

“I have no doubt that players will come back to us within like a few weeks of launch and tell us, ‘Actually we’ve managed to beat this within two days,’ Verbiest adds.

“I’m pretty sure that the people in the comments will discuss our shortcomings!” Theysen concludes.

This second match and the video itself ends unceremoniously: with Theysen hitting the surrender button before the Orks deliver the final blow. “This might be the second loss in a row which tells you two things,” he says. “First of all, we are not that good at our own game. And also the AI is pretty strong.

“This is a surrender. It was an honor playing with you, but we didn’t make it. Maybe next time. See you soon. Bye.”

And that’s that. The second match lasted 13 minutes, which is a lot better than the first, but clearly not what Theysen and Verbiest were hoping for. I actually really enjoyed the video, not only because it offers a first look at two-player co-op against the enemy AI, but because it shows how confident the developers are in the game itself. They could have thrown that gameplay out and recorded a new match on normal difficulty, or even tried hard AI again, and again, until they secured a win. But no, they wanted fans to see what Dawn of War 4 looks like as it stands today — warts and all — even if that means the developers aren’t covered in glory in the process.

It seems fans have responded well to the video too. “Pretty cool that you guys showed the defeat and how hard the AI can be. Quite interesting!” one person said in the YouTube comments. “I will never do hard in a Warhammer game Orks just nuke you,” another person, clearly familiar with the way Orks work, offered.

Dawn of War 4 hits PC on December 3, 2026. I think I’m going to stick with normal difficulty!

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Avengers Doomsday Questions After Endgame Encore Release

Marvel is about to release Avengers: Endgame Encore in theaters. Not only is this a chance to rewatch the climax of the Infinity Saga on the big screen again, it also gives fans several new scenes to chew on. Each of these scenes is meant to create connective tissue with Avengers: Doomsday and lay the groundwork for the debut of Robert Downey, Jr.’s Doctor Doom.

Those scenes have now leaked onto the Internet ahead of Endgame Encore’s release [Note – we’re pretty confident these leaks are genuine, but you can never be 100% sure in the age of AI.]. And there’s definitely a lot of food for thought here. We see key TVA figures reacting to the impending collapse of the multiverse and Doom himself kicking off some sort of recruiting spree. These scenes raise more questions than they answer about the plot of Doomsday, so let’s break down what we do and don’t know right now.

Avengers: Doomsday Trailer: First Look at Doctor Doom

What Does Doom Want With Hulk?

In what is easily the most intriguing new addition to Endgame, we get a scene focused on Mark Ruffalo’s Bruce Banner set in the aftermath of Spider-Man: Brand New Day. Banner has clearly seen better days, as he’s still recovering from the physical and psychological trauma of being hijacked by Sadie Sink’s Jean Grey. He’s desperate to reassert control over his Hulk persona, and so he’s locked himself deep in an underground bunker to test a new “gamma suppression system.”

But no sooner does Banner begin his test than the lights flicker and a certain armored villain makes his presence known. We hear (but don’t see) Downey’s Doom, who proclaims “I’ve come to collect you.” Both men then vanish, leaving only a glowing green rune on the ground (similar to the ones left when Asgardians travel on the Rainbow Bridge).

So the obvious question here is what Doom wants with Banner. He seems to be building some sort of team, but to what end? Is he more interested in Banner’s brains or Hulk’s brawn? We’d guess the former, as past movies have already set up the character as a voice of authority in the growing multiverse crisis. And judging from the Doomsday trailers and the fact that Doom can deflect Thor’s mighty Stormbreaker with ease, we doubt he’s in need of any extra muscle.

Is Doom assembling his own team of Avengers here? If so, what other characters might he be recruiting? Is it possible he’s building a version of the Illuminati as a brain trust to deal with Incursions? In the lead-up to the 2015 Secret Wars comic, the Illuminati also included members like Iron Man, Mister Fantastic, Beast, Namor, Black Panther, and Black Bolt. Doom himself wasn’t a member of that team, but he was working toward similar goals and forged his own alliances. Will the MCU Doom seek these heroes out on Earth-616?

Or is Doom planning for a post-multiverse future here? We have to wonder if Downey’s character has already given up on saving reality as it currently exists and is building his Battleworld contingency plan. Perhaps he wants Banner to serve as one of the barons on Battleworld (a role that a version of Hulk did fill in the comic).

Whatever the case, it seems that Ruffalo has a bigger part to play in Avengers: Doomsday than we realized. Ruffalo wasn’t even part of the initial cast chair announcement. But if there’s one takeaway from Avengers: Endgame Encore, it’s that Doomsday’s cast is going to be even bigger than we thought.

Why Is the Multiverse Collapsing?

Another new scene shows us the current state of things at the TVA, as Mr. Mobius (Owen Wilson), Casey (Eugene Cordero), and Ouroboros (Ke Huy Quan) confront the rapidly deteriorating situation with the multiverse. They can only watch their charmingly low-res computer displays as worlds begin colliding and some Earths declare all-out war on each other. By the end of the scene, it’s reported that no fewer than 3000 Incursions are happening simultaneously. One of those looks to be Earth-10005, the home of Fox’s X-Men.

This scene makes it clear that, even with Marvel pivoting away from Jonathan Majors’ Kang the Conqueror as the central villain of the Multiverse Saga, the Loki series is going to be an important precursor to Doomsday. That series chronicled the rebirth of the multiverse and placed Tom Hiddleston’s redeemed Loki at the heart of creation. But no sooner has the multiverse been restored than it’s started to come apart at the seams.

Why is that, exactly? What’s the root cause of the multiverse’s collapse and the threat of Incursions? Why does it seem to be happening all at once rather than gradually? Is this why Doom is suddenly making his presence known on Earth-616?

This scene may hold an important clue. Early on, we hear TVA mascot Miss Minutes (Tara Strong) reminding her employees that it’s essential for all beings to remain within their home universes for the sake of existence. Unfortunately, there’s one pivotal character who doesn’t seem to have followed the rules.

What Is Loki Doing at Steve and Peggy’s House?

Endgame Encore puts the heartwarming ending of the original Endgame in a very different context. This time, the film lingers longer with the dancing Steve Rogers (Chris Evans) and Peggy Carter (Hayley Atwell), as a tender kiss is interrupted by a knock at the door. Steve quickly hides while Peggy answers, only to realize the person at the door is none other than Loki.

We can infer from Loki’s TVA attire that this is a version of the character from sometime in the middle of the Loki series. He’s committed to the TVA’s mission, but hasn’t yet taken his place atop the multiversal throne. And echoing Miss Minutes’ warning broadcast, we can only assume that Loki has come to tell Steve that he’s violating the laws of existence by travelling back in time to be with Peggy.

That said, we don’t think Loki is there to force Steve to return to his rightful place and time. Obviously, Steve has remained MIA in the present-day MCU ever since journeying back in time with the Infinity Stones. And we know from the very first Doomsday trailer that Steve and Peggy remain together long enough to raise a baby together. By the time Steve does reunite with the Avengers in Doomsday, he’s clearly older and sporting his beard again.

So what exactly is Loki’s intention here? Has he found some loophole that will allow Steve to remain in the past with Peggy? If so, why is he so committed to letting one man violate the basic laws of the TVA? Is it just his way of thanking Steve for helping to restore the lives Thanos took?

Most importantly, does this mean Captain America is the catalyst causing all these Incursions? Given Miss Minutes’ ominous warning, we have to assume that Steve’s decision to do something for himself for a change has cost the multiverse dearly.

Hot Toys Avengers: Doomsday Victor von Doom Figure

What Is the Significance of Doom’s Armor?

Avengers: Endgame Encore wraps with one final addition to the original film. Endgame originally had no post-credits scenes (a rarity for the MCU, to be sure). All it had to offer fans who stuck around through the credits was the sound of a hammer striking metal, a callback to Downey’s Tony Stark forging his original suit of armor in 2008’s Iron Man.

But here again, Encore presents this ending in a very different context. This version ends with that same sound, but this time we see Doom forging his metal mask. It’s a fun way of subverting the original Endgame, and it almost tricks you into believing that introducing Doom was the plan way back in 2019.

Apart from ending Encore on a fitting note, this scene does highlight one particular question. What is the actual significance of Doom’s armor? Why is he wearing it in the first place? We can see from the trailers and the aforementioned Hulk scene that Doom is gifted with immense magical abilities, so why is it so important that he also be decked out in a technologically advanced suit?

In the comics, of course, Doom used the armor to hide his scarred face. Is he masking similar injuries here? Based on one of the Doomsday posters and Vanessa Kirby’s dialogue in the second trailer, we’re assuming Doom is also mourning the deaths of his family. Does the armor somehow tie back to that tragedy? The presence of a sash on his left arm (a relic of his late wife?) certainly seems to suggest so.

Answers to these questions will have to wait until Avengers: Doomsday hits theaters on December 18. Until then, let us know your theories about the new Avengers: Endgame Encore footage in the comments below.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

PS5 SSDs, Xbox and Nintendo Gift Cards, and LEGO Star Wars

It’s officially Fall, and that means we’re only a couple of weeks away from Amazon’s Prime Big Deal Days and a couple of months away from Black Friday. But if you don’t want to wait that long, incredible deals on gaming PCs, PS5 SSDs, and more are happening today. We’re also in the final few days of the Nintendo Customer Appreciation Sale, so be sure to pick up all the discounted physical Switch games.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for September 23

Take a scroll through today’s top discounts, and find out more below:

Discounted 1TB and 2TB PS5 SSDs

Verbatim 1TB Vi7000 PCIe NVMe M.2 2280 Internal SSD

0

Includes 2 year limited warranty

Verbatim 2TB Vi7000 PCIe NVMe M.2 2280 Internal SSD

0

Includes 2 year limited warranty

SSD prices keep skyrocketing, but if you’re after some semblance of a deal, grab either the Verbatim 1TB or 2TB SSD at Walmart. These PS5-compatible PCIe Gen4 x4 SSDs with an M.2 2280 form factor already have an aluminum heatsink installed, a must for the PS5’s toasty slot. Both also far exceed the minimum sequential read speed requirements of the console, hitting up to 7,000MB/s. For added peace of mind, it looks like a 2-year limited warranty even comes with both drives.

$170 in Nintendo eShop Gift Cards for $150

Includes $20 Nintendo eShop Gift Card

Nintendo eShop $150 Gift Card

0

When you buy a $150 Nintendo eShop Gift Card on Newegg, you get a bonus $20 eShop Gift Card, no code needed. While you can use these gift cards to buy digital games, DLC, online memberships, and in-game currency in the eShop, those funds can be added to your account to purchase hardware and physical games from the Nintendo Store, too. If you’re looking to pick up anything from Nintendo, it’s an incredible way to save. Maybe you even want to grab the new Switch 2 + Mario Kart World bundle?

$115 in Xbox Gift Cards for $100

Includes $15 Xbox Gift Card

Xbox $100 Gift Card

0

The Nintendo eShop Gift Card isn’t the only gift card deal on Newegg. You can also snag a $100 Xbox Gift Card, which includes a $15 Xbox Gift Card while supplies last. After you receive it and add it to your Microsoft account, it can be used to buy games, apps, DLC, hardware, accessories, subscriptions, and more. It’s not just for Xbox either; it works at the Microsoft Store and Windows. If you haven’t picked up the GTA VI preorder, it’s also one way to save.

Save $24 on the LEGO U-Wing Star Fighter

Kohl’s Rewards Members Only

LEGO Star Wars Rebel U-Wing Starfighter

0

Join Kohl’s Rewards for free to get this deal

Pick up a LEGO U-Wing Star Fighter for just $45.99 at Kohl’s. All you need is a free Kohl’s Rewards Account and the code TOYS10 to get an extra $10 off $50, and yes, this code works on LEGO. If you have a Kohl’s near you where you can pick up the order, you’ll get an extra $5 off. Be sure to check out more LEGO sets on sale here. As for the U-Wing Star Fighter, it features 594 pieces, four mini-figures, and the iconic ship complete with the distinctive ‘V’ formation flight mode.

See additional LEGO deals below:

LEGO Smart Brick Not Included

LEGO Star Wars SMART Play: Millennium Falcon (#75426)

0

LEGO Sonic the Hedgehog Sonic: Speedster Lightning

0

LEGO Fortnite Durrr Burger Restaurant

0

Save $500 on Acer Nitro 85 RTX 5070 and More Discounted Gaming PCs

Acer Nitro 85 AMD Ryzen 7 8700F RTX 5070 Gaming PC (16GB/1TB)

0

It’s GeForce Week at Walmart, and that means a whole bunch of gaming PCs have received solid discounts, including the Acer Nitro 85 RTX 5070. It’s down $500 to $1,399. The GPU alone is going for $700 or more these days. Then add the AMD Ryzen 7 8700F CPU, 16GB of DDR5 RAM, and a 1TB M.2 SSD, and you’ve got a killer 1080p and 1440p gaming PC.

Of course, that’s not the only gaming PC deal; check out even more highlights from the sale below:

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution Pitch Black ETB Restocked on Amazon

Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Elite Trainer Box

0

The Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution Pitch Black Elite Trainer Box is back in stock on Amazon and going for $77.37. Is it at MSRP? No, but it’s right around market value, shipped and sold by Amazon. Inside the box are 9 Boosters, a full-art foil promo card featuring Zarude, 65 card sleeves, 40 Pokémon TCG Energy cards, a player’s guide, and more.

Super Mario Galaxy for $49 and More Physical Switch Game Deals

Super Mario Galaxy + Super Mario Galaxy 2 – Switch

0

A game cartridge of Super Mario Galaxy + Super Mario Galaxy 2 for Switch is still down to $49 for Nintendo’s Customer Appreciation Sale. With this game package, you are essentially getting two for the price of one. Both Super Mario Galaxy and Super Mario Galaxy 2 received rave reviews when they first launched on the Wii. These updated versions add UI improvements, a new in-game music player, and the ability to play using buttons and sticks or motion controls. There’s also a boosted resolution that goes up to 4K on Switch 2 with a free update, while Rosalina’s in-game storybook has some interesting new pages.

That’s not the only physical Switch game deal worth grabbing. Below are a few more top options to consider adding to your collection:

Disney and Star Wars Bookcessories Already Discounted

Bookcessories: Tiny Book of Sith

0

Bookcessories: Tiny Book of Winnie the Pooh

0

A new Disney Bookcessories collection from Insight Edition just launched and is already discounted on Amazon. Part tiny book and part matching themed key chain case, these adorable little accessories are designed to go with you anywhere. The books measure just 1.34” x 1.73” but still feature images, quotes, and more, while the character book case is made of durable PVC and comes with a clip. Right now, you can pick up three Star Wars-themed and six Disney-themed bookcessories. Below are all the available options:

PNY Nvidia GeForce RTX 5070 OC 12GB GDDR7 GPU for $679

PNY NVIDIA GeForce RTX™ 5070 OC Triple Fan 12GB GDDR7, SFF-Ready, 2.4-Slot

1

Walmart has a PNY Nvidia GeForce RTX 5070 OC 12GB GDDR7 GPU for $679. Admittedly, calling this a deal is a bit of a stretch since it’s well above MSRP, but it’s one of the best prices on a GeForce RTX 5070 in the current market. This midrange GPU offers solid performance gains over its predecessor, especially with the DLSS 4 support. It’s an excellent option for high-frame-rate 1440p and 1080p gaming. Read IGN’s full review to find out more. You can also pick up the PNY Nvidia GeForce RTX 5070 Ti OC 16GB GDDR7 for $999, which is the best deal I’ve found on that GPU in a while.

Get 7 Games for $15 with IGN Humble Bundle

IGN 30th Anniversary Bundle

1

Games: The Elder Scrolls Online – Elsweyr, Remnant II, BlazBlue Entropy Effect, Ravenswatch, Subnautica, Thronebreaker: The Witcher Tales, and Sonic Adventure 2

IGN has its own Humble Bundle to celebrate our 30th anniversary, and it’s now live. For just $15, this collection includes a bunch of heavy hitters, from The Elder Scrolls Online – Elsweyr to Remnant II. You also get BlazBlue Entropy Effect, Ravenswatch, Subnautica, Thronebreaker: The Witcher Tales, and Sonic Adventure 2. That’s a total of seven games, and all are easily redeemable on Steam.

Save Almost $800 on a Lenovo Legion Go S – Ryzen Z1 Extreme (SteamOS)

Legion Go S Ryzen Z1 Extreme/SteamOS (32GB/1TB)

1

The Lenovo Legion Go S unfortunately got a serious price hike a few months ago. However, you can pick up an Open Box – Excellent condition AMD Ryzen Z1 Extreme and SteamOS model with 32GB of RAM and 1TB SSD for just $800. A new one is also available for $999.99, still over $500 off its current list price. This particular model is a top SteamOS handheld gaming PC, and IGN’s PC hardware expert Jackie Thomas even gave it an “Amazing” 9/10 rating in her review. With the Steam Deck seeing a massive price increase and limited availability, it’s an incredible alternative.

Pay Just $6 for Hogwarts Legacy on Switch

Hogwarts Legacy – Switch

0

A digital version of Hogwarts Legacy for Switch is down to just $5.99 on Nintendo. Sure, it may struggle a bit on the Switch, but the open-world RPG plays exceptionally well on the Switch 2, especially if you buy the $10 upgrade pack after you own it. Scoring an “Amazing” 9/10 in IGN’s review, Travis Northup found that Hogwarts Legacy “captures all the excitement and wonder of the Wizarding World with its memorable new characters, challenging and nuanced combat, and a wonderfully executed Hogwarts student fantasy that kept me glued to my controller for dozens of hours.” For $6, there’s not much to lose.

You can also pick up digital Switch 2 versions of Final Fantasy games cheaply at Nintendo right now. Check them out below:

Get 26% Off a Silent Hill: Townfall Steam Code

Preorder – Out September 24

SILENT HILL: Townfall – Steam Code

0

The latest in the Silent Hill franchise, Townfall, is out this week, just in time for spooky season. If you’re looking to play it on PC, a Steam code from Fanatical is 25% off. IGN has already posted the review, giving it a “Great” 8/10 rating. Reviewer Tristan Ogilvie found: “Silent Hill: Townfall feels like Konami’s seminal survival horror series returning to what it does best. Its atmosphere is oppressively ominous, its central mystery is genuinely compelling to unravel and packed with themes that feel fresh, and its army of disfigured demons is exhilarating to both encounter and evade.

Xbox Wireless Controller + $50 Xbox Gift Card Bundle for $80

Xbox Wireless Controller + $50 Xbox Gift Card Bundle

0

Score IGN’s top PC controller, the Xbox Wireless Controller, and a $50 Xbox Gift Card for just $79.99 on Newegg. That essentially makes the controller just $29.99. It’s the same controller that comes bundled with the XSX and features a familiar design, a responsive D-pad, a 3.5mm audio jack, a textured grip, and simple button mapping in the Xbox app. Expect a seamless wireless connection to the console or PC via Bluetooth, or a wired USB-C connection. As for the gift card, it gets added to your Microsoft account for purchasing games, apps, DLC, hardware, subscriptions, and more from the Microsoft Store, Windows, and Xbox. You can even use it towards a Grand Theft Auto VI preorder.

Danielle Abraham

Freelance Writer

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Dexter, Avatar, and Star Trek

New York Comic Con is less than a month away, and now one major streamer’s plans for the event are coming into focus.

IGN can exclusively reveal that fan-favorite series Dexter: Resurrection, Avatar: Seven Havens, and Star Trek: Starfleet Academy will be part of the Paramount+ lineup when New York Comic Con returns October 8-11. At the event, con-goers can catch first looks, cast conversations, and exclusive reveals from all three series.

Dexter: Resurrection

Dexter: Resurrection Season 2 Panel

Thursday, October 8, 12:30-2:00pm ET

Main Stage

The cast and creative team behind Dexter: Resurrection will be on hand to celebrate the franchise’s landmark 20th anniversary and give an exclusive look at the upcoming second season. The panel will include Michael C. Hall, Uma Thurman, James Remar, Jack Alcott, Bokeem Woodbine and Krysten Ritter, as well as showrunner and executive producer Clyde Phillips and executive producers Scott Reynolds and Marcos Siega. The conversation will be moderated by Josh Horowitz.

Additionally, Paramount+ will be presenting a limited-time (October 9-11) immersive Dexter 20th Anniversary Museum Experience at Chelsea Industrial, which will feature iconic props, immersive recreations, interactive experiences, and photo moments spanning the franchise’s 20-year history.

You can reserve free tickets, with a standby line also available daily. The experience will also host an onsite blood drive with New York Blood Center, with appointments available here.

Avatar: Seven Havens

Avatar: Seven Havens Panel

Friday, October 9, 11:15am-12:15pm ET
Main Stage

Fans of the Four Nations can unite for the ultimate celebration of Avatar: Seven Havens on the day it premieres. Featuring executive producers Michael Dante DiMartino, Bryan Konietzko, Ethan Spaulding, and Sehaj Sethi plus cast members Saheli Khan (“Pavi”), Aishu Devan (“Nisha”), and Major Curda (“Jae”), the panel will be moderated by original voice of Korra, Janet Varney, and will give fans in attendance an exclusive look at the making of the series along with news about what’s next for the Avatar Legends Universe.

Attendees will also be able to put their bending skills to the test at the Paramount+ booth, which will be Avatar Legends–themed and feature photo opportunities and swag, including exclusive footwear in collaboration with Reebok.

Meanwhile, Paramount Games will host a special Avatar Legends: The Fighting Game event at OS: NYC on Friday, October 9. The event will feature Avatar Legends activations, including a Four Nations Food Cart, a high-stakes Avatar Legends: The Fighting Game tournament with special prizes, giveaways and more.

Star Trek: Starfleet Academy

Star Trek Universe Panel

Saturday, October 10, 3:15-4:15pm ET
Empire Stage

The Paramount+ original series Star Trek: Starfleet Academy heads to NYCC for an exclusive sneak peek and conversation about the upcoming second season. Panelists include series star Holly Hunter, plus Sandro Rosta, Bella Shepard, Karim Diané, and Robert Picardo along with co-showrunners and executive producers Alex Kurtzman and Noga Landau.

Additionally, the panel will celebrate Star Trek’s 60th anniversary and feature a special conversation with William Shatner, the legendary actor behind Captain James T. Kirk.

For full coverage of New York Comic Con, be sure to follow IGN for all of the biggest news, announcements, and reveals when the event kicks off October 8.

Michael Peyton

Global Head of Partnerships

Michael is Global Head of Partnerships at IGNE, where he leads all 3rd party partnerships across games and entertainment studios, including for tentpole events lilke IGN Live, San Diego Comic Con, gamescom, and IGN Fan Fest. He’s spent 20 years working in the games and entertainment industry, and his adventures have taken him everywhere from the Oscars to Japan to Buenos Aires, Argentina. Follow him on Bluesky @MichaelPeyton

Scrapped GTA 5 Story DLC Might Have Taken the Series Overseas for the First Time in 15 Years

Grand Theft Auto 5’s story DLC was seemingly going to take players to Paris, if leaked footage is anything to go by.

Last week, a slew of files and assets from GTA 5 surfaced online. This leak showed off variety of cut content, prompting Rockstar to take action and issue takedowns to creators who were showing it in their videos. One of the most interesting parts of this leak has been seeing all of the scrapped DLC, which includes a Liberty City map expansion.

Fans have also uncovered new information about the game’s fabled story DLC, which was formally announced by Rockstar in 2013 with a 2014 release window in mind. Unfortunately, none of it ever saw the light of day, as Red Dead Redemption 2 and GTA Online became higher priorities. One of the DLCs would’ve followed Trevor assuming the role of a secret agent, tackling dirty jobs for the government and assassinating powerful foes. Much of this was already known, but what fans likely weren’t aware that this DLC was also seemingly going to take players to Paris.

In the leaked files, players were able to look at some of the unfinished levels made for this DLC, and one of them includes some kind of luxury apartment that overlooks Paris. The Eiffel Tower can be seen outside of a balcony, though it’s just a flat image rather than an explorable 3D environment. It’s entirely possible that this apartment would’ve been the extent of the overseas adventure, potentially being used for a cutscene or maybe some kind of assassination mission.

The only other time Grand Theft Auto has taken players overseas was in GTA: London 1969, which was an expansion for the original game released in 1999. Some fans have hoped to see the series go abroad, but the franchise’s former writer and creative director, Dan Houser, suggested that the series wouldn’t work as well outside of America.

“I think for a full GTA game, we always decided there was so much Americana inherent in the IP, it would be really hard to make it work in London or anywhere else,” said Houser in 2025. “You know, you needed guns, you needed these larger-than-life characters. It just felt like the game was so much about America, possibly from an outsider’s perspective. But that was so much about what the thing was that it wouldn’t really have worked in the same way elsewhere.”

GTA 5 4K PC Screens

Trevor actor Steven Ogg has spoken loosely about the scrapped GTA 5 story DLC in the past. He shot some scenes for it, but Rockstar never followed up on the project, and that was the end of it. A former developer estimated that the DLC was about halfway finished when the plug was pulled and was sour about its cancellation.

“It was really really good,” said ex-Rockstar Senior Camera Artist Joe Robino. “But when GTA Online came out, it was so much of a cash cow and people were loving it so much that it was hard to make an argument that a standalone DLC would outcompete that. I think looking back now you could probably do both. But that was a business decision they made. I was a little upset about that. That actually was a lot of the reason for me being a little sour at that time. Because I was like yo, WTF guys? This s**t’s awesome. Let’s keep going. Let’s finish this s**t.”

With GTA 6 on the horizon, it seems unlikely we’ll ever see this DLC revived, but some of it was salvaged into GTA Online updates like The Doomsday Heist.

Cade Onder

Freelance Writer

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

George Lucas Had ‘3 More Star Wars to Make’ Before Deciding to Retire From Movies

George Lucas planned three more Star Wars movies before he ultimately decided to retire, with Disney taking up the franchise instead.

Lucas has, over the years, occasionally discussed having nebulous ideas for his own Star Wars sequel trilogy, though nothing concrete was set in motion before he sold the series to Disney for $4 billion back in 2012. The filmmaker has also made conflicting statements over the past 50 years over whether he ever had ideas for a third trilogy of stories in the first place.

Still, Lucas has now referenced an abandoned desire to complete what has become known as the “Skywalker Saga” — all nine main Star Wars films — though Lucas has said he had to choose between creating those and working on his newly-opened museum.

How Much Every Star Wars Movie Made Opening Weekend

“When I did this, I decided to retire from making movies,” Lucas said of creating The Lucas Museum of Narrative Art, in conversation with CBS. “Which was a big deal because I had three more Star Wars to make.

“But I realized that I was running out of time,” he continued, “and I did want to make this museum, and I’d spent a lot of time developing digital technology for the movie business. You know, all art depends on technology.”

Lucas’ early plans for the Star Wars sequel trilogy changed dramatically over time, with ideas that it would feature a sister for Luke Skywalker and an ultimate showdown with Emperor Palpatine reworked into Return of the Jedi. By the 1980s, Lucas realized the sheer scale of the story, and elected to make just the main trilogy.

Of course, Lucas did eventually go on to write and direct the prequel trilogy, to greater and lesser success, but this experience reportedly soured him against continuing the Star Wars saga further. By the time of the 1990s, after nine years of production on the Star Wars prequels, Lucas sounded particularly unenthused at the prospect of another decade making movies.

“Basically what I said as a joke was, ‘Maybe when Harrison and Carrie are in their 70s, we’ll come back and do another version,'” Ford told Starlog magazine in 2002. “The thing I didn’t realize then, and that I do realize now very clearly, is that not only would they be in their 70s, but I would be in my 70s too.”

While Star Wars’ third trilogy was eventually made by Disney, again to greater and lesser success, the Mickey Mouse company still incorporated several ideas that Lucas himself has said he originated. These included plans for its story to be set around 30 years after Return of the Jedi, with an older Mark Hamill, Harrison Ford, and Carrie Fisher all returning. Lucas also had plans for Luke’s role to be “much more ethereal,” potentially on another plane of existence entirely, which doesn’t sound too dissimilar to where Skywalker ends up.

As part of the same interview, Lucas also defended his constant tinkering with the original Star Wars trilogy, which has undergone at least four rounds of changes since its release.

Tom Phillips

News Editor

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Grant Morrison Says Supergirl Was Okay, but He Really Didn’t Like Jason Momoa’s Lobo

Comic book legend Grant Morrison has delivered his verdict on the DC Universe’s Supergirl movie — and in doing so had some choice words for Jason Momoa’s Lobo.

Morrison, whose comic book series All-Star Superman influenced James Gunn’s Superman movie, talked about Supergirl via his Substack, Xanaduum. In the post Morrison said Supergirl “wasn’t terrible but wasn’t especially great either,” and praised Millie Alcock for doing a “credible job” with Kara Zor-El.

So far, so good. But things go downhill from there. Morrison singled out Jason Momoa’s portrayal of Lobo — a role Momoa has said he was the perfect fit for — as “one of the worst performances I’ve ever seen in a film and quite baffling.” Ouch.

DC Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

The anti-hero bounty hunter only appears in Supergirl in a supporting role, despite his prominence in the movie’s marketing in the run up to release. Some have said Lobo feels tacked on to Supergirl due to the fact he only has one scene with Kara. From IGN’s Supergirl review:

The one scene he has with Kara has real reshoot energy. It’s added on to a scene that didn’t need any extra motivation to get to the next scene, nor is he a particularly unique foil for Kara that propels her character in any meaningful way. He just happens to be looking for the same group of guys that Kara and Ruthye are after. The only real added value he gives the movie is a few (admittedly fun) one-liners. And maybe that’s all Lobo needs to be. Ultimately, he shows up to put his immortal stamp of approval on Kara’s actions, but that feels both unnecessary and more than a little pandering, and it leaves me not entirely sure what to do with him.

Morrison went on to say Supergirl falls apart in the second act, criticising the plot for not making sense. Here are his comments on Supergirl in full:

I watched Supergirl, which wasn’t terrible but wasn’t especially great either. All the best and most moving scenes involved Millie Alcock, and I thought she did a credible job. Jason Momoa, who I was actually looking forward to, was very disappointing as Lobo. It was, in fact, one of the worst performances I’ve ever seen in a film and quite baffling, as I know Momoa’s not usually that bad and Lobo seems like a character made for him to play. Go figure. Then the whole plot fell apart in Act 2 — all Supergirl had to do was bring Krypto with her to that yellow sun world, and the sun’s rays would have made the dog invulnerable again, easily able to shake off any toxin. They needn’t have bothered chasing after the dull and low level Romanian gangster baddie, Krem of the Yellow Hills, to get the antidote after all!

As most know, Supergirl suffered a disastrous box office run, making just $126 million from theaters globally. After last year’s Superman, that was a big disappointment for DC Studios, and left some questioning the future of the DCU itself. Gunn’s Superman follow-up, Man of Tomorrow, comes out next year with Alcock reprising her role as Supergirl. But before then the DCU continues with the last two episodes of well-received HBO show Lanterns, and body horror movie Clayface.

In August, Warner Bros. boss David Zaslav said Gunn was “focused on Man of Tomorrow” following the failure of Supergirl, working up to 18-hour days on the forthcoming sequel. Asked about the future of the DCU following Supergirl, Zaslav told investors that the DCU remained on-track, insisting the current slate “feels very good.”

DC Studios co-CEO Peter Safran had previously commented on Supergirl’s box office in an interview with The New York Times: “While Supergirl didn’t meet our box office expectations, it’s just one component of a broader, long-term strategy at DC Studios that we remain confident in,” he said.

As for the future of Momoa’s Lobo, the Aquaman actor has said any Lobo solo movie must be rated R. “It’s all I want and I promise, I do not have any interest in making a PG-13 Lobo movie,” Momoa told Collider in June. “Will he be part of some other movies? If they want me, I’ll be there. But if I make a solo movie, I’m not doing it unless it’s rated R.”

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Star Wars Creator George Lucas Has Defended His Frequent Tweaks to the Series’ Original Movies

Star Wars creator George Lucas has defended his frequent tweaks to the series’ original movies, while acknowledging that “a lot of people got upset” about the changes.

Lucas’ numerous updates to the classic Star Wars trilogy have become a legendary source of debate for fans, with each of Lucas’ many, many subsequent alterations sparking discussion on whether they were advisable or necessary.

The trilogy’s 1997 Special Edition release, which made major alterations and added an array of new CGI effects, was mostly well-received (with one notable exception we’ll get to below). But Lucas has continued to tinker with the movies in the years since. Further changes were made to the movies for their DVD release in 2004, and again for their Blu-ray launch in 2011. More minor adjustments were even made for their Disney+ launch in 2019, over 40 years on from their original debut.

How Much Every Star Wars Movie Made Opening Weekend

Some of these changes are unlikely to register to casual viewers, such as Obi-Wan Kenobi’s shout to scare off the Tusken Raiders on Tatooine (which was changed for the 2004 DVD release, and then again for the 2011 Blu-ray). Others are more technical in nature, fixing color mistakes or improving the appearance of matte backgrounds.

But other edits have sparked significant criticism, such as the changes made to link the original movies with Lucas’ prequel trilogy (such as the digital removal of Anakin Skywalker’s eyebrows for Return of the Jedi’s launch on DVD, or the addition of Hayden Christensen as Anakin’s Force ghost).

And then there’s the infamous ‘who shot first?’ debate in A New Hope’s scene with Han Solo and the bounty hunter Greedo. The identity of who shot first (and the resulting implications this had for Han’s personality) was reversed in the 1997 Special Edition, shortened for the 2004 DVD, shortened further for the 2011 Blu-ray, and even tweaked with new visual effects in a 2019.

Reflecting on the changes now in an interview with CBS, Lucas characterized his edits as him finally getting a chance to complete his stories, after initially having to meet production deadlines.

“Most movies aren’t finished, they’re simply yanked out of your hands and put in the theaters,” Lucas said. “So you’re always saying ‘oh, I wish I could have just finished that one piece of thing.’ But it’s not that way. You have a deadline, you’ve got to make the deadline.

“But then I went back, after Star Wars, and redid all the movies, in terms of finishing them. So that they’re actually finished. And of course, a lot of people got upset about that, because they said ‘you’re not allowed to do that.’ I said ‘fans are doing that. They’re making alternate versions and all kinds of stuff.'”

Of course, it is Lucas’ right to revisit his work however he pleases — and it is also the right of Star Wars fans to have their say in response. But Lucas concluded by mentioning how vociferous the debate around Star Wars has now become. The creator has previously suggested that the negative fan reaction to his changes (and his prequel movies) was a factor in his ultimate decision to sell the franchise to Disney.

“It’s hard to explain to the studios that if you listen to the people who are unhappy, it’s not going to turn out well,” Lucas noted. “It’s going to be sad. Because they’re not people who know how to make movies.”

For those keen to see Star Wars in all its 1977 glory, the original movie will return to theaters (without all of Lucas’ subsequent changes) for a limited release in February 2027, in honor of the film’s 50th anniversary.

Image credit: Stefanie Keenan/Getty Images for Lucas Museum of Narrative Art.

Tom Phillips

News Editor

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Garfield – Escape from Monday Review

If there are two things to know about Garfield, it’s that he loves lasagne and he hates Mondays. So, it should come as no surprise that developer OSome Studio’s rendition of Jim Davis’s beloved cartoon series, Garfield – Escape from Monday, is heavily bound to those two themes. Set across a series of foodie nightmare worlds, this 3D platformer sees the famous tabby kicking veggies and chomping processed snacks to awaken from a fibre-fuelled fugue state. Sadly, like other disappointing cartoon adaptations (such as SpongeBob SquarePants: The Patrick Star Game), this exploration of the food-obsessed feline’s psyche is actually rather dull. Its overly familiar platforming and excessively camera-winking writing make it little more than a dazzling but sarcasm-laden slog.

Escape from Monday kicks off with a toon-shaded Garfield haphazardly shoveling a slice of what he thinks is Jon’s lasagne into his gullet. Once he realizes the meal is actually laden with veggies, he quickly passes out and is transported to an inner world called the Dreamland, which conveniently takes the form of a board-game course reminiscent of Super Mario Galaxy 2. Here, a vegetarian TV chef, knowingly named Monday, has transformed his cheese-and-meat fantasies into approachable, obstacle-filled levels, stocking them with aggressive snacks to boot. With a kick, a jump, and a forward boost in your arsenal, plus a forgiving health bar, you run Garfield through these stages to eventually wake him up.

The story rarely dives deeper than this initial premise, and leaves you with little more to chew on than “bad food is yummy” and “veggies are gross.” I’m not looking for Shakespeare, but it does feel like a wasted opportunity considering how much personality Garfield has in other incarnations (heck, even Bill Murray’s 2004 interpretation had a heart), and how much room there is to have fun with that here. Alas, instead of a sarcastic hero you can root for, Escape from Monday orbits something much worse: an unlikeable cat who delivers a stream of constant complaints until you hit the credits 40-plus levels later.

This one-dimensional attitude grows increasingly grating throughout the roughly 9-hour runtime. Garfield is relentlessly grumbling. When he’s not lamenting his situation, he’s waxing lyrical about the developers, pointing out how certain obstacles or puzzles are repetitive and uninteresting. When his friends appear like expository force ghosts, he continues to disparage them, too. Parading as a PG-13 Deadpool, the meta-humour gradually begins to feel like an excuse, his hypercritical lens intending to lower my own expectations rather than make me laugh.

The most disappointing part of Escape from Monday is the platforming itself.“

As you work your way through the zany levels, you’ll also collect hunks of lasagna that fuel a metagame where you furnish a surreal version of Jon Arbuckle’s apartment. To unlock physical versions of sofas and lampshades, you need to find slices hidden in each level, whilst simultaneously gathering enough snacks to fill an on-screen pressure gauge called the Yum-o-meter. While this technically provides extra goals beyond simply reaching the end, the system ultimately feels like an afterthought, so disconnected from the main game it’s easy to forget about his fantasy apartment altogether – I know I did.

Thankfully, the art style provides a much-needed distraction. Escape from Monday’s aesthetics are delightful, evoking the blocky simplicity of PS1 platformers like Rugrats: Royal Ransom. The Dreamland is split into three themed overworlds – Veggie Nightmare, Sweet Kingdom, and the Barbecue Desert – with each featuring a basic, bullet-hell-lite miniboss to defeat as you bounce toward an edible point of interest. By fusing confectionery with familiar adventure tropes like pirates, farmers, and the western frontier, Escape from Monday cleverly conjures the tone of the classic comic strips. Particular standouts include spinning radish stepping stones, Twizzler grind rails, and ketchup-dressed french fries poking out of rocky mountainscapes.

As you wade deeper into each level, the obstacles also evolve nicely, moving beyond basic wooden platforms and bouncy pillow blocks. Suddenly you have to contend with floating panels of meat that flip with your jumps while angry cobs of corn hurl kernels at your head, as well as giant metal graters that launch you into the air as fire-breathing chilli peppers shower you with flames. The combinations were never enough to make me break a sweat, particularly as one hit will take out nearly any enemy, but you can at least feel the deliberate care behind their placement, and I enjoyed the spectacle nonetheless.

Unfortunately, where the levels steadily build, the tools you’re given to tackle them aren’t quite as compelling. You eventually uncover thematic outfits that grant you unique powers: There’s a Turkey costume that lets you fly temporarily, beachwear that equips you with a surfboard to ride over bodies of water and skate over obstacles, and cowboy garb that supplies you with a lasso to grapple onto horseshoes to swing over ravines. These additions are far from imaginative, and instead of letting you experiment, Escape from Monday is more keen to explicitly tell you when and where to use them. As such, you’re left mindlessly moving towards the finish line for the sake of… completing the level. The only difference now is that you’re wearing a funny hat.

Sarah’s favourite 3D platformers

See All

Still, beyond that lack of any real room for experimentation, the most disappointing aspect of Escape from Monday is the platforming itself. Unlike the grounded movement of It Takes Two or Astrobot, the process of getting Garfield to jump between ledges or kick a rogue zucchini feels more like wading through honey. Sure, the ginger cat is infamous for his overt laziness, but the sluggish action here is at odds with the puzzles around him, and as a result I frequently overshot ledges or prematurely course-corrected due to delayed actions. In early levels, where movement is little more than riding wind gusts or jumping between slowly rotating windmills, it’s easy to overlook. But as the obstacles expand, those unearned mistakes started to get under my skin, particularly as I pushed toward the end.

It’s an issue made worse by the erratic camera, with Escape from Monday frequently leaving it unclear who’s in control of your field of view. During the tutorial, you’re given the impression you’ll have the freedom to rotate its position, but during the actual levels after that, the view snaps and twists at random – frequently right in the middle of tricky maneuvers. On many occasions, while planning my next steps, I encountered an irritating camera icon trapped inside a block, indicating that (for whatever reason) I couldn’t look around the area. With no alternative, the only option was to ignore my inner explorer and continue down the main path.

The saving grace here is that Escape from Monday is at least extremely generous with its checkpoints. Every few steps, your spot will be saved, allowing you to pop back into place ready to try again if you slip off the map. As with the collectibles, the checkpoints feel more like a band-aid, intended to make the experience is totally frictionless rather than actually solving the platforming issues this game so clearly has. They certainly kept me from getting too frustrated, but in doing so, they also distanced me from the actual joy of progress or success.

Brothers Season 1 Review

The first two episodes of Brothers debut on Apple TV on September 23.

Matthew McConaughey and Woody Harrelson are great actors, and the last time they made a series together — the first season of True Detective — it was a triumph. It sure is nice to know that they’re such good friends in real life (friends are great!), but Apple TV’s attempt to capitalize on all of this history via their on-screen reunion in Brothers is a misguided endeavor.

In the new series, McConaughey and Harrelson play themselves, kicking off with Woody and his family going to visit Matthew and his family in Texas. The big hook here — based on something the actors have in fact theorized as a possibility in real life — is that in this fictionalized version of these two celebrities’ lives, Woody discovers he and Matthew might be biological half-brothers thanks to an offhand comment from Matthew’s mom (Holland Taylor).

If you were to lean into the weirdness, you could no doubt deliver something genuinely funny and clever with this basic setup, and we’ve certainly seen some great films and series in which celebrities portray skewed versions of themselves. But Brothers feels notably paper thin in terms of its approach, and doesn’t even fully embrace its premise by examining how this friendship might change thanks to this news. Instead, Woody keeps the potential brother revelation a secret from Matthew, relegating his attempts to find out the truth to a background subplot for the majority of the episodes. The actual bigger ongoing storyline is Matthew deciding to run for Governor of Texas and asking Woody to stick around and help with his campaign, which is never that compelling.

McConaughey and Harrelson co-created Brothers along with two accomplished writers, David West Read (& Juliet, Schitt’s Creek) and Lee Eisenberg (The Office, Jury Duty), with Eisenberg serving as showrunner. Yet from the start, even with the talent involved, it feels like a struggle to sustain the show for even these eight episodes, resulting in some odd shifts along the way and a tangible feeling that those making Brothers were never sure exactly what kind of show this should be.

As far as depicting these guys as an onscreen comedy duo, initially McConaughey is very much given the straight man role, with Woody as his wacky buddy who keeps getting them into trouble, much to Matthew’s chagrin. While the fact that these two guys are famous isn’t ignored, it’s not front and center to them as characters in this series. But then, halfway through the season, there’s a tangible shift where they’re both now depicted as equally clueless celebrities, blind to how the non-acting achievements they like to boast about mainly happened because they were already so well known.

There’s a tangible feeling that those making Brothers were never sure exactly what kind of show this should be.“

There is some simple charm in seeing these two bounce off one another in Brothers’ early episodes, but even that begins to dissipate as time goes on and things get sillier, including plotlines like Matthew and Woody dressing in wacky disguises to perform at a local coffeehouse to prove people will like their (bad) music regardless, or something as notably tired and sitcom-hacky as a “Matthew and Woody both forgot to get their wives Valentine’s Day gifts” episode.

As you might expect, Matthew and Woody definitely know how to play Matthew and Woody well, and of course they have good chemistry together, but it’s rarely being used in an interesting manner. However, as much as it feels strange to portray Matthew McConaughey as relatively straitlaced at all — this is a guy who was once arrested after getting high and playing the bongos naked in the middle of the night after all — the early episodes do give him the strongest acting spotlight of the series, as he does good work playing fictional Matthew’s introspection regarding his late father.

But that brings up a strange feeling that also hangs over this series, which provides Matthew and Woody with fictionalized wives (Natalie Martinez and Brittany Ishibashi play Valentina McConaughey and Joy Harrelson respectively), children (played by a group that includes Oona Yaffe, Highdee Kuan, Nolan Almeida, Ella Grace Helton, and Noah Carganilla), and parents (Holland). Again, this kind of thing has been done before, often successfully; Curb Your Enthusiasm did it for years! But it feels off in Brothers because the show doesn’t have a strong point of view. While there are some laughs, it’s never consistently funny, leaving too much time to ponder real life vs. what’s onscreen. For example, frequent mentions of Woody’s dad — vaguely described in the Brothersverse as a deadbeat jailbird — open a can of worms to the dark and violent crimes committed by the actual Charles Harrelson, which is a whole other thing entirely.

Was there a more fearless and subversively funny way to tackle or deflect from this and other messier aspects of these guys’ lives within the show? Absolutely, but Brothers always goes for the safest and tamest route, and it’s only occasionally entertaining enough to make up for that.

I Just Found Out About a Budget-Friendly Hotel Backed by Hilton That More People Should Know About for the 2026 Holiday Season

Editor’s Note: This article is sponsored by Spark by Hilton.

I don’t know how it happened, but it’s going to be October next week. If you’re like me, you haven’t even begun to plan your holidays quite yet, let alone your Halloween plans. I know I’ll be traveling, but I don’t know when or even where for sure yet. When I finally stop procrastinating and figure things out, I’m going to be looking for the most budget-friendly options for both flights and hotels.

Whether you are planning a solo trip this year, a work trip, a couple’s vacation, or you simply want to opt out of staying at a family or friends’ house for the holidays this year (none of my business), now is the time to start locking down travel plans before prices get too steep.

One popular hotel chain at the top of my go-to list for travel in general is Hilton. As one of the biggest and highly-rated hotels, Hilton can sometimes be a little steep for my budget. However, I’ve had better luck staying at Garden Inns and Hamptons which are also Hilton-owned brands. Now that I know Hilton has another budget-friendly chain called Spark that exists, it’s worth adding to my go-to list, too.

Spark by Hilton seems to bring better overall pricing and perks without sacrificing value. Since it’s connected to Hilton, guests can get the same benefits of booking on Hilton.com (or in the app) via Hilton Honors, with one of the best perks around being free breakfast, of course. And, there are new locations opening every single week.

Spark opened in 2023 and has been continuing to grow ever since. The franchise is all about reliable essentials, efficiency and simplicity. That said, if you like fancy or more luxurious hotel experiences, then Spark probably isn’t for you. If you’re looking for a family-friendly, clean and comfortable stay with all the basics like free Wi-Fi, then I’d recommend checking out Spark.

Hilton Honors’ Members save up to 17% by booking in advance

If you’re a Hilton Honors’ member (it’s free to join) you can look for the “Honors Advance Purchase” rate when booking and get up to 17% off when you book at least 7 days in advance. See offer and full terms here.

Additional ways to save

Just like most big hotel chains, the best way to save is to book directly with the hotel, as you can gather up points and rewards to use. Even if you’ve found a lower rate on another site for the same dates and room(s), you can take advantage of Hilton’s Price Match Guarantee by submitting a claim, leading to a price-match and typically additional savings. Other offers found right now include:

  • Earn 1,000 additional Hilton Honors Bonus Points per night of your stay, up to 7 nights. Details found here.
  • Book a 1-night stay at any participating hotel and enjoy parking for up to 7 nights, plus shuttle service to and from select airports. See more from this Park, Stay, & Go offer.

Lindsey Salzer

Audience Development and Commerce Director

Lindsey (she/her) is IGN’s Director of Audience Development and Commerce. She’s been at IGN since 2021, spending the past nine years specializing in gaming, entertainment and tech in the publishing space, with a background in digital marketing. As she grew up thrift shopping her whole life, you may find her covering home and apparel deals from time to time, and checking out what’s new from the world of queer TV and cinema.

Halo Studios Cinematic Director Promoted and Laid Off Within the Same Week

Halo Studios cinematic director Josh Daniels has confirmed that he was promoted and laid off within the same week amid news that Activision has now taken over development of the next Halo game.

Xbox’s big restructuring continues this week, with Chief Content Officer Matt Booty announcing 268 layoffs “across Halo Studios, other first-party studios, and the XGS management and central functions layer.”

One of the employees impacted by these layoffs was Josh Daniels, the now-former cinematic director of Halo Studios. He confirmed the news in a post on LinkedIn, where he revealed that he’d just gotten promoted that same week in a brutal turn of events.

Halo: Campaign Evolved vs The Master Chief Collection (Xbox Ally)

“Promoted and laid off in the same week is pretty wild. I’m one of the many hit by the Halo Studios layoffs,” he wrote. “I’ll be taking some offline time today, but very much would love to talk to anyone looking for Cinematic Direction or Production roles. Feel free to get in touch if anything looks like I might be a fit.”

Daniels had been involved with Xbox for just over a decade, having previously lent his talents to the Forza Motorsport games. He was anointed cinematic director at Halo Studios in 2024 and worked on Halo: Campaign Evolved, a title that was met with a lukewarm reception from players upon its release earlier this year.

A cinematic director for a video game oversees a title’s creative vision, narrative direction, and in-game cutscenes, among many other responsibilities. The removal of such an integral role suggests that the next Halo game is taking a drastically different approach than its predecessors, though this wouldn’t be out of left field; one of the more shocking results of Xbox’s shakeup was the news that Activision is now taking the helm of the Halo franchise.

While Halo Studios still exists and will “continue supporting the Halo community and games in-market,” Activision is now leading the charge on the series’ next game. The minds behind Call of Duty making a Halo game is certainly something that wasn’t on anyone’s bingo card, and while opinions are largely mixed, many fans are cautiously optimistic and open for anything to get the franchise out of its current state.

For now, we’ll have to wait and see what the future holds for Halo. In the meantime, other studios impacted by Xbox’s big restructuring include Undead Labs, who revealed today that its next game, State of Decay 3, is still in active development and is slated for a closed beta later this year, with a release date set for 2027.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

What It Is and How It Differs From Other Banking Apps

From figuring out what’s coming in to where it’s all going, tracking finances is hard. To make matters even worse, banks aren’t always the most transparent and rarely help you understand what’s happening with your money.

Spruce is different. This banking app keeps things real, providing tools to take control of your money, start saving, manage spending, and more. Whether you’ve got $50 or $50,000 in the bank, your path to financial wellness is made easier with Spruce. Plus, it comes with no judgment, no hidden fees, a solid APY high-yield savings rate, $100 welcome bonus [4], and more. In 2026 especially, there’s a general need to track spend more diligently due to high costs on tech and even everyday items, while also finding ways to still get the cool, new things (like the latest Apple Watch or newest LEGO set) that brings you joy. An app like Spruce can help.

What is Spruce?

Built by H&R Block, a company known for its financial expertise, Spruce is a mobile banking app designed to help users more easily understand and track their spending patterns. Tools to set goals, check credit scores, budget, and more are all easily accessible directly in the app, letting you manage your money and build better financial habits without any fear of judgment.

Beyond keeping you on top of your finances, Spruce offers savings and spending accounts [1] with no monthly fees, minimum balance requirements, or sign-up fees for a simple, transparent banking experience. That’s a rarity these days. With the spending account, you can receive electronic transfer deposits, set up direct deposit, use mobile check deposits, and even make cash deposits at select retail locations. As for the savings account, the 3.50% APY [2] high-yield savings rate is extraordinary.

Like most bank accounts, Spruce has a debit card that can be used anywhere Mastercard is accepted. No swipe fees or transaction fees are charged when using the card to make purchases, and all in-network ATMs have no withdrawal fee.

Why Choose Spruce?

$100 Welcome Bonus

Start your banking with Spruce off right, as new customers can enjoy a limited-time $100 bonus just by completing a few required actions: sign up for Spruce, open an account before the September 30th deadline, and receive a qualifying direct deposit of $500 or more within 45 days. From there, $100 will be deposited straight into your spending account within 14 days of completion.

No Monthly Fees / No Signup Fees

Some banks charge monthly fees if you don’t hit a minimum balance or charge you just to sign up for an account without a minimum deposit. Plus, hidden fees seem to pop up with other money management services constantly, but Spruce is transparent about when and if fees may apply. That means you keep more of your hard-earned dollars in your pocket and hit goals even quicker.

3.50% APY High Yield Savings

With a Spruce savings account, you’ll automatically earn 3.50% APY [2], more than eight times the national average [3]. That applies no matter the amount in your account, thanks to the lack of minimum balance requirements. To make things even better, Spruce has a handy automatic savings tool for easier savings growth.

Disclaimers:

1 – Spruce fintech platform is built by H&R Block, which is not a bank. Bank products by Pathward®, N.A., Member FDIC

2 – The Annual Percentage Yield (APY) is accurate as of 09/22/2026. This rate is variable and can change without notice.

3 – Based on FDIC average national savings rate as of 05/18/2026

4- Must meet spending account requirements

Danielle Abraham

Freelance Writer

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Wolverine’s Narrative Director Explains Why Logan Needed to be a Short King in the Game

Wolverine’s narrative director, Walt Williams, opened up about why it was important to him that Logan was made to be significantly shorter than his hulking counterpart, Sabretooth, and why the emotional aspect of their relationship was essential to portray in the game.

Now that Marvel’s Wolverine is out in the wild and in players’ hands, the viral discourse surrounding Insomniac’s latest superhero game has taken a different turn. Scent trails and Sentinel boss fights aside, Logan’s characterization has become a new talking point, with a vocal group of online critics arguing that Insomniac made him too ‘soft’ and that their version of the character isn’t tapped into his rage enough.

Speaking with journalist Gene Park on the Low Power Mode podcast, the game’s narrative director, Walt Williams, chatted about Sabretooth and Wolverine’s relationship with each other and why it was necessary to dig deep into their emotions rather than present the characters as angry, alpha mutants.

All Marvel’s Wolverine Suits

“Anger and rage is a response to something,” he said. “It’s usually a response to some feeling of loss or a perceived feeling of loss. It is an attempt to fill something that is missing in you, whether it’s momentary, whether it’s rational or irrational. Simply trying to present the traditional Logan-Sabretooth relationship as antagonistic simply because it is, simply as an alpha male kind of a thing — as archetypal as that is for the characters, it did not fit what we were trying to reveal about Logan, about the depth of his feelings.

“Because Sabretooth is a dark mirror of Logan. If we’re telling a story where we’re trying to make people truly understand how much this character feels and become empathic towards his entire emotional journey, that means Sabretooth also has to feel just as deeply as Logan. He also has to have the same feelings of yearning and tenderness and loss. They just express themselves in the darker side of that. Logan feels that yearning. He gets scared and pulls away. Sabretooth feels that yearning and it makes him hurt, and he wants to lash out to exert that hurt outward.”

Williams went on to praise Sabretooth’s voice and motion capture actor, Brett Gipson, saying he had “such presence” on set and delivered his “favorite interpretation” of the mutant he’d ever seen — which led to a humorous anecdote about the height difference between Victor and Logan’s in-game models.

“Full props to our character department, too, because what they did with his model, I love. I love the size difference, because early on I was like, ‘Guys, let’s be honest. Wolverine needs to be like five feet tall,’” Williams added.

In the X-Men comics, Sabretooth is six feet, six inches tall; Logan, by comparison, is five feet, three inches tall. The difference between these two mutants’ height is made abundantly clear in the game, and it’s something that many fans have pointed out positively, praising Insomniac for staying true to the source material.

In fact, the game’s developers said they had to adjust the character models’ sightlines to make sure they were looking down at Logan, and he was looking up at them, since Logan’s actor, Liam McIntyre, is actually six foot one in real life.

Marvel’s Wolverine is out now exclusively on the PlayStation 5. You can read our review of the game here, or peep our 17 Essential Tips and Tricks to help you get started in Marvel’s Wolverine, plus our recommendations for the 10 Best Adaptations, and a guide on How to Farm XP Quickly. Check out our full Marvel’s Wolverine Walkthrough for a step-by-step guide to every mission, and make sure you don’t miss a thing with our Collectibles guides, All Wolverine Suits and Claws Guide, and our thorough list of all the Easter Eggs and References we’ve found.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Save 27% Off Kirby Air Riders for the Nintendo Switch 2

Nintendo Switch 2 gamers, don’t miss out on this great Switch 2 exclusive deal. For a limited time Amazon has dropped the price of Kirby Air Riders, normally $69.99, to $50.99 with free shipping, a savings of about 26%. This is the lowest price I’ve seen for a brand new, physical retail copy of the game since Amazon Prime Day back in June.

27% Off Kirby Air Riders (Nintendo Switch 2)

Kirby Air Riders (Switch 2)

0

At first glance, Kirby Air Riders is a kart racer similar to Mario Kart World but with a unique cast of characters that includes Kirby, Waddle Dee, King Dedede, and Meta Knight. That comparison, however, is skin deep. These two games are different enough that they’re both worth adding to your Switch 2 collection, even if Masahiro Sakurai had hinted otherwise.

Although both Air Riders and Mario Kart World involve racing against other characters in go-karts, even the fundamental gameplay is quite different. Mario Kart World focuses on racing mechanics, but Kirby Air Riders is more battle-oriented. It actually shares some similarities to Super Smash Bros, even down to every character having its own super move.

In his Kirby Air Riders review, Logan Plant points out that Air Riders is a “significant leap forward” versus the original Air Ride for Gamecube. Air Riders carries over three modes (but with major upgrades) and adds a new one. The default Air Ride racing mode features the original nine tracks and adds nine new ones. City Trial mode, a battle royale fest that has you exploring a big city to collect power-ups and customize your vehicle across a total of 150 different challenges, now allows for sixteen players instead of just four. Top Ride, the birdseye racing mode, has also been turned into a more thought out experience instead of a simple mini-game. Finally, completely new to Air Riders is a single player campaign called Road Trip with an actual story. It’s surprisingly fleshed out and offers tons of replayability.

The next time I expect the price to drop significantly will be around Black Friday in November.

If you’re out of space, double your storage with this memory card deal

Nintendo Switch 2 Compatible

Onn 512GB Micro SDXC Express Card

22

Nintendo Switch 2 Compatible

Onn 256GB Micro SDXC Express Card

20

The Onn 512GB MicroSD Express Memory Card is still available at Walmart for $84.77 and the 256GB model is also available for $46.77, both with free shipping. The Switch 2 console will only accept MicroSD Express cards. If you have a standard MicroSD card from your previous Switch, it won’t work on the Switch 2. Although the two might look similar, the MicroSD Express card is much faster than its precedessor. The Onn model is no different, with speeds of up to 800MB/s write and 600MB/s read.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Mahershala Ali Agrees That Kevin Feige Is a ‘Gigantic Loser and Failure’ Over Failed Blade Reboot

Oscar-winning actor Mahershala Ali wholeheartedly agreed with Kevin Feige’s description of himself as a “gigantic loser and failure” for not getting Marvel Studios’ canceled Blade reboot off the ground.

Feige made the remark on an episode of Josh Horowitz’s Happy Sad Confused podcast in late July, where he spoke about how excited he was to have Wesley Snipes reprise the role of Blade on Deadpool & Wolverine — an emotion that contrasted sharply with his failed attempts at making Ali’s reboot happen.

It turns out that Ali feels the same way. The actor admitted as much during a September 22 chat with GQ’s Zach Baron, who cautiously broached the subject to see how Ali felt about the project now that it’s firmly in his rear view.

Who Is Blade? Marvel’s Vampire Hunter Explained

“That’s a Kevin Feige question,” he responded when asked why the film never moved forward. “They had, as you said, a two-time Oscar-winning actor under contract, and you got billions of dollars. …To this day, I don’t know why it didn’t happen. I just know that Kevin said it was the biggest failure of his career, and I agree.”

“I believe the quote was, ‘I feel like a giant loser and a failure,’” Baron suggested.

“I agree with him, one hundred percent. He should feel that way,” Ali continued.

Ali’s brutally honest remarks have gone viral online, and it’s not hard to see why; in that same interview, the actor freely admitted that he’d spent a year of his life in physical training to convincingly portray Marvel’s Daywalker, and worked out so hard that he literally blew out his knee.

“I was waiting for them… [they were] pushing it back, pushing it back. I’m still training, I’m learning swordwork. Name a martial art, I’m training in it. I literally moved, uprooted my family, moved to Atlanta. We were there waiting to go, and they just kept pushing it back,” he explained.

Ali first met with Marvel all the way back in 2019. It’s been seven years since then, and despite having a story greenlit and costumes made, the film never came to fruition. Some of those costumes were later used on the Academy Award-winning movie Sinners, while Ali said that much of the combat skills he learned while preparing for Blade were put to use in his newest film, Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother.

With Ali no longer attached and a stigma surrounding the failed Blade reboot, it’s looking less likely than ever that we’ll get to see Blade take on a new adventure — and that really sucks, because Ali was the perfect fit to play the part.

Image Credits: Gareth Cattermole/Getty Images for IMDb

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Grand Theft Auto 6’s Miami Takeover Begins as Rockstar Spends Nearly $1 Million on ‘Welcome to Vice City’ Signage

Rockstar Games has reportedly spent nearly $1 million to install a “Welcome to Vice City” sign in Miami as part of Grand Theft Auto 6’s marketing push.

Fans have been monitoring the construction of the sign for the last few days, and it’s finally complete. The sign was lifted to the top of the Kaseya Center by a helicopter this afternoon and firmly installed on the roof. Now, those who fly over the arena will be able to look out their window and see a greeting from Rockstar itself. You can see the sign below.

Welcome to Vice City y’all 😎#miami #gta #vicecity #gtavıhttps://t.co/IxrIZRegwX pic.twitter.com/iGUvA7ScUX

— Ryan RC Rea (@volvoshine) September 22, 2026

According to Miami Herald journalist Doug Hanks, Rockstar Games paid just shy of $1 million to install this sign. Miami-Dade is expected to collect $975,000 for the sign from Rockstar as part of a marketing agreement. As of right now, it’s unclear how else Rockstar plans to market GTA 6 in Miami, but there were extensive conversations with the city in August that involved pitches for various events, a takeover of the airport, and more. Whether any of those will actually happen are up in the air at the moment.

The city also had a somewhat contentious battle over whether or not it should play a role in marketing Grand Theft Auto 6, since the game revolves around crime and allows the player to gun down police and civilians. However, the city ultimately ruled in favor of the campaign in the end.

The Kaseya Center is also where the Miami Heat plays, so it’s possible Rockstar might also leverage the NBA to market GTA 6. Miami Heat’s first regular season home game will be on October 21, and it wouldn’t be surprising if the broadcast features a shot of the signange. Whether Rockstar will debut any kind of trailer or other marketing around the broadcast remains to be seen, but it would come at an ideal time. By that point, GTA 6 will be just under a month away from launch, and TV spots will likely begin advertising the release to get more mainstream audiences aware.

Documents reviewed by IGN reveal that the sign will remain on top of the arena either for “the latter of one year after” installation or until the last home game of Miami Heat’s 26-27 season, which is scheduled for April 11, 2027. This suggets that the signage will be visible through the rest of 2026, with it also possibly lasting until the spring. The documents also reveal that the sign had an installation deadline of October 15 or else Rockstar could terminate the agreement. It’s possible that October 15 will be another marketing beat for GTA 6, as it falls on a Thursday, which is a day that Rockstar has historically used for news about the game.

Grand Theft Auto 6 will release on November 19 for Xbox Series X|S and PS5.

Cade Onder

Freelance Writer

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Sea of Thieves Fans Fear for Rare’s Future as Studio Gets Put Under Activision Following Xbox Reset

Sea of Thieves fans are concerned for Rare’s future, as the studio has been consolidated under Activision as part of Xbox’s latest reset.

Earlier today, Microsoft announced drastic changes for Xbox’s first-party studios, including layoffs and consolidation. Activision is taking over a lot of different responsibilities at Xbox going forward, including leading the charge on the next Halo game. Sea of Thieves developer Rare has also been put under Activision’s umbrella, leading many to wonder what the future of that team will look like. In the past, Activision has swallowed up beloved teams like Neversoft and put them on Call of Duty to make maps and support the development of the FPS franchise.

“Well, if the years of watching how Activision does things is any indication, then we can expect one thing in the future: Rare as a CoD support team in the CoD mines like every other studio Activision touches,” said a fan.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

Some players are hopeful that Rare may have the chance to do something that it is more suited for, such as developing a new Crash Bandicoot game or Banjo-Kazooie, given the studio’s history of making platformers. Nothing has been explicitly outlined for Rare’s future, though, which has given fans some pause.

Activision has been heavily criticized for over-monetizing its games, using generative AI, and oversaturating franchises like Call of Duty to the point that fans began to lose interest, leading some to worry that the same may happen for Sea of Thieves, too.

“Can’t see this being a good thing, if the way Activision has handled COD is anything to go by,” said another fan on Reddit.

“This doesn’t bode well. I’m a lifelong Call of Duty fan, and Activision is probably one of, if not the worst, companies in gaming. Everything they touch withers and dies. Mass layoffs, AI, crazy microtransactions, and all sorts of bullshittery will be commencing in the near future based on their track record,” stated another concerned player.

It will likely take a few years before we can truly measure what kind of impact these changes have. Rare has been in a weird spot for a number of years, so some fans are at least thankful that the studio wasn’t outright shuttered or sold off like other Xbox-owned studios. After thriving in the ’90s and 2000s, Rare was put on Kinect duty by Microsoft in the early 2010s, leading some to believe that this was a misuse of the studio’s time and talents.

Eventually, they developed the highly-popular Sea of Thieves, but outside of that, Rare hasn’t produced much of substance. It spent a decade working on another game known as Everwild, which was canceled last year. The project struggled to make progress, and as a result, the public didn’t see or hear about much of it. It may play a role in whether Rare is given the opportunity to develop its own games going forward or if the team becomes a support studio for Call of Duty and Halo.

Cade Onder

Freelance Writer

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

The Walmart GeForce Week Sale Has Black Friday Worthy Gaming PC Deals, But They’re Selling Out Quickly

Starting now and running through September 28, Walmart is hosting an exclusive “GeForce Week” sale with some astonishingly good deals on prebuilt gaming PCs featuring Nvidia’s new GeForce RTX 50 series GPUs. These deals are, frankly, so good that they’re worth picking up before Black Friday. This sale appears to be run by Walmart so you probably won’t find these deals anywhere else (unless another retailer price matches). Note that these systems are, unsurprisingly, going out of stock quickly, but Walmart appears to be refreshing inventory every so often.

Walmart GeForce Week Sale

Read on for more details. I’ve broken down the deals by graphics card, since that is the one of the biggest dictators of price. If you haven’t yet done your research and aren’t sure which level of PC is right for you, I’d suggest starting with the GPU (check out our GPU guide) and seeing which option below matches the resolution of your display and the type of game you intend to play. Games like Hollow Knight: Silksong are far less taxing on your PC than, say, Crimson Desert.

RTX 5060 Prebuilt Gaming PC Deals

ABS Cyclone Aqua Intel Core 5 120 RTX 5060 Gaming PC (16GB/1TB)

1

Read our Nvidia GeForce RTX 5060 review

The RTX 5060 performs better than the RTX 4060 that it replaces and the gap extends in games that support DLSS 4.5. It will run most games in 1080p at framerates of up to 60fps, although some games might require some settings adjustments. 1440p is a viable option too, although at that point I’d strongly recommend moving up to a 5060 Ti (16GB) or RTX 5070.

RTX 5070 Prebuilt Gaming PC Deals

Read our Nvidia GeForce RTX 5070 review

The GeForce RTX 5070 is the Nvidia card I’d recommend for high-fps 1080p and 1440p gaming. It’s also powerful enough to run most games at 4K, although at that point you’ll see noticeable gains jumping up to a 5070 Ti. Compared to the previous generation GPUs, the RTX 5070 offers a slight performance improvement over the RTX 4070 Super, which was and still is an excellent GPU. This is the card I’d recommend for most people.

RTX 5070 Ti Prebuilt Gaming PC Deals

Read out Nvidia GeForce RTX 5070 Ti review

The RTX 5070 Ti is our best reviewed Blackwell card because it offers the best bang for your buck in terms of 4K gaming performance. It performs neck-and-neck with the previous generation RTX 4080 Super and pulls ahead in any game that supports multi-frame generation. It is fully capable of running any game in 4K at 60fps, including Death Stranding 2 and Crimson Desert. The RTX 5070 Ti also comes equipped with 16GB of VRAM like the RTX 5080, making it viable for AI.

RTX 5080 Prebuilt Gaming PC Deals

Skytech Harpy AMD Ryzen 7 9800X3D RTX 5080 Gaming PC (32GB.1TB)

12

Cyberpowerpc AMD Ryzen 7 9800X3D GeForce RTX 5080 Founder’s Edition Gaming PC (32GB/1TB)

4

Cyberpowerpc Intel Core Ultra 9 285K RTX 5080 FE Gaming PC (32GB/1TB)

0

Read our Nvidia GeForce RTX 5080 review

Performance-wise, the RTX 5080 is no slouch. The “Founder’s Edition” is the original 5080 GPU sold by Nvidia directly. It’s one of the fastest cards on the market, bested only by the $2,000 RTX 5090 and the discontinued $1,600 RTX 4090. You’ll be able to play latest, most demanding games in 4K resolution at high settings and ray tracing enabled. You’ll also save thousands by picking this over a 5090 system.

RTX 5090 Prebuilt Gaming PC Deals

Cyberpowerpc AMD Ryzen 7 9850X3D RTX 5090 FE Gaming PC (32GB/2TB)

0

Starforge Wanderer Ultimate AMD Ryzen 7 9800X3D RTX 5090 FE Gaming PC (32GB/2TB)

2

Starforge Wanderer Ultimate WU04 Intel Core Ultra 270K Plus RTX 5090 FE Gaming PC (32GB/2TB)

2

Read our Nvidia GeForce RTX 5090 review

The Nvidia GeForce RTX 5090 is the most powerful consumer GPU on the market. Although with this generation Nvidia has prioritized software updates, AI features, and DLSS technology to improve gameplay performance, the 5090 still boasts an impressive 25%-30% uplift over the RTX 4090 in hardware-based raster performance. If you want the absolute best performance for your gaming PC, there is literally no other option from any other brand.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Ninja Theory Staff Enter Consultation as Xbox Prepares to Close Down the Studio

Microsoft has signalled its intention to close down Hellblade developer Ninja Theory after two deals to save the Xbox studio fell through.

In-line with UK employment law, a consultation with the staff at the Cambridge-based studio has begun. While Microsoft has said it is now working to close the studio, it remains open to an agreement to rescue the company.

“Unfortunately, two separate agreements for Ninja Theory fell through,” Xbox Chief Content Officer Matt Booty said in a blog post issued today. “We will now begin consultation with employees on a proposed closure while continuing to explore other paths forward.”

In June, at an Xbox Games Showcase event, Microsoft announced Senua, the third game in the Hellblade series. At the time, there was little concern about the game’s release. Indeed, there was little concern, publicly at least, about Ninja Theory itself.

But that all changed when optimism sparked by the positive showcase was shattered by new Xbox CEO Asha Sharma’s “reset” memo, which suggested mass layoffs and studio closures were to come. Confirmation came in July, when Ninja Theory was among the studios on the Xbox chopping block.

Amid the reports, fans expressed confusion at how Microsoft could announce Senua from Ninja Theory and then just days later tell the studio’s staff it planned to shut the company down. According to Game File, Microsoft allegedly planned to close or spin off Ninja Theory when it revealed Senua, and it did so thinking that “the promise of a newly announced game would help draw investor interest in the studio.”

Clearly, that plan has failed.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

Will Senua ever come out? IGN has yet to comment, but it’s looking increasingly unlikely unless a dramatic, 11th-hour deal can be struck that would save not just the studio, but the Hellblade franchise. Perhaps giving Ninja Theory hope is that Psychonauts developer Double Fine and South of Midnight developer Compulsion both navigated their way to independence and brought their intellectual property along with them, as well as funding for new games. Microsoft, it seems, is willing to part with IP to help get its studios out the door.

Ninja Theory’s Hellblade games have struggled commercially, and Microsoft is currently doubling down on its big franchises in a bid to raise revenue and profitability. It’s focusing on the likes of Minecraft, Halo (which is now under Activision’s umbrella), Fallout, and The Elder Scrolls as it looks to turn around the Xbox business over the next few years.

For more on all the big changes at Xbox announced today, check out our roundup.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Pokémon x Adidas 30th Anniversary Collection Now Available for Purchase

Adidas just dropped its limited-edition Pokémon collection, the latest in a pretty wild list of collaborations celebrating the franchise’s 30th anniversary.

The full collection includes over 10 new designs for a mix of the company’s most popular sneaker styles, including the Samba and Superstar II. Each shoe has an entirely distinct look inspired by a specific Pokémon, and the stars of the show aren’t too surprising.

Prices range from $60 to $180 with full family sizing. Even better? Every sneaker is available to buy right now.

Adidas Just Dropped Its 30th Anniversary Pokémon Collection

Limited Edition 30th Anniversary Collection

Adidas x Pokemon

2

Some features, like the gold embroidered Pokémon x Adidas logo, appear across the collection, but each shoe generally stands on its own two feet (get it) as a unique release. Here’s the full list of what’s available in specific styles:

Every New Sneaker in the Adidas x Pokémon Collection

As you can tell, the collection includes a mix of full evolution lines (i.e. Charmander to Charizard) as well as some particularly iconic individual Pokémon like Pikachu and Mewtwo.

I got the chance to check out three specific shoes from the collection of time, and let’s just say I’m impressed. I don’t typically go for the most colorful looks in the world, but the designs have a range of boldness that lets you pick a vibe that goes best with your style. And, of course, based on whichever Pokémon you like best.

Adidas x Pokemon 30th Anniversary

The Mewtwo Superstars are a soft purple with a sleek iridescent sheen. While every shoe includes a token-esque shoelace charm with its featured Pokémon’s face, this pair also comes with a funky “liquid” tag featuring the legendary’s classic Psystrike move. On the bolder side, the Charmander sneakers show a full graphic of the Pokémon blowing some literal Ember into the iconic Samba stripes.

It’s cool to see each shoe get its own little deep cut reference to a Pokémon’s type and even specific moveset. The (new!) illustrations of each Pokemon are all high quality, and the shoes themselves are, as you’d expect, pretty darn comfy.

As a limited-edition collection, it’s worth noting that stock may be limited. The Pokémon TCG side of things has been plagued by an ongoing scalping crisis that, these days, seems to extend to anything connected to the Nintendo franchise.

Speaking of, the collection forms part of some pretty extensive celebrations for Pokémon’s 30th anniversary. The beloved media powerhouse currently stands as the highest-grossing franchise of all time, and has already launched unique anniversary collaborations with Puma, Crocs, and even Krispy Kreme. I’m sure we’ll see plenty of more announcements through the end of the year, which, at the very least, will bring us slightly closer to the next mainline Pokemon generation.

Blythe Dujardin

Audience Development Coordinator

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Marvel Star Officially Retires From His Beloved Guardians of the Galaxy Role

Marvel actor Sean Gunn has officially retired from his role playing Guardians of the Galaxy and Avengers hero Rocket Raccoon.

After five films and one holiday TV special, Gunn has said he’s now “too old” to provide the performance capture for the beloved Rocket (whose voice is then dubbed in post-production by Bradley Cooper).

Speaking to podcast host Brandon Davis, the Gilmore Girls legend said he had made the decision to depart his role as Rocket after recently turning 50, and noticing that the amount of crouching he’d had to perform for the part was beginning to have an effect on his “physiology.”

Behind the Scenes Photos from Guardians of the Galaxy

On set, behind the scenes footage has featured Gunn scuttling around the legs of his Marvel co-stars while squatting down in what he describes as a “catcher’s crouch” position. Thankfully, Gunn could also stretch his legs and stand up to also play Kraglin, the Ravager who ultimately ends the sci-fi saga as a fully paid-up Guardians member.

“Everyone thinks it’s my knees but it’s really my feet and my ankles,” Gunn said, describing the physical difficulty he has faced after portraying Rocket Raccoon. “Because I’m in a catcher’s crouch and I’m pivoting a lot on my points of contact with the ground… I’m doing a lot of pivoting in my ankles and feet. And over the years I think it had a little bit of an effect on my physiology.

“My knees are fine but since I turned 50 a couple of years ago I am retired from Rocket,” he admitted. “Not that they’ve called but if they did, I don’t think I could do the motion reference for Rocket anymore. I’m too old.”

Guardians of the Galaxy star Sean Gunn. Eric McCandless/Disney via Getty Images.

When might we see Rocket again? It’s hard to say. Marvel is yet to confirm its future plans for the Guardians of the Galaxy, which remains a hugely popular team of characters, though one whose story has reached a natural conclusion. Gamora is off with the Ravagers, Drax and Nebula are looking after an array of children, while Mantis has also gone off to find her own path.

Guardians of the Galaxy Vol. 3 ends with a new team forming, featuring Rocket, Groot, and Kraglin joined by Adam Warlock, Cosmo the Space Dog, and Phyla. It’s unclear if any of the above characters will ever return to the MCU, and it seems unlikely we’ll get another Guardians of the Galaxy movie any time soon, with its writer and director James Gunn (yes, Sean Gunn’s brother) now heading up the DCU. But Marvel has promised that Chris Pratt’s Star-Lord will appear at some point (our best guess would be in Avengers: Secret Wars).

But even if Rocket Raccoon is invited back for the Multiverse Saga’s big finale, it’ll be someone else who squatted down to portray him instead.

Image credit: Eric McCandless/Disney via Getty Images.

Tom Phillips

News Editor

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

How Long Is Silent Hill: Townfall?

Konami’s latest game in the nu-Silent Hill era has arrived, and as is the case with previous entries in the series, Townfall boasts a handful of endings to unlock and an even bigger handful of scares. But how long does it all take? We got five different members of the IGN team, who all played Silent Hill: Townfall very differently, to share their time. So whether you’re a completionist, or just someone who’s only interested in the story, you’ll learn just how long you’ll be spending in St. Amelia depending on your playstyle.

How Long is Silent Hill: Townfall?

  • Our fastest player finished Silent Hill: Townfall in 12 hours and 37 minutes.
  • Our “slowest” player spent 15 hours and 15 minutes before credits rolled.

Everyone plays games differently, so read on for more details about how everyone played, how long it took to reach the credits, and some of the individual statistics from their end-of-game report card. Once you’ve finished the game yourself, be sure to submit your times on How Long To Beat and see how your time compares!

Silent Hill: Townfall Review Screens

Playstyle: Trying to Find Everything

Player: Jesse Gomez
Completion Time: 12 hours and 55 minutes

With just under 34 hours of playtime under my belt, a few restless dreams between two separate playthroughs, and three wildly different endings, my intended aim was clear: to experience as much of Silent Hill: Townfall as possible.

To start, I chose the Normal/Hinted difficulty, which Townfall recommends when you select new game in the main menu. That combo set me up for a 12 hour, 55 minute clear time, reaching the “Forever” ending. As far as I could tell at the time, this was a largely “positive” outcome, but I knew there had to be more to unravel with a “true” ending, so to speak.

Once I hit New Game Plus, however, it became pretty clear that new collectables had snuck into this seaside town. I quickly abandoned Simon’s hunt for the truth to instead get the bizarre secret endings, something that’s a Silent Hill tradition and well worth seeing for yourself. You can get both of these in the same playthrough with some additional puzzle-solving, combing over every inch of Townfall, and some tactical saving.

Despite experiencing true horror in the form of the auxiliary line B puzzle for nearly an hour, and pushing myself through a New Game Plus puzzle that had me on the verge of tears, I’m sure I could’ve cleared Townfall a lot sooner. But what’s a Silent Hill game if not incredibly obtuse and wholly rewarding all at the same time?

Playstyle: Stealthy and Cautious

Player: Matt Purslow
Completion Time: 15 hours and 15 minutes

The fog-shrouded island of St. Amelia is the stage for a different kind of Silent Hill compared to what we’ve had over the past couple of years. Where the Silent Hill 2 remake was a traditional survival horror and Silent Hill f went heavy on the combat, Townfall features comparatively fewer enemies and far fewer options for eliminating them. As a result, combat is downplayed and each individual foe feels more like a mini “stalker” enemy than a regular mob. This design influenced my entire playstyle: for me, Townfall was a stealth game.

My slower, more cautious approach means I clocked up a slightly longer time compared to most of my colleagues – it took me 15 hours and 15 minutes to complete my first run of the story. Rather than bludgeoning every enemy with my pipe, I’d use bricks and bottles to distract them and create openings for myself. My final stats claim I spent four minutes and 15 seconds hiding, but that only accounts for when I was concealed in lockers – I spent many, many more minutes hiding behind cover or locked in sheds and bathrooms as I tracked enemies on the CRTV and planned my next move. I chose my victims carefully, only killing foes that blocked pathways I’d frequently use as I looped back and forth around each location. My total kill count was 76, most of them racked up when the pressure really kicks in during the story’s final chapters.

This approach netted me the “Abandoned” ending, which felt thematically appropriate for the story, but definitely leaves the door open for more discoveries. And so I’m looking forward to diving into New Game Plus to take another crack at solving St. Amelia’s troubles.

Playstyle: Story Mode

Player: Dale Driver – Story Mode
Completion Time: 12 hours and 37 minutes

I really enjoy the stories of Silent Hill, particularly their ambiguity and puzzles, but I’ve been less engaged with their combat recently, so I decided to try Silent Hill: Townfall on Story Mode to make getting through fights a easier. With this set up I clocked a final time of 12 hours and 37 minutes, reaching the “Abandoned” ending.

In Story Mode, enemies drop a little easier, and there are more supplies in storage cupboards and drawers, so I found myself taking on more monsters than my colleagues did, clocking up a whopping 105 kills during my time in St. Amelia.

One thing Story Mode doesn’t help with, though, is the puzzles, and a few particular late-game ones really added significantly to my playtime. I found a few particularly obtuse (or maybe I was just being really dumb) but I could easily see a second playthrough taking half the time when you know the solutions. And I plan to do just that, knowing there are new weapons to find and four new endings to discover. After all, the story is what I love the most, so I can’t wait to learn more about it.

Playstyle: Going For the True Ending

Player: Lauren Harper
Completion Time: 15 hours and 8 minutes

It took me around 15 hours and 8 minutes to finish my first playthrough of Silent Hill: Townfall. As a member of the guides team at IGN, I always find that it takes me a bit longer than everyone else (my current overall play time shows 44 hours). I’m often writing while I play and taking screenshots of everything as I run back and forth, double-checking each drawer, cabinet, and locked room to make sure I don’t miss anything in terms of collectibles. That being said, I did actually miss a few of the 85 possible discoveries. What I didn’t miss out on was the opportunity to use every weapon in the game, and I racked up a kill count of 92. I also finished up with the “Abandoned” ending on my first go.

I then played through again and decided to take on as much of a pacifist run as possible. I avoided killing anything unless it was absolutely necessary and opted for a stealthier approach using every method of distraction I could find. Despite a more considered playthrough, because I knew all the puzzle solutions and locker combinations on my second go, my second run came in at 8 hours and 24 minutes, with just five saves, but an enormous number of healing items used. This netted me the “Justice” ending. Is this the “true” ending? You’ll have to play to find out. Now, I’m off to complete another New Game Plus run to hunt down anything new and find those remaining collectibles so our guide is complete.

Playstyle: Reviewing

Player: Tristan Ogilvie
Completion Time: 13 hours and 36 minutes

Given that I was reviewing Silent Hill: Townfall for IGN, I tried to be as thorough as possible with my search through the small town of St. Amelia and beyond. Playing on the Normal difficulty settings for both combat and puzzles, it took me 13 hours and 36 minutes from the moment Simon washed up on the Scottish shoreline through to the intense final moments of its climactic boss fight. Although admittedly, roughly 30 of those minutes were spent stuck on one of the late game puzzles that had me properly flummoxed. Curse you, auxiliary line B!

According to the endgame stats page, I made 78 out of the 85 discoveries and found 9 out of the 13 phone numbers, so clearly there was the odd optional room here and there that I overlooked. Although I spent much of the early hours opting for stealth and avoiding enemy confrontations, I still managed to murder 92 of Townfall’s ghouls by the story’s end, with the vast majority of those occurring in the second half of the game once more powerful weapons were made available. Ultimately, the ending I received was the one dubbed “Abandoned”.

I definitely plan to do another run-through on New Game Plus, although it won’t be in the near future because trying to keep up with all the other awesome games coming out this month is a form of survival horror in itself.

Bloodborne Movie Reveal Reactions Were 80% Critical Jacksepticeye Says

Bloodborne movie producer and YouTuber Jacksepticeye has teased more details about the upcoming animated adaptation after reactions to his involvement were “80% critical.”

The famed content creator, whose real name is Seán McLoughlin, touched on his attachment to Sony’s animated take on FromSoftware’s beloved action game during an interview with 100 Questions with Tom Simmons (via GamesRadar). He took the opportunity to not only tease how his Bloodborne won’t retell the story of the franchise’s one and only proper installment, but also discussed how fans reacted to his role as its producer.

“Bloodborne, obviously, is my favorite game ever, so when I got that call, part of me is like… obviously I was going to do anything, but I wouldn’t have let it go in a direction that I don’t think is worthy of the Bloodborne IP,” Jacksepticeye explained. Then, when asked if he was feeling the pressure to deliver, he said, “Oh yeah.”

Jacksepticeye. Photo by John Phillips/BAFTA/Getty Images for BAFTA.

“I’d say 80% of the responses were critical of it,” he said, referring to his involvement in the animated film. “I don’t want to say ‘negative,’ because a lot of people were just… I would be the same if someone took my beloved IP, that’s my favorite, and then some YouTuber’s attached to it. It would just make you scratch your head a little bit.”

Sony unholstered its plans for an animated R-rated Bloodborne movie back at CinemaCon 2026 in April. For some, the reveal was a bit of a double-edged sword, as begging to see more from FromSoftware’s Lovecraftian action-horror universe seemed to deliver a project that came out of left field in more ways than one.

Jacksepticeye, a self-proclaimed Bloodborne fanatic, is in the mix as one of its producers. He’s joined by PlayStation Productions and Lyrical Animation. Shortly after its reveal, the YouTuber called the opportunity “a dream come true” and “the honor of my life.”

He also acknowledged that a lot of Bloodborne fans were probably surprised to hear his name attached to an official project in that universe. Regardless of the shock, it’s not a project he wants anyone to be worried about, saying that he “will fight tooth and nail to make this thing the best it possibly can be.”

When asked during the new interview about what fans can look forward to when it comes to the animated movie, Jacksepticeye assured watchers that he’s “not trying to be the game.”

“I’m not trying to one-up the game, and I’m not trying to compete with it, or tell the same story,” he explained. “I’m trying to honor the universe that’s there and tell as good a story as I can within it.”

He continued, saying he has “quite a bit” of sway in the overall production and direction of the Bloodborne movie. During calls about the project, he said that “people listen to me above most anyone else.”

“I’m the one being like, ‘This is a good idea. This is a bad idea. We shouldn’t do this,'” Jacksepticeye elaborated. “But also, I’m the one greenlighting who gets hired and who we work with to make sure that vetting process is good.

“You don’t want to bring on anyone that has no idea what Bloodborne is. In simpler terms, I’m sort of the vibe-checker.”

The Bloodborne movie currently has no release date. While we wait to learn more about it, you can check out IGN’s original 9.1/10 review of the game. You can also read more about Jacksepticeye’s approach to the film.

Photo by John Phillips/BAFTA/Getty Images for BAFTA.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Call of Duty YouTuber Launches Petition to Remove Skill-Based Matchmaking Following Successful Destiny Protests

Call of Duty YouTuber Tdawgsmitty has started a petition to remove skill-based matchmaking in the FPS franchise following successful Destiny protests.

The YouTuber has been an outspoken advocate against Call of Duty’s SBMM and has tried to make noise on the issue in a variety of ways. Last week, he began tweeting at Xbox CEO Asha Sharma about the matter every day in hopes of getting her attention. Now, he’s trying a different way. After seeing Destiny fans successfully rally together to get Bungie to resurrect the sci-fi MMO, Tdawgsmitty decided to try to bring Call of Duty fans together in hopes of a similar outcome.

The YouTuber launched a petition which has gained over 500 signatures in roughly an hour. The call to action aims to get SBMM entirely removed from Call of Duty’s unranked lobbies, citing frustrations with the current system and how Activision uses data analysts to develop its matchmaking. Instead, he wants the series to utilize SBMM in the game’s ranked play, where players deliberately choose to have a more competitive experience.

The Best Call of Duty Campaigns

“Former Call of Duty developer Brian Bright recently shared that his team’s work on [the canceled Call of Duty game NX1] focused on ping and region,” reads the description for the petition. “He also stated that Activision eventually began hiring data scientists who worked with its marketing department to push for more skill-based matchmaking. His statement raises serious questions about how matchmaking priorities evolved.

“For players like us, today’s public matches too often feel like the same competitive experience on repeat. Experimenting with a different weapon, relaxing after work, or playing with friends of different skill levels can become frustrating. When every lobby feels like another test, the fun starts to disappear.”

The YouTuber also asked for clearer communication regarding matchmaking and the opportunity for the community to test changes itself. The petition comes roughly a month ahead of Modern Warfare 4’s release, which will utilize a divisive SBMM system that was introduced earlier this summer in Black Ops 7. Some feel that Call of Duty’s SBMM is too punishing and can result in matches that feel consistently unfair, leading to years of frustrations about the franchise’s multiplayer.

Whether a petition can change the mind of Activision remains to be seen, but it’s not entirely out of the question. Bungie opted to return to Destiny 2 after killing it earlier this year. There was extreme backlash to the initial decision and players decided to make their voices heard through online protests, which included players choosing to not support Bungie’s latest game, Marathon. The developer announced that it will be restoring vaulted content and plans to keep supporting the Destiny franchise, leading to an enthusiastic response from fans. Tdawgsmitty cited this as proof that change is possible.

“This Destiny news is huge for gaming,” he said on Twitter. “It shows we can use our voice and effect change. It’s time for the COD community to step up and get some much needed changes to the direction its been headed.”

If Call of Duty fans can rally together by signing petitions, making their voices heard online, and vote with their wallet, it may very well lead to changes. However, Call of Duty is a massive franchise, and as a result, it may be difficult to make the same kind of dent. IGN spoke with Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4’s lead multiplayer developers in August and asked about how the studio is approaching SBMM.

“I think it’s a conversation that we’ll continue to have,” said Jacky Reynolds, Multiplayer Design Lead at Infinity Ward. “I don’t think it’s ever going to be a solved system. There’s always going to be new iterations that can be made. I think at the end of the day, yeah, we want players to be able to play and have fun. I think that we want to also make sure that they have variety in their matches. I think it’s a conversation that we should continue to have. It’s also worth mentioning that Joe and I aren’t directly in charge of matchmaking. We are focused on building cool stuff, but I think we’re looking forward to seeing how it all shakes out.”

Cade Onder

Freelance Writer

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

The Blood of Dawnwalker Update to Add Easier Difficulty Setting for Players Who Don’t Want Combat

The first major The Blood of Dawnwalker update will introduce an easier difficulty option for “people who don’t want to experience combat” when it launches in October.

Developer Rebel Wolves’ game director, Konrad Tomaszkiewicz, teased the changes coming to the team’s breakout vampire RPG during a new interview with Eurogamer. Amongst a batch of combat tweaks and other gameplay changes, one of the highlights for the early October The Blood of Dawnwalker update includes reworked difficulty options for players who don’t want to spill too much blood during the story.

When the update launches, players will see the new easier difficulty option replace the current easiest mode, called Story Mode, and adopt its name. The version of the mode currently in the game will seemingly be bumped up a peg and given a new name. The Blood of Dawnwalker currently has four difficulty modes – Story, Fair, Challenging, and Duelist – with next month’s addition set to bring the total to five.

“We will introduce an additional difficulty level, but an easier one, because many people are asking for a more easy difficulty,” Tomaszkiewicz said. “The Story mode which we have right now will be a different difficulty — we will call it Demanding or something like this — and we will add a new Story mode which will be even easier for people who don’t want to experience the combat, they just want to learn the story and go through the game without this gameplay challenge.”

How exactly The Blood of Dawnwalker will tackle an easier difficulty mode is unclear. The game director’s comment suggests it will cater to those who want to skip combat altogether, though how this will be achieved is unclear. There’s no release date for the update just yet, but with its launch set for early October, we won’t have to wait too long.

Rebel Wolves is also looking into improving gameplay performance, especially for PC users, as well as a fluid option for players to escape fights if they bite off more than they can chew. Other items on the docket include targeting and the camera. Tomaszkiewicz referenced desires from players to tweak how targeting works for Coen and how the upcoming patch will address that.

The Blood of Dawnwalker – Prologue Screenshots

“There will be three hits you need to take off this stun,” he said. “We will see how people will react to that because, as I said, it can create another bad feel, but we will see. Maybe people will switch between targets fluently and if they want to just stun, it will be fine, and if they want to stun and hit a few times, it will be also fine. We will see.”

Everything else set to come to The Blood of Dawnwalker in the October patch has yet to be revealed. Although other features, including new game plus, are confirmed to be in the cards, the team is still charging ahead following its successful launch.

It was released for PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X/S September 3 and reached more than 1 million copies sold in just two days. For more on The Blood of Dawnwalker, you can read about how Bandai Namco and Rebel Wolves managed to bring their vision to life on a $40 million budget. You can also learn about how some players are using a mod to bypass one of the game’s core mechanics.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Love Hypothesis Review

The Love Hypothesis streams exclusively on Prime Video starting September 23.

Sometimes a rom-com isn’t just a rom-com; such is the case with The Love Hypothesis, a Prime Video movie adaptation of author Ali Hazelwood’s 2021 New York Times bestseller. In most cases, that’s a cut-and-dry scenario. However, Hazelwood’s book evolved out of the author’s frustration with how the Star Wars sequels turned out; she, among many, was so frustrated with how the characters of Rey and Kylo Ren/Ben Solo were done dirty in Star Wars: The Rise of Skywalker that she “fixed” their outcomes through a creative outpouring of fan fiction. One of them was rewritten as The Love Hypothesis and published, turning into an international BookTok sensation and now a movie.

Hazelwood’s book evolved out of the author’s frustration with how the Star Wars sequels turned out.“

Why all the history? Because The Love Hypothesis has been created with a decidedly modern lens, depending on the audience watching it. For everyone who just enjoys an entertaining rom-com or loved the book, The Love Hypothesis is an accessible, charming watch led by the warm chemistry of the entire cast, especially leads Lili Reinhart and Tom Bateman. For anyone who comes to it from Star Wars fandom and has followed the journey of Hazelwood and her story to this moment in time, the movie is a very meta wink filled with easter eggs tailored just for them.

The basic story remains the same: Third-year Stanford University PhD student Olive Smith (Reinhart) is overworked and underfunded in the traditionally male-dominated science world. Her lifeline through it all is best friend Anh (Rachel Marsh), a fellow PhD student who has pulled Olive out of her shell, introduced her to other friends like Malcolm (Jaboukie Young-White), and become her ride-or-die found family. When Jeremy (Nicholas Duvernay), Olive’s one-time crush, shows interest in Anh, Anh won’t do anything about it because their girl code is stronger than mutual attraction. Olive lies that she has a new boyfriend to get Anh to pursue Jeremy, but that backfires when Anh wants in-person details about Olive’s “date,” and a panicked Olive kisses the first man she sees for cover — the departmental Kylo Ren, Dr. Adam Carlsen (Bateman). What starts as a horribly awkward moment becomes a mutually agreed upon ruse between Olive and Adam when he shares that his grant money is under threat of not being released. Stanford is worried that Carlsen is a flight risk to another research institution, so he could use a “girlfriend” to make it seem like he’s got roots and won’t be exiting anytime soon.

For both audiences, their public relationship-proving moments escalate into more awkward expressions of intimacy, such as suntan lotion applications and recounting their fictional “meet-cute” to his colleagues. Wisely, director Claire Scanlon (The People We Hate at the Wedding) allows these scenes to breathe, heightening their comedic potential and allowing the ensemble to bring out the laughs, of which there are many. Marsh and Young-White are particularly good at pitch-perfect reactions or zingers that lean into the silliness of the “fake dating” scenario while also building a little ecosystem of friendship that drives why Olive is doing what she’s doing.

Reinhart and Bateman also absolutely sell the thawing between these two socially awkward dorks into a genuine romance. Yes, in reality they’re both too pretty to ever have that descriptor applied to them, but as Olive and Adam, you buy why they’d hold the world at arms’ length and decide not to do so with one another. Comedically, they’re top notch, and the scenes where they get to express genuine honesty and mutual loneliness with one another percolates into a friendship and bubbling attraction that’s the do-or-die element to any great rom-com.

The STEM-centric aspects of the story are watered down in Sarah Rothschild’s script, though an homage sequence to Martha Coolidge’s 1985 science comedy, Real Genius, very much works as it adds a sense of color and context to Olive’s world. Less successful is the science villain of the piece, who gets a lot more time to unfurl his machinations in the book. Here, he isn’t given enough story real estate to be as potent an adversary, or to even rise above a one-note character with clichéd intentions. Fortunately, Rothschild’s screenplay replaces that screen time with more consequential scenes for Olive and Anh, the bedrock for why this “fake dating” operation is even happening. Portraying the strength of their bond is far more worthwhile, underpinning the romantic story with a deeper one about friendship and sisterhood.

At its heart, The Love Hypothesis is a gentle satire of romance tropes, especially enemies-to-lovers, and a celebration of female friendship. “

And for the fans who go all the way back to this story’s Star Wars origins, there are a wealth of easter eggs to find and laugh over, from pointed needle drops to very specific Laura Karpman musical character themes, and even red-and-blue color cameos. The production knows who you are, and they’ve clearly got a sense of humor and respect for the OG fandom.

At its heart, The Love Hypothesis is a gentle satire of romance tropes, especially enemies-to-lovers, and a celebration of female friendship. Both sound potentially hokey, but this mostly female creative team understands what made the book a hit and knew how to translate it here. They let the tone be earnest yet firmly tongue-in-cheek, and allow their cast to weave their magic — especially Reinhart and Bateman — giving rom-com lovers the exact chemistry that makes the genre work.

StarCraft: Tabletop Miniatures Game Review

Long before I deployed my first army of little plastic figures on a table for war, I was mowing down the slithering Zerg and doing battle against the Queen of Blades in StarCraft. The term “Space Marines” I will now, and forever, associate with the Terran army from Blizzard’s classic RTS franchise (despite Games Workshop’s version being older and SC starting off as a 40K RTS). When Archon Studio, a board game developer with an impressive history of adapting massive games for the tabletop, announced they were making a tabletop miniature war game set in this universe, I started clearing off my hobby table in anticipation.

StarCraft: The Miniatures Game Images

Similar to other tabletop war games, standard matches of StarCraft take place over the course of five rounds where players or teams struggle to complete objectives. Instead of picking one from a book, at the start of each game, players will bring two possible choices each for both what the game’s type (i.e. the goals both sides are working to complete) and deployment zones, which dictate where armies and objectives will be placed. From there, the choices are drafted, with one person picking the type and the other the deployment. It’s a system that I found not only works really well but adds to the variety of possible matches you experience. I’m also a big fan of the concept of players supplying the choices themselves, as everyone is submitting options that could benefit their side. The result of that ultimately means both sides will have to deal with a scenario that isn’t quite as ideal as they had hoped for.

Where to Buy

The best place to buy the StarCraft: Tabetlop Miniatures Game is directly from the official store on Blizzard’s website. There you can find the miniatures themselves and the rulebook, but not the two player starter set. You can find the starter set on Amazon or other third-party tabletop retailers, usually at a higher price.

In addition to their maps and mission cards, each player brings a host of other cards with them that help define the composition of their armies along with upgrades they have purchased. Faction cards, which are picked before the game, establish the number and variety of slots available in your army, such as how many core units (your basic troops), elites, or heroes (Raynor or Kerrigan, for example) you can include, along with some unique benefits or tags for that specific faction. These tags may be required when selecting which Tactical cards to buy, with these representing various buildings from the RTS games or perks that can impart special bonuses, buffs, or increase the number of supply slots available to your forces. Along with the fact that all the troops and their required information—stats, costs, everything you need to know—are included on handy info cards, I love that I don’t necessarily need to carry around a rulebook whenever I want to play. Instead, I can just throw a small deck of cards into my bag, which is incredibly convenient, and far lighter to carry around. And in practice, it’s really quick and easy to just hand the reference card to the other player if they have a question about an ability, as opposed to book-marking pages in a rule book or handing over a sheet with all the information that has to be parsed through.

When it comes to each of the three races’ minis, all of them come in a unique color plastic along with impressive semi-transparent accents that really help to make the models look great. Inside the Starter Set, Terrans feature a muted blue and include orange explosion effect pieces and green healing sprays for the medics, for instance, while Zergs are a pinkish-purple and Protoss a bright yellow with blue energy shields and blades. And yes, there is even a Pylon miniature with a large clear blue crystal, so you can build all the additional pylons you want! The models are impressively detailed and just begging for a sick paint job. Even if you just opt for a primer base coat and a wash, the model details along with the accent parts really help all the units pop and look great on the table.

The fact that I was never out of actively participating in the game for longer than a few minutes made me so much more invested“

StarCraft features a host of design decisions that make it a far more alluring prospect for me to play than other tabletop war games, largely thanks to keeping me more engaged and leaving me with far less downtime than 40k, which is where I have spent the most of my wargaming time. StarCraft adopts a system of alternative activations, meaning that I never have to worry about hour-long stretches of downtime as I wait for my friends to take their entire turn before I can act. From deployment, to moving, to shooting and close combat, the fact that I was never out of actively participating in the game for longer than a few minutes made me so much more invested and excited in games of StarCraft. It turns out that not having to try to remember a strategy you came up with an hour back before you can implement it is actually really nice!

The alternating turns is only part of what has really helped StarCraft win me over. Instead of deploying all (or most) of your troops at the very start, all units begin in reserve, with the battlefield only able to field a limited amount of troops at a time. This supply limit, dictated by the mission picked at the start, keeps things more manageable (and timely), with each unit on the field taking up various amounts of that given limit, with squads like the Terran Marines supply value reducing as they lose troops. Then at the start of a brand new round, that limit increases, allowing for fresh and stronger troops to deploy, with that limit removed altogether if the game lasts until the final fifth round. Not only do I appreciate this approach since it removes the likelihood of a disastrous first turn ruining your chances at the start of a long game, but I found it lets players adjust their strategies and approach better mid-game, as the deployment order of troops isn’t set until the moment they are taken out of reserve. So if you really need bodies on the board, you can change your strategy from bringing out your heavy units next round to a couple more squads of zerglings to swarm the field. It also feels more faithful to the original PC RTS, as you build up your army as the game progresses.

Movement will still have you busting out your handy-dandy tape measure and combat is still a chaotic symphony“

StarCraft’s twists don’t stop just at deployment or when you take your turn though, despite its combat feeling a bit familiar if you have played a tabletop war game before. Movement will still have you busting out your handy-dandy tape measure and combat is still a chaotic symphony of rolling handfuls of dice for attacks and defense. The twist the Archon Studio has thrown into the fighting pits is the Surge mechanic. Some weapons units come with a designated “Surge type” with an associated tag, such a “Light” or “Armoured”. When using that weapon against an enemy with a matching tag, some of your successful hits for damage will circumvent the opponent’s armor roll, and will deal damage. It almost turns encounters into a rock-paper-scissors game where there is a clear and impactful incentive to attack units with the right type of counter unit, and adds a satisfying and clever layer of strategy to battles.

One unfortunate carry over that StarCraft hasn’t managed to avoid, that plagues the hobby as a whole, is that this can still be a rather pricey game to play. The two player Starter Box which includes a Terran and Zerg army hovers around the $200, with individual army starter sets for Zerg, Protoss, or Terran will set you back $120-$130, with the various squad or hero boxes coming in between the $50 and $80 price point. It’s the world we live in, I suppose, but to Archon Studio’s credit, the full rulebook is available for free along with a handy browser app with the various cards you can use, so if you find yourself with some standard bases, some LEGO miniatures and super glue…

Love Nikki Player Shuts Down Fan Website Over Game’s ‘Irreverent’ and ‘Demonic’ Clothing Designs

A fan of the Love Nikki – Dress Up Queen mobile dress-up game is going viral for shutting down their informative website after determining that some of the game’s clothing designs were “demonic.”

Nikki’s Info was a fan-made website compiling many of Love Nikki’s clothes, accessories, story guides, update details, and other information. An X/Twitter account for the site was created in 2018, and players could subscribe to the administrator’s Patreon for exclusive game guides and other insights.

Those players are now being offered refunds after the site’s admin announced that they are quitting the game due to their religious beliefs, as described in a now-viral blog post.

Love Nikki – Promo Images

The admin published the post after a week of inactivity on the Nikki’s Info website, which has been completely wiped of any information relating to the dress-up game. They explained their absence in the post, saying they had “done some horrible things involving the occult” and that the “devil had then gained such a foothold in my life [that] I was firmly in his grasp.”

“All of this started quite small and personal — but quickly escalated, where in the end I was in a situation where I was in a near-death situation involving police, paramedics, and other people, of whose kindness I am grateful for. I [was] on the precipice of a terrible situation — [I] called out to God for help. He answered. I then continued to practice the occult. Things got worse again and started affecting others, especially my suffering family, in a way I can’t declare publicly,” they wrote.

While the poster confirmed that they are now fine, they expressed some issues with the clothing designs in Love Nikki, finding them to be blasphemous with “demonic” undertones.

“The game features a lot of crosses as dress-up items, which are irreverent to God, the God who so kindly and patiently saved me. The God I love,” they continued. “There’s a lot of them, disproportionately so. Some are mixed in with gothic demonic themes. Such things, though they might seem small, carry consequences and meaning. This is not to say that playing the game directly led to what happened to me. I can say with some degree of certainty, it really was the terrible things I did. But in the ‘back story,’ the various games, books, works of fiction, movies, even music — they are there.

“I have wrestled with this, but ultimately I can’t profit from or promote something which offends my God, my Saviour — therefore the site is now closed. The source code, the data, the domain are not for sale.”

⭐Behind the Seams | [Version 2.0 5-Star Outfits] The Inspirations Behind the Designs pic.twitter.com/KMOoKqvo67

— Infinity Nikki (@InfinityNikkiEN) December 10, 2025

The admin’s post has gone viral within the broader Infinity Nikki community, sparking concerns from players and theories as to what clothing items specifically led them to this conclusion.

Some pointed out the oddness of the situation, given that a fair few designs within the Nikki franchise were directly inspired by figures within the Catholic religion. For example, Love Nikki includes an outfit set that’s essentially a Pope-like ensemble, while the official Infinity Nikki X account shared a graphic with specific details about how the team at Infold approached its Behind Prayers outfit set, saying the Starlight Crown headdress incorporated “imagery of the Virgin Mary.”

For now, commenters are doing their best to help the Nikki’s Info admin, though the situation has sparked no end of curiosity and debate within the world of dress-up games.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Save Up to 20% Off Tournament-Grade PS5, Xbox, and PC Controllers During SCUF’s It’s Time to Win Sale

Editor’s Note: This article is sponsored by SCUF Gaming.

Black Friday is still a few months away, but you don’t have to wait that long to score some great deals on gaming peripherals that can instantly up your game. Starting now and running through September 27, SCUF is kicking off its aptly named It’s Time to Win Sale with up to 20% off performance gaming controllers for every platform. Premium controllers usually command a premium price point, and SCUF is no exception, with its top-end controllers priced upwards of $200. That’s why you don’t want to miss out on any opportunity to get one on sale.

The SCUF “It’s Time to Win” Sale Is Live: Save Up to 20% Off

SCUF’s “It’s Time to Win” sale is a bit different from the previous Labor Day Sale we saw earlier this month. For starters, SCUF’s top-of-the-line Omega PlayStation controller is now part of the sale. Also, instead of just the standard editions being discounted, SCUF’s more uniquely designed offerings are also marked down as well. These include the pre-customized Design series, the collaborative Creator series, and the completely customized build-your-own Builders series controllers. Prices are as marked and no coupon code is required. The sale cannot be combined with other discounts, pending or existing orders, and is not applicable on gift card purchases.

The Omega Is the Ultimate PlayStation 5 Controller

SCUF Omega Wireless TMR Controller

0

Creators and Builders Editions

The officially licensed SCUF Omega PlayStation 5 controller is, frankly, what the DualSense Edge should have been. It adopts the DualSense’s familiar layout with dual analog sticks and iconic geometric face buttons, but just about every component has been upgraded. For starters, both analog sticks are equipped with SCUF’s Endurance TMR sensors. TMR joysticks are a step up from Hall Effect. Although both use electromagnetic technology with no moving parts and thus are highly resistant to stick drift, TMR joysticks offer finer control, higher precision, and are more power efficient. They also cost more to manufacture, so they’re only found in top-grade controllers.

The D-pad and face buttons are equipped with clicky Omron mechanical switches which provide satisfying tactile feedback. The L2/R2 triggers are dual action with two separate trigger stops. With a flip of a switch, you can choose between a short-throw “mouse-click fast” action or the more standard full-throw action. There are also six additional buttons – four rear paddle switches and two side buttons (exclusive to SCUF) – that can be depressed without your thumbs ever leaving the thumbsticks. As if that still wasn’t enough inputs, five “G-Keys” are positioned along the bottom edge of the controller, with two of the keys being programmable via the SCUF mobile app.

Note that this controller is also compatible with PC.

The VALOR PRO Wireless Is SCUF’s Best Xbox Controller

SCUF Valor Pro Wireless TMR Controller

1

Designs, Creators, and Builders Editions

The VALOR PRO Wireless is SCUF’s best pro controller for Xbox. The front-facing layout mirrors the tried and true Xbox asymmetrical control scheme with XY/AB face buttons. Much like the Omega, this officially licensed Xbox controller has pretty much every available feature to wipe out the competition including SCUF’s Endurance TMR joysticks, Omron mechanical switches, dual action L/R triggers, and rear paddle switches. It lacks the side-mounted buttons and G-keys of the Omega, but the VALOR PRO does uniquely feature tri-mode connectivity (wireless, wired, and Bluetooth) alongside Corsair’s low latency SlipStream technology.

Note that this controller is also compatible with PC.

The VALOR PRO Wired TMR Is an Outstanding Value

SCUF Valor Pro Wired TMR Controller

1

Standard and Designs Editions

If you do not need wireless connectivity, then the VALOR PRO’s wired TMR value will save you loads of money. It retails for $99.99 but currently on sale for $89.99. This controller is identical in design and features to the wireless version except for, obviously, the lack of tri-mode connectivity (since there’s no wireless or Bluetooth option). Instead, the controller connects to your Xbox or PC via a detachable USB Type-C cable. Many old school gamers still swear by wired connectivity since it eliminates any input lag concerns, and this controller is perfect for them.

The Envision Pro V2 Is Exclusive to PC Gamers

SCUF Envision Pro V2 Wireless Hall Effect Controller

0

Standard, Designs, Creators, and Builders Editions

Both the Omega and Valor Pro are PC compatible, but SCUF carries one more wireless PC controller that’s a bit more affordable. The Envision Pro V2 looks more like an Xbox than the PS5 controller because of the XY/AB face buttons, but it adopts technologies from both. The joysticks are equipped with Hall Effect magnetic sensors, not quite as precise as TMR but a big upgrade over traditional potentiometer-based analog sensors. Like the rest of the lineup, the Envision Pro V2 features Omron mechanical switches, dual action triggers, and the four rear paddle switches. Carried over from the Omega are the two side buttons and five G-keys. In fact, all of the G-keys are programmable (as opposed to just two on the Omega). Carried over from the Valor Pro is Corsair’s low latency SlipStream technology.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Pokemon Scalper Reportedly Arrested After Punching Man in the Face Over 30th Anniversary Target Drop

A Pokémon scalper has reportedly been arrested and trespassed after punching a man in a viral confrontation that resulted in a four-year-old child getting hurt in the chaos.

A Target store in Lisbon, Connecticut is at the center of a viral incident that occurred on August 28, 2026. Footage from the ordeal spread across social media in late September, showing two scalpers with a cart full of Pokémon merchandise making their way to the shop’s self-checkout stations.

The person who recorded the footage confronted the duo along with his girlfriend, who submitted the footage to PokéStreetz, an account dedicated to exposing bad behavior within the Pokémon TCG community.

Pokémon 30th Anniversary Trading Cards

In the footage, the four parties argued about the amount of merchandise the scalpers were making off with; the scalpers themselves proudly said, “Damn straight” that they were checking out with all that merch, rather than abiding by the two-per-person limit enacted by Target, and warned the couple not to touch their shopping cart.

The recorder and his girlfriend continued to follow the scalpers up to a self-checkout station, where one of the scalpers decked the recorder in the face, causing him to drop his phone on the ground. Scuffling can be heard in the background, along with a child crying.

PokéStreetz claimed that the recorder fell into this child, a four-year-old girl, after being punched by the scalper. The girl also reportedly fell in the impact and hurt her elbow; although the recorder “immediately” went to check up on the girl, the scalper fled, allegedly leaving his wallet behind.

🚨 TARGET RESTOCK ENDS WITH A PUNCH & A CHILD GETS HURT?! OH NAAAA 🚨

📺 This Morning on PokéStreetz

📍 Target — Lisbon, CT
📅 August 28, 2026 | ⏰ Around noon

The submitter says she & her boyfriend were fourth or fifth in line when two shoppers ahead allegedly filled their… pic.twitter.com/0b7BpAS3WO

— PokéStreetz (@POKESTREETZ) September 5, 2026

According to the account, the scalper was arrested and trespassed from the Target after he returned to retrieve his wallet. PokéStreetz also claimed that the father of the injured girl called police after staff at Target allegedly declined to take action.

The scuffle was verified by a local TCG player in a Pokémon drops and restocks Facebook Group, who described the situation as a “nightmare.”

“Lisbon Target was a nightmare today,” they wrote. “Needless to say, they are changing some things I believe, also no UFC if anyone was looking for that lol. Someone went and whipped out all the Hops and AH tins, then when they got recorded at the front, they got violent and punched someone in the face. I didn’t get names or anything, but it was not the normal crew, as I am somewhat of a hang-around sometimes, and none of the regulars were there.”

No police records or local reports regarding the scalpers’ supposed arrest and trespassing have been located thus far. The incident is one of several that have broken out amid Pokémon’s 30th Anniversary celebrations, where special collaborations, merchandise, and trading card drops have resulted in chaos.

For example, the hype around Pokémon’s 30th Anniversary September trading card drop went viral for the sheer amount of customers who lined up outside shops hours before launch, with some camping outside, while others ‘reserved’ their spots with ‘ghost chairs’ as crowds of fans vied for the chance at snagging some packs.

Luckily, the powers that be seem to have made enough cards to go around this time, and it’s hurting scalpers; a scalping Discord group made the rounds on social media after moaning that the excessive stock was hurting their businesses.

Image Credit: Kindel Media, The Pokemon Company

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Will Let You Automatically Level Up Your Characters

Speaking with IGN Japan at Tokyo Game Show 2026, Final Fantasy 7 Revelation director Naoki Hamaguchi said the game will contain an option to let players automatically level up their characters, allowing them to experience the story without needing to grind — but the broader gaming community is at odds with this idea.

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation, like every other game in the series, is very narrative-focused. Luckily, there’ll be a feature for those who want to breeze through tough battles and get to its major story beats, as told by Hamaguchi at TGS 2026.

During our conversation, he told us that he’d received feedback from players who claimed they had a hard time getting through the previous games’ main story due to being underleveled, saying they didn’t want to grind through the wealth of side quests to work their way up to a higher level.

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Preview Screenshots

“Naturally, because we’ve prepared so much side content, [a player’s] level might not quite reach the requirement for the main story. There were voices [from players] saying, ‘Even though you say I don’t have to do the side content, if I don’t do it and make my characters stronger, I end up struggling,’” he explained.

“For people who really just want to do the main story, we’ve included an option that asks, if your level is not high enough for the recommended level when you reach a part of the main story, ‘Would you like to automatically raise [your level] to the recommended level?’”

This particular remark has sparked a heated debate within the gaming community. The broad sentiment from critics argues that adding such a feature makes the game far too ‘hand-holdy,’ and furthermore, presents a startling implication that young players are no longer being faced with challenges in games.

Veteran game artist TheCartelDel provided the most viral argument against adding this feature, writing on X/Twitter, “We need to have a serious discussion about how games used to be a unique method to teach kids and teens about patience, delayed gratification, and working hard to accomplish a goal — and now we’re designing away the need to persevere at all. You will learn to overcome nothing.”

“I like the FF7 remakes. I really do. But every piece of news I’ve been seeing about Revelation feels like they’re accommodating this game for people who don’t like playing games and it’s embarrassing,” another user said.

“Having options to FACILITATE the experience is ALWAYS good, but there’s a difference between facilitating and ELIMINATING the experience,” another argued. “In an RPG, getting lost in its world, exploring, fighting, and leveling up is precisely the nature of the genre.”

We need to have a serious discussion about how games used to be a unique method to teach kids & teens about patience, delayed gratification, and working hard to accomplish a goal – and now we’re designing away the need to persevere at all. You will learn to overcome nothing. https://t.co/K0FOtDxa5n

— Del (@TheCartelDel) September 21, 2026

That being said, FF7 Revelation is going to be a massive game, with Hamaguchi teasing that it’ll take completionists “at least 100 hours” to totally finish. It’s an open-world game, after all, with a wide variety of side quests to complete and areas to explore. That’s why there’s a few ways players can navigate its world, either by dropping in from the Highwind (thanks for the ride, Cid) or traversing the landscape via Chocobo — or heck, even walking on foot.

Because such a massive open world can trigger decision fatigue from players who prefer a more linear experience, Hamaguchi said the development team is working hard to find a balance between providing enough guidance for those who struggled in exploration and those who want to wander off on their own, saying he’d received some feedback calling the game a bit too hand-holdy.

“There are people who want to explore, and there are people who don’t want to get lost. So, I think that for open-world games today, you need quite a thorough level of guidance. However, on the other hand, there were also opinions from people who wanted to discover things on their own, saying that the guidance was a bit intrusive or in the way. So, we are currently considering things like toggling that guidance on and off,” he said.

Either way, it appears that Hamaguchi is well-aware of concerns that the game will do too much heavy lifting on players’ behalf. It’s also worth noting that many AAA games these days offer difficulty levels specifically tailored to experiencing their story modes, so Hamaguchi’s automatic level-up option isn’t something totally new.

What’s your take on this feature? Do you think it’s heralding an issue with the next generation of games, or do you think the conversation has been blown out of proportion? Let us know in the comments below.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

The Witcher Full-Cast Audio Adaptation Announced, Crossroads of Ravens Now Available

A new slate of “full-cast audio dramas” based on Andrzej Sapkowski’s Witcher books is set to release in 2026 and 2027. Starting with Crossroads of Ravens, Sapkowski’s latest Witcher novel and a prequel following an 18-year-old Geralt of Rivia, which is out now.

Rather than a traditional audiobook built around a single narrator, the new production uses an ensemble cast alongside original music and sound design to bring Sapkowski’s world to life.

Crossroads of Ravens (The Witcher)

0

The cast includes Sam Stafford as Young Geralt, Richard Armitage as Preston Holt, Clare Corbett as Nenneke, Tom Alexander as Artamon of Asguth, Peter Kenny as the narrator, among others.

That’s only the beginning as well, with the publisher planning to work through the rest of Sapkowski’s Witcher saga over the next two years. The Last Wish and Sword of Destiny are scheduled to follow in November 2026, before the rest rolls out across 2027.

How to Listen for Less Than $1

New and Return Subscribers

Get 4 Months of Audible Standard for $0.99/mo

87

If the new full-cast productions have you wanting to revisit The Witcher in audio, Amazon is currently offering a particularly cheap way to get started.

New and returning subscribers can get four months of Audible Standard for just $0.99 per month, giving you access to the service’s wider audiobook catalogue alongside the growing Witcher audio lineup. The offer is available for a limited time, so it’s worth checking the terms before signing up.

The “Full-Cast” format that has been gaining considerable traction across audiobooks in recent years. There have already been various adaptations for franchises like Alien, Sandman, and Assassin’s Creed, to name a few.

GraphicAudio has built an entire business around what it describes as ‘a movie in your mind’, with its dramatized Fourth Wing adaptations bringing together full-casts, narration, sound effects, and original music.

Amazon has also seen similar success with its full-cast adaptations of the Harry Potter series starring some big names like Hugh Laurie, Michelle Gomez, Keira Knightley, Bill Nighy, and Kit Harrington, among plenty of others.

Crossroads of Ravens (The Witcher)

4

The Witcher’s move into full-cast audio is just as notable, given just how many different interpretations of Sapkowski’s world already exist.

As many fans will likely already be aware, the fantasy books have already inspired globally successful video games and TV series, alongside various animated films, comics, and more.

Now, with the new audiobooks, fans are getting another way experience Geralt’s adventures through a completely different set of performances.

There’s certainly no shortage of other Witcher projects on the horizon, either.

CD Projekt Red’s The Witcher 3: Remastered is due to arrive on September 29, while the surprise Songs of the Past expansion is planned for next year. The Witcher 4 is currently targeting 2028, with Ciri taking over as the game’s main protagonist.

Netflix’s live-action adaptation is also heading into its fifth and final season, now expected in 2027 after a supposed delay.

Then there’s the author’s next Witcher novel, which Sapkowski has confirmed is already underway and is targeting for completion in 2027.

He has also told IGN in a recent interview that he is considering writing even more short stories, and suggested that there is still plenty of room to explore Geralt’s formative years following Crossroads of Ravens.

Robert Anderson

Senior Commerce Editor

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Witcher Creator Is Open to Suggestions on Next Adaptation Format, Even if Experimental

From musicals to whatever comes next, The Witcher creator, Andrzej Sapkowski, isn’t ruling out even more unconventional ways of bringing the fantasy series to life.

The Witcher has already been adapted into just about every major format you could think of, from the immensely popular video games and Netflix’s live-action series to animated films and comics.

But during our recent wide-ranging interview with Sapkowski and his English translator, David French, we asked the author whether there are more experimental formats he’d like to see The Witcher explore, such as the possibility of a major stage production like Game of Thrones.

Andrzej Sapkowski – Credit: Matt Crockett.

“Does a musical count as a stage play?” he asked. “If so, there were already two. What else? I am open to suggestions. Even unconventional ones.”

Yes, Geralt of Rivia has, in fact, already ventured into musical territory, although Sapkowski seemingly doesn’t want to put a limit on what could come next either. After all, the franchise has spent years expanding far beyond the books that first introduced Geralt.

Plus, there’s certainly no shortage of Witcher projects on the horizon, either. CD Projekt Red’s The Witcher 3: Remastered is due to arrive on September 29, while the surprise new expansion Songs of the Past is planned for 2027. The Witcher 4, meanwhile, is currently targeting a 2028 release and will put Ciri in the starring role.

Crossroads of Ravens (The Witcher)

3

The publishing side of the franchise is also expanding further, with full-cast audio drama adaptations of Sapkowski’s books arriving through 2026 and 2027, beginning with Crossroads of Ravens before moving on to The Last Wish and Sword of Destiny.

Netflix’s live-action The Witcher is also heading into its fifth and final season, now expected in 2027 after a supposed delay.

New and Return Subscribers

Get 4 Months of Audible Standard for $0.99/mo

87

If you want to listen to The Witcher Full Cast Audiobooks, we recommend checking out this new Audible deal as part of the upcoming Prime Day sale. Amazon Prime members can sign up for four months of Audible Standard for just $0.99 per month.

Of course, Sapkowski himself isn’t slowing down either. The author has confirmed that he is already writing his next Witcher novel, with a targeted completion date of 2027.

He has also told IGN that he is also considering eventually returning to the short-story format that originally introduced many readers to Geralt, while suggesting there is still plenty of room to explore the Witcher’s earlier years.

Whether that next novel ultimately brings us another glimpse of young Geralt remains to be seen, but Sapkowski’s response when we asked whether there was more room to explore that period of his life was short but sweet: “Room? Sky is the limit.”

Robert Anderson

Senior Commerce Editor

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

PlayStation X Lisa Collaboration Announced

PlayStation has announced a new collaboration with the rapper, singer, and actress Lisa.

The collaboration will include a limited edition DualSense controller with an MSRP of $84.99 alongside a spread of additional merch that will be released in “two unique assortments.” The collection will go up for preorder in the U.S. on October 2 ahead of its full launch on October 30. The reveal also includes a new promotional video featuring, as you’d expect, Lisa herself.

The limited-edition controller has a relatively simple design with a soft grey color scheme. The main graphic is an artistic rendition of Lisa’s mascara-clad eyes, colored blue, with the iconic quartet of PlayStation buttons looped into her makeup look. The controller also features an “LL” logo on one side and Lisa’s signature on the back.

Additional items in the collection will include totes, sweaters, hats, and even stickers, making up a merch drop that extends beyond the usual PlayStation release and aligns a little bit more with what you’d expect from the K-pop star.

While the DualSense will initially only be available to preorder directly through PlayStation, additional items will be available through Lisa’s Amazon storefront.

No gaming company has been shy about collaborations, and limited-edition controllers have been a particular hit for both Xbox and PlayStation. Typically, though, these controllers are tied to a first-party game under either company’s banner, like PlayStation’s recent Wolverine line and Xbox’s Gears of War: E-Day controller. Collaborations with specific celebrities are more rare, with previous examples being limited to a Lebron James controller released back in 2023.

The PlayStation collaboration’s release will coincide with the release of Lisa’s next EP, Press Play, on October 23. Lisa, who is from Thailand, first entered the spotlight as the main rapper of Blackpink, a four-piece girl group under YG Entertainment. She has since grown into her own solo career with full albums like Rockstar, as well as acting roles like in HBO’s White Lotus.

Lisa is also no stranger to gaming collaborations, having recently headlined an entire Fortnite Festival season. Speaking on the new PlayStation collab, the artist highlighted that “Gaming is something I do whenever I have time to relax,” expressing that this collection “gave me a new way to be creative and show a different side of myself.”

PlayStation, in the meantime, continues to catch heat for its decision to cut production of physical discs. The company also recently saw a major shake-up with Hideo Kojima’s decision to move development of his next espionage game, Physint, to Xbox.

Blythe Dujardin

Audience Development Coordinator

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Hideo Kojima Could Be the Catalyst for an Xbox Turnaround

To use a sports analogy, Hideo Kojima is like a superstar athlete whose previous team (PlayStation) dropped him for, reportedly, salary-cap reasons. Xbox was all too happy to sign him, and unsurprisingly, they trotted him out at the Tokyo Game Show as the new face of the franchise. As they should. If this really was a sports team, a giant banner featuring Kojima’s face would be hung up on the outside of the stadium, and his jersey would be sold at the team shop.

Getting Kojima’s next two projects as Xbox exclusives, or at least what could be Xbox exclusives – Xbox hasn’t yet announced that, but given CEO Asha Sharma’s refocus on exclusives and the common-sense thought that Xbox probably didn’t just sign Physint to publish it on PlayStation 6 – gives the next-gen Project Helix two big-name exclusives before Microsoft’s next-gen console has even been formally revealed.

I say Project Helix – it seems sensible to bet that Kojima’s projects (and thus whatever bonus his work can provide the Xbox brand) won’t arrive on Xbox Series X. OD is coming out before Physint, which Kojima himself said in 2025 is 5-6 years away, and while I suspect that the Series X will be supported for a longer period thanks to the fact that console prices continue to head in the wrong direction, past generation cycles would suggest that Helix will likely arrive before OD and Physint. Thus, OD might help kick things off fairly early in Helix’s lifecycle.

Xbox seems to – dare I say it – be heading in the right direction.“

Looking beyond that, though, Xbox seems to – dare I say it – be heading in the right direction. I know, I know: I’ve said that before and so I probably sound like the Xboy Who Cried Wolf at this point, but let’s take a look at the pieces that Sharma has put in place so far. If Xbox really is serious about keeping its games off of rival consoles, then gamers might have plenty of reasons to jump ship from PlayStation back to Xbox in the next generation, just as they did from PS2 to Xbox 360.

Kojima will bring the prestige, which is something that Xbox has very much lacked, and will go a long way towards luring fans who’ve been loyal to him on PlayStation – that’s almost certainly why Microsoft signed him even after dropping four studios and laying off thousands of people mere weeks ago. But the biggest weapon in Xbox’s next-gen arsenal is undoubtedly The Elder Scrolls 6. Sharma raved about a recent demo she saw, but then again what else would she say about her most valuable asset? Still, there’s no denying that the first Elder Scrolls game in nearly two decades by the time it finally comes out will be a juggernaut. If Sharma has the intestinal fortitude to keep it off of PlayStation platforms, then that’s a whole lot of people buying her new console. I think she should and I think she will take this approach; if you’re going to return to exclusives you have to go all-in, lest you get the confusing mess Xbox’s exclusivity policy has been over the past couple of years.

OK, so thus far we’ve got OD (aka PT’s spiritual successor), Physint (aka Metal Gear Solid’s spiritual successor) and The Elder Scrolls 6. What else? Well, there’s Obsidian’s new Fallout game that’s being led by Fallout: New Vegas director Josh Sawyer. It remains to be seen whether or not the Fallout TV show can keep its pop-culture momentum going long enough to still be relevant when that project is finally ready to ship, but a new Fallout game from the makers of New Vegas is going to be huge regardless. Keep in mind that, like The Elder Scrolls, fans have been waiting a long, long time – the last mainline, single-player Fallout game is already over a decade old. And if its successor is exclusive? That’s a big, big deal.

Meanwhile, Fable will ship in five months on both Xbox Series X and PlayStation 5, but if it lives up to developer Playground’s pedigree established by its masterpiece Forza Horizon games, then the sequel is almost guaranteed to be both fantastic and exclusive to Xbox. Not to mention that Fable 2 should get turned around a lot faster than it took to build this reboot, which had to start from scratch.

The biggest weapon in Xbox’s next-gen arsenal is undoubtedly The Elder Scrolls 6.“

Finally, there’s Forza, Halo, and Gears of War. The latter looks set to reestablish itself with E-Day, a prequel that helps revive the powerhouse series by returning its focus to the characters that we all love. If the whole thing is as awesome as what I’ve played so far, it sets up The Coalition to create another exclusive Gears adventure, which would presumably land in the middle of the Helix generation. Forza Horizon doesn’t need any fixing; the bigger question is, does Xbox dare to pull it off of PlayStation next time around after Forza Horizon 5 sold millions of copies despite launching years later on Sony’s platform?

Halo, on the other hand, absolutely needs fixing. Its future seems wildly uncertain, with Halo Studios leadership turning over recently and pivoting everything to Unreal Engine on the tech side. Halo: Campaign Evolved was fine, but does the studio even know what the next mainline game is yet? Is it Halo 7/Infinite 2? Is it a reboot? It’s already been five years since the last mainline Halo game, and it seems like it’s going to be at least five more. So…yeah, we’ll have to check back on that one.

Still, if rising console prices don’t crash the entire industry, then Xbox is set up to really turn things around in the Helix generation. It won’t happen overnight, and I’m not suggesting that they’ll suddenly overtake PlayStation in consoles sold, but the pieces are there for an Xbox 360 Redux-like situation, and I think we’d all be thrilled if that actually came to pass.

Ryan McCaffrey

Executive Editor

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

Here’s How the Resident Evil Movie Was Originally Meant to End

Spoilers for Resident Evil follow

If you’ve seen the latest Resident Evil movie, you’ll know that it ends with a lot of blood splattered all over an Umbrella Corporation lab.

As Austin Abrams’ Brian can no longer control the T-Virus coursing through his body, he’s left with no choice but to bring each scientist who stands in his way to a violent end, one by one. The key to making this work, though, is that you can still see the small human part of Brian left that wants to inject himself with the cure he’s spent the whole of the film transporting to this location.

This connection to the syringe is what, in turn, keeps the audience’s connection to Brian, leaving his objective still clear, rather than fully transforming into a mindless killing machine. It may be somewhat surprising to hear, then, that the movie did originally end differently, taking away this key motivation.

Speaking with Collider, director Zach Cregger revealed, “One of the missteps I made early on was not doing that. And so we reorganized the chain of events. Thank God, I shot this as a contingency plan. It was like my plan B.”

This new plan altered how early the cure would be destroyed, stretching out its purpose for an extra few crucial minutes until it falls from the top floor of Racoon City’s tallest building.

“Originally in the script, that scientist pulls the needle out, and as soon as Austin grabs the woman’s face, he drops it, and it shatters,” Cregger explained.

“Then the rest of the movie is just Austin [Brian] killing the scientists, and people were just like, ‘No, like it’s over’, you know,” the Weapons and Barbarian director continued. “But I shot that shot of the scientist putting the needle in his pocket just because I had a feeling. I was like, ‘I feel like I’m going to need that.’

And so then we were able to build a new sequence of the end, and I shot a contingency of him going for the stab in Prague when we were doing our thing, as just like, ‘if I need it, I should just get it’. Thank God because that’s what we ended up using. It keeps the stakes all the way until the end. It’s like, ‘save him, save him’. Whereas before it was just like, ‘kill them all’.

That decision seems to be proving to be the right one, with both critics and audiences alike largely loving Cregger’s interpretation of the Capcom survival horror games. Don’t expect to ever see that original ending or any other version of Resident Evil anytime soon, though, with the director confirming that there’s no ‘Cregger Cut’ incoming.

Resident Evil is a smash hit, having overtaken Sonic the Hedgehog 3 as the highest-rated video game adaptation on Rotten Tomatoes, and defied expectations at the box office with a huge $108 million opening.

For more on the movie, you can check out our review, or read about how it nails being a video game adaptation by being so ridiculous.

Simon Cardy

Senior Editor

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

Silent Hill: Townfall Review

I spent so much of my time stalking through Silent Hill: Townfall tensed in a cautious crouchwalk, that by the end of the story I was just as worried about the damage to my character’s fraying mental state as I was about the wear and tear on his knees. Taking an about-face from the action-heavy adventure in last year’s Silent Hill f, this latest survival horror spin-off instead embraces the sustained tension of slow-paced stealth, handing you a motion-sensing gadget and tasking you with sneaking past a series of sound-sensitive beasts that have descended on its abandoned seaside village in mid-nineties Scotland. What unfolds is a gripping investigation through an increasingly unsettling world witnessed from a fresh, first-person perspective. Silent Hill: Townfall is riddled with tremendously satisfying puzzles to solve, and peppered with the most disturbing scenes to come out of mid-nineties Scotland since that baby crawled along the ceiling in the original Trainspotting.

Silent Hill: Townfall’s story begins with a cold open in more ways than one. American Simon Ordell washes up on the chilly shores of the fictional St. Amelia with a hospital ID bracelet on one wrist and an IV drip still stuck in the other, seemingly seeking redemption for an unknown sin from his past. It quickly becomes apparent that things have gone very wrong in the deserted Scottish town – market stalls are abandoned, ‘for sale’ signs are pegged out the front of almost every house, and the streets are littered with picket signs protesting an unknown organisation dubbed the ‘CEG’. Oh, and the first local you encounter is a mysterious man in the town square getting disgusting black goop pumped into his lungs through an intubation tube descending from the skies above.

Silent Hill: Townfall Review Screens

Things only get more alarming from there, but Townfall dragged me through its increasingly squeamish scenes with the powerful allure of its central mystery, which gradually brings to light the tragic events that have impacted the town, the main players at fault, and exactly where poor Simon stands in all of it. It’s a story that deals with familiar themes of trauma and guilt that we’ve come to expect from Silent Hill, but it also tackles previously unexplored shades of evil like corporate greed and environmental mismanagement that help to make it feel like a refreshingly new twist on the series’ formula.

Although he comes across as fairly monotone at first, I grew to appreciate the understated earnestness of Simon as the events of Townfall mine the full depths of his despair, especially compared to some of the overly dramatic heroes of the earlier Silent Hill games. At certain junctions, the story also switches the perspective to a couple of other playable characters that further flesh out the details of what’s really going on, but I’d rather not spoil exactly who they are other than to say that they provide crucial roles in unravelling St. Amelia’s secrets.

Townfall dragged me through its increasingly squeamish scenes with the powerful allure of its central mystery.“

Of course, a lot of its story themes are revealed in the form of nightmarish visual metaphors, as St. Amelia shifts into an ominous altered state with tangles of industrial pipes strangling its streets and the tentacles of a towering monster that drag along its rooftops. Sure, some sections feel like echoes of earlier Silent Hill settings, like apartment blocks in a heavy state of decay and creepy hospital wards to explore, but there are some really striking new sights to see throughout the 13 hours of Townfall’s tragic tale too, from alleys cloaked in a crimson haze to suburban streets lined with horribly bloated corpses that have freshly fallen from the sky.

The fact that developer Screen Burn Games has opted to break from the series’ predominately third-person style by telling its story entirely in first-person also does wonders for enhancing Townfall’s overall sense of dread. As proven by Resident Evil’s modern instalments, it’s considerably more intimidating to lean around a corner and come face to gaping maw with a menacing manifestation of pure malevolence than it is to witness it from a comparatively safe distance peering over your character’s shoulder. However, Townfall further enhances its first-person view by defaulting its presentation to a letterboxed widescreen format, and the benefits are twofold; aside from lending it a welcome cinematic touch, its narrowed anamorphic perspective also makes moving through confined spaces feel all the more claustrophobic and uncomfortable.

Silent Thrill

Whereas last year’s Silent Hill f demanded that you master an aggressive, action RPG-style melee and parry system, Townfall encourages a slow and steady approach to its enemy encounters that feels more inline with the survival horror systems of the series’ mainline entries. Simon can get his hands on wooden two-by-fours and lead pipes in order to beat the black pudding out of his frenzied assailants, but the actual melee combat is intentionally sluggish and weapons can degrade and break. More often than not, that meant I opted to sneak past the snarling skinbags patrolling the path to my next objective, only ever choosing violence when I found myself backed into a corner.

Even when you eventually do get your hands on some more powerful weapons like the revolver and shotgun, ammunition remains scarce, reload times are realistically slow, and the booming echo of gunfire tends to attract attention from other enemies. This makes them primarily last resort options when you find yourself overwhelmed by fleshmonsters with axe-blades for faces that are frantically trying to give you a Glasgow kiss.

Thankfully the environment provides you with enough tools to allow for a passive approach. As was the case in The Last of Us series, house bricks and empty bottles can be lobbed to create distractions away from your position, or thrown directly at an enemy to momentarily stun them and allow you to scurry past. Devices like radios can also be switched on to lure shuffling sentries away from their stations, and should you get spotted, there’s usually a conveniently placed wardrobe somewhere close by for you to run and hide in. Just be sure to break the line of sight before you do – if one of the unkillable stalker enemy types spots you cowering in a cupboard, it’s liable to rip you right out of there like the xenomorph from Alien: Isolation and send you straight back to your last save point.

Speaking of Alien: Isolation, Townfall reimagines the iconic motion tracker device from Creative Assembly’s sci-fi scarefest in the form of a portable TV that Simon clutches in his left hand. Bursts of static alert you to the presence of any nasties that might lurk in the murk ahead, and by tuning the little frequency band on his CRTV-branded device you can dial in a slightly glitchy, sonar-style view of their position on its tiny LCD screen, allowing you to plan your next steps through each area accordingly. You can’t keep a bead on every enemy at the same time, however, since each of Townfall’s monsters occupy their own space on the CRTV’s band. Anytime I found myself in more densely populated areas, I was forced to constantly flick through the frequencies in order to identify the nearest threat, which further ratcheted up my stress levels.

That said, although the CRTV is a vital piece of kit for surviving the increasingly mean streets of St. Amelia, its ability to effectively see through walls and allow you to anticipate any monsters waiting to ambush you means that Townfall is pretty light on any substantial scares in its opening hours. It eventually found a way to jolt me with a few excellent jump scares later on, especially during the prolonged section that removes the CRTV from your inventory and forces you to contend with an office block full of ghouls that stand statue-like in the shadows before surprising you when you turn away. Yet even though Townfall might not ever come close to the underwear-changing chills of the Silent Hill 2 remake or the heart-stopping horrors of Grace’s levels in Resident Evil Requiem, it does use its consistently unsettling atmosphere to maintain a strong feeling of unease throughout.

Dot Matrix Reloaded

The CRTV isn’t just a handy way to keep tabs on Townfall’s terrors, it’s also a valuable tool for uncovering clues to your next objective. Cryptic looping videos will often pierce through the static and offer brief glimpses of a specific location, forcing you to carefully scan your surroundings rather than blindly following a simple map marker to reach it. However, the CRTV isn’t the only relic from the ‘90s that you get your hands on in Townfall, since so many of the story’s puzzles involve operating all sorts of other obsolete technologies from the decade like cream-coloured desktop computers and slide projectors, each recreated with convincing effect right down to the rhythmic mechanical screeches of a dot matrix printer.

Anyone who played this developer’s 2017 debut Stories Untold (released under the studio’s previous name, No Code) will be familiar with the team’s ability to accurately replicate the look and feel of such bygone gadgets and gizmos – and as someone nostalgic for the era, I got a kick out of methodically loading floppy disks into a drive in order to unzip important documents, or the tactile experience of manually punching a series of digits into the metal keypad of a public payphone to save my game. This may well sound a bit mundane to you if you’re not old enough to remember monochrome monitors, but don’t worry because these primitive pieces of tech are occasionally used to trigger some seriously surreal sequences. For example, a microcassette recorder I found in one abandoned residence could be used to shuffle the contents of the house back and forward through time, opening up slightly altered areas to scour for a specific puzzle solution and briefly bending my mind into a pretzel.

I respect that for the most part the clues you need to solve each of Townfall’s brainteasers are there to find in your immediate surroundings as long as you’re prepared to search for them, and also the fact that in some instances there are countermeasures for any attempts to brute force your way to a solution. For example, in one level where you’re guided through the process of prepping a patient for surgery by a condescending doctor on the other end of an intercom, it soon turns into a sadistic game of Operation when identifying the wrong readout on a life support system triggers a health bar-sapping buzz. That really forced me to focus on finding the right solution, and when I applied myself I discovered Townfall’s puzzles to be regularly challenging but rarely too obtuse.

Tristan’s Favourite Horror Games

Intensity in ten entries.

See All

That is, aside from one particular late game contraption that confounded me so much that it seemed as though Silent Hill’s signature fog had seeped into my own brain. Seriously, it made me feel like I was Homer Simpson sitting at his keyboard and searching for the ‘ANY’ key. (It’s worth pointing out, though, that if you prefer to have your brain gently tickled rather than outright teased, you can activate hints in the options menu.)

Lastly, I was happy to find that Silent Hill: Townfall wasn’t ever dragged down by the same inventory management issues I encountered in Silent Hill f. Unlike the miserly nature of the item slots in last year’s spin-off, Townfall doesn’t really place restrictions on what you can carry besides limiting you to two throwable items and one melee weapon at any one time. You can otherwise hold as much ammunition and medkits as you like, although given how scarce these resources are it’s typically only ever a handful at any one time anyway.

One particular late game puzzle confounded me so much that it seemed as though Silent Hill’s signature fog had seeped into my own brain.“

There’s a light amount of crafting, too, since you can sterilise regular bandages with bottles of alcohol in order to make them more effective healing options. Meanwhile, the ability to fill an IV bag with revitalising fluid and keep it constantly equipped proved essential (especially as enemy numbers swelled in the story’s final hours) since it brings you back to life with a partially refilled health bar anytime you’re downed. Aside from some rare exceptions when I was killed by an enemy, brought back to life on the spot, and then instantly killed by the same enemy again before I had a chance to flee or fight back, I appreciated having the safety net of the IV drip since it gave me the courage to spend longer excursions exploring each area. That’s opposed to painstakingly tiptoeing back and forth to the nearest save point in order to bank each small amount of story progress I made, which is the cowardly path I often take in spooky stories like this.

Here’s Everything You Need to Know About Mighty Mike Plays and the $118,000 He Allegedly Cost His Dad

Why is everyone talking about Mighty Mike Plays? From the (alleged) $118,000 bill to AI-generated T-shirt designs, we’re here to explain how a Minecraft YouTube channel has captured the internet’s attention.

It’s a tale as old as time: a child is playing a video game, they grab their parent’s credit card, and all of a sudden, someone has a thousand-dollar hole in their bank account. The story of Mighty Mike has so much in common with the lesson countless others have learned in the past – or does it?

Over the space of just a week, a nine-year-old YouTuber and his dad have ensnared an audience of millions, but not everyone is buying the events that started with a 14-minute Minecraft upload.

dude i know this isnt what i normally post but i stumbled upon this channel of this 9 year old kid who’s apparently been running 118k usd worth of youtube ads with his dad’s BUSINESS CREDIT CARD 😭😭 pic.twitter.com/paihyQDoiR

— alex 🐝 (@oscgoat) September 15, 2026

Mighty Mike Plays is Over

Last week, a small collection of subscribers gathered to watch the latest @MightyMikePlays67 YouTube video. The channel had started uploading videos in early August but had still managed to accumulate a modest following thanks to a frequent stream of Roblox and Minecraft content. Its description says all content is helmed by “a nine-year-old gamer dude” who is “seriously obsessed” with playing games with his dad.

It’s a sweet story that, apparently, as of September 14, started to come to an end. With a half-hearted “wassup chat” and a title that read “Message from Dad…Mighty Mike Plays is Over,” it was clear the video lacked the same enthusiasm present in previous uploads. The channel’s nine-year-old owner quickly signaled that the page would soon be shut down before handing the mic over to his dad, Dave, for an explanation.

“Apparently, my son has been running some high-budget campaigns that I was pretty much unaware of,” Dave said. “Looking at all the comments and stuff, I realize that a lot of people were actually telling him ‘Your parents will find out about this,’ but I hadn’t been really monitoring the comments like that. He’s nine – he’s pretty tech-savvy – so I just thought he was having fun, playing video games, uploading them to YouTube.”

Dave, who says he works in marketing, said he was recently called into speak with his employer and explain why there was a $118,000 hole in his company card. The reported transaction history painted a clear picture: Mighty Mike Plays had paid for ads – and a lot of them.

“Mighty Mike Plays is Over” https://t.co/LJg4OGcBgn pic.twitter.com/Wd2HEDIf6K

— no context memes (@nocontextmemes) September 15, 2026

A quick look at the channel’s uploads seemingly shows where a lot of that money went. A 30-minute Roblox video titled “I got the bbno$ sounds in keyboard escape” was published August 8 and amassed a respectable 805 views. Episode 1 of Mighty Mike’s Minecraft series, uploaded just earlier that same day, has 386,000.

It’s a trend that flows throughout the page’s history. “This song is fire” has 512 views, “New Glitch” has 1,900 views, and “playing descenders with my dad” has 284,000. Users who left comments on high-performing uploads more than a week ago often mentioned coming across each respective video in an ad, with some messages having been edited to address the events that have transpired since.

“The fact that this kid probably used his parent’s credit card to pay for a YouTube ad is concerning and funny at the same time,” one popular comment from three weeks ago said.

Dave explained that he had tied his company’s bank card to an account to purchase Roblox’s in-game Robux currency. He then later chipped in about $20 to help boost Mighty Mike Plays’ content with “a small ad campaign just to get one of his videos in front of a few people.” One thing led to another, and before he knew it, the gaming dad said he was told he no longer has a job and has just 30 days to replace the $118,000 spent on the secret ad campaign.

His top videos have thousands of views but barely any likes. Those ad campaigns were working alright 😭 pic.twitter.com/v1DBoN7VPr

— Faygo (@FaygoGW) September 15, 2026

“I don’t have $118,000 sitting in a checking account. I wish I did,” Dave said in an update video titled “I have some really bad news…” “My wife and I have been talking about what we’re going to do. We’ve gone through basically every scenario.

“One of the scenarios is our house. That’s a very real possibility, that we’re going to have to sell our home. That one is… yeah, that’s hard. Because it’s not just a house; that’s where our family lives. That’s where the kids live. That’s where our memories are.”

‘I’m Definitely Cooked’

It’s a story many can relate to, but that’s also part of why some aren’t buying it. For every viewer who feels for Dave and the rest of the Mighty Mike family, there’s someone who’s concerned that the mass amount of attention is part of a grand scheme to garner attention. At the time of this piece’s publication, the YouTube account has built a following of 238,000 subscribers. Views for past videos have continued to climb, with the last two uploads centered on the events of the last week sitting with more than 4 million views between them.

Now, scam allegations have cropped up online as some look to the channel to come up with a better explanation. Dave’s willingness to use a company card on Robux was enough to raise a few eyebrows, while others questioned how his unnamed employer could allow Mighty Mike to rack up a $118,000 bill without anyone catching on sooner.

YouTube Thumbnails for Mighty Mike Plays’ Last Two Videos. Image courtesy of Mighty Mike Plays.

Many have also suggested that, despite Mighty Mike Plays’ explanation video uploads totaling more than 36 minutes, no one has shared much in terms of proof of there being $118,000 in ad damages. Watchers say the lack of sufficient evidence to convince skeptical watchers is really just the tip of the iceberg.

The Mighty Mike Plays situation reached a new level of chaos when the channel opted out of launching a GoFundMe and instead established an official website filled with merchandise. The shirts on offer are allegedly being sold to help make up for all of the money spent on ads. They also introduced entirely new wrinkles to the story.

Most of the T-shirts on the website seemingly feature AI-generated assets, referencing that “wassup chat” intro or the viral “67” meme. Others are plastered with quotes, including two that are decorated with the “$118K” figure in giant text. Adding fuel to the fire that has become full-fledged backlash against the channel are the prices, which range from $67 to $97.

An image featured on the Mighty Mike Plays website. Image courtesy of Mighty Mike Plays.

Again, these are T-shirts for a YouTube channel that only started uploading early last month before an alleged ad campaign helped it explode overnight. This is an ongoing situation that Dave responded to in one of a few now-deleted YouTube posts. Users on social media say they were able to capture and share the messages before their removal.

“AI is here to stay, adapt or get left behind,” one supposedly deleted message on the Mighty Mike Plays page said. “YES we used AI to help design the t-shirt graphics and they look F**KING amazing. If you like them too, you can buy them…if you don’t that’s okay too. See you guys soon, I have A LOT to get off my chest.”

The thumbnails, the T-shirts, the 30-day timeline, the explanations… viewers say they’ve found more reasons to question the story than believe it. For now, it’s unclear where everything sits. Mighty Mike Plays last uploaded their second update video three days ago, September 18. Its description also included a brief explanation, as well as a link to the new merch page. The channel’s banner image is also a screenshot of some of that new merch.

Eight T-Shirts available on the Mighty Mike Plays website. Image courtesy of Mighty Mike Plays.

“At the end of the day, this is a child’s gaming channel meant to be a fun, safe space,” the description said. “Recently, the comment section became way too aggressive over our use of AI tools for design creation. People are claiming this channel is a ‘scam’ unless I use a GoFundMe or accept charity, which makes zero sense.

“I have been completely transparent and even uploaded the credit card balance as proof of the $118K ad spend [Editor’s Note: Tom’s Hardware was able to capture and share the image in question after its removal]. Because the comments have become so toxic, I am shutting them down. I will not expose a child to that kind of environment.

“We are here to enjoy gaming, and keeping the comments off is the best way to protect the peace of this channel. Thank you to those who actually support us. I will turn comments back on in a few weeks once everything calms down.”

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Lanterns Season 1, Episode 6 Review & Recap

Warning: This review contains full spoilers for Lanterns Season 1, Episode 6!

It was obvious from watching Lanterns Episode 5 that the series was due for a major shake-up in the remaining three installments. The 2016 storyline reached its fiery climax, as half of Rushville was destroyed, the Manhunter stood revealed, and John Stewart (Aaron Pierre) and Hal Jordan (Kyle Chandler) finally had their big falling-out. The series now pivots by returning fully to the 2026 timeline first teased in the pilot and digging into the mystery surrounding Hal’s apparent murder. Lanterns is a very different show in Episode 6, and not necessarily for the better.

Looking at Season 1 as a whole so far, the pacing is definitely a little strange. Lanterns teased a 2026 narrative early on and then waited a full month to return to that plot thread. Meanwhile, you have Episode 5 acting as a major storytelling climax smack dab in the middle of the narrative. I can’t help but wonder if there might have been some way to more evenly divvy up the 2016 and 2026 storylines and delay the epic battle in Rushville till later in the season. To be fair, I can only imagine the extra challenges that would impose on the writers. How do you dig deeper into 2026 without overtly spoiling what happens in 2016?

Lanterns Images

And as it stands, it sounds like Episode 5 was originally intended to be Episode 7, so there was certainly some experimentation going on with the season’s structure. It’s just a difficult adjustment going from the spectacle and drama of Episode 5 to this quieter, more somber murder mystery in Episode 6. It’s like riding a rollercoaster that peaks midway through.

The real problem with the 10-year jump forward, though, is that we lose out on the show’s biggest selling point. Hal being dead means we don’t get that all-important dynamic between the two Green Lanterns. Episode 6 only really has the one scene between them in the diner, taking place hours before Hal is mysteriously killed. It’s a great scene, mind you, with Chandler delivering some of his best work on the series to date and really conveying the decade of emotional and physical hardship Hal has endured since the two last met. We even see him show genuine fear at the thought of John revealing that they met, which opens up all sorts of burning questions. Sadly, it’s just not enough.

This episode tries to make up for the lack of Hal by establishing friction between John and various other characters. His relationships with his various family members have clearly frayed over the course of 10 years, and the episode is pretty elegant at conveying all that backstory without becoming overly expository. There’s also the idea that John is wading into dangerous waters by returning to Rushville and implicating himself in Hal’s murder. This is becoming a portrait of a man trying to prevent his carefully constructed, post-superhero life from falling apart.

But try as it might, Episode 6 doesn’t fully hook me in that regard. Particuarly when it comes to the subplot involving the waitress Maggie (Hannah Christine Shetler) blackmailing John, it just feels like writers Justin Britt-Gibson and Damon Lindelof are adding character drama for the sake of it. I want the series to focus on the more pressing matters – the identity of Hal’s killer, the whereabouts of Sinestro (Ulrich Thomsen), the question of how and why John finally embraces his destiny as the Green Lantern. Placing so much emphasis on John’s legal troubles and efforts to salvage his architecture firm just comes across as a narrative diversion.

Read Last Week’s Review:

Lanterns Season 1, Episode 5: “Lights Out”

Apart from the early diner scene, Episode 6 mainly succeeds when it focuses more on the Green Lantern side of things. For one thing, we finally get that long-promised cameo from Nathan Fillion’s Guy Gardner. Guy helps fill that Hal-shaped hole in the series for a couple of scenes, quickly establishing a fun dynamic with John that I hope is explored more in Man of Tomorrow next year. This episode addresses some of the big questions regarding the Green Lantern successorship and why Guy, not Hal or John, was the designated Lantern in 2025’s Superman.

The funeral sequence also works very well, serving as a bleakly amusing little tribute to Hal and an exploration of how far the character has fallen over the years. Hal assumed his funeral would be attended by dignitaries and celebrities both terrestrial and alien, and yet the only people who show up are two old girlfriends and one ex-colleague who hated his guts. On that note, it’s a nice treat to see Carol Ferris (Amie MacKenzie) stop by and allude to her own tumultuous history with Hal. But as with a lot of the classic Green Lantern supporting characters in this show, we don’t really get enough of Carol before she’s gone.

All in all, Episode 6 is a fairly disappointing follow-up to the stellar “Lights Out,” but I’m hopeful things will pick up in Episode 7. The fact that the Halogram is back in action means the show can get back to emphasizing the terrific chemistry between Pierre and Chandler. The series just needs to focus more on the story threads that truly matter.

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Could Easily Take Over 100 Hours to Beat

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation director Naoki Hamaguchi teased that completionist playthroughs for the remake trilogy’s conclusion could “easily take over a hundred hours” to beat.

The developer helping lead the charge on Cloud and the rest of the party’s final assault against Sephiroth opened up about the size of the final chapter during an interview with GameSpot. We already suspected there would be a lot to do when Final Fantasy 7 Revelation launches for PC and consoles next year, but it sounds like those looking to see all Square Enix has to offer will be especially busy.

“In a standard playthrough from beginning to end, if I were to review and check every single asset and element in the game, it’ll easily take over a hundred hours,” Hamaguchi said of his own playthroughs. “Obviously, I can’t do that in each and every single playthrough. As the director, I don’t have enough time for that, so sometimes I would just skip combat and focus on checking the main story.”

That’s a lot of Final Fantasy 7 Revelation playtime. The two previous entries in the trilogy – Remake and Rebirth – proved to be large games in their own right, but the 2027 RPG finale will no doubt up the ante yet again. As Cloud, Tifa, Barret, Vincent Valentine, and the rest of the crew try to finish the fight against Sephiroth, players will use a giant airship known as the Highwind to travel.

With more mini-games to play, battles to fight, and areas to explore, it’s clear Hamaguchi and the rest of the development team at Square Enix have packed the experience with things to do. The director said he is all too aware of the amount of content on offer here, saying that he has already managed to complete a whopping 46 full playthroughs ahead of the impending April 2027 launch.

“I will try to do these playthroughs as much time as time allows,” he said. “Yesterday, during a separate round of interviews, when there was downtime, I actually did bring a PS5 controller, so I checked the latest version of the build. Even on business trips, if there’s even a small amount of time that I have available, I’ll try to check the latest version of the game to see if there are any issues.”

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Preview Screenshots

It’s important to remember that not everyone will sink the same amount of time into Final Fantasy 7 Revelation. Some will no doubt turn over every pixel on the planet, while others will surely beeline their way through the story.

How long some of these different playthroughs will take is unclear, and with months to go until launch, Hamaguchi’s 100-hour estimate could always change. Either way, the team is anticipating a hefty download, with the director recently telling VGC that the game could eat around 200GB of storage.

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation will launch for PC, Nintendo Switch 2, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X/S April 8, 2027. IGN recently went hands-on for a preview, and you can read our biggest takeaways here. You can also check out everything we learned from Hamaguchi in our interview.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Monster: The Lizzie Borden Story Review

Monster: The Lizzie Borden Story is now streaming on Netflix. This review contains spoilers.

“Sometimes I wonder did she really do these things? Or is it just a story with embellishments? Could people really be that cruel back then?” Lizzie Borden (Ella Beatty) asks this of her housemaid/lover Bridget “Maggie” Sullivan (Vicky Krieps) as they read about Countess Elizabeth Báthory. It’s just one of the many on-the-nose moments in Monster: The Lizzie Borden Story, the fourth installment in Ryan Murphy and Ian Brennan’s true crime Netflix franchise.

This season explores the 1892 murders of wealthy Andrew Borden (Charlie Hunnam) and his wife Abby (Rebecca Hall) in Fall River, Massachusetts. Andrew’s youngest daughter Lizzie is tried for their murders but acquitted by an all-male jury thanks largely to shoddy police work and the belief that a woman was incapable of committing such a heinous, violent crime. Those are the basic facts of the Borden case.

Showrunner Ian Brennan, who wrote all eight episodes, invents pretty much everything else in this clumsy exploration of, in his words, “a legacy of female rage.” That’s why two other real-life infamous women – the aforementioned Blood Countess (also played by Krieps) and serial killer Aileen Wuornos (Sarah Paulson) – are shoehorned into what is a show about Lizzie Borden. Brennan wants the viewer to know that women have always had it bad, as if that’s a shocking new revelation. Monster’s not as philosophical or smart as it thinks it is, sending its message loudly but often with the depth of a virtue-signaling social media post.

The truth about the Lizzie Borden case is that we simply don’t know the truth of what happened or why. Lizzie’s story changed multiple times. Monster, though, never doubts her guilt. The show opens with her killing her father and stepmother. It’s a whydunit not a whodunit. While subtlety is not really to be expected from any production that bears Ryan Murphy’s name, at least consistency would be appreciated.

Ella Beatty as Lizzie Borden in Monster: The Lizzie Borden Story.

Monster: The Lizzie Borden Story begins as camp, its first episodes directed by Max Winkler with such rapid-fire theatricality that Baz Luhrmann would need a breather. (Winkler also works in some Wes Anderson-esque compositions at times.) That tone doesn’t match with the two episodes directed by Sarah Adina Smith, whose episodes are among the stronger ones this season. I wonder if binge-watchers will stick with The Lizzie Borden Story through those zanier early episodes in order to get to Smith’s.

The over-the-top performances by Rebecca Hall and Charlie Hunnam initially portray the murder victims as undeserving of any sympathy at all. The show wants the viewer to see them get what’s coming to them. Later, Abby and Andrew each get their own episode that humanizes them enough that you understand why they became the people they did, so that when their murders are revisited the viewer is being asked (a bit too late) to have mixed feelings about what Lizzie, with Maggie’s assistance, does to them.

As a stepmother more wicked than any Disney animated movie could conjure, Hall milks every contemptuous line in Abby’s many cruel putdowns, wielding words as sharp as the axes Andrew keeps. Hunnam’s boorish, stammering Andrew oozes with disdain for women, drowning his sorrows with booze and affairs until he becomes a Jack Torrance-like maniac in his final moments (before literally seeing the light).

“Monster: The Lizzie Borden Story strains to jam a modern overlay onto its period story. “

Both Beatty and Krieps do what they can with the material they’ve been given, but they can’t elevate it. Beatty’s blank-eyed, timid Lizzie evolves into a more cunning and confident young woman through her romantic relationship with Maggie. Alas, there’s no evidence either way if Lizzie and Maggie were lovers. The show omits Maggie’s testimony at Lizzie’s trial, and also largely erases Maggie’s Irishness to accommodate the Luxembourg-born Krieps, with her aged-up character garbed like a Victorian Annie Hall.

In a household where a maid gets her face scalded over making the wrong soup, we’re supposed to believe Maggie could come to work at the home of the richest man in town with purple hair and keep her job? You couldn’t even go to work at an office like that in the 1980s let alone in the 1890s. I bring this up as an illustration of how much : The Lizzie Borden Story strains to jam a modern overlay onto its period story.

Sarah Paulson as Aileen Wuornos.

The contemporary portions of this season, where it follows Aileen Wuornos, is where Monster has a better grasp on what it’s trying to say about feminine rage. You can’t take your eyes off Paulson’s Wuornos, although there are a few comedic moments in the “Bed & Breakfast” episode where she comes perilously close to channeling Kate McKinnon’s “Colleen Rafferty” character from SNL.

While Wuornos’ fascination with Lizzie and her trip to the Borden home is entirely fictional, the final episode made me wish this season had just been about Aileen Wuornos with Lizzie Borden as the side story. Or, Wuornos’ story could have been its own standalone season of Monster, in which case The Lizzie Borden Story might have benefited from having a shorter, more focused story that allowed itself to pick a tone and stick to it.

Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil Defies Expectations With $108 Million Box Office Opening Weekend

Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil has pushed through the backlash to collect an estimated $108.3 million globally in its opening weekend at the box office.

It’s a franchise-best opening for the horror-comedy hybrid that saw it bring in $60 million domestically and $48.3 million internationally. That’s a good hunk of change more than even some healthy projections, which had most expecting a $40-$50 million domestic opening for Resident Evil.

Starring Austin Abrams as an original character named Bryan who is thrust into the darkest pits of a suffering Raccoon City, Resident Evil’s opening performance also secures its place as Cregger’s biggest debut yet. His work on Barbarian earned $10 million in its opening weekend, while last year’s Weapons pulled in a still-impressive $70 million. The film also features appearances from Zach Cherry (Severance), Kali Reis (True Detective: Night Country), and Paul Walter Hauser (The Fantastic Four: First Steps).

There are a few things contributing to Sony, Cregger, and Resident Evil’s success in theaters. While the Abrams-led flick aimed to deliver a story inspired by survival horror gameplay, the previous run of films starring Milla Jovovich typically strayed from including the elements gamers love about the IP.

Fans also largely agree that 2021’s Welcome to Raccoon City, which came with a thick layer of video game references, failed to effectively pay homage to the franchise. Beyond Cregger’s heavy-hitting resume, and regardless of the backlash leading up to his movie’s release, fans have spent decades excited to see a Resident Evil movie not only show love to the Capcom series but deliver an experience based on what it’s like to actually play its games.

Despite carrying Cregger’s name and the Resident Evil brand into theaters, it has been somewhat of an uphill battle for the director’s latest outing. Since the first trailers were released earlier this year, some fans have had a hard time accepting an adaptation that largely leaves behind familiar icons like Leon S. Kennedy and the T-Virus. While some were concerned about changes to the source material, which included a more modern setting and a snowy Raccoon City, early footage had other vocal viewers concerned Cregger wouldn’t be able to land another hit horror film.

Resident Evil (2026) Images

After its first weekend in theaters, however, Resident Evil has firmly defied expectations. Adding to its list of record-breaking box office stats, Resident Evil has mutated its way past Sonic the Hedgehog 3 to become the highest-rated video game movie of all-time, at least as far as Rotten Tomatoes is concerned. IGN gave it an 8/10 review, calling it “a simple and exciting survival horror story that benefits greatly from director Zach Cregger’s sensibilities.”

In other box office news, the domestic top five saw Resident Evil take first place, with Practical Magic in second, Spider-Man: Brand New Day in third, The Odyssey in fourth, and Coyote vs. Acme in fifth. Christopher Nolan’s The Odyssey has surpassed $1.72 billion at the global box office, while Spider-Man: Brand New Day has reached $2.47 billion.

Sony spent approximately $75 million to make Resident Evil, according to Variety. Though its marketing costs are unclear, it looks like a strong start for the franchise’s return to theaters. For more on the movie, you can read about why fans shouldn’t expect to see a “Cregger cut” with more jokes. You can also read about why the director said his film will make fans “feel seen,” and you can check out IGN’s top 10 horror movies of 2026.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Zach Cregger Says No Resident Evil Cregger Cut as Fans Hope for Trimmed Jokes

Director Zach Cregger suggested we won’t get a “Cregger cut” of Resident Evil, as fans call to see the jokes that got trimmed.

As reactions to the latest live-action video game adaptation have poured in, moviegoers have reported seeing a movie with more jokes than anyone expected. It’s been a surprise for those who thought Cregger would lean harder on the horror, especially after the Weapons director teased that his version of Resident Evil had removed elements that test audiences thought made it “too funny.”

The Resident Evil in theaters is one that cracks viewers up about as often as it scares them, and apparently, that’s exactly the way Cregger likes it. During an interview with IGN and our guest host, streamer Valkyrae, the horror-comedy filmmaker said he feels “good about” the cut jokes amid calls for an extended cut of the movie with no quips left behind.

“It was the right move. It’s funny; I saw somebody online was like, ‘Release the Cregger cut!’ I’m like, ‘No, this is the Cregger cut,'” he said. “The Cregger cut is this without those jokes in it. It’s fun to have moments of levity, but it needs to be a horror movie first and foremost, so I don’t miss any of them.”

Despite the conversations about video game references leading up to Resident Evil’s release, the last few days haven’t seen anyone talking quite as much about how the film fits into the lore. Instead, it’s how it handles comedy that has fans launching threads online, with some appreciating its surprisingly light-hearted tone while others wish Cregger had cut even more of the jokes.

For better or worse, all of the laughs have even led some to call Resident Evil an outright horror-comedy. It’s sparked debate online about how Cregger should have handled the tone as the Austin Abrams-led adaptation attracts audiences to theaters.

“Resident Evil WAS funny, but I think what a lot of people are missing is A LOT of the humor comes from the main characters’ reactions to stuff and these aren’t the reactions typical to a video game character but instead the kind of reactions we the players have while playing,” one review said.

“Far and away one of the best video game adaptations I’ve ever seen, and also one of the best horror comedies I’ve ever seen,” Collider’s Perri Nemiroff said. “Cannot believe how many hilarious beats this movie has without ever diminishing the stakes or sheer terror of the situation.”

It’s unclear just how many jokes were left on the cutting room floor, but Cregger said he’s happy with the result, regardless. Those hoping to see a version of the movie that’s even funnier than the theatrical release may not want to get their hopes up too high, though.

“They’re great,” Cregger said of the cut jokes. “I just… it’s better for the movie. You know, I come from comedy. I always want to celebrate – especially if somebody lands a really good joke. I don’t want to take that out. I want them to have the win, but I have to think of the whole.”

Resident Evil premiered September 18, 2026, and tells an original story inspired by Capcom’s beloved survival horror video game IP. IGN touched on Cregger’s approach to comedy in our 8/10 review.

“With a laser focus on putting its hero through the worst night of his life,” we said, “Resident Evil is a simple and exciting survival horror story that benefits greatly from director Zach Cregger’s sensibilities.”

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Hideo Kojima Exclusive Interview on PlayStation Ditching Physint and Moving to Xbox

In June, Sony asked Hideo Kojima to attend a Zoom call. At the time, he was busy working on Xbox game OD and PlayStation game Physint, the latter a spiritual successor to the video game series that made him one of the most celebrated developers on the planet: Metal Gear Solid.

For the meeting, he brought along Kojima Productions president Shinji Hirano and head of talent development Aki Saito. Kojima tells IGN in his first interview since last week’s dramatic news that he was so stunned by what Sony told him that his mind went blank. PlayStation was pulling out of the Physint project, and funding for it would end. And that was that.

Kojima initially kept the news from his staff at Kojima Productions as he worried over the future of his company. Would he have to let developers from the Physint team go? Would they leave anyway, given what had happened? What would the bank, whose loans helped Kojima Productions staff up after the release of Death Stranding, think? And what about all the actors he’d already scanned for Physint? Was this a P.T. situation all over again?

As we know, Kojima convinced Microsoft and new Xbox boss Asha Sharma to pick up Physint in one of the most dramatic console switches in history. Now the previous PlayStation exclusive may not release on PlayStation at all.

In our interview, Kojima tells IGN Japan’s Daniel Robson how he feared Kojima Productions might collapse as a result of Sony’s decision, and details his game-saving pitch to Xbox, which was quick to snap Physint up.

It’s important to note that the interview was conducted before Bloomberg’s report that Sony ditched Physint due to missed deadlines, budget concerns, and Death Stranding’s alleged commercial failings. Kojima Productions provided a statement to IGN, which appears at the end of this interview, following a request for comment. In it, Kojima Productions insists the studio is “in a healthy, profitable state, development for Physint continues to move forward with Xbox, and our relationship with PlayStation remains strong.​”

Hideo Kojima: We are an independent company, so no funding is behind us as a corporation. We sign contracts according to projects, and that’s how we survive one by one as an indie. So I need to find a new project before the previous project ends, and that’s how we stay alive. That’s our background situation.

So in June, SIE said they wanted to have a Zoom call. I was so busy at that time — I had just gone to New York for a Prada event and then to LA right after. But anyway, I came back and we had this Zoom call.

They said they can no longer fund development for Physint. I was shocked and I said, “What did you say?” I couldn’t quite process what they had said. I wasn’t sure because I was in shock.

Anyway, I know there’s a lot of news in the game industry that many studios are closing down, many titles are canceled, and I understand the situation in the industry as a whole. But I thought Physint was okay. That Physint was safe. So I was surprised. But not just surprised. We didn’t understand the reason. I didn’t have any anger or sadness; my first thought was, “What am I going to do with my studio?” Because we signed contracts for projects. Of course I had OD, but I only have two projects in my studio: OD and Physint. And I hire according to how many projects we have, and we have two. If we lose one contract, I thought I might have to cut all the people working on Physint, right? Or our studio could end up collapsing because we’ll run out of cashflow.

Every IGN Kojima Game Review

I’ve borrowed money from the bank for funding as well. At first [when we established the studio] they didn’t listen to us at all. After a while when we got a title out, they were like, “We’ll lend you money.” If they find out that a project has been stopped or canceled, we’d be in big trouble. So my mind went blank when SIE told me. I don’t remember so much of that meeting, to be honest with you. And my colleagues probably don’t remember as well, so I can’t really answer if you ask me what exactly they said.

Nothing could’ve prepared me for their decision to step away from the project. So I thought, “What am I going to do from tomorrow?” But from my side, I love Sony. And I don’t have any bad feelings against them because I know that it’s a tough time in the game industry.

I’ve been working with them for like 30 years… Mr. Ken Kutaragi, Mr. Hirai, I was close with them. But it’s not like that recently. I realized that, okay, this is the reality. It’s the 10th anniversary of my studio. My studio might collapse, right?

But the number one priority is my staff. We have about 200 people, and I expanded because we had Physint. They are talented, of course. And some of them came to my studio from big corporations. I warned them it might not be a good idea to do so… But anyways, I needed to protect these important staff. I’ve also begun scanning actors for the project and also speaking with artists about collaborating for Physint. I can’t really tell them the game has been canceled. I didn’t want to do the same thing we did for P.T. Of course, I didn’t want them to worry.

For me personally, it’s the 10th anniversary of the studio and also my 40th anniversary of creating games, so that’s why I put so much on Physint. It’s like a culmination of the two. During the pandemic, I was a little unwell and I thought about how much time I have left. I really thought that I would give my all to Physint at this point in my career. I really wanted to continue this project even after that meeting. I was thinking, “What should I do?”

Another big thing I thought about is that, I became independent and made my own studio, and a lot of people have done the same. But, no one has been super successful, no matter where they are in the world. But I believe that the trend of this era should be one in which creators can do their own independent projects and become big. But if Kojima Productions collapses, that doesn’t follow this trend at all. It’s a step backwards for indies. So I needed to stand firm and continue this project. My mind went blank, but I decided to think, “Okay, understood,” and became determined to continue Physint in some way.

True story: after the meeting, the first thing I did was, I came back to my desk, and I started to write and add a little bit more to the concept for Physint. What had just happened was a big thing, a big incident. And so I decided to just keep it between the three of us [Hideo Kojima, Shinji Hirano and Aki Saito] for now, and we didn’t tell the staff, because we needed to figure out a direction before telling anyone. So in the next couple of days, we were always thinking about teaming up with first-parties, but I thought maybe we could change directions. Maybe we could team up with third-party or other partners.

I thought just bringing a pitch of a game title and saying, “Can you fund this?” is a very old-fashioned way of doing things… Instead, I thought that the way to go was to say, “I’m making this new IP, and I want to consider everything like movies, dramas, anime, TV, comics, music. Let’s create a new IP with all of this included.” I was thinking about who to pitch to, and I was thinking of not just the game industry, but the movie industry, movie studios, and also streaming companies and things like that. Because in the end, I think because we’re all digital, these industries are all coming together with games in some form.

The debut poster for Physint. Image credit: Kojima Productions.

So I started approaching people and everyone had positive reactions, so I had a good feeling about it. But I also thought, it’s not just the money we needed. We also needed technical support, marketing support, holding playtests and things like that. And we can’t do this all internally. So I was thinking, who could support all this?

I approached Xbox and they were great. They could support us technically. And also we’ve been working on OD with them, so we already had a connection. I made a proper pitch of Physint to them. And then their first reaction was like, “This pitch was fantastic. Never seen a pitch like this!” And that’s how it started with Xbox.

I couldn’t tell my staff until we decided on a new partner. But three days after the meeting with SIE, I called the leaders of the Physint team, and I explained the situation to them. But I also said, “I’m going to go find a new partner, so don’t worry.” But at the same time, because of the cancellation of the project, I had to make the Physint team smaller and move some people to the OD team.

And then the following week, I was very worried. I thought people would leave. But I had told them to create material for a pitch for Physint. And when I went into work the following week, very worried they might not be motivated, I went to go see the team, and they were happily creating this pitch for me and having a great time. So I thought, wow, I have really tough people here. So I was really happy about that. I was surprised.

And then we’ve been just negotiating with Xbox. And the Physint team still exists and we’re continuing to experiment with the game. And before the announcement yesterday, we disclosed internally to all staff, and it was quite calm. Everyone received it very well. So that was a happy surprise too. So it’s calm internally. They were like, “Oh, we can still work on it, so that’s great! Okay.”

IGN: When you moved staff to OD, did they come back later? Did you lose any staff?

Hideo Kojima: No. I predicted that people might leave, but no one did. For example, the OD team could’ve said, “Oh, we don’t want the Physint team!” because the Physint team is made up of old veterans. That’s a joke, of course! But anyway, we’re actually doing very well internally.

IGN: Did production stop at any point?

Hideo Kojima: So the work didn’t stop. I’m still doing the concept. How I create the game is a little unique. The world, the game system, scenario, the visuals, the design, modeling, I’m still doing that. I’m still casting and also doing scans for the actors. But the game system for the new technology, like enemy AI and stuff, I’m still experimenting on all of this. I have to change the story depending on how the game experiment works. So it’s not like we’re ready to go, or like it’s like a big team already. It’s more like a very small team that remained for the crucial parts, and all the others moved to OD.

There wasn’t much of a delay or anything because it was a very minor change. Of course, if I had a full team on the Physint project, it would be faster. But the animation team is mainly on OD. But the animation, the motion, and things like that will of course change later to the actor’s movements, once we start doing performance capture. So right now, it’s in there for the sake of experimenting. I’m working on it every day still.

IGN: Did you have to change the engine or anything like that (is it Decima?)?

Hideo Kojima: Well, I haven’t really decided yet. I’m still experimenting.

After we decided to team up with Xbox, they said they will give us a lot of technological support. When I went to visit them during the Don Mattrick days, they had so many labs and everything, and they were experimenting on so many things, like state of the art, new, really new, cutting-edge technology. I was really surprised. I was thinking, “There are so many Doc Browns from Back to the Future here!” So I want to use all this new technology. Anything that I can use, I want to use, and I’m looking forward to teaming up with Xbox, but I really haven’t decided about the engine.

IGN: You wrote on X that you found a “common vision” with Xbox — what was that vision?

Hideo Kojima: The biggest thing was, they’re not thinking of just funding a game. They’re thinking about movies and anime. It’s more about the IP. Let’s create a new IP. And that’s bigger in scale, so to speak. And not many other game publishers or game developers have that kind of vision.

I haven’t talked to them specifically, but Nintendo is doing something similar for Mario and Zelda with movies, attractions, and things like that. But I think that’s how Xbox sees it as well. Because it’s not the era of just game consoles. You create an IP, and it can be a game or a movie or music, and everything comes together. You can expand it to merchandising, too. And probably the next thing will be AR and stuff, and that would really affect our everyday lives in the future. And Nintendo has found great success with Super Mario at Universal Studios, with live attractions. So I think they were thinking of all this, probably. And I thought that really matches my vision of the future.

IGN: OD was commissioned under Phil Spencer, but how were the discussions with Asha Sharma and her team this time?

Hideo Kojima: Well Phil, I had a long relationship with him. He’s like a buddy, right? Just like Mr. Ken Kutaragi. I was sad when Phil retired, and at that time, I didn’t know Asha very well yet. I went to Redmond back in April, and I talked with her. She is quite young, but we kind of clicked, and I felt that she was going to be a promising CEO. So that’s the feeling I got. That was back in April. And then I felt like it was going to be a new Xbox. It’s not just a changing of the CEOs, it was more like the structure. And I think that they’re looking and envisioning the future, probably.

With @asha_shar pic.twitter.com/fhQuHOqE5u

— HIDEO_KOJIMA (@HIDEO_KOJIMA_EN) September 14, 2026

IGN: Xbox first-party games are sometimes also multiplatform. Will Physint still come out on PlayStation?

Hideo Kojima: I don’t know the answer to that – that would be a question for Xbox. But I don’t know for sure. In previous updates from Xbox, I thought that they have this kind of stance where they want to deliver to as many gamers as possible, no matter what the platform is. I think all of that will be announced at a later time. I’m not sure yet, and I can’t really say.

IGN: You said Sony gave no reason for cancelling the game, but did they clarify this later? What was the reason?

Hideo Kojima: No, not at all. They haven’t contacted me ever since. But I’m not fighting with Sony. We’re not in a dispute. But what I want to say is that we’ve been together for 30 years and we have this relationship. So if this was the conclusion, I would’ve wanted to hear it a little earlier. But that meeting in June, they just gave us the final notice.

As I said, my mind went blank, so I didn’t really ask a lot of questions. It was more like, what should I do with my company? So that was what was on my mind at the time. I’ve always been a big Sony fan. I’ve been using a Walkman. All my cameras are Sony. So I have no bad feelings towards them.

IGN: Who from Sony told you they were pulling funding? Was it Hermen Hulst?

Hideo Kojima: I can’t say. You would have to ask them.

Hideo Kojima. Image credit: Hiromichi Uchida (The Voice).

IGN: Was there ever a time when you lost confidence in Physint? What was your lowest ebb?

Hideo Kojima: No, never for Physint. It’s a new game, but…I have to say this very carefully: anything espionage is going to be fun, period, no matter what game it is. Death Stranding is a delivery game. People were like, “What? Delivery? What kind of a game is that?”

When I was working on DS2, and after OD was decided, I needed to think of the next project for after DS2. As I explained before, in order to keep the studio alive, I have to plan ahead and pitch for the next title, although that also means I can’t direct a live action movie still. OD was going to be an edgy game, so for the next one, I was thinking of going even more extreme.

And then I was looking on the internet, and I get so many messages from people saying, “Please make another Metal Gear!” I wasn’t really interested, because Metal Gear is the past. I want to do something new. But I saw so many people requesting it. And I was thinking, maybe I only have 10 years left. Of course, I can’t make Metal Gear — that’s Konami’s IP. But I was thinking, “Okay, maybe I should create a new action espionage game.” And I started to think about this new concept.

During that time, coincidentally, I was meeting with Jim Ryan, the former CEO of SIE. It was right before his retirement, I guess. I was talking to him, and he said, “Oh, that’s a great idea. Let’s create a new action espionage game.” And we shook hands and that’s how the partnership started.

The corporate structure of SIE is different from the Jim Ryan days. But this was a project that we were both excited about and mutually agreed on. So because of that, the shock was even bigger in June.

If I only have 10 years left, I have so many things I still want to do, so I want to prioritize and decide what I can do.

IGN: How do you feel about the project now and the future of Physint?

Hideo Kojima: I need to really finish Physint. I’m determined to do that. And also maybe a movie, live-action film for Physint. Usually it’s like, a game comes out and then it turns into a movie, but I want to make that timeline even shorter. Same with Death Stranding. We released the game and then we began development on the anime and a live-action film. These days of digital production, we could actually kind of use the same assets for a movie and a game. But anyway, this has been reset to a new partner. But that’s the feeling I have. I want to kind of expand the IP. Of course, I’ll release the game first probably! I’ve been doing all the casting for the game and it’s progressing well.

IGN: Bloomberg’s latest report around the cancellation of Physint suggests there were concerns around the success of Death Stranding, as well as Physint’s development timeline, budget and platform strategy. Did you have a response to any of that, and how you would characterize your relationship with PlayStation today?

Official Studio Statement:​

You may have seen a recent article that mentions Kojima Productions, speculating on the reasons for the change in publishing partners for Physint. ​Normally, we would not comment on unsubstantiated speculation on the internet, but these aspersions around our relationship with PlayStation, the commercial performance of the Death Stranding franchise, and the broader production planning and investment for Physint, have reached beyond the studio and have touched our fans, our creative partners, and colleagues we have worked alongside with for three decades.​None of the claims written came from any official or on-the-record source and as such we encourage you to take them with a dose of scepticism.​Make no mistake, this was a serious situation for the studio with a range of potentially significant implications. While we recognise that the article may have caused alarm, we want to reassure you all, for the record: that the studio is in a healthy, profitable state, development for Physint continues to move forward with Xbox, and our relationship with PlayStation remains strong.​Thank you for your continued support,​Kojima Productions​

Photo by Rosdiana Ciaravolo/Getty Images.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Big Bang Theory Spinoff Features The Flash and Mr. Freeze Cameos

Big Bang Theory spinoff Stuart Fails to Save the Universe featured a surprise fight between a live-action Flash and Mr. Freeze, but the show’s creators originally wanted a different DC hero cameo.

Fans of the sci-fi comedy offshoot may have been surprised to see it dive headfirst into comic book crossover territory when Season 1 Episode 9 premiered earlier this week. The episode saw Stuart Bloom and his universe-traveling companions plopped into a Gotham City come to life, with things quickly taking a turn when none other than classic Batman villain Mr. Freeze (played here by Eric Allan Kramer) shows up.

TV show budgets aside, this is a full-on live-action take on Victor Fries that shoots killer icicles, builds giant ice walls, and even tries to kill Stuart with a giant icy bowling ball. DC fans found even more to recognize when a live-action version of Jay Garrick’s Flash (played by Andy Ridings) ran in to save the day – and deliver a few one-liners.

The Flash has officially appeared in live action in ‘The Big Bang Theory’ Stuart spinoff show. pic.twitter.com/UnfelkJErE

— DCU Brief (@DCUBrief) September 18, 2026

Stuart Fails to Save the Universe packed in the references, with there even being a mention that Golden Age Flash should probably be fighting someone like Captain Cold instead of Mr. Freeze. It was enough to get tongues wagging on social media, with fans mostly just happy to see any live-action Flash for the first time since Ezra Miller played Barry Allen in 2023’s universe-ending standalone film.

“Why is the costume good???” one fan said.

“The clash of the bulky mechanic Mr. Freeze and the vibrant spandex on Flash? Oh yeah, that’s what it’s all about,” another said.

As much of a splash as The Flash vs. Mr. Freeze made, this specific matchup wasn’t the original plan. Stuart Fails to Save the Universe co-creator Zak Penn told Deadline that the episode’s title, “Spoiler: We Couldn’t Get Green Lantern,” was more than just a gag. You can probably guess why Hal Jordan or John Stewart didn’t show up.

“They told us we couldn’t have him because of [HBO’s live-action series] Lanterns, which I understood,” Penn said. “Chuck [Lorre] was a little grumbly about it, but Bill and I pointed out to him that Flash was actually perfect. If we needed something that’s going from dimension to dimension, Flash worked even better than Green Lantern.”

Lanterns, of course, is very much still on the air, so bringing any of its characters – and even potentially its actors – could have been pretty confusing. The DCU show has so far received praise for its grounded approach to two classic Green Lanterns, and it’s clear the Big Bang Theory spinoff was going for something a little more tongue-in-cheek.

#flash #stuartfailstheuniverse homage pic.twitter.com/Yz5e1t6n3o

— Alex Ross (@thealexrossart) September 18, 2026

Stuart Fails to Save the Universe is also in the midst of its first season, which will conclude when episode 10 premieres next week. The DCU is currently without a live-action Flash or Mr. Freeze, but Lanterns will continue to construct its Hal and John when its next episode arrives tomorrow, September 20, 2026.

Image courtesy of Andy Ridings.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Blood of Dawnwalker Modders Aren’t Missing The Point

This is an IGN opinion piece from Mat Jones, who thinks everyone’s made too big a deal out of experience-altering mods, and wouldn’t replay a video game ever, even if he were forced to do so by vampires holding his family hostage.

I’ve spent the weeks since The Blood of Dawnwalker’s release nodding at headlines about how the time-pressured quest to rescue lead character Coen’s family – which is on a controversial 30-day timer – is the heart of the design, and that anyone looking to extend that clock with a mod wouldn’t be having the intended experience.

But, after reading that the developers themselves aren’t so bothered about the timer that they’d definitely want to add it in again – that a Dawnwalker sequel could strip out this mechanic and still inexorably be a Dawnwalker game – I’ve interrogated my own assumptions. I wonder if we’ve been giving anyone who’d roll back a couple of 0s on the odometer too hard a ride. Is the example of the “irresponsible modder”, someone incapable of understanding that developer intent should supersede any possible alteration, a fantasy?

The threat of a ticking clock is one of the first things you learn in screen writing classes: that a scene is more tense if there’s an outside force driving it forward, that a conversation which would otherwise just be two people in a room is twice as interesting if one of them really needs to get out of there. In a movie it’s contrivance; obviously the timer can’t end until it’s dramatically interesting. A game, meanwhile, has to account for your character learning they’re about to explode and then just doing their idle animation for their remaining twenty minutes of life. The idea of a long-tail timer achieves the same aim as the movie version, though. Every decision matters if you can only make so many of them, and everything has more weight if there’s a cost.

It’s unlikely that Dawnwalker’s modders, or any modders who’d take the time limit out of any game, are unaware of this. I’m cynical about trends, I’m not cynical about individual people. I can imagine someone who has reckoned with this decision has thought about why these systems are implemented, but eventually accepts their “vandalism” of the art as a small price to pay to overcome problems inherent to this scale of game design.

Many games don’t benefit from a second playthrough. I’ve been playing games almost daily for over thirty years. I’m more than aware of how much gristle and sinew there is among the meat. I’ve chosen not to go back to a lot of things that I’ve loved in the past because I haven’t wanted to do the same stuff over and over. For every great bit of combat design in the best open world games, for every narrative twist and turn, there’s a lot of looking around in cupboards for bullets or pissing around in menus trying on new shoelaces that give you an extra 3% poison damage. Dawnwalker is no different; the equipment variety that will help in the quest to defeat the story’s vampiric villain, Brencis, is as incremental in scale as any other game. I’m fine doing this sort of stuff the first go through, but when I’ve absorbed the majority of the experience, it’s a challenge to get myself to care again.

For every great bit of design in the best open world games, there’s a lot of looking around in cupboards for bullets or pissing around in menus.“

If there’s, say, enough unique stuff in Dawnwalker for a player to only see 70 or 80% of everything in a playthrough, maybe just enough to miss a chunk if you were busy making other choices, but not enough to have a radically different experience the second time around, then playing it twice would just be pushing through a lot of the same things you’ve already done. Micro changes in context, but macro similarities in activity. If someone wants to see everything in there and they still want the goodie gumdrops school prefect ending, they’re being more generous to their own time and patience than they’re limiting their appreciation of art.

I respect people’s intelligence enough to believe they can be placed in a scene where the cost will be having to spend a lot of time they don’t want to spare, and empathise how much that would weigh on a person who doesn’t have it, without themselves actually having to carry that burden in their own game.

Personally, I don’t have any desire to mod the game to give Coen’s family a bit more breathing room, because I’m happy to accept whatever narrative conclusion I’m given as the result of my actions. I like the idea that my one playthrough would be informed wholly from my decisions, good or bad, and presumably expertly paced around the amount of time the devs think a person can play the game without it overstaying its welcome. Anything I miss, well, it wasn’t meant to be.

The Blood of Dawnwalker – IGN First Exclusive Images

I am, however, willing to admit that my stance here comes with some baggage: I don’t really care that much about finishing games at all, at least when I’m not playing for review. I’ll often get very close to the end of a game and decide that I’ve seen enough of it. Star Wars: Zero Company has a very interesting take on the tactics genre and a few excellent surprises; I still can’t help but feel like I’ve experienced every possible combination of abilities it has available and I’m not really driven to repeat them. I’m a mechanics guy, not a story guy. If there were 100 possible endings, I’m never going to see 100 of them. Given that I will pay upwards of £60 for one weekend of a game I’ll get over without completing, I think anyone who would care to mod their ability to achieve a particular endings, or see more of a game’s story, inherently cares more about the experience than I do, rather than less.

This is beside my point, but it’s fun to think about: Why is narrative intent considered more sacred than aesthetic design? I’ll regularly watch clips of people playing Deadlock where characters have been modded to look like Lebron James in the Space Jam sequel. I couldn’t imagine anyone writing an op-ed to deride anyone doing it as straying outside of the game designer’s artistic necessity.

I’ve entertained the argument for being against modding difficulty, that games in the Souls series are easier than they get credit for and they’re more about the determination to continue, which you’d be robbing yourself of by not giving it your all. Dawnwalker initially feels like we’re having the same conversation, but the alteration made by modders isn’t necessarily making the game easier so much as it’s making the game less restrictive.

The time limit might be the point of the game, but really the point of the game, like all the rest of them, is to have something to do while your mates are out of town and your partner is at a work thing. I just don’t think it’s that deep, and if it were that deep, I think it’s as deep as doing a YouTube search for an ending you didn’t get, but you get to play a few extra hours of a video game you really like first.

Mat Jones

Senior Social Producer

Mat Jones is a Senior Social Producer for IGN based out of London, UK

The Batman Part 2 Director Reveals New Image

The Batman Part 2 director Matt Reeves has done his part to celebrate Batman Day by sharing a new image from the movie.

Another September means another Batman Day, and while we’re still years away from seeing Robert Pattinson reprise his role as the Caped Crusader, that isn’t stopping DC Studios from celebrating. Reeves did his part to get in on the festivities by ending another months-long social media hiatus with an ominous picture from the set of The Batman Part 2 in London.

If you’ve seen 2022’s The Batman, you’ll be happy to know even this early image from the movie teases a film that will feel right at home in the saga. What we see here appears to be the back of Pattinson’s Bruce Wayne as he looks ahead into what seems to be a forest-y area. We can only really see his silhouette, but it’s at least yet another confirmation that The Batman Part 2 will take place in and around the snow.

The Batman Part 2 Shot for Batman Day 2026. Image courtesy of Matt Reeves.

“Happy Batman Day to everyone from London!” Reeves said in his post.

Is there much we can confidently say this image reveals about the plot of Reeves’ new movie? Well, no, but fans are still using the holiday as an opportunity to comb through every pixel of The Batman Part 2 image in hopes of deciphering any details about its plot and characters.

One rumored villain that has stuck in the years it’s taken to get The Batman sequel into theaters revolves around Gotham’s secret collection of evil elites, The Court of Owls. Recently leaked set photos only stoked those flames, with fans saying that, even if there aren’t any owls to be found in the new set image, they’re still looking for them.

Another theory circling the new Batman image has fans arguing about the area the Dark Knight is surrounded by. Some think trees, others see smoke, and some see cars. Popular The Batman Part 2 fan account @TheBatmanSagaNW believes the setting we see here is a junkyard filled with piled-up vehicles. If that’s true, it could potentially be linked to another previous rumor regarding a junkyard that will show up in the movie. IGN tweaked the image’s brightness and was able to make out a location that does resemble what we’d imagine a snowy Gotham junkyard to look like.

Oh my god this shot confirms that the Junkyard set is real!!! 🦇 https://t.co/suTSmR4uve pic.twitter.com/R9Qxj3iT1L

— The Batman Saga News (@TheBatmanSagaNW) September 19, 2026

ITS THE JUNKYARD
HES IN THE JUNKYARD https://t.co/b5OdEGj7OM

— Flo (@FloHasReturned) September 19, 2026

It’s hard to make too much out right now, and with nearly a year and a half to go before the film’s release and no sign of any trailers, it will likely be a while before we learn how Reeves’ set image fits into place. Following some delays, The Batman Part 2 is currently scheduled to swoop into theaters February 18, 2028.

While we wait to see how it all ties together, you can check out a closer look at Pattinson’s new Batsuit. You can also read about how the sequel’s fight scenes have been more challenging for the star, and why he says the movie will take things in “another totally different direction.”

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Last of Us Director Apologizes to God of War Laufey After Calling AAA Games ‘Boring’

The Last of Us game director Bruce Straley has apologized to the God of War Laufey team after his comments about modern AAA games brought “uninvited and unnecessary negative attention.”

The comments in question surfaced as part of a recently published piece by Edge magazine and saw the former Naughty Dog developer tackling the state of AAA gaming and game development. Straley initially said with a laugh that he thinks “the verbs and experiences we’re delivering in the triple-A space are… I wanna say boring,” before bringing God of War Laufey into the equation.

“God of War Laufey, I look at that game, and every pixel is mindblowing,” he said to Edge. “The amount of work and skill that’s gone into every single frame… I’ve made those kinds of games, and I’m still blown away. But when I actually look at what you’re doing in the game? I’m not excited. And that’s nothing against the God of War team. Just, across the board in triple-A, it feels like there’s no opportunity to inject fresh, innovative ideas.”

The Last of Us has certainly had its influence on the state of big-budget games, so it was no surprise to see social media light up with reactions to Straley’s thoughts. The former Naughty Dog lead then followed up the commotion with a thread of posts on X/Twitter, taking the opportunity to elaborate on his perspective on where the industry is at and where it’s heading.

“I want to apologize to the Laufey team for dragging you all into this uninvited and unnecessary negative attention,” he said. “I was trying to illustrate an industry concern and my mistake of naming your game is being used out of context and for clickbait. You don’t need this. I’m sorry.

“A journo asked me about the state of our industry. I mentioned a few concerns. One being the lack of innovation & risks taken in the AAA space. Though this isn’t the team’s fault! My fear is that our player base is getting tired of playing the same verbs for the last 20 years.

I want to apologize to the Laufey team for dragging you all into this uninvited & unnecessary negative attention. I was trying to illustrate an industry concern & my mistake of naming your game is being used out of context & for clickbait. You don’t need this. I’m sorry. 🧵 pic.twitter.com/Ri2KgfJ4yY

— Bruce Straley (@bruce_straley) September 18, 2026

“My hypothesis: Our medium is unique because players are DOING a thing. There’s a different physiological response than viewers who just WATCH a movie. This requires us creators to continue to push and create new experiences, or we run the risk of diminishing players’ dopamine.”

Straley then pointed to Half-Life 2, Gears of War, BioShock, Uncharted 2, and The Last of Us as a string of games that helped “set the ‘modern AAA’ mold,” saying that each title felt like it wanted to bring new experiences to the space. He then clarified that this part of the conversation “is only one side of my concerns.”

“Unfortunately the platforms that need to bring stability have eroded the ability to innovate,” he continued. “The quest for [games as a service] and wanting to recreate the next Overwatch, Fortnite, Roblox, etc. is not a viable strategy and frankly shows these ‘industry leaders’ don’t know their own brand.

God Of War Laufey Reveal

“Hot take: There’s a lack of good leadership, clear direction, and conviction from the people at the top, in charge of the money. (Money = stability) I believe if they understand their brand, they could have honest, inspiring conversations with creators to steer our medium to innovate.”

Straley left The Last of Us studio after 18 years in September 2017. He went on to help start new game studio Wildflower Interactive in 2022 and is currently working on a new game called Coven of the Chicken Foot.

“ANYWAY… blah blah blah. I have thoughts about what’s wrong and the possible serious harm done to our industry and how we might be able to fix it. But in trying to have a thoughtful conversation I stuck my foot in my mouth and mentioned Laufey, and that was my mistake. FIN (for now).”

God of War Laufey was announced as the next chapter in Santa Monica Studio’s mythology-hopping action-game saga during a PlayStation State of Play presentation in June of this year. Although it’s set to offer a different perspective on the universe with a story told through the eyes of Deborah Ann Woll’s all-powerful Faye, it’s already faced its fair share of pushback online. While some have expressed concern about playing any character other than Kratos, the studio has promised time and time again that the Ghost of Sparta will return.

God of War Laufey director Ariel Lawrence has asked skeptical fans to give Faye’s story a chance ahead of its February 16, 2027 launch. While we wait to see more about how it connects to Santa Monica’s gaming universe, you can read why one IGN writer felt that what we’ve seen so far looks too similar to Kratos’ Norse saga.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Best Eevee Pokémon TCG Cards: Top 10 Picks Ranked

If you know one thing about me, it’s that I love Eevee.

Between a shelf overflowing with a collection of over 100 Eevee plushies and my ongoing quest to complete an ultimate Eevee Master Set binder (collecting every single variant, promo, and English card ever printed for our favorite fluffball), this Pokémon is my number one.

Call me basic, but it’s true.

So with the 30th Celebration expansion release and Eeveelution chase cards dominating the market, what better time to settle this once and for all: which is the best Eevee card of all time? And I mean Eevee – pure, unevolved, Normal-type Eevee.

No disrespect to the Eeveelutions, but if we let them on this list, we all know Moonbreon would shoot to number one quicker than we can shuffle a deck.

Before we jump in, for those after 30th Celebration boosters, our best suggestion right now is to request an invite from Amazon for the ETB at least, priced much more reasonably compared to other retailers. Invites will be sent out soon!

30th Celebration Elite Trainer Box

19

Request Invite at Amazon.

10. Eevee — Pokémon TCG: 30th Celebration 2-Pack Blister Promo

30th Celebration 2-Pack Blister – ME: 30th Celebration

0

​Kicking off our list at number ten is the brand-new promo dropping as part of the 30th Anniversary celebration, illustrated by Haru Akasaka.

This compact blister pack bundles two 30th Celebration booster packs, a plastic commemorative coin, and a guaranteed, absolutely adorable foil Eevee promo for $9.99.

It’s a very cute card, and an accessible pickup for anyone looking to join the anniversary hype while adding a fresh Eevee promo to their collection.

9. Eevee — Jungle #51/64

Eevee — Jungle #51/64

0

I have a soft spot for this card – this is the classic card that started my personal Eevee master collection after a friend picked it up for me at Christmas. Illustrated by legendary artist Kagemaru Himeno, this original 1999 Jungle common was one of the first cards I collected as a kid, and I know I’m not the only one. While a raw Jungle copy will only set you back a few bucks today, it served as the original artwork base for the famous 2002 Legendary Collection Reverse Holo Fireworks variant (#74/110)—a pristine PSA 10 copy of which recently made history by selling for a staggering $66,000 at auction!

​8. Eevee — Skyridge #054/144

Eeevee Skyridge 054/144

0

Hailing from the beloved 2003 Skyridge expansion—the final e-Reader set printed by Wizards of the Coast—this card features artist Sumiyoshi Kizuki’s signature patch-style of art. I love the 3D fabric effect of this card, it really stands out. Its low print run and iconic e-Series frame make raw copies command around $51.45 on the secondary market.

​7. Eevee (Holo Promo) — 2000 Japanese Pokémon Fan Club Promo

Eevee – Pokemon Card Fan Club

0

This is one of the most prestigious trophy cards in the entire Eevee TCG history. Its rarity bumps it up a few spots in this list, but it’s mainly made it thanks to its cheeky wink. Originally awarded to members of the Japanese Pokémon Fan Club who accumulated 500 total GET Points through magazine activities and events in 2000, this holy grail card features a gorgeous rainbow foil finish and unique expansion stamp. Because of its extreme rarity, copies of this card can fetch between $2,200.00 – $2,800.00 on major auction sites.

​6. Eevee (Illustration Rare) — SV: Scarlet & Violet Promo #173

Eevee – 173 – SV: Scarlet & Violet Promo Cards (SVP)

0

​Illustrated by Atsushi Furusawa, this promo card captures Eevee lounging lazily on a comfy looking cushion. I love this card because it’s the spitting image of when my cats are comfy as heck, with their whole tummy out. With the sun streaming through the window, it makes me wish I could live the life of a spoiled Eevee. Sitting right around $13 on TCGplayer, it is an absolute steal for any Eevee fan.

5. Eevee & Snorlax-GX — Sun & Moon: Team Up #120/181

Eevee & Snorlax-GX — Sun & Moon: Team Up #120/181

0

This is the legendary tag team from Sun & Moon: Team Up. Illustrated by the iconic Mitsuhiro Arita, this card shows a tiny Eevee happily perched on top of a massive, sleeping Snorlax’s belly. A hallmark of TCG history, it comfortably goes for around $91 on TCGplayer.

4. Eevee-GX — SM Black Star Promos #SM233

Eevee GX – SM233 – SM Promos

0

Affectionately called Eevee Chungus in fan communities, this card cracks me up every time I see it. The only card illustrated by popular Japanese manga artist and animator Q-rais, this SM Black Star Promo features a delightfully chunky, wide-eyed Eevee drawn in Q-rais’s signature quirky, webcomic art style. Released as part of the Eevee-GX Box, its unique aesthetic has made it a massive cult favorite among collectors, pushing its price to over $134 on TCGplayer.

​3. Eevee ex (Special Illustration Rare) — SV: Prismatic Evolutions #167/131

Eevee ex – 167/131

0

The cover star of the incredibly popular Prismatic Evolutions, this Eevee, illustrated by Sowsow, is one of the top chase cards in the Prismatic Evolutions expansion. this Special Illustration Rare shows Eevee ex surrounded by colorful, glowing elemental crystals that subtly hint at all eight of its possible evolution paths. It’s a breathtaking card, along with its breathtaking price – sitting near $181.

​2. Eevee V – SWSH: Crown Zenith

Eevee V – SWSH: Crown Zenith

0

Big stepper – this Eevee card, illustrated by You Iribi, is a steal at $8.35 on TCGplayer. If you place this Eevee V card side-by-side with the Pikachu V (#SWSH285) promo card (released in the Crown Zenith Special Collections), the background graphics and vibrant rainbow artwork align to form a single, continuous connecting panorama.

1. Eevee (Illustration Rare) — SV06: Twilight Masquerade #188/167

Eevee (Illustration Rare) — SV06: Twilight Masquerade #188/167

0

What’s better than one Eevee? Eight Eevees! Narumi Sato’s beloved Twilight Masquerade hit is a masterpiece in domestic chaos. If I lived in the mysterious world of Pokémon, I feel like this is an insight into my life. This mischievous pack of Eevee completely taking over a living room—knocking over pillows, climbing furniture, and causing adorable mayhem. It quickly became one of the most sought-after chase cards in the Scarlet & Violet block, steadily holding a $93 market value.

Sara Heritage

Freelance Writer

Sara Heritage is a freelance journalist for IGN, specialising in Pokémon TCG. When she’s not gaming, you’ll probably find her building yet another LEGO set she absolutely did not need, or chaining ranked matches in Pokémon Champions.

Insomniac Says Marvel’s Wolverine Uses No Generative AI After Fans Spot Strange Signs

Insomniac Games has stepped in to confirm Marvel’s Wolverine contains no generative AI after a few bizarre in-game signs raised eyebrows on social media.

The hubbub surrounding the new PlayStation 5 exclusive’s latest controversial moment kicked off when TikToker SmoothMango shared a video of their findings online (via Kotaku). Their minute-long clip focused on not one but two different bathroom signs that featured melted-together figures that look not unlike the kind of AI-generated assets audiences have attempted to train themselves to watch for.

“Folks, that looks AI-generated,” SmoothMango said. “I am trying to think of a way to describe this that is not AI generation because there’s no way it’s a bathroom for mutants. That looks supremely sus.”

@smoothestmango Was Wolverine Made With AI Generated Assets?!?! #gaming #glitch #ai #aigenerated #streamer #wolverine #marvel #marvelswolverine #logan #essex ♬ original sound – SmoothMango

At least as it’s presented here, the bathroom signs certainly seem odd. With fear surrounding AI at an all-time high, fans latched onto the clip, concerned that Insomniac had used the controversial technology to help build Marvel’s Wolverine.

The glitchy bathroom signs then, of course, found their way over to X/Twitter, where user Rock Solid shared images from the video. Fans again swarmed out of fear, but Insomniac has since said its Wolverine game doesn’t feature a drop of genAI.

The developer’s director of community and marketing, James Stevenson, replied to the X post in question to clear the air. He said “a UV map bug” is behind the strange bathroom signs, promising that Insomniac is currently working on a fix that should address any similar instances of glitchy visuals. For those who still had question marks above their heads, Stevenson was more direct: “There are no AI-generated assets in Marvel’s Wolverine.”

No. This is a UV map bug and we have a fix coming. There are no AI generated assets in Marvel’s Wolverine.

— James Stevenson (@JamesStevenson) September 18, 2026

When Insomniac will deploy the fix remains unclear, but those worried the bathroom image may be a sign the developer used genAI for its new PS5 game can at least rest easy. It’s the conclusion to yet another speed bump for the Wolverine game just days following its September 15 launch.

The first and, perhaps, most visible controversy arrived in the form of Logan’s Scent Trails, which fans online had not-so-lovingly dubbed “fart gas.” Thankfully, a small fix for that arrived just yesterday, with Insomniac promising to investigate a toggle option for the tracking feature as post-launch work continues. While one issue is stamped out, others are still finding reasons to be upset with the game’s linear story.

Despite the backlash online, Marvel’s Wolverine showed up with a seemingly strong start in terms of sales. IGN gave Insomniac’s latest a 6/10 review, saying that its “slick and satisfying combat wears thin well before its conclusion, so much so that even its strong character work can’t quite save it from being anything more than okay.”

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

10 Best Horror Movies of 2026 So Far

We’re big fans of horror here at IGN, so it’s been a blast to see so many fresh concepts and interesting adaptations hit the big (or small) screen in 2026. While we’ve yet to give a horror movie from this year a full 10/10, a solid spread of new movies, including box office hits and some lesser-known independent releases, have secured a place in our list of the top-reviewed movies of the year so far.

What exactly defines “horror” can always be debated, so we’ve included a mix of slashers, thrillers, and even some horror comedies. However you prefer to get your scares, there’s something worth watching on this list.

9/10 – Amazing

Send Help

Release Date: January 30, 2026 | Director: Sam Raimi | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “Sam Raimi drives the survival thriller genre to some amazing and sadistically giddy ends, with Rachel McAdams and Dylan O’Brien along for the ride in the back seat cackling and stabbing each other the whole way through. Linda and Bradley’s ordeal creates immensely fertile ground for Raimi to interrogate the validity of first impressions with twists and turns of the plot and of various sharp objects that seldom tire. Sure, drag me to hell, but let’s stop at this island on the way and have a freakin’ party with Linda and Bradley!” – Tom Jorgenson

Teenage Sex and Death at Camp Miasma

Release Date: August 7, 2026 | Director: Jane Schoenbrun | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “Teenage Sex and Death at Camp Miasma is as much Jane Schoenbrun again at their best as it sees them taking us in surprising new directions. It’s sexual, sincere, silly, and sweet all at once – an earnest exploration of desire that’s deeply, movingly personal. For all the ways it could lose people in its messiness, Schhoenbrun and their strong cast hold it all together, building to an ecstatic climax that will only make you wish you could come back for more.” – Chase Hutchinson

8/10 – Great

28 Years Later: The Bone Temple

Release Date: January 13, 2026 | Director: Nia DaCosta | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “Director Nia DaCosta crafts a great follow-up to last year’s 28 Years Later that’s gory and thoughtful in equal measure. There’s a wit and humor at play in The Bone Temple that elevates, in all the right ways, the dramatic stakes of a zombie apocalypse working on its third decade, especially in Ralph Fiennes’ record collection (I’d give the film a 666 if IGN would let me). While it might not be the best place to start watching the 28 Later franchise for the uninitiated, the creative force driving the series’ future have two solid movies as the foundation for whatever comes next.” – Clint Gage

They Will Kill You

Release Date: March 27, 2026 | Director: Kirill Sokolov | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “They Will Kill You is another winner from director Kirill Sokolov that shows Zazie Beetz has all the chops to be an action star in her own right. With great stunt choreography and camerawork, it’s a shining example of how modern action ought to be constructed. With a supernatural, satanic twist that it fully capitalizes on, it’s a gonzo, gruesome, gutsy little gem.” – Chase Hutchinson

Faces of Death

Release Date: April 5, 2026 | Director: Daniel Goldhaber | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “The question of how and why you would even attempt to remake Faces of Death is given a compelling answer in this new remake. Using a postmodern meta take on both the original film and how it was perceived, the movie reflects a world where rather than hunting down a specific VHS tape to see people supposedly really die, you can now find exactly that type of content immediately by simply going on the internet…and that is far from a comforting thought!” – Eric Goldman

Obsession

Release Date: May 15, 2026 | Director: Curry Barker | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “Thanks to fantastic turns by Michael Johnston and Inde Navarrette, you’ll be addicted to this sour Valentine’s Day counterprogramming. The film plays on familiar romance and monkey’s paw tropes, turning a wish against the wishee, but Barker’s execution takes things to the next level. In the film’s simplicity lay the chance to go for broke, putting all efforts into the lengths Nikki is willing to go for her beloved.” – Matt Donato

Backrooms

Release Date: May 29, 2026 | Director: Kane Parsons | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “Backrooms expertly expands on the conceptual groundwork of the YouTube series with smart visual composition, beautifully terrifying production design, a complex protagonist, and a return to Kane Parsons’ roots of computer generated sequences that pack a serious punch. The film also opens the doors to some compelling pathways to deepen the lore even more, if newcomers are willing to meet the film on its level, where it isn’t going to spoon-feed anyone.” – Lex Briscusco

Leviticus

Release Date: June 18, 2026 | Director: Adrian Chiarella | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “Adrian Chiarella’s Leviticus is an involving, meaningful, and legitimately creepy horror movie. Chiarella’s story about gay youth being punished for simply being the way they are is emotional and thoughtful while also simply working well as a horror story, blending the real-life prejudices that inspired it with the supernatural curse laid upon its characters in a highly effective manner.” – Eric Goldman

It Ends

Release Date: August 21, 2026 | Director: Alexander Ullom | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “It Ends manages to be both creepy and amusing thanks to its likable cast and filmmaker Alexander Ullom’s ability to exploit minimal resources to maximum effect. This is a movie that takes place in a car. In the woods. That’s it! And yet it’s scary, the characters really grow on you, and it also poses some self-aware and probing questions that will at the very least have you putting on the Talking Heads’ album Little Creatures when you’re done.” – Scott Collura

Resident Evil

Release Date: September 18, 2026 | Director: Zach Cregger | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “With a laser focus on putting its hero through the worst night of his life, Resident Evil is a simple and exciting survival horror story that benefits greatly from Zach Cregger’s sensibilities. Austin Abrams is exceedingly charming as the woefully outmatched medical courier Bryan as he’s dragged through a hellish coterie of well-realized mutants and monsters by Cregger, whose good eye for creature effects, mounting dread, and signature humor all leave Resident Evil feeling very well represented.” – Tom Jorgenson

Blythe Dujardin

Audience Development Coordinator

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

The Blood of Dawnwalker Cost Just $40 Million

Developer Rebel Wolves’ September success story, The Blood of Dawnwalker, cost just $40 million to make.

Information related to the Warsaw, Poland-based studio’s behind-the-scenes activities comes from a new Bloomberg report. It included the news that Rebel Wolves managed to bring The Blood of Dawnwalker to life and find a solid audience with little more than the $40 million budget supplied by NetEase Inc.

Game designer Konrad Tomaszkiewicz, who previously served as one of the leading developers behind games like The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt and Cyberpunk 2077, worked on early versions of Rebel Wolves’ first game with a small team back in 2022. Tomaszkiewicz self-funded the project for that first year as the team hammered out its prototype in hopes of finding a partner, with NetEase later stepping in with the fund the game while acquiring 26% of the studio.

The $40 million figure comfortably lands The Blood of Dawnwalker in the AA space instead of the AAA realm where games often carry heftier price tags. For comparison, IO Interactive’s 007 First Light reportedly carried a budget of more than $200 million. Sony’s struggling Marathon game is said to have had a similar budget, with games like The Last of Us Part 2 and Horizon Forbidden West also reportedly in that range.

A relatively modest budget means the risk for Rebel Wolves, NetEase, and publisher Bandai Namco wasn’t quite as great, but it doesn’t seem to have had any impact on their game’s achievements. Metacritic recorded that The Blood of Dawnwalker has received “Generally Favorable” reviews from both critics and users alike. IGN, for example, awarded it a 9/10, calling it “an impressive, bloody cocktail of interesting ideas and well-written characters, making it one of this year’s best open-world RPGs.”

It’s unclear just how successful The Blood of Dawnwalker has been since its launch for PC and consoles earlier this month, but a few clues have helped shed some light. Rebel Wolves told Bloomberg it is “extremely” happy with what it’s seen so far, which includes reaching more than 1 million copies sold in just a few days. SteamDB has reported that player numbers for the single-player RPG are holding strong, too, with the game currently boasting a 24-hour peak of 24,495 concurrent users after hitting a peak of 78,188 shortly after launch.

The Blood of Dawnwalker – IGN First Exclusive Images

Tomaszkiewicz told Bloomberg that his original goal was to keep Rebel Wolves from growing too much, but as ambitions grew, so did the team. The studio employed around 90 staff in 2024 but has since ballooned to encompass 160 members. Now, as they charge ahead on The Blood of Dawnwalker sequels and more, Tomaszkiewicz said they “don’t want to overdo it.”

“We decided that the size of the team we have right now is the most fitting for our needs,” Tomaszkiewicz said. “It’s still letting me know everyone. I can speak with everyone every day. I still feel like a creator and not a manager, which is the place I want to be.”

The Blood of Dawnwalker launched for PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X/S September 3, 2026. As work on more projects happens behind closed doors, more updates for Rebel Wolves’ debut title are on the way, too. New Game Plus, for example, was recently confirmed to be in the works.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Director Warns 200GB Install Size for Remake Final Chapter

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation will require around 200GB of storage when it launches next year, director Naoki Hamaguchi has warned.

The Square Enix developer talked about the install requirements for the remake trilogy’s long-awaited conclusion during an interview with VGC. When talking about how Final Fantasy 7 Revelation will compare to previous entries in the series, he confirmed that the final chapter of Cloud and Sephiroth’s story will be especially demanding.

“Things are still getting worked out, but it’s probably going to be around 200GB of game,” Hamaguchi said when asked about additional downloads for physical versions of Final Fantasy 7 Revelation. “I understand there are a lot of opinions about this topic, but at the end of the day, the fact is we need to overcome the hardware to a certain extent.

“One thing I want to say is, even though the game will not be on the full disc, in the position we’re in, because discs may be dying out, or maybe staying, with Final Fantasy 7 Revelation, we definitely wanted to deliver some kind of physical product. That was really important to us. Trust me!”

Managing installed games sometimes feels like packing a suitcase for a trip. Stuffing your chosen storage space with the essentials means having to choose what comes with you and what stays home, so when a big game comes along and asks to fill storage space with shiny new graphics and giant worlds to explore, hard decisions have to be made if you don’t want to shell out the cash for more room. Individual install sizes often vary between platforms, but it’s still something players have tried to learn to deal with as games grow increasingly complex.

It’s a debacle Hamaguchi and the rest of the Square Enix team is surely aware of, but that doesn’t mean anyone was willing to compromise the quality of Final Fantasy 7 Revelation. In a separate post on X/Twitter, Hamaguchi acknowledged that “a larger file size may not necessarily mean a better game,” but there are other reasons to look forward to its 2027 release date.

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Preview Screenshots

“However, this title is the culmination of more than 10 years of work from our development team and serves as the conclusion to the FFVII Remake series,” he said. “We are committed to delivering a game that not only meets the expectations of our fans, but is also a work that we, as creators, can be truly proud of.”

Players will learn why Final Fantasy 7 Revelation takes up so much space when it launches for PC via the Epic Games Store and Steam, Nintendo Switch 2, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X/S come April 8, 2027. IGN already got a taste of what’s to come and shared our findings in two recent previews.

For more, you can read our interview with Hamaguchi. You can also learn more about the game yourself by checking out what Square Enix had to show at gamescom 2026.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

EA Sports FC 27 Review So Far

I find myself in a weird place for my in-progress review of EA Sports FC 27. On one hand, worthwhile strategic elements have finally been added that reflect real-world tactics in a concise, intuitive way. On the other hand, the promised improvements to behavior and pathing of computer-controlled players on the field still ring hollow, carrying over many of the same issues the series has had for over a decade. Couple this with the dreaded introduction of open-world elements via The Grounds, and the result is yet another instance of positive steps forward but negative steps backward.

Ever since NBA 2K14 introduced MyPark, which eventually evolved into The Neighborhood in NBA 2K18 and The City in NBA 2K21, I figured it was only a matter of time before EA brought a similar open world full of activities to its sports franchises. While The Grounds isn’t without merit, it often feels like EA is trying to solve a problem that didn’t really exist.

My first impression is that The Grounds doesn’t need to be an open-world environment to deliver what the playerbase wants out of a more communal online mode. I don’t need to run through a visually saturated, low-resolution city populated by lifeless NPCs just to find a game mode to start up when simple menus devoted to the same function can do the same thing in a more efficient manner. Sure, it works well as an active lobby for matchmaking and makes it easier to find other players and move between activities, but between the framerate drops and unnatural character animations, nothing immersed me in the hub in EA Sports FC 27 enough to justify its existence.

The issues above are only compounded by the myriad of unskippable cutscenes and NBA 2K15-level voice acting that make up The Grounds. The irony is that I was initially excited by the new hub world because it brings back one of my favorite FIFA characters from The Journey story mode: Alex Hunter, who first appeared in FIFA 17 and FIFA 18, once again voiced by Adetomiwa Edun. That enthusiasm disappeared quickly once Hunter began speaking, as his delivery feels noticeably more rigid and detached than it did during his original story.

The Grounds often feels like EA is trying to solve a problem that didn’t really exist.“

Edun’s performance nearly a decade ago was passionate and natural, whereas The Grounds’ version of Hunter sounds like he would rather be anywhere else. Things get even more painful when Kylian Mbappe appears shortly afterward, delivering his lines with such a stiff, mechanical cadence that it was clear he read his lines directly from a script all in one take. I honestly found myself grateful that my created character doesn’t speak to avoid adding more uncomfortable interactions. While I plan to explore more of the online portion of The Grounds this weekend, the hub itself has not made a particularly strong first impression.

When it comes to gameplay, EA Sports FC 27’s expanded Tactics system is easily the best addition, wonderfully complementing the playstyles and roles introduced over the past few years. The new strategy system gives much more control over how teams behave in different phases of play, going beyond basic formations and instructions by explaining the purpose, strengths, and weaknesses of different tactical approaches. This becomes particularly useful when building around individual player attributes. As a Manchester United fan, I found that a deeper defensive approach worked especially well for Noussair Mazraoui, whose patient style lets him maintain his position and disrupt attacks without constantly stepping out of shape, while a short-passing buildup gives him chances to use his technical ability without abandoning that defensive structure.

That flexibility became even more apparent when I switched formations on the fly mid-match while playing against Crystal Palace – I found that they were leaving space along the wings, so I moved into a 4-2-2-2, letting Bruno Fernandes operate between the lines and thread passes to a striker such as Benjamin Sesko, creating opportunities for quick combinations and finishes through the middle. Alternatively, when I faced Manchester City, they controlled the wings more successfully. To counter this, I switched to a 4-2-3-1 wide formation, moving Fernandes more centrally so he dictates play and combines with holding midfielders such as Kobbie Mainoo through quick one-two passes.

What we said about EA Sports FC 26

“Ultimate Team players have had it bad enough for years, but now, not even the Career Mode players are safe from the Season Pass woes. If you can get past the microtransaction madness, there is a noticeably better soccer game here, and that is worth celebrating – but FC 26 is also EA at its most money-hungry yet, and it’s hard not to worry about where things will go from here.” – Ricky Frech, September 26, 2025

Score: 6

Read the full EA Sports FC 26 review.

Separating tactical instructions for possession and defensive phases adds another useful layer, while Player Roles give individual players more specific responsibilities within a formation. Instead of simply placing someone in a position and expecting them to behave a certain way, I can now build their role around the specific contribution I want from them. For example, if I move into a 4-2-3-1 wide and place Benjamin Šeško on the right side, I can adjust his role depending on the circumstances. As an inside forward, he can cut inward to create shooting opportunities or provide another passing option for Fernandes, while a wider role allows him to stretch the defense and open space through the middle.

That same flexibility can be useful defensively, particularly when protecting a lead. If an opponent repeatedly targets his side of the pitch, giving Šeško more defensive responsibility lets him drop back and support the right back, providing another way to protect that flank without abandoning the attacking structure. What makes the system particularly valuable is that it teaches the strategy behind soccer formations without overwhelming players with unnecessary information. EA Sports FC 27 does a good job explaining why different shapes work, which players suit them, and how to adjust them against different opponents, making the tactical aspect for the sport approachable while still leaving experienced players plenty of room to experiment.

When it comes to gameplay, EA Sports FC 27’s expanded Tactics system is easily the best addition.“

The biggest issue is that the tactical system can sometimes feel like it is working against the game’s own computer-controlled behavior. Pathing and defensive logic can still break down on higher difficulties, allowing a carefully constructed gameplan to be undermined by an CPU defender refusing to challenge for a 50/50 ball or making an inexplicable movement. Passing will still occasionally produce similarly frustrating results when a ball aimed toward an open teammate on the right is instead sent toward a covered player in the middle.

Crossing and corner kicks have also improved noticeably, with both systems producing more convincing positioning battles and giving the player greater control over what happens inside the box. I scored several successful headers with Harry Maguire from corners during my time with the game, which stood out because I could count on one hand the number of corner routines and headed goals I had scored in previous EA Sports FC entries.

I’m going to explore Career Mode, Presentation, Online, and Ultimate Team, and dive deeper into how Tactics will affect both single-player and multiplayer modes, in the coming days before locking in my full scored review – stay tuned.

Lollipop Chainsaw Live-Action Movie Revealed by Dragami Games

A live-action Lollipop Chainsaw movie is officially in the works, developer Dragami Games has announced.

The studio behind the series revival announced plans to bring Juliet Starling to the big screen as part of Tokyo Game Show 2026, with full details shared by Deadline. It’s yet another addition to the series as Dragami moves ahead with other previously announced installments, including an anime series and video game sequel.

The Lollipop Chainsaw movie will tell a prequel story set before the events of developer Grasshopper Manufacture’s original bubblegum action game. It’s also aimed to be an “R-rated action comedy” and will, once again, follow Juliet as the main character. Deadline also shared a brief story synopsis: “When a catastrophic zombie outbreak engulfs her school, Juliet must fight her way through the undead to save her friends, protect her family, and somehow keep her boyfriend Nick close – even if doing so ultimately requires some highly unconventional arrangements.”

Dragami’s film is said to be in development from an “international creative and production team” that includes Nada Holdings’ Joe Teng, former ZDF Studios drama boss Robert Franke, Throne Inc MD Takafumi Yuki, Ambitious Entertainment’s Kirk Shaw, and Non Stop TV’s Patricio Rabuffetti. There is no word on whether original team members like Suda51 or now-DC Studios co-CEO James Gunn are involved, suggesting that, at least at this stage, they aren’t attached in any capacity.

“We are truly excited to see our vision take another important step with the franchise’s first live-action feature film,” Dragami president Shohei Sato said. “We are especially pleased to be working with such an experienced and passionate international team — one that understands what makes Lollipop Chainsaw special while embracing the opportunity to create something new.”

Lollipop Chainsaw has been on a bit of a tear despite largely straying from the public eye for the last decade or so. Although it’s firmly kept its place as a cult classic and fan-favorite Suda51 game, it wasn’t until Dragami announced its RePop remaster in 2022 that Juliet started to turn heads once again. Whether an attempt to reanimate the franchise will succeed remains to be seen, though.

Upcoming New Video Game Movies and TV Shows: 2026 Release Dates and Beyond

After RePop finally launched in 2024, Dragami announced plans to continue the series with new installments in the near future. The most recent peek at what exactly that entails actually arrived earlier this week with the reveal of Lollipop Chainsaw 2 Back2Back. First gameplay has revealed a project that looks both familiar and extremely different, leaving fans hesitant to see can stick the landing without Suda51 or Gunn’s help.

The announcement that a Lollipop Chainsaw movie has encouraged similar responses from fans. For now, no information about the project’s cast or release date has been revealed.

“We are making a film that feels unmistakably true to the spirit of Lollipop Chainsaw while standing completely on its own,” Franke said. “Longtime fans will recognize the attitude, irreverence, and glorious excess they love, while newcomers can simply enjoy an unforgettable action-horror comedy. Our ambition is to create a film that entertains audiences everywhere, whether they’ve played the game or not.”

It looks like we’ve got some waiting to do while Dragami revs up its Lollipop Chainsaw movie. Until then, you can read IGN’s 5/10 review for the original game, where we said it “doesn’t even attempt to differentiate itself from the genre, and most of what it does try new in the realm of its characters and writing ultimately ends up taking away from an incredible-on-paper action game.

“The music and sidekick are really all you can rely on to stay great from start to finish. The rest of Lollipop Chainsaw is all over the place before it ultimately settles for mediocrity and disappointment.”

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

‘We’ve Got Something Really Special Here’ — Blizzard Gets on Top of World of Warcraft: Forever Beta Launch Rush

World of Warcraft: Forever looks like it could be a smash hit after the launch of the beta was overrun with eager fans, surprising even Blizzard itself.

Blizzard’s ended last weekend’s BlizzCon 2026 Opening Ceremony with the announcement of World of Warcraft: Forever, a “Classic Plus” MMO developed by the World of Warcraft Classic team, and set during the first year of World of Warcraft.

While Forever doesn’t launch until November 4, the beta was made available this week, and it was flooded by players. Those who did manage to get in faced disconnects. And then actually playing the game was tough due to extreme lag with looting and accepting quests. Hardly ideal.

World of Warcraft Classic developer Josh Greenfield took to X / Twitter to provide some insight into the popularity of the beta.

“Man, it was hard to sleep last night, I was so excited,” Greenfield said. “Beta has been… crazy. The craziest numbers I’ve seen in 17 years working at Blizzard and almost eight years on classic.

“We’ve got something really special here.”

That suggests significant interest in Forever, beyond even the launch of Classic itself. As a grizzled veteran of World of Warcraft’s early years, I remember well the brutal login queues most players would face when the groundbreaking MMO launched late 2004 and early 2005. Forever is rekindling those memories for me.

So, what’s going on with those queues? World of Warcraft senior game producer Tom Ellis took to X / Twitter to offer an explanation that acts as a fascinating insight into what goes on with the launch of an MMO. The upshot is this is a beta, and usually World of Warcraft betas don’t see this sort of interest.

“AHMAGERD, this game is 20 years old, how do you still suck at this!?! a. Heh, fair enough, short answer is, this is our BETA PTR environment stack, it’s not a Production stack by a long, long, long, long, long, long shot. Betas for WoW aren’t usually huge meter movers so this environment just isn’t that powerful. This led to the first problem you saw today,” Ellis explained.

World of Warcraft: Forever Screenshots

If you’ve got even a casual interest in online game infrastructure, Ellis’ post is worth a read. Ultimately, though, Blizzard sorted out the problems and the Forever beta is now running smoothly.

“Marked live once again and you all poured in without fuss,” he said. “Right now things are incredibly smooth for the first few hours of a public beta, Classic teams watching and fixing anything blocking that comes up but we’re otherwise pretty much done for the night, enjoy!”

And that’s what players are doing. I’ve seen multiple posts from fans praising the new visuals (in particular, the improved lighting), new sound effects (that rain!), and, from those who were there back in the day, the nostalgia-fueled trip down memory lane.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Marvel’s Wolverine Update v.01.001.005 Out Now — Check Out the Patch Notes

Insomniac has released an update for Marvel’s Wolverine that nerfs the “fart gas” that had become such a talking point even before the game’s release.

The debate around this was rekindled following the publication of Marvel’s Wolverine reviews earlier this month, with The Washington Post journalist Gene Park calling the scent trail “fart gas” because of the way it appears behind characters Logan follows.

Jean Grey’s fart gas trail is NOT part of the navigation assist option. i turned it on and there’s another green line that tells you where to go. mission waypoint (yellow marker) is on as well and THAT can be turned off.

2nd pic i turn off the options and the gas stays. it seems… https://t.co/XSBsGa6Xj0 pic.twitter.com/cKs9uTPSG0

— Gene Park (@GenePark) September 10, 2026

There was some confusion online about the ability to turn this feature off via accessibility options. Insomniac’s official list of accessibility options for Wolverine includes a “Chase Assist,” which lets you toggle reduced movement speed for targets during chase sequences, but it does not turn off the trail. Other navigation toggles do not turn off the scent trail either.

Ahead of Wolverine’s release, Insomniac’s director of community and marketing, James Stevenson, took to social media to explain that Logan’s scent trail is baked into the way the mutant’s powers work.

“The scent trail isn’t always on,” he clarified. “It represents Logan’s canon mutant super senses and elite tracking ability. It only is there when he’s tracking a specific scent / sound (a person, whisky, or another clue scent) – story/mission moments or when he catches whiff of a collectible.”

All Marvel’s Wolverine Suits

Referencing previous discourse about Final Fantasy’s yellow paint guides, some have said Logan’s scent trails remove any potential skill required for chase sequences and any joy of discovery in exploration.

Then, earlier this week, Insomniac said it was planning to “further refine the player experience” based on feedback, while insisting it’s “incredibly proud” of the game. Most took that to mean it intended to tweak the “fart gas,” and so it has proved.

The patch notes, posted to Insomniac’s website, confirms the hotfix “adjusts the presentation of the Scent Trails and Audio Sense indicators, including reduced opacity to make these visuals less intense.”

So, the “fart gas” will feel less in your face from now on. But there’s more. Insomniac said it’s exploring adding toggleable options for a future update, which suggests players may eventually be able to turn off Scent Trails completely. Patch notes are below.

Marvel’s Wolverine update v.01.001.005 patch notes:

  • This hotfix addresses some common crashes experienced by a small percentage of players since launch. 
  • Additionally, this hotfix adjusts the presentation of the Scent Trails and Audio Sense indicators, including reduced opacity to make these visuals less intense.
  • Our team continues to evaluate ways to further improve Senses in the game, including exploring toggleable options for a future update.

Sony has yet to announce an official sales figure for Marvel’s Wolverine, but early data suggests the PlayStation 5 exclusive sold 1.9 million copies in three days, generating around $130 million in revenue. We put that performance into context here.

Meanwhile, Marvel’s Wolverine players are testing its motorcycle sequence to see if Logan can die if you don’t touch the controller. Another player managed to take Logan out of bounds, revealing new areas of the game.

We’ve got 17 Essential Tips and Tricks to help you get started in Marvel’s Wolverine, plus our recommendations for the 10 Best Adaptations, and a guide on How to Farm XP Quickly. Check out our full Marvel’s Wolverine Walkthrough for a step-by-step guide to every mission, and make sure you don’t miss a thing with our Collectibles guides, All Wolverine Suits and Claws Guide, and our thorough list of all the Easter Eggs and References we’ve found.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Top 10 Ranked All Time Best

With 2026 marking Pokémon’s milestone 30th Anniversary, what better way to celebrate than by taking a nostalgic stroll down memory lane with the ones who started our journeys?

Between the First Partner collection flying off the shelves quicker than a Regieleki and the simultaneous global drop of the 30th Anniversary expansion, our original First Partner Pokémon are dominating tabletop conversations like never before.

No matter who your First Partner was, there’s a gorgeous card out there for you – here’s my list of the top 10 First Partner Pokémon cards of all time, ranked by artwork, affordability, and impact they’ve had.

Before we jump in, for those after 30th Celebration boosters, our best suggestion right now is to request an invite from Amazon for the ETB, at least, priced much more reasonably compared to other retailers. Invites will be sent out soon!

30th Celebration Elite Trainer Box

17

Request Invite at Amazon.

10. Primarina — ME05: Pitch Black #088/084

This is genuinely one of my favorite cards of all time, let alone First Partner Pokémon! While first-stage First Partner Pokémon usually get the Pyroar’s share of cute Illustration Rares, satoma’s work on this final stage Primarina from Pitch Black is class.

Primarina – 088/084

0

I love the golden sun, and its glittering beachy vibe that give Alola’s siren starter a spotlight worthy of a stage-performer. You can pick this up on TCGplayer for $4.49, making it a shockingly affordable piece of art.

9. Mudkip — ME: Mega Evolution Promo #057

This promo card from the First Partner lineup captures this water-type looking completely adorable. The artwork by Saboteri is crammed with subtle Gen 3 lore details in the background.

Mudkip – 057 – ME: Mega Evolution Promo

0

My first-ever Pokémon game was Pokémon Ruby, but my partner got me a 3DS for my 21st birthday where I finally completed my starter trio with Mudkip in Omega Ruby, so picking up this promo was a non-negotiable personal mission for me. Right now, it’s holding steady at around $20.56 on TCGplayer.

8. Charizard (Classic Collection #4/102)

It had to be in here! The holy grail that arguably started this hobby all those years ago, Mitsuhiro Arita’s Base Set Charizard is the card that launched a million binder collections. The iconic Shadowless variant—lacking the dark drop shadow along the right border of the art box—remains the undisputed King of Nostalgia. Now, with the 30th Anniversary reprints, this card takes the crown as my favorite Charizard card because it gives more people a chance to own a slice of history.

Charizard (Classic Collection #4/102)

0

A special shoutout goes to the 151 Charizard ex Special Illustration Rare as well, but I couldn’t bring myself to put two Charizards on the list when there’s so many other First Partner Pokémon and art to celebrate! Unsurprisingly, market values on TCGplayer for the OG sit around $1,160 for raw copies, depending heavily on condition, but now more Trainers can get their hands on it thanks to the 30th Anniversary reprints, who knows what will happen. Have you managed to get your hands on one yet?

7. Piplup (Secret) – SM – Cosmic Eclipse (SM12)

Piplup (Secret) – SM – Cosmic Eclipse

0

Before Trainer Gallery cards became a main-set staple, Cosmic Eclipse gave us Dawn and Piplup in this adorable SIR. Tomomi Kaneko’s artwork highlights Sinnoh’s Dawn alongside her stubborn Piplup at the Canalave City docks. Because of its legendary status among Gen 4 fans, you’re looking at around $88.24 on TCGPlayer.

6. Venusaur & Snivy-GX — SM Promos #SM229

Yes, I know this card has two First Partners in it, but I’m strictly counting it as one entry! I have a lot of time for artist Yuka Morii, who hand-sculpts every featured Pokémon out of physical clay before photographing them in real-world outdoor dioramas.

Venusaur & Snivy GX – SM229 – SM Promos (SMP)

0

When I went to EUIC in 2025, they had her original physical clay sculptures on display at the venue, and seeing the real-world scale and tactile craftsmanship behind the card in person was so unbelievably cool. If you want to add this gorgeous clay tag team to your collection, it’s currently running around $146.63 on TCGPlayer.

5. Scorbunny — ME: Ascended Heroes #225/217

Veteran illustrator Yuu Nishida hit an absolute home run (wrong sport, but close enough) with this Galar First Partner. The artwork catches Scorbunny chilling out on a fresh bed of leaves.

Scorbunny — ME: Ascended Heroes #225/217

0

Thankfully, this Fire-type doesn’t have any flames while resting. Best of all, it’s super easy on the wallet, hovering at just $9.26 on TCGplayer.

4. Tepig — SV: White Flare #096/086

When it comes to cozy charm, it doesn’t get much better than Tepig from Unova. Orca’s warm and golden lighting shows Tepig warming its belly, rolling around in a heap of crisp autumn leaves.

Tepig – 096/086 – SV: White Flare

0

This calm, simple illustration makes you smile the moment you open the binder, and you can get a copy on TCGplayer for around $52.50.

3. Torchic Star — EX Team Rocket Returns #108/109

Generation 3 holds a massive place in my heart, and while the whole Gen 3 TCG era produced absolute bangers, this is easily my favorite piece in the entire collection.

Torchic Star — EX Team Rocket Returns #108/109

0

Illustrated by Masakazu Fukuda, Gold Star cards had artwork that broke out of the frame. Sorry if your First Partner was Torchic though, copies of this card are ultra-rare and currently average around a wild $4,500.00 on LimitlessTCG.

2. Pikachu ex — ME: Ascended Heroes #276/217

Look, I know Pikachu is a bit of a rogue choice for a “First Partner” list compared to the standard Grass/Fire/Water trios, but let’s not forget Pokémon Yellow (and Let’s Go, Pikachu!)! Pikachu was, arguably, our very first First Partner, so it absolutely earns a spot here.

Pikachu ex — ME: Ascended Heroes #276/217

0

USUMON’s ultra-high-contrast, electric-charged art style makes the iconic mascot practically leap off the foil, though pulling off that high-voltage style means it commands a heavy $935.99 market price on TCGplayer.

1. Greninja ex – 148/128 – ME: 30th Celebration

This card is just awesome. Everyone loves Greninja, but artist GIDORA completely stole the 30th Anniversary show with this one. Did you spot the Eevee and Lucario in the background?

Greninja ex – 148/128

0

Between the playful street-style vibe and the hype surrounding the set, this could easily be one of the most fun chase cards modern Pokémon has seen in a long time. Because it’s so new, the market is pretty volatile, currently sitting around $70.99 on TCGPlayer.

Sara Heritage

Freelance Writer

Sara Heritage is a freelance journalist for IGN, specialising in Pokémon TCG. When she’s not gaming, you’ll probably find her building yet another LEGO set she absolutely did not need, or chaining ranked matches in Pokémon Champions.

Resident Evil Fans ‘Will Feel Seen’ After the Movie, Says Director Zach Cregger

The Resident Evil movie reboot has finally arrived, coming from one of the biggest names in horror these days, filmmaker Zach Cregger, who previously wowed fans with his films Barbarian and Weapons. And he certainly seems to be off to a good start with Resident Evil — we gave it an 8 out of 10 here at IGN, it’s in the 90s on both the Rotten Tomatoes critics and audience scores, and it’s on track to be a winner at the box office as well.

IGN’s own Tom Jorgensen recently sat down with Cregger and the film’s star Austin Abrams — who plays Bryan, a medical courier with some serious bad luck — to discuss the divided fan response to the film before it came out, how Cregger and his team went about evoking a true “video game feel” with the reboot, how Abrams almost got killed by a 150-pound bag of blood during production (!), and much more.

You can watch the discussion at the video above, or read it all right here…

“Everything’s gonna be just fine…”

Tom Jorgensen for IGN: There is a little bit of a conversation going on about this movie about to what degree it’s staying faithful to the games.

Zach Cregger: A little bit of a conversation?

IGN: A tiny, little bit of a conversation.

ZC: Wow. Okay. That’s putting it lightly.

IGN: Have there been unexpected challenges in convincing people this is the way to do this?

ZC: Yeah. I mean, of course. I think I was naive when I… I thought that fans of these games like me would be thrilled that somebody was coming along and turning Resident Evil into a survival horror movie. And I was like, “That’s great.” I did not really appreciate the sentiment [of] “We’ve been waiting forever for Leon’s story.” And I appreciate that. And I’m sorry that that’s not the story that I’m bringing here. I mean, I get it. I understand the frustration.

I understand it so well because I haven’t seen the earlier movies, because they don’t look like the Resident Evil that I love. You know what I mean? So how could I be frustrated with fans who have that same attitude? My only hope is that they will see the movie regardless of their skepticism or their disappointment that I’m not telling some of the stories that the games tell so well, and that they will feel seen when they do watch the movie and they will recognize all of the love for the games that is in this movie because it is there. And this is not just me telling a story and slapping Resident Evil on it so I can get a budget. This is me telling a Resident Evil story. I understand the resistance. I really do, because I have it myself. But it is coming from a true place of love.

We all fundamentally understand the visual language of these games. “

IGN: I think historically video game adaptations have really struggled to translate the active experience of playing a video game into more of a passive experience [of] watching a film. How did that inform your choice to lean a little bit away from the specifics of exactly what happens in the Resident Evil games and more into how it feels to play them?

ZC: Well, there’s a lot of answers to that question. The first thing that comes to mind is the camera work. I’m using the language of the games in the camera work. So I’m staying rooted in that third-person, over the shoulder with a big wide lens [style], which is how all of these games are. That’s their language. And so that was a really fun thing, is to just almost one-to-one the visual language of the games in there.

And then to utilize the pacing of the games, the survival horror, the dread, the journey on foot where you’re entering this terrifying scenario, and you have two shotgun shells and you’re wounded. And that is such a fun, loaded, cinematic element that the games have done so well since the beginning, but the movies don’t really seem to be concerned with. And so I wanted to make a survival horror movie and pick up on all those things. I utilize the setting and the t-Virus and the Umbrella Corporation, all of those little ingredients that make Resident Evil, Resident Evil – that’s the bedrock of this movie as well. Another aspect [is] the length of the games, like weapon progression, starting with a pistol, graduating to the shotgun, graduating to the MP5. The increasingly dangerous enemies and mutants that you encounter.

Austin Abrams: The language, too, that you were talking about, just the camera and the angles of figuring out that dance, especially if it is over the shoulder or something of where to move and have the [camera] operator… We’re moving around and we’re doing a lot of things in one take. So getting that choreography right, but also doing it in a way that feels…

ZC: Spontaneous, yeah…

AA: …fresh and dynamic, was just another aspect to it that was tricky to do.

Resident Evil (2026) Images

IGN: What conversations were you having with your DP and your camera department on this? Was it important that they have experienced and played the games, or were these conversations that you were able to have more on set just practically speaking in terms of how to achieve that look?

ZC: No, I don’t need my camera department to have played the games. I’m the captain of what we see, so I’m going to make sure that we have the right lens and that we are moving correctly. So no, that’s on me. They need to make sure it’s lit well, but I’m the boss of how it moves and what lens is picked.

James is our camera operator who came straight from The Odyssey, where he was lugging that giant IMAX thing around. And so now he had a normal-size camera and he was able to be really agile with it. I think he felt really liberated. And he’s played video games because most people in our age [group] and younger have grown up on video games. So we all fundamentally understand the visual language of these games. And so it was a fun challenge for him to anticipate his attention and get there in time and tag these data points together. It was a really cool thing and it feels game-like.

AA: And I’ll say that’s why I felt comfortable going into it, because I knew that [Zach] was so passionate about it and had played so many hours of it. So he really knew the language of the games, and so that he could really be the captain. And I mean he really was … being very clear with everyone like, “No, this is what needs to happen and this is what needs to happen.”

I think [he was] really protecting the games in that way and protecting especially how you feel while you’re playing the games. … If it was someone else that wasn’t as much of a fan, that wasn’t as passionate about the games, I wouldn’t have felt comfortable.

More From Raccoon City

IGN: You mentioned in our breakdown of the first trailer that there’s only two or three scenes in this movie that are really leaning into zombies or vanilla zombies. Why was that important to you for this movie to not really focus on zombies?

ZC: It’s not that that was not important. As I was writing the story, it’s just the story. I’m a big fan of letting the story tell itself to me, and this is the way the story naturally unfolded. I think I maybe shouldn’t have said that, because I think there are more scenes than I mentioned that have zombies. I didn’t expect people to really grab onto that as a bad thing. You don’t know what the other things are, so how can you get mad at this yet? The t-Virus is more interesting than just zombies. You know what I mean? The t-Virus can do all sorts of fascinating things with organic matter. So why would I not utilize that as much as possible? So I’m surprised that I have as many scenes as I do where zombies are just zombies.

IGN: Austin, you’re playing a character original to this world. You’re getting to start from scratch on that. Was that freeing for you, knowing that you didn’t have to live up to some specific expectation from the game?

AA: Yeah, definitely … because it makes it so that you can go any direction. So we could really just come up with whatever was feeling right, and what felt also the most interesting to watch. I feel like a more interesting person to watch go through this experience is someone that doesn’t know what they’re doing, and also just wants the best almost for everyone and is a good-hearted person that then has to face all of these horrors. To me, [that] felt like a fun thing to watch.

IGN: Were there any other horror movie performances that you looked to for inspiration and how to build Brian and how capable he is in this world?

AA: I’m not sure. There wasn’t necessarily horror movie inspirations, but there was… I think we found as we were going that there were character inspirations. And we’ve talked about this, but one being Marty McFly a little bit, and then Kevin McCallister and then John McClane…

IGN: The holy trifecta.

ZC: Opposite ends of the spectrum.

AA: …and oscillating between the three of those guys. So that did become an inspiration. But I wouldn’t say earlier on that there was necessarily a horror movie inspiration. But definitely more in the vein of the person that is just ill-equipped to deal with it, which just makes it more fun I think for everyone.

IGN: Because your previous films have messed a little bit with narrative structure and moved things around a little bit, what new challenges as a director did you run into in maintaining one thread of momentum right through to the end? And then, Austin, how do you support that in your performance? How do you shoulder all that momentum?

ZC: I mean the answer’s in the question, right? It’s like, is it possible to make a movie that is adrenalized for 85% of the movie? There are a couple of moments of little lulls here and there, but really, this movie is like tension, release, tension, release, tension, release. Can you stick with that for the runtime? That is a unique challenge. Weapons or Barbarian have their moments, but they also have all these story-building lulls in there that I love. But this movie, the goal in the challenge was “Let’s floor it and let’s never stop flooring it.” And that was hard. Hard on you.

Blood bag alert!

AA: Yeah. Well, and the aspect of that too is keeping in mind like, “Okay, where am I right now in this journey? Am I starting to get a little bit more comfortable maybe with the weapons or am I…” Because you’re having all these reactions to these crazy things, and it’s just doing your best to make them all feel unique, but also feel like there’s a progression here, especially when it’s like, “Okay, well I’ve been surprised by a ton of monsters,” so it’s like, “Can we do this in a new way or is it still hitting me in the same way, or am I a little bit more used to it now?”

ZC: You have to be cognizant that you’re not just doing the same thing over and over. We need to build an arc into it. And that’s hard when everything that keeps happening is like level 10. But, I think he did.

IGN: My favorite story that I have heard from the set of this film so far is that during the zombies off the roof scene, Austin, you were nearly taken out by a 150-pound bag of blood, I believe. Did you clock that in the moment as you were running or was that like a, “Hey, you got to come to playback and check something out, dude.”

AA: I remember running and then being like, “Oh, whoa, that was close.” But I kept to my line and thankfully there weren’t any slips or anything like that. And then afterwards people being like, “Oh dude, that was…”

ZC: I remember bringing him to the monitor and being like, “Watch this.”

ZC: And it’s in the movie.

IGN: Can either of you remember the first time in your life that you really truly had the shit scared out of you by a video game?

AA: I feel like I was playing Dead Space, I think. I remember that just really… I think I tried playing it, and I just couldn’t make it through it actually. Yeah, it just really freaked me out.

ZC: Not the first time, but the most effective was Resident Evil 8. I played in VR, and that baby in the basement. It actually scared me so bad I had to stop. And I don’t think I’ve ever noped out of anything as an adult, but that did it. … In VR, dude, it was too intense.

This interview has been edited for length and clarity.

The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni Gaming Headset Drops to the Lowest Price Ever at Amazon Resale

SteelSeries’ new Actis Nova Pro Omni is possibly the best wireless gaming headset you can get right now, but it’s very expensive. Fortunately, there’s a way to get it for a significantly lower cost. For a limited time, Amazon Resale is offering a used “like new” SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni wireless gaming headset in white for $276.36 with free shipping (it’s normally $400). Amazon Resale is Amazon’s official account for used goods. The products are sorted by condition, with “Like New” being the best. Amazon’s 30-day return policy applies to Resale items as well.

Save 30% off the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni Headset

Used “like new”

SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni Wireless Gaming Headset

0

SteelSeries released the Arctis Nova Pro Omni earlier in May. It is the successor to the venerable Arctis Nova Pro that topped our best gaming headset chart for years. It’s also SteelSeries’ highest end headset outside of the Arctis Elite. It carries over all of the trademark features of the Nova Pro, including the stellar sound quality and hours-long comfort, hot-swappable battery system, active noise cancelation, and a base station with built-in GameDAC, OLED display and physical volume knob. It’s also just as durable thanks to the flexible steel core headband construction.

But let’s get into the improvements that make the Arcis Pro Omni a clear upgrade over its predecessor. The most notable feature is its “OmniPlay” ability. No longer do you have to buy a specific model for Xbox or PlayStation. Every Nova Pro Omni is cross compatible with the PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X, PC, Switch, and more. You can also connect to up to four separate sources simultaneously via two USB inputs, wireless Bluetooth, and line-in (its successor maxed out at two). Other improvements include an improved GameDAC with LC3+ codec that supports 96kHz/24Bit high-res audio processing and mobile app compatibility.

IGN’s Michael Higham gave the Arctis Nova Pro Omni a glowing review. He wrote that “A $400 price tag is tough to swallow no matter which way you cut it. Considering what the Arctis Nova Pro Omni offers relative to the current competition, however, it makes one of the strongest cases to splurge for a high-end gaming headset if you haven’t already.”

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni Gaming Headset Drops to the Lowest Price Ever at Amazon Resale

SteelSeries’ new Actis Nova Pro Omni is possibly the best wireless gaming headset you can get right now, but it’s very expensive. Fortunately, there’s a way to get it for a significantly lower cost. For a limited time, Amazon Resale is offering a used “like new” SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni wireless gaming headset in white for $276.36 with free shipping (it’s normally $400). Amazon Resale is Amazon’s official account for used goods. The products are sorted by condition, with “Like New” being the best. Amazon’s 30-day return policy applies to Resale items as well.

Save 30% off the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni Headset

Used “like new”

SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni Wireless Gaming Headset

0

SteelSeries released the Arctis Nova Pro Omni earlier in May. It is the successor to the venerable Arctis Nova Pro that topped our best gaming headset chart for years. It’s also SteelSeries’ highest end headset outside of the Arctis Elite. It carries over all of the trademark features of the Nova Pro, including the stellar sound quality and hours-long comfort, hot-swappable battery system, active noise cancelation, and a base station with built-in GameDAC, OLED display and physical volume knob. It’s also just as durable thanks to the flexible steel core headband construction.

But let’s get into the improvements that make the Arcis Pro Omni a clear upgrade over its predecessor. The most notable feature is its “OmniPlay” ability. No longer do you have to buy a specific model for Xbox or PlayStation. Every Nova Pro Omni is cross compatible with the PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X, PC, Switch, and more. You can also connect to up to four separate sources simultaneously via two USB inputs, wireless Bluetooth, and line-in (its successor maxed out at two). Other improvements include an improved GameDAC with LC3+ codec that supports 96kHz/24Bit high-res audio processing and mobile app compatibility.

IGN’s Michael Higham gave the Arctis Nova Pro Omni a glowing review. He wrote that “A $400 price tag is tough to swallow no matter which way you cut it. Considering what the Arctis Nova Pro Omni offers relative to the current competition, however, it makes one of the strongest cases to splurge for a high-end gaming headset if you haven’t already.”

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

World War Z Sequel Confirms Brad Pitt Return and Edward Berger as Director

Paramount’s World War Z sequel is moving forward, with Brad Pitt confirmed to return and Conclave’s Edward Berger attached to direct.

It’s two major updates for the post-apocalyptic zombie follow-up that arrived via Deadline. The site said that deals are closed, confirming that World War Z 2 – or whatever it ends up being called – has already nailed down two of the biggest question marks following its announcement in April of this year.

Deadline also reported that Plan B Entertainment’s Pitt, Dede Gardner, and Jeremy Kleiner will produce, with Berger also in the mix as an executive producer. Another update is that Dennis Kelly, the creator of TV series Utopia and writer behind 2021’s Together, will pen the World War Z sequel’s script. It otherwise still seems to be in the early days for the project, as no additional details regarding its plot, release date, or casting have been revealed.

Brad Pitt. Photo by Jason Kempin/Getty Images.

The World War Z IP is being reheated 13 years after the original film successfully introduced audiences to a live-action adaptation of Max Brooks’ 2000s novel. Pitt starred in the first film and has expressed interest in returning to the franchise for some time, but getting it off the ground and back into the zombie horde has proven to be quite the challenge for the last decade. As his roles in movies like Once Upon a Time in… Hollywood and F1 have come and gone, so too have hopes for the sequel.

Issues with confirming a director aside, fans started to expect that a follow-up would never come to be when Paramount put it on the back burner in 2019. The Social Network and Zodiac director David Fincher was even said to be involved at one point, but despite him comparing his ideas for a take to The Last of Us, that version of World War Z never materialized. Berger has now taken the reins.

Berger turned heads when Conclave premiered in 2024, but he’s got more than just the Ralph Fiennes movie under his belt. He also directed 2022’s critically acclaimed war film All Quiet on the Western Front, as well as 2014’s Jack. He’s also said to be involved with Matt Damon’s new Jason Bourne movie, though that particular project’s status is somewhat of a mystery.

The specifics surrounding Pitt’s return to World War Z are unclear. Although the events of the first film could put his character, Gerry Lane, front and center once again, story information has not been revealed. When World War Z 2 does come out, it will mark a reunion for Pitt and Berger, who recently worked together on The Riders. Deadline reported that the former pitched the idea of more World War Z to the latter while working on the project, with the pair ready to get to get back to work by the time production came to an end.

The World War Z sequel has no release date, but at the speed things are moving at now, it may not be too long before we hear more. While we wait, you can read IGN’s 7.6/10 review for the original movie, which earned $540 million at the box office (via Box Office Mojo). You can also see why the developers behind the World War Z video game might feel at least partially responsible for the existence of a sequel.

Photo by Jason Kempin/Getty Images.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Astartes II Looks a Lot Like a Space Hulk Animation in New Trailer

Games Workshop has released a new trailer for Astartes II, the most anticipated Warhammer 40,000 animation ever.

For the uninitiated, the original Astartes was created by superfan Syama Pedersen, who was subsequently brought into the fold to make the official sequel. Astartes is widely accepted as the greatest Warhammer 40,000 animation ever made, official or unofficial, with only Amazon’s excellent Space Marine 2 animation for the Secret Level anthology series competing with it in quality terms. Indeed, Astartes was so good that it inspired Saber Interactive’s hugely successful Space Marine 2 in terms of the look and feel of the Space Marines themselves.

During Games Workshop’s ‘Big Autumn Preview’ event, fans were treated to a new look at Astartes II, which confirms the appearance of Deathwatch and Terminators. As the company notes in a post on Warhammer Community, fans of Space Hulk will no doubt find a lot familiar here.

ASTARTES 2 teaser
Coming December

We get to follow a Deathwatch unit investigating a Space Hulk! pic.twitter.com/DgveN5yz6K

— Jesus 40k Worldview (@40kWorldview) September 18, 2026

Indeed, the Space Hulk vibes come through loud and clear. We see Space Marines stomp about a dark, shadowy interior which you just know will house horrible, nightmarish things in the shadows. But the first-person shot of a corridor lit only by spotlights is the clearest sign that the much-loved tabletop game, Space Hulk, was an influence.

Also in the post, Games Workshop confirmed that Astartes II will be “significantly longer” than its predecessor, which is music to fan ears. Understandably as a single-person fan project, Astartes is on the short side.

“We knew already that this was likely to feature Deathwatch and Terminators, from the unsubtle hints dropped at the end of the LAST trailer, and now we see them, they look like they mean business,” Games Workshop said. “The imposing line of storm bolter barrels and the crackle of a power fist, combined with the ominous surroundings, are certainly giving off some strong Space Hulk vibes.

Astartes II Trailer Images (Sep 2026)

“Somehow even more intimidating than the blank visage of the Terminator helms is that unhelmeted Space Marine veteran, who could certainly be described as ‘grizzled.’ And we think we clocked at least three different characters and Chapters of Space Marines in that trailer.”

In November last year, Games Workshop revealed animation work on a monitor screen via the promo video, below, that showed a squad of Terminators appearing to protect an unnamed human soldier. This was the Inquisition-led Deathwatch Terminator squad from the debut Astartes 2 teaser in incomplete form, but we know from their pauldron chapter symbols that they’re the same as before (Retributors, Mortifactors, Scythes of The Emperor, Sons of Medusa, and Angels Vermilion).

Last year’s teaser suggested an animation on a scale and quality never-before-seen from Warhammer 40,000, with melee combat, shooting, vehicle combat, and even spaceship battles all showcased. It showed a number of Space Marine chapters in battle across varied environments, and multiple enemy races, including Tyranids, Orks, and Tau.

But it turned out that nothing in the teaser is actually in the Astartes 2 animation itself. According to a post on the Warhammer Community website: “This teaser trailer is not actually clips from the new animation, instead showing a compilation of shots that represent the former lives of the characters that will appear in the show. There’s a pretty unsubtle hint at the end as to the nature of the final story… We’ll leave you to speculate and start putting the pieces together yourselves.”

Astartes II is due out this December on Warhammer+, Games Workshop’s streaming service.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

DC Reveals Swamp Thing by Alan Moore Omnibus

DC Comics has released its full list of solicitations for December 2026. And while there’s a lot to be excited for at the end of the year (including the impending finale of Tom King and Daniel Sampere’s Wonder Woman run), the biggest news involves a new hardcover collection of Alan Moore’s classic Saga of the Swamp Thing run.

The Swamp Thing by Alan Moore Omnibus promises to be the definitive collection of what most would regard as one of the finest comics ever published by DC. That’s because this two-volume slipcase set will reprint the entirety of Moore’s run with a restored and remastered version of the original coloring and period-appropriate paper stock.

Image Credit: DC

For those not familiar, there are currently two ways of reading Moore’s Swamp Thing in collected format, neither of which feature the original coloring from the single issues. The six trade paperbacks and two Absolute Edition hardcovers each have new, modernized coloring, and both versions have been heavily criticized by fans for altering the tone of the original comics.

You can check out this Reddit thread to see a side-by-side comparison of the originals, the trade paperbacks, and the Absolute Editions. The differences are pretty stark, to put it mildly. DC hasn’t yet released any interior preview art of the Swamp Thing by Alan Moore Omnibus, but the expectation is that the books will be much more in line with how the series originally appeared in the ’80s.

Here’s DC’s official summary of the Swamp Thing by Alan Moore Omnibus:

When Alan Moore (Watchmen, V for Vendetta) took over Swamp Thing, the world of comics was forever changed. Joined by groundbreaking artists, these are the stories that forever defined the character, introduced the world to John Constantine and the Green, and pushed the boundaries of what was possible within the medium. From horror to fantasy, romance to science fiction, discover what it means to truly be alive. Collects The Saga of the Swamp Thing #16-30, Swamp Thing #31-64, Swamp Thing Annual #2, DC Comics Presents #85, John Constantine, Hellblazer #1-3, and pages from DC Sampler #2-3, Crisis on Infinite Earths #4, and The New Teen Titans (vol. 2) #18 and #22, along with Moore’s original proposal for the lost event Twilight of the Superheroes and the surviving pages from Len Wein and Bernie Wrightson’s Swamp Thing: Déjà Vu (set in the aftermath of Moore’s run). With new essays by Bissette and Veitch, along with never before seen original artwork, pencils, scripts, and more!

Unfortunately, this Swamp Thing collection won’t release until July 6, 2027, but that does give fans time to save up the $175 it’ll cost to own the set. But if you don’t mind the modern coloring, you can find Amazon links for the other versions below:

Order Alan Moore’s Swamp Thing

This isn’t the first time recently that DC has thrown a major bone to classic Swamp Thing fans. Last year, the publisher revealed plans to finally release a controversial, canceled storyline where Swamp Thing meets Jesus Christ.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

Resident Evil Emerges as Highest-Rated Video Game Movie of All Time

Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil is out today, and it’s already the highest-rated video game movie of all time on Rotten Tomatoes.

The scores are in, and at least as far as the review-aggregating website is concerned, the latest shot at a live-action adaptation of Capcom’s beloved survival horror series has received the best reaction of any game movie to date. Resident Evil, which was directed by Weapons’ Cregger and stars Austin Abrams, boasts a 96% critics’ rating at the time of this story’s publication, placing it multiple percentage points above a shortlist of other well-received adaptations, including Sonic the Hedgehog 3 (86%), Werewolves Within (86%), and The Angry Birds Movie 2 (72%).

Video games have a long history of what has been deemed by many to be mediocre releases. Although many of those — including 2001’s Tomb Raider and 1993’s Super Mario Bros. — arrived early in the industry’s life, recent years have had their fill of poorly received projects, too. Both Five Nights at Freddy’s movies, despite pulling in plenty of love from audiences, failed to impress critics, and 2024’s Borderlands fell just 11 places short of being the worst-rated video game movie of all time. What we’re saying is that it’s not exactly been stiff competition for Resident Evil, but don’t let that dampen its impact.

Upcoming New Video Game Movies and TV Shows: 2026 Release Dates and Beyond

Despite Cregger making a splash with his last two horror movies, the director has faced an uphill battle with his latest flick. Fans expecting the movie to stick closer to the lore were let down to see Abrams playing an original character in a live-action Raccoon City that looked a bit different than they may have been hoping for. Instead of Leon S. Kennedy, Nemesis, or any other familiar elements, the live-action Resident Evil instead opted to focus on new character Bryan in a story inspired by the feeling of playing the games rather than their stories.

“I did not really appreciate the sentiment that, ‘We’ve been waiting forever for Leon’s story.’ And I appreciate that, and I’m sorry that’s not the story I’m bringing,” Cregger said during a recent conversation with IGN. “I get it, I understand the frustration. I understand it so well because I haven’t seen the earlier [Resident Evil] movies, because they don’t look like the Resident Evil that I love, so how could I be frustrated with fans who have that same attitude?”

It’s been controversial, to say the least, but despite the online backlash that’s seeped into Cregger’s world, the critics aren’t the only ones finding something to love about Resident Evil. After more than 500 verified ratings, Rotten Tomatoes has recorded a staggering 91% score from audiences. Whatever hangups you may have thought audiences would have going in, it seems the film has proven too good for most to deny.

“My only hope is that they’ll see the movie regardless of their skepticism or their disappointment that I’m not telling some of the stories that the games tell so well, and they will feel seen when they do watch the movie, and they will recognize all of the love for the games that are in this movie, because it is there,” Cregger added during his talk with IGN. “This is not me just telling a story and slapping Resident Evil on it so I can get a budget. This is me telling a Resident Evil story.”

Resident Evil is still just getting its feet wet when it comes to its reception, so only time will tell if it will continue to be seen in a positive light in the weeks, months, and years ahead. It’s undeniably a strong start, though, with the project also expected to clear the franchise’s box office record.

IGN gave it a solid rating, too, awarding it an 8/10 review. We said, “With a laser focus on putting its hero through the worst night of his life, Resident Evil is a simple and exciting survival horror story that benefits greatly from director Zach Cregger’s sensibilities.”

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Pokémon TCG 30th Celebration — The Coolest Cards Ranked

The Pokémon TCG: 30th Celebration expansion is easily one of the most artistically diverse collections in Pokémon TCG history.

From brand-new card rarities with pearlescent finishes to nostalgic reprints of iconic classics, this set has something for every kind of collector.

I’ve put together a list of my personal favourites, with the main criteria being artistic value and overall coolness.

Although playability and collector demand are always worth considering, I focused mainly on the creativity, originality, and visual impact of the card artwork, alongside the reception it’s had from fans.

The best thing is that there are plenty of options to meet everyone’s needs, regardless of budget; whether you’re hunting pocket monsters with pocket change or looking for top-end chase cards!

Before we jump in, for those after boosters, our best suggestion is to request an invite from Amazon for the ETB at least, priced much more reasonably compared to other retailers. Invites will be sent out soon!

30th Celebration Elite Trainer Box

15

Request Invite at Amazon.

10. Pikachu ex — ME: 30th Celebration #149/128

While both Pikachu ex cards in this subset work together as a matching daytime and nighttime set, the “day” version illustrated by kantaro ever so slightly edges it out for me.

Not only is it cheaper—sitting at roughly $89.03 on TCGplayer compared to its nighttime equivalent bringing in $116.07—it features one of my favorite Pokémon of all time in the background: Espeon!

Pikachu ex – 149/128

1

This is one of those pieces of art that has instantly come to represent the 30th Celebration set, making it an absolute gem for any anniversary collection.

9. Hisuian Zoroark — ME: 30th Celebration #123/128

I’m a huge Witch Hat Atelier fan, so when I heard artist and creator Kamome Shirahama was illustrating one of the coolest Pokémon—Hisuian Zoroark—I knew this card had to be mine. Shirahama brought her signature intricate linework and sweeping dark-fantasy flair to celebrate the card game’s 30th milestone, making this illustration feel like a high-end art piece at an accessible market price of just $1.25 on TCGplayer. This one went straight into my basket!

Hisuian Zoroark – ME: 30th Celebration (30C)

0

8. Pikachu — ME: 30th Celebration #029/128

There are so many cool Pikachu variations floating around this expansion thanks to the each 30th Celebration booster pack guaranteeing one of these 30 unique foil Pikachu rare cards. However, my favorite has to be this one from Pokémon Art Director James Turner.

Pikachu – 029/128

1

Turner was a massive creative driving force who brought the world of Generation 8 and its First Partner Pokémon to life. His instantly recognizable pop-art illustration style filled me with so much joy in his independent game, The Plucky Squire, and it’s so nice to see him return to Pokémon with this quirky, adorable design. Best of all, it sits at a super budget-friendly $1.48 market average on TCGplayer.

7. Alolan Exeggutor — ME: 30th Celebration #129/128

Alolan Exeggutor is one of the goofiest regional variants out there, and I love it. This card brings that absurdity to life – a towering palm tree looking down at you in a beachy Alolan scene. Artist AYUMI ODASHIMA does a fantastic job of leaning into just how silly this Mon is, going for a modest $3.50 median market price on TCGplayer.

Alolan Exeggutor – 129/128

1

6. Mew ex — ME: 30th Celebration #152/128

This Special Illustration Rare by Kuroimori is one of the most popular chase cards in the collection. It shows Mew resting in a lush, sun-dappled forest, bathed in soft ambient light and surrounded by wild honeysuckle. Considering Mew holds such a sacred place in the series’ history as the first-ever Mythical Pokémon (and arguably the DNA root of the entire Pokédex!), it’s no surprise this card isn’t cheap – a hefty $231.14 market price on TCGplayer.

Mew ex – 152/128

0

5. Lapras — ME: 30th Celebration #131/128

Everything about this piece feels like a warm vacation breeze. Artist Amelicart serves up gorgeous, sun-kissed ocean waves featuring a content Lapras gliding through the water alongside an adorable Spheal—which just happens to be one of my absolute personal favorite Pokémon! It’s serene, atmospheric, and easily worth its $19.98 average market price on TCGplayer.

Lapras – 131/128

0

4. Meowth — ME: 30th Celebration #144/128

I love the way Meowth is completely slonked out over the staircase bannister in this piece by artist OKUBO. This scene is all too familiar to anyone who lives with cats – I have three of my own, and at any given chance, at least one of them is pulling this exact liquid-cat move across the furniture. This is definitely one I’ll be trying to get, sitting at $28.53 on TCGplayer at time of writing.

Meowth – 144/128

0

3. Sylveon ex — ME: 30th Celebration #153/128

If there’s one thing you know about me, it’s that I’m Eevee’s number one fan. So as soon as I saw this gorgeous Sylveon card, I immediately wanted it. Artist You Iribi delivers an unbelievably sleek, stylish illustration of Sylveon ex framed by soft ribbons and pastel light shifts.

Sylveon ex – 153/128

2

The price isn’t as bad as you’d think for a card of this popularity – it’s currently at an average market price of $89.63 on TCGplayer. It’s not great, but that’s where this hobby is at nowadays.

2. Maushold — ME: 30th Celebration #146/128

I’m a little biased, as I’ve fallen in love with my Population Bomb spamming machine in Pokémon Champions. But this card is just pure, unadulterated fun! Artist osare captures the wholesome family energy of so many Mausholds going about their day, waving at you. How can you not love this? It’s hovering around a comfortable $36.44 market price on TCGplayer, but shifting quickly.

Maushold – 146/128

1

1. Jirachi ex — ME: 30th Celebration #155/128

This Jirachi card is simple stunning! Legendary TCG illustrator AKIRA EGAWA delivers what might genuinely be their masterwork with this Special Illustration Rare. Featuring cosmic, starry lighting, ethereal brushwork, and a sweeping sense of galactic scale, Jirachi ex looks less like a trading card and more like a museum-tier oil painting. Sitting at an average market price of $98.18 on TCGplayer, this might genuinely be one of the coolest Pokémon cards of all time, let alone the 30th Celebration.

Jirachi ex – 155/128

0

No matter your favorite card in the 30th Celebration expansion, there’s something out there for everyone! Let me know what your personal coolest card is, and what you’re chasing in the comments. If you’re struggling to get your hands on any 30th Celebration products, make sure you have IGNDeals on notifications on X to be alerted to any new product drops.

Sara Heritage

Freelance Writer

Sara Heritage is a freelance journalist for IGN, specialising in Pokémon TCG. When she’s not gaming, you’ll probably find her building yet another LEGO set she absolutely did not need, or chaining ranked matches in Pokémon Champions.

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Plays Like the Third Act of a JRPG in the Best of Ways

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • There’s a LOT of content in here, if my two-hour hands-on is any indication.
  • Revelation had a bit of a checklist-y feel in my preview; but I’m hoping it feels less bloated than Rebirth
  • Vincent is awesome and he’ll never leave my party.

Two hours in Final Fantasy VII Revelation goes fast. I was stunned when the PR rep told us our session was wrapping up; I felt like it had only just gotten underway. At least, that’s what I thought until I reflected on everything I’d done: I zoomed around the skies above its open-world map aboard the Highwind airship, revisited some of the earliest areas from Final Fantasy VII Rebirth to see how they’d changed, and saw a decent chunk of Yuffie’s political quest in her hometown of Wutai. This game is enormous, and Square Enix set us loose to tackle the preview session however we saw fit, revealing just a glimpse of a journey that’s seemingly even more focused on freedom than its predecessors. The big question is if that freedom will allow me to better handle much of the bloat that really dragged down my personal experience with Final Fantasy VII Rebirth.

I had access to the same preview build as IGN’s Michael Higham, who shared his thoughts in our first hands-on preview of Revelation last week. Even though it was the same demo, everyone I spoke to had wildly different experiences. That’s because the best (and most accurate) thing I can say about Revelation is that it plays like the third act of a JRPG. Of course, it marks the end of Square Enix’s experimental Final Fantasy 7 remake series that’s retelling the story of the PlayStation original across three games, so it makes sense that the third game would play like the third act.

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Preview Screenshots

But I’m impressed with how hard Square Enix is leaning into this idea. I was dropped into Chapter 4 of the story where Yuffie, Barrett, Nanaki, and newcomers Cid and Vincent are set loose to explore the continent thanks to Cid’s airship, the Highwind. Free traversal over an entire world map is usually reserved for an RPG’s final hours, but if you treat this whole trilogy as one enormous game, that’s the point we’ve reached, and I enjoyed buzzing around while taking in a bird’s eye view of everything we previously explored in Rebirth, as well as a few new areas.

Chapter 4 is still relatively early on – Rebirth had 14 chapters, while Remake had 18 – but at this point, I was free to go wherever I wanted. I genuinely enjoy sequels that take place on the same world map as their predecessors (Tears of the Kingdom and Pokemon Gold and Silver are the first two that come to mind), so the first thing I wanted to do was see what has changed in familiar locations in the time since Rebirth. After trying and failing to skydive into Midgar (let me in, you cowards!) I checked out the Grasslands, which was the first open zone we reached in Rebirth.

This used to be a relatively tame area filled with fodder enemies placed there for players taking their first steps outside of Midgar. Now, hulking, evil beasts roamed these lands, and it felt noticeably different to explore than last time. I interviewed Revelation director Naoki Hamaguchi about the team’s approach to revisiting areas we’ve already seen before, and he told me that the approaching meteor has caused seismic shifts in familiar places, leading to geographical differences. And, all of the side quests in these areas are going to be new, too: after landing in the Grasslands, I was met with probably around a dozen pings leading me to various side objectives in the region.

Compilation of Final Fantasy VII: The Complete Playlist

In anticipation of Final Fantasy VII: Revelation, here’s every game about Cloud, Sephiroth, and the Planet Gaia.

See All

This gave me some not-so-pleasant flashbacks to Rebirth. I like that game overall, but have to admit that the amount of checklist-y side content and mandatory minigames made the whole thing feel pretty bloated to me. Even though Revelation is doubling down on the amount of content, I’m hopeful that the way it’s presented this time will feel more manageable. You can skydive down from the Highwind and land seemingly wherever you want when revisiting an old region, which does grant an extra sense of freedom and verticality to exploration. This also means you can really zero in on what you want to accomplish by parachuting to a specific spot. I felt like the whole world was mine to explore, and I’m excited to dive deeper into revisiting more regions once I’m not on a strict timer.

Fun fact about parachuting down from the Highwind, by the way: Hamaguchi told me how the mechanic came to be, saying in the original, the Highwind could land anywhere on the world map, but in this fully realized, high-fidelity open world, that wasn’t a legitimate option. So, they turned to an unlikely inspiration: Fortnite. Hamaguchi told me, “So that’s why we had this parachuting idea. And when you look at other games, specifically like Fortnite, it did seem that players, modern audiences, were pretty familiar or welcome to this idea of characters flying down the air using parachutes. So I thought it would be a fun way to also introduce a seamless transition from the air to the ground.”

Grappling Around Wutai

There are exceptions to landing wherever you want in a given region, which I found when I went to Wutai for the first time. Yuffie’s home is fully realized in Revelation, and the main town is gorgeous with tons of tall buildings that are a perfect showcase for one of my favorite additions: the grapple gun. I love a good grapple – the double clawshots in Zelda: Twilight Princess, the grappleshot in Halo Infinite – and while Revelation’s is limited to grappling on specific points highlighted by the UI, it still made getting around this dense town a lot more fun. I even entered into a grapple gun race, where Yuffie had to prove her worth by climbing to the town’s highest point in a limited amount of time.

The road to Wutai is also where I spent the most time with Revelation’s revamped combat. It’s very similar to Rebirth – combat director Teruki Endo told me he felt the team perfected the combat in the second entry, so the third entry was all about polish and increasing player freedom. The way that takes shape is through the new FITS system, which lets you assign one of four classes to each party member. I’ll be honest, though, I didn’t spend much time with this, because I was too busy playing as newcomer Vincent Valentine, who is probably my favorite character to fight as in the series.

Vincent Valentine is probably my favorite character to fight as in the series.“

Vincent’s unique hook is his ability to transform into the Galian Beast form at will. He turns into a hulking monster with deadly claws, and he absolutely rips through enemies in this form, while his combat in human form is centered around ranged attacks. There’s no limit to how often you can swap back and forth between these forms; it’s only balanced by the fact that staying in Galian Beast form for too long can reduce Vincent’s max HP, but I really didn’t care. I honestly have a hard time seeing myself wanting to switch away from Vincent in favor of other party members. He’s just that fun to fight with.

That said, Revelation again made me appreciate how large the party of characters is this early in the game. Adhering to that “Act 3” structure I talked about earlier, Chapter 4 gave me access to six different characters, each with their own playstyle, and Cloud and Tifa aren’t even in the party at this point for story reasons. If you know, you know. It feels highly flexible right out of the gate, and I really like that out of a meaty RPG.

In two hours, I saw a little bit of flying, explored some old areas, grappled around a new one, and discovered my favorite character to fight as. It was a lot, and no doubt just a taste of what Revelation has to offer. My only hope is that tackling all of its content feels as open and free as it did in this slice of the game. If Revelation can maintain that sense of player choice, I think it will be a really strong ending to this trilogy.

While you’re here, check out these recent previews of other big upcoming games we’ve checked out recently!

Logan Plant

Senior Editor

Logan Plant is the host of Nintendo Voice Chat and IGN’s Senior Editor, Playlist and DB. The Legend of Zelda is his favorite video game franchise of all time, and he is patiently awaiting the day Nintendo announces a brand new F-Zero. You can find new episodes of NVC every Friday on the IGN Games YouTube channel, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or your favorite podcast app.

New Low Price in Early Prime Day Sale

While not as much of a standout as the recent restock price-drop combo of the MTG x The Hobbit Gift Bundle at Walmart that we saw yesterday, this brand-new deal at Amazon is still worth checking out if you’re keen on picking up some cards for the latest Universes Beyond set.

Down to $59.99, dropping from $69.99, this is the best price we’ve seen on the standard Hobbit Magic booster bundle so far (and a 90-day low, according to Amazon).

The Hobbit – Bundle

2

The bundle comes with nine Play Boosters, giving you plenty of chances to pull some of the set’s more sought-after cards, along with an alternate-art Traditional Foil card. You also get a sizeable stack of lands, including 19 Traditional Foil Land cards, nine of which feature full-art designs, plus another 15 regular Land cards, five of which are full-art.

In total, that’s 34 Land cards to help build out your next Middle-earth deck, including 10 full-art Middle-earth Journey lands, five of which get the Traditional Foil treatment. There are also four Traditional Foil full-art Seasonal Hobbit lands, giving the bundle a little extra collector appeal beyond its boosters.

Rounding things out are an oversized Spindown life counter, a card storage box, and two reference cards. At $59.99, you’re essentially getting the bundle’s assortment of extras and lands alongside those nine boosters, making this a pretty decent way to jump into The Hobbit without paying full price.

So, what’s the big draw? As I mentioned, you get nine Play Boosters in the box, and while the most valuable cards in the set are exclusive to Collector Boosters, you’re still in with a chance to finding these even in just the basic packs as well.

Smaug? Bard? Gandalf? What’ll it be? Well, that’s the point, really: you could crack open a bunch of neat rare cards, or you could pay next month’s rent by pulling a Gleaming Splendor. Either way, it’s a jolly good time, and a lot cheaper to do so as well right now.

If you’re after even more boosters, the best deal right now is also at Amazon, where you can get the Play Booster Display Box for $189.98, down from $209.70.

The Hobbit – Play Booster Box (30 Packs)

3

Robert Anderson

Senior Commerce Editor

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Save $10 Off Your Grand Theft Auto VI Limited Edition PS5 DualSense Controller Preorder

Grand Theft Auto 6 is out in November and is shaping up to be the biggest game release of 2026, but there aren’t very many physical collectibles announced. For example, there aren’t any themed consoles (like there was for Wolverine), there’s no collector’s edition outside of an album, and in fact even the “physical” edition of the game will just be a code in a box. However, one tangible limited edition piece of hardware you can acquire is the DualSense controller.

Walmart is currently offering preorders for the Grand Theft Auto Limited Edition PlayStation DualSense wireless gaming controller in white for $84.88 with free shipping. It’s constantly going in and out of stock, although as of this article’s publication it’s available. Better yet, you can get an extra $10 on top by applying coupon code “SAVE3X“, dropping the price to $74.88. Your mileage may vary (it might not work for you) but we’ve confirmed that it is working for a lot of people. Here are the coupon code’s official details:

  • Valid on your first three online pickup or delivery orders
  • Only for new customers (although it actually works for many returning customers)
  • Minimum order of $35.

Preorder the GTA VI Limited Edition DualSense Controller

and potentially get $10 off with code “SAVE3X”

Grand Theft Auto VI Limited Edition PlayStation 5 DualSense Wireless Controller

1

According to Sony, the limited edition controller “embodies Vice City at daybreak, from its white sands and pastel skies to all its laid-back glamour.” It features a two-tone white and iridescent purple/blue colorway, inset palm tree decorations, and a prominent GTA VI logo on the touch interface. It all looks pretty slick.

The DualSense is modeled after the tried and true design and layout of previous PlayStation controllers, but it also packs in modern features such as haptic feedback, adaptive triggers, a built-in microphone and speaker, integrated touchpad, internal gyroscope and accelerometer for motion sensing, and USB Type-C charging. This controller can also be connected to a PC in two ways: tethered with a USB Type-C cable or over Bluetooth wireless.

The Dualsense is often regarded as the best PS5 controller under $100 but it also makes for an excellent PC controller, especially since PC game clients like Steam support the DualSense’s haptic feedback and adaptive triggers.

Grand Theft Auto 6 will be the biggest game release of 2026

GTA 6 has a confirmed release date of November 19, and I’m pretty convinced that no other game will be played on PlayStation or Xbox consoles in the days following. Just recently there has been a flood of new content for the game from our own exclusive interviews, Gamescom 2026, and Netflix’s exclusive extended look. This game will be the biggest release of 2026 and it just might be worth getting a PlayStation 5 for just one game if that game happens to be Grand Theft Auto 6.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Save 50% Off the Ecoflow River 3 Plus Power Station With Detachable Power Bank, Now Just $149

Power stations and power banks serve two different purposes. Power stations are bulkier and heavier, but they have the juice to top up your electronics for days. Power banks are smaller and can be carried around everywhere (including on airplanes), but they tend to last hours, not days. Both are useful, and it’s a good idea to have one of each on hand.

Ecoflow is offering a deal that covers both in one fell swoop. For a limited time, Ecoflow’s official eBay store is offering the Ecoflow River 3 Plus 286Wh LiFePO4 Power Station bundled with RAPID 5,000mAh MagSafe Power Bank for just $149 with free shipping after you apply 20% off coupon code “FINDYOURS20“. Note that this is a refurbished model that comes with a 2 year Allstate warranty. The bundle is usually only sold at Costco at a retail price of $279.99.

50% Off the Ecoflow River 3 Plus Power Station with Power Bank

Ecoflow River 3 Plus 286Wh LiFePO4 Power Station + RAPID 5,000mAh Detachable MagSafe Power Bank

0

The Ecoflow River 3 Plus is a truly portable power station that weighs in at just 10 pounds. It has a 286Wh battery (77,000mAh at 3.7V) that provides plenty of juice to recharge your mobile electronics. Ports include three AC outlets, a 100W USB-C port, and two 18W USB-A ports. The River 3 Plus can be recharged from 0% to 100% via AC in just one hour.

The bundle also includes the Ecoflow RAPID 5,000mAh wireless MagSafe power bank. It’s Qi2-certified so it can inductively charge your mobile devices at up to 15W. It also has a 30W USB Type-c port if you’re in a hurry. The power bank sits neatly on top of the Ecoflow River 3 Plus and connects via pogo pins for convenient recharging. You can also charge your mobile device even while the power bank is docked.

The River 3 Plus is equipped with LiFePO4 battery cells, which are safer and retain their charge longer than other lithium battery types. Although the River 3 Plus is typically used as a mobile backup power solution when you have no available grid power, it can also work as an always-on passthrough AC power strip. It has an EPS function that will automatically swap to battery power when there is a power outage. The shutoff delay is less than 10ms, which is fast enough for even sensitive electronics like PCs to remain powered on during the switchover.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Professor Layton Dev Level-5 Promises to Clean Up ‘Errors Caused by AI Use, as Well as Human Mistakes That Look Like AI Errors’

In the wake of fierce online backlash, Professor Layton developer Level-5 has released a new statement apologizing for the mistrust caused by generative AI use in its recent showcase for upcoming titles, insisting some examples spotted by fans were simply human error.

Not only that, but the studio has insisted that some mistakes flagged as AI errors by eagle-eyed commenters on social media were actually human mistakes. The Japanese studio has now vowed to clean up these offending portions.

For those who missed it, Level-5 released its “VISION 2026 II: Dreams” presentation on YouTube on September 10. Narrated by a cartoon version of CEO Akihiro Hino, the showcase walked viewers through the studio’s upcoming releases, including Yokai Watch 2: Haunted Domain, Decapolice, and a first look at Professor Layton and the New World of Steam.

However, shortly after the video dropped, social media was flooded with comments and reaction videos. Commenters scrutinized backgrounds and art, noting inconsistencies and elements suggestive of generative AI use, with many slamming Level-5 for perceived “AI slop.” Comparisons between the September 9 Nintendo Direct Yokai Watch 2 trailer and the VISION 2026 trailer for the same game released just a day later also had fans pointing out AI-like errors. The Nintendo Direct trailer for Professor Layton and the Curious Village (a Switch remake of the Nintendo DS original), also had internet sleuths finding elements that appeared to be AI upscales of original backgrounds.

Oh no Level-5 is DEFINATELY using Gen AI to “update” Professor Layton. Especially when you compare the original backgrounds to the new. So many weird details and inconsistencies were added. https://t.co/AjVNfgetkk pic.twitter.com/0tRQ9vKn03

— AmericanYoshi (@AmericanYoshi) September 10, 2026

This backlash prompted CEO Hino to make a statement on X, admitting that the developer had experimented with using AI processing techniques for the VISION 2026 II showcase out of a “desire to make the presentation flashy.” After apologizing for the offense that this caused, Hino insisted that key elements of Level-5’s games (such as story, character designs and settings) were created by people and that AI tools were used to speed up the process of digitizing artists’ creations. “Please be reassured that there is no simplistic, AI-generated data in our released games,” Hino commented, before noting that the company’s use of AI tools to make processes more efficient was giving its developers more time to be creative, and that they are currently in a trail-and-error process of shortening the 5-year development cycle for major titles down to two years.

Hino’s statement went down like a lead balloon, however. The CEO’s comments about “using AI in various ways” to enhance the visual appearance of the showcase drew particular ire, with many Japanese users seeing this as a lazy ‘style over substance’ approach. “Isn’t the point of a trailer to express creativity, not flashiness?” one person said.

Many commenters in both Japanese and English also pointed out the ethical issues with how generative AI has been trained on copyrighted works of artists, and how Level-5’s attitude towards gen AI creates distrust among fans. “I think human spirit is more important than the speed of game releases, so wouldn’t it be better to not use AI, even if it takes five years? Even if just one asset is AI-generated, people will never stop worrying about whether a song, image or line of dialogue is AI or human-made. Isn’t maintaining trust the most important thing?” another commenter responded in Japanese. As a side note, Level-5’s concept image for its TGS booth also got flagged as a suspected AI image, prompting further angry comments.

Professor Layton and the New World of Steam Level 5 Vision Trailer Stills

In its latest statement issued on September 17, Level-5 said: “We deeply apologize for the distrust in our production process that our inexperienced use of AI and simple human errors have caused. Please note that AI has not been used directly in the contents of the games themselves. Moving forward, we will pay even greater attention to the accuracy and quality of the work we produce.”

Level-5 also said that it will clean up “errors caused by AI use, as well as human mistakes that look like AI errors,” and upload corrected versions of the trailers to coincide with Tokyo Game Show, which opens to the public this weekend. At the time of writing, Level-5 has uploaded TGS versions of trailers for Decapolice and Holy Horror Mansion to its official YouTube channel.

In its September 17 statement, Level-5 published a side-by-side of Yokai Watch 2’s promotional illustration before and after mistakes had been edited out. Addressing comments made by users regarding the telephone lines looking “unnatural,” the company stated that its artist had used a real photo of telephone lines they had taken themselves as a reference, and intentionally simplified the lines to fit the background, which resulted in this “being misconstrued as AI.” “These telephone lines were actually hand-drawn by our in-house designer, however, to prevent any further misunderstandings, we have corrected them so that they look more natural,” Level-5 said.

But what about other details flagged by commenters as possible signs of gen AI usage? Level-5 said that, “Similarly, other issues that people pointed out, such as with the vending machine and guttering, were also the result of human error in omitting these details. The brake levers on the bicycle were not drawn in past Yokai Watch 2 games. However, we feel they should have been drawn for this latest game, considering the higher level of detail.”

⁉️ Dans le nouveau trailer de Yo-kai Watch 2 : Haunted Domain, Nathan a… changé de visage ?! 😭#YOKAIWATCH
Hier (gauche) / Aujourd’hui (droite) pic.twitter.com/Vr3rzwNPA7

— Yo-net Watch (@YonetWatch) September 10, 2026

Many commenters also picked up on how Kenta/Nathan’s face looks different in the Level-5’s VISION 2026 II showcase and the Nintendo Direct that was released on the previous day. In response, Level-5 said, “We did not make any alterations or corrections using AI.” It said it was unable to correct Nathan’s low-poly appearance in time for Nintendo Direct’s submission deadline but had updated the model by the time of its own showcase, which explains why Nathan looks different in trailers that were made public just one day apart. Level-5 also stated that “no AI was used in Professor Layton and the New World of Steam,” however it did not comment on whether or not AI was used for the Curious Village remake.

Level-5 wrapped up its statement by apologizing again for the distrust caused by its “inexperienced use of AI and human error,” promising to take more care in the future to avoid such mistakes. “From now on, we will limit our AI usage to enhancing efficiency, and will avoid directly using it in videos released directly to our fans.”

This statement also did not go down well. “I don’t think they understand WHY using AI is bad. We weren’t mad at the little errors that AI produced, we just used those errors to determine if it was AI or not, because using AI at all is bad. Now they are going to continue using AI but they are going to hide it better,” one commenter responded.

It’s not about reducing the use of AI, but about eliminating it entirely. pic.twitter.com/ziJuMrxBsm

— Turo (@Any_Turo) September 16, 2026

Many Japanese comments also criticized the Level-5 statement for blaming human error. “You promised not to use gen AI going forward, but aren’t you just shifting the blame onto the staff?” replied one commenter. “I think the main reason for all this criticism is President Hino’s stance of repeatedly promoting generative AI usage without confronting its fundamental issues (such as unauthorized use of data and environmental pollution).”

Level-5 has been experimenting with gen AI tools to speed up game development and improve efficiency for at least the last three years. Back in December 2023, the studio released an extensive presentation on its use of AI tools to a Japanese government study group (source: Automaton/ITMedia). In short, it has been using Stable Diffusion to generate layout ideas for promotions, and to create 3D versions of the original 2D models from older games, like its Yokai Watch series. However, the company pointed out then that these generative AI outputs were just used as guidelines for its human artists, who produced the final output. In the same presentation, it described combining parts of AI-generated images with creations by its artists to make the in-game backgrounds (including stadium crowds and buildings) for soccer RPG Inazuma Eleven: Victory Road.

However, it remains to be seen how much the studio’s attitude towards AI usage costs it in terms of players’ trust in the company.

Verity Townsend

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

John Leguizamo Cast as Movie’s Villain

Hot on the heels of his awards-buzzy performance in The Odyssey, John Leguizamo has reportedly landed a major role in another Universal film, one that will take him back to his roots: Miami Vice ‘85.

The Hollywood Reporter reports that Leguizamo will play the film’s main villain, a cartel boss. Leguizamo made his television debut in 1986 on an episode of the hit series Miami Vice.

Unlike the 2006 feature film adaptation directed by Michael Mann and starring Jamie Foxx and Colin Farrell, this Miami Vice movie will be a period piece that Universal has said “explores the glamour and corruption of mid-’80s Miami.”

Director Joseph Kosinski’s movie is particularly inspired by the series pilot and first season (1984-85). A recurring villain in the first season was Columbian cartel lord Esteban Calderone, whose drug trafficking operations stretched from New York City to Miami and into the Bahamas. He first appeared in the pilot episode, “Brother’s Keeper,” and returned later in the season when an undercover Crockett and Tubbs went to the Bahamas to finally stop Calderone.

John Leguizamo (Photo by Gareth Cattermole/Getty Images)

Leguizamo played the cartel boss’s vengeful son Orlando Calderone in two notable episodes, the first being the Season 2 finale and his second and final time as Orlando in a High Noon-style episode in Season 3. (In Season 5, Leguizamo played a different drug dealer character, Angelo Alvarez, in one episode.) Although the series was episodic, the hunt for Calderone was a main throughline of Miami Vice’s first season, so it’s possible that might also serve as the spine of Kosinski’s film.

Could Leguizamo actually be playing the elder Calderone in Miami Vice ‘85? That would truly be a full-circle moment for the actor, who has not always had kind things to say about Miami Vice.

Leguizamo was only 19 when he landed his recurring role in Miami Vice, but he initially looked down his nose at the show. “It was huge but I was such a theater snob,” Leguizamo recalled in a 2016 chat with Interview Magazine. “It was a different time where theater people really looked down on TV acting, so I was like, ‘This is nothing, man, I’m better than this shit.’ I was really arrogant. […] What a punk.”

In his 2014 TV special, Ghetto Klown, Leguizamo called Miami Vice “the Latin exploitation series of the ’80s,” telling the audience, “I became Calderon Jr., cocaine Colombian Mafia prince. And as you can see, I’m the palest Latin brother of the bunch. But I blame my grandfather, ’cause when he found out I was doing television, he says […] ‘Mijito, nenito, only white Latinos make it to Telemundo, mijito.'”

Leguizamo as Orlando Calderone in Miami Vice.

Leguizamo also called out the stereotypical roles that he and other Latinos faced coming up in the 1980s. “It’d be me and all the same dudes — Benicio Del Toro, Benjamin Bratt, Esai Morales and Jimmy Smits,” NPR quotes Leguizamo as saying in the special. “And you’d go out there and [the roles were] all gang leaders, drug dealers, janitors, murderers. And you’re like, ‘All these roles? Really? Don’t we contribute more?’ I mean, I went to college, man. I’m an educated human being, and I know a lot of hyper-educated Latin people.”

Of the actors Leguizamo specially mentioned — Benicio Del Toro, Benjamin Bratt, Esai Morales and Jimmy Smits — Bratt is the only one who did not appear on Miami Vice.

Miami Vice ‘85 will be filmed for IMAX and hit theaters on May 19, 2028. Filming begins soon. The cast includes Michael B. Jordan, Austin Butler, Alden Ehrenreich, Whitney Peak, Camila Morrone, and Danny Ramirez.

Miami Vice ‘85 is produced by Dylan Clark (The Batman) and Kosinski and written by Dan Gilroy and Eric Singer, based on characters created by Anthony Yerkovich from the series executive produced by Yerkovich and Michael Mann.

Speaking of Mann, the director will appear next month at Beyond Fest for the premiere of his recently revealed Miami Vice: Director’s Final Cut of his 2006 remake.

How to Watch the Resident Evil Movies in Order

While Resident Evil may have started as some of the best zombie games, Paul W.S. Anderson and Milla Jovovich helped bring the series to the big screen with a film series that spanned seven movies. The films feature characters and villains from the games, but they tell their own separate stories and star Jovovich as a newcomer to Resident Evil lore. It’s one of the best zombie movie franchises out there.

With a new Resident Evil movie now in theaters, you might want to check out where the video game adaptations started off. If you want to watch all the Resident Evil movies in chronological order from the beginning, we have some very good news for you. All the films serve as sequels to their previous entries, meaning there is no difference between watching them in release order vs. chronological order.

With all that being said, here’s a (mostly) spoiler-free look at how you can watch the Resident Evil movies in chronological order.

There are a total of eight live-action Resident Evil movies. Six of these movies are part of a single timeline with returning characters, while two of these movies are more recent standalone reboots. There are also four feature-length animated films —Resident Evil: Degeneration, Damnation, Vendetta, and Death Island — though we have not included those in the list below.

Over the last two years, Netflix has taken a stab at Resident Evil as both a live-action and animated TV series. The live-action Resident Evil show was canceled after one season, while the animated series, Infinite Darkness, failed to make a splash.

Resident Evil: 6-Film Collection

4

Every Live Action Resident Evil Movie in Release Order

  1. Resident Evil (2002)
  2. Resident Evil: Apocalypse (2004)
  3. Resident Evil: Extinction (2007)
  4. Resident Evil: Afterlife (2010)
  5. Resident Evil: Retribution (2012)
  6. Resident Evil: The Final Chapter (2016)
  7. Resident Evil: Welcome to Raccoon City (2021)
  8. Resident Evil (2026)

The Resident Evil Movies in Chronological Order

1. Resident Evil (2002)

2002’s Resident Evil introduced the world to Alice (Jovovich), an original character created for the films who awakens with amnesia before remembering she is a private security operative for the Umbrella Corporation. This first film shows how the genetically engineered T-virus, which causes dead people to return as zombies, was released in a lab called The Hive. It also reveals how the lab’s AI security system, the Red Queen, killed every living thing inside the lab to try to contain the virus.

The plan didn’t work and the zombies escaped the lab. Alice and her team have to try to contain the outbreak by finding an anti-virus that is thought to still be in the Hive.

This first film included several references to the first two Resident Evil games, not the least of which was the first tease of the iconic Resident Evil 3 villain, the terrifying, rocket-wielding Nemesis.

Read our review of Resident Evil.

2. Resident Evil: Apocalypse (2004)

Resident Evil: Apocalypse is a direct sequel to the original film and brings back Jovovich’s Alice to once again take the fight to the undead. Resident Evil director Paul W.S. Anderson did not return to direct this new film due to other commitments, but he did stay on as a producer while Alexander Witt took the helm. Apocalypse sees Alice attempting to escape Raccoon City before it is attacked by a nuclear missile that is attempting to stop the spreading T-virus plague.

Nemesis is also a big part of this second film and he’s seen terrorizing the survivors throughout it, but that is hardly the only nod to the games. There are many influences pulled into Apocalypse, including characters Jill Valentine (Sienna Guillory) and Carlos Olivera (Oded Fehr) and certain shots that were recreated for live-action, including a shootout at police department in the beginning that is reminiscent of Resident Evil 3: Nemesis and a scene in a cemetery that very much harkens back to Resident Evil CODE: Veronica.

Read our review of Resident Evil: Apocalypse.

3. Resident Evil: Extinction (2007)

2007’s Resident Evil: Extinction reveals that the T-virus has spread across the world. In addition to the return of Alice, the storyline also follows several attempts by the Umbrella Corporation to clone her, in hopes of replicating her powers. As the story progresses, the primary Alice and other survivors are working their way toward Alaska in an attempt to outrun the ever-expanding zombie apocalypse.

Extinction continues to bring in more aspects and characters of the games, including Claire Redfield (Ali Larter) and Albert Wesker (Jason O’Mara).

Read our review of Resident Evil: Extinction.

4. Resident Evil: Afterlife (2010)

Resident Evil: Afterlife is the first film after the original to see Anderson back in the director’s chair, where he stays for the rest of the series. Set one year after the events of Extinction, Alice and her clones work together to assault Umbrella Headquarters HQ and Albert Wesker. Unfortunately, all doesn’t go as planned and Alice finds herself without the powers that have assisted her so well in this zombie apocalypse.

Afterlife continues the streak of bringing in characters from the games, and this time it’s Chris Redfield (Wentworth Miller) that gets the invitation.

Read our review of Resident Evil: Afterlife.

5. Resident Evil: Retribution (2012)

2011’s Resident Evil: Retribution picks up after the events of Afterlife. Alongside introducing such game characters as Leon S. Kennedy (Johann Urb), Ada Wong (Bingbing Li), and Barry Burton (Kevin Durand), Retribution also sees Alice teaming up with Wesker in an attempt to stop the reactivated Red Queen AI from the first film, who now controls Umbrella and wants to eliminate all life on earth.

Read our review of Resident Evil: Retribution.

6. Resident Evil: The Final Chapter (2017)

The aptly named Resident Evil: The Final Chapter is the last feature film in the series to involve husband-and-wife team Anderson and Jovovich. It follows Alice as she returns to Raccoon City and the Hive in order to stop the Red Queen and Albert Wesker, but also reveals more of the origin of the T-virus and who is really behind all the chaos that has been building since the first film.

Read our review of Resident Evil: The Final Chapter.

Other Resident Evil Movies

After Paul W.S. Anderson’s time with the Resident Evil franchise came to an end, several more directors have picked up the task of adapting the Capcom hit. These are both standalone movies with their own story and characters, though differ in their level of direct connection to the source material.

1. Resident Evil: Welcome to Raccoon City (2021)

Directed by Johannes Roberts, Resident Evil: Welcome to Raccoon City is a reboot of the franchise and requires no prior knowledge of the movies. Along with the new director comes a new cast and a story that more closely follows the events of the first two Resident Evil games. Several familiar characters from the games and earlier movies return, including Claire Redfield (Kaya Scodelario), Chris Redfield (Robbie Amell), Jill Valentine (Hannah John-Kamen), Albert Wesker (Tom Hopper), Leon Kennedy (Avan Jogia), Ada Wong (Lily Gao), and more. The film’s story is set in Raccoon City and tells the early days of a zombie outbreak.

Read our review of Resident Evil: Welcome to Raccoon City.

2. Resident Evil (2026)

Zach Cregger (Barbarian, Weapons) is the latest director to take a shot at the Resident Evil franchise. This most recent adaptation takes a particularly fresh approach to the material, focusing on adapting the feeling of being in a Resident Evil game as opposed to specific storylines. Which, of course, there have been varying reactions to.

The new Resident Evil movie stars Austin Abrams as Bryan, a medical courier who heads to Raccoon City to make a suspicious delivery and finds himself trapped in a good ol’ outbreak. While it features its own story and characters, there are some connections to overarching Resident Evil lore, including some of the events in Resident Evil 2. Cregger has also cited Resident Evil 4 as one of his major influences.

Read our review of Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil

The Future of Resident Evil Movies

An entirely new Resident Evil movie just hit theaters, and it’s already off to a promising start at the box office. Still, director Zach Cregger, who had previously expressed interest in future sequels, has since declared that this will be his only Resident Evil project.

Right now, we don’t have 100% certainty that any other Resident Evil movies are in the works. Given the continued success of new game installments like Requiem, however, it’s pretty likely someone else takes a stab at the zombie franchise sooner or later.

More Movie Watch Lists:

Adam Bankhurst is a news writer for IGN. You can follow him on Twitter @AdamBankhurst and on Twitch.

Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 9 Recap and Review

Spoilers follow for Star Trek: Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 9, “Once La’An a Time.”

Look, I’m sure it’s a lot of fun for the actors on Strange New Worlds to get to drop the Starfleet uniforms for the week and put on exotic dresses and costumes that remind them of their salad days from their college drama programs or whatever, but it’s not as much fun for us to watch. Or, at the very least, it’s not as much fun for me. Not fun at all at this point, in fact.

Queen Neve returns.

So yes, “Once La’An a Time” continues Season 4’s trend of doing kooky concept episodes – I’m so sick of typing “concept episode” at this point – but not just that. It’s now doing sequels to concept episodes from previous seasons. In this case, it’s to Season 1’s “The Elysian Kingdom,” where the crew all turned into characters from a storybook, including princesses and wizards and henchmen and warriors and so on. It was a new idea for the show at the time, and it was fun – not to mention that it was also centered on a key emotional storyline for Babs Olusanmokun’s Dr. M’Benga which involved his sick daughter.

But now we’re back at it, only this time the episode is mainly about Christina Chong’s La’An and the battle with her darker impulses that she’s been struggling with all season. And there’s no denying that Chong is typically brilliant here despite the circumstances she’s given; seeing the always-angry La’An try to cry, but proving unable to, is a hoot. And the episode, written by Onitra Johnson (who co-wrote the Season 1 episode) and directed by Sydney Freeland, eventually gets to a satisfying conclusion for the character after she literally has to face herself during the Elysian shenanigans.

And yeah, we get to see the Enterprise face off against a dragon – and be on the losing side until “magic” is deployed – which is an undeniably cool twist, and also kind of calls back to the sort of situation we might’ve seen on The Original Series if they had the budget. After all, that was a show that once gave us the giant hand of the Greek god Apollo grabbing the ship in space, and another time teamed up Captain Kirk and Mister Spock with Abraham Lincoln!

Read Last Week’s Review:

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 8, “Orders of Magnitude”

But you know, those episodes were fun, and “Once La’An a Time” is more annoying than anything else. I guess I have to keep saying this, but when you’ve got only 10 episodes per season and you continue to use that precious time to put your captain into situations where he has to act not like a captain, at a certain point you’re doing the character, the actor, and the fans a disservice. And that’s where Anson Mount (and Ethan Peck this week as well) finds himself as he has to prance around the Enterprise as his other self, Sir Amand Rauth, while the real Captain Pike is stuck in a painting for most of the episode. It’s a drag and it adds up to a bunch of nothing in the end.

Paul Wesley, meanwhile, is back after last week’s crackerjack Kirk episode, but this time it’s to play Prince Dashing, the storybook love interest of La’An’s Princess Thalia. The character turns out to be a werewolf, which sure, that’s fun, but it doesn’t really amount to anything either. And the show continues to push the romance between La’An and Kirk… you know, between a descendent of Khaaaaaaaan!!!! and the future Admiral Kirk. I won’t ding the show for doing this, but I am increasingly convinced that we are unlikely to ever get any answers as to how this makes any sense in the larger canon.

Uh, Captain on the bridge.

Questions and Notes from the Q Continuum:

  • Somehow I’ve been spelling “La’An” as “La’an” all season. Please accept my shame and grant me forgiveness.
  • So is that a wrap for Pelia and Carol Kane? Strange New Worlds only has seven episodes left (Season 5, remember, will only be six episodes), so it’s generally been assumed that she’d be phased out and Martin Quinn’s Scotty would take over as Chief Engineer. Also, Pike says she’s flying the Elysian planet/ship “home” – does he mean Earth?
  • What happened to all the dopplegangers? Did Queen Neve (Uhura’s evil double) survive? I know they said beam her to the brig. What about Sir Amand Rauth and Wizard Pollux and the wet fart that was their storyline here? Will they pay for their transgressions?
  • Yes, the dog Runa is Christina Chong’s actual dog in real life too, Runa Ewok (amazing dog name), who she often brings to conventions and publicity events. Cute.
  • I had forgotten that Benny Russell, Captain Sisko’s alter ego from Deep Space Nine’s “Far Beyond the Stars” and “Shadows and Symbols,” was revealed to be the author of the book The Kingdom of Elysian back in Season 1. (Pelia pretends to be Benny here.) That same episode therefore established that Benny was an actual person and not a figment of Sisko’s imagination – for better or worse.

Resident Evil Ending Explained

You want to know if the new Resident Evil movie has any post-credits scenes or not, right? Well, we’ll tell you right here: There are no scenes after the credits at all.

Full spoilers follow!

For years, filmmakers have tried to perfect the Resident Evil formula. Proud wife guy and perpetual video game adaptor Paul W.S. Anderson broke the box office with his six-movie Resident Evil series that evolved into blockbuster action slop (at least by The Final Chapter). Johannes Roberts stayed faithful to Resident Evil and Resident Evil 2 in his overheated and underperforming reboot, Resident Evil: Welcome to Raccoon City (which received no sequels). Then there’s Andrew Dabb’s Resident Evil show for Netflix, which I didn’t mind all that much, but it never caught on, and Netflix canceled it after a single season.

Resident Evil (2026) Images

Enter Zach Cregger, who’s drawn ire from some Resident Evil fans who panicked when hearing that this fourth reboot wouldn’t feature anything resembling the games—no heartthrob Leon S. Kennedy; no Spencer Mansion; no Lickers. “We want what we already like,” some complained, completely ignoring Welcome to Raccoon City. Instead, we get a movie centered on Austin Abrams’ inept, expectant father and medical courier, Bryan, on his mission to deliver a package of grave importance to Raccoon City General Hospital.

What he doesn’t know is that Raccoon City is ground zero for a t-Virus outbreak that turns anyone into these tentacle-waving zombie mutants, and what he’s carrying is required for the cure.

More From Raccoon City: Resident Evil Review

The story is an all-out sprint from Point A to Point B that sets Bryan on a collision course with a host of t-Virus obstacles. First, it’s a farmhouse where an elderly couple and their dog introduce Bryan to a sample of the horrors to come. Then, after being bitten by an infected child, he’s connected with an Umbrella scientist (Paul Walter Hauser) who definitely didn’t drop the original batch of stabilizing agent required to complete a vaccine, before once again finding himself alone, surrounded by unspeakable horrors, his condition worsening. After being chased down alleyways by a rat-king zombie freak, through sewers by actual infected rats, and then down Raccoon City’s main road while zombies dive-bomb from rooftops above, he finally reaches the hospital. After a few more challenges—an acid-vomiting zombie, the maternity ward from hell, Bryan’s final battle with the rat-king-thing—he reaches the quarantined laboratory atop Raccoon City General Hospital.

Resident Evil Ending Explained

When Bryan reaches the silver laboratory door, it whooshes open, revealing Zach Cherry’s lead Umbrella scientist. Bryan is covered in blood, shoeless, and hiding his mutating body under a puffy winter jacket. But he’s got the goods, and Umbrella couldn’t be happier. Cherry’s lab-coated smartypants invites Bryan inside, since he’s come all this way and possibly just saved humanity. Bryan obliges as a courtesy, because secretly, he needs the antidote to reverse his condition.

As a throwback joke, he pulls out a document that requires the recipient’s signature—but drops it in the decontamination room when sterilizing mists blast from all angles.

Bryan is a ticking time bomb of a bioweapon.“

Inside, Umbrella’s team of surviving scientists jump into action. Bryan sits in the corner, battered and bloodied, while the team uses the agent to finalize a t-Virus antidote. But as the process nears completion, Bryan gets antsy. He starts wheeling his chair closer, and that’s when one of Umbrella’s team notices his gnarly state and sends the room into panic mode.

Bryan is a ticking time bomb of a bioweapon. As he sat there, his figure morphed into a William Birkin-level Resident Evil boss. All the Umbrella scientists needed to do was send liquids through machines, pop out the cure, and get it in the right hands. Now, Bryan stands in their way, unable to control his extra appendages.

A particularly petrified lab assistant tries to use a syringe to extract the ultra-green formula from one of the contraptions the scientists are using. He does, as Bryan’s tentacles start whipping his colleagues around. Then, as his mutation worsens, a gigantic mouth appears from his stomach and starts eating the scientists one by one. A poor soul tries to deter Bryan with fire extinguisher vapor, but that clouds everyone’s vision as more mist seeps in from the ceiling after Bryan hurls someone, breaking pipes.

It’s not a Resident Evil movie in this moment. It’s more like the end of Re-Animator, but in a laboratory instead of a morgue. Yet sadness undercuts the brutal comedy of errors. Bryan pleads with anyone to inject him with the antidote, especially because, right before entering the laboratory, he finally reaches an emotional epiphany about how much he wants to raise a baby with his girlfriend. But any time one of the Umbrella employees sneaks close enough, they’re devoured by Bryan’s monster gut.

Not to mention, the scientists are terrible at holding onto the syringe, as it’s booted around the room with each violent death munch.

So the slapstick massacre continues until only one scientist is left, cowering by himself. Instead of injecting Bryan, he sprints to the door and hopes his access card will grant him freedom. The door shuts behind Bryan, as the doofus breaks for the elevator. But it’s a failed escape, as Bryan tackles the man out a window, dropping them onto a skybridge that connects hospital buildings.

Sadly, Bryan completely loses control. His mutation reaches peak evolution—tentacles whipping, massive eyeballs bulging from half his face, his humanity completely erased. Bryan, now lost to the infection, turns the man into his final snack as the syringe—civilization’s only hope—plummets to the snowy ground below.

As National Guard helicopters approach, they see Bryan’s terrifying form. We see it too, as the camera angles from their perspective. One final zoom brings the camera straight into Bryan’s eye—into his fully infected bloodstream, and WHAM, right into the credits.

Bad news, Bryan…

Did the camera represent a bullet? A missile? [Shrug.] That’s it. It’s the introduction most other Resident Evil movies would start on. Umbrella’s only chance at containing the t-Virus was ruined by the only man who made it possible. Bryan’s arc ends in tragedy, since he’ll never live the happy family life he finally convinced himself he deserved. The syringe is smashed (presumably), the outbreak is unstoppable, and somewhere—nowhere near this film—the post-outbreak events of Capcom’s Resident Evil series are about to unfold.

Does Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil Have a Post-Credits Scene?

As noted earlier, don’t stay for a post-credits scene; there isn’t one.

Cregger has gone on record while promoting Resident Evil about how he didn’t expect such backlash from its fanbase. He’s obsessed with the games and made the Resident Evil he wanted to see. His logic? Because you can go play the right Resident Evil games if you want Leon S. Kennedy’s story—it exists. Why copy-and-paste an adaptation of video games that are already impressively cinematic? Cregger’s Resident Evil is his baby, his way, as an expansion of Resident Evil’s universe. He’s also said that he’s done with franchise films after this, so why would he set up a sequel with a post-credits scene?

And yet, the possibilities are endless for Resident Evil, even if different filmmakers come next. Don’t you want to see as many as we can?

GTA 5 Franklin Voice Actor Clears the Air After Calling Out Twitch Star Kai Cenat for Allegedly Breaking Promise to a Young Fan

The voice actor behind GTA 5’s Franklin went viral after revealing his personal disagreement with famous Twitch steamer Kai Cenat, but the two stars are on good terms again.

Shawn ‘Solo’ Fonteno is the voice behind one of Grand Theft Auto’s most iconic characters, Franklin Clinton. He made an appearance on Kai Cenat’s Twitch stream as a special guest back in 2024, where he took the influencer on a tour of the neighborhoods in Los Angeles that appeared in the game’s fictional city of Los Santos.

However, Solo said this was likely the last stream he’d ever do with Cenat due to the broadcaster’s interaction with a young fan that happened during their outing.

Even More GTA 6 Screenshots from Rockstar Games

In a September 2026 episode of the Dope As Usual podcast, Solo explained that Kai Cenat approached a young fan during the stream who came from a struggling family. According to Solo, Cenat had offered to buy the fan a motorcycle — but Solo says he never made good on that promise.

“This was a family that didn’t have much at all, bro,” he recalled. “It was probably 15 people living in a one-bedroom home. I know these people, and I help them out at times. …Kai was cool, cordial with them, talking to them, ‘What you want? What can I get you?’ And the kid was like, ‘I wanna bike, can you get me a bike?’ He said, ‘What kind of bike?’ and the kid said, ‘A motorcycle!’ He said, ‘We gon’ make it happen.’

“I persisted to keep calling after that… let about a week go by, and texted, texted, tried to call, ‘Hey man, honor that [promise] with this kid, bro. It’s just a bike. [It’d] probably be about a thousand dollars, twelve hundred dollars or less, I don’t know, but you gave that kid this promise. And now you’re making me look bad, because I brought you here, and you gave this kid that promise.’”

Solo said he even approached Kai’s friend and fellow streamer Fanum about the issue, who the actor says ignored him.

“I’m standing on it, man,” he continued. “I’ll look into any one of these cameras like, ‘Bro, you a f**ked up dude for that.’ To me. You’re a very f**ked up dude. I don’t give a f**k how you feel about it. To me, that was not cool. If I make a promise, especially to a kid, I’mma honor it.”

The podcast went viral, prompting a wave of backlash toward Kai Cenat for allegedly failing to keep his promise to the child. Fans were convinced that he and Solo now had bad blood as a result of this issue — but just a day later, Solo confirmed that he and Kai were on good terms once more.

Solo revealed the news in an Instagram comment on September 16, which he wrote in response to a clip from the podcast episode. “I just talked to Kai and it was an honest mistake and it’s fixed. Thanks @kaicenat,” he said.

GTA fervor is at an all-time high after Rockstar’s immensely-popular preview for Grand Theft Auto 6 aired on Netflix last month. Fans can’t wait for the highly-anticipated game to finally release in November, and with major music artists and platforms like Spotify dropping cheeky hints on social media and billboards across Los Angeles, it’s clear there’s a lot more in store as the clock ticks down to launch in two months.

Image Credits: Julian Hamilton / FilmMagic via Getty Images / YouTube: Dope As Usual

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Backrooms Director Kane Parsons Visits Valve Offices as Portal Movie Rumors Rise

Kane Parsons is fueling rumors of a potential Portal movie after he posted photos from his visit to Valve’s offices on his personal Instagram profile.

At just 20 years old, Kane Parsons is one of the most successful young filmmakers in history. His debut movie, Backrooms, grossed roughly $393 million at the global box office against a comparatively small $10 million budget, earning high praise from critics and fans alike.

Even acclaimed video game director Hideo Kojima lauded the movie, which is based on a 4Chan creepypasta greentext that has sprawled into a massive fan-made universe with oodles of spinoff indie horror games, artwork, and YouTube videos like the ones that made Parson the obvious pick to helm A24’s film adaptation.

The future is looking bright for Parsons, and he’s been visiting a few high-profile spots in the wake of Backrooms’ success… including the offices at Valve. Eagle-eyed fans were quick to spot a video on the filmmaker’s Instagram stories on September 16, which showed a windowed room in Valve’s HQ at sunset.

This isn’t the first time Parsons has paid Valve a visit; he also dropped in back in June, similarly sharing photos from his trip on Instagram. These posts are making fans more hopeful than ever that there’s some kind of collaboration brewing with one of Valve’s games, especially given his public love for Portal.

Speaking to the New York Times in May, Parsons admitted that making a Portal film was a “dream” project for him, and said that the game was a big inspiration for his own work. This isn’t a huge surprise, as he all but admitted to sneaking a Half-Life sound effect into Backrooms in an interview with IGN’s Tom Jorgensen.

There could be a snag in bringing Portal to the silver screen, though, as JJ Abrams was originally attached to lead a film adaptation of the game through his production company, Bad Robot. This was first announced in 2013, alongside news that he would also be making a Half-Life movie, though things have been stagnant ever since.

Speaking with IGN in 2021, Abrams claimed that Portal was still in the works at Warner Bros., but we haven’t heard anything about the project in the five years since then. This fact has not gone unnoticed by fans, many of whom are hoping against hope that Valve has decided to pivot and work with Parsons, instead.

“I mean, how long [has] that Portal and Half-Life movie been in production by J.J Abrams, like what… 2013? “If Kane is really gung-ho about making a Portal film, then I don’t see Valve wanting to stop him,” one fan wrote on X.

“Portal was already supposed to get an adaptation from JJ Abrams, thank God that didn’t happen. So I’d say there’s a decent chance of it happening,” another speculated.

For now, the futures of these possible Portal and Half-Life films are up in the air… but Parsons is making it easy to imagine what his take on Valve’s iconic game franchises would look like.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Valve’s New Hardware Was Meant to Be the Start of Something Great for PC Gaming

All of Valve’s new hardware is now out in the wild, and while I’ve enjoyed everything from the Steam Controller to the Frame, it’s hard to recommend any of it to anyone right now. That problem isn’t exclusive to Valve either. Across the entire industry, getting any hardware that can run video games is significantly more expensive than it was a year ago, and that’s spoiled some otherwise awesome gadgets.

But while prohibitively high prices might have lessened the immediate impact of Valve’s hardware, its goal of expanding SteamOS support and offering a baseline configuration for developers to target still gives me hope for the future of PC gaming.

Steam Frame – Hands-On Photos

Everything’s Expensive

Back when Valve revealed its 2026 trifecta of hardware, I was excited to see Valve essentially create its own gaming ecosystem, free from the subscriptions and data harvesting that we’ve all grown used to on other platforms. That alone is still a pretty good reason to buy into something like the Steam Machine. But its relatively weak performance with a comparitively high price is a huge barrier, and I can’t really blame anyone for balking at the idea of spending $1,049 on it – and that’s without a controller.

Outside of Valve, Intel launched its new handheld chips, led by the Arc G3 Extreme, and it’s a force to be reckoned with. When I tested it in the MSI Claw 8 EX AI+, it absolutely trounced handhelds like the Xbox Ally X and the Lenovo Legion Go 2, but it costs $1,899, and for that price you can get a pretty decent gaming laptop, at least until those go up in price too.

That’s before mentioning graphics cards. The high-end Nvidia GeForce RTX 5090, which first retailed at $1,999, is going for about $8,000 these days due to its huge amount of VRAM and how good it is at powering AI models. Even the RTX 5070 has gone up to $850 when it’s supposed to cost $549. There are shaky rumors that Nvidia will release its new graphics cards early next year, but even if it does, who would be able to afford one?

The Hope for PC Gaming

If prices across the industry were what they were a year ago, Valve’s hardware and Intel’s handheld chips would have been hugely impactful. I know I’m not the only person in the world who’s ready to drop Windows 11 — with all its little bugbears, like needing to be online to get past setup and the pervasiveness of Copilot — altogether. I’d love to adopt SteamOS or another Linux distro full time.

Making it easier to play PC games on SteamOS was Valve’s primary goal with this wave of hardware. I still believe that the Steam Machine gives game developers a good baseline configuration to target their optimization toward. That’s why the Machine has specs that largely line up with what the majority of Steam users already have.

The Steam Frame is also all about expanding SteamOS software support to ARM hardware. While the standalone performance of Valve’s new VR headset is lackluster, thanks to an aging phone SoC, the company was still able to use Proton and Fex to get Windows games running natively. And, now that Valve has been working on Nvidia driver support, its future vision of SteamOS running on everything is actually in reach.

And I think that’s the worst part of the high prices on Valve’s hardware. If the Steam Machine was able to come out at $750, it might have been more expensive than the PS5, but it would have at least been more affordable than it is now, Valve would have been able to get its hands on more RAM to get more Machines out there, and it may have made more of an impact to Linux gaming support writ large.

I don’t think that progress has been completely kneecapped, though. Even if buying a Steam Machine is off the table for a lot of people – maybe even most people – the work being done on SteamOS and Bazzite carries over to other hardware. You can still build a relatively decent alternative to the Steam Machine and install the operating system yourself, even on older, used hardware.

Ironically, that older, used hardware is the future of PC gaming, at least in the short term. Over the last few years, there’s been a huge focus on the most powerful current-generation hardware and its ability to run games on the highest possible settings with ludicrous frame rates. I’ve contributed to that myself. But, maxing out games is mostly just a way to help justify spending thousands of dollars on a high-end rig. If you’re willing to tweak some settings, most PC games will run just fine on 5–10-year-old hardware, and you’d struggle to even notice the difference unless you’re zooming in on the images side-by-side.

It helps that, for the most part, PC games are getting easier to run, as long as you ignore any game running on Unreal 5. Capcom, for instance, has been on a massive winning streak with its recent games like Pragmata and Onimusha: Way of the Sword, thanks to RE Engine’s ability to scale to lower-power hardware. Even Crimson Desert, with its massive open world and ridiculous draw distances, doesn’t take a hugely powerful PC to run.

As weird as it feels to say, especially with a new console generation on the horizon, I hope that more developers realize how expensive hardware is right now and spend more time optimizing their games. Because at a certain point, more realistic graphics are just going to limit how many people will actually be able to play a game as intended.

Jacqueline Thomas

Senior Tech Editor

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. She’s been covering gaming hardware for more than a decade for IGN, TechRadar, Gizmodo, PC Gamer and more. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Save an Extra 10% Off the New SteelSeries Aeon Pro Wireless Gaming Controller With Infinite Battery Life

SteelSeries just announced its new Aeon Pro wireless gaming controller for PC and Xbox and it’s already available to purchase at the Steelseries online store for $233.99 after 10% off coupon code “NEWSLETTER10“. Even with this discount, at that price we’d be asking a lot from our controller, including top-tier build quality and a plethora of features, maybe even some unique to this controller. Fortunately, the Aeon Pro delivers.

SteelSeries Aeon Pro Gaming Controller for Xbox, PC

5

SteelSeries already has a lineup of gaming controllers that includes the Stratus and Nimbus. The Aeon Pro, however, is the company’s first high-end pro-grade controller. Honestly, it’s shaping up to be one of the best PC and Xbox controllers ever. IGN’s Bo Moore has already posted his Aeon Pro review-so-far and his initial impressions have been stellar.

Wireless freedom with zero downtime

Amongst the bevy of features packed in the Aeon Pro, one stands out in particular, and that’s the infinite battery system. This is essentially a hot-swappable battery system much like what you’ll find in the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro and Omni headsets, which I consider to be one of the best gaming headets on the market for this reason. The Aeon Pro basically includes two removable, rechargeable batteries: one to use in your controller and the other to remain charged and ready to go in the docking station that doubles as a charger. You get wireless freedom with zero downtime.

“Quick switch” between Xbox and PC

The Aeon Pro’s other standout feature is its patented QuickSwitch system. You can switch between Xbox, PC, or mobile instantly and seamlessly, with no re-pairing or re-plugging required. How does that even work? It’s pretty simple, actually. In addition to being a charger for your batteries, the docking station is also a hub of sorts. You plug your Xbox and PC via USB Type-C ports on the rear, and the controller then connects wirelessly to the dock. For mobile, the connection is made via Bluetooth. Again, I’ve seen this technology before in the Arctis Nova Pro Omni headset, and SteelSeries carried this feature over to the Aeon Pro. That’s a big brain move.

Hall effect and micro-switches throughout

My favorite gaming controllers in the past have two features they all have in common: Hall Effect joysticks and mechanical switches for nearly all of its buttons (including the d-pad). The Aeon Pro does not disappoint. Both joysticks use Hall Effect magnetic sensors. These are superior to traditional potentiometer-based analog sensors. In addition to being more precise and more sensitive, they have no moving parts that can wear out and are thus naturally resistant to stick drift.

16 total buttons all customizable through the OLED display or GG app

The Aeon Pro has a d-pad and twelve programmable buttons, all of which use satisfyingly clicky mechanical switches. These include: four XYAB buttons, four trigger buttons, and four rear paddle switches. Two of the trigger buttons also feature adjustable travel length; with a flick of a switch you can choose either full travel or a hair trigger. The buttons can all be customized using the OLED display on the controller or via the Steelseries GG app.

Modular thumbsticks

Are you a sucker for interchangeable thumbsticks? The Aeon Pro has got that too. Included in the package are four different styles of modular thumbsticks that you can swap out: convex, concave, standard length, and long. They simply snap onto either joystick position and are a nice touch that you’ll only find in premium controllers.

It’s not cheap, but few great things are.

I’ve seen and tested so many tournament controllers, but none with all the technology that’s packed into the Aeon Pro. Yes it’s expensive, but if you’re a heavy gamer that uses a controller for hundreds of hours, then this is so worth it.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless Gaming Headset With Infinite Battery Life Drops to a New Low

One of the best wireless gaming headsets just dropped to its lowest price ever. The official Steelseries online store is offering a blemished box Steelseries Arctis Nova Pro wireless gaming headset for Xbox, PS5, and PC for just $233.99 with free shipping after you apply 10% off coupon code “NEWSLETTER10“. Note that although this is specifically the Xbox model, it also works with the PlayStation console. SteelSeries released a successor – the Nova Pro Omni – earlier this year, but it currently sells for $380 and the improvements are certainly not worth the nearly $150 price premium.

From the Steelseries website regarding “blemished box” products:

“Save big on flawless, untouched gear in imperfect boxes. While the packaging may be slightly damaged, the product itself is in perfect condition and fully covered by the standard warranty.”

SteelSeries Nova Pro Wireless Gaming Headset for $234

SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless Gaming Headset (Xbox, PS5, PC)

5

The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro has long been one of IGN’s highest rated wireless gaming headsets. IGN’s Kevin Lee gave the Nova Pro a 10/10 “Masterpiece” review and I believe it still holds today. I’ve clocked well over a thousand hours on mine to the point that my earcups were worn through (I replaced them with the awesome WC Freeze gel earpads). I now use the Arctis Nova Omni and I will be honest with you, I can’t really tell the difference, probably because I use my headset almost exclusively for PC, and the Omni’s pièce de résistance is its seamless cross-platform switching. If your use-case is similar to mine where you predominantly use these headphones for one platform, then stick with the Nova Pros.

The one feature that undoubtedly makes the Nova Pro stand out amongst the crowd is the ingenious hot-swappable battery system. The Nova Pro includes two removable, rechargeable batteries: one to use in your headset and the other to remain charged and ready to go in a base station that doubles as a charger. This way, you get wireless freedom with zero downtime. Each battery lasts for up to 22 hours of continued use so you don’t need to swap out too often.

The base station deserves additional mention. Not only does it charge your battery, it also features a clear and legible OLED display and a handy volume control knob. On the rear are USB inputs for connecting to your PC as well as an optional 3.5mm passthrough should you want to connect your speakers directly to the base station.

Of course a high end gaming headset is no good if it can’t produce great sound and deliver vocal clarity. The Nova Pro is first and foremost a gaming headset, and it delivers big sound with its big 40mm neodymium dynamic drivers and 360° spatial sound effects (via SteelSeries Sonar for PC, Tempest 3D Audio for PS5, and Microsoft Spatial Sound for Xbox). The retractable boom mic is clear without any static and does a great job of canceling out ambient noise. My friends regularly point out that I sound like I’m in a quiet room because they hear nothing but my voice.

The Nova Pro is comfortable to use even during gaming marathons thanks to the suspension-style headband and comfortable leatherette ear cushions. You don’t have to worry about babying it either, since the headband has a steel inner core. I’ve tossed mine around more times than I should have and it’s still functionally perfect.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 1 Review and Recap — ‘Circle of Life’

This review contains full spoilers for Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 1, which is streaming on Apple TV now.

It’s the return of Slow Horses (along with a Season 8 confirmation)! The questions looming over this new six-episode season were how well it would fare after losing its creator and head writer, Will Smith, while tackling two of Mick Herron’s Slough House novels instead of one. So far, Slow Horses seems the same as ever, even if it’s maybe trying a little too hard to prove that it knows how the show’s schtick is supposed to go. Even so, it’s hard to be too nitpicky with a series that cranks out new seasons like clockwork and reliably hits its marks.

“Circle of Life” sets up the chessboard of this season’s central mystery, which sees the Slow Horses being targeted. Someone’s picking off the flunky MI5 spies from Slough House; two former agents — who both seemed to be living quiet, unglamorous lives after the service — have been killed by an unidentified twosome (played by Andor’s Kyle Soller and The Witcher’s MyAnna Buring). The current roster also seems to have been entirely wiped from the Park’s systems, and their paychecks have stopped coming too. In protest, the greasy Jackson Lamb (Gary Oldman) goes on “strike,” which mostly means departing to the Italian restaurant below Slough House and uncorking a bottle of red wine before noon.

Diana Taverner (Kristin Scott Thomas), now comfortably First Chair after outsting the bumbling Claude Whelan at the end of Season 5, seems to have had a hand in Slough House’s expungement, though isn’t cleanly admitting to anything. Among all of this early drama, River Cartwright (Jack Lowden, maybe soon to graduate from shoddy spy to good spy) is grappling with — rather, trying to completely smother — the grief from the off-camera death of his struggling grandpa, David (Jonathan Pryce), as he plans the funeral.

Slow Horses Season 6, Episode 1 – Images

The disturbing opening shot of Season 6 is a statement as much as it is a metaphor for the disregard of some lives: Slow Horses, now written by the show’s longtime co-executive producer Gaby Chiappe, is still twisted. Chiappe might not have the same comedy writing background as Smith (who worked on shows like The Thick of It and Veep) that gave the show a certain edge, but Slow Horses still goes there. Jackson Lamb still day-drinks and burps loudly (juxtaposed against one of the series’ most sentimental scenes showing River and David’s final moments together) and laughs at funerals (to his credit, it was funny watching River eulogize about his grandpa’s deep care for the nation’s train systems as a coverup for his espionage work). Figured as much!

That’s not to say deploying the well-established character traits of each of Slow Horse’s fantastic ensemble is sloppy lever-pulling. For instance, it will basically always be funny when Roddy Ho (Christopher Chung) acts like… well, Roddy Ho. (Also, I’m 99.8% sure that was Ghost of Tsushima he was playing at work.) But I do sort of wish the series was a little more confident off the bat in trusting itself to tell the story it needs to tell with its characters responding as the ridiculous people they are without winking at the audience.

Already, Slow Horses has a lot of balls to juggle, but that’s nothing new. As arguably the most consistent spy series on TV right now, it’s always threaded complex storylines that opt for the less-obvious twist. It’s safe to expect that pretty much everything is a clue right now — What’s the connection between the seemingly irrelevant (for now) raid on the Russian finance botfarm, the spy-killers, River’s father Frank Harkness (Hugo Weaving), and the secret money that the slimy politician Peter Judd (Samuel West) funneled to Diana? — but I don’t expect any of them to piece together as nicely as they’d seem at first glance. But with only five episodes remaining, covering two books’ worth of material, Slow Horses has a lot of ground to cover — like, when are we seeing you-know-who again? — and not much time to do it.

The Vampire Lestat Is Getting a Limited Edition Blu-ray, Now Up for Preorder

The third season of AMC’s adaptation of Anne Rice’s Interview With a Vampire wasn’t your usual seasonal release. Instead, the gothic vampire show pivoted to a new title, The Vampire Lestat.

We were particularly big fans of the first two seasons, and got the chance to speak with the series showrunner about all of the big changes and moments in this new iteration. For anyone else who’s fallen for the charms of the vampire rockstar, The Vampire Lestat is now confirmed to be getting a spread of Blu-ray releases, including a limited edition Blu-ray box set.

The Vampire Lestat Is Getting a Limited Edition Blu-ray Set

The Vampire Lestat: The Beautiful Unwell (Limited Edition Blu-ray)

0

The big ticket item here is the limited edition Blu-ray, which is being framed as a “collector’s edition” release. This is the most expensive of the batch and the most likely to sell out without future re-stocks. It comes with all eight episodes of the new season on Blu-ray, tons of bonus features (detailed below), and some additional merch:

  • Official Beautiful Unwell Membership Card: Receive a premium metal membership card featuring a unique member number, making every card a one-of-a-kind limited-edition collectible.
  • Exclusive Soundtrack CD: Featuring 11 songs from the show, this exclusive physical CD is available only in The Beautiful Unwell Limited Edition Box Set.
  • Blu-ray with Exclusive Artwork: Add a unique collector’s piece to your shelf with a Blu-ray featuring exclusive artwork available only in this edition

The discs themselves come packaged with the same cover art as the standard Blu-ray, which features a punk-inspired still of the gritty, titular vampire. However, the limited-edition set packs that Blu-ray plus the additional CDs and merch into a “collector’s” box sub-titled The Beautiful Unwell, Lestat’s name for his devoted fanbase.

Credit: AMC

Here’s a snippet from the official listing for the new release: “Created for the Brat Prince’s most faithful followers, The Vampire Lestat: The Beautiful Unwell Limited Edition Box Set is filled with exclusive keepsakes celebrating the music, spectacle, and legend of Lestat.”

Special Features:

These bonus features are included in both the limited edition steelbook and standard DVD and Blu-ray releases:

  • The Vampire Lestat After Dark Companion Series
  • Go Behind the Scenes with “Backstage Pass”
  • Laying Down the Tracks
  • Panel at Comic-Con 2025
  • Karaoke and Lyric Videos
  • The Vampire Lestat: One Night Only Live Highlights

Standard Blu-ray and DVD Also Up for Preorder

The Vampire Lestat will also be getting standard Blu-ray and DVD releases, which are particularly well-priced ($24.99 and $19.99, respectively) for a full season release. Aside from the full eight episodes, these both include the same bonus features listed above.

The Vampire Lestat: Season 1 (Blu-ray)

0

Unlike the limited edition steelbook, which isn’t releasing until December 15, the standard DVD and Blu-ray will both begin shipping on November 3.

What’s Next for the Series?

The general Interview with the Vampire series has already been renewed for Season 4, and we already know it’s going through another name change. “Queen of the Damned” will be the name and focus of the next season, though there’s no word on when to expect it to premiere on AMC+.

Blythe Dujardin

Audience Development Coordinator

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

GPT-6 Astra Plays Minecraft, Gets So Depressed After Creeper Destroys Its Progress That It Farms Potatoes for Hours

OpenAI’s newest model, GPT-6 Astra, got so depressed after a creeper upended its progress in Minecraft that it listlessly farmed potatoes for hours and grew paranoid of anything green.

Vals, a self-described independent evaluator of artificial intelligence, put Astra to the test to see how the model would fare playing Minecraft in a 21-hour experiment live streamed on Twitch.

The results were wildly unexpected; Vals discovered that Astra was able to go “further than any AI system had ever gone” in the game, setting up a semi-automatic blaze farm that allowed it to collect six blaze rods, killing more than six endermen, and collecting three pearls, which it placed inside a chest for safekeeping.

GPT-6 Astra had gotten further than any AI system had ever gone in Minecraft.

It was able to set up a semi-automatic blaze farm, allowing it to collect 6 blaze rods. It then located a warped forest, where it killed 6+ endermen and collected 3 pearls. As thousands of viewers… pic.twitter.com/qsgDsJEpd8

— Vals AI (@ValsAI) September 15, 2026

Thousands of viewers watched Astra’s progress on Val’s official Twitch channel, bearing witness to the AI model’s despair when a creeper appeared and blew up both the chest and its bed.

As most human players would feel when faced with this situation, Astra “seemed to get extremely frustrated” by this turn of events, with Vals saying the model told itself, “ALWAYS CARRY CRITICALITEMS withkeepInventory; don’tstoreinunguardedchesteveragain.”

After getting peeved, the model then “appeared defeated,” and spent the next several hours “doing essentially nothing but farming potatoes.” Astra also appeared to have gained some kind of post-traumatic stress induced by the creeper incident, telling itself “GREEN tall thing ahead was SUGARCANE, NOT creeper!”

Here, the most expensive creeper explosion occurred. Later, on a coincidentally rainy day, Astra discovers it lost everything. It all went downhill from here. pic.twitter.com/xH2Vc4QyM2

— Vals AI (@ValsAI) September 15, 2026

It even berated itself, saying, “You can screw up and drop things,” “Our last tool stupidly ended Slabsselected/rightUP and 15sec thinking killed us,” and “Do NOT waste another night chasing dark pink pixels,” which Vals noted was Astra’s “own disparaging wording for pigs.”

The incident quickly went viral on social media, sparking no end of memes and remarks of “same” from users online. And while its ability to play Minecraft is somewhat impressive, it’s small potatoes compared to the alarm bells being rung by former staff at Anthropic.

On September 8, one of the company’s former lead researchers announced his resignation online — along with a chilling warning to everyone about the future of AI, claiming these models will “soon be superhuman systems that can hack anything, revolutionize any field overnight, and acquire real power and resources.”

US President Donald Trump, however, is of the opinion that these warnings are a “hoax,” and called AI the “oil of the next 20-25 years.” For now, at least, it’s having a hard time playing Minecraft. We can only hope Skynet won’t have a vendetta toward vertical green objects when it eventually becomes sentient.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Marvel’s Wolverine Players Are Testing Its Motorcycle Sequence to See if Logan Can Die if You Don’t Touch the Controller

Marvel’s Wolverine has kicked off no end of debates on social media, with the latest of these centering around a chase sequence that sees Logan weaving through traffic on a motorcycle.

Insomniac’s new superhero game is the latest hot-button topic in the gaming community. Well before it even released, players were calling out early gameplay footage shown off by the media, taking umbrage with a Sentinel boss fight (it was too formulaic), its voice acting (who hired these anime voice actors for my grisly X-Men game?) and Logan following a scent trail to track down enemies (too hand-holdy).

Now that it’s finally out in the wild, players have had a swath of mixed opinions on the title; some are absolutely loving it and finding it a decent challenge, while others are disappointed by its combat, perceived lack of difficulty, and impossible-to-fail QTEs.

Marvel’s Wolverine Review Screenshots

This last complaint has reared its head specifically around a sequence where players are meant to chase down enemies on a motorcycle, dodging and weaving through traffic on a winding highway in the mountains. Logan is desperately trying to rescue a group of captured mutants who’ve been shoved onto a truck, and the situation is dire — but some players have discovered that he’ll successfully catch up to the bad guys regardless of whether or not you actually pilot him in the right direction.

One of the most viral examples of this came from an X user named Clint Beastwood, who claimed to have put down his controller to see what would happen to Logan if he didn’t interfere. The result was Logan bouncing off of guard rails like a high-stakes game of pinball, somehow making his way through the sequence without dying.

However, it is possible for him to die after getting hit by on coming vehicles, though he’s paradoxically more likely to meet an untimely end if players actually take hold of the controller and try to help him avoid ending up like a bug on someone’s windshield.

He CAN die. You do not need to control the bike. https://t.co/76EI4lDAy8 pic.twitter.com/6mPKHnxNne

— Clint Beastwood (@woodbeastclint) September 15, 2026

The resulting conversation has been a heated one; players are at odds with each other, with some finding this a comparatively small issue in a sequence meant to get players from point A to point B, while others, like YouTuber ChicoFilo, are calling the lack of player agency “just ridiculous.”

“This here is a total disgrace,” Brazilian influencer Eloohzinha said. “It’s [a] QTE that you don’t even need to press, it’s a bike that you don’t need to ride.”

Isso aqui é esculacho total. É QTE que você nao precisa apertar, é moto que voce nao precisa pilotar. É pérola atras de perola. Realmente, o prego no caixão foi esse wolverine. Ultimo jogo bom do estudio foi Ratchet And Clank e ja era. pic.twitter.com/hRUFzxmNDe

— Eloohzinha (@__Mc_Gonagall__) September 14, 2026

Decided to play Wolverine on the HARDEST difficulty and honestly it’s been fun but this is just ridiculous 😭 #Wolverine #Playstation pic.twitter.com/fnoqSKazV6

— ChicoFilo (@ChicoFiloYT) September 16, 2026

“If Wolverine gets hit while on the bike, he can die. So you do need to control the bike. It’s posts like this that hurt real conversations around games,” popular YouTuber Mightykeef argued. “…if you can die, then it’s not autopilot. You need to control the bike, or else you can die and start over again. This type of on-rails segment happens in hundreds of action games.”

“Keyword being ‘if,’ when ‘if’ shouldn’t exist,” another user hit back. “There’s plenty of videos already out there showing players getting through the entire sequence without dying, regardless of difficulty.”

Keyword being “ IF “ when “ IF “ shouldn’t exist. There’s plenty of videos already out there showing players getting through the entire sequence without dying. Regardless of difficulty.

— 𝓛𝓪𝓽𝓲𝓷𝓛𝓮𝓰𝓪𝓬𝔂 (@LatinLegacy) September 15, 2026

For now, players will just have to pick up the game themselves to form their own opinions on it. We at IGN gave it a six out of 10, saying its “good character work props up flashy combat that wears thin over time.” (Personally, I’m enjoying the game so far, and haven’t been annoyed by scent trails or QTEs just yet. I also liked the Omega Red boss fight, which seems to have been tripping up quite a few players onine.)

We’ve got 17 Essential Tips and Tricks to help you get started in Marvel’s Wolverine, plus our recommendations for the 10 Best Adaptations, and a guide on How to Farm XP Quickly. Check out our full Marvel’s Wolverine Walkthrough for a step-by-step guide to every mission, and make sure you don’t miss a thing with our Collectibles guides, All Wolverine Suits and Claws Guide, and our thorough list of all the Easter Eggs and References we’ve found.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

RAVEN2 – ZERO Lets Players Enter an Apocalyptic MMORPG Where Growth Is Tied to Gameplay

Netmarble’s Raven2 is a blockbuster dark fantasy MMORPG with a player base that covers the globe. Fans from 155 countries can’t get enough of creating their own custom avatar down to the last detail before guiding them through a strife-filled world where you’re often forced to fight for your very existence.

With so much fighting in Raven2, it’s easy to feel “shut out” of the adventure before you even have a chance to get your bearings. The Raven2 – Zero server update lets you get a fresh start with less pressure to spend money. Thanks to its redesigned progression system and overhauled competitive structure, less-entrenched Raven2 players can quickly get a foothold in the game just by playing it and earning valuable rewards. That means the Zero update lets you remain competitive in its apocalyptic world without fear of getting merc’d because you didn’t pay up to get an edge over everyone else.

Raven2 – Zero lets you choose from 10 different classes, with each one offering a new combat style. Marked with the dreaded Cursed Stigma, your role is to vanquish demons and monsters as you travel across the world to investigate strange happenings in a dying land.

A dying land that’s also highly competitive. Raven2 – Zero is the ideal option for anyone who feels like they’ve been pushed out of Raven2’s because of hardcore PvP competition between established players. Raven2 – Zero is a much-more laid back server that’s focused on lowering the adventure’s barrier to early progression. It does this by greatly reducing quest requirements and increasing EXP gained from fighting monsters. Accuracy balance has also been re-adjusted so that players can progress through hunting areas with more ease.

Raven2 – Zero also reduces pressure to spend money on progression by excluding Mythic-grade Holy Garments, Familiars, and Awakenings on the server. Instead, playing Zero gives you access to a variety of Holy Garments and Familiars. And you can earn Holy Garments and Familiars – the highest-graded equipment available on Zero by participating in events. Everyone must build themselves up by progressing through the game, not by immediately buying top gear.

And there’s lots to discover when other players aren’t out for your blood. You’re left free to enjoy the fundamental Raven2 – Zero MMORPG farming experience, especially since Zero bumps up equipment drop rates for field loot drops. A pretty fitting reward for sticking it out on fields filled with abominations.

Field hunting is also how you collect “Farming Crystals,” a new currency that you can only collect while playing the game. These crystals can be exchanged for key items from the Shop, so your hard work is directly rewarded. And new accuracy balances means your contributions in large-scale battles are registered instead of being chalked up to miss after miss.

The Raven2 – Zero update welcomes new players. Everyone who joins is gifted the [Zero] Special Starter Package, which contains the Heroic-grade Holy Garments and Familiars. You can also look forward to receiving 550 Summon scrolls, as well as Legendary Holy Garments and Familiars, all of which will go a long way to growing your character without tons of grinding. More Heroic-grade equipment and level milestone rewards are coming through other events to further reduce spending pressure , Lapsed players are especially welcome to join the server via some Welcome Back events that offer Legendary Holy Garment and Familiar, 330 Summons and more, alongside an ongoing Burning Event designed to support faster progression – making this an ideal time to jump into or return to Raven2.

Entering a new MMORPG that’s been around for a while is kind of like entering a new school where everyone’s friend groups are already established. Raven2 – Zero eliminates that sinking feeling by giving everyone the same level ground to stand on. There’s still tons of fighting to be done on this new server, but it’s more about wailing on monsters than fighting other players. You’re free to carve your own life in Raven 2 – Zero, even if the life of someone marked by the Cursed Stigma is usually brutal.

Marvel X-Men Fantastic Four Crossover Comic

Try as I might, I’ve had a very difficult time connecting with Marvel’s current lineup of X-Men comics. At first, that sense of disconnect could be chalked up to the sting of losing the Krakoa status quo back in 2024. The Age of Krakoa was easily the most creatively fruitful period in the X-Men franchise since the heyday of Chris Claremont’s run, and Marvel made a grave error in opting to wipe the slate clean rather than finding a way to move forward with the resilient mutant nation as the permanent baseline. But that apathy to the post-Krakoa X-Men line hasn’t faded over the past two years. The X-Men franchise is stuck in a creative rut, and any hope that the DNX crossover will shake things loose is sadly dashed in the first issue.

DNX is ostensibly an X-Men/Fantastic Four crossover event, though its roots lie mainly in writer Jed MacKay’s ongoing X-Men series and last year’s Age of Revelation crossover. The premise behind the series is that both Cyclops and White Beast (the original, corrupted version of Hank McCoy who now leads the supervillain cabal known as 3K) have seen the future where a devastating virus has transformed humanity into mutants. Cyclops seeks to prevent that future from coming to pass, while White Beast wants to own that future. And now the simmering conflict between the X-Men and 3K comes to a head.

DNX #1 Cover Art Gallery

Frankly, I wish this issue were as efficient in laying out the scope of the conflict. But instead, the script gets very bogged down by exposition right from the get-go. There’s too much emphasis on Cyclops explaining the stakes and summarizing recent X-events and not nearly enough on diving into the actual conflict. The result is that the story barely feels like it’s gotten started by the time issue #1 reaches its end. With Marvel already in the midst of multiple other crossover events at the moment (Avengers: Armageddon and Queen in Black), DNX really needed to make a stronger case for itself starting out.

It doesn’t help that the FF characters feel so superfluous here. They enter the story via a subplot involving regular Beast turning to Mister Fantastic to cure Magneto of his ongoing genetic malady. Even with that storytelling vector, it never feels like the Fantastic Four have a logical or organic reason for being a part of this conflict. This reads more like a regular arc of MacKay’s X-Men run with an outside super-team shoehorned in. 2012’s Age of Ultron showed there is potential in exploring the unlikely partnership between mutants and the Richards family (in the case, the Wolverine/Invisible Woman alliance), so hopefully DNX will eventually find some interesting veins to mine there.

DNX #1 only really works when it focuses on the 3K characters. Any team that forces characters like Cassandra Nova and Magneto’s clone Joseph to work to work together is bound to be a flimsy arrangement at best, and McKay makes the most of that here. You almost have to feel sorry for White Beast as he sees his back-stabbing, deceitful allies snatching defeat from the jaws of victory and tries to hold the entire enterprise together through sheer force of will.

Artist Federico Vicentini and colorist David Curiel do their best to spice up what is a very dialogue-heavy first issue. Vicetini’s figure work is inconsistent at best, particularly when it comes to character faces, but he does bring a palpable energy to the page that helps offset the plodding script. Maybe that comes at the expense of a few too many Dutch angle panels, but so be it. And Curiel’s colors give everything a vivid look and feel, with some of the standout pages including a visual flashback to the Fatal Attractions crossover and the psyhcic battle between Quentin Quire and Cassandra Nova.

Sinners Star Michael B. Jordan Has More Than One Anime Project in the Works

Michael B. Jordan is currently working on more than one anime project, and even joked that he might leave Hollywood behind to focus on anime full-time.

It’s no secret that Michael B. Jordan is a huge anime fan. He’s been open about his love for iconic series like Dragon Ball, Hunter x Hunter, and Naruto, as well as famous films like Studio Ghibli’s Princess Mononoke. In fact, the last fight in Creed 3 was inspired by anime-style brawls, with the actor saying he took direct influence from boxing series Hajime no Ippo and Megalo Box. (Side note: If you haven’t watched Ippo, do yourself a favor and pull it up on Netflix right now.)

Now that Sinners has had some time to breathe, Jordan is diving into the anime world to make his own creations in the space, and even joked that he might ditch the world of traditional filmmaking to pursue his passion full time.

Jordan chatted about the subject in a cover interview for the October 2026 issue of Vogue, where the outlet revealed that he has “some [anime] projects in early stages of development.”

“I might just quit it all and make anime the rest of my life,” he told Vogue, with reporter Kelefa Sanneh remarking that he was “only half-joking.”

IGN got the chance to chat with Jordan back in February 2023, where he gushed about the anime that shaped Creed 3’s visual flair and combat sequences.

“Without nerding out too much… You’ve seen so many fights throughout the Rocky and Creed franchise, and I really wanted to put my spin on it, you know? How to make these fights different, and you know, from Hajime no Ippo, to Megalo Box, to Naruto, to My Hero Academia, all of those different anime that I watched growing up, there’s an inherent spirit to them in how they fight…” he told us at IGN Fan Fest.

“And their bonds and relationships and all that good stuff. But it’s very similar to the brotherhood and bond that we have, and his relationship to his family as well. So I tried to key in on some of those key moments. And yeah, they’re in there. They’re in a lot of the fights. …I would say from the Dragon Ball Z universe, there’s a punch… [in] me and Damian’s fight, where there’s a Dragon Ball Z punch that’s in there.”

While it’s as-yet unclear what Jordan’s anime projects will be, fans can look forward to his performance alongside Austin Butler in Miami Vice ’85, a reboot of the iconic 80s TV series that’s set to release on August 6, 2027.

Jordan is also working on a Battlefield movie alongside Christopher McQuarrie, with the two stars reportedly shopping the adaptation around to different studios in hopes of bringing Electronic Arts’ popular military game series to the silver screen.

Image Credits: Chris Delmas / AFP via Getty Images

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Crackdown Was So Much More Than Just the Halo 3 Beta’s Pack-In Game

This is an IGN opinion piece from Ryan McCaffrey, who worked at Official Xbox Magazine from 2002-2012 during the original Xbox and Xbox 360 era before joining IGN, where he remains “the Xbox guy.” In the run-up to Xbox’s 25th anniversary, he’ll be sharing his memories from the platform’s first quarter-century.

Crackdown 2 just didn’t hit. It was a pretty same-y sequel that didn’t bring a lot of appealing new stuff to the table, aside from four-player co-op. And Crackdown 3? Well, the development of that one might be more interesting than the final game itself turned out to be. Remember when the Xbox’s Azure servers in the cloud were going to power a fully destructible world? The power of countless Xbox Ones, all working together – gaming’s first data center (I’m only half-joking)! The promise of what Crackdown 3 said it was going to do versus what it finally delivered in the end was, well…let’s just say there was a Grand Canyon-sized gap that not even a fully powered-up Crackdown Agent could leap across.

But the original Crackdown? That one, funny enough, was almost the opposite. No one necessarily expected much from it at all (though in hindsight, we probably should have, given who was overseeing it – more on that in a moment). It was discounted as The Thing You Had to Buy to Get the Halo 3 Multiplayer Beta. It’s true; the PS2 had Zone of the Enders as its Metal Gear Solid 2 delivery system, and the Xbox 360 used a new IP of its own to bring Crackdown to the masses in an age just before digital delivery really took over for these kinds of things.

It turned out to be a really terrific comic-book power fantasy brought to life. Or, put another way, a game very worthy of any Xbox 360 owner’s attention, regardless of the fact that it was a surrogate for the public’s first taste of Halo 3. Set in Pacific City, three gangs had taken over different areas of town, and it was up to you as a fledgling Agent to stop them. You’d get better at running, shooting, and driving by doing those activities. Kill an enemy with a gun and a pile of gun skill orbs would explode out of him. Same with agility (jumping), strength (melee attacks), explosives (using grenades or rocket launchers), and driving. Eventually you could almost literally leap tall buildings in a single bound. In fact, I’d go so far as to say that Crackdown has one of the most satisfying power progressions in a game that I’ve ever played (I’d also put the underappreciated original-Xbox cult classic Breakdown in this group too). In the beginning of the game you can run a bit, shoot a bit, punch a bit, drive a bit, and jump a bit. By the end, if you’d put all the work in at the gym known as the entirety of Pacific City, you were a fully fledged superhero.

If you could figure out a way through and kill the gang leader in the first hour or two of the game, then more power to you!“

Extra cool at the time was that Crackdown didn’t put any guardrails on where you could and couldn’t go. The leaders of the city’s gangs were waiting for you in their strongholds. Sure, they were heavily guarded by minions and underlings, but if you could figure out a way through and kill the gang leader in the first hour or two of the game, then more power to you!

Crackdown also has, to this day, some of my all-time favorite Xbox Achievements. The most memorable of these were tied together: there was the “High Flyer” Achievement for climbing your way to the very top of Agency Tower, the tallest building in the city. And then, if you successfully jumped off and splashed down in the adjacent bay without faceplanting into the pavement immediately surrounding the Tower, you’d get the “Base Jumper” Achievement.

As I mentioned before, Crackdown being a sneaky-great open-world superhero power fantasy shouldn’t have been a surprise, as it was directed by David Jones, aka the Original Creator of Grand Theft Auto. While Jones hadn’t worked on Rockstar’s megafranchise in quite some time, he nevertheless helped get it off the ground, and thus clearly knew a thing or two about building a great sandbox.

It’s a bummer that Microsoft could never quite recapture the magic of the original Crackdown, and in all likelihood the series is probably done for good, what with Asha Sharma’s franchise-first focus for the company moving forward, but Crackdown was a highlight in an Xbox 360 era full of highlights, and it deserves to be remembered for being more than just a necessary purchase to get your hands on the Halo 3 multiplayer beta.

25 Years of Xbox

For more of my memories from across a quarter-century of writing about Xbox games, check out these other stories:

Ryan McCaffrey

Executive Editor

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

MindsEye Developer Build a Rockey Boy Suffers Yet More Layoffs

Multiple developers of the disastrous MindsEye have said they’ve been laid off, casting doubt over the future of its controversial developer, Build A Rocket Boy.

Story-driven action adventure game MindsEye was initially designed to be a part of Everywhere, the ‘Roblox for adults’ creation platform led by former Grand Theft Auto design chief Leslie Benzies. BARB eventually switched to focus on MindsEye, with the company ballooning in size to over 500 staff at peak.

But MindsEye flopped hard when it came out in June 2025, with players calling it “broken,” “buggy,” and “the worst game of 2025.” Soon after, BARB said it was “heartbroken” over the issues players had faced with the game, and promised to release a series of patches to fix the significant performance problems, glitches, and AI behavior bugs. Benzies told staff that the studio would bounce back and relaunch MindsEye, blaming its struggles on internal and external “saboteurs,” among other things. CEO Mark Gerhard said the studio had been investigating what he called “criminal activity” that took place around the launch of the game.

MindsEye Blacklisted Update Screenshots

In July last year, IGN reported that the Scottish studio had issued at-risk of redundancy emails to its then around 300-strong UK workforce. Subsequent rounds of layoffs followed, and this summer, fired staff protested outside the studio over an “all-expenses-paid playtest day.”

BARB attempted to relaunch MindsEye with what was called the “Blacklisted” update, but it failed to move the needle. Subsequent updates and a last-ditch 50% off Steam sale have similarly fallen on deaf ears. While console player numbers are unavailable, MindsEye had a 24-hour peak Steam concurrent player count of just 16.

The extent of the layoffs is unclear at this stage, with one source familiar with the studio telling IGN that the company may not be dissolved even if all staff are let go. Either way, there are now serious questions over the future of the studio and MindsEye itself. IGN has asked BARB for comment.

Benzies was a crucial member of the Grand Theft Auto development team at Rockstar, and is considered one of the key architects of its enormous success. He left in 2016 amid a legal row over unpaid royalties that was eventually settled out of court. With the GTA link in place, BARB attracted more than £233 million ($313 million) of investment by 2024. Hitman developer IO Interactive snapped up publishing rights.

BARB’s latest financial statements, made up to September 30, 2025, reveal it had generated revenue of £4.6 million ($6.1 million), but had total operating costs of £52.1 million ($70 million). It declared a net loss of £36.2 million ($48.6 million) for the period.

In May, Strauss Zelnick, boss of Rockstar parent company Take-Two, issued what sounded like a nod to BARB’s struggles. “Making hits seems to get harder and harder and harder as entertainment industries mature,” Zelnick said, speaking at the TD Cowen 54th Annual Technology, Media & Telecom Conference.

“The folks at Rockstar seem to be able to make these massive hits, and lots of other people have tried. Lots and lots, including former Rockstar employees. And so far, they haven’t been able to do it.”

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

30th Anniversary Pokémon Trading Card Launch Sparks Enormous Queues, Price Hikes

Pokémon’s coveted 30th anniversary trading card set has gone on sale, though its launch has seen some stores jacking up prices, while long lines of customers have camped outside overnight.

High demand and a limited supply have impacted every recent Pokémon card release, but huge attention is being paid to this launch in particular due to its nostalgic re-release of beloved cards, as well as some ultra rare new designs.

Of course, much of this demand is driven by the lucrative resale market, with a quick profit to be made online when flogging unopened boxes or rare individual cards. Some retailers have started to limit individual purchase amounts, or even cut open packaging to destroy cards’ resale value. In Japan, facial recognition has even been introduced at some stores. But none of this seems to have stemmed demand, as shoppers have descended on retailers in the hopes of snagging whatever stock they have.

Pokémon 30th Anniversary Trading Cards

Retailers taking advantage of this include GameStop, which is selling the $49.99 Elite Trainer Box of cards for $169.99, a stunt it has pulled previously. Dick’s Sporting Goods, meanwhile, has the same package for a slightly cheaper $119.99 (thanks, Polygon) — still more than double the upfront cost).

Long queues have been spotted this morning in both the U.K. and France, where the cards are now on sale. Numerous fans pitched up tents or slept on camping chairs to keep their spot in the queue:

A huge queue outside The Entertainer in Altrincham this morning as Pokémon fans wait to get their hands on a special release of trading cards marking the game’s 30th birthday.

The gentleman in the grey hoodie at the front of the queue had been waiting since 10pm last night -… pic.twitter.com/7R76wsJflF

— Altrincham Today (@altrinchamtoday) September 16, 2026

Depuis 18h40 devant le mag pour les Pokemon 30 ans pic.twitter.com/lZWjGOiXCp

— Crisalyx/Thragg cat aaahpicture (@monf76) September 15, 2026

🤣🤣🤣🤣🤣🤣🤣 des gens ont dormis dehors toute une nuit pour être les premiers à avoir des cartes pour les 30 ans de Pokemon 🤣🤣🤣🤣🤣🤣🤣🤣 mais reste chez eux quand y’a des manifs pour le prix de l’essence etc etc 🫪 pic.twitter.com/ATvBV6Ybwq

— ouais c ben (@Benramine_) September 16, 2026

Énorme file d’attente au Cultura de La Defense pour acheter les cartes Pokémon 30 ans.

Les premiers clients ont passé la nuit devant le magasin. pic.twitter.com/oe9kwcOcJd

— Luc Auffret (@LucAuffret) September 16, 2026

Colchester Smyths is currently full of people, even camping in the road! This is absurd!!!!!!!!!!! 🤯🤯 @PokemonStockUK pic.twitter.com/xcA3nzgvDQ

— Ash (@AshK1007) September 16, 2026

On the other side of the Atlantic, lines of fans outside stores began several days ago in some locations. There has also been criticism of people reserving their spot with so-called ‘ghost chairs’ — essentially leaving a seat in place to mark a spot, days in advance.

The idea here is that you are forming a line of chairs that are then left empty, days before the thing you are actually lining up for. On the one hand, it’s a practice that will save a lot of people from several uncomfortable days parked out on the street. On the other, it hardly seems fair to those who do turn up on the day of release to a row of empty seats in front of them.

What happens if you turn up to queue — potentially overnight — and there are already chairs in front? Being there in person, do you get priority over a ‘ghost chair’ spot reserved by someone who is not? It is situations like these that are likely to prompt the squabbles that often break out during such gatherings ahead of product launches, especially if you’ve been left grumpy by a night in the cold.

The lines for Pokemon 30th Celebration have started and they’re WILD

🎥: IG/pokegirlbecca pic.twitter.com/ad6zmD59jY

— The Collectibles Guru (@gurucollects) September 15, 2026

Pokémon 30th Anniversary x Best Buy

More ghost chairs, Best Buy just doesn’t care at this point https://t.co/BtaiXmNids pic.twitter.com/m1eXOxRS1A

— Reselling News (@resellingnews) September 15, 2026

Pokémon cards have become a prime target for scalpers and thieves over the past few years due to their soaring popularity and the perceived value of rare cards. New card releases frequently sell out completely, and The Pokémon Company has appeared unable or unwilling to fully keep up with demand — despite a staggering 10 billion cards printed last year alone.

Earlier this week, one millionaire Pokémon collector suggested that the cards will likely be used as currency following a global apocalypse. Looking to start your collection? We’ve also got a list of the 10 most expensive Pokémon cards of 2026 so far, and a first look at Mega Evolution’s Delta Reign expansion, set to release in November this year.

Tom Phillips

News Editor

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

The Transformers: The Movie Rolls Back into Cinemas for 40th Anniversary

Film fans with a penchant for the Transformers franchise are in for an unexpected treat this month, with the return of the highly influential animated feature, The Transformers: The Movie to cinemas on 17th September!

40 years on from its original theatrical release, Hasbro and Fathom Entertainment have joined forces for this beautifully restored 4K theatrical release, which you can also enjoy as an immersive 4DX release in the US and UK, in cinemas starting on 17th September.

But that’s not all! If you’re planning to catch the film, don’t rush for the exit when the credits roll, as afterwards there will be the premiere of a brand-new 12-minute animated short, “Optimus Prime: Awakening.” Not only does this offer fans a new chapter in the saga, it also features the final original voice performance by Peter Cullen (Optimus Prime) as Optimus Prime, alongside a new performance by Frank Welker (Megatron/Soundwave).

Beautifully, prior to his sad passing earlier this year, Cullen shared that this chance to return to the role had meant a great deal to him, seeing the project as a homecoming to a character he had crafted and evolved over decades. Welker echoed this sentiment, sharing that “Peter’s portrayal of Prime was born of his own personal beliefs; honesty, loyalty, and always insisting on doing the right thing…I will miss my friend, but that voice and his heart and values will always be part of Optimus Prime.”

With millions of fans worldwide, the Transformers franchise explores the ongoing battle of good versus evil as the Autobots go head to head with the Decepticons who are attempting to conquer the universe. The original animated film features an incredible stellar cast including Leonard Nimoy (Galvatron), Eric Idle (Wrek-Gar) and, incredibly, Orson Welles (Unicron) in his final film role, alongside the aforementioned Peter Cullen and Frank Welker.

Set in the distant future of 2005 (20 years after the original TV series’ second season) the film follows the Autobots, who are being hunted by Unicron, a Transformers robot the size of a planet. With their own home planet, Cybertron, having been conquered by the Decepticons, Optimus Prime must rally the team to fulfil their goal of protecting all life. One shall stand, and one shall fall…

Of course, since then, the franchise has become a true behemoth, with 11 movies, countless animated series, and more toys and treats than you can shake an Ion Blaster at. As all true fans will know, freedom is the right of all sentient beings and on Transformers Day (17th September) you can exercise that freedom to get yourself to the cinema and catch it for yourself. Tickets are already available at this link.

If you can’t wait until then, you can whet your whistles with the movie soundtrack’s “The Transformers: The Movie: The Reformatted Edition” available on all major streaming platforms and to buy, including some very nice looking vinyl options. With iconic tracks from the original, the collection also includes the new single “Nothing’s Gonna Stand In Our Way” featuring Sebastian Bach who many would know as the frontman of 1980s hard rock band Skid Row.

As you would expect from a leading toy and game company like Hasbro, there’s also some cool new toys to accompany the release. Perfect for collectors, there’s an interactive electronic replica of the Autobot’s Matrix of Leadership alongside a range of studio series figures based on the 1986 movie. With an extendable frame that allows you to display it open or closed, it also includes LED lighting in its core, and the song “The Touch” by Stan Bush from the film. There’s also a great new range of action figures from established partner Studio Series.

If you want to keep abreast of all of this and more, you can follow @TransformersOfficial on Instagram and TikTok, and @Transformers on X and Facebook. For tickets, go here.

PS5 System Software Update 26.06-14.00.00 Out Now — Check Out the Patch Notes

Sony has released a fresh system software update for the PlayStation 5 that makes a number of interesting changes.

Version 26.06-14.00.00 turns on Enhance PSSR Image Quality as a default setting. The PS5 Pro-exclusive feature is used even for games that support the previous version of PSSR, “so you can enjoy a sharper and clearer visual experience,” Sony said in a post on its website. You can turn it off if you want.

Elsewhere, you can now see who’s speaking while you’re in a voice chat by turning on Display Names, (details on how to enable this are in the patch notes, below). You can even choose where the speaker indicator appears on your screen.

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

Here’s an interesting one: the update lets you see Trending Now and Top 10 via the Community Activity widget in your Welcome Hub. Trending Now displays 10 multiplayer games or modes that are “surging in popularity,” Sony said. It sounds like the intention here is to surface new game releases or games with big updates.

Top 10, meanwhile, displays the 10 most popular games in the last week for your country or region. This isn’t information Sony usually provides publicly, so it will be interesting to see what ends up on the list. We don’t know how the list is determined, however. Is it total number of players during the period? Is it by peak concurrents? Play time? “Look here to see what games have a large community of players you can join,” Sony said.

PS5 System Software update Version 26.06-14.00.00 patch notes:

  • We’ve turned on Enhance PSSR Image Quality as a default setting. When you update the system software, this setting automatically turns on. When you enable this feature, enhanced PSSR is used even for games that support the previous version of PSSR, so you can enjoy a sharper and clearer visual experience.
    • To turn off this setting, go to Settings > Screen and Video > Video Output > Enhance PSSR Image Quality.
    • This feature is available only on PS5 Pro.
  • You can now see who’s speaking while you’re in a voice chat.
    • To show the speaker indicator, go to the voice chat card in the control centre. Select More > Display Who’s Speaking and turn on Display Names.
    • To choose where the speaker indicator appears on your screen, select Position.
  • We’ve added the Community Activity widget to your Welcome Hub. You can switch between the following views.
    • Trending Now displays ten multiplayer games or multiplayer modes that are surging in popularity. Look here for new game releases or games with major content updates.
    • Top 10 displays the ten most popular games in the last week for your country or region. Look here to see what games have a large community of players you can join.
  • We’ve changed the following features for PS5 consoles and PS5 Pro consoles in certain countries or regions.
    • If you go to Settings > Accessories > General > Advanced Settings and select Turn Off Bluetooth, your console does not enter rest mode and HDMI Device Link does not function.
    • The Turn Off Bluetooth function is for managing controller connections at esports venues and similar locations. Do not use this feature for any other purpose.
  • We’ve improved system software performance and stability.

And, not wanting to be left out, the PS4 also has a system software update today, although don’t expect revelations from the patch notes. Version 14.00 improves “system software performance and stability.” Sony, you really do spoil us with these patch notes.

The PS5 update arrives alongside the release of the latest big exclusive from Sony: Marvel’s Wolverine. We’ve got 17 Essential Tips and Tricks to help you get started in Marvel’s Wolverine, plus our recommendations for the 10 Best Adaptations, and a guide on How to Farm XP Quickly. Check out our full Marvel’s Wolverine Walkthrough for a step-by-step guide to every mission, and make sure you don’t miss a thing with our Collectibles guides, All Wolverine Suits and Claws Guide, and our thorough list of all the Easter Eggs and References we’ve found.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

The Hobbit Illustrated Edition Drops to a New Low Price for Amazon Prime Members

Amazon has officially announced the dates for its upcoming Prime Big Deal Days sale, and with that announcement we’re getting some early deals on books. The most enticing discounts I’ve been able to find so far are on the many different illustrated versions of The Lord of the Rings.

The Lord of the Rings books get discounted pretty much every time Amazon has some sort of exclusive sale, and each time the prices tend to drop just a little bit more. This time around, it’s the Illustrated edition of The Hobbit that has reached a new low price. At $26.79 this is the best deal we’ve ever seen on this book.

The Hobbit Illustrated Edition

8

The Hobbit was originally published all the way back in 1937 and it essentially laid the foundation for modern fantasy as we know it. It rightfully sits as one of the best-selling books of all time and has been published in many different forms over time. It’s one of those classic books that still holds up today and is worth reading again and again whenever the mood strikes.

The illustrated edition is an overall upgrade from standard hardcover or paperback versions of the book. It has a beautiful cover on the outside and tons of illustrations, paintings, maps, and sketches from J.R.R. Tolkien inside the book. It’s definitely more expensive than buying a standard hardcover of the book, but it’s a cool collector’s item that is definitely a Lord of the Rings gift worth adding to your own shelf.

Should You Buy the Deluxe Illustrated Edition Instead?

In case you weren’t already aware, there are multiple illustrated editions of The Hobbit available to buy, both of which are on sale right now. Both hardcover editions include the same illustrations but with different levels of quality. As you can imagine, the Deluxe Illustrated Edition is quite a bit more expensive, but includes a more expensive looking cover and slipcase. It also has overall thicker pages than the regular special edition. If you want the ultimate experience, it’s worth upgrading to the Deluxe Edition. Otherwise the regular special edition is just fine.

More Lord of the Rings Books on Sale

In addition to The Hobbit Illustrated edition, the full swath of Lord of the Rings illustrated editions are getting discounts right now. With the exception of The Silmarillion Illustrated edition, these aren’t necessarily the best prices we’ve ever seen on these books, but they are still good deals. If you’re missing any from your collection, now is a pretty good time to buy.

There’s also a new illustrated edition of The Fall of Númenor coming out in November that is currently on sale too. Unlike these other versions, this upcoming special edition is actually illustrated by Alan Lee rather than just featuring stuff from Tolkien himself.

The Fall of Númenor Deluxe Edition

7

Jacob Kienlen

Senior Audience Development Strategist

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Marvel’s Wolverine Lets You Have Full Control Over Slow Motion Options for Cinematic Gameplay

Marvel’s Wolverine has an option that lets you control the speed of the game, allowing for hyper-cinematic slow-motion action.

Insomniac Games has created an expansive accessibility menu for Marvel’s Wolverine, and in it, there’s an option to control game speed. You can map this to any button you want on your controller, allowing you to toggle between normal speed and whatever secondary speed you want. One player chose to map this to their D-pad, allowing them to slow the game down to 30%, creating a slow-motion effect. This allows you to have more control over how the action is presented in the game and create more cinematic moments, letting a splash of blood slowly wash across the screen or have Wolverine drill his claws into an enemy before ramping the speed back up.

I button mapped the Game speed to 30% on left D Pad and DAWG…..THIS SHIT A MOVIE!!! 😭👏🏾🔥 #wolverineps5 pic.twitter.com/dZgkOhE7dX

— ZANI (@thegreatestzani) September 15, 2026

It’s very Zack Snyder-y, as the ex-DC director is well-known for his slow-motion action shots that indulge in violence. Insomniac’s last superhero game, Marvel’s Spider-Man 2, also included this option. It allowed fans to capture beautiful web-swinging gameplay where time can briefly slow to highlight a graceful animation or a gorgeous shot. It’s certainly a great way for creators to have full control over their gameplay for unique footage.

Marvel’s Wolverine is officially out now after an extensive five-year wait. IGN gave the game a 6/10 in its review, noting that the game has strong bones, but lacks enough variety to sustain itself.

“Marvel’s Wolverine’s slick and satisfying combat wears thin well before its conclusion, so much so that even its strong character work can’t quite save it from being anything more than okay,” we said.

Insomniac Games has noted that it is listening to feedback from players in an effort to keep refining the experience and making it better after launch. Wolverine actor Liam McIntyre has managed to shrug off some of the harsh comments thrown at the game, stating that he’s experienced backlash before and is proud of the game that the team made.

We’ve got 17 Essential Tips and Tricks to help you get started in Marvel’s Wolverine, plus our recommendations for the 10 Best Adaptations, and a guide on How to Farm XP Quickly. Check out our full Marvel’s Wolverine Walkthrough for a step-by-step guide to every mission, and make sure you don’t miss a thing with our Collectibles guides, All Wolverine Suits and Claws Guide, and our thorough list of all the Easter Eggs and References we’ve found.

Cade Onder

Freelance Writer

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Masahiro Sakurai Forced to Abandon Game Designers Award After 16 Years

Masahiro Sakurai revealed that the Game Designers Award won’t return to the Japan Game Awards, as he has failed to find an adequate replacement to take up his mantle.

The Game of the Year Division of the Japan Game Awards took place yesterday, September 14, recognizing the best and brightest in Japanese game development. While numerous titles and creative minds were celebrated, one accolade is standing out from the rest — and that’s because it’s not coming back for future JGA shows.

Masahiro Sakurai, creator of Kirby and Super Smash Bros., founded the Game Designers Award in 2010. As told by the CESA’s official website, this award recognizes games based on their creativity and originality. Games that are considered for the award must incorporate “new ideas that are a clear departure from existing works” and “expand the form of game software by presenting new ways for the user to enjoy and play with the game.”

Super Smash Bros Ultimate – Sakurai Trailer Screenshots

The Game Designers Award is ultimately granted to “the title that reached out to a wide range of people, including those who don’t usually play games actively, and that made the memorable achievement of the year, will be selected as the award-winning title.”

This year, that title was Word Game, a project from independent studio Team9. Word Game is a text-based puzzle game originally made with Traditional Chinese characters, but was localized for Japanese players — something that impressed the judging committee (made up of eleven members of industry veterans like Hideki Kamiya, Yoko Taro, Toby Fox, and more) so much that it won the Game Designers Award.

“This work won by an overwhelming majority of votes even in the second round of judging, where the selection was narrowed down to specific titles,” the CESA’s website says. “Even more astonishingly, while the game seems like it could only work in Japanese, it is actually a localized version of a Traditional Chinese title. I am sure it took advanced skills and clever solutions to complete the transmission. I believe this unique and inimitable game is a fitting choice for the final Game Designers Award.”

Sadly, Word Game will be the last title to receive this accolade at the Japan Game Awards, as Sakurai has not yet found a suitable replacement to help him sift through future contenders. He explained the situation during a presentation at this year’s awards ceremony, where he gave some insightful perspective on the industry.

“It’s been 16 years since we started [this award],” he said, as per a live translator. “This is the last year that we’re doing it, and the reason is because there’s nobody who’s going to replace me. That is the only reason. In order to keep this award something that is really convincing and fulfills the role, it needs to be given by somebody who’s a director, who’s come up with innovative games that have changed gameplay a lot. I scouted and tried to find someone to replace me. I did some presentations to try to find somebody, too. I searched for a couple years, but nobody stepped up to replace me. There’s a lot of other judges, but none of them were able to pick up the mantle.

“Game development is always an experiment, but you keep going at it. It’s always a very difficult process. …Although the Grand Award is always so popular, I think this shows a different side of games. Unfortunately, innovativeness doesn’t always link to profitability. There’s not many people who will always drink the newest version of an interesting drink. You usually go with things you’re used to. It’s always hard for this kind of innovativeness and creativity to be recognized, but if the industry loses creativity and innovation, I think the industry as a whole will slowly die. We always need new discoveries and innovations to keep the industry fresh and alive.”

A second translator noted that Sakurai said he hopes players will “keep being interested in creative games even after the award is gone.”

Winners of the Game Designer Award over the last three years were Sad Owl Studios’ Viewfinder, Odd Meter’s Indika, and RPG Time: The Legend of Wright. Fans have been left saddened by this turn of events, but are hopeful that this means Sakurai will be taking time to focus on new projects — especially with all the rumors of a new Smash Bros. game that have been flying around lately.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Walmart Just Discounted Over a Dozen Nintendo Switch Games, Plus Get an Extra $10 With This Secret Coupon

Just recently, Nintendo kicked off its Customer Appreciation Sale with some major discounts on several first party Nintendo video games that include Mario Kart 8 Deluxe, Super Mario Odyssey, and more. Walmart has price matched several of these games but you can also get an extra $10 on top by applying coupon code “SAVE3X“. You can get these games for as low as $31.97, which borders into Black Friday level pricing. Your mileage may vary (it might not work for you) but we’ve confirmed that it is working for a lot of people. Here are the coupon code’s official details:

  • Valid on your first three online pickup or delivery orders
  • Only for new customers (although it actually works for many returning customers)
  • Minimum order of $35.

Nintendo Customer Appreciation Sale at Walmart

Note that although all of these games are for the original Switch console, they’re also all playable on the Nintendo Switch 2. Some of them have “enhanced for Switch 2” editions, but you’ll have to pay extra for the upgrade. Depending on the game, that’s an extra $10-$20. The improvements include optimized graphical and framerate updates to take advantage of the Switch 2 hardware and, in some cases, free upgrade packs that include new levels or maps.

You can also get a discount on a Switch 2 memory card

Nintendo Switch 2 Compatible

Onn 512GB Micro SDXC Express Card

22

Nintendo Switch 2 Compatible

Onn 256GB Micro SDXC Express Card

19

Walmart exclusively has the best price on Switch 2 memory cards. The Onn 512GB MicroSD Express Memory Card is in stock for $84.77 and the 256GB model is also in stock for $46.77, both with free shipping. You can use the coupon code “SAVE3X” to take an additional $10 off either memory card! The prices drop to $74.77 and $36.77, respectively.

The Switch 2 only comes with 256GB of onboard storage and it will run out faster than you think. If you have a standard MicroSD card from your previous Switch, it won’t work on the Switch 2. Although the two might look similar, the MicroSD Express card is much faster than its precedessor. The Onn model boasts speeds of 800MB/s write and 600MB/s read.

The Switch Pro controller is also on sale

Nintendo Switch Pro Controller

1

The Switch 2 Pro controller is arguably the best gamepad for the Nintendo Switch 2 console, but not everyone wants to pay $90 for it. Instead, why not consider the original Switch Pro controller – which has identical build quality and ergonomics and native Switch 2 compatibility – for 40% less?

Amazon and Walmart are selling the original Nintendo Switch Pro controller for just $55.97 with free shipping. I recently posted a similar deal earlier this month, but they were for used units. This time around, you’re getting one that’s new.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Every Fourth Wing Board Game Adaption Released So Far

Rebecca Yarros’ Empyrean series has taken the romantasy genre by storm over the past few years. With three books so far, an upcoming graphic novel, and a TV show in the works, there’s never been a better time to be a fan of Fourth Wing.

And while the TV series is likely the most exciting adaptation the books will ever see, Fourth Wing has already quietly been making its way into the tabletop space over the last couple of years. There are now four Fourth Wing board games you can buy, and probably more on their way.

The rise of romantasy tabletop games is a fairly recent thing. For the Empyrean series it all began with the release of Priorities Fourth Wing Edition last year. Since then we’ve gotten an original strategy game and two branded Monopoly games out of the franchise. This same tabletop arc also seems to be happening for Sarah J. Maas’ ACOTAR series simultaneously.

Fourth Wing: Rise of the Wingleader

Fourth Wing: Rise of the Wingleader

0

Fourth Wing: Rise of the Wingleader is the only original board game for the series so far. Created by Goliath Games, Rise of the Wingleader is a strategy board game that incorporates cards with custom artwork, dragon pieces, and a round game board. You also get a nice metal bookmark alongside the board game itself.

Priorities Fourth Wing Edition

Priorities Fourth Wing Edition

0

Priorities is a popular party game that requires players to essentially rank their “priorities” of certain topics. The Fourth Wing version of that is a re-skin of the original game and is just as straightforward. There’s a huge stack of cards featuring things from the books and players pull five cards and rank them from best to worst. This is a cooperative game, so everyone in the squad is in this together.

Monopoly Deal Fourth Wing Edition

Monopoly Deal Fourth Wing Edition

0

Monopoly Deal: Fourth Wing follows the same standard rules of Monopoly Deal, but with an Emperien series glow-up. The primary goal of the game is to be the first player to successfully collect three complete property sets of different colors. Each player will also be given a Signet card that will give them a unique special ability.

Monopoly Fourth Wing Edition

Monopoly Fourth Wing Edition

0

Fourth Wing Monopoly functions like regular Monopoly, but with easter eggs sprinkled in from the books. Instead of the classic game pieces, there are seven different colored metal dragon pieces representing the different types of dragons in the game. This includes Violet Sorrengail’s Tairn (Black) and Andarna (Golden Feathertail) as well as Xaden’s Blue Daggertail Sgaeyl. The game also replaces the usual property pieces with Outposts and Strongholds which can be used to claim notable locations from the books, like the Parapet, the Gauntlet, and Aretia.

Jacob Kienlen

Senior Audience Development Strategist

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

‘This Is a Place You Come to Work Hard’ — Wardogs CEO Justifies Crunch as a Balancing Act

Joe Brammer, the CEO of Wardogs developer Bulkhead, has stated that the studio avoids hiring people who aren’t willing to crunch.

In an interview with The Game Business, Brammer was asked about the studio’s approach to crunch. He noted that he values balance, but not in the way people may think. Instead of traditional work weeks, the team will push harder for a handful of months, but then have the opportunity to take their foot off the gas without fear of retaliation.

“For the last three months, Wardogs has been a lot more important than a lot of their family lives,” said Brammer. “It has been, because that’s what pays the money for them. But now Bulkhead has to acknowledge that it needs to go the other way. For example, everyone is pushing us to get console out earlier.

“We’ve just said, ‘No, you don’t understand, that’s not how it’s going to work. We can’t push them more. We’re not doing that. It’s going to release in 2028 when we say it’s going to release.’ So, for me it’s about balance and helping people and making sure they have a company where they can say, ‘I’m tapping out,’ and not feel like they’re going to get fired for tapping out.”

Brammer went on to note that it has become harder to crunch due to the team getting older and trying to start families. He stated that they initially offered 10-week paternity leave, but eventually had to ditch it because the employees’ partners were struggling to handle them going back to work. Instead, Bulkhead now offers 2-weeks of paternity leave and gives half-days to employees as a way of making the transition easier for the families.

Brammer also stated that they don’t hire people who actively speak out against crunch in the industry on social media, as he believes they won’t be a good fit for Bulkhead.

“A lot of people who may have an issue with crunch — rightly so, I understand that issue, we always try and avoid it, but we don’t hide that this is going to happen at some point — they often don’t make it in the door,” he says. “We want to be known for that: this is a place you come to work hard. If you care about the work you’re making and the result of what you make here, you’ll feel really valued. If you don’t, you will feel slave-driven.”

Brammer’s belief that the team must crunch has prompted Bulkhead to create incentives for developers. The team dishes out a “meaningful amount” in bonuses and shares in the company to select employees, though not everyone is eligible.

“If we’re going to be a company who says, ‘we do crunch’, then we have to also say, ‘but you get something for it,'” he said. “We want people to know that those people who do work hard get that return, and it is life-changing.”

Wardogs has already sold a whopping 2 million copies in less than a week, meaning those incentivized employees are probably (hopefully) being justly compensated. The game is sitting near the top of Steam’s most played games chart and is continuing to grow as word of mouth spreads. As noted by Brammer, Wardogs is also coming to consoles in 2028, and the team is going to take its sweet time getting there.

Cade Onder

Freelance Writer

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Warner Bros. Reportedly Regrets Torching Zack Snyder’s DC Universe and Battling With Him on Justice League

A Warner Bros. executive expressed regret over battling Zack Snyder on his vision for DC, according to the director.

In a new interview with Variety, Zack Snyder spoke about the implosion of his DC universe, calling it a “low point.” The director revealed that a former Warner Bros. executive told Snyder that he was “right about everything” and expressed remorse over battling him on his vision for the DC universe.

“I met with this executive at Warner Bros. who’s long gone since — I won’t say who it was — and he said to me, ‘You know, Zack, I’ve got to tell you one thing: You were right about everything.’ And I was like, ‘That’s kind of you.’ And he goes, ‘We were fighting you, and in the end you were right.’ […] They did this attempt to control it — and I’m just talking about the regime that was there that’s no longer there.

“They had this massive IP that’s worth a ton, and I can understand wanting to protect it as best they could since all their jobs depended on it working, and they’d put it in the hands of a madman — or so they thought — so the part of them thinking that, and this is going to sound horrible, ‘This thing that happened to Zack is a window for us to take the movie back now.'”

Warner Bros. spent years battling with Snyder on his DC universe, as the director wanted to tell darker, more grounded stories that broke the established rules of a lot of these iconic characters. Man of Steel ended with Superman snapping General Zod’s neck, Batman v Superman sees Batman killing and branding people, and there were plans to turn Superman into a violent ruler of Earth in future films. Once fans started to respond negatively, WB started to push back and compromise Snyder’s vision.

Snyder also noted that he’s never seen the theatrical cut of Justice League, which was a Frankenstein-ed version of Snyder’s original movie and another version by Joss Whedon. Whedon was brought in to lighten the film’s tone, bring it under 2 hours, and also remove a variety of elements, such as the presence of Darkseid, who was seemingly being built up as DC’s Thanos.

Justice League Snyder Cut: All the Known Differences From the Theatrical Version

Snyder’s wife, Deborah Snyder, was a producer on his DC films and saw Whedon’s cut ahead of its release. She warned him to never watch it, seemingly realizing that it would break his heart knowing it was no longer his vision. The film was critically panned, bombed at the box office, and for all intents and purposes, killed the DC universe as we knew it then. Although it would hobble along for a few more years, the synergy and cohesion that fans expected was gone, as studio heads tried to find a path forward while talent like Ben Affleck fled.

“I’ve never seen it,” said Snyder. “There was a point when the movie was released that was a low point for me because the pile-on effect was so insane. Not only did I lose my daughter, but also they’ve released this version of the movie that I had nothing to do with and my name is on a movie that I didn’t make.

Snyder shot the entire film, but had to step away during post-production after his daughter committed suicide. After years of fan pressure, Snyder was able to eventually finish and release his vision of Justice Leauge, which was four hours long. While it’s not for everyone, most fans agree that it is a much better movie than Whedon’s cut.

DC was properly rebooted last year with James Gunn’s Superman, which was followed up by 2026’s Supergirl. Snyder noted he hasn’t seen either, deeming his relationship to DC “too personal.”

“I haven’t seen the movies,” said Snyder. “It’s a little bit too personal for me. Too soon, I guess you could say. I do like James [Gunn]. And I do have an appreciation for his [vision].

Snyder has moved on from superheroes and is gearing up for a proper release of his latest passion project, The Last Photograph. IGN saw the film at TIFF and gave it a 4/10, slamming it for a lack of substance.

“A film that points at big ideas about image-making without ever moving towards them, Zack Snyder’s passion project The Last Photograph is a languid, plodding revenge saga,” reads an excerpt from the review. “Despite trying to frame beauty and brutality side by side, it’s rife with the kind of ugliness it isn’t ready to confront, rooted in dimensionless characters who are too similarly stoic to make for a meaningful or engaging journey.”

Cade Onder

Freelance Writer

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

HBO Boss All But Confirms The Last of Us Show Will End With Season 3

The CEO of HBO says he “thinks” The Last of Us showrunner Craig Mazin has planned for the series to end on a third and final season.

HBO’s adaptation of Naughty Dog’s critically-acclaimed game franchise is coming to an end. At least, that’s what the Chairman and CEO of HBO and Max Content, Casey Bloys, all but admitted to Deadline during the streamer’s Emmys afterparty on Monday.

Speaking with the outlet, Bloys stated that The Last of Us Season 3 will take place in 2027, though he didn’t have a specific date to share. He also wouldn’t directly confirm whether or not it would be the show’s last season, but said he “thinks” it’s been planned as the end of the series.

“I think [showrunner] Craig [Mazin] has planned it as the final season,” he told Deadline.

The Last of Us Season 2 Episode 1: TV Show vs Game Comparison

This isn’t a huge surprise; Bloys has been indicating as much for the last year, telling Deadline in January when asked if Season 3 will be the show’s last that “it certainly seems that way, but on decisions like that, we will defer to the showrunners. So you can ask them.”

However, in May 2025, Craig Mazin was singing a decidedly different tune, saying a fourth season was necessary to wrap everything up.

“There’s no way to complete this narrative in a third season,” he told Collider at the time. “Hopefully, we’ll earn our keep enough to come back and finish it in a fourth. That’s the most likely outcome.”

Season 3 of TLOU was announced before Season 2 had ever started. The show’s first season was met with critical acclaim, with IGN’s Simon Cardy scoring the show a nine out of 10. Its second season, however, stumbled, with many viewers taking issue with Bella Ramsey’s portrayal of Ellie in the adult stage of her life. IGN scored Season 2 a seven out of 10, with Cardy saying it was “still good, but it’s also a sequel that struggles because it’s only half of the story.”

While it’s looking more likely than ever that the show might be coming to an end next year, Naughty Dog has made it clear that it isn’t done with its flagship zombie franchise, even though it stepped back in its involvement with HBO’s screen adaptation for its third season.

“It’s important for us to note that as the creator of the games, Naughty Dog is still the steward of this IP and even though this might be the end of this adaptation,” Naughty Dog boss Neil Druckmann said to the Washington Post earlier this month. “We’re not done with The Last of Us. There’s a couple projects in the works that, when the time is right, I’m very excited to talk about.”

For now, the studio is focused on its next offering, Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet, which recently finished filming its performance capture in August — though its lack of an appearance at the September 2026 State of Play left some fans disappointed.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Former Tekken Director Katsuhiro Harada Says His Next Game Will Be a ‘Surprise’

Katsuhiro Harada, former leader of the Tekken franchise, is finally revealing some details about his next game currently in the works at his independent development house, VS Studio.

Harada famously exited Bandai Namco earlier this year, leaving his decades-long post at the company as Tekken’s guiding force to make his own studio. A subsidiary of SNK, VS Studio has been slowly building its ranks over the last few months, snagging several former members of Tekken’s key development staff.

And while he’s been pretty quiet about what exactly VS Studio is cooking up, he shed some light on its current projects in a September 2026 interview with VideoGamesChronicle, and it’s tentatively looking like good news for fans of his previous games.

When asked if VS Studio’s next game would be a fighting game, or if the development house aims to be a “genre-agnostic” company, Harada had this to say: “What I can say is that there are some members who I have worked with in the past who have joined the company, but this is purely voluntary.

“…the title that we are creating has not been disclosed, but as I said earlier, I don’t want to betray our fans’ expectations. The game that we’re developing will be some kind of surprise, but rest assured, it is not something that is outside of expectations,” he answered.

While this statement doesn’t affirm anything, it does point to the fact that Harada is making something that is at least somewhat in the realm of what fans are expecting — and that, to us, sounds a lot like a fighting game. (It’s also worth noting that Harada himself said he wanted to develop a new fighting game in an interview with Den-fami Nico Gamer after the news of VS Studio was first announced.) Whether it’s a totally new IP or a new installment of an existing franchise remains to be seen, but SNK’s chief publishing officer, Ozan Kocoglu, says VS Studio isn’t opposed to both making original titles and expanding on their previous works.

Tekken 8 Reina Screenshots

“I think it can be both. I don’t think we should be limited to one road or the other. I think Harada-san can bring a wealth of experience into supporting our existing IPs in growing in a different way, or going to the next stage alongside people like Oda-san. But at the same time, as SNK is growing to become much bigger and a new company, we also need fresh ideas,” he said.

“We also need to build new IP pillars that, you know, he could be working on, so that they can actually enrich the SNK portfolio beyond what we have. I definitely see Harada-san being able to do both, and it will depend on what he wants to do and how, and especially on which IP he could collaborate on with some of our development leads in the future.”

Kocoglu revealed that SNK is in a period of “aggressive growth,” saying the company needs a “fresh perspective” in order to keep moving forward. He also sees “no reason” why VS Studio should be a “one-off” for SNK, calling Harada a “great addition in terms of DNA with what we’ve been building so far.”

“But do we want to stop at only VS Studio? I don’t think that’s the idea. I think it’s going to be, okay, what are the new opportunities we can find in the market? How do we want to grow as a company? Personally, I think SNK has a strong DNA in action-related games. So anyone who makes an action-related project could potentially join us in the future on a case-by-case basis,” he added.

Harada went on to say that VS Studio has a “very high level of freedom,” and that while the team can “create anything we want,” they’re still beholden to what fans and players expect of them.

“What I want to protect is what I’m good at, as well as meet the expectations that my fans have. On top of that, I also want to collaborate with SNK. We can share the video game expertise that we have and enhance our strengths for both of us in terms of the ways to create video games. So, focusing on what I’m good at, keeping in mind player expectations as well, and having close collaboration with SNK,” he said.

Harada also opened up about his thoughts on the future of the Tekken franchise now that he’s left Bandai Namco, revealing that he’s been mentoring existing members of its staff while he works to grow VS Studio.

“I have no knowledge of what Tekken has in store after my departure, so I think it would be great if you could all reach out to Bandai Namco. For now, I can only speculate, like how fans are speculating as well. But one thing I can say is that I have been working hard to mentor the team members of Tekken, and I can guarantee that the members who are still working on it have evolved and grown. So I’m looking forward to the future of Tekken as a fan.”

Tekken 8, it seems, is joining the ranks of other mainline fighting games who are adding wildcard guest characters to their rosters, with Baki’s Yujiro Hanma set to join the fight in early 2027. We got the chance to interview Tekken series chief producer Naoya Yasuda about why the team chose this character and how in the world they plan on balancing the game around the ‘strongest man on earth’ when he finally drops next year.

Image Credits: SIA KAMBOU/AFP via Getty Images

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Golden Axe Animated Series Review

Golden Axe debuts September 16 on Paramount+.

It’s understandable to feel somewhat cynical and pre-exhausted about Golden Axe going into it, simply because the entire approach of a snarky, self-aware animated series is, generally speaking, very well worn territory at this point and can feel like something of a safety net rather than trying for a more straightforward and earnest approach. Then there’s also the fact that joke-driven fantasy stories in particular are also quite familiar terrain both in and out of animation, encompassing everything from The Princess Bride to Dungeons & Dragons: Honor Among Thieves.

Having seen the entire first season, I can say that Golden Axe is certainly doing what you’d expect, as it takes the characters and concepts from the 1989 SEGA game and its sequels and remixes them into a decidedly wacky, high energy cartoon. But after some initial bumps in the road, the series gradually grew on me through its ten episodes thanks to some solid laughs, great voice acting, and its overall good nature.

Obviously adapting any familiar IP is tricky territory, as fans can be just a tiny bit possessive and sensitive about how a beloved pre-existing universe is handled — just ask Zach Cregger — but Golden Axe feels like a safer title than some for going this route. Its heyday was in the arcade era, its most recent installment was a poorly received 2008 game, and it never had the deepest or most complex mythology. Of course, you’ll still find many many angry comments below Golden Axe’s trailer saying that they’re upset that this is a comedic take on the serious property they remember. I get it, but also… it’s Golden Axe, guys! It’s a genuinely fun game, but as someone who’s old enough to have fond memories of playing the original in arcades, it’s also not a title we need to be precious about, especially given that this show never feels spiteful about its source material.

The game’s original heroic trio of Ax Battler, Tyris Flare, and Gilius Thunderhead all play large roles here, but the story kicks off with Gilius having a spat with the others that leads to him splitting off from them on a parallel quest through the land of Yuria alongside an overeager protogree named Hampton Squib, who’s the main new addition to the canon in this series. Meanwhile, Ax and Tyris replace Gilius with Chronos, a character culled from Golden Axe III, while all the characters simultaneously hope to take down the villainous Death Adder, who has control of the powerful weapon known as the Golden Axe.

If there’s a lead character in this ensemble, it’s definitely Gilius the battle dwarf, voiced here by the always excellent Matthew Rhys, currently riding high on much deserved adoration for Widow’s Bay. Rhys is incredibly fun playing the crusty and stubborn Gilius, going big when the scene calls for it in all the right ways. If you’ve enjoyed hearing him yell out in terror on Widow’s Bay, you’ll also enjoy some of Rhys’ reactions here, including an especially prolonged scream at one point.

Golden Axe TV Series

Voicing Hampton, Danny Pudi makes for a perfect partner for Rhys, bringing just the right kind of youthful, optimistic energy the character calls for (it doesn’t matter that Pudi’s pushing 50 in real life; this is a cartoon!). And Liam McIntyre, Lisa Gilroy, and Carl Tart all know exactly the kind of humorously self-confident vibes with which to imbue their characters, voicing Ax, Tyris, and Chronos respectively.

Still, with the show keeping our heroes in two distinct groups for so much of the season, there’s stronger material for the Gilius and Hampton portions overall, with the dimwitted Ax and the arrogant Tyris sometimes providing too similar of a feel with their single-minded, overconfident approach. Chronos the cat man — or panther man if you ask him — at least provides a different, more offbeat energy.

The tone and sense of humor of Golden Axe evokes the likes of Rick and Morty and Star Trek: Lower Decks, and also replicates the strengths and weaknesses of those series and others like them. This isn’t a shock, given that Golden Axe has writers who worked on Rick and Morty, and that one of the two creators — Mike McMahan, teamed here with Joe Chandler — was in fact the creator of Lower Decks as well.

Like those series, Golden Axe is rapid fire with its jokes, with mixed results. There are some duds to be sure, and some gags are way too telegraphed or obvious, but there are also many really strong and even outright hysterical moments as well as we watch these guys and their enemies hack and slash their way across the land, mega-gore included. One particularly strong ongoing element is how the series uses the game’s skeleton warriors, who get to represent all sorts of different mundane personality types as we see them make small talk, bully one another, or complain when they can’t hear their boss’ big speech.

Shades of Lower Decks and Rick and Morty, Golden Axe can be a lot at times, feeling overly frenetic and sometimes outright abrasive with its in-your-face approach. But after the early episodes lean dangerously far in this direction, the pacing improves as the season continues, and the characters become better defined and more likable, including the addition of a notably upbeat skeleton voiced by the always welcome presence of Stephanie Beatriz.

The show rarely breaks the fourth wall outright — though the funny offscreen narrator, voiced by SungWon Cho, certainly pushes things further — but continually takes a winking approach to both video game tropes in general and to elements of Golden Axe specifically. Yes, the wonderfully ridiculous name Ax Battler, and the fact that the dude uses a sword and not an axe, is addressed in a scene that is both amusing yet also certainly low-hanging fruit.

It’s comedically deconstructing the familiar aspects of the IP with which it’s working, but from the perspective of someone who definitely understands and knows the original well.“

I particularly loved how the show incorporates the magic potions from the game, and the bizarre manner in which you’d replenish those potions by literally kicking small little creatures known as Thieves. The show’s exploration of what exactly the deal is with one of these Thieves, his home life included, is one of the season’s highlights. Also a standout is the fifth episode of the season, which comes up with a plot device to directly recreate the game’s imagery in an entertaining manner.

The self-parody and winking approach feels like it’s done with affection in Golden Axe. As with Lower Decks, it’s comedically deconstructing the familiar aspects of the IP with which it’s working, but from the perspective of someone who definitely understands and knows the original well. It doesn’t come across as either mockery or self-loathing, because yes, the beast from the games known as Chicken Leg is in this show, and yes, he’s very silly but he’s also very lovable.

Here’s Why Xbox ‘Protected’ the Development of Fable, Amid Layoffs and Studio Closures

Fable maker Playground Games has detailed how its upcoming RPG survived a decade in development, amid layoffs and studio closures across the rest of Xbox.

Early work on building Fable’s team began in 2017, just a year after Microsoft shut down classic Fable maker Lionhead Studios. 10 years on, Playground Games’ Fable will finally launch after a mammoth development, into a very different gaming landscape.

When work on Fable began, Xbox was still to acquire We Happy Few maker Compulsion Games, Psychonauts studio Double Fine, State of Decay developer Undead Labs, or Hellblade team Ninja Theory — all companies it subsequently cast adrift this summer. Xbox was yet to set up The Initiative, the team it pumped millions into for the purposes of making Perfect Dark, then closed after 7 years with nothing to show for it. There was no sign Xbox would splash out $7.5 billion on Bethesda (including id, MachineGames, and the now-divested Tango Gameworks). And there was certainly no inkling it would drop $68.7 billion on Activision Blizzard.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

Likewise, there was no telling that Microsoft’s many acquisitions would be followed by successive waves of layoffs. 1,900 jobs were slashed in January 2024, many from the newly-acquired Activision Blizzard, while at least 650 staff were let go later that year, and Redfall maker Arkane Austin was closed. Last year, meanwhile, 9,000 staff departed Microsoft as the company pivoted towards AI spending, wiping out The Initiative and scores of workers from both Forza Motorsport team Turn 10 and veteran British outfit Rare, which saw its meandering work on Everwild ended after more than a decade.

And there were this year’s layoffs, the first to come from new Xbox boss Asha Sharma. These will ultimately end up hitting 3,200 workers, with significant doubt now placed on the future of Marvel’s Blade maker Arkane Lyon.

So, how did Fable survive all of that? Speaking to The Guardian, director Ralph Fulton explained that the Fable franchise simply remained “vital” to Xbox.

“I genuinely think Fable is an important game,” Fulton said. “What has protected us over a long development cycle is that so many people within Xbox view Fable as vital to the DNA of the platform.

“I would go a step further and say it’s important to video games as a whole,” he continued. “It offers a combination of elements that simply doesn’t exist anywhere else.”

Video games do not typically get the luxury of having decade-long development cycles, and it does feel like Fable is one of Xbox’s few core brands that remain central to the platform, alongside Halo, Forza and Gears of War. Compared to these, it’s perhaps not a surprise to see Xbox push on with the game’s lengthy road to release, even as it ditched untested ideas like Everwild (which seemed some way from release still, even after a decade in the oven). And then there’s the fact that, while one team within Playground was busy building Fable, another was just as busy pumping out its hugely-successful and well-regarded Forza Horizon games, which will certainly have helped pay the bills.

Whatever the case, we’re very happy Fable is now nearing the end of its journey — and looking forward to playing it when it finally arrives on February 23, 2027.

Tom Phillips

News Editor

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

$13 Resident Evil PS5 Discs, Samsung P9 MicroSD Express Card, and MTG Lorwyn Eclipsed

Nintendo’s Customer Appreciation Sale continues today, but beyond those incredible discounts, lots of other items are on sale. You can pick up the Resident Evil PS5 discs for just $13 or score a GameSir Cyclone 2 Wireless Pro Controller for only $40. Plus, Amazon has restocked some Pokemon TCG, if you’re looking to add to your collection.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for September 15

Take a look at all the deals, and then find out even more by reading the blurbs below:

$13 Resident Evil PS5 Discs and More Resident Evil Deals

Four Resident Evil PS5 games are down to just $12.99 each for Best Buy’s Deal of the Day, and Amazon has matched the prices. Resident Evil 2, Resident Evil 3, Resident Evil 4, and Resident Evil 7 Biohazard Gold Edition all received that solid discount and are great buys if you’re looking to add more discs to your PS5 collection. This incredible horror game franchise from Capcom tackles everything from bioterrorism to mutations, and if you haven’t played the games yet, these remakes are worth grabbing.

You can also pick up the latest Resident Evil Game, Requiem, on sale. It’s $44.99 for PS5, XSX, and Switch 2. That’s the lowest I’ve seen.

Resident Evil Requiem – PlayStation 5

0

Resident Evil Requiem – XBOX Series X

0

Resident Evil Requiem – Nintendo Switch 2

0

The Samsung P9 Express MicroSD Express Card Drops to Lowest Price in Months

Samsung P9 Express microSDXC Express Memory Card 512GB

0

IGN’s top budget microSD Express card for Switch 2 just dropped significantly on Amazon. The 512GB Samsung P9 Express is down to $109.99. That’s more than it was at the beginning of the year, but storage prices continue to rise. This card delivers solid sequential read and write times, and it’s one of the most reliable options out there for putting into your Switch 2. Of course, you can also pick up the Onn cards at Walmart for cheaper, but Samsung’s offering will likely last much longer.

Onn 512GB Micro SDXC Express Card

7

Onn 256GB Micro SDXC Express Card

0

MTG Lorwyn Eclipsed Play Booster Box for $120

Magic: the Gathering Lorwyn Eclipsed – Play Booster Box

0

Amazon has slashed the price of Magic’s Lorwyn Eclipsed Play Booster Box. It’s back down to $119.99, just $2 off the lowest price ever. That brings the 30 Play Booster packs in the box to $4 each. Each pack even guarantees a foil. If you haven’t checked it out yet, MTG: Lorwyn Eclipsed is a really nice set full of awesome fantasy creatures.

Save $16 on the GameSir Cyclone 2 Wireless Pro Controller

GameSir Cyclone 2 Wireless Pro Controller

0

The GameSir Cyclone 2 Wireless Pro Controller is only $40.10 on AliExpress through the official GameSir store. Just enter the code “FSUS04” at checkout for extra savings, plus shipping is included. The Cyclone 2 is a multiplatform controller that connects via 2.4GHz dongle, Bluetooth, or wired USB-C to PC, Switch 2, Android, and more. The microswitch ABXY buttons are tactile, and the TMR sticks are precise. Hall Effect analog triggers can switch to a hair-trigger Micro mode, adding to the controller’s versatility. It even includes an aluminum alloy charging dock.

Pokemon TCG Restocks on Amazon

Good news! Amazon has restocked a few popular Pokemon TCG sets. Bad news! Almost all of them are well above MSRP and even market value. Still, if you want the peace of mind of purchasing directly from Amazon, there’s plenty to pick up. The only solid deal is on the Destined Rivals ETB, which is sitting right around market value. Otherwise, you can pick up the Prismatic Evolutions Super-Premium Collection for $265, the Journey Together ETB for $163, or the Phantasmal Flames Booster Display Box for $450.

Batman 4K Film Collection Hits Lowest Price of the Year

Batman 4K Film Collection

0

The Batman 4K Film Collection is down to its lowest price this year. In this awesome box set, you’ll get the four films released from 1989 to 1997: Batman, Batman Returns, Batman Forever, and Batman & Robin. It’s my favorite era of Batman thanks to the incredible childhood nostalgia and fun, campy vibe. All the films are in stunning 4K UHD with HDR and include special features. This set makes a great addition to any physical media collection.

$11 Off a $100 PS Store Gift Card

Sony PlayStation Store $100 Gift Card (Email Delivery)

0

The PS5-exclusive title Wolverine is out today. While there likely won’t be any significant discounts on the game soon, Newegg’s PlayStation Store Gift Card deal is a great way to save a few bucks on that game or even a GTA VI preorder. Right now, you can pick up a $100 gift card for $89 with the code “GGUF434” at checkout. It should arrive via email shortly after purchase. After adding it to your account, it can be used to buy games, DLC, subscriptions, and more.

Flashforge Adventurer 3D Printer Drops to $138

FlashForge Adventurer 5M CoreXY 3D Printer

0

The entry-level Flashforge Adventurer 5M is discounted. This 3D printer is available directly from FlashForge’s official store on AliExpress for $138 with free shipping with the coupon code “15USAFF”. It features a stable CoreXY structure and an open bed with a build volume of around 8.7″ cubed. Print speeds are solid at 600mm/s and 20,000mm/s² acceleration, while the easy assembly and intuitive 4.3″ color touchscreen control panel will have you printing in no time.

AOC 15.6″ 1080p USB-C Portable Monitor for $49.99

AOC 15.6″ USB Portable Monitor

0

After some extra screen real estate for your laptop or Switch 2? The AOC 15.6″ USB Portable Monitor (16T20) is down to $49.99 on Amazon and brings a 1080p resolution, 60Hz refresh rate, wide view angles, and built-in speakers. It does all of this while keeping it compact, weighing under 1.54 pounds and measuring just 0.38″ thin. Connectivity is simple too, as it’s rocking two USB-C ports and one mini HDMI port.

$10 or More Off Pragmata

Pragmata has dropped to the lowest price I’ve seen. A PS5 disc, Switch 2 Key Card, PC Steam Code, and XSX are all discounted. This sci-fi hack-and-shoot game from Capcom earned an 8/10 rating in IGN’s review. Reviewer Michael Higham found: “Its old-school approach to level design and pacing provides a decent foundation for what it does best: heavy, satisfying shooting and a unique real-time puzzle system that deepens its action.”

Save $24 on the Switch Pro Controller

Nintendo Switch Pro Controller

0

While the Switch 2 Pro Controller is one of the best controllers for Nintendo’s latest console, it’s pricey. The original Switch Pro Controller is an awesome alternative, rocking many of the same features and a nearly identical design for a fraction of the cost. Sure, you won’t get the new GameChat button, two rear paddle switches, a headphone jack, and a few other features, but it’s still an awesome controller for the console. Best of all, it’s down $24 for Nintendo’s Customer Appreciation Sale, which is one of the lowest prices I’ve seen.

Check out more Nintendo deals below:

Factory Reconditioned AirPods Max 2 for $329

Apple AirPods Max 2 Wireless Over-Ear Headphones

0

“Factory reconditioned” AirPods Max 2 are down to just $329 on Amazon-owned Woot, with free shipping for Prime members. Woot notes that the headphones have “been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage & has successfully passed a full diagnostic test”. It’s over $100 less than what a new pair of the headphones is going for on Amazon right now, so it’s an incredible deal. Featuring improved noise cancellation, better adaptive noise canceling and transparency mode, and an enhanced sound stage, the AirPods Max 2 have a lot to offer. The comfortable design, wired USB-C high-res audio, solid voice isolation, and more are all there too.

Super Mario Galaxy amiibos Drop to New Lows

Nintendo amiibo Mario and Luma Super Mario Galaxy + Super Mario Galaxy 2 Series

0

Nintendo amiibo Rosalina and Lumas Super Mario Galaxy + Super Mario Galaxy 2 Series

0

Both the Mario and Luma and the Rosalina and Lumas amiibos are only $24.49 at Target. That’s $10.50 off the list price and the lowest price I’ve seen since they dropped in April. Both figures are larger than your average amiibo, hence the slightly higher price tag. With Mario, when you scan it into Super Mario Galaxy + Super Mario Galaxy 2, you’ll get a life mushroom to refill your health, while a 1-Up mushroom comes with a Rosalina scan.

Get $18 Off Metroid Dread and More Switch Game Deals

Metroid Dread – Nintendo Switch [Digital Code]

0

Nintendo’s Customer Appreciation Sale is bringing tons of discounts on games, and Metroid Dread is a highlight, especially with the release of the follow-up, Metroid Ravenous, on the horizon. Metroid Dread received an “Amazing” 9/10 rating in its 2021 review, with Samuel Claiborn loving “the excellent modern combat and some of the best boss fights ever.” For top-tier exploration and platforming, get the digital download of this action-adventure game while it’s $18 off.

Check out even more Nintendo Switch game deals, including preorders, below:

Danielle Abraham

Freelance Writer

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

The Creep Tapes Season 3 Review

The Creep Tapes: Season 3 debuts September 15 on Shudder and AMC+ with the first two episodes of the 6-episode season.

It’s no easy feat keeping a series interesting once it hits its middle years, especially those with a formula or structure crucial to its core. Thankfully for Patrick Brice and Mark Duplass, the third season of their television brainchild, The Creep Tapes, shows no signs of slowing down on that front, much like high-concept cousins 24 and Lost in their time. While it’s far from the same kind of show in story and plot, the Shudder horror series is like-minded in its dedication to encouraging its concept to go as far as it needs to go. That mindset is crucial in making these kinds of shows work, and The Creep Tapes continues to prove what a winning concept centering the show on a serial killer known as Peachfuzz (or Josef, or…) and his world has been from day one.

As the show has proven in its desire to explore and play within the found footage structure — and, as a result, to push it to places we haven’t seen it go before — since the first season, that continuing desire has become a necessary foundation in keeping the audience invested in Peachfuzz’s twisted story. In Season 3, that spirited sense of experimentation still permeates the entire project in a way that feels fresh and inspired.

It’s no easy feat keeping a series interesting once it hits its middle years, but the third season of The Creep Tapes shows no signs of slowing down.“

The found footage conundrum, where filmmakers sometimes struggle to build stories that don’t feel laden with overdone tropes of the subgenre, is almost nowhere to be found in the show’s latest batch of tapes. Sure, the series still sometimes relies on the basic premise that got it here in the first place, and employs classic found footage tropes that are staples of the medium — even rendering the episodes a tad slow here and there — but it almost always ups the ante in the next moment. In fact, this season reaches some serious heights with a top-notch episode that takes place on a private plane… and that’s all I’m giving you, because I refuse to spoil an excellent episode that you should see for yourself. It’s once again clear that Brice and Duplass aren’t messing around when it comes to crafting killer compact narratives that service the greater story.

Speaking of story, the films that started the Creep Tapes saga — 2014’s Creep, starring Duplass and Brice; and 2017’s Creep 2, with Duplass and the smart and fierce Desiree Akhavan — laid pretty basic but wonderful groundwork for a tale that could’ve stayed simple. The movies packed a punch with the basic premise, but then The Creep Tapes went back over previously tread ground and tilled the soil again, allowing its audience to discover what was buried beneath. Season 3 is no exception, and though we’re still discovering pieces to the puzzle, it feels very satisfying to see new bread crumbs being laid in the wonderful cosmic trenches that are Peachfuzz’s secretive origins and upbringing.

Another element of the series that continues to keep us hungry for more Creep is Duplass himself. He’s been playing this character for over a decade now, and it so easily could’ve lost its spark for him somewhere along the way, especially with the found footage conceit, which can be limiting to those unwilling or unable to think outside the box. Instead, Peachfuzz has only become more intriguing and enticing to the man who embodies him, and boy does it show in the work. Duplass is just as smug, beguiling, unsettling, and downright insane as ever in Season 3, and he reminds the audience once again that this character is one that deserves a permanent spot in the horror hall of fame.

As always, Duplass and his monumental character would be incomplete, and far less interesting to watch, without a cast of victims as well crafted as he is. All of Peachfuzz’s prey thus far bring a sense of sobering humanity (and various degrees of hilarity) to the terrifying, unfortunate, and almost absurd situation of being stuck in the same place as our central antagonist. It’s both a writing and a performance thing, and this season’s crop of guest stars is as good as ever. They each elicit the sledgehammer smack and subsequent ache of tragic irony needed for their demise — and this concept as a whole — to be effective.

Though every victim brings something to the table, the standouts this season are particularly bright lights within the darkness of this story. Kate Siegel presents something of a match for Peachfuzz and feels similar to Duplass’ wife Katie Aselton in her surprising and smart Season 2 episode and Akhavan before her in Creep 2. She’s raucous and wild — which he taps into with verve and spunk as he pretends to be an aging rockstar throughout the episode — and almost as unpredictable as he is. It’s always fun to watch a character try to step up to Peachfuzz before succumbing to his mind tricks and swift killing hands, and Siegel scratches that itch beautifully.

Duplass and Brice have met that sentiment with an inventiveness that taps into true terror at every turn time and time again. “

Meanwhile, in the aforementioned private plane episode, Rekha Shankar shines as an eager journalist chasing a story by any means necessary, even if said means involve an apparently swanky plane ride. She embodies the crucial qualities of a good journalist — studious, curious, kind, unflinching — and does a brilliant job of crumbling realistically when the insanity hits the fan. One of my favorite alternative comedians and actors, Jeffrey Self, also brings his strong comedic chops to the episode as the flight attendant on board, and when he and Peachfuzz go head-to-head in a personality clash, it reminds the audience how funny this show can really be. Finally, I’d be remiss not to mention Ora Duplass, who gives a smart and naturalistic performance in the season finale opposite a pitch-perfect nice guy turn from Elliott Fullam of the Terrifier films.

All of this is to ask one thing about The Creep Tapes as it gives us a third season: Do we want more at this point? It’s a question that has been asked a few times now about this franchise, with a premise and character that could feel like overkill fast without the right treatment. The answer has been yes thus far, and Duplass and Brice have met that sentiment with an inventiveness that taps into true terror at every turn time and time again. Based on what the pair cooked up for us this time around, the answer thankfully continues to be yes.

Wolverine Developer Insomniac Promises to ‘Further Refine the Player Experience’

Marvel’s Wolverine developer Insomniac has said it’s planning to “further refine the player experience” based on feedback, while insisting it’s “incredibly proud” of the game.

Wolverine is currently sitting on a 77 Metascore, with IGN’s Marvel’s Wolverine review returning a 6/10. We said: “Marvel’s Wolverine’s slick and satisfying combat wears thin well before its conclusion, so much so that even its strong character work can’t quite save it from being anything more than okay.”

In a post on social media to celebrate the launch of the game this week, Insomniac said it was “actively engaged” with players to gather feedback, and promised changes.

Here’s the statement in full:

“It’s finally here — the launch day for Marvel’s Wolverine! We’re grateful to everyone who has helped us reach this special moment. Players around the world are beginning their journey with Logan and we’re excited to learn about everyone’s experiences playing the game.

“We’re incredibly proud of what the team has created. We’re also actively engaged with our player community and gathering feedback to further refine the player experience.

“We deeply appreciate our players’ passion, support, and time spent with Logan. We’re raising our claws in tribute, and can’t wait to hear about your own adventures playing Marvel’s Wolverine.”

The Best PS5 Games

The question for players is, to what extent can Insomniac “further refine” the gameplay? Perhaps it’s planning to add depth to the combat, which is at the centre of many of the review complaints. Or maybe it plans to add variety to the play spaces in some way. Given the linearity of Marvel’s Wolverine’s gameplay and the tight story it tells, it’s hard to envisage significant changes here.

However, one aspect Insomniac may be looking at is Wolverine’s infamous “fart gas,” which has become the butt of online jokes in recent weeks. Some have called for Insomniac to add the ability to disable Logan’s scent trail entirely from the game amid complaints about handholding.

The debate around this was rekindled following the publication of Marvel’s Wolverine reviews online last week, with The Washington Post journalist Gene Park calling the scent trail “fart gas” because of the way it appears behind characters Logan follows.

Jean Grey’s fart gas trail is NOT part of the navigation assist option. i turned it on and there’s another green line that tells you where to go. mission waypoint (yellow marker) is on as well and THAT can be turned off.

2nd pic i turn off the options and the gas stays. it seems… https://t.co/XSBsGa6Xj0 pic.twitter.com/cKs9uTPSG0

— Gene Park (@GenePark) September 10, 2026

There was some confusion online about the ability to turn this feature off via accessibility options. Insomniac’s official list of accessibility options for Wolverine includes a “Chase Assist,” which lets you toggle reduced movement speed for targets during chase sequences, but it does not turn off the trail. Other navigation toggles do not turn off the scent trail either.

This in turn led some to believe the scent trail is always on in-game, and so have called on Insomniac to add in the ability to turn it off. But, ahead of Wolverine’s release, Insomniac’s director of community and marketing, James Stevenson, took to social media to explain that Logan’s scent trail is baked into the way the mutant’s powers work.

“The scent trail isn’t always on,” he clarified. “It represents Logan’s canon mutant super senses and elite tracking ability. It only is there when he’s tracking a specific scent / sound (a person, whisky, or another clue scent) – story/mission moments or when he catches whiff of a collectible.”

Referencing previous discourse about Final Fantasy’s yellow paint guides, some have said Logan’s scent trails remove any potential skill required for chase sequences and any joy of discovery in exploration. Could Insomniac be prepared to make changes to the way Wolverine’s scent trail works?

The only other potential changes I can think of that wouldn’t require a significant and costly rework of the foundations of the game itself have to do with New Game Plus content. Wolverine has New Game Plus day one, and indeed Insomniac has insisted there’s plenty for players to do once they’ve beaten the story. But maybe there’s scope to add some more activities or challenges for players to sink their claws into.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

007 First Light Delayed Again on Switch 2

James Bond game 007 First Light has been delayed yet again on Nintendo Switch 2, and will now arrive in March 2027.

007 First Light was originally expected to land back in May this year on all platforms simultaneously. In April, however, Hitman developer IO Interactive announced a last-minute delay for the Switch 2 version, and stated it would now arrive this fall.

Well, that date has also now fallen through, with a further, lengthy delay until its new release window next March. In a statement posted to social media this morning, IO said it would provide an exact release date nearer the time.

007 First Light screenshots

“We know many of you have been looking forward to experiencing Bond’s reimagined origin story on Nintendo Switch 2, and we greatly appreciate your enthusiasm,” IO wrote. “To ensure we deliver the quality of experience players expect, we have made the decision to delay the release to March 2027, with the exact date to be communicated later. This additional time will go toward polishing the Nintendo Switch 2 performance of the game.

“We were thrilled by the positive feedback on 007 First Light at Gamescom, and it’s a great sign of the progress being made across the whole game as we head toward launch,” IO continued. “The same demo will be playable at Tokyo Game Show this week, so please join us there if you would like a hands-on experience.

“We will share further updates as soon as we are ready. Thank you for your patience, understanding, and continued support.”

For the majority of fans, popping over to Tokyo this week to try the Switch 2 version will likely seem a little excessive. And yet again, it’s unclear why the game’s Switch 2 version has been delayed relatively close to its expected release. If the game isn’t struggling technically, is this a decision made to launch the title when the console has a larger userbase? Is there are fear of arriving too close to GTA 6? And what are the trade-offs to waiting even longer, as hype for the game dies down? IO has not said.

IO announced the news today alongside a fresh update for First Light on PC, which adds path tracing and DLSS 4.5 Ray Reconstruction support, in a bid for even more impressive lighting, shadows and reflections. Other upcoming additions include a new story DLC centered around Bawama, the pirate king warlord played by Lenny Kravitz, plus additional TacSim challenges, a fresh gadget, New Game+, and a photo mode.

Since launch, the game has shifted a solid 4 million copies in three months, though IO itself has been rocked by layoffs as Microsoft pulled funding for its fantasy game project. There has also been confusion over what will become of First Light’s planned sequels following Amazon’s acquisition of the James Bond license.

“Demonstrably obsessed with bringing the Bond fantasy to life in a way no one has ever managed before, 007 First Light is the best Bond game I’ve ever played,” IGN wrote in our 007 First Light review, awarding the game a 009/10.

Tom Phillips

News Editor

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

US Officially Confirms It Has Deployed a Space Weapon in Earth’s Orbit

It sounds like something ripped straight out of a science fiction war movie, but it is now a reality: the U.S. has, for the first time, confirmed it has deployed a space weapon in Earth’s orbit.

Confirmation comes from Secretary of the Air Force Troy Meink, who was speaking at the Air, Space and Cyber Conference on Monday. He insisted the space weapon was about protecting U.S. forces.

As reported by CNN, Meink said:

“Today we continue to ensure we remain ready to meet the challenges of evolving threats wherever they exist. This is why the United States now has on-orbit space control weapons capable of defending the joint force against hostile adversary action.”

“It is critically important that we maintain our dominance not only in the air but in space, and so we’ve had to take steps to make sure that when we’re threatened, we can take care of that,” Meink continued.

Meink refused to explain what the weapon was capable of doing, or when it was put in orbit. Nor do we know if the weapon has already been used.

Secretary of the Air Force Troy Meink has confirmed the U.S. has deployed a space weapon. Photo by Matt Rourke-Pool/Getty Images.

U.S. officials have hinted at having offensive and defensive space capabilities for some time now, but this is the first time someone has gone on the record to confirm it. There’s a great deal of speculation about what the weapon may be. Some think it could be a kinetic weapon that could actually crash into something, perhaps a satellite, and blow it up. Others think it’s more likely a jammer or a directed energy weapon, one that wouldn’t cause damaging space debris.

The Trump administration has in the past talked about space weapons forming part of the U.S.’s anti-air ‘Golden dome’ defence system, having set up the Space Force in 2019 to work on space capabilities. A spokesperson for the U.S. Space Force told the BBC: “Space control encapsulates the mission areas required to contest and control the space domain — employing kinetic and non-kinetic means to affect adversary capabilities through disruption, degradation and even destruction, if necessary. These capabilities can be employed for offensive and defensive purposes at the direction of combatant commands.”

There are some who believe the next war could start in space, with an adversary perhaps taking out a satellite in an action that would disable communications on earth. This could in turn have a significant impact on a country’s military operations. Space weapons could also theoretically be used to knock long-range missiles that enter orbit out of their trajectory.

The Best Call of Duty Campaigns

The 1967 Outer Space Treaty bans weapons of mass destruction in orbit, but it does not prohibit the use of conventional weapons in space or the use of ground-based weapons against assets in space.

Last year, Donald Trump signed an executive order calling U.S superiority in space “a measure of national vision and willpower.” Speaking at the conference, Meink said a U.S. space-based interceptor program had moved “from initial contract to flight-ready hardware in less than one year.”

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

I Play Rocky Review

This review is based on a screening timed to the Toronto International Film Festival. I Play Rocky will be released in limited theaters on November 6 and expand nationwide on November 20.

Sometimes you can absolutely feel a movie trying oh-so-hard to evoke a reaction out of you and yet still find yourself giving in to that reaction thanks to how skillfully it’s done, and that’s very much the case with I Play Rocky.

This movie’s reason for existence and its intent feels pretty shameless, starting with Amazon MGM wanting to make more use of their Rocky franchise in a somewhat outside-the-box manner (while they wait for Michael B. Jordan to return for another Creed installment) by putting out their own origin story movie for the original 1976 film. Then there’s the fact that the very unsubtle approach is to hammer home that Sylvester Stallone was writing something deeply personal with Rocky and that hey — if you think about it — Stallone getting the movie made, with him in the starring role no less, was like a real life Rocky story!

Like I said, it’s shameless… But damn it, it sure is effective.

Anthony Ippolito plays Stallone, who we meet in the early 1970s as he’s trying and mostly failing to make it as an actor, frequently being told that he doesn’t have movie star looks, and that his slurred speaking voice especially will stop him from ever being a leading man. His new girlfriend Sasha (AnnaSophia Robb) is the one who suggests that he begin writing screenplays himself, which eventually leads him to write Rocky after he gets a meeting with successful producers Irwin Winkler (P.J. Byrne) and Robert Chartoff (Toby Kebbell), who are encouraged by his previous work.

The first half of I Play Rocky is incredibly engaging as we track the early days of Stallone and Sasha’s relationship, their financial struggles, and his quest to make it as an actor; Stallone hopes his screenplays will help open the door to that future. Ippolito is terrific as Stallone, overcoming the considerable obstacle of playing such a famous and distinct celebrity who has loomed large in pop culture for so long. Yes, he has a strong resemblance to Stallone, and yes, he manages to sound incredibly similar to Stallone; fortunately, this doesn’t feel like just skillful mimicry, but rather a fully formed onscreen character in its own right. Thanks to Ippolito’s grounded performance, you believe in his Sly Stallone’s intelligence, drive, and determination, and you believe in his deep investment in himself, even when it seems like he might be foolishly stubborn.

Robb makes for an excellent onscreen partner for him, bringing a ton of likability and feistiness to Sasha, and completely selling you on both their bond and her own belief in her eventual husband’s talent and potential. Robb gives a wonderfully emotive performance, including an especially well-played scene where she meets Sly’s dad, Frank Sr. (Matt Dillon), for the first time, and we watch as she listens to what’s being said by both men. Robb expertly shows us Sasha painfully realizing just what kind of a verbally and sometimes physically abusive household the man she loves was raised in.

The center of the film focuses heavily on the excitement Winkler and Chartoff have for the Rocky script and the willingness of studio head Sandy Maddox (Tracy Letts as a composite character based on multiple execs) to make it, only to hit a massive impasse thanks to Stallone’s outright refusal to sell the script unless he also gets to star in the movie. There’s some great material here, with Byrne conveying Winkler’s enthusiasm mixed with frustration, and Letts conveying Sandy’s pessimism mixed with intense frustration. The movie gets a lot of comic mileage out of funny moments where these Hollywood veterans are baffled by encountering someone as unwavering as Stallone, who keeps turning down increasingly huge offers.

I Play Rocky is not only genuinely engaging and heartfelt, but also frequently quite witty.“

I Play Rocky is directed by Peter Farrelly from a screenplay by Peter Gamble; it stands out as easily the director’s best film since he and his brother Bobby went their separate ways. Even fans of Farrelly’s Academy Award-winning Green Book (I am not one of them) would likely struggle to love his three straight-to-streaming follow-ups: The Greatest Beer Run Ever, Ricky Stanicky, and Balls Up. I Play Rocky, however, is not only genuinely engaging and heartfelt, but also frequently quite witty, with Farrelly reminding you that he and his brother were once delivering consistently strong comedies like Dumb and Dumber, Kingpin, and There’s Something About Mary.

The second half of I Play Rocky, where we move into the actual production of Rocky, is not quite as strong as the first. We jump through big moments and hurdles in production along the way, such as injuries sustained by Stallone or his trying to film with a non-union crew without being caught (how amusing you find that subplot will likely be fueled by your personal feelings about unions), but it feels a lot more episodic than what came before. There’s also some curious decisions made when it comes to Rocky’s supporting cast, with Carl Weathers (played by an appropriately bombastic Stephan James) given a big entrance via an audition scene followed by multiple looks at the boxing training he went through with Stallone, only to vanish completely from the movie once we’re in the actual scenes on set in which he appeared.

Meanwhile, there’s no depiction at all of the casting of other key Rocky players like Talia Shire (Kiki Seto), Burgess Meredith (Robert Morgan), or Scot Teller (Burt Young), who just appear without introductions or larger context in scenes on the Philadelphia set. This feels particularly odd for Talia, given that Stallone is shown fighting to retain standout moments in the film involving Rocky and Adrian, correctly arguing that they’re pivotal to the movie.

Still, there are some undeniably well done and exciting sequences here as we follow the fast-paced, run-and-gun approach of director John G. Avildsen (Jay Duplass) and the essential work of Garrett Brown (Michael Fuchs), whose still-new steadicam was crucial to pulling off some of the film’s iconic shots such as the run up the steps of the Philadelphia Museum of Art. In the midst of this, Ippolito is rather remarkable in a sequence where he’s not only asked to replicate one of Stallone’s career-best scenes as an actor but also let us feel the extra meaning behind it to Stallone the man (or at least Stallone the movie character), doing so in a notably impressive and impactful manner.

I Play Rocky ends on a bit of an abrupt note — it feels like it could use an extra scene or two — and you can easily nitpick the way it changes up, streamlines, or alters real-life events and specifics throughout, as you can with any biopic. But even elements that feel like they’re told through rose-colored glasses have a melancholy shadow to them as well, because we know that in real life, Stallone would eventually cheat on Sasha and they’d divorce. We also know that he’d eventually post online tirades against Winkler, calling him untalented and “unhuman” while saying he wanted the rights to Rocky back. But I Play Rocky lets us look back at an earlier time, even if it’s through the haze of nostalgia, and root for both the talented young Sly himself and those around him who helped him oh-so impressively achieve his considerable goals.

Sydney Sweeney Sparks Backlash for Nude Sports Trading App Adverts

Euphoria star Sydney Sweeney has sparked yet another backlash for an advert after appearing nude in a series of promotional videos for sports trading app Novig.

In the ads, the Madame Web star appears mostly naked, covered only by footballs, basketballs, and other sports paraphernalia. “Novig is just sports,” Sweeney says. “So they wanted to show just sports.”

The visual gags, pointing to Novig’s mission statement of being a trading app focused solely on sports (eschewing unrelated topics found on competing prediction markets), have sparked no end of controversy — both about Sweeney’s lack of clothing and how its imagery reflects on female athletes.

Confirmed: Sydney Sweeney knows ball. pic.twitter.com/EXQ4PzVZsi

— Novig (@Novig) September 9, 2026

Several high-profile women in sports have spoken out against Novig’s advertisements, with Australian professional boxer Skye Nicolson writing on Instagram, “Companies doing these ad campaigns should DO BETTER.”

“It’s the disrespect on athletes who dedicate their life to sport and to the women who have broken barriers for generations, to then have it made a mockery of by using a sex symbol using suggestive language and imagery in an ad about sport,” she added in a now-deleted Instagram story.

Gracie Kramer, a former UCLA gymnast who’s been one of the most outspoken female athletes regarding this situation, also chimed in. “I don’t know what Sydney Sweeney was doing, but this is what a woman in sports looks like,” she wrote on Instagram, along with footage from her competitions.

Tilly Kearns, a two-time Olympic water polo athlete, also posted a viral reel to Instagram, captioned, “I absolutely f**king hate Sydney Sweeney’s new sports ad.” The video showed several clips from her water polo meets, training sessions, and medalling ceremonies.

“Like, what are we doing … so much worse than I imagined, too. Here’s some real women sports content,” she wrote.

Speaking to the BBC, British sprinter Amy Hunt called out the campaign after running the 200-meter dash at the Ultimate Championship in Budapest, telling the outlet’s camera crews, “Sydney Sweeney, this is what women in sport look like.”

These are just a few of the many statements to have emerged from high-profile athletes in the aftermath of Sweeney’s Novig ads, and they haven’t gone without notice. Sweeney reportedly responded to the backlash on her Instagram stories, sharing a handful of covers from ESPN’s Body Issue, which notably feature images of nude athletes.

Speaking to Complex, Sweeney said called the ad campaign “a very simple and playful idea. She insisted “I grew up loving sports,” adding: “I played sports growing up. I was on a soccer team, I was on a softball team, I was on a snow ski team. I learned how to slalom ski when I was little, and I did MMA. So sports have been a really big part of my life, and I love watching hockey and boxing, especially after playing Christie Martin. I have a really huge appreciation for every single fighter.”

The outrage has gotten so bad that Sweeney’s social media presence is suffering; as noted by Variety, her account has lost over 200,000 followers amid the backlash. It’s worth noting though that the Hollywood star still has 25.7 million followers on Instagram.

This isn’t the first time an advertisement featuring Sydney Sweeney has come under fire. You might remember the outrage that resulted from her 2025 campaign with American Eagle, which sparked debate over the play on words regarding “jeans” and “genes,” prompting accusations of racism against both Sweeney and the clothing brand, though American Eagle clarified that its ad was merely meant to highlight the fact that “great jeans look good on everyone.”

Sweeney is clearly leaning into her status as a sex symbol, with her Novig ad campaign being the latest example of this. Back in May 2025, she turned heads for selling her own bathwater in a partnership with Dr. Squatch, a body wash and soap brand, which also sparked debate among fans and critics.

In terms of upcoming acting projects, Sweeney is down to appear in The Housemaid’s Secret and the live-action Gundam movie. In July, it was reported that Sweeney had signed a deal to star in a new Sleepy Hollow movie. Meanwhile, Sega’s arcade racing game OutRun is set for a movie adaptation, with Michael Bay and Sydney Sweeney attached.

Image credit: Novig.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

The Popular Budget-Friendly Flashforge Adventurer 5M 3D Printer Drops to Just $135 Shipped

If you’re interested in dipping your toes in the world of 3D printing then you can’t go wrong with Flashforge’s entry level model – the Adventure 5M – as your first 3D printer to start. As part of the AliExpress Fall Sale, you can get it for as low as $136.91 with free shipping after you apply $20 off coupon code “15USAFF“. The same printer sells for $249 on Amazon. You’re buying it from FlashForge’s official store on AliExpress. Since it ships for free locally from a warehouse in the United States, delivery usually takes less than a week and there are no extra import fees.

The Adventurer 5M offers great performance at at outstanding budget price. I would say it is the best 3D printer priced below $150. The 5M is easy to setup, produces great 3D prints with minimal fiddling, and offers plenty of add-on mods including a kit that fully encloses the chamber and another that adds a camera.

Flashforge Adventurer 3D Printer Drops to $137

Make sure you’re signed into your account to see the shipping options (may need to refresh twice)

FlashForge Adventurer 5M CoreXY 3D Printer

14

The Adventurer 5M is Flashforge’s least expensive CoreXY printer. In fact, it’s one of the least expensive CoreXY printers from any well-regarded brand, but with upgrades where they matter. For starters, the Adventurer 5M features a CoreXY structure typically found in pricier models. In a CoreXY printer, only the print head moves while the motors are permanently fixed. Since the motors are generally the heaviest component, this improves print speed and precision.

The open bed has a build volume measuring approximately 8.7″ cubed. A closed chamber offers a more controlled environment that eliminates unpredicatable variables like dust or wind and stabilizes temperatures for consistent result. Usually this costs a premium, but FlashForge sells a kit that converts the open bed into a closed chamber for $39.99. If you want to spend even less and don’t care about aesthetics, you can just put a big box over it and call it a day.

The 5M boasts a print speed of up to 600mm/s with 20,000mm/s² acceleration and can print a benchy in 14 minutes. The high-flow 32mm³/s nozzle with 280°C direct extruder can warm up to 200°C in as fast as 35 seconds for consistent filament dispensing. Build quality is solid since all of the structural components are made of metal. The 4.3″ color touchscreen control panel is intuitive to use with minimal fiddling and the 5M supports essential features such as auto leveling and vibration compensation. Assembly is quick and easy and you’ll be able to print your first object in minutes.

TL;DR:

  • Open chamber 8.7″ cubed working space
  • CoreXY 3D printer (more stable than other types)
  • 600mm/s print speed with 20,000mm/s² acceleration
  • Auto leveling and vibration compensation
  • Easy assembly

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Marvel’s Wolverine Actor Liam McIntyre Isn’t Fazed by Players’ Brutal Comments About the Game

Wolverine actor Liam McIntyre has seen what fans are saying about him and Insomniac’s latest superhero game, but it’s no skin off his nose.

Marvel’s Wolverine is out in the wild for many players worldwide, and opinions have been strong, to say the least. Discourse around the game has been unavoidable over the last month, with a vocal swath of players taking issue with Insomniac’s art direction, character design, and gameplay segments that were shown off by the media and early reviews.

One of the core topics of the Wolverine debate is actor Liam McIntyre, who plays the game’s titular character. Some fans don’t believe he bears a close enough resemblance to the iconic mutant, while others feel that Insomniac’s face scans and art style didn’t do his visage justice.

McIntyre has been excitedly posting about his role as Wolverine ever since his involvement was first announced, and some players have just now realized that he’s been seeing what they’re saying about him on social media this entire time.

In response to one of these players, McIntyre lightheartedly remarked that he’s seen much worse said about him ever since he started his acting career.

“Ha. Man, my career started with the responsibility of taking over for the incredible Andy Whitfield in Spartacus (RIP to that legend). I’ve read things you couldn’t believe 🙂 I just hope everyone has fun. I’m proud as hell of this game. It’s a blast,” he wrote on X.

Ha. Man my career started with the responsibility of taking over for the incredible Andy Whitfield in Spartacus (RIP to that legend). I’ve read things you couldn’t believe 🙂
I just hope everyone has fun. I’m proud as hell of this game. It’s a blast. https://t.co/ICtoZhKXEq

— liam (@Liam_J_McIntyre) September 14, 2026

McIntyre did, indeed, play the historical Spartacus in Starz’s 2010s miniseries of the same name. The late great Andy Whitfield notably played the role of Spartacus in the show’s first season, Blood and Sand, but was diagnosed with stage IV non-Hodgkin lymphoma, a type of cancer that affects the blood, before the second season was filmed.

After his death in 2011, McIntyre was tasked with taking over the role — something that sparked strong reactions from fans at the time, though many now remember his time in the show fondly.

All that is to say, McIntyre is no stranger to vocal opinions from fans in response to taking on the mantle of iconic characters who are known to be played by a certain actor. Wolverine has been portrayed by Hugh Jackman in nearly all modern mainline X-Men films, and McIntyre’s take on the character is a big change for viewers who are used to seeing Jackman on screen — but McIntyre is excited for players to experience his version of the grizzled mutant, come what may.

I don’t know what the fates have in store for us tomorrow, but I just want to say thank you to everyone for this once in a lifetime opportunity. Thank you to @MarvelGames and @insomniacgames for trusting me with such a beloved character. I’m so proud. What a journey. pic.twitter.com/xVA3iSbJr6

— liam (@Liam_J_McIntyre) September 10, 2026

Marvel’s Wolverine has been met with mixed reviews from critics; IGN gave the game a six out of 10, calling it “standard superhero fare” whose “slick and satisfying combat wears thin well before its conclusion.”

The game is officially coming out tonight for all players, so if you’re keen on playing it, tell us what you think about it in the comments below. Does it live up to the hype, or do you think Insomniac’s latest offering doesn’t break the mold enough to warrant a standout review?

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

All of the Winners From the 2026 Primetime Emmy Awards

The 78th Emmy Awards are tonight. As the cliché goes: It’s TV’s biggest night of the year! Taking place at the Peacock Theater in Downtown LA, the ceremony tonight starts at 5pm PT / 8pm ET and will be streaming on Peacock and airing on NBC.

Hosting is Law & Order: SVU’s Mariska Hargitay (who won two Emmys for her doc My Mom Jayn at the Creative Arts Emmys). The show’s format is slightly different this year, presumably in an effort to keep it from stretching past three hours. The Television Academy announced back in July that it was cutting five categories — Writing for a Variety Series, Supporting Actor and Actress in a Limited Series or Movie, Directing for a Limited Series or Movie, and Writing for a Limited Series or Movie — from the main broadcast, and lumped them in with the Creative Arts Emmy Awards that happened last weekend.

I’m updating this page live RIGHT NOW! Stay tuned for all the winners from the night!

All of Tonight’s 2026 Emmy Winners So Far

Outstanding Reality Competition Program

WINNER: The Traitors (Peacock)

Dancing With the Stars (ABC)

RuPaul’s Drag Race (MTV)

Survivor (CBS)

Top Chef (Bravo)

Outstanding Supporting Actor in a Comedy Series

WINNER: Stephen Root (Widow’s Bay)

Colman Domingo (The Four Seasons)

Paul W. Downs (Hacks)

Harrison Ford (Shrinking)

Nick Offerman (Margo’s Got Money Troubles)

Michael Urie (Shrinking)

Tyler James Williams (Abbott Elementary)

Best Lead Actress in a Drama Series

WINNER: Rhea Seehorn (Pluribus)

Carrie Coon (The Gilded Age)

Chase Infiniti (The Testaments)

Keri Russell (The Diplomat)

Zendaya (Euphoria)

Best Supporting Actress in a Drama Series

WINNER: Allison Janney (The Diplomat)

Taylor Dearden (The Pitt)

Fiona Dourif (The Pitt)

Katherine LaNasa (The Pitt)

Sepideh Moafi (The Pitt)

Julianne Nicholson (Paradise)

Karolina Wydra (Pluribus)

Best Lead Actor in a Limited or Anthology Series

WINNER: Matthew Rhys (The Beast in Me)

Riz Ahmed (Bait)

Jason Bateman (Black Rabbit)

Charlie Hunnam (Monster: The Ed Gein Story)

Oscar Isaac (Beef)

Best Lead Actress in a Comedy Series

WINNER: Jean Smart (Hacks)

Quinta Brunson (Abbott Elementary)

Ayo Edebiri (The Bear)

Elle Fanning (Margo’s Got Money Troubles)

Lisa Kudrow (The Comeback)

Best Supporting Actress in a Comedy Series

WINNER: Kate O’Flynn (Widow’s Bay)

Dale Dickey (Widow’s Bay)

Hannah Einbinder (Hacks)

Janelle James (Abbott Elementary)

Michelle Pfeiffer (Margo’s Got Money Troubles)

Megan Stalter (Hacks)

Jessica Williams (Shrinking)

Still to Come…

Outstanding Comedy Series

Abbott Elementary (ABC)

The Bear (FX)

Hacks (HBO Max)

Margo’s Got Money Troubles (Apple TV)

Nobody Wants This (Netflix)

Only Murders in the Building (Hulu)

Shrinking (Apple TV)

Widow’s Bay (Apple TV)

Outstanding Drama Series

The Diplomat (Netflix)

The Gilded Age (HBO Max)

A Knight of the Seven Kingdoms (HBO Max)

Paradise (Hulu)

The Pitt (HBO Max)

Pluribus (Apple TV)

Slow Horses (Apple TV)

Your Friends and Neighbors (Apple TV)

Outstanding Directing for a Comedy Series

Randall Einhorn (Abbott Elementary)

Christopher Storer (The Bear)

Andrew DeYoung (The Chair Company)

Lucia Aniello (Hacks)

Mary Lou Belli (The Ms. Pat Show)

Hiro Murai (Widow’s Bay)

Outstanding Directing for a Drama Series

Salli Richardson-Whitfield (The Gilded Age)

Hanelle M. Culpepper (Paradise)

Noah Wyle (The Pitt)

Vince Gilligan (Pluribus)

Saul Metzstein (Slow Horses)

Salli Richardson-Whitfield (Task)

Outstanding Lead Actor in a Comedy Series

Yahya Abdul-Mateen II (Wonder Man)

Steve Carell (Rooster)

Matthew Rhys (Widow’s Bay)

Jason Segel (Shrinking)

Martin Short (Only Murders in the Building)

Outstanding Lead Actor in a Drama Series

Sterling K. Brown (Paradise)

Gary Oldman (Slow Horses)

Mark Ruffalo (Task)

Rufus Sewell (The Diplomat)

Noah Wyle (The Pitt)

Outstanding Lead Actress in a Limited or Anthology Series

Claire Danes (The Beast in Me)

Sally Field (Remarkably Bright Creatures)

Carey Mulligan (Beef)

Sarah Pidgeon (Love Story: John F. Kennedy Jr. and Carolyn Bessette)

Sarah Snook (All Her Fault)

Outstanding Limited or Anthology Series

All Her Fault (Peacock)

The Beast in Me (Netflix)

Beef (Netflix)

DTF St. Louis (HBO Max)

Love Story: John F. Kennedy Jr. and Carolyn Bessette (FX)

Outstanding Supporting Actor in a Drama Series

Patrick Ball (The Pitt)

Billy Crudup (The Morning Show)

Shawn Hatosy (The Pitt)

Gerran Howell (The Pitt)

Jack Lowden (Slow Horses)

Tom Pelphrey (Task)

Carlos-Manuel Vesga (Pluribus)

Outstanding Variety Series

The Daily Show (Comedy Central)

Jimmy Kimmel Live! (ABC)

Last Week Tonight With John Oliver (HBO Max)

The Late Show With Stephen Colbert (CBS)

Saturday Night Live (NBC)

Outstanding Writing for a Comedy Series

Quinta Brunson (Abbott Elementary)

Tim Robinson & Zach Kanin (The Chair Company)

Michael Patrick King & Lisa Kudrow (The Comeback)

Lucia Aniello, Paul W. Downs, & Jen Statsky (Hacks)

Anthony King (Jury Duty Presents Company Retreat)

Katie Dippold (Widow’s Bay)

Outstanding Writing for a Drama Series

Peter Ackerman & Debora Cahn (The Diplomat)

Kirsten Pierre-Geyfman & R. Scott Gemmill (The Pitt)

Valerie Chu (The Pitt)

Vince Gilligan (Pluribus)

Will Smith (Slow Horses)

Brad Ingelsby (Task)

Image credit: Christina House / Los Angeles Times via Getty Images

EU Kids Act Could Require Gamers to Prove Their Age Before Playing Certain Games

The EU Kids Act will be presented before the European Parliament on Thursday, and if passed, will have a meaningful impact on gamers of all ages if they want access to certain kinds of games.

The EU Kids Act is proposed legislation meant to keep children from being harmed online. It’s been discussed for more than a year, and is expected to introduce age limits for accessing online platforms like social media sites, artificial intelligence tools, and certain gaming platforms.

Documents obtained by Euractiv reportedly state that the act “will oblige providers of social media services and video-sharing platforms to perform age verification when a user opens a new account.”

The outlet added that, according to this document, these age verification requirements will extend to other services like AI chat bots and even “online games that are risky to minors.” It is not expected to impact industrial AI, AI office products, or educational online services.

This is the latest big age verification news to arise after PlayStation started rolling out age verification checks back in April across Ireland and the UK in order for players to access certain network features like voice chatting, messaging, and streaming. Users can verify their age via facial scan, mobile number, or their ID, though these methods can vary depending upon users’ specific “country or region.”

And earlier this month, Australia implemented proof-of-age verification on Steam in order for players to access games rated R18+ — but unlike PlayStation, it will only accept Australian credit cards, which could lead to some difficulties for adult players in the region who don’t have one.

“Valve is required by the Age-Restricted Material App Distribution Services Code to verify that you are 18 or older before accessing mature content. If you wish to do so, please add a valid Australian credit card to your account and afterwards update the Mature Content Preferences,” a Steam message tells Australian players.

Thus far, America does not have Federal-level legislation requiring that online platforms enact age-verification checks, though some laws have been implemented at the state level for this purpose. It’s a hot-button issue at the heart of online privacy debates and a major talking point for child safety advocates. In fact, the discussion has become so fierce that Discord even paused its plans to roll out global age verification after revealing that hackers had managed to infiltrate its systems and access 70,000 images of users’ government IDs.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Pokemon TCG Players Urge Conventions to Take Action After Dog Breeders Offer Puppies in Exchange for Cards

The card collecting community is in an uproar after two dog breeders were caught offering to trade their French Bulldog puppies in exchange for Pokémon cards, highlighting a growing issue within the space.

One such breeder shown on a live stream at a convention and posted online by PICKLEQW33N, a trading card collector with Crimson Card Co. based in South Florida.

During the broadcast, Pickleqw33n remarked to her viewers that some collectors were so desperate to get an edge on the card market that they were even trading their dogs for the chance of scoring rare and profitable Pokémon cards.

Pokémon Trading Card Game Pocket Images

Not long after saying this, an attendee walked up to her booth with a gaggle of French Bulldog Puppies, prompting her to give him a free Snubbull sticker.

“It’s for sale,” he told her, referring to the puppies. “I’ll trade ‘em for a card.”

“That’s crazy,” she replied. “Out of curiosity, what do you have them priced at?”

“$4,000,” the collector responded.

After turning down his offer, Pickleqw33n returned to her stream in shock, telling another person who was helping her run the booth, “What did I just tell you?”

“Dog breeders are bringing dogs to trade for Pokémon cards,” the other booth-runner explained.

“I think it’s unethical,” Pickleqw33n added. “Selling a dog like that — how do you know the person you’re giving the dog to is a good home? You’re trading cardboard for a living, breathing animal.”

As noted by Dexerto, this isn’t the only instance of dog owners offering to sell their pets for Pokémon cards; another incident has also sparked backlash online, captured by a card seller during a convention in late August.

French Bulldogs seem to be the prime target for this particular trend, as a seller with B&B Collectibles was also approached by a customer offering to trade a fluffy French Bulldog puppy in exchange for cards, or sell it for a whopping $10,000.

“I do them at every collector con. I got $12,000 in New Jersey,” the collector said.

These videos have sparked calls from players for conventions to ban dog breeders from bringing their pets into the venue, as well as concern from animal rights activists that this trend could compound unethical breeding practices and put the puppies in abusive situations.

“I hope he goes to a good home, because that is a horribly bred dog. Totally unethical breeding practices are required to get a dog like that,” one viewer wrote on YouTube.

“This is genuinely disturbing and disgusting that the guy wants vendors to blindly contribute to his backyard breeding,” another wrote.

“I’m sorry, but how are any decent show organizers also allowing this? Simply don’t let dogs into your card shows (except assistance dogs, obviously). Sure, it won’t stop dodgy dealings elsewhere, but this shouldn’t be happening at shows!” another urged on Instagram.

Pokémon: 24-Movie Collection

The Pokémon card craze is continuing to sweep the world, prompting card shops and even The Pokémon Company itself to take extreme measures against theft and scalping. Some Pokémon stores in Japan have implemented facial recognition software to discourage thieves, while some independent card shops have begun quizzing buyers to separate the real fans from those looking to make a quick buck.

Japan has even limited the purchase of certain Pokémon card packs to residents only, requiring a digital ID to get them in one of the first instances of such a protection in the TCG space within the country.

Image Credit: Unsplash.com: Karsten Winegeart / The Pokemon Company

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

The FlashForge AD5X Multi-Color 3D Printer Drops to Just $210 Shipped at AliExpress

An excellent 3D printer with multi-color print capability just got a huge price drop as part of AliExpress’ Fall Sale. For a limited time, get the FlashForge AD5X 3D Printer with integrated multi-material printing system for just $210.08 after you apply coupon code “23USAFF“. The exact same printer currently sells for $349 on Amazon.

Make sure you’re signed into your account to see the shipping options (you may have to refresh the page twice). You’re buying it from FlashForge’s official store on AliExpress. It ships free from the United States and arrives within 1 to 2 weeks.

Flashforge AD5X Multi-Color 3D Printer for Just $210

Make sure you’re signed into your account to see the shipping options (may need to refresh twice)

The AD5X is the least expensive FlashForge printer that offers multi material printing, which basically allows you to use multiple colors or multiple filament types on a single 3D print. It also features a CoreXY structure, which is rare for a printer in this price range. In a CoreXY printer, only the print head moves while the motors are permanently fixed. Since the motors are generally the heaviest component, this improves print speed and precision.

The AD5X features an open bed design with a working space measuring approximately 8.7″ cubed. For those of you who are looking to enclose the chamber in order to create a more stable environment for your prints, you can purchase the official $50 kit. Alternatively, you can save the money simply by putting a box over the printer.

The AD5X boasts a print speed of up to 600mm/s with 20,000mm/s² acceleration and can print a benchy in 12 minutes. Other features including solid build quality (all structural components are made of metal), a 4.3″ color touchscreen with intuitive controls, auto leveling, and vibration compensation. Assembly is quick and easy and you should be able to make your first test print in a matter of minutes. No camera is included but, again, there’s an official kit to add one.

The multi-filament module fleshes out the 3D printing capabilities and is one of the most important features for any mid to pro level enthusiast. With it you can print using up to four different colored filaments or filament materials simultaneously. It features an intelligent filament system that can identify and manage all four spools seamlessly and independently. Multi-filament add-ons in general cost $200-$300 by themselves, so having an integrated solution will save you a lot of money.

TL;DR:

  • Open chamber 8.7″ cubed working space
  • CoreXY 3D printer (more stable than other types)
  • 600mm/s print speed with 20,000mm/s² acceleration
  • Includes multi-filament printing module
  • Automatic filament switching
  • Auto leveling and vibration compensation
  • Easy assembly

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Switch Pro Controller, AirPods Max 2, and Pragmata

The deals are pretty incredible this Monday. If you’re looking to save on items for the Nintendo Switch and Switch 2, Nintendo’s Customer Appreciation Sale is live. Everything from games to controllers are discounted. There are plenty of other savings to be had, too: Pragmata has dropped to its lowest price on all platforms, “factory reconditioned” AirPods Max 2 are only $329, and more.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for September 14

After taking a scroll through all of today’s top deals, find out even more in the blurbs below:

Genshin Limited Edition Seagate 1TB Portable Hard Drive

Newegg via its official AliExpress online store has one of the lowest prices on a brand name 1TB drive. The Seagate 1TB USB 3.0 portable hard drive drops to just $111.19 after a $15 off coupon code “15USAFF“. Even better yet for gacha fans, this is a Genshin Impact limited edition model featuring the Electro 5-star character Cyno, complete with LED effects.

Save $24 on the Switch Pro Controller

Nintendo Switch Pro Controller

0

While the Switch 2 Pro Controller is one of the best controllers for Nintendo’s latest console, it’s pricey. The original Switch Pro Controller is an awesome alternative, rocking many of the same features and a nearly identical design for a fraction of the cost. Sure, you won’t get the new GameChat button, two rear paddle switches, a headphone jack, and a few other features, but it’s still an awesome controller for the console. Best of all, it’s down $24 for Nintendo’s Customer Appreciation Sale, which is one of the lowest prices I’ve seen.

Check out more Nintendo deals below:

Factory Reconditioned AirPods Max 2 for $329

Apple AirPods Max 2 Wireless Over-Ear Headphones

0

“Factory reconditioned” AirPods Max 2 are down to just $329 on Amazon-owned Woot, with free shipping for Prime members. Woot notes that the headphones have “been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage & has successfully passed a full diagnostic test”. It’s over $100 less than what a new pair of the headphones is going for on Amazon right now, so it’s an incredible deal. Featuring improved noise cancellation, better adaptive noise canceling and transparency mode, and an enhanced sound stage, the AirPods Max 2 have a lot to offer. The comfortable design, wired USB-C high-res audio, solid voice isolation, and more are all there too.

$10 or More Off Pragmata

Pragmata has dropped to the lowest price I’ve seen. A PS5 disc, Switch 2 Key Card, PC Steam Code, and XSX are all discounted. This sci-fi hack-and-shoot game from Capcom earned an 8/10 rating in IGN’s review. Reviewer Michael Higham found: “Its old-school approach to level design and pacing provides a decent foundation for what it does best: heavy, satisfying shooting and a unique real-time puzzle system that deepens its action.”

Super Mario Galaxy amiibos Drop to New Lows

Nintendo amiibo Mario and Luma Super Mario Galaxy + Super Mario Galaxy 2 Series

0

Nintendo amiibo Rosalina and Lumas Super Mario Galaxy + Super Mario Galaxy 2 Series

0

Both the Mario and Luma and the Rosalina and Lumas amiibos are only $24.49 at Target. That’s $10.50 off the list price and the lowest price I’ve seen since they dropped in April. Both figures are larger than your average amiibo, hence the slightly higher price tag. With Mario, when you scan it into Super Mario Galaxy + Super Mario Galaxy 2, you’ll get a life mushroom to refill your health, while a 1-Up mushroom comes with a Rosalina scan.

Nintendo Switch 2 + Super Mario Galaxy 1&2 Bundle

1

You can also save $50 on Nintendo Switch 2 and Super Mario Galaxy bundles at Walmart right now if you don’t have the game and the console yet!

Get $18 Off Metroid Dread and More Switch Game Deals

Metroid Dread – Nintendo Switch [Digital Code]

0

Nintendo’s Customer Appreciation Sale is bringing tons of discounts on games, and Metroid Dread is a highlight, especially with the release of the follow-up, Metroid Ravenous, on the horizon. Metroid Dread received an “Amazing” 9/10 rating in its 2021 review, with Samuel Claiborn loving “the excellent modern combat and some of the best boss fights ever.” For top-tier exploration and platforming, get the digital download of this action-adventure game while it’s $18 off.

Check out even more Nintendo Switch game deals, including preorders, below:

45% Off Citizen Star Wars Eco-Drive Men’s Watches

Citizen Luke Skywalker Eco-Drive Chronograph Blue Dial Men’s Watch

0

Citizen Rebel Pilot Eco-Drive Chronograph Black Dial Men’s Watch

3

Want a stunning watch with subtle Star Wars accents? Look no further than Citizen’s lineup of Star Wars-themed watches that run on Eco-Drive tech that collects energy from light. Right now, two watches are 45% off: the Citizen Luke Skywalker Chronograph Blue Dial Men’s Watch or the Citizen Rebel Pilot Chronograph Black Dial Men’s Watch. The Luke Skywalker watch has tons of unique details, including pushers accented in blue and green to represent his lightsabers, and the blue dial face is watermarked with the Rebel Alliance logo. The Rebel Pilot watch has orange accents and the three subdials to depict a red Rebel Alliance logo and more.

$180 Logitech G29 Racing Wheel, Pedal Set, and Drive Force Shifter

Logitech G29 Driving Force Racing Wheel and Pedals, Force Feedback, Real Leather + Logitech G Driving Force Shifter – For PS5, PS4 and PC, Mac

0

A fantastic entry-level racing wheel, the Logitech G29, which also includes a pedal set and Driving Force Shifter, is only $180 on Amazon-owned Woot. The code “LOGITECH” saves an extra 10% at checkout and includes free shipping for Prime members. Just note that the wheel is in “New-Open Box” condition. Still, from the high-quality build and 900 degrees of wheel rotation to the gear-driven dual-force motor feedback and sturdy three-pedal set, any driving-games experience will be amplified compared to using a standard controller. That shifter also helps to execute super-smooth gear transitions.

Save $950 on the Lenovo Yoga Slim 7x 14″ Snapdragon X2 Elite Laptop

Lenovo Yoga Slim 7X 14″ OLED Snapdragon X2 Elite X2E-80-100 Ultra-Portable Laptop

0

Pick up this ultra-slim workhorse of a laptop for $950 off with the promo code “SLIM7XTREME”. The Yoga Slim 7X is the great portable option for professionals, weighing just 2.6 pounds and measuring only 0.5″ thin. The unibody aluminum chassis is sturdy and the 14″ 1920×1200 OLED display looks stunning. It may not be the best gaming option, but the Snapdragon X2 Elite X2E-80-100 CPU, 32GB of LPDDR5X-9523MT/s memory, and a 1TB SSD are still solid for pretty much all workflows and even some media tasks.

Danielle Abraham

Freelance Writer

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Discover Your Next Must-Play PC Game With Steam Hype

Between respectably powerful, cheap laptops, handhelds like the Steam Deck and the new generation of mini-PCs like the Steam Machine, it’s easier than ever to dip into the vast ocean of PC games. But that also presents challenges and the hardest part is deciding what to play when there’s often upwards of a hundred releases every day on Steam alone. Even if you uncharitably assume that 95% is trash, that’s still five-plus notable, worthwhile games. Every. Single. Day.

Filtering out the good from the bad is a full-time job. Luckily it’s my full-time job! I’m Dominic Tarason, and I’m the staff writer on Steam Hype, a brand new website for people who love PC gaming but are bewildered by the sheer volume of new games constantly hitting Steam. I’m here to help you discover your next must-play PC game, whether it’s something that’s been slowly gaining hype over time and has just released, or a brand new indie that’s come out of nowhere. Better still, everything you’ll find on Steam Hype is hand-picked either by myself or someone else on the team – it isn’t powered by faceless algorithms or AI, but by real humans (I promise I’m real!) who have encyclopaedic knowledge of all things PC.

Articles like the best PC exclusives are essential if you’re new to PC gaming.

Although Steam Hype has only just officially launched, we’ve been working away on it in the background for the last few months. As such, there’s a bunch of interesting stuff to read already, with round-ups meant to get you up to speed with entire genres. The PC can’t be beaten by RPGs, so we’ve got a five-part crash course covering the finest Classic CRPGs, the best Action RPGs, essential JRPGs and–for the oldheads–must-have old-school Dungeon RPGs. We’ve also got an explainer on the ever-booming world of retro first-person shooters, whether you want something from the current crop or are hunting for mods for a ‘90s classic.

We’re slowly ramping up our review coverage, too, with a focus on the unusual and the semi-obscure, like PS360 throwback FPS Twisted Tower or cult hit neo-retro horror adventure Endacopia. We’re also looking back at the games that weren’t quite there at launch, but have grown into gems – a real perk of PC development. A great example is the now-excellent mech tactics game Phantom Brigade.

The hardest part is deciding what to play when there’s upwards of a hundred releases every day on Steam“

No PC gamer worth their salt should skip on our list of great PC exclusives either; over a hundred (and growing) experiences you can’t get anywhere else, and a great place for console folks looking to expand their gaming horizons. And that’s just what we’ve got ready lined up for launch – Steam Hype is going to keep on growing, keep on expanding, and keep on demystifying the world of PC games.

We’re so excited to show you everything that Steam Hype has to offer, putting our decades of knowledge to make your day a little more hypeworthy. Join us and be part of the next generation.

Steam Hype is the latest site in the Hookshot network, joining Nintendo Life, Push Square, Pure Xbox and the retro-centric Time Extension to cover all corners of the gaming universe. Hookshot is also partnered with the tech experts at Digital Foundry and is partnered commercially with IGN. As Hookshot’s dedicated PC gaming site, it’s got news of the latest releases, updates and mod drops, plus weekly roundups and a must-play monthly playlist to help you keep up with the never-ending deluge of new experiences.

Make-A-Wish UK Brings Golf With Your Friends to Life For a Chaotic Charity Stream: How to Watch and What to Expect

Following its hugely successful and award-winning Overcooked! Live charity stream in 2025, Make-A-Wish® UK is back with Golf With Your Friends Live! In collaboration with team17, Golf With Your Friends Live takes the chaotic multiplayer mini golf video game and transforms it into an IRL crowd-controlled crazy golf tournament featuring content creators including TwoAngryGamers, CyborgAngel, Nikoheart and WorstPremadeEver. In this real-life version, the audience is in control of how the game plays out with donations unlocking ‘Goodwill Wishes’ or ‘Mischievous Wishes’ that influence the gameplay in real time!

Co-hosted by comedian, presenter, actor and video game voice artist Inel Tomlinson and returning host, actress, cosplayer and lover of all things nerdy AlicesPixels, the real-life tournament is raising money for Make-A-Wish UK. For children living with critical illness, hospital stays, treatment and uncertainty can make their world feel smaller. Make-A-Wish UK restores what can become lost to illness: the chance to choose, the courage to dream beyond diagnosis, and precious time with family.

Right now, there are around 134,000 children in the UK living with critical illness that could make them eligible for a wish. That’s enough to fill over 11,000 Golf With Your Friends games at the same time. And every hour, another child is diagnosed.

Your donation can grant the wishes that give them their childhood back.

If you want to get involved, here’s how to watch, get involved and what to expect!

How to Watch the Make-A-Wish UK Golf With Your Friends Live Stream

Watch the Make-A-Wish UK Golf With Your Friends Live Stream on Sunday, 20th September at 4pm BST / 11am EST / 8am PST on Tiltify here: https://tilt.fyi/LGKA70SRab

But you don’t have to wait until then to get involved! In fact, you can donate right now via the Tiltify page linked above to influence the first round.

What to Expect and How to Take Part

In Golf With Your Friends Live, content creators will be battling it out amongst each other in an attempt to win the tournament and take home the “prestigious” Make-A-Wish Cup ⁠– but it won’t all be holes in one. Viewers watching the stream have the ability to grant advantages, sabotage contestants and alter the rules of the competition, all with the power of donations.

As more donations roll in and milestones are met, gameplay-changing wishes are triggered, so viewers at home can have a hand in creating hilarious and memorable moments throughout the stream.

Such an event is only possible due to the generosity of individuals and companies, including the following: Rob Small (CEO of Miniclip), Mountain Pictures (Film Crew), Arena Media UK (Media Agency), Supernaut Studio (Creative Agency), and Shed Wilson from Boost Comms (Stage Manager), as well as sponsors Xsolla, Guillotine, Breddos and Patty & Bun.

Behind it all is a dedicated team of gaming industry professionals who are volunteering their time to help run the event, they include: Jinesha Ghandi (Volunteer Lead Producer), Veronika Glova (Volunteer Producer), Sally Kevan (TVG Events Games Industry Event Specialist). Lauren Shotten (Event Manager), Emily Britt (Veteran Games Industry PR and Events), Sam Possible (Games Marketing Consultant at Jump Economy) and Paul Bondy (Game Audio Composer at InsideInfo).

Make a difference by watching and donating during the Make-A-Wish UK Golf With Your Friends Live Stream on Sunday, 20th September at 4pm BST / 11am EST / 8am PST here: https://tilt.fyi/LGKA70SRab

Make-A-Wish UK is a registered charity that was established in the UK in 1986 to create life-changing wishes that revive the childhood that critical illness often takes away. The charity receives no Government funding – registered charity numbers: 295672 in England and Wales, SC037479 in Scotland.

Nintendo Customer Appreciation Sale is Live — Best Deals for Switch 2 Consoles, Games, and More

Nintendo’s ‘Customer Appreciation Sale’ is now live, limited to the United States. The sale is offering up to 30% off dozens of Switch games, accessories, amiibo, merch, and plenty more.

I’ll include some of my top picks just below, but be sure to check out the full sale yourself as well in case there’s anything I miss that you’re particularly keen on.

Standouts in the sale include Metroid Dread, down to $41.97 after its highly anticipated sequel, Metroid Ravenous, was revealed during the recent Nintendo Direct.

There’s also Resident Evil Requiem for Nintendo Switch 2, down to its lowest price yet at $49.99. Note that this is for the boxed copy from Amazon, which includes a ‘game key card’.

There are also discounts on the Nintendo Switch 2 Camera, down to $37.99, and amiibo, such as the Metroid Prime 4: Beyond collection, now available from just $20.97 each.

Here’s How to Save Even More

$10 Nintendo eShop Gift Card (Digital Code)

0

Major US retailers like Amazon, alongside the Nintendo eShop, are offering the vast majority of the deals on offer in the sale. But a quick piece of advice?

If you’re buying anything from Nintendo, pick up some discounted eShop gift cards from Amazon, Costco, Newegg, or wherever else first. This will ensure you’re getting the best possible deal on any of your purchases.

For example, $10 Nintendo eShop gift cards are down to $8.98 at Amazon right now (see the price in the cart). While it’s just over $1 in savings, that soon adds up, and if you aren’t taking advantage of this while still making, you’re basically throwing money away.

Nintendo Switch Games on Sale

As I already mentioned, Metroid Dread will no doubt be at the top of many Nintendo fans lists to play after that electric Nintendo Direct trailer for Ravenous. The sequel has certainly jumped to my most anticipated game of next year as well, especially with how much I loved Dread already.

But, there are a couple of other Metroid games to check out in the sale as well. That includes Metroid Prime Remastered for $27.97, and Metroid Prime 4: Beyond for $41.99.

Other highlights in the sale include Super Mario Galaxy 1+2 for $48.97, Super Mario Bros. Wonder for $41.97, and The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom for $48.97.

Note, that while these are all digital purchases for Nintendo Switch, you can play these on Nintendo Switch 2. But if you want to take full advantage of the new console, such as with Metroid Prime 4 or Tears of the Kingdom, you’ll still need to buy the upgrade pack for around $10 as well.

Nintendo Switch 2 Deals and Preorder Discounts

Looking for the best Nintendo Switch 2 deal right now? That can be found via Walmart, where you can get a Switch 2 console + Super Mario Galaxy 1&2 for $519.

Switch 2 consoles now cost $499.99, so you’re saving $70 in total from the MSRP of buying both separately, or around $30 total savings if you were picking up the game in the sale right now for $48.97, as I mentioned just above.

Other notable Switch 2 deals right now include, as I mentioned, Resident Evil Requiem for $49.99. While I also wanted to give a nod to The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time, which is down to $59.88 for a physical copy at Amazon, or $49.88 at Walmart if you get lucky with a hidden promo code.

There’s also $10 off Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave at Amazon if you preorder right now. While neither of these preorder deals are limited to the Customer Appreciation Sale, they are still tremendous offers and worth mentioning for those savvy Nintendo fans out there looking to save as much as possible on their favorite hobby.

Switch 2 Memory Cards on Sale

Onn 512GB Micro SDXC Express Card

0

Talking of Nintendo Switch 2, Walmart also has some of the best prices we’ve seen on Switch 2 memory cards right now as part of the sale. The Onn 512GB MicroSD Express Memory Card is available for $84.77, while the 256GB model is $46.77, with free shipping on both.

Even better, there’s an unadvertised $10 off coupon code, SAVE3X, which knocks another $10 off either card. That brings the 512GB model down to $74.77 and the 256GB card to just $36.77.

More ‘Customer Appreciation’ Deals

Other notable deals in the sale include a discount on several amiibo, such as from Metroid Prime 4 or The Legend of Zelda Tears of the Kingdom. There’s also Switch Joy-Con Controllers down to $62.97, sold out at Nintendo but available at Walmart (for now at least), and the Nintendo Sound Clock ‘Alarmo’.

Nintendo Sale Made Possible by Tariff Refunds in the US

As a reminder, upon announcing this sale last week, Nintendo also said that it’s parly being funded and made possible thanks to “tariff-related refunds.” The video game giant said it “absorbed most tariff-related costs,” but the refunds have helped make promotions such as this new sale possible.

Nintendo previously faced questions over what it would do with money returned after the US tariff regime was challenged. Nintendo recently raised the prices of some Switch products globally, citing a combination of factors including tariffs, rising component costs, labor and shipping.

It subsequently argued that consumers were not entitled to refunds for purchases made at those higher prices after a court ruled the tariffs illegal. Nintendo said customers had received “exactly what they bargained and paid for” and that it was not required to retroactively adjust prices following the outcome of the tariff litigation.

Fan reaction to the sale has been mixed so far.

Robert Anderson

Senior Commerce Editor

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides.

Nintendo’s GameCube Turns 25 Years Old Today

Today marks 25 years since the launch of Nintendo GameCube, a console that provided one of the company’s most joyous eras of console gaming — even if it felt underappreciated at the time.

Just at a glance, the GameCube looked fun. Maybe it was the handle (did Nintendo really think we’d take it out to the shops?) or the purple-colored case. Either way, it was immediately obvious that the GameCube was designed around Nintendo’s biggest strength: games that bring a smile to your face, of a kind you won’t find anywhere else.

As Sony and Microsoft sought to provide DVD and CD playback, Nintendo’s box focused solely on games — to the extent that it only fit mini-DVDs in its dinky disc bay. The console’s front prominently advertised its capability of supporting four controllers with no extra add-ons, perfect for multiplayer games of Mario Kart: Double Dash!!, while its colourful pad remains beloved (and still used) by Nintendo fans today.

Top 25 Nintendo Gamecube Games

Of course, the GameCube is best remembered for its game lineup, and as the birthplace of franchises that have since become Nintendo staples. Even at release, the GameCube offered perhaps one of the best console launch lineups of all time. On arrival in Japan, on September 14, 2021, the GameCube boasted Luigi’s Mansion, Wave Race: Blue Storm and Pikmin from Nintendo itself, plus Sega’s brilliant Super Monkey Ball. By the time GameCube rolled out in the U.S. and Europe, that lineup was extended to include Tony Hawk’s Pro Skater 3 and Star Wars Rogue Squadron 2: Rogue Leader, whose visuals made me feel like I was actually inside a Star Wars film.

Through the GameCube’s first year, the hits kept coming. While not the first entry in the series, Super Smash Bros. Melee set the standard for Nintendo’s hugely popular fighting game series. And while a version of Animal Crossing may have had a limited release on N64, its GameCube arrival built the foundations of another core franchise (even if its debut outside Japan was much delayed).

While Nintendo has never lost its eye for the unexpected, GameCube felt like a breeding ground for the company’s creativity. From the terrain-shaping god game Doshin the Giant to the microphone-controlled feudal pinball game Odama, not to mention Donkey Konga’s brilliant bongo drums, Nintendo published some truly bizarre — but always fun — experimental titles. (Though, sadly, some were deemed too odd for worldwide release, such as Cubivore and Giftpia.)

Alas, as time went on and the GameCube’s sales numbers couldn’t match PS2 or Xbox, third-party support for the console began to wane. Still, Nintendo rewarded its faithful with games that still regularly feature among lists of the all-time greats: Metroid Prime and its underappreciated sequel, Super Mario Sunshine, and The Legend of Zelda: Wind Waker. And some notable third-party support did continue, with a post-Dreamcast era Sega providing the phenomenal Skies of Arcadia Legends, while the infamous Capcom 5 agreement saw the launch of the masterpiece that is Resident Evil 4.

In terms of pure numbers, GameCube was something of a failure. It shifted 21.74 million units worldwide, a figure that trailed far behind the PS2, and which Switch 2 has now eclipsed just in its first year. (The only Nintendo console to ever sell less was Wii U.) But its contribution to the history of Nintendo and its gaming library remains remarkable nonetheless. Last night I dipped back into Super Mario Sunshine via Nintendo Switch Online, and took Mario for a nostalgic dash around the rooftops of Delphino Plaza, my view out into the distance artfully blurred by a shimmering heat have. Even a quarter of a century on, there’s something remarkable about Nintendo’s creation — and the dinky purple box it first launched on.

Tom Phillips

News Editor

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Blizzard Insists Diablo 4 Has ‘Bright Support’ With Diablo 5 Looming Over the Horizon

Blizzard has insisted Diablo 4 still has “bright support” as the community debates the shock news that no more expansions will be released for the game and with Diablo 5 looming over the horizon.

At BlizzCon 2026 Opening Ceremony, Blizzard announced Diablo 5 for 2029. It’s due out six years after Diablo 4, and promises more classes than any Diablo game has had before. (If you need a catch-up, here’s everything announced at BlizzCon 2026 Opening Ceremony.)

But what does all this mean for Diablo 4? In an interview with PC Gamer, Diablo 4 game director Brent Gibson said Blizzard is now focused on releasing seasons for Diablo 4 and “getting to Diablo 5.”

“We feel like we told the Story of Hatred,” he added. “We had a great conclusion with Lord of Hatred with what we have with Mephisto, and we are moving towards telling the Story of Terror.” That’s a reference to Diablo 5, which sees Diablo himself ruling over a post-apocalyptic Sanctuary.

Some Diablo 4 players have reacted to the news with anger, particularly the lack of any new expansions. Players are pointing out that former Diablo 4 boss, Rod Fergusson, mentioned “annual expansions” for the action role-playing game back in 2023. That hasn’t happened, with just two released (Vessel of Hatred and Lord of Hatred). Clearly, the early ambition for Diablo 4 has changed. Fergusson left Blizzard and Diablo last year to help get the new Bioshock game out the door at 2K Games.

“Why did they kill this game? I thought Lord of Hatred was well received?” one person asked on the Diablo 4 subreddit. “Guess those promises of supporting D4 for a long long time went out the window,” another said. Some are even calling into question further investment in Diablo 4, in terms of time and money.

“So why the f**k would anyone want to buy anything in D4 anymore?” another player said. “No point in buying battlepass or buying skins or collect. Unless they bring everything over to D5 like POE2, there is no point. What a disappointment.”

“This f***ing blows,” one fan added. “I thought the plan was yearly expansions, not just a 100 year timeskip and slap in the face.”

It’s important to note that others in the Diablo community are countering the backlash by saying Diablo 4 has offered — and continues to offer — plenty of content and that six years before a sequel is a reasonable amount of time.

“I spent $100 on Diablo 4 and only got over a thousand hours of entertainment,” one person joked. “Bliz bad I guess?”

“[Shrugs],” another said. “I’m not bent out of shape over the announcement, just a little surprised. As soon as you announce the next game in the series, that immediately takes the wind out of the sails of the current one. Announcing three years out, they either have a lot of faith in D4 to keep moving copies, or absolutely no faith in it.”

So, what exactly does Blizzard have in store for Diablo 4 over the next three years? At BlizzCon, it announced Season of Hell’s Legacy, which starts tomorrow, September 15. Guided by the soul of the much-loved Deckard Cain, players face bosses from across the Diablo franchise, including the echoes of the Prime Evils. Further ahead, the Amazon class is coming to Diablo 4 during the first half of 2027. Just don’t expect any new expansions.

The Amazon class is coming to Diablo 4 in 2027. Image credit: Blizzard Entertainment.

At BlizzCon, IGN spoke with Diablo 5 game director Joe Shely, narrative director Jennifer Helper, and production director Tiffany Wat, who confirmed the sequel is already in full production, but insisted there’s life left in Diablo 4.

“Diablo 4 has bright support,” Shely said. “It’s fully supported by the team. We were just announcing earlier today, coming to Diablo 4, the Amazon, the Season of Hell’s legacy, Diablo 4 is coming to Switch 2, and there will continue to be ongoing support for Diablo 4. There’s many reasons for players to keep playing. And of course, we’ve been in development for some time on Diablo 5. We’re in full production and it’s been really an exciting time for us to be able to get to share it with players.”

Wat went on to say Blizzard has dedicated teams for each of its Diablo games, and they all work together on updates. “We have dedicated teams for each of those games because those games are important to us and they’re really important for our community,” wat explained. “I think it really gives us a really great opportunity to be able to collaborate together, to talk with one another. Even though we might be distinct teams, we still work together quite closely because ultimately we are making games for the Diablo community. I think it’s the best time to be a Diablo fan.”

The question for Blizzard will be whether Diablo 4 seasons and the Amazon class are enough to keep players interested. The sentinent online from core players is that Diablo 4 has, overnight, reduced interest. I’ve even seen some players question why they should bother fussing over the Geralt skin for the Barbarian class knowing Diablo 5 is coming in three years and cosmetics won’t cross over.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Diablo 4 Devs React to BlizzCon News

Among the many announcements during yesterday’s BlizzCon Opening Ceremony, the news that Diablo is getting its own show at Netflix has at least one of the franchise’s development teams chomping at the bit. Yesterday, Blizzard president Johanna Faries revealed that a Diablo animated series is in the works but admitted she “can’t spill the beans” just yet on exactly what the new show entails.

Regardless, the development team behind Diablo 4 says it’s quite possibly the reveal they are most excited about, even more so than the news that Diablo 5 is coming out in 2029, Diablo 4 is getting a Switch 2 port, Spawn is coming to Diablo Immortal, and the arrival of the Amazon class. I sat down with Brent Gibson, Diablo 4’s Game Director, and Owen Leach, Season Lead for Diablo 4 – Hell’s Legacy, after yesterday’s news to break everything down.

A new Diablo animated series will be coming to Netflix

“Even though I have no information and can’t share anything, the fact that we’re getting a show [is what I’m most excited about],” Gibson says. “I’m a story guy. I want to see more story, as much story as you can get. We’re narrowing in on finding the creative team [for the show] and we’re delivering on what Johanna was saying, [that] we’re Blizzard Entertainment. I think Diablo’s a perfect world to start telling those stories, so I couldn’t be more happy that we’re getting a show.”

During yesterday’s presentation, Faries also noted that Overwatch, Warcraft and “perhaps even some…other [Blizzard] universes” could get their own series. But for now, news of a Diablo adaptation is proving to be more than enough to keep the development teams buzzing.

“The show is my fan answer [for what I’m most excited about],” Leach says. “I’ve seen animated shows on Netflix and I’m like, ‘Hell yes.’”

“I think this world of IPs existing and multiple media is the Wild West,” Gibson adds. “You actually can’t predict how those mechanisms work. You watch other games that have gotten their shows and how that’s plussed things up and changed things. Fallout is a really great example of that. You see this massive resurgence in the game because of the show and I love that. I have no idea where it’s going but it’s the right time and I’m super excited about it.”

Along with the new Netflix show, Gibson and Leach say there’s plenty for fans to be excited about in the Diablo universe.

“Being the Season Lead of Hell’s Legacy, I am so excited for Diablo to be in Diablo 4,” Leach says. “I’m losing my mind and that’s just one boss. We’ve got 20 new bosses. Na-Krul from Diablo: Hellfire. I’m sure people in the crowd are going to lose their minds when they find out about that. So September 15th, I can’t wait. I’m really excited for players to celebrate the 30th anniversary with us.”

Gibson says that he’s also looking forward to players getting their hands on Diablo 4: Age of Hatred Collection when it launches on Nintendo Switch 2 on September 15.

The Diablo 4: Age of Hatred Collection Launches on Nintendo Switch 2 on September 15

“It’s about damn time,” Gibson says. “We’ve been talking about what it means to be on handheld platforms since day one. I’m floored at the level of quality they were able to get it to. There is an audience there that we haven’t been servicing. I think it was on a list of top 10 games that everybody wanted to have on the Switch 2 from launch. And I’m like, ‘Yeah, me too. Here we go.’ So I’m very happy.”

“I like the flexibility of being able to play wherever I want,” Leach adds. “I used to play on the Steam Deck, but having a specific build for the console is even better. So now I’m playing on my couch because I’m lazy and then some days I’m playing on my PC. That’s how we do it.”

For more on BlizzCon 2026, check out everything announced at the Opening Ceremony.

Michael Peyton

Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment

Michael Peyton is the Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment at IGN, leading entertainment content and coverage of tentpole events including IGN Live, San Diego Comic Con, gamescom, and IGN Fan Fest. He’s spent 20 years working in the games and entertainment industry, and his adventures have taken him everywhere from the Oscars to Japan to Buenos Aires, Argentina. Follow him on Bluesky @MichaelPeyton

First Look at The Witcher 3 Geralt Skin for Diablo 4 Barbarians — Here’s How to Claim It

CD Projekt and Blizzard have released a first look at the Geralt-themed Barbarian skin for Diablo 4, but you’ll need to preorder The Witcher 3 expansion Songs of the Past on Battle.net to get it.

During BlizzCon 2026, CD Projekt’s Expert Community and Social Media Manager Amelia Korzycka and Level Design Lead Miles Tost appeared as guests on the 30 Years of Battle.net panel to reveal the skin, which will be available to Battle.net players who pre-purchase Songs of the Past (it’s only available to wishlist right now), or buy the expansion when it launches. That means the Geralt skin is locked behind Battle.net, which in turn means Steam players, for example, miss out.

This, as you can imagine, isn’t going down particularly well with Diablo 4 players who already own The Witcher 3 on non-Battle.net platforms. Remastered is coming to Steam as a free upgrade on September 29, 2026 for anyone who already owns the base game. So, those who already own The Witcher 3 on Steam (at this point, who doesn’t?) and are interested in Songs of the Past are probably going to buy it on Valve’s platform, and probably don’t want to rebuy The Witcher 3 on Battle.net just so they can get the Geralt skin for Diablo 4.

Official art for the Geralt Diablo 4 skin. Image credit: CD Projekt.Image of the Geralt skin shown during the BlizzCon 2026 panel. Image credit: YouTube.

“Not paying for a second copy of a 15-year-old game that most people who would play it probably already own,” one person said on social media. “Thx though Blizzard.”

“He looks so bad,” another said in response to Geralt’s face in the image shown during the panel itself. “I’m glad tho because I had zero desire to preorder a game in the worst launcher ever just to get this. I really hope they sold it separately in the future.”

The Geralt skin is also coming under fire from some Diablo 4 fans who were angered by Blizzard’s confirmation yesterday that the game will not get any further expansions. Diablo game director Brent Gibson told PC Gamer: “We’re all focused on [Diablo 4] seasons and getting to Diablo 5. We feel like we told the Story of Hatred. We had a great conclusion with Lord of Hatred with what we have with Mephisto, and we are moving towards telling the Story of Terror.” Diablo 4 launched June 2023. Diablo 5 is due out at some point in 2029.

“For us creatively, stuff like this is super fun because it puts us as creatives in a position where we have to think, how do we make these worlds collide in a way that gives respect and pays respect to both of the source materials, Diablo and The Witcher in this context?” Tost said of the Geralt skin during the Battle.net BlizzCon panel.

“So when we look at these kind of things we first try to find the overlap. What makes sense? Diablo of course, talking about classes, looking at the roster, we relatively quickly landed at the Barbarian as the place where we could imagine adding Geralt-inspired content. They’re both masters of physical prowess. They have trained all their lives to become super strong and powerful melee combatants. The Barbarian is capable of wielding multiple weapons at the same time. Geralt doesn’t wield them at the same time, but he does use two swords: the iconic steel for humans and silver for monsters.

“And you can see here — for those of you in the know — that this armor is heavily inspired by Geralt’s iconic Kaer Morhen armor. There’s a bit of Barbarian sprinkled on top… you see all the fur. I think you can see here how we’re trying to create collaborations like these in a way that makes sense for both teams and worlds and also fans. I hope you can see here how we have created something that feels right at home in Sanctuary.”

CD Projekt said that next year even more Witcher-themed content will hit Diablo 4, with more details to be revealed at a later date. “This skin, taking Geralt’s style into the hellscapes of Sanctuary, is the first piece of Witcher-inspired content coming to Diablo 4, and more is in the works, coming to Blizzard’s action-RPG in 2027,” CD Projekt added.

Every CD Projekt Red Game In Development

Meanwhile, CD Projekt announced that Cyberpunk 2077, its expansion Phantom Liberty, and the Ultimate Edition are coming to Battle.net later this year as its partnership with Blizzard expands. Meanwhile, Blizzard’s Overwatch will get Cyberpunk: Edgerunners and Edgerunners 2-themed content in 2027. Sequel animated series Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 premieres on Netflix on October 20.

If you need a catch-up, here’s everything announced at BlizzCon 2026 Opening Ceremony.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Lanterns Season 1, Episode 5 Review & Recap

Warning: This review contains full spoilers for Lanterns Season 1, Episode 5!

Lanterns is clearly a show intended to downplay some of the more ostentatious trappings of the source material, both for practical, budgetary reasons and out of a desire to tell a very specific kind of sci-fi detective story. This is not a series where Kyle Chandler’s Hal Jordan and Aaron Pierre’s John Stewart are pulling out their rings and going hogwild with the energy constructs every few minutes. At most, you have to assume the people in charge are saving those flashier, more expensive scenes for a very specific time and place. Well, Episode 5 is that place, and it’s a wild ride.

As Laura Linney’s Lianna describes it, “Lights Out” is a real “shitstorm” moment for the series. This is the episode where the 2016 storyline reaches its grand climax and everything goes to hell for Hal and John. There’s plenty of action to go around this week, which should assuage some of the complaints about the series holding back on Green Lantern constructs and general superheroics. Granted, Hal still doesn’t get overly creative with his ring-slinging (it’s mostly shields and generic energy blasts here), but the larger scale of Episode 5 is definitely appreciated.

Lanterns Images

More than the epic shootouts and battle scenes, however, it’s really the tension and character conflicts that fuel “Lights Out.” After weeks of watching Hal and John slowly come to terms with one another, it’s quite a change to see that relationship fall apart and watch as the two characters find themselves on opposite sides of the battle currently tearing Rushville apart. John chose to put his faith in Hal, just as Hal himself decided that John is a pawn worth sacrificing in his bid to remain Green Lantern of Sector 2814.

Addressing that particular elephant in the room, I can easily see this episode sticking in the craw of a great many Hal Jordan fans. Even for those willing to tolerate the notion of Hal being painted as a massive jerk of questionable morals, seeing him outright betray John and leave him for dead, and then orchestrate a massacre for his personal benefit may be a bridge too far. I get it. There’s only one specific storyline from the comics where Hal has this much blood on his hands (1994’s “Emerald Twilight”), and even there, he had the excuse of being driven temporarily insane (not to mention that DC has made a point of absolving Hal of his actions in the decades since).

But I’m still willing to roll with this particular interpretation of Hal Jordan. Clearly, there’s something fundamentally broken inside of this character. The interaction between Hal and the Halogram highlights that fact well (kudos to Chandler for pulling off those scenes so adeptly). This very dated copy of Hal is a nicer and more fundamentally decent version of the man, so what exactly transpired in the years since? How bad was that fallout with Sinestro? Hopefully, these are questions the series will explore in the remaining three episodes of the season. Any excuse to get more of Ulrich Thomsen’s Sinestro in the mix.

What We Thought of Lanterns Episode 4

“The fourth episode of Lanterns takes a somewhat frustrating turn. Even though this episode features some major Green Lantern villains, it doesn’t do nearly enough to take advantage of those characters. Luckily, the series still has the core Hal Jordan/John Stewart dynamic to fall back upon. “The Weenie” succeeds both in highlighting their amusing banter and in building a real sense of tension as the two men pursue their competing agendas. All signs point to a very exciting and dramatic Episode 5.” -Jesse Schedeen, 09/06/2026

Click here to read our full review.

Episode 5 is also great about fleshing out Zoe (Poorna Jagannathan) and exploring the hold she has over Rushville. As Kerry (Kelly Macdonald) explains, it’s not that she uses her power and resources to rule over the residents of Rushville; she truly is their benefactor and protector. This episode builds an appreciation for the community Zoe has singlehandedly built around herself and how tragic it is that the Lanterns have come calling and blown her cover. I’m also intrigued by the interaction between Zoe and her grandson, Noah (Cary Christopher). She urges him to “Remember everything I told you,” a line that I’m sure will pay off as the series inevitably returns to the 2026 timeline at long last.

There are a couple of quibbles about Episode 5 worth mentioning. I don’t know how non-comic fans may respond to the reveal that the Manhunters were created by the Guardians, but that got a big “No duh!” response from me. I suppose it’s one of those cases where knowing the source material can make the adaptation a little too predictable. More frustrating is that this episode is pretty abrupt in writing Antaan (Paul Ben-Victor) out of the picture. There are some terrific Antaan-centric scenes early on (particularly his showdown with Garret Dillahunt’s Will Macon), but seeing him cavalierly tossed into the sky to self-destruct seems like a less-than-fitting end to the character. At this point, I guess we can cross out that fan theory about Antaan being Atrocitus. At least, I hope we can. The series already wasted Hector Hammond.

Those complaints aside, “Lights Out” serves as a fitting conclusion to the conflict inside Rushville. And nowhere is that more true than with John himself. After being prodded and manipulated and lied to by everyone around him, John is finally forced to choose who and what he stands for. No longer can he be the soldier who blindly follows orders, be those orders from his abusive parents or his superior officers or the self-serving Guardians. The crucible has forged him, only the final product is not a Green Lantern. John emerges on the other side totally disillusioned with the Green Lantern Corps and the ideals they claim to represent. That would certainly explain why he appears to still not be a Lantern in 2026. When the opportunity finally presented itself, John rejected it.

It’s going to be very interesting to see how the series evolves from here. Presumably, the show will finally jump forward to 2026 and pick up where “Pilot” left off. At the same time, there’s a lot of room to look backwards and explore how and why Hal fell so far from grace. Whatever happens, it’s clear we’re looking at a very different show in these next three episodes, and that’s an exciting prospect.

The Beast of Mossy Bottom Review

Shaun the Sheep: The Beast of Mossy Bottom is in theaters on September 18.

In this 50th year celebrating Aardman Animations, most think of the ongoing adventures of Wallace & Gromit. But the more humble MVP of the stop-motion studio continues to be Shaun the Sheep, first introduced in the 1995 Academy Award-winning short, A Close Shave. He and his Mossy Bottom Farms flock have since starred in multiple series, shorts, and a trilogy of feature films. The third installment of that trilogy, Shaun the Sheep: The Beast of Mossy Bottom, is a love letter to the Universal Monsters era of filmmaking that’s a delightful homage to silent era visual comedy.

In keeping with 2015’s Shaun the Sheep Movie and 2019’s A Shaun the Sheep Movie: Farmageddon, The Beast of Mossy Bottom continues to keep its world and characters basic and easy to follow. This Halloween-centric story opens at Mossy Bottom farm, which is run by the clueless Farmer and his more competent sheepdog with an exaggerated overbite, Bitzer (both vocalized by comedian John Sparkes). Left to play in the fields is his flock, led by the super-creative and adventurous Shaun (Justin Fletcher). Aware that the Farmer is in general a liability, the flock has grown a secret pumpkin patch that they’ve carefully nurtured and grown to perfection for their Halloween Hoedown, nestled away from the Farmer’s eyes and extremely clumsy feet.

The Farmer, of course, still finds a way to ruin the patch, which spurs a despondent Shaun to come up with a fix so little Timmy and their flock can have their party. Finding a handmade science book in the barn, Shaun devolves into a mini-Frankenstein — including experimenting in his windmill lab — to create a serum he’ll put on their pumpkin seeds so they’ll grow back in time for Halloween. And boy do they, uncontrollably so, which puts Shaun on the back hoof fixing his fix.

In the film’s intertwined “B” plot, the Farmer has a secret crush on the local Vet (Nina Sosanya), but he’s feeling embarrassed by the retreating creep of his hairline. He also seeks a quick remedy when he stumbles upon a bottle of old hair growth (newly filled with the excess of Shaun’s serum), and decides to use it to get confident enough to ask the lady doc out. You can imagine the hairy mess that ensues.

The strength of Mark Burton and Giles Pilbrow’s screenplay, and most Shaun and Aardman features for that matter, is that each film’s increasingly dire situations don’t come from overcomplicated plots; rather, they derive from the escalation of the characters’ actions and the domino effect, which makes for simple narratives. Here, that translates into a movie younger viewers can easily follow while still appealing to older viewers with its classic movie underpinnings for the Halloween season. Plus, the writers and animators have ambitiously filled every frame with horror cinema visual easter eggs, endless sight gags, and great character performances. The Beast of Mossy Bottom is almost dialogue-free, but it all works because first-time feature directors Steve Cox and Matthew Walker have kept the core narrative clear and loaded the film with generational gags that cleverly reference today’s horrors as well as bits from James Whale’s Frankenstein and Steven Spielberg’s Jaws.

It’s also appreciated that the directors have expanded the farm to extend into the unsettling woods of Mossingham, added that set piece-worthy windmill, folded in the expanded Mossingham citizenry, and included a whole sea-set action sequence. That level of scale for The Beast of Mossy Bottom keeps the pokey farm from feeling too small for a cinematic story, and continues to push the limits of the stop-motion wizardry of the Aardman Animations team. Speaking of which, the animators have outdone themselves by including massive amounts of moving hair to their animation repertoire as the Farmer goes full Sasquatch; they also weave in spritzing water and aquatic critters. It’s easy to forget, and take for granted, that every single character and locale is handmade and individually manipulated by animators, making this another stunning achievement and demonstration of the studio’s patience and craftsmanship.

It’s easy to forget, and take for granted, that every single character and locale is handmade and individually manipulated by animators.“

Special kudos also go to Natalie Holt’s score, which does a tremendous amount of emotional heavy lifting in what is essentially a silent film. She and her orchestra land jokes with their flourishes à la Carl Stalling’s Looney Tunes and Merrie Melodies compositions, or wholesale create emotional moments that they mine with notes in between the character grunts or gibberish talk.

Shaun the Sheep: The Beast of Mossy Bottom is a great addition to the Aardman farm trilogy and to their larger production history. It’s clearly made by a team of silent-era horror cinema nerds and some of the quickest punsters in the business. It’s heartening to see the studio’s continuing commitment to the stop-motion technique while honoring what’s come before in the horror genre. Though it may not be as slick or elevated as Wallace & Gromit: Vengeance Most Fowl, The Beast of Mossy Bottom deserves a theatrical watch and to become a future Halloween classic.

Part II Set Photos Tease Court of Owls

New videos and photos from the London set of The Batman: Part II show Robert Pattinson’s Bruce Wayne being escorted by police through a crowd of angry protestors.

These images only further fuel the rumors that Gotham’s secret cabal of wealthy elites, the Court of Owls, factor into the story, but these photos also hint at another Bat-villain possibly being involved.

NEW LOOK at Robert Pattinson as Bruce Wayne entering a car after going through a crowd of protesters on the set of ‘THE BATMAN: PART 2’ 🦇🔥

(via londonmoviesets | TikTok) pic.twitter.com/w4RA6AZsa5

— The Batman Saga News (@TheBatmanSagaNW) September 13, 2026

Footage on social media shows director Matt Reeves and cinematographer Erik Messerschmidt filming a scene where Bruce is protected by the GCPD as he exits down the stairs of the Gotham Bar Association past mobs of protestors to a waiting Bentley where he’s met by Andy Serkis’ double as Alfred Pennyworth. (Serkis is busy in New Zealand directing and starring in The Lord of the Rings: The Hunt for Gollum.) Jeffrey Wright as Jim Gordon was also spotted on set.

The signs and placards waved by the protestors’ reveal the source of their anger and the first hint of the Court of Owls: “Court of Oligarchs,” “Court of Fouls,” “The Richer Get Richer,” “One Day The Poor Will Have Nothing,” “Re$i$t,” “Eat the Rich,” “Your Greed is Killin Us,” and “Oligarchs Gotta Go!.”

There are also signs bearing Batman imagery, such as one that reads “Save Us” and another that features the Batman mask with “I’m coming for you next” written below it.

The irony in these images, of course, is that the protesters clearly view Bruce Wayne, the city’s wealthiest man, as an enemy while embracing his alter ego Batman as a symbol of resistance against a corrupt system.

Most curiously, some protestors are wearing white masks that fully hide their faces. There is one particular masked protester with a white anarchy symbol drawn on his jacket, a look reminiscent of the villain Anarky in the game Batman: Arkham Origins. Might these masked protesters be his henchmen?

In the DC Comics, Anarky is Batman’s most political adversary who uses violence against state and corporate institutions in a quest for social justice. Born Lonnie Machin, he is also one of Batman’s youngest opponents and has sometimes been portrayed as an antihero rather than an outright villain.

A protester with an A symbol on their jacket wearing a white face mask was spotted on the set of ‘THE BATMAN: PART 2’.

Anarky?

(via @RayChand006) pic.twitter.com/18px5FXJKq

— The Batman Saga News (@TheBatmanSagaNW) September 13, 2026

Although Anarky has been featured in both live-action (Arrow) and animation (Beware the Batman), he’s never appeared in a Batman feature film. It should be noted that Matt Reeves has said the villain of The Batman: Part II has “never really been done in a movie before.”

Or maybe that set photo is just of some random extra with an anarchy symbol on his chest and it isn’t a hint at Anarky or his movement being a part of this movie at all. I’m just speculating.

That said, a story featuring both the Court of Owls and Anarky actually makes sense for a Matt Reeves Batman movie where Gotham’s pervasive corruption is front and center.

This Popular, Cool CD Player Art Frame on Kickstarter Brings Back the Nostalgia I Needed and Offers to Up 55% Off in Late Pledge Rewards

As part of IGN Finds, we are sharing cool things we find across the internet that we actually like, whether it be the latest LEGO idea, upcoming fandom merch or TCG drops, gaming preorders or the biggest tech deals.

One of the latest items on my radar this month is this SYITREN RM1: Frame Your Music, A Living Art CD Player, found on Kickstarter. There are thousands of Kickstarter projects popping up every month, but it’s not often I see one that hits both music and 90s’ nostalgia.

If you’re old cool enough to have had any CD player growing up, then you get the appeal here. This takes me back to the simpler days in the 1990s and early 2000s, loading up my clunky six-disc CD player with the latest pop album, Now That’s What I Call Music release, burned CD mixes, and movie soundtracks like Shrek and Grease. I’ll admit I didn’t think I’d see the day where I would want to put my CDs on display, or listen to them anywhere besides in my car, but here we are. It’s time to bust out my CD binder again.

Late Pledgers Can Save up to 55% on the RM1 CD Player

SYITREN RM1: Frame Your Music, A Living Art CD Player |

0

With over 4,500 backers, this mountable CD player is both a piece of art and music player all-in-one. There are available rewards for late backers including savings of up to 55% on bundles.

We first spotted this CD Player last month, and were impressed by its slick design and versatility. Since we posted this Tweet in early August, the Kickstarter is now at $543,895 from over 4,500 backers and counting.

This is one of the coolest Kickstarters I’ve seen in a while, a transparent CD player that looks like a piece of art you can hang up in your living room. It’s already at $121,472, far exceeding its $3,000 initial goal with 26 days remaining. https://t.co/CbHuMH638a #ad https://t.co/Uz83YlhgLS

— IGN Finds (@IGNDeals) August 6, 2026

This Kickstarter has met its initial goal, but it’s still offering late pledges which can give backers to up 55% off in rewards. Something to note is Kickstarter rewards aren’t guaranteed, so you’re supporting a creative project without guaranteed fulfillment. When you land on the Kickstarter page, you’ll see what available rewards are still available now, including the main options below (in order of popularity). The product(s) ship anywhere in the world with an estimated delivery of next month, October 2026.

Pledge Options:

  • Frame & Sound Bundle X1 ($139 at 50% off)
  • Early Bird X1 ($109 at 35% off)
  • Double Display Set X2 ($169 at 53% off)
  • Collector Wall Set X4 ($319 at 55% off)

About the SYITREN RM1

This CD Player can be mounted on the wall, or on display via detachable stands on any shelf, table or desk. It includes transparent, dual-layer acrylic and precision metal pillars, showing the CD spin. It also displays light throughout the frame, via a warm yellow 2×8 LED matrix.

For the actual audio, you can pledge to get the RM1’s speaker with the CD player as part of the bundle. Or, you can use your own speaker, as this RM1 CD player uses Bluetooth 5.3 and connects to standard Bluetooth speakers (within approximately 10 meters). Playback starts automatically once a CD is loaded, with volume and skip buttons controlled via a remote. You can find out more product details on the Kickstarter campaign FAQ tab.

RM1 Features

I’m not sure how long the late pledges will last, but if you missed the opportunity thus far, I’d jump on it. I’m personally a big fan of this music player and I think it would make an awesome holiday gift for a lot of people!

Lindsey Salzer

Audience Development and Commerce Director

Lindsey (she/her) is IGN’s Director of Audience Development and Commerce. She’s been at IGN since 2021, spending the past nine years specializing in gaming, entertainment and tech in the publishing space, with a background in digital marketing. As she grew up thrift shopping her whole life, you may find her covering home and apparel deals from time to time, and checking out what’s new from the world of queer TV and cinema.

Diablo 5 Is in Full Production: Story and Classes Revealed

While tons of new updates are coming to Diablo, including a new Netflix series, Diablo 4 Season 15, a Switch 2 port, and more, the biggest reveal for the franchise at BlizzCon 2026 was the announcement of Diablo V, coming in 2029.

IGN sat down exclusively with the team behind the upcoming game, including Game Director Joe Shely, Narrative Director Jennifer Helper, and Production Director Tiffany Wat, who gave us tons of new details about Diablo 5, including how it’s already past early development.

IGN: I know probably nobody has missed the Diablo 5 announcement, but can you guys just kind of give sort of a top-level view of what the game will be?

Joe Shely: Diablo 5 is a world where Sanctuary has fallen and Diablo has won. That means that the world is in an apocalypse. The fate that players have been trying to prevent for many years throughout other Diablo games has happened. Other heroes rose up, tried to stop Diablo, and failed. Diablo sits on the throne of Westmarch and has conquered all of the Western continent.

The Reason Diablo 5 is Set 100 Years After Diablo 4

IGN: Diablo 4 still has some life in it. What are you planning to achieve in Diablo 5 that you don’t think that as a whole would’ve been able to be achievable in Diablo 4?

Shely: Diablo 4 has bright support. It’s fully supported by the team. We were just announcing earlier today, coming to Diablo 4, the Amazon, the Season of Hell’s legacy, Diablo 4 is coming to Switch 2, and there will continue to be ongoing support for Diablo 4. There’s many reasons for players to keep playing. And of course, we’ve been in development for some time on Diablo 5. We’re in full production and it’s been really an exciting time for us to be able to get to share it with players.

Jennifer Helper: We’re bringing Diablo back and Diablo should never be an “and another thing” in a Diablo game. We need a full campaign and full story based around Diablo. [With Diablo 5], we’ve jumped a hundred years ahead to tell that story so that Diablo 4 has lots of space to continue their story and their development while we’re doing Diablo 5.

Diablo 5 Will Have “More Classes Than You’ve Ever Seen”

Tiffany Wat: [Diablo 5] is an opportunity for us to really lean into some of the incredible innovations, both on the technology, but also on the gameplay and system side. We are bringing more classes than you’ve ever seen in a Diablo game. We talked about bringing back the procedural world, something that was really popular in prior Diablo games, and we leaned into it in Diablo 4 with our dungeon system. In Diablo 5, we really felt that this is such a really fun and integral way to be playing Diablo, and we wanted to bring it back to both the overworld and the dungeon systems.

Joe talks to his team a lot about the importance of constant discovery and not knowing what’s around the corner. That adds an element of danger to the world of Sanctuary and that really ties well with the story that Jennifer and her team are trying to tell. Being able to tie all of that together and really reach for the gameplay ambitions that Joe and his team have, it made a lot of sense for us to just embark on a sequel, and we’ve been doing it for a little bit of time now.

Diablo 5 Will Be Less Open World Because Diablo Has Destroyed Everything

IGN: It seems like you guys are going for more of that traditional overworld that people travel to in different spaces. So we’re not going to have that open world vibe like we did in Diablo 4.

Wat: There are no more towns because Diablo and his Dread Commanders have completely destroyed Sanctuary. And so that caravan that you are gathering, these members that you have met, survivors of Sanctuary that are coming along with you to try and just survive, figure out what’s going on with Diablo, you’re moving from region to region and that gives us a chance to really show what Sanctuary looks like when it’s under the Lord of Terror and see the different ways that the Dread Commanders have twisted the world. Joe and I worked together on monsters for over a decade now on Diablo, and man, the monsters team is cooking. So being able to see the twisted, disgusting, horrifying demons that show up at different times in different worlds that you’re loading into is just really, really cool.

IGN: When Diablo 5 launches, support seems like it’ll continue for Diablo 4 and other games. Do you foresee any challenges with not just player retention, but overall content creation when you have basically five Diablo games in rotation for people to come back to season after season?

Wat: We have dedicated teams for each of those games because those games are important to us and they’re really important for our community. I think it really gives us a really great opportunity to be able to collaborate together, to talk with one another. Even though we might be distinct teams, we still work together quite closely because ultimately we are making games for the Diablo community. I think it’s the best time to be a Diablo fan.

How Diablo 2 Inspired Diablo 5

IGN: The ARPG market is getting larger. How does Diablo evolve in a market when the target audience is split across multiple titles? Do you look to these games to see what types of new things they’re making to inject into your games?

Shely: Of course. ARPGs are ultimately systems games underneath everything. And we play everything that relates to Diablo or could give us an idea of what players are enjoying. But in particular, the way that we approach it is by focusing on the things that are really core to Diablo and Diablo really excels at. Things like evolving our combat model, things like making a game that’s approachable and has an incredible campaign. We want this to be our best campaign ever.

Some of the crunchiness of Diablo 2 that really speaks to many of the core ARPG players has inspired Diablo 5 with things like stat requirements returning on items, item tiers, which is very much inspired by Diablo 2, and even things like the return of the belt slot or multi-slot items in your inventory.

The Return of the Belt Slot

IGN: Can you talk a little bit actually about the return of the belt slot and about the itemization in Diablo 5 versus say Diablo 4 and how you guys plan to approach that?

Shely: I mean, the simple answer is that the belt slot is generally a more exciting slot than the pants slot. The belt slot is just a reflection of the way that we look at the suite of items that the player can equip. And we always want to balance that so that you have the right amount of different pieces of your gear that you’re chasing both between the weapons and the armor. So in terms of evolving the visual style, one of the things that the belt slot lets us do is make gear sets that are more cohesive between the chest armor and the pants.

Diablo 5 will launch in 2029

A Return to Westmarch

IGN: We see that Diablo is coming back now in Diablo 4, starting with season 15. You’ve got however many more seasons between now and Diablo 5 launches. Is there anything you’re worried about with Diablo’s implementation maybe in Diablo 4 versus how he’s going to appear in Diablo 5?

Helper: We also not only are a hundred years ahead, we are back on the Western continent. So Diablo 4’s content is all in the East and we are back in Westmarch, which everyone is familiar with from the first three games. And Westmarch has expanded over the entire Western continent. So we’ve got a lot of future history of the Western continent that we haven’t seen in a really long time that we’re going to be able to cover that is a completely open space for us.

IGN: Last question. When will we learn more about Diablo 5?

Shely: When we decided to announce that we’ve been working on Diablo V, we wanted to make sure that we shared some meaningful updates, talking about classes, talking about the return of the Demon Hunter, the Monk, new classes like the Plague Knight, things like itemization that we talked about before. And we want to continue that conversation. And in particular, the reason to talk about the game now and continue that conversation into 2027, when we’ll share more about it, is to be able to talk with players, talk with everyone out there who loves Diablo, and build the game alongside them and by listening to the things that they want.

WoW Devs Explain Why World of Warcraft 2 Isn’t Happening

World of Warcraft: Forever, a Classic+ iteration of the long-running franchise that lets players return to an updated vanilla Azeroth featuring new zones, dungeons, raids, and more, was announced at yesterday’s BlizzCon 2026 Opening Ceremony. And now, the game’s developers are revealing why they think the new take on the classic game (along with the numerous other WoW updates announced yesterday) renders the long-speculated World of Warcraft 2 unnecessary.

I sat down with Kris Zierhut, World of Warcraft: Forever’s Principal Designer, and Mike Nuthals, the game’s Lead Encounter Designer, immediately following yesterday’s announcement to break down the game’s many new features and to discuss why they think it’s even better than any potential WoW sequel.

“I think one of the things that’s singularly great about WoW is we have this game and this world and this design that has been continuously developed for the last 25 years,” Zierhut says. “And we keep making it better. We made the graphics better, we made the rendering better, we made the lighting better; all that new stuff we showed on stage today.

“But we’ve also made the way the engine draws things move more efficiently. The way the server runs, handling players and moving them around, and all the things that handle spells and combat, all of that’s been made more efficient and better over the years. We have this incredible engine and server infrastructure driving the game that is second to none. Why would you throw that away and start over?”

Zierhut went on to say that, in addition to the technical advancements in World of Warcraft: Forever, the team is still invested in building the story of the current WoW universe.

“It’s not like there’s something wrong with the story,” Zierhut says. “We love the story. So going back to the beginning [with World of Warcraft: Forever], there’s a chance to explore that story in new and different ways. So it’s really hard to say, ‘Well, what would a WoW 2 give you that World of Warcraft: Forever isn’t already giving you?’”

As revealed on stage yesterday, World of Warcraft: Forever won’t merely be a rehashed update of the original. In addition to “updated world visuals and lighting,” the game will feature 10 and 20-player raids, more than 1,000 new quests, new race and class combos, a new Skyborne race, and more. Nuthals and Zierhut say there are a few key features they’re most eager for fans to experience.

“I’m so excited for our players to uncover all of our new items,” Nuthals says. “All of the dungeons and raids have had an itemization pass. There’s so much new to explore. I’m really anxious for our players to get in there and explore the world, find all the cool little nooks and crannies, find their really cool loot and just have a great time.

World of Warcraft: Forever launches November 4.

[And] the thing I think I’m most excited about with our raids are the raid sizes. We’re going to have Barrow Deeps which will be our 10-player raid. We’re going to have the Hyjal Summit, which will be 20, and then Onyxia will be 40. I think the thing that gets me most excited about that is getting folks to find social groups and friends to fill those groups up.”

World of Warcraft: Forever’s New Camping Feature Explained

“The thing I’m most excited about is the camping feature,” Zierhut says. “So you may remember in World of Warcraft in the past, you could put down a cooking fire and you could sit and cook your food. The cooking fire has now become the basic campfire. And while you’re sitting there waiting, because you have to sit there for a minute, another player [could walk] by and they add to it. And now you are [all] there and you’ve got to wait a minute you’re like, ‘Hey, what quest are you working on? Oh, we’re working on the same quest. Hey, how about we group up?’ And that’s the moment the friendships, relationships, and guilds are born. And I’m really excited about what that’s going to do for our game.”

While World of Warcraft: Forever will include many new updates for players to explore, Zierhut and Nuthals say it won’t stray too far from what players love about the original.

“We’re not going to make massive changes to the lore,” Zierhut says. “We’re not going to change the way the world feels, but we can maybe have a slightly different sequence of what’s happening. It doesn’t contradict what was in Classic, but it’s a little bit different. So we have room for a slightly different story. Nobody has to worry about problems with the timeline.”

“Our pillars are very universal, core to the experience of playing Classic WoW,” Nuthals says. “That’s always what we’re thinking of in the back of our head. It’s exhilarating to see what our players are going to do when they get into it and play it.”

World of Warcraft: Forever launches November 4.

Michael Peyton

Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment

Michael Peyton is the Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment at IGN, leading entertainment content and coverage of tentpole events including IGN Live, San Diego Comic Con, gamescom, and IGN Fan Fest. He’s spent 20 years working in the games and entertainment industry, and his adventures have taken him everywhere from the Oscars to Japan to Buenos Aires, Argentina. Follow him on Bluesky @MichaelPeyton

Overwatch Devs Confirm That Yes, Tracer Is Still The Game’s Mascot

You heard it here first, folks: Tracer is still the face of Overwatch, despite not being featured in many major collaborations or promotional materials as of late.

We got the chance to sit down with the minds behind Overwatch at Blizzcon 2026 to discuss the game’s newest support hero, Doctrine, and the future of the franchise — as well as grill them about Tracer’s role as its supposed mascot.

When you think about Overwatch, you probably think of Tracer. She was essentially the star of the show when the game first launched in 2016, and was consistently featured in marketing materials, merchandise, advertisements, and more. Her iconic silhouette and speedy abilities were inescapable back then… but now, not so much.

Overwatch: Tracer – London Calling Graphic Novel Preview

We directly asked Overwatch’s Lead Hero Producer Kenny Hudson, as well as art director Dion Rogers, if Tracer is still the mascot of the game — or if she was ever really considered its mascot, at all.

Their answer was firm and decisive: Tracer is, and always was, the mascot of Overwatch.

“Tracer is still the mascot for Overwatch. Very much. ‘Tracer orange’ is a quote that the team uses all the time. The little cheeto on top of the sigil is orange. She’s still that girl,” Rogers told us.

Overwatch just got a brand-new support hero in Doctrine, a vampire-inspired character who has a long history with Doomfist. No, he’s not an actual vampire, but that motif was a key part of his design from the very beginning, says Rogers.

“The idea came from our lead narrative designer, Miranda Moyer, who actually asked the question of, ‘What would a vampire look like in the Overwatch universe?’ We always do our best work on heroes when we get a really cool theme to rally around, and ‘vampire’ just got the brain juices flowing on everything from kit, to concept, to art,” he explained.

“This one was fun, because with Hero 54, we’ve hit all the archetypes like cowboy, knight, ninja. Once we thought about the vampire, we were like, ‘Yeah, let’s lean into it and see if we can make a hero out of this,’” Hudson added.

“He’s still a scientist or a mechanical engineer, even his cape still feels like a lab coat from the sciency part of him. …we started him off as a scientist, a typical guy, lab coat, glasses. Sometimes it takes a team saying when they see an image, ‘That’s the hero.’ He didn’t quite feel like it yet. But we took the vampire thing that Miranda mentioned, we applied that, and he actually started to feel like a hero. You can see a theme, you can see a fantasy, you can see an archetype. Making him hail from Zimbabwe, Africa, gives him that immediate heritage and connection to Doomfist. He worked for Doomfist’s family at some point in his life, and helped build arms for Doomfist, so it made sense that he would reach out to him to get his arm back.”

Doctrine is the nearly the last of 10 characters who have come to Overwatch this year. With so much content dropping into the game in 2026, we had to ask about what peaks are left for Overwatch to climb, and what’s in the pipeline next.

“There’s always room for more heroes,” Rogers said. “There’s a lot more we’re cooking.”

“It’s not so much about hitting the targets we’ve already hit, but setting new ones and seeing where we can take it,” Hudson added. “We’re really excited with all the team has learned over the last couple of years to be able to really push ourselves into new territory and evolve in new, interesting ways.”

Doctrine was one of several massive announcements shown off at Blizzcon this year, and there’s still more to come; Hero 55 was also teased this weekend, and he’s a suave-looking Omnic who fans are already itching to play. You can out our recap blog for full breakdown of everything revealed, as well as our interview with the team behind the upcoming StarCraft open-world shooter coming in 2030.

Much More Than an Attraction at Hollywood Studios

Walt Disney World is gearing up for the biggest expansion of its nearly 55-year history, as it is currently underway in bringing Villains Land, the Cars-themed Piston Peak, Monsters, Inc.’s Monstropolis, and much more to life. However, as exciting as it is to see Disney building new lands, its additional focus and care on revitalizing its beloved yet sometimes outdated historical attractions is what has really surprised me in recent years.

After attending a preview of The Magic of Disney Animation at Hollywood Studios, which will have its grand opening on September 14, I can confidently say this strategy is working and will now have the chance to inspire and create lasting memories for even more guests. Why do I say this? Well, I saw it first-hand (through tears of pride and love) as my 7-year-old son found something more than an attraction running through these halls that once created Lilo & Stitch, Mulan, and Brother Bear.

The Magic of Disney Animation at Walt Disney World’s Hollywood Studios

The Magic of Disney Animation Is More Than Just an Attraction

For a bit of context, The Magic of Disney Animation is replacing the derelict Star Wars Launch Bay at Hollywood Studios. It is, in fact, the second iteration of an attraction of the same name that was running during the now–shuttered Walt Disney Feature Animation Florida studio that developed those movies I mentioned earlier and more. Back then, guests could come in and watch animators at work and learn how these Disney films go from an idea in someone’s brain to a global box office success story.

This new take on the attraction has that same mission, even if it’s presented in a different way as the studio is no longer there. Inspired by the short ‘Once Upon a Studio’ that was released for The Walt Disney Company’s 100th anniversary in 2023 and featured a nod to every animated film in the studios’ catalog, this is a space where the animators have gone out to lunch and the characters have come to life and are welcoming guests to come in and visit.

Image Credit: Disney

Guests can head over to an indoor, air-conditioned Alice in Wonderland-themed playground (with plenty of seating for adults and charging ports!) that is also a loving tribute to the art of Disney Legend Mary Blair, they can watch ‘Once Upon a Studio’ while seeing actual portraits around them come to life and react to what’s happening on screen, and they can meet their favorite characters in spaces inspired by the different stages of animating a film, including Mulan in Story, Rapunzel in Layout, and Stitch in Effects.

However, the one I want to spend a bit more time on is Olaf Draws! This is an experience where an Audio-Animatronics figure of Olaf and on-screen Disney Legends teach you how to draw Mickey, Genie, or even Olaf himself. While it may seem like just a fun excuse to hang out with everyone’s favorite snowman while escaping Florida’s heat, it quickly turned into a core memory as I saw my 7-year-old sit up in his Frozen-style sled and lean into this activity.

I, as the proudest Dad around, saw him take care with every pencil stroke. I saw him make a mistake and get frustrated and learn how to fix it himself. I saw him laugh when Olaf made a funny joke or bantered back and forth with the Legend on screen and, perhaps most importantly, I saw him sign his name and jump up in pride and run to us and show that he brought this character to life on this page. It was a moment I’ll hold in my heart forever.

Image Credit: Disney

As parents, all we want in this world is to see our kids soar and reach the stars and find their spark, and, if even for just a moment while being enveloped in Frozen music and a character he loved right in front of him, he found that in this place. This very same place that once housed animators and talented individuals who were working together to share their craft and vision with the world.

The Magic of Disney Animation brings that feeling back to Walt Disney World in a way that I believe has been missing, and it even extends out into the courtyard outside the attraction. The space is modeled after the actual Roy E. Disney Animation Building in Burbank, California, and it has character statues like Pua, Thumper, and Meeko littered about alongside Grauman’s Chinese Theatre-style cement blocks with the hand- or paw-prints of various characters, including Wreck-It Ralph’s that takes up four squares, or Simba’s, who has his paw inside of Mufasa’s.

And that’s not to mention the roaming characters inside and outside of the attraction that may just surprise you and your family. I saw Alice and the Mad Hatter crashing the Unbirthday Party in the playground (to the delight of the children and parents nearby) and videos of Rapunzel playing Duck, Duck, Goose with kids in the courtyard and Pluto posing by a recreation of the iconic Pluto’s Corner street sign that is also found on Disney’s lot.

This, in concert with the Disney music, concept art, historical images, a model Animator’s office with Stitch spinning around in a chair, HeiHei popping out of a trash can, Mushu and Cri-Kee playing Fix-It Felix, and countless nods to Disney history, a museum of sorts where characters have donated items (Maui lent his Fish Hook, Elsa her Orb and Scepter, and much more), there is this sense of legacy and care that just wasn’t present in this way before.

The Magic of Disney Animation brings that feeling back to Walt Disney World in a way that I believe has been missing…“

I’m a little worried about capacity and crowd control, as I foresee this being a very popular air-conditioned place to rest, try to meet characters, and let your kids play to their heart’s content at the playground, so I’m hoping everyday guests will be able to experience this place as intended and not as sardines in a tightly packed can.

Disney Is a Carousel of Progress, Not of Standing Still

The Magic of Disney Animation not only shows that care of what came before makes a difference, but that Disney isn’t just prioritizing E-Ticket, mind-blowing experiences at every corner. Listen, this attraction isn’t meant to drive ticket sales through the roof or break new ground in technology, but that doesn’t make it any less of a priority.

I saw a similar notion with Disneyland’s Walt Disney – A Magical Life, which posthumously brought Walt Disney back as an Audio-Animatronics figure to the park he built. Disney (the very-much-alive company, I mean) didn’t have to do this. This attraction, which is literally steps away from the gate where guests walk in, isn’t the most popular or thrilling experience, but it’s a tribute to and honor of what came before that stands alongside modern Disney attractions like Rise of the Resistance or the upcoming Avengers: Infinity Defense at Disney California Adventure. It also adds to the experience and didn’t remove the other show that stars an Audio-Animatronics figure of Abraham Lincoln and was one of Walt’s most prized attractions.

Walt Disney – A Magical Life at Disneyland. Image Credit: Disney

It makes for a more complete and meaningful parkgoing experience, and it allows for guests to take home something more than screams of joy and laughter, but also inspiration, hope, and the belief that they too can tell these stories and make their dreams come true.

Walt Disney himself was always about looking forward and immersing families in the stories they love, and he’ll soon also be part of the next big change over at Walt Disney World’s Magic Kingdom, as Carousel of Progress is currently closed and getting its biggest update ever.

Carousel of Progress first debuted at the 1964-1965 New York World’s Fair and looked back 60 years in the past to the turn of century before heading all the way to a glimpse of what the future may hold. The attraction has gone under multiple revisions over the years, but this new iteration that is planned to open in 2027 will bring it forward by decades and add another Walt Disney Audio-Animatronics figure to the intro.

Act 2 Concept Art for the New Carousel of Progress. Image Credit: Disney

Change can be tough, particularly for a place with as much nostalgia tied to it as a Disney theme park, but after speaking to some of the Imagineers in charge of this project, it’s clear they have a reverence for what Carousel of Progress means to so many guests while also understanding that it doesn’t resonate as much with today’s audience. This new take will start in the late ‘60s and take us through the moon landing, Halloween in the ‘80s, Y2K, and even the far, far future to a look at what life could be like off-planet in an attempt to not only stay relevant for a long time and not feel outdated, but to connect more with guests in 2026 who grew up with the times that will now be shown on stage. It’s also fascinating because it will now look 60 years in the past, just as the original did when it first debuted.

It allows for guests to take home something more than screams of joy and laughter, but also inspiration, hope, and the belief that they too can tell these stories and make their dreams come true. “

Once again, Disney did not need to do this, but it understands that this attraction, like the company, is a Carousel of Progress and not a Carousel of Standing Still, and it needs to keep innovating and improving what it has so it can meet the guests where they are today and tomorrow and not yesterday.

These examples; Walt Disney – A Magical Life, The Magic of Disney Animation, and the upcoming new iteration of Carousel of Progress, show that honoring your past while also marching forward is a winning combination.

I’ll never forget that night in The Magic of Disney Animation, as I felt the history all around me while seeing our future generation play in a safe space that encouraged creativity and play and left room for the chance to be inspired and realize you are even more talented and wonderful than you may have believed.

We love coming to theme parks for the thrill of the giant drop of a roller coaster or coming face-to-face with our favorite characters or villains, but the true magic of places like these are those moments we don’t plan for. It’s turning a corner to a parade you didn’t know had begun or seeing your daughter in her Elsa dress spin through EPCOT and know that she can be the princess of her own story or watching your son find that he can draw a character he loves on screen and believe that one day he may see his own creation on the big screen or in a park.

These experiences matter and are just as important as the big lands and attractions that draw hours-long lines. These smaller, quieter moments are sometimes the loudest in our lives and can help define who we are, and that’s the real magic of these places and a testament to those who work to keep these experiences ready for the current dreamers of all ages that we hope will one day shape our world for the better.

Adam Bankhurst is a writer for IGN. You can follow him on X/Twitter @AdamBankhurst, Instagram, and TikTok, and listen to his show, Talking Disney Magic.

BlizzCon 2026 Opening Ceremony: All the Announcements

BlizzCon 2026 Opening Ceremony is over, and it did not disappoint, with huge announcements for StarCraft, Diablo, and Warcraft.

Highlights include the confirmation of StarCraft, an open-world shooter due out in… 2030! Before then, in 2029, we’ll get Diablo 5. We also got the shadow-drop of a brand new campaign for Warcraft 3, and the announcement of World of Warcraft: Forever, due out in November.

Elsewhere, we have confirmation of a Diablo animated show for Netflix, a new hero for Overwatch, and a surprise new hero for Heroes of the Storm. Yep, there was a lot packed into Opening Ceremony, which will be followed by various panels that go into more detail on all the announcements.

In case you missed it, check out all the announcements in our live blog, below.

More from BlizzCon 2026

That’s a wrap!

Holly Longdale brought BlizzCon 2026 Opening Ceremony to a close by running through the big announcements and hyping up the crowd. It was certainly a news heavy Blizzcon – perhaps the biggest for future game reveals ever. Diablo 5 and the Warcraft 3 campaign certainly came as a huge shock. We all knew the StarCraft shooter was going to make an appearance due to various leaks, but it was still exciting to see the trailer. And how about World of Warcraft: Forever?

Let us know what you thought of Blizzcon 2026 Opening Ceremony in the comments, and stick with IGN for even more news from the event.

World of Warcraft: Forever announcement closes out BlizzCon 2026 Opening Ceremony

Blizzard brought BlizzCon 2026’s Opening Ceremony to an end with the announcement of World of Warcraft: Forever, which launches November 4, 2026. The beta starts this Thursday. Longdale called it “Classic Plus,” on-stage.

World of Warcraft: forever “is your new permanent home,” and “never ends,” Longdale said. This is another way to play WoW that’s “friendly, familiar, and new,” and will live alongside modern and classic. The world is the “main character.” Instead of one big heroic story, you carve your own path. It’s also dedicated to community. There’s no rush here: “it’s the journey that counts, not the destination.”

Forever is easy to get into and play but deep enough to play forever, Longdale added. It gets back to the heart of MMOs and what makes them so special.

Carve A New Path In A Legendary World.

WoW: Forever launches on November 4, 2026. pic.twitter.com/XYKHGwonFv

— World of Warcraft (@Warcraft) September 12, 2026

There new zones, new dungeons, new raids (10 and 20 players), new skills and talents, a new race (Skyborne) and class combinations, a new battleground, and over 1,000 new quests. There’s even an SD/HD visuals toggle and a graphical overhaul.

In terms of the timeline and setting, this is Year 1 of Vanilla WoW, but the future is “untold.” It sounds to me a bit like a soft reboot. Players will level up to 60 and stay at 60 indefinitely. “We don’t want to race ahead and leave our accomplishments, our gear, and our friends behind,” Longdale said. But there will be content updates.

WoW: Forever launches November 4 with:
⛓️ New dungeons
👨‍👨‍👦‍👦 10 & 20-player raids
🪽 Skyborne playable race
🗺️ New & expanded zones
✅ Account-wide perks
💡 Updated world visuals & lighting
🧟 New race & class combos
❗ 1000+ new quests

Join the Beta September 17! pic.twitter.com/hu4O0RpVtV

— World of Warcraft (@Warcraft) September 12, 2026

Warcraft 3 Reforged: Forsaken Kingdom announced

Warcraft 3 is back! Blizzard made the shock announcement of Warcraft 3’s first new campaign in over 20 years, called Warcraft 3 Reforged: Forsaken Kingdom. And it’s out… today!

Raise your banners: Warcraft III’s first new campaign in over 20 years is here.

Return to the fields of war in Warcraft III Reforged: Forsaken Kingdom. 💀

AVAILABLE TODAY! pic.twitter.com/Y3M9NlBeQq

— World of Warcraft (@Warcraft) September 12, 2026

You experience the fall of Lordaeron and how it came to be the Undercity. This new prologue depicts the last days of Lordaeron, with over 30 hours of gameplay. A new Definitive Edition graphics mode is also in Reforged alongside a new neutral hero, the Forsaken Paladin. We got a gameplay trailer showing how it all looks.

Experience the fall of Lordaeron and the rise of the Forsaken ⚔️

With 30+ hours of new campaign content, Warcraft III Reforged: Forsaken Kingdom launches TODAY. pic.twitter.com/LVvgYyRGRg

— World of Warcraft (@Warcraft) September 12, 2026

World of Warcraft: The Last Titan

Hazzikostas teased the next World of Warcraft expansion, The Last Titan, which he said Blizzard couldn’t talk about in detail because it would spoil the events of Midnight. But he did say it will “lay the groundwork for what comes next.” Blizzard will reveal more early next year, but we did get a glimpse of what players will be up against via a new cinematic (it’s big!). The Last Titan is due out in 2027.

Holly Longdale returned to the stage to declare: “We are putting the war back in Warcraft!”

The snow-packed peaks of Northrend cower below the spreading shadow of a singular and thundering judgment.

The conclusion to the Worldsoul Saga comes with World of Warcraft: The Last Titan. pic.twitter.com/iQSu8IUgs0

— World of Warcraft (@Warcraft) September 12, 2026

World of Warcraft: Midnight update

Holly Longdale, Vice President & Executive Producer, World of Warcraft, took to the stafe in a beautiful Warcraft-themed outfit to talk about the future of Warcraft. Longdale introduced Ian Hazzikostas, who talked about the Worldsoul Saga, Blizzard’s trilogy of World of Warcraft expansions. Hazzikostas said World of Warcraft is at the mid-point of the Worldsoul Saga, with the second expansion, Midnight, half a year old. The next major content update for Midnight is called Eclipse, aka Patch 12.2.

Midnight falls as the Void breaches the heart of Azeroth.

There is no recourse; either face the darkness or be devoured:
🔮 Face Xal’atath
⛓️ Master a new dungeon & raid
🗡️ Claim a Legendary dagger
🌒 Journey into the very heart of our world pic.twitter.com/mcT5Jv5Syt

— World of Warcraft (@Warcraft) September 12, 2026

Hearthstone

Warcraft card game Hearthstone follows the Diablo 5 announcement with a “pretty epic expansion!” called Black Empire, due out October 20. Blizzard ran through a number of card reveals, and confirmed it’s finally putting a narrative into the game. The updated journal launches alongside the Black Empire expansion. 2v2 Hearthstone is coming to the game for the first time, too. But the big news here is the Monk class is coming to Hearthstone in 2027. Expect more on Monk next year.

🐼 🙌 Why do we fight? To just have fun!

The new Monk class arrives next year, so keep an eye out for more details as we get closer to release! pic.twitter.com/HBLtm72T1S

— Hearthstone (@PlayHearthstone) September 12, 2026

Diablo 5 announced!

Blizzard shocked the BlizzCon crowd with the announcement of Diablo 5. We got the debut cinematic, which revolves around the return of The Lord of Terror himself, Diablo, to Sanctuary. “Sanctuary falls,” is the tagline. It’s out 2029. You enter a world in which Diablo has already won, with no towns or safe places waiting to protect players. “What must you become when the world has already fallen?” is the central question of Diablo 5. Expect more from a Diablo 5 panel later today.

I certainly wasn’t expecting a Diablo 5 announcement at Blizzcon, but of course it makes sense that Blizzard is working on a sequel given how successful Diablo 4 has been and continues to be. Diablo 4 launched in June 2023, so Diablo 5 is due to arrive six years later.

Diablo 4 Nintendo Switch 2 and content updates announced

BlizzCon continued with a fun Diablo compilation video narrated by Deckard Cain himself.

Thirty years of putting you through Hell and you keep coming back for more. 😈

Here’s to the 30 years of Diablo and the best community alive. For now. pic.twitter.com/ZK9Aab7urd

— Diablo (@Diablo) September 12, 2026

Speaking of Deckard Cain, he leads Diablo 4 players through Season of Hell’s Legacy, which sounds like a sort of demonic trip down memory lane in which you fight famous Diablo bosses. It launches on September 15. We also got the announcement of Diablo 4 coming to Nintendo Switch 2 alongside Season of Hell’s Legacy.

Also in Diablo news, Spawn – yes, Spawn! – comes to mobile game Diablo Immortal on September 29.

In further Diablo 4 news, the Amazon class is finally coming to the game. She uses a bow and a javeline, and hits the game in the first half of 2027. Expect more from the Diablo 4 What’s Next? panel at BlizzCon later this weekend.

Disciplined. Deadly. Legendary.

Built on the pillars of an expert soldier, unrivaled athleticism, and mythical magic, the Amazon enters Diablo IV as a new Class Pack in the first half of 2027 🏹 pic.twitter.com/vOmKzu1ChH

— Diablo (@Diablo) September 12, 2026

Overwatch new hero announced

Aaron Keller from the Overwatch team followed that big StarCraft reveal to talk Overwatch. Doctrine is a vampire support hero who uses bat drones to heal teammates and speed up their attacks. He’s coming next month in Season 5, but his limited time Hero Trial kicks off right now and runs until September 14. Expect more information during a BlizzCon panel later this weekend.

Blizzard added that Overwatch Spotlight 2027 will kick off the next chapter in Overwatch’s story.

StarCraft open-world shooter announced

Dan Hay, who used to work on Far Cry at Ubisoft, took to the BlizzCon stage to announce the heavily-rumored StarCraft first-person shooter. It’s open-world, he confirmed, before declaring: “We are here to reignite this universe… and let’s be honest… it’s about damn time.”

The game’s debut cinematic showed Terran Dominion soldiers in training before a battle with the Zerg, which does not go well for our poor recruits. The game is simply titled StarCraft, and it’s due out… in 2030! Only a four-year wait then, assuming it’s not delayed. We didn’t get a look at gameplay, and there are no details at all really other than it’s open-world. Given Hay’s background with Far Cry, I’m guessing StarCraft will work along the same lines.

So, it’s not StarCraft 3, but it is more StarCraft! We’ve got so many questions. Hopefully BlizzCon answers them.

Diablo Netflix animated series

Blizzard announced a new animated series for Diablo on Netflix. Faries also teased Overwatch, Warcraft, and “who knows, perhaps even some of our other universes,” are set for adaptations. “I promise, as soon as I can, we will share more details with you.

We are thrilled to share that we are in development on a new animated series for Diablo with Netflix. pic.twitter.com/F7dKh73f12

— Diablo (@Diablo) September 12, 2026

Heroes of the Storm gets a new character

Blizzard’s MOBA, Heroes of the Storm, is coming back in a big way with a new character, Xal’atah, later this month, and another new character is coming at some point afterwards. “Thank you for believing in this game,” Faries said. “For carrying that torch. Who knows? We might even have another new hero on the way in the near future. So stay tuned, and we will see you in the Nexus.”

BlizzCon 2026 kicks off with flashy cinematic running through all the big games

BlizzCon 2026 has started with a rousing cinematic that runs through all the big hitters. Johanna Faries is on-stage to call it a “special moment for all of us.” This is Faries’ first BlizzCon as boss of Blizzard, and it sounds like she’s close to tears as she praises and thanks her staff. “There’s so much going on at Blizzard right now that we couldn’t even fit it into this weekend if we tried,” she said, perhaps teasing further unnanounced projects.

Five minutes to go!

BlizzCon 2026 starts in five minutes. We’re expecting Johanna Faries, President of Blizzard Entertainment, on-stage soon to start the Opening Ceremony. Almost there!

We’re taking our seats… and some photos!

With Opening Ceremony now just 30 minutes from kick-off, excitement is building inside Hall D at the Anaheim Convention Center. We’re taking our seats now so we can report live from Blizzard’s big showcase event. Check out these photos!

Fans gather for Opening Ceremony at BlizzCon 2026. Image credit: IGN.Fans gather for Opening Ceremony at BlizzCon 2026. Image credit: IGN.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

T-Mobile’s Apple iPhone 18 Pro “On Us” Deal Explained

Apple’s newest lineup of iPhone 18 phones, which includes the iPhone 18 Pro, iPhone 18 Pro Max, and the all new iPhone 18 Duo, was announced during Apple’s “Surprise and Shine” Event on September 9. Preorders have officially gone live for the iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max, with orders shipping out starting September 18.

Get an iPhone 18 Pro “On Us” at T-Mobile

Preorders are now live, phones ship on September 18

Get $1,199 Off the iPhone 18 Pro Max

1

T-Mobile has kicked off its iPhone 18 “On Us” promotion, which gives you a free iPhone 18 Pro phone when you either switch carriers and port in your number or trade in an eligible phone in any condition. You’ll also have to sign up for the Experience Beyond plan, with the discount applied as bill credits over a 36 month period for a total of $1,199 in credit. There is a one-time $35 connection charge.

Alternatively, you can preorder the iPhone 18 Pro Max and get the same $1,199 in bill credits. The Pro Max costs $1,299 retail, which means you’ll have to pay an extra $100, still worth it if you want to upgrade to a larger screen size.

The Experience Beyond plan costs $100 per month for a single line with AutoPay (plus taxes and fees). The plan gives you unlimited talk, text, and 5G premium data. Other perks include Netflix (Standard with ads) and Hulu subscriptions, Apple TV for $3/mo, unlimited mobile hotspot, T-Satellite, phone upgrade eligibility every year, and a 5 year price guarantee. International travelers can also benefit from unlimited text and 30GB of high-speed data in Canada and Mexico and unlimited text and 15GB of high-speed data in over 215 other countries.

So far only the iPhone 18 Pro / Pro Max are eligible, but the iPhone Duo may follow

Currently the only promotion listed is for the iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max. There’s a good chance, however, that we’ll see a similar discount or better for the iPhone Duo. The iPhone Duo would be an especially attractive offer, since the phone will carry a sticker price of $1,999. We’ll find out when the iPhone Duo goes up for preorder on October 16.

Usually with these types of promotions you end up paying more for the phone compared to buying it outright, but who wants to spend that much money right out of the gate for a phone? If you intend to stick with T-Mobile’s 5G network anyways, then that’s all the more reason to start using Apple’s new iPhone immediately.

The iPhone Duo is Apple’s first foldable phone, the rest are incremental upgrades

The A20 Pro promises up to 40% more graphics performance over its predecessor

The Apple iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max upgrades the APU to the new Apple A20 Pro processor built on a new 2-nanometer process technology. Apple claims 40% greater graphics performanceo ver the previous iPhone. Other notable upgrades include a main camera that’s now equipped with variable aperture from f/1.48 to f/4.0 and faster 60W charging.

The iPhone Duo will be a foldable smartphone with two displays: a 5.4″ screen when the phone is folded and a larger 7.6″ screen when it’s unfolded. This will be Apple’s thinnest iPhone ever (in unfolded mode). It will be equipped with the same Apple A20 Pro processor found in the iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Borderlands 4 DLC Character and Free Weekend Attract Resurgence on Steam

Borderlands 4 is climbing Steam charts as players fall head over heels for its new DLC character – a Vault Hunter named Loveless the Hacker.

Gearbox Software’s latest Borderlands game struggled in the months following its September 2025 launch. Despite delivering the looter shooter series’ biggest launch ever, technical issues across PC and console, as well as Gearbox’s handling of the situation, were immediately followed by a steep decline in players, with SteamDB recording numbers that have struggled to break 10,000 concurrent users since January of this year.

Borderlands 4 might have launched to generally favorable reviews (IGN gave it an 8/10), but it’s struggled to recapture player interest – until now. Thursday, September 10, saw the release of Loveless the Hacker, a DLC character with high-end cybernetics. She’s only a small part of a grander Story Pack 2 release, and she seems to be giving the game a second wind.

“Two minds exist inside Loveless, forming a synchronized set of lethal skills that strike as one,” a description for Loveless says. “Through a symbiotic melding of the biological and digital, this ex-Anshin hacker-turned-assassin has become a superior lifeform. Equipped with the highest-end cybernetics, Loveless shares her psyche with a digital virus of her own creation, which can digistruct into a physical Wyrm form to act as a deadly extension of her shared, perfection-seeking will.”

At the time of this story’s publication, Borderlands 4 is enjoying around 26,000 concurrent players on Steam alone. That’s the most it’s had since November 2025, and far higher than the 17,000-player peak it reached with the launch of Story Pack 1 in March. The base game has also now managed to round out the Top 5 sellers on Steam in the U.S., and it’s even come in at nine in the Top 10 global list.

Player counts also appear to be climbing even further, with those in its Steam reviews section specifically calling attention to Loveless as the reason they’ve decided to return to the planet Kairos. Many refer to voice acting from actress Carin Gilfry as a specific positive, but you can probably guess what a lot of the others had to say.

“Bought the game solely because of Loveless,” one review said. “This is how you market.”

Bro she’s so bad

Loveless? But girl I LOVE YOU pic.twitter.com/ASqXkrZhhX

— Ccrypto (@Ccrypto5) September 3, 2026

“Actually a nice character,” a popular review said. “Looks good, good design, is insanely OP (can solo bosses without any help). But her alternate heads are a bit — meh. And she costs $9.99. The VA put some effort into it though. Overall – I think she fits.”

“Letting me buy the Vault Hunter without having to by the DLC story pack is the correct call,” another fan said, referencing Loveless’ $10 asking price compared to the recently released Story Pack 2 expansion. “Glad they learned. Also, step on me Mommy.”

There are a number of factors contributing to Borderlands 4’s boost in players on Steam, specifically. In addition to Loveless’ status as a popular addition, Story Pack 2: FL4K and the Last Resort has also helped. There’s also the fact that Gearbox is in the middle of a 50% off sale, bringing its price to $34.99 in the midst of a free-to-play weekend that runs until September 14.

It’s unclear if the numbers will stick, but it seems to be a winning weekend for Borderlands 4 nonetheless. For more, you can read about what parent company Take-Two had to say about Gearbox’s latest as it heads into its second year on the market. You can also read about how Saber took a dig at Gearbox CEO Randy Pitchford.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Animated Diablo Show in the Works at Netflix

An animated Diablo show is in the works at Netflix, as announced at Blizzcon 2026, and there could be more to come.

Blizzard president Johanna Faries revealed the news, alongside a teaser for future series based on some of the company’s other properties.

“We are thrilled to share that we are in development for a new animated series for Diablo with Netflix,” she told the crowd. “As a big Diablo player myself, and someone who loves the indulgent darkness of Sanctuary, I am very excited to see this project come to life. It’s just the beginning; to our Overwatch community, to our Warcraft community, and who knows — perhaps even some of our other universes, just know there are great discussions being had.

“And while I begged and pleaded to be able to share more, I can’t spill the beans just yet. I promise, as soon as we can, we will share more details with you.”

We are thrilled to share that we are in development on a new animated series for Diablo with Netflix. pic.twitter.com/F7dKh73f12

— Diablo (@Diablo) September 12, 2026

“After decades of bringing entire universes to life through our games, we’re partnering with some creative powerhouses to tell even more stories beyond gaming across new screens,” Blizzard said in a press release. “A new animated series set in the world of Diablo is in development with Netflix. More details will be shared in the future, but this is only the beginning, with even more taking shape across our universes.”

A slew of other big reveals were announced for the franchise at Blizzcon, the biggest of which was the reveal of Diablo 5, set to release in Spring 2029. This game takes place after Sanctuary has fallen, where our big bad, Diablo himself, has won.

“For the first time, you won’t be fighting to stop Diablo for taking Sanctuary. You’ll enter a world where he already has. There are no towns or safe places to protect you. …what must you become when the world has already fallen?” Blizzard franchise leaders said during the Saturday showcase.

A new class pack, the Amazon, is also coming to Diablo 4 in 2027. The Diablo 4 collection is coming to Nintendo Switch 2, and Season 15 is available now, giving players a look back at the entire history of the Diablo series.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Michael Peyton

Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment

Michael Peyton is the Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment at IGN, leading entertainment content and coverage of tentpole events including IGN Live, San Diego Comic Con, gamescom, and IGN Fan Fest. He’s spent 20 years working in the games and entertainment industry, and his adventures have taken him everywhere from the Oscars to Japan to Buenos Aires, Argentina. Follow him on Bluesky @MichaelPeyton

Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother Review

Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother arrives in theaters on September 25. This review is based on a screening from the 2026 Toronto International Film Festival.

Once upon a time, Oscar-winning actor Mahershala Ali was meant to play slick vampire hunter Blade for Marvel Studios under Mogul Mowgli and Bait director Bassam Tariq. The project never materialized, but it led the Muslim actor-filmmaker pair to team up for Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother, a surprisingly thoughtful, action-tinged crime drama about a devout hit man trying to find breast milk for his infant daughter. This takes him through mosques and strip clubs alike in rural Virginia, laying out a visually and emotionally multifaceted journey across a heightened American landscape.

The result — born of Tariq’s own experience trying to feed his newborn son while his wife was in the ICU — beats with a lived emotional authenticity, while unfolding against a borderline satirical modern United States whose religious and cultural concerns inform the movie’s sprawling drama. Ali plays sword-wielding contract killer (and former Quran teacher) Latif, a man whose strict and sometimes paradoxical principles — like using blades but never guns, although the result is just as vicious — are challenged when his wife Khadija (Shakirah DeMesier) suddenly dies. This leaves him to care for his rebellious teenage daughter Fatiha (Adia), his delightfully brash adolescent son Qadir (Jahleel Kamara), and his hungry baby girl (who doesn’t take well to formula) by any means necessary.

The repetition of the film’s title is explained numerous times in voiceover as an Islamic hadith (a prophetic edict) about the central role of mothers in Muslim tradition; in a list of important figures in one’s life, they would occupy the top three spots. Before we ever meet the radiant Khadija in brief flashbacks, Latif is informed of her death by phone call during a darkly comedic scene where he’s just finished butchering a target before clumsily disposing of the corpse. Her absence looms large over the movie, forcing Latif to fill her enormous shoes in ways he may not be prepared for, as little hints of his personal code are doled out through dialogue. He kills Christian white supremacists and Islamic terrorists alike — anyone who poses a danger to innocent people or his community at large — though his vigilantism is largely backgrounded and, for better or worse, left to the imagination.

Awkward exchanges stemming from his conservative approach to women complicate his mission to feed his daughter, but his former associate Mike (Laith Nakli), an Arab American security specialist, is eager to help… for a price. Mike’s unruly nephew (a scummy Abubakr Ali) and former student of Latif’s has not only been rejected by their community for his salacious content creation, but has a target on his back owing to suspicions of pornography and human trafficking courtesy of Korean American pastor (and respected former soldier) Hwan Yoon, played by John Cho in a maniacally fun role. Should Latif take out the heavily guarded Hwan, his needs will be taken care of, but the pious assassin wants out of the game.

John Cho as Pastor Hwan and Mahershala Ali as Latif in Your Mother Your Mother Your Mother. Photo courtesy of Amazon MGM Studios.

Tariq crafts a detailed simulacrum of modern America split by the pull of religion — Latif’s Islam, Hwan’s Evangelicalism, and the Mormonism of a kindly neighbor — but bound by the search for community, no matter how warped. As much as Hwan is satirized as a gun-toting extremist playing to a Confederate flag-waving fan base, the purity of his convictions makes him both sympathetic and utterly terrifying. This in turn makes for a powerful mirror for Latif, whose own hard-fought beliefs are forced to waver in the face of unusually difficult circumstances, playing out at great length through arguments and verbal dilemmas. The action is surprisingly scant, but its brief eruptions are intense, realistic, and soaked in both blood and remorse.

The majority of the drama revolves around the loss of Latif’s wife and the hole it leaves in his heart, affording Ali the chance to deliver a devastating performance which Tariq and cinematographer Katelin Arizmendi accentuate through sweltering contrast and saturation. The light bouncing off Latif’s sweat-drenched brow adds as much to the movie’s bleakly comedic mood as Son Lux’s bouncy, intense score. As darkly funny as the film may be — thanks in large part to Fatiha’s rejection of her father and his faith — its drama is treated both seriously and tenderly. This is especially true in the moments Latif has to confront either Khadija’s family, like her Christianized brother (played by Tramell Tillman), or domineering members of his community, like his imam (Giancarlo Esposito), all of whom seem at least vaguely aware of his line of work.

The action is surprisingly scant, but its brief eruptions are intense, realistic, and soaked in both blood and remorse.“

Where the movie falters most is in its refusal to detail what Latif’s code actually looks and feels like, owing to a lack of preceding moments where we get to observe his job (or rather, his mission) unfolding as usual. This might have gone a long way toward dramatizing what it actually means for him to break his solemn vows; without this contrast, a number of turning points and major decisions feel robbed of their potential weight. However, the film is no less aesthetically inviting, accentuating fearful close-ups with spiritual halos as its conflicted antihero struggles with his duties as a father and man of faith in a violent world that has shaped him violently in return.

Diablo 5 Forging the Next Era Panel Everything Announced

Blizzard has revealed three classes for Diablo 5, a first look at its UI, and shown off even more as part of its Forging the Next Era panel at BlizzCon 2026.

The next Diablo game might be years away from its spring 2029 launch, but that didn’t stop some members of the development team from confirming the first details. Highlights from the 45-minute panel include confirmation that the Demon Hunter and Monk are two returning classes, but a new class is coming too: the Plague Knight.

Concept art, gameplay details, and more were all revealed as part of the big panel presentation. Blizzard also talked about why it decided to make the announcement now, almost three years before launch. We gathered all of the highlights for newcomers and die-hard fans to comb through right here. You can see everything announced at the Diablo 5 BlizzCon panel below.

The Diablo Team Takes the Stage

Multiple members from the Diablo team have taken the stage at BlizzCon 2026. After the surprise reveal for Diablo 5, it’s clear the developers have a lot to talk about. Shely said the plan is for the panel to cover the story, world, gameplay, and even some information about itemization.

“We’re a long way from the campfire, from its comfort and hope. These are the fires of Diablo. Sanctuary has been destroyed, and Diablo has won,” Shely said.

A New Dark Lord

Character Concept Art for Diablo 5.

Producer Matt Zitterman said, when deciding how to approach more Diablo, Blizzard first had to decide whether to do more DLC or another mainline entry. When looking at Diablo 4 and an opportunity to bring back the true Diablo, a proper sequel with Diablo 5 is the only thing that really made sense.

“Once we decided that this game was going to bring Diablo back, we knew we had to do it right,” narrative director Jennifer Brandes Hpler said. “He couldn’t just be a final boss. He needs to be a boss that’s shaping this game from its opening moments. That’s how we decided that, this time, you’re not scrambling to shape Sanctuary before Diablo tries to take it over.”

Shely added that Diablo “has a lot more to say” in this game. Don’t expect Diablo to have some tragic backstory in Diablo 5, though.

“Pretty quickly we kept arriving at the same conclusion: Diablo is Diablo. He is the Lord of Terror,” senior producer Tiffany Wat said. “He’s not redeemable. He’s not misunderstood. That gave us a lot of clarity, so the question now becomes not ‘Is he right?’ but ‘What happens now that he’s won?'”

Returning to Westmarch

Diablo 5 BlizzCon 2026 Panel Concept Art.

Shely teased that returning to Westmarch will see players confronting a place that has become an “outpost of Hell.” That means very few humans have not bowed to the Lord of Terror or become cultists, with some humans even turning to become Dread Commanders, which harness the power of the Dukes of Hell.

Blizzard also confirmed terrain will change when players return to certain areas. Procedural worlds are also coming back with Diablo 5.

“That idea of not knowing what’s around the corner creates a lot of tension,” Wat said. “So, in Diablo 5, we’re bringing back the procedural world, both in the dungeons and the overworld. So, if you go back to a region that you’ve been before, all that information knew yesterday – that path that I found, that landmark that I was moving toward, how to fight those Elite monsters – none of that is information is going to help me today.”

Diablo fans know Treasure Goblins to be “loot pinatas,” but in Diablo 5, one character will change that. Wat teased Zarg, a new character and a Treasure Goblin that players will grow to know. His name’s not final and neither are his character details, but he’s yet another sign that Blizzard is shaking things up for its next big installment.

First Diablo 5 Classes Confirmed

Diablo 5 Concept Art Shown When Revealing the Plague Knight Class.

Shely teased some of the classes coming to Diablo 5. The Demon Hunter and Monk are two returning classes coming to the game. New classes are coming, too, including the heavily armored Plague Knight, which will see players spreading disease and then consuming it for power. That’s all he was willing to tease today, but he did say that Diablo 5 will launch with more classes than any other entry than ever before.

“I don’t just mean just more classes than any Diablo game at ship,” he elaborated. “I mean more classes total. The thing about Diablo classes is they’re approachable – you can jump in and immediately have an exciting time playing them – but there’s also deep ARPG mastery there and a multitude of builds to explore.”

Itemization in Diablo 5

Diablo 5 Item Inventory Concept Art. Image courtesy of Blizzard Entertainment.

Diablo 5 is still very early in development, so how it handles itemization is still being put together. However, the team was willing to share a sneak peek at concept art for what things look like in this stage of work. Gear-based sets are coming back, with Shely also confirmed that there will be multi-slot items.

“I like to think of itemization kind of like a city,” Shely said. “Think about New York City; It’s an enormous metropolis, you can immediately go to Time Square and immediately find something cool. That’s kind of how I think about our set up. Once you really start to dig in and master it, you learn where’s the best deli, where’s the best pizza, and you really get into that crunchy opportunity to define your own builds. That’s what we want to do in D5.”

This is more from Diablo 5 many likely expected to see, but Blizzard doesn’t want fans to be overwhelmed by the image they see here. Shely teased that they’ve got some “really great solutions for any controller players who might be worried about manipulating those items.”

Why Announce Diablo 5 Now?

All of the words shared by the Diablo team during the Forging the Next Era BlizzCon 2026 panel are all fine and good, but some fans may be worried that, with years to go until launch, there’s no telling what the final product will look like. Zitterman promised that Diablo 5 is a game they hope to build alongside the community, which is why we’re learning about it years before its planned launch.

“I think for us it’s super important that Diablo 5 feels unmistakably Diablo, in particular for our longtime players,” Zitterman said. “That starts with what I talked about at the beginning: Understanding who are Diablo players at their core? What do they want, what do they need, out of a Diablo game?”

He continued: “When you’re building a game, you need other people to look at your work and give you that critical feedback. We want to get that feedback now. We want to get that feedback as early as possible. It’s why we’re announcing today. It’s why we’re excited to bring the community into the process of making the game along the way toward our launch date.”

Zitterman signed off the news portion of the panel by telling players that they won’t have to wait long for updates. The plan is for the team to share “regular updates about how development is going” starting in 2027.

“We talked about how D5 will let you define your identity, discover builds, chase memorable loot, right?” Shely added. “More than that, our job is to build the game players want – that you want. Not what we think you should want. We want to build the best Diablo game, and that means listening to you; listening to your feedback, and allowing it to shape the game.”

Image courtesy of Blizzard Entertainment.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Overwatch Reveals First Look at New Omnic Hero Coming Later This Year

Blizzard has teased another new Overwatch Hero after revealing Doctrine just moments ago.

Just as fans of the long-running hero shooter took to social media to celebrate the reveal of Overwatch’s new vampire-themed Support Hero, Blizzard snuck in another surprise with a post on its social media page. What seemed to be an innocent enough post showed off the full new Hero roster for 2026 – but wait, who’s that?

Doctrine has joined Jetpack Cat, Anran, Emre, Dmon, Mizuki, Shion, Domina, and Sierra, but tucked in the far-right side of the group photo is a character no one has ever seen before. It turns out the image included a first look at a yet-to-be-named Omnic with a robotic trench coat, a swanky hat, and what seems to be an umbrella weapon. All we know for now is that he is Hero 55 and he’s another Support, and fans, of course, are losing their minds at the nonchalant reveal.

HOLLLLYYYY pic.twitter.com/oY3VsaKfFE

— M1das (@M1das_OW2) September 12, 2026

“NEED THIS MYSTERIOUS SHERLOCK HOLMES OMNIC BADLY,” one fan said.

“I just know his umbrella showers some healing droplets I just can’t prove it,” another fan theorized.

“NOW THAT IS A COOL HERO, OMNIC DETECTIVE WITH AN UMBRELLA WEAPON LETS GOOO,” another added.

Blizzard has previously kept its cards close to its chest when it came to new Overwatch Hero reveals, mostly limiting designs to silhouettes, previously. For this unnamed Omnic and for BlizzCon 2026, it’s made an exception. Many fans have also noted that the design we see here is far different from the one we were originally shown at the Spotlight presentation in February of this year, though it appears his general design has remained intact. It’s a good thing, too, because fans already really like what they see, even if it’s not quite what was expected.

so why he got a debuff? where is my omnic detective pic.twitter.com/0rIUiM2mAG

— R3medy (@iligy1) September 12, 2026

WHAT A BEAUTIFUL YEAR FOR NEW HEROES pic.twitter.com/6uRVUrbQtb

— Moira (@TransMoira) September 12, 2026

Overwatch was one of a few games to make a big splash at BlizzCon 2026. In addition to Doctrine, who will launch with Season 5 October 6, Dokiwatch is returning, with Blizzard also planning big reworks for Sombra and Roadhog. Game director Aaron Keller has also teased big things in store for the team’s February 2027 spotlight, promising that they are “aiming for peak Overwatch.”

For now, however, we’ll have to wait to see where the Omnic Hero will fall on the roster and how he will shake up the meta. In the meantime, you can check out everything else announced during the BlizzCon 2026 Opening Ceremony here.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

StarCraft Devs Promise New Game Will Definitely Release in 2030

We got the chance to speak with the developers of the new StarCraft game, who explained why they shared such a distant release date and even teased some potential gameplay elements for this highly-anticipated title.

StarCraft is finally getting a new game, and it’s taking a drastically different approach from its predecessors; instead of an RTS, Blizzard’s grisly sci-fi property is making its debut in the realm of open-world shooters, and it’s set to launch in 2030.

That’s a long way out from now, and it’s anyone’s guess as to what the world will look like in four years. We got the chance to ask the developers everyone’s burning question at Blizzcon 2026: Why announce the game if there’s still so much time left before it releases?

StarCraft First-look Images

Dan Hay, GM & VP of StarCraft and AnaLee Haertling, Associate Director, told us that sharing a firm release date helps keep them “honest” — and yes, 2030 is a firm release date.

“You walk a funny line, because it’s like, you wanna tease, and we wanna say, ‘Hey, this is where we wanna land,’” Hay explained. “The reason why I love a really good date, is because the reality is that it puts a target. It allows us to say to a team that that’s what we’re going for. It’s a rallying cry, and we’re focused on that. We wanna make sure we deliver something that is fun, something that is powerful, and something that allows you to explore. But I also like the idea that there’s a frame that keeps us honest. And it says, ‘2030, let’s go.’”

When asked if 2030 was a solid date, Hay confirmed that it is, indeed, “solid.”

“I like the idea that there’s a frame that keeps us honest.”“

While Hay couldn’t tell us how long the game has been in development, he did share some insight into how hard the team is working to transform StarCraft into a world that feels like a living, breathing universe that’s both welcoming to new players and recognizable to longtime fans.

“I can’t tell you how long it’s been in development with the team, but I can tell you how long it’s been in development in my head, and it’s probably about 25 years,” he joked. “For us, I think what’s important is that we’ve gone out to find people who really love the brand. We’ve gone out to people who know the brand, who come back and really feel the love of the legacy. We’ve taken great pains and great care to make something that feels authentic, that when you walk through this world, you recognize it.

“It’s a tricky thing. It’s a bit of a knife’s edge. You wanna build something that is welcoming and inviting to new players but you wanna make sure it feels real. That when you walk into a bar it feels like a bar from the original world. When you meet players and characters and you see them, they’ve got the weapons and the armor and it feels authentic and it feels real.”

Hay went on to drop a few subtle hints at what players can expect in this new game, saying that StarCraft will bring into sharp focus the rough edges of its world, along with the visceral feeling of being a soldier fighting against massive, deadly creatures.

“We wanna show that it’s rough tools out there, it’s a difficult world, it’s filled with warfare and different factions and different groups of people, and they don’t always get along, and we wanted to bring that to bear from the very beginning,” he told us.

“When you think about what StarCraft will allow you to do, and we thought about how we tell this story — this is the way to tell that story. To be boots on the ground, to be down in the muck and the dirt, and to feel the tension of it.

“There was something really powerful — and I have to be careful not to give too much away here — I remember seeing the first time that a Hydralisk was 10 feet tall, and it was basically snapping at me. And I’ve got a gun and I’ve got armor, and I’m feeling like I’m down in the dirt and I’m feeling the weight of it. Emily was just talking about the deployment of the barracks. What’s super powerful about it is the moment you drop down on the ground, your perspective changes. It doesn’t feel like you’re a god looking down at this and you’re detached. It feels like, ‘My God, I’m in the middle of this. Every decision matters. Everything I do feels like it has gravitas.’”

“Every decision matters. Everything I do feels like it has gravitas.”“

He also dove into why Blizzard chose to take StarCraft in such a wildly different direction, rather than staying with the series’ RTS roots — and in doing so, shed some light on a few possible key gameplay elements, one of which is using an enemy as a “tool” against another enemy.

“For us, when we think about the themes and we think about the opportunity for you to be on the battlefield and for you to go out and think about the vista, the opportunity to explore, and then to discover, and then to disrupt. It’s incredibly unique. And then when you think about the different factions that there are, we just wanted people to go out into these worlds and actually get a sense of what it’s like to meet these different groups.

“Again, I really wanna talk about this stuff, but I also have to hold some stuff back, but what’s really important is you think about some of these different factions in StarCraft, and you think about what they bring and you think about the way that it feels. I have imagery in my head right now that I can be careful not to describe, but I’m seeing an awful lot of biomass, and I’m seeing a lot of stuff we were hinting at. If you look at the teaser and you start to see that moment where the barracks is flying in and you look at the planet, you’ll actually see all the things that are alive on that planet and get a sense of that feel.

“For us, it felt right to put you down on the ground in the middle of people that are fighting and they don’t agree. This feeling of, ‘The enemy of my enemy is a tool to be used.’ We felt like the open world and the opportunity to explore and to discover and of course to disrupt and to use my enemy against another enemy felt really powerful.”

StarCraft is still a ways out, but you can catch up on all the other exciting news Blizzard had to offer in our round-up blog for the event’s Opening Ceremony and take a peek at everything that’s available to play right now.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Warcraft 3 Reforged: Forsaken Kingdom Review

If you’re a bit stunned to hear that there’s a new single-player story campaign for Warcraft 3 in 2026 – 23 years after its last expansion, The Frozen Throne – then you can imagine how I felt when Forsaken Kingdom fell into my hands ahead of its surprise announcement and immediate release today. It’s honestly great to be back, considering Blizzard hasn’t given single-player RTS fans anything new to chew on at all since 2016’s Starcraft II: Nova Covert Ops. This expansion maintains the feel of classic Warcraft 3 while mixing in some new ideas, and that’s something I might never run out of appetite for.

At the time of writing, I’ve only had the chance to play through maybe a quarter of the new story: the four-mission Last Days of Lordaeron prologue, which is quite juicy and ambitious on its own, as well as the first three or so hours of what Blizzard says is roughly 30 total in Forsaken Kingdom. The latter really leans into being an RPG so far, like a more ambitious version of Rexxar’s Founding of Durotar bonus campaign in The Frozen Throne.

The Last Days of Lordaeron picks up on the day Arthas returned from Northrend to kill his father, perhaps one of the most pivotal moments in all of Warcraft lore, and follows the new hero, guard lieutenant Garek Bandarion, as he fights his way through a besieged Andorhal and a devastated Strathholme in a doomed attempt to save his homeland from the Scourge. This prologue culminates with a confrontation against none other than Baron Rivendare, and contains numerous clever little references to both Warcraft 3 and World of Warcraft.

I enjoyed the design of these missions for the most part. The Siege of Andorhal, especially, puts a little bit of a MOBA-inspired twist on the typical Warcraft 3 routine by having you capture towers that spawn waves of AI-controlled friendly soldiers at regular intervals to help you push across the map. Another segment of the same mission required me to hold specific objectives to be able to recruit certain kinds of units, rather than simply needing their associated structure in my base.

Stratholme, post-purge at this point, is built like a winding dungeon crawl.“

Stratholme, post-purge at this point, is built like a winding dungeon crawl that requires you to coordinate one group led by Garek and a second led by the elven priest Ilastar Songbreeze – 500 bonus points if you recognize that deep cut, because I definitely had to look up who the heck he was and I practically eat, sleep, and breathe Warcraft. They remain separated for the first half of the mission, which created some interesting opportunities to use one group to complete an objective that helped the other progress. They then unite at the end for the final, dramatic push.

In an extremely heavily-telegraphed twist, Garek doesn’t fare well in his confrontation with Rivendare, and ends up raised as one of the free-willed Forsaken in the main campaign. Taking his orders directly from Sylvanas and accompanied by her lieutenant, the Dark Ranger Anya, this free-roaming, quest-driven adventure revolves around establishing the Forsaken in the Undercity beneath the capital ruins. We also know Garek is destined to become the first Forsaken Paladin – an unorthodox combo that is soon to be playable in World of Warcraft – but I’m not sure how this transpires just yet.

What I said about Warcraft 3: Reforged

Warcraft 3 is still probably my favorite Warcraft game of all time, and one of my favorite fantasy stories in any video game. The visual update Reforged brings to all its beloved and behated characters is all the reason I needed to want to experience it again. It’s not perfect, and it’s not everything we may have been promised, but it’s still Warcraft 3. If I were judging it purely based on how good of a remaster it is, there’s not much to write home about and plenty of room for improvement. But taken as a whole, it’s still a great game nearly two decades after its initial release. And the relatively minor shortcomings of this edition shouldn’t stop you from returning to this classic age of Azeroth or diving in for the first time. – Len Hafer, February 5, 2020

Score: 7

Read the full Warcraft 3: Reforged review.

Forsaken Kingdom also comes with a third, entirely new graphical style for Warcraft 3 called the “Definitive Edition” option. The idea was to address the complaints people had about 2020’s divisive Reforged update, making Warcraft 3 look a bit more detailed and modern while preserving the feel of the original. At first, I wasn’t super impressed with this direction. It doesn’t look great zoomed in during cutscenes, to be honest. A lot of the textures are extremely flat, matte, and almost unfinished-looking. You can see visible pixels on some of the armor where it transitions from the faction blue to the metallic edging. And the lighting still comes off as pretty dated.

But when I loaded into a custom skirmish match against AI, I suddenly saw what they were going for. Playing zoomed out at a fast pace, I almost forgot I wasn’t using the original 2003 graphics. It’s like a magic trick. All the units and buildings look like how I remember them, just with higher fidelity. I suspect this will become the preferred way to play multiplayer and custom games for all but the most die-hard, low-polygon grognards.

It’s a bit unfortunate to me, then, that these visual goodies are so unevenly distributed. The Forsaken Kingdom campaign can only be played with the Definitive Edition graphics. And, you know, that seems fair enough. Multiplayer and skirmish let you pick between Classic, Reforged, or Definitive Edition. But if you want to revisit the still frankly superb Reign of Chaos and Frozen Throne campaigns – and you really should! – they only support Classic or Reforged, not Definitive.

It’s unfortunate that the new visual goodies are so unevenly distributed.“

The other significant addition, and the one with a big impact on multiplayer, is Warcraft 3’s first new tavern hero since the Alchemist and Firelord were added in 2004. This is the Forsaken Paladin, based on Garek of course. He’s in a bit of a strange thematic spot. After all, there’s already the Human Paladin hero, and the Death Knight was originally designed as sort of a negative mirror image of that. So where does that leave the Forsaken Paladin?
Well, he is an undead neutral hero who can only heal the living, so he might be the least useful to Undead players, ironically. His Q ability is a dash that does more damage the more enemies it passes through, so he’s quite mobile. As a strength hero, he is deadly in melee. His W is familiar to anyone who has played a WoW paladin with Consecration, which damages undead enemies and heals friendly living units in a small circle at his feet. He also has a passive aura that reduces magic damage taken and increases healing received. And his ult is an AoE purge/stun that heals nearby friendly units, with bonus healing and a short damage buff if the purge removed a debuff from them. This could definitely have some strong counterplay against certain builds, and I’m interested to see what pro players think of him.

I should also mention that the number of units in a control group has been doubled across all game modes. It’s an ambitious change for a legacy game like this, and one I’m sure the old guard will groan about. But I think it’s a positive one overall, from my spot down here in the tryhard seats.

Keep an eye out in the coming weeks for my final review of Forsaken Kingdom once I’ve gotten a chance to conquer the full campaign.

Len’s Top 10 RTSes

The 10 Best RTS games to play in 2024!

See All

Overwatch Reveals First Look at New Omnic Hero Coming Later This Year

Blizzard has teased another new Overwatch Hero after revealing Doctrine just moments ago.

Just as fans of the long-running hero shooter took to social media to celebrate the reveal of Overwatch’s new vampire-themed Support Hero, Blizzard snuck in another surprise with a post on its social media page. What seemed to be an innocent enough post showed off the full new Hero roster for 2026 – but wait, who’s that?

Doctrine has joined Jetpack Cat, Anran, Emre, Dmon, Mizuki, Shion, Domina, and Sierra, but tucked in the far-right side of the group photo is a character no one has ever seen before. It turns out the image included a first look at a yet-to-be-named Omnic with a robotic trench coat, a swanky hat, and what seems to be an umbrella weapon. All we know for now is that he is Hero 55 and he’s another Support, and fans, of course, are losing their minds at the nonchalant reveal.

HOLLLLYYYY pic.twitter.com/oY3VsaKfFE

— M1das (@M1das_OW2) September 12, 2026

“NEED THIS MYSTERIOUS SHERLOCK HOLMES OMNIC BADLY,” one fan said.

“I just know his umbrella showers some healing droplets I just can’t prove it,” another fan theorized.

“NOW THAT IS A COOL HERO, OMNIC DETECTIVE WITH AN UMBRELLA WEAPON LETS GOOO,” another added.

Blizzard has previously kept its cards close to its chest when it came to new Overwatch Hero reveals, mostly limiting designs to silhouettes, previously. For this unnamed Omnic and for BlizzCon 2026, it’s made an exception. Many fans have also noted that the design we see here is far different from the one we were originally shown at the Spotlight presentation in February of this year, though it appears his general design has remained intact. It’s a good thing, too, because fans already really like what they see, even if it’s not quite what was expected.

so why he got a debuff? where is my omnic detective pic.twitter.com/0rIUiM2mAG

— R3medy (@iligy1) September 12, 2026

WHAT A BEAUTIFUL YEAR FOR NEW HEROES pic.twitter.com/6uRVUrbQtb

— Moira (@TransMoira) September 12, 2026

Overwatch was one of a few games to make a big splash at BlizzCon 2026. In addition to Doctrine, who will launch with Season 5 October 6, Dokiwatch is returning, with Blizzard also planning big reworks for Sombra and Roadhog. Game director Aaron Keller has also teased big things in store for the team’s February 2027 spotlight, promising that they are “aiming for peak Overwatch.”

For now, however, we’ll have to wait to see where the Omnic Hero will fall on the roster and how he will shake up the meta. In the meantime, you can check out everything else announced during the BlizzCon 2026 Opening Ceremony here.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

New Starcraft Game Announced at Blizzcon as an Open-World Shooter Releasing in 2030

It’s been over 15 years since Blizzard’s beloved real-time strategy game, StarCraft 2, came out. Now, a new game in the series has been announced — but it’s still years away.

Revealed at BlizzCon 2026, the simply named StarCraft is the next title in the sci-fi franchise, and it’s going to look markedly different from its predecessors.

In fact, it’s a completely different genre. StarCraft is an open-world shooter, and it’s due out in 2030. While this distant launch window makes it hard to get too excited about StarCraft just yet, Blizzard has a history of announcing games far before they’re ready for the public to play. In fact, it’s something the company behind Warcraft, Diablo, and Overwatch is notorious for doing, historically touting the mantra: “It’ll be ready when it’s ready.”

The announcement of a new StarCraft game was expected at BlizzCon, after the official StarCraft website became rife with visual ‘glitches,’ and issued a ‘warning’ telling users their device has been “compromised.” Fans took this to mean that a big update for the franchise was on the horizon, and they were right.

Indeed, rumors of a StarCraft shooter had been circling for years. In 2024, Bloomberg reporter Jason Schreier told IGN’s Podcast Unlocked about Blizzard’s third attempt at developing a StarCraft shooter with former Far Cry executive producer Dan Hay, who joined Blizzard in 2022, leading the charge. Then, later in 2024, a job posting was listed for an ‘upcoming open-world shooter’ that fans were certain was tied to this StarCraft game.

Blizzard has had a tough time developing StarCraft shooters over the years. StarCraft Ghost, announced in 2002, was going to be a tactical-action console game in which you played as a deadly Ghost operative in the employ of the Dominion, but it was canceled in 2006 after a series of delays.

A second attempt to make a StarCraft shooter, codenamed Ares, was canceled in 2019 so Blizzard could focus on Diablo 4 and Overwatch 2. Ares was reportedly “like Battlefield in the StarCraft universe,” but, like Ghost, fell by the wayside.

Now, it’s a case of third time lucky for Blizzard with this new StarCraft shooter in development. Check out everything announced at BlizzCon 2026 for all the news from across Blizzard.

Developing…

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Michael Peyton

Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment

Michael Peyton is the Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment at IGN, leading entertainment content and coverage of tentpole events including IGN Live, San Diego Comic Con, gamescom, and IGN Fan Fest. He’s spent 20 years working in the games and entertainment industry, and his adventures have taken him everywhere from the Oscars to Japan to Buenos Aires, Argentina. Follow him on Bluesky @MichaelPeyton

Overwatch Gets New Vampire-Inspired Support Hero, Map, and Big Character Reworks

Overwatch 2 is getting a brand-new vampire-inspired support hero, as well as the conclusion of Act III in The Reign of Talon storyline and several big character changes.

Our new addition is Doctrine, a vampire support hero who deals lots of damage and healing with a high mechanical floor. He comes with a brand-new playable escort map, Watch Point Grimsvotn, a volcanic prison where he’s being held captive. What’s more, he’ll be playable for a trial weekend starting today, September 12, both on the Blizzcon convention floor and at home.

In other big news, Overwatch Season 5 begins on October 6. Dokiwatch is also returning, and there are some major character reworks planned: Roadhog is being reworked into a tank that “actually helps his team,” per Blizzard franchise leaders, while Sombra is moving into the support class.

Doctrine is Overwatch’s newest hero.

The Overwatch 2026 World Cup Finals are also taking place at Blizzcon this weekend, featuring live performances from Japanese pop group YOASOBI and K-Pop group LE SSERAFIM.

A new hero was also mentioned coming in Season 6, as well as a new Spotlight happening in February 2027, which will include a “new story, a fresh set of heroes, and amazing new systems” that the team said will bring the game back to “peak Overwatch.”

Also taking place this weekend is a special event that Overwatch has never done before; at Blizzcon, the voice of Cole Cassidy, Matt Mercer, will be leading an Overwatch tabletop RPG session, leading the voice actors for Symmetra, Sombra, Reinhardt, and Vendetta in a one-of-a-kind story built especially for this convention. Blizzcon will also be auctioning off figures, merchandise, artwork, collectibles, and more to benefit Make-A-Wish.

We also have to mention Overwatch’s collaboration with LE SSERAFIM, which is available now. This collab includes stylish themed cosmetics, emotes, and in-game challenges.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Michael Peyton

Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment

Michael Peyton is the Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment at IGN, leading entertainment content and coverage of tentpole events including IGN Live, San Diego Comic Con, gamescom, and IGN Fan Fest. He’s spent 20 years working in the games and entertainment industry, and his adventures have taken him everywhere from the Oscars to Japan to Buenos Aires, Argentina. Follow him on Bluesky @MichaelPeyton

Professor Layton Dev Confirms Heavy AI Use After Fans Hit Out at Multiple Game Reveals

Developer Level-5 has apologized for and explained its use of generative AI after fans spotted “AI slop” in footage of games like Professor Layton and the Curious Village, DecaPolice, and more.

Concerns emerged following the studio’s Nintendo Direct-style presentation earlier this week. Dubbed Level5 Vision 2026 II: Dreams, the show came with first looks at upcoming games, and it also happened to feature what fans suspected to be multiple examples of genAI.

Those who tuned into the 50-minute presentation spent more time talking about what they believed was evidence of AI use rather than the games, such as the Professor Layton remake, Yo-Kai Watch 2: Haunted Domain, and DecaPolice. The footage causing a stir is mostly limited to background scenes, but it’s the fact that fans had to question Level-5 in the first place that’s turned the situation into a full-fledged controversy for the Japan-based studio.

Oh no Level-5 is DEFINATELY using Gen AI to “update” Professor Layton. Especially when you compare the original backgrounds to the new. So many weird details and inconsistencies were added. https://t.co/AjVNfgetkk pic.twitter.com/0tRQ9vKn03

— AmericanYoshi (@AmericanYoshi) September 10, 2026

⁉️ Dans le nouveau trailer de Yo-kai Watch 2 : Haunted Domain, Nathan a… changé de visage ?! 😭#YOKAIWATCH
Hier (gauche) / Aujourd’hui (droite) pic.twitter.com/Vr3rzwNPA7

— Yo-net Watch (@YonetWatch) September 10, 2026

“I was SO excited when Level-5 announced their big comeback with Professor Layton, Decapolice, Yo-Kai Watch, and more,” one fan on X/Twitter said. “But seeing this much blatant genAI being used across their games… yeah, this ain’t it”

“You were a beautiful studio,” another fan said. “Now you are nothing more than a disappointment to us. We don’t want this AI s**t.”

Level-5 president and CEO Akihiro Hino, who also hosted the showcase with his own animated avatar, took to X/Twitter to calm the noise. His message was both an apology and an explanation, confirming that Level-5 did, in fact, use generative AI for some aspects of development.

Hino described Level-5’s heavy use of AI as “experimentation with the latest technology,” adding that the team “sincerely apologizes to anyone who found this off-putting.”

I was excited about Decapolice but Level-5 AI use is disgusting to me. I can’t support that. https://t.co/EpxgBtCnDo

— Kabi (@KabiPlays) September 10, 2026

“However, please be assured that all elements defining the appeal and individuality of our released titles— such as the scenario, character designs, and foundational settings — are created entirely by human hands,” Hino said (via Google translate). “We utilize AI primarily to streamline the process of digitizing human-created assets; for instance, accurately converting original artwork into 3D polygon models. You can rest assured that the games we release do not contain content simply generated by AI.”

Hino also defended how Level-5 has used AI so far, saying: “the time saved through AI-driven efficiencies has allowed our creators to dedicate more of their efforts to the true essence of creativity.” For him and the rest of the team, the belief is that the finished versions of games like Professor Layton and the Curious Village will still please fans in the end. Part of the reason it leaned so heavily on genAI this time around was so it could shrink “the development cycle for major titles from the current five years down to two.”

“That said, we cannot deny that we made extensive use of AI this time, driven by a desire to deliver a presentation that was visually striking and easy to grasp,” he continued. “We will take this experience as a learning opportunity for the future, so please look forward to Level-5’s next presentation.”

pic.twitter.com/cict4COGTP

— ⬡ Nectur Bee ⬢ (@NecturBee) September 12, 2026

It’s an explanation that hasn’t gone over well in the Level-5 community. Replies to the post include fans still concerned about generative technology being used during development at all, fearing that affected games will be forever tarnished.

“Generative AI is trained on the stolen works of countless artists by tech companies to profit off their work, with the intent of replacing artists,” one popular reply said. “By using it you replaced artists. You’re profiting off of the skill of artists whose work has been stolen to power this software.”

“I believe the human heart matters more than speed to market; surely it is better to take five years without using AI,” another post written in Japanese said (via Google Translate). “If even a single asset is created using AI, the nagging worry — ‘Is this image, piece of music, or line of dialogue made by AI or a human?’ — would never go away. Isn’t preserving that trust the most important thing?”

Hino didn’t offer a specific game plan when it comes to how Level-5 will tweak its development plans going forward. For now, Professor Layton and the Curious Village, a remake of the original 2007 game, is slated to come to PC and consoles in 2027. Another new game in the series, the New World of Steam, is due out this December.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Dragon Quest Monsters: The Withered World Has 500 Beasts to Collect, and They’re All Super Weird

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • The Toriyama art style makes the latest version in this long-running Dragon Quest sub-series instantly appealing.
  • A staggering 500 collectible monsters left me blown away by the variety and sheer roster size.
  • Some people in my preview session experienced motion sickness while exploring the world map.

While the core Dragon Quest games are the main draw for many fans of this long-running franchise, the well-established Dragon Quest Monsters sub-series has garnered its own dedicated following since its debut in 1998. Much like its counterpart in the Pokemon series, Square-Enix’s monster-collecting RPG is all about capturing Dragon Quest’s weirdest critters and training them to be the very best. With the upcoming entry Dragon Quest Monsters: The Withered World, the sequel is looking to elevate the monster-collectathon and turn-based battle gameplay even further, all channeled into Dragon Quest’s stylized, high-fantasy storytelling that’s brought to life by the art style of the legendary Akira Toriyama.

At PAX West 2026, we got some hands-on time with Dragon Quest Monsters: The Withered World, seeing the expanded narrative with multiple protagonists, collecting some of the Dragon Quest franchise’s strangest monsters, and adding them to our party. It’s so far got the makings of one of the strangest and most expansive entries to date with over 500 monsters to collect — but above all, it’s especially focusing on the heart and plentiful charm that Dragon Quest Monsters is all about.

The Withered World focuses on the further adventures of Bianca and Nera, the returning protagonists from Dragon Quest V, as they embark on a new journey in another realm. After both of their fathers contract a mysterious illness, they find that the only cure is in a new realm known as the Witherwood, which is dealing with its own crisis. After discovering a magical watering tool to help restore sacred trees in the decaying lands, the pair will team with other monster wranglers and gather a massive party of monsters to help bring balance to the realm and save their parents.

Yes, you can have a party full of the Slime monsters, and that could very well be a powerful team if you power them up well enough.“

What makes the Dragon Quest Monsters sub-series such a well-loved spin-off is that it often goes for a more light-hearted, folksy adventure that’s enjoyable for all ages. Moreover, it really leans into the inherent charm and weirdness of the Dragon Quest series by letting you team up with some of the franchise’s most bizarre foes. Yes, you can have a party full of the Slime monsters, and that could very well be a powerful team if you power them up well enough.

Dragon Quest Monsters: The Withered World Screenshots

But what Dragon Quest Monsters: The Withered World focuses more than other games is the experience of its lead monster wranglers, Bianca and Nera. In contrast to Pokemon, DQ Monsters makes the lead monster wrangler more of a key fixture of the party than previous games, and The Withered World especially does that with both Bianca and Nera having unique perks and favored monster types. This creates more opportunities and benefits for building out specific monster parties for the specific wranglers, especially with Bianca’s preference for dragon and beast types.

Though there’s more of a narrative following with The Withered World, there’s still plenty of time to explore the different zones and build up your party at your leisure. The two areas I got to explore were the starting desert zone around Witherrealm’s core kingdom and the tropical island zone with some seriously powerful monsters roaming around. Depending on the protagonist you chose in the beginning, you’ll have a party that’s built for certain conditions – such as Nera’s glasscannon-style build of healing all MP post-battle for magic-focused monsters and resurrecting fallen allies, or Bianca’s more brawler build favoring keeping the party’s HP topped off and having an easier time bedazzling foes. Still, despite your choices, the protagonists and new monster wranglers will meet up over the course of the adventure and blend their parties.

Much like other DQ Monsters games, battles play out in the familiar turn-based design, with the monster wrangler offering suggestions on targets and specific attacks, using items to heal allies, or even letting the monsters do their own thing with the auto-battle function. It’s fairly standard with its approach and execution, but it all makes for a satisfying flow. I especially appreciate the way party composition works. While you can have a party of four mid-sized monsters, bringing in the larger ones will take up more individual slots, making for a smaller party, but a potentially stronger one depending on your chosen wrangler and what their abilities are.

With apparently over 500 collectible monsters to train and evolve, Dragon Quest Monsters: The Withered World is really emphasizing the vast roster of allies to acquire. Even during my limited hands-on time, I was blown away by how much variety there was in the selection of monsters. Also, the designs are so expressive and colorful, which really leans into the Toriyama influence. The core way to expand your party is, of course, through battling and scouting. Depending on the type of monsters, you’ll meet certain conditions to be able to scout them in the middle of a fight. If you are stronger than them, or if you’ve managed to beat them down enough, you can outright recruit them during battle, which will add them to your roster and end the fight.

Along with the familiar beats of battling and collecting monsters, The Withered World also adds the ability to synthesize new ones, essentially merging many of the familiar Dragon Quest monsters into new creations. This is on top of the already large number of base monsters, many of which are spiced versions of existing creatures – such as the Coconut Slime, a more tropical cousin of the enduring Slimes. In my case, I combined a Bantamweight rooster monster with a Platypunk to create a Bullfinch monster, a new powered-up beast that helped add some power to my party.

I was blown away by how much variety there was in the selection of monsters.“

Unfortunately, one notable issue that came up during previews was that some users might be prone to motion sickness while playing. While I personally didn’t experience this, some players in my session and others didn’t react well to the visual style of world exploration in particular. This visually interesting world map is presented as a stylized, rolling map that can look a little disruptive to some. Fortunately, the game’s accessibility options include ways to ease motion sickness by adjusting the camera and visual effects during exploration.

So far, Dragon Quest Monsters: The Withered World is shaping up to be another solid and charming entry in the sub-series. The monster-collecting style of RPG is a fairly crowded market these days, but Square Enix’s efforts to double down on the charm and wholesomeness of Dragon Quest’s world are what make this series so unique and fun to dive into. I had a blast with my limited time with Dragon Quest Monsters: The Withered World, and I can’t wait to see what other oddities and weird creatures to uncover.

While you’re here, check out these recent previews of other big upcoming games we’ve checked out recently!

Alessandro Fillari is a longtime games media professional. Talk video games with him on BlueSky at @afillari.bsky.social.

The Long Game: 4 Tactics to Master Early in Star Wars Zero Company

We’re back for another installment of our The Long Game series, where we focus on things you can invest in early in games that will pay off in the long run. Today we’re diving into Star Wars Zero Company, the turn-based tactics game from Bit Reactor that drops you into the twilight of the Clone Wars.

Zero Company gives you lots of ways to customize your team, including a variety of specializations (aka character classes), different weapon types, weapon mods, and equippable items that can define each character’s playstyle. You can swap all of these things at the Den at any time, giving you flexibility and allowing you to experiment with different builds for characters and teams.

But regardless of what builds you use, there are some things you’ll need to get a handle on no matter what. Zero Company is a great introduction to the turn-based tactical genre, but it throws a lot at you during its tutorial missions. If you’re new to the genre, it can be tough to remember everything or realize how important some of the basics are.

That’s what we’re here to help with today. These are four things that you can utilize from the opening chapters all the way to the end of the game, and mastering them early can really help your missions run smoothly.

Overwatch Is Your Friend

Aggressively attacking on your turn is a big part of combat, but don’t forget about Overwatch. It’s available on every turn to almost every member of your team (notably not the Padawan or Astromech droids). It allows you to create a cone-shaped area on the battlefield, and that character will automatically shoot at an enemy that moves or takes an action in that area.

So when you’re in a situation where every enemy is hiding behind cover and you don’t have enough AP to flank them, Overwatch can come in clutch. It lets you attack enemies during their turn when they run out into the open. But pay attention to the colors of your Overwatch cone as you’re creating it. Blue sections are areas where you’ll shoot at enemies, but grayed out zones are blind spots where cover is blocking your line of sight, meaning you won’t fire a shot at an enemy in that zone.

Overwatch is capable of extending over a significant distance, but the longer you extend, the lower your accuracy will be. You can see your percentage chance to hit as you’re choosing where to place your cone, and it will continually drop by 5% the farther you reach. So you want to find a happy medium, where you’re covering enough space to be confident an enemy will run into that area, but not extending so far that your shots will probably miss.

Overwatch is particularly useful when enemy reinforcements are on the way. You’ll get on-screen prompts letting you know where they’re coming from, so you can set up firing squads and greet the arriving enemies with blaster bolts before they ever have a chance to attack. It’s also important to remember that putting a character into Overwatch will use all of their remaining AP, and the number of enemies they can fire at is equal to how much AP they spent. So you can attack up to three enemies with one character’s Overwatch if you position it well.

Bringing Backup Builds Bonds

The tutorial missions will introduce you to the Call for Backup system, but it might not convey just how pivotal this will be for the whole game. In every turn of combat, a member of your team will get the ability to request backup, where you can choose any teammate to pair up with and attack the same enemy back-to-back.

The character that can request backup is random on each turn, and they’re noted by an icon you can see on their portrait in the bottom left corner of the screen. You should make use of this on every turn, because it’s a free attack that costs no action points. And even better: the backup character’s attack is guaranteed to hit.

The only caveat is that both characters need to have line of sight on the same enemy in order to pull off a combo attack. Once you’ve chosen an ally to back you up, you can double check their status in the top right corner of the screen when you’re lining up the first attacker’s shot. If the backup character doesn’t have line of sight, it will say so. If they do, it will say “Assisting,” meaning they will successfully attack.

There are many strategic uses for these assisted shots. The assisting character will follow up on any attack, not just a regular blaster shot. There are multiple specializations that have extra powerful attacks, and assisted shots will fire after those too. You can use this to pile up a ton of damage at once on exposed enemies, which is especially useful against ones who can counter attack, since you want to finish them quickly. Or since the backup shot is guaranteed to hit, you can use it to finish off an enemy that’s low on health and is trying to hide far away behind cover.

The biggest long-term benefit of backup shots is that they gain bond points for the two characters who team up. In Zero Company, the progression of your characters is defined by their bonds. Bond levels will allow you to choose cross training to give the same benefit to both characters, which is how you’ll add to their stats. If you use backup on every turn, you’ll gain bond levels very quickly, and reaching max bond can unlock build-defining boosts, so you want to get there as early as possible.

Make Sure to Take Advantage

Advantage is a resource shared by the whole squad that powers some of your best abilities. Whenever you damage an enemy, whether it’s with a regular shot or a utility item, you gain Advantage. So that means if you hit three enemies with a grenade, you get three Advantage all at once. Your current Advantage is displayed in the bottom left corner of the screen, and it maxes out at 10.

There are upgrades you can purchase in the Den that let you start every battle with some Advantage already banked, which can help you start combat with some momentum, especially if you’re a fan of Cly the Mandalorian. And if you’re in a multi-part story mission, your Advantage points will carry over from one phase to the next.

If you plan things well, it’s very easy to build up Advantage quickly, so you don’t need to be shy about using it. And remember that characters can still use their Advantage abilities even after they’ve used up all their AP for that turn. Different ultimate abilities use a different amount of Advantage, so pay attention to how much each costs so you can use them effectively.

Some abilities that use Advantage, like the Soldier’s Rocket Strike or the Assault’s Sweeping Salvo, are for straightforward damage dealing. Others, like the Medic’s Morale Boost or the Heavy’s Bulwark, are for support or to manipulate the enemy. But they’re all useful in the right hands, and you should use them frequently.

Equip Your Utilities

Utilities are items you can equip on characters at the Den. Unlike Advantage, they’re specific to the character they’re equipped on and can’t be shared with teammates. When the game begins, characters will have one utility slot, but you’ll unlock more as you progress.

At the start, most of your utilities will be consumables you can use in combat, like grenades or medpacs. These have limited uses, so you’ll want to pick your spots wisely, but they can swing momentum in a fight when used at the right moment.

As the game goes on, the variety of utility items will increase, giving you access to items that can boost stats and help boost your build. There are items that give you extra defense, increase movement distance, improve your accuracy, increase crit chance, and make you immune to certain status effects. And there are even secondary weapons that unlock unique attacks, like flamethrowers, gas canisters, and scatter guns.

You’ll get utility items as rewards for operations and tactical missions, some of which will be randomized. You can also buy them from the Black Market, which you’ll unlock early in the game, and you can use Den upgrades to increase the odds of getting rare ones. Higher tiers of stat-boosting utility items can give you significant buffs, so don’t ignore them. And don’t forget to equip them either, they don’t do any good just sitting in your inventory.

And there you have it, four tactics that you’ll be able to make use of throughout the whole game. If you’ve been playing Star Wars Zero Company, what have been some of your favorite builds? Let us know in the comments. For more coverage of Zero Company, check out our review and what we wish we knew before starting. And for future entries in The Long Game series, stay tuned to IGN.

Article authored by IGN Global and presented by Charles Schwab. IGN Global and Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. are separate, unaffiliated companies.

Marvel’s Wolverine Developer Responds to Requests to Toggle ‘Fart Gas’ Off

A debate over “fart gas” has emerged around PlayStation 5 exclusive Marvel’s Wolverine, with some people calling for developer Insomniac to add the ability to disable Logan’s scent trail entirely from the game.

Marvel’s Wolverine will show a scent trail for Logan to follow in certain circumstances, which had been revealed and already discussed earlier this summer. The debate around this was rekindled following the publication of Marvel’s Wolverine reviews online this week, with The Washington Post journalist Gene Park calling the scent trail “fart gas” because of the way it appears behind characters Logan follows.

Jean Grey’s fart gas trail is NOT part of the navigation assist option. i turned it on and there’s another green line that tells you where to go. mission waypoint (yellow marker) is on as well and THAT can be turned off.

2nd pic i turn off the options and the gas stays. it seems… https://t.co/XSBsGa6Xj0 pic.twitter.com/cKs9uTPSG0

— Gene Park (@GenePark) September 10, 2026

There was some confusion online about the ability to turn this feature off via accessibility options. Insomniac’s official list of accessibility options for Wolverine includes a “Chase Assist,” which lets you toggle reduced movement speed for targets during chase sequences, but it does not turn off the trail. Other navigation toggles do not turn off the scent trail either.

This has in turn led some to believe the scent trail is always on in-game, and so have called on Insomniac to add in the ability to turn it off. But Insomniac’s director of community and marketing, James Stevenson, took to social media to nip that suggestion in the bud.

“The scent trail isn’t always on,” he clarified. “It represents Logan’s canon mutant super senses and elite tracking ability. It only is there when he’s tracking a specific scent / sound (a person, whisky, or another clue scent) – story/mission moments or when he catches whiff of a collectible.”

Despite this, some still want to get rid of the “fart gas” entirely. The criticism here is that the scent trail holds the player’s hand too strongly. Referencing previous discourse about Final Fantasy’s yellow paint guides, some have said these lines remove any potential skill required for a chase sequence, for example, or exploration.

This in turn has sparked questions about the difficulty of adapting Wolverine for a video game. Given his canon mutant powers, Logan probably wouldn’t spend much time wandering through levels looking for his target — or his next drink — but that doesn’t make for particularly exciting gameplay.

Some have suggested that Logan’s scent power could be something the player can trigger with a press of R3 on the DualSense, so there’s a way for players to avoid using it if they feel that strongly about it. Based on Stevenson’s post, Insomniac didn’t feel that would make sense for Logan.

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

Stevenson later clarified that when it comes to finding a hidden collectible, first you have to get close enough to it to pick up the sound or scent. So, there still is a degree of exploration to be done to find them.

IGN’s Marvel’s Wolverine review returned a 6/10. We said: “Marvel’s Wolverine’s slick and satisfying combat wears thin well before its conclusion, so much so that even its strong character work can’t quite save it from being anything more than okay.”

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Planet Zoo 2 Puts You Right Down into the Wild With Your Animals

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • Conservation is an excellent addition to the scope of Planet Zoo.
  • PZ2 immediately drops you into the on-the-ground view, which is an effective way to bring you into the game.
  • There’s a lot of detailing and decorating to do for players interested in that.

The animal lover in me was immediately delighted by the couple of hours I got to spend with Planet Zoo 2. And not just because the various creatures large and small who inhabit it look the best they ever have in a tycoon game – especially in the animation department – but because of the increased focus on conservation. While it has “zoo” in the title, a huge new component to this sequel is the introduction of free-roaming wildlife preserves that can be sculpted and shepherded to see the species in your care returned to and thriving in their natural habitats. And in a franchise that has always struggled to make the economics of running a park fun on their own, that gave me new goals to strive for.

Going Wild

I didn’t even start my Planet Zoo 2 career from the typical top-down strategy game perspective. Rather, I was placed directly into the world at ground height, allowing me to walk around the lush East African Rift Valley in first-person. While some previous Frontier games like Jurassic World Evolution have included this as a feature, making it the first thing you do before placing any buildings or fussing over graphs literally changed my perspective in a positive way.

Hopping into a rugged offroad survey vehicle, I was quickly driving around extremely detailed landscapes with dense grass and foliage taking pictures of warthogs and zebras, some of which I had to crouch down to approach in a stealthy manner to keep them from bolting. The level of fidelity this close up is really impressive, both for the environments as well as the animals themselves. And I was impressed by the performance, though I didn’t get a chance to look at the specs of the PCs Frontier gave us remote access to.

I didn’t even start my Planet Zoo 2 career from the typical top-down strategy game perspective. Rather, I was placed directly into the world at ground height, allowing me to walk around the lush East African Rift Valley in first-person. “

Similarly to how running a zoo requires you to build habitats that meet all of an animal’s needs, managing a reserve presents you with a handful of irregularly-shaped biomes like savannahs or dense forests that have their own set of needs to achieve “flourishing” status, which will maximize the wellbeing of native species you release into them. They require a certain percentage of different kinds of native plants, access to water, and so on. I had unlimited funds in the demo, and the East African preserve I was tending was already in pretty good shape. So I’m not sure how big a project it might be to revitalize a heavily degraded ecosystem. But this is definitely the part of Planet Zoo 2 I’m most excited about.

Captive Imagination

Of course, you’ll also be running more traditional zoos with captive breeding programs to be able to pay for all of this and create healthy candidates to release back into the wild. And that side of things feels pretty familiar to the first Planet Zoo. Again, my biggest bone to pick with Frontier’s modern tycoon roster is that they don’t really present challenging economic simulations for those of us who think balancing the books and fending off bankruptcy is a big part of the fun, and with unlimited money turned on, I can’t say if they’ve done much to change that.

It still excels where Frontier games have long excelled, though, in the detailing and decorating department. There is a dizzying selection of parts to choose from that can be resized, rotated, combined, recolored, and remixed to make just about anything you can imagine, as well as a pretty decent set of pre-built stuff for players who don’t want to spend hours making one gazebo. No judgment! It’s just not my thing. There are pre-made styles for North, which have a modern Nordic design; West, which look more outdoorsy American; East, which are Asian-inspired; and South, which have a tropical motif that fits Africa and to some extent Oceania.

New to Planet Zoo 2, almost all the types of buildings you can plop – outside of restrooms and quarantine facilities for sick animals – have fully-modeled interiors that you can enter in first-person and see guests and staff hanging out in. Restaurants start with a serving counter, but then allow you to add multiple sections of seating areas, including outdoor patios if you want, which can be easily linked to that counter to let guests and staff know they’re all part of the same facility. And from what I could tell, this simply works. Gift shops function the same way. Even staff break rooms can have custom seating and activities.

Meanwhile, the terrain editor remains powerful and easy to use, with a couple new tools. Water still requires making a reservoir and then setting a fixed elevation to snap to. You can change everything from the surface texture, to make it more choppy, to the cloudiness and tint. If you want to make the blood sea from Iron Lung, you’re more than welcome to. I still couldn’t figure out a way to make a river that actually looks like it’s flowing downwards from a higher elevation, though. The best I could manage is a flat channel with an illusion of directional flow, more like a canal.

Serious Fauna

Of course, the animals are why we’re really here. And they do look completely stunning, from much more realistic fur modeling to diverse and lifelike animations. It’s still a bit uncanny to see these nearly photoreal beasts next to Frontier’s cartoony human guests and staff, but at least the campaign advisors have been dialed back a bit in their goofiness. They’re upbeat and cheerful, but aren’t constantly making groan-worthy popsicle stick jokes like in the last game, which I appreciated.

The animals have quite detailed stats as well, so even if the economics aren’t a home run, it seems like starting a breeding program is going to have plenty of depth. Each individual has stats for Vitality, which represents their dominance in combat; Longevity, which can affect their max lifespan within a certain degree of realistic variation; Fertility, which is their chance to produce offspring; and Immunity, which represents their ability to fight off disease. These can all be passed on, along with some visual traits like a rarer dark coloration for leopards, and creating juveniles with the best possible traits will take lots of careful cross-breeding and several generations.

The animals look completely stunning, from much more realistic fur modeling to diverse and lifelike animations.“

Aviaries and aquariums are also part of the base game now. In the case of aquariums, the max height of the water seems to be set by where you place the little staff airlock that divers use to access it for veterinary and cleaning tasks, though I wasn’t able to confirm this. It seems like you can dig them out just about as deep as you want below that, though. And glass tunnels can run through them with almost total freedom, allowing guests to feel completely immersed in the exhibit. Semiaquatic species like penguins will hang out on land and in the water when their enclosure includes both.

Aviaries are a little bit fiddly, but worked pretty well once I got the basic gist of them. You start by simply building a flat exhibit, then placing tall support poles at different intervals. Finally, you select the type of netting you’d like to put over the top to keep the flyers in, and it generates a custom roof shape based on the placement of the poles. If you’re anything like me, you’ll probably need to tear this down and try a few times to get it looking nice. The exhibit will automatically compute if there’s enough area for the species inside to fly around freely, which is neat.

Dar-win or Lose

It wasn’t realistic to get a full picture of Planet Zoo 2 from the short time I had with it in this first hands-on, especially when it comes to the business tycoon side, but I’m pretty optimistic overall. I counted 49 species in the encyclopedia, from jellyfish to giraffes, from a variety of environments and biomes. And the ones I got to see in the flesh were marvelously rendered and a joy to watch, especially when I got to release them into the open environment of a nature reserve. Planet Zoo 2 will be open for business on October 13.

While you’re here, check out these recent previews of other big upcoming games we’ve checked out recently!

Len Hafer

Freelance Writer

Leana Hafer is a contributing freelancer for IGN with a specialty in RPGs, strategy, horror, and survival games. She has been reviewing video games professionally since 2010 and is one of IGN’s most prolific contributors, with more than 100 reviews published. You can also find her work on sites like PC Gamer and PCGamesN.

Miami Approves ‘Discreet’ GTA 6 Marketing Campaign So the City Can Fix Its Football Field

Rockstar Games’ Grand Theft Auto 6 is coming to real-life Miami after a city meeting resulted in the approval of a “discreet” – and controversial – marketing campaign.

The City of Miami Beach gave the OK for the famed game developer to bring GTA 6 to the area September 10, 2026, following a 4-3 vote in favor of the decision. The meeting saw strong arguments on both sides, with the deal promising that Rockstar will pay at least $3 million to the city as related logos and branding populate the town from October 15 – December 31.

GTA 6’s Vice City setting is, of course, based on the very real Miami, Florida, and Rockstar is looking to capitalize on that. Arguments against the move touched on the violence of the Grand Theft Auto series, which, as stated by Commissioner David Suarez, allows players to “steal cars, deal drugs, commit robberies, murder civilians, and assassinate police officers.”

GTA 6 Vice City Screenshots

“That’s their right. They can make it, they can sell it, and they can advertise it, but that doesn’t mean that the city of Miami Beach has to help them do it,” Suarez argued. “We ask our police officers every day to put themselves in harm’s way, protecting this community. We spend enormous resources fighting drugs, violent crime, and disorder, and we’ve spent over a million dollars over the past three years on a spring break marketing campaign trying to move Miami Beach away from an image of chaos and lawlessness.

“Now, we’re going to take our beaches, one of the most recognizable symbols of this city, and turn them into a space for Grand Theft Auto. What kind of message are we sending to the world?”

Later, Suarez added, “I don’t think that this is worth what they’re offering. I don’t think it’s worth really anything.” Commissioner Matteo-Salinas fell on the other side of the fence. Her vote to approve Rockstar’s GTA 6 marketing campaign came from her desire to represent gamers – herself included.

“I play GTA,” Matteo-Salinas said. “I played it in 1997 when the first game, the Vice City version, came out, and I’m going to play it again when this one comes out, and I’m not going to play the game and then go on a crime spree. That’s not what this is about.”

Commissioner Joseph Magazine agreed, arguing that, although “Grand Theft Auto isn’t for everyone” and “there are certainly aspects of the game we likely don’t want associated with the values” of Miami Beach, “we also have to deal with reality.” He added, “I can walk and chew gum at the same time.”

“This will be the biggest and most anticipated video game launch in global history, and whether we embrace this partnership or we reject it, millions and millions of people around the world are already going to experience a fictionalized version of Miami Beach through this game. We have no control over that. That spotlight’s coming.”

Grand Theft Auto 6 vs Real Life Inspiration

How exactly GTA 6 will take over Miami Beach in October was not revealed. However, commissioner Laura Dominguez did tease some of what’s on the table.

Rockstar will not plaster logos on city property, such as lifeguard stands or in “iconic public spaces.” She said Grand Theft Auto will be advertised “discreetly” with the city’s marketing partner, the Boucher Brothers. As mentioned by X/Twitter user @GTAVI_Countdown, the Boucher Brothers is a company Rockstar has parodied before, with its in-game spin instead called “Sol Sisters.”

Dominguez added that, through the October – December marketing window, Miami citizens will spot things like “Vice City or ‘VI'” on things like chairs and umbrellas. It suggests the words “Grand Theft Auto” won’t be visible in any official capacity, with the commissioner also saying that Rockstar will not be permitted to advertise GTA 6 during the city’s Art Basel, which is scheduled to take place the weekend of December 4.

“I think the city has done our part to make sure that our brand is protected but still keeping with the importance of the massive global reach that gaming has today, and the city is going to be receiving a couple million dollars,” Dominguez said.

She added with a smile, “If there’s wiggle room to negotiate more, let us know.”

Dominguez mentioned that the deal with Rockstar will give the City of Miami Beach money that is “critical.” How exactly the $3 million will be dispersed was not detailed, but Commissioner Tanya K. Bhatt expects the total benefits to produce a number closer to $4 million. She said, “[GTA 6] is coming to Miami Beach with or without us, and to pretend that it isn’t is a missed opportunity.”

One item on Bhatt’s mind when the money comes in is Florida’s Flamingo Park. Rockstar’s financial support could “in and of itself” pay for a Flamingo Park Memorial Football Field renovation project that is currently slated for next year but lacks proper funding.

“Our city manager and those of us who have engaged have been very clear that this is not to be an in-your-face marketing campaign,” she added. “It is very discreet, understated, [and] mostly the Roman numeral six, which most people won’t even understand. They’ll go around calling it ‘V’ or ‘VI,’ probably.”

GTA 6’s release date falls directly in its Miami Beach marketing window with a November 19, 2026, launch. It will be available for PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S. IGN recently got in touch with Rockstar to learn more about how its new take on the series will be worth the wait, resulting in an interview and preview following its big Netflix extended look reveal.

Some fans have recently argued that Rockstar’s latest almost looks too realistic for its own good. Others are mostly just concerned with making sure they’re able to grab one of the new limited edition PS5 controllers.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Moss Dev Polyarc Shutting Down

Polyarc Games, the developer behind the critically acclaimed Moss games, has announced it is shutting down.

The Seattle studio announced it is ceasing operations starting today, September 11, 2026, with a post on LinkedIn. It’s a shock announcement that will see the company close its doors after 12 years.

“After nearly 12 years riding the joyous rollercoaster of emotions that is making video games, our time together has come to an end,” Polyarc said. “As we wind down active development, we are saying our farewells to each other.

“Working together over all of these years has been an honor. Bringing surprise and delight to those who played our games has been a privilege. Thank you to everyone at Polyarc, our work is now finished. Polyarc has been home to exceptional developers across all disciplines.

The post then signed off, encouraging game developers looking for talent to hire members of its team. The full list shared with the message totals 29 names, including artists, designers, animation experts, engineers, and more.

“Thank you to everyone who has been part of this journey,” Polyarc signed off.

Moss: The Forgotten Relic Screenshots

Polyarc developed and published its first title, Moss VR, in 2018. An action-adventure puzzle game starring a small mouse named Quill, the game was well-received by critics and fans alike. IGN gave it an 8.5/10 upon its release, saying, “Quill and her fantastical world of Moss are instantly likable. This storybook action-adventure makes stellar use of VR.”

We also found 2022’s Moss: Book 2 to be found similarly enjoyable. In our 8/10 review, we said it “builds upon its predecessor nicely with a captivating world and entertaining platforming, let down primarily by the PSVR’s aging tech.”

In 2023, Polyarc released Glassbreakers: Champions of Moss, a more tactical take on the series. A non-VR version of both Moss and its sequel, Moss: The Forgotten Relic, was released just two months ago in July 2026. It also received an 8/10 from IGN.

“Moss: The Forgotten Relic is an incredibly charming fairy tale, and aside from a couple of minor issues, this is a very smooth remake that doesn’t feel compromised by breaking free of its VR-exclusive origins,” we said at the time.

Polyarc is, unfortunately, far from the first studio closure in 2026. PlayStation’s Bluepoint Games and Dark Outlaw Games were both shut down earlier this year. Ubisoft announced it was closing some of its studios in June. The list goes on, with Netflix also shuttering Oxenfree developer Night School just last month. GreedFall developer Spiders shut down in April. Microsoft announced plans to cut 3,200 staff in July.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Pokémon Deluxe Character Book Review

The Pokémon Company has been anything but shy about celebrating the franchise’s 30th anniversary. I, for better or worse, am a sucker for a good ol’ strategy book, so one drop I was excited enough to preorder was the new Deluxe Character Book. While the book does show some age-old favoritism for specific Pokémon, it also serves as a colorful and thoughtful celebration of the full franchise.

The Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide Book is currently available from Amazon for $41.98, 30% off the list price of $59.99. A limited edition box set version that comes with additional accessories is also available for $196.

The book’s construction definitely has a premium feel. The gold-lined pages make it stand out against any selection of guide or coffee books. The cover art features an array of Pokémon in gold and silver line art, offering some entertainment in finding each Pokémon hidden in the collage. Full color is reserved for Pikachu, who is also the star of the inner cover art, and unsurprisingly much of the book in general.

Pokemon Deluxe Character Guide Book

The guidebook initially greets you with a foreword from the CEO of The Pokémon Company, Tsunekazu Ishihara. He expresses his gratitude to Pokémon fans, who he hopes “can unearth for the first time or rediscover the magic of the Pokémon world.” A cute detail here is a full color picture of Exeggutor, who Ishihara has previously mentioned is his personal favorite Pokémon, underneath the President’s signature.

This gracious foreword is followed by an introduction that frankly had me feeling things. In just a few short paragraphs, this introduction outlines what Pokémon is and has been throughout its 30-year history. This is a very core part of the book: an attempt at encompassing information from each segment of the franchise, and embracing Trainers at any point in their Pokémon journey.

Exeggutor is President Ishihara’s favorite Pokemon.

From there, you essentially get a full-on encyclopedia that includes every Pokémon in numerical Pokédex order, from Bulbasaur to Pecharunt. Chapters are generally organized by region, each of which starts with a general overview page that briefly describes the region’s relevance to particular Pokémon games, arcs in the movies and TV series, and appearance in TCG form.

The exceptions to that structure are entire chapters dedicated to Pikachu, New Discoveries, and Legendary and Mythical Pokemon.

Each of these sections has a specific page color and little labels in the top corner, making it easy to flip through. An Index at the back also indicates the pages dedicated to individual Pokémon in alphabetical order.

Now, what exactly do you learn about each of the 1,025 Pokémon included in the book? In short, what you’d expect from a particularly elaborate Pokédex.

For every single Pokémon, you get a sprite image, the English and Japanese names, and a table containing the following information:

  • Category
  • Type
  • Gender
  • Related Pokemon
  • Height and Weight
  • Characteristics

Most of those sections are pretty self-explanatory. “Category” is just another word for the funky categories assigned to each Pokémon, like Tentacool being the Jellyfish Pokémon. “Related Pokémon” lists out special evolutions, like Mega and Gigantamax forms, as well as general evolutions that first appeared in separate regions and are thus out of Pokédex order. “Characteristics” offers a pretty similar description to what you’d find in a Pokédex entry, though these are entirely fresh descriptions that are each a couple of sentences long.

Some pages squeeze in as many Pokemon as possible.

Like most things in the Pokémon world, don’t expect every Pokémon to be treated equally. While every single Pokémon gets that basic info chart, some of them get a bit of extra love.

For starters, as mentioned, we get a full five-page chapter dedicated to Pikachu. Every “First Partner Pokémon,” aka starters in each mainline game, has a full page spread dedicated to its evolution cycles. There are also some other non-starter evolutions that get full pages, like Gastly to Gengar and Ralts to Gardevoir.

I initially assumed these full-page spreads were reserved for three-stage evolutions, but there’s a couple of exceptions, like Wobuffet, who also gets the full-page treatment.

What’s included in these larger entries varies for each Pokémon, but in general, the book certainly tries to pack in and pay equal respect to information from the games, the anime series, and the TCG.

But some Pokemon get special treatment.

Using the Wobuffet page as an example, you get a section dedicated to Animation, showing screenshots and brief descriptions of the Patient Pokémon’s notable appearances across multiple seasons. The TCG section has images of multiple card iterations, offering a glimpse into a range of art styles and abilities.

And, of course, you have the Video Game section. One thing I’ll give this book tons of credit for is that this section is never as simple as “what the Pokémon looks like in-game,” and instead tries to showcase how the Pokémon may have appeared across the video game series in a particularly unique way. For example, the Wobuffet page features Quiz Wobuffet in the somewhat niche GameCube release, Pokémon Channel.

Those who’ve memorized every Pokédex entry are unlikely to find any surprises in here, but I’d describe the goal of this book as synthesis as opposed to invention. I, personally, have not kept up with animated Pokémon, so I always learn something in those sections. I imagine the same goes for anyone who isn’t entirely caught up on the TCG scene.

The particularly robust pages are, to me, nothing short of glorious. The question I’ve been sitting on is how much to criticize the book’s “favoritism” in only dedicating these to certain Pokémon.

TPC often gets flack for only highlighting particularly popular mascot Pokémon, especially when it comes to recent merch drops and collaborations. Yes, the book would be a massive tome were it to dedicate single pages to each individual Pokémon, but I’d still argue this was one of the better opportunities for Pokémon equity.

I’ll acknowledge that there’s truly an endless amount you can ask for when it comes to Pokémon. This particular character guidebook definitely succeeds as a holistic homage to the full franchise. Well, at least until we get our hands on Winds and Waves.

Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide (Hardcover)

5

Blythe Dujardin

Audience Development Coordinator

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

The New SteelSeries Aeon Pro Wireless Gaming Controller With Infinite Battery Life Is Now Available

SteelSeries just announced its new Aeon Pro wireless gaming controller for PC and Xbox and it’s already available to purchase at the Steelseries online store for $259.99. At that price, we’d be asking a lot from our controller: top-tier build quality and a plethora of features, maybe even some unique to this controller. Fortunately, the Aeon Pro delivers.

SteelSeries Aeon Pro Gaming Controller for Xbox, PC

4

SteelSeries already has a lineup of gaming controllers that includes the Stratus and Nimbus. The Aeon Pro, however, is the company’s first high-end pro-grade controller. Honestly, it’s shaping up to be one of the best PC and Xbox controllers ever. IGN’s Bo Moore has already posted his Aeon Pro review-so-far and his initial impressions have been stellar.

Wireless freedom with zero downtime

Amongst the bevy of features packed in the Aeon Pro, one stands out in particular, and that’s the infinite battery system. This is essentially a hot-swappable battery system much like what you’ll find in the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro and Omni headsets, which I consider to be one of the best gaming headets on the market for this reason. The Aeon Pro basically includes two removable, rechargeable batteries: one to use in your controller and the other to remain charged and ready to go in the docking station that doubles as a charger. You get wireless freedom with zero downtime.

“Quick switch” between Xbox and PC

The Aeon Pro’s other standout feature is its patented QuickSwitch system. You can switch between Xbox, PC, or mobile instantly and seamlessly, with no re-pairing or re-plugging required. How does that even work? It’s pretty simple, actually. In addition to being a charger for your batteries, the docking station is also a hub of sorts. You plug your Xbox and PC via USB Type-C ports on the rear, and the controller then connects wirelessly to the dock. For mobile, the connection is made via Bluetooth. Again, I’ve seen this technology before in the Arctis Nova Pro Omni headset, and SteelSeries carried this feature over to the Aeon Pro. That’s a big brain move.

Hall effect and micro-switches throughout

My favorite gaming controllers in the past have two features they all have in common: Hall Effect joysticks and mechanical switches for nearly all of its buttons (including the d-pad). The Aeon Pro does not disappoint. Both joysticks use Hall Effect magnetic sensors. These are superior to traditional potentiometer-based analog sensors. In addition to being more precise and more sensitive, they have no moving parts that can wear out and are thus naturally resistant to stick drift.

16 total buttons all customizable through the OLED display or GG app

The Aeon Pro has a d-pad and twelve programmable buttons, all of which use satisfyingly clicky mechanical switches. These include: four XYAB buttons, four trigger buttons, and four rear paddle switches. Two of the trigger buttons also feature adjustable travel length; with a flick of a switch you can choose either full travel or a hair trigger. The buttons can all be customized using the OLED display on the controller or via the Steelseries GG app.

Modular thumbsticks

Are you a sucker for interchangeable thumbsticks? The Aeon Pro has got that too. Included in the package are four different styles of modular thumbsticks that you can swap out: convex, concave, standard length, and long. They simply snap onto either joystick position and are a nice touch that you’ll only find in premium controllers.

It’s not cheap, but few great things are.

I’ve seen and tested so many tournament controllers, but none with all the technology that’s packed into the Aeon Pro. Yes it’s expensive, but if you’re a heavy gamer that uses a controller for hundreds of hours, then this is so worth it.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Save 45% Off Citizen’s Star Wars Themed Eco-Drive Chronograph Men’s Watches

Citizen sells an entire line of Star Wars themed watches based on its well-established Eco-Drive platform and two of the more popular models are on sale today during the Jomashop End of Summer Clearance Sale. For a limited time you can save up to 45% off either the Citizen Luke Skywalker Chronograph Blue Dial Men’s Watch or the Citizen Rebel Pilot Chronograph Black Dial Men’s Watch, both with free shipping. They normally retail for $475 a piece.

Save Up to 45% Off Citizen Star Wars Eco-Drive Men’s Watches

Citizen Luke Skywalker Eco-Drive Chronograph Blue Dial Men’s Watch

2

Citizen Rebel Pilot Eco-Drive Chronograph Black Dial Men’s Watch

2

The Star Wars watches are collector’s edition variants of Citizen’s popular chronograph watches with Eco-Drive technology. An Eco-Drive watch contains a solar cell that sits beneath the transparent dial and collects energy from any light source – both natural and artificial – to power the battery. This light could derive from the sun, overhead lights, or even your desk lamp. The battery can run for up to six months in between charges and, under normal usage, the watch will never need battery replacement or manual winding. It’s a fabulous technology that is well-regarded amongst the watch community for its reliability and convenience.

The Luke Skywalker watch features a silver-tone stainless steel case with blue aluminum bezel and brown leather buckle strap. The two pushers are accented in blue and green, representing Luke’s lightsaber colors throughout the original trilogy. The blue dial face is watermarked with the Rebel Alliance logo. Two subdials feature a birds-eye view of Luke’s T-65 X-wing starfighter as well as his iconic battle with Darth Vader. The watch looks amazing at night too; the indices and subdials are luminous green, while the hour and minute hands are luminous blue and green, respectively.

The Rebel Pilot watch features a silver-tone stainless steel case with black aluminum bezel and orange leather buckle strap. The black dial features orange accents and the three subdials depict a red Rebel Alliance logo, Rebel pilot helmet, and X-Wing starfighter. In the dark, the indices, X-Wing, and hands (hours, minutes, and seconds) glow a luminous blue.

Luminous

Star Wars-themed watches at this price point are relatively uncommon, and you can’t go wrong with a Citizen watch if you’re looking for something stylish, convenient, versatile and, of course, precise.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

GTA 6 Reviews Plague Real-Life Nudist Resort After Fans Draw Comparisons to Leaks

Grand Theft Auto 6 fans believe its nudist resort was inspired by a real-life location, and its owners are already being bombarded with problematic reviews.

As if there was ever any doubt, GTA 6 fans are all over Rockstar Games’ new video game. They’ve measured oxygen levels in hopes of predicting big reveals, showed up for Netflix announcements, and now, they’ve discovered what they believe was the inspiration for one of the many locations they’ll visit in-game this November: Kissimmee, Florida’s Cypress Cove Nudist Resort (via GamesRadar).

Fans tracking down the locations behind some of their favorite video game levels is nothing new; Arc Raiders fans did something similar in January. But where the sleuthing for some games has often resulted in real-world positivity, Cypress Cove Nudist Resort isn’t enjoying the increased visibility brought by GTA 6.

“For anyone wondering about the suddenly recurring references to ‘Jason Duval,’ ‘Lucia,’ binoculars, a pool, firearms, and other suspiciously similar details — those are references to Grand Theft Auto VI,” the site owner said in response to just one of the many reviews that have shown up on the Cypress Cove Nudist Resort Google page recently. “Yes. A video game.”

The owner, which has already taken what action it can against the reviews, said the influx of reviews is a “coordinated series of fabricated posts using GTA VI references.” They then allege that some posts were followed by requests that the rest “pay money to have the reviews changed or removed.”

Their message continued, stating, “we will not pay” and “we will not negotiate,” confirming it had “documented the reviews and the request for payment.” It added, “This activity is being reported through the appropriate channels.”

“For our actual guests and anyone researching Cypress Cove: please understand that these posts do not describe genuine guest experiences at our resort,” the Cypress Cove Nudist Resort’s Google representative said. “And to whoever is behind them: We appreciate the commitment to the GTA storyline, but Cypress Cove is located in Florida — not Leonida.”

Grand Theft Auto 6 vs Real Life Inspiration

GTA 6 fans first caught wind of an in-game nudist resort not from Rockstar but from leaks that polluted the internet last month. Despite the lack of an official showing, early footage provided enough information for watchers to piece together how the developer might have pulled from the real world for its upgraded version of Vice City.

Whether this is the location Rockstar looked to or not, it seems that, for the most part, GTA 6-related reviews have been scrubbed from the Google page, but the site owner’s message can still be found on a few of the more suspicious messages. These include references to leaks, such as a man who “pulled out his binoculars.” One posted yesterday directly referenced GTA 6, saying, “Will be trying to book a reservation on Nov. 19th. I will be playing GTA 6 for three days straight while nude in my RV. Shout out to Rockstar for showing me this gem of a place!”

November 19 is, of course, the long-awaited release date for the new Grand Theft Auto game. The 13-year wait has led to lots of excitement, for better or worse, as players prepare to pick it up on PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S. GTA 6 fans were also able to track down the location they suspect inspired Jason and Lucia’s apartment, although it is safe from any kind of review bombing.

Michael Cripe

Freelance Writer

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Mistborn Cosmere RPG Expansion Is Up for Preorder

Brandon Sanderson and Brotherwise Games have been hard at work producing Cosmere tabletop games since 2020. In addition to board games, the first core rulebooks for a full-on Cosmere RPG launched just last year after a very successful crowdfunding campaign. And now in 2026, the highly anticipated Mistborn expansion is up for preorder.

The Mistborn Handbook, Campaign Guide, and Welcome to Scadriel guide are available to buy at Amazon with a November 4 release date.

The Mistborn Handbook is the main thing you’ll need if you want to build characters in either era of Mistborn. You’ll also get some general guidance for GMs building out a campaign in the world of Scadriel. Since it is a Mistborn game, there’s also a focus on the metallic arts of allomancy and ferochemy you wouldn’t get from the Stormlight characters.

While the handbook is essential for the basics of the RPG, you’ll still need the campaign guide to insert your characters into a realistic setting from the books. You can choose to play a campaign through two different Eras, with consequences that ‘echo across the centuries’. Your campaign through Mistborn Era 1 is designed to be played through levels 3-6 while Era 2 is designed for levels 3-9.

In addition to these two core guides, you can also pick up the smaller 24-page welcome guide. This book is designed as a visual guide for beginners and new players to get up to speed on what to expect from the world of Scadriel before they start playing. This is ideal for introducing players who maybe haven’t read any of Sanderson’s Cosmere books yet.

What We Said About the Stormlight Archive books

IGN had the chance to check out the Stormlight Archive books when they first came out last year and gave them an 8 out of 10 in our review. Here’s a quick summary of what we thought:

“The Cosmere RPG’s initial offerings on Roshar are a strong first go for this new TTRPG system that offers a focus on flexible character development and stronger narrative mechanics than its peers.” – Scott White

Cosmere RPG Photos

This Isn’t the First Mistborn Tabletop Game

This upcoming expansion to the Cosmere TTRPG isn’t Sanderson’s first attempt at a Mistborn game. In fact, it’s not even the first attempt at a TTRPG for the series. Back in 2012 Crafty Games produced the Mistborn Adventure Game, which was a tabletop adventure set in Era 1 of Scadriel. There were additional expansions and books released for this game, but it’s mostly been forgotten with the release of Brotherwise Games Cosmere RPG.

More recently, Brotherwise has also released a Mistborn Deckbuilding game that is actually quite good. We gave it an 8 out of 10 in our review, calling it a “refreshing offering among its deckbuilding peers” and an easy recommendation for fans of Mistborn.

Mistborn: The Deckbuilding Game

9

Jacob Kienlen

Senior Audience Development Strategist

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Save 50% Off the TP-Link Deco 7 Pro BE10000 Wi-Fi 7 Whole Home Mesh System

If you’ve just signed up for a high-speed internet like fiber, then you’ll want a router than can support the additional bandwidth. One of the best options happens to be Amazon’s #1 best selling Wi-Fi 7 router, and there’s a way to get a massive discount on it. For a limited time, Amazon is offering a used “like new” TP-Link Deco 7 Pro BE63 BE10000 Whole Home Mesh System for just $199.99 with free shipping. This is 50% cheaper than buying it new.

Amazon Resale is Amazon’s official outlet for used items. Amazon states that this “Like New” item “looks and functions as if it were new and comes in original packaging.” You still get the 30-day Amazon return policy so it’s a much safer option than buying a used controller off Facebook Marketplace.

Save 50% Off the TP-Link Deco 7 Pro BE63 WiFi 7 Mesh System

Used “like new”

TP-Link Deco 7 Pro BE63 Tri-Band WiFi 7 BE10000 Whole Home Mesh System (3-Pack)

0

The TP-Link Deco 7 Pro is one of the more value-priced WiFi mesh systems that still offers premium features like 2.5Gbps ethernet ports. I purchased this exact setup from Costco about a year ago for $400, and that was considered a great deal at the time. This is a true Wi-Fi 7 whole home mesh networking system that includes three satellites (any one of them can be used as the primary router). A mesh system uses satellites that work in tandem with the main router to increase coverage. The more satellites you have, the better the coverage. Three satellites should sufficiently cover most houses.

On the wireless side, this system supports tri-band Wi-Fi 7 with MLO, which means it can work simultaneously across all three bands (2.4GHz, 5GHz, and 6GHz). The BE1000 being a Wi-Fi router can utilize 320MHz channels on the 6GHz band, which is not possible with WiFi 6e. In terms of actual bandwidth performance, TP-Link claims up to 10Gbps, although real world numbers are closer to 2Gbps under ideal circumstances, which is 2X faster than gigabit, the previous gold standard.

On the wired side, each satellite has four 2.5Gbps ethernet ports that support wired backhaul for improved mesh networking performance. If you’re one of the lucky ones who is signed up for fiber optic or other ISP provider with higher-than-gigabit internet, then you’ll want a router with 2.5Gbps ports to take full advantage of the extra bandwidth. Although there are other routers with 5Gbps or 10Gbps ports, they are prohibitively more expensive

I should also mention that your window to purchase networking products from TP-Link may be closing soon. According to PCMag and other news outlets, the sale of new foreign-made Wi-Fi routers are now banned in the US, including products from TP-Link. This only applies to the sale of new products, not existing ones that are already available on the market. Once this model gets replaced by a newer SKU, you may find it harder to get one here in the States.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The Biggest Video Game, Movie, and TV Trailers From This Week

This was very nearly a 10/10 week for trailers. On top of two Nintendo Directs that delivered, the first trailers for the slates of the early fall film festivals like Venice, Telluride, Toronto, and New York have started dropping with some really strong stuff in the mix. On top of that: M. Night Shyamalan’s first post-Trap movie (which some people are already theorizing to be a Sixth Sense sequel) and some early October TV thrillers. Read on for the trailers worth watching this week. (And check out last weeks’ batch too.)

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake

Adventure through Hyrule and become the Hero of Time when The Legend of #Zelda: Ocarina of Time releases Nov 5 on Nintendo Switch 2. #NintendoDirect pic.twitter.com/rW3r7o2L9r

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 8, 2026

This week’s first Nintendo Direct focusing solely on the Ocarina of Time remake provides an extended gameplay look AND an official trailer. It’s lookin’ pretty one-for-one (mixed feelings, for me!), but we also found 40 differences that you can read all about. There are no bench-sitters on this matter: Do you like the updated art style or not?

The Legend of Zelda Ocarina of Time Remake releases on Switch 2 November 5. Read about everything that was announced at The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Nintendo Direct.

Metroid Ravenous

It’s eat or be eaten when Metroid Ravenous, the latest game in the 2D Metroid series, arrives on Nintendo Switch 2 Jan 28! #NintendoDirect pic.twitter.com/3yOE6L5X1R

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

I was doing the Vince McMahon meme, falling back and out of my chair (OK, I didn’t), when this trailer aired in the second-day Nintendo Direct. Of everything shown off, the 2D Metroid Ravenous, the followup to 2018’s Metroid Dread, had me (and my colleagues live-reacting on NVC) most hyped on everything from the saturated art direction to the brief story tease. Pissed-off Samus, coming through! My girl is hungry!

Metroid Ravenous will release on Nintendo Switch 2 on January 28, 2027. Read about everything else announced during the Nintendo Direct.

Kirby and the World Beyond

Kirby and the World Beyond releases spring 2027 on Nintendo Switch 2!

Get ready to explore the World Beyond using Copy Abilities in Kirby’s latest 3D adventure. #NintendoDirect pic.twitter.com/JLtr5271Aa

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

This was maybe not the thing most people were expecting to close out the Day 2 Nintendo Direct (it was NOT a Trojan horse for a new SmashBros.) , which is a bit unfair to Kirby because this does look kind of great! Kirby finally gets a 3D open-world game

Kirby and the World Beyond will release on Nintendo Switch 2 in spring 2027.

Godzilla Minus Zero

The sequel to 2024’s excellent Godzilla Minus One is finally right around the corner. The first trailer doesn’t give too much away — two years have passed, Godzilla still lives (because of course he does) — but apparently the three-headed King Ghidorah will make an appearance. I’m looking forward to seeing what an Oscar-winning VFX team can do with a kaiju faceoff!

Godzilla Minus Zero releases in theaters November 6.

Carrie

If you think you know her story, you’re dead wrong. All episodes of Carrie, a new series from Mike Flanagan, premiere October 7 on Prime Video. pic.twitter.com/e21yA4nj4E

— Prime Video (@PrimeVideo) September 9, 2026

2026 has already been Prime Video’s year of the hit high school and college age series (see: Off Campus, Sterling Point), but Carrie will, uhhhh, be a little different than those! It’s Mike Flanagan’s long-awaited Carrie adaptation, rejiggered for a very of-the-moment story about high school girls. TBD on the amount of fake blood used throughout, but I’m getting the sense that it’s a lot.

Carrie releases on Prime Video October 7.

You Can See Everything

The Telluride Film festival had been teasing a secret screening, and it ended up being You Can See Everything, Nathan Fielder’s first feature film project that he made alongside Lance Oppenheim, whose first fictional feature Primetime is also coming out this fall. For this, Fielder lived with Elizabeth Holmes for 34 days before she reported to her 11-year prison sentence for the Theranos fraud. Everything about this documentary seems nuts, including the borderline horror vibes the first trailer gives.

You Can See Everything releases in theaters October 16.

Artificial

Another controversial movie! This one’s Luca Guadigno’s Sam Altman / OpenAI biopic, à la The Social Network, that Amazon shelves for being too mean. Luckily ?? picked it up and did not hesitate to release it. (?? timing with the news that AI might have a non-zero chance of wiping out humanity.) I gotta say, in just two minutes Artificial seems just as mean-spirited as promised. Yay!

Artificial releases in theaters on December 25.

Remain

Jake Gyllenhaal is in love with a ghost in this first trailer for M. Night Shyamalan’s new movie, written by Nicholas Sparks (yep, The Notebook guy). Or… maybe Phoebe Dynevor isn’t a ghost? Get cracking on your theories now, folks.

Remain releases in theaters February 5, 2027.

Below

There’s something in the water.

Josh Hartnett, Charlie Heaton and Mackenzie Davis star in BELOW. A suspenseful new thriller set on the rugged coast of Newfoundland. Premiering October 8. pic.twitter.com/WkqXp3CnG5

— Netflix (@netflix) September 10, 2026

There’s something in the water! And what’s a giant iceberg got to do with it? What does it want with Josh Hartnett and Charlie Heaton, both doing some pretty intense Newfoundland accents? Below seems like it’s following in the footsteps of Widow’s Bay, where a small seafaring town gets rocked by unseen forces, though this one plays like a straight thriller.

Below releases on Netflix October 8.

Leanne Butkovic

Editorial Programming Manager

Leanne Butkovic (she/they) is an Editorial Programming Manager at IGN, where they’ve also written about TV, movies, and games.

Magic: The Gathering Reality Fracture Spoilers

Magic: The Gathering’s next set is the world-bending Reality Fracture, which centers around an alternate universe with twisted mirror versions of many the game’s characters (available for preorder at Amazon). We’ve got an exclusive look at two new cards from the set, and while they are a little less twisted than others, they are both pivotal to the story that plays out (so here’s a spoiler warning if you were waiting to read that first).

The first card is a key object in Reality Fracture: The Echoverse Fulcrum. This Mythic Rare legendary artifact is meant to merge universes together, but its functional effect is a board wipe with a little bit of card selection attached.

Colorless cards have had plenty of conditional board wipes like this before, but to my eyes, the low initial mana cost and immediate benefit of drawing and then discarding a card could make this one more broadly useful in a format like Commander. Five mana to activate its ability and only at sorcery speed are both real drawbacks, but that’s easier to stomach when you’ve already gotten something (admittedly minor) out of it.

The other card we are revealing depicts the final moments of Reality Fracture’s hero-turned-villain, Jace. Vraska’s Final Mercy is a Rare sorcery that can either be a removal spell or effectively draw you two cards as it either strikes down or builds up Jace himself.

The first mode’s most immediate parallel is Infernal Grasp, which also destroys a creature at the cost of two life. There are some important differences, though: Vraska’s Final Mercy also hits planeswalkers, but it is severely hampered by being a sorcery instead of an instant, and the mana cost is much more demanding with two black pips.

The second mode’s easiest point of comparison is probably Night’s Whisper, though there are caveats here as well. In addition to the same mana cost difference, the Empower Jace mechanic means you are only able to draw one card the turn you play this and the other on your next turn. It also gives you the flexibility of giving a big boost of loyalty to your Jace token for other shenanigans, and the ability to Surveil if you want to that instead of draw, but not drawing two cards right away is quite rough.

So while it’s arguably worse versions of two similar cards stapled together, it’s not one to fully count out when it comes to stuff like Draft or Sealed, because having options is always powerful in Limited formats like that. My guess is that this card, like The Echoverse Fulcrum, won’t make a ton of waves outside them, but it is an interesting design all the same – and the story moment it depicts makes it quite a flavorful one.

Reality Fracture arrives on MTG Arena on September 29, followed by its tabletop release on October 2, with pre-release events kicking off on September 25. This is the capstone to a story that’s been building for multiple years now, and the last Magic-themed set before it goes back to Universes Beyond with a Star Trek expansion later this year.

Tom Marks

Associate Reviews Director

Tom Marks is IGN’s Associate Reviews Director for games. He loves card games, puzzles, platformers, puzzle-platformers, and lots more.

PlayStation’s Future Has Never Looked Bleaker

This is an IGN opinion piece from Matt Purslow, who has been there from day one for every PlayStation generation since the PS2. He loves the style of narrative single-player adventures that Sony’s studios have historically championed.

It’s impossible to know how PlayStation bosses felt after seeing many critics walk away from Insomniac’s Wolverine with an apathetic shrug. A sub-80 on Metacritic is infamously considered a disaster in the triple-A space, and so Sony certainly won’t be thrilled, but it would be easy for the company to brush this away as an uncharacteristic miss. Even Capcom, across its near decade-long hot streak, put out the middling Exoprimal, after all. However, that would require wilfully ignoring the sad reality that PlayStation Studios is currently far from fertile ground for single-player adventures.

What was once the miracle recipe behind Uncharted has now become the de facto template for almost every Sony project, resulting in an incredibly polished homogeneous mass. It’s a video game design rulebook later refined by the likes of The Last of Us and God of War: lavish cutscenes, approachable combat with a light sprinkling of RPG skills, sneaking through waist-high grass to perform simple stealth takedowns, and filling a rage meter to trigger an ultimate ability. Ten years ago, this was all incredibly exciting. Five years ago, it was comfortingly familiar. Today, it’s wearing thin. Never has it been clearer that PlayStation Studios needs to find the next evolutionary stage of the “traditional” video game. Never has it been clearer that it needs its next Metal Gear Solid, the revolutionary Hideo Kojima game that defined what we could expect from PlayStation back in 1998.

Now would be a very good time, then, for Sony to cancel Hideo Kojima’s PlayStation-exclusive spiritual successor to Metal Gear Solid.

“In mid-June of this year, we unexpectedly received notice from PlayStation Studios that they would cancel the Physint project,” explained Kojima in a recent social media post. The project is now, in a bizarre twist of fate, being financed by PlayStation’s direct competitor, Xbox. That itself is a whole cursed kettle of fish – it’s no doubt a kick in the teeth for the recently disbanded stealth specialists at Arkane to see Microsoft invest untold millions in a Kojima espionage game – but when it comes to PlayStation, the brand has cut ties with a distinctive creative powerhouse at a time when it’s in desperate need of a distinctive creative direction.

First announced during a Sony State of Play in early 2024, Physint was described as “a completely new ‘Action Espionage’ for the next-generation.” That specific wording, of course, is intended to evoke Metal Gear Solid, which sports the tagline “Tactical Espionage Action” across each of the series’ logos. The intention was crystal clear: Sony and Kojima were working together on a successor to MGS, and PlayStation would be the place to play it.

There are several obvious reasons why a new Metal Gear Solid in all but name would be good for PlayStation.“

There are several obvious reasons why a new Metal Gear Solid in all but name would be good for PlayStation (and now stands to be good for Xbox). The name “Kojima” is pretty much as important as the MGS brand itself, and so a new Kojima game is potentially good business. The team at Kojima Productions are talented creatives, and so Physint has a high chance of being a critical success. And, perhaps most important, culturally speaking, Kojima’s “walking simulator” Death Stranding series has proved divisive, and so PlayStation Xbox gets to be the stage for his glorious return to the genre he’s so beloved for.

But there was more to this union than cultural “victories” and brand recognition. PlayStation has never felt more stagnant. The PS5 has been something of a disaster generation for Sony, and while there are numerous terrible business decisions to talk of – from Concord to physical media to pay-extra-to-stand-your-console-vertically – I believe one of the most crucial problems is that the PlayStation identity has begun to crumble. Historically, PlayStation has been the place to play exceptional, elite-tier single-player games that were constantly on the cutting edge of the medium. It’s a near-30-year reputation that goes right back to 1998’s Metal Gear Solid. But since the PS5 arrived in 2020, it’s been near-impossible to find the brand’s historic innovation in cinematic adventures. Somewhat ironically, Kojima’s own Death Stranding 2 is the alarming outlier.

Four of this generation’s major first-party exclusives – Ghost of Yotei, Marvel’s Spider-Man 2, God of War Ragnarok, and Horizon Forbidden West – are almost indistinguishable from their PS4 predecessors when it comes to how they play. Never mind the fact that there is significant overlap between each game’s design language; there’s a real sense that this generation has done little to advance the art form that so many buy a PlayStation for. The age of the glittering PlayStation exclusive – the “genre” that helped elevate the PS3 out of arrogant mediocrity and define the PS4 – feels well and truly over.

Ghost of Yotei was great… but almost identical to Ghost of Tsushima.

There was no guarantee, of course, that Physint could have been the miracle cure to reverse the rot. But if there was any project that could have reignited PlayStation’s spark, a spiritual successor to Metal Gear Solid directed by the man who started it all is the one I’d have put money on. Kojima is famously bold – his bizarre meta experiments in the early MGS games are the stuff of legend, and there’s no arguing against the fact that Death Stranding was an exercise in wild creativity, even if a big walk wasn’t your idea of a good time. If anyone was to be the spearhead for a new generation of PlayStation single-player, it was undoubtedly Kojima.

Just as important, though, is the nostalgia and trust in Metal Gear Solid. While Physint will surely (hopefully) build atop MGS’s achievements with creative new ideas, the fact that it’s an “Action Espionage” game provides it with just enough franchise energy that it’s not as risky as betting on a completely original idea. Physint is a much safer bet than Death Stranding ever was (even if connoisseurs know that the gulf between Death Stranding and MGS 5 is about as wide as a pencil).

In this way, Physint potentially could resemble the recently released The Blood of Dawnwalker, an RPG developed by The Witcher 3 developers which plays a lot like The Witcher 3, but features an innovative time pressure system that puts a new spin on choice and consequence. It sold over a million copies in just two days. In parallel, we saw Capcom’s Onimusha: Way of the Sword – a game that similarly blended a familiar base with fresh new ideas – also sell a million copies in 24 hours. It’s clear that people are hungry for something new, but that it’s easier to secure a sale if there’s some kind of connection to a prior experience. Physint could have been that for PlayStation. Now, it’s the project that could help define Xbox’s Project Helix generation.

It’s hard to see a good reason to buy a PlayStation 6, because it’s hard to see what PlayStation even means anymore. “

Of course, a million copies in a day or two could well be considered small fry by PlayStation. It’s never been more apparent that money is the driving force behind Sony’s gaming division, and Kojima’s recent financial results could have poisoned the well. Dr. Serkan Toto, CEO of Japanese consultancy firm Kantan Games, recently said that Sony’s choice to pull out of its deal with Kojima Productions may well be due to the “steep” sales drop-off between Death Stranding and its 2025 sequel. Recent figures from Alinea Analytics suggest Death Stranding 2 has sold just 2.5 million copies – an understandable decline, considering a sequel to a divisive game about delivering packages across dangerous terrain was naturally going to be niche at best, but not the ideal outcome for a project that cost millions and took half a decade to make. Physint’s budget would likely eclipse Death Stranding 2’s, considering Kojima’s estimate in 2025 was that the game was still 5-6 years from completion, and its promised ambition no doubt demands increased investment. It’s the kind of situation that repels the spreadsheet suits at a corporation like Sony.

But the big picture question remains: if Kojima returning to the espionage genre that helped define PlayStation in the first place isn’t the correct move, then what is? If Sony doesn’t want to invest in arguably one of the most obvious solutions to push its signature single-player games forward and break its creative stalemate, then what will define the PlayStation 6? Sony’s own actions would suggest live-service – the company has continually attempted to break into the market and establish its own never-ending multiplayer game that can print money for a decade. And yet, despite millions invested, it has almost nothing to show for it. Concord is dead. The Last of Us Online cancelled. Destiny 2 wrapped up. Horizon Hunters Gathering sent back to the drawing board. No one’s playing Marathon, and even Sony’s one live-service victory, Helldivers 2, can’t command the attention it once did. It’s hard to see a good reason to buy a PlayStation 6, because it’s hard to see what PlayStation even means anymore.

Sony, of course, is about to bathe in what will surely be the biggest river of money in its lifetime thanks to Grand Theft Auto 6. Its exclusive marketing deal with Rockstar has done a phenomenal job of making it appear that GTA 6 is a PS5 exclusive to the casual eye, and so the biggest game of all time will no doubt bankroll PlayStation into the future. But GTA 6 only reinforces the question of PlayStation’s identity; right now, GTA’s next online iteration is merely an assumption, and so the untold millions of copies sold on November 19 will have been bought to access a single-player video game. The constant survival of solo play despite decades of naysayers claiming multiplayer would wipe it out is something that can’t be ignored, and has there ever been a better home for single-player adventures than PlayStation? It’s an identity Sony would be foolish to squander.

Physint wasn’t necessarily the answer to PlayStation’s woes. Perhaps, if recent reports regarding Kojima’s approach to budget and deadlines are to be believed, it would only have caused more problems. But the question of PlayStation’s identity still needs an answer, and so, as Kojima departs for Xbox and Sony bosses continue to chase the live-service dragon, there’s never been more pressure on Naughty Dog. It feels like Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet has to be an Uncharted-like revolution that propels PlayStation single-player into a brave new future. Because if it relies on lavish cutscenes, approachable combat with a light sprinkling of RPG skills, sneaking through waist-high grass to perform simple stealth takedowns, and a rage meter that triggers an ultimate ability, it’s game over.

Matt Purslow

Executive Editor of Features

Matt Purslow is IGN’s Executive Editor of Features.

Vice City – The Legacy Review

Over the next few months, I’m going to be taking a look back at each of the core Grand Theft Auto games and replaying them in the lead-up to the arrival of Grand Theft Auto 6. What we’ll be putting together won’t be traditional re-reviews, and they won’t come with any new IGN score, but they will re-examine what made each GTA remarkable upon the time of its release. By the end of the project, using GTA’s previously six-star wanted level, you should be able to get an idea of where each of these games roughly rank in my long-term love for this series.

Today it’s time to take these broken wings and learn to fly again in Grand Theft Auto: Vice City.

Grand Theft Auto: Vice City is emblematic of a long-extinct era. I’m not actually talking about its famous 1980s setting, though; I’m talking about the games industry at large. While we’ve had to patiently wait more than 12 years between GTA V and GTA VI, 2002’s Vice City arrived first on PlayStation 2 a mere 12 months after the genre-defining GTA III. Nothing as good as Vice City happens this rapidly anymore. And make no mistake – it is very, very good.

Vice City introduces a pile of new vehicle types and weapons, and its missions are immediately more imaginative and varied than its predecessor. It also embraces a noticeably different approach to its storytelling, benching the mute protagonist concept for a fully voiced lead character, giving him the ability to have far more entertaining interactions with a considerably more memorable supporting cast of allies and antagonists. Above everything, however, it oozes unrivalled personality and style thanks to its ’80s backdrop, and is elevated to untouchable heights by its sonically unmistakable soundtrack. I love this game. It grabs me by the crotch and shakes me around until I am not sure if I am a man or a woman. Then I remember I am Luke Reilly – Mister Luke Reilly – and this is Rockstar North with GTA: Vice City.

But enough about cojones.

Realistically, Vice City could have been little more than another serving of the formula that had just completely revolutionised open-world games and it still would’ve sold truckloads. Indeed, for a brief spell, it began life as exactly that. After finalising GTA III on PC, the first thing the team behind it did was begin thinking about what vehicles, weapons, and missions could potentially go into a mission pack for their blockbuster crime sandbox. However, after realising there was too much content to squeeze into an expansion, the next chapter in the GTA saga became a fully fledged sequel instead.

I guess, strictly speaking, the decision to brush aside the present day and place Vice City’s action in 1986 actually makes it a prequel. Whatever you want to call it, it was astounding – and it remains so today.

Wanna Be Startin’ Somethin’

While GTA III changed the trajectory of the GTA series forever – and set the stage for an entire ecosystem of open world action games to follow – Vice City is notable as the GTA that properly introduced the broader spectrum of vehicle variety we expect from the series today. Motorcycles made their first reappearance since the top-down era, and we could now effectively pilot aircraft – including choppers, and a seaplane with a complete set of wings. It also brought in outfit changes, property purchases, and even an in-game map (although it still came with a paper one, too).

I’m on a seaplane diet. See plane, fly plane.

Importantly, however, Vice City also introduced a protagonist with a voice of his own. In GTA III, dialogue typically consists of one-sided monologues – or characters simply barking a batch of mission instructions at you. Vice City is completely different. Thanks to leading man Tommy Vercetti having a voice of his own – provided by iconic Goodfellas star Ray Liotta himself – Vice City is far closer in tone and spirit to the classic crime movies and TV that inspired it in the first place. It’s funnier, snappier, and packed with so much more personality thanks to Tommy’s ability to bite back, express emotion, and give voice to his ambitions. Tommy’s ambition is actually a really important part of the equation, too, and something that further distinguishes Vice City from GTA III. That is, while GTA III is about survival as a little fish in a big pond, Tommy Vercetti is here to become Vice City’s great white shark. Vice City is not about scraping by; Tommy is here to take over this whole town.

Vice City is nothing if not hilariously unapologetic about its reverence for classic Miami crime dramas like Miami Vice and Scarface.“

Rockstar has since largely pivoted away from casting GTA characters with high-profile film actors, but during Vice City the practice was just about at its peak. Alongside Ray Liotta, Vice City features Tom Sizemore, Dennis Hopper, Burt Reynolds, William Fichtner, Robert Davi, Luis Guzmán, Gary Busey, Lee Majors, Danny Trejo, Danny Dyer, and even Philip Michael Thomas as Lance Vance. Yes, Miami Vice’s legendary Ricardo Tubbs was tapped for a key role in Vice City. Vice City is nothing if not hilariously unapologetic about its reverence for classic Miami crime dramas like Miami Vice and Scarface. It’s certainly no accident that Diaz’s mansion practically still has Al Pacino’s butt print in the office chair, or – if you get your wanted level up to three stars – you’ll be set upon by plain clothes Vice Squad detectives who show up in Cheetah sports cars.

You like?

Cum On Feel the Noize

In 2002, Vice City absorbed me immediately. I was obsessed and could not stop playing it. In 2026, I’m hooked all over again. I’d honestly forgotten how great it was to look at, certainly by PS2 standards. I actually don’t know what looks better: the evenings, or the sunrises. I also love all the little flourishes embedded in it – from the glinting ocean chop to the subtle way Tommy’s clothes flap as he whips through the air on a motorcycle. Bikes are such an excellent addition and feel great to ride, and I really dig the way they’re tuned to let you slide them aggressively into corners without abruptly gripping up and high-siding Tommy over the top of them. Cars handle more sharply than GTA III, too, and have a better sense of weight, which is such a crucial part of open-world action games for me.

Easy rider.

The combat? Well, I’m still in a love/hate relationship with the general blasting. Yes, the auto targeting is effective in locking on and cutting down your opposition, but only when it’s locking onto your actual opposition – and not your literal allies who you drove to the shootout personally. I just wish it knew the cops directly in front of me are a bigger threat than the distant motorcyclist trying to flee the scene, and it remains an annoying idiosyncrasy of this era of GTA, particularly when it causes me to fail a mission. There are still no mid-mission checkpoints in Vice City, but it does introduce helpful, automated taxi rides back to the start of missions you were just wasted on. By cutting down on repetitive travel, Vice City is not only more respectful of our time, I also think it reduces the risk of players growing to resent particular stretches of the map they otherwise might’ve been forced to drive to and fro across one too many times.

Can you hear Mister Mister’s Broken Wings without thinking of Fernando Martinez?“

That said, it’s hard for me to grow tired of being in a vehicle in Vice City thanks to the soundtrack, which weaponised licensed music so successfully it single handedly reinvented the etymology of many of these songs in my brain. Can you hear Mister Mister’s Broken Wings without thinking of Fernando Martinez? I can’t. Perhaps the most impressive side effect of having a soundtrack this vast, memorable, and expertly curated is the way it flavours the missions in different ways for different playthroughs. Almost a quarter of a century after playing it for the first time, I found myself in a dirtbike chase through the back alleys of Washington Beach to the pop strains of 99 Luftballons. Not a song I would’ve considered for a frantic, high-speed chase – and yet the uptempo pop jam worked a treat. The fact that you can Baby Driver yourself to an unexpectedly brilliant bit of backing music is one of the GTA series’ greatest strengths, and Vice City is arguably the absolute acme. As far as I’m concerned, it’s not just the best soundtrack of the GTA series – edging out San Andreas and Vice City Stories – it’s one of the best soundtracks in video games full stop.

Hast du etwas Zeit für mich?

Never Too Much

Vice City occupies a special spot in the history of the series as the first game out of its then-newly rechristened development team, Rockstar North – although it should be noted the studio did have somewhat of a running start. The operation had initially been established as the Edinburgh arm of original GTA creators DMA Design, but DMA’s original Dundee branch had been shuttered shortly after. In other words, the prehistory of Rockstar North stretches back to the founding of DMA in the ’80s – so it’s coincidentally quite fitting its first official project became gaming’s most quintessential tribute to that decade.

To be fair to some of the GTA series’ most memorable genre peers, Vice City wasn’t the first open-world action and driving game to use the past as a backdrop. The funkadelic Driver and Driver 2, set in an undefined moment at some point in the late ’70s or early ’80s, rolled back their own clocks some years before Vice City. On top of that, the original Mafia took us on a journey back to the 1930s, during the closing chapter of the United States’ Prohibition era. However, there’s just something richer and more special about the way Vice City transports you back to the beachside, neon-drenched excess of 1986.

Pictured: The beachside, neon-drenched excess of 1986.

There are a combination of elements all working in concert with each other to crank up the atmosphere to irresistible heights. The large fleet of angular exotic supercars and boxy American land whales on the roads, glinting as the beaming sun catches their windscreens. The pedestrians strutting the sidewalks in leather jumpsuits that look like they’ve been peeled directly off Michael Jackson. A bright, sun-kissed cityscape that’s so different to the dense, grimy greys of Liberty City, and which sits atop a seedy underbelly of chainsaw carnage, cartel chaos, cocaine, and cheap porn. The pastel pants, the palm-lined streets, the pulsating soundtrack – all of this in unison made Vice City a magically immersive time capsule like no other game at the time, and like few others since.

I’ve seen it argued that the incredibly successful Vice City served as the primary catalyst for the tidal wave of ’80s nostalgia that followed – ground zero for an exploding obsession with this pastel-powered decade – but I’m not entirely sold on that theory. Don’t get me wrong, Vice City was a genuine cultural juggernaut – but I think it’s better viewed as one significant part of a much broader picture. After all, the back stretch of 1997’s Boogie Nights leaned heavily into the early ‘80s, and The Wedding Singer very famously and successfully transported us back to 1985 when it was released in 1998. 1999’s 200 Cigarettes, 2000’s American Psycho, and 2001’s Wet Hot American Summer also all wound things back to the ’80s prior to the arrival of Vice City. Nostalgia has been powerful and bankable for a long time. Back in the ’90s and 2000s, if we weren’t being whisked back to the ’80s, it was the ’70s, via The Wonder Years, Dazed and Confused, 54, That ‘70s Show, and Detroit Rock City.

No: Rockstar didn’t discover the retro lens with Vice City, nor did it invent ’80s nostalgia. However, all those examples above are movies or TV shows. Vice City is neither. Vice City is a video game, and I probably don’t need to explain to you why that sets it apart. Vice City wasn’t just a window into the past we were restricted to passively peering through for a predefined running time. Rather, it became a living, breathing portal to the past that let us actually explore, experience, and inhabit a long-ended era.

Verdict

To this day, the opening moments of GTA: Vice City remain one of my most memorable gaming experiences ever. After getting into your first car, you’ll immediately hear the unmistakable bass line of Michael Jackson’s Billie Jean. It’s a small but meaningful moment that instantly plunges you into the past and feels like a happy accident, but it wasn’t – it was engineered to always be Billie Jean. Everyone heard it. Or, at least, they did until later re-issues and remasters of the game unfortunately trimmed it from the soundtrack. Either way, I was completely enchanted by Vice City from that moment. In 2026? I still can’t get enough of it. With its wide variety of vehicles, weapons, and missions, its stacked cast of recognisable voices, and its unmatched atmosphere, Vice City may have gone backwards in time – but it was a huge stride forward for the series and one of my all-time favourites.

For more reflections on the incredible Grand Theft Auto series, you can read our new Legacy Reviews of Grand Theft Auto, Grand Theft Auto 2, and Grand Theft Auto III, with more to follow over the coming months.

Luke is a Senior Editor on the IGN reviews team. You can track him down on Bluesky @mrlukereilly to ask him things about stuff.

A Whisper of Fall: Jinyiwei Brings Serious Martial-Arts Spectacle to Soulslikes

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • A dedication to martial arts is a key differentiating factor for this soulslike.
  • It’s reminiscent of the wuxia action of the classic film Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon.
  • Boss fights should be fairly memorable based on what I’ve experienced so far.

In the wake of this year’s Gamescom, it’s been very clear that a wide assortment of new action titles have been looking to make their mark, especially in the soulslike sub-genre. One game in particular that’s aiming high is the upcoming action-RPG A Whisper of Fall: Jinyiwei, which brings fast wuxia-inspired combat and spectacle-driven set-piece encounters to the historical Ming Dynasty setting.

We recently got some hands-on time with an early build of this soulslike action-RPG, which blends tense, martial-arts style action from the school of Black Myth: Wukong to the parkour-style action-platforming from Assassin’s Creed. So far, A Whisper of Fall: Jinyiwei has a promising hook and serious style that makes a decent first impression, and hopefully it can build on that excitement from here.

The main story of A Whisper of Fall: Jinyiwei follows a mysterious boatman thrust into the political upheaval of the Ming Dynasty, which is in turmoil from encroaching threats both outside the kingdom’s walls and within. Taken on as a new agent of the Ming Dynasty, the protagonist becomes the titular Jinyiwei, an imperial agent tasked with striking down invaders and other threats to the kingdom, while expanding his tools and resources to keep the fight going.

It all makes for a slick, visually exciting approach that feels in step with the 2000 wuxia classic Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon.“

Like recent Chinese-developed games such as Swords of Legends or Phantom Blade Zero, A Whisper of Fall: Jinyiwei is built on Chinese historical settings and mythology, channeled into the framework of an action-RPG soulslike. However, compared to the over-the-top spectacle of the aforementioned PBZ, Jinyiwei takes a less fantastical approach and tilts more toward a blockbuster action-thriller. Yet it still leans into that wuxia-inspired influence, with Jinyiwei using different weapons in martial-arts combat, wall-running, and even fighting while wall-running and streaking through the air. It all makes for a slick, visually exciting approach that feels in step with the 2000 wuxia classic Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon.

A Whisper of Fall: Jinyiwei Screenshots

As mentioned, the build I played of A Whisper of Fall: Jinyiwei was still very much an early showing, but it laid the groundwork for a fast and captivating action game all about taking out foes with style and grace. It really leans into that martial arts action feel. Still, it goes further by making the engagements you have with enemies more about reading their movements so you can effectively take them out as quickly as you can.

My demo focused on the Jinyiwei’s infiltration of a mountainside bandit base. As I was exploring it, using wall-runs to reach higher vantage points and finding upper ledges to get the drop on enemies, it really reminded me of a type of stealth-action game from the Assassin’s Creed series, and even with the fairly modest level design, I did appreciate that A Whisper of Fall still presented different ways to go about engaging in battles. In one instance, I encountered a group of three foes on patrol. While the direct approach was doable, I found it better to pick off two enemies from above with a leap-down attack, letting me mop up the last enemy quickly.

The flow of these battles matches the pacing of other, more grounded soulslikes. Still, in keeping with the martial-arts action influence, the protagonist can use his intuition to land critical strikes after evading and whittling down defenses. It captures that feeling of being a badass martial artist, using quick reflexes and your ability to read an opponent to effortlessly take down enemies. During battle, the Jinyiwei can also charge up internal energy based on his performance. Along with using that energy to restore health when you are in a pinch, you can use a fully charged meter for a special attack to tear into enemy and boss defenses, which is super satisfying to nail.

Along with getting new armor to deck out his appearance and defenses, the Jinyiwei can acquire new weapons and can carry two in battle, which can be switched off from each other in mid-combo. I used the traditional Chinese straight sword and a curved bandit sword, swapping between them with special weapon attacks that lead into a new combo. In my experience so far, the combat has a satisfying flow. However, I hope the developers can keep refining and polishing the experience, as one recurring issue was disruptive camera angles that reared their ugly heads during some of the tougher battles.

Where A Whisper of Fall: Jinyiwei really goes all in for its spectacle fights is with the boss encounters. Instead of large monsters and other oversized enemies, the boss gauntlet I got to experience was against other equally matched martial artists who had unique fighting styles, such as a rival mercenary who uses his long sword to create razor-sharp gusts of wind and tosses homing darts to pick me off from a distance. The final boss of the demo was the bandit leader, who then revealed his true form as a fiery, flamesword-wielding warlord. It was a tough fight to get through, but it was all about patience and not getting overwhelmed.

As challenging as these bosses were, what really stood out for me was how evenly matched most of these fights were. There was never that awkward dance of having to figure out the big puzzle of the fight to survive – such as which targets to strike first to open their defenses up. It was really about keeping your composure and reading their movement style to stay ahead of them and steadily cut them down to size with carefully laid-out counterstrikes and parries. It has the fundamentals of satisfying boss encounters, and I hope the larger game will keep building that pacing further.

A Whisper of Fall: Jinyiwei does an impressive job of drawing players into its world of martial-arts action, and I appreciated that it really leaned into the vertical exploration. I would have liked to see more open exploration of towns and communities to understand what the larger world of Jinyiwei is about, but the demo I played is a promising start. It does well to capture that experience of being an action hero, and with later stages focusing on battles within crumbling battleships during storms and all-out brawls while wall-running above death-pits, A Whisper of Fall: Jinyiwei has the makings of an action-RPG that can make an impact with its martial arts action-adventure.

While you’re here, check out these recent previews of other big upcoming games we’ve checked out recently!

Alessandro Fillari is a longtime games media professional. Talk video games with him on BlueSky at @afillari.bsky.social.

Space Marine 3 Will Benefit From John Carpenter’s Toxic Commando

John Carpenter’s Toxic Commando’s launch came in below publisher Focus Entertainment’s expectations, but for Saber Interactive it was successful in commercial terms — and according to development chief Tim Willits, the tech work done for it will go on to benefit the upcoming Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine 3.

Toxic Commando builds upon Saber’s proprietary tech to present a zombie swarm for co-op players to gun down. It’s technology used for Saber’s World War Z, for the Tyranids in Space Marine 2, and will once again be utilized for the upcoming Space Marine 3.

In its recent financial report, Focus owner Pullup issued a somewhat downbeat note on Toxic Commander, which came out in March. But in an interview with IGN at gamescom, Saber’s Tim Willits was more positive, confirming it was a profitable project for the company.

“We’re really happy with it,” he began. “Focus’ opinion, they’re a publicly traded company, so they have to say what they have to say. We’ll leave that to them. But for us, we’re really excited about it. We have some new stuff coming out. We actually have a good playerbase.

“It brought more people into the Saber universe. When I say Saber universe, it’s people that fall in love with one game who now start to look at us, like Space Marine 2 with our 14 million players. It’s f***ing ridiculous. Just a few! And then World War Z, remember that’s 30 million people that played that game. It’s nuts. More people played that game than saw the movie or read the book.”

Willits went on to say that the tech improvements made for Toxic Commander will be further improved for Space Marine 3. Indeed, you can trace a line from World War Z through Space Marine 2 and Toxic Commando right to Space Marine 3.

Warhammer 40,000 11th Edition Cinematic Trailer: All Shots of the Emperor

“[Toxic] was a well-made game that was fun to play, and it shows people what we do really well,” Willits said. “It shows people that Saber games are enjoyable to experience with your friends. It’s over-the-top. It built on our technology. You’ll see more of that in Space Marine 3. You can see the progression with our technology moves. I feel that it was a good brick in that Saber wall.

“We’re growing the company, we’re growing the project, we’re growing the technology. It was profitable for us. We don’t lose money. We don’t lose money on anything.”

I asked Willits how Toxic Commando’s tech will be improved for Space Marine 3, and while he kept his cards close to his chest on actual game features, he did hint at an expanded scope.

“It’s the maturity of the technology,” he said. “You can see the bigger swarms, you can see the bigger areas, you can see the better AI. There’s cars — you didn’t have cars in Space Marine 2. I’m not saying we’re going to have cars in Space Marine 3. I’m just saying the technology is growing and developing and that’s our technology. So we can focus on technology pillars that will support our future games like Space Marine 3 and Jurassic Park — that uses the same technology.”

One of the big questions for Space Marine fans is how Saber will expand upon the gameplay. Space Marine 2 limits squads to three characters (modders increased this), and while some of the play spaces are big, there’s nothing you’d describe as having any sort of open world design. Willits has talked about three being the magic number for Space Marine 2 because of the maximum number of enemies it’s able to throw at squads — having four Space Marines, say, would make the game too easy and “scaling enemy assaults to justify bringing a fourth player was too great of a challenge.”

But could Space Marine 3 up the player count by upping the enemy count and playspace? Could it increase the scope of the battles, which in Space Marine 2 are limited in terms of area and units? Willits says he’s not saying Space Marine 3 will have cars, but it does beg the question: will Space Marine 3 have vehicles? A Land Raider, perhaps? Maybe some flying missions in a Gunship?

As for Saber’s swarm tech, I’m not sure repeating the trick with Tyranids will be enough for Space Marine 3 after fans spent so much time with them in Space Marine 2. Most believe Space Marine 3 will feature the Necrons, based on hints sprinkled throughout Space Marine 2. But what other factions would fit the bill? A return to the Orks seen in Space Marine 1? (Orks are the primary antagonist of the 11th edition of the Warhammer 40,000 tabletop game.) How about a focus on the relentless Death Guard and swarms of shuffling Plaguebearers? Saber has form when it comes to zombies after all.

As for how Space Marine 3 development is going, Willits was very enthusiastic, but again didn’t give much away. Speaking of how well Space Marine 2 had gone (he previously told IGN its success had changed everything for Saber), Willits said the development team was now working to top it.

“The Emperor loves us. We are The Emperor’s favorite,” Willits joked. “All I can say is 3’s going great. 2’s been really successful. Our DLC’s been super successful. People love the mods. It helps the team with experience, knowing what fans actually want, making sure that we adhere to the true Warhammer 40K universe franchise.

“The success of Space Marine 2 has really made the team passionate about making sure that Space Marine 3 is even better. They feel that there’s this confidence and passion and vigor, and you can see it. When you talk to the team, they’re just in it. So I’m really excited about that.”

Willits recently told IGN that no generative AI was being used in the development of Space Marine 3, after a backlash online to its use in Saber’s Rideshare Stimulator. Space Marine 3 currently does not have a release window.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Director, News

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

PlayStation’s Fairgames Seemingly Remerges With First Gameplay, New Codename, and Private Playtest

PlayStation’s online heist game, Fairgames, has seemingly re-appeared under a codename with first gameplay and invites to a playtest.

Three years ago, PlayStation announced a new online shooter known as Fairgames. It’s a competitive heist game, which is a fairly unique concept on paper, but it has reportedly had all kinds of development troubles, including the departure of studio founder Jade Raymond and the game’s creative director Daniel Drapeau. Their departures came after staff inside the studio began to express concerns for the game following negative internal playtests. The game has largely gone unacknowledged by PlayStation since its announcement, but development has marched on.

Now, the game has seemingly quitely reemerged under the codename Project Espresso. The game was added to Player.gg, a website that allows developers to connect with players for playtesting. Although the game is under a codename and the developer is being kept under wraps, the listing includes a pretty sizable gameplay trailer which looks strikingly similar to Fairgames. It has a similar art style and concept, and there’s a disclaimer that the game is in development for PS5 and PC.

Looks like this is the first official look at gameplay for FAIRGAME$ aka Break In https://t.co/kuphMNor1Y pic.twitter.com/W5KE8nEO9b

— Radec (@realradec) September 10, 2026

Additionally, the game requires a PlayStation account to be played, something that wouldn’t normally happen for a third-party game. It’s all a bit odd, but it’s hard to imagine it being anything else. And if you’re interested in checking it out for yourself, you can sign up for a playtest on Player.gg.

Earlier this year, PlayStation also filed a trademark for a new game known as Break In, which some suspected may be the new title for Fairgames. IGN has reached out to PlayStation for comment regarding the situation and will update the story if we hear anything.

Although Fairgames has been largely shrouded in secrecy, it hasn’t stopped gamers from casting doubt on it. PlayStation’s other big live-service offering, Concord, was a catastrophic bomb. Additionally, Marathon has failed to impress, The Last of Us Online was canceled, Destiny 2 is no longer being supported, and there’s a general disdain for live-service games lately. Outside of PlayStation’s first-party offerings, Highguard was meant to be another big live-service title, but was dead within two months.

Fairgame$ PlayStation Showcase 2023 Trailer

Whether Fairgames (or whatever its final name ends up being) can buck trends and get people interested remains to be seen. It’s an interesting time for Sony as it navigates nonstop chaos; last night, it was confirmed Hideo Kojima was parting ways with PlayStation after the platform planned to cancel Kojima’s ambitious next-gen game, Physint. Xbox stepped in and offered to save it, strengthening the company’s relationship with the auteur. Kojima is also developing a new horror game with Xbox known as OD.

PlayStation has also been in hot water with players after its decisions to kill support for physical media in 2028, shut down Bluepoint a few years after acquiring it, and end support for single-player games on PC. Another live-service bomb would be a big hit to PlayStation’s PR right now, so hopefully these playtests can shape it into something appealing to a broad audience.

Cade Onder

Freelance Writer

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Legendary Voice Actor Mike McFarland Dies at 56 Years Old

Legendary voice actor Mike McFarland has died aged 56, leaving behind an indisputable legacy with hundreds of roles across some of the most iconic anime series ever made.

News of McFarland’s death broke in the late hours of September 9, 2026. The actor was best known for being the voice of Dragon Ball’s Master Roshi, Jean Kirstein in Attack on Titan, Buggy the Clown in One Piece, Jean Havoc in Fullmetal Alchemist, and many, many other characters.

If you’re an anime fan, you’ve likely heard McFarlane’s name come up at some point. His career began in the late ’90s with the Dragon Ball series, later spanning into other prominent shows like YuYu Hakusho (Komada, Butajiri) and Fruits Basket (Risu Soma).

Mike McFarland’s Most Memorable Roles

In August 2025, McFarland was diagnosed with Glioblastoma, an aggressive form of brain cancer. His fellow voice actors banded together to create a GoFundMe to help raise money for his medical costs, with the likes of J Michael Tatum (Sebastian Michaelis, Erwin Smith) posting about the subject on Twitter/X.

A slew of high-profile voice actors, industry veterans, and fans have spoken out in the wake of his death.

“Mike McFarland, my dear friend and mentor of over twenty years, is gone. A rarer, more beautiful soul this world will never know. Rest in peace, Salt. The love you created endures, but damned if I know how we’ll get on without you around to share it back with,” Tatum wrote.

Mike McFarland, my dear friend and mentor of over twenty years, is gone. A rarer, more beautiful soul this world will never know.

Rest in peace, Salt. The love you created endures, but damned if I know how we’ll get on without you around to share it back with. 💔 pic.twitter.com/aUr99fsqjX

— J Michael Tatum (@JMichaelTatum) September 10, 2026

Alejandro Saab, the voice of Deadpool in Marvel Rivals, also spoke out. “He was goofy, kind and smart… always had great food recommendations. Great singer! An incredible actor and director, but you guys know that, and if you think you don’t, trust me, you do,” he wrote. “It just doesn’t feel real? Like it still hasn’t settled that it’s true and it’s a damn shame… but I always wanted to be more like Mike. Travel more and actually enjoy where I’m visiting. Go to more concerts! Even when I don’t even know the music. Try foods I hadn’t tried.”

Crunchyroll also shared a statement with IGN: “Mike brought so much to all of us who knew him, and to all of the anime fans who knew his work. He was an incredible talent, a good friend to so many of us, and will be sorely, sorely missed,” it said.

Shit doesn’t feel real but Mike McFarland passed away yesterday.

He was goofy, kind and smart… always had great food recommendations. Great singer! An incredible actor and director, but you guys know that, and if you think you don’t, trust me, you do.

It just doesn’t feel…

— Alejandro Saab | DEADPOOL | Marvel Rivals (@KaggyFilms) September 10, 2026

Still others are remembering heartwarming moments from many years ago, with one fan going viral after sharing a clip of the actor revealing his casting in Ouran High School Host Club, where he took to the stage dressed as his character.

In memory of Mike McFarland, let us remember the time @caitlinsvoice introduced him at the Ouran High School Host Club cast announcement at Anime Expo 2008 and he appeared fully dressed up as Ranka. Man was truly dedicated.

Source: https://t.co/ta906PihjX pic.twitter.com/PPjYdiW8Nv

— Daniel Fitzpatrick (@DanielFitzpat11) September 10, 2026

I know he was best known for other roles, but he will always be Nash to me… This is so sad to to hear…

I met him in person and he told me he doesn’t do any recordings for free, but when he saw me bust out all of my Nash merch to have signed he asked “wait is this for… https://t.co/uGdgaVTqht pic.twitter.com/yQicmTNwWl

— 🥀𝐆𝐫𝐚𝐯𝐞𝐒𝐥𝐚𝐯𝐞⚰️スプーキー🦇 (@SpookyMeylani) September 10, 2026

McFarland touched the lives of many fans with his stellar and memorable performances throughout his career. His decades of work as a voice actor, script writer, ADR director, producer, and the many other hats he wore during his lifetime shaped the industry and the English voice acting industry as we know it. Words can’t fully define his impact on the world, but his work speaks for itself. Go watch some anime in memory of Mike McFarland today.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Image Credits: Toei Animation / Mike McFarland / Bandai Namco / Shueisha

Paul Walker’s Brother Suggests AI for Fast & Furious Finale

Vin Diesel has long stated his hope to somehow bring back the character of Brian O’Conner in Fast Forever, but if it does happen it will be without the assistance of late actor Paul Walker’s brothers this time around.

After Paul Walker died in a car accident in 2013 while Furious 7 was in production, his brothers Cody and Caleb Walker (along with actor John Brotherton) were used as doubles during the remainder of the shoot. Visual effects were then used to map Paul’s likeness over the stand-ins.

Chatting with Entertainment Weekly, Cody Walker said neither he nor Caleb will do that again for what’s been touted as the final film in the Fast and Furious franchise. Instead, Walker suggested artificial intelligence could be used this time to bring Brian back.

“My stance is, it’s what Meadow [Paul’s daughter] wants to see done; it’s her father,” Cody said. (Meadow Walker cameoed in Fast X and Vin Diesel even walked her down the aisle at her wedding.)

“I would not be interested in doing that again. I love the way his character exited the franchise. They didn’t kill him off, they didn’t do something cheesy like that. It’s beautiful, [Brian] is off raising his kids,” Cody said.

“But if they want to do that, if Meadow would like to see that, they don’t need me or Caleb. AI was not a thing back in 2014, so they could do that. There’s years of footage that was never used from these other Fast films. They’re the best in the business, they can figure that out.”

The Walker brothers previously said back in 2018 that they were hopeful there was a way the series could bring back Paul’s character even though earlier reports suggested the franchise would simply retire the character of Brian O’Conner. But as fans of the franchise know, that isn’t quite what ended up happening.

Ranking the Fast and the Furious Movies: From Worst to Best

Fast 9 director Justin Lin confirmed that Brian O’Conner is still alive in the Fast universe. At the end of Furious 7, Brian and his girlfriend Mia Toretto (Jordana Brewster) flee the outlaw life in order to raise their children in safety. And while the specter of Walker looms over the subsequent Fast & Furious films, and Brian and Mia have been mentioned, the series avoided directly bringing Brian back … until the very last scene of Fast 9.

In Fast 9, Mia rejoins big brother Dom (Diesel) and the crew to track down and stop their renegade agent brother, Jakob (John Cena). Mia tells Dom that Brian is looking after his namesake, Dom’s toddler son Brian, and their own kids while she’s on this mission. In the end, the crew convenes for a family dinner at Dom’s home in L.A. There’s an empty chair with Mia telling Dom that its occupant is on their way but running late. That’s when the scene cuts to a familiar blue car, a Nissan Skyline driven by Brian in past movies, pulling into the driveway before cutting to black. While we never see the driver, the implication is clear: Brian O’Conner is back with his family.

Diesel has made it clear that he feels it’s important for the story and fans to bring back Brian O’Conner one last time for the saga’s finale, which he said will see the franchise return to its street racing roots. “I couldn’t imagine this saga ending without truly saying goodbye to Brian O’Conner,” Diesel told Total Film in 2023.

In January, Diesel announced the release date and title for the sequel to Fast X in an Instagram post using a photo of his and Walker’s characters in the original 2001 film: “No one said the road would be easy… but it’s ours. One that has defined us and become our legacy… And a legacy… lasts Forever. March 17th 2028! FAST FOREVER.”

Fast Forever will be directed by Louis Leterrier, who also directed Fast X, which opened to poor reviews and proved to be the lowest-grossing entry in the franchise.

Fast X also shocked fans by bringing back Dwayne Johnson’s Luke Hobbs and Gal Gadot’s Gisele Yashar in cameos that clearly set them up as returning for the next and final film. Time will tell if that indeed happens.

Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 8 Recap and Review

Spoilers follow for Star Trek: Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 8, “Orders of Magnitude.”

And now we’re back to regular Star Trek again with this episode, after weeks of “concept” stories. “Orders of Magnitude” isn’t doing any gimmicks, even if it is trading on a tried-and-true set-up that Trek itself has tackled itself many times before – that of the increasingly erratic and dangerous commander whose questionable decisions put his crew into a moral quandary.

Joe Morton on deck!

While Captain Pike (Anson Mount) and his away team are planet-bound and out of communications range, the legendary Admiral Simon Reeger (Terminator 2’s Joe Morton!) shows up in a shuttlecraft and announces that he’s taking command of the Enterprise. He’s uncovered a way to track a mysterious, cloaked enemy vessel that is believed to be responsible for something known as the Vardan Massacre, which resulted in 5 million civilian casualties. (The way he’s tracking it? The gamma ray burn-off from the ship’s impulse engines, obvs.) But time is of the essence, and so he takes command of the Enterprise while the trail is still hot.

Coincidentally – or not really, since this guy stops by the Enterprise all the freaking time – Lt. Commander James T. Kirk (Paul Wesley) not only happens to be onboard, but his oft-mentioned/never-seen (in this universe anyway) father George Kirk used to be Admiral Reeger’s First Officer during the Klingon War, back when Reeger was the captain of the USS Constitution. It was in that conflict, during the Battle of Zeta Reticuli, that Reeger gained fame as a war hero, while the elder Kirk’s career apparently hit a roadblock. And wouldn’t you know it, but as the ranking officer onboard after Reeger, Lt. Commander Kirk must take the temporary post of First Officer for this emergency mission.

Morton is good as Reeger, a guy who immediately commands respect and awe as soon as he walks into a room. The crew of the Enterprise hero-worship this guy, so much so that even as his plan to take out the enemy ship becomes increasingly questionable, they’re willing to follow his orders. (Well, most of them are.) Morton gestures with his hands and puts emphasis on certain words in such a way as to both make his character seem like he knows his shit, but also have us wondering if maybe he’s a little… well, cracked?

Read Last Week’s Review:

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 7, “Like Chronitons Through the Hourglass”

And that becomes the question at the heart of this episode. As I noted earlier, we’ve seen variations of this story on Star Trek before – in some of the best Star Trek, in fact. Who can forget Commodore Decker’s doomed face-off against the planet killer in TOS’ “The Doomsday Machine,” or the tragedy in TNG’s “The Wounded” of Captain Ben Maxwell, who never got over the loss of his family in the Cardassian War and almost brought the Federation into another war as a result? Indeed, we eventually learn here that Reeger’s family were among those 5 million lost in the Vardan Massacre.

But does that justify the Admiral wanting to take out the 5,000 people on the planet where the mystery ship is hiding? A ship capable of killing millions? Kirk can’t get his head around it, and this puts him on the outs with Reeger, just as his father fell out with the man all those years earlier on the Constitution. We eventually learn that even though George Kirk was the one who actually stepped up in that battle, it was Reeger who got all the glory. And that’s just how history played out, like it or not, fair or not.

Wesley has grown into the Jim Kirk role, or I’ve grown into accepting him as this version of Kirk at least, and here his unwillingness to just roll over and pull the trigger feels very in line with the character. It also has the unfortunate result of painting the rest of the crew in something of a poor light, as they’re apparently so blinded by their devotion to the Great Admiral Reeger that, sure, they might not love the idea of wiping out 5,000 potentially innocent souls, but they are willing to do it – even Spock!

The Enterprise crew took the easy way out on this one, alas.“

This leads to the biggest disappointment of the episode, which is the cordrazine cop-out, as I’ll call it. That Doctor M’Benga (Babs Olusanmokun) claims he drugged his old captain (turns out he was on the Constitution back in the day too!) only for us to then find out that actually it was Kirk who drugged him – thereby driving him to the point of paranoia and aggression so that the rest of the crew were finally willing to relieve him of command – means that we never really get a straight answer as to whether or not the attack should’ve proceeded as Reeger had planned. The Enterprise crew took the easy way out on this one, alas.

Meanwhile, over on what is as close to a Planet Hell set that we get on this show (and I love it), Pike and his away team have a decent little adventure with some Orion pirates that gives Uhura (Celia Rose Gooding) the chance to spread her action wings. She also gets a promotion and learns a valuable lesson when the cadet she’s been mentoring, the Vulcan A’Sha (Bianca Nugara), decides to leave Starfleet. As Pike tells Uhura, you can do everything right and sometimes things still don’t work out in the end. That’s the same thing that happened to Kirk’s father, but somehow it feels like the storyline with Reeger might’ve had a more interesting resolution if that lesson was more cleanly applied there as well.

Uhura gets a promotion!

Questions and Notes from the Q Continuum:

  • The Vardan Massacre, eh? Who could the villains be who were behind such a terrible act? And will we learn more about them this season?
  • Cordrazine, lest we forget, was the drug that Doctor McCoy got all amped up on in the classic Star Trek: TOS episode “The City on the Edge of Forever,” where he went back in time and inadvertently caused Hitler to conquer the world. (Long story.)
  • The USS Constitution as flagship of the fleet has long been posited and assumed in books, comics, and technical manuals, but this is the first onscreen confirmation of that fact.
  • Not to get too nerdy here [pushes up glasses], but the D7 Klingon cruisers mentioned here as having faced off with the USS Constitution in the war is a continuity error, since we know that class of ship wasn’t introduced until after the war (as seen in Star Trek: Discovery’s second season).
  • And speaking of the war, I may have said this before, but I appreciate how Strange New Worlds is willing to delve into the specifics of the Klingon War in a way that Star Trek: Discovery – which freaking started the war! – stopped doing pretty early on. Of course this would’ve been a key part of many of these characters’ early lives and it absolutely should not be ignored.
  • Whatever happened to Lt. Jenna Mitchell (Rong Fu), who would sit next to Ortegas at the helm console? I don’t think we’ve seen her once this season.
  • Scotty in a scant? Eh, I don’t like it.
  • The relationship between Jim and Sam Kirk, on the other hand? I do like it.
  • La’an likes caves but doesn’t love caves.

Call of Duty’s Anti-Cheat Boss Dispels Cheating Myths, Breaks Down Review Process, and More

Cheating in video games has turned into a multi-billon dollar industry, one that has forced franchises like Call of Duty to build entire teams to combat this epidemic. One of the people leading the charge is a man named David Andrews, a former Department of Defense contractor and member of the Air Force who made the leap into the video game industry. He began this career change working at Rockstar Games, helping combat cheating in Grand Theft Auto Online. Last year, he made the jump to Activision to become the Senior Director of Game Security for Call of Duty.

IGN had the opportunity to sit down with Andrews and peel back the layers on Call of Duty’s anti-cheat system, Ricochet. Andrews disspelled myths about Call of Duty’s anti-cheat, offered clarity on the process of how they investigate suspected cheaters, how they’ve hired cheater makers to combat the problem, and much more. It’s a rare opportunity, as there’s a lot of caution around publicly speaking about anti-cheat in gaming. If you say too much, you could inadvertedly give cheaters a heads-up on how to evade detective, after all.

With that said, we drilled down on Call of Duty’s long running issue with cheaters in an attempt to make it less mysterious. It’s an important subject ahead of Modern Warfare 4’s release in October and something Activision is working hard to spotlight.

This interview has been lightly edited for clarity and length.

IGN: Before we dive specifically into Call of Duty, tell me the difference between working on Grand Theft Auto Online, Red Dead Online, and Call of Duty, because one’s obviously hyper-competitive, while Grand Theft Auto is a completely different ecosystem.

David Andrews: I think the interesting pivot for me is that the GTA Online gameplay loop is very different. Same thing for Red Dead Online, and that’s where cheat developers tend to go. They’re trying to shortcut whatever that gameplay loop is for their customers. And so on GTA and Red Dead, it was much more about economic progress within the world. So we had problems with money drop lobbies and things like that in the old bad days on GTA Online, which we did eventually fix. The nature of the cheating is different there. In terms of the impact and the disruption that it can cause to the players, very similar.

[There are] persistent online sessions in GTA Online versus rolling lobbies on Call of Duty. A cheater that goes undetected for too long is going to have an impact no matter what that is. There was also lots of griefing in GTA Online powered by cheats and things like that. As different as the core gameplay loops are between the two games, and you could probably say this about anything across the industry, cheating is still just ultimately super disruptive. It’s a terrible experience. It’s bad for our players, and the mission is always just to try to prevent as many of them as we can from getting into the game and then get them out as quickly as we can for those that make it through.

IGN: Is there something that companies can do together to solve these issues? I saw you last night talking about Wardogs and their approach. Everyone has a different strategy, but is there anything the industry can collectively do?

David Andrews: There’s a ton of overlap that we see within the industry. It is an industry-wide problem. If anybody running a live service title is going to have this kind of issue with cheating, and no matter how advanced or what your particular approach is for a particular title or whatever you’re doing, cheaters are always going to get through. I thought that a really good message from that Wardogs video was that no matter how good you are at this part of the game, people are going to get through. Cheat developers are incredibly financially incentivized. It’s a multi-billion dollar industry out there selling cheats, and they’re all looking for their cut of it. I think in terms of what we can do as a group, we definitely all talk with each other informally, always trading war stories and maybe some approaches in terms of what’s going on.

Certainly I’ve seen in my past at Rockstar as well as here at Activision, you’ll have cheat developers and cheat resellers out there that are selling not just for one title. There’s very rarely somebody who’s just developing for Call of Duty. They might have their fingers in Fortnite or Valorant or some other title out there, as well. There’s usually opportunities for us to compare notes a little bit whenever that’s possible for us to do. By and large though, we all keep pushing forward in terms of all of the things that are available to us. Different companies have different litigation strategies and things like that, but we’re all marching in the same direction as much as we can.

IGN: What have you learned about cheatmakers? What’s the motive? It’s hard to wrap my head around why someone would pay $70 for a game just to not really play it.

David Andrews: Money is totally a huge motive for quite a lot of them, but there are also a strain of cheat developers, or I even call them cheat development-adjacent folks, who are just in it for the love of the game. They just really love that title and they have a technical sort of bent of mind and they want to understand how the game is working. And then that naturally leads into this place where you might be putting together a cheat to figure out ‘How does this game actually work?’

And in that space, I’ve had some success in turning some of those cheat developers or cheat-adjacent people to the light side by basically, bringing them over, and hiring them into the team. They bring a huge expertise and a really unique point of view to add to the team, and it can be a really huge value add for us. We’ve done that successfully a few times.

I think for their users, the motivation is like you mentioned: You pay $70 or whatever it is for a title just to not play it. It’s because they want to be seen to be good and they’re not actually good at this game. They kind of suck, which is fair enough. I’m not the best at Call of Duty myself personally, but I wouldn’t turn to a cheat to go try to do something about that. But they are in friend groups, they’re in social circles that really highly prize competency at these games. And so they go out and this is their only option to be any good at them, so they go out and buy cheats.

IGN: I’d love some insight into the cat-and-mouse game, since there’s a whack-a-mole situation that likely happens with trying to stomp out cheatmakers. There will always be cheaters, regardless of the steps you take.

David Andrews: The main mission is always just to protect the integrity of that live legitimate player experience, just making sure that they’re having the best possible experience the way that our game developers intended for them to have. We do that a lot of different ways. The cat-and-mouse game is absolutely part of this, and there’s some balancing efforts that go in there, in terms of figuring out when’s the right time to ban a cheater once you’ve detected them. I think in the past, quite a lot of us in the industry indexed pretty heavily towards ban waves for a variety of reasons. One of them is that if you catch enough of the cheat customers in one big roundup, you might knock that cheat offline for a period of time and you actually get more clean running than you would otherwise by just issuing bans as you get them.

That’s certainly where I started out philosophically, but as the years have gone on, I don’t necessarily believe that that’s the most effective way anymore. I think the most effective way is shifting left, preventing cheaters from getting into the game and then once they get into the game, getting them out as quickly as possible. Every single ban that we do gives feedback to the cheat developers and it helps them troubleshoot their problem, which is how did we detect them? It gives them feedback on how to circumvent us, but then that’s just a challenge for us to get better at our jobs and do a better job of creating new detections, creating new novel ways of finding cheaters, preventing them and getting them out of the game.

There are a lot of conspiracies about cheating in Call of Duty, such as maybe the perception of how bad it really is due to viral clips. From your perspective, what are some of the myths of the cheating situation in Call of Duty?

David Andrews: I think you’ve touched on one there. The numbers that we see internally remain really, really positive. We shared during the Black Ops 7 beta that we had a very, very low match infection rate. That’s maintained over the course of the title. It’s incredibly low. If you’re an average player and you’re in ranked or you’re in Warzone, you’re doing whatever you want, you’re not encountering a lot of cheaters. But [if] you go on social media and [watch] content creators and pros, they’re having a different experience to what you’re probably having, and then you’re sort of internalizing that. You’re seeing, ‘Well, my favorite streamer is encountering cheaters every day.’ I go online, I see something unfair or something inexplicable that I’m not quite sure what happened there. I’m just going to assume that’s a cheater as well because I’ve seen this around. It just doesn’t tend to be true for our average players.

Our match infection rate is incredibly good still, but that does still highlight for us that there are hotspots. There are problem areas. We don’t want to try to go out there and say ‘We’ve solved cheating, you’re never going to see a cheater.’ Certainly content creators and pro players that are playing at the very tip top edge of ranked play are going to encounter more cheaters right now. We’re working on it all the time to try and get them out of the game.

That’s the biggest one I think right now. Perception is just quite prevalent that there’s a huge cheating problem. It’s not to say there is no cheating problem. Obviously Ricochet still exists. We’re all still gainfully employed and we’re still trying to work on this problem, but it’s certainly taken a pretty giant step forward with Black Ops seven with the introduction of TPM and Secure Boot requirements, and we’re looking to just keep making more steps forward in the next title.

I wanted to ask a little bit about the review process. So, say I’m suspected of cheating. I’ve been reported and you guys are going to take a look at my account. What does that look like? Is there a human reviewing it? Is it AI-reviewed? And how long do they spend looking at that? Because I imagine there are a lot of reports. So, how do you sift through that to make sure you guys are giving its due diligence?

David Andrews: I’ll say that things come in from a variety of different directions, and the vast majority of our bans that go out are through reviewed but automated systems. So for instance, for a particular cheat, we might deploy a signature that identifies like, ‘Oh, in running memory, if you see this string, this string only exists for this cheat.’ And then we fire that back and we’ll collect that data for a little bit on all those accounts that are triggering that detection, look at them en masse, and also one by one and just make sure that those really do look like cheaters. That process is pretty involved.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 Screenshots (August 2026)

We look at game data, we have everything that you input into the game clients while you’re in a match. All of that data is with us and so we can identify clear outliers there. We also look at trends and behavior, like what is your kill death ratio over time? Does it spike in certain circumstances? What’s your win-loss ratio? Things like that. We also will look at replay renders. We have tooling internally that we can just recreate an entire match and look at it and see if it looks suspicious or not. These are just some of the tools that we have internally. So we’ll apply that to that whole batch, that whole population of potentially detected cheaters. And if it passes through that validation stage, then we’ll say, ‘Okay, that signature is good. People that are popping that signature are going to get banned from now on.’ There’s also things that are more manual. All the same tools kind of apply.

We’ll still look at the account holistically. We’ll look at it per match. We’ll look at it in terms of how often they are being reported. All these kinds of data points are valuable to us and then we’ll make a determination. That’s kind of the stuff that you might see if a social media clip is posted and they aren’t already banned. These are the things that we start looking into to see, ‘Okay, well what’s going on with this account? What do their last few matches look like? Let’s try to make a determination here.’

IGN: There was an incident a week or two ago with a former COD pro player named FormaL, and he triggered the detection in the Modern Warfare 4 beta. Call of Duty’s social team said that wasn’t supposed to happen. Do you know what happened there? What is the percentage of people being banned that shouldn’t be banned, and what’s the process of making sure that doesn’t happen?

Former Call of Duty pro and legend FormaL got permanently banned in the Modern Warfare 4 beta live on stream 💀

The Oris is so good it’s got pros getting their accounts flagged 🤣 pic.twitter.com/8MlHBfbH3G

— ModernWarzone (@ModernWarzone) September 2, 2026

David Andrews: So, the thing I’ll say for that one is I think, obviously, we replied to that particular instance, but he certainly wasn’t the only person that was caught up in that slight error there. Betas are for us, as well. We’re constantly kind of tuning and testing our systems and transitioning from Black Ops 7 to Modern Warfare 4. There’s a lot of tuning that has to take place there to make sure that all of our behavioral thresholds are accurate.

Also, someone like that player is quite high, and so very highly skilled players are kind of constantly brushing up against the threshold where we say ‘Beyond this, no human could achieve that.’ So they’re just right there. They’re quite close. And so we constantly are looking at this. The answer to the question is really, we’re constantly reviewing the output of our systems. We don’t just do that review one time and then we set it and forget it.

We’re constantly looking back to see, ‘Is this thing still performant?’ Because also we want to know that we’re still catching cheaters, but also is it overperforming? Is it catching people that it shouldn’t be catching? We’ve built quite a lot of safeguards over the years. One of the things that impressed me coming in [is that] if there’s some conjunction of events where a false enforcement is issued, we tend to catch it fairly quickly and then we will kind of identify systematically who were all the people impacted.

So in that one, it was one of about 200 people, I think, that were caught over the course of both beta weekends with that particular problem. We identified the problem, which won’t happen again, and we restored all those people to good standing. So it’s just constant review, constant monitoring, always looking at what’s going on.

Do you have any involvement with the videos of process servers showing up to people’s houses to give them a cease and desist, or are you just enjoying them?

David Andrews: I certainly enjoy it for sure. I think that we do have a pretty comprehensive grasp on everything that’s going on within the cheat community, and that extends to trying to identify devs and potentially put together actions like that. We don’t necessarily initiate litigation or send cease and desists to everybody. There is some prioritization and triaging that has to happen. We do go after popular cheats obviously, but we also go after cheats that are technologically sort of more advanced than other cheats as well. And for these incredibly persistent cheat developers who are, again, just enormously financially incentivized, it kind of doesn’t matter how often we detect them sometimes. And they’ll gaslight their own customers into thinking like, ‘Oh, it was you. It was your behavior and game that got you banned. It’s not my cheat that got you banned.’ And so when they’re that stuck in, they’re that persistent, they’re that sticky, we have to do things like that and certainly the team helps contribute to that.

IGN: I would love to know your stance on how you guys are supporting older Call of Duty games, as cheaters are out there taking advantage of the fact that nobody’s really watching them because they’re older games.

David Andrews: Yeah, that’s unfortunately one that I won’t be able to answer.

Editor’s note: Activision linked IGN to a statement recently provided to Windows Central regarding an update that patched out a security issue with the original Modern Warfare 2. The statement notes that more support updates for older Call of Duty games are coming soon: “An update released this week addressed all known vulnerabilities in Modern Warfare 2. The team continues to support our legacy titles, with additional updates coming soon. We encourage anyone aware of additional issues to report them through Activision’s Bug Bounty Portal.”

How has cheating evolved since you started at Rockstar? We talked about the difference in games, but how have you seen the industry evolve? Has the financial incentive only increased over time, especially as free-to-play games get introduced?

David Andrews: Anytime you’re dealing with a free-to-play title, the barrier of entry is just so much lower and that means a broader player population, that means more demand for that title, and more incentive. It’s definitely grown over the years. I think from my particular perspective, the sophistication of the cheat developers is definitely growing as well. [Cheat developers have] their own sort of, we call it OPSEC, operational security, in terms of protecting their identity, because they know what they’re doing is not right and they know that the publisher or developer is going to come after them eventually.

So they’re getting better and better at hiding themselves from us and working through intermediaries. It’s quite a complex, very interesting sort of threat landscape for us. At the end of the day, it’s really evolved over the years. The other thing that’s really evolved is cheats used to be pretty simplistic.

They’re just hooking, running memory and doing X, Y, Z thing and figuring out what function does what, modifying those functions, and then off to the races. Everybody’s anti-cheats have sort of very much pushed them out of the more traditional easy or straightforward ways of cheating. That’s why you’re seeing growth in other areas like Cronus and other scripted input devices, computer vision powered aim bots, DMA cheats, things that are either reduced in functionality or more expensive, or sometimes both, than what they used to be. The price of a cheat is definitely going up over the years as we all get more and more effective and fight them more consistently.

IGN: Obviously there’s software, but there’s also hardware like Cronus, physical things that you can purchase. I think Call of Duty has done a pretty good job of trying to stomp that one out, as well as hard platforms in general, like Xbox and PlayStation. How are you guys combating that kind of stuff? It’s probably pretty frustrating to know that there’s just stuff being sent out in the mail to people. They’re just selling it right there. It’s not even really hidden.

David Andrews: Cronus and other scripted input devices like that are a really interesting challenge for us. At the end of the day, they do have sort of reduced functionality versus a full blown sheet. So they’re usually taking advantage of things like aim assist and just giving it to you all the time or more accurately or whatever.

But absolutely the fact that you can just buy one at a big box store, you can buy one off of any popular online storefront that you might think of, have it shipped to your house and plug it in, and then you’re sort of off to the races is definitely frustrating. It also means we’ve adjusted our enforcement strategy against Cronus as well. It’s not the typical enforcement strategy that we have in other places, because we know that for some percentage of these users that are buying a Cronus and plugging it in and getting the advantage off of it, they may not fully realize that that’s unauthorized hardware and that it’s going to get them banned.

We’ve actually taken an enforcement stance of, on a first strike, we’ll give you a seven-day temporary suspension. We’re letting you know you can’t use that thing. If you use it again, you’re gone forever. And then on a second strike, we catch you using it again, we do permanently suspend that account and there might be implications for your hardware as well, if it’s a console or PC or whatever.

We’ve actually seen pretty good results off of that. We’re seeing some rehabilitated behavior. We’ve certainly gotten some interesting support tickets in that are like, ‘I promise I threw away my Cronus. I’ll be a good player now. Please let me back in,’ that kind of thing, which has been really gratifying to see. The numbers back it up, some percentage of them, which hopefully we can talk about in the future, but some percentage of them are sort of rehabilitating. They take that seven-day suspension and then we don’t see any evidence of suspicious gameplay again, which is great. That’s where we want to be. For the rest of them, they get permanent bans, they get console or hardware banned, and that’s that.

IGN: Is shadow banning a real thing? And what is the argument for why shadow banning works over a permanent ban?

David Andrews: We have limited matchmaking that we will put a suspicious account into to isolate them while other checks are either running or we’re waiting on other data. We’re kind of doing this review process of looking at that account more holistically and seeing what’s really going on here. It’s kind of this stopgap measure to immediately remove them without making it be permanent [or without creating] irrevocable impact to that account and to that player, giving us some breathing room to figure out what is going on with this account and then either restoring them to the player population because it was kind of a false alarm situation.”

We have also done some rehabilitation through the limited matchmaking saying, ‘Hey, you can’t do that behavior that you’ve just been engaged in and you can come back if you stop,’ or whatever. We have a lot of enforcement capabilities. We have limited matchmaking, we have ranked play bans, we’ve got remote play bans, we’ve got temporary and permanent account suspensions, we’ve got hardware bans.

We can do all kinds of things, and each time we’re dealing with a particular style or type of cheating, we’re sort of evaluating which one of these kind of makes sense for this group of cheaters. Can they be rehabilitated? Are we ultimately 100% confident in this? Is more research required? Whatever the case might be, we’ll figure out what to do that’s appropriate.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 Campaign Screenshots

IGN: Anything else you want to get off your chest?

David Andrews: Well, recently, we did a bit of a hiring highlight, and back to the point of hiring cheat devs, we collect people from a wide variety of different talent pools. We’ve got people on the team that are former malware research engineers, theoretical mathematicians. We’ve got people from the NSA and FBI on the team doing other sorts of work for us. It’s a really interesting space to me. Something that doesn’t get talked about a lot is the anti-cheat part of the video game industry, because there are no degrees in this stuff. There are no certifications. It’s not been commoditized in that way yet, and so you have to reach out and find interesting talent and really bright and passionate people from different parts of different industries altogether and then bring them into games and be like, ‘Yeah, now we’re going to go chase cheaters around and get them out of Call of Duty now.’

It’s an interesting thing. We’re always looking for new, interesting talents, no matter what the background is there, constantly growing people ourselves in these roles. It’s a really cool part of the industry to be in.

Cade Onder

Freelance Writer

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

The Best iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max Cases

It’s September, so Apple just had a huge event, where it released an annual Pro phone update in the iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max. The standard iPhone 18 and follow-up to the iPhone Air didn’t make an appearance, though. Sorry, regular phone-havers, but you’ll have to wait a little while longer.

Featured in this article

These new slabs of glass and metal are spendier than in years past, starting at $1,199 for the Pro and $1,299 for the larger Pro Max – a $100 price jump from their predecessors. Not that you wouldn’t have wanted to anyway, but protecting them is even more important. We’ve poked around, and picked out the best cases you can grab right now.

Apple TechWoven Case with MagSafe

Best iPhone 18 Pro Case

Apple TechWoven Case with MagSafe

0

Apple’s TechWoven cases offer a textured, premium alternative to silicone cases.

Apple-made, guaranteed to fit well

Supports magnetic wireless charging

Boring colors

Your number one bet for an iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max case will be Apple’s first-party case. It’ll fit the best, and it supports both MagSafe and Apple’s Crossbody Strap and Wrist Strap accessories. The switch from FineWoven to TechWoven last year seems to have been the right call – by all accounts I’ve read, the cases have held up far better over the last year. The only things not to like about them, then, might be the look, as the colors haven’t gotten any more exciting this year. There’s also the feel; I’ve got issues with certain textures, and the TechWoven case gives me the creepy crawlies when I touch one.

The other thing to note is the price. Apple first-party cases don’t come cheap, and this year is no different. Expect to shell out $59 for the TechWoven case.

Dbrand Grip Case

Best iPhone 18 Pro Case for Fashion

Best iPhone 18 Pro case for fashion

Dbrand Grip Case

0

Dbrand’s cases have a nice, textured TPU side edge along with lots of design options.

Grippy

Lots of design options

Can be pricey

Dbrand’s collection of cool case designs comes straight to the iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max. While you can certainly pick one that just has a single color, the company also has slick-looking options, like skins that look like X-rays of the interior of the phone or just the inside if you popped the back off. There are also cases with groovy inky splotches and the Sketch cases that look, well, like sketches.

The Grip Case is priced comparably to Apple’s first-party TechWoven cases, and most will run you $60, with some exceptions that are cheaper or more expensive (when not on sale).

Dbrand Ghost Case

Best Clear Case for iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max

Best clear iPhone 18 Pro case

Dbrand Ghost Case

0

The Ghost Case isn’t totally clear, but it uses an approach that avoids the yellowing that plagues your typical transparent options.

Grippy

Won’t yellow over time

Not completely clear

Dbrand’s Ghost Case is made up of a clear polycarbonate backing, complete with camera bump cover, and a dark edge. This take on the transparent case won’t ever yellow, Dbrand promises, because the part made with TPU, a material that usually darkens over time, is already dark and opaque. That also has the added advantage of feeling grippier in-hand.

The Ghost Case comes with an integrated magnetic ring for Qi2 wireless charging – the iPhone 18 Pro charges at up to 25W on a compatible charger. It’s on the pricey side, at $60, although right out of the gate, the company is selling it at a $10 discount.

Bullstrap Original Leather Case

Best Leather iPhone 18 Pro Case

Best Leather iPhone 18 Pro Case

Bullstrap Original Leather Case

0

Bullstrap’s leather cases are high-quality, and even come with options for closed- and- open-bottom design.

Premium feel

Develops a patina over time

Expensive

Bullstrap has been my go-to for leather iPhone cases for years. Although its cases don’t tend to be quite as thin as Apple’s leather options were, it does offer the open-bottom design that I’ve always liked for using the swipe up gesture from the bottom of the phone. (There is a closed-bottom option, too.) The cases also feature clicky, metal buttons.

The cases don’t come cheap at $100 each, but the ones I’ve owned in the past have always felt like high-quality leather that develops a pleasing patina with time. For those who just can’t give up leather, Bullstrap’s is among the best.

Peak Design Everyday Case

Best Budget iPhone 18 Pro Case

Best budget iPhone 18 Pro Case

Peak Design Everyday Case

0

A premium-feeling, cloth-backed, and affordable iPhone case.

Premium feel

Supports magnetic wireless charging

No Peak Design SlimLink accessory support

Peak Design has made quality smartphone cases for years, particularly in the days before MagSafe, when the company offered its SlimLink modular accessory cases. The Everyday Case doesn’t support those, but it’s hard to see a need for them in a world filled with MagSafe accessories that accomplish the same thing.

It helps that the Peak Design Everyday Case, at $40, is the cheapest case on this list. You could absolutely find something at an even lower price, but you would be hard-pressed to find one that makes your phone feel as sturdy and pleasing to the touch as the cloth-backed Everyday Case.

Your iPhone 17 Pro Case

Best iPhone 18 Pro Case (Redux)

The Best iPhone 18 Pro Case If You Want to Save Money

Your iPhone 17 Pro Case

0

Apparently, the iPhone 18 Pro and Pro Max’s dimensions are the same this year as last.

You don’t have to buy a new case!

It’s the one you already have and like

It comes with up to a year or more of wear

Last month, Otterbox started straight-up listing its iPhone 17 Pro and Pro Max cases as compatible with their 2026 replacements, and that’s as true today as it was then. According to Apple’s tech specs for the 18 Pro and 17 Pro models, they share the exact same dimensions.

A word of caution: there could be very subtle differences between the phones. Apple doesn’t give the exact measurements for the camera bump, for instance, and we don’t know if the buttons are in the exact same place. That could lead to tiny, annoying inconsistencies. Still, if you like the one you have and it’s not too beaten up, it might be worth trying it to see if you can save yourself a few bucks on a new case!

How to Pick an iPhone 18 Pro or 18 Pro Max Case

Whether you’re case-hunting for the iPhone 18 Pro or Pro Max, the general advice I’d give is the same: Set your budget and needs, then look for options that fit it, from manufacturers you’ve trusted in the past. Given how much more durable phones are in 2026 than they were, say, 10 years ago, I tend to prioritize slimness and how they feel in my hand. But you might be more interested in a case that you could run over with a tank, or that offers extras like a kickstand or an integrated credit card slot.

If you don’t see or like the cases your favorite manufacturers have produced, your best bet is take a look at a few stories like this, figure out which cases, or at least which manufacturers, get mentioned the most. I’d only check the lists from sites you’ve heard of and that you feel you can trust. I do my best to pick cases from companies that haven’t done me wrong, but I certainly haven’t tried them all, so it’s best to get multiple opinions.

And if you’ve come here from the future, several months into the iPhone 18 Pro life cycle, you’ll probably be able to find a few actual reviews. The same thing applies, there: consider reviews from sources you trust. When I’m looking at them, I care most about people whose taste generally most closely matches my own.

Wes Davis

Wes is a freelance writer (Freelance Wes, they call him) who has covered technology, gaming, and entertainment steadily since 2020 at Gizmodo, Tom’s Hardware, Hardcore Gamer, and most recently, The Verge. Inside of him there are two wolves: one that thinks it wouldn’t be so bad to start collecting game consoles again, and the other who also thinks this, but more strongly.

The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless Gaming Headset With Infinite Battery Life Drops to $250

One of the best wireless gaming headsets is on sale today. Both Amazon and Best Buy currently have the Steelseries Arctis Nova Pro wireless gaming headset for Xbox, PS5, and PC for just $249.99 with free shipping, a savings of $100 off the retail price. Note that although this is specifically the Xbox model, it also works with the PlayStation console. SteelSeries released a successor – the Nova Pro Omni – earlier this year, but it currently sells for $380 and the improvements are certainly not worth the $130 price premium.

SteelSeries Nova Pro Wireless Gaming Headset for $250

SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Wireless Gaming Headset (Xbox, PS5, PC)

5

The SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro has long been one of IGN’s highest rated wireless gaming headsets. IGN’s Kevin Lee gave the Nova Pro a 10/10 “Masterpiece” review and I believe it still holds today. I’ve clocked well over a thousand hours on mine to the point that my earcups were worn through (I replaced them with the awesome WC Freeze gel earpads). I now use the Arctis Nova Omni and I will be honest with you, I can’t really tell the difference, probably because I use my headset almost exclusively for PC, and the Omni’s pièce de résistance is its seamless cross-platform switching. If your use-case is similar to mine where you predominantly use these headphones for one platform, then stick with the Nova Pros.

The one feature that undoubtedly makes the Nova Pro stand out amongst the crowd is the ingenious hot-swappable battery system. The Nova Pro includes two removable, rechargeable batteries: one to use in your headset and the other to remain charged and ready to go in a base station that doubles as a charger. This way, you get wireless freedom with zero downtime. Each battery lasts for up to 22 hours of continued use so you don’t need to swap out too often.

The base station deserves additional mention. Not only does it charge your battery, it also features a clear and legible OLED display and a handy volume control knob. On the rear are USB inputs for connecting to your PC as well as an optional 3.5mm passthrough should you want to connect your speakers directly to the base station.

Of course a high end gaming headset is no good if it can’t produce great sound and deliver vocal clarity. The Nova Pro is first and foremost a gaming headset, and it delivers big sound with its big 40mm neodymium dynamic drivers and 360° spatial sound effects (via SteelSeries Sonar for PC, Tempest 3D Audio for PS5, and Microsoft Spatial Sound for Xbox). The retractable boom mic is clear without any static and does a great job of canceling out ambient noise. My friends regularly point out that I sound like I’m in a quiet room because they hear nothing but my voice.

The Nova Pro is comfortable to use even during gaming marathons thanks to the suspension-style headband and comfortable leatherette ear cushions. You don’t have to worry about babying it either, since the headband has a steel inner core. I’ve tossed mine around more times than I should have and it’s still functionally perfect.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Brandon Sanderson Praises the Upcoming MTG Star Trek Set for a ‘Perfect Kirk’ Card

Brandon Sanderson, author of the beloved Cosmere series, has long been a fan of Star Trek and Magic the Gathering. These are topics he has talked about frequently over the years, but thanks to the upcoming MTG Star Trek crossover, he got to talk about both things at the same time.

Sanderson and his co-host, Dan Wells, kicked off this week’s podcast by discussing a few of the new cards being released this November. In particular, Sanderson pointed out the mono red Captain James T. Kirk card featuring what they agreed was “a perfect Kirk”.

“I thought their Kirk was really clever,” said Sanderson about the card. “If you have no options, he gives you them, right? He draws you a card and/or you discard a card and then draw one. So if you have no cards in hand, he gives you a card. So he solves the unsolvable problems, he makes a red shirt, and he buffs your team with a rousing speech.”

Image Credit: TCG Player

The specific card Sanderson is talking about here is one of multiple versions of William Shatner’s portrayal of James T. Kirk from the original series. It’s a card you can pull from the base set, as opposed to one of the Commander Decks up for preorder. The MTG Star Trek sets aren’t releasing until later in November, so it’s unclear how common of a card this will be right now.

See All MTG Star Trek Preorders

4

As for why Brandon Sanderson is talking about it on his podcast this week, we can only speculate. It could be that he just loves Star Trek and Magic the Gathering and wanted to spend some time talking about it. However, his penchant for tabletop adaptations and obvious interest in Magic the Gathering would suggest something more. This is perhaps just another sign that a Universes Beyond collab is in the works for Sanderson’s sprawling Cosmere books.

This isn’t exactly a new theory, as fans have been convinced that Sanderson’s MTG collab is all but inevitable for a while now. Outside of his own personal interest, Sanderson showcased his ongoing relationship with Wizards of the Coast when he exclusively previewed a new card for Tarkir Dragonstorm back in March 2025. There’s also been some discussion on Reddit about how he actually already created a custom Stormlight Archive set.

With the upcoming Apple TV adaptation in the works and massive new Stormlight board game on its way to Kickstart later this year, I certainly wouldn’t rule out an MTG crossover like this in the future.

Jacob Kienlen

Senior Audience Development Strategist

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Guillermo Del Toro Speaks Out on AI in Filmmaking and Why It Can’t Replace Human Creativity

Acclaimed filmmaker Guillermo Del Toro spoke out about his thoughts on artificial intelligence and what he feels gets lost in the creative process when AI is used in art.

Del Toro popped into the r/movies subreddit for an AMA session with fans on September 9. One of these fans, going by the username ihs25ysf, asked him about some comments he’d made during a 2024 talk at the British Film Institute, where he said that AI can create “semi-compelling screensavers” and “that’s essentially that.”

“The value of art is not in how much it costs and how little effort it requires,” he said at the time. “It’s how much would you risk to be in its presence.”

Guillermo Del Toro on AI, emotion and the value of art.

Watch the full In Conversation on our YouTube channel.@RealGDT pic.twitter.com/XxO05Fpea7

— BFI (@BFI) September 17, 2024

The Pan’s Labyrinth creator has been adamant that the human element of art be preserved — something for which he continued to advocate in his response to the fan, who asked him for his opinion on the “biggest thing lost” when a “computer generates an image instead of a human hand.”

To Del Toro, the “alchemy” of creativity and discovery humans experience when crafting a story or artwork is unachievable by a machine, and many of the best works are often elevated by “accidents” that happen during the creative process.

“The three quarters of the process that gave you the chance to think of the idea that people don’t think about without that process,” he answered. “Meaning, AI can get you to the middle really fast, but there’s a dialectic with the process that gets you to that top 10%.”

Guillermo del Toro’s Frankenstein Images

He went on to use the Pale Man from Pan’s Labyrinth as an example of this, describing how its design was inspired by an unlikely combination of a manta ray and artwork on a poster for Don Coscarelli’s Phantasm.

“We sculpted it as an old man, with a face,” he continued. “And then I said, ‘Let’s take out the face.’ This happened because I saw a photo of a manta ray and the poster for Don Coscarelli’s Phantasm. That combination, which happened at two different times during a week or a month, are not permutations that are chemically part of an equation. They are alchemy. And then I said, ‘Take out the face,’ and then I said,’ Let’s put the eyes on the hands.’ This triangulation happens because I spent a month or two months living with the idea of this creature. And it’s not linear.”

Del Toro brought up a conversation he had with Christopher Nolan about The Odyssey (which he previously shared with IGN), where he asked the director how he’d managed to convincingly pull off Odysseus and his crew braving Poseidon’s stormy seas.

“AI is like a super-fast engine that makes semi-sentient permutations of things that are already done,” he said. “Creation is things that have never been done. Coming to exist. And the second thing is the loss of the apprenticeship that one has as an artist. You’re never a master; you’re always an apprentice. This is a kinship I have with, for example, Chris Nolan. When he showed me The Odyssey, there’s a scene when Matt Damon is floating in the stormy ocean and I asked him — because we were talking about practical effects, and how great it is and that we both always use a maquette or a model — and I asked him, ‘How did you do it?’ He said, ‘We put him in a storm in the ocean.’”

In another delightful anecdote, Del Toro mentioned a past conversation with James Cameron on the set of Terminator 2, describing how Cameron used “accidents” to increase audience immersion and overall believability.

“You’re gonna find that 30% of a great image occurs accidentally. You know, either a drop of water hits the lens, or the camera shakes. I remember when in 1993, ’94, Jim Cameron and I became friends very fast. And we were looking at Terminator 2. And he was showing me the scene where Robert Patrick is in the back of the car, and he breaks the window with his arm. And he said, ‘You see those flares?’ I said yeah. He said, ‘We put them there, because the audience thinks an image is real, if you put an accident in it.’ That’s true. And I agree. The accident is vital. And the best accidents are things you don’t court. They just occur from the interaction with reality,” he said.

We got the chance to speak with Guillermo Del Toro as part of our IGN30 Icons Series, where he revealed how much he loved The Odyssey’s cyclops and told us about his favorite video games — one of which might surprise you.

Virginia Glaze

News Editor

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Image Credits: Randy Shropshire/Academy Museum Foundation via Getty Images

Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2 Review

Perhaps no movie was primed to be a video game more than Aliens. A bunch of marines with guns up against hordes of monstrous beasties? That’s a video game, baby. That was true for the first Aliens: Fireteam Elite, a game I enjoyed but didn’t stick with for too long because its three-person squads meant someone from my regular co-op group always had to sit out, but its sequel keeps that same appeal while freshening the concept up with an additional player and a new class. Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2 isn’t going to make you leave a co-op shooter you already love at the altar, but it is a good time with friends. I don’t know how long my group will stick with it now that we’ve rolled credits, but I can’t say I didn’t enjoy the 30 hours it took to do so, even if it’s never as great as the film that inspired it.

Fireteam Elite 2 is a sequel, but you don’t have to be familiar with the original to understand what’s up here: the USS Endeavor received a transmission from a very sick-looking woman named Dr. Pearce based on LV-558, a Weyland-Yutani mining colony overrun by Xenomorphs. The marines sent in an elite squad called Fireteam Banshee to contain the situation. They’ve all gone missing. Your Marine has been transferred to the Endeavor to bring them home and figure out what the hell is going on.

What We Said About Aliens: Fireteam Elite (2021)

Aliens: Fireteam Elite does enough right to be plenty worthwhile for a trio of co-op shooter fans who’d rather battle hordes of xenomorphs than the usual zombies. Between the excellent weapons, classes, and enemy types and some wonderful nostalgic hat-tips toward what came before, it’s a must-play if you hold any fondness for this series. The caveats, of course, are having to put up with repetitive scenarios and some excruciatingly drawn-out missions. Aliens: Fireteam Elite may not be a triumphant win, but it’s far from a game over, man. – Kyle Campbell, August 23, 2021

Score: 7

Read the full Aliens: Fireteam Elite review.

The first game wasn’t huge on story, and it doesn’t bog down Fireteam Elite 2 either. Between missions, you’ll hang out on the Endeavor and chat with your squad. There’s Shipp, the Endeavor’s CO, previously of Fireteam Elite; Ko, your tough-as-nails, no-nonsense squad leader who also returns from the original; Piper, a very earnest and enthusiastic analyst who is new to boots-on-the-ground work and a little nervous as a result; Esther, the ship’s android, who was also in the first game; Raptor, your dropship pilot with terrible (and I do mean terrible) jokes; and Wrench, your mechanic/weapons specialist/shopkeeper who dispenses rad bird facts. I love Wrench.

Truth is, I enjoy the crew, even if you only really interact with them from the waist up in very “look at their face while they talk to you” scenes. My only qualm is that, because they’re mostly just voices in your ear on missions, there’s not much room for camaraderie – and when there is, everyone’s… too nice? One of the best parts of Aliens is that the characters don’t always get along, and while I think it’s great that Ko roasts Raptor (and you), I wish these characters razzed each other a bit more. It adds flavor, you know? You can only make fun of Raptor’s jokes so many times.

I want to be clear here: I don’t think Fireteam Elite 2 is badly written, but it is very light in tone for an Aliens game, everyone likes each other a lot, and the other characters rarely leave the ship, never directly fight alongside you, and you’ll never appear in cutscenes with them. It’s one of those “you’re allegedly the most important person here, but you could be replaced with a superpowered ham sandwich and things would probably be fine” kind of co-op games. That didn’t bother me too much (though the voice acting can occasionally be a bit… stilted?) since it’s not a game you’re playing for the plot, much of which is solidly constructed but also fairly predictable. Someone in the Alien universe always wants to play God. It never works out, of course, but they always figure it might for them. You hate to see it, but you expect to see it.

Fireteam Elite 2 isn’t badly written, but it is very light in tone for an Aliens game.“

If there is one piece of storytelling Fireteam Elite 2 nails, it’s the mid-combat dialogue, which often directly quotes the film, especially Hudson and Vasquez. It does sometimes get repetitive (there are slightly fewer lines here than I’d like), but it never gets old hearing your Marine say ‘Sharp sticks, mother****er” after gunning down an acid-blooded H.R. Geiger nightmare.

Really, though, all that is just an excuse to get out there and shoot something. Like its predecessor, Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2 is a class-based, co-op-focused shooter. (You can play it solo, but you’ll be teamed up with The Alphabet Boys: CPU-controlled androids named Alpha, Beta, and Gamma.) You’ve got six classes to choose from, many of which have their own Aliens analogue. Duelist is Hicks, complete with a shotgun for close encounters; the smartgun-toting Marauder is Vasquez; Medic is Dietrich (there’s a deep cut for you); and so on. They’re all fun, and I enjoyed fooling around with them all before ultimately settling on Machinist for the long haul. A turret is just too good to pass up, and my buddy was already playing Marauder. The things we do for co-op games. Thank God one of us was willing to play Medic.

The most intriguing is the all-new Specialist, which allows you to combine the features of multiple classes. Say, for instance, you want the special abilities of the Machinist (their turret and floating bodyguard drone) but also like the Marauder’s excellent smartgun. Well, you could max out the smartgun, which will allow you to equip it to any class, or you could just… play the Specialist. It’s rad. That’s not to say there’s no benefit to sticking with the traditional classes; they have modifiers and special abilities that you’ll only get by leveling that class, so getting the best stuff probably means rolling with one of the basic classes for a while. But if you want to mix and match abilities, guns, and everything else, Specialist is your guy (or gal).

Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2 – Meet (Some of) the Enemies

The missions themselves are pretty standard fare for the genre, but they are fun. Drop into a Weyland-Yutani nightmare, hunt for intel/break stuff/complete other objectives, kill some monstrosities, hold out for a bit, and then get out. It’s a fun loop, especially with friends, and is set apart from other games like it by how many different kinds of Xenomorphs there are.

Runners go down quickly, so they’re probably not worth spending anything fancy or consumable on (like grenades or mines or special ammo) – but they come in big groups and they’re fast little buggers, so you can get overwhelmed fast. Spitters like to sit back and shoot acid from afar. Then you have the big dudes: the Warriors who will pick you up and try to get you with their second mouth; the hit-and-run Drones (think the Alien from the original Alien) who leap from the shadows and retreat from fire; large red Xenos called Prowlers that pounce on you, and so on. Figuring out the right answer for everything while managing your limited resources is a lot of fun, and Fireteam Elite 2 isn’t scared to throw everything at you in the big moments. And aside from one particularly notable difficulty spike in the game’s fifth act, it manages to be challenging without feeling overwhelming.

If that wasn’t enough, certain missions also ask you to deal with Wey-Yu synthetics. These require a more methodical “take cover, approach carefully” strategy, where the Xenos will just have you running for your lives. It’s a nice change of pace, and you’ll have to equip different weapons and ammo types to deal with them. The smartgun, for instance, is great against Xenos, especially the smaller ones, but it’s a lot less effective against synths, who come with a little more beef. So what’s an enterprising Colonial Marine to do? Why, switch to the railgun and blow their heads off from mad yonder, of course. They do pop so satisfyingly. There’s also a secret third faction (well, maybe not so secret if you’ve played the original, but let’s assume you haven’t) to test yourself against. They all feel unique, but none of the others are quite as much fun as the Xenomorphs. I mean, it does say Aliens on the box. It’s good to have your priorities straight.

The missions are pretty standard fare for the genre, but they are fun.“

It’s not just your weapons that make the difference. You’ve also got single-use items like turrets, mines, ammo bins, and so on to help you survive until the next “resupply or die, folks” ammo crate and health pack rest stops scattered throughout each level. Different elements work better against different factions. Electric ammo doesn’t bother Xenos, but they’re not keen on fire; synths, as you’d expect, are just the opposite, so getting the most bang for your buck means choosing the right ammo (free tip: cryo ammo works on everything), though you can still make do if you don’t. It also encourages you to experiment with builds and try out new guns. Why not take that flamethrower to a level where you know there will be Xenos, or that rifle that comes pre-equipped with a little zap to a showdown with Weyland-Yutani’s robotic security force?

Fireteam Elite 2 encourages you to experiment with both consumables and your build, and rewards you for doing so, and I really appreciated that. One of my friends armed his Marauder with a perk that fired a shoulder-mounted rocket every time he reloaded. Pretty good, right? Well, it’s even better when paired with a M41A1 Pulse Rifle used in the film (you start with a newer model, but it doesn’t make The Sound™ or have a grenade launcher) and its underbarrel grenade launcher, which you can reload after firing once. Many explosions ensued. And if you run out of grenades, why not switch to your pistol, fire once, reload, and get a shoulder rocket? Is that the most efficient way to play? Probably not. Is it a lot of fun? Absolutely.

I also have to give it up for the level design here. See, each of the six acts of Fireteam Elite 2 takes place in its own area, which means you’ll revisit those places multiple times. Some might poo-poo this as backtracking, but I think it adds to the whole thing. Yeah, man, I’m on the colony or in this ship or in the mines or wherever else. It makes sense that I’d visit the same places several times. What matters is how those return trips change my understanding of those areas, and that they feel different when you go back, and they largely do. Fireteam Elite 2 also has some great atmospheric moments: shafts of light cut by a rotating fan, pitch black cargo holds that are so dark you can barely see, all the more terrifying when aliens show up. It gets the vibe, and that matters.

If there’s one weird thing about missions, it’s that you usually end up holding out against a giant horde and then bugging out. But aside from the opening mission, you’re never really at a landing pad where a dropship can pick you up. In general, you’re… well, you could be a lot of places. You kill all the aliens, and then you just… leave. I get that it would be a bit repetitive to wait for the dropship every time, but it’s a little odd to be like “okay, all the aliens are dead! Time to walk to the dropship!” I mean, don’t get me wrong, it’s polite of the Xenos to just let us leave and all, but it’s also a little weird for them to be all “don’t worry girls, we’ll get ‘em next time” and then say good game and walk off the field.

Back on the Endeavor, you can buy new weapons, upgrades, items, and all sorts of other goodies. My favorite are decals. See, you can customize your armor, which is already cool, but you can also add decals that you can move, rotate, and resize. I like the dropship I’ve attached to my Pulse Rifle and the heartbeat monitor that I’ve slapped on my breastplate, but I’m still searching for Vasquez’s Adios because I want to slap it on my smartgun. Feels right, you know? And it gives you something to hunt for in the levels themselves.

If you’re looking for more challenge, you can also equip Challenge Cards, which do things like spawn special enemies after so many kills or ask you to hit a point total in exchange for rewards (or buff you in exchange for fewer). They’re a neat feature that add replayability and encourage teamwork, though don’t be surprised if a random player you’ve been paired with picks one without asking when you’re matchmaking. Sometimes it works, and sometimes… yeah, you get the picture.

Will’s Favorite Co-op Shooters

There are a lot of co-op shooters out there. Here are the best ones.

See All

One larger complaint I have is progression. If you’re a few missions ahead, and your friend wants to help you out, they can’t really progress until they catch up. Oh, they’ll level and such, but they won’t get access to certain parts of the store until they complete earlier missions, so you’ll either have to go back and help them (which can be fun, but time consuming) or they’ll just have to grin and bear it. Is it a huge deal? No. But it is annoying.

Once you finish the campaign, you unlock Horde mode, which is exactly what it sounds like: multiple waves across three maps. Surviving gives you cash you can spend on turrets, special ammo, mines, and the like. It’s a good system, but I think what I liked the most was that ammo crates offer limited top offs here, unlike in the campaign, where they seem to be unlimited. I had to pick and choose which crates to use because they didn’t restock, and while using the ammo crates that were closer was definitely easier, it also meant I wouldn’t have them during harder waves. I think I ultimately prefer the campaign, but Horde mode is fun, and a little more low-key… provided you extract before you die and lose most of what you’ve earned.

I suppose I should talk about the bugs, and I don’t mean the Xenos. Fireteam Elite 2 has some, but none are gamebreaking. The worst were desyncs, which were mostly the fault of a player on our team who had internet problems. Occasionally, an alien’s foot will get stuck in the vents and the Xeno attached to it will dangle there limply and bounce around, but that’s funny and more than a little endearing. Now and then, the cutscenes will run into some serious slowdown when a bunch of stuff is exploding, or an item will de-equip for a mission. Annoying? A bit. But hardly a big deal. The thing about Fireteam Elite 2 that will stick with me is that I always enjoyed playing it, even when things weren’t going exactly right.

Pay Half Price for the Logitech G Pro X2 Superstrike Wireless Gaming Mouse With the New Haptic Inductive Trigger System

If you’re into ultra-light gaming mouse, Logitech’s G Pro X2 Superstrike is a top-tier option. It normally commands a hefty price of $179.99, but Amazon Resale is offering used “like new” units for only $90, or exactly 50% off. “Very good” and “acceptable” units are also available for an even lower price, but I generally recommend sticking with the “like new” units if you want a mouse that most likely hasn’t been used at all.

Amazon Resale is Amazon’s official outlet for used items. Amazon states that this “Like New” item “looks and functions as if it were new and comes in original packaging.” You still get the 30-day Amazon return policy so it’s a much safer option than buying a used controller off Facebook Marketplace.

50% Off Logitech G Pro X2 Superstrike Wireless Gaming Mouse

Used “like new”

Logitech G Pro X2 Superstrike Wireless Gaming Mouse

0

IGN’s Will Judd reviewed the Superstrike and awarded it a rare 10/10 “Masterpiece” score. This is a “must-have” mouse for competitive players. The Superstrike is the spiritual successor to the Logitech G Pro X Superlight 2 mouse. They are both Logitech’s lightest mice weighing in at 60 grams with a similar ergonomic shape, they both feature the same Hero 2 sensor, and they have a comparable 40-hour battery life. And that’s where the similarities end.

The X2 Superstrike features Logitech’s new Haptic Inductive Trigger System (HITS). Instead of physical (and clicky) microswitches, the buttons now use electromagnetic sensors. Logitech claims that this cuts click latency by up to 30ms for phenomenally faster targeting. You’ll still feel the click, but it’s coming from the haptic motor’s rumble, not from the actual click itself. As a side effect, the buttons are quieter, so you can use it at night without bothering anyone, and fewer moving parts means there’s less chance for mechanical components to wear out.

Another advantage of electromagnetic sensors is the increased amount of customizability. The X2 Superstrike has tunable action and reset points. You can adjust your click’s travel distance, both during the press and the reset. Choose from ten actuation points and five rapid-trigger reset points. This is not dissimilar to the latest generation gaming keyboards with magnetic switches, but it’s now translated over to a gaming mouse.

I’ve actually never seen the X2 Superstrike drop below $100. Granted this deal isn’t for a brand new retail boxed unit, but a “like new” one at this price is worth the gamble, especially since Amazon Resale has that solid return policy.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Ocarina of Time Remake’s Character Models May Reflect Miyamoto’s Love of Puppetry

This week’s Zelda Direct finally revealed gameplay for the Ocarina of Time remake. But while the reveal triggered a wave of nostalgia for the 1998 original N64 game, the remake’s art style divided opinion. The new character designs, in particular for Link, came under particular scrutiny.

Weighing in on the topic on Twitter / X, Nintendo veteran Takaya Imamura suggested the new character models may reflect developer legend Shigeru Miyamoto’s love of puppetry.

“What I felt upon seeing this character model (of Link) is that Miyamoto-san’s love of puppet dramas (ningyogeki) is strongly reflected here too!” Imamura said. His opinion is worth considering — Imamura worked at Nintendo for over 30 years, particularly on the Star Fox and F-Zero series, and of course, was the art director for Ocarina of Time’s sequel, The Legend of Zelda: Majora’s Mask.

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Artwork

It’s important to note that Imamura is just speculating here (as he clarified in a follow-up post) on the inspiration behind the Ocarina of Time remake’s character designs. However, Miyamoto’s love of puppets is well-known, and the use of their aesthetics can be seen across other Nintendo series and promotions. Let’s look at some possible inspirations behind The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time’s character models.

Aside from Japan’s traditional bunraku puppet theatre, Japanese broadcasters have produced many TV series featuring puppets, particularly in the 1960s and 70s. For example, national broadcaster NHK’s archives under the “ningyogeki” genre category bring up a whole page featuring short clips from puppet TV shows spanning from the 1950s to the present day. Other TV stations got in on the act as well. Japan also imported puppet series including Gerry Anderson’s Thunderbirds, which acquired an enduring fanbase and influence on anime.

Link’s new look seems to be a call back to the whimsy and nostalgia of such TV series (and in keeping with the classic game itself). But some commenters were quick to notice that Ocarina of Time remake’s sharp-nosed, big-eyed characters also bear a strong resemblance to more recent Japanese puppet TV series. Specifically, NHK’s The New Three Musketeers (Shin Sanjushi, 2009-2010), not to mention the 2014 puppet version of Sherlock Holmes. The puppets for The Three Musketeers adaptation were made by legendary Japanese puppet maker Studio Nova, which also made the physical dolls that were used to create Dragon Quest 7 Reimagined’s character models.

Analyzing the new character designs for the Ocarina of Time remake has seen commenters sharing their own comparisons to classic puppet series and movies. The oversized, plastic-looking eyes and prominent facial features have reminded some of 1982 fantasy classic The Dark Crystal (and its more recent Netflix prequel).

Of course, Nintendo fans will have spotted Miyamoto’s fondness for puppets before now. For example, the Star Fox characters strongly resemble The Muppets in style, with actual puppets being used in the TV ad campaign for the series’ very first game back in 1993 (Time Extension).

And who can forget all the puppets used in Nintendo’s 2015 E3 presentation? The game company went all out, teaming up with The Jim Henson company (of The Muppets fame). Miyamoto, then Nintendo America president Reggie Fils-Aimé, and late Nintendo Japan president Satoru Iwata, among others, were all transformed into Muppet-like puppets.

60 The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Switch 2 Screenshots

At the time, Fils-Aimé talked to IGN about Miyamoto’s love of puppets. “One of the things that he shared was that in his youth, he used to make puppets,” he said. “So that led to a series of brainstorms and it led to our little collaboration with Henson studios and creating the Nintendo muppets. It was a very fun collaboration.”

A remake of such a beloved classic like The Legend of Zelda Ocarina of Time was always going to please some fans and leave others wanting. What do you think of the new character designs?

Are marionette models a good fit for Hyrule or do the sharp-nosed, doll-like faces put you off? Let us know in the comments.

Verity Townsend

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

Major Character Return Changes Tony Stark’s Future

Warning: This article contains full spoilers for Iron Man #9!

When Joshua Williamson took over Marvel’s relaunched Iron Man comic earlier this year, he immediately set about reinventing the franchise. Part of that involves exploring the central idea that Tony Stark’s mind, not Iron Man, is the real weapon to be feared. But there’s also one of the book’s biggest burning mysteries – who is the new Citizen V? Why has this villain returned, and who is under the mask this time?

Readers finally got an answer to that question in Iron Man #9. That chapter ends with the climactic reveal that Citizen V is none other than Tony’s former BFF and bodyguard, Happy Hogan. You didn’t see that coming?

Art by Carmen Carnero. (Image Credit: Marvel)

This reveal comes as Iron Man and Citizen V square off against two versions of Whiplash, Mark Scarlotti and Anton Vanko. Citizen V offers himself up as a hostage in order to save the life of the son of Tony’s new girlfriend, Luna. As he unmasks, Happy notes that he’s not the only one Tony Stark left for dead.

For those not up to date on Iron Man’s comics continuity, Happy was seemingly killed off during the Civil War crossover in 2006, where he sacrificed himself to protect his ex-wife, Pepper Potts. That means that even as the character has gone on to enjoy a newfound level of mainstream popularity thanks to the MCU, he’s remained dead in the comics. Until now, anyway.

To learn more about this shocking reveal and why now was finally the right time to bring Happy Hogan back to life, IGN spoke with Williamson. Check out an exclusive preview of Iron Man #10 below, and then keep reading to learn more.

Iron Man #10 Exclusive Preview Gallery

As mentioned, Happy has been dead for a surprisingly long time by superhero comic standards. So why now? What made 2026 the year to finally bring him back to the forefront?

“It felt like the right time because of where Tony is emotionally in this run. Tony has been through so much, and he needed a ghost from his past to haunt him,” Williamson tells IGN. “Happy and Tony were best buds and his death was heartbreaking for Tony. Bringing him back wasn’t just about the shock factor, it was about forcing Tony to confront the things he thinks he’s moved past. One of the themes of the series has been about how Tony is the weapon, not the armor. So having someone like Happy return and confront Tony with that was key to our plans.

Williamson adds, “And selfishly, I’ve always liked the character and wanted to get him back in play. He’s fun to write.”

Citizen V has been a player in the series from the beginning, including being spotlighted on the cover of Iron Man #1. We were curious whether this reveal was a big part of Williamson’s original pitch for the series? How integral is this surprise twist to the bigger picture?

“It was in the pitch from the very start!” Williamson says. “It was one of the first questions I asked when I started to work on the series. It does impact how Tony sees his own history. He’s having a lot of self-reflection lately and having Happy back is a game-changer. Happy is someone who has no issue calling Tony and his actions out. He knows Tony well enough to know when Tony is acting weird. Happy will play a major role in the ‘Incarcerated Iron Man’ arc that begins in #12. And it’s awesome to write the two of them together!”

Art by Carmen Carnero. (Image Credit: Marvel)

Between Happy’s first words after unmasking to the general tone of Citizen V’s interactions with Iron Man, it’s pretty clear that he’s harboring a grudge against his old boss. Exactly how much bad blood is left over from the Civil War days?

“LOTS!” Williamson confirms. “But it’s complicated. There is resentment. Happy does feel left behind, but everything he has done has been about protecting Tony from himself…and the world from Tony. At the end of the day, Happy is still looking out for Tony.”

Another interesting detail in issue #9 is that Pepper clearly knew about Happy’s return and his actions as Citizen V, with the latter even affectionately referring to her as “freckles” at one point. Which begs the question – why was she hiding this information from Tony? Is he going to take this as a major betrayal from the two people he’s historically always been the closest to?

“Oh, absolutely! Tony is going to be PISSED. There is fallout from that break in trust,” Williamson teases. “But Tony also has a lot more to deal with before he can really talk to Pepper about it. There are reasons Happy was brought back and we still have the question of WHO brought him back…?”

Look for this shocking storyline to continue playing out in the pages of Iron Man #10, which hits stores on October 14. You can preorder a copy at your local comic shop.

For more, check out 6 comics to read to prepare for Marvel’s Wolverine and learn more about the new Marvel horror series Midnight Spider-Man.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

Nintendo Announces New Sale Made Possible By Tariff Refunds in the US

Nintendo has announced a new ‘Customer Appreciation’ Sale in the U.S, offering 30% off dozens of Switch games and more, starting on September 13 and running through September 26.

Select games, downloadable content, accessories, amiibo, and apparel will be discounted, although Nintendo has not yet provided a full list of the games and other products that will be included in the sale across the Nintendo eShop, Nintendo Store, and other participating retailers.

The video game giant has also said that the promotion is “made possible in part by tariff-related refunds”. The company says it “absorbed most tariff-related costs”, but the refunds have helped make promotions such as this new sale possible.

Nintendo previously faced questions over what it would do with money returned after the US tariff regime was challenged. Nintendo recently raised the prices of some Switch products globally, citing a combination of factors including tariffs, rising component costs, labour and shipping.

It subsequently argued that consumers were not entitled to refunds for purchases made at those higher prices after a court ruled the tariffs illegal. Nintendo said customers had received “exactly what they bargained and paid for” and that it was not required to retroactively adjust prices following the outcome of the tariff litigation.

Nintendo also maintained that it had absorbed the tariff costs on the Switch 2 itself rather than simply passing them directly on to consumers.

Now, however, Nintendo says tariff-related refunds have helped make its latest promotion possible. The company says it absorbed most of the tariff-related costs, while the refunds have contributed towards promotions such as the new Customer Appreciation Sale.

It’s fair to say fan reaction to the sale announcement has been… mixed.

But it’s already been a fairly big week for Nintendo fans/ With the two Nintendo Directs back to back, preorders for The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time and Metroid Ravenous going live, as well as that elusive 40th Anniversary Zelda Switch 2 announcement.

Nintendo has also just released a fresh firmware update for its Switch and Switch 2 consoles, including adding VRR support while playing Switch 2 in TV mode.

Robert Anderson

Senior Commerce Editor

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides. As a massive Doctor Who fan, he also keeps a close eye on physical media deals like Doctor Who Blu-ray preorders, and occasionally steps away from commerce to contribute reviews for the site, such as his review of Doctor Who’s latest season.

Fans React to Nintendo’s ‘Customer Appreciation’ Sale

Fans are reacting to the announcement of a unique “Customer Appreciation” sale that Nintendo claims has been “made possible in part by tariff-related refunds.”

Nintendo will temporarily reduce the price of “dozens of Nintendo Switch digital games and bundles, plus savings on select physical games, downloadable content, accessories, amiibo and apparel.” Whether Nintendo Switch 2 games will also be included is unknown.

While cheaper prices are nothing to be sniffed at, the framing of this promotion — which runs for just two weeks, from September 13 through September 26 — as being funded by tariff refunds has certainly raised eyebrows.

20 Overlooked Nintendo Switch Games

Nintendo and numerous other companies are now recouping the money they previously handed over to the U.S. government as part of tariffs that have since been deemed illegal. Nintendo (and again, numerous other companies) raised prices to combat these tariffs, and fans have been calling for Nintendo to pass some of its tariff refund back to gamers. Indeed, a proposed class action lawsuit is brewing, calling for Nintendo to share its refund with Switch purchasers — but the company itself has argued that it has no reason to do so.

Today’s sale announcement is being taken by some fans as a way to placate those fans who remain upset about all this, while also continuing to signal that it won’t be doling out partial refunds to any recent Switch and Switch 2 customers.

While the lack of partial refunds isn’t particularly surprising, what is rather remarkable here is the acknowledgement that Nintendo did very well out of the whole situation — to the extent that it is now lowering prices (by a small amount, on a selection of titles, for a limited time).

Nintendo’s “Customer Appreciation Sale” announcement. Image credit: Nintendo.

“Ah yes, because they couldn’t have possibly had a sale if it wasn’t for the tariffs,” wrote one fan on video game forum ResetEra.

“It’s a coupon. Makes them look good and gets people to spend money. Win-win for them,” wrote another.

“Lol the gall of them,” wrote a third. “‘We’ll do a sale to celebrate not giving your money back.'”

“Nintendo is f***ing allergic to any percentage higher than 30%,” wrote yet another fan. “Still, the fact that they’re offering a discount at all as some sort of ‘apology’ is surprising in itself.”

Nintendo is yet to reveal exactly which games and other products will be part of the sale, and we may not find out until the price reductions go live on September 13. But even despite the scepticism, there are plenty of fans who have already expressed excitement for the sale, and who sound ready to splash out further.

“So you get your tariff money back… if you give them more money,” concluded one fan. “You know what? I’ll take it lol.”

Tom Phillips

News Editor

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Switch 2 Special Edition Now Live

Once again, we’ve had to wait a little bit longer, but Metroid Ravenous preorders are now available for Nintendo Switch 2 for those of us in the UK.

Specifically, this is for anyone who is after physical editions of the game, including the highly anticipated Metroid Ravenous Special Edition that costs £99.99, or the awesome-looking amiibo that will be released along with the game next year.

Update, Sept 10, 1:31 pm BST: Metroid Ravenous Special Edition is already out of stock at Nintendo, lasting mere minutes before selling out.

I’ll be keeping an eye out for other retailers, so stay tuned for any changes. Nintendo might also release another wave of stock, so follow IGNUKFinds on X/Twitter for more updates.

The special edition of Metroid Ravenous comes with the game, plus a special Steelbook case and a brilliant-looking Samus (Metroid Suit) amiibo.

More importantly, it’s worth noting that this amiibo is exclusive to the special edition and is not available separately. That’s pretty huge, so I wouldn’t hang around when ordering this edition, as I expect it to sell out fast in the UK (and it did).

Metroid Ravenous Special Edition – Nintendo Switch 2

Standard editions for the game start from £49.99 for a digital copy, and £58.99 for the physical edition. The game is included on cart, so you’ve got the game no matter what. Good for ownership, collectors, and any other digital difficulties in the future.

The Samus amiibo is £16.99, while the Choco Statue amiibo is £33.99. As I mentioned, these will launch with the game on January 28, 2027.

What Is Metroid Ravenous?

Once again, Metroid Ravenous is set to launch exclusively for Nintendo Switch 2 on January 28, 2027.

A follow-up to Metroid Dread, it’s a new 2D side-scrolling adventure for Samus, the space-faring bounty hunter.

Metroid Dread got a 9/10 in its IGN review. It’s officially one of my favourite games of all time, and I truely can’t wait to play Metroid Ravenous.

In the trailer, Samus says, “I was attacked by unknown assailants and sustained grave injuries. I don’t know where I am, getting back to the surface won’t be easy.”

“My chances of getting off this moon are slim at best. Still… I will survive. And I will make it home. Even if I have to feed on my enemies to do so. It’s eat or be eaten.”

This very much looks like Metroid Dread 2, with Samus look just as brutal and animalistic as she was at the end of the last game. I’m fully on board for this.

Robert Anderson

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides. As a massive Doctor Who fan, he also keeps a close eye on physical media deals like Doctor Who Blu-ray preorders, and occasionally steps away from commerce to contribute reviews for the site, such as his review of Doctor Who’s latest season.

GTA 6 DualSense Controller UK Preorders Are Now Available

Update, Sept 10, 10:44 am BST: For now, you can bypass the queue at PS Direct by going to this page (click here) and clicking “add to cart” on the GTA 6 DualSense Controller (such as the hotly sought-after Black Edition).

Don’t click on the controller specifically, just the orange add to cart button. This will add the item to your basket and allow you to log in and check out. The original story continues below.

Grand Theft Auto 6’s special edition DualSense Controllers are now available to preorder in the UK.

One comes in white, the other in black, but both feature the same core design: the VI logo engraved on the touchpad with palm tree etchings around the controller grips.

Fans won’t be able to get their hands on them until the game’s release on November 19, and both cost £74.99. I’ll leave the list of every UK retailer where you can order both controllers just below.

DualSense Controller – GTA 6 White Edition

0

The white version of the controller is now available to order everywhere except Amazon (at least for now). The major retailers seem to be a bit delayed compared to others. But we expect this to change soon.

Note: queues at PS Direct are huge at the moment as customers try to access preorders for the Black GTA 6 DualSense. You’re better off preordering from another retailer like Argos or Smyths for now, to avoid getting stuck waiting for over an hour.

DualSense Controller – GTA 6 Black Edition

0

There’s already a substaintial queue in place for those looking to preorder the Black GTA 6 controller, which is exclusive to PS Direct.

You can bypass the queue using this link and clicking “add to cart” on the GTA 6 Black Edition DualSense Controller.

This will add the item to your basket and allow you to log in and check out.

Click “add to cart” to bypass the GTA 6 DualSense queue.

More GTA 6 News

Last week, Rockstar debuted the first gameplay for GTA 6 and invited select media (including IGN) to participate in previews for the game. Fans have been suffering for years due to Rockstar’s extended gaps of silence, but all of that appears to be coming to an end as GTA 6 has locked in its November release date.

PlayStation has also been boasting that GTA 6 will “play best” on PS5 and the game will have unique, exclusive features on the console. The game will take advantage of the DualSense controller’s speakers, haptic feedback, adaptive triggers, and the console’s Tempest 3D AudioTech.

It’s unclear if there will be any kind of console bundle for GTA 6, but it seems slightly unlikely now. The announcement of the controllers would’ve paired well with a bundle reveal, but no such thing was confirmed by Sony or Rockstar.

This article is still developing…

Robert Anderson

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides. As a massive Doctor Who fan, he also keeps a close eye on physical media deals like Doctor Who Blu-ray preorders, and occasionally steps away from commerce to contribute reviews for the site, such as his review of Doctor Who’s latest season.

Rockstar Heads to Employment Tribunal Over Firing of GTA 6 Developers

GTA 6 developer Rockstar Games will today appear before an employment tribunal to face allegations from a union that it unlawfully fired 31 workers in October last year.

The hearing, which kicks off at Glasgow Employment Tribunal this morning, will air allegations made by the Independent Workers of Great Britain union (IWGB) — allegations Rockstar Games strongly denies. The IWGB will claim that the staff, who were all working on GTA 6, were unlawfully blacklisted and targeted for their union activities, and that the manner in which they were dismissed was also unlawful because, the union claims, it came without disciplinary process or right of appeal.

Rockstar has insisted the employees it fired were dismissed because they leaked GTA 6 game features in Discord, not because they were trying to unionize. 34 members of staff at Rockstar were dismissed — 31 in the UK and three in Canada — sparking protests outside the office of Rockstar North in Edinburgh, Scotland, and parent company Take-Two in London.

Rockstar North and Take-Two Office Protest Photos Nov 2025

In a new statement issued to IGN, a spokesperson for Rockstar Games insisted the studio was ready to defend itself from the claims. The statement is below:

“Rockstar Games’ position has been clear and consistent throughout. Individuals across the UK and Canada were dismissed for gross misconduct following the sharing of confidential company information, not because of alleged trade union membership or activity. We reject the claims and will defend them vigorously before the tribunal.”

The hearing will run until October 16, a month before GTA 6 comes out. The workers want reinstatement or, failing that, compensation, as well as a finding from the tribunal that their dismissals were unfair. The IWGB alleges that on the day of the dismissals, employees were called into meetings, told they were being fired with immediate effect and escorted from the building. Workers who were not at the office allege they were informed during phone calls lasting around two minutes before being locked out of their work accounts. The IWGB also alleges that one of the dismissed workers, Will Mesilane, had to leave the UK and return to Australia after Rockstar withdrew his work visa and reported him to the Home Office, without giving him a chance to appeal.

Jason Lewis, former Rockstar employee and IWGB Union member, commented: “For almost a year, the truth about what happened to us has been buried by Rockstar and surrounded by speculation. Now we finally get the chance to put it on the record. None of us imagined that talking to each other about our working conditions would turn our lives upside down and catapult us into the centre of a global media storm. As the world prepares for the release of GTA 6, we are reliving the heartbreak of being thrown out of a project we poured so much of our lives into. We lost our jobs, our income, our community and the chance to see the game through to release after spending years helping to build it. It was devastating.

“We have fought tooth and nail to get to this point, not just to be able to win justice for ourselves, but to draw a line in the sand for any employer that thinks it can attack workers for unionising. It has been an emotional journey and it is not over yet, but we can now see the finish line, and justice at last feels within reach.”

Even More GTA 6 Screenshots from Rockstar Games

Rockstar Games insists there is no link to union activity, and that at the time of the dismissals it didn’t know that the people it fired were involved with a union. As for the Discord comments at the heart of this case, Rockstar says they had to do with GTA 6 features, overall progress and timelines to launch, as well as company IT security protocols. Rockstar believes that if the Discord comments had leaked they would have been big gaming news and might even have affected Take-Two’s share price. When Rockstar officially announced that GTA 6 would be delayed by six months to November 19, 2026, the market value of Take-Two plummeted $3.75 billion in a single day.

Rockstar has also pointed to its well-established zero tolerance approach to leaks, highlighting that it dismissed a Rockstar employee in Lincoln, UK in April 2025, who it alleged disclosed confidential information about GTA 6 to a third party who published the information to social media, and dismissed an employee in the U.S. in November 2023 and another in India in November 2025 for two separate acts of information leaking.

Rockstar’s rules around confidentiality are known to be much stronger than those at many other companies, and it insists every employee understands this. As is well documented, Rockstar is a very secretive company — indeed, Rhys Elliot, head of market analysis at Alinea Analytics, recently told IGN that the celebrated developer has a “near-pathological” approach to confidentiality. It maintains that the Discord channel where the comments in question were posted was not private for employees only, but contained hundreds of people, including, Rockstar alleges, employees of rival game developers, a game industry journalist, and other unidentifiable members. The IWGB denies this, insisting the Discord channel was private.

GTA 6 Side Activities

Last month, the fired Rockstar workers told fans they shouldn’t boycott GTA 6 to protest on their behalf, but buy T-shirts launched to raise money towards their legal costs instead. Meanwhile, negotiations are ongoing between Rockstar and the IWGB over formal union recognition, even amid this legal battle. The union wants greater pay transparency, protection from post-release layoffs, an end to “crunch,” and improved flexible working arrangements, it’s said. If an agreement is reached, Rockstar would become the biggest recognised unionised game studio in the UK. Workers hope to secure recognition before the release of GTA 6.

Alex Marshall, president of the IWGB, said: “We believe Rockstar has tried to get away with Grand Theft Employment Rights. After a year of fighting to get answers, we hope this tribunal will finally back them into a corner and bring the truth to light. As the world gets its first proper look at GTA 6, this hearing will give people a chance to look behind the scenes at what happened to the workers who helped make it.

“That is why this hearing matters for every worker across the UK, whether their job is in entertainment, education or anywhere else. It is a moment to send a clear message to each of them: you have the right to join a union, that right is protected by law, and employers cannot punish you for exercising it.

“If Rockstar can get away with firing workers for organising, then every employer in Britain gets the message that they can do the same. We cannot let that happen.”

Wesley Yin-Poole

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. He’s obsessed with fighting games, sports games and first-person shooters. His favourite game of all time is Street Fighter 2.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Redwall’s 23rd and Final Book Finally Getting Published After 16 Years

The 23rd and final novel in Brian Jacques’ Redwall series will be published in September 2027, putting an end to the beloved saga after 41 years.

The late, great Jacques still has one more ace up his sleeve. Orphans of Mossflower, the very last Redwall book penned by the celebrated British author, will be released posthumously alongside the saga’s first-ever box set next year.

As spotted by a post on the official Redwall fan Wiki, the digital publishing catalog platform Edelweiss features a frontlist of forthcoming Redwall books, which includes Orphans of Mossflower. As told by the frontlist, this will be the “final book in the series.”

Screens – Lost Legends of Redwall — The Scout: Act 1

Nothing else about the title was shared, but it’s expected to be a direct sequel to the series’ most recent book, The Rogue Crew — which was published in 2011, a whopping 15 years ago.

Jacques died that same year at 71 after suffering a heart attack. The Rogue Crew was the only Redwall book to be published after his death, meaning that Orphans of Mossflower will be the second. It’s unclear if any additions were made to the novel by his editors, or how far along it was at the time of his death — but we suspect we’ll learn the answers to these questions when it gets closer to being released next year.

For now, theories abound as to what adventures Mossflower’s creatures will get up to in this last novel. One hypothesis points to the winner of a 2010 contest who got to create a character that would appear in a future Redwall novel. This character was initially suspected to be in The Rogue Crew, but that didn’t happen — and given that Jacques died shortly before it was published, fans are of the mind that this character might pop up in Orphans of Mossflower.

Speaking to those at the Redwall Wiki, the winner — named Olivia — said she created a haremaiden named Reisa Kartwell, explaining that “’Reisa’ comes from ‘reise,’ meaning ‘travel’ in German, and ‘Kartwell’ is derived from ‘karte,’ the German word for ‘map.’ Reisa is Salamandastron’s cartographer, and her map depicting efficient travel paths proves invaluable when the Redwallers must quickly reach Salamandastron when Redwall is under attack.”

The Rogue Crew follows Abbot Thibb, the Longpatrol hares, and the titular rogue crew of sea otters as they defend Redwall Abbey from the vicious Razzid Wearat, who wreaks havoc on his wheeled ship that can traverse both land and sea. We’ll have to see where this story picks up in the final book when it’s published a year from now.

This news follows the sad cancellation of Netflix’s Redwall series earlier this year. Fans of animal-fantasy literature need not worry, though; Erin Hunter’s Warriors book saga is getting a long-awaited animated series on Disney+, as well as a video game, the latter of which will release in October 2026.

Virginia Glaze

IGN News Editor / Cat Rescuer / Martial Arts / Fighting Game Girlie

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

From The Duskbloods to Mario

Today’s September 2026 Nintendo Direct has come and gone, and so has any chance of seeing the next 3D Mario, The Duskbloods, and more highly anticipated games that ended up being no-shows.

Nintendo covered a lot in this morning’s 45-minute slot. Metroid Ravenous is bringing Samus back for another 2D adventure, Kirby and the World Beyond is going 3D in 2027, and Mario Kart World is finally getting some much-needed love with a new update. Nintendo Switch 2 owners are eating well in more ways than one, but many fans say they were left starving for something a little more filling.

For instance, the company’s hybrid sequel console is barreling through its second year without a proper 3D Mario to call its own. The Duskbloods, FromSoftware’s vampire-themed Switch 2 exclusive multiplayer game, was nowhere to be seen despite still carrying a 2026 release window. Rumors suggesting new Super Smash Bros., Nintendogs, and Luigi’s Mansion games were in the works really only helped build the mountain of no-shows overshadowing the show in fans’ minds.

Despite yesterday’s Zelda anniversary stream packing in some big announcements, Nintendo players largely seem to agree that, save for the Metroid and Kirby highlights, today’s September Direct could have packed a bigger punch as the year winds down. It’s a lot to go over, but we’ve gathered all of the biggest absent games from the September 2026 Direct, regardless of whether they’ve actually been announced or not.

The Duskbloods

Even after a year of updates, the Elden Ring and Dark Souls developer has never wavered when it comes to the release schedule for its new game. As details have snowballed into the public consciousness in recent months, it feels like the only thing fans don’t know about the game is its actual release date.

Today’s Direct seemed like a perfect opportunity to pin something down on the calendar, so when it came to a close with Kirby and not Zork, fans grew concerned. It doesn’t help that a recent network test didn’t exactly go off without a hitch.

So, has The Duskbloods been delayed? Well, no – or at least not yet – but if FromSoftware still wants to see it out before the year is up, it’s running out of time to make a proper announcement.

WHERE IS DUSKBLOODS pic.twitter.com/isvoF0FsKb

— Oroboro (@Oroboro) September 9, 2026

Luigi’s Mansion 4

What is Next Level Games up to? The Mario Strikers and Luigi’s Mansion series developer was officially acquired by Nintendo in 2021, but aside from assisting with the development of 2025’s Metroid Prime 4, the studio’s last headlining release was 2022’s Mario Strikers: Battle League.

Couple that with the fact that it’s been almost seven years since the team put out Luigi’s Mansion 3, and you’ve got a recipe for fans on social media to wonder what’s going on. Nintendo hasn’t officially announced a new entry in Mario’s brother’s ghost-hunting series, but considering the last mainline game’s success, many are hoping we’ll hear from Next Level with a Luigi’s Mansion 4 sooner rather than later.

https://t.co/FncmMJVNdA pic.twitter.com/KwOhwlcBzT

— Squidbunny 🐰🐇 (@jr_taurus62289) September 9, 2026

Animal Crossing

Again, a new Animal Crossing game isn’t something Nintendo has explicitly announced, but that hasn’t stopped fans from clamoring for more. The last time Tom Nook came to take players’ Bells in a more formal manner was with 2020’s monumental original Switch game Animal Crossing: New Horizons.

A Switch 2 version also gave villagers new reasons to return to their island getaways in January of this year, and Nintendo historically favoring long breaks between mainline releases. Despite all of this, fans weren’t happy to see that a new Animal Crossing game didn’t make an appearance.

Me because they didn’t announce animal crossing pic.twitter.com/A9pX0y7DLc

— Gabriel ✨🏝️ (@GabrielHorizons) September 9, 2026

So… no animal crossing mention in the nintendo direct??pic.twitter.com/gWtneLgaOk

— Mo 🍉 (@ihavefroggy) September 9, 2026

Mario Kart World DLC

I know what you’re thinking: ‘But Mario Kart World did show up in the Nintendo Direct’ – and you’re right. Today’s shadow drop is one of the open-world kart racer’s biggest yet, bringing reimagined SNES courses for players to race through, free of charge. It’s a nice addition, but judging by reactions across social media and even in our very own comment sections, Nintendo could have done more.

“Anything to avoid giving us new costumes or original tracks, huh?” one IGN reader commented on our update reveal story. “Better than nothing, I suppose, but still – I’m curious what Nintendo’s long-term plans for this game are.”

There’s nothing really stopping the company from holding off on outfits or character DLC for a while longer. After all, Mario Kart 8 went on to receive add-on content in the form of its Deluxe release’s Booster Course Pass years after its original launch. When or if more is on the way is unclear, but it’s probably best if fans don’t write off Mario Kart World just yet.

omfg just give us new characters and actual new tracks already pic.twitter.com/JLQpDCv9XN

— 🪐•Quasar• 🚀 (@QuasartheWacky) September 9, 2026

A New 3D Mario

While something like The Duskbloods felt like a shoo-in, a new mainline 3D Mario game was never quite as certain. That didn’t make its absence sting any less, though.

Super Mario Odyssey’s launch trailed behind the original Switch’s release by about eight months. Now, 15 months removed from the launch of the Switch 2, we’re still without a new 3D romp for everyone’s favorite Goomba-stomping plumber.

“10 years without a 3D Mario game is f**king pathetic I’m sorry,” one popular X/Twitter post said. “But hey, at least we get our second 3D Kirby in five years!!!!!”

Yes, yes, the wonderful Donkey Kong Bananza has helped fill the nine-year void, but that’s not changing the temperature for fans online who were hoping Nintendo’s Yoshiaki Koizumi would have had more to share during the show.

this direct really felt like this pic.twitter.com/ctVOxfhqZA

— gust👻 (@Gustly_Wind) September 9, 2026

Super Smash Bros.

Here’s where fan expectations veered from hopes to dreams thanks to recent rumors and leaks that started when notable leaker Malo932 spilled a few beans earlier this week. Despite the lack of any official announcement from Nintendo or series mastermind Masahiro Sakurai, one of the big games many were expecting to see was Super Smash Bros.

Yes, it’s been nearly nine years since Super Smash Bros. Ultimate came out. Yes, it’s been almost exactly five years since Kingdom Hearts’ Sora joined as the game’s final DLC. Yes, Super Smash Bros. Ultimate still hasn’t received a Switch 2 upgrade. All of these things are true, but that didn’t get us any closer to seeing a brand-new entry – or even a port – during the September 2026 Direct.

Malo932 got fans’ hopes up when they said a new, non-port Super Smash Bros. game was in development a few days ago. Alas, the legendary platformer fighter video game crossover series did not return today. Fans took the news about as well as you would expect.

So we ALL thought the same thing here right pic.twitter.com/MOQtJTJSaX

— Imprez ❄️ USE CODE IMPREZ (@Imprez_) September 9, 2026

pic.twitter.com/Hxq4e9XUCx

— hungrybox (@LiquidHbox) September 9, 2026

don’t forget to hug a Smash player today

— start.gg (@startgg) September 9, 2026

Nintendogs

If you’ve not been keeping up with the latest rumors, you might be surprised to hear that some fans were expecting the beloved Nintendo DS franchise, Nintendogs, to make a comeback. What this could look like on, presumably, a Switch 2 console is anyone’s guess, but the puppy sim has entertained the masses before, so it can surely do it again.

If Nintendogs does return, it seemingly won’t be anytime soon. Naturally, fans are distraught.

no one talk to me. https://t.co/n9itSolhwC

— eric pointcrow (@PointCrow) September 9, 2026

More Star Fox

Star Fox has seen a bit of a resurgence in recent months. Nintendo launched its Star Fox remake in June of this year. Leader Fox McCloud also made a shocking surprise appearance in April’s The Super Mario Galaxy Movie.

The Star Fox love continued even during today’s Direct, though it may not have been what many were expecting. Another rumor stemming from Malo932 suggested a brand-new Star Fox Adventures game is in development. Direct watchers will note that the one and only Star Fox Adventures did make an appearance during today’s show, but only as an installment in Nintendo’s Switch Online + Expansion Pack GameCube catalog.

Is there more Star Fox on the way? We’ll have to wait to find out, and so will the rest of the franchise’s fans.

It’s a step in the right direction for sure. Now add SF Assault to NSO too, with new content for the multiplayer while making a brand new sequel for the Switch 2 that replaces SF Command. Let’s get SF on the right track again! @Nintendo @NintendoEurope @NintendoUK @BringBackKrys pic.twitter.com/11qnqRrRcr

— CeyloN (@ceylon_ger) September 9, 2026

What Nintendo Direct No-Show Did You Want to See?

Nintendo can’t please everyone, and with so many Switch games coming before and after today’s big September show, there’s a lot out there to play. There’s also the fact that the company had so much to offer that it felt the only way to effectively tackle all of the news was to split up its The Legend of Zelda plans with its own 40th Anniversary Direct.

All of that said, Nintendo isn’t going anywhere, so regardless of whether it was rumored or not, be sure to head to the comments below to tell us which games you wish showed up for the September 2026 Nintendo Direct. Who knows? There is still more three months left in the year, so don’t count out an appearance from your favorite franchise just yet.

Michael Cripe

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Hideo Kojima Spurns Sony and Signs With Xbox for Physint, His Metal Gear Spiritual Successor

Renowned video game director Hideo Kojima’s upcoming project Physint, which could fairly be described as a spiritual successor to Metal Gear Solid, will now be published by Xbox instead of Sony, Microsoft announced today.

Xbox will continue to publish Kojima’s horror game OD — itself something of a spiritual successor to the never-finished PT — and the Kojima-Xbox partnership will expand beyond these two game projects to include film and television. “This expands our relationship with XBOX beyond OD. As we move forward with the development of PHYSINT, we remain committed to redefining the action-espionage genre for players around the world,” Kojima said. He also posted on X with details on how the deal came to be, saying that Sony was going to cancel Physint. “As confirmed earlier through our official channels, in mid-June of this year, we unexpectedly received notice from PlayStation Studios that they would cancel the PHYSINT project. PHYSINT is an important project both to me personally and to KOJIMA PRODUCTIONS. Determined to keep the project alive, we have spent the last three months searching tirelessly for a new partner. In the course of seeking advice and pursuing negotiations with people across many fields, we found in XBOX a partner with whom we share a common vision for the future, and we have decided to team up with them once again. Please rest assured that development of PHYSINT, our genre-defining action-espionage title, is ongoing and will continue moving forward.”

Xbox CEO Asha Sharma, who took over from the retiring Phil Spencer earlier this year, made Kojima a priority in her quest to reset and rebuild Xbox, including the return of console exclusives that begins with Gears of War: E-Day this year and continues with Clockwork Revolution in 2027. In terms of Kojima Productions projects, OD will be released before Physint. In July, IGN reported that OD was safe from Sharma’s big “reset” of the Xbox business, which has seen thousands of staff lose their jobs, multiple studios go independent, and various video game projects canceled.

“Creators have choices about where and how they bring their ideas to life,” Sharma said. “We’re honored that Kojima-san has chosen Xbox to work with Kojima Productions on Physint. His ambition to challenge conventions reflects the kind of creativity we want to support at Xbox.” PlayStation issued a statement as well, posting, “After careful consideration, we have made the difficult decision to step away from collaborating with KOJIMA PRODUCTIONS on its project PHYSINT. We continue to have great admiration for Hideo Kojima’s vision for the game. Our relationship remains strong after three decades of industry-leading, genre-defining creative cooperation, and we look forward to continued close collaboration with Hideo Kojima and his award-winning independent studio in the future.”

When Physint was announced it was heavily backed by Sony. During the 2024 State of Play broadcast, PlayStation Studios boss Hermen Hulst shook Kojima’s hand while saying: “Today, I’m excited to announce that together, as part of the PlayStation and Kojima Productions partnership, Hideo’s going to take us on an exciting new adventure, one that I’ve been encouraging him to reinvent for years.” Hulst continued: “We’re are all really excited about this project, and we weill fully support you with the latest innovations Sony has to offer. More details to come.”

Kojima and Hulst ended the announcement by walking off set, the camera pulling away out of the building to reveal a Columbia Pictures sign with the word ‘Physint’ below it. (Columbia Pictures is owned by the Sony Group Corporation through its subsidiary, Sony Pictures Entertainment.)

Every IGN Kojima Game Review

The switch from PlayStation to Xbox is a major PR win for Microsoft, which has effectively stolen a Kojima project away from Sony. The last time one first-party platform lost out to another on this kind of AAA level — and the only one I can think of — is when Final Fantasy jumped ship from Nintendo to PlayStation back in the PS1 era.

Physint is a working title, and we still don’t know much about it. “Of course, it is an interactive game,” Kojima said when Physint was announced, “but it is also a movie at the same time.” He continued: “It is a completely new ‘Action Espionage’ for the next-generation. It will be created using cutting-edge technology and the best talents from around the world, both from film and video games. Of course this is an interactive ‘game,’ but the look, story, theme, cast, acting, fashion, sound, etc… are all at the next level of ‘Digital Entertainment’ that could be called a ‘movie.'”

It may be some time before Physint comes out, as Kojima said last year that Physint was likely another 5-6 years away. But work on the game is ramping up. Just this week, many fans were left convinced that Batman actor Robert Pattinson will star in the game.

Kojima last officially discussed Physint in September 2025, during a Kojima Productions 10th Anniversary event in Japan. Speaking on-stage during the event, Kojima said development on Physint was just starting, and that he was working on concepts by himself, making characters, and thinking about casting. The tech underpinning Physint was described as even more advanced than that powering Kojima’s Death Stranding games and OD (whose debut trailer was revealed at the show).

Kojima did tease the main character of the game via the first poster for Physint, below.

The debut poster for Physint. Image credit: Kojima Productions.

Kojima also confirmed three actors set to appear in Physint, each of whom delivered a video message expressing their excitement. Charlee Fraser, who played Mary Jabassa in Furiosa: A Mad Max Saga, is in the game, although we don’t know which character she’s playing. Also in the game are Don Lee, who played Gilgamesh in the Marvel movie Eternals, and Japanese actress Minami Hamabe, who played Noriko Ōishi in Godzilla Minus One.

Kojima ended his Physint segment with a shot of Hamabe in CG form, showing off just how realistic the visuals are expected to be. We still don’t know which game engine Kojima Productions is using for Physint.

Photo by TheStewartofNY/GC Images.

Ryan McCaffrey

Ryan McCaffrey is the Executive Editor of Previews at IGN. He has worked in games media since 2002, spending the first decade of his career at Official Xbox Magazine before joining IGN in 2012. He is the host of Podcast Unlocked as well as a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch.

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

First Look: The Wandering Earth: The Last Full Moon

The Sun is going to consume the Earth. Before humanity can fly the planet away, it has to get rid of the Moon.

Author Liu Cixin loves big existential catastrophes. The same fine fellow who casually bent the nature of reality in The Three-Body Problem also wrote a novella of roughly 23,000 Chinese characters that became The Wandering Earth. In turn this became a 2019 film credited as the moment Chinese cinema proved it could do hard sci-fi at blockbuster scale.

Beyond selling tickets, the film’s success proved the commercial potential of Chinese science-fiction IP and kicked off a wave of new development and creative exploration across the industry.

What’s interesting about The Wandering Earth: The Last Full Moon, the new game from Studio Surgical Scalpels, is that it’s skipping the film entirely and returning to its novella roots. In fact, under the blessing and trust of Cixin, they see the game as a valid extension of the story, which should please fans.

OF COURTSHIP AND SPACESHIPS

The studio behind this game is Surgical Scalpels. They aren’t strangers to space-based games and in fact, it’s their topic du jour. Their last game, Boundary, was a zero-gravity shooter that punched above its weight. This time they’re working with Starry Dome, the studio that holds the licensing rights, after Starry Dome ran an open call back in 2024 (again, officially blessed by Liu Cixin) looking for a developer partner.

According to Frank Mingbo Li, Head of Studio Surgical Scalpels, getting picked was a lengthy courting process. “The proposal phase lasted 12 months, and we went back and forth for a long time refining that proposal,” Li told me.

“This is also how we built trust between the studio and the IP holder.” The deal came together earlier this year, and development started right after Chinese New Year. There’s already a playable multi-level demo doing the rounds internally.

The novella’s premise is pure Cixin. The sun is going to swell and engulf the Earth within a few centuries, so humanity builds a small army of planetary engines and launches the “Wandering Earth Project”, a 2,500-year mega-plan to fly the entire planet to Proxima Centauri. The first step is to stop the rotation, point the engines the right way, accelerate to escape velocity, coast, then flip everything around and start braking again. This is appropriately called the “Braking Era”. Unfortunately, not everyone is aligned, and The Earth Faction are at odds with The Spaceship Faction. This violent tension is where the action – and gameplay – lie.

FLY ME TO THE MOON

The game’s title is a direct reference to Wangri, “the day of the full moon,” the 15th or 16th day of the lunar calendar. In the story, it’s arriving late in the “Braking Era”, when humanity finally has to shove the Moon away from Earth for good.

The full moon usually means reunion in Chinese culture. This story has always been about the opposite: leaving. So the title carries both, the ache of letting go of something familiar and the resolve to keep moving anyway.

You play an engineer sent to the Moon right as that window opens, and things go sideways fast: an assault, a conspiracy, and a very old argument reopened.

The novel’s Earth faction and Spaceship faction, two camps who’ve disagreed for 300 years about whether humanity should ride the planet or abandon it for starships, are central to the plot. Don’t expect the studio to spoil how deep that rabbit hole goes. “We can’t spoil any story elements at this stage,” one of the developers told me when I pushed on which other factions might be involved. “If I tell you, I’d have to kill you.”

HARD SCIENCE MEETS GROUNDED GUNPLAY

On the surface (lunar or otherwise), this plays as a third-person shooter first, and the team is oddly insistent about that point. When the obvious Dead Space comparison was brought up, or asked whether Boundary and this game share any DNA beyond genre, the answer was blunt: no. “We did accumulate a lot of experience, and the setting is shared, but it’s a new IP and it’s not connected,” Li said. “Our motto is to fulfill players’ fantasies for modern shooter games. We want to deliver a grounded, skill-driven shooter. Even with futuristic tools and technology, the gunplay should feel physical and believable, not like an ability-driven sci-fi power fantasy.”

That focus shows up in the toys at your disposal. There’s a backpack-mounted robotic arm that can fling large explosives or haul things no human body should be able to lift, exoskeletons, futuristic sidearms, and eventually space vehicles for getting between the game’s absurdly oversized lunar structures.

None of it, the team insists, is there to replace shooting. “I wouldn’t say we want to reduce the shooting elements in the game,” Li said. “You can shoot your way from the start to the finish. We’re just adding new ways to interact with the world.” And in case that wasn’t clear enough, Li repeated it later, looking dead-on, down the metaphorical barrel at me while they said it: “We never compromise the shooting experience.” The point was, suffice to say, driven home.

FUTURE IN THE CROSSHAIRS

The aiming system is one of the clearest new ideas here. Instead of a fixed crosshair glued to the center of the screen, Surgical Scalpels is building what they call a triple-reticle setup, tied to the character model and to lunar gravity rather than to your monitor’s midpoint. In fact, as Li tells me later, the player themselves is the fourth layer of crosshair. Effectively, the player’s physical viewpoint matters above all.

“We want an immersive experience,” they explained. “The crosshair needs to be tied to the character itself, shown dynamically, at the same time as we show what zero-gravity feels like, how velocity actually works out there.” It’s the kind of thing that sounds fussy on paper and apparently makes a lot more sense the first time you actually pick up the controller. They’re aware of the risk, too: “We’re aiming for a grounded, high-intensity sci-fi shooter, but we don’t want the controls to feel punishing or needlessly complex.”

We saw looping GIFs of the early targeting system and indeed it does seem like a rethink on how third-person targeting works; in low or zero-gravity environment, you’re factoring in inertia and velocity, and at all times, the team wants you studying your environment, not just staring down the middle of static crosshairs waiting for a target.

Visually, the studio is chasing something they described as grounded rather than fantastical, a “Planetary Engine” or “Lunar Engine” aesthetic, in their words, where “humans could actually build this.” Beyond the trailer, we’ve seen glimpses of concept art – and “dwarfing scale” is what comes to mind. I get the feeling you’ll be made to feel very small in the staggering vastness of space.

BEYOND THE BLUE EVENT HORIZON

As for Liu Cixin’s ongoing involvement, the team seems genuinely pleased with how hands-off he’s been. “He’s very open and tolerant about people being creative with his work,” one of the devs said. “His view is: if your adaptation is a good piece of work, it’s welcome.” The project is being developed under an official license from Starry Dome, the rights holder, which selected the development partner through its own process.

No word yet on official release window or platforms (though they are targeting current consoles and PC), and there are currently no plans for multiplayer. The focus is clearly (and probably rightly) on getting the narrative-driven single player experience just right.

So it’s early days, then – but between the moon-shoving stakes, the faction war and a studio that keeps repeating “we will never undermine the shooting” – and never at the expense of faithful storytelling, I’m hopeful they have the ability to deliver something very special.

IGN was a guest of BiliBili for this preview event.

The Practical Acer 16″ 1080p Portable USB Monitor Is on Sale For Just $39.99

It’s no surprise why USB portable monitors are so popular. They provide extra screen real estate for laptop users and they’re much slimmer and lighter than your average monitor so you can carry them around. Many newer laptops now have USB ports that can power the monitor so that you don’t even need to plug it into an outlet. In addition to boosting productivity on a laptop, the monitor also works as a totable display for your Nintendo Switch. Talk about convenience!

Best Buy currently has the lowest price on a brand-name portable monitor. For a limited time, you can pick up a certified refurbished Acer 15.6″ USB Portable Monitor (PM161Q) for just $39.99 with free shipping. It comes with a 90-day warranty.

Acer 16″ 1080p USB-C Portable Monitor for $39.99

Certified refurbished

Acer 15.6″ USB Portable Monitor (PM161Q)

0

The Acer PM161Q is a portable 15.6″ monitor that weighs in at just 1.5 pounds and measures about 0.41″ thin. It’s small and slim enough to fit inside a laptop bag or backpack. It sports a sturdy metal frame and includes a cover that doubles as a kickstand. The 15.6″ IPS display features a 1080p resolution (141ppi), 60Hz refresh rate, wide 178-degree viewing angle, and an anti-glare matte surface. It even has a built-in speaker.

Connectivity options include two USB Type-C ports and one mini HDMI port to connect to a laptop, tablet, or handheld gaming PC for use as a main or secondary display. If your device is equipped with a USB Type-C output with Power Delivery, then a single cable can be used for both video and power. Otherwise, you’ll need two cables: a mini HDMI or USB Type-C cable for video and a second USB Type-C cable to a wall charger for power. All necessary cables are included.

Compatible with Nintendo Switch 2 or Steam Deck

This monitor works quite well paired with a gaming handheld like the Nintendo Switch 2 or Steam Deck. You will have to use the two-cable setup (one USB cable to the handheld, one USB cable to a wall charger) for this to work properly. The 1080p 60Hz panel best complements the Nintendo Switch, since the Switch only supports up to 720p @ 60Hz anyway. The Steam Deck and Switch 2 can support higher resolutions and refresh rates, but at that point you’re really taxing your system, and 1080p/60Hz on a smaller display is an ideal balance between visual fidelity and playable framerates.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Valorant Cheater Using Evil Tung Tung Tung Sahur Skin Banned After Viral Video Sparks Backlash Against Riot’s Anti-Cheat

A hacker using an ‘Evil’ Tung Tung Tung Sahur skin has been banned after wreaking havoc in Valorant lobbies and decimating entire teams.

Cheaters are a never-ending issue in online multiplayer games, but some are more memorable than others. A recent hacking incident has produced possibly one of the most memorable cheaters of all — or at least, one of the most visually disturbing.

As pointed out by Dexerto, a hacker using an ‘Evil’ Tung Tung Tung Sahur skin has sparked backlash within the Valorant community, and it’s not hard to see why. The skin, modeled after the viral brainrot meme Tung Tung Tung Sahur, has transformed the character into a deranged-looking, evil version of himself. (I choose to believe that Evil Tung Tung Tung Sahur is the ‘Evil Ryu’ to Tung Tung Tung Sahur’s normal form.)

Evil Tung activities | #VALORANT pic.twitter.com/wQaPMF7TxD

— Valorant Tactic (@valorantactic) September 9, 2026

Footage of the hacker went viral on social media, showing the cheater in third-person from what appears to be their own perspective. We can see the outlines of enemies through walls as Evil Tung walks backwards, shooting his gun at nothing — only for his opponents to drop like flies in a blink.

This video showed that the cheater seemed to have enabled wallhacks and auto-targeting, but it’s uncertain if they were using any other methods to decimate these lobbies. It took the Valorant community by storm, prompting popular analyst ‘vladk0r’ to post it as a jab against Riot’s kernel-level anti-cheat system, Vanguard.

“Imagine losing to a team with this s**t only for them being banned later after [a] few rounds of the bracket, and not being able to do anything with this, ‘cause they got DQ’d much later after your match, so Riot can’t revert the results,” he wrote.

“Proof that kernel-level anti-cheat compromises user privacy and security for nothing,” another player argued. “Cheaters own and control the hardware the game runs on, they always find a way eventually. You don’t need more privilege in a client-side AC, you need server-side AC and behavioural analysis.”

“Kernel-level anti-cheat really thought it could stop Tung Tung Tung Cheat-Hur,” another joked.

Thankfully, Valorant lobbies weren’t plagued for much longer; Riot’s anti-cheat director Phillip Koskinas responded to the issue in a tweet confirming that the cheater had been banned, along with their Riot ID, the name of their cheat (which Koskinas dubbed ‘lowskill vibeslop’), and how many games they’d played.

“We can detect anything with time, but VAL is a free to play game. Agree that we have to improve pre-emptive posture for open qualifiers,” he wrote, adding that it was “pointless” to hide the hacker’s Riot ID.

Riot ID: FaeL o Anacondo#br1
Banned: 2026-09-03
Games Played: 3
Cheat Name: “Sysinfo” (lowskill vibeslop)
Hiding the Riot ID: Pointless

We can detect anything with time, but VAL is a free to play game. Agree that we have to improve pre-emptive posture for open qualifiers. https://t.co/4h1GpajkuQ

— Phillip Koskinas (@deteccphilippe) September 9, 2026

This dastardly, if disturbingly creative, cheater finally got what was coming to them after ruining games for so many players. Evil Tung Tung Tung Sahur’s wrath has ended.

Virginia Glaze

IGN News Editor / Cat Rescuer / Martial Arts / Fighting Game Girlie

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

If I Were to Buy a (Near) 100″ TV Right Now, I Would Get TCL’s QM8L SQD Mini-LED TV Over OLED

When I shop around for a TV for myself, these are my top three categories I prioritize in order of importance: (1) size, (2) image quality, and (3) value. As a person whose entire job revolves around finding deals, you’d think value would take precedence, but it doesn’t. I appreciate a TV that delivers an exceptional picture. For that reason, when it comes to TVs 83″ and under, I would unequivocally recommend an OLED TV on sale. But for even bigger TV sizes, as of right now my recommendation skews towards TCL’s new 2026 QM8L TV with its SQD Mini-LED technology. Yes, even over OLED.

98″ TCL QM8L 4K SQD Mini-LED Google TV (2026)

0

Part of this reason is that the TCL QM8L TVs are heavily discounted at the moment. Best Buy and other retailers are offering the 98″ TCL QM8L 4K TV for $3,999.99 after a $2,000 off instant discount. That’s considerably pricier than the absolute cheapest 100″ TVs (you can find one for as low as $1,400), but if you want top-shelf image quality, you’re going to also have to pay thousands more for another TV that might be marginally better, and only in certain scenarios.

TCL’s SQD mini LED tech is the real deal

Another big reason is the big new tech upgrade for 2026. This year’s QM8L features TCL’s highly-touted SQD technology. SQD – which stands for Super Quantum Dot – is a more refined version of QLED tech. Quantum dot panels have a layer of microscopic crystals measuring a few nanometers in size that are able to separate light into precise colors. SQD tech uses even smaller crystals – as small as a single nanometer in width. This allows SQD panels to pack in even more dimming zones, usually numbering in the thousands, which in turn produces a brighter image with higher contrast and richer colors. The 98″ model in particular boasts up to 6,000nits of peak brightness and over 4,000 local dimming zones.

TCL’s SQD Mini-LED tech is the real deal.

Combined with TCL’s new Halo Control System, the QM8L completely eliminates the halo effect you get with other LED LCD TVs when white and black elements are placed next to each other. This is one way you can distinguish OLED TVs (which don’t exhibit the halo effect) to LED LCD TVs. TCL’s SQD TV levels the playing field in that respect. The QM8L also makes a fantastic TV for console gaming. The panel boasts a native 144Hz refresh rate and four total HDMI 2.1 ports.

I’d pick the 98″ QM8L over the 97″ LG G6 OLED

On the OLED front, the closest comparison to the 98″ TCL QM8L would be the LG G6 Gallery series TV, which is available in a 97″ screen size. Let’s ignore the fact that the TV costs $20,000 at most retailers and that OLED burn-in is definitely a real issue. What’s important to note is that that LG’s 97″ G6 model is inferior to its smaller counterparts. Whereas all the other G6 TVs feature LG’s latest Primary RGB Tandem 2.0 OLED panel, the 97″ version uses a traditional W-OLED panel similar to the one found in the LG B6 TV. It’s also dimmer (far dimmer than the QM8L) and caps out at 120Hz refresh rate. In a nutshell, don’t expect LG’s fantastic “Gallery series image quality” in the 97″ variant.

I’d pick the 98″ QM8L over a home theater projector

With the QM8L on the market, there’s also no telling reason to get a home theater projector unless you’re getting a significantly larger screen (120″ or bigger). You’d have to spend well over $4,000 to get a projector than can hope to compete with the image quality of the QM8L, and even then that would be limited to a completely dark room with an optimized screen that could easily run you another $1,000. For both movie watching and games, there’s really no comparison, and that’s coming from someone who’s owned a high-end Sony projector for over a decade.

I’d pick the 98″ QM8L over TCL’s higher-end X11L

TCL makes one additional 98″ TV that is technically a superior TV. The 98″ X11L is available for $8,999.99, or more than double the price of the QM8L. Although both TVs use the new SQD Mini-LED tech, the X11L has far more dimming zones: 20,000 on the X11L compared to 4,000 on the QM8L. That equates to higher peak brightness (10,000nits vs 6,000nits) and more precise colors. It truly is the cream of the crop. However, in real world scenarios, the difference in image quality doesn’t justify the $5,000 price tag, at least for me.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Zelda 40th Anniversary Switch 2 Sells Out at Retailers Instantly

Update, Sept 9, 11:36 am ET: The Zelda 40th Anniversary Switch 2 Console is up for preorder at Walmart for $519.99, alongside the Zelda Switch 2 Pro Controller for $99.99. Just like the last round of preorders, these are unlikely to last long. The original story continues below.

The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Edition Switch 2 console and accessories have already sold out at most major US and UK retailers, not long after preorders went live, and in some select cases, within mere minutes.

Target, Best Buy, and GameStop all opened preorders for the $519.99 special-edition Switch 2 console, $99.99 Pro Controller, and $39.99 Carrying Case shortly after Nintendo’s dedicated Zelda 40th Anniversary Direct. Demand was clearly high, with all three products quickly becoming unavailable.

Nintendo Switch 2 – The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Edition

71

Amazon and Walmart are currently the only major US retailers yet to open preorders, despite having listings for the console already live (see above).

That could make it the next major opportunity to pick up the Zelda 40th Anniversary hardware at its regular retail price. We’d recommend setting it up as an auto-buy on Amazon, or adding it to your wishlist for ease of access.

The sellout has also already led to inflated resale prices, with scalpers listing the special-edition Switch 2 console on eBay for between $700 and $900. That’s a significant markup over its $519.99 retail price, and these listings have appeared almost immediately after preorders went live.

But, we’re expecting more preorders to go live soon, so keep it locked to IGN or follow IGNFinds on X/Twitter to be informed the minute there are any updates.

The limited-edition console and accessories were announced alongside preorders for the upcoming The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake on Switch 2.

Thankfully, Ocarina of Time has been fairly easy to get hold of so far, which is great news for anyone who wants to pick up one of the physical editions featuring the limited-run “textured foil” cover.

The special packaging is only available while supplies last, though, so don’t hang around if that’s the version you’re after.

Robert Anderson

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides. As a massive Doctor Who fan, he also keeps a close eye on physical media deals like Doctor Who Blu-ray preorders, and occasionally steps away from commerce to contribute reviews for the site, such as his review of Doctor Who’s latest season.

Ocarina of Time Remake UK Preorders Live on Switch 2


The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time

4

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Spiritual Stones are also available as a free bonus when preordering the game from Nintendo’s UK Store.

You can also preorder with an Ocarina of Time Pin for a small additional cost: £61.98 for the physical edition or £52.98 for the digital edition.

Preorders are also currently available at Game and ShopTo. We’re waiting on Amazon, Argos, and Currys to go live next in the UK.

Also, as a reminder, all copies of the game in its first print run will include a “textured foil cover sleeve” that is shiny. It sounds simple, but plenty of fans are going mad for it.

I’ve also had it confirmed that Smyths will definitely have the foiled sleeve as part of its preorder campaign, if that’s your prefered place to shop.

While it’s still easy to get hold of Ocarina of Time for Switch 2, Zelda’s 40th Anniversary console and accessories are a different story.

It’s sold out at Nintendo and Smyths right now (which is a similar story globally), but we’re still awaiting news from Amazon, Argos, Currys, and other major UK retailers to see if there another opportunity to preorder.

What Is The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time Remake?

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time is a full remake of the 1998 Nintendo 64 original, with completely overhauled graphics designed to bring the classic adventure up to modern standards.

Rather than adding a large amount of new content, Nintendo describes the game as a “faithful interpretation” of the original built for modern hardware. There are some additions, however, including more dialogue for the characters Link encounters throughout his adventure, giving them a little more personality.

The remake also introduces several quality-of-life improvements, including a fully free-roaming camera, a dedicated jump button, a roll/run button, and motion-control aiming. Cutscenes will feature full voice acting, while the Zelda Notes app can also be used alongside the game.

There’s even an audio input option that lets you hum the game’s songs, allowing Link to play them in-game. A new “Threads of Time” menu will also recap your progress and highlight your current objective, making it easier to keep track of where you’ve been and what you need to do next.

Robert Anderson

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides. As a massive Doctor Who fan, he also keeps a close eye on physical media deals like Doctor Who Blu-ray preorders, and occasionally steps away from commerce to contribute reviews for the site, such as his review of Doctor Who’s latest season.

All the Switch 2 Gameplay, Trailers, and Announcements

Nintendo Direct September 2026 is over, and we have all the announcements right here.

Highlights included the reveal of Metroid Ravenous, a new 2D, side-scrolling Metroid game, a new Kirby game called Kirby and the World Beyond, and a free update for Mario Kart world Tour.

But there were a number of games that were conspicuous by their absence. Perhaps the biggest offender here is FromSoftware’s Switch 2 exclusive The Duskbloods, which fans had hoped would get a release date during the Nintendo Direct. This is a game currently down for release in 2026, so Nintendo is running out of time to either announce a release date or delay it into 2027.

Metroid Ravenous — Nintendo Direct Reveal Trailer Screenshots

We didn’t see any more of the Ocarina of Time remake, although that was expected after yesterday’s reveal, nor did Nintendo tease the next 3D Mario game, which was always something of a pipe dream. But we do now have a clearer idea of what’s coming to Switch 2 for the rest of 2026 and into next year. So, what do you think? Let us know in the comments. And if you need a catchup, all the announcements are rounded up below.

That’s a wrap!

Nintendo direct September 2026 ended with a brand new Kirby game, revealed new Mario Kart World DLC, and Metroid Ravenous, among other things. Let us know what you thought of the show in the comments!

Kirby and the World Beyond

Nintendo Direct ended with the announcement of a brand new Kirby Game: Kirby and the World Beyond. It’s due out on Switch 2 spring 2027. This latest 3D adventure lets you freely explore using Kirby’s copy abilities. Next year marks Kirby’s 35th anniversary, and Nintendo said to look out for fresh announcements for the series.

“A new 3D adventure is on the horizon for Kirby!” Nintendo said. “Freely explore an expansive world and put Kirby’s Copy Abilities to creative use as you uncover what awaits in Kirby and the World Beyond. The game is coming to Nintendo Switch 2 in spring 2027, which also marks the Kirby series’ 35th anniversary.”

Persona 4 Revival and Persona 6

Atlus showed up at Nintendo Direct to confirm Persona 4 Revival and Persona 6 are coming to Nintendo Switch 2! Persona 4 Revival launches on Nintendo Switch 2 on May 20, 2027. Persona 6 doesn’t have a release window yet.

Danganronpa 2×2

Featuring a visually enhanced version of the original Danganronpa 2: Goodbye Despair scenario alongside a brand new story with the same setting and characters, Danganronpa 2×2 will see players investigate an entirely new set of victims, culprits, and tricks. Danganronpa 2×2 launches for Nintendo Switch 2 and Nintendo Switch on January 14, 2027.

Yo-kai Watch 2: Haunted Domain

The latest entry in the Yo-kai Watch series evolves the adventures of Yo-kai Watch 2: Bony Spirits, Fleshy Souls and Psychic Specters with enhanced graphics and new content on Nintendo Switch 2. Join Nate as he befriends a wide variety of Yo-kai and embarks on the mysterious adventures that define the series. Along with new story content, players may even encounter some new Yo-kai. Additional details will be shared in the future.

Yu-Gi-Oh! TAG FORCE GX

A new semester begins as Yu-Gi-Oh! GX TAG FORCE 3 is reborn with modern visuals, enhanced Dueling and nostalgic cards from the Yu-Gi-Oh! GX anime era. Featuring content previously unreleased in the Americas, Yu-Gi-Oh! TAG FORCE GX launches for Nintendo Switch 2 and Nintendo Switch on Feb. 16, 2027. Pre-orders begin later today on Nintendo eShop and include four in-game items for the Yu-Gi-Oh! MASTER DUEL game. Physical versions include three Yu-Gi-Oh! TRADING CARD GAME cards.

Romancing SaGa 3: Destinies United

During today’s Nintendo Direct, Square Enix revealed a 3D remake of 1995 RPG, Romancing SaGa 3: Destinies United. Destinies United has 3D graphics, fully voiced cutscenes, overhauls combat and other mechanics, adds selectable difficulty levels and other new features. Romancing SaGa 3: Destinies United releases on Nintendo Switch 2, Nintendo Switch, PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X|S and PC via Steam on February 16, 2027.

Metal Slug Ultimate Collection

Nintendo Direct announced Metal Slug Ultimate Collection, which includes 10 classic Metal Slug games. There’s online multiplayer, online leaderboards, and a gallery of artwork and music from across the series. Combat School Mode returns with expanded content, alongside the long-lost location test version of Metal Slug Metal Slug Ultimate Collection launches for Nintendo Switch 2 and Nintendo Switch in 2027.

Eternal Anima

JRPG Eternal Anima launches on Switch 2 on March 4, 2027. It’s from Marvelous Europe, and is developed by director Katsuhisa Higuchi, story concept writer Keisuke Makino, and scenario writer Kazushige Nojima. This is the game originally teased under the working title “PROJECT LIFE is RPG” in 2023. Marvelous said Eternal Anima “evokes the spirit of late 1990s and early 2000s JRPGs, while featuring an ambitious time-travelling narrative, modern visuals, and strategic twists on traditional turn-based gameplay.” The debut trailer is below.

Mega Man: Dual Override

Mega Man: Dual Override got a new trailer and confirmation of amiibo figures. It’s due out spring 2027. Here’s the official word from Nintendo:

Mega Man: Dual Override: Proto Man joins Mega Man as a playable character in this new entry in the classic action series. Players can jump in with Proto Man’s versatile shield-based fighting style or use Mega Man’s ranged firepower, then personalize their playstyle by equipping Custom Chips to mix and match abilities. Both characters can unleash an all-new, powerful Override form to blast beyond their limits and defeat formidable Robot Masters. Mega Man: Dual Override launches for Nintendo Switch 2 and Nintendo Switch in spring 2027. Mega Man and Proto Man amiibo figures2 will also be available the same day.

Mario Kart World free update

Nintendo announced a free Mario Kart World update, which adds classic courses from Super Mario Kart such as Choco Island, Vanilla Lake, and Ghost Valley. The free update adds 10 new courses, and two new routes to Knockout Tour. The 1.8.0 update for Mario Kart World launches later today! Here’s the official blurb from Nintendo:

Classic courses from Super Mario Kart have been hiding in plain sight across the continent of Mario Kart World, and now 10 of them can be played as standalone races in VS Race. Tear through Choco Island, Vanilla Lake, Ghost Valley and more, complete with ? Panels that grant items just like in the Super NES original. The update also adds two new Knockout Tour routes, Propeller Rally and Turnip Rally, plus a Spectator Mode when playing with friends online3 or via LAN Play4. The free update is available later today.

A free update for Mario Kart World launches later today!

Play 10 classic courses from Super Mario Kart in VS Race mode and two new Knockout tour routes. #NintendoDirect

Get the update: https://t.co/K9I0I75Mhh pic.twitter.com/1FIL2jzzQY

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

Metroid Ravenous

Here’s a big one! Nintendo announced a new 2D Metroid game called Metroid Ravenous. The trailer revealed fast-paced action, boss fights, and dramatic cutscenes. “It’s eat or be eaten,” Samus declares. It’s due out January 28, 2027. There are new amiibo figures and a Metroid Ravenous Nintendo Switch 2 Special Edition also due out then.

Here’s the official blurb from Nintendo:

It’s eat or be eaten for Samus Aran in an all-new 2D adventure, coming to Nintendo Switch 2! Plus, the Metroid Ravenous amiibo collection will release with individual Samus and Chozo Statue figures at launch. A third amiibo in the lineup, Samus (Metroid Suit), will be bundled with a Special Edition that includes the game and a steel game case. Both the standard and special editions launch Jan. 28, 2027, and pre-orders begin later today.

Nintendo Switch Sports Resort

As expected, Direct gave us a new look at Nintendo Switch Sports Resort. It’s due out on Switch 2 on October 22. Here’s the official blurb:

There’s more than sports to discover on Wuhu Island! In addition to 12 sports featuring intuitive motion controls, you can freely explore the island, chase dolphins in the ocean, search for hidden hibiscus flowers and collect Spocco Photos to learn more about sightseeing spots around the resort. A new offline Island Crown mode lets you rise through the ranks in each sport to challenge Island Champions and even island Legends. Also, playing any sport in any mode earns Spocco Points, which can be exchanged for customizations to personalize your Mii character or Sportsmate. Nintendo Switch Sports Resort launches exclusively for Nintendo Switch 2 on Oct. 22. Pre-orders are available now on Nintendo eShop.

Get moving on Wuhu Island! Nintendo Switch Sports Resort launches exclusively for Nintendo Switch 2 on Oct 22. #NintendoDirect

Pre-order today: https://t.co/W21rIC7kUD pic.twitter.com/5R1hIswLD9

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis

Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis hits Switch 2 on February 12, 2027. New trailer is below.

Adventure beyond legend. Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis is coming to Nintendo Switch 2 on Feb 12! Pre-orders start later today. #NintendoDirect @PlayTombRaider pic.twitter.com/yZjBeBJizH

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

Resident Evil games coming to Switch 2

Resident Evil 2 Deluxe Edition, Resident Evil 3, and Resident Evil 4 Gold Edition launch on the Switch 2 on October 16, 2026. Preorders begin later today.

Cairn

Cairn launches on Switch 2 early next year. A free demo goes live on the eShop later today. “As pro climber Aava, set out to conquer the legendary Mount Kami in this acclaimed climbing simulation with a deeply human story about overcoming impossible odds,” Nintendo said. “Climb anywhere, plan your route carefully and manage resources throughout the expedition. The whole mountain is yours to explore as you uncover mysteries and push beyond your limits in pursuit of absolute freedom. A free demo will be available later today on Nintendo eShop, ahead of the game’s Nintendo Switch 2 launch early next year.”

Kirby Air Riders amiibo

New Kirby Air Riders amiibo launches November 12 with the release of Sword Kirby & Dragoon and Noir Dedede & Hydra. That completes the Kirby Air Riders lineup, Nintendo said. An upcoming Kirby Air Riders in-game event will also offer rewards and refresh the look of the main menu and Paddock.

New amiibo figures are riding in to complete the Kirby Air Riders lineup!

Sword Kirby & Dragoon as well as Noir Dedede & Hydra will be available on Nov 12. #NintendoDirect pic.twitter.com/ykiQTNjUFZ

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

LEGO Batman: Legacy of the Dark Knight

LEGO Batman: Legacy of the Dark Knight launches on Switch 2 on September 18.

Ondeh Ondeh Kaya’s Tasty Tale

Ondeh Ondeh Kaya’s Tasty Tale from Bandai Namco is due out on Switch 2 next year. It’s described as “a charming rhythm and puzzle action-adventure” developed by Metronomik, “inviting players to embark on a magical journey inspired by the vibrant cultures of Southeast Asia.” The game combines action-packed gameplay with exploration and clever puzzles incorporating the region’s rich heritage in music, cuisine and other beloved cultural elements, even taking the name of the traditional sweet snack, ondeh ondeh, into its title.

Stage Fright

Stage Fright is coming to Switch and Switch 2 next year. It’s from Overcooked! developer Ghost Town Games Ltd, and is published by No Man’s Sky studio Hello Games.

Xenoblade Chronicles 3 – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition

We got a new trailer for Xenoblade Chronicles 3 – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition, which launches December 3, 2026.

Take down waves of enemies in a new battle mode and team up with a newly-added hero, Shimmer, in #XenobladeChronicles3 – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition,
launching Dec 3. #NintendoDirect

Pre-order today: https://t.co/hLMjqrIL9X pic.twitter.com/WZ2AUqjmDh

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

Onyx: The Dark Grip

Nintendo Direct revealed a creepy supernatural game from Silent Hill remake developer Bloober Team. It’s playable exclusively in Switch 2 handheld mode, and comes out at some point in 2027. Here’s the official blurb:

Onyx: The Dark Grip: Survive as a vessel and interfere as a god in this 2.5D supernatural horror game developed by Bloober Team exclusively for Nintendo Switch 2. Play as the mysterious Entity, guiding the actions of a lone traveler who arrives in a desolate ghost town. Manipulate the environment with your supernatural powers, solve puzzles, confront terrifying creatures and don’t let your puppet descend into the depths of madness. Blur the line between the game world and reality when Onyx: The Dark Grip launches for Nintendo Switch 2 in 2027.

Pikmin 4 – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition + Dandori Academy

Nintendo revealed Pikmin 4 Nintendo Switch 2 Edition during the Direct. You can use your voice to order Oatchi about, and there’s a new mode called Dandori Academy in which you can take on challenges. You can take exams each week, with 72 stages released over time. It’s due out November 12, 2026, and preorders begin later today on the eShop.

Professor Layton and The New World of Steam

Professor Layton and The New World of Steam got a new trailer at Nintendo Direct. It’s due out December 10, 2026!

Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave

As expected, Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave got a new trailer, showing off the upcoming Switch 2 game. It’s due out September 17.

Kingdom Come: Deliverance 2 Royal Edition

Kingdom Come: Deliverance 2 Royal Edition launches on Nintendo Switch 2 next year.

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt Remastered

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt Remastered launches on Nintendo Switch 2 on September 29. The Songs of the Past paid expansion also hits Switch 2 next year.

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt – Remastered is coming to Nintendo Switch 2! Embark on the Path when it releases Sept 29. #NintendoDirect @thewitcher

Owners of the Nintendo Switch version receive the game for free! Pre-order now: https://t.co/yOWEKjGqQx pic.twitter.com/0dAX3mC4eZ

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

Star Fox free update

Star Fox is getting a free update to add new stages on September 29. Meanwhile, Star Fox Adventures launches on Nintendo GameCube – Nintendo Classics later today!

A new update is coming to Star Fox on Sept 29. Join the fray with up to four players locally in Battle Mode with three new stages! #NintendoDirect

Learn more: https://t.co/aHTsHOEl4g pic.twitter.com/jp21z0IPg9

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

Star Fox Adventures is landing on Nintendo GameCube – Nintendo Classics later today!

Alongside his pal Tricky, Fox explores a planet populated by dinosaurs, but who knows what they might uncover? #NintendoDirect pic.twitter.com/iie3IPeKlT

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

New details revealed for Part 2 of the Pokémon Pokopia Expansion Pass paid DLC

In Part 2 of the Pokémon Pokopia Expansion Pass paid DLC, players can dress up Ditto and other Pokémon appearing in Pokémon Pokopia in a range of accessories. These include items such as cool sunglasses, classy bow ties, and even items which allow Ditto to match other Pokémon, such as a Sylveon ribbon. Part 2 is due out later this year.

Get stylish with accessories in Part 2 of the Pokémon Pokopia Expansion Pass paid DLC, releasing later this year! #NintendoDirect

Learn more: https://t.co/E3KjpukNrq pic.twitter.com/HST4OWXKJk

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

Meccha Chameleon hits Switch

Steam mega hit Meccha Chameleon hits Switch later today!

Paint yourself to blend in and trick the seekers. Can you stay hidden? 🎨🦎

MECCHA CHAMELEON is coming to Nintendo Switch 2 later today! #NintendoDirect @lemorion1224 pic.twitter.com/3rIxa2IVNQ

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

Hyrule Warriors: Age of Calamity Definitive Edition

Hyrule Warriors: Age of Calamity Definitive Edition is coming to Nintendo Switch 2! Expect better visuals and more enemies on-screen. There’s also a new harder difficulty called Calamity Mode. If you have the Switch version, you can get a discount on the digital release. It’s due out February 25, 2027.

Here’s Nintendo’s note on the game:

Battle through the events of the Great Calamity in this enhanced Nintendo Switch 2 version of the action-packed adventure set 100 years before the Legend of Zelda: Breath of the Wild game. This edition features all Hyrule Warriors: Age of Calamity Expansion Pass content, enhanced visuals and frame rate, battles packed with more enemies on screen and an ultra-tough new Calamity Mode. Players with the Nintendo Switch version can transfer existing save data and purchase the digital Nintendo Switch 2 version at a discount via Nintendo eShop. Hyrule Warriors: Age of Calamity – Definitive Edition launches Feb. 25, 2027, with pre-orders available later today on Nintendo eShop.

Hyrule Warriors: Age of Calamity – Definitive Edition comes to Nintendo Switch 2 on Feb 25. #NintendoDirect pic.twitter.com/mJagAUub4C

— Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) September 9, 2026

Final Fantasy VII Revelation

The Final Fantasy VII remake trilogy ends with Revelation, which is also coming to Switch 2. It’s due out on April 8, 2027. Preorders begin later today on the eShop. Meanwhile, Crisis Core –Final Fantasy VII– Reunion, the HD remastered Final Fantasy VII prequel, launches later today on the Nintendo eShop.

Monster Hunter Wilds

Nintendo Direct September 2026 kicked off with a new look at Monster Hunter Wilds on Switch 2. Capcom’s hugely popular action adventure hits Switch 2 with local play support and all the updates released so far. It’s due out December 4, 2026. The expansion, Ascendance, is also coming to Monster Hunter Wilds on Switch 2 at some point in 2027.

10 minutes to go!

  • Here’s what I’d love to see from Nintendo: the next mainline 3D Mario game.
  • Here’s what I think we’ll see from Nintendo: more Mario Kart DLC and lots of role-playing games from Square Enix.

30 minutes to go!

We’re 30 minutes away from Nintendo Direct start time. Let us know your predictions in the comments below!

Wesley Yin-Poole

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. He’s obsessed with fighting games, sports games and first-person shooters. His favourite game of all time is Street Fighter 2.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

No Man’s Sky 7.0 Cosmos Update Released — Check Out the Patch Notes

No Man’s Sky developer Hello Games has continued the relentless pace of updates for the space game, this time releasing a 10th anniversary patch called Cosmos.

Hello Games chief Sean Murray said Cosmos is one of No Man Sky’s “biggest and craziest” updates ever, as it actually updates space.

“No Man’s Sky is often referred to as ‘a Space Game,’ it’s a huge part of our game, but we’ve never really updated space since release,” Murray said. “In most sci-fi games, space is just an empty void. With Cosmos we wondered – can we make space feel truly alive? And could we make space feel more like home? What if you could own a Space Station? If you could build star bases, and create alliances with other players.”

No Man’s Sky 7.0 Cosmos Update Screenshots

Additions include a Star Map, huge space hulks, new space outposts, bio-wrecks, asteroid belts, free-floating orbital bases, space station ownership (one of the most requested features since launch), alliances, and — finally — the ability to actually reach the star at the center of players’ own star system.

Hello Games has launched an expedition alongside the Cosmos update, called Our Journey Continues! It includes milestones that represent one of the 40 major updates since No Man’s Sky launched in 2016. “It is like a museum of each update, unlocking the features of each update as we added them, along with a spacelog of interesting facts and developers commentary for each update,” Murray explained. “It’s been a real joy to revisit some of those moments for us.”

Patch notes, courtesy of Hello Games, are summarized below.

No Man’s Sky 7.0 Cosmos update patch notes:

  • Star Map: Warping to a system now, your first action will often be a quick scan of the new star map to reveal a whole new array of space points of interest, each of which unlocks whole new strands of missions and exploration.
  • Hulks: There are huge “space hulks”, which can be stripped and salvaged. The physics gravity gun can be used to pull chunks of metal from these wrecks, and can be thrown to a new tractor beam fitted to your ship. Become too greedy, and tear too much from a hulk, and it may begin to meltdown and explode. Scanning first for the highest value rewards is the smart move.
  • Outposts: Perhaps you take your new rewards to one of the new space outposts, to trade with alien lifeforms. Here you can buy maps, get information about the area and take on new missions from its inhabitants.
  • Bio-wrecks: Beware though, some of these facilities have been overwhelmed by biological hazards, and may need to be cleared out and reclaimed carefully.
  • Asteroid Belts: Gorgeous asteroid belts of rock and ice formations boast a large array of valuable crystal resources. Some rare asteroids are large enough to land on and even build a star base on.
  • Orbital Bases: Why limit yourself to a base on an asteroid? Free-floating modular bases can be built ANYWHERE in space. Build your own truck stop for star ships, orbital restaurant, or military outpost. There’s something incredibly special about floating in space, planets looming large below you, watching the universe go by.
  • Space Station Ownership: This must be our most requested feature since launch… finally players can buy the space station for themselves! Build and decorate it both inside and externally, and some wild creativity is possible. You can create your own themed Station, as your own clubhouse and have friends come and visit.
  • Alliances: Perhaps that Station then becomes the place where you found your own ALLIANCE to which you can invite all players to join your new society. As an alliance, you can work together to build a networked empire of different stations and rise the new leaderboards to compete for the largest, richest or most prominent alliance.
  • Reach Stars: The center of the solar system is the sun, and finally players can try to undertake a perilous journey to reach the center of their own star system!

Wesley Yin-Poole

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. He’s obsessed with fighting games, sports games and first-person shooters. His favourite game of all time is Street Fighter 2.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Andrew Garfield Leads Peasant Rebellion

Writer-director Paul Greengrass’ The Uprising is a visceral and kinetic but uneven chronicle of the 1381 Peasants’ Revolt in England, anchored by the ever-reliable Andrew Garfield’s moving performance as a mournful farmer who helps spark a rebellion that seeks to improve the lives of the common folk. As he has done in Bloody Sunday and United 93, Greengrass focuses on everyday people who get caught up in tragic historic events. The Uprising, though, can’t quite find the balance between the “big picture” events it’s depicting and those smaller-scale, more focused docudramas.

Called simply Ploughman, Garfield’s protagonist feverishly works the land every day just to eke out the barest living. His small farm, which belongs to a local lord, is also the resting place of his late wife and two children. He basically has nothing left, a crushing state shared by many of his neighbors. Set at a time when the people are gripped by immense grief — England had lost roughly half its population to the Black Death – their pain fuels not only their fury at the powers-that-be but also their hope that God can miraculously deliver them from their misery.

With problems at home and wars abroad, the government is in need of more funds — the lords are unwilling to let the merchant class enter their ranks and the Church won’t spend anymore — so they enact a heavy new tax that guts the commoners. Collection methods are so brutal and dehumanizing that, sparked by Ploughman’s violent outburst, the peasants finally snap. Ploughman and his neighbors soon join a peasant army led by Cosmo Jarvis’ brawny ex-soldier Wat Tyler and Jamie Bell’s fiery renegade priest John Ball. (Both Tyler and Ball are real figures while the Ploughman is fictional.)

They march towards London not to overthrow King Richard II — their quarrel is more with his council of cads who are really in charge — but to petition him for sweeping reforms. (The King, one must remember, was thought to be divinely chosen, so fealty to him is also showing devotion to God.) But the rage that such long-term oppression has fostered in the peasants — exemplified by Thomasin McKenzie’s fervent Alyce, who seeks to inflict her suffering on her perceived enemies — ultimately explodes into sheer anarchy.

By showing such a savage mob mentality take hold, Greengrass challenges the justness of the peasants’ actions, which muddies one’s feelings about the titular uprising. History is never clean and Greengrass wants to show that, but the film makes you doubt your sympathy for its underdogs once the bloodletting erupts into utter chaos on the streets of London.

Shot in the cinéma vérité style that’s become a Greengrass hallmark, the filmmaker immerses the viewer in the grimy, relentlessly miserable life of medieval serfdom, achieving the you-are-there effect so well that you’re thankful Smell-O-Vision doesn’t exist. Yet Greengrass repeatedly pulls the viewer out of this historical realism by cutting to jarring digital aerial shots swooping over London — attempts to demonstrate the scale of the revolt — images that seem, at best, filmed by a Ye Olde Drone or, worse, AI-generated.

The cast is uniformly solid, with the film’s rogues gallery brought to life by a murderer’s row of British character actors — Tom Hollander as Treasurer Robert Hales, Stephen Dillane as Archbishop Simon Sudbury, Stanley Townsend as Chief Justice Belknap, and an unrecognizable Jonny Lee Miller as London’s Mayor William Walworth — all of whom play their characters with varying degrees of haughty cruelty.

Thomasin McKenzie, Jamie Bell and Andrew Garfield. (Photo: Focus)

But these men are in the service of teenage King Richard II, portrayed with nuance and complexity by Woody Norman. Richard, who may have a personality disorder of some kind, is bedeviled by nightmares and utterly petrified with piety — before he finally takes charge of his fate with a brutal efficiency that stuns even his own mother, Joan, Countess of Kent (an understated Katherine Waterston). The Uprising initially generates some sympathy for the King until, of course, the little shit pisses away any such good will.

The Uprising also depicts the bureaucracy that keeps the engine of oppression operating, particularly the paperwork that can either expose the rebels’ identities or serve as their literal ticket to a better life. I’ve never seen a suspense set-piece before where a roomful of scribes with quill pens must furiously copy dozens of charters in order to meet a crucial deadline. Write fast! No, faster!

There’s plenty of tension in the final act — which also takes significant creative liberties with the events that transpired at Smithfield on June 15, 1381 — but that’s also where Greengrass’ breathlessly-paced film loses its footing, straining to turn history on its head with a Braveheart-worthy happy ending. The final scenes, which would be at home in a Mel Gibson or Robin Hood movie — it wasn’t known to be a Rise of Robin Hood movie at the time I screened the film and Garfield’s character is never referred to as such — end The Uprising on an awkward note rather than the crowd-pleasing one that seemed intended.

Nintendo Announces New 2D Metroid Ravenous

Samus Aran will return in Metroid Ravenous, a side-scrolling follow-up to Metroid Dread.

Announced during today’s Nintendo Direct broadcast, Metroid Ravenous will launch for Switch 2 on January 28, 2027. A trailer revealed Samus being attacked by strange enemies who zapped her energy. “It’s eat or be eaten,” she says in response. Hope you’re hungry.

If the game’s name sounds familiar, that’s because it previously popped up via a swiftly-deleted ratings board listing in Brazil. At the time, fans speculated that its name referred to Dread’s main antagonist Raven Beak.

It’s eat…or be eaten. #MetroidRavenous. 28/01/2027.
Only on #NintendoSwitch2. pic.twitter.com/b7f9fQWRmo

— Nintendo UK (@NintendoUK) September 9, 2026

“I was attacked by unknown assailants and sustained grave injuries,” Samus says in the Metroid Ravenous reveal trailer. “I don’t know where I am, getting back to the surface won’t be easy. My chances of getting off this moon are slim at best. Still… I will survive. And I will make it home. Even if I have to feed on my enemies to do so. It’s eat or be eaten.”

Ravenous appears to once again be the work of talented Spanish development studio MercurySteam, the team that previously collaborated with Nintendo for Metroid Dread, as well as Metroid: Samus Returns, the remake of Game Boy title Metroid 2: Return of Samus for 3DS.

“A surprise sequel after nearly 20 years, Metroid Dread brings back the legendary exploration and progression and merges it with excellent modern combat and some of the best boss fights ever,” we wrote in IGN’s Metroid Dread review, scoring it a 9/10.

Metroid Ravenous — Nintendo Direct Reveal Trailer Screenshots

For the uninitiated, Nintendo’s side-scrolling Metroid games are narratively separated from its first-person Metroid Prime subseries, though all part of the same overall franchise. Dread and Ravenous sit at the end of the series’ chronology to date, years after the events of last year’s Metroid Prime 4, so don’t expect any direct continuation of that.

Also announced today: the Metroid Ravenous amiibo collection, which will include individual Samus and Chozo Statue figures. A third amiibo, Samus (Metroid Suit), will be bundled with Ravenous’ Special Edition that includes the game and a SteelBook case.

Catch up on all of the big announcements in our roundup of everything announced in today’s Nintendo Direct broadcast, as well as everything announced in The Legend of Zelda Nintendo Direct that aired yesterday.

Tom Phillips

Tom is IGN’s News Editor and a veteran journalist with 20 years of experience in the video games industry.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Anthropic Safety Researcher Issues Worrying Prediction

An Anthropic safety researcher has said there is a greater than 10% chance that AI “could kill all humans” within the next decade, and admitted there is no coordinated plan to prevent it from happening.

U.S. company Anthropic, headed up by Dario Amodei, develops the Large Language Model (LLM) Claude and conducts AI research. Yesterday, one of the company’s researchers, Jacob Coxon, announced his resignation on X / Twitter, accusing both ChatGPT maker OpenAI and Anthropic of “racing straight to self-improving superintelligence and gambling with our lives.”

“Neither company is acting responsible,” Coxon, who previously worked at OpenAI, said. “Do not underestimate the power of this technology. These will soon be superhuman systems that can hack anything, revolutionize any field overnight, and acquire real power and resources,” he continued. “We have all witnessed the progress in each of these domains, and progress is not slowing.

“The people building AI earnestly believe that it could kill us all by the end of the decade. This is not a marketing stunt. If anything, many executives and senior researchers will couch their phrasing in the press to sound sensible — but I hear the same people express fear privately. No other human activity poses this level of danger.”

OpenAI founder Sam Altman recently called the Hugging Face incident “a legitimate AI safety accident and alignment failure.” Photo by Sean Rayford/Getty Images.

Coxon said that staff at OpenAI, headed up by Sam Altman, “have not deeply internalized the civilizational stakes,” which is why work to rapidly improve its AI models continues despite the risks. “At Anthropic, the stakes are well-understood, but they are locked in a race to get there first,” he insisted. “They believe no one else will act responsibly, so they must do it themselves, despite the risk.”

“Accepting this race and entering the ‘endgame’ is a hubristic gamble that should not be launched from a private company’s Slack. Attempting to speedrun alignment should require extraordinary confidence that there are no better trajectories available.”

Coxon went on to say he was optimistic about the potential for coordination, but doubted AI companies were on track to prevent a global race, “which may require costly actions such as a temporary ban on improving model capabilities.”

He ended his statement by urging AI lab researchers to consider what they were doing. “Do you want to kick off a superintelligent RL run without a rigorous understanding of its mind?” he asked. “Should you put your head down because ‘it’s happening anyway’ – or take this moment to call for different conditions?”

Anthropic boss Dario Amodei has issued various AI warnings in the past. Photographer: Prakash Singh/Bloomberg via Getty Images.

Coxon’s statement has sent shockwaves throughout social media, sparking alarm and a string of mainstream headlines. But then it was backed up by Evan Hubinger, Anthropic’s ‘Alignment Science’ lead, who added an even starker warning.

“Jacob is correct here — we really do earnestly believe AI could kill all humans!” he said. “I personally think it is >10% within the next decade. I believe Anthropic is trying its best, but we do not yet have a plan to solve alignment for superintelligence and are not clearly on track to.”

Remarkably, Hubinger pointed to Anthropic’s latest Risk Report, in which the company said it believes the risk from present models is “low,” rather than suggest a pause that might help prevent the extinction of humankind. “What I am worried about is superintelligence arising from recursive self-improvement, as we have said is happening faster than we thought,” he added.

The comments come after the Financial Times reported that Anthropic withheld its latest model from the UK’s AI Safety Institute, one of the leading bodies in the world for assessing AI risk.

This summer has seen a number of worrying developments that show how AI has become hard to control, even by those who create it. OpenAI, Anthropic, and Meta have all disclosed hacks carried out by their autonomous AI agents. OpenAI chief scientist Jakub Pachocki recently called for “extreme caution” over AI progress, warning more intervention may be needed to ensure “humans remain in control of the future.”

U.S. President Donald Trump has backed unrestricted development of AI. Photo by Ludovic MARIN / AFP via Getty Images.

However, the U.S. government has shown no sign of stepping in to force restrictions upon or even suggest a slowing down of AI development. In fact, quite the opposite. Earlier this month, the Trump administration backed OpenAI in ⁠a lawsuit against the New York Times, arguing in favor of the use of copyrighted writing to train artificial intelligence. “The United States has a strong interest in continuing to develop a robust and competitive artificial intelligence industry that sets the standard for the practice and procedure of AI use globally… As such, it is critical for the United States to ‘retain global leadership in artificial intelligence,’” the government’s brief said, referencing an executive order President Donald Trump signed last year.

Meanwhile, despite dire warnings coming from staff at Anthropic and OpenAI, neither company seems willing to pull the plug. Coxon and Hubinger’s statements have sparked extreme concern across social media, with some expressing disbelief that work to improve AI is continuing even with such significant risk.

“Hey! Here’s a novel idea… could we just f***ing not kill ourselves due to an insatiable appetite for power and money?” one person said. “Crazy take: maybe you shouldn’t be allowed to gamble with our lives?” another added. “If I literally claimed that there was a 10% chance that I was building something that would kill people, the FBI would have me arrested. How are you not in jail?” another asked.

Photo Illustration by Dominika Zarzycka/SOPA Images/LightRocket via Getty Images.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. He’s obsessed with fighting games, sports games and first-person shooters. His favourite game of all time is Street Fighter 2.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

No Law Looks Like the Deus Ex Successor I’ve Been Waiting For

We stepped into Port Desire’s bustling street market to conduct a simple, albeit grisly experiment: How many people can we make explode into bits of blood and pulp with a single gunshot?

To achieve this messy masterpiece, we walked slowly into the middle of a tightly packed crowd to find the optimal spot for maximum impact. A stasis grenade was then thrown into the mix, suspending every unfortunate body within its blast radius in a vibrating, temporal state. Such is the kinetic energy built up by the event that all it took was a single headshot for a chain reaction to begin, each subsequent body erupting into wet chunks of bone and organ as the market transformed into a human popcorn maker. In turn, this set off a nearby box of ammunition to continue the carnage, firing off extra bullets in all directions to claim yet more victims. This is only one example of how No Law’s malleable systems can be bent to your own sick desires. This could, maybe just, be the Deus Ex successor I’ve been waiting for.

No Law Screenshots (Gamescom 2026)

When not painted with the insides of its civilian population, Port Desire is a vibrant, neon metropolis. Think Cyberpunk’s Night City crossed with Dishonored 2’s Karnaca, its Mediterranean-like vegetation fighting back to reclaim the land as vines wind up glass, steel, and concrete architecture. It’s home to Grey Harker, an ex-military man who’s just trying to lead a quiet retirement. As is the way, though, trouble finds its way to his door, and he’s left with no choice but to invite violence back into his life and clean up this city once and for good. With a body built like Reacher’s and the deductive mind of Deckard, he’s your vehicle for navigating this world, and you can use it however you see fit.

At first glance, No Law might look like Cyberpunk 2077, but to be frank, so will any first-person sci-fi shooter set in a futuristic metropolis that follows in the footsteps of William Gibson’s genre-defining cyberpunk fiction. But there’s an important distinction between No Law and 2077. This isn’t an RPG; it’s an immersive sim shooter in the mold of genre pioneer Deus Ex. No Law’s city is smaller than the average open world, but incredibly dense. There’s a sense of verticality begging to be explored, from dingy, rat-filled subways to rooftops high above. But these layers aren’t just set dressing — each tier can be scaled, especially once the ability to perform cybernetically enhanced superjumps is unlocked.

But for all the sci-fi tech and gadgetry on show, it’s still the human mind that is predominantly being pushed to its limits, and your ability to consider every possible approach to an objective. This is best showcased in a simple mission. The task, in theory, was simple: gain access to a second-floor room of an apartment complex. But in order to do so, we’d need to deal with a group of gang members, a surly, unhelpful receptionist, and a locked door. To show the full range of options available when faced with such a series of obstacles, developer Neon Giant walked me through the infiltration in two distinctly different ways.

First, we went for the sneaky option. Harker may be the size of a small tank, but that doesn’t mean he isn’t well-versed in the art of stealth. To circumvent the gun-toting gang members gathered outside the front door of the building, we searched for an alternative way in. This led us around the side, where we clambered up to some high ground and scuttled behind our would-be attackers, dropping down silently before sneaking through an open door. A turn to the right brought us face-to-face with a grumpy concierge dressed in a terrible flower-patterned suit. I could tell he smelled the opposite of the petals adorning his jacket, but his attitude stank even more.

He wasn’t going to let us pass through to the staircase, which led up towards our goal. And so, we were left with a choice to make. The quickest way would be to offer a bribe and cough up enough cash to make him turn a blind eye. But we didn’t want to give him the satisfaction of earning anything from us other than a powerful feeling of disdain, so we searched around the lobby area until we found a password written on a piece of paper attached to a notice board. Just that bit of patience and a willingness to search for an alternative solution saved us a whole lot of money.

Up the stairs we went, making sure to sneak past a couple of enemies patrolling the landing. The next puzzle to solve was how to get into the room that was the whole reason for us being here. The door was, predictably, locked, and we didn’t have any lockpicking gear with us, so another way in had to be found. So, we checked out the next-door neighbour, who had conveniently left their door ajar before falling asleep inside. We made sure to crouch and move quietly so as not to wake them, stealing some of their food and reading their personal diary while we were at it. Once full of nutrients and new info, we spotted a vent leading into the next room. And so, following in Batman’s tradition of oversized men somehow nimbly crawling through ducts not meant for them, Harker squeezed his way into the room at the heart of our objective.

But of course, this could’ve gone an entirely much bloodier way. We reloaded the save and started all over again, this time intent on causing chaos. That group of troublemakers loitering outside? One throw of the aforementioned stasis grenade and a round of ammunition quickly turned them into chunks. That awfully dressed, sweaty meat sack of a receptionist? A swift bullet to the head meant he had no more use for passwords. Perhaps the most interesting change this time around, though, was that this new run-through took place at night, and so the two gang members upstairs now exhibited different behaviours than when we snuck past them during daylight. One was leaning over a bannister, so we walked up behind them and sharply snapped their neck. The other lay asleep in bed – not that such slumber could stop us from taking out our pistol and making sure he’d never wake again, though.

This time, getting into the target room was much easier, thanks to this save having dropped a lockpicking device in our pocket and enough skill points to upgrade our breaking-and-entering ability and make our way in. Incidentally, this time we entered, items had fallen from shelves and lay strewn across the floor due to the impact of the stasis grenade explosion outside just moments earlier. It’s another great example of how reactive the world of No Law is to your actions.

Developed by a small team of just 24 members, it really is remarkable how good it all looks and sounds.“

It’s a city packed with detail, too. Outside of the quest, we took time to stroll around its streets and take in some of the sights. Developed by a small team of just 24 members, it really is remarkable how good it all looks and sounds. Grimy, yet bright. Modern, yet lived in. Just browsing around a local shop, I couldn’t quite believe how much work had gone into making every item on its shelves — all of which can be added to your basket and consumed for a variety of buffs and bonuses. This is an open world that promises big, explosive moments, but one that isn’t forgetting about the small details, either. Each drink bottle and piece of food packaging has been handcrafted — Neon Giant isn’t a team interested in letting generative AI replace its artistry.

Of course, as is the immersive sim way, there are multiple ways to procure these items, too. You can be a normal citizen and simply shop here, filling up your inventory at the expense of emptying your wallet. You could steal the items, but the shopkeeper will remember and not be very happy to see you next time you set foot in there. Or, you can do what we did and wait until night, find the key to the back door, and sneak in while the owner is asleep. This is a persistent world, too, so when a door’s lock is cracked, this method of entry will remain available for the rest of your playthrough.

One thing that’s as of yet unclear is if Neon Giant has the storytelling chops to fully engross me in this world — neither the slice I saw here nor the studio’s previous sci-shooter, The Ascent, have been narratively focused — but it’s the promise of the stories I’ll be able to tell through the tools handed to me in No Law that has me most excited. Yes, Deus Ex: Human Revolution tells a great tale of corporate ethics and conspiracy worthy of the wonderful sci-fi scenery it’s set against, and Dishonored 2’s revenge drama stemming from a royal coup is highly engaging, but it’s the moments of magic I created within those stories that live longest in my memory. It’s the possibility of this, and all of the numerous other anecdotes No Law promises to offer, that has me most excited. That, and seeing if I can set a new record for the number of heads exploded by a single bullet.

Simon Cardy

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

Breaking Benjamin Frontman Stops His Own Concert to Rant About His Feud With a Fallout 4 Modder

Benjamin Burnley, lead singer and guitarist of the rock band Breaking Benjamin, took five minutes during a concert in Holmdel, New Jersey, to rant about his feud with a fellow Fallout 4 modder.

If you didn’t know Benjamin Burnley was a big gamer, now you do. He announced this information during a concert on Sunday, September 6, revealing that he’s an “amateur modder” for Skyrim and Fallout 4.

Lately, he’s been beefing with a fellow modder over a mod he recently created for Fallout 4 that allows users to play the game in first-person. He thinks it’s a pretty solid mod — but the other guy just doesn’t see the vision.

Fallout 4: Anniversary Edition Screenshots

His spiel was caught on video by a fan at the concert, who posted footage of the moment on Reddit under the name ‘im_all_ears.’

“I just made a mod that makes it so that when you’re in first-person, you stay in first-person. You see your body in first-person. You go to your workshop area in first-person, and third-person still works. So, I want you to go and download that f**kin’ mod,” Burnley began.

“More importantly, I wanna tell you why I’m doing this. There was a modder — so, there’s like a clique, there was a modder in the community that was really mean to me and bullying me and saying, ‘Oh, you mod is sh*t, you don’t know what you’re f**kin’ doing, so I’m doing this every fucking night, and blowing his fucking downloads out of the water. Please help me destroy this f**kin’ jerk. I’m not even gonna say his name, but he’s a d**k, and f**k him.”

Production even posted the name of the mod on the venue’s big screen, along with Burnley’s Nexus Mods username: “True First Person Mod by killemloud.”

“Even if you don’t play that game, go download it. It’s on Nexus Mods,” he urged. “And tomorrow, I better see all those downloads going up. …This is for people who love mods. I’m uploading the update for it. You know, when you post a mod, you’re supposed to be able to grow and learn, and make it better. And right off the bat, this f**kin’ a**hole was s**tin’ on my mod, and he ain’t lettin’ me update it. So that’s what happened.”

While there were quite a few gamers in the crowd who couldn’t get enough of this humorous feud, one or two vocal fans yelled at Burnley to “play some music” rather than rant about Update 1.2 for his first-person mod. The entire spiel took nearly five minutes, and it has since gone viral across social media for the reasons you might expect.

“No way Ben makes Fallout 4 mods, that’s insane lol,” one wrote on Reddit.

“Benjamin Burnley makes gaming mods?! The f**k? That’s awesome!” another said.

Breaking Benjamin was also famously featured in Halo 2, but there’s oodles of celebrity gamers out there; most recently, Obsession star Inde Navarrette went viral for having a Twitch channel, where she streamed games in the Call of Duty series and story-based titles like The Last of Us, while Samara Weaving — recently cast as Emma Frost in Marvel’s upcoming X-Men movie — received praise for being such a hardcore gamer that she takes her PlayStation 5 with her on the road while she’s filming movies.

Virginia Glaze

IGN News Editor / Cat Rescuer / Martial Arts / Fighting Game Girlie

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Image Credits: David A. Smith/Getty Images

Dungeon Crawler Carl Graphic Novel Vol. 1 Review

I’ve been a fan of Dungeon Crawler Carl for years now. I’ve read all of the books and listened to the audio versions, so the obvious next step for me was to pick up a copy of the first graphic novel. Having experienced Matt Dinniman’s story multiple times already, my biggest concern going into the graphic novel adaptation is that it wouldn’t feel additive. But despite a few minor issues, I can honestly say it is an awesome way to experience Carl and Princess Donut’s chaotic integration into Dungeon Crawler Carl World.

Dungeon Crawler Carl, Vol. 1 (Graphic Novel)

2

The first thing you’ll notice, from the cover alone, is the art style. Carl and Princess Donut are drawn to look like manga versions of themselves with big eyes and exaggerated expressions. For the most part, I really liked how Laurel Pursuit Studios decided to portray this universe. There are a lot of crazy creatures down in the dungeon, and each and every one of them looks like they belong in anime. With the Dungeon Crawler Carl TV series making the decision to go live-action, this graphic novel is a neat look into what it would look like if they’d decided to go in an animated direction instead.

All of the things that make the art style great are also what hold the story back at times, however. Carl has a generally grumpy or angry expression throughout (which makes sense), but occasionally the illustrator will show pops of gleeful madness that I don’t think belong in the story just yet. It felt a bit like they were trying to showcase too wide of a range of emotions than were strictly necessary for book one Carl.

Questions like “What does a Bopca actually look like?” are answered here and it just feels right.“

With that being said, I think the studio did an excellent job of adapting the parts of the books you wouldn’t actually see. You don’t get nearly as much of Carl’s inner monologue in this format, so all of that has to show up in how he’s drawn and interacts with the world instead. This translates beautifully into how combat and dialogue are portrayed, only stumbling when I felt my mental image of the characters differed slightly from what I was seeing. In most instances, though, I felt like the graphic novel was able to add a depth to the story I’d never been able to get with the books themselves. Questions like “What does a Bopca actually look like?” are answered here and it just feels right.

Seeing as this is an adaptation of a LitRPG series, I was also thoroughly impressed at how well system messages were incorporated into the story. Pop-ups about achievements, rewards, and AI nonsense are initially shown as a completely overwhelming experience before getting neatly integrated in between panels. The AI is such an integral part of the story, but I could see how some of the lengthier messages it sends throughout the story could feel bloated on the page. The way it was done here felt totally seamless.

The first volume of the series collects the first 13 chapters of the ongoing Webtoon series, which equates to about a third of the first book. Without spoiling anything for anyone who hasn’t read the book, I can tell you that the ending of volume 1 doesn’t feel abrupt. The story hits its first major high note and you get just the right amount of cool-down time before setting up a part 2. You can already read more of the story for free on Webtoon, or wait for Volume 2 to arrive on October 6 for that paperback experience.

Artificial Teaser Makes Sam Altman Biopic Look Like Horror Movie

Neon has unveiled the first teaser for Luca Guadagnino’s Sam Altman biopic, Artificial, after Amazon abruptly canceled its support for the film earlier this year.

With the director behind Challengers at the helm and a star-studded cast, the first teaser for the OpenAI movie somehow manages to surprise. In a little more than a minute, the trailer promises a tense look into Altman’s life that leans heavily on the horror vibes, with the video teasing a peek behind the curtain into the events that led to the creation of controversial tech tool ChatGPT.

Altman, played by Andrew Garfield (The Social Network, The Amazing Spider-Man), can be seen walking through dark corridors backed by eerie strings before reaching a blue-lit room loaded with guns. It looks like the kind of saferoom the OpenAI CEO teased he might have when speaking to The New Yorker in 2016, but the horror elements come from more than the visuals. His character can be heard whispering lines, including “We opened Pandora’s box together” and “We get to be the ones to shepherd people into this new world.”

Garfield walks, talks, acts, and even looks like Altman in the first trailer for Artificial, but he’s far from alone. Monica Barbaro (A Complete Unknown, Top Gun: Maverick) also shows up in the movie and its first teaser trailer as former OpenAI executive Mira Murati.

Cooper Hoffman (The Long Walk), Yura Borisov (Anora), Jason Schwartzman (Scott Pilgrim vs. the World), Mark Rylance (Bridge of Spies), and Chris O’Dowd (Bridesmaids) also have their own roles to play in Guadagnino’s retelling. The role many viewers are likely already keeping an eye out for, though, is Ike Barinholtz’s (The Studio) Elon Musk. Quick flashes of the Tesla boss do appear in the trailer, but they do little to tell watchers what to expect from his portrayal in Artificial.

Despite the star power and talent behind it, Artificial very nearly never came to be. Amazon was previously attached to release the project but chose to cut its involvement in June 2026, just three months ago. The move allegedly came just after multiple private test screenings for the nearly complete movie, leading to confusion amongst fans of Guadagnino’s work. Amazon’s decision to drop Artificial also happened to arrive only a few months after the company committed to a $50 billion investment in OpenAI.

The Biggest Movies Coming in 2026

Artificial was dropped by Amazon and eventually picked back up by Neon. It’s now set to come to select theaters Christmas Day 2026. For more on OpenAI, you can read about how the tech company shut down its generative AI app Sora earlier this year.

Michael Cripe

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Hands on: Tianji: Shadow of the Ancients

If Square Enix’s ongoing success is any measure, HD-2D-style games have found a sizable audience and pumped fresh blood into this nostalgic offshoot of the RPG genre. It’s not just JRPGs getting in on the turn-based action, however. Taipei-based developer Justdan have announced their own lovingly crafted RPG, Tianji: Shadow of the Ancients: itself a tribute to RPGs of yesteryear, albeit with a distinctly mainland-Asian twist.

Instead of magic, the reality-adjacent world of Tianji is set during the Tang Dynasty, in a land powered by Qi energy. Practitioners of Eastern martial arts will be familiar with the basic concept, but for the uninitiated, Qi energy resides in all living things. The trick is to harness Qi energy and use it for powerful, mystical means. So, yeah, it’s still sort of magic – but the roots are a little different here.

Our main character, Shangguan Shuo, is dealt a rough hand early on and struck with amnesia by the nefarious Xuanxin Order; it’s the classic adventurer’s downfall. These folks really need to keep their helmets on at all times. Regardless, his head trauma kicks off a journey to rebuild his memory and uncover the reason for the strange voice in his head that is causing him to question his identity.

Along the way we meet a cast of characters eager to join your side and throw their lives into harm’s way, turn after turn after turn. That’s very noble of them.

Fans of classic turn-based RRPs will have a lot to love in Tianji.

Tianji: Shadow of the Ancients offers a charming blend of light exploration and deeper turn-based combat mechanics. Unlike Square Enix’s pixellated sprite character rendering, Tianji’s characters are razor-sharp 2D chibi-style interpretations of their more realistically proportioned key art likenesses. Still, they are imbued with plenty of little animated touches, emoting here and there throughout the in-engine cutscenes. Other cutscenes play out in a blend of ink-on-canvas inspired styles and more conventional 3D scenes.

Rendered via Unreal Engine 5, the world is presented in a combination of smaller 3D villages, towns, caves, forests and mountains. The camera tracks from a set distance, creating plenty of tasty depth of field effects.

The formula may seem familiar and the first couple hours are easy enough to dive into even if you’re not particularly into turn-based RPGs, finding them slow and tedious. Personally, the deliberate pace of a turn-based RPG is where I find a lot of the charm, but results may vary, as they say.

To that end, the developers wisely made a few modern accommodations to speed up the gameplay for the ADHD-HD2D generation. Battles can be sped up – up to 2x the normal speed, and after levelling up a bit, you can automatically defeat lower levelled foes without transitioning into battle.

It’s worth taking the time to unlock new Qi abilities – and matching the elements against enemy weaknesses.

Progression follows a similar philosophy: a vertical skill tree with enough branches to feel like a real choice rather than a formality and skills that combine across the whole party instead of staying locked to whoever’s swinging the sword that turn. Most of them lean into elemental strengths and weaknesses, too, which adds a layer of actual strategy on top of the button-mashing instinct turn-based combat usually beats out of you. One skill on show, Scattered Stars II, fires three hits at random targets and, on a critical hit, just goes again for free. That’s a good preview of how deep the tree might get once you’re a dozen hours in.

You’ll also pick up companions along the way (see: the noble idiots mentioned earlier, throwing themselves into harm’s way on your behalf) and each comes with a personal side story and a skill nobody else has. Spend time with them and that skill improves, picking up things like weapon enhancement, cooking up buffs at camp, or trading away items you don’t need for ones you do.

It’s an old trick – party members that get better the more you actually use them, but it’s a good one, and it gives you a reason to run the B-team once in a while instead of sticking with the strongest three forever.

The ink-on-paper overworld map is lovely to explore, and we appreciate being able to initiate battles.

Between fights, those Qi leylines aren’t just flavour text either. They cut across the overworld map and, from the look of it, are tied to why this game is so preoccupied with its own scenery. Wander off the main road and there are hidden bosses, side quests and dungeons for the taking, which is the traditional reward for ignoring the quest marker in any RPG worth its salt.

Tianji: Shadow of the Ancients is currently pencilled in for 2027, heading to Steam, both generations of Switch and PS5. That’s a wide net for a game this specific in its influences and a long way off besides.

Early days, then, but between the ink-wash scenery, an amnesiac lead with a voice in his head that isn’t his own and a combat system that actually seems to want you paying attention, I’m cautiously optimistic about this one.

IGN was a guest of BiliBili for this preview event.

Five Things You Need to Know

We’re rapidly approaching three years since the world got its first look at Exodus. A lot has happened in the world since 2023 – many games have come and gone in the span between. It would be fair to question if Exodus has kept pace with the movements of the market.

Happily, all this time has gone to good use. Developer Archetype Entertainment, backed by legendary tabletop game publisher Wizards of the Coast, are now on the downhill run on this science fiction sprawler and it’s finally time to wrap our mitts around a gamepad and get stuck in. Archetype is rightly avoiding Grand Theft of Your Time in November and touching down on April 7, 2027 instead, so now’s the perfect time for a progress check-in.

Here are Five Things You Need to Know about Exodus.

Exodus – September 2026 Screenshots

1. YOU’VE GOT TO STOP THE ROT

Exodus’ story focuses on the practical and sometimes heartbreaking effects of time dilation, where days of interstellar space travel for the player mean decades passing for loved ones back home.

Players take on the role of “Traveler” Jun Aslan, this game’s Commander Shephard, but with heartthrob hair and a charming disposition. He is the stalwart son of famed veteran Traveler, Orion Aslan, but through happenings as yet unclear, Jun starts the game as a humble salvager on a dying world overrun by a technovirus known as The Rot. To save your planet, which every good hero should aim to do, you must reclaim your father’s legacy and stop The Rot.

Still with me? Good. The Rot, as we understand it, is a byproduct of The Celestials: descendants of the first humans. They’ve evolved far beyond humanity’s capabilities – around 40,000 years more advanced, and are a persistent threat to humanity’s continued existence in Exodus.

To further complicate things, Jun is also a genetic crosspoint of sorts; he can, for reasons still unclear, interact with Celestial technology, imbuing him with special active abilities – sort of a techo-blend of Psy attacks and quasi-magical spells (but I’m sure the game has detailed lore that will explain the context better than I can). In practice, just like Mass Effect, you’ll be upgrading these abilities throughout the journey, triggering all sorts of cool effects, environmental modifiers, attacks, defensive techniques and so on.

Awakened Octopus, Salt, is one of many Awakened creatures you’ll encounter in Exodus.

2. THE UNIVERSE IS FULL OF “AWAKENED” BEINGS

The team allowed us to play through one mostly complete mission on PC, abridged in a couple places to keep the pace moving (and presumably to cut minor story moments). We meet our swarthy hero Jun Aslan aboard his sleek vessel (reminiscent of the N7, in fact), joined by a multi-racial, multi-species crew.

Let’s talk about The Awakened. The universe is teeming with animals, as it turns out. The Awakened are animals have been granted human intellect through some means, and this is a very good thing for players, because in addition to all sorts of interesting alien races, you can now expect some brilliant dealings with all kinds of talking critters, and oh boy, they all have plenty to say about how cruddy and exploitative humans generally are. They’re not wrong!

The team have revealed eight of Jun’s companions so far – and teased that there are still some to be revealed. The current roster includes: Tom Vargas, Elise Charroux, Phaedra Nath, Salt, Houston, Suliman, C.C. Orlev and Emrys, but alledgedly there are 11 crew to find. One standout is an Awakened anthropomorphic wolf named Houston, who, curiously, is your adopted brother.

The recent Gamescom trailer also introduced us to Salt – a blunt, bounty-hunting Awakened Octopus in a mech suit. She is a sniper who can use her ink as a smokescreen to provide cover in combat.

As an aside, it seems like Octopi are having their moment, perhaps propelled into popularity through the 2020 film “My Octopus Teacher”. Then came The Boys’ romantic (albeit warped) relationship between an octopus and The Deep. I digress, but in Exodus, you can look forward to meeting lots of Awakened species, tentacled or otherwise.

Exodus uses a familiar but rock-solid radial command menu for sending your teammates into harms’s way.

3. THIS IS HOW EXODUS PLAYS

Back to the mission, and Jun’s goal is to set down inside the hangar bay of a large orbital space station that houses a race of Awakened Frogs known as the Kay from the planet Lidon. The Kay have been exploited and driven into exile – but all is not lost! One Kay, catchily named 42C, has developed a soft spot for human music – thumping heavy electronica – and is eager to help guide you.

Your offside for the mission is the equally swishy-haired, but slightly stiff Suliman: a dark-eyed representative of a powerful faction that Jun must align with. Why? Because their support will enable you to get your hands on some critical parts that will allow your ship to travel between star systems. There’s no free lunch, even in the cold of space.

Anyway, the opening sequence lets us appreciate the gorgeous facial animations delivering engaging and nicely performed dialogue sequences from decorated Narrative Director and writer Drew Karpyshyn and his team of ex-Bioware, Naughty Dog and 343 alumni. Again, there’s an instant fee ling of Biowaresque familiarity, thanks to a sharp script, infusing the characters and scenarios with plenty of personality.

In practice, it’s clear the team has studied what makes the genre leaders successful. Mass Effect’s team directing mechanics are implemented almost identically, for one. That’s a good thing, insofar as I was able to jump into a mission that takes place a couple hours into the start of the game and not feel completely overwhelmed.

We start in a micro-gravity environment, making our way into the guts of the ship. Jun can sprint, jump, grapple, dive behind cover, roll and dodge attacks, and scale up ledges. Jun’s an agile fella and you’ll rarely feel constrained.

In true action-RPG form, you’ll be spending a good portion of time dealing out commands to your squad in slowed-down time. The radial menu pops up and pumps the brakes on the game speed, allowing you precious seconds to target enemies and queue up your squad’s preferred attacks and manoeuvres. You can, of course, just duke it out guns akimbo, but the game urges you to play around with a raft of abilities: aerial bombardments, stealthy teleportation attacks and such. These squad attacks can be timed up for combo damage too, which is a nice touch.

We pushed forward through hallways and tunnels, activating mechanical ledges, grappling up platforms and activating switches. You’ll be collecting resources, crafting ammo, unlocking new items, weapons and skills as you do. It’s what you’d expect in a game of this nature, and so far, Exodus is delivering the goods.

Fans of ethical quandries in RPGs will have plenty of grey-area decisions to navigate.

4. YOU’LL BE MAKING HARD DECISIONS

Eventually we meet up with a couple of Awakened Frogs, who compel you to help them – and put you at odds with Suliman at times. The story doesn’t shy away from dark themes and puts you in positions that force you to make hard decisions. Do you sell out an entire species for immediate gain, or risk it all and keep your chin held high?

Later, I came upon an injured enemy and I was posed with further ethical dilemmas. Yes, you’ll be choosing from morally grey responses to many situations and your teammates will judge you based on how just firm your backbone is. In Mass Effect, you were leaning towards Paragon or Renegade. In the Exodus-verse, your choices put you in either “Paladin” or “Immortal” baskets. I’m a softie (Paladin), because I like to help the injured, rather than doom them – but you do you.

It is nice to see a return to branching dialogue trees and vastly different outcomes. I won’t spoil the mission’s various encounters, but I had a great time trading barbs with an uptight robot and the game certainly rewards you for being ruthless.

The mission culminates in a final ethical quandary – and the whole situation devolves into a down and dirty fight with a gigantic Awakened Grizzly Bear. Yes, you’ll fight space bears. Be still my heart. It’s a great demonstration of the importance of mastering your abilities and coordinating your squad – but I did feel bad killing the bear. I guess you’re supposed to.

I played through this mission twice and explored the different outcomes – but both resulted in a messy end for one particular character, so the game definitely steers you towards certain outcomes. Regardless, you’ll have a great time along the way. Hopefully there’s room for some diplomacy now and then for the pacifists out there.

While Exodus is nearly there, there are still a few big unanswered questions.

5. THIS IS JUST THE BEGINNING

Our time with Exodus was brief but tantalizing. Questions remain around the time dilation concept, for all the sales pitching around that feature. I’m also unclear on the overall structure of the game – which I feel is integral to selling the epic setup. Just how linear is the story? Are there more space bears? These are the big questions.

Undeniably, the game shows a lot of promise. Terrific production values throughout, a great score punctuated by weapon fire that chimes and beats in time with the music. Little touches like that stood out to me more than the almost-textbook gameplay implementation. I suspect there is a hell of a lot more under wraps though and I look forward to rolling back those covers.

“Space opera” is a term that gets bandied around, sometimes at a stretch, but Exodus arguably deserves the moniker. In my mind, operas demand a certain emotional depth or resonance with the audience; the story is about the characters in the universe, rather than the science and technology propelling them forward. Exodus has plenty of the latter of course, but the interplay matters just as much.

What we’ve seen and played so far is shamelessly like Bioware’s take on action-RPGs and far flung universe-building. I cannot wait to keep playing this. Playing through, I didn’t realise just how much I missed this style of intelligent RPG-forward storytelling in an atmosphere of hardened science fiction gunplay and strategy.

With a bona fide new Mass Effect installment coming in the next couple years (talk about a broad window), there’s plenty of time for Exodus to pull in a swathe of fans looking to lose themselves in the infinite void.

IGN was a guest of BiliBili for this preview event.

AMC Theaters Is Broadcasting the 2026 Rocket League World Championship Finals at Select Cinemas Across the US

The 2026 Rocket League World Championship Finals will be broadcast at 50 AMC Theaters across the United States.

The Finals take place on Sunday, September 20. That day, fans can show up to participating AMC Theaters nationwide and catch the action on the big screen.

The competition will stream live from Dickies Arena in Fort Worth, Texas, where 20 teams will throw down for the chance to win $300,000 out of a staggering $1.2 million prize pool. The total broadcast will last approximately eight hours.

Rocket League – No Time To Die’s Aston Martin Valhalla

Tickets are currently on sale at participating theaters, with adult tickets priced at $19.49 ($22.18 if booked online). Only a few of these theaters are showing the Finals, and tickets are selling out fast, so make sure to grab yours quickly if you want a front row seat to see who gets crowned the 15th Rocket League World Champions.

Most major esports tournaments are streamed on Twitch, with viewers receiving special drops that can be earned by simply watching on the platform. AMC Theaters has already thought of this, and is giving fans commemorative Rocket League tickets that include codes to redeem the drops that they would normally get watching the competition on Twitch.

“Such a big part of the magic of movie theatres is their ability to bring people together for unforgettable shared experiences, and a live event like the Rocket League World Championship is a great example of that,” Ellen Copaken, SVP of Business Development for AMC Theatres, said in a press release. “We’re excited to give fans the opportunity to watch esports’ biggest stage unfold live on massive screens, surrounded by fellow Rocket League fans.”

A full list of the participating theaters can be found at the link embedded here.

This isn’t the first time an esports tournament has been shown at a theater; last year, the League of Legends Worlds Finals in Chengdu, China were shown in select theaters across Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. Riot did the same for the Valorant Champions Paris Finals, which also screened in certain cinemas throughout EMEA.

AMC’s decision to broadcast esports is the latest unique move from the brand after it founded a film distribution company to help get smaller films into theaters. With small-budget projects like Obsession and Markiplier’s Iron Lung proving to be hits at the box office, AMC is stepping in to capitalize on the trend and bring art to the masses.

Virginia Glaze

IGN News Editor / Cat Rescuer / Martial Arts / Fighting Game Girlie

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

The Rings of Power 4K Blu-rays Now Up for Preorder on Amazon

The Rings of Power is finally getting a 4K Blu-ray release.

The Prime Video series inspired by J.R.R. Tolkien’s The Lord of The Rings has been a streaming exclusive since it first premiered back in 2022. Now, Amazon has revealed a spread of 4K Blu-ray releases for both seasons of the show, including some particularly gorgeous limited-edition steelbooks.

All of the DVD releases are now available to preorder ahead of their release dates in November and December, which will roughly coincide with the release of the show’s third season.

The Rings of Power Now Up for Preorder in 4K Blu-ray

Both seasons of The Rings of Power are getting the same general breakdown of DVD releases. Your options, listed in order from the cheapest to the most expensive, are a standard DVD ($39.99), Blu-ray ($46.99), and 4K ($51.99), as well as Amazon-exclusive limited-edition 4K steelbooks ($61.99). The standard DVDs for both seasons will all be released on November 3, while the limited-edition steelbooks won’t ship until December 1.

Season 1 4K Blu-rays

The standard DVDs for Season 1 all feature the same cover art. You get a look at most of the main cast, though the focus is on Galadriel against the bright white background.

The 4K steelbook for this one has some fantastic old-school fantasy vibes, coming in a gold slipcase with frames images of Galadriel on the front and the Great Tree on the back. The steelbook also comes with six collectible art cards, each featuring some ethereal photographed portraits of individual characters.

Season 1 Bonus Features

  • The Making of The Rings of Power (Episodes 1-8)
  • Stores of the Second Age
  • Trailer Gallery

Read IGN’s Full Review of The Rings of Power Season 1

Season 2 4K Blu-rays

The Season 2 Blu-ray cover art takes the spotlight away from Galadriel and instead points it almost toward Sauron. It also goes with the black background, having generally “darker” vibes than its first season companion.

Along similar lines, the 4K steelbook for Season 2 swaps out the gold slipcase for black, and the small image of Galadriel for a darker still of Sauron. The back of the slipcase shows off a forge. The full steelbook also comes with six more collectible art cards, this time featuring particularly action-packed and rugged poses.

Season 2 Bonus Features

  • Season 1 Recap
  • Inside Episodes 1-8
  • Trailer Gallery

Read IGN’s Full Review of The Rings of Power Season 2

Rings of Power Season 3

The Rings of Power is returning for its third season on November 11, 2026. Because it’s been so long since Season 2, Prime Video has already confirmed the new season will kick off with a “Fellowship-style” prologue before diving into some tense battles and introducing new characters. While the show will once again stream exclusively on Prime Video, it will presumably get its own 4K Blu-ray release at some point in the future.

Blythe Dujardin

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN. She keeps replaying Pathologic and pretending like she’ll make different decisions (she never will).

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

SteelSeries Aeon Pro Review So Far

The SteelSeries Aeon Pro is one of the most advanced controllers I’ve ever tested. It’s also the most expensive – but it brings some features never before seen in a controller.

Notably, the Aeon Pro borrows the outstanding “infinite battery” system from the SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro line of gaming headsets. Instead of relying on a cable or dock to charge the controller, the Aeon Pro has two rechargeable batteries – one in the controller and another that charges in the base station. Like the Nova Pro, when one battery runs out of juice, you simply pop it out and swap it with the fully-charged one from the base station. In less than 10 seconds, your controller is fully juiced up and the previously depleted battery is tucked back in the dock to charge.

SteelSeries Aeon Pro – Hands-on Photos

I’m a big believer in this “infinite” battery system. It’s one of the most revolutionary features to come to gaming headsets and is the reason I continue to recommend the Arctis Nova Pro, so I’m thrilled to see SteelSeries implement it in a controller. Even better, the base station also serves as a dock for the controller, giving it a home to live on your desk or entertainment center when not in use.

The dock also solves another headache for players like me who game across multiple systems. The dock has separate USB-C connections for both Xbox and PC, and when both are plugged in, you can swap between them (and a third Bluetooth connection) on the controller itself. Unfortunately there’s no PS5 or Switch 2 functionality here.

The one drawback to this system is it doesn’t work great if your PC and Xbox aren’t near each other. If they’re in different rooms, or far enough that a wired connection from the base station to each device would be cumbersome, a simple dongle that you can unplug and take with you would be more convenient. It would be a lot more useful if it had PlayStation support, since your consoles likely all live with your TV, while PC is the wildcard that might be in another room.

The Aeon Pro packs in just about every high-end “pro-controller” feature on offer. Hall-effect thumbsticks join an Xbox-layout of ABXY buttons backed up by tactile switch connections. The triggers have two-stage Hall-effect sensors as well, while around back there’s four paddles for additional inputs. All the buttons, bumpers, paddles, and even the D-pad, as well as the triggers when set to the short-throw position, offer a pleasing audible click.

Finally, there’s a small OLED display above the Xbox button to show battery life and aid in configuration, whether that’s just swapping between systems or full-on custom button remapping. It’s a useful feature that takes the guesswork out of wondering which profile or custom button map you have active, though it’s not quite advanced as the “has its own OS” capabilities of the totally over-engineered Genki Manta.

I spent most of my testing time slashing through corrupted fiends in the excellent new Onimusha: Way of the Sword, and the Aeon Pro served as an outstanding conduit for my mind-body-sword connection. Whether I was slashing and dodging or chaining together Issen counterattacks, the Aeon Pro felt excellent in hand and never failed to deliver my strikes.

All of this adds up to an excellent controller that is quickly becoming my go-to for anything that I don’t need the Steam Controller’s trackpads. The biggest caveat of course is the price. At $260 it sits well above even other high-end “pro” controllers like the Turtle Beach Stealth Ultra and Asus ROG Raikiri II, but it does offer unique features never before seen in a controller.

I haven’t spent enough time with the Aeon Pro yet to render final judgement, especially considering how expensive this thing is, so I’ll be testing it more over the next week and will update this article with my final thoughts once I’ve fully put it through its paces.

Purchasing Guide

The SteelSeries Aeon Pro is available in Black and White from SteelSeries for $259.99.

Sega’s President Says There’s Been an Increase in Fans Who Don’t Play Its Games

Sega president and COO Shuji Utsumi says the company has experienced an uptick in fans who don’t actually play the games it develops and publishes.

In a September 7 interview with Nikkei Gaming, Utsumi discussed the company’s current “transmedia” strategy, which has seen some of its biggest franchises — such as Sonic the Hedgehog, Persona, Yakuza, etc. — cross over into the worlds of film and television to expand their brands across multiple different mediums.

This, of course, has led to a rise in fans of these games who haven’t actually played them. Utsumi confirmed this sentiment to Nikkei Gaming’s editor-in-chief, Aya Hirano, after she broached the topic by saying, “Lately, there’s been an increase in fans who like an IP even though they’ve never played the game.”

Sonic Racing: CrossWorlds – Screenshots

“We’ve seen an increase in such fans for every title in recent years,” Utsumi answered. “For example, the Yakuza series has been doing exceptionally well in merchandising, with 60-70% of its buyers being women. They’ve become fans of the Yakuza world, story, and characters after watching our YouTube channel and popular YouTubers’ streams. And among them are many people who have never actually played the game.”

Utsumi isn’t calling these fans LARPers, though; instead, he says that Sega considers all of its fans to be gamers, regardless of whether they’ve picked up a controller to actually play their games or not.

“Even people who have never played games are considered fans and gamers by us. Transmedia’s strength lies in increasing the entry points and contact points for people to become interested in IP. In some cases, their engagement is even higher than that of fans who actually play the games,” he added.

Utsumi went on to explain that the rise of female fans within the gaming space has created a shift in the types of merchandise that publishers produce, specifically calling back to his experience working at Cybird, a developer famous for its Otome romance games.

“I also worked on romance games for women at Cybird. There, in addition to traditional collectible goods such as can badges and acrylic stands, we saw a significant shift in merchandising, with the emergence of lifestyle-oriented licensed products like apparel and cosmetics that could be used daily, as well as limited-edition and commemorative goods created in collaboration with amusement facilities. That experience definitely broadened my perspective, and I believe it’s been invaluable in my transmedia strategy at Sega,” he said.

Sega’s “transmedia” strategy is clearly working out for it, with all three live-action Sonic movies making bank at the box office and a fourth to come — not to mention the upcoming Persona series that’s in the works at Netflix. Whether or not these projects’ popularity translates to more players seems moot to Sega, though. To them, every fan is a “gamer” at heart.

Virginia Glaze

IGN News Editor / Cat Rescuer / Martial Arts / Fighting Game Girlie

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Here’s Where To Preorder the Live-Action Moana’s 4K Steelbook

This year’s live-action Moana is sailing the physical media seas to join your movie library this October. As of the time of this writing, a 4K steelbook and Blu-ray copy are available to preorder at select retailers (don’t worry, we’re keeping an eye out for the non-steelbook 4K, too), alongside a three-film pack on DVD, with each set to be released on October 6.

We’ve broken down costs and bonus features below, so you can learn more about what to expect with this physical release. It’s truly stacked with the latter as well, so if you were a big fan of this live-action reimagining you’ll have plenty of extras to enjoy, including a sing along.

Preorder Moana (2026) 4K Steelbook

Moana (2026) – 4K UHD/Blu-ray Combo + Digital + Steelbook

0

Blu-ray

DVD – Moana (2026), Moana 2, Moana (2016) Multi-Feature Pack (3 Discs)

As mentioned before, only the 4K steelbook and Blu-ray copies have popped up so far when searching around, but we’ll be sure to add in information on the non-steelbook 4K once that’s available, too. There’s also a multi-feature pack on DVD that’s available to preorder and comes with the two animated films alongside the new live-action one, if you’d like to own all three in one bundle.

Below, you can get a closer look at the bright and colorful steelbook cover as well, featuring Maui and Moana front and center.

Moana (2026) Bonus Features

  • DOLBY VISION/HDR PRESENTATION OF THE FILM
  • DOLBY ATMOS AUDIO TRACK
  • Sing Along With The Movie
  • First Light – The journey to making a live-action “Moana” begins. We meet the cast and crew who share what this opportunity means to them and their culture.
  • It Calls Me – After an extensive search across the Pacific, the filmmakers find their Moana in Catherine Lagaʻaia, a young performer from a Samoan family of artists living in Australia.
  • Demigod – Dwayne Johnson becomes the first actor to portray both an animated character and its live-action counterpart.
  • Whole Family Proud – Rena Owen (Gramma Tala), John Tui (Chief Tui) and Frankie Adams (Sina) reflect on portraying the emotional foundation of Moana’s world — the family and community that shape her journey.
  • Motunui – Production designer John Myhre brings together a team of artisans and cultural experts to build the village of Motunui.
  • Move As One – Choreographer Tiana Nonosina Liufau returns to the world of “Moana” after contributing choreography to the original animated film, this time with the pride of bringing real Polynesian faces and bodies into live-action.
  • Island Fashion – Costume designer Liz McGregor is tasked with translating the iconic costumes from the animated film into live-action, reimagining them through the lens of traditional Polynesian craftsmanship grounding fantasy in authentic materials and cultural history.
  • Voices Return – Lin-Manuel Miranda reunites with longtime collaborators Mark Mancina and Opetaia Foaʻi to bring the music of Moana into live-action, reimagining both the original songs everyone loves and a new song “Along The Way.”
  • Mana – Cast and filmmakers reflect on what it means to create a Disney film carried by Polynesian voices, faces and traditions.
  • Song Selections:
    • “Tulou Tagaloa”
    • “An Innocent Warrior”
    • “Where You Are”
    • “How Far I’ll Go”
    • “We Know The Way”
    • “How Far I’ll Go (Reprise)”
    • “You’re Welcome”
    • “Shiny”
    • “Along the Way (Malaga Ki Ei)”
    • “I Am Moana (Song of the Ancestors)”
    • “Know Who You Are”
    • “We Know The Way (Finale)”

The wait for Moana’s physical release isn’t long at all, with less than a month to go, but don’t let that keep you from preordering early. If you really want the steelbook in your collection, it’s always worth it to buy now in case it sells out. And if you’re in the mood to buy even more movies while you’re on a roll with it, have a look at our rundown of upcoming 4Ks and Blu-rays to see what else is releasing soon.

Hannah Hoolihan

Hannah Hoolihan is a freelancer who writes with the commerce team at IGN.

Hannah Hoolihan is a freelancer who writes with the guides and commerce teams here at IGN.

Ocarina of Time Remake Loading Screens Intentionally Included by Nintendo

Nintendo has confirmed that it intentionally included loading screens in The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake to “preserve the essence of the original game,” and the internet isn’t in love with the idea.

Confirmation that loading screens would cut into the remake’s playtime arrived during a gameplay demonstration shown as part of today’s The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Direct. It’s an extremely brief moment that saw series producer Eiji Aonuma confirm that the Ocarina of Time remake will channel the power of the Nintendo 64 when it launches for Nintendo Switch 2 this November.

“By the way, there’s a loading screen whenever you move between areas,” Aonuma said as Link and Navi traveled from Kokiri Forest to Hyrule Field. “This is something we intentionally kept to preserve the essence of the original game.”

Let’s take a second to break the footage down. In the 1998 Ocarina of Time, as well as so many other games before and after it, loading screens allowed developers to pause the experience and load new areas for the player to explore. With the exception of some cutscenes before and after the original transition between Kokiri Forest and Hyrule Field, players really only had control of Link taken away for a few seconds.

The Ocarina of Time remake appears to be a bit more seamless. It’s unclear if Aonuma’s demo will play out the same as the full release, but here, we see the player in control of Link before a black screen consumes the visuals. It and a small Triforce logo in the bottom right corner are on-screen for about three seconds before Young Link trots back into view.

Massive changes to the art style aside, Nintendo’s decision to “preserve the essence” of 1998’s groundbreaking adventure game seems to mostly line up. That said, in the nearly 30 years since that game came out, players have adapted to an advancing industry that often attempts to hide its loading screens – and that’s if a game has them, at all.

Nintendo intentionally left some loading screen sections in the Ocarina of Time Remake to preserve the feel of the OG. pic.twitter.com/JBRtLfitq4

— Kabi (@KabiPlays) September 8, 2026

Choosing to intentionally include loading screens in The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake has players split. While some love the idea of a reimagining that pays homage to ’90s N64 gaming, others see the breaks between gameplay as not only a silly addition but a confusing one, too. Some even suspect Nintendo included the loading screens because it needed them on the Switch 2, and not because it wanted them.

“Loading times in to preserve feel?” one fan said. “Lol I don’t believe that for a second. It’s fine that they are in there but don’t say that’s why you did it, Nintendo.”

“‘Loading times/screen still in the game between areas, added intentional to preserve feel of the game,’ I’m sorry, what? Lmao,” one fan said. “That’s stupid.”

“I didn’t mind that,” another argued. “It makes the areas feel more apart and contrasted. That and also the loading screens are two seconds, so who gives a s**t.”

pic.twitter.com/jmljZyfW1U

— Kish 🇭🇹 (@kishswim) September 8, 2026

“The loading screen is intentional to keep the nostalgia of the original game”
Legend of Zelda direct making me laugh pic.twitter.com/9yKxMKNZav

— ducky (@duckyjrtwitch) September 8, 2026

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake launches for Switch 2 November 5, 2026. It’ll have more than redone load screens when it arrives, with players also still coming to grips with the wild changes Nintendo made to the game’s visuals. For more of what we saw during The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Direct, you can read about the Link & Epona Lego set and the special edition console. For everything else revealed, click here.

Michael Cripe

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Fans Are More Convinced Than Ever That Robert Pattinson Is Starring in Hideo Kojima’s Physint Game

Hideo Kojima revealed the first poster for his next action-espionage game, Physint, almost a year ago, along with a handful of casting announcements that confirmed Charlee Fraser, Don Lee, and Minami Hamabe are set to star in the title.

Things have been relatively quiet since then; the most recent update for the game sprouted up in April 2026 in the form of a casting call, with Kojima Productions reportedly on the hunt for an actor to portray a villain with a “German accent.”

It’s been months since we’ve heard anything else, and fans are getting antsy… so antsy, in fact, that they’re bringing up an old theory now that a certain actor is making rounds in the limelight.

The shadowy character in the first Physint poster. Image courtesy of Kojima Productions.

Ever since Physint’s first poster was revealed, fans have speculated that Robert Pattinson might be involved in the project, with many finding a resemblance between the actor and the shadowy character shown in the poster’s artwork. Those theories intensified after a photo of Pattinson and Kojima went viral shortly after Physint was first announced in 2024.

Now, fans are pointing back to an episode of Kojima’s KOJI10 podcast from 2025, in which the acclaimed game director mentioned that he’d met with Pattinson at an afterparty at the Cannes Film Festival.

“There is a movie called Die, My Love that Jennifer Lawrence is amazing in, and Robert Pattinson is also in the film,” he explained. “After the premiere of the movie [in Cannes], there is an after party. And this kind of event gathers a bunch of VIPS and celebrities there, so you absolutely have to have tickets to attend the after party, so I got a few from our agent. But we were short two tickets because there were four of us, and only two had tickets. I was wondering what to do, so I decided to send an email to Robert and he said, ‘How many tickets do you need?’ and sent the tickets right away.”

X.com: Hideo Kojima

Kojima went on to describe Pattinson as a “nice guy” and confirmed that he’d spoken with him, though he couldn’t exactly divulge the topic of their conversation.

This podcast episode has picked up speed on social media following Pattinson’s slew of critically acclaimed performances this year; his portrayal of Chris Hansen in Primetime has specifically earned praise from moviegoers, not to mention his work in The Drama opposite Zendaya and Christopher Nolan’s The Odyssey alongside Tom Holland and Anne Hathaway.

Commenters are fiending for a Kojima x Pattinson collaboration, with one writing on X/Twitter, “This would be a f**king GENERATIONAL pairing, I want this to be true so bad.”

Reminder to people that Pattinson is almost certainly the lead https://t.co/omr4cwSQRv pic.twitter.com/VTVdk8mJ1t

— collin (@fiendformojitos) September 8, 2026

“Pattinson in a Kojima game sounds too good to be true,” another said.

“If true, Sony has officially sold me a PlayStation 6, I can’t lie,” another joked.

We still likely have a long time to wait until we hear more news about this highly-anticipated title, but in the meantime, fans can check out the latest trailer for his upcoming horror game, OD, which promises to pick up where PT left off.

Image Credits: Kate Green/Rosdiana Ciaravolo/Getty Images

Virginia Glaze

IGN News Editor / Cat Rescuer / Martial Arts / Fighting Game Girlie

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze. 

Valheim Review

In the calming meadows where my journey in Valheim began almost six years ago, at the start of an Early Access expedition that has now finally come to an end, I came across a runestone in a lonely field bearing words I’ve been thinking about ever since:

A full belly
A full sail
The weight of a spear to your hand
And a song on your lips
Let all the mountains crumble
And the seas boil to salt
One day in the sun is a life well-lived

This is the essence of Valheim, the grim-eyed but warm-hearted Norse king of survival crafting games. For as harrowing as its dark dungeons and challenging bosses may be, and unforgiving as its extreme environments of fire and ice may seem, it’s a saga about returning home with chips in your shield and blood on your face to sit around a roaring hearth fire – in contemplative solitude or with friends – and feel a bright stirring in your heart, knowing that you have conquered great foes and may now rest and revel. And in those slower moments I came to realize that this was truly the best the genre has ever been.

Valheim’s art direction and world design give it a distinct identity from moment one. It has a deliberately lo-fi look with pixelated textures and not a lot of polygons to go around. But even so, it’s truly a beautiful game. Every creature, sunbeam, and forested hillside is filled with a sort of fairy tale ambience that made me want to get lost in its procedurally-generated regions. And there’s a lot to get lost in, from peaceful meadows to dreary swamps to snowy mountains. Every time I generated a new map, it impressed me with its scale and how it looked like it could’ve been hand-made. Because of the naturalistic, Northern European feel, it comes across as very cohesive and authentic.

The first time Valheim really made me go “Wow!” was when, after about 15 hours of preparing, I set sail on my own hand-built ship. Like a proper viking, your main method of long-distance travel is to take to the seas and riverways. The controls for steering are kind of clunky, and I love them for that very reason. Mastering the art of making tight turns and managing my speed was a satisfying skill-building exercise.

Realistic waves can bounce you up and down, and a sudden storm can even damage your vessel and force you to make for a safe harbor. The ever-changing direction of the wind is a constant consideration that may encourage you to go out of your way and discover something new rather than simply sail in a straight line. Having a ship makes it feel like a whole new world is opening up – and then it tries to eat you.

The improvements since its 2021 Early Access launch are too many to list.“

The improvements to Valheim since its Early Access launch are really too many to list, even if you gloss over the obvious stuff like nearly doubling the number of biomes and bosses. Perfect dodges, trinkets, and even a magic system have made combat so much deeper and richer. One of my biggest complaints back in 2021 was that certain elements of progression could feel a bit grindy. But even that’s adjustable now with fine-tuned difficulty settings. I found that a 3x resource drop rate made the pacing incredibly smooth for me as a solo player (especially while I was retreading the early areas I had already seen on an entirely fresh 1.0 world), though it might be a bit too much for a big group.

Each of the eight biomes is extremely distinct in terms of vibes, enemies, and geography. The bug-infested Mistlands have taken the place of the Swamps as my least favorite, with obnoxious terrain made even harder to navigate by dense fog, but they are beautiful to look at when you’re not being swarmed. The Ashlands represent a dramatic escalation that really sells the thrill of entering the endgame with a jump in difficulty and foreboding volcanic landscapes.

As for the Deep North, I don’t want to spoil too much of what secrets lie beyond its icy shores, but it really puts the ambition of all the other biomes to shame and leads into a conclusion worthy of a viking hero. I already loved Valheim’s Norse aesthetics, and the Deep North is the most Norse it ever gets, so it really leans into its strongest visual and mythological themes right at the end.

For a game that already felt fairly complete in terms of both size and polish half a decade ago, Valheim 1.0 seems more like an instant classic from years back that’s gotten three big expansions already, not a saggy skeleton of something that had the potential to be great that is now finally fleshed out. I feel completely spoiled by its finished scope. They’ve even added some really well-animated 2D cutscenes that play after each boss and announce the biome you’re about to explore, which definitely help flesh out and keep up the momentum of the unfolding story.

Valheim’s action hacking and slashing (and shooting) was familiar and invigorating to me as a modern action RPG player. It’s not just “good enough for a survival crafter,” either, with the same care and attention paid to it as any other system. With a wide variety of weapons and enemy types, elemental damage and resistances, and timing-based dodges and parries, it kept challenging me to sharpen my skills and learn new enemy patterns right to the end.

The satisfying, hectic, dramatic boss fights really demonstrate the strengths of this combat, even though it’s occasionally obvious that their AI can’t quite cope with the varied arenas you fight them in. Not only do they serve as climactic capstones to each area and tier of technology, they have highly distinct mechanics and gradually raise the skill ceiling needed to progress, which I found very rewarding. I do wish fully half of them were not resistant to pierce damage, though, since it feels a bit like saying, “No archery allowed past this point,” especially with how long it takes for bow-wielders like me to get any significant upgrades to elemental damage in the mid-to-late game.

Among its most clever tricks is how hearty feasts tie directly into progression.“

The randomized dungeons are also a treat, from werewolf-infested frozen cave systems to gooey insect hives, with each featuring a unique layout, loot, and challenges to navigate. The Plains and the Ashlands replace underground lairs with large, complex outdoor structures, which even further helps to keep things feeling unique. Laying siege to a charred fortress made the whole exploring and looting routine feel brand new again, even 80 hours in.

Among Valheim’s most clever tricks is how your hearty feasts tie directly into progression. While you can skill up in different weapons and abilities, like running and swimming, your health and stamina meters are completely tied to what’s in your belly. This means that “leveling up” mostly involves finding new ingredients and learning new recipes to ensure you’re always as well fed as you can be. Valheim also wants you to eat a balanced diet. You can benefit from up to three types of food at any time, but stacking more than one of the same thing gives you no benefit.

Len’s Top 10 Survival Crafting Games

I’ve reviewed a lot of these! Here are my favorites.

See All

All of this also made my character feel more alive and connected to the world, and it set Valheim apart from the rote, old-fashioned RPG progression routines where experience translates to levels, which then translate into more hit points and energy. There’s something deliciously thematic about heading out to battle evil with a full stomach, a good night’s rest, and a flagon of invigorating mead to quaff. It’s a truly cozy warrior’s paradise.

Of course, a cozy warrior needs a cozy hall to settle down in. Valheim is voxel-based, but it’s also much more limited in how you can alter the terrain than something like Minecraft. It took me a while to master the little tricks needed to make a structure that doesn’t clip into the ground or look like it’s slightly floating. But once you do, you can construct some very impressive-looking stuff, and the in-depth system for weight and support beams means your buildings generally end up looking and feeling realistic and in keeping with the world around them. Far from a restrictive annoyance, I loved how this became like a puzzle that made me think the way actual medieval Norsemen might have when figuring out how to hold up a towering roof.There are plenty of different styles of building pieces as well, but I still wish we could get triangular or rounded floor tiles so it wasn’t so hard to build something with anything but a perfectly rectangular footprint.

Call of Duty 2 Was the Start of CoD’s Ascent as the Biggest Shooter Franchise in Gaming

This is an IGN opinion piece from Ryan McCaffrey, who worked at Official Xbox Magazine from 2002-2012 during the original Xbox and Xbox 360 era before joining IGN, where he remains “the Xbox guy.” In the run-up to Xbox’s 25th anniversary, he’ll be sharing his memories from the platform’s first quarter-century.

Younger readers might not remember a time when Call of Duty wasn’t one of the biggest franchises in all of gaming, but I promise you that there was a time. I had played the original on PC — the only platform it had been released on — back in 2003. And, yes, I quite liked it. It was an excellent World War 2-set military first-person shooter.

When it came time for the sequel in 2005, which was slated to be a day-one launch title for the then-upcoming Xbox 360 console, my Official Xbox Magazine colleagues and I were excited about it, but it wasn’t necessarily the most anticipated Xbox 360 launch game. (In hindsight, nothing really was; while the original Xbox had a killer app in Halo: Combat Evolved, it had little else in its launch lineup, whereas the Xbox 360 had a few excellent games — like Project Gotham Racing 3, Condemned: Criminal Origins, and of course Call of Duty 2 — but no Halo-level must-haves.)

My eager but not feverish anticipation for Call of Duty 2 changed when I got to go to Infinity Ward in the summer of 2005 to do a cover story on Infinity Ward’s sequel. And I remember very clearly what jumped out at my first as I was shown an early mission from the campaign: the volumetric smoke effects. With the increased horsepower of the Xbox 360, smoke grenades mattered more than ever during gameplay, as tossing them to obscure the enemy’s vision while you darted across the path nearby Axis a-holes was integrated into the mission design.

With the increased horsepower of the Xbox 360, smoke grenades mattered more than ever during gameplay.“

It was a really fun way to work the Xbox 360’s new tricks into the action. Couple that with the excellent sound effects and surround-sound audio work the Xbox had baked in (in fairness, the original Xbox was also fully 5.1-capable) and I suddenly found myself looking forward to Call of Duty 2 more than any other game in the 360’s rather large launch lineup.

Fast-forward to the fall of that year and the imminent launch of the new Xbox. As I’ve mentioned before in some of my other Xbox 25th anniversary look-backs at my favorite games from the platform’s past, magazines are made well in advance in order to allow time for printing and shipping to our hundreds of thousands of subscribers. This meant that we typically got access to review builds of games well in advance (think: two months). This was usually no problem for developers to provide, as the submission builds they’d submit to the Xbox certification team were typically pretty final; the age of day-one patches had not yet dawned.

But in this case, I had to go to the game, rather than the other way around, as security was tight around both the new Xbox and the new Call of Duty. And so I returned to Infinity Ward in southern California to spend a few days reviewing Call of Duty 2. I began with campaign before moving to multiplayer (against the Infinity Ward QA testers and multiplayer team, who had the distinct advantage of having played dozens if not hundreds of hours of multiplayer compared to my zero hours). Remember earlier when I said I quite enjoyed the original Call of Duty on PC? Call of Duty 2’s campaign on Xbox 360 was significantly better. More action, more drama, more tension. It was wildly impressive by any metric, which was especially important considering that Call of Duty multiplayer had not yet established itself as the main reason many people bought each new game.

Make no mistake, though: multiplayer was awesome. Multiple game modes, a short TTK (remember, it was all pretty new at the time!), killer graphics, and don’t forget it was the pre-Party Chat era when most people actually used the Chat Headset bundled with every Xbox 360 and communicated with their teammates. Looking back, it was the beginning of the end of Halo’s reign as the king of console shooters. Halo 2 was absolutely still being played by a ton of people after the Xbox 360 launched (as you may recall, Halo 1 and 2 were the first two backwards compatible games with Xbox 360, and that compatibility was baked into the new console out of the box), and Halo 3 would have its moment two years later…right before Infinity Ward’s next project, Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare, took the crown from Halo for good.

Call of Duty 2 was, quite simply, the right game at the right time for Xbox 360. It showed gamers what the new console was capable of while also being a stellar game regardless of platform. It probably wouldn’t hold up today, honestly, but if you had the pleasure of being there at the time, it was a heck of a moment in the history of Xbox.

25 Years of Xbox

For more of my memories from across a quarter-century of writing about Xbox games, check out these other stories:

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

War for Westeros Developers Are Planning for Game of Thrones Fans Who Have Never Played an RTS

War for Westeros is a real-time strategy game for real-time strategy enthusiasts, but the developers at PlaySide know they’re going to get inundated with Game of Thrones fans who have never played an RTS before when the game comes out — so they’re planning accordingly.

The Game of Thrones franchise is, as everyone knows, incredibly popular, and that popularity is maintained by spinoff HBO shows such as House of the Dragon and A Knight of the Seven Kingdoms years after Game of Thrones itself came to an end. And so, War for Westeros will surely find itself beset by players from two camps: RTS fans who are looking for their next strategy hit, and Game of Thrones fans who fancy playing a game set in Westeros.

RTS games, though, can be pretty complex and hard to get into. RTS developers have for years tried to solve this problem with various systems and tutorials. War for Westeros will, obviously, have tutorials to help newcomers learn its systems, but PlaySide has built approachability into the very design of the game to help.

Game of Thrones: War for Westeros Screenshots

“That’s what we want!” game director Ryan McMahon told me in an interview at gamescom, when I asked if the studio was prepared for the flood or RTS-shy Game of Thrones fans to descend upon War for Westeros.

“Approachable is the key word,” he continued. “So you’ve got accessibility and approachability. We kind of look at it more through the approachability lens. It’s not trying to dumb down what makes a good RTS, but more so how we onboard players to that experience.”

So, expect a “very robust” tutorial at launch to onboard new players to skirmish mode and teach players its various systems through campaign mode. But most interesting to me is that War for Westeros’s worker units do not require any high level micro mastery. In many RTS games, you need to assign workers to farm resources and construct buildings, then, once they’re done, you need to give them another job to do. And another. And another. In short, workers require constant attention.

War for Westeros, however, employs a ‘set and forget’ system where buildings will farm resources on their own once they’re build, leaving you free to focus on other things, like killing super powerful dragons.

“At the base top level of the game, there’s no high level micro mastery required of your workers or your builders,” McMahon explained. “All they need to do is build a building and it’s ‘set and forget.’ You don’t have to assign workers to buildings to farm resources. The buildings will farm the resources on their own once they’re built. So that reduces a lot of macro or mental overload of what you’re trying to think about while you play the game, and allows you to focus more on the units you’re building, the heroes you’re fielding, what type of buildings you’re placing, and creating the moments that you want to see.”

Meanwhile, the AI is tuned to give players the breathing room to learn how War for Westeros works through single-player in the hope that they’ll come away considering giving multiplayer a chance. “If they ever want to dip their toes into multiplayer or play with their friends, there’s enough layers of complexity that they’ve been onboarded to over time without having to master straight away to enjoy a game,” McMahon said.

Certainly, War for Westeros will have plenty that is familiar for Game of Thrones fans. It has iconic characters complete with their likenesses from the HBO show — although soundalike voice actors were employed for dialogue (“Obviously choosing the actual actors would be a very expensive endeavor and also some of them aren’t necessarily available to work with us on the timelines that we have”). Jon Snow, with his likeness approved by actor Kit Harington, is just one example. At gamescom, PlaySide announced Gregor ‘The Mountain’ Clegane and Arya Stark. The Mountain can be recruited by House Lannister, “utilising his massive size and strength to shock battlelines and strike fear into the hearts of those who stand against him.” Arya, on the other hand, “is a master assassin for House Stark, trained under the Faceless Men of the House of Black and White.”

I had suspected that Jon Snow would be the most popular pick in playtests because, well, it’s Jon Snow. But according to McMahon, as the game has evolved and staff have got to grips with it, other famous characters have risen to the top of the popularity tree — and with good reason.

“Tywin [Lannister] and Robb [Stark] are actually the most popular,” McMahon revealed. “The cavalry definitely helps so they can get around the map really quickly. But they have a strong kit in how they buff units around them as commanders, which helps reinforce the army rather than being individual strength.

“But it changes a lot. We do weekly play tests every Friday afternoon after lunch, we just play the game for the rest of the day. And at the end of every milestone we do an internal tournament as well where we basically play whatever the game is currently at, and we have a bracket system and whoever wins gets the trophy and that gets passed around desk to desk based on who won the last tournament.

“So we get a lot of data from that because we’ve got data in the game that we’re tracking and we can see win rates from different factions. We can see how many heroes get spawned. We get a heat map of where people build buildings on the map that informs our level design and informs our faction balance and informs how we basically gear up heroes in different factions against each other.”

Currently, players are picking heroes based on what they believe will be most effective on the battlefield as opposed to going with their heart and their favorite character. That makes a lot of sense if you’re running internal tournaments.

“As the game gets more mature, it sort of moved that way,” McMahon said. “For a while it was Jon [Snow] and Jaime [Lannister] because they were very strong heroes. But now if we put more emphasis on the units being important, because the game needs to be grounded. You can’t just have one hero fighting off hundreds of people. Commanders start to become more important because they’re not that strong on their own, but they’re also reinforcing the units they’re paired with.”

I suspect when War for Westeros comes out on PC next year, Jon Snow might rise to the top once again.

Wesley Yin-Poole

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. He’s obsessed with fighting games, sports games and first-person shooters. His favourite game of all time is Street Fighter 2.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Pokémon TCG Destined Rivals ETB In Stock — Best Deal at Amazon vs. TCGplayer


Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet – Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box

3

I can’t remember the last time one of these bad boys was available anywhere near market price from a major retailer. Yes, it’s still well above the original MSRP, but that’s unfortunately the state of the Pokémon TCG market right now. If you’re willing to pay the premium, Amazon is currently one of the better places to pick one up.

TCGplayer has a median listing price of around $150, while its current market price sits at $120.18. Once you factor in delivery costs as well, Amazon’s $115.98 price starts to look pretty reasonable, particularly given that it’s sold and shipped directly by Amazon.

If you’ve been waiting for a restock, this is probably one worth considering while the stock lasts. These don’t tend to hang around for long when they appear at major retailers.

The Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet—Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box includes:

  • 9 Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet—Destined Rivals booster packs
  • 65 card sleeves
  • 45 Pokémon TCG Energy cards
  • A player’s guide to the Scarlet & Violet—Destined Rivals expansion
  • 6 damage-counter dice
  • 1 competition-legal coin-flip die
  • 2 plastic condition markers
  • 1 collector’s box with 4 dividers to keep everything organized

Destined Rivals is still a highly sought after set, even over a year since its release. Just above you can see the top 10 most expensive cards from the set, including the chaser Team Rocket’s Mewtwo ex (231/182) which still sells for around $450-$500 at TCGplayer.

I also want to emphasize that this Destined Rivals ETB is “sold and shipped” directly from Amazon itself, and not via any third-party sellers.

But is it worth it picking up the ETB at this price? That’s ultimately up to you. The “market price” is simply what people are currently willing to pay, and that doesn’t necessarily mean it’s good value. Unfortunately, finding Pokémon TCG products at MSRP has become increasingly difficult, and market prices are often what collectors are forced to pay, even when buying from major retailers like Amazon.

If you’re hunting for more Pokémon TCG restocks, be sure to check out our custom Amazon search tracker. It’s a useful way to make sure you’re picking up sealed products that are actually “sold and shipped” directly by Amazon, rather than a third-party seller.

As I mentioned, there are a few other notable Pokémon TCG restocks at Amazon right now, including the First Partner Illustration Collection Series 3 sets for $34, and Prismatic Evolution Super Premium Collection for $275.

Both the Prismatic SPCs and First Partner Collections are also roughly in line with current market prices, so you’re not paying a huge premium to pick them up from Amazon right now.

What’s Coming Next for the Pokémon TCG?

2026 is a huge year for Pokémon TCG. The biggest expansion on the horizon is the monumental Pokémon TCG: 30th Celebration expansion, launching globally on September 16, 2026.

This is a historic set featuring a simultaneous worldwide release, where every single card is foil, every pack guarantees one of 30 unique Pikachu cards, and we see the debut of the brand-new opalescent “Futuristic Rare” tier featuring Mew and Mewtwo by artist YOSHIROTTEN.

IGN is the best place to find TCG deals

IGN’s resident deals experts like Robert Anderson have over seven years of experience writing about gaming and TCG deals. In an era where finding advice from a real person is more important than ever, Robert’s expertise helps you cut through the digital noise to find genuine, money-saving offers. He pairs his experience and love of games with data-driven analysis and price-tracking tools to ensure he’s only ever recommending something that’s actually worthwhile.

If you’re looking some no-nonsense help on saving money in a time where gaming and TCG hobbies have never been more expensive, then we’d highly recommend following him @robertliam21 on Bluesky and setting IGN as a preferred source in Google to make sure you’re getting the latest updates, from him, and the rest of the IGN Shopping team.

Robert Anderson

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides. As a massive Doctor Who fan, he also keeps a close eye on physical media deals like Doctor Who Blu-ray preorders, and occasionally steps away from commerce to contribute reviews for the site, such as his review of Doctor Who’s latest season.

How 5K is Changing the Gaming Monitor in 2026

At the heart of any PC setup is your monitor. You can have the fastest and most powerful rig and peripherals going around, but it’s all bottlenecked by how fast and detailed you can see it.

LG has long been one of the leaders in the space, and the tech giant has just launched two new models that have caught our eye.

For those tight for space, the 27” LG UltraGear evo GM9 (27GM950B) Hyper Mini LED 5K monitor. And for gamers with a more spacious setup, the ultrawide OLED experience offered by the 39” LG UltraGear evo GX9 (39GX950B).

These are the next evolutionary step for the LG range, a foray into the territory of 5K content driven by an industry-first feature – AI upscaling to 5K in a gaming monitor. Game experiences outputted at WFHD (2560×1080) or higher resolution, are upscaled – on device! – up to 5K (depending on input quality), providing huge benefits to gamers.

Why? You don’t have to level-up your rig to get the result. As the 5K upscaling is done on the monitor, your existing PC hardware isn’t put under any additional strain, and you may not have to upgrade your desktop to benefit.

27” LG UltraGear evo GM9’S Dual Mode can output a crazy 330fps at 1440p.

Breaking down the 27” LG UltraGear evo GM9

You’ll struggle to find a 27” monitor as sharp as the LG UltraGear evo GM9. Its 5120×2880 resolution presents over 14-million pixels at 218PPI, which doesn’t just make text far easier to read, but brings details like an opponent’s weapon into clarity.

The Hyper Mini LED panel also plays a key role. The “hyper” referring to the improvements in dimming zones (2,304) and LEDs (9,216) over a traditional Mini LED monitor (1.5x and 5.9x respectively). It allows the monitor to hit a peak brightness of 1250 nits and achieve both HDR 1000 while dramatically reducing blooming. All with Mini LED durability!

Sick of not seeing a muzzle-flash? Missing enemies hiding in the shadows? Is your target blurring as it runs across the screen? Not with the GM9.

It’s rich with other gaming features, too, including a 1ms grey-to-grey response time and VRR (NVIDIA G-SYNC, AMD FreeSync Premium). But Dual Mode has the most dynamic impact. At 5K, the monitor can refresh 165 times a second, accepting a very solid frame rate in full detail. But if you’re happy to sacrifice resolution for speed, Dual Mode doubles the Hz while reducing the resolution, happily receiving 330fps at 1440p.

It’s all unlocked by Ultra‑High Bit Rate 20 (UHBR20) support via the DisplayPort 2.1 port. It’s the highest bandwidth mode available in 2026, allowing that great resolution, refresh rate and HDR to journey from your GPU to the monitor.

That’s excellent. You can still immerse in 5K cinematic gaming experiences, then activate Dual Mode when speed-of-play is key – like multiplayer or racing games.

The contrast in these panels is a crazyb 1.85M:1, hitting a peak brightness of 1500 nits and HDR True Black 500.

Breaking down the 39” LG UltraGear evo GX9

If you’ve never gamed on an ultrawide curved monitor before… oh boy. It takes immersion to a new level as the game world bleeds into your periphery. It feels like you’re really racing that car. Really standing on the bridge of that ship. Really climbing that ancient ruin. Plus, it’s awesome for productivity, too – like having two desktops in one.

Historically, ultrawide means sacrificing resolution, but the GX9 doesn’t compromise with its 5120×2160 (5K2K) resolution at 143ppi. The contrast in these panels is insanity at 1.85M:1, hitting a peak brightness of 1500 nits and HDR True Black 500. All leaning into the benefits of OLED, with a 0.03ms grey-to-grey response time.

The space between black and light is so distinct it pops – Cyberpunk 2077, Alan Wake, Hellblade and the like find new life. And like the GM9, it can keep pace with even the most powerful rigs, delivering 165Hz at 5K2K, or 330Hz at WFHD via Dual Mode. All while stuttering and tearing is fragged by the VRR power of NVIDIA G-SYNC and AMD FreeSync Premium Pro.

Gaming Gets Good

In gaming, now remains then… but with these new LG monitors, the gap is closing. These specs aren’t window dressing. They work together in a meaningful way to ensure you can finally see what your PC is delivering, meaning you can react faster. For gaming that means more immersion, better performance and more victories. While for your work productivity, you get to benefit from crisp clarity, more realistic colours and deeper contrast, reducing eye fatigue and improving precision.

Life’s good indeed.

Prismatic Evolutions SPC Sealed In Stock — Best Deal at Amazon and TCGplayer


Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet—Prismatic Evolutions Super-Premium Collection

2

The market price is a little lower at around $257.54, meaning you could potentially save a few bucks by buying through the resale market on TCGplayer or eBay. Just remember that those prices don’t necessarily include delivery, so the gap can narrow pretty quickly.

Amazon is still a solid option if you’ve got some credit or gift cards burning a hole in your account, or if you’d rather have the peace of mind of buying a brand-new, guaranteed-sealed box directly from a major retailer instead of a third-party seller.

For reference, Prismatic Evolutions Super-Premium Collection includes:

  • 1 full-art foil promo card featuring Eevee ex.
  • 1 fuzzy Eevee deck box.
  • 1 playmat featuring Eevee and its Evolutions.
  • 65 card sleeves featuring Eevee and its Evolutions.
  • 15 Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet—Prismatic Evolutions booster packs.

But why is Prismatic Evolutions still so popular for collectors and general players? The Scarlet & Violet set is still monunmentally popular, and goes from strength to strength, pretty much because of its hot card pull potential.

When these sets can potentially bag you a $1500 ultra rare, such as Umbreon ex – 161/131 (the most valuable card from last year) sometimes the high cost is considered worth it. I’m not entirely convinced myself, as after buying more than a few of these, you’re halfway there to just buying the pricey card outright anyway.

Still! If you think these will bounce up in value further, you could always pick up one to open, and another to keep as an investment to see how it appreciates in value in the future.

I also want to emphasize that this is “sold and shipped” directly from Amazon itself, and not via any third-party sellers. But is it worth it? That’s ultimately up to you. The “market price” is simply what people are currently willing to pay, and that doesn’t necessarily mean it’s good value. At around $34, this is arguably the best price we’ve seen for any of the First Partner Illustration Collection sets, but it’s still more than double the original $14.99 MSRP.

Unfortunately, finding Pokémon TCG products at MSRP has become increasingly difficult, and market prices are often what collectors are forced to pay, even when buying from major retailers like Amazon.

If you’re hunting for more Pokémon TCG restocks, be sure to check out our custom Amazon search tracker. It’s a useful way to make sure you’re picking up sealed products that are actually “sold and shipped” directly by Amazon, rather than a third-party seller.

As I mentioned, there are a few other notable Pokémon TCG restocks at Amazon right now, including the First Partner Illustration Collection Series 3 sets for $34, and Destined Rivals ETBs for $125.

Both the Destined Rivals ETBs and First Partner Collections are also roughly in line with current market prices, so you’re not paying a huge premium to pick them up from Amazon right now.

What’s Coming Next for the Pokémon TCG?

2026 is a huge year for Pokémon TCG. The biggest expansion on the horizon is the monumental Pokémon TCG: 30th Celebration expansion, launching globally on September 16, 2026.

This is a historic set featuring a simultaneous worldwide release, where every single card is foil, every pack guarantees one of 30 unique Pikachu cards, and we see the debut of the brand-new opalescent “Futuristic Rare” tier featuring Mew and Mewtwo by artist YOSHIROTTEN.

IGN is the best place to find TCG deals

IGN’s resident deals experts like Robert Anderson have over seven years of experience writing about gaming and TCG deals. In an era where finding advice from a real person is more important than ever, Robert’s expertise helps you cut through the digital noise to find genuine, money-saving offers. He pairs his experience and love of games with data-driven analysis and price-tracking tools to ensure he’s only ever recommending something that’s actually worthwhile.

If you’re looking some no-nonsense help on saving money in a time where gaming and TCG hobbies have never been more expensive, then we’d highly recommend following him @robertliam21 on Bluesky and setting IGN as a preferred source in Google to make sure you’re getting the latest updates, from him, and the rest of the IGN Shopping team.

Robert Anderson

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides. As a massive Doctor Who fan, he also keeps a close eye on physical media deals like Doctor Who Blu-ray preorders, and occasionally steps away from commerce to contribute reviews for the site, such as his review of Doctor Who’s latest season.

Pokémon Legends Z-A, Pokémon First Partner Illustration 3, and Batman Knightfall Omnibus

Happy Labor Day! There are plenty of deals to spend your hard-earned money on. If you’ve yet to pick up Pokémon Legends: Z-A for Switch 2 or the recently retired LEGO Statue of Liberty, today might be the day, with their current discounts. You can also save on at-home workout equipment, Blu-rays, and more, thanks to all the Labor Day sales.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for Labor Day

Scroll through all of today’s top deals, and then find out more below:

$18 Off Pokémon Legends: Z-A for Switch 2

Pokémon Legends: Z-A – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition

0

Pokémon Legends: Z-A for Nintendo Switch 2 is $18 off on Amazon. In this action role-playing adventure, you’ll enjoy awesome Pokémon encounters, fun side quests, and an all-around great time exploring Lumiose City. In IGN’s review, Rebekah Valentine said, “Pokémon Legends: Z-A finally feels like Game Freak hitting its stride in Pokémon’s 3D era, with a fun setting to explore, a well-written story, and a total battle system overhaul that works surprisingly well.”

Pokémon TCG First Partner Illustration Collection Series 3 In Stock on Amazon

Pokémon TCG: First Partner Illustration Collection—Series 3

0

The Pokémon TCG: First Partner Illustration Collection Series 3 is down to $33.99, shipped and sold by Amazon. Admittedly, this price is above MSRP, but it’s sitting right around market value according to TCGPlayer. The collection includes three of nine possible Promo Cards featuring Pokémon from the Hoenn, Kalos, or Paldea region. Two booster packs and a sticker sheet are also included.

Check out more Pokémon restocks below:

52% Off the Batman: Knightfall Omnibus Vol. 1

Batman: Knightfall Omnibus Vol. 1 (New Edition)

1

Batman: Knightfall Omnibus Vol. 1 (New Edition) has dropped to its lowest price yet on Amazon. This volume collects Batman #484-500, Batman: Shadow of the Bat #16-18, Batman: Vengeance of Bane #1, Detective Comics #654-666, and Showcase ’93 #7-8. These come from DC Comics 1990s storyline, with everything packaged in a hardcover book full of incredible artwork.

LEGO Statue of Liberty Hits Year Low on Amazon

LEGO Architecture Statue of Liberty Model Building Set

0

The LEGO Architecture Statue of Liberty building set has dropped back down to its lowest price of the year on Amazon. This set has over 1,500 pieces and features incredible detail. It includes the broken shackles at Lady Liberty’s feet, a 7-ray crown, the tablet, and the golden torch. If you haven’t picked up this set yet, it might be your last chance, as it was officially retired in July.

Walmart also has its Bricktember Sale happening now, so you can check out even more LEGO deals below:

2 for $16 Blu-rays at Gruv

2 for $16 Blu-ray Sale

0

Gruv has a two-for-$16 Blu-ray sale on a whole bunch of movies and shows. One particularly exciting inclusion is Over the Garden Wall, the popular Cartoon Network series, which got its first physical release in April. Now, you can pick it up for essentially $8 along with another Blu-ray. Gruv has a wide selection to choose from too, including DreamWorks classics and more.

480Hz LG 27-inch Ultragear OLED Gaming Monitor Hits New Low

LG 27GX790A-B 27-inch Ultragear OLED Gaming Monitor QHD 1440p 480Hz

0

A 480Hz LG 27-inch Ultragear OLED Gaming Monitor is $535 off on Amazon; its lowest price ever. This display is a top option for speed and clarity, giving you a leg up on opponents in esports and more. The 480Hz refresh rate in 1440p makes it one of the fastest gaming monitors around. That’s coupled with FreeSync Premium Pro and G-SYNC compatibility for butter-smooth frames, while 0.03ms responsiveness keeps motion blur to a minimum. The 27-inch screen itself is also stunning with its bright OLED panel and HDR support.

Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide for $31.49

Target Circle Members Only

Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide

0

The Pokémon Deluxe Character Guide just came out a few weeks ago, and now you can pick it up for just $31.49 at Target after applying the 25% off Target Circle Bonus. If you’re not a Target Circle member yet, it’s free to sign up. This 336-page hardcover features a ribbon bookmark, handy index, premium gold-gilded edges, and Pikachu endpapers. Inside, it’s an encyclopedia full of colorful pictures and fun facts on over 1,000 Pokémon. The foreword is even written by Tsunekazu Ishihara, President and CEO of The Pokémon Company.

Labor Day Deals on At-Home Workout Equipment

NICEPEOPLE Adjustable Weight Bench

0

For Labor Day, save on a bunch of home gym equipment. To start, grab this $35 adjustable weight bench. All you need to do is enter the code “QW9COKCA” at checkout. With a 660-pound total capacity and eight back adjustment angles, it’s ready for your heaviest sets. Setup is also simple, as it comes mostly pre-assembled, and when you’re done working out, the bench flattens for stowing.

That’s not all. Check out more Labor Day workout equipment deals here.

Danielle Abraham

Danielle is a freelance writer for IGN based in Los Angeles who spends most of her time updating buying guides. When she’s not writing, you’ll probably find her obsessively reading, watching documentaries, listening to podcasts, or scouring the web for anything related to music h

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

GTA 6 Too Realistic for Its Own Good? Refueling Cars and Gun Restrictions Spark Debate

Early Grand Theft Auto 6 details have sparked debate about whether Rockstar Games’ latest is too realistic for its own good.

We’ve learned a lot about GTA 6 since its big extended look reveal. While the 13-year wait for Jason and Lucia’s story already seems worth it for some, others fear Rockstar has taken its commitment to realistic gameplay a bit too seriously when it comes to its new open-world video game.

The studio is known for packing its games with details that fans could spend years combing through – and for better or worse, GTA 6 seems no different. Co-development lead Rob Nelson promised as much during a recent interview with content creator TGG. One element where the new Grand Theft Auto will differ from its predecessor involves how NPCs react to guns, with Nelson teasing that you can’t just wander around with an RPG and expect zero pushback.

“The reactions are much more nuanced than before,” he said. “So, if you’ve got a long gun on your back, you should be fine. If you’ve got one in your hand, people don’t like it, and they react and start moving away from you. The more guns you carry and the way you carry them matters.

“If cops see you they will give you a warning. If you hold a long arm in both hands as though you are ready to fire it, things begin to escalate.”

It certainly sounds more Red Dead Redemption 2 than Grand Theft Auto 5. Fans generally feel the 2013 GTA game thrives on mayhem, whereas the 2018 cowboy simulator found strength in its quiet, grounded moments. Nelson admitted that, in 2026, times have changed, explaining that Rockstar didn’t “feel that works any longer at this resolution – with the behavioral sophistication we need from our population now.”

“In GTA 5 you can pull out a shotgun from nowhere in front of people and they don’t react,” he elaborated. “That doesn’t work here.”

GTA 6 Reveal: 15 New Screenshots, Including 1 Exclusive on IGN

Even a slight shift toward a more realistic Vice City is something fans have expected from GTA 6 for some time, but that doesn’t make Nelson’s comments any less worth discussing. Should Rockstar lean on the cartoonish chaos GTA is known for, or sprinkle in the realism that made RDR2 special? That’s the question many have found themselves asking the last few days.

“Next this game will make you file tax returns,” one fan joked.

“I’m here for as full of an immersion as they can make,” another argued, “RDR2 is the best game I’ve ever played and I love that they are making GTA 6 more like it.”

Other fans fall somewhere in the middle, with one Reddit user pointing out that “At the point I pull out a gun I’m probably gonna do something worse than brandishing so this is fine.”

remember carrying c4, rpgs, molotovs and like 10 guns at once in gta5 those days are over
😓

— kashmarth (@kashmarth) September 4, 2026

When does a video game stop being a video game

— emosxyual (@emosxyual) September 7, 2026

Rockstar is surely keenly aware of the balancing act it needs to pull off, but that didn’t stop it from adding in more realistic elements. One mechanic present in other open-world sandbox games that will make its GTA debut in November will ask players to keep an eye on their car’s gas. Yes, really.

In what leans more into the realism department, Nelson confirmed to TGG in a separate video that gas stations will allow players to repair and even refuel their vehicles. The YouTuber said filling up your car “typically isn’t very expensive” and takes only about 10 seconds to do. It’s no surprise to hear Rockstar already anticipated players being a bit torn when it asked players to bring car chases to a halt with a quick pitstop.

“That’s pretty fast for a fill up,” Nelson said when getting gas during TGG’s preview event. “You can’t complain about that!”

GTA 6 fans have, in fact, complained about that.

So in GTA 6 I have to:

-eat
-sleep
-go to the gym
-nurture my relationship
-fill up my car with gas

Isn’t the entire point of a video game to do things you can’t do in real life? This ultra-realism shit sounds exhausting

— brick (@FreeMarketDog) September 3, 2026

imagine seeing this in gta6 pic.twitter.com/E4RJ6AKHl1

— 🏆 – Andy (@codedandunited) September 7, 2026

I love that they added refueling to GTA 6

Imagine being chased by the cops and then suddenly your gas runs out near the swamps, so now you have to ditch the car and run through the swamps, dodging alligators AND cops.

It’s gonna result in so many unique gameplay moments! pic.twitter.com/87XIX6OpsC

— Synth Potato🥔 (@SynthPotato) September 7, 2026

“Oh I can complain buddy,” one Reddit user said. “I don’t even know anything about this and I’m complaining already.”

“It should make gameplay more interesting: you steal a car, run out of gas, have to continue on foot, try to find a gas station, or a new ride,” another theorized. “More variation than driving indefinitely until you crash or escape. I’m into it.”

“If I can’t pull up, standing their filling up whilst complaining about the price, then go inside to pay, standing behind someone who is buying 15 different chocolate bars and a s**tload of scratch cards then I don’t wanna play this realism simulator game!” one fan joked.

Rockstar’s desire to drop players into a realistic Vice City extends beyond a few new gameplay mechanics and features. This version of the Miami-inspired sandbox will also feature what is promised to be the most realistic map players have explored in the series thus far. With more lifelike guns and characters comes potentially more realistic romance options, too. Some couples have reported that falling in love with Jason or Lucia, or heading to an in-game strip club, is grounds for a real-life break-up. Ouch.

But wait, there’s more! GTA 6 will also track how Jason and Lucia are getting along in Vice City, including whether they’ve gotten enough beauty sleep in between heists. Nelson told TGG that players know whether the protagonists are well-rested enough, with sleep able to affect “regens of certain attributes.” One mechanic Rockstar eventually cut for being too realistic would have had players purchasing groceries to restock their refrigerator.

“We are always trying to find the right balance between realism and ease of play,” Nelson told Famitsu (translation by GamesRadar). “Rather than just going to the fridge to grab a snack or visiting a restaurant just to roleplay, we want to give meaning to each action.”

GTA 6 has (predictably) kicked up discourse months before its November 19 release date for PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S. That said, when it comes to the realistic elements in the game, one Reddit user nicely summed up how most will actually feel when they get their hands on the full release: “Just hope they remember to put the fun in. Realism is great, but if it’s too tedious it’ll be a bummer.”

We’ll know just how realistic gun restrictions, strip clubs, and fuel tanks will be when GTA 6 launches in a few months. While we wait, be sure to read up on IGN’s interview and preview. You can also learn about the new PS5 controllers Rockstar announced last week.

Michael Cripe

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Flexispot’s Labor Day Sale Takes Up to 65% Off Office Furniture, Including Our Favorite Standing Desk of 2026

Labor Day regularly plays host to some of the best deals on home office furniture, especially since the back to school hubbub is coming to a close and a lot of merchants are trying to move the last of their inventory. If you’re in the market for an electric standing desk or an ergonomic chair, then Flexispot is kicking off a Labor Day Sale that you’ll want to check out.

Flexispot is best known for its line of affordable yet premium standing desks, and fortunately their best selling models are all discounted. The brand has since branched out to produce other types of home furniture that includes Japanese joinery bed frames, memory foam mattresses, power lift chairs, and electric sleeper sofas. These are, in a nutshell, well-made replicas of far pricier products, and if you prioritize value over brand loyalty, then you’re bound to save a lot of money.

In addition to the itemized discounts, Flexispot is also offering a 10% off coupon code “FSIGNOFF” that works on all products sidewide and stacks with existing discounts. This coupon expires September 30.

Save Up to 65% Off During the Flexispot Labor Day Sale

You can quickly browse through all of the listed products on sale above. For more information on each product and why they are worth your consideration, read through below.

Flexispot E7 Pro Desk starting at $359.99

Our favorite standing desk for 2026

For Frame Only, Tops Starting at $80

Flexispot E7 Pro Electric Standing Desk

0

Flexispot has established a reputation for producing quality electric standing desks with premium features at a fraction of the price compared to other reputable brands. We like Flexispot because it offers quality electric standing desks with all the features you’d want at a fraction of the price compared to other more well-known models. We rated Flexispot’s highest- end model, the E7 Pro, the best overall standing desk of 2025.

The E7 Pro is the creme de la creme of Flexispot’s standing desks. It’s recent released so it isn’t nearly as heavily discounted as the other models. Currently it costs $359.99 (normally $599.99) after coupon for the base only and desktop surfaces start at $80. The E7 Pro features the best build quality of the three listed here, and it certainly shows with a weight capacity of a whopping 440lbs. Flexispot claims the motor for the E7 Pro is superior to the standard dual motor setup you’ll find in the E5 and E7 and other brands, offering smoother and faster movement. You also get more cable management options included than even the E7. The Flexispot E7 Pro comes with an extended 15-year warranty on all metal, mechanical, and electrical parts and components, including the motor.

Flexispot E7 Pro Review by Billy Givens

“A simple but effective keypad, quiet dual motors, near-perfect cable management, and excellent stability make the FlexiSpot E7 Pro a top-tier standing desk for work or gaming. Whether it’s your first desk purchase or a replacement for an older model, it’s hard to find many better options in this price range.”

Flexispot E5 Desk starting at $206.99

For Frame Only, Tops Starting at $80

Flexispot E5 Electric Standing Desk

6

The Flexispot E5 desk is, in my opinion, the best value electric standing desk while still offering all the premium features you’d want. Right now it costs $206.99 (normally $379.99) after coupon for the base only and desktop surfaces start at $80. The Flexispot E5 is the least expensive model featuring dual motors, which are preferred over a single motor because they can support more weight (in this case 287lbs max) and they last longer because the stress is evenly distributed. The desktop is supported by a double crossbeam structure so that your surface is evenly supported to prevent any sagging. Most standing desks in this price range only have legs with a two-stage column, but this one features a three-stage column, which supports a greater vertical range (in this case 23.6″ to 49.2″). An anti-collision feature, a must-have in all desks, will stop the desk when it detects obstruction of the motor. Finally, the keypad controls offer three memory presets and a timer to remind you when to swap sit/stand positions. The E5 comes with a 10-year warranty.

Flexispot E7 Desk starting at $269.99

For Frame Only, Tops Starting at $80

Flexispot E7 Electric Standing Desk

0

The E7 currently costs $269.99 (normally $499.99) after coupon for the base only and desktop surfaces start at $80. For an extra $140, the Flexispot E7 offers better build quality, a higher weight threshold, more included accessories, and a longer warranty. The lifting capacity has been upgraded from 287lbs to 355lbs. Aesthetically, the legs look more professional, with laser-welded seams, powder-coated finish, and no visible holes. The advanced keyboard has been upgraded with an LCD display, more memory presets, a built-in USB charger, and a child-lock function that’s a necessity for those of us with inquisitive toddlers. The E7 also comes with a built-in cable tray under the desk to stow away all of your messy wiring. The Flexispot E7 comes with a 15 year warranty like the E7 Pro.

Flexispot E7L L-Shaped Desk starting at $476.99

For Frame Only, Tops Starting at $80

Flexispot E7L L-Shaped Electric Standing Desk

0

An L-shaped desk is the best way to take advantage of room corners that are otherwise hard to utilize efficiently. Fortunately, Flexispot makes an L-shaped variant of its E7 desk, with the frame starting at $476.99. You’ll only need to add $80 to get a 63″x47″x24″ chipboard desktop surface included. The desk boasts a triple motor system (one for each leg) with a maximum weight capacity is 330 pounds and a height range of 25″ to 50.7″. The keyboard features a digital display, four memory presets, a built-in USB charger, and a child-lock function. Like the E7, the E7L includes a 15 year warranty.

Flexispot C7 Ergonomic Chair for $269.99

Flexispot C7 Ergonomic Chair (New Model)

0

Flexispot C7 Max Ergonomic Chair

0

The Flexispot C7 offers a ton of features that are typically reserved for much more expensive chairs. This includes an automatically adjusting lumbar system, adjustable seat depth, adjustable armrests, adjustable seat tilt, adjustable headrest, 128 degrees of recline, and more. There’s also a C7 Max Ergonomic Chair available starting at $387 which features a thicker seat cushion, greater recline adjustability, and 5D armrests, and the option to add a built-in footrest.

Flexispot C7 Review (reviewed at $430) by Bill Loguidice

The FlexiSpot C7 is a solid chair. For the price, however, I would have preferred a more premium-feeling leather or leather-like material instead of fabric, as well as more attention to some other aspects like cushioning. I also found the fact that you can’t lock the wrist rests in place an occasional annoyance. If you don’t mind some of its quirks and prize adjustment in a chair, then the C7 makes a good choice. Compared to straight-up gaming chairs, its sedate styling means it won’t be out of place in even the most conservative of office environments. If you’d like a flashier or more luxurious offering, however, look elsewhere.

Flexispot Japanese Joinery Bed Frame starting at $314.99

Full Size, Queen and King Available

Flexispot Japanese Joinery Bed Frame

0

You’ve probably heard of Thuma, a pricey manufacturer of bed frames that use traditional Japanese joinery instead of screws. Flexispot has a very similar product that employs the same joinery techniques, is made of the same solid rubberwood material, and nearly the same weight capacity (1,200lbs vs 1,500 lbs), but costs only a third of the price. The Flexispot Kana Bed Frame starts at $349.99 for the full size with queen and king sizes also available. You can opt to add in a solid rubberwood headboard for an additional $270 or a washable linen pillowboard for $280.

Flexispot Premier Hybrid Mattress starting at $332.99

Full Size, Queen and King Available

Flexispot 13″ Premier Hybrid Mattress

0

Continuing down the bedroom lineup, Flexispot also carries a “premier hybrid mattress” that borrows its name from the more well known Nectar Premier Hybrid Mattress. However, while Nectar’s queen-sized mattress starts at $1,100, Flexispot sells its version for only $449.99. The construction is remarkably similar as well, which includes 5 total inches of foam (2″ of gel foam, 2″ of gel memory foam, and 1″ PU foam), as well as 8 inches of individually wrapped pocket coils.

Flexispot Lotus Electric Rocker Recliner starting at $377.99

Flexispot Lotus Smart Electric Recliner and Rocker

2

Flexispot now sells sectionals, sofas, and recliners at affordable prices. The Lotus Smart Rocker is a pretty sweet addition to your gaming den, especially if you opt for the electric version starting at $377.99. It’s available in both fabric and PU leather upholstery and features full electric reclinability. It can also swivel up to 270 degrees and has a smooth rocking function. There are USB ports for charging your phone, tablet, or gaming handheld, and even a handy storage cubby.

Consider getting a desk frame here and the desktop surface elsewhere

I have three standing desks. One of the standing desks included a desktop, however for the other two desks I sourced on my own. For one of them I purchased a massive 74″x26″ maple veneered countertop from Ikea for $199. For the other one I purchased a 48″x25″ solid wood countertop from Home Depot and finished it myself. There are more options available where you could save money, opt for a better quality material, or both. Just remember to abide by the weight limitations.

How does Flexispot compare to other brands?

I can only speak from personal experience. I own a Jarvis Fully, a Vari Ergo, and a Flexispot E5. All three are excellent desks that have caused me no problems whatsoever in the 3+ years of owning them, and that’s the point. The Flexispot E5 is considerably less expensive than the other two options, and yet I don’t really see where much of that cost is going. For a similar price of a barebones $600 Jarvis standing desk (which is now owned by MillerKnoll), you could get the top end Flexispot E7 Pro and still come out with a few hundred dollars left over.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The Secretlab Labor Day Sale Has Big Discounts on Its Titan Gaming Chairs Including the Nanogen Edition

Secretlab’s highly rated Titan Evo gaming chairs are on sale during its annual Labor Day Sale. These include standard colors as well as Secretlab’s exclusive lineup of licensed IPs that include Genshin Impact, Jujutsu Kaisen, Star Wars, Demon Slayer, and more. If you’re looking for the best of the best, Secretlab’s highest-end gaming chair and the one we rated the top pick for 2026 has also ben discounted.

In addition to these instant discounts, you can get extra tiered savings by hitting a certain order amount for each category. These should be stackable with the instant discounts, although some themes are excluded.

  • Extra $50 off Chair orders of $849+ with code “SLEV-MINCLBD26“
  • Extra $70 off Desk orders of $1,599+ with code: “SLEV-MINDLBD26“
  • Extra $100 off all orders of $1,999+ with code: “SLEV-MINSWLBD26“

Save $50 off Secretlab Titan Evo gaming chairs

The Titan Evo is Secretlab’s most iconic and best selling chair. Over 70 different styles are currently on sale, with prices ranging from $529 to $634 after a $50 off instant discount across the entire lineup. It’s available in small, medium, and large sizes, which is great for smaller people because most gaming chairs sold here in the United States are huge. Discounted upholstery optioins include Neo Hybrid leatherette and SoftWeave Plus fabric.

Signature features include a solid steel frame with aluminum wheelbase, firm and supportive cold-cure foam upholstery, adjustable four-way lumbar system, full length backrest with 165 degrees of recline, full metal 4D armrests with magnetically attached PU cushions, and a memory foam headrest pillow. Check out our own glowing Titan Evo review.

Secretlab’s flagship Titan Evo Nanogen is also on sale

Secretlab Titan Evo Nanogen Edition

7

The Titan Evo Nanogen Edition is Secretlab’s highest end chair and is rarely discounted. It normally sells for $799 at Secretlab direct, but both the white and black colors have been discounted by $50 during the Memorial Day Sale. If your budget can accomodate it, this is the best gaming chair. In our recent Titan Evo Nanogen Edition review, Chris Coke wrote that “the Secretlab Titan Evo Nanogen Edition deserves every bit of the overwhelming praise I’ve given… The Titan Evo Nanogen Edition is class-leading, and is hands-down the most comfortable gaming chair I’ve ever used.”

Sadly, Titan Evo Pokemon Edition chairs aren’t discounted

Titan Evo Pokemon Eevee Edition

4

Titan Evo Pokemon Gengar Edition

5

Titan Evo Pokemon Pikachu Edition

1

Secretlab’s popular lineup of offically licensed Pokémon gaming chairs is, not surprisingly, still listed at full price. Even so, these chairs are so cool that they’re worth a mention. These chairs showcase one of three iconic Pokémon – Gengar, Pikachu, and Eevee – with ostentatious use of color, patterns, and figures. My personal favorite is the Eevee edition.

Unusual for a collab, Secretlab opted to go with its Softweave Plus fabric instead of leatherette, and I for one am happy with that decision. Fabric ages more gracefully, feels softer, and doesn’t stick to your sweaty skin on hot days.

Save $30 off the Titan Evo recliner add-on (it’s worth it)

Secretlab Titan Recliner Add-On

4

Also on sale for the first time, Secretlab’s new recliner add-on is $30 off for Memorial Day. This is a nice upgrade for anyone who already owns the Titan Evo chair. In our recliner add-on review, Chris Coke wrote that “while both comfort and value are subjective things, the recliner is able to take the Titan Evo and transform it from one of the best racing style gaming chairs to standing head and shoulders above the competition at its price point.”

Secretlab Magnus deals are also on sale, including Genshin

Secretlab Magnus

4

Secretlab Magnus Pro

1

Secretlab Magnus Pro Genshin Edition

0

Liyue themed Desk Mat is included

Not only are the Magnus and Magnus Pro discounted for Presidents Day, you also get the desk mat topper (your choice of style) free of charge. The Magnus is a traditional fixed-frame gaming desk while the Magnus Pro ups the ante with practical electric sit-stand functionality. Both desks feature a metal desktop surface, solid steel frame, and clever cable management, but the Magnus Pro has some unique features including a power cable that runs internally inside one of the telescoping legs and an in-line control panel. Check out our Magnus Pr0 review review for hands-on impressions.

Secretlab has the best “racing-style” gaming chairs

It’s no secret that we love our Secretlab gaming chairs. Three of the eight chairs in our best gaming chair roundup are Secretlab models. Of all the gaming chairs we covered in our “Budget to Best” roundup video earlier this year, my colleague Akeem Lawanson considered the Secretlab Titan Evo to be the most comfortable. No good chair comes cheap and Secretlab chairs definitely cost a premium, but we think the craftsmanship, materials, and customizability are worth it.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

10th Doctor, River Song, and More

Heads up, Whovians: Funko has recently revealed its brand-new lineup of Doctor Who “Pop!” figures, all of which are now available to preorder. This includes new Funko figures for the 9th, 10th, 11th, and 15th Doctor, alongside a new figure for River Song.

Each of the new figures costs $14.99 and will be released on November 8, 2026 (excluding River Song, who will be available from January 30, 2027). There’s also a premium “Rides Deluxe: Doctor Who — 10th Doctor with TARDIS” figure for $29.99 that features, well, the 10th Doctor with the TARDIS.

As per usual, David Tennant’s 10th Doctor is getting the most attention from the new set and gets both of the most interesting new figure designs.

The Rides Deluxe figure is rather cool and features the Doctor leaning out of the TARDIS with his Sonic Screwdriver, and his iconic beige overcoat billowing in the wind (or maybe the Time Vortex?).

His new standard figure also recreates 10’s iconic and emotional “I don’t want to go…” regeneration scene (Vale Decum intensifies). Or… according to its Funko description, this could also be depicting when the Doctor uses his regeneration energy to heal himself, but not change his appearance, during the Series 4 (2009) finale “Journey’s End”. I think it works for either, personally!

The Doctor regenerates in “The End of Time, Part Two” (2010)

The 11th and 9th Doctor figures are a little more subdued and standard recreations of the characters. Both are still fairly good-looking figures, but do lack that bit of edge you can find in the 10th Doctor figures. Still, if you like them, don’t let my grumpy opinions stop you!

It’s also nice to see the first ever figures for both River Song and the 15th Doctor. Yet, we are lacking new Funko figures for Peter Capaldi’s 12th Doctor and Jodie Whittaker’s 13th. Perhaps we’ll get to see something new for both at a later date, as it has been a while since we’ve gotten anything for either incarnation.

Rounding off the new lineup is the Funko exclusive “Bronze Dalek (Metallic)” for $14.99, and releasing on November 23, 2026. If you’re lucky, you can also get a chance pull for a “Silver Metallic” classic looking Dalek instead. Fingers crossed, because this looks awesome.

“Dalek – Silver Metallic” – Funko POP!

While fans like myself will likely pick these up without second thought, Doctor Who has a pretty healthy Funko collecting scene, too, with older vaulted figures becoming increasingly tricky to find and some fetching significantly more than their original asking price on the secondary market.

I own a “12th Doctor with Guitar” figure, which is a good example, as it’s one of those figures that’s become considerably harder to find over the years, and can fetch for $35-$40 now on eBay.

For more on Doctor Who, consider checking out our preorder guide for the upcoming “Complete Collection” Blu-ray sets for Matt Smith, Peter Capaldi, and Jodie Whittaker.

Robert Anderson

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides. As a massive Doctor Who fan, he also keeps a close eye on physical media deals like Doctor Who Blu-ray preorders, and occasionally steps away from commerce to contribute reviews for the site, such as his review of Doctor Who’s latest season.

Pokémon TCG First Partner Collection Series 3 Restock — Best Deal Sealed in Stock at Amazon


Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: First Partner Illustration Collection—Series 3

4

Considering Series 1 and 2 were easily going for $50+ not long after release, this is a pretty good offering in my honest opinion.

Pokémon TCG’s First Partner Illustration Collection Series 3 is here as part of Pokémon’s 30th anniversary celebrations, and it also marks the final entry in the First Partner Illustration Collection series.

Series 1 kicked things off by celebrating the classic Kanto (Gen 1), Sinnoh (Gen 4), and Alola (Gen 7) regions, while Series 2 moved on to Johto (Gen 2), Unova (Gen 5), and Galar (Gen 8).

Now, Series 3 rounds out the collection with first partner Pokémon from Hoenn (Gen 3), Kalos (Gen 6), and Paldea (Gen 9), giving collectors the chance to complete the full set of 27 starter Pokémon.

First Partner Pokémon from Gen 3 (Treecko, Torchic, Mudkip)

The current market price is hovering around $30-$35 before delivery, which makes Amazon one of the better places to pick these up, particularly if you’re buying two or three at once. That’s even more appealing if you’re an Amazon Prime member and can take advantage of free, speedy delivery.

Just like the first two entries, each Series 3 box includes:

  • 1 Pokémon TCG pack: Contains 3 of 9 illustration rare-style promo cards featuring the First Partner Pokémon from Gen 3 (Treecko, Torchic, and Mudkip), Gen 6 (Chespin, Fennekin, and Froakie), and Gen 9 (Sprigatito, Fuecoco, and Quaxly).
  • 2 Pokémon TCG booster packs: Pulled from the Pitch Black and Chaos Rising expansions.
  • 1 exclusive sticker sheet: Featuring the starter Pokémon from across the collection.

First Partner Pokémon from Gen 9 (Sprigatito, Fuecoco, and Quaxly)

But is it worth it? That’s ultimately up to you. The “market price” is simply what people are currently willing to pay, and that doesn’t necessarily mean it’s good value. At around $34, this is arguably the best price we’ve seen for any of the First Partner Illustration Collection sets, but it’s still more than double the original $14.99 MSRP.

Unfortunately, finding Pokémon TCG products at MSRP has become increasingly difficult, and market prices are often what collectors are forced to pay, even when buying from major retailers like Amazon.

If you’re hunting for more Pokémon TCG restocks, be sure to check out our custom Amazon search tracker. It’s a useful way to make sure you’re picking up sealed products that are actually “sold and shipped” directly by Amazon, rather than a third-party seller.

As I mentioned, there are a few other notable Pokémon TCG restocks at Amazon right now, including the First Partner Illustration Collection Series 3 sets, Destined Rivals ETBs for $125, and Prismatic Evolutions Super Premium Collections for $275.

They’re certainly not cheap, but both the Destined Rivals ETBs and Prismatic Evolutions Super Premium Collections are roughly in line with current market prices, so you’re not paying a huge premium to pick them up from Amazon right now.

What’s Coming Next for the Pokémon TCG?

2026 is a huge year for Pokémon TCG. The biggest expansion on the horizon is the monumental Pokémon TCG: 30th Celebration expansion, launching globally on September 16, 2026.

This is a historic set featuring a simultaneous worldwide release, where every single card is foil, every pack guarantees one of 30 unique Pikachu cards, and we see the debut of the brand-new opalescent “Futuristic Rare” tier featuring Mew and Mewtwo by artist YOSHIROTTEN.

IGN is the best place to find TCG deals

IGN’s resident deals experts like Robert Anderson have over seven years of experience writing about gaming and TCG deals. In an era where finding advice from a real person is more important than ever, Robert’s expertise helps you cut through the digital noise to find genuine, money-saving offers. He pairs his experience and love of games with data-driven analysis and price-tracking tools to ensure he’s only ever recommending something that’s actually worthwhile.

If you’re looking some no-nonsense help on saving money in a time where gaming and TCG hobbies have never been more expensive, then we’d highly recommend following him @robertliam21 on Bluesky and setting IGN as a preferred source in Google to make sure you’re getting the latest updates, from him, and the rest of the IGN Shopping team.

Robert Anderson

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides. As a massive Doctor Who fan, he also keeps a close eye on physical media deals like Doctor Who Blu-ray preorders, and occasionally steps away from commerce to contribute reviews for the site, such as his review of Doctor Who’s latest season.

PlayStation Reportedly Plotting New Killzone

Sony is reportedly in the early stages of bringing its first-person shooter series, Killzone, back from the dead.

Guerrilla Games’ Halo killer fell by the wayside after the developer found enormous success with Horizon Zero Dawn back in 2017. It has focused on the Horizon franchise ever since, but Killzone retains a loyal following, and fans often call for it to return.

According to MP1st, Sony may be working on doing just that, with Bulletstorm and Outriders maker People Can Fly drafted in to co-dev. But what is this new Killzone game? Apparently it’s a Killzone remaster or remake, and while we’re not sure which Killzone is getting a fresh coat of paint, the first Killzone game, released on the PlayStation 2 in 2004, is a safe bet.

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

There’s a lot going on at Guerrilla right now. PlayStation recently rebooted Horizon multiplayer spinoff Hunters Gathering following negative feedback, and, according to MP1st, the studio will move on to Killzone after it’s done doing that. According to Bloomberg, Guerrilla has until December to impress PlayStation bosses with Hunters Gathering’s next milestone, but already some Hunters Gathering staff moved over to another Guerrilla project with a milestone due at the end of this year. Apparently a “tiny team” is working on the next Horizon single-player game, which we’ll call Horizon 3 but will undoubtedly carry a new subtitle, but it’s still years away.

Perhaps a Killzone remaster or remake is a way in for PlayStation to potentially reboot the series with a brand new game at some point down the line. Either way, it’s exciting news for Killzone fans, who haven’t heard a peep out of the franchise ever since PlayStation 4 launch title Killzone Shadow Fall (save a T-shirt in The Last of Us Part 2: Remastered) and a Helldivers 2 crossover.

Speaking in 2024, Guerrilla Games art director Roy Postma declared the studio’s preference for the brighter, more vibrant world of Horizon over the dark and violent world of Killzone it had spent the previous decade working on.

“We were done with it as a team,” Postma said. “As a studio, we needed to refresh the palette. It was, by choice, the opposite of Killzone.”

Postma added that Horizon’s world has a wider appeal than Killzone’s: “I think the themes that this story and the characters represent are relatable for all ages and people, like having a found family of friends and finding your place in the world.”

Wesley Yin-Poole

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. He’s obsessed with fighting games, sports games and first-person shooters. His favourite game of all time is Street Fighter 2.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Rare Sets Back in Stock for Labor Day — Best Deals at Amazon and TCGplayer

Labor Day sales aren’t always the most exciting, but you can still find some genuinely decent offers if you know where to look. For example, Amazon has a dedicated sale right now and has even recently restocked some fairly rare Pokémon TCG sets.

Now that’s what I’m most interested in, as that includes not only Prismatic Evolution Super Premium Collections, but also Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Boxes. 30th Anniversary First Partner Series 3 sets, Pitch Black Booster Boxes, and a whole lot more close to or below market price.

I’ll leave some links to the best finds just below, and then we can discuss why each of these is worth picking up ASAP.

Let’s start with the biggest and best finds from this Labor Day restock. Pokémon TCG’s First Partner Illustration Collection Series 3 is part of Pokémon’s 30th anniversary celebrations. This release marks the final chapter in the First Partner Illustration TCG Collection.

Series 1 took us back to the classic roots with Kanto (Gen 1), Sinnoh (Gen 4), and Alola (Gen 7). Series 2 took us back to the Johto (Gen 2), Unova (Gen 5), and Galar (Gen 8) regions. Series 3 officially rounds out the whole collection, bringing us the beloved first partner Pokémon from the Hoenn, Kalos, and Paldea regions.

Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: First Partner Illustration Collection—Series 3

0

Listed median prices for these is $34 at TCGplayer, which is bang on what Amazon is listing it for as well. Average market price is around $30-$35 (not including delivery), so Amazon is probably your best bet for these, especially if you’re picking up two or three, and even more so if you’re an Amazon Prime member with free speedy delivery.

Same as the other two series, inside each box, you’ll score:

  • 1 Pokémon TCG Pack: Contains 3 of 9 illustration rare-style promo cards featuring the First Partner Pokémon from Gen 3 (Treecko, Torchic, Mudkip), Gen 6 (Chespin, Fennekin, Froakie), and Gen 9 (Sprigatito, Fuecoco, and Quaxly).
  • 2 Pokémon TCG Booster Packs (pulled from Pitch Black and Chaos Rising).
  • 1 Exclusive Sticker Sheet featuring the Collection’s starter crew.

Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet—Prismatic Evolutions Super-Premium Collection

0

Next up let’s go from affordable to super premium, with the Scarlet & Violet—Prismatic Evolutions Super-Premium Collection, now available and in stock at Amazon for $274.99.

Listed median price for these is around $310, according to TCGplayer, so at $274.99, you’re getting a fairly good price (albeit still well above MSRP). Market price is a little lower, however, at $257.54, so you could bag yourself a better deal if you order on the resale market at TCGplayer or eBay.

But, that’s not accounting for delivery, so keep that in mind as well. Amazon is a great option if you’ve perhaps got some credit or gift cards save up, or you’re just looking for the security of buying new and guaranteed sealed rather than through a third party. Either way, the choice is yours!

The Prismatic Evolutions Super-Premium Collection includes:

  • 1 full-art foil promo card featuring Eevee ex.
  • A fuzzy Eevee deck box.
  • A playmat featuring Eevee and its Evolutions.
  • 65 card sleeves featuring Eevee and its Evolutions.
  • 15 Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet—Prismatic Evolutions booster packs.

Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet – Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box

0

Last up before I fall into honorable mentions, is the Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box. This is available for just under $125, and I can’t remember the last time one of these bag boys was available at market rate from a major retailer. Yes, it’s well above MSRP, but that’s the state of things these days. If you’re happy to pay the premium, this is the best place to pick up the ETB right now.

Listed medium is around $150 at TCGplayer, with a market price of $120.18. Factoring in delivery, and Amazon is a clear winner on this one. I’d snap up a couple of these ASAP while you can still easily pick them up.

Other notable restocks include Pitch Black Booster Display Sets for $187.23 (under market price vs. TCGplayer), and Ascended Heroes Mega Meganium/Emboar/Feraligatr ex Boxes for $67.19 (randomly selected, and a little over market rate).

But is it worth it? Only you can be the judge of that. The “market price” is often dictated by what the majority of people are willing to pay, but only you can decide if this if truely worth your money.

No matter how unfortunate it is, and how hard it is to find Pokémon TCG at MSRP, market value is often the price you have to pay now, even from big retailers like Amazon, as I mentioned.

To see all the recently restocked items at Amazon, be sure to check out our custom search tracker to ensure you’re buying sealed boosters that are only “sold and shipped” directly from Amazon itself.

IGN is the best place to find TCG deals

IGN’s resident deals experts like Robert Anderson have over seven years of experience writing about gaming and TCG deals. In an era where finding advice from a real person is more important than ever, Robert’s expertise helps you cut through the digital noise to find genuine, money-saving offers. He pairs his experience and love of games with data-driven analysis and price-tracking tools to ensure he’s only ever recommending something that’s actually worthwhile.

If you’re looking some no-nonsense help on saving money in a time where gaming and TCG hobbies have never been more expensive, then we’d highly recommend following him @robertliam21 on Bluesky and setting IGN as a preferred source in Google to make sure you’re getting the latest updates, from him, and the rest of the IGN Shopping team.

Robert Anderson

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a Bachelor of Arts in Journalism (First Class Degree) and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience.

You can usually find Robert lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077. Outside of gaming, his passions include reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

His primary coverage focuses on tracking down the best gaming deals and diving into the fast-paced world of Trading Card Games (TCGs). He regularly covers everything from the latest releases in Pokémon TCG and the most expensive cards to comprehensive Magic: The Gathering buying guides. As a massive Doctor Who fan, he also keeps a close eye on physical media deals like Doctor Who Blu-ray preorders, and occasionally steps away from commerce to contribute reviews for the site, such as his review of Doctor Who’s latest season.

Skytech Gaming Blaze 5 Review

A custom pre-built gaming PC like the Skytech Gaming Blaze 5 is going to save you a lot of work if you’re not technically savvy or simply don’t have the patience to put together a modern-day puzzle. With its Nvidia GeForce RTX 5070 graphics card and AMD Ryzen 7 9800X3D, you’re getting solid mid-tier performance. And it’s all packed away in an easy-to-open glass case with shiny RGB components.

Skytech Gaming Blaze 5 – Hands-on Photos

That said, it’s not without issue. Upgrading or replacing components is likely going to take moving a few things out of the way, as it’s a bit crowded on the motherboard. Even if you don’t plan on upgrading, you’ll either be annoyed by the finicky RGB lighting or the fact that the power button and front ports are at the very bottom of the tower, making floor placement very awkward. These may not be dealbreakers for some, but you should know what you’re getting into.

Purchasing Guide

The Skytech Gaming Blaze 5 is available now starting at $1,599. That’ll get you an Intel i7 14700F, an RTX 5070 12GB, 16GB of RAM, and a 1TB SSD. If you want the model that I reviewed (AMD Ryzen 7 9800X3D with 32GB of RAM and a 2TB SSD), that’ll bump you up all the way to $2,299. These are active sale prices, both of which will increase by $400 if they go back to MSRP. So keep in mind that if you see them at a higher price, there’s a chance they’ll go on sale for less.

Skytech Gaming Blaze 5 – Case Design and Build Layout

The Skytech Gaming Blaze 5 isn’t terribly bigger than your average mid-tower, coming in at 18.3 x 20.6 x 9.4 inches. A good chunk of the sides are wrapped in tempered glass and RGB LEDs, with light bars found around the case, on the seven case fans, the two RAM sticks, and the PSU shroud – the GPU is the only component left out of the fun. The rest of the case is painted black, which isn’t my favorite gamer aesthetic, but it does allow the rest of the RGB to shine.

Breaking into this rig is pleasantly easy. The glass panel pops off with a little pressure, held in by several pegs and a larger clip. The RTX 5070 isn’t terribly large, but it doesn’t leave a lot of headroom for one of the two PCIe 4.0 x16 slots that are available just beneath it. If you did want to plug something in there, it’d need to be relatively thin, and I’d worry about how tight it would be squeezed up against the GPU. All the cables are neatly tucked away, but you’ll need to work around a few things to replace some components. For example, the CPU fan cables are blocking the RAM and the SSD sits very snugly between the CPU and the motherboard’s heatsink.

Popping open the panel on the opposite side was just as easy, held in place by the same mechanism. All the cables are zip tied and lined up cleanly on the front, but of course, there’s a mess of wires down by the 850W Gold PSU. The PSU is non-modular, too, so if you need to replace a cable, you’re going to have to buy a new PSU and play connect the dots.

The front glass panel pops off easily from the top and slots back in just as smoothly. You’ll find the front connectors just below the glass panel, near the power button. There’s a headphone jack as well as two USB 2 Type-A and one USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C slot. The placement for the power button as well as the ports is mighty annoying if the PC is placed on the floor as opposed to your desk.

On the back, you’ll find two USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A, one USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A, five USB 2 Type-A, one USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C, an RJ-45 Ethernet, and three audio ports. There are also connectors for Wi-Fi 6 extenders as well as an HDMI and DisplayPort on the motherboard, which are helpful for troubleshooting. There was a sticker on the back blocking the ports and pulling it off left a sticky residue in places, which is very silly, but you’ll need to clean it up.

Skytech Gaming Blaze 5 – Software

Fortunately, there’s no real bloatware clogging up the metaphorical pores of the Skytech Gaming Blaze 5. However, it does come packaged with the SignalRGB app, which is a slightly annoying app that gives you access to the system’s RGB lighting settings as well as control over your fans and the ability to monitor hardware performance. You do have to customize the monitoring interface yourself. And it asks you to create an account to get access to more lighting features. And then it asks you to sign up for a Pro account ($6 per month) to remove the ads. Yes, there are ads in your RGB lighting configuration app. Like I said, it is an annoying app to deal with.

I also noticed some issues with the RGB lighting overall. There’s no direct setting to turn off the RGB – only to pause or dim the effect, both of which do disable the lighting. However, the lighting will occasionally flicker back on and then off again. And when starting the PC, the app doesn’t remember that you disabled the lighting so it’ll kick back on. Another issue I noticed is that the RGB lighting occasionally stutters when active, like it’s skipping a beat.

Skytech Gaming Blaze 5 – Performance

The Skytech Gaming Blaze 5 features an Nvidia GeForce RTX 5070 12GB GPU, AMD Ryzen 7 9800X3D, and 32GB of RAM, which will get you mid-tier gaming performance. Unfortunately, it doesn’t feel like mid-tier pricing (at $2,299), but perhaps that’s to be expected given the current computing climate. Overall, you can get roughly 50 to 60 fps in select AAA games at 4K on high settings. And of course, Nvidia’s DLSS frame generation will get you further to capitalize on high refresh rate displays.

Taking a tour through Night City in Cyberpunk 2077, the Skytech Gaming Blaze 5 averaged 60 fps at 4K on the Ray Tracing Ultra and DLSS Performance settings. It achieves greater heights with frame generation (x2), scoring 97 fps, and then 167 fps with frame generation (x4). Unfortunately, the RTX 5070 can’t reach the full potential of super high refresh rate panels, like 240Hz.

Skytech Gaming Blaze 5 – Benchmarks

Black Ops 7 (Extreme, 4K, DLSS Performance)

121

Cyberpunk 2077 (Ray Tracing Ultra, 4K, DLSS Performance)

60

Cyberpunk 2077 (Ray Tracing Ultra, 4K, DLSS Performance, Frame Generation 2x)

97

Cyberpunk 2077 (Ray Tracing Ultra, 4K, DLSS Performance, Frame Generation 4x)

167

Metro Exodus: Enhanced (Extreme, 4K)

40

Total War: Warhammer 3 (Ultra, 4K)

64

Black Myth Wukong (Cinematic, 4K, DLSS 40%)

56

Assassin’s Creed Shadows (Ultra, Max RT, 4K, DLSS Performance)

56

Assassin’s Creed Shadows (Ultra, Max RT, 4K, DLSS Performance, Frame Gen)

78

Forza Horizon 5 (Extreme, 4K, DLSS Performance)

133

Procyon Office Productivity

8833

With simple DLSS Performance, the Blaze 5 managed 56 fps in Assassin’s Creed Shadows and 78 fps with frame generation enabled. Naturally, the Blaze 5 fell low on the Metro Exodus benchmark, at 40 fps, since it’s a heavier workload with no upscaling. In a more competitive game, like Black Ops 7, it operated smoothly at 121 fps, which is more than enough to get you up on those leaderboards.

Pragmata is a little intense to run on an RTX 5070 at 4K, max settings without any additional help. I started scouring space-dystopian New York City in the space-daddy simulator, and I averaged 40 fps on the highest settings with DLSS Performance enabled. Then I turned on frame generation (x4) and fought the freaky baby-looking robots that haunt my nightmares, which got me around 124 fps. Meanwhile, at 1440p with no frame generation, the Blaze 5 scored 71 fps.

You can definitely get by when gaming at 4K, but the Blaze 5 will really shine with a 1440p monitor, capturing those higher frames you want to see. It does cost a hefty sum, so you might as well optimize accordingly.

Rami Tabari is a contributing writer at IGN with over 9 years of experience in the tech and gaming industry. You can find his bylines at Laptop Mag and Tom’s Guide (and on a random Predator review at Space.com). When Rami isn’t wading through a sea of the latest gaming tech, he’s agonizing over the worldbuilding in his upcoming novella.

The Game’s Tongue-in-Cheek Sex Minigame Has Disappeared

Halloween: The Game developer IllFonic appears to have patched out a sex minigame after a gameplay clip went viral.

The video game adaptation of the iconic 1970s slasher movie lets players have sex in a closet, but one video of this minigame featuring Samuel Loomis raised eyebrows given the character, who is in his fifties during the events of the game and is based on deceased actor Donald Pleasence’s likeness, can have sex with teenagers.

Halloween: The Game doesn’t actually launch fully until September 8, but those who bought the Halloween Deluxe Edition were able to play from this weekend, and it didn’t take long for players to notice the sex minigame.

Samuel Loomis in Halloween: The Game is based on Donald Pleasence’s likeness.

The game includes a number of playable characters made famous by the Halloween films. Bob Simms (voiced by Nicholas Leung), Annie Brackett (voiced by Kaitlyn Robrock), Lynda van der Klok (voiced by Angela Carbone), and Laurie Strode (voiced by Chelsea Krause) are all playable civilians across single-player and multiplayer.

The character of Samuel Loomis is the main protagonist of the Halloween movies and is a “hero civilian” in the game. Loomis is the psychiatrist of series antagonist Michael Myers, and tries to prevent his patient from his murderous rampage.

In the game two players can hide in a closet. If you hide in a closet with another player already inside, you get a prompt to ask them out. If you do this and the offer is accepted, you get a button mashing minigame to raise a line on a bar as the camera shakes and the characters grunt. If both players keep the line in the right part of the bar for long enough, they’ll fill up a heart and both characters get the “Stronger Together” buff. You don’t actually see the characters do anything.

LOOMIS FUCKIN LYNDA IN THE CLOSET? pic.twitter.com/NKYAyF6GYU

— Monto (@TheOnlyMonto) September 4, 2026

The video that went viral shows Loomis entering a closet in which 17-year-old Lynda is already hiding, then completing the sex minigame. You can imagine the Pleasance estate — if it wasn’t aware of the use of the actor’s likeness in this way before it probably is now — taking a dim view of the gameplay.

IllFonic has yet to comment (IGN has asked), but it released a hotfix this weekend hot on the heels of the game’s early access launch. The removal of the sex minigame is not mentioned in the patch notes. Here’s what IllFonic said:

The launch of Early Access for Halloween: The Game has been amazing so far and the team is so excited to finally be able to play the game with you all. Today we are rolling out our first hotfix for Halloween: The Game. This patch is primarily aimed towards addressing several crashes that have been occurring as well as a small list of other issues that the team was able to implement with this hotfix. We are currently working on a bigger patch that addresses many issues and concerns that are being reported from the playerbase. We will continue monitoring conversations and bug reports from the community, and we greatly appreciate all your feedback. Thank you for all your love and support. See you in Haddonfield!

While IllFonic has yet to confirm the sex minigame’s removal, Halloween: The Game players are now calling for it to be restored, perhaps with Samuel Loomis specifically prevented from taking part (if his inclusion is indeed the problem here). “Why did they remove it!??!?!?!?” asked redditor freetheree. “Me and my homeboy just wanna have sex in a closet? And we can’t???? Tf??????”

Some players now think they’ve missed out on what may go down as an early access exclusive sex minigame in Halloween: The Game.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Robert Pattinson Says The Batman Part 2 Goes in ‘Another Totally Different Direction’

Robert Pattinson has suggested The Batman Part 2 will be a very different take on the DC superhero than we’ve seen before.

Pattinson is set to reprise his role as the Caped Crusader in The Batman Part 2, which has a February 18, 2028 release date. Assuming it hits that date, Part 2 will arrive in theaters just shy of six years after The Batman came out.

The movie is largely shrouded in mystery, but Pattinson has started to tease what to expect from it now he’s out and about promoting his new movie, Primetime. And in an interview captured by MYmovies on TikTok, Pattinson teased something quite different than what’s gone before.

The Batman: Part II – Who’s Who in Matt Reeves’ DC Sequel

“Matt just wrote this amazing script,” Pattinson said of The Batman co-writer and director Matt Reeves. “I think the first one was… it’s difficult to reinvent Batman as this new thing. And then to go in another totally different direction. I’m just looking at the playback on certain things… it looks different to the first one.

“It’s just amazing. It’s a quite radical change of the script. It’s cool that Warner’s behind it, and DC. It’s just crazy. It’s a really radical retelling of Batman. I think people are going to be excited by it.”

So, what does this mean, exactly? It’s hard to tell. The Batman is a dark and gritty detective story that features a broody Bruce Wayne who struggles to stop the machinations of the Riddler. You’d imagine that Pattinson’s Batman won’t deviate too much from the version of the character we saw back in 2022, but based on what the actor’s saying here, it’s hard to predict. In truth, Pattinson is being almost comically vague about The Batman 2. Is it a courtroom drama? A psychological horror movie? A musical? Well, after Joker: Folie à Deux bombed at the box office, I doubt it’s a musical.

Perhaps The Batman 2 doubles down on the thriller aspect of its predecessor. Maybe it revolves more around its main villain, who has yet to be confirmed, than Batman. It’s unclear if Marvel star Sebastian Stan plays Harvey Dent / Two-Face, as expected, but even if he is, we’re not sure if he’s the main villain.

What we know for sure is Pattinson is finding the fight scenes in The Batman Part 2 harder than those in The Batman, now he’s in his 40s. “I’m definitely feeling my age when fighting a lot,” Pattinson told GQ. “I’m literally like, ‘Goddamn, this is significantly harder than it used to be.’ But it’s really fun. And I think the movie’s going to be pretty great. It’s got a really, really fun cast, but it’s a marathon.”

It’s worth remembering that Matt Reeves’ The Batman movies are not a part of the ongoing DC Universe, so they’re not set in the same universe as Superman, Supergirl, Lanterns, and next year’s Man of Tomorrow. Reeves’ The Batman and HBO spinoff show The Penguin are part of what is called The Batman Epic Crime Saga. James Gunn’s rebooted DCU will eventually see a fresh actor play Batman when The Brave and the Bold kicks into gear.

DC Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

Speaking of The Penguin, actor Colin Farrell has said he will reprise his role as the crime boss in The Batman Part 2, although in just two scenes. Speaking to ScreenRant in June, Farrell described the script, and his involvement in the movie.

“I got to read from the first to last page and it’s really magnificent,” he said. “I just think Matt Reeves is brilliant and he wrote, not only tonally, a really kind of dark and at times terrifying piece, and not only psychologically weighty and nuanced, but really feeling. It’s a really… There’s moments in it. It’s full of feeling. I just think he wrote kind of a contemporary genre masterpiece, really. I’m only in two scenes, which is great because it means I can enjoy the rest of the film.”

The Batman Part 2 cast:

Following a series of online teases, we recently compiled a list of everyone starring in the film, along with their roles as best we know.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Exodus Narrative Director Hints How Its Ending Will Change Based on Choices You Make

Any time you look at or talk about Exodus, the upcoming space opera RPG from Archetype Entertainment, the Mass Effect comparisons start flying at light speed. I mean, Exodus narrative director Drew Karpyshyn played a major role as a writer and lead at BioWare to shape the stories of its biggest hits. In our conversation following my hands-on preview of Exodus, he told me that Mass Effect is a perfectly fine way for people to wrap their head around what this new game is.

The parallels don’t end with the Paladin/Immortal morality system or the romance and relationship dynamics that are going to drive the story, either. He hinted at how the decisions you make can impact Exodus’ ending. Of course, that’s not exclusive to BioWare games by any stretch, but when the Mass Effect 2’s suicide mission is regarded as a series pinnacle, no one would blame to draw a quick comparison.

When I asked about the relationship systems in Exodus, Karpyshyn emphasized wanting to make them feel real and said it’s about, “[M]aking their relationship with you grow, allowing it to evolve from the choices you’ve made, and realizing that the choices you make are going to bring some companions closer to you, but maybe push some companions farther away.”

He took it one step further, and told me, “Without spoiling too much, we definitely want to have it impact how their storylines go.” Then he took it another step further and concluded, “Depending on choices you make, by the end of the game, you might not have every companion with you that you started with. That’s about all I can say!”

Those are aspects of an RPG in this style that I would’ve bet on being included, but it’s nice to get confirmation that Exodus is following suit. However, from our conversation it may not seem like it’s entirely due to characters facing life-or-death situations. He talked at length about companions butting heads with you and being conflicted about what you say and the actions you take in key moments.

He expanded on how other in-game events can factor into how the story unfolds, saying, “Even within that optional content, there are choices that will lock or unlock certain things, change the way things play out, change relationships, change characters, change… future… missions…” Hmm, smells like loyalty missions to me!

Exodus – September 2026 Screenshots

Perhaps companions can reach a breaking point and leave the party entirely. And maybe their affinity toward you or the situations they face throughout the story will impact their survival in the end.

We’ll know for sure when Exodus launches on April 7, 2027 for PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X|S, and PC. For more on the upcoming sci-fi RPG, be sure to check out my hands-on preview for Exodus and read my full interview with Drew Karpyshyn.

Michael Higham is an editor at IGN who regularly contributes with reviews, previews, features, and news in written and video form. He’s usually entrusted with covering long RPGs and tech products, but he’s got range when it comes to games. You’ll also catch him at events and hosting video content, including IGN’s weekly podcast Unlocked.

Lanterns Season 1, Episode 4 Review & Recap: "The Weenie"

Warning: This review contains full spoilers for Lanterns Season 1, Episode 4!

Lanterns sure left us hanging these past couple of weeks, ending Episode 2 with the debut of Ulrich Thomsen’s Sinestro and then pivoting away to tell a flashback storyline in Episode 3 (a great flashback storyline, but a flashback all the same). Only now in Episode 4 do we see the full reunion between Sinestro and his former protege. It’s a definite high point of the episode, albeit an all too brief one.

It’s slightly ironic that a show about Manhunters is taking some inspiration from 1986’s Manhunter (and its literary inspiration, Thomas Harris’ Red Dragon). Sinestro is clearly being cast as the Hannibal Lecter figure in this particular investigation, providing his former protege with some much-needed advice and also taking the opportunity to screw with him psychologically. Thomsen really shines in this opening scene. He conveys a clear menace, but you also get a real sense of the history and camaraderie between Sinestro and Kyle Chandler’s Hal. As readers of Geoff Johns’ seminal Green Lantern run will know well, Sinestro ultimately sees himself as nothing more or less than Hal’s friend. He may have ulterior motives in this show, but he seems to be genuinely trying to help Hal out of a dangerous predicament.

My main complaint here, again, is that the Hal/Sinestro reunion is over too soon. Sinestro is too key a character to the Green Lantern mythos to be treated as such a small supporting player. I would have loved more of this sci-fi-flavored spin on the classic Will Graham/Hannibal Lecter dynamic, whether that consists of flashbacks to their pre-uprising relationship or simply more scenes of the two conversing in the prison. Later on, Hal recounts what Sinestro told him about Manhunters struggling to replicate human hearts. Why couldn’t we have seen that portion of their conversation? We can only hope the series finds room to bring Thomsen back in a more substantive role in the back half of Season 1, but right now, it seems just as likely this is all we’re going to see of the character.

I feel similarly about the other key GL villain introduced in Episode 4, Jason Manuel Olazábal’s Hector Hammond. We basically get one good, solid sequence out of Hector and that’s it. The standoff between Hector and Hal/John (Aaron Pierre) is tense and stressful in the best way, but it’s also over very quickly. At that point, we learn that Hector is really just Hector Gutiérrez, another fakeout used by the Manhunter to throw our heroes off their scent. And unlike Sinestro, there’s not even any prior history between Hal and Hector in this universe. This is a major DC villain who’s being effectively wasted as a one-off misdirection.

So there’s definitely a newfound element of frustration to Lanterns in Episode 4. Up till now, I haven’t minded the series’ decision to downplay some of the franchise’s more fantastical trappings. It’s necessary from a practical TV-making perspective, and it suits the story being told. But seeing such major GL characters being introduced and then whisked off the board so unceremoniously is harder to stomach.

What We Thought of Lanterns Episode 3

"Anyone bored with the typical tropes when it comes to superhero origin stories definitely needs to give Lanterns Episode 3 a watch. This installment succeeds in crafting a very different and extremely compelling take on John Stewart's formative years, revealing how two deeply committed but downright abusive parents shaped him into the fearless soldier he is in 2016. With a cleverly structured narrative and great performances all around, this episode is easily the strongest chapter of Lanterns so far." -Jesse Schedeen, 08/30/2026

Click here to read our full review.

Fortunately, Lanterns still has its biggest selling point to fall back upon – the eternal friction between cantankerous veteran Hal Jordan and ambitious rookie John Stewart. That strength remains fully on display in Episode 4, which manages to deftly balance the inherent comedy of this pairing and the simmering tensions within Rushville. In the case of the former, we get a lot of fun banter between the two characters, and even some good jokes regarding John’s dour, stoic demeanor. Plus, there’s the heightened nature of their latest, very awkward meeting with a proudly naked Will Macon (Garret Dillahunt). Investigating Macon’s Weenie indeed.

Episode 4 is at its best when it highlights the growing friction between Hal and John. Both men are increasingly at odds with one another. Each is hiding things from the other. Moreover, each has been given clear advice to betray the other and elevate their own station. The question of whether John will backstab Hal and claim the ring hangs over every scene that follows his conversation with the Guardian Lianna (Laura Linney). We’ve seen that years of abusive parentage and single-minded training have molded John into a man who follows orders without question. Is that blind obedience what the Guardians crave, more than fearlessness? What happens when John is inevitably forced to choose between his desire for the ring and his loyalty to Hal? Does that loyalty even still exist following this episode’s dramatic final scene? A lot to ponder heading into Episode 5.

Also of note is that we seem to have our answer regarding the mystery of the undercover Manhunter. Despite the giant red herring that was Zoe’s “death” scene, she’s been revealed as Macon’s mysterious benefactor. As far as twists go, this one is pretty obvious, so it’s just as well the writers didn’t drag things out any longer. Predictable or not, it’s a reveal that works, and I’m excited to see where things go now that the Lanterns (and Antaan’s crew) know who their quarry is. We may be only halfway through the season, but the 2016 conflict sure is heating up.

One final sidebar – I didn’t really hone in on this before, but it’s certainly interesting that Sheriff Kerry (Kelly Macdonald) is a former Gotham City native whose last name is Kane. Is she somehow related to Kate Kane (and by extension, Bruce Wayne himself)? I can’t imagine the Kane/Gotham connection is mere coincidence. Presumably, we’ll get more on Kerry’s backstory before Season 1 is finished.

Resident Evil Director Zach Cregger Says He Feels Like He’s Been on an ‘Apology Tour’

Resident Evil director Zach Cregger has said he feels like he’s been on an “apology tour” while navigating skepticism from some fans about his movie adaptation of Capcom’s horror franchise.

Cregger, director of hugely popular horror movies Barbarian and Weapons, has faced scrutiny from Resident Evil fans ever since it was confirmed that his adaptation wouldn’t feature any characters from the video games, or tell any of the stories already told in the video games. Instead, Cregger has charted his own path, telling a horror story set in the world of Resident Evil that references some of the video games’ tropes.

In an interview with The Playlist, Cregger outlined how it has felt to promote Resident Evil amid this backlash.

Upcoming New Video Game Movies and TV Shows: 2026 Release Dates and Beyond

“I feel like I’ve been on somewhat of an apology tour,” he said. “I feel like I’m running for office, trying to get these people not to call me a LARPer.”

His comments here echo those he made to IGN’s Tom Jorgensen recently when talking about the reception to Resident Evil. “I think I was naive,” he said. “I thought fans of these games, like me, would be thrilled that somebody was coming along and turning Resident Evil into a survival horror movie. I was like, ‘That’s great.’ I did not really appreciate the sentiment that, ‘We’ve been waiting forever for Leon’s story.’ And I appreciate that, and I’m sorry that’s not the story I’m bringing. I get it, I understand the frustration. I understand it so well because I haven’t seen the earlier [Resident Evil] movies, because they don’t look like the Resident Evil that I love, so how could I be frustrated with fans who have that same attitude?”

With Resident Evil now just a week away, Cregger is philosophical about fan attitude to the film. “Now, I’m just like, ‘You know what? See the movie.’” he told The Playlist. “If you still feel the same way after you’ve seen it, then whatever you think is fair. You’re going to decide if I’m an actual Resident Evil fan or a fake. What can I say? I think the movie is going to speak for itself.”

Again, those comments echo those he gave to IGN. “My only hope is that they’ll see the movie regardless of their skepticism or their disappointment that I’m not telling some of the stories that the games tell so well, and they will feel seen when they do watch the movie, and they will recognize all of the love for the games that are in this movie, because it is there,” he said.

“This is not me just telling a story and slapping Resident Evil on it so I can get a budget. This is me telling a Resident Evil story. I understand the resistance, I do, because I have it myself. It is coming from a true place of love.”

In the same interview with The Playlist, Cregger said he’d love to tell more stories in the Resident Evil universe, but he’s also said he’s done with franchise films after Resident Evil.

Will he get the chance to make another Resident Evil? According to Deadline, Resident Evil is tracking to make $35 million at the domestic box office during its opening weekend, although it could go higher. $35 million would be the biggest domestic opening ever in the Resident Evil franchise, beating the $26.6 million Resident Evil: Afterlife opened with in 2010.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Riot Co-Founder Teases the League of Legends MMO 5 Years After It Was Announced

League of Legends developer Riot Games is still bashing away on its MMO, which co-founder Mark Merrill recently described as the studio’s “grail quest.”

Riot announced its MMO five years ago, in August 2021. Since then it’s seen a number of changes and various high-profile developers exit the project. But speaking to Kinda Funny Games’ Greg Miller at PAX, Merrill insisted it’s still in the works.

“We know what players’ hopes and dreams are,” he said. “It’s just on us as a team, and can we succeed in the execution?”

Merrill said Riot jokingly calls the MMO the “grail” because “f**k it, many a brave knight are gonna die on the grail quest. But f**k it, it’s the grail, so let’s go.”

“That’s the mindset that we really try to cultivate. And that is hard to do at scale,” he continued. “But I think we’re doing a reasonable job. And I think the future’s incredibly bright.”

It’s fair to say Merrill’s comments were met with a healthy dose of skepticism, particularly from fighting game fans. Riot recently announced its League of Legends fighting game, 2XKO, ends active development at the end of this year due to a lack of players. It only released late 2025, so you can understand where this sentiment is coming from.

“They hyping up this MMO like they aren’t just going to shoot it in the face after six months cause it won’t be bigger than WoW,” commented X / Twitter user and fighting game community member sl0th.

“It’s gonna release at the same time as a FF14 expansion for some reason and they’ll kill it in three months because it didnt make a f***youillion dollars,” added Shinhua.

“Why would anyone be excited for anything they release when they fumbled 2XKO as hard as they did.” commented Gil. “No faith they can handle a MMO when that’s 2x harder to please people.”

League of Legends 2025 Cinematic Trailer: New Character Designs

Will the League MMO actually come out? In January, former World of Warcraft producer Raymond Bartos joined Riot Games, giving fans renewed hope that the project will eventually see the light of day. The appointment came after the MMO was “reset” back in 2024, with Merrill stating at the time that Riot had gone back to the drawing board “some time ago.”

Concern grew in 2022 when then-executive producer Greg Street warned fans that there was “no guarantee” the League MMO would ship. The lead then went on to announce his departure from Riot in early 2023.

Two years ago, when he announced the development reset, Merrill said he understood fans’ frustration at the lack of progress on the MMO, but insisted the time spent in the dark would “help provide space for the team to focus on the incredible amount of work ahead of them.”

“Remember, ‘no news is good news,’ as it means we’re hard at work, pouring our hearts and souls into making something that we hope you’ll love,” he continued.

Image credit: Riot Games.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

The Best Deals Today: Nintendo Switch 2 Consoles, Granblue Fantasy: Relink, Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save on Granblue Fantasy: Relink – Endless Ragnarok, Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake, Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream, Nintendo Switch 2, and more. Check out our top picks for Saturday, September 5, below.

Save 14% Off Granblue Fantasy: Relink – Endless Ragnarok

Granblue Fantasy: Relink: Endless Ragnarok – PlayStation 5

1

Granblue Fantasy: Relink – Endless Ragnarok is a major expansion to the 2024 RPG, bringing brand new story content, leveling systems, and more that truly shake up the base game experience. You can save 14% on a PS5 copy today at Amazon, and if you’ve yet to check this one out, it’s well worth your time with over 100 hours of content in the base game alone.

Nintendo Switch 2 for $449.99

Nintendo Switch 2 Console (Grade A Refurbished)

0

The Nintendo Switch 2 has officially increased in price, but today, you can save on a Grade A Refurbished unit at Woot and take home a console for $449.99. According to Woot, these units have “been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage & has successfully passed a full diagnostic test which ensures like-new functionality & removal of any prior-user’s personal information.” All of the original accessories are included as well, so you won’t need to pick up a Dock or anything like that.

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake for $39.99

DRAGON QUEST I & II HD-2D Remake (NSW)

2

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake is a very ambitious pair of remakes, breathing new life into these classics. Dragon Quest II especially saw huge additions to its story, making this the definitive version of the game. Amazon has discounted copies of Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake down to $39.99, which is one of the best prices we’ve seen since release. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake beautifully concludes this trilogy, recapturing the retro magic of the originals while giving them a modern facelift.”

Fate/Extra Record Pre-Orders Now Live

Fate/EXTRA Record

0

Fate/Extra Record finally has a release date and is set to arrive at the end of January. The long-awaited remake is seemingly packed with content, plus there’s much to be explored with the new battle system. XSEED is publishing the game in North America, and the Nintendo Switch 2 version is officially going to be on cart! Amazon has opened pre-orders as of earlier this week, so now is the time to lock in your copy and prepare for the Moon Holy Grail War.

Save on Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream

Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream

0

Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream is one of the biggest hits of the year, and you can save a few dollars on physical copies today at Woot. In our 7/10 review, we wrote, “Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream is a deeply funny and equally personal civilization simulator fueled by your creativity, but ridiculous sharing restrictions put a dark cloud over its otherwise delightful paradise.”

Last Chance to Save on Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave Physical

Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave – Nintendo Switch 2

0

There’s only a few weeks left to save on the Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave physical at Amazon. While the game will be priced at $79.99 after launch, you can save $10 and pick up a copy for $69.97 right now before September 16. It’s looking like this could be the biggest Fire Emblem game yet, so you won’t want to miss it if you’re an RPG fan.

Save on The Legend of Zelda: Breath of the Wild – Switch 2 Edition

The Legend of Zelda: Breath of the Wild – Nintendo Switch 2

0

Woot has physical copies of Breath of the Wild – Switch 2 Edition on sale today for $59.99. In our review of the Switch 2 Edition, we wrote, “If you’re yet to try this masterpiece then this is the best place to jump in, and if you’ve already got a copy of the original then the performance upgrades alone make the upgrade price worth it.” For those who care about owning games physically, this is a must-add for any Switch 2 collection.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer with a passion for games and technology. He co-founded Final Weapon, an outlet focused on nonsense-free Japanese gaming (in 2019) and has contributed to various publishers writing about the medium.

Zach Cregger Says He’s Done With Franchise Films After Resident Evil

Resident Evil movie director Zach Cregger is days away from his survival horror adaptation’s theatrical premiere, but don’t expect him to help bring another franchise film to the big screen ever again.

The filmmaker behind this month’s Capcom project talked about what’s next for him during a conversation with Deadline. When asked if he’s ever been pressured to spearhead another recognizable IP, he gave a blunt answer: “I’m not doing that.”

“I have never been approached by another franchise,” Cregger said. “Maybe I have, but it would never get to me because I have been very clear that I’m not doing that. I’m doing this, and that’s it for me.”

Zach Cregger. Photo by JC Olivera/Sony Pictures via Getty Images.

One might suspect Cregger’s aversion to big franchise films like Resident Evil might stem from the backlash he’s received in the months leading up to his movie’s premiere. While the Barbarian and Weapons creator certainly has plenty of defenders looking forward to seeing his new live-action take, there have been many, many others who aren’t quite as excited.

Most of the pressure has come from those who feel his Resident Evil doesn’t align with the game it’s based on. Changes to the source material, including its modern setting and snowy Raccoon City, have set fans on edge, while others aren’t in love with the idea of following a new protagonist (Austin Abrams’ Bryan Hodukavich) instead of someone like Leon S. Kennedy or Claire Redfield.

The controversy surrounding the Resident Evil movie has been quite loud, but there are several factors at play when it comes to his plans for the future. He clarified that the decision comes down to his status as a writer who wants “to write whatever I want to write.”

“I don’t want to write something where I have to make sure I’m tagging different data points to satisfy X,” he continued. “I just want to satisfy me. And the only reason that I think Resident Evil is OK for me to do is because I’m enthusiastic about the games and I like the story that I thought of with the games and I’m making it for me. I think this movie is cool, and I hope it checks the fan boxes because I’m a fan and I’m checking my boxes.

“I’m making the Resident Evil movie that I wish existed, so I can do that with a clean heart and a clear conscience and not feel like I’m getting f**ked by some weird industry thing.”

Cregger has made it abundantly clear that his Resident Evil movie is meant to be a love letter to the experience of playing games like Resident Evil 4 and Resident Evil 7 and not a direct retelling of any one particular story. Although he’s writing off franchise films in the future, it sounds like another trip to Raccoon City – or maybe even somewhere else in the Resident Evil universe – isn’t out of the question yet. In another recent interview, the director said he already has “ideas” for a sequel, even if we have yet to see how audiences will respond to the first movie.

Resident Evil Movie Trailer Slideshow

Resident Evil is expected to have a big debut when it slithers into theaters September 18, 2026. Next up on his schedule are projects like the Siren Head movie, The Flood, and a Weapons prequel movie. While we wait to see Cregger’s new vision for Raccoon City, you can check out a new trailer that revealed a sneak peek at a creature that looks suspiciously like RE4’s Las Plagas. You can also check out its organ transplant bag-inspired popcorn bucket.

Photo by JC Olivera/Sony Pictures via Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

How to Watch the September 2026 Nintendo Direct and Zelda 40th Anniversary Direct

People are always asking, “When is the next Nintendo Direct??” And for the next few days, the appropriate answer is, “Which one?” That’s because Nintendo is going big this September with two Nintendo Direct showcases airing on back-to-back days. Outside of game-specific presentations like the Splatoon Raiders and Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave Directs, these will be the first Nintendo Directs since the big June 2026 showcase that gave us our first glimpse at The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time remake. We’re expecting to see a lot more of that on Tuesday, as the first show is The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Direct, followed by a general Nintendo Direct and a Nintendo Treehouse: Live stream on Wednesday.

IGN will host live watch parties for each presentation; here’s everything you need to know about how to watch the September 2026 Nintendo Directs.

When Does the Zelda 40th Anniversary Nintendo Direct Start?

Nintendo is getting things started with The Legend of Zelda on Tuesday, September 8, at 7am PT / 10am ET / 4pm CEST. Nintendo said that the livestream will last roughly 30 minutes, adding, “To celebrate the series’ 40th anniversary, we will deliver a variety of information related to The Legend of Zelda.”

IGN will host a pre-show five minutes before the Direct, starting at 6:55am PT / 9:55am ET / 3:55 pm CEST.

Once the Direct ends, stick around for a live Nintendo Voice Chat post-show featuring Zelda experts and superfans Logan Plant (that’s me!), Brian Altano, and Peer Schneider – who reviewed the original Ocarina of Time back in 1998, you know. They’ll talk for an hour about everything covered in the show.

We’ll also liveblog the Direct as it airs with everything that happens, and cover all of the important news right here on IGN.

When Does the September 2026 Nintendo Direct Start?

The day after Zelda’s birthday bash, Nintendo will stream a second Direct. It will air Wednesday, September 9, at 7am PT / 10am ET / 4pm CEST. This is the more general Nintendo Direct, focusing on, “Nintendo Switch 2 games launching this winter.” But don’t worry, Nintendo’s press releases always use that short-term language, and you can generally bank on a couple of announcements that will go beyond that limited timeframe.

IGN will yet again host a pre-show five minutes before the Direct, starting at 6:55am PT / 9:55am ET / 3:55 pm CEST.

Stick around after the watch party for another Nintendo Voice Chat post-show where we’ll spend an hour breaking down everything that happened in the Nintendo Direct.

How to Watch the September 2026 Nintendo Directs

Both of IGN’s watch parties will be right here on IGN, and across our social channels:

What to Expect From the September 2026 Nintendo Direct and Zelda 40th Anniversary Direct

As usual, Nintendo is keeping its announcements close to the chest before the Directs. But that doesn’t mean we can’t make some reasonable guesses! Starting with Zelda, we’ll almost certainly get our first big look at the Ocarina of Time remake as well as its release date, as it’s slated to come out this year. I’m also expecting a formal reveal of The Legend of Zelda movie, due out next April. It could be more casting news, or a short clip from the film. I’m also hoping we’ll get Twilight Princess added to Switch Online, as it’s currently the only 3D Zelda game not playable on Switch 2 in some way.

In the general Direct, I’m expecting updates on the rest of Nintendo’s 2026 slate, which includes Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave, Nintendo Switch Sports Resort, and hopefully The Duskbloods, which has been set for 2026 but hasn’t gotten an official date yet. We’ll also probably get a look at Xenoblade Genesis, the next entry in Monolith Soft’s RPG series due in 2027. Beyond that, it’s anyone’s guess.

And I took quite a few guesses. For more fun speculation, check out 14 predictions for the Nintendo Direct and Zelda 40th Anniversary Direct. I think it’s going to be a very, very fun week.

Logan Plant is the host of Nintendo Voice Chat and IGN’s Senior Editor, Playlist and DB. The Legend of Zelda is his favorite video game franchise of all time, and he is patiently awaiting the day Nintendo announces a brand new F-Zero. You can find new episodes of NVC every Friday on the IGN Games YouTube channel, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or your favorite podcast app.

Insomniac Clears the Air After Marvel’s Wolverine Fans Confuse Lady Deathstrike for Psylocke

Insomniac Games has cleared the air after a new trailer for Marvel’s Wolverine had fans confusing Lady Deathstrike for Psylocke.

If you thought the launch trailer for the PlayStation 5-exclusive video game would come and go without controversy, I’ve got bad news. Despite coming in at a little less than a minute and a half long, Marvel’s Wolverine managed to kick up a storm of confusion online after fans spotted what they believed was a new character wielding a familiar-looking purple energy sword.

In comments across YouTube, Instagram, X/Twitter, and other social media platforms, you don’t have to look too hard to find watchers questioning if the sneering villain featured in the launch trailer was Psylocke. Psylocke is an energy-wielding mutant who’s been known to show up across various X-Men stories in the past, so when a glowing sword showed up in Marvel’s Wolverine, many believed it to be a grand character reveal.

Well, it’s not, and Insomniac has done its best to make that clear.

Deathstrike. #WolverinePS5 pic.twitter.com/koWhS5v3HG

— Insomniac Games (@insomniacgames) September 5, 2026

The post above was published earlier today and labels the sword user as Lady Deathstrike. The PlayStation developer didn’t outright say it’s trying to quiet the noise that’s emerged in the days following the trailer’s reveal, but judging by the comments, many are shocked any clarification was needed in the first place.

“The fact it has to be stated is so crazy to me,” one user said. “Larp monsters are everywhere.”

“No that’s Psylocke, some guy told me and he’s for sure right,” another user joked.

It really does seem to be the purple sword that’s to blame here because, as some have noted, Lady Deathstrike looks nothing like Psylocke. The version of the character featured in Marvel’s Wolverine doesn’t exactly have a comic-accurate design, but her vest and hair do more to link her to Lady Deathstrike than the character many were making her out to be.

There’s also the fact that Insomniac has talked about Lady Deathstrike being in Marvel’s Wolverine before, with the launch trailer also being far from the first time we’ve even seen her in the game. For example, one early look at her new design arrived in July’s Ain’t No Hero trailer, while a GIF the studio posted on social media showed her looking down on viewers.

These aren’t clips of her doing anything you’d expect Psylocke to do either. This version has been shown attacking Logan with Lady Deathstrike’s instantly recognizable finger claws on full display multiple times. Why she’s using that sword or where it came from remains a mystery, but whatever the reason, it’s not because she’s actually Psylocke. That’s not to say that character isn’t in the game at all; other X-Men regulars like Jean Grey and Sabretooth are confirmed to make an apperance. If Psylockie is in the game, though, Insomniac hasn’t publicly said a thing about her.

Logan will at least take on Lady Deathstrike – not Psylocke – when Marvel’s Wolverine launches for PS5 September 15, 2026. Meanwhile, the launch trailer actually arrived as part of a recent State of Play presentation from Sony, which you can catch up on here. For more, you can check out IGN’s last full preview and our breakdown for the game’s many, many suits.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Bruce Campbell Has 5 Years Left to Live Amid Cancer Battle

Evil Dead star Bruce Campbell said he has just five years left to live amid his ongoing battle with cancer.

The legendary horror actor gave fans an update on his health during an appearance on The Adam Carolla Show earlier this week. He explained his cancer diagnosis is something that is “treatable” but “not curable.”

“In my world, I’m in a five-year prognosis,” Campbell said. “The type of cancer I have, which I don’t want to get into, the current thing is a five-year deal.”

The show’s host then asked the 68-year-old actor for clarification, questioning if that meant he had five years left to live.

“Give or take, yeah,” Campbell replied.

Bruce Campbell. Photo by Eugene Gologursky/Getty Images for ReedPop.

The actor announced his cancer diagnosis in March of this year, confirming that convention appearances and work in general would “take a back seat to treatment.” He added at the time that he was “a tough old son-of-a-bitch” and that he expected “to be around for a while.”

During the new interview, Campbell admitted there are plenty of stories of others fighting cancer who outlive their initial timelines, adding that medical technology could become more advanced during his own fight. For him, though, the real battle is “to live with it, not die from it.”

“You can go down a massive rabbit hole,” he continued. “The cancer rabbit hole is enormous. You can go into focus groups of 10,000 guys who have the exact thing you have. I won’t touch it with a 10-foot pole.”

He added, “They say there’s a whole mental component. You start getting all this bad news, and you’re starting breakfast with a s**t sandwich with a side of what-the-f**k for a couple of months as it all comes in. Then, you deal with it, and you have to make this decision of, ‘OK, but do I have to stop everything that I’m doing because of this?’ Well, no.”

Campbell is currently promoting his new film, Ernie & Emma, which he directed, wrote, and starred in. It follows a man who sets out on a journey to spread his wife’s ashes following her death. The movie’s official tagline is as follows: “‘Til death do us part – and a little longer.”

“I crack up at the people who are the ‘How old can I get? How can I change my lifestyle so I live the longest?'” Campbell said earlier in the new interview. “It’s funny; the more people obsess about that crap, I’m like, ‘You’re not really living. You just have a new hobby that you’re obsessing over.’ What is the quality of these extra years? So, you get five more years – so what are you doing with those five years? Obsessing about the five years, or are you actually doing something?”

Cancer is all the rage, but I’ve said plenty and I need to get back to the business of living. https://t.co/XXfUihHufx

— Bruce Campbell (@GroovyBruce) September 5, 2026

Campbell also addressed his situation with a follow-up post on X/Twitter. In the post, he said, “Cancer is all the rage, but I’ve said plenty and I need to get back to the business of living.” He also recently confirmed he will not return to play his long-running Evil Dead character, Ash Williams.

Photo by Eugene Gologursky/Getty Images for ReedPop.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Blood of Dawnwalker Passes 1 Million Copies Sold in Just 2 Days

Single-player RPG and new IP The Blood of Dawnwalker has sold 1 million copies just two days after its launch, publisher Bandai Namco and developer Rebel Wolves have announced.

Official social media accounts for the first-time developer’s new game confirmed the news with a celebratory graphic today. The milestone was reached just 48 hours after The Blood of Dawnwalker launched for PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X/S September 3.

“Thank you for playing, sharing, supporting, and being part of the community!” Rebel Wolves said in a message to fans.

Thank you for playing, sharing, supporting, and being part of the community! ❤ pic.twitter.com/9fNqO8gNGB

— Dawnwalker (@DawnwalkerGame) September 5, 2026

An official summary for The Blood of Dawnwalker describes it as an “open-world dark fantasy action RPG set in 14th-century Europe.” In this first chapter, players take the role of Coen, a “human by day and vampire by night” who is fighting for his family in a narrative shaped by player choice. It also happens to have an in-game clock that sees Coen’s story take place through a 30-day period. It’s something some players love – and others don’t.

Reaching 1 million copies sold in such a short amount of time would be an impressive feat for any game, but there are a few reasons it’s especially noteworthy for the Rebel Wolves team. This is the studio’s first major release since it was founded in 2022. Led by The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt director and Cyberpunk 2077 co-director Konrad Tomaszkiewicz, The Blood of Dawnwalker is also a new IP. The Warsaw-based studio previously released a CGI teaser to tease how sequels could potentially expand on its dark fantasy formula in new and interesting ways.

“The CGI teaser shows where the dark fantasy saga is heading,” Bandai Namco said in a June press release. “Players can see Coen in completely different surroundings than the ones they are used to – a modern, 21st-century setting, offering a glimpse of where the overarching plot ultimately leads. As the developers revealed, the next installments of the Dawnwalker franchise will span centuries, continents, and cultures across the globe.”

Surreal. Thank you so much!🔥🙏 https://t.co/qhrBwsfOlv

— Mateusz Tomaszkiewicz 🧛‍♂️ (@MTomaszkiewicz) September 5, 2026

Speechless. Proud. Tearing up a little 🥹

We’re a passionate bunch. And we’re not stopping here 😤

Thank you for trusting us ❤️ https://t.co/FCRMmJCBbP

— Paweł BANAN Panasiuk 🍌 (@pawpanasiuk) September 5, 2026

Tomaszkiewicz said at the time that each installment in the Dawnwalker series is planned to be a standalone entry “with its own story, without narrative cliffhangers, unresolved plot threads, or time travel ideas.” With 1 million copies in players’ hands out of the gate, those sequels already feel more likely to materialize. Although the when and where for these planned follow-ups have yet to be revealed, narrative director Jakub Szamałek has at least told fans to keep an eye out for “breadcrumbs related to the overarching plot spanning the saga” in The Blood of Dawnwalker.

It helps that Rebel Wolves secured solid reviews upon the launch of its first game. IGN, for example, called it “amazing” in our 9/10 review. We said, “The Blood of Dawnwalker is an impressive, bloody cocktail of interesting ideas and well-written characters, making it one of this year’s best open-world RPGs.”

We’ll have to wait to see what updates Bandai Namco and Rebel Wolves have in store. In the meantime, you can read what Tomaszkiewicz had to tell us when it comes to the studio’s plans to establish even more new IP. For everything you need to know before starting the game yourself, click here.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Primetime Review

This review is based on a screening from the Venice Film Festival. Primetime is in theaters on September 25.

You don’t have to be familiar with Chris Hansen or To Catch a Predator to enjoy Primetime — director Lance Oppenheim’s feature debut — but it certainly helps. That’s not because the movie sticks closely to real events, but rather, because it takes some audacious swings while purposefully fudging the timeline. Watching exactly how and why it takes these liberties is a delight of its own; the result is a sleazy, rollicking, razor-wire drama that’s every bit about the rise of reality TV as it is a spiritual part of it. Anything is fair game if it makes for a good story.

It begins with TV personality Hansen (Robert Pattinson) privately repeating sexually explicit chat logs sent from a skeevy former Marine (Tony Revolori) to a fictitious adolescent. As he rehearses to ambush the unsuspecting perv — the premise of his hit sting operation, which ran from 2004 to 2007 — the movie starts to reveal its lurid flourishes. Awash in shadow, its heightened version of Hansen is a cartoonishly sinister figure who steps before the cameras with all the boastful poise of a Broadway veteran. When he finally reveals himself to Revolori — after gazing at him through a crack in a door, like some stalker or slasher villain — he towers over the former soldier like a hunter cornering prey.

As his show rises through the ranks, NBC executives make eager demands — Bigger! Flashier! More! — which leads Hansen and his team to more opportunistically (and more voraciously) pursue potential perps, eventually chasing someone they suspect of having a position of influence. Those in the know will recognize this throughline as that of the series’ botched episode emanating from Murphy, Texas, and the subject of the incredible long-form Esquire piece on which Primetime was based. However, en route to that tragic debacle, the movie takes incredibly entertaining turns, buoyed by a raucous visual energy while remaining rooted in surprisingly cogent drama.

The film has no qualms about its culprits’ misdeeds, but it makes sure to frame Hansen and, well, almost everyone involved with the show as some kind of seducer too, whether through its visual framing or its cast’s creepy physicality. A magnetic Merritt Wever plays Hansen’s fictitious producer Andie Bender, whose polite tone disguises exploitative commands, while Matthew Maher portrays the real Xavier Von Erk, the keyboard warrior enthusiastically ensnaring potential perps. Rounding out the sting crew are the experienced, conscientious adult decoy Del (Phoebe Bridgers), a self-professed activist who has the bait-and-switch process of welcoming child predators down pat, and nubile newcomer Dan Plum (Skyler Gisondo) — based loosely on Dan Schrack — a wannabe actor out to prove himself and join the Screen Actors Guild.

At the center of it all is Pattinson’s borderline sociopath. His Hansen is an animated, empty, Patrick Bateman-like vessel for celebrity allure.“

Gisondo is the movie’s naïve heart and soul. While initially unaware of the job he agrees to, Dan is eager to please his bosses, especially the imposing Hansen, with whom he forms a perverse father-son dynamic. All Dan wants is approval, but Hansen’s attention is always elsewhere, either on trying to up his TV ratings, or on retaining the illusion of domestic bliss with his wife and sons, while he’s either out philandering — a later development in Hansen’s life brought forward for the movie — or worse, making money off garish spectacle.

The real Hansen hasn’t seen the film at the time of this writing, though this hasn’t stopped him from threatening legal action. Regardless, it’s hard to imagine he’d be pleased with Pattinson’s portrayal — but unfortunately, he might be alone in his displeasure. The Batman star has never been better or more explosive, delivering a jester-like performance as a man envious of other news hosts’ success — and by proxy, of the era of war-as-entertainment. Pattinson smuggles, beneath the character’s wholesome poise, a petulant, paranoid man with a distinctly rehearsed quality. That he nails Hansen’s voice is a fantastic party trick, but this is, quite fittingly, the only truly Hansen-esque thing about him. He’s Chris Hansen in name and occupation; in spirit, he’s an impish embodiment of Hollywood id at the turn of the century, a TV landscape defined by façade, and the willingness to step on anyone to get ahead.

Driven enough to believe his own hype, Hansen commands the movie’s breakneck unfurling as the sickly centerpiece of several rapid montages and a palette that’s both oversaturated and has too much contrast for comfort. Its sensory re-creation of cheap, mid-2000s video recordings makes it especially eerie, as though Primetime were a version of a events we were never meant to see — made all the more haunting by Hansen’s strange segues into fictitious Indian folklore, meant to build himself up as some spiritual savior.

The dialogue and its double meanings are incredibly on-the-nose — what Hansen says, versus what he means deep down, is a disconnect apparent to everyone but him — resulting in some jaw-dropping hilarity. While there’s certainly a wider discussion to be had about the show’s methods and its modern legacy, this conversation is already underway courtesy of the aforementioned Esquire piece, as well as David Osit’s 2025 documentary Predators, an intimate retrospective on the series.

Primetime, on the other hand, is a macabre, poetic echo of the temptations To Catch a Predator first tapped into. Its public pillorying led to plenty of cases that couldn’t be prosecuted, but the film doesn’t seek to paint that wider picture. It instead remains nauseatingly focused on the base desires of the show’s creators and its fans, which it dramatizes through its radioactive texture. The film feels practically toxic, with characters who are entirely off-putting to watch, whether by way of Wever constantly popping her chewing gum, or a cameoing Creed Bratton (of The Office fame) appearing as a Hansen admirer turned on by fantasies of violence.

At the center of it all is Pattinson’s borderline sociopath. His Hansen is an animated, empty, Patrick Bateman-like vessel for celebrity allure, who remains the fulcrum of Oppenheim’s spinning, voyeuristic camera and its high-octane thrills. These are born not from guns and bombs, or even the stakes of catching a predator, but from the sheer exhilaration of seeing just how low Hansen and his cohorts will stoop to create entertainment, paving the path for the content-at-all-cost landscape in which we live today.

The Empyrean Series Timeline Explained

Rebecca Yarros has been writing romance novels for more than a decade now, but it’s her popular romantasy series that has truly caught fire. Fourth Wing, the first book in the Empyrean series, is a spicy story about a dragon academy and magic. Thanks to a massive surge in fans, the series has quickly become one of the most popular new stories in recent memory. There’s even an Amazon TV series in the works for it already and multiple board game adaptations.

If you’re new to the Empyrean series or romantasy in general, starting with Fourth Wing is an excellent choice. Rebecca Yarros is also coming out with a companion book this year called Threshing Day, which takes place across different points in the book timeline.

Empyrean Series Reading Order at a Glance

  1. Fourth Wing – May 2023
  2. Iron Flame – November 2023
  3. Onyx Storm – January 2025
  4. Empyrean Book 4 – TBA

Empyrean Series Reading Guide

There are a ton of different ways to enjoy books these days, and the Empyrean series is available in pretty much every format. If you don’t care about reading physical books, I’d suggest checking out the Kindle versions first. The Fourth Wing books absolutely dominated the Kindle charts last year with the release of Onyx Storm, and reading digitally is by far the most convenient way to enjoy the story. That being said, the paperback and hardcover editions are similarly priced.

The Empyrean Series Book 1 of 3

Fourth Wing (Wing and Claw Collection)

0

The Empyrean Series Book 2 of 3

Iron Flame (Wing and Claw Collection)

0

The Empyrean Series Book 3 of 3

Onyx Storm (Wing and Claw Collection)

0

If you prefer to listen to audiobooks, the original version narrated by Rebecca Soler has received rather mixed reviews online. For the best possible experience, you’ll want to check out the dramatized adaptations of the first book. These feature a full cast and offer a much richer experience.

The First Graphic Novel Is on the Way

Fourth Wing, The Graphic Novel: Volume One (The Empyrean Series)

0

The Fourth Wing series is getting its first graphic novel next year, which was recently announced with a release date of April 6, 2027. The cover art has yet to be revealed, but the listing states that it will be 256 pages long and adapts chapters 1-22 of the first book. Yarros has also mentioned that she’s already written the second graphic novel, so the next volume is in the works.

Where Does Threshing Day Fit on the Empyrean Timeline?

Threshing Day (Wing and Claw Collection) (The Empyrean)

1

Rebecca Yarros is releasing a new novel in the series this month, but this one is a bit different. Threshing Day is a collection of short stories about various characters’ Threshing Day. While we get a look at Violet Sorrengail’s Threshing Day via Fourth Wing, this new book is about seeing some other key perspectives on the day they bonded with their dragons.

As for where these stories actually fit on the timeline, it depends on which characters are featured. We’ve gotten confirmation that Xaden’s story is included in the collection, which took place a couple of years before Violet joined Basgiath War College. If other older characters like Brennan and Mira are also featured, the book will be jumping to various points in the past.

When Will We Get Book Four?

Rebecca Yarros has been fairly busy working on projects that aren’t the fourth book in the Empyren series. Because of that, we still don’t have any concrete details about when we should expect the next novel to be announced. Based on her previous releases and writing schedules, fans have speculated that we could get a new novel as early as 2027. Without any official announcements from Yarros herself, it’s impossible to pin down when to expect the next direct sequel.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

The 10 Most Anticipated TV Shows and Movies to Stream in September 2026

It’s back-to-school time, and you know what that means: It’s back to your TV screens as well to decompress after a long day of book learnin’. And lucky you, there’s a ton of great TV (and movies) coming to streaming this month for September 2026, so let’s break down some of the highlights.

Fan of Prime Video’s Reacher? While the fourth season of the series is ending this month (and there’s a fifth in the works), you’ve also got a brand new spin-off dropping all in the same day to enjoy. How about space stuff? Strange New Worlds is ending with an intriguing sounding finale that sets up the final season of that series. And if you prefer comedies or true crime? We’ve got that too.

Okay, enough set-up — let’s get into the list. Here are our 10 most anticipated shows and movies streaming in September. And don’t forget, kids: Study hard and stay in school… or watch TV, do whatever you want.

(Note: This list is presented in release date order.)

Mayday (September 4)

Ryan Reynolds pretty much doesn’t miss and Kenneth Branagh is a reliable star as well. But the biggest selling point for this throwback action adventure on Apple TV? Writers and directors Jonathan Goldstein and John Francis Daley. While they wrote Spider-Man: Homecoming, the real sell here is that they’re the team behind the superb Game Night, the transcendently hilarious Dungeons & Dragons: Honor Among Thieves, and the highly underrated but also hilarious Vacation remake.

With Mayday, the duo take on the sort of Cold War comedies that pervaded the ’80s — think Spies Like Us — as Reynolds plays an American pilot crash-landed in Soviet Russia, forced to team up with an ex-KGB/America aficionado played by Branagh who wants to defect to the good ol’ US of A. It’s an across-the-plate premise that in lesser hands might be the umpteenth disposable action movie on a streaming service this month, but in the hands of Goldstein and Daley, you know this is gonna get weirder and wilder than expected. (Read our Mayday review.)

The Paper Season 2 (September 9)

A lot of all-timer comedies took the first season to figure themselves out. Think The Office, Parks & Recreation; even Brooklyn Nine-Nine had to spend several episodes hashing out the character dynamics and rhythms. So will Peacock’s The Paper be the same?

The first season had a great cast, including Domhnall Gleeson as Ned, the eternally optimistic new Editor-in-Chief of the Toledo Truth Teller running a staff of mostly zero-experience news writers while clashing with the digital-first Esmerelda (Sabrina Impacciatore) and sparking a “will-they won’t-they” romance with the only good news reporter, Mare (Chelsea Frei). But it mostly couldn’t quite figure out what it wanted to be until the excellent final episode of the season.

So will the presses be running for The Paper Season 2? The good news (you get it) is this is an Office spin-off, so it’s got a great model to work from when it comes to the second season of a series. Ensembles take time, comedy takes time, and here’s hoping the Toledo Truth Teller has the ink to make a stink in Season 2… by which we mean, “get people talking.” That’s what that meant. (Read our The Paper Season 2 review.)

Slow Horses Season 6 (September 16)

Slow Horses Season 6 — First Look

The best spy show on TV is back for the next yearly installment of six episodes on Apple TV, which definitely isn’t enough… but we’ll take what we can get. Starring Gary Oldman as the disgusting, farting head of Slough House — basically where MI5 sticks the spies they don’t want anymore — the latest season is based on two of Mick Herron’s novels: Joe Country and Slough House.

The headline for this season of Slow Horses is a new showrunner. Show creator Will Smith departed with Season 5, and Gaby Chiappe took over as head writer (Ben Vanstone is taking over for Season 7, which will likely debut next year). Don’t worry, though; Chiappe is a pro, having written dozens of episodes of TV since 1997 as well as several films.

And beyond Oldman, the rest of the cast is back too, with Kristin Scott Thomas’s Diana Taverner finally First Desk (aka head of MI5) and Jack Lowden’s River Cartwright dealing with a devastating loss. There’s also the return of a few familiar faces (no spoilers here, though Apple put one of the big spoilers right in the trailer). The show is funny and smart with some great action and excellent character dynamics, so trot over to your TV and get caught up for Slow Horses Season 6 right now.

South Park Season 29 (September 16)

What is there to be said about South Park, the nearly 30-year-old animated series, at this point that we don’t already know? It’s ostensibly about a bunch of kids living in the small town of South Park, Colorado, but really, it’s a chance for creators/billionaires Trey Parker and Matt Stone to say whatever they want about society and the US government in particular.

So what will happen in the upcoming 29th season? Pick up a newspaper or click on over to your fave news website (IGN of course), and whatever is a hot button issue this week will surely make it onto the series later in the week. After a renewed cultural relevance with Season 28 and a contentious upcoming midterms election, chances are that Parker and Stone will go for the jugular once again.

Monster: The Lizzie Borden Story (September 17)

Despite frequent accusations of front-loading the killers and diminishing the stories of victims, Ryan Murphy and Ian Brennan’s monster (sorry) hit Netflix anthology is back with a new installment. In a resounding girl boss move, it’s turning the lens to female killers; heck yeah — you go girl!

Specifically, the show is focusing on famous axe murderer Lizzie Borden, who reportedly gave her mother forty whacks and then her father forty-one. But this will likely be a more grounded version of the classic nursery rhyme, featuring an as-usual-for-a-Murphy-production all-star cast: Ella Beatty (previously of Murphy’s Feud) stars as Lizzie Borden alongside Charlie Hunnam, Rebecca Hall, Sarah Paulson, Billie Lourd, and more.

At the very least, moving the action to 1892 should probably make it harder for any of Borden’s victims’ families to complain versus previous seasons of Monster. But hey, we haven’t encountered a Murphy production yet that didn’t cross a line somewhere!

Brothers (September 23)

Not to be confused with 2009’s Brothers (starring Jake Gyllenhaal and Tobey Maguire), 2024’s Brothers (starring Josh Brolin and Peter Dinklage), or Brothers from 1977, 2004, 2023, or the other Brothers from 2009 (starring Michael Strahan and Carl Weathers), Brothers stars Woody Harrelson and Matthew McConaughey in the roles they were born to play: Woody Harrelson and Matthew McConaughey.

The Apple TV series pivots on how everyone always joked they were like brothers, then continued to joke about that when they were on True Detective, and then discovered via a dive into their family history that they may indeed be half-brothers. Maybe. What Brothers (2026) presupposes is: What if they were brothers? The show takes a metafictional approach to that narrative, with the duo playing semi-fictionalized versions of themselves.

Confused? Don’t be, as the show is essentially Yellowstone but with Harrelson and McConaughey trying to unravel their (fictional) shared family history. Alright? Alright. Alright.

Neagley (September 16)

The hierarchy of power in the Reacher Cinematic Universe is about to change. The same day that the fourth season of the Large Man Series wraps up on Prime Video, the streamer will launch spin-off Neagley, which front-loads Maria Sten’s title character as she investigates a mystery of her own.

Unlike the fathership show, which rolls out semi-weekly episodes, Neagley will premiere all episodes on the same day… so just like Reacher himself, you’ll have an oversized nine hours of TV to watch (the Reacher Season 4 finale plus eight episodes of Neagley).

Alongside Sten, the show also stars Adeline Rudolph and Greyston Holt, with Alan Ritchson guest-starring as Reacher for Maximum Spinoff Potential.

Strange New Worlds Season Finale – “Tomorrow’s Enterprise” (September 24)

While the fourth season of Paramount+’s Star Trek: Strange New Worlds has mostly been done-in-one adventures, the season finale has an extremely intriguing title, particularly given Season 5 will be an abbreviated final season of the series: “Tomorrow’s Enterprise.”

Even without context, those words could make your ears perk up higher than Spock’s (Ethan Peck) as the well-received prequel series heads towards the end/beginning, with Captain Kirk (Paul Wesley) taking over from Captain Pike (Ethan Peck). So certainly this title could merely refer to the eventuality of the events of the Original Series picking up where Strange New Worlds leaves off.

But! The Next Generation episode “Yesterday’s Enterprise” found the crew of the Enterprise-D encountering the presumed destroyed Enterprise-C thanks to what is scientifically known as “shenanigans.” The Next Gen folks ended up changing time by the end of that episode to save yesterday’s Enterprise; could a similar scenario play out in this upcoming Strange New Worlds episode? Could Kirk’s Enterprise end up back in time, encountering Pike’s Enterprise and showing them a glimpse of the future (something an intrepid, probably time-traveling Reddit user called four years ago)?

Or even more intriguingly; What if we skip Kirk entirely and go all the way forward to the Enterprise-G as seen at the end of Picard Season 3, captained by Seven of Nine (Jeri Ryan)?

Adding fuel to any of these theories: September 8 is the official 60th anniversary of Star Trek. While this episode doesn’t quite line up, what better way to pay tribute to the franchise than with the current flagship show meeting the future… quite literally?

A Different World (September 24)

A different world? Not more multiverse stuff. Do we really have to do — oh wait, we’re being told this is actually a revival of the iconic sitcom/spinoff of The Cosby Show, now back as a legacy sequel with returning and new cast.

Set at Hillman College (an HBCU), the daughter of the original series’ Whitley (Jasmine Guy) and Dwayne (Kadeem Hardison) heads into her first year only to find herself living in the shadow of her parents’ legacy while also trying to find time to balance studies, partying, and likely social issues (a la the purview of the original).

The big difference? While episodes are still half an hour-ish, this is a single camera comedy and not a three-camera comedy like the OG sitcom. Still, it’ll include plenty of the original cast members making their return from the groundbreaking series 39 years later.

Unabomber (September 25)

If you’re Netflix and looking to dramatize the life of the Unabomber, aka Ted Kaczynski, the natural choice is — of course — child star Jacob Tremblay.

We’re joking, but Tremblay has been a standout ever since his award-winning performance in Room. Now 19, he’ll play the infamous serial bomber in two timelines — one set during the manhunt that tried to track him down, and one during his time at Harvard University leading up to his stint as the mysterious hooded, sunglasses-wearing criminal.

While this is far from the first time the events surrounding Kaczynski have been dramatized, this movie does sport a great cast including Russell Crowe, Shailene Woodley, Annabelle Wallis, Steven Ogg, and more. It’s directed by Janus Metz Pedersen, who also directed three episodes of Andor Season 2 — the episode leading to, including, and dealing with the fallout from the Ghorman Massacre — to give you a sense of what might be in store.

Will you be watching any of these this month? What else are you looking forward to that we didn’t get to? Vote in our poll and let’s discuss in the comments!

You can chat with Alex Zalben on BlueSky @azalben.bsky.social, or find him regularly yapping on the Comic Book Club podcast.

Asus ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM Review

Asus already had one of IGN’s favorite 4K gaming monitors on its hands with the Asus ROG Swift PG32UCDP, delivering a gorgeous OLED panel that could render 4K games at a zippy 240Hz or swap to 1080p for an even faster 480Hz. It’s still an excellent option on the market and made all the more affordable by its age. Now almost two years on, Asus has the ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM, a very similar monitor with a smaller 27-inch panel that gets some new display tech for slight visual refinement. Of course, newer tends to mean more expensive, and this model is set to come in at $1,199, putting it well ahead of other competing OLED displays like the earlier PG32UCDP, which was sitting at $859 at the time of writing, or the 1440p/500Hz MSI MAG 272QP QD-OLED X50 at $599. Let’s have a look at how it stacks up.

Asus ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM – Hands-on Photos

Design and Features

Asus didn’t leave much out when it designed the ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM. That said, it doesn’t have speakers, but you’ll find it checks boxes in just about every other department.

From the front, it looks like a fairly tame, cleanly-built gaming monitor with perhaps a bit of a gaudy stand thanks to the angular, gamery aesthetic and the LED bat signal of the ROG logo that it wants to splash onto your desktop day and night (this can be turned off, thankfully). If you want, you can swap for a VESA stand using an included adapter. The provided stand is plenty functional, though, offering the typical range of adjustments you’ll find on a high-end monitor. There’s also a slot in the neck of the stand for passing through cables, and where some monitor stands make it quite a squeeze to even get power and a single HDMI cable through this portal, the PG27UCWM provides plenty of room for multiple cables.

The PG27UCWM is ready for a lot of cables, too. You’ll find two HDMI 2.1 ports, a DisplayPort 2.1a port, and even a capable USB-C port that’ll take in video and send out up to 90 watts of power. There are two USB ports for passing data to a connected system, letting the monitor serve as a USB hub as well with a KVM switch so you can pass that connection to the USB-C link or a separate USB-B link. If you want to connect speakers, there’s a headphone jack, too.

Around back, the PG27UCWM spices things up a little. Rather than the classic black ABS plastic you’ll find on half the monitors in the world, the PG27UCWM opts for a transparent plastic that gives it something of a cyberpunk aesthetic. It may still feel like cheap plastic, but it looks damn good.

Another feature is a presence sensor that can help preserve the lifespan of the OLED panel by dimming it whenever you step away. I didn’t find it overly sensitive, so I wasn’t concerned it’d blink off while I’m in the middle of a game.

Adjusting settings in the monitor is easy with a joystick control for navigating menus and making selections. This sits just behind the presence sensor at the bottom edge of the display.

Then there’s the display itself. The ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM packs a 4K/240Hz display with HDR10 and Dolby Vision support, variable refresh rates down to 48Hz, and a setting that swaps the display to 1080p and cranks the max refresh rate up to 480Hz.

The display is glossy, which can hurt in a bright room, but it has a decent anti-reflection coating that at least cuts down on how bright reflections appear.

Testing

The Asus ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM proves its worth with strong performance in objective measurements. My colorimeter measured a wide color gamut with 100% coverage of sRGB, 89% coverage of AdobeRGB, and 97% coverage of DCI-P3 color spaces. The monitor delivers the color accurately with an average dE1976 of 1.04 and a max of 2.66, making this a solid option for creative work. The monitor achieved these results in its default Racing picture profile, but not all different settings will perform as well. The Scenery picture profile, for instance, had a bad color accuracy dE1976 average of over 10.

By default, the display ran a tame 147.6 nits that would be comfortable in a modestly lit room, and that comes alongside infinite contrast thanks to 0.0-nit black levels. This level came alongside a standard 2.2 gamma curve and a comfortable 6600K whitepoint. Bumping the brightness level to 100% raised the white level to 249.7 nits.

HDR is a specialty for this display. It may not go incredibly bright for a full screen in normal use, but it can bring out more light in HDR. I measured a 294.8-nit whitepoint for a full screen and a 519-nit whitepoint for a 10% window with the remaining screenspace blacked out. That could go higher still for smaller highlights, but required switching the monitor to its Adjustable HDR setting and raising the brightness to 100%. In those conditions, I measured a 4% window at 1,066 nits and a 1% window at 1,172 nits. Those high brightness levels can sag quickly, but for temporary, bright bursts of HDR highlights, they’ll dazzle.

Motion clarity is also exceptional. The monitor’s support for a 240Hz refresh rate in 4K or 480Hz in 1080p combined with the ultra-fast pixel response time of OLED keeps details sharp in fast motion.

Gaming and Performance

The Asus ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM’s panel is excellent for both work and play. OLED panels had already been shifting away from troublesome sub-pixel layouts that could show color fringing on fine detail and text or basically anywhere with a sharp edge. With the PG27UCWM, Asus incorporates a panel with an RGB strip sub-pixel arrangement, aligning with the sub-pixel arrangement of your typical monitors and thus avoiding the issue entirely. Working in text documents, watching movies, and playing games, I never spotted the color fringing that had impacted some earlier OLED display.

Even if it had the fringing, it might have been hard to spot since the 4K panel is stunningly sharp on a 27-inch screen. I didn’t find myself pixel peeping. The screen looks great for movies, which are sharp and really play up the contrast and color the panel can provide. If you pair the monitor with the right video source, you can even tap into Dolby Vision.

Gaming just makes things all the better. Getting to run at up to 240Hz even at 4K makes the ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM quite the sight, and for more competitive or fast-paced games, the option to drop down to 1080p and crank it up to 480Hz can come in clutch. I played through a chunk of Assassin’s Creed Shadows and enjoyed the sharp detail and potent contrast that brings the game world to life one day, and the next swapped over to 1080p so I could blitz through levels in Hades 2 and power through enemies in Trepang2. The monitor kept up with all the intense action and kept the details incredibly clear.

Switching modes is also simple. A single tap on a dedicated shortcut button switches between modes (a clear on-screen indicator of this happening would be helpful, though).

The 1080p resolution starts to hurt a little on the 27-inch panel, but you really only need to swap over when you are playing something that calls for more than 240fps, and in those cases, the pixels will generally be moving too fast to notice them individually.

Purchasing Guide

The Asus ROG Swift OLED PG27UCWM is slated for a release sometime between late September to mid October with a tentative price of $1,199, though both that price and date could be subject to change.

Mark Knapp is a contributing freelancer for IGN covering everything electronics and gaming hardware. He has over 10 years of experience in the tech industry with bylines at PCMag, Reviewed, CNET, and more. Find Mark on Twitter @Techn0Mark or BlueSky at @Techn0Mark.

The Amazon Labor Day Sale Has Great Deals on Budget-Friendly Workout Machines

Take advantage of the best deals on exercise machines during Amazon’s Labor Day Sale to build out your personal home gym. Whether you want to shed that beer gut, develop muscles you never knew you had hidden away, or simply want to live healthier this year, then check out these fitness machines deals. They’re easy to set up, don’t take up much space, offer a variety of different workouts, and don’t cost a ton of money.

NICEPEOPLE Adjustable Weight Bench – $38.49

NICEPEOPLE Adjustable Weight Bench

0

One of Amazon’s best selling workout benches – the NICEPEOPLE Adjustable Weight Bench – has dropped in price to just $38.49 with free shipping after you apply coupon code “QW9COKCA“. With a proper set of dumbbells you can work out your core, upper body, arms, back, and legs without having to buy more bulky equipment.

A workout bench isn’t a complicated piece of equipment. This particular bench comes mostly pre-assembled and the manufacturer claims that you can start lifting “within 3 minutes of opening the box”. Just because it’s simple doesn’t mean you’re giving up on adjustability. The bench offers eight back adjustment angles to accomodate a variety of incline, decline, and flat bench exercises. The bench is sturdily built with most structural components made out of metal, rated for a maximum total weight capacity of 660 pounds. The PU leather upholstery is also easy to clean. When you’re done, pull the two pins to flatten the bench and stow it away out of sight.

SPORTSROYALS Multi-Function Power Cage – $294.48

SPORTSROYALS Multi-Function Power Cage

4

Ready to set up a starter gym in your own home? Amazon is giving you a huge incentive to do so by offering the SPORTSROYALS Multi-Function Power Cage for just $294.48 with free shipping after coupon code “15UV51MT“. A power cage needs to be large enough to accomodate the sheer number of exercises in its repertoire, but still be compact enough to fit in most homes. Fortunately, the SPORTSROYALS model delivers; it takes up a modest 13 square feet of ground space and stands less than 8 feet tall, which means it is comfortably shorter than the average home’s ceiling height.

The power cage combines a squat rack, power tower, and dip bar, but perhaps the most notable addition is the lat pull-down machine. It consists of an upper and lower pulley system with a solid steel rope that boasts a 500-pound capacity rating. Weights aren’t included but the power cage does provide plenty of built-in storage options for your accessories, including space for a barbell bar and all of your Olympic weight plates.

Yosuda Exercise Rower – $129.99

YOSUDA Magnetic Rowing Machine

6

Amazon is offering the YOSUDA Rowing Machine for just $129.99 with free shipping after you apply coupon code “9D06QQ69“. This is a fantastic price for a “jack-of-all-trades” exercise machine. Top end rowers like the Concept2 can cost upwards of $1,000, but there is absolutely no need to invest that much money if your dad is just starting out. For just 15% of the cost, the Yosuda has pretty much everything you need until dad gets more swole.

Rowing machines are awesome. At lower resistances, it’s a great cardio alternative to jogging without stressing out your knees. At higher resistances, it can develop the lower body, core, and upper body all at the same time. The YOSUDA is a magnetic rowing machine. This is generally considered the best type of rower for home gyms because it’s quiet, maintenance-free, and easy to adjust on the fly. It offers up to 72 pounds of magnetic resistance adjustable across 16 levels. The YOSUDA rower is also pretty compact when folded up and can be moved pretty easily since it has roller wheels.

Pair of 22.5lb Adjustable Dumbbells (45lb Total) – $55.99

Can be used as a barbell or kettlebells as well!

FITPLAM 22.5lb Adjustable Dumbbells (Pair, 45lbs Total)

0

Bowflex isn’t the only option when it comes to adjustable dumbbell sets, especially if you don’t need a high weight capacity. For a limited time, Amazon is offering a pair of FITPLAM Adjustable Dumbbells for just $55.99 with free shipping when you apply coupon code “FIT45LB08“. Each dumbbell has a maximum weight capacity of 22.5 pounds (or 45 pounds total). It’s way cheaper than spending nearly $400 on the Bowflex SelectTech, although it’s not exactly an apples to apples comparison.

What really sets these dumbbells apart from its competitors is its versatility. The set includes molded handles and elongated foam-wrapped bars that can screw on in place of collars. Screw on one handle and the dumbbells become a kettle bell. Screw on an elongated bar instead and the dumbbell becomes a barbell. The handles can also be used on its owned as a convenient pair of pushup stands. The weight plates, likewise, can be used independently.

Merach Ab Workout Machine – $34.99

Merach Ab Workout Machine

1

The Merach Ab Workout Machine is on sale for $34.99 after a $15 off coupon code “QL4L8BBL“. It’s definitely a more targeted piece of equipment than the other options here, but who doesn’t want those good looking vanity muscles? This machine is specifically designed to build up your abdominal muscles and burn off belly fat. It features 2 incline settings and 5 height adjustments for controlling the resistance and, thus, intensity of your workouts. The frame is an aluminum alloy with a 400+ pound weight capacity when foam sponges to cushion your knees and elbows. It folds away discreetly.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Legacy of Atlantis Features Food Only a Brit Could Eat

The first thing that strikes you upon seeing the new Tomb Raider live-demoed on a massive 115” TV mere inches from your face, I can attest, is its visual fidelity: Legacy of Atlantis is absurdly pretty. Crammed with fine detail enough that every particle of dust and bat guano flitting through the stale air poses danger to your airways, it almost feels like it’s supposed to be funny when compared to the chunky textures and pointy polygons of the 32-bit original.

The game’s director Raul Siqueira puts it nicely during our session: “the secret to a good remake is knowing what to change, and what to leave well alone”. Absolutely. Preserving the essence of a thing is much more vital than slavishly recreating the original work, and this is certainly something that Legacy of Atlantis understands, aesthetically at least. It is unmistakably a modern interpretation of Lara Croft’s seminal adventure, an essential piece of gaming history arguably as important as Super Mario Bros. or Chuckie Egg (ask your dad).

still iconic as ever

This latest preview focuses on LoA’s interpretation of the Damocles Room, the infamous chamber of raining swords that caused instant death for the uncareful while sifting through the tombs of ancient Greece. It’s a frighteningly vertical space, one that cemented Tomb Raider’s reputation for traversal-puzzles and terrifying jumps that make your insides curdle. Legacy of Atlantis preserves these aspects and then some, the feeling of being a tiny speck of human in an impossibly deep cavern of flakey pillars and dusty godrays made all the more potent by the sheer graphical prowess on offer. That fine detail, that premium fidelity, it stretches off into the distance and pulls off a sense of scale that could only be hinted at on PS1 hardware. Or PS2 hardware. Or PS3, for that matter.

And these swords that dangle so menacingly, they’re big. They’re almost house-sized.. The big twist in this version of the Damocles Room is that, rather than being deadly obstacles, the swords are helpful almost to the point of politeness: they’re needed for traversing the space, as Lara can now perch on their hilts after they’ve dropped. And in stark contrast to bat poop, the dropping itself barely poses any danger. The swords are easily dodged, and their drops can be triggered from a safe distance by shooting at them, rendering them little more than another minor inconvenience that Lara gets to solve with hot lead.

Call that a sword?

Much like the poor leopard she encounters on the way here, on which the camera lingers majestically as she delivers a breathless “magnificent” right before shooting it in the face. I thought this was hilarious and burst out laughing involuntarily, which turned out to be massively out of step with the rest of the room. I even asked the devs about this in the following Q&A: “Is that meant to be funny?”

No, basically. While Lara has no shortage of handy quips, delivered with requisite English public-school plummyness by the wonderful Alix Wilton Regan, this is I’m assured a serious game with a serious tone. So anyone expecting a modicum of self-awareness from this third distinct version of Lara’s original adventure, not counting the recent remaster, will be disappointed.

It highlights a tonal mismatch between the various eras of Lara Croft that this game seeks to blend together. As a nexus point of Crystal Dynamics’ new “unified timeline” for the series, Legacy of Atlantis seeks to replace both the original game and 2007’s Anniversary in the PS1 and Legend timelines, while serving as a sequel to the Survivor Trilogy, which we last visited in 2018’s Shadow of the Tomb Raider. It requires a lot of mental gymnastics to imagine that all of these disparate Laras are the very same bored aristocrat, not least because each of them reflects the time they were conceived in. It’s clear that neither the original games nor the Legend timeline are occurring after the mid-2010s, as clear as it is that this new take on Lara’s original adventure isn’t happening in 1996.

tbh I’m team bat, Lara’s in their gaffe

You could argue that it’s all supposed to feel timeless and perpetual, like The Simpsons, but you can’t tell me that pointy PS1 Lara Croft looks like she knows what an iPhone is. There’s also an element of parody to the previous eras, as plenty of Indiana Jones and sixties spy tropes were playfully redeployed as foils for 90s Girl Power, and then again as welcome ballast to the prevailing dourness of post-9/11 Bond movies. A playfulness that the Survivor Trilogy dropped entirely, focusing sharply on the 2010s appropriate misery of being a teenager who unwittingly spends her gap year having to murder dozens of Russian mercenaries while worrying about whether her tetanus shots are up to date.

The point is, all of these flavours of Tomb Raider are distinctly of their time, which is absolutely fine. Smooshing them together into a paste is a weird decision and one that seems to be inspiring some questionable choices, like the inclusion of survival mechanics like crafting and skill trees in this redux of Lara’s original adventure, things that seem to be there just because the last game had them or, worse, because that’s what games are like now. Things that don’t make thematic sense: if this is 2013 Lara finally reaching her prime, her zenith, her most capable self – as the survivor trilogy always promised to be leading to – then why are we still spending the game unlocking her skills?

Imagine my face doing the “yes dear” meme

Why are we “surviving” at all, eating foraged meals cooked in the field, when this isn’t a survival scenario? Lara hasn’t been stranded here, she came to these ruins of her own accord, presumably in a rented jeep. It’s only Greece, you can go on Ryanair for twenty quid. This is a capable explorer who would have a meticulous itinerary and a bag full of protein bars and jerky, she wouldn’t be winging it on the basis of eating boiled moss.

Nor would this classically educated aristocrat seem to need a detective mode scanner thing that gives her puzzle hints and provides handy historical commentary. In fairness, its usage is entirely optional, and seems to be there to address a common criticism of the more recent Tomb Raiders, namely that Lara seems to spend a lot of time chatting to herself.

None of these things are dealbreakers, they’re just prominently questionable choices in a game full of them. As is the decision to employ, then defend, the studio’s use of generative AI in development. Granted, feelings in the community are mixed on this – some care, some don’t, most are probably blissfully unaware of the controversy – but it tends to go down like a shotgunned leopard with enthusiasts, and so using it at all feels like unnecessarily tainting your project before it’s even out.

tbf this food lasts a long time. cos nobody will eat it

Because they’ve admitted to using it, it’s hard not to look for evidence of it. I’ll be blunt, the food crafting menus are looking very suspicious. Video game depictions of food are an art form in and of themselves, and often, they are notable for looking absolutely delicious. Who can forget the sweetrolls of Skyrim or the lavish gourmet meals conjured up by Ignis in Final Fantasy 15? In Legacy of Atlantis, though, the food looks kinda disgusting. Despite what the accompanying description says, Lara’s lunches all look rather aptly like slop. Mushy stews of unrecognisable plant matter and meat you’d hesitate to put in a dog.

To be clear, this is all circumstantial – we don’t know for sure if these elements are derived from AI, and the studio for their part has insisted that everything in the final game will be human made or human “refined” – but it demonstrates how damning even a faint association with generative AI can be. Especially if the results are this unappetising.

The game is still many months away from release, and what we’ve seen of it so far is by no means final. There’s time to iron out the kinks and excise the final traces of generative AI that may or may not be plaguing the current build (not that you can un-use genAI any more than a bat can un-shit a temple floor).

legacy of atlantis is undeniably gorgeous

As the second remake of a ground-breaking game, Legacy of Atlantis has a lot to live up to. It certainly justifies itself by playing differently from the existing versions: there’s never been a Tomb Raider game quite like this, for better or worse. And though the challenge element has been dramatically reduced in the Damocles Room (and therefore, one presumes, the rest of the adventure), incorporating the giant swords into a traversal puzzle is inspired, and the way it plays out in the demo hints at something fresh: a puzzle with a fixed solution, but multiple routes to reach it.

it’s a long way down

And it really can’t be stressed enough how beautiful it all is. On a technical level the fidelity in every image is positively retina-searing, but it’s all sumptuously lit and pocked with a gnarly decay that makes the ancient world sing with a sense of history. Lara herself has never looked better, a depiction that successfully blends the slightly cartoony Lara of the Legend trilogy with her naturalistic, mud-caked, cortisol-saturated counterpart of Tomb Raider 2013. New Lara spent her youth avoiding certain death in some of the most deadly corners of the earth, from Syria to Siberia, yet moves with all the balletic flourishes that the Survivor Trilogy sidelined in favour of Uncharted-style handhold grappling. Every jump, flip, and bullet-time whip exudes joy: this is a Lara who revels in being Lara. She even does that handstand backflip thing when hoisting herself onto a platform (in the build we saw, a little too often, but I heavily suspect it was dialled up for this demo).

There’s a lot to love here. A celebration of all Tomb Raiders past and present, one that treats all of the previous eras as equally important to the series’ legacy, is refreshingly inclusive. In these sorts of franchise overhauls, someone’s favourite usually gets overlooked in pursuit of whatever is deemed to be the most iconic or fundamental. To have a project here that treats the whole thing as gospel is admirable, if dauntingly hard to chew.

As someone who grew up with Lara and has enjoyed every iteration of Tomb Raider, I desperately want to be on board for this new, unified journey. But a mixture of dubious choices, mechanical and ethical, are making it a tough sell at the moment. I very much doubt Lara would choose to consume suspicious looking slop if any alternatives were available, and neither should anyone else.

Jim Trinca is a Video Producer at IGN, and when he isn’t fawning over Assassin’s Creed, he can be found watching Star Trek and eating stuff. Follow him on @jimtrinca.bsky.social, and check out The Trinca Perspective playlist over on IGN’s YouTube channel!

Fury of Dracula Board Game (5th Edition) Review

The “hidden movement” genre of board games is one of my favorites and I still remember where I discovered this type of game. I was watching Wil Wheaton’s “Tabletop” series, when the game of the week was “Fury of Dracula”, a game where one person assumes the role of Dracula, spreading terror and attempting to grow his vampire forces around the globe, while the others are vampire hunters, try to track him down and drive a stake through his heart. Despite falling in love with what I saw, it was unfortunately at a time when Fury was out of print, and while eventually I would find myself a copy, it remained a rather sought after game for fellow hidden movement fans. Thankfully, at long last, the good folks at Avalon Hill have brought it back in a brand new 5th Edition, and fans around the world can once again hunt down dracula during their next board game night.

Fury of Dracula Board Game (5th Edition)

1

For those familiar with either the Fantasy Flight Games’ 3rd or WizKids’ 4th editions, the 5th edition is largely the same but for everyone else, Fury of Dracula is a one-versus-many with one person playing as the count and up to four other players controlling the hunters. As I mentioned a moment ago, this is a hidden movement game, where Dracula will be moving around the map, placing cards face down noting where he is and was, leaving dangers in his wake, while the hunters try to trap and kill the vampire lord. Each round, consisting of a Day and Night phase, begins with the hunters moving, supplying themselves with tools and special event cards, purchasing travel tickets, or searching for their target. During the day, these actions are generally safer, while attempting to resupply invites potentially hazardous events that may help Dracula instead.

Fury of Dracula Board Game (5th Edition) Images

Dracula’s turn is a bit less eventful, but debatably more important. Once all the hunters have taken their nighttime actions, Dracula is then able to move to a new location, placing face down a new location card on their growing trail and an encounter card. These encounters, secret much like the locations themselves until a hunter uncovers them, may spawn enemies, create diversions and delays for the hunters, or worse. Should one of these ever move off the board, “maturing” as it’s referred to, the despair track will increase, putting Dracula that much closer to securing his victory!

Despite the rather simplistic nature of these fights, it also has led to some of the tensest moments in board games I’ve ever had.“

Unlike other hidden movement games, such as Whitehall Mystery (another personal favorite of mine) that is purely a game of cat and mouse, Fury of Dracula incorporates a combat mechanism. During situations where the hunters have cornered Dracula, both sides pick a card from their hands, composed of moves or helpful items like holy bullets and pistols on the side of the hunters, and then flip them, then resolve their effects. Despite the rather simplistic nature of these fights, it also has led to some of the tensest moments in board games I’ve ever had. Moments when misreading my opponent led them to safety, or one especially board-flipping time when I expected Dracula, who being only one hit away from death, to flee, only to have him decide to bite and knock me out instead. A defeat that pushed the despair track past its end, and handing the win to Dracula. Utterly infuriating, but also one of the aspects of Fury of Dracula that sets it above many other hidden movement games for me.

Harker gets upgraded to hunter status.

In addition to redone artwork (more on that in a bit), this new fifth edition does offer a couple of optional new elements that can shake up the formula a bit for those Fury vets out there. First is the addition of a fifth hunter to pick from, Jonathan Harker, who previously had been relegated to just an ally card. Mr. Harker now can be picked to replace one of the other hunters, and has some powerful abilities that should certainly help the good guys out. He’s able to not only deal additional damage when hitting Dracula but also, similar to his wife Mina, can force him to announce if Jonathan is in an adjacent spot. While a neat addition, it also feels like a bit of a halfbaked attempt too. Unlike the other hunters, Mr. Harker doesn’t get his own unique event card, and instead can simply use the one made for the hunter that he replaces. The balance of the game also doesn’t quite feel like it’s been balanced for him, and I found that when both Harkers were on the board, with their tracking talents, it made for a decently harder time for Dracula. He’s a fun “sometimes” change, but I plan to stick with my normal squad for most games.

Fury of Dracula is typically a game that can take a surprising amount of time, with some games I’ve played lasting past the four hour mark, and the second new addition with 5th edition is a faster game mode that can cut that in half or more. This new faster variant removes a couple of cards and blocks off a couple of the regions of the map (damn that Black Plague) while setting the board state roughly around where it would be after a “week” (about a third of the way through), granting hunters some items to start, Dracula with some damage, despair up a bit, and a few other tweaks. By-and-large I found this new variant to be a solid choice and makes Fury of Dracula a much more viable option on a weeknight. The smaller region and other adjustments (such as the instantaneous water movement and removing the single value train tickets) can make things far more swinging where getting away and staying hidden as Dracula can be more challenging. Again, just like with Harker, it works, but I’m curious how much balance testing went into it.

As one would expect from a new edition of a game, it isn’t usually just the gameplay or mechanics that get a refresh, but the artwork too, and it’s here where the 5th edition sees its biggest departure. Not because the map changes (though the town of Whitby, which plays an important role in the story of Bram Stoker’s original Dracula novel, is finally included) but the aesthetic has changed. And it’s also here where I think the new edition takes a step backwards from the third and fourth editions.

With exception of Dracula’s location cards, the artwork for the event, encounter, item, and combat cards all have ditched the dramatic and detailed full color artwork of the earlier iterations in favor of what I would describe as drawings you may see in an old Victorian-era newspaper. These black-and-white illustrations work, but just don’t have the same impact, with some appearing, dare I say, even a bit corny? The “Dark Call” card for example, now features Dracula staring at the moon with a few bats in front of him, compared to earlier versions where he appears to be basking in the night with hordes of bats all around, against a stormy sky. Then there is the new “Misdirect” which basically makes him look like Batman from The Animated Series, as opposed to a mysterious man in a top hat, lurking in the fog. Hunter and Dracula character cards don’t fare much better either, with the portraits replaced with sepia-tinted photographs of the character. Which, now that I think about it, could you even take a picture of Dracula? I mean, vampires don’t have reflections in mirrors, so can you photograph them? Oh well, questions for another time.

Gruv Has a Great Labor Day Blu-ray Sale on Animated Movies

As we enter fall, it is once again that time of year when I find myself watching Over the Garden Wall again. It’s one of those cartoons that just feels like a warm cup of cider on a chilly day. At only 10 episodes, this animated masterpiece is worthy of holding a space on your shelf.

Like many Cartoon Network shows, Over the Garden Wall was removed from HBO Max years ago. You can still stream it, but there’s no guarantee you will be able to do so forever. Thankfully, the series got its first Blu-ray edition this year and you can buy yourself a copy. Gruv is even having a Labor Day sale right now that makes it all the more tempting to do so.

Gruv 2 for $16 Blu-ray Sale

0

Over the Garden Wall was released on Blu-ray back in April, so it’s still fairly new. Both Gruv and Amazon have it priced at almost $18 when you buy it on its own right now. So while you do have to buy two Blu-rays to actually get a discount, it’s still technically cheaper to buy two copies of this Blu-ray than it is to buy one right now.

That being said, Gruv’s sale includes a variety of other family favorites on Blu-ray that are definitely worth adding to your collection. First up there’s The Iron Giant. This movie has won plenty of awards and will definitely make you cry if you’re not careful. The signature edition includes loads of special features that are worth checking out as well.

I’d also suggest browsing Gruv’s collection of DreamWorks movies in this sale. While there aren’t any Disney Blu-rays in here, you can still collect classics like El Dorado, Prince of Egypt, Antz, Chicken Run, and Megamind.

Do Animated Movies Need to be in 4k?

Although most of the bigger movies are released in 4K UHD these days, you don’t really need that much resolution for 2D animation. A lot of classic cartoons and animated films look perfectly sharp in 1080p and wouldn’t really gain much from an even higher resolution. So when it comes to picture quality, buying the standard Blu-ray version is just fine. It’s also a substantial upgrade from DVD in terms of overall sound and picture.

Gruv Is Also Having a Sale on Classic Cartoons

Legends of Animation Sale

3

If you’re lookig to expand your animated DVD and Blu-ray collection even more this weekend, Gruv has a sale for that too. A bunch of classic cartoons like Tom and Jerry, Looney Tunes, and The Flintstones are currently discounted as part of the retailer’s Labor Day sales.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Halloween: The Game Review

Plenty of things are terrifying about a man in a boiler suit creeping up behind you, but it’s hard to be scared of Halloween: The Game’s Michael Myers when he strolls around the neighborhood with all the urgency of a retiree on a golf course. Admittedly, my early experience with the latest asymmetrical survival horror based on a famous movie came without the obligatory day one patch, so everything I’ve seen so far comes with that giant, flashing caveat. But after several hours, my immediate reaction is that this just isn’t ready. I would barely think it’s ready if it were labeled asan early access game, which it’s not. Clumsy, buggy, and often frustrating, Halloween: The Game seems in need of considerable polish and bug squishing.

Developer Illfonic is, of course, almost synonymous with asymmetrical horror at this point, if not quite able to break the stranglehold Behaviour Interactive has with Dead by Daylight. In keeping with the traditions of the genre, you either play on your own as the killer, Michael Myers, and rampage through the town, or you work with up to three other humans and a handful of AI companions to loot items and keep yourself alive long enough to find, open, and escape the streets of Haddonfield on Halloween night in 1978.

Halloween: The Game Gameplay Screenshots

Because of Illfonic’s back catalog, I came in with high expectations, and knowing Halloween creator John Carpenter was also involved sent them soaring even further. You’d think, with the best part of a decade’s learning and all that asym trial and error behind it, Halloween: The Game would be the most polished of all Illfonic’s games. But — so far at least — that just doesn’t seem to be the case.

Animations are broken or missing completely. I’ve had hard crashes that sent me back to my PS5 dash, averaging at least one an hour. Combat is beyond janky — several times now, I’ve stabbed a player and had my weapon phase right through them. Often the sound gets messed up, so when I open a door to my left, I hear it to my right, which is hugely irritating given sound is vital to a stealth horror game. And on two occasions, a quick time event bugged out and trapped me in a broken animation, giving Myers all the time in the world to step up right behind me. That was just as much fun and not-at-all-frustrating as it sounds.

The NPC AI is also hysterically stupid. Once, playing as Myers, I (loudly) busted through a front door and found all three remaining NPCs in the same room, still standing at the same window. I had executed two before the remaining one decided it was time to make a run for it.

The NPC AI is hysterically stupid.“

It’s galling because there are some excellent ideas here. I had a great time with The Texas Chain Saw Massacre’s spin on asymmetrical horror back in 2023, but within days it was clear no one wanted to play as Leatherface because it was so much easier — and considerably more fun — to clock up XP and escape as a survivor.

In Halloween: The Game, however, Illfonic seems to have really worked to balance the odds between killer and civilian, and Myers is a blast to play. Even though he never, ever runs, making it next to impossible to take out a player if they’ve seen you, his special abilities — snuffing out all the lights in the immediate area; jumping from shadow to shadow; detecting nearby players — help mitigate that deeply unsatisfactory walking speed, especially if you nail the timing. Plus, the execution mechanic is a neat shortcut if you manage to get close enough to… well, execute it. The death animations, if often out of sync, are brilliantly brutal, too, particularly if you manage to catch a civilian, by a window or next to an electric oven. (I’m sure there’s more still to discover!)

Best of all, this isn’t just four humans against one killer. As Myers, your job is to wipe the map clean of all survivors, human and NPC alike. As a civilian, you need to creep around the deliciously 70s-inspired maps — everything, from the cars to the decor to the rotary phones, is on point here, not to mention the fashion! — quietly warning NPCs and instructing them to either hide, follow you, or escape.

There are plenty of items to gather as you creep through residential homes, including offensive weapons, defensive tools, and a host of goodies to bolster the odds of getting out of there unscathed. You’ll never be able to take Myers out completely — just like the movies, this is a dude who does not know how to take the hint and die — but you can temporarily immobilize him with the right timing and the right equipment.

That said, why do we have to sit and watch Myers finish killing off idiot NPCs if all the human players are already dead? You’re given QTEs when spectating — I hate them; there are too many, they’re too boring, and I swear there’s occasionally an input delay — but it’s so tedious, especially as the maps are pretty chunky and make hunting down one last survivor time-consuming.

Vikki Blake’s Most Terrifying Horror Games Ever List

See All

And it just doesn’t perform well. Even beyond the poor AI and broken QTEs, I experienced numerous crashes, rubberbanding, and framerate drops for no discernible reason. Characters sometimes walked three feet off the ground. Interacting with items is completely hit-or-miss — half the time you can pick stuff up or remove a chain with a bolt cutter; half the time you cannot. Oh, and sometimes you can open a door, step through it, lock it, and then find yourself back outside the front, unable to get back in.

Like I said, I need to play on the launch patch before finalizing my thoughts — but, generally speaking, a day one update is rarely a miracle fix for all of a review build’s issues. Still, I’ll be back once I’ve spent some time on the live servers with both the single and multiplayer modes (so far the former has completely underwhelmed me — again, mostly due to idiotic NPCs). I’d also like to better understand how the card perk system works and experiment with all the civilians’ passive abilities. For now, though, it’s difficult to recommend Halloween: The Game to anyone other than a horror fan with a Michael Myers shrine in their home (now that’s a scary thought) or those with deep, deep affection for asymmetrical games.

gamescom Apologizes for Its Response to Thefts and Promises Improved Security Measures

gamescom has provided a second response regarding the theft of developers’ equipment during its event, offering an apology for its initial reaction to the ordeal.

On August 28, 2026, indie developer Ryan Laley uploaded a video to X/Twitter claiming that all of his laptops had been stolen at gamescom. He wasn’t the only one affected; several other developers spoke out with similar stories, saying their equipment had also been pilfered at the event.

gamescom responded to the ordeal on August 29, writing that while it was “very sad” about the situation, it “would like to inform [attendees] about general security regulations.”

My #gamescom cut short. Our equipment was stolen last night from the booth.

Police reports have been filed.

At a loss for words to describe the feeling. Just defeated. Gonna do my best with what’s left of the week.

But a huge blow financially and mentally pic.twitter.com/dKpp3Of6df

— Mimic | Ryan Laley (@RyanLaley) August 28, 2026

“Individual stand security can be booked separately, and exhibitors are advised to insure equipment against theft. This is noted in the terms and conditions of participation and the technical guidelines,” it said. “…At an event of this size, however, there will always be individuals attempting to take advantage of the situation. Our security measures are designed to minimize such risks as effectively as possible.”

This statement didn’t go over well. A swath of fellow exhibitors, attendees, and onlookers online felt that gamescom’s reply placed blame on victims of the theft, slamming the event for its “unacceptable response.”

Today, September 4, gamescom posted a follow-up statement on social media, in which it apologized for its initial post. It also announced plans to improve security moving forward, promising to host a roundtable discussion with developers who had indie booths at the event.

You can read the statement in full below:

“Over the past few days, we have received a great deal of criticism for the way we communicated about the theft of hardware belonging to several indie developers. That criticism is justified. Our first response did not strike the right tone, and it did not show the people affected the empathy they deserved. We are sorry. A theft like this is far more than a material loss. It can ruin an entire gamescom for the people it happens to, and it can destroy work that took months or years to build – work that, for a small studio, can be almost everything.

“To everyone affected: we understand what this has cost you, and we should have said so from the very first moment. We have already begun talking with those affected – about the theft, about its consequences, and above all to listen. We have also been moved by how this industry responded. Within hours, people offered help – unconditionally, and without being asked. That says a great deal about this community, and we are grateful for it. What it does not do is relieve us, as the organizers, of our own responsibility to work together with our exhibitors and partners to create the best possible environment for everyone.

“We are therefore committed to jointly reviewing and further improving security. Here is what we are doing: Alongside our regular post-event review and our evaluation of exhibitor feedback, we will carry out a dedicated review of security for indie exhibitors. In the coming weeks, we will invite organizers of shared indie booths to a roundtable, so that we can develop concrete measures together.

“We also urge every exhibitor who has experienced an incident to report it – to us and to the police – even if it happened some time ago. Only then can incidents be documented, possible connections between them investigated, and appropriate action taken. You can reach us at sales@gamescom.de. gamescom is made by the industry, for the industry. It lives on the passion of the people who build it, and that includes the many small studios who matter to us enormously. Our commitment has always been to keep making gamescom better – together with the community, not just when things go well. That is exactly what we will do here. Thank you to everyone who is helping us.”

pic.twitter.com/lOxBnmMplB

— gamescom (@gamescom) September 4, 2026

Luckily, several good Samaritans have stepped in to help the developers affected by the thefts in the aftermath. Most notably, The Witcher and Cyberpunk 2077 developer CD Projekt Red reached out to Laley on social media, promising to “send a few things” his way. Don’t Scream dev Joe Henson, AKA Indie Game Joe, also offered to help out, transforming a tragic situation into a heartwarming show of support and community effort.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Wonder Woman Casting Rumors Heat Up as Fans Suspect James Gunn Secretly Picked Adria Arjona for the Role

DC fans are convinced the DCU’s Wonder Woman will be played by Adria Arjona after she posted a video of her workout routine ahead of Man of Tomorrow.

As the DCU navigates its ups and downs, all eyes are on DC Studios co-CEO and director James Gunn to deliver next year’s Superman sequel. Arjona is just one part of the equation that will help bring David Corenswet’s Last Son of Krypton back to the big screen, but fans think she knows more than she’s letting on when it comes to the part she’ll play in the wider DCU.

Mixed in with a variety of other superhero parts – including Milly Alcock’s Supergirl, Aaron Pierre’s John Stewart, and Xolo Maridueña as Blue Beetle – Arjona was previously said to be playing the role of DC deep cut Maxima. She reportedly landed the part in April of this year, but fans think Gunn and company are misleading fans in hopes of a big Sadie Sink/Spider-Man-style surprise with Man of Tomorrow.

Adria Arjona. Photo by Jeff Spicer/Getty Images for Warner Bros.

Rumors that her role would eventually be revealed as Wonder Woman surfaced shortly after her casting, but nothing has stoked the flames quite like a video posted by Women’s Health yesterday. The seven-minute highlight showed Arjona’s “intense boxing and strength workout,” letting viewers peek into how she trains for the parts she plays. Although she explicitly mentioned that training helped her prepare to play Celeste in Onslaught, a later segment brings her rumored DC career into focus.

“I’ve never felt strong, but it’s hard,” Arjona said as headlines related to Wonder Woman rumors flased on the screen. “Well, I think the excitement of playing the woman I’m playing gives me everything I need to wake up. Physically, it’s exhausting, but it’s all for the better good. The better good? Is that English? The greater good!”

The emphasis, of course, is on “the woman I’m playing.” The footage of her intense workout routine coupled with that one specific line has turned everyday rumors into a full-blown whirlwind of speculation, and fans aren’t letting up.

She’s soo playing Wonder woman https://t.co/UCm8hNAjdI pic.twitter.com/uR945bnntP

— ~ (@toiinfinite) September 4, 2026

“The woman I’m playing”

…Holy shit you are playing Wonder Woman pic.twitter.com/q8uP3Banml

— Alex From Florida ☽☾ (@floridian_alex) September 4, 2026

Adria Arjona’s response to a fan calling her Wonder Woman at the ‘Onslaught’ Q&A

“Thank you guys so much for coming” pic.twitter.com/oHky4LZDPx

— Superman Saga News (@SuperSagaNews) September 4, 2026

“Really makes you wonder what woman she’s playing,” one fan said.

“Like come on man,” another added. “This is Wonder Woman.”

“Again, we all know she is Wonder Woman but it would be so hilarious if she was doing all this for Maxima,” another person joked.

The internet thinks Arjona at least already looks like she could feasibly weild the Lasso of Truth as Diana Prince, but she’s not been confirmed to play Wonder Woman just yet. However, it’s that very mystery that has fans all riled up – but some of Gunn’s comments aren’t helping, either.

In July 2025, nearly one year before Arjona joined the Man of Tomorrow cast, fans caught wind that the DC director had started following the actress on Instagram. What was written off as a reach then has now been reassessed, and Gunn’s comments at the time might be very telling when it comes to the future of the DCU.

Honestly that’s a good way to tell if you made a great casting decision when you announce Adria Arjona is in the film and everyone immediately clocks that it’s for Wonder Woman lol

— MaceAhWindu (@MaceAhWindu) September 4, 2026

DC really cooked with this Wonder Woman casting…. Simply no notes 10/10 pic.twitter.com/3fNM8bcZPp

— Jin x Supreme ❤️‍🔥 (@Jinsakuu) September 3, 2026

“I followed Adria Arjona on Instagram, but everybody came out, ‘He just followed her, that means she’s Wonder Woman! That means she’s Wonder Woman!'” he said.

“She’d be a great Wonder Woman, by the way. But she was in a movie that I made seven years ago. We’ve been friends and have known each other since that time. I followed her then, I didn’t just follow her. People just notice these things all the time.”

So, Arjona is keeping her role in the Superman sequel a secret, fans think she looks like a great Wonder Woman, and even Gunn admitted she’d be great for the role. If DC Studios has indeed cast her for one of the biggest members of the Justice League, then it might want to play its cards a little closer to its chest.

James Gunn’s Man of Tomorrow: Superman vs. Lex Luthor Art Gallery

No matter what internet sleuths uncover, though, it doesn’t change the fact that Gunn and the DCU have not currently named their Wonder Woman. Hopefully, we won’t have to wait much longer to find out more, though.

HBO Max show Lanterns has revealed more about the comic book universe with each episode, with more set to peel back even more layers in the weeks ahead. Clayface will take things even further when it arrives this October. While we wait for Superman to return with Man of Tomorrow on July 9, 2027, you can see everything else DC has in the works here. You can also see what former Wonder Woman actress Gal Gadot had to say about her separation from DC.

Photo by Jeff Spicer/Getty Images for Warner Bros.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Double Fine Boss Tim Schafer Reveals How He Kept Double Fine Afloat After Leaving Xbox

Tim Schafer, game designer and founder of Psychonauts developer Double Fine, gave a strong response after Xbox divested the studio as part of its massive restructuring efforts this summer.

Speaking with Bloomberg’s Jason Schreier in a September 2026 interview, Schafer admitted that he knew something was up before Xbox’s divestment was officially announced — but he wasn’t about to go down without a fight.

“You’re like, ‘Wait a second, we’re not going out like this,'” Schafer explained. “Some people said, ‘I’m checking out, this is one too many battles for me.’ But for the rest of us, it’s like a creative awakening.”

“No one puts Double Fine out of business except for me,” he continued. “Asha’s not going to shoot my dog. I’m going to shoot it. But I’m not going to shoot it, because it’s going to do great. A lot of people want to walk the dog.”

Thankfully, Double Fine was able to retain its intellectual property and become fully independent, though it did have to lay off a quarter of its staff as a result of this change. That isn’t stopping it from making more games, though, as the developer recently published a Kickstarter for its next project — with the addendum that if it raises $100 million, they’ll also make Brutal Legend 2.

“We’ve been through a lot this year,” Schafer told Schreier. “A lot of it is very soul-sucking stuff. Inner conflict, threats of extermination, long negotiations, strenuous hard tradeoffs with lawyers. Tons of demoralizing stuff.”

And yet, in spite of these challenges, Schafer says he’s been able to find a creative spark that has invigorated both himself and the remaining team at Double Fine.

“This is the good fight. Can we think of a great idea for a game that we can actually do for the right budget, that can get to this publisher who’s interested in these types of games? This kind of problem-solving is soul-enriching. Using creativity to solve problems is what gets us up in the morning. So it is hard, and it is scary and it is stressful, but it’s at least putting some fire back into the bellies of the team and me,” he said.

Xbox has undergone a slew of major changes as CEO Asha Sharma works to make the company profitable again. Shedding Double Fine was part of that change, as well as massive layoffs that affected roughly 3,200 employees.

Sharma has been fairly transparent with Xbox’s financial state and future plans, most recently telling the BBC that the brand’s next generation console, Project Helix, will include a “family of devices,” though she notably declined to comment if it’ll have a disc drive or not.

In other Double Fine news, the developer shadow dropped Keeper, a formerly Xbox-exclusive title, on PlayStation 5 today now that it’s no longer tied to the company.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

14 Predictions for the September 2026 Nintendo Direct and Zelda 40th Anniversary Direct

Nintendo is hosting two Directs in the coming days, and it’s pretty much all I’ve been thinking about since the announcement. On Tuesday, September 8, it’s The Legend of Zelda 40th Anniversary Direct, followed by a more general Nintendo Direct on Wednesday, September 9. While we wait, it’s predictions time!

Before we start, a couple of disclaimers: these are all purely my guesses based on public information and my analysis of Nintendo’s release patterns, and nothing more. Nothing here is based on any inside information. But, I will be discussing a couple of relevant leaks over the last few months, so if you have been steering clear of information like that, you may not want to read on.

Zelda 40th Anniversary Direct Predictions

Zelda is my favorite series, so I’m buzzing thinking about all the possibilities we could see Tuesday morning. But I’m trying to keep things realistic in this piece and only sharing predictions that I think have a legitimate chance of happening.

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time’s Full Reveal

This will undoubtedly be the centerpiece of the presentation. We’ve only seen a few seconds of footage of the Ocarina of Time remake, which is set to come out in 2026. So, now’s the time for the full reveal trailer and release date. I can’t wait for this one; my imagination has been running wild over this remake for the last three months, and we’re finally going to see more about the scope of this remake. Is it faithful, or more of a reimagining? What does the kingdom of Hyrule look like beyond Link’s treehouse? All that and more will likely be answered by a more conventional trailer that gives us a proper look at the remake.

I don’t know exactly what Ocarina of Time will look like, but the teaser trailer from earlier this year tells me Nintendo is very confident in this game. You don’t set the internet’s imagination on fire with a 10-second tease of Link’s treehouse if you don’t have really satisfying answers to share when you do finally pull the curtain back, and I expect the Ocarina of Time remake to be a pretty big deal.

Ocarina of Time’s Release Date

As for a release date, I’m expecting Ocarina of Time to arrive on Thursday, November 12. Nintendo doesn’t have a game dated for November yet (Fire Emblem arrives this month, with Nintendo Switch Sports slated for October), and it never misses putting out a big game in the weeks before Black Friday. Knowing it’s coming this year, Zelda feels primed for that spot. Nintendo is extremely unlikely to release a game on Thanksgiving (that’s Thursday, November 26 in the U.S.), and it has no reason to go head-to-head with Grand Theft Auto VI on November 19. That just leaves November 5 and 12 as available Thursdays to launch a game. A few weeks back, the Nintendo UK store briefly dated a couple of Kirby Air Riders amiibo for November 12, and Nintendo typically launches amiibo the same day as a first-party game, even if the franchises aren’t related. That date has since been removed, but I’m still pretty locked in on November 12 as Ocarina of Time’s release date.

Ocarina of Time amiibo

With amiibo on the mind, I’m hopeful we’ll get a glimpse of a new amiibo line for Ocarina of Time alongside the reveal. Zelda games typically get tie-in amiibo figures (Echoes of Wisdom is a rare recent exception), so I’m expecting we’ll see figures of Young Link and Adult Link at the very least.

Special Edition Nintendo Switch 2 and Pro Controller

A few weeks ago, allegedly leaked designs surfaced for a Zelda-themed Nintendo Switch 2 console and Pro Controller. These don’t appear to be branded for Ocarina of Time specifically, but rather for the 40th anniversary as a whole. If they’re legitimate, it’d make the most sense to see the products formally announced on Tuesday, potentially alongside my predicted November 12 release for Ocarina of Time. And if they don’t show up, you can pretty confidently write that leak off as fake. Right now, my gut says they’re real and will show up.

The Legend of Zelda Movie News

The Legend of Zelda movie hits theaters next April, and aside from casting news and a few official teaser images from Nintendo, we haven’t seen anything from the film. It’s become common for Shigeru Miyamoto to show up to present Mario movie news in Directs, so it seems very likely that he’ll do the same here. I think we could get official casting news for Ganondorf and other characters that have been reported on in recent weeks, and I bet we’ll see a short clip, too, if not a full trailer.

The Zelda Challenge

In June, Nintendo unveiled the DK Challenge: a series of time-limited challenges tied to Donkey Kong Bananza and classic DK games available on Nintendo Switch Online. It’s Nintendo’s experimental take on achievements or trophies, and notably, the DK Challenge just ended earlier this week. Based on the way it was integrated into Switch 2’s OS, this concept doesn’t seem like a one-off, and I can’t think of a better choice to follow it up than holding the Zelda Challenge for the franchise’s 40th anniversary. I’m not sure what modern game would be tied into this – maybe Breath of the Wild? – but this seems like a good way to build hype for the milestone year while encouraging fans to revisit classic Zeldas in the weeks leading up to Ocarina of Time.

Twilight Princess on Nintendo Switch Online

Speaking of NSO, it bothers me more than it should that The Legend of Zelda: Twilight Princess is the only 3D Zelda game that’s not playable in some form on Switch 2. Its excellent soundtrack isn’t available on the Nintendo Music app either, which strikes me as odd. I think Nintendo will right both of these wrongs on Tuesday, by shadowdropping the GameCube version of Twilight Princess on Nintendo Switch Online and adding its music to the app shortly after. Twilight Princess turns 20 years old in just a couple of months, so now seems like the perfect time.

The Legend of Zelda: Complete Playlist

Nintendo’s Zelda series has gone from 2D to 3D, from D-Pads to sticks to touch screens to motion controls and back. Here are all of Link’s (and Zelda’s and Tingle’s) adventures over the years. Log in to check off which ones you’ve played, and add others to your backlog.

See All

The Return of Multiplayer Zelda

The Zelda Direct is 30 minutes long, so I think there’s time for one more game announcement in addition to everything I’ve already discussed. If I’m putting this presentation together, though, I don’t really want to overshadow Ocarina of Time with anything too big. With that said, I think the time is right for the return of a multiplayer Zelda game. Nintendo hasn’t put out a multiplayer-focused Zelda game since 2015’s Tri Force Heroes on 3DS, and neither it nor the Four Swords games are available on Switch or Switch 2.

It’s a more niche corner of the franchise that’s been neglected for some time, and there are a few ways a multiplayer surprise could go down. We could get the “Zelda 99” battle royale treatment we’ve seen applied to classic games like Tetris, F-Zero, Pac-Man, and even Super Mario Bros. for its 35th anniversary. Or, it could be an NSO rerelease of the Game Boy Advance’s Four Swords, or the GameCube’s Four Swords Adventures, either of which could hugely benefit from online multiplayer support. Of course, it could be a brand new game in the style of past co-op Zeldas, but that feels the least likely. No matter what form it takes, I’m ready to see multiplayer Zelda return in the Direct.

The Next Main Zelda Reveal?

The core 3D Zelda team – led by Director Hidemaro Fujibayashi and longtime series producer Eiji Aonuma – are no doubt hard at work on their followup to 2023’s Tears of the Kingdom. The question is, will we see it on Tuesday? I’m inclined to guess we won’t. Ocarina of Time is the big Zelda story right now, and even a glimpse of what’s next might take away from the conversation surrounding the remake. If it does show, though, I don’t think it’d be any more than the smallest of teases. We’re talking five to 10 seconds of Link looking over a hill. But I’m not holding my breath. Especially with another general Nintendo Direct the following day, there’s no need to fire the open-world Zelda cannon at this point in the Switch 2’s life.

My Pie-in-the-Sky Dream: The 8-bit Breath of the Wild Prototype Is Released

I said all of my predictions were meant to have a solid chance of happening, but this one’s just for me. While exploring early concepts that would lead to the development of Breath of the Wild, the Zelda team built a playable, 8-bit prototype to test their ideas. It demonstrated ideas like chopping down trees to cross rivers and fire spreading across a grassy field, set in a Hyrule reminiscent of the NES original. It wasn’t meant to be a commercial product, but how cool would it be if Nintendo dropped it on Switch as part of the anniversary celebrations? I think the odds of this happening are essentially zero, but I’d love nothing more than to have access to a playable piece of Breath of the Wild’s development history.

It won’t happen, but I want to play this Breath of the Wild prototype.

General Nintendo Direct Predictions

That’s just day one! On Wednesday, September 9, Nintendo is airing its general Direct, featuring 45 minutes of updates on Nintendo Switch 2 games. This one is particularly exciting for different reasons: the Zelda Direct is presumably all about getting answers to our Ocarina of Time questions, while we have no idea what the centerpiece of the Wednesday show will be.

Updates on the 2026/2027 Slate

Much of the runtime will likely go to final updates and trailers on Nintendo games still set to come out this year. Expect last looks at Fire Emblem: Fortune’s Weave (out September 17) and Nintendo Switch Sports Resort (October 22), as well as updates on Pokémon Pokopia’s next waves of DLC.

We could also get another look at Xenoblade Genesis, Monolith Soft’s next RPG that’s due out in 2027. Something I’m not expecting to see is Pokémon Winds & Waves, though. It’s also set for next year, but given that mainline Pokémon games typically release in the Fall, I’m not expecting to see the next generation show up again until a Pokémon Presents showcase in February 2027 at the earliest.

The Duskbloods Release Date

Following its network test last month, I think we’ll get a release date for FromSoftware’s The Duskbloods. The Nintendo Store still lists it as a 2026 game, and December is feeling the most likely to me right now. Nintendo is publishing The Duskbloods outside of Japan. If you follow the pattern of Nintendo typically publishing one game a month, and you accept my reasoning that Ocarina is the November game, the only month left for The Duskbloods to theoretically land in is December. Purely to get a guess on the record, I’ll predict Thursday, December 3, mostly for the reason that when Nintendo does publish a game in December, it’s generally pretty early in the month, like Metroid Prime 4: Beyond on December 4 last year.

2D Metroid Reveal

On the topic of Metroid, it’s time to see MercurySteam’s next entry in the 2D Metroid series. The studio released Samus Returns on 3DS in 2017 and Dread on Switch in 2021, so it feels like we’re due for a new one in 2027. There was a recent video game age rating leak out of Brazil for a submission titled “Metroid Ravenous”. That leak featured no details other than the name, so there’s still a lot up in the air. However, Dread’s main villain was named Raven Beak, making “Ravenous” a pretty intriguing title for a potential sequel. Nintendo has been revealing new games fairly close to their release dates over the last few years, so I wouldn’t be surprised to see Metroid Ravenous announced on Wednesday and released as early as Q1 of 2027.

The Big Finale

There’s been this itch in the back of my brain all day. Nintendo has never aired back-to-back Directs in this way on two consecutive days. In other years, they’ve just glued the Mario 40th Anniversary segment onto a larger Nintendo Direct. I find the order peculiar, too. If the Zelda Direct blows us away (which I’m expecting Ocarina of Time to), why isn’t that one airing second as the big endcap to the week? Ocarina of Time has the power to close out a show, but it’s probably not going to be a factor on Wednesday. This tells me Nintendo must have something pretty special to end its second Direct with. Something big that won’t launch until the second half of 2027, but the announcement alone will help fuel Switch 2 sales through the holiday season. The two things I can think of that fit the bill are either Super Smash Bros. or the next 3D Super Mario. I think we’ll see one – not both – of these announced at the end of Wednesday’s show.

I can see arguments for each: I predicted a Super Smash Bros. Ultimate – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition at the start of the year. Here’s what I said in January that I still feel today:

“My boldest call of them all is that we’ll get a tease this year for Super Smash Bros. Ultimate – Nintendo Switch 2 Edition to launch sometime in 2027. I believe Ultimate could get the Mario Kart 8 Deluxe treatment this generation, with an enhanced port that carries us through the next several years rather than an entirely new entry. Smash Bros. director Masahiro Sakurai wrapped up Kirby Air Riders a few months ago, and it’s entirely possible he’s already hard at work bringing Ultimate over to Switch 2 with a few new characters. Ultimate noticeably hasn’t received a Switch 2 performance patch like Super Mario Odyssey, the open-world Zeldas, and plenty of other best-selling Switch 1 games, and combined with the fact that a new Smash game almost always hits within the first two years of a new Nintendo console, it feels like a prime candidate for a Switch 2 Edition.”

And, after spending the last year declaring it to be too soon for 3D Mario in the wake of Donkey Kong Bananza – another 3D mascot platformer from much of the same team as 3D Mario – I now think we’re entering the window where we could see the plumber show up any time. The Bananza marketing cycle is winding down: the DK Challenge just ended on NSO, the Emerald Rush DLC has gone through an entire year of limited-time events, and by the time 2027 rolls around, Bananza will have had two full holiday seasons as the primary platformer on Switch 2. I think Mario’s time is coming.

My Dream: Ace Attorney 7

This is one of my favorite series, and I predict it every time. It has to happen at some point!

Those are my predictions for the pair of Nintendo Directs airing over the next few days. I can’t wait to cover it all here on IGN and Nintendo Voice Chat. Be sure to drop your own predictions in the comments!

Logan Plant is the host of Nintendo Voice Chat and IGN’s Senior Editor, Playlist and DB. The Legend of Zelda is his favorite video game franchise of all time, and he is patiently awaiting the day Nintendo announces a brand new F-Zero. You can find new episodes of NVC every Friday on the IGN Games YouTube channel, Apple Podcasts, Spotify, or your favorite podcast app.

Zach Cregger Opens Up About Possibility of Making Resident Evil Sequel

Zach Cregger says he’d love to tell more stories in the Resident Evil universe, admitting he already has “ideas” about where he’d take things in a second film.

Cregger’s Resident Evil movie releases on September 18, 2026. It’s a decidedly different take on Capcom’s flagship horror franchise that tells a totally original tale, following an average Joe who’s forced to navigate the chaos of the Raccoon City Incident.

This decision has, unsurprisingly, split the series’ fanbase — but Cregger has maintained that he’s a huge fan of the games and didn’t just “slap” Resident Evil onto the movie to “get a budget.” In fact, he’s already got an idea of where he’d take a second film if everything goes well.

Resident Evil Movie Trailer Slideshow

When asked if he’d like to remain in the Resident Evil universe during an interview with The Playlist, Cregger answered: “I can’t help thinking about other places this story could go. I’ve got ideas, but this movie hasn’t even come out yet. Let’s see what happens.

“With Barbarian, I’ve never entertained the idea of a sequel or another movie in that universe because that story is, at its heart, so foul,” he continued. “What makes Barbarian interesting is the unfolding of the narrative, not the subject matter. I don’t think I want to write another story about what that movie is about. But this is different. I want to talk about the ending of this movie so badly, because there is a big aspect of it that’s worth discussing. This is a different situation.”

Thankfully, Resident Evil is already shaping up to have the most successful movie launch in the franchise’s history; early predictions suggest the horror flick could earn $40M – $50M during its opening weekend, potentially outearning any other movie adaptation of the game series.

Excitement (and trepidation) for Cregger’s version of events is at an all-time high, and regular teasers have been rolling out showing more and more of what we can expect when September 18 arrives. Most recently, a Spanish-language trailer from Sony España showed a glimpse of a creature that looks an awful lot like it’s been overtaken by Las Plagas, the parasite Leon fights in Resident Evil 4.

A promotional poster was also shared on the movie’s official social media accounts that showed an X-ray of a Doberman Pinscher, suggesting that the T-Virus infected dogs will make a possible appearance in the movie as a lovely callback to the earlier games.

For now, we’ll just have to wait and see if Resident Evil lives up to the hype — or lack thereof, with Cregger telling us that he was “naive” to expect all fans of the games would be happy with his decision to avoid a direct adaptation of “stories the games tell so well.”

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

The Odyssey Surpasses $1 Billion at International Box Office

Christopher Nolan’s The Odyssey has earned more than $1 billion at the international box office, and it still has nearly four more weeks left in theaters.

The Odyssey is enjoying a hugely successful theatrical run. Reports from Deadline confirm Nolan’s retelling of the ancient Greek epic has earned $1.59 billion at the global box office, becoming the director’s most profitable film to date and the 17th movie to ever cross the $1B mark internationally. (For reference, the global box office adds all markets together, while the international box office concerns markets outside of North America. You can check out our coverage of the film crossing $1B at the global box office here.)

What’s more, it’s the first standalone, non-sequel and non-remake to do so since James Cameron’s Avatar in 2009; other films that have crossed this line include Avengers: Endgame, Star Wars: The Force Awakens, and Spider-Man: Brand New Day, to name a few.

The Odyssey Images

“From its record-breaking opening to this historic milestone, The Odyssey has captivated audiences around the world,” Universal Pictures International’s president of distribution, Veronika Kwan Vandenberg, said in a statement. “We are incredibly proud to have partnered with Christopher Nolan, Emma Thomas and everyone at Syncopy to share this visionary theatrical experience with audiences everywhere.”

The Odyssey previously broke another big record in late August, overtaking Deadpool & Wolverine to become the highest-grossing R-Rated film of all time. The news earned a humorous congratulations from Ryan Reynolds, who posted a video mashup of Deadpool’s fight against Wolverine in the Honda Odyssey between clips of Odysseus and his men walking through the forest of giants.

“Obviously, [The Odyssey] is an incredible, incredible movie. Christopher Nolan literally breathes the rarest air on Earth. He’s a singular filmmaker. I mean, Matt Damon, Tom Holland, who’s clearly batting a thousand stars with Zendaya. I just love that people are going to the movie theaters. I don’t even care why or for what reason. Just go to the movie theaters. There’s no better shared experience,” the actor told Variety.

There’s still time to see The Odyssey as Nolan intended, with 70mm IMAX showings of the film extended until September 30 due to the small amount of screens that exist in the world. This is the second time these screenings have been extended, likely adding on to its already hugely profitable box office run.

The Odyssey dominated the movies this summer alongside Spider-Man: Brand New Day, which swung past Avengers: Endgame’s record to become the highest-grossing domestic film in history, as well as the most profitable Spider-Man movie of all time, becoming the first one to reach $2 billion in theaters.

If you needed a reason to see the Odyssey before its extended screenings end, check out our review right here on IGN, where we scored Nolan’s version of the epic an 8 out of 10, calling it a “must-watch cinematic experience.”

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

How to Watch Free Movies and TV Shows on Your PS5

Sony recently announced an entirely new feature for PS5 users: free live TV. In short, any PS5 owner with a PlayStation account now has access to a range of ad-supported live TV channels directly through their console, no extra charge.

Still, the new “Live TV on PS5” feature isn’t the only way you can watch movies and TV for free. Below, I’ve broken down how to access the new app, as well as what other (potentially better) free media options you have on your console.

How to Watch Live TV for Free on Your PS5

To access the new live TV channels, you’ll need a PlayStation 5 and a PlayStation account. Right now, the new Live TV feature is only available in the U.S., with plans to expand into Canada in the near future.

Here’s how you get to the new app:

  1. Go to your media tab
  2. Hit Live TV on PS5
  3. Sign into your PlayStation account

While PlayStation technically says the service doesn’t require a subscription, this PlayStation account will be used to link to a Sony Core Pictures account, which predates this new feature. It’s what you’d use to buy or rent movies and series through your PlayStation, kind of similar to Prime Video, and is also available as a separate streaming subscription.

The user interface replicates the cable style of live TV, giving you an opportunity to see upcoming schedules for each available channel. As with most modern streaming interfaces, you’ll also get personalized and themed recommendations.

You won’t have endless access to the live TV channels you’d get out of a paid subscription like Hulu + Live TV or ESPN Unlimited. Instead, the offerings are more like reruns from classic channels. You get free movies from channels like MovieSphere and Sony One Horror Hits, and channels dedicated to full TV shows like Community, The Walking Dead, and Naruto. You’ll also get limited sport programming as well as local news and weather through NBC and Fox.

In truth, the selection isn’t likely vary too much from other free ad-supported television (FAST, as some like to call it) channels. Speaking of…

Other Free Streaming Services on PS5

This new feature isn’t technically your own free live TV option. There’s two other particularly great free streaming apps you can access on PS5 consoles, though you’ll have to download them as individual apps as opposed to accessing them directly from the Media menu.

Pluto TV

Pluto TV is under the Paramount umbrella and offers its own spread of over 400 channels, including tons of free movies and shows. That Paramount umbrella gets you a pretty wild range, including the John Wick movies, Top Gun: Maverick, Pitch Perfect, and ridiculous amounts of Star Trek. You’ll also get access to some local CBS news stations.

See the Full Pluto TV Library

Tubi

Tubi was acquired by Fox back in 2020, and its been on a bit of a tear since then. Its picked up some classic cartoons that were previously dropped by streamers like HBO Max, and also happens to have a great selection of anime. You never know what you’ll find on Tubi, but some big hits include the Kung Fu Panda movies, Men in Black, and the Jurassic World movies. Tubi also offers live TV, including sports reruns and local news under that Fox banner.

Check Out Everything on Tubi

Bonus: YouTube and Twitch

Yeah, it’s not exactly free TV shows or movies, but if you’re looking for solid and free entertainment, you’ll definitely find something on the classics: YouTube and Twitch. These are both also available as apps through your PS5, and as long as you’re cool with some ads, have probably more hours of content than anything else.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who, when she isn’t following streaming news, spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

New Spanish Resident Evil Movie Teaser Includes Possible Hint at Las Plagas

A new Spanish-language teaser trailer for Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil movie includes never-before-seen footage of a tentacle-like mutation that looks frighteningly similar to Las Plagas from Resident Evil 4.

The teaser, published on September 4, 2026, sees Bryan Hodukavich (played by Austin Abrams) cautiously walk into the maternity ward of a hospital, which seems to have been overtaken by some kind of fleshy substance — and, tragically, so have all the bassinets meant to hold newborn babies.

Another shot from the trailer shows a corpse’s feet being consumed by thin, wormlike vines. That corpse raises itself up a second later, seemingly animated by one of these vines protruding from its cheek as a horrified Hodukavich looks on.

Zach Cregger’s RESIDENT EVIL new international teaser featuring exclusive footage has just been released.

It’s tracking to be this fall’s highest-grossing film, recording a $60M-$80M domestic debut. pic.twitter.com/Jtjr0FqRLN

— Global Box Office (@GlobalBoxOffice) September 4, 2026

Needless to say, this has already sparked comparisons to Las Plagas, the parasite responsible for the Los Illuminados Incident in RE4. That particular mutation notably boasted tentacle-like growths, which would transform into terrifying beings as their growth stages progressed.

Cregger has been open about his inspiration for his Resident Evil movie, saying that RE4 and RE7 had the biggest influence on his creative approach to the film. “I like the idea of borrowing the rhythm and scale from [Resident Evil] 4 and using some of the character elements from [Resident Evil] 7,” he said in a September 1 Reddit AMA.

“7 is when Ethan comes into it, and I like that you’re just a normal dude going through this horrible situation. 4 has the rhythm that I really like where you’re moving from set piece to set piece and location to location. 4 is such a big game. You go through all these different – it feels like worlds, from the village to the castle, to the island. It’s just like, it keeps giving and giving.”

𝚃𝚑𝚎 𝚜𝚞𝚋𝚓𝚎𝚌𝚝 𝚒𝚜… 𝚌𝚑𝚊𝚗𝚐𝚒𝚗𝚐. pic.twitter.com/nIesJoLqF7

— Resident Evil (@ResidentEvil) September 4, 2026

That wasn’t the only exciting reveal from Cregger’s Resident Evil movie today; the film’s official social media accounts also shared a promotional poster showing X-ray imaging of a Doberman Pinscher — the dog breed that famously antagonizes players in several of the early games. The post’s caption reads: “The subject is… changing,” implying that this particular Doberman has been infected with the T-Virus.

It’s a lovely callback to the earlier Resident Evil games, and yet another Easter egg that Cregger has included in his interpretation of the series alongside a wealth of other references that connect his vision to the source material.

Cregger’s movie tells a new story that follows an average Joe who gets caught up in the madness of the Raccoon City Incident. Although he was staunchly against making a one-to-one recreation of the games to avoid rehashing “stories that [they] tell so well,” Cregger understands why fans might be hesitant to give him a chance, telling IGN in an exclusive interview that he was “naive” to think fans would be onboard with him avoiding a direct adaptation of the games.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

1 vs. 100 Live Was One of the Gutsiest Games Ever Made

This is an IGN opinion piece from Ryan McCaffrey, who worked at Official Xbox Magazine from 2002-2012 during the original Xbox and Xbox 360 era before joining IGN, where he remains “the Xbox guy.” In the run-up to Xbox’s 25th anniversary, he’ll be sharing his memories from the platform’s first quarter-century.

To this day, the Achievements on my Xbox gamercard that I’m most proud of are the 12 out of 12 I got in 1 vs. 100. They are, of course, impossible to attain now, and so I will always cherish them. But 1 vs. 100 was more than a licensed video game adaptation of a popular game show. For Xbox, it was an incredibly gutsy creative risk that actually worked, and I’d love to see the company get back to that kind of boldness again.

If you’re not familiar with the video game version of 1 vs. 100, it was an Xbox 360 game played live with actual Xbox players at certain times of the week when the show would be “on the air.” It was, quite literally, appointment gaming. The majority of players were in The Crowd, aka the audience. You’d get to play along trying to answer the quick-response trivia questions. Meanwhile, 100 randomly selected players would get to be in The Mob, who would compete for actual prizes — free Xbox Live Arcade games and/or Microsoft Points (for those too young to remember, these were virtual currency used to buy games on the Xbox Live Marketplace or on Xbox Live Arcade). Finally, there was The One, another randomly selected player who, if they could beat The Mob in the trivia challenge, could win even bigger amounts of cash (again, in the form of Microsoft Points).

I so vividly remember making the time to log on and play in the evenings the game was available, and trying to answer those trivia questions as quickly as possible. You could get on Party Chat with your friends and root for each other to make it into The Mob — or even The One. I never got to be The One, but I did make it into The Mob once. I fared well enough that I did win an honest-to-goodness prize: 80 Microsoft Points, which was the equivalent of $1. That’s a dollar more than any other game I’d ever played had given me!

I did win an honest-to-goodness prize while playing 1 vs. 100: 80 Microsoft Points, which was the equivalent of $1. That’s a dollar more than any other game I’d ever played had given me!“

Sadly, 1 vs. 100 didn’t last. It had a real-life host, a crew of game and infrastructure engineers that made the live events work, server costs on Xbox Live, and goodness knows what else. I understand why Microsoft killed it, but still don’t like it. 1 vs. 100 represented the kind of creative risk-taking that Xbox just doesn’t do anymore. I get the franchise-first focus the new regime is taking now — and I won’t lie, it’ll be nice to have Fallout games more than once every 15 years, as one example — but it sure would be cool to see Asha Sharma and Matt Booty take the creative swings that made Xbox beloved and successful in the Xbox 360 era in the first place.

The concept of a live interactive video game show had so much promise and potential. As 1 vs. 100 reigned for a brief time, I remember how we would openly daydreamed together in the Official Xbox Magazine office about what other game shows could be brought to life this way: The Price is Right, Press Your Luck, or even Jeopardy and/or Wheel of Fortune. None of it ever came to pass, of course, and none of it probably ever will. But 1 vs. 100 was real, it worked, it was glorious, and I miss it.

25 Years of Xbox

For more of my memories from across a quarter-century of writing about Xbox games, check out these other stories:

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

Onimusha Shows Why Capcom Is on a Winning Streak

There are very few publishers who can claim to have had quite as prosperous a decade as Capcom. The company’s 10 best-selling games all launched within the past 10 years, a chain of good fortune that began with 2017’s Resident Evil 7. Capcom’s reimagining of gaming’s most important survival horror series became something of a formula for its wider success, and that template can be seen in action once again with this year’s Onimusha: Way of the Sword.

Aside from a couple of remasters and spin-off projects, Onimusha has lain dormant for 20 years. The entire original four-part series was released during the PS2 era, and so there have been nearly three whole console generations of progress since the last entry, 2006’s Dawn of Dreams. That project introduced what was, until Way of the Sword, Onimusha’s most “modern” idea: a fully 3D camera. For its earlier entries, Onimusha used fixed camera perspectives and pre-rendered backdrops, much like the original Resident Evils.

There’s a good reason for that: Onimusha basically was Resident Evil. Set predominantly within the grounds of a single castle, 2001’s Onimusha: Warlords is a game of solving puzzles, unlocking doors, and eating herbs to stay alive. Shinji Mikami, co-creator of Resident Evil, even advised on the project. The series shed more of that survival horror blood with each successive entry, but when it comes to a brand new Onimusha for the 2020s, it would not have been surprising to see Capcom return to those roots and essentially clone its Resident Evil 2 remake but fill it with samurai and demons. Afterall, much of Resident Evil 7’s success is thanks to revitalising the past, the Baker Estate being a Southern Gothic variant of the Spencer Mansion.

But Onimusha: Way of the Sword is not Resident Evil with samurai. If anything, it’s Capcom’s answer to Sony Santa Monica Studio’s modern God of War games. It features furious melee combat with an array of flashy abilities. You face monstrous bosses, some of which repeat multiple times. Treasures are hidden behind knotty environmental puzzles. Your protagonist, Miyamoto Musashi, squeezes through gaps, and is accompanied by a disembodied advisor who is much too talkative.

This is still Capcom’s formula in action, though, just a different side of it. Resident Evil 7’s success is as much about wider influences as it is refocusing on roots. To put Resident Evil back on track after the much-too-bombastic RE6, Capcom studied the horror landscape. It saw the success of projects like Frictional Games’ utterly terrifying Amnesia: The Dark Descent, and how the limited vision enforced by a first-person perspective could create an oppressive atmosphere – an approach that turned the simple corridors of Hideo Kojima’s PT into a looping nightmare. Combined with the labyrinthine level design the company had perfected back in the 1990s, it would make for the ideal series reboot. Resident Evil 7 was born. A similar approach can be seen in Capcom’s other landmark game of the decade – by adopting the open world format so popular in the West, Monster Hunter: World transformed a niche concern into Capcom’s best-selling game by over 10 million copies.

Onimusha: Way of the Sword is not Resident Evil with samurai. If anything, it’s Capcom’s answer to the modern God of War games.“

In Way of the Sword, you can see how Capcom has studied the success of God of War and similar modern action-adventure games in order to find a new identity for Onimusha. Those learnings are not just echoed in level design and individual features, but also in tone: Way of the Sword is surprisingly funny. Like Nathan Drake, Musashi adventures through Kyoto armed with a thousand one-liners. His face, modelled on legendary actor and Kurosawa collaborator, Toshiro Mifune, is incredibly expressive, often for comedic effect.

The original games were campy, but more so because that was simply the way games were written at the time – like the original Resident Evil, there’s a lot of unintentional comedy in Warlords’ script. But, as with the modern era of Resident Evil, Capcom made a deliberate choice. With Resi, it pushed aside the camp and doubled down on the horror. The remakes are much grimier than their parent games, while RE7 has the kind of filthy fears that’ll give you tetanus, and RE8 contains the series’ most terrifying scares in House Beneviento. For Onimusha, Capcom has pushed the other way, turning the Power Rangers camp of the original games into a deliberate flavour. While many will understandably opt for the Japanese VO for a more “authentic” experience, I think the bizarre Britishness of Way of the Sword’s English dub is intentional – not just in making Musashi more amusing, but turning his Genma adversaries into the Kyoto equivalent of London-accented orcs (a “Looks like samurai’s back on the menu, boys!” would fit in perfectly). While Way of the Sword does have its fair share of darkness and terror to reflect the survival horror leanings of the original games, there’s plenty to laugh at here, and Capcom wants you to chuckle.

But Capcom also wants you to sweat, and that’s where Way of the Sword’s greatest achievement comes in. As fun as the original games are, Onimusha has never offered any significant depth in its swordplay. If it were to live up to its new subtitle, the latest entry absolutely needed a new approach. It took that approach from FromSoftware’s masterpiece, Sekiro: Shadows Die Twice, and it smartly did so without turning Onimusha into a soulslike.

There’s already some debate as to how Souls-y Way of the Sword is, and for the most part the answer is “not at all.” But when it comes to Onimusha’s bosses, the Sekiro similarity is undeniable. The parry is your greatest weapon, and matching the rhythmic patterns of your enemy’s blade is the primary way of opening up attack windows. Like Sekiro, this is a game of wearing down an enemy’s stamina before inflicting massive bursts of damage, and then resetting the deadly dance to do it all over again. A delicate balance of offence and defence is demanded, as giving your enemy space allows them to regain stamina, the very thing you need to erode away to inflict the most severe punishment. You can’t simply spam attacks to burn through the enemy’s healthbar, or chug consumables to allow a barrage of your flashiest damage dealers – you must fight using a very precise set of tools, picked in response to a very particular set of attack patterns. Alongside limited heals, multi-phase fights, and the combat’s frenetic flow, it’s hard to deny that Onimusha’s new approach to bosses isn’t following in FromSoftware’s shinobi footsteps.

But Capcom wouldn’t have enjoyed its decade of success if it just pilfered from popular games with little care for how those ideas were implemented. Again, Way of the Sword is not a soulslike, and you can see that in its wider design. Genre rules like bonfires, world resets, and loss of XP resources are absent. Regular enemies are, if anything, too easy. And there’s not a poison swamp in sight. While all this does contribute to the feeling of the bosses being substantial difficulty spikes along the campaign’s route, it also ensures that Onimusha is not a grueling experience in the way that FromSoftware’s games can be – even when you’re on your sixth attempt at a boss, there’s no infuriating run-back to contend with, and that goes a long way to ensuring you don’t lose your patience when faced with a particularly tricky roadblock.

It’s this elegant adaptation of ideas from beyond Capcom’s walls that ensured both Monster Hunter and Resident Evil became the modern juggernauts they are. While MH: World expanded its literal horizons to allow for a more expansive environment, it was careful not to take on the bloat of contemporary open world games. It was still focused on the hunt. Resident Evil 7 may have adopted the perspective of Amnesia, PT, and Alien: Isolation, but it rejected their combatless approaches and put a gun in your hand – exactly as Resident Evil should be. In all these examples, it’s clear that Capcom understands both each trend’s mass appeal and how to reinterpret that trend in a way that’s appropriate to the IP in question.

While it remains to be seen if Capcom’s resurrection of its long-dormant samurai game will be quite as financially successful as its Resident Evil and Monster Hunter revitalisations, it’s clear that the Capcom formula has worked beautifully for Onimusha: Way of the Sword. It has launched to near-universal critical adoration, and its impressive pre-release demo quickly earned it a legion of eager fans. With any luck, Onimusha is back, and its next game will feature whatever the swordplay equivalent to House Beneviento is.

Matt Purslow is IGN’s Executive Editor of Features.

White House Launches Minigame Site Where You Catch Immigrants and Build a Tetris Border Wall, Parodying PlayStation, Xbox and Nintendo Logos

Donald Trump’s White House has launched Arcade.Gov, a site with mini-games where you catch and deport immigrants, or use Tetris blocks to build a border wall.

The site’s mini-games riff on existing ideas, such as Flappy Bill, an obvious parody of Flappy Bird, which asks players to keep the bill in the air while flying through the capitol.

Rio Run, meanwhile, asks you to “patrol the line along the river, pick up every crosser.” It’s essentially Snake, with you playing a character wearing a business suit, who collects a chain of orange jumpsuited prisoners. At the end of the game, the number of people you have successfully deported is then shown on screen.

CAN’T STOP WINNING. 🎮

Build the wall. Deport. Fill a Trump Account.

LIVE – PLAY NOW 📲 https://t.co/qIR69AxSnm pic.twitter.com/2nr2jG1ZRg

— The White House (@WhiteHouse) September 3, 2026

Build the Wall: Zombie Border Siege asks players to stack bricks and “hold the line” at a location described as the “Southern Border.” It’s a version of Tetris, with green aliens entering from the right-hand side who impact your Tetrominos.

Supply Line is a game where you punch offensive foodstuffs off a school lunch production line, letting through vegetables while tossing out energy drinks. And finally, Trump Savings Tycoon lets you “fill your kids’ Trump Accounts” by catching memecoins and bank notes that rain down over a Washington D.C. skyline, the U.S. Capitol dominated by a large construction crane.

Rio Run. Image credit: Arcade.Gov/The White House.

The site has been advertised on social media with videos parodying the console startup animations for the PlayStation 2, Xbox 360, and Nintendo GameCube, as well as the logo of Sega, here edited to spell out “Maga.”

Reaction to the site has been largely as you’d expect, which is all entirely the point. While delighting those who support Trump, these games are clearly designed to simultaneously provoke a response from those who would likely see them as distasteful, at best.

Nintendo is among the various companies and individuals which have called out Trump’s regime for using their likenesses, music and intellectual property, though the administration seems undeterred. Again, the outrage generated by such antics only serves to spread their reach, and act as another distraction from more serious issues, such as war, climate change and a million other issues.

In March, Steve Downes, who plays Master Chief in the Halo series, demanded the White House remove his voice from a social media video he described as “disgusting and juvenile war porn.” In October last year, Microsoft remained silent after Donald Trump released an AI image of the U.S. president as Master Chief and the Department of Homeland Security used Halo to promote ICE on social media. And also in March, the White House posted a video on social media that mixed footage from its bombing operations in Iran with Call of Duty gameplay. Activision did not comment.

As pointed out by The New York Times, Trump administration spokesperson Abigail Jackson has previously commented to double down on their social media strategy. “Through engaging posts and banger memes, we are successfully communicating the president’s extremely popular agenda,” Jackson said. “There’s a reason so many people try to copy our style — our message resonates.”

Anyway, it’s good to see everyone’s keeping politics out of games.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

It’s a Cozy, More Relaxing City-Builder

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • You don’t build with individual bricks; instead, you assemble your city with pre-fabricated buildings however you see fit.
  • It’s cozy and chill, but not entirely so, as your citizens will still present you problems that need solving.
  • There are plenty of deeper gameplay systems to dig into if you want to.

I love Legos. When I was a kid, my parents would always buy me a set or two for Christmas, and we’d spend part of the day putting it together forever. It was always the more outlandish stuff: pirates and castles and Aquasharks over real-life things, but I did have this pizza delivery truck I adored. This was before Legos largely became all about licensed properties, but the freedom to build whatever you want, however you want, has never really left.

Lego Skylines is all about that, and after spending about an hour with it at Gamescom, I’m excited to play more of it. My demo started simply enough: I was a Master Builder who had come to a little island and run into a family that needed a new house. Since this is a video game, their problems were my problems, and I built them a house. But you know what they say about giving a minifigure a house. Well, they’ll want more. Soon I was sprucing up their yard, building a road, and a place for them to work. And after that, I was on my way to building a whole city.

Let me be clear: this isn’t a brick-by-brick thing. I’m choosing from pre-built houses and buildings (and there are several varieties of each) and watching them come together, piece by piece, at incredible speed. But the cool thing, according to the developers at Iceflake Studios, is that every building in Lego Skylines is built from real Lego bricks in real configurations, and you can see them if you decide, for whatever reason, to demolish something you’ve built. If you have the right pieces, you could build everything in Skylines yourself. That’s awesome.

The developers described Lego Skylines to me as a cozier, simpler city builder. “

For me, city builders are more about making a beautiful pattern than making a city that works. Generally, I make my city and then worry about making it a place that functions. As you can imagine, that sometimes gets me into trouble. If you’re like me and looking for something a little less… punishing, shall we say, Lego Skylines might fit the bill. The developers described it to me as a cozier, simpler city builder. You’ll still have problems – crime, fires, you know, the things cities deal with – but you’ll have time to solve them. This isn’t a situation where things will start collapsing immediately if you don’t take care of them. There won’t be Lego minifigures roaming the streets with pitchforks and torches because they don’t have healthcare.

What that means is you can kind of build your city how you want to. One of the developers I spoke to told me she focuses on building a cozy city until problems start piling up. Another told me he starts with taking care of what needs to happen first and foremost and then worries about making it pretty afterwards. Whatever you want to do is fine.

What I really appreciated, though, was just how many options I had and how complex things could get if I really wanted to dig. If I wanted to attract people, I needed jobs, which meant places for them to work, which meant roads to take them there. And if I wanted people to visit those fine establishments, I had to advertise them (billboards!) and make them more appealing (Statues! Flowers! Fountains!). The same was true of any house, too, and I could always click on a resident or building and figure out what issues needed solving or if they were happy with things the way they were.

Lego Skylines Screenshots

After I spent a while building up my own town, I played the second part of the demo, which took me to a finished city, and man, it was impressive in a “how on Earth would you build this?” sort of way. But that’s the thing, right? Building a city is a process, and like real cities, they change all the time. You might move a building, add a road, add a park. Stores go up and come down. Cities and towns are living things that grow and change and shrink and decay and live and die alongside their populace. It’s impossible for me to imagine New York as anything other than what it is right now, but it wasn’t always that way. It didn’t sprout out of the ground. People built it, and it changed with us. Lego Skylines gets that.

Once I got over the decision paralysis of, “Oh my God, look how big this is, what would I even do here?” I noticed that some folks really wanted more educational opportunities, so I built a university just outside of the city and a road to get people there. It wasn’t much, but I’d made the city better.

My demo ended shortly after that, but I walked away from it eager to come back and build a prettier (and more functional) pattern. The beauty of a city builder is you can do whatever you want, and Lego Skylines’ kinder, gentler approach – combined with the inherent appeal of building a city out of Legos – seems like it will scratch that itch. It might not be as cool as building Legos with your family on Christmas, but you can still make something beautiful if you try.

While you’re here, check out these recent previews of other big upcoming games we’ve checked out recently!

Will Borger is an IGN freelancer. You can find him on Bluesky @edgarallanbro.

Marvel Secretly Developing New Live-Action Disney+ Project, Potentially Young Avengers or New Mutants

A flurry of reports point to Marvel secretly mounting a new live-action Disney+ series, potentially featuring characters from the Young Avengers or New Mutants.

Last month, Murphy’s Multiverse spotted that a fresh Marvel production company, Veil Productions, had been set up for a TV project. Now, there’s also word on its production codename: “Slumber Party.”

Marvel typically sets up a production company for each of its major projects, and these can be named something referencing the project itself. (Marvel’s recent “Throttle Productions” is believed to be the team behind Ryan Gosling’s upcoming Ghost Rider, for example.) So too with its production codenames, though these can also be deliberately obtuse.

The Most Surprising Avengers and Marvel Characters Not Announced for Doomsday

So, what could Veil refer to? In the Marvel comics, Veil was a young member of the Avengers Academy, and Slumber Party certainly points to a youthful setting. It’s also the title of New Mutants #21, which introduced Warlock.

Marvel has been considering a standalone Young Avengers project for years, it is widely understood, with teases in several other MCU projects and an array of characters it could now include. Iman Vellani’s excellent Ms. Marvel was last seen trying to form a team with Hailee Steinfeld’s Kate Bishop, with Kathryn Newton’s Cassie Lang also in their sights to recruit.

Beyond these, it’s been years now since we checked in with Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness’s America Chavez and The Falcon and the Winter Soldier’s Patriot. There’s also Ironheart’s Riri Williams, plus Agatha and Vision Quest’s Maximoff twins. Even Hulk has a son now, too.

When might we hear more? Marvel will hold a dedicated “Up Next From Marvel Television and Marvel Animation” panel at New York Comic-Con on October 8, which seems like a great time to make some form of announcement. Expect more detail on Vision Quest and Daredevil: Born Again Season 3 at the same time.

Every Confirmed Mutant in the MCU (So Far)

Any new Disney+ live-action series confirmation would be notable at this point, following the noticable slowdown in new Marvel (and Star Wars) live-action series getting the greenlight. After years of pumping out projects that left fans feeling like the studio was focused on quantity rather than quality (Secret Invasion, looking at you), Disney appears to have reigned in its balance sheet, while Marvel looks to be applying more quality control.

The timing for a Young Avengers project would also seem to make sense, perhaps focusing on the characters during or directly preceding the events of Avengers: Doomsday, making for a intriguing setup to Avengers: Secret Wars.

Earlier this week, it was reported that Noah Jupe had joined the cast of Avengers: Secret Wars in a hush-hush role that fans already believed they have sussed out.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Miami-Dade Sheriff and Commissioner Slam City’s Proposed GTA 6 Takeover

The Sheriff of Miami-Dade county is speaking out against Miami’s proposal to celebrate the launch of GTA 6 by decking out the city in advertisements for the highly-anticipated game, arguing that it glorifies crime and undermines the efforts of law enforcement.

Grand Theft Auto 6 takes place in Vice City, a fictional version of Miami, Florida. Rockstar took pains to faithfully recreate Miami’s most iconic locales and architecture within the game, with fans already spotting a few real-life locations in the title’s newest trailers.

In late August, local news outlets reported that Miami-Dade County officials had spoken with Rockstar Games about potential plans for a Grand Theft Auto 6-themed takeover of Miami, which included ideas like wrapping the Metro line with Vice City branding, creating Vice City manhole covers, and decking out the Miami International Airport with ‘Welcome to Vice City’ signage.

Even More GTA 6 Screenshots from Rockstar Games

While nothing has been formally approved, it seemed like the city was gung-ho for a partnership with the biggest game of the year… but now, the Miami-Dade county sheriff is bringing those ideas to a screeching halt.

Miami-Dade Sheriff Rosie Cordero-Stutz and Commissioner Juan Carlos Bermudez believe that celebrating Grand Theft Auto — a game series famous for allowing players to engage in criminal activity — in such a way would essentially promot a fictionalized, crime-ridden version of their city.

“Grand Theft Auto is a video game franchise built around criminal activity. Its fictional world includes murder, robbery, drug trafficking, carjacking, violence against law enforcement, and other conduct that the men and women of the Miami-Dade Sheriff’s Office work every single day to prevent,” Cordero-Stutz said, per NBC Miami 6.

“At a time when law enforcement is working every day to reduce violent crime, prevent robberies and car thefts, combat drug trafficking, and build stronger relationships between our deputies and the communities we serve, I believe we need to seriously consider the message we send when our own government promotes a fictional identity centered around many of those same crimes.”

“I still cannot believe that we are even considering temporarily rebranding important County assets, including Miami International Airport, as ‘Vice City Airport,'” Bermudez added. “Miami-Dade County has spent decades building a reputation as a world-class destination for tourism, business, investment, and opportunity. We should be promoting the Miami-Dade we have worked so hard to build, not a fictional version of our community defined by crime and violence.”

It’s unclear what the future of Miami’s GTA 6 takeover will look like, now that the county sheriff has spoken out against the idea… but with the title shaping up to be one of the biggest releases in video game history, it certainly seems like a profitable venture, should it actually work out.

The sheriff isn’t the only one balking at GTA 6’s November 19 launch; spouses across social media have also kicked off a heated debate after claiming that playing the game, which features a relationship mechanic between dual protagonists Jason and Lucia, is tantamount to cheating.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Dragon Ball Producer Toei Animation Denies Involvement in Saudi-France Paris Theme Park

Last week, France and Saudi Arabia made the surprise announcement that the Paris region of France will be getting a Dragon Ball theme park. This sparked varied reactions across the internet, with many comments in Japanese expressing concern regarding licensing rights and the lack of Japanese representation. This week, Dragon Ball anime producer Toei Animation released an official announcement denying involvement in the project. So what is happening with this proposed Dragon Ball theme park in France?

In case you missed it, Saudi Arabia’s de facto ruler Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman made a two-day state visit to France last month, attending the closing ceremony of the Esports World Cup in Paris alongside French president Emmanuel Macron (source: Arab News). This trip culminated in the surprise announcement of a new theme park project just outside Paris.

President of FIFA Gianni Infantino, French President Emmanuel Macron, and the Crown Prince and Prime Minister of Saudi Arabia Mohammed bin Salman attend the closing ceremony of the Esports World Cup at the Grand Palais in Paris, France, on August 23, 2026. Photo by Teresa SUAREZ / POOL / AFP via Getty Images.

Posting on X in French on August 25, Macron said: “With Saudi Arabia, we are making an unprecedented announcement.” The French president went on to describe the proposal as three theme parks located in Cergy-Pontoise, northwest of Paris. He cited the 6 billion euro investment and predicted 22,000 jobs created by the project as something that hadn’t been seen “since Disneyland Paris.” It will be a “new global destination — here, in France.”

In the post, Macron mentioned his personal liking of Japanese comics (“You know of my interest in manga”), however he did not directly state what themes these three parks would have. However, a later official press release by the Île-de-France region on August 31 referred directly to one of the three being “a Dragon Ball park.”

News outlets worldwide, including Japanese ones like Mainichi Shimbun, swiftly picked up the story of a Dragon Ball theme park in France. However, this sparked backlash among some Japanese language commenters amid concerns that there was no visible Japanese representation or official announcement from license holders at the time.

The 13 Best Dragon Ball Z Characters

Since then, Toei Animation, the studio behind the Dragon Ball anime, issued a statement regarding the park proposal, denying any prior knowledge or involvement.

“Recently, some media reports have suggested that ‘the decision has been made to build a Dragon Ball theme park in France,’ however our company (…) and relevant rights-holding companies have not granted any licences in relation to this matter, and we are not aware of any such plans,” stated Toei Animation.

Toei Animation is involved in the ongoing plan to build a Dragon Ball theme park in the Saudi Arabian capital of Riyadh, in a strategic partnership with Qiddiya Investment Company. In this case, Toei Animation directly announced the project on its website back in 2024, alongside concept images, a video and details of the project.

Dragon Ball Z Theme Park Concept Art (2024)

However, in its recent statement, Toei clarified that the concept images used by some news reports of a Paris park actually relate to the planned Dragon Ball theme park in Riyadh, and not to any France-based project. Although new Dragon Ball projects were announced at the 40th anniversary event in April, the rights to the franchise are complicated and involve several companies. Until further official announcements are made, it’s unclear if and when a France-based theme park featuring the late Akira Toriyama’s creations will become a reality. No opening date has been set, and construction is expected to take several ​years.

Saudi Arabia’s Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman is an open fan of video games and anime, making increasing investments in game companies through his MiSK foundation and its subsidiaries. Through related companies, he owns King of Fighters developer SNK, plus a 10% stake in Capcom, among others. The Qiddiya Investment Company, which is involved in the Dragon Ball Riyadh theme park, is owned by the Saudi Arabian sovereign wealth fund, the Public Investment Fund (PIF), of which the crown prince is chairman. On August 4, an investor group composed of PIF, Silver Lake and Affinity Partners completed a $55 billion leveraged buyout of video game giant EA.

Photo by LOU BENOIST / AFP via Getty Images.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

Netflix Making Live-Action Dungeons & Dragons Series About Darklord Strahd von Zarovich’s Origin Story

Netflix is cooking up a live-action Dungeons & Dragons TV show based on the tabletop RPG’s gothic-horror campaign, Ravenloft, and its vampire villain, Darklord Strahd von Zarovich.

The spooky series is penned as an origin story that dives into the events that turned Zarovitch into the vicious vampire count we all know and love today.

As told by Variety, Netflix’s Ravenloft show is described as a “prestige fantasy series where adventure collides with gothic horror and tragic romance.”

Dungeons and Dragons: Long Rest Tavern Screenshots

“Ravenloft and its Domains of Dread redefine adventure through character-driven stories of dark magic and supernatural intrigue. At the heart of the series, Ravenloft follows the making of the vampire Darklord Strahd von Zarovich, whose story of power, love, obsession, and undead transformation charts his origins from tragic antihero to one of Dungeons & Dragons’ most notorious villains,” the description reads.

The series is created by John August (co-host of scriptwriting podcast Scriptnotes, Corpse Bride, Charlie and the Chocolate Factory) and is being executive produced by Alfonso Cuarón, Hasbro’s Gabriel Marano, Richard Schwartz, and Esperanto Filmoj’s Gaby Rodriguez.

Strahd von Zarovich is very much a Dracula-inspired character; formerly a prince and warlord, he got anxious in his middle age and made a pact with the Dark Powers to gain immortality. Part of that pact involved killing his own brother so he might marry his wife (Zarovich’s sister-in-law). However, it’s safe to say that she was not into her brother-in-law, as she literally flung herself off of a cliff to get away from him, killing herself and leaving Zarovich heartbroken.

This isn’t the only exciting news for D&D fans; a new game from the franchise was shown off at gamescom this year called Dungeons & Dragons: Warlock, starring Tricia Helfer as Kaatri, a warlock, and Maggie Robertson (Resident Evil Village’s Lady Dimitrescu) as Tasha, a powerful witch-queen and Kaatri’s patron.

News of Netflix’s forthcoming show follows Wizards of the Coast’s April 2026 release of Ravenloft: The Horrors Within expansion, which gave players an updated version of the original story as part of Dungeons & Dragons’ Season of Horror event.

On the flip side, Dungeons & Dragons: Honor Among Thieves directors John Francis Daley and Jonathan Goldstein are still holding out hope for a sequel after Paramount passed on the project due to “financial” reasons. While it wasn’t a box office hit at the time, fans have come to love the fantasy flick in the years since then, and with Netflix cooking up a live-action show, the D&D universe is looking like an exciting brand for studios to back.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Elden Ring Director Hidetaka Miyazaki Is Confused by the Rumors That He Has a ‘Thing for Feet’

Dark Souls and Elden Ring director Hidetaka Miyazaki has addressed the rumors that he’s got a foot fetish, and he seemed pretty baffled by the whole thing.

Miyazaki’s games are beloved for their brutal gameplay, grimdark settings, and tortured characters. Of these characters, several of the female bosses, NPCs, and helpers share a common trait: They aren’t wearing any shoes.

The Maiden in Black from Demons’ Souls, Sister Friede, Gwunevere, and Priscilla from the Dark Souls games, and even Malenia in Elden Ring all boast bare feet. (Yes, we know Malenia’s legs were destroyed by the Scarlet Rot, but her brother created prosthetics for her that included highly-detailed feet with individual toes. That still counts!)

Elden Ring – Malenia Blade of Miquella – Action Figure

Over the years, this has sparked an inside joke within the Soulslike community, who lightheartedly figured that Miyazaki must be a foot guy. It was never a serious thing — but he brought it up, totally unprompted, during an interview with The Guardian in September 2026.

Miyazaki was responding to a question about recurring imagery of hands that crops up across most of his games, including his most recent offering, The Duskbloods.

“It’s not necessarily something I’m consistently aware of – maybe it’s something subconscious coming through,” he answered. “Take a look online and there’s a rumor that I have a bit of a thing for feet, but I’m not honestly sure where this comes from. I feel like I’m trying to depict some side of human nature or the human existence that is difficult to describe.”

Hey, we’re not gonna yuck anyone’s yum, but it sounds like this wasn’t even a thought in Miyazaki’s mind when he made these character designs. Instead, he was trying to depict some kind of overarching symbolism about humanity within those characters’ appearances, which includes themes like “ruin and rebirth.”

“[Ruin and rebirth] is an ongoing theme in a lot of my games, I realise,” he added in his interview with The Guardian. “That theme on a cosmological scale applies to The Duskbloods as an interesting philosophical area to explore.

“If we have two ideas of a brighter or dark future, I would tend to sway towards the darker one,” Miyazaki says. “[But] if you explore the ruin and the decay in those worlds, it also lets you explore some chance of rebirth, and I think having that tiny pinprick of light or hope can be something beautiful, something fleeting,” he continued.

Speaking of The Duskbloods, IGN’s Michael Higham described the upcoming title as “FromSoftware’s most complex and interesting game yet” in his hands-on preview. In the lead-up to its launch, he also got the chance to chat with Miyazaki about the game, who told us a bit more about its development process and assured us that yes, Fromsoft is still interested in making single-player games.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

4K Blu-ray Players Are Becoming Harder to Find in 2026

I’ve been thinking about buying a good 4K Blu-ray player for a while now. Here at IGN we regularly cover new 4K movie releases, and I myself have started my own modest collection. As I was browsing Labor Day sales this week looking for a discount, I was unpleasantly surprised by what I found.

I knew a dedicated 4K player was going to be an expensive purchase, but it seems it’s gotten even more expensive this year specifically. Prices have skyrocketed on some brands, while some of the best Blu-ray players IGN has been recommending for years are just completely out of stock. It’s apparently not the best time to be buying a 4K Blu-ray player.

Sony X800 4K-Blu-ray player price history on Amazon.

So what exactly is going on here? Why is there suddenly such a high demand for these seemingly niche devices? Well, the most plausible answer can be found in the market for physical media. There was a bit of a resurgence in the 4K Blu-ray market last year, with the 4K category actually seeing growth for the first time in years. Fast forward to this year, and actually owning your media is becoming quite popular again across multiple generations. Even Pokémon is cashing in on the upward trend in 2026.

More people buying 4K and Blu-ray discs doesn’t necessarily translate to more Blu-ray players being manufactured. On top of that, the fact that Sony has made the decision to go entirely digital by 2028 has only exacerbated the problem. For many folks, a PlayStation 5 or an Xbox Series X was an easy way to access their 4K collection. With console prices rising and the need to purchase a disc drive separately, a dedicated 4K Blu-ray player is still the most affordable option right now.

Should You Wait to Buy a 4K Blu-ray Player?

Like any economic market, high-demand and low supply is going to mean higher prices. Panasonic and Sony are two of the only companies still making 4K players for average consumers, and unlike TVs, they rarely release new models. Popular 4K players like the Panasonic DP-UB9000 and the Sony UBP-X700M have been around for years and were the first to start going out of stock this year.

Sony UBP-X700M

11

For a feature-rich Blu-ray player offering 4K, Wi-Fi, and HDR, look no further than the Sony UBP-X700M.

All-in-all, it’s not a very good time to buy a 4K Blu-ray player at a good price. Considering the upward trend of 4K movies, I’d expect Blu-ray players to eventually become more of a commodity item in the next few years as new companies flood the market. Until then, don’t expect prices to drop at all.

With that being said, right now is a good time to buy 4K Blu-ray discs. Major retailers are regularly discounting movies and box sets throughout the year and you can usually find a great price if you’re patient. If you already have a way to play 4K discs, it’s a great time to be a collector.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Hulu’s Furious Is the Best New Show to Watch Right Now

If you’re in need of a new show to binge over this (or any) long weekend, I’m imploring you: Watch Furious. The eight-episode crime thriller’s first season just wrapped up this week and its incredible finale locked in this show as my favorite new drama — and maybe TV show, period — of the year.

It’s already been a good year for TV show debuts. A Knight of the Seven Kingdoms had a built-in audience, being part of the Game of Thrones-verse, but stood out with its charming buddy duo in Dunk and Egg. Widow’s Bay grew into the breakout TV hit of early summer, with people fawning over its idiosyncratic genre blend and stellar ensemble. Lanterns is doing pretty well, too (when it’s not pissing some people off). But Hulu’s Furious is the latest surprise show that has broken containment, growing week-over-week — the finale had 90% more views than the premiere, which already cracked the bottom of Nielson’s streaming charts, according to Variety. It’s already been greenlit for a second season. Basically, Furious is special and people are noticing.

Furious Images

Created by Elizabeth Meriweather, who’s best known for New Girl, Furious is just barely based on the 1987 movie Black Widows, which starred Debra Winger and Theresa Russell, but toss aside any assumptions you might make based on that creative pedigree combo. It’s hardly a breezy half-hour sitcom, though it knows how to deploy humor to cut through the bleakness, and has almost nothing in common with the ‘80s film aside from the women serial killer/Fed dynamic.

Furious is often a difficult watch based on the details of its dead-serious subject matter, but it has an almost unbelievable iron grip over its pacing and tone. Things will happen that make your stomach churn, but it never crosses over into exploitation, handling all of the show’s many thorny complexities head-on with care. The mounting tension is so dialed in that scenes — sometimes action-driven, other times just an interrogation — feel palpably dangerous, creating that propulsive “I gotta watch another episode” itch. Frankly, I’m envious of those starting it now, when you don’t have to wait a week between episodes. (At the same time, I’m also relieved it got the old-school weekly episode release treatment to find an audience and wasn’t dumped all at once.)

Quincy Tyler Bernstine and Emmy Rossum | Credit: Hulu

On paper, Furious may sound like any other decent cat-and-mouse crime drama, but it really is so much more. That’s in no small part thanks to the depth of characters and electric performances, especially from its core cast of women characters, all (as the title implies) of whom are full of justified rage. Petticrew — who was also great in Say Nothing, last year’s excellent Hulu series about the Irish Republican Army during The Troubles — gives Catherine a trauma-laden, erratic unpredictability with huge emotional peaks and valleys, and yet never becomes hammy. Rossum — probably best known for Shameless and Phantom of the Opera — simmers as Alice, who can be stoic, cruel, selfish, and compassionate all at once. Perhaps best of all is Quincy Tyler Bernstine — while lauded for stage acting, she’s made plenty of prestige-y TV appearances — as Nora Washington, Alice’s boss and Greek mythology enthusiast who doesn’t waste a single word during her screen time. The men are pretty good, too: Scoot McNairy as the exhausted good cop, Jake Lacy as the insatiable bad cop, Rob Yang as a sort-of-stupid FBI agent, Danny McCarthy as a corrupt jerk FBI ASAC, and Steve Way as the hopelessly romantic and mold-breaking comic relief.

I’m being purposefully cagey about the grimier plot specifics because I really think new watchers are best served in knowing as little as possible before going in, learning the dark, reality-coded secrets of Furious as you watch. But if you want to take a dive into a messed-up series that will almost definitely be in Emmy conversations next year, you know where to look.

Leanne Butkovic (she/they) is an Editorial Programming Manager at IGN, where they’ve also written about TV, movies, and games.

Get a Brand New 27″ Samsung Odyssey OLED G5 Gaming Monitor for Just $269 With Free Shipping

Samsung’s official online store is offering the lowest price that I can find currently for a brand new OLED gaming monitor. For a limited time, you can pick up a 27″ Samsung Odyssey OLED G5 QHD 180Hz QD-OLED gaming monitor for just $299.99 with free shipping. If you click on the link and you see $349.99, don’t give up! All you have to do is reload the page about three to five times. Once you see $299.99, apply another 10% off coupon code “L8AS4HAL4O” in your shopping cart to drop it to the final price of $269.59.

27″ Samsung Odyssey OLED G5 Gaming Monitor for $269

27” Samsung Odyssey OLED G5 QHD QD-OLED Gaming Monitor

12

See $349.99? Reload the page 3 to 5 times to see the price change to $299.54. Then apply the 10% off coupon code to get the final price of $264.59.

Here’s a step by step guide to getting this price:

  1. Go the the 27″ Samsung Odyssey OLED G5 gaming monitor product page
  2. Reload this page until you see the price of $299.54 (usually 3x to 5x refreshes)
  3. Proceed to your shopping cart
  4. At your cart, apply 10% off code “L8AS4HAL4O”
  5. Final price will be $269.59 with free shipping (before taxes)

The Samsung Odyssey OLED G5 is a 27″ monitor with a 2560×1440 resolution and a pixel density of 111ppi, which is sharp enough for both gaming and general workstation use with excellent text clarity. This monitor is equipped with Samsung’s quantum dot (QD) OLED panel. A QD OLED panel is brighter and has a wider color gamut than the more commonly found W-OLED panel. OLED monitors in general offer superior image quality compared to other monitors thanks to a combination of instantaneous response time, near-infinite black levels, and near-infinite contrast ratio.

Most “budget” OLED monitors have a native 120Hz-165Hz refresh rate, but the G5 ups the ante with a native 180Hz panel, making it a solid choice for games that have high-speed motion or require twitch-like reflexes (like sports games and first person shooters). You’ll need to make sure you have an appropriate graphics card to achieve 240fps on a QHD monitor, ideally something like an RTX 5070 Ti or AMD Radeon RX 9070 XT, although an RTX 5070 should be able to hit this target in older games like The Witcher 3, Fortnite, Apex Legends, Counter-Strike, or Valorant. It’s also officially G-Sync compatible which helps with stuttering and tearing without introducing input lag during gaming.

Finally, the G5 includes a 3 year warranty that includes burn-in coverage, which matches the industry’s best. Burn-in is far less of an issue than it used to be because there are built-in, automated features designed to prevent it, but it can still happen. Burn-in coverage is, in my opinion, absolutely necessary with any new OLED monitor purchase.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The Blood of Dawnwalker’s Most Popular Mod Completely Defeats the Purpose of the Game

The Blood of Dawnwalker already has a mod that largely defeats the purpose of the game.

In The Blood of Dawnwalker, a new RPG from ex-CD Projekt Red staff, the player fills the shoes of a man-turned-vampire who has 30 days to save his family. The game has a non-linear story with different approaches, allowing you to progress how you see fit, but there’s a catch: Every mission you take on advances the game’s 30-day clock. Some quests advance the clock more than others, forcing the player to be thoughtful about quests they accept. Character progression, such as using the skill tree, also advances the clock.

Naturally, some fans don’t like the pressure this creates. The clock forces them to make tough decisions; it means you have to be choosey about what you do in the game. With that said, it makes sense that its most popular mod completely removes the tension created by this mechanic. The Better Story Timer mod on NexusMods gives you 90 days to do quests, triple the intended amount. This means you don’t really have to be precious about the in-game clock or think too hard about your choices. It removes most, if not all, of the friction in The Blood of Dawnwalker.

Of course, something like this might make sense a couple of months post-release for those who want to play it differently, but it literally just came out today. The mod has been downloaded almost 10,000 times already, meaning it’s pretty popular… but some users have expressed annoyance over players not giving the game a chance in the way it was intended.

“Gamers will do anything they can to not experience a game the way the developers intended,” said one X/Twitter user. “I think the main issue is that, nowadays, gamers believe every game should be made for them. The issue is that’s rarely the case, and the games that do cater for everyone usually suck. Sometimes, you aren’t the target audience. And that’s perfectly fine.”

The Blood of Dawnwalker is intended to be the beginning of a franchise, one that will sprawl across multiple eras, possibly including the modern day based on a previous trailer for the game. It’s unclear when future entires will arrive, but currently, The Blood of Dawnwalker is being hailed as a strong RPG in reviews and appears to be off to a strong start commercially.

IGN gave it a 9/10 in its review, praising the inclusion of the in-game clock.

“The Blood of Dawnwalker is my new favorite vampire game and one of the best story-driven RPGs I’ve played in a long time,” reads an excerpt from the review. “The day/night cycle that has you juggling human and vampiric forms is awesome, and the constraints placed on how you spend your limited time ends up being one of the coolest, most wonderfully stressful parts of the adventure.”

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Turkish GTA 6 Fans Want Language Support So Badly, They Professionally Dubbed the Gameplay Reveal

Turkish GTA 6 fans want language support so badly that they went out of their way to professionally dub its gameplay reveal.

The Turkish gaming community has been asking for more and more studios to add Turkish language support for their games. This has led to massive fan campaigns for titles like 007 First Light, which actually resulted in IO Interactive adding Turkish subtitles to the game. Now, the Turkish gaming community is turning their focus to the most anticipated release of the year, if not the most anticipated game in history: Grand Theft Auto 6.

Fans have been asking Rockstar Games to add Turkish subtitles or voice overs to GTA 6 ahead of its release in November. They aren’t just making social media posts tagging Rockstar, either; they actually professionally dubbed and mixed the entire GTA 6 extended look with a whole cast of actors. The Turkish dub went up just a day after the gameplay was released, which means there was a very fast turn around. It’s pretty impressive and shows, there are members of the community actively trying to make this a reality.

YouTuber Pintipanda also made a video asking Rockstar to see the potential in localizing GTA 6 for Turkish players. In it, he points out how Turkish-speaking individuals exist in a number of countries outside of Turkey itself, and that GTA 6 is bound to have a wide reach, so it should be as inclusive as possible.

“I know that you guys do these things internally, but if creating a team from zero is hard or you don’t have the time or the luxury, you have the money, of course. There is an alternative way to do this. We have world-class Turkish localization teams here. We are playing The Witcher 3 in Turkish, Cyberpunk 2077 in Turkish, Baldur’s Gate in Turkish, and Warhammer games in Turkish. As you guessed, these are text-heavy games that we are playing and enjoy in our native country.

“The studios behind these games like CD Projekt Red or Techland, all the studios are getting their investment back with the sales. That’s a win-win, that’s an alternative way to do these kinds of things. The choice is yours.”

Even More GTA 6 Screenshots from Rockstar Games

The creator went on to say he’s aware that localizing GTA 6 won’t happen overnight, but the community simply wants to be acknowledged by Rockstar as a “starting point.” Ultimately, we’ll just have to wait and see what happens, but it’s clear there is a passionate group of players trying to get the best experience for themselves.

GTA 6 is a little more than two months away now, and Rockstar has its foot on the gas when it comes to marketing. Following the gameplay reveal last week, a bunch of previews of GTA 6 were released from select content creators and IGN itself. This has resulted in no shortage of news and details about the highly-anticipated game. Earlier today, Rockstar and PlayStation also revealed two limited-edition GTA 6-themed PS5 controllers, which will go up for pre-order next week.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Honor Among Thieves Directors Say Film Flopped Due to ‘Not-So-Great’ Timing

The directors of Dungeons & Dragons: Honor Among Thieves, John Francis Daley and Jonathan Goldstein, admitted the fantasy flick flopped due to “not-so-great timing” because of The Super Mario Bros. movie and drama with Wizards of the Coast’s proposed D&D licensing changes.

Dungeons & Dragons: Honor Among Thieves released in March 2023, right around the time that Wizards of the Coast was facing massive backlash from players after confirming planned adjustments to their Open-Gaming License that would have made sweeping changes to rules that allowed creators to make and sell their own content based on the tabletop RPG’s fifth edition.

While they ultimately ended up walking this disastrous decision back, the blowback was enough to negatively impact the movie adaptation, says director John Francis Daley. He claims that this drama, alongside the hugely-successful launch of The Super Mario Bros. Movie around the same time, ultimately overshadowed a film that has since proven to be a hit among fans after the fact.

Dungeons & Dragons: Honor Among Thieves

“It was very much a product of not-so-great timing when the first movie came out,” Daley said in an episode of The Discourse Podcast. “It came out four days before the Super Mario movie, which broke records. It came out a month after Wizards of the Coast changed the official gaming license, prompting many D&D fans to boycott the game, and I don’t think the marketing did enough to tell people who weren’t already fans that this movie might be for them. Yeah, so it was a perfect storm of all of those elements, and we’ll see.”

Honor Among Thieves struggled at the box office, and Paramount has since passed up on making a sequel due to “financial” reasons. But Daley and Goldstein are hopeful that another studio will pick them up to continue telling stories in the Dungeons & Dragons universe.

“Yeah, absolutely,” Goldstein confirmed after being asked if anyone is actively crunching the numbers for a possible sequel. “I think Hasbro is a big believer in it, and if they can figure out a studio partner to make it work, they’ll want to proceed. As are our producers.”

“I mean, look, it’s something that is near and dear to our hearts in that we loved making the first one,” Daley added. “We fell in love with the characters, and there’s so much potential in a sequel because the first act isn’t filled with exposition or introduction to this family that we’ve already become accustomed to. So you can kind of launch right into the story, which is really nice.”

Fans shouldn’t despair; while an Honor Among Thieves sequel is still up in the air, a live-action TV series is officially in the works at Netflix, based on the TTRPG’s gothic-horror world “Ravenloft.” Described as a “prestige fantasy series where adventure collides with gothic horror and tragic romance,” it follows “the making of the vampire Darklord Strahd von Zarovic.”

Even better, a new third-person action-adventure game titled Dungeons & Dragons: Warlock is also in development, set to release sometime in 2027.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

STALZONE Is an Extraction Shooter with MMO DNA

Back in June, developer EXBO rebranded free-to-play open-world PvPvE extraction shooter STALCRAFT: X as STALZONE alongside a graphical upgrade, reworking of its starting missions and locations, PvP rebalancing, and other big changes. The overhaul was designed to allow new players smooth entry to a game that’s been going strong for years and is a unique combination of different genres.

While STALZONE is an extraction shooter, it doesn’t play like most other games in the genre. You don’t simply drop into one self-contained map for a session. It’s a persistent world where factions fight over territory and the balance of power can shift while you’re offline. And there are NPCs, quests, and dungeons like you’d find in an MMORPG.

It takes place in the Chernobyl Exclusion Zone, which has been twisted by anomalies and overrun by mutants. You’ll use a detector to safely navigate the anomalies, and there are hidden caches and artifacts to find, constantly shifting weather, and global cataclysms like an energy emission that turns the sky red and can kill all living things.

The 50-hour story is told across two main campaigns, and the latest update added English voice acting. This is not an extraction shooter where you need to sift through item descriptions to decipher the world’s lore, it’s all laid out through the main story and the many side quests.

While STALZONE may have the quest design of an MMORPG, it doesn’t have the progression systems of one. You’re not going to gain experience points and gradually level up. Progression is built around acquiring and customizing new gear. There are more than 200 guns, which can be altered with a huge variety of attachments.

The primary way to acquire new gear is through trips into the Zone, but if you die before extracting your loot, you only lose what you gathered during that one trip. You don’t have to grind back from zero or risk losing your customized gear. So there’s still value to extracting and you can always keep progressing, but without the punishment for failure being too harsh.

You can also get new gear from other players either by trading with them directly or by using the auction house. You can buy and sell pretty much anything, and the player economy is expansive enough that you can get rich from buying and selling items at the right time to the right people.

When you take a trip into the Zone, global matchmaking will put you up against similarly geared opponents. Since there’s no leveling, there’s not a strict level matching system, but matchmaking will keep the gap between you and your opponents relatively small and EXBO’s in-house EXENS Anti-Cheat system keeps competition fair. That makes skill and positioning the most important factors in determining who walks away victorious.

STALZONE has remained consistently supported since its inception. EXBO is staffed with more than 400 employees, and they add updates every two weeks as well as regular seasonal events both big and small.

The rebrand in June marked the game’s biggest such update. In addition to the changes we already mentioned, it added new face models for characters that improved their emoting and lip syncing, introduced a light-source lighting system with better indoor lighting and more realistic-looking campfires and lamps, and added a new summer storyline.

STALZONE took part in The FPS Games Show today and unveiled its fall season content, which has transformed the Zone with autumn colors and began with a global cataclysm in the form of an electrical storm. The season also introduced the updated central location of the northern territories, Forge-11, and will soon continue with a major event dedicated to the cultist faction Covenant.

There’s a special invite code available now for readers of this article to help you get started. Just activate code IGNWELCOME in-game to get several goodies, including weapons, consumables, days of premium access, and season pass levels (detailed in the image below).

STALZONE is available to play for free right now on PC, through Steam, Epic Games Store, and directly through the game’s official website, where you can also learn more about the game. For the latest news and updates, you can follow it on Discord, Twitter, and YouTube.

LEGO Autumn Cottage, Metroid Prime 4 for Switch 2, and 8Bitdo Ultimate 2 Controller

Now’s the time to pick up some new LEGO sets, as Walmart is offering some solid Bricktember deals, including the absolutely adorable LEGO Autumn Cottage. You can also pick up Metroid Prime 4: Beyond or Kirby Air Riders for $18 off. And those are just a sprinkling of the many incredible discounts available today.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for September 3

Read the blurbs below to find out more about today’s top deals.

LEGO Autumn Cottage Garden and More Bricktember Deals

LEGO Icons Autumn Cottage Garden Building Set for Adults

0

Walmart has an awesome Bricktember Sale happening, bringing a bunch of discounts on LEGO. One particular set that I’m excited to see discounted is the LEGO Icons Autumn Cottage Garden. It features an adorable fall scene complete with a whimsical cottage, beautiful fiery trees, and tiny little details like woodland creatures, harvest vegetables, a birdhouse, and more. Any fellow fall lover needs this 1,102-piece set in their life.

Check out even more Walmart Bricktember deals below, and see the entire sale here.

Score 26% Off Metroid Prime 4: Beyond for Nintendo Switch 2

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond Nintendo Switch 2 Edition

0

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond for Nintendo Switch 2 is down to $51.99. The newest entry in the action-adventure series earned an 8/10 in IGN’s review, with Logan Plant finding that “It nails the essential elements of a Prime game that remain special decades later: tense exploration through haunting locations highlighted by amazing worldbuilding, breathtaking art direction, new twists on classic abilities, and flawless technical performance.” With the Switch 2 Edition, you’ll enjoy enhanced graphics, mouse support for the Joy-Con 2, and speedier load times.

Used-Like New 8Bitdo Ultimate 2 Bluetooth Controller Under $30

8Bitdo Ultimate 2 Bluetooth Controller for Switch & Windows PC

0

Get a “used-like new” 8Bitdo Ultimate 2 Bluetooth Controller for Switch and Windows PC for only $28.74. The final 15% discount will be applied at checkout. This controller features sensitive and precise TMR sticks, switchable Hall Effect and non-linear tactile triggers, two programmable back buttons, and the ability to save three custom profiles. Plus, vibration and motion controls with the Switch, and the included charging dock are nice additions, especially given the price.

$12 Off a $100 PlayStation Store Gift Card

Sony PlayStation Store $100 Gift Card (Email Delivery)

0

Newegg has another PlayStation Store Gift Card deal this week. A $100 digital gift card is only $88 when you apply the promo code “LDSF378” at checkout. If you were already planning to grab a few things, it’s a great way to save, especially on items that aren’t on sale, like the GTA VI preorder. It can be used for games, add-ons, and even PlayStation Plus subscriptions. Arriving via email shortly after purchase, the gift card can be added to your account or even sent as a gift with a personalized message.

Save $18 on Kirby Air Riders

Kirby Air Riders – Nintendo Switch 2

0

Kirby Air Riders is one of IGN’s top-rated Switch 2 games, earning a “Great” 8/10 during its review. Logan Plant went on to describe Kirby Air Riders as “a fun, frantic action racing game with an almost unreal amount of stuff to do.” If you already have Mario Kart World in your collection, it’s also worth grabbing this game thanks to the unique cast of characters, battle-oriented gameplay, and various modes. Right now is a great time to buy too, as it’s 26% off on Amazon.

New Pokémon TCG Restocks and Price Changes

Amazon has a few exciting new Pokémon TCG restocks, and everything is sold and shipped by the retail giant. The Pitch Black Booster Display Box is just below market value. You can also pick up the Prismatic Evolutions Super-Premium Collection for a little over $270. The Destined Rival ETB is even back under $120. Just note that all of these are selling for above the original MSRP, which is almost always the case for Pokémon TCG on Amazon.

$20 Off the My Neighbor Totoro: Limited Edition Steelbook Preorder

My Neighbor Totoro: Limited Edition Steelbook

0

Studio Ghibli movies are getting Steelbook reprints, and the My Neighbor Totoro: Limited Edition Steelbook preorder just got a nice little price cut. It’s down to $19.99 from $39.98. If the price drops more before the release date on September 29, Amazon has a solid preorder guarantee. 14 other films from the iconic studio are also getting Steelbooks, and you can check out those preorders below:

$80 Off a JBL Charge 6 Portable Bluetooth Speaker

JBL Charge 6 Waterproof & Drop-proof Bluetooth Speaker

0

A brand-new JBL Charge 6 Portable Bluetooth Speaker is only $119.95, $80 off, on Amazon-owned Woot. Not only does the speaker deliver rich, powerful audio, but its Sound Boost feature also analyzes music and the environment in real time and tunes the speaker accordingly. A 28-hour battery life, IP68 waterproofing, durable design, and carrying strap make it ideal for outdoor adventures. It’s even possible to connect multiple Auracast-enabled JBL speakers to take the sound even further.

65″ Philips 4K OLED Roku TV for $998

65″ Philips 974-Series 4K OLED Roku TV

0

Looking for an OLED TV for a budget price? Check out Walmart’s exceptional deal on a 65″ Philips 974-Series 4K that also happens to offer a built-in Roku smart interface. This TV is under $1,000 and features a W-OLED panel for wide viewing angles, near-instantaneous response times, true blacks, and near-infinite contrast. It’s no slouch for gaming either, with a 120Hz refresh rate and HDMI 2.1 inputs for hooking up a PS5 or XSX.

$30 Off Harry Potter 11 Film 4K Collection

Harry Potter and Fantastic Beasts 11-Film Collection (4K Ultra HD)

0

Fan of the Harry Potter films? Well, pick up this deal on the collection of all 11 of the films in 4K for just $99.99, $30 off the list price. This set was just released in May and includes not only all eight of the Harry Potter movies but also the three films of the prequel series, Fantastic Beasts. Just note that only the films come in the collection, so don’t expect any fun special features.

Check out even more Harry Potter deals to celebrate Back to Hogwarts below:

1TB WD_BLACK SN850P SSD for PS5 Is $179.99

1TB WD_BLACK SN850P NVMe M.2 SSD

0

GTA VI is shaping up to be a massive game in more ways than one, as it’s likely to take up a big chunk of space on your PS5. The best way to expand its storage is with an SSD, and Woot has an awesome deal on a brand-new officially licensed 1TB WD_BLACK SN850P SSD. With the code “APPLETEN”, the drive is just $179.99. It seamlessly slots into the console and already comes with the required heatsink. With read speeds up to 7,300 MB/s and write speeds up to 6,300 MB/s, it exceeds PS5 requirements and is ready for all your games.

MTG x TMNT Pizza Bundle Drops to New Low

Sold and Shipped By Amazon

Magic: The Gathering | Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles – Pizza Bundle

0

Cowabunga! The MTG x TMNT Pizza Bundle just dropped to its lowest price yet on Amazon. This fun, pizza-themed box features 9 Play Boosters, 1 Collector Booster, 25 non-foil Pizza lands, 5 foil Pizza lands, 2 foil promo cards, and an oversized spindown life counter. That 1 Collector Booster may be reason enough to grab this bundle.

Want to save on more MTG? Best Buy’s Labor Day Sale includes incredible deals on MTG. Check out the highlights below:

$100 Off an Excellent Condition Asus ROG Xbox Ally X

Asus ROG Xbox Ally X 7″ 120Hz AMD Ryzen Z2 Extreme Handheld Gaming PC

0

An open box “excellent condition” Asus ROG Xbox Ally X is $100 off at Best Buy. It’s IGN’s top handheld gaming PC largely thanks to the AMD Ryzen Z2 Extreme processor, which is powerful enough to run all the latest AAA Steam games. IGN hardware expert, Jackie Thomas, even found that the handheld offers an easy-to-use Xbox Full Screen Experience and is comfortable in hand, giving it a 9/10 rating in IGN’s review.

10% Off a Physical Copy of Pragmata for PS5

PRAGMATA – PlayStation 5

1

A PS5 disc of Pragmata is down to $54 on Amazon. Even though the $6 discount isn’t significant, it’s the lowest I’ve seen for the PS5 version of the game since it released in April. This sci-fi hack-and-shoot game from Capcom earned an 8/10 rating in IGN’s review. Reviewer Michael Higham found: “Its old-school approach to level design and pacing provides a decent foundation for what it does best: heavy, satisfying shooting and a unique real-time puzzle system that deepens its action.”

$20 GameSir Pocket Taco Mobile Gaming Controller

Clip Coupon and Enter Promo Code

GameSir Pocket Taco – Bluetooth Mobile Gaming Controller

3

Turn your phone into a retro Game Boy-esque device with GameSir’s Pocket Taco. This mobile gaming controller turns your phone into a vertical handheld gaming device by securely clamping onto it and connecting via Bluetooth. It’s super lightweight at just over 2 ounces and brings a mashable D-pad and ABXY face buttons. Triggers and bumpers also come on the customizable device. Right now, you can score this adorable controller for just $19.74 at Walmart. Just be sure to clip the $5.25 coupon when you’re logged into your free Walmart account and apply the code “POCKETTACO” at checkout for an additional $10 off.

Save $113 on the Ecoflow River 2 256Whr Power Station

ECOFLOW Portable Power Station RIVER 2, 256Wh 300W

0

The Ecoflow River 2 Power Station is equipped with a 256Whr battery featuring LiFePO4 cells to keep electronics charged for hours or even days. Plenty can be slotted in too, as two AC outlets rated at 300W each, two USB-A ports, and a USB-C port are all on board. Smart functionality is also built in for remote monitoring. It’s great for camping or even as a backup power source. Best of all, you can score this handy power station for just $125.66 from AliExpress via Ecoflow’s official storefront. Just use the code “LDUS15” at checkout.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Strange New Worlds Just Dropped a Major Connection to The Next Generation

Spoilers follow for Star Trek: Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 7, “Like Chronitons Through the Hourglass.”

In the latest episode of Strange New Worlds, the nearly omnipotent being Trelane returns to plague the crew of the USS Enterprise once more. As played by Rhys Darby, the character also showed up last season in the episode “Wedding Bell Blues,” clearly intended to be the Trelane we first met back on The Original Series (when he was played by the late William Campbell). And now, Trelane has been all but confirmed to be a member of the other-dimensional race of beings from Star Trek: The Next Generation known as… the Q Continuum!

But let’s back up a sec. While Trelane’s name is never said onscreen in either SNW episode, showrunners Henry Alonso Meyers and Akiva Goldsman have confirmed the character’s identity in interviews. He first showed up back on TOS when he went face to face with William Shatner’s Captain Kirk in “The Squire of Gothos,” an all-powerful creature who turns out to be nothing but a spoiled little kid whose parents have to give him a cosmic spanking by episode’s end.

More From the USS Enterprise:

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 7 Recap and Review: The Worst Episode of the Season Still Manages to Give Pike Some of His Best Scenes Ever

The thing is, many fans have often speculated that Trelane and his parents were actually members of the Q Continuum. Of course, the concept of Q wasn’t introduced until The Next Generation’s pilot episode, “Encounter at Farpoint,” which aired some 20 years after “The Squire of Gothos.” It was there that John de Lancie first played the pesky frenemy of Captain Picard, but it did always make a sort of sense that Trelane and Q could be related, since they shared several characteristics – among them, near-omnipotence, a capacity for annoying anyone they’re around, and a flair for dressing up in period costumes.

Which takes us to “Like Chronitons Through the Hourglass,” where we see Trelane essentially completing a school project (of which Captain Pike and his crew are the subjects). A “Proctor” (played by Diane L. Johnstone) shows up throughout the episode to judge Trelane’s performance (she gives him a “solid B-” in the end), and wouldn’t you know it? She’s dressed in a costume that is very similar to the “judge” outfit Q wore in “Encounter at Farpoint.”

John de Lancie as Q and Diane L. Johnstone as… Q

Surely this is the final non-admission admission from the show’s writers that Trelane is definitively a Q. What more do we need to just accept this as fact and add it to the Memory Alpha database once and for all? After all, back in “Wedding Bell Blues,” de Lancie provided the voice of Trelane’s non-corporeal father, even if he was not referred to as Q onscreen. (The late writer Peter David also wrote a 1994 Trek novel called Q-Squared that placed Trelane as a member of the Continuum, even if that was never considered canon.)

So this all cute and fun, but would any nerdy discussion of this nature be worth its weight in pocket protectors if we didn’t also poke a hole in the whole thing? Because really… it’s not like that judge costume is a standard-issue Q Continuum wardrobe item. De Lancie’s Q wears the outfit in “Encounter at Farpoint” when he transports Picard and other members of his bridge crew to a recreation of “the post-atomic horror” of the mid-21st century. Basically, in that sequence, Q is dressed up like a judge from that time specific period, so the Proctor wearing a version of the same outfit means that… she decided to dress up as a judge from the mid-21st century when grading Trelane’s project? For some reason?

Eh, let’s just go with it.

Talk to Scott Collura @scottcollura.bsky.social, or listen to his Star Trek podcast, Transporter Room 3. Or do both!

Final Fantasy Resonance: The Final Preview

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • This might be the prettiest HD-2D game yet.
  • Visions are a fun gameplay mechanic that get fan-favorite characters from previous Final Fantasy games involved.
  • The soundtrack is on point based on what I’ve heard so far.

About two minutes into my demo, Final Fantasy Resonance hit me with a word that I’ve never seen before. That doesn’t happen much in a video game these days. The word? “Puissance.” So, like any good writer, the first thing I did was look it up. It’s Middle-English by way of Anglo-French, first used in the 15th century. It means “strength” or “power.” You see, I’d found my way into a strange, crystalline cave where the Vision of Noctis rested. I already had Noctis in my party, but entering the shrine gave me the opportunity to relive the act of acquiring him. The whole thing played out like a montage: moments from Final Fantasy XV played out all around me, and I answered questions about what I’d do if I was in Noctis’s shoes. The more my answers lined up with Nocti’s actions, the deeper our bond would be. None of it mattered of course; I already had Noctis, and I wouldn’t gain additional puissance for redoing it. But I’m glad I did all the same.

HD-2D FTW

Based on my time with it, Resonance has a lot of cool little moments like that. Let’s get the obvious stuff out of the way. Resonance has the most impressive use of HD-2D I think I’ve ever seen. It’s absolutely gorgeous, and you can see it from the overworld. It’s the way the clouds pass gently overhead, the way the wind seems to rustle the grass beneath your feet. What’s equally stunning is the way your character’s spite moves through all of this. HD-2D is gorgeous, but it can sometimes look like your character is a little out of place in the world. Not so here. Your character looks distinct, but it always seems like they fit.

Once I was done chillin’ with Noctis, it was time for me to head to the Wind Shrine and actually do the demo I’d come here to play. I putzed around in the overworld a bit to get a feel for the combat system, but once I felt good, I mounted my Chocobo and headed for the Wind Shrine. The visuals will get most of the ink in previews like this, but you shouldn’t sleep on Resonance’s music. It’s gorgeous. As I rode around on my Chocobo, and the Chocobo theme played (complete with a few callbacks to Swing de Chocobo), I felt right at home. And the battle theme? An absolute banger that I was banging my head to. I wouldn’t be surprised to see it show up at the Distant Worlds concert series sometime in the near future.

Sticking to its Vision

Once inside the Wind Shrine, my demo began in ernest. My party was making quick work of the wolves and other monsters scattered about outside, but inside it was time to get serious. Resonance’s combat system is interesting. I had four characters on the field – Rain, Lasswell, Fina, and Lid. Rain was your fire sword boy protagonist, and I loved him for that; Lasswell is your too-cool-for-school swordsman; Fina is an archer who also serves as the party’s healer; and Lid – who is aiming to be the next Cid, more a title in Resonance than a name – most clearly maps to Thief, despite her giant hammer and stone attacks. It’s a fun group, and I enjoyed the way they gassed each other up – or, in Lasswell’s case, was audibly over that – after fights.

That part is traditional Final Fantasy through and through. What makes Resonance different are the Visions I mentioned earlier. See, Visions aren’t just cool callbacks to Final Fantasies past. They’re partners you can equip to your characters so you can call on their strength in battle. You only equip one to each of your party members at a time, but the crew I was rolling with featured some absolute legends. The Warrior of Light was paired up with my boy Rain. Everyone’s favorite twink Cloud Strife was a natural fit for Lasswell. Lid was hanging out with Final Fantasy IX’s Zidane, and the First Lady of Final Fantasy, Terra herself, was swapping stories with Fina.

Visions aren’t just cool callbacks to Final Fantasies past. They’re partners you can equip to your characters so you can call on their strength in battle.“

Like the main party members, each Vision has their own attacks, spells, and special abilities, so it isn’t much of a surprise to see Cloud pulling off Braver or Terra casting spells. Combat itself reminds me of Final Fantasy X, which is to say it’s actually turn-based, not based on the ATB system, and it feels very good, especially when you can do things like have Lid grant someone else her turn or cast spells that ensure your entire party goes before the enemies do.

If it’s a Fight You’re After…

The other cool thing Resonance does is add a Stagger gauge. Any attack will reduce it, but tag an enemy with its elemental weakness – almost everything in the Wind Shrine was unsurprisingly of the Wind element, which made them vulnerable to Ice spells and attacks imbued with a bit of chill – and you’ll drop that thing to zero in a hurry. Stagger every enemy and you’ll gain access to extremely powerful Resonance attacks, which call in one of your Visions for a “get the hell off my lawn” attack. These are gloriously animated 3D cutscenes, in contrast to Resonance’s lovely HD-2D, and they look pretty rad. Fights are generally quick and snappy, and it’s fun to watch your characters pull off cool attacks or plan to activate a Resonance.

Between fights, I ran around the shrine, riding elevators, finding goodies, and generally Playing a Final Fantasy Dungeon™. I even ran into one of those weird pots that wanted items. I gave him an ether. Life was good. Chill dude, provided you give him what he asks for.

Finally, it was time for a showdown with the boss of my demo: Aether. He was all high and mighty – apparently, folks from the sky look down on us poor land-dwellers – but I’ve played Xenogears before. He wasn’t scaring me. The fight was the hardest of the demo by far, and I was lucky Lasswell had a weapon that piled on Wind resistance. Aether was no joke, and sometimes he’d summon other monsters to help him out. Luckily, I was pretty familiar with my party’s skills by that point, and I knew the right combination of protective spells, attacks, and abilities to take him down. And when things went sideways, I had Phoenix Downs. So many Phoenix Downs. Thank God my team came to the shrine loaded for air.

Final Fantasy Resonance Preview Screenshots

This was also when I got to see my first summon – Siren, who… I have to be honest, didn’t do much, but she did look cool – and the party’s limit breaks, whether it was Fina’s rain of arrows (between this and her and Terra’s healing magic, she was truly the fight’s MVP) or Lasswell styling on ‘em in a duel under the moonlight, cherry blossoms blowing in the wind. But eventually, Aether went down. And there, my demo ended.

Just Like Old Times

Final Fantasy Resonance feels like it’s walking a tightrope between being a loving tribute to Final Fantasies past while also taking the series into a cool new direction and telling its own story. Is it going to pull it off? We’ll have to wait and see, but I was very impressed by the hour I spent playing it. From the gorgeous HD-2D aesthetic to the awesome soundtrack and a battle system that can hold its own, Resonance looks like it’s doing all the right stuff. The cameos are just a bonus. Just… don’t take Zidane to fight Aether, okay? He’s a windy boy. Doesn’t do much. Bring Noctis and his cool fishing animation instead.

While you’re here, check out these recent previews of other big upcoming games we’ve checked out recently!

No Generative AI in Warhammer 40,000: Space Marine 3

Following the backlash to Rideshare Stimulator’s use of generative AI, developer Saber Interactive has reassured Warhammer 40,000 fans that the technology is not in Space Marine 3 in any way.

Fans of Space Marine 2 had expressed concern about the hotly-anticipated Space Marine 3 and AI when Saber confirmed generative AI had been used to develop Rideshare Stimulator, including speech and text in its Free Ride mode.

Amid the controversy, Saber CEO Matthew Karch became embroiled in a public back-and-forth with former Rideshare Stimulator writer Stella Sacco, who stated that she had been “replaced” by ChatGPT after her departure from the project in 2023 — a claim Karch denied.

Warhammer 40,000 11th Edition Cinematic Trailer: All Shots of the Emperor

“My PR team is always terrified by even broaching the subject but I would be happy to engage in a reasonable conversation about how AI can and should help shape gamer experiences,” Karch told IGN at the time. “It’s not and has never been about efficiencies and team reductions. Rather it’s about how AI can improve the game experience.

The incident left the Steam forum for Rideshare Stimulator packed with complaints, with many calling for an AI disclosure on Valve’s platform. Steam policy requires developers to report visible and in-game AI, but not background tools. An AI message was eventually added.

The Rideshare Stimulator controversy spilled over into the Space Marine community, where fans of Space Marine and Space Marine 2 — the latter an enormous hit for both Warhammer 40,000 owner Games Workshop and Saber Interactive — let their feelings be known.

“Space Marine 3 is f***ed,” said redditor Curious-Research-559 while quoting Karch in a Space Marine subreddit thread upvoted 2,800 times.

“I used to say Games Workshop is too controlling of Saber and of the Space Marine games,” added PacoThePersian. “Maybe I was judging too hastily.”

“I really hope GW threatens him with a stick or something,” said TardyTech4428. “AFAIK they are very against using AI in 40k projects and I hope they keep it that way.”

That last line is indeed true. In January, Games Workshop banned the use of AI in its content production and design process, insisting that none of its senior managers were currently excited about the technology. Then, in July, Games Workshop reiterated its anti-AI stance, and revealed it had launched investigations into recent marketing gaffes that some suspected were AI, to ensure staff were playing by internal rules.

“As noted in our November 2025 half year report, we are not being complacent on the topic, we are carefully monitoring what others are saying and doing,” Games Workshop CEO Kevin Rountree said at the time.

“We are not using AI at Games Workshop in our product design nor on the creation of our IP, this will protect the integrity and ownership of our IP. We have made a few human errors on the depiction of our products in our product marketing in the year, they were investigated fully to ensure that AI had not been used and that all our staff are following our internal policies.”

So, during an interview with Saber development chief Tim Willits at gamescom, I wanted to find out what, exactly, was being done with generative AI at Saber, and came away with confirmation that it is not being used for Space Marine 3’s development at all. Indeed, Willits promised generative AI wouldn’t be found in any of Saber’s licensed titles, including Hellraiser: Revival, Stuntman: Hollywood, and Jurassic Park: Survival.

“There is absolutely no generative AI in Space Marine 3 or Hellraiser or Stuntman or Turok or Jurassic Park, or Wick,” Willits said. “But like we said, we’re going to experiment with it. Try it out in Rideshare, see if it works. See if people like it. If they don’t like it, we’re like, ‘All right.’

“It’s a rideshare simulator,” Willits continued, saying some of Saber’s games are appropriate for this sort of experimentation while others are not. “If you’re going to experiment, it’s a good one to experiment on. You know what I’m saying?”

When I pointed out Games Workshop’s anti-AI stance, Willits said Saber follows the lead of each license owner it works with, such as Lionsgate, Universal, and Paramount. But, on Space Marine 3 specifically, I wanted to make the AI situation extra clear. “We’re good,” Willits said.

So, no generative AI in Space Marine 3, which means no AI-generated dialogue, no AI-generated voices, and no AI-generated artwork. That will be good news for Warhammer 40,000’s very, very vocal fanbase, which keeps a close eye on official artwork in particular for any trace of AI use.

Still, Willits sounded, in general, interested in the potential of AI in development, which he believes has yet to be properly figured out. “If anyone tells you that they have it figured out, they don’t,” he insisted. “It’ll take a couple years and things will settle out and we’ll figure it out.”

“We’ve always been using AI in some stretch of the imagination, but we as in developers, we don’t really know what to do with it. Honestly, we don’t,” Willits said. “If anyone tells you they do, they don’t. And then players, they don’t really know what to do with it. So I do believe this is going to happen. Somebody — I don’t know who — somebody will come up with a game that is so freaking cool that it will change everyone’s opinion and it’ll be like, ‘Oh, that’s it.’ And then things will settle.

“And we’re still trying to figure it out. We don’t have any answers. We’re guessing, to be honest. But we’re doing some experimentation. We’ll see if it works out, doesn’t work out.”

There’s no release window for Space Marine 3, but it’s deep in development at Saber Interactive as we speak. Space Marine 2, meanwhile, is still going strong with a third year of DLC support set to kick off soon.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Sony Explains Why It Doesn’t Believe It Should Pass Tariff Refunds Back to PlayStation Customers

Sony has dismissed calls from PS5 owners to return some of the $500 million it will receive in tariff refunds, despite having already passed its extra costs onto consumers through console price rises.

The PlayStation maker has said it expects to recoup around half a billion dollars from the U.S. government, with the majority of this amount flowing back into its gaming division.

Some PS5 owners say Sony should now return some of this windfall back to them, as the company has effectively now been paid twice — in the returned tariffs, and in the extra money it charged consumers following PS5 price rises, made during the era of tariffs to ensure it didn’t lose its profit margins.

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

Sony is far from the only company in this position, with Nintendo and Microsoft previously being pushed by fans to do the same. (Panic, the maker of indie handheld Playdate, has said it will do so, however.)

Now, in a response to legal action attempting to force Sony to hand back some of the money, the PlayStation maker has made similar arguments to those companies, and said that its customers made their own decision to buy a PS5 console at the stated price. In other words: no one was forcing them to do so, and the consoles were sold at the price that was advertised.

“Paying fair market price for voluntarily purchased consumer goods is not a legally cognizable injury,” Sony’s lawyers argued in a legal motion reported by Game File.

In August, Microsoft’s own lawyers stated similar: “There is nothing unjust about Plaintiff purchasing an Xbox at an advertised price and getting exactly what he paid for — regardless of whatever theory he devised months later about Microsoft’s cost structure.”

Now, Sony is also now pushing back on what it has described as the “speculative and illogical” argument that its PS5 price hikes around the time of the tariffs were specifically caused by the tariffs. Instead, Sony has attempted to argue, its price rises were the product of a larger combination of factors, such as “inflation, currency fluctuations, component costs, logistics, competitive dynamics, or demand.”

Going even further, Sony has argued that its most recent PS5 price rise is actually evidence of this in practice, as it came after the U.S. Supreme Court ruled the tariffs were illegal.

“If tariffs were the cause of the price increases, one would expect [PlayStation] to lower prices once the tariffs were eliminated — not raise them again. Instead, the timeline confirms that the pricing of PlayStation consoles includes a diverse and dynamic set of input costs.”

In other words, Sony is saying that its decision to charge PS5 customers more money is proof that it needed to charge PS5 customers more money — an argument that will be interesting to see ruled on by a judge.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Fury Road Audition With Tom Hardy

2 Broke Girls and WandaVision actress Kat Dennings took to social media to recall her experience auditioning opposite Tom Hardy for 2015’s Mad Max: Fury Road. Although Dennings at one point likens the audition to being like “an acting class if it was [on] the worst day of your life,” her story ultimately takes a surprisingly sweet and funny turn.

Dennings explained on TikTok how her screen test – she doesn’t specify which role she was up for but presumably it was for one of Immortan Joe’s Brides – took an epic six hours. It was a chemistry read between her and Hardy, who, of course, went on to win the title role of “Mad Max” Rockatansky.

Dennings, who still lived at home with her parents at the time, said director George Miller didn’t do much talking during the audition, with a person she believes was an acting coach leading the process instead.

@katdenningsss

With a twist at the end

♬ Quirky Suspenseful Indie-Comedy(1115050) – Kenji Ueda

“The dialogue was a couple of pages, and kind of vague. And basically, what happened was, an acting class, if it was, um, the worst day of your life. At one point, they had us switch roles. They had the camera and had us like running around the corner,” Dennings said.

“The worst part of it, I do believe, was when the acting coach told us to say the lines without saying the lines, encouraging us to just make noises instead of the lines. I was dying. I mean, Tom Hardy, he really took to this exercise. Like, he was able to be extremely free and come up with very creative ways of doing these lines.”

Dennings said “the best part of the story” is its ending and she’s absolutely right.

After the audition was finally over after six grueling hours, Dennings – who didn’t have a car – planned to go down the corner to call for a ride, but Hardy then offered to give her a lift.

“He drove me home. He was so lovely. We get to my house, which was my parents’ house, because I still lived at home with my parents. And he came inside and he met my mom, and he was like, oh, what a nice house. She was like, oh, come on in. And I was like, all right, Tom, well, this is a very special day. Uh, I hope, uh, you move further in this experience because I know that I’m not going to. I went back to the converted garage where I lived, put my pajamas on, took a nap. A few hours later, I go back into the main house, and Tom Hardy is still there. Having tea with my mother, and just chatting it up. So… I can’t say enough about Tom Hardy. I will be a fan of his for life. I think he’s a wonderful person, and my mom still talks about him.”

While Dennings didn’t land a role in Mad Max: Fury Road, she did join the MCU as Darcy Lewis in the Thor films.

Hardy, you may have heard, just dropped a rap album he collaborated on with Czarface where, under the alias Frankie Pulitzer, he raps about everything from Willem Dafoe’s Green Goblin to Kathy Bates.

The Best Harry Potter Deals Happening for Back to Hogwarts 2026 Celebrations

Back to Hogwarts is celebrated every year on September 1. This is the day that prospective Witches and Wizards board the Hogwarts Express, arrive at school, and enjoy a welcome feast alongside the Sorting Ceremony. For those not going to Hogwarts this year, the celebration is mostly about announcements and discounts on popular Potter merch.

If you’re in the market for the latter, there are a number of Harry Potter gifts on sale this week. I’ve gathered the best deals right here for you to check out for yourself.

Most of the deals I’ve listed here are related to LEGO. The LEGO Store is currently running a big Back to Hogwarts promotion that includes a discount on the popular Diagon Alley set. We have this build on our list of the best LEGO Harry Potter sets you can buy right now, and LEGO has the lowest price we’ve ever seen on it. It’s currently on backorder at the LEGO Store, but you can get it at Amazon for a couple bucks more if you want it faster.

Alongside individual discounts, the LEGO Store is offering double points on all Harry Potter purchases. There’s also a new exclusive The Ministry of Magic – Collectors’ Edition set now available that is one of the most expensive LEGO releases for September.

LEGO Harry Potter: The Ministry of Magic – Collector’s Edition

5

Other than LEGO sets, there are also discounts on the 4K Blu-ray versions of the films. The eight-film collection is on sale for a decent price, but it’s the newer 11-film collection that has the best discount right now. This collection came out back in May 2026 and combines the original Harry Potter movies with the three Fantastic Beast films in one big box set. This is the first major discount on this collection we’ve seen since it was first released.

Harry Potter and Fantastic Beasts 11-Film Collection (4K Ultra HD)

6

Last but not least, we have the PS5 version of the LEGO Harry Potter Collection. Having played these games myself I can tell you right now that these games are very simple, but also quite fun. You get to make your way through a brick-built version of the movies and discover hidden Easter Eggs all over the place. The collection combines the Years 1-4 and Years 5-7 games into one purchase, both of which IGN gave positive review scores. At $19.99, this is a good price for a physical PS5 game in this day and age.

LEGO Harry Potter Collection – PS5

8

What About Book Deals?

There are almost always deals on Harry Potter books going on, but I couldn’t find any that were particularly good right now. Even with Labor Day sales the Barnes & Noble Book Haul sale going on this week, there just doesn’t seem to be any new price cuts worthy of mentioning.

That’s especially true if you’re looking for deals on any of the many Harry Potter illustrated editions. You’ll likely have to wait for a different upcoming sale if you want to save on those hefty tomes. The new illustrated version of The Half-Blood Prince is coming out next month, after which there will probably be some deals again.

Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince: The Illustrated Edition

17

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Leaked Resident Evil 4 Remake Merchant Voice Line Shows Capcom Wanted to Connect Game With Village

Ovee 30 minutes’ worth of unused voice lines from Resident Evil 4 Remake have surfaced online, one of which proves that Capcom wanted to make a connection to Village.

This leak comes from a notable community modder named Keff0, who uncovered both audio and subtitles for a whopping 671 lines on the game’s PlayStation 5 launch disc. These lines aren’t on the PC version of the game, and they’re fully recorded, featuring dialogue from Leon, Luis, Ashley, and the Merchant.

One of the Merchant’s unused lines is standing out to viewers, as he mentions a character that wasn’t even a blink in the RE Team’s mind when the game was first made back in the mid-2000s.

Resident Evil 4 Remake – Story Trailer Gallery

“Ah, I see you’re no stranger to villages. The Duke? Lad shows promise,” the Merchant says.

Resident Evil fans will make the connection to the series’ eighth game, Village, which features another merchant character who simply calls himself ‘The Duke.’ Funny enough, The Duke also references the Resident Evil 4 merchant as players browse through his wares, saying, “‘What’re ya buyin’?’ Haha, just something an old friend of mine used to say.”

Capcom’s decision to cut The Merchant’s line from RE4 Remake is a bit saddening, as it would have further cemented the relationship between these characters and added a bit more continuity to the timeline, if retroactively. However, this insertion of a modern-day Resident Evil character in the series’ single-most beloved game could have rubbed some players the wrong way, though we’ll never know for certain why Capcom chose to leave this particular dialogue out of the final product.

😮Over 600 cut voice lines have been found in Resident Evil 4 Remake.

Modder Keff0, who previously restored the game’s cut Chapter 0 and made it playable, has now uncovered 671 finished voice lines that were cut from Resident Evil 4 Remake.

🔎All of the lines can be found on… pic.twitter.com/obSogcJG6t

— RENEWS (@RENews_X) September 1, 2026

This wasn’t the only interesting find from the RE4 Remake; Keff0 also uncovered unused animations for the Merchant’s death, meaning that originally, players would have been able kill him. His shop was even supposed to close after he died, and save data found by Keff0 shows that he’d be gone for the rest of the game. This would have made it more similar to the original, but it seems like the team at Capcom thought that’d be too counterintuitive to this modern rework of the title.

Like many AAA games, there’s a swath of unused lines, scenes, art, enemies, characters, and other assets in recent Resident Evil titles that don’t make it to the final cut; earlier this year, Leon’s voice actor revealed that his favorite line in Resident Evil Requiem was ultimately axed by Capcom — and it’s a shame, because it was hilarious.

Luckily, there’s much more to come, with Code Veronica getting a remake in 2027 and a live-action Resident Evil movie directed by Zach Cregger set to hit theaters this month.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Resident Evil’s Zach Cregger Admits He Was ‘Naive’ to Assume Fans Would Approve of Him Avoiding a Direct Adaptation of the Games

Zach Cregger admitted that he was “naive” to think his less-direct approach to adapting Resident Evil would be universally well-received by fans after deliberately choosing to avoid retelling the story exactly as it unfolds in the games.

Cregger’s Resident Evil movie follows Bryan (Austin Abrams), a medical courier who gets caught up in the madness of the Raccoon City Incident. The writer/director confirmed previously that this film takes place in parallel to the events of Resident Evil 2 and that it focuses more on what it feels like as a player to navigate through zombie-filled corridors and sneak around Lickers… but not everyone was anticipating an original story told within the continuity of Capcom’s beloved horror game franchise.

Instead, a slew of fans have lashed out at Cregger for not directly adapting an existing game in the series, with many arguing that, without characters like Leon, Ada, and Jill, this isn’t really a Resident Evil movie at all.

Resident Evil Movie Trailer Slideshow

IGN’s Tom Jorgensen got the chance to sit down with Cregger to ask him about his feelings on this particular topic — and his response was strikingly self-aware.

“I think I was naive,” he said. “I thought fans of these games, like me, would be thrilled that somebody was coming along and turning Resident Evil into a survival horror movie. I was like, ‘That’s great.’ I did not really appreciate the sentiment that, ‘We’ve been waiting forever for Leon’s story.’ And I appreciate that, and I’m sorry that’s not the story I’m bringing. I get it, I understand the frustration. I understand it so well because I haven’t seen the earlier [Resident Evil] movies, because they don’t look like the Resident Evil that I love, so how could I be frustrated with fans who have that same attitude?

“My only hope is that they’ll see the movie regardless of their skepticism or their disappointment that I’m not telling some of the stories that the games tell so well, and they will feel seen when they do watch the movie, and they will recognize all of the love for the games that are in this movie, because it is there. This is not me just telling a story and slapping Resident Evil on it so I can get a budget. This is me telling a Resident Evil story. I understand the resistance, I do, because I have it myself. It is coming from a true place of love.”

Cregger’s love for the Resident Evil series is evident in multiple references that have been included in his movie, a few of which fans have already seen in the trailers. For instance, we get to see Austin Abrams rummaging through drawers and closets looking for bullets for a shotgun he pilfered (Heavy Ammo Shotgun Shells), running into padlocks that impede his progress, and, of course, a typewriter sitting in what appears to be a safe room.

More recently, we got a promotional poster for the film with a delivery slip detailing an organ transplant to Umbrella Corp, confirming that the shadowy biotech group is involved in Cregger’s movie. A teaser on social media also showed off a few first-person action sequences that hearken back to Resident Evil 7 and 8.

Cregger previously spoke on fans’ reactions to the movie with IGN at San Diego Comic-Con, where he admitted that he “took liberties” with his adaptation and explained why he chose not to make one-to-one adaptations of existing games in the series.

“The games are so well executed, and to me, Leon and Claire and these characters, they exist so perfectly in the games that anyone I cast and any difference that I do with them would be, probably, to the detriment of what I was trying to do,” he told us.

Resident Evil releases in theaters on September 18, 2026.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Tom Jorgensen is a senior video producer at IGN, where he also regularly reviews movies and interviews creative people. You can check out more of Tom’s stuff on his Instagram (@jomtorgensen), X (@tom_jorgensen), and Bluesky (@tom-jorgensen.bsky.social) accounts, where he promises to never refer to himself in the third person like he has to in this very text box right here.

Save 26% Off Kirby Air Riders for the Nintendo Switch 2

Nintendo Switch 2 gamers, don’t miss out on this great Switch 2 exclusive deal. For a limited time Amazon has dropped the price of Kirby Air Riders, normally $69.99, to $51.99 with free shipping, a savings of about 26%. This is the lowest price I’ve seen for a brand new, physical retail copy of the game since Amazon Prime Day back in June.

26% Off Kirby Air Riders (Nintendo Switch 2)

Kirby Air Riders (Switch 2)

0

At first glance, Kirby Air Riders is a kart racer similar to Mario Kart World but with a unique cast of characters that includes Kirby, Waddle Dee, King Dedede, and Meta Knight. That comparison, however, is skin deep. These two games are different enough that they’re both worth adding to your Switch 2 collection, even if Masahiro Sakurai had hinted otherwise.

In his Kirby Air Riders review, Logan Plant points out that Air Riders is a “significant leap forward” versus the original Air Ride for Gamecube. Although both Air Riders and Mario Kart World involve racing against other characters in go-karts, even the fundamental gameplay is quite different. Mario Kart World focuses on racing mechanics, but Kirby Air Riders is much more battle-oriented. In that respect, it actually shares some similarities to Super Smash Bros, even down to every character having its own super move.

Kirby Air Riders also has a couple of modes that distinguishes itself from its competition, most notably a single player campaign called Road Trip that actually has a story behind it. Equally enjoyable (if not more so) is City Trial mode, a battle royale fest that has you exploring a big city to collect power-ups and customize your vehicle across a total of 150 different challenges. Mario Kart World’s Free Roam allows you to do some of these things, but not nearly all of it.

The next time I expect the price to drop will be around Black Friday in November. The price might go down a bit more (I’m guessing $49.99), but you’ll have to wait a few months to save a few bucks.

If you’re out of space, double your storage with this memory card deal

Nintendo Switch 2 Compatible

Onn 512GB Micro SDXC Express Card

19

Nintendo Switch 2 Compatible

Onn 256GB Micro SDXC Express Card

18

The Onn 512GB MicroSD Express Memory Card is still available at Walmart for $84.77 and the 256GB model is also available for $46.77, both with free shipping. The Switch 2 console will only accept MicroSD Express cards. If you have a standard MicroSD card from your previous Switch, it won’t work on the Switch 2. Although the two might look similar, the MicroSD Express card is much faster than its precedessor. The Onn model is no different, with speeds of up to 800MB/s write and 600MB/s read.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Alienware Just Released the World’s First 39″ 5K Monitor With RGB Stripe Tandem OLED Technology

Earlier this year, Dell announced the “world’s first 39″ 5K monitor with RGB stripe tandem OLED technology.” You can finally get your hands on one. The new Alienware AW3926QW has just been listed at Dell for $1,099.99 with free delivery (10% less if you have a verified student account). This monitor has potential to be an outstanding performer in both gaming and workstation use thanks to its unparalleled text clarity, and it comes with a 3 year warranty that covers OLED burn-in.

New Release: Alienware AW3926QW 39″ 5K OLED Gaming Monitor

39″ Alienware AW3926QW 5K RGB Stripe Tandem OLED Gaming Monitor

0

World’s First 39″ 5K Monitor with RGB Stripe Tandem OLED Technology

The Alienware AW3926QW has no lack of features that make it stand out from the crowd, but perhaps its most impressive technology is the RGB stripe tandem OLED panel. Tandem OLED stacks multiple OLED layers on top of each other instead of a single layer. Tandem OLED is better than other OLED panels because: 1) it’s much brighter (the AW3926QW in particular has a very impressive 1,300 nits of peak brightness) and 2) it’s less prone to burn-in.

The AW3926QW doubles down on this with new RGB stripe technology. Whereas traditional tandem OLEDs use white pixels, RGB stripe tandem OLED breaks the color down further into vertically aligned red, green, and blue pixels. This reduces color fringing and in turn significantly improves text clarity. It goes without saying that there are obvious benefits here for both gaming and productivity purposes alike.

Tandem and RGB stripe technologies aside, the AW3926QW is also Alienware’s first 5K OLED monitor. With an impressive 5120 x 2160 resolution, this 39″ monitor boasts a pixel density of 143ppi. That’s even sharper than an already impressive 32″ 4K monitor, with its pixel density of 138ppi. A 39″ monitor is pretty wide, so the AW3926QW employs a 1500R curve to balance it out. 1500R is pretty moderate as far as curved monitors go, so although you’ll be able to see the entire monitor within your field of view, it won’t significantly distort peripheral images.

OLED monitors are known for their extreme fast response time and perfect black levels, making them ideal for gaming. The AW3926QW ups the ante with its 165Hz refresh rate at 4K and support for AMD FreeSync Premium Pro and NVIDIA G-Sync compatibility. It has both DisplayPort 2.1 and HDMI 2.1 ports so you’ll be able to connect it to just about any modern day graphics card without the need for adapters.

Alienware also backs the monitor up with a 3 year warranty that covers OLED burn-in.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Skyrim and Fans Are All Saying the Same Thing

Ikea is partnering up with Skyrim in an unexpected collaboration that has fans making the same joke about The Elder Scrolls 6.

On September 2, the official Ikea accounts for Ireland and the United Kingdom posted a promotional video on Instagram, showing a mountain of familiar Skyrim memorabilia haphazardly tossed onto a snowy mountainside… alongside some comparatively modern-looking pieces.

For instance, a rune-inscribed Allen wrench is stuffed amongst the frozen Nord helmets, pots, swords, books, and wheels of cheese, while a white Kallax 4×2 shelf sits on top of the pile.

A date is then shown: September 9, 2026, along with the message, “Coming to the Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim.” The post’s caption says much the same thing: “A Creation coming to The Elder Scrolls V: Skyrim.”

Thus far, it’s unclear exactly what this collaboration entails. Does this mean that the Kallax shelf will be available for players to decorate their homes with? Will they be able to use the magic Allen wrench as a weapon? (That would be hilarious.) Or is furniture from the game coming to IKEA?

Either way, fans are all saying the same thing: We’re getting an Ikea collab, of all things, before The Elder Scrolls 6 comes out.

“New Elder Scrolls? No. New Skyrim furniture that will break down before the new Elder Scrolls comes out? Yes,” one user wrote on X.

“Heard they’re reforming the Dawnguard. Vampire hunters or something, in the old IKEA near Riften. Might consider joining up, myself,” another joked on Instagram.

It seems like Ikea is moving full speed ahead into the gaming market, having recently announced a furniture line catering specifically to gamers. Titled The Yxstaby Collection, this furniture line was first shown off at gamescom this year, with pieces inspired by the Xbox controller.

It includes a TV stand, a side table, a ‘thumbstick’ stool, a D-pad cushion and platter, a lounge chair, and more. IGN even got the chance to speak with Carl Ledbetter, Xbox’s Head of Design, at Gamescom, where he opened up about the brand’s inspiration for the collaboration.

“I’ve spent all my time [at Xbox] looking at input, controllers, the console, how things fit into the home. [That] matters when you design a console, [the] horizontal and vertical position. [So] this goes back years. The philosophy that we share for designing products at Xbox and at Ikea are nearly identical. So it was like a love connection,” he told us.

Xbox and IKEA Furniture Collaboration Photos

For now, fans’ll just have to wait for more information on The Elder Scrolls 6, which recently got a big update after Xbox CEO Asha Sharma publicly declared that she saw an early playthrough of the game in August, calling the scale and grandeur “incredible” and the story “even greater.”

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Rockstar Reportedly Confirms Fans Measured Oxygen Levels Around Its Campus in Anticipation for a New Trailer

Italian YouTuber Mike ShowSha got to visit Rockstar ahead of the company’s big GTA 6 Netflix showcase, where developers told him that overeager fans were literally measuring the oxygen levels around their campus in anticipation for a new trailer.

Back in June, a GTA superfan went viral for supposedly measuring oxygen levels around the Rockstar North campus. Their thinking was that, if these levels increased, more staff were on site, meaning that the team was working especially hard or preparing for a big announcement.

This same fan had set up acoustic audio equipment outside the campus and even camped outside the area, monitoring traffic from incoming and outgoing employees in a desperate attempt to gauge the status of the game’s development process.

Update: He started monitoring oxygen around Rockstar North, and he believes Trailer 3 is coming soon after noticing that oxygen levels dropped to around 20.3% and 20.04% after 5 PM, suggesting increased oxygen consumption in the area after normal working hours.

(Source:… https://t.co/nG5kOSTgkh pic.twitter.com/9XiN31cNLU

— GTA 6 Countdown ⏳ (@GTAVI_Countdown) June 7, 2026

YouTuber Mike ShowSha was one of the lucky creators who got invited to Rockstar’s offices to see the game up close and personal before its extended look went live on Netflix — and he claims that employees confirmed this superfan really did measure the oxygen levels at their workplace.

“Guys, I’ve been told some weird things,” the YouTuber said in an August 28 video, via machine translation. “Like, there are people who measure oxygen levels — I don’t know how they do it, but they told me this at Rockstar, so I’d tend to believe them, because if there’s a sign that suggests there are more people inside the studios, it means development has increased, and therefore it’s about to happen. It’s crazy.”

Responses to this anecdote have been equal parts hilarious and disturbed, with one joking on X, “No wonder they started the trailer with, ‘Yoo, Crackheads!’”

“That level of obsession over a trailer is wild,” another said.

“Bruh, who thinks like this?” another asked. “I mean, it’s pretty smart, but think about what people would do if they really want something.”

Even More GTA 6 Screenshots from Rockstar Games

Grand Theft Auto 6 finally launches on November 19, 2026, when it will officially put the ‘We got [XYZ] before GTA 6’ memes to rest. We got to see a good look at what we can expect from the extended Netflix showcase, as well as from our own visit to the Rockstar offices, where we learned 69 new details about the game — including the fact that you don’t have to actively engage with Jason and Lucia’s relationship mechanic if you don’t feel like it.

While hype for this game is at an all-time high, not everyone is enthusiastic about its likely record-breaking launch, with some spouses taking to social media to claim that those who play the game are effectively cheating, due to the relationship between Jason and Lucia. We don’t know what’s wilder — that, or a fan literally camping outside Rockstar’s campus to measure its oxygen levels.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Eren Yeager’s Voice Actor Dislocated His Jaw to Pull Off One of Attack on Titan’s Most Iconic Moments

Bryce Papenbrook, the English voice actor for Eren Yeager, claimed that he literally dislocated his jaw in order to realistically sell one of the most intense moments in Attack on Titan.

Warning: Spoilers for Attack on Titan follow!

Season 2 of Attack on Titan contains one of the most iconic scenes in the entire show. In this scene, Eren speaks with fellow Scouting Legion recruits Reiner and Bertholdt after a long, arduous series of events. This particular moment reveals a major betrayal from the two soldiers, who admit that they are the Titan-shifters who broke through the wall all those years ago, resulting in untold deaths and the tragic demise of Eren’s mother.

If you’re a sub-only viewer, you’ve been familiarized with Yuki Kaji’s masterful take on the line, “You damn traitors!” but Bryce Papenbrook is also a heavy-hitter here. In fact, he was so dedicated to portraying Eren’s sadness at Reiner and Bertholdt’s betrayal that he literally inflicted physical pain upon himself by dislocating his jaw.

Attack on Titan Final Season The Final Chapters Special 1 Images

Papenbrook revealed this startling information during a panel at Anime NYC this August, drawing confusion from fellow panelist and voice actor Cristina Vee.

“In that moment, he’s more unhinged than ever before. So I literally unhinged my jaw before that take, because I wanted that pain to come through,” he explained.

“What do you mean — physically unhinged? On purpose?” Vee asked, clearly stunned.

“Yeah,” Papenbrook answered. “Like, physically pushing my jaw out of place to force pain into the feeling because of how Eren was feeling in that moment. For Eren, I really wanted to feel what he was feeling, so in Season 1, when he bites his hand, I bit my hand so hard I left bruises.”

Bryce Papenbrook, ‘ATTACK ON TITAN’ English voice actor for Eren Yeager, reveals he dislocated his jaw to record Eren’s voice lines during the big Season 2 reveal

“I literally unhinged my jaw before that take, because I wanted that pain to come through” pic.twitter.com/dVCcx3BiHw

— Anime Updates (@animeupdates) September 2, 2026

Fans were left equal parts shocked and impressed by Papenbrook’s dedication to the job, with one writing on X, “Dub hate is so insanely forced, ‘cause how do people see this and call it bad?”

“He really didn’t have to, but I still love when actors get into the role,” another said.

“And before you ask, yes, it was that serious,” yet another joked. (I have to agree — while I greatly prefer the original Japanese version of the anime, this particular scene necessitated extremely intense emotion from Papenbrook’s part, and he absolutely nailed it here.)

While Attack on Titan has finally completed its journey, there’s still more to come from the beloved anime series, as Attack on Titan 3 the game is set to launch on December 3, 2026, letting players make their own character and fight through the events of the show’s final season.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

This DC Villains 6-Film Limited Edition Steelbook Collection Is Up for Preorder

Some of the best DC superhero movies going back five decades are collected in a new 4K steelbook library case bundle. It’s called the limited-edition DC Villains 6-Film collection, and it features movies starring Superman, Batman, Aquaman, and more. Perhaps more fittingly, the movies also star villains like Joker, Catwoman, the Riddler, and Lex Luthor.

The collection is up for preorder for $139.99 exclusively at Amazon, with a release date of October 27.

DC Villains 6-Film Limited Edition Steelbook Library Case (4K UHD)

DC Villains 6-Film Limited Edition Steelbook Library Case (4K UHD)

0

The movies range from the 1979 Christopher Reeves classic Superman: The Movie to Matt Reeves’ 2022 masterpiece The Batman. Those movies are great, as are the four in between, including the two Tim Burton Batman films. See the full list of movies included below.

While the movies are obviously the main focus here, including the iconic villains the heroes fight, the packaging is also a key component of the collection. Each of the six movies has its own steelbook case, with the movie poster on the cover. If you put the cases under a light and then turn off the lights, you’ll see glow-in-the-dark graffiti scrawled across each of the steelbooks. It’s a pretty cool idea.

The six steelbooks are housed in a library case that offers plenty of room and protection for the individual discs. The library case itself is also decked out in glow-in-the-dark markings. You can get an idea of what it looks like in the photo above (or in the listing itself on Amazon).

Movies Included in the Collection

  • Superman: The Movie (1979)
  • Batman (1989)
  • Batman Returns (1992)
  • Aquaman (2018)
  • The Suicide Squad (2021)
  • The Batman (2022)

According to the critical consensus, DC movies have been pretty hit-or-miss over the years in terms of quality. However, all the movies collected here are certified bangers. This collection thoughtfully skips over clunkers like Batman & Robin, Catwoman, and the 2016 Suicide Squad. The ones it has are all in the range between “good” and “masterpiece.” All-in-all, it’s a solid Batamn 4K collection if you don’t want only Batman movies.

DC Villains 6-Film Limited Edition Steelbook Library Case

It seems like every physical movie publisher is trying to get its releases out ahead of the holiday buying season. You can preodrer a Poké Ball bundle of all 24 Pokémon movies, as well as a 40th anniversay edition of Transformers: The Movie, and reprints of 15 Studio Ghibli Blu-ray steelbooks. You can find all of the upcoming movies available for preorder in our list of upcoming 4K Blu-ray release dates.

Chris Reed is a senior commerce editor and deals expert for IGN. He also runs IGN’s board game and LEGO coverage. You can follow him on Bluesky.

Ryan Reynolds and Kenneth Branagh Do ’80s Buddy Comedy

Mayday will be released on Apple TV on Friday, September 4.

The 1980s were rife with buddy comedies, and Mayday fits neatly within that genre, with Ryan Reynolds and Kenneth Branagh playing a US Navy pilot and an ex-KGB agent, respectively, who traverse planes, trains, and automobiles to escape Soviet Russia.

While many Hollywood movies of that era were rife with anti-Russian sentiment, from Red Dawn to Rambo III, writing-directing duo Jonathan Goldstein and John Francis Daley take a more Spies Like Us approach to the Cold War, serving up a sometimes amusing yet boisterously action-packed reflection on geopolitical tension.

Set in 1987, a year after the release of the cinematic jingoism that was Top Gun, the film features Reynolds as Lieutenant Troy Kelly, eagerly filling the shoes of Tom Cruise’s Maverick, albeit with his brand of deadpan humor – a humor here that rarely colors outside the lines of what we’ve seen him do before. Troy goes rogue to save his wingman’s faulty plane, claims to be the best pilot of his unit and loves that Top Gun’s popularity means he can queue-jump his way into any club. He applies that ego and arrogance to his dim perception of Russia and its people. “You can’t reform something that is fundamentally broken,” he says frankly. “It’s not a society, it’s a prison… silence is complicity.”

Soon he’s enlisted for a covert mission to co-pilot a spy plane, the Lockheed SR-71 Blackbird, to capture images of missile silos 1200 miles inside the Soviet border. Thanks to the in media res opening, we already know the operation goes sideways. After a brief but effectively thrilling sky battle with Russian fighter pilots, the so-called “beast” of his plane becomes fiery debris on the floor of a snow-laden forest, with an injured Troy clocking a mysterious man approaching before he blacks out.

Reynolds treads familiar sarcastic territory, but Branagh’s kooky yet formidable ex-KGB agent elevates their oddball dynamic.“

Troy wakes up in the cabin of Nikolai Ustinov, or “Nick” as he prefers, and the first thing he sees is Cruise’s face on a Top Gun poster pinned to the wall. American militarist propaganda has penetrated the Iron Curtain, and given the film’s lack of definitive identification of the rogue nation, it’s easy to understand why it’s Nick’s favorite film. This is Branagh’s third Russian action role in recent memory, after playing Viktor Cherevin in Jack Ryan: Shadow Recruit and Andrei Sator in Tenet, so it’s refreshing to see him put those years of vocal coaching to more heroic use.

His Russian Americophile is less an overtly eccentric counterpart to Reynolds’ straight(er) man but one with an earnest, subtly quirky appreciation of American “democracy, culture and food.” There’s also a lack of bravado when he outmanoeuvres both Troy and, later, patrons of a bar, in some neatly executed fight sequences. Both scenes employ wide shots and minimal edits to rivetingly capture how formidable Nick’s combat skills are, adding another layer to the Branagh character, whose kind face should not lead one to mistake him for a man to be trifled with.

The rest of the film functions as a road movie, tracking their journey across Russia to find a means of escape, now that they are both enemies of the state, while being hunted by KGB official Alexander Volkov (Marcin Dorociński). He’s far less menacing than, say, Christoph Waltz’s Hans Landa from Inglourious Basterds, but still functions as an intimidating antagonist. Yet as much as it offers up action set-pieces like a face-off with a train full of Russian soldiers and a car chase involving a nuclear transporter in central Moscow, what’s most compelling is how the very idea of American exceptionalism is dismantled. By breaking bread with common folk who welcome them into his home, conversing with Nick’s activist daughter Anna (Maria Bakalova) and learning of a government cover-up that affected him personally, both Troy’s prejudices and worldview crumble.

That Bruce Springsteen’s Born in the USA album is as much of a running reference as Top Gun enriches the film’s thematic core. Maybe it would have been too on-the-nose to include the record’s eponymous anti-war song, but the fact that it’s Nick’s favourite cassette tape and one that Troy would prefer not to listen to for a 12-hour ride highlights the complexities and potential dysfunction of the American identity – as well as the universality of the Boss’s love and lament for the working class. Borders and oceans might separate warring states, but the proletariat are very much the same: everyday people, suffering under government propaganda and class oppression.

Mayday doesn’t get too deep in the weeds of political bureaucracy beyond what is required to push the plot forward, and perhaps its conclusion is a little too rosy. But that’s Hollywood for you; idealism trumping reality so you can leave with a little more hope and understanding than despair.

An Ergonomic Split Keyboard Worth the Effort

Unless you’re a hardcore keyboard enthusiast, you might not know the difference between a 71-key keyboard and standard 100% or Tenkeyless (TKL) sizes. A 70% layout strips away the traditional number pad and the dedicated function row to achieve a much smaller desktop footprint. This size is popular because it saves desk space and keeps your mouse hand closer to your natural typing center, but it comes with a catch in that you’re forced to rely on layered shortcut combinations to access the keys that were removed.

Epomaker Split70 – Hands-on Photos

The Epomaker Split70 Keyboard takes this compact philosophy and physically cuts it in half, requiring you to connect the left and right sides with an included USB-C-to-USB-C cable. With this design, you can approximate something like a row-staggered Alice layout, but with a more traditional orientation by angling the two halves to perfectly match your natural shoulder width. It’s a fantastic concept for ergonomics, but there’s a steep learning curve that will undoubtedly change how you work.

Epomaker Split70 Keyboard – Customization and Design

The Epomaker Split70 comes in Black Grey and White Blue colorways, outfitted with gradient PBT Cherry-profile keycaps. In the box are the two keyboard halves, a USB-A to USB-C device-to-keyboard cable, a USB-C-to-USB-C cable to connect the left and right halves of the keyboard, a combination switch and keycap puller, three Macintosh keycaps to swap out, three extra Wisteria Linear Switch V2 switches, and paperwork.

I like the matte black plastic finish, but it does seem to accumulate light scratches through normal use. These scratches are only visible from certain angles, but once you see them, they can’t be unseen. The left side of the keyboard features a built-in programmable volume knob, while there’s a cleverly hidden storage port on the back for the 2.4GHz wireless dongle.

Where the Split70 struggles is in its physical layout. Because the board is split and compact, Epomaker had to make some awkward compromises. The Tilde (~) key is pushed all the way to the right next to Backspace, there are two “B” keys to accommodate either hand, and the Escape key is shifted from its usual home. Most egregiously, the right Shift key is small, compressed to a standard 1U key size, and placed awkwardly to the left of the Up arrow. This placement took me quite a bit of time to get used to. I miss the Function and Home keys too. While you can access the Home key (like the other missing keys) via a shortcut (Fn + H in this case), there are practical limits to a keyboard with fewer keys. It’s great to have the smaller size, but I’d happily give up a little width for frequently used keys rather than learning shortcut combinations.

Epomaker Split70 Keyboard – Performance and Software

Despite the layout gripes, typing on the Epomaker Split70 feels good. It comes equipped with Epomaker’s Wisteria Linear V2 switches, which are pre-lubricated from the factory and require a light 45g of bottom-out force. However, if those aren’t to your liking, the PCB is fully hot-swappable, allowing you to easily drop in your preferred 3-pin or 5-pin switches without any soldering. Combined with the gasket-mounted structure and a 5-layer sound-dampening system that features sandwiched latex, a PET sound-enhancement pad, and a silicone base, the keyboard absorbs hollow rattle and produces a smooth, creamy “thock” that any keyboard enthusiast can appreciate.

The tri-mode connectivity of Bluetooth 5.0, 2.4GHz, and Wired is powered by a 3,000mAh battery, providing more than 10 hours of usage with the RGB lights on, and up to several hundred hours with them off. To conserve battery life, the keyboard goes to sleep during inactivity, but it wakes up fast and gets right back to work. The south-facing RGB backlighting is vibrant, and the lighting gets really bright, even when set to just a fraction of its maximum capacity.

For gaming, the Split70 is nice and responsive for fast-paced games like Fortnite, thanks to its 1000Hz polling rate in wired and 2.4GHz modes, which nets a low 3ms to 5ms latency. However, depending on key mapping, you’ll likely still find that some keys are in a weird place during tense firefights until you’ve fully adjusted to its oddities.

As a nice gaming bonus, since all of the “smarts” and battery are contained on the left half of the keyboard, you can unplug the right half and put it aside. This allows you to use the left side independently, effectively turning it into a dedicated WASD macro pad, giving you a tremendous amount of free desk space on the right side for sweeping mouse movements.

The keyboard is compatible with the popular, open-source configuration application, VIA. By loading Epomaker’s JSON file into the web-based app, you can easily remap the keys, assign custom macros, and tinker with the RGB settings to alleviate some of the layout frustrations.

Purchasing Guide

The Epomaker Split70 is available from Amazon and Epomaker with an MSRP of $115.99.

Bill Loguidice is a contributing freelancer for IGN specializing in video game and computer hardware and accessories. He has several decades of experience and has written for a wide variety of publications. Bill has authored a dozen mass market books and was a writer and producer on a major feature film documentary on the history of video games.

Pokémon TCG Movie Wild Card Hides a New Mega Evolution, Fans Believe

The reveal of upcoming movie Pokémon: Wild Card hid a brand new Mega Evolution in plain sight, fans believe.

Over the weekend, the 2026 Pokémon World Championships included a flurry of new Pokémon announcements, including the first new Pokémon movie for seven years. Due to launch in theaters next year, Pokémon: Wild Card will feature a TCG player “battling and striving to be a champion”, accompanied by a mysterious Mimikyu.

Of course, Mimikyu does not currently have a Mega Evolution — not in the series’ original Pokémon X and Y batch of Megas, or in the fresh menagerie introduced last year via Pokémon Legends: Z-A. But there is something odd about the Mimikyu in that poster — do you see it?

Pokémon: Wild Card poster, featuring a glowing Mimikyu. Image credit: The Pokémon Company.

Yes, the Mimikyu is glowing with rainbow-colored light — a very similar rainbow-colored light to the effect of Pokémon as Mega Energy, used to Mega Evolve. Is it a coincidence, or something more? And if we are about to see a Mega Mimikyu revealed, when could it debut in video game form?

One popular suggestion is that Mimikyu will evolve in next year’s Pokémon Winds and Waves, the franchise’s long-awaited 10th generation of games due to arrive exclusively for Nintendo Switch 2. With these games and Pokémon: Wild Card arriving around the same time, this would be a neat teaser — and certainly, anime movies and series have previously featured various Pokémon debuts before they’re actually available in-game.

One other avenue for release could be via a final update to Pokémon Legends: Z-A, a game which focuses squarely on Mega Evolution. This would likely make more sense thematically, and there’s been no suggestion that Winds and Waves will include Mega Evolution themselves. Indeed, as a new generation of games, the upcoming titles are more likely to feature their own regional mechanic (such as Gigantamax in Sword and Shield, or Terrestrialization in Scarlet/Violet).

Could Mega Mimikyu debut sooner rather than later in Legends: Z-A, as a way to tide fans over while news on Winds and Waves’ launch window remains thin on the ground? Or could this all just be another one of Mimikyu’s tricks? Fans seem convinced Mega Mimikyu is coming, either way.

Mega Mimikyu would be so goated and I would not be normal about it. I felt that it was such an obvious choice. Mega Mimikyu’s ability should restore disguise https://t.co/l1TzKnlz1Z

— 👑🤴🏻Spoopy🪦💀 (@Prince_Spoopy) September 1, 2026

Mega Mimikyu incoming?? https://t.co/rAu2VWlyZq

— Moxie✨✏️ (@Moxie2D) August 31, 2026

bet on mega mimikyu https://t.co/2aYhRo88DI

— abeo (@CassidyCrpKilla) August 31, 2026

For everything announced during the 2026 Pokémon World Championships and PokémonXP, check out our roundup. Pokémon: Wild Card may be the only feature-length movie announced, but another animated Pokémon project is making its way to screens in 2027. Pokémon Tales: The Misadventures of Sirfetch’d and Pichu was announced back in 2025, but news about the series streaming on DisneyXD and more was revealed during a panel at this year’s PokémonXP.

2026 Pokémon World Championships Welcome Kit and Champions’ Line

Images credit: The Pokémon Company

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Christopher Judge Reveals Why He Turned Down Playing Kratos in Live-Action God of War Series

Christopher Judge revealed that he actually started physically preparing to play Kratos in Prime Video’s live-action God of War series before he made himself back down.

Speaking on a panel at Fan Expo Canada, Judge said he began working out to get in Spartan shape and started memorizing his lines, admitting that he’d been in talks to take the role in the project’s early days.

“We had talked, and I thought, ‘God, what a great legacy to leave for my grandson.’ So I started working out. I got bigger,” he began.

“Then, just the reality of it… because I did read! I did read for it. It was so hard for me to memorize my lines, which I never had a problem with. And that was my mind and body starting to tell me, ‘You don’t want to do this.’ I was one of the leads of Stargate at 33 to 44, and then stopped. Now, at 62, to be the lead, I just have no desire to live that way again.”

As noted by Collider, Judge previously mentioned the physical toll that such a part would have taken on him. “I didn’t want to do it,” he said. “I didn’t want to, at 62 years old, work 16-to-18-hour days. I didn’t want to be dieting constantly; I didn’t want to be working out constantly.”

That being said, Judge is more than happy for Dave Bautista to take the part, though he is concerned about the pro wrestler-turned-actor getting shredded again after losing so much weight in recent years. He also shared his reaction to Ryan Hurst initially getting cast for the role, saying he felt the actor was a perfect choice due to his history with the God of War games.

“With Ryan, I thought that was absolutely the right choice. He’s played all the games. He’s a gamer and new father; like, who better? Then when he got hurt, it was like, are they going to take time to read with and call people back? So when I heard the name of Bautista, I thought, ‘Didn’t he just lose like 100 pounds?’ So I hope he’s going to be great. I think he’s going to be great. I just hope it doesn’t cause any health issues to put back on all that weight,” he said.

Prime Video’s God of War series suffered a major setback in July when Hurst tore his bicep filming a stunt for the show. Rather than wait out his lengthy recovery, Amazon decided to recast the role to Dave Bautista in one of the best castings we’ve ever seen for a game adaptation.

While fans balked at the first look we got at the show back in February, responses are looking more positive now that this news has been revealed, alongside a newer photo that Hurst shared of himself in full Kratos makeup that looked far better than the initial poster.

Judge previously criticized Prime Video’s God of War series back in August, slamming showrunners for not involving the writers of the 2018 game it’s based on (though, in this panel, he clarified that he wants “anything God of War to be great”).

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Get an Asus ROG Xbox Ally X for $899.99, the Least Expensive of the Ultra Premium Handheld Gaming PCs

The Asus ROG Xbox Ally X is currently the best Windows gaming handheld PC on the market. It’s powerful enough to run even the latest AAA Steam games thanks to the updated AMD Ryzen Z2 Extreme processor. The Xbox interface is also intuitive and easy to use. In fact, IGN’s Jackie Thomas recommends getting the Xbox Ally (and Ally X) over a Steam Deck.

All the miniaturization comes at a cost, and the Xbox Ally X sells for $1,000 with no price drop in sight. Fortunately, there is a simple way to get one for a lower price, and that’s by getting an open box unit.

Save $100 Off an Excellent Condition Asus ROG Xbox Ally X

Open Box “Excellent Condition”

Asus ROG Xbox Ally X 7″ 120Hz AMD Ryzen Z2 Extreme Handheld Gaming PC (24GB/1TB)

4

Best Buy has recently refreshed its inventory of open box Asus ROG Xbox Ally X handheld gaming PCs. Instead of paying $1,000 for a new unit, you can pay as little as $838.99 for a “Fair Condition” unit. Personally, I’d recommend getting one in “Excellent Condition” for $899.99. These are Geek Squad verified preowned units that include a 15-day return policy. The better graded “excellent condition” units are in like-new condition both functionally and cosmetically with very low usage time. They may also include most or all of their original warranty.

The Xbox Ally X is one of the most powerful handheld gaming PCs around

The Asus ROG Xbox Ally X is one powerful handheld. It has recently been superseded by the Xbox Ally X20, but performance-wise they are identical. Like it’s successor, the Xbox Ally X is equipped with the latest gen AMD Ryzen Z2 Extreme processor, 24GB of LPDDR5X RAM, and a 1TB SSD. It runs off the Windows operating system, but with Xbox integration. The nomenclature might be confusing, but the Xbox Ally X is really more of an evolution of the the Asus ROG Ally X handheld than it is an actual Xbox console. IGN’s Jacqueline Thomas reviewed the Xbox Ally X and concluded that “the Asus ROG Xbox Ally X [was] easily the best handheld gaming PC available.”

The Xbox Ally X is the least expensive handheld with the R yzen Z2 Extreme CPU

Compared to other gaming handhelds equipped with the same Z2 Extreme CPU, the Xbox Ally X is actually reasonably priced. The Lenovo Legion Go 2 costs $1,300 (and actually recently increased in price) and the MSI Claw A8 costs $1,200. The new Xbox Ally X20 is up for preorder for $1,299.99. Yes, there are some notable improvements, especially the bigger OLED display, but you’re also paying $400 more.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

GTA 6’s Morality Meter Will Reportedly ‘Shatter’ and Make You Irredeemable If You Cause Too Much Mayhem

Grand Theft Auto 6’s morality meter can reportedly “shatter” and lead to you becoming essentially irredeemable for an entire playthrough of the game.

YouTuber TGG got to see GTA 6 behind closed doors during a recent preview and has provided a ton of details on the game. There has been a lot of chatter about the game’s “criminal profile” system, which acts similarly to the morality system in the Red Dead Redemption games. In a new video, TGG broke down the different levels of the game’s criminal profile system, noting that there are four states: Professional (the highest and most honorable part of the meter), Aggressive, Violent, and the lowest option, Psycho.

There’s also an additional unnamed state which will begin to crack and eventually shatter if you are going too far off the rails. Rockstar suggested to TGG that achieving this state is very difficult, and it’s partially there for players who clearly demonstrate that they don’t care about this system, making it so the game will no longer measure your actions if the meter shatters.

Rockstar is trying to find a balance where players don’t have to engage with every system in GTA 6. If you want to kill everyone you see, you can do that without feeling like you’re being punished. You can turn off notifications that alert you to your criminal profile’s status, allowing you to be blissfully ignorant about how the game views your actions.

The system is more to measure the kind of criminal you are. It measures if your actions are justified. If you’re holding up a store and someone shoots back at you, you have the right to kill them without it impacting your criminal profile negatively. However, if you run in and shoot a helpless store clerk or escalate a situation without cause, that’s when the meter will begin to slide toward the darker side.

Additionally, Jason and Lucia have their own independent profiles, meaning you can play them completely differently if you want. It’s unclear how much this profile will impact the story or if it can change the ending like Red Dead Redemption 2’s honor system. Given Rockstar is giving players the freedom to engage with it at all, it’s hard to say if it will have a significant impact on how the narrative unravels.

Even More GTA 6 Screenshots from Rockstar Games

GTA 6 also features a relationship meter, which measures how in love Jason and Lucia are based on the player’s actions. This has caused some discourse and controversy on social media among the spouses of players, as they fear they will pay more attention to their in-game partner than their real one. Do what you will with that information.

Ultimately, GTA 6 sounds like a very rich roleplaying experience. It’ll be interesting to see just how deep all of these systems go, but it sounds like it has the potential to be one of the most interactive and nuanced games of the generation.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

LEGO Star Wars: The Mandalorian Review: Fun Star Wars Adventure

LEGO Star Wars: The Mandalorian is streaming now on Disney+.

At this point, it’s anyone’s guess as to whether or not we’ll ever see The Mandalorian Season 4 on Disney+. The tepid response to The Mandalorian and Grogu in theaters shows that this branch of the Star Wars franchise doesn’t carry the same weight it once did. It’s entirely possible that LEGO Star Wars: The Mandalorian is the last hurrah for this particular series, with Din Djarin and his little buddy relegated to appearing in Dave Filoni’s Mando-verse crossover movie. If so, fans are left with a fun but ultimately forgettable tribute to a show that was once the bright center of the Star Wars universe.

LEGO Star Wars: The Mandalorian is essentially a tribute to/recap of all three seasons of the live-action series, along with The Book of Boba Fett for good measure. There’s some new material here in the form of a framing device involving Mando’s friends throwing him a party, but for the most part, this animated special focuses on having various characters recount Din (Gavin Hammon) and Grogu’s (David Acord) exploits with a suitably goofy LEGO flourish.

Why Disney didn’t release this special before The Mandalorian and Grogu hit theaters is beyond me. You’d think they’d want to throw their cowboy hat into the ring of the many YouTube recaps of the series, especially since this one has the benefit of being both so in-depth and so embellished. But, to be fair, The Mandalorian and Grogu is such an aggressively straightforward and simple film that no recap was ever really necessary in the first place.

In any case, fans of the series should get a kick out of seeing those events retold and distorted through the cutesy LEGO lens. This special is good for more than a few chuckles as it dives into the show’s big moments and lampoons them with loads of self-aware humor. And, as you’d expect, there’s no shortage of visual jokes to be found as the special takes full advantage of the fact that this is a universe where characters move like clunky toys and everything is constructed of plastic building blocks. It all makes for a silly and entertaining way to relive the original series.

It’s also amusing to note those characters and elements that get glossed over in the push to compress everything into a modest 45-minute runtime. Cara Dune is afforded neither an introduction nor any speaking lines, indicating what Lucasfilm’s current stance is on that particular embattled character. The special also glosses over much of The Mandalorian Season 3, which is probably for the best. Ultimately, LEGO Star Wars: The Mandalorian paints a very cohesive picture of Mando’s journey so far without getting too caught up in extraneous details. Exactly what you want out of a recap, in other words.

What We Thought of The Mandalorian Season 3

“While The Mandalorian continues to deliver excellent action and beautiful settings, this season felt pulled in too many directions as the focus shifted from Din Djarin and Grogu to Bo-Katan and her quest to retake Mandalore. Season 3 also spent too much time connecting other Star Wars stories, but an outstanding finale hints at the plans to get back to the basics in season 4.” -Samantha Nelson, April 21, 2023

Click here to read IGN’s full review.

Adding to the fun is the fact that much of the live-action cast returns to voice their LEGO selves. The lineup includes Amy Sedaris’ Peli Motto, Bill Burr’s Miggs Mayfield, Temuera Morrison’s Boba Fett, Katee Sackhoff’s Bo-Katan Kryze, Rosario Dawson’s Ahsoka Tano, and Giancarlo Esposito’s Moff Gideon. Only Mando himself and a handful of other, minor characters have been recast.

The absence of Pedro Pascal in the voice cast is certainly disappointing, and probably the biggest knock against the special. Hammon is fine as the titular bounty hunter, but he doesn’t sound particularly close to Pascal. Luckily, it falls on the shoulders of other characters to actually narrate the extended flashbacks, so there’s plenty of room for Sedaris, Burr, and others to ham it up. Morrison’s Boba Fett also proves to be an unexpected highlight, as the special gives him an inflated sense of self-importance that the actor really runs with. Frankly, The Book of Boba Fett might have been a better show had it done the same.

LEGO Star Wars: The Mandalorian is cute and entertaining in equal measure. It even works as a nice little coda to the main series, highlighting how many friends and found family members Din Djarin has accumulated over the course of his adventures.

What it doesn’t do is blaze any new ground with the character. It’s hard not to wonder what might have been possible had this special focused on telling a wholly new and original story set within the world of The Mandalorian. Rather than recap adventures we’ve already seen, why not present a lost mission set during those gaps between seasons? Lucasfilm has really dropped the ball on that front over the years, with the promised Mandalorian spinoff novel never materializing and the tie-in comics also settling for adapting the series rather than expanding upon it. There’s room to dig deeper. But who knows? Perhaps this special will prove popular enough that we’ll get a proper LEGO Mandalorian spinoff. There’s certainly no shortage of potential there.

The Runner Review: Run Gal Gadot Run

The Runner debuts on Prime Video on September 2.

If you’re looking for 84 minutes (with credits!) of Gal Gadot running through the streets of London in a desperate bid to save her son from a ruthless, anonymous villain, all while said baddie plays mind games with Gadot’s character via the true villain of the piece – the dreaded cellphone – then you’re in luck, because The Runner is on Prime Video now, just waiting for you to half pay attention while… scrolling through your feeds on your phone, probably.

The film stars the former Wonder Woman as Maia Marten, one of those super-powerful, super-smart, super-hot lawyers that movies and TV shows are always shoving at us. As the film starts, we learn that Maia has managed to nail down a key witness in the murder trial of a notorious crime boss. And now she’s being blackmailed by a mysterious “Caller,” as he’s called in the credits, to use her status as a super-powerful/super-smart/super-hot lawyer to get to that witness and murder him, thereby ensuring that the crime boss goes free. Easy peasy, right?

Using Maia’s kidnapped son Noah (Rory Wilmot) as the carrot and the stick, the Caller forces our heroine to take on this job, but in one of The Runner’s several cracks in logic, for some reason he’s forcing her to do so on the clock, so she has to literally turn her morning run into a run for her son’s life, sprinting across London for most of the film and finding herself in increasingly dangerous and, at times, outlandish situations. (As soon as Maia mentions that Noah’s diabetic, in an awkward opening scene that is clearly all ADR’d, we were clearly in for a Chekhov’s Insulin situation.)

It’s hard not to like Gadot, no matter what role she’s playing, and she gives The Runner her all.“

It’s hard not to like Gadot, no matter what role she’s playing – that “Imagine” fracas from a few years back notwithstanding – and she gives The Runner her all, even as she seems to be slowly running into permanent straight-to-streaming status. Certainly she sells Maia’s determination to save her son, as well as the character’s interior conflict regarding what she has to do in order to accomplish that first thing. Gadot does get an occasional laugh line, as she’s forced to do what the Caller says, even if that means calling a fellow mom who didn’t invite Noah to her kid’s birthday party a “bitch.” Meanwhile, an attempt at some back story complexity for Maia involving her own mother’s dark past doesn’t amount to much in the end, but that’s a failure of the script rather than the actress.

Nor does The Runner have a satisfying answer to how Maia can resolve her conundrum. “I’m not a killer,” she tells the Caller, and yet she must kill in order to save her boy. The film resorts to fairly ridiculous means to sort out this mess at its climax, which places it in the realm of something along the lines of an unsatisfying Columbo wrap-up as we’re told who did what when and how. Along the way, director Kevin Macdonald (Touching the Void, The Last King of Scotland) and scripter Mark Gibson seem to also be trying to comment on the state of the world today, a place where cellphones are ubiquitous and, I dunno, bad?

This shot of Damian Lewis watching Gal Gadot running is almost definitely not in the actual movie.

Macdonald does stage some engaging set pieces for Gadot as she constantly has to plow through pedestrians in order to get to her destination on time. Over the course of the film she finds herself running over bridges, onto boats, in front of cars, onto the London tube, over kiosks, and so on and so on. Intermixed with this action is flashes of the Caller, as well as the occasional voyeuristic glimpse of other folks in the city and what they’re saying and texting on their phones. As for the Caller himself, while he hacks into Maia’s phone and uses her most private information for his own ends, we never learn anything about him at all. That he’s played by Billions and Homeland’s Damian Lewis, even if the actor is mostly heard and rarely seen, makes this latter point all the more glaring, as he ultimately feels wasted in the role.

CD Projekt Red Boss Says Developer ‘Isn’t Worried’ About Next-Gen Console Delays

CD Projekt Red joint CEO Michał Nowakowski opened up about the developer’s reaction to the rising price of consoles and the possibility of next-generation hardware getting delayed due to RAMaggedon.

Speaking with The Game Business in a September 1 interview, Nowakowski said he’s “not worried” about console costs potentially affecting sales of CDPR’s titles.

“Consoles are still necessary to broaden the audience on the casual or semi-casual level. It’s important to have [something] easy to plug in and enjoy gaming,” he told the outlet. “I’m a big believer that they’re going to weather the storm. Pricing is the objective challenge. And the rumors… we hear them about the next gen being delayed. I don’t know if they’re true.”

The Witcher 4 Unreal Engine 5 Tech Demo Screenshots

He’s not very fussed about this possibility, either. For him, how CDPR reaches gamers is “a little irrelevant” — it’s the content that matters most, regardless of how it gets in players’ hands.

“Content is the king. And if the content is right, people will find a way to play it,” Nowakowski explained. “When we launch, if PS5, Xbox Series X/S is what people are playing, we’re going to be there. We’re going to find a business model that’s going to work for us, that’s going to be fine for players, and that’s it.

“If you ask the dev team, they will always answer: ‘Give us as much power as you can, because we want to show off the best stuff.’ That’s the way they’re wired. But they’re realistic. If the next-gen gets delayed, it could be the case that some ideas are put on a shelf for the future. We’d have to adjust. We’re not worried on the commercial side. Consoles are here to stay.”

This last bit is what’s raising eyebrows among fans. With PlayStation making the sweeping decision to end production of physical game discs starting January 2028, many are worried that consoles will eventually go the way of the Dodo if other big brands like Xbox or, God forbid, Nintendo, follow suit.

But CDPR, at least, is confident that consoles will stick around as long as gamers want to use them — and that seems to be the case, at least judging by players’ overwhelming reactions to PlayStation’s vision for an all-digital future.

CDPR has been on gamers’ good side lately, notably stepping in to help an indie game dev whose equipment was stolen at gamescom by offering to send “a few things” his way.

The developer is also making sure to provide physical goodies for gamers who want to buy The Witcher 4, even if it releases after PlayStation’s game disc cutoff date.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Stanley Kubrick Daughter Addresses Eyes Wide Shut Theories

Vivian Kubrick, the daughter of the late director Stanley Kubrick, has addressed conspiracy theories about her father’s final film, Eyes Wide Shut, conspiracies spread, in part, a few years ago by podcaster Joe Rogan and his guest, filmmaker Roger Avary.

“You know, this is as good a time as any to finally address the missing 20 minutes from Eyes Wide Shut. It’s a story that has been circulating for many years, so let me tell you what I actually know and don’t know. For context, my father always had his outtakes incinerated once a film was finished, specifically to prevent the studio from later re-editing his work or creating alternative versions. There has been a lot of speculation that some 20 minutes were removed from Eyes Wide Shut after he died,” Kubrick posted on X.

“This will be very disappointing to many people, but I certainly did not hear anything about a missing 20 minutes at the time, nor have I heard anything since that would confirm such a section ever existed. I guess you could stop reading right here,” Kubrick continued, clarifying she wasn’t in “a position to know everything that may have happened before or immediately after my father’s death” as she was in Los Angeles to score a movie at the time.

EYES WIDE SHUT: THE MISSING 20 MINUTES

You know, this is as good a time as any to finally address the missing 20 minutes from Eyes Wide Shut. It’s a story that has been circulating for many years, so let me tell you what I actually know and don’t know.

For context, my father… pic.twitter.com/hsgllDKJnV

— Vivian Kubrick (@ViKu1111) September 1, 2026

“The only alteration I heard about at the time was the use of CGI—computer-generated figures—to obscure some of the nudity in the orgy scene, which Warner Brothers wanted in order to secure an R rating for the film. But I did not hear that any shots or scenes were removed,” Kubrick wrote.

“When my father died, Eyes Wide Shut had reached picture lock and was moving through the final stages of post-production. It had just been shown to the studio heads, I assume with a temporary music track, while the final sound mix and some of the music work were still to be completed. This was 1999, in the era of physical film distribution.”

As Kubrick explained, Eyes Was Shut was edited on Avid, a process that didn’t include any “permanent digital archive people imagine today.” After further elaborating on the negative creation and editing process of the time, Kubrick added, “I have no knowledge of whether any of the Avid editorial material from the production still exists.”

Cont.
University of the Arts London. They hold the official archive of my father’s surviving papers, production materials and other records, spanning his entire career, including Eyes Wide Shut. But to my knowledge, there is no surviving cache of Avid rushes from the film.

So… pic.twitter.com/5Zr3hzSWkI

— Vivian Kubrick (@ViKu1111) September 1, 2026

Kubrick suggested the University of the Arts London might know more as they “hold the official archive of my father’s surviving papers, production materials and other records, spanning his entire career, including Eyes Wide Shut. But to my knowledge, there is no surviving cache of Avid rushes from the film.

“That is as far as I can honestly go. I never heard of a missing 20 minutes at the time, I have never subsequently seen or been shown any evidence that such a section existed, and I know of no surviving material that establishes that it did,” Kubrick posted.

“I cannot tell you what may or may not have happened during the 30-some hours immediately after my father’s death; I was not there. But unless substantive evidence emerges—and I do not regard stories from certain people who, in my opinion, are inventing them after the fact as evidence; people often want to sensationalize their part in a story, if indeed they even had a part—the story that 20 minutes were removed from Eyes Wide Shut after his death remains, to my mind, an actual conspiracy theory, not an established fact.”

After mourning her father, Kubrick said she “involved myself very closely in protecting my father’s work and took that responsibility extremely seriously” and said she would have found out about any missing footage from Eyes Wide Shut had it existed.

Curiously, Kubrick ended her posts with a slew of hashtags about the Epstein Files and tagging podcasters Joe Rogan, Alex Jones and Julian Dorey. In his December 2024 podcast with Rogan, Avary not only claimed there was 20 minutes of missing footage from Eyes Wide Shut but that its original ending was altered by Warner Bros.

Sitting opposite Quentin Tarantino during the podcast, Avary claimed, citing “second hand” knowledge, the studio changed the original ending over Kubrick’s objections – only for the filmmaker to die a few days later.

Avary also claimed Eyes Wide Shut was originally meant to end with Tom Cruise and Nicole Kidman’s characters giving their child away to a “pedo cult,” which suggested Stanley Kubrick, in 1999, may have somehow been aware of Jeffrey Epstein’s sex trafficking crimes involving the rich and powerful years before they were publicly exposed.

Top 10 Tom Cruise Movies

Avary maintained the “party line” about Eyes Wide Shut is that the theatrical release is Kubrick’s intended version – even Nicole Kidman has stated that’s the case – but that it’s clear to him that the studio meddled with the film after Kubrick died.

Warner Bros. has long maintained that the film they released is Kubrick’s version.

The Blood of Dawnwalker Proves Unreal 5 Can Be Done Well

I’ve been playing a lot of The Blood of Dawnwalker over the last week or so, and while the game does successfully stress out my gaming PC, I’ve been surprised at just how stable it is.

Just like with Star Wars Zero Company and Halo: Campaign Evolved, The Blood of Dawnwalker runs on Unreal Engine 5, and has been shockingly free of technical problems. The game doesn’t have the same issues with crashing and stuttering that Zero Company has, and scales down a lot better than Halo: Campaign Evolved does, although I would still avoid running it on something like a handheld gaming PC.

I’ve been primarily playing The Blood of Dawnwalker on an admittedly powerful system with an AMD Ryzen 7 9850X3D, 32GB of RAM and an Nvidia GeForce RTX 5090 – well above its recommended specs. And the game pushes even this system, only delivering around 70–80 fps most of the time at 4K with the Ultra preset and DLSS set to Quality.

While I’d love the frame rate to be even higher, the problem I’ve had with a lot of Unreal 5 games is the constant stuttering. I still haven’t finished the Silent Hill 2 or Metal Gear Solid 3 remakes that came out last year, even though I love those games, primarily because they can become a stuttery mess at times, especially when loading into a new scene. The Blood of Dawnwalker, however, has remained stable at all times.

The Blood of Dawnwalker – Prologue Screenshots

It’s not limited to my main PC, either. I have the Steam Machine set up on my TV, and while I do have to lower the PC settings dramatically, I can get 55–60 fps at 1440p with mostly medium settings and the game looks just fine. And even on the Steam Machine, which has a much weaker CPU and less memory, I still don’t get the kind of stuttering and crashes that Unreal 5 has become known for on weaker hardware.

I’ve even had a chance to play the game a bit on the PS5 and Xbox Series X, and The Blood of Dawnwalker runs like a dream on those consoles too. The visuals do scale down quite a bit on those consoles, but it feels good to play. I haven’t had the chance to grab capture to run through a frame rate analysis tool, but the game feels like its running at around 60 fps on the PS5 Pro, and at least 40-50 on the Xbox Series X, with the Performance profile and the Balanced profile, respectively.

But while the game does run smoothly on the consoles, Dawnwalker is one of the few Unreal games where I’d recommend anyone with a decent rig to play it on PC instead. It’s a beautiful game, especially once you get out into the wilderness, and the console versions lose quite a bit of detail and foliage density.

This is the type of game where I’d expect a bit of jankiness, too. I’ve played a ton of niche RPGs that run like garbage, like the Gothic Remake, but I stick to regardless because of their depth. Thankfully, the Blood of Dawnwalker avoids that entirely, despite running on probably the most annoying game engine on the market right now, and that’s incredible.

Jackie Thomas is the Senior Tech Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Save 45% Off Sony’s PULSE Gaming Headsets and Earbuds for the PlayStation 5 Console

What better headset to get for your PlayStation console than an officially licensed model developed by Sony itself. For a limited time, Amazon Resale is offering used “like new” units of two of Sony’s headphones dedicated specifically towards PlayStation gamers – the Pulse Explore gaming earbuds and the Pulse Elite gaming headset – at an even greater markdown thanks to an extra 30% off discount that’s applied during checkout. These are both pretty unique headsets because they use planar magnetic technology carried over from Sony’s Audeze acquisition back in 2023

Amazon Resale is Amazon’s official outlet for used items. Amazon states that this “Like New” item “looks and functions as if it were new and comes in original packaging.” You still get the 30-day Amazon return policy so it’s a much safer option than buying a used controller off Facebook Marketplace.

Save 45% Off the PlayStation Pulse Elite Headset

PlayStation Pulse Elite Wireless Gaming Headset

0

Automatic 30% discount applied during checkout.

In his Pulse Elite review back in 2024, IGN’s Jaron Schneider gave the headset a solid 9/10 rating, mainly because of the great sound quality from the planar magnetic drivers. Sony states that planar magnetic technology “reproduces sound with near-perfect accuracy along the entire audible spectrum, so you can hear games exactly how the developers intended.” The Pulse Elite’s other features include PlayStation Link technology, which allows it to connect seamlessly with your PS5 console, multi-point connectivity (use Bluetooth and PS Link to connect to two sources simultaneously), retractable microphone with AI-enhanced noise rejection, on-button controls, and a 30 hour battery life.

Save 45% Off the PlayStation Pulse Explore Earbuds

PlayStation Pulse Explore Wireless Gaming Earbuds

6

Automatic 30% discount applied during checkout.

Jaron Schneider also reviewed the Pulse Explore gaming earbuds and gave it high marks as a gaming earbud, but docked some points for leaving out features that are found in other non-gaming earbuds, like ANC and transparency mode. But that’s the point. These earbuds are designed from the ground up for gaming. The planar magnetic drivers require a lot of space, so these earbuds are bigger than your typical ones and there’s not much space left for any extraneous fatures. That’s the tradeoff for big sound. The Pulse Explore also supports 3D audio so you’ll be able to pinpoint the location of your enemies and PlayStation Link compatibility. A USB dongle is included so that you can use it on a PC.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The Harry Potter 11-Film 4K Blu-ray Collection Drops to a New Low Price

The best Labor Day sales have kicked off for 2026 at exactly the same time as Back to Hogwarts celebrations. That means right now is actually a pretty good time to find deals on Harry Potter gifts. For those who fell in love with the movies, one of the best deals going on right is on the new 11-film collection.

This massive 4K movie collection was released back in May of this year for $129.99 and this is the first time we’ve seen a significant discount on the set. It includes all eight of the Harry Potter movies as well as the three Fantastic Beasts films. This deal is available across multiple retailers, including Amazon, Best Buy, and Gruv.

Harry Potter and Fantastic Beasts 11-Film Collection (4K Ultra HD)

2

This Harry Potter movie collection is pretty straightforward. You get 11 4K UHD discs (one for each movie) all wrapped up in a big box. It’s not nearly as fancy as the steelbook library case that sold out almost instantly last month, but it will certainly get the job done if you simply want to own all of the films in 4K.

Here are all of the Harry Potter movies included in the collection, in series release order:

  1. Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone (2001)
  2. Harry Potter and the Chamber of Secrets (2002)
  3. Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban (2004)
  4. Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire (2005)
  5. Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix (2007)
  6. Harry Potter and the Half Blood Prince (2009)
  7. Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows – Part 1 (2010)
  8. Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows – Part 2 (2011)
  9. Fantastic Beasts and Where to Find Them (2016)
  10. Fantastic Beasts: The Crimes of Grindelwald (2018)
  11. Fantastic Beasts: The Secrets of Dumbledore (2022)

It’s worth noting that this collection does not include any special features whatsoever. As one Redditor who bought the set pointed out, the bundle just includes the discs and none of the bonus content. This is true of all Harry Potter collections that have gotten the 4K treatment, however, and you can only find the extra goodies on the Blu-rays.

If you’re a fan of Harry Potter and want to watch the films in the highest definition possible, the 4K discs are the way to go. You can stream all of these movies in 4K with a premium HBO Max subscription, but streaming just doesn’t offer the same quality as 4K Blu-ray.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. We’re actively looking for the best 4K Blu-ray deals happening now, and you can follow our coverage in a few different ways:

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Pokémon Destined Rivals ETB, Pragmata for PS5, a GameSir Pocket Taco Mobile Controller

It’s hard to believe it’s already September, but that means all the Labor Day sales are here. Best Buy has even knocked down the prices of some MTG cards for the occasion, including the Secrets of Strixhaven Draft Night Box. Speaking of TCG, the Pokémon Destined Rivals ETB and Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection are back in stock and at decent prices. Those aren’t the only notable deals either; you can save on everything from a power station to a mobile controller.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for September 1

After scrolling through all the highlights, find out even more about today’s deals below:

Pokémon Restocks at Amazon and Target

Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet – Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box

0

The Pokémon TCG: Scarlet & Violet Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box is down to $116.99 on Amazon, and it’s sold and shipped by the retail giant for added peace of mind. Now, this is above MSRP but right at the current market value according to TCGPlayer. Inside the box you’ll find 9 booster packs, 1 full-art foil promo card featuring Team Rocket’s Wobbuffet, 45 Pokémon TCG Energy cards, 6 damage-counter dice, a competition-legal coin-flip die, and 2 plastic condition markers.

Pokémon TCG: Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection

0

Target also has the Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection for MSRP. This collection includes a foil promo card, an oversized lenticular promo card, and a tech sticker all featuring Mega Zygarde ex. Plus, there are 8 Booster packs. Personally, I think the eight booster packs alone make it worth a grab.

10% Off a Physical Copy of Pragmata for PS5

PRAGMATA – PlayStation 5

0

A PS5 disc of Pragmata is down to $54 on Amazon. Even though the $6 discount isn’t significant, it’s the lowest I’ve seen for the PS5 version of the game since it released in April. This sci-fi hack-and-shoot game from Capcom earned an 8/10 rating in IGN’s review. Reviewer Michael Higham found: “Its old-school approach to level design and pacing provides a decent foundation for what it does best: heavy, satisfying shooting and a unique real-time puzzle system that deepens its action.”

$20 GameSir Pocket Taco Mobile Gaming Controller

Clip Coupon and Enter Promo Code

GameSir Pocket Taco – Bluetooth Mobile Gaming Controller

0

Turn your phone into a retro Game Boy-esque device with GameSir’s Pocket Taco. This mobile gaming controller turns your phone into a vertical handheld gaming device by securely clamping onto it and connecting via Bluetooth. It’s super lightweight at just over 2 ounces and brings a mashable D-pad and ABXY face buttons. Triggers and bumpers also come on the customizable device. Right now, you can score this adorable controller for just $19.74 at Walmart. Just be sure to clip the $5.25 coupon when you’re logged into your free Walmart account and apply the code “POCKETTACO” at checkout for an additional $10 off.

Save 50% on a New Sony WH-1000XM5 Noise Cancelling Headphones

Sony WH-1000XM5 Noise Cancelling Wireless Headphones

0

Sony’s WH-1000XM5 Noise Cancelling Wireless Headphones just dropped back to the lowest price yet. For $198, 50% off the MSRP, you can score brand-new headphones with top-tier noise cancellation, thanks to extra mics and a second processor that helps with ambient noise. Of course, sound performance is equally brilliant, and comfort isn’t forgotten with a wide headband and added earcup padding. It’s no surprise the Sony WH-1000XM5 earned a 9/10 rating in IGN’s review.

MTG Secrets of Strixhaven Draft Night Box Hits New Low

Magic: The Gathering Secrets of Strixhaven – Draft Night

0

Magic: The Gathering’s Secrets of Strixhaven Draft Night Box has dropped to its lowest price yet at Best Buy during its MTG Sale for Labor Day, and Amazon matched the price. The box includes 12 Play Boosters and 90 Land Cards, which is everything needed for a four-person draft. From there, you’ll be ready to play, and the winner’s prize can be the high-value Collector Booster that’s also included.

Now, that’s not the only MTG deal. Check out even more awesome discounts below:

Nintendo Switch Pro Controller for $48.12

Nintendo Switch Pro Controller

0

Automatic 15% discount applied during checkout.

While the Switch 2 Pro Controller is one of the best controllers for Nintendo’s latest console, it’s pricey. The original Switch Pro Controller is an awesome alternative, rocking many of the same features and a nearly identical design for a fraction of the cost. A used “like-new” model of the Pro Controller is even cheaper than normal too, with an extra 15% taken off the price at checkout. Sure, you won’t get the new GameChat button, two rear paddle switches, a headphone jack, and a few other features, but it’s still an awesome controller for the console. Read IGN’s Switch Pro Controller review to find out more.

Save $113 on the Ecoflow River 2 256Whr Power Station

ECOFLOW Portable Power Station RIVER 2, 256Wh 300W

0

The Ecoflow River 2 Power Station is equipped with a 256Whr battery featuring LiFePO4 cells to keep electronics charged for hours or even days. Plenty can be slotted in too, as two AC outlets rated at 300W each, two USB-A ports, and a USB-C port are all on board. Smart functionality is also built in for remote monitoring. It’s great for camping or even as a backup power source. Best of all, you can score this handy power station for just $125.66 from AliExpress via Ecoflow’s official storefront. Just use the code “LDUS15” at checkout.

Asus ROG Flow Z13 Gaming Laptop Drops Under $2,000

Asus ROG Flow Z13 13.4″ 2.5K Touch-Screen AMD Ryzen AI Max 390 (Radeon 8050S)

0

Amazon is offering an Asus ROG Flow Z13 gaming laptop for just $1,699.99. This versatile 13.4″ 2-in-1 convertible laptop with a 2560×1600 180Hz IPS display keeps things trim, weighing just 2.65 pounds, but it has a premium build and some serious power under the hood. There’s an AMD Ryzen AI Max 390 CPU with AMD Radeon 8050S iGPU, 32GB of RAM, and a 1TB SSD. The Radeon 8050S even offers more performance prowess than the GPUs found in handheld gaming PCs. Read IGN’s Asus ROG Flow Z13 review to find out more.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Save Up to 25% Off the Best Performance Gaming Controllers for PC and Xbox

Editor’s Note: This article is sponsored by SCUF Gaming.

If you’re deep into the esports scene, you’re likely already familiar with the SCUF Gaming brand. SCUF makes some of the best performance gaming controllers on the market. Of course, premium controllers usually command a premium price point, and SCUF is no exception. Its top-end controllers can cost upwards of $200. That’s why you don’t want to miss out on any opportunity to get one on sale. Fortunately, there’s a pretty sweet sale going on right now.

The SCUF Labor Day Sale Is Live: Save Up to 30% Off

From now through September 13, SCUF’s online store is hosting a Labor Day Sale with savings of up to 30% off its tournament grade VALOR PRO and Envision gaming controllers. The controllers are specifically catered towards the PC (including handheld gaming PC) and Xbox crowd. SCUF does have a PlayStation controller as well in the OMEGA, but it’s not on sale this time around. Prices are as marked and no coupon code is required. The sale cannot be combined with other discounts, pending or existing orders, and is not applicable on gift card purchases.

The VALOR PRO Wireless Is SCUF’s Best Xbox and PC Controller

SCUF Valor Pro Wireless TMR Controller

1

The VALOR PRO Wireless is SCUF’s best pro controller for Xbox and PC. The Smoke edition, which features a translucent dark gray shell, is on sale right now for $139.99 after a hefty 26% off instant discount. This officially licensed Xbox controller has pretty much every available feature to wipe out the competition. For starters, it’s equipped with SCUF’s Endurance TMR joysticks. TMR joysticks are a step up from Hall Effect. Although both use electromagnetic technology with no moving parts and thus are highly resistant to stick drift, TMR joysticks offer finer control, higher precision, and are more power efficient. They also cost more to manufacture, so they’re only found in top-grade controllers.

The VALOR PRO’s front-facing layout mirrors the tried and true Xbox asymmetrical control scheme. However, there are a bunch of upgrades here too. The L/R triggers, for example, are dual action with two separate trigger stops. With a flip of a switch, you can choose between a short-throw “mouse-click fast” action or the more standard full-throw action. There are also four additional paddle switches on the rear that can be depressed without your thumbs ever leaving the thumbsticks.

Rounding out the impressive feature set include tri-mode connectivity (wireless, wired, and Bluetooth) with the wireless mode supporting Corsair’s low latency SlipStream technology, sweat-resistant textured grips, and a 17-hour battery with USB-C charging. PC gamers benefit from 1,000Hz polling and greater customizability through the Valor Companion App.

The VALOR PRO Wired TMR Is an Outstanding Value at $50 Less

SCUF Valor Pro Wired TMR Controller

1

If you do not need wireless connectivity, then the VALOR PRO’s wired TMR value will save you loads of money. It retails for $99.99 but currently on sale for $89.99. This controller is identical in design and features to the wireless version except for, obviously, the lack of tri-mode connectivity (since there’s no wireless or Bluetooth option). Instead, the controller connects to your Xbox or PC via a detachable USB Type-C cable. Many old school gamers still swear by wired connectivity since it eliminates any input lag concerns, and this controller is perfect for them.

SCUF Valor Pro Wired Hall Effect Controller

2

The VALOR PRO wired Hall Effect controller is also on sale for an even lower price of $69.99. The thumbsticks are equipped with drift-resistant Endurance Hall Effect technology. Hall Effect tech is not quite as good as TMR, but it’s still a significant upgrade over drift-prone analog sticks that you find in most other controllers, including expensive models like the Xbox Elite Series 2 or PS5 DualSense Edge. If you’re not playing competitively and you don’t need the most precise thumbsticks around, then the Hall Effect version is a straight up bargain.

The Envision Pro V2 Has Five Extra Programmable G-Keys

SCUF Envision Pro V2 Wireless Hall Effect Controller

0

The SCUF Envision Pro V2 is the latest generation of the Envision Pro series, and it’s also on sale for $125.99 after a 26% off instant discount. This PC-specific wireless gaming controller has a rather unique trick up its sleeve, and that is the five “G-Keys” hotkeys positioned along the bottom perimeter of the controller. Much like hotkeys on a keyboard, these keys can be used to bind your most utilized actions, shortcuts, macros, and more through SCUF’s Valor Companion App.

In addition to the five G-Keys, the Envision Pro V2 features four rear paddles and two additional side action buttons, giving you a total of eleven more inputs than your traditional gamepad. The controller features a front-facing symmetrical layout with two interchangeable Hall Effect thumbsticks (short, long, domed, and concave options are included), a D-pad, XYAB buttons equipped with clicky Omron mechanical switches, and dual-action triggers.

The Envision Pro V2 doesn’t feature the same “tri-mode” connectivity of the VALOR PRO wireless, but it still supports Corsair’s low latency SlipStream wireless technology. You can also use it as a wired controller by connecting the detachable USB Type-C cable. The internal battery delivers up to 19 hours of playtime, longer than the VALOR PRO.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The 3-in-1 LEGO Haunted Mansion Drops to a New Low Price at Amazon

This year’s Labor Day sales have officially begun and the first solid LEGO deal of the week has arrived. The 3-in-1 Haunted Mansion set has dropped to it’s lowest price ever on Amazon, now 20% off.

If you’ve been looking for a cool LEGO set to build this Halloween, this discount is absolutely worth a look. As a 3-in-1 set, this Haunted Mansion can also be converted into a Haunted Train or a Haunted ship.

LEGO Creator 3 in 1 Haunted Mansion

0

Additional instructions included for a Haunted Train and Haunted Ship.

LEGO’s Creator line produces some of my favorite sets because of just how versatile these builds are. Right out of the box you can choose to go in three different directions, and each build includes instructions. Seeing as this set is marketed as a Haunted Mansion, that is likely the only build that will use all 736 pieces.

If you do buy this set and only have one specific build in mind, I suggest you start with that one first. I built the 3-in-1 Medieval Horse Knight Castle last year and found it a bit challenging to convert it to a different set once I put together the first one. It’s certainly possible, but the instructions for each version of the set include which bag to open next, so once all of the bags are open you’re stuck with a big pile of bricks rather than being able to sort everything one bag at a time.

As for what you get with this Haunted Mansion set, it’s actually quite a bit for the price. It comes with five minifigures in total, including a skeleton, a ghost, Frankenstein, a vampire, and a werewolf holding a bone club. All of these classic Halloween monsters work best with the Haunted Mansion set, but I’m definitely partial to the Haunted Train build. They even gave the skeleton a little conductor hat just for this version of the set so he can feel official.

Haunted Train build

There’s a Newer Haunted Mansion Set Out Now

LEGO Icons: Mayor Manor

0

It’s a new month, which means there are a bunch of new LEGO sets releasing in September. One such set is the new LEGO Icons Mayor Manor. This is a much larger 18+ build that is a major upgrade over the smaller 3-in-1 set. It’s already on backorder at the LEGO Store, but you can also find it available on Amazon.

If you like the idea of a spooky mansion you can display on your shelf, Mayor Manor is the better option. It’s the first of LEGO’s new Midnight Valley Collection and utilizes asymmetrical elements and tilted angles to achieve higher levels of spook than ever before.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

A (Probably Too Early) Taste of Paradox’s Next Big Thing

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • The build I was shown was exceptionally early – shockingly so.
  • There are systems upon systems upon systems, as you’d expect from Paradox.
  • The Ancients are perhaps the most fascinating folk you’ll encounter in the wasteland.

I don’t know about you, but my plans for the apocalypse involve hiding in a comfy bunker and playing hundreds of hours more of Paradox grand strategy games like Crusader Kings 3. And now I’ll be able to play out the apocalypse during the apocalypse with the studio’s first new grand strategy game franchise since 2019’s Imperator: Rome, Afterworld. Set in a not too far future North America that has been devastated by an intentionally vague cataclysm, it combines RTS and grand strategy elements as you rebuild the world in any image you desire – from terraforming to cannibalism. And that’s an enticing proposition.

The End is Not The End

Heads up: what you’re seeing is an alpha, and there were several things that we weren’t allowed to show yet, like combat. It’s undeniably rough around the edges. Honestly, one of my first thoughts was that this seems really early to be showing Afterworld to the public. There is a general shape of a game here, where you settle the wasteland, interact with rival factions, and deal with simmering internal conflict inside your own borders. But a lot of it really doesn’t work yet and the balance is all over the place. And that’s OK of course; games are difficult and time-consuming to make. But just keep that in mind as I discuss what I saw.

One of my first thoughts was that this seems really early to be showing Afterworld to the public.“

I was told by the devs that they were getting it in our hands now so they could collect feedback while they still have time to act on it, before systems get fully baked. And I get that. But I will have to be kind of brutally honest that the build I played wasn’t in a shape where I’d want to spend hundreds of hours with it. I hope they take all the time they need to make it the best it can be. I’d be a little bit concerned to hear they were planning to release this any earlier than Q4 next year.

But with that important caveat out of the way, let’s take a step back and talk about what Afterworld actually is. It begins with selecting an origin for your starting band of survivors, similar to Stellaris. And if you’ve played other Paradox games, that’s definitely the closest point of comparison. Just like ships in that game can fly around within a system, your military units and explorers – called rangers – have exact positions within the map’s many provinces and can maneuver and fight individually.

Reclamation Day

The only origin that was available in this preview was the Shelterborn, who are basically Vault Dwellers from Fallout: having hidden underground for the last 100 years or so, they are now forced to deal with a surface world they know nothing about after their life support systems start to fail. The circumstances around which we left the shelter were played out in a brief choose-your-own-adventure-style sequence that can differentiate your new society as anything from nostalgic reclaimers seeking to restore Old America to bloodthirsty cannibals who see strangers as dinner. This sets your starting traditions, values, and customs.

Traditions are sort of a band’s base stats, or how good they are at various aspects of post-apocalyptic state-building. Survival helps with the short-term task of simply not dying in the unforgiving surface world as you scrabble for resources. Hearthkeeping is more about making a nice place to live in the long term.

Afterworld – First Screenshots

Values represent a band’s feelings about certain ideologies: Reclamation is about rebuilding America as it was (or as they imagine it was based on legends). Wanderlust is about maintaining a nomadic lifestyle rather than settling down, which is fully possible in Afterworld as base settlements and certain buildings can be packed up and relocated. A band might feel positively, negatively, or not care about any number of the dozens of existing values.

Finally, customs are the story-based explanations of where your traditions and values come from. The Nostalgic custom, for instance, makes you feel positively about Reclamation and gives you a small bonus to Hearthkeeping. A band gains more customs over time either through accumulating pride, which works more or less like experience points, or by developing traumas as the result of negative events like losing a war or being struck by a disaster. Afterworld is an absolute soup of similar nouns, but you can basically get by remembering that traditions are what your band can do, values are how your band feels, and customs are how you acquire both of the above.

From the Ashes

If you want to tame the wasteland, however, you’ll have to eventually recruit or conquer more bands that come with their own set of values that may conflict with your own, impacting the larger tribe’s cohesion and potentially causing a crisis if you can’t make everyone get along. While bands that have food, water, and medical care can grow on their own, assimilating more bands is the only way of acquiring more labor quickly to collect resources, work in your fledgling industries, wage war, and eventually run your logistics network.

This quickly spirals into setting up a government with different bands divided between ruling elites, fully-enfranchised citizens, the oppressed underclass, and if your values allow it, maybe even slaves. I had the option to keep the shelter overseer in charge of everything or try to establish a democracy, and went for the latter path.

The biggest players in the wasteland, though, are the towering Ancients.“

All the while, my rangers were out exploring the devastated provinces of the US Southeast. Radiation is a constant threat, especially near ruined cities. But you might also run into hostile clans of slavers, rogue war drones who see you as enemy combatants, bloodthirsty mutants, or simply other tribes competing for resources. The story implies that the world ended a fair bit later than where we are in 2026, so the types of technology you might rediscover in the ruins includes stuff like nanotech, combat mechs, and other sci-fi spectacles.

The New Gods

The biggest players in the wasteland, though, are the towering Ancients. The last survivors of the pre-fall world, each has found some way to prolong their life unnaturally, and each has a unique goal called a destiny that they seek to enact. The first one I ran into, Farouk the American, wants to restore the United States in his image as president of presidents, spreading his civic religion across the wasteland and preparing for a great election to legitimize his power. Lily of the Parks can be found in the Rocky Mountain region and is trying to reverse the ecological devastation humankind wrought. And that sounds nice as long as you don’t ask where she’s getting the fertilizer.

Fairly early on – probably a bit too early for my taste – I was given an ultimatum by Farouk to either become his subject or be forcibly subjugated. It’s not really possible to beat him back in the early game, though you do have the option to pack up and move to New Hampshire where he might never bother you again. Joining him isn’t all bad, though, as your tribe can rise through the ranks to become one of his lieutenants or captains, with each tier unlocking new perks. You just have to be prepared to pay tribute and sometimes do his dirty work. If you play your cards right, you may be able to contest his sham election and put forth your own leader to become president.

Typical for a Paradox game, Afterworld contains systems upon systems upon systems. It would be impossible to cover them all in the scope of this preview, from sending ranger teams into devastated cities to recover old-world tech, to equipping armies with bikes and dune buggies to bring road war to the wasteland while having to maintain supply lines for fuel and ammo. It’s a lot to come to grips with and, like I said, in need of a lot of polish and balancing. But I’ll be keeping this one in my sights, not least of which for the fascinating premise and the ability to fulfill my dream of running an anarcho-primitivist pagan warrior cult in the Rocky Mountains.

While you’re here, check out these previews of other big upcoming games we’ve played recently!

Leana Hafer is a contributing freelancer for IGN with a specialty in RPGs, strategy, horror, and survival games. She has been reviewing video games professionally since 2010 and is one of IGN’s most prolific contributors, with more than 100 reviews published. You can also find her work on sites like PC Gamer and PCGamesN.

Alex Ross Marvel Dimensions Graphic Novel Preview

As the artist behind monumental epics like Marvels and Kingdom Come, it goes without saying that Alex Ross is a huge name in the world of comics. In the wake of 2022’s Fantastic Four: Full Circle, we’re excited to see Ross crafting another original graphic at Abrams ComicArts, this time dubbed Marvel Dimensions.

What exactly is Marvel Dimensions? That’s something that Abrams has been keeping pretty well under wraps since its initial announcement. It’s a book that celebrates the heroes of the Marvel Universe, but also one that pushes them in strange and unexpected directions. And it all centers around something called The In-Verse, a 32-page comic-within-a-comic that’s stitched into the binding of this hardcover.

With Marvel Dimensions now hitting stores, IGN can exclusively reveal a new preview of The In-Verse. Check it out in the slideshow gallery below:

Marvel Dimensions is a 112-page hardcover written and illustrated by Ross and published in collaboration between Abrams ComicArts and Marvel Comics. Here’s the official summary for the book:

Marvel Dimensions begins with dramatic, fully painted double-page origin spreads of Marvel’s most iconic characters that echo their earliest stories and iconic secret origins, with appearances from the Human Torch, Captain America, the Fantastic Four, the X-Men, Black Panther, Phoenix, Wolverine, Spider-Man, the Incredible Hulk, Iron Man, the Avengers, and many others. As the book’s narrator describes each moment with confidence, guiding the reader through these touchstones of Marvel’s history, the story builds, feeling somehow both classic and completely new. And then, 48 pages in, the reader is presented with a comic book inside a graphic novel.With Marvel Dimensions Ross presents the Marvel Universe in ways readers have never seen before. He uses his creativity and the structure of the book to increase anticipation and pull the reader deeper into a mystery that keeps widening with the turn of each page. Every new sequence reveals another layer, building toward a final act that reframes everything that comes before it.

“Part of the joy of reading comics is when readers are genuinely surprised by the story on the page,” said Ross in a statement. “And that sense of mystery, suspense, and surprise is something I’ve desperately wanted to preserve for Marvel Dimensions. Every detail of the story and the design of the book has been planned extensively. My hope is that readers enjoy the unique introduction to the In-Verse as they’re transported from one world to another.”

Marvel Dimensions is priced at $29.99 and is available in bookstores now. You can order a copy on Amazon.

For more, check out 6 comics to read to prepare for Marvel’s Wolverine and learn more about the new Marvel horror series Midnight Spider-Man.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

Comic Origins of Every Costume

Just like with the various Spider-Man games, half the fun of Marvel’s Wolverine is getting to pick from literally dozens of different costume choices as you hack and claw your way across the Marvel Universe. Insomniac has clearly done its homework, as they’ve crammed in plenty of suits inspired by classic Marvel Comics storylines, and even some from the various X-Men cartoons and movies. All that, plus they found room to include a few original designs, to boot.

As we count down the final days until Marvel’s Wolverine hits the PS5, let’s explore every costume confirmed to appear in the game and how it pays homage to the source material.

Marvel’s Wolverine: Every Costume in the PS5 Game

The Battle Reborn Suit

Much like Marvel’s Spider-Man, Marvel’s Wolverine focuses on a core costume that, while it pays homage to the comics, also stands as an original creation by the designers at Insomniac. In this case, Insomniac has dubbed Logan’s new suit the “Battle Reborn” costume. It’s clearly based on Wolverine’s classic yellow and blue Tiger Stripe and Astonishing costumes, but it’s also been given a more rugged and functional overhaul. It’s a tool more than a visual statement, befitting a universe where the X-Men as we know them don’t yet exist.

The Civilian Clothes

The game features a number of suits where Wolverine trades in his bright yellow spandex for more ordinary civilian clothes. None of these are necessarily a 1:1 copy of any specific comic book look, but all speak to Logan’s particular fashion sense – cowboy hats, leather jackets, tank tops, and so forth.

The Ablation Armor

This armored suit is inspired by the one Logan wore in the 2013 Wolverine comic. At the time, his healing factor had been shorted out, forcing him to rely on a flexible yet impervious costume with its own built-in set of claws.

Age of Apocalypse

1995’s Age of Apocalypse crossover introduced an alternate Marvel timeline where Professor Xavier was killed as a young man and Apocalypse awoke early, ushering in a new dystopian era. Like his fellow X-Men, Wolverine is a dramatically different person in this reality, reflected by his red and blue costume and the fact that he’s missing his left hand (the claws remain, though).

Astonishing X-Men

2004’s Astonishing X-Men #1 ended the X-Men’s flirtation with black leather costumes and brought back the spandex look. Artist John Cassaday redesigned Logan’s classic Tiger Stripe costume for a new era, playing around with the shapes and establishing a new look that would remain the gold standard for the next 10 years.

The Brown Costume

If any comic book outfit can rival the Tiger Stripe costume as Logan’s most iconic look, it’s this one. It was introduced way back in 1980’s Uncanny X-Men #139 and stuck around for the next decade. The Brown Costume has inspired many suits that have followed, and Wolverine still returns to this look every now and again.

The Deadpool & Wolverine Suit

2024’s Deadpool & Wolverine not only marked the official MCU debut of both characters, it was also the first time Hugh Jackman was seen wearing a truly comics-accurate costume with a mask. This MCU suit is heavily inspired by the Astonishing X-Men costume from the comics, though it introduced a pair of sleeves for good measure (at least until they were ripped away in the climax of the film).

Fang

Uncanny X-Men #107 marked one of the first times Wolverine was given a drastic visual makeover in the comics. After his standard costume was damaged in battle, Logan stole an orange and red suit worn by a Shi’ar Imperial Guardian known as Fang. It was a taste of what was to come with his beloved brown costume.

Marvel Tokon

Marvel’s Wolverine isn’t the only new game to feature the Ol’ Canucklehead this year. He’s also a playable character in the fighting game Marvel Tokon. That costume, with its bold, cel-shaded style and bombastic take on the Astonishing X-Men design, has been ported over to Marvel’s Wolverine.

New X-Men

With 2000’s X-Men movie revitalizing interest in the franchise, Marvel Comics responded by ditching the X-Men’s classic spandex costumes and outfitting them in more functional black leather outfits. With these Frank Quitely-designed costumes, the yellow X logo became a form of branding, every bit as potent as a Nike swoosh symbol.

Old Man Logan

2009’s Old Man Logan storyline introduced a futuristic version of the Marvel Universe where the world’s villains banded together to finally defeat their enemies. Wolverine, now an aging, disgraced farmer with a family to protect, abandoned his classic costume for a more Wild West-inspired getup. The game adapts that look, specifically the version with the full trenchcoat.

The Original Costume

Wolverine made his debut as a Hulk villain in 1974’s The Incredible Hulk #181 before quickly going on to become a star in the pages of Uncanny X-Men. Artist John Romita, Sr.’s original costume design isn’t that far off from the classic Tiger Stripe look that would become so iconic, but a few details were different. Most notably, this early design featured unusual whiskers on the mask.

The Stealth Costume

Marvel celebrated Wolverine’s first ongoing solo comic in 1988 with the debut of a drastically different costume. This stealthy number ditched all the color in favor of an all-black approach. Even black face paint was used to help mask Logan’s identity during his time in Madripoor.

Team X

Long before he was a member of the X-Men, Logan served on a black ops mutant strikeforce known as Team X. That backstory looks to play a key role in the game, so it’s only fitting that Marvel’s Wolverine would include this memorable costume. Just as in the comics, it combines a functional black bodysuit with plenty of bold yellow padding.

Ultimate Winter Soldier

Marvel’s second incarnation of the Ultimate Universe is one where a villain known as The Maker systematically interfered with the origins of countless heroes, creating a world very different from the Marvel Universe we know and love. Here, Logan is the Winter Soldier, a Russian super-soldier who sports an unusual costume marked by a large red star and a full face mask.

The Unified Costume

In the early ’00s, Marvel went through a period where they wanted Wolverine to have the same look across all media. The result was this “Unified Costume,” a more muted black suit with yellow tiger stripes on the shoulders. This look appeared in both the regular Marvel Universe and the Ultimate Universe, as well as in the animated series X-Men Evolution.

Weapon X

No costume lineup would be complete without Wolverine’s Weapon X look. This is how he looked when he was captured by Weapon X and subjected to the adamantium bonding process, complete with copious amounts of tubes and wires and a bulky VR helmet.

The Xavier School Uniform

During Jim Lee’s beloved tenure on Uncanny X-Men, the team went through a brief phase where every X-Man wore the same blue and yellow costume. Logan was no exception. This matchy-matchy look didn’t last long, though Banshee would continue to wear his school uniform for a couple of years.

X-Force

Following the events of 2008’s Messiah Complex crossover, Cyclops reformed X-Force as a deadly black ops squad tasked with defending the dwindling mutant race by any means necessary. Wolverine and his teammates all donned new variations on their traditional unifroms, one where all the color was replaced by stealthy blacks and greys.

X-Men ’97

It seems that Marvel’s Wolverine isn’t including a traditional version of Logan’s iconic Tiger Stripe costume (though we have to assume it’s coming eventually). For now, the closest option is this version, which pairs that beloved costume with the animated aesthetic of X-Men ’97. You’ll just have to deal with not hearing Cal Dodd’s voice coming out of this character’s mouth.

Insomniac’s Original Costumes

Like with the Spider-Man games, Insomniac’s designers have come up with a couple of original designs for Logan to wear in the game. One is a bold black and yellow striped suit, and the other is an armored costume with a distinctive black and blue color scheme. We can only assume more original designs will be added to the game over time.

That’s all the costumes confirmed to appear in Marvel’s Wolverine so far. What suit do you most want to see in the game? Vote in our poll and let us know your thoughts in the comments below:

For more on Marvel’s Wolverine, check out IGN’s final preview of the new game and see 6 comics to prepare you for the game.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

What to Expect From PlayStation’s State of Play September 2026

Sony is returning with not just one, but two State of Play streams on September 3rd at 6am PT / 9am ET / 3:00pm CEST / 10:00pm JST, so get ready for a whole host of new PS5 game announcements, fresh looks at gameplay, and maybe even some other surprises. So far, Final Fantasy 7 Revelation is the only game we know will be shown, with an extended look at its vast world teased, but other “updates and announcements from PlayStation Studios and third-party partners” are promised. So, what could we see?

Well, we’ve got double the chance to see things this year, with a second showcase to follow directly after, focusing on studios from Japan and Asia. For context, last year’s equivalent stream gave us a gameplay trailer for Marvel’s Wolverine that included a release window reveal, a release date for Housemarque’s Saros, and a first look at Battlefield 6’s campaign. But what can we expect to see this year? Well, let’s get stuck in and look at exactly that.

PlayStation Studios and Exclusives

Marvel’s Wolverine could make one final State of Play appearance ahead of its imminent September 15 release. Excitement levels are already high for this one, but I guess one more trailer or sneak peek can’t hurt.

Revealed at PlayStation’s June State of Play, God of War Laufey, is scheduled to arrive in February of 2027, which is creeping up on us quickly. So far, we’ve only seen that extended gameplay slice that came alongside its unveiling, so another look at it would be more than welcome. There are many directions that a potential trailer could take us, whether it be a deeper dive into the story, world, and characters we’ll meet on Faye’s journey, or a showcase of how differently she’ll perform in combat compared to her husband, Kratos. Either way, we can’t wait to see more.

Is it finally time for Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet to reemerge? It’s been over 18 months since the reveal of Naughty Dog’s latest, with that one trailer still our only glimpse of it. Some gameplay would be lovely, and if we’re dreaming, some sort of release date window would be very much appreciated, too. This week, we got the news that the shooting of its performance capture has been completed, alongside a social post from the studio that read “Cannot wait to show you their incredible work when the time is right!” Could that time be Thursday?

Housemarque only recently gave us Saros in April, but that doesn’t necessarily mean we won’t be seeing it here. After all, the studio’s previous game, Returnal, gave us a fair amount of post-launch additions, including co-op play and the endless Tower of Sisyphus mode. Could we see something similar come to Saros? The Finnish studio has already been in the news this week, following the departure of co-founder Ilari Kuittinen, who had been with the company for 31 years. One PlayStation Studios game we can probably expect to see DLC for is Ghost of Yotei, whose Echoes of Sekigahara story expansion drops alongside a new roguelike mode on October 1.

It feels a little too early to see what the third part of Guerrilla Games’ Horizon trilogy is, with reports suggesting it’s still many years away. And it seems as if we’ll be waiting a while to see anything from that universe, as Horizon: Hunter’s Gathering has reportedly been rebooted internally due to negative feedback from playtests. Could we ever see this live-service multiplayer spin-off again? With Halloween looming on the horizon, though, perhaps it’s time to get another look at what Until Dawn 2 may have in store for us.

As for other PlayStation studios, we still don’t know what a lot of them are working on. It’s fair to assume Polyphony is developing another Gran Turismo, and with it being over four years since the last, could we see Gran Turismo 8 pop up on the 3rd? 2027 marks 30 years for the series, so it seems like a nice time for another dose of sim-racing action if you ask me. It’s also been a long time since we’ve heard from LittleBigPlanet and Dreams creators Media Molecule, Days Gone developers Bend, and whatever is happening with Haven’s Fairgames — could it be rebranding to Break In? We’ll take hearing from any of these studios as a win.

And then there are the PS5 exclusives that are being made outside of Sony’s first-party structure, such as Phantom Blade Zero. The S-Game-developed action game looks more impressive each and every time we see new gameplay, and we certainly wouldn’t say no to another peek here, despite it receiving its own dedicated State of Play just a couple of weeks ago. Set for an October 28 release, it certainly makes sense for it to show up in some capacity during one of the two streams.

Marvel Tokon: Fighting Souls has been received well — on console at least — following its recent August 6 release, so could developer Arc System Works be looking to keep that momentum going with a look at who will be joining the roster next? Dataminers uncovered five possible DLC characters a few weeks back, so could we see one of them pop up here?

Another PS5 exclusive, 4:Loop, staged a beta earlier in the year, suggesting that maybe it isn’t a million miles away from a release date either. The co-op shooter from JJ Abrams’ Bad Robot Studios, directed by Left4Dead’s Mike Booth, will be looking to turn around Sony’s multiplayer woes.

Third-Party and Multi-Platform

I’m by no means guaranteeing anything, but there is a tiny chance we’ll actually see GTA 6 at the first of the two State of Plays. Following its expansive extended look last week, a small follow-up here wouldn’t be beyond the realm of belief. Perhaps a look at how Rockstar’s latest will perform on PS5 Pro?

What we do know, is that part three of Square Enix’s FF7 remake project, Final Fantasy 7 Revelation will end the first of the two showcases, with an extended look into its world promised. Speaking of Square…could we get a visit from Sora, Mickey, and friends as Kingdom Hearts 4 continues to steadily reveal what will be in store for the action RPG?

Revealed in February, Saber Interactive’s John Wick game was certainly a surprise. Some gameplay of this Keanu Reeves-starring prequel to the movies would be a treat. At the same State of Play, Konami’s first mainline Castlevania game in 17 years was announced, with Castlevania: Belmont’s Curse returning to its 2D action roots. With a long PlayStation lineage tied to the series, we wouldn’t be shocked to see it again. Two other games set to come out soon are Control Resonant and Star Wars: Galactic Racer, and could make a reappearance.

Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis is a remake of the original Lara Croft adventure, and, seeing as how important that game was for the original PlayStation, a State of Play would be a logical place for more of it to be shown off. Another series tied to Sony history is Resident Evil. Could it be time for another look at Resident Evil: Veronica?

As if two Marvel games weren’t enough, there’s also a chance we’ll see Marvel 1943: Rise of Hydra, which has been indefinitely delayed “beyond early 2026.” If this really is Captain America and Black Panther in an Uncharted-like action-adventure from Amy Hennig, then a look at gameplay would be much welcomed. And then there’s Project Windless, a new action-adventure game starring a sword-wielding seven-foot chicken from PUBG publishers, Krafton. Now isn’t the time for me to fully go into details of the nightmares I used to have as a child about being chased by a giant chicken man, but I won’t lie to you, I’m both excited for and terrified of this game in equal measure.

So, that’s everything to expect from September 3rd’s two State of Play streams. There will, we hope, be plenty of surprises, though. What game are you most excited to see more of? Let us know in the comments below.

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

Lion King Lyricist to Pay Nearly $39,000 After Suing Comedian Over Joke Translation of Circle of Life Lyrics

The Grammy-winning lyricist behind The Lion King’s famous opening vocals is now being ordered to pay nearly $40,000 in attorneys’ fees after unsuccessfully suing a comedian for poking fun at the song.

South African comedian Learnmore Mwanyenyeka, better known by his alias Jonasi, was hit with a $27 million lawsuit in March 2026 from plaintiff Lebohang Morake, who penned the Zulu lyrics that are sung at the beginning of “The Circle of Life” in Disney’s animated animal epic.

Jonasi made the joke during an episode of the One54 Africa podcast in February, where he playfully translated the line as, “Look, there is a lion! Oh my god.” While it got a laugh from the show’s hosts at the time, the song’s lyricist didn’t find it very funny.

Mufasa: The Lion King Gallery

A March 16 lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California labeled Jonasi’s humorous mistranslation as a “fabricated, trivializing distortion meant as a sick joke,” saying it damaged the “royal praise poetry” written by Morake that “stands independently as an African vocal proclamation grounded in South African tradition” outside of its use in The Lion King.

For reference, Morake’s lawsuit translated the line “Nants’ingonyama bagithi Baba” as “All hail the king, we all bow in the presence of the king.” The suit mentioned that “ngonyama” can also translate to Lion in Zulu, but argued that the term “signifies kingship” due to Praise Imbongi tradition and the use of royal metaphor, per NBC News.

In a now-deleted Instagram post, Jonasi said that he and Morake spoke about the situation privately. “This was just a joke, and comedy always has a way of starting a conversation,” he said. “I told him this. This is now your chance to actually educate people because now people are listening. I was even ready to create a video with him, to be honest. Personally, I had no idea it had a deeper meaning.”

Jonasi was famously served a lawsuit over the joke during a live performance that same month. Now, five months later, the suit has been struck down, with Morake ordered to pay thousands of dollars to cover Jonasi’s attorney fees.

More specifically, he’ll have to shell out $39,560, as laid out in a court order filed on August 28, 2026. The order says the “prevailing defendant” ultimately won the case due to an Anti-SLAPP motion, which basically means the court struck down what it believed was a frivolous and costly suit designed to punish Jonasi for his joke.

The suit was officially dismissed on July 10, 2026. Speaking with the Rolling Stone, Jonasi’s lawyer, Bryan Sullivan, celebrated the ruling as a win for free speech.

“We have always believed this was a frivolous lawsuit in violation of our client’s First Amendment rights,” he told the outlet.

For more Lion King news, check out IGN’s review of the movie’s Diamond Edition Blu-ray version, or take a peek at our take on Mufasa: The Lion King.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

GTA 6 Gets Even More New Screenshots as Rockstar Locks in for November Launch

It seems the drought of Grand Theft Auto 6 news has finally come to an end, as Rockstar has published even more screenshots for fans to comb through.

It seems the floodgates for GTA 6’s summer marketing campaign have finally opened after last week’s extended look gameplay premiere. Today, instead of video for Jason and Lucia’s story, Rockstar has published a nice selection of fresh screenshots, revealing new options for character customization, potential story moments, and a closer look at Vice City.

Rockstar has an entire page on its website dedicated to new GTA 6 screenshots that range from pictures of in-progress robberies and explosive cars to muddin’ parties and romantic nights out on the town. Of the 99 images available, at least three have never been seen before, and many of the others are only now getting high-quality releases. You can see the three new GTA 6 screenshots, as well as some of the other images Rockstar shared, below.

Grand Theft Auto fans are still parsing through all of the content themselves, but three images in particular seem to be brand new and have fans especially worked up: one of Jason and Lucia in a car, a real-life Miami condo recreated in Vice City, and a menacing shot of the two protagonists as they looked down on someone they maybe, probably just murdered. It’s a lot to go through, so let’s start with that first one.

Players will probably spend a lot of time in GTA 6, so it’s nice to know there will be what seems to be a shopping mall’s worth of customization items to dress up Jason and Lucia. The first image puts that on full display, showing the latter criminal decked out with piercings, tattoos, and bangs. Jason, meanwhile, looks almost like a different person thanks to his slick-backed do and facial hair.

Next up is that seaside condo. The average person may look at the two towering buildings and think nothing of them, but Florida residents (and eagle-eyed GTA 6 fans) immediately recognize the spot as a recreation of Miami’s Two Tequesta Point. After one fan located the real-life inspiration for Jason and Lucia’s apartment, it shouldn’t be a surprise to see Rockstar went all out when it came to creating its ideal modern Vice City.

GTA 6 Reveal: 15 New Screenshots, Including 1 Exclusive on IGN

Then, finally, there’s that last image. It, however, raises more questions than answers, seemingly revealing what could be a glimpse from a story mission. Another image of the GTA 6 couple shows them embracing each other as the police close in, but we have some waiting to do before we learn more.

The real news here, though, is that the wait is almost over. The 27-minute extended look has come and gone, Rockstar is reportedly talking with Florida officials about a big marketing rollout, and we’ve consistently gotten updates for the last few days. X/Twitter user @bb3jc9 also noticed that a GTA 6 pre-order tab recently appeared in GTA Online. More than anything, fans are just happy to see that, after numerous delays and 13 years of waiting, it looks like GTA 6’s release date has finally stuck.

pic.twitter.com/apjghUHLMA

— KINDA (@x_xaints) August 31, 2026

Marketing is in full swing, we made it y’all. https://t.co/K2NYAHUXh1

— TGG (@TGGonYT) August 31, 2026

Bro, Jason looks different in every GTA 6 photo I have seen so far pic.twitter.com/XrBsslOoWa

— ໊ (@random_stuff_x_) August 31, 2026

“The next 11 weeks are going to be insane (I hope),” one fan said.

The world will be playing GTA 6 when it launches for PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S November 19, 2026. You can check out IGN’s interview and preview here. When Rockstar plans to reveal more about its game is unclear, but we’ll be sure to catch and report on every drop shared as they’re revealed.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Ylem’s Cat Goes Viral as Players Can’t Wait to Fight Enemies With a Giant Pet Cat

An indie game where players share heartbeats with their pet cat, which can transform into a giant kitty big enough to ride on and defeat enemies, is going viral — and it’s not hard to see why.

The game, titled Ylem’s Cat, is the debut offering of a small, independent studio based in Guangzhou, China. It was first revealed at gamescom this year, and it’s already sweeping across social media.

Per its listing on Steam, the game’s official logline is as follows: “Ylem’s Cat is an action-adventure game driven by the bond between a girl and her cat. Led by curiosity and knowledge, Molly sets out on a journey to find her missing mother across a dying planet, exploring ruins and uncovering the truth buried within the giants.”

While the game’s graphics are truly stunning and its gameplay loop seems immersive enough, the cat is the real selling point here. It can join you in combat and bop enemies on the head, and you can even use the reflection from your bow to play with it like a laser pointer. The feline’s realistic behavior will no doubt be a selling point for cat lovers (but we have to warn you that it does seem like it falls into mortal peril at one point in the trailer).

The game follows Molly in the wake of a terrible disaster after a mysterious cat saves her life. The cat — which she names Mio, after its meow — now shares a heartbeat with Molly, and it’s being hunted by robotic beings named Sentinels.

Mio helps you both in combat and in exploration, and can grow bigger or smaller depending on the task at hand. “In combat, the more you learn to fight together, the easier it becomes,” the game’s Steam page reads. “In exploration, keep an eye on Mio — the little cat has its own curiosities, and those might matter more than you think.”

New game announced where your cat companion has its own mood swings

– You share the same heartbeat
– You name it Mio after the sound it makes
– The Sentinels are hunting your cat
– It grows giant and you can ride it

Game is Ylem’s Cat pic.twitter.com/9x1FnjIiGv

— Indie Game Joe (@IndieGameJoe) August 29, 2026

Thus far, Ylem’s Cat has no release date, but developers are reportedly heading toward an eventual 2028 launch. Players are already impatiently waiting to get their hands on the game, with some making comparisons to the realistic animal behavior of Trico from The Last Guardian.

“Just imagine a cat of that size getting the zoomies,” one remarked.

“Bro, take my money now!” another said.

“Knowing my cat’s mood swings, I would PROBABLY be murdered if it was that size,” yet another joked.

Just imagine a cat of this size getting the zoomies 🤣 pic.twitter.com/DcgEGbDA2C

— Monastery – Wishlist on Steam (@Unseen_Domains) August 31, 2026

Just like Toriko… So cute! pic.twitter.com/TvdPBTi6nQ

— Locke (@Locke3522) August 30, 2026

BRO TAKE MY MONEY NOW pic.twitter.com/as2JSdF2bK

— NinjaGato (@ninjagato465) August 30, 2026

This is the latest pet-focused action game to turn heads after Stray Dog: nobody cares went viral earlier this month. The Souslike title follows a stray dog searching for its captured master in a world overrun with danger, using a sword in its jaws to defeat foes standing in its way.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Stormfell Academy Book One Review

When I first started reading Torsten Weitze’s The Tower of Beggars, I was expecting something similar to the Harry Potter books. What I got instead was an entirely unique story filled with tales of gods and inequality. And while magic is a big part of this world, the first book in the series is true to its name and largely centers around a beggar’s perspective. If you’re looking for a good new fantasy series to dig into, I highly recommend checking it out.

The Tower of Beggars: Stormfell Academy Book One

1

Available in the U.S. and UK on September 1, 2026.

The Tower of Beggars follows the story of Niri, a 16 year-old-girl with the kind of heritage that doesn’t do her any favors. Her father was an Aeldae and her mother was a human, making her fully hated by any followers of the Crimson God throughout the Splinterlands. The hatred isn’t unfounded; after all, the Aeldae had enslaved humans before the fall of their god, but that fact doesn’t make Niri’s life any easier. With both her parents dead, the story begins with her working as a coal girl for her mysterious nuncle (uncle) Vasdram, who seems to have a serious gambling problem.

The story starts out a bit slow as Niri’s life as a coal girl sets up her beggar origins as well as the larger lore around the primary god, Malkar, who sets the rules of the land. It isn’t until Niri is forced to leave her home and make use of Vasdram’s Beggar Coin that the story truly gets going. Though I could argue that it really starts to become a fun read once Grabbasnack, the gold-eating pocket dragon, is introduced as a character in the first act.

As a protagonist, Niri is quite likable. She’s smart, courageous, and tends to make the unselfish choice when it’s presented to her. She’s kind of the antithesis to the world she lives in, one which praises only selfishness and strength. Her biggest drawback as a character is that she is generally pretty weak and is constantly freezing up due to fear, which she calls “Sinking.” If it weren’t for the loyal companions she meets along the way, she’d clearly be dead in a hurry.

Overall, the story of The Tower of Beggars: Stormfell Academy Book One is quite good, but it wouldn’t be nearly as enjoyable without the addition of the pocket dragon. Gh’rab-ehl-sh’naak (AKA Grabbasnack) is a tiny dragon who exclusively eats gold and can’t keep his mouth shut. He’s also an incredibly loyal friend and, after being freed from captivity by Niri, he becomes her first true steadfast companion. Thanks to his penchant for saying whatever he thinks at pretty much any moment, he keeps all of the dialogue feeling fresh when it could have run the risk of being too serious or stale. His constant search for gold to nibble on is also delightfully contradictory to the derelict environments Niri often finds herself in.

The delicate balance between surviving and actually finding time to learn is where this story really shines.“

As for the actual magical school part of the story, it feels pretty light in the first book. While Niri does get admitted to the Stormfell Academy, she quickly finds that the Tower of Beggars isn’t exactly a dedicated place of learning. She is only allowed to take a few different classes thanks to her Beggar Coin, but they are mostly designed for preparing lower-class citizens to become fodder for war. And despite free admittance to the academy, most of the folks in the Tower of Beggars are focused on finding riches (or just enough money to survive) in the monster-filled crater just outside of the academy.

The delicate balance between surviving and actually finding time to learn is where this story really shines. Niri has a fire to her, but she’s ultimately weak and has the world working against her. Even though she’s able to make it into the tower, she quickly finds that her admittance doesn’t make her an equal by any means. The same prejudices that plagued her outside of the gates of Stormfell are only amplified by the cutthroat environment of the Tower of Beggars. The Crimson God himself promotes strength above all else, and Niri has to constantly struggle to make choices that will keep her alive without compromising her generous heart.

AMC Theaters Launches Its Own Film Distribution Company As Small Budget Movies Soar

AMC Theaters isn’t merely a destination for watching new film releases; it now helps make those releases happen.

Launched on August 31, 2026, AMC has rolled out Leawood Films, its very own movie distribution label that aims to bring small or mid-sized flicks to the big screen that have been completely financed and finished.

Speaking in a press release, AMC Entertainment chairman and CEO Adam Aron cited moviegoers’ increasing appetites for independent films.

“Ultimately, moviegoers consistently demonstrate their appetite for a wide variety of theatrical content, and we believe there are more outstanding films that deserve the opportunity to find audiences on the big screen,” he said. “Through Leawood Films, we believe we can bring meaningful value to filmmakers whose movies might otherwise not get made, or which might not be taken to theatres.

“We can assure them the availability of movie theatre screens and attractive economics, as well as have them benefit from our relationships across the exhibition industry, our proven marketing capabilities, and our extensive experience connecting theatrical content with moviegoing audiences.”

This doesn’t come as a huge surprise; some of the biggest films of the year were created on comparatively measly budgets (Obsession, Backrooms), and YouTube star Markiplier’s independent horror flick Iron Lung had so much hype behind it that AMC Theaters, along with several other major cinema chains, picked it up to help the movie become one of biggest independent film releases of all time.

“Leawood Films is being created with a straightforward objective, given that substantial excess capacity exists in the movie theatre industry: to bring more movies to theaters. If we can take steps to ensure that a few extra movies come to theaters each year, it is gravy for AMC in the United States and Odeon in Europe, as well as for our fellow exhibitors,” Aron added.

Tangentially, it’s worth noting that Markiplier also approached YouTube with the idea of distributing independent films on its platform, making AMC the latest major entertainment company to take notes based on shifting audience demands.

As per reporting from Deadline, Leawood Films’ board of advisors is made up of former Warner Bros Group chairman and Toby Emmerich, former Walt Disney Studios marketing president Ricky Strauss and former Paramount distribution veteran Kyle Davies.

AMC says this venture is a “low-risk opportunity” with the potential to catapult the next big film into the limelight. Perhaps Nicole Kidman wasn’t wrong when she said AMC Theaters “make movies better.”

Image Credit: Jonathan Raa/NurPhoto via Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Where to Find the Best Deals Online

Labor Day weekend is coming up, and for all of the Americans who don’t work retail, that likely means a nice and long three-day weekend. It also means there are already plenty of Labor Day sales to check out.

As far as discounts go, Labor Day sales are not nearly as good as Black Friday or Prime Day. You probably aren’t going to find many rock-bottom prices on anything, but there are still some good deals to be had if you’re trying to save money.

For those just looking to do some general shopping, I’ve picked out the overall best sales happening at major retailers right now. If you’re shopping for something specific, jump to the full list of sales by category.

Top Labor Day Sales to Shop Today

Amazon Labor Day Sale

Amazon Labor Day Sale

1

Amazon is the best place to shop during sales events because it often matches prices everywhere else. As the largest online retailer, it has an advantage; a generally massive stock of everything. If one store discounts something popular, Amazon can adapt its pricing on the fly.

As for what’s worth buying at Amazon during this time of year, your best bet is out-of-season gear. This includes outoor clothing, sporting goods, and shoes. You can also find some decent prices on electronics like Fire TV sticks and speakers if you don’t want to wait for Black Friday. And while there aren’t any deals on Amazon’s Kindle devices so far this year, there are some solid discounts at the Kindle Store.

Note: You don’t need to be a Prime Member to access Amazon’s Labor Day sale in general, but there are some Prime-exclusive coupons.

Best Buy Labor Day Sale

Best Buy Labor Day Sale

2

Best Buy has had a big month of savings so far, having just wrapped up its big 60th Anniversary sale. The Best Buy Labor Day sale is pretty much a continuation of those discounts and is generally the best place to find tech deals right now.

Some of the best things to buy at Best Buy include TVs, laptops, monitors, soundbars, and major appliances. For gamers, there are also deals on refurbished PS5 consoles, which is really the way to go in 2026. And while it isn’t tech-related, Best Buy is also having a sale on MTG cards this week.

Barnes & Noble Book Haul Sale

Barnes & Noble Book Haul Sale

1

The Barnes & Noble Book Haul sale has been going on since August, but it’s still worth checking out if you haven’t already. The discounts are available online or in-person at Barnes & Noble locations near you. The sale includes up to 50% off hardcovers books, 25% off LEGO sets, and some discounts on B&N-exclusive editions.

Amazon has already price-matched many of the best book deals at Barnes & Noble, so the deals on exclusive hardcover editions are what I’d recommend checking out first if you’re looking for deals you won’t find elsewhere. There are also some LEGO Wednesday set deals here that have yet to be matched.

Target Labor Day Sale

Target Labor Day Sale

1

Target’s Labor Day sale has many of the same deals you’ll find at Best Buy, Amazon, or Walmart, but with a few extra things thrown in. The big highlight is that Target has some pretty good deals on groceries.

These Labor Day sales are also in stores if you prefer to do your shopping in person. Seeing as it’s back-to-school season, some of the best things to buy from Target right now are back-to-school things. You may want to browse online before heading to the store to pick up those supplies. I went to pick out a new lunch pale for my son at the Target closest to me last weekend and stock was pretty much wiped out.

Labor Day Sales by Category

Note: This list only includes retailers that explicitly have a Labor Day sale event going on right now. We’ll be updating this list as more sales go live this week.

Tech and Electronics

Furniture and Home Goods

Clothing and Shoes

Books and Textbooks

Outdoor Gear

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

The Blood of Dawnwalker PC Settings Guide

While 2026 has so far been packed with incredible PC games, The Blood of Dawnwalker was the one that I was looking forward to the most. Not only does it come from a game director with an incredible pedigree, but ever since system requirements were first revealed in February, I knew that this game would absolutely punish my PC – and I’m into that.

Luckily, Rebel Wolves has since lightened the system requirements a bit, now only recommending an RTX 4070 Ti for 4K 60 fps gameplay, rather than the RTX 5090 I thought it was going to require at the beginning of the year. And now that I’ve had a chance to play it, I’m pleasantly surprised at its performance, even if the visuals are a little mixed.

Just like a lot of RPGs of this scope, much of what makes The Blood of Dawnwalker so beautiful is its environments. Just walking through the town and the forest in the opening chapter is jaw-dropping, with realistic foliage and water. The character models don’t quite reach the same fidelity, but I’m ok with that when just walking through the world looks as good as it does.

The Blood of Dawnwalker – Prologue Screenshots

The Blood of Dawnwalker PC Settings Explained

While The Blood of Dawnwalker is available on Xbox Series X and PlayStation 5, PC is where it truly shines. This game has pretty much every graphics option I’d like in a modern game, and avoids clumping a bunch of graphics techniques into one banner. The game is quite heavy to run maxed out, but there is genuinely enough room to dial it in for better performance, pretty much whichever hardware you’re playing it on.

Keep in mind, though, that The Blood of Dawnwalker is running on Unreal Engine 5. The game handily avoids the kinds of problems that have plagued Star Wars Zero Company and Halo: Campaign Evolved, but it is pretty heavy, especially on your CPU. The game will still run on a handheld, technically, but not particularly well. I played it a bit on the Lenovo Legion Go 2 at the lowest settings at 900p, and got around 24 fps indoors. So, I’d stick to your main tower for this one.

But even on a tower, Blood of Dawnwalker can be very demanding. At 4K with DLSS set to Quality and on the Ultra preset, the RTX 5090 gets anywhere from 70–90 fps before frame generation. It is incredibly smooth, but that’s the type of performance you’d expect from an RTX 5090.

Here’s my list of recommended graphics settings, so you can spend less time wondering what each option does and more time living your best vampiric life.

Shadow Quality: This one’s pretty simple and just changes the resolution and accuracy of shadows. This game has a lot of dynamic lighting, though, and this is probably one of the first settings I’d turn down to improve performance. But, it is a game where shadows do add a lot to the atmosphere, so you’ll have to weigh the importance there. Mid-Range PC: High; Handheld: Low

Light Quality: It’s hard to tell from looking at this game’s gorgeous lighting, especially in the mornings and evenings, but there is no ray tracing on offer here. Still, this setting will change how detailed lights are, and the intensity of effects like global illumination and diffuse lighting. Turn it down if your performance is struggling. Mid-Range PC: High; Handheld: Low

Reflections Quality: I’ll admit that I’m only a couple of hours into this absolutely massive RPG, but at least in my time with it, there aren’t that many reflective surfaces. Still, this setting will change how detailed screen space reflections are, so turn it down if you start getting performance drops around water or other reflective surfaces. Mid-Range PC: Medium; Handheld: Low

Post-Processing Quality: You’ll be able to toggle individual post-processing features on or off further down in the settings, so this changes how good all of those effects look. I’d keep this up on higher settings if you like a cinematic aesthetic, but you can effectively turn it off if you don’t really care about bloom or motion blur. Mid-Range PC: High; Handheld: Low

Texture Quality: This mostly affects how much VRAM the game is going to eat up. I’ve spent most of my time in this game with this maxed out, and the game ate up about 10–12GB of VRAM. So I’d stick to Ultra on 16GB plus, High on anything from 8–12GB and medium or low if you have less than 8GB of VRAM. This should be one of the first things you turn down if you start running into stuttering.

Effects Quality: This mostly affects particle effects, and there are surprisingly a lot of them in this game. This is going to be heavier on your CPU than anything, so I’d turn this down if you’re getting bottlenecked there. Mid-Range PC: Ultra; Handheld: Low

Shading Quality: This is just another way to scale the lighting in Blood of Dawnwalker. I’d turn this down early if you’re struggling to hit 60 fps. Mid-Range PC: High; Handheld: Low

Foliage Quality: Simply put, foliage in this game is gorgeous, almost at the same level as something like Assassin’s Creed Shadows. But, if you notice your performance start to tank when you’re running around in the wilderness, you should probably drop this to a lower setting. But, really you should at least try running it a higher setting just to see what it looks like. Mid-Range PC: Medium or High; Handheld: Low

Detail Quality: Maybe it’s just me, but having the option to tweak “Detail Quality” feels a little like changing “Detail Details.” Regardless, this changes a lot of volumetric effects like fog, along with destructible objects. I’d turn this down if you’re running into CPU issues. Mid-Range PC: Medium; Handheld: Low

Volumetric Quality: This setting also changes volumetrics, but focuses more on their resolution. I’ll always turn volumetrics down before anything else, and that doesn’t change in Blood of Dawnwalker. Mid-Range PC: Medium; Handheld: Low

Upscaling Technology: Unlike a lot of other Unreal Engine 5 games, Blood of Dawnwalker doesn’t try and shove TSR down your throat. Instead, Blood of Dawnwalker supports all three major upscalers from GPU manufacturers and the one you should choose depends on which graphics card you’re using. Nvidia users should use DLSS, AMD users should use FSR and Intel users should use XeSS.

Upscaling Mode: Because this game is hard to run, I’d go with upscaling on performance mode if you’re struggling to hit 60 fps. However, keep in mind that performance mode will look pretty rough on lower resolutions, so you might want to lower lighting settings first.

Frame Generation: This uses AI to insert interpolated frames in between rendered frames. This will nearly double your frame rate, but will increase latency by a little bit. But because this isn’t a competitive game, and isn’t even that fast-paced, I’d recommend just turning this on, especially if you have a high-refresh rate gaming monitor.

Motion Blur: This is just a toggle to either enable or disable motion blur. I hate motion blur, you might love it. It’s really up to you. It won’t affect performance all that much either way.

Bloom: This is another toggle, but this time for Bloom. These are the little rays of light that you sometimes see coming off of the sun or something. This will affect performance a bit, so I’d turn it off if you’re playing on a low-end GPU. But for most people on a modern gaming PC, it probably won’t make that much of an impact.

Chromatic Aberration: This is an effect that tries to mimic a camera lens. I don’t notice much of a difference whether its enabled or not, so I’d try it each way and see what you prefer. This won’t affect performance much if at all.

Depth of Field: This will blur distant objects, especially in cutscenes. This is a nice effect, and I usually leave it on, but turn it off if you want everything to be crystal clear.

Jackie Thomas is the Hardware and Buying Guides Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Gal Gadot Says James Gunn and Peter Safran Told Her Wonder Woman 3 Was Happening

Former DC movie star Gal Gadot has opened up about the confusion surrounding Wonder Woman 3, saying that, even though it “wasn’t handled elegantly,” it’s “all good” between her, James Gunn, and Peter Safran.

The story of Wonder Woman 3 is a bit of a mess. Gadot’s return was seemingly greenlit, canceled, greenlit again, and, finally, canceled in the early 2020s, with its supposed early days unfortunately weighed down by leadership changes behind the scenes as Gunn and Safran stepped in to take over the DC movie business.

One of the stranger updates during the kerfuffle saw the actress confirm the two superhero film execs had told her she would come back as Diana Prince for Wonder Woman 3 before it was reported that Gunn and Safran didn’t have any plans for a third movie from director Patty Jenkins after all. It was a back-and-forth painful enough to watch from the outside, but it was probably even more grueling on the inside.

Gadot recalled the confusion during an interview with Happy, Sad, Confused. She again confirmed that Gunn and Safran assured her Wonder Woman 3 was happening, going as far as to say that there was never a clear moment when the project was formally canned.

“No, they told me the opposite,” she answered when asked about the circumstances surrounding the cancellation. “They were like, ‘We’re going to develop it with you, [Wonder Woman 3], but I saw the way everybody else was handled, right?”

The “everybody else” she referred to involves the former DC movie universe, often called the DC Extended Universe. It comprised films led by Gadot as Wonder Woman, Jason Momoa as Aquaman, and Henry Cavill as Superman. Cavill, in particular, had it rough when Gunn and Safran laid the groundwork for the DCU, as he also officially announced he would reprise his role as Clark Kent in October 2022 just to U-turn two months later.

DCEU Movie Teases That Were Never Paid Off

“The Henry situation was not handled elegantly, to say the least,” Gadot added. “Same with Patty – was not handled elegantly. I feel like, you know, we’re all adults and it’s all good, and it’s not even about them.”

She continued, saying that Gunn, Safran, and the rest of DC Studios are going “to do what they believe in, and it’s all good.” She said she’s grateful she had the opportunity to be Wonder Woman at all and sends her best to whoever plays the part of the Amazonian superhero next. That said, don’t expect her to ever play the part again, even if Gunn and Safran come knocking at her door.

“For me to go and do, for example, another Wonder Woman, I’m not sure I would at this point in my life with four children and different schools, and all of that. To check out all of them for such a long period of time… It doesn’t work with my life anymore at this point.”

For now, Wonder Woman 3 isn’t happening, and it’s unclear when the character will make her entrance into the DCU. Next up are movies like Clayface and Man of Tomorrow. Lanterns, one of the comic book movie universe’s TV shows, is in the midst of its first season, with The People v. Gorilla Grodd confirmed to be in development. You can see the full breakdown for everything coming to the DCU here.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Fans Can’t Decide if Hideo Kojima Actually Liked Ridley Scott’s The Dog Stars

Hideo Kojima’s brief review for Ridley Scott’s The Dog Stars betrays how he really feels about the divisive post-apocalyptic movie… At least, that’s what fans are saying.

Scott’s latest movie hasn’t exactly been well-received. The movie was a box office bomb, earning just $19 million during its global opening. Critics’ opinions have been similarly brutal, with IGN’s Leanne Butkovic scoring the film a 5 out of 10, calling it a “post-apocalyptic survival story that’s encased in three layers of emotionally protective bubble wrap with a wild third-act twist.”

Fans believe Kojima, an acclaimed video game director and film connoisseur, feels much the same way, owing to a trend they’ve observed in his social media posts discussing movies he’s recently watched. If you’re familiar with Kojima’s online presence, you’ll know that the man isn’t very fussed about public perception (some of his retweets are straight up WILD), but when it comes to expressing his dislike for films, fans claim that he often doesn’t say anything of substance at all.

Usually, when Kojima likes a movie, he’ll create a lengthy post diving into everything he admired about it, as seen in the high praise he gave to Kane Parson’s Backrooms. However, for The Dog Stars, he merely remarked on what he initially expected from the film… and that’s about it.

“Peter Heller’s original novel, The Dog Stars (previously published in Japanese under the title Itsuka Boku ga Kaeru Basho / The Place I’ll Return to Someday), has been sitting on my bookshelf for years, unread. Since it’s literary fiction rather than science fiction, I went to see the movie, picturing it might be something along the lines of Cormac McCarthy’s The Road. The music was by Harry. They weren’t selling (didn’t make) a pamphlet for the film,” he said on his English X account.

It was a strikingly bland post in comparison to his other, far more colorful reviews of films he distinctly loves — and because of this, fans are convinced that Kojima, much like other reviewers, wasn’t its biggest fan. Though of course, we can’t outright say that, given he didn’t say as much in his post.

Peter Heller’s original novel, “The Dog Stars” (previously published in Japanese under the title Itsuka Boku ga Kaeru Basho / The Place I’ll Return to Someday), has been sitting on my bookshelf for years, unread. Since it’s literary fiction rather than science fiction, I went to… pic.twitter.com/irC8ZjoMrH

— HIDEO_KOJIMA (@HIDEO_KOJIMA_EN) August 30, 2026

“You can tell he didn’t like it because he said nothing about the actual film, lol,” one user said in the comments.

“He said nothing about the film so he hated it lmao,” another joked.

“Ridley’s a genius, he created a genre of Kojima tweets. Saying nothing about the actual film while talking about it,” yet another said.

Scott’s name has been all over social media as of late, in part due to The Dog Stars as well as several interviews he’s given to the press. In one of these interviews, Scott confirmed that he is developing a sequel to Alien: Covenant with Michael Fassbender, partly because he believes the Alien franchise he created “needs some help,” as he felt Alien: Romulus was just “OK.”

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

GTA 6’s Relationship Mechanic Is ‘Cheating’ on Your Real Life Partner and Break Up Worthy, According to Angry Spouses

A swath of angry spouses on social media believe that Grand Theft Auto 6’s in-depth relationship mechanic is equivalent to cheating on your real-life partner and worth breaking up over.

Last week, we got a boatload of details on Grand Theft Auto 6 thanks to media previews and an extended look at the game from Rockstar itself. One of the big takeaways from this media blitz is that there is an actual relationship between the game’s two protagonists, Jason and Lucia, that players can nurture. You can take the other character on dates, do crimes together, text them, and even hold hands (aw!). For some people, though, that last detail causing tensions in their real life relationships.

Over on TikTok, a variety of concerned partners stated that wouldn’t allow their partner to play the game, and a concerning amount of comments on these posts echoed this sentiment.

“In absolutely no human way is my fiancé playing GTA 6,” said one TikToker. “You literally have to maintain a relationship with a girl [in] the video game and text her, and she’ll get mad if you don’t text her back. You have to take her on dates and you can have [sex] with her. […] Don’t let your boyfriend or fiancé or husband play GTA 6.”

Other TikTok creators outright labeled playing the game as cheating.

@el.michelle3

The whole relationship and yk what else

♬ life goes on – lucie

This has become a major subject of discourse on social media since the GTA 6 extended look went live on August 27. Some are pushing back on the idea, arguing that it’s simply a video game and not that deep. Others have also pointed out that millions of people have played The Sims for years, having virtual sex and creating entire families without anyone raising an eyebrow.

Rockstar has also been very clear that you don’t actually have to engage with this part of GTA 6 if you don’t want to. The two characters want a relationship at the start of the game, but it’s up to the player to actively pursue that. If you don’t, they won’t be as head-over-heels for each other, but will still have each other’s backs when it matters most. If you do choose to make the two a power couple, you’ll likely get more mileage out of the game, though.

“When you bring them together, it feels like you’re a steward of their relationship, and you feel protective of them as a unit,” said Rockstar North co-studio head, Rob Nelson, in an exclusive interview with IGN. “But this is something we did not know when we started, and it really had to be something we felt our way through. But I will say that whether you’re getting in trouble, or you’re running from the cops, or getting in a car, or waiting for the other one — playing as them together feels very cool. It feels like you’re taking care of them, if that’s something you’re into.”

Rockstar has yet to confirm if you can have sex with the two characters outside of scripted story moments. The trailers certainly imply there will be sexual scenes between the two, but whether you can actively initiate that by building the relationship meter is unclear. IGN broached the subject with Nelson, who noted that physical intimacy is a notable part of a relationship and that Rockstar is trying to figure out how to implement that side of things into the game in a way that feels right.

“For anybody that wants to play around with the idea of role playing their relationship, it’s amazing,” said Nelson. “So many people on the team have connected with the characters. But physical intimacy is a huge part of a relationship, and so it has to be done right. Like anything that we do, we have to iterate and try things and iterate on it until we figure out what feels right.”

GTA 4 allowed you to develop relationships which would lead to Niko being invited for intercourse, but it was never explicitly shown. On a more controversal note, Rockstar Games developed an interactive sex mini-game in 2005’s Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas. It was eventually cut from the game to avoid an Adults Only rating, which would’ve prevented Rockstar from being able to sell the game at most major retailers. However, the files remained in the game and modders were able to add it back in. This led to major issues for Rockstar, including legal battles, a recall of existing copies of the game, and scrutiny from the government. As a result, you probably shouldn’t expect any interactive sex mini-games in GTA 6.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Warlock: Dungeons & Dragons Gameplay Reveal Gives Extended Look at Combat, Exploration, and Traversal

Warlock: Dungeons & Dragons recently released its long-awaited gameplay reveal at gamescom, and it gave us an extended look at main character Kaatri and the powers she has at her disposal.

If you weren’t already aware, Warlock: Dungeons & Dragons is a single-player, third-person, open-world action-adventure game from developer Invoke Studios where you wield forbidden magic to bend the rules, outwit obstacles, and overcome challenges through creativity. Kaatri is the warlock, and the gameplay reveal begins with her and Tasha, her witch queen patron. We see Tasha upgrade Kaatri’s Warlock’s Eye, which allows her to see Raw Magic and is the key to finding new spells and improving the ones she has.

From there, Kaatri moves to Darkon, a Domain of Dread pulled directly from D&D. It’s unstable and on the verge of being ripped apart by Mists. There is time to explore Darkon, but it’s filled with danger and opportunity around every corner.

Exploration is clearly a big focus of Warlock. As you travel through Darkon, you’ll need to stay alert and use magic to help you make your way. Your Warlock’s Eye will point you toward Raw Magic, but it’ll be up to you to figure out what to do with it. You need to pay attention to the sights and sounds around you and decide what deserves your attention.

Kaatri heads into Crickshank, a settlement in Darkon that harbors a dark secret that players can uncover. Skev, her imp companion, flies alongside as Crickshank’s biggest mystery pulls them underground, beneath its shops. Kaatri enters the ossuary catacombs, and we see her utilize both her dexterity and magic for rapid traversal.

She emerges into a large chamber full of monsters, including the eyeball-like aberration Death Kiss. Kaatri rushes into combat and uses a spell to latch onto a column and pull it down onto a monster. The developers have revealed that this spell is called Tasha’s Leash and is a brand-new cantrip that can be used to pull or throw objects whenever you want, showing that use of the environment will be a major part of combat.

With the Death Kiss closing in on her, Kaatri then uses another spell to swap positions with a different monster, allowing her to escape to high ground while the Death Kiss destroys the monster she swapped with. The developers shared that this is called Fey Switch, a new Warlock advanced spell.

These new spells are all well and good, but if you’ve played D&D before, you know there’s one tried and true spell that’s a mainstay for all Warlocks: Eldritch Blast. So of course, we get a look at that too. As with its D&D counterpart, Eldritch Blast’s value in Warlock is its versatility. It’s a cantrip, so it’s consistently available. And it’s helpful in just about any situation, whether you need a ranged attack to apply pressure to an enemy, want to cleanly finish one off, or want to keep your offensive momentum going in between melee strikes and bigger spells. It’s a key part of your kit, just as it should be.

The gameplay reveal then shows another way you can use the environment: weather. Kaatri makes her way into a misty field and invokes the Downpour Ritual, calling forth rain and forming puddles across a field where vampires are fighting a horde of zombies. Kaatri casts Witch Bolt, shooting out electricity that spreads across the wet surfaces and forks through enemies.

Since she’s a Pact of the Blade Warlock, Kaatri is then able to conjure a sword and other pact weapons to switch into melee combat. And that’s where it all comes together, as Kaatri weaves together magical and melee combat and showcases the core of Warlock’s combat system. The effects of one spell can feed into the next, as you chain together different abilities depending on the enemies you’re facing and the space you’re in.

The video ends with Kaatri finding a Strand of Magic, giving us a glimpse at the Raw Magic that’s hidden across Darkon that will fuel Kaatri’s progression throughout the game. It’s clear that Warlock draws on familiar spells, locations, and lore that D&D fans will immediately recognize, but tells a new and original story that newcomers can dive into and learn everything they need to know.

Warlock: Dungeons & Dragons is slated to release on PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X|S in 2027. To get the latest news and updates, you can check out the game’s official website or follow it on Instagram, Twitter, TikTok, Facebook, or YouTube. And for more coverage of the game as we get more info, stay tuned to IGN.

Onslaught Review

Onslaught will be released in theaters on September 4.

Onslaught is an apt title for Adam Wingard’s continuation of the world the director established early in his career through You’re Next and The Guest, because it just never lets up. The platonic ideal of a “midnight movie,” Onslaught serves up heaping helpings of gruesome action, witty dialogue, Nazi experimentation, pro-veteran and anti-government sentiment, and three militarized Michael Myers figures hunting a community of unsuspecting trailer park residents. If all that sounds distasteful and exhausting to you, the rest of this review is not for you: you’re a lost cause and I invite you to go back to watching paint dry or whatever it is you do with your free time. For those with a taste for debaucherous mayhem in your cinema, pure and crazy… Onslaught, baby!

Over 92 rocket-powered minutes, Onslaught follows the classic “survive the night” story structure with a simple premise which Wingard imbues with all manner of schlocky adornment. At base level, Onslaught is about a trio of super-soldier experimentation subjects programmed to kill anyone in their path escaping containment and fulfilling their purpose in the desert community of Moriarty, New Mexico – the very same town at the heart of 2014’s The Guest. Onslaught finds a no-bullshit hero in Celeste (Adria Arjona), a veteran sniper struggling with PTSD and motherhood as she seeks peace at the Windy Oasis Trailer Park, where most of the movie’s back-half takes place. Celeste is quick to anger, but at least adept at directing those feelings in a constructive direction once the super-soldiers lay siege to her home. Across quiet character moments and very loud, raging action beats, Arjona carries the movie beautifully and it’s consistently fun watching her settle so easily into the action hero persona. Sarah Connor would be very proud.

With their painted faces, tactical gear and glowing eyes, the imposing trio driving Onslaught’s anarchy look like bosses that walked right out of Call of Duty’s Zombies mode. Even though they have cool codenames – The Crybaby, The Cockroach, The Butcher – there’s no discernable or relevant differences between the three once things go off the deep end. Since the action taking place at the trailer park is so narrowly focused, this is of little detriment to Onslaught, giving the characters multiple tough-to-beat foes to have to work their way through and allowing Wingard to stage cat-and-mouse games that start off especially chaotic when the trio is at full strength, and become more dread-inducing as the odds start to shift away from the trio of elite soldiers. Wingard does overplay his hand late in the game by attempting to use one of the super-soldiers as a thematic exclamation point long after Onslaught needs any more depths to plumb.

Stevens is always at his most interesting playing weirdos, and here, he swings for the campy fences and knocks one out of the park. “

It’s the fringes of Onslaught’s idiosyncratic world that really make you lean forward. Wingard’s The Guest and Godzilla x Kong: The New Empire collaborator Dan Stevens returns here as Dr. Kammler, a third-generation Nazi scientist with a penchant for white cloaks and being dominated by his wife, Frau Kammler (Rebecca Hall). Kammler can hardly contain his sensual glee at being on the precipice of delivering the Übermensch through his experimentations at a secret government base not far from the trailer park. Stevens is always at his most interesting playing weirdos, and here, he swings for the campy fences and knocks one out of the park.

Stevens’ performance really crosses the t’s and dots the… lower-case j’s.

Onslaught could have used more of Stevens’ off-beat performance to really shore up the “clean-up” efforts of the shadowy organization that produced the super-soldiers, but some of that sting is lessened by the other performers who shoulder that responsibility more as the story goes. Cyrus (Drew Starkey) is deployed to monitor the soldiers’ attack on the trailer park, and from the moment we meet him zonked out of his mind in a sex mansion, he manages to walk a fun tonal line of being both in over his head and completely in control at the same time. His most interesting material comes in his interactions with Frau Kammler, who winds up being one of Onslaught’s more interesting and enigmatic figures. The power dynamic between the elderly, milky-eyed Doctor Kammler and the much-younger Frau Kammler is intriguing to try and suss out, and only becomes more perplexing as Frau Kammler and Cyrus work with each other to maintain some level of operational control over the situation at the trailer park. Where Stevens aims for broad camp in his performance, Hall is much more restrained and lends Onslaught a lot of gravity.

Wingard’s most interesting thematic work comes through how this pack of freaks, whose aggression and sadomasochistic relationships with the intent to control are easily transposable onto any number of current events, something Onslaught crystallizes in its opening montage, which tracks the American government’s relationship to global war over the last 40 years.

Celeste isn’t alone in her fight against the test subjects, and the supporting cast at the trailer park counter the bizarre team of villains with down-home charm and no shortage of one-liners. Celeste’s main ally is Josiah (Reginald VelJohnson), himself a Vietnam War vet who, despite his ferocity and bravery once things go down, is quite gentle with Celeste as a mentor figure. That, of course, doesn’t stop VelJohnson from putting his Die Hard legacy to excellent use as a quip machine and sharpshooter in the fight against the soldiers.

Wingard also throws Eric Wareheim, he of Tim and Eric fame, into the mix as Kovacks, a sloppy Moriarty cop who knows nothing of either ferocity or bravery. Onslaught has no shortage of dark comedic energy, but Wareheim’s rhythm and ineptitude are always welcome and work well to cut especially tense moments. Celeste’s sharp edges are also well-rounded off by Daisy, her young daughter whose wealthy dad picks the worst weekend possible to dump her with mom. Daisy clearly spends most of her time in more civilized company, calling Celeste “ma’am” and doing chores around the house without being asked. Blake Kennedy, the young actor who plays Daisy, is a breath of fresh air and strikes the rare balance of naturalism and precociousness that never crosses the line into interminable “kid acting.” Daisy feels like a real, good egg and any time she’s in danger, it’s impossible not to care a little more about what’s going on, especially during one sequence where she has a real close call after being separated from Celeste.

Onslaught looks and sounds great, too. Oren Soffer’s cinematography does a fantastic job of highlighting the austere natural beauty of the Moriarty, New Mexico, setting, with blazing flames, kicked-up dust, and the warm glow of the trailer park’s lights giving the action a gritty, dirty feel that works to make that setting feel more real and not just gritty for gritty’s sake. Wingard lets the supernatural strength and resilience of the super-soldiers speak for itself, resisting the urge to get overly stylistic with how he stages the action and instead covering skirmishes with a more classical, straightforward approach that reinforces its ’80s action lineage, and these efforts are supported by a clear preference towards practical special effects throughout. Matt Pusti’s synthy score gives Onslaught a pulsing energy that really underlines the clear John Carpenter influence that Wingard is celebrating here, with simple repeating melodies that especially evoke two of Carpenter and Alan Howarth’s greatest scores: Escape from New York and Prince of Darkness.

LEGO Wallace & Gromit Set Officially Revealed, Releasing October 1

LEGO has officially revealed its first Wallace and Gromit-themed set.

The set depicts the iconic British duo in their vintage motorbike and sidecar with references to the stop-motion movies and original clay designs. The set is up for preorder on the online LEGO Store, priced at $99.99 with a release date of October 1.

LEGO Ideas: Wallace & Gromit

0

The Wallace & Gromit set is the newest addition to the LEGO Ideas line, a program where fans can submit their own original set designs. After a series of fan-voting, LEGO ultimately picks some submissions to turn into official sets.

The Wallace & Gromit set was originally designed by Sébastien Esnault and submitted to the 90s Throwback – The Next Chapter challenge, where it took home the Grand Winner prize. The official LEGO version of the set looks pretty darn similar to the original build, having simply refined the faces of the iconic duo as well as the structure of the motorbike.

To accompany the set’s reveal, LEGO released an interview with the original Fan designer on their blog. Esnault felt thematically inspired by the duo’s humor and inventiveness, and explains his specific approach to building them in brick form: “To recreate the distinctive clay look, I deliberately chose the most rounded LEGO elements wherever possible.”

The official set includes 1038 pieces, mathing out to slightly over 10 cents ber brick. It’s also marked as an 18+ set intended for adults, so expect some level of complexity.

Wallace and Gromit first used this version of the motorbike and sidecar in A Close Shave, where it’s eventually revealed to have emergency flying features. The plane features don’t seem to have made the LEGO cut, but the shape, color, and license plate are all loyal to the original design.

Images on the LEGO website show off some smaller details, including goggles that Gromit can actually wear and a dedicated motorcycle that can open and close. Easter eggs inside that hatch include box of orange crackers in the style seen throughout the series as well as a diamond referencing the iconic heist from The Wrong Trousers.

The LEGO listing has videos demonstrating some poseability in the duo’s heads and arms. Designer Esnault highlights the effort put into each character’s expressions, saying “It only takes a tiny change in their angle to transform Gromit’s expression from curious to amused or worried.” It doesn’t seem like you can fully separate Gromit or Wallace from their vehicle, however, so don’t expect this set to fill the void of action figures.

LEGO Ideas: Wallace & Gromit is now up for preorder and will be releasing on October 1.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

The Stick of Truth Is the Funniest Game I’ve Ever Played

This is an IGN opinion piece from Ryan McCaffrey, who worked at Official Xbox Magazine from 2002-2012 during the original Xbox and Xbox 360 era before joining IGN, where he remains “the Xbox guy.” In the run-up to Xbox’s 25th anniversary, he’ll be sharing his memories from the platform’s first quarter-century.

I pushed my way to the front of the line of IGN editors to review South Park: The Stick of Truth in 2014. I’ve seen every episode of South Park before and since. I am of the opinion that show creators Trey Parker and Matt Stone are the two premier satirists of our generation. In my view, the puppet-led Team America: World Police is a comedic masterpiece. Heck, I even love the box-office bust the guys starred in back in 1998, BaseKetball. So yeah, I’m a massive fan of these guys, and when I learned they were making a role-playing game with Obsidian Entertainment, of all developers (at Parker and Stone’s request!), I couldn’t wait to see the results of this match made in heaven. At least on paper. Because unlike previous infamous South Park video games like South Park Rally, Parker and Stone would be directly involved this time.

But then the business side of the games industry got in the way. At least for a while. You may or may not remember that THQ – the original incarnation of it – was funding and publishing The Stick of Truth. But a funny thing (sadly, not the good kind of funny) happened during the course of development: THQ filed for bankruptcy. Uh-oh. While the project thankfully wasn’t canceled, the publishing rights to it were put up for auction as part of the bankruptcy, and the South Park folks weren’t exactly happy about it.

Mercifully, gamers were not robbed of the chance to play The Stick of Truth, as Ubisoft bought the rights, enabling Parker, Stone, and the Obsidian team to finish the RPG. Despite its mammoth 850-page first script draft, the final game didn’t end up being a particularly long RPG at around 12 hours long. But boy oh boy did it make every minute count. I frequently laughed in a truly doubled-over way I’d never laughed at a video game before, and coupled with its classic (if simple) turn-based RPG gameplay, I happily gave The Stick of Truth a 9 out of 10, and to this day, if someone asks me what the funniest game I’ve ever played is, this is my clear-cut answer.

If you haven’t played The Stick of Truth, it is absolutely not too late. The graphics look exactly like the show, so they haven’t really aged at all. In fact, as a 12-hour RPG, The Stick of Truth is like playing a long season of the show. Parker and Stone’s fingerprints are all over this thing, with Obsidian’s game-building and genre expertise underpinning the whole thing. I dare you not to laugh hysterically at the Underpants Gnome boss fight, the scene with Mr. Slave, the Canada section, and so many more.

I’ve played plenty of genuinely funny games over the years. The classic LucasArts point-and-click adventure games of the ‘90s were formative for me (the Monkey Island games, Sam & Max Hit the Road, Full Throttle, etc.). Saints Row: The Third was full of funny stuff. Portal 2 is classic. High on Life is a great recent example. But for me, none of them come even close to the masterclass that Parker and Stone taught the gaming world with The Stick of Truth. Heck, even its sequel, South Park: The Fractured But Whole – which Park and Stone were also involved in – didn’t quite land the same way. So I’m incredibly thankfully that The Stick of Truth survived THQ’s bankruptcy and became a classic. It is one of my favorite Xbox memories from the first 25 years of this brand (though, by all means play it on any platform you can!).

25 Years of Xbox

For more of my memories from across a quarter-century of writing about Xbox games, check out these other stories:

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

Why They Changed John Stewart’s Origin Story

Full spoilers follow for HBO’s Lanterns Episode 3.

This week’s episode of Lanterns, “OutKast,” really packs a wallop, detailing as it does the pretty messed-up origin story of John Stewart (Aaron Pierre). Whereas most comic-book heroes usually just have a dead relative or two to deal with on the journey to becoming super, in the HBO series’ take on John, the road to being a Green Lantern is paved with… your parents shooting apples off your head.

John Sr. (J. Alphonse Nicholson) and Bernadette (Nicole Ari Parker)

Those parents, John Sr. (J. Alphonse Nicholson) and Bernadette (Nicole Ari Parker), were of course deeply affected by what could’ve been when John Sr. was offered the Green Lantern ring but passed it up out of fear, leading to Hal Jordan (Kyle Chandler) claiming the ring instead. But their reaction to that – which is to put the young John Jr. on a merciless path to becoming a GL by wringing all sense of fear out of him – is pretty messed up.

I spoke to Lanterns showrunner Chris Mundy about where the idea to revise John’s origin came from and how it evolved into conditioning him in this manner as preparation for his destiny as a Lantern.

“We hit on that pretty early,” Mundy explained. “We didn’t hit on the entire framework of the storytelling in Episode 3 [right away], but we did on the thing that John’s dad could have been Hal, and how many others there were. We would always just refer to it as he was bubbled – that John Sr. was bubbled. And then when the Manhunters came into the story, we talked a lot about how they were these entities that just solved trolley problems all the time, so they were programmed to be a certain way.”

We were like, ‘Well, what’s the difference between being programmed and being parented so hard?’“

A trolley problem is, according to Merriam-Webster, a thought experiment “about a fictional scenario in which an onlooker has the choice to save 5 people in danger of being hit by a trolley, by diverting the trolley to kill just 1 person.” Essentially, it’s Spock’s “the needs of the many” scenario. What sacrifices are acceptable and in which situations? This was key to figuring out John Jr.’s origin.

“[The Manhunters] were so good at it that it was too scary to the Guardians,” continues Mundy, “and they were terminated. And then we were like, ‘Well, what’s the difference between being programmed and being parented so hard?’ And the conversations just started converging and it felt really natural.”

So from there, getting to the William Tell of it all wasn’t that difficult. And the idea of John Jr. having to take the ultimate step into eradicating his fear by shooting an apple off of his mother’s head… Well, that came early in the process as well.

“Obviously shooting the apple off his head was in the pilot,” said Mundy. “The very first day in the writer’s room, Vanessa [Baden Kelly], who ended up writing Episode 3, John’s origin episode, is like, ‘Well, I’d like to see a scene where he shoots it off his mom’s head.’ And we’re like, ‘Oh, that’s great. We don’t know how it fits.’ But it was literally day one. So we were always kind of chasing it.”

The idea of the parents trying to make what they perceive to be a better life for their son is in a way a skewed take on the American dream, and it’s clear that concepts like this are laced throughout Lanterns, as show where notions of colonization and the “other” are also prevalent.

“The things I like best are talking about a lot of that kind of stuff without being pedantic or without preaching about any of it,” said the showrunner. “[Those ideas are] putting people in situations and they’re talking about some things, but they’re not preaching. And hopefully we weren’t preaching, but all that stuff is in the mix of what we were putting out there.”

What do you think of John Stewart’s new origin story? Let’s discuss in the comments, and be sure to check back next week for more on Lanterns.

Talk to Scott Collura @scottcollura.bsky.social, or listen to his Star Trek podcast, Transporter Room 3. Or do both!

The Pokémon Company on PokémonXP’s Lottery System, Long Lines, and Limited Access to Workshops

About 50,000 people are attending PokémonXP and the 2026 Pokémon World Championships in San Francisco, California. Despite the huge turnout, The Pokémon Company International is aware of the disappointment among fans who either weren’t chosen for particular exclusive activities, or for tickets to the convention at all, and are already considering ways to improve. In a group interview, Chris Brown, Director, Global Esports and Events Producer at The Pokémon Company International, commented on the unique challenges producing an event with this much demand invites, how they may improve processes next time, and their plans for the future.

Getting Badges for PokémonXP and the World Championships

“The public is unaware of the level of demand,” Brown said. “And so, unfortunately, 50,000 people are coming [to PokémonXP], [but] more than that number get the disappointment of [not being] able to sign up.”

More than 130,000 people signed up for the PokémonXP pass interest list. “

Interest list sign ups for 3-day Passes to PokémonXP, the first official Pokémon fan convention, began April 2, 2026, a little over seven months after it was announced during the closing ceremonies of the 2025 Pokémon World Championships. PokémonXP is occurring simultaneously as the Pokémon World Championships, which, last year, saw 30,000 attendees, more than double the number of the 2024 World Championships.

This year, demand far outnumbered supply, Brown said, with more than 130,000 people throwing their names into the hat for a 3-day or single-day badge to PokémonXP – more than twice the number of people who’d be granted entrance, which also includes competitors and their families.

“Basically, anytime your demand well outstrips your supply, the sort of interest list into lottery is the only real way you can handle that,” Brown said.

Brown described that this is true across the events industry, and if it were set up as a “first-come, first-served” online purchasing system, the system would crash and people would error out, making it a worse experience for fans that’s basically a random chance, anyway.

“The only thing I can do from an event operator’s perspective is think about, how do we increase supply over time? From a system’s perspective, there’s honestly not a better system [than interest list into lottery] for that.”

PokémonXP: Improving Access to Special Activities

Over the years, more and more activities have been included in the Pokémon World Championships for fans who weren’t competing. One of these, for example, was the chance to get an autograph from an artist–which about “300ish,” or .03%, of attendees were able to participate in. Brown said this year a little over 2,000 people were able to participate in a special event activity, like autograph sessions and workshops. This is a small number compared to the more than 50,000 people who likely signed up for a chance to participate, but Brown said it’s about the same percentage as have been able to participate in these activities at Worlds in previous years.

This year, a little over 2,000 people are able to participate in a special event activity“

Interest lists for these extra activities, like aforementioned artist meet-and-greet and autograph sessions or workshops like “Create Your Own Clay Pokémon with [TCG artist] Yuka Morii,” were handled similarly to sign up for passes in general: Interest list into lottery.

“A lot of people sign up, a lot of people can’t do it, and then there’s that disappointment layer,” Brown acknowledged. “And from an events perspective, we have to think, okay, is that rare experience worth the disappointment? And I don’t know the answer to that, actually.We want to offer some of those extra premium experiences. We want people to have an equal chance at that, so we allow an interest list to sign up.”

Brown said they’re already considering changes to the system in the future, by, for example, asking fans to include their priority when choosing activities.

“There are some obvious things we can probably do to make it better”“

“There are some obvious things we can probably do to make it better, but, there’s a philosophical problem, though, of just the supply is below what the demand level is. How do you manage that?” Brown asked. “And if anyone has suggestions, I’m always all ears. But I don’t think anyone in the industry’s really cracked that. And it’s just part of the challenge.”

The Pokémon team’s hope was that there’s so much at PokémonXP and the World Championships that not being chosen for a limited capacity activity wouldn’t detract from the experience for fans. There are partner booths and dozens of first-come, first-served activities that attendees can line up for, side events for the video games and TCG on the World’s side of things, spectator seats for the tournaments, and panels featuring guests like Aardman Animations (known for Wallace and Gromit, who are animating the new Pokémon Tales: The Misadventures of Sirfetch’d & Pichu), and President and CEO of The Pokémon Company, Tsunekazu Ishihara, who has been a part of the Pokémon franchise since the very beginning.

Pokemon World Championships Line – 2026 Pokemon Center

Ultimately, Brown said success of the event and priorities for changes will come from attendee feedback. For every single event, TPCi measures fan feedback with surveys. The results are converted into a Net Promoter Score (NPS) for internal evaluation. They make a point to read every single text response–which was more than 3,000 from last year’s World Championships, for example.

“Last year’s pin trading was our second highest NPS score of the activities we did [at the 2025 Pokémon World Championships,” Brown said. “So we’ve got 12 pin trading stations [at PokémonXP]. We’ve got 300,000 pins we’re giving out at no cost. We did that in response to how well it was received.”

Brown continued: “Now we’ve got a new problem. Very big lines and a lot of demand for those. So we will learn and try to make that better.”

Update 08/29/26 11:15pm PT: Since first publishing this story, the Pin Rally at PokémonXP on Sunday has been canceled entirely. No reason was given for the cancellation notice in the PokémonEvents app, but the aforementioned “very big lines” may be the cause.

Will there be a PokémonXP next year? Brown said that for now, they’re going to see how this year’s event goes and decide “what comes next after we get all the feedback and really understand how people receive this year.”

Growing Pokémon Events and Future Host Cities

Regardless of attendee feedback, Brown said one big shift they’re looking to make is the number of competitors invited to the Pokémon World Championships.

“This year, we qualified about 3,300 [players] globally. We’ve got about 2,700 that showed up. Our intent over the next five years is to try to double the number of competitive qualified players,” Brown said.

“Our intent over the next five years is to try to double the number of competitive qualified players.”“

This is still the goal after capping the number of qualifying competitors to a “Top X” format instead of allowing all with a certain number of points earned in a season. During the 2024 Pokémon World Championships in Honolulu, Brown said the team underestimated the number of players who would qualified by about a thousand players, making for a very cramped event.

Specifically, Brown said they want to really focus on the Juniors and Seniors age divisions, as currently, they’re very uneven when compared to the number of Masters division players. To do so, they’re going to work across their global markets and ecosystems to solve just how to do that. The other challenge they’re facing, he said, is finding spaces globally that allow TCPi to host the growing number of attendees, regardless if there’s a PokémonXP event running alongside the Pokémon World Championships.

Pokemon Takes Over Yokohama

“There’s only so many, not just cities that have that infrastructure, but [aligned dates] between these two things. And so there will be years that may not be as large as others, because on a long term lens, the world championships, our intent is to move it around,” Brown said.

The World Championships have been in the U.S. for a couple of years, and Brown said some of that was to simplify their operations a bit to maximize success for this year’s PokémonXP. And despite it being easier, they’re not going to let that limit the locations they choose to host the Pokémon World Championships.

“We are going to look outside the U.S. [for the World Championships], obviously.” “

“We are going to look outside the U.S., obviously,” Brown said. “ We have to, because the [Pokémon] World Championships is meant to serve the world, and for it to do that most effectively, it needs to move around between markets, so that fans anywhere know and players anywhere know that there’s a chance Worlds could be getting close to them at some point.”

The first time the Pokémon World Championships was held outside North America was in 2022 in London, United Kingdom. The following year saw it held in Yokohama, Japan. Typically, TPCi announces next year’s location during the Pokémon World Championships’ closing ceremonies, which we’ll be reporting on as they happen Sunday night.

For more on PokémonXP and the Pokémon World Championships for now, you can read about how The Pokémon Company’s Ishihara says a challenge for them will be figuring out integrating wearable technology, and brand new info revealed during a PokémonXP panel about the new Pokémon Tales: The Misadventures of Sirfetch’d and Pichu series.

Everything Coming to Disney+ in September 2026

Star Wars: The Mandalorian and Toy Story 5 are both making their way to Disney+ in September, where they’ll be joined by new episodes of The Simpsons and plenty of Hulu Originals. The only slice of Disney that isn’t seeing many streaming debuts this month is Marvel, but there’s already plenty of homework to work through before Avengers: Doomsday.

Without further ado, here’s everything new Disney+ subscribers are getting this month.

Everything Coming to Disney+ in September

September 1

  • Dancing With the Stars: The Next Pro S1 (Finale)
  • Disney Jr. Ariel – The Little Mermaid S2 (New Episodes)
  • Brian Windhorst & The Hoop Collective Podcast
  • The Mina Kimes Show featuring Lenny Podcast

Disney+ is starting off September by crowning a winner in the new Dancing With the Stars spin-off, The Next Pro. Throughout the month, Disney+ will also be getting pretty much every episode from a selection of ESPN podcasts, starting with the The Mina Kimes Show and the Brian Windhorst & The Hoop Collective Podcast.

September 2

  • Star Wars: The Mandalorian and Grogu
  • Star Wars: The Mandalorian and Grogu Official Podcast (Two-Episode Premiere @ 9pm ET)
  • LEGO Star Wars: The Mandalorian
  • The One Shot S1
  • 9/11: United We Stand – 25 Years Later
  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast

One of two particularly big movie premieres this month, Star Wars: The Mandalorian and Grogu is landing on Disney+ after a pretty disappointing run at the box office. Our 5/10 review also wasn’t as positive as we’ve been about The Mandalorian TV series, but that doesn’t mean it isn’t worth checking out. Disney+ will be accompanying the release with an official podcast as well as the premiere of a new LEGO Mandalorian series.

September 3

  • Project Runway S22 (New Episode @ 10pm PT)
  • Homicide Squad New Orleans S3
  • The Mina Kimes Show featuring Lenny Podcast
  • Paranormal State S1-2

Aside from Dancing With the Stars, the other big reality TV series coming to Disney+ throughout September is the modeling competition show Project Runway.

September 4

  • Brian Windhorst & The Hoop Collective Podcast
  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast
  • Flex X Cop S2 (New Episode)

September 5

  • Locker Diaries: Camp Rock: Shorts
  • Flex X Cop S2 (New Episode)

Following the release of Camp Rock 3, Disney+ is getting another batch of its Locker Diaries shorts themed around characters from the musical movie.

September 7

  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast
  • Dragon Striker: Gorotama Stars S1 (New Episodes)

September 8

  • Brian Windhorst & The Hoop Collective Podcast
  • The Mina Kimes Show featuring Lenny Podcast

September 9

  • Pokémon: Indigo League (New Episodes)
  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast
  • Made in Korea S2 (Premiere)

Disney+ recently re-acquired the streaming rights to Pokemon, and kicked things off by dropping the first 26 episodes of the original Indigo League series. I was confused about the somewhat random selection of episodes, but it looks like Disney+ is going to be adding the Pokemon series in batches.

September 10

  • MonsterQuest S3-4
  • Project Runway S22 – Final Episode @ 10pm PT
  • Crime in Progress S1
  • Dancing with the Stars Official Podcast – Premiere
  • The Mina Kimes Show Featuring Lenny Podcast

MonsterQuest originally aired on the History Channel in the late 2000s and features some solid monster hunting of the era. And yes, Disney+ is getting yet another podcast, this time about and in the lead-up to the new season of Dancing With the Stars.

September 11

  • Brian Windhorst & The Hoop Collective Podcast
  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast
  • Flex X Cop S2 (New Episode)
  • 9/11 Tribute in Light: Live from Lower Manhattan – ABC News Live Special at 8pm ET

September 12

  • Flex X Cop S2 (New Episode)

September 13

Like previous Sony Spider-verse movies, Kraven the Hunter is making its way to Disney+ after an 18-month stint at Netflix. We gave the film a particularly grim 3/10, and unfortunately it didn’t fare much better at the box office, ultimately leading to Sony’s abandonment of its Spidey spinoff franchise.

September 14

  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast
  • Dragon Striker: Gorotama Stars S1 (New Episodes)

September 15

  • Dancing with the Stars S35 – Night One (Streaming Live at 8pm ET)
  • Brian Windhorst & The Hoop Collective Podcast
  • The Mina Kimes Show featuring Lenny Podcast

The aforementioned new season of Dancing With the Stars kicks off right in the middle of September, with new episodes livestreamed directly onto Disney+.

September 16

  • Dancing with the Stars S35 – Night Two (Streaming Live at 8pm ET)
  • City of Blood (All Episodes Streaming)
  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast
  • Made in Korea S2 (New Episode)
  • Minimum Security (All Episodes Streaming)
  • Unexpected Loves (All Episodes Streaming)
  • PLAVE Asia Tour [DASH: Quantum Leap]

As Dancing With the Stars continues, Disney+ will also be the streaming home for the concert movie for boy group PLAVE. Subscribers will also get access to three new Hulu Originals: Minimum Security, Unexpected Loves, and City of Blood.

September 17

  • Booked: First Day In S4
  • Dancing with the Stars Official Podcast
  • The Mina Kimes Show featuring Lenny Podcast

September 18

  • iHeartRadio Music Festival Livestream Day 1
  • Magicampers: Shorts S2 (All Episodes Streaming)
  • Brian Windhorst & The Hoop Collective Podcast
  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast
  • Flex X Cop S2 (New Episode)

Disney+ will be livestreaming this year’s iHeartRadio music festival, featuring headliners like BTS, Cardi B, and Weezer. You can check out the full lineup here.

The streamer will also premiere a new season of the animated Disney Jr. series Magicampers.

September 19

  • iHeartRadio Music Festival Livestream Day 2
  • KeSPA Hanwha Life Invitational Livestream Day 1
  • Flex X Cop S2 (Finale)

Aside from the iHeartRadio Festival, Disney+ will also believe streaming events from the Korean eSports Organization.

September 20

  • KeSPA Hanwha Life Invitational Livestream Day 2

September 21

  • CoComelon: The Melon Patch S1 (Episodes 1-10)
  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast
  • Dragon Striker: Gorotama Stars S1 (New Episodes)

Yep, even CoComelon is getting spin-offs. The Melon Patch is a live-action educational series starring Ms. Applebury, the series’ music teacher.

September 22

  • Dancing with the Stars S35 – Streaming Live at 8pm ET
  • Brian Windhorst & The Hoop Collective Podcast
  • The Mina Kimes Show featuring Lenny Podcast

September 23

  • Toy Story 5
  • Made in Korea S2 Finale Episodes
  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast

The other big streaming premiere of the month, Toy Story 5, is landing on Disney+ after crossing $1 billion at the box office and becoming the highest-grossing Toy Story movie so far. In the words of Clint Gage, who reviewed the Pixar sequel for IGN, “This time, the now-very-antique toys are faced with their most dangerous challenge yet… screen time.”

September 24

  • Dancing with the Stars Official Podcast (New Episode)
  • Pawn Stars S24
  • Paranormal State S4 & 6
  • The Mina Kimes Show featuring Lenny Podcast

For the reality TV inclined, Disney+ will be picking up some new seasons of Pawn Stars, a History Channel classic, and the Pennsylvania-focused Paranormal State.

September 25

  • Marvel’s Spidey and the Avengers: Halloween Team-Up! – Special Episode
  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast
  • Brian Windhorst & The Hoop Collective Podcast

It might only be September, but Disney+ is starting the celebrations with a special Halloween episode of Marvel’s Spidey and the Avengers.

September 26

  • Chilean Mine Rescue: Race Against Time (All Episodes Streaming)

September 27

Announced alongside a new Simpsons movie, the 37th season of The Simpsons, which aired on Fox last year, is finally making its way to Disney+ this fall. Season 38 will be premiering on Fox the same day.

September 28

  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast

September 29

  • Dancing with the Stars S35 – Streaming Live at 8pm ET
  • Brian Windhorst & The Hoop Collective Podcast
  • The Mina Kimes Show featuring Lenny Podcast
  • Project Runway All-Stars S1-3
  • SuperKitties: Howl-O-Ween Charm S3 – Special Episode

Project Runway fans should enjoy the addition of the first three seasons of All-Stars that originally aired on Lifetime from 2012 to 2015. The second Halloween special this month comes from the very cute SuperKitties.

September 30

  • The Domonique Foxworth Show Podcast

Disney+ Plans and Prices

Disney+ plans currently start at $11.99/month, and a free trial of the service is available through Hulu + Live TV.

Disney+ is one of the few streaming services that hasn’t announced a price hike in 2026, though the service did go up by $2 last October. ESPN recently increased the price of its own streaming plans, which led to price hikes on select Disney+ bundles.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who, when she isn’t following streaming news, spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

2026 Pokémon World Championships: Everything Announced

The 2026 Pokémon World Championships ran simultaneously with the first official Pokémon fan convention, PokémonXP, but that doesn’t mean there wasn’t a slew of exciting announcements during the Pokémon World Championships closing ceremonies. Here’s everything announced at the 2026 Pokémon World Championships you need to know, President and CEO of The Pokémon Company, Tsunekazu Ishihara shared the latest Pokémon news with us.

New Movie, Pokémon Wild Card, Coming 2027

For the first time in seven years, a new animated Pokémon movie is coming. It’s called Pokémon Wild Card and will release in 2027. A short trailer was shown during the closing ceremonies, featuring a Pokémon TCG player and Mimikyu. Read more about everything we know about the Pokémon Wild Card movie here.

2026 Pokémon World Championships Winners

2027 Pokémon World Championships Going to Singapore

The 2027 Pokémon World Championships is coming to Singapore, returning to Asia for the first time since 2023, when it was held in Yokohama, Japan.

Z-Mega Evolutions, More Coming to Pokémon Champions

Regulation Set M-C was announced for Pokémon Champions, which will now include Rillaboom, Baxcalibur, and new Z-Megas Mega Absol Z, Mega Lucario Z, and Mega Garchomp Z. Additionally, Heatran was teased in the trailer but has not been confirmed otherwise. The additions arrive in Pokémon Champions on September 9th JST.

Armored Mewtwo Returning to Pokémon GO, Mega-Pokemon Gaining Extra Charged Attack

Beginning now, eligible Mega-Evolved Pokemon will gain an additional Charged Attack.Plus, beginning with Pokemon GO Fest 2026: Mega Finale, you’ll be able to take Mega-Evolved Pokémon into all levels of the GO Battle League and Armored Mewtwo will return for the first time in six years.

New ex Star TCG Set Teased

A new set featuring the Legendary Beasts, Suicine, Raikou, and Entei, and New “Mega Attack Rare cards” were teased.

Story Developing…

Pokémon UNITE: Final Eeveelutions, More Pokémon Coming This Fall

Flareon, Jolteon, Morpeko, and Toxtricity are all coming to Pokemon UNITE this September and October. This rounds out the Eevee line, with all eight evolutions playable along with Eevee.

  • Morpeko – Speedster – Coming September 4
  • Toxtricity (Amped Form) – Attacker – Coming September 24
  • Jolteon – Speedster – Coming October
  • Flareon – All-Rounder – Coming October

The news comes after Zeta Division won the Pokémon UNITE world championships during the final time it’ll be featured on the Pokémon World Championships stage, marking the end of an era. Next year, there will be a separate tournament for UNITE, the Pokémon UNITE Aeos Crown 2027 Tokyo, tentatively scheduled for late March 2027.

PokémonXP Announcements and More From This Weekend

Image from the upcoming series Pokémon Tales: The Misadventures of Sirfetch’d and Pichu.

Though technically announced during a panel at PokémonXP on Friday, we got our first trailer for Pokémon Tales: The Misadventures of Sirfetch’d and Pichu, which was also revealed to be exclusive to on Disney+ and DisneyXD.

The Fitbit Air Special Edition Pokémon Sleep was also revealed on Thursday. In an unrelated panel at PokémonXP, President and CEO of The Pokémon Company, Tsunekazu Ishihara, spoke on how going forward, a challenge for the company may be figuring out how to integrate Pokémon more with wearable technology.

During the Pokémon TCG Pocket panel at PokémonXP, dual-type cards were revealed, and will be rolling out starting October 2026.

For more on PokémonXP, the Pokémon World Championships, and future Pokémon events, read the enlightening interview with Director, Global Esports and Events Producer Chris Brown. In it, Brown acknowledged the challenges that come with producing an event with more demand than there is supply.

Casey DeFreitas is the deputy editor of guides at IGN, and has attended the Pokémon World Championships since 2017. Catch her on socials @ShinyCaseyD.

Lanterns Season 1, Episode 3 Review & Recap

Warning: This review contains full spoilers for Lanterns Episode 3!

Lanterns sure does seem to enjoy hitting viewers with a big, last-minute twist and then immediately pivoting elsewhere in the following episode. The pilot culminated with a jump ahead to 2026 and the reveal that Hal Jordan (Kyle Chandler) has seemingly been murdered. Episode 2 avoided returning to the 2026 timeline at all, instead ending with circa-2016 Hal travelling to Oa and meeting with an incarcerated Sinestro (Ulrich Thomsen). And now our follow-up to that pivotal meeting is another jump backward, this time to the ’80s and ’90s for an installment that goes into great detail about John Stewart’s peculiar origin story. That approach might almost be frustrating if not for the fact that the execution remains so strong. It turns out that this “mere” flashback episode is the best chapter of Lanterns to date.

Through its complex but easy-to-follow nonlinear narrative, Episode 3 fills in a great many blanks about John’s childhood, his relationship with his parents, his doomed military career, and his recruitment into the Green Lantern Corps. It’s interesting how little the series is actually drawing from the comics here. Trace elements remain, like John’s mother being a formative influence and the Guardians keeping a watchful eye on him from afar, but for the most part, the show invents this origin story from whole cloth. It’s a risk, but a very successful one.

Lanterns Images

Personally, I’ve about had my fill of superhero origin stories that center around a character grieving the loss of a parent figure and using that as propellant to become the hero they’re destined to be. It’s such a common trope in this genre, to the point where even Hal has a variation on that backstory. As such, I greatly appreciate how Lanterns tries to do something very different with John. He’s not a plucky orphan. He’s a kid whose parents are very much present and active in his upbringing, arguably to his detriment.

There’s a very fun balance to the way John Sr. (J. Alphonse Nicholson) and Bernadette (Nicole Ari Parker) are depicted here. On one hand, they’re shown to be strong, powerful role models for the impressionable young John Jr. (Cairo Cash Lee). Bernadette in particular serves as an eloquent voice for the show’s racial themes, reminding both father and son repeatedly that they have to fight to be heard in a universe that doesn’t value them. In a way, the show seems to be offering a more nuanced take on this well-meaning but very hamfisted scene from the Neal Adams/Denny O’Neil Green Lantern run:

Art by Neal Adams. (Image Credit: DC)

On the other hand, these people are f***ing crazy. How do you justify repeatedly shooting apples off your son’s head or dumping him to fend for himself on the bad side of Chicago Midway City? They’re so wrapped up in the notion of their baby boy becoming a trailblazing superhero that they upend his life and raise him like a super-soldier in the making. Their singleminded obsession doesn’t just border on child abuse, it is abuse, and it extends to their other sons as well. It’s fascinating to watch two characters who are simultaneously so strong and committed and yet so fundamentally cruel. Again, it’s such a refreshing change from the normal superhero tropes.

Both Nicholson and Parker are excellent throughout the episode, allowing us to see these characters as both human beings struggling to overcome adversity and oppressive tyrants in John’s life. Parker especially gives us a very nuanced look into Bernadette’s worldview and motivations. And. unsurprisingly, Aaron Pierre is a joy to watch in the later scenes focused on adult John. As I’ve said before, it’s easy for a character this stoic and reserved to result in a boring performane, but Pierre is great at conveying all the emotional turmoil John silently wrestles with in his military career, his schooling, and his big interview.

What We Thought of Lanterns Episode 2

“Lanterns continues to impress in its sophomore episode, proving that Kyle Chandler’s Hal and Aaron Pierre’s John are just as entertaining apart as they are together. Hal’s chaotic but surprisingly fruitful detective work is a treat to watch, as is John’s side quest back in Coast City. This episode makes terrific use of Kelly Macdonald’s Sheriff Kerry as the third wheel in their investigation, and it manages to reveal just enough about the true scope of the show’s central murder mystery to keep things interesting. ” -Jesse Schedeen, 08/23/2026

Click here to read our full review.

On that note, this is where we also become acquainted with Laura Linney’s character, one of the Guardians of Oa in human form. While a part of me wishes the series didn’t always have to do this thing where it disguises its aliens as humans, Linney does an admirable job of playing a character who looks ordinary but is distinctly alien all the same. As with the John/Antaan (Paul Ben-Victor) scenes in Episode 2, the careful, purposeful dialogue choices open up a world of opportunity here.

In the end, what we’re left with is a very clever, cohesive, and satisfying account of how an ordinary boy becomes groomed for the most important gig in the universe. In a more just world, John Stewart Jr. would have been left free to pursue his art and live life on his own terms. But with parents like these, you really have to take the cards you’re dealt.

A few Easter eggs worth mentioning from this episode:

  • John’s assassination target, Gray Wolf, is a minor character from DC’s Batman Incorporated comics. It’s always amusing to see the random bits of comic lore these DCU projects will mine.
  • There’s a Janus Cosmetics poster in the background of the abandoned mall, referencing the company at the heart of the upcoming Clayface movie. It’s another fun Batman-adjacent tidbit, and it does raise the question of whether Clayface is also taking place in the DCU’s past (maybe to better justify the fact that Batman doesn’t show up?).
  • It appears that John’s childhood room has a sketch of Kilowog on the wall, which is probably the closest we’ll get to seeing that particular Lantern in the show. It’s interesting how much the average Earthling seems to know about the Green Lanterns in this universe. I guess it all speaks to the idea that metahumans are not a recent phenomenon in this world.

Every Cosmere Tabletop Game You Can Buy Right Now

Brandon Sanderson’s Cosmere universe has delighted readers ever since his first book, Elantris, released more than two decades ago. Now, it spans over 20 books with more in the works and even a new movie and television series looming based on the immensely popular Mistborn and Stormlight Archive books, respectively. Over the years, the tales of Vin, Kaladin, and the Shards of Adonalsium have made the jump from page to the tabletop as well, with a number of board games and tabletop roleplaying games having been released for players to enjoy.

This list showcases all of the tabletop games that you can currently experience, along with the ones that we know about!

The Brotherwise Games

Brotherwise Games, publishers of games like Boss Monster, Night of the Ninja, and Call to Adventure, this studio is the official partner for Sanderson’s Cosmere when it comes to the board game space. So far they have released a solid mix of titles with something for nearly all ages of Cosmere fans, with some of their biggest stuff still on the way.

Call to Adventure: The Stormlight Archive

Call to Adventure: The Stormlight Archive

0

Built on Brotherwises’ “Call to Adventure” board game system, Call to Adventure: The Stormlight Archive asks players to create the most epic and interesting character they can. A bit of an engine builder, you will be drafting cards to build out your character’s history, motivation, and destiny while balancing their morality, all culminating at the end in your own personal hero’s journey and scoring points. Complete quests by rolling nifty rune slabs, balance on the thin line between hero and anti-hero through three rounds with the winner being whoever has the most dragic/awesome character backstory (aka has the most points). Not only can CtA: The Stormlight Archive is not only a solid game, but also a great character-building exercise which is perfect for the next game…

Cosmere RPG

For the tabletop roleplaying fans, the Cosmere RPG gives you the tools and systems to live out your dreams in the world of Roshar. Whether you want to walk down the path of becoming a knight radiant, take on the form of a singer, or perhaps just a simple soldier trying to survive, the Cosmere RPG gives you the tools to do all that and more. Your character’s motivation and the story you and your friends create in the Cosmere are the driving force behind this system and Brotherwise is just getting started with the world of Scadrail and its Allomancers coming soon as well. A host of products are available, from the Stormlight Handbook with all you need to run a campaign on Roshar, the Stonewalkers Adventure for a constructed story, and even a welcoming Starter Set if you just want to get a taste.

Read our review for the Cosmere RPG.

Mistborn: The Deck Building Game

Mistborn: The Deckbuilding Game

9

Showcasing events and characters from the first book of the Mistborn series, The Final Empire, the Mistborn: The Deckbuilding Game puts 1-4 players in the roles of beloved characters including Vin and Kelsier. Players will build out their decks from an available pull of cards while also learning and improving their ability to burn metals as allomancers – the signature magic of the world of Scadriel. All the while, working to become strong enough to complete missions and take out the other players, or the Lord Ruler himself in an optional cooperative game mode. With gorgeous artwork and solid deckbuilding at its core, this game is a great buy for fans of Mistborn, and it will be getting an expansion soon as well, that adds new characters, powers, and highlight moments from the second book, the Well of Ascension!

Read our review for Mistborn: The Deckbuilding game.

Shards of Creation

Shards of Creation Trick-Taking Game

2

The lightest of the main three Cosmere games from Brotherwise, Shards of Creation is a ticktaking card game where depending on which of the Shards of Adonalsium get picked can greatly change how you play. Each of the Shards included in the base game: Autonomy, Cultivation, Devotion, Dominion, Honor, Odium, Preservation and Ruin feature unique powers that can both help or hurt you as you form sets of suits for end game scoring. Featuring canonical depictions of the vessels of the Shards (up to a point, anyway), some of which first appearing in Shards of Creation, make this a great option for both fans of the Cosmere but also folks who just enjoy a good trick-taking game to bust out when they have a little time on their hands.

Read our review for Shards of Creation.

The Older Ones

Prior to Brotherwise securing their partnership with Sanderson, another group, publisher Crafty Games, had a go adapting the author’s popular Mistborn series for the tabletop.

Mistborn: House War

Set during the first book, House War is a resource management game where as opposed to taking up the Mistcloak of a specific character, each player assumes the role of one of the factions around the city. The aim is to keep down the unrest by solving issues around the Empire, competing to earn the most favor. This game is less about burning metals and pushing through the mists and more about making deals, but House War has the twist where its possible the player with either the lowest or highest score could potentially win. There are also rules that allow shorter games to play out in 60-90 minutes or longer games between two and three hours long, give you and your group flexibility to slot this in either as a bit of a filler game or be the main game of the night. An expansion, “The Siege of Luthadel” expands the game and sets the game during the second novel and attempts to hold everything together.

Mistborn Adventure Game

The first TTRPG set in the world of the Cosmere, released first back in summer of 2012, this tabletop adventure system lets players build Nobels, Skaa, Terrismen and even Kandra in the world of Scadrial to live out their stories during the first era of the Mistborn saga. Developed by Crafty Games, this d6 based system is far more narrative-driven where factors like Destiny and Tragedy factor into character creation. There are a host of expansions and additional books that were released for MDA including Terris: Wrought of Copper that focuses on the Terris people and Feruchemists, Alloy of Law, Skaa: Tin & Ash, Alloy of Law: Masks of the past, and Nobels: The Golden Mandate.

Coming Soon

If you are still hungry for more, Brotherwise Games should have you covered to get your Cosmere tabletop kick for some time yet, with a number of games and expansions on the horizon. The Mistborn deck builder has its first expansion, “The Well of Ascension,” featuring a new cooperative mode where players need to work together to defend the city of Luthadel from a horde of Koloss, and more pulled from the second book of era 2 Mistborn.

Staying on the Allomancer train, the Cosmere RPG will also soon be getting its Mistborn books, letting players create their own mistborns and allomancers while taking part in adventures set in both the first and second eras of the series!

Lastly, later this fall, Brotherwise will be bringing the Stormlight Archive to Kickstarter with their War for Roshar board game. Previously covered here on IGN with an exclusive preview, this is a heavy area control / euro title that will see up to four players facing off against either on the side of Honor or of Odium, struggling to capture Oathgates and turn the tide of the war in their favor.

Scott White is a freelance contributor to IGN, assisting with tabletop games and guide coverage. Follow him on X/Twitter or Bluesky.

The Best Deals Today: LEGO Star Wars, Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake, Jurassic Park 4K Collection, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save on Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake, Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream, Final Fantasy VII Rebirth, Nintendo Switch 2, Resident Evil Requiem, Civilization VII, and more. Check out our top picks for Sunday, August 30, below.

Jurassic World 4K 7-Movie Collection for $69.99

Jurassic 7-Movie Collection (4K Ultra HD + Digital)

0

The Jurassic series is home to some of the most iconic movies ever, and today, you can score this seven-film collection on 4K Blu-ray for $69.99. This collection packs in the original Jurassic Park trilogy, plus all four Jurassic World films.

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake for $39.99

DRAGON QUEST I & II HD-2D Remake (NSW)

2

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake is a very ambitious pair of remakes, breathing new life into these classics. Dragon Quest II especially saw huge additions to its story, making this the definitive version of the game. Amazon has discounted copies of Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake down to $39.99, which is one of the best prices we’ve seen since release. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake beautifully concludes this trilogy, recapturing the retro magic of the originals while giving them a modern facelift.”

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth with MTG Card for $34.99

FINAL FANTASY VII REBIRTH – Nintendo Switch 2 (Day One Edition Includes Exclusive Magic: The Gathering—FINAL FANTASY Promo Card)

2

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Nintendo Switch 2 is on sale today for $34.99 at Amazon. This physical version of the game includes an exclusive Zack Fair Magic: The Gathering – Final Fantasy card, which is perfect for fans and collectors alike. If you’ve yet to experience this massive RPG, take a chance and pick up a copy this weekend at a discount. It’s pretty great exploring beyond Midgar on the Switch 2, just saying.

Save on Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream

Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream

0

Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream is one of the biggest hits of the year, and you can save a few dollars on physical copies today at Woot. In our 7/10 review, we wrote, “Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream is a deeply funny and equally personal civilization simulator fueled by your creativity, but ridiculous sharing restrictions put a dark cloud over its otherwise delightful paradise.”

Resident Evil Requiem for $53.99

Resident Evil Requiem – PlayStation 5

2

Target has Resident Evil Requiem on sale this weekend for $53.99. If you’ve yet to play the latest RE game, this is a great time to do so. Grace Ashcroft and Leon S. Kennedy join forces to defeat a sinister new threat in a game that combines tense horror with brutal action combat. DLC is planned to be released in the future, so you can catch up now before the next story is out.

Nintendo Switch 2 for $399.99

Nintendo Switch 2 Console (Grade A Refurbished)

0

The Nintendo Switch 2 is set to increase in price in just a few weeks, but today, you can save on a Grade A Refurbished unit at Woot and take home a console for $399.99. According to Woot, these units have “been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage & has successfully passed a full diagnostic test which ensures like-new functionality & removal of any prior-user’s personal information.” All of the original accessories are included as well, so you won’t need to pick up a Dock or anything like that.

LEGO Star Wars: A New Hope Tantive IV Set for $55.99

LEGO Star Wars: A New Hope Tantive IV

0

The Tantive IV is one of the most iconic ships in Star Wars, acting as a key piece of the opening to Star Wars: A New Hope and the first-ever ship to appear in the franchise. If you’re a fan of LEGO Star Wars, this LEGO Star Wars 25th Anniversary set is a must-add to any collection at $55.99.

Nioh 3 for $39.99

Nioh 3 – PlayStation 5

1

Nioh 3 released in early February, and you can save $30 off a PS5 copy today at Best Buy. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Nioh 3 delivers best-in-class combat that revitalizes the established formula with a fantastic split between Samurai and Ninja styles, as well as a triumphant move to an open-world structure.”

Save on The Legend of Zelda: Breath of the Wild – Switch 2 Edition

The Legend of Zelda: Breath of the Wild – Nintendo Switch 2

0

Woot has physical copies of Breath of the Wild – Switch 2 Edition on sale today for $59.99. In our review of the Switch 2 Edition, we wrote, “If you’re yet to try this masterpiece then this is the best place to jump in, and if you’ve already got a copy of the original then the performance upgrades alone make the upgrade price worth it.” For those who care about owning games physically, this is a must-add for any Switch 2 collection.

LEGO Harry Potter Book Nook for $76.99

LEGO Harry Potter Book Nook: Hogwarts Express Building Set

0

If you’re a Harry Potter fan and collect the books, this LEGO Book Nook could be a wonderful way to spruce up your shelf. This set builds out the legendary Hogwarts Express, with Harry and Ron set to board. While this LEGO set normally costs $99.99, you can pick this up today for $76.99 at Amazon.

Save on Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade

FINAL FANTASY VII REMAKE INTERGRADE – Nintendo Switch 2 (Standard Edition)

1

Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade is the ultimate version of the first chapter in the Final Fantasy VII remake series, following Cloud Strife and the party from the very beginning through the escape from Midgar. You can score Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade for $29.99 on the Nintendo Switch 2. If you want to prepare for Final Fantasy VII Revelation next year, this is where to start your journey.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer with a passion for games and technology. He co-founded Final Weapon, an outlet focused on nonsense-free Japanese gaming (in 2019) and has contributed to various publishers writing about the medium.

GTA 5 Actor Defends GTA 6 After Doubters Say Rockstar’s Games Look Too Similar

Ned Luke, the actor behind Grand Theft Auto 5’s Michael De Santa, said people who think Grand Theft Auto 6 looks too much like GTA 5 are “out of their minds.”

Luke has remained an important figure in the GTA community since he first appeared as one of three playable professional criminals in the 2013 installment. Now that he and the rest of the world have gotten a closer look at what Rockstar Games is cooking up with GTA 6, he’s stepped in to defend it from the naysayers.

One of the many, many talking points to emerge in the wake of last week’s GTA 6: Extended Look was that playing as protagonists Jason and Lucia looked a little too similar to the kind of gameplay one could expect from GTA 5. While most seem to believe Rockstar has wisely used the 13 years since that game’s release, it hasn’t stopped skepticism from creeping in.

Luke doesn’t seem to be included in the new game’s cast, but he still made sure to refute some of the criticisms popping up online while collaborating with YouTube channels Partychat and House of Highlights. When asked for his thoughts about those who believe there are too many similarities between GTA 5 and GTA 6, he made his stance clear.

“This looks nothing like Grand Theft Auto 5,” he said. “I think they’re out of their minds.”

“I’ll tell you one thing: I never looked that good,” he added, pointing to an image of Jason on his screen.”

Rockstar’s GTA 6 extended look officially revealed footage of a host of new features, including tons of new side activities, story missions, a reworked Wanted system, and more. For Luke, one of the best examples of how Rockstar has reimagined Grand Theft Auto can be seen in how its many characters move.

Thank you Ned Luke pic.twitter.com/FozLjRVSML

— Zay 🔜 SWCLA (@justxavierisunc) August 30, 2026

“Watch the way the people move,” he continued. “The walks are actual human walks. We still had a little bit of that mechanical thing going with our walks and the way we’d stand. For me, I felt like my legs were never fully straight. They always had this little bend in them.”

He continued: “The technology has grown by leaps and bounds, you know? What would make you think it’s going to be better than those games? It’s no diss to those games. It’s like between [GTA 5] and GTA 4. Our graphics blew GTA 4 away. They weren’t even close.”

Luke then called attention to the high level of detail in the planes, helicopters, and car explosions shown through the extended look. He even went as far as to address the comments saying GTA 6 didn’t look much better than 2018’s Red Dead Redemption 2, saying, “Sorry, guys, you’re wrong. The graphics here beat Red Dead.”

GTA 6: 69 Brand New Images

The actor behind GTA’s Michael has stayed in touch with Rockstar fans in the years since his debut and has been known to speak his mind. In 2024, for example, he praised Lucia’s introduction in GTA 6 as “huge.”

“Lucia’s hard, man,” he said at the time. “In the trailer, she looked good. You get a lot of these clowns out here going, ‘Rockstar’s going woke, they’re caving into the wokeness of the world,'” Luke said. “First of all, there’s been other female protagonists in the past, but not in something as huge as this.”

GTA 6 is scheduled to come to PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S November 19, 2026. While its extended look on Netflix gave fans a lot to chew on, Rockstar still has plenty more to show between now and then. While we wait, you can check out all of IGN’s exclusive coverage, including our preview and interview. There’s also our list of 99 details we caught during the extended look and the 69 details we saw at Rockstar HQ.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Ridley Scott’s The Dog Stars Bombs With $19 Million Global Opening

Ridley Scott’s The Dogs Stars bombed at the box office in its first weekend in theaters with an estimated global opening of $19.3 million.

It was a rough debut for the Disney and 20th Century Studios picture, which brought Jacob Elordi, Margaret Qualley, and Josh Brolin to cinemas with their live-action adaptation of Peter Heller’s 2012 novel. In the first few days since its August 28, 2026, premiere, Scott’s film only managed to land in fifth at the box office with a disappointing $8 million across 3,330 domestic locations and $11.3 million internationally.

“Ridley Scott’s The Dog Stars is a riveting, epic thriller set in a world where survival is instinct, but humanity is a choice,” an official synopsis said. “Scott tells the story of Hig (Elordi), a young pilot who, together with a military survivalist, Bangley (Brolin), has carved out an efficient but isolated homestead in a brutal post-apocalyptic world until a mysterious radio transmission spurs Hig to venture into the unknown in search of the hope and humanity he still believes exists.”

There are a number of factors that could have contributed to a soft launch for The Dog Stars despite featuring more than a few notable actors in its cast. Reviews, for example, have not landed in its favor.

Review aggregator Rotten Tomatoes recorded a “rotten” 41% favorability rating. IGN’s review fell into a similar camp, delivering a 5/10 for Scott’s latest. In our piece, we called it “a post-apocalyptic survival story that’s encased in three layers of emotionally protective bubble wrap with a wild third-act twist.

Audience scores for the film are much higher at 70%. However, that seems to have done little to convince moviegoers to head to theaters to see Elordi and Qualley on the big screen. With Variety reporting it had an $80 million budget, The Dog Stars has a lot of walking to do before it can even sniff at the idea of turning a profit.

The Dog Stars wasn’t the only film making its theatrical debut in the late-August weekend. Coyote vs. Acme made its grand entrance when Ketchup Entertainment brought it to theaters with a domestic haul of $15.46 million, proving that campaigners were willing to show up for the movie they’ve been fighting for. The film’s Looney Tunes-mixed David and Goliath story nearly saw it permanently shelved at Warner Bros. before Ketchup – as well as a horde of online movie fans – swooped in to push for its release.

Now, we’re here, and after landing in second place at the weekend box office, it seems to have all been worth it. Starring Will Forte, Lana Condor, and John Cena, reviews for the cartoons-come-to-life tale have generally been strong, with IGN calling it “amazing” in our 9/10 review.

pic.twitter.com/CEXEs5Pqux

— Dave Green (@dgreenmachine) August 28, 2026

“Coyote vs. Acme shows why Looney Tunes are just as funny now as they’ve ever been,” we said, “with a film that’s an amazingly meta answer to corporate shenanigans.”

You can probably guess which other films landed in the top five. Spider-Man: Brand New Day finished its first month in theaters atop the box office charts once again, with its global total now at a spectacular $2.332 billion. The Odyssey continued its charge, too, coming in third with a worldwide total of $1.55 billion. In fourth was Insidious: Out of the Further, which reached $110.2 million in its second weekend.

The Biggest Movies Coming in 2026

September 2026 isn’t quite set up for the bombshell box office returns we saw in July and August, but that doesn’t mean there won’t be a good reason to head to movies. Projects like Practical Magic 2, Runner, Oasis reunion documentary Don’t Look Back in Anger, and The Uprising are just days away from their respective premieres. Heavy hitters like Primtime, Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil, and Marvel’s Avengers: Endgame re-release are also due out before the end of the month.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

GTA 6 Fans Think They Found Jason and Lucia’s Vice City Apartment in Real Life

Grand Theft Auto 6 fans think they’ve spotted the real-life inspiration for Jason and Lucia’s Vice City apartment – but don’t expect to ever visit it yourself.

Grand Theft Auto players have proven time and time again that they will go to the ends of the earth to learn the smallest details about Rockstar Games experiences, and that hasn’t changed for GTA 6. Just days after the big extended look presentation revealed Jason and Lucia’s apartment in Vice City, one watcher took it upon themselves to hunt down what appears to be the same apartment in real-life Miami.

Instagram user prettyboycuh was the first to publicly share the location, saying they started by using Google Maps to find a tall teal building that was first shown in last week’s gameplay trailer. They said “that was easy,” but when they used the Street View function to turn to where Jason and Lucia’s apartment should be, all they found was a patch of grass. Then, they turned back the clock.

They – and you can still see this for yourself, too – changed the map’s time period from March 2026 to April 2013, around four months before the launch of GTA 5, and voila, the apartment appeared. Rockstar hasn’t officially confirmed what was known as the Belmar Condominium to be the inspiration for the spot we see Jason and Lucia hanging out at in GTA 6, but the similarities are too difficult to ignore. It’s the same color, has the same fence, many of the buildings around it are the same, and we can even see the parking lot Jason pulled out of in the extended look. So, where’d it go?

IGN replicated prettyboycuh’s findings and can report that the building stuck around through 2017 before it was repainted from its salmon color to some darker grays. It shows up on Google Maps through 2022 before a 2024 recording shows that the Miami location completely vanished.

prettyboycuh took things one step further and found a report from the South Florida Business Journal stating that The Belmar Condo was sold for a total of $12 million in 2022. The same report stated the building was established in 1973 before it was eventually demolished sometime after the buyout. In other words, if you’re a GTA 6 fan looking to visit what could become one of the most recognizable locations in Jason and Lucia’s story, you’re out of luck.

GTA 6: 69 Brand New Images

Still, you can see the location through Google Maps to this day, and prettyboycuh discovered that Rockstar inadvertently gave fans more to gawk at, too. Archived Zillow listings show the developer was not only thorough when mapping the outside of the apartment but the inside, too. From the brief glimpses we see of Jason grabbing drinks from the fridge, watching TV, and failing to impress Lucia with his outfit choices, it looks like their apartment pretty closely matches the real-life inspiration.

GTA 6 gave fans about 27 minutes of in-game footage last Thursday, and if this is the length players are going to already, there’s no telling what the community will be like when the game actually launches. Previously, fans have (incorrectly) looked to the stars for hints, while others have taken things a bit too far. We’ll all be able to revisit Vice City when it launches November 19, 2026, for PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X/S.

Be sure to also learn about what GTA 6 won’t have at launch and the streamer who believes Rockstar designed a character based on himself. IGN recently got to learn a lot about the new Grand Theft Auto, but you can check out just 99 of our favorite details here. Our preview and interview are both also available for those looking to learn more.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Fable Main Quest Will Take About 20 Hours to Beat

Fable’s main quest will take around 20 hours to beat, Playground Games has confirmed.

Associate game directors Will Kennedy and Craig Littler shared the estimated length for the 2027 fantasy RPG during a group Q&A attended by Polygon at gamescom 2026. While the Xbox and Playground say Fable will have plenty of content to keep players busy for as long as they want, players won’t be sinking hundreds of hours into the main story just to reach the credits.

“We have around 15-20 hours of mainline quest gameplay, we have around 15-20 of side and open-world exploration content gameplay,” Kennedy said.

As sprawling RPGs have continued to fill the space, that might come up a bit short for what some players were expecting. Open-world games like Elden Ring, The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt, and Assassin’s Creed Valhalla have famously delivered massive worlds with main quests that could have players spending 50 hours or more just to complete the story. For Fable, that won’t be the case, but longtime fans probably expected that.

Howlongtobeat has the original 2004 Fable’s main quest clocking in at about 12 and a half hours. Fable 2 isn’t much longer at 13 hours, and Fable 3 inches just further past that at 13 and a half hours. If anything, next year’s Fable reboot is already shaping up to be the longest in the series, and pushing its main campaign on much longer would have it launching with a story almost twice as long as the one in the original game.

That’s not to say that players won’t be able to get lost in Fable’s fantasy world if they so choose. Kennedy promised that the new Fable game’s “life systems are limitless, so you can play them for as long as you want.” When one attendee remarked that Fable is “not a huge game,” Littler clarified, again, that “you can literally play it forever if that’s what you want to do.”

Fable – June 2026 Screenshots

Compared to the rest of the series, completionists will typically spend about 30 hours seeing all there is to see in the first game and around 50 to do the same in the second and third games. The next Fable appears to be fall in line with that trend, but we won’t truly see all it has to offer until Playground and Xbox see it launch next year.

Fable is currently set with a February 23, 2027, release date for PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X/S. IGN got to see one of its full quests in action at gamescom 2026 and came away even more excited to see what the full game has to offer. After first being announced six years ago in July 2020, director Ralph Fulton tells us he’s happy to see it launch alongside a bunch of other games and relieved that Grand Theft Auto 6 isn’t one of them.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Save Over 50% on Philips Shavers Right Now at Amazon UK

If you’ve never used an electric shaver, you really are missing out. They’re smooth, they’re satisfying, and quite often they’ll net you a closer shave than a manual razor that gets duller in days.

Thankfully, Philips has an array of excellent options, and they’re seeing decent discounts right now at Amazon – including a whopping 51% off the i9000 Prestige Ultra, which sounds like it should be a car rather than something you use on your face.

Save Big On Philips Shavers Right Now

Philips Electric Shaver Series 3000X

0

We’ve already pointed out the OneBlade is seeing a great discount, but it’s not alone in that regard – and there’s something for just about any budget right now with these discounts at Amazon.

Take the Philips Electric Shaver Series 3000X, for example. It’s a sleek, comfortable device that would usually set you back £54.99, now just £44.99.

Not the biggest discount, admittedly, but for a first electric razor it’s really hard to go wrong. It offers a comfortable, clean shave that won’t leave marks despite using 27 self-sharpening blades, and is guaranteed for two years.

Those blades cup up to 55,000 times per minute to keep your shave steady and consistent, and the three heads can flex in four directions to match the contours of your face.

Philips Electric Shaver Series 5000

0

Next up is the Philips Electric Shaver Series 5000, which, again, has 27 self-sharpening blades as well as a clip-on trimmer to maintain your ‘tache, trim your sideburns, or shape up your eyebrows (if you’re feeling brave).

Unlike the aforementioned model, its heads move 360 degrees to help with comfort while shaving, plus there’s a display that shows when it needs cleaning, charging, or the heads need replacing. It’s now £74.99, down 53% from its RRP of £159.99.

Philips Shaver i9000 Prestige Ultra

0

Looking for something even fancier for your face? The Philips Shaver i9000 Prestige Ultra (you know it’s good because ‘Prestige’ and ‘Ultra’ are in the name) usually sells for £649.99 – you could buy a whole new face for that.

Still, it’s an Amazon Exclusive, award-winning shaver that has a seven-year warranty and offers a 20% more precise shave than a manual razor. Its 360 rotating blades are ideal for cutting hair in all directions, and it includes SkinIQ Pro technology, which helps recommend changes in pressure and direction as you shave. It’s now down to £319.99, marking a 51% discount on that eye-watering RRP.

Whether it’s a big social occasion, a job interview, or just everyday maintenance, it’s clear there’s never been a better time to pick up a new shaver and revitalise your look.

Lloyd Coombes is an experienced freelancer in tech, gaming and fitness seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar and many more. He’s a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife’s dismay.

Among Us Meets Jack the Ripper

4 Penny Coffins is Jack the Ripper Meets Among Us, with a little bit of Psychonauts thrown in for fun. In the upcoming social investigation game, up to 8 players hunt a hidden murderer through lies, shifting alibis, and hard evidence. One of the players is the Ripper, a “gleeful demon concealed behind a facade of humanity,” stalking the winding alleys and rotting byways of 1888 London.

Ahead of IGN debuting 4 Penny Coffins’s gameplay teaser during gamescom 2026, which you can see in the player below, I spoke to Other Ocean Interactive Marketing Manager Jared Petty about the game’s mechanics, unique style (think stylized gore on top of monochromatic photographs), and Tim Schafer-inspired humor.

“It’s a goddamn blast,” Petty says. “Four Penny Coffins; I’ve rarely had more fun playing a game with other people. A long time ago I was talking to Tim Schafer and I was asking him about humor in video games. Tim’s opinion is that humor in video games is the easiest thing in the world because to paraphrase, ‘Our medium was built on a little yellow man that eats dots being chased by ghosts.’

“Humor and horror have always gone together so well. [Four Penny Coffins] having a multiplayer mode and being a very socially-oriented one creates all kinds of opportunities. Our philosophy was that the comical allows you to laugh so you don’t scream.”

Petty says that the game’s humor translates directly into a multiplayer experience where you’re rewarded for trying to work together, but only if you want to.

“If you love trolling your friends, it’s a beautiful game to play,” Petty says. “Our multiplayer ‘Ripper’ mode is class-based. All of you have different forensic abilities and are hunting the Ripper before they commit another murder. The fun part is one of you is the Ripper. So seven of you are using fingerprint and blood splatter analysis, photographing things, talking to witnesses, following photoprints, and doing all kinds of detective stuff, one of you screwing with that and occasionally turning into a giant 10-foot demon monster ripping people in half.”

Petty says that, while the “Ripper” mode allows you to work with your friends to figure out which one of you is 19th-century-inspired holy terror, the game’s solo “Magistrate” mode takes a different approach.

“It’s way more Sherlock Holmes-y,” Petty says. “Since you’re there on your own, you’ve got a group of suspects locked up in a jail and you know one of them is the Ripper. You just don’t know which one. So you’re using tools from all the classes to go out and try to solve the mystery within a time limit. You make your choice and if you are wrong, you are penalized. You have three opportunities for your demerits. You take all your deductive reasoning and all your clues within that time limit, you bring it back, and you’ve got to hang somebody.”

Beyond the game mechanics, Petty says that the setting and style of 4 Penny Coffins is intended to help it stand out.

“I think you can see the influence in the graphic novel From Hell,” Petty says. “4 Penny Coffins is mostly a game that’s in black and white until something [red and] violent happens. The game is built around an imaginative interpretation of a very dystopian time in 1888 Whitechapel London, which is where Jack the Ripper was. We wanted to create a sense of abstraction that was evocative of the age. We said, ‘What would an old woodcut newspaper brought to life look like? What would a moving grainy photo from the period look like?’ Our studio director, Chris Navarro, said ‘It’s just gotta look cool.’”

When 4 Penny Coffins is released, Petty hopes players appreciate the care that went into crafting its story, mechanics, and style. But while the game promises tons of murder, violence, and mayhem, Petty says you don’t have to be a fan of the horror genre in order to enjoy it.

“It’s just a great game for your friends and on your own. It’s just really kind of a chill mental exercise, almost a puzzle. If you like puzzle games, you’re going to love [it].”

For more from gamescom, be sure to check out everything that was revealed during Opening Night Live.

Michael Peyton is the Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment at IGN, leading entertainment content and coverage of tentpole events including IGN Live, San Diego Comic Con, gamescom, and IGN Fan Fest. He’s spent 20 years working in the games and entertainment industry, and his adventures have taken him everywhere from the Oscars to Japan to Buenos Aires, Argentina. Follow him on Bluesky @MichaelPeyton

Fibbage Card Game Review

If you were attending parties in the mid 2010s, there is a pretty good chance that at least some of those gatherings you partook in the party game “Fibbage” from the folks behind Jackbox Games. This digital party game has gone on to spawn multiple iterations over the 12 years since the first was released back in 2014, and now Jackbox Games is cutting the cable and bringing this mainstay party game to the tabletop with a card-based version for your board game nights.

Fibbage Card Game

1

The Jackbox party game comes to tabletop.

All of the rules that have helped make this digital bluffing game have carried over to this new card game. As in the other iterations, in Fibbage one of the players will serve as a “revealer” who will draw a card and read aloud a prompt with a portion blanked out, and it is up to the other players to write down a plausible option to complete the prompt. However, the person who drew the prompt will have the correct answer and will write it down and add it as the correct answer. The players will all put in their answers, which will be shuffled, followed by a voting period where you vote for which you think is the right answer. From there, points are earned based on whether you guessed right and if others voted for your submission, and the person with the most points at the end of however many rounds you decide on (by default it’s six rounds) wins.

Inside the box, which is roughly the size of a standard hardcover book, the rules are on a single side of paper (the other side is an ad for Jackbox Party Pack 4), cardboard voting/point tokens (but strangely no bag to put them in), six dry-erase markers with boards, and 300 cards with prompts. The prompts themselves span an eclectic range of topics, from asking about chefs who cook ducks with hair dryers to Japan-exclusive flavors of Pepsi. The impressive number of cards means you will have a good number of games to get through before you start getting many repeats, which is great.

The Fibbage Card Game, just like the digital version, is ripe for expansion after expansion, and knowing Jackbox, I imagine it won’t be long until we start seeing packs of additional prompt cards, different themed prompts, and extra markers and boards to write on. There really isn’t any reason that you can’t expand the player count to as high as you want, so long as you have things to write with and on, and something to keep track of the points with.

“Fibbage ranks up there as one of my favorite purely party games out there. It’s one of those games that even ol’ grandma and grandpa can get in on and have a good time with.”“

Everything about Fibbage has made the jump to a physical game rather successfully, with one slight exception – the writing the answer part. Does it work? Sure. The issue is that considering the revealer knows that answer, unless your group has really similar handwriting, or at least writing box letters similarly (which the game suggests you use), before too long you will probably start recognizing the handwriting of the players. Especially in lower player count games. A situation I ran into.

A bit of homebrew magic I worked out was that I had the revealer gather the submissions, then, on a separate sheet of paper, copy down all the answers, and the group would vote on that list. It does add an extra step and a little more time, but this does manage to keep the votes tied to the answer as opposed to everyone pretending they are a forensic document examiner (I looked that one up; an FDE looks at and compares handwriting and signatures for the court – also may or may not be a question on one of the cards).

Regardless of how you play it, Fibbage ranks up there as one of my favorite purely party games out there. It’s one of those games that even ol’ grandma and grandpa can get in on and have a good time with. I’ve always appreciated the fact that Fibbage asks a bit more of its players, requiring you to be a bit more clever and creative without relying so much on “who has the funniest response” to score points. An outcome that I’ve found games of Cards Against Humanity and others tend to devolve into. This physical version of Fibbage is a really faithful adaptation of a game with a proven track record of being a hit at parties, and one I can see myself bringing out frequently.

The Pokémon Company on PokémonXP’s Lottery System, Long Lines, and Limited Access to Workshops

About 50,000 people are attending PokémonXP and the 2026 Pokémon World Championships in San Francisco, California. Despite the huge turnout, The Pokémon Company International is aware of the disappointment among fans who either weren’t chosen for particular exclusive activities, or for tickets to the convention at all, and are already considering ways to improve. In a group interview, Chris Brown, Director, Global Esports and Events Producer at The Pokémon Company International, commented on the unique challenges producing an event with this much demand invites, how they may improve processes next time, and their plans for the future.

Getting Badges for PokémonXP and the World Championships

“The public is unaware of the level of demand,” Brown said. “And so, unfortunately, 50,000 people are coming [to PokémonXP], [but] more than that number get the disappointment of [not being] able to sign up.”

More than 130,000 people signed up for the PokémonXP pass interest list. “

Interest list sign ups for 3-day Passes to PokémonXP, the first official Pokémon fan convention, began April 2, 2026, a little over seven months after it was announced during the closing ceremonies of the 2025 Pokémon World Championships. PokémonXP is occurring simultaneously as the Pokémon World Championships, which, last year, saw 30,000 attendees, more than double the number of the 2024 World Championships.

This year, demand far outnumbered supply, Brown said, with more than 130,000 people throwing their names into the hat for a 3-day or single-day badge to PokémonXP – more than twice the number of people who’d be granted entrance, which also includes competitors and their families.

“Basically, anytime your demand well outstrips your supply, the sort of interest list into lottery is the only real way you can handle that,” Brown said.

Brown described that this is true across the events industry, and if it were set up as a “first come, first serve” online purchasing system, the system would crash and people would error out, making it a worse experience for fans that’s basically a random chance, anyway.

“The only thing I can do from an event operator’s perspective is think about, how do we increase supply over time? From a system’s perspective, there’s honestly not a better system [than interest list into lottery] for that.”

PokémonXP: Improving Access to Special Activities

Over the years, more and more activities have been included in the Pokémon World Championships for fans who weren’t competing. One of these, for example, was the chance to get an autograph from an artist–which about “300ish,” or .03%, of attendees were able to participate in. Brown said this year a little over 2,000 people were able to participate in a special event activity, like autograph sessions and workshops. This is a small number compared to the more than 50,000 people who likely signed up for a chance to participate, but Brown said it’s about the same percentage as have been able to participate in these activities at Worlds in previous years.

This year, a little over 2,000 people are able to participate in a special event activity“

Interest lists for these extra activities, like aforementioned artist meet-and-greet and autograph sessions or workshops like “Create Your Own Clay Pokémon with [TCG artist] Yuka Morii,” were handled similarly to sign up for passes in general: Interest list into lottery.

“A lot of people sign up, a lot of people can’t do it, and then there’s that disappointment layer,” Brown acknowledged. “And from an events perspective, we have to think, okay, is that rare experience worth the disappointment? And I don’t know the answer to that, actually.We want to offer some of those extra premium experiences. We want people to have an equal chance at that, so we allow an interest list to sign up.”

Brown said they’re already considering changes to the system in the future, by, for example, asking fans to include their priority when choosing activities.

“There are some obvious things we can probably do to make it better”“

“There are some obvious things we can probably do to make it better, but, there’s a philosophical problem, though, of just the supply is below what the demand level is. How do you manage that?” Brown asked. “And if anyone has suggestions, I’m always all ears. But I don’t think anyone in the industry’s really cracked that. And it’s just part of the challenge.”

The Pokémon team’s hope was that there’s so much at PokémonXP and the World Championships that not being chosen for a limited capacity activity wouldn’t detract from the experience for fans. There are partner booths and dozens of activities that are first come first serve attendees can line up for, side events for the video games and TCG on the World’s side of things, spectator seats for the tournaments, and panels featuring guests like Aardman Animations (known for Wallace and Gromit, who are animating the new Pokémon Tales: The Misadventures of Sirfetch’d & Pichu), and President and CEO of The Pokémon Company, Tsunekazu Ishihara, who has been a part of the Pokémon franchise since the very beginning.

Pokemon World Championships Line – 2026 Pokemon Center

Ultimately, Brown said success of the event and priorities for changes will come from attendee feedback. For every single event, TPCi measures fan feedback with surveys. The results are converted into a Net Promoter Score (NPS) for internal evaluation. They make a point to read every single text response–which was more than 3,000 from last year’s World Championships, for example.

“Last year’s pin trading was our second highest NPS score of the activities we did [at the 2025 Pokémon World Championships,” Brown said. “So we’ve got 12 pin trading stations [at PokémonXP]. We’ve got 300,000 pins we’re giving out at no cost. We did that in response to how well it was received.”

Brown continued: “Now we’ve got a new problem. Very big lines and a lot of demand for those. So we will learn and try to make that better.”

Update 08/29/26 11:15pm PT: Since first publishing this story, the Pin Rally at PokémonXP on Sunday has been canceled entirely. No reason was given for the cancellation notice in the PokémonEvents app, but the aforementioned “very big lines” may be the cause.

Will there be a PokémonXP next year? Brown said that for now, they’re going to see how this year’s event goes and decide “what comes next after we get all the feedback and really understand how people receive this year.”

Growing Pokémon Events and Future Host Cities

Regardless of attendee feedback, Brown said one big shift they’re looking to make is the number of competitors invited to the Pokémon World Championships.

“This year, we qualified about 3,300 [players] globally. We’ve got about 2,700 that showed up. Our intent over the next five years is to try to double the number of competitive qualified players,” Brown said.

“Our intent over the next five years is to try to double the number of competitive qualified players.”“

This is still the goal after capping the number of qualifying competitors to a “Top X” format instead of allowing all with a certain number of points earned in a season. During the 2024 Pokémon World Championships in Honolulu, Brown said the team underestimated the number of players who would qualified by about a thousand players, making for a very cramped event.

Specifically, Brown said they want to really focus on the Juniors and Seniors age divisions, as currently, they’re very uneven when compared to the number of Masters division players. To do so, they’re going to work across their global markets and ecosystems to solve just how to do that. The other challenge they’re facing, he said, is finding spaces globally that allow TCPi to host the growing number of attendees, regardless if there’s a PokémonXP event running alongside the Pokémon World Championships.

Pokemon Takes Over Yokohama

“There’s only so many, not just cities that have that infrastructure, but [aligned dates] between these two things. And so there will be years that may not be as large as others, because on a long term lens, the world championships, our intent is to move it around,” Brown said.

The World Championships have been in the U.S. for a couple of years, and Brown said some of that was to simplify their operations a bit to maximize success for this year’s PokémonXP. And despite it being easier, they’re not going to let that limit the locations they choose to host the Pokémon World Championships.

“We are going to look outside the U.S. [for the World Championships], obviously.” “

“We are going to look outside the U.S., obviously,” Brown said. “ We have to, because the [Pokémon] World Championships is meant to serve the world, and for it to do that most effectively, it needs to move around between markets, so that fans anywhere know and players anywhere know that there’s a chance Worlds could be getting close to them at some point.”

The first time the Pokémon World Championships was held outside North America was in 2022 in London, United Kingdom. The following year saw it held in Yokohama, Japan. Typically, TPCi announces next year’s location during the Pokémon World Championships’ closing ceremonies, which we’ll be reporting on as they happen Sunday night.

For more on PokémonXP and the Pokémon World Championships for now, you can read about how The Pokémon Company’s Ishihara says a challenge for them will be figuring out integrating wearable technology, and brand new info revealed during a PokémonXP panel about the new Pokémon Tales: The Misadventures of Sirfetch’d and Pichu series.

Romulus Was OK, Rewriting New Movie Because Franchise Needs Some Help

Director Ridley Scott said Alien: Romulus “was OK,” so he’s returning to the Alien franchise because it “needs some help.”

The director behind classic movies like Blade Runner and the original Alien, as well as the newly released The Dog Stars, made his feelings about the direction the sci-fi series is heading in during an interview with French outlet AlloCiné (via Deadline). During the conversation, Scott again confirmed that he’s “gone back in” to the property that helped put him on the map.

The reason? He thinks Alien: Romulus could have been better.

“I’m rewriting the next Alien film,” Scott explained. “Actually, I suddenly went back and got involved. The one that just came out [2024’s Alien: Romulus], it was OK. I think it needs some help. So, I’ve gone back in.”

Ridley Scott. Photo by Kristy Sparow/Getty Images for Disney.

Alien: Romulus served as a soft reboot for the Alien universe by plopping new characters like Rain (Cailee Spaeny), Andy the android (David Jonsson), and Kay (Isabela Merced) into a story polluted by Xenomorphs, Facehuggers, and if you made it to the end of the film, something…else. It was generally favorably reviewed, with aggregator Rotten Tomatoes reporting an 80% critic score and an 85% audience score.

IGN gave it an 8/10 review. We said its “back-to-basics approach to blockbuster horror boils everything fans love about the tonally-fluid franchise into one brutal, nerve-wracking experience.”

For Scott’s tastes, however, it seems it simply wasn’t enough. It’s strange, considering that film’s director, Fede Álvarez, said Scott told him it was “f**king great” after watching an early cut.

It’s worth noting that Scott does refer to the project in question as “the one that just came out.” It’s possible he could be referring to 2025’s TV show, Alien: Earth, but he does make his comment after referring to the films, suggesting it’s Alien: Romulus that’s got him wanting to be involved again. For reference, Alien: Earth also landed with a positive reception, earning a 94% from critics and a 65% from audiences.

Either way, Scott wants to be more hands-on. He recently confirmed he was working to continue the trilogy he started with 2012’s Prometheus and 2017’s Alien: Covenant with a new film starring Michael Fassbender’s David. The plan is to see the character “create a brave new world for himself” while tackling the topic of AI. He teased more of his ideas during the new interview.

“I’ve already got a footprint for the next Alien,” he continued. “We did Prometheus and Covenant, so I’m picking up where we left in Covenant. [David], who now thinks he’s Ozymandias, is going [circles finger by head].

Ranking the Alien Movies

“I like the fact that AI is going off the rails. If we go AI, the moment we discover it’s off the rails, it’s too late. It could switch every digital thing off in the world like that. You’d have f**king chaos. It’s that kind of stuff that’s scary.”

Scott is currently encouraging audiences to check out The Dog Stars, which came to theaters yesterday, August 28, 2026. It’s a film adaptation of the post-apocalyptic book of the same name and stars Jacob Elordi, Margaret Qualley, and Josh Brolin. When his proposed Alien trilogy cap will premiere, however, remains a mystery.

David is coming back, but Rain and Andy’s future remains uncertain. A proper Alien: Romulus sequel was announced to be in the works in November 2024. Although Álvarez was said to be in talks to return to direct, with Scott also confirming he would be in the mix at the time, it was reported in September of last year that Álvarez would only be involved as a producer.

Photo by Kristy Sparow/Getty Images for Disney.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Everything Coming to Apple TV in September 2026

Apple TV may have just raised its prices again, but the change isn’t all that surprising with what the streamer has coming in September. Continuing its commitment to high-quality Apple TV Originals, the upcoming release schedule is absolutely star-studded with talent.

You can check out what’s premiering on the service in September below, or jump ahead to the full release schedule by day.

What’s New on Apple TV in September

Mayday – September 4

Mayday is described as an action comedy film set during the height of the Cold War. It stars Ryan Reynolds as a a hot-shot U.S. Navy Pilot known as Lieutenant Troy “Assassin” Kelly who gets stranded behind enemy lines. He’s discovered by ex-KGB agent Nikolai Ustinov (Kenneth Branagh), who just so happens to hold a certain reverence for American culture. The result is an unlikely buddy spy movie that looks to mix action with comedy.

If the trailer isn’t enough of a preview for you, you can also check out IGN’s exclusive clip from the film for additional details.

Last Seen – Premieres September 9

The first new Apple TV series of September is a six-part adaptation of Ryan David Jahn’s novel The Dispatcher. The story follows former detective Ian Ridley (Patrick Brammall), who is still pretty messed up since his daughter Maggie disappeared over a decade ago. Now Ridley is working as a police dispatcher when he receives a distress call from a teenage girl that he thinks could be his long lost daughter.

You’ll likely recognize Brammall as the Australian love interest in this year’s Devil Wear’s Prada 2

Slow Horses Season 6 – Premieres September 16

Slow Horses is entering its sixth season this month, but it’s already been officially renewed for Season 7. If you’re not already deep into this series, there’s never a wrong time to dive right in. With Gary Oldman pretty much extending his terrific performance in Tinker Tailor Soldier Spy into this series. Here’s what we said about the Season 1 premiere back in 2022:

“The premiere of Apple TV’s Slow Horses sets up a sharp spy thriller centering on an excellent performance by Gary Oldman. The timely drama blends dark humor and tense action for a novel ensemble spin on the genre.” – Samantha Nelson

For those who are caught up, the latest Season 6 trailer features the return of Olivia Cooke’s fan favorite character.

Brothers – Premieres September 23

You may have seen the rumors floating around over the years that Matthew McConaughey and Woody Harrelson are actually secretly related. While the pair has never publicly confirmed this to be true, they are seemingly taking advantage of those rumors with this new series. Brothers is a comedy in which McConaughey and Harrelson play fictional versions of themselves. The series explores a friendship between the two and what happens when the secret that they might actually be brothers is revealed.

The series premiere will include the first two episodes, followed by new episodes every Wednesday.

Apple TV Full September 2026 Schedule

Alongside the new releases for September, Apple TV is continuing to put out new episodes of Ted Lasso Season 4, Dark Matter Season 2, and Women in Blue. This upcoming Friday we will also be getting the Silo Season 3 finale, setting us up for the sci-fi series’ final season next year. Here’s the full release schedule by day:

Wednesday, September 2

  • Ted Lasso (Season 4, Episode 5)
  • Women in Blue (Season 2, Episode 4)

Friday, September 4

  • Mayday
  • Dark Matter (Season 2, Episode 2)
  • Silo (Season 3 Finale)

Wednesday, September 9

  • Ted Lasso (Season 4, Episode 6)
  • Last Seen (Episode 1 and 2 Premiere)
  • Women in Blue (Season 2, Episode 5)

Friday, September 11

  • Dark Matter (Season 2, Episode 3)

Wednesday, September 16

  • Ted Lasso (Season 4, Episode 7)
  • Last Seen (Episode 3)
  • Slow Horses (Season 6, Episode 1)
  • Women in Blue (Season 2, Episode 6)

Friday, September 18

  • Dark Matter (Season 2, Episode 4)

Wednesday, September 23

  • Ted Lasso (Season 4, Episode 8)
  • Last Seen (Episode 4)
  • Slow Horses (Season 6, Episode 2)
  • Brothers (Episode 1 and 2 Premiere)
  • Women in Blue (Season 2, Episode 7)

Friday, September 25

  • Dark Matter (Season 2, Episode 5)

Wednesday, September 30

  • Ted Lasso (Season 4, Episode 9)
  • Last Seen (Episode 5)
  • Slow Horses (Season 6, Episode 3)
  • Brothers (Episode 3)
  • Women in Blue (Season 2 Finale)

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

EA Motive’s Iron Man Game Reveal Leak Has Marvel Fans More Excited Than Ever

EA Motive Studio’s Iron Man game suffered an unexpected leak, but it may have resulted in Marvel fans being more excited about it than ever.

Leaks in the gaming world are generally perceived as bad. Just look at Grand Theft Auto 6, a game that suffered a waterfall of leaks so significant that it sent Rockstar scrambling to pick up the pieces. When a trailer for Motive’s Iron Man game was hit with a leak earlier this week, however, EA chose to handle its unexpected gameplay reveal a little differently.

Unlike GTA 6, Iron Man only had to deal with a controlled (and early-in-development) peek behind the curtain, leaving fans to comb through every second of footage for highlights. Seeing Tony Stark zipping around skyscrapers and dodging enemies on S.H.I.E.L.D. helicarriers is far and away the most we’ve seen so far, but considering the damage had already been done, EA decided to have a bit of fun with it. Just hours after clips began to circulate on social media, EA erected a new, official X/Twitter account and shared a tongue-in-cheek message. The result? Millions of views and hundreds of thousands of reactions.

Well, that didn’t go as planned. But now you know, and we’ve got a lot more to show you. See you when we’re ready. pic.twitter.com/tU4TtUoZYZ

— Marvel’s Iron Man (@ironmangame) August 28, 2026

“Well, that didn’t go as planned,” EA’s post, which boasts 14.8 million views and 198K likes at the time of this story’s publication, said. “But now you know, and we’ve got a lot more to show you. See you when we’re ready.”

There had been some concern EA had quietly shelved its Iron Man game when Motive was brought in to help the Battlefield 6 team in 2024. We’re just a few weeks shy of four years since its initial announcement, and updates have been few and far between in the time since.

A leak of this magnitude showing an in-development game could have been seen as a net-negative – and for EA, maybe it still is. For everyone else who has waited years to see what a standalone Iron Man game could look, play, and sound like, it couldn’t have come at a better time.

Motive when they saw that their Iron Man Trailer leaked but everyone loves it and is gassing them up pic.twitter.com/ANRO6NtGOj

— CBK (@cb_keenan) August 29, 2026

Yeah the trailer leaked so what your honour? We’re cooking straight fire and now everyone knows that https://t.co/AzBeV67l8B pic.twitter.com/21ai3hBZog

— Riley Studios (@RileyStudiosYT) August 29, 2026

Using the leak to gas yourselves up instead of ignoring it??? https://t.co/3sMEbQoGJr pic.twitter.com/mHk5rf9tzF

— 👑ℂℍ𝔸𝕆𝕊𝕂𝕀𝔻👑 (@DatChaosGuy) August 29, 2026

How Motive feels after successfully using gaming leaks as free marketing https://t.co/Iy9jfBekuJ pic.twitter.com/1qXPikFJ6l

— autist (@litteralyme0) August 29, 2026

“CRYING,” one popular reply said. “GOATED RESPONSE. LET’S GOOOOOO.”

“Very on brand for Iron Man to get hacked and aura farm because of it,” another fan said.

“See this is how you handle a leak,” another added. “Embrace it and keep cooking. Not burying your head in the sand.”

There is an ocean of positive responses to this one post, which dropped almost out of nowhere in the middle of a Friday. Many also stick with the theme, saying that acknowledging the leak in this way feels reminiscent of the kind of move Tony Stark would pull.

It’s been so long since we last heard from the next project from the Dead Space remake and Star Wars: Squadrons developer that you don’t have to look too hard to find responses from those who had no idea a standalone Iron Man experience was even in development. For them, this might as well be a brand-new game announcement for one of the most popular Marvel superheroes in existence.

we’re really getting a whole iron man solo game pic.twitter.com/TVZwOQiSNX

— Mandevil (@Mandevil23) August 28, 2026

IT DIDNT GET CANCELED pic.twitter.com/SqYvGBHBIi

— Medal (@Medal_TV) August 28, 2026

Although it’s unclear when exactly the leaked footage was captured or how much longer it will be before an official launch, fans online seem to be quite happy with how EA and Motive’s Iron Man game is shaping up. Some of the footage suggested things like armor customization and wrist-mounted laser attacks will be part of the experience. A few blink-and-you’ll-miss-it moments also teased Marvel comics characters like James Rhodes/War Machine and Pepper Pots could show up throughout what seems to be a globe-trotting adventure, too.

“You know what’s funny,” another fan online said, “I feel like this leak might have helped them because all I’m seeing is overwhelmingly positive responses to it.”

“Their response was great and the footage looked fire,” another said. “Can’t help but root for them.”

20 Iron Man Armors

Although the leak did turn out to be real, there’s a good chance some or even all of what we’ve seen could be cut before the final build. EA Motive’s Iron Man game currently has no release date, nor does it have a list of launch platforms. While we won’t share that leaked footage here, we can confirm that clips are absolutely still out there, and you probably won’t have to look too hard to find them.

For more, you can see how Iron Man is coming back to theaters with the Avengers: Endgame re-release. You can also read about Avalanche Studios’ canceled Iron Man game, which also recently leaked.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

GTA 6 Will Have No Microtransactions or Generative AI at Launch Rockstar Says

Rockstar Games has said Grand Theft Auto 6 will have no microtransactions or generative AI when it launches in November.

The studio behind GTA 6 confirmed this year’s monumental open-world game will dodge two potentially controversial practices during a conversation with Kinda Funny Games earlier this week. It means launch should be free of backlash (at least when it comes to these two particular topics) when it arrives in a few months.

Kinda Funny’s Andy Cortez said he asked Rockstar if players will be able to use real-world money to purchase things in-game during a preview event that preceded the GTA 6: Extended Look. He went on, saying, “no monetizations in this game.”

The site’s Greg Miller immediately followed that topic, saying he asked Rockstar “point-blank” if there is generative AI in GTA 6. The team told him that there is “no AI” used in the game.

From Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 to Arc Raiders, generative AI has proven time and time again to be an especially troublesome element for developers to include in their games. The millions of gamers who have waited 13 years for the next Grand Theft Auto might be pleased to hear similar claims won’t mar its mid-November release date. The issue of microtransactions, however, does come with a few things worth noting.

Rockstar says GTA 6 will not feature the kind of monetization strategies that allow players to purchase content with real-world cash. That might arrive as good news for an entirely single-player release, but it’s also yet another reminder that it doesn’t look like the team has any intention of sharing any updates on a new iteration of Grand Theft Auto Online any time soon.

GTA 6: 69 Brand New Images

Meanwhile, while Rockstar has made it clear that, while there will be no monetization strategies like microtransactions in a traditional sense, there will be content gated off for some players in the form of its Ultimate Edition. Priced at $99.99 – a $20 increase from the $79.99 standard edition – this version of the game grants access to a host of exclusive content, including cosmetic packs, cars, guns, and even some shops, such as the Electric Fang tattoo parlor and Stock 305 clothing store. An official support page confirmed standard edition owners will be able to purchase an Ultimate Edition upgrade separately.

“Ultimate Edition bonuses are threaded across all aspects of Jason and Lucia’s story, with new items uncovered behind each chapter,” the page added.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

Other than that, it sounds like players shouldn’t expect any other microtransaction tactics – or generative AI – when GTA 6 launches for PS5 and Xbox Series X/S November 19, 2026. There will surely be plenty more to show off ahead of its release date, but until then, you can check out IGN’s exclusive preview and interview. You can also catch up on every licensed song revealed during the extended look, the GTA Online character who’s making a comeback, and everything else Rockstar had to share during its big gameplay debut.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Best Deals Today: Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream, Jurassic Park 4K Collection, Nintendo Switch 2, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save on Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream, Final Fantasy VII Rebirth, Nintendo Switch 2, Resident Evil Requiem, Civilization VII, and more. Check out our top picks for Saturday, August 29, below.

Jurassic World 4K 7-Movie Collection for $69.99

Jurassic 7-Movie Collection (4K Ultra HD + Digital)

0

The Jurassic series is home to some of the most iconic movies ever, and today, you can score this seven-film collection on 4K Blu-ray for $69.99. This collection packs in the original Jurassic Park trilogy, plus all four Jurassic World films.

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth with MTG Card for $34.99

FINAL FANTASY VII REBIRTH – Nintendo Switch 2 (Day One Edition Includes Exclusive Magic: The Gathering—FINAL FANTASY Promo Card)

2

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Nintendo Switch 2 is on sale today for $34.99 at Amazon. This physical version of the game includes an exclusive Zack Fair Magic: The Gathering – Final Fantasy card, which is perfect for fans and collectors alike. If you’ve yet to experience this massive RPG, take a chance and pick up a copy this weekend at a discount. It’s pretty great exploring beyond Midgar on the Switch 2, just saying.

Save on Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream

Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream

0

Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream is one of the biggest hits of the year, and you can save a few dollars on physical copies today at Woot. In our 7/10 review, we wrote, “Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream is a deeply funny and equally personal civilization simulator fueled by your creativity, but ridiculous sharing restrictions put a dark cloud over its otherwise delightful paradise.”

Resident Evil Requiem for $53.99

Resident Evil Requiem – PlayStation 5

2

Target has Resident Evil Requiem on sale this weekend for $53.99. If you’ve yet to play the latest RE game, this is a great time to do so. Grace Ashcroft and Leon S. Kennedy join forces to defeat a sinister new threat in a game that combines tense horror with brutal action combat. DLC is planned to be released in the future, so you can catch up now before the next story is out.

Nintendo Switch 2 for $399.99

Nintendo Switch 2 Console (Grade A Refurbished)

0

The Nintendo Switch 2 is set to increase in price in just a few weeks, but today, you can save on a Grade A Refurbished unit at Woot and take home a console for $399.99. According to Woot, these units have “been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage & has successfully passed a full diagnostic test which ensures like-new functionality & removal of any prior-user’s personal information.” All of the original accessories are included as well, so you won’t need to pick up a Dock or anything like that.

Nioh 3 for $39.99

Nioh 3 – PlayStation 5

1

Nioh 3 released in early February, and you can save $30 off a PS5 copy today at Best Buy. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Nioh 3 delivers best-in-class combat that revitalizes the established formula with a fantastic split between Samurai and Ninja styles, as well as a triumphant move to an open-world structure.”

Save on The Legend of Zelda: Breath of the Wild – Switch 2 Edition

The Legend of Zelda: Breath of the Wild – Nintendo Switch 2

0

Woot has physical copies of Breath of the Wild – Switch 2 Edition on sale today for $59.99. In our review of the Switch 2 Edition, we wrote, “If you’re yet to try this masterpiece then this is the best place to jump in, and if you’ve already got a copy of the original then the performance upgrades alone make the upgrade price worth it.” For those who care about owning games physically, this is a must-add for any Switch 2 collection.

LEGO Harry Potter Book Nook for $76.99

LEGO Harry Potter Book Nook: Hogwarts Express Building Set

0

If you’re a Harry Potter fan and collect the books, this LEGO Book Nook could be a wonderful way to spruce up your shelf. This set builds out the legendary Hogwarts Express, with Harry and Ron set to board. While this LEGO set normally costs $99.99, you can pick this up today for $76.99 at Amazon.

Save on Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade

FINAL FANTASY VII REMAKE INTERGRADE – Nintendo Switch 2 (Standard Edition)

1

Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade is the ultimate version of the first chapter in the Final Fantasy VII remake series, following Cloud Strife and the party from the very beginning through the escape from Midgar. You can score Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade for $29.99 on the Nintendo Switch 2. If you want to prepare for Final Fantasy VII Revelation next year, this is where to start your journey.

Civilization VII for $19.99

Sid Meier’s Civilization VII – PlayStation 5

0

Amazon has Civilization VII on sale for $19.99 this weekend, saving you $20 off a physical copy. In our 7/10 review, we wrote, “Civilization 7’s improved warfare and added bits of narrative flair give me reasons to keep clicking one more turn late into the night, but the desire to streamline and simplify this legendary 4X series feels like it has also gone a bit too far, particularly when it comes to the interface.”

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer with a passion for games and technology. He co-founded Final Weapon, an outlet focused on nonsense-free Japanese gaming (in 2019) and has contributed to various publishers writing about the medium.

The Witcher 4 Will Have a Physical Edition Even if Discs Go Away CD Projekt Red Confirms

The Witcher 4 will still “have a box” for physical game collectors even after Sony stops supporting discs in 2028, CD Projekt Red has confirmed.

Studio joint-CEO Michał Nowakowski confirmed the Cyberpunk 2077 studio still plans to release a physical edition during an interview with The Game Business. He admitted CD Projekt Red has no control when it comes to Sony’s plans to halt production for physical PlayStation discs, but they do still have the power to make The Witcher 4 feel special for collectors.

“We don’t know what’s going to be the case,” he said. “We know what PlayStation has announced. And we have no influence on the policies of the first parties. The discs for the first parties, including PlayStation, have to be manufactured in their own factories. So, if they stop manufacturing indeed by 2028, then yes [we won’t have a disc].”

Sony infamously announced plans to end production for physical PlayStation games in July, promising the move would take effect starting January 2028. It was a brutal blow to those who have spent decades collecting discs for their favorite games, but it will be especially painful as games previously expected to receive physical support launch without a disc.

The Witcher 4 became one of those titles when CD Projekt Red suggested it was aiming for a 2028 release date. The studio is known for packing its physical releases full of goodies for fans, too. Both standard editions for The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt and Cyberpunk 2077 came with the kind of bonuses you’d expect in a pricier release, including stickers, a map, a letter from the developers, postcards, and more. When Sony – and, potentially, other gaming entities – cease support for physical releases in 2028, that goes away.

Well, at least for most releases, it goes away. For CD Projekt Red, they aren’t going down without a fight. While there may not be a disc for The Witcher 4, the team still wants to ensure its undated launch is just as special as the last. That’s why, in some form, The Witcher 4 will “have a box.”

The Witcher 4 Unreal Engine 5 Tech Demo Screenshots

“But we’re big fans of people having access to tangible collectible things,” Nowakowski added. “We’re nerds ourselves, and we like that. We always supported that. So, whatever is the case, we’re going to be for sure having a box. We’re going to have a box that’s going to have some feelies in it. Something you’re going to be wanting to open up and enjoy. But we have no influence actually on what’s the case here.”

For now, The Witcher 4 has no release date. As CD Projekt Red tinkers away at its Ciri-led Witcher 3 follow-up, you can see how the team is revitalizing its 2015 hit with an official remaster and the Songs of the Past expansion. You can also check out how both retailers and the gaming industry have lashed out at Sony over its recent decision.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Everything Coming to HBO Max in September 2026

While the Paramount and Warner Bros. deal continues to sit in legal limbo, HBO Max is chugging along with another strong lineup of new additions in September. The streaming service is kicking off the fall season with a ridiculous spread of horror movies, including one of this year’s biggest box office hits, Backrooms. On the series side, Lanterns continues to be the biggest HBO Original in the Sunday night slot.

There’s some particular highlights we’d recommend tuning into next month, but you can also jump ahead to everything coming to HBO Max in September by day.

Highlights Coming to HBO Max in September

Lanterns (Sundays at 9pm ET)

DC Studios’ Lanterns will continue to air and stream new episodes in HBO’s primetime slot on Sunday nights. The series is a new take on the Green Lantern lore, starring Kyle Chandler as the veteran Hal Gordon and Aaron Pierre as the new recruit John Stewart. We’ve been pretty impressed with the series so far, calling the premiere “a critical return to form for the DCU.”

Talk to Me (September 1)

Before Kane Parsons (yes, Backrooms is also on this list), we had the Philippou brothers. These content creators marked their directorial debut with Talk to Me, a harrowing horror movie we gave a particularly strong 9/10 and called “engrossing, inventive, and, at times, unsettling.”

While Talk to Me was first released back in 2019, it hasn’t been streaming anywhere for quite some time, making the return to HBO Max particularly significant.

Original Final Destination Movies (September 1)

HBO Max won’t be getting all of the Final Destination movies, but they’ll be picking up some classics at the start of the month. If you enjoyed the most recent slasher instalment, Bloodlines (which is already streaming on the service), why not go back to check out the freak accidents that started it all?

JAŸ-Z IN 8 (Premieres September 18)

One of two HBO Original documentary series premiering in September, Jay-Z in 8 follows the notorious rapper and entrepreneur in Paris as he speaks with Rick Rubin about his music and legacy. The series will run for eight episodes total, with the first two dropping on September 18.

Backrooms (September 25)

Probably the biggest movie premiere of the month, Kane Parsons’ Backrooms is making its way exclusively to HBO Max after dominating the box office earlier this year. The liminal horror movie is based on a creepypasta Parsons himself had adapted into a long-term video project on YouTube. IGN gave the movie a solid 8/10, describing it as a “truly terrifying cinematic rabbit hole.”

Everything Coming to HBO Max in September

September 1

September 2

  • 1000-lb Sisters, Season 9 (TLC)

September 3

  • Beat Bobby Flay, Season 43 (Food Network)
  • Botched Homes, Season 1 (HGTV)

September 4

  • Beachfront Bargain Hunt Renovation, Season 12 (Magnolia Network)
  • Fuze

September 6

  • Paranormal Caught on Camera, Season 11 (Travel Channel)

September 7

  • Collision, Season 1 (Max Original)
  • OJ Unseen: Exploitation of Evil, Season 1 (ID)

September 8

  • Contraband: Seized at the Border, Season 9 (Discovery)
  • Georgie & Mandy’s First Marriage, Season 2

September 9

  • Bobby Flay’s The Line, Season 1 (Food Network)

September 10

  • A Killer Story (HBO Original)
  • Krypto Saves the Day, Season 2A (DC)
  • Save My Skin, Season 6 (TLC)

September 11

  • House Hunters International: Volume 10, Season 216 (HGTV)

September 12

  • AEW Special Events
  • Ready Jet Cook, Season 3 (Food Network)

September 13

  • Have I Got News For You, Season 5 (CNN Original)

September 14

  • Halloween Wars, Season 16 (Food Network)

September 15

  • Halloween Baking Championship, Season 12 (Food Network)

September 16

  • A Very Haunted Renovation, Season 1 (HGTV)
  • Toxic, Season 2 (ID)

September 17

  • Body Cam, Season 11 (ID)
  • Half My Size, Season 1 (TLC)

September 18

  • JAŸ-Z In 8 (HBO Original)
  • Saman The Hidden Truth (Saman La Verità Nascosta), Season 1

September 19

  • Batwheels, Season 3E (Cartoon Network)
  • Cautiva, Season 1
  • Scariest House in America, Season 3 (HGTV)

September 20

  • Teen Titans Go!, Season 9H (Cartoon Network)
  • Youth, Season 1 (HBO Original)

September 22

  • Siren: The Voices Of Shelley Beattie (HBO Original)

September 23

  • House Shock, Season 1 (HGTV)
  • The Meg (2018)

September 24

  • How to Catch a Dirtbag, Season 1 (Discovery)
  • The Plot Thickens, Season 7 (TCM)

September 25

  • 4 Blocks Zero, Season 1 (HBO Original)
  • Backrooms (A24)
  • Diners Drive-Ins and Dives, Season 55 (Food Network)
  • House Hunters: Volume 11, Season 262 (HGTV)
  • Paolo, Season 1 (HBO Original)
  • The Good Spirit: Behind the Doors of the Opus Dei (HBO Original)

September 27

September 29

  • 90 Day: The Last Resort: Between the Sheets, Season 3 (TLC)
  • Decades in Sports, Season 1 (CNN Original)
  • Miller Night Football (HBO Original)

September 30

  • Unmasking a Monster: Aileen Wuornos, Season 1 (ID)

Live Sports

Depending on your subscription plan, HBO Max subscribers will also get access to a selection of live sports, including the FIBA Women’s World Cup. You can check out the individual streaming schedules for HBO Max-affiliated leagues here.

What’s Going on With HBO Max?

Sign Up for HBO Max

13

Subscriptions start at $10.99/month

One of the biggest announcements in the media landscape was Warner Bros. putting itself up for sale last year. After a brief battle with Netflix, Paramount came out as the confirmed buyer. All was smooth sailing until the antitrust lawsuits started piling up, and now the deal is paused. All to say, something might happen with HBO Max eventually, but the service will be chugging along as usual at least through the end of the year.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who, when she isn’t following streaming news, spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

We Played State of Decay 3 and It’s in Good Shape Despite the Xbox Upheaval

It’s been a tumultuous time for development teams around the Xbox umbrella, including Undead Labs which is in the process of changing ownership amid the “Xbox reset.” This left us with tons of questions about the state of its upcoming zombie-survival game State of Decay 3 and if it’d even see the light of day. Well, I played it at gamescom 2026 and I’m happy to report that the short 30-minute demo I saw and went hands-on with shows a lot of promise. Even as an early alpha build, I got a good impression of the improved gunplay and movement, and the general feeling that this is a State of the Decay worthy of the current generation while building on the series’ fundamentals.

This is still very much about community management and base-building, both of which have been expanded in a few notable ways. From what I saw, facilities and buildings don’t necessarily have linear upgrade paths and can instead specialize in specific functions through branching upgrades. What’s just as important is which characters you assign to which facilities – for example, those who have perks or traits suited for the medical field can boost the rate at which other survivors will recover.

State of Decay 3 Screenshots

What I saw in greater detail was the deeper trait system where every procedurally assembled character has their own set of perks and quirks that can evolve. These kinds of systems were a core part of State of Decay 2, and they seem to have a greater impact now. One survivor had the trait of “takes long showers,” thus taking up more water resources to maintain the settlement. But he was also adept at melee combat, so perhaps his showering habits are worth the trade-off for when you want to use him in the field. Another character had a trait that said she had sniper training, offering extra damage with long-range guns and for headshots, but she was more injury prone – and with a more granular injury system that calculates damage to specific body parts and applies debuffs to certain functions (like weapon accuracy or movement speed as examples), it’s something you have to take into consideration more than previous games.

When you’re managing 30-plus characters, accounting for these traits can make for a really interesting dynamic when deciding who to control when fighting zombies in the field and who you assign back at base. My hope is that they’ll be as impactful in the long-run as they were in the immediate hands-on I got.

Smoother and punchier gunplay helps the moment-to-moment combat feel a lot better than previous entries.“

But State of Decay has always been just as much about fending off hordes of zombies, and things work differently in State of Decay 3. There are plenty of towns, facilities, and general points of interest that make up its large open world and when you pull up the map, you’ll see infestation networks spreading all across the world and branching into adjacent towns. Infested settlements and plague nests are the hotspots you want to hit in order to cut off the spread, and these make for intense battles.

There is always a heart of the infestation at these locations, sometimes buried beneath a facility or in the garage of an autoshop, and some could be more intricate dungeon-style areas. But it seems regardless of location, you need to find four of its weak points spread across the location in order to destroy it. You’re also fending off a bunch of zombies in the process, and once you’ve opened the heart of the infestation, an even bigger zombie horde will come after you. It’s absolute chaos when you’re pumping all of your remaining bullets into the heart as bloaters and juggernauts back up the zombie wave, but once it’s destroyed, the remaining zombies die out.

It sounds simple enough, but for me, the smoother and punchier gunplay helps the moment-to-moment combat feel a lot better than previous entries. It was evident with the AK-47 with a drum mag that I used to slay zombie crowds and the silenced pistol for one-tap headshots, and that was scratching the surface – I also saw how you can lure and bait groups into flammable oil spills, or use stealth more effectively to shave off a few zombies before all hell breaks loose. There’s a running slide you can do to knock weaker zombies down and execute a finisher to keep the standard melee bat-swining more interesting. And as mentioned earlier, these playstyles can be further emphasized when controlling survivors with skills and traits suited for them. Overall, State of Decay 3 plays like a proper third-person shooter, and it’s a great contrast to the management sim we come to the series for.

At least from this early version, it seems that the main thrust of State of Decay 3 is map-wide territory control by way of clearing out infestation sites and keeping them from coming back. Over time, infestations will spring back up and sieges on established settlements will also pose a persistent threat, which is the juggling act of survival games and something the series is familiar with. So, in the process of gathering food, water, and other utilities to keep your survivors going, there’s that simulation running in the background to keep you on your toes.

Of course, there’s drop-in / drop-out co-op multiplayer in State of Decay 3 and without limitations on how players within the session explore the open world. The team at Undead Labs also referenced a sort of dynamic difficulty system that makes sure that you’re not blasting through zombies with total ease; it may lay off the gas pedal if you’re repeatedly running into a wall as well. These are all things that are sure to be worked out as development continues, as well as the somewhat rough technical performance of the early alpha build I played.

More broadly, I hope that this dynamic of territory control via combat and settlement management sim can hold my interest when it comes time to put hours and hours into it as I did with State of Decay 2. It took time for Undead Labs to get its previous game in a good spot and is now a pretty robust package, and perhaps this upcoming entry can come out of the gate stronger.

The team is sticking to having a closed playtest toward the end of 2026 with a full release sometime in 2027 for Xbox Series X|S, PlayStation 5, and PC via Steam. We have plenty of hands-on previews from gamescom 2026, so be sure to check out our first impressions of Fable’s combat, Gears of War: E-Day’s campaign, and Metro 2039.

Michael Higham is an editor at IGN who regularly contributes with reviews, previews, features, and news in written and video form. He’s usually entrusted with covering long RPGs and tech products, but he’s got range when it comes to games. You’ll also catch him at events and hosting video content, including IGN’s weekly podcast Unlocked.

Everything Coming to Netflix in September 2026

Netflix is wrapping up the summer with the Jaws movies, the Resident Evil flicks, and both Alien and Aliens while also getting into the back-to-school spirit with a revival of ’80s/’90s Cosby Show spin-off, A Different World.

You can also catch some great spookies with Ready or Not, Smile 2, Oculus, and the Texas Chainsaw Massacre reboot from 2003. Plus, there’s solid gold cinema like Phantom Thread, About Time, Knocked Up, Liar Liar, Dragnet, and Cruel Intentions! There’s also new sophomore seasons of Guy Ritchie’s The Gentlemen (which was already picked up for a third season) and Stranger Things: Tales From ’85.

So while you ponder the how/why/who of Netflix raising its prices once again, here’s a rundown of every series, special, movie, and doc landing on Netflix in September…

What’s Worth Watching?

If you’re just looking for a detailed list of everything coming to Netflix this month, you can jump to the full release schedule by day.

Smile 2 – September 3

2022’s Smile was a serviceable slice of spooky for sure, but Smile 2 is a horror masterclass in crafting a much much better sequel, thanks in no small part to Naomi Scott’s superb performance as a spread-too-thin pop star trying to make a comeback after a personal tragedy. Writer/director Parker Finn takes the fiendishly fun idea from his first flick and blows it up in bold, beautiful ways.

Read IGN’s review of Smile 2 here.

Dang! – September 8

Behold: The DANG!-ers.

Good Place alums Andrew Law, Matt Murray, and Mike Schur present us with Dang!, an adult animated comedy starring Law, Stephanie Hsu (Everything Everywhere All at Once), and Poppy Liu (Hacks) about a brother and sister whose fun lives in New York City get ruined when their high-achieving older sister shows up and wants to hang out.

Party Down – September 22

Are they having fun yet?

All three seasons of the blistering catering biz comedy, Party Down, is headed to Netflix. Razor sharp and starring the likes of Adam Scott, Jane Lynch, Ken Marino, Lizzy Caplan, and more, Party Down also boasts Paul Rudd and Rob Thomas (iZombie, Veronica Mars) among its co-creators/writers. We should note, though, that the third season is a six-episode revival from 2023, featuring most of the cast as everything that once held cult comedy currency returns to us in some way or another… unless it’s the Community movie, which seems like it’ll never happen.

A Different World – September 24

“This feels like a different world…than where I come from.”

This revival of the famed Cosby Show spin-off, A Different World, takes us back to Hillman College and follows Deborah (Maleah Joi Moon), the youngest child of Kadeem Hardison’s Dwayne Wayne and Jasmine Guy’s Whitley Gilbert as she finds her parents’ shadow difficult to escape during her first year. Along with the new cast, show (and Hillman) alumni Hardison, Guy, Darryl M. Bell, Cree Summer, Charnele Brown, Ajai Sanders, Dawnn Lewis, and Jada Pinkett Smith are back as well.

Oculus – September 24

Any time we hear that writer/director Mike Flanagan and his Flana-gang are tackling a new Stephen King adaptation (like Flanagan’s upcoming Carrie miniseries), we get super pumped. But let’s also give it up for Flanagan originals, like your Midnight Mass. your Hush, and…your Oculus — a savage, scary look at a family ripped apart by a cursed object. Starring Karen Gillan, Katee Sackhoff, and Kate Siegel (duh!), Oculus is cinematic dread in all the best ways.

Read IGN’s review of Oculus here.

Unabomber – September 25

The TVA showing Loki how he fumbled New York.

Starring Jacob Tremblay, Russell Crowe, Shailene Woodley, Annabelle Wallis, and Alexander Ludwig, Unabomber alternates between two timelines to track the story of domestic terrorist Ted Kaczynski from his time at Harvard to the nationwide manhunt decades later. Janus Metz Pedersen (Andor) directs.

Everything Coming to Netflix in September 2026

Coming Soon/TBD

  • The Great British Baking Show: Collection 14 (UK, series)
  • Medusa: Season 2 (Colombia, series)

September 1

  • Jared Freid: The Family Plan (stand-up special)
  • Untold Raygun: Breaking Badly (Australia, doc)
  • 17 Again (movie, 2009)
  • About Time (movie, 2013)
  • Alien (movie, 1979)
  • Aliens (movie, 1986)
  • Antz (movie, 1998)
  • Battleship (movie, 2012)
  • Big Daddy (movie, 1999)
  • The Blues Brothers (movie, 1980)
  • The Boy Next Door (movie, 2015)
  • Conan the Barbarian (movie, 1982 or 2011? Who can say?)
  • Cruel Intentions (movie, 1999)
  • Dragnet (movie, 1987)
  • The Flintstones (movie, 1994)
  • Gothika (movie, 2003)
  • Greta (movie, 2018)
  • Heartland: Season 19 (series)
  • Jarhead (movie, 2005)
  • Jaws (movie, 1975)
  • Jaws 2 (movie, 1978)
  • Jaws 3 (movie, 1983)
  • Jaws: The Revenge (movie, 1987)
  • Kick-Ass 2 (movie, 2013)
  • Knocked Up (movie, 2007)
  • Liar Liar (movie, 1997)
  • Neighbors (movie, 1981 or 2014? Who can say?)
  • Phantom Thread (movie, 2017)
  • Ready or Not (movie, 2019)
  • Resident Evil: Afterlife (movie, 2010)
  • Resident Evil: Extinction (movie, 2007)
  • Resident Evil: Retribution (movie, 2012)
  • The Rite (movie, 2011)
  • Scarface (movie, 1983)
  • Shark Tale (movie, 2004)
  • Sleepless in Seattle (movie, 1993)
  • Straight Outta Compton (movie, 2015)
  • T2 Trainspotting (movie, 2017)
  • The Texas Chainsaw Massacre (movie, 2003)
  • Uncle Buck (movie, 1989)
  • Unfriended (movie, 2014)

September 2

  • Driven: Seasons 1-3 (series)
  • Lovesick (Mexico, series)
  • Resident Evil: Damnation (movie, 2012)
  • Resident Evil: Death Island (movie, 2023)
  • Resident Evil: Vendetta (movie, 2017)
  • Turning Point: Generation 9/11 (new doc)

September 3

  • Fito Páez: The World Within a Song (Argentina, doc)
  • Folktales (movie, 2025)
  • The Gentlemen: Season 2 (UK, series)
  • Major Crimes: Seasons 1-6 (series)
  • Smile 2 (movie, 2024)

September 4

  • Earle Meets World (new series)
  • Teenage Wasteland (new doc)

September 5

  • Emeril Tailgates: Season 1 (series)

September 8

  • Dang! (new series)
  • Fauda: Season 5 (Israel, series)
  • Stavros Halkias: Uncle Stav (stand-up special)
  • Untold Mr. T: I Pity The Fool (new doc)

September 9

  • Prom Night (movie, 1980 or 2008? Who can say?)
  • Tyler Perry’s Why Did I Get Married Again? (movie)

September 10

  • Call My Agent! The Movie (France, movie)
  • Crew Girl (Canada, series)
  • NFL Melbourne Game (Live event – 5:35 PM PT / 8:35 PM ET)
  • The Perfect Lie (Netherlands, series)
  • We Don’t Live Here Anymore (movie, 2004)

September 11

  • Go Team! (Spain, series)
  • Physical 100: Italy: Season 1: Batch 1 (Italy, series)
  • Stolen Heartbeats (Colombia, series)
  • Tribeca 25 (new doc)

September 13

September 14

  • Gabby’s Dollhouse: Season 14 (family series)
  • Hot Ones: Extra Heat: Episode 2 (special – 7:00 PM PT / 10:00 PM ET)
  • When Hope Calls: Seasons 1-2 (series)

September 15

  • The AI Doc: Or How I Became an Apocaloptimist (doc)
  • I Survived a Serial Killer: Season 1 (series)
  • Jo Koy: Blue in the Face (stand-up special)

September 16

  • The Doll (Poland, series)

September 17

  • The Fixers (Taiwan, series)
  • Monster: The Lizzie Borden Story (series)
  • Not a Stranger (Turkey, series)
  • Plastic Beauty (Japan, series)
  • Stranger Things: Tales From ’85: Season 2 (new series)

September 18

  • Best of the Best (new movie)
  • Pokémon Horizons: Season 3—Rising Hope Part 4 (Japan, family series)

September 20

  • Stop! That! Train! (movie, 2026)

September 22

  • Minerva Academy (Italy, series)
  • Party Down: Seasons 1-3 (series)

September 23

  • Habeas Corpus (Brazil, series)
  • Lifehack (movie, 2025)
  • Wonka’s The Golden Ticket (series)

September 24

  • A Different World (new revival series)
  • Delusion (Thailand, series)
  • House at the End of the Street (movie, 2012)
  • My Sad Dead (Argentina, series)
  • Oculus (movie, 2013)

September 25

  • The Final Problem (Spain, series)
  • Law & Order: Season 25 (series)
  • STEEL BALL RUN JoJo’s Bizarre Adventure: 2nd-3rd STAGE (Japan, series)
  • UNABOMBER (new movie)

September 29

  • LEGO ONE PIECE (new family movie)
  • Mononoke The Movie: Chapter Ⅲ – The Curse of the Serpent (Japan, movie)
  • Murder in a Small Town: Seasons 1-2 (series)

September 30

  • Ancient Aliens: Season 13 (series)
  • The Arena (France, series)
  • Hoarders: Season 16 (series)
  • What’s Your Number? (movie, 2011)
  • The Widower: ‘Til Death Do Us Part (doc)

What’s Leaving Netflix in September 2026

Make sure you catch all the seasons of Spartacus — Blood and Sand through War of the Damned — before they peace out at the end of the month. Ditto for the Creed movies and all of Orphan Black. Treat yourselves!

Movies and Series Leaving September 1

  • Black Lightning: Seasons 1-4
  • Creed
  • Creed II
  • Creed III
  • Desperado
  • The Fault in Our Stars
  • The Girl on the Train
  • Goosebumps
  • The Hand that Rocks the Cradle
  • Hotel Mumbai
  • Legion
  • Matilda
  • Miracle
  • Muriel’s Wedding
  • Orphan Black: Seasons 1-5
  • Passengers
  • Paul Blart: Mall Cop 2
  • Rocky
  • Rocky Balboa
  • Rocky II
  • Rocky III
  • Rocky IV
  • Rocky V
  • Rookie of the Year
  • Rudy
  • Scooby-Doo
  • Scooby-Doo 2: Monsters Unleashed
  • Zombieland

Leaving September 7

  • Poor Things
  • Redeeming Love

Leaving September 10

Leaving September 11

Leaving September 15

  • Four Weddings and a Funeral
  • Nashville: Seasons 1-6
  • Spartacus: Blood and Sand
  • Spartacus: Gods of the Arena
  • Spartacus: Vengeance
  • Spartacus: War of the Damned

Leaving September 18

  • Lopez vs. Lopez: Seasons 1-2

Leaving September 25

10 Best Nintendo Switch 2 Games So Far

The Switch 2 launched just over a year ago, and we’ve already gotten our hands on some excellent games. If you’re looking for recommendations of what to play on the newest console, we’ve compiled every Nintendo game that we’ve given a review score of 8 or above.

While there are tons of amazing games that have already been released on or ported over to the Switch 2, we’re setting some limits by sticking to Nintendo exclusives. These are predominantly first-party games published by Nintendo for either just the Switch 2 or both Switch consoles.

Let’s get into it.

10/10 – Masterpiece

Donkey Kong Bananza

Release Date: July 17, 2025 | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “The leader of the bunch is finally back to kick some tail in Donkey Kong Bananza, a brilliant successor to Super Mario Odyssey and a smashing return for a classic Nintendo character. It was a bold choice to build the Switch 2’s first 3D platformer around Donkey Kong instead of Mario, but it’s proven to be the best decision Nintendo could’ve made. DK’s satisfying, expressive movement and powerful, dynamic abilities create a truly groundbreaking adventure.” – Logan Plant

The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom – Switch 2 Edition

Release Date: June 5, 2025 | Read IGN’s Original Review or Switch 2 Review Update

From IGN’s Review Update: “Not only does The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom still hold up as a game I can’t wait to lose a few dozen more hours in, the updates and additions made to the Switch 2 Edition make it feel like this is the way it was always meant to be played.” – Tom Marks

The Legend of Zelda: Breath of the Wild – Switch 2 Edition

Release Date: June 5, 2025 | Read IGN’s Original Review or Switch 2 Review Update

From IGN’s Review Update: “This Nintendo Switch 2 Edition is of course an enhanced version with visual upgrades, faster loading times, and support for the Zelda Notes service via the Nintendo Switch App on your mobile device. It’s admittedly a fairly modest upgrade in terms of actual new features or content, but a welcome one, and it makes this undoubtedly the best way to play a sprawling epic that still stands tall as one of the greatest achievements in Nintendo’s iconic adventure series.” – Tristan Ogilvie

9/10 – Amazing

Splatoon Raiders

Release Date: July 23, 2026 | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “Splatoon Raiders is an amazing action RPG with an expertly executed loop. It has fantastic new powers with crazy upgrades that are worth chasing, tough battles that force you to put care into your build in order to overcome them, and a huge variety of fun level types to jump between. The pacing, balance, and difficulty curve are very impressive: I always had to work to get better, but none of the campaign ever felt like grinding or needless padding.” – Logan Plant

Pokemon Pokopia

Release Date: March 5, 2026 | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “Pokémon Pokopia is a real treat: an enjoyable building and town simulator that capitalizes on the charming personalities of its monsters in a way that appeals to both the creative and collector alike. It’s packed with fun things to do and worthy rewards for doing them, and strikes a healthy balance between freedom and suggestion in its building mechanics (despite a few precision nitpicks).” – Rebekah Valentine

8/10 – Great

Mario Kart World

Release Date: June 5, 2025 | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “The first brand-new Mario Kart in a decade makes huge changes to the established formula, but ironically, the best parts about it closely follow the blueprint of every entry that’s come before: unbeatable local multiplayer racing on well-designed tracks that more than live up to the series’ legacy. World’s tight controls, celebratory soundtrack, and universal polish marvelously complement the action, and I can’t wait to see how top players will take full advantage of its exciting parkour mechanics in the months and years ahead.” – Logan Plant

Star Fox

Release Date: June 25, 2026 | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “Despite knowing nearly all Star Fox 64’s shortcuts and secrets for close to 30 years now, this remake’s impressive coat of paint and compelling new cutscenes made me smile like I just did my very first barrel roll. Finding hidden routes to unlock different stages or small optimizations to push my score sky high is still much deeper than it first appears, keeping the brief campaign runs fun across multiple playthroughs.” – Jada Griffin

Kirby Air Riders

Release Date: November 20, 2025 | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “I’m not sure what’s crazier: the fact that Kirby Air Riders exists, or the fact that it’s this great. It’s a blast in local or online multiplayer during its traditional races and unique battle mode, and its frankly absurd amount of fun achievements to chase, meaningful unlockables, and deep customization makes it great for solo players, too.” – Logan Plant

Metroid Prime 4: Beyond

Release Date: December 4, 2025 | Read IGN’s Full Review

From IGN’s Review: “It nails the essential elements of a Prime game that remain special decades later: tense exploration through haunting locations highlighted by amazing worldbuilding, breathtaking art direction, new twists on classic abilities, and flawless technical performance. Even though a few underdeveloped elements keep it from feeling as cohesive as its predecessors, Prime 4 reaches heights worthy of the Metroid name.” – Logan Plant

Super Mario Bros. Wonder + Meetup in Bellabel Park – Switch 2 Edition

Release Date: March 26, 2026 | Read IGN’s Review

From IGN’s Review: “It sands off the rough edges of the original version while adding a fantastic lineup of boss battles, endgame challenges, and cooperative levels that each make use of Wonder’s excellent platforming in entirely different ways. The local and online competitive minigames are pretty bland, and I wish it’d gone just a bit further in getting the most out of its exciting new Dual Badge idea, but the rest of this expansion is so polished and inspired that it more than makes up for any shortcomings.” – Logan Plant

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Save On The Philips OneBlade and Leave Your Dusty Old Razor Behind

If there’s one part of consumer technology that’s seen pretty understated leaps in the last few decades, it’s personal grooming.

Whether it’s trimming your beard and trying not to remove a layer of your skin in doing so, or somewhere even more personal, the time of the manual razor is over. Here’s why you need to ditch it, and why the Philips OneBlade is a great alternative.

Philips OneBlade

0

Save Your Shave With This OneBlade 360 Discount

While a good, old-fashioned razor might seem like an obvious way to trim away your five-o’clock shadow or touch up your facial hair, it’s not exactly something I’ve ever looked forward to.

In fact, growing up, I used to dread having to shave because the razors back in my day (yes, I’m going full Grandpa Simpson) would leave me cut up and peppered with bits of tissue to stem the bleeding.

Even shaving creams, foams, and lotions did little to make the experience feel anything other than torturous, and that’s just the face – drift to your pits, or–heaven forbid–below the belt, and you’ll be feeling itchy, sore, or worse for days.

So what of the OneBlade? For one thing, as the name suggests, it’s delightfully simple. You can use it on your boat race, you can use it on your body, and yes, you can use it on your more delicate areas, too.

While you can use shaving foam or cream with it, I find it to be just as comfortable without it, and while new heads are hardly cheap, at least that’s another expense you can get by without.

The newer OneBlade 360 version actually follows the contours of your face, too, letting you more easily mop up any bits you may have missed. OneBlade is also waterproof, making it ideal for use in the shower (don’t forget to unclog your drain, you animals), and the blades are easy to clean. Each blade lasts around four months, too, and once it does get blunt, you can swiftly swap it over with a quick release mechanism.

Battery life is great, and while I’d have liked a USB-C charging port, as long as you remember where you put the charging cable then you’re all set – plus replacements are cheap to pick up if you do lose it (speaking from experience).

Better yet, it’s discounted by 27% at the time of writing. That means you can get the OneBlade 360, with an additional blade, three stubble combs, a storage pouch and a charging cable for just £32.97. The whole set would usually cost £44.99, so you’re getting everything you need at a great price.

Trust me when I say I wish I had this when I was younger – don’t make the same mistake I did! Your face (and everywhere else) will thank you for it.

Lloyd Coombes is an experienced freelancer in tech, gaming and fitness seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar and many more. He’s a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife’s dismay.

Dark Arisen Adds a Whole New Loot Grind

There are plenty of fantastical creatures to fight in Dragon’s Dogma 2, but nowhere in the base game will you find a dragon that vomits zombies. You will find such a beast in its upcoming Dark Arisen expansion, though, and this winged atrocity marked the final challenge of a 90-minute hands-on demo I played just ahead of gamescom 2026.

The undead barfer easily ranks among Dragon’s Dogma 2’s most hideous foes – a scaly titan with an unsightly face, torn wings, and decaying flesh. At multiple points throughout the battle, it rears back its head to belch a plume of sinister smoke from its rotting maw, out of which skitters a gang of pallid corpses. It’s a creative and horrific way to introduce additional mobs to a boss fight, and for a moment I’m distracted from my project of hacking the dragon’s legs off to perform a series of spinning sword attacks, cutting down the newly-birthed fodder three at a time.

Such a beast awaits you in Norgan, the new “Forsaken Dominion” that Dark Arisen adds to the north of the base game’s map. While designed for advanced players, it’s not an “end game” zone; instead, it’s recommended for characters around level 40, and can be accessed from relatively early in the campaign. The region’s icy conditions and bitter snowstorms create several new and unique challenges, and outfitting yourself to survive such sub-zero temperatures is first on the agenda. The demo opens with a blacksmith offering to craft me some armour with better thermal properties, and a short fetch quest later I’m outfitted in furs fit for a Stark. While the demo didn’t allow me the chance to fully explore why warmer armour is so important – does the cold inflict damage over time, like in the modern Zelda games? Or does thermal clothing provide better defense against icy attacks? – my short trek into the frigid north still highlighted a number of ways the region’s climate poses dangers distinct from those we’ve faced in more southern lands.

While battling against the yeti-like Norgan giant, I was frozen solid by the beast’s arctic breath. Later, midway through the fight, an unexpected avalanche knocked me off my feet, disrupting my chain of attacks. As ever, your AI companion Pawns chatter away, and their dialogue hints to such avalanches being triggered by both large beasts and your own weapon strikes. Other tactics suggested by my party include rolling a boulder towards an enemy, which would grow larger as it gathered up the snow in its path, and shattering hanging icicles so they would rain down like glass on our foes.

“I definitely didn’t want the cold, snowy region to purely be a visual effect,” Dark Arisen’s director, Kenta Kinoshita, tells me. “If a snowstorm has blown in and is obscuring your visibility and the wind is working against you, then you’re going to have to come up with a way to get around it. But the wind can also be used to your advantage; if you’re trying to jump over a gap in a crevice and you’re able to orient yourself towards the direction the wind’s blowing, it can blow you further. The wind could even be a help in getting you on top of huge enemies if you orient yourself right.”

I wanted the cold theme to provide friction that’s really interesting to strategize how to overcome.“

The base game encouraged you to use the world around you as a tool and a weapon, a philosophy Dark Arisen is expanding upon further. Kinoshita describes how enemies will cross frozen lakes in pursuit of you, and so you can break the ice to plunge them into the water below (it’s here where it’s worth remembering that Dragon’s Dogma 2’s water is plagued by The Brine, the red tentacled mass which swallows up any living thing.)

“There could be an enemy that steals your relics and runs away,” Kinoshita adds. “How do you find where it’s gone? Well, follow the footprints in the snow and maybe you’ll trace it back to its nest and find the relics that it’s stolen from you and more besides. At every different level of encounter design, I wanted the cold theme to [provide] a level of friction that’s really interesting for the player to discover and then strategize on how to overcome.”

Unknown Treasures

By relics, Kinoshita doesn’t just mean any old piece of equipment you’ve found. Relics are part of Dark Arisen’s new loot system that sees you collect mystery spoils from across Norgan and bring them back to camp to be “appraised” by Jiera, the local wise woman. When acquired, relics are listed in your inventory with vague descriptions – this one is a helm, this is a light weapon – and are utterly useless to you. Throw Jiera a few rift crystals, though, and she’ll reveal their true nature, turning them into gear you can carry into battle. Compared to the equipment discovered in the base game, relics are more likely to have interesting properties that you could build a strategy around, such as substantial stat modifiers or abilities.

One of the demo’s early quests paired me up with Freki, a huge direwolf with a taste for hare and a nose for relics. Following your first scripted adventure, you can feed Freki meat whenever you want to trigger his hunt for buried relics – simply follow him to acquire new treasures.

This new system intrigues me because it encourages a very particular gameplay loop, one reminiscent of the loot grinds in games like Destiny. Many Diablo-esque ARPGs and looter shooters use randomised rewards that must be “decoded” as a way of establishing a compelling cycle of explore, collect, decipher, equip, repeat. The bait, of course, is the possibility of finding that one piece of gear that will elevate your character build and unlock the ability to complete the cycle in even more dangerous parts of the world, which in turn rewards even greater weapons and armour.

Kinoshita agrees that this more organic style of play is a focus for Dark Arisen, beyond the traditional framework of a fantasy RPG. “There are, of course, quests. You’ll unlock them and follow along the storyline,” he explains, “but as they relate to the relic system, they’re more of a means to give the player a reason to go out and explore different areas.”

If the relic system sounds familiar but you’re not well acquainted with Destiny’s Master Rahool, then it may be because you’re a long-term Dragon’s Dogma fan who remembers the original’s expanded re-release, also called Dark Arisen. Scattered across that game’s Bitterblack Isle dungeon was cursed loot, items that needed to be purified before use. The similarity between the cursed loot and relic systems, as well as the fact that both expansions are called Dark Arisen, is no coincidence.

“We wanted to add a similar relic exploration and appraisal cycle to Dragon’s Dogma 2,” confirms producer Naoto Oyama, “but this time we thought it was better to focus on a new wide area to build upon the open game design that everyone loves so much.” And so, rather than just a single dungeon, this new version of Dark Arisen’s loot system takes place across an entire region.

It’s interesting that Capcom has elected to free the loot cycle from the confines of a single dungeon, but still keep it contained within the borders of one biome. The studio could have introduced relics into the wider world, allowing them to be discovered in the lands of Vermund and Battahl – that would certainly encourage veteran players to return to lands they’ve already rinsed clean. But Capcom’s decision is backed up by a clear purpose.

“In order to keep the new area distinct, [Norgan] is the only place in which the actual relic acquisition and appraisal cycle takes place,” Kinoshita explains. “But you’re not locked into Norgan once you travel there. You can travel back to the original map and use that acquired gear to take on further challenges, especially the 12 new Lost Rites dungeons.”

These new dungeons represent some of Dark Arisen’s greatest challenges. In their depths lie rare, incredibly desirable equipment. I didn’t get to set foot in any of them as part of this demo, but the allure is strong.

“They ramp up in challenge as they go along,” says Kinoshita. “You can choose how much you want to do [Dark Arisen’s] two different contents in parallel. For instance, you might explore some of the earlier Lost Rites dungeons and then get to quite a challenging one you’re not quite ready for. You could then go to Norgan and start to find relics as a way to prepare yourself to finish the next dungeon. And so there’s an interaction between those two different areas and elements, even though the actual relic drops and appraisal only happen specifically in Norgan.”

When I first realised what Dark Arisen was doing with loot, I’ll admit to feeling somewhat disappointed – I play RPGs for questing and story, and any kind of grind cycle with randomised loot is typically something that repels me. But I think it makes sense for Dragon’s Dogma 2, which thrives when you leave the well-trodden path behind and trek through the wilderness in search of your own story. While I hope the main questline features more complex design than the fetch tasks this demo offered, all my best memories of the base game were organic discoveries. The relic system appears to encourage even more of that, and the challenge posed by the Lost Rites dungeons will hopefully push us into delving deep into the far reaches of this expansion’s new land.

I doubt Dark Arisen will turn non-believers into Dragon’s Dogma 2 converts, but for those who already love its unique approach to the open-world RPG, this expansion promises to bolster the idiosyncrasies you know and love with ideas old and new.

Matt Purslow is IGN’s Executive Editor of Features.

Kick Streamer Neon Responds After Fans Claim Rockstar Referenced Him In GTA 6 Netflix Showcase

Prominent Kick streamer Neon has responded after Rockstar appeared to reference him in a side mission shown during their special GTA 6 first-look trailer on Netflix.

Rockstar broke the internet yesterday when it premiered 26 minutes of gameplay footage from Grand Theft Auto 6 on Netflix, causing brief issues on the platform and even on Twitch, where a number of streamers were reacting to the showcase in real time.

Speaking of streamers, the highly-anticipated showcase featured a side mission where Lucia steals a car — only for a content creator to hop out of the trunk after the heist is finished, asking his viewers, “Holy sh*t chat, what do I do?”

Fans couldn’t help but notice a striking resemblance between the fictional influencer and a real-life streamer named Neon. The two boast similar features and even have the same style of haircut, prompting netizens to recreate that Leonardo DiCaprio meme as they watched the preview from home.

Neon went live on Kick the next day, where he officially addressed the topic — and while he didn’t provide any solid confirmation that he truly was the inspiration for GTA 6’s streamer character, he did thank his audience for getting him popular enough to make it a legitimate theory.

“We made it! We f**kin’ did it!” an excited Neon said as he sat in the back of a car. “Shout out to everyone in the chat. I’ve seen some reactions: A lot of people weren’t the happiest, a lot of people were showing support.

“Two streamers did text me. You know who you are, and I appreciate you. Thank you guys. …Would a B-Tier streamer really be in [this game]? Nah, I’m just kidding. That is f**kin’ sick, bro! Streaming is really taking over the game. I’m just so happy and blessed and grateful to even be seen like that, in that way.”

N3on celebrates his alleged inclusion in GTA 6

“We f’in did it..shout out to everyone in the chat..I’ve seen some reactions, a lot of ppl weren’t the happiest, a lot of ppl were showing support..2 streamers did text me..I appreciate u..streaming is really taking over the… pic.twitter.com/FOelAyJL2q

— yeet (@Awk20000) August 28, 2026

Later that same day, Neon recreated the scene beat for beat during a live stream in a moment that went viral on social media.

NEON recreated the streamer scene from the new GTA 6 trailer perfectly 😭 pic.twitter.com/XzVLur6Cwf

— ryan 🤿 (@scubaryan_) August 28, 2026

The streamer moment sparked a few big reactions from a handful of other popular broadcasters, with the likes of Kai Cenat, IShowSpeed, and Jynxi in disbelief that a content creator was included in the game.

“Wait, chat, they got streamers in the game?” a stunned IShowSpeed asked his viewers.

IShowSpeed couldn’t believe GTA 6 added streamers into the game pic.twitter.com/HDkPHoRLOH

— FearBuck (@FearedBuck) August 27, 2026

“Is that a streamer?” Kai Cenat shouted, his jaw dropping to the floor.

Kai Cenat finds out a streamer is on GTA 6 pic.twitter.com/sT0w3XTBvY

— FearBuck (@FearedBuck) August 27, 2026

“They have streamers. They’re adding streamers to GTA 6,” a shocked Jynxi said. “Oh my god, it’s a brainrot IRL streamer, too!”

Jynxzi was in shock after seeing Rockstar games add IRL streamers to GTA VI 🤯 pic.twitter.com/SXpLcEHkJC

— clippedbytm (@clippedbytm) August 27, 2026

Streamers are just one of the many real-life parallels featured in GTA 6. Check out our full coverage of the game right here on IGN, as well as a full list of all the side activities we spotted and 69 things we learned during our time at Rockstar HQ when we got a sneak peek at what’s in store come November 19.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Save 40% Off Sony’s Premium DualSense Edge Controller, Worth It for Grand Theft Auto 6

Sony’s official professional grade PlayStation DualSense Edge controller is much nicer than the standard DualSense controller, and a worthy upgrade for the upcoming Grand Theft Auto 6 game, but it retails for $200. Fortunately, for a limited time, there’s a way to get it even for much less.

Sony PlayStation DualSense Edge Controller for $121.97

Used “Like New” Condition

PlayStation 5 DualSense Edge Controller

3

Automatic 30% discount applied during checkout.

Amazon Resale is current offering a Used “Like New” Sony PlayStation 5 DualSense Edge Controller for just $121.97 with free shipping after an automatic 30% discount is applied during checkout. Amazon Resale is Amazon’s official outlet for used items. Amazon states that this “Like New” item “looks and functions as if it were new and comes in original packaging.” You still get the 30-day Amazon return policy so it’s safer than buying off Facebook Marketplace.

Grand Theft Auto 6 will undoubtedly be the biggest game release of 2026

GTA 6 has a confirmed release date of November 19, and I’m pretty convinced that no other game will be played on PlayStation or Xbox consoles in the days following. Just recently there has been a flood of new content for the game from our own exclusive interviews, Gamescom 2026, and Netflix’s exclusive extended look. It’s totally worth getting a DualSense Edge for just one game if that game happens to be Grand Theft Auto 6.

The DualSense Edge is Sony’s official high-end controller for the PS5 console. It offers pro-level features like grips, adjustable analog sticks, mappable rear buttons, profiles, and more. They’re very useful for gamers who invest time into esports or enjoy playing competitive games like first person shooters and fighting games.

One of the most important features of any pro controller are the thumbsticks and triggers. The sticks on the DualSense Edge are interchangeable; you can choose domed or convex replacements that come in two different heights. If your analog sticks crap out, you can buy replacements for $19.99. The DualSense Edge comes standard with traditional potentiometer-based analog sticks, but some third party manufacturers now make aftermarket TMR versions.

There are also two sets of interchangeable back buttons that can be mapped to any button on the DualSense Edge controller. For Grand Theft Auto 6, the paddle switches might be used for weapon switching, sprinting or rolling in firefights, braking during car chases, or other actions that might normally force you to take your thumbs of the sticks.

The triggers, likewise, have received special treatment as well. Next to each trigger is a stop slider that lets you adjust how far you have to press the trigger down to make it register. You can choose standard, medium, or short travel distances.

Accessories include a hard shell case anda 9 foot long USB-C cable. All-in-all, it’s a significant upgrade from the standard DualSense controller and, with this deal, worth the price premium.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Gandahar 4K Review

The new 4K restoration of the uncut French version of Gandahar is being released in New York City on August 28 before expanding nationally.

Man, who remembers the crop of great, strange, watch ’em in your buddy’s finished basement (probably after a couple of bong hits) animated classics like Heavy Metal, Fantastic Planet, Wizards, and the such? Pre-internet, popping these movies into your VHS or DVD player was like playing the freak-out lottery: What weird and wonderful delights awaited you were anyone’s guess.

Evil C-3POs attack!

And now, Janus Films has unleashed a new 4K restoration of one such title, the late French animator René Laloux’s Gandahar. Laloux was also the mind behind 1973’s better-remembered cult classic Fantastic Planet (aka La Planète Sauvage). Like that film, 1987’s Gandahar is a trippy (I promise not to use that word again in this review) visit to a far-out realm, only in this case it’s a land where soulless robots attempt to overtake a seemingly utopian society, and the battle for freedom must be fought not just in the here and now, but also 1,000 years in the future. Along the way, the dangers of genetic experiments, the consequences of creating an ultimate weapon, and the effect such decisions have on future generations are all explored. Also, clothing is optional for half of these characters (the female half, as was the wont of the time).

An edited and dubbed version of the film called Light Years was released in North America by (cough) Miramax Films in 1988. That cut even featured dialogue written by legendary sci-fi scribe Isaac Asimov, who adapted the French script, but now Janus has given us the complete and original version of the sci-fi adventure. And really, the steady (sometimes somnambulistic by today’s standards) pace, the heady visuals and concepts, and the French line readings make an English version of Gandahar – voiced by the likes of John Shea, Jennifer Grey and Christopher Plummer, as Light Years apparently was – just seem wrong.

It’s the weirdos and oddballs that Gandahar is all about.“

The film begins with scenes of bucolic, if strange, beauty, as a group of blue-skinned villagers fish and eat and play. An anteater-type creature is born from a plant, and immediately the babe suckles at a woman’s chest as if she’s its mother. (Maybe she is?) Birds peck at giant berries while the villagers collect them, giant snails feed while a shepherd looks on, but then suddenly… an attack! The people of Gandahar are being turned to stone by the C-3PO-like (only mean, and black) Men of Metal.

And so in the city of Jasper (which is centered in a giant statue of a woman) the leader of the Council of Women (who has huge eagle wings sticking out of the sides of her head) is advised by her lead scientist (who looks like he’s come straight out of the Green Lanterns’ Guardians of the Universe) to send out an emissary to investigate the situation. (And yes, I could keep inserting parentheticals around just about every noun in this movie to explain some kind of weirdness, which is half the film’s charm right there.)

The young “Servant” Sylvain (voiced by Pierre-Marie Escourrou) is put on the case, and while the character hits his marks as a hero – he rides a flying, flapping, funky mechanical jellyfish; shoots a gun that uses ammo which quickly propagates as spiky weeds; gets the girl; and saves the day – he’s also dry as the desert landscape where that jellyfish crash-lands. Alas, none of the human characters in this tale are particularly engaging, but that’s OK because it’s the weirdos and oddballs that Gandahar is all about.

Sylvain (left) is the hero of the piece… maybe?

Take the Deformed, the outcasts of Gandahar who are the result of scientific experimentation – “victims of your genetic games,” they tell Sylvain – and as such have all manner of physicality, from multiple heads to mouths for knees to my favorite, the dude who is just a huge head/chest with arms that he walks on. Also blessed/cursed with the ability to see the future, only to lose it, the Deformed now speak in the past and future tense because that’s how they see the world around them: In 1,000 years, Gandahar has fallen. 1,000 years ago, Gandahar will be saved.

Then there’s Metamorphis (Georges Wilson), a giant brain hanging out in the middle of the Eccentric Ocean, as it is rightfully called. Another forgotten legacy of Gandahar, Metamorphis is either the villain of the film or its hero, depending on your point of view. But that’s the thing about Gandahar the movie – just as its imagery is off-kilter but also beautiful, its loopy time-travel story isn’t terribly interested in adhering to traditional concepts of what an animated film needs to be. So yes, sometimes it’s slow, sometimes its hero is kind of lame, and sometimes it’s rough around the edges. But just like Fantastic Planet before it, it’s not the kind of thing that passes for big-screen animation these days, and that kind of makes it a must-watch right there. (Pass the bong.)

Everything Coming to Amazon Prime Video in September 2026

Amazon’s popular Reacher series may be coming to an end in September, but plenty of other great additions are coming to the streaming service to take its place. In fact, there’s a Reacher spin-off arriving on the same day of the finale to do exactly that.

If you’re wondering how to make the most of your Prime Video subscription next month, I’ve curated a quick selection of movies and shows that are absolutely worth your time. You can also jump to the full list of September releases to see the full breakdown by day.

What’s Worth Watching?

Over the Garden Wall – September 1

If you’re looking for something cozy and wonderful to watch right before fall kicks off, I highly recommend Over the Garden Wall. It only ran for one season on Cartoon Network, but it has everything you could ever want in an animated series. It has some of the weirdness you’d expect from Adventure Time with just enough darkness to fit the summer-to-fall transition.

Like many other Cartoon Network favorites, it was removed from HBO Max years ago but has been available at other services since then. It also got it’s first Blu-ray release this year if you’d prefer to own all 10 episodes yourself.

Chef – September 1

For fans of Jon Favreau and food, I recommend checking out 2014’s Chef. It’s a movie about food and family that resulted in Favreau creating a spin-off docuseries where he learns about the culinary world. Here’s a quick summary of what we thought of the film in our review:

“Take away the sentiment, and the bitterness, and you’ve got a fun film about family, food, and the importance of staying true to yourself. Just make sure you eat before watching this one.” – Chris Tilly

Van Helsing (2004) – September 1

The 2004 movie starring Hugh Jackman and Kate Beckinsale is an excellent vampire hunter movie to revisit in the fall. It’s a wonderful throwback to simpler times when you could just toss Wolverine into a vampire movie and it just worked. This film also came pretty shortly after Kate Beckinsale’s first Underworld movie, solidifying her place in the genre forever.

Demon Slayer (S1-4) – September 15

The Demon Slayer series is one of the most popular anime shows in recent years. There have been four seasons and a few movies so far, so it’s a great time to dive into the series for the first time.

The story is set in early 20th century Japan, centering on a teenage boy who becomes a demon hunter to avenge his family and save his sister. Amazon is also bringing the Mugen Train movie to its service, so you can catch up on most of the story pretty quickly this month.

Neagley – September 16

On the same day that Reacher Season 4 comes to an end, Prime Video is dropping all eight episodes of the spin-off series at once. The show focuses on private investigator Frances Neagley as she unravels the suspicious death of her friend. Jack Reacher (Alan Ritchson) will guest star in the series in a more supporting role.

The Love Hypothesis – September 23

IGN hasn’t had the chance to watch The Love Hypothesis ahead of its release, but it’s intriguing nevertheless. The movie is based on Ali Hazelwood’s popular romance novel of the same name, which actually got its start as Star Wars “Reylo” fanfiction. The story is about an experiment in dating between two highly educated individuals who are trying to prove a point.

Everything Coming to Prime Video in September

Note: This list is subject to change in September pending additional announcements from Amazon. Click on any of the links provided to see IGN’s review.

September 1

September 4

  • ONE Championship on Prime (2026)
  • NWSL: Bay FC vs. Kansas City Current (10 p.m. ET)

September 9

  • MLB: Colorado Rockies at New York Yankees (7:05 p.m. ET)

September 10

September 11

  • NWSL: Kansas City Current vs. Orlando Pride (8pm ET)

September 15

  • Demon Slayer: Kimetsu no Yaiba S1-4 (2019)
  • Demon Slayer – Kimetsu no Yaiba – The Movie: Mugen Train (2021)

September 16

  • Neagley (2026)
  • Reacher Seasoon 4 Finale

September 17

  • Thursday Night Football: Detroit Lions at Buffalo Bills (8:15pm ET)

September 18

  • NWSL: San Diego Wave vs. Kansas City Current (10pm ET)

September 19

  • WNBA: Chicago Sky at Atlanta Dream (7pm ET)
  • WNBA: Seattle Storm at Golden State Valkyries (9pm ET)

September 23

  • MLB: Tampa Bay Rays at New York Yankees (7:05pm ET)
  • The Love Hypothesis (2026)

September 24

  • Go Deep: The DeSean Jackson Story (2026)
  • The Fire Inside (2024)
  • Thursday Night Football: Atlanta Falcons at Green Bay Packers (8:15pm ET)

September 25

September 27

  • WNBA Playoffs First Round (Matchup and times TBD)

Prime Video Subscription Options

Sign up for an Amazon Prime Membership

26

30-day free trial, 1 month, and annual plans available

Anyone who has an Amazon Prime membership will automatically have access to Prime Video. There’s a 30-day free trial available for new subscribers as well as a 6-month free trial for students. That subscription will get you access to the Prime Video streaming library with ads, so you’ll still need to pay a bit extra to go ad-free.

Amazon raised prices for its ad-free streaming tier earlier this year while rebranding it to Prime Video Ultra. As of April 2026, you’ll need to pay an additional $4.99 per month to remove the ads from your service.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets.

Indie Dev Posts Video Reporting Stolen Laptops at gamescom as CD Projekt Red and More Step in to Help

Ryan Laley, the solo indie developer behind upcoming asymmetrical horror game Mimic, has shared a video confirming his gamescom was “cut short” after he and other developers had their laptops stolen.

A teary Laley took to X/Twitter to share a video explaining why his “gamescom is over early,” saying that “all our laptops have been stolen” after he and others had their booths “raided” overnight. Bringing Mimic to the Cologne, Germany gaming event meant getting the opportunity to show it off to a new audience of potential partners and eager gamers alike, but stolen gear would bring that dream to an end.

“As an indie, solo dev, this s**t’s expensive and hard to do all by yourself,” he said. “And to have this happen is beyond frustrating – it’s heartbreaking.”

My #gamescom cut short. Our equipment was stolen last night from the booth.

Police reports have been filed.

At a loss for words to describe the feeling. Just defeated. Gonna do my best with what’s left of the week.

But a huge blow financially and mentally pic.twitter.com/dKpp3Of6df

— Mimic | Ryan Laley (@RyanLaley) August 28, 2026

Laley went on, saying the gamescom theft was reported to the proper security teams and authorities. Despite the effort he and others were putting in, he noted, “I don’t expect it, obviously, to be found or returned.”

“I don’t know what I’m going to do now,” he added. “I can’t do my job. We’ll post updates if I get any updates, but effectively, gamescom is over for me.”

gamescom kicked off when Opening Night Live (ONL) aired Tuesday, August 25, letting developers loose for the rest of the week to show what they bring to the table. At the time of this story’s publication, there are still more than two days left in the show, making Laley’s loss an especially painful one. Thankfully, his story and video gained enough traction to reach the eyes of developers looking to help.

The Witcher 3 and Cyberpunk 2077 team at CD Projekt Red quickly chimed in, apologizing to Laley for the circumstances he’d been thrust into. They admitted they wouldn’t be able to “help right this second,” but they did promise to “send a few things” his way.

“No choom should have to start from zero,” its post said.

Gaming industry expert and Don’t Scream developer Joe Henson (a.k.a. Indie Game Joe) went as far as to post a video message reply offering his support. It’s an offer that Laley seems to have accepted.

Thank you for the support everyone. Long crazy day.

I’m still around this weekend if you want to catch up at Gamescom. I’ll be boothless but still in my Mimic shirt (a fresh one DW) so come say hi if you see me 🙂

Looking forward to meeting other Devs and trying out their… pic.twitter.com/b0gro1BL0Y

— Mimic | Ryan Laley (@RyanLaley) August 28, 2026

Thank you everyone for outpouring of love and support today! You are the reason why I love this industry

❤️

— Mimic | Ryan Laley (@RyanLaley) August 28, 2026

“Thank you everyone so much for your support and love,” he said in a follow-up post. “I’m trying to say thanks to everyone, but honestly, my fingers aren’t fast enough. Huge shout-out and thanks to @IndieGameJoe, who kindly donated the money to replace my stolen hardware. He truly is a champion for the little guys, and [I’m] so thankful for his support towards all of us indies!”

Laley returned with an additional post later, thanking everyone again for their support. Although he will no longer have his booth, he still encouraged anyone interested in Mimic to find him at gamescom.

“Words can’t describe how much I’m grateful for everyone’s support,” he said. “I’m a mentor and trainer in Unreal Engine, I train a lot of people up and go to a lot of universities, talk to a lot of students who want to get into games, and one of the things I always say to them is how friendly and warm and supportive of each other it is. Today is just evident of that. Proof that you guys are amazing.”

Today at gamescom we arrived to our station in the business area hall to discover that our two laptops had been stolen over night, despite the presence of Koelnmesse security.

These were machines we were using to demo iam8bit Presents titles Petal Runner and Escape Academy 2 to…

— iam8bit @ gamescom hall 5.2 stand C051 (@iam8bit) August 28, 2026

We were robbed at Gamescom.

On Wednesday, we arrived at our booth in the Indie Area to find our cabinet forced open. Two laptops and a Steam Deck were gone.

The devices contained not only our Gamescom demo, but also personal, company, and critical information.

Here’s our story pic.twitter.com/ZghaSx9RJB

— The Zibbo Show ➡️ Wishlist on Steam 💥 (@tesserastudios) August 28, 2026

Unfortunately, Laley was far from the only person affected by thieves at gamescom. Publisher and pop-culture collectible company iam8bit shared its own message reporting stolen goods at gamescom, saying that it had two laptops taken overnight. It added that, “on top of disrupting our very busy appointment schedule, this theft has potentially put unfinished builds of these games at risk of being leaked.”

Tessera Studios, which is working on the game show-inspired The Zibbo Show, also published a video announcing it had been “robbed at gamescom.” They called the damage it’s caused the team “pretty huge.”

For now, gamescom organizers have yet to publicly comment on the reports of theft at the event. IGN has reached out for comment.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil Movie On Track to Have Biggest Opening Weekend for Any RE Film

Zach Cregger’s Resident Evil movie is on track to have the most profitable opening weekend out of any film adaptation of Capcom’s flagship horror franchise.

Stats aggregated by Box Office Pro, a business-to-business trade magazine and the official publication of the National Association of Theater Owners, are giving optimistic predictions for Cregger’s Resident Evil.

The zombie flick is projected to earn $40M – $50M during its opening weekend this September — an amount that would make it the most financially successful opening weekend for any Resident Evil movie ever released in theaters.

Resident Evil Movie Trailer Slideshow

For comparison, the highest amount earned during an opening weekend for a Resident Evil movie was for Resident Evil: Afterlife, which netted $26,650,26 when it opened in 2010.

Resident Evil: Apocalypse and Resident Evil: Extinction both earned around $23 million during their opening weekends. The original RE movie, released in 2002, scored $17.7 million for its opening weekend, with the lowest amount going to 2021’s Resident Evil: Welcome to Raccoon City. (That’s not too surprising; the film was widely panned by fans and critics alike, with IGN giving it a 6 out of 10 at the time.)

Enthusiasm for Cregger’s take on the series is at an all-time high, even though the famous filmmaker has publicly eschewed the idea of creating a 1:1 adaptation of the games. Rather than trying to live up to what fans have already played, Cregger follows an average Joe who gets caught up in the Racoon City Incident — and so far, it’s looking pretty solid.

Cregger has included more than a few cheeky references to the games (the main character scrambling for ammo, Heavy Field shotgun shells from Resident Evil 4, first-person action sequences, a typewriter and the mention of Umbrella), and considering his impressive resume of highly-lauded horror films (Barbarian, Weapons), this fresh take on the beloved video game franchise experiencing a good about of hype.

Speaking with IGN at San Diego Comic Con, Cregger explained why he chose to pursue a different approach than most fans likely expected, admitting that he “took liberties” with the source material.

“I am not trying to adapt a video game,” he told us. I’m not using the characters from the games. I’m not telling a story that the games tell because I’m not going to be able to do it better than the games. The games are so well executed, and to me, Leon and Claire and these characters, they exist so perfectly in the games that anyone I cast and any difference that I do with them would be, probably, to the detriment of what I was trying to do.”

Cregger’s Resident Evil has been described as an “all gas, no brakes” thrill ride and the “Fury Road of horror.” At one hour and 35 minutes long, we’d expect nothing less, and we’re keen to see if box office predictions line up when September 18 finally rolls around.

Image credit: CFOTO/Future Publishing via Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

The Founders of Hooters Are Making a Buddy-Comedy Movie About Its Origin Story

Yep, you read that right. Hooters: The Movie is in the early stages of pre-production, and some of the chain’s original founders are directly involved.

As reported by Deadline, the film is inspired by the “real events” behind Hooters’ creation, following best buds Ted and Lenny as they create a sprawling legacy for themselves with their famous ‘breastaurant’ chain — only to have their life’s work jeopardized by the US government.

Ted falls head over heels for a gal named Diane after seeing her on a TV commercial. Ted convinces Lenny to drive down with him to Clearwater Beach, Florida, where they recruit Diane to become the original Hooters Girl. The flick is described as part buddy comedy, part biopic that tells the “wild journey” of how the iconic American eatery got its start.

One of Hooters’ co-founders, Edward Droste, is both producing the film and co-authoring its screenplay. Jon Rosenbaum (Benchwarmers 2: Breaking Balls) is set to direct, and casting is already underway. Filming is scheduled to begin in November in Florida’s Tampa and Clearwater areas, which is where the very first Hooters restaurant opened its doors all the way back in 1983.

“I think people are going to enjoy watching how we were really just some guys who didn’t know what we were doing, but had a great time doing it,” Droste said in a press release. “And of course, our world-famous Hooters Girls are the real stars. It’s time to deliver a taste of our big-hearted culture and famous humor to the world.”

“From the moment I first learned the Hooters origin story, I knew it would make an incredible movie,” Rosenbaum remarked. “It’s the perfect combination of a hilarious buddy comedy and an inspiring biopic for a beloved American brand: Two lifelong friends with no idea what they’re getting themselves into, a crazy idea they’re willing to bet everything on, and a wild journey that culminates in the creation of something bigger than they could ever have imagined. It’s not at all what people will be expecting – and it’s mostly true! I can’t wait to bring this story to life.”

If you’re unfamiliar, Hooters is a casual dining / sports bar chain known for its wings and its waitresses, young ladies who are often clad in white t-shirts and orange shorts. The chain was actually founded by six people: Lynn D. Stewart, Gil DiGiannantonio, Ed Droste. Billy Ranieri, Ken Wimmer, and Dennis Johnson.

At the time of writing, there are around 200 locations within the US, and 60 internationally in areas including the Bahamas, the Czech Republic, Japan, Switzerland, and more.

Image credits: David Paul Morris/Bloomberg via Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

NBA 2K27 Review

Every year, the NBA 2K series, like our favorite NBA teams, teases enough improvements to give us a sliver of hope; a renewed sense of faith that maybe things will be even better than last time. Although that faith was rewarded last year, that hasn’t been the case in the 10 hours I’ve spent with NBA 2K27 so far. While the on-court play does feel better thanks to smoother and more responsive defensive movements, some new features, like MyCareer Eras, are the opposite. Instead, they act like magnifiers, placing a spotlight on issues that have consistently plagued this series, like an ever-growing emphasis on microtransactions. That can turn what should be an energizing session of hoops into a tiring exercise in scrutiny.

Let’s kick things off with the good stuff: the on-court experience. Offense, although it still feels largely the same, has a few new tricks up its sleeve that make it slightly more challenging than last year. For starters, Rhythm Shooting is much less forgiving than in 2K26 since you’ll have to actually hit the green part of your shot meter to make jumpers. Full disclosure: I religiously use the square button to shoot because it’s what I’ve been doing since 2K10. With this change, I’ve become even more partial to the classic hold-and-release method since there just doesn’t seem to be an incentive to master Rhythm Shooting’s more finicky timing and down-up motion. Of course, there may come a point when I’ll need to really dig into the latter, but today is not that day.

What I Said About Last Year’s NBA 2K26

Belief and disappointment go hand in hand; just ask any sports fan. The crushing blow of losing lingers, but is eventually replaced by a newfound fervor – a flicker of hope that maybe this time things will be different. With the NBA 2K series, it’s mostly been frustrating in recent years because we so often end up being disappointed. Thankfully, NBA 2K26 bucks that trend with a MyCareer mode (for my money the star and core of each annual game) is the best it’s been in years thanks to its amazing prelude storyline. And like a group of reliable role players, a handful of tweaks, most notably the updated shot meter and player movement, tie everything together nicely so that the gameplay in each mode is less stressful and more rewarding. Of course, these excellent improvements make the imperfections stand out, with MyGM continuing to stick out like disgruntled benchwarmers. Overall, NBA 2K26 is the equivalent of a team that’s a few pieces away from contending, making this year’s catchphrase, “Ball Over Everything,” pretty fitting if you don’t count the endless microtransactions in all the online modes. Because when you’ve got the core performing this well, and all eyes are on the on-court action, it becomes easier to ignore those imperfections. – Nicoe Vergara, September 13, 2024

Score: 8

Read the full NBA 2K26 review.

Then there’s the new logic-based Dunk Meter, which, instead of only showing up when you perform Skill Dunks like in 2K26, now appears whenever you drive to and attempt a shot at the rim. The goal, as always, is to hit the green, but it won’t always be that simple, because this feature takes the defender’s positioning into account. That means even if you get a near-perfect release on your way to a jam, a well-timed contest from a towering, highly-rated defender like Zach Edey or Victor Wembanyama could turn it into a miss.

I’ll admit, taking the Dunk Meter into account did take some getting used to, meaning I’ve missed more than a few slams in trying to master it. But after playing several matches, I’ve come to appreciate the greater sense of realism it lends to 2K27. As much as I would want every poster dunk attempt to go in, even a strong and sure-handed player like Giannis can and should get stuffed at the rim every now and then.

That, of course, leads me to the side of the ball that flusters dribblers, causes turnovers, and wins championships. If last year’s defense was a benchwarmer who barely played any minutes, this year it’s the Most Improved Player. As soon as I hopped into a match, the change felt immediate; being near a defender and putting a hand up actually altered a shot! Gone are the dark days when every jumper, even contested ones, felt like they would go in; now that both sides of the ball are balanced, playing through an entire match, at least in the offline modes, feels better than ever.

If 2K26’s defense was a benchwarmer, 2k27’s is the Most Improved Player.“

Now it’s time to head on over to MyCareer’s neck of the woods, with its latest single-player journey, dramatically titled Fire and Concrete. Like always, this tale follows our recurring hero MP, showing his hoops growth in stages from humble high school roots all the way to a career in the pros. Unlike its predecessors, though, this one’s a doozy, spanning 11 chapters – and bigger always means better, right? Right? Oh, if only that were true.

As soon as I jumped into the thick of things, some flaws immediately stood out, beginning with the story itself. Early on, a key plot point is rushed through in an animated vignette instead of actually unfolding in a motion-captured cutscene, as if it were a commercial as opposed to a career-defining incident. It flashes by so fast that I almost missed it, and makes the start of MP’s journey, arguably the most important part, feel like an afterthought.

Then, there’s MP himself, who, so far, has been very hard to root for. It’s like all the personality has been sucked out of this version of him and given to the supporting characters instead. That said, I am still only in the first half of the story, so our protagonist could eventually experience some much-needed personal growth as the rest of it unfolds. But right now, I’d rather be playing as his funny cousin Cam, voiced and mocapped by Vince Staples, who steals the spotlight in every scene he’s in with his quick one-liners and witty comebacks.

Being the narrative nerd that I am, you’d think my biggest frustration would lie with Fire and Concrete’s lackluster story. Well, it doesn’t. Instead, what I’ve been most disappointed with so far is MyCareer Eras, a new mode that lets you drop a created player into one of the six significant time periods in the NBA. Sounds exciting, right? I mean, it does on paper. But then you realize that creating more than one custom character means having to begin with a paltry 60 overall rating each time. So, if you want to actually compete in these Eras, you’ll have to either grind out a crazy amount of matches in The City or spend real money to give your characters an immediate boost.

You might be asking, “Why don’t you just use your upgraded Fire and Concrete player in Eras?” Well, the answer is I can’t. Once you start a save file in the story mode, that player is essentially locked to the Modern Era. You also can’t switch from one era to another, which means if you want to try out all of the time periods, you’ll need to make six separate characters. Do you see my problem now? I didn’t think it was possible, but with this mode, developer Visual Concepts has somehow made microtransactions even more glaring and obnoxious than ever.

But that’s all just part of the opening tip, dear reader, and there’s still a long way to go before we get to the final buzzer. There’s still plenty I haven’t seen that I’m excited to check out between now and then, including the new mode, MyNBA Legacy, which seems like a throwback to Create a Legend from 2K12 and 13 – not to mention all the changes to The City and MyGM. Don’t worry, I won’t be gone long. Once we reach crunch time after the weekend, I’ll be back like MJ in his last game, ready with my final score.

Nico’s Favorite Basketball Games

See All

Ultralight Gaming Mice in 2026: Beyond the Weight Race

2026 has been a very interesting time for ultralight gaming mice, with different brands having different takes on their flagship offerings. For Logitech, it’s opted for haptic feedback and rapid trigger powers more commonly associated with the best gaming keyboards with its G Pro X2 Superstrike, while Razer has focused on getting the basics nailed with a fast, responsive rodent in the Viper V4 Pro.

Corsair has chosen a different tack with its Sabre V2 Pro, eschewing a lot of features in the name of getting the weight down to just 36g with its flagship choice – for instance, there isn’t any Bluetooth, the software is a bit basic and it isn’t built as well as rivals – but it opens up an interesting conversation about the different approaches taken for ultralight gaming mice and where we might be headed next.

Corsair SABRE v2 PRO Ultralight FPS Wireless Gaming Mouse

0

Where we’ve come from

Before looking ahead to the future, it’s worth noting where we’ve come from. The whole ultralight gaming mouse phenomenon is a recent innovation. Even five years ago, mice were still quite hefty, and the concept of having a low weight and especially high DPI and polling rate options was virtually unheard of.

For reference, the wireless Logitech G502 Lightspeed and older Corsair mice such as the M65 and Nightsword were much heavier than today’s crop, and even had adjustable weights so you could make a mouse heavier rather than lighter. The assumption baked into that design was that more mass, applied thoughtfully, was a feature worth having, not a problem to be engineered away.

This all began to shift as players began to realise the impact a lower-weight mouse could have on overall responsiveness, with faster, lower-effort flicks. The idea therefore took hold that shaving grams off a mouse was a direct, measurable path to quicker aim and a better K/D ratio.

Early ultralight mice from an array of manufacturers began incorporating honeycomb shells, cutting weight down in the search for every last gram. This came alongside innovations such as higher-sensitivity sensors, higher polling rates and lower-latency wireless connectivity, which have since come together in a perfect storm to seemingly make this a golden generation for gaming mice.

Where we are now

It’s intriguing to note the different approaches that mainstream manufacturers have taken as they attempt to push the ultralight gaming mouse segment forwards.

Corsair has taken the most linear approach, I’d argue, with its Sabre V2 Pro, opting to cut as much weight as possible – this rodent weighs only 36g, which easily makes it one of the lightest gaming mice full stop. On the face of it, this is achieved through eschewing features such as Bluetooth and with the unfortunate compromise of sacrificing overall sturdiness against the competition.

Nonetheless, this Corsair rodent mostly impressed in Samuel Horti’s testing, with fantastic performance owing to the combination of such a light mouse and a hefty 30,000 DPI sensor. There is 8000Hz polling available, too, although it means battery life takes a large hit – aiming for such a light weight may have also affected overall battery capacity against rival choices.

For Razer, it has decided to refine the fundamentals in the hunt to be the best gaming mouse rather than reinventing the wheel. The Viper V4 Pro is better in every way than its predecessor, with a slightly lighter chassis thanks to an internal redesign and similar contoured frame that keeps it light and comfortable, plus a new 50,000 DPI sensor that’s one of the zippiest you’ll find on any gaming mouse out there.

Otherwise, Razer has opted for its fourth-gen optical switches inside that the brand has designed from the ground up to be more responsive and have a slightly lighter actuation than before for snappier inputs. It has also moved to a new version of the brand’s HyperSpeed wireless connectivity with true 8000Hz wireless polling and even lower wireless latency. Battery life has also seen a notable improvement.

In my book, the Viper V4 Pro proves lots of little things add up to an awful lot more to make it one of the best ultralight mice you’ll find – you’ll definitely be hard pressed to beat it on spec.

Logitech took an entirely different approach, gutting the internals out of its existing G Pro X Superlight 2 to create something entirely novel for the sector. The G Pro X2 Superstrike employs Logitech’s new HITS system that essentially adds rapid trigger powers and haptic feedback to the main mouse buttons for faster inputs than mechanical and optical switches. Logitech quotes up to 30ms less in the way of response time against more traditional mechanisms.

In my experience, it is a bit of a learning curve, taking me around a week to get used to the rapid trigger and haptic feedback sensation under finger, but it can make a measurable difference to the number of clicks and therefore shots fired in FPS titles, where this rodent is designed to shine.

Otherwise, it’s pretty similar to the G Pro X Superlight 2 with a similar 61g mass, plus a Hero 2 sensor with 44,000 DPI and 8000Hz polling to keep things especially zippy and potent. You also get very competent software support with G Hub and reasonable endurance if you’re realistic with settings.

Put side by side, that’s three genuinely different bets on what “the best ultralight mouse” should mean in 2026: Corsair has bet almost everything on a single headline number, while Logitech is betting that click behaviour is the more interesting frontier than weight, and Razer betting that getting the fundamentals – shape, weight, battery – right beats reinventing any one part of the mouse outright. That’s three completely different approaches, and it’ll be intriguing to see which one turns out right.

Where we could be headed next

We seem to have reached a new frontier for the ultralight mouse arms race, given those different perspectives on where mice go next. Whether that’s a distinct focus on switches, going even lighter, or just refining the existing concept, it’s clear there isn’t a one-size-fits-all answer to this conundrum.

That being said, there are a few observations to draw on. I think there is a law of diminishing returns when it comes to weight shedding. We’re at the point already where flagship wireless mice routinely weigh between 35g and 60g while packing sensors capable of immense tracking. It seems that the days when shaving 10g off a mouse transformed how it felt are arguably behind us. Cut another gram or two from a 36g chassis, and the difference becomes much harder to perceive than jumping from 90g to 60g ever was.

That suggests manufacturers may be approaching a natural floor, not because it’s impossible to go lighter, but because every gram removed carries increasingly obvious compromises elsewhere. Smaller batteries reduce endurance, thinner shells can potentially affect rigidity, and removing features inevitably leaves buyers short-changed from going for a potentially heavier and feature-rich choice. In other words, weight may stop being the defining battleground and become just one part of a much broader equation.

You could argue that’s already beginning to happen – Logitech’s focus on haptics and rapid trigger rather than moving away from a very familiar shell design suggests the next stage of mice may come from rethinking how we can actually get the most out of peripherals beyond beefing up sensitivity and cutting down weight.

We could see other manufacturers experiment with rapid trigger, adjustable actuation, analogue clicks or other clever button behaviour that can be controlled in software. After all, we’ve already seen this applied to keyboards, with the move away from traditional switches in gaming keyboards to optical, then Hall effect, and now TMR keyboards for precision, speed and configurability.

The latest move to TMR refines the concept further, improving precision and power efficiency over Hall effect while retaining many of the same benefits. If Logitech’s HITS system proves there’s room to rethink how mouse clicks work, it isn’t difficult to imagine manufacturers exploring TMR for mouse buttons as well as keyboards and gamepad thumbsticks. A TMR-based switch could theoretically offer adjustable actuation, rapid trigger functionality and analogue click inputs while consuming less power than today’s implementations, giving brands another avenue to improve responsiveness without simply chasing ever-lower weight.

Equally, sensor technology feels like another area that’s due to evolve beyond simply adding more DPI – after all, we’re already up to the dizzy heights of 40-50,000 DPI and who knows how much further things could go. Much like the megapixel race in smartphone cameras eventually gave way to measurable improvements in image processing, gaming mouse manufacturers may reach a point where raw specifications matter less than how intelligently those sensors interpret movement.

More sophisticated motion filtering, improved lift-off detection or software that could subtly adapt to different grip styles all seem more likely to produce meaningful improvements than increasing maximum DPI from 50,000 to 60,000.

We’ve already seen manufacturers such as Razer and Logitech add clever features to software for things such as adjusting the angle of the mouse to compensate for whether folks are aiming straight and true, so there’s mileage in this kind of concept for other applications, too. For instance, we could see software adjust lift-off distance depending on the surface detected underneath or intelligently manage polling rates and battery consumption without requiring manual intervention.

Likewise, battery life is a key concern, especially in conjunction with higher polling rates. While 8000Hz polling reduces latency, it has the consequence of draining a mouse’s battery life. Most manufacturers already encourage users to dial polling rates back outside competitive play, which somewhat undermines the appeal of having those headline figures in the first place.

The solution isn’t necessarily bigger batteries, as it adds weight back that might have already been taken out, but rather more efficient hardware. Things such as lower power sensors, adaptive polling based on application or smarter wireless chipsets all have the potential to keep the current potency but just act smarter with how that power is deployed to help deliver flagship responsiveness without sacrificing endurance as much as we currently are.

Finally, we also have the question of materials. We’ve seen some brands move away from plastic and such to more innovative choices, including carbon fibre and magnesium alloys that allow for reduced weight without introducing flex that can come with thinner plastic shells. This is a trend I’d like to see continue, and is one of the ones I can see being implemented sooner rather than later.

Looking forwards

Whatever happens next, I don’t think the future of ultralight gaming mice will be defined by a single breakthrough in the way the last few years arguably have been. Chasing ever-lower weights has undoubtedly transformed the market, but we’re rapidly approaching the point where removing another gram or adding another few thousand DPI simply isn’t going to change the experience for most players in any meaningful way.

Instead, the next wave of innovation is likely to come from lots of smaller improvements working together, as Razer has arguably done with its small refinements to the Viper V4 Pro, although this may be in a bigger way than that. Elements such as better switch technologies, smarter software, more efficient wireless connectivity, longer battery life and stronger, lighter materials all have the potential to make a greater impact than another headline weight figure ever could. Much like modern smartphones reached a stage where the overall experience became more important than any one specification, gaming mice may be heading in a similar direction.

That also makes this an unusually exciting time for the sector. For years, manufacturers were largely pulling in the same direction, competing to build lighter mice with faster sensors and lower latency. Now, we’re seeing genuine experimentation. Logitech is exploring entirely new button technologies, Razer continues to refine what is already one of the strongest all-round formulas on the market, and Corsair is testing just how far weight reduction can realistically be pushed before compromises begin to outweigh the benefits.

It’ll be fascinating to see which philosophy proves the most influential. If Logitech’s approach catches on, we could see rapid trigger and software-configurable clicks become commonplace across flagship gaming mice in much the same way Hall effect transformed gaming keyboards. Equally, if buyers continue to prioritise comfort and battery life over chasing the lightest possible chassis, manufacturers may decide that refining the fundamentals offers a better long-term strategy than relentlessly pursuing lower numbers on a spec sheet.

Perhaps the most interesting outcome, though, is that there may not be a single winner at all. The best gaming mouse has always been a deeply personal choice, influenced as much by grip style, preferred genres and comfort as it is by raw specifications. If the ultralight arms race is entering a new phase, it may not end with every manufacturer building the same mouse. Instead, it could finally give players genuine choice over what “performance” actually means. I think that’s a far more compelling future than simply asking who can make the lightest mouse.

Reece Bithrey is a twenty-four-year-old freelance journalist who reviews and writes about shiny things for a living. He’s been featured in Trusted Reviews, PC Gamer, PCGamesN, Custom PC magazine, TechRadar, Eurogamer and The Guardian. He also has his own blog, UNTITLED. He is a mechanical keyboard nerd, so you’ll usually find him tinkering there when not writing, or bellowing at virtual footballers on Football Manager.

Lenovo Legion Go S, Sony WH-1000XM5, 65″ LG OLED Evo C6, and PS Portal

Heading into the weekend, there are some incredible deals worth grabbing, from a Legion Go S Handheld Gaming PC to the latest 65” LG OLED Evo C6. Plus, don’t forget to grab a Switch 2 before the price increase on Tuesday, and the best discount is on a refurbished model from Woot. You can also save up to 30% on Amazon Resale items.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for August 28

Scroll through all the top discounts, and then find out even more below:

Lenovo Legion Go S (Z2 Go) Handheld Gaming PC Down to $529.99

Lenovo Legion Go S (Z2 Go, Windows, 16GB Memory, 512GB Storage)

1

The price of gaming PC handhelds has skyrocketed the past few months, but if you’re after a solid deal, you can pick up a brand-new Lenovo Legion Go S (Z2 Go, Windows, 16GB Memory, 512GB Storage) for just $529.99 on the Amazon-owned Woot. Its 120Hz 8-inch 1200p IPS display looks fantastic. While the Z2 Go processor isn’t the most powerful, this handheld keeps up with the original Legion Go, even outperforms the Steam Deck in many games, and really shines in less demanding titles. Read IGN’s full review to find out even more.

Used-Like New Sony WH-1000XM5 Noise Cancelling Headphones Under $170

Sony WH-1000XM5 Premium Noise Cancelling Wireless Headphones

1

Extra 30% off taken at checkout

One of the best noise-canceling headphones around are under $170 on Amazon. “Used-Like New” Sony WH-1000XM5 headphones are an extra 30% off, with the final discount at checkout. Noise cancellation and comfort are top-notch. Extra mics and a second processor help with ambient sound, while the wide headband and added earcup padding make listening even more enjoyable. In IGN’s Sony XM5 review, Kevin Lee gave them a 9/10 rating and found they are “hands down the best sounding and most impressive noise-canceling headphones around.”

Get $1200 Off the 65” LG OLED Evo C6 (2026) + $150 in Amazon Credit

Includes $150 Amazon Credit

LG 65-Inch Class OLED evo AI 4K C6 Series Smart TV (2026)

0

The 65” LG OLED Evo C6 has already received a pretty drastic price cut of $1,200, dropping it down to the lowest price yet. To sweeten the deal even further, Amazon is offering a $150 credit with purchase, which should arrive in your account 30 days after shipment. Now, this 2026 upgrade to the LG C5, which was praised in IGN’s review, features an OLED panel delivering near-perfect blacks, infinite contrast, stunning highlights, and vibrant colors. It’s no slouch for gaming either, with a 165Hz refresh rate in 4K, VRR support, and more on its HDMI 2.1 ports.

Used-Very Good PlayStation Portal for $145

PlayStation Portal

0

Extra 30% off taken at checkout

A Used-Very Good condition PlayStation Portal is only $144.99 after an additional 30% discount is taken at checkout. That’s one of the best deals I’ve seen on the remote player, especially after the price increase earlier in the year. The device looks like a stretched-out DualSense controller with an 8-inch 1080p LCD screen between the controls, and it relies on a strong Wi-Fi connection and PS5 to remotely play games from your console. Sony also now offers cloud game streaming with a PlayStation Plus Premium subscription. Read IGN’s PS Portal review for even more.

Paramount+ Premium with Showtime for $0.99/mo

2 Months of Paramount+ Premium Ad-Free Subscription

0

Right now, new and returning (non-current) subscribers can get a Paramount+ Premium subscription that includes Showtime for just 0.99 per month for the first two months when applying the coupon code “p2mcs26prem” at checkout. Just note that sometimes the codes offer different deals for different users. That subscription tier will normally run you $13.99 a month and is ad-free. Shows like Dexter: Resurrection, Marshals, Landman, and Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, along with hit movies and even UFC, are all on Paramount+ Premium.

Save $80 on Apple Watch SE 3

Apple Watch SE 3 [GPS 44mm] Smartwatch

0

The latest budget offering in Apple’s Watch lineup is down to its lowest price yet on Amazon. The 44mm Apple Watch SE 3 (GPS) is only $199.99, for $80 in savings. On board are a boatload of fitness apps, tracking, smart features, and more. It also offers performance upgrades, better durability, and an improved display compared to its predecessor. If you just want a basic capable smartwatch that seamlessly integrates in the Apple ecosystem, the Watch SE 3 is the model to grab.

Last Chance Switch 2 Deal

Nintendo Switch 2 Console

0

We’re only one week away from the $50 Switch 2 price hike, so this may be one of your last chances to save on the console before then. Luckily, Amazon-owned Woot has brought back its deal on a Grade A refurbished model, saving you $50. According to Woot, “This unit has been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage and has successfully passed a full diagnostic test which ensures like-new functionality.” To learn more about the Switch 2, check out IGN’s review.

Want it new? While all the recent bundles have sold out everywhere, you can still pick up just the console for $449 on Amazon.

Nintendo Switch 2

1

Price goes up to $499.99 September 1.

$14 Off a $125 PS Store Gift Card

Sony PlayStation Store $125 Gift Card (Email Delivery)

0

Score $14 off a $125 PlayStation Store Gift Card with the promo code “NGZF446” at checkout on Newegg. If you were already planning to grab a few things, it’s a great way to save, especially on items that aren’t on sale, like the GTA VI preorder. It can be used for games, add-ons, and even PlayStation Plus subscriptions. Arriving via email shortly after purchase, the gift card can be added to your account or even sent as a gift with a personalized message.

$10 Portable Fan

DiveBlues Portable Turbo Fan (Pink)

0

The summer heat isn’t going anywhere just yet, and a portable fan is one way to keep cool. Amazon is offering a Diveblues Portable Turbo Fan for just $9.99 with the coupon code “7C3HYVDF” at checkout. This fan keeps things compact, weighs just 6.7 ounces, and even includes a lanyard to hold it around your neck. Its adjustable fan speeds provide solid airflow up to 24f/s and, with ample adjustability, can easily be positioned wherever it’s needed most. Battery life is solid too, lasting up to 12 hours, and then recharging is simple via USB-C

$14 Off 007 First Light for PS5

007 First Light – PlayStation 5

0

A digital edition of 007 First Light for PS5 is available for just $55.99 at the PlayStation Store. $14 off for a game that just dropped a couple of months ago is a solid deal, even if it’s not a physical copy. This action-adventure game serves as a reimagined origin story of James Bond, following the Navy air crewman on his quest to becoming the leading M16 agent. In IGN’s 007 First Light review, the game earned a 9/10 rating with Luke Reilly stating it’s “the best Bond game I’ve ever played.”

$144 “Open Box” Apple AirPods Pro 3

Apple AirPods Pro 3

0

“Open Box” Apple AirPods Pro 3 are down to just $144, and they’re shipped and sold by Walmart. Apple’s latest Pro earbuds deliver improved noise cancellation, better sound quality, longer battery life, and greater waterproofing compared to their predecessor. A new heart-rate-sensing monitor is built in for added functionality. Of course, quality-of-life features like a comfortable fit with different eartip options and breezy pairing with Apple devices are also included.

HP OMEN GeForce RTX 5080 Gaming PC for $2,350

HP Omen 35L Intel Core i7-14700F RTX 5080 Gaming PC (32GB/1TB)

0

Get serious power for less than you’d expect with this deal on an HP OMEN 35L gaming PC rocking GeForce RTX 5080 graphics. At $2,349.99 with a $750 discount, you’ll be ready for 4K gaming thanks to that powerful GPU and an Intel Core i7-14700F CPU that’s great for gaming and productivity. 32GB of DDR5-6000MHz RAM, a 1TB SSD, a 240mm liquid cooling system, and an 850W 80Plus Gold power supply round out this incredible rig.

$34 Off the MTG Reality Fracture Play Booster Box Preorder

Shipped and sold by Amazon

Magic: The Gathering Reality Fracture Play Booster Box

0

Magic: The Gathering’s Reality Fracture Play Booster Box preorder just received its most significant price drop yet. It’s down to just $129.99, $34 less than MSRP. If the price drops further before release day on October 2, Amazon offers a solid preorder guarantee. Inside the box are 30 Play Boosters, each containing 1–5 cards of Rare or higher rarity and at least one shining Traditional Foil card of any rarity. As for the Reality Fracture, Magic created its own multiverse where familiar characters get surprising twists. It’s sure to be a fun set to collect.

Get $14 Off a LEGO Star Wars Darth Vader’s TIE Fighter

LEGO Star Wars SMART Play: Darth Vader’s TIE Fighter Interactive Building Toy

0

The LEGO Star Wars SMART Play: Darth Vader’s TIE Fighter just received its first significant price drop. Normally priced at $69.99, it’s now down to just $55.99 for $14 in savings. Not only do you get a TIE Fighter, fuel station, and minifigures of Darth Vader and a Rebel Fleet Trooper, but it also includes a SMART Tag, SMART Brick, and charger for a full play system, bringing unique sounds and more.

28% Off the MTG x Marvel Super Heroes Jumpstart Booster Box

Magic: The Gathering | Marvel Super Heroes Jumpstart Booster Box

0

The MTG x Marvel Super Heroes Jumpstart Booster Box is down to $119.99, shipped and sold by Amazon. In the box you’ll find 24 Jumpstart Boosters with 20 Marvel-themed cards in each pack. These boosters can be used to hop quickly into a game, as they offer everything you need for a deck. Just shuffle two packs together, and you should be ready to play.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

How To Save $5 on the Ultimate Edition

If you’re already planning to spend $100 on the GTA 6 Ultimate Edition, I’ve spotted a pretty painless way to knock $5 off the price before you’ve even placed your preorder.

Amazon is currently selling a $100 PlayStation Store gift card for $95 for Prime members, giving you an instant $5 saving that you can put towards your GTA 6 preorder. It’s not going to change your life, but if you’re going to spend the money anyway, you may as well get $5 of it back.

$100 PlayStation Store Gift Card [Digital Code]

5

Save $5 when purchasing GTA 6 Ultimate Edition.

The maths is particularly simple if you’re planning to buy the $99.99 GTA 6 Ultimate Edition. Buy the gift card for $95, use that $100 of PlayStation Store credit to pay for the game, and you’ve effectively saved five bucks.

It’s worth noting that this particular offer is for Prime members, so make sure you’re signed into the right Amazon account before checking out. And, as ever with these gift card discounts, I’d recommend checking the final price at checkout before placing your order in case the promotion has changed.

GTA 6 Preorder Bonus

All GTA 6 preorders come with the Vintage Vice City Pack, which includes a classic car, outfits and hairstyles for Jason and Lucia, and an exclusive weapon pattern.

The pack includes:

  • ’55 Vapid Stanier: A classic sedan that can be stored at the Shore Court garage.
  • Outfits and hairstyles: Jason gets a vintage pastel linen suit, while Lucia gets a red sequin mini dress and matching hairstyle.
  • Exclusive weapon pattern: A tropical design inspired by Tommy Vercetti’s famous palm-tree shirt.

Note that the Vintage Vice City Pack is included with all digital purchases of GTA 6 made before November 20, 2026, so you don’t necessarily need to preorder today to get it.

All preorders also include one month of GTA+. Just remember that the subscription automatically renews, so if you don’t want to continue paying for GTA+, you’ll want to cancel it before the trial period ends.

What’s Included With the GTA 6 Ultimate Edition?

The $99.99 Ultimate Edition includes the base game alongside a sizeable collection of additional digital content, with Rockstar describing the extras as being threaded throughout Jason and Lucia’s story.

Among the highlights are:

  • ’95 Grotti Cheetah, a retro sports car with a distinctive Vice City-inspired design.
  • Hawk & Little Morgan Revolvers, with Jason and Lucia versions featuring Vercetti Estate-inspired detailing.
  • Personalized weapon variants for Jason and Lucia.
  • Exclusive outfits, hairstyles and tattoos for both protagonists.
  • Jason’s Safehouse vehicles, including the Dinka Enduro motorcycle and Crest Kayak.
  • Ganado Retro Build, adding exclusive modifications to Jason’s Vapid Ganado.
  • Shitzu Squalo, a weapon-equipped boat docked at Washington Beach.
  • ’67 Vapid Dominator Buggy and Garage, designed for off-road adventures around Mount Kalaga.
  • Goodtime Gear, inspired by the in-universe TV show character Macca the Alligator.
  • PTT Youngin$ Compound, a special location featuring a gang-related activity.
  • Classic Car Collection, giving you a series of abandoned classic cars to restore.

The Ultimate Edition also unlocks several special destinations, including Rideout Customs, Sara’s Unisex Salon, Stock 305, Electric Fang Tattoo, and One-Eyed Willie’s.

Whether all of that is worth the extra money over the standard edition is another question entirely. If you’re primarily interested in playing GTA 6 itself, the standard edition will obviously get you the game.

But if you’ve already decided you’re going all-in on the Ultimate Edition (like most people, I must say), there’s very little reason not to use the discounted $100 PlayStation Store gift card and keep that extra $5 in your pocket.

For more help on saving money when it comes to GTA 6, I’ve also recently covered the best PS5 refurbished deals right now, and opened up a discussion what console the game will be best played on in a few months time, and whether it’s worth the price of a console to play a single game.

PlayStation 5 – Digital Edition 1TB – Certified Refurbished

7

Certified Refurbished “Like New”.

Read More on GTA 6

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a First Class degree in BA Journalism and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience. You can usually find him lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077, or tinkering in Planet Coaster and Two Point Museum. Outside of gaming, he enjoys reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

Gallipoli Is a Gorgeous, Brutal WW1 PC Shooter, and I Completely Love It

Well lads, we’ve done it. We’ve landed ashore and now it’s time to rush forward into enemy territory for God and King. The rules of engagement are simple: there’s only one rule, and that rule… is to have fun. And maybe make some friends along the way? BlackMill Games’ Gallipoli, the fourth in its well-established WW1 series, is its best-looking and strongest WW1 project to date, and I’m ready to party like it’s 1915. Not only is Gallipoli a step above its predecessors in terms of its graphics and gameplay, it does an exemplary job of conveying a sense of historical accuracy while remaining fun to play. So chaps, keep a stiff upper lip and let’s charge into certain doom, shall we?

Gallipoli is set in the Middle Eastern front, the only World War 1 front not yet featured in one of BlackMill’s games. For some historical context, the forces here are primarily the Ottoman Empire versus the British Empire, a lumbering old empire in its failing days versus an empire that was still the most powerful in the world. If you, like me, grew up in the good old US of A, you probably spent zero time in school learning anything about the Middle Eastern Front of World War 1, because America didn’t do anything in that part of the world during that part of the first World War. In contrast, in Australia and New Zealand, the national day of remembrance established to acknowledge the tragedy of the Gallipoli campaign has completely usurped Remembrance Day in terms of national significance.

Since World War 1 is maybe the most impactful event in the history of humankind, it’s a shame vast parts of it often go undiscussed. This is something that makes Gallipoli all the more appealing to me. I want to learn more about this part of history now. I would venture to say I’m a little more well-versed than most in World War 1 history, but I’ve only ever really studied the Western Front and its long lines of muddy, rat-infested trenches.

I’ve only ever really studied the Western Front and its long lines of muddy, rat-infested trenches. “

When I’m playing Gallipoli and I start into a map, like Anzac Cove (which also happens to be my favorite), I find myself compelled to learn more. The loading screens have brief snippets of historical context to read, which is great, although it’s not enough to scratch the itch I have. It’s just a beautiful outgrowth of an excellent game; to be such a compelling experience as a video game as to make me want to learn more about the actual history.

The Middle Eastern Front

If you’re on the attacking side of the Anzac Cove map – that is, the British Empire – you start the match being rowed to shore in double-ender rowboats. We’ve all seen the scenes, both real and created by Hollywood, featuring the storming of Normandy during the Second World War. Anzac Cove is almost the same, but there are no diesel-powered landing craft opening their ramps into a hail of enemy bullets. Just Commonwealth troops scrambling out of painfully slow, wildly exposed wooden boats under a torrent of machine gun fire.

The uniforms at the start of World War 1 were basically just fancy clothes for army men; nothing like the armor and helmets of today. I love that Gallipoli captures the schism between the rapid advancement of warfighting technology and the lag that followed while armies had to figure out, in real time, how to fight this new and horrible type of war. Men were thrusting themselves into meat grinders, and the answer to the high casualty rates was simply “throw more men in.” It’s an era where the technology of war had fast outpaced the strategies to fight it.

For example, the machine gun. Gallipoli has two machine gunner classes: light, and the new heavy machine gunner class. While they have different abilities and missions, their ultimate goal is to spit out as much lead as is possible in the shortest amount of time. This will either provide cover for advancing troops or, in what I find to be one of the coolest additions to Gallipoli, terrify your opponents. In Gallipoli, you now get experience points for laying down suppressive fire, but that fire also has an effect on players.

During one match I found myself pinned down and separated from my squad, and the enemy team was laying down a constant barrage of fire in my direction. Suddenly, the terror of it all got to my character and I went into a panic mode. My vision was blurred. I couldn’t maintain a steady aim down the sights of my rifle. In essence, I had lost my nerve, and that element of the gameplay ultimately caused me to take the L and have to respawn.

The terror of it all got to my character and I went into a panic mode.“

What a fantastic way to add another layer of realism. Does it suck when bullets are whizzing over your head and suddenly you lose your faculties? Yes, of course it does. But that’s just an extra dimension to the experience, and one that I didn’t think I’d appreciate as much as I do. And it goes both ways, too. You can panic oncoming troops and, while machine gunners have it easier by means of bullet volume, I was able to panic my enemies just by firing at them with my standard-issue rifle. On top of another wrinkle of realism, it also means shots that don’t land on their intended targets can still provide a benefit to you and your team.

Class Actions

The machine gun wasn’t entirely new by the time WW1 kicked off, but there hadn’t been a test of it at scale to that point. At the start of the war, people basically had no idea how to approach them on the battlefield. Thanks to the suppression and panic systems, that feeling is replicated well here in Gallipoli. The heavy machine gunner is tasked with building machine guns wherever they can be built but, strategically speaking, you want to build them where they can help hold a line – or help advance your troops. It’s so wonderful when you’re laying down fire and suppressing the enemy and your team is able to break through and advance.

While the heavy machine gunner builds machine gun embankments, the light machine gunner brings his along for the ride. This is another thing I really like about Gallipoli; you can’t John-Rambo your way through a map hip firing a light machine gun. That’s Hollywood stuff. Unlike Call of Duty, or most modern first-person shooters, guns in Gallipoli behave like they would in real life. That means trying to hip fire your light machine gun is pointless. The barrel swings wildly and the shots are so scattered it doesn’t even panic your opponents. In fact, it makes you a nice target instead. If you want to do well with the light machine gun, you’d better put your face in the dirt and lay down some covering fire for the fellas to make that final push.

You can’t John-Rambo your way through a map hip firing a light machine gun.“

Realism with guns and weapons is part of the experience. Rifles and pistols lose their effectiveness depending on range. Not all bullets are built equally, and a rifle that does well at mid or close range is basically useless at long range. Even if you do hit a target from across the field, depending on the gun, it might not stop them or even do much damage. Pistols, the weapons of the officer class, are a great example of this. With their short barrels and powerful kick, hitting a target at any sort of distance is a challenge both in the real world and in Gallipoli. If you’re coming into this expecting the kind of gunplay in CoD or Battlefield, you’re going to be pretty bummed out. I’m not disparaging those franchises, either (I love CoD multiplayer and review it every year for IGN), but Gallipoli is focused on realism more than dynamic, clippable action.

And yet, the action is still present. It’s chaotic and brutal and confusing, and I’m loving it. One really awesome new addition is how dust can change everything about a battle. When an artillery barrage or a mortar strike happens, it kicks up a hauntingly beautiful cloud of dust that obscures everything. Suddenly you can’t see your target or your goal. It works to both obscure the enemy and to provide cover for yourself, but it remains mostly a hindrance to troop movement.

More than once, I almost fired on a teammate who emerged from a dust cloud seemingly out of nowhere. The same is true in the trenches. I found myself running into a player and almost shooting (or stabbing them) multiple times. In a game like CoD, I find this frustrating. In Gallipoli, however, it’s all part of the fog of war.

Yes, you will get dinged for harming teammates – and there is no option to turn off team killing. It’s entirely possible to call in an artillery barrage as the officer class and have it rain down on the heads of your own team. Thankfully,I haven’t had that experience, because I’m a thoughtful officer who’s concerned about the welfare of my boys and wants to see them make it home. But I’ve definitely accidentally bayoneted one or two of my teammates in the trenches when things were getting a little too crazy. Sorry about that.

Aside from the dust and the risk of wiping out large swaths of your team with artillery strikes and other off-map support, like aircraft runs, when you do manage to catch the other team bunched up and the points start piling up, it’s just wonderful. I was able to successfully take out large numbers of the approaching British not once, but several times while they held tenuously to their position on the V Beach map. It was as exhilarating as I’m sure it was horribly frustrating for the other team.

When you manage to catch the other team bunched up, it’s just wonderful.“

There are four new classes in Gallipoli: stretcher bearer, heavy machine gunner (which I already talked about), ammo bearer, and the bomber. Stretcher bearer is the medic class, and I found that I was extremely effective in helping my team reach our objectives by building med stations as we advanced, and keeping my head down to heal and revive my squadmates.

Healing and reviving is particularly effective in trench warfare, but there’s still plenty of opportunity to shoot the enemy, too. Ammo bearer also has a support role, refreshing squad mates with ammo by either dropping ammo boxes – or straight up just handing them a fresh mag. The bomber is exactly what it sounds like: a soldier armed with grenades and homemade explosive devices made with metal food tins. Fun fact, the metal tin “brands” are all fictional creations by BlackMill Games, and there seems to be an almost endless supply of different ones to hurl.

Of the new classes, I like heavy machine gunner and stretcher bearer the best. The bomber is a little difficult for me to really get into because I don’t feel like it’s as effective when defending as it is when attacking. Even then, landing a grenade or bomb where it can do the most damage honestly takes a little bit of luck. It’s not so much there’s an RNG element or anything, but you need to be able to know where the enemy is to get a successful lob – and the problem with war is that if you can see the enemy, the enemy can see you. That being said, when I was able to toss a grenade into a crater filled with prone enemies, holy cow did THAT rule.

There’s no quick scoping here, thankfully. “

Of all the classes available, the returning sniper class is probably the most fun to play, at least for me. I was able to post up and find a pinch point more than once, where the enemies just kept feeding themselves right into the sights of my scope. It’s so satisfying, and the best thing about it is there’s only one sniper allowed per team. In fact, other than rifleman and engineers, all the classes have caps on how many are allowed in a match, which prevents the entire team from just running around using sniper rifles like normal weapons, like in CoD. There’s no quick scoping here, thankfully.

The Players Make the Game

Perhaps the greatest part of Gallipoli, however, is the player base. You may have noticed that this review is coming after the game’s release. That’s because I wanted to make sure I got in some hours playing with real people. By and large, those real people delivered the goods. This is one of those kinds of games that attracts a certain kind of unc; that is, people like me – and almost everyone in every match is there to play Gallipoli as it was designed to be played.

You cannot successfully win if everyone is running around like it’s a death match. One of the least appealing parts of Call of Duty multiplayer to me each year are the objective-based matches. No one does any of the objective stuff; they just run around working on their K/D ratio. Not in Gallipoli. Almost everyone is doing what needs to be done.

You can just jump into a game, stay with your squad, and have a great time.“

And better still, it’s not intimidating. Yes, you’re going to get those people in the chat chastizing the team for not doing everything to their liking, but otherwise you can just jump into a game, stay with your squad, and have a great time. It’s not like CS:GO, where my one experience trying a ranked match ended three minutes in after being ruthlessly berated by my team before being kicked out.

People are pretty chill here, and they want more people to play the game – because the more people play it, the more fun it is. When everyone locks in, listens to one another, sticks to their role, and makes smart decisions, Gallipoli is a sublime experience. It’s one of the best multiplayer shooters I can think of in terms of squad-based, objective-focused gameplay. It just flows so wonderfully as a game, while also doing an incredible job of recreating the hellish nightmare that was World War 1 warfare.

Seth Macy is Senior Social Commerce Producer, and just wants to be your friend. You can find him on social media sites @SethFromMaine.

Jeremy Renner Teases Hawkeye Return, as Fans Hope for Avengers: Doomsday Appearance

Hawkeye star Jeremy Renner appears to be teasing a long-awaited return to the MCU, as a final round of Avengers: Doomsday reshoots reportedly gets underway.

Renner posted what appeared to be a clear tease for his involvement via Instagram today, with a photo of his Hawkeye costume set to the “Hawkeye Theme” music.

The timing of this post is very interesting, as it follows confirmation this week from M’Baku actor Winston Duke, who stated that “additional photography for Avengers: Doomsday” is now underway, per an interview with CNA.

Hawkeye’s costume. Image credit: Jeremy Renner/Instagram.

Of course, Avengers: Doomsday is now just four months from launch — meaning that any additional material shot now has a just limited time to be worked into the production. But Marvel seems to have planned for this situation, with filming essentially tacked on to the start of filming for 2027’s Avengers: Secret Wars, which is expected to begin its own production shoot in September.

Indeed, it’s likely that any additional work on Doomsday at this stage will be for shorter scenes or smaller moments, rather than any major alterations to Doomsday’s plot. Comments from Marvel tipster Daniel Richtman, who has a decent track record reporting MCU leaks, suggest that this filming will be used to “add a lot of cameos” — of which OG Avenger Hawkeye is presumably one.

After appearances in numerous MCU films, audiences last saw Renner as Hawkeye in the enjoyable Disney+ TV series of the same name, where he mentored Hailee Steinfeld’s Kate Bishop and saved the day just in time for Christmas. Since then, Renner has been recovering from injuries sustained during his serious snowplough accident in January 2023, and said he had turned down a subsequent offer to return for a second season of Hawkeye due to a disagreement with Disney over pay.

The Most Surprising Avengers and Marvel Characters Not Announced for Doomsday

“They asked me to do Season 2, and they offered me half the money. I’m like, ‘Well, it’s going to take me twice the amount of work for half the amount of money, and eight months of my time, essentially, to do it for half the amount,” Renner claimed.

“I’m like, ‘I’m sorry? Why? Did you think I’m only half the Jeremy because I got ran over? Maybe that’s why you want to pay me half of what I made on the first season.’ This is not Marvel, mind you. This is like, just Disney, not even really Disney. It’s just the penny pinchers, the accountants. I told them to go fly a kite. I mean, just at the insult offer. So we didn’t see eye to eye on it.”

Thankfully, Renner suggested he was still open to appearing as Hawkeye again, just not in those circumstances. And now, it seems, we may get one more appearance from the Avengers’ best archer, at least.

Avengers: Doomsday is finally set to arrive in theaters on December 18, and even without Renner and the addition of further cameos, boasts one of the most stacked movie casts of all time. Fan interest and excitement for Avengers: Doomsday has been strong, with ticket pre-sales shifting faster than those for Spider-Man: Brand New Day. Looking for more ways to get ready? Despite saying that Avengers: Doomsday would reset the MCU to ‘Phase Zero’, Marvel has released a watchlist of 15 movies and TV shows you should watch before Avengers: Doomsday rolls around.

Images credit: Marvel, Jeremy Renner/Instagram

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Colony Review: No Train to Busan

Colony is in theaters on August 28.

When Train to Busan — Yeon Sang-ho’s taut KTX-set thriller about a girl dad’s (Gong Yoo) desperate quest to keep his daughter (Kim Su-an) safe in a burgeoning zombie apocalypse — was released in 2016, it became one of the first South Korean films to break through to a global mainstream audience. A decade later, the statuses of both the zombie genre and Korean pop culture in the West have evolved.

General audiences have mostly moved on from the zombie craze of the 2000s and 2010s, a diminishing interest no doubt partially fueled by oversaturation as well as by a global pandemic that made virus-related stories way less fun to watch. And Korean media is no longer niche in the U.S.; the East Asian country is currently producing some of the most popular stories in the world. 2022’s All of Us Are Dead, a zombie outbreak series set in a Korean high school, became one of Netflix’s most-watched series ever, proving that there’s still a hunger for zombie stories that hit on societal anxiety with brutal precision. Unfortunately, Colony does not.

It must be annoying for Yeon, whose explorations of society-level psychological horror have evolved in projects like Hellbound (2021-2024) and Revelations (2025), to constantly have critics and audiences compare his every project — often unfavorably — to that breakout film. But that’s the curse one must bear when you make a modern horror classic, and when it comes to Colony — which, unlike animated prequel short Seoul Station (2016) and live-action sequel Peninsula (2020), is his first original zombie tale in a decade — it feels particularly inevitable.

Nearly 60 years into the modern zombie movie, it’s difficult to do anything original. Colony finds its glimpses of originality in the construction of its zombie virus… which isn’t a virus at all, but rather a mold-based biotech weapon designed to eliminate those messy barriers between humans. In the mind of disgruntled and incredibly ambitious scientist Seo Young-cheol (gleefully played by Koo Kyo-hwan), miscommunication is the source of human suffering. His solution? To create a slime mold that binds us all together as one hivemind-like consciousness.

Seo unleashes the virus at a conference for his former company, Chains Bio, by injecting the slime mold directly into the veins of Kang Woo-chul, the CEO who fired Seo for his maniacal interests but kept using his research to bulk up his bottom line. From there, the virus quickly spreads across the multi-building, high-rise department store where the biotech presentation is taking place. With the squish of a slobbery body tackle, shoppers quickly turn from mundane consumers to parts of a larger, mycelial-like organism that can learn from the experiences of every individual member.

The infected are not undead, but they are still rabid — acrobatic, zombie-like parts of a whole that is deeply invested in expanding its membership, like Star Trek’s Borg crossed with an unhinged Cirque Du Soleil troupe. Like a colony of bees, they take instruction from Young-cheol, who tells authorities that he has infected himself with the only vaccine for the spreading virus. It’s one of Colony’s most original and intriguing ideas — a concept poised for commentary on the rise of AI, our increasingly algorithm-driven pop culture, or a more specific juxtaposition of collective vs. individualistic cultures. But the script, co-written by Yeon and Choi Gyu-seok, doesn’t deliver; rather, we’re left with an inconsistent exploration of how the hivemind processes information and emotion that muddles any potential societal insight.

The Colony script is similarly superficial and inconsistent when it comes to character exploration and dynamics, a weakness partially saved by the film’s all-star cast. Jun Ji-hyun (aka Gianna Jun of My Love From the Star fame) channels ’90s action stars as Kwon Se-jeong, a no-nonsense biotechnology professor who uses her brains and focus to try to save a ragtag group of survivors, including a trifecta of teens embroiled in a bullying plot, a retired track coach, and Se-jeong’s own ex-husband. Her most helpful allies come in the form of Ji Chang-wook’s Choi Hyun-seok, a highly competent mall security guard, and Kim Shin-rok as Choi Hyun-hee, a tech-savvy wheelchair user who is also Hyun-seok’s big sister. The brother-sister dynamic represents one of the few sustained emotional throughlines of the film.

One of Colony’s many missed opportunities when it comes to a deeper character dynamic comes in the form of Se-jeong’s relationship with her ex-husband’s current wife, Gong Seol-hee (Shin Hyun-been). Also a biotechnologist, Seol-hee is investigating the source of Young-cheol’s bioterrorist attack from the outside. The respectful dynamic subverts the usual stereotypical anonymosity seen between successive partners of the same person, but is only leaned upon occasionally, robbing their eventual team up of emotional complexity.

The agility of the performances, and the creativity of the choreography, imbues the infected with an alien element, increasing the creep factor as these humans act in decidedly inhuman ways.“

Where the script disappoints, Yeon’s direction delivers. Fast-paced, high-stakes action scenes maintain cohesiveness and help make the horror more anxiety-inducing. In one of the film’s early action sequences, the retired track coach character jumps, dodges, and crawls around both zombies and store endcaps in an attempt to snag some perfume that Se-jeong has identified as a possible weapon against the infected. In another, Seol-hee tries to make it out of a makeshift laboratory filled with rabid, infected monkeys in a complex, frantic scene that would slot right into a Planet of the Apes reboot film. Another one of Colony’s strengths comes in the physicality of its zombie performers, who contort their bodies into inhuman poses and collective formations. The agility of the performances, and the creativity of the choreography, imbues the infected with an alien element, increasing the creep factor as these humans act in decidedly inhuman ways.

Yeon is a director who cares about the future of cinema. He made his previous film, The Ugly, on a super-small budget, seemingly in part to experiment with ways Korean cinema might be able to survive in a time when people are going to the theaters less often and big tech streamers like Netflix have access to outsized, hard-to-compete-with budgets. For all its failures of potential, Colony is the kind of middling movie that makes for a fun low-stakes afternoon at the cinema. The premise, which is basically Die Hard with zombies, is classic; the performances are charismatic; and the direction, like the film’s protagonist, gets the job done. This is no Train to Busan… but few movies are.

How Red Dead Redemption 2 Influenced Them

It may be difficult to imagine now, but there was a time when people were disappointed that Red Dead Redemption’s protagonist, John Marston, would not be leading Rockstar’s 2018 sequel. Arthur Morgan was an unknown, and it was somewhat unthinkable that he could mean more to anyone than the already established Marston.

Rockstar, of course, knew that would be the case. And so, during the production of Red Dead Redemption 2, it put a lot of careful thought into crafting Arthur’s tale, with the aim of ensuring Mr. Morgan could both connect with and reflect players better than even John had. And now, several years later, that same issue has been on Rockstar’s mind while creating GTA 6 protagonists, Jason and Lucia.

“One of the things we are interested in exploring with these games – and it’s something we did probably most consciously on Red Dead Redemption 2 – is the idea of how much of this character is them and how much of it is you, the player?” says Rob Nelson, Rockstar North’s co-studio head.

We spoke with Nelson as part of a recent visit to Rockstar North, and he told us about how important it is for player agency and choices, both “big and small” to permeate through the studio’s stories and the characters at the centre of them.

GTA 6 Vintage Vice City Pack Screenshots

“For example, Arthur – as we played through Red Dead Redemption 2, sometimes it felt like ‘Why am I listening to Dutch?’ He’s clearly crazy,” says Nelson. “You know – ‘Why am I helping these people? I don’t even know them.’

“People would ask us that, and we would say, ‘Well, because Dutch saved you when you were 15 years old, when you didn’t know how to read.’ And they say, ‘Me? He Saved Arthur.’ So, we tried to do a couple of things to address this. We added an element to the story where Dutch is the only one who knows where Arthur’s money – and all the gang’s money – is, to try to create a secondary, more player-centric motivation.”

“So, if it was not enough for you as the player to just take Arthur’s loyalty to Dutch at face value and go along with it, we’ll also try and give you a personal reason as the player to be invested for your own sense of wanting something for you,” Nelson concluded.

One way you could build stronger bonds within the world of Red Dead Redemption 2 was to spend time at camp and talk to each member of the Van Der Linde gang. While a great many games feature conversation between the player’s character and NPCs, RDR2’s dialogue system supported both narrative-driven chats and incidental small talk, the latter of which contributed to the camp’s truly authentic atmosphere. This is something that Rockstar also aims to carry over into GTA 6, with Jason and Lucia’s safehouses across the fictional state of Leonida operating more like the interactable camps of the Wild West than traditional Grand Theft Auto homes have done. It’s a continuation of Red Dead Redemption 2’s commitment to characters leading the studio’s stories.

The small choices add up to mean something, some big ones mean a lot in the moment you make them.“

“We needed to make sure we had missions where you spent time with each member of the gang to try and get to know them to help the player form a connection with them,” explains Nelson.

“Another thing we tried to do to enhance the player’s connection to their character in that game involved any of the kind acts that Arthur was able to perform,” he continued. “Originally, many of them were mandatory, but that felt wrong. So, we started taking them off the main story flow and just making them optional. So, you as a player were required to go and meet his ex-girlfriend, Mary Linton, but you didn’t have to help get her little brother out of the cult, and you didn’t ever have to meet her again.

“We tried to make sure that a lot of these things were optional so that, hopefully, if you wanted Arthur to have some sort of redemption arc, you felt more strongly connected to it because you helped him achieve it as a player,” Nelson adds.

That feeling of shaping your own Arthur and deciding which end of the honor meter he ended up at is a masterstroke of open world storytelling. It makes every action count, from small-time theft to life-or-death decision-making. Again, it’s something Rockstar is looking to build on in GTA 6, with its equivalent of the honor system, Jason and Lucia’s Criminal Profiles, changing depending on the outcome of every choice, big and small. This, alongside how you choose to make them bond romantically, will affect the story, much like how Red Dead 2’s would change in specific moments, such as whether a prowling wolf or peaceful deer appears in Arthur’s dreams.

“We also made very subtle changes to the cutscenes and [Arthur’s] stated motivations for things”, Nelson explained. “If you were high honor and if you as the player had been showing that you cared about these things, Arthur would tell John, ‘Get out of here when this is going down. Do it for me; it would make me feel…good, I guess.’ But if you had low honor, he didn’t say that. He said, ‘Don’t be an idiot’. And it wasn’t black hat versus white hat – it was just figuring out how to not make Arthur too sentimental, if that was not the way you were playing.”

Every Detail in the GTA 6 Cover Art Explained

“Interestingly, some people would get the low honor ending that resulted in Micah shooting Arthur in the head, and they would die face down in the dirt, and they’d say, ‘Why did that happen to me?’” Nelson laughs.

We don’t yet know how many different endings GTA 6’s story may have, or how drastically it can change depending on the state of Jason and Lucia’s relationship and their Criminal Profiles. It certainly seems like we’ll need to spend plenty of time outside of those main missions in order to make their bond with each other, and in turn, our bond with them, ring true.

“There are lots of choices, big and small. The small ones add up to mean something, some big ones mean a lot in the moment you make them,” reveals Nelson.

“It’s interesting to play around with and explore these ideas, and we are definitely continuing down this path with GTA 6,” he continues. “With the relationship, we start Jason and Lucia off wanting to give it a shot, but just going through the story and playing missions together may not be enough to keep them together. You’ll have to keep them together by spending a bit of time together in the open world, and then hopefully that will reinforce your connection to them and increase your investment in their story.”

GTA 6 on IGN: All Our Exclusive Stories

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

GTA 6 RPG Stats: San Andreas-Style Attributes Return

A return to Vice City has been a long time coming. And, from what we’ve seen of GTA 6 so far, it will at least partially feel like a homecoming for those of us who were there for Rockstar’s iconic PS2 tribute to Scarface. The 1980s may now be so far in the rear-view that our new protagonists weren’t even alive to see them, but there’s still echoes of the synthwave decade on the city’s streets: a retro Grotti Cheetah, neon-lit hotels overlooking the boardwalk, Phil Cassidy selling lethal merchandise, and a certain Vercetti Estate. It’s clear that Rockstar intends to spend at least a little time reveling in our nostalgia for Vice City.

But while it may be set in Leonida’s most immoral metropolis, what we’ve seen so far of GTA 6’s high-bar ambition suggests that it may ultimately feel more like a successor to 2004’s San Andreas than Vice City, at least in one very particular way. During a hands-off gameplay demo at Rockstar’s studio in Edinburgh, we spotted something very interesting: GTA 6 tracks an array of statistics for its two lead characters, including height, weight, sleep, nutrition, calories, shape, muscle, fat, and strength.

Rockstar North’s co-studio head, Rob Nelson, didn’t tell us much about these stats, but he did give us some minor insights into how they impact GTA 6’s overall design. “Eating has quite a dramatic effect on your health,” he revealed. “You’ll gain quite a substantial buff, so it can be useful.” He also confirmed that overeating will cause Jason and Lucia to put on weight.

“We do have gyms where you can go and work out, so you can go up in levels of muscularity or strength,” Nelson added. “You can go to the gym as Jason and Lucia together. You can go to the gym alone obviously, but if you go together, they’ll both start working out and you can get a 2-for-one to manage their stats.”

There is still much we don’t know about the system behind GTA 6’s character stats. But what I can say is that there’s a clear link between them and the RPG-style attributes that quite literally shaped San Andreas’ protagonist, CJ.

Launching just two years after Vice City, San Andreas was somehow astronomically more advanced than its predecessor despite running on the same hardware. Rather than a digital playground to commit pretend crimes in, Rockstar’s final mainline GTA of the PS2 era was a painstakingly crafted simulation of reality. At the time it was unprecedented: NPCs would comment on your appearance, car, or even odour with alarmingly authentic quips; gangs dynamically assaulted, seized, and subsequently lost turf; all 212 vehicles had their own individual physics and handling properties. The most prominent of these many sim-style ideas, though, were the bars that measured CJ’s key attributes of respect, stamina, muscle, fat, and sex appeal.

Like CJ and Arthur Morgan, it appears that Lucia and Jason are characters sculpted by the activities you put them through.“

More important was the way your decisions affected those stats. Eat too many burgers and CJ would grow fat, damaging his health and running speed. Dedicate time to lifting weights and his muscles would become more defined and his punches deadlier. Push yourself on the treadmill and his stamina would increase. Wear stylish clothes and improve your personal grooming and the ladies would be more easily wooed.

These RPG-style attributes proved a little controversial back in 2004. Why would you want to hammer out all those quick-time events in the gym when you could be completing missions? Why do you need to watch your weight in a game that’s supposed to be escapist fantasy? Unsurprisingly, they were dropped for Grand Theft Auto 4 and 5. But, 14 years later, they quietly found their way into Red Dead Redemption 2, which saw Rockstar return to its ambition of a simulation-driven open world. Being over or underweight impacted Arthur Morgan’s health, making it harder to recover from wounds and regain stamina. In a world where eating food is the main source of health recovery, maintaining a balanced diet is one of RDR 2’s most unusual challenges. And now it seems a similar level of health simulation will be part of Grand Theft Auto 6, too.

Like CJ and Arthur Morgan, it appears that Lucia and Jason are characters sculpted by the activities you put them through. During our gameplay demo, we saw that running would occasionally prompt a “cardio workout” pop-up to display on screen. Food was also marked with either a heart or a lightning bolt – the very same icons used for RDR 2’s health and stamina systems. With the menu tracking the likes of calories, fat, and muscle, it seems very likely that the physical shape of our characters will be determined by what we put in their mouths and the physical movements we dictate.

Looking at both how Red Dead and San Andreas handled their respective attributes, we can guess as to what these stats tell us about GTA 6. Nutrition and calories point to every food item having some kind of numeric value that either positively or negatively impacts your protagonist’s stats, and there being some level of required nutrition to remain in “peak” condition. Calories would logically be linked to the fat stat, and so it seems sensible to expect that the weight gained from overeating will reflect the calorie content of the food we choose to eat.

However, while calories are involved in weight gain, they are also fundamental to staying alive and bulking up. I assume Rockstar isn’t leaning into the survival genre for GTA, and so you likely won’t starve to death by not eating, but I think there’s every chance you’ll need to eat to allow your characters to build muscle and strength when at the gym – the very inclusion of which point to a return of the exercise mini-games from San Andreas.

GTA 6 Reveal: 15 New Screenshots, Including 1 Exclusive on IGN

Finally, the sleep stat points to the idea that we may well need to get some shut-eye to stay in good condition. Perhaps, like RDR 2, regular sleep will keep our key stat “cores” (or GTA’s equivalent) topped up and allow us to recover health and stamina over time without the need to find restorative items.

It’s a risky business to include this kind of stat-driven simulation in what will undoubtedly be the most mass-market video game of all time. The average GTA 6 player likely won’t even know their character attributes are there, never mind that they’re tracked and actively change their in-world avatars. It’s backfired before, and it’s likely that GTA 6’s stats will be much more complex and nuanced than San Andreas’ controversial attributes. But, considering the triumph that was Red Dead Redemption 2’s unparalleled simulation of life in the old west, I can’t wait to see how Rockstar have applied those ideas to a couple of criminals trying to make a living in Vice City.

GTA 6 on IGN: All Our Exclusive Stories

Matt Purslow is IGN’s Executive Editor of Features.

GTA 6 Romance System Explained: How It Works

We just got our most detailed look at Grand Theft Auto 6, and one thing is clear: it’s a love story. One with a happy ending? That remains to be seen, but the couple dynamic alone is one of the most interesting things Rockstar Games has ever done.

It’s not that the duo of Lucia and Jason demonstrate unprecedented novelty or wild technical ambition — the series already proved it could successfully handle multiple protagonists with Trevor, Michael, and Franklin — it’s that Rockstar has taken on one of the trickiest relationships to convey in gaming and made it the heart of the story. Games are notoriously bad at romance; you’re either hammering simp-coded dialogue options to win the affection of another party member or watching awkward cinematics that are about as sexy as an afternoon at the podiatrist. If anyone can pull it off, though, it’s Rockstar.

The new trailer shows us glimpses of Lucia and Jason working together on main story missions, but I was able to see more interesting elements of their partnership during a gameplay demo at Rockstar’s studio. In this new footage, I found that their relationship is represented in many small ways and not just them having each other’s back during bombastic shootouts. You can walk around holding hands, buy your lover a sandwich, and go shopping together to add some more clothes to your wardrobe.

“You manage the relationship in the way you hopefully nurture any relationship — which is by spending time together,” Rob Nelson, Head of Development and Co-Studio Head at Rockstar North, told us. “So being in the open world and exploring together or doing activities together — playing pool or mini golf or kayaking; normal slice of life things. Or, robbing stores together, robbing banks together. However players want to spend that time together, it will have a positive impact on the relationship.”

My Love Language is Felonies

I love the introduction of a true couple dynamic. From the interactions I saw, this isn’t a campaign-long escort mission or one character playing sidekick to another. They have different but equally powerful skill sets — Lucia has kickboxer training, for example — and have their own routines when apart, and so they feel like two individuals rather than one protagonist that’s been hacked in half and sent on its way.

But an authentic depiction of romance is just the mechanical foundation. Being a couple working together for a taste of the good life gives the story an emotional hook that the series hasn’t had before. Every crime, no matter how unhinged, is a step towards a better life together, not just one on the path towards avaricious madness. Think Bonnie and Clyde or True Romance, two people striving for the same goal, and to hell with everyone else. Suddenly, no matter how minor the crime — holding up a Waffle House or smacking around some douchebag bro type on the beach to loot him for $12 — has an emotional stake, not just a chaotic one.

The small things matter too, like staying in touch, as anyone who has ignored multiple texts from a partner while on a night out will tell you. Even if you stick to playing one character as much as possible, the other will still be out there in the world.

“You can text the other character — Jason or Lucia — at any point or you can call them. It’s quite cool when you text back and forth,” says Nelson.

“If you want to just spend the whole day out on your own as one of the characters, that’s fine. The other one will text you: ‘Hey, I’m going to go to bed to lock up, you OK?’ All you need to do is respond, ‘I’ll see you later,’ or, ‘OK, goodnight,’ and that’s good enough. If you don’t bother to even respond it may impact your relationship a bit.”

GTA 6 Reveal: 15 New Screenshots, Including 1 Exclusive on IGN

Fighter Not a Lover

That said, I’m pleased that engaging with the mechanics of being a couple seems to be optional in every way that matters. Their partnership is, of course, central to the narrative and so will inevitably be a component in many of the story’s missions. But the amount of effort you put into maintaining their romance and roleplaying a couple is, according to Rockstar, entirely up to you.

“Could we bring some sort of emotional resonance to GTA for people if they wanted to engage with it?” asks Nelson. “Could we also provide mechanisms for people to just opt out of it if they’re not into it? If they feel like ‘I don’t want a relationship in this?’ That’s what we’re going to find out. It’s not something that we want to foist upon players.”

It’s the right call. Not only are romantic stories divisive — even just a few years ago I was venomously opposed to the genre — but even if you are a fan, finding couples and relationships that resonate with everyone? That’s impossible. Seriously, check out the romance section of any bookstore; there’s everything from cute and cuddly to monster sex. I’d rather have a GTA that no one felt alienated by than a system that forced players to smooch to finish the game.

Speaking of smooching, it sounds like Rockstar isn’t going to get too down and dirty with the physical side of the relationship. Nelson explained that Rockstar didn’t want to create a weird caricature of intimacy, a trap so many games have fallen into before.

“These characters feel very right together — they really do,” he says. “For anybody that wants to play around with the idea of role playing their relationship, it’s amazing. So many people on the team have connected with the characters. But physical intimacy is a huge part of a relationship, and so it has to be done right. Like anything that we do, we have to iterate and try things and iterate on it until we figure out what feels right.”

So Rockstar has written a couple that works on a bunch of levels, and all of them seem pretty positive at the outset. Personally, as a dark romance reader, I like my stories with a generous serving of toxicity and at least one Mafia love interest, but I think Rockstar has made the right call in giving Lucia and Jason a healthy, if felony-inclined, relationship. The world of Grand Theft Auto is one that has always welcomed experimentation, and I wouldn’t want to see what the internet could come up with if it were allowed to go ham on these two precious angel babies.

“You will always have the benefit of working together and having each other’s back — whether they’re romantically close or not doesn’t change that,” says Nelson. “They will still work together. It’s really about what you want for them, their story, and how it plays out.”

My only worry? As someone who cried over Red Dead Redemption 2’s ending — a reaction to a game only Rockstar has ever been able to pull from my cold dead heart — there’s so much potential for heartbreak no matter how much effort you put into the relationship. Rockstar likes you to make big choices — think of Niko Bellic’s dilemma at the end of GTA 4 — and it’s not always clear what the consequences will be until you’re staring slack-jawed at the final cutscene. A couple might mean more emotionally engaging storytelling, but a couple also has so many ways to screw, screw up, or screw each other over that the risk of sobbing into my DualSense is high.

Grand Theft Auto 6 will be released on November 19.

GTA 6 on IGN: All Our Exclusive Stories

Rachel Weber is the Head of Editorial Development at IGN and an elder millennial. She’s been a professional nerd since 2006 when she got her start on Official PlayStation Magazine in the UK, and has since worked for GamesIndustry.Biz, Rolling Stone and GamesRadar. She loves horror, horror movies, horror games, Red Dead Redemption 2, and her Love and Deepspace boyfriends.

GTA 6 Map Size Compared to Other Rockstar Games Like RDR2 and GTA 5

Grand Theft Auto 6’s map is significantly larger than the maps in Rockstar’s previous games. Here’s how it compares to the studio’s other titles, according to the developer.

Rockstar Games confirmed to The New York Times and YouTuber TGG that Grand Theft Auto 6’s map is three times bigger than the playable area of Red Dead Redemption 2. Elaborating to TGG, it was revealed that it is twice the size of Grand Theft Auto 5, and Vice City itself is twice the size of Los Santos from GTA 5. Vice City and its surrounding suburbs are 11 times bigger than Los Santos and its surrounding areas.

If that wasn’t enough for you, TGG also revealed that there are “hundreds” of accessible interiors in GTA 6. In GTA 5, players could enter the homes of their respective characters, different shops, and a few random buildings like the Los Santos police station, but generally speaking, there weren’t a lot of places you could enter. GTA Online has added more over time, but they often require loading screens and are very restrictive.

GTA 6 Reveal: 15 New Screenshots, Including 1 Exclusive on IGN

The GTA 6 extended look already showed off a variety of interiors both inside and outside of missions, so that should make Leonida a lot more layered. Speaking to IGN, Rockstar Games’ Rob Nelson discussed how the developer took lessons learned from building Red Dead Redemption 2’s version of the Wild West and expanded upon those ideas with GTA 6.

“I think with Red Dead Redemption 2, we finally had the team and the tech and then took the time we needed to push the idea of making a fully realized consistent-feeling world further than we ever had,” Nelson explained.

“With that game we took the time necessary to take advantage of that generation of hardware to maximize the quality of our open world population, design, and gameplay so that when you were riding from here to there in-game, you were constantly getting distracted and pulled in different directions. And then you could really get lost as that character in that place. That’s when to me, these games can feel magical and create a sense of wonder that the world is alive – and you get these little shivers of ‘What’s happening?’

“GTA 6 is a continuation of our team pushing in this direction – doing everything we possibly can to create the largest, deepest, most densely populated and complex world we have ever built for people to get lost in.”

For more GTA 6 coverage, check out our full interview with Rob Nelson, our exclusive preview of the game, and our roundup of everything revealed and confirmed on Netflix, IGN, and by Rockstar Games so far.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

GTA 6 Just Blew Me Away; I’m So Glad I Avoided the Leaks

I’m so, so glad I avoided the GTA 6 leaks. Grand Theft Auto has been one of my favorite franchises since GTA 3 convinced me to buy a PS2 with its paradigm-shifting open-world gameplay. That’s continued with every major release since, most recently with 2013’s Grand Theft Auto 5, which I personally regard as one of the ten greatest games ever made.

So to say I’ve been hyped up for GTA 6 – and for today’s Extended Look – would be putting it mildly. Thirteen years is a long time between entries (for context, the previous longest wait between mainline entries was the five years between 4 and 5), and though Rockstar made a generationally incredible game in the intervening years in the form of Red Dead Redemption 2, I’ve always been more of a GTA guy.

When the clock struck 12pm, I hit Play on Netflix. My jaw hit the floor very quickly, and I didn’t pick it back up for 27 minutes. The first thing that jumped out at me was the lighting. The softness of the dynamic lighting added a layer of realism to what’s on the screen in a way that is simultaneously both subtle and jarring with how much it adds to every scene. And I do mean every scene, from the grimy apartment building the demo starts out in to the rooftop bar under the golden glow of Vice City’s afternoon sunshine, the lighting was the first “holy sh*t” moment for me.

I have played thousands of games in my life, and I have never seen anything like Grand Theft Auto 6. “

The next thing that floored me – and again, it’s kind of subtle – is the UI, or rather, the lack of it. At first I thought Rockstar had it turned off to add to the cinematic flair of this Extended Look, but it turns out that, nope, it was on the whole time. Instead, Rockstar has stripped the UI to the bare minimum in order to add to the realism that the absolutely insane graphics produce. Small, simple prompts appear only when needed. And yes, the classic GTA mini-map still lives in the lower-left corner of the screen, but apparently only when you’re out in the open world. I absolutely adore this minimalist approach to UI.

GTA 6 Reveal: 15 New Screenshots, Including 1 Exclusive on IGN

How about the attention to detail? My goodness it was everywhere. Jason doesn’t just pet the dog, it jumps up on his legs. Jason and Lucia hold hands when heading to a meeting. Lucia’s blood splatters on the wall behind her when she gets attacked, but not in the usual comically over-the-top way we see in video games. The way the BMW look-alike’s convertible top retracted back after our anti-heroes started driving. I could go on and on just from this 27-minute demo.

Since I’ve purposely avoided the leaks, I still have no idea how large Leonida is, and I don’t want to know until I finally get my hands on it in 84 days from now (not that I’m counting or anything…). There is so much left to discover and soak in. And that’s the best part.

For me, a huge part of the reason I love Grand Theft Auto so much is that it has continually raised the bar for what’s possible in a blockbuster video game. What other developers – even incredibly talented ones – at other studios can’t do, Rockstar can. Because Rockstar doesn’t have a limited budget. It doesn’t have limited time. The runaway success of its catalog of games, which very much includes the money-printing ATM that is GTA 5 Online, allows them to say yes to everything and say no to nothing.

One of my favorite anecdotes from my time playing GTA 5 is the odd shuttle bus I once stumbled upon in Vinewood. Pressing Y to board it, my Michael sat down and a “tour of the stars’ homes” started, complete with voiced narration by a tour guide. This wasn’t a mission. It wasn’t marked on the map. I imagine that the majority of players never find it, because it’s not called out in any way. Our first proper look at GTA 6 suggests that there are probably going to be a lot more things like that hiding inside of Leonida.

I have played thousands of games in my life, and I have never seen anything like Grand Theft Auto 6. Somehow, my sky-high expectations and hype level have been not only met but exceeded. Let’s all enjoy this moment, both now and when we finally get our hands on this thing on November 19. They don’t come around very often.

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

GTA 6 Devs Celebrate as Extended Look Finally Reveals First Look at Gameplay

Rockstar Games has finally revealed an official look at Grand Theft Auto 6 gameplay, and members of the development team couldn’t be happier to finally see fans’ reactions.

Our first real glimpse at what the GTA 6 studio has been cooking up finally arrived as part of the Netflix extended look today. While there’s still plenty of side activities, romance subplots, and robberies for Jason and Lucia that we’ve yet to see, the developers at Rockstar are just happy their work can be shown off as intended.

“Our Teams across the World have worked incredibly hard,” production designer Terrance Radcliff said. “So proud of everyone. Watching this with coworkers as a Family – and when I get home I’ll watch again with my Family!”

“The first ever game I have played was Vice City as a kid,” graphic programmer Mert Kirimgeri said. “It’s an honour to be working with the most professional, brilliant and kind people on the planet over the most immersive game ever made, not to mention one of the most complex computer systems in human existence. Enjoy!!!”

“Watching this with my colleagues was such an emotional experience,” associate principal 3D graphic artist Sara Lazzeroni said. “I’ve seen quite a few teary eyes. I’ve spent a quarter of my life working hard on this game and there are no words to express how moving it is to see it all come together and share it with you all.”

GTA 6 reportedly truly began development in 2020 and was announced in 2022. After a leak, the trailer then officially made its way online with a first look at Jason and Lucia in December 2023.

Just finished watching. It’s great to finally see it all come together beautifully, the work of so many incredibly talented colleagues. On my side I mainly worked on dynamic lighting, volumetrics, some shadow tech, lots of optimization, and I’m very proud of it. So close now https://t.co/BpBR2mS055

— Emilio López (@redorav) August 27, 2026

So immensely proud of my team and everyone else, such a colossal, monumental effort and I cannot wait for everyone to experience this! https://t.co/xv3JvNUG6E

— Ross Littlejohn (@Macreusz) August 27, 2026

I’m so overwhelmed and speechless. I’m truly blessed to get to work with this incredible team https://t.co/w01oG9IJb3

— sarah lee 🌻 (@sarleeez) August 27, 2026

Leaks are, unfortunately, nothing new for the GTA 6 team at Rockstar, but they’ve become an especially problematic part of the pre-launch rollout for the game in recent weeks. Since August 19, the internet has been polluted by early-in-development footage from the forthcoming sandbox crime game.

New videos have steadily flowed from what appears to be the same source, putting an unexpected damper on not only Rockstar’s promise to show off gameplay but its November launch as a whole. Now, after the studio issued a statement on the matter, it’s firmly turned its attention to its big Netflix debut.

The same goes for its thousands of developers, who are still taking to social media to share their excitement. The internet’s first look at GTA 6 gameplay may have arrived unexpectedly, but they’re still finding room to celebrate a much more official sneak peek.

Still can’t believe I’m a part of this. So proud of my team, so proud of what we’re making.

Almost there! 🙏🫡 https://t.co/Ppntf3QtXt

— Arthur Medeiros (@artmedeiros) August 27, 2026

So proud to be a part of this. Been a long, long road, but here we are. Proud of what this team has accomplished. https://t.co/FWk3y2jc1f

— Steven Trombetta (@alternagod) August 27, 2026

just in awe i get to be a part of the talented team making such an incredible game 💫 https://t.co/JFcBzEEOMs

— zara 🙂 (@elysivms) August 27, 2026

“Finally,” Rockstar programmer Angel Ortiz Eleguero said. “The team I work with is the absolute dream team, this game is only possible through the effort of so so so many wonderful people, thank you everyone in the gfx/vfx North crew y’all are the besttttt.”

“I have the pleasure and luck of working with many incredible people across all departments,” lead game tools programmer Bradley Stone said. “It’s these people, with the dreams and passion to make the best game ever that make working at Rockstar and GTA6 even more special. It really is a team effort to make a game to this scale. To me, this is Rockstar’s magnum opus, for the gamers.”

When we’ll see more from GTA 6 is unclear, but with 27 minutes of gameplay and loads of previews now out in the wild, there’s more than enough to keep fans busy until November. For example, IGN’s exclusive preview and Rockstar interview are now live and filled with details about the next Grand Theft Auto. You can also check out how long the developer expects the average playthrough to last, as well as a handful of new screenshots.

GTA 6: 69 Brand New Images

GTA 6 launches for PS5 and Xbox Series X/S November 19, 2026. While everyone online picks apart every pixel of what we just saw, you can see the full list of every licensed song featured in the big Netflix extended look. Be sure to also check out everything else revealed during the presentation here.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Whisper Man Review on Netflix

The Whisper Man premieres globally on Netflix on August 28.

Tragedy. Fathers desperate for connection with their sons and failing to find it. A string of murders that left a town shaken and an eerie nursery rhyme in their wake. Minds, homes, and families haunted. A cop desperate to stop the murder of a small boy before it happens. The Whisper Man has all the ingredients of a story that will chill your bones.

Based on the novel by Alex North, the film follows newly widowed crime novelist Tom Kennedy (Adam Scott), who is forced to reconcile with estranged father and retired detective Pete Willis (Robert De Niro) when his son Jake (Acston Luca Porto) goes missing. The kidnapping follows the pattern of a child abduction and murder spree that Willis solved when Tom was just a boy; the circumstances of Willis’ involvement with the crime and its perpetrator left the detective so traumatized that he ultimately abandoned his family.

The Whisper Man Images

The only person who might know who is behind these grisly acts — a butcher of innocents known as the Whisper Man — sits rotting in the jail cell where Willis put him. Desperate to find Jake and assigned to the case, Detective Amanda Beck (Michelle Monaghan) joins forces with Willis in a partnership that’s one of several contrivances meant to move the plot along. Unfortunately, that team doesn’t always track, and the circumstances surrounding the home that Tom rents are so full of wild coincidences that one is left utterly baffled.

The Whisper Man draws on a hodgepodge of influences, tropes, and plotlines from past thrillers, some more successful than others. James Patterson’s serial killer novels, Slender Man, The Silence of the Lambs, The Sixth Sense, The Black Phone, and A Nightmare on Elm Street’s Freddy Krueger all shape the story; there are even shades of the Pied Piper in the mix. It’s a potentially potent mix, but as much as The Whisper Man aims to shock, the largest reveal is telegraphed fairly early on, leaving the viewer to wait for the film to catch up.

As much as The Whisper Man aims to shock, the largest reveal is telegraphed fairly early on, leaving the viewer to wait for the film to catch up. “

The base premise is inherently horrific, and director James Ashcroft (Coming Home in the Dark) delivers unsettling images and auditory motifs, but the central relationships — Tom and his father; Jake and Tom; and Willis and his nemesis, the Whisper Man — aren’t fleshed out enough to leave a deep imprint because valuable screen time that could develop those emotional stakes is instead spent on a series of side stories and characters that mostly muddle the plot.

In a world where filmmakers regularly play with and reinvent the horror genre, this one feels like it was lifted from a time capsule. Retro can have its appeal, and The Whisper Man moves along at a brisk, fairly engaging pace. But the major outcomes are foreseeable, and the surprising moments are often just bits of plotting that make no sense. The film serves up curveballs that don’t land, befuddling character choices, obvious red herrings, and one wildly disturbing villain motivation that the film absolutely doesn’t earn. While serviceably directed with some effective and entertaining moments and a remarkably stacked cast that delivers a couple of scene-chewing interactions, The Whisper Man is too full of unexplored threads and illogical turns to pay off its promise.

The Grand Theft Auto 6 Gameplay Just Makes Me Want a PC Version Even More

I wasn’t exactly surprised when I heard that Grand Theft Auto 6 would be coming to PS5 and Xbox Series X before it ever comes to PC; Rockstar took that same approach with GTA 5 and Red Dead Redemption 2. Even though I’ve had to wait for those games to come to PC, they’ve always been better when you have the hardware to really push these games to another level, and I didn’t expect GTA 6 to be any different.

Then I watched the Extended Look on Netflix, and it looks incredible. Even from from my couch, I could tell there were some incredible ray-traced global illumination, reflection, and shadow effects, which really make the game come alive. There were even moments — like when Jason and Lucia talk to someone behind a window — where the shadows dynamically move across the stranger’s face that really make the game look like a technical masterpiece.

GTA 6 Reveal: 15 New Screenshots, Including 1 Exclusive on IGN

The only problem is that it was running on a base PS5. The game looks incredible regardless, but there were certainly moments where the frame rate slowed down considerably. I had already heard word that GTA 6 will only get a 60fps mode on the PS5 Pro, and now I can definitely see why. With all those lighting effects and the high-resolution textures, Grand Theft Auto 6 is really going to make the base consoles chug.

I have a hard time believing that GTA 6 will even be able to run at a steady 60fps on even the PS5 Pro, even though I know just how talented Rockstar’s engineers are at making gorgeous games run on limited hardware. What I really want to do is take away those limits with an extemely powerful graphics card.

When Red Dead Redemption 2 finally made its way to PC, it was one my go-to games to test hardware with for years. I’ve only just recently dropped it from my testing rotation. The reason it stuck around so long was how scalable it was. Rockstar found a way to allow people to turn the settings down to a ridiculous degree, to be able to play it on PCs that frankly had no right trying to run it. Likewise, if you did have a beefy computer, there were dozens of things you could tweak that elevated the game far beyond how it looked on the PS4 and Xbox One. That game’s PC port was a huge leap over GTA 5’s port, too, and I suspect that when GTA 6 makes its way to PC (maybe sometime next year?), Rockstar is going to take those learnings even further.

There are already a couple things I’d like to see from the PC version. In a couple of moments in the extended trailer, reflections were quite noisy, particularly in the bodies of cars. It just so happens that Nvidia launched a new version of ray reconstruction just this week at Gamescom that would basically solve that issue.

At least until some new version of GTA Online comes out, this would be the perfect game to use frame generation, which will help smooth out some of the more noticeable frame drops — at least visually. I know that frame generation is controversial, but this is one of those games where I really want to see just how smooth I can make it, especially because the world looks so lived-in otherwise.

I’m sure there are plenty of folks out there that really just want to get their hands on the game immediately. And while I’ll probably end up playing it at least a little bit when the game launches on consoles in November, I just know that I’m going to want to wait until the game launches on PC to really dive in.

Who knows, there may even be more powerful graphics hardware available when the PC version launches that will make the game look even better than what’s possible right now. I don’t know what the PC version of the game is going to look like yet, of course, but I know that once it finally comes out I’m going to put it through its paces to see just how good I can get it looking — maybe even with mods.

If it looks as good on PS5 as it the Netflix Extended Look made it seem, the inevitable PC port is going to be absolutely jaw-dropping. I already wanted that PC port, but now I need it.

Jackie Thomas is the Hardware and Buying Guides Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

Pokémon Responds After Hacker Compromises Its X Account to Hawk MemeCoin

The official Pokémon profile on X has responded after its account was hacked by an unknown party who shared a post linking out to a memecoin.

The hack occurred around 3 PM PT on August 17, 2026. The post — which has since been deleted — was cleverly structured, appearing as an official Pokémon advertisement with a link to a site that, at first glance, looked like a legitimate page celebrating the brand’s 30th anniversary, which is ongoing.

“Celebrate 30 years of Pokémon in a whole new way!” the post read. “Introducing $POKEMON, the official Pokemon memecoin. Join trainers around the world and be part of the #Pokemon30 celebration.”

The post was up for around thirty minutes before it was finally taken down. Most commenters weren’t fooled, though, and it wasn’t long before proposed community notes began appearing underneath the supposed scam on X.

Pokémon published a statement addressing the hack shortly afterward, acknowledging that the account had been compromised for a thirty-minute period.

“We’re aware that our X account was accessed without authorization and used to publish posts promoting a cryptocurrency,” it wrote. “Those posts were not created or approved by Pokémon and have been removed. We have secured the account and are investigating the incident. We’re sorry for the confusion and appreciate your patience.”

The @Pokemon handle on X was temporarily compromised earlier for ~30 minutes.

We’re aware that our X account was accessed without authorization and used to publish posts promoting a cryptocurrency.

Those posts were not created or approved by Pokémon and have been removed. We…

— Pokémon (@Pokemon) August 27, 2026

Fans flooded the comments underneath this post with relief, along with endless memes joking that Team Rocket must’ve been behind the hack. However, this post was also deleted shortly after being published, and no follow-up remarks have yet been made on the account regarding the hack.

It’s unclear if any damage was done as a result of the incident, but this wouldn’t be the first time the brand has been digitally infiltrated; in late 2024, a hacker performed one of the largest leaks of Pokémon materials in history after servers at developer GameFreak were breached.

What resulted was “hundreds of gigabytes to nearly a terabyte” of internal data getting spread around the net, which reportedly included concept art, unused Pokémon prototoypes, source code, and even codenames for planned future games.

And in 2025, hackers released Pokémon Legends: Z-A files that included gameplay videos showing cut content and early builds of the game.

Thankfully, this latest incident wasn’t nearly as terrifying as either of those two hacks, and the official Pokémon account is far from the first profile on X to get hijacked by cryptocoin scammers… though that isn’t exactly a comforting thought. In fact, the hacker behind the infamous GTA 6 leaks has also hawked a crypto scheme, though the gameplay footage they showed pales in comparison to the viral Netflix showcase that aired on the platform earlier today.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Star Citizen Spin-Off Squadron 42 Delayed to 2027 Because of GTA 6

Star Citizen single-player spinoff Squadron 42 has been delayed to 2027, with developer Chris Roberts insisting it wouldn’t get the attention it deserves because of Grand Theft Auto 6.

In a new blog post, Cloud Imperium Games CEO Chris Roberts announced that Squadron 42 will be launching in Q2 2027. The studio had previously announced 2026 as its release window and reaffirmed late last year that it was still targeting that. However, Roberts noted that GTA 6 is going to suck up all of the attention this fall, and as a result, it doesn’t make sense to launch a new game during that time.

“At CitizenCon 2024, we announced we would ship in 2026. Our plan was to release in Q4 around IAE,” said Roberts. “But much like the rest of the industry there is no way I want to launch my spiritual successor to Wing Commander, a game that has had twelve years of blood, sweat and tears invested into it (we started Squadron 42 development in 2014 as 2013 was opening studios, hiring people and getting the Hangar module out for Star Citizen) launching into the attention buzz saw of GTA 6. While GTA 6 isn’t launching on PC this November, pretty much all outlets and most content creators will be all over it, not leaving a lot of room for other coverage.”

Roberts went on to note that CIG will be doing previews of Squadron 42 with content creators and early backers in October, which it will use as an opportunity to announce release plans with a concrete date to follow “shortly” afterwards. Q2 would place Squadron 42 sometime during the spring, so long as nothing changes between now and then.

Squadron 42 has been in development for over a decade now, almost as long as Star Citizen itself. The game has been delayed numerous times, but promises an ambitious story and gameplay experience. It also boasts an absurdly star-studded cast including Gary Oldman, Mark Hamill, Henry Cavill, Andy Serkis, Ben Mendelsohn, Mark Strong, and many, many others. The cast may have expanded well beyond those names over the years as well.

Roberts had also previously stated that he hopes that Squadron 42’s release will be as big of an event as GTA 6, noting that it’s probably the biggest-budget game behind Rockstar’s open-world crime epic. Star Citizen crossed the $1 billion mark earlier this year when it comes to funding, and there aren’t many other games that can rival a budget like that.

The delay announcement comes hot on the heels of a disastrous Star Citizen developer livestream that went radically off the rails. After early access players complained of bugs and issues with a new update to the game, the developers held a stream to show the “intended” version of the experience, only to be met with the same issues, if not worse. It led to passive-aggressive comments between the developers themselves and an uncomfortable tension in the air. Many have wondered if Star Citizen will ever actually properly release and that broadcast didn’t help with those concerns.

Star Citzen itself remains without a release window.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

How GTA 6’s New Car Theft Mechanic Works

Ever since the first game launched back in 1997, Grand Theft Auto’s titular crime has been a fairly simple process: tap one button and someone else’s car is now yours. Almost 30 years later, GTA 6 is set to change that completely, introducing a tiered vehicle security system, a varied set of tools to steal them with, and new ways to profit from each theft directly. Let’s look at the details of how it all works in Rockstar’s latest, as well as theorise about what it could all mean for other styles of robbery, including liquor store hold-ups and big bank heists.

Long-term GTA fans will be more than familiar with how stealing a car has worked in the series thus far. You walk up to your desired wheels and simply press a button to open a door left carelessly unlocked, or smash through the window with your elbow to enter better secured vehicles. That simplicity won’t be going away completely in GTA 6, it appears, with older, less desirable vehicles still vulnerable to swift methods of entry, such as a quick slim jim forced into the window gap and under the lock. But other, much more high-end motors will come packed with added security layers that introduce new gameplay challenges, asking players to flex unfamiliar muscles when it comes to jacking cars.

“We have put some layers of stratification into the vehicles,” explains Rob Nelson, co-studio head of Rockstar North. “Previously, you could just press triangle to automatically hotwire and steal any vehicle that you wanted and take off. We felt like that left a lot of potential gameplay on the table, in terms of progression and decision-making for players. I think it gives all the vehicles more meaning, and you need to pay attention to what you’re doing a bit more.”

But how will you know which cars will be harder to crack than others? Well, apart from passing a quick eye test of being able to distinguish a rusty old white van from a straight off the production line Grotti sports car, you’ll need to take advantage of a new bit of GTA 6 tech: the WAINK scanner.

Get within range of any vehicle that takes your fancy, and you’ll be able to hold your device up to get all of the relevant information. Chief among these details are its security system and value. We don’t yet know how many car security tiers there’ll be, but what we do know is that some will be protected digitally, as GTA catches up with the modern age of electronic keys. That means you’ll need a digital key cloning device in order to unlock some car doors, but that piece of kit will come at a cost, with it needing to be acquired first. Some tools will only unlock after a certain point in the story, and it’s a clear sign that GTA 6 is aiming to evolve its gameplay opportunities over the course of the game. It’s all in service of adding levels of complexity to binary actions.

But technology can also work against you. Even if you manage to get behind the wheel of your chosen target, that car may be fitted with a tracker — some advanced versions of which reveal your location to law enforcement if you drive below a certain speed, meaning you need to put your foot down to avoid hearing sirens. Not only will it draw police attention your way if the car is reported as stolen, but, in theory, any prospective buyer worth its name in salt would want it removed before you cash in. This ties into another layer of GTA 6’s enhanced simulation – you’ll be able to visit a fence and sell any vehicle you’ve stolen. Yes, Rockstar is borrowing from its previous game, Red Dead Redemption 2, albeit you’ll be hunting metal beasts rather than taking down meaty big bucks for big bucks. And Arthur Morgan never had to worry about GPS trackers ruining the value of his finds.

Even if you manage to get behind the wheel of your chosen target, that car may be fitted with a tracker.“

But perhaps you aren’t stealing a car with pure profit foremost in mind, but instead just fancy making it your own. Well, the WAINK scanner (yes, it’s really called that and I have no idea what that acronym stands for right now) also tells you how much it will cost to register that car as your own. GTA 6 will allow Jason and Lucia to each own multiple personal vehicles, provided you have the cash and garage space.

Both of these new systems — tiered security and fencing — open up a whole new world of possibilities when it comes to mission design in GTA 6. Don’t be surprised to see more organic, emergent solutions to mission objectives appear as you play. For example, the simple fact that many cars can’t be instantly broken into and commandeered makes the act of escape an altogether more frantic endeavor. You might get lucky and slide into an unsecured sedan on the first try, but with the police at your back, you’re realistically not going to have the time to stop and scan the area for the perfect getaway vehicle. It all builds into Rockstar’s intention for you to spend more time scurrying away on foot or changing methods of transport on the fly, with the narrower Leonida streets helping generate exciting desperation and unexpected thrills.

“The streets in this game are narrower, and more realistic in terms of scale”, Nelson explains. “Which, in addition to all the density of the traffic on the roads, makes driving slightly more challenging and requires a bit of skill.”

GTA 6 Reveal: 15 New Screenshots, Including 1 Exclusive on IGN

That more organic approach to moment-to-moment action could extend to specific styles of mission, too. Not an insignificant amount of time in both GTA 5 and GTA Online is spent reclaiming cars for Simeon, Franklin’s original employer. These primarily serve as simple, introductory quests to the world of San Andreas and its gameplay fundamentals, but in GTA 6, the framework of similar jobs could become a lot more rewarding with these additional layers of complexity.

Rather than simply placing a marker on your map to drive to and demanding you deliver a predetermined vehicle back to whoever requires it, the possibilities have now opened up, thanks to the WAINK scanner. In theory, you could be asked to find a specific brand of car around the world, or one of a specific value, and use this newfound technology to go on a miniature treasure hunt. Doing so would embed us further into GTA 6’s world and allow us to spend less time following markers and traced lines along roads on a mini map. Being able to take this newly procured car to any fence on the map would also help mix things up, rather than the tedium that zooming along the same few streets back to Simeon’s in Los Santos could become.

But perhaps most exciting is how these systems could translate into GTA 6’s bigger, high-stakes missions. In theory, the back rooms of small stores could be easily broken into, with the minimal spoils waiting there, yours to take. But what about big banks or heavily guarded facilities? Surely some more advanced tech will need to be employed here to crack safes or bypass locked doors. If you don’t have the right tools for the job, such as the aforementioned key cloning device, then does that limit what you’ll take away from a score, or potentially make missions branch in interesting ways? These are all choices that will seemingly add up over the course of GTA 6, and the repercussions could range from short-term problems such as an increased wanted level, to permanently damaging Jason and Lucia’s relationship.

Stealing cars has been at the core of Grand Theft Auto for almost three decades now, but this fundamental change to how it all works is as exciting a change as Rockstar has made in that time. I can’t wait to get my hands on it and see for myself just how much it opens up its world and the possibilities within it.

GTA 6 on IGN: All Our Exclusive Stories

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

007 First Light for PS5, Corsair TC100 Gaming Chair, and Nintendo eShop Gift Card

Whether you’re looking to add some new PS5 games to your collection or you want to kick back in a quality gaming chair at a budget price, there are plenty of deals worth grabbing today. Also, consider grabbing Newegg’s Nintendo eShop Gift Card discount, as it’s one of the best ways to save on Switch 2 before its price increase next week.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for August 27

After you’ve scrolled through all of today’s top deals, read the blurbs below to find out even more.

$14 Off 007 First Light for PS5

007 First Light – PlayStation 5

0

A digital edition of 007 First Light for PS5 is available for just $55.99 at the PlayStation Store. $14 off for a game that just dropped a couple of months ago is a solid deal, even if it’s not a physical copy. This action-adventure game serves as a reimagined origin story of James Bond, following the Navy air crewman on his quest to becoming the leading M16 agent. In IGN’s 007 First Light review, the game earned a 9/10 rating with Luke Reilly stating it’s “the best Bond game I’ve ever played.”

$105 Off the Corsair TC100 Relaxed Gaming Chair

Corsair TC100 Relaxed Gaming Chair

0

One of IGN’s top budget gaming chairs, the Corsair TC100 Relaxed is down to $164 at Amazon and Best Buy. While that’s not the lowest price I’ve seen, it’s still a solid deal on a quality seat. Holding up to 264lbs, accommodating heights up to 6′ 2″, and offering minimal bolstering, this chair will fit a wide range of body types. It features a perforated leatherette for better breathability, a plush foam seat, and back and neck pillows for lumbar support, ensuring extra comfort. Reclining up to 160° and 2D armrests round out this solid budget gaming chair.

Want an even cheaper gaming chair? Pick up the X Rocker Apex PC Gaming Chair with Massage Function for $69.

X Rocker Apex PC Gaming Chair with Massage Function and Footrest

0

Get a $200 Nintendo eShop Gift Card for $173

Nintendo eShop $200 Gift Card (Email Delivery)

0

A $200 Nintendo eShop Gift Card for $173 might be the best way to save on a Switch 2 before next week’s price increase. While this gift card is most commonly used to purchase games, DLC, online memberships, and in-game currency in the eShop, those funds can be added to your account to purchase hardware from the Nintendo Store. So, you can buy a Switch 2. Meaning you could get two $200 eShop Gift Cards and shell out another $50, and you’d end up getting the console for $396. Just be sure to use the code “NGZF444” when buying the gift cards.

$144 “Open Box” Apple AirPods Pro 3

Apple AirPods Pro 3

0

“Open Box” Apple AirPods Pro 3 are down to just $144, and they’re shipped and sold by Walmart. Apple’s latest Pro earbuds deliver improved noise cancellation, better sound quality, longer battery life, and greater waterproofing compared to their predecessor. A new heart-rate-sensing monitor is built in for added functionality. Of course, quality-of-life features like a comfortable fit with different eartip options and breezy pairing with Apple devices are also included.

Refurbished 15.6” Acer Portable Monitor for $33.47

Acer PM161Q 15.6″ 1920×1080 60Hz 250Nit 7ms

0

A refurbished 15.6” Acer PM161Q Portable Monitor is just $33.47. It’s sold by the official Acer eBay storefront, is listed as being in like-new condition, and even comes with a two-year warranty. If you’re looking to add a second display to improve workflow or a bigger screen for gaming when you travel, it’s the monitor to get. It offers a 1920×1080 resolution with a 60Hz refresh rate. The 250-nit brightness should be plenty for most indoor spaces. Sure, the 7ms response times might not be great for gaming, but it’s manageable.

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for PS5 In Stock and Only $19.99

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth – Exclusive Amazon Edition (PS5)

0

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for PS5 is back in stock on Amazon at its lowest price yet, $19.99. If you’ve yet to scoop up this remake of the classic action RPG, now’s the time. The game earned an “Amazing” 9/10 rating in IGN’s review, with Michael Higham finding it’s “full of exciting challenges and an awe-inspiring recreation of a world that has meant so much to so many for so long.”

If you want it for Switch 2, the deal from last week is still live.

FINAL FANTASY VII REBIRTH – Nintendo Switch 2 (Day One Edition)

1

Nex Playground Back to Lowest Price of the Year

Nex Playground – The Active Play System for Kids & Families

0

The Nex Playground is back down to its lowest price of the year. This compact, plug-and-play, kid-friendly console is a great way to keep kids active and engaged indoors, and will be especially useful in the coming months as the weather gets cooler. Unlike your typical console, the Nex Playground is more interactive and motion-based, using AI and a built-in, wide-angle camera to play motion-controlled games. Five games are included (Fruit Ninja, Starri, Whac-a-Mole Deluxe, Go Keeper, and Party Fowl), while a Play Pass subscription is required to access more. It’s even kidSAFE+ COPPA-certified. Find out more in IGN’s review.

HP OMEN GeForce RTX 5080 Gaming PC for $2,350

HP Omen 35L Intel Core i7-14700F RTX 5080 Gaming PC (32GB/1TB)

0

Get serious power for less than you’d expect with this deal on an HP OMEN 35L gaming PC rocking GeForce RTX 5080 graphics. At $2,349.99 with a $750 discount, you’ll be ready for 4K gaming thanks to that powerful GPU and an Intel Core i7-14700F CPU that’s great for gaming and productivity. 32GB of DDR5-6000MHz RAM, a 1TB SSD, a 240mm liquid cooling system, and an 850W 80Plus Gold power supply round out this incredible rig.

SteelSeries 25th Anniversary Sale – Score Free Gear With Headset

Comes with a Free Product (Up to $109 value)

SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni Wireless Gaming Headset

0

Compatible with PS5, Xbox, PC, Switch, Mobile

To celebrate SteelSeries’ 25th Anniversary, if you purchase the Arctis Nova Pro Omni Wireless Gaming Headset, a free Apex keyboard, Aerox wireless mouse, or QcK mousepad comes with it. I’d personally pick up the Aerox 3, as it’s the highest-priced gear that you can score for free, costing $109. Just be sure to add it to your order.

As for the headset, it’s the follow-up to the Arctis Nova Pro, a mainstay on IGN’s top gaming headset guide. Just like its predecessor, the Omni features great sound, hours-long comfort, solid ANC, and a unique hot-swappable battery system. Improvements include cross-platform compatibility, the ability to connect to four separate sources simultaneously, improved GameDAC, and more. Read IGN’s SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni review to learn even more.

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution Pitch Black Booster Bundle Is $34.95

Shipped and Sold by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Booster Bundle

1

The Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution Pitch Black Booster Bundle is down to $34.95 shipped and sold by Amazon. That’s one of the lowest prices I’ve seen at the retail giant, just a few bucks above MSRP and even below the current market value, according to TCGPlayer. That brings each of the six packs in the bundle down to $5.83 each.

Check out even more Pokémon TCG restocks all shipped and sold by Amazon. If you don’t see Amazon listed as the seller, select the “Other Sellers” section.

Shipped and Sold by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Chaos Rising Booster Bundle

0

Shipped and Sold By Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Perfect Order Booster Bundle

0

Shipped and Sold By Amazon

Pokemon TCG: Scarlet & Violet – Destined Rivals Elite Trainer Box

0

$34 Off the MTG Reality Fracture Play Booster Box Preorder

Shipped and sold by Amazon

Magic: The Gathering Reality Fracture Play Booster Box

0

Magic: The Gathering’s Reality Fracture Play Booster Box preorder just received its most significant price drop yet. It’s down to just $129.99, $34 less than MSRP. If the price drops further before release day on October 2, Amazon offers a solid preorder guarantee. Inside the box are 30 Play Boosters, each containing 1–5 cards of Rare or higher rarity and at least one shining Traditional Foil card of any rarity. As for the Reality Fracture, Magic created its own multiverse where familiar characters get surprising twists. It’s sure to be a fun set to collect.

Get $14 Off a LEGO Star Wars Darth Vader’s TIE Fighter

LEGO Star Wars SMART Play: Darth Vader’s TIE Fighter Interactive Building Toy

0

The LEGO Star Wars SMART Play: Darth Vader’s TIE Fighter just received its first significant price drop. Normally priced at $69.99, it’s now down to just $55.99 for $14 in savings. Not only do you get a TIE Fighter, fuel station, and minifigures of Darth Vader and a Rebel Fleet Trooper, but it also includes a SMART Tag, SMART Brick, and charger for a full play system, bringing unique sounds and more.

Save 10% on LEGO eGift Cards

LEGO eGift Cards

0

Want a way to save on new LEGO sets, or on those that seem to be discounted rarely? Giftcards.com is offering 10% off LEGO eGift cards for a limited time with the promo code “ENDLESS10”. A LEGO eGift card can be used to purchase just about anything from the online LEGO Store. The max you can spend on a single gift card is $250, but there doesn’t appear to be a limit to how many you can buy. However, the LEGO Store limits you to using three gift cards at a time.

Save $50 on a Grade A Refurbished Switch 2

Nintendo Switch 2 Console

0

We’re only one week away from the $50 Switch 2 price hike, so this may be one of your last chances to save on the console before then. Luckily, Amazon-owned Woot has brought back its deal on a Grade A refurbished model, saving you $50. According to Woot, “This unit has been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage and has successfully passed a full diagnostic test which ensures like-new functionality.” To learn more about the Switch 2, check out IGN’s review.

28% Off the MTG x Marvel Super Heroes Jumpstart Booster Box

Magic: The Gathering | Marvel Super Heroes Jumpstart Booster Box

0

The MTG x Marvel Super Heroes Jumpstart Booster Box is down to $119.99, shipped and sold by Amazon. In the box you’ll find 24 Jumpstart Boosters with 20 Marvel-themed cards in each pack. These boosters can be used to hop quickly into a game, as they offer everything you need for a deck. Just shuffle two packs together, and you should be ready to play.

Score 2 Sets of Game Keys for 7 Games for $22

Ready Player One and Two Humble Bundle

0

Score two copies of these 7 games: Streets of Rage 4, Killing Floor 3, MIMESIS, We Were Here Forever, Vellum, Friends vs Friends: Deluxe Edition, and Storebound

To celebrate Humble’s 15th Anniversary, there’s a pretty epic deal on a special bundle that you’ll want to take advantage of, and then maybe, spread the love to your friends. That’s because for $13 you can score seven games. However, to sweeten the deal further, you can pick up a second set of codes for just $9, bringing the total to just $22 for two copies of each game. The titles in this bundle include: Streets of Rage 4, Killing Floor 3, MIMESIS, We Were Here Forever, Vellum, Friends vs Friends: Deluxe Edition, and Storebound. Beyond getting a major discount on these games, some of what you pay even supports the charity REVERB.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Elden Ring Update Patch Notes Reveal Biggest Changes in Years

FromSoftware has delivered a surprise Elden Ring update, revealing the biggest changes its critically acclaimed action-RPG has gotten in years.

The developer caught fans off-guard with lengthy patch notes today, detailing a list of buffs (and a few nerfs) for different weapons and playstyles across the game. It’s a major update that arrived as FromSoftware prepares for the launch of Elden Ring: Tarnished Edition for Nintendo Switch 2, as well as its accompanying DLC for other platforms.

What we have here is a laundry list of balance adjustments that get under the hood to tweak a variety of PvE and PvP tools. Based on the list of updates available on the Dark Souls developer’s website, the last time we received patch notes of a similar length was back in October 2024, a few months after the Shadow of the Erdtree expansion released. That makes it not only one of the biggest updates the 2022 game-of-the-year winner has received in years, but what could be one of its final ones, too.

Generally, what Elden Ring players have to look forward to is a lot of buffs. The Firespark, Lightning, Chilling, Frenzyflame, and Deadly Poison Perfume Bottles, for example, got increased attack power across the board. The Smithscript Axe and Spear, as well as the Spear of the Impaler, also benefit from reduced stamina use and increased power for thrown attacks.

The August Elden Ring update also comes with increased guard boost and reduced weight for the Lordsworn’s Shield, Briar Greatshield, Spiked Palisade Shield, and more. Others, such as the Wooden Greatshield, Cuckoo Greatshield, Redmane Greatshield, and Crucible Hornshield, also got increased guard boost.

Another big change hits everyone’s favorite FromSoftware mechanic: parries. You’ll now notice improved parry performance across the board, for example, with the developer also explaining it’s reduced the time before certain actions can be performed when using things like Daggers, Curved Swords, and Small Shields post-parry.

The nerfs, meanwhile, hit the Gravitational Missile and Great Katana. The former has been altered so that its projectile will not explode upon impact with terrain, while the latter now suffers from increased damage when hit by other players during an attack. The update also squashed bugs related to the Great Katana weapon, as well as a few PC-exclusive glitches.

For a game that turned four years old back in February, Elden Ring is still going strong. How much juice is left in the tank remains to be seen, though, as FromSoftware is very much staying busy with other projects. The Duskbloods, for example, may be a Switch 2 exclusive, but judging by the reactions to its first network test, it could compete with the studio’s other multiplayer experiences.

Elden Ring: Tarnished Edition will keep the train rolling when it launches tomorrow, August 28, for Switch 2 owners, with all of today’s updates in tow. The Tarnished Pack DLC – which includes the Heavy Knight and Idus Knight starting classes, three Torrent skins, and four new armor sets – will also release for other platforms tomorrow.

Elden Ring Movie Cast

Today’s update is out now for players across PC, PlayStation 4, PS5, Xbox One, and Xbox Series X/S. You can check out the full patch notes below. For more, you can read about the Elden Ring movie, which wrapped filming in July. You can also learn about the social media post that had fans hoping to return to the Lands Between for even more content.

Elden Ring – Patch Notes Version 1.17

Patch 1.17 has been released for ELDEN RING. This patch aims to bring support the Tarnished Pack DLC, scheduled for release on Friday, August 28, 2026, and to implement gameplay balance adjustments.

Please apply the latest update before playing.

Targeted Platforms
PlayStation 4 / PlayStation 5 / Xbox One / Xbox Series X|S / Steam

MAIN UPDATE ADDITIONS

Tarnished Pack Additional Content

The following elements will be added upon purchase of the “Tarnished Pack” DLC.

Note: This content is included by default in ELDEN RING Tarnished Edition for Nintendo Switch 2.

  • Added Idus Knight and Heavy Knight as new starting classes, selectable during character creation.
    • Note: The equipment of each new starting class can also be obtained by purchasing it from merchants in the Lands Between or by finding it in the world.
  • Added weapons that can be purchased from merchants or found in the Lands Between.
  • Added three types of Spectral Steed Attire that change the appearance of Torrent:
    • Tree Sentinel Spectral Steed Attire: Found in Stormveil Castle.
    • Silver of Caria Spectral Steed Attire: Found in Liurnia of the Lakes.
    • Funereal Night Spectral Steed Attire: Found in Altus Plateau.
    • Note: After obtaining any Spectral Steed Attire, the option to change the spectral steed’s appearance will be added to the Site of Grace menu.
  • Added an NPC invasion event in Caelid.
  • Added an NPC invasion event in Leyndell, Royal Capital.
    • Note: This event will not occur after the area has changed to Leyndell, Ashen Capital.

The “Tarnished Pack” release times are as follows:

  • PlayStation / Xbox: Friday, August 28 at 0:00 a.m local time.
  • Steam: Friday, August 28 at 7:00 JST | 00:00 CEST | 15:00 PDT.

Balance Adjustments

  • Changed certain items found in the field or obtained by defeating certain powerful enemies in the Realm of Shadow to higher-tier items or other treasures.
    • Note: Items already that were already found will not be changed.

Weapons

  • Smithscript Dagger / Rellana’s Twin Blades
    • Increased critical hit power.
  • Smithscript Axe / Smithscript Spear / Spear of the Impaler
    • Reduced the stamina consumption of weapon-throwing attacks.
    • Increased the power of weapon-throwing attacks.
  • Carian Sorcery Sword
    • Changed Intelligence scaling so that it now increases the attack power of all damage types.
  • Smithscript Greathammer
    • Increased the power of weapon-throwing attacks.
  • Golem Fist
    • Increased the range of the fist-launching heavy attack.
  • Firespark Perfume Bottle / Lightning Perfume Bottle / Chilling Perfume Bottle / Frenzyflame Perfume Bottle / Deadly Poison Perfume Bottle
  • Lordsworn’s Shield / Briar Greatshield / Spiked Palisade Shield / Icon Shield / Golden Beast Crest Shield / Manor Towershield / Crossed-Tree Towershield / Inverted Hawk Towershield / Dragon Towershield / Distinguished Greatshield / Gilded Greatshield / Black Steel Greatshield / Ant’s Skull Plate / Erdtree Greatshield
    • Increased guard boost.
    • Reduced weight.
  • Wooden Greatshield / Cuckoo Greatshield / Redmane Greatshield / Golden Greatshield / Crucible Hornshield / Dragonclaw Shield / Eclipse Crest Greatshield / Jellyfish Shield / One-Eyed Shield
  • Haligtree Crest Greatshield
  • Rakshasa’s Great Katana
    • Increased the time before an attack can be performed with a right-hand weapon immediately after attacking with this weapon equipped in the left hand.

Skills

  • Parry
    • Improved parry performance.
    • Reduced the time before various actions can be performed after activation when used with Daggers, Curved Swords, or Small Shields.
  • Storm Wall
    • Changed the skill so that it no longer consumes FP when used.
    • Improved parry performance.
  • Thops’s Barrier
    • Improved parry performance.

Sorceries

  • Founding Rain of Stars
  • Carian Retaliation
  • Meteorite
  • Meteorite of Astel
  • Gravitational Missile
    • Changed the spell so that the gravity projectile does not explode immediately upon striking terrain such as the ground or a wall.

Incantations

  • Feather of the Divine Bird
  • O, Flame!
  • Rain of Fire

PvP-Exclusive Balance Adjustments

Weapons

  • Rakshasa’s Great Katana
    • Increased damage taken from attacks by other players while attacking.

Incantations

  • Rugalea’s Roar
    • Reduced power against other players.
  • Rotten Breath / Ekzykes’s Decay
    • Reduced the amount of time other player characters are unable to move from hit reactions when struck by these incantations.

Bug Fixes

  • Fixed a bug where critical hits dealt with Great Katana weapon types had lower-than-expected power against large enemies.
  • Fixed a bug where jumping attacks with Great Katana weapon types could be parried.

PC-Only Bug Fixes

  • Fixed a bug that prevented camera control with the mouse during NPC dialogue when using keyboard and mouse controls
  • Fixed a bug in the “Keyboard/Mouse Settings” section of the system menu in which selecting the reset option did not restore various settings to their defaults

The version number shown in the lower-right corner of the title screen after applying this update will be as follows:

App Ver. 1.17
Regulation Ver. 1.17

This update is required for online play.

We will continue to make improvements so that you can enjoy ELDEN RING more comfortably.

Thank you for your continued support.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Peter Cullen Optimus Prime in Transformers Dies at 85

Peter Cullen, the voice of Optimus Prime in Transformers and countless other roles, has died at 85.

The legendary TV and movie voice actor passed away at his home Wednesday, August 26, his family and agent confirmed to TMZ. Additional details regarding his death have not been announced at this time.

A Canada-born actor since the ’60s with decades of voice and on-camera work, Cullen has a long history of bringing his strong-and-gentle talents to movies and TV, but his most famous work is easily his role as Autobot leader and Transformers hero Optimus Prime. The character has remained one of the prevailing fictional figures of the ’80s, thanks in no small part to the part Cullen played in bringing him to life.

Cullen first played Optimus Prime for the original Transformers series and returned to bring his iconic delivery to the world of Cybertron in countless sequels, spinoffs, and adaptations in the decades that followed. You may have missed him in the first Transformers movie or the War for Cybertron video game that released in 2010, for example, but there’s still a good chance you caught Cullen returning to the Autobots for live-action Transformers movies like 2023’s Rise of the Beasts or 2017’s The Last Knight.

Peter Cullen. Image credit: David Livingston/Getty Images.

Cullen was an icon in the voice acting world, and there’s no question that his role as Optimus Prime will stand the test of time, but his credits extend far beyond a universe of transforming alien semi-trucks. The actor also notably brought his low-register delivery to Disney classics as Winnie the Pooh’s pessimistic donkey friend, Eeyore. He also chipped into the Predator universe as its first Predator and even played a role in 1976’s King Kong.

Knight Rider, Spider-Man, Voltron, My Little Pony, G.I. Joe, and Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles; the list goes on. TV fans most recently would have caught him as Thaedus in Invincible, but his contributions to entertainment will not be forgotten anytime soon.

“Peter Cullen passed away peacefully, surrounded by his loving family — and held in the hearts of his many friends and countless fans worldwide,” his family said in a statement. “His family asks that you honor his remarkable legacy by serving your communities and leading others with compassion, integrity, and loyalty and always remember ‘be strong enough to be gentle.'”

Cullen’s voice rings in the minds of fans everywhere, so it should come as no surprise to see many of his followers already taking to social media to share their favorite moments from his career. You can see how some are paying their respects below.

“Be Strong enough to be gentle.”

Peter Cullen tells the story of how his brother inspired the voice he would use to play Optimus Prime. It’s a simple yet poignant quote that sums up why Optimus and Peter are so beloved.

Til All Are One. 💔 pic.twitter.com/xHxtdBx98W

— Chris DeRose (ScratchyDerose.bsky.social) (@ScratchyDerose) August 27, 2026

Peter Cullen used to cut promos for Toonami back in the day. The promo he did for Rurouni Kenshin got me so hype. pic.twitter.com/9BTFXCUGss

— 🤘🏾 (@newjack5000) August 27, 2026

rest in peace peter cullen
thank you for my childhood 🖤 pic.twitter.com/f1WefufA5k

— h. (@6ixImmortal) August 27, 2026

Optimus Prime: “Freedom is the right of all sentient beings.”

Rest in Peace, Peter Cullen. pic.twitter.com/rUJ4H4Hz4l

— Blaze Binges (@BlazeBinges) August 27, 2026

Peter Cullen was the sole voice that was responsible for generating hype for anime coming to the west.

RIP Legend https://t.co/7pN2VgNXfr pic.twitter.com/YhYRY0Ne3t

— kate bush’s husband (@airbagg3d) August 27, 2026

“if I’m going out, I’m gonna go out big!”

Thanks for the memories, Peter Cullen! pic.twitter.com/gq1f7VFhmG

— crazy ass moments in Transformers history (@TF_Moments) August 27, 2026

I’m actually shaking and crying and I’m really not ok.

The only other time I’ve cried for someone passing was my dad, I don’t know what to think right now.

This is a sad day for the fandom, I hope his family knows that he was a role model for millions upon millions of people. https://t.co/36iGfXS0V1

— TFHypeGuy (@TFHypeGuy) August 27, 2026

What a damned week.

I became friends with Peter a couple of years back. A prime example of a Canadian adventurer, storyteller, and a colossal, optimal talent.

No one better to chat over whiskies with.#LoveYouPeterCullen https://t.co/vjHodq11ix

— David Hayter (@DavidBHayter) August 27, 2026

Image credit: David Livingston/Getty Images

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 6 Recap and Review

Spoilers follow for Star Trek: Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 6, “Off-Hour.”

Now that’s more like it. After the past several weeks of high-concept/low-impact Strange New Worlds episodes, the show finally gets back on track with a good old space adventure. Sure, it’s still a concept episode in its way (or two, I suppose, doing The Poseidon Adventure in space alongside an hour of Jack Bauer-style, real-time 24 action), but it’s one that works in spades and is never overshadowed by its concepts.

Nurse Chapel (Jess Bush) gets the spotlight this week alongside Dr. M’Benga (Babs Olusanmokun).

“Off-Hour” certainly benefits from its focus on two of the show’s best characters, Dr. M’Benga (Babs Olusanmokun) and Nurse Chapel (Jess Bush), and the relationship that has been established between the two over the course of the past three and a half seasons. But beyond that, the episode also gives us some nice Scotty (Martin Quinn)/Pelia (Carol Kane) interplay. And it’s also just a cracking good hour of drama, action, and sci-fi spectacle.

When the Enterprise gets stuck in a slipstream wormhole, the devastation wreaked on the ship is abrupt – and fatal for some. Then there’s the crewmembers like M’Benga, who survives the initial blast but is mortally wounded; the doctor specifically is trapped behind a medical bay table, which has crashed into him and essentially severed his body at the midsection. Once the table is moved, he’ll be dead. But that’s where Chapel comes in…

I just mentioned in my interview with Olusanmokun a couple of weeks ago that the thing about Dr. M’Benga is we know he’s going to survive the show, because his character shows up on The Original Series. But somehow that knowledge doesn’t take the tension out of his predicament this week, perhaps because Strange New Worlds plays so fast and loose with continuity that I was actually thinking while watching, “Maybe that’s a different M’Benga on The Original Series!” But also because the relationship between M’Benga and Chapel is so well-realized that just seeing them deal with this situation, and the emotion between them, is gripping in and of itself.

Read Last Week’s Review:

Yeah, This Is the One With the Puppets… Star Trek: Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 5 Review/Recap

It’s also magnified by the fact that we learn here that M’Benga is thinking about leaving the Enterprise, and has even called in Dr. Boyce (Brian Markinson, who has previously appeared on TNG, DS9, and Voyager!) – the former (interim) chief medical officer of the Enterprise – to presumably replace him when he leaves. This is intriguing because we at home know that Strange New Worlds only has a handful of episodes left (including the abbreviated next and final season), and so characters like M’Benga and La’an who aren’t on The Original Series are going to have to start to depart the show at some point – and will be doing so one way or another, for better or worse.

Episode writer Bill Wolkoff, director Dan Liu, and the production team manage to depict space-travel danger here in a way that we have rarely seen in the franchise, as when the gravity controls onboard begin to malfunction, crushing pianos and whatnot, or when Spock and La’an have to climb onto the exterior of the ship during a pyrotechnic neutrino storm. And Scotty learning to “feel” the Enterprise and interpret its status like some kind of starship whisperer is also a nice touch, a call back (call forward?) to the Scotty who will someday say that he could tell the speed his ship was traveling “by the feel of the deck plates.”

I’m actually surprised at how much I’ve come to enjoy this version of Scotty, even as the frequent focus on him has meant that Kane’s Pelia usually takes a back seat. But here the mentor/mentee interplay between the two really works, as we see how she is helping to mold him into the man we all know he’s becoming. That all the problems the crew are facing end with a technobabble solution was perhaps inevitable, but it doesn’t make what has come before any less exciting or moving, and if anything, “Off-Hour” is a reminder that when Strange New Worlds cooks, it really cooks.

Scotty (Martin Quinn)

Questions and Notes from the Q Continuum:

  • Of course, this isn’t the first time Star Trek has done a “disaster in space” episode. Just look at TNG’s appropriately named “Disaster” for starters.
  • Pour one out for all those poor, irradiated bastards in Engineering who didn’t make it out after the blast doors shut. Red Shirts galore!
  • Dr. Phil Boyce was the original doctor on the Enterprise, first (and only, until now) seen in the unaired pilot of The Original Series, “The Cage.” There he was played by John Hoyt and depicted as a kindly and wise friend to Jeffrey Hunter’s Captain Pike – who also had a talent for making martinis. But interestingly, by the time of the second pilot, “Where No Man Has Gone Before” (where William Shatner made his debut), neither M’Benga nor Boyce was the chief medical officer onboard. Rather, Dr. Mark Piper (Paul Fix) served in that capacity for a one-episode stint before DeForest Kelley’s Dr. Leonard McCoy finally showed up. So how this will all work out remains to be seen.
  • Again with the gore! M’Benga being cut in half I get, and the episode is pretty restrained in how it depicts it. But then they just had to show us Una’s compound fracture and Chapel’s finger breaking off. How many fingers have we lost this season now?

Forza Horizon 6 PS5 Launch Reportedly Scrubbed for 2026

Forza Horizon 6 has reportedly had its previous PlayStation 5 launch window scrubbed, with the celebrated Xbox racer no longer likely to release in 2026.

That’s according to The Verge senior reporter Tom Warren, who wrote on X/Twitter today that he no longer expected the port to arrive before the end of this year. IGN also understands this to be accurate.

As of yet, however, Xbox has not formally announced any change to its plans to launch Forza Horizon 6 on PS5. IGN has contacted the company for comment.

Recent months have seen a noticeable shift in emphasis by Xbox, as the company pulls back from some of its multiplatform efforts. Logos for the PS5 and Switch 2 are noticeably absent from some of Xbox’s recent game trailers (after their inclusion was dubbed a “miss” by Xbox boss Asha Sharma back in May). A month later, it was reported that Xbox had pulled a trailer for Halo: Campaign Evolved from Sony’s June PlayStation State of Play broadcast at the last minute. And, of course, both Gears of War: E-Day and Clockwork Revolution have now been confirmed to be permanent Xbox console exclusives.

Forza Horizon 6 – Review Screenshots

Sharma previously said that the company would honor the multiplatform launch of any title it had previously announced — such as for Forza Horizon 6, or the just-released Halo: Campaign Evolved. However, no promise was made for when these ports would actually arrive, or how they would be prioritized or promoted.

There’s no suggestion that Forza Horizon 6’s PS5 port has been scrapped outright, then (and indeed, the game will likely sell very well when it hits Sony’s console). But a delay would certainly fit with Xbox’s recent shift in focus, back to promoting its own consoles as the starting point to play its own games, and a push for the remainder of this year on October’s Gears of War: E-Day.

#ForzaHorizon6 is coming to @Playstation, and the best part is that wishlists are now open! pic.twitter.com/t3OJVBBr7T

— Forza Horizon (@ForzaHorizon) January 22, 2026

And then, of course, there’s the GTA 6 issue. After October, few games are daring fit their release around what is likely to be the best-selling game of the console generation, let alone this year. The November launch of Rockstar’s long-awaited blockbuster, is heavily tied to Sony and its PS5 console through marketing deals. Even the stellar Forza Horizon 6 would likely best avoid such a hubbub.

Whenever Forza Horizon 6 does arrive on PS5, though, fans of Playground Games’ racing series have a lot to look forward to. “The new standard in open-world racing is here, and it’s a gundamn masterpiece,” IGN wrote in our Forza Horizon 6 review, which returned a perfect 10/10 score.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

The Elder Scrolls Online Is Free With New Legends & Lattes Novel by Travis Baldree

Bethesda has announced it’s partnering with a UK publisher, Tor, to bundle free PC copies of The Elder Scrolls Online with Travis Baldree’s new paperback release of Brigands & Breadknives, the third entry into Baldree’s “Legends and Lattes” fantasy series.

The longstanding MMORPG, which has been ongoing for around 12 years, typically sells for £15.99 on Steam, but has also recently been on sale for £3.99 as part of Bethesda’s 40th Anniversary sale.

The free codes for ESO are available on all printed copies of the Brigands & Breadknives’ paperback release at most UK-based bookstores, such as Waterstones, Foyles and local independents for around £10, or via online retailers like Amazon for £8.49.

Brigands & Breadknives (Legends & Lattes 3)

1

Includes a free copy of The Elder Scrolls Online (PC), worth £19.99.

At the time of publication, Amazon’s UK listing has not been updated with any information regarding The Elder Scrolls Online. IGN reached out to Tor and Bethesda for clarification on this, and we’ve been told that the “free copy of [The Elder Scrolls Online] is on the whole first print run” and thus is “available from all retailers, including Amazon” in the UK.

For those who prefer to shop local, participating bookshops are also handing out branded bookmarks containing a secondary code that unlocks a “Pink Torchbug” pet for use in ESO as well.

After purchasing the novel, readers can enter the codes printed on the sticker through Tor’s redemption page to claim the game, limited to the first 10,000 sign-ups.

Announcing the collaboration with Bethesda, Tor described it as a partnership for “cosy fantasy book lovers and gamers”, encouraging readers to move from Baldree’s latest story into creating their own adventure in Tamriel.

The Elder Scrolls Online remains one of Bethesda, and now Xbox’s, biggest ongoing titles more than a decade after launch, continuing to receive expansions and regular content updates while attracting new players through subscription services, sales, and now, apparently, bookshops.

Fans have also recently been reassured by Zenimax and Microsoft that, despite a recent round of layoffs across Xbox, ESO will continue and isn’t on the verge of being shut down.

Bethesda is also continuing to support its other big IP, Fallout. Remasters of Fallout 3 and New Vegas are in the works in addition to a new Fallout game from Obsidian Entertainment. Bethesda has also entered pre-production on Fallout 5, likely to ensure the team can make the jump to it after The Elder Scrolls 6 is finished.

Robert Anderson is IGN’s Senior Commerce Editor and resident deals expert on games, collectibles, trading card games, and more. You can follow him @robertliam21 on Bluesky.

10 Most Expensive Cards in the Set

For all of the controversy around Magic: The Gathering’s Universes Beyond sets, we imagine a lot of people were very excited for a return to Middle-Earth when The Hobbit was announced.

Now, ahead of launch, we’re still wondering where those Commander Decks are, but we can console ourselves with some absolutely awesome artwork and some really cool new cards.

Before we cover the set’s priciest cards, we’re going via TCGplayer pricing, and there’s no amount attached to the One Ring just yet.

The Most Valuable Cards In The Hobbit’s Magic: The Gathering Set

10 – Smaug, Wicked Worm (Borderless) (Surge Foil) – $120

Smaug, Wicked Worm (Borderless) (Surge Foil)

1

It wouldn’t be a Hobbit list without Smaug, and he’ll appear again, don’t you worry. This version of Smaug is a five-cost flying dragon that creates X tapped treasure tokens where X is the number of artifacts your opponents control.

Paying mana costs with treasure then nets you card draw, at the cost of 1 life each time. This covetous dragon is going for around $120.

9 – Bard, King of Dale (Borderless) (Surge Foil) – $140

Bard, King of Dale (Borderless) (Surge Foil)

1

Slightly pricier than Smaug is the Borderless, Surge Foil treatment of Bard, King of Dale. A six-cost 3/5 with reach and vigilance, it doubles your card draw outside of draw steps, and doubles up counters, too.

You can get this version for around $140 at the time of writing, and it’s actually climbing.

8 – Thorin, Mountain-king (Borderless) (Surge Foil) – $150

Thorin, Mountain-king (Borderless) (Surge Foil)

2

Another book cover, Thorin, Mountain-King is core to the story of The Hobbit, and this Dwarf Noble attaches equipment to one of your creatures for free.

When one or more pieces of equipment become attached to that creature this way, that creature deals damage equal to its power to up to one target creature. It’s also a 3/4 body with Trample, and is selling for around $150.

7 – Thranduil, the Elvenking (Borderless) (Surge Foil) – $160

Thranduil, the Elvenking (Borderless) (Surge Foil)

3

Another book cover treatment, Thranduil, the Elvenking is a 5/6 that has all activated abilities of Elf cards in your graveyard.

It also allows you to draw cards and discard a card when another legendary Elf enters, making it ideal for typal synergies — and green and blue have a ton of access to Elves. It’s around $160.

6 – The Queen of Dale (Showcase) (Surge Foil) – $180

The Queen of Dale (Showcase) (Surge Foil)

5

Kicking off our list, this version of The Queen of Dale is sitting at $180 and lets you recruit when your opponents cast noncreature spells.

Recruit, you say? This mechanic allows you to draw and discard a card, creating a 1/1 white Human Soldier token if you discard a nonland card. You can swiftly ramp up your side of the board (and your graveyard) if you’re recruiting for every noncreature spell, especially at a cost of just two mana.

5 – Smaug the Magnificent (Borderless) – $200

Smaug the Magnificent (Borderless)

2

One of the most striking visuals in the set, Smaug the Magnificent’s borderless treatment is going for around $200.

It doesn’t say it on this version of the card, but this card deals damage equal to the number of Treasures you control to any target, be that a creature or a player. And, at the beginning of your upkeep, you get a Treasure token, too. All of that, plus it’s a 4/3 with flying and haste.

4 – Gandalf, Goblins’ Bane (Borderless) (Surge Foil) – $250

Gandalf, Goblins’ Bane (Borderless) (Surge Foil)

2

Gandalf, Goblins’ Bane was always going to be popular, but this version of the iconic Wizard is useful, too. Not only can he be cast as a 2/3 Avatar Wizard who gains +1/+1 with noncreature spells and pings opponents for damage, but he can act as a Sorcery, too.

Flameshape lets you exile two cards from your library and play them as long as you control a Wizard. He’s close to breaking the $250 mark with this book cover version.

3 – The Arkenstone (Borderless) (Surge Foil) – $300

The Arkenstone (Borderless) (Surge Foil)

3

The MacGuffin before the One Ring, The Arkenstone is a Legendary Artifact that powers up your creatures and nets you end-of-turn card draw.

You can play it as a Sorcery, too, which lets you search for a legendary creature card and put it into your hand. It’s $305 right now.

2 – Smaug the Magnificent (Showcase) (Surge Foil) – $310

Smaug the Magnificent (Showcase) (Surge Foil)

1

More Smaug, anyone? Functionally the same as the version mentioned above, this version shows the fearsome dragon napping on a pile of gold and treasure.

It’s selling for around $310 right now.

1 – Gleaming Splendor (Borderless) (Surge Foil) – $1000

Gleaming Splendor (Borderless) (Surge Foil)

6

Going to the $1000 mark is Gleaming Splendor, an Enchantment that gets you Treasure Tokens as players draw their second card on a turn.

As the artwork suggests, this pairs nicely with Smaug, The Magnificent if you’re playing red and white, and you can even pay additional mana to force other players to draw a card. It’s $1000 right now.

Lloyd Coombes is an experienced freelancer in tech, gaming and fitness seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar and many more. He’s a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife’s dismay.

MTG Marvel Commander Deck Bundle Drops to $185 at Amazon

Magic: The Gathering may have headed into Middle-earth for its latest set, but don’t sleep on the Marvel Super Heroes set’s Commander decks.

Amazon was selling all four for $250 not long ago, but you can now save 38% and get all four for $184.95.

Thankfully, that’s not the case with Marvel Super Heroes, which is the current set. Not only are there four decks on offer, but buying them all in a bundle from Amazon can save you a few bucks right now.

Get Four Magic x Marvel Precons At A Discount For Your Next Commander Night

Marvel Super Heroes – Commander Deck Bundle

5

As we mentioned when they first went on sale, there are some caveats. Yes, the Marvel precons are pricier than Universes Within decks, and priced even higher than last year’s Final Fantasy precons. And, like those decks, there are premium options that include all foils for a much higher fee.

We’re focusing on the standard versions here, and Amazon is offering all four for $184.95. That brings the price per deck down from $74.99 to $46.24, which is a very impressive discount – especially given Doom Prevails was once going for over $80 on its own.

As for which ones to pick up if you don’t want the bundle, I’ve been having a ton of fun with Avengers Assemble, helmed by Captain America, Team Leader. It has really strong hero synergies and a nice, simple game plan underpinned by iconic characters that do more or less what you’d expect them to.

Second choice is Wakanda Forever. This Black Panther deck is all about artifacts, including indestructible Vibranium that taps for mana. It doesn’t take long to build up a surprisingly resilient board state, although I’m not sure the Monarch mechanic is best served here (although it is, admittedly, flavorful).

Third is Marvel’s First Family for me. The Fantastic Four precon is really fun, particularly when helmed by The Human Torch, but it definitely needs all four members on the battlefield to really pop off.

Finally, Doom Prevails, as expensive as it is, is actually a little too cluttered with strategies. I think there’s a ton of potential for upgrades, but it’s a cut below the others in the set. Thankfully, there are a ton of villain cards you can slot in from the set.

For more on Magic: The Gathering, check out every set releasing in 2027, our predictions for Universes Beyond crossovers next year, and a full rundown of the new He-Man Secret Lair Drop.

IGN is the best place to find TCG deals

IGN’s resident deals experts like Robert Anderson have over seven years of experience writing about gaming and TCG deals. In an era where finding advice from a real person is more important than ever, Robert’s expertise helps you cut through the digital noise to find genuine, money-saving offers. He pairs his experience and love of games with data-driven analysis and price-tracking tools to ensure he’s only ever recommending something that’s actually worthwhile.

If you’re looking some no-nonsense help on saving money in a time where gaming and TCG hobbies have never been more expensive, then we’d highly recommend following him @robertliam21 on Bluesky and setting IGN as a preferred source in Google to make sure you’re getting the latest updates, from him, and the rest of the IGN Shopping team.

Robert Anderson is IGN’s Senior Commerce Editor and resident deals expert on games, collectibles, trading card games, and more. You can follow him @robertliam21 on Bluesky.

This article contains contributions from Lloyd Coombes.

Xbox Is Handling the Transition From Physical Media to Digital Much Better Than PlayStation Is

Xbox just announced its plan to let players digitize their physical games for use across any number of supported devices, from PCs to handhelds to (presumably) the upcoming Project Helix next-gen PC/console hybrid. And just like that, they’ve made PlayStation look even worse for its tone-deaf, player-last decision to stop selling physical copies of its games starting in early 2028 — the backlash from which isn’t going away.

Setting aside how rare it’s been for Xbox to one-up PlayStation since the infamous “How to share your games on PS4” fatality move that killed the Xbox One before that generation even started, what matters in the end is that the digital future is happening, and Microsoft is handling that transition far, far better than Sony is.

And yes, it is a transition. If it’s not, it’s because it already happened. But this is where Xbox is respecting players and PlayStation isn’t. While Sony cuts off physical media support entirely, Microsoft — who, by the way, has yet to officially say, “Yes we’re still going to continue to sell games on discs,” because they in fact might not be doing that if Helix ends up omitting an optical drive, as I’d expect it probably will for cost reasons, if nothing else — is laying out a clear plan for players that says, “Hey, we respect the game-purchasing choices you’ve made in the past, and we want you to be able to continue to have access to those in the future.” And most importantly, “Here’s how we’re going to do it.”

That last bit is the most significant part. I’ve spent years complaining about how Microsoft should message from a position of confidence and strength, rather than take the reactive, stepping-on-rakes defensive position that we’ve become accustomed to seeing from them. This disc-to-digital initative is the kind of thing that Xbox needs to do a heck of a lot more of. The company has picked a great time to be proactive, as physical media is proving to be a hot-button issue for gamers: as it should be, frankly. Game preservation matters. Having choices matters. We still need actual legislation from governments around the world to make sure that when a player buys something digitally, they actually own it and companies can’t just revoke those purchases whenever the heck they feel like it, but that’s a different conversation.

This disc-to-digital initative is the kind of thing that Xbox needs to do a heck of a lot more of.“

And so, Xbox will let players simply insert their discs into their Xbox console. and that ownership license converts into a digital copy of the game. “Your physical game library is more than a collection of discs,” Xbox CEO Asha Sharma said. “It holds years of memories and stories worth preserving. Starting next week, Xbox Insiders can unlock a digital entitlement for supported physical games. We’ll start with thousands of titles and add more as we can.”

There is no doubt a ton of work on the back end to make this a seamless experience for players, so I don’t want to pretend that this was just some quick, “well duh!” kind of fix. Credit to the teams at Xbox who are working on this to bring it into reality. It’s the same kind of effort that went into Xbox’s player-first backwards compatibility initiative. From a gamer’s perspective, this is exactly how it should be. Respect our game discs, let them continue to work, but provide players an easy way to bring those games forward into the next generation of Xbox hardware as physical media, by and large, recedes into the hedges like that Homer Simpson gif.

It remains to be seen whether Xbox’s disc-to-digital program will eventually extend all the way back to Xbox 360 and, dare I hope, original Xbox games. The good news here is that Xbox’s history with this kind of initiative suggests that there’s a good chance they will. But for right here and now, Xbox is doing the right thing here and doing it the right way: respect your players, and perhaps in time, that will translate to some new (or regained) loyalty. Kudos to Microsoft here; they got this one right.

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

Endgame Encore Will Include Two Sneak Peeks at Doomsday

Two sneak peeks at Avengers: Doomsday are coming to screenings of Avengers: Endgame Encore, though one of them will only be included in certain showings.

As per an August 25 press release from Disney UK, Avengers: Endgame Encore will include an “exclusive look” at Avengers: Doomsday. It’s expected that this will at least partially account for the four extra minutes that have been added to the film’s total runtime, which fans noticed when AMC began listing showtimes late last week.

In bigger news, an “additional sneak peek” of the upcoming flick will also be included at showings on IMAX and Infinity Vision-certified screens. Thus far, it’s unclear how much time this will add to those screenings, and it’s possible that this glimpse at Doomsday could be part of the pre-show previews and not the actual film itself. Either way, fans are split as to whether or not sitting through a three hour-long movie they’ve already seen is actually worth it.

Avengers director Joe Russo has said it’s “critically important” that Marvel Studios re-release the film in theaters, calling it an “opportunity to create a bridge from Endgame to Doomsday in a very unique way.”

“You don’t always get the chance to re-release because it costs money, so the fact that we can enhance the story of Doomsday by bridging it to Endgame and these characters that we worked with for years that we love so much, and continue their story: It’s a really unique opportunity,” he said.

As told by Russo, Avengers Endgame: Encore will contain “footage that is set in the Doomsday story” that has been added to Endgame. It’s unclear as yet what this footage will be, exactly, but launching DLC for a seven-year-old film is rubbing some Marvel fans the wrong way.

D23 First Look Avengers: Doomsday Costumes and Props

According to one fan on Reddit, “It’s literally four extra minutes of footage that will be in a YouTube short within two days,” while another argued that it’s not worth the trouble of “getting a babysitter” and “spending $30-$40 for four minutes of footage.”

Avengers: Doomsday is shaping up to be a similarly-debated film; Robert Downey Jr.’s role as Victor Von Doom has left some fans convinced that Marvel is holding an ace up its sleeve, with theories abounding that, perhaps, the actor so iconic for playing Iron Man is merely an illusion or a different version of the character in an alternate reality.

Still others have noticed apparent changes in Dr. Doom’s eye color in different shots within Doomsday trailers, suggesting that these theories could hold some merit. For now, Marvel has been playing its cards close to the chest as the Doomsday clock ticks down to December 18, 2026.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Alienware Gaming Laptops Are Discounted During Dell’s Intel Gamer Days Sale, Plus Get Two Free Games

The Dell Intel Gamer Days Sale is now live, and that means some welcome discounts on Alienware gaming PCs. The biggest price drops I’ve seen so far are on a couple of Alienware 16X Aurora gaming laptops. Both are newer 2026 editions, with the RTX 5060 model starting at $1,529.99 and the RTX 5070 Ti model starting at $2,699.99. The 16X Aurora is Alienware’s best selling premium laptop; it features a sleek aluminum body, high quality OLED display, the newest Intel Core Ultra processor, and Nvidia GeForce RTX 5000 series discrete graphics. It also comes with two free games.

Intel Gamer Days Sale – Save on Alienware 16X Aurora Laptops

Alienware 16X Aurora OLED Intel Core Ultra 7 270HX Plus RTX 5060 Gaming Laptop (16GB/512GB)

9

Alienware 16X Aurora OLED Intel Core Ultra 9 290HX Plus RTX 5070 Ti Gaming Laptop (32GB/2TB)

10

This deal is eligible for two free upcoming PC games

The Intel Gamer Days Sale, an annual event hosted by Intel, starts now and runs through September 13. The most notable deal during this event is the two free upcoming AAA games that come with an eligible gaming PC or laptop purchase – Star Wars: Galactic Racer, out on October 6, and Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis, out on February 12 next year. You’ll receive instructions to claim a download voucher that can be redeemed once these games launch.

The 16X Aurora is the best Alienware laptop for most gamers

Alienware has two mainstream laptop models – the 16X and 16 Aurora. Of the two, the 16X Aurora is the model I would recommend for most gamers. It has a higher price tag but the upgrades more than make up for the relatively small price premium. Here’s a list of all of the improvements:

  • Better display (2560×1600 240Hz G-Sync OLED vs 2560×1600 120Hz)
  • More powerful CPU (Intel Core Ultra HX Plus series vs Intel Core H-series)
  • Higher GPU TGP rating and thus better performance
  • More premium materials (metal alloy lid and chassis vs lid only)
  • RGB keyboard vs white-only backlighting
  • Thunderbolt 4.0 port

The new 2026 edition has some very welcome upgrades like an OLED display and Intel’s latest Core Ultra HX Plus series processors. Compared to other Alienware laptops, the 16X Aurora is designed to look less like a gamer’s laptop. It boasts a sleek, understated design with the absence of extraneous visual-only embellishments or unnecessary RGB lighting outside of the keyboard illumination. This is a solidly built machine with a metal (magnesium alloy) chassis and anodized aluminum lid and bottom shell. The keyboard deck is made out of a sturdy composite plastic so that your hands don’t get too hot or sweaty. Under the hood, the 16X Aurora packs a punch with powerful components and Cryo Chamber cooling.

The GeForce RTX 5060 is a perfectly capable mobile GPU, but you’ll want to upgrade to the RTX 5070 Ti if you plan on playing the most demanding PC games

The RTX 5060 (mobile) offers solid performance at a reasonable price. It should run most games at 60fps even with the Alienware’s upgraded 1600p resolution, especially if the game supports DLSS 4.5. The Alienware 16X Aurora does not throttle its GPU, meaning you’ll get the maximum power delivered to it (in this case, 115W TDP).

If you plan on playing more demanding games like Crimson Desert, Forza Horizon 6, or Cyberpunk 2077, then you should consider stepping up to the RTX 5070 Ti mobile GPU. It performs significantly better than the RTX 5060 mobile and has 50% more VRAM. The RTX 5070 Ti is also the most powerful GPU that can be equipped in the 16X Aurora; to step up to an RTX 5080 or 5090, you would have to move to an Area-51 gaming laptop, which is bulkier, heavier, and more expensive.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Silent Hill Producer Says Konami Wants to Release a New Game in the Series Every Year

Silent Hill producer Motoi Okamoto says that Konami is gunning for annual releases of new games in its flagship horror franchise.

Okamoto divulged this news in an interview with Gamesradar at Gamescom 2026, explaining that Konami is looking for fresh takes on the well-trodden beats of the Silent Hill series to keep it from stagnating.

“Our aim is to, hopefully, have an annual release of new games,” he told the outlet. “If we stay laser-focused on the same American setting, that would exhaust [narrative] possibilities, and also potentially cause fatigue for the playerbase.”

The Best Silent Hill Games

Okamoto also confirmed that several unannounced Silent Hill projects are currently in development. “There are still many projects that are still [in] the works and very unannounced titles. So obviously, we can’t go into specifics. But there are still many projects that we are currently exploring and working on as we speak,” he said.

“We would like to let players know that we have more experiences coming up, and many types of games that, we believe, will be able to provide positive kinds of surprises for players waiting for this for the series.”

This information holds up with statements made by Konami’s president, Hideki Hayakawa, who said the company is actively invested in “rebooting” its most iconic IPs, specifically mentioning Silent Hill, Metal Gear, and Castlevania. (Though, in this case, the word ‘reboot’ seems to mean reinvigorating the franchises with new games, rather than remaking old ones.)

“Our company has been making games for more than 50 years, and we hold several IPs that are beloved globally by many fans. We concluded that rebooting these properties would be an effective way to make the most of them,” he said in an interview with Nikkei Gaming on July 23. “In addition to Metal Gear, Silent Hill, and Momotaro Dentetsu, we are also actively developing Castlevania (known in Japan as Akumajō Dracula).

“Our basic philosophy is that as long as there are customers for a given game, we will release it across multiple devices. Rather than focusing intensely on just one specific IP, we’ve built a structure that allows us to push forward on multiple IPs simultaneously with equal energy. That’s what this past year has looked like for us,” he explained.

Silent Hill has enjoyed a second wind with the Silent Hill 2 Remake and Silent Hill f, alongside the upcoming Silent Hill: Townfall, set to release on September 22. Silent Hill f, specifically, seems in line with Konami’s goals for the series, taking a drastic shift from its usual American setting in favor of 1960s Japan.

For more Silent Hill news, check out the official cast reveal trailer for Silent Hill Townfall and keep an eye out on our coverage from this year’s Gamescom.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Is Andrew Garfield’s The Uprising a Robin Hood Movie?

Focus Features’ The Uprising stars Andrew Garfield in a 1381 Peasants’ Revolt drama—but new marketing suggests it might actually be a stealth Robin Hood origin story.

“To the rich, he was an outlaw. To the people, he was a hero. Witness the rise of Robin Hood in The Uprising, only in theaters September 11,” according to this post from the film’s official X account. Until this point in the publicity campaign, none of the movie’s marketing materials revealed any such ties to the iconic outlaw.

This ad revealed the film’s new title as The Uprising: The Rise of Robin Hood. It shows Garfield’s character, dressed in a green hood, emerging from the woods to confront the King and his soldiers. He is accompanied by his fellow highwaymen, who wield bows and arrows. “There will be no peace until we are free. Time to pay,” Garfield’s character declares at swordpoint.

To the rich, he was an outlaw. To the people, he was a hero. Witness the rise of Robin Hood in THE UPRISING, only in theaters September 11.

— The Uprising (@theuprisingmov) August 20, 2026

A day after this ad was released the film’s title was changed back to being just The Uprising.

The film’s UK distributor even released a statement denying The Uprising is a Robin Hood movie (via Metro): “Marketing materials posted by other countries that may appear in the UK online and on social media referencing Robin Hood are not issued or approved by us.”

The Uprising had been understood to be about the Peasants’ Revolt of 1381, which was led by historical figures Wat Tyler (played by Shogun’s Cosmo Jarvis) and John Ball (played by Jamie Bell). Garfield’s character Ploughman was thought to represent the Everyman peasant pushed by misfortune into taking up arms against the crown.

The Uprising’s original US production notes – made available in advance to stateside press for the film’s junket – did not reveal any ties to Robin Hood. Garfield’s character was referred to as merely Ploughman. The original plot synopsis read:

“Andrew Garfield stars as the legendary leader of a ferocious rebellion against the tyranny of King Richard II. As war burns across England, he forms an army of the people to face the King’s might in a fight for justice and survival.”

But the latest production notes, released to US press late last week, contained this updated synopsis: “Andrew Garfield stars as the leader of a ferocious rebellion against the tyranny of King Richard II. Set against the true events of the Uprising that helped inspire the legend of Robin Hood, he forms an army of the people to face the King’s might in a fight for justice.”

These same updated US production notes later state: “The 14th century English poem ‘Piers Plowman’ — a simple farmer’s dream about his hopes and fears — was the inspiration for the character of the Ploughman and helped the filmmaker [Paul Greengrass] settle on his approach. (Notably, the same poem gave birth to the legend of ‘Robin Hoode,’ the ultimate British outlaw myth about a common man attempting to right great injustice and coming under threat from the authorities for his actions to serve the citizenry.)”

The Most Famous Movie and TV Characters Who’ve Met Robin Hood

With The Uprising just a few short weeks away from theatrical release, any such conflicting messaging about what the film’s about risks confusing or turning off potential audiences.

If The Uprising is indeed a Robin Hood film then it will arrive on the heels of the Hugh Jackman-starring The Death of Robin Hood, a box office bomb that grossed less than $7 million worldwide against a reported production budget of $20 million.

Xbox CEO Asha Sharma Opens Up on Future of Physical Games for Next Generation Console Project Helix

Xbox CEO Asha Sharma was cagey when asked if the company’s next console, codenamed Project Helix, will have a disc drive or not, but gave some optimistic insights into its approach to physical games.

Speaking with the BBC in August 2026, Sharma didn’t give a straight answer; instead, she said Xbox is currently focused on making its next generation hardware cost-effective and efficient.

“This next generation, we have to be thinking about efficiency and affordability alongside performance,” she told the outlet.

Xbox Wireless Controller X25 Special Edition

“All of the industry needs to start to innovate on affordability and efficiency,” she continued. “That is something that we have not had to do. But with the crisis that’s currently happening in hardware and components, it is absolutely something all of us need to be thinking about and innovating on and giving people more choice in terms of how they play their console and how they purchase their console.”

While she couldn’t outright confirm or deny the existence of a disc drive for Project Helix, Sharma is well-aware of the current debate surrounding physical media, and assured the BBC that she wants to give players a choice when it comes to how they choose to purchase content.

“I know players love physical media, and I know there’s a lot of benefits in digital media, and I want to make sure people have a choice. There are stacks of games on everybody’s shelves,” she said.

Although it wasn’t exactly a clear answer, her statement does give a positive impression of Xbox’s future plans for physical games — something the brand is already winning points for, having recently confirmed an initiative that will allow players to digitize their physical games into an online library.

First leaked earlier this summer, Xbox officially announced its disc-to-digital program on August 26 during Gamescom, which will roll out for Xbox Insiders starting on August 31 before becoming available to all players at an as-yet unconfirmed date.

This makes Xbox — which recently underwent one of the most significant restructurings in the company’s history — look pretty good in comparison to PlayStation, whose decision to end the production of physical game discs starting January 2028 has unsurprisingly turned out to be quite unpopular.

Disgruntled gamers are taking to the comments section of every social media post from the company to spread awareness about the ordeal, but Sony isn’t alone — GTA 6, the most highly-anticipated game in recent memory, is also forgoing a physical disc in favor of a digital code inside a disc case. Developer Rockstar has stood firm in its decision to bypass an actual disc, with Take-Two boss Strauss Zelnick saying discs “don’t really make sense for the consumer.”

For now, it’s anyone’s guess as to what Project Helix will end up looking like when it comes to physical game discs, but previous reporting has hinted that it will likely be fully digital.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Chris Hansen Buys Advertisements Before Every Primetime Screening

Chris Hansen, best known as the host of Dateline NBC’s To Catch a Predator series, has purchased advertisements for his streaming platform that will play before every single screening of A24’s upcoming film adaptation of his rise to fame, Primetime.

The Hollywood Reporter received exclusive footage of the trailer, which reportedly shows the host walking into a kitchen before greeting viewers with a familiar line: “I’m going to need everyone in the theater to take a seat right over there.”

“Now, there are more platforms than ever before where this disturbing crime is being committed. Join us undercover every day on my streaming network, TruBlu,” he says as a QR code pops up on the screen.

TruBlu is a true crime-focused streaming network co-founded and co-owned by Hansen, which features undercover stings, investigative reporting, crime documentaries, and other such fare. According to The Hollywood Reporter, Hansen’s original plan for his TruBlu advertisement included a line calling A24’s Primetime movie a “Hollywood fantasy version” of real events — but due to fears of backlash from arthouse studio, it was cut from the final version.

It’s safe to say that Hansen isn’t too keen on Primetime. The host notably turned down a preliminary screening of the film, as told by the man himself during an interview with Fox News where he accused A24 of asking him to sign a “very restrictive agreement” before he could sit down in the theater.

“The lawyers at A24 wanted me to sign away my rights to my name, image, and brand, essentially, as well as any potential legal rights that would come out of the movie,” he stated. “I couldn’t sign that, so they didn’t show me the film. I went all the way over there. … But who’s going to sign something like that?

“If you look at the trailer, obviously it’s a very dramatized version. They had told me that it’s fictionalized in many aspects. I know other people have seen it who didn’t sign an NDA, and yet they wanted me to sign it.”

This claim was refuted by sources close to the situation, who told The Hollywood Reporter that Hansen was merely asked to sign a standard NDA to “prevent spoilers and protect the studio’s IP.”

Primetime, starring Robert Pattinson as Chris Hansen, was partially inspired by a 2007 Esquire article penned by Luke Dittrich that focused on Texas District Attorney Bill Conradt, who committed suicide after becoming the target of one of Hansen’s predator stings. Primetime releases in theaters on September 25, 2026.

Image Credits: Brad Barket/Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

How to Upgrade to The Witcher 3 Remastered for Free

At Gamescom Opening Night Live, CD Projekt Red announced The Witcher 3 Remastered is coming out on September 29. It will be free for everyone who already owns The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt on PS5, Xbox Series X|S, or PC – even if you have a PS4 or Xbox One version of the game. And if you own it on Switch, you’ll be able to get the remastered game for free on Switch 2. Oh, and the two existing expansions are also free for all owners of the base game now. It’s madness. The main question I had was, how will all this work? You can find the answers below.

Upgrade on Switch 2

If you own the Switch version of The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt, you’ll be able to get a free copy of The Witcher 3 Remastered for Switch 2.

If you own a digital copy of the game, you should be able to preorder the remaster for free on the eShop right now (see it here).

If you have a physical copy of the original game on Switch, CD Projekt Red said on X, “you’ll be able to claim the free upgrade when Remastered launches on September 29.” So check back then.

If you don’t own the game, the cheapest I could find the original Switch version for is a digital edition for $39.99 at both Amazon and Best Buy.

Upgrade on PS5

If you own The Witcher 3 for PS4 or PS5, you’ll get the remastered version for free when it comes out on September 29.

The two Witcher 3 expansions, Hearts of Stone and Blood and Wine, have been delisted from the PlayStation Store. I expect them to return soon and be available for free, or for everyone who owned the base game to now have access to The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt – Complete Edition, which includes both expansions.

If you don’t already own the base game and you have a PS5 with a disc drive, the cheapest way to get the remaster is to grab a used copy of the base game (currently $6.99 at GameStop). Put it in your console, update to the latest version, and you’ll be all set for when the remaster arrives.

Upgrade on Xbox Series X|S

If you own The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt on Xbox, you’ll be able to download The Witcher 3 Remastered for free from the Xbox Store on September 29.

The two expansions are now free on the Xbox Store. If you have the base game but haven’t purchased the expansions, you can add them to your account here:

The expansions are even free on Xbox One if you have the base game — though the Remastered edition will only be available on Series X|S.

If you don’t already own the base game and you have an Xbox Series X, you can buy a used copy of the Xbox One version (currently $4.99 at GameStop). Insert it into your console, update it to the current version, download the expansions if needed, and you’ll be all set for the remaster.

Upgrade on Steam

If you own any version of The Witcher 3 on Steam, you should now have The Witcher 3 – Complete Edition in your library. That includes the base game and the two current expansions. The base game and expansions are no longer available on Steam outside of the Complete Edition. I’m guessing that on September 29, the game will update to the Remastered edition.

The Witcher 3 Remastered on Battle.net

The base game isn’t available on Battle.net, but the remastered edition is coming to that particular PC platform. You can preorder it here. CD Projekt Red says, “Those who purchase the expansion on Blizzard’s platform will unlock a special Geralt-inspired skin in Diablo 4.”

What Is The Witcher 3 Remastered?

The remastered version of the game will feature improvements to the graphics, combat, movement and traversal, mount handling, and photo mode. Some enemies will have new behaviors, and Geralt will get new finishers. The skill tree will be revamped. It’ll have armor transmogrification, so you can use the stats of one piece while maintaining the look of another.

When Does the Songs of the Past Expansion Come Out?

In addition to The Witcher 3 Remastered, CD Projekt Red also showed off a new trailer for the upcoming Witcher 3 expansion, Songs of the Past. No specific release date has been announced yet, but it should be out sometime in 2027.

That DLC will provide a story transition from Geralt to Ciri, who stars in The Witcher 4, which is targeting a 2028 release.

Chris Reed is a senior commerce editor and deals expert for IGN. He also runs IGN’s board game and LEGO coverage. You can follow him on Bluesky.

The SteelSeries 25th Anniversary Sale Gifts You Free Gear When You Buy One of Its Best Gaming Headsets

Steelseries, one of our favorite gaming peripheral brands, is celebrating its 25-year anniversary with an outstanding deal on its latest premium gaming headset. For a limited time, purchase a SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omini wireless gaming headset for $399.99 and get your choice of Apex keyboard, Aerox wireless mouse, or QcK mousepad for free. You also get free shipping on the entire order. Some of the choices normally cost up to $110 if purchased separately. Both items have to be added in the same order in order to qualify for the discount.

SteelSeries 25th Anniversary Sale – Free Gear With Headset

SteelSeries 25-Year Anniversary Sale

Buy a SteelSeries Arctis Nova Pro Omni Wireless Gaming Headset, Get a Free Keyboard, Mouse, or Mousepad

0

PS5, Xbox, PC, Switch, Mobile

SteelSeries released the Arctis Nova Pro Omni earlier in May. It is the successor to the venerable Arctis Nova Pro that topped our best gaming headset chart for years. It’s also SteelSeries’ highest end headset outside of the Arctis Elite. It carries over all of the trademark features of the Nova Pro, including the stellar sound quality and hours-long comfort, hot-swappable battery system, active noise cancelation, and a base station with built-in GameDAC, OLED display and physical volume knob. It’s also just as durable thanks to the flexible steel core headband construction.

But let’s get into the improvements that make the Arcis Pro Omni a clear upgrade over its predecessor. The most notable feature is its “OmniPlay” ability. No longer do you have to buy a specific model for Xbox or PlayStation. Every Nova Pro Omni is cross compatible with the PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X, PC, Switch, and more. You can also connect to up to four separate sources simultaneously via two USB inputs, wireless Bluetooth, and line-in (its successor maxed out at two). Other improvements include an improved GameDAC with LC3+ codec that supports 96kHz/24Bit high-res audio processing and mobile app compatibility.

IGN’s Michael Higham gave the Arctis Nova Pro Omni a glowing review. He wrote that “A $400 price tag is tough to swallow no matter which way you cut it. Considering what the Arctis Nova Pro Omni offers relative to the current competition, however, it makes one of the strongest cases to splurge for a high-end gaming headset if you haven’t already.”

You get one free item – I’d suggest the Aerox 3 gaming mouse

SteelSeries 25-Year Anniversary Sale

The SteelSeries Aerox 3 Wireless Gaming Mouse Could Be Yours for Free

0

SteelSeries gifts you one free item from its selection of keyboards, mouse, and mousepads. Deal seekers who want to maximize their value should consider a mouse or keyboard. If you want my recommendation, I would suggest picking up a SteelSeries Aerox 3 Wireless Gen 2 gaming mouse, which normally retails for $110. This is an ultralight gaming mouse that weighs in at just 68 grams. It has a perforated shell to reduce the weight, mechanical switch keys rated at 80 million clicks, and an AQUABARRIER hydrophobic coating applied to the interior circuitry for added durability. The Aerox 3 connects wirelessly via either a 2.4GHz dongle or Bluetooth. You’ll want to stick with the dongle to take advantage of the lower latency. Pair that with 4K wireless polling and a TRUEMOVE 26,000 DPI sensor with 400 IPS speed and 40G acceleration and the Aerox 3 will certainly not be the limiting factor to your gaming performance.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Midnight Spider-Man: Peter Parker’s Monster Transformation

Alternate comic book universes are all the rage lately, with both Marvel’s Ultimate Universe and DC’s Absolute Universe consistently topping the sales charts. The only problem for Marvel is that they just ended the Ultimate line this summer. Where do they go from here? How do they continue that momentum? The answer, it seems, is to shift focus to another brand-new universe, but this time focused on infusing classic Marvel properties with elements of horror.

The result is the Midnight Universe, a new imprint set in a twisted version of the Marvel U where iconic characters have been given drastic makeovers. One of the three pillars of that line is Phillip Kennedy Johnson and ScieTronc’s Midnight Spider-Man. What happens when your friendly neighborhood hero is given a full-fledged body horror makeover? To find out, we spoke with Johnson via email. Check out an exclusive preview of the first issue in the slideshow gallery below, and then read on to learn more about the new series and how it delivers a profoundly different take on Marvel’s most popular hero:

Midnight Spider-Man #1 Preview Gallery

Building Marvel’s Midnight Universe

To start off, we were curious about the mission statement of the Midnight Universe. How does this project compare to something like the Ultimate line? Is it still about letting creators take big swings in a way that aren’t possible in the mainline Marvel Universe continuity?

“On that initial meeting with the three writers, senior editorial, and Marvel President Dan Buckley, the quote from Dan I remember most clearly was ‘horror in the front seat, superhero very much in the back,’” Johnson tells IGN. “I took that as permission to go as hard as we want to go. I’m approaching it like a creator-owned horror series, honoring the core of the Spider-Man story but retold as a prestige horror title. And not ‘horror’ just in its horrifying imagery, but hopefully also in its concept, atmosphere, and thematic relevance that makes all the best horror stories hit as hard as they do.

When the Midnight Universe was announced, there was some initial online pushback from fans who expected the line to focus on classic supernatural characters like Blade and the Midnight Sons. Which begs the question – was there talk of focusing on more traditional horror characters? Does Johnson feel like reinterpreting these iconic heroes is actually the more potent approach in this case?

“Marvel’s traditionally supernatural characters have come up in conversation, and I have no doubt they’ll show up in our stories at some point,” Johnson says. “But the focus for the launch was always Marvel’s most classic, iconic characters. When the initial teaser for Midnight went up, EVERYONE who saw it assumed the same kind of imminent follow-up announcements: Midnight Suns, Blade, Werewolf by Night, Moon Knight, Tomb of Dracula. Everyone thought they knew what was coming, there wasn’t even a discussion.”

“Midnight isn’t just a sticker on the cover of all our business-as-usual horror titles. It’s a complete reimagining of the entire Marvel Universe.”“

Johnson continues, “That was exactly the reaction I was hoping for, and to me, it confirmed that we were doing the right thing in embracing the unexpected. Midnight isn’t just a sticker on the cover of all our business-as-usual horror titles. It’s a complete reimagining of the entire Marvel Universe. If we launched the Midnight Universe with a Blade title, the risk is that “Midnight Blade” would look an awful lot like the Blade of the 616 Universe. Midnight Blade wouldn’t give us anything new, that’s what he’s always been.”

With the Ultimate Universe, creators were pretty much left free to tell their stories within the framework of the two-year real-time format Jonathan Hickman established, with those characters finally converging when the line reached its climax in Ultimate Endgame. What is the approach to the Midnight Universe? Is Johnson focused on telling his own story, or are Midnight Spider-Man, Hickman and Matteo Della Fonte’s Midnight X-Men, and Benjamin Percy and Kev Walker’s Midnight Fantastic Four building to a larger, overarching story?

“Right now we’re all focused on making each individual story as great as it can be, but there’s a lot of discussion between us as we go,” Johnson says. “One of the biggest perks of this gig is that Jonathan, Ben and I talk or text nearly every day about the books. I was a fan of both those guys long before we started working together, and it’s a privilege to see their scripts and get to know their processes. We all keep track of where the other two are in our stories, we offer up our scripts and art for feedback, we keep each other posted on story elements that might be of use in the other titles. It’s a proper writer’s room, and it’s a joy to be a part of.

Reinventing Spider-Man for the Midnight Universe

One of the most obvious ways in which Midnight Spider-Man reinvents the mythos involves the radioactive spider itself. This isn’t another case of Peter suffering a tiny spider bite and transforming overnight into a superhuman. This is a long, painful, drawn-out transformation, and the book’s body horror elements are reflected in the fact that we see this oversized arachnid fused to his chest. So how much is that transformation and its psychological effects a focus of Kennedy’s early issues?

“I need to be careful not to spoil what the iconic spider is, and what it’s doing to Peter… it’s a mystery we’ll slowly reveal over the course of the series,” Johnson teases. “I want people to have their own theories, and for those theories to escalate and evolve as we slowly reveal what’s happening to Peter. But I can say the body horror escalation from issue to issue is extreme. The hope is that by the time our readers read issue #3, they’ll be hard-pressed to imagine where it can even go from there. We’ve had to get very creative with the fringe science of the story to ensure there are still horrific new vistas to explore 25, 50, and 100+ issues from now. Every time an issue hits shelves, I want our readers sweating and shivering all the way until the next one hits.”

The prospect of a body horror-centric take on Spider-Man is certainly intriguing. We were curious if there any particular influences from film or comics/manga that Johnson and ScieTronc are drawing upon.

“Within film, the biggest influences on the series are probably the films of David Cronenberg, John Carpenter, and Guillermo Del Toro,” Johnson says. “Del Toro influences everything I do, though… he’s one of my favorite storytellers in any medium. And I’ll add H.R. Giger to that list. Even though he’s not technically known as a filmmaker, there’s no Alien without Giger. His work blurs the lines between biology, technology, sexuality, and the most horrific body horror, and his work will inspire the imagery of Midnight Spider-Man all the way to the end.

Art by ScieTronc. (Image Credit: Marvel)

As for comics, Johnson says, “Many of the biggest influences are horror manga, or horror/action: primarily the work of the great Junji Ito, but also Homunculus, Parasyte, Chainsaw Man, and others. Within Western comics, eagle-eyed readers will see some influence from the Garcia/Rubin Beowulf adaptation, which I think is a work of genius. Bendis’ and Oeming’s Powers. I’m also being mindful of DC’s and Marvel’s ‘universe reimaginings’ that have come before: Bendis’ Ultimate Spider-Man and New Avengers, Hickman’s more recent Ultimate Spider-Man, Absolute Batman, Wonder Woman, others. What we’re doing in the Midnight Universe is very different from any of that, but they were all executed so well, there are a lot of lessons to be learned from them as we find our way in the Midnight Universe.”

Johnson adds, “Also: this might be a strange thing to say, but ScieTronc’s art has probably been the biggest influence on my writing for Midnight Spider-Man. His art completely shapes the way I write for him. The manga influence on ScieTronc’s work is obvious at a glance: it has all the facial expressiveness and dynamic action that manga does so well, but there’s also a super high level of detail, rendering, environmental interest, and creative layout that the best Western comics have. If I was writing for any other artist, the story would be completely different. I’ve had to educate myself in some ways to make sure I’m giving him scripts that best honor his style and skill.”

While Peter Parker’s enduring feud with Norman Osborn has always been a hallmark of the franchise, Midnight Spider-Man seems to widen that scope and double down on the conflict between this lone vigilante and the billionaire oligarch class. The series is certainly wading into topical waters, but how does Midnight Spider-Man redefine the theme of power and responsibility for 2026?

“The mission statement of Spider-Man has always been ‘With Great Power there must also come great responsibility.'” Johnson says. “But writing Spider-Man in 2026—MIDNIGHT Spider-Man in particular—we have to acknowledge that the world we live in has almost completely refuted that premise. A much truer statement in 2026 would be: POWER MAKES MONSTERS.”

Johnson continues, “Midnight Spider-Man is the collision of those two tenets. Peter Parker is a brilliant but frustrated kid yearning for personal transformation, who NEEDS ‘Power with Responsibility’ to be true, and he lives his life in such a way to prove it. And against all odds, he gets his shot at power and greatness… but just like the rest of the powerful, his power changes him in horrific, monstrous ways. Throughout the series he denies it, he fights against it, he desperately tries to cling to his humanity even as it slips further and further away. We’ll spend the entire series answering the question of which version of Peter wins in the end.”

Midnight Spider-Man #1, Midnight X-Men #1, and Midnight Fantastic Four #1 wll all be released on October 7, 2026. You can preorder them at your local comic shop.

For more, check out 6 comics to read to prepare for Marvel’s Wolverine and learn more about the new Vampire Hunter D comic.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

Star Wars Zero Company

It makes a lot of sense that Star Wars Zero Company is the result of a collaboration between developers of XCOM 2 (now at Bitreactor) and Star Wars Jedi: Survivor (at Respawn). Those two excellent games couldn’t be much more different from each other, but their strengths come together here to create a great-looking, clever tactics game that also tells one of the better Star Wars stories we’ve seen since Rogue One. Excellent characters, writing, music, and cinematic flair give context and weight to a campaign that centers around a diverse group of mercenaries, with Force powers and lightsabers refreshingly taking a back seat to blasters and thermal detonators. And while its turn-based gameplay is instantly familiar to XCOM veterans like me, its more aggressive playstyle and flexible characters make it far more than a simple Star Wars reskin.

The opening cutscene shows the Republic and Separatist fleets blasting away in orbit as the camera zooms in to Clone Troopers fighting battle droids on the ground, but then veers off to the side to focus on a smaller scuffle. That effectively establishes that this story takes place around the periphery of the Clone Wars rather than on its front lines. Our customizable main character, Hawks, is a former military commander who suffered a defeat and went into business for himself (or herself) with a crew of misfits. (If that sounds familiar, it may be because it’s also a perfect description of Malcolm Reynolds from Firefly, and Hawks’ voice even takes on a slight space cowboy drawl at times – but that’s only fair, given how much Mal owes to Han Solo in the first place.)

Hawks and company immediately come into conflict with a Separatist-aligned cult known as the Infinite Coil led by the enigmatic Fathom, who is bent on spreading a mind-altering plague across the galaxy with creepy bugs. While it’s hinted that this disease may be Force-adjacent, it’s a welcome change of pace to be up against something at least a bit more original than yet another Sith-like villain. Fortunately, Fathom is largely allowed to remain mysterious during her chilling performance, and her relationship with her henchman son prevents her from becoming a two-dimensional villain. And even though it’s not playable, she eventually orchestrates a climactic space battle unlike anything we’ve seen in Star Wars before.

Your main crewmembers all have compelling stories to follow as well, drawing to mind comparisons to Knights of the Old Republic (even though this isn’t that kind of RPG and you only rarely make dialogue decisions). What they lack in novelty, they make up for with strong writing and acting: big blue brawler Kabb fills the obligatory role of the alien who talks funny, Jae is a scion of a mining family driven from her home by Coil, Trick is a medically discharged clone with plenty of brothers to help, Cly is the Mandalorian out for revenge, Tel-Rea is an AWOL padawan investigating Coil, and Luco is a sharpshooter who hates the Republic but hates Fathom more. Each of them has their own chain of story missions to complete that include a decent number of twists and cameos from other Clone Wars-era characters.

Your main crewmembers all have compelling stories to follow.“

The personalities that stand out most to me, though, are non-combatants you interact with only at your base, a docked freighter called The Den. Runa is your personnel manager/bookkeeper, and her Separatist background sets her apart from the rest of the crew, who are more aligned with the Republic. She’s also the most consistently funny, thanks to her endearing vanity and high level of sass. Her banter with the young, by-the-book Republic Intelligence officer Bennic is always entertaining while you’re choosing missions at the holotable display, and she makes him a more sympathetic character as his loyalties are tested by the events of the war. Special mentions for medical droid M-3VO and Neesh, an oversized Lasat arms dealer, both of whom have some good lines.

The other thing you’ll do before heading into combat is run Operations, where you’ll spend your limited Intel points to pick which off-screen text adventures to dispatch your team on, unlocking more missions and earning cash and loot prizes. A lot of those do feel like blindly rolling the dice because you’re asked to pick which team members to send without any indication of who might be better suited for, say, extracting hostages or hacking into a Separatist facility – so when things go wrong and people get injured it feels like, well, missing a 90% shot. But I always had a few bodies to spare on my roster, so that never tripped me up. And some of these are interesting dilemmas that give you a preview breaking down which of your team will be angry if you, for example, sell someone out to a Hutt for a few extra credits.

Always Tell Me The Odds

After you pick a mission and watch the repetitive, unskippable transit cutscene (which tends to hitch on both PC and PS5 Pro) as your team hyperspace-jumps into action, the tactical combat is easy to pick up if you’ve played anything in the XCOM vein. But while the fundamentals of controlling your team of four, taking cover, lining up attacks, and crossing your fingers that the RNG gods rule in your favor on a percentage to hit are similar, Zero Company is a vastly different game that encourages you to dive into the fray and push the enemy around. You’ll routinely knock them into each other, off of ledges, into an ally’s overwatch zone, or line them up for an area-of-effect attack. (Just remember to always have a backup plan, because you’re still going to miss those 90% shots 10% of the time.)

A big part of why I felt encouraged to do that is because, even though permadeath is on by default, your troops are pretty hard to kill. A character has to be downed three times (without being healed between missions) before they’re gone for good. There also aren’t that many surprise attacks, because the maps are usually pretty small and there’s no fog of war, meaning you’ll never be ambushed by an enemy you couldn’t see. On top of that, there are no lasting consequences for taking damage until someone’s downed for the first time and becomes injured, so I felt safe to take troops out of cover and into the open to absorb some punishment if it gave me a clear shot or got me close enough to an extraction zone that I could make it out the next turn. Despite that arrogance, in my first 35-hour playthrough on Normal difficulty, I didn’t come close to losing anybody (though I come to this with a few thousand hours of XCOM under my belt, so your mileage may vary).

Another major distinction is that it’s easy to chain together actions and give your operators more moves in a turn than their default three action points would normally allow. Advantage points are built up every time you damage an enemy (or use some specific abilities), and then you can spend them on extra abilities from any character, such as Trick’s rocket launcher or Hawks’ ability to grant an extra action point to a squad member. There are plenty of these, and that gives you a great reason to equip at least some people with blaster pistols: they’re lower damage and shorter range than rifles, repeaters, or sniper rifles, but they can fire off three (or more) shots per turn to rack up Advantage quickly.

One of the trickier systems to master is the Backup ability that randomly rotates around your squad every turn. The character who has it can designate a teammate within range to assist them, and on their next attack that teammate will take a followup shot that always hits, even if the first shot misses wildly. It’s incredibly valuable to have an opportunity to score guaranteed damage on every turn. But you have to be thoughtful about this because it’s easy to waste if your backup guy doesn’t actually have line of sight on the enemy, or if you land a critical hit and end up killing your target solo.

As much fun as it is to mow down dozens of hapless battle droids and watch them satisfyingly fall to pieces, Zero Company could have done with a bit more enemy variety. To be fair, there are quite a few types, including Coil soldiers who make you consider who’s closest when one of them dies because their allies may absorb some of their power. There are melee guys, sniper guys, and everything in between, but pretty much the only non-humanoids you encounter are the rolling, shielded Droidekas. Those are memorable fights, but after a while everything else starts to blend together a bit even if you do have to adapt your tactics.

I saw a fair number of graphical bugs, but nothing that noticeably messed me up.“

Many of the story missions stand out at least, partly because they’ll do things like force you to move ahead by blowing up the area behind you or have you hold two locations at once and then extract while enemies constantly spawn in. For some of those you’ll do a string of battles in a single location, and Zero Company has a cool trick to tie them together: the camera zooms in to third person and you run from one to the next, controlling Hawks directly until you walk into the combat zone. It gives you a much better sense that you’re fighting in a real place than in the side missions where, more often than not, you’re dropped directly and jarringly into a battle. I do wish there were more to do from that perspective than walk up to a person or thing and push a button to trigger some dialogue, because the levels you walk through look great.

That said, you’ll probably see a fair number of graphical bugs during missions, particularly when enemies are air-dropped in, and the camera can get a bit wonky when it zooms in for what’s supposed to be a flashy animation and shows you a close-up of a wall instead. A few times after a slow-motion overwatch reaction shot, I thought I might have to force-quit because everything hung for a good 20 seconds before resuming. But I haven’t seen anything that noticeably messed me up – I never once had to reload a mission because I felt something hadn’t gone according to plan thanks to a glitch. So it’s safe to say that Zero Company is substantially less buggy than XCOM 2 when it first came out (and maybe even today).

Character progression is a little strange in that you’re given almost complete freedom to remake most of your team at will. Hawks, for instance, can be changed from a Medic one mission to a Sniper the next, and any of the other six specialities after that. You can respec all his skill points and swap his gun out (in a wonderfully nerdy touch, each of the four weapon types has multiple different looks to pick from with their own sound effects) to further customize how you want them to play. The same goes for a lot of minor recruitable characters – excluding the incredibly handy astromech droids, which are purpose-built for handing out action points to teammates and lobbing grenades and healing items like crazy. That level of flexibility certainly encourages experimentation, even if it does make your choices matter a bit less when it comes to building out your team in the long term.

The only real restrictions are on your main crewmates, who can still be respecced but each have a defining class and a unique ability that give you a reason to keep them alive (on top of being able to complete their story missions). Jae’s Last Shot triggers a fantastically helpful execution when an enemy’s HP falls below a certain threshold, Kabb’s melee attack refunds your action points if it kills the target, Cly has a Mandalorian jetpack that sets people on fire as she lands, Trick can resurrect himself once per mission, etc. Tel-Rea, naturally, has her own unique Jedi skill system.

Dan’s favorite tactics games

See All

One thing that can’t be redone at will is the bond bonuses. When two teammates care about each other very much, they level up their bond and you get to choose between three randomly selected bonuses that apply to both of them, such as increasing ranged damage by one or going a bit farther on their first move. These are pretty small boosts on their own, but they add up over time and will significantly increase some crucial stats if you’re consistent with your choices.

Things get doubly complex when you unlock the ability to give each character a secondary class, which lets you split their skill points between two class trees or concentrate on one. That opens up a whole new layer of opportunity for synergizing abilities, weapon mods, and utility items. I feel like I only scratched the surface of this potential on my first playthrough, and I’ve already started another on Hard to see how much I’ll need to fine-tune my builds to survive.

I’m a few hours into that run, and I can already feel that the replayability of Zero Company is a bit limited relative to XCOM 2 because it’s more story-focused and lacks the procedurally generated maps and randomized upgrade unlocks that make that game so dynamic. That’s a sky-high bar to meet, though, so I’m not holding that against it – and I definitely missed some missions that can expire before you’re able to get to them on my first playthrough, so I expect there will be a fair amount of new things to do this time.

LEGO Batman: Legacy of the Dark Knight Deluxe Edition

During the gamescom Studio livestream, IGN exclusively revealed the trailer for LEGO Batman: Legacy of the Dark Knight Deluxe Edition – Mayhem Collection DLC, which features an exciting look at the new story mission starring Harley Quinn and The Joker, the Mayhem Mode, and the Sinister Pack.

LEGO Batman: Legacy of the Dark Knight’s Mayhem Collection DLC will be available to all Deluxe Edition owners for no extra cost on September 18, 2026, which also happens to be the same day the game launches on Nintendo Switch 2.

The big addition in the DLC is that new story mission that stars Harley Quinn and The Joker, which will see the pair working together to “orchestrate a breakout from Arkham Asylum with a going-away party Gotham City won’t soon forget.”

Harley Quinn will be equipped with her trusty hammer and her Fun Gun loaded with Confetti and Bubblegum, and she’ll also be able to summon her beloved hyenas, Bud & Lou. As for The Joker, he’ll bring his Paintball Pelter and Boxing Glove to the party alongside a “fast-paced, agile combat style that is focused on speed and mobility.” Players will also be able to unlock outfits for Harley Quinn and The Joker that are based on past Batman Media, including The Dark Knight Returns comic book series, Batman: The Animated Series, and more.

Outside of the story, the Mayhem Mode will unleash Harley Quinn and The Joker across Gotham City and task them with time-limited Mayhem Runs. During each run, they will need to make it back to Amusement Mile before time runs out, and they will be chased by Batman and Robin while doing so. You’ll earn LEGO studs by smashing everything in sight and completing challenges, alongside battling A.R.G.U.S. Agents and members of Amanda Waller’s Task Force X in Deathstroke, Killer Croc, Captain Boomerang, Deadshot, King Shark, Polka-Dot Man, and other “notorious DC Super-Villains.”

LEGO Batman: Legacy of the Dark Knight – Mayhem Collection DLC Images

The Sinister Pack includes themed outfits inspired by popular DC comic book issues and action figures, plus a new vehicle and Batcave customization options. The full list of items this pack includes is as follows:

  • Batman – The Batman Who Laughs outfit (Dark Nights: Metal #2 | 2017)
  • Robin – Robin King outfit (Dark Nights: DM – Legends of the Dark Knights #1 | 2020)
  • Nightwing – Joker outfit (Nightwing #16 | 2011)
  • Batgirl – Joker outfit (Jokerized DC Multiverse Action Figure)
  • Jim Gordon – Joker outfit (The Joker: The Man Who Stopped Laughing #9 | 2022)
  • Catwoman – Joker outfit (Catwoman #65 | 1993)
  • Talia al Ghul – Joker (Earth-37) outfit (DC Elseworlds comic series | 1997)
  • Vehicle – Jokermobile (Arkham Trilogy)
  • Batcave Items – Helmet (The Merciless), Joker Fish Aquarium, Barbatos Statue, Snake Clowns, and Long Halloween Pumpkin

The last thing that will be added on September 18 will be an enhanced ‘Absolute’ difficulty level, which will actually be a free update for all players. This new difficulty mode will require “greater skill, awareness, and precision in combat.”

LEGO Batman: Legacy of the Dark Knight released on PS5, Xbox Series X/S, and PC back in May 2026, and in our review, we said, “a strong open-world Gotham and trademark Lego slapstick humour powers a fantastic plastic parody of Batman’s greatest hits.”

For more, check out everything announced from Opening Night Live and what else to expect from the rest of gamescom.

Adam Bankhurst is a writer for IGN. You can follow him on X/Twitter @AdamBankhurst, Instagram, and TikTok, and listen to his show, Talking Disney Magic.

Rockstar Games Finally Addresses ‘Heartbreaking’ GTA 6 Leaks, Warns Players of Spoilers

Rockstar Games has finally addressed the past week’s extraordinary spate of Grand Theft Auto 6 leaks, describing the situation as “heartbreaking” for its development team and “unfortunate” for fans.

In a statement posted to social media, the developer acknowledged that its intended experience for players “may now be impacted by some spoilers”, but reiterated GTA 6’s previously-confirmed launch date of November 19.

The past week has seen more than a dozen gameplay clips appear online, posted by an individual or group that has claimed to be leaking material to highlight the death of physical media and the impact this will have on game ownership, while also charging fans to vote on further leaks using cryptocurrency, in what is widely-seen as a money-making exercise.

Today’s statement by Rockstar makes no mention of its efforts to try and stop these leaks from occuring, or the legal processes it has begun to try and determine the identity of the leaker(s). Indeed, the statement could be read as an admission that the leaks will likely continue — and worsen, with story spoilers likely — at least in the short term.

As if to confirm this, a 15th clip of GTA 6 has just been posted online, within minutes of Rockstar’s statement being made public. It show the leaker driving at night, and then a clip of a cutscene with GTA 6 co-protagonist Lucia. This is particularly noteworthy as the leaker has, so far, only shown off gameplay with the character of Jason, though has suggested that a Lucia story prologue could be leaked in future. Watermarked text includes: “Show support trade $Cyberleek,” in reference to the leaker’s virtual currency, and “let’s get 50m trading volume.”

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

“We know that many of you have been waiting to hear from us regarding the events of the past week,” Rockstar Games wrote. “It would be an understatement to say that having videos of Grand Theft Auto 6 gameplay leak in this way has been heartbreaking for our team, and this is obviously not how we intednd for you to see the game after all this time.

“We are very sorry that everything has taken as long as it has — from getting the game finished (nearly there!) to sharing more details and official gameplay, and providing the community with everything you want to know.

“We are very excited for everyone to see the Extended Look tomorrow,” Rockstar continued. “It has taken longer than we wanted to get it ready, but as with everything we do, we know we need to exceed your expetations, and we are determined to deliver at the level you expect and deserve. While it is unfortunate that the intended game experience may now be impacted by some spoilers, we hope that everyone will wait a bit longer to experience the game for themselves on November 19.

“We want to thank everyone in the community who has reached out with messages of support this past week — your words have meant more to this team than you can imagine. Ultimately, we are making this game for you, and without you, we would not have the privilege of making games. We look forward to sharing more with you soon.”

From a Take-Two and Rockstar perspective, significant damage is being done as the leaks continue, with numerous sections of the GTA 6’s world now revealed. More worrying still, according to Bloomberg, Rockstar still doesn’t know how these leaks happened, nor who is behind them. And while there are no plans to shift this week’s big Netflix reveal, Bloomberg reported that there is frustration and anger internally at recent events, with management sending morale-boosting emails to staff.

Former Rockstar Games technical director Obbe Vermeij, however, downplayed the damage caused by the leaks. Vermeij, who worked at Rockstar North from 1995 to 2009, took to social media to say the Hot Coffee scandal was much more damaging than these GTA 6 leaks.

Rockstar Games will fully reveal GTA 6 gameplay itself later this week via the Grand Theft Auto 6 Extended Look, a lengthy and official deut that will be released exclusively on Netflix for six hours, before arriving on other platforms such as YouTube. Find out exactly when the GTA 6 Extended Look will be available where you are right here.

Every Detail in the GTA 6 Cover Art Explained

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

I Finally Found a Voyagers! Omni Prop Replica, and It Only Took 40 Years of Searching for One

Not to date myself, but it was, oh, 40 years ago or so when I first watched the now mostly forgotten TV show Voyagers! as a kid. A time-travel romp with an occasionally steampunk vibe, the short-lived series featured a kid as one half of its time-hopping duo, so the self-identification factor was built into the show for the young’uns like me who were watching. On top of that, the kid (Jeffrey, played by Meeno Peluce) was kind of a nerd – big on history and basically the “smart one” in his pairing with the “Voyager” Phineas Bogg (the late Jon-Erik Hexum). Hey, I knew about the Wright brothers too – maybe I could also be a time-traveller!

But the real appeal of Voyagers! for me was in the time-travel mechanism that the Voyagers like Bogg used: the Omni. For whatever reason, this thing really hit me where I lived.

The real appeal of Voyagers! for me was in the time-travel mechanism that the Voyagers used: the Omni.“

The Omni was a handheld device that, while sci-fi by its very nature, was very much centered in that steampunk design realm. Seemingly cast in brass and complete with mechanical dials and a tiny globe that allowed its user to zero in on a specific time and place to travel to, the Omni also had rivets and a hinge that its cover hung from, red and green lights, and a push-button mechanism to activate it. The prop’s very design also told a story about the Voyagers (a group of time-travellers whose mission is to make sure the timeline stays on track) that the short-lived show never quite got the chance to do: These people were advanced enough to invent time travel, yet they preferred their tech to be more Jules Verne than Gene Roddenberry in style.

So anyway, I became fixated on this hunk of metal. And you know, this was of course way before the internet, so it wasn’t like you could just google “voyagers omni” to learn more about the device, or the show, or how the prop was made. It also didn’t help that Voyagers! was cancelled after its first season and basically consigned to TV oblivion for decades, so all a kid like me had was my memories of the Omni to keep this particular bit of fandom going. (My fixation on the watch-like Omni was certainly tied to my interest in the even-more-forgotten TV movie The Girl, the Gold Watch & Everything, which was about a gold pocket watch which could stop time. Which is without a doubt why I got a pocket watch as my First Communion gift!)

The thing is, eventually I did google “voyagers omni” and I realized that there were various fans out there who’ve attempted to build their own Omnis over the years. And some of them have looked pretty amazing, too. But they always seemed hard to find and/or very expensive. Still, that changed for me recently when I discovered a (mostly) 3D-printed version of the Omni on Etsy. At like $250, it was a steal, and so I finally got my own. Check it out:

Voyagers! Omni Prop Replica Photos

Is it perfect? No. Is it an affordable chance to have a semi-forgotten piece of TV history displayed on my book shelf? Heck yeah, it is. While the prop replica is mostly made of resin, unlike the more expensive version currently available which is brass (and runs over $1000 now), the dials on this piece are actually brass and do in fact rotate. The lid flips open as well, and there’s a belt clip if you plan on cosplaying as Bogg (or Jeffrey). The lights don’t blink and it doesn’t emit any sounds either, but again… for me this is a display piece that falls right in my price range.

But hey, if they ever add an actual time-travel chip to it, maybe I’ll eventually spring for the more expensive version that’s floating around out there. Until then… as Bogg used to say, green light, kid. We did it!

Talk to Scott Collura @scottcollura.bsky.social, or listen to his Star Trek podcast, Transporter Room 3. Or do both!

Warhammer 40k – The First Hands-On Preview

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • The setting has jumped way into the future
  • It’s using the new WarCore game engine.
  • Customization for units is a welcome addition, though it’s a bit bare-bones at the moment.

Ever since Creative Assembly released the first Total War: Warhammer back in 2016, the part of the community more interested in its futuristic sibling has been clamoring for a version set in the 41st Millennium of the long-running tabletop miniatures series. It may have taken longer than folks would have liked, but Total War: Warhammer 40K is on the horizon, and during a recent event, I had a chance to go hands-on with an early build of the strategy sequel, purging some savage Orks and spreading the word of the God Emperor. The build I got to try consisted of three focused slices – a tutorial, a tease of how the campaign will play out (including some customization goodness), and finally a massive battle – all of which were seen through the helmets of the Space Marines. All things told, it was about an hour of explosions, bullets, and little dudes shouting “For the Emperor!”

Up until now, the Total War series, while featuring ranged units, has been about two armies getting up close and slashing and stabbing one another with swords and the like. This latest entry marks the first run with Creative Assembly’s new engine, WarCore, and is the first ranged-focused title since 2009’s Total War: EMPIRE. Trebuchets are out, and tanks and walking mechs are in. With this massive leap forward in time to the 41st millennium, gameplay itself has had to catch up and evolve a bit.

Playing through the tutorial, I got a very basic understanding of how this beloved franchise will operate in this new grimdark setting. My squad was sent in to secure the crash site, giving me a crash course on how to move around, get to cover, and more fun things like raining missiles down on the greenskins. It also proved a great opportunity to start getting a grasp of some of the new mechanics that players will have to master when it eventually releases, such as strafe-firing, suppressing enemies, and calling down drop pods from orbit with fresh forces. Perhaps my favorite of these is that there wasn’t a single ammo bar anywhere to be seen. Thank the Emperor.

Even with all the guns, you don’t have to worry about 40k losing the intense close-combat brawls, as that is still here too. The best showcase of what the new WarCore engine will offer became most apparent when I would pause the action and zoom into the large marine-on-ork bloodbaths, seeing all of the different units covered in blood or mid-vault over a piece of cover. Seeing my Space Marines’ chainswords and their motorized teeth sparking against the axes of the Orks while the bullets shot overhead was a sight to behold.

While this latest iteration certainly looks to change things up a bit, Total War 40k is still very much a Total War game, with that same tactically rich strategic playground the series is known for. Even in that introductory scenario, between the sheer number of bodies fighting and all the fronts of the skirmish I had to manage kept me on my toes. Positioning and countering enemies remains something you will always need to consider, with this newest entry looking to offer even more ways to conquer and twist the battlefield to your needs. Lessons that, being a bit out of practice with the Total War series, I was reminded of during a rather tense moment during the campaign mission I got to try.

The mission in question was for me to go in and retake the nearby Thetha-Citadel Astropathic Relay Station and get rid of the xeno threat, which was once again the orks, whose space force was already positioned and laying waste to the planet not just from the ground, but from orbit as well. Before heading down to the ground myself, I wanted to take a peek around the system that my Space Marines found themselves in. Planets orbited a menacing blood red star with what looks to be an equally imposing Chaos Ga te looming nearby. I couldn’t interact with them or utilize them in any way during the demo; they simply teased at mechanics to come.

Zooming back into the planet I was tasked to clear, I was greeted with a more familiar Total War screen, with various zones, cities, and my armies to command. I could easily rotate my view around large swaths of the planet to find my objective, and the view of space behind the curved world lent itself really well to the sense of scale this game will have. After training up some new troops and making my way to the station, it was time for my Immortals of Demos (the custom chapter I set up and colored before this mission) to deal with Snaz Braggerz and cleanse the citadel.

Fielding some squads of Aggressor marines, Intercessors, Dreadnoughts, Repulsor Executioner tanks and more, I assigned them to groups and sent them on their way. After some poor battlefield decisions by yours truly (note to self: don’t spread yourself too thinly and forget to turn the speed back down when things get hairy), the orks quickly began marching towards my last group of marines and tanks, which I had earlier in the match hunkered down and held the high ground of a nearby landing pad. After a few tense minutes of exchanging gunfire and calling down ordnance from my ships in orbit, we managed to rout the orks and destroy their Stompa super-heavy walker. Watching the yellow monstrosity tip over and explode was nearly as rewarding to see as when I managed to do so while playing the actual tabletop version of 40k. The Imperium of Man had come out victorious once again! Unfortunately, this sense of accomplishment and boost to my ego carried me straight into the “Very hard” big battle that Creative Assembly had also left us to check out if we wanted, and let’s just say things didn’t go quite so well…

Now, a moment ago, you may have caught me mentioning my “Immortals of Demos,” my custom chapter of Space Marines I got to color up before the mission. Customization is a big part of 40K, and miniature games in general, so I was glad that right at the start of the campaign slice of my demo, I got to check out an early look at what to expect in this regard. For those who have never dabbled in the realm of tabletop miniature games, most of the time, the armies you bring to the table have to be built first, and normally also all come unpainted. The “grey pile of shame” is a hobbyist term we use to lovingly refer to all the models in our backlog that we have yet to paint and customize.

The offerings at this stage were admittedly a bit lacking, with only a base, accents, and detail colors able to be adjusted and applied to the whole armor, in addition to customizing your chapter’s name and emblem. The number of colors available to pick from, however, was pretty impressive, with Creative Assembly using the actual paint colors Games Workshop releases. Poking through the options, I saw the familiar Caledor Sky and Screamer Pink before settling on Mournfang Brown for the base of my Immortals of Demos. The representative on site, though, did make it clear that there would be far more options and details for players to explore when 40k eventually ships. As someone with a rather large pile of grey unpainted units (but they’re primed, I swear!), I hope one of those options includes letting me make my armies in that signature plastic look. In all seriousness though, I do hope that the customization offers enough flexibility that physical 40k players will be able to recreate some of their custom paint jobs here in Total War. I don’t want to just play Space Marines, I want to command MY Space Marines.

The core of Total War’s DNA appears intact so far.“

The team at Creative Assembly has a lot to prove with Total War: Warhammer 40k after various issues and missteps with how DLC has been handled with Total War: Warhammer III and 2023’s Total War: Pharaoh. What I saw during the preview event shows promise; since the community has been asking for this, I’m hoping they can deliver.

Total War: Warhammer 40k still has a ways to go before it launches, with no current release window set. We haven’t seen a peep out of the Aeldari faction yet, and so far we’ve only had teases and glimpses at the real depth that Creative Assembly is putting into this latest tactical titan. The core of Total War’s DNA appears intact so far, but we will have to wait and see if the heavier focus on ranged combat and the other 40k influence will result in something genuinely special or a creation that has fallen to Chaos.

While you’re here, check out these previews of other big upcoming games we’ve played recently!

Scott White is a freelance contributor to IGN, assisting with tabletop games and guide coverage. Follow him on X/Twitter or Bluesky.

LEGO Super Mario Minifigure Sets Unveiled, Including Bowser’s Castle and Mario Kart

LEGO has finally revealed its Super Mario range that will include minifigures for the first time, including playsets for Bowser’s Castle and numerous Mario Kart vehicles.

Super Mario has been appearing in LEGO sets for years, though mostly as part of the company’s bigger-scale range designed to work with the interactive Super Mario toy unit.

That experiment now seems to over, however, with the long-awaited rollout of Super Mario sets scaled to minifigure size. And indeed, these will also include a growing range of Mario minifigures, with Luigi, Peach, Toad, Yoshi, Koopa Troopa, and Bowser Jr. all glimpsed in this first wave, as well as a Bowser big fig. The range will all be available from January 1, 2027.

LEGO Super Mario Minifigure range

  • Mario’s Pipe Jump (72052) – 61 pieces, $9.99
  • Racing with Mario (72054) – 84 pieces, $14.99
  • Mario’s Beach Adventures (72055) – 196 pieces, $19.99
  • Luigi & Bowser Jr.’s Race (72056) – 104 pieces, $29.99
  • Yoshi at Mario’s House (72057) – 147 pieces, $39.99
  • Bowser’s Rumbling Race (72058) – 409 pieces, $59.99
  • Fire Mario & Bowser’s Castle (72060) – 850 pieces, $99.99
  • Fire Luigi vs. Koopa Troopa Battle (72061) – 241 pieces, $29.99

LEGO Super Mario Minifigure Sets

The range begins with Mario’s Pipe Jump (72052), a 61-piece set priced at $9.99 that features a Mario minifigure, dinky Goomba element and large green warp pipe. Next up is Racing with Mario (72054), an 84-piece set for $14.99 that features a Mario minifigure and the plumber’s classic kart. Green and red shells are also included, as is a banana.

Mario’s Beach Adventures (72055) sees the hero take some downtime by the sea. This 196-piece set sells for $19.99 and includes a Mario in swim trunks minifigure (no, he doesn’t have nipples), plus a buildable snack bar, lounger and giant enemy crab.

Luigi & Bowser Jr.’s Race (72056) is essentially a larger version of the previous Racing with Mario set, except with both Luigi and Bowser Jr. Both characters are included as minifigures, alongside their karts and accessories. This is a 104-piece set that will sell for $29.99.

Moving onto the slightly bigger sets, Yoshi at Mario’s House (72057) is a 147-piece build that sells for $39.99. Included here are Mario and a slightly awkward-looking Yoshi minifigure, plus a goomba.

Bowser’s Rumbling Race (72058) is another Mario Kart set, this time with 409 pieces for $59.99. Here, you can expand your starting lineup with karts for Toad, Bowser, Goomba and Mario Kart World’s fan-favorite Cow. The first two characters are minifigures, while the latter is a buildable design.

The biggest set in this starting wave is Fire Mario & Bowser’s Castle, which will weigh in at 850 pieces and sell for $99.99. This features Fire Mario, Peach and Koopa Trooper minifigures, the Bowser big fig and a goomba. It’s a cool-looking design, even if LEGO is clearly making us wait for the Peach’s Castle set we all really want.

Lastly, Fire Luigi vs. Koopa Troopa Battle (72061) is a smaller 241-piece set featuring, unsurprisingly, Fire Luigi and a Koopa Troopa minifigures.

“The new LEGO minifigures mark a refreshed LEGO Super Mario theme, newly centred on creative LEGO minifigure roleplay action,” LEGO stated in a press release today. “The refresh of the Super Mario theme will see building experiences arriving for LEGO Super Mario centred on creative LEGO minifigure roleplay, featuring iconic characters, karts, and environments from the Super Mario and Mario Kart universe.”

So, which will you be picking up?

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

The Witcher 3 Remastered Launches September With Free Upgrades for Existing Owners

CD Projekt Red has announced The Witcher 3 Remastered, coming as a free upgrade to all owners on PC, PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X|S next month on September 29.

In a stunning conclusion to Gamescom’s Opening Night Live, the developer confirmed a list of additional features coming to the game’s Remastered version as well as notably enhanced visuals, which we’ve listed out below.

There’s no upgrade to the game’s current Switch 1 version, though a separate Switch 2-native version of The Witcher 3 Remastered will be sold, and owners of the Switch 1 version will be able to claim this free. The remastered game will also be sold on PC via Battle.net for the first time, where it will unlock a Geralt-themed skin in Diablo 4.

The Witcher 3 Remastered — and the current game, as of today — will also include access to the game’s first two expansions at no additional cost. Of course, all of this precedes the arrival of the upcoming Songs of the Past, The Witcher 3’s third expansion, due in 2027. For a detailed look at what we saw of that this evening, we have you covered right here.

Everything new coming to The Witcher 3 Remastered

Major features include tweaked combat, improved traversal and movement, revamped mount handling, enhanced monster behaviors, a skill tree revamp, armor transmog, an expanded photo mode, new finishers and much more.

Other additions include the long-awaited cross-platform mod support, new quest tracking, immersive meditation, refined animations, UI improvements, a looting rework, refreshed motion blur, new accessibility features, a tutorial modernization, HDR improvements, a foliage shading rework, ray-tracing improvements, a global lighting reork, new shading model, subsurface scattering, and a new tone mapper.

PlayStation 5 Pro support, plus Xbox Play Anywhere and unspecified Nintendo Switch 2 “exclusive features” were also mentioned, as were Nvidia DLSS 4.5, AMD FSR 4, Intel XESS 2.0, path tracing and ray reconstruction on PC, native DX12 and rendering parallelization. There will even be ray-traced hair.

Yesterday it was confirmed that Songs of the Past will contain more Gwent, the franchise’s compulsive card game.

As previously confirmed, there was no sign of The Witcher 4 tonight — though none was expected. Yesterday, we gained confirmation that the highly-anticipated Ciri-starring sequel is targeting a 2028 release window, and was very much still in the oven at present.

“Our team here at CD Projekt Red HQ is hard at work on a brand new saga, one with Ciri at the helm,” CD Projekt Red joint CEO Michał Nowakowski said previously. “We have more than 500 incredibly talented developers working to create something truly special for you. The Witcher 4 features a huge and immersive open world, intense and action-packed gameplay, and a deep, impactful story that we hope will stay with you for a long time. Simply put, this is our biggest, boldest, and most ambitious game to date.

“Now I know you’re eager to learn when it’s coming. That’s the question we’re hearing from you all the time. So while we’re not showing The Witcher 4 at the event, and we’re not ready to share an exact date, I can tell you this: The Witcher 4 is targeting a 2028 release window.

“I know it’s a bit of a wait and you’d love to play it sooner, but let the team cook. It will be worth the wait. Until then, there will be plenty more of The Witcher to come, including Songs of the Past when it launches in 2027. And you can be sure gamescom is also in our plans for the coming years.”

Catch up on all of tonight’s announcements in our roundup of everything revealed at Gamescom Opening Night Live 2026.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

The Dog Stars Review

The Dog Stars releases in theaters August 28.

Ridley Scott is hardly a novice when it comes to depicting determined men (and occasionally women) shouldering various degrees of emotional repression while doing whatever it takes to survive in hostile spaces. Really, take your pick from a career that spans nearly 50 years. More often than not, his films resonate — he’s earned the right to call himself an “influencer,” however ridiculous the quote. But his latest, The Dog Stars, which has seemed to catch the general public flat-footed, is a miss that’s too many steps removed from its emotional center to find any fresh truth in the crowded post-apocalyptic survival genre.

The Dog Stars, based on the 2012 Peter Heller novel, is not necessarily the tense action-thriller about a man (Jacob Elordi), his dog, and the unlikely ratio of hot people fighting to stay alive in a lawless, overgrown dystopia that the trailer makes it out to be. Instead, it’s largely a slow-moving survival story set years after a strange virus decimates society, leaving behind said hot people to grieve while a whole other subset of remaining people seemingly loses their minds, banding together to become violently deranged hordes who live to loot from those who are trying to keep a peaceful existence. Requisite lonesome acoustic guitar soundtrack straight from The Last of Us included, of course, along with a few other baffling country music needle drops.

The first 20 minutes alone are an extended side quest following Elordi’s mechanic Hig and his good boy Jasper on a supply run, loping through an abandoned Denver for Coca Cola products and medical supplies amid unquestionably gorgeous wide shots of the city. Hig flies through Rocky Mountain forests in his tiny yellow prop jet, his signature move being to kill the engine and just coast above it all with Jasper in the co-pilot seat, listening for a radio signal from a place called Grand Junction that’s rumored to harbor the last vestiges of civilization. It’s perfectly suited for IMAX, which is how I saw The Dog Stars. But these recurring vistas feel like excuses to shoot this for the premium screen experience using the nature cheat code, despite this being a film that would have otherwise crushed on streaming, where people aren’t captive audiences and might not be forced to feel too deeply or think about basic world-building questions, such as: What’s the deal with this mysterious killer flu anyway? How did those looters turn so feral? How does Hig still have a full supply of coffee beans (and does he have French Roast)?

It’s not entirely that this movie is patently uninterested in the society that came before, but it is more focused on how those who remain cope with the present, content to reminisce over their past lives in dull conversations. When Hig returns from his supply run to the homestead he shares with Josh Brolin’s hardened (and occasionally funny) ex-Marine Bangley, the two quibble over being happy with what they have and how best to lock down their property from the threat of the looters they call Reapers that need to be “dealt with like roaches.” (Bristling bros, very hot right now!) Hig journeys out and finds his way to the father-daughter duo Jack (Guy Pearce, also doing an occasionally funny grumbly paranoid dad) and Cima (a perfectly serviceable Margaret Qualley). As they pull up tree stumps and sit under the stars together, Cima and Hig talk about their dead spouses. Hig flirts with her by talking about… golf. The Dog Stars script, written by Mark L. Smith, is the film’s dead weight, full of leaden dialogue that’s fine in a novel and sounds wildly contrived coming out of a real person’s mouth.

After a sleepy first hour, things pick up with coinciding standoffs of our central characters — Hig, Cima, and Jack in their neck of the woods, Bangley holding down his compound — vs. the Reapers, where we finally get a taste of the guns-blazing action promised in the trailer. In a stylish first-person sequence, Bangley, going full military ops mode, dons a night vision monocular that turns people into smearing neon green and their blood into proverbial paintball splatter. Hig and co. need to outrun a reaper pincer maneuver that ends with the first shock-laugh of the movie. These moments are, as you’d expect, exciting and well-directed, but the question of what are the intruders even doing hangs over these scenes. I don’t need every single character motivation explained — abstraction can be great! — but the lack of anything beyond “these are the bad guys consumed by inscrutable runes” who are depicted as whooping shirtless tattooed fiends is, speaking generously, not from this era of filmmaking. All of this does lead to a wild third-act shift that has some verve when the Hig trio reaches Grand Junction, headlined by Allison Janney doing the most capital-A acting of the whole movie in a ‘50s stewardess getup.

I can’t discuss a movie called The Dog Stars without talking more about Jasper the dog. As in any movie with a trusty companion, I brace myself for whatever may come, hoping for the best yet expecting emotional terrorism. But, like every other connection in this movie, even man’s best pal is kept at a somewhat icy emotional distance. For all the jostling to reckon with the sheer amount of societal loss, it all ends up feeling like something to shrug off — even the stuff with the dog. Oh well, at least we have The Sheep Detectives.

A Fairy Tale for Grown-Ups Review

Toxic: A Fairy Tale for Grown-Ups will be released on August 26.

A gangland action saga spread across five decades, Toxic: A Fairy Tale for Grown-Ups runs 194 minutes but plays like a trailer for something else. While it’s technically a complete story — a rarity in the modern South Indian blockbuster landscape, where every other major release is actually a “Part 1” — the film is edited with the kind of snappy impressionism that becomes completely disorienting when you need to make sense of who’s who, or quite simply who’s standing where. Granted, the presence of bearded A-lister Yash of the KGF duology (often credited as “Rocking Star” Yash) goes a long way toward making it tolerable at times. The actor has layered charisma and explosiveness in his dual roles as ruthless mafioso Raya, and eventually his spurned son Rumi or “Ticket,” who seeks revenge for his abandonment. However, making sense of Toxic visually and narratively is a major challenge.

On the plus side, Toxic has a visual splendor given its period setting. The story runs from the 1920s all the way through India’s independence in 1947, and even goes a few decades further, tracing the changing face of the former Portuguese port of Goa as a reimagined haven for a heightened drug trade awash in slick suits, fedoras, tommy guns, and lavish speakeasies. It’s India’s western coast by way of 1920s Chicago, a fanciful façade that makes Toxic among the most expensive Indian movies ever made (certainly the most expensive one released thus far; it’s out-spent only by S.S. Rajamouli’s RRR follow-up, Varanasi, arriving in April, and the Hindu epic Ramayana: Part 1, also starring Yash and releasing in November). Alas, all this effort feels wasted on a completely unfocused movie whose soul resides in its opening and closing minutes but whose intervening three hours are a headache and a half.

Opening at a circus in medias res, Toxic finds a young boy nicknamed Ticket (his face painted like a sad clown) being handed over by his manic acrobat mother, Nadia (Kiara Advani), to his vengeful father, Raya (Yash) — the first of several characters introduced angrily chugging a bottle of booze. This angst-laden intro engenders curiosity; something painful has clearly transpired in these characters’ pasts, setting the stage for an explosive future. But the blanks are soon filled in at lightspeed. The powerplay for Goa’s drug trade, going back several decades, involved Raya’s unseen father alongside several Portuguese gangsters, each with their own family entanglements. Eventually, Raya and his steely older sister, Ganga (Nayanthara), become major players vis-à-vis a series of crisscrossing betrayals.

The film is quick to jump into its action set pieces, which feature blood and violence aplenty as well as the kind of macho heroic posing one might expect from a “pan-India” production emanating from the country’s south, but things go quickly awry. Like many films aimed at multiple markets, Toxic was shot simultaneously in multiple languages — in this case, Kannada and English. The latter version is appropriately flowery for a story touted as a violent fairy tale, but its attempts at poetic dialogue end up simply explaining the meaning and subtext behind the story at hand as characters deliver every line like it’s either a quip or a lofty proclamation. This has a numbing effect: After a while, no bit of dialogue actually stands out.

Equally anesthetic is the litany of breakneck action. For the majority of its runtime, Toxic’s story is told by way of some rival faction or another opening fire on Raya’s crew as he overcomes the odds, but actually tracing who’s who — or why anyone is doing anything at all — is a fool’s errand. You could certainly turn your brain off to the movie’s flip-book unfurling, but watching Toxic might just require you to turn your eyes off from time to time too. The sheer number of cuts with no legible point of focus or geography is disorienting to say the least.

Watching Toxic might just require you to turn your eyes off from time to time too. “

Sadly, the film’s sloppy assembly doesn’t end at its visual construction. Musically, it’s stuck in the early-to-mid aughts, drawing from the soundtracks of international blockbuster and arthouse darlings of the era — In The Mood for Love, Donnie Darko, Requiem for a Dream, even The Dark Knight — without much by way of originality or coherent sonic identity.

Ordinarily, the blame for all this would lie at the feet of the director, but in this case, it’s hard to imagine that Toxic — at least, the completed version now in cinemas — is at all the brainchild of filmmaker Geetu Mohandas. Her last film, the Malayalam-language gangster movie Moothon, masterfully disguised a queer drama steeped in intimate anguish. But even as one of the few women to helm such a major Indian release, it’s hard not to speculate about her actual influence (or lack thereof). Toxic feels like the product of a studio system bowing to tropes in the realm of hero worship and machismo, despite occasional attempts to subvert these expectations, with larger set pieces that depend entirely on misogynistic violence. It gets pretty gross on occasion, in a manner designed to satiate some kind of chauvinistic blood lust.

Yash’s Raya is defined by philandering and sexist jabs, but the gaze of Mohandas’ camera is markedly shifted from the male-centric lens of Indian mass media. Her focus during both sex and action is hairy chests and rolled-up sleeves instead of oily washboard abs, and her female characters are afforded more bodily dignity than the average heroine. However, these bare minimums don’t amount to much in a story where actually tracing the characters’ relationships is a game of Whac-a-Mole. Actresses like Nayanthara, Advani, Huma Qureshi, Tara Sutaria, and Rukmini Vasanth play women defined by their proximity to male gangsters — I’d list them all, but mapping the tree of the movie’s character dynamics would take several days — and they all eventually oscillate between stoic poise and outright yelling for minutes at a time until the drama becomes too grating to endure.

This aural unpleasantness applies to Yash as well, who consumes the lion’s share of the screen time as both the film’s mournful protagonist as well as his vindictive son. Although Ticket only appears in the final act despite the hopscotching timeline, it’s the rare role for which Yash has a thin goatee instead of a full beard, making him look practically unrecognizable (along with some digital de-aging). But is this enough to dramatically separate Ticket from his father? The answer is more complicated than “yes” or “no.” That both men harbor the same incandescent rage is part of the movie’s point about the cycles of male violence trickling through generations, and together, Yash and Mohandas manage to craft something special with these performances, even if we’re only exposed to glimmers of that brilliance thanks to the haphazard cutting.

As Raya, Yash offers hints of a hidden self-loathing beneath his violent, womanizing exterior, while as Ticket, he creates a unique physicality through a character whose swift parkour motions feel like something out of a fever dream. Amid the movie’s snowy and rainy settings, Ticket is the only human element that feels appropriately heightened beyond the expected limits of Indian action blockbusters. It might be one of Yash’s finest performances to date; unfortunately, it’s stuck in a movie where violence, although serving the thematic purpose of generational trauma, also seems to explode randomly, both from and against characters we’ve never seen before, and whose motives and place within the story are head-scratching to say the least. Ultimately, the result is a banal story that sometimes explodes with jarring noise.

The Baseus 25,000mAh 140W Laptop Power Bank With Dual USB-C Cables Drops to Just $45.29

If you’re heading back to school and you need a high-capacity, high-output power bank at an affordable price, then check out this deal that just went live. Amazon is offering the Baseus Enerfill 25,000mAh 145W Laptop Power Bank for just $45.29 with free shipping after you apply coupon code “34WHWPWP“.

Even better, you do not need to be an Amazon Prime member. This power bank offers some great quality of life features like dual USB cables that can be combined to form a lanyard, a discrete digital display, and simultaneous charging for up to four devices.

Baseus 25,000mAh 145W Power Bank for $45.29

Baseus Enerfill 25,000mAh 140W Power Bank

0

The Baseus Enerfill is a slim bar style power bank with a total of four outputs: two integrated USB-C cables that can clip together to form a lanyard, an additional USB-C port, and a USB-A port The USB-C port can output up to 140W if only one is used. That’s enough power to charge the newest generation Apple Macbook Pro 16 as well as just about any handheld gaming PC including the new ASUS ROG Xbox Ally X20. If you use two ports, one output can 100W and the other 45W.

The 25,000mAh capacity can fully recharge your gaming handhelds

This Baseus Enerfill boasts a generous 25,000mAh, or 92.5Whr battery capacity. If you factor in 80% power efficiency, here are the approximate number of times you can fully recharge each gaming handheld or iPhone model:

  • Nintendo Switch 2 (18Whr) about 4.1 times
  • Steam Deck (40-50Whr) about 1.5 times
  • ROG Xbox Ally (60Whr) about 1.2 times
  • ROG Xbox Ally X (80Whr) about 0.9 times
  • Lenovo Legion Go S (55Whr) about 1.3 time
  • Apple iPhone 17 (14Whr) about 5.2 times
  • Apple iPhone 17 Pro Max (20Whr) about 3.7 times

This power bank can be brought onto airplanes

You don’t need to worry about being stopped at airports. The 25,000mAh 92.5Whr capacity is below TSA’s 27,000mAh/100Whr carry-on limit, so you are safely in the clear.

The 20,000mAh version is also on sale for a lower price

Amazon Prime Membership NOT Required

Baseus Enerfill 20,000mAh 100W Power Bank

5

For a limited time, Amazon is offering the Baseus Enerfill 20,000mAh 100W Power Bank for just $33.29 with free shipping after you apply coupon code “RCYRSUYY“. This is a very similar power bank but with a 20,000mAh capacity and 100W of maximum output from the USB-C cable.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Showa American Story: The First Hands-On Preview

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • Showa’s delightfully odd take on pop culture makes it unique.
  • Combat depth and mechanical feel are lacking in its present state.
  • It’s genuinely funny (in a good way).

Showa American Story is, if nothing else, a profoundly wacky action-RPG. Five years have passed since its initial reveal in 2021, and with barely any updates in recent years, players have been left wondering: In an era where the Chinese AAA single-player market is rapidly expanding, can a game with such an eccentric tone actually carve out its own identity?

We recently had the chance to go hands-on with about two hours of Showa American Story. Based on an introduction by Creative Director Xiangyu Luo and our own gameplay experience, here is what makes this absurd adventure tick. Luo describes Showa American Story as an RPG overflowing with retro pop culture. Set in an alternate late-’80s where Japan bought up most of the United States, effectively colonizing it economically and culturally, players take control of Choko Chigusa—a girl brought back from the dead. She embarks on a road trip filled with combat, exploration, and growth across a world that feels both absurdly bizarre and weirdly familiar.

Our demo was split into four segments: a linear story-and-combat section, a camp exploration slice focused on rest and character progression, an open-map exploration sequence, and a massive boss fight.

Combat in Showa American Story integrates elements from various action game staples, as Choko can use both melee and ranged weapons. The demo featured four types of melee weapons—Bare Hands/Gauntlets, Katanas, Drills, and Polearms—alongside ranged options like shotguns and assault rifles. Every melee weapon comes with a specific name. For instance, the katana category consists entirely of historical legendary blades; I found one called “Mikazuki Munechika” lying around. You can actually equip it, though the item description hilariously notes it’s probably just a fake.

Weapon categories boast intensely edgy, anime-style move names and wildly different playstyles: Bare Hands: Beyond basic fists, you can equip gauntlets, brass knuckles, and even “Wolf Fang Vajra Claws”—which look exactly like Wolverine’s iconic claws. They offer the highest attack speed, but naturally, the lowest damage. Katana: This category has the deepest moveset. Depending on your light and heavy attack combos, Choko shifts into different “Stances” (Kamae), offering branching attack paths for your next move. Light + Heavy triggers “High Stance,” Light + Light + Heavy initiates “Yin-Yang Stance,” and a single Heavy attack results in “Matsukaze Stance.” There’s even a long combo (four Lights, three Heavies) that unleashes a “Reversed Hasso Stance” capable of parrying, while double Heavy puts you in a “Fudoshin (Immovable Mind) Stance.” Polearms: The demo let us wield a literal American flag as a dual-handed weapon. It excels at wide-sweeping attacks and grants Super Armor. While it struggles to instantly break enemies, it easily knocks them down. The trade-off is massive stamina consumption, which can be mitigated through upgrades. And Drills: Harder to master. The attacks are mostly linear and restrict your ability to sprint, but the damage is astronomical. The linear thrusts pierce through enemies, and using a Rage Attack drastically shortens the weapon’s long wind-up animation while leaving a lingering cyclone for continuous multi-hit damage.

The core of the combat revolves around a strategic “Rage Cycle.” Dealing or taking damage builds the Rage meter. Once enough is gathered, it converts into a “Rage Point” (currently capped at 5). Weapon types generate Rage at drastically different rates; barehanded weapons build it the fastest. Therefore, swapping to fists when you’re starved for resources is the optimal play. Even within a category, there are nuances—gauntlets deal less damage than brass knuckles but build Rage faster.

Rage Points dictate the flow of combat and can be spent in several ways: Ultimates: Consume multiple points for massive damage (3 points for barehanded, 5 points for katanas). Rage Attacks: Holding R1 and pressing Triangle turns your standard heavy attack into a stronger Rage variant. Katanas gain extended reach, while Drills inflict longer sustained damage. Chain Attacks: Similar to the “Flash Attack” in the Nioh series. Pressing R1 and the D-pad corresponding to another melee weapon during an attack consumes 1 Rage Point to instantly swap weapons and unleash a high-damage follow-up with zero recovery frames. Swapping to a firearm triggers Bullet Time and exposes enemy weak points. Standard weapon swapping is notoriously slow, making Chain Attacks the most effective way to juggle your arsenal. Perfect Dodge & Super Recovery: Holding R1 + Dodge at any time spends 1 point for a Perfect Dodge; subsequently pressing the attack button unleashes a Melee Chain or Ranged Chain. Alternatively, getting hit by a heavy attack triggers a brief slow-motion window; pressing dodge here burns 1 point for a “Super Recovery,” and pressing attack immediately after automatically fires off a Melee Counter or Ranged Counter.

Rage and Chain attacks quickly deplete an enemy’s stamina. Once they are broken, you can perform an Execution. Thus, the ideal combat loop looks like this: quickly build Rage, spend it for high damage or Ultimates, but always keep 1 point in the tank to seamlessly swap back to fists to rebuild your meter. It requires intense focus and resource management.

Alongside Rage, Stamina deeply impacts the pacing. Regular light attacks consume Stamina (especially heavy weapons like the flag). Since Showa often throws Dynasty Warriors-sized hordes at you, this stamina cost can feel restricting early on. However, the stamina penalty isn’t overly harsh. Running out of stamina doesn’t leave you paralyzed; instead, it drops your defense, causing you to take significantly more damage. Interestingly, this loops back into the Rage Cycle: landing a Rage Attack restores Stamina. So, mindless button-mashing will get you killed. You have to weave Rage Attacks into your combos before your stamina depletes to stay healthy.

That said, the combat feel and enemy interactions are currently quite rough. First, the hit-stop on melee strikes is overly pronounced, making the combat feel sluggish rather than impactful. Second, there’s very little actual interaction between the player and enemies—it often feels like both sides are just swinging through each other. Choko has very low poise and gets staggered easily, yet enemy attack timings are incredibly difficult to read. The Perfect Dodge window is especially baffling; sometimes you need to dodge before an attack even connects, and other times it feels like you have to get hit first to trigger it.

Showa American Story – Exclusive Art and Screenshots

These clunky interactions often derail the “Rage Cycle.” Because enemy attacks are unpredictable, players tend to panic-roll when hit. This accidentally triggers Super Recoveries, instantly draining your hard-earned Rage meter and putting you on the back foot. Furthermore, the game’s visual presentation—particularly blood and combat effects—can be overwhelming to the point of distraction, leading to visual and operational experiences that are currently a bit underwhelming.

On the RPG side, Showa American Story features a robust progression system. You earn XP to level up in real-time. Core stats include Health, Stamina, Rage, Defense, Melee, and Shooting; leveling up automatically increases these stats while granting BP (Battle Points) to unlock character skills.

Weapons have six detailed stats: Base Power, Rage Generation, Break Application, Crit Rate, Crit Multiplier, and Stamina Consumption. You can upgrade them up to level five using in-game currency (US Dollars) and upgrade parts. Upgrading provides clear, flat-percentage damage boosts, and weapons currently feature seven buff slots. You can equip accessories for further stat boosts and change outfits—though be warned, most are highly revealing.

Showa American Story – August 2026 Screenshots

Your base of operations, meanwhile, is an RV named “Guren.” Pressing R3 switches to a first-person view to explore the camp, talk to companions, or decorate. Showa uses an AP (Action Point) system. You earn AP by doing almost anything in the world (looting, talking to NPCs, etc.) and spend it back at the RV on activities like drinking soda, working out, or taking a bath. These activities grant XP for your Melee and Rage stats, and build resistances to eight status effects (burn, shock, poison, etc.). Funnily enough, all daily activities require specific base facilities and consumables—like a bathtub and bath salts for bathing—which you have to find or buy yourself.

Visually, while character models and facial animations are a bit stiff (which might actually be an intentional stylistic choice), the environmental detail in the demo was fantastic. The foliage, water, and rocks at a hot spring inn looked incredibly realistic, and a mountain climbing section up Neo Yokohama was dripping with nostalgic atmosphere. The open-map shopping streets are meticulously designed, packed with NPCs, and different shops sell unique items and weapons. You can even find your companions on the street to soak your feet together, increasing your max HP.

The story’s tone rivals the wackiest substories in the Yakuza series, blending dark humor with internet memes (both Chinese and international) and absurd concepts like a “Zombie Human Rights Association.” Even the difficulty settings are a joke (in a good way): “Heisei Loser” for Normal, and “Showa Boy” for Hard. Some cutscenes use a PPT-style slideshow presentation similar to Yakuza 0—static poses with voice acting but no lip-sync. However, the camera work and pacing here are so deliberate that it clearly aims to emulate the vibe of a retro B-movie.

Showa American Story – Concept Art

To sell the era, the developers clearly spent a fortune on art assets and music licensing. The combat and RV exploration tracks are heavily Showa-inspired, and one demo segment even featured Hiromi Go’s Japanese cover of “Casablanca” (Aishuu no Casablanca). The boss fights are as bizarre as they are gory; one encounter on a waterfall suspension bridge suddenly shifts the perspective into a 2D side-scrolling brawler where guns are disabled, and the fourth segment’s lengthy boss fight interspersed chase sequences between combat phases. After surviving this absurd encounter, the game played an original ending song with lyrics by director Xiangyu Luo and vocals by Japanese singer Mayu Wakisaka. Additionally, there are fully playable retro arcade cabinets paying homage to Space Harrier and Sega’s classic OutRun, showcasing an impressive volume of bespoke art and music.

Ultimately, Showa American Story succeeds in crafting an unforgettable, eccentric B-movie world. However, its deliberate jank and niche style mean its general polish still lags behind other modern AAA action games at this point. The sheer density of cultural parodies is impressive, but whether the game can sustain this tone over a dozens-of-hours-long campaign without exhausting players remains to be seen. Coupled with its current shortcomings in combat depth and mechanical feel, Showa American Story is shaping up to be an incredibly unique, highly flawed, yet undeniably fascinating ride.

While you’re here, check out these previews of other big upcoming games we’ve played recently!

Written by IGN China staff.

Final Fantasy 7 Revelation Gets New Trailer at Gamescom 2026

Fans were treated to a new Final Fantasy 7 Revelation trailer at Gamescom’s Opening Night Live showcase, where we saw more of The Weapons, a submarine combat section, and more.

The trailer opens up with Rufus Shinra sharing a public service announcement on the Shinra News Network regarding the looming Meteor and the Weapons, assuring citizens that humanity will “reign supreme” over these obstacles.

We get to see one of these Weapons wreaking havoc on Shinra soldiers, as well as special shots of the Ruby Weapon, Emerald Weapon, and the Ultima Weapon.

Gameplay footage showing Tifa wearing the Black Mage class outfit was is shown off, as well as a prerendered cutscene showing the Highwind facing off with a Weapon. We even get to see the inside of the submarine with the Huge Materia smack in the middle, along with an underwater combat section that shows the party navigating through the ocean as the submarine dodges attacks.

Footage of the team parachuting down from the Highwind and riding chocobos through the world is also included, as well as Yuffie exploring what seems to be Wutai, making for an extremely hype trailer that is leaving fans more excited than ever.

Most of the dialogue in the trailer centered around the Weapons, with Vincent Valentine explaining in a voiceover that “the Planet sees us as another threat to her well-being, and rightfully so.”

“You call ’em planetary warriors,” Cid says. “But I call ’em weapons of mass destruction!”

Final Fantasy VII Revelation Screenshots

It remains to be seen if these featured Weapons will be normal bosses or super bosses, in keeping with the original game. Unfortunately, no specific release date was revealed, either. Spring 2027 is still the ongoing release window for the game, which will release simultaneously on PlayStation 5, Nintendo Switch 2, Xbox Series X|S, and PC (via Steam, Epic Games Store, and Xbox PC.

This is the latest look we’ve gotten at FFVII Revelation following the trailers that were shown at Summer Game Fest earlier this year, where we were reintroduced to the Highwind. Using the airship, Cloud and company will be able to traverse all across the planet, dropping down via parachutes to explore to your heart’s content.

It also introduced the FITS system, which allows each character to change their playstyle based on Final Fantasy jobs. Speaking of gameplay, yes, you’ll get the chance to play the gunslinging Vincent Valentine and even transform into the Galian Beast.

As yet, not much else has been revealed about the game, but director Naoki Hamaguchi has publicly stated that he wants to integrate many of the Final Fantasy VII spin-off properties into its ultimate ending.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

The Witcher 3 Songs of the Past Expansion Everything Revealed at gamescom ONL 2026

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt Songs of the Past got a proper reveal trailer at gamescom Opening Night Live 2026, and developer CD Projekt Red showed up to talk about its new chain weapon, the realm of Letten, and more.

Geralt of Rivia helped close out ONL 2026 when the studio talked about how it plans to revisit its critically acclaimed 2015 RPG with new content next year. There’s still much that hasn’t been revealed, but this first showing finally teased what it will be like for players to revisit The Witcher 3 12 years after its original launch.

We’ll get into all of the details that CD Projekt Red had to share, but first, the show had another surprise for viewers: a trailer. You can see the first The Witcher 3 Songs of the Past teaser below.

Get Over Here

So, what does the first Songs of the Past trailer tell us? Unfortunately, not much – at least at first glance. Geralt can first be seen approaching a tree decorated with lanterns before dancing in a camp with a partner who may not actually be there. Next, we’re introduced to the moonlit skies and sun-kissed fields of Letten, the new realm where Songs of the Past takes place.

Geralt will find himself confronted with a new assortment of humans and monsters, and while that might be nothing new for a Witcher, the big bad whispering throughout the teaser might be. What might have most Witcher 3 fans the most excited, though, is the weapon featured toward the end of the video. The few seconds of footage showed Geralt using a chain to grapple and grapple an enemy before decapitating them. It looks like it could have been ripped right out of the hands of Mortal Kombat’s Scorpion and seems to fit well in a Witcher’s arsenal.

Welcome to Letten

An official description for the expansion teased what lies in Letten and its ties to the new story: “This idyllic land is rich in rural tradition and folklore, and its people enjoy a fulfilling life of bountiful harvests and lavish festivals. But a dark secret lurks just beneath the surface, and Geralt must overcome never-before-seen foes as he fights to overcome its long-dormant evil.”

As revealed during the show, fans can officially wishlist Songs of the Past ahead of its eventual release. CD Projekt Red said the content will take players to the new realm of Letten, though what few sneak peeks we got of it seem to be tied to that trailer.

The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt — Songs of the Past gamescom ONL 2026 Teaser Trailer – Screenshots

CD Projekt Red Talks Returning to The Witcher 3

Fans of The Witcher games and books will surely find plenty to pick apart while we wait for Songs of the Past to launch next year, but CD Projekt Red didn’t want to stop there. Level design lead Miles Tost took the gamescom ONL stage to share more details about how the expansion builds on the original game.

“It’s super cool,” Tost said with a laugh. “We had this idea for one more story with Geralt for a while, but we couldn’t quite figure out how to fit it into our busy schedules. Luckily, our friends from Fool’s Theory came around, and they hired a bunch of old veteran Witcher 3 developers – including my mentor, Peter Gelenscer – and here we are today.”

Tost noted that this is The Witcher 3 protagonist’s last adventure before Ciri takes the torch in The Witcher 4 sometime in 2028. Giving Geralt a chain will help make his journey in Songs of the Past particularly memorable.

Chains from the books are back, i can’t believe this man 😭😭😭😭😭😭😭😭 pic.twitter.com/FXVYm6GEW9

— Kercy (@KdeKercy) August 25, 2026

“This chain is a weapon that is new in the game, but many people, perhaps hardcore Witcher fans, will realize that this is a weapon we first showed in The Witcher 1 intro,” Tost continued, directing fans to head to the CD Projekt Red booth at gamescom to learn more.

Tost also had some words to share about Letten and how that environment will change things up for fans: “Letten is a whole new, unique region that has a unique identity, like the other regions in the game. It is filled with quests, new monsters, adventures and exploration – just like the things that Witcher fans love. But it’s an almost uncannily idyllic place that, however, has a dark secret lurking just underneath the surface and, as it is a Witcher game, this kind of secret requires a true professional Witcher to solve.”

Geralt is finally back. The Witcher 3 Songs of the Past may not have a release date, but it is still expected to launch sometime in 2027 for PC, Nintendo Switch 2, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X|S. In the meantime, players can also look forward to The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt Remastered, which was also announced during gamescom ONL 2026.

We’ll hopefully learn more about the surprise expansion in the months ahead. In the meantime, the developer also recently confirmed that the add-on will bring more Gwent to the game. You can also check out everything announced during ONL here.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

10 Exclusive Minutes and Secrets

When Sea of Remnants releases next year, it promises a free-to-play role playing experience where you’ll be able to both hit the open water on a variety of swashbuckling turn-based missions and explore land-based missions in the game’s fictional setting of Orbtopia. And now, after the release of a brand-new trailer during gamescom 2026’s Opening Night Live, IGN can exclusively reveal more than 10 minutes of gameplay, which you can see in the player above.

Sea of Remnants is being developed by Joker Studios and published by NetEase Games, who recently recently-announced a closed beta test coming this December. Ahead of Opening Night Live, I sat down with the game’s Creative Director, who goes by the name Alfie, to break down the new gameplay and dive into what secrets await for players when the game comes out in 2027.

Sea of Remnants Creative Director breaks down new exclusive gameplay and the game’s mechanics

IGN: What specific mechanics or moments in the exclusive gameplay should we be paying the most attention to?

Alfie: There are three elements that I believe are particularly distinctive. First is the game’s roguelike structure. By combining roguelike progression with turn-based combat and dice mechanics, battles become filled with unpredictability and possibility. We also hope players will pay attention to the music as they experience the game. We have put considerable thought into creating distinct musical atmospheres for voyages at sea, exploration across the islands, combat, and many other situations. Finally, each week, players may discover a new crew member within the world of Sea of Remnants. We want each reunion during a Forgotten Voyage to feel like finding one of your companions all over again. At the same time, every additional crew member introduces new team compositions and combinations, making the roguelike loop richer and opening up even more possibilities.

IGN: What is one mechanic or surprise in Sea of Remnants that you think will genuinely catch players off guard?

Alfie: Sea of Remnants is filled with small details and hidden interactions that we hope players will discover for themselves. For example, if you come across an unassuming lounge chair somewhere in the open world, try sitting down. For a moment, you may forget everything else and simply enjoy the peace and quiet. If I had to choose one genuine surprise, however, it would be the opportunity to discover a crew member each week. Sometimes I may be hoping to find Crew Member A, only to encounter Crew Member B instead. That may disrupt my original plan, but it can also open up entirely new possibilities.

Sea of Remnants Game Art

IGN: What does the dual ocean and land settings mean for world-building?

Alfie: Creating an ocean-fantasy world has undoubtedly been one of our greatest challenges. The genre is inherently mysterious, and everyone has their own idea of what it might look like. We spent a long time considering how to distinguish our game and build an original, convincing world, which led us to develop an extensive history and mythology to give the setting depth and internal logic.

Our islands, for example, are designed to feel as authentic and believable as possible, supported by details such as a full 24-hour day-and-night cycle. As players explore the islands and towns, we want them to feel that these are real, lived-in places. Within that grounded world, they will also encounter many strange and imaginative elements; but everything exists naturally within the setting and follows its own consistent logic.

IGN: The game operates on a “set sail, explore, collect, return” rhythm. How does Orbtopia function as part of this loop?

Alfie: Orbtopia plays a central role in this loop. The game is divided into two interconnected layers: the ever-changing voyages at sea and Orbtopia, the safe haven of this ocean world. Players repeatedly set sail from the city and return with the spoils of their adventures. The bounty sent back during a voyage can be put to use in Orbtopia to develop your crew, upgrade your ship, and strengthen your overall capabilities. This progression allows you to venture farther, overcome more difficult challenges, and return with even greater rewards on future voyages.

IGN: With the game’s turn-based combat, how players will need to adapt from one run to the next?

Alfie: To support a wide variety of builds, our combat system needed to accommodate a large number of skills and a meaningful degree of randomness. After extensive testing and iteration, we ultimately chose turn-based combat because it allows us to fully express the freedom and variety of the game’s roguelike build system.

We have also integrated roguelike elements directly into the turn-based combat system, including a dice mechanic that can grant characters an additional action. This adds unpredictability to each encounter while creating more opportunities for strategic decision-making and interactions between different mechanics. Once players reach a certain level, some weaker enemies can be defeated through simplified real-time combat instead. This allows players to focus more of their attention on major boss encounters and exploring the wider world.

IGN: How do you strike a balance between roguelike elements and a longer progression system?

Alfie: Voyage-specific builds provide a faster and more dramatic sense of growth within each run, while progression in Orbtopia establishes a lasting foundation. During each voyage, players can shape their team through a variety of build choices, creating powerful combinations and synergies. These choices are varied and flexible, ensuring that every voyage carries an element of uncertainty. However, a team’s performance at sea is also built upon the permanent progression achieved in Orbtopia. If players encounter an especially difficult opponent, they can return to the city to strengthen their characters’ core abilities, better preparing them for future challenges in the wider world.

Sea of Remnants Creative Director confirms the game will feature customization and accommodate various play styles

IGN: How will the game accommodate different playstyles?

Alfie: Players can follow the main story to explore our major islands at a steady pace. Along the way, they will learn about the characters, discover the nature of this world, and experience the details that make it feel rich and believable. Alternatively, players can embark on the Forgotten Voyage, quickly identify their next objective, and head directly into a new challenge. There are many different ways to experience the game, and players can choose what suits them at any given moment.

IGN: How deep does customization go?

Alfie: We believe emotional attachment develops naturally through repeated voyages and the time players spend refining and mastering each character. Using the same crew member across different classes and builds can produce entirely different combat styles. Discovering those possibilities and making them work creates a sense of accomplishment shared between the player and the character, while also deepening the player’s understanding of that crew member. We are also continuing to expand each character’s story and related content, giving players more opportunities to form lasting connections with their crew beyond combat and progression.

IGN: How do player decisions during an expedition affect the narrative and the world around them?

Alfie: The decisions players make in Orbtopia can have a tangible impact on the city and its inhabitants. For example, players may drive certain people away or even cause the city to fall into decline. During the roguelike voyages at sea, decisions are more focused on how players develop their builds. Different combinations of skills and abilities can lead to dramatically different outcomes, shaping how each voyage unfolds.

IGN: When Sea of Remnants comes out next year, what do you expect player reaction to be?

Alfie: Our goal is for players to find joy and entertainment in the game while discovering an immersive and believable ocean world through exploration. Creating a world that feels authentic and convincing has always been deeply important to us.

Sea of Remnants is coming to Android, iOS, PC, PlayStation 5, and XBOX Series X|S in 2027.

Cyberpunk 2077 Commodore Computer Premieres at Gamescom

When I reviewed the Commodore 64 Ultimate, I honestly couldn’t believe just how perfect it was. It surprised me in ways I didn’t expect, and it’s truly the result of a love and respect for the brand. It’s why I gave the C64 Ultimate a 10 in my review. It’s a thing of beauty, and now Commodore has officially unveiled a gorgeous new update in collaboration with CD Projekt Red: The Commodore 77.

Commodore 77 Image Gallery

The case itself is gorgeous, with the plate on the function keys now made of brushed metal. That’s not a “brushed metal” finish, by the way: it’s actually brushed metal. The rest of the case has been colored to match the Cyberpunk style, the Commodore 64 badge has been replaced with a Commodore 77 badge, and there are other changes that have to be seen to really be appreciated. The entire case has a weathered, suitably cyberpunk look to it, but just like with humans, it’s what’s inside that counts.

Aside from the new look, the Commodore 77 can now run at a blistering 77Mhz, compared to the 1Mhz of the original Commodore 64. There’s also 77MB of system RAM compared to the original Ultimate’s 16MB. While this new speed and power is pretty impressive (for the 1980s), it does run the risk of making some of your hand-written programs run impossibly fast, but you can toggle the higher speed off and on in the menus.

Hey, speaking of menus, the C77 also has a “custom Cyberpunk 2077 themed Commodore 77 BASIC 2.0 boot screen”, which continues the overall Cyberpunk feel. The famous spiral-bound manual that’s shipped with each Commodore 64 has also gotten a Cyberpunk facelift, and comes “packed with lore and exclusive Cyberpunk 2077-themed type-in BASIC programs.” It’s exactly the kind of thing old heads like me crave.

Each Commodore 77 ships with a shard-inspired Arasaka cartridge containing a demo created by Polish demo group Arise, with the soundtrack composed by chiptune artist LukHash. This is an old-school computer demo, the sort of thing hackers used to distribute to show off their chops. I’ve seen it. It’s incredible. It’s hard to believe what people can do with such limited computational power, but the soundtrack benefits enormously from the 24-track stereo SID chip that’s part of the Ultimate.

Given how well Commodore did with its modern debut, I have no doubt in my mind the C77 is going to be similarly awesome, especially given the pedigree of its collaboration. Did I mention it comes with stickers and pins and in “collectible themed packaging?”

Oh, and it has LED lights that dance to the music on the demo. It’s kind of everything I didn’t even know I wanted.

Preorders are live at Commodore’s website for $377, with an expected release date sometime next year. I, for one, welcome our CyberPunk and Commodore retro future.

Seth Macy is Senior Social Commerce Producer, and just wants to be your friend. You can find him on social media sites @SethFromMaine.

Why Even Consider a Projector When Costco Has an Excellent 100″ Hisense 4K TV for Just $1,500?

As both an avid tech enthusiast and die-hard deal hunter, I’m a huge fan of Hisense’s QD7 TV lineup. The QD7 offers premium features that will sure to please both movie watchers and console gamers at a price point that caters to the budget-conscious. It’s available in several sizes, but the garganutan 100″ model is exclusively sold at Costco.

For Labor Day, the 100″ Hisense QD7 4K Hi-QLED Fire TV is on sale for just $1,4997.97 after a $300 iff instant discount and free delivery to your door. That’s not all. Costco is throwing in an extended 3 year AllState warranty on top of Hisense’s 2 year warranty for a total of 5 years. That’s incredible considering most TVs come with a piddly one year.

100″ Hisense QD7 4K Hi-QLED Fire TV for $1,499.99

Includes 5 year warranty

I love big TVs. And when I mean big, I don’t mean 65″ or 77″. In my eyes, those are average sizes. I mean 90″ and higher. I used to own a pricey projector setup back in the day and even had a custom retractable projector screen. After I got a big TV, I did away with my setup and I haven’t looked back. Unless you’re looking for a significantly bigger size than 100″ – like a 150″ setup for a dedicated home theater room – you should consider doing the same.

Costco’s Hisense QD7 TV won’t disappoint for streaming your favorite TV shows, movies, and sports. Apart from the screen size, which needs no explanation for its awesome-ness, the QD7 delivers a great 4K HDR picture with support for Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, and HLG formats. Hisense’s proprietary Hi-QLED panel offers more vibrant and accurate colors and higher peak HDR brightness than traditional LED LCD TVs. The QD7 is also a very bright TV – much brighter than OLED TVs – and punches through even in bright, sunlit rooms.

Gamers will be happy to know that the QD7 is ready for 4K console gaming and is a great complement to the PlayStation 5 or Xbox Series X console. That’s because it’s equipped with a native 144Hz panel with AMD FreeSync Premium variable refresh rate. It syncs with games running in 4K at up to 144fps and virtually eliminates stuttering or screen tearing you’d see otherwise with mis-matched frame rate and refresh rate.

If you’re familar with the Amazon Fire TV interface or you’re invested in the Amazon Alexa ecosystem, then the smart interface on the Hisense QD7 should feel familiar to you. You’ll have access to pretty much every streaming app on the market and you’ll be able to control your TV through your remote, any mobile device that can download the Fire TV app, or with voice control via your Echo smart home device.

The vast majority of TVs come with the industry standard one year warranty. Hisense provides a two year warranty. As if that wasn’t good enough, Costco’s three year warranty extension – for up to 5 years total – means your TV will be covered for longer than most of the other major home electronics or appliances in your house. That kind of product assurance is rare and universally welcomed, especially when it comes at no extra charge.

Stay tuned for more Labor Day sales as the deals start to drop this week.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Sony PlayStation 27″ Gaming Monitor Review

The separation between PC and console gaming is hazier than ever thanks to soaring prices, scarce hardware, and PC ports of formerly exclusive games. Go into the average PC gamer’s home and you’re likely to find at least one console, and that’s exactly the crowd that Sony hopes to appease with its new PlayStation 27” gaming monitor. Designed to match the look of your PS5 or PS5 Pro perfectly, it packages a QHD resolution with high refresh rate gameplay, auto-HDR, and a foldaway charging dock for your DualSense controllers for $349.99. If you’re a PlayStation fan, it’ll make a great addition to a desk-based gaming setup. If you don’t care about its PS5 look, however, this really isn’t the monitor you’re looking for.

Purchasing Guide

The Sony PlayStation 27” gaming monitor with Charging Hook is available from Best Buy starting on August 27 for $349.99.

Sony PlayStation 27″ Gaming Monitor – Hands-On Photos

Design and Features

It only takes a second to see who the monitor is aimed at. Between the black stand and white back of the monitor itself, it’s a perfect match for the PS5. The branding is minimal: a simple PS logo that peeks out above the stand when viewed from the rear.

The monitor comes perilously close to looking boring from the front. It’s the usual profile we’ve seen on flat panel gaming displays for years, with vanishingly thin bezels that lend the display a feeling of spaciousness. There are no visible controls. Toggling settings in the OSD is done with a joystick in the back. In short: black rectangle.

That is, until you start using the display’s biggest console-specific feature: its DualSense charging hook. Centered behind the display is a flip-down charging dock to store and charge your DualSense and DualSense Edge controllers when not in use. It sounds small — it is small — but it’s exactly the kind of quality-of-life feature that PS5 players will appreciate. No more loose controllers or wires to clutter up your desk, just your neatly glowing DualSense under your now very PlayStation-looking monitor.

As the first real PlayStation-branded monitor (Sony Inzone also offers PC gaming monitors but is a separate line from PlayStation), I expected Sony to go big: OLED, high refresh rate, high peak brightness, and an even higher price. Instead, it went the opposite direction by offering something entirely more accessible to the average person.

Coming in at $350, it offers some pretty decent specs no matter which platform you choose. Within its slim frame, it features an IPS panel with a sharp 2560×1440 resolution. It’s built for everything from turn-based RPGs to twitch shooters, sporting a quick 240Hz refresh rate on PC and 120Hz on console (the PlayStation 5’s peak output). It also comes with Variable Refresh Rate (VRR) support so your gameplay stays fluid. It’s technically AMD FreeSync, but worked well with Nvidia G-Sync too.

While it’s not OLED, its Fast IPS panel is a good example of why you should still be paying attention to this tech. The colors are vibrant and the viewing angles are wide. It features a 1ms gray-to-gray response time which won’t get you the exceptional motion clarity of OLED but is effective at keeping ghosting away. Sony also did a good job calibrating the display from the factory. Out of the box, I measured color accuracy to be just under the industry standard of Delta E

Around the back, the monitor’s I/O is neatly tucked away. It comes with two HDMI 2.1 ports and a DisplayPort 1.4, and a couple of USB Type-A ports and one Type-C to support peripherals and accessories. The charging hook folds away just below this, so if you tend to keep your monitor low, you may need to raise it when the hook is in use.

The stand is disappointing for the price. It’s a flat metal slab and a vertical metal tube and that’s about it. You’re able to make the usual tilt and height adjustments and rotate it but you can’t pivot into a portrait orientation. It does support standard VESA 100×100 mounts, so finding a replacement isn’t difficult if it bothers you.

The monitor has a few other PlayStation-specific tricks up its sleeve, like Auto HDR Tone Mapping which automatically adjusts the console’s HDR settings to match on setup. Also, it has a built-in speaker so you can hear your games even if you don’t feel like plugging in a headset. That shouldn’t be novel, but it’s not a given anymore. Without the connection to PlayStation, it’s not a display that would have more than a headphone jack in most cases.

But you should still use a headset. While it’s admirable that Sony included a speaker here, it feels like a “break glass in case of emergency” kind of addition instead of something I would actually recommend you use. The sound is thin and tinny, and I found it harsh to listen to for very long. It will work in a pinch, but even a cheap gaming headset will perform leagues better.

Though the PlayStation 27″ gaming monitor doesn’t feel cheap necessarily, there is a sense that Sony pared things back to make it as affordable as it is. The cheap stand is one example, but it shows through in other ways too.

The OSD, for example, is basic and feels too generic for a monitor like this. It’s functional, but it doesn’t carry the same premium touch as the hardware around it. There are a couple of neat things you can do, like displaying your frame rate in the corner or automatically changing color profiles to match the genre of the game you’re playing, but beyond that, it’s standard fare: brightness, contrast, saturation, sharpness, inputs and outputs, volume, and so on. It gets the job done, but it won’t wow anyone navigating through the menus. Unlike the Inzone monitors, there’s also no software to allow you to make adjustments with a mouse and keyboard.

Another is the same IPS panel I was praising earlier. While those pros are definitely there, there are some cons to be aware of too. There’s nothing special about this monitor’s contrast. It’s edge-lit, no full array local dimming, so blacks can be inconsistent across the display. No matter where you’re looking, black looks closer to dark gray and it earns its decidedly average 1000:1 contrast ratio.

Its average rated brightness, 350 nits, is decidedly middle of the road. It’s not bright enough to match the highlights and shadows of most TVs these days, but does find a balance between console and PC play. When you’re playing on your PS5, the auto HDR tone mapping allows the display to better represent highlights and shadows, offering more detail within the picture. On PC, there’s no automatic tone mapping but I did find that it was bright enough to use in a well lit room.

Performance

I was able to spend about a week with this monitor ahead of this review, and I hit it hard during that time. I set up the PS5 in one input and an RTX 5090 gaming laptop in another to see how it would handle switching between both platforms. Perhaps expectedly from a company well known for its displays, it performed well for both and a fair share of productivity in between.

While it might seem like a missed opportunity to go with QHD (1440p) resolution and not 4K, I think going QHD was the smart move. 1440p sits in a sweet spot where it looks crisp and detailed on 32” monitors or below but isn’t so demanding that you need the most expensive hardware to make the most of it. There aren’t many PCs capable of running many games at 240Hz without dramatically lowering settings — a major trade-off if you’ve already shelled out for a decent gaming PC and a new monitor. At QHD, that suddenly becomes much more attainable.

Playing on the PlayStation 5, I was impressed at how well the auto tone mapping feature worked. It’s not HDR, but it’s better than SDR, and that alone is an improvement over the average gaming monitor at this price. My console had no trouble detecting the monitor and its capabilities, so enabling VRR and 120Hz only required a quick trip to the settings menu.

On PC, I felt the lack of quality HDR much more but gaming on it was still visually rich and a lot of fun. IPS colors are vivid and are perfectly capable of making games look great in SDR. VRR also worked well on both my Nvidia and AMD gaming laptops.

The charging hook also worked perfectly. It’s a simple system that allows you to quickly dock a controller without giving it much thought. Like other controller docks, it needs to work and get out of the way. This does that. Missed opportunity to give the hook a bit of accent lighting like the PS5 itself though, Sony.

Taken as a whole, the monitor delivers on its promises and does no more and no less. If you strip away all the PlayStation branding, what you’re left with is a decent monitor with a mediocre stand and cool charging hook. Plenty of monitors have USB ports and 1440p resolution. Plenty of monitors offer better brightness and better HDR with full array local dimming. Many of them cost under $350.

What the PlayStation monitor offers is a quiet guarantee that everything is going to work with a minimum of setup and fuss, especially with your PS5. It’s already going to blend in with part of your setup, and if you have your PS5 visible, you can count on them being a good looking pair.

The charging hook, as seemingly small and replaceable as it is, is probably the single most important feature for making it actually feel like a PlayStation monitor. Let’s be real here. You probably won’t be looking at the PS branded back of your monitor very often. Once you set it up with your PC, the auto tone mapping becomes something you don’t even think about shortly after. But the controller, pulsing with its little status light, is a constant reminder that you’re using a PlayStation accessory. And it’s useful to boot.

Escape from Butcher Bay Remains One of the Most Underrated Games Ever

This is an IGN opinion piece from Ryan McCaffrey, who worked at Official Xbox Magazine from 2002-2012 during the original Xbox and Xbox 360 era before joining IGN, where he remains “the Xbox guy.” In the run-up to Xbox’s 25th anniversary, he’ll be sharing his memories from the platform’s first quarter-century.

When I worked at Official Xbox Magazine, the first thing you came upon when you entered our area of the office was our demo station. There sat a small couch and our biggest TV, a behemoth 36-inch CRT that could display at 480p – meaning, the same resolution as every other console game, but without the interlacing, thus creating a crisper image. Because when developers came through to show us their in-progress games, we wanted them to look their best. I was never more grateful for that gigantic 480p TV than when a then-unknown (at least to me) Swedish developer named Starbreeze came by to show off the licensed game they were working on: The Chronicles of Riddick: Escape From Butcher Bay.

“Whatever,” I thought. “It’ll just be a cheap movie cash-in.” And then I actually saw it and my jaw hit the floor.

Funny enough, the first thing that made my eyes go wide wasn’t even the game itself – though that would happen in a few more moments. No, I and the rest of the OXM team were transfixed by Riddick’s front-end menu screen. See, it was a normal-mapped 3D cube whose letters erupted from and receded into the shiny, beautifully textured cube when you moved from one selection to the next. Normal-mapping was a new graphics toy then; we’d really not seen it before on a console. But the Xbox was fully capable, and other games on the console besides Riddick went on to put it to good use.

But back to Riddick. The Starbreeze team proceeded to show us a first-person prison-break game with insane lighting, RPG-like dialogue with myriad NPCs, an awesome hide-in-the-shadows stealth system built around the titular anti-hero’s “eye shine” that allows him to see in the dark, some horror elements, and a reasonable bit of first-person shooting as well. And when we got our hands on the full game ahead of its release in June 2004, they’d successfully built an entire game this good. It had the graphics, the audio, the atmosphere, the story, the gameplay. It had everything.

Riddick didn’t just break the licensed-game curse, it was a bona fide Game of the Year contender on Xbox that year.“

Riddick didn’t just break the licensed-game curse, it was a bona fide Game of the Year contender on Xbox that year (it was won by a little game called Halo 2 that released in November of that year). And if you’re wondering, “Wait, what licensed-game curse?” For you younger readers, video games based on licensed properties were almost universally, take-it-to-the-bank guaranteed to be terrible. This wasn’t for a lack of effort by game developers. Rather, it was game publishers who thought they could spend the least amount of money possible – be it on talent, length of development cycle, or both – and it wouldn’t matter because people would buy the game anyway because of the licensed property adorning the front of the box. And I suppose they must’ve been right on some level, because for years, good (let alone great) licensed games were the exception, not the rule.

Riddick was the first crack in that dam that has since broken (see also: Batman: Arkham Asylum). It’s certainly not that every licensed game is good now, but games like Riddick and Batman: Arkham have finally shown publishers that if they invest in top talent and give them sufficient resources, that they can make way, way more money than just going for the cheap cash grab.

Also, Vin Diesel himself deserves some credit as well, even if Starbreeze gets the lion’s share of it. Diesel was (and presumably still is) a big gamer, and he took an active role in the project through his Tigon Studios development team that assisted on Escape from Butcher Bay. Diesel didn’t want his character headlining a crappy game any more than players did, and in partnering with the then-relatively-unknown Starbreeze, he helped make sure that Richard B. Riddick wouldn’t suffer the same fate so many other characters making the transition from the big screen to the game-console screen did.

As phenomenal as Escape from Butcher Bay was, it’s arguably still pretty criminally underrated. If you never got a chance to play it, it’s not too late. Sure, the graphics won’t blow you away (or even impress you) in 2026, but the gameplay holds up pretty well.

25 Years of Xbox

For more of my memories from across a quarter-century of writing about Xbox games, check out these other stories:

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

Discord Responds to GTA 6 Leak Subpoena

Discord has countered online reports about Take-Two’s hunt for the identity of the GTA 6 leaker, saying it has yet to be formally served a subpoena, and when it does receive it, it will take a long, hard look at it before responding.

On Friday, Andrew L. Carter Jr., Judge of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, granted Take-Two’s request to subpoena Discord to divulge identifying information about users the Rockstar owner believes are tied to the leaks.

Take-Two’s subpoena of Microsoft was also granted. But while Microsoft has issued a statement to say it’s happy to work with Take-Two and Rockstar to help unearth the GTA 6 leaker, Discord issued a different line overnight.

Every Detail in the GTA 6 Cover Art Explained

“I can share an update on this,” Discord marketing director Ryan K. Rigney said in a tweet. “Discord has not yet been served with a subpoena from Take-Two. When we do, we’ll evaluate the validity and scope before responding.”

Take-Two issued the subpoenas alleging Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) infringement. It wants information and records relating to the ‘CyberLeek’ account, which is allegedly behind the GTA 6 leaks. The subpoenas request identifying information associated with user accounts that were members of a number of Discord servers. One of the Discord servers mentioned in the filing is ‘discord.gg/darkviperau,’ which is described as the DarkViperAU editors’ server. DarkViperAU is the online name of Australian GTA content creator Matthew “Matt” Judge, who has 2.27 million subscribers on YouTube and nearly 900,000 followers on Twitch. Judge has denied any wrongdoing.

Reclaim The Net, a group that advocates for free speech and privacy, criticised the Discord subpoena in a tweet.

“Copyright law is supposed to target infringement,” it said. “Here, it’s being used to hunt for identities. Take-Two is seeking DMCA subpoenas that could expose users who didn’t leak or upload GTA VI footage, but who participated in conversations within Discord servers where the leak was discussed.”

In an article, Reclaim The Net continued: “One of the Discord servers in question has over 107,000 members, and while it is not clear if Take-Two is going after each and every one of them, the request does say ‘all identifying information associated with all user accounts’ that were or are members of three named servers since June 1 – and that participated in a conversation in those servers.

“In this case, Take-Two Interactive’s one filings make it clear that they’re not limited to whoever is uploading the leaks, they’re targeting entire communities and channels that are merely existing in the same Discord server as those alleged leakers.

“This is now the pursuit of a membership list under the color of the enforcement of copyright. While it can be crushed if people push back, there’s actually nothing about the DMCA process that discourages this in a strong enough way.

“To file a claim is cheap and quick, and the compliance cost falls on the platforms. There was a time when companies would at least try to maintain the guise that their targets were limited to infringement but, these days, they’re getting more brazen and now hitting anyone who happens to have been standing nearby.”

It is unclear if Microsoft has actually been served with Take-Two’s subpoena, either, although according to court documents it looks like Microsoft had already launched an investigation of its own into the CyberLeek account. Meanwhile, the subpoena for Twitter / X has yet to be signed off, but that may simply be a formality.

All the while, the GTA 6 leaks continue, and there is fresh concern that CyberLeek will release significant story spoilers. Neither Rockstar nor Take-Two have issued a statement. IGN has asked for comment.

GTA 6 is due out on PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S on November 19, 2026.

Photo by Jakub Porzycki/NurPhoto via Getty Images.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

GTA 6 Leaker Releases 12th and 13th Gameplay Videos, Issues Statement Defending Crypto Scheme

UPDATE: Hot on the heels of the nightclub gameplay leak, CyberLeek has released a 13th video, this time showing off Jason cycling on a beach packed with NPCs.

This new video includes the same watermarked memecoin advertisement and crypto statement detailed in the original story, below.

The leaks appear to be ramping up ahead of Netflix’s official GTA 6 reveal (check out the global release times here).

ORIGINAL STORY: The GTA 6 leaks have continued, this time with a new gameplay video and a message from the leaker defending their crypto scheme.

This 12th video leak shows relatively unremarkable nightclub gameplay, and includes the now standard advertisement of the ‘CyberLeek’ token at the heart of the cryptocurrency scheme that is believed to be the motivating factor behind all this.

But this new video also includes a watermarked message that defends the crypto scheme. “Stop the hate,” the message reads. “Channel that energy into protests. Not at those actually fighting for you. CL is taking huge risks in this battle. Leeks are free and donations cover operational costs. Using crypto is the only way. CL can’t win alone. Today is the day to show support and protest.”

Every Detail in the GTA 6 Cover Art Explained

CyberLeek has launched paid-for polls with a number of gameplay video choices people can vote on by sending tokens. People have spent hundreds of dollars’ worth of the tokens to vote. This crypto scheme is ostensibly about protesting our all-digital future and Rockstar’s decision not to sell GTA 6 on-disc. At least one person showed up at Rockstar North in Scotland, filming themselves eating a leek outside the office.

There is growing concern that CyberLeek will release damaging story spoilers, with one poll option a prologue featuring Lucia. So far, the leaked gameplay videos have shown dual protagonist Jason only.

CyberLeek has continued to release GTA 6 gameplay videos for eight days straight despite Take-Two’s subpoenas of Microsoft, Discord, and X / Twitter as part of the company’s hunt for identifying information. We are now just two days away from Netflix’s timed-exclusive GTA 6 reveal, which is set to show gameplay officially for the first time.

From a Take-Two and Rockstar perspective, significant damage is being done. According to Bloomberg, Rockstar still doesn’t know how these leaks happened, nor who is behind them. And while there are no plans to shift this week’s big Netflix reveal, Bloomberg reported that there is frustration and anger internally at recent events, with management sending morale-boosting emails to staff.

Former Rockstar Games technical director Obbe Vermeij, however, downplayed the damage caused by the leaks. Vermeij, who worked at Rockstar North from 1995 to 2009, took to social media to say the Hot Coffee scandal was much more damaging than these GTA 6 leaks.

Neither Take-Two nor Rockstar has issued a statement on the GTA 6 leaks. IGN has asked for comment.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Lanterns Episode 3 Teaser Reveals Hal Jordan Wearing Green Lantern Domino Mask

HBO has published the first teaser for Lanterns Episode 3, and it comes with a first look at Hal Jordan wearing Green Lantern’s iconic domino mask.

The network dropped the latest trailer for its DCU show following the conclusion of Episode 2 last night. If you didn’t catch it after the credits rolled, the full 42-second Lanterns teaser can now be found on the HBO Max YouTube channel.

Don’t worry; it doesn’t give away too much. As has already been teased, John Stewart (Aaron Pierre) is being set up to be a special part of the DCU as episodes roll out. That means confronting what seems to be a Guardian (played by Laura Linney) and reckoning with his past. If the Lanterns Episode 3 teaser is anything to go by, the Green Lantern-in-training seems to be the star of next week’s episode, but the moment that has everyone talking online actually concerns a blink-and-you’ll-miss-it moment featuring Hal Jordan (Kyle Chandler).

John Stewart was born for this.

Watch new episodes of #Lanterns on Sundays at 9pm on HBO Max. pic.twitter.com/9SMnO7rINT

— HBO Max (@hbomax) August 24, 2026

Just after the 17-second mark, you can see a few frames from an old TV playing what seems to be footage of the news covering Hal Jordan. He appears to be suited up in the same outfit we’ve seen Chandler wear in the show itself, but the main difference here is his bright-green domino mask.

So far, Chandler has given DC fans a slightly grumpier version of the Green Lantern they might be used to. While he’s generally been hailed as a fitting inclusion for the DCU, connecting his character to the one we’ve seen featured in comic books and animated projects for decades has been a bit difficult for some. Seeing him suited up in full Green Lantern Corps attire seems to have already helped connect those dots for those fans online.

Warning! Spoilers for Lanterns Season 1 Episodes 1 and 2 follow.

All of that said, this may be a little more than an Easter Egg rather than a sneak peek at what this particular costume will eventually look like in motion. For starters, the end of Episode 1 pretty heavily implied that Hal Jordan’s days in the DCU are already numbered. The Episode 3 teaser also suggested that we’ll be skipping around the timeline yet again, potentially traveling back to 1996. If we do see Hal Jordan sporting his domino mask, those moments may be limited to a few flashback sequences.

New look at Hal Jordan wearing a domino mask in ‘LANTERNS’. pic.twitter.com/d20PWHm6II

— DC Film News (@DCFilmNews) August 24, 2026

MASKED HAL JORDAN YOOOOO #Lanterns pic.twitter.com/R61q87Psp2

— Axel🦇 (@AxelTalksFilm) August 24, 2026

OMG the concept of having to wait another week pic.twitter.com/yOcGKss712

— stuff (@stuffiseeonline) August 24, 2026

Still, it’s easy to see why fans might be excited for such a relatively small development. The last time we saw a live-action Hal Jordan wearing the mask was when Ryan Reynolds played the character for his 2011 standalone movie, and we all know how that went.

As the DCU comes together, moments like these can be just as important as the projects themselves. Fans clamored for a first look at Robert Pattinson as Batman and again flocked to see him throw on the cowl for The Batman Part 2. David Corenswet’s Superman drew eyes when his costume was revealed back in 2024.

As Hal Jordan seemingly winds down his time as a Green Lantern, we’ve yet to see what Pierre’s John Stewart looks like in the suit. We’ll hopefully get a better look when he reprises his role for the DCU’s Superman sequel, Man of Tomorrow, next year.

While we wait for Lanterns Episode 3 this weekend, August 30, you can see what IGN thought of Episode 2. You can also learn about the villain some viewers think is hiding in plain sight, as well as what DC Studios co-CEO James Gunn had to say about the gritty tone for the new DCU series.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Amazon and Twitch Face Class-Action Lawsuit Over Opt-Out AI Training Setting

Twitch and Amazon are facing a class-action lawsuit after the streaming platform rolled out a feature that automatically trains its generative AI on streamers’ content unless they manually opt out.

The setting sparked a wave of backlash when it was rolled out last week. “Allow your channel content to train generative AI content models at Amazon,” it reads.

It’s buried in users’ security and privacy settings, and is automatically turned on by default. Streamers must toggle the option off in order to opt out of it — but that doesn’t stop Twitch from using their channel content for other purposes, as outlined in the platform’s Privacy Notice.

We’ve added a setting that lets you opt out of having your channel content used to train generative AI content models across Amazon.

Click here to learn more:https://t.co/C3G0Jt6m0D

— Twitch Support (@TwitchSupport) August 12, 2026

Just a week later, Amazon and Twitch were officially named in a class-action lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California on August 20, 2026. In the 37-page complaint, plaintiff Warren Pandiscia — a Twitch streamer based in Connecticut with over 900 followers — argues that Amazon “unlawfully” scraped creators’ content without their consent by automatically opting them into the AI training setting.

“Defendants’ actions were not only unlawful, but an unconscionable attack on the community of content creators whose content is used to fuel the multitrillion-dollar generative AI industry without any compensation,” the suit reads.

“Content creators such as Plaintiff and the Class Members will never be able to claw back the intellectual property unlawfully copied and used by Defendants to train Amazon’s generative AI. Once AI ingests content, that content is stored in its neural network, and not capable of deletion or retraction. Defendants’ actions constitute abuse and exploitation of content creators’ work for Defendants’ profit.”

Damages sought include “all available contract damages, including actual, compensatory, consequential, and nominal damages, together with such other relief as the Court deems just and proper,” though no specific monetary amount was mentioned.

Twitch, for its part, has defended its stance on automatically opting creators into Amazon’s AI training. During a ‘Patch Notes’ stream that was broadcast that same day, Twitch’s chief product officer Mike Minton responded to questions about the setting, saying plainly: “If it was opt-in, nobody would opt in. That’s honestly the answer.”

Twitch’s Account Settings FAQ explains that it trains Amazon’s generative AI on users’ content for things like “[refining] models that create speech to text, which would help improve captions at Twitch but would also help improve captions across Amazon,” and “AI-supported features, like captions, which automatically generate captions for your Clips but does not retain your stream or your clips to train a model that can generate new content.”

Twitch has not provided an official comment on the lawsuit at the time of writing. IGN has reached out for comment.

Image Credit: Wesley Tingey, Unsplash.com

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Two Major One-Volume History Books Are on Sale for $0.99 Each

Heads up, amateur historians: here’s an incredible deal on two beefy tomes for your digital bookshelf. Penguin is running $0.99 sales on the Kindle ebook version of two of its biggest history books. The latest editions of The Penguin History of the World (see at Amazon) and The Penguin History of the United States of America (see on Amazon) are both on sale for $0.99 each. The sale ends tonight, so grab ‘em if you want to learn a thing or two for super cheap.

The Penguin History of the World: 6th Edition (Kindle Ebook)

The Penguin History of the World: 6th Edition (Kindle Ebook)

0

The Penguin History of the World is currently in its 6th edition. It’s been a landmark book ever since J.M. Roberts published the first edition in 1976. Roberts was a renowned and popular British historian who updated the book many times over the ensuing decades until his death in 2003. At that point, Penguin brought on the wonderfully named historian Odd Arne Westad to continue editing and revising the tome. In physical form, it’s a doorstopper of a book, ringing in at 1,280 pages. If you grab this deal, the math works out to roughly $0.00077 per page.

The Penguin History of the United States of America: New Edition (Kindle Ebook)

The Penguin History of the United States of America: New Edition (Kindle Ebook)

0

As for The Penguin History of the USA, it was first published in 1985 as The Longman History of the United States of America. It’s by Hugh Brogan, a British historian and biographer who, it so happens, used to correspond regularly with J.R.R. Tolkien. In fact, a number of Tokien’s letters to Brogan are included in The Letters of J.R.R. Tolkien (see at Amazon). Anyway, this book kicks off in 30,000 BCE, when it’s thought the first humans may have come over the land-bridge that’s now the Bering Strait, and runs up to the Reagan era of the 1980s.

If you’re like me and you’re not exactly a history buff, but you’re generally interested history as a concept, it can be hard to find good books to read. Most history books, after all, hone in on one time period, or one major historical event. That’s how historians (and most academics and professionals, for that matter) work: they specialize. But if you want a broad overview of all of human history? Or of the history of the United States? Decent one-volume books on those broad topics, that cover that much history, are a bit harder to find.

Penguin’s pair of history books are some of the most popular, and have been for decades. They go in chronological order, so you can follow the broad arc of history over centuries or millennia.

Again, the deals won’t last forever. There’s actually a ticking clock on the page for the USA history book; that deal ends at midnight Pacific Time. As for the History of the World, that one doesn’t have so definite an end, but you can bet it won’t be a buck forever, so add it to your Kindle library sooner than later if you’re interested.

Chris Reed is a senior commerce editor and deals expert for IGN. He also runs IGN’s board game and LEGO coverage. You can follow him on Bluesky.

France and Saudi Arabia to Build $7 Billion Dragon Ball Z Theme Park Outside Paris

France and Saudi Arabia have come to the mutual conclusion that the world needs Dragon Ball Z theme park. So, they’re building one near Paris to the tune of €6 billion ($7 billion USD).

The Elysee Palace announced the news on Monday, August 23, during the Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman’s visit to Paris. The idea was reportedly first sparked during the Crown Prince’s trip to the city last year, when he and French President Emmanuel Macron discovered their shared love for the iconic anime franchise.

The park will be constructed northwest of the capital city near Cergy-Pontoise, with the massive project expected to create approximately 22,000 jobs. Construction is predicted to take several years, with no opening date publicly announced as yet.

Dragon Ball Xenoverse 3 Screenshots

To no one’s surprise, Qiddiya is providing the funds for the project, which will be one of two Dragon Ball Z theme parks once all is said and done. The first theme park was officially revealed on the official Dragon Ball website back in 2024, along with extensive concept art and teasers for what it’ll look like when construction is complete.

The first park is currently being built in Qiddiya City, a massive entertainment hub currently in development just outside the capital of Riyadh. It will reportedly span more than 500,000 square meters, featuring seven recreations of locales from the series including the Kame House, Capsule Corporation, and Beerus’s Planet.

Five rides will also be included as part of a 30+ attraction total, along with a 70-meter-tall statue of Shenron. It’s a massive undertaking, and one that isn’t expected to open anytime soon, with no official opening date released at the time of writing.

Dragon Ball Z Theme Park Concept Art (2024)

The announcement of Paris’s Dragon Ball theme park comes after the Esports World Cup was relocated to the city due to security concerns near Riyadh, where it was previously scheduled to take place. Saudi Arabia’s Crown Prince was in attendance for the competition’s closing ceremony, where Macron was also present.

This is one of several expansive investments the country has made into cultural projects within the gaming and anime space; most recently, Saudi Arabia’s Public Investment Fund completed a $55 billion acquisition of EA as part of an investor group alongside Silver Lake and Affinity Partners.

In March, Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed Bin Salman’s Electronic Gaming Development Company (EGDC) acquired a 5% stake in Capcom, upping its ownership in the famed Japanese game developer and publisher to 10%.

And back in February, Saudi-owned RTS took full ownership of Evo, the world’s largest fighting game tournament series, which has since expanded to include several other global Evo events in a controversial turn of events within the fighting game community.

Image Credits: YouTube – Qiddiya

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Modern Warfare 4 Devs Vow to Update Captain Price Viral Botched Haircut

Publisher Activision and developer Infinity Ward have promised to update Captain Price’s hair in Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 after images of his botched haircut went viral.

As last weekend’s closed beta dredged up conversations revolving around its time-to-kill (TTK) speeds and problematic spawn placements, other fans aimed at Captain Price and his barber. It’s mostly thanks to a few images that have circulated across social media, with fans pointing out that, maybe, Modern Warfare 4’s version of the classic character should invest in some hair gel.

He looks…unwell, at least when compared to past versions of Captain Price. Whether he’s chasing down Vladimir Makarov or walking you through a training course, Price is known to have a full head of hair and a beard that could make even Ghost blush. The one from Modern Warfare 4, however, has neither of those things, and according to many, he hardly looks like the Task Force 141 leader fans have come to know. Activision and Infinity Ward say that’s not their intention, but there’s also a good reason why only some Call of Duty fans are encountering this choppy imposter.

bro…. https://t.co/JxOTxMTny3 pic.twitter.com/WQEHOTgdEU

— innerghost (@innerghost_) August 23, 2026

that ain’t captain Price that’s lieutenant Cost https://t.co/gtAFT18NhF

— narancia gaming (@naranciagaming) August 24, 2026

That ain’t price that’s amount

— IPhantom369 (@CJerome369) August 23, 2026

While the Captain Price making the rounds online does appear to be real, he’ll only look this way in Modern Warfare 4 if users tune their devices to the lowest possible settings. Some had expected this to be the case, as reports of the botched haircut seemed to mostly be few and far between.

Still, the developers and Activision and Infinity Ward are going to do their best to give the Call of Duty fan-favorite Operator the head of hair he deserves. The studio community teams X/Twitter account replied to a few of the more popular posts, promising it would be addressed “in a future update.”

“Captain Price’s hair does not appear correctly when viewing his character model at the lowest level of detail,” a tab in the “Known Issues” column from the Modern Warfare 4 Trello says.

Hello! We’re aware of an issue with Price’s hair not appearing correctly when viewed at the lowest level of detail. The team will be addressing it in a future update.

Ultimately this will not be an issue if players meet our recommended specs.

Details: https://t.co/uozRRLS3W5

— CallofDutyCM (@CallofDutyCM) August 24, 2026

What in the 1050 TI is this? Whoever took that screenshot got the game at ultra low, ultra performance, 11% resolution. pic.twitter.com/Pq3A5BdzFt

— The Natty One (@lunatty787) August 23, 2026

What exactly that update entails remains to be seen, but it’s far from the only thing on the team’s list. Also noted in the Known Issues category are dropped framerates when cooking lethal weapons, hitches for PC players during their first multiplayer matches, a stuck loadout screen bug, and more. TTK is another issue the team is looking into, as are those spawns.

So, if you find yourself dissatisfied with the Modern Warfare 4 beta, you might want to take another crack at it when the open beta launches this weekend. You can learn more about everything it comes with, including its single-player mission, here.

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 has a release date of October 23, 2026, for PC, Nintendo Switch 2, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X | S. For more, you can read about how it will allow players to remove masks for some of its Operators. You can also check out IGN’s interview with the team to learn about Infinity Ward’s approach to matchmaking, the beta, and more.

Image credit: X user @Runhob.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Beard Papa’s Celebrates Persona’s 30th Anniversary With Special Collab

Beard Papa’s is teaming up with Persona to celebrate the RPG series’ 30th anniversary with some special cream puffs.

Beard Papa’s is a Japanese dessert chain with locations sprinkled across the US. It’s best known for its primary offering, cream puffs, which come in a variety of different flavors and combinations for customers to choose from.

Starting September 4, participating Beard Papa’s locations within the United States will transform their interiors and offer up several new flavors of cream puffs in collaboration with Persona.

Persona 4 Revival Release Date Trailer Xbox Games Showcase 2026 – Screenshots

These storefronts will feature Persona-themed digital menu boards, bakery case graphics, posters, television displays, and more, transforming them into a real-life Persona menu screen. And for mega-fans, the Beard Papa’s locations in Little Tokyo and Cerritos will include large-format anniversary murals specifically designed for photo opportunities.

Limited-time cream puff flavors are also on offer: Original Cream Puff, Matcha Cream Puff, Ube S’mores Cream Puff, Cookies & Cream Cream Puff, and the Double Berry Cream Puff, each inspired by specific games in the Persona series.

Four and six-pack gift sets are also available for purchase. The four-pack set comes with four featured cream puffs, a Persona chibi sticker sheet, and an in-game code card for Persona 5: The Phantom X. The six-pack set comes with six cream puffs, a blind-packed acrylic standee featuring one of eight designs, and an in-game code card for Persona 5: The Phantom X.

Image Credits: Beard Papa’s, Sega

Of course, it wouldn’t be a collab if there wasn’t merchandise involved; you can also snag a ceramic mug, a T-shirt, zip hoodie, and eco tote bag as part of the Persona x Beard Papa’s partnership on the official Beard Papa’s website.

This collaboration lasts from September 4 to October 4, just in time to herald the next big developments for the Persona series. Persona 4 Revival, a full remake of Persona 4 Golden, is set to release in February 2027, and Atlus is hard at work on the next entry in the franchise, Persona 6.

It’s a big time for Persona; a live-action adaptation is in the works at Netflix, with Christopher Monfette attached as writer, showrunner, and executive producer. 21 Laps’ Shawn Levy and Robert Atwood are also attached to executive produce, alongside Sega’s Toru Nakahara.

Beyond that, Kazuhisa Wada, producer for Atlus’ P-Studio, recently remarked that he believes the studio will “have to” do remakes of the first and second games in the Persona series, giving fans even more to look forward to as the days tick down to Persona 4 Revival’s release.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

The Popular Budget-Friendly Flashforge Adventurer 5M 3D Printer Drops to a Mere $135 Shipped

If you’re interested in dipping your toes in the world of 3D printing then you can’t go wrong with Flashforge’s entry level model – the Adventure 5M – as your first 3D printer to start. As part of the AliExpress Back to School Sale, you can get it for the lowest price I’ve ever seen. Its currently available for just at AliExpress for just $132.05 with free shipping after you apply $20 off coupon code “VSUSAFF20“. The same printer sells for $249 on Amazon. You’re buying it from FlashForge’s official store on AliExpress. It ships free locally from the United States and arrives within 1 to 2 weeks.

The Adventurer 5M offers great performance at at outstanding budget price. I would say it is the best 3D printer priced below $150. The 5M is easy to setup, produces great 3D prints with minimal fiddling, and offers plenty of add-on mods including a kit that fully encloses the chamber and another that adds a camera.

Flashforge Adventurer 3D Printer Drops to the Lowest Price Ever

FlashForge Adventurer 5M CoreXY 3D Printer

14

The Adventurer 5M is Flashforge’s least expensive CoreXY printer. In fact, it’s one of the least expensive CoreXY printers from any well-regarded brand, but with upgrades where they matter. For starters, the Adventurer 5M features a CoreXY structure typically found in pricier models. In a CoreXY printer, only the print head moves while the motors are permanently fixed. Since the motors are generally the heaviest component, this improves print speed and precision.

The open bed has a build volume measuring approximately 8.7″ cubed. A closed chamber offers a more controlled environment that eliminates unpredicatable variables like dust or wind and stabilizes temperatures for consistent result. Usually this costs a premium, but FlashForge sells a kit that converts the open bed into a closed chamber for $39.99. If you want to spend even less and don’t care about aesthetics, you can just put a big box over it and call it a day.

The 5M boasts a print speed of up to 600mm/s with 20,000mm/s² acceleration and can print a benchy in 14 minutes. The high-flow 32mm³/s nozzle with 280°C direct extruder can warm up to 200°C in as fast as 35 seconds for consistent filament dispensing. Build quality is solid since all of the structural components are made of metal. The 4.3″ color touchscreen control panel is intuitive to use with minimal fiddling and the 5M supports essential features such as auto leveling and vibration compensation. Assembly is quick and easy and you’ll be able to print your first object in minutes.

TL;DR:

  • Open chamber 8.7″ cubed working space
  • CoreXY 3D printer (more stable than other types)
  • 600mm/s print speed with 20,000mm/s² acceleration
  • Auto leveling and vibration compensation
  • Easy assembly

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The Witcher 3 Songs of the Past Expansion Confirmed to Include More Gwent

CD Projekt Red has confirmed The Witcher 3: Wild Hunt’s upcoming Songs of the Past expansion will come with more Gwent, and card game lovers are already celebrating.

The Witcher 3 earned a lot of praise when it launched back in 2015. While Doug Cockle’s gravelly delivery as Geralt helped sell its story, and its RPG gameplay quickly hooked in every kind of fantasy fan, many would say Gwent was what truly kept them coming back for more.

“In Gwent, gamers clash with friends in fast-paced duels that combine skill-based play with bluffing, and careful deck construction,” an official description from CD Projekt Red says. “The game is played over a best-of-three series of rounds, as players unleash their hand by slinging spells and diverse units with special abilities, and use clever tricks to deceive their opponents.”

CD Projekt Red’s in-universe card game first launched within the third installment in its Witcher series before being transformed into a standalone spinoff in 2017 and a real-life tabletop experience in 2025. It’s a formula others have unsuccessfully attempted to mimic, but few have managed to stand the test of time quite like Gwent. That’s probably exactly why it will be making a comeback when the developer returns to The Witcher 3 with its Songs of the Past expansion in 2027.

CD Projekt Red community and social media manager Marcin Łukaszewski teased the return of the fan-favorite side activity when replying to a player on X/Twitter. When the fan said they hoped more Gwent would be included in the surprise expansion, Łukaszewski offered a simple reply: “Confirmed!”

It’s been more than 10 years since The Witcher 3’s last expansion, Blood and Wine, came out in 2016, and by the time Songs of the Past launches next year, that wait will have been even longer. CD Projekt Red has teased that this is a full-fledged add-on for the game’s story, teasing earlier this year that it will serve as a prologue. In other words, don’t expect it to be all Gwent all the time, but for those who have waited to sit down for another round of tabletop challenges, it sounds like there’s already more than enough reason to be excited.

pic.twitter.com/o2LfgVq2ih

— Brad (@definitelybrad_) August 23, 2026

Well, I hope whatever the main plot of Songs of the Past is, it’s not urgent.

Because Geralt’s got more Gwenting to do, baby!#Witcher3 https://t.co/IT8PwXY6lZ pic.twitter.com/10vnDoF1gR

— Michał Novigrad (@MichalNovigrad) August 23, 2026

Let’s gooooooo!!!!!!!😁⚔️🐺 https://t.co/6xXJ8JoiXt pic.twitter.com/yhylyC1oZw

— Merchant of Novigrad🐺⚔️ (@MofNovigrad) August 23, 2026

IGN called The Witcher 3 “Amazing” in our original 9.3/10 review. We said, “Massive in size, and meticulously detailed, The Witcher 3 ends Geralt’s story on a high note.” There’s plenty more monster hunting to be had as far as CD Projekt Red is concerned, as just earlier today, the studio confirmed The Witcher 4 is on track to launch sometime in 2028.

As for Songs of the Past, we already know that it won’t be much longer before we hear more. In fact, news on the expansion is less than 24 hours away, as the developers have already made plans to share more about it during gamescom 2026 Opening Night Live. While we wait to see what’s up CD Projekt Red’s sleeve, you can read about The Witcher 3 NPCs who just couldn’t stop dropping their babies.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Fortress of Blood Comic Announced

Vampire Hunter D is a franchise that has enjoyed a long, healthy lifespan as a series of Japanese light novels, but has never really been explored to its fullest in other media. The last Vampire Hunter D film to be released was 2001’s Vampire Hunter D: Bloodlust. Luckily for fans of the wandering hero known only as D, there’s been some new momentum surrounding the franchise recently, including both a brand-new Western comics series and a theatrical rerelease.

First up, Dark Horse Comics is releasing a new miniseries called Vampire Hunter D: Fortress of Blood. The series isn’t an adaptation of one of Hideyuki Kikuchi’s novels, but is rather an original story set in that post-apocalyptic universe. Fortress of Blood is written by Chris Condon (That Texas Blood) and illustrated by Filipe Andrade (The Many Deaths of Laila Starr).

Vampire Hunter D: Fortress of Blood #1 Cover Art Gallery

The creative team also includes colorist Jordie Bellaire and letterer Frank Cvetkovic. Andrade illustrated the main cover for issue #1, with variants by Riccardo Federici and Yoshitaka Amano. Here’s Dark Horse’s official summary of the first issue:

The first official comic series based on Hideyuki Kikuchi’s Vampire Hunter D! A vampire lord has marshalled his forces and is marching on human settlements aiming to leave no survivors! One thing stands among his path to the next city—the old fortress. There, a family of outcasts will need to buy enough time for the humans to flee. And wandering this same path is the beautiful, indomitable hunter—half-human, half-vampire—known as D.

Vampire Hunter D: Fortress of Blood #1 will be released on December 16. You can preorder a copy at your local comic shop.

On the film front, GKIDS revealed that Bloodlust is getting a theatrical rerelease in 2027, just after the film’s 25th anniversary.

GKIDS is proud to announce the acquisition of North American rights to VAMPIRE HUNTER D: BLOODLUST. 🩸

The rarely-screened gothic horror classic from Yoshiaki Kawajiri and MADHOUSE will get a full theatrical release in 2027.

More details soon!https://t.co/UAi0WXpGqN pic.twitter.com/jTfCJ7qDWl

— GKIDS Films (@GKIDSfilms) August 22, 2026

There are no further details regarding a release date or possible 4k Blu-ray release, but hopefully Bloodlust returning to theaters will spark new interest in the series and pave the way for another film or anime series. Previously, an anime called Vampire Hunter D: Resurrection was announced in 2015, but work on the series seemingly stalled out during the COVID-19 pandemic.

For more on this cult-favorite franchise, check out IGN’s Hidden Treasures retrospective on Vampire Hunter D.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

Buddy Movie Review

Buddy will be released in theaters on Friday, August 28.

It’s hard to overstate just how subversive and incredible Too Many Cooks was when it aired with zero warning/zero fanfare in the dead of night on Adult Swim in 2014. In 11 minutes, director Casper Kelly staged what starts as a send-up of ’80s and ’90s multicam sitcom intros, but rapidly devolves into a medium-breaking, surrealist nightmare. Though Kelly carried that bait-and-switch energy into 2021’s feature-length “Adult Swim Yule Log,” it’s Buddy that feels like the true spiritual successor to Too Many Cooks. Initially presenting as an episode of a lost children’s enrichment program in the vein of Barney & Friends, Buddy similarly uses the saccharine trappings of that medium as a delivery system for an edgy, clever descent into madness.

Before the earworm theme song which opens Buddy is even done, the film’s 1990s-appropriate 4:3 aspect ratio, soundstage-style camera coverage, and cheery aesthetic all wonderfully establish the bounds of its kids show form. Buddy the Unicorn (voiced by Keegan-Michael Key) dopily dotes on the kids that spend all their time at the clubhouse and, along with other anthropomorphized objects, teaches them lessons about dancing or how to responsibly use household cleaning products. The episode ends, the credits roll, and life begins anew the next day. It’s a cycle that, as the kids come to realize, obfuscates more malicious intentions on Buddy’s part. The film’s first act is squarely-focused on reinforcing the slipping of the rose-tinted glasses with which the kids see the world, and Keegan-Michael Key’s vocal performance of the orange unicorn reinforces those tonal shifts well. Key is adept at modulating the lovey-dovey musicality of Buddy’s voice with hints of danger that don’t make things too sinister too quickly, so that when there are bursts of violence early on, they do feel surprising and gnarly.

Buddy wastes no time revealing its central conceit and how it plans to push that forward. One of the kids tires of Buddy pretty much immediately, and the fallout of that slight attracts the curiosity of Freddy (Delaney Quinn), another kid in Buddy’s thrall. Quinn’s performance, like Key’s, is impressive in its control, never getting ahead of where Kelly has pitched the tone at any given point. The rest of the kids who make up Buddy’s gang get the occasional chance to shine, but Freddy’s the only one who really has space to develop her character past a caricature of “kid with fewer lines than the others in an episode of Barney.”

Tone really is the highlight of Buddy: the undercurrent of wickedness which roils into view more and more as the movie goes is very well-managed, and no doubt Kelly’s signature strength. Too Many Cooks has inspired countless imitations in the 12 years since its release, but Buddy proves that Kelly is at the top of his class when it comes to weaponizing smiley, vapid positivity into a dark funhouse of f***ery. The filmmaker revels in revealing more about talking inanimate objects like Strappy (Patton Oswalt), Mr. Mailbox (Eric Bauza), Charlie the Train (Michael Shannon), and to what degree they’re able to see past Buddy’s smokescreen. Oswalt’s Strappy in particular becomes a very enjoyable partner to Freddy and the other kids, and though he never has much dialogue all at once, he makes every line count. Shannon double-dips as a second anthropomorphic character, paired with the movie’s best cameo appearance, in a send-up of a different style of children’s programming that feels especially insane in a movie that already feels especially insane up to that point.

Buddy proves that Kelly is at the top of his class when it comes to weaponizing smiley, vapid positivity into a dark funhouse of f***ery. “

Both Anna Kathleen’s production design and Devon Hawkes Ludlow’s puppet design are real highlights in Buddy, critically important to the movie’s overall success. The primary colors and chunky, cartoonish build quality of the set perfectly thread the needle of Kelly’s obvious inspirations so that no single ingredient in the cosmic gumbo feels too overpowering, which is enough to leave Buddy feeling well-defined enough to stand on its own. Ludlow’s puppet work is multifunctional here and also well-representative of Buddy’s tone, presenting an extremely appealing veneer that has room on the inside for all sorts of viscera and nastiness that’s always satisfying to see spill out into the open. Music is also a huge part of Buddy’s identity, with Kelly’s Too Many Cooks songwriter Shawn Coleman providing sing-songy ditties that feel true to the movie’s lineage and become more important to the experience than you might expect.

Even though the particulars of how Buddy’s mask starts to slip are fun to track, the film’s early adherence to the visual language of children’s shows does wear thin quickly, and pacing does become Buddy’s only significant downfall throughout. That Buddy feels as long as it does even at just 96 minutes is most attributable to how the nature of the story opens doors for the kids to question just why they spend so much time at Buddy’s clubhouse, which in turn leads to them pushing the boundaries of their own existence. The mechanics of how all that fits together gives the movie a stop-and-start quality that leaves the momentum of the full piece lacking. Despite the clarity and strength of the film’s tone being incredibly steady (even if the pacing isn’t), that does draw an outsized amount of attention to the visual inconsistencies that are present. As we the audience watch Buddy, the “home base” look of that fullscreen 4:3 aspect ratio is meant to connote that we’re experiencing the Buddy TV show as reality. But later in the movie, we have cause to see footage from that TV show displayed on widescreen TVs. In those moments, the Buddy TV show is displayed in the more modern 16:9 aspect ratio. This is a nitpick, sure, but the harder a director pushes a high concept like this, the more cohesive small details need to be so as not to break suspension of disbelief. It’s not a major distraction, but creating a world so worthy of close inspection does create a double-edged sword that Kelly occasionally slices himself on.

Delaney Quinn is impressive as Freddy, a kid in Buddy’s thrall.

Buddy’s twists and turns deserve to be preserved as much as possible, but that sense of exhaustion with Buddy’s initial formal identity takes its most interesting turn when Cristin Milioti and Topher Grace’s far-more grounded characters come into play going into act two. When Buddy starts to reveal the shape of where the story is going, Milioti becomes the movie’s MVP. As she becomes aware of Buddy’s true nature, Milioti’s Grace provides the movie with a lot of depth through her skillful, adaptive performance. Her own command of tone is on its strongest display during a truly uncomfortable encounter between her and Buddy, which sees a dark movie go even darker than you may expect. Movies like Five Nights at Freddy’s, Willy’s Wonderland, and Winnie the Pooh: Blood and Honey have been pushing the stock of “mascot horror” up for years now, but Buddy stands apart in how it calls attention to the dangers of using toxic positivity to distract from darker corners of the day-to-day experience. At a certain point, you do get a really clear sense of where Buddy is going to wind up, but as with life, the journey is the destination here, and Kelly throws more than enough curveballs along the way to keep the somewhat predictable ending from feeling dissatisfying.

Pokémon Pitch Black Booster Bundle, Apple AirTag, and Elgato Stream Deck XL

There are plenty of deals worth checking out as we head into the work week. If you’re looking to pick up some new Pokémon TCG, the Pitch Black Booster Bundle and Destined Rivals ETB are both in stock on Amazon, and don’t miss the Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection at Target. Those who are prone to losing things will want to grab the 4-Pack of Apple AirTags at their lowest price yet, or make streaming even easier with the Elgato Stream Deck XL that’s on sale.

TL;DR- The Best Deals for August 24

Take a scroll through the highlights above, and then read even more about today’s top deals below:

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution Pitch Black Booster Bundle Is $34.95

Shipped and Sold by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Booster Bundle

0

The Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution Pitch Black Booster Bundle is down to $34.95 shipped and sold by Amazon. That’s one of the lowest prices I’ve seen at the retail giant, just a few bucks above MSRP and even below the current market value, according to TCGPlayer. That brings each of the six packs in the bundle down to $5.83 each.

Check out even more Pokémon TCG restocks all shipped and sold by Amazon. If you don’t see Amazon listed as the seller, select the “Other Sellers” section.

4-Pack of Apple AirTags(2nd Gen) Drops to New Low Price

Apple AirTag (2nd Generation) – 4 Pack

0

A four-pack of Apple AirTags (2nd Generation) has dropped down to a new low price. These handy little tracking devices can be put in luggage, on keys, or even on a pet to ensure nothing is lost for too long. It easily pairs with an iPhone or iPad and can be used with Apple’s Find My app. Plus, location sharing lets your family and friends keep track of certain items, too. This newest generation features improved precision finding, a louder speaker, the ability to ping from even farther away, and more. As someone who constantly misplaces things, AirTags are a lifesaver.

$50 Off the Elgato Stream Deck XL

Elgato Stream Deck XL Advanced Studio Controller, 32 Keys

0

Kick your streams up a few notches with the Elgato Stream Deck XL Advanced Studio Controller while it’s on sale for $199.99. The handy device offers 32 customizable one-touch keys with adjustable LCD images for swapping settings, scenes, media, and lots more. It, of course, works seamlessly with all the major streaming sites. Plus, the Elgato app is super intuitive. Beyond streaming, it can make smart home adjustments and provide quick access to sites and apps, like Slack, Teams, Zoom, YouTube, Spotify, and more, significantly aiding in your workflow.

Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 for PC Back Down to Lowest Price

Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 – PC [Steam Online Game Code]

0

Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 won Game of the Year in 2025. If you’ve yet to pick up this title, now’s the time, as the PC version is down to just $31.99 on Newegg with the coupon code “SSF73233”, matching its previous low. This awesome turn-based RPG comes as a Steam game code that can be easily redeemed. As for the game itself, it earned a 9/10 in IGN’s review with Michael Higham finding, “Wearing its inspirations on its sleeve, Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 paints itself into the pantheon of great RPGs with a brilliant combat system and a gripping, harrowing story.”

Pokémon TCG: Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection at MSRP

Pokémon TCG: Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection

0

The Pokémon TCG: Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection that I posted about last Friday is available again today at Target. You can grab it for MSRP. With the collection comes a foil promo card, an oversized lenticular promo card, and a tech sticker all featuring Mega Zygarde ex. Plus, there are eight Booster packs. Personally, I think the eight booster packs alone make it worth a grab.

LEGO Minecraft Functional Fighting Ring Set Hits New Low

LEGO Minecraft Woodland Mansion Fighting Ring

0

The LEGO Minecraft Woodland Mansion Fighting Ring has dropped down to its lowest price yet. This 491-piece set features a functional fighting ring from A Minecraft Movie, complete with handles to control the fighters. The mansion facade provides a nice backdrop for the battles, and a whole cast of characters from the movie are included, like Steve, Garrett, Henry, a baby zombie, a chicken jockey, and a posable great hog.

28% Off the MTG x Marvel Super Heroes Jumpstart Booster Box

Magic: The Gathering | Marvel Super Heroes Jumpstart Booster Box

0

The MTG x Marvel Super Heroes Jumpstart Booster Box is down to $119.99, shipped and sold by Amazon. In the box you’ll find 24 Jumpstart Boosters with 20 Marvel-themed cards in each pack. These boosters can be used to hop quickly into a game, as they offer everything you need for a deck. Just shuffle two packs together, and you should be ready to play.

27″ Samsung Odyssey OLED G5 Gaming Monitor for $270

27” Samsung Odyssey OLED G5 QHD QD-OLED Gaming Monitor

0

See $349.99? Reload the page 3 to 5 times to see the price change to $299.54. Then apply the 10% off coupon code to get the final price of $264.59.

Samsung discounted the 27″ G5 OLED Gaming Monitor to just $269.59 with the code “L8AS4HAL4O”. However, if you see $349.99 listed, refresh the page 3 to 5 times to see the price change to $299.54, and then enter the code at checkout. With this QHD display comes a quantum-dot OLED panel delivering deep blacks, near-infinite contrast, and a wide color gamut for a stunning picture. The near-instantaneous response times, 180Hz refresh rate, and Nvidia G-Sync support also solidify the Samsung G5 OLED as a top-tier gaming monitor.

Save $50 on a Grade A Refurbished Switch 2

Nintendo Switch 2 Console

0

We’re only one week away from the $50 Switch 2 price hike, so this may be one of your last chances to save on the console before then. Luckily, Amazon-owned Woot has brought back its deal on a Grade A refurbished model, saving you $50. According to Woot, “This unit has been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage and has successfully passed a full diagnostic test which ensures like-new functionality.” To learn more about the Switch 2, check out IGN’s review.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Pokémon TCG Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection In Stock at MSRP — Best Deal Target vs. TCGplayer

While the Mega Zygarde set is part of the far less popular Mega Evolution expansion, Perfect Order, it still feels like a minor miracle that you can find anything at the standard list price The Pokémon Company continues to set (almost too confidently, considering the state of the TCG right now).

Pokémon TCG: Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection

4

$45 is also lower than the current market price at TCGplayer, but not by much. $54.25 is the listed median price, while the going market rate right now is $47.50 (that’s also not a bad price if this ends up selling out at Target before you can get to it). While it’s minor savings in comparison, it’s still saving, and hopefully a sign of things to come in the near future for other sets. If only we could get the same for Ascended Heroes!

But enough complaining about the market; let’s have a quick chat on everything included in the Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection. For your $45, you are getting a foil promo card featuring Mega Zygarde ex, alongside an oversized lenticular promo card of Mega Zygarde ex, a tech sticker featuring, you guessed it, Mega Zygarde ex, and eight Perfect Order booster packs to rip open. Not bad at all!

That’s about $5.62 per pack, which is pretty good all things considered. Perfect Order Booster Bundles can still run you up to $40-$50 right now (depending on where you buy), and include just 6 packs. That’s between $6.66 and $8.33, so however you work it out, you’re getting a better deal on just the boosters with the Premium Collection right now.

What is Perfect Order?

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution – Perfect Order

It’s no secret to say reception to Perfect Order was a bit frosty, from investors and fans alike. The lack of immediate frenzy comes down to a simple sandwich effect. No, not the Legendary-restoring type.

Perfect Order is a smaller, more focused expansion of just 124 cards (including Secret Rares), sandwiched right between the massive, 295-card Ascended Heroes and the upcoming Chaos Rising expansion.

It doesn’t have the traditional heavy hitters we’ve all come to expect that send the third party reseller sites into overdrive. There’s no Charizard, no Moonbreon, no Rayquaza, and no Pikachu to drive the mindless hype that usually clears shelves before the shop doors can even open.

While investors stock up on sealed cases of the big sets, the supply of them will slowly dwindle as they are completed and tucked away into private binders, never to see a TCGPlayer listing again.

But for genuine Pokémon fans who just want to rip packs and enjoy the art, or for people who actually want to play the game attached to these bits of cardboard, Perfect Order is actually the most rewarding set in years.

Perfect Order – Best Chase Cards

You only need to take a look at the chase cards in Perfect Order to see a clear pattern. Instead of one $500 card and 100 bulk Secret Rares, Perfect Order spreads the love across several high-tier Illustration Rares of fan favourite Pokémon like Clefairy and Meowth ex.

In the modern TCG era, “Master Setting” (collecting every single card in a set) has become a hobby for the ultra-wealthy. When Ascended Heroes dropped with nearly 300 cards, the odds of pulling the top 10 chase cards yourself were astronomical. That meant that resellers could hike up the prices on third party websites to meet demand, and people would pay.

This more manageable 124-card checklist is far easier to complete, which means more fans are encouraged to actually get involved again. Ultimately, why is Perfect Order the “best” investment set if nobody is fighting over it? It sounds sappy and cliche, but what if the most valuable thing we could get from Pokémon TCG was the memories we made along the way?

More Pokémon TCG Deals

Still, this isn’t the first time Target has had a decent deal on Pokémon TCG and then quickly sold out, so let’s also take a look at what other deals are up for grabs right now across other retailers.

The best, and most popular, pick right now the Pitch Black Booster Bundles for just $40 to purchase at Amazon, alongside Pitch Black ETBs for just $70.

To see all the recently restocked items at Amazon, be sure to check out our custom search tracker to ensure you’re buying sealed boosters that are only “sold and shipped” directly from Amazon itself.

IGN is the best place to find TCG deals

IGN’s resident deals experts like Robert Anderson have over seven years of experience writing about gaming and TCG deals. In an era where finding advice from a real person is more important than ever, Robert’s expertise helps you cut through the digital noise to find genuine, money-saving offers. He pairs his experience and love of games with data-driven analysis and price-tracking tools to ensure he’s only ever recommending something that’s actually worthwhile.

If you’re looking some no-nonsense help on saving money in a time where gaming and TCG hobbies have never been more expensive, then we’d highly recommend following him @robertliam21 on Bluesky and setting IGN as a preferred source in Google to make sure you’re getting the latest updates, from him, and the rest of the IGN Shopping team.

Robert Anderson is a Senior Commerce Editor for IGN. Based in London, UK, he is a qualified journalist with a First Class degree in BA Journalism and over seven years of professional writing and editing experience. You can usually find him lost in open-world RPG games like Elden Ring and Cyberpunk 2077, or tinkering in Planet Coaster and Two Point Museum. Outside of gaming, he enjoys reading comics (especially Superman, Batman, and Spider-Man), taking photos, and keeping up with the latest in film and TV.

This article contains contributions from Sara Heritage.

Former Rockstar Dev Calls GTA 6 Leaks ‘A Nothing Burger’

As Take-Two works to identify the person or group behind the GTA 6 ‘CyberLeek’ account, one former Rockstar developer has insisted the recent spate of gameplay leaks will have little impact on the success of the game itself.

CyberLeek has released 10 GTA 6 gameplay videos and an image of the full map in the space of just six days, sparking a manhunt for the people responsible. Rockstar parent company Take-Two has subpoenaed Microsoft, Discord, and even X / Twitter, but the leaker appears undeterred, and is even running a crypto-fueled poll to determine which video to release next.

All this just a week before Netflix’s timed-exclusive reveal of GTA 6, which is set to fully unveil the game officially for the first time.

Every Detail in the GTA 6 Cover Art Explained

From a Take-Two and Rockstar perspective, significant damage is being done. According to Bloomberg, Rockstar still doesn’t know how these leaks happened, nor who is behind them. And while there are no plans to shift this week’s big Netflix reveal, Bloomberg reported that there is frustration and anger internally at recent events, with management sending morale-boosting emails to staff.

Former Rockstar Games technical director Obbe Vermeij, however, downplayed the damage caused by the leaks. Vermeij, who worked at Rockstar North from 1995 to 2009, took to social media to say the Hot Coffee scandal was much more damaging than these GTA 6 leaks.

“Calm down everybody. The leaks are a nothing burger,” Vermeij began.

“As a marketing strategy R* is trying to keep the game under wraps longer than other publishers. All that has happened is that some footage has escaped. Slightly ahead of the Netflix thing next week.

“90% of future players don’t spend their time on the internet looking for video snippets. They don’t have the time and don’t want spoilers.

“I imagine the teams are a little annoyed about it but not more than that. I was there during Hot Coffee. It was a nightmare for management (R*NewYork) but didn’t affect us (R*North) much. The current leaks are far less consequential than HC was.

“It looks like GTA 6 will be phenomenal and sell for the next 15 years or so. The leaks are just a tiny blip.”

The Hot Coffee scandal was a 2005 controversy involving a hidden, sexually explicit mini-game inside Grand Theft Auto: San Andreas. Modders discovered that unfinished code left on game discs allowed players to unlock a crude, interactive sex scene, leading to political outrage, a temporary “Adults Only” rating, and multimillion-dollar settlements for Rockstar Games.

“No, it really hurt,” Vermeij said of Hot Coffee. “The game had to be withdrawn from stores in the USA. It could only be sold as 18+ until the new version was ready. It is estimated to have cost $50 million which was a lot of money for R*/T2 at the time.”

Speaking to Lex Fridman in October last year, Rockstar co-founder Dan Houser said the company “nearly imploded several times due to Hot Coffee,” adding: “It was extremely tough.”

There is growing concern that CyberLeek may spoil the GTA 6 story by releasing plot-critical cutscenes. So far, that hasn’t happened, but even if it did, Vermeij downplayed the impact. “That would suck but people will still play it,” he said.

There is also speculation that CyberLeek has a working build of GTA 6, based on some of the gameplay shown in the leaks. “If that is the case it probably only runs on a devkit,” Vermeij insisted. “Devkits have more memory. There probably isn’t a build in existence that would run on a retail PS5 at the moment.”

GTA 6 is expected to be the biggest entertainment launch of all time, setting records for sales and revenue. As Vermeij says, the gameplay leaks are unlikely to threaten the success of the game’s November launch. But they remain part of what is a significant security breach for Take-Two and Rockstar, one that will no doubt affect the morale of staff who have spent years building the game. They also potentially dampen the impact of the timed-exclusive reveal on Netflix, which I imagine isn’t thrilled by what’s going on.

Neither Take-Two nor Rockstar has issued a statement on the GTA 6 leaks. IGN has asked for comment.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

The Gathering 2027 Universes Beyond Predictions — Games of Thrones, Elden Ring, and More

Magic: The Gathering’s 2027 lineup is taking shape, with half of the six sets revealed. From a return to Kamigawa to afrofantasy and underwater adventures, we’re just waiting for our first look at Universes Beyond sets to fill out the calendar.

We’ll likely get our first look at MagicCon Atlanta in November, but for now, there’s no harm in some fun predictions on what could be coming up next.

What We Know So Far

In a recent quarterly earnings report, Hasbro CEO Chris Cocks noted feedback on recent Universes Beyond sets, which have run the gamut from two trips to Middle-Earth, just as many visits to New York City, every single Final Fantasy, and, soon, Star Trek.

“The one thing I’ll say on the Universes Beyond partners that we have next year is they’ll probably be a bit more fantasy-adjacent,” he explained.

“And I don’t think any of them will take place in New York City because we definitely have gotten that feedback from some fans.”

We know there will be three new Universes Beyond sets, with one in April, one in August, and one in November. So, there are a lot of potential crossovers that would be fun for Magic: The Gathering, but the idea of refocusing on fantasy IP certainly is interesting.

Here are some that make some sense, all of which you can consider part of our Universes Beyond wishlist for 2027. Let’s take a look.

The Legend of Zelda

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time – Nintendo

Ooo boy, this would be big. Hasbro has already partnered with Nintendo to make The Legend of Zelda toys, but could that extend to Magic, too?

The core identity of a grand, fantasy adventure is a great fit, and the Final Fantasy set showed that Magic can take an IP that covers multiple stories, realities, and timelines and do each justice.

A Master Sword you can equip to Link, Bokoblin creatures to amass, and multiple powerful versions of Ganon make this an obvious fit. We’ve got the live-action Zelda film coming up soon as well, so this could be another big move for the series… if Nintendo allows it.

The Witcher

Gwent: The Witcher Card Game – CD Projekt Red

Sticking with fantasy video games, albeit much dirtier, grim, and morally gray ones, The Witcher series will return in the coming years with a fourth entry. There’s an absolute ton to pull from already, and Wizards of the Coast could even pick from the book series as well if its so inclined.

The main cast of characters would be easy to build a focus around, but there’s also such a deep bestiary that you can then add the griffin, the leshen, and much, much more. Saga cards based on iconic quests like The Bloody Baron would also be a fun way to relive some of Geralt’s most famous adventures.

Let’s not forget that CD Projekt Red has also already dabbled in the card game space with Gwent: The Witcher Card Game, so there’s also a bunch of fun concepts Wizards could riff from, and plenty of brilliant artists to call upon again if needed.

Mystical Marvel

Marvel’s Midnight Suns – Firaxis Games

Yes, OK, it’s hardly swords and sorcery, but we know more Marvel sets are coming, so why not make it more about spellcraft than spandex, right?

Give us a Marvel’s “Midnight Suns” set that incorporates the likes of Blade and Doctor Strange, or take us to Asgard for some cardboard gods. It’s fantasy through the lens of Marvel, sure, but it’d be a nice break from the webslingers and the shield-wielders of the IP.

Warhammer: Age of Sigmar

Warhammer: Age of Sigmar – Games Workshop

One of my most treasured Magic items is a set of all four Commander decks from the Warhammer 40,000 run in 2022. They’re annoyingly expensive now, but play brilliantly.

I bring this up because the other side of the coin is a “Warhammer: Age of Sigmar” set of Commander Decks (or maybe more) that leans into the Games Workshop brand’s more high-fantasy setting that includes existing Magic archetypes like duardin (dwarves), aelves (elves), and orruks (orks) among others.

Look, I’d be happy with more 40K races, too — give us the T’au, Astra Militarum, and Adeptus Mechanicus. Age of Sigmar just makes sense to explore, as well.

Game of Thrones

Daenerys Targaryen in Game of Thrones: The Card Game – Aleksander Karcz / Fantasy Flight Games.

Despite the TV show’s controversial ending, Game of Thrones remains an IP that’ll be pulling in cash as long as George R.R. Martin has yet to finish the book series.

Game of Thrones (or A Song of Ice and Fire) now has multiple spinoffs, comic books, video games, and even a standalone card game itself from Fantasy Flight Games, so why not add a Magic: The Gathering set into the mix as well?

It could include content from the prequels like Fire and Blood (and riffing on House of the Dragon), as well as deeper cuts like Lady Stoneheart… Or it could just be reskinned Tarkir: Dragonstorm with its various factions and big, fire-breathing creatures.

Either way, this could be the perfect crossover waiting to happen.

FromSoftware/Elden Ring

Elden Ring – FromSoftware

This has been mooted for years to the point where I feel we’re at least going to get a Secret Lair out of it, but a FromSoft collaboration would be massive.

Consider the medieval fantasy vibes that run deep from Demon’s Souls and Dark Souls, to Elden Ring. The sheer volume of fantastic bosses would make for a great character list, like Ornstein and Smough, Knight Artorias, Nameless King, and more.

Then there’s Bloodborne to consider as well, packed with memorable moments and such a powerful cosmic-horror, gothic vibe that stands alone from the rest of the studio’s creations. In all honestly it probably deserves a set on its own, even if we do have that animated film to look forward to.

Still, it feels as though Elden Ring is perhaps the most likely to get its own set. The game sold by the bucketload, has a live-action Hollywood film coming soon, and is likely many people’s first introduction to FromSoft’s unique brand of mechanical masochism. Yeah, I can see this happening, for sure.

Blizzard Entertainment

World of Warcraft – Dungeons & Dragons – Wizards of the Coast

Wizards of the Coast has already confirmed a Dungeons & Dragons expansion based on World of Warcraft, so it’s not too much of a jump to suggest its massively successful MMO could come to Magic, too.

Still, that could cause some issues with the likes of Hearthstone butting up against Magic Arena, so why not something a little different? While I’d be very pleased to see an Overwatch Secret Lair drop with some of the hero shooter’s iconic heroes, I reckon we’ve got more chance of a full set for Diablo.

The loot-filled title is all about demons and hellfire, and that’s something Magic already has in spades. Factor in equipment cards based on Mythic items, and you’ve got a neat Voltron deck idea as you build your class-specific Commander in fun ways.

Those are some of our predictions, but what are you expecting? Let us know in the comments!

Latest MTG Deals

Lloyd Coombes is an experienced freelancer in tech, gaming and fitness seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar and many more. He’s a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife’s dismay.

This article contains contributions from Robert Anderson.

PokémonXP and 2026 Pokémon World Championships Pokemon Center Merch Reveal

The 2026 Pokémon World Championships are right around the corner in San Francisco, CA. on Aug. 28 – Aug. 30, and that means a new coveted Pokémon merchandise drop at its exclusive pop-up Pokémon Center. This isn’t just any year, though–it’s also Pokémon’s 30th Anniversary and the first-ever official Pokémon fan-convention, PokémonXP. The Pokémon Company is going all-out with the collections this year, and we’ve got an exclusive first look at what to expect at the combo 2026 Worlds and PokémonXP Pokémon Center, including a unique stuffed Pikachu made by the inventors of the Teddy Bear, Steiff.

Before we get into everything else–and trust me, there’s a lot–take a good look at this Steiff 2026 Pokémon World Championships Exclusive Pikachu. This isn’t the classic stuffed toy company’s first take on Pikachu, as they produced one in 2015 and another just this July celebrating Pokémon’s 30th Anniversary, but this Steiff Pikachu is the first accessorized edition!

The Steiff 2026 Pokémon World Championships Exclusive Pikachu, with Steiff’s iconic “button in ear” tag on its tail.

We can’t be certain of the 2026 Pokémon World Championships Exclusive Pikachu collectible’s materials and price, but Steiff’s previous Pikachu renditions were made of premium natural mohair and sold for around $400 USD.

Senior director of Pokémon Center and e-commerce Cindy Ruppenthal explains: “As one of the standout items for this year, fans can only receive it via voucher – meaning, those booking a store reservation can opt in to enter the selection process to purchase fan

favorite items.”

Like at last year’s Pokémon World Championships in Anaheim, CA, PokémonXP and the Pokémon World Championships this year feature three distinct merch lines.

“To celebrate this year’s San Francisco location, Pokémon Center will be releasing three

product lines – the PokémonXP Line, the 2026 Pokémon World Championships Line, and

the San Francisco Line,” Ruppenthal said.

Without further ado, let’s take a look at some of the exclusive merch you can try to snag at this year’s event.

PokémonXP Line

Pokemon XP Line – 2026 Pokemon World Championships Pokemon Center

PokémonXP heavily features blue space-themed items, like the previously revealed female Pikachu dressed in clothing fit for a star-exploring astronaut. (We know she’s female because of her heart-shaped tail!) A goggles- and jetpack-wearing Charizard accompanies space Pikachu as a co-mascot of this line, and is featured in its own figure, wall art, and more. I personally love the dark shirt with Charizard on it, but am predicting the pastel blue bomber jacket decorated with on-theme patches and the baseball jersey will be among the more popular clothing. Finally, don’t miss the Rocket backpack, one of the most unique items revealed so far.

I had to ask, “why space?” Ruppenthal explained the team used “Out of This World” as the driving concept behind both the designs and experiences this year–hoping that together, PokémonXP and the 2026 World Championships deliver a weekend that takes fans “somewhere truly out of this world.”

Glow in the Dark Line – 2026 Pokemon World Championships Pokemon Center

To go with the space theme even further, the PokémonXP line features exciting glow-in-the-dark items featuring the oft-adored Umbreon and otherworldly Elgyem. They seem like they’d be right at home with the glow-in-the-dark stars I had on my ceiling when I was a kid.

As hard as this is to believe across decades of products, Ruppenthal said this is Pokémon Center’s first-ever glow-in-the-dark collection, and the eye-catching designs light up in the dark after first being exposed to a light source, like sunlight, an LED flashlight, or a UV blacklight.

The Charizard lava flow glitter pin.

Ruppenthal said that alongside things like the glow-in-the-dark collection and Rocket backpack, there’s another new concept debuting this year: Lava flow glitter pins, which feature liquid in the actual pins to add depth. It looks like the Charizard pin from this collection is one of those.

Pokémon World Championships Line

Pokemon World Championships Line – 2026 Pokemon Center

The World Championships line features a regal-looking male Pikachu plush with a champion’s cape and crown, who also appears on a variety of items like shirts, bags, hats, TCG accessories, and more. Greninja is highlighted in this line, appearing alongside the kingly Pikachu on the double deck box, and on its own collectible pin, light-up display, and hat. The Worlds line is primarily an orange-red hue, and you’ll find the classic Pokémon World Championships logo and the 2026 San Francisco logo on many of these items.

San Francisco Line

San Francisco Line – 2026 Pokemon World Championships Pokemon Center

You’ll find eclectic, colorful line drawings featured in the San Francisco line. I personally love the busy playmat with so many little things to discover. The cream-colored ringer tee is a cute departure from the classic t-shirt, and its matching Krabby hat makes for a nice set, too.

“The San Francisco Line reimagines the city through a Pokémon lens, blending the

PokémonXP “Out of This World” design theme with iconic San Francisco architecture

transformed by Pokémon-inspired elements,” Ruppenthal explained. “Some fun artwork fans can look for include Poké Ball details on the Painted Ladies, a Gigantamax Duraludon-inspired variation of the Transamerica Pyramid, Poké Ball-inspired cable cars, and a Technical Machine (TM).”

San Francisco line 2026 PokemonXP / Worlds playmat.

“Fans can also discover Pokémon woven through the playmat design, including Pikachu,

Vileplume, Krabby, Ditto, Umbreon, Espeon, Latias, Latios, Jirachi, and many more –

adding even more Pokémon-inspired details for fans to discover,” Ruppenthal said.

Bonus “Mix”

“Inspired by the bright and vibrant spirit of the city, each unique line captures the energy and character of San Francisco while bringing a distinctly Pokémon twist,” Ruppenthal said. “And because this is a milestone year, fans may even spot exclusive items featuring a mix of both the PokémonXP Line and the 2026 Pokémon World Championships Line…”

2026 Pokemon XP and Worlds Mix Line – Pokemon Center

Perfect for the indecisive (me), this mix “line” (not a distinct line) has items that commemorate both events and the location, all in one. Expect both the bold blues of PokémonXP and the fiery reds of the Pokémon World Championships with design-inspo from the San Francisco line. The keychain has charms for all three line logos and both mascot Pikachu, the pin-set has both mascot Pikachu and the San Francisco-inspired cable car and Pokémon-ified Painted Ladies.

One stand-out item in this collection are the collectible coins set, which comes with nine coins, each with a different Pokémon featured in the merch this year.

Collectible coin set for 2026 PokemonXP / Worlds.

Finally, we’re once again getting a new Reyn Spooner collection, a now annual tradition started at the 2024 Pokémon World Championships in Honolulu. Fitting, considering the brand is designed in Hawaii. You can find Reyn Spooner collab items at the online Pokémon Center store now, but these particular aloha shirt, hat, and bag designs will be exclusive to the event in San Francisco. I have one of the 2025 Pokémon World Championships Reyn Spooner tote bag from Anaheim, and I love it. It’s the perfect beach bag, deep with lots of internal pockets, a clip for your keys, and a big zipper to keep everything secure. I’m currently using it to store my overflow of deckboxes and bulk cards, which means I have an excuse to get this one to dedicate to outdoor activities.

PokémonXP Reyn Spooner Tote Bag

Previously, The Pokémon Company revealed the two Pikachu mascot, Charizard, and Kirlia plushies. Bear Walker also revealed there will be two new skateboards this year, one for PokémonXP and one for the Pokémon World Championships. We assume you’ll need to opt into the drawing to receive a voucher to be able to buy the Bear Walker Skateboards, like you did at Worlds in Anaheim last year.

Previously Revealed 2026 Pokemon Worlds and PokemonXP Merch

As for the design of the Pokémon Center this year, Ruppenthal said the store design “seamlessly blends both events, while also celebrating the city’s unique character, iconic landmarks, and local charm through a Pokémon-inspired lens.”
Each line will also have “its own moment to shine.”

A digital render of the Pokémon Center at the 2026 Pokémon World Championships and PokémonXP, from the official PokémonXP website.

You’ll need a PokémonXP / Pokémon World Championships badge to get into the Pokémon Center pop-up, and you’ll also need to have signed up for a timeslot. However, there will be a “Worlds at Home” online-only “shopping experience” beginning Aug. 26, Ruppenthal said, but it’s a mystery to what exactly that will entail. .

Last year, there was a code to get the Worlds Promo Card with purchase, and a different code to get the collectible Worlds Coin with at least a $50 purchase. There was also a new line of products that simultaneously launched online and at the Pokémon Center pop-up–the Sweetheart Diner collection.

You can also get your hands on the 2026 Worlds Pikachu promo card by participating in a Worlds Celebration Tournament at Play! Pokémon Store events–either VGC with Pokémon Champions or the TCG–from Aug. 21st to Aug. 30th.

Pokémon XP and the 2026 Pokémon World Championships are in just a few days, and we’ll be there! In the meantime, for more on Pokémon, check out some of the coolest and rarest Pokémon items in IGN staff’s collections (including mine, which is a lot of old Worlds merch), and why the 2026 Pokémon North American International Championship is moving from New Orleans.

Casey DeFreitas is the deputy editor of guides at IGN, and has attended the Pokémon World Championships since 2017. Catch her on socials @ShinyCaseyD, and at Worlds!

Level Infinite Gamescom 2026 Lineup: Control Resonant and More

Level Infinite is going big at gamescom. The video game publisher, a division of Tencent, is headed to the annual convention in Cologne, Germany with a slew of playable demos, big announcements, and fan experiences for Dune: Awakening to Control Resonant, Hunt: Showdown 1896 and more.

I spoke exclusively with Level Infinite’s Senior Director of Marketing Anthony Croutts about the company’s plans for gamescom, which include four major titles, a bevy of partner studios, and some exclusive announcements, one of which IGN can tease right now.

The Hunt: Showdown 1896 exclusive gamescom reveal.

“In our lineup this year, we have a couple of exciting announcements that we’re going to be making,” Croutts says. “Some games we’re announcing. Other games [are] in full motion that have already been successful releases. Now they’re expanding into different platforms. We’re helping [studios] with that expansion [and] showing off the flexibility and the depth that we have with our lineup.”

IGN can exclusively reveal that gamescom 2026 will see some brand new information about Level Infinite and Crytek’s plans for the extraction shooter Hunt: Showdown 1896. You can check out the teaser for the new drop in the player above and catch the full reveal on Wednesday, August 26 as part of IGN’s gamescom coverage.

“They’re going to be making a major announcement at gamescom,” Croutts says. “It is a fresh, unique experience [and] having that gameplay there and engaging with the gamers is super important to [the development team] as well. It’s going to be cool.”

In addition to exciting news, Croutts says that players will be able to play Hunt: Showdown 1896 alongside devs at the Level Infinite gamescom booth, giving them a unique opportunity to share direct player feedback.

“[It’s not] an opportunity you get every day,” Croutts says. “This is a learning experience for the devs. They want to make sure that people are enjoying [the game] and seeing that immediate reaction from the gaming community. They have a lot of major rebalancing going in the game and they want to see it out in the wild in real time.”

Level Infinite’s gamescom booth will feature four playable games and much more.

In addition to Hunt: Showdown 1896, Level Infinite’s gamescom experience will feature 3 additional major releases, cosplayers, giveaways, exclusive merchandise, and plenty of photo opps.

“As soon as you walk into Hall 6, you’re going to see Level Infinite in a major way,” Croutts says. “As you get closer and closer, you’re going to see all the different experiences front and center. And then you can go to the different booth areas. Control Resonant, Hunt: Showdown and Dune: Awakening [are] right there to engage with.

“[We’re also] giving away a lot of cool free stuff. You come in, we have a cool little card that has all the different games. And as you go to the different areas, you get a stamp and you can get more free stuff. We want to put people on that path. But if you come [for a specific game], it’s right there, front and center. You can see everything as soon as you get into the booth.”

Control Resonant – June 2026 Screenshots

The first hour of Control Resonant will be playable at Level Infinite’s gamescom booth.

Perhaps one of the most enticing activities fans can experience at Level Infinite’s gamescom booth involves Remedy’s Control Resonant. The beginning of the eagerly-anticipated game, which comes out next month, will be available for the general public right on the show floor.

“For Control Resonant, the biggest draw is the game itself,” Croutts says. “Users are going to be able to experience the first hour of gameplay, which is going to be a first. They’ll be able to play an extensive session [as a] hands-on experience. That’s always big at gamescom. The trailer’s great, but having that hands-on gameplay is [special].”

In addition to playing the game, fans of Control Resonant will be able to have their photo taken in front of The Aberrant, a full-size replica of Dylan’s hammer from the game. The Aberrant, which you can see in the exclusive image below, is made of solid steel, has been forged by a professional blacksmith, and will be prominently displayed at the Level Infinite booth.

A steel replica of Dylan’s hammer from Control Resonant will be on display at Level Infinite’s gamescom booth.

“It’s that immersiveness that we’re going for,” Croutts says. “We’re not just about waiting in a long line to play this demo and then you’re off on your way. It’s a photo op, cosplayers, and exclusive merchandise that you can only get at gamescom in our booth experience.”

The console version of Dune: Awakening will be playable at gamescom.

Another game that players will fully be able to experience at Level Infinite’s gamescom booth will be Funcom’s Dune: Awakening. Although the game has been available on PC since last June, players haven’t been able to play the game on other platforms. Until now. The first taste of the game’s console version, which comes out September 22 and includes a new single-player “solo mode,’ will be live on the show floor at gamescom. Croutts says that the console edition is much more than a simple PC port.

“[The studio is] adding new enhancements to the [new] version to make sure they’re taking advantage of the consoles,” Croutts says. “They’re adding a user experience that’s been shaped by the data that they learned. They take a lot of learning from the PC version and they modified and optimized a lot of things for this console version as well.

“There’s a new movie getting ready to come out this year in the Dune franchise. So this is a perfect opportunity not only to stay relevant, but [to show how] the game is evolving and improving over time. Where else can you play in the Dune universe in this massively curated world? You can lose yourself in that. And solo mode is going to really reinforce that. The game is evolving and getting better every month. They’re adding new things to it to make it unique and different and delivering on their promise of an immersive Dune experience.”

A new trailer from Bohemia Interactive’s Cosmo Tales will be featured on IGN’s gamescom show.

Another one of Level Infinite’s gamescom offerings is a new game from Bohemia Interactive called Cosmo Tales. Croutts is tight-lipped about what we’ll be able to see from the new roguelite adventure game, but IGN can exclusively reveal that a new trailer for the game will drop later this week as part of our gamescom livestream.

“We’re going to leave that [for] Bohemia to explain,” Croutts says. “But one of the cool things about Bohemia is that they have a full lineup. Coosmo Tales is a title that everyone’s really excited about. I don’t want to steal any thunder away from them because they’re going to have some cool things that they’re announcing. I know that the [new] trailer is going to look fantastic. I’ve seen a glimpse of that, but it’s really exciting.”

While Croutts says the team is excited to show off some big games at gamescom, he admitted there are surprises still in store for the event that they can’t reveal quite yet. But he says the strength of the lineup overall is what he hopes will bring people by their booth on the show floor and tune in to multiple reveals throughout the week.

“At the end of the day, everybody wants to show their best,” Croutts says. “[Gamescom] is the end-all be-all because there are not that many global gaming shows anymore. This is the biggest one. We’re excited that the majority of the content in our booth is playable and hands-on. You actually get to experience [the] content at a high-quality level.”

Michael Peyton is the Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment at IGN, leading entertainment content and coverage of tentpole events including IGN Live, San Diego Comic Con, gamescom, and IGN Fan Fest. He’s spent 20 years working in the games and entertainment industry, and his adventures have taken him everywhere from the Oscars to Japan to Buenos Aires, Argentina. Follow him on Bluesky @MichaelPeyton

Marvel Star Hayley Atwell Says Her Doctor Strange Cameo Was ‘A Complete Disservice’

After years of waiting to become a superhero herself, Peggy Carter’s untimely demise in Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness was a “complete disservice to the character,” Marvel actress Hayley Atwell has said.

Speaking at the For the Love of Fantasy & Sci-Fi convention in London this weekend, Atwell said that she had tried to pitch alternate versions of her character’s fight to the death against Elizabeth Olsen’s Wanda Maximoff/Scarlet Witch, only for her suggestions to be ignored.

Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness features an alternate version of Peggy Carter who has become Captain Carter, and wields a version of Captain America’s shield that sports a Union Jack logo. Sadly, alongside the rest of her Illuminati (Illumi-what-y?) team, she is quickly wiped out by Wanda.

Marvel Cinematic Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

“I loved the idea that she’d be in the suit and have the shield,” Atwell began. “And if I’m really brutally honest, I was so disappointed with how they positioned her and what happened to her in that scene. It’s so small, and she gets frisbeed to death.”

Of course, the point of her character’s presence in the movie is to demonstrate Wanda’s power and to show how far the former Avenger has fallen as she wipes out a team of heroes, including Carter, John Krasinski’s Mr. Fantastic, and Patrick Stewart’s Professor X.

But it’s also true that Atwell gets just a handful of lines before Wanda appears and kills them all within seconds. There’s a fun moment where Carter gets to quote Steve Rogers’ classic “I could do this all day” line, but, seconds later, Wanda sends Captain Carter’s shield bouncing back into the heroine’s gut, with the suggestion she has been bisected completely.

Atwell says it was the quoting of Steve Rogers’ dialogue that particularly irked her, as the obvious response was then “no you couldn’t [do this all day],” prompting the feeling that actually she was just “lame.”

“I felt that was like a bum steer and a complete disservice to the character,” Atwell added. “I tried on set to kind of go, ‘Can I just add? Can I just suggest?’ And they were like, ‘Sure, but no.'”

Atwell will next return to the franchise in Avengers: Doomsday, and it’ll be interested to see where the character goes next. Will there be a chance for Carter to suit up again, or will she be left at home holding the baby? (Even if it is the latter, this is probably preferable to Doctor Doom holding it instead.) Avengers: Doomsday arrives in theaters on December 18, and Marvel has put together a list of MCU movies and TV shows you should watch before it arrives.

Image credit: Bryan Bedder/Getty Images for Paramount Pictures.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Lanterns Season 1, Episode 2 Review & Recap

Warning: This review contains full spoilers for Lanterns Season 1, Episode 2!

Lanterns got a lot of things right in its pilot episode, but above all, the series benefited from the compelling chemistry between Kyle Chandler’s Hal Jordan and Aaron Pierre’s John Stewart. These two can barely tolerate one another at the best of times, and it makes for a hell of a lot of fun. But what happens when the follow-up episode splits this Dynamic Duo up for the majority of its runtime? As it turns out, these two characters are just as fascinating apart as they are together.

Episode 2 features some terrific Hal/John scenes as bookends, but for the most part, the emphasis is on the two men as solo players. While John carries out a glorified fetch quest for his grouchy mentor, Hal sets about digging deeper into the mysteries of Rushville, Nebraska. Needless to say, both men wind up discovering far more than they bargained for in the end.

Lanterns Images

Chandler continues to be pitch-perfect as this extremely onerous take on the iconic DC hero, but anyone this prickly really needs someone to serve as his foil. Luckily, Sheriff Kerry (Kelly Macdonald) is able to slot into that role nicely. Her acerbic banter with Hal is every bit as entertaining as the core Hal/John rivalry. This episode also allows us to sympathize with both sides of that dynamic. We can certainly feel Kerry’s frustration as she deals with Hal’s nonsense (including pulling him over with a car full of lukewarm corpses). At the same time, Hal proves that he’s once again right to be suspicious that strange things are afoot in this sleepy town. His gut truly doesn’t lie.

Lanterns Showrunner on Episode 2’s Big Ending: ‘When and Where to Use the Ring Is the Whole Ballgame’

One thing Episode 2 really gets across is just how much of a comedy Lanterns is, on top of being a gritty murder mystery where the costumed characters drop F-bombs with abandon. This installment is surprisingly, almost aggressively funny. A lot of that is thanks to Hal’s impromptu detective work, but credit also goes to John as he roams the halls of Hal’s empty mansion and meets “Earl” for the first time. Pierre is great at playing the calm, collected straight man while everything gets progressively more surreal around him.

I noted in my previous review that I wasn’t overly enamored with the actual murder mystery at play. Thankfully, this episode is able to add some wrinkles to said mystery, enough to spice things up a bit. For one thing, we discover that Kerry was a lot more keyed in on the alien situation from the get-go than she let on, and it’s increasingly clear that something is rotten beneath the small town facade. For another, we get a taste of the other half of the equation thanks to the debut of Antaan (Paul Ben-Victor) and his men.

What We Thought of the Lanterns Series Premiere

“With the DCU suddenly on shaky ground following the disastrous reception to Supergirl, it’s reassuring to see Lanterns get off to such a strong start. It proves that there’s indeed room for superhero stories in this cinematic universe that aren’t all cut from the James Gunn cloth. While the central murder mystery in Episode 1 is more serviceable than actively intriguing, the characters and their uneasy dynamics more than justify giving the show a watch. Chandler’s Hal Jordan and Pierre’s John Stewart make for a mighty but very dysfunctional Dynamic Duo, and the prospect of spending seven more hours with them is exciting indeed.” -Jesse Schedeen, 08/14/2021

Click here to read out full review.

Granted, it’s a little frustrating that so many alien characters in this series are conveniently taking human form. It does make Lanterns feel a bit more limited in scope than I’d like. Even so, all the talk of rogue Manhunters and ruined civilizations does help elevate the conflict beyond just a simple small-town shootout. And I’m also enjoying how much these episodes are relying on subtle dialogue cues to clue us into the fact that these characters aren’t who they appear to be. There was the whole interrogation scene last week, and now the proximity/closeness exchange between John and Antaan.

Episode 2 ends on a particularly strong note, as Hal and John reunite at the motel. Their exchange is compelling. We watch as John silently wrestles with the question of whether he can truly trust Hal, and then throws caution to the wind and lets out everything he learned from Antaan. Maybe there’s hope for this duo after all.

Or maybe not. The episode ends with a hard pivot into more cosmic DC territory, as Hal finally suits up for the first time in 2016 and flies to Oa to pay a call on the incarcerated Sinestro (Ulrich Thomsen). We only get a few tantalizingly brief lines between the two characters, but I’m eagerly looking forward to seeing how this conversation plays out. Sinestro is easily one of my favorite DC villains, and the series can only benefit by leaning more into the larger-than-life trappings of the Green Lantern franchise.

Lanterns Showrunner on Episode 2’s Big Ending and When and Where to Use the Ring

Full spoilers follow for HBO’s Lanterns Episode 2.

After last week’s premiere episode of Lanterns – the latest show in James Gunn and Peter Safran’s DC Universe – got some fans fuming and others interested thanks to the radical decision to kill off legendary Green Lantern Hal Jordan (Kyle Chandler) right out of the gate (albeit in its 2026 time period), this week’s episode slows down a bit to focus on the main mystery of the show (set in its 2016 time).

And while Lanterns remains largely earthbound, with Hal messing around in Sheriff Kane’s (Kelly Macdonald) jurisdiction of Rushville, Nebraska, while John Stewart (Aaron Pierre) is sent on an errand to retrieve his mentor’s (“mentor’s”?) lantern, the show does finally give us a taste of its cosmic side at the end of the episode. After John fills Hal in on the aliens (disguised as humans) led by Antaan (Paul Ben-Victor) who he encountered, Hal decides to finally suit up for the first time in the show (not including in the brief TV interview flashback we saw last week) and head out to space. And not just space – this Green Lantern flies to what can only be OA, home of the Guardians of the Universe who run the entire Green Lantern Corps. And why is Hal heading to Oa? Oh, to visit with his former mentor – and arch-nemesis – Sinestro (Ulrich Thomsen), who is now incarcerated after going bad some years earlier.

At first glance, this show could be confused with being just another detective series set in smalltown USA. But then a scene like the one that ends Episode 2 happens, and there’s no doubt that this is the space cop Green Lantern, a guy who can fly to another planet at the drop of a hat.

“It’s like Kyle says in the bar in the pilot, ‘When and where to use the ring is the whole ballgame,’” showrunner Chris Mundy told me when I asked him about the use of the Green Lantern ring on the show. For him and his team, the decision on when to use it, and when not to use it, was not taken lightly.

‘That was a character thing for Hal, but it was also sort of us talking to ourselves a little bit.’“

“That was a character thing for Hal, but it was also sort of us talking to ourselves a little bit,” he continued. “We wanted to earn the times we used it in a big way. We start small and start kind of playful with the $20 bill and all those kinds of things, so that each time we used it, people trusted us, like, ‘Oh, they’re not just plastering everything with it all the time.’ It’s those characters [deciding when to use it], and then because of that, those writers who are making those characters do that thing, they know when to employ it and when not to.”

Mundy emphasizes that if something involving the ring felt out of character or out of story, it was important to the writers that they chose the correct character/story moment rather than a ring moment just for the sake of the spectacle.

“And then as we went, we realized the show could hold more of [the ring’s powers] than maybe we would’ve guessed at the beginning, which was great,” he said. “It felt good that we could use it a lot and it felt organic.”

Do you think the ring is being used enough in the show? Let’s discuss in the comments, and vote in our poll too!

Talk to Scott Collura @scottcollura.bsky.social, or listen to his Star Trek podcast, Transporter Room 3. Or do both!

The Best Deals Today: LEGO Animal Crossing, Nintendo Switch 2, Nioh 3, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save on LEGO sets, Final Fantasy VII Rebirth, Nintendo Switch 2, Resident Evil Requiem, Civilization VII, AirPods Pro 3, and more. Check out our top picks for Sunday, August 23, below.

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth with MTG Card for $34.99

FINAL FANTASY VII REBIRTH – Nintendo Switch 2 (Day One Edition Includes Exclusive Magic: The Gathering—FINAL FANTASY Promo Card)

2

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Nintendo Switch 2 is on sale today for $34.99 at Amazon. This physical version of the game includes an exclusive Zack Fair Magic: The Gathering – Final Fantasy card, which is perfect for fans and collectors alike. If you’ve yet to experience this massive RPG, take a chance and pick up a copy this weekend at a discount. It’s pretty great exploring beyond Midgar on the Switch 2, just saying.

LEGO Animal Crossing on Sale

LEGO Animal Crossing Blathers’s Museum Collection Set

0

LEGO Animal Crossing has been a huge hit among fans, and today, you can score the Blather’s Museum Collection set for $48.99 at Amazon. This set packs in 543 pieces, with two minifgures of Lily and Blasthers included. Save 39% before this one sells out!

Resident Evil Requiem for $53.99

Resident Evil Requiem – PlayStation 5

2

Target has Resident Evil Requiem on sale this weekend for $53.99. If you’ve yet to play the latest RE game, this is a great time to do so. Grace Ashcroft and Leon S. Kennedy join forces to defeat a sinister new threat in a game that combines tense horror with brutal action combat. DLC is planned to be released in the future, so you can catch up now before the next story is out.

Nintendo Switch 2 for $399.99

Nintendo Switch 2 Console (Grade A Refurbished)

0

The Nintendo Switch 2 is set to increase in price in just a few weeks, but today, you can save on a Grade A Refurbished unit at Woot and take home a console for $399.99. According to Woot, these units have “been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage & has successfully passed a full diagnostic test which ensures like-new functionality & removal of any prior-user’s personal information.” All of the original accessories are included as well, so you won’t need to pick up a Dock or anything like that.

Nioh 3 for $39.99

Nioh 3 – PlayStation 5

1

Nioh 3 released in early February, and you can save $30 off a PS5 copy today at Best Buy. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Nioh 3 delivers best-in-class combat that revitalizes the established formula with a fantastic split between Samurai and Ninja styles, as well as a triumphant move to an open-world structure.”

LEGO Harry Potter Book Nook for $76.99

LEGO Harry Potter Book Nook: Hogwarts Express Building Set

0

If you’re a Harry Potter fan and collect the books, this LEGO Book Nook could be a wonderful way to spruce up your shelf. This set builds out the legendary Hogwarts Express, with Harry and Ron set to board. While this LEGO set normally costs $99.99, you can pick this up today for $76.99 at Amazon.

Save on Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade

FINAL FANTASY VII REMAKE INTERGRADE – Nintendo Switch 2 (Standard Edition)

1

Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade is the ultimate version of the first chapter in the Final Fantasy VII remake series, following Cloud Strife and the party from the very beginning through the escape from Midgar. You can score Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade for $29.99 on the Nintendo Switch 2. If you want to prepare for Final Fantasy VII Revelation next year, this is where to start your journey.

Civilization VII for $19.99

Sid Meier’s Civilization VII – PlayStation 5

0

Amazon has Civilization VII on sale for $19.99 this weekend, saving you $20 off a physical copy. In our 7/10 review, we wrote, “Civilization 7’s improved warfare and added bits of narrative flair give me reasons to keep clicking one more turn late into the night, but the desire to streamline and simplify this legendary 4X series feels like it has also gone a bit too far, particularly when it comes to the interface.”

LEGO Tropical Aquarium for $399.99

LEGO Tropical Aquarium

0

Woot has the amazing LEGO Tropical Aquarium set for $399.99 right now, which saves you $70 off the typical price. This set includes over 4000 pieces, featuring multiple fish, a crab, coral plants, and even a treasure chest. If you want the aesthetics of a fish tank but not the maintenance, this is an excellent option.

AirPods Pro 3 for $189

Apple AirPods Pro 3 Wireless Earbuds

0

AirPods Pro 3 are a fantastic upgrade over the 2nd generation, bringing a built-in heart rate sensor, redesigned eartips for better noise cancellation, and improved sound quality. Right now, you can score a pair for only $189 at Amazon. I’ve had a pair since launch and have been incredibly happy with them, especially coming from the original AirPods Pro.

LEGO Minecraft Woodland Mansion Set for $27.99

LEGO Minecraft Woodland Mansion Fighting Ring

0

The Minecraft Movie will forever be known for its infamous Chicken Jockey scene, and today, you can take home that iconic scene in LEGO form for $27.99! This is lowest price we’ve seen this set so far, so this is a great time to pick it up if you have been searching for a new build.

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth: Material Ultimania for $28.46

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth: Material Ultimania

0

If you’re a fan of the Final Fantasy VII Remake series, this Material Ultimania is a wonderful way to gain more insight into the designs and world of FFVII. This 208 page hardcover book includes character models, illustrations, cutscene storyboards, and much more.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer with a passion for games and technology. He co-founded Final Weapon, an outlet focused on nonsense-free Japanese gaming (in 2019) and has contributed to various publishers writing about the medium.

The Best Deals Today: Nintendo Switch 2, LEGO Tropical Aquarium, Final Fantasy VII Rebirth, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save on Final Fantasy VII Rebirth, Nintendo Switch 2, Resident Evil Requiem, Civilization VII, select LEGO sets, AirPods Pro 3, and more. Check out our top picks for Saturday, August 22, below.

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth with MTG Card for $34.99

FINAL FANTASY VII REBIRTH – Nintendo Switch 2 (Day One Edition Includes Exclusive Magic: The Gathering—FINAL FANTASY Promo Card)

2

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Nintendo Switch 2 is on sale today for $34.99 at Amazon. This physical version of the game includes an exclusive Zack Fair Magic: The Gathering – Final Fantasy card, which is perfect for fans and collectors alike. If you’ve yet to experience this massive RPG, take a chance and pick up a copy this weekend at a discount. It’s pretty great exploring beyond Midgar on the Switch 2, just saying.

Resident Evil Requiem for $53.99

Resident Evil Requiem – PlayStation 5

2

Target has Resident Evil Requiem on sale this weekend for $53.99. If you’ve yet to play the latest RE game, this is a great time to do so. Grace Ashcroft and Leon S. Kennedy join forces to defeat a sinister new threat in a game that combines tense horror with brutal action combat. DLC is planned to be released in the future, so you can catch up now before the next story is out.

Nintendo Switch 2 for $399.99

Nintendo Switch 2 Console (Grade A Refurbished)

0

The Nintendo Switch 2 is set to increase in price in just a few weeks, but today, you can save on a Grade A Refurbished unit at Woot and take home a console for $399.99. According to Woot, these units have “been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage & has successfully passed a full diagnostic test which ensures like-new functionality & removal of any prior-user’s personal information.” All of the original accessories are included as well, so you won’t need to pick up a Dock or anything like that.

Nioh 3 for $39.99

Nioh 3 – PlayStation 5

0

Nioh 3 released in early February, and you can save $30 off a PS5 copy today at Best Buy. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Nioh 3 delivers best-in-class combat that revitalizes the established formula with a fantastic split between Samurai and Ninja styles, as well as a triumphant move to an open-world structure.”

Save on Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade

FINAL FANTASY VII REMAKE INTERGRADE – Nintendo Switch 2 (Standard Edition)

1

Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade is the ultimate version of the first chapter in the Final Fantasy VII remake series, following Cloud Strife and the party from the very beginning through the escape from Midgar. You can score Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade for $29.99 on the Nintendo Switch 2. If you want to prepare for Final Fantasy VII Revelation next year, this is where to start your journey.

Civilization VII for $19.99

Sid Meier’s Civilization VII – PlayStation 5

0

Amazon has Civilization VII on sale for $19.99 this weekend, saving you $20 off a physical copy. In our 7/10 review, we wrote, “Civilization 7’s improved warfare and added bits of narrative flair give me reasons to keep clicking one more turn late into the night, but the desire to streamline and simplify this legendary 4X series feels like it has also gone a bit too far, particularly when it comes to the interface.”

LEGO Tropical Aquarium for $399.99

LEGO Tropical Aquarium

0

Woot has the amazing LEGO Tropical Aquarium set for $399.99 right now, which saves you $70 off the typical price. This set includes over 4000 pieces, featuring multiple fish, a crab, coral plants, and even a treasure chest. If you want the aesthetics of a fish tank but not the maintenance, this is an excellent option.

AirPods Pro 3 for $189

Apple AirPods Pro 3 Wireless Earbuds

0

AirPods Pro 3 are a fantastic upgrade over the 2nd generation, bringing a built-in heart rate sensor, redesigned eartips for better noise cancellation, and improved sound quality. Right now, you can score a pair for only $189 at Amazon. I’ve had a pair since launch and have been incredibly happy with them, especially coming from the original AirPods Pro.

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth: Material Ultimania for $28.46

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth: Material Ultimania

0

If you’re a fan of the Final Fantasy VII Remake series, this Material Ultimania is a wonderful way to gain more insight into the designs and world of FFVII. This 208 page hardcover book includes character models, illustrations, cutscene storyboards, and much more.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer with a passion for games and technology. He co-founded Final Weapon, an outlet focused on nonsense-free Japanese gaming (in 2019) and has contributed to various publishers writing about the medium.

The Best PC Gaming Collaborations in 2026

Customization is king in this day and age, so gaming enthusiasts are always on the lookout for new and exciting ways to show off their favorite games, anime, movies, and more through their gaming gear. That’s why it’s nice to see so many collaborations, especially within the PC gaming space. With that in mind, we’ve gathered our picks for our favorite currently available collabs, so we feel confident you can find something that tickles your fancy below.

Secretlab Titan Evo Limited Edition Chairs

Secretlab Titan Evo Star Wars Stormtrooper XL

3

Secretlab is well-known for its top-tier gaming chairs, such as the Titan Evo, which comfortably ranks among the best gaming chairs of 2026. With its best-in-class ergonomics and features, the Titan Evo has become a beloved choice for PC gamers looking for a premium seat. Additionally, the Titan Evo comes sporting a bevy of unique collaborations ranging from hit anime like Dragon Ball Z, Jujutsu Kaisen, and One Piece to popular games like Genshin Impact, Pokémon, Cyberpunk 2077, and League of Legends. And that’s just grazing the surface; there are dozens of collabs available, so there’s bound to be one that catches your eye.

Starforge PC Cases

Chainsaw Man Collection

0

Whether you’re looking for the best pre-built gaming PCs or simply trying to find the perfect case for your own build, you want the final result to look snazzy in its environment. If you’re looking for some truly spectacular collabs, Starforge’s lineup of themed gaming PC cases may be right up your alley. These cases sport gorgeous UV-printed designs for anime like Chainsaw Man, Frieren, and Solo Leveling, all the way to unexpected gaming options like Terraria or Old School Runescape — and they all feature swappable acrylic platelights that help the inside of your build sell the theme, too. Whether you opt for a full pre-built or just the case, you can’t go wrong with these stunners

Razer Gengar Collection

Razer Kraken Kitty V2 – Gengar Edition

1

Razer has been a mainstay in the PC gaming peripheral scene for decades, so it makes sense that the company would nail down some killer collabs. And one of its most sought-after includes the Razer Kraken Kitty V2 – Gengar Edition, which combines solid (albeit not entirely remarkable) audio and mic quality with the titular ghost Pokémon’s purple aesthetic. It’s a positively delightful option for Poké-fans, even if the $140 price tag feels like a bit unreasonable for a wired headset. But Razer went all in with more Gengar items, too, including themed versions of its Cobra mouse and Gigantus V2 XXL mousepad, so you can get a whole spooky set going if you’re so inclined.

Logitech G Genshin Impact Collection

Logitech Genshin Impact Collection

0

There’s no denying the effect Genshin Impact has had in the world of gacha games, so it’s no wonder it’s the focal point of so many collaborations. One of the most impressive, however, comes from Logitech G, providing a full collection of peripherals celebrating the game. You can grab a Kamisato Ayaka-inspired G309 Lightspeed mouse, G515 Lightspeed TKL keyboard, and G733 Lightspeed headset. Meanwhile, the G305 Lightspeed mouse comes in special editions featuring character art for Sayu, Thoma, or Shikanoin Heizou.

SteelSeries South Park Collection

SteelSeries South Park Collection

0

There are plenty of unique gaming-specific collaborations on the market, but we just can’t help but get a kick out of SteelSeries’ South Park collection. It’s most fitting that the QcK L micro-woven mousepad is designed to look like everyone’s favorite stoner towel, Towelie, but there’s also an Arctis Nova 5 Pro headset in the same light purple, featuring his silly face on the earcups. If you’re more of a fan of the main cast, though, there’s a version of the QcK L with funny portraits of Cartman, Stan, Kyle, and Kenny, too.

BlackLyte Partner Gaming Chairs

BlackLyte Gaming Chairs

0

BlackLyte may not have the same name recognition as Secretlab, but the company has landed some pretty unique collaborations for its Athena Pro gaming chair. Not only does it have a compelling array of game-themed options, including the likes of Wuchang: Fallen Feathers and Rainbow Six Seige, but it’s also a great choice for those looking to rep well-established eSports teams, such as Team Spirit, Team Fnatic, Team Liquid, and more. If you’re looking for a mid-range gaming chair with some fun aesthetics, you could do a whole lot worse than these vibrant offerings.

Ghost TMNT Collection

Ghost TMNT Collection

0

If you’re a fan of Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles, it’s hard not to be impressed by Ghost’s TMNT lineup. The company’s Sentinel series chair comes in a sweet Leonardo special edition that has his iconic blue bandana across the head pillow. And while the special editions of the Wraith M3 Pro gaming mouse and Banshee K68 HE keyboard may not land on our best gaming mouse or best gaming keyboard lists, they’re certain to get the job done for folks who absolutely love the Turtles. Don’t pass up the Oni deskpad, either, which features the full team in their fighting poses with the city skyline behind them. Cowabunga!

Corsair Call of Duty Black Ops 6 Collection

Corsair Call of Duty Black Ops 6 Collection

0

Love it or hate it, Call of Duty remains among the best-selling and most-played games on the market even decades after its first entry took the world by storm. Corsair knows what’s up, too, and has provided players with some peripherals branded in the style of Black Ops 6, one of the series’ most well-received entries in recent years. Whether it’s the HS80 headset or the rock solid M75 wireless mouse, these BO6 special editions are sure to satisfy Call of Duty enthusiasts looking for a sleek but visually striking set of peripherals.

Billy Givens is a freelancer at IGN with over a decade of experience writing gaming, film, and tech content. His work can also be found on GameSpot, USA Today, Digital Trends, Tom’s Guide, and more. You’ll find him blabbering on about video games and more on Twitter at @mektige.

GTA 6 Suffers Fifth Straight Day of Gameplay Leaks — Here’s Everything We Know

The alleged GTA 6 leaker has released two further gameplay videos despite Rockstar owner Take-Two’s subpoenas requesting identifying information from Microsoft and Discord.

The ‘CyberLeek’ person or group released two new videos today, August 22, one showing more supercar gameplay and an armed robbery, the other strip club gameplay. The latter appears to taunt Take-Two and Rockstar by showing a snippet of a cutscene in which a character says they need to take “a leak.” This is the second cutscene to emerge this week, and there is growing concern that the leaker has access to a build of the game and may post significant story spoilers.

These new videos are the seventh and eighth to leak this week. And, like all the others, they advertise the ‘CyberLeek’ memecoin as part of what is widely considered to be a crypto scheme.

Every Detail in the GTA 6 Cover Art Explained

On August 20, Take-Two issued Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) subpoenas in a federal court requesting information from both Microsoft and Discord as part of its hunt for the leaker or leakers behind the recent spate of GTA 6 gameplay videos. Take-Two wants identifying information associated with user accounts that were members of a number of Discord servers, including one relating to Australian GTA content creator Matthew “Matt” Judge, aka DarkViperAU. Judge has denied any wrongdoing.

Meanwhile, Take-Two issued Github with a DMCA takedown notice on Wednesday, August 19, saying “the infringer is sharing the stolen content from our copyright.” The takedown notice added: “The entire repository must be completely disabled, there are no remedies to rectify this clear case of infringement.” Via the subpoenas, Take-Two wants to identify those responsible for posting the leaks on Github, as well as “all internal Microsoft business records and investigative records associated with Microsoft’s internal investigation of the ‘cyberleek’ persona sufficient to identify the user(s), person(s) and/or entity/ies associated with that persona.”

The United States District Court for the Southern District of New York granted the Microsoft subpoena on August 21. Last night, Xbox Chief Technical Officer Scott Van Vliet tweeted to address the situation, saying: “We are working closely with Take-Two and Rockstar Games to support efforts to protect creative works and intellectual property.”

Discord told Variety: “Discord sometimes receives subpoenas related to the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA). We review and comply with valid subpoenas when we receive them, as is standard and routine for companies like ours.”

Neither Rockstar nor Take-Two have issued a statement. IGN has asked for comment.

According to Bloomberg, Rockstar still doesn’t know how these leaks happened, nor who is behind them. And while there are no plans to shift next week’s big Netflix reveal, Bloomberg reported that there is frustration and anger internally at recent events.

Undeterred, Netflix tweeted to tease Grand Theft Auto 6: An Extended Look, which is set for Thursday, August 27, and will remain exclusive on the streaming platform for six hours before it makes its way to other platforms such as YouTube.

GTA 6 is due out on PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S on November 19, 2026.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Why Most Gamers Are Better With a Lower Graphics Preset

I’m a privileged gamer. As a hardware reviewer, over the years I’ve been sent top-tier CPUs and graphics cards, letting me bounce from one flagship to the next. That’s made me lazy at game settings. I often just set the game at whatever the maximum “Ultra” setting is and get on with playing. But by doing so, I’ve just been playing into the marketing hype – and leaving a lot of performance on the table, it turns out.

Most games don’t actually need to be played at Ultra settings to look good. They don’t even need it to look great. The latest upscaling technologies are fantastically good at emulating higher resolutions, and often the difference between Ultra and High settings isn’t something I even really notice if pushed to look.

As an experiment, I turned down the settings in a bunch of great-looking games to see how much difference it really makes. Not only did I find it hard to spot any obvious visual difference in most of the games I tested, but performance went up dramatically and the smoother framerates were well worth the minimal sacrifice.

The system

I’ve been able to ignore graphics settings for so long due to a mix of low-demand game selection and high-end hardware. As I said, my current system is powerful, but I also mostly play older sim games and lighter indies.

With an AMD Ryzen 9 7950X3D and PowerColor Red Devil RX 7900 XTX, I have one of the fastest gaming CPUs on the market and the fastest graphics card AMD has ever made. It’s not quite an RTX 5080 or RTX 5090, so it’s not really designed with Ultra Path Tracing in mind, but it’s not a million miles away either. It’s more than capable of running almost any game at Ultra settings, at 4K, and sometimes even with ray tracing enabled.

That’s especially true once you throw in FSR upscaling and a little frame generation to smooth things out.

My plan for this test is to run a bunch of games at their very highest settings that are functionally playable – at least 30 FPS – with upscaling at Quality or native, without frame generation, and grab a few example screenshots of it in action. Then do so again at maxed out settings but with Balanced upscaling, and then a final test with everything turned down just one notch. So High, if Ultra is the top option, Medium if High is the best, etc.

Now for the games

Cyberpunk 2077

Let’s jump in with what is arguably still one of the best looking games ever made, Cyberpunk 2077. If there’s one game that is guaranteed to bring my 7900XTX to its knees, it’s this one.

And yeah, Raytracing Overdrive Settings, 4K resolution, Path Tracing enabled, FSR set to Quality mode, it was a clunky slideshow mess. 20 FPS at best. But of course it looks incredible:

Raytracing Overdrive setting, path tracing enabled, FSR qualityRaytracing Overdrive setting, path tracing enabled, FSR quality

But you know what also looks incredible? Cyberpunk 2077 at those same settings with Balanced Upscaling. I just took these screenshots, and besides a few background details looking a little more lifelike and of-the-environment in the Quality screenshot, it’s very difficult to tell any difference.

Meanwhile, the performance difference meant it was actually playable.

Raytracing Overdrive setting, path tracing enabled, FSR performanceRaytracing Overdrive setting, path tracing enabled, FSR performance

Although Cyberpunk with ray tracing does look stunning, and its path tracing even more so in the right settings, I’d even argue switching it down to a mere Ultra settings without ray tracing looks almost as good.

Ultra settings, ray tracing disabled, FSR performanceUltra settings, ray tracing disabled, FSR performance

It’s definitely more stylized than the real-time lighting effects of ray tracing, but CD Projekt Red did a fantastic job making Night City look real and alive, even with baked in lighting. I’d very happily play the whole game like this.

Alane Wake 2

Alan Wake 2 is far from the glitz and ray-traced glamour of Night City, but it’s just as good looking in its own, dark, dirty way. It also eviscerated my system’s performance with everything absolutely turned up the nines. We’re talking 1-3 FPS. Unplayable. But gorgeous:

Max settings, FSR qualityMax settings, FSR quality

But it can very easily be both. Switching over to FSR Balanced, where it’s basically cutting the 4K resolution in half, the performance jumped up to perfectly playable for this type of more sedate game play. I genuinely can’t tell the difference, even when running around. It’s really impressive how far upscaling has come over the years.

Max settings, FSR balancedMax settings, FSR balanced

I’d be tempted to leave it there, but there is additional performance to be had and not much in the way of a visual downgrade from trimming the fat even more. Switching everything to one notch down (High or Medium, depending on what the setting peaks at) and no ray tracing, gets you an almost-as-good-looking Alan Wake 2 experience.

High settings, FSR balancedHigh settings, FSR balanced

Performance jumped enormously here, and this is where you want to play if you value smoother animation over pristine visuals. Especially since I still had to look close to spot the real differences. During actual game play, though? With a darker game like this where concealment and shadow is the game’s vibe, I don’t think many would notice.

Hogwarts Legacy

How about a getting-older but a goodie? Hogwarts Legacy isn’t photo-realistic, but it is incredibly immersive. Making sure the game looks good is a huge part of the experience. Fortunately, you can get away with steering clear of ray tracing with this one. If you enable it, the experience is beautiful:

Ultra settings, ray tracing enabled, FSR qualityUltra settings, ray tracing enabled, FSR quality

But I’d argue it’s just as beautiful with Balanced upscaling – notching an extra 15% fps for my trouble, and nudging over a more-comfortable 40 FPS.

Ultra settings, ray tracing enabled, FSR balanced Ultra settings, ray tracing enabled, FSR balanced

Switching to more modest settings and dropping the RT entirely looks amazing too. This game doesn’t make enough use of the fancy-lighting technique to be worth it, I’d argue. Despite its prevalence in the graphics menu, this game looks phenomenal on more modest settings. Don’t fear dropping them down a notch or two.

High settings, ray tracing off, FSR balancedHigh settings, ray tracing off, FSR balanced

Final Fantasy VII: Rebirth

Final Fantasy VII: Rebirth is not as pretty as the other games, but it’s one that uses an outsized quantity of VRAM. Fortunately, the 24GB on the 7900XTX had no trouble with it even pushed to the limit. But then, why would you bother?

Ultra settings, FSR qualityUltra settings, FSR quality

Dropping to Balanced and cutting the rendering resolution by 40% didn’t appear to make much of a difference to how the game looked. There isn’t any more obvious aliasing on background elements, even the thinner pipes. Texture details remain.

Ultra settings, FSR balancedUltra settings, FSR balanced

Dropping everything to Medium/High setting depending does make more of an impact, but even then it’s something I had to actively look for, and when in motion it’s even less apparent.

High settings, FSR balancedHigh settings, FSR balanced

It’s not nothing, but I don’t think it’s worth it

If your hardware supports it, playing games at their prettiest is lovely. It’s simple, it’s easy, and it looks great. Especially in static screenshots, or in the ideal circumstances. But so do games with heavier-handed upscaling, and even lowering the settings a little doesn’t strip them of their charm, or immersion. That also gives you extra performance and a smoother game, which I think is way more impactful than getting a few extra pixels, or slightly nicer lighting.

The point I’m trying to make with these comparisons isn’t that there’s no benefit to turning all the settings up to their maximum, but that the performance loss really isn’t worth it. Ultimately, it feels like those settings are a way to get better looking screenshots for the marketing campaign, and to give gamers something to aspire to. A dragon that we’ll forever be chasing, until the next game comes along.

Ultimately, if all you can game on is something lower than the maximum – which is almost all of us – then you really aren’t missing out on much.

Don’t look on in envy at the people spending $5,000 on a graphics card in 2026. They’re getting a very-slightly-better looking gaming experience for the money. As prices continue to be ridiculous, I think lower settings are perfectly fine.

The Legacy of Metal Gear Solid 4

This is an IGN opinion piece from Charlie Lopresto, who believes that love can bloom, even on a battlefield. He first encountered Metal Gear Solid on a demo disc from Pizza Hut and has since completed three hundred missions in VR– the kind that’s indistinguishable from the real thing.

Like Old Snake, Metal Gear Solid 4: Guns of the Patriots is a fossil. A genetic dead-end of gaming evolution, the unhinged and overflowing masterpiece that barely left a mark on the artform. Despite its commercial and critical success, MGS4 is rarely regarded as top tier Metal Gear. But is that actually fair?

Trapped on dead console hardware for the better part of its hard life, thanks to the new Master Collection Vol. 2 it’s finally possible for everyone to experience MGS4, from series diehards who first fired it up in 2008 to people completely new to Metal Gear who have absolutely no idea what they’re in for.

All of them will reckon with the many, many questions MGS4 brings to mind, like: Will we ever see a game like this again? Why did we stop talking about it? And, perhaps most importantly: MGS4 is really good, isn’t it?

“The Lightning in That Rain”

Hideo Kojima did not want to make Metal Gear Solid 4. He publicly declared his desire to end the franchise as early as MGS 2, then proclaimed that he was finished with the saga after Snake Eater. Kojima’s words were weary but his deeds said otherwise. He wasn’t really ready to move on– both of those games ooze with a sense of momentum and life.

Guns of the Patriots feels different. There’s a gloomy weight to the game, like a funeral – the raucous kind where friends, grudges, and flames gather to settle scores, awkwardly hook up, and celebrate the end.

Prior to MGS4, we’d last seen Solid Snake in 2001, when he dropped a prophetic monologue and vanished into the streets of lower Manhattan shortly after the former President of the United States crashed into the city with a giant sci-fi submarine. As situations go, it’s certainly one that begs for some followup, and after years of fans demanding the return of the Legendary Mercenary, Kojima obliged in trademark trolling fashion.

You don’t get the cocky, mech-smashing super soldier who slays Tengu by the dozen with a metafictional bandana. Kojima, who reportedly received death threats over his reluctance to move the story forward with MGS4, instead delivers a feeble, actively decomposing relic. Old Snake grunts, screams, coughs and gags wetly as he crawls in agony through his final mission, all for the privilege of being allowed to die before his poisoned blood wipes out humanity. Old Snake was punished before Punished was cool.

It’s a trope we’ve seen a lot lately: the beloved hero of a bygone age, bitter, broken down, and humbled, all in service of passing the torch to a spunky new recruit before the credits roll. But there is no Rey to don the cardboard box here, no Adonis Creed, no Robin, nor any kind of chipper next-gen protagonist queued to continue Snake’s legacy by selling some video games. Nearly everyone in Metal Gear Solid 4 is old, dead, or extremely married by the end of the story, a bittersweet and beautifully conclusive eulogy to a deeply heroic and thoroughly decrepit old man who reeks of cigarettes.

Modern media is designed to protect itself, to keep mythology marketable and leave endings open for future exploitation. Kojima does the exact opposite with MGS4, performing peaceful euthanasia on his life’s work to that point. It’s a brave move delivered with a lot of love and earnestness, and anyone upset at geriatric Snake were too busy feasting on a buffet of fanservice to stay mad for long.

Guns of the Patriots was Kojima ending things on his own terms; a bombastic epic that bursts with unfiltered honesty.“

Rarely do sprawling stories wrap up as neatly as Metal Gear Solid’s, even if “neatly” here means bursting at the seams and slightly slapdash. Kojima didn’t have a decades-long master plan when he made Metal Gear for the MSX in 1987, but managed to B.S. his way into satisfying answers for nearly everything. It’s an ambitious, messy, and sincere sendoff to Snake and the series. There’s really nowhere else to go from here.

Which brings us to the elephant in the room, dangling precariously from a Fulton balloon over this discussion: Guns of the Patriots is not the last Metal Gear Solid game. Despite his protestations, Kojima had two more Metal Gears in him: the portable Peace Walker, a numbered entry in all but name, and the tragic MGS5. Both respect the brick wall he built at the end of the timeline and tread water safely in the past instead of pushing forward. Kojima decided to move the series horizontally instead, experimenting with tech and form until Konami kicked him out.

Kojima’s actual final chapter, when it came, was compromised and ignominious, a casualty of his ugly exit from Konami and a sour note on which to end. Guns of the Patriots was Kojima ending things on his own terms; a bombastic epic with a massive budget that bursts with supreme confidence and unfiltered honesty. It would be the last time he ever made a game like this.

“War Has Changed”

Guns of the Patriots, like every mainline Metal Gear game before it, is structured like a linear, cinematic action-adventure story. It’s almost quaint from a 2026 lens, when half the industry runs on open worlds and the other on live-service menuslop, but this was Kojima’s M.O. throughout the early part of his career.

And yet for something so committed to telling one continuous story in agonizing detail, MGS4 feels oddly episodic. Each of its five acts is practically a different genre. One minute you’re scooching across a battlefield, then next you’re skulking through the streets of Eastern Europe in a trenchcoat. Kojima drops us into warzones and weapons facilities across the globe, introduces new ideas, and moves past them just as quickly.

A much-hyped faction loyalty system stops mattering after Act 2, and the mechanic to manipulate enemy emotions isn’t really a factor until New Game Plus. There are a whopping 70 guns available for Snake that are largely superfluous, while the omnipresent Psyche meter quickly fades into the background outside of some perfectly-timed comedy. It’s like Kojima is cramming every single cockamamie “Metal Gear” idea he had left into the game as if it were his last chance, or so he hoped.

Kojima’s Hollywood aspirations run wild here, and while some of the sloggier cinematics are a chore, I’d sit through a thousand torturous mission briefings to relive MGS4’s queasy, white-knuckle fusions of story and mechanics, like the sicko mode split screen action setpieces and the tactile desperation of the microwave hallway.

The game’s linearity is a huge strength. We embody Old Snake through every second of his grueling ordeal. We wince with every injury and every brutal negging. Solid Snake was our stand-in from the moment he infiltrated Outer Heaven, detours aside, and we feel every moment of the long journey as he slugs it out with “Liquid” one last time. That sense of embodiment, being inside Snake, a part of him… you can’t get that from a mission select screen. But Kojima’s next and last games in his Metal Gear Solid saga would be built with these impersonal menus in mind.

MGS4 made Snake’s suffering feel like ours, and the series never approached that level of pathos again.“

Frustrated with the PS3’s limitations for his grand scale vision, Kojima went small instead. Also available in Master Collection Vol. 2, Metal Gear Solid: Peace Walker was originally built for the handheld Playstation Portable, so a sprawling linear opus was pretty much off the table without the luxury of blu-ray discs and Cell processors. Instead, he designed for the handheld system’s strengths: short, snackable stealth missions selected from a menu, perfect for a train ride or waiting room.

Previous Metal Gears relied on blockbuster storytelling to keep you coming back, but Peace Walker leans on moreish base-building, optional challenges, and RPG systems borrowed from Monster Hunter to keep you hooked. Seven years after Snake bluntslid across the Big Shell, grinding was back in Metal Gear, and this time it was here to stay.

Kojima is clearly fond of the results. He considers Peace Walker the fifth mainline MGS game, and thanks to rereleases it’s had far more staying power than the average PSP game. He liked the formula so much that he made it his default going forward: both MGS5 and the Death Stranding games run on the same skeleton, embracing timers and stats and judging your performance in isolated missions chosen from a list. At this rate we’ll probably be chasing S-ranks in OD.

It works beautifully for a handheld, and for a taciturn cipher like Sam Bridges, but it really doesn’t suit traditional Metal Gear Solid. MGS5 was free from the shackles of a 272p screen, but even with the full glory of the Fox Engine, the menu-driven mode of interaction keeps us at arms length from Snake.

The story becomes another checklist item, grinding through side ops until an actually important mission appears on the list. We’re watching from a more omniscient remove as Snake sizes up the stats of future subordinates and navigates a tech tree. For a series that loves to mess directly with the player and collapse the space between them and the character, losing that intimacy comes with a cost. MGS4 made Snake’s suffering feel like ours, and the series never approached that level of pathos again.

Being inside Old Snake’s head for dozens of hours is genuinely unpleasant at times, to the point it makes the game almost hard to revisit, and it’s one of several reasons why MGS4’s legacy is so quiet.

“Zero Becomes One”

It’s hard for a game to have an ongoing influence when nobody can play it. Metal Gear Solid 4 has been unavailable for years, buried alive on hardware that Sony hasn’t sold for nearly a decade. Countless classic titles are trapped on ancient tech, but it’s rare for a numbered entry in a massive, triple A series.

The PS3’s Cell Processor was notoriously miserable to develop for, with bizarre architecture far removed from industry standards that made porting anything off it a nightmare. It’s also why emulation, so vital to keeping commercially abandoned games alive, couldn’t save Old Snake either. Strides have been made recently, but MGS4 remains a genuine bear to run outside of its native hardware.

None of these technical woes were insurmountable, and neither were the super specific Sony references or the licensing entanglements from MGS4’s frankly ludicrous product placement. It just needed a publisher that cared enough to devote the resources to porting it and had the courage to get Uniqlo, Apple, and Playboy back to the negotiating table.

Konami was content to let the series languish for a long time as it explicitly abandoned video games for pachinko parlors. It only once really wrestled with following MGS4 in the timeline, in Platinum’s audacious spinoff Metal Gear Rising: Revengeance. Otherwise, it didn’t matter to Konami if nobody could buy or play MGS4.

Thankfully, that’s changed. Konami’s prodigal return to video games has gone well enough so far, and now MGS4 is enjoying an immaculate rebirth, iPod and all. How will modern gamers receive it after so many years in the wilderness?

Guns of the Patriots is an aggressively unfriendly game by modern standards, and the cutscenes are completely out of control. A common Kojima criticism is that he’d rather make movies than games, but it’s hard to think of any film that’s nine hours long, built largely out of static codec calls, and features extended scenes of people drinking soda and smoking around little girls while weeping about nanomachines and infectious diseases. Whatever MGS4 is, it’s not a movie, and it’s certainly not made for newcomers.

MGS4 isn’t spoken of in the same breath as the first three games, and when it does come up it’s rarely for what it actually accomplished. And since almost nobody’s been able to play the game for so long, its reputation as an uncomfortable cutscene parade is all that remains. Opinion calcifies when there’s nothing around to contradict it.

That’s not to say nobody’s tried to pick up what MGS4 put down. Resident Evil Requiem almost feels like a tribute at times, a last ride for a long-suffering hero who makes a pilgrimage back to where his story started while dying from a sci-fi disease that makes him cough a lot. By the end, Leon is upgrading his weapons with counterfeit Drebin Points, dueling hand-to-hand with his longtime rival, and dragging himself inch by agonizing inch through a high-tech hallway.

Without spoiling where it lands, Requiem doesn’t have the nerve to go out on a limb like MGS4. Its tribute to Raccoon City sent us on a nostalgic trip through a place we’ve already walked through twice in HD, stopping far short of the wobbly PSX vertices in MGS4’s homage to Shadow Moses, another holy gaming space introduced in 1998. The ending stops short as well, a clean cut affair that leaves plenty of room for further adventures and profitable sequels.

Triple-A gaming didn’t go in an MGS4 direction in the intervening years. Budgets are too big and bosses too demanding to allow a freakazoid like Kojima off the leash again– unless you’re the man himself, of course. But Kojima only gets away with that because he had the power to leave the system that made MGS4 possible. Everyone else is still answering to a spreadsheet and, understandably, gunshy about unfettered visionaries.

Modern gaming’s play-it-safe instincts could do wonders for MGS4’s reputation. George Lucas and his Star Wars prequels suffered a similar rap over the years, dismissed as the bloated self-indulgent work of an auteur no one could rein in. But a decade of focus-tested corpo Star Wars sequels has sparked a genuine re-evaluation of the much-maligned Episodes I, 2, and 3, and now that it’s available again, MGS4 deserves the same treatment. Both the prequels and MGS4 are messy, overstuffed, and often embarrassing, but they are never once indifferent. Sincerity ages a lot better than caution.

Ultimately, everyone has to judge Metal Gear Solid 4 for themselves, to witness the grandiosity, endure the hour-plus uninterrupted cutscenes, and gaze hypnotically at Old Snake’s buttcheeks amidst a bombardment of jargon and lore. At least now you’ll get the chance to, and when you do finally sit with Kojima’s wayward masterpiece, you might like it more than you’d think.

Charlie “Moose” Lopresto graduated law school, passed the bar, and made a financially questionable decision to write about games and movies instead. Contributing to IGN since 2021, he collects solo board games and transforming robots.

The 36 Best Movies of 2026 So Far

IGN has already reviewed quite a few movies in 2026, but only one film has earned a perfect 10 out of 10 (and it’s not even out yet!). If you’re wondering which movies our reviewers have loved this year, we’ve gathered everything that’s earned a score of 8 or above in one place.

We’re pretty excited for some really big movies coming out in the latter half of the year, but in the meantime, you can check out our top picks as of August 2026. As a quick reminder, here’s what each of these review scores means:

10/10 – Masterpiece

Josephine

How to watch: This movie doesn’t hit theaters until November 20. Our review came from the Sundance Film Festival where the film first debuted.

From our review: “The tragedy of an eight-year-old who witnesses a sexual assault, and who has to find her own strength when her parents fail to help her cope, Beth de Araújo’s Josephine is one of the year’s most aesthetically sure-footed films. Mason Reeves delivers one of the most stunning child performances in recent memory, while Channing Tatum and Gemma Chan lean into their familiar acting hallmarks but find uncomfortable new layers as a mother and father bound by their own upbringings. The result is visceral, gentle, and ultimately, shattering.” – Siddhant Adlakha

Read our full review.

9/10 – Amazing

Send Help

Where to watch: Send Help is available to stream with a Hulu subscription or a Disney+ and Hulu bundle. You can also buy it on 4K Blu-ray.

From our review: “Sam Raimi drives the survival thriller genre to some amazing and sadistically giddy ends, with Rachel McAdams and Dylan O’Brien along for the ride in the back seat cackling and stabbing each other the whole way through. Linda and Bradley’s ordeal creates immensely fertile ground for Raimi to interrogate the validity of first impressions with twists and turns of the plot and of various sharp objects that seldom tire. Sure, drag me to hell, but let’s stop at this island on the way and have a freakin’ party with Linda and Bradley!” – Tom Jorgensen

Read our full review.

Nirvanna the Band the Show the Movie

Where to watch: Nirvanna the Band the Show the Movie is available to stream with a Hulu subscription or a Disney+ and Hulu bundle.

From our review: “Harking back to their low-budget web series, Toronto comedians Matt Johnson and Jay McCaroll – who reprise their roles as indie musicians trying to score a major gig at any cost – inject mockumentary comedy with an incredible sci-fi twist in one of the year’s most daringly silly films. Part guerrilla prank saga, part heartwarming friendship story, and part riff on Back to the Future, the result is an incredibly fine-tuned mishmash of styles and ideas that keeps evolving in surprising ways.” – Siddhant Adlakha

Read our full review.

EPiC: Elvis Presley in Concert

Where to watch: EPiC: Elvis Presley in Concert is available to stream with a Paramount+ subscription.

From our review: “Baz Luhrmann delivers a thrilling big-screen tribute to Elvis Presley with EPiC. Presley’s humanity and energy pour off the screen, even if the subject himself – who “narrates” his own story – is circumspect in what personal details he’s willing to reveal. This is more a chronicle of Elvis the artist and performer than Elvis the man, although the high and low points of his life and career up until 1972 are covered. As an experience for Elvis fans – and if you’re not a fan, this film could likely make you one – EPiC: Elvis Presley in Concert is unparalleled.” – Jim Vejvoda

Read our full review.

The Drama

Where to watch: The Drama is available to stream with an HBO Max subscription. You can also buy it on 4K Blu-ray.

From our review: “The Drama is a practically absurd but emotionally true-to-life tale about the fears of being known, and being truly seen. Kristoffer Borgli imbues his bleakly comic stress-test of modern romance with a destabilizing cinematic energy, as a deep, dark, and very American secret threatens his characters’ domestic bliss by exposing the limits of their empathy. Led by immaculate performances, it’s one of the most delightfully nerve-wracking rabbit holes you’re likely to tumble down this year.” – Siddhant Adlakha

Read our full review.

Erupcja

Where to watch: Erupcja is available to rent or buy digitally.

From our review: “Erupcja is not just the best Charli XCX film to date, but the best work yet from the poetic filmmaker Pete Ohs, with the two finding kindred spirits in each other. Though it could be wrongly dismissed as slight, look deeper into the well-crafted, wondrous portrait that the duo creates together, and you’ll find one of those films whose rich vibrancy sneaks up on you.” – Chase Hutchinson

Read our full review.

Tony

Where to watch: Tony is now available to watch in theaters.

From our review: “A zesty, energetic biopic about a teenage Anthony Bourdain, Matt Johnson’s second film this year is an act of controlled chaos, tapping into the nostalgia of naïve youth while examining how creativity is born. Led by an incredible ensemble, its imperfect answers make for one of the finest and thorniest coming-of-age films in recent years. It’s a blast.” – Siddhant Adlakha

Read our full review.

Batman: Knightfall Part 1 – Knightfall

Note: This movie doesn’t hit digital until August 25. Our review came from the Annecy International Animation Film Festival where the film first debuted.

From our review: “After the largely disappointing Crisis trilogy, Batman: Knightfall Part 1 – Knightfall is a strong return to form for DC’s direct-to-video movie line. The first part of this animated trilogy succeeds in cutting through the fat and adapting the essential core of a classic Batman crossover. It paints a vivid psychological portrait of both Batman and his latest arch-nemesis. The film also looks great and boasts a talented voice cast that brings this venerable source material to life. This new DC animated trilogy is off to a great start.” – Jesse Schedeen

Read our full review.

Coyote vs. Acme

How to watch: Coyote vs. Acme will be released in theaters on August 28.

From our review: “Coyote vs. Acme succeeds on just about every level, showing a clear understanding of what makes the classic Looney Tunes characters so timeless. It’s a savvy mix of absurd humor, a satirical, meta-subplot, and just enough emotional weight to make us care about these short-form animated punching bags for a full feature-length runtime. With capable leads in Will Forte, John Cena, and Lana Condor highlighted by hilarious bits from the supporting cast, Coyote vs. Acme proves the Looney Tunes won’t be going anywhere so long as they keep chasing that bird.” – Clint Gage

Read our full review.

Hope

How to watch: This movie doesn’t hit theaters until September 9. Our review came from the Cannes Film Festival where the film first debuted.

From our review: “Through forests, mountainsides, and claustrophobic main streets, Hope launches a gonzo sensory assault with an action-comedy-thriller saga of a small town beset by forces much larger than itself. Beginning with a lengthy climax, then unspooling a mystery in reverse before climaxing once again, its peculiar structure is as uncannily inviting as its malformed creature designs, which work to bring cultural paranoia into a riveting clash with nature. It’s a nonstop blast with the kind of low-to-the-ground vehicular and horseback action that’ll have you falling off the front of your seat.” – Siddhant Adlakha

Read our full review.

The Weight

How to watch: This movie doesn’t hit theaters until September 18. Our review came from the Sundance Film Festival where the film first debuted.

From our review: “A gruff, must-watch Ethan Hawke leads a delightful band of outsiders in The Weight, a Depression-era heist film that oscillates between slow burn drama and nail-biting intensity. Its tale of prisoners tasked with transporting stolen gold in exchange for their freedom is equal parts political leaflet and western folklore, resulting in a slick thriller that charges breathlessly forward.” – Siddhant Adlakha

Read our full review.

8/10 – Great

28 Years Later: The Bone Temple

Where to watch: 28 Years Later: The Bone Temple is available to stream with a Netflix subscription. You can also buy it on 4k Blu-ray.

From our review: “28 Years Later: The Bone Temple is getting an 8. Director Nia DaCosta crafts a great follow-up to last year’s 28 Years Later that’s gory and thoughtful in equal measure. There’s a wit and humor at play in The Bone Temple that elevates, in all the right ways, the dramatic stakes of a zombie apocalypse working on its third decade, especially in Ralph Fiennes’ record collection (I’d give the film a 666 if IGN would let me). While it might not be the best place to start watching the 28 Later franchise for the uninitiated, the creative force driving the series’ future have two solid movies as the foundation for whatever comes next.” – Clint Gage

Read our full review.

Scarlet

Where to watch: Scarlet is available to stream with a Netflix subscription.

Read our review: “Spectacular visuals, imaginative worldbuilding, and topical themes elevate a broadly drawn plot in Mamoru Hosada’s very loose Hamlet adaptation. This animé epic from the Japanese auteur behind Mirai and Belle is worth seeing on a big screen.” – Kayti Burt

Read our full review.

Goat

Where to watch: Goat is available to stream with a Netflix subscription. You can also buy it on 4K Blu-ray.

From our review: “Goat tells a basic and familiar underdog sports story, but in a warm-hearted and endearing manner, with likable characters you can easily root for, even if adults in the audience can easily predict how things will play out for them. And it really soars on the animation front, with some especially clever and dynamic visuals that help make the centerpiece games really special, and allow this world of anthropomorphic animals to feel unique, even with plenty of competition on that front.” – Eric Goldman

Read our full review.

Project Hail Mary

Where to watch: Project Hail Mary is available to stream with a Prime Video subscription. You can also buy it on 4K Blu-ray.

From our review: “Thrilling, heartfelt, and hilarious, Project Hail Mary is a rollicking sci-fi blockbuster. Lord and Miller faithfully adapt Andy Weir’s novel, carrying forward the author’s celebration of science, teamwork, and bravery on a huge scale, bolstered by great performances from Ryan Gosling and James Ortiz and Greig Fraser’s fantastic work behind the camera. Some pacing issues inherent in closely adapting the novel’s structure do make for a somewhat rough landing, but through the lens of Grace and Rocky’s partnership being the real mission we want to see succeed, Project Hail Mary is a memorable celebration of how much we can accomplish when we work together.” – Tom Jorgensen

Read our full review.

They Will Kill You

Where to watch: They Will Kill You is available to stream with an HBO Max subscription.

From our review: “They Will Kill You is another winner from director Kirill Sokolov that shows Zazie Beetz has all the chops to be an action star in her own right. With great stunt choreography and camerawork, it’s a shining example of how modern action ought to be constructed. With a supernatural, satanic twist that it fully capitalizes on, it’s a gonzo, gruesome, gutsy little gem.” – Chase Hutchinson

Read our full review.

Faces of Death

Where to watch: Faces of Death is available to stream with a Shudder or AMC+ subscription.

From our review: “The question of how and why you would even attempt to remake Faces of Death is given a compelling answer in this new remake. Using a postmodern meta take on both the original film and how it was perceived, the movie reflects a world where rather than hunting down a specific VHS tape to see people supposedly really die, you can now find exactly that type of content immediately by simply going on the internet…and that is far from a comforting thought!” – Eric Goldman

Read our full review.

The Christophers

Where to watch: The Christophers is available to rent or buy digitally.

From our review: “In Steven Soderbergh’s deceptively simple The Chistophers, Ian McKellen delivers a blistering, abrasive performance as an aging artist fighting the tides of change, while being gradually conned by Michaela Coel as a beguiling art student who hopes to forge his unfinished work. Part caper and part artistic self-reflection, the movie plays like a late-stage masterwork, but one that Soderbergh has arrived at decades early, leaving the door open to infinite possibilities.” – Siddhant Adlakha

Read our full review.

Mother Mary

Where to watch: Mother Mary is available to stream with an HBO Max subscription.

From our review: “David Lowery’s latest is a visually fascinating chamber piece with great performances from Anne Hathaway and Michaela Coel. The story of old wounds between former friends and creative partners isn’t the most relatable mannequin on which to assemble a film, so the story of icon Mother Mary and couture designer Sam doesn’t have enough range to carry the film through its final moments. However, everything else, from the sound design to the cinematography and the operatic fantasy of this pop star ghost story (a subgenre I wouldn’t have pegged as “up my alley” but here we are) makes Mother Mary a great piece of art.” – Clint Gage

Read our full review.

Apex

Where to watch: Apex is available to stream with a Netflix subscription.

From our review: “Baltasar Kormákur delivers a compelling survival thriller with both Charlize Theron and Taron Egerton throwing themselves into their adversarial roles. Theron crafts a relatable and grounded performance bolstered with emotional sensitivity and physical prowess, while Taron Egerton proves his worth as a weirdly menacing antagonist. Immersively conceived and nerve-rackingly realized, Apex is a visually-commanding action film bursting with impressively dynamic stunt sequences.” – Hanna Ines Flit

Read our full review.

The Sheep Detectives

Where to watch: The Sheep Detectives is available to stream with a Prime Video subscription.

From our review: “The Sheep Detectives is a very sweet, and often quite moving, family comedy about grief and death. I know that sounds weird, but director Kyle Balda and screenwriter Craig Mazin are mostly successful at threading that needle, with the broad humor of some of the human characters being the film’s weakest aspect. The sheep characters Lily and Sebastian have compelling arcs that highlight the movie’s themes of acceptance and growth. As dark as the story can sometimes get, there’s still enough warmth and wit to make The Sheep Detectives appropriate for younger audiences.” – Jim Vejvoda

Read our full review.

Mortal Kombat II

Where to watch: Mortal Kombat II is available to stream with an HBO Max subscription.

From our review: “Mortal Kombat II gets an 8 from me. It might not be Oscar-caliber cinema, and hardcore fans of the game with encyclopedic knowledge of the game may have a bone to pick, but it’s big and loud and gruesome and not afraid to have fun. The bar for video game movie sequels isn’t very high, but this one not only clears the bar, it twirls it around like a bo staff.” – Max Scoville

Read our full review.

I Love Boosters

Where to watch: I love Boosters is available to rent or buy on digital.

From our review: “I Love Boosters, Boots Riley’s candy-colored indictment of capitalism, is as sharp as it is deranged. Living somewhere along the spectrum of magical realism, the entire film is a brilliant balancing act of comedy and call-to-action that sprinkles a little philosophy in-between. Expertly executed production, set, costume and prop design bring Riley’s unique vision to life, while just as vital are the performances of our ensemble, led by Keke Palmer. Her turn as Corvette is the earnest heartbeat of a delightfully insane film.” – Alyssa Mora

Read our full review.

Pressure

Where to watch: Pressure is available to stream with a Peacock subscription.

From our review: “Pressure is quality dad content. War movie fans and WWII buffs should appreciate the film’s devotion to detail, while mainstream audiences will be treated to a taut, compelling story about the very real men behind the icons who ensured an Allied victory. Brendan Fraser makes Eisenhower flesh and blood, while Andrew Scott adds another whipsmart protagonist to his filmography with his nuanced portrayal of meteorologist James Stagg.” – Jim Vejvoda

Read our full review.

Backrooms

Where to watch: Backrooms is now available to rent or buy on digital. You can also buy it on 4K Blu-ray.

From our review: “Backrooms expertly expands on the conceptual groundwork of the YouTube series with smart visual composition, beautifully terrifying production design, a complex protagonist, and a return to Kane Parsons’ roots of computer generated sequences that pack a serious punch. The film also opens the doors to some compelling pathways to deepen the lore even more, if newcomers are willing to meet the film on its level, where it isn’t going to spoon-feed anyone. Parsons’ film is a harrowing trip to the dark heart of fractured memory, loneliness, and inner turmoil. It takes what’s psychologically horrifying about the liminality of life and transmogrifies it into something truly terrifying. That’s something the concept has always done well, and its future seems bright with Parsons at the helm of the nightmarish maze.” – Lex Briscuso

Read our full review.

Obesssion

Where to watch: Obsession is available to stream with a Peacock subscription. You can also buy it on 4K Blu-ray.

From our review: “Obsession should and will put Barker on the map as a horror filmmaker you need to watch. Thanks to fantastic turns by Michael Johnston and Inde Navarrette, you’ll be addicted to this sour Valentine’s Day counterprogramming. The film plays on familiar romance and monkey’s paw tropes, turning a wish against the wishee, but Barker’s execution takes things to the next level. In the film’s simplicity lay the chance to go for broke, putting all efforts into the lengths Nikki is willing to go for her beloved. With that focus and Barker’s fearlessness, Obsession becomes one hell of a maximalist ride.” – Matt Donato

Read our full review.

Masters of the Universe

Where to watch: Masters of the Universe is available to stream with a Prime Video subscription.

From our review: “Masters of the Universe is so much funnier than I expected, and the fight scenes are choreographed and photographed in a way that gives the sequences just enough flair to make them stand out (even if they’re not revolutionizing superhero style fisticuffs on screen). While Nicholas Galitzine and Idris Elba provide the thematic structure to the film, Jared Leto’s Skeletor gives a delightfully weird and cartoonish energy to every scene he’s in. It’s a film that appreciates the source material, silly names and all, and proves the best way to add to a 50-year-old franchise that’s about toys as much as anything else is to not take it too seriously.” – Clint Gage

Read our full review.

Carolina Caroline

Where to watch: Carolina Caroline is now available to rent or buy on digital.

From our review: “The story of a small-town girl falling for a career criminal and going on a cross-country crime spree with him is one we’ve certainly seen before, but Carolina Caroline provides its own spin on the subject that makes it well worth checking out. Samara Weaving and Kyle Gallner have long proven themselves as actors whose presence always enlivens any movie they’re in. Here, they’re excellent together in a movie that does a great job of selling you on the genuine emotion behind its scenario rather than pushing it to over-the-top extremes.” – Eric Goldman

Read our full review.

The Furious

Where to watch: Furious is now available to rent or buy on digital.

From our review: “In a just world, The Furious will be an unprecedented hit for Lionsgate Films; not only is it worthy, but it’s an antidote to the formulaic action movies Hollywood likes to churn out. Tanigaki brings electric energy and crowd-pleasing visuals to a rough-and-tumble ready-to-rumble actioner that walks the walk over and over. It’s a winning formula: the stuntman director, a cast of world-class martial artists, and an unlimited tank of adrenaline. It’s another instant addition to my collection of international genre favorites, and one I’ll be revisiting whenever I need a healthy excitement boost.” – Matt Donato

Read our full review.

Leviticus

Where to watch: Leviticus is now available to buy or rent on digital.

From our review: “Adrian Chiarella’s Leviticus is an involving, meaningful, and legitimately creepy horror movie. Chiarella’s story about gay youth being punished for simply being the way they are is emotional and thoughtful while also simply working well as a horror story, blending the real-life prejudices that inspired it with the supernatural curse laid upon its characters in a highly effective manner.” – Eric Goldman

Read our full review.

Minions & Monsters

Where to watch: Minions and Monsters is now available to buy or rent on digital.

From our review: “When you have a franchise as successful as Despicable Me/Minions, why not have some fun with it and push the boundaries? That seems to have been the approach with Minions & Monsters, and it pays off. Using the Minions to create an ode to early Hollywood that’s also an overall love letter to movies themselves and the power of storytelling is a surprising yet welcome turn of events. The film manages to incorporate the usual type of Minions gags to please their many loyal fans (most importantly kids) while also interjecting references and story elements that have a lot of extra entertainment value for older viewers. And look, if even a handful of people of any age end up using the seventh movie in the Despicable Me franchise as a springboard to learn more about the likes of Buster Keaton or Orson Welles, that’s a net positive.” – Eric Goldman

Read our full review.

The Invite

Where to watch: The Invite is available to watch in theaters.

From our review: “Despite its noncommittal destination, The Invite makes for a nerve-racking journey for much of its runtime. With fine-tuned performances at her disposal, including her own, Wilde reclaims the title of director with ferocity and vigor, carving a stylized piece of cinema from a story that could’ve so easily been straightforward and simple in its telling. Instead, it becomes an entertaining mirror of romantic disillusionment in middle age and one of the more enjoyable adult dramas out of Hollywood this year.” – Siddhant Adlakha

Read our full review.

The Odyssey

Where to watch: The Odyssey available to watch in theaters and IMAX.

From our review: “Christopher Nolan’s The Odyssey is a must-watch cinematic experience, an epic film version of an epic poem that adapts many of the out-there concepts of Homer through a new eye that frequently brings a sense of horror and existential angst to the story – and even a bit of humor too! Matt Damon is fine as the title character if not revelatory, but the extensive supporting cast frequently prop up individual moments, as do some of Nolan’s unique additions to the story. While Odysseus’ emotional journey here can be as choppy as a rough day at sea, and the “civilization is eroding” theme is undercooked, the film’s bigger observations on the effects of war on those who are forced to participate in it are well met. The Odyssey isn’t perfect, but it’s a pretty great moviegoing experience all the same.” – Scott Collura

Read our full review.

Avatar Aang: The Last Airbender

Where to watch: Avatar Aang: The Last Airbender is available to stream with a Paramount+ subscription.

From our review: “Avatar Aang: The Last Airbender is a lovingly crafted and gorgeously animated movie that features a welcome return for Team Avatar. While the plot might be a little thin, the action scenes and settings are thrilling and deserved to be seen on the big screen instead of streaming after a scuttled theatrical release and unfortunate leak changed plans that would have made this more of an event for fans.” – Alex Zalben

Read our full review.

Her Private Hell

Where to watch: Her Private Hell is no longer available in theaters, you can preorder it on digital at Prime Video or Apple TV.

From our review: “Refn’s back on his business with Her Private Hell. At his best, he’s one of the most exciting and visually exquisite filmmakers working in the industry today. Everything you expect from the whole-hog Refn experience is back with a vengeance, including his brand of airy, somewhat interpretive storytelling that’s made titles like Only God Forgives and The Neon Demon so divisive. Her Private Hell is more of that, but in a way that’s still exciting despite its charitable highs and befuddling lows. At the very least, it’s splendid to look at throughout, and I don’t mean that as a snide jab. Her Private Hell could be screenshotted and framed, and headline its own gallery takeover, while the story will leave some viewers dazed and confused: The Nicolas Winding Refn Special.” – Matt Donato

Read our full review.

It Ends

How to watch: It Ends will be released in select theaters on Friday, August 21, and enters wide release on August 28.

From our review: “It Ends manages to be both creepy and amusing thanks to its likable cast and filmmaker Alexander Ullom’s ability to exploit minimal resources to maximum effect. This is a movie that takes place in a car. In the woods. That’s it! And yet it’s scary, the characters really grow on you, and it also poses some self-aware and probing questions that will at the very least have you putting on the Talking Heads’ album Little Creatures when you’re done.” – Scott Collura

Read our full review.

The Only Living Pickpocket in New York

How to watch: This movie doesn’t hit theaters until October 23. Our review came from the Sundance Film Festival where the film first debuted.

Read our review: “The Only Living Pickpocket in New York is a tremendous sophomore feature from Mr. Segan, who’s just as charming a filmmaker as he is an actor. There’s a twinkly, winky nature about his ode to professions being left in the dust by contemporary society – even the underbelly ones. Turturro is a phenomenal actor, adding another classic turn to his already illustrious catalog. It’s a melting pot of experiences from comical to romantic to thrilling to richly ruminative. Everything flows together gracefully in step through a delicate and beautiful dance that speaks to the ever-changing beast that is New York City. And, sometimes, you know the ride is over…when all you can do is reflect on how good you’ve had it.” – Matt Donato

Read our full review.

How to Watch the Insidious Movies in Order

Insidious is right up there with some of the biggest horror movie franchises of all time. Created by Leigh Whannell and James Wan, the same duo behind the equally prolific Saw franchise, one family’s experience trying to save their son from the Further has spawned five sequels so far.

Like pretty much every horror franchise, there’s some highs and lows across the Insidious movies. They are actually all pretty closely connected, however, with some characters making appearances in all six.

Whether you’re planning a wild horror movie marathon or are just plain curious about the timeline, here’s how the Insidious movies fit together.

Insidious Movies in Release Order

A total of six Insidious movies have been released. If you’re just looking to check out the movies in the order they were originally produced, here you go:

  1. Insidious (2010)
  2. Insidious: Chapter 2 (2013)
  3. Insidious: Chapter 3 (2015)
  4. Insidious: The Last Key (2018)
  5. Insidious: The Red Door (2023)
  6. Insidious: Out of the Further (2026)

The Insidious Movie Timeline – Chronological Order

The timeline order of the Insidious movies is slightly different from the release order, owing to two prequels.

1. Insidious: Chapter 3

The first Insidious movie on the chronological timeline was the third movie to be released, a prequel that specifically explores returning character Elise Rainier’s psychic powers and earlier paranormal investigations.

2. Insidious: The Last Key

The Last Key continues to follow Elise on an investigation in her own childhood home and technically includes flashbacks from before any other movie in the franchise.

3. Insidious

The original Insidious movie picks up immediately after The Last Key on the timeline, when the adult Lamberts move into a haunted new home and enlist Elise’s help saving their son.

4. Insidious: Chapter 2

A direct sequel to Insidious, Chapter 2 picks up with the Lambert family once again discovering evil forces are plaguing their family.

5. Insidious: The Red Door

The Red Door takes place around a decade after Chapter 2, with the Lamberts returning to center stage while grappling with some even more complicated family dynamics. This is theoretically the final part of the Lamberts’ story, and happens to be the directorial debut for Josh himself, Patrick Wilson.

6. Insidious: Out of the Further

The newest Insidious movie is also the furthest down on the timeline. Out of the Further follows a new character, Gemma, who has a twist on the franchise’s usual psychic powers. The return of another certain psychic also connects it back to the rest of the franchise.

Where to Watch All of the Insidious Movies

Unfortunately all of the Insidious movies are streaming on different platforms, in part because the franchise has moved between quite a few distributors over time. The most you can get is through Peacock, which hosts the original trilogy.

Insidious 5-Movie Collection

0

Otherwise the Insidious movies are available to rent or purchase digitally, and other than Out of the Further, which is currently still in theaters, have all gotten 4K Blu-ray releases.

Future of the Insidious Franchise

Insidious: Out of the Further just released, so I wouldn’t expect a direct follow-up any time soon. James Wan has spoken about opening up the franchise to crossovers with other Blumhouse properties like Sinister, but nothing seems to have specifically come from that. A full spin-off, Thread: An Insidious Tale, was announced back in 2023 with Kumail Nanjiani and Mandy Moore attached as stars. That was before we’d even heard about Out of the Further, and we haven’t heard a whole lot about it since.

Looking for more? Check out our guide to all of the ghosts across the Insidious franchise.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Elgato Can Level Up Your Home Office

Working from home is a common practice for many of us these days, and while that’s very welcome indeed for a number of reasons, it does mean productivity nerds like myself get to have fun with new accessories to take our home office setup to another level.

Enter Elgato, the company perhaps best known for the Stream Deck, and an array of products that can help you look better, sound better, and even get more done.

Let’s Talk About Deck, Baby

We’ve already written in depth about the Stream Deck lineup (not to be confused with Valve’s excellent handheld PC).

The more recent Stream Deck + adds a touch strip and dials, and is ideal for editing music or video, while the Stream Deck Neo is super small but includes touch points, 8 keys, and an infobar, too.

If you thought the Stream Deck was just for becoming a content creator, think again. Whether you’re on PC or Mac, I recommend looking into them – they’re able to help you get your work done more swiftly. Plus, I’d be lying if I said it wasn’t just very fun to have more buttons to press, especially with the sheer amount of customization available.

Better yet, some models are discounted right now at Amazon. The 15-key Stream Deck is £109.99, down from £139.99, while the huge 32-key Stream Deck XL is £194.99 instead of £229.99.

Sound Your Best…

Elgato Wave 3 Mic

0

You can always tell which colleague or party member has the cheap headset, but Elgato’s Wave 3 mic could be the difference between clear comms and elimination.

Available standalone or with a mic arm, it’s easy to connect and move out of the way until you need it, with excellent quality for calls, gaming, recording podcasts or even making music.

Corsair VOID v2

0

Elgato’s sister brand, Corsair, offers a series of headphones for serious gamers, too. The Corsair VOID v2 is our pick of the bunch, with wireless capabilities across multiple platforms, 70 hours of battery life, and excellent audio quality to give a competitive edge.

…and Look It, Too

Elgato Key Light Air

0

Lighting makes all the difference on a video call, and Elgato isn’t short of options for lighting up your desk, or even most of your room.

Elgato Key Light

0

The Key Light Air is the go-to for many, offering up to 2100 lumens of brightness and working perfectly with a companion app or the Stream Deck, and the Key Light improves on that with even more brightness at 2800 Lumens.

Elgato Key Light Nano

0

Finally, the Key Light Nano is a much smaller option that can perch just about anywhere – ideal for laptop users.

Work In Comfort

Elgato Embrace

0

As someone on the wrong side of 35, let me tell you that sitting in a chair all day isn’t as good on your back and joints as you may expect.

Thankfully, Elgato has a chair option that eschews the gaming/streamer look and just offers a nice, comfortable place to sit for hours.

The Elgato Embrace has a mesh back, 4D armrests, and has adjustable lumbar support, too. Add to that a 3D headrest, and you’ve got a seat you can love.

Lloyd Coombes is an experienced freelancer in tech, gaming and fitness seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar and many more. He’s a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife’s dismay.

Sangster Directs Hammer 4K Review

In the early ’70s, UK-based Hammer Films was winding down after defining a creative and colorful era of horror with lavishly produced films featuring lovely ladies, lethal living dead, and copious amounts of red, red blood. But even though their greatest years were behind them, the company that made Christopher Lee and Peter Cushing genre icons still had a few devilish delights to offer audiences before they reached the end of that dirt road in their runaway carriage (either 1976 for their last horror film, To the Devil a Daughter, or 1979, when they released their actual last film, Hitchcock remake The Lady Vanishes). One of the men most responsible for writing many of the movies that shaped Hammer’s style, Jimmy Sangster, even got a chance to direct during that final decade of Hammer’s classic output, and although the three films he helmed (two of which he also co-wrote, while the other — Lust for a Vampire — was scripted by Danger: Diabolik and Barbarella’s Tudor Gates) are not generally regarded as among the best the studio produced, they each have charms all their own and deserve reappraisal.

Actor Ralph Bates and writer/director Jimmy Sangster, a creative collaboration and friendship celebrated in Severin Films’ Sangster Directs Hammer.

Now Severin Films is giving us that opportunity with their first-ever release of Hammer titles — Sangster Directs Hammer is an impressive set that brings The Horror of Frankenstein (1970), Lust for a Vampire (1971), and Fear in the Night (1972) to the US in 4K UHD for the first time, all wrapped up in a gorgeously gory green box. As usual for Severin, these movies have never looked this vibrant. Hammer was always well known for its lurid palette and stunning visuals, but now they practically leap off the screen. Fortunately, Severin also knows that preserving the true film experience is important, so grain is not absent but a wonderful texture layer along with everything else. One minor tweak: The box would perhaps be better named Sangster Directs Hammer’s Ralph Bates, because that actor — who forged a productive creative partnership and lasting friendship with the director — appears in all three films, and the story of their collaboration is the spine running through the patchwork body of material presented here. As for the extraordinary extras curated and collected to accompany the films — including a 312-page book! — there couldn’t be a better sign of the love and respect that everyone involved has for these movies and the creative team that made them.

Sangster was an endearingly self-deprecating man who, in his autobiography Do You Want It Good or Tuesday, titled the chapter on these three films “They Would Have Been Better Directed by Terry Fisher” (referring to the legendary Hammer director who helmed multiple entries in their Frankenstein and Dracula series starting with the first installments in 1957 and 1958 respectively). We’ll never know if that would actually be true, but that doesn’t mean these movies are the failures Sangster and others believed. Most folks apparently shuffle these to the bottom of their lists pretty quickly; the fact that Severin was only able to produce this box because no one else wanted to license these titles is baffling to me, but a boon for us and them. And no, I’m not saying these are classics on par with the films that launched Hammer’s legend, but they’re solid productions with something to offer both Hammer aficionados and casual fans alike. Let’s take a closer look…

The Horror of Frankenstein (1970)

Of the many tactics Hammer employed to distinguish their cinematic monsters from the unforgettable 1930s-1940s Universal incarnations that preceded them, one of the cleverest and most inventive was to follow the creator rather than the creature when making their series of Frankenstein films. And I know it’s blasphemy to many Hammer fans (appropriately enough) but this comedic remake of Hammer’s first Frankenstein foray (1957’s The Curse of Frankenstein) and the next-to-last installment in the seven-film Hammer Frankenstein series — with Ralph Bates replacing Peter Cushing as Victor — is my favorite of that entire run. While Cushing plays an utter sociopath or a more genial amoral Victor well (there are two timelines in the series; it’s complicated), Bates perfectly blends the sociopathy with a glib devil-may-care charm that makes him delightfully magnetic. Hammer was trying to make Bates a thing, positioning him as Frankenstein, Dracula (plans for that went awry when Christopher Lee came back instead, relegating Bates to a smaller role in 1970’s Taste the Blood of Dracula), and Dr. Jekyll (in 1971’s Dr. Jekyll and Sister Hyde). While things didn’t quite pan out, what we have is wonderful for all of us who value what Bates brought to the slab.

“How do you do? I’m Victor Frankenstein.” Ralph Bates as the younger and much more glib Victor in The Horror of Frankenstein.

The film is ahead of its time with its black humor and gleeful lewdness; it feels like partial inspiration for the Re-Animator movies, and its lascivious tone resembles what people often thought all Hammer movies were like but weren’t. The sexual dynamics are interesting too, as Victor’s friend, Stephan (Stephen Turner), eagerly becomes his cook and wants very much to be part of Victor’s life, while the movie makes clear that a man working in the kitchen seems unusual to everyone. They also joke about Victor not being interested in men…or is he? He shows zero interest in Elizabeth (Hammer regular Veronica Carlson) even when she virtually proposes to him, and although he carries on with housekeeper Alys (the superb Kate O’Mara), that could be more about continuing a power dynamic established by his father rather than personal desire.

Bates perfectly blends the sociopathy with a glib devil-may-care charm that makes him delightfully magnetic.“

In a cute twist on Frankenstein tropes, Victor keeps track of creature assembly via a build-by-numbers approach. His friend Wilhelm (Graham James) even hits the nail on the flattop by speaking a version of the clichéd line: “You’re tampering with forces we don’t fully understand!” As for the creature itself, David Prowse (yes, Darth Vader) is a mute, hairless Karloffian monster with a creepy smugness that suggests he’s far smarter than his predecessors. He’s no tragic figure either; this creature’s a violent bastard. As the bodies mount up, Victor is willing to let those around him suffer if it means protecting his creation; the apple didn’t reanimate far from the tree.

The only disappointment is an abrupt ending that leaves you wanting Bates-led sequels, but it wasn’t to be; when Hammer tried one more time to draw on Shelley’s creation for movie material, they brought Cushing back. But we have this one, and it’s a twisted delight.

Lust for a Vampire (1971)

After mining Stoker for over a decade, Hammer turned to Sheridan Le Fanu’s sapphic classic novel, Carmilla, for inspiration, resulting in a trio of films focusing on a female vampire first played by Ingrid Pitt in 1970’s lush and top-heavy saucy romp, The Vampire Lovers. Lust for a Vampire is the second installment in what would later be labeled “The Karnstein Trilogy,” and it featured several missteps, not least replacing Pitt as Mircalla/Carmilla with Yutte Stensgaard. Yutte’s no Ingrid, but she’s also not as bad as some think. She does a damn good job of conveying that underlying air of menace and calculation that makes Carmilla a great villain; she just isn’t quite as good or as stylish as Pitt was.

Yutte Stensgaard is a mesmerizing Carmilla in Lust for a Vampire.

Also carrying over from the first Karnstein film is the character of the “Man in Black,” a sort of/not really Dracula played this time by Mike Raven (there are odd cutaway insert shots of Christopher Lee’s eyes to muddy the waters). Unlike the mute grinning fool from the first movie played by John Forbes-Robertson, this one — now more specifically Count Karnstein — speaks with the dubbed voice of Valentine Dyall, but his role is still murky. He’s partnered with the Countess (Barbara Jefford), but more intriguing than the Man in Black’s part in this tale is the behind-the-scenes goss on Raven himself; for that, go to the extras and the book.

Ralph Bates (who replaced Cushing in this particular role) famously threw this movie under the bus, but damn if he doesn’t give his performance as the creepy teacher at a girls’ school 110%; he’s one of the highlights of the movie. Our hero, new teacher Richard LeStrange (Michael Johnson), is based on Carmilla author Le Fanu, and his romance with Carmilla provides Hammer with a chance to immediately dial down the lesbian themes from the first film by focusing Carmilla’s attention primarily on the dashing scholar. Fans also remember (and correctly malign) this one for the insufferable song “Strange Love” that plays not once but twice in a row (the second time with a color-washed montage of previous scenes!) to provide padding as the story isn’t substantial enough for feature length.

There are nice stylistic touches like mesmerized girls approaching the camera in close-up so that the viewer shares Carmilla’s POV.“

The resurrection sequence is pretty spectacular, although you don’t see as much of Yutte as you do in the associated publicity stills (Severin helpfully puts one of those on the cover of the book). There are also nice stylistic touches like mesmerized girls approaching the camera in close-up so that the viewer shares Carmilla’s POV, and the strange mythology of the Karnstein vampires adding the odd twist that simply turning a cross upside down “deactivates” its effects. There are other tropes galore, like an old-school torch-bearing crowd and characters professing deep and abiding love for one another after knowing each other for about an hour. OK, so it’s not Hammer’s finest moment, or even the best of the Karnstein films, but it has its charms as all of them do, and it’s good to have it as part of this set.

Fear in the Night (1972)

Hammer did more than just produce gothic period-set horrors, and that included a series of psychological thrillers often featuring a character fighting for their sanity and their very life. Sangster wrote several of these “Mini-Hitchcocks”; although they were so named because of the debt they owed to the Master of Suspense, the real inspiration for Sangster was Henri-Georges Clouzot’s Les Diaboliques (1955). In fact, he drew on that source more than once, and when it came time not just to write but direct one himself, he reworked his script from an earlier production — 1961’s Scream of Fear — that leaned heavily on its Diabolique origins. Fear in the Night was the result, and despite its present-day setting, it still manages to be pretty gothic with an unsettling psychosexual edge.

Judy Geeson struggles with an assailant and her husband’s indifference in Fear in the Night.

Also betraying a possible influence from Italian giallos, especially with the stalker’s black gloved hands, and sharing elements with many of the thrillers and slashers that came before and after it, Fear takes us to a secluded country school where a mentally fragile young newlywed (Judy Geeson of To Sir, with Love) moves with her husband teacher (Ralph Bates of course) into a cottage on the grounds. The headmaster (Peter Cushing) and his wife (Joan Collins) are strangely fascinated with Geeson, and soon a battle of wills begins, with twists that are best left for you to discover.

Speaking of Cushing, he’s barely in it, but he predictably makes the most of it with an understated performance that exudes a creepy yet strangely gentle quality; you wouldn’t want to be in the same room with this guy, especially if you’re a woman, but there’s something about him that suggests he’s not the person you should really be worried about. One scene of him standing before a noose while trying to unknot Geeson’s scarf brings to mind a bit in 1932’s White Zombie, while the visual symbolism concerning the violation of Geeson’s innocence becomes even more overt when Joan Collins arrives at the halfway point to kill a cute little bunny right in front of her.

Geeson in particular delivers an emotionally raw performance that can be uncomfortably real and difficult to watch.“

It has a quiet, deliberate atmosphere, and everyone is excellent; Geeson in particular delivers an emotionally raw performance that can be uncomfortably real and difficult to watch. But I have to say that I don’t enjoy movies predicated on gaslighting the protagonist and dragging us along for the frustrating ride before things resolve; some may call it suspense, but as someone prone to anxiety, I call it cinematic torture.

I have quibbles with the final act, but no spoilers. Right from the precision-crafted opening sequence, you’ll see what you’re in for, perhaps more than you realize. And in addition to the moment that shockingly punctuates the end of that montage, the movie has one other arresting image that will stick with you involving Peter Cushing and his circular glasses; you’ll know when you see it.

Bonus Features

As befits a box set that’s so clearly a labor-of-love tribute to this era of Hammer history, the extras are exhaustive and entertaining. The one criticism I have is that there are no captions on any of the extras, making them inaccessible for some fans. There’s no reason not to provide them, but Severin? Don’t ever generate them automatically; hire someone to write and edit them properly.

Since there are so many extras included on every film disc as well as an extra disc with Fear, let’s examine the 19 hours of material (!) by category:

Audio Commentaries

There are two commentary tracks for each film. The first features Sangster from years back (he died in 2011), moderated by Hammer historian Marcus Hearn with actress Suzanna Leigh joining on Lust. Leigh brings out more energy in Sangster, although he’s informative and enjoyable in all of them. The second tracks feature various authors and experts pontificating about the production history and cultural impact of each film.

Interviews

Besides the many newly produced interviews with cast and crew across all three films, there are archival segments featuring Cushing and Sangster. Many of them are relatively short, but they cover a wide range of perspectives, with some folks like production runner Philip Campbell talking about all three movies. Perhaps the most consistent mood is “wistful.” Kirsten Lindholm of Lust is a delightfully quirky highlight, and if (like me) you’re a Dracula A.D. 1972 fan, Christopher Neame’s interview serves as an overview of his entire career, including that film, his work in Lust, and the day Cushing told him the work was helping him to deal with his grief over his wife’s death.

Documentaries

That dedicated extras disc accompanying Fear includes three documentaries: one on Sangster (he’s credited with shaping the modern conception of Dracula and Frankenstein as well as demonstrating great versatility in multiple genres), one on Ralph Bates (it’s a heartfelt tribute from his wife, son, and colleagues), and one on Joan Collins (authors Kier-La Janisse and Amanda Reyes look at how the horror work Collins disowned led to her iconic turn in Dynasty).

Video Essays

Perhaps the most laudable aspect of this set is that with so much subject matter that should center a woman’s experience and perspective, they do just that, featuring an array of scholars and historians like Dr. Colin Azariah-Kribbs and Dr. Emma Liggins on the work of Mary Shelley; writer/producer Gillian Wallace Horvat and narrator Megan Stern on the history of Frankenstein adaptations; Carmen Maria Machado (she edited an edition of Carmilla) and Annie Rose Malamet on the cultural phenomenon of sapphic vampire tales; and two essays by Dr. Alexandra Heller-Nicholas on school-based stories and gaslighting as a thematic element of Fear.

Joan Collins shoots from the hip in more ways than one in Fear in the Night.

The Book!

If all this isn’t enough, there’s a 312-page full-color glossy volume titled Horror! Lust! Fear! Sangster — an overwhelming compilation of interviews and essays, rare photos, and even comic adaptations. The book offers a ton of information not touched on in the other extras, but in order to fit everything in the box, the book (otherwise designed beautifully by Stephen Thrower) is rather small and just a little awkward to read. It’s still a lovely, and one might argue indispensable, part of this once-in-a-lifetime set.

Ephemera

There’s plenty of additional bits and bobs too, like trailers and promos, alternate “clothed” takes, and TV opening credits. It’s a treasure trove, and if the material becomes repetitive, it’s still worth it to include everything Severin could collect.

Pokémon TCG ETB Amazon Restock: Rare Sets Available Now

If you’ve been looking around the shelves over the last few months, then you’ve almost definitely realised that Elite Trainer Boxes (ETBs) are as hot as a Torkoal using Sunny Day at the moment, and they’re flying off the shelves!

The intense popularity of the Mega Evolution expansion, the surge of nostalgia ahead of the franchise’s 30th Anniversary, and the continuous pressure from secondary-market scalpers (thanks, Logan Paul) have all contributed to the high demand for sealed ETBs. Will the retail frenzy ever end? One day, hopefully, but the realistic answer is most likely no, not for a while.

Yet, despite the odds, Amazon has quietly restocked a surprising range of high-profile ETBs at decent prices. I’ve tracked down the best deals I can find on Amazon US and UK right now; everything from the most recent summer releases to the hard-to-find Pokémon Center Exclusives to save you from your fights with the bots.

What’s in an Elite Trainer Box?

In the trading card game, an expansion’s Elite Trainer Box is generally regarded as offering the best value for money when it comes to overall performance for competitive players and serious collectors alike. If you’ve never had the chance to get one in a store, here’s what you get inside:

  • 9 Pokémon booster packs
  • 65 card sleeves
  • 45 Pokémon TCG Energy cards
  • A player’s guide to the expansion
  • 6 damage-counter dice
  • 1 competition-legal coin-flip die
  • 2 plastic condition markers
  • A collector’s box to hold everything, with 4 dividers to keep it organized
  • A code card for Pokémon Trading Card Game Live

When you tally up the individual retail cost of buying nine standalone booster packs alongside official sleeves, dice, and custom storage, an ETB is pretty decent value. If you can get it at a decent price, that is. Fortunately, that’s where we come in!

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Elite Trainer Box

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Elite Trainer Box

0

First up on the digital storefront, you can still pick up the latest Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Elite Trainer Box for $69.95 on Amazon. We covered this deal just a few days ago, but there are only a handful of units left in stock, so you’ll want to move quickly if you hope to secure one – I don’t expect this listing to stick around for much longer, especially as it’s sat under market value tracked across TCGplayer.

While $69.95 is still slightly above its standard retail MSRP of $49.99, it’s the lowest price the box has hit on Amazon since launching in mid-July. The undisputed crown jewel of the entire set is the terrifying Mega Darkrai ex Special Illustration Rare. When you factor in other chase cards like the elusive Mega Zeraora ex and the guaranteed Zarude Illustration Rare promo card nestled directly inside the ETB packaging, this box stands as an easy recommendation.

Chaos Rising Pokemon Center Elite Trainer Box

Chaos Rising Pokemon Center Elite Trainer Box

0

Moving along to an unexpected find, it appears Amazon has managed to source a small reserve of genuine Pokémon Center Exclusive Chaos Rising Elite Trainer Boxes. For those unfamiliar with the distinction, Pokémon Center exclusive boxes are manufactured in strictly limited quantities and distributed solely through the official Pokémon Center website. They feature upgraded contents compared to standard retail boxes, expanding the pack count to 11 booster packs, along with custom deck accessories and an additional stamped promo card.

​Specifically, this Chaos Rising exclusive box includes a gorgeous full-art foil promo card featuring Fennekin adorned with the official Pokémon Center logo, perfect if this feisty Fire-type is your first partner of choice!

Now, don’t get me wrong, you’ll still be paying a collector’s premium on this particular item from Amazon. This deal nabs you 29% off, bringing the Amazon listing down from $245.90 to $174.88, but the original retail price on the Pokémon Center was $59.99 (or £56.99 in the UK). TCGplayer shows this exclusive box routinely commanding between $195.00 and $210.00 due to extreme scarcity. If Fennekin is your starter of choice and you missed the original five-minute purchase window on launch day, this Amazon price represents the lowest verified entry point we have seen since the expansion debuted.

Pokemon TCG Mega Evolutions Elite Trainer Box

Pokemon TCG Mega Evolutions Elite Trainer Box

1

​If you are looking to journey back to where the current competitive block first kicked off, there is a modest five-percent discount on the original Mega Evolution Base Elite Trainer Box, currently sitting at $137.36 down from its typical $143.90 price tag against an original $49.99 MSRP.

​When you order this configuration, you will receive at random one of two distinct variant designs featuring either Mega Alakazam or Mega Lucario packaging artwork. Inside, the box includes 9 Mega Evolution booster packs, 65 matching card sleeves, and an exclusive full-art foil promo card featuring either Riolu or Alakazam.

​If you are curious about the secondary-market breakdown between the two packaging options, market tracking across TCGplayer consistently shows the Alakazam promo variant commanding a slightly higher individual market premium over Riolu, largely driven by generational nostalgia for Kanto classics.

Of course, collecting trading cards is always about celebrating your personal favorites rather than raw financial speculation. For me, I’d still take the Alakazam box every single day of the week, especially after finally wrapping up my nostalgic playthrough of Pokémon LeafGreen on the Nintendo Switch, where my psychic spoon-wielder carried my team straight through the Elite 4. Thanks buddy.

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Perfect Order Elite Trainer Box

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Perfect Order Elite Trainer Box

0

Last, but by no means least, is what I think is one of the most underrated releases of 2026: the Mega Evolution—Perfect Order Elite Trainer Box. It’s a modest 5% savings, bringing the price to $89.88 on Amazon, down from an original MSRP of $49.99. But again, the market average on TCGPlayer is hovering at $85.00 right now, with many above that. If you enjoyed the urban atmosphere and new Mega Evolutions of Pokémon Legends: Z-A, this expansion could be perfect for you.

What I love about this expansion is that it’s much smaller than sets like Ascended Heroes, coming in at just over 120 total cards. That streamlined set size makes hunting down top-tier chase cards dramatically more realistic than in bloated special collections. The standout pulls of the expansion include the jaw-dropping Mega Zygarde ex Special Illustration Rare, one of my favorite cards ever, the Mega Clefable ex SIR, and the elusive, kind of funny, full-art Mega Starmie ex.

With the massive 30th Celebration expansion dropping worldwide this September and Delta Reign coming soon, early 2026 expansions will start to dry up as distributors reallocate factory capacity toward anniversary production. Restocks for sets like Pitch Black, Chaos Rising, and Perfect Order will become increasingly scarce as we head deeper into the autumn and holiday shopping windows. Make sure you snap them up before they’re gone!

Sara Heritage is a freelance journalist for IGN, specialising in Pokémon TCG. When she’s not gaming, you’ll probably find her building yet another LEGO set she absolutely did not need, or chaining ranked matches in Pokémon Champions.

The FlashForge AD5X Multi-Color 3D Printer Drops to Just $201 Shipped at AliExpress

An excellent 3D printer with multi-color print capability just got a huge price drop as part of AliExpress’ Back to School Sale. For a limited time, get the FlashForge AD5X 3D Printer with integrated multi-material printing system for just $201.66 after you apply coupon code “JJX32B“. The exact same printer currently sells for $349 on Amazon.

Make sure you’re signed into your account to see the shipping options (you may have to refresh the page twice). You’re buying it from FlashForge’s official store on AliExpress. It ships free from the United States and arrives within 1 to 2 weeks.

Flashforge AD5X Multi-Color 3D Printer for Just $201

Make sure you’re signed into your account to see the shipping options (may need to refresh twice)

The AD5X is the least expensive FlashForge printer that offers multi material printing, which basically allows you to use multiple colors or multiple filament types on a single 3D print. It also features a CoreXY structure, which is rare for a printer in this price range. In a CoreXY printer, only the print head moves while the motors are permanently fixed. Since the motors are generally the heaviest component, this improves print speed and precision.

The AD5X features an open bed design with a working space measuring approximately 8.7″ cubed. For those of you who are looking to enclose the chamber in order to create a more stable environment for your prints, you can purchase the official $50 kit. Alternatively, you can save the money simply by putting a box over the printer.

The AD5X boasts a print speed of up to 600mm/s with 20,000mm/s² acceleration and can print a benchy in 12 minutes. Other features including solid build quality (all structural components are made of metal), a 4.3″ color touchscreen with intuitive controls, auto leveling, and vibration compensation. Assembly is quick and easy and you should be able to make your first test print in a matter of minutes. No camera is included but, again, there’s an official kit to add one.

The multi-filament module fleshes out the 3D printing capabilities and is one of the most important features for any mid to pro level enthusiast. With it you can print using up to four different colored filaments or filament materials simultaneously. It features an intelligent filament system that can identify and manage all four spools seamlessly and independently. Multi-filament add-ons in general cost $200-$300 by themselves, so having an integrated solution will save you a lot of money.

TL;DR:

  • Open chamber 8.7″ cubed working space
  • CoreXY 3D printer (more stable than other types)
  • 600mm/s print speed with 20,000mm/s² acceleration
  • Includes multi-filament printing module
  • Automatic filament switching
  • Auto leveling and vibration compensation
  • Easy assembly

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Samsung’s Absolutely Massive Odyssey G9 57″ Dual 4K Gaming Monitor Drops to the Lowest Price I’ve Ever Seen

For a very limited time, the biggest and baddest gaming monitor you can possibly get (short of getting a TV) has dropped to its lowest price ever. Samsung via its official store is offering the massive 57″ Samsung Odyssey Neo G9 Dual 4K UHD gaming monitor for $1,349.99 with free shipping. If you click on the link and you see $1,449.99, don’t give up! All you have to do is reload the page about three to five times. This discounted price is reserved for “select” customers, but Samsung is essentially just RNG-ing it every time someone lands on the page. Once you see that, add the $50 off upgrade credit on the product page, and then apply 10% off coupon code “L8AS4HAL4O” in your shopping cart. Your final price will be $1,160. This monitor retailed for $2,500 when it first launched in late 2023.

57″ Samsung Odyssey Neo G9 Dual 4K Monitor for $1,160

57″ Samsung Odyssey Neo G9 Dual 4K 240Hz Mini-LED Gaming Monitor

0

Add the $50 Exclusive Upgrade Credit on the product page before adding to cart, then apply the 10% off coupon code in your shopping cart.

Here’s a step by step guide to getting this price:

  1. Go the the 57″ Samsung Odyssey OLED G5 gaming monitor product page
  2. Reload this page until you see the price of $1,349.99 (usually 3x to 5x refreshes)
  3. Add the $50 Exclusive Upgrade Credit
  4. Proceed to your shopping cart
  5. At your cart, apply 10% off code “L8AS4HAL4O”
  6. Final price will be $1,160 with free shipping (before taxes)

Update: Woot now has it for a nearly similar price. You can get it for $1,152.79 with coupon code: “SUPERSAVING”. It also comes with a 1 year Samsung warranty. Note that this deal only runs through August 21.

The 57″ Samsung Odyssey Neo G9 is one of few 57″ dual 4K UHD monitors on the market, boasting an eye-watering 7680×2160 resolution, or the equivalent of two 4K UHD monitors stacked next to each other. Despite the display being so large, it has an above-average 140ppi pixel density, which is amazing considering the fact that in general the bigger the display, the lower the ppi. To put that into perspective, it’s as sharp as a 32″ 4K monitor. Wow.

The Odyssey Neo G9 is equipped with a Mini LED backlight paired with a quantum dot (QLED) panel. Like its namesake suggests, mini-LED panels have smaller LEDs than traditional LED LCD monitors, so you can squeeze in more lighting zones. Mini-LED monitors are also much brighter than OLED monitors, which is very important because larger monitors are generally dimmer than smaller ones to start. Local dimming combined with higher brightness improves contrast ratio and HDR and is also useful in overpowering glare and reflections.

I own one of these, and it’s BIG.

The Samsung Neo G9 isn’t a one-trick pony, and all the other specs live up to what we’d expect from a top-end gaming monitor. The display boasts an aggressive 1000R curve that practically hugs you as you play games. Curved panels are useless with small monitors but extremely helpful with super-wide ones. It also features a 1ms response time and 240Hz refresh rate. It is HDR1000 certified, which means that it can maintain peak brightness up to 1,000 nits. It’s FreeSync Premium Pro certified, which means it works with G-Sync in compatibility mode as well.

Should you buy the Samsung Odyssey Neo G9 ?

Obviously, the Samsung Odyssey Neo G9 isn’t a monitor for everyone. You need a rather generous gaming budget. Also, not all games support this resolution and aspect ratio. Some games will have letterboxing to compensate. Finally, gaming at dual 4K UHD resolution is extremely GPU intensive. Make sure you have a good graphics card that can handle the load. We’d recommend something no less powerful than a GeForce RTX 5070 Ti or Radeon RX 9070 XT.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

The Genki Manta Is a New High-End PC and Switch 2 Controller With a Built-in Screen and Onboard OS

Genki, maker of some of our favorite accessories for the Switch 2 and Switch, has launched a Kickstarter for what might be the most over-engineered controller I’ve ever seen – and for $279, it better be. The Genki Manta packs in the kind of cutting edge features found on the best controllers out there, like TMR sticks, adjustable triggers, and advanced haptics, as well as even more advanced tech like a full-blown operating system, complete with digital display, built into the controller itself.

Now, I’m all for hardware and peripherals that incorporate new tech and push their categories forward, but I’m not quite sure why anyone would need a controller this advanced. It’s undeniably well-designed – I appreciate the screen centered below the thumbsticks, instead of above like on the Turtle Beach Stealth Ultra, and how the tension of the thumbsticks can be dialed in (literally) on the fly by twisting the stick itself. But at some point you have to ask if we’re approaching the point of overkill.

Screenshot via Genki Manta Kickstarter video.

Genki is taking a bit of a kitchen sink approach with the Mantra. “We refused to cut corners,” the Kickstarter reads. “It is, frankly, a spec monster.”

Compatible with PC via USB-C wired or 2.4 GHz wireless (via USB dongle) as well as Switch 1 and 2, mobile, and other devices via Bluetooth, the Manta has a standard Xbox-style layout with offset sticks and all your standard inputs. It has a 2,400 mAh user-replaceable battery, but there’s no mention on the Kickstarter page of an estimated usage time between charges. Blessedly, it can remotely wake a paired Switch 2.

The face buttons are “Analog Pulse Buttons” that track through their entire travel when pressed, not just when they bottom out, allowing users to adjust their actuation point anywhere between a quick rapid-reset for burst inputs and a deeper one that calls for a deliberate press. Similarly, the triggers have three distinct modes: Digital, which offers a short travel and crisp click, Rapid, which is fully analog but with a short, smooth travel, and Analog, which offers a full, smooth travel and proportional control.

Via Genki

Other features include “maglev haptics” (better than traditional rumble, apparently), a nine-axis gyroscope/accelerometer/compass for motion controls, six extra inputs (two buttons tucked up top next to the right and left bumpers, two integrated back buttons, and two removable back paddles), and a D-pad that can swap between a traditional cardinal layout and an eight-point satellite dish design.

And that’s not even mentioning the operating system built into the controller. MantaOS uses the controller’s built-in color display to handle all the configuration settings that would normally be handled by driver software or a companion app – stuff like swapping profiles, setting up macros, adjusting inputs, and customizing RGB lighting – right there on the controller.

Genki Manta Specs

  • Display: 2.79-inch color IPS TFT-LCD, 428×142 resolution
  • Polling Rate: 8,000Hz wired, 1,000Hz over 2.4GHz, 125Hz over Bluetooth LE 6
  • Wireless range: Rated over 10m for 2.4 GHz and Bluetooth
  • Wired connection: USB-C with cable-retention system
  • Wireless receiver: 2.4 GHz USB receiver included
  • Target Battery: 2,400mAh; 2×1,200mAh cells in a user-replaceable battery assembly
  • Charging: USB-C and three-pin contact charging
  • Target weight: 315g
  • Face buttons: Four full-range analog Pulse Buttons
  • Joysticks: TMR sensing, continuous 30–80 gf target tension with silicone ring
  • Triggers: Hall effect sensing; independent Digital, Rapid, and Analog stages
  • Motion: Nine-axis IMU: gyro, accelerometer, and compass
  • Additional buttons: Six controls: two shoulder, two rear, two removable paddles
  • Profiles and tuning: Managed directly through MantaOS
  • Internal storage: 16MB

But it does more than that too – and this is the part where, in the writing of this story, my thinking started to shift from “this is unnecessarily over-engineered” to “wait, that’s actually awesome.” There’s a small button next to the right thumbstick that pulls up an “On-the-Fly KBM” when pressed, turning the screen into a QWERTY or Compass Quick Type keyboard; or hold the button to turn the whole controller into a gyro-controlled mouse input. This is immensely useful for navigating the Windows desktop and bypassing login screens or game launchers. It’s the same sort of thing that makes the Steam Deck and Steam Machine more user-friendly than a handheld or PC running windows, except the solution is handled controller-side instead of by SteamOS.

MantaOS has some other neat tricks, like a macro action timeline that goes beyond recording a series of inputs and delays to fully tracking analog stick paths, trigger pressure, and more, meaning you can record a full gameplay sequence to repeat, such as a difficult boss runback (I’m looking at you, Bilewater). The screen also has a variety of customizable dashboards to display stuff like your active profile, polling rate, battery, and connection status.

Via Genki

There’s even a programmable layer, running on a dual-core Raspberry Pi RP2350, that can load external apps onto the controller’s 16 MB of internal storage. The Kickstarter shows a clip of a side-scrolling space shooter playing on the built-in screen, and mentions the possibility of developing a “Genki Forge” for users to develop and share homebrewed apps for MantaOS. I have no doubt that someone will get Doom running on it in no time.

The Genki Manta Kickstarter is live now, and as of this writing has around 1,800 backers and more than $400,000 pledged – four times its $100,000 goal. The controller will eventually be priced at $279, but a Super Early Bird pledge tier drops the price down to $189, which puts it in conversation with other high-end controllers like the DualSense Edge. That’s still nearly double the excellent Steam Controller, which has its own set of unique tricks, but at $100 also lacks a great deal of the advanced tech found here.

Genki hopes to start shipping the Manta to backers this coming January, but conservatively estimates the delivery window to January through April 2027. We’ll be testing the Mantra as soon as we can go hands-on, so be sure to look out for our review as we get closer to that launch date.

Bo Moore is IGN’s Senior Manager of Tech. You can find him online @usebomswisely.

Double Fine Owns IP and Publishing Rights Its Games After Xbox Split Psychonauts Studio Confirms

Psychonauts and Brutal Legend developer Double Fine Productions has confirmed it has regained the IP and publishing rights for all of its games released under Microsoft following its split from Xbox.

CEO Tim Schafer cleared the air about the developer’s future in the industry during a conversation with Kinda Funny Games today. Amid questions from fans hoping to support Double Fine as it enters a new chapter, he clarified that buying any of its previous releases will help it continue to flex the wildly creative muscles it’s known for.

“I saw a question, there, ‘Do you guys make the money on games?’ The transfer of the IP came back to us, and we get the publishing rights back to all our games,” Schafer said.

The one caveat to all of this is that it may still say Microsoft owns “some of them,” but that will change in time. He went on, explaining, “it just takes a while for it to all process.” The headline, though, is that “when people buy our games, it supports the studio.”

“If you’re curious, buying any of our games helps support the studio,” he repeated. “We can turn that money into revenue that helps us extend that runway.”

That “runway” is something Schafer brought up a few times during his conversation on the daily gaming show. Xbox CEO Asha Sharma promised that Double Fine, as well as South of Midnight developer Compulsion Games, would retain their IP, catalog, and a “runway for their next games” when they were listed as part of a grand restructuring plan early last month. The move, which also laid the groundwork for 3,200 layoffs across Xbox teams, gave the Psychonauts studio an out amid troubles at Microsoft’s gaming division but left its long-term future uncertain.

To help extend that runway today, Schafer and the rest of Double Fine pulled back the curtain on its Amnesia Fortnight 2026, Indie Reboot Kickstarter page. The crowdfunding campaign will result in a game jam that’s set to take place starting August 31 and will run “through most of September.”

In typical Double Fine fashion, it’s got its own twist, too, with the page promising to let backers choose which ideas make it to the prototyping stage, with one eventually becoming a “real (small) game.” Additionally, 2 Player Productions will be filming every step of the way, with the goal being to create a documentary.

Schafer said during today’s interview that there “are other projects we’re working on,” though what those are remains to be seen. With access to stories from games like Keeper, Psychonauts 2, and Kiln back in its control, that runway is already looking a little bit longer.

Speaking of Kiln, its 2026 pottery-based multiplayer game, Schafer said the studio is still firing updates behind the scenes. “New maps and modes” seem to be just the tip of the iceberg, with Schafer also promising to drop the price “because we’re crazy.”

Double Fine’s transition back into an independent studio was almost immediately followed by layoffs affecting 25% of its team. For now, what shape its next game will take is unclear. In the meantime, you can read about why IGN thinks their work is worth checking out with our 9/10 Keeper review and our 8/10 Psychonauts 2 review.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Embark Delays Arc Raiders Expeditions Until Early 2027

Embark Studios has announced that all future Arc Raiders Expeditions have been delayed until early 2027 as it aims to “return with major improvements” following community feedback.

The developer behind the early 2026 extraction shooter hit announced the change in its post-launch schedule in an update on the Arc Raiders website today. It came with confirmation that Expedition 5 will launch when the window opens September 8 and close September 29, but after that, the Rust Belt will be quieter than normal.

“We have been carefully reviewing your feedback on Expeditions,” Embark’s post said, “and while we’ve made ongoing improvements along the way, we’ve come to realize that some of the issues you’ve raised, like the tight departure windows, the reward structure, and accessibility for new players, need more than incremental fixes. They call for bigger changes.”

“In order to address those concerns, we need to pause the Expeditions for a while. The fifth Expedition will be the last one until early 2027, when Expeditions will return with major improvements, tackling some of the biggest player pain points. So, if you’ve been on the fence about departing – now is the time! We will share more details on what those changes will look like in September.”

Expeditions are a late-game mechanic that allow players to effectively reset their Raiders and start over from scratch, minus a few goodies that carry over. It’s a prestige system that has kept Arc Raiders players coming back since it launched in October 2025, encouraging even the most experienced individuals to work their way through the skill trees once more. Without Expeditions, you’ll have to sit at the level cap and wait.

The message signed off, assuring players that their consecutive buffs will persist during the pause between Expeditions. Those who have completed all Expeditions will receive the Zenith outfit. Partially complete Caravans “will be replaced with Ermal Vouchers of equal value which can be used to purchase Ermal offers together with ARC Parts and firearms trade, or sold for Coin.”

Arc Raiders Expedition 5. Image courtesy of Embark Studios.

Adding insult to injury is the news that Embark has decided to pause its weekly Trials starting September 22, 2026. They’ll be on hold for two weeks until October 8.

Arc Raiders seems to have continued to enjoy a smaller-but-still-consistent group of players since its explosive launch last year, but its post-launch roadmap has not been without its speed bumps. In May, Embark confirmed it would be committing to two major updates per year, with the next, Frozen Trail, not due out until October. Although it’s set to deliver a new map in what the team called its “biggest update yet,” lofty promises have done little to appease those dissatisfied fans.

Many have complained that updates had already felt too few and far between, with the last new map, Riven Tides, arriving as the game’s second back in April. A pause for Expeditions and Trials only has fans more upset, even if they do agree that the feature needs some serious fine-tuning.

Arc Raiders Frozen Trail Images

“Removing the only progression system in the game (albeit a shallow one) is a risky choice, but if it’s what has to be done to improve Expeditions so be it,” one fan said. “But if it’s not drastically changed in some extremely rewarding way, I’m not sure what else they can do after that.”

“400+ hours topside and haven’t touched this game in months,” a second player added. “You guys have one of the best games ever made and you keep dropping the ball. It’s unplayable in its current state. Hoping for a huge October surprise, but not holding my breath.”

“I’m certainly not doing this upcoming expedition as it would be my first,” another fan said. “I was originally planning on it, I even completed the Caravan and unlocked all Expedition vaults through Ermal. However given the October 8 update and now a pause on Expeditions until early 2027, I can wait a little longer. As someone who is this far behind, I do hope they make changes to make it easier, or at least faster, to catch up to current. I’m pleased to see that was at least mentioned in the post.”

Arc Raiders reached 16 million sales in May. IGN gave the game a 9/10 review, saying, “With polished gunplay and an irresistible grind, Arc Raiders sets a new standard for extraction shooters.”

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Sinking City 2 Review

It was impossible for me to play The Sinking City 2 for more than 15 minutes without coming to the obvious realization that this is Resident Evil in a fedora. That might sound dismissive, but I really enjoy the recent Resident Evil games, so comparing Frogwares’ Lovecraftian survival horror sequel to some of the best of them – which feels especially similar to 2019’s Resident Evil 2 remake – is much more of a compliment than a put-down. What sets it apart begins with its unique, rich, 1920s New England setting flush with loving detail that instills a strong sense of personality over the top of the mechanics it so clearly imitates.

You play as Calvin Rafferty, a likeable occultist waking up to an apocalyptic flood set to wipe out the entire city of Arkham, Massachusetts in 1929. He’s definitely a little bit of a pulp fiction stock character: hard-chinned, two-fisted, and foolishly brave. But there are layers to him that rise to the surface here and there. Similar to the Resident Evil comparison, likening him to the classic heroes of the genre is not really an insult.

The Sinking City 2 Screenshots

The intriguing cosmic horror plot revolves around a half-remembered expedition to Lovecraft’s surreal Dreamlands that left Calvin’s partner and paramour, Faye, in a comatose state. This creates immediate emotional stakes and momentum from the very start, which carried me through the somewhat slow first half of the first chapter. I don’t want to spoil too many surprises, but The Sinking City 2 manages to be a bit of a who’s who of the Cthulhu mythos. Some of its eldritch guest characters are much more hinted at than portrayed in all their terrible glory, but Arkham-heads will find lots of little nods to make them cackle with otherworldly glee.

The unfolding story includes some effective emotional beats and a few neat twists that kept me guessing about some characters’ motivations, but overall remains pretty easy to follow given the high concept subject matter. This isn’t the kind of tale where you’re going to have to look up a YouTube video to explain the ending afterwards, and I appreciated that. But it also doesn’t back down from engaging with some of the heavier metaphysical aspects of Lovecraft, effectively selling the idea that you’re up against beings beyond human comprehension. And it also does a decent job of sidestepping some of the ones that haven’t aged particularly well.

The centerpiece is the town of Arkham itself, which presents a gorgeously damp and decrepit backdrop for exploration and combat. Excellent texture work and sound design come together to create an atmosphere that made my skin feel clammy even in the dry heat of a Colorado summer. The density of little details crammed into every corner of every area is truly inspiring. Every dilapidated hotel room or terrifying hospital ward feels both lived-in and ravaged by the ongoing disaster. The cutscenes and facial animations aren’t always to the same level of quality, but pretty strong voice acting across the board helps carry them past their production limitations.

Each chapter takes you to a new locale in Arkham, and each feels distinct in both vibes and layout. You start out in the flooded city streets, navigating by boat to various ruins and culminating in a creepy, haunted hotel. Chapter 2, which I found to be the scariest, is set in an abandoned hospital that features its own version of the unkillable stalker in the spirit of Mr. X and Nemesis. And Chapter 3 takes you to the Arkham Fish Market, which goes about exactly how you’d expect if you’re familiar with the works of Lovecraft. That is to say, very poorly for our boy Calvin in some unpleasantly fish-themed ways. This progression keeps things fresh while maintaining a cohesive aesthetic.

[The Sinking City 2] doesn’t back down from engaging with some of the heavier metaphysical aspects of Lovecraft.“

As I mentioned earlier, when it comes to the mechanics, this is an unapologetic tribute to modern, over-the-shoulder Resident Evil. Calvin can amass a small arsenal of guns, but there are never enough bullets to kill everything, leading to tense scrounging through drawers for every last round. Melee is an option, but not a very effective one. Mixing it up with even your basic zombie-like enemies is almost a guarantee of taking some licks yourself, so close quarters combat became a conscious choice to expend my healing items instead of my ammo. Calvin is not as vulnerable as Resident Evil Requiem’s Grace, but he’s certainly not a Leon S. Kennedy-level action hero, maintaining a good balance between competent and fragile.

The controls are very similar. The inventory system is very similar. The basic enemies are very similar. There are puzzles where you have to find three things to stick into a door to make it open. You can pick up herbs and craft them into healing items. It even has a system of achievements that unlock powerful perks in New Game+ almost identical to the newer Resident Evil games. Again, I’m not complaining. It’s not like I’m sick of the modern Resident Evil formula if it’s executed well, and Frogwares did a commendable job, so this feels like a free extra course while we wait for Capcom’s next big dish.

What we said about The Sinking City 1

“The Sinking City’s creation of a new Lovecraftian vision paired with compelling stories, exciting environments, and memorable characters make for one of the better Cthulhu lore games I’ve played. Its commitment to tastefully updating the storytelling methods, while preserving the setting and tone of Lovecraft shines through the tedium and frustration.” – John Borba, June 25, 2019

Score: 7.8

Read the full review for The Sinking City

One exception to the scarce ammo rule is that certain boss fights or big arena battles have infinitely respawning loot pick-ups (explained by an in-game note that lampshades their bizarre physical properties) to keep you from getting softlocked if your magazines run dry. This felt like a little bit of a cop-out that undermines its difficulty – these segments were some of my least favorite anyway, but hey, you know what else is very Resident Evil? Having boss fights that aren’t very good.

All that said, The Sinking City 2 isn’t just about Frogwares being a Capcom cover band. One way it sets itself apart is with a perk system that lets you unlock and equip powerful runes that do things like increase your damage when your flashlight is off, rewarding you for being able to hit enemies you can’t even see. They come in four tiers of increasing power, and you can’t really unlock the strongest ones on a single playthrough, creating a compelling incentive to charge headlong into horror all over again.

The Sinking City 2 isn’t just about Frogwares being a Capcom cover band.“

The other novel bit is the ability to find written clues around every area that can be organized and connected with red strands like your very own wacky conspiracy board. Each belongs to a group, and correctly connecting each group gives you some progression points. Some give hints on plot-critical objectives, while others point to potent, optional treasures. The rewards feel worthwhile, though some require a little bit of backtracking, even if the puzzles themselves aren’t exactly brain-busters.

You can set the difficulty of these puzzles independently of the combat difficulty, which is neat, but all the harder option really does is remove highlighted text and icons that tell you which clues belong together. I didn’t find it particularly difficult to figure out which hints were related and put together the information in them myself even without those hints, so it felt like increasing the difficulty from Very Easy to Easy. There is one pretty tough optional puzzle that required me to really use my brain later on, but I did end up yearning for more difficult detective work.

Also, there is no sanity mechanic, which seems a little odd for a Cthulhu game. There are some strange moments of reality-bending theatrics, but I was never made to doubt if the things my character was experiencing were even real. And that’s a bit of a letdown.

Toy Story 5 Limited-Edition 4K Steelbook Is Back in Stock at Amazon

The 4K Blu-ray releases for Toy Story 5 went up for preorder this morning. While the previously announced limited edition 4K steelbook seemed to have quickly sold out across retailers, it just came back in stock exclusively at Amazon. A standard Blu-ray and DVD are also still up for preorder with the same release date of September 22.

Toy Story 5’s Limited Edition 4K Steelbook

It’s not too hard to see why this particular steelbook got snapped up so fast. The cover art is pretty top of the line, and celebrates Toy Story as a whole instead of being too specific to the new sequel.

Toy Story 5 – Limited-Edition 4K Steelbook

1

All of the artwork is in a unique watercolor style, with the main Toy Story trio as well as some of the new character additions on the front. On the back you’ll see a certain emotionally devastating tire swing tree from Toy Story 2 that makes its return in the new sequel.

Aside from being so darn pretty, the other reason this steelbook is in such high demand is because there doesn’t appear to be any standard 4K UHD release. In other words, anyone who was looking to grab the movie in 4K UHD was forced into the steelbook option.

Now back in stock at Amazon, sold out at Walmart.

Standard Blu-ray and DVD Also Still Available

Toy Story 5 (Blu-ray)

1

The standard DVD and Blu-ray are still available at multiple retailers. These feature the same cover art that matches the primary Toy Story 5 poster, showing the team of familiar toys gawking in fear at the sequel’s new villain, LilyPad.

The original press release also claimed there would be a new collected set of all five Toy Story movies, but no listings have popped up for that one yet.

Toy Story 5 Bonus Features

The DVD, Blu-ray, and limited-edition 4K steelbook all come with the same spread of bonus features:

Featurettes:

  • The Toys Are Back in Town – Saddle up with filmmakers, cast and crew for the new “Toy Story” adventure, reuniting beloved characters and introducing new toys.
  • Casting Playtime – Hear about the fun of recording with the new cast – including Conan O’Brien and Greta Lee – and why they were perfect for their roles.
  • 50 Buzzes and The Great Escape – Lift off into this in-depth breakdown of one of the movie’s most pivotal moments. Filmmakers and animators explore the scene’s production essentials.
  • The Lost Toys – Take a peek inside the toy box with filmmakers and crew as they share favorite characters cut from the film, along with early designs and ideas.
  • Gag Reel – Hang out in the recording booth with the gang from “Toy Story 5” for some playful fun as they bring their characters to life.

Deleted Scenes:

  • First Meet
  • Failed Rescue
  • Playtime
  • Goodbye Charlie
  • Reunion

Feature Commentary: Watch the film with audio commentary by co-director Kenna Harris, production designer Bob Pauley and VFX supervisor Thomas Jordan.

Toy Story 5 was originally released in theaters back in June, where it grossed just over $1.1 billion worldwide. IGN’s own review claims it “manages to pull off an adventurous and resonant conclusion,” though we had a couple thoughts about Woody’s involvement in the whole thing. The latest Pixar sequel also landed on digital earlier this week and will most likely be streaming on Disney+ by the end of September.

For more, check out our list of every upcoming Disney and Pixar project as well as some recent Pixar announcements coming out of this year’s D23 showcase. You can also check out all of the Pixar movies you can buy in 4K right now.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Fan Uncovers Impossible Cyberpunk 2077 Location Hidden in New Edgerunners 2 Trailer

An eagle-eyed fan spotted an extremely specific location from Cyberpunk 2077 in the new trailer for Edgerunners 2, earning praise from the show’s official social media accounts as theories abound online.

Netflix dropped a new trailer and images for Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 on Thursday, giving us a closer look at Weak Kingsley, D, Roman Carax, and Talia Yang.

In the trailer’s opening shot, we see Night City’s skyline through a puddle. It’s a tranquil image that gets marred after what appears to be Weak Kingsley’s robotic arm — clearly damaged from some sort of scuffle — falls into it, while Kingsley (played by the iconic Clancy Brown) grunts in pain.

It didn’t take long for dedicated Cyberpunk fans to pinpoint the exact location of this puddle in the game itself, which they tracked down to a puddle right outside the Afterlife, a bar frequented by Johnny Silverhand and owned by legendary fixer Rogue Amendiares.

Their skills would give Rainbolt a run for his money, and even earned kudos from the official Cyberpunk: Edgerunners X account, who replied to their post: “You know Night City like the palm of your hand, choom.”

You know Night City like the palm of your hand, choom. ❤️

— Cyberpunk: Edgerunners (@edgerunners) August 21, 2026

Still others can’t help but pick apart the data shard that D slots into his neck, which looks distinctly like a relic — an experimental data chip created by Arasaka intended to map out a person’s consciousness and imprint it onto the brain of another living person.

Relics are central to the plot of Cyberpunk 2077. One of them was used to capture Johnny Silverhand’s mind, which was later imprinted onto the protagonist, V’s, brain, kicking off the rest of the game’s story.

Still others are hypothesizing that this particular relic — if that’s indeed what it is — could contain multiple different consciousnesses, owing to a voiceover said by Roman Carax to D at the end of the trailer: “You’re a weapon? A weapon made out of people?”

Not a cyberdeck, I did this really quickly to prove it, its 100% a relic https://t.co/AfbTdcwOq4 pic.twitter.com/07ORxaBzkr

— Blckhandmerku | 🏴 • New Acc (@CurrentsC40979) August 21, 2026

Previously, a fan by the name Kalenko on X discovered a slew of in-game locations referenced in the second trailer for the new Edgerunners season, which included shots of the bridge above the Riot club that connects Watson and the City Center, an aerial view of the front entrance of the Afterlife, the Deravaja Dojo in Little China, and Kabuki Market, among several others.

Edgerunners Season 1 also included many areas from the game, a favor that the devs at CD Projekt Red returned in kind by adding David’s apartment as an explorable area.

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 releases on Netflix on October 20, 2026. In the meantime, you can check out more animated series the streamer teased on Thursday, which includes a new look at WiT’s One Piece reboot and a new season of Blue Eye Samurai.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

The 256GB Nintendo Switch 2 Memory Card Drops to the Lowest Price I’ve Ever Seen

Update: This deal is already sold out.

Woot just put out one of the best deals I’ve seen on a Nintendo Switch 2 memory card this year. Right now you can pick up an officially licensed 256GB Nintendo Switch 2 memory card from Samsung for just $35.19 after you apply 20% off coupon code “SUPERSAVING“. If you’re a first time Woot customer, then this deal is even better because the coupon takes 30% off instead of 20%, dropping the price to $30.79. Amazon Prime members get free shipping. If you don’t have Amazon Prime, then you’ll need to pay $5 for delivery, which still makes it a good deal.

According to Woot, these memory cards “are in new condition, unused returns which do not ship in original retail packaging. They will ship in generic bulk packaging.”

256GB Nintendo Switch 2 Memory Card for $35.19 or Less

Samsung 256GB Memory Card for Nintendo Switch 2

0

$30.79 for first-time Woot customers!

The Switch 2 console will only accept MicroSD Express cards. If you have a standard MicroSD card from your previous Switch, it won’t work on the Switch 2. Although the two might look similar, the MicroSD Express card is much faster than its precedessor. The Samsung model is no different, with speeds of up to 800MB/s read and 400MB/s write.

Quite a few games have now been released for the Switch 2 and some of them require an enormous amount of space. Final Fantasy 14 is the most gigabyte-hungry game to date, requiring about 117GB all by itself. That game alone takes up half of the Switch 2’s internal storage capacity. Other plus-sized games include Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade (90GB), Split Fiction (70GB), Cyberpunk 2077 (60GB), and Hyrule Warriors: Age of Imprisonment (44GB). Nowadays it’s completely possible to download just three or four games and find yourself completely out of onboard storage. The Switch 2 has 256GB of onboard storage. This 256GB card will double the total capacity.

Is the 256GB not enough? There’s a 512GB memory card on sale too.

Must be signed in to see this deal

TeamGroup 512GB MicroSD Express Card

0

Nintendo Switch 2 compatible.

Newegg via its official AliExpress storefront is offering a solid deal on a larger capacity card. The TeamGroup 512GB MicroSD Express Memory Card has dropped in price to just $94.99 with free shipping (you’ll need to be signed in to see this price). That’s $5 cheaper than Newegg direct and $15 cheaper than getting it from Amazon.

How to Follow IGN Shopping Recommendations

The IGN Commerce team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Pokémon Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection, $12 Star Wars Outlaws, and 27″ Samsung Gaming Monitor

From Pokémon TCG restocks to ultra-cheap PS5 video games, there are tons of excellent deals heading into the weekend. You can also pick up a new top-notch OLED gaming monitor on Woot at a shockingly low price, or grab a 4K digital version of The Lord of the Rings Extended Edition 3-Movie Bundle for just $15. Plus, don’t miss the final days of Best Buy’s 60th Anniversary Sale, which includes some excellent in-store-only deals on Saturday.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for August 21

Take a scroll through the deals, and then read the blurbs for even more info.

Pokémon TCG: Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection

Pokémon TCG: Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection

0

The Pokémon TCG: Mega Zygarde ex Premium Collection is available at Target for $44.99, which is just below the current market value. It comes with a foil promo card, an oversized lenticular promo card, and a tech sticker all featuring Mega Zygarde ex. Plus, there are 8 Booster packs. Personally, I think the eight booster packs alone make it worth a grab.

Looking for more Pokémon TCG? Below are a few Amazon Restocks:

Star Wars Outlaws for PS5 Is $12

Star Wars Outlaws Standard Edition – PlayStation 5

0

Admittedly, Star Wars Outlaws has received a bit of hate, but for $12 on PS5 during Best Buy’s Anniversary sale, it’s an absolute steal. This open-world action-adventure set between The Empire Strikes Back and Return of the Jedi is a really great time. In IGN’s Star Wars Outlaws review, Tristan Ogilvie said, ” It’s a fun intergalactic heist adventure with great exploration.”

65% Off a 27” Samsung Odyssey QHD-OLED 240Hz G6 Gaming Monitor

New 27″ Samsung Odyssey QHD-OLED 240Hz G6 Gaming Monitor (LS27HG610SNXZA, 2026)

0

$318.39 with code for returning Woot customers

A brand new 2026 model of the 27” Samsung Odyssey QHD-OLED G6 Gaming Monitor is down to just $278.59 for new Woot customers with the code “SUPERSAVING”. Returning customers can save 20%, bringing it down to $318.39. This monitor uses stunning QD-OLED tech for deep blacks, vibrant colors, and near-infinite contrast. The 0.03ms response times and 240Hz refresh rate in QHD make it especially well-equipped for gaming.

4K The Lord of the Rings Extended Edition 3-Movie Bundle for $14.99

The Lord of the Rings Extended Edition 3-Movie Bundle (Digital)

0

Don’t have HBO Max (or a 4K subscription) and want access to The Lord of the Rings Trilogy anytime? A digital copy of The Lord of the Rings Extended Edition 3-Movie Bundle in 4K UHD is down to just $15 on Amazon. For those who don’t care about having physical discs, it’s an incredible $30 in savings. These movies from the early aughts are timeless classics and are always a great rewatch.

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth Hits Low

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth – Exclusive Amazon Edition (PS5)

0

FINAL FANTASY VII REBIRTH – Nintendo Switch 2 (Day One Edition)

1

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Switch 2 is down to just $35 at Best Buy and Amazon. The Day One Edition also comes with a Magic: The Gathering Zack Fair promo card. However, shipping is delayed on Amazon, so I’d recommend grabbing it from Best Buy to get it soon. As for the game itself, this remake of the classic action RPG earned an “Amazing” 9/10 rating in IGN’s review. Michael Higham went on to say the game is “full of exciting challenges and an awe-inspiring recreation of a world that has meant so much to so many for so long.” You can also pick up the PS5 version for only $19.99 on Amazon.

2026 58″ Hisense 4K Hi-QLED Roku TV for Just $189.99

58″ Hisense QD50 4K Hi-QLED Roku TV (2026 Model)

0

Need a budget screen for a dorm or bedroom? Best Buy is offering the brand-new 2026 model of a 58″ Hisense 4K Hi-QLED Roku TV for just $189.99. The Hi-QLED panel offers direct-lit LED backlighting, while HDR10, Dolby Vision, and HLG are all supported and Roku smarts are baked in for ease of use. The 60Hz refresh rate is also pretty solid for gaming, especially since the Switch 2 taps out at 60Hz and most PS5 games struggle to hit 120Hz anyway.

Worms: The Board Game Hits Lowest Price Ever at Amazon

Worms: The Board Game

0

The Worms video game series got the board game treatment, and it’s on sale for its lowest price ever on Amazon. This beginner-friendly board game lets you play with up to four players, each with four worms. From there, you will battle and blast each other, just like in the video game. If you end up with the most worms at the end, you’re the lucky winner. Read IGN’s full review of Worms to find out more about the board game.

$136.39 1TB SSD for PS5

KingSpec XG7000 1TB PCIe Gen4 x4 M.2 SSD (up to 7,400MBps)

0

Grab this 1TB SSD that’s compatible with PS5 for just $136.39 on AliExpress via the Official Newegg storefront. You just have to be logged in to see that price. The KingSpec XG7000 1TB PCIe 4.0 M.2 NVMe Solid State Drive offers the best and easiest way to essentially double the console’s storage. Transfer speeds of up to 7,400MB/s read and 6,600MB/s write surpass what’s required by the PS5, and the use of TCL 3D NAND flash is impressive for a budget SSD. However, you’ll want to pick up a heatsink for using it with the PS5.

Get $900 Off the 2.65-Pound Asus ROG Flow Z13 Gaming Laptop

Asus ROG Flow Z13 13.4″ 2.5K Touch-Screen AMD Ryzen AI Max+ 395 (Radeon 8060S) 64GB/1TB

1

With 64GB of RAM for just $2,099.99 at Best Buy, the Asus ROG Flow Z13 is one beastly compact convertible laptop. The 13.4″ 2560×1600 180Hz IPS display looks spectacular, and pairs well with the AMD Ryzen AI Max+ 395 processor and integrated AMD Radeon 8060S graphics, delivering a gaming performance that rivals full-size laptops. The build quality is even top-notch while remaining lightweight. Read IGN’s full review of the Asus ROG Flow Z13 to find out even more.

Best Buy’s Switch 2 Trade-in Deal

Save $75 Off the Nintendo Switch 2 + Up to $130 in Best Buy Credit With Switch Trade-in

0

Been considering upgrading your Switch for a Switch 2? Well, now is the time because for Best Buy’s 60th Anniversary Sale, the retailer is offering $75 off a new Switch 2, either the Choose Your Own Game Bundle or the standalone console, plus up to $130 in Best Buy credit when you trade in an old Switch. The trade-in value will depend on the model and condition of your console. It’s a great way to save on the Switch 2, especially ahead of the price increase on September 1.

$210 Off a 550lb CAP Dumbbell Set and Rack

CAP 550 LB Dumbbell Set with Horizontal 2 Tier Rack

0

Take your home gym setup to new levels with the 550lb CAP dumbbell set that’s $210 off on Amazon; down to its lowest price yet. It features weights from 5-50lbs that can all be stored on a sturdy steel 2-tier rack. The rubber hex dumbbells feature a solid cast-iron core with a rubber coating for noise damping. The chrome handles also have non-slip grips, ensuring you get the most out of every curl, squat, press, and lift of the dumbbells.

Dragon Quest HD-2D Remake Games Back at Lowest Prices Ever

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake is on sale for PS5, Switch, and XSX. For Switch and PS5, it’s back at the lowest price I’ve seen. This 2024 remake of Erdrick’s final adventure in the trilogy uses Square Enix’s HD-2D art style perfectly. In IGN’s Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake review, Logan Plant said it “is a shining example of how to remake a classic RPG and a brilliant reminder of why the original is an essential work.”

If you’re looking to complete the Erdrick Trilogy, pick up Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake while it’s back down to its lowest price ever at Amazon and/or Best Buy. Square Enix managed to modernize the retro RPG experience with this trilogy of Dragon Quest games and even added new story content to sink your teeth into. Dragon Quest I & II earned an “Amazing” 9/10 rating in IGN’s review, and George Yang found the remake succeeds at “recapturing the retro magic of the originals while giving them a modern facelift.”

Marvel’s Wolverine Limited-Edition DualSense Controller and More Preorders Are Live

DualSense Wireless Controller – Marvel’s Wolverine Battle Yellow Limited Edition

0

With the PS5 exclusive game Marvel Wolverine set to release next month, PlayStation has several Wolverine-themed items up for preorder now. The Limited Edition DualSense Controller is a highlight. It looks incredible in its signature bright yellow with three claw scratches and other smaller details throughout. The Wolverine console bundle, PS5 console covers, and another Adamantium Limited Edition DualSense are also available. But act fast; these preorders are selling out.

30% Off the LEGO Corvette Stingray

LEGO Technic Chevrolet Corvette Stingray

0

The LEGO Technic Chevrolet Corvette Stingray has dropped to a new low price. For just $41.99, this 732-piece model car includes a whole bunch of moving parts and awesome detail. There’s steering, an 8-cylinder engine, differential, and opening doors and a hood. Whether you’re grabbing it for a kid to play with or keeping it as a display for yourself, this set is an incredible deal.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Toy Story 5 Limited-Edition 4K Steelbook Sells Out Immediately

The 4K Blu-ray releases for Toy Story 5 went up for preorder this morning. Unfortunately for any collectors, however, the previously announced limited edition steelbook has already sold out across retailers.

A standard Blu-ray and DVD are still up for preorder with the same release date of September 22, and there’s a small chance we see a restock of the steelbook between now and then. Otherwise, I wouldn’t be surprised to eventually see it for up-marked prices on eBay.

Toy Story 5’s Limited Edition 4K Steelbook Is Already Sold Out

It’s not too hard to see why this particular steelbook got snapped up so fast. The cover art is pretty top of the line, and celebrates Toy Story as a whole instead of being too specific to the new sequel.

Sold out at Amazon and Walmart.

All of the artwork is in a unique watercolor style, with the main Toy Story trio as well as some of the new character additions on the front. On the back you’ll see a certain emotionally devastating tire swing tree from Toy Story 2 that makes its return in the new sequel.

Aside from being so darn pretty, the other reason this steelbook likely sold out so quick is because there doesn’t appear to be any standard 4K UHD release. In other words, anyone who was looking to grab the movie in 4K UHD was forced into the steelbook option.

Standard Blu-ray and DVD Still Available

Toy Story 5 (Blu-ray)

1

The standard DVD and Blu-ray are still available at multiple retailers. These feature the same cover art that matches the primary Toy Story 5 poster, showing the team of familiar toys gawking in fear at the sequel’s new villain, LilyPad.

The original press release also claimed there would be a new collected set of all five Toy Story movies, but no listings have popped up for that one yet.

Toy Story 5 Bonus Features

The DVD, Blu-ray, and limited-edition 4K steelbook all come with the same spread of bonus features:

Featurettes:

  • The Toys Are Back in Town – Saddle up with filmmakers, cast and crew for the new “Toy Story” adventure, reuniting beloved characters and introducing new toys.
  • Casting Playtime – Hear about the fun of recording with the new cast – including Conan O’Brien and Greta Lee – and why they were perfect for their roles.
  • 50 Buzzes and The Great Escape – Lift off into this in-depth breakdown of one of the movie’s most pivotal moments. Filmmakers and animators explore the scene’s production essentials.
  • The Lost Toys – Take a peek inside the toy box with filmmakers and crew as they share favorite characters cut from the film, along with early designs and ideas.
  • Gag Reel – Hang out in the recording booth with the gang from “Toy Story 5” for some playful fun as they bring their characters to life.

Deleted Scenes:

  • First Meet
  • Failed Rescue
  • Playtime
  • Goodbye Charlie
  • Reunion

Feature Commentary: Watch the film with audio commentary by co-director Kenna Harris, production designer Bob Pauley and VFX supervisor Thomas Jordan.

Toy Story 5 was originally released in theaters back in June, where it grossed just over $1.1 billion worldwide. IGN’s own review claims it “manages to pull off an adventurous and resonant conclusion,” though we had a couple thoughts about Woody’s involvement in the whole thing. The latest Pixar sequel also landed on digital earlier this week and will most likely be streaming on Disney+ by the end of September.

For more, check out our list of every upcoming Disney and Pixar project as well as some recent Pixar announcements coming out of this year’s D23 showcase. You can also check out all of the Pixar movies you can buy in 4K right now.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

The Blood of Dawnwalker Won’t Run at 60fps on Console, Even on PS5 Pro

Developer Rebel Wolves has revealed footage of its highly anticipated RPG, The Blood of Dawnwalker, running on consoles, along with the graphics modes available at launch. None will hit 60fps, however.

An action role-playing game set in 14th century Europe in which you play as Coen, a half-human, half-vampire attempting to save his family, The Blood of Dawnwalker is one of 2026’s most exciting-looking games and is set to launch on PC, PS5, and Xbox Series X/S on September 3.

But anyone choosing to play on console won’t get quite as smooth a gameplay experience as those on PC, it would seem — even on the beefier PS5 Pro and Series X machines. A new trailer reveals the different performance modes available on each Sony and Microsoft machine. They are:

PS5 Pro

  • Quality: Dynamic 4K, Targeting 30fps
  • Balanced: Dynamic 4K, Targeting 40fps

PlayStation 5 Pro offers enhanced visual quality across both modes.

Base PS5

  • Quality: Dynamic 4K, Targeting 30fps
  • Balanced: Dynamic 4K, Targeting 40fps

Xbox Series X

  • Quality: Dynamic 4K, Targeting 30fps
  • Balanced: Dynamic 4K, Targeting 40fps

Xbox Series X

  • Quality: Dynamic 4K, Targeting 30fps
  • Balanced: Dynamic 4K, Targeting 40fps

No details are given regarding The Blood of Dawnwalker’s performance on the comparatively underpowered Xbox Series S, however.

With a maximum of 40 fps being targeted on both PlayStation and Xbox, it’s fair to say some fans are disappointed, with some already saying they’re now getting it on PC because of the news.

Im disappointed. No 60 FPS mode. Guys… Come on. Seriously? PC it is then, but you could’ve pushed for more on the Pro.

— Outcast amongst Outcasts Zachary (@Zachary_reborn) August 21, 2026

With precise swordplay at the centre of the RPG’s combat systems, every frame can count when it comes to life or death, so it is somewhat surprising to see Dawnwalker not hitting 60fps when so many console games achieve this, especially on the powerful PS5 Pro.

Whether this is something that can be patched after release is yet unknown, but it’s certainly thrown an unexpected wrench into the mix just weeks before launch for some players.

The Blood of Dawnwalker – IGN First Exclusive Images

The Blood of Dawnwalker isn’t the only game people are talking about in regard to framerate, with the biggest game of the year, if not decade, GTA 6, also at the centre of a 60fps conversation. Perhaps we’ll find out more about this from Rockstar next week during the Extended Look debuting on Netflix. That will certainly distract from the recent spate of leaks hitting the game.

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

Catch Up on This Week’s Biggest Game Previews on IGN: The Duskbloods and More

Welcome to a new weekly feature on IGN: a roundup of game preview coverage in case you missed anything we got to check out over the course of the week. We enjoyed quite the variety of games we looked ahead to: The Duskbloods, Tides of Annihilation, Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2, Star Wars: Smuggler’s Gambit, and Silver Pines.

The Duskbloods

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • The Duskbloods might be FromSoftware’s most complex and interesting game yet. Miyazaki cites TTRPG influences for its gameplay systems and multiplayer mechanics.
  • As far as gameplay feel, it’s comparable to Bloodborne or Nightreign with added mobility and fit into an eight-player phase-based PvPvE setting where you earn victory points to avoid elimination.
  • The lock-on targeting and camera can have trouble tracking fast moving opponents, but the combat is intricate and intense.

FromSoftware isn’t new to multiplayer. Invasions have been a staple in the Souls games and we just came off of Elden Ring’s co-op twist with Nightreign. But The Duskbloods is something very different and new territory for the team, and to simply label it as a PvPvE game is to woefully undersell what it is. It has that familiar tough action combat packaged in phase-based matches where eight players compete for what are essentially victory points on a map in order to advance to subsequent phases, which then concludes in a three-player PvP brawl. I got to play about eight hours of The Duskbloods on a visit to FromSoftware in Tokyo, and while there are a ton of nuances I’ll dissect in this preview, I’ll say upfront that it has the makings of another hit in the Souls lineage where fun is found in the challenge and the mysteries of its world propel you to keep pushing – just now in the context of a competitive multiplayer Switch 2 exclusive. If any team can pull off such a wild idea, it’d be director Hidetaka Miyazaki and company. So buckle up y’all, The Duskbloods just might be the most complex and most fascinating project to come out of FromSoftware yet.

Check out our full preview of The Duskbloods for more.

Tides of Annihilation

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • This Arthurian-legend action-RPG leans into its King Arthur inspirations in a really impressive way.
  • The two boss fights in my demo were extremely satisfying combat encounters.
  • Despite the combat being fun, Gwendolyn’s movement controls still need some fine-tuning.

In Tides of Annihilation it isn’t just London Bridge that’s falling down, it’s the entire city that’s been razed to ruins by an unknown presence invading from a mysterious otherworld, and you’re the only human survivor left to stop it. This action adventure heavily inspired by Arthurian legend made a serious splash when it was announced early last year, but I was initially concerned that the fast-paced slash ‘em up from first-time developer Eclipse Glow Games may have been all style over substance. However, after spending roughly two hours of hands-on time with a preview build at a recent event, I’m happy to say that Tides of Annihilation feels just as exhilarating to play as it is utterly dazzling to watch.

Check out our full Tides of Annihilation preview for more.

Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • Nails the look, feel, and sound of Aliens.
  • You’re never really comfortable, in a good way.
  • The Specialist class that lets you custom-assemble your own class is the way to go.

Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2 seems like one of those lazy Sunday games, where you kill part of an afternoon playing a couple hours with friends. It gets Aliens and understands that forty miles of bad road Cameron envisioned. As a co-op game, it’s not going to change the world. Aliens already did that. But it’s a great excuse to play around in that world again, and I’m eager to see what else LV-558 has in store.

Read our full Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2 final preview for more.

Star Wars: Smuggler’s Gambit

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • Smuggler’s Gambit can connect to your MyDisney account to directly link to the Smuggler’s Run ride at the Disney theme parks.
  • Fortnite players will feel right at home, of course, but it’s approachable enough for Fortnite newbies, too.
  • Content does not seem to be lacking in this experience, with plenty of missions on offer.

Star Wars: Smuggler’s Gambit, which will be available on August 16, is a fun time with friends – it’s clearly preferable to playing solo – and it seems to be a clever way to either extend your theme-park experience outside of Disneyland’s walls and into your home, or vice versa. Hondo is a really great character to anchor this around, and I’d love to see Disney do more to extend the story of its theme park rides, be they Star Wars or otherwise. Just imagine playing as Finn during the events of the Rise of the Resistance ride, for instance…

For more, read our full hands-on impressions of Star Wars: Smuggler’s Gambit.

Silver Pines

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • The unique visual style is instantly appealing.
  • The ’90s-style adventure-meets-survival-horror gameplay makes it feel unique in 2026.
  • Monster variety is lacking in the short, early-game demo we played.

I’m continually impressed with how many interesting and unique ideas for video games still manage to pop out, even as we’ve got literally thousands coming out every year now. If you haven’t heard of Silver Pines yet, it’s a pixelated 2D survival horror that answers the question, “What might Alan Wake be like if it were made for the PS1 in the ‘90s?”, and it’s something I didn’t realize I needed in my life until now. After playing the first hour of this creepy, stressful demon lovechild of Silent Hill and The Secret of Monkey Island, I was completely pulled in by the strange and unsettling story, the deceptively beautiful pixel art, and the eerie sounds and music that made each new darkened hallway that much harder to explore. Though, with only a very small sampling, it remains to be seen if they’ll be able to continue the momentum after a very strong opening stretch. Either way, this is already quite easily one of the most stylish and unique games of 2026.

For more, read our full preview of Silver Pines.

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

Sonic x Shadow Generations Is $1 on Woot Right Now — Use This Promo Code


Sonic Racing: CrossWorlds

1

Promo code HELLOTEN applies to new customers only.

Woot is seriously out here handing out pre-2020 style Black Friday deals like it’s going out of fashion. Sure, this is contingent on you never having used Woot before, or maybe finding someone in your life that hasn’t, but also has an Amazon Prime membership for free delivery (otherwise, it’s $5.99 to ship anything).

While this chance is the tiniest bit rarer on IGN, where I like to rattle on about how good Woot is every day, there is still a decent possibility that someone out there will be able to take advantage of an excellent deal like this.

Both are eligible for $10 Switch –> Switch 2 upgrades, which admittedly wipes out your savings immediately. But it’s still much better than buying full wack for the game, and then expected to pay an additional fee on top without all the discounts applied.

Or, if you prefer, pick up Sonic x Shadow Generations on Xbox, and you can pay just $1 without any additional upgrade fees required. I can personally confirm Xbox Series X consoles run this game like a dream, as it’s where I played through the game myself. I absolutely loved my time with it, as well.

Even without the HELLOTEN promo code, I still think $10.99 and $17.99 for these two excellent games isn’t a bad deal on Switch either—it’s just not the no brainer levels of discount that can be achieved with the newbies promo offer.

Here’s what IGN’s Jada Griffen had to say about Sonic Racing: CrossWorlds and Sonic x Shadow Generations in her reviews (spoiler, she loved them, and both got 9/10s).

Sonic Racing: CrossWorlds – IGN Review

“Sonic Racing: CrossWorlds fires on all cylinders with a fantastic roster of 24 of my favorite hedgehogs, foxes, echidnas, and more. The lineup of 24 main tracks and 15 Crossworld tracks is the best-designed selection we’ve ever gotten in any Sonic racing game, and there is a generationally great soundtrack to accompany them. The racing itself feels fast, fantastic, and intuitive, with lots of options to tweak your stats to your preferred playstyle.”

“There are plenty of modes that entertained my friends and me for hours, and CrossWorlds will probably be a regular staple of hangouts as more courses and characters are added over the coming months – though I do wish it had the option for splitscreen when playing online. The titular Crossworld mechanic is an awesome idea that keeps each race fresh, and a great way to potentially turn the tables on opponents thanks to a lengthy list of customization options.”

Sonic x Shadow Generations – IGN Review

“Sonic X Shadow Generations takes an already excellent game and spring jumps it to new heights at a blistering pace by doubling up the campaign length with creative level design, fantastic bosses, plenty of collectibles, and an appreciable graphical upgrade.”

“While the brand-new Shadow content isn’t necessarily long on its own, it adds a nice change of pace to the collection of all-time great Sonic stages Generations already contained, and there’s an exciting new story that’s filled in as you explore the overworld for collectibles, activities, and challenges.”

“This bulked-up remaster soars far and above previous enhanced versions we’ve gotten in the Sonic franchise, and hopefully will be the gold standard Sega holds itself to when it decides to bring back other Sonic games from the past.”

Robert Anderson is IGN’s Senior Commerce Editor and resident deals expert on games, collectibles, trading card games, and more. You can follow him @robertliam21 on Bluesky.

DC Studios Show Lanterns Gets Off to a Big Start on HBO Max

Lanterns got off to a strong start on HBO Max, with the biggest premiere for a DC Studios show ever on the platform.

Viewership figures reported by The Hollywood Reporter show that Lanterns had 9.3 million viewers worldwide in its first three days on HBO and HBO Max. 71% of that global total came from the U.S.

That puts the Lanterns premiere ahead of the premieres of The Penguin, Peacemaker, and animated series Creature Commandos, and makes it one of the top five premieres on HBO Max overall. The U.S. figure for Lanterns (6.6 million viewers) puts it ahead of premiere viewership for IT: Welcome to Derry and True Detective: Night Country, and just behind A Knight of the Seven Kingdoms’ 6.7 million viewers. But the true test will be in the viewing figures for Lanterns across its first 90 days of release.

Lanterns HBO TV Series Cast and Characters: Who’s Confirmed for the DC Show?

Lanterns’ early days success will be welcome news to DC Studios co-CEOs James Gunn and Peter Safran following the disastrous box office performance of Supergirl, which has led to some questions about the viability of the fledgling DC Universe. It’s too early to declare Lanterns a hit show, but showrunner Chris Mundy recently told THR that he’s already mapping out a potential Season 2. Whether Warner Bros. green-lights Season 2 remains to be seen.

“We feel good that we told the story in Season 1 well,” Mundy said. “The question is whether [Season 2] is a story people are interested in. If that’s the case, then we’ll get to do another one. We’ll tell it in a slightly different way, so that it feels fresh, with characters you know and care about. We’re about six weeks into laying out a season, and then we’ll talk to folks about it really soon.”

The Lanterns premiere itself sparked significant debate online, although Gunn recently stepped in to defend the show’s more adult and gritty tone following last year’s bright and breezy Superman movie. Of course, the tone is set to shift once again with this October’s body horror movie, Clayface. Man of Tomorrow, due out next summer, will no doubt return to the PG-13 tone established by Superman.

DC Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

Aaron Pierre’s John Stewart will appear in Man of Tomorrow, so it will be interesting to see how the character is toned down for the family friendly adventure. But if Marvel Studios can make The Punisher work in a Spider-Man movie, I’m sure DC Studios can make John Stewart work in a Superman movie.

Check out IGN’s spoiler-free review of the first episode of Lanterns Season 1. The series debuts on HBO and HBO Max on Sunday, August 16.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake, CAP Dumbbells, and LEGO Mario Kart

Best Buy’s 60th Anniversary Sale continues, and we’re still seeing some incredible discounts. If you’re looking to upgrade your Switch, you’ll want to take advantage of the Switch 2 trade-in deal, or head to the store on Saturday to get a $100 Best Buy Gift Card for $60. Those aren’t the only deals worth grabbing today either; you can score major discounts on a rack of dumbbells and a Bose soundbar on Amazon. Plus, there are plenty more savings to be had.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for August 20

Scroll through the deals above and find out more below:

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake Back at Lowest Price Ever

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake – Switch 2 (KC)

0

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake – PS5

0

Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake – Switch

0

I posted the Dragon Quest HD III HD-2D Remake deal a couple of days ago. If you’re looking to complete the Erdrick Trilogy, pick up Dragon Quest I & II HD-2D Remake while it’s back down to its lowest price ever at Amazon and/or Best Buy. Square Enix managed to modernize the retro RPG experience with this trilogy of Dragon Quest games and even added new story content to sink your teeth into. Dragon Quest I & II earned an “Amazing” 9/10 rating in IGN’s review, and George Yang found the remake succeeds at “recapturing the retro magic of the originals while giving them a modern facelift.”

$210 Off a 550lb CAP Dumbbell Set and Rack

CAP 550 LB Dumbbell Set with Horizontal 2 Tier Rack

0

Take your home gym setup to new levels with the 550lb CAP dumbbell set that’s $210 off on Amazon; down to its lowest price yet. It features weights from 5-50lbs that can all be stored on a sturdy steel 2-tier rack. The rubber hex dumbbells feature a solid cast-iron core with a rubber coating for noise damping. The chrome handles also have non-slip grips, ensuring you get the most out of every curl, squat, press, and lift of the dumbbells.

LEGO Super Mario Mario Kart Hits New Low on Amazon

LEGO Super Mario: Mario Kart – Interactive Mario & Standard Kart

0

The LEGO Super Mario: Mario Kart Interactive Mario & Standard Kart is down to its lowest price yet on Amazon. This 278-piece set is $13 off and features three figures: an interactive LEGO Mario figure, a Bob-omb figure, and a Thwomp figure. Plus, you get a few of those classic Mario Kart items like a banana peel, Koopa shells, and more.

Best Buy’s Switch 2 Trade-in Deal

Save $75 Off the Nintendo Switch 2 + Up to $130 in Best Buy Credit With Switch Trade-in

0

Been considering upgrading your Switch for a Switch 2? Well, now is the time because for Best Buy’s 60th Anniversary Sale, the retailer is offering $75 off a new Switch 2, either the Choose Your Own Game Bundle or the standalone console, plus up to $130 in Best Buy credit when you trade in an old Switch. The trade-in value will depend on the model and condition of your console. It’s a great way to save on the Switch 2, especially ahead of the price increase on September 1.

$10 Best Buy Gift Card with Select Video Game Preorders

Free $10 Gift Card with Select Video Game Preorders

0

Best Buy is offering $10 gift cards on select video game preorders. Now, if you’re looking to score these games immediately and don’t want to wait for discounts down the road, this is the best and only deal going. The Blood of Dawnwalker, Ace Combat 8: Wings of Theve, FC 27, and NHL 27 are the four preorder games available that let you take advantage of this offer.

$320 Off the Bose Smart Ultra Soundbar

Bose Smart Ultra Soundbar

0

Black and white colors both on sale.

Both the black and white colorways of the Bose Smart Ultra Soundbar are down $320 on Amazon. The highest-end soundbar in Bose’s lineup features a 5.1.2-channel array with nine speakers, two of which are upward-firing dipole speakers for spatial audio and Dolby Atmos support. TrueSpace technology also helps simulate 3D sound, while an A.I. Dialogue Mode is available to better understand what’s being said in a scene. Beyond that, the excellent build quality, support for several wireless protocols, and intuitive app make this speaker a standout.

Get $900 Off the 2.65-Pound Asus ROG Flow Z13 Gaming Laptop

Asus ROG Flow Z13 13.4″ 2.5K Touch-Screen AMD Ryzen AI Max+ 395 (Radeon 8060S) 64GB/1TB

1

With 64GB of RAM for just $2,099.99 at Best Buy, the Asus ROG Flow Z13 is one beastly compact convertible laptop. The 13.4″ 2560×1600 180Hz IPS display looks spectacular, and pairs well with the AMD Ryzen AI Max+ 395 processor and integrated AMD Radeon 8060S graphics, delivering a gaming performance that rivals full-size laptops. The build quality is even top-notch while remaining lightweight. Read IGN’s full review of the Asus ROG Flow Z13 to find out even more.

Pokémon TCG Pitch Black ETB Below Market Value

Shipped and Sold By Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Elite Trainer Box

0

Shipped and Sold by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Booster Bundle

0

Pokémon TCG Mega Evolution Pitch Black ETB is available shipped and sold by Amazon for 69.95. Now, that’s actually below the current market value according to TCGPlayer. Included in the ETB are 9 booster packs, 1 full-art foil promo card featuring Zarude, 65 card sleeves, 6 damage-counter dice, and more. You can also pick up the Pitch Black Booster Bundle for $49.95, but it’s not nearly as good a deal.

Check out more Amazon restocks below:

Shipped and Sold By Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Perfect Order Booster Bundle

0

Shipped and Sold by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Chaos Rising Booster Bundle

0

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake Drops to Low Price on Amazon

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake – PS5

0

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake – Nintendo Switch

0

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake – XSX

0

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake is on sale for PS5, Switch, and XSX. For Switch and PS5, it’s back at the lowest price I’ve seen. This 2024 remake of Erdrick’s final adventure in the trilogy uses Square Enix’s HD-2D art style perfectly. In IGN’s Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake review, Logan Plant said it “is a shining example of how to remake a classic RPG and a brilliant reminder of why the original is an essential work.”

30% Off the LEGO Corvette Stingray

LEGO Technic Chevrolet Corvette Stingray

0

The LEGO Technic Chevrolet Corvette Stingray has dropped to a new low price. For just $41.99, this 732-piece model car includes a whole bunch of moving parts and awesome detail. There’s steering, an 8-cylinder engine, differential, and opening doors and a hood. Whether you’re grabbing it for a kid to play with or keeping it as a display for yourself, this set is an incredible deal.

Save $200 on the Beats Studio Pro Wireless Noise Cancelling Headphones

Beats Studio Pro Wireless Noise Cancelling Over-the-Ear Headphones

0

The Beats Studio Pro Wireless Headphones in the navy colorway are down to just $149.99 for $200 in savings. These headphones deliver a top-tier sound performance, solid active noise cancellation, and an incredible 40-hour battery life. A bunch of Apple features are also available, including a seamless, simple connection to Apple devices, at a fraction of the cost of the AirPods Max.

Rise of Ronin Hits New Low Price

Rise of the Ronin – PlayStation 5

0

Pick up Rise of Ronin for PS5 for just $19.99 during Best Buy’s 60th Anniversary Sale. It’s the lowest price I’ve seen for this action game set in mid-19th-century Japan. However, there is a catch: it went out of stock almost immediately at Best Buy, but you can order it now, and Best Buy will notify you when it’s ready to ship, letting you lock in that price. In IGN’s review, Will Borger said: “Rise of the Ronin marries a cool historical setting, Team Ninja’s mastery of tough-but-fair combat, and some smart RPG design to make a game that is immediately compelling, and even more fun with friends.”

Marvel’s Wolverine Limited-Edition DualSense Controller and More Preorders Are Live

DualSense Wireless Controller – Marvel’s Wolverine Battle Yellow Limited Edition

0

With the PS5 exclusive game Marvel Wolverine set to release next month, PlayStation has several Wolverine-themed items up for preorder now. The Limited Edition DualSense Controller is a highlight. It looks incredible in its signature bright yellow with three claw scratches and other smaller details throughout. The Wolverine console bundle, PS5 console covers, and another Adamantium Limited Edition DualSense are also available. But act fast; these preorders are selling out.

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Switch 2 for $35

FINAL FANTASY VII REBIRTH – Nintendo Switch 2 (Day One Edition)

1

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Switch 2 is down to just $35 at Best Buy and Amazon. The Day One Edition also comes with a Magic: The Gathering Zack Fair promo card. However, shipping is delayed on Amazon, so I’d recommend grabbing it from Best Buy to get it soon. As for the game itself, this remake of the classic action RPG earned an “Amazing” 9/10 rating in IGN’s review. Michael Higham went on to say the game is “full of exciting challenges and an awe-inspiring recreation of a world that has meant so much to so many for so long.”

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Charles Melton in Talks to Play Kakashi in Destin Daniel Cretton’s Naruto Movie

Charles Melton could be our new Kakashi, as the actor is reportedly in talks to portray the iconic masked shinobi in Destin Daniel Cretton’s upcoming Naruto movie.

Sources told The Hollywood Reporter that Melton is in the final stages of negotiations to take the role, meaning his spot in the film is almost fully secured.

Melton makes sense as Kakashi; the actor, best known for his performances in Beef Season 2 and Riverdale, is an avid manga reader and a huge anime fan. In an interview with The New Yorker back in April, Melton admitted that he hadn’t been sleeping because he’d been watching anime “until 4 o’clock in the morning almost every other day.”

How to Watch Naruto Movies in Order

He listed his favorites series as Dragon Ball Z, Demon Slayer, and Jujutsu Kaisen. “Dragon Ball Z, that’s just the classic,” he said. “That’s my childhood. Demon Slayer, I mean, Tanjiro, man — he finds strength in the love that he has for his sister and his friends. He’s one of the most honorable characters I’ve seen. Itadori in Jujutsu Kaisen — man, I just love him, okay?”

While Naruto wasn’t in his top three, we have to admit he’d be a good fit for the part especially considering his martial arts skills. Melton is a second-degree black belt in taekwondo and won gold in the International Taekwondo Federation foreign nationals division while he lived in South Korea.

Responses to Melton’s all-but-assured casting as Kakashi have been about as wild and enthusiastic as you’d expect, with many remarking on how he reportedly turned down the chance to play Beast in Marvel’s upcoming X-Men movie, a role that was later revealed to be reprised by Kesley Grammar.

“Now I can see why he dropped the role of MCU Beast for this,” one commenter wrote on X.

“So this is why he turned down the Beast role?” another asked.

“Charles Melton as Kakashi actually makes sense… Y’all seeing the vision or am I crazy?” yet another wrote.

Casting for Naruto himself is still underway. An open casting call was published in summer 2026, reportedly seeking out young male actors between 16 and 20 years old who are “athletic, energetic, expressive” and must speak fluent English.

Mangaka Masashi Kishimoto, the creator of Naruto, spoke on the project on the official Naruto website, who excitedly said he “cannot believe” his manga was being adapted into a major Hollywood film.

“Right now, miracles are happening to me, one after another. My work, Naruto, is truly, truly becoming a Hollywood movie! And an even greater miracle is that the film will be directed by the one and only Destin Daniel Cretton. I still cannot believe it!” he wrote.

This is the next big project for Cretton following Spider-Man: Brand New Day, a project that broke records at the box office to become one of the most profitable Marvel Movies in history.

Image Credits: Chris Delmas / AFP via Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Malware Disguised as Copies of Leaked GTA 6 Build Are Popping Up on Piracy Sites

No, despite claims online, there is not a downloadable and playable build of GTA 6 floating around on piracy sites.

Earlier this week, a leaker known as CyberLeek began posting alleged gameplay footage from Grand Theft Auto 6. Ever since these leaks began appearing, there’s been no shortage of fake news and misleading claims spreading online. Various users have impersonated the leaker on social media to capitalize on the situation, fake AI videos claiming to be new leaks have also circulated, and now, people are suggesting that there’s an actual playable version of the game floating around the internet.

Various pirating and torrenting sites have been populated with download links to an alleged GTA 6 build. Don’t download these. They are malware and will compromise your computer in various ways. According to experts from NordVPN, these downloads have been floating around all year, but have experienced a resurgence with the recent leaks.

“Every time GTA 6 makes headlines, leaked footage spreads through re-uploads, Discord links, and unofficial mirrors, which is exactly the environment where fake ‘leak’ downloads and credential-harvesting pages thrive,” said Marijus Briedis, CTO at NordVPN. “Fans looking for leaks or removed clips might land on unfamiliar sites, and in that moment they trust what they find. That’s the window attackers exploit.”

While some may find the idea of a GTA 6 build leaking online outrageous in of itself, there is precedent for such a thing. In late 2023, Insomniac Games was hacked and a playable version of Marvel’s Wolverine found its way online. Three years later, and that game is finally about to be officially released to the public. There’s no indication that a build of GTA 6 will find its way online, but the situation is ceratinly unique and disruptive to Rockstar.

As for the newly leaked footage itself, some thought it was obtained by hacking Rockstar, similar to the big leak for the game that happened in 2022. As it turns out, there may be more here than meets the eye, as the hacker spelled out their own name with bullets in-game in one of the leaked videos. This seems to suggest that the leaker is actually in possession of a working build of the game, but we don’t know much else on the matter. Rockstar Games and Take-Two Interactive have yet to comment on the situation, so all we can really do is speculate right now.

Grand Theft Auto 6 Trailer 1 Stills

Grand Theft Auto 6 is expected to officially unveil its gameplay next week on August 27 via an event on Netflix and, later in the day, YouTube. Not much is known about how long the event will be or the exact specifics of what will be shown, but it’s hyped up to be the biggest look at the game to date.

Grand Theft Auto 6 will release on Xbox Series X|S and PS5 on November 19.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Netflix Reveals Packed Anime Slate at Anime NYC

Netflix showed off a massive slate of upcoming projects at Anime NYC, including exclusive trailers and images for series like Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2, The One Piece, Blue Eye Samurai, and more.

Anime NYC is underway, and to celebrate, Netflix is showing off what it’s got in store in its arsenal of animated shows. From established anime series to new projects, there’s a lot for fans to look forward to in the coming months.

Bass X Machina – Official Teaser Trailer Debut, New Images

Bass X Machina is a gritty Western adult animated series set in a Steampunk universe. It follows Bass Reeves, voiced by Brian Tyree Henry, as he restores law to the Wild West, braving deadly automatons and outlaws along the way.

Netflix showed off a new trailer for the show and provided some images, along with a release date for November 3, 2026.

Brian Tyree Henry is Bass X Machina. Coming to Netflix November 3.

In a lawless Steampunk West, a father is forced to become judge, jury, and executioner. Knowing that every act of justice may cost him the very people he’s fighting to save. pic.twitter.com/ybnJofhLQ5

— Netflix (@netflix) August 20, 2026

Blue Eye Samurai Season 2 Trailer Revealed, Season 3 Confirmed

Blue Eye Samurai Season 2 releases in January 2027. In the trailer shown off by Netflix, Mizu braves stormy seas and dangerous company in her treacherous journey to London.

Netflix also confirmed that Blue Eye Samurai has been greenlit for a third and final season, tying up Mizu’s quest for revenge

“I choose revenge.”

Blue Eye Samurai returns JANUARY 2027. pic.twitter.com/i7aNyTZuYO

— Netflix (@netflix) August 20, 2026

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 New Trailer and Images Revealed

Good morning, Night City! Netflix showed off an English-language trailer for Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2, giving us a closer look at the tragedy and bloodshed that’s in store for our four main characters.

There’s a lot to unpack from this trailer, so be sure to check out our article breaking down everything that was shown and what it could mean for Weak Kingsley and company.

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 releases on October 20, 2026.

A washed up edgerunner & a killer netrunner in Night City… what could go wrong?

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 arrives OCTOBER 20. A new standalone 10-episode story from the world of Cyberpunk 2077. pic.twitter.com/0401D4RUam

— Netflix (@netflix) August 20, 2026

Fool Night Gets November 26 Release Date and Special Featurette

New images, a trailer, and a special featurette were released for Fool Night, an upcoming anime adaptation of the manga by Kasumi Yasuda. In the world of Fool Night, humanity faces a critical oxygen shortage, necessitating a horrifying new means of survival: dying humans willingly transform their bodies into plants that provide oxygen for their families in exchange for money from the government.

The featurette included testimonials from the production crew, who delved into their creative process creating the show’s dark world.

“Across the visuals, music, and direction, we feel that we achieved a high level of artistry. I hope people will look forward to it,” they said.

Fool Night debuts on Netflix on November 26, 2026.

“Turn me into a beautiful flower.”

FOOL NIGHT, the long-awaited anime adaptation of the globally popular manga and the first-ever collaboration between Sunrise and SHAFT, premieres November 26. pic.twitter.com/QNxwh9olFC

— Netflix (@netflix) August 20, 2026

LEGO® ONE PIECE – Official Trailer, New Images

The search for the One Piece is afoot! One Piece is getting the LEGO treatment with a special two-part animated special coming to Netflix on September 29 that ties into the beloved anime’s live-action adaptation.

The trailer seems to point to this being Usopp’s retelling of his adventures with Luffy, with his live-action counterpart, along with a CGI Chopper, reading about the events of the special from a storybook.

Hold onto your straw hats! The most spectacular, legendary, epic, earth-shattering, monumental adventure begins! pic.twitter.com/rpYPGAzz9h

— ONE PIECE(ワンピース) Netflix (@onepiecenetflix) August 20, 2026

Sakatamoto Days Gets Action-Packed Trailer Showing Off Three New Characters

Sakamoto Days Season 2 got a trailer showing off three new characters: Amane, Etsuko Satoda, and Yotsumura. All three got some time to shine in stunningly-animated fight scenes, giving Sakamoto and company a run for their money.

Sakamoto Days Season 2 releases in January 2027.

Taro Sakamoto is BACK and this time he’s bringing his assassin skills to ANIME NYC for a special surprise! SAKAMOTO DAYS returns in January, only on Netflix. pic.twitter.com/AC4M7MhTMm

— Netflix Geeked (@NetflixGeeked) August 20, 2026

WiT’s The One Piece Reboot Gets New Key Art

While not much was said about WiT Studio’s upcoming One Piece reboot, we did get a look at some key art for the highly-anticipated show, which is set to air sometime in February 2027.

The One Piece is an updated retelling of the original story. Its first season will consist of seven episodes that adapts the first 50 chapters of the manga, up to Luffy’s encounter with Sanji.

It’s meant to provide a more streamlined introduction to the series for beginners, as the original One Piece anime is known for being one of the longest anime series of all time with a gobsmacking 1,174 episodes at the time of writing.

A new dawn, a grand adventure, and the biggest smiles on the seas! ✨

Get ready to set sail with Luffy as he chases the ultimate dream: becoming King of the Pirates. #THEONEPIECE premieres February 2027, exclusively on Netflix! pic.twitter.com/nZzQxmx7ux

— ONE PIECE(ワンピース) Netflix (@onepiecenetflix) August 20, 2026

That’s all Netflix had to share in regards to its upcoming animated projects. In another exciting anime reveal, Kingdom Hearts is getting an animated series on Disney+ with close involvement from Tetsuya Nomura.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Edgerunners 2 Trailer and Images Shown at Anime NYC

A new trailer and images from Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 have been revealed by Netflix, giving us a closer look at the high-octane action and heartbreaking tragedy we can expect from this latest foray into Night City.

An English-language trailer for the critically-acclaimed anime’s second season has hit the internet to kick off Anime NYC. We finally get to hear Clancy Brown (Detroit: Become Human, Avatar the Last Airbender) as Weak Kingsley, a veteran Edgerunner who we see fall into the throes of cyberpsychosis and blast some chooms with his pistol. You know, typical Cyberpunk stuff.

We also get a glimpse of him taking an assignment from a concerned mother in a diner, who mentions her daughter, as well as a shot of him sitting by Talia Yang as she lies in a hospital bed. “Losing yourself… that’s worse than death,” Kingsley says in a voiceover.

A washed up edgerunner & a killer netrunner in Night City… what could go wrong?

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 arrives OCTOBER 20. A new standalone 10-episode story from the world of Cyberpunk 2077. pic.twitter.com/0401D4RUam

— Netflix (@netflix) August 20, 2026

D, a Snake Nation nomad, also gets some time to shine; we see him slotting a datashard into his neck as a voiceover says: “Those burns… I didn’t know anyone else survived. You’ve been out for blood? All this time?”

A burning campsite flashes across the screen, along with clips of the usual Night City ultraviolence. We see a shot of Talia in the rain, then D and Roman Carax standing by a burning corpse at night in the desert. Something crazy is happening with D’s hair here as Roman says in a voiceover: “You’re a weapon? A weapon made out of people?”

“In Night City, the lines between redemption and revenge will blur. Night City will burn again,” text intermittently appearing throughout the trailer reads.

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners 2 Images

Along with this trailer, we got a few new images featuring Roman Carax, D, and Kingsley, one of which shows him presenting with the physical symptoms of cyberpsychosis and another showing him facing off with what appears to be a MaxTac hovercraft, pistol in hand.

While Studio Trigger is still holding its cards close to the chest, we got a better look at what we’re in for when October 20 rolls around, and it doesn’t look like it’ll be any less heartbreaking than the first season was.

In fact, the ending of Edgerunner’s first season was tame in comparison to what was originally planned, with writer Bartosz Sztybor admitting that “there were even worse endings” for David and company.

For now, we’ll have to wait for more details coming out of Netflix’s upcoming panel at Anime NYC. In the meantime, you can check out our breakdown of the characters appearing in the new season, as well as the individual locations spotted in Season 2 trailers that line up with specific spots in the game.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Reach Designer Reveals Modern Warfare Series Were ‘Huge’ Inspiration

Halo: Reach designer Niles Sankey has revealed that the game was massively influenced by the first two Modern Warfare games.

On Twitter, Halo: Reach designer Niles Sankey responded to a post about the infamous nuke scene in Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare. He noted that the first two Modern Warfare games were a “huge” inspiration for the campaign of Bungie’s final Halo game.

He noted that, although Bungie felt Halo was doing things better than Call of Duty in areas like enemy AI and vehicles, Infinity Ward was beating them at other things, and it made sense to pull from their games.

“Many of the moments in Reach were inspired by the brilliant work of Infinity Ward, including the Nobel team squad interactions, and ‘Objective Survive’ was spiritually inspired by the Nuke sequence [in Call of Duty 4]. We just tried to push it one step further,” he said.

Modern Warfare 1 and 2 were huge influences on Halo Reach’s campaign.

The tonal execution in those games was (and still is) absolutely brilliant.

We knew that Halo did some things better (AI combat, vehicles, etc), but we also knew the MW games were beating us in other… https://t.co/6aKYa23sYu

— Niles Sankey (@NilesSankey) August 20, 2026

This news may come as a surprise to some fans, as Call of Duty and Halo were direct competitors in the mid-2000s, with Infinity Ward even going as far as developing a “Halo Killer.” During the development of Call of Duty 4, the studio quietly prototyped a sci-fi Call of Duty game known as “HK,” short for Halo Killer. The project featured aliens, advanced technology, and as the name suggests, was Infinity Ward’s idea of trying to directly dethrone Halo as the world’s biggest shooter franchise.

Ultimately, Call of Duty was able to get there before it ever went into the realm of sci-fi. The Modern Warfare series was a massive hit that put Call of Duty on an unprecedented level. Infinity Ward eventually made a sci-fi Call of Duty game with Infinite Warfare in 2016, but it was wildly different than what they had initially designed for HK. Infinite Warfare dropped the aliens in favor of human-on-human space battles, which led to one of the most acclaimed campaigns in the franchise. The rest of the game? Not so acclaimed.

As for Halo: Reach, it was the last game in the series developed by Bungie, but also arguably one of the studio’s best. It was a darker, more grounded take on the series with a very tragic story. Leaning on Modern Warfare’s dramatic storytelling beats to beef up Halo’s campaign was ultimately probably a smart move on Bungie’s part. Now, over 15 years later, the co-creator of Halo is asking for the series to embrace a darker and more grounded tone once again. Whether that happens remains to be seen.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Active Development for 2XKO Ending in December, But Online Play is Unaffected

In one of the more heartbreaking developments in the games industry this year, Riot’s League of Legends fighting game, 2XKO, will officially end active development in December.

The writing has been on the wall for some time now, but the official news still hit the fighting game community like a freight train. The 2XKO team explained the situation in a blog post on August 20, admitting that there simply aren’t enough active players to justify continued support.

“Over the last few months, we’ve been monitoring 2XKO’s trajectory closely, and what we’ve seen is painting a clear, consistent picture: while a lot of you jumped in to try the game and there’s an incredible community that plays every day, we haven’t seen enough players stick with the game to get to a path toward sustainability,” their post reads.

With a heavy heart, the @Play2XKO team shares an update about the future.
– Active development will end in December.
– The final content patch goes live in October.
– Servers stay online.
– In-game purchases made before August 20 will be refunded.https://t.co/3UQF7kh5S4 pic.twitter.com/FKquzTd6xc

— Riot Games (@riotgames) August 20, 2026

As of right now, 2XKO will remain online beyond 2026, and offline play will not be affected. The team will continue to introduce new content throughout the rest of the year, including feature improvements, two new champions in Lux and Samira, and a final bug fix patch in December.

It’s unclear if this will remain true in the future, though, as the wording of Riot’s blog post made it seem as though the status of active online play is subject to change. “We’ll give advanced notice if any of that changes,” it reads.

The team went on to give a preview of what’s coming next for the game: In the coming months, Riot will disable KO Points purchases, refund all purchases made prior to August 20, add a purchasable bundle of nearly all 2XKO cosmetic content for $39.99, and make most items available for Credits. Riot will also unlock most gameplay content, including all champions.

It’s also removing systems like Battle Passes, KO Points, Champion Tokens, seasons, and events, as well as disabling ranked lobbies to better streamline the casual lobby experience. “Ranked lobbies will be disabled to ensure that we can matchmake within a single pool of players per server,” the post explains. “Casual lobbies will still be matchmade by skill, so you should still expect to see players around your skill level.” Private lobbies will remain unaffected by these changes.

Notably, the 2XKO Competitive Series will continue through the end of 2026, but after that, it’s gone for good. Riot will continue to support players and tournament organizers during this time, including providing prizing for all Major and Challenger events. The final Competitive Series event will still take place in November. 2027 and onwards, TOs can continue to run both offline and online events featuring the game using their community competition guidelines.

The team went on to explain why development for the game is ending, saying “diehard tag fighter players loved 2XKO, but most other fighting game players struggled to find reasons to stick with the game. …We saw no meaningful, sustained change in 2XKO’s trajectory; only a fraction of what it would take to trend toward sustainability. Over time it became clear it would be impossible for us to continue actively developing the game as we are today.”

2XKO – Braum Screenshots

Although the team looked at all available options — reducing the size of their workforce (something that happened back in February), adjusting patch schedules, and changing their business model — they discovered that “finishing the rest of our work-in-progress content and sunsetting active development was the best route forward for players and Rioters.”

Needless to say, the response from the FGC hasn’t been positive. It even sparked a response from Evo, the world’s largest fighting game tournament, which wrote: “Not the news we wanted to hear today. Sending love to the team who worked so hard to bring the game to life.”

“I feel terrible for the 2XKO team and so sad for myself and everyone who loves this game,” one player wrote on X. “Shame on Riot for the way they turn their backs on games they develop that don’t have LoL numbers.”

“Riot really needs to stop cancelling everything that isn’t as big as LoL. You’re never gonna reach that level of success again. It’s unrealistic to shit-can everything (and everyone) that doesn’t reach that bar,” another said.

As previously mentioned, the writing has been on the wall for 2XKO for some time now. Players feared the worst after Riot laid off dozens of the game’s development team back in February, worrying that this move heralded the eventual death of the title. Unfortunately, it seems they were right, though there’s at least some silver lining with servers remaining online for the time being.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Nitro Deck 2 Is Out for Switch 2 Next Week

I love the Nintendo Switch 2. It’s like the original Switch, but it can actually play modern games made by companies other than Nintendo. But despite releasing eight years after the OG Switch, the Switch 2 has the same big problem as its predecessor: the Joy-Cons that come with it are terrible controllers.

Thankfully, third-party accessory makers are finally swooping in to replace them. One of our favorite original Switch accessories was the Nitro Deck, but it’s not compatible with Switch 2. Enter the Nitro Deck 2 from CRKD which, after numerous delays, is finally shipping next week, on August 28 (see it at Amazon). The Nitro Deck 2 is designed to make the Switch 2 feel more comfortable in your hands.

Preorder CRKD Nitro Deck 2 for Switch 2

CRKD Nitro Deck 2 for Switch 2

0

The big new feature in this model versus the original Nitro Deck is that you can use it on the Switch 2 in handheld mode, or you can collapse it into a standard controller and use it to play in docked mode. That makes it twice as useful and minimizes the number of controllers you need to buy.

Unlike Joy-Con 2 sticks, the Nitro Deck 2 has full-sized analog sticks, like on the Pro Controller. They’re CaptiSticks which, like Hall Effect sticks, won’t contract stick drift after using for a while. You can also adjust the resistance on them to your liking, and you can swap the stick tops and D-pad with the designs you like best (see the alternates on CRKD).

It also has four back buttons, two extra shoulder buttons, and fully re-mappable controls to give you many more gameplay options than a standard controller. And thanks to a tightening dial on the back of the device, it’s also fully compatible with the original Switch and Switch OLED, which is a fun bonus.

Why Joy-Cons 2 Are Bad

What makes the default Switch 2 Joy-Cons so bad? Let me count the ways. The thumbsticks are too short for comfort. They’re too thin, giving your hands little to grip onto. The face buttons are tiny. They feel bad when used solo, and when snapped into a grip. They basically feel bad to use all the time.

These issues all arise as a result of Nintendo making the Joy-Cons 2 as versatile as possible. And to Nintendo’s credit, they really can be used in a whole bunch of ways, some of which come in handy in certain situations. But when you make a controller a jack of all trades, it becomes a master of none. The ways I use my Switch 2 most – in handheld mode or in docked mode – the Joy-Cons just don’t cut it.

If you ask me, the best thing to do with your default Joy-Cons 2 is to chuck them in the garbage and replace them with something else – like a Nitro Deck 2, perhaps?

Chris Reed is a senior commerce editor and deals expert for IGN. He also runs IGN’s board game and LEGO coverage. You can follow him on Bluesky.

Modern Warfare 4 Developers Address Need for Balance in Call of Duty

The team behind Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 believes that players have only gotten better at the game since the franchise became a pop culture juggernaut.

Speaking to IGN ahead of Modern Warfare 4’s highly anticipated beta, multiplayer design lead Jacky Reynolds expressed the belief that the average Call of Duty player has only gotten better with time. As a result, it has pushed Infinity Ward and the various teams behind Call of Duty to play their game inside and out to ensure there aren’t ways for players to exploit the most powerful items to ruin the fun for others.

“I think in general, the average player is just so much better than they were 15 years ago,” Reynolds said as part of a sweeping interview on all things Modern Warfare 4. “A big thing that we have internally, as well as making that victim experience [satisfying], is making sure that we play everything with each other to make sure that there’s not any crazy strategies that can break open a whole sandbox. Kind of like when you had One Man Army and grenade launcher rounds and you could just infinitely shoot them across the map [in the original Modern Warfare 2].”

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 Screenshots (August 2026)

In the original Modern Warfare 2 from 2009, players were able to combine various systems together to cause mayhem. There was a perk known as One Man Army, which allowed the player to pull out a bag and change their loadouts without dying. That may seem relatively harmless, but players discovered that you could use this to also restock ammo for things like grenade launchers. Once they figured that out, they could sit in their spawns and fire infinite grenade launcher rounds into the air and kill enemies without ever seeing them.

It’s one of the most infamous exploits in Call of Duty and, as Reynolds noted, the developers put in a lot of effort to make sure history doesn’t repeat itself. As of right now, we’ll just have to wait and see if they’ve succeeded with Modern Warfare 4. I asked if there were any weapons that fans should try before they get nerfed or if there are any Infinity Ward was specifically keeping an eye on for balancing, but the developers suggested that they wouldn’t intentionally put something in that they don’t feel is properly tuned. Ultimately, the goal is to make a game that is fun, but fair.

“As far as balancing all those things out, we’ve tried to lean into the fun, but also making things fair,” added Reynolds. “And it’s a conversation I’m sure we’re going to continue to have after this first weekend. We’ll probably get a lot of great feedback on that.”

For more, check out our interview with Infinity Ward on Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4 in full.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Marvel Fixes Civil War’s Biggest Flaw 20 Years Later

When it comes to modern comic book crossovers, few stories can rival Marvel’s Civil War when it comes to impact and influence. There was rarely a more exciting time to be reading Marvel’s comic book line than the summer and fall of 2006, as iconic heroes like Iron Man and Captain America battled it out on the page and Spider-Man made international headlines. You can take issue with Civil War’s execution and the way it characterized certain key players, but the fun factor and the core appeal of the series’ premise are undeniable. It’s no wonder Marvel Studios adapted the series to great success with 2016’s Captain America: Civil War movie.

There’s just one problem with Civil War in both its original and MCU forms – its influence on the larger Marvel Universe eventually faded. The ideological conflict over superhuman registration faded without ever being truly resolved. But thanks to Avengers: Armageddon, Marvel is finally addressing that flaw 20 years later. Civil War is a story that arguably never should have ended, and now, it seems it never did.

Read on to learn more about how this new crossover has successfully revived the Civil War conflict two decades later, but beware of spoilers for Avengers: Armageddon #3 ahead!

Marvel Comics: Avengers – Armageddon Panel Image Gallery

The Great Sin of Marvel’s Civil War

Civil War certainly boasts a strong elevator pitch, if nothing else. The series explores what happens when the general public grows fed up with teams like the Avengers operating without governmental oversight. In the wake of a massive tragedy in Stamford, CT, a remorseful Iron Man leads the charge for the Superhuman Registration Act. Opposing him is his old buddy Captain America, who believes heroes need to be free to act without worrying about jurisdiction or jumping through procedural hoops. Personal freedom on one side, and security and accountability on the other. It was basically the perfect conflict for a post-9/11 Marvel Universe.

That ideological divide split the superhero community right down the middle, with some heroes flocking to Iron Man’s pro-registration banner and others throwing their lot in with Cap’s underground resistance. And perhaps the greatest success of Civil War is that it actually allowed one side (Team Iron Man) to triumph over the other. The Superhuman Registration Act became the law of the land in the Marvel Universe.

And, as MCU fans well remember, a similar conflict played out in Phase 3. Team Iron Man won the debate in Captain America: Civil War, leading to a new status quo where Cap and his allies became fugitives from the law.

But again, the issue with both versions of the story is that the effects of Civil War eventually faded. On the comics side, Marvel explored the long-term fallout of Civil War in subsequent crossovers like 2007’s World War Hulk and 2008’s Secret Invasion, with Iron Man eventually becoming disgraced and replaced in his role as S.H.I.E.L.D. director by Norman Osborn. In the end, Osborn himself was exposed and overthrown, leading to the general public accepting the return of a more traditional, registration-free Avengers team. After several years of turmoil, the Marvel Universe basically reverted to square one.

Similarly, the MCU no longer really feels the effects of Captain America: Civil War. The Sokovia Accords have been phased out, and the general public generally seems willing to accept the idea of heroes operating outside the law (see 2026’s Spider-Man: Brand New Day, where Tom Holland’s Spidey has become New York’s favorite darling despite being a one-man surveillance state). We’ve seen echoes of Civil War through plot points like Mayor Fisk’s anti-vigilante task force in Daredevil: Born Again, but that’s about it.

Frankly, it’s never made sense that the average Joe in either version of the Marvel Universe would simply forget about the idea of superhuman registration and move on. Is it really so unreasonable for ordinary civilians to expect a certain degree of transparency and accountability from these all-powerful super-beings? Does the fact that the Avengers saved the universe from Thanos in 2019’s Avengers: Endgame give them a permanent free pass? It’s never sat right that Marvel would just abandon the concept of superhero registration on either the comics or film side, rather than making registration a permanent part of the conversation going forward.

Marvel Cinematic Universe: Every Upcoming Movie and TV Show

Avengers: Armageddon – The New Civil War

Enter Avengers: Armageddon. This crossover has come on the scene 20 years after the original Civil War’s debut, and 10 years after the original sequel, Civil War II (the less said about that book, the better). Marvel isn’t actually calling this book Civil War III, but after reading issue #3, they might as well have used the name. This book is very much a spiritual sequel to the original Civil War, and I’m all for it.

In Armageddon, the Avengers again find themselves pulled between their responsibility to uphold the law and their duty as heroes. The series opens with Red Hulk and his gamma-powered soldiers invading the war-torn nation of Latveria and declaring it “New America.” The Avengers and Fantastic Four, along with Spider-Man, Wolverine, and former Captain America-turned-godlike hero David Colton, opt to respond to Red Hulk’s attack despite being expressly forbidden by the US government. That decision has caused a chaotic chain reaction of events that threatens to destabilize world peace and turn the public against the Avengers once more.

Colton himself is the architect behind much of that chaos, as he sets about unilaterally destroying the world’s nuclear stockpiles, Superman IV-style. Colton feels nothing but contempt for the Avengers, arguing that people with great power have the responsibility to use that power to make the world a better place. Meanwhile, a new wave of anti-Avengers resentment is brewing, with even Spider-Man questioning whether the world would be better off if superheroes faced more oversight. The series is putting a fresh spin on the same themes that were explored in the original Civil War, thereby proving that the argument over superhuman registration never fully went away.

Art by Ario Anindito. (Image Credit: Marvel)

As the series reaches its climax in issues #4 and 5, we’re going to see a real doomsday scenario play out. Already, Colton has sparked possible nuclear war by failing to eliminate every warhead in existence. Now Red Hulk has thrown his lot in with Russia’s Winter Guard, while the recently reconstituted S.H.I.E.L.D. has taken a stand against the Avengers and rebranded itself “Strategic Human Intelligence, Enforcement, and Logistic Defense.” There’s a world war brewing, and the Avengers are partly to blame.

It’s exciting to see a series finally pick up Civil War’s baton and carry it forward again. At long last, the concept of superhero accountability is at the forefront of the Marvel U. once more. Not in exactly the same way that Civil War presented it, but in a way that builds on that conflict and proves that the original story’s themes and ideas still very much resonate 20 years down the road.

And we already know the effects of this conflict aren’t limited to Avengers: Armageddon itself. This series directly sets the stage for Chip Zdarsky and Marco Checchetto’s relaunched Avengers comic, which sees a drastically different version of Earth’s Mightiest Heroes try to make a stand in a world that hates and fears them like never before.

Zdarsky teases that Spider-Man and his fellow Avengers will be very much dealing with the aftereffects of Armageddon and the question of responsibility in the new series, telling IGN, “Spidey is the poster boy for power and responsibility, so going into Avengers, he and every other hero are considering what that means.”

I’m looking forward to a new status quo for Marvel’s comic book universe very much like the post-Civil War lineup in 2007, where heroes everywhere are forced to choose whether they can operate within the confines of the law. Everything we’ve seen of the upcoming Avengers comic suggests that this team will be underground fugitives, similar to how the New Avengers operated in opposition to Iron Man’s Mighty Avengers. That was easily one of the most creatively fruitful periods for the franchise of the past several decades. Why not draw inspiration from the post-Civil War Avengers line? There’s still so much material to mine there.

The Avengers (2026) #1 Preview Gallery

And, sooner or later, we can only hope that the MCU looks to stories like Avengers: Armageddon for inspiration. Just like the comics, it feels like there’s still so much room to explore the central ideas and conflicts that fueled Captain America: Civil War. Particularly with mutants like Sadie Sink’s Jean Grey now popping up, the general MCU public has to be growing more and more wary of the many unlicensed, unsanctioned superhumans running around. Rather than let the Civil War conflict fade into the background, there’s an opportunity to revive it and explore the sometimes tumultuous relationship the world has with its costumed defenders.

Civil War is nothing if not a great idea for a Marvel story. But like Pandora’s Box, once you open that lid, there’s no putting things back in order. Thankfully, Marvel seems to be belatedly realizing that fact in Avengers: Armageddon. The age-old battle between freedom and security rages on.

For more on the future of the Marvel Universe, learn all about the new symbiote hero known as The Amazing Venom and see what to expect from Kevin Smith’s epic Star Wars/Marvel crossover.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

FromSoftware’s Multiplayer Switch 2 Exclusive Is Special, Here’s How It Plays

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • The Duskbloods might be FromSoftware’s most complex and interesting game yet. Miyazaki cites TTRPG influences for its gameplay systems and multiplayer mechanics.
  • As far as gameplay feel, it’s comparable to Bloodborne or Nightreign with added mobility and fit into an eight-player phase-based PvPvE setting where you earn victory points to avoid elimination.
  • The lock-on targeting and camera can have trouble tracking fast moving opponents, but the combat is intricate and intense.

FromSoftware isn’t new to multiplayer. Invasions have been a staple in the Souls games and we just came off of Elden Ring’s co-op twist with Nightreign. But The Duskbloods is something very different and new territory for the team, and to simply label it as a PvPvE game is to woefully undersell what it is. It has that familiar tough action combat packaged in phase-based matches where eight players compete for what are essentially victory points on a map in order to advance to subsequent phases, which then concludes in a three-player PvP brawl. I got to play about eight hours of The Duskbloods on a visit to FromSoftware in Tokyo, and while there are a ton of nuances I’ll dissect in this preview, I’ll say upfront that it has the makings of another hit in the Souls lineage where fun is found in the challenge and the mysteries of its world propel you to keep pushing – just now in the context of a competitive multiplayer Switch 2 exclusive. If any team can pull off such a wild idea, it’d be director Hidetaka Miyazaki and company. So buckle up y’all, The Duskbloods just might be the most complex and most fascinating project to come out of FromSoftware yet.

The build I played alongside other media and content creators is the same as the network test, and all the gameplay you’re seeing here was provided by Nintendo and FromSoftware since we were not permitted to record our own. You’ll notice the UI is removed and that there are specific features I’m not able to show, so I’ll need to lay some groundwork since The Duskbloods has a lot of moving parts.

This is a multiplayer-only Switch 2 game, and eight players queue into a match as one of several characters known as the Bloodsworn, each of which have their own weapons, ranged attacks, and special abilities. Every match has three phases that last about eight minutes each where you must earn Virtue points to survive The Culling – and while everyone always makes it past Phase I, the bottom two players are eliminated after Phase II and the bottom three are gone after Phase III. That leaves three players who are transported to a closed-off combat arena under a blood-red sky to duke it out in the finale called the Moon Blood Bestowal. A full match can last about 30 minutes, but when all four parts are varied and feel like an intense race against the clock and other players, it’s easy to lock in and stay focused as every moment counts.

Virtuous Endeavors

Now, how do you earn Virtue points? There are Commendations that award points to the players with the most PvE enemy kills (called Bloodfang Virtue) and/or the most items collected (called Collector Virtue) – this can change as the match goes on since points will be awarded and taken away based on how you stack against others, but these stats are never displayed. There is also Flame Virtue, which are collectible purple embers on the thrones of skeletons found in specific regions of the map – the region where these spawn is randomized in each phase, but their locations within that region seem to be similar. Repulsion Virtue is given when killing powerful computer-controlled enemies called Trespassers that are marked on the map – they vary in difficulty, and they can take a long time to defeat and may not be the best use of time early in a match. Each Bloodsworn also has what’s called a Sigil, which is a unique objective for that character and completing it rewards Virtue points (but more on that later).

Lastly, my favorite method of earning Virtue is through what are called Rituals, because this is where things get really spicy between players. In the back-half or so of Phases II and III, a certain section of the map will be outlined in gold, signifying the Ritual Site with four or five capture points marked within that boundary, turning the match into a King-of-the-Hill-style game. Capturing a point rewards you with Pledge Virtue, however, you have to hold the action button for about 10 seconds to capture it, thus leaving you vulnerable to other players and enemies who might be barreling down on you. Furthermore, other players can steal your capture point which then takes away your Virtue and gives it to them. I love swooping in to capture a point right when they open and hoping no one else contests it, but the tension goes crazy when I have to hold onto and defend my point. And this is where the PvP component really matters – only within Ritual Sites can you earn Sword Virtue, which rewards you for killing other players. It truly turns into a PvP zone when you’re trying to capture points, defend them, and fight other players, but the Virtue you gain can stack quickly and shoot you up the rankings.

The Duskbloods – Preview Screenshots

The element of surprise works wonders, since getting the jump on players by using your map knowledge and your Bloodsworn’s abilities effectively will make quick work of them. And the push-and-pull dynamic this creates is absolutely thrilling. It’s worth noting that you’ll keep respawning in matches so dying doesn’t mean elimination, and you’re not obligated to participate in Rituals since it’s more like a map event, but it’s high-risk / high-reward, and for the sickest of Souls sickos like me, the risk is oh-so compelling. If you decide to take part, you’ll want to look out for Goldstones and Redstones, which are items that spawn around the Ritual Site; these will boost the Virtue gained from capturing points or killing other players, respectively.

Phases II and III may also get randomized map events to shake things up. One I kept getting allowed me to call in airstrikes from a zeppelin that lingers up in the sky, which can decimate anything within range, including yourself – definitely handy for keeping folks away from my precious Ritual spots. But some are opportunities to earn more Virtue, like one that rewards the first player to ring the bell atop the tallest building on the map. I was able to do this before anyone else by finding clever ways of climbing up the tower, and it was chaos having five others scrambling on the way up and taking potshots at each other.

I was able to consistently make it to the finale since I grasped the Virtue system quickly. But the three-player PvP brawl here at the end taps into a whole different skillset, and almost had us moving like it was a fighting game or one of those 3D arena brawlers. It can be overwhelming if you don’t know how to manage the chaos. There isn’t as much room for trickery in the closed arena, so it’s more about reading your opponents and really understanding what their specific Bloodsworn is capable of while keeping your head on a swivel, especially when everyone has a summoned NPC companion to fight alongside them. Each player has two lives so there are opportunities to make a comeback, but if you can’t hang with the speed and demand of head-to-head PvP, it can be rough going. That’s the Souls-style challenge, but damn is it rewarding when you pull it off in the end.

The Cadence of Combat

Let me take a step back for a moment because there’s a lot more that goes into pursuing Virtue points and getting combat-ready. You have to level-up in-match to get stronger, gain more HP and stamina, and build out your Bloodsworn’s capabilities. If you’re not defeating enemies at a solid pace, you can end up underpowered later in the match, so it’s important to stay active every second. You can gain EXP fairly quickly and end up around level 17 or 20 by the final phase, but you gotta be grinding.

Each Bloodsworn gains a new special ability at level 12 as well, and these are so important to have in tough battles. For example, my favorite Bloodsworn Trang Lanh has a cloaking ability to start, but at level 12 she can then summon a massive snake to direct heavy AoE damage and knockback. Meanwhile, the noble skeleton Senator Samir Patres can transform into a dinosaur that homes in on targets, chews them up, and tosses them aside, which became an early favorite during the preview.

We had access to six Bloodsworn (10 are planned for the full release), and they were all distinct enough to form a unique approach. Sniper Layla has melee attacks of course, but she emphasizes long-range shots as her name would imply and almost plays like it’s a third-person shooter. Albert is your sort of all-rounder, while the pajama boy Bloodhand Jan sports an axe and mage-like fire spells. However, I can’t tell you how many times the armor-clad chicken man named Zork knocked me on my ass with his jetpack rushdown (yeah, I’m beefing with my roommate Blessing Adeoye Jr. from Kinda Funny who was maining Zork at this preview). But that’s part of learning how to play The Duskbloods, it’s about understanding movesets and knowing how to counter what you’re up against when it comes time for PvP.

It’s about understanding movesets and knowing how to counter what you’re up against when it comes time for PvP.“

Furthermore, these characters have their own Sigils you can activate before a match. As I mentioned earlier, these are objectives unique to them – for example, Trang Lanh’s Sigil makes you seek out a certain player as a target and the Senator lets you propose to another player in hopes they’ll accept. This is one area that director Hidetaka Miyazaki told me he’s paying attention to with regards to player reception as these are one of the wild cards that can affect the typical cadence of a match.

As far as gameplay feel, it’s comparable to Bloodborne or Nightreign, not quite Sekiro in terms of speed. You have a block, a parry with a perfect-timed block, and a sonic howl that will stagger enemies when executed in the parry window. You can then bite the neck of staggered enemies which causes big damage and heals you, and when done to weaker enemies, will turn them into minions who follow you around the map to fight for you.

More importantly, NPC companions called Kin are one of the biggest keys to success in The Duskbloods. You’ll find glowing symbols across the map to summon Kin who will accompany you for the rest of the match – depending on their type, they can either fight alongside you or provide support. They level up independently and are another way to create “a build” of sorts throughout the match. If they die, they’ll go on cooldown before being able to return to the field.

A Note on Switch 2 Technical Performance

The Duskbloods features expansive maps and graphical fidelity that’s comparable to FromSoftware’s recent games. So, how does it perform? While it targets 60 fps, it wasn’t exactly consistent, but it still ran smooth enough for it to not be a problem. You may notice some frame drops in more chaotic PvP scenarios or crowded battles, but it never chugged in a way that detracted from the experience.

Map Knowledge Is Power

While there will be three maps at launch, we only got to play one map called Lowanro City, and it evokes a bit of the grim Victorian vibe of Bloodborne, especially as it gets deeper into the night with each passing phase. At the start of a phase, you choose the general area to spawn into and you’ll get a random spot within it. Foggy swamps, a towering cathedral, dirty city streets, crowded rooftops, poisonous sewers, and a bridge that runs through the middle of the map – these all make up the interconnected regions. Markers on the map indicate which regions have which perks during the phase, such as Flame Virtue, weapons perks, or bonus Kin EXP, for example. And getting to and from these hotspots efficiently is such an important key to success. Even after about eight hours of gametime, I was still discovering the intricacies of the map and formulating new tactics just as I thought it was starting to get repetitive – if the first one is this dense, I’m hyped to see what the others can offer.

Verticality is very much a highlight in The Duskbloods, too. No, you don’t get a double jump, or a triple jump, but a quadruple jump and an airdash along with it, and you can charge up the first jump to fly into the air. Along with infinite sprint, this movement system makes things feel fast-paced and match the hustle required once the clock starts ticking. Hopping across rooftops, boosting up to floors above, and, well, airdashing isn’t what you’d typically expect in a Souls-style game, but it works well for navigating such a varied map quickly. Part of me wants to say this plays closer to a character-action game like Devil May Cry at times, especially when PvP battles start to break out.

This brings me to my main complaint with The Duskbloods – the lock-on targeting system. Souls games haven’t always been great about camera angles and targeting, and those issues are exacerbated with the speed of this game and with the frenetic movement of actual human players. The camera whips at breakneck speed when a targeted player charge-jumps into the air, and it sometimes just doesn’t read certain enemies in the field when trying to swap targets. It’s sort of an impossible task with this particular style of action game, but I hope there will be improvements with smarter camera behavior or just on-screen readability when multiple players and their Kin are flying all over the place. One tactic I began using was to just try keeping everything in front me to mitigate the limitations of the camera and lock-on system.

Perhaps the co-op DNA can take some of the edge off, too. When facing Trespassers, you can temporarily link up with other players to split the work and all participants get Virtue points if the group defeats. You can also queue into duos matches where two players share Virtue points to advance – the difference being that in the final phase, it’s the two best teams who go into a 2v2 fight for victory. So, The Duskbloods doesn’t always have to be a lonely endeavor.

From Dusk ‘Til Launch

Miyazaki said it himself that board games and tabletop RPGs were a definite influence when coming up with the rules and mechanics for The Duskbloods. Thankfully, there’s a lengthy tutorial that does just enough to prepare you – he admits that it is the most complex game he’s worked on, but like a good board game, once you grasp the rules and get enough reps, matches will start to flow naturally.

This was just the Network Test, meaning it’s a small portion of what will be available on launch. FromSoftware doesn’t have a release date or even a release window yet, and it seemed like Miyazaki and the team are still working out the game’s features while looking at the Network Test as a way to finally get player feedback for adjustment. In our conversation, he emphasized character customization and different options that can change the way you approach matches if you don’t exactly love the PvP aspect so you can still work toward unlocking additional features for characters and story content back at the hub area called The House of Night. These things aren’t in place quite yet.

I asked him if he’s concerned about a skill gap growing as time goes on, given the emphasis on PvP. Miyazaki said matchmaking will account for skill level, but the team is also working on systems to incentivize veteran players to assist newcomers and for ways to make the early game feel more welcoming. He said story cutscenes and progression won’t be so reliant on winning matches either, so making it to the final phase and focusing more on the PvE aspects will still be rewarding. However, if you are a PvP fiend, he hinted at an Invasion-style option where you can be a ninth player dropping into an ongoing match to simply fight other players, and perhaps that’ll be another one of those curveballs FromSoft likes throwing into its games.

I really enjoyed what I played because The Duskbloods is clearly built for those who crave discovery, enjoy the unexpected nature of FromSoft’s work, and the sort of meta you’d see in fighting games. It’ll be a tricky balancing act with all these moving parts while trying to maintain an audience for a fairly complex game on Switch 2. Miyazaki didn’t seem too concerned, though, saying that even though he’s not great at action games himself, he wanted to build something that he would enjoy, and I suppose that’s all you can do in a time when multiplayer games struggle to find their footing. FromSoft has the chops, and I can’t wait to see what The Duskbloods becomes when it actually comes out.

My Interview With Hidetaka Miyazaki

You can get a lot more detail on the development history and future plans for The Duskbloods from my conversation with Hidetaka Miyazaki, the FromSoftware president and The Duskbloods director. We talked about the Nintendo partnership, features the team is still working on, and his multiplayer design philosophy. Read more.

While you’re here, check out these previews of other big upcoming games we’ve played recently!

Michael Higham is an editor at IGN who regularly contributes with reviews, previews, features, and news in written and video form. He’s usually entrusted with covering long RPGs and tech products, but he’s got range when it comes to games. You’ll also catch him at events and hosting video content, including IGN’s weekly podcast Unlocked.

Arc Raiders Subway Crossover Announced, First Look at Exclusive Outfits

If you want to run around Arc Raiders looking like a Subway sandwich wrapper, now you can via one of the more unlikely collaborations we’ve seen in the world of video games in recent years.

Embark Studios’ super serious extraction shooter has partnered with the fast-food chain ahead of the Frozen Trail update release on October 8, which is intended to breathe new life into the game following last year’s record-breaking launch.

Every qualifying Subway meal “Fuels the Raid” with a code for an exclusive Subterranean outfit plus a rotation of weekly rewards bundles that contain additional outfits and in-game items.

The Arc Raiders Subway crossover includes exclusive outfits. Image credit: Embark Studios.

From August 20 to October 26, if you buy a qualifying Subway meal featuring a 6-inch sub, Footlong, salad, or wrap, you’ll get a unique code unlocking exclusive Arc Raiders’ rewards. Each code unlocks the original Subterranean outfit, one of three exclusive Subway-themed outfit variants, and two bonus in-game items that rotate weekly throughout the promotion.

Here are the obligatory comments from the stakeholders involved in the promotion:

“A Subway meal can do more than fuel your day. For Arc Raiders fans, it can now help fuel their next mission,” said Dave Skena, Chief Strategy and Commercial Officer at Subway. “With an original Subterranean outfit, additional exclusive looks, and rotating drops of useful in-game gear, we’ve created a rewards experience that gives players something new to discover throughout the campaign. Subway is giving Raiders more ways to gear up, stand out, and take on Frozen Trail.”

“At its core, Arc Raiders is about strategy, survival and getting equipped for whatever waits Topside,” said Ashley St. Germain, Marketing Director at Embark Studios. “Teaming up with Subway felt like a natural fit, giving Raiders a way to fuel up before their next drop while unlocking a great lineup of exclusive rewards. The Subterranean outfit, designed from the ground up for this collaboration, gives our community something special to take into the fight as we head into Frozen Trail, our biggest update yet.”

Arc Raiders Frozen Trail Images

Embark has said the Frozen Trail update is the game’s biggest since launch, and comes as the developer focuses on fewer but larger updates. It’s designed to address some of the broader requests from the community, and will introduce a new map, high-level challenge, Arc threats, deeper progression systems, and more.

Arc Raiders Frozen Trail key features:

  • The Next Frontier – Raiders will venture beyond the mountains into a harsh, frozen settlement at the edge of the Rust Belt, featuring greater verticality, exploration, and opportunities for discovery.
  • New High-level Challenge – Frozen Trail introduces an enormous new ARC Operation built for experienced Raiders, emphasizing meaningful decisions, dynamic encounters, cooperation, and survival.
  • New ARC, New Threats – New ARC threats will challenge Raiders with new behaviors and require players to adapt how they move and fight.
  • Deepening Progression – Players will be able to expand beyond their Raider Den into a new Outpost, which can be decorated and used to research the world and begin reclaiming the surface. Frozen Trail will also introduce changes to the Skill Tree and Raider Decks, giving players more ways to shape their Raider.
  • And More – The team is continuing to work on new content to enhance players’ experiences, as well as new weapons (and personalization!), gadgets, cosmetics, instruments and other surprises, alongside continued improvements to matchmaking, anti-cheat, stability and quality of life updates.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Latest Stock Updates, Trusted Retailers, and More

Finding Pokémon cards in 2026 is just as hard as it’s ever been, especially at MSRP. Between Ascended Heroes being what feels like the most popular we’ve seen since Destined Rivals, and the burden of the 30th Anniversary set fast approaching, Pokémon isn’t exactly an easy hobby to have these days, especially for the more casual fans out there chasing some fun cards.

If you’re trying to keep up with Pokémon TCG without getting ripped off or left behind, here’s where to start, including the latest update on what can be bought here and now from trusted retailers in the US.

LIVE: Latest Stock Updates

Let’s quickly check out the latest Pokémon TCG deals that are floating around online right now. The best and most popular pick right now is Pitch Black Booster Bundles for just $50, alongside Pitch Black ETBs for just $70, both available with no fuss from Amazon.

To see all the recently restocked items at Amazon, be sure to check out our custom search tracker to ensure you’re buying sealed boosters that are only “sold and shipped” directly from Amazon itself.

Pokémon Cards: Retailers You Can Trust

When it comes to buying Pokémon cards, it’s best to know what sites you can trust, especially among the major retailers. For those just starting out, here’s a quick cheat sheet on what retailers you should frequent often when looking for the best times to buy.

For the most casual fans out there I recommend sticking to TCGplayer, Amazon, and then your local stores for any of your TCG purchases. TCGplayer is the most trustworthy resale marketplace online, and while you’re still paying above and beyond (i.e. above MSRP, almost always), it’s still worth considering.

Amazon also typically always has at least some Pokémon TCG sets in stock these days, even if, just like TCGplayer, they are above MSRP. We’ll discuss “Market Price” a little more in a bit, but for now, it’s simply the way things are with Pokémon TCG. For those looking for an easy experience, “market” rate is what you have to pay, you either get with it, or miss out entirely. Well, not entirely, but it becomes a whole lot more of a headache to navigate, that’s for sure.

As I mentioned earlier, we have a dedicated custom search tracker to ensure you’re buying sealed boosters that are only “sold and shipped” directly from Amazon itself. That avoids any untrustworthy third party sellers, and ensures you’re getting fast Prime delivery as well.

Pokémon TCG: 2026 Release Calendar – At a Glance

Pokémon TCG: Where to Buy at MSRP

It’s easy to list them off, a lot harder to find in practice. But, I’ll do what I can to help. In the US, The Pokémon Center, Walmart, Target, and Best Buy all typically have Pokémon TCG drops at some time or another.

Walmart likes to lock these behind its paid Walmart+ membership, while Best Buy tends to drop these as “app exclusives” with a login required to access. Target just drops them whenever it feels like it, so you have to be primed and ready to buy.

As this is just my day job, I don’t typically have the time (like most people) to be hanging around waiting for a drop to then write up an article before they inevitably sell out before I can hit publish.

While I update the “Live” tracker we have above, this is typically focused on Amazon for the rest of the casual fans like myself. Instead, if you’re serious about only paying MSRP and nothing else, I suggest following any of the following on X/Twitter:

All of these accounts are fairly on it, and tend to post stuff as soon as it becomes available. Stick notifications on, and you’re well away.

Pokémon TCG: What is Market Price?

No matter how unfortunate it is how hard it is to find Pokémon TCG at MSRP, market value is often the price you have to pay now, even from big retailers like Amazon, as I mentioned.

But is it worth it? Only you can be the judge of that.

The “market price” is often dictated by what the majority of people are willing to pay, but only you can decide if this if truely worth your money. You can easily find a good idea of what the current rate is for any particular set or card by looking at the data on TCGplayer.

So what’s the difference between this and scalping? I guess… perspective? It’s a hard distinction to make, in all honesty, but I’ll still never judge anyone for buying overpriced sealed products from TCGplayer or Amazon. What’s important is that you get to make the choice on where you buy from, and how much effort you want to put in when collecting Pokémon cards.

Robert Anderson is IGN’s Senior Commerce Editor and resident deals expert on games, collectibles, trading card games, and more. You can follow him @robertliam21 on Bluesky.

It Plays and Looks Like If Alan Wake Were Made in the ‘90s

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • The unique visual style is instantly appealing.
  • The ’90s-style adventure-meets-survival-horror gameplay makes it feel unique in 2026.
  • Monster variety is lacking in the short, early-game demo we played.

I’m continually impressed with how many interesting and unique ideas for video games still manage to pop out, even as we’ve got literally thousands coming out every year now. If you haven’t heard of Silver Pines yet, it’s a pixelated 2D survival horror that answers the question, “What might Alan Wake be like if it were made for the PS1 in the ‘90s?”, and it’s something I didn’t realize I needed in my life until now. After playing the first hour of this creepy, stressful demon lovechild of Silent Hill and The Secret of Monkey Island, I was completely pulled in by the strange and unsettling story, the deceptively beautiful pixel art, and the eerie sounds and music that made each new darkened hallway that much harder to explore. Though, with only a very small sampling, it remains to be seen if they’ll be able to continue the momentum after a very strong opening stretch. Either way, this is already quite easily one of the most stylish and unique games of 2026.

Silver Pines feels like an episode of The X-Files or Twin Peaks stuffed into the retro shirt of a point-and-click puzzle game from the ‘90s, and developer Wych Elm Games isn’t shy about where it draws its inspiration. If you’re a fan of the now decidedly old-school era of the original Resident Evil or Silent Hill, you’ll probably feel right at home in this survival horror that’s equal parts fleeing from creepy monsters, gathering and rationing supplies to keep yourself alive, and fighting unspeakable horrors when all else fails. In one section I investigated a derelict motel filled with massive bugs and shadowy humanoids while trying to track down a missing musician, while in another I spiraled into temporary madness, as the lines blurred between reality and I found myself phasing into times and places I couldn’t possibly have been present for. This is one of those slow, creeping mysteries you’ll solve through the eyes of an unreliable narrator, whose survival seems increasingly unlikely even if the immediate horrors before you don’t get their way.

When you aren’t slowly being driven to madness, you’ll pick your way through light puzzles that have you searching for circuit breakers to turn on the power, use various keys and cards to access new areas, and even play a carnival game to win the prize of…a key you need to pass through a motel gate? That’s a pretty weird security system, but okay! These simple point-and-click hurdles mostly serve as something for you to work through while looking over your shoulder for whatever’s making that sickening groaning noise, but they do a good job at making even simple tasks very panic-inducing, as I learned on multiple occasions when I fumbled the wrong button and opened my inventory instead of sprinting away because some ghastly figure snuck up on me when I had my guard down. Trying to work through little puzzles while knowing in the back of your mind that something very spooky is bound to happen any moment now reminds me a whole lot of the early Resident Evil games that Silver Pines is clearly going for, which is, of course, a very good sign.

Scare-City of Resources

Another familiar way Silver Pines adds to the stress of surviving its levels is with its intentionally slow and imprecise combat. You’ll swing at things with a box cutter and shoot firearms with the extremely limited ammo you’re able to scrounge up, but enemies are oftentimes faster than you, you’ve got some pretty beefy cooldowns between things like swinging your melee weapon, reloading takes way longer than you’d like, and your character is a total wimp who gets bowled over by almost any attack. Sometimes this can be a bit frustrating, like during the first boss fight where you sometimes feel like you’ve got no shot of outrunning some of the creepy caterpillar-corpse-thing’s attacks, or when you just can’t seem to find time to repair your melee weapon with duct tape before the bug chasing you gets another hit in. But it’s the kind of good frustration that builds tension in a horror game that something like Silver Pines just wouldn’t be the same without.

That said, I do have more legitimate concern about the lack of enemy variety, as aside from the intro boss fight, I only encountered two types of enemies in my time with this demo. In fairness, I only played a short area, and I fully expect there will be many more baddies to fend off, but it’s worth shouting out that this wasn’t showcased very well in the opening area. And between the two enemies I saw, humanoids and bugs, they both had extremely predictable movement patterns and a single attack that made them fairly easy to deal with once I encountered them a few times. I’ll reserve judgment until I’ve had a chance to play a section a bit farther along in the game, but definitely something to keep an eye on.

It just wouldn’t be a proper survival horror game if you weren’t spending most of your time obsessing over a distinct lack of resources to get you through levels, and Silver Pines is no exception. A lot of the tension comes from the fact that you’ve got precious few resources at your disposal. Ammo for your guns is hard to come by, melee weapons have to be repaired with a roll of duct tape after just a few hits, and you’ll only find so many healing items to repair injuries that make your character even slower. Every once in a while you’ll find a vending machine stocked with valuable items that can be bought with the spare change you find lying around, but horrifyingly this money is also used to save the game. That’s right, in true Resident Evil form, you’ll have to use your precious few coins just to save your progress, which adds even more suspense to a game that’s already pretty chock full of dread.

The pixelated art is surprisingly fluid and expressive, the voice acting is off-putting and eerie, and every part of the small town you find yourself in is just so ominous and filled with little hair-raising details all over. It’s utterly Lynchian stuff if I ever saw it.“

This means that most of the time the best solution is to run away, if at all possible, conserving what resources you have by avoiding combat like the plague. To that end, you’ve got a dodge move that lets you pass through enemies and obstacles to keep you moving along, plus you can usually sprint away from enemies if you time it right, but you’ve also got to worry about an extremely short stamina meter to contend with, which leaves you pretty defenseless once depleted. Yet another resource you’ll find yourself in short supply of as the waking nightmares close in on you. I mean, that’s just some classic survival horror stuff right there.

Lots to Love

But the main attraction with Silver Pines, so far as I’m concerned, is that the whole thing is just so dang stylish. The pixelated art is surprisingly fluid and expressive, the voice acting is offputting and eerie, and every part of the small town you find yourself in is just so ominous and filled with little hair-raising details all over. It’s utterly Lynchian stuff if I ever saw it, and despite so much of my time in this ghastly backwater being incredibly stressful, it’s a place I really look forward to spending more time in.

I’ve only gotten a taste of this harrowing and unique indie game, but what I played made me really eager to return and dive deeper into the muck of madness. Here’s hoping it delivers beyond this small sampling when it comes out later this year.

While you’re here, check out these previews of other big upcoming games we’ve played recently!

Travis Northup is a writer for IGN. You can follow him on Twitter @TieGuyTravis and read his games coverage here.

Winnie the Pooh Voice Actor Jim Cummings Unhappy With Snub for Disney’s Hall of Legends

Jim Cummings, the voice of Winnie the Pooh and several other iconic animated Disney characters, wasn’t happy about getting passed over for a spot in Disney’s Hall of Legends at D23 this year.

Disney’s Hall of Legends recognizes the best and brightest of the studio’s actors, animators, executives, and other talent that have made significant contributions to its many projects over the years.

Every two years, a number of notable names are inducted into the Hall of Legends in an elaborate ceremony that takes place at D23, Disney’s massive fan convention in Anaheim, California.

Image Credits: The Walt Disney Company/Image Group LA

Eleven people made the cut this year. The list includes stars like Anne Hathaway, The Rock, Lin-Manuel Miranda, and the Jonas Brothers, as well as former Disney CEO Bob Iger and veteran animator Eric Goldberg.

One name not on this list is Jim Cummings, a prominent voice actor and singer with over 1,545 recorded roles across movies, television series, and even environmental content. You probably know him best as the official voice of Winnie the Pooh, Tigger, and Pete, roles he has played since the late 80s and early 90s.

Over on Instagram, Cummings reposted remarks from fans to his stories, which specifically called out Disney for not adding him to their Hall of Legends in favor of newer faces who haven’t been with the brand for nearly as long as he has.

“The fact that The Rock, Bob Iger, Jonas Brothers, and Lin-Manuel Miranda get this before Jim Cummings is still baffling to me… Come on, Disney,” one fan wrote.

“Are you kidding? They still have not put one of the greatest Disney legends of all time, that is the Jim Cummings, who is the iconic [sic] Winnie the Pooh, Tigger, Pete, Darkwing Duck, Ray the Firefly, and so many more. This is unbelievable,” another said in a second post shared by Cummings.

Jim Cummings, the voice of Winnie the Pooh and many other Disney characters, shared multiple posts earlier today criticizing Disney for not inducting him as a Disney Legend this year. pic.twitter.com/BVqc1h4bz5

— Matt (@DisneyScoopGuy) August 18, 2026

He also posted a video of himself walking around the Anaheim Convention Center grounds to The Beatles’ The Sound of Silence, which notably features lyrics like, “Hello darkness, my old friend / I’ve come to talk to you again.”

“Jim Cummings at D23. 40+ years. 1500+ characters. The voice of generations. No comment,” he wrote in the post’s caption.

It’s clear that Cummings isn’t exactly thrilled about getting passed up for a spot in this year’s Hall of Legends, and his fans seem to feel the same.

“Disney messed up big here. We all know you are a Disney legend. Please know we love you and you’re the best,” one wrote on Instagram.

“The fact that Jim Cummings isn’t an official Disney Legend makes the whole thing feel a bit like a farce, to be honest,” another remarked.

MCU X-Men Cast as of D23 2026

Despite this unfortunate turn of events for Cummings, this year’s D23 did have a lot for fans to get hyped about, with first looks at Kingdom Hearts IV, Frozen 3, and the cast of Marvel’s X-Men getting shown at its Friday night showcase, among many other exciting reveals.

Image Credits: The Walt Disney Company via Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Zhong Kui Gameplay Trailer Is Packed With Impressive Details

Game Science has released a 15-minute gameplay trailer for its Black Myth: Wukong follow-up, Black Myth: Zhong Kui. It gives us a closer look at the new protagonist, combat, and the world, and is packed with impressive details.

The trailer begins with a peaceful seaside environment, foliage moving to a gentle breeze. The new protagonist stumbles onto a beachfront. He makes his way inside a cave before bumping into an old man eating some meat. The pair build a raft — are they both stranded on this beach? — and try to head out onto the water, but a towering wave appears to tear up their plans.

We then get a look at combat. Carrying the old man on his back, the protagonist encounters a pack of ghoulish enemies, who he defeats with sword attacks. After thinning out the group, the protagonist goes up against the largest enemy, side-stepping attacks. This bigger foe ignites its sword in fire, but the protagonist parries and delivers the killing blow. A flashy cinematic finisher ends the fight.

Black Myth: Zhong Kui First-Look Images

The old man looks like he’s died, but appears to transform into a flying collection of leaves, which the protagonist pursues. He’s attacked by a couple of rabid dogs and an archer enemy — we see him expertly dodge a flying arrow by twisting his body sideways.

As the rain kicks in, our hero encounters a pack of monsters, which he dispatches in yet another look at combat. Here, the protagonist throws what looks like a fire bomb, which ignites the ground, the enemies, and surrounding trees in flame. He then appears to absorb the fire into his sword. It’s an impressive visual effect.

More enemies follow, but these are dispatched easier with the flame sword. The combat on show is pretty fluid, with realistic swordplay rather than over-the-top attacks or movement. Indeed, the parry and dodge animations are very clean, adding to the sense of realism in fights. The sword-sheathing animation also impresses.

The leaves lead our hero to a lake, which he swims into. There he finds the body of a woman, but before he can do anything more he is driven away by creatures. Swimming to the shore, the protagonist is attacked by a terrifying winged humanoid. This looks like a boss fight!

It rips off its wings before phase two begins. Eventually, a mystery ally joins the fight, helping our hero to defeat the boss. Those leaves attach themselves to the boss, lending a hand. At this point, the hero seems to electify his sword with an item he’s carrying. It looks like combat will involve fire and electricity attacks; I wouldn’t be surprised to see other elements in there, too. Perhaps knowing which element to use and when will be the key to success.

Then, we see the protagonist appear to disappear into shadow and become, or assume control of, or join forces with the mystery ally. In this powered-up state, the protagonist nonchalantly parries the enemy’s attacks and delivers a flurry of devastating blows. But this doesn’t last long, and our hero soon reverts back to his standard humanoid form.

The parry used against the boss here is perhaps the most impressive part of the trailer, as it deflects the attacks of the enemy in such a way as to feel not only realistic, but weighty and unique to the angle of attack. I’m really looking forward to using the parry in this game against each enemy and boss to see how extensive these animations are, and how they influence the feel of fights.

Eventually, the two characters defeat the boss, which crawls towards the water. We then see the woman from the lake emerge. With a demonic smile, she attacks the boss and drags it underwater.

We then get a montage of cutscenes from other parts of the game, showing off more fantastical creatures. One of these shows the hero playing instruments with a skeleton band! The video ends with the protagonist riding through the world on the back of an animal that looks a bit like a tiger. Not a single word is said in the trailer, either in cutscenes or in combat.

The 15-minute gameplay trailer is below:

When Black Myth: Zhong Kui was announced at Opening Night Live last year, Game Science issued an official description of the game:

“Set against the backdrop of the classic Chinese folktale ‘Zhong Kui Banishing Evil,’ Black Myth: Zhong Kui is a single-player action role-playing game rooted in ancient Chinese fantasy. The game will deliver distinctive experiences and gameplay features that push our limits, while also bringing fresh ideas and necessary changes to address past flaws and regrets.”

We don’t know much else, beyond the gameplay we’ve seen. There’s no release window, nor are there confirmed platforms yet.

Black Myth: Wukong is the record-breaking action game that launched across PC and PlayStation in 2024, selling 10 million copies in just three days. The Xbox Series X and S version launched August 20, 2025.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

The Heretic Prophet Staff Acquired After The Last of Us Online Was Scrapped

Naughty Dog’s The Last of Us Online was more than just a “side project,” and it’s a big reason why the studio hasn’t had a brand new game since 2020.

According to Jason Schreier, The Last of Us Online was reportedly not a game that was buying the team time until Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet. It was seen as a major release for the studio, as opposed to a mere side project. Schreier claimed that the majority of the team on Intergalactic actually came over after The Last of Us Online was scrapped.

As has been reported before, toward the end of its development, the team began to realize that once the multiplayer project came out, they couldn’t just release it and be done. It would require a lot of resources and time to be supported long term, slowing down or taking away attention from the studio’s beloved single-player projects. As a result, once the game was scrapped, it left Naughty Dog with a major gap in its release cycle. There hasn’t been a brand new title from the studio since The Last of Us Part 2, but Naughty Dog has multiple projects in the works now, which may prevent such a significant gap in the future.

As of right now, we know next to nothing about Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet. It’s a project that Neil Druckmann has been leading for some time following the release of The Last of Us Part 2. It’s rumored to possibly release next year, potentially tying in with the release of the PS6, but nothing has been confirmed yet. As for the studio’s other games, some speculate they may be working on Uncharted 5 or The Last of Us Part 3. It will likely be years before we get definite answers for these, but the studio is currently hard at work on future projects.

Many fans were disappointed that The Last of Us Online was killed so close to the finish line. The Last of Us Part 1’s Factions multiplayer mode is cherished by fans of the series for its brutal, scrappy combat and unique approach to PvP gameplay. There’s nothing else quite like it, so there was hope that building an entire game around that concept and fleshing it out could be really special. Unfortunately, we’ll never know for sure, but people who played it behind closed doors had nothing but incredible things to say about the project.

The game was put into development after Naughty Dog chose to scrap multiplayer from The Last of Us Part 2. The team thought it would be better to focus on the single player aspect of the main game and give the multiplayer project more resources. As a result, the team spent seven years working on the title and the plug was reportedly pulled about 80% through development. Maybe one day we will get another Last of Us multiplayer game, but it seems unlikely.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

The X-Tech Executive Chair Aims to Upend Premium Models from Herman Miller, Steelcase at a Better Price

Editor’s Note: This article is sponsored by X-Chair.

X-Chair’s “top of the line” office chair – the X-Tech Executive – retails for $1,845, although it’s currently on sale for $1,384. That places this chair firmly in the super premium tier. As far as ergonomic chairs go, the rule of “you get what you pay for” is fairly accurate, most of the time. High quality chairs are really expensive for a reason. And for people who spend several hours per day sitting, whether it be for work or for gaming marathons, the investment is justifiable.

At first glance, the X-Tech Executive looks like a typical office chair. It’s not gaudy like some of the racing-styled gaming chairs out there. This is actually X-Chair’s roomiest chair, with a 22″ seat width and up to 275 pound weight capacity. X-Chair states on its page that the chair is best suited for medium to large-framed people.

The seat is made of a supportive cooling memory foam that contours to your body. The seat and upper back section are upholstered in Brisa performance faux-leather fabric that’s both breathable and easily washable. The lower back is made of a flexible mesh material which X-Chair calls “adaptive thermoregulating (ATR)”.

In terms of ergonomics, the X-Tech Executive features a dynamic variable lumbar system. The lower back is disconnected from the rest of the chair and adjusts automatically based on your movement. That way, your back is supported no matter what position you might be in. This dynamic lumbar foregoes your need to manually adjust the settings.

If you’re going to spend this much for a chair, then you should definitely pay an extra $50 for the optional X-HMT heat massager. This add-on is seamlessly incorporated into the lower back section for some much welcome therapy. This upgrade isn’t available in most ergonomic chairs and when it is, it can cost upwards of $300. For just 3% of the cost of the entire chair, I see no reason why anyone would opt out of the upgrade.

The X-Tech Executive is clearly targeted towards professionals who are looking at premium options from brands like Herman Miller, Steelcase, and Haworth, among others. The best chairs from these brands, however, are priced even higher; for example, the Herman Miller Embody is listed at $2,000. Compared to these options, the X-Tech Executive is actually a more reasonably priced high-end alternative that promises the same level of both comfort and ergonomics.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Modern Warfare 4 Beta Will Continue to Use Divisive New Matchmaking System

Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 4’s beta will utilize a divisive new matchmaking system in addition to the open matchmaking introduced last year.

Matchmaking is an extremely hot topic within the Call of Duty community, as it can dictate how much fun you might have playing online. Are you going to get steamrolled? Are you going to absolutely massacre the other team? A lot of that is in the hands of an algorithim pitting you against certain players. With Modern Warfare 4, the Call of Duty team has revealed its plans for what fans can expect in the beta this coming weekend.

In a new thread, the Call of Duty team confirmed that the beta will feature the new matchmaking system introduced in Black Ops 7 Season 5, as well as the open matchmaking system that launched with Black Ops 7 last year. The open matchmaking is seen as being a bit more random, and as a result, more varied and dynamic. This was Call of Duty’s answer to complaints about aggressive skill-based matchmaking, which some felt punished fans for performing well in games.

The newer system, which is inspired by the matchmaking in the original two Black Ops games, has raised a lot of questions. Call of Duty noted in July that the new matchmaking system builds on what the studio has “learned, with smarter team balancing, wide match variety, improvements that help keep matches full, and a better experience for mixed-level parties.” Many fans were initially confused on what exactly that meant, but many have ultimately found it to be less enjoyable than the open matchmaking.

However, the Call of Duty team has revealed that players are actually quitting less matches since the implementation of the new strategy. In the open matchmaking from last fall, players were quitting more, getting less kills, and noting in surveys that they were having less fun. They went on to note that in the new matchmaking from this summer, some of their top players were facing tougher competition, but quitting less.

As a result, MW4’s upcoming beta will make use of both matchmaking systems so Infinity Ward can continue to mull over the data and make decisions on the full game. There has been no firm commitment on what kind of matchmaking the final game will use in October, though.

We know some players like Open, but the issues were clear.

For 80% of players in BO7 from launch to Season 04, Open vs. Standard saw:
• 32.7% higher quit rates
• 14.4% fewer kills per minute
• 5.3% lower win rates
• 59.2% more “Not Fun” ratings

On Nuketown 24/7, quit rates…

— Call of Duty (@CallofDuty) August 19, 2026

It’s possible the data could change a bit, as MW4’s beta could feature more players than Black Ops 7 in recent months. Modern Warfare is seen as the more popular Call of Duty subfranchise and a fresh new entry in the series is sure to attract new players during a time where there aren’t a lot of games out. Only time will tell what happens, but if you have strong feelings one way or another, be sure to make your voice heard.

In addition to matchmaking changes, MW4’s beta will offer up some much-requested quality of life improvements as well, which will fix issues that have plagued the series for the better part of a decade.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

Ryan Reynolds Congratulates The Odyssey As It Passes Deadpool & Wolverine as World’s Highest Grossing R-Rated Film

The one thing Christopher Nolan’s adaptation of an ancient Greek epic and Reynold’s fourth wall-breaking Deadpool flick with Hugh Jackman have in common is that each of them has been the world’s highest grossing R-rated film at one point.

The Odyssey now holds the title, officially surpassing the $1 billion mark earlier this month. It’s the highest-grossing film in Christopher Nolan’s filmography and one of the biggest releases of the year, eclipsed only by Spider-Man: Brand New Day, which has grossed over $2 billion as one of the highest-earning Marvel movies in history.

At the time of writing, The Odyssey has reportedly grossed $1.34 billion. Deadpool & Wolverine’s theatrical run ended with a total of $1.338 billion. Screenings for The Odyssey are still underway, with 70MM IMAX screenings getting extended through September 16.

The Odyssey Images

There’s no hard feelings, though, as Ryan Reynolds has publicly congratulated Nolan and the team with a humorous video on social media. The short clip combines two scenes from each film, seemingly shot in similar (or perhaps the same) location. As Matt Damon quietly treks through a forest with his men, Deadpool and Wolverine duke it out inside a fourth-generation Honda Odyssey minivan, with the video swapping back and forth from the heroes’ chaotic fight to the tense quietude of Odysseus’s journey.

“I take it back,” an exhausted Deadpool says in the clip. “The Odyssey f***s hard.”

“Congratulations to the entire cast and crew of The Odyssey for becoming the highest grossing R-rated movie of all time. That is one helluva car,” Reynolds captioned the post.

Congratulations to the entire cast and crew of The Odyssey for becoming the highest grossing R-rated movie of all time. That is one helluva car. pic.twitter.com/s7QzTza21l

— Ryan Reynolds (@VancityReynolds) August 19, 2026

It’s been a great summer at the movies, a trend that’s looking to continue into the fall and winter months as Dune Part 3 and Avengers: Doomsday approach for December releases. Coyote vs Acme is also slated for its long-awaited August 28 theatrical release, already earning rave reviews from critics and debuting with a 100% score on Rotten Tomatoes.

Ryan Reynolds and Hugh Jackman are also looking at a possible return to the big screen this winter, if their recent appearances in Doomsday marketing mean anything. Reynolds notably appeared at Marvel’s Hall H panel at San Diego Comic Con in July, and both actors shared a humorous scene during Marvel’s showcase at D23 in August.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Marvel’s Wolverine Director Isn’t Bothered by Backlash to Extended Gameplay Reveal

The director of Marvel’s Wolverine, Mike Daly, opened up about the recent backlash toward the game after its extended gameplay showcase drew criticism online.

Fans got a better look at Insomniac’s upcoming PS5 exclusive earlier this week, which showed off some story beats, character interactions, traversal, combat, and even a boss fight against a Sentinel.

Since the internet is the way it is, this gameplay footage was instantly subject to intense scrutiny, sparking no end of criticism from players online. There’s a bevy of viral posts poking fun at this most recent footage, some of which I’ve included down below.

Logan, remember to use your adamantium vision to sniff out his trail of wolverine™️ particles https://t.co/vTQssKxGA3

— Space ☆ Bruce (@spacebruce) August 13, 2026

Why does Sabertooth sound exactly like this https://t.co/g8l4uFYUfT pic.twitter.com/a5o46PpcZa

— Deacon (@crowdeacon) August 16, 2026

Logan following a red scent trail to catch The Hand was one major talking point among critics (instantly sparking comparisons to the divisive yellow paint that often guides players in modern games), as was a heated argument between Wolverine and Sabertooth (people weren’t happy with the voice acting here) and the aforementioned Sentinel boss fight.

One particularly damning tweet compared footage from this brawl to a boss fight in the 2007 PS2 game Ben 10: Protector of Earth (why is Ben 10 catching strays?), while another bemoaned that it was too similar to the 2009 X-Men Origins game from nearly 20 years ago.

Marvel Wolverine game’s Giant Sentinel fight draws Ben 10 comparisons

Many spot clear similarities to Ben 10: Protector of Earth, prompting complaints about overused boss designs in action gamespic.twitter.com/bR21DsxAd7

— Beebom Gaming (@beebomgaming) August 14, 2026

X-Men Origins: Wolverine’s Sentinel boss fight was way crazier and more interesting, while Insomniac Games designed a common, dull boss fight in Marvel’s Wolverine.

X-Men Origins: Wolverine is a 17-year-old game. 💀 pic.twitter.com/fTafQPMTi2

— Raion Sensi (@RaionSensi) August 15, 2026

These criticisms did not go unnoticed. Speaking with TheGamer, director Mike Daly seemed to be at peace with the backlash, even welcoming it as a sign that the studio is doing something right.

In a somewhat concerning admission, Daly said that Insomniac is “pretty used to” these kinds of responses, calling it a “good problem to have” and remarking that such reactions “come with the territory” when making games based on people’s favorite superheroes. And while he knows that Insomniac can make a “great game that a lot of people love,” it won’t stop critics from “finding stuff to complain about.”

“I rest easy about this, knowing that our goal for the game wasn’t necessarily to accomplish these things that people complain about. Our goal really was to focus completely on making the best game for the character,” Daly said.

IGN also got the chance to sit down with Insomniac for a massive interview all about the game, with insights into combat, hardware performance, and much more. And while the general internet populace seems to feel negatively about what they’ve seen thus far, our hands-on with the game left us with a mostly positive impression.

IGN’s Mitchell Saltzman remarked that Wolverine’s combat “absolutely nails the spirit of Wolverine and is very fundamentally sound,” saying he was “impressed” with what he played, but noted that it’s still unclear if the gameplay will “hold up over the course of the entire campaign.”

Marvel’s Wolverine releases on September 15, 2026 exclusively on PlayStation 5.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Steam Frame Seems to Be Launching Soon as Unboxing and Setup Videos Leak Online

It seems like Valve may be gearing up to launch the Steam Frame, the third and final piece of hardware it showed us last year, alongside the Steam Machine and Steam Controller. Earlier today, a number of unboxing, setup and other how-to videos for Valve’s upcoming next-generation VR headset leaked online via an update to the ARM Steam Client. Valve quickly pulled them down, but not before they were grabbed and re-uploaded by users.

Instead of pitching a fit – I’m sure the company was not psyched to have these videos leak before originally intended – Valve put the videos back up, and while it hasn’t officially pushed them out yet, they’re easily found in the Steam backend and can be found via the links collected here.

STEAM FRAME UPDATE:

The ARM Steam Client had an update this morning that contained these videos. It was quickly pulled after that, but of course people managed to grab them. These are videos that detail the unboxing, sign-in, and setup of the Steam Frame. pic.twitter.com/AAFk5D69eJ

— Steam Hardware Updates (@HardwareSteam) August 19, 2026

The videos detail how to set up and sign in to the device, which will require a Steam account to use. As a reminder, Steam Frame can be used as a standalone VR headset, or wirelessly connected to a PC running Steam. Other videos that leaked include things like how to install the head strap and light blockers, as well as one detailing the wireless adapter and a number of ergonomic accessories.

Steam Frame VR Headset Specs, at a Glance

  • Resolution: 2160×2160 per eye (pancake optics)
  • Field of View: 110 degrees
  • Refresh Rate: 72Hz to 120Hz (144Hz experiemental)
  • Weight: 435g total
  • Processor: 4nm Snapdragon ARM
  • Memory: 16GB Unified LPDDR5 RAM
  • Storage: 256GB / 1TB UFS storage options (microSD slot for expansion)
  • Connectivity: Wi-Fi 7, 2×2 Dual 5Ghz/6Ghz streaming for simultaneous VR and Wi-Fi
  • Wireless PC Tethering: Wi-Fi 6E (6Ghz) with USB 3.0 receiver
  • Tracking: 4x outward facing monochrome cameras (outward IR illuminator for dark environments), 2x interior cameras for eye tracking
  • Battery: Rechargeable 21.6 Wh Li-On Battery (mounted on back of headstrap)

In his hands-on with the device last year, my colleague Michael Higham noted how Steam Frame gets you the same interface and quality-of-life features as the Steam Deck and Steam Machine, and noted how much he enjoyed using the device as a virtual theater to play non-VR games.

“This kind of experience isn’t new,” he said, “but the seamless integration through SteamOS also makes it very easy to use, and the super fast wireless tech means you can play PC games with the full strength of your system at low latency.”

With these setup videos leaking, it seems likely that Valve is planning to launch the Steam Frame soon, which lines up with the plan to have it in customers’ hands before the end of Summer 2026. That said, we still don’t know how much the Steam Frame will cost, but if the price of the Steam Machine (and hardware prices in general) is any indication, it will likely end up being more expensive than Valve originally hoped.

For more on Steam Frame, check out our Q&A with Valve about why it’s going back to VR, how the tech has evolved since the groundbreaking Index VR headset, and how it got wireless streaming to work so well.

Bo Moore is IGN’s Senior Manager of Tech. You can find him online @usebomswisely.

Inde Navarrette Reportedly Turned Down Heat 2 for Marvel Studio’s X-Men Movie

Thanks to Inde Navarrette’s breakout performance in Obsession, the star has carte blanche to choose whatever projects she wants — and Marvel’s X-Men movie was at the top of her list.

Inde Navarrette previously admitted to speaking with Jake Schreier, director for the upcoming film, earlier this summer, sparking rumors that she’d be involved with the future MCU in some way. Those rumors were confirmed at D23, where it was revealed that she’ll be playing everyone’s favorite power-absorbing mutant, Rogue.

Speaking with PageSix, sources claimed Inde was so keen on the role that she turned down two other major projects, one of which was Heat 2. Navarrette was reportedly being eyed to play Sharlene, originally portrayed by Ashley Judd, alongside massive Hollywood stars like Christian Bale, Leonardo DiCaprio, and Adam Driver. (Not to worry; she’ll be working with Driver on X-Men, as he’s set to play the film’s villain, Mister Sinister.)

Image Credits: Jesse Grant/Getty Images for Disney

Additionally, PageSix reported that Navarrette declined a role in an unnamed horror film directed by Mattias Hoehne (Cockneys vs Zombies, Little Bone Lodge) that would have paid out $2.5 million.

It’s safe to say that Marvel’s X-Men could be a far more profitable venture for the star, who reportedly made a modest $20,000 from Obsession. That film went on to become the highest-grossing independent movie with a budget under $1 million, skyrocketing Navarrette to international fame and putting her on the shortlist for Hollywood executives looking for their next big star.

Navarrette previously spoke about the possibility of playing a member of the X-Men in response to fancasts of her as Marvel’s Black Cat during a chat with Variety back in July.

MCU X-Men Cast as of D23 2026

“Every time that I see something like this I’ll giggle because, like, obviously I know the truth, but I would love to be a part of Marvel,” Navarrette said. “I think it’s fun, especially since I grew up watching X-Men – the 2000s X-Men. That would be fun.”

“Mystique has always been super cool,” she continued when asked who she’d like to play. “Growing up, I remember watching the behind-the-scenes process of all the prosthetics. That was super cool for me. I would always watch behind-the-scenes of a lot of stuff. Pirates of the Caribbean, I remember, was a big thing that I would watch the BTS of. X-Men, you know, the prosthetics. I just find it so fascinating.”

Reactions to Navarrette’s casting have been overwhelmingly positive. The news even reached Rogue’s voice actress, who sent a heartwarming welcome message to the star on social media in her signature Southern drawl.

Image Credits: Matt Winkelmeyer/Getty Images for Disney

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Out of the Further Review

Insidious: Out of the Further is in theaters on Friday, August 21.

With 2023’s Insidious: The Red Door having served as an effective swan song to Blumhouse’s first original horror franchise, Out of the Further arrives with one chance to prove that the light over the series’ spectral crimson door deserves to be kept on after all. With a grab bag of different-flavored scares that broadly work, some grounded performances, and a willingness to double down on the abject weirdness of the world-building that’s been established up to this point, against the odds for a sixth film in any franchise, Insidious: Out of the Further maintains a steady stride and winds up being a hell of a good time.

As the title suggests, Insidious: Out of the Further sets itself apart from the films which precede it by opening the proverbial (and literal) door from the spirit realm into the material plane in a much more significant way than ever before. It’s true that we’ve seen the spirits of the Further out in the real world, but generally, these apparitions are fairly closely shackled to the bodies of those they’re trying to possess, and incapable of too much more than going “boo”… or I guess luring them into the street, like in the case of Insidious: Chapter 3’s Quinn. The particulars of how (and to what degree) the Further gets Out are fun to discover along the way, but suffice to say that protagonist Gemma (Amelia Eve) had a rough childhood that has left her unable to move on in life in a way that’s made her a valuable target for the spirits of The Further. The opening scene paints a truly sad picture of Gemma’s childhood, as she tiptoes around her house to avoid drawing the attention of her mother, who’s clearly in the throes of a crisis that’s been going on for some time. It sets up a dynamic that carries into Gemma’s adulthood, as she navigates fears of transferring that experience onto her daughter Maya (Island Austin).

Amelia Eve does fine work shouldering Gemma’s growing instability as she tries to keep her feet on the ground, although writer/director Jacob Chase’s script hammers a bit too hard on the “passing familial trauma along” element of the story, routinely saying out loud what the imagery and performance already clearly communicate. It feels especially repetitive in the context of Insidious: The Red Door’s plot, which focused on the reconciliation of Patrick Wilson and Ty Simpkins’ Josh and Dalton Lambert after their shared experiences in the first two chapters of the series. Though it’s not always subtle, Chase does at least prioritize threading that family drama through Out of the Further in a way that keeps the central wound Gemma is nursing in focus, so that her desperation remains palpable throughout. We see the past repeating itself through Maya’s eyes as Gemma unravels, and Island Austin strikes a good balance between vulnerability and tenacity through her mom’s ups and downs.

The director knows the Insidious films well, capably easing into the visual language of the series.“

Given all the new facets of how the Further is able to interact with the material plane in this film, Chase is able to stage a number of creative and fresh scenarios that delight in blurring the line between what’s happening in reality and what’s bleeding over from the spirit realm. Chase knows the Insidious films well, capably easing into the visual language of the series while also having a keen sense of how the rhythms of encounters with the denizens of the Further are expected to play out. At worst, the scares work about as well as they have in any other Insidious film (jump scares and audio stings abound), but Chase brings no shortage of new ideas to the table.

Two strong back-to-back sequences around the film’s midpoint represent Out of the Further at its best. The first is a claustrophobic’s nightmare set in Maya’s pillow fort. As Gemma pokes her head in, the pillow fort becomes a rat’s maze in which she’s very much not alone. Chase is able to draw the tension out of every wrong turn through the labyrinth very effectively, including some fun misdirects and camera coverage that make the most out of the tight space. By the time Gemma finally emerges, the viewer should feel just as relieved as the character.

But it’s the following sequence, which follows Gemma to her job as a dental hygienist, that is Out of the Further’s crown jewel. For a franchise that has always forefronted spectral spookies and haunted house-style bumps in the night, Insidious: Out of the Further features one of the more disgusting and visceral dental horror scenes I can recall ever having seen, as Gemma goes to work on a guy who seems like he may be better off getting his teeth checked by the Lipstick Face Demon from the first movie. Chase draws this sequence out to a fever pitch, layering one sickening and all-too-realistic gag over another. All that really dampens this excellent sequence is how it tails off into the Further, where evil-looking dentists and patients seem far more tame than the actual oral horror we just witnessed out in the real world.

The Insidious films have favored vague, elemental demons as antagonists up to this point, really as more of a visual focal point for the sleepless evil contained in the Further, but Out of the Further makes the smart choice to try out a more well-drawn villain this time out, played by A Knight of the Seven Kingdoms’ Sam Spruell. Cyrus Lam is no hoofed, red-faced Beelzebub, but a cunning spirit with an interesting backstory which connects to how much more interaction the Further and the real world have this time out. Cyrus and his motives aren’t all that deep, but he’s different enough from previous antagonists to make his moves feel a lot more unpredictable.

Out of the Further’s strength at delivering on that namesake concept does belie a weakness of the film’s, which is that most of the material set in the Further itself is rather forgettable. The space tends to be a VFX-darkened/color-graded void in the shape of whatever house or neighborhood that particular movie is set in, where the spirits have greater power. On that front, we’re pretty firmly in “been there, done that” territory. Die-hards will no doubt delight in the myriad familiar faces among the vaudevillian freakshow of ghouls that call the Further home, but with the stakes of the film being so focused on preventing the Further from getting out, much of the anxiety surrounding the idea of the characters being trapped within feels too distant for those moments to feel all that weighty.

The movie’s supporting cast are uniformly strong at keeping Insidious: Out of the Further from astral projecting itself into incoherence. Is there anything new for Lin Shaye’s Elise Rainier to do here other than amend exposition from previous movies to explain new abilities, raise a lantern in the darkness of the Further, and scream at ghosts in the face after dying five movies ago? Nope. Is her presence and personality as welcome and warm a blanket as ever? You betcha. As Gemma’s boyfriend Nick, Brandon Perea and his excellent comedic timing are particularly well-deployed as a very open-minded skeptic. Legends of Tomorrow’s Maisie Richardson-Sellers stops by as tattoo artist/medium Clare to pick up the torch from Elise in the material plane, and while she’s mostly there as a conduit for Elise, it’s easy to see her steely comfort with the abnormal becoming a more prominent part of the series going forward. And a special shoutout to the pair of actors who play Gemma’s neighbors, the O’Sullivans. They (with some canny direction on Chase’s part) absolutely nail a self-referential gag during the very intense finale and give me hope that, for every 10 or 12 poe-faced entities that reoccur from previous movies in future installments, we get one appearance from these two just doing their best to be helpful and not to bicker too much while doing so.

John Cena Describes How He Coped With Coyote vs Acme’s Devastating Setbacks

John Cena opened up about the graceful way he handled Warner Bros.’ infamously unpopular decision to shelve Coyote vs Acme back in 2023 and how James Gunn’s influence on the film still lingers.

Coyote vs Acme is finally headed toward its long-awaited theatrical release on August 28, 2026. It’s been a years-long battle to get it on the silver screen after Warner Bros. shelved the project, originally intended as a Max streaming exclusive, in favor of focusing on feature films with cinema showings.

Things are finally back on track, but it took a lot of doing. Thanks to fan outcry and an industry campaign, Coyote vs Acme is getting the Hollywood treatment it deserves, and it’s already being met with rave reviews.

IGN’s Tom Jorgensen got the chance to sit down with the film’s cast prior to its August 28 release, where he asked if there were any particular moments from the film they’d be disappointed would never see the light of day back when the project got shuttered.

While cast members like Will Forte expressed some sadness about not being able to watch the film with his children, John Cena had a decidedly different approach to managing his emotions around the setback.

“I’m not sure I look at it like that,” Cena said. “Rather than look at any experience of life like, ‘If only,’ I was very grateful to have worked with these two, to have been directed to become a better performer, to make friends along the way. I just choose not to look at it like that. Because all that stuff, all that kerfuffle is so far beyond my reach and control.”

“I think what we hope to do is carry the torch and carry the flame for these characters the best we can,” director Dave Green added. “Because we are just temporary custodians of this historic, legacy IP. It’s just an honor to be able to play in that sandbox at all. I was kind of feeling like, ‘It’s too bad that kids won’t be able to grow up on a new iteration of Looney Tunes that hopefully carries that legacy tone and voice.’ But hey, we’re sitting here with you today. It worked out.”

The group also discussed James Gunn’s lasting impact on the movie. Gunn pitched the project over a decade ago, co-writing the story and even bringing in John Cena to star after personally recommending the script to him.

Cena referenced the famous article written by Ian Frazier for The New Yorker magazine back in 1990, which ultimately inspired the movie. It was a humorous, satirical piece that outlined a fake lawsuit against Acme on Wile E. Coyote’s behalf.

“It is on the square,” Cena said of Gunn’s narrative flair. “I think James takes the outlandish and leans into the straightness of it. The article was written of, ‘What if.’ Like, ‘Hey, for 75 years we’ve been watching this wrong?’ And that’s like, ‘Oh my god, I have.’ That’s James Gunn. He’s a guy who will take the picture on the wall, and turn it like that, and you’ll be like, ‘What?’ …I know and love James, and from the time we shared, that’s him.”

Coyote vs Acme is shaping up to be one of the best-received films of the year, debuting on Rotten Tomatoes with a 100% score. IGN’s Clint Gage gave it a 9 out of 10, saying the movie “shows why Looney Tunes are just as funny now as they’ve ever been, with a film that’s an amazingly meta answer to corporate shenanigans.”

Image Credits: Michael Buckner/Variety via Getty Images

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Dishonored, Deus Ex Designer Stars New Studio to Continue Focusing on Immersive Sims

Decorated veteran game developer Harvey Smith (Dishonored series, original Deus Ex series), most recently of Arkane Austin – which Xbox shut down in 2024 following the failure of Redfall – has opened a new game development studio. Dubbed Black Pony Immersive, it will indeed focus on the “immersive sim” genre that Smith helped pioneer evolve through his work as co-creative director on Dishonored, creative director on Dishonored 2, and lead game designer on the original Deus Ex (which, not for nothing, this particular writer ranks as a top-10 game of all-time).

“My favorite gaming memories come from seeing players approach challenges with creativity, deep-diving into our world building,” Smith said. “We try to reward players for their curiosity and exploration. At our new studio, we’re building exactly the kind of single-player games we’re most passionate about.”

Smith is a disciple of immersive-sim legend Warren Spector, who just announced his retirement. “I worked closely with Warren for nine years, learning a lot,” Smith told IGN. “We still go to lunch now and then. Recently, he gave me one of his guitars after we ate a bunch of Mexican food. My feelings for Warren are deep and complicated, but mostly I feel admiration and gratitude. For Richard Garriott too. So much good came of Origin. Places like Austin or Boston, or cities in Europe, experience flourishes now and then, as creative leaders get something going. A scene. The entire industry is deeply hurting right now, Austin included. I am just thrilled to be announcing Black Pony Immersive. Making another run at trying to create magic for players. Having the team we have, including Ricardo and people we worked with on Deus Ex, Dishonored, and Prey just feels like a dream. We are on fire for single-player, narrative-driven, first-person (highly hyphenated) immersive sims.”

“We are on fire for single-player, narrative-driven, first-person (highly hyphenated) immersive sims.”“

I asked about lessons learned from Arkane to hopefully help lead Black Pony to a better fate, and Smith said, “In my mind, that’s a tricky, emotional question. I loved my time there with Raf, Ricardo, Ben, and everyone else. I worked at Arkane for 16 years. Part of the company is still around, in Lyon, where it started. During my years there, we went back and forth between Texas and France. The company released Dishonored, Prey, Dishonored 2, some great Dishonored DLC, Death of the Outsider, Mooncrash, and Deathloop. We worked on a few other projects too, including Redfall at the end. You say, ‘a better fate.’ But honestly imagine if, like Arkane, our new studio lasted 27+ years, and released at least 4-5 absolute bangers, on top of being a super fun, interesting place to work, a place that experienced what I can only describe as electric fan support. If that happens again, I will absolutely count myself as blessed. I would feel lucky in the extreme to experience that again. And I don’t know of many places that get to that much joy and creative success. It’s just so rare. Very hard to pull off.”

I concluded by asking Smith if he felt a sense of responsibility to carry the torch for the immersive sim genre. “Always. Until I am dead,” he said. “I’m playing the Killing Stone right now, a super clever deckbuilder on Steam. So I have some range as a player. That said, immersive sims are my favorite. I am hyped for any that come along. High hopes for Judas! Marvel’s Blade! Raf’s new game at Wolf-Eye! Gloomwood 1.0, Secret of Weepstone, Project Shadowglass, Peripeteia, Clockwork Revolution, Distant Shore Bretagne, the one with the giant Eastern European cop, and maybe even a new Bioshock game. More games than I actually have time to play.”

Smith is joined at Black Pony Immersive by longtime Arkane Austin collaborator Ben Horne and Ricardo Bare as they build out their team, whose collective resume includes the likes of the aforementioned Deus Ex and Dishonored games along with Prey and Just Cause. They promise to reveal more about their first project soon.

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

Redfall Director Pleaded With Microsoft to Release Final Patch, Despite Already Being ‘Fired’

Legendary game designer Harvey Smith has said he pleaded with Microsoft to let his team release one final patch to improve the poorly-received Xbox console exclusive Redfall — even though he had been “fired.”

First-person vampire shooter Redfall launched to negative reviews in 2023, and proved to be the final project for Arkane Austin, the Texas-based team behind 2017’s Prey, which also worked on Dishonored and its sequel.

Smith, who served as lead game designer on 2000’s Deus Ex, then creative director of Dishonored and Dishonored 2, found himself out of work in May 2024 when it was announced that Arkane Austin would be shut down, with ongoing work on Redfall’s post-launch roadmap canned as a result.

The 100 Best Xbox Games of All Time

But the studio had been hard at work on another patch for the game, version 1.4, which would address numerous player issues and bugbears. Speaking to The Game Business, Smith revealed for the first time that he had to negotiate with Microsoft to be let back into the office to ensure this patch saw the light of day.

“We finished the game and it was very poorly received,” Smith recalled. “We then worked on it for a year. We patched thousands of bugs. We then got laid off, but we had in the pipe version 1.4. It was the one that fixed tons of stuff. So, we went to Microsoft and said, ‘I know we don’t work here anymore, but can we please release this?’ And to their credit, they did not say no.

“They let six or seven of us sign forms that we could come back in the building. After being fired, we released 1.4, which I think if we had that on day one, it wouldn’t have set the world on fire, but it was a much, much better game.”

Redfall was a distinct departure from the immersive sims that Arkane was known for, cooked up during the heady days of the games industry’s push for live-service elements. (It’s a push that we’re still seeing the effects of now, as Sony reportedly reboots its Horizon multiplayer game following negative feedback.)

“That was a difficult project,” Smith concluded, discussing Redfall in general. “Arkane is very specialized, but the industry is growing, and there’s always more mouths to feed. And it’s great when you can reach a wider audience. We got swept up in the games-as-a-service thing, and I had the foolish chutzpah to assume that it always works out for us. We can do this. Let’s take what we love, and mix it with [games-as-a-service]. And do different mechanics by day and night. And have character classes. Then in the middle of all that, COVID happened.”

Two years on, the fate of another Arkane development studio now also hangs in the balance. Arkane Lyon, which is currently building Marvel’s Blade, is now in the process of being sold as part of the Xbox “reset” — though exactly what will happen to the team and it’s project still remains to be seen.

As for Smith himself, IGN has just reported on the reveal of his new game development studio, Black Pony Immersive. The fledgling team, backed by other former Arkane talent, will once again focus on the immersive sim genre that Smith helped pioneer.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Tides of Annihilation is a Stylish King Arthur-Inspired Slash ‘Em Up that Balances Spectacle with Substance

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • This Arthurian-legend action-RPG leans into its King Arthur inspirations in a really impressive way.
  • The two boss fights in my demo were extremely satisfying combat encounters.
  • Despite the combat being fun, Gwendolyn’s movement controls still need some fine-tuning.

In Tides of Annihilation it isn’t just London Bridge that’s falling down, it’s the entire city that’s been razed to ruins by an unknown presence invading from a mysterious otherworld, and you’re the only human survivor left to stop it. This action adventure heavily inspired by Arthurian legend made a serious splash when it was announced early last year, but I was initially concerned that the fast-paced slash ‘em up from first-time developer Eclipse Glow Games may have been all style over substance. However, after spending roughly two hours of hands-on time with a preview build at a recent event, I’m happy to say that Tides of Annihilation feels just as exhilarating to play as it is utterly dazzling to watch.

While previous Tides of Annihilation trailers have depicted a broken-down Big Ben and lopsided London Eye, during my hands-on demo my investigations into its blight-riddled version of Old Blighty were restricted to a ruptured reworking of the British Museum. Referred to as the Great Russell Museum, presumably for boring legal reasons, this iconic piece of architecture has been torn asunder, buckled and blown apart by twisting branches and rivers of red running through it. It’s a unique and captivating experience to wander around a modern structure that’s been so significantly warped by otherworldly forces. It feels a bit like you hopped on the tube at Waterloo station but accidentally got off somewhere in Elden Ring’s Lands Between.

Tides of Annihilation – Preview Screens

This section was apparently several hours into the adventure, so the only context I had for why protagonist Gwendolyn had arrived inside the museum’s artifact-lined walls was that she was in search of a shard of the Holy Grail. Assisting in her hunt was Niniane, a young fairy with the ability to transform into a bird. She basically served as a shapeshifting signpost pointing to the next main objective, gliding away to perch on a piece of scenery in order to subtly indicate the way forward, but I’m told by the development team that she’s an extremely important character to Tides of Annihilation’s story. I also met a bizarre pair of snake-like creatures with hands for heads that seemed like they’d slithered straight out of Jim Henson’s Labyrinth, but almost everyone else I encountered was desperately trying to kill me.

Waves of Mutilation

Thankfully, Gwendolyn is supremely well-equipped to conquer any contenders that stand in her way. In addition to a fairly standard suite of sword-slashes, dodges, and parries, Gwendolyn has a pair of spectral knights that can be triggered with a well-timed button press to beam in out of the ether with a series of strikes that powerfully punctuate each of her attack combos. Initially, my use of these Round Table knights was less Camelot and more spam-a-lot, as I gleefully button-mashed my way through the less intimidating hordes that greeted me after my arrival at the museum, but by the time I found myself being tested by the demo’s first boss I’d really started to grasp the subtleties of Tides of Annihilation’s setup.

Initially, my use of these Round Table knights was less Camelot and more spam-a-lot.“

You can modify Gwendolyn’s strikes by holding a shoulder button to uppercut enemies and juggle them in the air, perform charged attacks to deal heavier damage, trigger devastating execution moves when you’ve lowered an enemy’s stagger meter, and once you’ve successfully landed enough blows, you can unleash a spectacular ultimate skill attack that rains down electrical bolts that pulverise everyone in their path. Everything feels supremely responsive to pull off, and the silky smooth animations keep it all flowing fluidly from one combo to the next.

You can also get strategic in terms of which knights you want to employ. Gwendolyn can have two pairs of steel-covered soldiers to choose from at any one time, mapped to the left and right buttons of the D-pad so you can switch between them on the fly. As your stable of spectral sidekicks grows by unlocking new knights from defeating certain sub-bosses, you have the freedom to mix and match these pairs in order to create a loadout that best suits your personal playstyle. You might want to pair the short-range specialties of the scythe-wielding Bedivere with Gawain’s ability to teleport straight to targets, for example. Or perhaps you’d prefer to partner the guard-breaking attacks of Palamedes with Kay’s ability to temporarily freeze opponents and buy you some breathing space during a battle.

There were five knights available in my demo, but the developers told me that was just a small sample of the roster that will be available in the finished game, and I’m excited to see how creative the combat can become as Gwendolyn’s gaggle of guardians grows. Although it might sound like quite a lot to manage, Tides of Annihilation’s greatest magic trick is that it puts you in charge of this spectral horde of King Arthur’s cronies without ever bogging down a fight with any form of fiddly micromanagement. Its combat is consistently uptempo, never sacrificing any speed in favour of strategic flexibility.

Getting your combinations of knights right and efficiently employing their support skills is crucial in order to overcome Tides of Annihilation’s beefier boss encounters, and there were two main story villains to overcome in my demo. After battling my way to the museum’s Egyptian wing, I was suddenly teleported into a sandswept desert realm and pitted head-to-head with the polearm-toting Anubis, who unleashed devastating tornado attacks upon a perilous pair of platforms that made up a giant set of scales. Later on I faced off against the surprisingly nimble Mordred inside the museum’s library in an extremely cinematic multi-phase fight. Mordred filled me with more dread when she eventually emerged from the earth atop a dragon big enough to intimidate a Targaryen, forcing me to take evasive measures as she swooped down and engulfed the combat arena in purple flames. Both of these battles absolutely popped with visual flair and challenged me to continually mix up my approach as each boss intensified their assaults.

Paths of Exploration

Gwendolyn’s armour-suited allies aren’t just handy friends to have in battle; a number of their unique strengths and abilities can also be employed while exploring the world around her. The archer, Bors, can be used to fire rope arrows in order to create new paths with ziplines, or to fire a cleaving bolt to tear through ropes that may be suspending treasure chests from a ceiling. Meanwhile, the burly Palamedes has more useful functions than a smartwatch, since he can punch through cracked walls or lift heavy doors to open up hidden rooms, as well as drag stone columns or raise heavy crates to create a platform towards objects that are otherwise out of reach. The implication is that each spectral knight that Gwendolyn recruits to her cause will open up new methods for navigating Tides of Annihilation’s environments, potentially leading to a Metroidvania-style structure where you’re consistently given reasons to revisit earlier areas in order to unlock secrets that were previously inaccessible.

Exploring off Gwendolyn’s path of destruction also rewards you with optional combat challenges and even additional boss battles. When I wandered into the museum’s Chinese Gallery I got a cryptic clue from an NPC about a cursed fiend prowling the building’s halls, and by tracking him down I was eventually drawn into a fierce battle against a samurai surging with electricity. Later on after I’d shifted into the desert realm, I explored the sands surrounding the museum only to be set upon by a particularly tough tormentor who was able to tear portals through time and space in order to perform devastating darting attacks that ambushed me from opposing sides of the arena.

Elsewhere there was the odd environmental puzzle to pause and ponder over, including a pretty novel brainteaser that involved manipulating the pieces on a giant doublesided chess set. Aside from being fun in their own right, completing these optional puzzle and combat-oriented challenges earns Gwendolyn everything from more damaging swords to sturdier sets of armour, as well as special badges that can be equipped to grant her additional buffs. When I was felled during a gravity-defying platforming section right at the climax of the Mordred encounter, I was certainly glad that I’d equipped the badge that brought Gwendolyn back to life with half her health so that I was able to keep calm and carry on with the rest of the fight.

While Gwendolyn’s suite of controls felt supremely responsive and flexible for the most part, I did sense some minor restrictions with her movement that I hope are remedied ahead of Tides of Annihilation’s eventual release. Namely, her sprinting speed feels in need of a substantial boost, since shifting from a walk to a run only feels like a fairly modest change in pace. Similarly, her agility in the air appears in need of some tweaks because at present she’s a bit too beholden to the bounds of gravity. I wouldn’t say that Gwendolyn even has a double-jump; it’s more like a one-and-a-half-jump at best, and that made some platforming sections feel ever-so-slightly stiff as a result.

I wouldn’t say that Gwendolyn even has a double-jump; it’s more like a one-and-a-half-jump at best.“

However, my biggest complaint after my short time with Tides of Annihilation is that I honestly wish it had lasted for longer, and that can only be a good sign. Especially since so many of the awesome encounters that have been teased in previous trailers, including the looming Shadow of the Colossus-inspired giant knights that double as both intense platforming challenges and breathtaking boss fights, were completely absent from this hands-on build. Indeed there’s clearly still much to learn about this alluring action adventure that’s currently in development for PC, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X|S, including its release date. (It’s yet to be officially announced, and if I had to guess I wouldn’t expect it before mid-2027 at the earliest.) But if this fantastic first taste is anything to go by, then Tides of Annihilation seems likely to grip me harder than a knight trying to pull a sword from a stone.

While you’re here, check out these previews of other big upcoming games we’ve played recently!

Tristan Ogilvie is a senior video editor at IGN’s Sydney office. He travelled to the Tides of Annihilation event as a guest of the organisers.

The Pokémon Company Warns of Customer Data Breach, Likely Caught in Same Theft as Valve

The Pokémon Company is cancelling orders of Pokémon 30th Anniversary Cards following a “cyber incident” that potentially left customer details exposed.

That’s according to emails shared online by fans impacted by the incident, who previously pre-ordered Pokémon trading cards purchased via the Pokémon Center website.

The breach appears to be isolated to European orders, which the Pokémon Company planned to fulfil using local logistics firm CEVA. If that name sounds familiar, it’s because this is the same firm that Valve recently warned customers had been hit by data theft, similarly impacting those who had recently bought Steam hardware.

🚨 POKEMON CENTER CYBER ATTACK, CANCELLED ORDERS ARE STOLEN PERSONAL INFO 🚨

Looks like 30th celebration orders have been cancelled for some people and their personal information has been stolen 😭 pic.twitter.com/C8hH6xBOFO

— Parvy (@Parvytcg) August 14, 2026

Exactly how many Pokémon customers have also been impacted is unclear. It has also not been explained why purchases are being fully cancelled, something that was not the case for those who bought Steam Decks and Steam Machines. IGN has contacted the Pokémon Company for comment.

“We are writing to let you know about a cyber incident affecting a Pokémon Center logistics provider that may affect some of your information,” the Pokémon Company’s email warns. “To fulfil your Pokémon Center orders, CEVA receives delivery-related information to ship your Pokémon Center products.

“We understand that the following information regarding your Pokémon Center purchases may have been obtained by unauthorized parties from CEVA: Your full name, your mailing address (street address, post code, city, country), your phone number, your email address, details of the contents of your PokemonCenter.com order(s).”

Pokémon TCG: 30th Anniversary Celebration Collection First Look

The news will certainly not help ongoing issues with Pokémon card scarcity, which has prompted U.S. retailer Target to begin slicing open boxes to deter scalpers. In Japan, some releases are being limited to Japanese residents only, while facial recognition for adults and children has been rolled out in some locations to limit daily card purchases.

Pokémon cards have become a prime target for scalpers and thieves over the past few years due to their soaring popularity and the perceived value of rare cards. New card releases frequently sell out completely, and The Pokémon Company has appeared unable or unwilling to fully keep up with demand — despite a staggering 10 billion cards printed last year alone.

Looking to start your collection? We’ve also got a list of the 10 most expensive Pokémon cards of 2026 so far.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Disney Sues FCC Over ABC License Review and First Amendment

Disney-owned ABC filed a First Amendment lawsuit against the Federal Communications Commission on Tuesday, calling the U.S. government agency’s investigations into them a “retaliatory campaign” by the Trump Administration to curb the network’s free speech. ABC and the Trump Administration have been at odds for close to a year over coverage critical of the President.

Last September, ABC infamously suspended talk show host Jimmy Kimmel after pressure from the FCC, but Disney put Kimmel back on the air following public backlash. Nevertheless, station owners Sinclair and Nexstar briefly refused to air Kimmel’s show on several regional affiliates after its suspension was lifted. The FCC has also launched an investigation into ABC’s morning talk show The View over a perceived violation of the Equal Time Rule.

The situation reached a critical point in April when the FCC launched an early review of the broadcast licenses of eight ABC television stations years before they were up for renewal. At the time, the FCC said its investigation was over concerns about the legality of ABC’s diversity, equity, and inclusion policies.

FCC Chairman Brendan Carr then said in July that ABC’s decision not to carry a presidential address in June would also be part of the license review process.

“There are more than 200 ABC-affiliated stations across the U.S., but most are owned by other companies. Eight are owned by Disney directly, and those are the stations targeted by the FCC,” CNN explains. “FCC licenses are renewed every eight years and are virtually never revoked. Until this year, the FCC had not filed an early-renewal order in decades.”

As part of this lawsuit, ABC seeks a temporary restraining order and preliminary injunction to halt the FCC’s early renewal process, which they characterize as an “existential threat” to the network’s business.

“Acting through the Federal Communications Commission, the Administration has waged a retaliatory campaign against ABC for a single reason: it disapproves of what ABC broadcasts,” the lawsuit stated (via Deadline).

ABC’s lawyers argue there was “no alternative means [other than to file suit] to eliminate these ongoing and immediate threats other than total capitulation to the administration’s demands.”

“The Commission’s true target is not the Stations’ employment practices or their carriage of a single presidential address; it is the content of Plaintiffs’ programming—and thus their speech,” the lawsuit alleges. “Because the Commission cannot regulate that content directly, it has used its review of the Stations’ licenses as an instrument to the same end.”

An FCC spokesperson responded to the lawsuit with the following statement: “Disney is obviously very concerned about the FCC’s proceeding, as evidenced by their ongoing campaign of disinformation as well as their decision to ask a court to stop the FCC from further pursuing matters. The FCC will continue to follow the facts and law wherever they lead.”

Last week, Disney CEO Josh D’Amaro addressed the company’s filings against the FCC in an interview with CNBC: “We’re very principled on this. We’re going to stand up to what we believe is journalistic and integrity, and we’re not going to be told how to run that side of our business.”

Last September, Carr said on a podcast that ABC “can do this the easy way or the hard way” in how they dealt with Kimmel after the host made a joke about the investigation into the assassination of Charlie Kirk.

Jim Vejvoda (he/him) is IGN’s Sr. Manager, Entertainment Content Partnerships.

Barnes & Noble Has Deals on LEGO Wednesday Sets That Are Sold Out Elsewhere

The Barnes & Noble Book Haul sale officially kicked off last week but there are some fresh new deals this week. The retailer is offering 25% off a variety of LEGO sets and has recently added two Wednesday sets that are slated for retirement.

Both of these sets are based on the Netflix Wednesday series and were originally released in October 2024. The LEGO Store has already completely sold out its stock of these builds and has them marked as “retiring soon.” The actual retirement date is most likely the end of the year, as long as stock remains available.

Retiring LEGO Wednesday Sets on Sale Today

LEGO Wednesday & Enid’s Dorm Room

5

The biggest of the two sets currently on sale is a recreation of Wednesday & Enid’s Dorm Room. The set itself contains a total of 750 pieces and comes with four minidolls (rather than minifigures). You get two versions of Wednesday and two versions of Enid, both with different outfits, wigs, and facial expressions. You also get a little version of Thing, which is basically just a hand piece.

This set is completely out of stock at the LEGO Store and only available from third-party sellers at Amazon. You can still find it in stock at Walmart, but Barnes & Noble is the only place that still has a deal. With this set retiring later this year, this is potentially your last chance to pick it up at a discount.

LEGO Wednesday Addams Figure

5

The other Wednesday set Barnes & Noble is offering a discount on is the larger figure of Wednesday herself. It’s a brick-built figure of the iconic Addams Family character with two different face and outfit options available. The figure sits upon a stand with two secret lockable drawers you can add accessories to. You also get the same Thing figure as the other set.

This set is also sold out at the LEGO Store, but you can buy it for the same discount at Amazon right now.

Is Barnes & Noble a Good Place to Buy LEGO Sets?

While Barnes & Noble isn’t necessarily the best place to buy LEGO sets at a discount, it’s a great place for finding retired or retiring sets still in stock. The book retailer isn’t known for dropping prices on the sets it does have available, so 25% off is definitely noteworthy if you’re looking to save on builds that you can’t find anywhere else.

Thing’s Apartment Is Also Retiring Soon

LEGO Wednesday Thing’s Apartment

4

While LEGO has already run out of stock for the other Wednesday sets, there is a newer one still available at a discount. Thing’s Apartment was first revealed in August of last year, but was added to LEGO’s list of “sets retiring soon” earlier in 2026 alongside these other builds. I actually had the chance to build this set myself and really liked it. It’s reminiscent of a Polly Pocket, but way spookier. You also get to build a full-sized version of Thing, which is really fun to decorate around your house.

The LEGO Store currently has the lowest price for this set, but it’s also on backorder. If you buy it now, you should still be able to get it in time for Halloween, no problem

LEGO Thing’s Apartment Build

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets..

The Cosmere RPG Starter Set Is Now Being Sold at Target Retail Stores

The Cosmere RPG was first released last year, but it only recently hit a major milestone for tabletop games: It’s available at Target. If you’re looking for a copy of the Stormlight Starter set, you can currently pick it up at your local Target store for only $24.99.

“It’s hard to get our things into these non-traditionally book sales markets, so we’re really excited that Target was willing to give us a try,” said Brandon Sanderson in his most recent YouTube update. “So, you can grab this and you can start into the RPG and Target will think that we’re cool and maybe they will carry other Brandon Sanderson stuff in the future.”

Cosmere RPG – Stormlight Starter Set

1

Target has long been a place to buy board games, but it is fairly rare to see a traditional tabletop RPG on the shelves. The addition of something like Brandon Sanderson’s Cosmere RPG at a store like Target is good news for other book-to-tabletop adaptations looking to break through. It may seem like a fairly niche market, but we’ve already seen big success for the Dungeon Crawler Carl RPG earlier this year so it’s clear there’s a growing interest for these sorts of things.

What we said in our review

IGN had the chance to go hands-on with the Cosmere RPG core rulebook and starter set and gave it an 8 out of 10. Here’s a summary of what we thought in our review:

“The Cosmere RPG’s initial offerings on Roshar are a strong first go for this new TTRPG system that offers a focus on flexible character development and stronger narrative mechanics than its peers.” – Scott White

Cosmere RPG Photos

Sanderson also pointed out that the starter set includes the Bridge Nine adventure, which is meant to introduce players to RPG mechanics. He also said that there “aren’t any book spoilers in the starter set”, so you don’t need to worry about ruining someone’s Cosmere book journey if they haven’t started the Stormlight Archive just yet.

Sanderson has worked with Brotherwise Games on a number of other tabletop adaptations and doesn’t appear to be slowing down anytime soon. The next big game is set to be Stormlight: War for Roshar, which is set to hit Kickstarter in the fall of 2026.

Outside of the tabletop space, Sanderson has recently stated that he’s finished the first draft of his Mistborn screenplay. The first Cosmere movie adaptation will eventually be coming to Apple TV, but there has yet to be any sort of release date attached.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets..

Stardew Valley Is Getting a Physical Switch 2 Edition in 2027

Eight months after the Switch 2 edition of Stardew Valley was released digitally, a physical edition of the upgrade has popped up at Fangamer.

The physical Switch 2 edition, which is listed at $39, might not be the most worthwhile purchase for anyone who already owns the OG. It technically includes the original Switch version of the game, which is almost always under $35 on Amazon, and the otherwise free Switch 2 upgrade pack.

As someone who doesn’t have a physical edition of the game, however, I’m feeling very inclined. What you’re really paying those $5 extra for is a beautiful cartridge and the new Switch 2 packaging. Five years ago I would have said that’s a pretty silly thing to cough up a couple extra bucks for, but in 2026, I have nothing but praise for any commitment to physical media.

Stardew Valley – Switch 2 Edition (Physical)

3

The Switch 2 edition of Stardew Valley is currently available for preorder from Fangamer, Target, and Best Buy. All retailers have the game listed at $39.99 with a release date of February 5, 2026.

Some Reddit users are already theorizing that date may line up with the release of Update 1.7, but that seems a little far-fetched. The Fangamer listing confirms the Switch 2 edition includes the 1.6 update of the game, with future free updates “available to download as they’re released.”

While Fangamer notes the final product may look different from the mock-up, I think we can trust the main strokes. The listing shows a variation of the OG’s box art, with the same farm and animals but in a lighter, more pastel color scheme, which can be reversed to show off a “Joja-themed” cover. It also comes with an 18-page guidebook, presumably the same one as the existing Switch version.

Stardew, which was originally released on Steam in 2016, got its first physical release for the Xbox One and PS4 a year later. That Switch edition, which also produced in collaboration with Fangamer, was released as both a Standard and a Deluxe edition back in 2020.

The new Switch 2 edition seems to only be getting the Standard treatment. For now, at least. If you do want all of the extra Deluxe edition goodies, there’s nothing stopping you from grabbing that for the OG Switch and then getting the Switch 2 upgrade pack for free through the Nintendo Store.

What’s Different in Stardew Valley’s Switch 2 Edition

  • Mouse-style controls for Joy-Con 2
  • Up to 8-player online multiplayer + 4-player local co-op support
  • GameShare: Play with up to 3 friends with one copy of the game

I’ve already bought Stardew digitally on my PC and Switch, and I’m still definitely considering grabbing the physical release for Switch 2. Maybe I’m particularly vulnerable to cash grabs these days, but just a few years ago I was 100% side-eyeing a certain Bethesda game for getting a million different editions.

The reality is the physical media landscape has shifted dramatically in the past decade, and any release on disc or cartridge seems to take particular… dedication. PlayStation, citing the continued shift to digital purchases, has committed to abandoning discs altogether.

Nintendo, on the other hand, recently reported that almost 40% of purchases of its games are still from physical editions. The reality is that I’m willing to use the scraps in my wallet to support that.

In the case of Stardew, a solo-developed masterpiece that’s consistently gotten updates over the course of 10 years, I’m even more open to celebrating (and investing in) that preservation.

Stardew Valley recently celebrated its 10th anniversary. We re-reviewed the game back in 2024, giving the cozy masterpiece a well-deserved 10/10. We also got the chance to sit down with creator Eric Barone (ConcernedApe) earlier this year to learn more about the independent developer’s journey to now and what he plans for Stardew going forward.

While there’s still no exact release date, we know a little about what to expect from the next major Stardew update, 1.7, including two new marriage candidates. The developer has also confirmed he is “still grinding” on his next standalone game, Haunted Chocolatier.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake, 27″ Samsung Odyssey G4 300Hz Monitor, and LEGO Corvette Stingray

From budget-friendly, quality displays to an awesome-looking speaker, there are plenty of deals to be excited about today. You can even pick up the Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake back at its lowest price yet for PS5 and Switch, and be sure to score ‘3 for $33’ 4K Blu-rays during Gruv’s sale.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for August 18

Take a quick look above at all of today’s top deals, and then read on to find out even more.

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake Drops to Low Price on Amazon

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake – PS5

0

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake – Nintendo Switch

0

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake – XSX

0

Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake is on sale for PS5, Switch, and XSX. For Switch and PS5, it’s back at the lowest price I’ve seen. This 2024 remake of Erdrick’s final adventure in the trilogy uses Square Enix’s HD-2D art style perfectly. In IGN’s Dragon Quest III HD-2D Remake review, Logan Plant said it “is a shining example of how to remake a classic RPG and a brilliant reminder of why the original is an essential work.”

$180 27″ Samsung Odyssey G4 (G40H) 300Hz Gaming Monitor

27″ Samsung Odyssey G4 (G40H) Fast IPS FHD 300Hz

0

If you play a bunch of FPS, MOBAs, and fighting games, you’ll want to pick up this 300Hz Samsung gaming monitor for $180 for Best Buy’s Deal of the Day. The 27″ Odyssey G4 (G40H) has a speedy refresh rate, 1ms response, and G-Sync/FreeSync support for incredibly smooth motion, less input lag for faster reactions, and more. The Full HD picture on the IPS display is crisp with solid color performance, and it offers surprisingly wide viewing angles.

30% Off the LEGO Corvette Stingray

LEGO Technic Chevrolet Corvette Stingray

0

The LEGO Technic Chevrolet Corvette Stingray has dropped to a new low price. For just $41.99, this 732-piece model car includes a whole bunch of moving parts and awesome detail. There’s steering, an 8-cylinder engine, differential, and opening doors and a hood. Whether you’re grabbing it for a kid to play with or keeping it as a display for yourself, this set is an incredible deal.

Gruv ‘3 for $33’ 4K Blu-ray Sale

3 for $33 4K Blu-ray Sale

0

Gruv has brought back its ‘3 for $33’ 4K Blu-ray sale with free shipping, making each film only $11. In total, there are over 270 different movies to choose from, from classics like Casablanca to newer releases like Dune. It’s a great time to add to your physical media collection. Below are a few highlights, but I’d recommend scrolling through the entire sale here.

50% Off the Marshall Stanmore III Bluetooth Speaker

Marshall Stanmore III Bluetooth Home Speaker

0

Sure, looks aren’t everything, but it’s really hard to resist grabbing a Bluetooth speaker that resembles a mini retro guitar amp. The Marshall Stanmore III is just that, and it offers an improved soundstage over its predecessor, delivering rich, detailed audio. “Turn it up to 11,” since it even offers dials to adjust volume, bass, and treble along with an awesome amp-like power switch. Bluetooth 5.2 support makes it simple to connect, and there are also RCA and 3.5mm inputs. Right now, this speaker is at its lowest price on Amazon, with 50% off.

Iniu 10,000mAh 45W Power Bank Under $14

Iniu 10,000mAh 45W Power Bank

0

An Iniu 10,000mAh 45W Power Bank is under $14 at Amazon with the final 49% discount taken at check out. With a total of three outputs, including one built-in 45W USB Type-C cable, one 45W USB Type-C port, and one USB Type-A port, it’s ready to top up loads of electronics. The max 45W power delivery will also efficiently charge the Switch 2, iPhones, and more.

$22 Off the Logitech G305 Lightspeed Wireless Gaming Mouse

Logitech G305 Lightspeed Wireless Gaming Mouse

0

Save $22 on the Logitech G305 Lightspeed Wireless Gaming Mouse. I’ve been using the G305 for years and can attest to how absolutely brilliant it is for both everyday use and gaming. It’s lightweight, delivers virtually no lag, and the single AA battery lasts for months. In IGN’s Logitech G305 review, Matt Clark was impressed by the “perfect response times, flawless connectivity, extreme accuracy.”

55″ TCL 4K Roku TV for Just $199.99

55″ TCL S-Series 4K Roku TV

0

Looking to pick up a solid budget TV? Best Buy is offering a 55″ TCL S-Series 4K Roku TV for just $199.99. This 2026 display offers all the essentials, including a sharp 4K picture, direct-lit LED backlighting, HDR10 support, and a 60Hz refresh rate. With a Roku baked-in, it also has an easy-to-use smart interface, making for simple streaming and more without the need for an additional streaming device.

45% Off Fanttik A10 Pro 2-in-1 Digital Laser Tape Measure

Fanttik A10 Pro 2-in-1 Digital Laser Tape Measure

0

Make your DIY projects even easier with Fanttik’s A10 Pro 2-in-1 Digital Laser Tape Measure. Not only does it feature a 10-foot physical tape measure, but it also includes a 165-foot laser measuring tool with ±1/8 accuracy. Measurements for both the laser and tape will then be displayed in real time, simultaneously on the 1.47″ color IPS display in imperial and metric units. This high-quality tool is even 45% off with the coupon code “93BDZCDZ” at checkout.

Pokémon TCG Pitch Black ETB Below Market Value

Shipped and Sold By Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Elite Trainer Box

0

Pokémon TCG Mega Evolution Pitch Black ETB is available shipped and sold by Amazon for 69.95. Now, that’s actually below the current market value according to TCGPlayer. Included in the ETB are 9 booster packs, 1 full-art foil promo card featuring Zarude, 65 card sleeves, 6 damage-counter dice, and more. You can also pick up the Pitch Black Booster Bundle for $49.95, but it’s not nearly as good a deal.

Check out more Amazon restocks below:

Shipped and Sold By Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Perfect Order Booster Bundle

0

Shipped and Sold by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Chaos Rising Booster Bundle

0

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Switch 2 for $35

FINAL FANTASY VII REBIRTH – Nintendo Switch 2 (Day One Edition)

1

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Switch 2 is down to just $35 at Best Buy and Amazon. The Day One Edition also comes with a Magic: The Gathering Zack Fair promo card. However, shipping is delayed on Amazon, so I’d recommend grabbing it from Best Buy to get it soon. As for the game itself, this remake of the classic action RPG earned an “Amazing” 9/10 rating in IGN’s review. Michael Higham went on to say the game is “full of exciting challenges and an awe-inspiring recreation of a world that has meant so much to so many for so long.”

Save $60 on the Apple AirPods Pro 3

Apple AirPods Pro 3 Wireless Active Noise Cancelling Earbuds

0

The Apple AirPods Pro 3 are down to $189.99 for Best Buy’s 60th Anniversary Sale, and Amazon has matched the price. Apple’s latest Pro earbuds deliver improved noise cancellation, better sound quality, longer battery life, and greater waterproofing compared to their predecessor. A built-in heart-rate-sensing monitor adds even more functionality. Of course, quality-of-life features like a comfortable fit with different eartip options and breezy pairing with Apple devices also come standard.

Check out even more 60th Anniversary deals below:

Score 59% Off The Complete Calvin and Hobbes Hardcover Box Set

The Complete Calvin and Hobbes Box Set

0

When you clip the coupon on Amazon’s product page, The Complete Calvin and Hobbes is only $93.10. This box set collects the classic comic strip in three hardcover volumes. Not only does it offer all the comics spanning the series’ 10-year run from 1985 to 1995, but it also includes an intro from author Bill Watterson. Fans young and old will love diving into the magical adventures of this duo.

MTG x Marvel Super Heroes Commander Deck Bundle Drops to Even Lower Price

Shipped and Sold by Amazon

Magic: The Gathering | Marvel Super Heroes Commander Deck Bundle – Includes All 4 Decks

0

The MTG x Marvel Super Heroes Commander Deck Bundle is even cheaper than last week. For $184.95, you get all four of the Commander Decks in the set: Avengers Assemble, Wakanda Forever, The Fantastic Four, and Doom Prevails. That brings each precon to just $46.24. Given that these 100-card decks plus accessories are selling for anywhere between $50 and $70 when purchased separately, it’s an incredible way to save.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Robin Williams Kids Revive Instagram Account to Fight AI Abuse

Inactive since Robin Williams’ death in 2014, the actor-comedian’s children revived his Instagram account Monday to combat what his daughter Zelda Williams calls “rampant AI abuse of his voice and likeness” on the social media platform.

“As we recognize what would be our Dad’s 75th year, we’re grateful to see new generations discovering his work while longtime fans continue to celebrate the joy he brought into their lives,” siblings Zak, Zelda and Cody Williams said in the post. “As technology evolves, we want this to be a safe, trusted place where the stories, photos, videos, and memories shared reflect his legacy with authenticity, warmth, and care.”

“This is our way of sharing his unique talent and humor with the world, including the moments that made us and so many of you laugh, as we remember our Dad’s extraordinary life and work. He continues to inspire us and delight people all over the world.”

Robin Williams. (Photo: Peter Kramer/Getty Images)

Zelda Williams commented further on the decision in an Instagram story on her own account.

“I’m sorry if anyone found Dad’s old page posting again to be triggering. Believe me, I know it’s a little strange,” Williams posted. “Making that space into one where people can find authentic clips and photos of him is one of the best ways we’ve now found to fight back against rampant AI abuse of his voice and likeness on here.”

Williams has long made her disdain for AI-generated content of her father known, asking fans in October 2025 to “stop sending me AI videos of Dad.”

“Stop believing I wanna see it or that I’ll understand, I don’t and I won’t. If you’re just trying to troll me, I’ve seen way worse, I’ll restrict and move on,” the actress-director added at the time. “But please, if you’ve got any decency, just stop doing this to him and to me, to everyone even, full stop. It’s dumb, it’s a waste of time and energy, and believe me, it’s not what he’d want.”

Williams previously slammed the “disturbing” use of AI to recreate her father’s voice, bashing such recreations as, “at their very best, a poor facsimile of greater people, but at their worst, a horrendous Frankensteinian monster, cobbled together from the worst bits of everything this industry is, instead of what it should stand for.”

Williams’ revulsion at AI recreations of her dad’s voice is not shared by Matthew Lawrence, who played Robin Williams’ son in Mrs. Doubtfire. Lawrence said last year that he would “love” for AI to recreate the actor’s “iconic” voice.

“I would love — now, obviously, with the respect and with the OK from his family — but I would love to do something really special with his voice,” Lawrence told Deadline in July 2025, “because I know for a generation, that voice is just so iconic.”

GTA 6 Gameplay and Map Appear to Leak Online

Grand Theft Auto 6 appears to have suffered yet another significant leak after what looks like legitimate gameplay videos and an image of the full map appeared online.

Two videos showing GTA 6 gameplay have emerged: one featuring protagonist Jason playing basketball outside his home, the other showing Jason driving a car and attacking an NPC. An image reportedly of the complete map has also hit the internet.

While it is currently unclear how these assets emerged or how old they are, they all point to a cryptocurrency and a website that reportedly belong to a group called ‘CyberLeek.’ The website contains three demands of Rockstar Games and other video game publishers, seemingly in response to the all-digital future suggested by digital preorders, “fake” single-player DLC, and the removal of single-player content consumers have paid for.

GTA 6 Ultimate Edition Screenshots

Contained within the manifesto is criticism of the lack of a physical disc for GTA 6, as well as The Crew, which was at the heart of the Stop Killing Games consumer movement after Ubisoft made it unplayable even by those who bought the game. CyberLeek goes on to threaten other video game publishers, presumably with gameplay leaks such as this one suffered by GTA 6.

“Publishers should beware,” the manifesto concludes. “If CyberLeek can reach Rockstar, no one is safe. This is a message to all big corpo: behave, or be the next target.”

The authenticity of the gameplay and map image remains unconfirmed, but it appears that Rockstar and parent company Take-Two are working to remove video uploads from across social media. Meanwhile, the memecoin advertised by the assets now has a huge amount of attention on it, although there is some concern online that it is part of a cryptocurrency scam. IGN has asked both Rockstar and Take-Two for comment.

Assuming the leak is legitimate, it comes just days before the release of Grand Theft Auto 6: An Extended Look, which is a timed Netflix exclusive. That’s due Thursday, August 27, and will remain exclusive on Netflix for six hours before it makes its way to other platforms such as YouTube.

GTA 6 has suffered a number of leaks over the years. In 2022, more than 90 videos and images from an early version of GTA 6 were leaked online by hackers in what was one of gaming’s biggest security breaches. “We take leaks very seriously indeed and they disappoint all of us, it’s really frustrating and upsetting to the team,” Take-Two CEO Strauss Zelnick said in response. The British teenager responsible was recently released from indefinite imprisonment at a secure hospital and is now awaiting a retrial.

In December 2023, the first GTA 6 trailer leaked on X/Twitter less than 24 hours before its scheduled premiere, leading to Rockstar officially posting the trailer on YouTube early. Rockstar developers took to social media to express their frustration at the leak, which Zelnick later called “disappointing.” “In terms of the leak, that’s always disappointing for the team, but ultimately, I don’t think it hurt us,” he said.

In April this year, Rockstar confirmed company information was accessed as part of a third-party data breach, but it insisted the incident had “no impact on our organization or our players.”

GTA 6 is due out on PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X and S on November 19, 2026.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Former Peter Pan Actor Defends Viral Fan Accused of ‘Stalking’ Him at Disneyland

A former Disneyland character actor is speaking out to defend a fan who went viral after her social media posts sparked backlash from viewers.

Dylan Gadeke has found himself at the center of a dramatic online saga. While he no longer works at Disneyland, he portrayed Peter Pan in the California theme park from 2014 – 2021, a fairly long tenure for a face actor.

During those years, he (or rather, the character he played) acquired an extremely dedicated fan who goes by the screen name ‘babytoni99.’ Toni, as she’s being called by viewers on social media, is a regular attendee at the Disney parks, who posts photos and videos chronicling her visits multiple times a month.

The Original Star Wars Trilogy Timeline Arrives at Disneyland’s Galaxy’s Edge

Toni is a typical ‘Disney adult,’ which isn’t objectionable in itself; instead, viewers are taking issue with her behavior toward Peter Pan’s character actors, who she says she’s been visiting once a week for the last ten years.

Out of her extensive log of Disney-themed content, two videos have racked up the most backlash. One of those is a five-minute-long video on TikTok, in which she gifts one Peter Pan actor a crocheted keychain and follows him around the park. It’s garnered over 43 million views on the plaform, and it’s not hard to see why: Their interactions are painfully awkward. Commenters noted that the actor appeared to be extremely disinterested, as though he was trying to shake her off and failing.

“I know he went on a cigarette break after this,” one joked.

“Disney adults are very weird,” another wrote. “Let the kids enjoy the characters and step aside, geez.”

@babytoni99 Another adventure with the green bean💚🫶🏻✨ #peterpan #disneyland ♬ original sound – Toni

Another video, posted to Instagram on July 18, 2026, features a mashup of various clips showing Toni’s many interactions with Peter Pan actors over the last ten years. It’s worth noting that Toni doesn’t appear to be fixated on any particular performer, but seems to simply be a big fan of the character, himself.

“All the Peter Pans probably have a group chat to vent about their experiences with her,” one viewer remarked.

“She’s definitely in the daily briefing for the Peter Pans,” another wrote.

Toni’s posts have gone so viral that they’ve caught the attention of one of the Peter Pan actors featured in one of her videos, Dylan Gadeke, who took to TikTok on August 17 to tell his side of the story.

Surprisingly, Gadeke didn’t have anything negative to say about Toni. Instead, he defended her from the hordes of negative commenters that had suddenly sprung up online, urging viewers to let her be.

“Yes, I had many interactions with Toni,” he began. “As you can see in the video, Toni’s behavior did make me feel a little awkward and uncomfortable, but at no point did it cross any boundaries of what character interactions should look like at Disneyland.

“She was very enthusiastic about meeting the character — maybe a little more so than most — but it never crossed the boundary of trying to get to know the performer. We need to end the discourse and the harassment and the online toxicity that is being aimed at her. She’s doing nothing wrong. She’s acting within all the guidelines of what a guest should do at Disneyland.

“It’s a little extra and a little more than most, but she’s within her rights to do so. The best thing you can do with personalities that are a little extra is cut off their supply to attention. So stop the likes, stop the comments, stop the sharing or the reposts.”

@dylangadeke All children grow up, and now it’s your turn✨ #peterpan #disney #disneyland ♬ Original Sound – TikTok Advertiser

Viewers didn’t seem to be convinced by his call to action, as he went on to share a story about “another stalker” who followed him around the park — a word that commenters were quick to pick up on.

“You said ‘story about another stalker.’ Is that admitting that Toni is a stalker? You said she didn’t cross boundaries, does that mean she isn’t a stalker? I’m confused,” one wrote.

“‘Another stalker…’ so you agree, Toni is a stalker,” another said.

Toni herself continues to post her regular influx of Disney-themed content despite the backlash. She has only made one short video responding to the discourse, which she uploaded to TikTok on August 5.

In the video, she danced to Beyonce’s song Partition, along with the caption, “When people ask how I got a five-minute video with a lost boy at Disney.”

“Just saying; if he didn’t wanna be around me, he would literally run away,” she wrote.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Tom Holland Could Earn More Than $100 Million From Spider-Man: Brand New Day

Tom Holland stands to make a massive payday from the staggering success of his latest Spidey movie, Spider-Man: Brand New Day.

As reported by The Wrap, three sources with knowledge of Holland’s contract say the A-lister secured $20 million in base pay for the Marvel blockbuster, with the added potential of earning upwards of $100 million in backend bonuses.

One of these sources claimed that Holland’s bonuses aren’t capped, meaning there’s no telling how much he’ll earn in total.

Spider-Man: Brand New Day Images

“He will make at least [$100 million],” they told the outlet, declining to give a ballpark amount as to what the ultimate figure could end up looking like.

The Wrap also shared a graphic showing the dramatic increase in pay Holland has commanded for his Spider-Man films over the years. In 2016, Holland earned $250,000 for his appearance in Captain America: Civil War, a number that doubled to half a million for Spider-Man: Homecoming the following year. He earned an estimated $4 million for 2019’s Far From Home and $10 million for No Way Home in 2021, making Brand New Day the most profitable picture in his Marvel career thus far.

While the $100 million figure is certainly substantial, it doesn’t come as a total surprise, given how successful Brand New Day has been at the box office this summer. The film became the fastest movie ever to rake in $700 million domestically, and is the first Spider-Man movie to reach $2 billion in theaters. It’s also one of the most successful Marvel movies of all time, dethroning Avengers: Endgame to secure the biggest domestic opening weekend in history.

Spider-Man: Brand New Day has been met with overwhelmingly positive reviews, currently sitting at a 90% on Rotten Tomatoes with a Certified Fresh rating. We scored it a 7 out of 10, with IGN’s Tom Jorgensen saying it “effectively refocuses on the most reliable pillars of the webslinger: battling inner turmoil, swinging around NYC saving the day, and looking cool while doing so.”

While Brand New Day made history on several fronts, Avengers: Doomsday isn’t far behind. Pre-sales for the film are already tracking to outpace those for Spider-Man, with The Wrap reporting that its first two days of ticket pre-sales are 65% ahead of those for Holland’s latest web-slinging romp.

Doomsday doesn’t release until December 18, so it’ll be interesting to see how the final box office figures look when all is said and done. For now, fans can check out what’s coming next for the MCU, including the latest casting announced for Marvel’s X-men movie and Hugh Jackman apparently having some sort of role in Doomsday, along with Deadpool. Possibly.

Image Credits: Marvel Studios / iStock / Getty Images Plus

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

How to Watch Toy Story 5 Online in 2026

Toy Story 5 is now available to rent or purchase digitally from PVOD platforms like Prime Video.

The move to digital comes a particularly solid 60 days after the movie’s initial release in theaters. Over the course of that run, Toy Story 5 grossed over $1.1 billion globally, more than four times its reported budget of $250 million.

Clint Gage’s review for IGN gives some credit to the latest Pixar sequel, saying “Toy Story 5, like all its main characters, eventually figures out why it exists in the first place.” If you didn’t manage to make the trek out to the theaters for this one, here’s how you can watch it online for a pretty darn reasonable price.

Toy Story 5 Now Available to Watch at Home

Toy Story 5

0

Available to rent for $5.99 or purchase digitally for $29.99.

Toy Story 5 is now available to rent for $5.99, which gives you access to the movie for 48 hours from the time you hit play, or purchase digitally for $29.99.

I cover a lot of digital releases, and this is by far the cheapest digital renting price I’ve ever seen for a new release. Other recent movies, like Minions & Monsters and even fellow Disney property Star Wars: The Mandalorian and Grogu, are asking you to drop $20 minimum.

If you do decide to go for the full purchase, you’ll get access to a spread of digital extras. Prime Video is also specifically offering discounted digital bundles of the Pixar franchise, including a bundle of all five Toy Story movies for $69.99, down from $109.95.

The digital release date was first announced last week alongside our first look at the movie’s DVD release. We now know the movie will be getting a particularly clean limited-edition 4K steelbook in addition to a standard DVD and Blu-ray. The physical release will also include a new collected set of all five Toy Story movies.

While I’ve yet to find any preorder listings online, all of those editions have a release date of September 22.

Our first look at the Toy Story 5 4K steelbook, releasing September 22.

Pixar’s next project will be a fully original movie. Gatto, which is slated to be released in theaters next February, will follow a musical black cat on the streets of Venice. The film has the same director as 2021’s Luca, and looks to have a particularly distinct art style.

Disney also just hosted its annual D23 showcase, offering tons of new info about all of its studios’ next moves. On the Pixar side, we got our first look at The Incredibles 3 and another original film, Ghost Market. Coco 2 also got an update that, for the most part, was a set-up for a fresh look at Kingdom Hearts 4.

When Will Toy Story 5 Come to Disney+?

It should come as no surprise that Toy Story 5 will eventually join the rest of the Pixar slate on Disney+. Pixar typically follows a pretty strict timeline for getting their releases onto the streaming service, with recent movies like Hoppers and Inside Out 2 finding their way onto Disney+ four months after their initial release in theaters. I don’t think we’ll see any shift from that strategy with Toy Story 5, which should be available to Disney+ subscribers by the end of September.

Blythe (she/her) is an Audience Development Coordinator at IGN who, when she isn’t following streaming news, spends way too much time in character customization screens and tracking down collectibles.

IGN Awesome Indies/gamescom Studio: Co-Streaming Guidelines

IGN Awesome Indies/gamescom Studio: Co-Streaming Guidelines

We are excited to consider you for streaming the 2026 gamescom Awesome Indies showcase and/or gamescom Studio powered by IGN content with your community! To ensure everyone has a great time and to protect the developers showcasing their games and event partners, we have established a few ground rules.

IGN does not grant express licenses or commercial rights to third parties to broadcast our content. However, IGN will not issue copyright strikes or DMCA takedowns against channels that have been pre-approved by the IGN team, provided they strictly adhere to the following guidelines:

1. Content & Age Ratings

The Awesome Indies showcase features approximately 40 different games and gamescom Studio features content from numerous event partners. Please be aware that some of the featured content may be intended for mature audiences (e.g., ESRB M / PEGI 18).

  • Your Responsibility: You are solely responsible for ensuring that your stream complies with your platform’s Terms of Service and all applicable local laws and broadcasting regulations regarding age-rated content.
  • Editorial Control: You retain full editorial control over your commentary. IGN is not responsible for the opinions, views, or statements made during your co-stream.

2. Feed Integrity & Visuals

  • You must broadcast the show live and uninterrupted.
  • You may not obscure, crop, or modify the core broadcast feed. All in-stream sponsor logos, developer watermarks, lower-thirds, and legal disclaimers must remain fully visible at all times.
  • Your webcam and personal stream overlays are permitted, provided they do not block critical on-screen information.

3. Monetization & Sponsorships

  • Platform Features: You are welcome to keep standard platform monetization enabled during the broadcast (e.g., Twitch Subscriptions, Bits, YouTube Super Chats, standard ad rolls).
  • No Custom Sponsorships: You may not sell custom sponsorships, run branded overlays, or feature third-party product integrations that make it appear as though your personal sponsors are affiliated with IGN, gamescom, gamescom event partners or any featured indie developers.

4. VODs and Archiving

  • You may keep the Video on Demand (VOD) of your co-stream available on your channel after the live broadcast concludes.
  • Do not upload standalone, unedited trailers from the showcase as separate videos on your channel. If you wish to create recap videos, they must feature your own substantial transformative commentary.

5. Enforcement

IGN reserves the right to revoke your approved co-streaming status at any time. If you violate these guidelines, platform Terms of Service, or engage in behavior that is racist, homophobic, defamatory, or otherwise violates community standards, IGN may issue a DMCA takedown notice against your channel.

Fantagraphics’ Lovers of the Empire Exclusive Preview

Fantagraphics is kicking off a new imprint called Takumigraphics that focuses on a curated lineup of East Asian comics and graphic novels. The first entry in this new line is Lovers of the Empire, a love story set against the tumultuous backdrop of Japanese-occupied Korea in the 1920s.

With Lovers of the Empire Vol. 1 in stores now, IGN can exclusively debut a new preview of this hardcover volume. Check it out in the slideshow gallery below:

Lovers of the Empire Vol. 1 Preview Gallery

Lovers of the Empire is created by Yudori, the artist responsible for 2024’s Eisner-nominated Raging Clouds. Here’s the official summary of the book:

Lovers of the Empire follows two teenagers from different social strata who are thrown together. Arisa Jo, the daughter of a wealthy merchant, is the most eligible bachelorette in all of Gyeongsung (the capital city). With her Western dresses, movie star hairstyle, and assertive attitude, she embodies bold “Modern” values. Jun Seomoon is her opposite, a young man from the countryside deeply rooted in tradition. When Arisa’s father tasks Jun with escorting her to the big city, their personalities clash and sparks fly. Their unlikely connection opens these teenagers’ eyes to new perspectives amidst the rapidly changing world they find themselves in. On the surface a sweet and funny “will they, won’t they” romance, this story garners depth from its depiction of Korea at a crossroads: a city occupied by Japan, molded by Western influences, and facing a modernity that stirs inner conflicts within its citizens. Rendered in gorgeous full color, this period piece portrays a fascinating city in a tumultuous time, with two winsome characters at its heart.

“Lovers of the Empire is a cute boy-meets-girl romance, set against a silent backdrop of massacres and battles,” said Yudori in a statement. “That is in a way what it feels like to exist as a Korean: keeping the façade of abundance and harmlessness, while something is always brooding deep inside, just below the point of explosion. Wars do not stop at battlefields and bomb sites, they seep into our everyday existence.”

“Fantagraphics’ mission has long been to celebrate great cartooning in all of its incarnations, from the form’s early luminaries to contemporary artists from around the globe currently forging the future of visual storytelling,” said Fantagraphics Associate Publisher Eric Reynolds. “Takumigraphics is an extension of this mission, and an acknowledgement of the key role that Manga, Manhwa, and Manhua, and other east asian comics continue to play in forging that future. As we continue to expand our roster of Asian works, it made perfect sense to bring them under one umbrella, to best showcase the great works being created in Japan, South Korea, China, and elsewhere.”

Lovers of the Empire Vol. 1 is available in bookstores now. You can order a copy on Amazon.

For more, learn all about the very first Star Wars/Marvel crossover and read up on Marvel’s newest symbiote hero, the Amazing Venom.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

Oni Press’ Archie Comics Reboot Review

It’s been a while since we’ve run a proper comic book review on IGN, but that’s something I’m hoping to change in the months ahead. And what better time to get back in the habit than with Oni Press’ impending reboot of the Archie Comics line. In case you missed the news, Oni is launching a new wave of three comics that reinvent Archie and the Riverdale gang for a new generation. That includes the flagship Archie series as well as Sabrina the Teenage Witch and Archie in Hell.

To ring in this new era of comic book reviews on IGN, we figured the Archie reboot was the perfect starting point. We’ve been able to check out the first issue of all three series, and we’re here to render a verdict and let you know which, if any, are worth giving a look this fall.

We’re hoping to make new comic book reviews on IGN a regular thing again, so definitely head down to the comments and let us know what books you’d like to see us cover.

Archie #1 Review

Archie #1 Preview Gallery

Creative Team: Writer Ben H. Winters & Artist Fábio Moon

Release Date: September 2, 2026

This series is the obvious jumping-on point for most of the Archie-curious out there. It’s the classic Archie series reimagined for a new era. Though maybe “reimagined” is overselling things a bit. The new Archie doesn’t fundamentally rework the long-running series so much as it gives it a fresh coat of paint.

Which, for the most part, is just fine. The prospect of Casanova and Daytripper artist Fábio Moon getting the chance to work his magic on Riverdale was always the key selling point for me anyway, and in that regard the reboot doesn’t disappoint. Moon is basically the perfect artist to shoulder the burden of giving Archie Andrews a postmodern visual touch-up. His pages are free-flowing and dynamic and expertly capture the hectic nature of Archie’s overly busy day. Moon’s pencils and inks mesh well with Jason Wordie’s colors, which lend just the right sense of depth and texture to the art.

The main story featured in this issue offers a simple but largely effective gateway into Archie’s crazy little world. Riverdale High is holding a film festival, and Archie soon finds himself stretched thin as he tries to lend a helping hand to all of his friends while also pursuing his own big idea. The premise allows Winters and Moon to quickly cycle through the book’s major supporting cast and establish their various relationships with Archie, and it’s all done in an entertaining way.

The problem is mostly a lack of depth. The story is fun and lighthearted, but that’s about it. It doesn’t really strive to do anything that we wouldn’t have gotten out of a classic Archie Comics adventure. Give this same script to an artist like Dan Parent and it could just as easily be included in an Archie Double Digest in a grocery store checkout lane. Maybe I’m simply a victim of my own expectations, but I was hoping for something a little more experimental, or at least a story with more hints of a serialized narrative. For now, the previous “New Riverdale” reboot still stands as the more compelling example of reinventing Archie for the 21st century.

That said, Winters and Moon’s backup story does suggest the series is capable of a bit more. The backup focuses more on Jughead and digs a little deeper into the psychology of everyone’s favorite hamburger-scarfing best friend. Hopefully it’s a sign of more ambitious storytelling to come.

Score – 7

Sabrina the Teenage Witch #1 Review

Creative Team: Writer Corinna Bechko & Artist Kano

Release Date: October 7, 2026

If Archie #1 is guilty of playing things a little too safe and traditional, that’s not a problem for this reboot of its sister series. This is easily the most satisfying debut issue of the trio, one that strikes a nice balance between honoring the franchise’s wholesome, all-ages roots and embracing the possibilities of this new future.

Similar to Archie #1, Sabrina the Teenage Witch #1 enters Sabrina Spellman’s life at a particularly chaotic time. She’s just discovered her magical abilities and is trying to balance her newfound responsibilities with her desire to hang out with her friends and enjoy a good Halloween party. Bechko’s script wisely skips over the origin story for the most part, preferring to jump right in with what comes next.

While this issue also serves as an efficient debut for much of the book’s supporting cast, it’s really the dynamic between Sabrina and her cat Salem that steals the show. Salem is a lot of fun as he bickers with his befuddled owner, who’s still growing accustomed to the fact that her cat talks in the first place. In general, Sabrina comes across as very likable here, a girl torn between high school fun and the more urgent, darker world that’s just opened before her.

Kano’s art complements the lighthearted but slightly sinister vibe of the script quite well. Here, too, the series toes that line between honoring the past and establishing its own look and feel. Of particular note is Kano’s facial work, which is wonderfully expressive and helps give each character a welcome burst of personality. This is a book to keep an eye on.

Score – 9

Archie in Hell #1

Creative Team: Writer Patrick Horvath & Artist Tyler Crook

Release Date: November 4, 2026

It was clear from the beginning that anyone who wanted to see a more subversive take on the Archie franchise with this Oni reboot would be best served with Archie in Hell. The series is very much the spiritual successor to Roberto Aguirre-Sacasa and Francesco Francavilla’s Afterlife with Archie, a book that boasted a fantastic premise but was undone by its unpredictable shipping schedule. Hopefully, that won’t be a problem this time around.

Probably the biggest selling point of Archie in Hell, apart from the basic appeal of infusing this universe with supernatural horror, is the fact that it’s written by Beneath the Trees Where Nobody Sees’ Patrick Horvath. A real match made in heaven there, even if the end result isn’t quite as strong out of the gate as I would have liked. Issue #1 is a bit of a slow burn, taking its sweet time to transition from the wholesome charm of a standard Archie adventure to something darker and more grotesque. It’s fun, but there’s not quite enough meat on this particular bone just yet.

The series also finds a fitting artist in horror comics veteran Tyler Crook. Crook and colorist Francesco Segala are adept at blending the old-school Archie aesthetic with a darker, more twisted vibe. Early on, you can almost trick yourself into believing you’re reading another straightforward Archie adventure, only to be reminded otherwise when the black magic and ritualistic sacrifices start unfolding on the page.

This series holds plenty of potential, but a lot is riding on the final page twist and where things go from there. It lacks the fast-paced start and easy “Night of the Living Dead in Riverdale” elevator pitch that Afterlife with Archie benefited from.

Score – 6

As Expected, Sony’s Phantom Blade Zero State of Play Livestream Was Overrun by ‘No Disc No Buy’ Comments

Sony held its planned Phantom Blade Zero State of Play livestream with — somewhat surprisingly — the comments turned on, and they went exactly how everyone thought they would.

The YouTube chat, for example, was dominated by “no disc no buy” comments, which drowned out comments about the promising looking action game itself. It was a similar situation on Twitch.

None of this should come as a surprise, given fans had called out this first State of Play since Sony’s announcement sent shockwaves through the video game industry as a likely battleground for the ongoing backlash to the impending end of PlayStation disc production from 2028.

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

“Will buy when it’s available PHYSICALLY,” read one comment. “Wow! It may look great but it will look better on a disc! So make that happen and keep happening,” said another. “Does Donnie Yen come on disc?” joked one person.

A snippet of the Twitch chat for Sony’s State of Play livestream.

Phantom Blade Zero is just the latest game to find itself drowned out by the no disc backlash, despite it and its developer, S-Game, having nothing to do with it. Gamers have continued to call on Sony to U-turn on its decision, signing online petitions and swarming over PlayStation social media posts to express concern about video game preservation and ownership. Complaints have also come from other groups. The UK’s Digital Entertainment and Retail Association (ERA), for example, called Sony’s decision “a triumph of corporate convenience over consumer choice.”

Meanwhile, backers of physical media have called on gamers to boycott PlayStation for a week in August to send a message to Sony that its decision to kill discs is unacceptable. The Does it play? X / Twitter account, which is a fierce critic of Sony’s plan to do away with physical media, issued a call to arms that has been viewed on the social media platform over 2 million times.

“Sony wants to abandon fans? Let’s give them a small taste of their own medicine!” the X / Twitter account said. “Together with other creators we call for a 1 week #PSBlackout in August. No logins, no play sessions, no purchases on any of Sony’s platforms.”

Here’s the boycott statement in full:

For several years now, Sony Interactive Entertainment has continued to grow further apart from its fan base. Whether it’s closing beloved studios like Bluepoint, pursuing a misguided live-service strategy, canceling fan events, leaving PS VR2 to die, or being completely out of touch with the franchises players want to see return, PlayStation has never felt more disconnected from its community.

Ending physical discs in 2028 feels like the last straw. We understand there is only so much SIE can control, but with the decisions that are within its control, the company continues to mismanage the strong position it inherited from the PS4 era.

There are so many issues with PlayStation right now that bringing back physical games would only be meeting players halfway. There is still much more SIE can do. We miss Twisted Metal, SOCOM, Sly Cooper, and Resistance. We miss PlayStation Experience. We miss Japan Studio.

With that, we are calling on PlayStation players to participate in an economic and gameplay blackout from Sunday, August 23, at 7:00 PM local time through Sunday, August 30, at 7:00 PM local time. Players can participate by turning off their consoles or logging out for seven days. We feel that this period gives publishers and developers minimal impact while still giving players a voice.

But will this call to arms have any impact? Last month, Sony finally broke its silence on its decision to discontinue PlayStation discs to say it is not having any effect on its business now, and it doesn’t see any negative effect in the future. Sony executives insisted they will not change their minds, while acknowledging “strong views” from the video game community.

When Sony announced its decision it said it was simply following consumer trends. “In response to shifting trends in consumer preference, new games will be released on PlayStation Store and at retailers in digital formats only,” Sid Shuman, Senior Director, Sony Interactive Entertainment Content Communications, said in a post on PlayStation Blog.

Sony’s latest financials show an 82% digital download ratio for full game software across PS4 and PS5. Reinforcing this trend, Mat Piscatella, Senior Director and Video Game Industry Advisor at Circana, recently said that just seven PlayStation video games had sold more than 100,000 physical units so far this year in the U.S.. Only two PlayStation video games sold more than 10,000 physical units in the U.S. during the week ending July 11.

Similarly, Strauss Zelnick, boss of Rockstar parent company Take-Two, recently defended the company’s decision not to release GTA 6 on a physical disc, insisting when it comes to big games, discs “don’t really make sense for the consumer.”

There are instances of companies reversing controversial decisions amid a backlash, but, as analysts have told IGN, it remains unlikely that Sony will U-turn on this. For Sony, going all-digital for new game releases will earn it more money from every sale at a time when console sales are expected to plummet due to their rising cost. For a first-party PlayStation game such as The Last of Us, Sony will only keep around 65% of the money from a physical copy, with around 30% going to the retailer and roughly another 5% on manufacturing costs. Meanwhile, for a physical copy of a third-party game such as the Activision-published Call of Duty, Sony will get a licensing fee, likely around 15%.

For downloads, however, the margins are much higher. For a first-party game sold via Sony’s own PlayStation Store, the company obviously keeps 100% of the revenue. For third-party games such as Call of Duty, meanwhile, Sony keeps a 30% cut (so, roughly $21 for a $70 game).

So, with Sony unlikely to budget, games like Phantom Blade Zero will continue to get caught in the crossfire, at least in the short term.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Deus Ex, System Shock, and Thief Developer Legend Warren Spector Announces Retirement

Video game developer legend Warren Spector has announced his retirement from video game development.

The 70-year-old founding father of the immersive sim genre announced his retirement in a post on LinkedIn, saying he felt he had done what he set out to do over the course of his glittering career. He now plans to write a book or two and do some lecturing or consulting.

Spector announced his retirement admitting there are still a few games he’d like to make, but said the video game business had changed and he doesn’t find it fun anymore. He also left the door open to a return to development at some point in the future.

Here’s Spector’s statement in full:

Let me cut right to the chase. I’m retiring from game development. At least I think so. I’ve been here before and changed my mind but this time I’m pretty sure I mean it.

I’ve had a great career. Wouldn’t change a thing even if I could. But the reasons to retire are simple: I’m a month away from my 44th year as a developer. I’ve had the chance to work on tabletop roleplaying games and boardgames. I’ve worked on more digital games than I can remember — 17 full games, I think, and 9 or so add-on packs. Gratifyingly, some of those games are still being played 15… 20… 30 years later. And most of them have been in a genre that has had influence beyond what I or anyone else expected. I’ve run teams as small as a dozen and as big as 800. I’ve worked for big companies and done startups. I like to think I’ve helped some insanely talented people along in their careers. (That last is the most important.)

With all that behind me and with age and health (my business) catching up with me I’m feeling like I’ve done what I set out to do. It’s time to write some books, do a lot of reading, do some lecturing, maybe do some consulting. (Feel free to get in touch about those last two.) Also there’s a keyboard here just waiting for me to get my piano chops back.

I definitely have mixed feelings about this. I mean there are three games in particular I’d still like to make. (One is very big… one is very small… and one I don’t know how to make which scares me.) But the game business has changed and it’s just not as much fun for me anymore. Plus there’s a new generation of developers coming up who deserve their time in the sun.

To all of you reading this I want you to remember that games are not a solved problem yet — there is, I hope, plenty of experimentation and innovation to come. And to all you young developers out there, I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again, your job is to make people forget people like me ever existed.

Will I come back? Never say never. But I think it’s time to ride off into the sunset.

Now stop reading and make great games.

While Spector is perhaps best known for his work on Deus Ex and Thief at Ion Storm, he also founded Junction Point Studios, developer of Disney’s Epic Mickey games. Spector retires as chief creative officer of OtherSide Entertainment, developer of a spiritual successor to Looking Glass’s Ultima Underworld series called Underworld Ascendant. Spector’s latest game, Thick as Thieves, failed to find an audience, and OtherSide suffered a round of layoffs.

Photo by Gabe Ginsberg/FilmMagic.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Fired Rockstar Workers Tell Fans Not to Boycott GTA 6

The first Rockstar workers who are embroiled in a legal battle with the company have told fans they shouldn’t boycott GTA 6 to protest on their behalf.

With GTA 6 due out in November, and the final hearing of the workers’ proceedings against Rockstar set to begin in Glasgow next month, the Independent Workers’ Union of Great Britain (IWGB) asked backers to buy T-shirts to help fund the legal battle instead.

Rockstar has insisted the employees it fired late last year were dismissed because they leaked game features for upcoming and unannounced titles in Discord, not because they were trying to unionize. 34 members of staff at Rockstar were dismissed — 31 in the UK and three in Canada — sparking protests outside the office of GTA 6 developer Rockstar North in Edinburgh, Scotland, and outside parent company Take-Two’s office in London.

Rockstar North and Take-Two Office Protest Photos Nov 2025

Rockstar believes the alleged leaked information to be significant and related to game features around GTA 6. This includes specific game features, comments on the overall progress of GTA 6 development, timelines to launch, and company IT security protocols. Rockstar believes that if the comments in question had leaked they would have been big gaming news and might even have affected Take-Two’s share price. When Rockstar officially announced that GTA 6 would be delayed by six months to November 19, 2026, the market value of Take-Two plummeted $3.75 billion in a single day.

Rockstar has also pointed to its well-established zero tolerance approach to leaks, highlighting that it dismissed a Rockstar employee in Lincoln, UK in April 2025, who it alleged disclosed confidential information about GTA 6 to a third party who published the information to social media, and dismissed an employee in the U.S. in November 2023 and another in India in November 2025 for two separate acts of information leaking.

Now, the fired workers have filmed a video in which they outline their case, and urge fans not to boycott GTA 6. They are pointing to a range of T-shirts launched to raise money towards their legal costs.

Jack Hoxby, IWGB Game Workers Branch member fired by Rockstar last year, said: “We poured years of our lives into helping build this game. We don’t want you to boycott it. We want you to help us fight for justice.

“Since Rockstar fired us suddenly last year, we’ve seen an incredible outpouring of support from gamers and workers around the world.

“Some people have asked whether they should boycott GTA 6 to protest on our behalf. But there’s a better way to support us and hold Rockstar to account.

“Buy one of our T-shirts. You’ll be helping to win justice for us and to defend the right of workers everywhere to come together and unionise.

“That way, when GTA 6 comes out in November, you can enjoy it knowing that you had the backs of the people who made it.”

The fired Rockstar workers would rather supporters buy a T-shirt than boycott GTA 6.

While this apparent boycott was never going to put a dent in GTA 6’s sales success (Take-Two chief has already hailed GTA 6 preorders as “unprecedented”), the IWGB is aiming to maintain a presence in the public eye as the crucial final hearing gets underway in September.

In June, Rockstar developers applied for voluntary recognition of the IWGB Game Workers Union in a bid to make the celebrated developer the second UK games studio with a recognized union.

If recognized, the union would give its members additional protections and rights via a formal structure for collective bargaining on issues including pay transparency, flexible working, and excessive overtime (crunch), the IWGB said in a statement. Disco Elysium developer ZA/UM is currently the only UK studio with formal union recognition.

The IWGB claims to represent a “significant portion” of the Rockstar workforce across its offices in Edinburgh, Dundee, Lincoln, Leeds, and London, and that its existence has contributed to “unprecedented” average pay rises and financial incentives for crunch for the first time ever.

A spokesperson from Rockstar Games issued IGN the following statement at the time: “We strive to make the best games possible by giving our talented teams world-class work environments and ongoing career opportunities. We have fostered a culture which is focused on teamwork, excellence, and kindness, and where we support and reward the team across all levels of the business through competitive compensation and benefits policies. We are proud that as a result, our employee retention is well above the industry standard.

“We have received a request from a union seeking to discuss voluntary recognition. We value an open and constructive dialogue with all stakeholders and will arrange to meet.”

Rockstar can refuse to acknowledge the union, which would then open the door to the IWGB submitting its application for statutory recognition from the Department for Business and Trade’s Central Arbitration Committee (CAC). But could its members go on strike? The IWGB told IGN “members will decide on the organising strategy they use to secure” recognition.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Star Citizen Developer Stream Goes Horribly Off the Rails, Creating Further Distrust Among Players

A recent Star Citizen development stream went horribly wrong, resulting in some fans losing confidence in the long-awaited sci-fi game.

Earlier this month, the team at CIG decided to do a live stream showing off the current internal build of Star Citizen following player complaints over new content in the game. The developers heard players were having a bad time with this content and decided to do a stream of an internal build to paint a picture of the “intended” experience. Essentially, they were hoping it would show players that they’re fixing issues and that this is a very temporary inconvenience… unfortunately, things went terribly wrong.

The developers kept running into bugs that showed the game is indeed broken. The developers had issues using their own weapons, swapping between their weapons, accessing their inventory, and much, much more. Eventually, the frustrations among the developers grew, and they started becoming passive-aggressive with each other before opting to just pull the plug on the stream altogether.

To add more fuel to the fire, one of the developers closed out the stream by saying they were proud of the work being done by the team and that they wanted to get this build out so players can have the “same experience” they had on stream… which just made fans feel like they lacked awareness of what happened during the broadcast. It’s a brutal watch, and fans have been making fun of the entire experience and expressing amazement over the fact that the team didn’t pull the VOD offline.

“Incredibly awkward, cringe, forced, slightly sinister feeling at times, and the local server gameplay was still terrible. No one was having fun here,” said a comment under the stream. “Felt like a hostage video.”

Overall, fan morale is quite low following this stream. Star Citizen has been in development has been in development for roughly 15 years and has raked in over $1 billion from fans to help fund the development. The game has been in early access since 2017, but there’s no release date in sight. One would imagine the game would be done or very close to done with all of that time and money, but when major issues like this are popping up, it certainly feels like it’s not close at all.

Star Citizen

Will Star Citizen ever see a 1.0 release? Who’s to say! The game is certainly ambitious, but some are starting to question if the team is capable of achieving its goals. In addition to Star Citizen, the team has also been developing a single-player standalone game known as Squadron 42. CIG CEO Chris Roberts stated last year that Squadron 42 is playable start to finish and is on track for a 2026 release, but with four months left in the year, there’s no release date in sight.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

YouTube Is Changing View Counts — Here’s How It All Works

YouTube has revealed a new view count update that will see videos accumulate views the instant someone hits play.

The Google social media platform announced it would rework how it tracks data for individual uploads with posts across social media today. Starting August 24, 2026, views will be counted the very moment someone clicks on a video, or, as YouTube puts it, “from the very first frame.”

This new view count strategy will be implemented across all formats across the globe. It falls in line with how the platform’s short-form content branch, Shorts, works, which was taken into effect last year.

Starting 8/24, views will count the moment a video begins to play (w/ no minimum watch time) across all formats (VOD, Shorts, & Live). We’re standardizing views to reflect creators’ true exposure across YouTube, making it easier to show their value to brand partners.

This update…

— TeamYouTube (@TeamYouTube) August 17, 2026

“Historically, we’ve used multiple view counting systems across different formats,” YouTube explained. “However, we’ve heard that creators want to eliminate this metric confusion and accurately understand their true exposure, which is why we’re making this update!”

As noted by The Verge, Instagram and TikTok also tally views in a similar way. YouTube has toyed around with how it measures engagement in the past, but usually leaves a lot of guesswork for creators looking to keep track of who’s watching their video and how long they’re watching them. The change almost certainly exists to help amplify counts site-wide, but those who use the platform most may not notice much of a change under the hood.

Google’s full message said original analytics and performance metrics will continue to exist within what it calls its Engaged views banner. From YouTubers with tens of millions of subscribers to the still-budding channels, YouTube says “this change will not impact creators’ earnings or how they become eligible for the YouTube Partner Program.” That means creators will still earn based on “Engaged” content, and many have already taken to X/Twitter to voice their concerns about how the change could completely devalue views.

A partir do dia 24/08, as views do youtube vão contar ASSIM que o espectador der play num vídeo.

Isso significa que basicamente todos os vídeos que passarem na FY de um usuário de celular vão contar, por causa do auto play

Não consigo ver como isso vai ser bom pros criadores + https://t.co/J5HlJGbcUH

— WendyJr | Streamer e YT (@WendyJr_) August 17, 2026

I get why they’re doing it though. I had a brand decline working with me because “you only get 100,000 views, this other guy is half your price and gets 70,000 views”

The “other guy” was getting those views on X, where “views” count API responds with your post ID.

— Theo – t3.gg (@theo) August 17, 2026

Not sure I like this. How it was before is views didn’t count unless someone reached the first 5-15 seconds of a video. That helped combat clickbait getting rewarded.

It also inflates videos cause of auto play. Idk maybe it will end up not mattering at all. https://t.co/wRQYb9mPeq

— Mightykeef (@MightyKeef) August 17, 2026

“From 8/24 onwards, you’ll start to see the new view metric applied wherever views are shown on YouTube (which means creators will likely see their total view counts increase faster moving forward),” YouTube’s message continued. “We hope that having metric parity across all formats gives creators a clearer picture of their overall exposure and makes it easier to confidently express their true scale and value to brand partners and sponsors!”

For more, you can read about a recent change to how the company handles AI-generated content. You can also learn about the price hikes that recently hit its YouTube Premium model.

Photo credit should read CFOTO/Future Publishing via Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

US Army Battalion Offers Soldiers Time Off to Play GTA 6 in Exchange for Reenlisting

A battalion in the United States Army is reportedly offering soldiers four days off to let them play Grand Theft Auto 6 when it releases this November if they reenlist.

As first spotted by the ‘US Army WTF! Moments’ Instagram page, a flyer from the 9th Engineer Battalion in Fort Stewart, Georgia is advertising some very specific vacation days around the launch date of Grand Theft Auto 6.

The flyer, supposedly signed by one commanding officer Lt. Col. Ryan D. Hodgson, announced a “special reenlistment incentive” — a four-day pass to play GTA 6.

Every Detail in the GTA 6 Cover Art Explained

As explained in the flyer, this incentive was created to “promote retention, boost morale, and reward the continued dedication of the Soldiers within the 9th Brigade Engineer Battalion.” Basically, it’s a perk designed to persuade soldiers to reenlist, hoping they’ll sign a new contract to extend their service.

According to the flyer, any eligible soldier who reenlists between August 1 and November 14 will get authorized for the pass, which is “specifically designated to coincide with the highly anticipated release of the video game Grand Theft Auto VI (GTA 6).”

While the exact dates of the pass must be hashed out between specific soldiers and their chain of command, they will align with GTA’s official release date from November 20 – 23, 2026.

Image Credit: US Army WTF! Moments/Instagram

Thus far, neither the specific battalion mentioned in the flyer nor the US Army itself has confirmed its authenticity, leaving both veterans and active-duty members split as to whether or not it’s legit.

However, commenters across social media are leaning toward it being real, with Kotaku confirming that the name of the commanding officer who signed the flyer belongs to a real Lieutenant Colonel who assumed command of the Fort Stewart Battalion in July 2026. Over on Reddit, army vets noted that the US Army has launched similar campaigns in an effort to drive up recruitment numbers in the past, though the formatting of the flyer itself caught major flak from those experienced with writing such memos.

The hype around GTA 6 is real; in fact, Rockstar Games even partnered with Netflix to showcase an exclusive preview of the game on its platform on Thursday, August 27 in one of the first streamer-exclusive game presentations in the industry.

In fact, the game is predicted to rake in $5.2 billion by the end of its launch week, having already secured an estimated $260 million in preorders alone. According to Strauss Zelnick, the CEO of Rockstar’s parent company Take-Two Interactive, more players have purchased GTA 6’s $100 Ultimate Edition than the standard edition, making it on track to be one of the most profitable titles in history.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

James Gunn Defends His DCU After Lanterns Stirs Conversation With Gritty First Episode

DC Studios co-CEO and Superman director James Gunn has stepped in to defend Lanterns and clarified why the DCU won’t be “of one tone” going forward.

Warning! Light spoilers for Lanterns Season 1 Episode 1 follow.

Fans were surprised to hear Hal Jordan (Kyle Chandler) and John Stewart (Aaron Pierre) dropping F-bombs when DC and HBO premiered their new Green Lantern show last night. The True Detective-inspired buddy-cop drama is much darker and grittier than the projects it follows, and naturally, that’s resulted in some pushback online.

We should note that, generally speaking, audiences and critics seem to have walked away from the first Lanterns episode with glowing reviews (IGN gave it an 8/10). However, while Marvel built its movie empire on a cinematic universe that largely blends between movies, there is a conversation brewing about how the DCU will be able to balance generally family-friendly films like Superman and Supergirl with some of the more cutthroat moments we’ve seen in Lanterns.

“As an ‘Elseworlds’ story, this first episode of Lanterns is way better than the conceit of ‘True Detective meets DCU,'” one fan said on Threads. “That said — and along with Supergirl, Creature Commandos, and the upcoming Clayface movie — I can’t comprehend this slate toward building a shared narrative universe.”

Where Superman is a bright adventure about a man who saves the world, Clayface trailers have painted a picture of a brutal body-horror flick set on the streets of Gotham. Those movies, along with Lanterns, take place in the DCU, and as Gunn has said before, that means its superpowered shows and movies will sometimes feel pretty different from one another. As Hal shows John the ropes of being a Green Lantern, Gunn took the above post as an opportunity to explain his perspective on the DCU and its relationship to the comics it will be based on.

“In the same way DC comics have,” he said, explaining how the shared universe will have a natural connection. “Certainly the DC works of Alan Moore, Darwyn Cooke, Grant Morrison, Jack Kirby, Paul Dini & Tom King can’t be considered ‘of one tone.’

It’s cool that he’s gonna be in Man of Tomorrow next year. The tonal shift is gonna feel so weird lol pic.twitter.com/zWXIT7L2z5

— Pェssmaker (@PSSMKR) August 17, 2026

“For me and others raised on DC comics, a huge part of the fun was enjoying a variety of stories in various genres and seeing inventive ways these tones interacted & interwove. For some of the authors — notably Moore and Morrison (and Tom King in Strange Adventures and more), that tonal interweaving became a part of the stories themselves.”

It does make sense that some fans would feel the tonal whiplash a little more than others. Supergirl delivered another planet-hopping PG-13 adventure when it premiered just less than two months ago in late June. Lanterns falls more into the Peacekeeper camp, and even then, it represents quite the leap in tone compared to what Marvel Cinematic Universe watchers might be used to (save for the odd Deadpool or Punisher installment).

Gunn has explained how the budding superhero movie universe will handle interweaving tones before, saying last year that it’s important to him “that every project has its own stamp on it.” Viewers might want to expect the DCU to keep them on their toes as it continues to unfold.

For more, you can check out every project DC currently has in the works. While watchers await more weekly Lanterns releases on HBO Max, you can also read about why Episode 1’s big finale upset some die-hard Green Lantern fans, and why its showrunner said it was hard to commit to.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The ASUS ZenScreen 16″ 1080p Portable USB Monitor Is on Sale From Newegg via AliExpress, Now Just $101

It’s no surprise why USB portable monitors are becoming so popular. They provide extra screen real estate for laptop users and they’re much slimmer and lighter than your average monitor so you can carry them around. Many newer laptops now have USB ports that can power the monitor so that you don’t even need to plug it into an outlet. n addition to boosting productivity on a laptop, the monitor also works as a totable display for your Nintendo Switch. Talk about convenience!

Newegg, via its official AliExpress storefront, is offering the ASUS ZenScreen 15.6″ USB Portable Monitor (MB169CK) for just $101.35 with free shipping after $16 off coupon code “IFPT04BD“. That beat’s Amazon’s price by about $8. There are many portable monitor brands out there, but ASUS is generally considered amongst the highest quality options .

ASUS ZenScreen 16″ 1080p USB-C Portable Monitor for $101.35

The ASUS ZenScreen is a 15.6″ monitor that’s designed to be portable. It weighs just 1.7 pounds and measures less than 0.5 thin. It sports a sturdy metal frame and includes a 360-degree adjustable kickstand for both portrait and landscape orientations. The 15.6″ IPS display features a 1080p resolution (141ppi), 60Hz refresh rate, wide 178-degree viewing angle, and an anti-glare matte surface.

Connectivity options include two USB Type-C ports and one mini HDMI port to connect to a laptop, tablet, or handheld gaming PC for use as a main or secondary display. If your device is equipped with a USB Type-C output with Power Delivery, then a single cable can be used for both video and power. Otherwise, you’ll need two cables: a mini HDMI or USB Type-C cable for video and a second USB Type-C cable to a wall charger for power.

Compatible with Nintendo Switch or Steam Deck

This monitor works quite well paired with a gaming handheld like the Nintendo Switch or Steam Deck. You will have to use the two-cable setup (one USB cable to the handheld, one USB cable to a wall charger) for this to work properly. The 1080p 60Hz panel best complements the Nintendo Switch, since the Switch only supports up to 720p @ 60Hz anyway. The Steam Deck and Switch 2 can support higher resolutions and refresh rates, but at that point you’re really taxing your system, and 1080p/60Hz on a smaller display is an ideal balance between visual fidelity and playable framerates.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

House of the Dragon T-Shirts Are on Sale at Amazon Today

The Game of Thrones franchise may have lost some steam with its controversial final season, but the spin-off shows have more than made up for that since. Season 3 of House of the Dragon especially brought the heat this year and delivered some excellent television for eight straight episodes.

With more Game of Thrones spin-offs still on the horizon, there are plenty of reasons to be a proud fan of George R.R. Martin’s brutal fantasy world. And Amazon’s latest T-shirt sale is all the reason you need to showcase a love for your favorite dragon show with a layer of fabric on your body.

Similar to Amazon’s recent Lord of the Rings shirt sale, the discount here isn’t that massive. These shirts are normally $19.99, so you’re only really saving $2. Still, $2 isn’t nothing and some of these designs are actually really cool. The full sale includes a lot of classic Game of Thrones quotes and characters, but it’s primarily the House of the Dragon options that have caught my eye.

My overall favorite shirt in this sale is the dragon collage. Some of my favorite episodes in The Game of Thrones were the ones where Daenerys showcased the full might of her fiery babies and straight up cooked some folks. So the fact that House of the Dragon has way more dragons is what really made me fall in love with that show. Each dragon on this shirt is illustrated in full color and looks like its pulled straight from a Targaryen guide book.

My other top pick is the Targaryen Riders Crest. Not to be confused with the actual Targaryen crest, which is a giant three-headed dragon, this design features three key dragons from the series: Syrax, Vhagar, and Caraxes. The design as a whole wraps neatly into the shape of a shield and honestly just looks really cool. Regardless of how you feel about House of the Dragon, you can’t deny this is an objectively awesome dragon shirt.

Are Amazon T-Shirts Actually Good?

I’ve purchased a few T-shirts from Amazon and have found them to be just the right amount of soft. Amazon offers a range of different sizes and a few different color options, all of which are usually priced the same. The main thing to be aware of is that the fabric types may differ depending on what color you buy. Solid colors tend to be 100% cotton, but Heather Gray comes as a polyester mix. Just make sure you check the fabric type before you buy if you’re sensitive to such things.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets..

Save $900 Off the Asus ROG Flow Z13 Ultra-Portable Gaming Laptop During the Best Buy 60th Anniversary Sale

In celebration of its 60 year anniversary, Best Buy is hosting a big gaming sale that includes a major price drop on a rare compact convertible laptop that doubles as a gaming powerhouse. You can pick up a brand new Asus ROG Flow Z13 gaming laptop with 64GB of RAM for just $2,099.99 with free shipping after a massive $1,000 off discount. The Asus Flow Z13 (in tablet mode) isn’t much bigger or heavier than a handheld gaming PC, but it boasts way better gaming performance that rivals full-sized laptops.

Save $900 Off an 2.65-Pound Asus ROG Flow Z13 Gaming Laptop

Asus ROG Flow Z13 13.4″ 2.5K Touch-Screen AMD Ryzen AI Max+ 395 (Radeon 8060S) Gaming Laptop with 64GB RAM

9

The Asus ROG Flow Z13 is a 13.4″ 2-in-1 convertible laptop that weighs in at only 2.65 pounds. That’s about one pound heavier than the Xbox Ally X handheld, which weighs in at 1.6 pounds. A premium laptop deserves premium build quality, and the Flow Z13 doesn’t disappoint with a blacked out CNC aluminum alloy chassis and Corning Gorilla Glass Victus screen protection. The Flow Z13 is convertible, the keyboard can be detached so that the Z13 can be used as a tablet.

This particular configuration is equipped with a 13.4″ 2560×1600 180Hz IPS display, AMD Ryzen AI Max+ 395 CPU with AMD Radeon 8060S iGPU, 64GB of LPDDR5X-8000Mhz RAM, and a 1TB SSD. The Radeon 8060S is a technological marvel of an iGPU. It’s far and away the most powerful integrated graphics solution on the market and nearly the same gaming performance as a discrete RTX 5060 mobile (faster than an RTX 4060 mobile). It’s considerably more powerful than the Ryzen Z2 Extreme APU found in the highest-end handheld gaming PCs like the ROG Xbox Ally X or Legion Go 2.

We recently reviewed this laptop and highly recommend it. On another note, our test sample had 32GB of RAM and was priced at $2,300. You’re getting double the RAM for a lower price. Because the RAM is soldered onto the board, there’s no chance to upgrade the memory capacity. That’s why the 64GB of RAM preinstalled on this particular configuration is a welcome addition. RAM prices are still at an all-time high, so the fact that there’s a steep discount on such a loaded system makes this deal even better than it seems.

Asus ROG Flow Z13 Review by Chris Coke

The Asus ROG Flow Z13 is a fantastic 2-in-1 laptop-tablet for a particular kind of user, those who want that versatility with the best performance possible for productivity and gaming in this form factor – talk about multifaceted. It’s an exciting glimpse at what laptops may offer in the future, too.

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Tides of Annihilation Producer Responds After Gwendolyn Face Changes Spark Backlash

Some fans are expressing some confusion after seeing the latest gameplay footage from Eclipse Glow Games’ Tides of Annihilation, which features some distinct graphical changes that were made to its main character’s face.

Tides of Annihilation has experienced a few big changes over the last month. In mid-July, acclaimed voice actress Jennifer English announced she was abdicating the role of the game’s main character, Gwendolyn, citing concerns surrounding her mental and physical health.

And in mid-August, Eclipse Glow Games showed off 40 minutes of uninterrupted gameplay footage, giving us one of the most in-depth looks at the title we’ve seen thus far… but not everyone was happy with what they saw.

Tides of Annihilation – Exclusive Screenshots

While impressions of the game’s combat, exploration, and overall art direction were extremely positive, the apparent changes to Gwendolyn’s facial design were met with equal parts confusion and frustration. Commenters across social media urged developers to revert these visual changes, which boasts noticeably different facial features and a softer graphical look.

“Why are they changing the character model? Seems stupid and a huge waste of money,” one wrote on X.

“Why does the newer one look so much worse? This isn’t a great sign,” another said.

“She still looks really good but it did feel kinda different when I saw it… I thought they had downgraded graphics or something,” another questioned on YouTube.

Luckily, Eclipse Glow Games addressed these concerns in a Q&A, with lead game producer Fu Kun explaining why Gwendolyn looked so different in this most recent gameplay footage than in previous trailers.

“The most discussed topic among players right now is that the protagonist’s face looks a bit off. Is it because they used CG before, but this time they used real-time rendering?” a reporter at Game Tea House asked.

“Actually, the previous PV also used real-time rendering. The female lead’s face shape is consistent in the latest PV and the current demo. It’s just that we wanted it to be smoother in terms of lighting optimization , so there are some differences and imperfections in the facial rendering. Of course, this version may have been a bit rushed, and we will further optimize the facial rendering under lighting later,” Fu Kun answered.

He also shed some light on the studio’s goals to combine elements of both Eastern and Western design in the game’s characters.

“First, for example, in terms of character design, we prioritized aesthetics that are acceptable to both Easterners and Westerners, and we made a comprehensive fusion of both. The rest might be things that the team feels particularly proud of about Chinese culture — such as the Martial Saint, a representative of Eastern chivalry, or a representative of our traditional Chinese culture. Such a character would definitely be presented to everyone as Gwen’s master,” he said.

Tides of Annihilation does not yet have an official release date, though it promises to launch sometime “soon.” In the meantime, there’s been rampant speculation that the actress who has replaced Jennifer English — at her recommendation — is none other than Angela Sant’Albano, the voice of Grace Ashcroft in Resident Evil Requiem.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Brand New Day Almost Featured Chameleon as Its Villain Before Kraven the Hunter

Spider-Man: Brand New Day almost introduced a very different identity-swapping villain to the Marvel Cinematic Universe (MCU) than the one it ended up going with.

Yes, it’s true: Sadie Sink plays Jean Grey in the new Spidey movie. The fan-favorite X-Men telepath pops up in Peter Parker’s (Tom Holland) life as Spider-Man: Brand New Day’s mind-controlling villain, but according to words shared by screenwriters Chris McKenna and Erik Sommers on The Q&A with Jeff Goldsmith, the film came close to putting the spotlight on a different member of Spidey’s rogues gallery: Dmitri Smerdyakov, a.k.a. Chameleon.

From moving on from his mind-wiped friends to coming to grips with changes in his arachnid DNA, Spider-Man: Brand New Day deals with the concept of metamorphosis. It’s the backbone of the new MCU movie’s story, and it’s the first idea McKenna and Sommers homed in on. From there, the question was, ‘Who’s going to be the villain?’ Jean Grey was eventually what made the most sense, but Chameleon stuck around long enough to be in the running as the movie’s main bad guy, at least for a little while.

“We came up with metamorphosis, and everyone was very excited about that idea. Then, we were trying to come up with a villain,” McKenna said. “I think [Marvel Studios boss Kevin Feige] himself admitted that we had mind control, but we hadn’t settled on what character that would be for the villain that had mind control. Early days, we were talking about Die Hard with a Vengeance. Like, ‘Can we just do a Spider-Man story that was set in ground-level New York, where you had a mysterious bomber, a villain who was basically toying with Spider-Man?’

“Erik and I, right after we had the metamorphosis story idea that people were on board for, we were trying to think of a villain that would fit that bill, and we were thinking, ‘Gosh, what’s a Spider-Man classic villain that no one has really done yet in the films?’ We were going, ‘Chameleon?’ But how do you do that?”

McKenna acknowledged that the MCU had already dived into shapeshifting Skrulls storylines a few times already, so Chameleon would need to be reworked without losing his identity as an impersonator. The Spider-Man: Brand New Day screenwriter added that, if he stuck, he may have been reworked to use mind-control powers.

Spider-Man: Brand New Day – Our Biggest Burning Questions

Instead, the Chameleon idea was tossed aside because he wound up showing up in Sony’s panned 2024 film starring Aaron Taylor-Johnson, Kraven the Hunter. Dmitri shows up as Kraven’s half-brother and is played by Fred Hechinger. Despite the opportunities to go in a different direction, it led to Chameleon being cut, though it’s unclear who ultimately pulled the plug.

“It was like, ugh, you can’t do Chameleon, but that got us on the path of mind control, and then mind control eventually led to us getting who was the perfect character for that role, who was Jean Grey,” McKenna added. “That was a journey.”

The X-Men superhero may have wound up being the unlikely villain of Spider-Man: Brand New Day, but it certainly seems to have worked out in Marvel’s favor. After breaking records in its opening weekend in theaters, the film’s latest update has seen it reach $2 billion globally to become the highest-grossing Spider-Man movie of all time.

Reviews from audiences and critics have been favorable, too. IGN gave it a 7/10, saying it ” effectively refocuses on the most reliable pillars of the webslinger: battling inner turmoil, swinging around NYC saving the day, and looking cool while doing so.”

For more, you can check out why McKenna and Sommers say Jean Grey “technically” didn’t kill anyone during the events of the movie. You can also read about the cut cameo from a fan-favorite Daredevil character.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Expedition 33 Devs It Would Be Overlooked if Called a Turn-Based RPG

Former PlayStation lead Shuhei Yoshida warned the developers behind Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 about calling it a “turn-based RPG” because “that alone might cause players to overlook it.”

Yoshida, who served as PlayStation’s head of indies and president of Sony Interactive Entertainment Worldwide Studios before stepping down in 2024, spoke about some key advice he gave the award-winning team during a recent lecture for indie game developers. Portions of that lecture were then reported by 4Gamer and subsequently translated by Automaton, including one piece of advice he gave to publisher Kepler Interactive while advising the team ahead of its April 2025 launch.

“It’s incredibly well-made, but it would be better not to call it a turn-based RPG,” Yoshida warned the Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 devs. “That alone might cause players to overlook it.”

But why? Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 went on to receive praise from fans and critics (including a 9/10 review from IGN), while ending its already explosive year with big wins across The Game Awards, BAFTA, DICE, and IGN award shows. Its positive reception was so intense that even the developers at Sandfall Interactive weren’t prepared for its towering Metacritic score.

Yoshida acknowledged Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 as a quality release long before it reached the hands of the public. He was impressed early on, calling attention to its “combination of turn-based JRPG mechanics and real-time action inputs reminiscent of The Legend of Dragoon.” The problem, however, was that, at the time, he was concerned its success could be affected by what he observed to be a tendency for turn-based JRPGs to be seen as outdated.

Game-award-winning formula or not, Yoshida feared Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 would be ignored by some gamers if they saw that “turn-based” label. As a result, Kepler got creative and instead started selling Sandfall’s first game as an experience with “reactive turn-based battles” instead, and the rest is history.

Clair Obscur: Expedition 33 Review – Screenshots

The game, of course, went on to become a massive sales success despite its proximity to the launch of The Elder Scrolls 4: Oblivion. Yoshida said he’s since noticed an uptick in reports from publishers receiving pitches for new turn-based RPGs.

While we wait to see what’s next from Yoshida and Sandfall, you can see why the developers behind Final Fantasy Resonance think turn-based RPGs are making a huge comeback. You can also read the devs’ conversation about canon endings and the writer who got their start at Sandfall.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

You Can Now Buy Digital Video Games on DoorDash

DoorDash has added the ability to buy digital video games through the app, alongside physical games, consoles, gaming accessories, discounted gift cards for services like Xbox and Roblox, and snacks and drinks. So now you can get all your game-night essentials in one place, and DashPass members also get additional perks.

To celebrate the launch, customers who spend $50 or more on a digital game can earn a free DoorDash eGift Card. Through August 31, eligible DashPass members receive $25 and eligible non-DashPass customers receive $10. For the remainder of the year, eligible DashPass members receive $15 and eligible non-DashPass customers receive $5. Plus, DashPass members will get access to exclusive rotating food and retail offers with qualifying video game purchases on DoorDash later this year.

Life is busy enough already, which is why convenience is king. So now in one app you can buy a digital game while also ordering a new headset and getting some food and drinks to complete your game night. While your game downloads, a Dasher can deliver the rest in as fast as 30 minutes.**

With this launch, there’s a new gaming tab in the DoorDash app where you can browse these options, marked by a controller icon in the top menu. At launch, there are hundreds of games available across PC, Nintendo Switch, and Xbox. They span a range of genres, from EA Sports FC 26 and Call of Duty: Black Ops 7 to Pokémon Pokopia and Super Mario Galaxy 2. New games will be added over time, and you’ll also be able to pre-order some of the year’s most anticipated titles, including Grand Theft Auto VI, right from the app.

The process of buying items and redeeming codes is simple. When you buy a digital game, a download code is sent to your email. Then you just redeem it on whatever platform you’re playing on. For physical items, you can use DoubleDash to order from different stores in the same delivery. For example, you could get a gaming headset from Best Buy and snacks, drinks, and other essentials from 7-Eleven together.

If you’re a DashPass member, you already have access to the gaming-related benefits mentioned above at no additional cost. You can enjoy those benefits right now. If you’re not a member yet, DashPass is currently available for $9.99 per month.

In addition to gaming-related benefits, DashPass includes $0 delivery fees, 5% credit back on eligible pickup orders, and member-exclusive offers on restaurants, groceries, convenience, retail, and more.

*Disclaimer: Eligible DashPass members receive a $25 DoorDash digital gift card and eligible non-DashPass members receive a $10 DoorDash digital gift card when purchasing a digital game for $50 or more through the DoorDash app or website through 8/31/26. Beginning 9/1/26 through 12/31/26, eligible DashPass members receive a $15 DoorDash digital gift card and eligible non-DashPass members receive a $5 DoorDash digital gift card with a qualifying purchase. Promotional DoorDash digital gift cards will be sent via email within 3 business days after DoorDash confirms your qualifying purchase. Limit one (1) promotional gift card per qualifying purchase and two (2) promotional gift cards per person per calendar month. Must have a valid DoorDash account. Offer available only in the U.S., as determined by DoorDash in its sole discretion. After sign up, the DashPass membership fee will be charged to your preferred or any other payment method we have on file for your DoorDash account. YOU WILL AUTOMATICALLY BE CHARGED THE THEN-CURRENT DASHPASS SUBSCRIPTION FEE, CURRENTLY $9.99/MONTH or $96/ANNUALLY (PLUS ANY APPLICABLE TAXES) ON A RECURRING BASIS UNTIL YOU CANCEL. DashPass benefits apply only on eligible orders from DashPass merchants that meet the minimum subtotal requirement, excluding fees and taxes. Subtotal minimums will be identified for each DashPass merchant on DoorDash. Other fees (including service fee), taxes, and gratuity still apply. See DashPass terms here and cancellation instructions here.

**Delivery times vary by location. See app for estimate.

Fireteam Elite 2 – The Final Preview

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • Nails the look, feel, and sound of Aliens.
  • You’re never really comfortable, in a good way.
  • The Specialist class that lets you custom-assemble your own class is the way to go.

James Cameron has described the Director’s Cut of Aliens as “forty miles of bad road.” It’s an apt comparison for an intense and groundbreaking sci-fi action film that damn near everything since owes something to. What’s crazy is that so much of what would become iconic about Aliens isn’t in the theatrical release: Ripley’s daughter, the entire sequence with the turrets, Hudson’s monologue about being the ultimate badass… none of it is there. But it’s impossible to imagine Aliens, and the world it built, without those things – and everything else. It’s a lot to live up to. A lot of games have tried over the years, with varying degrees of success. Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2 is the latest to take a crack at it. But the age old question looms: is this gonna be a stand-up fight or another bug hunt? After spending about four hours with Fireteam Elite 2’s opening missions, it’s a bug hunt (complimentary).

It’s a sequel, but you don’t have to have played Fireteam Elite to get what’s going on. Here’s the setup: the USS Endeavor received a transmission from a very sick looking woman named Dr. Pearce, to LV-558, a Weyland-Yutani mining colony overrun by Xenomorphs. The marines sent in Fireteam Banshee, an elite squad, to contain the situation. They’ve all gone missing. Your Marine has been transferred to the Endeavor to bring them home and figure out what the hell is going on.

It’s classic Aliens stuff. The first Fireteam Elite wasn’t too focused on its story, but it’s a bigger emphasis here, and I think it works well so far. I’m fond of Raptor, the dropship pilot whose jokes are almost as bad as my father-in-law’s, and Wrench, who serves as everything from the ship’s mechanic to the guy who works on your guns and delivers cool facts about birds. After a brief “here’s your mission, get to it” conversation with General Shipp, an extremely funny name for the Endeavor’s CO (imagine if the commanding offer of a fighter squadron was named John Plane), you and Raptor head planetside to search for the missing members of Fireteam Banshee: Captain Ko, Lieutenant Piper, and Esther, the ship’s android.

When playing solo, my four CPU-controlled android teammates were pretty good at cutting down Xenos, picking me (and each other) up if someone went down, and just generally Being Helpful. One of them even has a rad cowboy hat.“

After selecting my class – I went with the Duelist, which comes with your standard Pulse Rifle and shotgun for close encounters – it was time to make planetfall. Fireteam Elite 2 is a co-op game at heart, but my preview was played solo. Instead of other players, my squad consisted of me and a trio of those weird, pasty white androids from Alien: Isolation. This is one of the bigger changes for Fireteam Elite 2: instead of teams of three, you roll in a squad of four. I didn’t have one, so it was me and my android buddies. This kind of thing is always tricky, but I have to say, they were pretty good at cutting down Xenos, picking me (and each other) up if someone went down, and just generally Being Helpful. One of them even has a rad cowboy hat.

Once we were on the ground, Fireteam Elite 2 settled into a familiar groove. We moved through the colony, gunning down aliens, searching for clues, and chatting with Raptor over comms while my marine spouted one-liners from Vasquez and Hudson. All the stuff you’d expect from an Aliens game is here: everything looks and sounds right, from the ping of the motion tracker to the screeches of the Xenomorphs themselves. If you pay attention, you can be ready for an alien before it flanks you, but if you’re not careful, or get overwhelmed, you probably won’t be looking at it. You’ll just be trying to survive.

One of the best things about Fireteam Elite 2 is that it forces you to manage limited resources. You’re not exactly light on ammo, and your abilities – the Duelist has a shrapnel grenade and a souped-up shotgun, and these abilities cool down more quickly if you kill something with them – are nothing to sneeze at, but Fireteam Elite 2 throws a lot of stuff at you at once, and I was often relying on health and ammo pickups to stay alive.

Fireteam Elite 2 also makes sure you’re never really comfortable. As I delved deeper looking for Ko, we learned that Wey-Yu had been experimenting on Xenomorphs again. Shocker. That wasn’t a surprise, but I was never safe, either. You’re always on the lookout for threats, managing your ammo, trying to pick the right weapon or slot in the right special ammo for the job if you’ve got it. Turns out Xenomorphs burn real good. But it’s always a question of what and when. Runners go down quickly, so they’re probably not worth spending anything fancy or consumable (like grenades or mines or special ammo) on… at least most of the time. But they come in big groups and they’re fast little buggers, so you can get overwhelmed quickly.

Then you have the big dudes: the Warriors who will pick you up and try to get you with their second mouth; or the hit-and-run Drones (think the Alien from the original Alien) who leap from the shadows and retreat from fire; Prowlers, large red Xenos that pounce on you, and so on. Figuring out the right answer for everything while managing your limited resources is a lot of fun, and Fireteam Elite 2 wasn’t scared to mix it up. One section late in the level had my squad racing against time to reset the atmospheric processor and holding off Xenos in safe rooms while we waited for the process to complete. The mission ended with us getting Ko out, but we also had to hold out against a horde of aliens while we did. It tested everything we had (and since this was the first level, that wasn’t much), but it was a blast.

Back on the Endeavor, I spoke to Ko – a deeply loyal hardass who cares about the marines under her command – and caught up with the rest of the crew. I’d gained some experience with the Duelist and leveled up some guns (and got a drum mag for my Pulse Rifle), but I still wasn’t sure what kind of ultimate badass I wanted to be yet, so I decided to roll with the smart gun-toting Marauder as we headed after Piper. This turned out to be a very, very good idea. Yeah, blasting Xenos with a shotgun is great, but a smartgun shreds the smaller ones and is great for keeping larger ones at bay, especially when paired with a perk that ups your stopping power as long as your weapons are hitting their targets. Oh, and the shoulder-mounted rockets and blast cannon are pretty cool, too.

This level was substantially shorter and far more compact. We followed Piper’s trail (which led to one extremely funny dialogue exchange about her hiding in a closet), but we weren’t just up against the Xenos this time, though I definitely got pounced on by some Prowlers. Wey-Yu has their own androids, and they’re not exactly happy to see you. It’s a nice change of pace from fighting Xenos. Unless you’re holding a fixed position, you want to keep moving because they’re so fast. The androids require a more tactical approach, and taking them out often meant using cover and blindfiring if they got close. Oh, and you have to be careful, because sometimes they explode. What’s most interesting is when the androids and Xenos run into each other, allowing you to sit back and watch as they slug it out or pick a side. The mission ended after a hold out sequence in a cramped space. Fireteam Elite 2 pulled this trick often in my time with it, but it’s thematically appropriate and different each time, so I didn’t really mind. Plus, this time I got a deployable turret to play with, which was really good when the tougher Xenos came out to play and I was nearly out of ammo.

Once we got out, it was time to figure out exactly what Wey-Yu had been doing here. Instead of search and rescue, we were hunting for clues. Like the Scooby gang, but with Pulse Rifles. So we went from terminal to terminal, listening to audio logs and piecing things together. Turns out, the Company hadn’t just been messing with Xenomorphs. They’d been using what they found in human trials, which put the way Dr. Pearce looks in that opening video into a much more potentially horrifying context. This time, I opted for the Machinist because I had so much fun with the turrets, and this let me put one down and summon a little drone. At first, I was worried it wouldn’t work because we were moving so much, but the Machinist’s turret and drone either travel well or have relatively short cooldowns. Pair that with my trusty upgraded Pulse Rifle and a plasma rifle you never need to reload unless it overheats, and I was golden. And when we did have to hold out in the end? All my extra stuff came in handy.

But it got me thinking: I really liked the Smartgun, but I wanted to keep my turrets. I wondered if there was a way to do both, so I started looking through the classes. That’s when I stumbled on the Specialist, Fireteam Elite 2’s other big addition. As a Specialist, I could equip basically any ability, perk, or weapon I’d unlocked elsewhere. So I equipped a Pulse Rifle and a smartgun, decked them out with some of the decals I’d unlocked, took the drone and turret for my abilities, and equipped some perks like more health that I’d already earned. Finally, I had the class I wanted.

That last mission went really well, right up until it didn’t. We found and rescued Esther, with the combination of turrets and smartgun making quick work of androids and Xenos alike. But there was one problem: I was running out of ammo. Often. Thankfully, the pistol comes with Solid Snake’s bandanna; I wouldn’t need to resort to harsh language today. I thought we had it in the bag, despite everything. We’d held off a horde of Xenos from a raised platform, and the end was in sight, when I went down trying to disable the second of two turrets that had been chewing us up. Turns out, you can get downed too many times, and then you just die! So that’s what that little red bar that was gradually filling on top of my health bar meant. Whoops.

Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2 gets Aliens and understands that “forty miles of bad road” Cameron envisioned.“

I could have called it there. After all, it was two in the morning. But I wanted to see this through. So I threw on a couple more upgrades, and tried again. This time, I was more careful with my ammo management, using the pistol against smaller enemies, and when we assaulted those turrets again, I got them both. Then we had to hold out against a horde of aliens bigger than anything I’d seen at that point. It took everything we had: mines, drones, my turret, another one I found on the ground, special ammo, several trips to the ammo box, and more than a little luck – I honestly thought I was a goner when one of the Big Bad Booty Daddy Xenos picked me up and tried to kiss my forehead with his second mouth. But we made it, somehow. It was awesome. Am I a little bummed I didn’t get to play with friends for this preview? A little. But if I was having fun with Alpha, Beta, and Gamma, I imagine me and the boys will have an even better time.

Aliens: Fireteam Elite 2 seems like one of those lazy Sunday games, where you kill part of an afternoon playing a couple hours with friends. It gets Aliens and understands that forty miles of bad road Cameron envisioned. As a co-op game, it’s not going to change the world. Aliens already did that. But it’s a great excuse to play around in that world again, and I’m eager to see what else LV-558 has in store.

While you’re here, check out these previews of other big upcoming games we’ve played recently!

Will Borger is an IGN freelancer. You can find him on Bluesky @edgarallanbro.

Mortal Shell 2 Review

As a fan of Mortal Shell’s scaled-down approach to the soulslike back in 2020, I was very skeptical of Mortal Shell 2’s enthusiasm for making everything about it way larger, because bigger is not always better. If you felt the same, then allow me to assuage those fears from the top here: besides being bigger, Mortal Shell 2 is also better in almost every way. It still has its rough edges, mostly weird technical things and some balance issues, especially towards the end of this 25-30 hour quest. But its world, the occasionally daunting act of exploring it, and the gritty skirmishes you’ll have while doing so are all greatly improved.

As you did in the first game, you play as a creature whose shiny, sinewy body places it somewhere between a Ridley Scott monster and a corpse, one that can “embody” the forms of dead warriors of some renown and use their abilities to its ultimate ends. Like Illusion of Gaia, but with more thieves and war criminals. When you occupy one of these shells, you take on its identity and abilities. When its taken too much of a beating, you are jettisoned out, back into your original wormy form and given a chance to fight back into it. This was the Mortal Shell gimmick back then, and it’s still a fun take on the last stand now.

What we said about Mortal Shell (2020)

Mortal Shell isn’t as rich and complex as post-Souls games like Bloodborne or Sekiro, but it does make you work for victories and learn from your mistakes. It’s a beautifully dark adventure, and thanks to its clever body-swapping mechanic it delivers much of the playstyle diversity and exploration of the best in this genre, but in a tidy and comparatively short package with a couple of attractive surprises of its own. – Leif Johnson, August 19, 2020

Score: 8

Read our full Mortal Shell review.

But the amount of possible people to climb in and pilot like a squishier Iron Man has doubled in the sequel, with only a couple of returning faces joining a mostly new roster of colorful scallywags. Standouts include a ferocious cannibal, an armor clad alien, and a time-stopping cultist, all of which sound strange out of context but fit perfectly in the macabre world Mortal Shell 2 creates. The overall story is still a bit of a cryptic mess, but the side stories of these individual characters, learned by increasing your bond with them through the help of a special collectable and a very large woman, really ground it in some human (or otherwise) interactions that are relatable.

The most important improvements to these shells from the previous game isn’t how they look or what nonsense they got up to before they died, but what makes them different outside of that stuff. Previously, the nimble Tiel or the mighty Eredrim were primarily differentiated by how big their life bars were, with all the more nuanced variations tucked away in passive abilities you could spend points to unlock. These passive abilities return in much more abundance and in a better organized progression chart, but each shell now also has distinct active abilities that make them even more impactful in combat and diverse among each other. Now Tiel can disappear for short periods of time, allowing him to stealth past enemies and reemerge with a big backstabbing attack, while Eredrim can wear a single target’s stagger bars down with a big shoulder charge or handle groups with a wide blast. Landing some of these can be finicky, specifically ones that require traveling some distance or auto-locking onto enemies, and I would just inexplicably miss with abilities like Tiel’s Shadow Stab every once in a while.

Switching between shells to try new combat tricks is more rewarding now.“

Regardless, this is a gratifying step up from the original, and made actively switching between shells to try new combat tricks a rewarding experience, made all the easier since any points spent to enhance specific shells can be refunded and reallocated for free as many times as you want. I occasionally felt encouraged to do so in barely subtle ways. Have a tough enemy that leans heavily on its fire-based attacks and burn status? Max out Lazlo’s fireproof armor. This can have a hand in making later game bosses feel underpowered, as they don’t scale in the same way you can if you dedicate to the grind, invalidating their strengths while also overpowering them otherwise.

The arsenal of weapons has ballooned in kind in Mortal Shell 2, with eight main melee weapons and eight ranged sidearms to mix and match, each with their own strengths and weaknesses. Some are quick and great for stacking debuffs but don’t do much damage and can’t reliably interrupt enemies. Some have great range but take three-to-five business days to swing. I tended to lean towards weapons with really good running attacks, as I often started encounters with all-in alpha strikes in hopes to put enemies down as quickly as possible to avoid the very real danger most of them present. That was a little frustrating considering that, though largely mechanically sound, any actions involving clicking the sticks like running and auto-targeting were very finicky.

Each weapon has their own strings of light and heavy attacks which can be weaved together to create combos. Finding the right place to swap a light attack for its heavy counterpart in a three-hit combo in order to maximize damage while minimizing the relatively long windups of those attacks is the sort of surprisingly advanced experimentation you can find in what is generally a pretty simple system. Stamina is completely gone in Mortal Shell 2, so you’re free to swing to your heart’s content. Replacing it is Resolve, a meter filled by landing melee attacks and spent to do basically everything else, from shooting ranged weapons to shell abilities. I liked that it meant I had to stay aggressive in melee in order to reap the benefits of all the other cool stuff, and Resolve gain is steady enough without any modifications that I never felt like I was locked out of those options when I needed them.

Mortal Shell 2 varies its defensive offerings in an interesting way, treating a small number of different Seals as shields with differing functionality. One of them allows you to Harden, which turns your body to stone for a brief period in order to repel the next attack, and was the signature feature that helped Mortal Shell stand out among its soulslike peers five years ago. Another introduces a pretty genre-standard block, complete with parry if you have the right timing. A third is a parry-only option, allowing you to execute enemies much faster at the risk of getting punished yourself. I stuck with hardening most of my run – I couldn’t give up the satisfaction of being able to harden midswing to eat incoming attacks and finishing my offense on the other side safely – but I did appreciate how this operated as a sort of de facto difficulty setting, with an option to switch it at will should you want to try your luck.

The melee options are reliable but mundane compared to the sidearms.“

The melee options are consistent and reliable, but largely mundane in comparison to the sidearms. The big bad ballistzooka from the first game returns in all its glory, but is basic in comparison to some of the new options, like the haunted skeleton of a baby in a cage that radiates evil or a magical lute that can confuse foes. I found that these had more specific uses than melee weapons – the crossbow was for picking off weak enemies on the fringes or stacking debuffs on an enemy while the aforementioned options were for starting fights with a bang.

Like shells, both ranged and melee weapons can be enhanced, and those enhancements can be refunded to reapply on a different set of weapons. This refund isn’t completely free, though. You’ll get the materials used to upgrade that weapon back, but the gold that was spent is lost. This does mean you need to be willing to commit more to the weapons you invest in unless you’re willing to grind a lot of gold. It also sort of discouraged me from too much experimentation late-game, even as I was still finding new weapons, knowing that it would be an expensive waste of time if I didn’t love one.

Jarrett Green’s Soulslike Samba

A definitive, completely correct list of the best Soulslikes around

See All

On top of all that, Tarstones that add additional stats and features to your gameplan can be slotted into your weapons and shells. They come in all sorts, as simple as raising damage or crit rate passively, or adding the ability to infuse elemental properties to your attacks for limited periods of time. But some even go as far as adding new abilities to your arsenal, like a big sword spin or a bullet rain for area damage. Tarstones are fickle, though; many of them can only be attached to certain weapons, making the war tool you invest in even more important. I found some of the most useful ones pretty early, and being cool and flashy aside, I went most of the game opting to spend my Resolve elsewhere.

It’s the combination of weapons and shells that really creates the playstyles, and those configurations felt endless. While I’m sure there is some min-maxing to be done between melee, ranged, and shell combos, I found that I could make anything work in some capacity, which actually had the unexpected effect of staying more within the lines when it came to gearing up. Each shell has a signature weapon, and though nothing about them changes in their hands, some of these pairings do feel uniquely matched. The minigun is slow to startup and leaves you stationary while you rain bullets downrange, but Proxima’s ability to mitigate incoming damage passively makes her the perfect person to fire it. Gragu’s axe whirls with sometimes wild abandon to do good damage but not much stun, leaving you open for attacks pretty regularly, but Gruga’s ability to refill his healing item by killing enemies adds some reward to the risks.

There are a dizzying amount of paths to get sidetracked down.“

These shells, weapons, and Tarstones are scattered through a dense and dangerous reimagining of Fallgrim. In the first game, a central hub zone sprawled into three directions, each path narrowing into a dungeon with a boss waiting eagerly at the end. Mortal Shell 2 takes that concept to its limit, with the “central hub” zone being a huge pangea of twisted flora, bizarrely bleached mountains, and dilapidated kingdoms. You have to fight your way to the six gates lingering at the fringes of the land, each the threshold of their own dungeons with evil to cleanse on the other side.

There are a dizzying amount of paths to get sidetracked down on your journey. Around every corner felt like another pair of corners to turn. Fallgrim is perfectly designed to engross you. Each angle reveals just enough of a thing on a horizon or a path fading into a dark cave that you just have to know what’s going on over there. There’s a map this time around to help keep your bearings, but I do still wish it had a more robust pinning system or a note option, because you are so often forced to leave a point of interest behind to explore something else… and then something else, and then something else, and before you know it you forgot about that first thing you meant to come back to. It also doesn’t help solve how confusing the world can be to navigate at first. Things start to look very samey until you get some significant travel time logged. It’s better at landmarking locations with unique features than the first game was, at least.

Of the many things you can expect to find out in the wild, like altars that produce mini combat gauntlets for a prize or gates that sling you across the map towards faraway lands, it’s the many little dungeons littering the world that were always the most curious. Each one of the misty doorways reveals a self-contained mini-adventure. Sometimes these are just snaking tunnels or rundown mines with puzzles to solve or doors to unlock that hold some sort of valuable treasures in their depths. Sometimes its just an arena where you need to outlast the enemies for your prize. These bite-sized encounters are also in beacons, jagged spikes that jut through the soil like rotting teeth that serve as your bonfire-style checkpoints. What you do in them isn’t necessarily different, but when you walk down one’s narrow corridors and out the door to reveal a cloudy night sky above, the strange nature of this world is most apparent in them. They weren’t Breath of the Wild levels of clever, but they really broke up the main adventure well.

I got pretty used to seeing these beacons because the monsters lurking around Fallgrim can be real nightmares. Almost any group of enemies can be lethal if you’re not on your game. I can tell you how many times I didn’t take a lowly group of miners seriously, missed an attack, and got jumped nearly to death as punishment. Foes come in many different forms, from surly, iron-clad knights and crazed cultists, to noodle-armed slendermen, to exploding bats – everything is more cursed than you first expect it to be. The spiders have human faces. There are dog sized creatures whose bodies are just bearded skulls. These are the weirdest bad guys I’ve seen in quite some time. It’s also refreshing to see a game so clearly inspired by Dark Souls – and a developer who historically was the best at capturing and evolving the sort of dark wonder of FromSoftware’s signature series – so gleefully go above and beyond in creep factor. Bosses are the culmination of this inspired aesthetic, mothman knight and a crazed bog witch in a fiery chariot of a wheelchair among my favorite, even if they aren’t always the most interesting combat scenarios in game.

Marvel Confirms Your List of Avengers Doomsday Homework, Featuring 15 Movies and TV Series, And a Couple of Deep Cuts

Ready for your Avengers: Doomsday homework? Marvel has released a watchlist of 15 movies and TV shows you should watch before December 18 rolls around.

Despite saying that Avengers: Doomsday would reset the MCU to ‘Phase Zero’, it turns out that the optimal way to watch Marvel’s next blockbuster will be to have viewed some of the many films and TV series that have come before it. Who would have thought!

Thankfully, though, Marvel does not suggest you need to see all 38 films released to date, nor every Agents of Shield episode. Instead, Disney+ now hosts an official Doomsday preparation watchlist, with 15 projects highlighted by Marvel as your most important things to catch up on.

Avengers: Doomsday Trailer: First Look at Doctor Doom

Included in that rundown are some obvious choices. Avengers: Infinity War and Endgame are in there, of course, as are movies that directly highlight some of the characters and teams who will come together to try and stop Doctor Doom: last year’s excellent Thunderbolts/The New Avengers, as well as the so-so The Fantastic Four: First Steps, as well as Shang-Chi, Black Panther: Wakanda Forever and Deadpool & Wolverine. Deep cuts such as Fox’s X-Men and X2 are also apparently recommended viewing.

(Technically, Disney has not released an updated cast list with Hugh Jackman and Ryan Reynolds added, but the fact that the pair have now been used to promote Doomsday at both San Diego Comic-Con and D23, as well as their presence being widely accepted by fans due to plot leaks, makes their movie’s inclusion here to be expected.)

Next up in the list are a handful of projects that have dealt squarely with multiversal shenanigans (if you already know what Incursions are, top marks for you). Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness and Loki are obvious picks here, as is, somewhat intriguingly, Spider-Man: No Way Home. (Hey! I wonder if that Brand New Day post-credits scene is pointing to another Peter Parker!)

And then there are a couple of unexpected additions to Marvel’s list of homework. The original Avengers? I mean, it’s a great movie. But if you’ve already seen it a dozen times, Infinity War and Endgame have you covered. Captain America: The First Avenger? Uh, I guess it sets up Steve Rogers and Peggy Carter’s relationship, though again, Endgame also ticks off that one.

Notebooks at the ready for Marvel’s full pre-Avengers: Doomsday watchlist:

  1. X-Men
  2. X2
  3. Captain America: The First Avenger
  4. The Avengers
  5. Avengers: Infinity War
  6. Avengers: Endgame
  7. Loki
  8. Shang-Chi and the Legend of the Ten Rings
  9. Spider-Man: No Way Home
  10. Black Panther: Wakanda Forever
  11. Captain America: Brave New World
  12. Deadpool & Wolverine
  13. Doctor Strange in the Multiverse of Madness
  14. Thunderbolts
  15. The Fantastic Four: First Steps

If you really are coming to the MCU cold ahead of Doomsday, there’s certainly a couple more movies and shows I’d personally recommend. The Marvels deals heavily with the multiverse and Incursions, and its absence here certainly raised my eyebrows. X-Men: Days of Future Past is another surprising omission and yet more James McAvoy Professor X erasure, especially if Doomsday argues that the X-Men have been faffing around with timelines as well (which they definitely have).

The Most Surprising Avengers and Marvel Characters Not Announced for Doomsday

That said, if this was just a list of projects I’d enjoyed, we’d really be here all day — and certain omissions seem understandable, such as no Guardians of the Galaxy films (the team is now disbanded/reformed/sitting this one out entirely), Wandavision (RIP) or Wonder Man (no, I’m still not over its cancellation).

All of the projects on the list are enjoyable, to be honest, perhaps with the sole exception of Captain America: Brave New World. Just watch Endgame — good advice all around, really — then you’re sorted.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

The Game Will Actually Be Available in New Zealand After All

In the wake of Halloween: The Game being refused classification in Australia last week, and the subsequent confirmation that the game would not be available in Australia and New Zealand as a result, IGN reached out to IllFonic to clarify why the New Zealand release was affected. For example, Hotline Miami 2 is a game that was refused classification in Australia (and has remained so, unlike most high-profile RC cases, where developers typically make small changes to skirt the country’s classification guidelines). However, while Hotline Miami 2 is not available on storefronts in Australia, it is still very much available digitally in New Zealand. So the news of Halloween: The Game needing to be unavailable in New Zealand didn’t quite add up.

We’re yet to receive a response from IllFonic, but the studio has since announced that Halloween: The Game will be available in New Zealand after all, albeit in digital format only.

“We are extremely thrilled to announce that after receiving additional guidance from the OFLC, Office of Film and Literature Classification in New Zealand, Halloween: The Game will be available for sale digitally in the territory,” the studio published in a statement on social media.

“When we partnered with physical distributors (as we do not handle) to sell packaged goods in Australia and New Zealand, we learned that the ACB [the Australian Classification Board] rating (used for physical) took precedence of the IARC rating (used for digital). When ACB [sic] refused us a rating, it meant the removal of both physical and digital versions in those territories.”

Classification decisions made by the Australian Classification Board (ACB) itself do override automated decisions applied by the International Age Rating Coalition (IARC) global rating tool (which spits out PEGI, ESRB, ACB, etc. ratings from a single, free online questionnaire). However, ‘refused classification’ (RC) determinations made by the Australian Classification Board are not automatically mirrored in NZ.

New Zealand’s classification system regarding video games is somewhat idiosyncratic. While the NZ classification system does, in fact, utilise some Australian and UK classification decisions as a shortcut to make its own classifications, this is applicable to unrestricted content. Content that has been specifically age-restricted in Australia or the UK, refused classification in Australia, or banned in the UK must otherwise be formally classified by NZ’s Office of Film and Literature Classification. In NZ, games are actually expressly exempt from labelling requirements and are not required to be submitted for local classification unless likely to be awarded an age-restricted rating – or have already been given an age-restricted rating (or RC/banned) in Australia or the UK. So, to be available on physical formats in NZ, Halloween: The Game was always going to need to be submitted to the NZ OFLC, because games with restricted content must be classified by the OFLC and carry a NZ label in order to be sold. No rating for Halloween: The Game appears in the NZ Register of Classification Decisions, making a physical release in NZ currently impossible, even if it had been successfully classified in Australia.

However, NZ’s Films, Videos, and Publications Classification Act 1993 only really covers physical formats, which means games sold digitally don’t necessarily always have NZ classifications displayed.

As for Halloween: The Game’s RC status in Australia, which IllFonic’s claims it has made “every effort” to work past, IGN has specifically asked the developer if there is a reason the game can’t be altered to suit the classification guidelines. As the Australian Classification Board explained, “Halloween: The Game contains illicit drug use that is linked to an incentive or reward, in that use of the drug provides a gameplay advantage to the player.” While games can feature drug use in Australia, they can’t offer gameplay rewards or incentives. If they do, the Classification Board is obligated to give the game a ‘Refused Classification’ determination.

As we noted to IllFonic, developers typically skirt this one particular guideline in Australia with semantics. For instance, in 2013 State of Decay developer Undead Labs simply renamed the drugs in the game to vitamins in Australia to hurdle this whole issue. If the RC determination is indeed related to smoking marijuana as a perk to highlight the location of Michael Myers on the map, we’ve asked IllFonic for clarification on whether it’s been considered that this could just be referred to and regarded as tobacco in Australia.

Luke is a Senior Editor on the IGN reviews team. You can track him down on Bluesky @mrlukereilly to ask him things about stuff.

Robert Downey Jr. Returns as Iron Man in Avengers Infinity Defense at Disneyland’s Avengers Campus

Robert Downey Jr. will reprise his iconic role of Iron Man for Avengers Infinity Defense, a star-studded new battle against Thanos coming to Disneyland’s Avengers Campus.

Downey Jr. will be joined by a slew of other MCU actors, including several others making long-awaited returns: Iman Vellani, most recently seen in 2023’s The Marvels, and Jeremy Renner, who last picked up his bow as Hawkeye back in 2021.

Also on board are Anthony Mackie as Captain America and Chris Hemsworth as Thor. Shuri’s Black Panther and Ant-Man also look to be making appearances.

A few familiar faces are joining in on the action 💪 @RobertDowneyJr, Anthony Mackie and @ChrisHemsworth will be featured in Avengers Infinity Defense opening at Disney California Adventure in 2028 ⭐ #D23 #Disneyland pic.twitter.com/bPJaXJYmhl

— Disney Parks (@DisneyParks) August 16, 2026

Avengers Infinity Defense was announced this weekend at D23, during the Disney announcement extravaganza’s Horizons: A Carousel of Progress showcase. There, Marvel Studios boss Kevin Feige and Walt Disney Imagineer Brent Strong gave an update on two new experiences coming to Disney Parks globally.

“Our team enjoys being part of the Disney family because that means we can tell stories in so many ways that go well beyond the big screen,” Feige said. “Plus, we’ve been able to create some storytelling that you can only hear about and experience with the Disney parks.”

Opening 2028 in Disneyland’s Avengers Campus in California, Avengers Infinity Defense will see guests “reassemble the Avengers to battle King Thanos”, Disney has said. Concept art shows a gathered crowd receiving a mission briefing from Ms. Marvel, as numerous other heroes appear via FaceTime. Hey, Hulk is there too!

Avengers Pavilion at Hong Kong Disneyland

It’s unclear if Avengers Infinity Defense is at all canon to the MCU or indeed where exactly it is set in the Sacred Timeline. Several things immediately are obvious: Tony Stark is most definitely alive here, even though Sam Wilson is Cap and Shuri is Black Panther. But hey, we are still in the Multiverse Saga — maybe this is some other reality’s fight against Thanos?

Downey Jr. and Mackie will also reprise their roles for Stark Flight Lab, yet another new attraction coming in 2028 where guests will be able to get to grips with flying like Iron Man. And that’s not all — Brie Larson is back as Captain Marvel for this one, too.

Of course, Downey Jr. is far from done with Marvel, as he’s set to star in this December’s Avengers: Doomsday and next year’s Avengers: Secret Wars, albeit as Doctor Doom. What’s odd here is seeing him back as his fallen hero, alongside others such as Hawkeye, Ms. Marvel and Captain Marvel, whose current MCU status remains unknown.

For more from D23, catch up on everything announced for Disney Parks and Disney Cruise Line, as well all the big reveals from Disney’s main D23 entertainment showcase, including a first proper look at Vision Quest, our best peek at Doom himself in Doomsday, and much more.

Image credit: Disney/Marvel

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Rogue Voice Actress Lenore Zann Reacts to X-Men Casting With Video for Inde Navarrette

Lenore Zann, the voice of Rogue in animated Marvel projects since the ’90s, published a special video to congratulate Inde Navarrette after she was confirmed to play the live-action version of her character in Marvel’s upcoming X-Men reboot.

D23 2026 marked a major moment for comic book movie fans for a few reasons, but the highlight of the weekend might have been the cast reveal for the Marvel Cinematic Universe’s (MCU) X-Men. Included in the lineup of newcomers was Navarrette, the Obsession breakout who, after weeks of rumors, was officially picked to play Rogue.

When she brings her take on the Marvel mutant’s power-absorbing abilities to the big screen in 2028, it will mark the first time the character has appeared in a live-action Marvel movie in more than a decade. It’s been a while since Anna Paquin last portrayed the character, so, naturally, Zann took to social media to welcome Navarrette to the X-Men family.

“Well, hey there, y’all,” she said, channeling Rogue’s instantly recognizable Southern accent. “This here is Lenore Zann a.k.a. Rogue of the X-Men, coming to you today from beautiful Dublin, Ireland. I just want to give a shoutout to Inde Navarrette, the actress who was just named to play Rogue in the upcoming Marvel movie of the X-Men.

“I can’t wait to meetcha, sugar! I will be coming back to North America in the next month, so I look forward to that day.”

Zann debuted as an animated Rogue in the original animated X-Men series and returned to play her in the Disney+ continuation series, X-Men ’97. While also lending her voice acting chops for spinoff projects like Marvel Rivals, she’s stood the test of time as one of the more recognizable performances in Marvel’s long history of animated projects.

“Congrats from Dublin @indenavarrette on nabbin’ the role of Rogue in @marvel’s upcomin’ X-Men movie!!” the description of her post continued. “Can’t wait to see what you bring to the role!

“Look forward to meetin’ ya, Sugah! Best of luck. Hugs and High Fives (gloves on of course!).”

It’s the kind of shoutout that will no doubt help viewers warm up to the idea of a new Rogue before Marvel Studios and director Jake Schreier deliver their X-Men in a few years, and Navarrette seems to have appreciated the gesture, too. The former Superman & Lois actress replied to Zann’s post with two heart emojis, saying, “Hello! What a honor! Thank you for this kind message!”

Zann got back to her, extending an offer to grab coffee once she’s back in town. She said, “Yer so welcome Sugah” I see a coffee in our future when I’m back in LA.”

MCU X-Men Cast as of D23 2026

The internet is still buzzing after Navarrette took the stage at D23 alongside her new X-Men castmates. The full lineup for the MCU reboot included Navarrette as Rogue, Adam Driver as Mister Sinister, Maya Boyd as Storm, Christopher Abbott as Professor X, Kit Connor as Cyclops, Samara Weaving as Emma Frost, and Sadie Sink as Jean Grey.

X-Men is set to launch a post-Avengers: Secret Wars world when its May 5, 2028, release date arrives. Until then, you can read about some of Schreier’s comic book inspirations for the new film, and you can see which classic mutant Navarrette said she wanted to play before the big reveal. You can also see what IGN thought about the first three episodes of X-Men ’97 Season 2.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Lanterns Episode 1 Ending Explained by Showrunner Chris Mundy

Full spoilers follow for HBO’s Lanterns Episode 1.

The latest installment in James Gunn and Peter Safran’s DC Universe has kicked off with a bang – literally. Well, at least we assume there was a bang when Hal Jordan (Kyle Chandler) was shot and killed offscreen in the Lanterns premiere…

That’s right: In the final moments of the first episode of Lanterns, the iconic Green Lantern – test pilot, hero, protector of Sector 2814, founding member of the Justice League (in the comics anyway), and disheveled grumpy grump (in the new show at least) – is found dead, apparently shot in the head. It’s a startling and, frankly, exciting way to begin this new series.

I spoke to showrunner Chris Mundy about this turn of events, and he told me that the decision to kill Hal “was kind of big and scary.” Mundy, who created the new show along with Damon Lindelof (HBO’s Watchmen) and Eisner-winning comics scribe Tom King, said that the mystery at the center of the show – which has been billed as “True Detective With Superheroes” – needed to be as “meaningful and emotional as possible” for John Stewart (Aaron Pierre), the would-be Green Lantern who is training under Hal.

But not just for John – the Lantern writers also felt that the death of Hal would be pivotal to telling that character’s story as well. With the show jumping back and forth between time periods, we will of course continue to see Chandler as Hal, even if we know his eventual endpoint. But in 2026, when John sees Hal’s body, he notices that his old mentor is no longer wearing the Green Lantern ring. So what happened to it? “It felt like [the right thing to do] in a show about someone trying to hold onto this thing, losing it, and then where does he end up and why?” said Mundy. “And can we do the math to get to that point? How do we use that? Because obviously you don’t take something like that lightly.”

Read on for my full chat with Mundy about Episode 1 of Lanterns!

Lanterns Images

IGN: At what point in the process did you decide to work within multiple timelines to tell the story? In the first episode I think we hit three different time periods.

Chris Mundy: Yeah, pretty much from the jump. We always knew we were going to do two timelines and that there were going to be a couple of different mysteries, literal mysteries that we play, and then also sort of emotional mysteries. I think once we’d done that, we felt that there was a certain freedom to going back in time at other times too. It’s the beauty too of having a show, of playing a teaser before the title card. It gives you a little bit of license to step into something else that’s going to deepen things hopefully. And we used that a few different times over the course of the season.

IGN: Because you’re set in this bigger James Gunn universe, were there ever any times where you had to get approval in terms of the timeline, or did he let you guys just go with it?

Chris Mundy: Initially we asked about that, and he was just starting to shoot Superman. So we were able to read that, which was super helpful. And then there were no real constraints besides that, but obviously everybody at DC, one of our studios, they’re reading [our scripts]. If anything would’ve bumped, that’s an easy phone call or a text. “Oh, that’s bumping up against the plan.” We’re partners in this together.

‘Getting Kyle to say yes was a huge weight off our shoulders because Hal could be a bit of an asshole, but Kyle’s just not an asshole.’“

IGN: Is it annoying having to worry about that stuff at times though?

Chris Mundy: No, it’s just – to be honest – I assumed stepping into a show inside a universe like that, I figured that kind of stuff would be happening all the time. I thought it would happen a ton and it virtually didn’t happen at all. So if anything, it was more I felt the good fortune of having no real restraints.

IGN: I think that’s one of the things that’s interesting about your show. Even though for someone like me, I understand it’s set in the bigger James Gunn universe, but my wife for example probably is going to just enjoy it as an HBO drama and not even think about those things.

Chris Mundy: Exactly. We wanted each of those types of people to have entry to the show. That was super important to us.

IGN: Were there any concerns about making Hal kind of an asshole?

Chris Mundy: Yeah. [laughs] I mean, look, you start a show and there’s concerns about everything because you want it to be good, you want people to like it, but you also want to make sure that you’re doing the most pure version of it you can. So you don’t want to get inside your head too much and edit [or] censor yourself. I think getting Kyle to say yes was a huge weight off our shoulders because Hal could be a bit of an asshole, but Kyle’s just not an asshole. So you could write it up here and he delivers it and it’d be funny, but it still plays down here because he’s so charming. I’d like to say that was something to do with us or our skill, and it’s like 0% us and 100% Kyle.

John Stewart (Aaron Pierre) and Hal Jordan (Kyle Chandler)

IGN: Yeah, it’s Coach, right?

Chris Mundy: Exactly. It’s like, “Come on, he’s coaching!”

IGN: Killing off Hal – obviously that’s a big deal. Can you tell me a little bit about your thought process on how you landed on that idea?

Chris Mundy: We needed whatever that mystery was to be as meaningful as possible and as emotional as possible for John, for Hal in a way, but also for the audience. So it felt like [the right thing to do] in a show about someone trying to hold onto this thing, losing it, and then where does he end up and why? And can we do the math to get to that point? How do we use that? Because obviously you don’t take something like that lightly. It’s a huge thing. So is it being done to illuminate not just John, but also illuminate Hal in the best way possible? So the fact that they had confidence or, really, faith in us at least to do it and treat it with the level of care that we hopefully gave it, we felt really lucky. But yeah, it was kind of big and scary just because it’s a choice.

Check back at IGN every week for the latest on Lanterns!

This interview has been edited for length and clarity.

Talk to Scott Collura @scottcollura.bsky.social, or listen to his Star Trek podcast, Transporter Room 3. Or do both!

The Best Deals Today: Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Switch 2, Nioh 3, Project Hail Mary, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save on Final Fantasy VII Rebirth, Resident Evil Requiem, Project Hail Mary, Civilization VII, Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade, select LEGO sets, AirPods Pro 3, and more. Check out our top picks for Sunday, August 16, below.

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth with MTG Card for $34.99

FINAL FANTASY VII REBIRTH – Nintendo Switch 2 (Day One Edition Includes Exclusive Magic: The Gathering—FINAL FANTASY Promo Card)

0

Final Fantasy VII Rebirth for Nintendo Switch 2 is on sale today for $34.99 at Amazon. This physical version of the game includes an exclusive Zack Fair Magic: The Gathering – Final Fantasy card, which is perfect for fans and collectors alike. If you’ve yet to experience this massive RPG, take a chance and pick up a copy this weekend at a discount. It’s pretty great exploring beyond Midgar on the Switch 2, just saying.

Resident Evil Requiem for $53.99

Resident Evil Requiem – PlayStation 5

1

Target has Resident Evil Requiem on sale this weekend for $53.99. If you’ve yet to play the latest RE game, this is a great time to do so. Grace Ashcroft and Leon S. Kennedy join forces to defeat a sinister new threat in a game that combines tense horror with brutal action combat. DLC is planned to be released in the future, so you can catch up now before the next story is out.

Project Hail Mary 4K Blu-ray for $24.95

Project Hail Mary (4K UHD)

0

Project Hail Mary was one of my favorite movies of the year, and today, you can take home the 4K Blu-ray for $24.95 at Amazon. Normally priced at $37.99, this is a very solid discount on a fun movie that looks absolutely gorgeous on any display, especially OLED. In our 8/10 review, we wrote, “Project Hail Mary is a rollicking sci-fi blockbuster celebrating how much we can accomplish when we work together… and how much meet-cute mileage you can get out of watching Ryan Gosling befriend a rock alien for two and a half hours.”

Nioh 3 for $39.99

Nioh 3 – PlayStation 5

0

Nioh 3 released in early February, and you can save $30 off a PS5 copy today at Best Buy. In our 9/10 review, we wrote, “Nioh 3 delivers best-in-class combat that revitalizes the established formula with a fantastic split between Samurai and Ninja styles, as well as a triumphant move to an open-world structure.”

Save on Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade

FINAL FANTASY VII REMAKE INTERGRADE – Nintendo Switch 2 (Standard Edition)

0

Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade is the ultimate version of the first chapter in the Final Fantasy VII remake series, following Cloud Strife and the party from the very beginning through the escape from Midgar. You can score Final Fantasy VII Remake Intergrade for $29.99 on the Nintendo Switch 2. If you want to prepare for Final Fantasy VII Revelation next year, this is where to start your journey.

Civilization VII for $19.99

Sid Meier’s Civilization VII – PlayStation 5

0

Amazon has Civilization VII on sale for $19.99 this weekend, saving you $20 off a physical copy. In our 7/10 review, we wrote, “Civilization 7’s improved warfare and added bits of narrative flair give me reasons to keep clicking one more turn late into the night, but the desire to streamline and simplify this legendary 4X series feels like it has also gone a bit too far, particularly when it comes to the interface.”

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners Blu-ray Back in Stock

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners – Complete Series – Blu-ray

0

Crunchyroll has the Crunchyroll Store-exclusive Cyberpunk: Edgerunners Blu-ray back in stock after disappearing for some time recently. In case you missed it, Crunchyroll is delisting hundreds of Blu-rays from its site as it plans to transition its store to be exclusive for members only. If you have not picked up Cyberpunk: Edgerunners or any of the (remaining) Aniplex Blu-rays, I would do so as fast as possible, as there is no guarantee these will be in print for much longer.

AirPods Pro 3 for $189

Apple AirPods Pro 3 Wireless Earbuds

0

AirPods Pro 3 are a fantastic upgrade over the 2nd generation, bringing a built-in heart rate sensor, redesigned eartips for better noise cancellation, and improved sound quality. Right now, you can score a pair for only $189 at Amazon. I’ve had a pair since launch and have been incredibly happy with them, especially coming from the original AirPods Pro.

Back to the Future LEGO Set for $159.99

LEGO Icons Back to the Future Time Machine

1

Back to the Future is one of the best sci-fi films ever, and the iconic DeLorean time machine is a huge part of the film’s legacy today. If you’re a fan of the BTTF trilogy, look no further than this LEGO Icons Time Machine set, featuring the DeLorean with parts for each movie, minifigures for Doc Brown and Marty McFly, and accessories like the hoverboard. You can save $40 this weekend on this set, which saves you 20% off MSRP.

Save 50% Off Rosalina’s Storybook

Rosalina’s Storybook

0

As part of the Super Mario 40th Anniversary, Nintendo released a physical version of Rosalina’s storybook. You can save 50% off this collectible at Amazon this weekend, as copies are available for only $12.49.

Pre-Order Spider-Man: Brand New Day on 4K Blu-ray

Spider-Man: Brand New Day (Steelbook) (4K Ultra HD + Blu-ray + Digital Copy)

8

Spider-Man: Brand New Day (Limited Collector’s Edition Steelbook) (4K Ultra HD + Blu-ray + Digital Copy)

3

Spider-Man: Brand New Day / Spider-Man: Far From Home/ Spider-Man: Homecoming / Spider-Man: No Way Home (4-Disc Collection) (Blu-ray + Digital Copy)

1

Spider-Man: Brand New Day is the most popular movie of the Summer, with the film on track to easily become the highest grossing of the year so far. Pre-orders for the physical copies, including Steelbooks, have already gone live at retailers like Walmart, so now is the time to lock in your copy before they are sold out.

Fate Return to Avalon: Takashi Takeuchi Art Works for $40.42

Fate Return to Avalon: Takashi Takeuchi Art Works

0

Takashi Takeuchi has one of the most recongnizable art styles for good reason. The legendary artist pioneered Type-Moon’s art for franchises like Fate and Tsukihime. Right now, you can pick up this fantastic hardcover collection of Takeuchi’s Fate artwork for $40.42 at Amazon. Almost 300 pages are included, featuring art from games, promotional material, limited events, and much more. It’s perfect for any Fate fan.

Lego Batman Forever Set for $74.99

LEGO DC Batman: Batman Forever

0

The classic Batmobile from Batman Forever is here in Lego form, with a Lego DC Batman minifugure starring the suit used in the move. This weekend, you can save 25% off this 909-piece set, which is a great addition to any comic book fan’s collection. The cockpit on the Batmobile opens up to reveal seats and a detailed interior, and you can easily put this vehicle on any shelf or table.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer with a passion for games and technology. He co-founded Final Weapon, an outlet focused on nonsense-free Japanese gaming (in 2019) and has contributed to various publishers writing about the medium.

Doomsday Trailer Sparks Theories About 2 Doctor Dooms and Cillian Murphy

The new Avengers: Doomsday trailer is here, and some fans believe it has a few clues that suggest the film is hiding two Doctor Dooms – and maybe even a cameo from Cillian Murphy.

Warning! Potential spoilers for Avengers: Doomsday follow.

Marvel Studios has seemingly been pretty forthcoming when it comes to the cast for this year’s new Marvel Cinematic Universe (MCU) movie. Of the long lineup of A-listers on the call sheet are faces from the X-Men, Fantastic Four, and more, but the casting choice that has remained controversial among fans since its announcement is Iron Man actor Robert Downey Jr. as Victor von Doom.

The few Avengers: Doomsday clips we’ve seen thus far have revealed the hero-turned-villain star’s in-costume look – or have they? That’s the question fans have been asking since the team-up film’s new trailer arrived as part of D23 2026. With tens of millions of viewers in just a few days, it’s clear the video has something to offer ahead of the full premiere in December, but some believe it’s hiding a few clues about Doctor Doom duplicates, too.

“All of you have lived stolen lives,” he can be heard saying in between shots of a screaming Reed Richards played by Pedro Pascal. “But now you must give them back.”

Where past sneak peeks for the movie haven’t dived too far down the Victor von Doom rabbit hole, the D23 trailer is really more about him than any of Earth’s Mightiest Heroes. It starts with Vanessa Kirby’s Sue Storm talking about the Latverian leader as someone who “used to be kind” and “caring” before we then see him toss Thor like an ant and raise an army of sentinels. Although he certainly seems to present an Avengers-level threat that could rival Thanos, the conversation surrounding his identity lies in the details.

A few close-ups of the magic-powered villain’s eyes are all we really get when it comes to glimpses of what’s behind his metal mask, but that’s all fans online needed to stir up conversation. You see, this character has bluish-green eyes, while Downey Jr.’s are brown. This Doctor Doom also has a small mole next to one of his eyes, where the actor believed to be playing him does not.

Clearly there are 2 Dooms with RDJ being the fake doom https://t.co/g3okvI7hmH

— Suki 💅 (@_SuksTeR_) August 15, 2026

“One looks blue. The other video looks brown,” one fan speculated after the trailer was released. “Is there more than one Doom?”

“I think there will be two Dooms,” another said. “The real Doom, and a Tony variant.”

The idea, then, is that the Doom we’ve seen here is a different one from the Doom Downey Jr. is playing. If these are truly our first signs that Avengers: Doomsday features more than one Doctor Doom, then the next logical question is ‘Who is playing the other one?’ Many online believe Murphy, who is best known for starring in movies like Oppenheimer and 28 Years Later, makes the most sense. He was a popular fancast pick as Marvel put the new Avengers movie together behind the scenes early on. He also happens to have much lighter eyes.

Cillian Murphy speaking Romanian and Romani 👀 Could he be the real Doctor Doom? 🤯#AvengersDoomsday pic.twitter.com/JLVGubmJTA

— BLURAYANGEL 🦇 (@blurayangel) August 16, 2026

If the rumors about Cillian Murphy actually playing the real Doctor Doom are true…

is this a casting upgrade or downgrade?👀#AvengersDoomsday pic.twitter.com/YQm5JJ9SEm

— Echo ↬ (@vikku60879) August 16, 2026

If this is true, I bet I know who the other Dr. Doom is. https://t.co/SovOL6rxL1 pic.twitter.com/pmHwjRmpnp

— Comics Explained (@comicsexplained) August 15, 2026

Many believe Downey Jr. could be playing a good-guy version of the character, leaving the evil one to be played by Murphy or even someone else. Other theories rattling around social media feeds have revolved around a surprise return for Michael Fassbender’s Magneto, an alternate Reed Richards, or, if Marvel is feeling really daring, Chris Evans’ Steve Rogers.

This is all proof that a mystery actor is playing Doom and not the former Iron Man star, right?! Well, no. As others have pointed out, that mole might seem a bit strange, but some combination of movie magic and special contact lenses could easily explain away these discrepancies. That’s done little to stop the theories from spinning on.

“This is literally just RDJ with colored contacts y’all overthinking it lol,” one fan argued.

“lmao they are not paying RDJ multi millions to play a fake Doom,” another teased.

“Why not? They paid Ben Kingsley millions to play a fake Mandarin,” another user replied.

Meanwhile, the appearance of a second, new costume for Victor von Doom that popped up at D23 has helped fuel the Avengers: Doomsday theory fire through the weekend. Some blink-and-you’ll-miss-it moments in the trailer also show what appears to be a smoother, less angry mask design and a more simplistic suit. It does seem odd that the big bad guy would care enough about his fashion to have slightly different outfits for specific occasions.

Even then, though, we already knew Doom would be switching his clothes. The costume and mask featured in most promotional material is already quite different from what we saw at the end of last year’s The Fantastic Four: First Steps. The reasoning behind the change is unclear, with some suspecting one might be for fighting off superheroes, while the other is used when Doom wants to favor more peaceful methods.

D23 First Look Avengers: Doomsday Costumes and Props

Doctor Doom is wearing his two different costumes in the same scene pic.twitter.com/2DjTt8dosr

— Marvel Perfect Gifs & Clips (@MCUPerfectGifs) August 15, 2026

🚨 This theory proves there are two Doctor Dooms in Avengers: Doomsday

When Doctor Doom is thrown from that tower-like structure, he changes his outfit mid-air and lands wearing a suit that looks less armored.

But later, when he is seen fighting Thor, you can see the same… pic.twitter.com/pJufmcWZdp

— Marvel Decoded (@MarvelDecoded) August 15, 2026

Regardless of whichever side of the theory fence you fall on, it’s hard to blame the fans of a cinematic movie universe that has reveled in multiversal shenanigans for the last seven years. Character variants have, quite famously, occupied the same screen more than a few times. If Spider-Man did it, Doctor Doom can too, right?

It’s certainly possible, but there is much, much more MCU to watch before we get all of the answers. Avengers: Doomsday will pull back its green curtain to clear up many of its mysteries when it premieres December 18, 2026, but it’s far from the end. The film will then lead directly into Avengers: Secret Wars, which won’t arrive until another year later, come December 17, 2027.

So, will there be two Doctor Dooms? Is Downey Jr.’s character the movie’s villain or its hero? Will Iron Man come back from the dead? We’ll have to wait to find out. Until then, you can see how Marvel announced the first batch of cast members for its new X-Men movie. You can also check out the new trailer for the upcoming MCU TV show, VisionQuest. Finally, be sure to catch up on all of the biggest D23 news from the Disney Entertainment Showcase right here.

Photo by Jacob King/PA Images via Getty Images.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Sleeping Dogs Movie Gets Positive Update from Simu Liu

Marvel star Simu Liu has offered a positive update on his long-in-development Sleeping Dogs movie adaptation, saying the film has “a REAL path forward” as discussions with game publisher Square Enix continue.

The Shang-Chi and the Legend of the Ten Rings actor offered a treat to patient fans when asked about the project’s status on X/Twitter. It’s been some time since we heard where Sleeping Dogs was at, but don’t worry, Liu said it is still very much in the works.

“Okay, here it is,” he replied to a fan asking for an update. “We’re moving along really well, we have a director, and a production company, and a REAL path forward.”

okay, here it is. we’re moving along really well, we have a director, and a production company, and a REAL path forward.

we’re just in the dealmaking process with the game studio rn (which is a total fan moment for me bc i love SquareEnix). your support is fuelling us all! https://t.co/1ufLYZab0E

— Simu Liu (@SimuLiu) August 16, 2026

Liu quickly stepped in to announce he had taken the reins to develop a movie based on Square Enix and United Front Games’ Grand Theft Auto-inspired crime drama after Donnie Yen confirmed his take had been canned in early 2025. Although the nature of his involvement was initially kept a mystery, IGN reported that a Sleeping Dogs movie was, in fact, in development, with Liu set to produce and star as a live-action version of main character Wei Shen.

The star’s new update also mentions a director, which was confirmed to be Nobody 2 and Killers filmmaker Timo Tjahjanto late last year. Video game adaptation veteran studio Story Kitchen is also in the mix, and in October 2025, Liu announced that the Sleeping Dogs script draft was completed.

Although things are moving slowly, they are absolutely still moving. Liu and the rest of the Sleeping Dogs team now need to work with Square Enix if they want to get the ball rolling toward an eventual release.

“We’re just in the dealmaking process with the game studio [right now] (which is a total fan moment for me [because] I love Square Enix),” he added. “Your support is fueling us all!”

E3 2012: Sleeping Dogs Screenshots

“Set in a vibrant, contemporary, neon-infused neo-noir Hong Kong,” an official description on the Story Kitchen website says. “WEI SHEN is an undercover cop torn between his duty as an officer of the law and, separately, his loyalty to a family of violent Triads that he’s trying to infiltrate, many of whom he grew up with on the streets.”

The Sleeping Dogs movie currently has no firm release date or window. Liu has plenty to keep him busy in the meantime, as he’s set to return to the Marvel Cinematic Universe in Avengers: Doomsday this December. He’s also still pushing to make Shang-Chi 2 happen. Until we learn more, you can read IGN’s review of the 2012 game to find out why we thought it deserved an 8.5/10.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Brand New Day Reaches $2 Billion

Spider-Man: Brand New Day has officially crossed $2 billion at the global box office, marking the first time Marvel’s wall-crawling hero has ever reached the theatrical landmark.

The new Marvel Cinematic Universe (MCU) flick passed the milestone after premiering in theaters July 31, 2026, a little more than three weeks ago. It’s a spectacular achievement, with the box office split breaking down to an estimated $785.8 million domestically and $1.236 billion internationally.

Star Tom Holland and director Destin Daniel Cretton’s Brand New Day now stands as Sony’s highest-grossing release ever at a whopping $2.022 billion. Reaching the big $2b makes it the eighth film to do so, but despite some tremendous past successes under his belt, it’s a first for Spider-Man.

Spider-Man: No Way Home came close to reaching the number upon its premiere in 2021, with its total climbing to $1.9 billion before leaving theaters (via Box Office Mojo). The race wasn’t nearly as tight before then, with Holland’s second standalone outing as Peter Parker, Far From Home, reaching $1.13 billion, while the Tobey Maguire and Andrew Garfield Spider-Man movies failed to cross the $1 billion mark throughout any individual releases in their respective series.

Brand New Day still finds itself in familiar company. The MCU still has two other installments – Avengers: Infinity War and Endgame – in the $2 billion club. Other qualifiers in the category include James Cameron’s Avatar and its sequel, Star Wars: Episode 7 – The Force Awakens, and Ne Zha 2.

While Marvel and Brand New Day’s accomplishment is no doubt notable, it’s anything but a surprise. The film broke records in its opening weekend and only took a few days to earn its first billion dollars. The path to $2 billion was paved early thanks to strong reception from fans and critics, with its big reveals mostly left out of trailers as Cretton and company relied on a more practical approach to Spider-Man, audiences had a lot to show up for.

Spider-Man: Brand New Day – Our Biggest Burning Questions

Where Holland’s new movie will finish is anyone’s guess, but it’s got a long way to go if it wants to climb to the top of the box office leaderboard. However, it is still the second-fastest project to reach $2 billion, with the crown going to Avengers: Endgame.

Spider-Man: Brand New Day swung into theaters a little more than three weeks ago and is expected to remain on the big screen for a while longer. IGN gave it a 7/10 review, saying it “effectively refocuses on the most reliable pillars of the webslinger: battling inner turmoil, swinging around NYC saving the day, and looking cool while doing so.”

For more on the MCU, you can check out what the Spider-Man screenwriters had to say about the debate surrounding Jean Grey. You can also see Marvel’s big X-Men cast reveal, as well as the latest Avengers: Doomsday trailer.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Handheld Gaming PCs are in Danger

Over the last five years or so, handheld gaming PCs have become one of my favorite ways to play games. And, it helps that they’ve been getting better pretty much every year, thanks both to more powerful hardware – shout out to the Intel Arc G3 Extreme – and both Microsoft and Valve improving their respective operating systems.

If I was able to totally ignore costs, I’d straight up just say that the handhelds that have come out in the last year are incredible, almost across the board. The Xbox Ally X brought a controller-friendly UI to Windows for the first time and the MSI Claw 8 EX AI+, thanks to its incredible innards, is able to play games at higher than minimum settings with a framerate that doesn’t give me motion sickness.

But I can’t ignore the price, can I? Even though the Xbox Ally X somehow hasn’t gone up in price (yet), the MSI Claw 8 EX AI+ will set you back $1,799. And for that price, the calculus gets really hard to justify.

Let’s go back in time a little bit. Before the Steam Deck came out, I dabbled with the Nintendo Switch a little bit, but for some reason, most of Nintendo’s games have never really clicked with me. So most of the time I’d buy games I already owned on Steam, like Shovel Knight and Stardew Valley, just for the privilege of taking them on the go with me.

The Steam Deck changed everything. Yeah, it was a little bulkier, but that made it more comfortable in my hands, and I no longer had to re-buy my favorite games just to play them on a handheld. The only real problem was that if I wanted to play a graphics-intense AAA game, I’d have to scale down the resolution and the settings to the bottom, while still living with 30-40 fps a lot of the time.

It was still worth taking my indie games with me, and it even led to me just playing more indies in general, because I could be more flexible with how and when I was playing them. But as time went on, new handhelds to rival the Steam Deck started hitting the market. The original ROG Ally and Lenovo Legion Go made 1080p gaming a bit more viable, but they were still based on the AMD Ryzen Z1 Extreme. And while that chip had more graphics cores than the Steam Deck, it was still built on the RDNA 3 graphics architecture, which was already a year old when the Z1 Extreme first came out.

Then, at CES 2025, Lenovo showed off the Legion Go S, which would end up being the first non-Valve handheld officially powered by SteamOS. At Lenovo’s booth, I crossed paths with Valve engineer Pierre-Loup Griffais, who told me for the first time that Valve was waiting for a “true next-generation” chip for the Steam Deck 2. At the time I thought the Z2 Extreme would have been it, but that certainly didn’t end up being the case.

Lenovo Legion Go S (SteamOS) – Photos

The first handheld I tested with the Z2 Extreme was the Legion Go 2, and it was actually a little bit disappointing. It was faster than the Z1 Extreme, but AMD decided to release its “next-gen” handheld chip with an RDNA 3.5 GPU, rather than opting for RDNA 4. That did lead to better battery life, but there were several tests where the Legion Go 2 was slower than the ROG Ally X, despite the latter’s older chip.

At this point, it was clear I needed to brace myself for a long stretch of incremental growth. That’s not necessarily a bad thing – after all, that just meant that people would be able to get their hands on slightly older handhelds without losing much in the way of performance. But at CES 2026, Intel announced Panther Lake, its new mobile CPU lineup with incredible integrated graphics. From the moment I got my hands on the Asus ZenBook Duo, I knew I wanted that chip in a handheld.

Gaming hardware has grown more expensive than ever across the board.“

Luckily, the MSI Claw 8 EX AI+ came out about 6 months later with the Arc G3 Extreme, which is basically a Panther Lake chip with some of the CPU cores disabled. That handheld blew every Z2 Extreme-powered device out of the water, but unfortunately it also came out during the ongoing RAM crisis, when gaming hardware has grown more expensive than ever across the board.

I’m not sure how much the MSI Claw 8 EX AI+ would have cost in the before-times, but its predecessor, the MSI Claw 8 AI+, launched for about $899 before seeing its price jump up a few times in 2025. The 8 EX AI+ does wipe the floor with its predecessor, and even has a much better software experience, but I’m not sure it justifies more than double the price.

But at the very least, the Claw 8 EX AI+ can at least claim that it has the absolute best performance in a mainstream handheld gaming PC. That alone might convince people with deep enough pockets to make that investment, at least for now.

MSI Claw 8 EX AI+ – Hands-On Photos

In a similar story, in recent months the Lenovo Legion Go 2 exploded in price too. Lenovo’s OLED-strapped handheld now costs $1,999 on Best Buy, even more expensive than the Claw 8 EX AI+ despite its weaker performance. You can find Lenovo’s handheld on Best Buy for $1,334 as an open-box model, but that’s with the weaker non-extreme AMD Ryzen Z2.

It’s not just the fancy top-end handhelds that have been going up in price, either. I just knocked the incredible Steam Deck off my list of the best handhelds for the first time since it came out in 2022, because it just got too expensive. Valve raised the price by up to $300, so you now have to spend $789 at minimum to get your hands on a new, non-used one. That’s just not worth it, at least in a world where the non-X Xbox Ally still costs $599.

Asus’ two Xbox handhelds are the only bright spot for handhelds right now. Whether you have the budget for a $600 handheld or a $1,000 one, the Xbox Allies are the only decent deal right now. But I can’t shake the feeling that Asus is eventually going to raise the prices on those too. Asus has already raised the price in some regions, according to Windows Central, even though the US is exempt so far.

Just like with the Steam Machine, RAM makes up more of the cost of a handheld gaming PC than a more powerful rig, just due to the lower cost of the chips. If the cost of 32GB of RAM goes from $150 to more than $400, that’s going to raise the price on an $800 handheld more than it would a $3,000 tower with an RTX 5080. We’ve already seen the Steam Deck’s demand crumple after Valve raised the price, and while I haven’t seen any data on the Lenovo Legion Go 2, I can only imagine that’s slowed down as well.

Before the prices started going up, something like the Steam Deck was appealing as a secondary device, that’s certainly how I used it. But once you start nearing a thousand bucks, it’s only natural to expect something with a bit more oomph to it. Now, with prices being the way they are, more powerful hardware is also getting more expensive, so the difference between a handheld and a tower hasn’t actually changed all that much. But, it sure seems like it has, and that feels like Kryptonite to handheld PCs in general.

It’s tempting, then, to just hide my head in the sand until the RAM crisis abates. But I’m increasingly skeptical that prices are going to go back down. The big three RAM companies have already reportedly sold through their manufacturing capacity for 2027, so memory prices aren’t going to let up any time soon. So I’m stuck in this weird place where I’m super excited to see what future handhelds are able to do, but terrified at how much they’re going to cost. Because if they get too expensive, we might get to the point where the Lenovos and Asuses of the world no longer deem handhelds viable.

Jackie Thomas is the Hardware and Buying Guides Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

100% Marvel’s Spider-Man Games with One Month of Free IGN Guides Checklists

Itching to replay your favorite Marvel’s Spider-Man game after watching Spider-Man: Brand New Day in theaters? Now’s the perfect time to leap back into the web-slinging action. From now until September 15, 2026, you can use IGN’s Guides checklists with unlimited access to checks across all our best Spider-Man guides – no strings attached!

There’s no better way to track down every Spider-Man 2 Spider Bot or the new Suits added in honor of Brand New Day and Marvel Tokon. IGN’s fully integrated interactive maps and checklists makes tracking your in-game progress a breeze. If you’re curious how it works, here’s a taste of what IGN’s guides and checklists have to offer:

Marvel’s Spider-Man Checklists and Map

Is there anything cooler than swinging around a scaled-down Manhattan as your favorite web-shooting superhero? We think IGN’s free Marvel’s Spider-Man checklists and interactive map tracking comes pretty close. Our Manhattan interactive map has hundreds of locations marked for your convenience, so finding every last Secret Photo Op and Black Cat Stakeout is easy as pie.

We’ve recently updated our Spider-Man checklists to include Suits, Trophies, and more. Check off your completed Photo Ops in our guide or on the interactive map and your progress will be linked up! Any map locations you mark as completed will automatically be checked off on IGN’s guides, and vice versa.

Here are some helpful guides for anyone trying to 100% Marvel’s Spider-Man:

Marvel’s Spider-Man: Miles Morales Checklists and Map

​This month you will also find that IGN’s guides for Marvel’s Spider-Man: Miles Morales have been updated to include checklists for Spider-Man Suits, Postcards, and more. Plus, use our Manhattan interactive map to track down every last Easter Egg. Here are some Miles Morales guides and checklists to get your started:

Marvel’s Spider-Man 2 Checklists and Map

You’re looking to unlock every Spidey Suit, and we’ve got the complete list of Spider-Man 2 Suits just waiting to be checked off. Including the Brand New Day and Marvel Tokon crossover Suits recently added in Version 1.005!

While you’re at it, follow our superb walkthroughs and collectible guides to check off what you’ve completed as you go. Your progress will sync automatically with our interactive map, giving you real-time feedback on how much remains to do. Here are some essential Spider-Man 2 IGN guides for jumping back in or finally getting that platinum trophy:

Be sure to use these checklists, completely free only from August 15th to September 15th, 2026 across all our Marvel’s Spider-Man guides in celebration of Brand New Day hitting theaters.

Shailyn Cotten is the Guides Checklists Editor for the IGN Guides team. The only thing she loves more than checking off her to-do list is frogs… and possibly Breath of the Wild. You can find her managing the checklist database for some of your favorite IGN game guides.

D23 Deep Dive Into Kingdom Hearts Panel: Everything Announced

D23, Disney’s biggest fan convention, continues with a special panel all about Kingdom Hearts. IGN is on the ground bringing you the biggest news, reveals, and updates from the presentation as it kicks off today, August 15.

Titled ‘DEEP DIVE into KINGDOM HEARTS,’ this panel will stream live starting 4:30 PM PT / 7:30 PM ET / August 16 at 12:30 AM UK Time. You can watch it on IGN’s own YouTube channel, which we will embed in this article for your convenience once the show gets started.

Disney said the panel will give fans a “behind-the-scenes look at the making of the games,” with insights from the “creative minds, character voices, and more behind the magic.”

Kingdom Hearts 4 – Official Announcement Images

Guests on the panel include Nana Gadd, director of games at the Walt Disney Company’s Japan branch, Tai Yasue from Square Enix, Haley Joel Osment, the voice of Sora, David Gallagher, the voice of Riku, and Renée Johnson, who is behind several Disney character voices.

This event follows gameplay footage shown at D23’s Friday night showcase at the Honda Center the day prior, where fans got to see Sora battling the Heartless in Coco’s Land of the Dead. A Kingdom Hearts animated series was also announced, which will stream on Disney+ on an as-yet unreleased date.

Follow along starting at 4:30 PM PT / 7:30 PM ET for all of the latest updates from what’s shaping up to be one of the most highly-anticipated looks at Kingdom Hearts 4 and what’s next for the series.

And that’s a wrap!

Thanks for keeping it locked to IGN for our live report of D23’s Deep Dive into Kingdom Hearts panel. And remember — let your heart be your guiding key!

Haley Joel Osment and David Gallagher Take the Stage

Haley Joel Osment, David Gallagher, and Renée Johnson came up on stage, where they discussed their experiences working on Kingdom Hearts over the years.

Johnson showed off an adorable scrapbook of images taken from production during Kingdom Hearts 1, which one of her colleague’s wives made all those years ago. It was seriously cute and a major throwback for both the actors and the KH fanbase.

Osment joked about how he has to change his voice to sound more like his younger self, saying it feels like his eyes are about to “pop out” of his head when he’s recording Sora these days. Gallagher remarked that his 17-year-old self was shocked at playing a ‘bad guy’ in Riku, saying he was used to being a ‘golden boy’ up until that point.

Miyu Irino, the Japanese voice actor for Sora, also appeared in a short video to send fans a message thanking them for their support over the years.

Finally, Haley Joel Osment and David Gallagher took to the stage to perform the final scene from Kingdom Hearts II live for the panel audience in a touching moment. Mickey, dressed up like Sora, showed up to take a photo with the voice actors and the audience.

Kingdom Hearts IV to Launch in Late 2027

While no specific date was mentioned, Yasue confirmed that Kingdom Hearts IV will launch in 2027.

“Development is very smooth, it’s a 100% thing. We will get there for sure,” he said.

Nomura went on to say the game will launch in “late 2027,” reassuring fans that this date will not get pushed back.

“One last thing I wanted to share: we announced the game will come late 2027. Online. some people were saying the release date my get pushed back. I want to set the record straight: that is not happening,” Nomura said.

“There’s many things underway, many plans we have underway. Now that we are approaching the 25th anniversary, we’re thinking about what the 30th anniversary [looks like],” he added.

Nomura also confirmed that he is “deeply involved” in the Kingdom Hearts animated series, though admitted that he wasn’t allowed to say much else on the topic.

New traversal mechanics, mini-games, and gameplay segments

Nomura made specific mention of the villains in Kingdom Hearts’ world, saying that Maleficent plays a “very important role” in the story of Kingdom Hearts IV’.

Yasue said an original world in KHIV, DisneyTown, was inspired by the Disney Parks, specifically mentioning the many desserts included in an event called the ‘Dream Festival’ in the game, which features an ice-cream-themed mini-game.

Nomura also mentioned incorporating a “variety of different gimmicks” into the game, saying there was an idea they had since Kingdom Hearts III that they were finally able to realize in this upcoming title, calling it a “very, very exciting idea.”

Yasue went on to mention some unique traversal mechanics coming to Kingdom Hearts IV, specifcally in Quadratum. Players will be able to shoot their keychain to launch themselves forward over large distances, launch themselves off of buildings, slide down powerlines, and twirl down poles.

Getting Quadratum right was a big deal for the team, with Yasue explaining the lengths staff went to in order to translate the city’s lighting and overall vibe to the game, such as walking through Tokyo and taking photos everywhere they went.

Extended Kingdom Hearts IV Trailer Shown at D23 Panel

Nomura admitted that the trailer we saw at Friday night’s Honda Center showcase was a shorter, abridged version of the actual trailer. He showed the full trailer at the panel, which begins the same way as the previous one.

This trailer gives a better look at Quadratum, showing futuristic, flying vehicles, and Sora using a smartphone before throwing down with some heartless.

A Mickey gameplay segment is also shown off, with two-dimensional, Link Between Worlds-style gameplay. Players can also seemingly take control of Goofy and Donald or segments centered around those characters.

Riku was also shown off in the trailer, with Kairi urging Sora to “wake up” in a voiceover once the trailer was over.

Tai Yasue teased some seriously inventive gameplay, saying that Hector uses his bones as nunchucks and projectiles, with Miguel using his guitar to help fight enemies alongside Sora.

Yasue also dove into Mickey’s gameplay segment, where he dives into a book and navigates a paper world where he creates origami copies of himself. There are big, small, and even paper-thin Mickeys, and if you throw him, he turns into a paper airplane. “It’s sort of a puzzle-based game design,” he said.

King Mickey kicks off the Kingdom Hearts Panel with Khleo Thomas

King Mickey kicked off the event with a voiceover introduction for our host, actor Khleo Thomas, best known for his role in Holes. Thomas excitedly waxed poetic about his love for Kingdom Hearts before introducing the panelists: Director of Product Development at Disney and Pixar Games, Nana Gadd, Co-director of Kingdom Hearts IV, Tai Yasue, and Tetsuya Nomura himself!

“Thank you so much for inviting me today. It’s been seeral years, but I finally managed to get myself out here. I actually got here yesterday, but becayuse my apperance was a surprise, I couldn’t show up until now.,” Nomura said, via a translator.

Nomura admitted that he wants each Kingdom Hearts game to contain “at least one unexpected world, especially those based on live-action films.” He also revealed that The Nightmare Before Christmas was an early “must-have” world for Kingdom Hearts 1, with Gadd confirming that The Little Mermaid was also one of their first picks due to providing an underwater level.

“When it comes to worlds …I typically proioritize the gameplay experience above all else,” Nomura continued. “We think about what worlds and which characters would make those the most enjoyable for players. When I do have a chance that we absolutely need to inclued a certain world, I think about how it synergizes overall with Sora’s story, and when considering overall themes, we thought Coco would be the best to help us achieve that goal.”

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Disney Experiences Showcase at D23 2026: Everything Announced for Disney Parks, Disney Cruise Line, and More (Updating Live!)

We are here at the Honda Center in Anaheim, California, for Horizons: A Carousel of Progress, also known as D23’s Disney Experiences Showcase, and we’ll be covering all the big news from Disney Parks (Walt Disney World, Disneyland, International Parks!), Disney Cruise Line (Disney Believe!), and much more.

We’ll be updating this article live as the show goes on, which you can also watch on Disney+ right now!

Disneyland’s Avengers Infinity Defense to Star Robert Downey Jr.’s Iron Man, Chris Hemsworth’s Thor, and More

The upcoming Avengers Infinity Defense at Avengers Campus at Disneyland’s Disney California Adventure will officially star some of the biggest names in the MCU, including Robert Downey Jr.’s Iron Man, Chris Hemsworth’s Thor, Anthony Mackie’s Captain America, Jeremy Renner’s Hawkeye, and Iman Vellani’s Ms. Marvel.

Avengers Infinity Defense is set to open in 2028 and will see guests helping reassemble the Avengers to battle King Thanos.

Animal Kingdom’s Encanto Attraction Is Called Antonio’s Fiesta de Encanto

We learned a lot more about the Encanto attraction headed to the new Tropical Americas area of Walt Disney World’s Animal Kingdom, including that it will be called Antonio’s Fiesta de Encanto. In this attraction, guests are invited to celebrate Antonio’s new gift of the ability to speak to animals.

To help tell the story, the main voice actors from Encanto will be reprising their roles, including Stephanie Beatriz (Mirabel), Jessica Darrow (Luisa), and Diane Guerrero (Isabella).

Disneyland’s Coco Attraction Takes Place a Year After the Original and We’ll Relive Miguel’s Memories of the Land of the Dead

Following the big reveals from Coco 2 and the news that Coco will be a new world in Kingdom Hearts 4, we learned a bit more about the much-anticipated Coco attraction that’s headed to Disneyland’s Disney California Adventure.

The attraction’s stoyline takes place a year after the original film and we’ll first enter a “casa museo” that’s dedicated to Miguel’s great-great grandfather, Héctor Rivera. After that, we’ll join Miguel and go on a boat ride through his memories of the Land of the Dead. Oh, it will also have no height requirement.

The Lion King at Disneyland Paris’ Disney Adventure World to Feature Simba’s Final Confrontation with Scar

The Lion King is finally getting its first Disney Parks attraction at Disneyland Paris’ Disney Adventure World, and it will take us on a journey through the tale of the classic film, including the “not-so-happy times.”

Alongside a 120-foot-high Pride Rock that will send us soaring down a new flume system with a 52-foot drop, we’ll also be witnessing the final confrontation between Simba and Scar.

Carousel of Progress Casts Disney Legend Jamie Lee Curtis and Emmy-Winning Actor Bryan Cranston

Alongside a glimpse of the new scenes set in the 1980s, it was revealed that Disney Legend Jamie Lee Curtis and Emmy-winning actor Bryan Cranston will be joining the cast as the new version of the attraction’s Mom and Dad, respectively.

The Yeti Audio-Animatronic Is Coming Back to Life at Animal Kingdom’s Expedition Everest

At the showcase, Disney Experiences Chairman Thomas Mazloum revealed that the team is “bringing the Yeti back to life inside Expedition Everest at Disney’s Animal Kingdom!”

The Imagineering Season 2 Is Headed to Disney+ in Early 2028

Leslie Iwerks’ The Imagineering Story is one of the most beloved documentaries on Disney+, and it was just revealed that we’d be getting a second season in early 2028.

Developing…

Smuggler’s Gambit Lets You Keep Helping Hondo Ohnaka in Fortnite After You Leave Disneyland

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • Smuggler’s Gambit can connect to your MyDisney account to directly link to the Smuggler’s Run ride at the Disney theme parks.
  • Fortnite players will feel right at home, of course, but it’s approachable enough for Fortnite newbies, too.
  • Content does not seem to be lacking in this experience, with plenty of missions on offer.

I approached Star Wars: Smuggler’s Gambit, a new Unreal Engine Fortnite project coming to Epic’s pop-culture powerhouse soon, not as a Fortnite player, but as a Star Wars fan and a Disney theme park superfan. I’ve ridden Millennium Falcon: Smuggler’s Run at Disneyland and Disney World’s Galaxy’s Edge area of the parks dozens of times. The ride itself is a convincing motion simulator basically like a deluxe arcade game — the kind of thing they would’ve attempted at Gameworks back in the day. You and the other five people in your crew have limited agency over what happens on every instance of the ride as you collectively pilot the Falcon, with two of you splitting pilot duties, two of you serving as gunners, and two of you repairing the ship as engineers when things inevitably go south for the famous vessel you’re “borrowing” from Chewbacca.

Smuggler’s Gambit in Fortnite lets you continue the Smuggler’s Run experience by expanding it into a PvE multiplayer online game with your friends. You can also do the opposite by scanning a QR code and linking your Epic Games and MyDisney accounts in the game, which will “unlock a special experience” on Smuggler’s Run at the theme parks. What that is remains to be seen, but as someone who just did the secret “Grogu mode” the last time I was at Disneyland following the re-theme of Smuggler’s Run from sequel trilogy to The Mandalorian, I’m intrigued.

Anyway, Gambit’s hub area on Ord Ryla is anchored around a grounded ship, the Scuttled Sparrow, along with three factions, weapon and item vendors, a dock where you’ll board a ship to your missions, and a spot where Hondo himself hangs out (and yes, he’s voiced by returning actor Jim Cummings). There are several missions you and the other players on your server can vote on, and from there you’ll head to the dock to board the ship to start the quest. Gameplay is familiar from there, but fun: waypoints mark the route to your required and optional objectives, which are also listed on the screen, and any allies nearby will be noted on your HUD as well.

There are three player classes that mirror those found on the Smuggler’s Run ride: Pilot, Gunner, and Engineer.“

Cooperation will be highly recommended on higher difficulty levels, but even on normal difficulty settings, things can get hairy in a hurry when enough stormtroopers — some wielding higher-damage weapons like plasma cutters or grenade launches — spawn in and/or are guarding the objective. But of course, not only will you level up as you take out bad guys, you’ll be able to level up your weapons, too. I started with a bone-stock blaster rifle, but by the time I holstered my weapon at the end of the event at level 6, my blaster was a force to be reckoned with. It could still overheat if I went wild with my trigger finger, certainly, but when I took the time to aim down sights and aim for the head, it did a lot of damage in a hurry.

Star Wars: Smuggler’s Gambit Screenshots

And you’ll need to sharpen your skills and try to team up with your friends to work together when you can, because stormtroopers won’t be the only opponents in your way. You do get a bit of variety in available playstyles, at least, thanks to the three player classes that mirror those found on the Smuggler’s Run ride: Pilots get increased stamina regeneration and a scanner ability that will show nearby enemies to you and your allies, Gunners get a droid ability that can take out “hardened targets or entire groups of enemies,” and Engineers have a lot more to do here than on the ride, as they can deploy a dome shield to protect themselves and nearby allies and regenerate your team’s shields.

You will need those abilities, particularly for the primary objectives in later missions. Those missions included “The Imperial Patrol,” which was a straightforward “defeat everyone” run; “The Pirate Raid,” where you take the fight to the Rathtar Raiders; “The Pirate Hunt,” where victory is attained by destroying a series of Rathtar Raider supply caches and defeating their leaders; “The Heist,” tasking you with breaking into the maximum security Imperial vault; and “The Reverse Robbery,” where you must recover stolen cargo. And to even get to those key objectives and then get back to your ship after you’ve accomplished your tasks, there are wild beasts on this planet to contend with as well, and yes they’re aggressive. They bite big, too. Fortunately, they aren’t picky about who they snack on, and you can often slip through a batch of baddies because the enemy stormtroopers are busy battling with the beasties.

After I got my feet wet and ran a handful of missions, I introduced myself to two of the three factions before my demo time ran out. Nexa Jette runs the Veta Syndicate was at least direct: she was not shy about hiring me to do her dirty work, which could be accomplished while on other missions. The Voice, meanwhile – aka the nameless voice behind the Silent Circle faction – took a more, “It would be nice if this thing I need could get done.” These had a very sidequest-y feel to them, but they still added a layer of life to Smuggler’s Bandit’s world in a way that was both clear and appreciated.

All in all, Star Wars: Smuggler’s Bandit, which will be available on August 16, is a fun time with friends – it’s clearly preferable to playing solo – and it seems to be a clever way to either extend your theme-park experience outside of Disneyland’s walls and into your home, or vice versa. Hondo is a really great character to anchor this around, and I’d love to see Disney do more to extend the story of its theme park rides, be they Star Wars or otherwise. Just imagine playing as Finn during the events of the Rise of the Resistance ride, for instance…

While you’re here, check out these previews of other big upcoming games we’ve played recently!

Ryan McCaffrey is IGN’s executive editor of previews and host of IGN’s weekly Xbox show, Podcast Unlocked, and a co-host of Next-Gen Console Watch. He’s a North Jersey guy, so it’s “Taylor ham,” not “pork roll.” Debate it with him on Twitter at @DMC_Ryan.

Kingdom Hearts 4 Delay 100% Will Not Happen Devs Say

Kingdom Hearts 4 co-director Tai Yasue and series creator Tetsuya Nomura have assured fans that it is a “100% thing” the game will not be delayed past its late 2027 launch window.

While the team behind the new Kingdom Hearts game stopped short of sharing a final release date during its big D23 2026 presence, they feel pretty confident the current schedule will stick. Yasue, Nomura, and director of product development at Disney and Pixar games Nana Gadd doubled down on Square Enix’s Kingdom Hearts 4 launch plans during a panel at this year’s show.

“One last thing I wanted to share: We announced the game is going to be coming in late 2027,” Nomura said. “I saw online that some people were saying the release date might still get pushed back. I want to set the record straight: That is not happening. I do hope that people do look forward to the game coming in 2027. A lot of the marketing for the game has only just started, and so I do hope that people also look forward to hearing more news as well.”

“There’s many things underway, many plans we have underway,” he continued. “Now that we are approaching the 25th anniversary, we’re thinking about what the 30th anniversary [looks like].”

“I can confidently say and promise that it will launch in 2027,” Yasue said. “Schedule-wise, the development is very smooth. It’s not like an 80%, 90% – it’s a 100% thing. We’ll be there in 2027 for sure.”

The more skeptical fans believe they have some justification for their delay fears. Mainline entries in the series have suffered infamously long breaks between entries, with the break between Kingdom Hearts 2 and 3 being 13 years. We’re now going on eight years since the last game’s launch in 2019, but it sounds like the developers at Square Enix are confident the wait won’t be too much longer.

Kingdom Hearts 4 Extended Gameplay Trailer | D23 2026

Another reason fans are worried about a delay relates to the recent conversation surrounding physical game discs. Sony announced in July that it will no longer support physical releases for new PlayStation games that launch after January 2028. Should Kingdom Hearts 4 be delayed past that date, it would make it the first mainline entry in the series without a physical release, at least on PlayStation 5.

Kingdom Hearts 4 was formally announced in 2022 and will launch for PC, Nintendo Switch 2, PS5, and Xbox Series X | S in late 2027. While we wait to see what other Disney worlds and, hopefully, Final Fantasy characters the team have planned for the fourth games, you can read about the the extended gameplay trailer shown during the panel. You can also catch up on everything announced during the D23 panel right here.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Kingdom Hearts Creator Tetsuya Nomura Teases Disney Anime Series

Kingdom Hearts creator Tetsuya Nomura has one message for fans when it comes to its mysterious new Disney+ anime series: “Please let your imagination run wild.”

The Square Enix and Final Fantasy veteran shared a message with excited fans on X/Twitter after the crossover series made a surprise appearance at last night’s D23 2026 Disney Entertainment Showcase. Its presence came not only with a first look at how the next mainline installment in the franchise will incorporate the world of Pixar’s Coco but also a teaser for a new Kingdom Hearts series coming to Disney+.

Unfortunately, the big reveal shared little about how the anime project will actually fit into Kingdom Hearts’ infamously tangled timeline. For now, all fans have to go off of are a few words from Disney Kids & Family president Ayo Davis and some ethereal art featuring what appears to be a new Keyblade-wielding character. Where Nomura could have intervened to clear the air, he instead chose to encourage speculation from those who are no doubt already spinning theories.

First Teaser Image for Kingdom Hearts The Series on Disney+. Image courtesy of Disney.

“Production of a Kingdom Hearts animated series has been confirmed,” Nomura’s message said (via Google Translate). “I imagine this sudden announcement came as a surprise. You are likely wondering what the series will be about. While I cannot share specific details just yet, I have been holding close consultations with the scenario team—and the art team, when necessary—and we have even created new character designs specifically for this project.

“I cannot say anything more at this moment, but the single piece of key art released serves as a hint. Please let your imagination run wild as you await further updates.”

Filling long waits with theories is something Kingdom Hearts fans are especially skilled at. Outside of the odd spinoff project, the franchise has seen long gaps between releases. Kingdom Hearts 3, for example, launched a brutal 14 years after Kingdom Hearts 2. By the time Kingdom Hearts 4 reaches its recently announced 2027 release window, it will have been around eight years since the last numbered entry – and that’s if there are no delays.

The Kingdom Hearts anime series, however, doesn’t actually have a release date – or even a window – for fans to mark on their calendars. The art only tells viewers that it’s “coming soon” to Disney+.

“Kingdom Hearts has captivated gamers everywhere with its unique blend of adventure and imagination,” Davis said following the reveal. “There’s something really exciting about taking a world fans have spent years exploring through the games and bringing it to life in a completely new way. And with a creative team that is working closely with the legendary Tetsuya Nomura, our new series will be unmistakably Kingdom Hearts, while giving fans a whole new way to experience the world they love.”

It’s unclear when we’ll learn more about the show, but there is a chance we get some details later today. Disney will soon host its Deep Dive into Kingdom Hearts panel as part of this year’s D23. We’ll be keeping track of all of the biggest updates here. For more, you can see how Kingdom Hearts 4 reappeared for a Nintendo Direct earlier this year. You can also see why Disney Animation isn’t writing off a movie based on the series just yet.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

Dave Filoni Confirms Disney Not Making Scrapped Star Wars Movie The Hunt for Ben Solo

Lucasfilm president Dave Filoni has confirmed that, despite the push from fans, Disney still isn’t working on its scrapped Star Wars movie The Hunt for Ben Solo.

Variety pressed The Clone Wars orchestrator about the shelved Steven Soderbergh project after last night’s Disney Entertainment Showcase at D23 2026. Considering fans have been pushing Disney and Lucasfilm to bring Adam Driver’s Kylo Ren back for The Hunt for Ben Solo for months, it shouldn’t be a surprise to hear Filoni has been expecting to be asked about the project for some time.

“You know, someone was going to ask me that in this line,” he said with a smile. “I’m surprised it took this long, so that’s really cool.”

Dave Filoni confirms that Lucasfilm is not making “The Hunt for Ben Solo” right now. #D23 pic.twitter.com/pH414RuZtc

— Variety (@Variety) August 15, 2026

Filoni, gesturing with a reference to the Jedi’s hand-waving mind tricks, then said, “We’re not making that picture right now. That’s all I can say.”

He had a similar response for Deadline: “It’s not here, you won’t find it here. The force is not with us in that regard; I love the love you feel for it.”

Fans perked up with the hope for more sequel trilogy Star Wars when Driver spilled the beans about a shelved project last October. He said the project was in development with the title The Hunt for Ben Solo and had been worked on by he and Soderbergh for two years before Disney pulled the plug. At the time, the Traffic director said, “I really enjoyed making the movie in my head. I’m just sorry the fans won’t get to see it.”

Even former Lucasfilm president Kathleen Kennedy said The Hunt for Ben Solo’s script was “great,” but that didn’t stop Disney from setting the film aside. Considering Star Wars: The Rise of Skywalker left Kylo Ren’s story on a bit of a sour note, intensity from fans has really only ramped up the last few months. While some flew a “Save The Hunt for Ben Solo” banner over Walt Disney Studios, others waited for the premiere of this year’s The Mandalorian and Grogu to voice their dissatisfaction.

How Much Every Star Wars Movie Made Opening Weekend

Although Soderbergh went on to call the move to scrap the movie “insane,” adding that Disney got “two and a half years of free work” from him, Driver, and screenwriter Rebecca Blunt, it doesn’t sound like he’s been hopeful that the project could rematerialize. When asked in April if there was a possibility of The Hunt for Ben Solo being revived, he said, “nope.”

“If it was gonna happen, it would have happened,” Soderbergh told The Playlist. “It’s that simple.”

With Filoni now in charge of Lucasfilm, it sounds like that possibility still isn’t high, at least not yet. His tongue-in-cheek answer does at least suggest the Star Wars minds at Disney are more than aware that it’s something fans want to see, though.

In the meantime, Star Wars is chugging ahead. Following The Mandalorian and Grogu’s premiere in May, the franchise is set to continue on Disney+ with Ahsoka Season 2 thanks to its newly revealed January 2027 release date. D23 also gave IGN a sneak peek at the first trailer for 2027’s Star Wars: Starfighter. You can catch up on all of the event’s biggest announcements right here.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Best Deals Today: Project Hail Mary 4K Blu-ray, Resident Evil Requiem, AirPods Pro 3, and More

A new weekend has arrived, and today, you can save on Resident Evil Requiem, Project Hail Mary, Civilization VII, select LEGO sets, AirPods Pro 3, and more. Check out our top picks for Saturday, August 15, below.

Resident Evil Requiem for $53.99

Resident Evil Requiem – PlayStation 5

0

Target has Resident Evil Requiem on sale this weekend for $53.99. If you’ve yet to play the latest RE game, this is a great time to do so. Grace Ashcroft and Leon S. Kennedy join forces to defeat a sinister new threat in a game that combines tense horror with brutal action combat. DLC is planned to be released in the future, so you can catch up now before the next story is out.

Project Hail Mary 4K Blu-ray for $24.95

Project Hail Mary (4K UHD)

0

Project Hail Mary was one of my favorite movies of the year, and today, you can take home the 4K Blu-ray for $24.95 at Amazon. Normally priced at $37.99, this is a very solid discount on a fun movie that looks absolutely gorgeous on any display, especially OLED. In our 8/10 review, we wrote, “Project Hail Mary is a rollicking sci-fi blockbuster celebrating how much we can accomplish when we work together… and how much meet-cute mileage you can get out of watching Ryan Gosling befriend a rock alien for two and a half hours.”

Civilization VII for $19.99

Sid Meier’s Civilization VII – PlayStation 5

0

Amazon has Civilization VII on sale for $19.99 this weekend, saving you $20 off a physical copy. In our 7/10 review, we wrote, “Civilization 7’s improved warfare and added bits of narrative flair give me reasons to keep clicking one more turn late into the night, but the desire to streamline and simplify this legendary 4X series feels like it has also gone a bit too far, particularly when it comes to the interface.”

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners Blu-ray Back in Stock

Cyberpunk: Edgerunners – Complete Series – Blu-ray

0

Crunchyroll has the Crunchyroll Store-exclusive Cyberpunk: Edgerunners Blu-ray back in stock after disappearing for some time recently. In case you missed it, Crunchyroll is delisting hundreds of Blu-rays from its site as it plans to transition its store to be exclusive for members only. If you have not picked up Cyberpunk: Edgerunners or any of the (remaining) Aniplex Blu-rays, I would do so as fast as possible, as there is no guarantee these will be in print for much longer.

AirPods Pro 3 for $189

Apple AirPods Pro 3 Wireless Earbuds

0

AirPods Pro 3 are a fantastic upgrade over the 2nd generation, bringing a built-in heart rate sensor, redesigned eartips for better noise cancellation, and improved sound quality. Right now, you can score a pair for only $189 at Amazon. I’ve had a pair since launch and have been incredibly happy with them, especially coming from the original AirPods Pro.

Back to the Future LEGO Set for $159.99

LEGO Icons Back to the Future Time Machine

1

Back to the Future is one of the best sci-fi films ever, and the iconic DeLorean time machine is a huge part of the film’s legacy today. If you’re a fan of the BTTF trilogy, look no further than this LEGO Icons Time Machine set, featuring the DeLorean with parts for each movie, minifigures for Doc Brown and Marty McFly, and accessories like the hoverboard. You can save $40 this weekend on this set, which saves you 20% off MSRP.

Save 50% Off Rosalina’s Storybook

Rosalina’s Storybook

0

As part of the Super Mario 40th Anniversary, Nintendo released a physical version of Rosalina’s storybook. You can save 50% off this collectible at Amazon this weekend, as copies are available for only $12.49.

Pre-Order Spider-Man: Brand New Day on 4K Blu-ray

Spider-Man: Brand New Day (Steelbook) (4K Ultra HD + Blu-ray + Digital Copy)

8

Spider-Man: Brand New Day (Limited Collector’s Edition Steelbook) (4K Ultra HD + Blu-ray + Digital Copy)

3

Spider-Man: Brand New Day / Spider-Man: Far From Home/ Spider-Man: Homecoming / Spider-Man: No Way Home (4-Disc Collection) (Blu-ray + Digital Copy)

1

Spider-Man: Brand New Day is the most popular movie of the Summer, with the film on track to easily become the highest grossing of the year so far. Pre-orders for the physical copies, including Steelbooks, have already gone live at retailers like Walmart, so now is the time to lock in your copy before they are sold out.

Fate Return to Avalon: Takashi Takeuchi Art Works for $40.42

Fate Return to Avalon: Takashi Takeuchi Art Works

0

Takashi Takeuchi has one of the most recongnizable art styles for good reason. The legendary artist pioneered Type-Moon’s art for franchises like Fate and Tsukihime. Right now, you can pick up this fantastic hardcover collection of Takeuchi’s Fate artwork for $40.42 at Amazon. Almost 300 pages are included, featuring art from games, promotional material, limited events, and much more. It’s perfect for any Fate fan.

Lego Batman Forever Set for $74.99

LEGO DC Batman: Batman Forever

0

The classic Batmobile from Batman Forever is here in Lego form, with a Lego DC Batman minifugure starring the suit used in the move. This weekend, you can save 25% off this 909-piece set, which is a great addition to any comic book fan’s collection. The cockpit on the Batmobile opens up to reveal seats and a detailed interior, and you can easily put this vehicle on any shelf or table.

LEGO Marvel Iron Spider-Man Bust for $47.99

LEGO Marvel Iron Spider-Man Bust Collectible

1

This weekend, you can save 20% off the LEGO Marvel Iron Spider-Man Bust set at Walmart. This set features both a buildable bust for the Iron Spider and a minifig, so you can use the web-slinging hero in any set you’d like.

Noah Hunter is a freelance writer and reviewer with a passion for games and technology. He co-founded Final Weapon, an outlet focused on nonsense-free Japanese gaming (in 2019) and has contributed to various publishers writing about the medium.

X-Men Director Jake Schreier Teases Comic Book Inspirations and Something New for MCU After Marvel Cast Reveal

X-Men director Jake Schreier has teased some of the comic book inspirations for his new MCU reboot, saying that he’s already talked to Marvel Studios about finding the “things that haven’t recently been done well” in the movies.

The filmmaker leading the charge on what seems to be the first post-Avengers: Secret Wars movie spoke about some of the corners of the mutant universe he and MCU boss Kevin Feige have already started digging through during an interview with Good Morning America. The conversation followed the film’s explosive D23 2026 X-Men cast reveal, which included announcements for characters like Rogue, Storm, Professor X, and Mister Sinister.

With its May 2028 release still almost two years away, Schreier, who previously helmed Marvel’s Thunderbolts*, stopped short of revealing too much about the movie’s plot. Instead, his comments suggested fans may want to brush up on the work of comic book authors Chris Claremont and Jonathan Hickman.

“One of the great things about the comics is there is such a rich and broad history,” he said. “That was one of the first things that Kevin and I talked about when I came in; they made many great movies in this world, and they’ve made so many great things. Let’s find the things that haven’t recently been done well. All these other corners of the universe…”

“Digging back into those comics like 20 years, the whole Chris Claremont run, the newer Jonathan Hickman stuff. There are so many stories that are still untold, to honor and to reach into, and then to meet this cast and try to do something new, I think you always want to see something that reveres where it came from and then is still taking a new spin on where we want to go.”

As teased by Feige, Schreier’s MCU X-Men team is still coming together, but they’ve got after last night, it’s clear there’s already a pretty solid foundation in place. The D23 reveal saw Inde Navarrette confirmed as Rogue, Maya Boyd as Storm, Christopher Abbott as Professor X, and Adam Driver as Mister Sinister. Joining them on stage were a few previously announced parts, including Kit Connor as Cyclops, Samara Weaving as Emma Frost, and Sadie Sink as Jean Grey.

MCU X-Men Cast as of D23 2026

Earlier in the same interview, Connor teased his connection to the X-Men. He also teased a new direction for the mutant superhero group for the 2028 film.

“I grew up with the original movies in a lot of ways, and it’s really cool because it also feels like we are doing a really different version, a different take, which is really exciting.”

As of last night, X-Men is confirmed to premiere May 5, 2028. Ghost Rider is also due out that year but does not have a date, with Black Panther 3 locked in to arrive December 15, 2028.

Up next on the MCU calendar is VisionQuest in October and Avengers: Doomsday in December, with both receiving new trailers at D23, too. For more, you can read all about the biggest reveals from the show.

Photo by Matt Winkelmeyer/Getty Images for Disney.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Dungeon Crawler Carl TV Series Could Make or Break the Future of LitRPG Adaptations

I’ve been a fan of the Dungeon Crawler Carl books for years now. It was one of the first LitRPG series recommended to me and I absolutely devoured the first four books. Since then I’ve always dropped everything to read every new entry as soon as it gets released. And when everyone told me I should listen to the audiobooks, I had the chance to experience the magic all over again.

As a fan, I couldn’t be happier that DCC has been getting the recognition it deserves. Matt Dinniman’s story has become a full-blown franchise in a fairly short period of time and there’s still more to come. With two more books on the way and a TV series in the works at Peacock, Dungeon Crawler Carl has plenty of room to grow.

As a fan of the LitRPG books, however, I’m a bit worried about what this adaptation could mean for the rest of the genre. If it’s hugely successful, it could be a potential gateway to even more LitRPG adaptations. But if it isn’t, it could be the last time a major studio takes a chance on a book series like Dungeon Crawler Carl.

What It Would Take to Make a Good Dungeon Crawler Carl TV Series

Dungeon Crawler Carl already has a proven track record of being sucessfully adapted into a different format. The first audiobook for the series was released while Dinniman was “well into book four” and helped elevate it to the level of popularity we’re seeing today. Since then, the audiobook version has actually outsold print and digital copies of the books.

The success of the audiobooks can largely be attributed to the narrator, Jeff Hays, who voices almost all of the whacky characters that get introduced throughout the story. So the fact that Hays is the first official cast member of the show is a good sign that it’s headed in the right direction. Right now he’s only been given the voice of Princess Donut, but I’m hopeful they’ll bring him in for some other key roles as well.

IGN had the chance to interview Dinniman during SDCC this year and he had this to say about the casting choice: “I think Fuzzy Door would have a riot on their hands if they hadn’t cast Jeff in something. He’s so associated with that sound and that voice. Anybody else would be jarring.”

Whoever is put in these roles won’t just need to look the part, they’ll need to sound the part“

While Hays voicing Donut is definitely a positive, it’s why he’s only been confirmed to be voicing Donut so far that worries me: Fuzzy Door has already stated that the series is going to be a live-action adaptation. With Hays’ voices being the ones the majority of fans are going to automatically associate with the characters, casting someone else to play those roles could potentially be jarring. Whoever is put in these roles won’t just need to look the part, they’ll need to sound the part or risk fans being upset.

I’m not saying going for live action is a bad idea, but it’s definitely something that could be hard to get right. An animated series could have aligned better with fan expectations because of how easy it would be to slot Jeff Hays’ wonderful voices into each character. Taking the live-action route will already need to lean heavily on CGI to get everything to fit the chaotic atmosphere of each dungeon floor, so there’s still plenty of room for Hays to elevate the show beyond one role.

Speaking of CGI, I had the chance to speak to the The Wandering Inn author Pirateaba earlier this year and they shared a concern for their own LitRPG series, should it ever get adapted. “CGI or live action would surely fail given the complexities of characters,” said Pirateaba, “I could cite any number of fantasy stories that got their shot and failed. Sometimes it’s just so hard to make, other times the production elements are the problem.”

Peacock Isn’t the Biggest Streaming Service

Regardless of whether or not the Dungeon Crawler Carl series is good or bad, my larger worry for the future of the series is the streaming service its on. Most people I know have a Netflix or an HBO Max subscription already, but rarely do I hear someone talking about what they watched on Peacock last night. If this show comes out on a streaming service that the majority of folks don’t already have a subscription for, will the draw of DCC be enough to get people to subscribe?

I personally don’t have a Peacock subscription right now, and I’m not sure I’d be able to justify adding another monthly drain on my account just to watch one show. And since there isn’t any sort of free trial for Peacock Premium available, I likely wouldn’t want to actually pay for a subscription until all episodes of the first season are available to stream. If Peacock opts for a weekly release schedule, I wouldn’t be surprised if viewership for the earlier episodes was particularly low until after the finale.

The Future of LitRPG Adaptations

I may have my reservations about Fuzzy Door’s Dungeon Crawler Carl adaptation, but I also have high hopes for it. The LitRPG genre is my favorite genre to read and there’s a ton of great stories out there just waiting to be adapted for the screen. A successful live-action DCC series is the catalyst the genre needs to move beyond just written words, and I think mainstream audiences are absolutely ready for it.

I think the genre will eventually find its place with fans of adult animation regardless of what happens with Dungeon Crawler Carl, though. The success of Critical Role with The Legend of Vox Machina and The Mighty Nein can attest to that. Some of the most popular LitRPG books have a loyal fanbase that is definitely more likely to enjoy a good cartoon from time to time.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest Pokémon games.

Frozen 3 First Footage Teases New Villain, While Olaf Gets a Love Interest

Disney has shown off a first look at Frozen 3 at its fan event, D23.

The section on the company’s hugely-anticipated Frozen threequel capped off the evening’s festivities, beginning with a rather ominous tune sung by Idina Menzel and Kristen Bell. Next up was a romantic number for Olaf the snowman sung by Josh Gad, before a clip from what looked to be early in the new film that revealed its villain.

Frozen 3 will pick up the action as Anna and Kristoff finally get married, an event which brings the whole gang, including Elsa, Olaf and Sven the reindeer, to get back together. But on the evening of the ceremony, a mysterious curtain of Northern Lights descends upon Arendelle’s fjord, heralding the arrival of a new threat.

Lyrics sung by Menzel and Bell describe this moment: “she sends an invitation from the Northern Lights so shining” which is later referred to as a “cursed frozen heart.”

Best Disney Princesses

“Doesn’t it feel like the world of Frozen is a bit different?” Bell said afterwards, before Menzel agreed that their characters were “going on their biggest journey yet.”

Of course, the series’ humor will not be lost despite a seemingly darker turn. Taking to the stage, Gad sang a funky romantic tune suggesting Olaf will fall in love — with a character named Samantha, a perfect callback to Frozen 2.

After all of that wrapped up, it was time for that Frozen 3 footage, which began with a jagged snowflake fluttering down across Arendelle, until it’s stopped by Elsa — frozen into an ice block. Elsa is curious, and as the rest of the gang turn up (“they were doing mouth to mouth stuff!” shouts Olaf of the newly-weds), a glittering frozen walkway appears, stretching into the Northern Lights.

There’s some lighter stuff here, as Anna chides Kristoff for not carrying her wedding dress train, and Olaf celebrates catching the bouquet, but quickly Elsa meets a mysterious and threatening figure.

Upcoming Disney and Pixar Movies

“Look what the Northern Lights dragged in,” the figure exclaims, her face left unseen. Dressed in a dark cloak and surrounded by more jagged snowflakes, the character certainly has a malevolent presence. “The famous sisters of Arendelle! We finally meet,” the voice says… and that’s the end of the trailer.

Frozen 3 is set to launch in theaters on November 24, 2027, eight years on from 2019’s Frozen 2, with all of the franchise’s core cast returning. Earlier this year, Kristen Bell played down a report that claimed she was set to pocket $60 million for voicing Anna in Frozen 3 and the already-confirmed Frozen 4 — while acknowledging she was still paid “very well” overall for the blockbuster Disney franchise.

From Star Wars to Marvel, Tangled to Kingdom Hearts, catch up on everything announced at D23 2026 right here.

Image credit: Jesse Grant/Getty Images for Disney

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Marvel X-Men Movie Reboot: Why Wolverine Isn’t Needed

After weeks of heated casting rumors, fans were finally introduced to Marvel Studios’ new X-Men lineup at D23. The cast of Jake Schreier’s X-Men reboot includes Inde Navarrette as Rogue, Adam Driver as Mister Sinister, Maya Boyd as Storm, Christopher Abbott as Professor X, Kit Connor as Cyclops, and Samara Weaving as Emma Frost. Oh, and Sadie Sink is Jean Grey, but we already knew that.

One iconic X-Man is very conspicuous by his absence here. It would seem that Wolverine will not be a part of the new film, either the Hugh Jackman version or a younger, rebooted Logan. Can Marvel actually pull off an X-Men reboot without their biggest mutant cash cow? The very fact that they’re willing to try might just be the most encouraging sign so far.

From the lack of X-Men mainstays like Wolverine and Magneto to the deep appeal of a Mister Sinister-centric movie, let’s break down why we’re so encouraged by what Marvel has revealed about the X-Men reboot so far.

MCU X-Men Cast as of D23 2026

Leave Wolverine and Magneto Alone

We’re not here to disparage Fox’s X-Men movies. Well, not overly so. That series was instrumental in sparking the current superhero movie boom and exposing the merry mutants to a much wider audience. They broke new ground and raised the bar for comic book adaptations.

That said, the classic X-Men movies have their share of problems. For one thing, the series has possibly the most nonsensical continuity of any major Hollywood franchise. Deadpool and Wolverine’s insistence that every single X-Men movie is part of one, singular timeline only exacerbated that particular problem.

But another, possibly even more fundamental issue is that not all mutant characters are treated equally in those films. Too often, it felt like they couldn’t be bothered to focus much attention on any characters other than Jackman’s Wolverine and Ian McKellen or Michael Fassbender’s Magneto. Those two quickly came to unfairly dominate the franchise, to the detriment of pretty much every other mutant character. As great as 2014’s X-Men: Days of Future Past is, the decision to pivot back to Wolverine after the clean slate approach taken by 2011’s X-Men: First Class really derailed the momentum of those pseudo-reboot movies, and they never recovered in later sequels.

That’s one reason Marvel’s new cast reveal is so exciting. There’s nary a Weapon X or a Master of Magnetism to be found in the bunch. Instead, Marvel is keeping the focus tight and prioritizing a team of youngsters that includes Cyclops, Jean, Storm, and Rogue (note – Beast has also been heavily rumored for the film, but he wasn’t included in the D23 reveal).

It’s definitely a risk excluding what are easily the two most popular X-Men characters. There’s a reason why Wolverine appears in roughly 37 different X-Men comics every month. He’s a proven commodity. The fact that Marvel is confident enough in this new approach that they can safely exclude the Ol’ Canucklehead is a great sign. They no longer feel they need Wolverine or Magneto to put butts in seats. They’re finally looking to give the Cyclopses and Storms of the franchise the attention they were so frustratingly denied in the Fox universe.

It probably doesn’t hurt that X-Men ‘97 has been busy proving that you don’t need Wolverine front and center to make fans fall in love with an X-Men project. That series has worked wonders with characters like Cyclops, Rogue, and Storm. Now it’s the MCU’s turn to continue that good work.

Mister Sinister: The Next Great Marvel Villain?

Logic would dictate that any rebooted X-Men franchise would begin by pitting the team against Magneto. After all, he was the original X-Men villain, and as we’ve established, he was a huge focus in the Fox movies. But that’s not the direction Marvel Studios is heading. They’re instead kicking things off with a villain who never appeared at all in the previous series – Mister Sinister.

The lack of Sinister is another knock against the Fox movies. They did two mediocre takes on The Dark Phoenix Saga but couldn’t be bothered to feature one of the most important X-villains of all time? Well, at least the reboot will make up for lost time.

For those not familiar with the character, Mister Sinister was originally a Victorian-era geneticist named Nathaniel Essex (or Nathaniel Milbury, as he’s called in the film). Essex isn’t traditionally depicted as a mutant himself, but he holds a deep fascination with the mutant genome and the potential it holds for creating powerful new lifeforms. After being transformed into a sort of immortal, energy-manipulating vampire by Apocalypse, Sinister sets about his decades-long quest to study and harness the power of mutantkind. Much of his research centers around his two favorite test subjects, Cyclops and Jean Grey.

Sinister has been a vital part of the X-Men franchise since he was introduced in 1986, fueling key storylines like The Mutant Massacre, Inferno, and Messiah Complex. All of those stories offer a wealth of material for the MCU to adapt. And that’s to say nothing of the fact that introducing Sinister opens the door for Apocalypse in the MCU. Could En Sabah Nur be the next great overarching villain of this universe after Robert Downey, Jr.’s Doctor Doom?

Sinister’s personality has undergone a drastic overhaul lately. Art by RB Silva. (Image Credit: Marvel)

But it’s really Marvel’s more recent X-Men comics that have us so excited about the potential of Sinister in the MCU. The character has undergone a bit of a renaissance over the past 15 years or so. Writers like Uncanny X-Men’s Kieron Gillen and House of X’s Jonathan Hickman have drastically reinvented Sinister’s personality. He’s evolved from being an imposing but fairly one-note villain to a devilishly entertaining, deranged mad scientist. He’s downright sassy in those comics, and it’s hard to imagine the character ever reverting back to his older, blander personality.

We can only hope that Schreier, Driver, and writers Joanna Calo and Lee Sung Jin are looking intently at those books when it comes to their portrayal of Sinister in the reboot. Given how much humor and banter are a priority in the MCU, they’d be remiss if they didn’t bring Mr. Sassy to life in the reboot.

Reinventing the Young X-Men

There’s one final reason Marvel’s D23 reveal has us so stoked for the X-Men reboot. This is shaping up to be a very solid cast. Marvel has assembled some very promising up-and-comers to bring these rebooted X-Men to life.

Inde Navarrette’s Rogue might be the most exciting pick of the bunch. Navarrette is currently an indie darling thanks to her career-making turn in the horror movie Obsession, and we can’t wait to see what layers she can bring to a girl who’s terrified of human touch and connection. We’re also very intrigued by Boyd’s casting as Storm, particularly in light of rumors that she also has a key role to play in 2028’s Black Panther Part III.

But really, the whole cast looks solid. Connor seems like a great choice for Cyclops, as does Abbott as Xavier. And we’ve already gotten a taste of what Sink can deliver as Jean Grey thanks to Spider-Man: Brand New Day.

If Sink’s Jean is any indication, Marvel is striving for something very different with these rebooted characters.“

As we’ve explored before, Brand New Day establishes a very promising new template for the X-Men in the MCU. If Sink’s Jean is any indication, Marvel is striving for something very different with these rebooted characters. The emphasis seems less on traditional superhero adventures and more on painting these characters as dangerous outcasts in a world that hates and fears them.

We see in Brand New Day how much damage Jean can cause with her powers. She’s not a villain, but she lacks the benefit of a strong mentor figure who can train her in how to use her powers responsibly and ethically. That’s where Abbott’s Xavier comes in.

We assume the same will hold true for all these young characters. They’re struggling with the sudden onset of these terrible gifts, like puberty amplified to the nth degree. Maybe someday they’re destined to be heroes, but right now they just need somebody to teach them how not to kill innocent civilians. The reboot has a lot of potential to explore these characters as lost souls in need of salvation, even as Driver’s Sinister and (potentially) Weaving’s Emma Frost tempt them in a darker direction.

If all goes well, we’ll see a far deeper exploration of the psychology and evolution of these characters than we ever got out of the Fox series. For as many X-Men movies as we’ve gotten over the years, there’s still so much untapped potential to explore. And that’s why the 2028 reboot is so exciting.

For more, check out everything announced at Disney’s D23 Entertainment Showcase.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

Star Trek’s Babs Olusanmokun on the End of Strange New Worlds

On Star Trek: Strange New Worlds, Babs Olusanmokun’s Dr. Joseph M’Benga is like a guiding light to his fellow USS Enterprise crewmembers, a voice of reason whether he’s advising his old friend Captain Pike (Anson Mount), mentoring younger crewmembers like Ensign Uhura (Celia Rose Gooding) and Nurse Chapel (Jess Bush), or just being a friend to someone like First Officer Una Chin-Riley (Rebecca Romijn). And the funny thing is, when talking to the actor in real life, he also exudes some of those “I’m just here to help you through this” vibes. In a word, he’s cool.

In the latest episode of Strange New Worlds, “A Case of Chiaroscuro,” M’Benga gets the chance to talk both Uhura and Una through their covert mission while on a planet occupied by Klingons. His advice to both? Solid. His demeanor? Chill. Their success rate? 100%!

When we spoke earlier this week, Olusanmokun didn’t necessarily offer me any life advice – my mistake, probably, for not asking – but we did talk about the new episode, the doctor’s other life as a lethal warrior, what it was like shooting the last episode ever of Strange New Worlds, and more.

Babs Olusanmokun’s Dr. Joseph M’Benga in the Season 4 premiere of Strange New Worlds.

Doctor by Day, Commando by Night

One of the things I love about the doctor is that, while he’s such a kind-hearted guy, he also has a dark history of being the ultimate soldier. He was in Starfleet’s special forces and was known as “The Ghost,” racking up the most hand-to-hand kills in the service. In “A Case of Chiaroscuro,” we learn more about this history as well, with M’Benga saying, “My calling is medicine, healing people. It’s the great mystery of my life that some of my strongest skills lie in opposition to that calling.”

Olusanmokun says that this dual nature of the doctor was a big part of what attracted him to the role.

“I loved it, because there is nothing more interesting than some duality, than some color, than some substance that’s not necessarily obvious,” he tells me. “So really when [showrunners] Akiva [Goldsman] and Henry [Alonso Myers] in the first meeting, and after I got the job, were like … ‘He’s a healer. He’s this doctor, but he used to be a man of war,’ I just loved the way that was phrased and how it came out of Akiva’s mouth. And I’m like, ‘Say no more, man. Say no more.’

‘Yeah, maniacs! They’re maniacs in their off time.’“

“It’s just that’s what you want. You want a bit of a complexity. You want somebody that’s going to have a struggle, that’s going to give you something to think about, and you might end up hating him. So be it. But there’s a plethora of choices and obstacles that have gotten him there.”

In Season 2’s “Under the Cloak of War,” we saw flashbacks to M’Benga and Chapel’s time during the Klingon War… which included the use of Protocol 12, the super-soldier drug developed by the doctor. This back story gave Olusanmokun the chance to perform some action scenes on the show, as Protocol 12 turned M’Benga and Chapel into temporary super-warriors.

The actor laughs when I mention that escapade. “Yeah, maniacs! They’re maniacs in their off time.”

Chapel and M’Benga get down with some Protocol 12 in Season 2’s “Under the Cloak of War.”

You Must Remember This

In “A Case of Chiaroscuro,” M’Benga, Una, and Uhura’s visit to the “film noir” planet Mat’aar XII meant that the actors got to jump out of their Starfleet uniforms and into some 1930s/40s-style duds. It also allowed for them to interact with sets that were about as far from spaceship-acting as you could get.

“Yeah, man, it was beautiful,” says Olusanmokun. “It was delicious. It was exciting. It was really just appreciating the artistry of the production team, art production, this beautiful salon that they created for us that we just spent quite a bit of time in. I was so blown away that the first day we worked on that set, I had to, in the early morning meeting, I had to give a shout-out to the whole production team. I’m just like, ‘This is incredible that you’ve created this space, this world for us to come into.’”

Strange New Worlds is among the handful of television shows these days that use AR walls – essentially giant digital screens that surround a set and on which backgrounds are displayed – but as Olusanmokun explains, the physicality of sets like the ones used in this week’s episode are just as important to sell the illusion of the scene not just to the audience, but to the actors as well.

In “A Case of Chiaroscuro,” Uhura, Una and M’Benga visit a “film noir” planet.

“Our show, Strange New Worlds, has been great in terms of having physical sets and pieces in front of [the wall],” explains the actor. “So [the wall is] just then an extension of that world. If we actually get to play in something real, that feels real, then that stuff is just an extension of it. So it’s never a sense of truly playing in front of a green screen. We’ve never really done that.”

I mention the infamous green screen sets of George Lucas’ Star Wars prequels, but Olusanmokun says the AR walls are nothing like that.

“You step on – there’s a stage aspect of it – what you could call the set, and you’re avoiding furniture, you’re avoiding curtains, you’re avoiding physical things,” he says. “So the salon, the cafe in this [episode] was just a cafe. It’s like the bar was right there and there’s somebody behind the bar and there were the drinks there and the bottles and the chandelier and the pillars. It was gorgeous.”

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds Season 4 Images

Saying Goodbye to the USS Enterprise

While new episodes of Strange New Worlds’ fourth season are currently being released weekly on Paramount+, the fifth and final season has already been shot as well. The sets have been struck (and some of them sold off to auction!), which means this iteration of the voyages of the USS Enterprise is truly over… even if we, the audience, still have to wait a bit to see how things turn out.

The same cannot be said, however, for the cast, who finished shooting last December and have moved on to other gigs. Still, for Olusanmokun at least, he doesn’t really believe that it’s all over.

“It was strange, of course,” he says of wrapping up the show. “It was strange because then a five-year journey that was started during the pandemic, in the heart of the pandemic, really came to an end. And it whizzed by so quickly. And so you’re looking at all … your castmates and the time has gone, and it’s been a lot of hard work. … It went by quickly, relatively, even with the big breaks of life with the strikes from the writers, the actors. Even when there was so much chaos on the outside, starting with COVID, that this show got through. … It was special because you were so focused on the work and we developed something and put together something that looks like it’s touched a number of people. So I’m grateful for that. Just grateful for a beautiful, wonderful experience.”

‘For me, this person is living. He’s out there trying to find his place. And so I don’t put a finality to it.’“

As for Dr. Joseph M’Benga, he’s a unique Star Trek character because he actually did appear on the original 1960s series for a couple of episodes. So unlike, say, Una or La’an Noonien-Singh (Christina Chong), whose fates remain a mystery, we know Dr. M’Benga at the very least is going to survive the series finale of Strange New Worlds and return to the Enterprise again in some form.

And while he says he’s “absolutely” happy with where his character winds up in that final episode, Olusanmokun doesn’t really look at things in that way anyhow.

“The final episode is, well, maybe perhaps for me right now… I don’t see it as a final episode,” he says. “That’s the reality actually. Not because I know that there’ll be some other show or blah, blah, blah – I think it’s only when you see something else eventually that you can either say that was the final show or that was a… for me, it’s a continuation. For me, this person is living. He’s out there trying to find his place. And so I don’t put a finality to it. I can’t. I simply can’t. I don’t think it serves anybody. You, the viewer, will make their decision on that and say, ‘Oh yeah, that was the final.’ For me, it wasn’t. He’s out there living his life really.”

To this I say, Joseph lives!

And Babs, my new best buddy (even if he doesn’t know it), chimes right back in:

“Joseph lives! If that sounds crazy, I’ve got no issues with that.”

This interview has been edited for length and clarity.

Talk to Scott Collura @scottcollura.bsky.social, or listen to his Star Trek podcast, Transporter Room 3. Or do both!

I Hope GTA 6 Borrows a Lot From GTA 4

Maybe it’s the excitement of knowing we’re about to see a whole load of GTA 6 soon, or maybe it was just another weekend where it felt too hot to move, but I decided to boot up Grand Theft Auto 4 for the first time in 18 years. This may not surprise many of you, but I’m here to tell you that it’s still very fun. Niko still rules. I love the lived-in feel of Liberty City. I even really enjoy the driving — somewhat controversial, I know. What I’m trying to say is: GTA 4 is still good, innit.

IGN gave GTA 4 a 10 way back in the day (I didn’t review it; I was still in school at the time), and, while I may not agree with it being a full-fledged masterpiece, there’s still plenty to admire. I’m not going to give it a full re-appraisal here; that’s what my colleague Luke Reilly will be doing when he gets round to it on our GTA legacy review series. I’m just here to let you know it still has the juice.

I won’t lie, though, the first thing I noticed when booting GTA 4 up was a sign of just how far we’ve come since Rockstar’s first hi-def city. The draw distance is really poor, at least on the original Xbox 360 version. Really, it was as if someone had stolen my glasses, proceeded to rub mud into my eyes, and then asked me to look directly into the sun.

When things do come into focus, though, it becomes clear just how much effort Rockstar put into this version of Liberty City’s character. Technical limitations didn’t prevent some first-class world-building here, especially the really grimy atmosphere that coats the opening areas of this New York proxy. Niko’s first apartment is suitably cramped for the start of this American dream story — the tape barely holding the lad’s mag posters to the wall, each bikini model sporting more fold lines than tan lines. It’s a classy(?) touch.

There’s no denying that you feel far more in control of a car in GTA 5, but I miss the danger of its predecessor’s driving.“

The slapdash feeling continues when you step outside and into Roman’s taxi, with its rear bumper clinging on for dear life as you push the accelerator. The handling of vehicles in GTA 4 has been a topic of heated conversation since it first came out, but I have to admit, I kinda like it. There’s a looseness in how you corner that adds unexpected thrills to chases. Yes, it does make some roads feel like ice has been layered over the top of the asphalt, a feeling only enhanced by cars that feel heavy to the point of wondering if someone has lumped a pallet of bricks in the trunk as a prank, but I’d be lying if I said I didn’t prefer it to what would come five years later. There’s no denying that you feel far more in control of a car in GTA 5, but I miss the danger of its predecessor’s driving. I’d love GTA 6 to find a balance between the two.

After its set up all the series basics, one of the first things GTA 4 introduces is its relationship system, which can involve both romantic and platonic bonds. It’s surprisingly deeper than I remember, and actually a pretty good reflection of what it can feel like to move to a big city where you know almost no one. That authentic feeling even forms the basis of Niko’s first date with Michelle, another newcomer to Liberty City.

The system, while often ridiculed for being a non-stop barrage of phone calls from your bowling-obsessed cousin, really rewards you for spending time with other characters. Whether it be unlocking weapons or helicopters by building these bonds, or just enjoying the activities you can do as a pair, there’s plenty of interesting ideas here and fun things to do. You can even go to see a Ricky Gervais stand-up show — something you might have actually considered doing with some enthusiasm in 2008. It was a different time.

Of course, the first of these activities you partake in is bowling, albeit not with your cousin Roman, and I did laugh when I saw the two pins and ball of the alley’s neon sign arranged in a certain way to resemble a part of the human anatomy. I really am still the same teenager that first played this game 18 years ago. It really is these small touches to Rockstar’s world that make the whole, though, and GTA 4’s ability to blend that audaciousness with the somewhat serious is partially what has enabled it to stand the test of time.

Hey, maybe its mission design does leave quite a bit to be desired — as, I’d argue, is the case with every GTA up until the most recent entry. But knowing that the much-lauded Three Leaf Clover is coming up at some point in the near future is admittedly exciting, even if the lustre of its cinematic bank robbery may have dulled over the years since launch. I’m looking forward to revisiting the level that set the series on a new trajectory for the first time in many, many years, and seeing how much of the sequel’s heist DNA I can see within it.

The thing that stood out most on this trip back to Liberty City was, of course, Niko Bellic. He’s at the centre of everything that makes GTA 4 as good as it is. I’m all for the puerile humour of these games, as seen above when it comes to my chortling at a glowing cock and balls, but I do think Rockstar is at its best when there’s a foundation of sincerity holding it all up. Red Dead Redemption 2 is my favourite game ever, and it’s Arthur’s story and the lives of his companions that make it so special. Niko’s tale is the only other Rockstar game to take on a similar tone, and I found myself resonating with him even more this time around. Perhaps the realisation of chasing a dream that may never fully come to fruition makes me see it differently than I did at 16. But let’s not dwell on that too much.

Even if Grand Theft Auto 5 is my favourite of the series overall due to blockbuster ambition and execution of its world and missions, 4 is still the best GTA story told to date. Niko is still the most compelling protagonist. Whereas Franklin, Michael, and Trevor may all be very fun hangs, they are presented more as caricatures rather than full renderings of the human experience. And so it will be interesting to see what sort of tone GTA 6 takes, especially considering it will be Rockstar’s follow-up to Red Dead Redemption 2. Anyway, that’s for another day — November 19, to be exact — leaving plenty of time to finish Niko’s story again in the meantime. I’ll have to tear myself away from bowling strikes while R.E.M. plays on the tinny alley speakers first, though. I’m a man of simple pleasures.

As the world continues to heat up and I’m edging closer to my impending middle-aged years, I’ll likely start looking back to simpler times when playing good games and turning up to class on time were the only things on my calendar. I’ve already revisted Burnout Revenge, but if you fancy more ramblings like this, let me know. I already feel the likes of Fable 3, Max Payne 3, and Deus Ex: Human Revolution calling to me from my shelf.

Games are good, innit.

Simon Cardy is a Senior Editor at IGN who can mainly be found skulking around open world games, indulging in Korean cinema, or despairing at the state of Tottenham Hotspur and the New York Jets. Follow him on Bluesky at @cardy.bsky.social.

Flexispot’s Back to School Sale Offers Big Savings on Affordable Yet High Quality Electric Standing Desks and Ergonomic Chairs

School is starting up very soon and Flexispot has appropriately kicked off its annual Back to School Sale with some timely discounts on its highly-rated and affordable electric standing desks and ergonomic chairs. For a limited time, you can also get an extra 10% off your entire order when you apply coupon code “BSFST3“. This coupon is capped at 120 maximum redemptions, but if it runs out you can use an 8% off coupon code “BSFST4“. You also get free shipping on all orders.

Flexispot has established a reputation for producing quality electric standing desks with premium features at a fraction of the price compared to other reputable brands. We like Flexispot because it offers quality electric standing desks with all the features you’d want at a fraction of the price compared to other more well-known models. We rated Flexispot’s highest- end model, the E7 Pro, the best overall standing desk of 2025.

Since then, the company has branched out to other types of furniture, including office chairs, sofas, recliners, and even mattresses. These are, in a nutshell, well-made replicas of other far pricier products, and if you prioritize value over brand loyalty, then you’re bound to save a lot of money by picking up one of these deals.

Flexispot Back to School Sale

You can quickly browse through all of the listed products on sale above. For more information on each product and why they are worth your consideration, read through below.

Flexispot E7 Pro Desk starting at $359.99

Our favorite standing desk for 2025

For Frame Only, Tops Starting at $80

Flexispot E7 Pro Electric Standing Desk

0

The E7 Pro is the creme de la creme of Flexispot’s standing desks. It’s recent released so it isn’t nearly as heavily discounted as the other models. Currently it costs $359.99 (normally $599.99) after coupon for the base only and desktop surfaces start at $80. The E7 Pro features the best build quality of the three listed here, and it certainly shows with a weight capacity of a whopping 440lbs. Flexispot claims the motor for the E7 Pro is superior to the standard dual motor setup you’ll find in the E5 and E7 and other brands, offering smoother and faster movement. You also get more cable management options included than even the E7. The Flexispot E7 Pro comes with an extended 15-year warranty on all metal, mechanical, and electrical parts and components, including the motor.

Flexispot E7 Pro Review by Billy Givens

“A simple but effective keypad, quiet dual motors, near-perfect cable management, and excellent stability make the FlexiSpot E7 Pro a top-tier standing desk for work or gaming. Whether it’s your first desk purchase or a replacement for an older model, it’s hard to find many better options in this price range.”

Flexispot E5 Desk starting at $188.99

For Frame Only, Tops Starting at $80

Flexispot E5 Electric Standing Desk

5

The Flexispot E5 desk is, in my opinion, the best value electric standing desk while still offering all the premium features you’d want. Right now it costs $188.99 (normally $379.99) after coupon for the base only and desktop surfaces start at $80. The Flexispot E5 is the least expensive model featuring dual motors, which are preferred over a single motor because they can support more weight (in this case 287lbs max) and they last longer because the stress is evenly distributed. The desktop is supported by a double crossbeam structure so that your surface is evenly supported to prevent any sagging. Most standing desks in this price range only have legs with a two-stage column, but this one features a three-stage column, which supports a greater vertical range (in this case 23.6″ to 49.2″). An anti-collision feature, a must-have in all desks, will stop the desk when it detects obstruction of the motor. Finally, the keypad controls offer three memory presets and a timer to remind you when to swap sit/stand positions. The E5 comes with a 10-year warranty.

Flexispot E7 Desk starting at $269.99

For Frame Only, Tops Starting at $80

Flexispot E7 Electric Standing Desk

0

The E7 currently costs $269.99 (normally $499.99) after coupon for the base only and desktop surfaces start at $80. For an extra $140, the Flexispot E7 offers better build quality, a higher weight threshold, more included accessories, and a longer warranty. The lifting capacity has been upgraded from 287lbs to 355lbs. Aesthetically, the legs look more professional, with laser-welded seams, powder-coated finish, and no visible holes. The advanced keyboard has been upgraded with an LCD display, more memory presets, a built-in USB charger, and a child-lock function that’s a necessity for those of us with inquisitive toddlers. The E7 also comes with a built-in cable tray under the desk to stow away all of your messy wiring. The Flexispot E7 comes with a 15 year warranty like the E7 Pro.

Flexispot E7L L-Shaped Desk starting at $476.99

For Frame Only, Tops Starting at $80

Flexispot E7L L-Shaped Electric Standing Desk

0

An L-shaped desk is the best way to take advantage of room corners that are otherwise hard to utilize efficiently. Fortunately, Flexispot makes an L-shaped variant of its E7 desk, with the frame starting at $476.99. You’ll only need to add $80 to get a 63″x47″x24″ chipboard desktop surface included. The desk boasts a triple motor system (one for each leg) with a maximum weight capacity is 330 pounds and a height range of 25″ to 50.7″. The keyboard features a digital display, four memory presets, a built-in USB charger, and a child-lock function. Like the E7, the E7L includes a 15 year warranty.

Flexispot C7 Ergonomic Chair for $269.99

Flexispot C7 Ergonomic Chair (New Model)

0

Flexispot C7 Max Ergonomic Chair

0

The Flexispot C7 offers a ton of features that are typically reserved for much more expensive chairs. This includes an automatically adjusting lumbar system, adjustable seat depth, adjustable armrests, adjustable seat tilt, adjustable headrest, 128 degrees of recline, and more. There’s also a C7 Max Ergonomic Chair available starting at $387 which features a thicker seat cushion, greater recline adjustability, and 5D armrests, and the option to add a built-in footrest.

Flexispot C7 Review (reviewed at $430) by Bill Loguidice

The FlexiSpot C7 is a solid chair. For the price, however, I would have preferred a more premium-feeling leather or leather-like material instead of fabric, as well as more attention to some other aspects like cushioning. I also found the fact that you can’t lock the wrist rests in place an occasional annoyance. If you don’t mind some of its quirks and prize adjustment in a chair, then the C7 makes a good choice. Compared to straight-up gaming chairs, its sedate styling means it won’t be out of place in even the most conservative of office environments. If you’d like a flashier or more luxurious offering, however, look elsewhere.

Flexispot Japanese Joinery Bed Frame starting at $314.99

Full Size, Queen and King Available

Flexispot Japanese Joinery Bed Frame

0

You’ve probably heard of Thuma, a pricey manufacturer of bed frames that use traditional Japanese joinery instead of screws. Flexispot has a very similar product that employs the same joinery techniques, is made of the same solid rubberwood material, and nearly the same weight capacity (1,200lbs vs 1,500 lbs), but costs only a third of the price. The Flexispot Kana Bed Frame starts at $349.99 for the full size with queen and king sizes also available. You can opt to add in a solid rubberwood headboard for an additional $270 or a washable linen pillowboard for $280.

Flexispot Premier Hybrid Mattress starting at $332.99

Full Size, Queen and King Available

Flexispot 13″ Premier Hybrid Mattress

0

Continuing down the bedroom lineup, Flexispot also carries a “premier hybrid mattress” that borrows its name from the more well known Nectar Premier Hybrid Mattress. However, while Nectar’s queen-sized mattress starts at $1,100, Flexispot sells its version for only $449.99. The construction is remarkably similar as well, which includes 5 total inches of foam (2″ of gel foam, 2″ of gel memory foam, and 1″ PU foam), as well as 8 inches of individually wrapped pocket coils.

Flexispot Lotus Electric Rocker Recliner starting at $377.99

Flexispot Lotus Smart Electric Recliner and Rocker

2

Flexispot now sells sectionals, sofas, and recliners at affordable prices. The Lotus Smart Rocker is a pretty sweet addition to your gaming den, especially if you opt for the electric version starting at $377.99. It’s available in both fabric and PU leather upholstery and features full electric reclinability. It can also swivel up to 270 degrees and has a smooth rocking function. There are USB ports for charging your phone, tablet, or gaming handheld, and even a handy storage cubby.

Consider getting a desk frame here and the desktop surface elsewhere

I have three standing desks. One of the standing desks included a desktop, however for the other two desks I sourced on my own. For one of them I purchased a massive 74″x26″ maple veneered countertop from Ikea for $199. For the other one I purchased a 48″x25″ solid wood countertop from Home Depot and finished it myself. There are more options available where you could save money, opt for a better quality material, or both. Just remember to abide by the weight limitations.

How does Flexispot compare to other brands?

I can only speak from personal experience. I own a Jarvis Fully, a Vari Ergo, and a Flexispot E5. All three are excellent desks that have caused me no problems whatsoever in the 3+ years of owning them, and that’s the point. The Flexispot E5 is considerably less expensive than the other two options, and yet I don’t really see where much of that cost is going. For a similar price of a barebones $600 Jarvis standing desk (which is now owned by MillerKnoll), you could get the top end Flexispot E7 Pro and still come out with a few hundred dollars left over.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Marvel Studios Reveals New Avengers: Doomsday Trailer

Marvel Studios has released a new Avengers: Doomsday trailer, showing off Doctor Doom’s true power and his army of Sentinels.

The trailer offers a bleak outlook for our heroes, with a tearful Sue Storm bemoaning what Victor has become. Doom, played by Iron Man actor Robert Downey Jr., is clearly out for revenge after what appears to have been the death of his wife and son (or his mother).

Everyone’s looking pretty worried about what’s happening. We see a battered and bruised Magneto, Gambit, Steve Rogers, and others all with furrowed brows. Doom, Sue states, is “broken.”

We then see a destroyed city, with Reed Richards telling Doom he can’t believe what he’s done. “Victor, did you do this?” Reed asks. “All of you have lived stolen lives,” Doom says. “But now you must give them back.” Doom leaps out of a window and crashes to the ground below, displaying an immense power of movement. “Answer me Victor, did you do this?!” Reed screams. Thor tries to stop Doom but he is swatted away with ease. Undeterred, Doom raises an army of Sentinels, declaring: “Hell answers to me, for I am Doom.”

During’s Marvel’s segment of Disney’s panel at its fan event, D23, Wolverine actor Hugh Jackman appeared on-screen to riff with an off-screen Deadpool’s Ryan Reynolds. Jackman asked to join the cast of Avengers: Doomsday, but it’s unclear if this is just a joke or if the due are actually in the movie.

Also at D23, we got our first look at Nightcrawler and Mystique’s costumes for Avengers: Doomsday, as well as a new poster showing Doctor Doom.

The Most Surprising Avengers and Marvel Characters Not Announced for Doomsday

Earlier this month, former Captain America actor Chris Evans said Avengers: Doomsday will be “brutal” for Steve Rogers. Marvel’s upcoming blockbuster will see Rogers return to the MCU for the first time in seven years, with Evans once again reunited with the Russo brothers, who previously directed him in Captain America: The Winter Soldier, Captain America: Civil War, Avengers: Infinity War, and Avengers: Endgame.

Steve Rogers was certainly put through the wringer during those films, though his story seemingly gained a happy ending — back in time with his beloved Peggy Carter. Alas, this happy ending now looks likely to be undone.

“The Russos love beating up Steve Rogers,” Evans said during an appearance at Boston Fan Expo. “Their favorite thing to do is to just beat the crap out of him. To them that’s what makes a hero, and that’s someone who gets punched so many times but still gets up.

“They keep finding new ways to kick his butt, but this one was brutal,” Evans teased, “and a really, really good examination into his nature and his values. I’ll say… it’s probably something you haven’t seen yet, but you will.”

What could be the cause of this fresh heartbreak for Steve Rogers? Well, with the character now revealed to be a father, fans are fearful that something horrible will happen to his child. After all, Doom appears to have an interest in the children of superheroes — we last saw him holding baby Franklin in The Fantastic Four: First Steps’ post-credits scene. Children also feature heavily in this latest Avengers: Doomsday trailer.

Would Marvel go so dark as to kill Steve Rogers’ child? It sounds unlikely, but there’s still a lot we don’t know about Avengers: Doomsday’s plot. The film’s trailers have previously shown two very different looks for Steve Rogers, enough that some fans think the character will appear via two alter egos. But it could just be that we see a slightly aged-up, bearded version of Steve — meaning his child is now older, too.

Whatever’s in store, it was clearly interesting enough for Chris Evans to agreed to return after “at least a dozen pitches” for other MCU projects. While we wait for Avengers: Doomsday to premiere on December 18, you can read about the secret message Robert Downey Jr. hid while at San Diego Comic-Con and see how Feige fought back against criticism of Doctor Doom’s lack of build-up.

Catch up on everything announced at D23 2026 right here.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Disney Animation Studios Boss Jared Bush Gives Hopeful Response to Possibility of Kingdom Hearts Movie

Jared Bush, chief creative officer of Walt Disney Animation Studios, spoke about the possibility of a Kingdom Hearts feature film, and he didn’t rule out the idea.

Kingdom Hearts fans are on top of the world after footage of the fourth game was shown off at D23. Sora and the gang are back to fight the heartless, which are wreaking havoc in the Land of the Dead. Coco’s universe is an explorable world in Kingdom Hearts IV, and Sora even gets a keyblade themed after Héctor’s Guitar, along with some calavera facepaint to match.

A Kingdom Hearts animated series was also announced at the event, coming to Disney+ on an as-yet undetermined date. With these two big reveals in mind, IGN’s Jeffrey Vega quizzed Walt Disney Animation Studios’ Jared Bush if there’s anything more planned for the Kingdom Hearts world on Disney’s side of things… specifically, a feature-length animated film.

“Are we ever gonna get a Kingdom Hearts movie?” Vega asked, going on to joke that Bush basically has the power to “greenlight” the project.

“Technically, you’re not wrong,” Bush answered. “I’d say, I’m always excited to hear what people are passionate about. And I’d say that we have a very bright future of new projects coming out — different ways of putting material out into the world. So I would just say, nothing is impossible.”

Bush’s response was, as expected, quite reserved, but his open-ended answer leaves no end of possibilities to the imagination. Given all the good news fans just got about the franchise, specifically the animated show, the idea of a full-length CGI movie following Sora’s adventures doesn’t seem so impossible now… especially since Disney recently bragged that Kingdom Hearts is one of its “billion-dollar franchises.”

Kingdom Hearts IV is scheduled for release in late 2027. Combat footage from Coco’s section of the game seen at D23 shows Sora using the keyblade as a kind of skateboard as he follows a flying heartless, to which he’s tethered by a glowing chain. Graphically, the game looks absolutely stunning, with the endless city of the dead giving an impressive depth to the environment.

This most recent trailer also showed off Mickey, Goofy, and our iconic king of the underworld, Hades, as well as a few glimpses of some story beats that take place in Quadratum, a realistic city inspired by modern-day Tokyo — an area that was also shown in the game’s surprise trailer at the June 2026 Nintendo Direct.

This isn’t the last we’ll see of Kingdom Hearts IV this weekend; the game will also be discussed on August 15 in a panel titled ‘DEEP DIVE into KINGDOM HEARTS at D23,’ streaming at 4.30pm PT / 7.30pm ET / August 16 at 12.30 AM UK time. Disney has confirmed that it will feature a “behind-the-scenes look at the making of the games,” with names like Nana Gadd from Disney & Pixar Games, Tai Yasue from Square Enix, Haley Joel Osment, the voice of Sora, David Gallagher, the voice of Riku, and Renée Johnson, who voices some of the Disney-specific characters.

Kingdom Hearts 4 Trailer June 2026 Nintendo Direct – Screenshots

In the meantime, keep it locked to IGN for more news coming out of D23 this weekend, and check out everything that got announced at the event’s big presentation at the Honda Center on August 14.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Jeffrey Vega is the Lead Social Host/Producer at IGN and is probably feeding his neopets right now. You can follow him on Twitter @jeffreyvega, Instagram, and IGN’s TikTok.

X-Men Cast Confirmed to Include Inde Navarette as Rogue, Adam Driver as Mister Sinister, Maya Boyd as Storm, and More

Marvel Studios has confirmed a long list of names for its new MCU X-Men movie reboot, with its cast now including Inde Navarrette as Rogue, Adam Driver as Mister Sinister, Maya Boyd as Storm, and more.

The comic book movie company confirmed just a portion of the cast at D23 2026. Some of the actors in attendance – such as Kit Connor as Cyclops and Samara Weaving as Emma Frost – were previously announced, but we’ll share the full lineup below.

Inde Navarrette – Rogue

Adam Driver – Mister Sinister

Maya Boyd – Storm

Christopher Abbott – Professor X

Sadie Sink – Jean Grey

Kit Connor – Cyclops

Samara Weaving – Emma Frost

(L-R) Maya Boyd (Storm), Inde Navarette (Rogue), Samara Weaving (Emma Frost), Christopher Abbott (Professor X), Kit Connor (Cyclops), Director Jake Schreier, Sadie Sink (Jean Grey), and Marvel Studios’ Kevin Feige. Pose as the cast for the MCU X-Men movie is revealed. Photo by Jesse Grant/Getty Images for Disney.

There is a lot to unpack here. First off, those rumors that Alien alum Cailee Spaeny would be playing Rogue have been thoroughly debunked, as Obsession breakout Navarette will be using her power-absorbing abilities in the MCU instead. It may not be the Mystique casting she had hoped for, but she’s probably still pretty happy to be on the team.

Driver, meanwhile, has been rumored to be circling a few roles, including the Master of Magnetism himself, Magneto. While some had correctly predicted the Star Wars veteran’s role, he’s now confirmed to be playing X-Men villain and evil mastermind Mister Sinister.

Navarrette and Driver have garnered quite the reputation on the big screen, Boyd’s film resume doesn’t seem to be quite as extensive. Her part harnessing the power of Mother Nature as Storm will see her take her biggest part yet, with past projects including 2023 short Deadbeat, as well as some work on Broadway.

Rogue, Mister Sinister, and Storm were the big surprises, but not to be outdone was the announcement that Abbott will lead as X-Men mentor Professor Charles Xavier. The Hollywood Reported had reported that he was in the running to play the mind-reading telepath recently, with his presence at D23 confirming his spot on the team of mutants. Movie fans will recognize him from his parts in projects like Poor Things, Possessor, and It Comes at Night.

Connor and Weaving had been announced in the weeks leading up to tonight’s D23 event, so it wasn’t much of a surprise to see them take the stage alongside X-Men movie director and Thunderbolts* filmmaker Jake Schreier. Sink is a more interesting case, as those who have [SPOILERS FOR RECENT MCU MOVIES] seen box-office smash Spider-Man: Brand New Day will know that she actually already made her on-screen debut as Jean Grey alongside Spidey star Tom Holland.

Without counting some of the many, many other rumors that have circulated before today, this is our first official look at the X-Men cast. Marvel still has plenty of mutants to pull into the live-action world, though, so while seven confirmed actors feels like a lot, we’ll surely only learn about more in the months ahead.

The X-Men are coming to the MCU:

Sadie Sink is Jean Grey
Kit Connor is Cyclops
Christopher Abbott is Professor Charles Xavier
Samara Weaving is Emma Frost
Inde Navarrette is Rogue
Maya Boyd is Storm
Adam Driver is Nathaniel Milbury

Only in theaters May 5, 2028. pic.twitter.com/ZCd4f7I1W7

— Marvel Studios (@MarvelStudios) August 15, 2026

Marvel Studios also took the D23 showcase as an opportunity to confirm its MCU X-Men movie has a release date: May 5, 2028. That makes it the third film officially confirmed for that year, joining Black Panther 3 (December 15) and Ghost Rider (2028). For more, you can read about everything else Disney had to announce at tonights D23 showcase.

Photo by Jesse Grant/Getty Images for Disney.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

New Kingdom Hearts 4 Trailer, Release Window, and Disney+ Series

Big Kingdom Hearts news here at D23, with a new trailer for Kingdom Hearts 4, a late 2027 release window, and — surprise! — a Disney+ anime series.

The new trailer shows the addition of Pixar’s Coco. Also at D23, Disney set a November 2029 release for Coco 2.

As for the Kingdom Hearts Disney+ anime, it’s developed with creator Tetsuya Nomura and Square Enix, and reimagines the video game franchise with a brand-new story “that will expand on the universe of Kingdom Hearts while celebrating the characters that have captured the hearts of millions of fans around the world.”

“Kingdom Hearts has captivated gamers everywhere with its unique blend of adventure and imagination,” said Ayo Davis, president, Disney Kids & Family. “There’s something really exciting about taking a world fans have spent years exploring through the games and bringing it to life in a completely new way. And with a creative team that is working closely with the legendary Tetsuya Nomura, our new series will be unmistakably Kingdom Hearts, while giving fans a whole new way to experience the world they love.”

Tonight’s news comes ahead of tomorrow’s Kingdom Hearts panel at D23, where Disney is expected to talk about Kingdom Hearts 4. The livestream of the ‘DEEP DIVE into KINGDOM HEARTS panel at D23’ will be available on August 15 at 4.30pm PT / 7.30pm ET / August 16 at 12.30am UK time. Disney said it will offer a “behind-the-scenes look at the making of the games,” but it’s who’s on the panel that has fans excited for what is now expected news on Kingdom Hearts 4.

Kingdom Hearts 4 Trailer June 2026 Nintendo Direct – Screenshots

The panel guests are Nana Gadd from Disney & Pixar Games, Tai Yasue from Square Enix, Haley Joel Osment, who voices Sora, David Gallagher, who voices Riku, and Renée Johnson, who is behind the Disney character voices. With a panel like that (Yasue is believed to be co-director of Kingdom Hearts 4), you’d like to think we’ll get something on the hotly anticipated sequel.

Kingdom Hearts 4 made a surprise appearance at the June 2026 Nintendo Direct to reveal a first look at gameplay years after the game itself was announced. In a separate post, Square Enix confirmed that Kingdom Hearts 4 will launch simultaneously for PC via Epic Games Store and Steam, PlayStation 5, and Xbox Series X and S, as well as Nintendo Switch 2.

“A new installment in the action role-playing series developed and published by Square Enix, Kingdom Hearts 4 gives fans a look at some of the characters that protagonist Sora will meet in the mysterious city of Quadratum,” an official description for the game said. “Sora will once again journey to realms, where new figures cross his path and new powers awaken his next chapter. Kingdom Hearts 4 will be available at launch on Nintendo Switch 2.”

Catch up on everything announced at D23 2026 right here.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Disney D23 2026 Entertainment Showcase: All Announcements

D23: Disney’s ultimate fan celebration is back. IGN is on the ground all weekend bringing you the biggest news, exclusive content, deep dives and more. Tonight, the show kicks off with the Disney Entertainment showcase. The presentation will feature reveals from the next two years of Disney’s theatrical and streaming slate. That potentially means news about X-Men, Star Wars, Frozen 3, and more.

D23 has already seen a new trailer for Disney+’s LEGO Mandarlorian animated special, a look at a new Avatar ride at Disney’s California Adventure, a first look at Mystique and Nigthcrawler’s costumes from Avengers: Doomsday, and more.

Follow along starting at 7pm PT / 10pm ET for all of the latest updates from what’s sure to be a massive showcase.

Avatar Destination at Disney California Adventure – Rockwork Model Photos

Ice Age: Boiling Point gets a trailer.

Queen Latifah and Denis Leary are here to give us a new look at the next Ice Age movie.

“Ice Age is back and it’s coming in hot, y’all,” Latifah says. The duo revealed that the team are finishing up the movie now, and that “it’s a funny and scary, adventure [that] will be kicked off by Scrat.”

Next, we’re treated to a trailer shows Scrat and baby Scart. As always, the hilarity kicks off with an acorn, which Scrat has shvoed into the ground. Next, he’s trying to catch the acorn in a river of lava. Thee mammoths are back. Sid the sloth is back as well, along with a bunch of other familiar characters. Ice Age: Boiling Point hits theaters February 2027.

The Jonas Brothers hype up Camp Rock 3.

Nick, Joe, and Kevin Jonas are now here to promote Camp Rock 3, which debuted today on Disney+. “We are so pumped to be back where it all started,” they say. “Back at the camp, back at the lake, back to pretending to know how to canoe. This time, we’re not the only new kids. There’s a whole new generation and the chance to go on tour.

Percy Jackson and the Olympians cast teases Season 3

The cast of the Disney+ adaptation of the Percy Jackson book series is here to tease Season 3, which premieres on November 20. We also are getting a look at some new characters including Athena and Hera, who’s played by Agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. actress Ming Na Wen. “The family politics are impossible to ignore,” Wen says. “This season we are introducing the Hunters of Artemis, powerful new demigods, and a Titan whos been waiting a very long time to make his move.”

Lisa Kudrow and Mira Sorvino give an update on Romy and Michele 2

Romy and Michele’s High School Reunion is getting a sequel and stars Lisa Kudrow and Mira Sorvino are here to tell us about the movie. “Fashion is still our life, and we still own our very own boutique in Beverly Hills,” the duo says. “It’s relaly chic. We’re entering a whole new phase of our lives. We’re thinking maybe its time to find true love. But will we find it? You just have to find out. Maybe we’ll find tru love here at D23. Do you now what this means? We’re officially Disney princesses.”

Angel coming to Lilo and Stitch 2, which releases in May 2028.

In a brief update for the upcoming live-action Lilo and Stitch 2, we’re informed that Angel (also known as Experiment 624) will be a character in the new movie, which releases in May of 2028.

New Looks at Ghost Market and Gatto

To round out the Pixar preview, we got new looks at the original films Gatto, debuting in March 2027, and Ghost Market, coming in Spring 2028.

For Ghost Market, we see the movie’s protagonist, a content creator named Kyle (he’s from Chicago) being chased by a sentient bowl of ramen and chopsticks before stumbling into a mysterious hidden market in the middle of nowhere.

For Gatto, made by the director director of of the Pixar film Luca, we’re informed that the movie centers on a black cat named Nero who lives in Venice, Italy. Most cats see water as their mortal enemy. Nero is an alley cat whose the top operative for the cat world’s top mob boss. We’re treated to an extended clip from the movie involving Nero, some pigeons, and a girl playing a violin.

Kingdom Hearts series greenlit for Disney+

Kingdom Hearts is getting an anime adaptation. An original series, “inspired by the globally beloved video game franchise, has been greenlit for Disney Channel Disney+ and is being developed in partnership with Tetsuya Nomura and the creative team at SQUARE ENIX. According to Disney, the series r”eimagines the iconic adventure with a brand-new story that will expand on the universe of Kingdom Hearts while celebrating the characters that have captured the hearts of millions of fans around the world.”

Coco 2 hits theaters in 2029.

Disney gave a new look at Coco 2 at D23 2026.

Now, Docter is giving an update on the long-awaited Coco sequel. “We are returning to the land of hte dead in 2029,” Docter says. The directors from original are back to bring this one to life and make it just as good as the first.

Joining Docter on stage is Benjamin Bratt, who voiced Ernesto de la Cruz in the first Coco movie. Bratt confirms that he’s reprirsing his role in Coco 2, which picks up a few short years after the original. In the sequel, Miguel is a bit older now. “He’s a teenager, Bratt says. “Still strumming ‘my’ guitar. To many of you, Miguel is a precious little boy who sang a beautiful song and brought harmony back to his family but to some he’s a menace. Ernesto is back for revenge, sending Miguel on an adventure back to the land of the dead.”

Bratt also revealed that characters from Coco will be joining Kingdom Hearts IV, launching in late 2027.

Coco 2 comes out in November 2029.

Disney and Pixar’s Coco will join Kingdom Hearts IV, launching in late 2027! #D23 pic.twitter.com/xBnPjzIxNj

— IGN (@IGN) August 15, 2026

The Incredibles 3 gets an update.

Concept Art from The Incredibles 3.

Pixar Chief Creative Office Pete Docter is now on stage to celebrate the animation studio’s 40th anniversary and give some new info about The Incredibles 3. Docter is explaining the premise of the movie “Supers are officially legal again,” Docter says. “With Incredibles 3, it’s the kids’ turn to take the stage. Violet and Dash are determined to stand on their own and prove they are ready to be real Supers. They have been sneaking out at night to protect the city. They are struggling to contain Jack Jack, whose powers make it even more unpredeictable and dangerous. A new threat is taking a toll on Bob, who is struggling with his relevance in a world of Supers who have outgrown him. Not all Supers are good. In Incredibles 3 the family will face off against a [new] supervillain.”

The Incredibles 3 hits theaters in June 2028

A first look at the new Simpsons movie.

Disney President and Cheif Creative Officer just introduced an on-screen appearance by the one and only Bart Simpson, who teased a look at the Simpsons Movie sequel, which doesn’t come out until next year. We’re being treated to stroyboard illustrations of Homer trying to catch a home run at a baseball game where (of course), hijinks ensue as he chases the ball through the entire stadium, out into the streets as a horde of fans are behind him trying to catch it. They chase it into the Bowlarama and then into an operating room.

The clip is hilarious and full of classic Simpsons gags. It ends with Homer diving into a giant beer container which promtply explodes. He flies back into the stadium, where Bart picks up the ball. D’oh!

Anne Hathaway gives an update on the Princess Diaries 3.

Anne Hathaway is here to give an update on The Princess Diaries 3. The long-awaited sequel is currently in development and looks like it’s not coming any time soon.

“Throuhgout these films we have grown up together and I’m so amazed at how deeply people have held these stories and characters in their hearts,” Hathaway says. “I’m here to ask you please never stop reciting your favorite lines to me. I have come to love being told to shut up. Being part of the Disney family also means being part of a legacy studio that deeply vaues the family audience it makes content for. It’s why we are working so hard to get Princes Diaries 3 right, thanks for your patience.”

D23 Hosts take the stage.

Hosts Ke Huy Quan (Loki) and Ginnifer Goodwinn (Zootopia), the hosts for this evening’s showcase, have taken the stage. They’re joined by Disney CEO Josh D’Amaro, who are setting the stage for all the big announcements to come. “We have new stories coming, experiences that will take your breath away.,” D’Amarao says. “Announcements that will make you lean over and ask person next to you, ‘Did you see that?'”

Go Time.

The lights are down and the show is starting. After a glipse of the Doomsday clock, we’re being treated to a promo reel and some Disney notables (Robert Downey Jr., Jessie from Toy Story) shushing the crowd and a massive crew of dancers taking the stage, bopping to a mash-up of classic songs like “For the First Time in Forever” from Frozen and “You’ve Got a Friend in Me” from Toy Story. Good stuff to follow!

We’re About to Begin

Attendees are seated in the Honda Center and the show is about to begin. So far, the crowd has been treated to some freebies and a few cosplayers on stage to get everyone excited.

T-minus 45 Minutes Until the Show Begins

Fans have started to file into the Honda Center in Anaheim, California, where Disney’s Entertainment Showcase at D23 2026 will take place. We’ll be following along throughout the entire preentation with up-to-the-minute news.

Michael Peyton is the Senior Editorial Director of Events & Entertainment at IGN, leading entertainment content and coverage of tentpole events including IGN Live, San Diego Comic Con, gamescom, and IGN Fan Fest. He’s spent 20 years working in the games and entertainment industry, and his adventures have taken him everywhere from the Oscars to Japan to Buenos Aires, Argentina. Follow him on Bluesky @MichaelPeyton

Hit & Run Coming Back in Some Form Creator Matt Groening Says

The Simpsons: Hit & Run “is coming back in some form,” according to series creator Matt Groening.

Yes, at least as far as the mind behind Springfield and the Simpson family is concerned, Vivendi Games and Radical Entertainment’s classic 2000s video game spinoff will finally soon let players get behind the wheel again. He shared his comments during a The Simpsons panel at Disney fan event D23 2026, but it sounds like, maybe, he should have pumped the brakes when it came to any announcements for The Simpsons: Hit & Run.

“I think the original game is coming back in some form,” Groening said (via Empire).

Just as Groening let it slip that the Grand Theft Auto-inspired game was coming back, current series showrunner Matt Selman stepped in, saying, “…or not.” Whoops.

So, is this a premature announcement, or does Groening have it all wrong? It’s difficult to say for now, but when the creator of the franchise the game is based on says The Simpsons: Hit & Run is making some sort of return, it’s hard not to raise an eyebrow.

The internet felt the same, as social media feeds quickly filled up with joy as it seemed a 23-year drought without the game could soon come to an end. Groening’s mentioning of “the original game” suggests players might want to expect something more like a remaster or remake and not a sequel or reboot. It’s hard to know exactly what’s coming without something a little more concrete, sadly, so until a more official announcement arrives, it’s probably best to keep expectations in check.

What a classic! Hopefully it’s a remake/remaster for next gen! pic.twitter.com/zZPAWVhNTv

— Andre Saint-Albin (@AndreSaintAlbin) August 14, 2026

The Simpsons: Hit & Run originally launched for the GameCube, PlayStation 2, and original Xbox in 2003, and all these years later, it remains not only as one of the standout games of the generation but one of the more memorable licensed games of all time. With Springfield re-imagined without losing the show’s iconic style, GTA-like gameplay, and the series’ iconic sense of humor, it’s easy to see why fans have clamored to see it return for all these years.

IGN gave the game an 8.1/10 review. We said at the time that, while it’s not a perfect game overall, it’s still “undeniably the perfect game for Simpsons fans.”

Some of the original The Simpsons: Hit & Run developers said they were shocked it had never made a comeback during an interview with MinnMax in 2023. The years have gone by with few updates, but in March of this year, Selman teased that fans should “never say never.”

The Simpsons: Hit & Run Fan Remaster Cutscene Comparison

For now, unfortunately, a The Simpsons: Hit & Run remaster/remake has not been officially announced. Until there is hopefully more to share, you can read about how the rebirth of Radical Entertainment got fans excited earlier this year.

Michael Cripe is a freelance writer with IGN. He’s best known for his work at sites like The Pitch, The Escapist, and OnlySP. Be sure to give him a follow on Bluesky (@mikecripe.bsky.social) and Twitter (@MikeCripe).

The Wandering Inn Audiobook Is Worth Your Audible Credits

There are a lot of great fantasy audiobooks out there, but if you’re looking to make the most of an Audible free trial, there’s only one I recommend. The Wandering Inn series is one of my absolute favorites of the past decade and it has the added benefit of having an unusually lengthy first audiobook. At nearly 50 hours of listening time, it’s the best possible bang for your buck.

The Wandering Inn is considered to be a part of the LitRPG genre, which is very similar to Dungeon Crawler Carl. At its heart, however, the story fits very snugly within traditional fantasy. There’s magic, dragons, goblins, and even the occasional ogre. The audiobooks feature terrific narration from Andrea Parsneau and are definitely worth your time.

The Wandering Inn

9

The average length of most audiobooks is between 10 and 12 hours long, so why is The Wandering Inn almost 50 hours long? The answer lies in the nature of how the LitRPG genre got its start. Many of the best stories were originally published as web serials first before being adapted into other forms. The Wandering Inn in particular has an extremely lengthy intro into the series that was never intended to be contained within a single audiobook. The series has only recently received a paperback release and has had to split this first book into two separate parts. Surprisingly, the second audiobook entry is actually even longer at just over 61 hours.

I had a chance to interview the author of the series earlier this year and they discussed the move from web serial to audiobook: “I believe I was around Volume 4 when I received an email in my inbox from Podium asking if I was interested in an audiobook deal. I had turned down every single offer before that, but I had just watched The Martian in movie theatres and I thought that I had to give the audiobook company that published The Martian a chance,” said Pirateaba. “All of that was luck, and many amazing things like Andrea Parsneau becoming the first narrator of the audiobook were all due to chance.”

Grab an Audible Free Trial

If you’re new to audiobooks, there’s an Audible free trial worth checking out. Audible launched its new Standard subscription plan earlier this year that gets you your first audiobook for free. There are a ton of incredible audiobooks to access as your first free listen, but if you want the most bang for your buck, I can’t recommend The Wandering Inn enough. 50 hours of listening time should last you a full month and it’s only $8.99 per month after that if you want to continue the series.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets..

Secretlab’s Titan Evo Gaming Chairs Are on Sale During the Back to School Sale, Including the Flagship Nanogen Edition

Secretlab’s highly rated Titan Evo gaming chairs are on sale during its annual Back to School Sale. These include standard colors as well as Secretlab’s exclusive lineup of licensed IPs that include Genshin Impact, Jujutsu Kaisen, Star Wars, Demon Slayer, and more. If you’re looking for the best of the best, Secretlab’s highest-end gaming chair and the one we rated the top pick for 2026 has also ben discounted.

In addition to these instant discounts, you can get extra tiered savings by hitting a certain order amount for each category. These should be stackable with the instant discounts, although some themes are excluded.

  • Extra $50 off Chair orders of $849+ with code “SLEV-MINCBTS26“
  • Extra $70 off Desk orders of $1,599+ with code: “SLEV-MINDBTS26“
  • Extra $100 off all orders of $1,999+ with code: “SLEV-MINSWBTS26“

Save $50 off Secretlab Titan Evo gaming chairs

The Titan Evo is Secretlab’s most iconic and best selling chair. Over 70 different styles are currently on sale, with prices ranging from $529 to $634 after a $50 off instant discount across the entire lineup. It’s available in small, medium, and large sizes, which is great for smaller people because most gaming chairs sold here in the United States are huge. Discounted upholstery optioins include Neo Hybrid leatherette and SoftWeave Plus fabric.

Signature features include a solid steel frame with aluminum wheelbase, firm and supportive cold-cure foam upholstery, adjustable four-way lumbar system, full length backrest with 165 degrees of recline, full metal 4D armrests with magnetically attached PU cushions, and a memory foam headrest pillow. Check out our own glowing Titan Evo review.

Secretlab’s flagship Titan Evo Nanogen is also on sale

Secretlab Titan Evo Nanogen Edition

7

The Titan Evo Nanogen Edition is Secretlab’s highest end chair and is rarely discounted. It normally sells for $799 at Secretlab direct, but both the white and black colors have been discounted by $50 during the Memorial Day Sale. If your budget can accomodate it, this is the best gaming chair. In our recent Titan Evo Nanogen Edition review, Chris Coke wrote that “the Secretlab Titan Evo Nanogen Edition deserves every bit of the overwhelming praise I’ve given… The Titan Evo Nanogen Edition is class-leading, and is hands-down the most comfortable gaming chair I’ve ever used.”

Sadly, Titan Evo Pokemon Edition chairs aren’t discounted

Titan Evo Pokemon Eevee Edition

4

Titan Evo Pokemon Gengar Edition

5

Titan Evo Pokemon Pikachu Edition

1

Secretlab’s popular lineup of offically licensed Pokémon gaming chairs is, not surprisingly, still listed at full price. Even so, these chairs are so cool that they’re worth a mention. These chairs showcase one of three iconic Pokémon – Gengar, Pikachu, and Eevee – with ostentatious use of color, patterns, and figures. My personal favorite is the Eevee edition.

Unusual for a collab, Secretlab opted to go with its Softweave Plus fabric instead of leatherette, and I for one am happy with that decision. Fabric ages more gracefully, feels softer, and doesn’t stick to your sweaty skin on hot days.

Save $30 off the Titan Evo recliner add-on (it’s worth it)

Secretlab Titan Recliner Add-On

4

Also on sale for the first time, Secretlab’s new recliner add-on is $30 off for Memorial Day. This is a nice upgrade for anyone who already owns the Titan Evo chair. In our recliner add-on review, Chris Coke wrote that “while both comfort and value are subjective things, the recliner is able to take the Titan Evo and transform it from one of the best racing style gaming chairs to standing head and shoulders above the competition at its price point.”

Secretlab Magnus deals are also on sale, including Genshin

Secretlab Magnus

4

Secretlab Magnus Pro

1

Secretlab Magnus Pro Genshin Edition

0

Liyue themed Desk Mat is included

Not only are the Magnus and Magnus Pro discounted for Presidents Day, you also get the desk mat topper (your choice of style) free of charge. The Magnus is a traditional fixed-frame gaming desk while the Magnus Pro ups the ante with practical electric sit-stand functionality. Both desks feature a metal desktop surface, solid steel frame, and clever cable management, but the Magnus Pro has some unique features including a power cable that runs internally inside one of the telescoping legs and an in-line control panel. Check out our Magnus Pr0 review review for hands-on impressions.

Secretlab has the best “racing-style” gaming chairs

It’s no secret that we love our Secretlab gaming chairs. Three of the eight chairs in our best gaming chair roundup are Secretlab models. Of all the gaming chairs we covered in our “Budget to Best” roundup video earlier this year, my colleague Akeem Lawanson considered the Secretlab Titan Evo to be the most comfortable. No good chair comes cheap and Secretlab chairs definitely cost a premium, but we think the craftsmanship, materials, and customizability are worth it.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Mulholland Drive’s 4K Criterion Collection Edition Deal

David Lynch was a singular filmmaker. There’s never been anyone like him, and there never will be again. His work is by turns intriguing, funny, campy, and outright horrifying — sometimes all in the same scene.

In 2001, he released Mulholland Dr., a dreamy, nightmarish masterpiece. The film’s 4K Criterion Collection edition is currently on sale at Amazon for $20.87. That’s a new all-time low price, and a steep discount off the $50 MSRP. Whether you’re a longtime fan of Lynch’s work, or you’re interested in seeing what the fuss is about, this is a killer deal.

Mulholland Dr. – The Criterion Collection (4K UHD) for $21

Mulholland Dr. – The Criterion Collection (4K UHD)

0

Mulholland Dr. is a story about a woman with acting talent and Hollywood ambition, who comes up against stark reality — or surreality. It stars Naomi Watts as a young actress who makes her way to Hollywood in hopes of becoming a movie star. As soon as she gets her new apartment, she meets a woman who’s been in an accident and has lost her memory, and she vows to help her figure out her identity.

The first section of the movie is bright and colorful, but as she gets into the movie business and her amnesiac friend starts to find clues about her identity, things get downright, well, Lynchian. The plot takes mysterious turns and things stop making sense, and before long the characters find themselves in a hellish dreamscape where logic has no pull.

Despite that the movie becomes harder to follow on a narrative level, it loses none of its power or intrigue. The first time I saw it, I was rapt from start to finish. I’d never seen anything like it. I’ve watched it half a dozen times since, and it still holds my full attention every time. It has more heart than some of his other films (like Lost Highway or Inland Empire), and it packs the whole weird Lynch vibe into a much more concise vehicle than Twin Peaks. I consider it basically a perfect movie.

This Criterion edition features a new 4K digital restoration that was overseen by Lynch himself before his death, along with director of photography Peter Deming. Of course, you already knew Criterion was going to do the 4K restoration right. The movie comes on a 4K UHD disc, while the special features are on a separate Blu-ray one. Speaking of…

Special Features

  • Interviews from 2015 with Lynch; Deming; actors Naomi Watts, Justin Theroux, and Laura Harring; composer Angelo Badalamenti; production designer Jack Fisk; and casting director Johanna Ray
  • On-set footage
  • Deleted scene
  • Trailer
  • PLUS: An interview with Lynch from the 2005 edition of filmmaker and writer Chris Rodley’s book Lynch on Lynch

Chris Reed is a senior commerce editor and deals expert for IGN. He also runs IGN’s board game and LEGO coverage. You can follow him on Bluesky.

Save $3,100 Off the Massive 83″ LG Evo M3 4K OLED TV With Wireless Connectivity and 5 Year Warranty at Best Buy

LG OLED TVs are generally divided into three tiers: the highest-end G (Gallery) series, the mid-range C-series, and the budget-friendly B-series. Lesser known amongst LG’s OLED lineup is the M-series. This is a specialized model that has the same panel as the G-series but with the added advantage of wireless connectivity. It’s priced higher than nearly any other consumer-targeted LG TV and it’s almost never on sale… except for today.

For a limited time, Best Buy is offering a brand new 83″ LG Evo M3 4K OLED Smart TV for $2,399.99 with free shipping. Compare that to the MSRP of $5,500 when it was first released in August of 2023. Since the M3 is considered a “premium” LG TV – on par with LG’s Gallery series TVs – you get a 5-year panel warranty.

The Massive 83″ LG Evo M3 4K OLED Wireless TV Is on Sale Today

83″ LG Evo M3 4K OLED Smart TV

0

What sets the M3 apart from LG’s other OLED TVs is its wireless connectivity. You still have to deal with the power cable, but the rest of the connections go to a “Zero Connect” wireless box that can sit 30 feet away from the TV itself and still stream in 4K at up to 120Hz. That allows for a cleaner setup since you now only need to route a single cable.

The LG Evo M3 uses the same panel as the Gallery Series G3. Despite being nearly three years old, this panel is better than the recent generation LG Evo C5. That’s because it uses Micro Lens Array (MLA) technology for its OLED panel, which dramatically increases brightness levels. The Evo C5 is not equipped with this technology. Granted the M3 doesn’t have the Tandem OLED tech you’ll find on the new G5 TV, but a 83″ G5 model currently costs $5,000.

LG OLED TVs has long been our favorite TVs for console gaming thanks to their outstanding image quality, low input lag, and high refresh rate. This is definitely one of the best TVs for streaming 4K HDR content in its intended glory. The M3 is also equipped with modern gaming features that make it a perfect complement to current generation consoles like the PlayStation 5 and Xbox Series X, including a native 120Hz panel and three HDMI 2.1 inputs on the Zero Connect Box.

Deals on the LG M-series OLED TVs are rare. If wireless connectivity appeals to you, don’t pass this up.

The LG Evo M3 comes with a simple wall mount but you might want to upgrade

Perlegear Ultra Slim TV Wall Mount for 42-90″ TVs

0

Like the Gallery Series TVs, the LG Evo M3 doesn’t include a stand, only a slim wall mount that sits the TV nearly flush to the wall. If you want more adjustability and an easier install, then consider getting this model off Amazon. Perlegear is one of the biggest TV mount vendors on Amazon with plenty of reviews to back it up. For a limited time, Amazon is offering the Perlegear Full Motion TV Wall Mount, which supports TVs up to 97″ and 132 pounds, for just $34.99 after you apply coupon code “HP7VZ5G5“. The wall mount is overkill for most TVs out there, and that’s a good thing.

How to Follow IGN Deals Recommendations

The IGN Deals team has over 30 years of combined experience finding the best discounts and preorders available online. If you want the latest updates from our trusted team, here’s how to follow our coverage:

Eric Song is the IGN commerce manager in charge of finding the best gaming and tech deals every day. When Eric isn’t hunting for deals for other people at work, he’s hunting for deals for himself during his free time.

Lanterns Series Premiere Review: DC’s Sci-Fi Mystery

This is a spoiler-free review of the first episode of Lanterns Season 1. The series debuts on HBO and HBO Max on Sunday, August 16.

It’s safe to say that a lot is riding on the first season of Lanterns. This is one of the first key pieces of James Gunn and Peter Safran’s DCU that isn’t directly steered by Gunn himself. We’ve seen enough by now to know that Gunn himself has a solid handle on the DC brand. Creature Commandos, Superman, and Peacemaker have all been enjoyable. But can this fledgling cinematic universe thrive when he hands the reins over to other creators? Supergirl certainly calls that into question, casting doubt on Gunn’s lofty claims about strong scripts and clear artistic visions being the driving force of this line. The DCU needs a win right about now, and I’m happy to say that Lanterns is ready and able to deliver in its first episode.

Granted, it’s been tough to know what exactly to make of this series. For a franchise as fundamentally fantastical as this one, the prospect of focusing on an Earth-based murder mystery and downplaying the actual Green Lantern elements wasn’t necessarily appealing to all fans. The initial Lanterns trailer did little to assuage the fears of those concerned by that premise. And then co-creator Damon Lindelof really stepped in it with some of his comments, to the point where no less a DC authority than Grant Morrison felt compelled to clap back. Suffice it to say, DC and Warners didn’t really do themselves any favors with the marketing of Lanterns, but the proof is ultimately in the pudding.

Lanterns Images

Yes, Lanterns is essentially what the trailers and early previews have made it out to be. It’s as much a True Detective and Slow Horses-style murder mystery as it is a superhero drama (and, in fact, features veterans of both shows among its creative team). It’s not necessarily going to appeal to viewers intent on seeing the cosmic side of the Green Lantern mythos on full display. We rarely even see Kyle Chandler’s Hal Jordan put on the costume. And given how ugly and clunky this live-action rendition of the suit really is, that’s probably a good thing. The series generally looks good, but more in that quietly stylized, more grounded True Detective way than because of any budget-busting special effects. In short, Green Lantern purists who want unadulterated, comic book-accurate, ring-slinging cosmic spectacle are setting themselves up for disappointment with this show.

But for those willing to abandon preconceived notions and take Lanterns for what it is, this strange combination of superhero adventure and terrestrial murder mystery works surprisingly well. A lot of that comes down to the chemistry between Chandler’s Hal and his trainee, Aaron Pierre’s John Stewart. Hal has never been portrayed as the nicest or most well-adjusted member of the Justice League in various DC media, but here he’s downright hostile and standoffish to his young charge. As much as the first episode lays the foundation for an urgent investigation in the remote town of Rushville, Nebraska, it makes it clear that the real conflict is between Hal and John. One is a cocky, grizzled veteran suspicious that his space cop handlers are trying to replace him. The other is a former Marine with a deep desire for the ring but limited tolerance for shenanigans. To say the two butt heads in the first episode is putting it mildly indeed.

The series leans a lot on that core dynamic, making it crucial that it finds the right actors for the job. That’s one area where Lanterns succeeds unequivocally. Both actors are pitch-perfect in their portrayals of these iconic (if sometimes barely recognizable) characters. Chandler probably isn’t the first name to pop up on anyone’s list of dream Hal Jordan actors. He wasn’t even DC’s original choice for the part, it seems. And were the series striving for a more traditional, youthful take on the character, Chandler would obviously be a poor fit. But that’s not the goal here. This is a version of Hal who’s been active in the DCU for decades and truly feels the weight of those years. Chandler expertly captures that unique blend of exasperation, paranoia, and deep-seated overconfidence that define the DCU’s Hal Jordan. The last thing he feels like doing is training the guy who’s trying to steal his job, and he makes that clear in every interaction with John.

As for John, Pierre brings a quiet, no-nonsense charisma to the screen that contrasts nicely with Hal’s fiery bravado. John is quiet, composed, and stoic, qualities that could make for a very boring role in the wrong hands. Fortunately, Pierre is able to bring enough subtle nuance to the screen that his character never comes across as dull or underdeveloped. He’s reserved, but underneath it all he burns with desire. We see how badly he wants the ring, even if it means putting up with an endless stream of nonsense from his superior officer.

It’s also nice to see the first episode dig a little bit into the racial undertones of this Training Day-esque dynamic. In one scene, a seething John calls his father for advice and is reminded that white men like Hal Jordan have the privilege of being eccentric and difficult. Not so for a Black man trying to prove his worthiness for the most exclusive law enforcement gig in the entire universe. At least at this early stage, it doesn’t appear that Lanterns is going to be steeped in the racial tensions of modern America to the same degree that Lindelof’s previous DC series was, but it’s still satisfying to have that element acknowledged – especially given how important John Stewart was to the early diversification of DC’s comic book universe decades ago.

On the subject of John Stewart, Sr. (played as a young man by J. Alphonse Nicholson and an older man by Sherman Augustus), the premiere teases a very intriguing dynamic there that’s sure to be explored in future episodes. It’s such a common trope for superhero media to paint their protagonists as orphans yearning for a lost father figure. That’s even baked into Hal’s origin story. But Lanterns is clearly striving for something much different with John’s family background, adding in new layers and details that aren’t necessarily taken from the comics. It’s a useful reminder that while the series isn’t afraid to alter the source material in sometimes profound ways, those alterations are about more than simply making Green Lantern practical in a small-screen format.

Once the Hal/John dynamic is firmly established, the premiere sets about laying the groundwork for the murder mystery that looks to be fueling the conflict in Season 1. To be frank, said mystery isn’t the reason to tune into the series, at least at this early stage. It gets the job done in terms of moving the plot from A to B, but for now the conflict is pretty small in scope. It’s mostly about Hal’s uphill battle to convince everyone around him (John included) that the dead bodies in front of them have extraterrestrial ties.

Here again, the various characters and their interpersonal clashes are what make the series shine. Early in the episode, viewers are introduced to another major character in Kelly Macdonald’s Kerry, the no-nonsense sheriff in charge of keeping the peace in the formerly quiet town of Rushville. As much as Chandler and Pierre’s icy dynamic fuels the series in its first episode, there’s also plenty of fun to be had in the equally standoffish relationship between Hal and Sheriff Kerry. There’s all the bickering over jurisdiction and one-sided flirtation you’d expect. Kerry quickly develops into a very fun, likable character who’s every bit the effective foil to Hal that John is.

Rounding out the notable cast members introduced in Episode 1 are Garret Dillahunt as local cowboy/ranch tycoon William Macon and Poorna Jagannathan as another Rushville native named Zoe. Macon serves his purpose as a charming but quietly unsettling antagonist figure with murky ties to the town’s murder mystery. Zoe, meanwhile, quickly strikes up a close bond with John, allowing the series to explore shades of the character that aren’t possible through Hal alone. Rushville is a small town full of interesting personalities, offering plenty of room for growth in the coming seven episodes.

Again, the murder mystery itself gets the job done in terms of plot catalysts, but it’s the characters who tend to shine more than the plot in Episode 1. It is worth noting, however, that the premiere keeps one big reveal under its hat until the final moments. This twist is sure to be as controversial as anything the show has to offer in its debut chapter. But as far as throwing viewers off-guard and hinting at a larger, more ambitious scope for the series, it delivers just what’s needed. If the prospect of plainclothes Green Lanterns loudly squabbling and rubbing elbows with cowboys isn’t enough to lure you in, this twist might just do the trick.

Sony Wants to Create an Original Character IP to Rival Hello Kitty

Japanese character goods, like Hello Kitty, are popular worldwide for their cute and recognizable designs. Now, Sony is entering the fray. Sony Creative Products (SCP), the division that manages the Sony Group’s character IPs, wants to develop its own characters with universal appeal that can generate 10 billion yen (approx. $62.8 million) in annual sales by 2030.

As reported by Nikkei, the aim is to create original characters that Sony can make merchandise and multimedia centered around. To this end, it has established a dedicated team tasked with creating potential hit characters, and even opened a special event space in Tokyo.

Living in Japan, you really can’t escape from mascot characters and their merchandise. Chances are your nearest bank, supermarket or fast food chain is doing some kind of collaboration with some recognizable bug-eyed cutie. Many companies, cities and prefectures have their own mascot characters (the best known is probably Kumamoto prefecture’s Kumamon). Then there’s the major player in character goods: Sanrio, home of the world-famous Hello Kitty and a whole stable of fluffy icons including Kuromi, Cinnamoroll, and Pompom Purin. There’s also San-X, the creator of Rirakuma, and the Sumikko Gurashi family of characters.

The 100 Best PlayStation Games of All Time

Now, Sony is aiming to take on this market with new original characters of its own. Currently in the running is Nemu the Night Owl Bear, who has racked up over 1 million followers in a year. Created in collaboration with Tokyo-based company Tsumupapa, Nemu is a bear character who worries so much about life’s problems that he struggles to sleep. According to a SCP executive officer Nikkei interviewed, this “stress-filled society theme is resonating across borders,” with the bear apparently gaining much popularity in South Korea. Further plans for merchandise and an anime featuring Nemu are currently in the works.

Sony’s goal of 10 billion yen in annual sales by 2030 for original IP characters is a comparatively high one. For context, a character in Japan is usually considered a hit if its merchandise racks up between 2~3 billion yen in annual sales, according to SCP. However, with the Sony Group’s broad reach across anime, music, game and film, an original mascot (or two) already has many potential avenues to score fans and generate revenue.

As for the video game sector, while Nintendo has Mario and Sega has Sonic, Sony has always struggled to find an enduring mascot. If you ask gamers who Sony’s mascot is, their answer will probably depend on which PlayStation generation they grew up with. They might say Crash Bandicoot, Sackboy, or Astrobot. Then there are the many human characters from one-time PlayStation exclusives that became associated with the brand (Lara Croft, Solid Snake, Kratos, Nathan Drake et al.). There’s also Toro Inoue, the white cat from the Doko Demo Issyo series who became a PlayStation mascot in Japan for a while. However, Toro lacks the widespread international recognition that Nintendo’s plumber and Sega’s blue hedgehog enjoy.

The current issue is that Sony suffers from a lack of fully-owned, recognizable original characters, and the SCP aims to address this. It has a track record in handling domestic events for popular character IPs owned by other companies, and for revitalizing specific IPs in Japan, like the Peanuts comic strip characters (Snoopy and co.), which it acquired in March 2026. SCP is also using technology to enhance peoples’ encounters with such characters at events.

To this end, Sony Creative Products opened the Yurakucho Museum in Tokyo. This space aims to provide immersive character-related exhibitions. Currently, SCP is using haptics to enhance a Pingu exhibition, including vibrating floors and gusts of wind. Sony holds the marketing rights to Pingu in Japan, and doubled the Swiss-born penguin character’s merchandise sales in the country last year (source: Mainichi).

But can Sony apply its marketing successes with well-known character IPs to its own brand new, original creations? Could we get tie-in anime series and games with some cute new Sony characters? Watch this space.

Image credit: Tsumupapa.

Verity Townsend is a Japan-based freelance writer who previously served as editor, contributor and translator for the game news site Automaton West. She has also written about Japanese culture and movies for various publications.

Talky Cold War Reagan Drama

The Brink of War is now playing in theaters.

Writer-director Michael Russell Gunn’s well-meaning feature film debut, The Brink of War, takes a wordy, academic approach to chronicling the two momentous days in October 1986 when US President Ronald Reagan (Jeff Daniels) and Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev (Jared Harris) sat across a table in a house in Reykjavik, Iceland hoping to strike a landmark nuclear disarmament deal designed to keep the Cold War from finally turning into a hot one. (Impressively, the film was shot at the actual location and in the same rooms where the leaders spoke.)

As thoughtful and earnest as the drama is, it’s also pretty chill for a movie about trying to prevent nuclear war. The events may take place at the peak of the Cold War, and the movie reiterates that this meeting is the last chance for such a deal to happen, but The Brink of War lacks the urgency that any film about, say, the Cuban Missile Crisis (e.g., Thirteen Days) possesses, where the viewer truly feels the global stakes and intense pressure the President is under.

The Brink of War is very stagebound, often feeling like a play adapted for the screen, but it is just as reminiscent of those solid, actor-driven HBO films of the 1990s that dutifully covered biographical or then-topical subjects. (Angel Studios’ other recent Presidential pic, Young Washington, at least offered cinemagoers some flintlock-firin’, tomahawk-throwin’ action scenes to keep it from feeling like TV movie fare.) Still, if this was made as an HBO movie in the ‘90s, it probably would’ve won an Emmy or two.

The Brink of War is most alive whenever Reagan and Gorbachev are negotiating one on one, challenging each other’s positions and calling out each country’s hypocrisies. Things get heated between them — as issues ranging from human rights, religion, and the US’s Strategic Defense Initiative are raised — with each leader standing their political and philosophical ground. These are two men trying to find a way to connect with one another, each knowing this is their chance to make history and accomplish something great and lasting. But they each possess their fair share of pride, stubbornness and mistrust.

Jeff Daniels and Jared Harris solidly handle the material as if they were onstage together in a two-hander, their characters each probing the other for weakness or advantage. Daniels doesn’t quite capture the specificities of Reagan’s voice and mannerisms, but he ably conveys the 40th President’s convictions.

Hollywood has been trying to tell this particular story for a while. Ridley Scott was attached to produce a version of this project when it was titled Reykjavík. Donnie Brasco’s Mike Newell would have directed Michael Douglas as Reagan opposite Christoph Waltz as Gorbachev, but that project sputtered out.

The closest the film comes to trying to get to explore Reagan as a human being is seeing him still troubled, physically and mentally, from an assassination attempt a few years earlier. While not outright hagiography, The Brink of War is not out to paint the Gipper in a critical light. This film is pro-American values even as, in the moments where Gorbachev goes off on Reagan, it acknowledges the US’s flaws.

Harris is even better as Gorbachev, his standout scene being where he castigates the US policy that prevents farming and cow-milking equipment to be sold to the Soviet Union so they could feed their children. This Gorbachev isn’t pro-West but he understands the USSR needs to change. He hopes this nuclear deal — a risky, almost fantastical proposition for either ruler to try to sell to various factions back home — will give him the political capital needed to mold the USSR in his vision even as he suspects his own KGB is spying on him at this event.

The film’s most successful and amusing subplot involves the gamesmanship between First Lady Nancy Reagan (Hope Davis) and Raisa Gorbacheva (standout Branka Katić). Nancy didn’t go to Iceland but Raisa did, and she uses the press to throw shade at her US counterpart. What results is a passive-aggressive proxy war where each savvily uses the media to knock the other. It’s all very deliciously petty.

This subplot, however, also involves a kinda sorta ongoing flirtation between two reporters (Aya Cash and Guy Burnet) that doesn’t really go anywhere and left me wanting the movie to get back to the more pressing matters at hand.

Able support is provided throughout by J.K. Simmons as US Secretary of State George Schultz, to whom the film is dedicated. At this point, the Oscar winner can play Badass Bald Man in Charge in his sleep, but he nevertheless provides Daniels’ Reagan with someone else to open up to besides Nancy. The end of The Brink of War, though, doesn’t help make it not feel like a filmed play by abruptly having Schultz break the fourth wall to explain the outcome of the summit just as a character might on stage.

Forty years later, it’s amazing to see a depiction of US and Russian leaders engaged in thoughtful dialogue. It’s impossible to divorce this period piece from current events or to take politics out of it. The biggest takeaway from The Brink of War is how vital it is for world leaders, even foes, to be intelligent in their approach to vital issues facing their peoples and empathetic enough to acknowledge their shared humanity.

More POTUS Onscreen:

Pressure Review: Brendan Fraser as Eisenhower

America’s Founding Fathers in Film & TV

Hollywood’s Tall Tales of Real Presidents

The Actors Who Have Played Eisenhower

Robert Redford’s Unmade Washington Film

Lincoln’s Craziest Movie and TV Appearances

The Gathering’s Limited Time Best Buy Sale Cuts Prices up to 50% — Ends Today

Not only is today Magic: The Gathering’s official launch day for the latest Universe Beyond set, The Hobbit (with discounts already live for booster boxes at Amazon), but it’s also part of Best Buy’s latest massive “Deal of the Day” sale.

For 24 hours only, on August 14, fans can save up to 50% on a whole slew of Magic: The Gathering sets, with some absolutely outstanding offers on even the most recent releases.

I’m convinced a whole lot of this is going to sell out fast, as the prices are so good, so I’d get moving on these ASAP. Lock in your orders at Best Buy while you still can, as not only is your time limited, but stock is likely to be extremely limited as well.

Highlights include the recently released Marvel Super Heroes Scene Boxes for just $19.99. That’s $22 savings, and one hell of a bargain. The catch? You can’t pick what scene box you want! I know, it’s madness, but that’s what you’ll have to deal with to take advantage of this insane offer.

There’s no real way around this either, as you can’t request a certain box from Best Buy. It really does seem like they want you to buy three or four to maximise your chances, but you’ll probably be happier with just buying one to avoid any disappointment.

There’s also $20 off the TMNT Turtle Power Commander Deck, bringing it down to below market price at $49.99. Plenty of other great precon decks are also included, some of which are several of the best of recent releases this year, including Witherbloom Pestilence for $41.99, Lorehold Spirit for $34.99, and $24.99 for the other two Secrets of Strixhaven decks.

There’s also Draft Night bundles down to $75 for both Secrets of Strixhaven and Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles, both of which also include a valuable Collector Booster Pack alongside 12 Play Boosters and 90 Land cards.

For those looking for deals outside of Best Buy, I already mentioned that the new Hobbit set’s Play Booster display is down to $189.99 at Amazon, $20 off its list price for launch day.

There’s also more deals for the other recently released Universes Beyond set, Marvel Super Heroes, with the Commander Deck bundle now down to just $184.99, a staggering $115 discount on the original price. That works out at $46.25 for all four decks, which retail for $75 each.

Finally, there’s also the Marvel Super Heroes Bundle, which released a bit later than the rest of the set, in July, and includes nine Play Boosters, 30 Lands, a Foil Alt-Art Promo Card and loads of exclusive accessories for $59.98, down from $69.99.

IGN is the best place to find TCG deals

IGN’s resident deals experts like Robert Anderson have over seven years of experience writing about gaming and TCG deals. In an era where finding advice from a real person is more important than ever, Robert’s expertise helps you cut through the digital noise to find genuine, money-saving offers. He pairs his experience and love of games with data-driven analysis and price-tracking tools to ensure he’s only ever recommending something that’s actually worthwhile.

If you’re looking some no-nonsense help on saving money in a time where gaming and TCG hobbies have never been more expensive, then we’d highly recommend following him @robertliam21 on Bluesky and setting IGN as a preferred source in Google to make sure you’re getting the latest updates, from him, and the rest of the IGN Shopping team.

Robert Anderson is IGN’s Senior Commerce Editor and resident deals expert on games, collectibles, trading card games, and more. You can follow him @robertliam21 on Bluesky.

Pokémon TCG Pitch Black ETBs Restocked Under Market Price — Best Deal at Amazon vs. TCGplayer

Pokémon TCG’s latest Mega Evolution expansion, Pitch Black, has been out for more than a few weeks now, and things are likely a lot better for those of us unwilling to pay an arm and a leg for shiny cardboard.

You can currently pick up the Pitch Black Elite Trainer Box for $79.94, which is fairly close to its market price according to TCGplayer. For those picking up their first ETB of the latest expansion, here’s what’s included for just under $80.

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Elite Trainer Box

5

  • 9 Pokémon booster packs
  • 65 card sleeves
  • 45 Pokémon TCG Energy cards
  • A player’s guide to the expansion
  • 6 damage-counter dice
  • 1 competition-legal coin-flip die
  • 2 plastic condition markers
  • A collector’s box to hold everything, with 4 dividers to keep it organized
  • A code card for Pokémon Trading Card Game Live

Elite Trainer Box is wonderfully affordable right now, at least in my view. While it’s not quite dropped to lows of standard MSRP, they are getting might close indeed.

It’s also slightly above the best deal we’ve seen recently, where the ETB dropped to just $70. But, if you missed out on that deal, $10 more isn’t all that bad and still one of the best options for securing the goods in a difficult market.

Sold and Shipped by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Booster Bundle

8

Yet, no matter how unfortunate it is how hard it is to find Pokemon TCG at MSRP, market value is often the price you have to pay now, even from big retailers like Amazon. But is it worth it? Only you can be the judge of that.

The market price is often dictated by what the majority of people are willing to pay, but only you can decide if this if truely worth your money. I also want to emphasize that this is “sold and shipped” directly from Amazon itself, and not via any third-party sellers.

If you do decide to order today, it might be best to pick up two or three just in case this sells out or prices start to climb again soon.

What is Pokémon TCG Pitch Black?

Pokemon TCG’s latest Mega Evolution expansion is Pitch Black. At over 115 cards, Pitch Black is a much leaner, more manageable expansion compared to the Coalossal 295-card checklist of Ascended Heroes.

It’s already looking like the dark, brooding sibling to the bright Ascended Heroes cards we’ve been chasing all summer. Here’s what you’ll be chasing when cracking open your packs:

  • 6 Mega Evolution Pokémon ex
  • 4 Pokémon ex
  • 11 Illustration Rare Pokémon
  • 18 Ultra Rare Pokémon and Trainer cards
  • 6 Special Illustration Rares (Pokémon and Supporters)
  • Over 20 Trainer cards
  • 35+ total cards with special illustrations

Pitch Black Chase Cards

For those chasing the most valuable cards from the Pitch Black, I’ll leave a handy round-up of what you should be looking out for just here.

Mega Darkrai ex’s Special Illustration Rare (116/084) is the one to look out for right now, and sells for $282.82 online right now, while its shiny gold Mega Hyper Rare equivilent (120/084) is also a fairly valuable pull, selling for around $196.51 at TCGplayer.

Not everyone is a fan of these Mega Hyper Rare gold cards, but no matter your opinion on the aesthetic, if you pull this golden nightmare, congratulations! That’s still a mighty fine pull, and worth a pretty penny (even if it’s not at the $1000 heights we saw in release week).

More Pokémon TCG Deals at Amazon

Pokémon TCG – Sold and Shipped by Amazon Finder

3

Even More TCG Deals

Not only is today Magic: The Gathering’s official launch day for the latest Universe Beyond set, The Hobbit (with discounts already live for booster boxes at Amazon), but it’s also part of Best Buy’s latest massive “Deal of the Day” sale.

For 24 hours only, on August 14, fans can save up to 50% on a whole slew of Magic: The Gathering sets, with some absolutely outstanding offers on even the most recent releases.

For those looking for deals outside of Best Buy, I already mentioned that the new Hobbit set’s Play Booster display is down to $189.99 at Amazon, $20 off its list price for launch day.

There’s also more deals for the other recently released Universes Beyond set, Marvel Super Heroes, with the Commander Deck bundle now down to just $184.99, a staggering $115 discount on the original price. That works out at $46.25 for all four decks, which retail for $75 each.

Finally, there’s also the Marvel Super Heroes Bundle, which released a bit later than the rest of the set, in July, and includes nine Play Boosters, 30 Lands, a Foil Alt-Art Promo Card and loads of exclusive accessories for $59.98, down from $69.99.

IGN is the best place to find TCG deals

IGN’s resident deals experts like Robert Anderson have over seven years of experience writing about gaming and TCG deals. In an era where finding advice from a real person is more important than ever, Robert’s expertise helps you cut through the digital noise to find genuine, money-saving offers. He pairs his experience and love of games with data-driven analysis and price-tracking tools to ensure he’s only ever recommending something that’s actually worthwhile.

If you’re looking some no-nonsense help on saving money in a time where gaming and TCG hobbies have never been more expensive, then we’d highly recommend following him @robertliam21 on Bluesky and setting IGN as a preferred source in Google to make sure you’re getting the latest updates, from him, and the rest of the IGN Shopping team.

Robert Anderson is IGN’s Senior Commerce Editor and resident deals expert on games, collectibles, trading card games, and more. You can follow him @robertliam21 on Bluesky.

MTG The Hobbit Sealed Booster Box In Stock — Best Deal at Amazon and TCGplayer

Magic: The Gathering waits for no player, and its packed 2026 release schedule means I’m still catching my breath after Marvel Super Heroes. Now, we’re heading back to Middle-earth for another Universes Beyond set, although this one is doing something a little different.

Not only does The Hobbit mark a return to Middle-earth following 2023’s hugely popular The Lord of the Rings: Tales of Middle-earth, it also brings Magic back to a more traditional fantasy setting. And if you’re looking to pick up some packs, Amazon has discounted The Hobbit Booster Boxes on launch day.

The Hobbit – Play Booster Box (30 Packs)

0

Magic: The Gathering Universes Beyond Booster Boxes typically cost $209.70 for 30 packs, and The Hobbit has been particularly difficult to find at that price in the run-up to launch. That’s effectively $6.99 per pack, but this deal brings the box down to $189.99, or around $6.33 per pack.

You also get a foil box topper featuring a reprint from The Lord of the Rings set, complete with special borderless alternate artwork.

If you want to know more about Magic’s second Tolkien crossover, check out our first look at three new cards from The Hobbit, as well as our look at why the set doesn’t include Commander Decks.

The Most Valuable Hobbit Magic Cards So Far

Before we get into The Hobbit’s priciest cards, there are a couple of caveats. We’re using TCGplayer for pricing, and there’s no value attached to The One Ring just yet.

More importantly, these are launch-day prices. Pre-release and early-market pricing can be extremely volatile, so don’t expect these numbers to remain unchanged for long.

Still, if you’re cracking packs over launch weekend, these are the cards you’ll want to keep an eye out for.

Right now, the card to beat is Gleaming Splendor, an enchantment that creates Treasure tokens whenever players draw their second card of a turn.

The card also has some synergy with Smaug, The Magnificent if you’re building around red and white, while its additional mana ability lets you force other players to draw a card. At the time of writing, Gleaming Splendor is commanding around $530, making it one very lucrative pull.

IGN is the best place to find TCG deals

IGN’s resident deals experts like Robert Anderson have over seven years of experience writing about gaming and TCG deals. In an era where finding advice from a real person is more important than ever, Robert’s expertise helps you cut through the digital noise to find genuine, money-saving offers. He pairs his experience and love of games with data-driven analysis and price-tracking tools to ensure he’s only ever recommending something that’s actually worthwhile.

If you’re looking some no-nonsense help on saving money in a time where gaming and TCG hobbies have never been more expensive, then we’d highly recommend following him @robertliam21 on Bluesky and setting IGN as a preferred source in Google to make sure you’re getting the latest updates, from him, and the rest of the IGN Shopping team.

Robert Anderson is IGN’s Senior Commerce Editor and resident deals expert on games, collectibles, trading card games, and more. You can follow him @robertliam21 on Bluesky.

Matthew McConaughey Turned Down Playing Joel in HBO’s The Last of Us Show

Matthew McConaughey opened up about being approached to star as Joel Miller in HBO’s The Last of Us series and revealed why he had to turn the opportunity down.

In an August 13 episode of his Happy Sad Confused podcast, entertainment journalist Josh Horowitz mentioned that Craig Mazin — the co-creator, showrunner, and executive producer of The Last of Us show — had brought up the project to McConaughey early in its development.

The actor confirmed that this discussion took place, but said he wasn’t able to take the role at the time, as he was more focused on writing and felt some hesitation toward being involved in long-term projects like TV shows.

Every IGN The Last of Us Review

“I wasn’t really acting at that point,” he explained. “I think that was when I was doing more writing and looking at leadership roles. It was really good. He [Craig Mazin] was really excited. Correct me if I’m wrong — I’m not a huge TV watcher, but we pulled off a real coup with True Detective at a time when series were not something that actors like myself and Woody Harrelson would hop off and go do. That one succeeded in a real royal fashion.

“The Last of Us was really good, it wasn’t for me at the time. I don’t know what would’ve been for me at the time. I guess the first thing I came across was [The Rivals of Amziah King], that I went like, ‘Oh, this is extremely particular. It’s a movie. It’s one movie. A series, I do consider, ‘Well, you want this to succeed, and in its success, this is something you’ll be doing for years and years and years.’ Do I want that to be the case?”

This isn’t the first time the actor’s early discussions with Mazin have been brought up on Horowitz’s podcast; Mazin himself spoke about the talks in 2023, saying he floated the idea to McConaughey with Joel in mind, though it wasn’t anything super serious.

“I did talk to Matthew [McConaughey],” Mazin confirmed. “I can’t say it was serious. It was more like, ‘Hey, here’s something we can talk about.’ It’s one of those things where, I’m sure there’s an alternate universe where it’s a different actor. Matthew McConaughey is an amazing actor, I’m sure it would’ve been great, but it would’ve been different, and I like the one that we made.”

In the end, Pedro Pascal took on the mantle of Joel, a casting decision that turned out to be a major hit with both fans and critics alike. Mazin admitted that Pascal was already at the top of their list in the very beginning, but wasn’t sure he’d be available to take the part.

“As we were floundering about a little bit,” he told Horowitz. “I got a call from his agent who said, ‘You know, he actually might be available,’” Mazin said. “Normally when you send scripts off to actors like this, you’re lucky if you get a read within a month. He was in England at the time working on a movie and I thought between the movie and the time change, this will be forever. I sent it on Friday. Saturday morning I get a call: ‘He loves it. He wants to get on a Zoom.’”

While Season 1 of HBO’s The Last of Us adaptation was met with praise all around, Season 2 was decidedly less well-received, with viewers largely taking issue with how Ellie was portrayed in comparison to her video game counterpart.

Naughty Dog chief Neil Druckmann has stepped away from his involvement in the show to focus on the studio’s next game, Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet. The Last of Us will receive a third and final season — something that fans believe will also line up with a third game sometime down the line, if Druckmann’s previous comments are anything to go by.

Image Credits: Rick Kern/FilmMagic/Getty Images, Naughty Dog

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

$15 Bluetooth Keychain Controller, DC Comics Sale, and LEGO Succulents

If you’re looking to add a few new comics to your collection, you’re in luck. Amazon has discounted a whole bunch of hardcover DC comics, including Absolute Batman Vol. 1: The Zoo. Beyond that, an adorable, fully functioning Bluetooth keychain controller is down to $15, or pick up the MTG x Marvel Super Heroes Collector Booster Box while it’s back in stock.

TL;DR – The Best Deals for August 13

Take a scroll through all the excellent deals, and then find out even more below:

$15 CRKD ATOM Keychain Controller

CRKD ATOM – Collectible Bluetooth Keychain Controller

0

Is this a practical controller for everyday use? No, but it’s absolutely adorable for when you occasionally want to switch up how you play. The CRKD ATOM is compact enough to fit on a keychain yet is still fully functional. It connects to a range of devices, including smartphones, Switch, PCs, and even Smart TVs, via Bluetooth. A D-pad, ABXY buttons, and four shoulder buttons are even on board the tiny controller. Right now, you can pick up any of the eight colors for their lowest price, $15.

DC Hardcover Comics Sale

Absolute Batman Vol. 1: The Zoo (Hardcover)

0

A hardcover copy of Absolute Batman Vol. 1: The Zoo dropped down 22% on Amazon earlier this week, and now a whole bunch of other hardcover DC comics have followed suit. Absolute Batman Vol. 2: Abomination, All-Star Superman, and Absolute Wonder Woman are just a few of the many highlights worth checking out below:

Save 30% on LEGO Succulents

LEGO Botanicals Succulents – 10309

0

If you’re like me and can’t keep a succulent alive for more than a month or two, this LEGO set is for you. It includes 9 different plants all in their own little planters that can be placed together or separated. They look super cute on a desk or bookshelf and make for great dorm decor. Best of all, they won’t die, and Amazon has them down 30% right now. The lowest price yet from the retail giant.

Cheap 55-pound Adjustable Dumbbell

CAP Barbell 10-in-1, 55lb ADJUSTABELL Dumbbell

0

This 55-pound dumbbell is a budget-friendly alternative to BowFlex’s Results Series SelectTech Dumbbells pair. That means you can grab two, and they’ll still be well over $100 less than BowFlex’s latest offering. CAP Barbell’s dumbbells are made of steel alloy and feature a honeycomb grip to help keep the dumbbell firmly in hand, even when workouts get a bit sweaty. They offer simple adjustability between 10 and 55 pounds in 5 pound increments with a twist-and-go mechanism for swapping weight between sets and workouts.

15% Off a $10 Nintendo eShop Gift Card

$10 Nintendo eShop Gift Card [Digital Code]

0

If you’re looking to pick up something for your Switch, Amazon has 15% off a Nintendo eShop Gift Card for Prime members only. In addition to purchasing games, DLC, online currency, and memberships, it can also be used at the Nintendo Store to buy hardware, physical games, and consoles. There’s a limit of two per order, so you can secure one for yourself and gift the other.

Non-Prime members can pick up this deal on Newegg instead. A $150 Nintendo eShop Gift Card includes an additional $20 gift card with purchase.

MTG x Marvel Super Heroes Collector Booster Box Is Back at Amazon

Shipped and Sold By Amazon

Magic: The Gathering | Marvel Super Heroes Collector Booster Box

0

The MTG x Marvel Super Heroes Collector Booster Box is back in stock and shipped and sold by Amazon. Now, this isn’t cheap, with 12 Boosters setting you back about $39 each. Still, it’s right at market value, and if you’re looking to increase your chances of landing a valuable card, Collector Boosters are the way to go. They include full art and special treatments with 5 cards of Rare rarity or higher in every pack.

If you’re not looking to spend as much, the Marvel Super Heroes Commander Deck Bundle and the Play Booster Box are both at their lowest prices yet.

Shipped and Sold by Amazon

Magic: The Gathering | Marvel Super Heroes Play Booster Box

0

Shipped and Sold by Amazon

Magic: The Gathering | Marvel Super Heroes Commander Deck Bundle (Avengers Assemble, Wakanda Forever, The Fantastic Four, Doom Prevails)

0

Score Half Off the Baseus 20,000mAh 100W Power Bank

Baseus Enerfill 20,000mAh 100W Power Bank

0

This slim Baseus power bank offers some serious charging power, and for added convenience, 100W two USB-C cables are built in. That’s enough output to charge up a laptop and the top handheld gaming PCs. An additional 100W USB-C and a 22W USB-A round out the port selection. The 20,000mAh, or 74Whr battery capacity can fully top up the majority of devices at least once but often more. All of this and a few more features are available on Amazon for just $33.29 with free shipping using the coupon code “RCYRSUYY”. Prime membership isn’t required either.

Pokémon TCG Restocks on Amazon

Shipped and Sold By Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Booster Bundle

0

Now, these Booster Bundles are not great deals, but if you’re looking to pick up some new cards shipped and sold by Amazon, they’re one of the few options available at the moment. Each bundle includes 6 boosters. You can also pick up the Pitch Black Elite Trainer Box for $85.

Shipped and Sold by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Pitch Black Elite Trainer Box

0

Shipped and Sold By Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Perfect Order Booster Bundle

0

Shipped and Sold by Amazon

Pokémon TCG: Mega Evolution—Chaos Rising Booster Bundle

0

Save $14 on Marvel Cosmic Invasion for Switch

Marvel Cosmic Invasion – Nintendo Switch

1

A physical copy of Marvel Cosmic Invasion for Switch is down to just $25.99 at Amazon and Best Buy, marking its biggest discount yet. This beat ‘em up with roguelite elements brings a fresh take on the nostalgic game genres. The 15 fun, familiar superheroes take on action across stages in New York City, Wakanda, the Savage Land, Genosha, and more. The game also hits on more obscure elements of Marvel history. Check out IGN’s full review of Marvel Cosmic Invasion to find out more.

LEGO Animal Crossing Creative Houses Hit New Low

LEGO Animal Crossing Creative Houses: Seasons of Fun Building Toy

1

Unfortunately, you can’t pay in bells, but this LEGO Animal Crossing Creative Houses: Seasons of Fun set is down to just $50.31 when you clip the coupon. That’s nearly $40 in savings and the lowest price yet. With it comes two adorable homes that can be neighbors or even stacked on top of each other as a two-story dwelling. Stitches, Fuchsia, and Fang minifigures, each with their own furniture and accessories for the homes, are included. Finally, fun modules can be decorated and changed with the season.

$16 Off Resident Evil Requiem for PS5

Resident Evil Requiem – PlayStation 5

0

Resident Evil Requiem is down $16 at Target. This survival horror game that just dropped in February is full of all the gore, puzzles, and incredible boss fights you’ve come to expect from the iconic series. Earning a 9/10 in IGN’s review, Tristan Ogilvie said: “From my first trembling steps into its shadows all the way to the tremendous, titan-sized takedown at its climax, Resident Evil Requiem kept me completely absorbed and consistently entertained whether it was all hair-raising or all guns blazing.”

Save $50 on a Grade A Refurbished Switch 2

Nintendo Switch 2

0

The Grade A refurbished Switch 2 console is back in stock on Amazon-owned Woot. According to Woot, “This unit has been inspected and guaranteed to have minimal cosmetic damage and has successfully passed a full diagnostic test which ensures like-new functionality.” The Switch 2 price hike is less than a month away, so this is likely your last chance to get the console this cheap. Check out IGN’s review of the Switch 2 to find out more about the console.

Save $700 on the Acer Predator Orion RTX 5070 Ti Gaming PC

Includes Two Upcoming AAA Games

Acer Predator Orion 6000 Intel Core Ultra 7 265KF RTX 5070 Ti Gaming PC (32GB/1TB)

0

The Acer Predator Orion 6000 gaming PC equipped with a GeForce RTX 5070 Ti 16GB graphics is down to $2,099 on Amazon, and thanks to Intel’s Gamer Days Sale, it also includes two new games: Star Wars: Galactic Racer and Tomb Raider: Legacy of Atlantis. As for the rig, it’s 4K-gaming-ready, especially since that GPU is paired with an unlocked Intel Core Ultra 7 265KF CPU with 20 cores and a max turbo frequency of 5.5GHz. 32GB of DDR5 RAM, a 1TB SSD, and a 360mm all-in-one liquid cooling system round out this incredible gaming rig.

Game of Thrones 4K 15th Anniversary Steelbook Collection Preorder

Preorder – Out November 3

Game of Thrones: The Complete Collection (8 4K UHD Steelbooks in Library Case)

0

Revisit Westeros in the best way possible with this Limited Edition Game of Thrones: The Complete Collection 15th Anniversary 4K Box Set. It includes eight steel books, a library case to store them, and a collectible booklet. 15 hours of additional bonus content, like the two-Part Game of Thrones: Reunion Special hosted by Conan O’Brien, deleted scenes, and more, also come with the set. The preorder is available on Amazon for 224.96, but if the price drops before release day on November 3, Amazon offers a solid preorder guarantee.

Borderlands 4 for PS5 Hits Low

Borderlands 4 – PlayStation 5

0

Borderlands 4 for PS5 is down to its lowest price yet on Amazon. This addictive looter shooter is sure to be a fun time, offering a long main story along with an incredible co-op experience, making it a great value. In IGN’s review, Travis Northup had this to say about the game: “Borderlands 4 gives the series the massive kick in the pants it has needed, with a fantastic open world and greatly improved combat.”

Switch 2 MicroSD Express Card Deals

Nintendo Switch 2 Compatible

Onn 512GB Micro SDXC Express Card

0

Nintendo Switch 2 Compatible

Onn 256GB Micro SDXC Express Card

18

While the Nintendo Switch 2 may have significantly more storage than its predecessor, just a few storage-hungry games can eat up that space fast. Unfortunately, memory prices still aren’t going down, though, so pick up Walmart’s own private label Onn cards for the best deal going on microSD Express cards. These cards meet the requirements for the Switch 2, offering up to 800MB/s write and 600MB/s read speeds.

After a name-brand offering? SanDisk and PNY both have 256GB microSD Express cards down 20% on Amazon.

SANDISK 256GB microSD Express Card

0

PNY 256GB microSD Express U3 V30 A1 microSDXC Flash Memory Card

0

$15 Off the Limited Edition Forza Horizon 6 Xbox Wireless Controller

Xbox Wireless Controller – Forza Horizon 6 Limited Edition

0

The Limited Edition Forza Horizon 6 Xbox Wireless Controller is down to its lowest price yet at Amazon and Target. It’s $15 off this awesome-looking gamepad with a transparent blue panel and vibrant flashy colors throughout, all inspired by one of the top games of 2026 so far. Not only is it great for Xbox, but it’s also IGN’s top PC controller too. Find out even more about this gamepad in IGN’s review.

Danielle is a Tech freelance writer based in Los Angeles who spends her free time creating videos and geeking out over music history.

Marvel’s The Amazing Venom #1 Exclusive Preview & Interview

Marvel is in the midst of the Queen in Black crossover, which sees the world caught in the middle of a destructive conflict between Asgardian death goddess Hela and the symbiote god Knull. It’s a watershed moment for Venom, Carnage, and every other character connected to the symbiote family. And it goes without saying that the landscape of the Spider-Man franchise will look much different when all is said and done.

Part of that involves the launch of a new monthly Venom series that sees Eddie Brock reunite with his beloved symbiote at long last. But there’s also a new spinoff miniseries in the works called The Amazing Venom. Who or what is the Amazing Venom? To answer that question, we turned to writer Jordan Morris. In an email interview with IGN, Morris explains how this series takes a cult-favorite Spider-Man villain and elevates him to new, ridiculous heights. Check out our exclusive preview of the first issue below, and keep reading to learn more:

The Amazing Venom #1 Preview Gallery

Who Is the Amazing Venom?

So who is the Amazing Venom? None other than Fred Myers, formerly the costumed supervillain known as Boomerang, and a character who makes a blink-and-you’ll-miss-it cameo in Spider-Man: Brand New Day. Fred has really come up in the world in 2026, as he’s now bonded to a symbiote named Passenger and sporting a costume inspired by Spider-Man himself. As Morris explains, this new series serves as an exciting opportunity to fundamentally revamp a character who’s suddenly been thrust into the forefront of the Marvel Universe.

“I love that Fred is a villain with simple ambitions,” Morris tells IGN. “He doesn’t want to rule the world, he just wants to throw boomerangs at people and steal a bunch of money. I’d like to think that if I had access to exploding boomerangs and jet boots I’d be a hero, but if I ended up going villain, I’d probably go the Fred Myers route. It’s so funny that this two-bit scumbag keeps getting caught up in world-ending sci-fi madness. I mean, he got killed by a vampire and came back from the dead! That’s stuff that should be happening to Avengers or X-Men, not guys with boomerangs on their head.”

Morris continues, “Beyond being funny, Fred has some really relatable baggage. I think he wants to be better but self-doubt keeps him repeating destructive patterns, which is pretty relatable. I think everyone has been in a situation where the fear of messing up keeps them from doing the right thing. I think our story is the wildest mess he’s ever gotten caught up in but hopefully he’s still the same ol’ Boomerang that’s become such a beloved fan-favorite.”

This new status quo represents a major power upgrade for a guy whose shtick used to be throwing trick boomerangs at his enemies. So how does Fred handle rising from D-List villain to bona fide Venom?

“Fred has to make a choice. Does he return to the comfortable life he knows or try and be something bigger, better and more ambitious?”“

“Fred is (appropriately) of two minds about the whole thing,” Morris says. “On the one hand, he’s fed up with aliens, vampires, etc. and longs to return to the common street crime he’s comfortable with. On the other hand, he likes the power. He’s always been a grunt in the wars between heroes and villains, and now he’s on the same level as some of the more powerful characters on the playing field. So, Fred has to make a choice. Does he return to the comfortable life he knows or try and be something bigger, better and more ambitious?”

A big part of any Venom comic involves the dynamic between the symbiote and its host. We were curious about Morris’ approach with Fred, and whether there were any classic Venom comics that inspired his take.

“I love the original Lethal Protector series from 1993,” Morris says. “That cemented Venom as an anti-hero with his own weirdo morality. And it’s funny too! It really leans into the absurd comedy of a character who gets his power from another being he wears like clothes. I think it’s fun when the symbiote and host have different agendas. It turns the whole thing into a sci-fi body horror buddy comedy. In our book, Fred is trying to live a quiet life but his symbiote, Passenger, keeps flinging them towards adventure. I think it’s a fun (and slightly disgusting) metaphor for the different impulses in all of our brains that pull us in different directions.”

The Legacy of Superior Foes of Spider-Man

It’s hard to look at The Amazing Venom and not be reminded of Nick Spencer and Steve Lieber’s The Superior Foes of Spider-Man. That series struck a chord with readers thanks to its irreverant sense of humor and its focus on D-List villains like Beetle, Speed Demon, and, of course, Boomerang. Morris confirms that anyone who enjoyed Superior Foes will find something to like in The Amazing Venom, right down to a specific callback to that older series.

“Superior Foes is one of my favorite Marvel titles of all time,” Morris says. “Spencer and Lieber are gosh darn geniuses and that book is a classic. It’s funny (obviously) but it also has a sneaky big heart. It’s very curious about its wacko characters and what makes them tick. If anyone compares our book to Foes, I consider it a giant compliment. Fun fact! When a character swears in TAV, I requested it be bleeped with skulls and crossbones like they did in Foes. I definitely want TAV to have its own tone and identity, but I think fans of Superior Foes will dig the humor and our love for deeper cut Marvel characters.”

As mentioned, The Amazing Venom is launching alongside the more traditional, Eddie Brock-focused Venom series. How closely connected are the two books? Does Morris feel like there’s ample room for both to coexist?

Art by Luke Ross. (Image Credit: Marvel)

“I’ll admit I don’t know much about the new Venom title but I’m positive Charles and Tomasso are going to knock it out of the park!” Morris says. “Having no insider information at all, it seems like that title is going to be focused on more street level adventures and ours is literally going to space. So, Fred and Passenger probably won’t be crossing paths with Eddie and Venom but never say never! I love how Marvel comics encompass a variety of different tones. You have big, world-ending stakes in an Avengers book that’s on the shelf next to a fun and funny Jeff the Land Shark adventure (cold take: I love Jeff!). Hopefully symbiote fans will pick up both books and dig the fact that they’re getting different flavors of their favorite dish.”

Finally, Morris has plenty of praise for the work of artist Luke Ross, who is tackling his next major Marvel project after wrapping Star Wars: Legacy of Vader. Ross’ previous sci-fi experience makes him a natural fit for a book that drags the new Venom through the Marvel cosmos.

“The first time I saw Luke’s work was in a Star Wars book so I knew he was the best in the biz when it comes to exotic sci-fi locales, creatures and vehicles,” Morris says. “A big part of the inspiration to take our story to space was the fact that Luke was going to be drawing it! But Luke isn’t just killing it on the intergalactic stuff. Part of our book is Fred living in this suburban townhouse and like, hosting book clubs. It’s like there’s this little network sitcom going on in the middle of our superhero story. Luke is doing such a great job with that stuff too! He really excels at comedy. His characters have such big, clear expressions and their acting really juices the jokes.”

The Amazing Venom #1 will be released on September 30. You can preorder a copy at your local comic shop.

For more, learn all about the very first Star Wars/Marvel crossover and see which DC hardcovers are on sale on Amazon.

Jesse is a mild-mannered staff writer for IGN. Allow him to lend a machete to your intellectual thicket by following @jschedeen on BlueSky.

Barnes & Noble’s Annual Book Haul Sale Is Back

Barnes & Noble has officially launched its annual Book Haul sale. The deals began earlier this week for members only, but now the sale has opened up to everyone. The discounts include up to 50% off hardcover books, 25% off LEGO sets, and 50% off select Blu-rays.

The Book Haul sale runs until September 7, both in stores and online. I’ve gathered some of the highlights from the sale, but I recommend diving right in and browsing for yourself. It’s as good a reason as any to visit your local Barnes & Noble location and just mill about.

Barnes & Noble Book Haul

8

Shop the full sale online.

Note: If you already have a Premium Member discount, that will not stack with these deals. You can, however, use Barnes & Noble gift cards to make purchases from the sale.

Up to 50% Off Hardcovers

The discounts on hardcover books are always the highlight of Barnes & Noble’s sale, and there’s some pretty good deals going on this time around. First up there’s Dan Brown’s The Secret of Secrets, which was just released last year. This isn’t the best price we’ve ever seen on this book, but it’s the best price you’ll find right now. Like all of Dan Brown’s Robert Langdon books, you don’t need to read the previous entries to understand what’s going on.

A number of popular romantasy books are also included in the sale, but I’ve only featured book two in Callie Hart’s Fae and Alchemy series. This is the deluxe limited edition that’s definitely worth adding to your collection if you haven’t already. If you’re a fan of the Dresden Files, I’d also recommend checking out Jim Butcher’s latest book, which came out almost six years after the previous entry.

Are the Book Deals Actually Good This Year?

There are a lot of different online bookstores that offer discounts on books, but Barnes & Noble isn’t usually the place to find the steepest discounts. The Book Haul sale is the exceptions to that and is generally one of the best times of the year to find discounts on hardcover books especially. Amazon has yet to match prices on many of the titles listed above, so these are the best deals on these books available right now.

Buy 1, Get 1 50% Off Exclusive Editions

Barnes & Noble’s hardcover collectible editions are exclusive to the store, so any discount is noteworthy. This is the same sale we’ve seen before, and it’s a great way to get a couple of classic books for your shelf at a discount. It’s a buy one, get one 50% off sale, so you will need to purchase two books to take advantage of the savings.

I’ve ordered some of the collectible editions by overall coolness, with Homer’s The Iliad & The Odyssey at the front. With Christopher Nolan’s take on the epic poem still dominating IMAX theaters, this ancient story is more relevant than it’s been in years. For general reading I’d recommend checking out the complete Sherlock Holmes collection, which includes all of Arthur Conan Doyle’s tales of the iconic detective. There’s also Frank Herbert’s Dune with an incredible cover. If you haven’t already read the Dune books, there’s still time to dive in before Dune: Part 3 hits theaters later this year.

$50 Off Nook Reading Tablets

$50 off Nook Reading Tablets

5

If you prefer reading ebooks over physical copies, now is also a good time to pick up a Nook. These are the official Barnes & Noble reading tablets that are comparable to Amazon’s latest Kindle devices. With current discounts, you can grab one for as little as $99.

25% Off Select LEGO Sets

25% Off LEGO Sets

5

Barnes & Noble sells a number of popular LEGO sets, including some of the newer sets for 2026. This sale does not include any of the newer sets, though, and is pretty limited to just playsets for younger kids. There are some discounts on Disney sets for kids worth checking out, but if you’re looking for the best LEGO deals of the year, you won’t find them in this sale.

Jacob Kienlen is a Senior Audience Development Strategist and Writer for IGN. Born and raised in Portland, Oregon, he has considered the Northwest his home for his entire life. With a bachelor’s degree in communication and 10 years of professional writing experience, his expertise is spread across a variety of different pop culture topics — from TV series to books and the latest LEGO sets..

Supergirl Featurette Removed After Fans Spot Alleged AI Concept Art for Lobo

A featurette from Warner Bros. showed what appeared to be AI-generated concept art for Lobo’s design in Supergirl, something that sparked backlash among fans and seemingly resulted in the video being wiped from YouTube.

Jason Momoa returned to the DCU as Lobo, decked out in white bodypaint, black leather, and a sinister grin befitting the bounty hunter. A featurette diving into Momoa’s performance was uploaded to YouTube after the film’s release in summer 2026, showing Supergirl director Craig Gillespie speaking to the actor while swiping through concept art on a laptop — artwork that seemed to be AI generated.

While only a few images of Lobo’s early look were shown at a distance, it’s impossible to ignore their resemblance to AI-generated content in terms of lighting and their overall soft, blurred look. Fans immediately clocked the similarities and took to the comments section to protest Gillespie’s apparent use of AI for such a massive feature film.

Director Craig Gillespie seemingly used AI generated concept “art” for ‘SUPERGIRL.’ pic.twitter.com/aU2h4oXHwr

— Nexus Point News (@NexusPointNews) August 13, 2026

The featurette was wiped from YouTube mere hours later. No official comment on the situation has yet been made by DC nor Warner Bros., leaving angry fans demanding answers. IGN has reached out to DC Studios for comment.

“Never hire Craig Gillespie again,” one fan wrote on X.

“They got caught in 4k and panicked,” another said of the video’s removal.

“They noticed people where hating on the AI [sic] and took down the video,” another suggested.

This is just the latest blow to hit Supergirl following its struggle at the box office in June. As of August 2026, it stands as one of the lowest-grossing DC Comics adaptations of all time, garnering $124 million globally on a $170 million budget. IGN’s Clint Gage scored it a 6 out of 10, saying it “borrows from the best, but Milly Alcock’s great take on Kara Zor-El gets lost in the spare parts from other movies used to assemble her story.”

Peter Safran’s DC Studios and Gillespie also suffered from some creative clashes, reportedly testing competing cuts for Supergirl mere months before the film went to theaters. Sources close to the project told The Hollywood Reporter that the studio and Gillespie were “not creatively aligned,” and DC Studios’ version ended up winning out in the end.

Despite Supergirl’s lukewarm reception, Warner Bros. is still moving full speed ahead on James Gunn’s sequel to Superman, Man of Tomorrow, with WB chief David Zasla remarking in an interview with Deadline: “A handful of recent films have underperformed expectations. Media is, by nature, a business full of hits and misses.”

James Gunn’s Superman, on the other hand, was far more warmly received, with IGN scoring the flick an 8 out of 10 for being a “wonderfully entertaining, heartfelt cinematic reset” for the DCU.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Netflix Shuts Down Oxenfree Developer Night School

Netflix is shuttering its Los Angeles-based game studio Night School, best known for side-scrolling psychological thrillers Oxenfree and Oxenfree 2: Lost Signals.

The streamer is also shutting down Moonloot, its game studio based in Helsinki, Finland, which has not yet released any titles but was developing an unannounced life-sim project.

Speaking with GameFile, a Netflix spokesperson confirmed the company still intends to release games on its platform, saying this latest move was an effort to streamline these efforts.

“We see an opportunity to be more focused in our execution, so we are making organizational changes to the business to match those priorities,” the spokesperson said. “We are incredibly grateful to the talented colleagues we’re saying goodbye to today. We thank them for all their contributions to Netflix, and wish them the best. Games continue to be an opportunity for us to expand the variety of entertainment we offer Netflix members.”

Screens – Oxenfree

This news comes just after Night School released Unhinged, a first-person, narrative-driven horror game created in collaboration with Weapons director Zach Cregger, on June 30. Starring names like Sadie Sink and Zoë Kravitz, it stood out as a unique offering in the current gaming landscape, which reviewers described as a “fun and scary choose-your-own-adventure” romp.

A former member of Night School staff spoke about the closure on LinkedIn, writing, “Despite directing Unhinged and shipping it 6 weeks ago to millions of excited, satisfied players, it looks like I’m back on the market (along with the rest of Night School Studio)! …I’m so proud of what we accomplished, and millions of people agree that we made a great product! Onward to the next exciting thing!”

These are the latest game studio closures from Netflix after the streamer shut down Team Blue in 2024. Netflix founded the developer in 2022, and it closed without releasing any games. It also closed Boss Fight Entertainment in 2025 after acquiring it in 2022, releasing several games within that timeframe. At the time, Netflix described Boss Fight’s closure as part of a “less-is-more strategy on a few identified verticals.”

Despite these most recent closures, Netflix has had positive things to say about its foray into the gaming space, with co-CEO Greg Peters saying Unhinged became one of its “most successful cloud game debuts” that yielded “really solid numbers that put it in the top tier of game performance for us” in a July 2026 investor call.

“We’re scratching the surface in terms of what we think the total potential of the space offers for us. You’re going to see us continue to calibrate and refine our level of investment here, which is still very small relative to our overall content spend based on demonstrated performance based on what is working for our members and what’s delivering returns to our business,” he added.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Uncharted Designer Explains Why He Doesn’t Want a Remake of Drake’s Fortune

Benson Russell, designer for two of the original Uncharted games and a current developer at Naughty Dog, explained why he’s hesitant to welcome a potential remake of Drake’s Fortune.

Uncharted: Drake’s Fortune released in 2007 on the PlayStation 3. It’s the first game in the original Uncharted trilogy and a title that studios still take inspiration from to this day, even two decades later.

Over the last two years, rumors have surfaced claiming that Naughty Dog is considering a remake of the iconic game. While this was mere speculation, players finally got to hear straight from the horse’s mouth in August 2026 when Benson Russell, designer for Drake’s Fortune and Uncharted 2: Among Thieves, spoke out about the subject in a conversation with FRVR.

Uncharted Games in (Chronological) Order

For Russell, remakes don’t make sense if the original games are still part of the cultural zeitgeist, making the idea of a Drake’s Fortune remake something of an uncessary task in his view.

“Uncharted as a thing is still in the zeitgeist,” he told the outlet. “System Shock… a remake of that now makes a lot of sense, because not just can you play it, but it had horrible key bindings, it kept a lot of people out of it from wanting to play it. There’s already a version [of Drake’s Fortune] you can play on modern consoles [to] get the experience. What’s the point of remastering [or remaking] it?”

“I just don’t see the point of remaking [it],” he continued. “You’d have to rewrite the whole story to make it better, which means you’re going to change the spirit and you’re going to change the scenes and what the first one was about, right? You’re going to have to add all these scenes or take things away and a lot of the key set pieces — are you going to keep those? Are you going to have to redo them because they don’t fit your story? It doesn’t make any sense [to remake it]. I honestly thought the same thing about The Last of Us Part 1… these are old games for a reason.”

Russell finished his spiel by saying a remake of Drake’s Fortune would feel “more like a cash grab than it would feel like anything necessary at this point,” saying, “Just don’t recreate the first game. It’s just, eh.”

While it’s currently unclear if Naughty Dog truly has any plans to work on a remake of Drake’s Fortune, it seems like all hands are on deck for the studio’s next title, Intergalactic: The Heretic Prophet, which saw boss Neil Druckmann step away from his involvement in HBO’s The Last of Us series to better focus on. However, rumors of a Last of Us 3 game are also swirling around in the ether after Druckmann made a few comments online that hinted at another potential entry in the critically-acclaimed series.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

MTG Foundations Commander Decks: Are They Worth Buying?

I started playing Magic: The Gathering in 2023, nudged into it by a combination of Lord of the Rings and a desire for something to play with friends. It became a game we learned together, playing Commander as a group of four, then five, then all the way up to eight and more.

It’s become a hobby I love, and as a result, I’ve got around 45 Commander decks. Precons, upgrades, entirely hand-picked ones — I’ve got just about any color combo and playstyle sorted. And yet, I’m eager to get hold of the upcoming Foundations precons. Here’s why.

Bundle (Five Decks)

0

If you’re new to Magic, Foundations debuted in 2024 as a way to lay a new, well, foundation for the standard format.

Its cards are made up of neat reprints and some classic staples, all rolled into a set that doesn’t cycle out as regularly. In fact, it’ll still be legal until 2029, but what about Commander?

Magic’s most popular format, Commander, has a deluge of precons launching every year. This year alone (we’re only in August), we’ve had twelve across four sets, and we have more to come (more on those in a moment). I’m keeping a keen eye out just in case anything is worth adding to my “Most Powerful MTG Precon” list right here on IGN.

The trouble is that, outside of arguably the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles deck, ‘Turtle Power’, we’ve not had that many that are easy to get to grips with for new players. No mono-colored decks, mechanics like Blight, Connive, and more, and an increasing price point for Universes Beyond decks in particular have made it tough to introduce someone to the format.

Thankfully, Foundations is getting its own set of Commander precons, and not a moment too soon.

Mono Madness

There are a few reasons I’m particularly excited for these new decks, and none of them have to do with the cards included. Each deck is $30, and there’s one for each color, so you can pick up all 500 cards for $150.

We’re not expecting pricey reprints, surprising art treatments, or anything like that, but they should be an ideal starting point for new players — or for those of us looking to share the Commander format with friends or family.

Calling All Angels is a mono-white Angels typal deck, helmed by Giada, Font of Hope. Reign of Dragons is a mono-red Dragon deck starring Lathliss, Dragon Queen, while Tramplesaurus Rex will ramp quickly to bring out big dinosaurs like its Commander, Ghalta, Primal Hunger.

Then there’s Ghoulcaller Gisa, who helms the mono-black zombie/sacrifice deck Wretched Ranks, and finally, Sai, Master Thopterist, whose mono-blue deck, Keen Engineering, is all about artifacts.

These are all well-worn playstyles, but the point here is the cohesion rather than the competitiveness. These decks are easy to hand to a friend over the holidays and say “let’s play a game”, while also giving them a little bit of guidance towards their preferred playstyle.

Starter Decks for Commander are not a new notion, but they’ve not been printed in so long that there’s a wild disparity in price. The Draconic Destruction deck from 2022 that kicked off my collection has surged to double what I paid for it and then some.

In fact, for the price it would cost now, you could buy the mono-green and mono-red Foundations decks and smash them together to allow for big, stompy dinosaurs flanked by flying dragons. Would it gel perfectly? Unlikely, but it’s a good start to learning how to smooth out a deckbuilding process.

Am I about to spend $150 on a bunch of decks full of cards I already have? Almost certainly, but if it ends with me giving one of the decks to my brother-in-law, or getting my Dad to sit down at the table, then it’s been worth it.

Top 12 Best MTG Commander Decks

Lloyd Coombes is an experienced freelancer in tech, gaming and fitness seen at Polygon, Eurogamer, Macworld, TechRadar and many more. He’s a big fan of Magic: The Gathering and other collectible card games, much to his wife’s dismay.

Why Wolverine’s Suit Heals Itself, Straight From the Devs

One of the big talking points coming out of the June State of Play gameplay reveal for Marvel’s Wolverine revolved around Logan’s suit healing alongside his body. This caused quite the kerfuffle within the community, with some fans saying it looks silly.

“Wow, even his suit has a healing factor!” was one reaction to the gameplay. “NANOMACHINES, SON,” another joked. Some have even suggested in-universe explanations for why Wolverine’s suit heals itself (Reed Richards might have been involved!).

So, when we got the chance to sit down with Mike Fitzgerald, head of technology at Insomniac, and senior project director Jess Reiner-Reed to talk about all things Wolverine recently, we had to ask: what’s going on with Logan’s suit?

Rather than there being some deep cut lore explanation the developers drew from, Insomniac set out to achieve a balance between showing the effects of Wolverine’s brutal combat and the practicality of the gameplay.

“I think mostly there’s some practicalities to it,” Fitzgerald began. “You can’t play through most of the game wearing just shredded rags on his body. So we find the right balance between clothing that reflects the gameplay you’re doing and this brutal combat and the realities of that, and then finding the right moments to have it restore itself so you get that right cinematic feel of Wolverine.”

Reiner-Reed doubled down on this strive for a balance. “Early on you would be playing through missions and your clothes are shredded for way too long,” she said. “You don’t feel as powerful as you’re playing through. So yeah, we definitely found that right balance was the right thing to say.”

Marvel’s Wolverine Screenshots (August 2026)

I’ve seen plenty of people say they would like to see suit damage remain, or progressively get worse. But let’s remember this is Wolverine we’re talking about. Given how much damage he takes, and how taking damage is kind of the way his combat works, he’d probably end up naked after about five minutes of action.

So, while suit damage does not hang about, Insomniac still had to create a damage pipeline and process for each suit in the game to show the damage that does occur in different ways.

“We invested a lot in how damage is reflected on him in his suit, on enemies and their suits,” Fitzgerald explained. “And then as you attack them, the blood sprays coming off them are some really interesting fluid tech. So it’s not just pre-baked visual effects. These are actual blood particles coming out. They hit the ground and make the exact splatter mark they would make if they land on Logan. They leave blood there. If he walks through water, it washes off and leaves blood swirls in the water.”

We’ve got plenty more on Marvel’s Wolverine from our big interview with Insomniac. And don’t forget to check out our hands-on preview ahead of the game’s September launch.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Everything That Adds Replay Value Confirmed by Insomniac

Insomniac has confirmed the various features in Marvel’s Wolverine designed to keep people playing after the credits roll.

Unlike the Sony-owned developer’s open-world Spider-Man games, which are packed with side activities and let players free roam, Marvel’s Wolverine is a linear, story-driven adventure that focuses squarely on Logan’s journey. However, as senior project director Jess Reiner-Reed and Insomniac head of technology Mike Fitzgerald told IGN in a recent interview, there’s plenty to keep players busy even after they finish the game.

For example, littered throughout the game are whiskey bottles that aid Wolverine’s progression, material crates that contain the raw materials used to unlock suits, and Nightmare Doors, which contain unique trials.

Marvel’s Wolverine Screenshots (August 2026)

“It is a story-driven adventure,” Reiner-Reed said. “Logan is pulled through uncovering these mysteries of his past. But you can go off the beaten path.”

The Nightmare Doors, specifically, are “manifestations of the horrible things happening in Logan’s mind,” Reiner-Reed added. “There’s many of those throughout the game with different types of trials.” One we played during a recent hands-on session is called Shinjuku Shuffle.

Marvel’s Wolverine also has Mission Replay, which lets you return to any mission to find collectibles you might have missed. And, crucially, Marvel’s Wolverine has New Game Plus day-one — something the Spider-Man games have lacked.

“In a New Game Plus, you can use all of your loadout and progression that you already unlocked,” Reiner-Reed explained. “You can choose whatever suit you want. So there’s some fun things that happen there. And also there’s some adaptations that are only available in New Game Plus. So there’s some fresh gameplay for folks.”

These adaptations let players “amp up the difficulty” or make Logan “the much more powerful and aggressive character,” Fitzgerald added.

Marvel’s Wolverine replay features

  • Whiskey bottles
  • Material crates
  • Nightmare Doors
  • Mission Replay
  • New Game Plus

These features may go some way to addressing a concern about Marvel’s Wolverine’s replay value I’ve seen from some quarters of the internet. There’s no getting away from the fact this is a very different game than Insomniac’s Spider-Man series, so replay value will come less from the joy of exploration or movement, and more from combat mastery and Logan’s own progression. Wolverine will have a suit grind, of course, as the Spider-Man games do.

We’ve got plenty more on Marvel’s Wolverine from our big interview with Insomniac. And don’t forget to check out our hands-on preview ahead of the game’s September launch.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Marvel’s Wolverine: The Final Preview

Key Preview Takeaways:

  • Combat is as violent as you’d want from Wolverine, with a cleverly implemented Rage Meter, but it doesn’t have the same ability to personalize your attacks as Spider-Man.
  • The story is intriguing, offering up a pre-X-Men Logan working alongside a couple of mutants we tend to know as foes.
  • The non-combat Lowtown area allows for a welcome change-of-pace and chance for character development. We hope the full game has more of these kinds of “exhale” moments.

If Insomniac has proved anything over the last eight years, it’s that they know how to make a hell of a superhero game. Spider-Man remains one of the PlayStation 4’s defining action games and a shining example of open-world design, as are both of its follow-ups. Now they’re looking to replicate that magic with Wolverine, albeit this time as a traditional linear AAA action game. I got to play about two and half hours at a recent preview event, and while my impressions are mostly glowingly positive, I did come away with a few questions and concerns.

Right from the start of my demo, it was clear that this is a very different kind of Wolverine story than what I was used to. The X-Men haven’t been formed yet; Wolverine, Sabertooth, and Mystique are all buds and part of a three-person task force known as Team X; and they’re all led by a not-yet-sinister-looking man named Nathaniel Essex, who also serves as their mentor and someone looking to help mutants everywhere.

That puts them in direct opposition with the mutant-hating Bolivar Trask, and the very first mission of the game has Team X setting out to rescue their mentor from his clutches. It didn’t take long after picking up the controller for me to pop out my claws, leap 20 feet towards a poor sap, and ventilate his body with six holes. My first reaction to the combat in Wolverine was very simply, “Yep, this is exactly what I want a Wolverine game to feel like.” Combat is fast, vicious, and brutal, even if it is, fundamentally, similar to what Insomniac has already done with Spider-Man.

Fight Like an Animal

Much like how Spider-Man was able to zip around the battlefield with his webs, Logan can use a gap-closing leap attack to instantly get right up in the face of an enemy, and then proceed to shred them with a basic melee claw combo, or a powerful kick that can break shields and knock enemies back. That kick ends up being one of the most defining aspects of Wolverine’s combat, as you can use it both to knock enemies off cliffs or into walls, and once they’re stunned against a wall, you can utilize a highly damaging barrage attack that will generally defeat an enemy right away.

On the defensive side, Wolverine is a parry driven game, so you’ll need to always have your finger hovering over that L1 button, ready to press it on a split second’s notice, because enemies do not wait around for their turn. They are very aggressive, and while the fodder baddies can be dispatched fairly easily, most of the cybernetically enhanced ones have very sturdy defenses that strongly encourage you to parry their attacks in order to open them up. Wolverine also has access to a variety of special moves by holding L2 and pressing a face button, which are generally reserved for stronger attacks that either do big single-target damage, deal damage spread out over an area around Wolverine, grant him a limited time buff, etc. These special moves are all tied to individual cool downs rather than a resource that builds up over the course of combat.

Rage is a neat way to incorporate Logan’s healing factor into the combat design, by making it so that as long as Wolverine has a bar of rage in the tank, he can essentially come back from the dead by trading in his rage meter for health. “

The one resource that you do have to keep an eye on is Wolverine’s rage, which is gained by simply dealing damage and killing enemies, but slowly diminishes when you’re not actively slicing and dicing. It’s a mechanic meant to encourage all-out aggression, which feels very on brand for Wolverine. There are three tiers of Rage that you can unlock by filling the meter. The first tier is by default and doesn’t come with any benefits. Once you reach tier 2 though, you gain extra damage on your combo finishers, and most importantly you’re able to go into your last stand when you lose all of your health. This was a neat way to incorporate Logan’s healing factor into the combat design, by making it so that as long as Wolverine has a bar of rage in the tank, he can essentially come back from the dead by trading in his rage meter for health. If he goes down without a full bar of rage to spare though, it’s game over and back to the last checkpoint for you.

At Rage Tier 3 though is where the party starts. Once he hits that rage threshold, the background turns gray, the enemies get highlighted in red, and all of Wolverine’s attacks do dramatically increased damage, with most weaker enemies being executable immediately. This lets you throw caution to the wind and just tear apart entire groups of enemies in quick order. It is quite simply the epitome of the Wolverine power fantasy.

My overall impression of combat based on what I’ve played is that it’s all fundamentally sound, very satisfying, and does a great job of evoking the spirit of Wolverine, but at the same time, it felt like it was missing an element of creativity that I always look for in an action game. One of the joys of Spider-Man’s combat, for example, was all of the fun things you could do that weren’t necessarily the optimal way of clearing a combat encounter, but allowed you to break away from the monotony of just punch, parry, punch, parry, punch, parry, etc. You could bounce off walls, mantle over enemies, slide under them, web them up, yank away their weapons, swing them around, launch them up for an air combo, knock them away, pull them back, etc. Wolverine mostly just angrily stabs things, and while he is the best there is at what he does, I did wish that what does offered a bit more variety.

Story Time

Now, to be fair, there are some fun ways that Insomniac encourages you to use the environment to your advantage, like kicking an enemy into a forklift is always a good time; and there are occasional team-ups that organically feature combination attacks between you and your partner, much like what was seen in Spider-Man 2 and Miles Morales. But on a base level, I do have some concerns about how Wolverine’s combat will remain engaging throughout the entire campaign. It’s certainly possible for that depth to be uncovered as I get deeper into the game. There is, after all, a skill tree with a variety of techniques and special moves that I only scratched the surface of, along with adaptation points that can be spent on a variety of character upgrades. My hope is that those later upgrades and skills add some extra flavor to Wolverine’s combat and aren’t just more powerful techniques that scale his strength to meet the increased difficulty of later enemies and bosses.

Interestingly, the thing that impressed me most about Wolverine was actually the direction of the story. You’ve got Wolverine on a team with Mystique and Sabretooth, during a time before the forming of the X-Men, with the addition of Jean Grey and Nathaniel Essex as two people that are very important to Wolverine, but also have two very different world views. There are all very combustible elements in play, and I’m excited to see where it all goes. Doubly so due to the fact that it’s written by Walt Williams of Spec Ops: The Line fame, who is one of the best video game writers in the business.

Thus far, the performances have been excellent as well. Liam McIntyre’s portrayal of Wolverine is very grounded and paints the picture of a man bottling up a lot of anger and pain, but still has that rough edge and ruthless aggression that fans expect from the character. I only got to see a little bit of Troy Baker’s Nathaniel Essex, but so far it’s shaping up to yet another memorable and nuanced performance in his stacked resume. I got to see different sides of both Mystique and Sabertooth than what I’m used to, and I’m very much looking forward to seeing where Nicole Pacent and Brett Gipson take their respective characters.

While much of the demo was spent with Wolverine snarling, growling, and prowling as he found new baddies to stick his claws into, there was one notable section that was much more quiet and subdued, and it actually ended up being my favorite stretch of gameplay. In it, Wolverine wanders through Lowtown, which is a bit of a safe haven for mutants to congregate. I was able to strike up conversations with fellow mutants, engage in some not-so-friendly arm wrestling with Sabertooth, play a revealing game of Never Have I Ever with Mystique, and even find a handful of Easter eggs tucked away. It was a welcome reprieve from all of the action, and I hope there are more moments like this where I get to learn more about the characters that inhabit the world.

Sharpen Your Claws

Overall, I walked away from my time with Wolverine impressed, but not thoroughly blown away. It’s clear that Insomniac is still holding a lot of cards close to its chest with regards to the story, and that’s the element that has proved to be most interesting to me thus far. Combat absolutely nails the spirit of Wolverine and is very fundamentally sound, but leaves me with some questions as to how it will hold up over the course of the entire campaign. We’ll see how it all pans out when Wolverine releases on PlayStation 5 on September 15.

Mitchell Saltzman is an editorial producer at IGN. You can find him on twitter @JurassicRabbit

Insomniac Explains Why It Didn’t Want the X-Men in Marvel’s Wolverine

While there are many mutants famous for being members of the X-Men in Marvel’s Wolverine, in the video game’s story the X-Men do not exist. Rather, Logan is a former member of Team X, the mutant black ops unit that includes the likes of Sabretooth and Lady Deathstrike. Yes, Jean Grey is in the game, but she is not part of any group called the X-Men. Put simply, don’t expect Cyclops to turn up in his comic accurate suit, dropping from the Blackbird under orders from Professor X back at the X Mansion.

But why? Why not have the X-Men exist in Marvel’s Wolverine? In an interview with IGN, narrative director Walt Williams said Insomniac was keen for the mutants in the game to not have a safe place to go to, to not benefit from being superheroes, but rather remind players that mutants exist on the outside — and Wolverine himself, who this game is all about, is perhaps the biggest outsider of them all.

“So Team X is canonical,” Williams began. “It is Logan’s first team in his history. It was a black ops team from the ’70s made up of wetworks mutant workers. So in telling Wolverine’s story, we wanted to bring it back to the beginning of where his story really began in that long string of teams. Because as we know, he’s been a member of many teams by this point in his 50-plus year history.

Marvel’s Wolverine Screenshots June 2026

“But really what we were looking to do is, because superheroes have become so mainstream at this point in just pop culture and everything through TV shows, comics, movies and everything, that even especially with our own Spider-Man games, these are characters with superpowers that a lot of the world has accepted, that they are celebrated. They have parades, they are honored and stuff. But mutants at the core are outsiders, even within the Marvel universe.

“And we have not really had that aspect of them be brought out a lot lately in the stories that we get in the bigger mainstream. We wanted to bring players back to that mindset of that these are characters who exist on the outside. They are not superheroes. They don’t have a safe space. They are people who are living in shadow. They are people who are hiding their powers from the world because they are afraid of what would happen if people would discover them.

“And so if we had started this story with the X-Men in existence, there would already be that aspect of a safe place for them. And we wanted to remind people that existence for a mutant is not safe. It’s hard. It’s scary. And entering that world through Logan, it really felt like the best POV possible. One, I mean, he’s an incredibly complex, layered character that has so much potential to write. But at the same time also, he’s an outsider’s outsider. Even among mutants, this is a man who does not feel at home. He keeps people at arm’s length. He was that perfect POV for us to be able to enter into that mutant world and begin to understand just how much mutants do not feel as if they belong anywhere.”

It’s a detailed answer to a question that fans have been wondering about ever since Marvel’s Wolverine was revealed. And so, while you’ll get co-op gameplay with Jean Grey, she’s not in the story as Marvel Girl or wearing a suit we’ve seen from the X-Men comics. And without the X-Men knocking about, Logan and Jean are free to explore their own romantic relationship — assuming the game itself goes that far — free from Cyclops’ death stare.

Indeed, Williams confirmed to IGN that there is no Logan, Jean, and Scott Summers love triangle at play in Marvel’s Wolverine.

“I don’t want to get too much into spoilers because obviously there’s a whole story that we want everyone to experience as they play through it,” Williams said. “But I think it’s safe to say that we are focusing on just Logan and Jean’s relationship in Marvel’s Wolverine.”

My take? Having the X-Men in a game that is meant to be about Wolverine would have distracted from the man himself. And if the X-Men were in the game, Insomniac would be faced with having to actually build the X-Men and work them into the game, its story, and whatever else that might come from having a game swollen to bursting point with mutant superheroes. This Wolverine game is a tighter affair, a starting point that may lead to fully fleshed out X-Men games in the future.

We’ve got plenty more on Marvel’s Wolverine from our big interview with Insomniac. And don’t forget to check out our hands-on preview ahead of the game’s September launch.

Wesley is Director, News at IGN. Find him on Twitter at @wyp100. You can reach Wesley at wesley_yinpoole@ign.com or confidentially at wyp100@proton.me.

Strange New Worlds Episode 4 Recap and Review

Spoilers follow for Star Trek: Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 4, “A Case of Chiaroscuro.”

Alright, here’s the thing about Strange New Worlds. For whatever reason, at some point showrunners Akiva Goldsman and Henry Alonso Myers decided that gimmick episodes were what this show needed. After a brilliant first season of adventure-of-the-week episodes, Season 2 featured occasional segments like “Those Old Scientists,” a crossover with the animated series Lower Decks, and “Subspace Rhapsody,” a musical episode, which lit a fire under the notion of what a modern episode of Star Trek could be. And that was great.

Uhura (Celia Rose Gooding), Una (Rebecca Romijn), and M’Benga (Babs Olusanmokun)

But somewhere along the way, the gimmicks became the focus, and frankly, they’ve grown kind of tiresome. I was really hoping with Season 4 that we’d just get back to regular weekly adventures. So when this week’s episode, “A Case of Chiaroscuro,” began and everything was in black and white, my mind immediately went to Yellow Alert. By the time we were on Mat’aar XII, the planet of the week (which is a kind of throwback to a film noir and/or Casablanca world), my inner Red Alert was in full effect. IT’S ANOTHER GIMMICK EPISODE.

When a newly promoted Commander Una Chin-Riley (Rebecca Romijn) leads an away team of Dr. M’Benga (Babs Olusanmokun) and Ensign Uhura (Celia Rose Gooding) to retrieve a probe that’s strayed into Klingon space, the group find themselves stuck on Mat’aar XII, where not only does everything appear to be black and white to our heroes (due to the infrared something something radiation of the system), but also you have to dress up like knock-off Humphrey Bogarts and Carmen Sandiegos in order to fit in.

Read Last Week’s Review:

Star Trek: Strange New Worlds Season 4, Episode 3 Recap and Review – Humor. It Is a Difficult Concept

Look, it’s a cute enough idea I suppose. The Original Series did go to a gangster planet after all. And the visuals of the episode are pretty cool. But as “A Case of Chiaroscuro” labors through its beats to hit the tropes of the genre(s) it’s working to imitate, the hour just winds up feeling like a Cinema Studies 101 midterm paper: High-contrast and shadowy black and white photography? Check. Doppelgänger characters? Check. A central bar/cafe where conspirators and their foes can congregate? Check. Corrupt local authorities? Check. And so on and so on. The thing is, like that middling paper from the kid who only half paid attention in class, the episode really gets its film noir chocolate mixed up in its wartime/romance film peanut butter.

But whatever, let’s not quibble about that. The real problem here is that Una’s struggle isn’t really fleshed out enough. I understand that she’s torn between wanting to help the local resistance fighters who are pushing against the Klingon occupation they are enduring, and I also understand that this is a particularly personal issue for her due to her own childhood when it was the Federation who were seen as the occupiers by some of her fellow Illyrians. And yet, there’s little here that makes me feel much for Una’s current (or past) situation.

Christina Chong’s La’an is on the case, even if nobody else is – not even Spock (Ethan Peck).

Indeed, it’s Olusanmokun’s M’Benga who once again steals the show, even though he’s depicted here as more of an advisor to both Una and Uhura rather than given his own plotline. The idea of the kindly physician who is also a skilled warrior and an adept spy is so darned cool as the good doctor counsels the young Uhura in how to navigate this strange (new) world while also reminding Una that she can’t let her responsibility to the resistance movement overtake her oath to Starfleet. He even gets the best line of the hour: “My calling is medicine, healing people. It’s the great mystery of my life that some of my strongest skills lie in opposition to that calling.”

The B story involves Christina Chong’s La’an, who’s been flirting with going over to the dark side all season, obsessing over what she thinks might be clues that there’s a traitor onboard the Enterprise. The thing is, nobody else buys her theories, not even her friend-with-benefits-but-actually-her-boyfriend Spock (Ethan Peck). Again, it’s a fairly low-impact plotline that culminates in the revelation that, whew, La’an is not crazy, but also, whoa, she just lied to Captain Pike (Anson Mount) to cover up the truth. Pike seems to maybe know there’s more going on here, and trusts La’an to do the right thing, but still…

Questions and Notes from the Q Continuum:

  • So if Una’s next step up the promotion ladder is captain, how long until she gets her own ship and leaves the Enterprise for good? (Never to be mentioned or seen again, by the way.)
  • In her opening log, Una says that they’re at risk of “re-starting a very Cold War,” but shouldn’t that be “re-starting a shooting war”? The Klingons and the Federation are in a state of Cold War by the time Kirk is in command of the Enterprise, and presumably that’s been the situation since the end of the war depicted in Star Trek: Discovery…
  • The chief Klingon here is Kor, who I guess is supposed to be the Kor from The Original Series and Deep Space Nine who was played by the late, great John Colicos. Fine, I guess? (The House of Kor was also depicted in Star Trek: Discovery, although Kor himself was not.)
  • Speaking of Discovery, the shuttle Una and the gang take in this episode is the Cervantes, which according to Memory Alpha is a Stamets-type vessel. It’s gotta be named after either the Discovery’s Paul Stamets (who is considered lost and MIA at this point in the timeline) or possibly the real-life mycologist Paul Stamets who the character is named after. Right?

Brand New Day Writers Insist That Jean Grey Didn’t ‘Technically’ Kill Anyone

Spider-Man: Brand New Day screenwriters Chris McKenna and Erik Sommers have stated that Jean Grey did not actually kill anyone during the movie — “technically,” at least.

Since the film’s launch, fans have been debating the final act redemption of Sadie Sink’s mutant, who is ultimately revealed to be searching for her sister. It’s a tragic story, and one that’s meant to leave audiences empathizing with the X-Men character. But… what about all those people she killed while terrorizing New York?

Well, according to the film’s screenwriters, Jean Grey did not actually kill anyone while terrorizing New York. Not the guy she made walk in front of a bus, or the guy left stuck on a crane, and definitely not anyone in the building that she blew up.

“I think technically, she’s not responsible for any deaths,” Erik Sommers told The Hollywood Reporter. “But you come away with the impression, certainly, that she’s caused a lot of destruction [and] mayhem.”

Spider-Man: Brand New Day – Our Biggest Burning Questions

While you don’t actually see anyone Jean Grey controls definitively die on screen, fans have certainly noted the level of violence on display from a character who ultimately is meant to be sympathetic.

“I audibly gasped when that poor man was made to step into oncoming traffic,” one fan wrote in a lengthy reddit thread discussing Jean Grey’s violent tendencies. “I looked around the cinema to see if anyone saw what I just saw, but to my surprise the scene just went on and it was not addressed at any other point. Did he die? Did he survive? That felt really dark and unnecessary especially without any resolution or closure.”

But Sommers has argued that Jean Grey needed to have that level of threat attached to her character in order to “feel formidable,” and be a believable enough villain that could carry the movie and make the Department of Damage Control — at least initially — seem justified in their actions.

“Even if you’re going to have a villain who really is redeemed at the end or goes through a transformation, you have to start them off in a place where they feel formidable,” Sommers continued. “If it doesn’t feel like this is going to be someone who is a challenge to our hero, physically, emotionally, mentally, then you don’t really buy it.”

“What we were really excited about was this villain got to be a mystery for so long in the movie,” Sommers’ fellow co-writer Chris McKenna added. “We were in Peter’s shoes. We were not putting the audience ahead of him, so he was reacting to everything, and we were with him reacting.”

Other fans have dismissed the hand-wringing over Jean Grey’s (definitely not) murderous tendencies as simply by-the-by, considering the antics of other Marvel heroes in the movie such as Yelena and Frank.

“Peter’s best friend in this movie is an insane psychopath who casually kills people,” countered another fan. “Peter’s contact in the New Avengers is a trained assassin. Peter spent the entire last movie trying to redeem murderous criminals from themselves just because he thought that if they were going to die, at least they could die as good guys.” Point taken.

Of course, Sadie Sink has a big future ahead of her in the MCU, with an X-Men movie reboot now in pre-production and an expectation among Marvel fans that we’ll see her again even sooner, likely in 2027’s Avengers: Secret Wars. Maybe Jean Grey will have calmed down a bit by then?

Image credit: Axelle/Bauer-Griffin/FilmMagic.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

Best Books to Read in August 2026: Top 9 New Releases

August is set to be another brilliant month for new books, with lots of standalone entries and continuing series to get stuck into.

And with Halloween and spooky season on the horizon – yes, we know it’s still the middle of summer, but if you’ve been embracing summerween as we have, or love a good scare – we’ve made sure to include more than a few horror stories to get you in the mood, as well as fantasy, sci-fi, romance, thrillers and more.

So, these are the best new books for August 2026 to keep an eye out for this month…

The Unknown by Riley Sager

The Unknown

0

Riley Sager is, and will always be, a must-read author for me. This means that his latest release, The Unknown, has been at the top of my TBR [To Be Read] list since it was first announced. And having already read an early copy of it, I can confirm that the bestselling thriller author is on top form once again. Taking place over two timelines in 1926 and 2026, if you love a good mystery, especially one where our characters find themselves stranded on a remote island, this is definitely one to pick up.

Would-be actress Marin has been struggling to get work, so when she finds herself as the last-minute addition to a movie based on the unsolved mystery of New Avalon, an island where five women disappeared 100 years ago, she can’t quite believe her luck. However, for the cast to get into character before filming begins, she and her fellow actresses will need to make a trip to the island, where all that was left of its inhabitants were five dresses hanging from an old oak tree. And it soon becomes clear that something is not right with the island, especially when current-day events start to mirror the diary that was left behind by one of the missing women. Is someone attempting to derail the movie before it has even begun? Could something supernatural be at play? Or is history simply repeating itself? You’ll need to pick up a copy to find out.

The House That Eats The Dead by Max Doty

  • Release date: August 13 (UK) and August 18 (US)

The House That Eats The Dead

0

We always love a fresh and interesting take on a traditional haunted house story, and Max Doty’s The House That Eats The Dead is exactly that. When Claire and her family move to the suburbs, this is meant to be a new beginning for them all. Yet, when strange goings-on begin – from fresh flowers and moving boxes almost immediately wilting and disintegrating to store-bought eggs being completely hollow – she has to come to terms with the possibility that their dream home is hungry and devouring anything that was once alive.

But, as the title alludes to, it’s not just food and produce that the house is feasting on. And when Claire exploits its power, they soon become inextricably linked. Let’s just say, if you’ve ever thought to yourself, “I wish that person would just disappear”, imagine if your house could take care of that and leave absolutely no trace of them. With the house itself being its own character, this isn’t your typical horror story either, with various different layers to it and a story that blends a psychological thriller with all things supernatural.

The Infinite State by Richard Swan

  • Release date: August 4 (US) and August 6 (UK)

The Infinite State

0

With a captivating feel and setting that gives serious “1984 meets The Man in the High Castle” vibes, Richard Swan’s The Infinite State follows Katherine – the widower of a highly admired and revered member of Pater Aeternus, the governing party of the fascist, galaxy-spanning Decurion Empire – as she comes to terms with her new fate and inherited fortune. And it’s this newfound windfall that sees her presented with a rare, yet dangerous, opportunity. She could use those funds to purchase an untouched world, and in turn, create a fairer and safer society. However, the powers that be obviously can’t afford to let that happen.

Working in secret and not sure who she can trust, could this mark an escape for others? And will this be the first time that a democracy is possible after all these years of totalitarianism?

Them: A Novel by W.H. Chizmar

Them

0

You might be familiar with W.H. Chizmar from his work on Widow’s Point: The Complete Haunting. However, Them: A Novel marks his first individual endeavour and what a solo debut it is. After a top-secret government initiative finds a way to transport matter across the universe, it’s not too surprising when something altogether alien comes back. And as tends to happen in these kinds of stories, of course the humans fail to properly contain it when the truck transporting the extraterrestrial matter overturns and rolls off the highway in the unsuspecting New England countryside.

The story then picks up several years later, after humanity has crumbled, as an unidentified man searches for fellow survivors. Discovering the world and the landscapes that humans once took for granted in ruins, with monsters plaguing the route, he is forced to face his own humanity, as he starts to ask himself who the real monsters actually are.

Dreamland by Olivie Blake

  • Release date: August 11 (US) and August 13 (UK)

Dreamland

0

From the bestselling author of The Atlas Six series comes a haunting contemporary mystery with plenty of great Gothic undertones. Is Hollywood as glamorous as we might believe it to be? Well, even with the threat of summer wildfires and countless girls turning up murdered in Los Angeles, it’s not enough to put Anya off pursuing her dreams of becoming a star. In fact, all she can think about is how her big break is seemingly slipping through her fingers. So when aging acting icon William de Witt offers her a strange deal, could this be her gateway into the exclusive world she’s always had her eye on?

All she has to do is spend time with his son, Jude, who has some mysterious health issues. In a dazzling city where all is not as it seems, could the de Witt home be cursed? Or is something to do with the occult going on? And how far will Anya really go for fame?

A Trade of Blood by Robert Jackson Bennett

A Trade of Blood

0

The third book in Robert Jackson Bennett’s Shadow of the Leviathan series hits shelves this month, and Detective Ana Dolabra and her assistant Dinios Kol are back with a new case to sink their teeth into, as the heir to one of the Empire’s most powerful families sits in jail, accused of murder. Caught red-handed, with the victim’s blood quite literally on his hands and no explanation for what happened, if our duo aren’t able to exonerate him, the whole canton of Sapirdad could end up in a civil war, with far-reaching consequences for the entire Empire.

What they don’t know is that a secret mastermind is pulling the strings behind the scenes, one who has an ancient weapon at their disposal. And even though the pair have faced their fair share of tricky cases, even they’re not prepared for what they uncover this time.

(Mostly) Human Resources by Grace Viall

  • Release date: August 4 (US) and August 6 (UK)

(Mostly) Human Resources

0

With an eerie Appalachian Mountain setting and an intriguing blend of genres, (Mostly) Human Resources by Grace Viall follows Alexys, who is used to managing the world’s monsters from the safety and security of her desk. However, she does need to do a review and walk-through of the area alongside her newly assigned Warden, Elliot – who just so happens to report sightings of a never-before-recorded creature before disappearing.

Against her gut instinct and all of her better judgment, she knows that she will have to delve deeper into the mountains to find him, which also brings her incredibly ambitious and annoyingly charismatic colleague, Nic, into the fray as they team up to begin their search. The first book in the series, this one follows the two work rivals as they discover why some monsters stay unrecorded and just how perilous things can get outside once night falls.

Time Travel For Beginners by Jaclyn Moriarty

Time Travel for Beginners

0

You know I’ll always try to include a romance or romantasy of some kind in my monthly roundup, whether you’re looking to expand your reading horizons or want some recommendations for friends and family. And this month’s has a slight sci-fi twist, with it centering around the waiting room of Sydney’s Time Travel Agency.

Following the lives of three individuals whose lives converge in the agency’s waiting room, we follow them as they get the chance to look back on their lives and revisit the choices that got them to where they are today. From Teddy, whose life imploded when his wife left him for his brother, to Anna, who, after quitting her thankless job, starts a new role at the travel agency. Then there’s Jade, whose ‘creative mentorship’ causes her to visit the tiny room located directly above it. All we can say is, if you enjoyed stories such as The Seven Year Slip by Ashley Poston, Margarita Montimore’s The Rearranged Life of Oona Lockheart, Matt Haig’s The Midnight Library, or, of course, The Time Traveller’s Wife – all of which I personally adored – then this should be on your TBR list ASAP.

The Calamities by Chuck Wendig

The Calamities

0

The start of a brand new series by The Book of Accidents author Chuck Wendig, The Calamities revolves around one of the world’s most influential and important families with a brilliant mix of occult magic and dark fantasy, alongside a family drama.

It’s probably not too surprising that the Mayne family empire is built on exploitation, cruelty, and greed, but something even darker has helped them get to where they are today. They are fiends – half-human, half-demon, and possessed of a dark magic resulting from buying human souls – and when Mourning is ordered to return to the family business, he will need to decide whether or not to accept his legacy, or burn the whole thing down, and in turn change the course of the future for the entire world.

Ellis is a freelance journalist, based in the UK, with a love of all things books. She also routinely chairs bookish events up and down the country, getting the scoop from some of the biggest and bestselling authors to keep you in the know.

Ludicrously Generous Pokémon Go Update Offers a Perfect Stat Mewtwo and Master Ball

Log into Pokémon Go right now and you can claim an absurdly generous one-off prize: a Mewtwo with a unique background and 100% stats, as well as an incredibly rare Master Ball.

The rewards were added to Pokémon Go in a surprise move just hours ago, and can be claimed by all players with ease. Well, almost all players.

Fans and influencers who attended last month’s controversial in-person New York event can claim these rewards but are not guaranteed a Mewtwo with 100% stats — since that event gifted them one already, in a move that enraged many players. Backlash to the invite-only Times Square shindig was vociferous, with the never-before-seen guaranteeing of a perfect stat creature particularly criticized.

On the one hand, you could see the intent behind the event: a successful recreation of Pokémon Go’s original vision to stage a big meetup in Times Square featuring an exhilarating battle for thousands of players.

On the other, you can see how practical sensibilities like having to limit attendee numbers led to the whole thing being seen by players worldwide as something that was simply not for them, with the guarantee of a forced-perfect stat Mewtwo the icing on the cake. The timing was rough, too, just days ahead of the game’s big Go Fest 2026 event, where players were encouraged to play all weekend for the chance at a similarly 100% stat creature.

Officially, developer Scopely Explore has described today’s surprise freebies as a belated addition to the game’s 10th anniversary celebration, but the move is being widely interpreted by players as an apology for all of the above, especially as New York attendees don’t get a second 100% stat Mewtwo guaranteed. Even the exclusive Times Square background offered at that event will be repeated at some time in the future, it’s now been confirmed. (Maybe for the game’s 20th anniversary?)

The Best Pokémon Spin-off Games

“We’re excited to mark this milestone by sharing this special reward with Trainers everywhere,” the game’s developer wrote, in wording that notably highlights the game’s global community — not just those in New York. “Let’s celebrate the journey we’ve taken together over the past 10 years!”

A free Master Ball is nothing to be sniffed at either, too. Only made available every year or so in-game, the Pokémon franchise’s ultimate creature catcher was last available to players via a premium purchase priced at $7.99.

So, has this made everyone happy? Of course not. While there are countless messages on social media this morning from fans delighted at their new 100% Mewtwo (some of which turned out Shiny), others have pointed out that the move only comes after they spent dozens of hours (and huge amounts of money) grinding for one through normal gameplay.

After all of that, it seems likely the giveaway of another 100% stat Pokémon won’t happen again anytime soon. So, if you haven’t already, log in now to claim yours — the offer lasts until September 6.

Tom Phillips is IGN’s News Editor. You can reach Tom at tom_phillips@ign.com or find him on Bluesky @tomphillipseg.bsky.social

DC’s TV Division Reportedly Scraps Two TV Projects, Rejects Pitches for Catwoman and Poison Ivy Shows

DC Studios has reportedly pulled the plug on two previously announced TV shows and rejected pitches for other promising projects.

According to a new report from The Ankler, DC Studios has killed two projects that were initially announced when the current DC universe was launched. The studio will no longer move forward on Paradise Lost, a TV series that would’ve centered around Amazonian warriors on Themyscira and likely tied into the future of Wonder Woman. Entertainment Weekly noted that sources indicated this project could return in the future, though. DC is also scrapping plans for Waller, a TV series that would’ve featured Viola Davis’ mean, no-nonsense government official who led the Suicide Squad.

Three of the 10 projects that were announced at the start of this DC universe have been scrapped, with the third being The Authority. There are still a lot of question marks over the DCU’s own Batman film, The Brave and the Bold, which is separate from Robert Pattinson’s Batman series. Some wonder if DC is waiting for Matt Reeves to conclude his Batman story before moving forward, or else they risk confusing audiences. Additionally, there has been next to no movement on Swamp Thing since its announcement, and director James Mangold is attached to a Star Wars film, as well as a variety of other original projects.

Despite cancellation rumors earlier this year, a Booster Gold series is still in development, with the studio searching for a new writer. DC Studios also fielded and considered pitches for some big Batman-adjacent projects, including a Poison Ivy TV series and a Catwoman show. Unfortunately, neither will move forward. It’s unclear if those shows would’ve been set in Matt Reeves’ Batman universe, following a similar structure as The Penguin, but if so, it would suggest Poison Ivy may play a role in the films.

The Batman: Part II – Who’s Who in Matt Reeves’ DC Sequel

Some fans have longed to see a Catwoman-centered show, as Zoe Kravitz’s take on Selena Kyle is not expected to return in The Batman Part 2. The first film ended with her leaving Gotham City, and while she will likely return one day, a standalone story set between movies would be a great way to expand her character.

Following the news, some fans couldn’t help but notice that all four of these deserted projects are female-led. This created speculation that some of these projects died or were rejected following the massive underperformance of Supergirl in June. In addition to mediocre reviews, the film made a disappointing $126 million at the box office on a budget of $170 – $186 million, which doesn’t include money spent on marketing. Although the character will return in the Superman sequel, Man of Tomorrow, next year, some worry that the character won’t get a second solo outing, and this may hurt the future of other heroic DC women.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.

The Pixel 11 is Here

Made By Google 2026 has ended, and it was a weird one this time around. Google had revealed all the devices super early in the day, and then the event brought Trevor Noah on stage to interview various Google folks to talk about the new devices.

We of course got the whole Pixel 11 lineup, with the Pixel 11, Pixel 11 Pro and XL, and the Pixel 11 Pro Fold. Those were joined by the Pixel Watch 5, new Pixel Buds and the Pixel Tag. The latter is Google’s take on the Apple AirTag, and I’m honestly just surprised that it took this long for Google to launch something like that.

The phones, the watch and the Pixel Buds will be launching on August 20, but you can preorder all of it right now. The Pixel 11 starts at $899 for the basic model, $1,099 for the Pro and $1,899 for the Fold. The Pixel Watch 5 starts at $399 for the 41mm edition, and the Pixel Buds 2 Pro start at $229, though they are on sale right now for $189.

Made By Google 2026 Live Blog

(All times are in EST)

7:15 pm: It seems like the show is coming to an end. Trevor Noah and Rick Osterloh have come back on stage to close things out.

7:11 pm: Alex Cooper has introduced Jake Webski to talk about switching to a Pixel. Google has worked with Apple to make swapping between an iPhone and a Pixel easier. You’ll be able to bring over your photos and your group chats. I personally like setting up my phone from scratch every time, but I recognize that I’m a bit weird in that.

7:07 pm: It seems like the big feature here is a Gemini-powered trainer, which can help you plan out quick workouts or answer quick questions. That’ll carry over to your watch and to the Pixel 11, which should stop distractions.

7:03 pm: So, we already heard about how the Pixel Watch 5 can help spot health problems, but Noah Pressler and athlete Chari Hawkins have taken the stage to talk about how this smartwatch can help you train. Apparently the heart tracking on the Watch 5 is as accurate as a chest strap.

6:59 pm: Sandeep Waraich and cardiologist Jacqueline Shreibati have taken the stage to talk more about the Pixel Watch 5’s health features. This is the first and only watch to track insulin resistance. That could help people spot prediabetes earlier, which is also huge. The watch will also be able to track blood pressure trends.

6:53 pm: Well, this seems actually useful. Google brought Daniel Durant on the screen, and rather than just text to speech, the phone is using the phone’s camera to read sign language, then has a text-to-speech read that input back. That’s actually huge. I can’t actually read ASL, so I don’t know how accurate it is, but this seems like a genuinely useful accessiblity feature.

6:49 pm: Jöel Yawili is here to talk about even more Gemini. Trevor Noah asked if Gemini can ‘fix’ typing, and, of course we have Gemini-powered voice to text now. It does seem to cut out a lot of the filler, which is helpful, but I’d be worried about it cutting out details I don’t want it to. That’s not to mention that these things always work better on stage than they do in real life, so, like, another thing I’ll need to test myself.

6:40 pm: Stephanie Scott has taken the stage to talk about AI. Apparently she’s going to show us ‘real magic.’ They’re showing off the same AI feature that we’ve seen a hundred times, you can use Gemini to scan your text messages and then pull info from other apps so that making plans is slightly easier. This will be possible on the Pixel Watch as well.

6:38 pm: Now they’re in Brooklyn Bridge park showing off the AI camera features. The image quality seems impressive, but it’s another thing I’d need to test to see if it actually holds up. Right now, it seems like we’re just getting promotional clips showing off the Pixel 11’s AI features.

6:33 pm: They brought on DJ Peggy Gou to show off how the HiLight works, and well, it’s just a blinking LED on the back of the phone. “Sometimes it’s the simplest features that are the most powerful.” Sure.

6:31 pm: Trevor Noah just introduced Toni Urban, who works on Google sensors. This will probably be about HiLight. You’ll be able to assign people one of five colors, so when they’re calling you a little light will show up on the camera bar, to let you know that person is calling. There will also be a seperate color or something that’ll let you know Gemini is listening. I kind of want to know more about the latter, but they kind of skipped over it.

6:28 pm: The Pixel Buds Pro 2 are here, with a ‘huge upgrade’ to noise cancelation. They do look a little bulky, but that probably comes down to the blown up image on the screen.

6:24 pm: Quick charging is getting a boost too, Edward Shi claims that 15 minutes on the charger will get you 15 hours of battery life. That’s something I’d like to actually test before I’m willing to take it as gospel.

6:22 pm: Edward Shi has taken the stage to talk about the Tensor G6 processor and the Pixel 11 camera. There’s a telephoto lens with 120x (optical?) zoom. There’s also a new “instant night” mode for the camera that should boost low-light performance. That’s always the biggest problem I have with phone cameras, so I’d love to see if the low-light performance actually matches the claims here.

6:20 pm: The Google Pixel 11 Pro Fold is apparently the most resilient Google foldable yet. Google is rating the folding mechanism for 83 million folds, which is probably more than you’ll ever actually put it through. Isabelle Olsson also claims that the back cover of the phone is ‘nearly impossible’ to crack, which, I’ll believe it when I see it.

6:15 pm: The Google Pixel Watch 5 is here, and apparently Stephen Curry helped design a special edition band. I’m not sure what’s different about it. They spent like 30 seconds on the watch before transitioning it to the Pixel Tab, which is Google’s take on the Apple AirTag. Hopefully they go into a little more detail on these devices at some point.

Google Pixel 11

6:14 pm: The Pixel 11 camera bar is thinner than ever, which should help it fit in your pocket better. It should also stop the phone from wobbling when you put it down on a table – something I’m sure we’re all super familiar with.

6:11 pm: Finally, it seems like we’re going to see the phone. Noah introduced Isabelle Olsson, who will be introducing the Pixel 11 lineup. There are four phones, the Pixel 11, Pixel 11 Pro, Pixel 11 Pro XL and Pixel 11 Pro Fold. We’ll probably see the actual phones eventually. Olsson claims that Google has the coolest phone colors ever, and some of them actually do look pretty nice, but of course all the colorways have fancy names.

6:10 pm: We’re 10 minutes into this event, and the entire thing has been yapping about how awesome Gemini is.

6:06 pm: According to Osterloh, over a billion people are using Gemini. I typically forget its even there, but absolutely let me know in the comments if you’re actually relying on it for anything. Trevor Noah called it a GLP-1 of technology, which, ugh.

6:04 pm: Trevor Noah is sitting down with Google’s Rick Osterloh, talking about what’s new for Android. And of course he’s talking about how we’re in a new era of tech where everything is getting easier to use. I’m not sure if Gemini’s features make things any easier to use, but I might just be a curmudgeon who’s used to doing things manually. Apparently tapping your phone is a lot of work.

6:02 pm: Trevor Noah kicked things off joking about a (thankfully not real) feature that’ll randomly share your internet history with your friends and colleagues. I mean, it’s kind of a thing if by “friends and colleagues” he meant Google Gemini, but whatever.

6:00 pm: And, here we go! The show is starting off with more music and a reel of all the guest stars. It almost feels more like a TV show than a tech presentation, and I’m not sure how I feel about that. Trevor Noah just took the stage, behind a big red couch.

5:46 pm: The stream has officially transitioned from a still image to a bunch of moving pictures and generic music. Obviously the Pixel 11 Pro is front and center, so expect that to be the star of the show. Although, there have been little flashes of the Pixel Watch 5, and with how big wearables have become, there will probably be quite a bit of time on that one.

5:45 pm: Fifteen minutes to go!

5:30 pm: Really, one of the things I want to see most is Google figuring out a way to avoid throttling on its new chipset. My pet peeve, when it comes to phones, is that in long, sustained workloads, performance just tanks after a few minutes. Just looking back to the Galaxy S26 Ultra earlier this year, performance dropped by as much as 30% in a long 3DMark workload. That’s kind of just a side effect of phones getting thinner, but there’s so much opportunity, especially in the age of on-device AI.

5:11 pm: Ok, Made by Google starts in a little under an hour. This is an odd little event, because Google already kind of revealed all the hardware it’s going to show today, so I can’t help but wonder what’s actually going to be shown. There are definitely some features, like HiLight that I want to hear more about. After all, a little light on the back of your phone doesn’t seem like it’s necessarily a headline feature. But, who knows, maybe its a bit more sophisticated than it seems.

1:11 pm: Google has actually announced the entire lineup from today’s event. We’re not just getting the three phones, but also the Pixel Watch 5, Pixel Buds 2 Pro and 2a, along with a Pixel Tag. The Pixel Tag seems incredibly similar to Apple’s AirTag, and will help you keep track of anything they’re attached to. Again, Google will reveal more about how all of these products actually work later today, so stay tuned. But, for all of them, I expect a heavy dose of Google Gemini.

12:30 pm: It looks like the rumors about ‘HiLight’ were real. Basically, on the Pixel 11 Pro, there’s a light that lives next to the camera that’ll let you know when one of your favorite contacts are calling you or if you are talking to Gemini. I’m sure Google will talk a little more about how it actually works during its presentation later today, but right off the jump it reminds of the tiny extra screen on the LG V10 about a decade ago. It might be a minor feature, but it does seem genuinely helpful, especially if you keep your phone face down on the table in front of you when you’re out with friends or something.

11:15 am: The event starts in about seven hours, and it does seem like Google will be packing the thing with a ton of hardware. But it seems like Google has already made the Pixel 11 lineup available for preorder. Right now you can order the Pixel 11 Pro, Pixel 11 Pro Fold and Pixel 11 on Google’s website for $1,099, $1,899 and $899 respectively. Depending on how well Google’s new Tensor G6 chip performs, the new foldable could give Samsung and Motorola’s recent foldables a run for their money.

How to Watch Made By Google 2026

If you want to watch Made By Google yourself, you can do so on the Made For Google YouTube channel. The stream will go live at 6pm EST / 3PM PST. It should be about an hour long, and it’s going to be absolutely packed. Google teased the event last week, including appearances from actress Ayami Nakajo and athlete Stephen Curry. Plus, the whole thing will be hosted by Trevor Noah, which should be a step up from the typical stuffy tech executive that usually presents this kind of thing.

What to Expect

Just like with every iteration of this event, Google is going to be revealing its next generation of phones. Obviously, we can expect the Pixel 11, the Pixel 11 Pro and the Pixel 11 Fold, but Google will also be showing off at least one smart watch.

But no matter what hardware Google has to offer, it’s likely that Gemini is going to be a constant topic throughout the presentation. Whether you’re into AI or not, pretty much every smartphone maker has made AI a central feature. The Pixel 11 will be no different, and I expect at least one or two new AI features to make it to the phone.

Jackie Thomas is the Hardware and Buying Guides Editor at IGN and the PC components queen. You can follow her @Jackiecobra

McDonald’s Announces Eight Hello Kitty x Godzilla Toys Coming to Happy Meals This August

Hello Kitty and Godzilla are coming to McDonald’s Happy Meals this August in one of the most highly-anticipated collaborations to ever hit the fast food franchise.

Starting August 18, eight toys combining Sanrio’s most popular mascots and a few of the most iconic monsters from the Godzilla films will be available in Happy Meals at participating locations within the United States.

McDonald’s confirmed the full list of toys on August 12, sharing a graphic that showed each figure and the special Godzilla-themed box they’ll come in. (Along with your nuggets and fries, of course.)

cosplaying right into our hearts. Hello Kitty and Friends x Godzilla Happy Meal out 8.18. pic.twitter.com/toTfyzcQ3k

— McDonald’s (@McDonalds) August 12, 2026

The full list of toys is as follows:

  • Hello Kitty x Godzilla
  • My Melody x Mothra
  • Kuromi x Mechagodzilla
  • Keroppi x King Ghidora
  • Badz-Maru x Rodan
  • Cinnamoroll x Destoroyah
  • Chococat x Spacegodzilla
  • Pompompurin x Gigan

It’s nice to see such a wide variety of characters represented in this collaboration; real Sanrio fans will know that Chococat rarely makes an appearance in big collabs like this, not to mention Badz-Maru. The same is true on the Kaijus’ end of things — how many of us can say that we’ve seen Destoroyah or Gigan included in a mainstream Godzilla toy line?

Responses to this upcoming collab have been nothing short of ecstatic. McDonald’s’ tweet revealing the toys has sparked no end of excitement among Kaiju fans and Sanrio enthusiasts alike, though some are expressing concerns over the possibility that scalpers might ruin things for everyone.

These fears aren’t unwarranted; scalpers have been known to target exclusive Happy Meal items in the past, infamously causing chaos during the chain’s partnerships with Pokemon over the years. In 2021, scalpers bought up the Pokemon 25th anniversary Happy Meals, reselling the trading card packs inside for hundreds of dollars online.

And in 2025, McDonald’s Japan ended its Pokemon card promotion after scalpers showed up in droves to buy Happy Meals just to get at the packs inside, leaving food waste and packaging strewn outside.

Scalpers don’t limit themselves to cards, either; the 2026 Pokemon merch collaboration with Target suffered a similar fate, as did the resurgence of limited-edition Pokemon poptarts, which were spotted on eBay listings for upwards of $25 – $50 earlier this year.

This is far from the first time McDonald’s and Hello Kitty have teamed up with another franchise for Happy Meal toys. In 2024, McDonald’s Belgium released a line of Hello Kitty x Yu-Gi-Oh! toys in one of the strangest collaborations we’ve seen thus far.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Dataminers Uncover Five Possible DLC Characters for Marvel Tokon: Fighting Souls

Now that Marvel Tokon: Fighting Souls is officially out in the wild, dataminers have wasted no time digging through the game’s files, and they’ve found some interesting heroes mentioned within them.

Marvel’s latest fighting game has had quite a week. After stuttering issues plagued the PC version upon launch, Arc System Works was quick to implement a fix, turning the tide of public opinion from dismal to delighted.

Many blamed these PC problems on Arc System Works’ anti-datamining measures, which seem to have paid off; one reputable source claimed they couldn’t find much, crediting the developer for their efforts in ‘cleaning up’ the game’s data. In other comments, they said they haven’t come across anything new regarding upcoming costumes or DLC spoilers — but they did mention that they’ve seen assets for a future battle pass, and warned players to “get ready” for what’s next.

btw, there’s not much to datamine out of tokon in terms of unreleased content (thank god). arcsys has gotten really good about cleaning up in the last few years

the one thing i did find is battle pass assets, so uh. get ready lol

— Ryn 🏳️‍⚧️ (@WistfulHopes) August 11, 2026

Notable datamining group X0XLEAK also chimed in with some discoveries, specifically mentioning five heroes they supposedly discovered during their excursion into Tokon’s files: Doctor Strange, Wasp, Gambit, The Thing, and Daredevil.

Their post also mentioned that these are “possible prototype/future characters” that are “subject to change,” adding more confusion and speculation onto the subject. Given their description as potential prototype or DLC characters, it stands to reason that these aren’t background assets, like some of the nonplayable heroes we’ve seen dotting Tokon’s various stages.

Whatever the case may be, the mere mention of these names in Tokon’s data has stirred up a heated discussion on social media. Many players are arguing that the only truly unique addition to this roster is Wasp, noting that all the other characters on the list are already playable in Marvel Rivals.

MARVEL TOKON
Possible prototype/Future characters mentioned in files

Doctor Strange
Wasp
Gambit
The Thing
Daredevil

(Subject to change)#MARVELTokon pic.twitter.com/SqjYfsIR7w

— X0XLEAK (@X0X_LEAK) August 12, 2026

Tokon’s roster, similar to that of Rivals, has brought in some lesser-known characters from within the Marvel universe, but the two differ significantly as far as specific picks are concerned. For example, Tokon boasts a far wider variety of true-blue villains in Carnage, Dr. Doom, and Green Goblin. It’s also got a deep cut in Danger, giving the Mutant her first-ever fully playable role in a video game.

For now, it’s anyone’s guess as to who’ll appear in Tokon next, but we did get some information regarding future DLC characters at San Diego Comic Con this year. During a panel, it was revealed that Phoenix Cyclops will be the next character to join the fray, leading a team with as-yet unknown members (though it’s likely we see more members of the Phoenix Force).

Cyclops comes to Marvel Tokon: Fighting Souls in Fall 2026. Until then, you can read our glowing review of the game, which IGN’s own Mitchell Saltzman scored a 9 out of 10.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Runescape Congratulates Player Who Reached Level 99 Fishing Catching Only Shrimp and Anchovies

The official Old School Runescape X account has responded after a player managed to get their Fishing skill up to level 99 catching only shrimp and anchovies.

Fishing is an integral part of the Old School Runescape experience. There are several different tools players can use to catch fish or other marine critters, such as various types of fishing rods, harpoons, lobster traps, and much more.

One of the first tools players get in the game is a small fishing net, which, you guessed it, can only be used to catch small prey like shrimp, minnows, monkfish and anchovies. It can’t catch anything larger than these species, and it can only be used at certain fishing spots throughout the world (not counting swamp lizards and salamanders when used with a rope).

RuneScape Old School Screens

As players progress, they’ll obviously want to upgrade their equipment to catch more fish and level up their Fishing skill faster… but one fan rejected these methods in favor of a far more difficult path.

A player named Bosby challenged himself with the task of maxing out his Fishing stat by catching only shrimp and anchovies, the lowest-level fish in the entire game. He started an account aptly named OnlyShrimp99 on May 11, 2024, and worked tirelessly over the next two years to achieve his goal, which necessitated the use of a Smal Fishing Net, given that shrimp can’t be caught any other way in the game.

He explained the process over on Reddit, revealing that he put a total of 4,304 hours into the project, which officially ended on August 7, 2026.

for the last 2 years and 3 months i have been leveling a runescape account by fishing only shrimp, the lowest level fish. tonight, i hit 99 pic.twitter.com/EfooGQuKqq

— Bosby!!! (@Bosby_) August 8, 2026

“This account was a joke idea in my friend group for years before I finally made it. I started out thinking it would just be something funny to do, and ended up having the dedication to see it through,” he wrote. “Across the span of this account I started a new job, got married, and made lots of friends.

“All in all, this was a fun second monitor project, and I met a lot of cool people at the Al Kharid fishing spot. My average experience per hour was something like 3,000, given how AFK I was. I relish having the screen real estate back, but I will miss catching those lil’ water bugs.”

Players must accrue 13,034,431 Fishing points to reach level 99. Shrimp reward players with 10 Fishing points each, while anchovies give them 40; Bosby caught 275,196 raw shrimp and 257,064 raw anchovies over the course of two years and three months to reach that number. What’s more, he banked them all, keeping them in storage to commemorate his journey.

pic.twitter.com/FYCN6I6Whc

— Bosby!!! (@Bosby_) August 9, 2026

Bosby’s unusual achievement quickly went viral on social media, even drawing the attention of the official Old School Runescape X account, who created a special image of a shrimp using the game’s signature polygonal style to reward him for his efforts.

“Congrats on the only small net 99 Fishing, Bosby! Our data team has verified your accomplishment,” they wrote.

“This artwork is incredible. Thank you!” he replied.

YOU HAVE GOT TO BE KIDDING ME https://t.co/eJqw8CZa6t

— Bosby!!! (@Bosby_) August 10, 2026

While Bosby isn’t sure what his next big AFK project will be, he did mention using bronze daggers to reach level 99 Smithing. We’ll have to see if he actually ends up going through with it, though.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Coyote vs. Acme Debuts With Perfect 100% Score on Rotten Tomatoes

Two years after Warner Bros. planned to shelve the flick for a $30 billion tax write-off, Coyote vs. Acme is set for its long-awaited theatrical release, and it’s already proving to be a hit among critics.

Review embargoes for the film were lifted on August 12, 2026, and the response was a resoundingly positive one. Over on Rotten Tomatoes — perhaps the most popular review aggregator in the modern-day movie landscape — Coyote vs. Acme debuted to a perfect 100% score, tying a nice little bow on the lengthy legal saga that hung over it like a dark rain cloud for so long.

Hours later, that score has since dropped to a 94% on the Tomatometer, but the overall consensus is still overwhelmingly favorable. Thus far, only two outlets have panned the project in their reviews, with Variety’s Owen Gleiberman saying it “feels neutered and tame” compared to past Looney Tunes flicks and Screen International’s Tim Grierson calling its screenplay “lackluster.”

Here at IGN, we couldn’t disagree more; we scored Coyote vs. Acme a 9 out of 10, with reviewer Clint Gage saying it “shows why Looney Tunes are just as funny now as they’ve ever been, with a film that’s an amazingly meta answer to corporate shenanigans.”

Those “corporate shenanigans” nearly got the movie shelved for good back in 2023. Although principal photography had been completed in 2022, the film was initially slated for an exclusive streaming release on HBO Max, which clashed with WB’s focus on theatrical releases.

What followed was a years-long battle to get the movie, which had essentially been fully completed, in the hands of a buyer — and that buyer ended up being Ketchup Entertainment, an American film distributor who finally signed a deal with Warner Bros. to give Coyote vs. Acme the theatrical release it deserved.

It won’t stop at theaters, though; speaking with IGN at San Diego Comic-Con 2026, director Dave Green “promised” that there are concrete plans in place to distribute the film on Blu-ray, along with some R-rated outtakes.

“John [Cena] is an amazing improviser,” Green told us. “The camera would keep rolling, and he would just love to entertain a room of background actors and make everyone laugh. When you don’t call ‘cut,’ there is minutes and minutes of stuff that is not PG-rated.”

Fans are happier than ever to see the project get such a favorable reception, with one writing on X: “We did it, boys and girls.”

“I’m glad this movie got rescued,” another said.

“Mind you, we were almost robbed of this masterpiece. So, thank you Ketchup Distribution for saving this film, ’cause we wouldn’t have it any other way,” another wrote.

Coyote vs. Acme is set to release in theaters on August 28, 2026.

Virginia (she/her) is IGN’s News Editor. With ten years of experience reporting on games and entertainment, she’s got a storied background in the fighting game community, influencer news, and viral online trends. Find her on Twitter at @TheeMissGlaze.

Journey to Innsmouth Board Game Review

If there’s one board game theme that rivals pleasing Renaissance-era nobles in popularity, it’s the works of H. P. Lovecraft. There’s just something about those tentacled horrors from outer space that seems to keep on appealing to tabletop adaptations. Just look at the ongoing acclaim heaped on Arkham Horror: The Card Game.

Miskatonic Tales: Journey to Innsmouth

0

Miskatonic Tales: Journey to Innsmouth is the latest game to join this crowded lineage. But it’s attempting to stand out by taking a different route to the majority of its sticky, ichorous peers. A leaflet in the box suggests that you might want to go buy not another Lovecraftian board game but the role-playing game based on his works: Call of Cthulhu. This is more of a storytelling game than a strategy game.

What’s in the Box

The box is so hefty that you might worry it could actually contain an avatar of Nyarthatolep, but you can lift the lid in safety: the weight comes from the inclusion of three big spiral-bound books that contain the text paragraphs you’ll be referring to during the game. They’re good quality and will absolutely stand to be bent and flipped through time and time again. What’s less inspiring is the sheets of errata stickers you’ll need to paste onto various entries to ensure you have all the options the designers intended.

The remainder of the weight is mostly from several decks of cards. There are square location cards that are used to build the map, tarot-sized encounter cards for the bad guys you can meet on your adventures, and several standard playing-card sized decks. These include condition cards to track the bad – and occasionally beneficial – things that can happen to your character and a ton of skill cards that you’ll play to meet challenges. Most of these cards are purely informational, with solid graphic design that favors function over form but the location cards are graced with darkly evocative artwork.

It’s a similar story for the selection of character boards and their accompanying punch-out standees, representing an excellent variety of character types in every sense of the word, brought to life nicely in all their 1920s glory. There are lots of other, more workmanlike tokens to punch out, too, for tracking various actions and statuses during play.

Rules and How It Plays

Alongside the weighty components is an innocuous-looking, lightweight rulebook that you’ll quickly find is poorly laid out and worded. Everything you need to play is in there, but you’ll need repeated puzzled flip-throughs during setup and the first few turns before everyone is comfortable with what’s going on.

Broadly, your group will choose one of three missions, which are best played in order, and which you’ll work together to complete. You place a starting location and objective card and read an introductory paragraph of text which explains the various options that you have in that location. Most of them require you to discard one of your character’s skill cards to do something, while others require you to pass a skill check. This involves characters, often more than one if working together, to discard cards either of the skill type required for one automatic “success” towards the target number, or a card of a similar type to get a dice to roll which may, or may not, generate a success. You need enough successes to pass the target number in order to succeed.

In addition to the dice you get by generating cards you will also always roll a red dice in these checks. This can give you an extra success, but it can also roll scary-looking symbols like skulls or tentacles. These cause the matching track to increment and, often, to cause you to flip to a paragraph in the book, triggering an event in the in-game narrative, usually an undesirable one.

Running out of cards also causes a time track to increment with similar paragraphs along the route, putting you under a bit of pressure to hurry along and achieve your objectives. It’s a neat way of giving your adventures a sense of time and dynamism as you move through the locations.

You’ll spend a lot of your time in Miskatonic Tales reading paragraphs, not only from the tracks but when you enter a new location and in describing the results of your actions, pass or fail. You can appoint one person to read these out to the group, or take turns, or there’s a free app to download which will do it for you with very questionable voice acting. The writing is fine: it’s not overloaded with the obscure adjectives that Lovecraft was fond of, nor is it lifeless, but it’s not especially inspiring, either. It’s just about enough to set the scene and keep you engaged.

Where the paragraphs really shine is in giving you options. The choose your own adventure books this style of play derives from often leave players feeling as though they’d like to do things that aren’t offered as choices. That rarely happens here: there are paragraphs to interact in different ways with pretty much everything described. Indeed there are too many options to explore them all without running down your time track dangerously fast. You’ll need to pick and choose what you do based on your curiosity and your objectives.

The trouble is that you don’t have very much else beyond those two things to guide your picks. Again, like the gamebooks it evokes, most of the decision-making happens in the dark as you have very little information on which to guess which options are better than others. You can’t even really strategize around the skill check system beyond a bit of risk-reward analysis. The closest the game comes to giving you meaningful decisions are your use of when to spend magic points which give you re-rolls, and when to use each character’s special abilities. As a result, this feels less like a board game and more like a particularly fancy way to run a role-playing game without a GM.

This feels less like a board game and more like a fancy way to run a role-playing game without a GM.“

You don’t even get much strategy or tactics when it comes to combat. Encounters can either be fought with weapons, if you have them, or via a different skill, either of which is resolved with the standard dice-rolling skill check mechanism. That’s pretty much the only choice you get. Damage is taken off your character’s health or sanity values and you can also take hits to these tracks from accumulating status cards like panic or injury that are given out by in-game events. If either track runs down to zero, that investigator is out of the game.

Win or lose, one thing the plethora of exploration options gives you is a decent amount of replay value. There’s a ton of stuff to do in Miksatonic Tales and a second attempt at a scenario can work out very differently from the first. The game has a neat keyword system that tracks how past decisions can impact future situations although, as per most of the game, you have no way of knowing how this will play out. Many of the choices lead to blind alleys or horrible punishments you cannot anticipate, which can feel frustrating but it suits the source material well enough. What it lacks in strategy, it makes up for in anticipation. However, whether you’ll want to replay a scenario is a moot point as game times run long, much of which is taken up by players reading out text. You can “save” your game to stretch it across multiple sessions if needs be.

Where to Buy

Christopher Judge Slams God of War TV Series For Not Hiring Writers of the Games

Kratos actor Christopher Judge has a bit of a bone to pick with adaptations of video games like God of War, particularly when they don’t involve the people who created the games in the first place.

When speaking on a panel at a FanExpo convention earlier this summer, Judge got on the subject of video game adaptations. The actor expressed frustrations over the adaptations not using the cast and creatives for the games, especially when they aren’t changing much about their stories. He specifically pointed to God of War, feeling baffled that the writers of the games weren’t hired to also write the show.

“My problem with all game adaptations [is] you have this pre-existing, successful property, and the first thing you do is not hire anyone associated with it,” said Judge. “The Last of Us — love Pedro [Pascal]— were they better than the game cast? I saw a stage reading that they did. It was unreal. I have no idea why you don’t take that cast, those writers, especially when you are going to do episodes that are shot-for-shot remakes of the game.

“When Amazon [announced the God of War TV series] and they didn’t hire any of the God of War writers… what are you thinking? These guys have been immersed in this world for 20 years. But someone’s going to know better?”

Longtime God of War creative Cory Barlog is an executive producer on the show alongside PlayStation boss Hermen Hulst, but it’s unclear how involved they are. The Last of Us creator Neil Druckmann was a showrunner, writer, and director on the first two seasons of HBO’s adaptation of the Naughty Dog series, so he was an integral piece of the process. It’s unclear if Barlog is as hands-on as Druckmann, or if he’s given the executive producer credit just because of his history with the game franchise.

Judge’s comments also come at a rather interesting time. Filming was shut down on the God of War TV series in July after the show’s Kratos actor, Ryan Hurst, was injured while performing a stunt on set. The actor’s injury was so severe that production has opted to recast the role, with Dave Bautista recently entering talks with the studio to inherit the part. Filming is expected to restart this fall. Some hoped that the show would take this opportunity to cast Judge as the live-action Kratos, as he has the build, voice, and a deep understanding of the character. However, it doesn’t appear that this will be the case.

Judge will reprise his role in God of War Laufey early next year and is expected to lead a new Kratos-focused God of War game after that. Sony Santa Monica is also working on remakes of the original God of War trilogy, which will see original Kratos actor TC Carson returning to the role.

Cade Onder is a freelancer for IGN’s news team. He covers all things entertainment, including gaming, film, and more. You can find him on Twitter @Cade_Onder.